£KrflSKy


^•■t^v'.'-^..1':- /•<■•■*
1  r)



iM-Wr-
w¥s->'
. V. ■.< • f-.'./.V.'; ,.,...-. .1.'. ..',... ,>,.


^/'â– '^viilfe'




 
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
FOUNDED 1836
WASHINGTON,  D. C.
Bl9574 
«— 
 
   INDEX-CATALOGUE
            OF THE
      LIBRARY OF THE
SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE
        UNITED STATES ARMY
    (ARMY MEDICAL LIBRARY)
AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS
FOURTH SERIES
 VOL. X
 M—MEZ
  UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
  WASHINGTON : 1948 
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing
              Washington 25, D. C.  Price $4.25 (cloth)
                      Arck,

                       £75. A/4

                         s e y .   4
                          v.   i o
                           I 9+?
                           C2_ 
LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL
                                         Department of the Army,
                                               Army Medical Library,
                                                              SO June,  1948.
Major General Raymond W. Bliss,
       The Surgeon General, United States Army.
General:
    I have the honor to report the completion of the Tenth Volume, Fourth Series, of
the Index-Catalogue of the Surgeon General's Office, the fifty-seventh volume of the
entire catalog.  The volume contains references to medical subjects under letters from
M to MEZ, and the books of authors whose names fall within the same range.
    The volume also contains  a check-list of abbreviated  titles of journals that have
been currently received and indexed in the library since 1919 and used in the references
in the Fourth Series of the Index-Catalogue.  An analytical descriptive catalog of all
periodical publications possessed by the library will appear in a later volume of the
Fourth Series.  Other supplements are not included at present.
    The tenth volume includes  6,943 subjects and their subdivisions.   It  consists
of 1,136 pages.  The following table shows the number of titles in the Index-Catalogue
so far published.
Author
 titles
Subject titles
Books and
pamphlets
Journal
articles
First series (v.1-16,1880-95, ed. by Dr Robert Fletcher)-----......--------------
Second series (v.1-17,1896-1912, ed. by Dr Robert Fletcher; v.18-21,1913-16, ed. by Dr
 Fielding H. Garrison)---------------------------------------------------
Third series (v.1-2,1918-20, ed. by Dr Fielding H. Garrison; v.3-10, p. 784,1922-32, ed.
 by Dr Albert Allemann; v.10, from p. 785 on ed. by Dr Claudius F. Mayer)------
Fourth series (v.l, 1936 on, ed. by Dr Claudius F. Mayer):
  Volume One (A) 1936__________________________________________________
  Volume Two (B) 1937_________________________________________________
  Volume Three (C)  1938_________________..........-........---------------
  Volume Four (D) 1939___________...........------................--------
  Volume Five (E, F) 1940_______________.....-------...............--------
  Volume Six (G) 1941____.......---------------------.....---------------
  Volume Seven (H) 1942_____......-------------------------------......-
  Volume Eight (I, J) 1943_____........-----------------------------------
  Volume Nine (K, L) 1945______________________________________________
  Volume Ten (Mi) 1948_____________________________________________.....

   Total to date________________.....---......--------------------------
176,364
169,182
88,876
492,554
168,537
136,405
57,034
407,508
511,112
645, 557
603,600
2,779	4,454	71,168
8,892	3,631	79,874
4,281	4,302	77,479
3,798	4,375	55, .950
5,499	5,630	88,048
5,836	3,125	58,871
6,443	6,542	60,502
2,928	3,616	51,319
10,462	3,967	91,337
7,214	5,890	62,876
2,457,693
    The style of cataloging and indexing remains the same as in previous volumes, and
both author and subject entries were prepared after direct examination of the original
publications by the Editor of the Index-Catalogue.
in 
IV
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
    Free distribution of the catalog in foreign countries started anew, but it is still
meeting with difficulties in certain areas of Europe.  Every effort has been made to
ascertain the war damage to sets of the Index-Catalogue in foreign institutions and to
replace defective sets if possible.
      Very respectfully,
                                              Joseph H. McNinch,
                              Colonel, Medical Corps, United States Army
                                         The Director, Army Medical Library. 
LIST   OF   ABBREVIATIONS
FOR
SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS
   USED IN THE

FOURTH SERIES

     OF THE
INDEX - CATALOGUE1
A. A. A. S. Bull., Lane.

Aarsber. sundhtilst. Ktfbenhavn

Aarsskr. Vet. Landboh0jsk., Kbh.

Abh. Augenh.

Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss.

Abh. Geburtsh.

Abh. Gesch. Vetmed.

Abh. Hyg.

Abh. inn. Sekret., Budap.

Abh. jur. med. Grenzgeb., Wien

Abh. Kinderh.

Abh. klin. Zahnh.

Abh. Med. Fak. Sun Yatsen Univ.

Abh. Neur. Psychiat.

Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss.

Abh. Psychother.

Abh. Sexforsch.

Abh. theor. Biol.
Abruzzo san.
Abstr.  Bact., Bait.
Abstr.  Cancer Res.
Abstr.  Diss. Stanford Univ.
1. A. A. A. S. bulletin [American Association for the Ad-
  vancement of Science]  Lancaster, Pa.
2. Aarsberetning angaaende sundhedstilstanden i K0ben-
  havn.  K0benhavn.
3. [Aarsskrift] Kongelige Veterinaer- og Landboh0jskole.
  K0benhavn.
4. Abhandlungen aus der Augenheilkunde  und  ihren
  Grenzgebieten.  Berlin.
5. Abhandlungen der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissen-
  schaften.  Munchen.
6. Abhandlungen aus der Geburtshulfe und Gynakologie
  und ihren Grenzgebieten. Berlin.
7. Abhandlungen aus der Geschichte der Veterinarmedizin.
  Leipzig.
8. Abhandlungen aus  dem Gesamtgebiete der Hygiene.
  Berlin.
9. Abhandlungen aus den Grenzgebieten der inneren
  Sekretion.  Budapest.
10. Abhandlungen aus dem juristisch-medizinischen Grenz-
  gebiete.  Wien.
11. Abhandlungen  aus der Kinderheilkunde und ihren
  Grenzgebieten.  Berlin.
12. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der klinischen Zahn-
  heilkunde.  Berlin.
13. Abhandlungen  der Medizinischen  Fakultat der Sun
  Yatsen-Universitat.  Canton.
14. Abhandlungen aus der Neurologie, Psychiatrie, Psy-
  chologic und ihren Grenzgebieten. Berlin.
15. Abhandlungen der Preussischen Akademie der Wissen-
  schaften.  Berlin.
16. Abhandlungen  aus dem Gebiete der Psychotherapie
  und medizinischen Psychologie.  Stuttgart.
17. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Sexualforschung.
  Berlin.
18. Abhandlungen zur theoretischen Biologie.  Berlin.
19. Abruzzo (L') sanitario.  Chieti.
20. Abstracts of bacteriology.  Baltimore.
21. Abstracts from cancer research. Philadelphia.
22. Abstracts of dissertations; Stanford University.  Palo
  Alto, Calif.
   * For abbreviations formerly used see Series 1, Volume 16, and Series 2, Volume 21, together with additional lists contained
in the volumes of the Third Series.                       .          /..t>»i
   For Synopsis of Style and a dictionary of abbreviated words see Series 4, Volume 2 ( B ).
   The purpose of the list is to explain the abbreviated titles used in the current series of the Index-Catalogue. 1 he abbre-
viation is followed by the short title of the journal, and the place of publication. It supersedes Part 2 of the Synopsis of Style
which was published in 1937. 
[2]
Abstr. Internat. Ophth. Congr.

Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr.

Abstr. Papers Far East. Ass. Trop. M.


Abstr. Papers Fever Conf.

Abstr.  Proc. Ass. Life Insur.  M. Dir.
  America

Abstr. Proc. U. S. Pharm. Convent.

Abstr. Science Libr., Hartford

Abstr. Theses Grad. Sch. Univ. Mary-
  land

Abstr. Theses Univ., Aberdeen

Abstr. Theses Univ. Chicago


Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh


Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc.

Abstr.  World M., Lond.
Abstr.  World Surg., Lond.

Accad. med., Genova
Acgao med.
Accid.  Bull.

Accid.  Bull. (U. S. Air Forces)

Accid.  Health Rev., Indianap.
Accion med., B. Air.                ,
Accion med., La  Paz
Accion med., Mex.
Accion sind., Montev.
Acta aerophysiol., Hamb.
Acta amer., Los Ang.
Acta anat., Basel
Acta bain, polon.
Acta biol. belg.
Acta biol. exp., Warsz.
Acta biotheor., Leiden
Acta brevia neerl.

Acta card., Brux.
Acta chir. belg.
Acta chir. scand.
Acta clin. belg.
Acta Conv. trop.  malar, morb.

Acta davos., Lpz.
Acta derm., Kyoto
Acta derm, vener.,  Stockh.
Acta endocr., Kharkov
Acta gastroenter. belg.
Acta gyn. scand.
Acta leiden.

Acta med., Kharkov
Acta med., Rio
Acta  Med.  fac.  Vytauti Magni  univ.
   Caunae
 \cta med. hisp.
Acta med. ital. mal. infett.

Acta med. Keijo
Acta med. latina, Par.
23.  Abstracts; International Ophthalmological  Congress,
  Amsterdam.                                         .
24.  Abstracts  of  communications of  the  International
  Physiological Congress.  Boston.
2a  Abstracts  of papers  and programme of the  scientiftc
  sessions  of  the  Far  Eastern  Association  of  Tropical
  Medicine.  Calcutta.
26.  Abstracts  of papers  and discussions ...  annual fever
  Conference [U. S., v. p.]
27  Abstract of the proceedings of the  ... annual meeting
  of the Association of Life Insurance  Medical Directors
  of America [v. p.]
28.  Abstracts  of  proceedings;  United States  Fharma-
  copoeial  Convention.   Washington.
29.  Abstracts  and translations from the science library;
  Institute of  Living.  Hartford.
30  Abstracts of theses for the degree of doctor of philoso-
  phy of the Graduate School of the University of Mary-
  land.  College Park, Md.
31.  Abstracts  of theses  accepted by the University for
  higher degrees.  Aberdeen.
32.  Abstracts of theses submitted to the Graduate Faculty
  of the University of Chicago for the degree of doctor of
  philosophy.   Chicago.
33.  [Abstracts of theses, researches completed, and bibli-
  ography  of publications]  University  of Pittsburgh; the
  Graduate School.   Pittsburgh.
34.  Abstracts of the transactions of the  Hunterian Society.
  London.
35.  Abstracts  of world medicine.   London.
36.  Abstracts  of world surgery, obstetrics & gynaecology.
  London.
37.  Accademia medica.   Genova.
38.  Accao  medica.   Lisboa.
39.  Accident bulletin [at head of tp.: Interstate Commerce
  Commission]  Washington.
40.  Accident bulletin [U. S. Army Air  Forces]   Winston-
  Salem, N. C.
41.  Accident (The) and health review.   Indianapolis.
42.  Acci6n medica.  Buenos Aires.
43.  Acci6n medica.  La Paz.
44.  Acci6n medica.  Mexico.
45.  Acci6n sindical.   Montevideo.
46.  Acta aerophysiologica.  Hamburg.
47.  Acta americana  [v. p.]
48.  Acta anatomica.  Basel.
49.  Acta balneologica Polonica.  Krak6w.
50.  Acta biologica Belgica.   Bruxelles.
51.  Acta biologiae experimentalis.   Warszawa.
52.  Acta biotheoretica.  Leiden.
53.  Acta brevia Neerlandica de physiologia, pharmacologia,
  microbiologia, e. a.  Amsterdam.
54. Acta cardiologica.   Bruxelles.
55.  Acta chirurgica  Belgica.  Bruxelles.
56. Acta chirurgica  Scandinavica.  Stockholm.
57. Acta clinica Belgica.  Bruxelles.
58. Acta Conventus de tropicis atque malariae  morbis.
  Amsterdam.
*59. Acta Davosiana.  Leipzig.
60. Acta dermatologica.  Kyoto.
61. Acta dermato-venereologica.  Stockholm.
62. Acta endocrinologica.   Kharkov.
63. Acta gastro-enterologica Belgica.   Bruxelles.
64. Acta gynecologica Scandinavica.   Helsingfors.
65. Acta Leidensia  (Mededeelingen uit het Instituut voor
  tropische geneeskunde)   Leiden.
66. Acta medica.   Kharkov.
67. Acta medica.   Rio de Janeiro.
68. Acta  Medicinae facultatis Vytauti  Magni  Universi-
  tatis Caunae.   Kaunas.
69. Acta medica hispanica.   Barcelona.
70. Acta medica italica  di malattie infettive e parassitarie.
  Napoli.
71. Acta medicinalia in Keijo.   Keijo, Jap.
72. Acta medica Latina.  Paris. 
[3]
Acta med. latv.
Acta med. nagasaki.
Acta med. orient., Jerusalem
Acta med. philip.
Acta med. scand.
Acta med. URSS
Acta neerl. morph.

Acta obst. gyn. scand.

Acta odont. scand.
Acta oncol., Moskva
Acta ophth., Kbh.
Acta ophth. orient.,  Jerusalem
Acta orthop. belg.
Acta orthop. scand.
Acta otolar., Stockh.
Acta paediat.,  Upps.
Acta paediat. jap.
Acta paracels., Munch.
Acta path, microb. scand.

Acta pediat., Madr.
Acta pharm. tox.,  Kbh.
Acta physicochim. URSS
Acta physiol. scand.
Acta physiother. rheumat. belg.

Acta psychiat.  neur., Kbh.
Acta psychol.,  Hague
Acta radiol., Stockh.
Acta radiol. cancer,  bohem.

Acta rheumat., Rotterdam
Actas Asambl. med. farm. Filipinas
 Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto

 Actas Ciba, Rio
 Actas Conf. farm, argent.

 Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur.

 Actas Conf. panamer. dir. nac. san.

 Actas Conf. panamer. eugen.

 Actas Conf. san. internac. repub. amer.

 Actas Conf. san. panamer.

 Actas Congr. amer. urol.

 Actas Congr. As. med. panamer.

 Actas Congr. dent, espan.
 Actas Congr. espan. obst. gin. pediat.

 Actas Congr. internac. bibliot.

 Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain)
 Actas Congr. med. nac, Habana

 Actas Congr. nac.  cir., B. Air.

 Actas Congr. nac.  med., B. Air.

 Actas Congr. nac.  med., Rosario
 Actas Congr. nac.  puericult., B. Air.

Actas Congr. nac.  san., Madr.

Actas Congr. panamer. endocr.
Stock-
Tokyo.

Scandinavica.
73. Acta medica Latvica.  Riga.
74. Acta medica Nagasakiensia.
75. Acta medica Orientalia.  Jerusalem.
76. Acta medica Philippina.  Manila.
77. Acta medica Scandinavica.   Stockholm.
78. Acta medica URSS.   Moskva.
79. Acta  Neerlandica morphologiae  normalis et patho-
  logicae.  Utrecht.
80. Acta obstetricia et gynecologica Scandinavica.
  holm.
81. Acta odontologica Scandinavica.  Stockholm.
82. Acta oncologica.  Moskva.
83. Acta ophthalmologica.  K0benhavn.
84. Acta ophthalmologica Orientalia.   Jerusalem.
85. Acta orthopaedica Belgica.   Bruxelles.
86. Acta orthopaedica Scandinavica.  K0benhavn.
87. Acta oto-laryngologica.   Stockholm.
88. Acta paediatrica.  Uppsala.
89. Acta paediatrica Japonica (Zika zassi)
90. Acta Paracelsica.  Miinchen.
91. Acta  pathologica  et  microbiologica
  K0benhavn.
92. Acta pediatrica.  Madrid.
93. Acta pharmacologica et toxicologica.  K0benhavn.
94. Acta physicochimica URSS.  Moskva.
95. Acta physiologica Scandinavica.  Stockholm.
96. Acta  physiotherapica  et   rheumatologica  Belgica.
  Bruxelles.
97. Acta psychiatrica et neurologica.  K0benhavn.
98. Acta psychologica.  The Hague.
99. Acta radiologica.  Stockholm.
100. Acta radiologica et  cancerologica  Bohemoslovenica.
  Praha.
101. Acta rheumatologica.  Rotterdam.
102. Actas,  memorias y comunicaciones de la Asamblea
  regional de medicos y farmaceuticos de Filipinas.  Ma-
  nila.
103. Acta Scholae  medicinalis  Universitatis Imperialis in
  Kioto.  Kioto.
104. Actas Ciba.   Rio de Janeiro.
105. Actas y trabajos; Conferencia farmaceutica argentina
  [v. p.]             ^
106. Actas de la  Conferencia latino-americana de neuro-
  logia, psiquiatrfa y medicina  legal [v.  p.]
107. Actas de la ... Conferencia panamericana de direc-
  tores nacionales de sanidad.  Washington.
108. Actas de la Conferencia panamericana de la eugenesia
  y homocultura  de las republicas americanas  [v. p.]
109. Actas de la Conferencia sanitaria internacional de las
  republicas americanas [v. p.]
110. Actas de la ... Conferencia sanitaria panamericana
  [v. p.]
111. Actas y trabajos;  Congreso americano de urologia.
  Buenos Aires.
112. Actas y  trabajos  del  Congreso  de  la  Asociaci6n
  medica panamericana [v. p.]
113. Actas del  Congreso dental espanol.   Madrid.
114. Actas del Congreso espanol de obstetricia,  gineco-
  logia y pediatrfa.  Madrid.
115. Actas y trabajos;  Congreso internacional de biblio-
  tecas y bibliografia.   Madrid.
116. Actas Congreso medico-militar (Spain) Barcelona.
117. Actas y trabajos del Congreso medico nacional.  La
  Habana.
118. Actas y  trabajos; Congreso  nacional  de  cirugia.
  Buenos Aires.
119. Actas y trabajos; Congreso nacional de medicina.
  Buenos Aires.
120. Actas ... Congreso nacional de  medicina.   Rosario.
121. Actas y trabajos  del  Congreso nacional de  pueri-
  cultura.  Buenos Aires.
122. [Libro  de] Actas;  Congreso  nacional  de sanidad.
  Madrid.
123. Actas del Congreso panamericano  de  endocrinologfa.
  Montevideo. 
[4]
 Actas derm, sif., Granada
 Actas derm, sif., Madr.
 Actas Jorn. neuropsiquiat.  panamer.

 Actas Jorn. pediat., Habana

 Acta Soc. med. Duodecim

 Acta Soc. ophth. jap.
 Actas Soc. cirug. Madrid
 Acta tropica, Basel
 Acta tuberc. scand.
 Acta Unio internat. cancr., Brux.

 Acta Univ. latv.
 Acta Univ. lund.
 Acta Univ. tartu.

 Acta Univ. voroneg.

 Actinoterapia, Nap.
 Actino Ther. Digest
 Action med., Montreal
 Action med., Par.
 Actual, chir., Par.
 Actual, med., Granada
 Actual, med. peru.
 ADM, Mex.

 Admin. Papers Internat. Management
   Congr.
 Admin. Rep. Surg. Gen., Trinidad

 Advance. Carbohydr.  Chem., N. Y.
 Advance. Int. M., N.  Y.
 Advance. Protein Chem., N. Y.
 Advance. Sc, Lond.
 Aeronaut. Engin. Rev.
 Aerztebl. Hessen

 Aerztebl. Norddeut.
 Aerztin

 Aerztl. Ber. Allg. Krankenh. Wien

 Aerztl. Centr. Anz., Wien
 Aerztl. Centr. Ztg, Wien
 Aerztl. Feldpost.
 Aerztl. Fortbild. Bad Nauheim

 Aerztl. Mission
 Aerztl. Mitt., Lpz.
 Aerztl. Mitt. Baden

 Aerztl. Mschr.
 Aerztl. Polytechn.
 Aerztl. Prakt.
 Aerztl. Prax., Wien
 Aerztl. Rdsch.
 Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg
 Aerztl. Wschr.
 Aerztl. Ztg
 Aesculape, Par.
 Afrique fr. chir.
 Agr. News, Wilmington
 Agr. Papers  Internat. Management
  Congr.
 Aichi J. Exp.  M.
 Air Corps Inform. Circ.
Air Corps News Lett.
Air M. Serv.
Air Sea Rescue Bull.
Air Serv. Inform. Circ.
Air Surgeon Bull.
Akush. gin.
124.  Actas dermo-sifiliogrdficas.   Granada.
125.  Actas dermo-sifilograficas.  Madrid.
126.  Actas y  temas;  Jornadas  neuropsiqui&tricas
  americanas.   Lima.
127.  Actas y trabajos; Jornada pedi&trica de Santiago de
  Cuba.   La Habana.
128.  Acta  Societatis
  Helsinki.
129.  Acta Societatis ophthalmologicae Japonicae.   Tokyo.
     Actas de la Sociedad de cirugfa de Madrid.   Madrid.
     Acta tropica.   Basel.
     Acta tuberculosea Scandinavica.  K0benhavn.
     Acta; Unio internationalis contra cancrum.  Bruxel-
pan-
medicorum  Fennicae  Duodecim.
130.
131.
132.
133.
  les
134. Acta Universitatis Latviensis.   Riga.
135. Acta Universitatis Lundensis.   Lund.
136. Acta  et  commentationes  Universitatis  Tartuensis
  (Dorpatensis)  Tartu.
137. Acta; Gosudarstvenny Universitet, Medicinsky Fa-
  kultet, Voronezh.
138. Actinoterapia (L')   Napoli.
139. Actino therapy digest.   Chicago.
140. Action (L') medicale.   Montreal.
141. Action (L') medicale.   Paris.
142. Actuality chirurgicales.  Paris.
143. Actualidad medica.  Granada.
144. Actualidad medica peruana.  Lima.
145. A. D. M.; revista de la Asociaci6n dental mexicana.
  Mexico.
146. Administration papers  of the International Manage-
  ment Congress.   Baltimore.
147. Administration  report  of  the   Surgeon-General.
  Trinidad.
148. Advances in carbohydrate chemistry.   New York.
149. Advances in internal medicine.  New York.
150. Advances in protein chemistry.   New York.
151. Advancement (The) of science.  London.
152. Aeronautical engineering review.  Easton, Pa.
153. Aerzteblatt  fur  Hessen-Nassau  und  Kurhessen.
  Frankfurt a. M.
154. -Aerzteblatt fur Norddeutschland.   Berlin.
155. Aerztin (Die)  Monatsschrift der deutschen Aerztin-
  nen.  Berlin.
156. Aerztlicher Bericht des K. K. Allgemeinen Kranken-
  hauses zu Wien.   Wien.
157. Aerztlicher Central-Anzeiger.  Wien.
158. Aerztliche Central-Zeitung.  Wien.
159. Aerztlicher Feldpostbrief [n. p.]
160. [Aerztliche]  Fortbildungskurse in  Bad  Nauheim.
  Dresden.
161. Aerztliche Mission.  Gutersloh.
162. Aerztliche Mitteilungen nebst Anzeiger.  Leipzig.
163. Aerztliche Mitteilungen aus und fur Baden.   Karls-
  ruhe.
164. Aerztliche Monatsschrift.   Berlin.
     Aerztliche Polytechnik.  Berlin.
     Aerztlicher Praktiker.  Frankfurt a.  Main.
     Aerztliche Praxis.  Wien.
     Aerztliche Rundschau.   Miinchen.
     Aerztliche Sachverstandigenzeitung.   Berlin.
     Aerztliche Wochenschrift.   Berlin.
     Aerztliche Zeitung.  Berlin.
     Aesculape.   Paris.
     Afrique (L') frangaise chirurgicale.  Alger.
174. Agricultural news.   Wilmington, Del.
175. Agriculture papers of the International Management
  Congress.  Baltimore.
176. Aichi journal of experimental medicine. Nagoya.
     Air Corps information circular.   Washington.
     Air Corps news letter.   Washington.
     Air medical service.  Washington.
     Air sea rescue bulletin.  Washington.
     Air Service information circular.  Washington.
182. Air (The) surgeon's bulletin.  Washington.
183. Akusherstvo i ginekologia.   Moskva.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
171.
172.
173.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181. 
[5]
 Alabama Childhood
 Alabama Social Welf.
 ALA Bull.

 Alaska Health
 Albany M. Ann.
 Alberta Pub. Health  Ser.
 Album med., Guatem.
 Alcmeone, N. Y.

 Alcohol Hyg., Bait.
 Algerie med.
 Alienist & Neur.
 Alkaloid. Clin., Chic.
 Alkoholfrage
 Allatorv. lap.
 Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg
 Allg. med. Zentr. Ztg
 Allg. statist. Arch.
 Allg. Wien. med. Ztg
 Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.

 All Hands, Brooklyn
 Allm. sven. lak. tidn.
 Alpha Omegan, Phila.
 Alumnae J., Wash.

 Alumni Bull. Long Island Coll. M.

 Alumni Bull. Univ. California M. Dep.

 Alumni Bull. Univ. Virginia

 Alumni Reg. Univ.  Pennsylvania

 Am. Anat. Mem.
 Am. Ann. Deaf
 Am. Anthrop.
 Am. Architect
 Am. Ass. Orthodont.

 Am. Atlas Stereoroentg.
 Amatus Lusitanus,  Lisb.

 Amazon, med.
 A.m. Breeders Mag.
 Ambulando e. 1. ciegos, Santurce
 Am. Child
 Am. Congr. Radiol.
 Am. Dent. J.
 Am. Dent. Surgeon
 Am. Druggist

 Am. Econom. Secur.
 America clin.
 America indigena, Mex.
 Am. Food J.
 Am. Gyn.
 Am. Gyn. Obst: J.

 Am. Health J., S. Franc.

 Am. Heart J.
 Am. Imago
 Am. Interne
 Am. J. Anat.
 Am. J. Bot.
 Am. J. Cancer
 Am. J. Clin. M.
 Am. J. Clin. Path.

Am. J. Derm.

Am. J. Digest. Dis.
 184. Alabama childhood.  Montgomery.
 185. Alabama social welfare.  Montgomery.
 186. ALA bulletin;  published by the American Library
   Association.   Chicago.
 187. Alaska's health.  Juneau.
 188. Albany medical annals.  Albany.
 189. AlbeTta public health series.  Edmonton.
 190. Album (El) medico.  Guatemala.
 191. Alcmeone; revista trimestrale di  storia della  medi-
   cina.  New York.
 192. Alcohol hygiene.   Baltimore.
 193. Alg6rie  (L') medicale.  Alger.
 194. Alienist and neurologist.   S. Louis.
 195. Alkaloidal clinic.   Chicago.
 196. Alkoholfrage (Die)  Berlin-Dahlem.
 197. Allatorvosi lapok.  Budapest.
 198. Allgemeine deutsche Hebammenzeitung.   Berlin.
 199. Allgemeine medizinische  Zentralzeitung.   Berlin.
 200. Allgemeines statistisches Archiv  [Germany; v.  p.]
 201. Allgemeine Wiener medizinische Zeitung.   Wien.
 202. Allgemeine Zeitschrift fur Psychiatrie und psychisch-
   gerichtliche Medizin.  Berlin.
 203. All hands [United States  Naval Hospital]  Brooklyn.
 204. Allmanna  svenska  lakartidningen.   Stockholm.
 205. Alpha (The) omegan.  Philadelphia.
 206. Alumnae journal  [Alumnae Association of the Army
   School of Nursing]  Washington.
 207. Alumni bulletin of the Long Island College of  Medi-
   cine.  New York.
 208. Alumni (The) bulletin of the University of California
   Medical Department.   San  Francisco.
 209. Alumni bulletin of the University of Virginia.   Char-
   lottesville.
 210. Alumni Register;  University of Pennsylvania.  Phila-
   delphia.
 211. American anatomical memoirs.   Philadelphia.
 212. American annals  of the deaf.   Menasha.
 213. American anthropologist.   Menasha.
 214. American architect and architecture.  Boston.
 215. American  (The)  Association  of  Orthodontists.  S.
   Louis.
 216. American atlas of stereoroentgenology.  Troy, N. Y.
 217. Amatus Lusitanus;  revista de  medicina e cirurgia.
   Lisboa.
 218. Amazonas medico.   Manaos.
 219. American breeders' magazine.  Washington.
 220. Ambulando entre los ciegos.  Santurce, P. R.
 221. American (The) child.  New York.
 222. American Congress of Radiology.  Springfield, 111.
 223. American dental journal.   Chicago.
 224. American (The) dental surgeon.   Chicago.
 225. American  druggist and pharmaceutical record.  New
   York.
 226. American  economic security.  Washington.
 227. America clfnica.  New York.
 228. America indigena.  Mexico.
 229. American  food journal.   Chicago.
 230. American  gynecology.  New York.
 231. American   gynecological   and  obstetrical  journal.
   New York.
 232. American  health  journal   [Allan  P.  King]   San
   Francisco.
 233. American  (The) heWt journal.  S. Louis.
 234. American  (The) imago.   Boston.
 235. American  (The) interne.  New York.
 236. American  (The) journal of anatomy.  Philadelphia.
 237. American  journal of botany  [v. p.]
 238. American  (The) journal  of cancer.  Lancaster.
 239. American  journal of clinical  medicine.  Chicago.
 240. American  (The) journal of clinical pathology.  Balti-
  more.
241. American  journal of dermatology and genitourinary
  diseases.  S.  Louis.                  *»
242. American journal of digestive diseases and nutrition.
  Huntington, Ind. 
[6]
Am. J. Dis. Child.
Am. J. Electrother.

Am. J. Hyg.
Am. J. Insan.
Am. J. Med.
Am. J. Ment. Defic.
Am. J. M. Jurispr.
Am. J. M. Sc.

Am. J. M. Techn.
Am. J. Numism.
Am. J. Nurs.
Am. J. Obst.

Am. J. Ophth.
Am. J. Optometr.
Am. J. Orthodont.
Am.

Am.
J. Orthop. Surg.

J. Orthopsychiat.
Am. Am. Am.	J. J. J.	Path. Pharm. Pharm. Educ.
Am.	J.	Phys. Ambul. Ther
Am.	J.	Phys. Anthrop.
Am. Am.	J. J.	Physiol. Physiol. Optics
Am. Am. Am. Am.	J. J. J. J.	Phys. Ther. Police Sc. Psychiat. Psychoanal.
Am. Am. Am. Am.	J. J. J. J.	Psychol. Psychother. Pub. Health Roentg.
Am. Am. Am. Am. Am. Am.	J. J. J. J. J. J.	Sc. School Hyg. Sociol. Stomat. Surg. Syph.
Am.	J.	Trop. M.
Am.	J.	Urol. Sex.
Am. J. Vet. M. Am. J. Vet. Res. A. M. M., Mex. Am. M. Ass. News Am. M. Compend Am. Med. Am. M. Press Am. Mus. Novit. Am. Natur. Am. Opt. Vision Am. Phys. Educ. Rev.		
Am. Physician
Am. Practitioner
Am. Profes. Pharmacist
Am. Psychologist
Am. Rev. Soviet M.
Am. Rev. Tuberc.
Am. Scientist
Am. Sociol. Rev.
252.
253.
254.
  S.
         Boston.
medical sciences.

       Detroit.
      York.
             H.
243.  American journal of diseases of  children   Chicago.
244.  American journal of electrotherapeutics and radiology
  New Y'ork.              ,   „ ,          T     * ,..
245  American (The) journal of hygiene.   Lancastd.
246.  American (The) journal of insanity.   I tica.
247.  American (The) journal of medicine.   New ^  ork.
248.  American journal of mental deficiency.   Albany.
249  American journal of medical jurisprudence.
250.  American  (The) journal  of  the medic-
  Philadelphia.
251.  American journal of medical technology.
     American journal of numismatics.  New
     American (The) journal of nursing. Concord,  JN.
     American (The) journal of obstetrics and gynecology.
     Louis.
255.  American journal of ophthalmology.  Menasha.
256.  American journal of optometry.   Minneapolis.
257.  American journal of orthodontics and oral surgery.
  S.  Louis.
258.  American   (The)   journal  of orthopedic  surgery.
  Boston.
259.  American (The) journal of orthopsychiatry.  Mena-
  sha.
260.  American (The) journal of pathology.  Boston.
261.  American journal of pharmacy.  Philadelphia.
262.  American (The) journal of pharmaceutical education.
  Lincoln.
263.  American  (The) journal  of physical  and ambulant
  therapy.  Chicago.
264.  American journal of physical anthropology.   Phila-
  delphia.
2(>.">.  American (The) journal of physiology.   Baltimore.
266.  American  journal  of physiological optics.   South-
  bridge,  Mass.
267.  American journal of physical therapy.  Chicago.
268.  American journal of police science.  Chicago.
269.  American (The) journal of psychiatry.  Baltimore.
270.  American   (The)  journal  of psychoanalysis.   New
  York.
271.  American (The) journal of psychology.  Ithaca.
272.  American journal of psychotherapy.   Lancaster.
273.  American journal of public health.  Albany.
274.  American (The) journal of roentgenology and  radium
  therapy.  Springfield, 111.
275.  American journal of science.   New Haven.
     American journal of school hygiene.   Worcester.
     American (The) journal of sociology.   Chicago.
     American journal of stomatology.  New  York.
     American (The) journal of surgery.   New York.
280.  American journal of syphilis, gonorrhea, and venereal
  diseases.  S. Louis.
281.  American (The) journal of tropical medicine.  Balti-
  more.
282.  American  journal  of urology and sexology.  New
  York.
283. American journal of veterinary medicine. Chicago.
284. American journal of veterinary research.  Chicago.
285. A[sociacion] m[edica] mfexicana]  Mexico.
286. American Medical Association news. • Chicago.
     American medical  compend.   Toledo.
     American medicine.   New York.
     American medical  press  [See Ther.  Diet. Age]
     American Museum novitates.  New York.
291. American (The) naturalist.   New York.
292. American optical vision.   New York.
293. American  physical  education review.
   Mass.
294. American physician.  Philadelphia.
295. American practitioner [v. p.]
296. American professional pharmacist.   New York.
297. American  (The) psychologist.  Baltimore.
298. American review of soviet medicine.   New York.
298a.  American (The) review of tuberculosis.  Baltimore.
299.  American scientist.   New  Haven.
300.  American sociological review.  Menasha.
276.
277.
278.
279.
287.
288.
289.
290.
Springfield,
0
* 
[7]
A. M. S. S. Rev., Adelaide

Am. Yearb. Anesth.

An. Acad. biol. Univ. cat. Chile

An. Acad, brasil. cienc.

An. Acad, cienc. med. Habana

An. Acad. med. Medellin

An. Acad. med. quir. espan.

An. Acad. nac. med., Madr.

Anadolu klin., Istanbul
Analecta med., Mex.
Analyst, Lond.
An. argent, oft.
An. As. mex. ortod.

An. As. quim. farm. Uruguay

An. assist, psicopat., Rio
Anat. Anz.
Anat. Ber.
An. Ateneo Inst, mat., B. Air.
 An.  Ateneo pat.  clin.  med. Hosp. Al-
   vear, B. Air.
 Anat. Hefte
 Anat. Rec.
 An.  brasil. derm. sif.

 An.  brasil. gin.
 An.  Casa sal. Valdecilla

 An.  Cated. pat. clin. tuberc, B. Air.

 An.  Cated. radiol. fisioter. bucodent.,
   B. Air.
 An.  Centro tisiol., B. Air.

 An.  cienc. med.,  Madr.
 An.  Circ. med. argent.
 An.  cirug., B. Air.

 An.  cirug., Habana
 An.  cirug., Rosario
 An.  Clin. C. Jimenez Diaz, Madr.

 An.  Clin, enferm. infecc, Montev.

 An.  Clin. Hosp. Juarez, Mex.
 An.  Clin, med., Montev.
 An.  Clin. med. A, Barcel.

 An.  Clin. med. C, Montev.
 An.  Clin, quir., Lima
 An.  Col. med. Carabobo
 An.  Conf. nac. defesa sif., Rio

 An.  Congr. brasil. gin.

 An. Dep. nac. hig., B. Air.

 An. Direcc. san. nac, Caracas
An. educ. fiz., Bucur.
An. Esc. farm. Univ. San  Marcos

An. Esc. nac. cienc. biol., Mex.
301. A[delaide]  M[edical] Sftudents']  S[ociety] Review.
  Adelaide.
302. American  yearbook  of anesthesia  and  analgesia.
  New Y'ork.
303. Anales de la Academia  de  biologia  (Universidad
  catolica de Chile)   Santiago.
304. Anais da Academia brasileira de ciencias.  Rio  de
  Janeiro.
305. Anales de la  Academia  de ciencias medicas, fisicas y
  naturales de la Habana.  La Habana.
306. Anales de la Academia de  medicina  de  Medellin.
  Medellin, Colombia.
307. Anales de  la Academia medico-quiriirgica espanola.
  Madrid.
308. Anales de la Academia nacional de medicina.   Ma-
  drid.
309. Anadolu  klinigi.   Istanbul.
310. Analecta medica.  Mexico.
311. Analyst (The)   London.
312. Anales argentinos de oftalmologia.  Rosario.
313. Anales de la Asociaci6n mexicana  de ortodoncia.
  Mexico.
314. Anales de  la Asociacion de qufmica  y farmacia del
  Uruguay.   Montevideo.
315. Anais da assistencia a psicopatas.  Rio de Janeiro.
316. Anatomischer Anzeiger.  Jena.
317. Anatomischer Bericht.  Jena.
318. Anales del  Ateneo  del Instituto de  maternidad  y
  asistencia social Dr. Samuel Gache; Hospital Rawson.
  Buenos Aires.
319. Anales; Ateneo de patologia y clinica medica; Hos-
  pital T. de Alvear.   Buenos Aires.
320. Anatomische Hefte  [See Zschr. Anat. Entw.]
321. Anatomical record.   Philadelphia.
322. Anais brasileiros de dermatologia e sifilografia.  Rio
  de Janeiro.
323. Anais brasileiros de ginecologia.  Rio de Janeiro.
324. Anales de  la Casa  de  salud  Valdecilla.  Santander,
  Spain.
325. Anales; C&tedra de patologia y clinica de la tubercu-
  losis; Universidad.   Buenos Aires.
326. Anales de la Catedra  de radiologia y fisioterapia
  buco-dental; Escuela de odontologia.  Buenos Aires.
327. Anales del Centro  de investigaciones tisiologicas.
  Buenos Aires.
328. Anales de ciencias medicas.   Madrid.
329. Anales del Circulo m6dico argentino.   Buenos Aires.
330. Anales de  cirugia;  versi6n  castellana de  la revista
  Annals of Surgery.   Buenos Aires.
331. Anales de cirugia.   La Habana.
332. Anales de cirugia.   Rosario.
333. Anales de la Clinica del professor C. Jimenez  Diaz.
  Madrid.
334. Anales de la Clinica  e instituto  de enfermedades
  infecciosas.   Montevideo.
335. Anales de  Clinica del Hospital Judrez.  Mexico.
336. Anales de la  Clinica medica.   Montevideo.
337. Anales de la Clinica medica A, Universidad de Barce-
  lona.   Barcelona.
338. Anales; Clinica medica C.  Montevideo.
339. Anales de la  Clinica quinirgica.  Lima.
340. Anales del Colegio medico de Carabobo. Caracas.
341. Anais da ... Conferencia nacional de  defesa contra a
  sifilis.  Rio  de Janeiro.
342. Anais do Congresso brasileiro de ginecologia e obste-
  tricia.   Rio de Janeiro.
343. Anales del Departamento nacional de higiene. Buenos
  Aires.
344. Anales de la Direccion de sanidad nacional.  Caracas.
345. Analele educatiei fizice.  Bucuresti.
346. Anales de la Escuela de farmacia; Universidad mayor
  de San Marcos.   Lima.
347. Anales de la  Escuela nacional  de ciencias biol6gicas.
  Mexico. 
[8]
An. Esc. vet. Uruguay

An. espan. odontoestomat.
Anesthesie, Par.
Anesthesiology
An. Fac. biol. cienc. med. Univ. Chile

An. Fac. cienc. jur. social. Univ. Chile

An. Fac. cienc. med., Asuncion
An. Fac. cienc. med. La Plata

An. Fac. cienc. med. Univ. Lima

An.  Fac.  farm,  bioquim.  Univ.  San
  Marcos
An. Fac. fr. med. pharm. Beyrouth

An. Fac. med., Montev.
An. Fac. med. farm. Univ. Habana

An. Fac. med. Lima
An. Fac. med. Porto

An. Fac. med. Porto Alegre

An. Fac. med. Recife
An. Fac. odont. Univ. Minas Gerais

An. Fac. vet.,  Montev.
An. farm,  bioquim., B.  Air.
Angle Orthodont.
An. hosp., Lima
An. Hosp. centr. exerc, Rio

An. Hosp. mil., S. Salvador
An. Hosp. Salvador, Santiago
An. Hosp. S.  Cruz, Barcel.

An. Hosp. S.  Jose, Madr.

An. Hosp. S.  Teresa, Comayagua

Animals Defender, Lond.
An. Inst, biol., Mex.
An. Inst. clin. med., B. Air.

An. Inst. clin. quir., Montev.

An. Inst, etnogr. amer., Mendoza

An. Inst, invest, cient., Monterrey

An. Inst, invest, f is. apl. pat., B. Air.

An. Inst, invest, med.,  Madr.

An. Inst. med. exp., Caracas

An. Inst. med. reg., Tucuman
An. Inst. med. trop., Lisb.
An. Inst. nac.  parasit., Asuncion

An. Inst, neur., Montev.
An. Inst. Pinheiros
An. Inst, psicol., B. Air.
An. Inst, psiquiat., Rio
An. Inst. Sete de Setembro, Rio
Anjou med.
An. med., Barcel.
An. med. Acad. Catalunya
An. med. Ateneo Ramon y Cajal, Mex.
348. Anales  de  la  Escuela  veterinaria  del  Uruguay.

349. Anales es'pafioles de odontoestomatologfa.  Madrid.
350. Anesthesie et analgesic   Paris.
351. Anesthesiology.  Lancaster.        _
352. Anales de la Facultad de biologia y ciencias medicas,
  Universidad de Chile.  Concepci6n.
353. Anales de la Facultad de ciencias jurfdicas y sociales;
  Universidad de Chile.  Santiago.
354. Anales de la Facultad de ciencias medicas.  Asuncion.
355. Anales de la Facultad de ciencias medicas de La Plata.
  Buenos Aires.                     .              TT  .
356. Anales de  la  Facultad de  ciencias medicas;  Uni-
  versidad  de  Lima.   Lima.
357. Anales de la Facultad de farmacia y  bioqufmica;
  Universidad de San Marcos,  Lima.  Lima.
358. Anales de la Facult6 francaise de  medecine et  de
  pharmacie de Beyrouth.  Beirut.
359. Anales de la Facultad de medicina.  Montevideo.
360. Anales de  la  Facultad  de  medicina y  farmacia;
  LTniversidad de La Habana.   La Habana.
361. Anales de la Facultad de medicina de Lima.  Lima.
362. Anais  scientificos da Faculdade de medicina do Porto.
  Porto.
363. Anais  da Faculdade de medicina de  Porto Alegre.
  Rio Grande do Sul.
364. Anais  da Faculdade de medicina do  Recife.  Recife.
365. Anais  da Faculdade de odontologia e pharmacia  da
  Universidade de Minas Gerais.   Belo Horizonte.
366. Anales de la Facultad de  veterinaria.  Montevideo.
367. Anales de farmacia y bioqufmica.   Buenos Aires.
368. Angle  orthodontist.   Brooklyn.
369. Anales hospitalarios.  Lima.
370. Anais   do Hospital  central  do  exercito.   Rio  de
  Janeiro.
371. Anales del Hospital militar.   San Salvador.
372. Anales del Hospital del Salvador.  Santiago.
373. Anales del Hospital de la Santa Cruz y San Pablo.
  Barcelona.
374. Anales del Hospital de San Jose y Santa Adela (Cruz
  Roja)  Madrid.
375. Anales del  Hospital Santa  Teresa.    Comayagua,
  Honduras.
376. Animals' defender and zoophilist.   London.
377. Anales del Instituto de biologia.  Mexico.
378. Anales  del  Instituto  modelo de  clinica  medica.
  Buenos Aires.
379. Anales del Instituto de clinica quirurgica y  cirugia
  experimental.  Montevideo.
380. Anales  del  Instituto  de   etnografia  americana.
  Mendoza.
381. Anales del Instituto  de  investigaciones cientificas.
  Monterrey.
382. Anales del Instituto de investigaciones fisicas aplica-
  das a la patologia humana.  Buenos Aires.
383. Anales del Instituto de investigaciones medicas y de
  la Clinica medica del prof. C. Jimenez Diaz.   Madrid.
384. Anales  del Instituto de  medicina   experimental.
  Caracas.
385. Anales del Instituto de medicina regional.  Tucuman.
386. Anais do Instituto de medicina tropical.  Lisboa.
387. Anales  del  Instituto  nacional de   parasitologfa.
  Asunci6n.
388. Anales del Instituto de neurologia.  Montevideo.
389. Anaes do Instituto Pinheiros.  Sao  Paulo.
390. Anales; Instituto de psicologia.  Buenos Aires.
391. Anais do Instituto de psiquiatria.  Rio de Janeiro.
392. Anais do Instituto Sete de Setembro. Rio de Janeiro.
393. Anjou m6dical.  Angers.
394. Anales de medicina.  Barcelona.
395. Anais de medecina; butUeti mensual de 1'Academia y
  laboratori de  ciencies  mediques de Catalunya.  Barce-
  lona.
396. Anales  de medicina  del Ateneo  Ram6n y  Cajal
  Mexico. 
[9]
An. med. gaditanos
An. med. int., Madr.
An. Min. educ  Brasil

Ann. Acad, brasil. sc.

Ann. Allergy
Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Social Sc.

Ann. anat. path., Par.

Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond.
Ann. Biblioth. Para

Ann. Biochem.  Exp.  M., Calc

Ann. biol. clin., Par.
Ann. brasil. derm. sif.

Ann. brasil. gyn.
Ann. chim. anal., Par.
Ann. chim. farm., Roma
Ann. chir. orthop., Par.
Ann. Clin, Par.

Ann. Clin. M.
Ann. Clin, med., Pal.

Ann. Clin, odont., Roma

Ann. clin. Osp. incurab., Nap.
Ann. Clin, psichiat. Palermo

Ann. Congr. brasil. hyg.

Ann. Dent.
Ann. derm, syph., Par.
Ann. Disting. Serv. Found. Optometry

Ann. Ecole med. pharm. Marseille

Annee biol.
Annee pediat.
Annee psychol.
Ann. electrob., Lille
Ann. elettr. med., Nap.
Ann. endocr., Par.
Ann. Entom. Soc. America

Ann. Eugen., Cambr.
Ann. Fac. med. chir. Univ. Bari

Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo

Ann. Fac. med. Univ. Minas Geraes

Ann. Fac. odont. Univ. Minas  Gerais

Ann. falsif., Par.
Ann. ferment.,  Par.
Ann. freniat., Tor.
Ann. gyn. obst., Par.
Ann. Gyn. Pediat., Bost.
Ann. Hosp. centr. exerc, Rio

Ann. hyg., Par.

Ann. hyg. med. col., Par.
Ann. igiene
Ann. Inst, actin., Par.
Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles

Ann. Inst, hydr., Par.

Ann. Inst. Pasteur. Par.
397. Anales medicos gaditanos.  Cddiz.
398. Anales de medicina interna.   Madrid.
399. Anais do Ministerio da educacafo  e saiide, Brasil.
  Rio de Janeiro.
400. Annaes de Academia brasileira de sciencias.  Rio de
  Janeiro.
401. Annals of allergy.  S. Louis.
402. Annals of the  American Academy of Political  and
  Social Science.   Philadelphia.
403. Annales d'anatomie pathologique mldico-chirurgicalc
  Paris.
404. Annals of applied biology.  London.
405. Annaes da Bibliotheca  e Archivo publico  do Pard.
  Para.
406. Annals of biochemistry and  experimental  medicine.
  Calcutta.
407. Annales  de biologie clinique.   Paris.
408. Annaes  brasileiros de  dermatologia  e  sifilografia.
  Rio de Janeiro.
409. Annaes brasileiros de gynecologia.   Rio  de Janeiro.
410. Annales de chimie analytique.  Paris.
411. Annali di chimica farmaceutica.   Roma.
412. Annales  de chirurgie et d'orthopedie.  Paris.
413. Annales  Clin; actuality mldicales et therapeutiques.
  Paris.
414. Annals of clinical medicine.   Baltimore.
415. Annali di Clinica medica e di medicina sperimentale.
  Palermo.
416. Annali di Clinica odontoiatrica e delPIstituto su-
  periore George Eastman.   Roma.
417. Annali clinici dell'Ospedale incurabili.  Napoli.
418. Annali della Clinica psichiatrica  e neuropatologica di
  Palermo. Palermo.
419. Annaes do Congresso brasileiro de hygiene.  Belo
  Horizonte.
420. Annals of dentistry.   New York.
421. Annales de dermatologie et de syphiligraphie.  Paris.
422. Annals (The) of the Distinguished Service Founda-
  tion of Optometry.  Fall River, Mass.
423. Annales de l'Ecole de plein exercice de mldecine et de
  pharmacie de Marseille.  Paris.
424. Annie (L') biologique.  Paris.
424a. Annie pldiatrique.   Paris.
425. Annie psychologique.  Paris.
426. Annales  d'llectrobiologie et de radiologic   Lille.
427. Annali di elettricita medica e terapia fisica.   Napoli.
428. Annales d'endocrinologic Paris.
429. Annals of the Entomological Society of  America.
  Columbus.
430. Annals of eugenics.  Cambridge, Engl.
431. Annali della  Facolta  di medicina e chirurgia, Uni-
  versity di Bari.   Bari.
432. Annaes da Faculdade  de medicina de  Sao Paulo.
  Sao Paulo.
433. Annaes da Faculdade de medicina da Universidade
  de Minas Geraes.   Belo Horizonte.
434. Annaes da Faculdade de odontologia e pharmacia da
  Universidade de Minas Gerais.   Belo Horizonte.
435. Annales  des falsifications et des  fraudes.   Paris.
436. Annales  des fermentations.   Paris.
437. Annali de freniatria e scienze affini.  Torino.
438. Annales  de gynlcologie  et d'obstetrique.   Paris.
439. Annals of gynaecology and pediatry.  Boston.
440. Annaes  do  Hospital  central do  exercito.  Rio de
  Janeiro.
441. Annales  d'hygiene publique, industrielle et sociale.
  Paris.
442. Annales  d'hygiene et de mldecine coloniales.  Paris.
443. Annali d'igiene.  Roma.
444. Annales  de l'lnstitut d'actinologie.   Paris.
445. Annales  de l'lnstitut chirurgical  de Bruxelles. Brux-

446. Annales  de l'lnstitut d'hydrologie et de climatologie.

447. Annales  de l'lnstitut  Pasteur.   Paris. 
[10]
Ann. Inst. path. bact. Bucarest

Ann. internat. med. phys., Anvers

Ann. Int. M.
Ann. Ippocrate
Ann. 1st. Carlo Forlanini
Ann. 1st. clin. chir. Padova

Ann. 1st. clin. chir. Roma

Ann. 1st. igiene sper. Roma

Ann. 1st. Maragliano

Ann. ital. chir.
Ann. Laborat. A. Lumiere physiol.

Ann. Laborat. Clin, Par.
Ann. laring.,  Tor.

Ann. mal. oreille

Ann. mal. org. genitourin.

Ann. mal. vener.
Ann. Manic.  Catanzaro

Ann. Manic  Perugia

Ann. Mechnikov. Inst., Kharkov
Ann. med., Barcel.
Ann. Med., Hagerst.
Ann. med., Par.
Ann. med. chir., Beograd
Ann. med. chir., Par.
Ann. med. chir., Roma
Ann. med. chir. centre, Tours
Ann. med. chir. Hop. S. Justine, Mon-
   treal
Ann. med. chir. inf., Par.
Ann. med. hai'ti.

Ann. med. leg.
Ann. med. nav., Roma
Ann. med. pharm. col., Par.

Ann. med. phys., Anvers

Ann. med. psychol., Par.
Ann. med. vet., Brux.
Ann. Merck, Darmstadt
Ann. M. Hist.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
Ann. mycol., Berl.
Ann. neur., Nap.
Ann. nevr., Nap.
Ann. N. York Acad. Sc.

Ann. ocul., Par.
Ann. Ophth.
Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia
Ann. ostet. gin.
Ann. otolar., Par.
Ann. Otol. Rhinol.

Ann. ottalm.
Annot. zool.  jap.
Announc Bur. Invest. Palestine Jew.
   M.  Ass.

Ann. paediat., Basel
Ann. parasit., Par.
448.  Annales de l'lnstitut de pathologie et de bacteriologie
  de Bucarest,   Bucuresti.            .
449.  Annales Internationales de medecine physique et de
  phvsiobiologie.   Anvers.
450.  Annals of internal medicine.  Lancaster.
451.  Annali di Ippocrate.  Milano.
452  Annali dell'Istituto  Carlo Forlanini.  Roma.
453'  Annali; Istituto di clinica  chirurgica propedeutica
  della Universita di Padova.   Padova.
454.  Annali; Istituto di  clinica chirurgia della Universita
  di  Roma.  Roma.                  .          , ..,_- .
455.  Annali dell'Istituto d'igiene spenmentale dell Uni-
  versita di Roma.  Roma.
456.  Annali dell'Istituto Maragliano per lo  studio e  la
  cura della tubercolosi.  Genova.
457.  Annali italiani di chirurgia.  Napoli.
45S.  Annales des Laboratoires  A. Lumiere de physiologie
  et  de pharmacodynamic.   Lyon.
459.  Annales des Laboratoires Clin.   Pans.
460.  Annali di laringologia,  otologia, nnologia, taringo-
  logia.  Torino.
461.  Annales des maladies de l'oreille, du larynx, du nez
  et du pharynx.  Paris.                        .  .
462.  Annales des  maladies des organes genito-unnaires.

463.  Annales des maladies  vlnlriennes.  Paris.
4(>4.  Annali  del  Manicomio  provinciale  di Catanzaro.
  Palermo.
465.  Annali  del  Manicomio  provinciale   di   Perugia.
  Perugia.
46f>.  Annaly Mechnikovskogo mstituta.  .Kharkov.
467.  Annals de medicina.  Barcelona.
468.  Annals of medicine.   Hagerstown, Md.
469.  Annales de medecine.   Paris.
470.  Annales de medecine et de chirurgie.  Beograd.
471.  Annales mldico-chirurgicales.   Paris.
472.  Annali medico-chirurgici.   Roma.
473. Annales mldico-chirurgicales du centre.  Tours.
474.  Annales   (Les)  mldico-chirurgicales  de  l'Hopital
  Sainte-Justine.  Montreal.
475. Annales de medecine et de chirurgie infantiles.  Paris.
476. Annales  (Les)  de  medecine   haitienne.   Port-au-
  Prince.
477. Annales de medecine legale.  Paris.
478. Annali di medicina navale e coloniale.  Roma.
479. Annales  de  medecine et  de  pharmacie coloniales.
  Paris.
480. Annales de medecine  physique et de physio-biologie.
  Anvers.
481. Annales medico-psychologiques.  Paris.
482. Annales de medecine  vetlrinaire.  Bruxelles.
483. An[n]aes Merck.  Darmstadt.
484. Annals of medical history.  New York.
485. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden.  S. Louis.
486. Annales mycologici.  Berlin.
487. Annali di neurologia.   Napoli.
488. Annali di nevrologia.   Napoli.
489. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. New
  Yrork.
490. Annales d'oculistique.  Paris.
491. Annals of ophthalmology.  S. Louis.
492. Annali dell'Ospedale psichiatrico di Perugia. Perugia.
493. Annali di ostetricia e ginecologia.   Milano.
494. Annales d'oto-laryngologie.  Paris.
495. Annals  of  otology,  rhinology  and  laryngology.
   S. Louis.
496. Annali di ottalmologia e clinica oculistica.  Roma.
497. Annotationes zoologicae Japonenses.  Tokyo.
498. Announcement to  members from the Bureau of  In-
   vestigation of the Palestine Jewish Medical Association.
   Tel-Aviv.
499. Annales paediatrici.  Basel.
 500. Annales  de  parasitologie humaine  et  comparee.
   Paris. 
[11]
Ann. paul. med. cir.

Ann. pharm., Louvain
Ann. pharm. fr.
Ann. Phys., Lpz.
Ann. phys., Par.
Ann. physiol., Par.

Ann. Pickett Thomson Laborat.

Ann. Policlin. Paris
Ann. protist., Par.
Ann. radiol., Bologna
Ann. radiol. diagn., Bologna
Ann. Ravasini

Ann. Rheumat. Dis., Lond.
Ann. Roentg., N. Y.
Ann. roentg., Par.
Ann. Sc, Lond.
Ann. Soc. beige med. trop.

Ann. Soc. beige micr.
Ann. Soc. hydr. med. Paris

Ann. Soc. med. Anvers
Ann. Soc. med. chir. Brabant

Ann. Soc. med. chir. Liege

Ann. Soc. med. cir. Itabuna

Ann. Soc med. Gand

Ann. Soc. sc. Bruxelles

Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles

Ann. stadt. allg. Krankenh. Miinchen

Ann. Surg.
Ann. Tomarkin Found.
Ann. Trop. M. Parasit.,  Liverp.

Annuaire Acad, sc Belgique

Annuaire statist.,  Strasb.

Annual Meet. Air Hyg. Found. America

Annual Meet. Am. Soc.  Ofthodont.

Annual Meet. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res.

Annual Meet. Terr. Ass. Plantation
  Physicians Hawaii
Annual M. Health Rep.  Fiji
Annual M. San. Rep. Nyasaland

Annual Rep. All India Inst. Hyg.

Annual Rep. Am. Hist. Ass.

Annual Rep. Bd Health  Hartford
Annual Rep. Bd Health  N. Hampshire

Annual Rep. Bd Leper Hosp. Hawaii

Annual Rep. Bd  Regents Smithson.
  Inst.
Annual Rep. Bd  Visit.  S. Elizabeth
  Hosp., Wash.
Annual Rep. Bombay Pub. Health

Annual Rep. Boston City Hosp.
501-502. Annaes  paulistas de medicina e cirurgia.  Sao
  Paulo.
503.  Annales de pharmacie.  Louvain.
504.  Annales pharmaceutiques franchises.  Paris.
505.  Annalen der Physik.  Leipzig.
506.  Annales de physique.  Paris.
507.  Annales de physiologie et de physicochimie biologique.
  Paris.
508.  Annals of the Pickett-Thomson Research Laboratory.
  London.
509.  Annales de la Policlinique de Paris.  Paris.
510.  Annales de protistologie.  Paris.
511.  Annali di radiologia e fisica medica.  Bologna.
512.  Annali di radiologia diagnostica.   Bologna.
513.  Annali Ravasini; rassegna di medicina, scienze affini,
  cronaca e notizie varie.  Roma.
514.  Annals of rheumatic diseases.   London.
515.  Annals of roentgenology.  New York.
516.  Annales de roentgenologic et radiologie.  Paris.
517.  Annals of sciences.  London.
518.  Annales de la Soci6t6 beige de medecine  tropicale.
  Bruxelles.
519.  Annales de la Socie^te" beige de microscopie.  Bruxelles.
520.  Annales de la Societe d'hydrologie medicale de Paris.
  Paris..
521.  Annales de la Societe de medecine d'Anvers.  Anvers.
522.  Annales de la Soci6te" medico-chirurgicale du Brabant.
  Bruxelles.
523.  Annales de la  Societe m6dico-chirurgicale  de Liege.
  Li6ge.
524.  Annaes da  Sociedade  de  medicina e  cirurgia de
  Itabuna.  Itabuna, Bahia.
525.  Annales et bulletin de la  Societe royale de medecine
  de Gand.  Gand.
526.  Annales  de la  Societe  scientifique de  Bruxelles.
  Louvain.
527.  Annales de la Societe" royale des sciences medicales et
  naturelles de Bruxelles.  Bruxelles.
528.  Annalen der stadtischen allgemeinen Krankenhauser
  zu Miinchen.   Miinchen.
529.  Annals of  surgery.  Philadelphia.
530.  Annalen der Tomarkin-Foundation.  Locarno.
531.  Annals of tropical medicine and parasitology.   Liver-
  pool.
532.  Annuaire'de l'AcadSmie des sciences, des lettres et des
  beaux-arts de Belgique.  Bruxelles.
533.  Annuaire statistique; Office municipal de statistique
  de Strasbourg.  Strasbourg.
534.  Annual meeting; Air Hygiene Foundation of America.
  Pittsburgh.
535.  Annual meeting;  American  Society of Orthodontists
  [v. p.]
536.  Annual meeting; Central Society for  Clinical  Re-
  search.   Chicago.
537.  Annual meeting  of the  Territorial Association of
  Plantation Physicians of Hawaii.  Honolulu.
538.  Annual medical and health report, Fiji.  Suva.
539.  Annual medical and sanitary report.  Zomba, Nyasa-
  land.
540.  Annual report of the All-India Institute of Hygiene
  and Public Health.  Calcutta.
541.  Annual report of the American Historical Association
  [v. p.]
542.  Annual report; Board of Health.  Hartford, Conn.
543.  Annual report of the State  Board of Health of  New
  Hampshire.  Concord.
544.  Annual report of the Superintendent; Board of Leper
  Hospitals and Settlement, Hawaii.  Honolulu.
545.  Annual report of the Board of Regents  (Smithsonian
  Institution)  Washington.
546.  Annual reports of the Board of Visitors and Superin-
  tendent of St Elizabeth's Hospital.   Washington.
547.  Annual report of the Director of Public Health for the
  government of Bombay.  Bombay.
548.  Annual report of the Boston City  Hospital.  Boston. 
[12]
Annual Rep. Brit. Empire Cancer Cam-
  paign
Annual Rep. Bur. Am. Ethnol.

Annual Rep. Bur. Bact. Maryland Dep.
  Health
Annual Rep. Calcutta School Trop. M.

Annual Rep. Canton Hosp.

Annual Rep. Centr. Field Health Sta.
  (China)
Annual Rep. Centr. Narcot. Intell. Bur.
  Egypt
Annual Rep. Centr. Path. Inst. Bagh-
  dad
Annual Rep. Chief M. Off. Min. Health,
  Lond.
Annual Rep. Child. Hosp., Bost.
Annual Rep. Com. Ment. Health Mas-
  sachusetts
Annual   Rep.  Commonwealth Fund,
  N. Y.
Annual Rep. Dep. Health Ontario

Annual Rep. Dep. Health Scotland

Annual Rep. Dep. Nat. Health (Cana-
  da)
Annual Rep. Dep. Tourist N. Zealand
Annual Rep. Dir. Philippine Gen. Hosp.

Annual Rep. Dir. U. S. Cens. Bur.

Annual Rep. I Mr. Vet. Serv., Pretoria

Annual Rep. Div. Laborat. N. York State
  Dep. Health
Annual Rep.  Edinburgh Pub. Health
  Dep.
Annual Rep. Elizabeth  Gamble Deac
  Home Ass., Cincin.
Annual Rep. Fed. Malay States M. Dep.

Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Laborat.

Annual Rep. Health, Islington
Annual Rep. Health Off.,  Wash.
Annual Rep. Health Queensland

Annual Rep. Henry E. Huntington Libr.

Annual Rep. Henry Phipps Inst.


Annual Rep. Illinois Dep. Pub. Welf.

Annual Rep. Ind. Counc Brit. Leprosy
  Relief Ass.
Annual Rep. Indust. Fatigue Res. Bd,
  Lond.
Annual Rep. Inst. M. Res. Kuala Lum-
  pur
Annual Rep.  Internat.  Ass.  Dairy &
  Milk Insp.
Annual Rep. Internat. Health Bd

Annual Rep. John  & Mary R. Markle
  Found.
Annual Rep. Kenya M. Dep.

Annual  Rep.  Kern  Co. Dep.   Pub.
  Health
549.  [Annual  report]  British Empire  Cancer Campaign.

550OnAdnOnual  report;  Bureau of  American  Ethnology.

55L  Annulrreport;  Bureau of  Bacteriology; Maryland
  State Department of Health.  Baltimore.
552.  Annual report of the  Calcutta  School  of  Tropical
  Medicine.  Alipore, Bengal.                  j:n„nan
553  Annual  report  of the  Canton  Hospital;  Lingnan

SS^Annuafreporf S? the Central Field Health Station.
  Nanking, China.              , ^_     ,. ,  T  . ...
555.  Annual report of the Central Narcotics Intelligence
  Bureau.  Cairo, Egypt.                        „  ,
556.  Annual report; Central  Pathology Institute.  Bagh-

557& Annual report of the Chief Medical Officer  of the
  Ministry of Health. London.
558.  Annual report; Children's Hospital.  Boston.
559.  Annual report of the Commissioner of Mental Health;
  Commonwealth of Massachusetts.   East Gardner.
560.  Annual report; Commonwealth Fund.  New York.

561.  Annual  report  of the  Department of  Health of
  Ontario, Canada.   Toronto, Can.
562.  Annual report; Department of Health for Scotland.
  Edinburgh.
563.  Annual report of the Department of National Health
  and Welfare, Canada.   Ottawa.
564.  Annual  report of the Department of Tourist and
  Health Resorts [and Publicity] New Zealand.  Welling-
  ton.
565.  Annual report of the Director of  the Philippine Gen-
  eral Hospital.   Manila.
566.  Annual  report  of the  Director  of [U. S.] Census
  Bureau.  Washington.
567.  Annual report of the Director of  Veterinary Services.
  Pretoria.
568.  Annual  report;  Division of Laboratories  and Re-
  search; New York State Department of Health. Albany.
569.  Annual  report of the Public Health Department of
  the City of Edinburgh.   Edinburgh.
570.  Annual  report;  Elizabeth Gamble Deaconess Home
  Association and the Christ Hospital.   Cincinnati.
571.  Annual report of the Federated Malay States Medical
  Department.   Kuala Lumpur.
572.  Annual report; Giza  Ophthalmic  Laboratory.  Cairo,
  Egypt.
573.  Annual  report of health.  Islington, Engl.
574.  Annual report of the Health Officer. Washington.
575.  Annual  report on the health and medical services of
  the State of Queensland.   Brisbane.
576.  Annual  report;  Henry  E.  Huntington  Library and
  Art Gallery.   S. Marino, Calif.
577. Annual report of the Henry Phipps Institute for the
  Study,  Treatment, and  Prevention  of  Tuberculosis.
  Philadelphia.
578. Annual report of the [Illinois] Department of Public
  Welfare.  Springfield, 111.
579. Annual report; Indian  Council,  British  Empire
  Leprosy Relief Association.  Delhi.
580. Annual report;  Industrial  Fatigue Research Board.
  London.
581. Annual report of the Institute for Medical Research
  of Kuala Lumpur.   Kuala Lumpur.
582. Annual report  of the  International  Association of
  Dairy and Milk Inspectors [v. p.]
583. Annual report  of the  International  Health Board.
   New York.
584. Annual report; the John  and  Mary  R.  Markle
   Foundation.   New York.
585. Annual report  of the  Colony  and Protectorate of
   Kenya Medical Department.   Nairobi.
586. Annual report;  Kern County Department of Public
   Health.   Bakersfield, Calif. 
[13]
Annual Rep. King Edward Sanat., Mid-
  hurst
Annual Rep. Libr. Congr.

Annual Rep. London Co. Counc

Annual Rep. Manchester Rivers Dep.

Annual  Rep.  Maryland Gen.  Hosp.,
  Bait.
Annual Rep. Massachusetts Dep. Pub.
  Health
Annual Rep. Massachusetts Dep. Pub.
  Welf.
Annual Rep.  M.  Defense Union  (Gt
  Britain)
Annual Rep. M. Dep. Fiji

Annual Rep. Michigan Dep. Health

Annual Rep. M. Off., Malta


Annual Rep.  M. Off. Health, Cardiff

Annual Rep. M. Off.  Health, Liverp.

Annual Rep. M. Off. Health, N. Castle

Annual Rep.  M. Serv. Sierra Leone

Annual Rep.  Mysore Dep. Health

Annual Rep. Nat. Res.  Counc, Ottawa

Annual Rep.  Nat. Res.  Counc. Philip-
  pines
Annual Rep.  Nat. Soc.  Crippled Child.
  U. S. A.
Annual Rep.  N. York Coll. Agr.

Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health

Annual Rep.  Pasteur Inst., Shillong

Annual Rep.  Pennsylvania Ass. Dairy
  & Milk Insp.
Annual Rep.  Pub. Health Com. India

Annual Rep.  Rockefeller Found.

Annual Rep.  Safety in  Mines Res. Bd
  Gr.  Britain
Annual Rep.  S. Africa Dep. Pub. Health

 Annual Rep.  S. Africa  Inst. M. Res.

Annual Rep.  Saito Ho  On Kai
Annual Rep.  Salford M. Off. Health

Annual Rep. Salt Lake City Mosquito
  Abat. Distr.
Annual Rep.  Seer. U. S. Navy

Annual Rep.  Squibb Inst. M. Res.

Annual Rep.  Superint.  U. S.  Mil. Acad.

Annual Rep. Surg.  Freedmen Hosp.,
   Wash.
Annual Rep. Surg. Gen. U. S. Army

 Annual Rep. Surg. Gen. U. S. Navy
587.  Annual  report; King  Edward Sanatorium.   Mid-
  hurst, Engl.
588.  Annual report of the librarian (Library of Congress)
  Washington.
589.  Annual  report  of the  London   County  Council.
  London.
590.  Annual  report;  Manchester  Rivers  Department.
  Manchester, EngL
591.  Annual report of the  Maryland General Hospital in
  the City of Baltimore.  Baltimore.
592.  Annual report  of the Massachusetts Department of
  Public Health.  Boston.
593.  Annual report  of the Massachusetts Department of
  Public Welfare.  Boston..
594.  Annual  report  and statement of  accounts  of  the
  Medical Defence Union (Great Britain)  London.
595.  Annual  report of the  Medical Department of  Fiji.
  Suva.
596.  Annual report  of the  Commissioner of the Michigan
  Department of Health.  Lansing.
597.  Annual report on the health conditions of the Maltese
  Islands and on the work of the Medical Health Depart-
  ment.   Malta.
598.  Annual  report  of  the  Medical  Officer  of  Health.
  Cardiff.
599. Annual  report  of  the  Medical  Officer  of  Health.
  Port Sanitary Authority.  Liverpool.
600. Annual  report;  Medical  Officer  of Health.  New-
  castle-upon-Tyne.
601. Annual  report on the medical service [Sierra Leone]
  Freetown.
602. Annual  report; Mysore State Department of Health.
  Bangalore.
603. Annual  report  of  the  National  Research  Council.
  Ottawa, Can.
604. Annual  report of the National Research  Council of
  the Philippines.  Manila.
605. Annual  report; National  Society for Crippled  Chil-
  dren of the U. S. A.  Elyria, Ohio.
606. Annual  report of  the  New  York  State  College of
   Agriculture.   Ithaca.
607. Annual  report of the New YTork State Department of
   Health.  Albany.
608. Annual report of King Edward VII Memorial Pasteur
   Institute and Medical Research Institute.  Shillong.
 609. Annual report of  the  Pennsylvania Association of
   Dairy and Milk Inspectors.   Harrisburg.
 610. Annual report of  the Public Health Commissioner
   with the Government of India.   Delhi.
 611  Annual report of the Rockefeller Foundation.  New
   York.
 612.  Annual report; Safety  in Mines  Research Board;
   Great Britain.  London.
 613.  Annual report of  the  South Africa  Department of
   Public Health.  Pretoria.
 614.  Annual report of the South Africa Institute for Medi-
   cal Research.  Johannesburg.
 615.  Annual report; Saito Ho-On Kai.  Sendai,  Jap.
 616. Annual report on the  Borough  of Salford;  Medical
   Officer of Health.  Salford.
 617. Annual report of the Salt Lake City Mosquito Abate-
   ment  District.  Salt Lake City.
 618. Annual report of the Secretary of the [U. S.] Navy.
   Washington.
 619. Annual report of the Squibb Institute for  Medical
   Research.   New Brunswick.
 620. Annual report of  the Superintendent of the [U. S.]
   Military Academy.   West Point.
 621. Annual report of the Surgeon in  Chief of Freedmen's
   Hospital.   Washington.
 622. Annual report of the Surgeon-General of the [U. S.]
   Army.  Washington.
 623. Annual report of the Surgeon-General of the [U. S.]
   Navy.  Washington.
549701—vol. 10, 4th Series---" 
[HI
 Annual Rep.  Surg. Gen. U.  S. Pub.
   Health.
 Annual Rep. Terr. Papua
 Annual Rep. United Fruit Co. M. Dep.

 Annual Rep. U. S. Attorn. Gen.

 Annual Rep. U. S. Com. Educ.

 Annual Rep. U. S. Indian  Off.

 Annual Rep. U. S. Interst. Commerce
   Com.
 Annual Rep. U. S.  Nat. League  Nurs.
   Educ.
 Annual Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.

 Annual Rep. U. S. Seer. War

 Annual Rep. Virginia Dep. Health

 Annual Rev. Biochem.

 Annual Rev. Biochem. Allied Res. India

 Annual Rev. Physiol.
 Annual Vol. Letters (Urol. Letter  Club)
   Minneap.
 Annuario Accad. Italia
 Annuario Merck
 Ann. West. M. & S.

 An. obst. gin. pediat., Madr.

 An. oft., Mex.
 Anomalo, Nap.
 An. otorinolar.  Uruguay

 An. paul. med.  cir.
 An. pediat., Barcel.
 An. quim. farm., Santiago
 An. radiol., Habana
 An.  Sala VIII Policlin. enf. infec, B.
   Air.
 An. Sanat.  Valdes
 An. san. mil., B. Air.
 An.  Serv.   traumat.  Hosp.  provinc,
   Valencia
 An. Soc. argent, crim.

 An. Soc. argent, proct.

 An. Soc. biol. Bogota
 An. Soc. biol. Cordoba

 An. Soc. med. Bahia
 An. Soc. med. cancer Rio Grande do Sul

 An. Soc. med. cir. Itabuna

 An. Soc. med. cir. Rio

 An. Soc. med. cir. Rio Grande do Norte

 An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas

 An. Soc. mex. oft.

 An. Soc. peru. hist.  med.

 An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires

Anthrop. Anz.
Anthrop. Briefs, N.  Y.
Anthropologie, Par.
 624. Annual report of the Surgeon-General  of the [U. S.]
   Public Health Service.  Washington.
 625. Annual report of the Territory of Papua.  Canberra.
 626. [Annual  report]  United Fruit  Company  Medical
   Department.  New York.
 627. Annual report of the U. S. Attorney-General of the
   Department of Justice.  Washington.
 628. Annual report of the [U. S.] Commissioner of Educa-
   tion.   Washington.
 629. Annual reports of the  [U. S.] Indian Affairs Office.
   Washington.
 630. Annual report of the [U. S.] Interstate Commerce
   Commission.  Washington.
 631. [Annual] Report from the [U. S.]  National League of
   Nursing Education.  Baltimore.
 632. Annual report of the  [U.  S.]  National  Museum.
   Washington.
 633. Annual report of the  [U.  S.]  Secretary  of  War.
   Washington.
 634. Annual report of the Virginia Department of Health.
   Richmond.
 635. Annual review of biochemistry; Stanford University.
   Palo Alto.
 636. Annual review of biochemical and  allied research in
   India.  Bangalore.
 637. Annual review of physiology.  Stanford Univ., Calif.
 638. Annual volume  of letters;  Urologists'  Letter Club.
   Minneapolis.
 639-641. Annuario dell'Accademia d'ltalia.  Roma.
 642. Annuario Merck.  Milano.
 643. Annals  of  western  medicine   and  surgery.  Los
   Angeles.
 644. Anales  de  obstetricia,  ginecopatia  y  pediatrfa.
   Madrid.
 645. Anales de oftalmologia.   Mexico.
 646. Anomalo.  Napoli.
 647. Anales de oto-rino-laringologfa del Uruguay.  Monte-
   video.
 648. Anais paulistas de medicina e cirurgia.  Sao  Paulo.
 649. Anales de pediatrfa.  Barcelona.
 650. Anales  de qufmica y farmacia.  Santiago de  Chile.
 651. Anales  de radiologia.   La Habana.
 652. Anales; Sala  VIII. Policlfnica de  enfermedades in-
  fecciosas. Buenos Aires.
 653. Anales  del Sanatorio Valdes.  Mexico.
 654. Anales de sanidad militar.  Buenos Aires.
 655. Anales  del  Servicio de  traumatologfa y cirugfa  del
   Hospital provincial.  Valencia.
 656. Anales  de  la  Sociedad  argentina  de  criminologia.
   Buenos Aires.
 657. Anales  de  la  Sociedad  argentina de  proct61ogos.
   Buenos Aires.
 658. Anales  de la Sociedad de biologia de Bogotd.   Bogota.
 659. Anales   de  la Sociedad  de  biologia  de  C6rdoba.
   C6rdoba, Argent.
 660. Anais da Sociedade de medicina da Bahia.  Bahia.
 661. Anais da Sociedade medica de combate ao cancer no
   Rio Grande do Sul.
 662. Anais da Sociedade de medicina e  cirurgia de Itabuna.
  Itabuna, Bahia.
663. Anais da Sociedade de medicina y cirurgia do Rio de
  Janeiro.   Rio  de Janeiro.
664. Anais  da Sociedade de  medicina e cirurgia do Rio
  Grande do Norte.   Natal.
665. Anales  de la Sociedad mSdico-quirurgica del Guayas.
  Guayaquil, Ecuador.
666. Anales  de la Sociedad  mexicana de oftalmologia y
  otorinolaringologfa.   Mexico.
667. Anales  de  la  Sociedad  peruana de historia de  la
  medicina.   Lima.
668. Anales  de  la Sociedad  de  puericultura de  Buenos
  Aires.  Buenos Aires.
669. Anthropologischer Anzeiger.   Stuttgart.
670. Anthropological briefs.   New York.
671. Anthropologie (L')  Paris. 
[15]
Anthropologic, Praha.
Anthropophyteia, Lpz.
Anthropos, M (idling
Anthrop. Papers Am. Mus. Natur. Hist.

Anthrop. Rep., Melb.
Antioquia odont.
Antiseptic, Edinb.
Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst.

Antrop. J., Moskva
Anuario acad., Lisb.

Anuario cienc. med., Madr.
Anuario internac. med. cir., Madr.

Anuario med. social Cuba
Anuario Univ. Santo Domingo

An. Univ. centr. Venezuela

An. Univ. Santo Domingo

An. vias digest., Habana

An. zool. apl., Santiago
Anz. Schadlingsk.
A. O. D. Bull., Buffalo
Aorta, Long Beach

Apend. san. Fontilles, Valencia

Apollonian, Bost.
Apothecary
Apothekerzeitung
Appl. Anthrop.
Ap. resp. & tuberc, La Paz
Ap. resp. & tuberc, Santiago

Apuntes Congr. med. internac.  accid.
  trab.
Arb. Afd.  B Rigshospitalet, Kbh.
Arb. Anat. Inst. Univ. Sendai

Arb. angew. Psychiat.
Arb. Biol. Reichsanst.

Arb. Chir. Univ. Klin. Dorpat

Arb. Deut. Forschungsanst. Psychiat.
  Miinchen

Arbeiterschutz
Arbeit & Gesundh.
Arbeitsphysiologie
Arbeitsschutz
Arb. exp. Biol.

Arb. Gesundhamt.

Arb. Inst. exp.  Morphogen., Moskva

Arb.  Microb.  Inst. Volksunterrichts-
  kom., Moskva
Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien.

Arb. Path. anat. Inst.  Tubingen
Arb. Path. Inst. Berlin

Arb. Path. Inst. Helsingfors

Arb. Pharm. Inst. Berlin
672. Anthropologie.   Praha.
673. Anthropophyteia.  Leipzig.
674. Anthropos.  S. Gabriel-Modling.
675. Anthropological papers of the American Museum of
  Natural History.   New York.
676. Anthropological report.  Melbourne, Australia.
677. Antioquia odontologica.  Medellin, Colombia.
678. Antiseptic.  Edinburgh.
679. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek;  nederlandsch  tijdschrift
  voor hygiene, microbiologic en serologic   Amsterdam.
680. Antropologichesky jurnal.  Moskva.
681. Anuario acad6mico; Academia das ciencias de Lisboa.
  Lisboa.
682. Anuario de ciencias medicas.   Madrid.
683. Anuario internacional  de medicina y cirugia.  Ma-
  drid.
684. Anuario medico-social de Cuba.  La Habana.
685. Anuario  de la Universidad  de  Santo  Domingo.
  Ciudad Trujillo.
686. Anales  de la   Universidad  central  de  Venezuela.
  Caracas.
687. Anales de la Universidad de Santo Domingo.  Ciudad
  Trujillo.
688. Anales de vias  digestivas,  sangre  y nutrici6n.  La
  Habana.
689. Anales de  zoologia aplicada.   Santiago  de  Chile.
690. Anzeiger fur Schadlingskunde.  Berlin.
691. Alpha Omega Delta bulletin.   Buffalo.
692. Aorta (The)  U. S. Naval Hospital.   Long  Beach,
  Calif.
693. Apendice  sanitario, Fontilles; Colonia-sanatorio  de
  San Francisco de  Borja para leprosos.  Valencia.
694. Apollonian (The)  Boston.
695. Apothecary.  Boston.
696. Apotheker-Zeitung.  Berlin.
697. Applied anthropology.  Boston.
698. Aparato respiratorio  y tuberculosis.  La Paz.
699. Aparato respiratorio  y  tuberculosis.  Santiago  de
  Chile.
700. Apuntes y consideraciones;  Congreso  medico inter-
  nacional  de accidentes del trabajo.  Barcelona.
701. Arbejder fra Rigshospitalets Afdeling B. K0benhavn.
702. Arbeiten aus dem Anatomischen Institut der Kaiser-
  lich-Japanischen Universitat zu Sendai.   Tokyo.
703. Arbeiten zur angewandten Psychiatrie. Leipzig.
704. Arbeiten  aus   der  Biologischen  Reichsanstalt  fiir
  Land-  und Forstwirtschaft.  Berlin.
705. Arbeiten des Chirurgischen  Universitatsklinik Dor-
  pat.  Leipzig.
706. Arbeiten aus der Deutschen Forschungsanstalt fiir
  Psychiatrie  (Kaiser-Wilhelm-Institut)   in   Miinchen.
  Berlin.
707. Arbeiterschutz.  Berlin.
708. Arbeit und Gesundheit.  Berlin.
709. Arbeitsphysiologie.  Berlin.
710. Arbeitsschutz.   Berlin.
711. Arbeiten  aus  dem   Gebiete  der experimentellen
  Biologic   Berlin.
712. Arbeiten  aus  dem Kaiserlichen  Gesundheitsamte.
  Berlin.
713. Arbeiten des Instituts fiir  experimentelle Morpho-
  genese.  Moskva.
714. Arbeiten  aus  dem Microbiologischen Institut  des
  Volksunterrichtskommissariats.   Moskva.
715. Arbeiten aus  dem Neurologischen Institut  an  der
  Wiener Universitat.  Wien.
716. Arbeiten aus dem Gebiete der pathologischen Ana-
  tomie  und Bakteriologie aus  dem  Pathologisch-ana-
  tomischen  Institut zu Tubingen.  Leipzig.
717. Arbeiten aus dem Pathologischen Institut zu Berlin.
  Berlin.
718. Arbeiten aus dem Pathologischen  Institut der Uni-
  versitat Helsingfors.  Helsinki.
719. Arbeiten  aus  dem Pharmazeutischen  Institut  der
  Universitat Berlin.  Berlin. 
[h\\
Arb. Physiol. Lab. Wiirzburg.

Arb. Reichsgesundhamt.
Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther.
Arch. amer. med., B. Air.
Arch, anat., Strasb.

Arch. Anat. Entw.

Arch. anat. micr., Par.
Arch. anat. pat., Pal.

Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz.

Arch. Anat. Rontgenbild.
Arch. Andrew Todd McClintock Mem.
  Found.

Arch. Anthrop., Brnschw.
Arch, antrop. crim., Tor.

Arch, antrop. etnol., Fir.
Arch, argent, enferm. ap. digest.

Arch, argent, enferm. ap. resp.

Arch, argent, neur.
Arch, argent, pediat.
Arch, argent, tisiol.
Arch. As. evit. ceguera Mexico

Arch. Augenh.
Arch, balkan. med. chir.. Par.

Arch. Bain. med. Klim.

Arch. belg. med. mil.
Arch. belg. med. sociale
Arch. belg. Serv. san. armee

Arch. Bevolk.

Arch. Biochem., N. Y.
Arch, biol., Genova

Arch, biol., Par.
Arch, brasil. hyg. ment.

Arch, brasil. med.
Arch, brasil. psychiat.

Arch. card, hemat., Madr.
Arch. Centr. med.  Policlin. Botafogo

Arch. Chem. Mikrosk., Wien
Arch, chilen. morf.
Arch. chim. farmacog., Roma

Arch. chir. oris, Bologna
Arch, cirug. exp., B. Air.
Arch. Clin. Cancer Res.
Arch. Clin. Inst, endocr., Montev.

Arch. Clin. med. E. Prado Tagle
720.  Arbeiten aus dem Physiologic-hen Laborat orium der
  Wiirzburger Hochschule.   Wiirzburg.
721.  Arbeiten aus dem Reichsgesundheitsamte.  Berlin.
722  Arbeiten aus dem Staatsinstitut fiir experimentelle
  Therapie und dem Georg Speyer-Hause zu Frankfurt a.
  M.  Jena.
723  Archivos americanos de medicina.  Buenos Aires.
724.  Archives d'anatomie, d'histologie et  d'embryologie.
  Strasbourg.
725.  Archiv fur Anatomie und  Entwickelungsgescnicnte.
  Leipzig.
72(i.  Archives d'anatomie microscopique.   1 an.s.
727.  Archivio di anatomia  patologica  e scienze  affini.
  Palermo.
728.  Archiv fiir Anatomie, Physiologie und wissenschaft-
  liche Medicin   [v. p.]
729.  Archiv und  Atlas der normalen und  pathologischen
  Anatomie in typischen  Rontgenbildern   [See Fortsch.
  Rontgenstrahl.]
730.  Archives; Andrew Todd McClintock Memorial Foun-
  dation for the Diseases of the Alimentary Canal.  Wilkes-
  Barre, Pa.
731.  Archiv fiir Anthropologie.   Braunschweig.
732.  Archivio di antropologia   criminale,  psichiatria e
  medicina legale.  Torino.
733.  Archivio per l'antropologia e  la etnologia.  Firenze.
734.  Archivos argentinos  de enfermedades  del  aparato
  digestivo y de la nutrici6n.  Buenos Aires.
735.  Archivos  argentinos  de enfermedades  del  aparato
  respiratorio y tuberculosis.  Buenos Aires.
736.  Archivos argentinos de neurologia.   Buenos Aires.
737.  Archivos argentinos de pediatria.  Buenos Aires.
738.  Archivos argentinos  de  tisiologia.   Buenos  Aires.
739.  Archivos de la Asociaci6n  para evitar la ceguera en
  Mexico.   Mexico.
740.  Archiv fiir Augenheilkunde.   Miinchen.
741.  Archives balkaniques de medecine, chirurgie et leurs
  speciality.   Paris.
742.  Archiv fiir Balneologie und medizinische Klimatologie.
  Berlin.
743.  Archives beiges de medecine militaire.   Liege.
744. Archives beiges de medecine  sociale  et  d'hygiene et
  revue  de pathologie  et de physiologie du travail.   Brux-
  elles.
745. Archives  beiges  du  Service  de  sante"  de  l'armee.
  Liege.
746. Archiv fiir  Bevolkerungswissenschaft  (Volkskunde)
  und Bevolkerungspolitik.  Berlin.
747. Archives of biochemistry,   [v. p.]
748. Archivi  di  biologia  applicata alia  patologia,   alia
  clinica ed all'igiene.   Genova.
749. Archives de biologie.  Paris.
750. Archivos brasileiros  de  hygiene  mental.    Rio  de
  Janeiro.
751. Archivos brasileiros de medicina.  Rio de Janeiro.
752. Archivos brasileiros de  psychiatria,   neurologia  e
  sciencias  affines.   Rio de Janeiro.
753. Archivos de cardiologia y hematologia.   Madrid.
754. Archivos de Centro medico da Policlinica de Botafogo.
   Botafogo, Brasil.
755. Archiv fur Chemie  Und Mikroskopie  in  ihrer  An-
   wendung auf  den offentlichen Verwaltungsdienst,  und
   fiir  die  einschlagigen   Gesetze,   Verordnungen   und
   Judikate.   Wien.
756. Archivos chilenos de morfologia.  Santiago de Chile.
757. Archivio di chimica, farmacognosia  e  scienze affini
   Roma.
758. Archivum chirurgiae oris.   Bologna.
759. Archivos de cirugia experimental.  Buenos Aires.
760. Archives of clinical cancer research.  New York.
7<>1. Archivos de la Clinica e  Instituto de endocrinologfa.
   Montevideo.
 762. Archivos;  Clinica medica del prof. E.  Prado Tagle.
   Santiago de Chile. 
17
Arch.  Clin.   med.  Hosp.  Pasteur,
  Montev.
Arch. Clin. Oral Path.
Arch. Clin, quir., La Plata
Arch. crim. neuropsiq., Quito

Arch, cuban. cancer.
Arch. Derm.  Syph., Berl.
Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic.
Arch. derm. syph. S. Paulo

Arch. Diagn., N. Y.
Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond.
Archeion, Roma
Arch, electr. med.
Arch. Entwmech.

Arch, espan.  enferm. ap. digest.

Arch, espan. morf.
Arch, espan. pediat.
Arch, espan. urol.
Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.

Arch. exp. Zellforsch.

Arch. Fac. cienc. med., Quito
Arch. Fac. med. Zaragoza

Arch. farm, bioquim. Tucuman

Arch. farm.  sper.

Arch, fascista med. polit.
Arch, fisiol..  Fir.
Arch. Frauenk.

Arch. Frauenk. Eugen.
Arch. fr. belg. chir.
Arch. fr. path. gen".

Arch. fr. pediat.
Arch. Fund. Gaffree & Guinle, Rio

Arch. gen. chir., Par.
Arch. gen. hydr., Par.

Arch. gen. med., Par.
Arch. gen. neur., Nocera

Arch. Gesch. Math.  Naturwiss.

Arch. Gesch. Med.

Arch. Gesch. Naturwiss.

Arch. ges. Physiol.

Arch. ges. Psychol.
Arch. Gewerbepath.

Arch, gin., Montev.
Arch. gin. obst.  pediat., Barcel.

Arch. Gyn., Berl.
Arch, hosp.,  Habana
Arch. Hosp.  israel., B. Air.

Arch. Hosp.  mun. Habana

Arch. Hosp.  ninos, Santiago

Arch. Hosp.  Pereira Rossell
Arch. Hosp.  Rosales, S. Salvador
Arch. Hosp.  S. Tomas, Panama
763.  Archivos de  la  Clinica  medica;  Hospital  Pasteur.
  Montevideo.
764.  Archives of clinical oral pathology.  New York.
765.  Archivos de Clinica quirurgica.  La Plata.
766.  Archivos de  criminologia,  neuropsiquiatria y  disci-
  plinas conexas.  Quito.
767.  Archivos cubanos de cancerologia.  La Habana.
768.  Archiv fur Dermatologie und Syphilis.  Berlin.
769.  Archives of dermatology and syphilology. Chicago.
770-1. Archivos de  dermatologia e syphiligraphia de Sao
  Paulo.  Sao Paulo.
772.  Archives of diagnosis.   New York.
773.  Archives of disease in childhood.   London.
774.  Archeion; archivio di storia della scienza [v. p.]
775.  Archives d'electricite' medicale.  Bordeaux.
776.  Archiv fiir Entwicklungsmechanik der Organismen.
  Berlin.
777.  Archivos  espafioles  de  enfermedades del aparato
  digestivo y de la nutricion.   Madrid.
778.  Archivo espanol de morfologia.  Valencia.
779.  Archivos espafioles de pediatria.   Madrid.
780.  Archivos espafioles de urologia.   Madrid.
781.  Archiv fiir experimentelle Pathologie und  Pharma-
  kologie [v. p.]
782.  Archiv  fiir experimentelle  Zellforschung, besonders
  Gewebeziichtung.   Jena.
783.  Archivos de la Facultad de ciencias medicas.  Quito.
784.  Archivos de  la  Facultad de medicina de Zaragoza.
  Zaragoza.
785.  Archivos  de  farmacia  y bioquimica de Tucuman.
  Tucumdn.
786.  Archivio  di  farmacologia  sperimentale  e scienze
  affini.   Roma.
787.  Archivio fascista di  medicina politica.   Roma.
788.  Archivio di fisiologia.  Firenze.
789.  Archiv fiir Frauenkunde und Konstitutionsforschung.
  Leipzig.
790.  Archiv fiir Frauenkunde und Eugenetik.  Berlin.
791.  Archives franco-beiges de chirurgie.   Bruxelles.
792.  Archives francaises de pathologie generale et exp^ri-
  mentale et d'anatomie pathologique.  Paris.
793.  Archives francaises de pediatric   Paris.
794.  Archivos;  Fundacao  Gaffree e  Guinle.   Rio  de
  Janeiro.
795.  Archives generales de chirurgie.  Paris.
796. Archives generales d'hydrologie, de climatologie e de
  baln£othe>apic   Paris.
797.  Archives generales de medecine.   Paris.
798.  Archivio generale di neurologia,  psichiatria, e  psico-
  analisi.  Nocera Inferiore.
799.  Archiv  fiir Geschichte der  Mathematik, der Natur-
  wissenschaften und der Technik.  Leipzig.
800.  Archiv   (Sudhoff's)  fur  Geschichte  der  Medizin.
  Leipzig.
801.  Archiv  fiir die  Geschichte  der  Xaturwissenschaften
  und der Technik.   Leipzig.
802.  Archiv  (Pfliiger's)  fiir  die  gesamte  Physiologie des
  Menschen und der Tiere.   Berlin.
803.  Archiv fiir die gesamte Psychologic   Leipzig.
804.  Archiv fiir Gewerbepathologie und Gewerbehygiene.
  Berlin.
805.  Archivos de ginecologia y obstetricia.  Montevideo.
806.  Archivos  de  ginecopatia,  obstetricia  y  pediatria.
  Barcelona.
807. Archiv fiir Gynakologie'[v. p.]
808.  Archivo y revista de hospitales.  La  Habana.
809. Archivos  del   Hospital  israelita   Ezrah.  Buenos
  Aires.
810. Archivos del Hospital municipal de La Habana.  La
  Habana.
811. Archivos del Hospital  de ninos Roberto del Rio.
  Santiago de Chile.
812. Archivos del Hospital Pereira Rossell.  Montevideo.
813. Archivos del Hospital Rosales.   San Salvador.
814. Archivos del Hospital Santo Tomas.   Panama. 
[18]
Arch. Hyg., Miinch.
Arch, hyg., Rio
Arch, hyg., S. Paulo
Arch. Inst. Benjamin Baptista, Rio

Arch. Inst. biol. veget., Rio

Arch. Inst, cardiol. Mexico

Arch. Inst. med. leg. Lisboa

Arch. Inst. med. pract., Barcel.

Arch.  Inst.  nac.  hidr.  clim.  med.,
   Habana
Arch. Inst. nac. radium, Bogota
Arch. Inst, paleont. humaine, Par.

Arch. Inst. Pasteur Afrique Nord

Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie
Arch. Inst. Pasteur hellen.
Arch. Inst. Pasteur Indochine
Arch. Inst. Pasteur Maroc

Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis
Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par.
Arch. Inst. Vital Brasil
Arch, internac.  hidatid., Montev.

Arch, internat. brucell., Joyeuse
Arch, internat. chir., Gand
Arch, internat. laryng., Par.

Arch, internat. med.  exp., Par.

Arch, internat. neur., Par.
Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par.

Arch, internat. physiol., Liege
Arch, internaz.  med. chir., Nap.

Arch. Int. M.
Arch. 1st. biochim.i tal.
Arch. ital. anat.

Arch. ital. anat. pat.

Arch. ital. biol.
Arch. ital. chir.
Arch. ital. derm.

Arch. ital. laring.
Arch. ital. mal. app.  diger.

 Arch. ital. mal. trachea

 Arch. ital. med. sper.
 Arch. ital. otol.

 Arch. ital. pediat.
 Arch. ital. psicol.
 Arch. ital. psicol. gen. lavoro

 Arch. ital. sc. farm.
 Arch. ital. sc. med. col.

 Arch. ital. urol.
 Arch. jap. Chir.
 Arch. Julius Klaus Stift.
Arch. Kinderh.
Arch. klin. Chir.
Arch. Kreislaufforsch.
815
S16
817
S18
Rio de
de  M6xico.
 Bogotd.
humaine.
     Archiv fiir Hvgiene und Bakteriologic  Munchen.
     Archivos de hygiene.   Rio de Janeiro.
     Archivos de hygiene e saiide pubhca.  Sao Paulo.
     Archivos do Instituto  Benjamin Baptista.   Kio  de
  Janeiro.                   ,   , .  ,   •       *„i
819. Archivos do Instituto  de  biologia vegetal.
  Janeiro.
820. Archivos  del  Instituto de  cardiologla
  Mexico, D. F.                     .            T. ,
821. Archivos do Instituto  de  medicina legal de Lisboa.

822. Archivos del Instituto de medicina practica.  Barce-

823. Archivos  del  Instituto  nacional de  hidrologfa  y
  ciimatologia medicas.   La Habana.
824. Archivos del Instituto nacional de radium.
825. Archives  de  l'lnstitut  de  paleontologie

826. Archives des Instituts Pasteur de 1'Afrique du Nord.
  A. lcr^riG
827. Archives de l'lnstitut Pasteur d'Algeric Algerie
828. Archives de l'lnstitut Pasteur hellenique.  Athenai.
829. Archives des Instituts Pasteur d'Indochine.  Saigon.
830. Archives  de l'lnstitut Pasteur du  Maroc.   Casa-
  blanca.
831. Archives de l'lnstitut Pasteur de Tunis.  lunis.
832. Archives de l'lnstitut prophylactique.  Paris.
833. Archivos do Instituto Vital Brasil.  Niteroi.
834. Archivos internacionales  de la hidatidosis.   Monte-
  video.
835. Archives internationales des brucelloses.  Joyeuse.
836. Archives internationales de chirurgie.  Gand.
837. Archives  internationales  de laryngologie,  otologie,
  rhinologie  et broncho-esophagoscopie.  Paris.
838. Archives internationales de medecine experimentalc
  Paris.
839. Archives internationales de neurologic  Paris.
840. Archives internationales de pharmacodynamic  et de
  therapie.   Paris.
841. Archives internationales de physiologie.  Liege.
842. Archivio  internazionale   di  medicina e  chirurgia.
  Napoli.
843. Archives of internal medicine.  Chicago.
844. Archivio dello Istituto biochimico italiano.   Milano.
845. Archivio  italiano  di  anatomia   e  di embriologia.
  Firenze.
846. Archivio italiano di  anatomia e istologia patologica.
  Bologna.
847. Archives italiennes de biologic  Pisa.
848. Archivio italiano di chirurgia.  Bologna.
849. Archivio   italiano   di  dermatologia,  sifilografia   e
  venereologia.  Bologna.
850. Archivii italiani di laringologia.   Napoli.
851. Archivio  italiano delle malattie  dell'apparato dige-
  rente.  Bologna.
852. Archivio   italiano  per le  malattie  della  trachea-
  bronchi-esofago.  Parma.
853. Archivio italiano di  medicina sperimentalc  Torino.
854. Archivio italiano di otologia, rinologia, e laringologia.
   Milano.
855. Archivio italiano di pediatria e puericoltura. Bologna.
856. Archivio italiano di psicologia.  Torino.
857. Archivio italiano di  psicologia generale e del lavoro.
   Torino.
858. Archivio italiano di  scienze farmacologiche.  Milano.
 859. Archivio italiano  di scienze  mediche coloniali e di
   parassitologia.  Modena.
 860. Archivio italiano di  urologia.  Bologna.
 861. Archiv fiir japanische Chirurgie.  Kyoto.
 862.  Archiv  der Julius  Klaus-Stiftung  fiir Vererbungs-
   forschung,  Sozialanthropologie  und   Rassenhygiene.
   Zurich.
 863.  Archiv fiir Kinderheilkunde.   Stuttgart.
 864-5. Archiv fiir klinische Chirurgie.  Berlin.
 866.  Archiv  fiir Kreislaufforschung.   Dresden. 
[19]
Arch. Krim.
Arch. Krim. Anthrop.

Arch. Lar. Rhinol., Berl.
Arch. Iat. amer. card., Mex.

Arch. Iat. amer. pediat., B. Air.

Arch. Iat. med. biol., Madr.
Arch. Iat. rin. lar., Barcel.

Arch. lepra, Bogota
Arch. mal. app. digest., Par.

Arch. mal. coeur

Arch. mal. profess., Par.

Arch. mal. reins

Arch. Maragliano pat. clin.

Arch. McClintock Found.
 Arch, med., Madr.

 Arch, med., Santiago

 Arch, med., Trujillo

 Arch. med. Angers
 Arch. med. belg.
 Arch. med. beiges
 Arch. med. chir. app. resp., Par.

 Arch. med. chir. province
 Arch. med. chir. spec, Par.
 Arch. med. enf.
 Arch. med. exp., Par.

 Arch. med. ferrocar., Mex.
 Arch. med. inf., Habana
 Arch. med. int., Habana
 Arch. med. ital.
 Arch. med. leg., B. Air.
 Arch. med. leg., Lisb.
 Arch. med. leg. ident., Rio

 Arch. med. mex.
 Arch. med. nav., Par.
 Arch. med. pharm. mil.

 Arch. med. pharm. nav.
 Arch. med. sociale, Brux.

 Arch. med. sociale, Par.
 Arch. Menschenk.
 Arch. mex. vener.

 Arch. M. Hydr., Lond.
 Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond.
 Arch. mikr. Anat.
 Arch. mikr. Anat. Entwmech.

 Arch. Mikrob., Berl.
 Arch, morph. gen., Par.

 Arch. Mus. nac. Rio

Arch. Naturgesch.
Arch, neerl. phonet.

Arch, neerl. physiol.
867. Archiv fiir Kriminologic  Berlin.
868. Archiv fiir  Kriminal-Anthropologie und Kriminali-
  stik.   Leipzig.
869. Archiv fiir Laryngologie und Rhinologic  Berlin.
870. Archivos  latino-americanos  de cardiologia  y hema-
  tologia.  M6xico.
871. Archivos  latino-americanos  de  pediatrfa.  Buenos
  Aires.
872. Archivos latinos de medicina y de biologia.  Madrid.
873. Archivos  latinos de rinologfa, laringologia, otologia
  [v. p.]
874. Archivos de lepra.  Bogota.
875. Archives  des  maladies  de l'appareil digestif  et  des
  maladies de la nutrition.   Paris.
876. Archives des maladies du coeur,  des vaisseaux et du
  sang.  Paris.
877. Archives  des maladies  professionelles; hygiene et
  toxicologic industrielles.   Paris.
878. Archives des maladies du reins et des organes genito-
  urinaires.  Paris.
879. Archivio  E.  Maragliano  di  patologia e  clinica.
  Genova.
880. Archives of the Andrew McClintock Memorial Foun-
  dation for  the  Diseases  of  the  Alimentary  Canal.
  Wilkes-Barre.
881. Archivos  de  medicina,  cirugfa  y  especialidades.
  Madrid.
882. Archivos medicos del Servicio sanitario del Ejercito.
  Santiago de Chile.
883. Archivos  de  medicina,  cirugfa  y  especialidades.
  Ciudad Trujillo.
884. Archives m^dicales d'Angers.  Angers.
885. Archiva medica Belgica.  Bruxelles.
886. Archives m6dicales beiges.   Bruxelles.
887. Archives  m^dico-chirurgicales  de l'appareil respira-
  toire.  Paris.
888. Archives  m£dico-chirurgicales de province.  Tours.
889. Archives de medecine et de chirurgie speciales.   Paris.
890. Archives de medecine des enfants.  Paris.
891. Archives  de  medecine experimentale et d'anatomie
  pathologique.  Paris.
892. Archivos medicos ferrocarrileros.   Mexico.
893. Archivos de medicina infantil.  La Habana.
894. Archivos de medicina interna.   La Habana.
895. Archivio medico italiano. Torino.
896. Archivos de medicina legal.   Buenos Aires.
897. Archivo de medicina legal.   Lisbon.
898. Archivos de medicina  legal  e  identificacao.  Rio de
  Janeiro.
899. Archivos medicos mexicanos.  Nuevo Le6n,  Mexico.
900. Archives de medecine navalc   Paris.
901. Archives  de  medecine  et  de pharmacie militaires.
  Paris.
902. Archives de medecine et pharmacie navales.  Paris.
903. Archives de medecine  sociale  et d'hygiene et Revue
  de pathologie et de physiologie du travail.   Bruxelles.
904. Archives de medecine sociale.   Paris.
905. Archiv fiir Menschenkunde.   Miinchen.
906. Archivos mexicanos de venereo-sifilis y dermatologia.
  Mexico.
907. Archives of medical hydrology.  London.
908. Archives of the Middlesex Hospital.  London.
909. Archiv fiir mikroskopische Anatomie.   Bonn.
910. Archiv  fiir  mikroskopische  Anatomie  und  Ent-
  wicklungsmechanik.  Berlin [See Arch. Entwmech.]
911. Archiv fiir Mikrobiologic  Berlin.
912. Archives de morphologie generale et experimentale
  Paris.
913. Archivos do Museu nacional do Rio de  Janeiro.  Rio
  de Janeiro.
914. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte  [See Zschr. wiss. Zool.]
915. Archives neerlandaises de phonetique experimentale
  [See Arch, neerl.  sc. exact.]
916. Archives neerlandaises de physiologie de l'homme et
  des animaux.   La Haye. 
[20]
Arch, neerl. sc. exact.

Arch, neerl. zool.
Arch, neur., Bucur.
Arch, neurob., Madr.
Arch, neurocir.,  B. Air.
Arch. neur. psiq. Mexico

Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Lond.
Arch. Occup. Ther.
Arch. oft. B. Aires

Arch. oft. hisp. amer.

Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk.

Arch, opht., Par.
Arch. Ophth., Berl.
Arch. Ophth., (hie.
Arch, orthop. Unfallchir.
Arch.
Arch.
Arch.
Arch.
Arch.
Arch.
Arch.
Arch.
Arch.
Arch.
Arch.
ortop., Milano
ostet. gin.
Otolar., (hie.
ottalm.
parasit., Par.
pat., Bologna
Path., Chic.
Pediat., N. Y.
pediat. Uruguay
peru. hig. ment.
Pharm., Berl.
Arch, pharm., Kbh.
Arch. phys. biol., Par.
Arch. phys. diat. Ther.

Arch. Physiol. Ther.
Arch. Phys. M.
Arch. Phys. Ther.

Arch. Protistenk.
Arch, psicol.  neur., Milano

Arch, psiquiat. crim., B. Air.

Arch. Psychiat., Berl.

Arch. Psychoanal., Stamford
Arch, psychol., Geneve
Arch. Psychol., N. Y.
Arch, radiol., Nap.
Arch. Radiol. Electrother., Lond.
Arch. Rassenb.


Arch. Rettungswes.

Arch. rin. lar. otol., Barcel.

Arch, riogrand. med.
Arch, roumain. path., Par.

Arch. russ. anat.

Arch. Sanat.  quir. Figueroa, Merida

Arch. sc. biol., Bologna
Arch. sc. biol., Moskva

Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.

Arch. sc. med., Tor.
917.  Archives  neerlandaises   des   sciences  exactes   et
  naturelles.  La Haye.                   .
HIS.  Archives neerlandaises de zoologie.   Leiden.
919.  Archives de neurologic  Bucuresti.
!>20.  Archivos de neurobiologfa.  Madrid.
1121.  Archivos de neurocirugia.  Buenos Aires.
922.  Archivos  de  neurologia  y psiquiatrfa  de  Mexico.
  Mexico.
923.  Archives of neurology and psychiatry. Chicago.
924.  Archives of neurology and psychiatry.  London.
!)25.  Archives of occupational therapy.  Baltimore.
926.  Archivos de oftalmologia de Buenos Aires.   Buenos
  Aires.
927.  Archivos de oftalmologia hispano-americanos.  Barce-
  lona.
928.  Archiv fur Ohren,- Nasen- und  Kehlkopfheilkunde.
  Berlin.
929.  Archives d'ophtalmologie.   Paris.
930.  Archiv [Graefe's] fur Ophthalmologic  [v. p.]
931.  Archives of ophthalmology.  Chicago.
932.  Archiv  fiir  orthopadische  und  Unfall-Chirurgie.
  Berlin.
933.  Archivio di ortopedia.   Milano.
934.  Archivio di ostetricia e ginecologia.   Napoli.
935.  Archives of otolaryngology.  Chicago.
936.  Archivio di oftalmologia.  Pisa.
937.  Archives de parasitologie.   Paris.
938.  Archivio di patologia e clinica medica.   Bologna.
939.  Archives of pathology.   Chicago.
940.  Archives of pediatrics.   New Y'ork.
941.  Archivos de pediatrfa del Uruguay.  Montevideo.
942.  Archivos peruanos de higiene mental.  Lima.
943.  Archiv der Pharmazie und Berichte der Deutsehen
  pharmazeutischen Gesellschaft.  Berlin.
944.  Archiv for pharmaci og chemi.   i\0benhavn.
94.").  Archives de physique biologiquc  Paris.
946.  Archiv fiir physikalisch-diatetische  Therapie  in  der
  arztlichen Praxis.   Berlin.
947.  Archives of physiological therapy.   Boston.
948.  Archives of physical medicine.  Chicago.
949.  Archives of physical therapy, x-ray, radium.  Chicago
  [etc.]
950.  Archiv fiir Protistenkunde.  Jena.
951.  Archivio  di  psicologia, neurologia, psichiatria  e
  psicoterapia.  Milano.
952.  Archivos  de  psiquiatrfa  y  criminologfa.   Buenos
  Aires.
953.  Archiv  fiir  Psychiatrie  und   Nervenkrankheiten.
  Berlin.
954.  Archives of psychoanalysis.  Stamford, Conn.
955.  Archives de psychologie   [v. p.]
956.  Archives of psychology.   New York.
957.  Archivio di radiologia.   Napoli.
958.  Archives of radiology and electrotherapy.   London.
959.  Archiv fur Rassen-  und Gesellschaftsbiologie ein-
  schliesslich  Rassen-  und  Gesellschaftshygiene.    Miin-
  chen.
960.  Archiv fiir Rettungswesen  und erste arztliche  Hilfc
  Berlin.
961. Archivos  de rinologia, laringologia,  otologia.   Barce-
  lona.
962.  Archivos  rio-grandenses de medicina.  Porto Alegre.
963. Archives  roumaines de  pathologie  experimentale et
  de microbiologic   Paris.
964. Archives  russes d'anatomie,  d'histologie  et  d'em-
  bryologic  Leningrad.
965. Archivos; Sanatorio quirurgico del  Doctor Figueroa.
  Merida.
966. Archivio di scienze biologiche.   Bologna.
967. Archives  des sciences  biologiques.  Moskva  [See
  Arkh. biol. nauk]
968. Archiv fiir  Schiffs- und Tropenhygiene,  Pathologie
  und Therapie exotischer Krankheiten.  Leipzig.
969. Archivio per le  scienze mediche.  Torino. 
[21]
Arch. sc. med. fis. toscane

Arch. sc. phys. nat.

Arch. sc. Soc. vet. ital.

Arch. Soc. argent, anat.

Arch. Soc. biol. Montevideo

Arch. Soc. cirujan. hosp., Santiago

Arch. Soc. clin. Habana

Arch. Soc. internat. gastroenter., Brux.

Arch. Soc. ital. chir.
Arch. Soc. med. leg. S. Paulo

Arch. Soc. oft. hisp. amer.

Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol.  Montpellier


Arch, sozial. Hyg.

Arch. Sozialwiss.

Arch. stor. sc.

Arch. stud,  fisiopat. ricambio

Arch, suiss. anthrop.
Arch. Surg.
Arch. ter. enferm. nerv.. Barcel.

Arch. ter. med.  quir., Barcel.

Arch. Ther., N. Y.

Arch, tisiol., B.  Air.
Arch, tisiol., Montev.
Arch. urol. Necker

Arch. urug. med.

Arch, venezol. puericult.

Arch, venezol. Soc. otorinolar.

Arch. Verdauungskr.

Arch, vergl. Ophth.
Arch. vet. nauk
Arch. Virusforsch., Wien
Arch. Volkswohlf.
Arch. wiss.  prakt. Tierh.

Arch. Zeeuwsch genoot. wet.

Arch. Zellforsch.
Arch. zool. exp., Par.

Arch. zool. ital.
Arh. hem. tehn., Zagreb

Arh. vet., Bucur.
Aristote, Par.
Arizona M.
Arizona Pub. Health News
Arkansas Druggist
Arkh. biol. nauk*
Arkh. klin. eksp. med.

Arkh. med.  nauk
970. Archivio delle  scienze  medico-fisiche toscane.   Fi
des  sciences   physiques  et  naturelles.
Societa  ed  Accademia
  renzc
971. Archives
  Geneve.
972. Archivio  scientifico  della
  veterinaria italiana.  Torino.
973. Archivos  de  la  Sociedad  argentina de  anatomia
  normal y pathol6gica.  Buenos Aires.
974. Archivos de la Sociedad de biologia de Montevideo.
  Montevideo.
975. Archivos  de la Sociedad de cirujanos de hospital.
  Santiago de Chile.
976. Archivos  de la  Sociedad de estudios clinicos de La
  Habana.   La Habana.
977. Archives  de  la  Societe  internationale  de  gastro-
  enterologic   Bruxelles.
978. Archivio della Societa italiana di chirurgia.   Roma.
979. Archivos da Sociedade de medicina legal e criminolo-
  gia de Sao Paulo.  SSo Paulo.
980. Archivos   de la  Sociedad  oftalmo!6gica hispano-
  americana.  Madrid.
981. Archives  de  la  Societe  des sciences  medicales et
  biologiques de  Montpellier  et  du Languedoc mediter-
  raneen.  Montpellier.
982. Archiv fiir soziale Hygiene und Demographie  [Leip-
  zig]
983. Archiv   fiir   Sozialwissenschaft   und  Sozialpolitik.
  Tubingen.
984. Archivio  di  storia della scienza.  Roma  [See Ar-
  cheion]
985. Archivio  per lo  studio della fisiopatologia e  clinica
  del ricambio.  Milano.
986. Archives  suisses d'anthropologie  generale.  Geneve.
987. Archives  of surgery.   Chicago.
988. Archivos de terapeutica de las enfermedades nerviosas
  y mentales.   Barcelona.
989. Archivos de terapeutica medico-quirurgica.   Barce-
  lona.
990. Archives of  therapeutics.   New York   [See  Med.
   Rev. of  Rev.]
991. Archivos de tisiologia.   Buenos Aires.
992. Archivos de tisiologia y pneumologia.  Montevideo.
993. Archives   urologiques  de la  Clinique  de  Necker.
   Paris.
994. Archivos uruguayos de medicina, cirugia y especiali-
   dades.  Montevideo.
995. Archivos venezolanos  de puericultura  y pediatria.
   Caracas.
996. Archivos venezolanos  de la Sociedad  de oto-rino-
   laringologia-oftalmologia.  Caracas.
997. Archiv  [Boas']  fiir  Verdauungskrankheiten,  Stoff-
   wechselpathologie und Diatetik.  Berlin.
998. Archiv fiir vergleichende Ophthalmologic.  Leipzig.
999. Archiv veterinarnikh nauk.   S. Petersburg.
1000.  Archiv fiir die  gesamte Virusforschung.   Wien.
1001.  Archiv fiir Volkswohlfahrt.  Berlin.
1002.  Archiv fiir  wissenschaftliche und praktische Tier-
   heilkunde.   Berlin.
1003.  Archief  van het Zeeuwsch genootschap  der weten-
   schappen.   Middleburg.
1004.  Archiv fiir  Zellforschung.   Leipzig.
1005.  Archives  de zoologie  experimentale  et generale.
   Paris.
1006.  Archivio zoologico italiano.  Torino.
1007.  Arhiv za  hemiju i tehnologiju; arhiv za  hemiju i
  farmaciju.   Zagreb.
1008.  Arhiva veterinara.  Bucure§ti.
1009.  Aristote.  Paris.
1010.  Arizona medicine.  Phoenix.
1011.  Arizona public  health news.  Phoenix.
1012.  Arkansas (The) druggist.   Little Rock.
1013.  Arkhiv biologicheskikh nauk.   Leningrad.
1014.  Arkhiv  klinicheskoi  i eksperimentalnoi  medicin.
   Moskva.
 1015.  Arkhiv medicinskikh nauk.  Moskva. 
[22]
Arkh. pat. anat., Moskva

Army Doctor
Army M. Bull.
Army Navy J.
Army Navy Reg.

Army Nurse
Army Ordnance
Army Vet. Bull.
Arq. anat.
Arq. Assist, psicopat. S. Paulo

Arq. biol., S. Paulo
Arq. brasil. cir.
Arq. brasil. hig. ment.

Arq. brasil. med.  nav.

Arq. brasil. oft.
Arq. brasil. profil. cegueira
Arq. cirurg. clin., S. Paulo

Arq. clin., Rio
Arq. Clin, oft.,  Porto Alegre

Arq. Dep. saude Rio Grande do Sul

Arq. derm. sif. S. Paulo

Arq. Dir. hig. interior, Recife

Arq. Esc. med. cir. Nova  Goa

Arq. Fac. med. Porto

Arq. Fac. nac.  med., Rio

Arq. hig., Rio
Arq. hig., S. Paulo
Arq. hig. pat. exot.
Arq. indoport. med.


Arq. Inst. bact. Camara Pestana

Arq. Inst. Benjamin Baptista

 Arq. Inst, biol., S. Paulo
 Arq. Inst. biol. exerc, Rio

 Arq. Inst, brasil. tuberc.
Arq.
Arq.

Arq.

Arq.

Arq.

Arq.
Arq.
Arq.
Arq.
Arq.

Arq.
Arq.
Arq.
Arq.
Arq.
Inst, centr. hig.
Inst. med. cir. Parana

Inst. med. leg., Rio

Inst. Penido Burnier

med. leg. ident., Rio

mineir. lepr.
neuropsiquiat., S. Paulo
obst. gin.
pat.
pat. geral

pediat., Rio
polic. civ.,  S. Paulo
rio grand, med.
saude pub., Belo Horiz.
Serv. assist, menores, Rio
1022
1023
1024
1025
Recife.
Rio  de

Rio  de
1016.  Arkhiv patologicheskoi anatomii i patologiclicskoi
  fiziologii.  Moskva.
1017.  Army (The) doctor.   New York
1018  Army medical bulletin.   Carlisle Barracks.
1019.  Army [and] Navy journal.   Washington.
1020.  Army &  navy  register; U.  S.  military  gazette.
  Washington.
1021.  Army (The) nurse.   Washington.
      Army ordnance.  Washington.
      Army veterinary bulletin.  Carlisle Barracks.
      Arquivo de anatomia e antropologia.   Lisboa.
      Arquivos da Assistencia  a psicopatas do Estado Uc
  Sao Paulo.  Sao Paulo.
1026.  Arquivos de biologia.  Sao Paulo.
1027.  Arquivos brasilieros de cirurgia e ortopedia.
1028.  Arquivos  brasileiros  de  higiene  mental.
  Janeiro.                           .        ,
1029.  Arquivos  brasileiros  de  medicina  naval.
  Janeiro.                             .    o~   t>  i
1030.  Arquivos brasileiros  de oftalmologia.   bao ^aulo.
1031  Arquivos brasileiros de profilaxia de cegueira. Bahia.
1032.  Arquivos  de  cirurgia clinica e experimental.   Sao
  Paulo.
1033.  Arquivos de clinica.   Rio de Janeiro.
1034.  Arquivos  de  Clinica oftalmologica  e  oto-rhino-
  laringologica.   Porto Alegre.
1035.  Arquivos  do  Departamento estadual de saude; Kio
  Grande do Sul.   Porto Alegre.
1036.  Arquivos de dermatologia e sifiligraha de Sao I'aulo.
  Sao Paulo.                                    .     .A
1037. Arquivos   da  Diretoria  de  higiene  do  interior,
  Pernambuco.   Recife.
1038. Arquivos  da Escola  medico-cirurgica de Nova Goa.
  Nova G6a.
1039. Arquivo de trabalhos da Faculdade de medicina do
  Porto.  Porto.
1040.  Arquivos  da  Faculdade nacional de medicina.   Rio
  de Janeiro.
1041. Arquivos de higiene.   Rio de Janeiro.
1042. Arquivos de higiene e satide pdblica.  Sao Paulo.
1043. Arquivos de higiene  e patologia exoticas.  Lisboa.
1044. Arquivos  indoportugueses de medicina  e historia
  natural.  Nova  Goa  [See  Arq.  Esc.  med.  cir. Nova
  Goa]
1045. Arquivos do  Instituto bacteriologico Camara  Pes-
  tana.  Lisboa.
1046. Arquivos do Instituto Benjamin Baptista.  Rio de
  Janeiro.
1047. Arquivos do Instituto biologico.   Sao Paulo.
1048. Arquivos  do  Instituto  de  biologia do  Exercito,
  Brazil.  Rio de Janeiro.
1049. Arquivos do  Instituto brasileiro  para investigacao
  da tuberculose.  Bahia.
1050. Arquivos do Instituto central de higiene.   Lisboa.
1051. Arquivos do  Instituto  de  medicina  e  cirurgia do
  Parand.  Curitiba.
 1052. Arquivos do Instituto medico-legal e do cabinete de
   identificagao.  Rio de Janeiro.
 1053.  Arquivos do  Instituto Penido Burnier.  Campinas,
   S.  Paulo.
 1054.  Arquivos de medicina legal  e identificacao. Rio de
   Janeiro.
 1055. Arquivos mineiros de leprologia.   Belo Horizonte.
 1056. Arquivos de neuro-psiquiatria.  Sao Paulo.
 1057.  Arquivo  de obstetrica e ginecologia.  Lisboa.
 1058.  Arquivo  de patologia.  Lisboa.
 1059.  Arquivos de patologia  geral e  de  anatomia  pato-
   logica.   Coimbra.
 1060.  Arquivos de  pediatria.  Rio de Janeiro.
 1061.  Arquivos da Policia civil.  Sao Paulo.
 1062.  Arquivos rio-grandenses de medicina.  P6rto Alegre.
 1063.  Arquivos de  saude  ptiblica.   Belo*Horizontc
 1064.  Arquivos do Servico  de  assistencia a  menores.
   Rio  de Janeiro. 
[23]
Arq. Serv. assist, psicopat. S. Paulo

Arq. Serv. nac. doenc. ment., Rio

Arq. Soc. med. leg. S. Paulo

Arq. zool. S. Paulo

Arsber. Bergens Kom. Sykeh.

Ars medica, Barcel.
Ars medici, Basel
Ars medici, Brux.
Ars medici, Wien
Art & Archaeol.
Arte ostet.
Arzt als Erzieher
Arzt & Sport
Asclepios, Habana
Asistencia,  Mex.
Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi

Askeri tibbi baytari mecmuasi

Askeri vet.  mecmuasi
Assist, minor, anorm., Roma
Assist, san., Roma

Assist, sociale, Roma
A. S. T. A. Journal

Atas Congr. paul. psicol.


Athena, Roma

Atlanta Dent. J.
Atlantic M. J.

Atomes, Par.

Atti Accad.  fisiocr. Siena
Atti Accad.  med. chir. Napoli

Atti Accad.  med. fis. fiorent.

Atti Accad.  med. lombarda
Atti Accad.  [naz.] Lincei
Atti Accad.  sc. med. natur. Ferrara

Atti Accad.  sc. med. Palermo

Atti Accad.  stor. arte san.

Atti Clin, otorin. Roma

Atti Conf. interall. assist, inval. guerra

Atti Congr.  europ. chir. plast.  guerra

Atti Congr.  internaz. elettroradiob.

Atti Congr.  internaz. med. farm. mil.

Atti Congr.  internaz. psicol.

Atti Congr. internaz. stomat.

Atti Congr. internaz. teen. san.

Atti Congr. internaz. ter. fis.

Atti Congr. interprov. san. Alta Italia
1070.  Ars medica.
1071.  Ars medici.
1072.  Ars medici.
1073.  Ars medici.
1076.
1077.
1078.
1079.
1065.  Arquivos do Servigo de assistencia a psicopatas do
  Estado de Sao Paulo.  Sao Paulo.
1066.  Arquivos do Servigo nacional de doengas mentais.
  Rio de Janeiro.
1067.  Arquivos da Sociedade de medicina legal  e crimi-
  nologia de S. Paulo.   Sao Paulo.
1068.  Arquivos  de  zoologia do  Estado  de  Sao Paulo.
  Sao Paulo.
1069.  Arsberetning  for Bergens  Kommunale Sykehusc
  Bergen.
                   Barcelona.
                  Basel.
                  Bruxelles.
                  Wien.
1074.  Art and archaeology.   Washington.
1075.  Arte ostetrica.   Milano.
      Arzt als Erzieher.   Miinchen.
      Arzt und Sport.   Leipzig.
      Asclepios.  La Habana.
      Asistencia; Secretaria de asistencia publica.  Mexico.
1080.  Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi [Military sanitary review]
  Istambul.
1081.  Askeri tibbi baytari mecmuasi   [Military medical
  veterinary magazine]  Istambul.
1082.  Askeri veteriner  mecmuasi.  Istambul.
1083.  Assistenza dei minorenni anormali.  Roma.
1084.  Assistenza (L') sanitaria agli  assicurati dell'Istituto
  nazionale delle assicurazioni.  Roma.
1085.  Assistenza (L') sociale.   Roma.
1086.  A. S. T. A. journal  [American Surgical Trade Asso-
  ciation]  Rutherford, N. J.
1087.  Atas; Congresso paulista de  psicologia, neurologia,
  psiquiatria, endocrinologia, identificagao, medicina legal
  e criminologia.   Sao Paulo.
1088.  Athena;  rassegna  mensile  di  biologia,  clinica e
  terapia.  Roma.
1089.  Atlanta dental journal.   Atlanta.
1090.  Atlantic  medical  journal.  Harrisburg, Pa.   [See
  Pennsylvania M. J.]
1091.  Atomes;  tous les aspects scientifiques d'un nouvel
  age.  Paris.
1092.  Atti dell'Accademia dei fisiocritici di Siena.   Siena.
1093.  Atti  dell'Accademia medico-chirurgica di Napoli.
  Napoli.
1094.  Atti  dell'Accademia  medico-fisica fiorentina.   Fi-
  renze.
1095.  Atti  dell'Accademia medica lombarda.  Milano.
1096.  Atti  dell'Accademia [nazionale] dei Lincei.  Roma.
1097.  Atti dell'Accademia delle scienze mediche e naturali
  in Ferrara.   Ferrara.
1098.  Atti   dell'Accademia  delle  scienze   mediche   in
  Palermo.  Palermo.
1099.  Atti  e memorie  dell'Accademia di storia  dell'arte
  sanitaria.  Roma.
1100.  Atti  della Clinica oto-rino-laringoiatrica della Uni-
  versita di Roma.   Roma.
1101.  Atti  della Conferenza interalleata per l'assistenza
  agli invalidi di guerra.  Roma.
1102.  Atti  del  Congresso europeo di chirurgia plastica di
  guerra.   Roma.
1103.  Atti  del ... Congresso internazionale di elettroradio-
  biologia.  Bologna.
1104.  Atti  del Congresso internazionale di  medicina e
  farmacia militarc   Roma.
1105.  Atti  del  Congresso  internazionale  di  psicologia.
  Roma.
1106.  Atti;  Congresso internazionale  di  stomatologia.
  Bologna.
1107.  Atti  del  Congresso  internazionale di  tecnica sani-
  taria ed igiene urbanistica.   Milano.
1108.  Atti  del  Congresso internazionale di  terapia fisica.
  Roma.
1109.  Atti  del  Congresso interprovinciale  sanitario del-
  l'Alta Italia.   Mantova [etc.] 
[24|
Att

Att

Att

Att
Att
Att

Att

Att

Att
Att

Att

Att

Att

Att

Att

Att

Att
Att
Att

Att

Att

Att

Att
Att
Att

Att
Congr. ital. radiol.

Congr. med. leg.

Congr. naz. idr. clim.

Congr. naz. microb.
Congr. pediat. ital.
Conv. farm. Alta Italia

Conv. lombard. aliment, pop.

Conv. lombard. igiene rurale

Conv. silicosi
Fond. sc. Cagnola

1st. incoraggiam. Napoli

1st. ital. stor. chim.

1st. lombard. sc.

1st. venet. sc.

Laborat. Mosso

Lega ital. igiene profil. ment.

Soc. fiorent. igiene
Soc. ital. anat.
Soc. ital. derm. sif.

Soc. ital. taring.

Soc. ital. ortop.

Soc. ital. ostet.

Soc. ital. pat.
Soc. ital. urol.
Soc. lombard. sc. med.

Soc. med. chir. Padova
Atti Soc. romana chir.
Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari

Atti Soc. studi malaria
Attivita med. ital.
Attual. med., Milano
Attual. med., Roma
Audit. Outlook, Wash.
Ausland. Deut. Medizinertreffen
Australas. J. Pharm.

Australas. M. Gaz.
Australas. Nurs.  J.
Austral. Dent. Mirror
Austral. Hosp.
Austral. J. Dent.
Austral. J. Exp. Biol.

Austral. J. Sc.
Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg.

Austral. Sc. Abstr.
Austral. Vet. J.
Austr. M. Bull., Lond.
Ausz. Diss. Jurist. Fak. Giessen

Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med.  Fak. Univ.
  Bern
P.J
e sifili-
1110. Atti del  Congresso  italiano di radiologia medica
  [v. p.]
1111. Atti del Congresso di medicina legale e delle assicura-
  zioni  e di antropologia criminalc  Milano.
1112. Atti del  ...  Congresso  nazionale  d'idrologia  e  di
  climatologia  [v. p.]
1113. Atti; Congresso nazionale di microbiologia  [v. p.]
1114. Atti del Congresso pediatrico italiano.   Firenze.
1115. Atti del primo Convegno culturale e sindacale dei
  farmacisti dell'Alta Italia.  Pavia.
1116. Atti del  Convegno lombardo  per l'alimentazione
  popolare.   Milano.
1117. Atti del  Convegno   lombardo  di  igiene rurale.
  Milano.
1118. Atti del Convegno sulla silicosi.  Toririo.
1119. Atti della Fondazione scientifica Cagnola dalla sua
  istituzione in Poi.  Milano.
1120. Atti del Reale Istituto d'incoraggiamento di Napoli.
  Napoli.
1121. Atti e  memorie;  Istituto italiano di storia  della
  chimica.  Roma.
1122. Atti del Istituto lombardo di scienze, lettere ed arti.
  Milano.
1123. Atti del  Istituto veneto di scienze, lettere ed  arti.
  Venezia.
1124. Atti dei Laboratori scientifici Angelo Mosso della R.
  Universita di Torino.  Monte Rosa.
1125. Atti della Lega italiana d' igiene e profilassi mentale.
  Firenze.
1126. Atti; Society fiorentina d'igiene.  Firenze.
1127. Atti della Societa italiana di anatomia  [v.
1128. Atti della Societa italiana di dermatologia
  gratia e delle sezioni interprovinciali.   Bologna.
1129. Atti del Congresso della Societa italiana di laringo-
  logia, d'otologia e di rinologia   [v. p.]
1130. Atti del Congresso della Societa italiana di ortopedia
  [v. p.]
1131. Atti della Societa italiana di  ostetricia e ginecologia.
  Roma.
1132. Atti della Societa italiana di patologia.  Pavia.
1133. Atti; Societa italiana  di urologia.   Roma.
1134. Atti della Societa lombarda di  scienze mediche  e
  biologiche.   Milano.
1135. Atti della Societa  medico-chirurgica  di Padova  e
  bollettino della Facolta di medicina e chirurgia della R.
  Universita di Padova.  Padova.
1136. Atti e memorie; Societa romana di chirurgia.  Roma.
1137. Atti della Societa fra  i cultori delle scienze mediche
  e naturali in Cagliari.   Cagliari.
1138. Atti della Societa per gli studi della malaria.  Roma.
1139. Attivita medica italiana.   Pisa.
1140. Attualita medica.   Milano.
1141. Attualita medica.  Roma.
1142. Auditory (The) outlook.   Washington.
1143. Auslandisch-Deutsches Medizinertreffen.   Berlin.
1144. Australasian  (The)   journal of pharmacy.   Mel-
  bourne.
1145. Australasian medical  gazette.  Sydney.
1146. Australasian nurses' journal.  Sydney.
1147. Australian (The) dental  mirror.  Brisbane.
1148. Australian (The) hospital.   Sydney.
1149. Australian journal of dentistry.   Melbourne.
1150. Australian  journal  of  experimental biology
  medical science.   Adelaide.
1151. Australian (The) journal of science.  Sydney.
1152. Australian and  New  Zealand  journal  of surgery.
  Sydney.
1153. Australian science abstracts.  Sydney.
1154. Australian veterinary  journal.  Sydney.
1155. Austrian medical bulletin.   London.
1156. Ausziige aus den Dissertationen; Juristische Fakul-
  tat; Universitat Giessen.   Giessen.
1157. Ausziige aus den Inauguraldissertationen der Medi-
  zinischen Fakultat der Universitat  Bern.   Bern.
and 
125]
Autoriass. ital. med. int.

Aux Plaines News

A-V, Phila.

Avance med., Habana
Avenir med., Barcel.

Avenir med., Par.
Aviat. Psychol. Techn. Mem.

Avtoref. Sezd fiziol. biokhim. farm.

Avvenire ostet.
Azione san.
Azione vet.
1158.  Autoriassunti e riviste dei lavori italiani di medicina
  interna.  Milano.
1159.  Aux  Plaines  News; Aux  Plaines  Branch  of the
  Chicago Medical Society  [Chicago]
1160.  A-V  (The)   (American  Anti-vivisection Society)
  Philadelphia.
1161.  Avance medical.  La Habana.
1162.  Avenir (L') medical  [Spanish translation of French
  journal of same title]
1163.  Avenir (L') medical  [v. p.]
1164.  Aviation psychology technical memorandum. Wash-
  ington.
1165.  Avtoreferati  i  tezisy;  Kavkazsky  sezd  fiziologov,
  biokhimikov i farmakologov v  Krasnodarc  Rostov.
1166.  Avvenire (L')  ostetrico.  Napoli.
1167.  Azione (L') sanitaria.  Torino.
1168.  Azione (L') veterinaria.  Roma.
B
Bact. Rev., Bait.
Bact. Ther., Detr.
Badger Pharmacist
Baglivi

Bahia med.
Balneologe
Baltimore Health News
Bandera homeop. Habana

Battle Creek Idea
Bausch & Lomb Mag.
Baxter Bugle, Spokane
Behav. Monogr.
Behringwerke Merkbl.
Beih.  Jahrber.  Schles.  Ges.  vaterl.
  Kult.
Beih.  med. Klin.
Beih.  Zschr. angew. Psychol.

Beitr. Anat. Ohr.

Beitr. Biol. Pflanz.
Beitr. chem. Phys. Path.
Beitr. Futtermittel.

Beitr. Geburtsh. Gyn.
Beitr. gerichtl. Med., Wien
Beitr. Haut &c. Fellk.  .
Beitr. Heilk.
Beitr. klin. Chir.
Beitr. Klin. Infektkr.

Beitr. Klin. Tuberk.

Beitr. path. Anat.

Beitr. Physiol.
Beitr. prakt. theor. Hals &c. Heilk.

Belaruss.  med. dumka
Belaruss.  med. misl.
Belgique med.
Belg. tschr. geneesk.
Bell  Teleph. Mag.
Bell  Teleph. Q.
Beneficencia, Caracas
Bengal Pub. Health J.
Bengal Pub. Health Rep.
1169.  Bacteriological reviews.   Baltimore.
1170.  Bacterial therapist.   Detroit.
1171.  Badger (The) pharmacist.  Madison.
1172.  Baglivi (II) giornale italiano di medicina e chirurgia.
  Firenze.
1173.  Bahia medica.  Bahia.
1174.  Balneologe (Der) Berlin.
1175.  Baltimore health news.  Baltimore.
1176.  Bandera  (La) de la homeopatia en la Habana.   La
  Habana.
1177.  Battle Creek (The) idea.   Battle Creek.
1178.  Bausch (The) & Lomb magazine.   Rochester.
1179.  Baxter bugle [Baxter General Hospital] Spokane.
1180.  Behavior monographs.  Cambridge, Mass.
1181.  Behringwerke-Merkblatter.  Marburg-Lahn.
1182.  Beihefte  zu den  Jahresberichten  der  Schlesischen
  Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Kultur.  Breslau.
1183.  Beihefte  zur medizinischen Klinik [v. p.]
1184.  Beihefte  zur Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Psychologie
  und psychologische Sammelforschung.  Leipzig.
1185.  Beitrage  zur Anatomie, Physiologie, Pathologie und
  Therapie des Ohres, der Nase und des Halses.  Berlin.
1186.  Beitrage  zur Biologie der Pflanzen.  Breslau.
1187.  Beitrage  zur chemischen Physiologie und  Patholo-
  gie; Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte  Biochemic   Braun-
  schweig.
1188.  Beitrage  zur  Futtermittellehre  und  Stoffwechsel-
  physiologie der landwirtschaftlichen Nutztierc  Berlin.
1189.  Beitrage  zur Geburtshiilfe und Gynekologie.  Berlin.
1190.  Beitrage  zur gerichtlichen Medizin.  Wien.
1191.  Beitrage  zur Haut-, Haar- und Fellkunde.  Leipzig.
1192.  Beitrage  zur Heilkunde.  Berlin.
1193.  Beitrage  (Bruns) zur klinischen Chirurgie.  Berlin.
1194.  Beitrage  zur Klinik der  Infektionskrankheiten und
  zur Immunitatsforschung.  Wiirzburg.
1195.  Beitrage  zur  Klinik  der Tuberkulose und  spezi-
  fischen Tuberkuloseforschung.  Berlin.
1196.  Beitrage   (Zieglers)  zur  pathologischen Anatomie
  und zur allgemeinen Pathologie.  Jena.
1197.  Beitrage  zur Physiologie.  Berlin.
1198.  Beitrage  zur praktischen und theoretischen  Hals-,
  Nasen- und Ohrenheilkunde.   Berlin.
1199.  Belarusskaia medichnaia dumka.   Mensk.
1200.  Belaruskaia medichnaia misl.  Mensk.
1201.  Belgique medicale [v. p.]
1202.  Belgisch  tijdschrift voor geneeskunde.  Louvain.
1203.  Bell telephone magazine.  New York.
1204.  Bell telephone quarterly.  New York.
1205.  Beneficencia.  Caracas.
1206.  Bengal (The) public health journal.   Alipore.
1207.  Bengal public health report.  Alipore. 
[26]
Ber. Allg. arztl. Kongr. Psychother.

Ber. Deut. bot. Ges.
Ber. Deut. chem. Ges.
Ber. Deut. Ges. Psychol.

Ber. Deut. Ges. Sprach Stimmh.

Ber. Deut. Ges. Zahn &c. Heilk.

Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges.

Ber. Deut. pharm. Ges.

Ber. Deut. Tag. psych. Hyg. Bonn

Bergbau


Ber. ges. Biol.
Ber. ges. Gyn.

Ber. ges. Physiol.

Ber. Internat. Kongr. iirztl. Fortbild.

Ber. Internat.  Kongr. Alkohol.

Ber. Internat.  Kongr. Saugl.

Ber. Internat.  Kongr. Sozialversich.

Ber. Internat.  Kongr. Unfallmed.

Ber. Internat.  Zahnarztekongr.

Ber. Kongr. exp. Psychol.

Ber. Kongr. Heilpadag.

Ber. Krankenanst. Rudolph Stiftung,
   Wien
Berkshire Hosp. Rep.

Berl. Klin.
Berl. klin. Wschr.
Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.
Berl. Wirtschaftsber.
Ber. Oberhess. Ges. Natur. Heilk.

Ber. Oesterr. Konf. Schwachsinnfurs.

Ber. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg

Ber. Sachs.  Ges. Wiss.

Ber. Ungar. physiol. Ges.

Ber. Vereen. lijkverbr.

Ber. Verh. Internat. Kongr. Versicher.
   Med.
Ber. Verh. Kongr. Internat. Ges. Logo-
   pad.

Ber. Versamml. Internat. Fed. eugen.
   Org.
Ber. Vetwes. Sachsen

Ber. wiss. Biol.
Beth-El News
Better Eyesight
Better Health, Lincoln
1208.  Bericht  des  Allgemeinen arztlichen Kongresses fiir
  Psychotherapic   Leipzig.
1209.  Berichte; Deutsche botanische Gesellschatt.  .Berlin.
1210.  Berichte; Deutsche chemische Gesellschaft.  Berlin.
1211.  Bericht der Deutschen Gesellschaft fur Psychologic
  Jena.
1212.  Bericht  iiber die  Versammlung  der  Deutschen
  Gesellschaft fiir  Sprach- und Stimmheilkunde [v. p.]
1213.  Bericht der  Tagung der Deutschen  Gesellschaft fur
  Zahn-, Mund- und Kieferheilkunde.   Miinchen.
1214.  Bericht  iiber die  Versammlung  der  Deutschen
  ophthalmologischen Gesellschaft [v. p.]
1215.  Bericht  der  Deutschen  pharmazeutischen  Gesell-
  schaft [v. p.]
1216.  Bericht  fiber die  Deutsche  Tagung fur  psychische
  Hygiene in Bonn.  Bonn.
1217.  Bergbau (Der) vereinigt mit Kohle und Erz; Zeit-
  schrift des Vereins Deutscher Bergleute im NSBDT.
  Gelsenkirchen.
1218.  Bericht iiber die gesamte Biologic   Berlin.
1219.  Bericht  iiber die  gesamte  Gynakologie und  Ge-
  burtshilfe.  Berlin.
1220.  Berichte iiber die gesamte Physiologie und experi-
  mentelle Pharmakologic   Berlin.
1221.  Bericht iiber den  Internationalen Kongress  fiir das
  arztliche Fortbildungswesen.   Jena.
1222.  Bericht iiber den ... Internationalen Kongress gegen
  den Alkoholismus.  Jena.
1223.  Bericht  iiber den ... Internationalen Kongress fiir
  Sauglingsschutz.  Berlin.
1224.  Bericht  iiber die  Arbeiten  des  Internationalen
  Kongresses der Sozialversicherungsfachleute.  Dresden.
1225.  Bericht  iiber den  Internationalen Kongress  fiir
  Unfallmedizin und Berufskrankheiten.  Leipzig.
1226.  Bericht;   Internationaler  Zahnarztekongress  der
  Federation] Dfentaire] Internationale]   [v. p.]
1227.  Bericht  iiber den   Kongress  fiir  experimentelle
  Psychologie  [v. p.]
1228.  Bericht  iiber den  Kongress  fiir  Heilpadagogik
  [v. p.]
1229.  Bericht; Krankenanstalt Rudolph Stiftung.   Wien.

1230.  [Royal]    Berkshire  Hospital  reports.   Reading,
  iiBrkstiirG
1231.  Berliner Klinik.   Berlin.
1232.  Berliner klinische Wochenschrift.  Berlin.
1233.  Berliner tierarztliche  Wochenschrift.  Berlin.
1234.  Berliner Wirtschaftsberichte.  Berlin.
1235.  Bericht  der  Oberhessischen  Gesellschaft  fiir Natur-
  und Heilkunde.   Giessen.
1236-7. Bericht  der  Oesterreichischen  Konferenz   der
  Schwachsinnigenfursorgc  Wien.
1238.  Berichte  der  Physikalisch-medizinischen  Gesell-
  schaft zu Wiirzburg.  Wiirzburg.
1239.  Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen  der Sachsischen
  Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.  Leipzig.
1240.  Berichte der Ungarischen  physiologischen Gesell-
  schaft.  Budapest.
1241.  Berichten en mededeelingen der Vereeniging  voor
  facultatieve lijkverbranding.  's-Gravenhage.
1242.  Berichte und Verhandlungen  des  Internationalen
  Kongresses fiir Versicherungsmedizin   [v. p.]
1243.  Bericht iiber die Verhandlung; Kongress der Inter-
  nationalen Gesellschaft fiir  Logopadie und  Phoniatrie
  [v. p.]
1244.  Bericht  der  Versammlung  der  Internationalen
  Federation eugenischer Organisationen   [v. p.]
1245.  Berichte fiber  das Veterinarwesen  im  Konigreich
  Sachsen.  Dresden.
1246.  Berichte iiber die wissenschaftliche Biologic  Berlin.
1247.  Beth-El news; Beth Israel Hospital.  Brooklyn.
1248.  Better eyesight.  New York.
1249.  Better  health   [Nebraska  State  Department  of
  Health]  Lincoln. 
[27]
Better Health, Lond.

Bibl. Centr. hig. zavod., Beogr.

Bibliogr. Bull., Wash.

Bibliogr. hisp.
Bibliogr. genet., Gravenh.
Bibliogr. med. biol., Roma
Bibliogr. med. internac, Madr.
Bibliogr. ortop.,  Bologna
Biblioteksbladet
Biblioth. hisp.
Bibl. laeger
Bibl. med. autor. cuban.
Bibl. ophth., Basel
Bicent.  Conf. Univ. Pennsylvania

Bienn. Rep. Bd Health, Wilmington

Bienn. Rep. Carney Hosp., Bost.
Bienn.  Rep. Kansas  Crippled  Child.
   Com.
Bienn. Rep.  Michigan Stream Control
   Com.
Bienn. Rep. N. Carolina Bd Charities

Bienn. Rep. Texas  Dep. Health

Bijdr. gesch. geneesk.

Billings Billboard

Bimonth. Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta.
Biochem. Bull.
Biochem. J., Lond.
Biochem. Zschr.
Biochim. ter. sper.
Biodynamica,  Normandy
Biodynamics
Biogr. med., Par.
Biokhimia, Moskva
Bioklim. Beibl.
Biol. Abstr., Bait.
Biol. Bull.
Biol. Colloq., Corvallis
Biol, gen., Wien
Biol. J., Moskva
Biol. Lect.
Biol, med., Milano
Biol, med., Par.
Biol, med., Rio

Biologia, Waltham

Biologica, Santiago
Biologico, S. Paulo
Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc.

Biol. Rev. City Coll., N. Y.
Biol, spisy zver. lek.
Biol. Sympos., Lane.
Biol. Untersuch., Stockh.
Biol. Zbl.
Biometr. Bull.
Biometrics
Biometrika, Cambr.
Biomorphosis, Basel
Biophys. Zbl.
1250. Better health  [Central Council for Health Educa-
  tion]  London.
1251. Biblioteka  Centralnog  higijenskog  zavoda.  Beo-
  grad.
1252. Bibliographical bulletin; U. S. Department of Agri-
  culture.   Washington.
1253. Bibliografia hispanica.  Madrid.
1254. Bibliographia genetica.  's Gravenhage.
1255. Bibliografia medico-biologica.   Roma.
1256. Bibliografia medica internacional.   Madrid.
1257. Bibliografia ortopedica.   Bologna.
1258. Biblioteksbladet.  Stockholm.
1259. Bibliotheca hispana.  Madrid.
1260. Bibliotek for laeger.  K0benhavn.
1261. Biblioteca medica de autores cubanos.  La Habana.
1262. Bibliotheca ophthalmologica.   Basel.
1263. [Bicentennial  conference]  University of  Pennsyl-
  vania.  Philadelphia.
1264. Biennial report of the Board of Health.   Wilming-
  ton, Del.
1265. Biennial report of the Carney Hospital.  Boston.
1266. Biennial report of the Kansas  State Crippled Chil-
  dren's Temporary Commission.   Topeka.
1267. Biennial report;  Michigan Stream Control Commis-
  sion.  Lansing.
1268. Biennial report of the North Carolina State Board of
  Charities  and Public Welfare.  Raleigh.
1269. Biennial report  of Texas  State  Department  of
  Health.   Austin.
1270. Bijdragen  tot  de  geschiedenis  der geneeskundc
  Amsterdam.
1271. Billings billboard; Billings General Hospital.  Fort
  Benjamin Harrison,  Ind.
1272. Bimonthly bulletin of the Ohio Agricultural Experi-
  ment Station.   Wooster  [See  Bull.  Ohio  Agr. Exp.
  Sta.]
1273. Biochemical bulletin.  New York.
1274. Biochemical journal.  London.
1275. Biochemische Zeitschrift.   Berlin.
1276. Biochimica e terapia sperimentalc   Milano.
1277. Biodynamica.  Normandy, Mo.
1278. Bio-dynamics.   Phoenixville, Pa.
1279. Biographies (Les) medicales.   Paris.
1280. Biokhimia.  Moskva.
1281. Bioklimatische Beiblatter.   Braunschweig.
1282. Biological abstracts.  Baltimore.
1283. Biological (The) bulletin.   Lancaster.
1284. Biology colloquium.  Corvallis, Ore.
1285. Biologia generalis.  Wien.
1286. Biologichesky jurnal.  Moskva.
1287. Biological lectures.  Boston   [See Biol. Bull.]
1288. Biologia medica.  Milano.
1289. Biologie medicalc  Paris.
1290. Biologia medica (Instituto  Vital  Brasil)   Rio  de
  Janeiro.
1291. Biologia;  newsletter  supplement  to Chronica  bo-
  tanica.   Waltham, Mass.
1292. Biol6gica.   Santiago  (Chile)
1293. Biologico (O)   Sao Paulo.
1294. Biological  reviews  of the Cambridge Philosophical *
  Society.  Cambridge, Engl.
1295. Biological review of the City College.  New York.
1296. Biologicke  spisy Vysoke skoly zveroiekafske.  Brno.
1297. Biological symposia.  Lancaster.
1298. Biologische Untersuchungen.   Stockholm.
1299. Biologisches Zentralblatt.  Leipzig.
1300. Biometrics bulletin.  Washington.
1301. Biometrics.  Washington.
1302. Biometrika.   Cambridge, Engl.
1303. Bio-morphosis;  internationale Zeitschrift  fiir Mor-
  phologie  und  Biologie  des  Menschen und der hoheren
  Wirbeltiere [v. p.]
1304. Biophysikalisches Zentralblatt.  Leipzig  [At head
  of  tp:  Zentralblatt  fiir die gesamte Biologie: 2. Abt.
  Biophysikalisches Zentralblatt] 
l->8]
Biotypologie, Par.
Birmingham Health
Birmingham M. Rev.

Birth Control Rev.
Biull. eksp. biol. med.

Biull. Narkomzdrav.  RSFSR
Biull.   Sredne  Aziat.  Gosud.  Univ.,
  Tashkent

Bl. Gesundhfiirs.
Bl. Krankenpfl.
Bl. Sauglingsfiirs.

Bl. Volkgesundhpfl.
Blood,  N. Y.
Blood Donor, Johannesb.
Blue Book, N. Y.
Blue Cross Bull.
Boas' Archiv
Bodleian Libr. Rec.
B6r & bujakort.
B6rgy6gy. urol. vener. szemle

Boie Dent. Rev., Manila
Bol. Acad, argent,  cir.

Bol. Acad, estomat. Peru

Bol. Acad. nac. farm., Rio

Bol. Acad. nac. med. B. Aires

Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio

Bol. Admin, nac. agua, B.  Air.

Bol. Anuario bibliogr. cubano

Bol. Asist. pub. nac. Montev.

Bol. As. med. argent.

Bol. As. med. nac, Panama
Bol. As.  med. Puerto Rico

Bol. As. med. Quito
Bol. As. odont. argent.

Bol. As. odont. Chile

Bol. Ass. brasil. farm.

Bol. assist, med. indig., Luanda

Bol. Ateneo, La Plata
Bol. bibliogr., Lima
Bol. bibliogr., S. Paulo
Bol. bibliogr. antrop. amer., Mex.

Bol. Bibl. Min. san., Caracas

Bol. biol., La Plata
Bol. biol., Puebla
Bol. biol., S. Paulo
Bol. Catedr. pat. clin. tuberc, B. Air.

Bol. Centr. antirreum. Fac. cienc. med.,
  B. Air.
Bol. Centr. estud.  tuberc, Quito

Bol. Centr. odont.  Uruguay
1305.  Biotypologie.  Paris.
1306.  Birmingham's health.  Birmingham, Ala.
1307.  Birmingham  (The)  medical review.  Birmingham,
  Ala.
1308.  Birth control review.   New York.
1309.  Biulleten  eksperimentalnoi  biologii  i  mediciny.
  Moskva.
1310.  Biulleten Narkomzdrava RSFSR.   Moskva.
1311.  Biulleten Sredne-Aziatskogo Gosudaistvennogo Uni-
  versiteta.  Tashkent   [See  Bull.  Univ.  Asie  centr.,
  Tashkent]
1312.  Blatter fiir Gesundheitsfiirsorge.   Miinchen.
1313.  Blatter fiir Krankenpflege.   Bern.
1314.  Blatter  fur   Sauglings-  und  Kleinkinderfiirsorgc
  Miinchen.
1315.  Blatter fur Volksgesundheitspflege.   Velten.
1316.  Blood; the journal of hematology.   New York.
1317.  Blood donor, bloedskenker.  Johannesburg.
1318.  Blue book; an annual buyers guide.  New York.
1319.  Blue Cross bulletin.  Chicago.
  See Arch. Verdauungskr.
1320.  Bodleian (The) Library record.  London.
1321.  B6r- es bujak6rtan.   Budapest.
1322.  B6rgy6gyaszati,  urol6giai,  venerol6giai  szemle  es
  kozmetika.   Budapest.
1323.  Boie dental review.   Manila.
1324.  Boletines y trabajos [at head of tp: Academia  argen-
  tina de cirugfa]  Buenos Aires.
1325.  Boletfn;  Academia  de  estomatologfa  de  Peru.
  Lima.
1326.  Boletim; Academia  nacional  de farmacia.  Rio de
  Janeiro.
1327.  Boletin  de la Academia nacional de  medicina de
  Buenos Aires.  Buenos Aires.
1328-9.  Boletim da Academia nacional de  medicina.  Rio
  de Janeiro.
1330.  Boletin; Administraci6n  nacional del agua, Argen-
  tina.  Buenos Aires.
1331.  Boletin  del   Annuario  bibliografico  cubana.   La
  Habana.
1332.  Boletin de la Asistencia  publica nacional.  Monte-
  video.
1333. Boletfn de la Asociaci6n medica argentina.  Buenos
  Aires.
1334. Boletin de la Asociaci6n medica nacional.  Panama.
1335. Boletfn  de la Asociaci6n medica  de Puerto  Rico.
  San Juan.
1336. Boletfn  de la  Asociaci6n medica  de Quito.   Quito.
1337. Boletin  de  la Asocaci6n  odontol6gica  argentina.
  Buenos Aires.
1338. Boletin  de  la Asociaci6n  odontol6gica de  Chile.
  Santiago de Chile.
1339. Boletim da  Associagao brasileira de farmaceuticos.
  Rio de Janeiro.
1340-1.  Boletim da assistencia medica  aos indigenas  e
  da luta contra a moiestia do scmo.   Luanda, Angola.
1342. Boletin del Ateneo.   La  Plata.
1343. Boletin bibliografico.   Lima.
1344. Boletim bibliografico.  Sao Paulo.
1345. Boletin  bibliografico  de  antropologfa  americana.
  Mexico.
1346. Boletin de la Biblioteca del Ministerio de sanidad y
  asistencia social.   Caracas.
1347. Boletfn biol6gico.  La  Plata.
1348. Boletin biol6gico.  Puebla.
1349. Boletim biol6gico.  Sao  Paulo.
1350. Boletfn  de la Catedra de  patologia y clfnica de la
  tuberculosis.  Buenos Aires.
1351. Boletin; Centro antirreumatico; Facultad de ciencias
  medicas.  Buenos Aires.
1352. Boletin  del  Centro de estudios sobre tuberculosis.
  Quito.
1353. Boletfn  del  Centro de  odontologia del Uruguay.
  Montevideo. 
(29]
 Bol. Centr. saude, Minas Gerais

 Bol. clase, Lima
 Bol. clin., Medellin
 Bol. Clin. As. Damas Covadonga, Ha-
   bana
 Bol. clin. hosp. civ. Lisboa

 Bol. Clin. Marly, Bogota
 Bol. Clin. Martinez Villarreal, Monte-
   rrey
 Bol. Clin. obst. Univ. Chile

 Bol. Col. med. Camagiiey

 Bol. Col. med. Gerona

 Bol. Col. med. Habana

 Bol. Col. med. Holguin

 Bol. Col. med. Valladolid

 Bol. Com. argent, profil. ceguera

 Bol. Com. nac. peru. coop, intelect.

 Bol. Com. tabard.,  Mex.

 Bol. Congr. med. nac, Mex.
 Bol. Congr. nac med. int., Mex.

 Bol. Cons. nac. hig., Montev.

 Bol. Cons. sal. pub., Montev.
 Bol. Cons. sup. salub., S. Salvador

 Bol. dent. urug.
 Bol. Dep. hig. Prov. Cordoba

 Bol. Dep. med. seguro social, Quito

 Bol.'Dep. nac. crianca, Rio

 Bol. Dep. salub. pub., Mex.

 Bol. Dir. estud. biol., Mex.

 Bol. Dir. gen. protec. inf.,  Santiago

 Bol. Dir. gen. salub., Guatemala

 Bol. Dir. gen. salub., Lima

 Bol. Dir. gen. san.  pub., Guatemala

 Bol. Dir. gen. san. pub.,  La Paz

 Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil.
         •
 Bol. educ. fis., Santiago
 Bol. educ. san., Caracas
 Bol. ejerc, Habana
 Bol. entom.  venezol.
 Bol. epidem., Mex.
 Bol. epidem. Dir. serv. saude Angola

 Bol. Esc. nac. cienc. biol., Mex.


Bol. Esc. odont., Lima
Bol. estadist., Mex.
Bol. estadist., Montevideo
Bol. estadist. mun., Caracas
Bol. estadist. (Venezuela)
      549701—vol. 10, 4th Series----in
1354. Boletim  trimestral do Centro  de satide de  Teofilo
  Otoni.  Minas Gerais.
1355. Boletin del clase.  Lima.
1356. Boletfn clfnico.   Medellin.
1357. Boletin mensual de la Clinica; Asociacidn de  Damas
  de la Covadonga.   La Habana.
1358. Boletini clfnico e de estatfstica dos hospitals civis de
  Lisboa.  Lisboa.
1359. Boletin de la Clfnica de Marly.   Bogota.
1360. Boletin de la Clinica Doctor Angel Martinez Villa-
  rreal.  Monterrey.
1361. Boletfn anual de la Clfnica obstetrica; Universidad
  de Chile.   Santiago.
1362. Boletfn del  Colegio medico de Camagiiey.   Cama-
  giiey.
1363. Boletin del Colegio  medico de  Gerona.  Gerona,
  Spain.
1364. Boletin  del  Colegio  medico de  La  Habana.   La
  Habana.
1365. Boletin del  Colegio medico  de Holguin.   Holgufn,
  Cuba.
1366. Boletin del  Colegio provincial de medicos  de  Va-
  lladolid.   Valladolid.
1367. Boletfn del Comite argentino de profilaxis  de la
  ceguera y lucha contra el tracoma.   Buenos Aires.
1368. Boletin de la Comisi6n nacional peruana de coopera-
  ci6n intelectual.   Lima.
1369. Boletfn de la Comisi6n  central para el estudio del
  tabardillo.  Mexico.
1370. Boletfn del Congreso medico nacional.  Mexico.
1371. Boletfn del Congreso  nacional de medicina interna.
  Mexico.
1372. Boletfn del  Consejo nacional de  higiene.   Monte-
  video.
1373. Boletin del Consejo de salud publica.  Montevideo.
1374. Boletfn del Consejo  superior de  salubridad.  San
  Salvador.
1375. Boletfn dental uruguayo.  Montevideo.
1376. Boletin del Departamento de higiene de la Provincia
  de C6rdoba.   C6rdoba.
1377. Boletin del Departamento medico del seguro social.
  Quito.
1378. Boletim  trimensal  do Departamento  nacional  da
  crianca.   Rio de Janeiro.
1379-80. Boletfn del Departamento de salubridad publica.
  Mexico.
1381. Boletfn  de  la  Direcci6n de  estudios biol6gicos.
  Mexico.
1382. Boletin de la Direcci6n  general de protecci6n a la
  infancia y  adolescencia.   Santiago  de Chile.
1383. Boletfn  de  la  Direcci6n general  de salubridad.
  Guatemala.
1384. Boletfn  de  la  Direccion general  de salubridad.
  Lima.
1385. Boletin;   Direccion  general de  sanidad  publica.
  Guatemala.
1386. Boletfn de la. Direccidn general de sanidad pdblica,
  Bolivia.   La Paz
1387. Boletim  da Direccao do servico de  saude  militar.
  Lisboa.
1388. Boletfn de educaci6n fisica.  Santiago de Chile.
1389. Boletfn de educaci6n  sanitaria SAS.   Caracas.
1390. Boletin del ejercito.   La Habana.
1391.  Boletin de entomologfa venezolana.  Caracas.
1392. Boletfn epidemiol6gico.   Mexico.
1393.  Boletim  epidemiologico;  Direccao  dos servigos  de
  sadde e higiene de Angola.   Luanda.
1394.  Boletfn de informaci6n  de la Escuela nacional de
  ciencias biol6gicas del Instituto politecnico nacional de
  Mexico.   Mexico.
1395.  Boletin de la Escuela de odontologia.   Lima.
1396.  Boletfn de estadfstica.   Mexico.
1397.  Boletfn de estadistica.   Montevideo.
1398.  Boletin trimestral de estadistica municipal.  Caracas.
1399. Boletin mensual de estadistica [Venezuela]  Caracas. 
[30]
Bol. Fac. cienc. med. Univ. B. Aires

Bol. Fac. farm., Tegucigalpa
Bol. Fac. odont. Univ. S. Marcos

Bol. farm., Habana
Bol. farm, mil., Madr.
Bol. hig., Jalapa
Bol. hig. escolar,  La Plata
Bol. hig. ment., S. Paulo
Bol. hig. saude pub., Rio
Bol. hosp., Caracas
Bol. Hosp. Billini, Trujillo
Bol. Hosp. Nuestra Senora, Valera

Bol. Hosp. oft., Mex.

Bol. Hosp. Policia nac, Habana

Bol. Hosp. quir. Maracaibo

Bol. Hosp. sanat. Peral, Santiago

Bol. Hosp. S.  Juan, Quito

Bol. Hosp. Vina del Mar

Bol. indigen.,  Mex.
Bol. indust. animal, S. Paulo
Bol. inform, estud. social., Quito

Bol. Inst, assist, hosp.,  Recife

Bol. Inst. bact. Chile

Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air.

Bol. Inst, estud. med. biol., Mex.

Bol. Inst, hig., Mex.

Bol. Inst. hig. S.  Paulo

Bol. Inst, invest, cient., Nuevo Leon

Bol. Inst, invest,  social., Panama

Bol. Inst, invest,  vet., Caracas

Bol. Inst, matern., B. Air.
Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air.

Bol. Inst. nac. hig., Bogota

Bol. Inst. nac. nifio, Lima
Bol. Inst, pat., Mex.
Bol. Inst. port, oncol.

Bol. Inst, protec. inf., Montev.

Bol. Inst, psicopedag. nac,  Lima

Bol. Inst, psiquiat., Rosario
Bol. Inst. quim. Univ. Mexico

Bol. Inst, radiol.  cancer, Montev.

Bol. Inst. Vital Brasil
Bolivia odont.
Bol. Laborat.  Clin. Luis Razetti

Bol. Laborat.  estud. med., Mex.

Boll. Accad. med. Genova
1400.  Boletfn  oficial de  la Facultad  de ciencias medicas;
  Universidad de Buenos Aires.  Buenos Aires.
1401.  Boletfn de la Facultad de farmacfa.  Tegucigalpa.
1402.  Boletin de la Facultad de odontologia; Universidad
  nacional mayor de San Marcos.  Lima.
1403.  Boletfn de farmacia.  La Habana.
1404.  Boletfn de farmacia militar.   Madrid.
1405.  Boletfn de higiene.  Jalapa,  Mex.
1406.  Boletin de higiene escolar.  La Plata.
1407.  Boletim de higiene mental.   Sao Paulo.
1408.  Boletim de higiene e satide ptiblica.  Rio de Janeiro.
1409.  Boletfn de los hospitales.   Caracas.
1410.  Boletin del Hospital Padre Billini.  Ciudad Trujillo.
1411.  Boletfn  del Hospital  Nuestra Senora  de la Paz.
  Valera,  Venez.
1412.  Boletfn del Hospital oftalmol6gico de Nuestra Senora
  de la Luz.   Mexico.
1413.  Boletfn  del Hospital  de la  Policia  nacional.   La
  Habana.
1414.  Boletin
  Maracaibo.
              del Hospital quirtirgico y maternidad de
               Maracaibo.
1415.  Boletfn  del Hospital sanatorio El  Peral.  Santiago
  de Chile.
1416.  Boletfn  del Hospital civil  de San Juan de  Dios.
  Quito.
1417.  Boletin; Hospital de Vina del Mar.  Vina del Mar,
  Chile.
1418.  Boletfn indigenista.  Mexico.
1419.  Boletim de indtistria animal.  Sao Paulo.
1420.  Boletfn  de informaciones y de estudios sociales y
  econ6micos.  Quito.
1421.  Boletim  do  Instituto   de   assistencia  hospitalar.
  Recife.
1422.  Boletfn   del   Instituto  bacteriol6gico  de  Chile.
  Santiago de Chile.
1423.  Boletfn  del Instituto de  clinica quirtirgica.   Buenos
  Aires.
1424.  Boletfn  del Instituto  de estudios  medicos y bio-
  16gicos.  Mexico.
1425.  Boletfn del Instituto de higiene del Departamento de
  salubridad ptiblico.  Mexico.
1426.  Boletim  [at hpad of tp:  Instituto  de  higiene de
  S. Paulo]   Sao Paulo.
1427.  Boletfn  del Instituto de investigaciones cientfficas.
  Nuevo Le6n.
1428.  Boletfn  del Instituto de investigaciones sociales y
  econ6micas.  Panama.
1429.  Boletfn  del Instituto de  investigaciones veterinarias
  de Venezuela.  Caracas.
1430.  Boletfn  del Instituto de maternidad.  Buenos  Aires.
1431.  Boletfn  del Instituto de  medicina experimental para
  el estudio y tratamiento del  cancer.  Buenos Aires.
1432.  Boletin  del Instituto  nacional de  higiene  Samper
  Martinez.   Bogota.
1433.  Boletin  del Instituto nacional del nifio.  Lima.
1434.  Boletfn  del Instituto patol6gico.   Mexico.
1435.  Boletim  do   Instituto  portugues  do  oncologia.
  Lisboa.
1436.  Boletfn  del Instituto internacional  americano de
  protecci6n a la infancia.  Montevideo.       •
1437.  Boletfn  del   Instituto  psicopedag6gico nacional.
  Lima.
1438.  Boletfn del Instituto psiquiatrico.   Rosario.
1439.  Boletfn del Instituto de qufmica de la Universidad
  nacional de Mexico.   Mexico.
1440.  Boletin del Instituto de  radiologia y  Centro de
  estudio y lucha contra el cancer.   Montevideo.
1441.  Boletim do   Instituto  Vital Brasil.   Niteroi.
1442.  Bolivia  odontoltigica.  La Paz.
1443.  Boletfn del Laboratorio de la Clfnica Luis  Razetti.
  Caracas.
1444.  Boletin  del  Laboratorio  de  estudios  medicos  y
  biologicos.  Mexico.
1445.  Bollettino   dell'Accademia  medica  di  Genova.
  Genova. 
31
 Boll. Accad. med. Perugia

 Boll. Accad. med. pistoiese

 Boll. Accad. med. Roma

 Bol. lar. otol., Madr.

 Boll. Ass. ital. piante  med.

 Boll. Ass. med. trident.

 Boll. Ass. med. triest.

 Boll. Ass. romana med. pedag. anorm.


 Boll, aviaz. civ.

 Boll, bibliogr., Milano
 Boll. chim.  farm.
 Boll, clin., Milano
 Boll. Fed. naz. mil. mutil.

 Bol. Liga argent, reumat.

 Bol. Liga cancer, Habana
 Bol. Liga port, profil. social

 Bol. Liga urug. cancer genit. fern.

 Bol. Liga urug. reumat.

 Bol. Liga urug. trafuJo mujer.

 Bol. Liga urug. tuberc.

 Boll. 1st.  sieroter. milan.

 Boll. 1st.  stor. ital. san.

 Boll. 1st.  zool. Roma

 Boll, malariol.
 Boll. mal. orecchio


 Boll. med. (angloamer.)

 Boll. med. Prov. Bolzano

 Boll. med. trent.
 Boll. mus. zool. Torino

 Boll. ocul.
 Boll. ord. med. Lombardia

 Boll. ord. med. Milano

 Boll. Osp. oft. Prov. Roma

 Boll.  Poliamb. Giuseppe Ronzoni

 Boll.  Poliamb. Milano

 Boll. san. tre  Venezie
 Boll. sc. Fac.  chim. indust., Bologna

 Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb.

 Boll. sez.  reg. Soc. ital. derm.

Boll. Soc. biol. sper.

Boll. Soc. eustach.
 1446.  Bollettino  dell'Accademia  medica  di  Perugia.
   Perugia.
 1446a.  Bollettino dell'Accademia medica pistoiese Filippo
   Pacini.  Pistoia.
 1447.  Bollettino e atti  dell'Accademia medica di  Roma.
   Roma.
 1448.  Boletfn de laringologia, otologfa y rinologia.  Ma-
   drid.
 1449.  Bollettino  dell'Associazione  italiana  pro  piante
   medicinale, aromatiche ed altre utili.  Milano.
 1450.  Bollettino  dell'Associazione   medica   tridentina
   Trento.
 1450a.  Bollettino   dell'Associazione   medica   triestina.
   Trieste.
 1451.  Bollettino  dell'Associazione  romana  per la  cura
   medico-pedagogica  dei  fanciulli anormali  e deficienti
   poveri.  Roma.
 1452.  Bollettino dell'aviazione  civile  e del traffico aereo.
   Roma.
 1453.  Bollettino bibliografico.  Milano.
 1454.  Bollettino chimico-farmaceutico.   Milano.
 1455.  Bollettino delle cliniche.   Milano.
 1456.  Bollettino della Federazione nazionale dei comitati
   di assistenze ai militari ciechi, storpi, mutilati.  Roma.
 1457.  Boletfn de la  Liga argentina contra  el reumatismo.
   Buenos Aires.
 1458.  Boletfn de la Liga contra el cancer.  La  Habana.
 1459.  Boletim da Liga portuguesa  de  profilaxia  social.
   Porto.
 1460.  Boletfn oficial de la Liga uruguaya contra el  cancer
   genital femenino.   Montevideo.
 1461.  Boletin de la  Liga uruguaya contra  el reumatismo.
   Montevideo.
 1462.  Boletfn de la  Liga uruguaya contra el trafico de
   mujeres y  ninos.  Montevideo.
 1463.  Boletin de la Liga uruguaya contra la tuberculosis.
   Montevideo.
 1464.  Bolletino  dell'Istituto sieroterapico  milanese.  Mi-
   lano.
 1465.  Bollettino  dell'Istituto  storico. italiano  dell'arte
   sanitaria.  Roma.
 1466.  Bollettino dell'Istituto zoologico dell'Universita  di
   Roma.  Roma.
 1467.  Bollettino malariologico.   Roma.
 1468.  Bollettino delle  malattie  dell'orecchio,  della gola,
   del naso, di tracheo-bronco-esofagoscopia e di fonetica.
   Firenze.
 1469. Bollettino medico; servizio di  informazioni  anglo-
   americano  [n. p.]
 1470. Bollettino  medico  della   Provincia di Bolzano;
   Etschliinder Aerzteblatt.  Bolzano.
 1471. Bollettino medico trentino.  Trento.
 1472. Bollettino dei musei di zoologia e di  anatomia com-
   parata della R. Universita di Torino.  Torino.
 1473. Bollettino di oculistica.   Firenze.
 1474. Bollettino degli  ordini  dei medici  di Lombardia.
   Milano.
 1475. Bollettino  dell'ordine dei medici della provincia di
   Milano.   Milano.
 1476. Bollettino  dell'Ospedale  oftalmico della Provincia
   di Roma.   Roma.
 1477. Bollettino di  Opera Pia  Poliambulanza Giuseppe
   Ronzoni.   Milano.
 1478. Bollettino  clinico-scientifico della Poliambulanza di
   Milano.   Milano.
 1479. Bollettino  sanitario delle tre Venezie.  Verona.
 1480. Bollettino scientifico della Facolta  di chimica in-
   dustrialc   Bologna.
 1481. Bollettino  della  Sezione  italiana; Societa interna-
   zionale di microbiologia.   Milano.
 1482. Bollettino  delle sezione regionali; Societa italiana di
   dermatologia e sifilografia.   Milano.
 1483. Bollettino  della  Societa  di biologia sperimentale.
   Napoli.
1484. Bollettino della Societa Eustachiana.  Camerino. 
[32]
Boll. Soc. ital. aliment.

Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.

Boll. Soc. ital. med. igiene trop.  (Sez.
  Eritrea)
Boll. Soc Lancisi. osp. Roma

Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia
Boll. Soc med. chir. Modena

Boll. Soc. med. Parma
Boll. Soc. natur. Napoli

Boll. Soc. piemont. chir.

Boll. Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari

Boll. Soc. zool. ital.
Boll. spec. med. chir.

Boll. Uff. lavoro Torino

Bol. med., Madr.
Bol. med. Casa de cuna, Coyoacan
Bol. med. Chile

Bol. med. cient., Indianap.

Bol. med. Hosp. inf., Mex.
Bol. med. mex.
Bol. med. natur. Leante

Bol. med. social, Santiago
Bol. Min. hig. salub., La Paz

Bol. Min. sal. pfib., Asuncion
Bol. Min. san., Caracas

Bol. Min. trab. salub., La Paz

Bol. mun. La Plata
Bol. museos, Guatemala
Boln. gaz. Botkina
Bol. Obras san. nac, B. Air.

Bol. odont.,  Bogota
Bol. odont. mex.
Bol. Of.  san. panamer.

Bol. panamer. san.
Bol. Repart. aguas, S. Paulo
Bol. sal.  pub., Montev.
Bol. salub., Jalapa
Bol. salub., Mex.
Bol. san., B. Air.
Bol. san., Luanda
Bol. san., Managua
Bol. san., Panama
Bol. san., Rio
Bol. san., Salvador
Bol. san., Sta Clara

Bol. san., Tegucigalpa
Bol. san., Trujillo

Bol. Sanat.  Nicandro L.  Melo,  Vera-
  cruz
Bol. Sanat. Rafael Lavista, Veracruz

Bol. Sanat. S. Lucas, S. Paulo
Bol. san. Guatemala
Bol. Secc. san. Policia nac, Habana
1485. Bollettino della Societa italiana per lo studio del-
  l'alimentazione.   Firenze.                 .
1486. Bollettino della Societa italiana di biologia speri-
  mentalc  Napoli.
1487. Bollettino; Societa  italiana di medicina e  igiene
  tropicale; Sezione Eritrea.   Asmara.
1488. Bollettino della Societa Lancisiana degh ospedali di
  Roma.   Roma.                                     .
1489. Bollettino della Societa medico-chirurgica.  ^avm.
1490. Bollettino della Societa medico-chirurgica di Mo-
  dena.  Modena.
1491. Bollettino della Societa medica di Parma.  Parma.
1492. Bollettino della Societa dei naturalisti in Napoli.
  Napoli.
1493. Bollettino e  memorie  della  Societa  piemontese  di
  chirurgia.  Torino.
1494. Bollettino della  Societa fra i cultori delle scienze
  mediche  e naturali in Cagliari.  Cagliari.
1495. Bollettino della Societa zoologica italiana.  Roma.
1496. Bollettino delle speciality medico-chirurgiche.   Mi-
  'ano.
1497. Bollettino dell'Ufficio  del lavoro e della statistica;
  Citta di  Torino.  Torino.
1498. Boletfn de medicina, cirugfa y  farmacia.   Madrid.
1499. Boletfn medico de la Casa de cuna.  Coyoacan.
1500. Boletfn medico de Chile; semanario de informaci6n
  profesional.  Santiago de Chile.
1501. Boletin medico-cientffico; Eli Lilly and Co. Indian-
  apolis.
1502. Boletfn medico del Hospital infantil.   Mexico.
1503. Boletfn (El) medico  mexicano.   Mexico.
1504. Boletfn mensual de medicina natural sistema Leante.
  La Habana.
1505. Boletin medico-social.   SantiagY) de Chile.
1506. Boletfn del  Ministerio de  higiene  y  salubridad.
  La Paz.
1507. Boletfn del Ministerio  de salud ptiblica.  Asunci6n.
1508. Boletin del Ministerio de sanidad y asistencia social.
  Caracas.
1509. Boletin;   Ministerio   del   trabajo,  salubridad  y
  previsi6n social, Bolivia.  La Paz.
1510. Boletin de la municipalidad de La Plata.   La Plata.
1511. Boletfn de museos y  bibliotecas.  Guatemala.
1512. Bolnichnaya  gazeta Botkina.   S. Petersburg.
1513. Boletin de Obras  sanitarias de la  naci6n.  Buenos
  Aires.
1514. Boletfn de odontologia.  Bogota.
1515. Boletfn odontol6gico mexicano.  Mexico.
1516. Boletin  de  la  Oficina sanitaria  panamericana.
  Washington.
1517. Boletfn panamericano de sanidad.  Washington.
1518. Boletim da Reparticao de aguas e esgotos.  S.  Paulo.
1519. Boletfn de salud ptiblica.  Montevideo.
1520. Boletfn de salubridad y asistencia.  Jalapa,  M6x.
1521. Boletfn de salubridad e higiene.   Mexico.
1522. Boletin sanitario.  Buenos  Aires.
1523. Boletim sanitario.   Luanda.
1524. Boletin sanitario.   Managua.
1525. Boletin sanitario.  Panama1.
1526. Boletim sanitario.   Rio de  Janeiro.
1527. Boletin sanitario.  San Salvador.
sanidad  y  beneficencia  municipales.
1528.  Boletfn  de
  Santa Clara.
1529.  Boletfn  sanitario.  Tegucigalpa.
1530.  Boletin  de sanidad  y asistencia  ptiblica.   Ciudad
  Trujillo.
1531.  Boletfn  del  Sanatorio  Dr.   Nicandro  L.  Melo.
  Veracruz, M6x.
1532.  Boletfn  del  Sanatorio Dr.  Rafael Lavista.  Vera-
  cruz, Mex.
1533.  Boletim do Sanatorio Sao Lucas.  Sao Paulo.
1534.  Boletfn  sanitario de Guatemala.  Guatemala.
1535.  Boletfn  de  la Secci6n  de sanidad de  la Policia
  nacional.  La Habana. 
[33]
 Bol. Seer, agr., Mex.

 Bol. Seer, san., Trujillo

 Bol. Seer, satide, Rio

 Bol. Serv. aguas, Rio

 Bol. Serv. fed. bioestat., Rio

 Bol. Serv. med. nac. empl. (Chile)

 Bol. Serv.  nac.  protec mat. inf.,
   Lima
 Bol. Serv. nac. salub.  (Chile)

 Bol. Sind. med. brasil.

 Bol. Sind. med. Yucatan

 Bol. Soc. argent, cir.

 Bol. Soc. biol. Concepci6n

 Bol. Soc. biol. Santiago

 Bol. Soc. brasil. med. vet.

 Bol. Soc. chilena obst. gin.

 Bol. Soc. cir.  B. Aires

 Bol. Soc. cir.  Chile

 Bol. Soc. cir.  Montevideo

 Bol. Soc. cir.  Rosario
 Bol. Soc. cir.  Guadalajara

 Bol. Soc. cir.  Uruguay

 Bol. Soc. cubana derm. sif.

 Bol. Soc. cubana pediat.

 Bol. Soc. med. cir. Campinas

 Bol. Soc. med. cir. mil., Rio

 Bol. Soc. med. cir. Paraguay

 Bol. Soc. med. cir. S. Paulo

 Bol. Soc. med. Mendoza

 Bol. Soc. med. quir. centr., Montev.

 Bol. Soc. mex. electroradiol.

 Bol. Soc. mineira med. vet.

 Bol. Soc. mutual, med. farm. Guadala-
  jara
 Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B.  Aires

 Bol. Soc. paul. med. vet.

 Bol. Soc. port. oft.

Bol. Soc. quim. Peru
Bol. Soc. tisiol. Hosp. nac. centr., B.
  Air.
Bol. Synd. med. norte riogrand.
1536. Boletfn oficial  de  la  Secretarfa  de agricultura  y
  fomento.   Mexico.
1537. Boletfn de la  Secretarfa de  estado de sanidad  y
  beneficencia.  Ciudad Trujillo.
1538. Boletim da Secretaria geral de  satide e assistencia.
  Rio de Janeiro.
1539. Boletim do Servigo federal de aguas e esg6tos.  Rio
  de Janeiro.
1540. Boletim  mensal  do  Servico  federal  de  bio-esta-
  tfstica.   Rio de Janeiro.
1541. Boletfn del Servicio medico nacional de empleados,
  Chile.  Santiago de Chile.
1542. Boletin del Servicio nacional de proteccitin materno-
  infantil.   Lima.
1543. Boletfn del Servicio nacional de salubridad.   Santi-
  ago de Chile.
1544. Boletim  do  Sindicato  medico  brasileiro.   Rio de
  Janeiro.
1545. Boletfn mensual del  Sindicato  de medicos  y pro-
  fesionistas conexos  de Yucat&n.  Merida.
1546. Boletines  y trabajos;  Sociedad argentina de ciru-
  janos.  Buenos Aires.
1547. Boletin de la Sociedad de biologfa  de Concepci6n.
  Concepci6n, Chile.
1548. Boletfn de la Sociedad de biologfa  de Santiago de
  Chile.  Santiago de Chile.
1549. Boletim da Sociedade brasileira de medicina veteri-
  naria.  Rio de Janeiro.
1550. Boletfn de  la  Sociedad  chilena  de  obstetricia  y
  ginecologia.  Santiago de Chile.
1551. Boletines  y trabajos  de la Sociedad de cirugfa de
  Buenos Aires.  Buenos Aires.
1552. Boletfn de la Sociedad de cirugfa de Chile.  Santiago
  de Chile.
1553. Boletin de la Sociedad de  cirugfa de  Montevideo.
  Montevideo.
1554. Boletines; Sociedad de cirugia de Rosario.  Rosario.
1555. Boletfn de la Sociedad de cirugia de Guadalajara.
  Guadalajara, M6x.
1556. Boletfn de  la  Sociedad  de cirugfa del Uruguay.
  Montevideo.
1557. Boletfn de la Sociedad cubana de  dermatologia  y
  sifilografia.   La Habana.
1558. Boletfn de la  Sociedad cubana de pediatrfa.  La
  Habana.
1559. Boletim  da Sociedade  de medicina e  cirurgia de
  Campinas.  Campinas, S. Paulo.
1560. Boletim  da  Sociedade  medico-cirurgica  militar.
  Rio de Janeiro.
1561. Boletfn de la Sociedad  de medicina  y cirugia del
  Paraguay.  Asuncidn.
1562. Boletim da Sociedade de medicina e cirurgia de Sao
  Paulo.  Sao Paulo.
1563. Boletfn de la Sociedad medica de Mendoza.  Men-
  doza.
1564. Boletfn de la Sociedad medico-quirtirgica del  centro
  de la Reptiblica.  Montevideo.
1565. Boletfn de la Sociedad mexicana de electroradiologfa.
  Mexico.
1566. Boletim da Sociedade mineira de medicina veteri-
  naria.  Belo Horizonte.
1567. Boletfn de la Sociedad mutualista medico-farmaceu-
  tica de Guadalajara.   Guadalajara, M6x.
1568. Boletin de la Sociedad de obstetricia y ginecologia
  de Buenos Aires.  Buenos Aires.
1569. Boletim da Sociedade paulista de medicina veteri-
  naria.  Sao Paulo.
1570. Boletim da Sociedade portuguesa de oftalmologia.
  Lisboa.
1571. Boletfn de la Sociedad qufmica del  Perti.   Lima.
1572. Boletin anual de la Sociedad de tisiologia del Hospi-
  tal nacional central.  Buenos Aires.
1573. Boletim  do Syndicato medico norte-riograndense.
  Natal. 
[34|
Bol. teen. Dir. gen. san., Madr.

Bol. Iniao panamer.

Bol. vet., B. Air.
Bombay M. J.
Borba s tuberk.
Bordeaux chir.
Borden Rev. Nutr. Res.
Boston M. & S. J.
Bot. Abstr.
Botica, Barcel.
Bot. J., Lond.
Bot. Med. Ref., Mt Vernon
ain, Lond.
asil cir.
asil med.
asil med. cir.
atisl. lek. listy
emer Beitr. Naturwiss.    j
enthurst Papers, Johannesb.
istol Digest, Syrac.
istol Med. Chir. J.

itain, N. Y.
itain Today, Lond.
itan. Bk

it. Chem. Physiol. Abstr.
Dent. J.
Food J.
Guiana M.
Annual
  it. Heart J.
  it. Homceop. J.
  it. J. Actinother.
  it. J. Anaesth.
  it. J. Child. Dis.
  it. J. Dent. Sc.

  it. J. Derm. Syph.

  it. J. Educ. Psychol.

  it. J. Exp. Biol.

  it. J. Exp. Path.

  it. J. Indust. M.
  it. J. Inebr.
  it. J. M. Psychol.

  it. J. Nurs.
  it. J. Ophth.
  it. J. Pharm.

  it. J. Phys. M.
  it. J. Psychol.
  it. J. Radiol.
  it. J. Rheumat.
  it. J. Social M.
  it. J. Surg.
  it. J. Tuberc.
  it. J. Urol.
  it. J. Vener. Dis.
  it. M. Bull.
  it. M. J.
  it. Orthopt. J.
  it. Physician
  it. Red  Cross Q. Rev.
  oad Way, Lond.

Brompton Hosp. Rep., Lond.
1574.  Boletfn teenico  de la Direcci6n general de sanidad.
  Madrid.                                  ...  ,.   ,
1575.  Boletim  da  Uniao  pan-amencana.   Washington
  [See Bull. Panamer. Union]
1570.
1577.
1578.
1 579.
15S0.
1581.
1582.
1583.
1584.
1585.
      Boletfn veterinario.   Buenos Aires.
      Bombay (The) medical journal.  Bombay.
      Borba s tuberkulezom.   Moskva.
      Bordeaux chirurgical.   Bordeaux.
      Borden's review of nutrition research.   New \ ork.
      Boston (The) medical and surgical journal.  Boston.
      Botanical abstracts.  Baltimore.
      B6tica  (La) Barcelona.
      Botanical (The) journal.  London.
      Botanico-medical  (The)  reformer.  Mt.  Vernon,
  Ohio.
1586.  Brain; a journal of neurology.   London.
1587.  Brasil cirurgico.   Rio de Janeiro.
1588.  Brasil-medico.  Rio de Janeiro.
1589.  Brasil medico-cirtirgico.   Rio de Janeiro.
1590.  Bratislavske lekarske listy.   Bratislava.
1591.  Bremer Beitrage  zur Xaturwissenschaft.  Bremen.
1592.  Brenthurst  papers.  Johannesburg.
1593.  Bristol (The) digest.  Syracuse.
1594.  Bristol (The)  medico-chirurgical journal.  Bristol,
  Engl.
1595.  Britain  [British Information Services]   New York.
1596.  Britain to-day.   London.
1597.  Britannica  book of the year [Encyclopaedia britan-
  nica]  Chicago.
1598.  British chemical  and physiological abstracts.  Lon-
  don.
1599.  British dental journal.  London.
1600.  British food journal and hygiene review.   London.
1601.  British Guiana medical annual and hospital reports.
  Demerara.
1602.  British heart  journal.   London.
1603.  British homoeopathic journal.   London.
1604.  British journal of actinotherapy.  London.
1605.  British journal of anaesthesia.   Manchester.
1606.  British (The)  journal of children's diseases.  London.
1607.  British journal of dental science [and  prosthetics]
  London.
                    journal of dermatology and syphilis.
journal of educational psychology.

 journal   of  experimental  biology.

journal of experimental pathology.
1608.  British (The)
  London.
1609.  British (The)
  Birmingham.
1610.  British  (The)
  Edinburgh.
1611.  British (The)
  London.
1612.  British journal of industrial medicine.  London.
1613.  British (The) journal of inebriety.   London.
1614.  British  (The)   journal  of  medical  psychology.
  London.
1615.  British (The) journal of nursing.  London.
1616.  British (The) journal of ophthalmology.   London.
1617.  British journal of pharmacology and chemotherapy.
  London.
1618.  British (The) journal of physical medicine.  London.
1619.  British (The) journal of psychology.  London.
1620.  British (The) journal of radiology.   London.
1621.  British (The) journal of rheumatism.  London.
1622.  British journal of social medicine.   London.
1623.  British (The) journal of surgery.  Bristol,  Engl.
1624.  British (The) journal of tuberculosis.  London.
1625.  British (The) journal of urology.  London.
1626.  British (The) journal of venereal diseases.  London.
1627.  British medical bulletin.   London.
1628.  British (The) medical journal.   London.
1629.  British (The) orthoptic journal.  Shrewsbury.
1630.  British physician.   London.
1631.  British (The) Red Cross quarterly review.  London.
1632.  Broad (The) way; or, Westminster Hospital gazette.
  London.
1633.  Brompton Hospital reports.  London.
\ 
[35]
Bronchosc. oesophagosc, Par.

Brooke Bluebonnet Broadcast

Brooklyn Hosp. J.
Brooklyn M. J.
Bruxelles med.
Bryn Mawr Coll.  Monogr.
Budapesti Orvosegy. ertes.
Budapest! Orvosegy. evk.
Budapesti orv. ujs.
Buffalo M. J.
Bui. Direct, zootechn., Bucur.

Bull. Acad. Belgique

Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland

Bull. Acad, med., Par.
Bull. Acad. med.  Belgique

Bull. Acad. med.  Roumanie

Bull. Acad. M. Toledo

Bull. Acad. M. Toronto

Bull. Acad, roumain.

Bull. Acad. sc. Montpellier

Bull. Acad. sc. URSS

Bull. Acad. vet. France

Bull. Adelphi Hosp., Brooklyn
Bull. Admin, hyg., Brux.
Bull. Alabama Dent. Ass.

Bull. Alexander Blain Hosp.
Bull. Allergy
Bull. Alumnae Ass. Child. Hosp. School
  Nurs., Bost.
Bull. Am. Acad. M.

Bull. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar.

Bull. Am. Acad. Tuberc. Physicians

Bull. Am. Ass. Hosp. Social Work.

Bull. Am. Ass. M. Rec. Libr.

Bull. Am. Ass. M. Social Work.

Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth.

Bull. Am. Ass. Univ. Professors

Bull. Ambul. Proct.

Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons

Bull. Am. Counc.  Learn. Soc.

Bull. Am. Heart Ass.

Bull. Am. Hosp. Ass.

Bull. Am. M. Ass.

Bull. Am. Mus. Natur. Hist

Bull. Am. Psychoanal. Ass.
1634.  Bronchoscopie,   oesophagoscopie  et  gastroscopie.
  Paris.
1635.  Brooke  bluebonnet  broadcast   [Brooks  General
  Hospital]   Fort Sam Houston.
1636.  Brooklyn Hospital journal.  Brooklyn.
1637.  Brooklyn medical journal.  New York.
1638.  Bruxelles-medical.   Bruxelles.
1639.  Bryn Mawr College monographs.   Bryn  Mawr.
1640.  Budapesti Kir. Orvosegyesiilet ertesittfje.  Budapest.
1641.  Budapesti Kir. Orvosegyesiilet evkonyve.  Budapest
1642.  Budapesti orvosi ujsag.   Budapest.
1643.  Buffalo medical journal.  Buffalo.
1644.  Buletinul Directiunii generale zootechnice si sanitare
  veterinare.   Bucuresti.
1645.  Bulletin de la Classe des sciences [at head of tp.:
  Academie royale de Belgique]   Bruxelles.
1646.  Bulletin  (The)   of  the  Academy of Medicine of
  Cleveland.   Cleveland.
1647.  Bulletin de l'Academie de  medicine.  Paris-
1648.  Bulletin de l'Academie de medecine de  Belgique.
  Bruxelles.
1649.  Bulletin de l'Academie de  medecine de Roumanie.
  Paris.
1650.  Bulletin of the Academy of Medicine of Toledo and
  Lucas County.   Toledo, Ohio.
1651.  Bulletin of the  Academy of Medicine of Toronto.
  Toronto, Can.
1652.  Bulletin de la Section scientifique [at head of tp.:
  Academie roumaine]  Bucuresti.
1653.  Bulletin de l'Academie des sciences  et  lettres de
  Montpellier.   Montpellier.
1654.  Bulletin de l'Academie des sciences de l'Union des
  republiques sovietiques socialistes.   Moskva.
1655.  Bulletin  de  l'Academie  veterinaire  de  France.
  Paris.
1656.  Bulletin of the Adelphi Hospital.  Brooklyn.
1657.  Bulletin del'Administration de l'hygiene.  Bruxelles.
1658.  Bulletin of the  Alabama Dental Association.   Bir-
  mingham.
1659.  Bulletin of the Alexander Blain Hospital.  Detroit.
1660.  Bulletin of allergy.  Philadelphia.
1661.  Bulletin; Alumnae Association; Children's Hospital,
  School of Nursing.   Boston.
1662.  Bulletin of the  American Academy  of Medicine.
  Easton, Pa.
1663.  Bulletin  of the American  Academy  of Ophthal-
  mology and Otolaryngology.   Omaha, Nebr.
1664.  Bulletin of the  American Academy of Tuberculosis
  Physicians.   S. Louis.
1665.  Bulletin of the  American  Association of Hospital
  Social Workers.  Chicago.
1666. Bulletin  of the American Association  of Medical
  Record Librarians.   Chicago.
1667.  Bulletin  of the  American Association  of Medical
  Social Workers.  Chicago.
1668.  Bulletin (The) of the American Association of Nurse
  Anesthetists.   Cleveland.
1669.  Bulletin of the American Association of  University
  Professors.  Easton, Pa.
1670.  Bulletin  (The)   of  ambulant proctology.  Youngs-
  town, Ohio.
1671.  Bulletin  of  the American  College  of  Surgeons.
  Chicago.
1672.  Bulletin of the  American Council of Learned Socie-
  ties.  Washington.
1673.  Bulletin of the American Heart Association.   New
  Y'ork.
1674.  Bulletin (The) of the American Hospital Association.
  Chicago.
1675.  [Bulletin]  American  Medical  Association bulletin.
  Chicago.
1676.  Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural His-
  tory.   New York.
1677.  Bulletin of the  American  Psychoanalytic Associa-
  tion  [v. p.] 
[36]
Bull. Am. Soc. Cancer

Bull. Am. Soc. Clin. Laborat. Techn.

Bull. Am. Soc. Hosp.  Pharm.

Bull. Anderson  Co.  Hosp.

Bull. Antivenin  Inst. America

Bull. Arizona M. Ass.

Bull. Army M. Dep., Lond.
Bull. Army M. Dir., Lond.
Bull. Ass. Am. M. Coll.

Bull. Ass. Am. Physicians

Bull. Ass. beige med.  sociale

Bull. Ass. develop,  relat. med.


Bull. Ass. diplom. microb.,  Nancy


Bull. Ass. fr. avance.  sc.

Bull. Ass. Ir. cancer

Bull. Ass. infirm. Croix Rouge fr.

Bull. Ass. internat.  med. experts comp.
  assur.
Bull. Ass. natur. med., Nap.

Bull. Ayer Clin. Laborat.

Bull. Basic Sc. Res.
Bull. Battle Creek Sanit.

Bull. Bd Health Kentucky

Bull. Bd Health Wisconsin

Bull. Beacon Hill Hosp., Manch.

Bull, beige sc. mil.
Bull. biol. France

Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS

Bull. Brit. Columbia Bd Health

Bull. Bronx Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp.
Bull. California Bd  Health

Bull. California Diet.  Ass.

Bull. California Nurses Ass.

Bull. Canad. Com. Ment. Hyg.

Bull. Canad. Dent.  Res. Found.

Bull. Canad. Tuberc.  Ass.

Bull. Carmichael M. Coll.

Bull. Centr. Epidem. Prev. Bur., Peiping,

Bull. Centr. M. Counc. Brooklyn
167S. Bulletin of the American Society for the Control of
  Cancer.   New York.
1679. Bulletin (The)  of the American Society of Clinical
  Laboratory Technicians.  Detroit.
1680. Bulletin (The)  of the American  Society of Hospital
  Pharmacists.  Ann Arbor.
1681. Bulletin (The)  of  the Anderson County Hospital.
  Anderson, S. C.
1682. Bulletin of the Antivenin Institute  of  America.
  Philadelphia.
1683. Bulletin; Arizona State Medical  Association.  Phoe-
  nix.
1684. Bulletin; Army Medical Department.  London.
1685. Bulletin; Army Medical Directorate.   London.
1686. Bulletin of the Association of  American Medical
  Colleges.  Chicago.
1687. Bulletin of the Association of  American  Physicians
  and Surgeons.   Chicago.
1688. Bulletin de l'Association beige de medecine sociale.
  Bruxelles.
1689. Bulletin de l'Association pour  le  developpement des
  relations medicales entre la France et les pays etrangers.
  Paris.
1690. Bulletin de l'Association  des dipl6mes de  micro-
  biologic  de  la Faculte  de pharmacie; University  de
  Nancy.   Nancy.
1691. Bulletin de l'Association  francaise pour l'avance-
  ment des sciences.  Paris.
1692. Bulletin de l'Association francaise  pour l'etude  du
  cancer.   Paris.
1693. Bulletin de l'Association mutuelle des  infirmieres et
  assistantes sociales de la Croix-Rouge franchise.   Paris.
1694. Bulletin de l'Association  internationale  des mede-
  cins-experts  de compagnies d'assurances.  Bruxelles.
1695. Bullettino dell'Associazione dei  naturalisti e medici
  per la mutua istruzione.   Napoli.
1696. Bulletin of the Ayer Clinical  Laboratory  of  the
Pennsylvania Hospital.  Philadelphia.
1697. Bulletin (The) of basic science  research.  Cincinnati.
1698. Bulletin (The)  of the Battle Creek Sanitarium  and
  Hospital Clinic.  Battle Creek, Mich.
1699. Bulletin of the State Board of Health  of Kentucky.
  Louisville.
1700. [Bulletin]  State Board of  Health bulletin; State of
  Wisconsin.  Madison.
1701. Bulletin of the Beacon Hill Hospital staff.  Man-
  chester, N. H.
1702. Bulletin beige des sciences militaires.   Bruxelles.
1703. Bulletin biologique de la  France et de la Belgique.
  Paris.
1704. Bulletin de biologie et medecine experimentale de
  l'U.  R. S. S.   Moskva.
1705. Bulletin of the British Columbia [Provincial] Board
  of Health.  Victoria.
1706. Bulletin;  Bronx County   Medical Society.   New
  York.
1707. Bulletin of the Buffalo General Hospital.  Buffalo.
1708. Bulletin [monthly] California State Board of Health.
  Sacramento.
1709. Bulletin of the California  Dietetic Association.  Los
  Angeles.
1710. Bulletin of the California  State Nurses' Association.
  San  Francisco.
1711. Bulletin (The); Canadian National Committee for
  Mental Hygiene.   Toronto.
1712. Bulletin;  Canadian  Dental Research Foundation.
  Toronto.
1713. Bulletin of the Canadian Tuberculosis Association.
  Ottawa.
1714. Bulletin of the Carmichael Medical  College.   Bel-
  gachia,  Calcutta.
1715. Bulletin;  Central  Epidemic  Prevention  Bureau.
  Peiping.
1716. Bulletin (The); Central Medical Council of Brook-
  lyn.   Brooklyn. 
[37]
Bull. Charlotte Mem. Hosp.

Bull. Chem. Res. Inst. Wu Han  Univ.

Bull. Chicago Ass.  Heart Dis.

Bull. Chicago Dent. Soc.
Bull. Chicago Heart Ass.

Bull. Chicago M. Soc.
Bull. Chicago School San. Instr.

Bull. Chicago Tuberc. Sanit.

Bull. Cincinnati Dent. Soc.

Bull. Clearfield Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Cleveland Dent. Soc.
Bull. Colorado Bd  Health
Bull. Colorado Dent. Ass.

Bull. Com. internat. sclerome, Sofia

Bull. Com. nat. tuberc, Par.

Bull. Connecticut Dent. Ass.

Bull. Crawford W. Long Hosp.

Bull. Creighton Univ. School M.

Bull. Cumberland  M. Ass.

Bull. Current Lit. Crippled Child. Work.

Bull. Czech. M. Ass. Gr. Britain

Bull. Dade Co. M. Ass.

Bull. Davis Fischer Sanat.

Bull, decad. statist, mun., Par.
Bull. Dent. Soc. State N. York

Bull. Dep. Health  Kentucky

Bull. Dep. Health  Maine

Bull. Dep. Health  Puerto Rico

Bull. Dep.  Health  Seattle

Bull. Dep. Pub.  Charit., N. Y.

Bull. Dep. Pub.  Health Massachusetts

Bull. Dep. Pub.  Health S. Africa

Bull. Des Moines  Acad. M.

Bull. Detroit Coll.  M. & S.

Bull. Dight Inst. Univ. Minnesota

Bull, docum. san., Marseille
Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt.

Bull. Entom. Res., Lond.
Bull. Essex Co. M. Soc, Newark

Bull. Eugen. Rec.  Off.

Bull. Fed. dent, internat., Brux.
1717.  Bulletin  of  the  Charlotte  Memorial   Hospital
  Charlotte, N. C.
1718.  Bulletin of the  Chemical Research  Institute;  Na-
  tional Wu Han University.  Kiating, Szechuan.
1719.  Bulletin of the Association for the Prevention  and
  Relief of Heart Disease.   Chicago.
1720.  Bulletin; Chicago Dental Society.   Chicago.
1721.  Bulletin of the  Chicago Heart Association.   Chi-
  cago.
1722.  [Bulletin] Chicago Medical  Society.  Chicago.
1723.  Bulletin; Chicago  School of Sanitary Instruction;
  Department of Health.   Chicago.
1724.  Bulletin [at head of title] City of Chicago Municipal
  Tuberculosis Sanitarium.   Chicago.
1725.  Bulletin of the Cincinnati Dental  Society.   Cin-
  cinnati.
1726.  Bulletin of the Clearfield County  Medical Society.
  Clearfield, Pa.
1727.  Bulletin; Cleveland Dental Society.  Cleveland.
1728.  Bulletin; Colorado State Board of Health.  Denver.
1729.  Bulletin of the  Colorado State Dental Association
  [v..p.]
1730.  Bulletin du Comite  international  pour l'etude  du
  sclerome.  Sofia.
1731.  Bulletin du Comite  national  de defense  contre la
  tuberculose.  Paris.
1732.  Bulletin of the  Connecticut State Dental Associa-
  tion.   Hartford.
1733.  Bulletin; Crawford  W.  Long  Memorial  Hospital.
  Atlanta, Ga.
1734.  Bulletin; Creighton University School of Medicine.
  Omaha,  Nebr.
1735.  Bulletin (The) of the Cumberland Valley Medical
  Association.  Scotland, Pa.
1736.  Bulletin on current literature of interest to crippled
  children workers.   Elyria, Ohio.
1737.  Bulletin; Czechoslovak  Medical   Association  in
  Great Britain.  London.
1738.  Bulletin of the  Dade County Medical Association.
  Miami, Fla.
1739.  Bulletin  (The)  of  the Davis-Fischer Sanatorium
  (Atlanta, Ga.)   Baltimore, Md.
1740.  Bulletin decadaire de statistique municipale.  Paris.
1741.  Bulletin of the Dental Society of the State of New
  York.
1742.  Bulletin of the Department of Health; Common-
  wealth of Kentucky. Louisville, Ky.
1743.  Bulletin  of the State Department  of  Health of
  Maine.  Augusta.
1744.  Bulletin of the Department of Health; Government
  of Puerto Rico.   San Juan.
1745. Bulletin;  Department  of  Health and Sanitation,
  Seattle.  Seattle, Wash.
1746. Bulletin (The) of the Department of Public Chari-
  ties.  New York.
1747. Bulletin  of the Department  of  Public  Health of
  Massachusetts.   Boston.
1748. Bulletin; Department of Public  Health; Union of
  South  Africa.   Capetown.
1749. Bulletin of the  Des  Moines Academy of  Medicine,
  and Polk County  Medical Society.  Des Moines.
1750. Bulletin; Detroit College of Medicine and Surgery.
  Detroit.
1750a. Bulletin;  Dight Institute; University of  Minne-
  sota.  Minneapolis.
1751. Bulletin de documentation sanitaire.  Marseille.
1752. Bulletin  des   Eidgenossischen  Gesundheitsamtes.
  Bern.
1753. Bulletin of entomological  research.   London.
1754. Bulletin  of the Essex  County   Medical Society.
  Newark, N. J.
1755. [Bulletin]  Eugenics  Record  Office  bulletin.  Cold
  Spring Harbor, N. Y.
1756. Bulletin [at head of tp.: Federation dentaire Inter-
  nationale]   Bruxelles. 
[381
Bull. Fed. internat. pharm., Amst.

Bull. Fellowship M., Lond.
Bull. First Distr. Dent. Soc. N. York

Bull. Forest Sanit., Des Plaines
Bull. Fulton Co. M. Soc, Atlanta

Bull. Galveston  Psychopath. Hosp.

Bull. Genesee Co. M.  Soc.

Bull. Genitoinfect.  Dis.
Bull. gen. ther.
Bull. George Washington Univ.

Bull. Georgia M. Soc.
Bull. Greenville Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Harvard M. Alumni

Bull. Health Org. League of Nat.

Bull.  Hendry  Connell  Res.  Found.

Bull. Hennepin Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Hist. M.
Bull, histol.  appl., Lyon

Bull. Hop. fr. Tunis
Bull. Hop. Sadiki, Tunis
Bull. Hosp.  Joint Dis., N. Y.

Bull. Howe  Laborat. Ophth.

Bull. Hudson Co. Dent. Soc.

Bull. Hyg., Lond.
Bull, hyg., Montreal
Bull. Hyg. Laborat., Wash.

Bull. Illinois Dent. Soc.
Bull. Indiana Dent. Ass.

Bull. Indianapolis Dent. Soc.
Bull, inform. Centre rech. med., Par.

Bull, inform. Off. centr. bienfais., Par.

Bull. Ingham Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Inst. gen. psychol., Par.
Bull. Inst. Hist. M., Bait.

Bull. Inst. hyg. Maroc
Bull. Inst, internat. statist., Haye

Bull. Inst. Metchnikoff, Kharkov
Bull. Inst. M. Res. Malay

Bull. Inst. nat. hyg., Par.
Bull. Inst. nat. travail, Par.

Bull. Inst. Pasteur, Par.
Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc.

Bull, internat. Acad. sc. Cracovie

Bull. Internat. Ass.  M. Mus., Montreal

Bull. Internat. Dent. Fed., Brux.

Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege
1757.  Bulletin  de la Federation  internationale pharma-
  ceutique.   Amsterdam.
1758.  Bulletin of the fellowship of medicine.  London.
1759.  Bulletin of the First District Dental Society of the
  State of New York.   \o\v York.
1760  Bulletin of the Forest Sanitarium.  Des Plaines,  111.
1761.  Bulletin  (The) of  the Fulton County  Medical So-
  ciety.  Atlanta, Ga.
1762.  Bulletin  of  the  Galveston  Psychopathic  Hospital.
  Galveston, Tex.
1763.  Bulletin  (The) [Genesee County Medical Society]
  Flint, Mich.
1764.  Bulletin  of  genitoinfectious diseases.   Boston.
1765.  Bulletin general de therapeutique.   Paris.
1766.  Bulletin [at head of title] George Washington (The)
  University.   Washington.
1767.  Bulletin of the Georgia Medical Society.  Savannah.
1768.  Bulletin of the Greenville County Medical Society.
  Greenville, S. C.
1769.  Bulletin  of  the  Harvard  Medical  School Alumni
  Association.  Boston.
1770.  Bulletin of the Health Organization of the League
  of Nations.   Geneve.
1771.  Bulletin of the Hendry-Connell  Research Founda-
  tion.  Kingston, Ont.
1772.  Bulletin  (The) of the Hennepin County  Medical
  Society.   Minneapolis.
1773.  Bulletin of the history of medicine.   Baltimore, Md.
1774.  Bulletin d'histologie appliquee a  la physiologie et a
  la pathologie et de technique microscopique.  Lyon.
1775.  Bulletin; Hopital civil francais de Tunis.   Tunis.
1776.  Bulletin  de l'Hopital Sadiki.   Tunis.
1777.  Bulletin of the Hospital for Joint Diseases.   New
  York.
1778.  Bulletin of the Howe Laboratory  of Ophthalmology;
  Harvard Medical School.  Cambridge, Mass.
1779.  Bulletin  of the  Hudson  County  Dental  Society.
  Jersey City.
1780.  Bulletin of hygiene.   London.
1781.  Bulletin d'hygiene.  Montreal.
1782.  Bulletin of the Hygienic Laboratory.   Washington
  [See Bull. U. S.  Nat. Inst.  Health]
1783.  Bulletin of the Illinois State Dental Society. Chicago.
1784.  Bulletin (The) of the Indiana State Dental Associa-
  tion.  Fort Wayne.
1785.  Bulletin; Indianapolis Dental Society.  Indianapolis.
1786.  Bulletin d'information; Centre de recherches medi-
  cales et  scientifiques.   Paris.
1787.  Bulletin d'information; Office central des oeuvres de
  bienfaisance et services sociaux.  Paris.
1788.  Bulletin  of  the  Ingham County Medical Society.
  Lansing, Mich.
1789.  Bulletin de l'lnstitut general psychologiquc  Paris.
1790.  Bulletin of the Institute of the History of Medicine;
  Johns Hopkins University.  Baltimore.
1791.  Bulletin de  l'lnstitut d'hygiene du Maroc.  Rabat.
1792.  Bulletin  de l'lnstitut international  de  statistique.
  [v.p.l
1793.  Bulletin  de l'lnstitut  Metchnikoff.   Kharkov.
1794.  Bulletins from The Institute for  Medical Research;
  Federated  Malay States.   Kuala Lumpur.
1795.  Bulletin  de l'lnstitut national d'hygiene.   Paris.
1796.  Bulletin de  l'lnstitut national d'etude du  travail et
  d'orientation professionelle.  Paris.
1797.  Bulletin de  l'lnstitut Pasteur.   Paris.
1798.  Bulletin  international de l'Academie polonaise  des
  sciences et lettres.  Krak6w.
1799.  Bulletin international de l'Academie des sciences de
  Cracovie.  Krak6w.
1800.  Bulletin of the International Association of Medical
  Museums.   Montreal  & Washington.
1801.  Bulletin  of the  International  Dental Federation.
  Bruxelles.
1802.  Bulletin  international des  Services de  Sante  des
  armees de terre [etc.]  Liege. 
[39]
Bull. Iowa Bd Health
Bull. Jackson Hosp., Miami
Bull. John D. Archbold Hosp.

Bull. John Rylands Libr.

Bull. John Sealy Hosp.


Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp.
Bull. Kansas Bd Health

Bull. Kansas Ment. Hyg. Soc.

Bull. Kansas Nurs. Ass.

Bull. Kentucky Dent.  Ass.

Bull. King Co. M. Soc, Seattle
Bull. Kings Co. Dent. Soc

Bull. Laborat. plasmogenie, Mex.
Bull. lar. otol. rhinol., Par.

Bull. League Red Cross Soc.

Bull. Lederle Laborat.
Bull. Linn Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Lloyd Libr.
Bull. Longview Hosp., Cincin.
Bull. Los Angeles Co. M. Ass.

Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc.

Bull. Lying-in  Hosp. N. York

Bull. McGuire Clin., Richmond

Bull. Mahoning Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Mary Fletcher Hosp.

Bull. Maryland Dep. Health

Bull. Massachusetts Agr. Exp. Sta.

Bull. Massachusetts Coll. Pharm.

Bull. Massachusetts Dent. Soc.

Bull. Massachusetts Dep. Ment. Dis.

Bull. Massachusetts Gen. Hosp.
Bull. Math. Biophys.

Bull. M. Coll. Virginia
Bull, med., Par.
Bull. med.  Algerie
Bull. Med. Chir. Fac. Maryland

Bull. med.  Quebec
Bull. Mem. Hosp. Cancer, N. Y.

Bull. Menninger Clin.
Bull. Mil. Clin. Psychologists

Bull. Milwaukee Co. Dent. Soc.

Bull. Milwaukee Health Dep.

Bull. Minnesota M. Found.

Bull. Min. san. pub.,  Beograd
1803.  Bulletin; Iowa State Board of Health.   Des Moines.
1804.  [Bulletin] Jackson Memorial Hospital.  Miami, Fla.
1805.  Bulletin;  John D. Archbold Memorial  Hospital.
  Thomasville, Ga.
1806.  Bulletin of the John Rylands Library.   Manchester,
  Engl.
1807.  Bulletin of the John Sealy  Hospital and the School
  of Medicine of the  University of Texas.  Galveston,
  Tex.
1808.  Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital.  Baltimore.
1809.  Bulletin  of the  Kansas State  Board  of Health.
  Topeka.
1810.  Bulletin  of  the  Kansas  Mental  Hygiene Society.
  Lawrence.
1811.  Bulletin; Kansas State Nurses' Association.  Wichi-
  ta.
1812.  Bulletin (The) of the  Kentucky State Dental Asso-
  ciation.  Louisville.
1813.  Bulletin of King County  Medical Society.  Seattle.
1814.  Bulletin  of the  Kings  County  Dental  Society.
  Brooklyn.
1815.  Bulletin  du Laboratoire  de plasmogenie.   Mexico.
1816.  Bulletin  de  laryngologie,  otologie  et rhinologie.
  Paris.
1817.  Bulletin  [Monthly] [at head  of tp.] League of Red
  Cross Societies.   Paris.
1818.  Bulletin  of the Lederle Laboratories.  New York.
1819.  Bulletin;  Linn  County  Medical Society.   Cedar
  Rapids, Iowa.
1820.  Bulletin of the Lloyd  Library.  Cincinnati.
1821.  Bulletin;  Longview State Hospital.   Cincinnati.
1822.  Bulletin  (The) of the Los Angeles County Medical
  Association.   Los Angeles.
1823.  Bulletin  of the Los Angeles Neurological Society.
  Los Angeles.
1824.  Bulletin of the Lying-in Hospital of the City of New
  York.   New York.
1825.  Bulletin;  McGuire Clinic and St. Luke's  Hospital.
  Richmond.
1826.  Bulletin  of the Mahoning County Medical Society.
  Youngstown,  Ohio.
1827.  Bulletin  [at head  of  tp.] Mary  Fletcher  Hospital.
  Burlington, Vt.
1828.  Bulletin  [Monthly] [at head of tp.] Maryland State
  Department of Health.  Baltimore.
1829.  Bulletin [Technical] [at  head of  tp.] Massachusetts
  Agricultural Experiment Station.  Amherst.
1830.  Bulletin of the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy.
  Boston.
1831. Bulletin of the Massachusetts State Dental Society.
  Boston.
1832. Bulletin of the Massachusetts Department of Mental
  Diseases.  Gardner.
1833. Bulletin; Massachusetts General Hospital.   Boston.
1834. Bulletin (The) of mathematical biophysics.  Chi-
  cago.
1835. Bulletin;  Medical  College  of Virginia.  Richmond.
1836. Bulletin (Le) medical.  Paris.
1837. Bulletin medical de l'Algeric  Alger.
1838. Bulletin of the Medical and Chirurgical  Faculty of
  the State of Maryland.  Baltimore.
1839. Bulletin (Le)  medical de Quebec.  Quebec.
1840. Bulletin of the Memorial Hospital for the Treatment
  of Cancer and Allied Diseases.   New York.
1841. Bulletin of the Menninger  Clinic.   Topeka, Kans.
1842. Bulletin of military clinical psychologists.   Wash-
  ington.
1843. Bulletin (The) of the Milwaukee County Dental
  Society.   Milwaukee.
1844. Bulletin  of the  Milwaukee  Health  Department.
  Milwaukee.
1845. Bulletin (The) of  the Minnesota Medical Founda-
  tion.   Minneapolis.
1846. Bulletin mensuel du Ministere de la  sante publiquc
  Beograd.
* 
[40]
Bull. Min. san. pub., Brux.

Bull. Min. san. pub., Par.
Bull. Missouri Nurs. Ass.

Bull. M. Libr. Ass.
Bull. Moses Taylor  Hosp.

Bull. M. Soc. Atlantic Co.

Bull. M. Soc Cape May Co.

Bull. M. Soc. Co. Erie

Bull. M. Soc. Co. Kings


Bull. M. Soc. Co. Monroe


Bull. M. Soc. Co. Queens

Bull. M. Soc. District of Columbia

Bull. M. Soc. Nova  Scotia
Bull. Multnomah Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard

Bull. M. Women Nat. Ass.

Bull. Nat.  Res.  Counc.  Philippine Is-
  lands
Bull. Nat. Res. Counc. Philippines

Bull. Nav. M. Ass.,  Tokyo
Bull. N. Carolina Bd Charities

Bull. N. Carolina Dent. Soc.

Bull. N. England M. Center

Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York

Bull. Nevada Bd Health

Bull. N. Hampshire Agr. Exp. Sta.

Bull. N. Hampshire Extens. Serv.

Bull. N. Hampshire Pharm. Ass.

Bull. Ninth Distr. Dent. Soc. N. York

Bull. North Shore Br. Chicago M. Soc.

Bull. Norwood Clin.

Bull.  Nurses'  Alumnae  Ass.   Univ.
  Maryland
Bull. N. York Acad. M.

Bull. N. York League Hard of Hearing

Bull. N. York M. Coll.

Bull. N. York Pub. Libr.
Bull. N. York Tuberc. Ass.

Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par.

Bull. Off. Pract.

Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta.
1847.  Bulletin du  Ministore de  la sante publique.   Bru-
  xollos                                        J-*
1848  Bulletin du Ministore de la sante publique.  Pans.
1849.  Bulletin of the Missouri State Nurses  Association.
  Kansas City.                           .          .
1850  Bulletin of the Medical Library Association [v. p.J
1851.  Bulletin  (The)   of  the  Moses  Taylor  Hospital.
  Scranton, Pa.                                „,
1852.  Bulletin of the Medical Society of Atlantic County.
  Atlantic City.                      .
1853.  Bulletin (The) of the Medical Society of Cape May
  County.  Sea Isle City, N. J.
1854.  Bulletin;  Medical  Society;  County  of  Erie  and
  Buffalo Academy of Medicine.  Buffalo.
1855.  Bulletin (The) of the Medical Society of the County
  of  Kings  and  Academy  of  Medicine  of  Brooklyn.
  Brooklyn.
1856.  Bulletin (The);  Medical Society of the County of
  Monroe,  Rochester   Academy of Medicine,  Rochester
  Pathological Society.  Rochester, N. Y\
1857.  Bulletin; Medical Society of the County of Queens.
  New York.
1858.  Bulletin; Medical Society of the District  of Colum-
  bia.   Washington.
1859.  Bulletin; Medical Society of Nova Scotia.  Halifax.
1860.  Bulletin  of  the  Multnomah  County Medical So-
  ciety.  Portland, Ore.
1861.  Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
  Harvard College.  Cambridge, Mass.
1862.  Bulletin  (Quarterly)  of  the  Medical  Women's
  National Association.  Oak  Park, 111.
1863.  Bulletin; National  Research Council of the Philip-
  pine Islands.  Manila.
1864.  Bulletin; National  Research Council of the Philip-
  pines.  Manila.
1865.  Bulletin of the Naval Medical Association.  Tokyo.
1866.  Bulletin; North  Carolina  State Board of Charities
  and Public Welfare.  Raleigh.
1867.  Bulletin  of  the  North Carolina  Dental Society.
  Greensboro.
1868.  Bulletin  of  the New  England. Medical  Center.
  Boston.
1869.  Bulletin of the Neurological Institute of New  York.
  New York.
1870.  Bulletin  of  the  Nevada  State  Board of  Health
  Carson City.
1871.  Bulletin of the New Hampshire Agricultural Experi-
  ment Station; University of New Hampshire.   Durham.
1872.  Bulletin; New Hampshire  Extension Service.   Dur-
  ham.
1873.  Bulletin  of  the  New  Hampshire Pharmaceutical
  Association.   Peterborough.
1874.  Bulletin  of  the Ninth  District  Dental Society.
  White Plains, N. Y.
1875.  Bulletin;  North Shore  Branch,  Chicago Medical
  Society.  Chicago.
1876.  Bulletin  (The)  of  the Norwood Clinic.   Birming-
  ham,  Ala.
1877.  Bulletin of the Nurses' Alumnae Association  of the
  University of Maryland.  Baltimore.
1878.  Bulletin  of  the  New  Yrork  Academy of  Medicine.
  New York.
1879.  Bulletin; New York League for the Hard of Hearing.
  New York.
1880.  Bulletin of the New York Medical College,  Flower
  and Fifth Avenue Hospitals.  New York.
1881.  Bulletin; New York Public Library.   New York.
1882.  Bulletin  [at  head of tp.] New York Tuberculosis &
  Health Association.  New York.
1883.  Bulletin  mensuel   [at  head]  Office  international
  d'hygiene publique.  Paris.
1884.  Bulletin  (The)   of  office practice.   Youngstown,
  Ohio.
1885.  Bulletin;  Ohio   Agricultural Experiment  Station.
  Wooster. 
[41]
Bull. Oklahoma Dent. Soc.

Bull. Oklahoma M. Ass.


Bull. Omaha Douglas Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Onondaga Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Ophth. Soc. Egypt

Bull. Orange Co. M.  Ass.

Bull. Ordre pharm., Brux.
Bull. Orleans Parish  M. Soc.

Bull. Otolar.  Clin. Beth Israel  Hosp.,
  N. Y.
Bull, otorhin., Par.

Bull. Pacific Coast Soc. Orthodont.
Bull
Bull
Panamer. Union
Passaic Co. M. Soc.
Bull. Pennsylvania Dep. Agr.

Bull, pharm. fr.
Bull. Philadelphia Co. Dent. Soc.

Bull. Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.

Bull. Philippine Dep. Off. Surg.

Bull. Pierce Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Polk Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Postgrad. Com. M. Univ. Sydney

Bull. Pottawatomie  Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Pract. Ophth., S. Franc.

Bull. Presbyt. Hosp. Chicago

Bull. Quezon Inst.,  Manila
Bull. Res. Counc. Alcohol

Bull. Rhode Island  Bd Health

Bull. Richmond Acad. M.

Bull, san., Brux.
Bull, san., Montreal
Bull. san. Algerie
Bull. San Bernardino Co. M. Soc.

Bull. San Diego Co. M. Soc.

Bull. San Francisco Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Sangamon Co. M. Soc.

Bull. san. pub., Brux.
Bull. S. Anthony Hosp., Okla.

Bull, sc, Lille

Bull. sc. France

Bull. School M. Univ. Maryland

Bull. Schweiz. Akad. med. Wiss.
1886.  Bulletin  (The)  of  the  Oklahoma  State  Dental
  Society.  Perry.
1887.  Bulletin (The); Oklahoma County Medical Associa-
  tion and Oklahoma  City Clinical Society.  Oklahoma
  City.
1888.  Bulletin; Omaha-Douglas County Medical Society.
  Omaha, Nebr.
1889.  Bulletin;  Onondaga   County   Medical  Society.
  Syracuse, N. Y.
1890.  Bulletin of the Ophthalmological Society of Egypt.
  Cairo.
1891.  Bulletin;  Orange  County   Medical  Association.
  Orange, Calif.
1892.  Bulletin de l'Ordre des pharmaciens.   Bruxelles.
1893.  Bulletin  of  the  Orleans Parish  Medical Society.
  New Orleans.
1894.  Bulletin  of  the  Oto-Laryngological  Clinics  of  the
  Beth Israel Hospital.  New York.
1895.  Bulletin  d'oto-rhino-laryngologie et  de broncho-
  oesophagoscopic  Paris.
1896.  Bulletin  of  the  Pacific  Coast Society of  Ortho-
  dontists.  San Francisco.
1897.  Bulletin  of the Panamerican Union.  Washington.
1898.  Bulletin  of  the  Passaic  County  Medical Society.
  Paterson.
1899.  Bulletin; Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture.
  Harrisburg.
1900.  Bulletin de la pharmacie francaise.  Paris.
1901.  Bulletin;  Philadelphia  County  Dental  Society.
  Philadelphia.
1902.  Bulletin  of  the  Philadelphia College of Pharmacy
  and Science.   Philadelphia.
1903.  Bulletin  [at head  of  tp.]  Headquarters Philippine
  Department; Office of the Surgeon.   Manila.
1904.  Bulletin; Pierce County Medical Society.  Tacoma,
  Wash.
1905.  Bulletin;  Polk  County   Medical  Society.  Des
  Moines, Iowa.
1906.  Bulletin  of the Post-Graduate Committee in Medi-
  cine; University of Sydney.   Sydney.
1907.  Bulletin  (The) of the Pottawatomie County Medical
  Society.  Shawnee, Okla.
1908.  Bulletin  of  practical  ophthalmology  (Greens' Eye
  Hospital) San Francisco.
1909.  Bulletin; Presbyterian Hospital of the City of Chi-
  cago.  Chicago.                       «
1910.  Bulletin  (The) of the Quezon Institute.   Manila.
1911.  Bulletin  (The) of the Research Council on Problems
  of Alcohol.   New York.
1912.  Bulletin  of  Rhode  Island  State  Board of  Health.
  Providence.
1913.  Bulletin  (The) of the Richmond Academy of Medi-
  cine.  Richmond.
1914.  Bulletin  sanitaire.   Bruxelles.
1915.  Bulletin  sanitaire.   Montreal.
1916.  Bulletin  sanitaire de 1'Algerie.  Alger.
1917.  Bulletin; San Bernardino County Medical Society.
  San Bernardino, Calif.
1918.  Bulletin; San Diego  County  Medical Society.   San
  Diego, Calif.
1919.  Bulletin;  San  Francisco County Medical Society.
  San Francisco.
1920.  Bulletin;  Sangamon  County   Medical  Society.
  Springfield, 111.
1921.  Bulletin  de la sante publique.  Bruxelles.
1922.  Bulletin  of S, Anthony's Hospital.  Oklahoma City,
  Okla.
1923.  Bulletin  scientifique,  historique  et litteraire  du
  Departement du Nord.  Lille.
1924.  Bulletin scientifique de la France et  de la Belgique.

1925.  Bulletin of  the  School  of  Medicine; University of
  Maryland.   Baltimore.
1926.  Bulletin der Schweizerischen Akademie der medi-
  zinischen Wissenschaften.  Basel. 
[42]
 Bull. Schweiz. Gesundhamt.
 Bull. Schweiz. Yerein. Krebsbekampf.
 Bull. sc. med., Bologna
 Bull. sc. pharm., Par.
 Bull. Scripps Inst.  Oceanogr.
 Bull. Second Distr. Dent. Soc, N. V.
 Bull. Serv. denrees aliment., Brux.
 Bull. Serv. hyg., Port au Prince
 Bull. Serv. san., Brux.
 Bull. Serv. san., Par.
 Bull. S. Francis Sanat., Roslyn
 Bull. S. Juan Hosp. Manila
 Bull. S. Louis Co. M. Soc.
 Bull. S. Louis Dent. Soc.
 Bull. S. Luke Hosp., N. Y.    ,
 Bull. Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol.
 Bull. Soc.  Alfred Binet, Cahors
 Bull. Soc.  anat. Paris
 Bull. Soc.  anthrop. Bruxelles
 Bull. Soc.  anthrop. Paris
 Bull. Soc.  beige opht.
 Bull. Soc.  beige otol.
 Bull. Soc.  bot. France
 Bull. Soc  centr. med. vet., Par.
 Bull. Soc.  chim. biol., Par.
 Bull. Soc.  chim. France
 Bull. Soc.  chir. Paris
 Bull. Soc.  clin. med. ment., Par.
 Bull. Soc.  electroradiol. med. France
 Bull. Soc  entom. France
 Bull. Soc.  form, humain., Par.
 Bull. Soc.  fr. derm.  syph.
 Bull. Soc. fr. electrother.
 Bull. Soc. fr. hist. med.
 Bull. Soc. fr. urol.
 Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris
 Bull. Soc med. chir. Bordeaux
 Bull. Soc. med. chir. Drome
 Bull. Soc. med. Haiti
Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest
Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris
 l!)27.  Bulletin  des  Schweizerischen  Gesundheitsamtes.
   Bern.                                           „  ,
 I92S.  Bulletin der Schweizerischen Yereinigung tur ivreDS-
   bekiimpfung.  Bern.
 1929.  Bullettino delle scienze mediche.   Bologna.
 1930.  Bulletin des sciences pharmacologiques.  Paris.
 1931.  Bulletin of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography.
   Berkeley, Calif.
 1932.  Bulletin; Second  District Dental  Society.   New
   York.
 1933.  Bulletin du Service de surveillance de la fabrication
   et du commerce des denrees alimentaires.  Bruxelles.
 1934.  Bulletin du Service d'hygiene  et d'assistance publi-
   que, medical et sanitaire.  Port-au-Prince, Haiti.
 1935.  Bulletin de l'administration du Service de sante et
   <le l'hvgiene.   Bruxelles.
 1936.  Bulletin d'information du  Service de sante. Faris.
 1937.  Bulletin of the  S.  Francis  Sanatorium  for Cardiac
   Children.   Roslyn, N.  Y.
 1938.  Bulletin (The)  of the San Juan de Dios Hospital of
   Manila.   Manila.
 1939.  Bulletin of the  S.  Louis County  Medical Society.
   S. Louis.
 1940.  Bulletin of the S. Louis Dental Society.  S. Louis.
 1941.  Bulletin; St Luke's Hospital.   New York.
 1942.  Bulletin; Smithsonian Institution; Bureau of Ameri-
   can  Ethnology.  Washington.
 1943.  Bulletin mensuel; Societe Alfred Binet (psychologie
   de l'enfant et pedagogie experimentale) Cahors, France.
 1944. Bulletins et memoires  de la Societe anatomique de
   Paris.   Paris.
 1945. Bulletin et memoires de la Societe d'anthropologie
  de Bruxelles.   Bruxelles.
 1946. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe d'anthropologie
  de Paris.   Paris.
 1947. Bulletin de la Societe beige d'ophtalmologie.   Bru-
  xelles.
 1948. Bulletin de la Societe  beige d'otologie, de  laryngo-
  logie et de rhinologie.   Bruxelles.
 1949. Bulletin de la Societe botanique de France.  Paris.
 1950. Bulletin de la Societe  centrale de  medecine veteri-
  naire.   Paris.
1951. Bulletin de la Societe de chimie biologique.  Paris.
1952. Bulletin de la Societe  chimique de France.  Paris.
 1953. Bulletins et memoires  de la Societe des chirurgiens
  de Paris.   Paris.
1954. Bulletin de la Societe clinique de medecine  mentale.
  Paris.
 1955. Bulletins et  memoires de la  Societe d'eiectro-
  radiologie medicale de France.   Paris.
 1956. Bulletin de la  Societe  entomologique  de France.
  Paris.
1957. Bulletin de la Societe d'etude des formes humaines.
  Paris.
1958. Bulletin de la Societe  frangaise de dermatologie et
  de syphiligraphie.   Paris.
1959. Bulletin;  Societe franchise d'eiectrotherapie et de
  radiologic medicale.   Paris.
 1960. Bulletin de  la  Societe  francaise  d'histoire  de la
  medecine.   Paris.
1961. Bulletin de la  Societe francaise d'urologie.  Paris.
1962. Bulletin de la Societe de gynecologie et d'obstetrique
  de Paris.   Paris.
1963. Bulletins et memoires  de la Societe de medecine et
  de chirurgie de Bordeaux.   Bordeaux.
1964. Bulletin; Societe medico-chirurgicale de la Drome et
  de l'Ardeche.   Valence & Paris.
1965. Bulletin de la Societe  de medecine d'Haiti.   Port-
  au-Prince.
1966. Bulletins et  memoires  de la  Societe medicale des
  hopitaux de Bucarest.   Bucuresti.
 1967. Bulletins et  memoires  de la  Societe medicale des
   hopitaux de Paris.   Paris. 
[43]
Bull. Soc. med. hop. Quebec

Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr.

Bull. Soc. med. natur. Jassy

Bull. Soc. med. Nord, Lille
Bull. Soc. med. Paris

Bull. Soc. med. S. Luc,  Bourges

Bull. Soc. med. Vaucluse

Bull. Soc. med. Vienne

Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago

Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par.

Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris

Bull. Soc. opht, Egypte

Bull. Soc. opht. Paris

Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.
Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris
Bull. Soc. philomath. Paris
Bull. Soc. psychiatr. Bucarest

Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France

Bull. Soc. roumain. endocr.

Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par.

Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier


Bull. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles

Bull. Soc sc. med. ouest

Bull. Soc. sc. natur. med. Seine et Oise

Bull. Soc. sc. vet. Lyon

Bull. Soc. turque med.

Bull. Soc. zool. France      .
Bull. South. Pacific Gen. Hosp.

Bull. Spokane Co. M. Soc.

Bull. Sta. biol. Arcachon

Bull. Staff Meet. Minnesota Gen. Hosp.


Bull. Sta. Hosp., Camp Blanding

Bull, statist., Brux.
Bull, statist., Sofia

Bull, statist. Strasbourg

Bull. Stuart Circle Hosp., Richmond
Bull. Summit Co. M. Soc.

Bull. S. Vincent Hosp. N. York

Bull. Synd. gen. med. stomat. fr.

Bull. Texas Dep. Health
1968. Bulletin de la Societe medicale des hopitaux uni-
  versitaires de Quebec  Quebec.
1969. Bulletin  mensuel; Societe  de medecine  militaire
  francaise.   Paris.
1970. Bulletin de la Societe des  medecins et naturalistes
  de Jassy.  Jassy.
1971. Bulletin de la Societe de medecine du Nord.   Lille.
1972. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe de medecine de
  Paris.  Paris.
1973. Bulletin de la Societe medicale de Saint  Luc,  Saint
  Come et Saint Damien.   Bourges.
1974. Bulletin  et   memoires;   Societe  de  medecine  de
  Vaucluse.   Avignon, France.
1975. Bulletin de la Societe de  medecine de  la Vienne.
  Poitiers.
1976. Bulletin of the Society of Medical History of Chica-
,  go.   Chicago.
1977. Bulletins et  memoires de  la  Societe nationale de
  chirurgie.   Paris.
1978. Bulletin de la Societe d'obstetrique et de gynecologie
  de Paris.  Paris.
1979. Bulletin  de  la  Societe  d'ophtalmologie  d'Egyptc
  Cairo.
1980. Bulletin  de la Societe  d'ophtalmologie de  Paris.
  Paris.
1981. Bulletin de la Societe de pathologie exotique.  Paris.
1982. Bulletins de la Societe de pediatric de Paris.  Paris.
1983. Bulletin de la Societe philomathique de Paris.  Paris.
1984. Bulletin de la Societe de psychiatrie de Bucarest.
  Bucuresti.
1985. Bulletins et  memoires de  la  Societe de radiologie
  medicale de France.   Paris.
1986. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe roumaine d'endo-
  crinologic   Bucuresti.
1987. Bulletin  de  la Societe  scientifique d'hygiene  ali-
  mentaire et d'alimentation rationelle de l'homme.  Paris.
1988. Bulletin  de  la Societe  des  sciences medicales  et
  biologiques  de Montpellier  et du  Languedoc  mediter-
  raneen.   Montpellier.
1989. Bulletin  de  la Societe  des  sciences medicales  et
  naturelles de Bruxelles.   Bruxelles.
1990. Bulletin  de  la  Societe scientifique et medicale de
  l'ouest.   Rennes.
1991. Bulletin  de  la Societe  des  sciences naturelles  et
  medicales de Seine et Oise.  Versailles.
1992. Bulletin  de  la Societe des sciences veterinaires de
  Lyon.   Lyon.
1993. Bulletins de la Societe turque de medecine.  Istan-
  bul.
1994. Bulletin de la Societe zoologique  de France.   Paris.
1995. Bulletin  (The)  of  the  Southern  Pacific General
   Hospital.   San Francisco.
1996. Bulletin; Spokane County  Medical Society.   Spo-
  kane, Wash.
1997. Bulletin  de  la  Station  biologique  d'Arcachon.
   Bordeaux.
1998. Bulletin; Staff Meeting; Hospitals of the University
  of  Minnesota,  Minnesota General Hospital.   Minne-
  apolis.
1999. Bulletin  (The) by and for you; published by the
  Station  Hospital.  Camp Blanding, Fla.
2000. Bulletin de statistique.   Bruxelles.
2001. Bulletin  mensuel  de la  Direction general   de la
  statistique.   Sofia.
2002. Bulletin  statistique  mensuel  de  la ville de  Stras-
  bourg.  Strasbourg.
2003. Bulletin of the Stuart Circle Hospital.  Richmond.
2004. Bulletin; Summit County Medical  Society. Akron,
  Ohio.
2005. Bulletin; Saint Vincent's  Hospital of the City of
  New Y^ork.   New York.
2006. Bulletin  officiel  du Syndicat  general des  medecins
  stomatologistes francais.  Paris.
2007. Bulletin  (The)  of the Texas  State Department of
  Health.   Austin. 
[44]
Bull. Truesdale Hosp.
Bull. Tulane M. Fac.
Bull. Tulsa Co. M. Soc.
Bull. Union  fed. med. reserve
Bull. Union  internat. tuberc
Bull. Univ. Asie centr., Tashkent
Bull. Univ. Hosp. Georgia

Bull. Univ. Kansas School M.
Bull. Univ. Maryland School  M.
Bull. Univ. Yirginia M. School
Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep.
Bull. U. S. Bur. Cens.
Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish.
Bull. U. S. Bur. Labor Statist.
Bull. U. S. Bur. Mines
Bull. U. S. Bur. Stand.
Bull. U. S. Fed. Bd Vocat. Educ.
Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv.
Bull. U. S. Labor Stand.
Bull. U. S. Nat. Ass. Nurse Anesth.
Bull. U. S. Nat. Formulary Com.
Bull. U. S. Nat. Inst. Health
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc.
Bull. U. S. Nat. Tuberc. Ass.
Bull. U. S. Navy Dep. Div. Prev. M.
Bull. U. S. Off. Educ.
Bull. U. S. Women Bur.
Bull. Utica Acad. M.
Bull. Vancouver M. Ass.
Bull. Vermont Bd Health
Bull. Virginia Dent. Ass.
Bull. Virginia State Libr.
Bull. War M., Lond.
Bull. Wartime Grad. M. Meet., Phila.
Bull. Washington Univ.
Bull. Wayne Co. M. Soc.
Bull. West. Reserve Univ.
Bull. Wistar Inst.
200S. Bulletin  of  the  Truesdale Hospital  and Karle  P.
  Charlton Surgery.  Fall River, Mass.
2009. Bulletin; Tulane  University of Louisiana; Medical
  Faculty.  New Orleans.
2010. Bulletin  of  the  Tulsa County  Medical  Society.
  Tulsa, Okla.                          ,    ,     ...
2011. Bulletin; Union  federative nationale des medecins
  de la reserve.  Paris.
2012. Bulletin de 1'Union internationale contre la tubercu-
2013. Bulletin de  l'Universite de l'Asie centralc   Tash-
2014. Bulletin of the University Hospital  (affiliated with
  the University of Georgia School of Medicine) Augusta,
  Ga.                                         , ,   ,   ,
2015. Bulletin  of  the  University of  Kansas  School  of
  Medicine.  Lawrence.
2016. Bulletin of the School of Medicine;  University  of
  Maryland.   Baltimore.
2017. Bulletin  of  the  University  of  Virginia  Medical
  School and Hospital.  Charlottesville.
2018. Bulletin; United States Army Medical Department.
  f^Qytiiolp ijfl.rrfl.olcs
2019. Bulletin; United  States  Bureau of  the  Census.
  Washington.
2020. Bulletin of the United States Bureau of Fisheries.
  Washington.
2021. Bulletin; United  States  Department of  Labor;
  Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Washington.
2022. Bulletin; United States Department of Commerce;
  Bureau of Mines.  Washington.
2023. Bulletin of the Bureau of Standards [at head of tp.]
  Department of Commerce.  Washington.
2024. Bulletin; Federal  Board for Vocational Education.
  Washington.
2025. Bulletin (Geological Survey) [at head of tp.: United
  States Department of the Interior]  Washington.
2026. Bulletin; United  States;  Department of  Labor;
  Division of Labor Standards.   Washington.
2027. Bulletin  of  the  National  Association  of Nurse
  Anesthetists [v. p.]
2028. Bulletin of the [U. S.] National Formulary Com-
  mittee.  Washington.
2029. Bulletin  [at  head  of tp.]  National  Institute  of
  Health.  Washington.
2030. Bulletin; United States National Museum.  Wash-
  ington.
2031. Bulletin of the [United States] National Research
  Council.  Washington.
2032. Bulletin of the [U. S] National Tuberculosis Asso-
  ciation.  New York.
2033. Bulletin of the United States  Navy  Department;
  Division of Preventive Medicine.  Washington
2034. Bulletin  [United  States]  Office  of  Education.
  Washington.
2035. Bulletin; United  States Women's Bureau.  Wash-
  ington.
2036. Bulletin (The) of the Utica Academy of Medicine
  Utica, N. Y.
2037. [Bulletin]  Vancouver  Medical  Association.   Van-
  couver, B. C.
2038. Bulletin  of  the  Vermont State  Board of Health
  Brattleboro.
2039. Bulletin (The) of the Virginia State Dental Associa-
  tion.   Richmond.
H' bulletin °f the Virginia State Library. Richmond.
2041. Bulletin of war medicine.  London.
^t2/-,3?1,1^111 of the war"time graduate medical meetings
  Philadelphia.                                      &
on!5' £u!win °f Washington University.   S. Louis.
§044. Buetin; Wayne County Medical Society.  Detroit.
2045  Bulletin [at head of tp.] Western Reserve University
  Cleveland.                                         J
2046. Bulletin  of  the Wistar Institute of  Anatomy and
  Biology.  Philadelphia. 
[45]
Bull. Zool. Nomenclat., Lond.
Bui. med., Bucur.
Bui. Min. agr., Bucur.
Bumed Gaz., Wash.

Bumed News Lett., Wash.

Bur, Chic.

Burdick Syllabus

Butl. Ass. catal. antrop.

Butl. Soc. catal. pediat.
2047. Bulletin (The) of zoological nomenclature.  London.
2048. Buletinul medical.   Bucuresti.
2049. Buletinul Ministerului agriculturii [etc.], Bucuresti.
2050. Bumed  gazette; Bureau of  Medicine &  Surgery,
  United States Navy.  Washington.
2051. Bumed  news letter; United  States Navy Depart-
  ment, Bureau of Medicine and Surgery.  Washington.
2052. Bur (The) Alumni Association of the  Chicago Col-
  lege of Dental Surgery.   Chicago.
2053. Burdick  (The)  syllabus; a  bulletin  of  physical
  therapy and electrosurgery.   Milton, Wis.
2054. ButUeti de  l'Associacid catalana  d'antropologia,
  etnologia i prehistdria.   Barcelona.
2055. ButUeti de la Societat catalana de pediatria.   Barce-
  lona.
Caderno pediat., S. Paulo
Caducee, Par.
Caducee, Port au Prince
 Caduceus, Ft Wayne
 Caduceus, Hong Kong
 Caduceus, New River

 Cah. gastroenter.
 Cah. homeop.

 Cah. radiol.
 Cairo Sc.  J.
 CAL, Chic.
 Calcutta M. J.
 Calcutta M. Rev.
 Caledon. M. J.
 Calendar  Pharm. Soc. Gr. Britain

 California Eclect. M. J.

 California Health
 California J. M.

 California M.
 California West. M.
 Cambridge Univ.  M. Soc. Mag.

 C. A. M. E. P., Mex.

 Camp. Notes (Cancer)

 Camsi, Montreal

 Canada Health
 Canada Lancet
 Canada Lancet Pract.
 Canad. Doctor
 Canad. Hosp.
 Canad. J.  Comp. M.

 Canad. J.  Ment.  Hyg.
 Canad. J.  M. & S.

 Canad. J.  M. Techn.

 Canad. J.  Occup.  Ther.

 Canad. J.  Res.
Canad. M. Ass. J.

Canad. M. Month.
Canad. Nurse

     549701—vol. 10, 4th Series—i
2056. Caderno de pediatria.   S. Paulo.
2057. Caducee (Le)  Paris.
2058. Caducee (Le)  revue de l'Association des etudiants
  en  medecine,  pharmacie  et art  dentaire.  Port-au-
  Prince.
2059. Caduceus (The)   Fort Wayne.
2060. Caduceus (The)   Hong Kong.
2061. Caduceus (The)  U.  S. Naval Hospital.  New River,
  N.  C.
2062. Cahiers (Les) de gastro-enterologie.   Paris.
2063. Cahiers d'homeopathie et  de therapeutique com-
  parec   Paris.
2064. Cahiers (Les) de radiologie.  Paris.
2065. Cairo scientific journal.   Cairo.
2066. CAL; Certified Akers Laboratories.   Chicago.
2067. Calcutta medical journal.  Calcutta.
2068. Calcutta medical review.  Calcutta.
2069. Caledonian (The) medical journal.   Glasgow.
2070. Calendar  (The)  of  the Pharmaceutical Society of
  Great Britain.   London.
2071. California  (The)  eclectic  medical  journal.   Los
  Angeles.
2072. California's health.   Sacramento.
2073. California State journal of  medicine.   San Fran-
  cisco.
2074. California medicine.  San Francisco.
2075. California and western  medicine.  San Francisco.
2076. Cambridge University  Medical  Society magazine.
  Cambridge, Engl.
2077. C[entro de] a[sistancia]  m[edica para]  efnfermos]
  p[obres] Mexico.
2078. Campaign notes; American Society  for the Control
  of Cancer.  New York.
2079. Camsi; journal of Canadian Association  of Medical
  Students and Interns.   Montreal.
2080. Canada's health  and welfare.   Ottawa.
2081. Canada (The)  lancet.   Toronto.
2082. Canada (The)  lancet and practitioner.  Toronto.
2083. Canadian (The)  doctor.  Gardenvale, Que.
2084. Canadian (The)  hospital.  Toronto.
2085. Canadian journal of comparative medicine.  Gar-
  denvale, Que.
2086. Canadian journal of mental hygiene.  Montreal.
2087. Canadian (The)  journal of medicine and surgery.
  Toronto.
2088. Canadian (The)  journal of  medical  technology.
  Hamilton.
2089. Canadian journal  of  occupational therapy   and
  physiotherapy.  Toronto.
2090. Canadian journal of research.   Ottawa.
2091. Canadian  (The)   Medical   Association   journal.
  Montreal.
2092.  Canadian medical monthly.  Toronto.
2093.  Canadian (The)  nurse.   Ottawa. 
.46]
Canad. Pharm. J.
Canad. Pract.
Canad. Pub. Health J.
Cancer, Brux.
Cancer, N. Y.
Cancer Res.
Cancer Rev., Brist.

Cancro, Tor.
Capital's Health
Capita zool., Gravenh.
Caracas med.
Cardiologia, Basel
Carib. M. J., Trinidad
Carolina J. Pharm.
Casa del medico

Case Rec. Massachusetts Gen. Hosp.

Case Rep. Child. Hosp., Chic.

Cas. lek. cesk.
Cas. verej. zdravot.
Cath. M. Guard., Lond.
Ceara med.
Cellule, Louvain
Centaur, Menasha
Centre med., Moulins
Centre med. pharm., Gannat
Centr. med. J., Moskva
Centr. ref. med. J., Moskva

Centr. satide, Niteroi
Certif. Milk
Cervantes, Habana
Cervello
Cesalpino
Cesk. derm.
Cesk. gyn.
Cesk. ofth.
Ceylon J. Sc.

Character & Personality
Charite  Ann., Berl.
Charlotte M. J.

Charterhouse  Rheumat. Clin.  Orig.
  Papers, Lond.
Chaser, Sanat.
Chem. d. Zelle
Chemist Analyst

Chemist & Druggist, Lond.

Chemist & Druggist Export Rev., Lond.
Chemistry, Wash.,
Chem. Leaflet

Chem. Metallurg. Engin.

Chem. News, Lond.

Chem. Rev., Bait.
Chem. Warf.
Chem. Warf. Bull.
Chem. Warf. Intell.  Bull.
Chem. wbl., Amst.
Chicago Health
Chicago M. Rec.
Chihuahua quir.
Child, Lond.
Child, Wash.
Child Develop.
Child Health, Clevel.
Child Health Bull.
2094.  Canadian pharmaceutical journal.   Whitby.
2095.  Canadian (The) practitioner [and review]  Toronto.
2096.  Canadian public health journal.   Toronto.
2097.  Cancer (Le)   Bruxelles.
2098.  Cancer.   New York.
2099.  Cancer research.   Philadelphia.
2100.  Cancer (The) review; a journal of abstracts.   Bris-
  tol, Engl.
2101.  Cancro (II)   Torino.
2102.  Capital's health.   Washington.
2103.  Capita zoologica.  's Gravenhage.
2104.  Caracas medico.   Caracas.
2105.  Cardiologia.   Basel.
2106.  Caribbean medical journal.  Trinidad.
2107.  Carolina journal of pharmacy.   Chapel Hill, N. C.
2108.  Casa (La) del medico  de  la Asociacidn de prensa
  medica espanola.   Madrid.
2109.  Case records of the Massachusetts General Hospital.
  Boston.
2110.  Case reports; Children's Memorial Hospital.  Chi-
  cago.
2111.  Casopis lekafu ceskych.  Praha.
2112.  Casopis pro verejne zdravotnictvi.  Praha.
2113.  Catholic (The) medical guardian.  London.
2114.  Ceara1 medico.  Ceara,  Brasil.
2115.  Cellule (La)   Louvain.
2116.  Centaur (The) of Alpha Kappa Kappa.  Menasha.
2117.  Centre medical.  Moulins.
2118.  Centre (Le) medical et  pharmaceutique.   Gannat.
2119.  Centralnyi medicinsky zhurnal.  Moskva.
2120.  Centralnyi   referativnyi   medicinsky   zhurnal.
  Moskva.
2121.  Centro de sadde.   Niteroi, Rio de Janeiro.
2122.  Certified milk  [v. p.  of U. S.]
2123.  Cervantes.   La Habana.
2124.  Cervello (II)  Napoli.
2125.  Cesalpino (II)  Arezzo.
2126.  Ceska dermatologic  Praha.
2127.  Ceska gynaekologic  Praha.
2128.  Ceskoslovenskd, ofthalmologic  Praha.
2129.  Ceylon journal of science; Sect. D: Medical science.
  Colombo.
2130.  Character and  personality.  Durham, N. C.
2131.  Charite-Annalen.  Berlin.
2132.  Charlotte (The new)  medical journal.   Charlotte,
  N. C.
2133.  Charterhouse Rheumatism Clinic;  original  papers.
  London.
2134.  Chaser (The)  Sanatorium, Texas.
2135.  Chemie der Zelle und Gewebe.   Leipzig.
2136.  Chemist-analyst (J. T. Baker Chemical Company)
  Phillipsburg, N. J.
2137.  Chemist (The) and druggist for retailer-wholesaler-
  manufacturer.   London.
2138.  Chemist (The)  and druggist export review. London.
2139.  Chemistry.   Washington.
2140.  Chemistry (The) leaflet; including the science leaflet.
  State College, Pa.
2141.  Chemical  and metallurgical   engineering.  New
  York.
2142.  Chemical news and journal of industrial science.
  London.
2143.  Chemical reviews.   Baltimore.
2144.  Chemical warfare.  Edgewood Arsenal, Md.
2145.  Chemical warfare bulletin.  Washington.
2146.  Chemical warfare intelligence bulletin.  Washington
2147.  Chemisch weekblad.  Amsterdam.
2148.  Chicago's health.  Chicago.
2149.  Chicago (The) medical recorder.  Chicago.
2150.  Chihuahua quirdrgico.   Chihuahua, M6x.
2151.  Child  (The)   London.
2152.  Child  (The)   Washington.
2153.  Child  development.   Baltimore.
2154.  Child  health.  Cleveland.
2155.  Child  health bulletin.   New York. 
[47]
Child Health Mag.
Child. Hosp. Arrow, Wash.
Child Labor Bull.
Child Res. Clin. Ser.
Chimia, Ziir.
Chimica, Milano
China M. J.
Chin. J. Exp. Biol.
Chin. J. Physiol.
Chin. M. J.
Chir. ernia
Chir. narz. ruchu

Chironian, N. Y.
Chiropody Rec.
Chir. org. movim.
Chir. plast., Roma
Chirurg
Chirurgie, Lausanne
Chromosoma, Berl.
Chron. bot., Leiden
Chron. Health Org. League of Nat.

Chron. med., Asnieres
Ciba Sympos.
Ciencia, Mex.

Cienc. & invest., B. Air.
Cift. ogiit. Yuksek Zir. Enst.

Cimes, B. Air.
Cincinnati J. M.
Cincinnati Lancet Clin.
Cir. ap. locomotor, Madr.
Cir. cirujan., Mex.
Circ. Lett. Chief Surgeon Europ. Thea-
  ter  Oper.
Circ. Lett. Surgeon Mediterr. Theater
  U. S. Army
Circ. Lett. Surgeon North Afr. Theater
  Oper.
Circ. Lett. U. S. Surg. Gen. War Dep.

Circ. M. Ser. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense

Cirillo, Aversa
Cirillo, Nap.
Cir. ortop. traumat., Habana
Cirugia, Mex.
City Health, Detr.
City Missionary, Phila.
Clarifier, Pierre
Cleanliness & Health
Cleanliness J.
Cleanliness Training

Cleveland Clin. Q.
Clifton M. Bull.

Clin. Abstr., N. Y.
Clin. Bull., Clevel.
Clin. Bull. Cleveland

Clin. Bull. R. Prince Alfred Hosp., Syd-
  ney
Clin. Bull. School M. West. Reserve
  Univ.
Clin, chir., Milano
Clin. & cirug., Merida
Clin. Conf. Rep. Wills Hosp., Phila.

Clin, europ., Par.
Clin. Excerpts, N. Y.
2156. Child health magazine.   Washington.
2157. Children's (The) Hospital arrow.  Washington.
2158. Child (The) labor bulletin.  New York.
2159. Child Research Clinic series.  Langhorne.
2160. Chimia.  Zurich.
2161. Chimica (La) e la medicina moderna.  Milano.
2162. China medical journal.   Shanghai.
2163. Chinese journal of experimental biology.  Peiping.
2164. Chinese (The) journal of physiology.   Peiping.
2165. Chinese medical journal.  Peiping.
2166. Chirurgia (La)  dell'ernia e dell'addome.  Napoli.
2167. Chirurgja  narzaddw ruchu  i  ortopedja  polska.
  Warszawa.
2168. Chironian (The)  New  York.
2169. Chiropody record.  Chicago.
2170. Chirurgia (La) degli organi di movimento. Bologna.
2171. Chirurgia (La)  plastica.  Roma.
2172. Chirurg (Der)  Berlin.
2173. Chirurgie.   Lausanne.
2174. Chromosoma.  Berlin.
2175. Chronica botanica  [v.  p.]
2176. Chronicle of the Health Organization of the League
  of Nations.   Geneve.
2177. Chronique (La) medicale.  Asnieres.
2178. Ciba symposia.  Summit, N. J.
2179. Ciencia; revista hispano-americana de ciencias puras
  y aplicadas.  Mexico.
2180. Ciencia e investigaci6n.   Buenos Aires.
2181. Ciftciye ogiitler; Ankara Yuksek Ziraat Enstitusu.
  Ankara.
2182. Cimes.   Buenos Aires.
2183. Cincinnati (The) journal of medicine.  Cincinnati.
2184. [Cincinnati] Lancet-clinic   Cincinnati.
2185. Cirugia del aparato locomotor.  Madrid.
2186. Cirugia y cirujanos.  Mexico.
2187. Circular letter; Office of the Chief Surgeon, Euro-
  pean Theater of Operations, United States  Army  [n. p.]
2188. Circular letter; Office of the Surgeon, Mediterranean
  Theater of Operations, United States Army   [n. p.]
2189. Circular letter; Office of the Surgeon, North African
  Theater of Operations, United States Army   [n. p.]
2190. Circular letter; Office of the Surgeon General;  War
  Department.  Washington.
2191. Circular, medical  series; United States; Office  of
  Civilian Defense.   Washington.
2192. Cirillo.   Aversa.
2193. Cirillo.   Napoli.
2194. Cirugfa ortopedica y traumatologia.  La Habana
2195. Cirugia; revista medica mensual.  Mexico.
2196. City health.  Detroit.
2197. City (The) missionary.   Philadelphia.
2198. Clarifier (The)   Pierre, S.  Dak.
2199. Cleanliness and health.   New York.
2200. Cleanliness  (The) journal.   New York.
2201. Cleanliness  training and  health education.   New
  York.
2202. Cleveland Clinic quarterly.  Cleveland.
2203. Clifton  (The)  medical  bulletin.  Clifton  Springs,
  N. Y.
2204-5. Clinical abstracts.  New York.
2206. Clinical (The) bulletin;  School of Medicine of West-
  ern Reserve University and its Associated Hospitals.
  Cleveland.
2207. Clinical  (The)  bulletin  of  the University Hospitals
  of Cleveland.  Cleveland.
2208. Clinical  bulletin;  Royal  Prince  Alfred Hospital.
  Sydney.
2209. Clinical  bulletin of the School  of Medicine of the
  Western Reserve University.   Cleveland.
2210. Clinica  (La) chirurgica.  Milano.
2211. Clfnica  y cirugia.  Merida, M6x.
2212. Clinical conference reports; Wills Hospital.  Phila-
  delphia.
2213. Clinique europeenne.  Paris.
2214. Clinical excerpts.  New York. 
[48]
Clin. hig. & hidr., Lisb.
Clin. hisp.

Clinica, Barcel.
Clinica, Bologna
Clinics
Clin, igiene inf.
Clinique, Chic.
Clinique, Montreal
Clinique, Par.
Clin. J., Lond.
Clin. J. Chiropody

Clin, laborat., Zaragoza
Clin. Med.
Clin. med.  ital.
Clin. med.  quir., Merida
Clin, mod., Pisa
Clin. M. & S.
Clin, nuova, Roma
Clin, odont., Roma
Clin, opht., Par.
Clin. Osteopath.
Clin, ostet.
Clin, pediat., Mod.
Clin, per tutti
Clin. Proc, Cape Town
Clin. Proc. Child. Hosp., Wash.

Clin, psicopedag., B. Air.
Clin. Rev., Chic.
Clin. Rev. Pittsburgh

Clin. Sc, Lond.
Clin. & ter., S. Paulo
Clin, term., Roma
Clin, tisiol., Rio
Clin, vet., Milano
Clin. Virginia Mason Hosp., Seattle
Cluj. med.
Coimbra med.
Collana pub. 1st. med. indust., Torino

Collect. Lect.  Metrop.  State  Hosp.,
  Waltham

Collect. Papers Austral. Inst. Trop. M.

Collect. Papers Dep. Biol. Johns Hop-
  kins
Collect. Papers Dep. Nerv. Harvard M.
  School
Collect. Papers Dep. Neuropath.  Har-
  vard M.  School
Collect. Papers Dep.  Physiol. West.
  Reserve  Univ.

Collect. Papers Dep. Surg. Univ. Edin-
  burgh
Collect. Papers Fac. M. Osaka Univ.

Collect. Papers Graham Res.   Dep.
  Univ. London

Collect. Papers Gyn. Dep. Johns Hop-
  kins
Collect. Papers Hall Inst. Res. Path.,
  Melb.

Collect. Papers Henry Ford Hosp., N. Y.

Collect. Papers Hotel Dieu, N. Orl.
Collect. Papers Inst. Biol. Johns Hop-
  kins
2230
2231
2232.
2235
2236.
2237.
2238.
2239.
2240.
2215. Clfnica, higiene e hidroloRia.  Lisboa.
2216. Clfnica hispanica de la Asociacmn de  prensa medica
  espanola.   Alicante.
2217. Clfnica (La)  Barcelona.
2218. Clinica (La)  Bologna.
2219. Clinics.   Fhiladelphia.
2220. Clinica e igiene infantile.  Torino.
2221. Clinique (The)   Chicago.
2222. Clinique (La)   Montreal.
2223. Clinique (.La)   Paris.
2224. Clinical (The) journal.  London.
2225. Clinical journal of chiropody, pediatry and  pedic
  surgery.   Chicago.
2226. Clinica y laboratorio.   Zaragoza.
2227. Clinical medicine.   Chicago.
2228. Clinica (La) medica italiana.  Milano.
2229. Clfnica medico-quirurgica.   Merida, M6x.
      Clinica (La) moderna.   Pisa.
      Clinical medicine and surgery.  Waukegan,  111.
      Clinica nuova.   Roma.
2233. Clinica odontoiatrica.  Roma.
2234. Clinique (La) ophtalmologique.   Paris.
      Clinical osteopathy.  Los Angeles.
      Clinica (La) ostetrica.   Roma.
      Clinica (La) pediatrica.   Modena.
      Clinica (La) per tutti.   Roma.
      Clinical proceedings.  Cape Town.
      Clinical  proceedings  of the  Children's  Hospital.
  Washington.
2241. Clinica  (La) psicopedagdgica.  Buenos Aires.
2242. Clinical review.   Chicago.
2243. Clinical reviews of the Pittsburgh Diagnostic Clinic.
  Pittsburgh.
2244. Clinical science.   London.
2244a. Clinica e terapeutica.  Sao Paulo.
2245. Clinica (La) termalc   Roma.
2246. Clfnica tisiol6gica.  Rio de Janeiro.
2247. Clinica (La) veterinaria.   Milano.
2248. Clinics of the Virginia Mason Hospital.  Seattle.
2249. Clujul medical.   Cluj, Romania.
2250. Coimbra medica.   Coimbra, Portugal.
2251. Collana  delle pubblicazioni;  Istituto di medicina
  industriale.   Torino.
2252. Collected lectures of the seminars in  neurology and
  psychiatry;  Metropolitan  State  Hospital.  Waltham,
  Mass.
2253. Collected papers [at head of tp.] Australian  Insti-
  tute of Tropical Medicine.  Townsville, Australia.
2254. Collected papers of the  Department of Biology of
  Johns Hopkins Hospital.  Baltimore.
2255. Collected papers; Department  of  Diseases  of  the
  Nervous System; Harvard Medical School.  Boston.
2256. Collected papers  of  the  Department  of  Neuro-
  pathology of the Harvard Medical School. Boston.
2257. Collected papers from  the Department  of  Physi-
  ology [Western Reserve University;  School of Medicine]
  v. p.
2258. Collected papers  of  the Department of Surgical
  Research  of the University of Edinburgh [v. p.]
2259. Collected  papers  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine;
  Osaka University.  Osaka.
2260. Collected papers of the  Graham Research Depart-
  ment of the University College Hospital Medical School
  of the University of London.   London.
2261. Collected papers by members of the Gynecological
  Department of the Johns Hopkins Hospital [v. p.]
2262. Collected papers [at head  of  tp.] Walter and Eliza
  Hall Institute of Research in Pathology  and Medicine.
  Melbourne.
2263. Collected papers by  the Staff  of the Henry Ford
  Hospital.   New York.
2264. Collected papers of Hotel Dieu staff.   New Orleans.
2265. Collected papers from the  Institute for  Biological
  Research  of the Johns  Hopkins University.  Baltimore. 
f49]
Collect.  Papers John  B. Pierce Lab-
  orat. Hyg.
Collect.  Papers Laborat. vergel. phy-
  siol.  Utrecht
Collect.  Papers Marquette Univ.

Collect.  Papers Mayo Clin.

Collect.  Papers N. York Homeop.  M.
  Coll.
Collect.  Papers N. York State Psychiat.
  Inst.
Collect.  Papers Res.  Milbank  Mem.
  Fund
Collect.  Papers  School Pub.  Health
  Univ.  Sydney
Collect.  Papers  S. Elizabeth  Hosp.
  Richmond
Collect.  Papers Squibb Inst. M. Res.

Collect.  Papers Wayne Co. M. Soc.

Collect.  Repr.  Gyn. Dep. Johns Hop-
  kins
Collect.  Repr. Hooper  Found. M. Res.
 Collect.  Repr. Montefiore  Hosp.  N.
   York
 Collect. Repr. U. S. Army Epidem. Bd

 Collect.  Stud.  Chicago Mun. Tuberc.
   Sanit.
 Collect.  Stud. Derm.  Dep.  Barnard
   Hosp., S. Louis
 Collect.  Stud. Res.  Laborat.  Dep.
   Health, N. Y.
 Collegium, Darmstadt
 Coll. & Res. Libr., Chic.
 Colombia med.
 Colonial J., Lond.
 Colorado M.
 Columbia Alumni News

 Columbia Dent. Rev.
 Columbia Univ. Bull. Inform.

 Comment. Owensby Clin.
 Commonhealth, Bost.
 Commun. Conf. internat. lepre

 Commun. Congr. derm. syph.  fr.

 Commun.  Congr. internat.  transfus.
   sang.
 Commun. Inst, serother. Danois

 Commun. Internat.  Congr.  Campaign
   Cancer
 Compend M. & S.

 Comp. Psychol. Monogr.
 Concours med.
 Conf. Bone &  Wound Heal.
 Conf. Bull.,  Cincin.
 Conf. Curso aperf. psiquiatr. guerra,
  S. Paulo

 Conf. Health Welf. Merchant  Seamen

 Confinia  neur., Basel

Conf. M. Res. Work. Calcutta

Conf. prat, urol., Milano
2266. Collected papers of the John B. Pierce Laboratory
   of Hygiene.  New Haven,  Conn.
2267. Collected papers; Laboratorium voor vergelijkende
   physiologie; Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht.  Utrecht.
2268. Collected papers of the  Marquette University School
   of Medicine.  Milwaukee.
2269. Collected papers of  the Mayo Clinic.  Rochester,
   Minn.
2270. Collected papers  of  the New  York  Homeopathic
   Medical College.   New York.
2271. Collected papers  from  the  New York State Psy-
   chiatric Institute and Hospital.  New York.
2272. Collected papers  on research;  Milbank  Memorial
   Fund   [New York]
2273. Collected papers;  School  of  Public Health  and
   Tropical Medicine; University of Sydney.  Sydney.
2274. [Clinics and]  collected  papers of the St Elizabeth's
   Hospital of Richmond.   Richmond, Va.
2275. Collected papers from the Squibb  Institute  for
   Medical Research.  New Brunswick.
2276. Collected papers  of  the Wayne County Medical
   Society.  Ann Arbor.
2277. Collected  reprints;   Gynecological  Department;
   Johns Hopkins Hospital.   Baltimore.
2278. Collected reprints from the George Williams Hooper
   Foundation for Medical  Research;  University of Cali-
   fornia.   San Francisco.
2279. Collected reprints; Montefiore Hospital for Chronic
   Diseases.  New York.
2280. Collected reprints; United States Army Epidemio-
   logical Board.  Washington.
2281. Collected studies  from the  Chicago  Municipal
   Tuberculosis Sanitarium.   Chicago.
2282. Collected studies of the Dermatological Department
   of the Barnard Hospital.   Saint Louis.
2283. Collected studies from the Research Laboratory,
   Department of Health; New York City. New York.
2284. Collegium.  Darmstadt.
2285. College and research libraries.  Chicago.
2286. Colombia medica.  Bogota.
2287. Colonial  (The) journal.  London.
2288. Colorado medicine.   Denver.
2289. Columbia  alumni  news;   Columbia  University.
   New York.
2290. Columbia dental review.  New York.
2291. Columbia University bulletin of information.  New
   York.
2292. Commentator of the  Owensby Clinic. Atlanta, Ga.
2293. Commonhealth (The)  Boston.
2294. [Communications et debats]  Conference Interna-
   tionale de la lepre.  Paris.
2295. Communications; Congres  des dermatologistes  et
   syphilographes de langue frangaise.  Bruxelles.
2296. Communications; Congres international de la trans-
   fusion sanguine [v. p.]
2297. Communications  de l'lnstitut  serotherapique  de
   l'Etat Danois.  K0benhavn.
2298. Communications; International Congress of Scien-
   tific and Social Campaign against Cancer [v. p.]
2299. Compend (The) of  medicine and surgery.   San
   Francisco.
2300. Comparative  psychology monographs. Baltimore.
2301. Concours (Le) medical.  Paris.
2302. Conference on bone and wound healing. New York.
2303. Conference (The) bulletin.   Cincinnati.
2304. Conferencias  do  Curso de aperfeicoamento de psi-
   quiatria  de guerra  pelo  Prof. A. C. Pacheco e Silva.
   S. Paulo.
2305. Conference on the  health and welfare of  merchant
  seamen.  Paris.
2306-7.  Confinia neurologica; borderland of neurology.
   Basel.
2308. Conference of medical research workers held at  the
  School of Tropical Medicine, Calcutta.   Simla.
2309. Conferenze pratiche d'urologia.   Milano. 
[50]
Conf. san. nac, Caracas

Conf. Union internat. tuberc.

Congr. argent, cirug.
Congr. argent, oft.

Congr. argent, urbanismo
Congr. brasil. hyg.
Congr. chileno cirug.

Congr. espan. internac. tuberc.

Congr. int. As. med. argent.

Congr. internat. auxil. med.

Congr. internat. hyg. aliment.

Congr. internat. popul.
Congr. nac. cirug., Valparaiso
Connecticut Health Bull.
Connecticut Pharm.
Conquest by Heal., Lond.
Consult, internac, S. Jose
Contact, Pensacola

Contact Point
Contr. Bermuda Biol. Sta.

Contr. Biol. Laborat. Brown Univ.

Contr. Clin. Pract. M.  & S. Southend
  Gen. Hosp.

Contr. Dep. Anat. Univ. Minnesota

Contr. Dudley Herbar.

Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst.

Contr. Inst. Physiol. Nat. Acad. Peiping

Contr. Laborat. psicol. Univ. Milano

Contr. Laborat. Vertebr. Genet. Univ.
  Michigan
Contr. Mukden Inst. Infect. Dis. Anim.

Control de plagas, Habana
Contr. Ophth. Sc, Menasha
Contr. Peking Union M. Coll.

Contr. Penrose Res. Laborat.

Contr. Tuberc. Nat. Jew. Hosp., Den-
  ver

Contr. William  Pepper Laborat. Clin.
  M.
Cooperation, Brux.
Coop. Health, N. Y.
Cornell Univ. M. Bull.
Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Dispensary

Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Q.

Cornell Vet.
Corresp. med., Madr.
Corriere san.
Courage, N. Y.
Courier, Portsmouth
ml.   Caracas  (Vene-
internationale  contre  la
2310. Conferencia sanitaria  naciona
  zuela)
2311. Conference  de  l'Union
  tuberculose.  Lausanne.
2312. Congreso argentino de cirugia   [v. p.]
2313. Congreso argentino de oftalmologia [Actas]   Buenoa

2314. Congreso argentino de urbanismo.  Buenos Aires.
2315. Congresso brasileiro de hygiene.   Rio de Janeiro.
2316. Congreso chileno de cirugfa y Semana  de  la expe-
  riencia quiriirgica.   Santiago de Chile.
2317. Congreso espanol internacional de la tuberculosis.
  Barcelona.
2318. Congreso  interno;  Asociacidn medica  argentina.
  Buenos Aires.
2319. Congres international des auxiliaires medicaux, et ...
  Congres international de massage.   Paris.
2320. Congres international d'hygiene alimentaire.  Bru-
  xelles.
2321. Congres international de la population.   Paris.
2322. Congreso nacional de cirugfa.  Valparafso,  Chile.
2323. Connecticut health bulletin.  Hartford.
2324. Connecticut pharmacist.   New Haven.
2325. Conquest by healing.   London.
2326. Consultorio internacional.  San Jose, Costa Rica.
2327. Contact; Naval School of Aviation Medicine, Naval
  Air Station.  Pensacola, Fla.
2328. Contact point.   San Francisco.
2329. Contributions from the Bermuda  Biological Station
  for Research.   Cambridge, Mass.
2330. Contributions   from   the  Biological  Laboratory;
  Brown University.   Providence, R. I.
2331. Contributions  to clinical practice in medicine  and
  surgery; by members of the  staff  of Southend General
  Hospital  [London]
2332. Contributions from the Department of Anatomy of
  the University of Minnesota.  Minneapolis.
2333. Contributions from the Dudley Herbarium.  Stan-
  ford Univ., Calif.
2334. Contributions to embryology; Carnegie Institution
  of Washington.  Washington.
2335. Contributions  from  the Institute of  Physiology;
  National Academy of Peiping.   Peiping.
2336. Contributi  del Laboratorio di psicologia; Universita
  cattolica del Sacro Cuorc  Milano.
2337. Contributions  from the  Laboratory of  Vertebrate
  Genetics;  University of Michigan.   Ann Arbor.
2338. Contributions of the Mukden Institute for Infectious
  Diseases in Animals.  Mukden.
2339. Control de  plagas.   La Habana.
2340. Contributions  to ophthalmic science.   Menasha.
2341. Contributions from the Peking Union Medical  Col-
  lege.   Peiping.
2342. Contributions  from the Penrose  Research Labora-
  tory.  Philadelphia.
2343. Contributions  to the  study of tuberculosis by  the
  Research  Department; National  Jewish Hospital  for
  Consumptives.   Denver.
2344. Contributions  of the William Pepper Laboratory of
  Clinical Medicine.    Philadelphia.
2345. Cooperation; periodique  dentaire.  Bruxelles.
2346. Cooperative health.  New Y^ork.
2347. Cornell University medical bulletin.   New York.
2348. Cornell University  Medical  College  Dispensary.
  New York.
2349. Cornell University Medical College quarterly.  New
  York.
2350. Cornell (The) veterinarian.  Ithaca.
2351. Correspondencia medica.   Madrid.
2352. Corriere sanitario.  Milano.
2353. Courage.   New York.
2354. Courier  (The)  Norfolk  Naval  Hospital.   Ports-
  mouth, Va. 
[51]
C. rend. Acad, polon. sc.




C. rend. Acad. sc.

C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS

C. rend. Bur. mun. hyg., Alger

C. rend. Conf. chir. interall.

C. rend. Conf. internat. fruit aliment

C. rend. Conf. internat. psychotechn.

C. rend. Congr. alien, neur. France


C. rend. Congr. fr. med.

C. rend. Congr. internat. enf.
C. rend. Congr. internat. hydr. clim.

C. rend. Congr. internat. insuff. hepat.

C. rend. Congr. internat. Iith. biliaire

C. rend. Congr. internat. lymph.

C. rend. Congr. internat. med.  educ
   phys.
C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop.

C. rend. Congr. internat. palud.

C. rend. Congr. internat. path. comp.

C. rend. Congr. internat. pharm.

C. rend. Congr. internat. physiother.

C. rend. Congr. internat. psychol.
C. rend. Congr. internat. radiol.

C. rend. Congr. internat. radiotellur.

C. rend. Congr. med. leg. fr.

C. rend. Convent, serv. san. Quebec

C. rend. Fed. dent, internat.

C. rend. Laborat. Carlsberg

C. rend. Soc. biol.

C. rend. Soc. fr. gyn.

C. rend. Soc. phys. biol. France

Criminalia, Mex.
Crippled Child
Crippled Child Bull.
Cron. Clin. med. Genova
Cron. med., Lima
Cron. med., Valencia
Cron. med. mex.
Cron. med. quir. Habana

Crouse Irving Bull.
Crusader

Cruz roja, Madr.
2355.  Comptes rendus mensuels [at head of tp: Academie
  polonaise des sciences et lettres] des seances de la Classe
  de medecine; Comptes rendus mensuels des seances de la
  Classe des  sciences mathematiques et naturelles.  Kra-
  kow.
2356.  Comptes  rendus hebdomadaires  des  seances de
  l'Academie des sciences.  Paris.
2357.  Comptes rendus; Academie des sciences de l'URSS.
  Moskva.
2358.  Compte rendu des  travaux du  Bureau  municipal
  d'hygiene.   Alger.
2359.  Comptes rendus; Conference chirurgicale interalliee
  pour l'etude des plaies de guerre.   Paris.
2360.  [Compte rendu  general]  Conference internationale
  du fruit-aliment.
2361.  Comptes rendus de la Conference internationale de
  psychotechnique.
2362.  Compte rendu;  Congres  des medecins alienistes et
  neurologistes de France et des pays de la langue francaise.
  Paris.
2363.  Compte  rendu;  Congres  francais  de   medecine.
  Paris.
2364.  Compte rendu; Congres  international de l'enfance.
2365.  Compte rendu;  Congres  international d'hydrologie
  et de climatologie.
2366.  Comptes  rendus; Congres  international de l'in-
  suffisance hepatique.
2367.  Comptes rendus  [Rapports] Congres  international
  de la lithiase biliaire.
2368.  Comptes   rendus et   communications;  Congres
  international du lymphatisme.
2369.  Compte rendu; Congres  international de medecine
  appliquee a l'education physique et aux sports.
2370.  Comptes rendus; Congres international de medecine
  tropicale et d'hygiene [v. p.]
2371.  [Comptes rendus] Congres international du  palu-
  disme.
2372.  Comptes rendus; Congres international de patholo-
  gie  comparee.
2373.  Comptes rendus; Congres international de pharma-
  cie.
2374. [Comptes  rendus  et   communications]  Congres
  international de physiotherapic
2375.  Compte rendu; Congres international de psychologic
2376.  Comptes rendus; Congres international pour l'etude
  de la radiologic et de l'ionisation.
2377.  Compte-rendu;  Congres  international   de   radio-
  telluristes et sourciers.  Paris.
2378. Compte rendu; Congres de medecine legale de langue
  francaise.  Paris.
2379. Compte rendu [at head of tp.] Convention annuelle
  des services sanitaires de la province de Quebec Quebec.
2380. Comptes rendus de  la  Federation dentaire  inter-
  nationale.
2381.  Comptes rendus des travaux du Laboratoire  Carls-
  berg.  K0benhavn.
2382.  Comptes rendus des seances de la Societe de biologie.
  Paris.
2383.  Comptes rendus de  la  Societe frangaise de  gyn6-
  cologie.  Paris.
2384.  Comptes rendus  des seances de  la  Societe de phy-
  sique biologique de France.   Paris.
2385.  Criminalia.  Mexico.
2386.  Crippled (The) child.   Lorain, Ohio.
2387.  Crippled (The) child bulletin.  Elyria, Ohio.
2388.  Cronaca della Clinica medica  di Genova. Genova.
2389.  Cr6nica (La) medica.   Lima.
2390.  Crdnica medica.  Valencia.
2391.  Crdnica medica mexicana.  Mexico.
2392.  Crdnica  medico-quiriirgica  de  La  Habana.  La
  Habana.
2393.  Crouse-Irving (The) bulletin.  Syracuse, N. Y.
2394.  Crusader  (The)  of the  Wisconsin Antituberculosis
  Association.   Milwaukee.
2395.  Cruz (La) roja.   Madrid. 
[ 52 ]
Cruz roja, Medellin,
Cruz roja cubana
Cruz roja dominie
Cuadern. Fac. med. Univ.

Cuadern. med., Valencia

Cuba odonl.
Cult, med., Rio
Cult. med. mod., Pal.
Cuore & circol.
Curity Res. Notes, (hie.
Current Biogr., N. Y.
Current Leg. Thought
Current List M. Liter.
Current M. Digest
Current Mort.  Anal.
Current Res. Anesth.

Current Sc, Bangalore
C Y M, Medellin
Cyprus Pub. Health
Antioquia
2396. Cruz roja.  Medellin.
2397. Cruz roja cubana.   La Habana.
239S. Cruz roja dominicana.  Trujillo.
2399. Cuadernos de la facultad; Facultad de medicina y
  ciencias naturales; Universidad de Antioquia.  Medellfn.
2400. Cuadernos  medicos  y de  divulgaci6n  cientffica.
  Valencia.
2101. Cuba odontologiga.   La Habana.
2402. Cultura medica.   Rio de Janeiro.
2403. Cultura (La) medica moderna.  Palermo.
2404. Cuore e circolazione.  Roma.
2405. Curity  research notes.  Chicago.
2406. Current biography.   New  York.
2407. Current legal thought.  New York.
2408. Current list of medical literature.   Washington.
2409. Current medical digest.  Hagerstown, Md.
2410. Current mortality analysis.  Washington.
2411. Current  researches  in anesthesia and  analgesia.
  Elmira, N.  Y.
2412. Current science.   Bangalore.
2413. C Y M; revista de ciencia y medicina.  Medellfn.
2414. Cyprus public health.   Nicosia.
D
Dairen Hosp.
Dallas M. J.
Dalnev. vrach., Shanghai
Dansk derm, selsk. forh.

Danzig,  statist. Mitt.
Dauphine med.
Dauphin M. Acad.

Davis Nurs. Surv.
Defensa odont., Montev.
Delaware Health News
Delaware M. J.
Deliber. Congr. derm, internat.

Dementia Praecox Stud.
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien
Dentalmarkt
Dent. Assist.
Dent. Bull., Carlisle
Dent. Cosmos
Dent. Craftsman
Dent. Digest
Dent. Echo, Lpz.
Dent. Facts
Dent. Forum
Dent. Gaz., Lond.
Dent. Health, Wash.
Dentistry, Phila.
Dent. Items
Dent. J. Australia
Dent. Lab. Rev.
Dent. Mag., Lond.
Dent. News
Dent. Observ., N. Y.
Oentoscope Bull., Wash.

Dent. Outlook, N. Y.
Dent. Radiogr.

Dent. Rays, Pittsb.
Dent. Rec, Lond.
Dent. Reg.
Dent. Rev., Chic
Dent. Rev., Minneap.
Dent. Students Mag.
2415.  Dairen hospital.   Dairen.
2416.  Dallas medical journal.  Dallas.
2417.  Dalnevostochnyi vrachei v Shankhae.   Shanghai.
2418.  Dansk  dermatologisk  selskabs forhandlinger.  K0-
  benhavn  [Supplement to  Hospitalstidende]
2419.  Danziger statistische Mitteilungen.  Danzig.
2420.  Dauphine medicale.  Grenoble.
2421.  Dauphin (The)  medical academician.   Harrisburg,
  Pa
2422.
2423.
2424.
2425.
2426
      Davis' nursing survey.   Philadelphia.
      Defensa odontol6gica.  Montevideo.
      Delaware health news.   Dover.
      Delaware State medical journal.  Wilmington.
      Deliberationes  Congressus  dermatologorum  inter-
  nationalis.  Budapest.
2427. Dementia praecox studies.  Chicago.
2428. Denkschriften [at head of tp.] Akademie der Wissen-
  schaften in Wien; mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche
  KI&ssg   WiGn
2429. Dental-Markt (Der)  Frankfurt a. M.
2430. Dental (The) assistant  [v. p.]
2431. Dental bulletin.   Carlisle Barracks.
2432. Dental (The) cosmos.  Philadelphia.
2433. Dental (The) craftsman.   Chicago.
2434. Dental (The) digest.   Pittsburgh.
2435. Dental echo.  Leipzig.
2436. Dental facts.   Chicago.
2437. Dental (The) forum.   Pittsburgh.
2438. Dental (the) gazette.  London.
2439. Dental health.  Washington.
2440. Dentistry.  Philadelphia.
2441. Dental items  of interest.  Brooklyn.
2442. Dental (The) journal of Australia.  Sydney.
2443. Dental laboratory review.   Minneapolis.
2444. Dental (The)  magazine and oral topics.   London.
2445. Dental news.   Minneapolis.
2446. Dental observer.  New York.
2447. Dentoscope (The) [at head of  tp.:  Howard Univer-
  sity bulletin]  Washington.
2448. Dental (The) outlook.  New York.
2449. Dental radiography and  photography.   Rochester,

2450. Dental rays.  Pittsburgh.
2451. Dental (The) record.  London.
2452. Dental (The) register.  Cincinnati.
2453. Dental (The) review.  Chicago.
2454. Dental review; journal of prosthetics.   Minneapolis.
2455. Dental (The) students' magazine.  Chicago. 
[53]
Dent. Summary
Dent. Surv.
Dergisi Sag. sosyal yard, bakan.

Dermatologica, Basel
Dermosifilografo
Derm. Wschr.
Derm. Zbl.
Derm. Zschr.
Descript. Annual  Plan  P. Rico  Dep.
  Health
Desinfektion
Desmos, Fulton
Detroit Dent. Bull.
Detroit M. J.
Detroit M. News
Detsk. bolez.
Deut. Aerztebl.
Deut. Aerzte Ztg
Deut. Apoth. Ztg
Deut. Arch. klin. Med.
Deut. Gesundhwes.
Deut. Hebamme
Deut. Heilpflanze
Deut. Kriippelhilfe
Deut. med. Wschr.
Deut. mil.  arztl.  Zschr.
Deut. Militararzt
Deut. Mschr. Zahnh.
Deut. Recht
Deut. Rev.
Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.
Deut. tropenmed.  Zschr.
Deut. Tuberk. Bl.
Deut. Verwalt.
Deut. Vjschr. Zahnchir.

Deut. zahnarztl.  Wschr.
Deut. zahnarztl.  Zschr.
Deut. Zahnh.
Deut. Zahn &c Heilk.

Deut. Zschr. Chir.
Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med.

Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.
Deut. Zschr. off. Gesundhpfl.

Deut. Zschr. Verdauungskr.
 Diabetes, N. Y.
 Diagnosi
 Diagn. teen. laborat., Nap.
 Diagn. ther. Irrtiim.

 Diagn. & trait., Lyon
 Dia med.,  B. Air.
 Dia med. urug.
 Diar. gen.  cienc med.
 Diet. Admin. Ther.
 Diet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y.
 Difesa med. leg.  lavoro
 Difesa sociale
 Digest Phys. Ther.
 Digest Proc. Conf.  Interamer.  Relat.
  Pub. Libr.

 Digest Treat., Phila.
 Dioptr. Rev., Lond.

 Dioscorides, Brux.
 Diplomate
Diritto d. lavoro
Diritto vet.
2456. Dental (The) summary.  Toledo, Ohio.
2457. Dental survey.   Minneapolis.
2458. Dergisi; Saglik ve sosyal yardim bakanligi, Turkey.
  Istanbul.
2459. Dermatologica.  Basel.
2460. Dermosifilografo (II)   Torino.
2461. Dermatologische Wochenschrift.  Leipzig.
2462. Dermatologisches Centralblatt.  Berlin.
2463. Dermatologische Zeitschrift.   Berlin.
2464. Descriptive annual  plan;  Department of Health,
  Puerto Rico.  San Juan.
2465. Desinfektion und Schadlingsbekampfung.  Dresden.
2466. Delta Sigma Delta Desmos.  Fulton,  Mo.
2467. Detroit (The) dental bulletin.  Detroit.
2468. Detroit (The) medical  journal.   Detroit.
2469. Detroit (The) medical  news.   Detroit.
2470. Detskikh boleznei.   Leningrad.
2471. Deutsches Aerzteblatt.   Berlin.
2472. Deutsche Aerzte-Zeitung.  Berlin.
2473. Deutsche Apotheker-Zeitung.  Berlin.
2474. Deutsches  Archiv fiir klinische Medizin.  Leipzig.
2475. Deutsche (Das) Gesundheitswesen.   Berlin.
2476. Deutsche (Die) Hebamme.   Berlin.
2477. Deutsche (Die) Heilpflanze.  Miinchen.
2478. Deutsche Kriippelhilfe.  Leipzig.
2479. Deutsche medizinische Wochenschrift.  Leipzig.
2480. Deutsche militararztliche Zeitschrift.   Berlin.
2481. Deutsche (Der) Militararzt.  Berlin.
2482. Deutsche Monatsschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde.  Berlin.
2483. Deutsche (Das) Recht.  Berlin.
2484. Deutsche Revue.   Stuttgart.
2485. Deutsche tierarztliche  Wochenschrift.   Hannover.
2486. Deutsche tropenmedizinische Zeitschrift.  Berlin.
2487. Deutsches Tuberkulose-Blatt.  Leipzig.
2488. Deutsche Verwaltung.   Berlin.
2489. Deutsche   Vierteljahrsschrift  fiir  Zahnchirurgie.
  Miinchen.
2490. Deutsche zahnarztliche Wochenschrift.  Miinchen.
2491. Deutsche zahnarztliche Zeitschrift.  Miinchen.
2492. Deutsche Zahnheilkunde.  Leipzig.
2493. Deutsche   Zahn,   Mund-   und  Kieferheilkunde.
  Leipzig.
2494. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Chirurgie.  Berlin.
2495. Deutsche  Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte  gerichtliche
  Medizin.   Berlin.
2496. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Nervenheilkunde.  Berlin.
2497. Deutsche  Zeitschrift fiir  offentliche  Gesundheits-
  pflege  [Berlin]
2498. Deutsche  Zeitschrift fiir Verdauungs- und  Stoff-
  wechselkrankheiten,  einschliesslich Theorie und  Praxis
  der Krankenernahrung.  Leipzig.
2499. Diabetes.   New York.
2500. Diagnosi (La)   Bologna.
2501. Diagnostica e tecnica di laboratorio.  Napoli.
2502. Diagnostiche  und   therapeutische  Irrtiimer  und
  deren Verhiitung.  Leipzig.
2503. Diagnostics et traitements.   Lyon.
2504. Dia (El) medico.   Buenos  Aires.
2505. Dia medico uruguayo.   Montevideo.
2506. Diario general de las ciencias medicas.  Barcelona.
2507. Dietary administration and therapy.  Cleveland.
2508. Dietetic and hygienic gazette.  New York.
2509. Difesa (La) medico-legale del lavoro.  Torino.
2510. Difesa sociale.  Roma.
2511. Digest of physical therapy.  Battle Creek, Mich.
2512. Digest of proceedings and addresses; Conference on
  Inter-American Relations  in the Field  of Publications
  and Libraries.   Washington.
2513. Digest of treatment.   Philadelphia.
2514. Dioptric (The) review and the British journal  of
  physiological optics.   London.
2515. Dioscorides.  Bruxelles.
2516. Diplomate  (The)   Philadelphia.
2517. Diritto (II) del lavoro.   Roma.
2518. Diritto veterinario.  Torino. 
[54]
Dis. Chest
Dis. Congr. argent, obst.


Discours Congr. insuff. ren.
Discovery, Lond.
Discuss. Congr. derm. syph. fr.
Discuss. Congr. pediat. fr.

Dis. Eye &c Throat
Dis. Nerv. Syst.
Distr. Health Com. News, N. Y.

Distrib. Papers Internat. Management
  Congr.
Divulg. dent., Medellin
Dnipropetr. med. J.

Doctor, Lond.
Doctor, Santiago
Doctor & Law
Doctor & Od  Q.
Docum. profes. med. prat.

Doklady Vsesoiuz. akad. nauk Lenin.

Domest. Engin.
Dominion  Dent. J.
Dominion  M. Month.
Dresd. Statist.
Drug & Cosmet. Indust.
Druggist Circ, N. Y.
Drug Ther. Surv.
Drug Topics,  N. Y.
Drug Trade Week.
Dublin J. M.  Sc.
Duodecim, Helsin.
Dutchess Co. Caduceus
2519. Diseases of the chest.   El Paso, Tex
2520. Disci taciones,  conferences,  contnbuciones,  Gon-
  Kreso argentino de  obstetricia  y ginecologia.  Buenos

2521^ Discours d'ouverture, discussions et communications
  recueillos  [France]  Congres  de  l'insuffisance renalc
  Paris.
2522. Discovery.   London.
2523  Discussions et communications diverses; Congres aes
  dermatologistes et syphiligraphes de  langue francaise.

2524. [Discussions  des  rapports  et  communications,
  Congres des pediatres de langue franchise]  Paris.
2525. Diseases of the eye, ear, nose and throat.   Chicago.
2526. Diseases of the nervous system.   Chicago.
2527. District Health  Committee  news;  neighborhood
  health development.   New York.
2528. Distribution papers of the International  Manage-
  ment Congress.
2529. Divulgacidn dental.   Medellin, Colombia.
2530. Dnipropetrovsky  medichiny jurnal.   Dniprope-
  trovsk.
2531. Doctor.  London.
2532. Doctor (El)   Santiago  de Chile.
2533. Doctor (The) and the law.  Wheaton, 111.
2534. Doctor (The) and Od quarterly.   S. Louis.
2535. Documentation  (La) professionnelle permanente du
  medecin praticien.  Paris.
2536. Doklady; Vsesoiuznaya akademia  s.  kh. nauk  im.
  V. I. Lenina.   Moskva.
2537. Domestic engineering.  Chicago.
2538. Dominion  dental journal.  Toronto, Can.
2539. Dominion  medical monthly.  Toronto, Can.
2540. Dresdner Statistik.  Dresden.
2541. Drug and cosmetic industry.  Pittsfield, Mass.
2542. Druggists  (The) circular.   New  York.
2543. Drug and therapeutic survey.  New York.
2544. Drug topics.  New York.
2545. Drug trade weekly.   New York.
2546. Dublin (The) journal of medical  science.   Dublin.
2547. Duodecim.  Helsinki.
2548. Dutchess  (The)  County  caduceus.  Poughkeepsie.
E
East Afr. M. J.
Eating Your Way to Health
Echo med. nord
Echo vet., Liege
Eclect. M. J.
Econom. hop.
EconOm. Proc. R. Dublin Soc.

Edinburgh M. J.
Educ. fis., Rio
Educ. Focus, Rochester
Educ. phys., Rio
Educ. san., Lima
Eesti statist, kuukiri
Eisei ryobyosi
Ejercito
Elme & idegkdrt.

Embalmers Month.
Emory M. Rev.
Encephale
Endeavour, Lond.
Endocrinologia, Mex.
Endocrinology
Endocr. pat. cost.,  Bologna
2549.  East African medical journal.  Nairobi,  Kenya.
2550.  Eating your way to health.  Oakland, Calif.
2551.  Echo (L') medical du nord.  Lille.
2552.  Echo (L') veterinaire.  Liege.
2553.  Eclectic (The) medical journal.  Cincinnati.
2554.  Economat  (L') des  hopitaux,  maisons  de sante,
  cliniques, hospices grandes, ecoles, lyc6es, colleges, etc.
  Paris.
2555.  Economic  (The) proceedings of  the  Royal Dublin
  Society.  Dublin.
2556.  Edinburgh medical journal.  Edinburgh.
2557.  Educacao fisica.   Rio de Janeiro.
2558.  Educational (The) focus.  Rochester, N. Y.
2559.  Educacao physica.  Rio de Janeiro.
2560.  Educaci6n sanitaria.   Lima.
      Eesti statistika kuukiri.   Tallinn.
      Eisei ryobyosi.  Tokyo.
      Ejercito.  Madrid.
      Elme- 6s idegk6rtan  [Supplement to  Orvosi hetilap]
  Budapest.
2565.  Embalmers' (The)  monthly.  Chicago.
      Emory (The) medical review.  Atlanta, Ga.
      Encephale.  Paris.
      Endeavour.   London.
      Endocrinologia.   Mexico.
      Endocrinology.  Los Angeles.
      Endocrinologia e patologia costituzionale.  Bologna.
2561.
2562.
2563.
2564.
2566.
2567.
2568.
2569.
2570.
2571. 
55
Endokrinologie
ENE, Caracas
Enferm. argent.
Engin. & Contract.
Engin. News Rec.
Entom. & Phytopath., Hangchow
Enzymologia, Haag
Eos, Wien

Epidem. Inform. Bull.

Erbarzt
Erdball
Erg. allg. Path.
Erg. Anat.

Erg. Biol.
Erg. Chir. Orthop.
Erg. Enzymforsch.
Erg. ges. Med.
Erg. ges. Tuberkforsch.

Erg. ges. Zahnh.
Erg. Hyg. Bakt.

Erg. inn. Med. Kindierh.

Erg. med. Strahlenforsch.

Erg. phys. diat. Ther.

Erg. Physiol.

Erg. sozial. Hyg.

Erg. Vitam. Hormonforsch.

Erkrank. Beweg. App.
Ernahrung
Esc. farm., Guatemala
Esc. med., Guatemala
Esculapio, La Paz

Estadist. chilena
Estadistica, Managua
Estadistica, Mex.

Estadist. peru.
Estud. psiq., Lisb.
Ethische Kultur
Ethnographie, Par.
Ethnol. Anz.
Etschland. Aerztebl.
Eugenesia, Mex.
Eugenik, Berl.
Eugen. News
Eugen. Rev., Lond.
Europe med., Par.
Europ. Rev., Stuttg.
Everybody's Health, Chic.
Everybody's Health, S. Paul
Evolut. med. chir.
Evolut. ther.
Excerta med. S. C.  O. P., Mex.
Experientia, Basel

Exp. M. & S.
Exp. Sta. Rec, Wash.
2572. Endokrinologie.   Leipzig.
2573. ENE; Escuela Nacional de Enfermeras.  Caracas
2574. Enfermera (La) argentina.  Buenos Aires.
2575. Engineering and contracting.   Chicago.
2576. Engineering news-record.  Albany.
2577. Entomology and phytopathology.  Hangchow.
2578. Enzymologia.   Den Haag.
2579. Eos; Zeitschrift fiir die Erkenntnis und Behandlung
  jugendlicher Abnormer.  Wien.
2580. Epidemiological information bulletin [United Nation
  Relief and Rehabilitation Administration]  Washington.
2581. Erbarzt (Der)   Leipzig.
2582. Erdball (Die)   Berlin-Lichterfelde.
2583. Ergebnisse der allgemeinen Pathologie und patholo-
  gischen Anatomie des Menschen und der Tierc   Miin-
  chen.
2584. Ergebnisse  der  Anatomie  und Entwicklungsge-
  schichte.  Berlin.
2585. Ergebnisse der Biologie.  Berlin.
2586. Ergebnisse der  Chirurgie und Orthopadic   Berlin.
2587. Ergebnisse der Enzymforschung.  Leipzig.
2588. Ergebnisse der gesamten Medizin.  Berlin.
2589. Ergebnisse  der  gesamten  Tuberkuloseforschung.
  Leipzig.
2590. Ergebnisse der gesamten Zahnheilkunde. Miinchen.
2591. Ergebnisse der Hygiene, Bakteriologie, Immunitats-
  forschung und experimentellen Therapie.  Berlin.
2592. Ergebnisse der  inneren Medizin und Kinderheil-
  kunde.   Berlin.
2593. Ergebnisse  der medizinischen  Strahlenforschung.
  Leipzig.
2594. Ergebnisse der physikalisch-diatetischen  Therapie.
  Dresden.
2595. Ergebnisse der Physiologie, biologischen Chemie und
  experimentellen Pharmakologic   Miinchen.
2596. Ergebnisse der sozialen Hygiene und  Gesundheits-
  fiirsorge.  Leipzig.
2597; Ergebnisse der  Vitamin-   und  Hormonforschung.
  Leipzig.
2598. Erkrankungen (Die) des Bewegungsapparates. Wien.
2599. Ernahrung  (Die)  Zeitschrift   fiir  das   gesamte
  Ernahrungswesen  in Forschung,  Lehre  und  Praxis.
  Leipzig.
2600. Escuela (La) de farmacia.  Guatemala.
2601. Escuela (La) de medicina.   Guatemala.
2602. Esculapio; revista  del Sindicato  qufmico-farma-
  ceutico.  La Paz.
2603. Estadistica chilena.  Santiago de Chile.
2604. Estadistica.   Managua.
2605. Estadistica  [Inter-American  Statistical  Institute]
  Mexico.
2606. Estadistica peruana.   Lima.
2607. Estudos psiquicos.  Lisboa.
2608. Ethische Kultur.  Berlin.
2609. Ethnographie.   Paris.
2610. Ethnologischer Anzeiger.  Stuttgart.
2611. Etschlander Aerzteblatt.  Bolzano.
2612. Eugenesia.  Mexico.
2613. Eugenik.  Berlin.
2614. Eugenical news.  Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.
2615. Eugenics (The) review.  London.
2616. Europe (L') medicale.   Paris.
2617. Europaische Revue.   Stuttgart.
2618. Everybody's health.   Chicago.
2619. Everybody's health magazine.  South Saint Paul.
2620. Evolution (L')  medico-chirurgicale.  Paris.
2621. Evolution (L') therapeutique.  Paris.
2622. Excerta medica de la S. C. O. P.  [Sociedad de medi-
  cos de la Secretarfa de comunicaciones y obras publicas]
  Mexico.
2623. Experientia; Monatsschrift fiir das gesamte Gebiet
  der Naturwissenschaft.  Basel.
2624. Experimental medicine and surgery.  Brooklyn.
2625. Experiment  station record [at head of tp.:  U.  S.
  Department of Agriculture] Washington. 
[56]
Extens. Serv. News, Ithaca
Eye Ear &c Month.
Eye Health & Safct> News
Eye Sight Conserv. Mull.
202(1.
2027.
202S.
2629.
Extension service news.  Ithaca.
Eye (The) ear, nose and throat monthly.  I -Iucim'-
Eve health and safety news.   New  \ ork.
Eye sight conservation bulletin.   New ^ ork.
Fabriksfeuerwehr, Wien
Fachbl. schweiz. Anstaltswes.

Fachbl. schweiz. Heime

Fachbl. sudet. Tierarzte
Family Physician, Los Ang.
Far East. Prisoners oi War Bull., Wash,
Far East. Sc. Bull.. Wash.
Farmaceutico, N. Y.
Farmacia, Moskva
Farmaco, Pavia
Farmacoter. actual, Madr.
Farm, brasil.
Farm, cubano
Farmers Bull.
Farm. ital.
Farm. J., Kiev
Farm, panamena
Farm. & quim., Lima
Farm. & toks., Moskva
Fayette Co. Mirror
Fed. Bull., Chic.
Feddes Repert.

Fed. Proc, Bait.

Fed. Veterinarian
Feldsher, Moskva
Feldsher & akush.
Fenix, Lima
Fermentforschung
Feuerwehr, Wien
Fever  Ther., N. Y.
Fichero med. ter., B. Air.
Field Artil. J., Wash.
Field M. Bull. I. S.  Army, N. Delhi

Field Mus. Natur. Hist.

Field & Work Squibb Inst.

Fight against Dis., Lond.
Filiatre sebezio, Nap.
Filip. Nurse
Financ Statist. Cities
Financ. Statist. States
Fin.  lak. sail. hand.
Firenze (Rass.)
First Aid J.
Fisiol.  & med., Roma
Fizioterapia, Moskva
Fletor. mjeks. shqipt.

Flight  Surgeon Topics
Florida Health Notes
Florida Optometr.
Florida Pharm. J.
Flying Doctor, Sydney
Foldr. kozl.
Fol. anat. jap.
Fol. anat. Univ. conimbr.

Fol. biol., B. Air.
Fol. clin. biol., S.  Paulo
2634.
2635.
2636.
2637.
263S.
2639.
2630  Fabriksfeuerwehr.   Wien.
2631.  Fachblatt fiir sehweizerisches Anstaltsweson.  Zm-

2632.  Fachblatt fiir schweizerische  Heime und Anstalten.
  Zurich.                        ,,_...       t,
2633.  Fachblatt der sudetendeutschen Tierarzte.   Prag.
      Family (The) physician.   Los Angeles.
      Far Eastern prisoners of war bulletin.  Washington.
      Far Eastern science bulletin.   Washington.
      Farmaceutico.  New York.
      Farmacia.  Moskva.
      Farmaco (II) scienza e tecnica.   Pavia.
2640.  Farmacoterapia actual.   Madrid.
2641.  Farmaceutico (O) brasileiro.   Rio de Janeiro.
2642.  Farmaceutico (El)  cubano.  La Habana.
2643.  Farmers' bulletin.   Washington.
2644.  Farmacista (II) italiano.   Roma.
2645.  Farmacevtichny jurnal.  Kiev.
2640.  Farmacia panamena.   Panama.
2647.  Farmacia y qufmica.  Lima.
2648.  Farmakologia i toksikologia.   Moskva.
2649.  Fayette County mirror.  Uniontown, Pa.
2650.  Federation bulletin.  Chicago.
2051.  Feddes repertorium specierum novarum regni vege-
  tabilis.  Berlin.
2652.  Federation proceedings  [Federation  of American
  Societies for Experimental Biology]  Baltimore.
2653.  Federal veterinarian.   Kansas City.
2654.  Feldsher.   Moskva.
2655.  Feldsher i akusherka.   Moskva.
2656.  Fenix; revista de la Biblioteca nacional.  Lima.
2657.  Fermentforschung.  Berlin.
2658.  Feuerwehr (Die) Wien  [See  Fabriksfeuerwehr]
      Fever therapy.   New York.
      Fichero medico terapeutico.   Buenos Aires.
      Field  (The) artillery journal.   Washington.
      Field  medical bulletin; United States Army  Forces
  in China,  Burma, India.   New Delhi.
2663.  Field  Museum of Natural  History.
  also Pub.  Field Mus. Natur.  Hist.]
2664.  Field  (The) and the work of the Squibb Institute for
  Medical Research.   New Brunswick, N.  J.
2665.  Fight (The) against disease.   London.
2666.  Filiatre-sebezio.   Napoli.
2667.  Filipino (The) nurse.   Manila.
2668.  Financial statistics of the cities.   Washington.
2669.  Financial statistics of the states.  Washington.
2670.  Finska lakaresallskapets handlingar   [Helsingfors]
2671.  Firenze;  rassegna mensile del commune.  Firenze.
2672.  First aid journal.  New York.
2673.  Fisiologia e medicina.  Roma.
2674.  Fizioterapia.   Moskva.
2675.  Fletorja   mjeksore  shqiptare;   gazzetta   medica
  albanese.   Tirane.
2676.  Flight surgeon topics.  Randolph Field, Tex.
2677.  Florida health notes.   Jacksonville.
2678.  Florida optometrist.  Clearwater.
2679.  Florida pharmaceutical journal.   Fort Myers.
2680.  Flying (The) doctor.   Sydney.
2681.  Foldrajzi kozlemenyek.  Budapest.
2682.  Folia  anatomica japonica.  Tokyo.
2683.  Folia   anatomica   Universitatis   Conimbrigensis.
  Coimbra.
2684.  Folia  biologica.  Buenos Aires.
2685.  Folia  clinica et biologica.  Sao Paulo.
2659.
2660.
2661.
2662.
Chicago  [See 
[57]
Fol. clin. chim., Bologna
Fol. demogr. gyn., Genova
Fol. endocr. jap.
Fol. gyn., Genova
Fol. gyn. demogr., Genova
Fol. haemat., Lpz.
Folklore, Lond.
Fol. med., B. Air.
Fol. med., Nap.
Fol. med., Rio
Fol. med. int. orient.
Fol. microb., Delft
Fol. morph., Warsz.
Fol. neurochir., Tartu
Fol. neuropath, eston.
Fol. ophth. orient.
Fol. otolar., Lpz.
Fol. otolar. orient.
Fol. pharm. jap.
Fol. urol., Lpz.
Food Drug Cosmet. Law Q.
Food Facts, Los Ang.
Food Indust.
Food Mater., N. Y.
Food Res.
Foot News

Foreign Affairs
Forh. Nord. derm, foren.

Forrog BL, Berl.


Forschungserg. biol. Heilmittel

Fortsch. Chemie

Fortsch. Erbpath.

Fortsch. Gesundhfurs.
Fortsch. Med.
Fortsch. Neur. Psychiat.

Fortsch. Psychol.

Fortsch. Rdntgenstrahl.

Fortsch. Sexwiss. Psychanal.

Fortsch. Ther.
Fortsch. Zahnh.
Forze san., Roma
Fotowoche
Foundation Facts,  Pittsb.
Fracastoro
France med.
Frankf.  Konf. med.
  sammenarb.
Frankf. Zschr. Path.
Frater, Menasha
Frauenarzt
Freedmen Hosp. Bull.
French M. Rev., Par.
Fukuoka acta  med.

Fundam. radiol., Berl.
naturwiss.  Zu-
Genova.
Jerusalem.
Tartu.
Jerusalem.
Chicago.
2686. Folia clinica, chimica et microscopica.  Bologna.
2687. Folia demographica gynaecologica.  Genova.
2688. Folia endocrinologica japonica.   Kyoto.
2689. Folia gynaecologica.   Genova.
2690. Folia gynaecologica demographica.
2691. Folia haematologica.  Leipzig.
2692. Folklore.  London.
2693. Folia medica.  Buenos Aires.
2694. Folia medica.  Napoli.
2695. Folha (A) medica.  Rio de Janeiro.
2696. Folia medicinae internae Orientalia.
2697. Folia microbiologica.  Delft.
2698. Folia morphologica.  Warszawa.
2699. Folia neuro-chirurgica.  Tartu.
2700. Folia neuropathologica Estoniana.
2701. Folia ophthalmologica Orientalia.
2702. Folia oto-laryngologica.   Leipzig.
2703. Folia oto-laryngologica Orientalia.  Jerusalem.
2704. Folia pharmacologica Japonica.  Kyoto.
2705. Folia urologica.   Leipzig.
2706. Food drug cosmetic law quarterly.
2707; Food facts.   Los Angeles.
2708." Food industries.  Albany.
2709. Food materials and equipment.  New York.
2710. Food research.   Champaign, 111.
2711. Foot news [Rhode Island  Chiropodists' Society for
  the Advancement of Podiatry-Chiropody]  Providence.
2712. Foreign affairs.  New York.
2713. Forhandlinger ved Nordisk dermatologisk forenings.
  Oslo.
2714. Forrog-Blatter fiir allgemeine Ernahrungsphysiologie
  unter  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der  Roggenbrot-
  nahrung.  Berlin.
2715. Forschungsergebnisse auf  dem Gebiete  biologischer
  Heilmittel  [Madaus & Co.]  Radebeul.
2716. Fortschritte  der Chemie,  Physik und  Technik der
  makromolekularen Stoffe.  Miinchen.
2717. Fortschritte der Erbpathologie, Rassenhygiene und
  ihrer Grenzgebiete.  Leipzig.
2718. Fortschritte der Gesundheitsfursorge.   Berlin.
2719. Fortschritte der Medizin.   Berlin.
2720. Fortschritte  der Neurologie, Psychiatrie und ihrer
  Grenzgebiete.  Leipzig.
2721. Fortschritte der Psychologie und ihrer Anwendungen.
  Leipzig.
2722. Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Rontgenstrahlen.
  Leipzig.
2723. Fortschritte  der Sexualwissenschaft  und  Psych-
  analyse.  Leipzig.
2724. Fortschritte der Therapie.   Leipzig.
2725. Fortschritte  (Die) der Zahnheilkunde.
2726. Forze (Le) sanitarie.  Roma.
2727. Fotowoche.   Berlin.
2728. Foundation  facts [Industrial Hygiene  Foundation]
  Pittsburgh.
2729. Fracastoro (II)   Verona.
2730. France (La)  medicale.   Paris.
2731. Frankfurter  Konferenz fiir medizinisch-naturwissen-
  schaftliche  Zusammenarbeit.  Dresden.
2732. Frankfurter  Zeitschrift fiir Pathologie.   Miinchen.
2733. Frater  (The) of Psi Omega.  Menasha.
2734. Frauenarzt (Der)  Leipzig.
2735. Freedmen's  Hospital bulletin.   Washington.
2736. French (The) medical review.   Paris.
2737. Fukuoka acta medica [Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi]
  Fukuoka.
2738. Fundamenta radiologica.   Berlin.
Leipzig.
G
Gac hosp., Ponce
Gac. med., Lima
2739. Gaceta del hospital.   Ponce.
2740. Gaceta medica.  Lima. 
[58]
  Gac med., Yillahermosa
  Gac med. boliv.
  Gac. med. Caracas
  Gac. med. centroamer., Guatemala
  Gac. med. espan.
  Gac med. Lima
  Gac. med. Mexico
  Gac. med. mil.,  Mex.
  Gac med. occidente, S. Ana
  Gac. med. quir.  Bolivia
  Gac. med. Uruguay
  Gac. peru. cir. med.
  Gac. prop, indust., Mex.
  Gaillard South. M.
  Galicia clin., Corufia
  Gann, Tokyo

  Gasschutz
  Gastroenterologia, Basel
  Gastroenterology
  Gaz. clin., S. Paulo
  Gaz. eaux
  Gaz. gyn., Par.
  Gaz. hop.
  Gaz. med., Par.
  Gaz. med. Bordeaux
  Gaz. med. France

  Gaz. med. Montpellier
  Gaz. med. orient, Pera
  Gaz.  med. Strasbourg
  Gaz. odont., Par.
  Gaz. pharm., S. Genevieve

  Gaz. san., Par.
  Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux

 Gazz. internaz. med.  chir.

 Gazz. med. ital.
 Gazz. med. lombarda
 Gazz. med. nap.
 Gazz. med. Roma

 Gazz. med. sicil.
 Gazz. osp.
 Gazz. toscana sc. med. fis.

 Geburtsh. & Frauenh.
 Gegenbaurs morph. Jahrb.
 Gegen d. Tuberk., Geneve

 Geneesk. bl.

 Geneesk. courant

 Geneesk. gids
 Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie

 Genesis, Roma

 Genetica, Gravenh.

 Genetics
 Genet. Psychol. Monogr.
 Gen.   Papers  Internat. Management
  Congr.
 Gen.  Pract., Los Ang.
 Gen.  Pract. Australia

 Gen.  Pract. Clin., Wash.
Genus, Roma

Geogr. Zschr.
Geol.  Rdsch.
2741.
2742.
2743.
2744.
2745.
2746.
2760.
2761.
2762.
2763.
2764.
2765.
2766.
Montpellier.
       Gaceta medica.  Yillahermosa, Tabasco, Mex.
       Gaceta medica boliviana.   Cochabamba.
       Gaceta medica de Caracas.  Caracas, Venezuela.
       Gaceta medica centroamericana.  Guatemala.
       Gaceta medica espanola.   Madrid.
     .. Gaceta medica de Lima.   Lima.
 2747. Gaceta medica de Mexico.  Mexico.
 2748. Gaceta medico-militar.  Mexico.
 2749. Gaceta medica de occidente.  Santa Ana.
 2750. Gaceta medico-quiriirgica de Bolivia.  La Paz.
 2751. Gaceta medica del Uruguay.  Montevideo.
 2752. Gaceta peruana de cirugfa y medicina.  Lima.
 2753. Gaceta de la propiedad industrial.  Mexico.
 2754. Gaillaid's southern medicine.   Savannah, Ga.
 2755. Galicia-clinica.  La  Corufia.
 2756. Gann;  the Japanese  journal  of cancer research.
   Tokyo.
 2757. Gasschutz und Luftschutz.  Berlin.
 2758. Gastroenterologia.   Basel.
 2759. Gastroenterology.   Baltimore.
       Gazeta clinica.  Sao Paulo.
       Gazette des eaux.   Paris.
       Gazette de gynecologic  Paris.
       Gazette des hopitaux [civils et militaires]  Paris.
       Gazettes  (Les) medicales.   Paris.
       Gazette medicale de Bordeaux.  Bordeaux.
       Gazette medicale de France et  des pays de langue
   frangaise.  Paris.
 2767.  Gazette medicale de Montpellier.
 2768.  Gazette medicale d'Orient.  Pera.
 2769.  Gazette medicale de Strasbourg.   Strasbourg.
 2770.  Gazette odontologique.  Paris.
 2771.  Gazette (La) des pharmacies.   Ste. Genevieve-des-
   Bois.
 2772.  Gazette de sante.  Paris.
 2773.  Gazette   hebdomaire  des   sciences  medicales  de
   Bordeaux.  Bordeaux.
 2774.  Gazzetta  internazionale di medicina
   Napoli.
 2775.  Gazzetta  medica italiana.   Torino.
 2776.  Gazzetta  medica lombarda.  Milano.
 2777.  Gazzetta  medica napoletana.  Napoli.
 2778.  Gazzetta medica di Roma  [at head of tp.
   Roma.
 2779.  Gazzetta medica siciliana.   Catania.
 2780.  Gazzetta degli  ospedali  e delle cliniche.  Milano.
 2781.  Gazzetta  toscana   delle   scienze  medico-fisiche.
   Firenze.
 2782.  Geburtshilfe und Frauenheilkunde.  Leipzig.
 2783.  Gegenbaurs morphologisches Jahrbuch.  Leipzig
 2784.  Gegen die Tuberkulose; Beilage zum  Bulletin des
   Eidgenossischen Gesundheitsamtes.  Geneve.
 2785.  Geneeskundige bladen  uit  kliniek en laboratorium
   voor de praktijk.   Haarlem.
 2786.  Geneeskundige courant voor  het Koningrijk  der
   Nederlanden [v. p.]
 2787.  Geneeskundige gids.  Den Haag.
 2788. Geneeskundig  tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie
   Batavia.
 2789. Genesis; rassegna di studi sessuali,  demografia  ed
   eugenica.   Roma.
 2790. Genetica;  Nederlandsch tijdschrift  voor erfelijk-
   heids- en afstammingsleer.   's  Gravenhage
 2791.  Genetics.  Menasha.
 2792. Genetic psychology monographs.
 2793. General management papers of
   Management Congress.   Baltimore.
 2794. General practice.  Los  Angeles.
2795. General (The)  practitioner  of Australia and
  Zealand.   Melbourne.
2796. General practice clinics.   Washington.
 2797. Genus; organo del Comitato italiano per lo studio dei
  problemi della popolazione.  Roma.
2798. Geographische Zeitschrift.   Leipzig.
2799. Geologische Rundschau.  Stuttgart.
e chirurgia.
Malpighi]
Worcester, Mass.
the International
New 
[59]
Georgetown Dent. J.
Georgia Health
Georgia Malaria Bull.
Geriatrics
Gesnerus, Aarau
Gesunde Stadt
Gesundheit, Derendingen
Gesundheit, Ziir.
Gesundheitsdienst
Gesundheitslehrer
Gesundh. & Erzieh.
Gesundhfiirs. Kindesalt.
Gesundh. Ingenieur
Gillette Clin. Q., Toledo
Ginecologia, Tor.
Gin. & obst. Mexico
Gin. polska
Gior. Accad. med. Torino
Gior
Gior.

Gior.

Gior.

Gior.
Gior.
Gior.

Gior.
Gior.
Gior.
Gior.

Gior.

Gior.
batt. immun.
biol. appl.

biol. indust.

biol. med. sper.

clin. med.
farm., Trieste
farm, chim., Tor.

ital. anest.
ital. chir.
ital. clin. trop.
ital. derm. sif.

ital. mal. esot.

ital. mal. vener.
 Gior. med., Palermo
 Gior. med. Alto Adige
 Gior. med. ferrov.
 Gior. med. mil.
 Gior. med. prat.
 Gior. med. vet.
 Gior. morf.

 Gior. ocul.
 Gior. progr. pat., Venez.

 Gior. psychiat.
 Gior. sc. med., Venez.
 Gior. Soc. fiorent. igiene
 Gior. Soc. ital. igiene
 Gior. ter. oft.
 Gior. tisiol.
 Gior. venet. sc. med.
 Glasgow M. J.
 Glasnik, Beogr.
 Glasnik Centr. hyg. zav., Beograd
 Good Health
 Good Health Clin.
 Grace Hosp. Bull., Detr.
 Gradwohl Laborat. Digest
 Grapevine, N. Y.

 Grece med.
Grenzfr. Nervenleb.

Groene  & witte kruis
2811.
2812.
2813.
2814.
2815.
2800. Georgetown dental journal.  Washington.
2801. Georgia's health.  Atlanta.
2802. Georgia (The) malaria bulletin.  Atlanta.
2803. Geriatrics.  Minneapolis.
2804. Gesnerus  [Schweizerische  Gesellschaft  fur  Ge-
  schichte der  Medizin und der  Naturwissenschaften]
  Aarau.
2805. Gesunde (Die) Stadt.   Leipzig.
2806. Gesundheit (Die)  Wegweiser  fiir  Gesundheit  und
  Korperpflege.  Derendingen, Switz.
2807. Gesundheit und Wohlfahrt.  Zurich.
2808. Gesundheitsdienst.  Berlin.
2809. Gesundheitslehrer; Zeitschrift  gegen Misstande im
  Heilwesen  fiir Aerzte  und  Behorden.   Ausgabe A-B.
  Berlin.
2810. Gesundheit und Erziehung.  Leipzig.
      Gesundheitsfursorge fiir das Kindesalter.  Berlin.
      Gesundheits-Ingenieur.  Miinchen.
      Gillette clinic quarterly.  Toledo.
      Ginecologia.  Torino.
      Ginecologia y obstetricia de Mexico.  Mexico.
2816. Ginekologja polska.  Warszawa.
2817. Giornale  dell'Accademia  di  medicina  di Torino.
  Torino.
2818. Giornale di batteriologia e immunologia.   Torino.
2819. Giornale di biologia applicata alia industria chimica
  ed alimentare.  Bologna.
2820. Giornale  di  biologia  industriale,  agraria ed ali-
  mentare.   Bologna.
2821. Giornale  di  biologia   e  medicina  sperimentale
  Torino.
2822. Giornale di clinica medica.  Parma.
2823. Giornale di farmacia.   Trieste.
2824. Giornale di farmacia, di chimica e di scienze affini.
  Torino.
2825. Giornale italiano di anestesia e di analgesia. Torino.
2826. Giornale italiano di chirurgia.   Napoli.
2827. Giornale italiano di clinica tropicalc  Napoli.
2828. Giornale  italiano  di  dermatologia  e  sifilologia.
  Milano.
2829. Giornale italiano di malattie esotiche e tropicali ed
  igiene colonialc  Torino.
2830. Giornale italiano delle malattie veneree e della pelle.
  Milano.
2831. Giornale di medicina.   Palermo.
      Giornale medico dell'Alto Adige.  Torino.
      Giornale di medicina ferroviaria  [v. p.]
      Giornale di medicina  militarc   Roma.
      Giornale del medico pratico.   Napoli.
      Giornale di medicina veterinaria.   Torino.
2837. Giornale per la  morfologia dell'uomo e dei primati.
  Pavia.
2838. Giornale di oculistica.   Napoli.
2839. Giornale  per servire  ai progressi della  patologia  e
  della terapeutica.   Venezia.
2840. Giornale di psichiatria e di neuropatologia.  Ferrara.
      Giornale di scienze mediche.   Venezia.
      Giornale; Societa fiorentina d'igiene.   Firenze.
      Giornale della Societa italiana d'igiene.   Milano.
      Giornale di terapia oftalmologica.  Napoli.
      Giornale (II) di  tisiologia.  Napoli.
      Giornale veneto di scienze mediche.  Venezia.
      Glasgow (The) medical journal.   Glasgow.
      Glasnik.  Beograd.
2849. Glasnik Centralnog khigijenskog zavoda.  Beograd.
2850. Good health.  Battle Creek, Mich.
2851. Good Health (The) clinic.   Syracuse, N. Y.
2852. Grace  (The) Hospital bulletin.   Detroit.
2853. Gradwohl (The) Laboratory digest.   Saint  Louis.
2854. Grapevine (The) journal of Alcoholics  Anonymous.
  New  York.
2855. Grece  medicale.  Syra.
2856. Grenzfragen des Nerven-  und Seelenlebens.  Miin-
  chen.
2857. Groene (Het) en het witte kruis.  Utrecht.
2832.
2833.
2834.
2835.
2836.
2841.
2842.
2843.
2844.
2845.
2846.
2847.
2848. 
Growth, Ithaca
Guanajuato med.
Guatemala med.
Guerra, Madr.
Gun idan zassi
Guthrie Clin. Bull.
Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.
Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond.
Gynaecologia, Basel
Gynecologie
Gyn. obst., Par.
Gyogyaszat
Gyogysz. hetil.
285S.
2S59.
2S00.
2S01.
2S62.
2S63.
2864.
2865.
2866.
2867.
2868.
2869.
2870.
[60]
Growth.   Ithaca.
Guanajuato medico.  Irapuato.
Guatemala medica.   Guatemala.
Guerra (La) y su preparaci6n.   Madrid.
Gun' idan-zassi.  Tokyo.
Guthrie (The) Clinic bulletin,  ^ayre, fa.
Guy's Hospital gazette.   London.
Guy's Hospital reports.   London.
Gvnaecologia.  Basel.
Gynecologie (La)   Paris.
Gynecologie et obstetrique.  Paris.
Gy6gyaszat.   Budapest.
Gy6gyszei-eszi hetilap.  Budapest.
H
Haematologica, Pavia
Hahneman. Month.
Hahnemann Hosp. Tidings, Phila.

Hals &c Arzt
Hamburgs Verwalt.

Hamburg. Wschr. Aerzte

Hammond Rx
Hampden Hippocrat

Handel. Genoot. melk.

Handel. Internat. congr. verlosk.

Handel. Ned. Congr. openb. gezondh.

Handel. Ned. natuur geneesk. congr.

Harefuah, Tel  Aviv
Harefuah (Foreign ed.) Tel Aviv
Harmonizer, Longview

Harper Hosp. Bull., Detr.
Harpers Mag.
Harrogate Spa M. J.
Hartford Health Bull.
Harvard Alumni Bull.
Harvard Dent. Alumni Bull.
Harvard Dent. Rec.
Harvard Libr. Notes
Harvard M. Alumni Bull.
Harvard Pub. Health Alumni Bull.

Harvey Lect., Bait.
Hawaii M. J.
Hay System News
Health, Canberra
Health, Chic.

Health, Concord
Health, Lansing

Health, Mount. View
Health, N. Haven
Health, Toronto
Health Bull., Brookline
Health Bull., Edinb.

Health Bull., Hartford
Health Bull., Melb.
Health Bull., Newark
Health Bull., Phila.

Health Bull., Raleigh
2871.  Haematologica; archivio.   Pavia.
2872.  Hahnemannian (The) monthly.   Philadelphia.
2873.  Hahnemann Hospital tidings [Hahnemann Medical
  College and Hospital of Philadelphia]  Philadelphia.
2874.  Hals- (Der) Xasen- und Ohrenarzt.  Leipzig.
2875.  (Aus)  Hamburgs  Verwaltung  und  Wirtschaft.
  Hamburg.
2876.  Hamburger Wochenschrift fiir  Aerzte und  Zahn-
  iirztc  Hamburg.
2877.  Hammond (The) Rx, bian foru.  Modesto, Calif.
2878.  Hampden (The) Hippocrat; Hampden District  of
  the Massachusetts  Medical Society.  Springfield, Mass.
2879.  Handelingen van het Genootschap ter bevordering
  van melkkunde [Netherlands]  Dieren.
2880.  [Handelingen]   Internationaal  congres  voor  ver-
  loskunde en gynaecologie.   Leiden.
2881.  Handelingen; Nederlandsch congres voor openbare
  gezondheidsregeling.  Zvvolle  ('s Gravenhage)
28X2.  Handelingen van  het  ...  Nederlandsch natuur-  en
  geneeskundig congres.  Haarlem.
2883.  Harefuah.  Tel Aviv.
2884.  Harefuah; foreign ed.  Tel Aviv.
2885.  Harmonizer  (The);  Harmon   General  Hospital.
  Longview, Tex.
2886.  Harper Hospital bulletin.  Detroit.
2887.  Harpers magazine.   New York.
2888.  Harrogate (The) Spa medical journal.  Harrogate.
2889.  Hartford health bulletin.   Hartford.
2890.  Harvard  alumni bulletin.   Cambridge, Mass.
2891.  Harvard  dental alumni bulletin.  Cambridge, Mass.
2892.  Harvard  dental record.  Boston.
2893.  Harvard  Library notes.   Cambridge, Mass.
2894.  Harvard  medical alumni bulletin.  Boston.
2895.  Harvard  public health alumni bulletin.  Cambridge,
  Mass.
2896.  Harvey (The) lectures.   Baltimore.
2897.  Hawaii medical journal.   Honolulu.
2898.  Hay (The) system news.   New York.
2899.  Health.  Canberra, Australia.
2900.  Health; a national magazine for home, school and
  industry.   Chicago.
2901.  Health.  Concord, N. H.
2902.  Health [Michigan Tuberculosis Association]   Lan-
  sing.
2903.  Health.  Mountain View, Calif.
2904.  Health.  New Haven, Conn.
2905.  Health.  Toronto, Can.
2906.  Health bulletin.  Brookline, Mass.
2907.  Health bulletin [Chief Medical Officer, Department
  of Health for Scotland]  Edinburgh.
2908.  Health bulletin.  Hartford, Conn.
2909.  Health bulletin.  Melbourne.
2910.  Health bulletin.  Newark, N. J.
2911. Health bulletin of the Department of Public Health
  of the city of Philadelphia.  Philadelphia.
2912.  Health (The) bulletin.   Raleigh, N. C. 
[61]
 Health Bull. [U. S. 2. Army]

 Health Bur., Rochester
 Health Cult., N. Y.
 Health Educ, Wash.

 Health Educ. J., Lond.
 Health & Effic Annual, Lond.
 Health Exam., N. Y.
 Health & Happiness
 Health Horizon, Lond.

 Health & Hyg., N. Y.
 Healthkeeping, N. Y.

 Health Legisl., Provid.

 Health News, Albany
 Health News, Rochester

 Health Newslett., Regina
 Health Off., Wash.
 Health Off. News Digest
 Health Rays, Kentville
 Health Regener., Lorida

 Health Shoe Digest
 Health Shoes
 Health & Social Welf., Lond.
 Healthy  Home Q., Athol
 Heal Thyself,  Lond.
 Hearing  News, Wash.
 Heart, Lond.
 Heating  Piping
 Hebrew  M. J., N.  Y.
 Hebrew  Physician, N. Y.
 Hefte z.  Unfallh.
 Heilkunde, Wien
 Heilpraktiker
 Helminth. Abstr., S. Albans
 Helvet. chim. acta
 Helvet. chir. acta
 Helvet. med. acta
 Helvet. paediat. acta
 Helvet. physiol. pharm. acta

 Hema, Lisb.

 Heraldo  farm., Habana
 Herald of Health, N. Y.
 Heraldo  med., Bogota
 Heraldo  odont. Orocast, Mex.
 Hereditas, Lund
 Hig. bezopas. pat. truda
 Hig. epidem., Moskva
 Hig. esc, Habana
 Hig. Mexico
 Hig. & san., Moskva
 Hig. & san., Panama
 Hig. & segur., Mex.
 Hig. social, zdrav.

 Hig. & zdorov.
 Hipocrates, B. Air.
 Hippokrates, Stuttg.
 Hispalis  med.
 Hist. Bull., Calgary
 Hoja tisiol., Montev.
 Homeop. cient., Merida
 Homeop. colomb.
 Home  Papers  Internat. Management
  Congr.
 Homoeopath, fr.
Homoeop. Bull., Calc
Homoeop. Herald, Calc.
      549701—vol. 10, 4th Series---V
2913. Health (The) bulletin; Headquarters, Second Army,
  United States.   Baltimore.
2914. Health bureau.  Rochester, N. Y.
2915. Health culture.  New York.
2916. Health  education  [U. S.] Bureau of  Education.
  Washington.
2917. Health (The) education journal.   London.
2918. Health and efficiency annual.   London.
2919. Health (The) examiner.  New York.
2920. Health and happiness.  San Antonio, Tex.
2921. Health horizon [National Association for the  Pre-
  vention of Tuberculosis, Great Britain]  London.
2922. Health and hygiene.   New York.
2923. Healthkeeping, the self-betterment magazine.  New
  York.
2924. Health legislation, Rhode Island General Assembly.
  Providence.
2925. Health news.  Albany.
2926. Health news [Health Bureau, Department of Public
  Safety]  Rochester, N. Y.
2927. Health newsletter.   Regina, Sask.
2928. Health officer.  Washington.
2929. Health officers' news digest.   New York.
2930. Health rays.   Kentville, Nova Scotia.
2931. Health regeneration thru scientific nutrition.  Lo-
  rida, Fla.
2932. Health shoe digest.  Boston.
2933. Health shoes.   Boston.
2934. Health and social welfare.  London.
2935. Healthy (The) home quarterly.   Athol,  Mass.
2936. Heal thyself (the homoeopathic world)   London.
2937. Hearing news.  Washington.
2938. Heart.  London.
2939. Heating, piping and air  conditioning.   Chicago.
2940. Hebrew medical journal.   New York.
2941. Hebrew (The) physician.   New York.
2942. Hefte zur Unfallheilkunde.  Berlin.
2943. Heilkunde (Die)  Wien.
2944. Heilpraktiker (Der)  Miinchen.
2945. Helminthological abstracts.  S. Albans,  Engl.
2946. Helvetica chimica acta.   Basel.
2947. Helvetica chirurgica acta.  Basel.
2948. Helvetica medica acta.  Basel.
2949. Helvetica paediatrica acta.  Basel.
2950. Helvetica physiologica  et  pharmacologica  acta.
  Basel.
2951. Hema;  arquivos  de  hematologia e hemoterapia.
  Lisboa.
2952. Heraldo farmaceutico.  La Habana.
2953. Herald of health and naturopath.   New York.
2954. Heraldo medico.  Bogota.
2955. Heraldo odontoldgico Orocast.   Mexico.
2956. Hereditas.   Lund.
2957. Higiena bezopasnost i patologia truda.   Moskva.
2958. Higiena i epidemiologia.  Moskva.
2959. Higiene escolar.  La Habana.
2960. Higiene (La) en Mexico.   Mexico.
2961. Higiena i sanitaria.  Moskva.
2962. Higiene y sanidad.   Panamd.
2963. Higiene y seguridad.   Mexico.
2964. Higiene i socialisticheskoe zdravookhranenie.  Mosk-
  va.
2965. Higiena i zdorove.   Moskva.
2966. Hipocrates; periddico de sanidad.   Buenos Aires.
2967. Hippokrates.  Stuttgart.
2968. Hispalis medica.  Sevilla.
2969. Historical bulletin.   Calgary.,
2970. Hoja tisiol6gica.  Montevideo.
2971. Homeopatia cientifica.  Merida.
2972. Homeopatia (La) colombiana.  Bogota.
2973. Home  management  papers  of  the International
  Management Congress.  Baltimore.
2974. Homoeopathic (L') francaise.   Paris.
2975. Homoeopathic bulletin.   Calcutta.
2976. Homoeopathic (The)  Herald.   Calcutta. 
[<>21
Homoeop. Rec.
Hoosier Health Herald

Hopital
Hoppe Seyler Zschr.

Hora  med., Rio
Horiz. med., Lima
Horiz. med., Mex.
Horizon, Toronto
Hormone, Glendale
Hormones, Lond.
Hornsby Hosp. Mag.
Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland

Hosp. Clipper, Memphis
Hosp. Commanders Conf.
Hosp. Corps Q.
Hosp. Counc. Bull.
Hosp. delo
Hosp. Gauz., Norman
Hosp. gen., Mex.
Hosp. & Health Management, Lond.
Hosp. & Health Rev., Lond.
Hosp. Hi Lites, Aiea Heights

Hospital, Lond.
Hospital, La Paz
Hospital, Monterrey

Hospital, Rio
Hospital (America clin.) N. Y.

Hospitals
Hospitalstidende
Hosp. Mag., Melb.
Hosp. Management
Hosp. News, Wash.
Hosp. Progr.
Hosp. Reporter, N.  Y.
Hosp. Social Serv.
Hosp. Tidings, Phila.

Hosp. Topics
Hosp. World, Toronto
Howard M. News
Hudson Co. Health Rec
Hukuoka  acta med.
Human Biol.
Human Fertility
Hygeia, Chic.
Hygiea, Stockh.
Hygieia, B. Air.

Hyg. ment., Par.
Hyg. Rdsch.
Hyg. scol., Par.
Hyg. & segur., Mex.
Hyg. sociale, Par.
Hypo, Great Lakes
Zeitschrift  fiir physiologische Che-
2977.  Homoeopathic (The) recorder,  ^^jf v
297X.  Hoosier health  herald [Indiana  lubeiculos.s A.
  ciation]  Indianapolis.
2979.  Hopital tl.')  Pari
2980.  Hoppe-Soyler'
  mie.  Berlin.
2981.  Hora medica.   Rio de Janeiro.
29X2.  Horizontes medicos.   Lima.
2983.  Horizontes medicos.   Mexico.
2984.  Horizon (The)  Toronto
2985.  Hormone  (The)   Glendale, taut.
29S0.  Hormones.  London.
2987  Hornsby's hospital magazine.   Chicago.
2988.  Hospital  (The) bulletin  [University
  Baltimore.                        ..  _,
2989.  Hospital (The)  clipper   Memphis, lenn
of Maryland]
 States.
mmand.
 London.
 London.
Naval  Hospital]
Monte-
2990  Hospital  Commanders'  conference; United
  Army  Service  Forces,  Seventh  Service  Co
  Clinton, Iowa.                            .
2991.  Hospital  (The)  Corps quarterly.  Washington.
2992.  Hospital  Council bulletin.  Chicago.
2993.  Hospitalnoe delo.  Moskva.
2994.  Hospital  gauzette.   Norman, Okla.
2995.  Hospital  general.   Mexico.
2996.  Hospital  and health management.
2997.  Hospital  (The)  and health review.
2998.  Hospital  hi-lites  [United  States
  Aiea Heights, Hawaii.
2999.  Hospital  (The)   London.
3000.  Hospital  (El).  La Paz, Bolivia.
3001.  Hospital  (El) [Hospital  Jose A. Muguerza]
  rrey, N. L.
3002.  Hospital  (O)  Rio de Janeiro.
3003.  Hospital  (El) secci6n de America clinica; la revista
  interamericana de hospitales.   New York.
3004.  Hospitals.   Chicago.
3005.  Hospitalstidende.  K0benhavn.
3006.  Hospital  (The)  magazine.  Melbourne.
3007.  Hospital  management.   Chicago.
3008.  Hospital  news.   Washington.
3009.  Hospital  progress.   Milwaukee.
3010.  Hospital  reporter and guide.   New Y^ork.
3011.  Hospital  social  service.   New  York.
3012.  Hospital tidings [Hahnemann Medical College and
  Hospital]  Philadelphia.
3013. Hospital topics and buyer.  Chicago.
3014. Hospital (The) world.  Toronto, Ont.
3015. Howard  (The)  medical  news.  Washington.
3016. Hudson  County health record.  Jersey City, N. J.
3017. Hukuoka acta  medica.   Hukuoka.
3018. Human biology.  Baltimore.
3019. Human fertility.   Baltimore.
3020. Hygeia.   Chicago.
3021. Hygiea.   Stockholm.
3022. Hygieia  [Asociacion argentina de higiene]  Buenos
   Aires.
3023. Hygiene (L') mentalc   Paris.
3024. Hygienische Rundschau.  Berlin.
3025. Hygiene (L') scolaire.  Paris.
3026. Hygiene y seguridad.   Mexico.
3027. Hygiene (L') sociale.   Paris.
3028. Hypo (The)  Great Lakes, 111.
I. C. N., Geneve

Idr. dim.

Igea, Milano
Igiene  d. scuola
Igiene  mod.
C. N.
       [International  Council of  Nurses]

(L')  la  climatologia e  la  terapia fisica.
3029. I.  (The)
  Geneve.
3030. Idrologia

3031. Igea.   Milano.
3032. Igiene  (L') della scuola.  Genova
3033. Igiene  (L') moderna.   Genova. 
[63]
Igiene & san. pubb.
Igiene & vita
Iji sinbun
Illinois Alumni News
Illinois Arrow
Illinois Biol. Monogr.
Illinois Cancer Bull.
Illinois Dent. J.
Illinois Health Mess.
Illinois Health News
Illinois Health Q.
Illinois M. J.
Illinois Psychiat. J.
Ilium. Engin., Bait.
Illust. med. ital.
Bust, med., Rio
Imago, Wien
Immun. Bull., Calc.

Impr. med., Lisb.
Impr. med., Rio
Incurabili
Ind. Dent. J.
Indep. med., Montreal
Index analyt. cancer., Par.
Index neur. psiquiat., B. Air.
Index Otolar., Chic.
Ind. Homeop. Rev.
Indiana Pharmacist
Indianapolis M. J.
Individ. Psychol. M. Pamphl., Lond.
Ind. J. M.
Ind. J. M. Res.
Ind. J. Ophth.
Ind. J.	Pediat.
Ind. J.	Social Work
Ind. J.	Surg.
Ind. J.	Vener. Dis.
Ind. M	. Gaz.
Ind. mil. tschr.	
Ind. M	. J.
Ind. M	. Rec.
Ind. M	. Res. Mem.
Ind. M	. Rev.
Ind. Physician	
Indust.	Engin. Chem.
Indust.	Health Bull., Ottawa
Indust.	Hyg. Bull.
Indust.	Hyg Digest
Indust.	Hyg. Newslett.
Indust.	M.
Indust.	Nurs.
Indust.	Safety Surv., Geneve
Indust.	Supervisor
Ind. Vet. J.	
Inf. anorm., Milano	
Infantry J.	
Infirm.	fr.
Inform	alienist.
Inform, argent.
Inform. Bull., Par.
Inform, dent., Par.
Informe Inst. hig. social Cundinamarca

Inform, enferm. vener., Wash.

Informe  Seer,  asist. social  Cundina-
  marca
Inform. Inst. teen, salub. rural, Habana

Inform, med., Habana
Inform, med., Valladolid
Inform. Serv., N. Y.
3034. Igiene e sanita pubblica.   Salerno.
3035. Igiene (L') e la vita.  Torino.
3036. Iji sinbun.  Tokyo.
3037. Illinois alumni news.  Urbana.
3038. Illinois (The) arrow.  Springfield.
3039. Illinois biological monographs.   Uroana,.
3040. Illinois (The) cancer bulletin.   Chicago.
3041. Illinois (The) dental journal.  Chicago.
3042. Illinois health messenger.   Springfield.
3043. Illinois health news.   Springfield.
3044. Illinois health quarterly.   Springfield.
3045. Illinois medical journal.  Oak Park.
3046. Illinois (The) psychiatric journal.  Springfield.
3047. Illuminating engineering.   Baltimore.
3048. Illustrazione (L') medica italiana.  Genova.
3049. Ilustracao medica.   Rio de Janeiro.
3050. Imago.   Wien.
3051. Immunity bulletin [the Immunity Scientific  Asso-
   ciation]  Calcutta.
3052. Imprensa medica.  Lisboa.
3053. Imprensa medica.  Rio de Janeiro.
3054. Incurabili (Gli)   Napoli.
3055. Indian (The) dental journal.  Calcutta.
3056. Independance medicale.   Montreal.
3057. Index analyticus cancerologiac  Paris.
3058. Index de neurologia  y psiquiatrfa.  Buenos Aires.
3059. Index (The) of oto-laryngology.  Chicago.
      Indian (The) homeopathic review.  Calcutta.
      Indiana (The) pharmacist.  Indianapolis.
      Indianapolis medical journal.   Indianapolis.
      Individual psychology medical pamphlets.  London.
      Indian (The) journal of medicine.   Calcutta.
      Indian (The) journal of medical research.  Calcutta.
      Indian  journal  of  ophthalmology.   Poona  City,
   India.
3067. Indian journal of pediatrics.  Bombay.
3068. Indian (The) journal of social work.   Bombay.
3069. Indian journal of surgery.   Bombay.
3070-71. Indian journal of venereal diseases.  Bombay.
3072. Indian (The) medical gazette.   Calcutta.
      Indisch militair tijdschrift.  Bandoeng.
      Indian medical journal.   Madras.
      Indian medical record.   Calcutta.
      Indian medical research memoirs.   Calcutta.
      Indian medical review.   Calcutta.
      Indian (The) physician.   Bombay.       «*
      Industrial and engineering chemistry.  Easton, Pa.
      Industrial health bulletin.  Ottawa.
      Industrial hygiene bulletin.  Albany.
      Industrial hygiene digest.   Pittsburgh.
 3083. Industrial hygiene newsletter.   Washington.
 3084. Industrial medicine.  Beloit, Wis.
 3085. Industrial nursing.  Chicago.
 3086. Industrial safety survey.   Geneve [v. p.]
 3087. Industrial supervisor.   Chicago.
 3087a.  Indian (The)  veterinary journal.  Madras.
 3088. Infanzia  (L') anormalc   Milano.
      Infantry  journal.  Washington.
      Infirmiere (L') francaise.   Paris.
      Informateur  des alienistes  et  des  neurologistes.
   Paris.
 3092. Informaciones argentinas.  Buenos Aires.
      Information bulletin.  Paris.
      Information (L') dentaire.  Paris.
      Informe  del Director del Instituto de higiene social
   de Cundinamarca.   Bogota.
 3096. Informacidn sobre  enfermedades  venereas.   Wash-
   ington.
 3097.  Informe; Secretarfa de  asistencia social, Cundina-
   marca.  Bogota.
 3098.  Informes [Instituto tecnico  de  salubridad rural]
   La Habana.
 3099.  Informaciones medicas.   La Habana.
 3100.  Informacidn medica.  Valladolid.
 3101.  Information service.  New York.
3060.
3061.
3062.
3063.
3064.
3065.
3066.
3073.
3074.
3075.
3076.
3077.
3078.
3079.
3080.
3081.
3082.
3089.
3090.
3091.
3093.
3094.
3095. 
[<>4]
 Inform. Serv. teen, salub., Habana

 Infortuni, Roma
 Insecutor, Wash.
 Institution Q., Springf.
 Inst. Pub. Health Educ, Bost.

 Intell. Bull., Wash.

 Interamer.  Conf.  Profes.  Educ. Pub.
   Health
 Interamer. Econom. News
 Interamer. Orthodont. Congr.

 Internat. Arch. Ethnogr., Leiden
 Internat. Clin.
 Internat. Congr. Campaign Cancer

 Internat. Jahrber. Bibliogr.

 Internat. J. Gastroenter.

 Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila
 Internat. J. M. &  S.

 Internat. J. Orthodont.

 Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond.

 Internat. J. Pub. Health, Geneve
 Internat. J. Sex Econom.

 Internat. J. Surg.
 Internat. Labour Rev., Montreal
 Internat. M. Blue Book
 Internat. M. Digest
 Internat. med. W. Schweiz

 Internat. Nurs. Rev., Geneve
 Internat. Orthodont. Congr.
 Internat. Radiother., Darmst.
 Internat. Rev. Agr. Econom., Roma

 Internat. Rev. Educ. Cinemat., Roma

 Internat. Rev. Hydrob., Lpz.

 Internat. Rev. M. & S., Lond.

 Internat. Rev. Sc. Agr., Roma

 Internat. Zbl. exp. Phonet.

 Internat. Zbl. Laryng.

 Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh.

 Internat. Zbl. Tuberkforsch.

 Internat. Zschr. Individpsychol., Wien

 Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien

 Interne, N. Y.
 Iowa Dent. Bull.
 Iowa Pub. Health  Bull.
 Ipek, Par.
 Irish J. M. Sc.
Irrt. allg. Diagn.

Isis, Bruges
Isleogram, S.  Franc.

Issues,  Phila.
Italia med.
[Servicio  tecnico   de  salubridad]   La
Roma.
3102. Informes
  Habana.
3103. Infortuni e malattie professional!.
3104. Insecutor inscitiae menstruus   Washington.
3105. Institution (The) quarterly.  Springfield
3106. Institute  on  public  health  education  [American
  Public Health Association]  Boston.
3107. Intelligence bulletin [Military Intelligence Division,
  U. S. War Department]   Washington.
3108  Inter-American Conference on  Professional Educa-
  tion in Public  Health.   Washington.
3109  Inter-American economic news.  Washington.
3110. Inter-American (The) Orthodontic Congress.  Saint
  Louis.                                          ,
3111. Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographie.  Leiden.
3112. International clinics.  Philadelphia.
3113. International  Congress  of Scientific  and  Social
  Campaign against Cancer.
3114. Internationaler  Jahresbericht  der  Bibliographic
  Leipzig.
3115. International  journal of gastroenterology.   New
  York.
3116. International journal of leprosy.  Manila.
3117. International  journal of  medicine  and  surgery.
  New York.
3118. International journal of orthodontia and oral sur-
  gery.  Saint Louis.
3119. International  (The)  journal  of  psychoanalysis.
  London.
3120. International journal of public health.   Geneve.
3121. International journal of sex-economy and  orgone-
  research.  New York.
3122. International journal of surgery.  New York.
3123. International labour review.  Montreal.
3124. International medical blue book.  New York.
3125. International medical digest.   Hagerstown,  Md.
3126. Internationale medizinische Woche in der Schweiz.
  Basel.
3127. International (The) nursing revue.   Geneve.
3128. International Orthodontic Congress.
3129. Internationale Radiotherapic   Darmstadt.
3130. International  review  of  agricultural economics.
  Roma.
3131. International review of educational cinematography.
  Roma.
3132. Internationale Revue der gesamten Hydrobiologie
  und Hydrographic  Leipzig.
3133. International  review  of  medicine  and  surgery.
  London.
3134. International review of the science and practice of
  agriculture.   Roma.
3135. Internationales  Zentralblatt   fiir   experimentelle
  Phonetik.  Berlin.
3136. Internationales   Centralblatt  fiir   Laryngologie,
  Rhinologie und verwandte  Wissenschaft.  Berlin.
3137. Internationales Zentralblatt fiir Ohrenheilkunde und
  Rhinolaryngologic  Leipzig.
3138. Internationales Centralblatt fiir die gesamte Tuber-
  kuloseforschung.   Berlin.
3139. Internationale Zeitschrift fiir Individualpsychologie.
  Wien.
3140. Internationale Zeitschrift fur Psychoanalyse.  Wien
  & London.
3141. Interne.  New York.
3142. Iowa dental bulletin.  Cedar Rapids.
3143. Iowa public health bulletin.  Des Moines.
3144. Ipek.   Paris.
3145. Irish (The) journal of medical science.  Dublin.
3146. Irrtiimer der allgemeinen Diagnostik und Therapie
  sowie deren Verhutung.   Leipzig.
3147. Isis.   Bruges  [v. p.]
3148. Isle-o-gram [United States Naval Hospital, Treasure
  Island]  San Francisco.
3149. Issues.  Philadelphia.
3150. Italia medica.  Pisa. 
[65]
Italia san.
Izdanje
Izv. Donsk gosud. univ.

Izv. Tomsk, univ.
3151. Italia (L') sanitaria.   Roma.
3152. Izdanje.   Beograd.
3153. Izvestia [Communications]  Donsk gosudarstvenny
  universitet.  Rostov.
3154. Izvestia [Imperatorskovo] Tomskovo Universiteta.
  Tomsk.
Jaarversl. Vereen. kolon. inst. Amster-
  dam
J. Abnorm. Psychol.

Jackson Clin. Bull., Madison
Jackson Co. M. J.

J. Aeronaut. Sc.
J. Agr. Res.
J. Agr. Univ. Puerto Rico

Jahrb. Charakt.
Jahrb. Diss. Med. Fak. Tubingen

Jahrber. ges. Chir.

Jahrber. Ges. Natur. Heilk. Dresden

Jahrber. Ophth.
Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult.

Jahrber. Verwalt. Med. Frankfurt
 Jahrber. Vet. Med.
 Jahrb. ges. Krankenhauswes.

 Jahrb. Kinderh.
 Jahrb. Morph.  mikr. Anat.

 Jahrb. Preuss.  Akad. Wiss.

 Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur., Wien
 Jahrb. Rontg.
 Jahrb. sex. Zwischenst.
 Jahrb. Wien. Krankenanst.

 Jahrb. wiss. prakt. Tierzucht

 Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild.
 J. akush.

 J. Alabama Acad. Sc.

 J. Allergy
 J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Physicians, Bait.

 Jamaica Pub. Health
 J. Am. Ass. Med. Phys. Res.

 J. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth.

 J. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg.

 J. Am. Chem. Soc

 J. Am. Coll. Dentists

J. Am. Coll. Proct.

J. Am. Dent. Ass.
3155. [Jaarverslag]   Koninklijke  vereeniging   koloniaal
  instituut.   Amsterdam.
3156. Journal (The) of abnormal  and social psychology.
  Albany.
3157. Jackson Clinic bulletin.   Madison, Wis.
      Jackson  County medical journal.   Kansas  City,
3158.
  Mo
3159.
3160.
3161.
      Journal of the aeronautical sciences.   New York.
      Journal of agricultural research.   Washington.
      Journal  of  agriculture;  Puerto  Rico  University.
  San Juan, P. R.
3162. Jahrbuch der Charakterologie.  Berlin.
3163. Jahrbuch der  Ausziige aus den  Dissertationen der
  Medizinischen Fakultat zu Tubingen.  Tubingen.
3164. Jahresbericht iiber die gesamte Chirurgie und ihre
  Grenzgebiete.  Miinchen.
3165. Jahresbericht  der  Gesellschaft  fiir  Natur-  und
  Heilkunde in Dresden.  Dresden.
3166. Jahresbericht Ophthalmologic.  Berlin.
3167. Jahresbericht  der  Schlesischen  Gesellschaft  fiir
  vaterlandische Cultur.  Breslau.
3168. Jahresbericht iiber die Verwaltung des Medizinal-
  wesens, die Krankenanstalten und die offentlichen Ge-
  sundheitsverhaltnisse der Stadt Frankfurt a. M.   Frank-
  furt a. M.
3169. Jahresbericht Veterinar-Medizin.   Berlin.
3170. Jahrbuch fiir  das  gesamte   Krankenhauswesen.
  Berlin.
3171. Jahrbuch fiir Kinderheilkunde.   Berlin.
3172. Jahrbuch fiir  Morphologic  und  mikroskopische
  Anatomie.   Leipzig.
3173. Jahrbuch der  Preussischen Akademie der Wissen-
  schaften.  Berlin.
3174. Jahrbiicher fiir Psychiatrie und Neurologic  Wien.
3175. Jahrbuch fiir Rontgenologen.   Berlin.
3176. Jahrbuch fiir sexuelle Zwischenstufen.   Leipzig.
3177. Jahrbuch der Wiener k. k. Krankenanstalten.  Wien
  & Leipzig.
3178. Jahrbuch fiir wissenschaftliche und praktische Tier-
  zucht.  Hannover.
3179. Jahreskurse  fiir arztliche Fortbildung.   Miinchen.
3180. Jurnal akusherstva i zhenskikh  boleznei.  Lenin-
  grad.
3181. Journal (The)  of the Alabama Academy of Science.
  Birmingham.
3182. Journal (The)  of allergy.   Saint Louis.
3183. Journal  (The)  of  the Alumni Association of the
  College of Physicians and Surgeons.   Baltimore.
3184. Jamaica public health.  Kingston.
3185. Journal  (The)  of the  American Association for
  Medico-physical Research.  Lewistown, Pa.
3186. Journal  of  the American  Association  of Nurse
  Anesthetists.  Chicago.
3187. Journal of the American  Association for Promoting
  Hygiene and Public Baths [v. p.]
3188. Journal of the American Chemical Society.  Easton,
  Pa.
3189. Journal (The) of the American College of Dentists.
  Baltimore.
3190. Journal (The) of the American College of Proctology.
  Los Angeles.
3191. Journal (The) of the  American Dental Association
  and The dental cosmos.  Chicago. 
[«6]
J. Am. Dent. Hyg. Ass.

J. Am. Diet. Ass.

J. Am. Electron. Res. Ass.

J. Am. Folklore
J. Am. Inst. Crim.

J. Am. Inst. Homeop.

J. Am. Insur.
J. Am. M. Ass.

J. Am. M. Ed. Ass.

J. Am. M. Hydr.
J. Am. Mil. Hist. Found.

J. Am. Mil. Inst.

J. Am. M. Women Ass.

J. Am. Optometr. Ass.

J. Am. Osteopath. Ass.

J. Am. Pharm. Ass.

J. Am. Soc Heat. Ventil. Engin.

J. Am. Soc. Psychic. Res.

J. Am. Statist. Ass.

J. Am. Vet. M. Ass.

J. Am. Water Works Ass.

J. Anat., Lond.
J. Animal Sc.
J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay

Janus, Leiden
Jap. Am. M. J., Los Ang.

Japan Mag.
Japan M. World
Japan Times
Jap. centrarev. med.
Jap. Dent. Sc
Jap. J. Derm. Urol.

Jap. J. Exp. M.

Jap. J. Gastroenter.
Jap. J. Math.
Jap. J. M. Sc.
Jap. J. Obst.

Jap. J. Vet. Sc.

Jap. J. Zool.
Jap. Liter. Tuberkforsch.

Jap. M. Equip. Rep.
Jap. M. Liter., Shanghai
Jap. M. Material Rep.
J. Appl. Psychol,
3192. Journal (The) of  the  American Dental  Hygienists'
  Association.  Milford, Conn.
3193. Journal  of  the  American   Dietetic  Association.
  Baltimore.                               .
3194. Journal (The) of the American Electronic  Research
  Association.  Indianapolis.
3195. Journal (The)  of American folk-lore.   Now "l ork.
3196. Journal of the American Institute of Criminal Law
  and Criminology.  Chicago.
3197. Journal (The) of the American Institute of Home-
  opathy.   New York.
3198. Journal of American insurance.   Chicago.
3199. Journal (The)  of the American Medical Association.
  Chicago.
3200. Journal (The)  of  the American Medical PMitors
  Association.  New York.
3201. Journal of American medical hydrology. Chicago.
3202. Journal (The) of  the  American  Military History
  Foundation.  Washington.
3203. Journal (The) of  the  American Military Institute.
  Washington.
3204. Journal of the American Medical Women's Associa-
  tion.   Nashville.
3205. Journal (The)  of the American Optometric Associa-
  tion.   Fairbault,  Minn.
3206. Journal (The) of the American Osteopathic Associa-
  tion.   Chicago.
3207. Journal of the American Pharmaceutical Association.
  Easton, Pa.
3208. Journal of  the American  Society  of  Heating and
  Ventilating Engineers.   Easton, Pa.
3209. Journal (The) of the American Society for Psychical
  Research.  New York.
3210. Journal of the American  Statistical  Association.
  Menasha.
3211. Journal of the American Veterinary  Medical  Asso-
  ciation.  Chicago.
3212. Journal;  American   Water   Works   Association.
  Baltimore.
3213. Journal of anatomy.   London.
3214. Journal of animal  science.   Menasha.
3215. Journal (The) of  the  Anthropological  Society  of
  Bombay.   Bombay.
3216. Janus.  Leiden.
3217. Japanese-American  (The)   medical journal.   Los
  Angeles.
3218. Japan magazine.  Tokyo.
3219. Japan (The) medical world.   Tokyo.
3220. Japan (The) times.  Tokyo.
3221. Japana centrarevuo medicina.  Tokyo.
3222. Japan (The) dental science.   Tokyo.
3223. Japanese (The) journal of dermatology and urology.
  Tokyo.
3224. Japanese (The) journal of experimental medicine.
  Tokyo.
3225. Japanese (The) journal of gastroenterology.  Kyoto.
3226. Japanese journal of mathematics.   Tokyo.
3227. Japanese journal of medical sciences.  Tokyo.
3228. Japanese journal  of   obstetrics  and  gynecology.
  Kyoto.
3229. Japanese  (The)  journal   of veterinary  science.
  Tokyo.
3230. Japanese journal of zoology.  Tokyo.
3231. Japanische  Literatur. zur  Tuberkuloseforschung.
  Kyoto.
3232. Japanese medical equipment report; Medical Analy-
  sis Section, 5250th  Technical Intelligence Company,
  U. S.  Army.  Tokyo.
3233. Japanese medical  literature.   Shanghai.
3234. Japanese medical  material;  medical  material and
  instruments; inventory report;  Medical Analysis Sec-
  tion,  5250th Technical  Intelligence  Company,   U.  S.
  Army,  Tokyo.
3235. Journal (The) of applied psychology.  Athens, Ohio. 
[67]
 Jap. Zschr. Derm. Urol.

 Jap. Zschr. Krebsforsch.
 Jap. Zschr. Naturwiss., Jena
 Jap. Zschr. Verdauungskr.

 J. Arkansas Dent. Ass.

 J. Arkansas M. Soc

 J. Ass. Am. M. Coll.

 J. Ass. M. Students

 J. Aviat. M.
 J. Ayurveda

 J. Bact., Bait.
 J. Baltimore  Coll. Dent. Surg.

 J. beige neur. psychiat.

 J. Bengal Tuberc. Ass.

 J. Biochem.,  Tokyo
 J. Biol. Chem.
 J. Biol. Photogr. Ass.

 J. Biophysics, Tokyo
 J. Bone Surg.
 J. Bowman Gray  School M.

 J. Calendar Reform
 J. California  Dent. Ass.

 J. Canad. Dent. Ass.

 J. Canad. M. Serv.

 J. Cancer, Dubl.
 J. Cancer Res.
 J. Cancer Res. Com. Univ. Sydney

 J. Cardioresp. Dis.

 J. Cellul.  Physiol.

 J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass.

 J. Chart. Soc. Massage, Lond.

 J. Chart. Soc. Physiother., Lond.

 J. Chem.  Educ
 J. Chemother.

 J. chim. med., Par.


 J. chim. phys., Par.

 J. Chin. Chem. Soc
 J. chir., Brux.
 J. chir., Par.
 J. Chosen M. Ass.

 J. Christ.  M. Ass. India

 J. clin., Rio
 J. Clin. Endocr.

 J. Clin. Invest.
 J. clin. med.  chir.

J. Clin. Psychol.
3236. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Dermatologie und Urolo-
  gie.  Tokyo.
3237. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Krebsforschung.  Tokyo.
3238. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft.  Jena.
3239. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Verdauungs-Krankheiten.
  Tokyo.
3240. Journal (The) of the Arkansas State Dental Associa-
  tion.   Little Rock.
3241. Journal (The)  of the Arkansas  Medical  Society.
  Little Rock.
3242. Journal of the  Association of American  Medical
  Colleges.   Chicago.
3243. Journal; Association  of  Medical  Students.   New
  York.
3244. Journal (The) of aviation medicine.  Saint Paul.
3245. Journal (The) of Ayurveda or the  Hindu system of
  medicine.  Calcutta.
3246. Journal of bacteriology.  Baltimore.
3247. Journal of the Baltimore  College of Dental Surgery.
  Baltimore.
3248. Journal beige  de  neurologie  et   de  psychiatrie.
  Bruxelles.
3249. Journal of the  Bengal  Tuberculosis  Association.
  Calcutta.
3250. Journal (The) of biochemistry.  Tokyo.
3251. Journal (The) of biological chemistry.  Baltimore.
3252. Journal  (The)   of  the   Biological Photographic
  Association.  Baltimore.
3253. Journal (The) of biophysics.  Tokyo.
3254. Journal (The) of bone and joint surgery.  Boston.
3255. Journal; Bowman Gray School of Medicine,  Wake
  Forest.
3256. Journal of calendar reform.  New  Y'ork.
3257. Journal (The) of the California State Dental Associa-
  tion.   San Francisco.
3258. Journal (The) of the Canadian Dental Association.
  Toronto, Ont.
3259. Journal (The) of the  Canadian Medical Services.
  Hamilton.
3260. Journal (The) of cancer.   Dublin.
3261. Journal (The) of cancer research.   Lancaster.
3262. Journal (The) of the Cancer  Research Committee
  of the  University of  Sydney.   Sydney.
3263. Journal (The) of cardio-respiratory diseases.   New
  York.
3264. Journal of cellular  and  comparative  physiology.
  Philadelphia.
3265. Journal (The) of the  Ceylon Branch of the British
  Medical Association.  Colombo.
3266. Journal of the  Chartered Society of Massage and
  Medical Gymnastics.  London.
3267. Journal (The) of the Chartered Society  of Physio-
  therapy.   London.
3268. Journal of  chemical education.  Easton.
3269. Journal  of chemotherapy  and   advanced  thera-
  peutics.   North Chicago.
3270. Journal de chimie medicale, de pharmacie, de toxi-
  cologic, et  revue des nouvelles scientifique?  nationales et
  etrangeres.  Paris.
3271. Journal de chimie physique et revue  gen6rale  des
  colloides.  Paris.
3272. Journal of the Chinese Chemical Society [v. p.]
3273. Journal de chirurgie.   Biuxelles.
3274. Journal de chirurgie.   Paris.
3275. Journal (The) of the Chosen Medical Association.
  Keijo,  Chosen.
3276. Journal of the  Christian Medical  Association  of
  India,  Burma and Ceylon.   Mysore City.
3277. Jornal dos  clinicos.   Rio de Janeiro.
3278 Journal (The)  of clinical endocrinology.  Spring-
  field, 111.
3279. Journal (The) of clinical  investigation.   Lancaster.
3280. Journal (Le) de clinique medicale  et chirurgicale.

3281. Journal of clinical psychology.  Burlington,  Vt. 
[OS]
. Coll. Surgeons Australasia

. Colorado Dent. Ass.

. Comp. Neur.

. Comp. Path., Lond.

. Comp. Physiol. Psychol.

. Comp. Psychol.

. Connecticut M. Soc.

. Consult. Psychol.
. Contracept.
. Counc. Sc. Indust. Res., Melb.

. (rim., Chic.

. Crim.  Psychopath.

. Dairy  Sc.
. Delinq.
. dent, beige
. Dent.  Child.
. Dent.  Educ.
. Dent.  Hyg. Ass. N. York

. Dent.  M.,  N. Y.
. Dent.  Res.
. Dent.  Soc. N. York

. Dep. Agr., Pretoria

. Detroit Coll. M. & S.

. detsk. bolez.
. diet., Par.
. District of Columbia Dent. Soc.

. Docum. Reprod.
. Drugless Physicians
. Econom. Entom.
. Econom. Social Counc. (U. N.)

. Educ.  Psychol.

efferson Hillman Hosp. Bull.

. Egypt. M.  Ass.

. eksp. biol.

. Electron. M.
. Elisha Mitchell Sc Soc.

ena. med. hist. Beitr.
ena. Zschr.  Naturwiss.
. Endocr., Oxf.
. Endodont., Chic
. Entom. Soc. South. Africa

. epidem. mikrob., Moskva
ewish Deaf, N. Y.
. Except. Child.
. Exp. Biol., Lond.
. Exp. M.

. Exp. Podiat.
. Exp. Psychol.
. Exp. Ther., Tokyo
. Exp. Zool.
. Fac. Sc. Univ. Tokyo
Balti-
32S2.  .Journal  (The) of the  College of Surgeons  of  Aus-
  tralasia.  Svdncy.               , .     .  .      T-»
3283.  Journal of the Colorado Dental Association.  Den-

:V2*TJournal  (The) of comparative neurology.   Phila-
  delphia.                           ,,  .        , ,,
3285.  Journal (The) of comparative pathology and thera-
  peutics.  London.                            .      .
3286.  Journal  (The)  of comparative  and  physiological
  psychology.   Baltimore.
3287.  Journal  (The) of comparative psychology.
  more.                                   ..  ,  „   .
3288.  Journal of the Connecticut State Medical  Society.
  New Haven.
3289.  Journal of consulting  psychology.   Lancaster.
3290.  Journal (The) of contraception.  New York.
3291.  Journal of the Council for Scientific and Industrial
  Research.  Melbourne.
3292.  Journal  (The)  of criminal  law and criminology.
  Chicago.
3293.  Journal of criminal psychopathology.  Woodbourne,
  N. Y.
3294.  Journal of dairy science.  Lancaster.
3295.  Journal  (The) of  delinquency.  Whittier, Calif.
3296.  Journal (Le) dentaire  beige.  Bruxelles.
3297.  Journal of dentistry for children.  Detroit.
3298.  Journal (The) of dental education.  Indianapolis.
3299.  Journal of the Dental  Hygienists Association of the
  City of New York.   New  York.
3300.  Journal of dental  medicine.   New York.
3301.  Journal  (The) of  dental research.  New  York.
3302.  Journal (The)  of the Dental Society of the  State of
  New York.  Brooklyn.
3303.  Journal  of the Department  of  Agriculture.   Pre-
  toria, S. Afr.
3304.  Journal  of the Detroit  College of  Medicine and
  Surgery.  Detroit.
3305.  Jurnal detskikh boleznei.  Leningrad.
3306.  Journal de dietetique et de bacteriotherapic  Paris.
3307.  Journal of the District of Columbia Dental  Society.
  Washington.
3308.  Journal  of documentary  reproduction.   Chicago.
3309.  Journal  (The) of drugless physicians.   New  York.
3310.  Journal of economic entomology.  Geneva,  N. Y.
3311.  Journal of the Economic and Social Council, United
  Nations [New York]
3312.  Journal  (The)  of educational psychology.   Balti-
  more.
3313.  Jefferson-Hillman (The) hospital bulletin. Birming-
  ham, Ala.
3314.  Journal (The) of the [Royal] Egyptian Medical Asso-
  ciation.  Cairo.
3315.  Jurnal   eksperimentalnoi   biologii   i   mediciny.
  Moskva.
3316.  Journal  of electronic medicine.  San Francisco.
3317.  Journal  of the Elisha  Mitchell Scientific  Society.
  Chapel Hill, N. C.
3318.  Jenaer medizin-historische Beitrage.   Jena.
3319.  Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft.  Jena.
3320. Journal (The) of endocrinology.   Oxford.
3321. Journal of endodontia.   Chicago   [v. p.]
3322. Journal of the Entomological Society of Southern
  Africa.  Pretoria.
3323. Jurnal epidemiologii i mikrobiologii.   Moskva.
3324. Jewish (The) deaf.  New York.
3325. Journal of exceptional children.  Lansing,  Mich.
3326. Journal (The) of experimental biology.   London.
3327. Journal  (The)  of  experimental medicine.  Balti-
  more.
3328. Journal of experimental podiatry.  New York.
3329. Journal of experimental psychology.   Lancaster.
3330. Journal of experimental therapeutics.  Tokyo.
3331. Journal of experimental zoology.   Philadelphia.
3332. Journal of the Faculty of Science; Imperial Univer-
  sity of Tokyo.  Tokyo. 
[69]
J. farm., Lisb.
J. fiz. khim.
J. Florida Dent. Soc.

J. Florida M. Ass.

J. Franklin Inst.

J. Genet., Cambr.
J. Genet. Psychol.
J. Gen. Microb., Lond.
J. Gen. Physiol.
J. Gen. Psychol.
J. Georgia Dent.  Ass.
J. Geront.
J. Health Phys. Educ.

J. Helminth., S. Albans
J. Hered.
J. Hist. M., N. Y.

J. Home Econom.
J. H6tel Dieu Montreal

J. Houston Dent. Soc.

J. Hyg., Lond.
J. Illinois Hist. Soc.

J. Immun., Bait.
J. Indiana Dent. Ass.

J. Indiana M. Ass.

J. Ind. M. Ass.

J. Indust. Chem.

J. Indust. Hyg.

J. Infect. Dis.
J. Inst. Actuaries, Lond.
J. Inst. Mun. Engin., Lond.

J. Inst. San. Engin.,  Lond.

J. Insur. M.
J. internat. chir.,  Brux.
J. Internat. Coll.  Surgeons

J. Intraven. Ther.
J. Invest. Derm.
J. Iowa M. Soc.

J. izuch. rann. detsk. vozr.

J. Jap. Soc. Vet. Sc

J. Juven. Res.

J. Kansas Dent. Ass.

J. Kansas M. Soc.

J. Laborat. Clin. M.

J. Lancet
J. Lar. Otol., Lond.
J. Living, N. Y.
J. London School Trop. M.

J. Louisiana Univ. School M.

J. Maine M. Ass.
3333. Jornal dos farmaceuticos.   Lisboa.
3334. Jurnal fizicheskoi khimii.   Moskva.
3335. Journal  of the Florida State Dental Society.   Saint
  Petersburg.
3336. Journal  (The) of the Florida Medical Association.
  Jacksonville.
3337. Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  Philadelphia.
  Lancaster.
3338. Journal  of genetics.  Cambridge, Engl.
3339. Journal  of genetic psychology.   Worcester.
3340. Journal  (The) of general microbiology.  London.
3341. Journal  (The) of general physiology.  Baltimore.
3342. Journal  of general psychology.   Worcester.
3343. Journal  of the Georgia Dental Association.  Macon.
3344. Journal  of gerontology.  Springfield, 111.
3345. Journal  (The)  of health  and  physical  education.
  Ann Arbor.
3346. Journal  of  helminthology.  Saint Albans, Engl.
3347. Journal  (The) of heredity.  Baltimore.
3348. Journal  of the history of medicine and allied sciences.
  New York City.
3349. Journal  of home economics.  Baltimore.
3350. Journal  (Le) de l'Hotel-Dieu de Montreal.   Mon-
  treal.
3351. Journal  of the  Houston  District Dental Society.
  Houston.
3352. Journal (The) of hygiene.   London.
3353. Journal of  the Illinois Historical Society.  Spring-
  field, 111.
3354. Journal (The) of immunology.   Baltimore.
3355. Journal (The)  Indiana State  Dental Association.
  Indianapolis.
3356. Journal (The) of the Indiana State Medical Associa-
  tion.   Indianapolis.
3357. Journal of the Indian  Medical Association.   Cal-
  cutta.
3358. Journal of  industrial and  engineering  chemistry.
  Easton.
3359. Journal (The) of industrial hygiene and toxicology.
  Baltimore.
3360. Journal (The) of infectious diseases.  Chicago.
3361. Journal of  the Institute of Actuaries.  London.
3362. Journal of the  Institute  of  Municipal  Engineers.
  London.
3363. Journal of the Institution of  Sanitary  Engineers.
  London.
3364. Journal of insurance medicine.   Louisville, Ky.
3365. Journal international de chirurgie.  Bruxelles.
3366. Journal (The) of the International College of Sur-
  geons.   Chicago.
3367. Journal of intravenous therapy.  New York.
3368. Journal of  investigative dermatology.  Baltimore.
3369. Journal (The)  of the Iowa State Medical Society.
  Des Moines.
3370. Jurnal  izuchenia   rannego   detskogo   vozrasta.
  Moskva.
3371. Journal  of  the  Japanese  Society  of  Veterinary
  Science.  Tokyo.
                      of  juvenile  research.  Claremont,
(The)
of the  Kansas Medical Society.
3372. Journal
  Calif.
3373. Journal of the  Kansas State  Dental Association.
  Kansas City.
3374. Journal  (The)
  Topeka, Kan.
3375. Journal (The) of laboratory  and clinical  medicine.
  Saint Louis.
3376. Journal lancet (The)  Minneapolis.
3377. Journal (The) of laryngology and otology.   London.
3378. Journal of living.  New York.
3379. Journal of the London School of Tropical  Medicine.
  London.
3380. Journal (The)  of the Louisiana State University
  School of Medicine.   New Orleans.
3381. Journal (The)  of  the Maine Medical Association.
  Portland. 
[70]
J. Malaria Inst. India
J. Malaya Brit. M. Ass.

J. Mammal.
J. Marine Biol. Ass.  I . K.

J. M. Ass. Alabama

J. M. Ass. Eire
J. M. Ass. Georgia

J. M. Ass. S. Africa

J. M. Coll. Keijo
J. Med., Cincin.
J. med., Kiev
J. med., Porto
J. med. biol., Moskva
J. med. Bordeaux

J. med. chir., Par.

J. med. fr.
J. mediter. med., Monte Carlo
J. med. Lyon
J. med. Paris
J. Med. Pract.
J. Med. Res.
J. med. Toulouse

J. med. vet., Lyon
J. Ment. Sc, Lond.
J. Metab.Res.

J. Michigan Dent. Soc

J. Michigan M. Soc.

J. Microb., Kiev
J. mikrob., Moskva

J. Milk Techn.
J. Mil. M. Pacific
J. Minnesota M.  Ass.
J. Missouri Dent. Ass.

J. Missouri M. Ass.

J. Morph.
J. Morph. Physiol.

J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York

J. M. Soc. Cape May Co. N. Jersey

J. M. Soc. Co. New York

J. M. Soc. N. Jersey

J. Nat. Ass. Chiropod.

J. Nat. Ass. Veterans Hosp. Corps


J. Nat. Cancer Inst.

J. Nat. Malaria Soc.

J. Nat. M. Ass.

J. Nat. M. Soc.
J. Nat. Proct. Ass.
;>f India.
the Hi iti.
Calcutta.
h Medical
33S2.  Journal of the Malaria Institute
33S3.  Journal of the Malaya Branch ot
  .Wociation.  Singapore.
3384.  Journal of mammalogy.   Baltimore.
33S5  Journal of the Marine Biological  Association of the
  United Kingdom.   Plymouth, Engl.
3386  Journal (The)  of  the  Medical Association  of  the
  State of Alabama.   Montgomery.
3387.  Journal of the Medical Association of Eire.   Dublin.
33SS.  Journal (The) of the Medical Association of Georgia.
  Atlanta.                 ,  ,    .  L.    , ,,  ,,  . ,â–   â– 
3389.  Journal of the Medical Association of South  Ainca.
  Cape Town.                         .      .
3390.  Journal (The) of Medical College  in Keijo
3391.  Journal (The) of medicine.   Cincinnati.
3392.  Journal medical.   Kiev.
3393.  Jornal  do medico.   Porto.
3394.  Journal medico-biologique.   Moskva.
3395.  Journal de medecine de  Bordeaux et du Sud-Ouest.
  Bordeaux.
3396.  Journal de  medecine  et  de  chirurgie  pratiques.
  Paris.
3397.  Journal (Le) medical francais.
3398.  Journal mediterranee medical.
3399.  Journal de medecine de  Lyon.
3400.  Journal de medecine de  Paris.
3401.  Journal (The)  of medical practice
3402.  Journal (The) of medical research
Keijo.
Paris.
Monte Carlo.
Lyon.
Paris.
    Philadelphia.
    Boston.
3403.  Journal de  medecine, chirurgie  et pharmacie de
  Toulouse.  Toulouse.
3404.  Journal de medecine veterinaire.   Lyon.
3405.  Journal (The)  of mental science.   London.
3406.  Journal (The)  of metabolic  research.  Morristown,
  N. J.
3407.  Journal (The) of the Michigan State Dental Society.
  Lansing.
3408.  Journal (The) of the Michigan State Medical Society.
  Saint Paul.
3409.  Journal of microbiology.   Kiev.
3410.  Jurnal  mikrobiologii,  epidemiologii  i  immuno-
  biologii.   Moskva.
3411.  Journal of milk technology.  Orange, N. J.
3412.  Journal of military  medicine in the Pacific [n. p.]
3413.  Journal  (The)  of   the  Minnesota State Medical
  Association and The  Northwestern  lancet.   Minne-
  apolis.
3414.  Journal (The)  of the Missouri State Dental Associa-
  tion.   Fulton, Mo.
3415.  Journal (The) of the Missouri State Medical Associa-
  tion.   Fulton, Mo.
3416.  Journal of morphology.  Philadelphia.
3417.  Journal of morphology and physiology.  Philadel-
  phia.
3418.  Journal of the Mount Sinai  Hospital, New Yrork.
  New York.
3419.  Journal (The) of the Medical Society of Cape  May
  County of New  Jersey.   Sea Isle City.
3420.  Journal of the  Medical Society  of the County of
  New York.   New York.
3421.  Journal (The) of the Medical Society of New Jersey.
  Orange,  N. J.
3422.  Journal  (The)  of  the  National  Association  of
  Chiropodists.   New York.
3423.   NAVHC journal;  official  publication  of  National
  Association Veterans of the  Hospital  Corps.  Washing-
  ton.
3424.  Journal of the National Cancer Institute.  Washing-
  ton.
3425.   Journal  (The)  of  the  National   Malaria  Society.
  Tallahassee, Fla.
3426.  Journal  of  the   National   Medical  Association.
  New York.
3427.  Journal of the National Medical Society.  Chicago.
3428.  Journal  of  the  National  Proctologic  Association.
  Los Angeles. 
[71]
J. Nebraska Dent. Ass.

J. N. England Water Works Ass.

J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.

J. Neuropath.

J. Neurophysiol.
J. Neurosurg.
J. neur. psychiat., Brux.
J. Neur. Psychiat., Lond.
J. Neur. Psychopath., Lond.

j. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva
J. Nippon Dent. Ass.

J. N. Jersey Dent. Soc.

J. N. Jersey Homeop. M.  Soc

J. N. Orleans Coll. Pharm.

J. N. Orleans M. Dent.  Pharm. Ass.

J. Nutrit.
J. N. York Acad. Dent.

J. Obst. Gyn., Lahore
J. obst. gyn., Lille

J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire

J. Ohio Dent. Soc.
Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag.
Johns Hopkins Nurs. Alumnae Mag.

Johns Hopkins Univ.  Circ.

Johnston Willis Hosp. Bull., Richmond
J. Oklahoma M. Ass.

J. Omaha Clin. Soc.

J. Ontario Dent. Ass.

J. Ophth. Otol.

J. Optic. Soc America

J. Oral Surg.
J. Oregon Dent. Ass.

J. Organother.
J. Org. Chem.
J. Orient.  M., Dairen
Jornada peru. eugen.
Jornadas agronom. vet., B. Air.
Jornadas gastroenter., B. Air.
J. Orthop. Surg.
J. Osteopathy
J. Outdoor Life
J. Palestine Arab M. Ass.

J. Parapsychol.
J. Parasit., Lane
J. Parenter. Ther.
J. Path. Bact., Lond.

J. pediat.,  Rio
J. Pediat., S. Louis
J. Periodont.
J. Person.,  Durham
J. Personnel Res.
J. pharm. Belgique
3429. Journal (The) of the Nebraska State Dental Associa-
  tion.   Lincoln.
3430. Journal of the New England Water Works Associa-
  tion.   Boston.
3431. Journal  (The)  of  nervous and  mental  diseases.
  Richmond.
3431a. Journal of neuropathology and experimental neur-
  ology.  Baltimore.
3432. Journal of neurophysiology. Springfield, 111.
3433. Journal of neurosurgery.   Springfield, 111.
3434. Journal de neurologie et de psychiatrie.   Bruxelles.
3435. Journal of neurology and psychiatry.   London.
3436. Journal (The) of neurology and  psychopathology.
  London.
3437. Jurnal nevropatologii i psikhiatrii.  Moskva.
3438. Journal (The) of the Nippon Dental Association.
  Tokyo.
3439. Journal of the New Jersey State Dental Society.
  Bayonne.
3440. Journal (The) of the New Jersey State Homeopathic
  Medical Society.   Trenton.
3441. Journal of the New Orleans College of Pharmacy.
  New Orleans.
3442. Journal (The)  of New Orleans  Medical, Dental and
  Pharmaceutical Association.   New Orleans.
3443. Journal (The)  of nutrition.  Philadelphia.
3444. Journal of the New York Academy  of Dentistry.
  Albany.
3445. Journal of obstetrics and gynaecology.   Lahore.
3446. Journal d'obstetrique et de gynecologie  pratiques.
  Lille.
3447. Journal (The)  of obstetrics and gynaecology of the
  British Empire.   Manchester.
3448. Journal of the Ohio Dental Society.  Toledo.
3449. Johns (The)  Hopkins alumni magazine.  Baltimore.
3450. Johns  (The)  Hopkins nurses  alumnae  magazine.
  Baltimore.
3451. Johns  (The)  Hopkins University circular.  Balti-
  more.
3452. Johnston-Willis Hospital bulletin.  Richmond.
3453. Journal (The)  of the Oklahoma State Medical Asso-
  ciation.   McAlester.
3454. Journal  (The)  of  the Omaha  Mid-West  Clinical
  Society.  Omaha.
3455. Journal of the Ontario Dental Association.  Toronto,
  Ont.
3456. Journal  (The)  of   ophthalmology,   otology  and
  laryngology.  New York.
3457. Journal of the Optical  Society of America.  Lan-
  caster.
3458. Journal of oral surgery.   Chicago.
3459. Journal of the Oregon State  Dental Association.
  Portland.
3460. Journal (The)  of organotherapy.  New York.
3461. Journal (The)  of organic chemistry.  Baltimore.
3462. Journal (The)  of oriental medicine.   Dairen.
3463. Jornada peruana de eugenesia.   Lima.
3464. Jornadas agrondmicas y veterinarian.   Buenos Aires.
3465. Jornadas de gastroenterologia.   Buenos Aires.
3466. Journal  (The)  of  orthopaedic  surgery.  Lincoln.
3467. Journal (The)  of osteopathy.   New York.
3468. Journal of the outdoor life.  Camden, N. J.
3469. Journal (The)  of the Palestine Arab  Medical Asso-
  ciation.  Jerusalem.
3470. Journal (The)  of parapsychology.   Durham.
3471. Journal (The)  of parasitology.   Lancaster.
3472. Journal (The)  of parenteral therapy.   New York.
3473. Journal  (The)  of   pathology  and  bacteriology.
  London.
3474. Jornal de pediatria.  Rio de Janeiro.
3475. Journal (The)  of pediatrics. Saint Louis.
3476. Journal of periodontology.  Birmingham, Mich.
3476a. Journal of personality.  Durham, N. C.
3477. Journal of personnel research.   Baltimore.
3478. Journal de pharmacie de Belgique.   Bruxelles. 
[72]
pharm. chim., Par.
Pharm. Exp. Ther.

Philippine Islands M. Ass.

Philippine M. Ass.

Philos., Lane
Photomicrogr. Soc, Lond.
Phys. Chem.
Phys. Colloid Chem.

Phys. Educ,  N  Y
Physiol.,  Lond.
physiol. path. gen.
J. Physiol. USSR

J. phys. radium, Par.
J. Pierre Fauchard Acad.

J. prat., Par.
J. Prev. M.
J. profil. subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent

J. Psycho Asthenics
J. Psychol., Provincet.
J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz.
J. psycho), neur., Moskva

J. psychol. norm, path., Par.

J. Quekett Micr. Club

J. Radiol.
J. radiol. electr.
J. rann. detsk. vozr.
J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain

J. R. Army M.  Corps
J. R. Army Vet. Corps

J. R. Asiat. Soc. Gr. Britain

J. Rehabil., Des Moines
J. Res. U. S.  Nat. Bur. Stand.

J. R. Fac. Med. Iraq

J. R. Inst. Pub. Health

J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond.
J. R. Nav. M. Serv.

J. Rontg. Soc,  Lond.
J. R. San. Inst.
J. R. Soc. N.  S.  Wales

J. R. Statist.  Soc, Lond.
J. R. Unit. Serv. Inst.

J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch.

J. S. Afr. Vet. M. Ass.

J. S. Carolina M. Ass.

J. Sc. Hiroshima Univ.

J. School Health
J. Sc. Indust. Res., Delhi
J. Sc. Iowa Coll.
J. Sc Labour, Kurasiki
J. sc med. Lille
3170. Journal de pharmacie etde chimie.  Paris.
3480. Journal (The) of pharmacology  and experimental
  therapeutics.   Baltimore.
3181. Journal (The) of  the  Philippine  Islands  Medical
  Association.  Manila.                ,„,.,»
3482. Journal (The) of the Philippine  Medical  Associa-
  tion.   Manila.
3483. Journal (The) of philosophy.   Lancaster.
3484. Journal of the Photomicrographs Society.   London.
3485. Journal (The) of physical  chemistry.  Baltimore.
3486. Journal (The) of physical and  colloid chemistry.
  Baltimore.
3487. Journal of physical education.   New "\ ork.
3488. Journal (The) of physiology.   London.
3489. Journal de physiologie  et de  pathologie  generale.
  Paris.
3490. (Fiziologichesky zhurnal U. S. S. R.) [Journal (The)
  of physiology of U. S. S. R.]   Moskva.
3491. Journal (Le) de physique et le radium.  Paris.
3492. Journal of the Pierre Fauchard Academy   [Minne-
  apolis]
3493. Journal des praticiens.   Paris.
3494. Journal (The) of preventive  medicine.  Baltimore.
3495. Jurnal  profilakticheskoi,  subtropicheskoi  i  klini-
  cheskoi mediciny.  Tashkent.
3496. Journal of psycho-asthenics.  Faribault,  Minn.
3497. Journal of psychology.   Provincetown, Mass.
3498. Journal fiir Psychologie und Neurologic  Leipzig.
3499. Journal de psychologie, de  neurologie et de medecine
  mentale.   Moskva.
3500. Journal de psychologie normale et pathologique.
  Paris.
3501. Journal (The)  of  the  Quekett  Microscopical  Club.
  London.
3502. Journal (The) of radiology.  Omaha, Nebr.
3503. Journal de radiologie et  d'eiectrologic  Paris.
3504. Jurnal po rannemu detskomu vozrastu.   Moskva.
3505. Journal (The)  of  the  Royal Anthropological  Insti-
  tute of Great Britain and Ireland.   London.
3506. Journal of the Royal Army Medical CoTps.  London.
3507. Journal (The) of the Royal Army  Veterinary Corps.
  London.
3508. Journal (The) of the Royal Asiatic Society of  Great
  Britain and Ireland.   London.
3509. Journal of rehabilitation.  Des Moines, Iowa.
3510. Journal of research of the [U. S.] National Bureau of
  Standards.   Washington.
3511. Journal of the Royal  Faculty  of  Medicine of Iraq.
  Baghdad.
3512. Journal of  the  Royal Institute of Public Health.
  London.
3513. Journal of the Royal Microscopic  Society.   London.
3514. Journal  of  the  Royal  Naval  Medical  Service.
  London.
3515. Journal (The) of the Rontgen Society.  London.
3516. Journal of the Royal Sanitary  Institute.  London.
3517. Journal and proceedings  of the  Royal Society of
  New South Wales.  Sydney.
3518. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society.  London.
3519. Journal of the Royal United  Service Institution.
  London.
3520. Jurnal  Russkago fiziko-khimicheskago obshchestva;
  khimicheskaia chast.  Petrograd.
3521. Journal  (The)  of the  South  African  Veterinary
  Medical  Association.  Pretoria.
3522. Journal (The) of the South  Carolina Medical Asso-
  ciation.  Greenville.
3523. Journal of science of  the  Hiroshima  University.
  Hiroshima.
3524. Journal (The) of school  health.  Buffalo.
3525. Journal of scientific and industrial research.  Delhi.
3526. Journal of science; Iowa State College.  Ames, la.
3527. Journal of science of labour.  Kurasiki.
3528. Journal des sciences medicales  de Lille.  Lille. 
[73]
J. Second Distr. Dent. Soc N. York

J. Severance Union M. Coll.

J. Sex. Psychanal.
J. Sind. nac. farm., Lisb.

J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond.

J. Soc. farm, lusit.
J. Social Hyg.
J. Social Psychol.

J. Soc. nat. horticult. France

J. South. California Dent. Ass.

J. Speech Disord.

J. State M., Lond.
J. Techn. Meth., Toronto


J. Tennessee Acad. Sc.

J. Tennessee Dent. Ass.

J. Tennessee M. Ass.

J. teor. prakt. med.

J. Thorac Surg.
J. traumat., Brux.

J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.

Jubil. sess. Akad.  nauk SSSR
Jubil. Vol. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay

Jurist, psychiat. Grenzfr.

J. Urol., Bait.
J. urol. med., Par.
J. Urusvati Himalay  Res. Inst.

J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez.

J. usov. vrach.

Juven. med. Guatemala
Juven. farm., S. Salvador
J. Washington  Acad. Sc.

J. Wayne Univ. Coll. Med.

J. Wisconsin Dent. Soc.
3529. Journal of the Second District Dental Society, State
  of New York.  Brooklyn.
3530. Journal (The) of Severance Union Medical College.
  Seioul.
3531. Journal of sexology and psychanalysis.   New York.
3532. Jornal do  Sindicato nacional  dos farmaceuticos.
  Lisboa.
3533. Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry.  Lon-
  don.
3534. Jornal da Sociedade farmaceutica  lusitana.   Lisboa.
3535. Journal of social hygiene.   Albany.
3536. Journal (The) of social psychology, political, racial,
  and differential psychology.  Worcester, Mass.
3537. Journal  de  la  Societe nationale  d'horticulture  de
  France.   Paris.
3538. Journal  (The)  of  the  Southern  California State
  Dental Association.   Los Angeles.
3539. Journal  (The)  of  speech  disorders.  Columbus,
  Ohio.
3540. Journal (The) of State medicine.   London.
3541. Journal  of technical methods  and bulletin of the
  International Association of Medical Museums.  Toron-
  to, Ont.
3542. Journal; Tennessee Academy  of Science.  Nash-
  ville.
3543. Journal;  Tennessee  State  Dental   Association.
  Memphis.
3544. Journal (The) of the Tennessee State Medical Asso-
  ciation.   Nashville.
3545. Jurnal  teoreticheskoi   i  prakticheskoi   mediciny.
  Baku.
3546. Journal  (The)  of thoracic surgery. Saint Louis.
3547. Journal  de  traumatologie  et des maladies profes-
  sionelles.  Bruxelles.
3548. Journal  (The)  of  tropical  medicine  and  hygiene.
  London.
3549. [Jubileinaia sessia Akademii nauk SSSR]   Moskva.
3550. Jubilee volume; Anthropological Society of Bombay.
  Bombay.
3551. Juristisch-psychiatrische  Grenzfragen;  zwanglose
  Abhandlungen.   Halle a. S.
3552. Journal  (The) of urology.  Baltimore.
3553. Journal  d'urologie  medicale et  chirurgicalc  Paris.
3554. Journal; Urusvati  Himalayan  Research  Institute.
  Naggar, Punjab.
3555. Jurnal  ushnykh,  nosovykh  i  gorlovykh  boleznei.
  Kiev.
3556. Jurnal  dlya usovershenstvovania vrachei.  Lenin-
  grad.
3557. Juventud (La)  medica.  Guatemala.
3558. Juventud farmaceutica.  San Salvador.
3559. Journal  of  the Washington Academy of  Science.
   Menasha.
3560. Journal  of Wayne  University College  of  Medicine.
  Ann  Arbor.
3561. Journal  of  the  Wisconsin State  Dental  Society.
   Menasha.
K
Kampf d. Karies	3562.
Kampf gegen Geschlkr.	3563.
Kansas City M. J.	3564.
Kansas Nurse	3565.
Karlsbad, arztl. Vortr.	3566.
Kazan, med. J.	3567.
Keijo J. M.	3568.
Keio Rontgenarch.	3569.
Kekkaku	3570.
Kem, arb. Biokem. laborat. Stockholm	3571.
hogsk.	holr
Kentucky M. J.	3572.
    Kampf der Karies.  Berlin.
    Kampf gegen die Geschlechtskrankheiten.   Berlin.
    Kansas City medical journal.  Kansas City, Mo.
    Kansas (The) nurse.  Wichita.
    Karlsbader arztliche Vortrage.  Jena.
    Kazansky medicinsky jurnal.  Kazan.
    Keijo (The) journal of medicine.  Keijo, Chosen.
    Keio-Rontgenarchiv.  Tokyo.
    Kekkaku.  Tokyo.
    Kemiska arbeten; Biokemiska Laboratorium, Stock-
holm Hogskolan.  Stockholm.
    Kentucky medical journal.
Bowling Green. 
[74]
Kenya East Afr. M. J.
Key Reporter
Key to Health, East Aurora
Khirurgia,  Moskva
Kinderarztl. Prax.
Kinderarzt
Kindertuberkulose
King's Coll. Hosp. Gaz., Lond.
Kinki fujinka gakkai zassi
Kitasato Arch.

Kleine Mitt. Verein. Wasserversorg.

Klin. Fortbild.
Klin. J. Saratov

Klin. Mbl. Augenh.

Klin, med., Moskva
Klin. Med., Wien

Klin,  meddel. Serafimerlasar.  Med.
  Klin., Stockh.
Klin. & Prax., Munch.

Klin. ther. Wschr. Wien

Klin. Wschr.
Kdzl. dsszehas. elet & kort.

Kolloid Beihefte
Kolloid Zschr.
Komplex Biochemie
Kongrber. Internat. Kongr. Lichtforsch.

Kongr. miedz. med. farm, wojsk.

Kongrzbl. inn. Med.

Konst. & Klinik
Korbl. Allg. arztl. Verein Thiiringen

Korbl. Verein. Aerzte Reichenberg

Korbl. Zahnarzte
Krankenfreund
Krankheitsforschung
Krebsarzt, Wien
Krebsbekampfung
Kuba

Kuban, nauch. med. J.
Kuban, nauch. med. vest.
Kumamoto M. J.

Kyklos, Lpz.
Kenya and East African medical journal.  Nairobi.
Key'(The) reporter.   Concord, N. H.
Key (The) to health magazine.   East Aurora,  N.  \ .
Khirurgia.  Moskva.
Kinderarztliche Praxis.   Leipzig.
Kinderarzt.  Berlin.
Kindertuberkulose.   Miinchen.
King's College Hospital gazette.  London.
Kinki fujinka gakkai zassi.  Kyoto.
Kitasato (The) archives of experimental medicine.
3573.
3574.
3575.
3576.
3577.
3578.
3570.
3580.
3581.
3582.
  Tokyi
3583. Kleine Mitteilungen fiir die Mitgliedor des Vereins
  fur Wasserversorgung und Abwasserbeseitigung. Berlin.
3584. Klinische Fortbildung.  Berlin.
3585. Klinichesky jurnal Saratovskogo Universiteta.  Sara-
  tov.
35SC). Klinische  Monatsblatter  fiir  Augenheilkunde und
  fiir augenarztliche Fortbildung.  Stuttgart.
3587. Klinicheskaia medicina.   Moskva.
3588. Klinische  Medizin;  osterreichisehe  Zeitschrift  fiir
  wissenschaftliche und praktische Medizin.   Wien.
35S9. Kliniska meddelanden fran Kungl. Serafimerlasaret-
  tets Medicinska Klinik II.  Stockholm.
3590. Klinik und  Praxis; Wochenschrift fiir den prakti-
  schen Arzt.   Miinchen.
3591. Klinisch-therapeutische  Wochenschrift  in  Wien.
  Wien.
3592. Klinische Wochenschrift.   Berlin.
3593. Kozlemenyek  az  osszehasonlitd  elet-  es k6rtan
  korebfil.   Budapest.
3594. Kolloid-Beihefte.  Dresden.
3595. Kolloid-Zeitschrift.   Dresden.
3596. Komplex-Biochemie (Die)   Berlin.
3597. Kongressbericht; International Kongress fiir Licht-
  forschung.  Wiesbaden.
3598. Kongres miedzynarodowy  medycyny  i  farmacji
  wojskowej.  Warszawa.
3599. Kongresszentralblatt fiir die gesamte innere Medizin
  und ihre Grenzgebiete.   Berlin.
3600. Konstitution und Klinik.   Leipzig.
3601. Korrespondenz-Blatter des Allgemeinen  arztlichen
  Vereins von Thiiringen.  Berlin.
3602. Correspondenzblatt des Vereins deutscher  Aerzte in
  Reichenberg und Umgebung   [Reichenberg]
3603. Korrespondenzblatt fiir Zahnarzte.  Berlin.
3604. Kranken-Freund.   Karlsruhe.
3605. Krankheitsforschung.  Leipzig.
3606. Krebsarzt (Der)  Wien.
3607. Krebsbekampfung.   Leipzig.
3608. Kuba;  revista  mensual  de  medicina  tropical  y
  parasitologia.   La Habana.
3609. Kubansky  nauchno-medicinsky jurnal.  Krasnodar.
3610. Kubansky nauchno-medicinsky vestnik.  Krasnodar.
3611. Kumamoto (The)  medical journal.   Kumamoto,
  Japan.
3612. Kyklos.  Leipzig.
Laborat. clin., Rio
Laborat. Clin. Stud. Mem. Hosp. Can-
  cer, N. Y.

Laborat. Digest, S. Louis
Laborat. med. cir., Barcel.
Laborat. Notes, Bost.

Laboratorio, Granada
Laboratory, Pittsb.
3613. Laboratorio clinico.  Rio de Janeiro.
3614. Laboratory and clinical studies from  the Memorial
  Hospital for  the  Treatment of Cancer and  Allied Dis-
  eases.   New  York.
3615. Laboratory digest.  Saint Louis.
3616. Laboratorio medicina-cirugia.  Barcelona.
3617. Laboratory  notes; a bulletin of the Massachusetts
  Department  of Public Health.   Boston.
3618. Laboratorio.   Granada, Spain.
3619. Laboratory  (The) for those interested  in  keeping
  informed on  the  latest developments of laboratory ap-
  paratus and technique.  Pittsburgh. 
[75]
Laborat. Stud. Mem. Hosp.  Cancer,
  N. Y.
Laborat. Techn., N. Y.
Labor Inform. Bull., Wash.
Labor med., Mex.
Lapknabladid

LaGarde Sentinel
Lahey Clin. Bull.
Lait

Lake Co. M.  News
Lancet, Lond.
Languedoc med.
Lar do med., Lisb.

Laryngoscope
Lattante
Latv. arstu Z.
Latv. Univ. rak.
Laval med.
Lav. Clin. ocul. Univ.  Napoli

Lav. 1st. anat. pat. Univ. Catania

Lav. 1st. clin. med., Bari

Lav. 1st. stor. med. Univ. Roma

Lav. Laborat. flsiol. Univ. Padova

Lav. Laborat. sc.  Lazzaro Spallanzani
Lavoro
Lavoro umajto
Lav. sc. Clin, tisiol. Univ. Napoli

Lawson News
Lebenskunst, Cademario

Lect. Congr. Am. Optometr. Ass.

Leech, Cardiff
Leech, Johannesb.
Legge dei simili
Leite & lactic,  Rio
Lek. pregl., Sofia
Lek. wojsk.
Lens, Bost.
Leprosy Rev., Lond.
Lettura oft.
Liber mem. Internat. Congr. Hist. M.

Libro de actas Congr. espan. otorinolar.

Libro de actas Congr. internac. prensa
  med.
Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar.,
  Madr.
Libro de actas Congr. nac. san.,  Madr.

Libr. Q.
Lichtheilgriisse
Liege med.
Life & Health, Wash.
Life Insur. Courant
Lijec. vjes.
Lille chir.
Lilly Sc. Bull.
Linacre Q.
Lisboa med.
Listening Post
Little J. Pediat.
studies  of  the  Memorial  Hospital.
3620. Laboratory
  New York.
3621. Laboratory (The) technician.   New York.
3622. Labor information bulletin.   Washington.
3623. Labor medica.   Mexico.
3624. LseknablaSiS;  dtgefandi  Lseknafeiag  reykjavikur.
  Reykjavik.
3625. LaGarde sentinel.   New Orleans.
3626. Lahey  (The)  Clinic bulletin.   Boston.
3627. Lait (Le)  revue generale des  questions laitieres.
  Paris.
3628. Lake (The) County medical news.  Gary, Ind.
3629. Lancet (The)   London.
3630. Languedoc medical.   Montpellier.
3631. Lar (O) do medico; suplemento ao Jornal  do medico
  (para os medicos  e  suas familias)   Lisboa.
3632. Laryngoscope (The)   Saint Louis.
3633. Lattante (II)    Parma.
3634. Latvijas arstu zurnals.  Riga.
3635. Latvijas universitates raksti.   Riga.
3636. Laval medical.   Quebec
3637. Lavori della  Clinica  oculistica della Universita di
  Napoli.  Napoli.
3638. Lavori degli  istituti  di  anatomia  patologica delle
  Universita di Catania e di Palermo   [Palermo]
3639. Lavori; Istituto di  clinica medica e terapia clinica.
  Bari.
3640. Lavori;  Istituto di  storia  della  medicina  della
  Universita di Roma.  Roma.
3641. Lavori del Laboratorio di tisiologia; LTniversita di
  Padova  [Padova]
3642. Lavori  dei Laboratori  scientifici  Lazzaro Spallan-
  zani, Istituto  psichiatrico  di Reggio  Emilia.  Reggio
  Emilia.
3643. Lavoro.   Milano.
3644. Lavoro umano. Torino.
3645. Lavori scientifici;  Clinica tisiologica, Universita di
  Napoli.  Napoli.
3646. Lawson news.  Atlanta, Ga.
3647. Lebenskunst;  Cademario-Nachrichten;   Zeitschrift
  fiir personliche Lebensgestaltung.   Cademario.
3648. Lectures of the Congress of American Optometric
  Association.   Minneapolis.
3649. Leech.   Cardiff, Wales.
3650. Leech  (The)   Johannesburg.
3651. Legge  (La) dei simili.   Arezzo.
3652. Leite e lacticinios.  Rio de Janeiro.
3653. Lekarski pregled.  Sofia.
3654. Lekarz wojskowy.  Warszawa.
3655. Lens (The)   Boston.
3656. Leprosy review.  London.
3657. Lettura oftalmologica.  Verona.
3658. Liber memorialis; International congress  of the  his-
  tory of medicine.   Anvers.
3659. [Libro   de  actas]  Congreso   espanol  de  oto-fino-
  laringologfa.  Madrid.
3660. Libro de actas; Congreso internacional de la prensa
  medica.   Madrid.
3661. Libro  de  actas Congreso  nacional  de  oto-rino-
  laringologia.  Madrid.
3662. Libro  de  actas  Congreso   nacional  de sanidad.
  Madrid.
3663. Library (The)  quarterly.   Chicago.
3664. Lichtheilgriisse.  Hamburg.
3665. Liege medical.   Liege.
3666. Life and health.  Washington.
3667. Life insurance  courant.   Oak  Park, 111.
3668. Lijecnicki vjesnik.  Zagreb.
3669. Lille chirurgical.   Lille.
3670. Lilly scientific  bulletin.   Indianapolis.
3671. Linacre quarterly.  New York.
3672. Lisboa medica. Lisboa.
3673. Listening post.  Harrisburg, Pa.
3674. Little  (The)  journal  for  pediatrists.  Cleveland. 
[76]
Liverpool Med. Chir. J.

Living Tissue
Loblolly, Norfolk
Loire med.
Lond. Hosp. Gaz.
Long Island M. J.
Los Angeles M. J.
Lotta tuberc.
Louisiana Pharm.
Louisiana Welf.
Lucina, Roma

Lues, Kyoto
Luftfahrtmed. Abh.
Luftfahrtmedizin
Lunds lak. sail. forh.
Lutte cancer
Lyon chir.
Lyon med.
3675. Liverpool  (The)  medico-chirurgical journal.  Liver-
  pool.
3676. Living tissue.  Boston.
3677. Loblolly.  Norfolk, Va.
367S. Loire medicale.  Lyon.
3679. London Hospital gazette.   London.
3680. Long Island medical journal.   Brooklyn.
3681. Los Angeles medical journal.   Los Angeles.
3682. Lotta contro la tubercolosi.  Roma.
3683. Louisiana  (The)  pharmacist.   New Orleans.
3684. Louisiana  welfare.   Baton Rouge.
3685. Lucina; rivista  mensile delle ostetriche  italianc
  Roma.
3686. Lues.  Kyoto.
3687. Luftfahrtmedizinische Abhandlungen.  Leipzig.
3688. Luftfahrtmedizin.   Berlin.
3689. Lunds lakaresallskap forhandlingar.   Gottenborg.
3690. Lutte (La) contre le cancer.   Paris.
3691. Lyon chirurgical.   Paris.
3692. Lyon medical.   Lyon.
M
 McGill M. J.
 McGill M. Undergrad. J.
 McGregor Clin. Bull., Hamilton
 Machletter, Springdale

 McNeilogram, Phila.

 Madison Co. M. Soc Bull.

 Madras M. J.
 Mag. London School M. Women

 Magy. noorv. lap.
 Magy. orv. arch.
 Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve

 Magy. rontg. kozl.
 Magy. statiszt. szemle
 Magy. urol.
 Maimonides Bull.
 Maimonides Month.
 Maine Health Welf. Bull.
 Maine M. J.
 Malaria Control in War Areas

 Malaria Rep., Wash.

 Malariologia, Nap.
 Malay.  M. J.
 Mal. cuore
 Malthusian, Lond.
 Man, Lond.
 Manchester Univ. M. School Gaz.

 Manicomio
 Manitoba M. Ass. Rev.
 Manitoba M. Bull.
 Manufact. Chem., Lond.
 Marinearztl. Kriegserfahr.
 Maroc med.
 Marquette M. Rev.
 Marriage Hyg., Bombay
 Marseille med.
 Mary Fletcher Hosp. Bull.
 Maryland M. J.
 Maryland Psychiat. Q.
Mask, Menasha
Massachusetts Gen. Hosp. News
Massachusetts Health J.
3693. McGill medical journal.  Montreal.
3604. McGill medical undergraduate journal.  Montreal.
3t)<»5. Bulletin; McGregor Clinic.   Hamilton.
3696. Machletter (The) [Machlett Laboratories]   Spring-
  dale, Conn.
3697. McNeil-O-Gram [McNeil Laboratories]   Philadel-
  phia.
3698. Madison County Medical Society bulletin and  as-
  bestos archives.   Anderson, Ind.
3699. Madras (The) medical journal.   Madras.
3700. Magazine (The)  of the London Royal Free Hospital
  School of Medicine for Women.   London.
3701. Magyar nSorvosok lapja.  Budapest.
3702. Magyar orvosi archivum.  Budapest.
3703. Magyar  (A)  orvosi  nagyhet  ...  jegyzdkonyve.
  Budapest.
3704. Magyar rontgen kozlony.  Budapest.
3705. Magyar statisztikai szemle.   Budapest.
3706. Magyar urologia.  Budapest.
3707. Maimonides bulletin.   Detroit.
3708. Maimonides monthly.   Detroit.
3709. Maine health and welfare bulletin.   Bath, Me.
3710. Maine medical journal.   Portland.
3711. Malaria control  in war areas; field bulletin; United
  States Public Health Service  [Atlanta]
3712. Malaria report  [United States]  Board for the Co-
  ordination of Malarial Studies.   Washington.
3713. Malariologia.  Napoli.
3714. Malayan (The)  medical journal.  Singapore.
3715. Malattie del cuore.   Roma.
3716. Malthusian.  London.
3717. Man.   London.
3718. Manchester   University  Medical  School  gazette.
  Manchester.
3719. Manicomio (II) Nocera Inferiore.
3720. Manitoba Medical Association review.  Winnipeg.
3721. Manitoba medical bulletin.   Winnipeg.
3722. Manufacturing chemist.  London.
3723. Marinearztliche  Kriegserfahrungen.  Jena.
3724. Maroc  medical.  Casablanca.
3725. Marquette (The) medical review.  Milwaukee.
3726. Marriage hygiene.   Bombay.
3727. Marseille medical.   Marseille.
3728. Mary (The)  Fletcher Hospital bulletin.  Burlington.
3729. Maryland medical journal.   Baltimore.
3730. Maryland psychiatric quarterly.   Baltimore
3731. Mask (The)  Menasha.
3732*. Massachusetts General  Hospital news.   Boston.
3733. Massachusetts health journal.  Boston. 
[77]
Massachusetts M. J.
Mat. & Child Welf., Lond.
Mater, et. calam., Geneve
Mat. & inf., Roma
Math,  naturwiss. Ber. Ungarn

Mber.  Bur. statist. Amsterdam

Mber.  Statist. Amt. Breslau

Mber.  Statist. Amt. Dresden

Mber.  Urol.
Mbl. apothek., Gorinchem
Mbl. Gesundhpfl.
Mbl. vervalsch.
MD, Chic.

M. D.  S. Bull., N. Y.

Mead  M. Sports Rev.
Mecanico dent., B. Air.
Med. aeronaut.
Med. Age
Med. Ann. District of Columbia

Med. argent.
Med. Arts
Med. biol. J., Leningr.
Med. biul., Irkutsk
Med. BL, Wien
Med. Brief, S.  Louis
Med. Briefs, Detr.
Med. Bull., N.  Y.
Med. Bull., Wichita
Med. Bull. Brownsville East  N. York
   Hosp.
Med. Bull. Bur. Invest. Palestine Jew.
   M. Ass.
Med. Bull. Lycoming Co.  M. Soc.

Med. Bull. Medit. Theater U. S.

Med. Bull. (Nestle)  Manila
Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater U. S..

Med. Bull. (Standard Oil  Co.)  N. Y.

Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati

Med. Bull. Univ. Iowa
Med. Bull. Univ. Toronto
Med. Bull. U.  S. Chief Surg. Europ.
   Theatre
Med. Bull. Veterans Admin.

Med. Care
Med. Center News, Wash.
Med. & Chem., Berl.
Med. chir., Nap.
Med. Chron., Moskva
Med. & cir., Bogota
Med. & cir., Porto Alegre
Med. & cir. guerra
Med. cir.  occid., Guadalajara
Med. cir. pharm., Rio
Med. Clarion, Manila
Med. Classics
Med. Clin. N.  America
Med. col., Madr.
Med. Comment
Med. Comrade, Delhi
Med. contemp., Lisb.
Med. contemp., Tor.
Med. Counc, Phila. -
     549701—vol. 10, 4th Series----vi
3749.
3750.
3751.
3752.
3754.
3755.
3756.
3757.
3758.
3759.
3760.
3761.
3762.
3734. Massachusetts medical journal.   Boston.
3735. Maternity and child welfare.  London.
3736. Materiaux pour  l'etude des calamites.  Geneve.
3737. Maternita e infanzia.  Roma.
3738. Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche Berichte
  aus Ungarn.   Berlin.
3739. Maandbericht van het Bureau van statistiek  der
  gemeente Amsterdam   [Amsterdam]
3740. Monatsberichte  des Statistischen Amts der  Stadt
  Breslau.  Breslau.
3741. Monatsberichte  des Statistischen Amts der  Stadt
  Dresden.   Dresden.
3742. Monatsberichte fiir Urologic  Berlin.
3743. Maandblad voor apothekers.  Gorinchem.
3744. Monatsblatt fiir Gesundheitspflege.  Braunschweig.
3745. Maanblad tegen de vervalschingen.   Amsterdam.
3746. MD;  an international journal for interns  and stu-
  dents of medicine.   Chicago.
3747. M. D. S. (The) bulletin [Midtown Dental Society of
  New York City]   New York.
3748. Mead's medical sports review.  Evansville, Ind.
      Mecanico (El) dental.   Buenos Aires.
      Medecine (La) aeronautique.  Paris.
      Medical age.   Detroit.
      Medical annals of  the District of  Columbia.   Balti-
  more.
3753. Medicina (La) argentina.   Buenos Aires.
      Medical arts.  Indianapolis.
      Mediko-biologichesky jurnal.  Leningrad.
      Medicinskii biulleten.   Irkutsk.
      Medizinische Blatter.   Wien.
      Medical brief.  Saint Louis.
      Medical briefs.  Detroit.
      Medical bulletin.  New York.
      Medical bulletin.  Wichita, Kan.
      Medical  bulletin;  Brownsville and East New York
  Hospital.   Brooklyn.
3763. Medical  bulletin  [Bureau of  Investigation of  the
  Palestine  Jewish  Medical Association]   Tel Aviv.
3764. Medical  bulletin  [Lycoming County Medical  So-
  ciety]   Montgomery, Pa.
3765. Medical  (The) bulletin of the  Mediterranean  Thea-
  ter of  Operations, Army, United States   [n. p.]
3766. Medical  bulletin; NesthVs.  Manila.
3767. Medical  bulletin of the North African Theater of
  Operations  [n. p.]
3768. Medical  (The) bulletin [issued by Standard Oil Co.]
  New York.
3769. Medical  bulletin;  University  of Cincinnati.   Cin-
  cinnati.
3770. Medical  bulletin;  University of Iowa.  Iowa City.
3771. Medical  bulletin; University of Toronto.   Toronto.
3772. Medical bulletin; Office of the Chief Surgeon, Euro-
  pean Theatre of Operations   [n. p.]
3773. Medical  (The) bulletin of the Veterans' Administra-
  tion.   Washington.
3774. Medical  care.  Baltimore.
3775. Medical  (The) Center news.  Washington.
3776. Medizin  und Chemie.   Berlin.
3777. Medicina e chirurgia del medico pratico.  Napoli.
3778. Medical  chronicle.   Moskva.
      Medicina y cirugia.   Bogota.
      Medicina e cirurgia.  Porto Alegre.
      Medicina y cirugfa de guerra.   Madrid.
      Medicina y cirugia de occidente  [Guadalajara]
      Medicina, cirurgia, pharmacia.  Rio de Janeiro.
      Medical  (The) clarion.   Manila.
      Medical  classics.  Baltimore.
      Medical clinics of North America.
      Medicina (La) colonial.   Madrid.
      Medical  comment.  Johnstown.
      Medical  (The) comrade.   Delhi.
      Medicina (A) contemporanea.  Lisboa.
      Medicina (La) contemporanea.   Torino.
      Medical  council.   Philadelphia.
3779.
3780.
3781.
3782.
3783.
3784.
3785.
3786.
3787.
3788.
3789.
3790.
3791.
3792.
Philadelphia. 
[78]
Med. Critic
Meddel. Norsk farm, selsk.
Med. Dent.  Bull., Chic.
Med. deporte, B. Air.
Medd. Gr^nland
Med. d. hoy, Habana
Med. Div. Slem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense

Med. dosw.
Medecine, Par.
Medecin fr.
Med. Econom.
Meded. Burgerl. geneesk. dienst Ned.
  Indie
Meded. Dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie

Meded. Geneesk. laborat. Weltevreden

Meded. Rijks Inst, pharm. ther. onder-
  zoek
Med. Electr. Radiol., Lond.
Med. espan.
Med. exp., Kharkov
Med. lenn.
Med. foren. tskr.,  Stockh.
Med. Fortnightly
Med. germ., Rio
Med. Herald
Med. histor. Jahrb.
Med. homeop. mex.
Med. & hyg., Geneve
Med. ibera
Medica, Matanzas
Medical, Caracas
Medicamenta, Madr.
Medicas, N.  Y.
Medicina, B. Air.
Medicina, Bogota
Medicina, Kaunas
Medicina, Madr.
Medicina, Mex.
Medicina, Paraiba
Medicina, S. Peterb.
Medicine, Bait.
Medico condotto
Med. inf., Par.
Med. inf., Roma
Med. Insur.
Med. internat., Par.
Med. internaz., Milano
Medisiinari
Med. ital.
Med. J., Lond. (Can.)
Med. J., Moskva
Med. J. Abstr.
Med. J. Australia
Med. J. & Rec
Med. J. S. Africa
Med. J. Siam. Red Cross

Med. J. Tufts Coll. School M.

Med. Klin.,  Berl.

Med. Korbl. Wiirttemberg

Med. kron. lek., Warsz.
Med. latina,  Madr.
Med. lavoro
Med. Leaves
Med. Leg. Crim. Rev.,  Lond.

Med. Leg. J., N. Y.
Med. Life
States.
Warszawa.
3803.
3804.
3793. Medical (The critic and guide,  £e™kknn'  Oslo
3791. Meddelelser fra Norsk farmaceutisk selskap^  Oslo.
37<)5  Medical (The) and dental bulletin.   Chicago
3796: Medicina del deporte y del trabajo   Buenos Aires.
3797. Meddelelser om Gr0nland.  K0benhavn.
3798. Medicina de hoy.  La Habana.
3799  Medical  division  memorandum;  United
  Office of Civilian Defense.   Washington.
3800. Medycyna  doswiadczalna l spoleczna.
3801. Medecine (La)   Paris.
3802. Medecin (Le) francais.  Fans.
      Medical economics.  Rutherford, N. J.
      Mededeelingen van den  Burgerlijken  geneeskundi-
  gen dienst in Nederlandsch-Indie.   Batavia.
3805. Mededeelingen van den Dienst der volksgezondheid
  in Nederlandsch-Indie.   Batavia.
3806. Mededeelingen  uit het Geneeskundig  laboratorium
  te Weltevreden.  Batavia.
3807. Mededeelingen  van het Rijks-Instituut voor  phar-
  maco-therapeutisch onderzoek  [Leiden]
3808. Medical electrology and radiology.   London.
      Medicina espanola.   Valencia.
      Medecine (La) experimentale.   Kharkov.
      Medicina fennica.  Helsinki.
      Medicinska foreningens tidskrift.  Stockholm.
      Medical (The) fortnightly.  Saint Louis.
      Medicina (A) germanica.   Rio de Janeiro.
      Medical herald.  Portland, Ore.
      Medico-historisches Jahrbuch.  Berlin.
      Medicina homeopatica mexicana.  Mexico.
      Medecine et hygiene.  Geneve.
      Medicina (La) ibera.   Madrid.
      Medica.  Matanzas, Cuba.
3821. Medical; revista de la Clinica Luis Razetti.  Caracas.
3822. Medicamenta.  Madrid.
      Medicas.   New York.
      Medicina.   Buenos Aires.
      Medicina.   Bogota.
      Medicina.   Kaunas.
      Medicina.   Madrid.
      Medicina.   Mexico.
      Medicina.   Paraiba.
      Medicina.  Sankt-Peterburg.
      Medicine.   Baltimore.
      Medico  (II) condotto.  Roma.
3833. Medecine (La) infantile.   Paris.
3834. Medicina infantile   Roma.
3835. Medical insurance.   Austin, Tex.
3836. Medecine (La) internationale.   Paris.
3837. Medicina (La) internazionale.   Milano.
3838. Medisiinari; Laaketieteenkandidaattiseura. Helsinki.
3839. Medicina italiana.   Milano.
3840. Medical journal.  London, Can.
3841. Medicinsky jurnal.   Moskva.
3842. Medical journal abstracts.  New York.
3843. Medical (The) journal of Australia.  Sydney.
3844. Medical journal and record.  New York.
3845. Medical journal of South Africa.  Johannesburg.
3846. Medical journal of the Siamese  Red Cross.   Bang-
  kok.
3847. [Medical journal]  Tufts College  School of  Medi-
  cine.   Boston.
3848. Medizinische Klinik  [at head of tp.: Wochenschrift
  fiir praktische Aerzte]   Berlin.
3849. Medizinisches Korrespondenzblatt  fur  Wiirttem-
  berg.   Stuttgart.
3850. Medycyna  i kronika lekarska.  Warszawa.
3851. Medicina latina.   Madrid.
3852. Medicina (La) del lavoro.
3853. Medical leaves.  Chicago.
3854. Medico-legal  (The)   and
  London.
3855. Medico-legal (The) journal.
3856. Medical life.  New York.
3809.
3810.
3811.
3812.
3813.
3814.
3815.
3816.
3817.
3818.
3819.
3820
3823.
3824.
3825.
3826.
3827.
3828.
3829.
3830.
3831.
3832.
Milano.

 criminological   review.

  New York. 
[79]
Med. Liter., Lpz.
Med. mbl., Batavia
Med. Mentor
Med. Mil. Rev., Wash.
Med. misl, Rostov
Med. misl, Tashkent

Med. Missionary
Med. mod., Valparaiso
Med. Nachr., Wien

Med. Neuigk.
Med. News, N. Y.
Med. ninos
Med. Novit., Lpz.
Med. nuova
Med. Observ., Lond.

Med. Off.,  Lond.
Med. paises calid.
Med. parazit., Moskva

Med. Pickwick
Med. Pocket Q.
Med. prakt., Poznan
Med. prat., Nap.
Med. prat., Par.
Med. pregl., Beograd
Med. Press & Circ, Lond.
Med. Press Egypt
Med. prev., Tor.
Med. Progr., Louisv.
Med. Rec, Houston
Med. Rec, N. Y.
Med. rev.,  Bergen
Med. Rev., Lond.
Med. Rev.  of Rev.
Med. San.  Rep., Hong Kong

Med. Sc. Abstr., Lond.
Med. Sc. Arch. Adelaide Hosp.

Med. School Digest, Minneap.
Med. scol., Par.
Med. Searchlight

Med. Sentinel
Med. Sketches, N. Y.
Med. sociale, Nap.
Med. Soc. Rep., Scranton
Med. Soldier
Med. spec, Tor.
Med. spolecz.
Med. sport, Tor.

Med. Stand.
Med. statist. Mitt. Reichsgesundhamt

Med. statist. Nachr., Berl.
Med. stomat., Par.
Med. Students Mag.
Med. Suggestions
Med. Summary
Med. Surg. Suggestions, Madras
Med. Technician
Med. Techn. Intell. Field Rep.
Med. Times, Lond.
Med. Times, N. Y.
Med. Today, N. Y.
Med. Today, Richmond
Med. Topics, Melb.
Med. trabajo
Med. travail
3857. Medizinische Literatur.  Leipzig.
3858. Medisch maandblad.   Batavia.
3859. Medical mentor.   Baltimore.
3860. Medico-military review.   Washington.
3861. Medicinskaia misl.  Rostov na Donu.
3862. Medicinskaia  misl Uzbekistana  i  Turkmenistana.
  Tashkent.
3863. Medical  (The) missionary.  Philadelphia.
3864. Medicina moderna.  Valparaiso.
3865. Medizinische  Nachrichten  aus  den  Vereinigten
  Staaten.  Wien.
3866. Medizinische Neuigkeiten.  Erlangen  & Miinchen.
3867. Medical  (The) news.   New York.
3868. Medicina (La) de los ninos.   Barcelona.
      Medizinische Novitaten.  Leipzig.
      Medicina nuova.  Roma.
      Medical  (The)  observer  and medical digest.  Lon-
3869.
3870.
3871.
  don
3872.
3873.
3874.
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3886
3887.
3888.
3889.
3890.
      Medical (The) officer.  London.
      Medicina de los paises caJidos.  Madrid.
      Medicinskaia parazitologia  i  parazitarnie bolezni.
  Moskva.
3875. Medical pickwick.  Saint Louis.
      Medical pocket quarterly.  Jersey City, N. J.
      Medycyna praktyczna.   Poznan.
      Medicina pratica.   Napoli.
      Medecine pratique.  Paris.
      Medicinski pregled.  Beograd.
3881. Medical press and circular.  London [v. p.]
3882. Medical (The) press of Egypt.  Cairo.
3883. Medicina preventiva.   Torino.
3884. Medical progress.   Louisville, Ky.
3885. Medical record and annals.  Houston, Tex.
      Medical record.   New York [v. p.]
      Medicinsk revue.   Bergen.
      Medical review.   London.
      Medical review of reviews.   New York.
      Medical and  sanitary report, Medical Department.
  Hong Kong.
3891. Medical science, abstracts and reviews.  London.
3892. Medical (The)  and scientific archives of  the Ade-
  laide Hospital.   Adelaide.
3893. Medical school digest.   Minneapolis.
3894. Medecine scolaire.  Paris.
3895. Medical  (The)  searchlight  and   science  bulletin.
  Philadelphia.
3896. Medical sentinel.   Portland, Ore.
      Medical sketches.   New York.
      Medicina (La) sociale.  Napoli.
      Medical society reporter.  Scranton, Pa.
      Medical (The) soldier.  Carlisle Barracks.
      Medicina sperimentalc   Torino.
      Medycyna spoleczna.   Warszawa.
      Medicina   dello  sport  e  dell'educazione  fisica.
  Torino.
3904. Medical standard.  Chicago.
3905. Medizinal-statistische Mitteilungen aus dem Reichs-
  gesundheitsamte.  Berlin.
3906. Medizinalstatistische Nachrichten.  Berlin.
      Medecin stomatologiste.  Paris.
      Medical students  magazine.  Kansas City, Mo.
      Medical suggestions.  Saint Louis.
      Medical summary.  Philadelphia.
      Medico-surgical suggestions.  Madras.
      Medical (The) technician.  San Gabriel, Calif.
      Medical technical intelligence field report; Medical
  Analysis Section, 5250th Technical  Intelligence Com-
  pany, U. S. Army.  Tokyo.
3914. Medical (The) times.   London.
      Medical times [v. p.]
      Medicine today.  New York.
      Medicine today and tomorrow.  Richmond, Engl.
      Medical topics.    Melbourne.
      Medicina del trabajo e higiene industrial.  Madrid.
      Medecine (La) du travail.  Lyon.
3897.
3898.
3899.
3900.
3901.
3902.
3903.
3907.
3908.
3909.
3910.
3911.
3912.
3913.
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920 
[80]
Med. usine
Med. Veterans News
Med. wbl. Nederland

Med. Welt
Med. wet., Warsz.
Med. Woche
Med. Woman J.
Med. World, Lond.
Med. World, Phila.
Medycyna
Med. Zschr.
Mehl & Brot
Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep.
Mem.  Acad. Belgique

Mem.  Acad, chir., Par.
Mem.  Acad, cienc. Barcelona

Mem.  Acad. nac. cienc. Antonio Alzate

Mem.  Acad, polon. sc.

Mem.  Acad, sc Montpellier

Mem.  Accad. Italia
Mem.  Accad. sc. 1st. Bologna

Mem.  Am. Anthrop. Ass.

Mem. Boston Soc. Natur. Hist.

Mem. Congr. farm. Centr. America

Mem. Congr. med. (Brazil)
Mem. Congr. med. centroamer.

 Mem. Congr. med. nac. mex.

 Mem. Congr. med. peninsular
 Mem. Congr. mex. prev. ceguera

 Mem. Congr. nac. brucel.

 Mem. Congr. nac. fac. med. (Mexico)

 Mem. Congr. venezol. leche

 Mem. Congr. venezol. med.
 Mem. Convene med. mil. mex.

 Mem. couron. Acad. med. Belgique

 Mem. Hosp. Juquery
 Mem. Inst. biol. Ezequiel Dias, Belo
   Horiz.
 Mem. Inst. Butantan
 Mem. Inst. Egypte
 Mem. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air.

 Mem. Inst. nac. nutr., B. Air.

 Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz

 Mem. Inst, tisiol., Montev.

 Mem. 1st. venet. sc.

 Mem. Liverpool School Trop. M.

 Mem. London  School Hyg.

 Mem. med. contemp., Venez.
 Mem. Min. previs. social (Ecuador)
3921.  Medecin (Le) d'usinc  Paris.
3922.  Medical (The) veterans news.  Los Angeles.
3923.  Medisch weekblad voor Noord- en Zuid-Nederland.
  Amsterdam.         N „r u
3924.  Medizinische (Die) Welt.
3925.  Medycyna weterynaryjna.
3926.  Medicinische (Die) Woche.
      Medical woman's journal.
      Medical (The) world.
      Medical (The) world.
   Berlin.
    Warszawa.
     Berlin.
    Cincinnati.
London.
Philadelphia.
3927.
3928.
3929.
3930.
3931.
3932.
3933.
3934
      Medycyna.   Warszawa.
      Medicinische Zeitschrift.  Miinchen.
      Mehl und Brot.  Berlin.
      R Melbourne Hospital clinical reports.   Melbourne.
      Memoires; Academie royale de Belgique.   Bruxel-
     les
3935. Memoires de l'Academie de chirurgie.  Paris.
3936. Memorias  de la Academia de ciencias y  artes de
  Barcelona.   Barcelona.                 .
3937. Memorias  y  revista de la Academia nacional de
  ciencias Antonio Alzate.  Mexico.
3938. M6moires  de l'Academie polonaise  des sciences et
  des lettres.   Krakdw.            .
3939. Memoires;  Academie des  sciences et  lettres de
  Montpellier.  Montpellier.
3940. Memorie dell'Accademia d'ltaha.   Roma.
3941. Memorie dell'Accademia delle scienze dell Istituto
  di Bologna.  Bologna.                    .
3942. Memoirs of the American  Anthropological Associa-
  tion.   Menasha.
3943. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History.
  Boston.                                          .
3944. Memoria; Congreso farmaceutico de Centro-Am6nca
  y Panama.  Guatemala.
3945. Memorias; Congresso medico  (Brazil)  Sao Paulo.
3946. Memorias del  Congreso medico  centroamericano.
  San Jose, Costa Rica.
3947. Memoria  general  del  Congreso  medico  nacional
  mexicano.   Mexico.
3948. Memorias; Congreso medico peninsular.  Merida.
3949. Memoria del Congreso mexicano de prevenci6n de la
  ceguera.  Mexico.
3950. Memoria del ...  Congreso nacional de la brucelosis.
   Mexico.
 3951.  Memoria; Congreso nacional de faculdades de medi-
   cina, Mexico.   Monterrey, N. L.
 3952.  Memoria; Congreso venezolano de la leche.  Cara-
  cas
3953.
3954.
      Memoria; Congreso venezolano de medicina  [v. p.]
      Memoria;  Convencidn de  medicos militares mexi-
  canos.   Mexico.
3955.  Memoires couronnes et autres memoires;  Academie
  royale de medecine de Belgique.   Bruxelles.
3956.  Memorias; Hospital de Juquery.  Juquery, Brazil.
3957.  Memorias  do  Instituto biologico Ezequiel  Dias.
  Belo Horizonte.
3958.  Memorias  do Instituto de Butantan.   Sao Paulo.
3959.  Memoires  present6s a l'lnstitut d'Egypte.  Cairo.
3960.  Memoria anual; Instituto de medicina experimental
  para el estudio y tratamiento del cancer.  Buenos Aires.
3961.  Memoria  anual  del Instituto  nacional  de la  nu-
  tricidn.   Buenos Aires.
3962.  Memorias do Instituto  Oswaldo  Cruz.  Rio de
  Janeiro.
3963.  Memorias y comunicaciones [Instituto de tisiologia]
  Montevideo.
3964.  Memorie del Istituto veneto di scienze,  lettere ed
  arti.  Venezia.
3965. Memoir; Liverpool School of  Tropical  Medicine.
  Liverpool.
3966. Memoir; London School of Hygiene and Tropical
  Medicine.   London.
3967. Memoriale della medicina contemporanea. Venezia.
3968. Memoria del Ministro de previsi6n social, Ecuador.
  Quito. 
[81]
 Mem. Min. sal. pub. Peru

 Mem. Min. sal. pub. Uruguay

 Mem. Min. san. Venezuela

 Mem. Min. trab. Bolivia

 Mem. Nat. Acad. Sc U. S.

 Mem. Obras san. nac, B. Air.

 Memphis M. J.
 Memphis M. Month.
 Mem. Seer, salub., Mex.

 Mem. Seer, salub. pub. (Costa Rica)

 Mem. Sect, sc nat. Inst. col. beige

 Mem. Sem. med. mil., Mex.
 Mem. Soc. anthrop. Paris

 Mem. Soc. Antonio Alzate

 Mem. Soc centr. med. vet., Par.

 Mem. Soc oft. mex.

 Mem. Soc. sc. Bordeaux

 Mem. Soc. sc. Seine-et-Oise

 Mem. Soc. urug. urol.

 Mem. Univ. Michigan Mus. Paleont.

 Mensaje Bibl. nac, Quito
 Mens. Buen samarit., Guanajuato
 Ment. Health, Lond.
 Ment. Health, Toronto
 Ment. Health Bull., Chic.
 Ment. Health Bull., Danville
 Ment. Health Observ.
 Ment. Health Sentinel
 Ment. Hyg., Alb.
 Ment. Hyg., Concord
 Ment. Hyg. Bull., Indianap.
 Ment. Hyg. News, Alb.
 Ment. Hyg. News, N. Haven
Ment. Hyg. Rev., Indianap.
Ment. Welf., Lond.
Merck Jahrber.
 Merck Rep.
 Meriden Hosp. Bull.
 Messenger, N. Y.
 Metabolist
 Meth. M. Educ.

 Metron, Rovigo
 Metrop. Druggist
 Mexico farm.
 Mexico med.
 Mhefte prakt. Derm.

 Mhefte prakt. Tierh.

 Michigan Out of Doors
 Michigan Pub. Health
 Microbiology, Moskva
Microcosm, N. Y.
Microentomology
 3969. Memoria; Ministerio de salud publica  y asistencia
   social, Peru.   Lima.
 3970. Memoria del Ministerio de salud publica, Uruguay.
   Montevideo.
 3971. Memoria  y cuenta  del  Ministerio  de sanidad y
   asistencia social; Estados Unidos de Venezuela.  Caracas.
 3972. Memoria;  Ministerio  del  trabajo,  salubridad y
   previsidn social, Bolivia.   La Paz.
 3973. Memoirs  of the National Academy of Sciences of the
   United States.   Washington.
 3974. Memoria del Directorio; Administracidn general de
   Obras sanitarias de la nacidn, Argentina.  Buenos Aires.
 3975. Memphis medical journal.  Memphis, Tenn.
 3976. Memphis medical monthly.   Memphis, Tenn.
 3977. Memoria;  Secretarfa  de salubridad y asistencia.
   Mexico.
 3978. Memoria de la Secretarfa de salubridad publica y
   proteccidn social, Costa Rica.  San Jose.
 3979. Memoires;  Section des sciences  naturelles et medi-
   cales, Institut colonial beige.  Bruxelles.
 3980. Memoria; Semana  de medicina militar.   Mexico.
 3981. Memoires de la Societe d'anthropologie de Paris.
   Paris.
 3982. Memorias y revista de la Sociedad cientffica Antonio
   Alzate.  Mexico.
 3983. Memoires de la Societe  imperiale et  centrale de
   medecine veterinaire.   Paris.
 3984. Memorias de la  Reunidn anual de Sociedad oftal-
   mo!6gica mexicana.   Mexico.
 3985. Memoires de la  Societe des sciences physiques et
   naturelles de Bordeaux.   Bordeaux.
 3986. Memoires  de la Societe des  sciences naturales et
   medicales de Seine-et-Oise.   Versailles.
 3987. Memoria  de la  Sociedad uruguaya de  urologfa.
   Montevideo.
 3988. Memoirs of the University of Michigan Museums;
   Museum of Paleontology.  Ann Arbor.
 3989. Mensaje de la Biblioteca nacional.   Quito.
       Mensajero de Buen samaritano.  Guanajuato, Mex.
       Mental health.  London.
       Mental health.  Toronto, Ont.
       Mental health bulletin.   Chicago.
       Mental health bulletin.   Danville, Pa.
       Mental health observer.  Columbia, Mo.
       Mental health sentinel.   Boston.
       Mental hygiene.  Albany.
       Mental hygiene.  Concord, N. H.
       Mental (The) hygiene bulletin.  Indianapolis.
       Mental hygiene news.  Albany.
       Mental hygiene news.  New Haven.
       Mental (The) hygiene review.  Indianapolis.
       Mental welfare.   London.
       Merck's (E.) Jahresbericht iiber Neuerungen  auf
       Gebieten  der  Pharmakotherapie  und  Pharmazie.
   Darmstadt.
4005.  Merck (The) report.  Rahway, N. J.
       Meriden Hospital bulletin.   Meriden,  Conn.
       Messenger.   New York.
       Metabolist.   New York.
       Methods  and  problems of  medical  education.
   New York.
4010. Metron.   Rovigo.
4011. Metropolitan druggist.  New York.
4012. Mexico farmaceutico.   Mexico.
4013. Mexico  medico.   Mexico.
4014. Monatshefte fiir  praktische Dermatologie.   Ham-
  burg.
4015. Monatshefte der praktischen Tierheilkunde.  Stutt-
  gart.
4016. Michigan out-of-doors.  Ann Arbor.
      Michigan public health.  Lansing.
      Microbiology.  Moskva.
      Microcosm (The)  New York.
      Microentomology.  Stanford University.
3990.
3991.
3992.
3993.
3994.
3995.
3996.
3997.
3998.
3999.
4000.
4001.
4002.
4003.
4004.
  den
4006.
4007.
4008.
4009.
4017
4018
4019
4020 
[ SL> |
Microfilm Abstr. Doct. Diss.
 Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond.
 Middlesex Vet.
 Midland Druggist

 Midland M. J., Birm.
 Midwives Chron., Lond.
 Mikrobiologia, Moskva
 Mikrob. J., Leningr.
 Mikrochemie, Wien
 Mikrokosmos, Stuttg.
 Mil. Affairs
 Milbank Mem. Fund Q.
 Milchwirtsch. Zbl.
 Mil. Dent. J.
 Mil. Engin.
 Mil. geneesk. tschr.
 Militararzt, Wien
 Militaerlaegen
 Militarsanitat, Zur.
 Milizia san.
 Mil. Rev., Fort Leavenw.
 Mil. spectator, Haag
 Mil. Surgeon
 Mil. tekn.  tskr.
 Milwaukee M. Times
 Mil. Wbl., Berl.
 Mil. wiss. Mitt., Wien
 Mind, Lond.
 Minerva med., Tor.
 Minerva (Riv.)
 Minneapolis Distr. Dent. J.
 Minnesota M.
 Minutes Am. Roentg. Soc.

 Minutes Com.  Prosthet. Dev.  U. S.
   Nat. Res. Counc.

 Minutes Internat. Congr. Sc. Campaign
   Cancer
 Misc. Contr. Com. Costs M. Care

 Misc. Pub. Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool.

 Mississippi Doctor
 Mississippi Valley M. J.
 Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai

 Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien

 Mitt. Biochem.
 Mitt. Deut. Ges. Bekampf. Geschlkr.

 Mitt. Deut.  Ges. Naturk. Ostasiens,
   Tokyo
 Mitt. Deut. pharm. Ges.

 Mitt. Gesch.  Med. Naturwiss.

 Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien

 Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir.

 Mitt. Hamburg. Staatskrankenanst.

 Mitt. Inst. Radiumforsch., Wien

 Mitt. Justus Perthes Anst.

 Mitt. Kriminalb. Ges.

Mitt. Landwirtsch.
 4021.  Microfilm  abstracts; a  collection  of abstracts of
   doctoral dissertations which are available in  complete
   form on microfilm.  Ann Arbor.
 4022.  Middlesex  Hospital journal.  London.
 4023.  Middlesex  (The) veterinarian.   Waltham, Mass.
 4024.  Midland   druggist  and   pharmaceutical  review.
   Columbus, Ohio.
 4025.  Midland medical journal.   Birmingham, Engl.
 4026.  Midwives'  chronicle and nursing notes.  London.
 4027.  Mikrobiologia.  Moskva.
 4028.  Mikrobiologichesky jurnal.  Leningrad.
 4029.  Mikrochemie.  Wien.
 4030.  Mikrokosmos.   Stuttgart.
 4031.  Military affairs.  Washington.
 4032.  Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly.   New York.
 4033.  Milchwirtschaftliches Zentralblatt.   Hannover.
 4034.  Military dental journal.  Washington.
 4035.  Military engineer.  Washington.
 4036.  Militair-geneeskundig tijdschrift.  Haarlem.
 4037.  Militararzt.  Wien.
 4038.  Militaerlaegen.  K0benhavn.
 4039.  Militarsanitat (Die)   Zurich.
 4040.  Milizia sanitaria.  Roma.
 4041.  Military review.  Fort Leavenworth, Kans.
 4042.  Militaire (De) spectator.  Den Haag.
 4043.  Military (The) surgeon.  Washington.
 4044.  Militar-teknisk tidskrift.  Stockholm.
 4045.  Milwaukee (The) medical times.  Milwaukee.
 4046.  Militar-Wochenblatt.  Berlin.
 4047.  Militarwissenschaftliche Mitteilungen.   Wien.
 4048.  Mind.   London.
 4049.  Minerva medica.  Torino.
 4050.  Minerva; rivista delle riviste quindicinale.  Torino.
 4051.  Minneapolis District dental journal.   Minneapolis.
 4052.  Minnesota  medicine.  Minneapolis.
 4053.  Minutes of the American  Roentgen Ray Society.
   Chicago.
 4054.  Minutes of  meetings;  Committee  on  Prosthetic
   Devices,  United  States  National  Research  Council
   [Washington]
 4055.  Minutes; International  Congress of Scientific  and
   Social Campaign against Cancer.   Bruxelles.
 4056.  Miscellaneous contributions of  the  Committee on
   the Costs of Medical Care.  New York.
 4057.  Miscellaneous publications; University of Michigan,
   Museum of  Zoology.  Ann Arbor.
 4058.  Mississippi (The) doctor.   Bonneville.
 4059.  Mississippi Valley medical journal.   Louisville, Ky.
 4060.  Mitteilungen uber allgemeine Pathologie und patho-
   logische Anatomie.  Sendai.
 4061.  Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in
   Wien.  Wien.
 4062.  Mitteilungen iiber Biochemie.   Lage.
 4063.  Mitteilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft  zur Be-
   kiimpfung der Geschlechtskrankheiten.   Leipzig.
 4064.  Mitteilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fur Natur-
   und Volkerkunde Ostasiens.  Tokyo.
 4065.  Mitteilungen der Deutschen pharmazeutischen Ge-
   sellschaft.  Berlin.
 4066. Mitteilungen zur Geschichte der Medizin  und der
   Naturwissenschaften.  Leipzig.
 4067. Mitteilungen der Gesellschaft fur innere Medizin in
   Wien.  Wien.
 4068. Mitteilungen aus den Grenzgebieten  der  Medizin
   und Chirurgie.   Jena.
 4069. Mitteilungen  aus  den  Hamburgischen  Staats-
   krankenanstalten.  Hamburg.
 4070. Mitteilungen des Institutes fur Radiumforschung.
   Wien.
 4071. Mitteilungen  aus  Justus  Perthes'  geographischer
   Anstalt.   Gotha.
 4072. Mitteilungen der Kriminalbiologischen Gesellschaft.
   Leipzig.
4073. Mitteilungen fur die Landwirtschaft.   Berlin. 
[83]
 Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., Bern

 Mitt. Med. Akad. Keijo

 Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto

 Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Kyushu

 Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ. Tokyo

 Mitt. Med. Ges. Osaka

 Mitt. Med. Ges. Tokyo

 Mitt. Oesterr. Ges. Bevolkpolit.

 Mitt. Path. Inst. Univ. Sendai

 Mitt. Statist. Staatsamt. Cech.

 Mitt. Verein. Aerzte Steiermark

 Mitt. Verein. badisch. Tierarzte

 Mitt. Verein. Erdk. Dresden

 Mitt. Verein. Volksgesundh. Bern

 Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien

 Mitt. Wiss. Kom. Kreislaufstdr.


 Mobile M. & S. J.
 Mod. Concepts Card. Dis.

 Mod. Dent., Brooklyn
 Mod. Health  Crusader Vermont
 Mod. Hosp.
 Mod. Med., Chic.
 Mod. Med., Minneap.
 Mod. Pharm., Detr.
 Momento odont., Mex.
 Monaco mediter. med.
 Monde med.
 Mondo med.
 Monist,  Chic.
 Monit. endocr.

 Monit. ostet. gin.
 Monit. zool. ital.
 Monogr. act. derm., Kyoto
 Monogr. Frauenk.

 Monogr. Inst, hig., Popotla
 Monogr. Neur. Psychiat., Berl.

 Monogr. Rev. espan. reumat.

 Monogr. Rockefeller Inst. M. Res.

 Monogr. Soc.  Res. Child Develop.

 Montana Health
 Montefiore Digest
 Monterrey med.
 Month. Bull.  Adams Co. M. Soc.

 Month. Bull. Alberta Dep. Health

Month. Bull. Bd Health California

Month. Bull. Bd Health Indiana
 4074. Mitteilungen aus dem  Gebiete der Lebensmittel-
   untersuchung und Hygiene.   Bern.
 4075. Mitteilungen der Medizinischen Akademie in Keijo.
   Keijo.
 4076. Mitteilungen aus der Medizinischen Akademie  zu
   Kioto.   Kyoto.
 4077. Mitteilungen aus der Medizinischen Fakultat der  K.
   Universitat zu Kyushu.   Fukuoka.
 4078. Mitteilungen aus der Medizinischen Fakultat der
   Kaiserlichen Universitat zu Tokyo.  Tokyo.
 4079. Mitteilungen der  Medizinischen  Gesellschaft  zu
   Osaka.  Osaka.
 4080. Mitteilungen der  Medizinischen  Gesellschaft  zu
   Tokyo.   Tokyo.
 4081. Mitteilungen der Oesterreichischen Gesellschaft fiir
   Bevolkerungspolitik und Fursorgewesen.  Wien.
 4082. Mitteilungen aus  dem Pathologischen  Institut der
   Universitat zu Sendai.   Sendai.
 4083. Mitteilungen des  Statistischen  Staatsamtes der
   Cechoslovakischen Republik.  Praha.
 4084. Mitteilungen des Vereins der Aerzte in Steiermark.
   Graz.
 4085. Mitteilungen  des   Vereins   badischer  Tierarzte.
   Karlsruhe.
 4086. Mitteilungen des Vereins fiir Erdkunde zu Dresden.
   Dresden.
 4087. Mitteilungen des  Vereins fiir Volksgesundheit  zu
   Bern.  Bern.
 4088. Mitteilungen des  Volksgesundheitsamtes  im  Bun-
   desministerium fiir soziale Verwaltung.  Wien.
 4089. Mitteilungen des Wissenschaftlichen Komitees zur
   Erforschung und Bekampfung der Kreislaufstorungen.
   Dresden.
 4090. Mobile medical  and surgical journal.  Mobile, Ala.
 4091. Modern concepts  of  cardiovascular disease.   New
   York.
 4092. Modern dentistry.  Brooklyn.
 4093. Modern health crusader of Vermont.  Burlington.
 4094. Modern hospital.  Chicago.
 4095. Modern medicine.  Chicago.
 4096. Modern medicine.  Minneapolis.
 4097. Modern pharmacy.  Detroit.
 4098. Momento (El) odontol6gico.   Mexico.
 4099. Monaco-mediterranee medical.  Monte-Carlo.
 4100. Monde medical.  Paris.
 4101. Mondo medico.   Roma.
 4102. Monist.  Chicago.
 4103. Monitore di  endocrinologia  per  il medico pratico.
   Roma.
 4104.  Monitore ostetrico-ginecologico.  Bologna.
 4105.  Monitore zoologico italiano.   Firenze.
 4106.  Monographiae actorum dermatologicorum.  Kyoto.
 4107.  Monographien zur Frauenkunde und  Eugenetik,
   Sexualbiologie und Vererbungslehre.  Leipzig.
 4108.  Monograffas  del Instituto de  higiene.  Popotla.
 4109.  Monographien aus dem Gesamtgebiete der Neurolo-
   gie und Psychiatrie.   Berlin.
 4110.  Monografias  de la Revista espanola de  reumatismo
   y  enfermedades osteoarticulares.   Barcelona.
 4111.  Monographs  of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical
   Research.   New  York.
 4112.  Monographs  of  the  Society  for  Research in Child
   Development.  Washington.
 4113.  Montana health.  Helena, Mont.
 4114.  Montefiore digest.   New York.
 4115.  Monterrey  medico.   Monterrey.
 4116.  Monthly bulletin of  the Adams County Medical
   Society.   Quincy, 111.
 4117.  Monthly bulletin; Alberta Department of Health.
   Alberta.
4118.  Monthly bulletin of the State Board of Health  of
   California.  Sacramento.
4119. Monthly bulletin of the State Board of Health  of
  Indiana.   Indianapolis. 
[S4]
 Month. Bull. Bur. Health Philippines

 Month. Bull. Dep. Health City N. York

 Month. Bull. Dep. Health N.  Haven

 Month.  Bull.   Emerg.  Pub.  Health
   Laborat. Serv., Lond.
 Month. Bull. Fed. State M. Boards U. S.

 Month. Bull. Health Statist. (Gr. Brit-
   ain War Off.)
 Month. Bull. Indiana Bd Health

 Month. Bull. Indiana Div. Pub. Health

 Month. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc.

 Month. Bull. Maryland Dep. Health

 Month. Bull. Massachusetts Soc. Ment.
   Hyg.
 Month. Bull. N. York State Dep. Health

 Month. Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta.

 Month. Bull. Philadelphia  Dep.  Pub.
   Health
 Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv.

 Month. Bull. Ramsey Co. M.  Soc.

 Month. Bull. Truesdale Hosp.

 Month. Cyclop., Phila.

 Month. Digest Nat. Health Counc.

 Month. Epidem. Rep. League  of Nat.

 Month. Health Bull., Memphis

 Month. J. Foreign Med.

 Month. Labor Rev.
 Month. News Lett. Suffolk Co. M. Soc.

 Month. Rel. Com. Nurs. Schools

 Month. Rep. AAF Aero M. Cent.

 Month. Rep. Com.  M. Res.  Off. Sc.
   Res. (U. S.)

 Month. Rev. N. York Dep. Labor


 Month. Rev. UNRRA

 Month. Staff Conf. Los Angeles  Co.
   Health  Dep. Tuberc.

 Month. Summary Internat. Labor Org.

 Month. Summary League of Nat.

 Month. Vit. Statist. Rev., Alb.
 Month. Weather Rev., Wash.
 Montpellier med.
 Moore News, Swannanoa
 Morgagni
Morph. Jahrb.
Mort. Statist. U. S. Bur. Cens.

Mosk. med. J.
 4120.  Monthly bulletin of the Bureau of Health; Common-
   wealth of the Philippines.  Manila.
 4121.  Monthly bulletin of the Department of Health tor
   the  City of New York.   New York.
 4122.  Monthly bulletin of the Department  of  Health of
   New Haven.   New Haven.
 4123.  Monthly bulletin; Emergency Public Health Labora-
   tory Service.   London.
 4124.  Monthly bulletin of the Federation of State Medical
   Boards of the United States.   Chicago.
 4125.  Monthly bulletin of  health statistics;  War  Office,
   Great Britain.   London.
 4126.  Monthly bulletin of the Indiana State  Board of
   Health. Indianapolis.
 4127.  Monthly  bulletin;  Indiana  Division  of  Public
   Health. Indianapolis.
 4128.  Monthly  bulletin of the Kansas City Southwest
   Clinical Society.  Kansas City,  Mo.
 4129.  Monthly bulletin; Maryland Department of Health.
   Baltimore.
 4130.  Monthly bulletin; Massachusetts Society for Mental
   Hygiene.   Boston.
 4131.  Monthly bulletin [New York] State Department of
   Health. Albany.
 4132.  Monthly bulletin of the Ohio Agricultural Experi-
   ment Station.   Wooster, Ohio.
 4133.  Monthly  bulletin;   Philadelphia  Department   of
   Public Health.  Philadelphia.
 4134.  Monthly bulletin of  the Philippine Health Service.
   Manila.
 4135.  Monthly bulletin; Ramsey County Medical Society.
   Saint Paul.
 4136.  Monthly bulletin of the Truesdale Hospital  and
   Earle P. Charlton Surgery.  Fall River, Mass.
 4137.  Monthly cyclopaedia and medical bulletin.  Phila-
   delphia.
 4138.  Monthly digest of  the National  Health  Council.
   New York.
 4139.  Monthly epidemiological report of the Health Section
   of the Secretariat, League of Nations.  Geneve.
 4140.  Monthly health bulletin; Memphis Department of
   Health.  Memphis.
 4141.  Monthly (The) journal of foreign medicine.  Phila-
   delphia.
 4142.  Monthly labor review.  Washington.
 4143.  Monthly news letter of the Suffolk County Medical
   Society. Riverhead.
 4144.  Monthly releases of  the Committee on Grading of
   Nursing Schools.  New York.
 4145.  Monthly status  report;  U. S. Army  Air Forces,
   Aero Medical Center  [n. p.]
 4146.  Monthly progress report;  Committee  on Medical
   Research, Office of Scientific Research and  Develop-
   ment, United States  [n. p.]
 4147.  Monthly review; New York State Department  of
   Labor,  Division  of  Industrial  Hygiene   and Safety
   Standards.  Albany.
 4148.  Monthly review; United  Nations Relief and  Re-
   habilitation Administration.  Washington.
 4149.  Monthly staff conference of the Los Angeles County
   Health  Department, Tuberculosis Division.   Los Ange-
   les.
 4150.  Monthly summary  of the International Labour
   Organization.  Geneve.
 4151.  Monthly  summary  of the League  of   Nations.
   Geneve.
 4152. Monthly vital statistics review.  Albany.
 4153. Monthly weather review.  Washington.
 4154. Montpellier medical.   Montpellier.
 4155. Moore news.  Swannanoa,  N. C.
 4156. Morgagni.   Milano.
 4157. Morphologisches Jahrbuch.  Leipzig.
 4158. Mortality statistics  of  the U. S. Bureau of Census.
   Washington.
4159. Moskovsky  medicinsky jurnal.  Moskva. 
[85]
Mother, Chic.
Mother & Child, Bait.
Mother & Child, Lond.
Mothers J., N. Y.
Mount Airy Sanit. Bull.
Mouth Health Q., Minneap.
Mouth Mirror, Lond.
Mouvem. san., Par.
Movim. med., Rio
Mschr. Elektr. Kompl. Homoop.

Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.

Mschr. Harnkr. sex. Hyg.
Mschr.
Mschr.
Mschr.
Mschr.

Mschr.

Mschr.

Mschr.

Mschr.
kindergeneesk.
Kinderh.
Krebsbekampf.
Kriminalb.

Kriminalpsych.

Ohrenh., Wien

Psychiat.

Unfallh.
Mschr. ungar. Med.
M. S. C. Vet., East Lansing
MSN, Toronto
M. & S. Rep. Episc Hosp., Phila.

M. & S. Rep. Roosevelt Hosp., N. Y.

M. & S.  Yearb. Physicians  Hosp.
  Plattsburgh
Munch, med. Wschr.
Munch, tierarztl. Wschr.
Mundo hosp., B. Air.
Mundo med.
Mun. Engin., Lond.
Mun. Facts, Denver
Mus. News, Clevel.
Mus. Work, Provid.
Mycologia, Lane.
Mycopathologia, Gravenh.
4160. Mother (The)  Chicago.
4161. Mother and child.  Baltimore.
4162. Mother and child.  London.
4163. Mothers' (The) journal.  New York.
4164. Mount Airy sanitarium bulletin.  Denver, Colo.
4165. Mouth (The) health quarterly.  Minneapolis.
4166. Mouth (The) mirror.   London.
4167. Mouvement (Le)  sanitaire.  Paris.
4168. Movimento medico.   Rio de Janeiro.
4169. Monatsschrift fiir Elektro-Komplex-Homoopathie.
  Regensburg.
4170. Monatsschrift fiir Geburtshulfe und  Gynakologie.
  Berlin [later: Basel]
4171. Monatsschrift fiir  Harnkrankheiten  und  sexuelle
.  Hygiene.   Stuttgart.
4172. Maandschrift voor kindergeneeskunde.  Leiden.
4173. Monatsschrift fiir Kinderheilkunde.  Berlin.
4174. Monatsschrift fiir Krebsbekampfung.   Miinchen.
4175. Monatsschrift fiir Kriminalbiologie und Strafrechts-
  reform.  Miinchen.
4176. Monatsschrift fiir Kriminalpsychologie und Straf-
  rechtsreform.   Heidelberg.
4177. Monatsschrift fiir Ohrenheilkunde und Laryngo-
  Rhinologic  Wien.
4178. Monatsschrift  fiir   Psychiatrie  und  Neurologic
  Berlin [later: Basel]
4179. Monatsschrift fiir Unfallheilkunde und Versiche-
  rungsmedizin.  Berlin.
4180. Monatsschrift ungarischer  Mediziner.  Budapest.
4181. M. S. C. (The) veterinarian.   East Lansing.
4182. MSN.  Toronto.
4183. Medical and surgical reports of the Episcopal Hos-
  pital.  Philadelphia.
4184. Medical and surgical report of  the Roosevelt Hospi-
  tal.   New York.
4185. Medical and surgical year-book of the Physicians
  Hospital, Plattsburgh.  Plattsburgh, N. Y.
4186. Miinchener medizinische Wochenschrift.
4187. Miinchener tierarztliche Wochenschrift.
4188. Mundo hospitalario.   Buenos Aires.
4189. Mundo medico.   Madrid.
4190. Municipal engineering and sanitary record
4191. Municipal facts.   Denver.
4192. Museum news.  Cleveland.
4193. Museum work.  Providence, R. I.
4194. Mycologia.  Lancaster.
4195. Mycopathologia.  's-Gravenhage.
Miinchen.
Miinchen.
London.
N
 Naar het voile leven
 NABP Bull., Chic.
 Nachrbl.  Reichsaussch.  hyg.  Volks-
   belehr.
 Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gdttingen

 Nagoya J. M. Sc.
 N. Albany M. Herald
 NAPT Bull., Lond.

 Narc. Rev.,  Chic.
 NARD J., Chic.

 Nark. & Anesth., Berl.
 Nassau M. News
 Nat. Bd Bull., Phila.
 Nat. Birth Control News
 Nat. Bull. Am. Soc. Cancer

Nat. Capital Pharm;
Nat. Eclect.  M. Ass. Q.
4196. Naar het voile leven.  Amsterdam.
4197. N. A. B. P. bulletin.   Chicago.
4198. Nachrichtenblatt  des  Reichsausschusses  fiir  hy-
  gienische Volksbelehrung.  Dresden.
4199. Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft  der Wissenschaf-
  ten zu Gottingen.   Berlin.
4200. Nagoya (The) journal of medical science.   Nagoya.
4201. New Albany medical herald.  New Albany, Ind.
4202. NAPT bulletin; National Association for the Pre-
  vention of Tuberculosis.  London.
4203. Narcotic (The) review.   Chicago.
4204. N. A. R. D. journal;  the journal of the National
  Association of Retail Druggists.   Chicago.
4205. Narkose und Anasthesic  Berlin.
4206. Nassau medical news.  Mineola, N. Y.
4207. National Board bulletin.   Philadelphia.
4208. National birth control news.  Washington.
4209. National bulletin of the American Society for the
  Control of Cancer.   New York.
4210. National Capital pharmacist.  Washington.
4211. National (The) Eclectic  Medical Association quar-
  terly.  Cincinnati. 
[S6]
Nat. Elem. Principal
Nat. Found. News, N. Y.

Nat. Health, Johannesb.
Nat. Health Counc
Nat. Health Rev., Ottawa
Nat. Hosp. Forum
Nat. Humane Rev.
Nation's Health, Chic.
Native M. Pract., Suva
Nat. M. J. China
Nat. Negro Health News
Nat. Provisioner
Nat. Red Cross, Bangkok
Nat. Safety News
Natur, Lpz.
Natura dux, Gravenh.
Naturarztl. Rdsch.
Nature, Lond.
Nature, Par.
Nature's Path
Naturheilkunde, Bern
Naturopath, N.  Y.
Naturwissenschaften
Nat. Vet. M. Ass. Gr. Britain

Nauheim. Fortbild. Lehrg.
N. Charlotte M. J.
Nebraska Dent. News
Nebraska M. J.
Nebraska Mortar & Pestle
Ned. mil. geneesk. arch.
 Ned. mschr. geneesk.

 Ned. mschr. verlosk.

 Ned. tschr. geneesk.

 Ned. tschr. hyg. microb.

 Ned. tschr. natuurk.

 Ned. tschr. psychol.

 Ned. tschr. verlosk.

 N. England J. M.
 Neoplasmes
 Neopsichiatria, Pisa
 Nepegeszsegiigy
 Nerv. Child
 Nervenarzt
 Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr.

 Neue Generation
 Neues Volk
 Neur. Bull., N. Y.
 Neurobiologia, Recife
 Neurologica, Nap.
 Neuronio, S. Paulo
 Neurosurg. Ward Rounds
 Neurotherapie, Amst.
 Neur. polska
Neur. Zbl.
Nevrasse, Tor.
Nevropat. psikhiat.
Newcastle M. J.

New Generation, Lond.
New Health, Lond.
New Philos., Lane
News Bull.  Div. Health  Dep.  Pub.
4215.
4216.
4217.
4218.
4219.
4222.
4223.
4224.
4225.
4226.
4227.
4228.
4229.
4230.
4231.
4232.
4237.
4238.
4239.
4240.
4241.
 4212  National (The) elementary principal.  Washington.
 4213  National  Foundation news [National houndation
   for Infantile Paralysis]  New Itork.
 4214.  National health.  Johannesburg
       National Health Council.   New \ ork.
       National health review.   Ottawa.
       National hospital forum.   New \ ork.
       National humane review.  Albany.
       Nation's health.  Chicago.
 4220  Native (The) medical practitioner.   Suva.
 4221.  National (The) medical journal of China.  Peiping.
       National negro health news.  Washington.
       National provisioner.  Chicago.
       National Red Cross.   Bangkok.
       National safety news.  Chicago.
       Natur.  Leipzig.
       Natura dux.  's-Gravenhage.
       Naturarztliche Rundschau.  Stuttgart.
       Nature.  London.
       Nature.  Paris.
      Nature's path.  New Y'ork.
      Naturheilkunde (Die)   Bern.,
 4233. Naturopath.  New York.
 4234. Naturwissenschaften  (Die)   Berlin.
 4235. National Veterinary  Medical Association of Great
  Britain and Ireland.  London.
 4236. Nauheimer Fortbildungs-Lehrgange.  Bad-Nauheim.
      New Charlotte  medical journal.  Charlotte, N. C.
      Nebraska dental news.  Lincoln.
      Nebraska (The) State medical journal. Norfolk.
      Nebraska (The) mortar and pestle.   Lincoln.
      Nederlandsch militair geneeskundig archief van de
  landmacht, zeemacht, het Oost- en West-Indisch leger.
  's-Gravenhage.
 4242. Nederlandsch maandschrift voor geneeskunde. Lei-
  den.
 4243. Nederlandsch  maandschrift  voor verloskunde  en
  vrouwenziekten en voor kindergeneeskunde.  Leiden.
 4244. Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor geneeskunde.  Amster-
  dam.
 4245. Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor hygiene, microbiologic
  en serologie.  Leiden.
 4246. Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor natuurkunde.  's-Gra-
  venhage.
 4247. Nederlandsch  tijdschrift  voor  de  psychologie  en
  haar grensgebieden.  Amsterdam.
 4248. Nederlandsch   tijdschrift   voor  verloskunde  en
  gynaecologic  Haarlem.
 4249. New (The) England journal of medicine.  Boston.
 4250. Neoplasmes.  Paris.
 4251. Neopsichiatria.   Pisa.
 4252. Nepegeszsegiigy.  Budapest.
 4253. Nervous (The) child.   New York.
 4254. Nervenarzt (Der)   Berlin.
 4255. Nervous and  mental  disease  monograph  series.
  New York.
 4256. Neue (Die) Generation.   Berlin.
 4257. Neues Volk.  Leipzig.
 4258. Neurological bulletin.  New York.
 4259. Neurobiologia.  Recife.
 4260. Neurologica.  Napoli.
 4261. Neuronio.   Sao Paulo.
 4262. Neurosurgical ward rounds.  Buffalo, N. Y.
 4263. Neurotherapie.  Amsterdam.
 4264. Neurologja polska.  Warszawa.
      Neurologisches Centralblatt.  Leipzig.
      Nevrasse.   Torino.
      Nevropatologia i psikhiatria.   Moskva.
      Newcastle (The) medical journal.  Newcastle-upon-
  Tyne.
4269. New generation.  London.
4270. New health.  London.
4271. New philosophy.  Lancaster.
4272. News bulletin; Division  of Health  and  Physical
4265.
4266.
4267.
4268. 
[87]
  Instr. Delaware

News in Brief, N. Orl.
News Lett. AAF Rheumat. Fever Con-
  trol
News Lett. Am.  Ass. Psychiat. Social
  Work.
News Lett. Am. Heart Ass.

News Lett. (Blindness) N. Y.

Newslett. Health Div. Inst. Interamer.
  Affairs

News Lett. Kansas Bd Health

News Lett. Massachusetts Dep. Pub.
  Health
News Lett. (Ment. Hyg.)  N. Y.

News Lett. Suffolk Co. M. Soc.

News Lett. U. S. Nat. Counc. Rehabil.

News Massachusetts Gen. Hosp., Bost.

News Nat. Inst. Indust. Psychol., Lond.

News Rel. Indiana M. Ass.

News Serv. Bull., Wash.
N. Hampshire Health News
Nicollet Clin. Bull.
N. Iconogr. Salpetriere

Ninos, Habana
Nipiologia, Nap.
Nippon fujinkagakkai zassi
N. Jersey J. Pharm.

N. Mexico Anthropologist
N. Mexico Health Off.
Nola Lake Front Breeze,  N. Orl.
Norden News, Lincoln
Nord. hyg. tskr.
Nord. med.
Nord. med. tskr.
Norfolk M. News
N. Orleans M. & S. J.

Normandie med.
Norske nasjon. foren. tuberk.
Norsk landbruk
Norsk mag. laegevid.
Norsk tskr. mil. med.
North Am. J. Homeop.

North Am. Vet.
North.  California Drug News
North Carolina M. J.

North End Clin. Q., Detr.
North Iowa M. News
North.  N. York M. Annual
North.  N. York M. J.
Northwest Dent.
North West. Druggist
Northwest. Lancet
Northwest M.
Northwest. Univ. Bull.
Northwest. Univ. Bull. Dent. Res.  Q.
Nosokomeion, Stuttg.
Nosokomos, Amst.
  Education, Department  of  Public  Instruction,  Dela-
  ware.  Dover.
4273.  News-in-brief.   New  Orleans.
4274.  News letter (AAF Rheumatic Fever Control Pro-
  gram)   Mitchel Field, N. Y.
4275.  News letter of the  American Association of Psy-
  chiatric Social Workers.   New York.
4276.  News letter of the  American  Heart Association.
  Philadelphia.
4277.  News letter  (Committee for  the  Prevention  of
  Blindness)   New York.
4278.  Newsletter; Health and  Sanitation Division, Insti-
  tute of Inter-American Affairs, Office of Inter-American
  Affairs, United States.  Washington.
4279.  News letter; Kansas  State Board of Health  [To-
  peka]
4280.  News Letter of the Massachusetts Department of
  Public Health  [Boston]
4281.  News letter (National Committee for Mental Hy-
  giene)   New York.
4282.  News letter of the Suffolk County Medical Society.
  Huntington, &c
4283.  News letter [United States]  National  Council  on
  Rehabilitation.  New York.
4284.  News  (The)   Massachusetts   General  Hospital.
  Boston.
4285.  News; National Institute of  Industrial Psychology.
  London.
4286. News release;  Indiana Medical  Association.  Indi-
  anapolis.
4287. News service bulletin.  Washington.
4288. New Hampshire health news.  Concord.
4289. Nicollet Clinic bulletin.   Minneapolis.
4290.  Nouvelle iconographie de la Salpetriere,  clinique des
  maladies du systeme nerveux. Paris.
4291. Ninos.  La Habana.
4292. Nipiologia.  Napoli.
4293. Nippon fujinkagakkai zassi.  Tokyo.
4294. New (The) Jersey journal of pharmacy.  Sommer-
  ville, N. J.
4295. New Mexico anthropologist.  Albuquerque,  N.  M.
4296. New Mexico health officer.   Santa Fe.
4297. Nola (The) Lake front breeze.   New Orleans.
4298. Norden (The)  news.  Lincoln.
4299. Nordisk hygienisk tidskrift.  Lund.
4300. Nordisk medicin.   Helsingfors.
4301. Nordisk medicinsk tidskrift.   Uppsala.
4302. Norfolk medical news.   Norfolk.
4303. New  Orleans  medical and surgical  journal.  New
  Orleans.
4304. Normandie medicale.  Rouen.
4305. Norske nasjonalforening mod tuberkulosen.  Oslo.
4306. Norsk landbruk.  Oslo.
4307. Norsk magasin for laegevidenskapen.  Oslo.
4308. Norsk tidsskrift for militaermedicin.  Oslo.
4309. North American journal of  homeopathy.   New
  York.
4310.  North (The) American veterinarian.  Chicago.
4311.  Northern California drug news.  San Francisco.
4312. North Carolina (The)  medical journal.  Winston-
  Salem.
4313. North End Clinic quarterly.  Detroit.
4314. North Iowa (The) medical news. Mason City, la.
4315. Northern New York  medical annual.  Watertown.
4316. Northern New York  medical journal. Watertown.
4317.  North-west dentistry.  Saint Paul.
4318.  North Western druggist.  Saint Paul.
4319.  Northwestern  lancet.  Saint Paul.
4320.  Northwest medicine.  Seattle.
4321.  Northwestern  University bulletin.  Chicago.
4322.  Northern  University;  Dental  School;  Bulletin;
  Dental research and graduate  study quarterly.  Chi-
  cago.
4323.  Nosokomeion.  Stuttgart.
4324.  Nosokomos.   Amsterdam. 
[SS]
 Notas anquilost., (Caracas
 Notas clin. tuberc, Barcel.

 Notas med., Leon
 Notas quir. Sanat. Deschamps

 Note psichiat., Pesaro
 Notes Czech. M. Ass. Gr. Britain

 Notes Tuberc, Ottawa
 Notic farm., Coimbra
 Notic Inst, internac. amer. protec inf.
   Montev.
 Notic. med., Madr.
 Notiz ammin. san.

 Notulae naturae, Phila.

 Nourrisson
 Nouv. arch. ital. biol.
 Nova Scotia M. Bull.
 Novaya russ. kniga
 Novid. med. pharm., Porto
 Nov. khir., Moskva
 Nov. khir. arkh.
 Nowiny lek.
 Nowiny psychjat.
 Nowotwory
 N. Rochelle Hosp. Bull.

 Nu,  Stockh.
 Nuevas ideas, Mex.
 Nuevo hosp., Habana
 Nuntius radiol., Siena
 Nuova med. ital.
 Nuova riv. clin. psichiat.

 Nuova riv. clin. ter.
 Nuova vet., Bologna
 Nuovo ercolani
 Nuovo race med.
 Nurs. Educ. Bull.
 Nurs. J. China
 Nurs. J. India
 Nurs. Mirror, Lond.
 Nurs. Times, Lond.
 Nu Sigma Nu Bull.
 Nutrit. Abstr., Aberdeen
 Nutrition, Par.
 Nutrit. News, Chic.
 Nutrit. Obs., Pittsb.
 Nutrit. Res.
 Nutrit. Rev.
 N. York J. Dent.
 N. York J. Pharm.
 N. York Med.
 N. York M. J.
 N. York M. Week
 N. York Physician
 N. York State Dent. Hyg. Q.

 N. York State Dep. Health Q.

 N. York State J. M.
 N. York State Nurse
 N. York State Pharmacist
 N. York Univ. Med. Q.

Ny pharm. tid., Kbh.
Ny tskr. abnormvaes., Kbh.
N. Zealand Dent. J.
Vera-
4325. Notas sobre anquilostomiasis.  Caracas.
4326. Notas clinicas sobre tuberculosis en relacidn con las
  ideas y productos Ravetllat-PIa.   Barcelona.
4327. Notas medicas.   Ledn, Nicaragua.
4328. Notas quirdrgicas del Sanatorio Deschamps.
  cruz.                       .
4329  Note e riviste di psichiatna.   Fesaro.
4330. Notes; Czechoslovak Medical Association  in Great
  Britain.  London.
4331. Notes on tuberculosis.  Ottawa.
4332. Noticias farmaceuticas.  Coimbra.
4333. Noticiario;  Instituto  internacional  americano de
  proteccidn a la infancia.  Montevideo.
4334. Noticiario medico.   Madrid.
4334a. Notiziario delPamministrazione sanitaria [del Regno]
  Roma.
4335. Notulae  naturae  of  The  Academy  of  Natural
  Sciences of Philadelphia.   Philadelphia.
4336. Nourrisson  (Le)  Paris.
      Nouvelles archives italiennes de biologie. Pisa.
      Nova Scotia (The)  medical bulletin.   Halifax.
      Novaya russkaia kniga [v. p.]
      Novidades medicas e pharmaceuticas.  Porto.
      Novaia khirurgia.  Moskva.
      Novy  khirurgichesky arkhiv.   Dnepropetrovsk.
      Nowiny lekarskic  Pozn&n.
      Nowiny psychjatryczne.   Warszawa.
      Nowotwory.  Warszawa.
      New Rochelle Hospital medical staff bulletin.  New
4337.
4338.
4339.
4340.
4341.
4342.
4343.
4344.
4345.
4346.
  York
4347. Nu.
4348.
4349.
4350.
4351.
4352.
           Stockholm.
      Nuevas ideas.   Mexico.
      Nuevo  (El) hospital.   La Habana.
      Nuntius radiologicus.  Siena.
      Nuova medicina italica.   Napoli.
      Nuova rivista di clinica ed assistenza psichiatrica e
  di terapia applicata.   Napoli.
4353. Nuova rivista clinico-terapeutica.  Napoli.
4354. Nuova (La) veterinaria.   Bologna.
      Nuovo ercolani.   Torino.
      Nuovo raccoglitore medico.   Imola.
      Nursing (The) education  bulletin.  New York.
      Nursing (The) journal of  China.  Nanking.
      Nursing journal of India.   Kilpauk, Madras.
      Nursing mirror and midwives journal.   London.
4361. Nursing (The) times.  London.
4362. Nu Sigma Nu bulletin [n. p.]
      Nutrition abstracts and reviews.   Aberdeen.
      Nutrition.  Paris.
      Nutrition news.   Chicago.
      Nutritional observatory.  Pittsburgh.
      Nutrition research.  Los  Angeles.
      Nutrition reviews. New  York.
4369. New (The) York journal of dentistry.   Brooklyn.
4370. New York journal of pharmacy.  New York.
4370a. New York medicine.   Mt. Vernon, N. Y.
4371. New York medical journal.   New York.
4372. New York (The) medical  week.  New York.
4373. New York (The) physician.  New York.
4374. New York  (The) State dental hygiene quarterly.
  New Y'ork.
4375. New York State  Department  of Health quarterly.
  Albany.
4376. New York State journal of medicine.   Albany.
4377. New York State nurse.  Albany.
4378. New York State pharmacist.   New York.
4379. New Yrork  University   medical  quarterly.  New
  York.
4380. Ny pharmaceutisk tidende.   K0benhavn.
4381. Nyt  tidsskrift for  abnormvaesenet  omfattende
  aandssvage-, blinde- og vanf0re-sagen Norden.   K0ben-
  havn.
4382. New (The) Zealand dental journal.  Wellington.
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4363.
4364.
4365.
4366.
4367.
4368. 
[89]
N. Zealand J. Sc.
N. Zealand M. J.
N. Zealand Nurs. J.
4383. New (The)  Zealand journal  of  science and  tech-
  nology.  B. General section; Department of Scientific
  and Industrial Research.  Wellington.
4384. New (The) Zealand medical  journal.   Wellington.
4385. New Zealand  (The) nursing  journal.   Wellington.
0
 Oak Log, Oceanside
 OALMA J., Wash.

 Observ. med., Mex.
 Observ. provenc. sc. med.

 Observ. sc. med.
 Obshchest. pitanie
 Obst. Gyn. Rep. Sloane Hosp. Women,
  N. Y.
 Obst. Gyn. Survey
 Occas. Papers Univ.  Michigan  Mus.
  Zool.
 Occupations
 Occup. Hazards
 Occup. & Health, Geneve
 Occup. Med.
 Occup. Psychol., Lond.
 Occup. Ther. Rehabil.

 Occup. Ther. Yearb.
 Oculiste fr.
 Odes. med. J.
 Odont. Bull., Pittsb.
 Odont. clin., Madr.
 Odontoiatria, Madr.
 Odontologia, Habana
 Odontologia, Santurce
 Odontologie, Par.
 Odontologo, Belo Horiz.
 Odont. prev., B. Air.
 Odont. stomat., Moskva
 Odont. tskr.
 Oeff. Gesundhdienst
 Oeff. Gesundhpfl.
 Off. Army Reg.
 Off. Bull. Chicago Br. Am. M. Women
  Ass
 Off. Bull. Chicago M. Soc.

 Off. Bull. Dent. Soc. N. York

 Off. internat. docum. med. mil.

 Off. Rep.  Internat. Congr.  Mil.  M.
  Pharm.
 Off. Yearb. Union S. Africa

 Ofic san., Mex.
 Otic sbornik, Moskva
 Oftalm. J., Odessa
 Ohio health
 Ohio Health News
 Ohio J. Sc.
 Ohio M. J.
 Ohio Pub. Health
 Ohio Pub. Health J.
 Ohrenh. Gegenwart

 Oil  Paint & Drug Rep.
 Okajimas fol. anat.
Okayama igakkai zassi
 Okayama igaku kvai zassi
Okhr. zdorov. diet.
4386.  Oak (The) log.  Oceanside, Calif.
4387.  OALMA (The)  journal; Orthopedic Appliance and
  Limb Manufacturers Association.   Washington.
4388.  Observador medico.  Mexico.
4389.  Observateur (L') provencal des sciences medicales.
  Marseille.
4390.  Observateur (L') des sciences medicales.  Marseille.
4391.  Obshchestvennoe pitanie.  Moskva.
4392.  Obstetrical and gynecological reports; Sloane Hos-
  pital for Women.  New York.
4393.  Obstetrical and gynecological survey.   Baltimore.
4394.  Occasional papers of the  Museum of Zoology, Uni-
  versity of Michigan.  Ann Arbor.
4395.  Occupations. New York.
4396.  Occupational hazards.  Pittsburgh.
4397.  Occupation and health; supplement.  Geneve.
4398.  Occupational medicine.   Chicago.
4399.  Occupational psychology.  London.
4400.  Occupational therapy  and  rehabilitation.  Balti-
  more.
4401.  Occupational therapy yearbook.  New York.
      Oculiste (L') francais.   Paris.
      Odessky medicinsky jurnal.  Odessa.
      Odontological bulletin.   Pittsburgh.
      Odontologia clinica.  Madrid.
      Odontoiatria.  Madrid.
      Odontologia; revista dental.  La Habana.
4408.  Odontologia.  Santurce.
4409.  Odontologie (L')  Paris.
4410.  Odont61ogo.  Belo Horizonte, Brazil.
4411.  Odontologia preventiva.  Buenos Aires.
4412.  Odontologia i stomatologia.  Moskva.
      Odontologisk tidskrift.   Goteborg.
      Oeffentliche (Der) Gesundheitsdienst.   Leipzig.
      Oeffentliche Gesundheitspflege.  Braunschweig.
      Official army register.   Washington.
      Official bulletin; Branch No. 2, Chicago, American
  Medical Women's Association.  Chicago.
4418.  Official  bulletin  of  the  Chicago Medical  Society.
  Chicago.
4419.  Official bulletin of the Dental  Society of the State
  of New York  [Buffalo]
4420.  Office international de documentation de medecine
  militaire.   Liege.
4421.  Official reports  of the ...  International  Congress of
  Military Medicine and Pharmacy.
4422.  Official  year book of the Union of South  Africa.
  Pretoria.
4423.  Oficial (El) sanitario.  Mexico.
4424.  Oficialny sbornik.  Moskva.
4425.  Oftalmologichesky jurnal.  Odessa.
4426.  Ohio's health.  Columbus.
4427.  Ohio health news.   Columbus.
4428.  Ohio (The) journal of science.   Columbus.
4429.  Ohio (The) state medical journal.   Columbus.
4430.  Ohio public health.   Columbus.
4431.  Ohio public health journal.  Columbus.
4432.  Ohrenheilkunde der Gegenwart und ihre  Grenzge-
  biete.  Miinchen.
4433.  Oil, paint and drug reporter.  New York.
4434.  Okajimas folia anatomica japonica.  Tokyo.
4435.  Okayama igakkai zassi.   Okayama.
4436.  Okayama igaku kvai zassi.   Okayama.
4437.  Okhrana zdorovia dietei i podrostkov.   Moskva.
4402.
4403.
4404.
4405.
4406.
4407.
4413.
4414.
4415.
4416.
4417. 
(!)()]
Old Dominion J. M. & S.

Omnia med., Pisa
Omsky med. J.
Onderstepoort J. Vet.  Sc

Onderzoek.  Physiol. Laborat. Utrecht

Ons mbl.
Ontario J. Neuropsychiat.
Ontario M. Ass. Bull.

Ontario M. Rev.
Opera Internat. Congr. Indust. Accid.
Operat. Letter U. S. Off. Civ. Defense

Ophtalmos, Belo Horiz.
Ophthalmologica, Basel
Ophth. iber. amer., B. Air.
Ophth. Liter., Denver
Ophth. Rec, Chic.
Ophth. Yearb.
Opinion med., Zaragoza
Optician, Lond.
Optic. Index
Optic. J., N. Y.
Optik, Stuttg.
Optik, Weimar

Optometr. Week.
Oral Health, Toronto
Oral Hyg., Pittsb.
Oregon Health Bull.
Org. Synth.
Oriente odont., Santiago
Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto
Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int. kozl.

Ortop. traumat. app. motore

Ortop. travmat., Kharkov
Orv. hetil.
Orvoskepzes
Orvostud. kozl.
Osp. Costanzo Ciano, Livorno
Osp. ital.
Osp. maggiore, Milano
Osp. maggiore Novara
Osp. psichiat., Nap.
Osteopath. Digest
Osteopath. J.

Osteopath. Mag.
Osteopath. M. &  S.
Osteopath. Phys. Ther.

Osteopath. Prof.
Otchet  Vsesoiuz. inst.  eksp.  med.,
  Moskva
Oto. Lar. Rhin. Ophth., Wash.
Otolar. slav., Praha
Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon
Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo
Otorinolar. ital.
Outlook for Blind
Overseas Postgrad. M. J., Lond.

Oxygen Ther. News, N. Y.
443S. Old  (The)  dominion  journal  of  medicine  and
  surgerv.   Richmond.
4439. Omnia medica.   Pisa.
4440  Omskv medicinsky jurnal.  UmsK.
4441. Onderstepoort journal  of veterinary sciences  and
  animal industrv.  Pretoria.                .
4442  Onderzoekingen gedaan in het Physiologisch labora-
  torium der Utrechtsche hoogeschool.   Utrecht.
4443. Ons maanblad.   Amsterdam.
4444  Ontario (The) journal of neuro-psychiatry.  loronto.
4445. Bulletin  of  the  Ontario  Medical  Association.
  Toronto.                    .
4446. Ontario (The) medical review,   loronto.
4447. Opera  collecta  Congressus  Internationalis  medi-
  corum pro artificibus calamitate  afflictis aegrotisque
  [Opera; International congress for industrial accidents
  and occupational  disease]  Budapest.
4448. Operations letter; United States  Office of  Civilian
  Defense.  Washington.
4449. Ophtalmos.   Belo Horizonte, Brazil.
4450. Ophthalmologica.  Basel.
4451. Ophthalmologia ibero-americana.   Buenos  Aires.
4452. Ophthalmic literature.  Denver.
4453. Ophthalmic record.   Chic.
4454. Ophthalmic yearbook.  Denver.
4455. Opini6n medica.   Zaragoza.
4456. Optician (The)   London.
4457. Optical (The) index.   Chicago.
4458. Optical journal and review of optometry [v. p.]
4459. Optik.  Stuttgart.
4460. Optik (Die) Gemeinschaftsausgabe der Zeitschriften
  Optische  Rundschau  und  Photo-Optiker.  Weimar.
4461. Optometric weekly.  Chicago.
4462. Oral health.  Toronto, O.nt.
4463. Oral hygiene.  Pittsburgh.
4464. Oregon health bulletin.  Portland.
4465. Organic syntheses; an  annual  publication of satis-
  factory methods for the preparation of organic chemicals.
  New York.
4466. Oriente odontol6gico.   Santiago de Cuba.
4467. Oriental journal of diseases of infants.  Kyoto.
4468. Orszagos   Kozegeszsegiigyi  Intezet  osszegyujtott
  kozlemenyei.   Budapest.
4469. Ortopedia e  traumatologia  dell'apparato  motore.
  Napoli.
4470. Ortopedia i travmatologia.   Kharkov.
4471. Orvosi hetilap.   Budapest.
4472. Orvoskepzes.   Budapest.
4473. Orvostudomanyi kozlemenyek.  Budapest.
4474. Ospedale (L') Costanzo Ciano.  Livorno.
4475. Ospedale (L') italiano.   Roma.
4476. Ospedale (L') maggiore.  Milano
4477. Ospedale (L') maggiore di Novara.  Novara.
4478. Ospedale (L') psichiatrico.   Napoli.
4479. Osteopathic (The) digest.  Philadelphia.
4480. Osteopathic journal  of  laboratory diagnosis.  Los
  Angeles.
4481. Osteopathic magazine.   Chicago.
4482. Osteopathic medicine and surgery.   Carthage,  Mo.
4483. Osteopathic  (The)  physical therapeutist.   Upper
  Darby, Pa.
4484. Osteopathic profession.   New York.
4485. Otchet Vsesoiuzny institut eksperimentalnoi medi-
  ciny A. M. Gorkogo.   Moskva.
4486. Oto. Lar. Rhin. Ophth.   Washington.
4487. Otolaryngologia slavica.  Praha.
4488. Oto-rhino-laryngologie (L') internationale.   Lyon.
4489. Otorhinolaryngologia.  Tokyo.
4490. Oto-rino-laringologia (L') italiana.  Bologna.
4491. Outlook for the blind.  Camden,  N. J.
4492. Overseas  (The)  post-graduate  medical  journal.
  London.
4493. Oxygen therapy  news.   New York. 
[91]
Pacific Coast J. Homoeop.
Pacific Coast J. Nurs.
Pacific Coast M.
Pacific Dent. Gaz.
Paediat. danub., Budap.
Pages docum., Par.
Palao Trop.  Biol. Sta. Stud.
Pamphl. M.  Field Serv. School

Pam. Towarz. lek.  Warszaw.

Panama Canal Rec.
Panamerican
Pantherapist, Chic.
Papeis avuls. Dep. zool., S. Paulo

Papers Am.  Gastroenter. Ass.
Papers Annual Convent.  Am.  Hosp.
  Ass.
Papers Bibliogr. Soc. America

Papers Conf. Child. Democr., Wash.

Papers Dep. Marine  Biol. Carnegie
  Inst.
Papers Health Work. Conf. Tennessee
Papers Internat. Vet. Congr.

Papers  James  MacKenzie Inst.,  S.
  Andrews

Papers  Los Angeles  Co.  Bur. Com-
  munic Dis.

Papers Mayo Found.

Papers Michigan Acad. Sc.

Papers  M. Soc S. Elizabeth Hosp.,
  Wash.
Papers Tortugas Laborat.
Papworth Res. Bull.
 Paradentium, Berl.
 Paradentoza, Ljubljana
 Parapsych. Bull.
 Parasitology, Lond.
 Paris chir.
 Paris med.
 Passow-Schaefer Beitr.

 Pathologica, Genova
 Pedag. Semin., Worcester
 Pediat. Americas, Mex.
 Pediat. Bull.
 Pediat. espan.
 Pediat. med. prat., Tor.
 Pediat. prat., Mod.
 Pediat. prat., S. Paulo
 Pediatria, Moskva
 Pediatria (Arch.)  Nap.

 Pediatria (Riv.)

 Pedjat. polska
 Penicillin News
 Penn Dent. J.
Pennsylvania Dent. J.
Pennsylvania Health
4494. Pacific Coast journal of homoeopathy.  Berkeley.
4495. Pacific Coast journal of nursing.  San Francisco.
4496. Pacific Coast medicine.   San Francisco.
4497. Pacific dental gazette.   San Francisco.
4498. Paediatria danubiana.   Budapest.
4499. Pages documentaires.  Paris.
4500. Palao Tropical Biological Station studies.  Tokyo.
4501. Pamphlets of the  Medical  Field  Service School.
   Carlisle Barracks.
4502. Pamietnik Towarzystwa lekarskiego Warszawskiego.
   Warszawa.
4503. Panama  Canal record.  Balboa Heights, C. Z.
4504. Pan American (The)  New York.
4505. Pantherapist.  Chicago.
4506. Papeis avulsos do Departamento de zoologia,  Secre-
   taria da agricultura, inddstria  e  comercio.  Sao Paulo.
4507. Papers; American Gastro-enterological Association.
4508. Papers presented at the Annual Convention  of the
   American Hospital Association.
4509. Papers  (The)  of  the  Bibliographical Society of
   America.  New York.
4510. [Papers and discussions at the initial session] Con-
   ference on Children in a Democracy.  Washington.
4511. Papers from  the Department of Marine Biology of
   the Carnegie  Institution of Washington.   Washington.
4512. Papers presented at the Regional Health  Workers
   Conference  of the  Tennessee Department  of Public
   Health  [n. p.]
4513. Papers of the International Veterinary  Congress
   [v. p.]
4514. Papers from  the weekly  staff meetings [The  James
   MacKenzie  Institute  for  Clinical  Research]  Saint
   Andrews.
4515. Papers  by  medical staff,  Tuberculosis  Division,
   Bureau of Communicable Diseases of the Los Angeles
   County  Health  Department.   Los Angeles.
4516. Papers  of  the  Mayo  Foundation.   Philadelphia
   [v. p.]
4517. Papers of the Michigan  Academy of Science, Arts
   and  Letters.   Ann Arbor.
4518. Papers presented before the meeting of the Medical
   Society of St. Elizabeth's  Hospital.  Washington.
4519. Papers; Tortugas Laboratory.  Washington.
4520. Papworth research bulletin; Sims-Woodhead Memo-
   rial  Laboratory,   Papworth  Village Settlement.   Pap-
   worth, Engl.
4521. Paradentium.  Berlin.
4522. Paradentoza.  Ljubljana.
4523. Parapsychology bulletin.   Durham, N. C.
4524. Parasitology.  London.
4525. Paris chirurgical.  Paris.
4526. Paris medical.  Paris.
4527. Passow-Schaefer Beitrage zur Anatomie, Physiologie,
   &c.   [See Beitr. Anat. Ohr.]
4528. Pathologica.   Genova.
4529. Pedagogical (The) seminary.   Worcester.
4530. Pediatria de las Americas.  Mexico.
4531. Pediatric  bulletin.  Baltimore.
4532. Pediatria  espanola.   Madrid.
4533. Pediatria  (La) del medico pratico.  Torino.
4534. Pediatria  pratica.   Modena.
4535. Pediatria  pratica.  Sao Paulo.
4536. Pediatria.  Moskva.
4537. Pediatria; archivio di pathologia e clinica pediatria.
   Napoli.
4538. Pediatria; rivista quindicinale d'igiene, medicina e
   chirurgia delPinfanzia.  Napoli.
4539. Pedjatrja polska.  Warszawa.
4540. Penicillin  news.   New York.
4541. Penn (The) dental journal.   Philadelphia.
4542. Pennsylvania  (The) state dental journal.  Reading.
4543. Pennsylvania's health.   Harrisburg. 
[92]
 Pennsylvania Hosp. Bull.
 Pennsylvania M. J.
 Pensiero med.
 Peoria Health News
 Peoria M. News
 Periodical, Oxf.
 Period, med.  reun., Aubenas
 Permanente Found. M. Bull.
 Perm. med. J.
 Personnel J.
 Pest. med. chir. Presse
 Pests, Kansas City
 Petermanns Mitt.
 Pfliigers Arch.

 Ph, Montev.

 Pharmaceutica, Brux.
 Pharmacie, Par.
 Pharm. acta helvet.
 Pharm. Advance
 Pharm. Era
 Pharm. fr.
 Pharm. J., Lond.
 Pharm. J. N. Zealand

 Pharm. tid., Kbh.
 Pharm. wbl., Amst.
 Pharos, Slaterville Springs

 Phi Chi Q.
 Phi Delta Epsilon News
 Phi Lambda Kappa Q.
 Philippine Hosp.
 Philippine J. Sc.
 Philippine Statist. Rev.
 Philos. & Phenom. Res.

 Philos. Tr. R. Soc London

 Phlebitis Bull., Paterson
 Phys. Clin. M., S. Franc.

 Phys. Cult., N. Y.
 Physiatrie, Berl.
 Physician Bull.
 Physician Times Mag.
 Physiol. Abstr., Lond.
 Physiol. Rev.
 Physiol. Zool.
 Physiother. Rev.
 Physis, Stuttg.
 Phys. Ther.
 Phys. Ther. Electrosurg. Digest
 Phys. Training
 Phytopathology
 Piedmont Hosp. Bull.
 Pilot, Evanston

 Pio samarit.
 Pit Morian, Indianap.
 Pittsburgh Health
 Pittsburgh M. Bull.
 Plastic & Reconstr. Surg.
 Plumber & Steam Fitter
 Policia seer, nac, Habana
 Policlinico
 Policlin. inf., Tor.
 Polit. anthrop. Mschr.
Polska gaz. lek.
Polskie arch. med. wewn.

Polski przegl.  med. lot.
Polski przegl. radjol.
Polski tygod. lek.
Aubenas.
     Oakland.
4544. Pennsylvania Hospital bulletin.  Philadelphia.
4545. Pennsylvania (The)  medical journal.   Harrisburg.
4546. Pensiero medico.   Milano.
4547. Peoria health news.  Peoria, 111.
4548. Peoria medical news.  Peoria, 111.
4549. Periodical.  Oxford.
4550. Peri6dicos (Los) medicos reunidos.
4551. Permanente Foundation medical bulletin.
4552. Permsky medicinsky jurnal.  Perm.
4553. Personnel journal.   Baltimore.
4554. Pester medizinisch-chirurgische Presse.  Budapest.
4555. Pests  and their control.   Kansas City.
4556. Petermanns  Mitteilungen.  Gotha.
4557. Pfliigers  Archiv  fiir die gesamte  Physiologie  des
  Menschen und der Tierc  [See Arch. ges.  Physiol.]
4558. Ph; revista  de  la Asociaci6n  de  estudiantes  de
  farmacia.   Montevideo.
4559. Pharmaceutica.   Bruxelles.
      Pharmacie.  Paris.
      Pharmaceutica acta Helvetiae.  Zurich.
      Pharmacal advance.  New York.
      Pharmaceutical era.  New York.
      Pharmacie (La) francaise.   Paris.
      Pharmaceutical (The) journal.   London.
      Pharmaceutical journal of New Zealand.
4560.
4561.
4562.
4563.
4564.
4565.
4566.
  ton
4567.
4568.
4569.
Welling-
      Pharmaceutisk tidendc  K0benhavn.
      Pharmaceutisch weekblad.  Amsterdam.
      Pharos (The) of Alpha Omega Alpha (honor medical
  society)  Slaterville Springs, N. Y.
4570.  Phi Chi Quarterly.  Menasha.
      Phi Delta Epsilon news.  Menasha.
      Phi Lambda Kappa quarterly.  Philadelphia.
      Philippine hospitals.   Manila.
      Philippine (The) journal of science.  Manila.
      Philippine statistical review.   Manila.
      Philosophy  and phenomenological research.
Buf-
4571.
4572.
4573.
4574.
4575.
4576.
  falo.
4577. Philosophical transactions of the Royal Society of
  London.   London.
4578. Phlebitis bulletin.  Paterson, N. J.
4579. Physico-clinical medicine and clinics of Dr Albert
  Abrams.   San Francisco.
4580. Physical culture.   New York.
4581. Physiatrie.   Berlin.
4582. Physician's bulletin.   Indianapolis.
4583. Physician's times magazine.   Bridgeport, Conn.
4584. Physiological abstracts.  London.
4585. Physiological review.   Baltimore.
4586. Physiological zoology.  Chicago.
4587. Physiotherapy (The) review.  Chicago.
4588. Physis.   Stuttgart.
4589. Physical therapeutics.  Elmira, N. Y.
4590. Physical therapy and electrosurgery digest.
4591. Physical training.  New York.
4592. Phytopathology.   Lancaster.
4593. Piedmont Hospital bulletin.   Baltimore
4594. Pilot (The)  Evanston Hospital Association.
  ton.
4595. Pio (II)  samaritano.   Milano.
4596. Pit-Mor-ian (The)  Indianapolis.
4597. Pittsburgh's health.   Pittsburgh.
4598. Pittsburgh  medical bulletin.   Pittsburgh.
4599. Plastic and reconstructive surgery.  Baltimore.
4600. Plumber and steam fitter.  New York.
4601. Policia secreta nacional.  La Habana '
4602. Policlinico (II)   Roma.
4603. Policlinico infantile.   Torino [v. p.]
?2St" PoJ^sch-anthropologische  Monatsschrift.   Leipzig.
4005. Polska gazeta lekarska.  Lwdw.
4606. Polskie  archiwum medycyny wewnetrznej    War-
  szawa.
iinl' £°!ski Przeglad medycyny lotniczej.   Warszawa.
4b08. Polski przeglad radjologiczny.   Warszawa.
4609. Polski tygodnik lekarski.   Warszawa.
Milton.
Evans- 
[93]
Polyclin. Dairen
Polytechnia, Lisb.
Ponenc.  Jornad. neuropsiquiatr.  pan-
  amer.
Pop. Health Dent.  Suppl.
Pop. Health Dent.  Surv.
Pop. Health Mag.

Pop. Med., N. Y.
Population, Par.

Popul. Bull., Wash.
Popul. Index, Princet.
Popul. Liter., Wash.
Porto med.
Porto Rico Health  Rev.
Porto Rico J. Pub.  Health

Porto Rico Rev. Pub. Health

Portsmouth Health Rep.
Postgrad. M.
Postgrad. M. J., Lond.
Postgraduate, N. Y.
Poumon
 Praci Ukrain. inst. klin. med.

 Pract. Digest, S. Franc.
 Pract. Druggist

 Practitioner, Lond.
 Pract. Med., Delhi
 Pract. M. & S.
 Pract. otorhinolar., Basel
 Prag. Arch. Tiermed.

 Prag. tierarztl. Arch.
 Prakt. Arzt
 Prakt. Arztfrau
 Prakt. Desinfekt.
 Prakt. Erg. Geburtsh.

 Prakt. med., Leningr.
 Prat, chir., Arezzo

 Praticien N. Afrique
 Prat. med. fr.
 Prat, ortognatodont., Bologna
 Prat, pediat., Milano
 Praxis, Bern
 Prelim.  Rep.  World  Congr.  Univ.
   Docum.
 Prelim. Statem.  White  House Conf.
   Child. Democr.

 Prensa med., Habana
 Prensa med., La Paz
 Prensa med., Valpo
 Prensa med. argent.
 Prensa med. mex.
 Prescriber, Edinb.
 Press Bull. Maryland Dep. Health

 Press  Bull.  N.  Dakota Dep.  Health

 Presse med.
 Presse med. beige
 Presse med. Egypte
 Presse therm, clim.
 Previs. social, Madr.
 Previs. social, Quito
Prev. Med., N. Y.
Priroda
      549701—vol. 10, 4th Series----vn
neuro-psiquiatricas
4610. Poly clinica Dairen.  Dairen.
4611. Polytechnia.   Lisboa.
4612. Ponencias  oficiales;  Jornadas
  panamericanas.   Lima.
4613. Popular health dental supplement.   Minneapolis.
4614. Popular health dental survey.  Minneapolis.
4615. Popular health magazine and child welfare.   Minne-
  apolis.
4616. Popular medicine.  New York.
4617. Population; Institut national d'etudes demographi-
  ques.  Paris.
4618. Population bulletin.   Washington.
4619. Population index.   Princeton.
4620. Population literature.  Washington.
4621. Porto medico.  Porto.
4622. Porto Rico health review.   San Juan.
4623. Porto Rico  journal  of  public health  and tropical
  medicine.   San Juan.
4624. Porto Rico review of public health and tropical medi-
  cine.   San Juan.
4625. Portsmouth health report.   Portsmouth, Engl.
4626. Postgraduate medicine.   Minneapolis.
4627. Post-graduate medical journal.   London.
4628. Post-graduate.  New York.
4629. Poumon  (Le)  revue de pathologie  et de therapeu-
         medico-chirurgicale  de  l'appareil  respiratoire.
Ukrainsky   institut   klinichnoi  medicini.
  tique
  Paris.
4630. Praci;
  Kiev.
4631. Practitioners'  (The) digest.   San Francisco.
4632. Practical (The) druggist and pharmaceutical review
  of reviews.  New  York.
4633. Practitioner (The)  London.
4634. Practical medicine.  Delhi,  India.
4635. Practical medicine and surgery.   Austin, Tex.
4636. Practica oto-rhino-laryngologica.   Basel.
4637. Prager  Archiv fiir Tiermedizin und vergleichende
  Pathologie.   Praha.
4638. Prager tierarztliches Archiv.  Praha.
4639. Praktische (Der)  Arzt.  Berlin.
4640. Praktische Arztfrau.  Berlin.
4641. Praktische (Der)  Desinfektor.  Dresden.
4642. Praktische Ergebnisse der Geburtshilfe und Gyna-
  kologie.  Miinchen.
4643. Prakticheskaia medicina.  Leningrad.
4644. Pratica  (La)  chirurgica  e  delle discipline affini.
  Arezzo.
4645. Praticien (Le) du Nord de l'Afrique.  Alger.
4646. Pratique (La)  medicale francaise.  Paris.
4647. Pratica  ortognatodontica.    Bologna.
4648. Pratica  (La) pediatrica.   Milano.
4649. Praxis.  Bern.
4650. Preliminary reports;  World Congress  of  Universal
  Documentation.   Paris.
4651. Preliminary statement submitted  to  the
  House Conference on Children in a Democracy.
  ington.
4652. Prensa medica.   La Habana.
4653. Prensa medica.   La Paz.
4654. Prensa medica.   Valparaiso, Chile.
4655. Prensa (La) medica argentina.   Buenos Aires.
4656. Prensa (La) medica mexicana.   Mexico.
4657. Prescriber.  Edinburgh.
4658. Press bulletin; Maryland Department of  Health.
  Baltimore.
4659. Press bulletin; North Dakota State  Department of
  Health.  Bismarck.
4660. Presse (La) medicale.  Paris.
4661. Presse (La) medicale beige.   Bruxelles.
4662. Presse (La) medicale d'Egypte.   Cairo.
4663. Presse (La) thermale et climatique.  Paris.
4664. Prevision social.   Madrid.
4665. Previsidn social.   Quito.
4666. Preventive medicine.   New York.
4667. Priroda.  Leningrad.
White
Wash- 
[94]
Prison. War Bull.
Private Hosp.
Probl. aliment., Roma
Probl. endokr., Moskva
Probl. nutriz.,  Roma
Probl. tuberk., Moskva
Proc Acad. Natur. Sc.  Philadelphia

Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam
Proc All India Ophth. Soc.

Proc  Alumni  Ass. M.  School  Univ.
  Oregon

Proc Alumni Soc. M. Dep. Univ. Penn-
  sylvania

Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sc.

Proc. Am. Ass.  Coll. Pharm. Fac.

Proc Am. Ass.  Dent. Schools

Proc. Am. Ass.  Instr. Blind

Proc. Am. Ass.  Med. Phys. Res.

Proc. Am. Ass.  Ment. Defic

Proc. Am. Ass.  M. Milk Com.


Proc. Am. Ass.  Rheumat.  Dis.

Proc Am. Ass.  Study Feebleminded

Proc. Am. Conf. Pharm. Fac.

Proc Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn.

Proc Am. Diabetes Ass.

Proc. Am. Drug. Manuf. Ass.

Proc Am. Fed. Clin. Res.

Proc Am. Fed. Hard of Hearing


Proc. Am. Inst. Dent. Teachers

Proc. Am. Med. Psychol.  Ass.

Proc. Am. Philos.  Soc.

Proc Am. Soc. Biol. Chem.

Proc. Am. Soc Clin. Path.

Proc. Am. Soc. Hard ot Hearing

Proc. Am. Soc Psychic. Res.


Proc. Antimalar. Advis. Com.

Proc Ass. Am. M. Coll.

Proc Ass. Am. Univ.

Proc. Ass. Coll. Schools Nurs.
4668. Prisoners of war bulletin.   Washington.
4669. Private hospitals.   New York.
4670. Problema (II) alimentare.   Roma.
4671. Problemy endokrinologii.   Moskva.
4672. Problemi della nutrizione.  Roma.
4673. Problemy tuberkuleza.  Moskva.
4674. Proceedings of the Academy  of Natural Sciences of
  Philadelphia.
4675. Proceedings of the  Section of Sciences; Koninklijke
  Akademie van wetenschappen te Amsterdam.  Amster-
  dam.
4676. Proceedings of the  All-India Ophthalmological  So-
  ciety.  Madras.
4677. Proceedings of the ... annual  meeting of the Alumni
  Association;  Medical  School;  University  of Oregon.
  Portland.
4678. Proceedings of the  Alumni Society  of the Medical
  Department of the University of Pennsylvania.  Phila-
  delphia.
4679. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and
  Sciences.   Boston.
4680. Proceedings of the American  Association of Colleges
  of Pharmacy   [v. p.]
4681. Proceedings of the ... annual  meeting of the Ameri-
  can Association of Dental Schools  [v. p.]
4682. [Proceedings] ...  Biennial convention; American  As-
  sociation of Instructors of the Blind  [v. p.]<
4683. Proceedings of the American Association for Medico-
  Physical Research  [v. p.]
4684. Proceedings of the American  Association on Mental
  Deficiency  [v. p.]
4685. Proceedings of the American  Association of Medical
  Milk  Commissions  and the  Certified Milk  Producers'
  Association of America.  Chicago.
4686. Proceedings of  the American  Association  for  the
  Study and Control  of  Rheumatic Diseases  [v. p.]
4687. Proceedings of  the American  Association  for  the
  Study of the Feebleminded   [v. p.]
4688. Proceedings of the American  Conference of Pharma-
  ceutical Faculties  [v. p.]
4689. Proceedings of the American  Congress  on Obstetrics
  and Gynecology.  Evanston.
4690. Proceedings of the  American Diabetes Association.
  Cleveland.
4691. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the American
  Drug Manufacturers Association   [v. p.]
4692. Proceedings; American Federation for Clinical  Re-
  search  [Philadelphia]
4693. Proceedings of the ... annual meeting of the Ameri-
  can Federation of Organizations  for the Hard of Hear-
  ing.  Washington.
4694. Proceedings of the annual meeting; American Insti-
  tute of Dental Teachers  [v. p.]
4095. Proceedings of the American Medico-Psychological
  Association.  Baltimore.
4696 Proceedings of the  American Philosophical Society.
  Philadelphia.                                       J
4697. Proceedings of  the American Society  of  Biological
  Chemists  [v.  p.]
4698 Proceedings; American Society of Clinical Patholo-
  gists.  Cleveland.
4699. Proceedings of the ...  annual meeting of  the Ameri-
,â„¢nn |ociety for thre Hard of Hearing.   Washington.
4700. Proceedings of  the American Society  for Psychical
  Research  Section  B  of  the  American  Institute  for
  Scientific Research.   New York
4701. Proceedings of the Antimalarial Advisory Commis-
  sion   LV. P'J

47ColleSgeSCee[vng8]°f th6 AsS°Ciation of Ame™an Medical
4703. Journal of proceedings and addresses; Association of
  American Universities.  Chicago
4704. Proceedings of the annual  meeting of  the [Americal
  Association of Collegiate Schools of Nursing   Chicago! 
[95]
Proc Ass. Life Insur. Presid.

Proc. Ass. M. Superint. Am. Inst. In-
  sane
Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis.

Proc. Balyeat Clin., Oklahoma

Proc. Bd Trustees  Am. Dent. Ass.


Proc. California Acad. M.

Proc. California Mosquito Control Ass.

Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res.

Proc. Charaka Club

Proc. Chicago Dent. Soc

Proc. Clinic, Honolulu

Proc.   Commonwealth  Conf.   Pub.
  Health Engin., Melb.
Proc. Com. M. Res. Nat. Res. Counc.
  Canada

Proc.  Conf.  Army Physicians  Centr.
  Mediter. Forces
Proc. Conf. Better Care for Mothers

Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America
 Proc. Conf. Psychiat. Educ.

 Proc. Conf. Rural M.

 Proc. Conf. Vocat. Rehabil. (Canada)

 Proc.  Congr.  Army  Surgeons Centr.
   Mediter. Forces
 Proc Congr. Dent. Educ.

 Proc. Congr. M. Educ.

 Proc Congr. Panpacific Surg. Ass.

 Proc. Connecticut M. Soc

 Proc. Gov. Conf. Except. Child., Chic.

 Proc. Hawaii.  Acad. Sc

 Proc Helminth. Soc. Washington

 Proc. Hillcrest Mem. Hosp., Tulsa

 Proc. Indust. Hyg. Found. America

 Proc. Inst. Dent. Pedag.

 Proc Inst. M. Chicago

 Proc. Internat. Coll. Surgeons

 Proc.  Internat.  Conf.  Health  Trop.
  America
Proc. Internat. Conf. Silicosis

Proc. Internat. Conf. Women  Physi-
  cians
4705. Proceedings of ... annual convention of the Associa-
  tion of Life Insurance Presidents  [v. p.]
4706. Proceedings of the Association of Medical Superin-
  tendents of American Institutions for the Insane  [v. p.]
4707. Proceedings  of  the Association  for Research in
  Nervous and Mental Diseases.   Baltimore.
4708. Proceedings  of  the  staff meetings; Balyeat Hay
  Fever and Asthma Clinic.  Oklahoma City.
4709. Proceedings of the Board of  Trustees and reports of
  officers  and committees; American Dental Association.
  Chicago.
4710. Proceedings of the California Academy of Medicine.
  Stanford University.
4711. Proceedings and papers of the annual conference of
  the California Mosquito Control Association.  Berkeley.
4712. Proceedings of the Central Society  for Clinical Re-
  search.   Chicago.
4713. Proceedings  (The)  of  the  Charaka Club.   New
  York.
4714. Proceedings of  the  Chicago Dental Society.   Chi-
  cago.
4715. Proceedings  of  the  staff meetings  of  the  Clinic.
  Honolulu, T. H.
4716. Proceedings of  the Commonwealth  Conference  on
  Public Health  Engineering; Division  of Public Health
  Engineering, Department  of Health, Australia.   Mel-
  bourne.
4717. Proceedings of the meeting of the Executive  of the
  Associate Committee on Medical Research,  National
  Research Council of  Canada.  Ottawa.
4718. Proceedings of the Conference of Army  Physicians,
  Central Mediterranean Forces.   Roma.
4719. Proceedings  of  Conference  on   Better Care for
  Mothers and Babies.  Washington.
4720. Proceedings of the  ... annual  meeting of the  Con-
  ference  of  State  and Provincial Health Authorities of
  North America   [v.  p.]
4721. Proceedings of the Conference on Psychiatric  Edu-
  cation.   New York.
4722. [Proceedings  of  the Conference]  Rural Medicine.
  Cooperstown, N. Y.
4723. Proceedings;  Conference  on  the   Vocational  Re-
  habilitation of the Physically Handicapped.   Toronto.
4724. Proceedings of  the Congress  of  Central  Mediter-
  ranean Forces Army Surgeons.   Roma.
4725. Proceedings;  Congress on  Dental  Education and
  Licensure.   Chicago.
4726. Proceedings of the Congress  on Medical Education.
  Chicago.
                      the  Congress of  the   Pan-Pacific
Connecticut  State   Medical
4727. Proceedings  of
  Surgical Association [v. p
4728. Proceedings  of the
  Society.  Hartford.
4729. Proceedings; Governor's Conference on Exceptional
  Children.  Chicago.
4730. Proceedings of the Hawaiian  Academy of Science.
  Honolulu.
4731. Proceedings  of  the  Helminthological  Society of
  Washington.  Washington.
4732. Proceedings of staff meeting of Hillcrest Memorial
  Hospital.  Tulsa, Okla.
4733. Proceedings  of the  annual  meeting;  Industrial
  Hygiene Foundation of America.  Pittsburgh.
4734. Proceedings  of  the annual meeting;  Institute of
  Dental  Pedagogics [v. p.]
4735. Proceedings of the Institute of Medicine of Chicago.
  Chicago.
4736. Proceedings  of  ... the  International  College
  Surgeons.  Chicago.
4737. Proceedings  of  the International  Conference
  Health  Problems in Tropical America [v. p.]
4738. Proceedings  of  the International  Conference
  Silicosis.  London.
4739. Proceedings  of  the  International  Conference
  Women Physicians [v.  p.]
of
of 
196]
Proc Internat. Congr. Alcohol.

Proc. Internat. Congr. Genet.

Proc Internat. Congr. Ment. Hyg.

Proc Internat.  Congr.   Mil.  M.  &
  Pharm.
Proc Internat. Congr. Phonet. Sc.

Proc Internat. Congr. Plant Sc.

Proc Internat. Management Congr.

Proc Internat. Physiol.  Congr.

Proc. Interst. Postgrad.  M. Ass. N.
  America

Proc Iowa Conf. Child Health

Proc. Life Ext. Exam.
Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc.

Proc Maryland Delaware Water Sewer
  Ass.
Proc. Massachusetts Tuberc League

Proc M. Ass. Canal Zone

Proc. Maxim Gorky Med. Genet. Res.
  Inst., Moskva
Proc Mayo Clin.

Proc. Med. Leg.  Soc Victoria

Proc Med. Surg. Sect. Am. Railw. Ass.

Proc. Milbank Mem. Fund

Proc Minnesota Acad.  Sc.

Proc Missouri Pharm.  Ass.

Proc Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S.

Proc Nat. Ass. Dent. Exam.

Proc. Nat. Ass. Dent. Fac

Proc Nat. Conf.  Race Betterm.

Proc. Nat. Conf.  Social  Work.

Proc Nat. Congr. Tuberc, Manila

Proc Nat. Safety Counc.

Proc Nat. Sch.  Dent. Techn.

Proc Nat. Soc Prev. Blindness


Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass.

Proc Northwest. Univ. Dep. Indust. M.


Proc. Nova Scot. Inst. Sc

Proc. Nutrit. Soc, Cambr.

Proc.  N.   York  Ass.   Pub.  Health
  Laborat.
4740. Proceedings of the International Congress on  Alco-

474LllpJocVeeIlings of the  ...  International  Congress  of

4742enproceedings  of   the  International  Congress   of
  Mental Hvgiene [v. p.]
4743. Proceedings of the  ...  International  Congress  ot
  military medicine and pharmacy [v. p.]
4744. Proceedings of the  International Congress ot  Pho-
  netic Sciences [v. p.]
4745. Proceedings of the International Congress of Plant
  Sciences [v. p.]
4740. Proceedings  of   the  International  Management
  Congress.   Baltimore.                            .
4747. Proceedings  of   the  International  Physiological
  Congress [v. p.]
4748. Proceedings of the  international assembly  ot the
  Inter-State Postgraduate Medical  Association of North
  America [v. p.]
4749. Proceedings of the Iowa White House Conference  of
  Child Health.  Des Moines.
4750. Proceedings of the Life Extension Examiners [v. p.]
4751. Proceedings and transactions; Liverpool Biological
  Society.   Liverpool.
4752. Proceedings of the  Maryland-Delaware Water and
  Sewer  Association [v.  p.]
4753. [Proceedings]  Massachusetts Tuberculosis  League.
  Boston.
4754. Proceedings  of  the  Medical  Association  of the
  Isthmian  Canal Zone.   Mount Hope, C. Z.
4755. Proceedings of the  Maxim Gorky Medico-genetical
  Research  Institute.  Moskva.
4756. Proceedings of the staff meeting of the Mayo Clinic.
  Rochester, Minn.
4757. Proceedings of the Medico-Legal Society of Victoria.
  Melbourne.
4758. Proceedings; American Railway Association; Medi-
  cal and Surgical Section.  New York.
4759. Proceedings of the Milbank Memorial P'und.  New
  York.
4760. Proceedings of the Minnesota Academy of Science.
  Minneapolis.
4761. Proceedings; Missouri Pharmaceutical  Association
  [v. p.]
4762. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of
  the United States of America.  Easton.
4703. Proceedings of the annual meeting;  National  Asso-
  ciation of Dental Examiners.   Detroit.
4764. Proceedings of the National Association of Dental
  Faculties [v.  p.]
4765. Official proceedings  of the ... National Conference
  on Race Betterment.   Battle Creek, Mich.
4766. Proceedings  of the  National  Conference of Social
  Workers [v. p.]
4767-68. Proceedings of  the  ...  National  Congress  on
  Tuberculosis.  Manila.
4769. Proceedings  of the National Safety Council.   Chi-
  cago.
4770. Proceedings  of  the National  School  of  Dental
  Technics.  Ann Arbor.
4771. Proceedings of the  annual conference of the Na-
  tional Society for the  Prevention of Blindness.   New
  York.
4772. Proceedings;  New  Jersey Mosquito Extermination
  Association [v. p.]
4773. Proceedings of the annual symposium of the North-
  western  University  Medical School;  Department  of
  Industrial Medicine.   Chicago.
4774. Proceedings of the Nova Scotian Institute of Science.
   Halifax, X. S.
4774a.  Proceedings of  the Nutrition Society. Cambridge,
  Eng.
4775. Proceedings of the  New  \ork State Association of
   Public Health Laboratories.  Albany. 
[97]
Proc N. York Indust. Safety Congr.

Proc N. York Path. Soc

Proc Occup. Dis. Sympos.

Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sc
Proc. Optic. Soc. America

Proc Pacific Coast Dent. Conf.

Proc. Pacific Coast Sect. Am. Student
  Health Ass.

Proc Pacific Sc Congr.
Proc. Panpacific Sc Congr.

Proc. Panpacific Surg. Conf.

Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia

Proc. Pennsylvania Dent. Soc

Proc Physiol. Soc, Lond.
Proc. Postcoll. Clin. Assemb. Coll. M.
  Ohio Univ.
Proc. Postgrad.  Course  Aviat. Ophth.
  George Washington Univ.


Proc Postgrad. Course Ophth. George
  Washington Univ.

Proc Profes. Staff Brooke Gen. Hosp.


Proc R. Australas. Coll. Physicians

Proc R. Inst. Gr. Britain

Proc. R. Irish Acad.
Proc. R. Med. Chir. Soc. London

Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow

Proc R. Soc, Lond.
Proc R. Soc. Canada

Proc. R. Soc. Edinburgh

Proc. R. Soc M., Lond.

Proc. Rudolf Virchow M. Soc. N. York

Proc. Scot.  Micr. Soc

Proc. Service Command Conf. U.  S.
  Army
Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y.

Proc. Soc. Psychic. Res., Lond.

Proc South. Sociol. Congr.
Proc. State Dir. Maternity Act
Proc. Subcom. Surg. Nat. Res. Counc.
  Canada
Proctology
Proc. Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass.
4776. Proceedings of the New York State Industrial Safety
  Congress   [v. p.]
4777. Proceedings of the New Y'ork Pathological Society.
  New York.
4778. Proceedings;   Occupational  Disease   Symposium.
  Chicago.
4779. Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy of Science.
4780. Proceedings of  the  Optical Society  of  America
  [n. p.]
4781. Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Dental Conference.
  San Francisco.
4782. Proceedings of the  meetings of the Pacific  Coast
  Section of the American Student Health  Association.
  Palo Alto.
4783. Proceedings; Pacific Science Congress  [v. p.]
4784. Proceedings of the  Pan-Pacific  Science  Congress
  [v. p.]
4785. Proceedings of the Pan-Pacific Surgical Conference
  called by the Pan-Pacific Union.  Honolulu.
4786. Proceedings of the  Pathological  Society  of Phila-
  delphia.  . Philadelphia.
4787. Proceedings;  annual meeting; Pennsylvania  State
  Dental Society  [v. p.]
4788. Proceedings of the Physiological Society.  London.
4789. Proceedings;   Post-Collegiate  Clinical  Assembly;
  Ohio State University; College of Medicine.  Columbus.
4790. Proceedings of the post-graduate course in aviation
  ophthalmology and  aviation  medicine;  the George
  Washington University School of Medicine.  Washing-
  ton.
4791. Proceedings of the post-graduate course in ophthal-
  mology of the George Washington University  School of
  Medicine.  Washington.
4792. Proceedings of the Professional Staff; Brooke Gen-
  eral Hospital, United States Army.  Fort Sam  Houston,
  Tex.
4793. Proceedings of the  Royal  Australasian College of
  Physicians.  Glebe.
4794. Proceedings of  the  Royal Institution of  Great
  Britain.   London.
4795. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.   Dublin.
4796. Proceedings; Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society
  of London.   London.
4797. Proceedings of the Royal Philosophical Society of
  Glasgow.   Glasgow.
4798. Proceedings of the Royal Society.  London.
4799. Proceedings and transactions of the Royal Society of
  Canada.
4800. Proceedings of the  Royal Society of  Edinburgh.
  Edinburgh.
4801. Proceedings of  the  Royal  Society of  Medicine.
  London.
4802. Proceedings of the Rudolf Virchow Medical Society
  in the City of New York.  New York.
4803. Proceedings of the Scottish Microscopical Society.
  London &  Edinburgh.
4804. [Proceedings of the] semi-annual Service Command
  Conference; Army Service  Forces   [n. p.]
4805. Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology
  and Medicine  [v. p.]
4806. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research.
  London.
4807. [Proceedings] Southern Sociological Congress   [U. S.]
4808. Proceedings of the annual conference of State direc-
  tors in  charge of  the local administration  of the Ma-
  ternity  and  Infancy Act  (U.  S.  Children's Bureau)
  Washington.
4809. Proceedings of the ... meeting of the Subcommittee
  on Surgery of the Associate Committee on  Medical Re-
  search and of the  ... meeting of the Section on Plastic
  Surgery, National Research Council of  Canada.  Otta-
  wa.
4810. Proctology and  allied  subjects.   Chicago.
4811. Proceedings of the Transvaal Mine Medical Officers'
  Association.   Johannesburg. 
[98]
Proc Univ. Hosp. Oklahoma School M.



Proc Univ. Otago M. School

Proc. U. S. Nat. Conf. Charities

Proc. U. S. Nat. Immigr. Conf.

Proc. U. S. Nat. League Nurs. Educ

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.

Proc U. S. Nav. Inst.

Proc. Virginia Acad. Sc.

Proc. West. Canada Conf. Vener. Dis.
  Control
Proc Zool. Soc. London

Product.  Papers Internat.  Manage-
  ment Congr.
Produits pharm.
Profes. Papers U. S. Geol. Surv.
Profes. pat. hig., Moskva
Profes.   Staff  Proc   Halloran
  Hosp.
Profilassi
Profil. med., Kharkov
Progr. clin., Madr.
Progr. in Nutrit.
Progr. med., Jersey City
Progr. med., Nap.
Progr. med., Par.
Progr. Med., Phila.
Progr. Neur. Psychiat., N. Y.
Progr. ter., Milano
Pro infirmis, Ziir.
Pro iuven. bait., Tartu
Pro leproos, Bandoeng
Pro medico, Mainz
Prophyl.  antivener.
Prophyl.  ment., Par.
Protec popul. civ., Par.

Protec social, La Paz
Protesis  clin., Habana
Protoplasma, Lpz.
Provence med.
Providence M. J.
Providence M. News
Przegl. derm., Warsz.
Przegl. sport, lek., Warsz.
Przegl. wet., Lwow
Przem. chem., Warsz.
Psicoanalisi
Psicotecnia, Madr.
Psyche, Lond.
Psyche & Eros, N. Y.
Psyche J. Entom.
Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst.

Psychiat. neur. jap.
Psychiat. neur. Wschr.

Psychiat. Q.
Psychiat. Q. Suppl.
Psychiatry, Bait.
Psychic Res.  Q., Lond.
Psychoanal. Q.
Psychoanal. Rev.
Gen.
4812. Proceedings of  the staff meetings  of the university
  hospitals  of  the University  of  Oklahoma School  of
  Medicine (the Crippled Children's Hospital)  Oklahoma
  City.
4813. Proceedings of the  University  of Otago Medical
  School.  Dunedin,  N. Z.
4814. Proceedings of  the  [U.  S.] National Conference of
  Charities and Correction  [v.  p.]
4815. Proceedings of the  [U. S.] National  Immigration
  Conference.
4816. Proceedings of the  ...  annual  convention of  the
  [lr. S.] National League of  Nursing Education  [v. p.]
4817. Proceedings of the United  States National Museum.
  Washington.
4818. Proceedings; United States Naval Institute.   An-
  napolis.
4819. Proceedings for the  Virginia Academy of Science.
  Lexington.
4820. The proceedings of the  ...  Western Canada Confer-
  ence on Venereal Disease Control.
4821. Proceedings of  the general meetings  for  scientific
  business of the Zoological Society of London.   London.
4822. Production  papers  of the International  Manage-
  ment Congress.   Baltimore.
4823. Produits  pharmaceutiques.  Paris.
4824. Professional papers of the  [U. S.] Geological Survey.
  Washington.
4825. Professionalnaia patologia i higiena.   Moskva.
4826. Professional staff proceedings of Halloran General
  Hospital;  United States Army.  Staten Island, N. Y.
4827. Profilassi.  Milano.
      Profilakticheskaia medicina.  Kharkov.
      Progresos de la clinica.  Madrid.
4828.
4829.
4830.
4831.
4832.
4833.
      Progress in nutrition.   New York.
      Progreso  (El) medico.  Jersey City.
      Progresso  (II) medico.   Napoli.
      Progres (Le) medical.  Paris.
4834. Progressive medicine.   Philadelphia.
4835. Progress in neurology and psychiatry.  New York.
4836. Progresso  (II) terapeutico.   Milano.
4837. Pro infirmis.  Zurich.
4838. Pro iuventute baltica.  Tartu.
4839. Pro leproos.  Bandoeng.
4840. Pro medico.  Mainz.
4841. Prophylaxie (La) antivenerienne.  Paris.
4842. Prophylaxie (La) mentale.   Paris.
4843. Protection (La) de la population civile en temps de
  guerre.   Paris.
4844. Proteccidn social.  La Paz.
4845. Protesis clinica.  La Habana.
4846. Protoplasma.  Leipzig.
4847. Provence medicale.   Marseille.
4848. Providence medical journal.  Providence.
4849. Providence medical news.  Providence.
4850. Przeglad dermatologji.   Warszawa.
4851. Przeglad sportowo lekarski.   Warszawa.
4852. Przegk\d  weterynaryjny.  Lwdw.
4853. Przemysl chemiczny.  Warszawa.
4854. Psicoanalisi.  Roma.
4855. Psicotecnia.  Madrid.
4856. Psyche.  London.
4857. Psyche and eros.   New  York.
4858. Psyche; a journal of entomology.  Boston
4859. Psychiatrische  en  neurologische bladen. ' Amster-
  dam.
4860. Psychiatria et neurologia Japonica   Tokyo
4861  Psychiatrisch-neurologische  Wochenschrift"   Halle
  a. t*.
4862. Psychiatric (The) quarterlv.   Utica
!?S5' EsycSatric Quarterly supplement.  Utica.
4864. Psychiatry.  Baltimore.
4865. Psychic research quarterly.   London
4866. Psychoanalytic quarterlv.  Albany
      Psychoanalytic (The) review.   Albany
4801 
[99]
Psychoanal. Stud. Child

Psychobiology
Psychol. Abstr.
Psychol. Arb.
Psychol. Bull.
Psychol. Clin., Lane
Psychol. Forsch.
Psychol. Index
Psychol. League J., N. Y.
Psychol. & Med., Stuttg.
Psychol. Monogr., Princeton
Psychol. Rec.
Psychol. Rev.
Psychometrika, Chic.
Psychosomat. M.
Psychother. Prax., Wien
Pub. As. med. Yaracuy

Pub. biol. Ec vet., Brno

Pubb. 1st. anat. pat. Firenze

Pubb. 1st. clin. pediat. Univ. Napoli

Pubb. Laborat. chim. biol. Univ.  Pa-
  dova
Pubb. sc. 1st. pat. Univ. Napoli
 Pubb. Staz. zool. Napoli

 Pub. Cated. hist. med. Univ. B. Aires


 Pub. Centro tisiol., B. Air.

 Pub. Clark Univ. Libr.

 Pub. Colorado Coll.

 Pub. Com. Costs M. Care

 Pub. Cornell Univ. Anat.

 Pub. Dep. Pediat. Univ. Toronto

 Pub. Dep. Surg. Univ. Pennsylvania

 Pub. Div.  malariol. Min. san., Caracas

 Pub. Egypt. Univ. Fac. M.

 Pub. farm., S. Paulo
 Pub. Field Mus. Natur. Hist.

 Pub. Fund. Biogen, Caracas
 Pub. Health, Lond.
 Pub. Health Bull., Bost.
 Pub. Health Bull., Wash.
 Pub. Health J.,  Toronto
 Pub. Health Laborat., Bost.
 Pub. Health Michigan
 Pub. Health News, Trenton
 Pub. Health Nurs., Utica
 Pub. Health Nurse, Clevel.
 Pub. Health Rep., Wash.
 Pub. Health Rev., Ann Arb.
 Pub. Inst, antituberc, Barcel.

 Pub. Inst, cient. dominico-aleman

Pub. Inst. Neur. Northwest. Univ.
 4868. Psychoanalytic  (The)  study of the  child.   New
   York.
 4869. Psychobiology.  Baltimore.
 4870. Psychological abstracts.   Princeton, N. J.
 4871. Psychologische Arbeiten.   Berlin.
 4872. Psychological bulletin.  Princeton,  N. J.
 4873. Psychological (The) clinic.  Lancaster.
 4874. Psychologische Forschung.  Berlin.
 4875. Psychological index.   Princeton,  N. J.
 4876. Psychologists (The) League journal.  New York.
 4877. Psychologie und Medizin.  Stuttgart.
 4878. Psychological monographs.  Princeton, N. J.
 4879. Psychological record.   Bloomington, Ind.
 4880. Psychological review.   Lancaster.
 4881. Psychometrika.  Chicago.
 4882. Psychosomatic medicine.   Menasha.
 4883. Psychotherapeutische Praxis.  Wien.
 4884. Publicaciones de la Asociacidn medical del Yaracuy.
   San Felipe, Venez.
 4885. Publications biologiques de l'Ecole des hautes etudes
   veterinaires.   Brno.
 4886. Pubblicazioni del  tirennio;  Istituto  di  anatomia
   patologica di Firenze.  Firenze.
 4887. Pubblicazioni; Istituto di  clinica pediatrica, chirur-
   gia; Universita de Napoli.   Napoli.
       Pubblicazioni del Laboratorio di  chimica biologica
   della Universita di Padova.   Padova.
 4889. Pubblicazioni  scientifiche;  Istituto  di  patologia
   speciale chirurgica e propedeutica clinica dell'Universita
   di  Napoli.  Napoli.
 4890. Pubblicazioni della Stazione zoologica di Napoli.
   Roma.
 4891. Publicaciones de la Catedra de historia de la medi-
   cina;  Universidad nacional  de Buenos  Aires.  Buenos
   Aires.
 4892. Publicaciones; Centro de investigaciones tisiologicas.
   Buenos Aires.
 4893. Publications  of  the  Clark  University  Library.
   Worcester, Mass.
 4894. Publications  of  the  Colorado  College.   Colorado
   Springs.
 4895. Publications  of the  Committee  on the  Costs of
   Medical Care.  New York.
 4896. Publications of Cornell University Medical College;
   Studies from the Department of Anatomy.   New York.
 4897.  Publications; Department of Pediatrics; University
   of  Toronto.  Toronto.
 4898.  Publications of  the Department  of Surgery;  LTni-
   versity of Pennsylvania.  Philadelphia.
 4899. Publicaciones de la Division de malariologia; Minis-
   terio de sanidad y asistencia social.   Caracas.
 4900. Publications of the Egyptian University, Faculty of
   Medicine.   Cairo.
 4901. Publicagoes farmaceuticas.   Sao Paulo.
 4902. Publication;  Field Museum  of   Natural  History.
   Chicago.
 4903. Publicaciones; Fundacion Biogen.   Caracas.
 4904. Public health.  London.
 4905. Public health bulletin.  Boston.
 4906. Public health bulletin.  Washington.
 4907. Public health journal.   Toronto, Ont.
 4908. Public (The) health laboratory.  Boston  [v. p.]
 4909. Public health, Michigan.   Lansing.
 4910. Public health news.  Trenton.
4911. Public health nursing.   Utica.
4912. Public health nurse.   Cleveland.
4913. Public health reports.   Washington.
4914. Public health reviews.   Ann Arbor.
4915. Publicaciones del  Instituto  antituberculoso.   Bar-
  celona.
4916. Publicaciones; Instituto  cientifico  dominico-alemdn.
  Jena.
4917. Publications; Institute of Neurology; Northwestern
  University.   Chicago. 
[100]
Pub. Inst. Pasteur Guyane

Pub. Laborat. med. exp. Univ. Chile

Pub. Macausland Orthop. Clin.

Pub. McGill Univ.
Pub. med., B. Air.
Pub. med., S. Paulo
Pub.  Mision  pat. reg. Jujuy

Pub. Nat. Quarant. Serv., Shanghai

Pub. Philadelphia Anthrop. Soc.

Pub. Safety
Pub. S. Afr. Inst. M. Res.

Pub. Smithson. Inst.
Pub. Univ. Pittsburgh School M.

Pub. Welf. News, Raleigh
Pub. Welf. Statist.  (Connecticut)

Pub. Welf. Statist.  (Montana)

Pub. Wellcome Chem. Res. Laborat.

Pub. Works, N. Y.
Puerto Rico Health Bull.
Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health

Pulse, Newport
Punjab M. J.
Purdue Pharm.
Pure Cult. Stud. Bact.
P. verb. Com. Off. internat. hyg. pub.

P. verb. Congr. derm. syph. fr.

P. verb. Congr. fr. chir.
P. verb. Congr. internat. gastroenter.

P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir.

P. verb. Soc. sc. phys. natur. Bordeaux
Philadelphia Anthropological Society.

  Chicago.
                       Institute  for

                        Washington.
491S. Publications; Institut Pasteur de  la Guyane  et du
  Territoire de l'lnini.  Cayenne.
4919. Publicaciones del Laboratorio de  medicina experi-
  mental; Universidad de Chile.   Santiago de Chile
492p. Publications of the Macausland Orthopedic Clinic
  New York.                                 -..     , ,
4921. Publications of  the McGill University.   Montreal.
4922. Publicaciones medicas.  Buenos Aires.
4923. Publicacoes medicas.  Sao Paulo.
4924. Publicacidn; Misidn de estudios de patologia regional
  argentina de Jujuv.  Buenos Aires.
4925. Publications of  the  National Quarantine Service.
  Shanghai.
4926. Publications;
  Philadelphia.
4927. Public safetv
4928. Publications  of the  South  African
  Medical  Research.   Johannesburg.
4929. Publication; Smithsonian Institution.
4930. Publications  from the  University  of  Pittsburgh;
  School of Medicine.  Pittsburgh.
4931. Public welfare news.   Raleigh.
4932. Public welfare statistics (Connecticut; Office of the
  Commissioner of Welfare)   Hartford.
4933. Public welfare statistics; State of Montana Depart-
  ment of Public Welfare.   Helena.
4934. Publications; Wellcome  Chemical Research Labora-
  tories.  London.
4935. Public works.   New York.
4936. Puerto Rico health bulletin.  San  Juan.
4937. Puerto  Rico journal of public  health and tropical
  medicine.  San Juan.
4938. Pulse (The)  Newport,  R. I.
4939. Punjab medical journal.  Bangalore.
4940. Purdue (The) pharmacist.   Lafayette, Ind.
4941. Pure culture study of bacteria.   Geneva, N. Y.
4942. [Proces-verbaux]  Comite  permanent  de  l'Ofhce
  international d'hygiene publique.  Paris.
4943. Proces-verbaux; Congres  des   dermatologistes  et
  syphiligraphes de langue francaise.   Paris.
4944. Proces-verbaux; Congres frangais de chirurgie  [v. p.]
4945. Proces-verbaux;  Congres international de gastro-
  enterologie [v. p.]
4946. Proces-verbaux; Congres de la Societe internationale
  de chirurgie [v. p.]
4947. Proces-verbaux des seances de la Societe des sciences
  physiques et naturelles de Bordeaux.  Bordeaux.
Q
Q. allergia, Milano
Q. Alumni Ass. N. York M. Coll.

Q. Balyeat Clin., Oklahoma

Q. Bull. Bd Health N. Hamsphire

Q. Bull. California Bd Health

Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv., Lex.

Q. Bull. Hackensack Hosp.

Q. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat.

Q. Bull. Indiana Univ. M. Center

Q. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc

Q. Bull. Kentucky Com. Mothers
4948. Quaderni (I) dell'allergia.   Milano.
4949. Quarterly of the Alumni Association of the New
  York Medical College.  New York.
4950. Quarterly;  Balyeat  Hay Fever and Asthma  Clinic.
  Oklahoma City.
4951. Quarterly bulletin of the State Board of Health of
  New Hampshire.  Concord.
4952. Quarterly  bulletin  California   State  Board   of
  Health.  Sacramento.
4953. Quarterly (The)  bulletin  of the Frontier Nursing
  Service.  Lexington, Ky.
4954. Quarterly bulletin; Hackensack Hospital.  Hacken-
  sack.
4955. Quarterly bulletin of the Health Organization of the
  League of Nations.   Geneve.
4956. Quarterly  bulletin;  Indiana  University; Medical
  Center.  Indianapolis.
4957. Quarterly  bulletin  of  the  Kansas  City Clinical
  Society.  Kansas City.
4958. Quarterly bulletin of the Kentucky Committee for
  Mothers and Babies.  Lexington. 
[ 101 ]
 Q. Bull. Louisiana Bd Health

 Q. Bull. Michigan Agr. Coll.

 Q. Bull. Milbank Mem. Fund

 Q. Bull. M. Women Nat. Ass.

 Q. Bull. Northwest. Univ. M. School

 Q. Bull. N. York Dep. Health

 Q. Bull. N. York Hist. Soc.

 Q. Bull. Philadelphia Dep. Pub. Health

 Q. Bull. Rockefeller Found.

 Q. Bull. Sea View Hosp., N. Y.

 Q. Bull. S. Louis Coll. Pharm.

 Q. Bull. Univ. Hawaii
 Q. Chicago M. School
 Q. Harvard M. Alumni Ass.

 Q. J. Alcohol

 Q. J. Chin. Nurs.
 Q. J. Curr. Acq.  Libr. Congr.

 Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond.

 Q. J. Med., Oxf.
 Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond.

 Q. J. Pharm.,  Lond.

 Q. J. R. Meteor. Soc, Lond.

 Q. J. Speech
 Q. nutriz., Bologna
 Q. Phi Beta Pi M.
 Q. psichiat., Genova
 Q. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass.

 Q. radio!., Belluno
 Q. Rev., Wash.
 Q. Rev. Allergy

 Q. Rev. Biol.
 Q. Rev. Passavant Mem. Hosp., Chic.

Q. Rev. Pediat.
Quarterly, S. Paul
Quartermast. Rev.
Queen M. Mag., Birm.
Queens Nurs. Mag., Lond.
Quelle
Quellen Gesch. Naturwiss. Med.

Quest, med. actual., Par.
Quim. & farm., Mex.
Quincy M. Bull.
4959.  Quarterly bulletin; Louisiana State Board of Health.
  New Orleans.
4960.  Quarterly bulletin; Michigan Agricultural  College.
  p]ast Lansing.
4961.  Quarterly  bulletin;  Milbank   Memorial  Fund.
  New York.
4962.  Quarterly bulletin  of the  Medical Women's Na-
  tional Association.  Oak Park.
4963.  Quarterly bulletin of the Northwestern University
  Medical School.   Chicago.
4964.  Quarterly bulletin;  New  York  Department  of
of the  New  York  Historical
   Health.   New York.
4965. Quarterly  bulletin
   Society.   New York.
4966. Quarterly  bulletin  of  the Department  of Public
   Health of the city of Philadelphia.  Philadelphia.
4967. Quarterly bulletin;  Rockefeller Foundation.   New
   York.
4968. Quarterly  (The)  bulletin  of  Sea  View  Hospital.
   New York.
4969. Quarterly bulletin  of  the  Saint  Louis College of
   Pharmacy.   Saint Louis.
4970. Quarterly bulletin; University of Hawaii.  Honolulu.
4971. Quarterly; Chicago  Medical School.  Chicago.
4972. Quarterly (The)  of the  Harvard  Medical Alumni
   Association.   Boston.
4973. Quarterly journal of the studies on alcohol.   New
   Haven.
4974. Quarterly journal for Chinese nurses.  Hankow.
4975. Quarterly journal of current acquisitions; Library of
   Congress.  Washington.
4976. Quarterly  journal  of  experimental  physiology.
   London.
4977. Quarterly (The) journal  of medicine.  Oxford.
4978. Quarterly (The)  journal of microscopical science.
   London.
4979. Quarterly journal of pharmacy and pharmacology.
   London.
4980. Quarterly journal of the Royal Meteorological So-
   ciety.  London.
4981. Quarterly (The) journal  of speech.  Ann  Arbor.
4982. Quaderni della nutrizione.  Bologna [v. p.]
4983. Quarterly of the Phi Beta Pi Medical Fraternity.
4984. Quaderni di psichiatria.  Genova.
4985. Quarterly publications of the  American Statistical
   Association.
4986. Quaderni di radiologia.   Belluno.
4987. Quarterly review.  Washington.
4988. Quarterly review of allergy and applied immunology.
   Washington.
4989. Quarterly (The) review of biology.   Baltimore.
4990. Quarterly review; Passavant  Memorial  Hospital.
   Chicago.
4991. Quarterly review of  pediatrics.  Washington.
4992. Quarterly; representing the Minnesota  educational,
   philanthropic,  correctional  and   penal  institutions.
   Saint Paul.
4993. Quartermaster review.   Washington.
4994. Queen's medical magazine.   Birmingham,  Engl.
4995. Queen's nurses' magazine.  London.
4996. Quelle.   Hamburg.
4997. Quellen und  Studien  zur  Geschichte  der Natur-
   wissenschaften und der Medizin.  Berlin.
4998. Questions medicales d'actualite.  Paris.
4999. Qufmica y farmacia.   Mexico.
5000. Quincy medical bulletin.   Quincy,  111.
It
Raboty Leningr. vrach. za god otechest.
  voiny
Radianska med.
5001. Raboty;   Leningradskye  vrachi  za  god  oteche-
  stvennoi voiny.   Leningrad.
5002. Radianska medicina.  Kiev. 
[102]
Radiobiologia, Venez.
Radiochirurgia, Nap.
Radiodoncia, B. Air.
Radiography, Lond.
Radiogr. Clin. Photogr.

Radiol, cancer., Madr.
Radiol, clin., Basel
Radiol, med., Milano
Radiologia, B. Air.
Radiologica, Berl.
Radiology
Radiol. Rdsch.
Radiol. Rev.

Radium, Pittsb.
Radium Rep. Mem. Hosp., N. Y.

Radium Ther., Denver
Rad. Ther.,  Seattle
Raggi ultraviol.
Railw. Surg. J.
Ramazzini
Rapp. Com. internat. mater, san.

Rapp. Conf.  internat. lumiere

Rapp. Conf.  internat. rhumat. chron.

Rapp. Congr. alien, neur. France


Rapp. Congr. derm. syph. fr.

Rapp. Congr. fr. med.
Rapp. Congr. insun*. ren.
Rapp. Congr. internat. asthme

Rapp. Congr. internat. hydr. dim.

Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter.

Rapp. Congr. internat. insuff. hepat.

Rapp. Congr. internat. lith. biliare

Rapp. Congr. internat. med. educ phys.

Rapp. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil.


Rapp. Congr. internat. path. comp.

Rapp. Congr. internat. physiother.
Rapp. Congr. internat. radiol.
Rapp. Congr. internat. rhumat.

Rapp. Congr. internat. transfus.  sang.

Rapp. Congr. nat. tuberc.

Rapp. Congr. pediat. langue fr.

Rapp. Congr. san. pub.,  Marseille
Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat. chir.

Rapp. epidem., Geneve

Rapp. gen. Congr. internat. gymn. scol.

Rapp. Inst. Pasteur, Dakar


Rapp. Inst. Pasteur Brazzaville
Y
Radiobiologia.   Venezia.
Radiochirurgia.   Napoli.
Radiodoncia.  Buenos Aires.
Radiography.   London.
Radiography and clinical photography
Rochester,
Madrid.
Valley  medical
5003.
5004.
5005.
5006.
5007.
  N.
5008. Radioldgica-canceroldgica.
5009. Radiologia clinica.  Basel.
5010. Radiologia (La)  medica.   Milano.
5011. Radiologia.   Buenos Aires.
5012. Radiologica.   Berlin.
5013. Radiology   [v. p.]
5014. Radiologische Rundschau.   Berlin
5015. Radiologic review  &  Mississippi
  journal.   Quincv, 111.
5016. Radium.  Pittsburgh.
5017. Radium  report  of  the Memorial  Hospital.   New
  York.
5018. Radium therapist.  Denver.
5019. Radiation therapy.   Seattle.
5020. Raggi ultravioletti.   Milano.
5021. Railway surgical journal.   Chicago.
5022. Ramazzini.   Firenze.
5023. [Rapports] Commission internationale  d'etudes du
  materiel sanitaire.  Geneve.
5024. [Rapports; discussions; communications] Conference
  internationale de la lumiere.   Paris.
5025. Rapports; Conference scientifique internationale du
  rhumatisme chronique, progressif, generalise [v. p.]
5026. Rapports;  Congres  des   medecins  alienistes  et
  neurologistes de France et des pays de la langue fran-
  caise.  Paris.
5027. Rapports; Congres  des dermatologistes et syphili-
  graphes de langue frangaisc   Paris.
5028. Rapports; Congres francais de medecine.
5029. Rapports; Congres de l'insuffisance renalc  Pari
5030. Rapport   du  Congres  international  de  l'asth
  [v. p.]
5031. Rapports;  Congres international  d'hydrologie, de
  climatologie.
5032. [Rapports  et comptes rendus]  Congres  interna-
  tional d'hygiene mediterraneenne.
5033. Rapports;  Congres international  de  l'insuffisance
  hepatique.
5034. [Rapports] Congres international  de  la  lithiase
  biliaire [v. p.]
5035. Rapports;  Congres  international  de  medecine
  appliquee a l'education physique et aux sports [v. p.]
5036. [Discussion des rapports et communications] Con-
  gres international de medecine et de  pharmacie  mili-
  taires [v. p.]
5037. [Rapports]  Congres international  de  pathologie
  compare.
5038. Rapport;  Congres international de physiotherapie.
5039. Rapports;  Congres  international  de  radiologie.
5040. Rapports  et  communications;  Congres  interna-
  tional du rhumatisme.
5041. Rapports; Congres  international de la transfusion
  sanguine [v. p.]
5042. Comites, bureau, reglement, programme, rapports;
  [France] Congres national de la tuberculose.  Paris.
5043. [Rapports] Congres des pediatres  de  langue fran-
  caise.  Bordeaux.
5044. Rapports; Congres de la sante publique.  Marseille
â– )04o. Rapports de la Congres de la Societe internationale
  de chirurgie [v. p.]
5046. Rapport epidemiologique de la Section  d'hygiene du
  Secretariat.   Geneve.
5047  Rapport  general;  Congres  international de  gvm-
  nastique scolaire.  Bruxelles.
5048  Rapport  sur  le fonctionnement technique de l'lns-
                       l'Afrique  occidentale  franchise.
Paris.
  Paris.
     me
  titut   Pasteur
  Dakar.
5049.  Rapport  sur  le fonctionnement technique de l'lns-
                               Brazzaville.
titut Pasteur de Brazzaville. 
[103]
Rass. biol. umana
Rass. clin. sc.
Rass. clin. ter.

Rass. fisiopat.

Rass. internaz. clin. ter.
Rass. internaz. otorinolar.

Rass. 1st. med. prev., Tor.

Rass. ital. otorinolar.
Rass. ital. ottalm.
Rass. med.,  Milano
Rass. med. indust.
Rass. med. lavoro indust.

Rass. med. sarda
Rass. mens., Tor.
Rass. neur. vegetat.
Rass. oncol.

Rass. ostet.
Rass. previd. sociale
Rass. san. AOI, Addis Abeba
Rass. sc. biol.
Rass. Soc. ital. igiene
Rass. stor. Univ. Modena

Rass. stud, psichiat.
Rass. stud. sess.

Rass. ter. pat. clin.
Rec. Admin. Circ. U. S. Nat. Arch.

Rec. Canterbury Mus.

Rec. Chem. Progr., Detr.
Rec. Columbia  M. Soc. Richland Co.

Recipe, Louvain
Rec. Malaria Surv. India
Rec. med. vet.
Rec. med. vet. exot.
Rec. Oceanogr. Works Japan
Recondit. Conf. (5. & 6. Serv. Com.)
 Recondit. Conf. (9. Serv. Com.)

 Recop. tr. cient. Inst, nac nutr., B. Air.

 Recovery J., Chic.
 Recreat. Sc, Lond.
 Rec. spec, accid. trav.
 Rec. tr. sc. med. Congo

 Rec. U. S. Nat.  Conf. Social Secur.

 Red Cross Bull.
 Red Cross Courier
 Red Cross Mag.
 Reddingwezen
 Ref. Internat. Kongr. Kurzwellen

 Ref. J. klin. med., Moskva
 Reforma med., Guatemala
 Reforma med., Lima
 Reg. Kentucky Hist. Soc.

Reg. Phi Lambda Upsilon
Rehabil.  Rev., N. Y.
Reichsgesundhbl.
Reichs Med. Kalend.
fisiopatologia  clinica e  terapeutica.
preventiva.
Napoli.
 5050.  Rassegna di biologia umana.  Firenze.
 5051.  Rassegna clinico-scientifica.  Milano.
 5052.  Rassegna  (La)  di  clinica terapia  e scienze  affini.
   Roma.
 5053.  Rassegna  di
   Pisa.
 5054.  Rassegna internazionale di clinica e terapia.  Napoli.
 5055.  Rassegna  internazionale  di  oto-rinolaringologia.
   Roma.
 5056.  Rassegna  dell'Istituto  di  medicina
   Torino.
 5057.  Rassegna italiana di oto-rino-laringologia.
 5058.  Rassegna italiana d'ottalmologia.  Torino.
 5059.  Rassegna medica.  Milano.
 5060.  Rassegna di medicina industriale.   Torino.
 5061.  Rassegna di medicina applicata al lavoro industriale.
   Torino.
 5062.  Rassegna medica sarda.   Cagliari.
 5063.  Rassegna mensile.  Torino.
 5064.  Rassegna di neurologia vegetativa.   Firenze.
 5065.  Rassegna di oncologia e bollettino della Lega italiana
   per la lotta contro i tumori.   Torino.
 5066.  Rassegna (La) d'ostetricia e ginecologia.  Napoli.
 5067.  Rassegna della previdenza sociale.   Roma.
 5068.  Rassegna sanitaria  dell'A. O. I.  Addis Abeba.
 5069.  Rassegna delle scienze biologiche.  Firenze.
 5070.  Rassegna della Societa italiana d'igiene.  Milano.
 5071.  Rassegna per  la storia  della Universita di  Modena e
   della cultura superiore modenese.   Modena.
 5072.  Rassegna di studi psichiatrici.  Siena.
 5073.  Rassegna di studi sessuali, demografia  ed eugenica.
   Roma.
 5074.  Rassegna di terapia e  patologia clinica.  Napoli.
 5075.  Records  administration  circular;   United  States
   National Archives.  Washington.
 5076.  Records  of   the  Canterbury  Museum.   Christ
   Church, N. Z.
 5077.  Record of chemical progress.  Detroit.
 5078.  Recorder; Columbia  Medical  Society  of Richland
   County.  State Park.
 5079.  Recipe.   Louvain.
 5080.  Records of the Malaria Survey of India.  Calcutta.
 5081.  Recueil de medecine veterinaire.  Paris.
 5082.  Recueil de medecine veterinaire exotique.  Paris.
 5083.  Records of oceanographic works in  Japan.  Tokyo.
 5084.  Reconditioning conference, Fifth and Sixth Service
   Commands, United States Army Service Forces.   Louis-
   ville, Ky.
 5085.  Reconditioning conference, Ninth Service Command,
   United  States Army Service Forces.  Modesto,  Calif.
 5086. Recopilacidn  de  trabajos cientificos del Instituto
   nacional de la nutricidn.  Buenos Aires.
 5087. Recovery journal.  Chicago.
 5088. Recreative science.   London.
 5089.  Recueil special des  accidents du travail.  Paris.
 5090. Recueil de travaux  des sciences medicales au Congo
   Beige; Direction du  Service de Phygiene.  Leopoldvillc
 5091. Record of the [United States] National Conference
   on Social Security.  New York.
 5092. Red Cross bulletin.  Washington.
 5093. Red Cross courier.  Washington.
 5094. Red Cross magazine.   Washington.
 5095. Reddingwezen.  Amsterdam.
 5096. Referate;  Internationaler Kongress  fur Kurzwellen
  in Physik,  Biologie, und Medizin.   Wien.
 5097. Referati jurnala  klinicheskaia  medicina.
 5098. Reforma (La)  medica.   Guatemala.
5099. Reforma (La)  medica.   Lima.
5100. Register of the Kentucky Historical Society.  Frank-
  fort, Ky.
5101. Register (The) of Phi Lambda Upsilon.  Saint Paul.
5102. Rehabilitation review.   New York.
5103. Reichs-Gesundheitsblatt.   Berlin.
5104. Reichs-Medizinal-Kalender fiir Deutschland.  Leip-
  zig.
Moskva. 
[104]
 Relat. Conf. san. nac, Caracas

 Relat. Congr.  argent, cirug.

 Relat. Congr.  argent, obst.

 Relat. Congr.  interamer. cirug.

 Relat. Congr.  sudamer. otorrinolar.

 Relat. Policlin. Botafogo

 Rel. Com. Nurs. Schools

 Rendic Accad. sc. 1st. Bologna

 Rendic 1st. san. pubb., Roma
 Rep.  Air Techn. Intell. U. S., Tokyo


 Rep.  All Bengal Kala Azar Conf.

 Rep.  Am. Diet. Ass.

 Rep.  Am. Found. Trop. M.

 Rep.  Am. Soc San. Engin.

 Rep.  Austral.  Cancer Conf.
 Rep.  Bd Health, Cambr.
 Rep.  Bd Health Kentucky

 Rep.  Bd Health Michigan

 Rep.  Bd Health N. Jersey

 Rep.  Bd Health Ohio

 Rep.  Bd Health Rhode Island

 Rep.  Biochem. Res. Found. Franklin
  Inst.
 Rep.  Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc

 Rep. Chief M.  Off. Min. Health, Lond.

 Rep.  Chief U.  S. Weather Bur.

 Rep.  Columbia Inst.  Deaf, Wash.

 Rep.  Conf. M. Serv.  Canada

 Rep.  Congr. Internat. Soc. Urol.

 Rep.  Connecticut  Bd Health

 Rep. Connecticut  Dep. Health

 Rep. Connecticut  Tuberc. Com.

 Rep. Dep. Health Iowa

 Rep. Dep. Health Maine

 Rep. Dep. Health Maryland

 Rep. Dep. Health Montreal

 Rep. Dep. Pub. Health Illinois

Rep. Dir. Gen. U. N. R. R. A.


Rep. Dir. M. Serv., Hong Kong
 5105.  [Relatos oficiales]  Conferencia  sanitaria nacional.
   Caracas.
 5100.  Relatos  oficiales;  Congreso  argentina de  cirugia.
   Buenos Aires.
 5107.  [Relatos,  contribuciones  y  discusiones]  Congreso
   argentino de obstetricia y ginecologia.   Buenos Aires.
 5108.  Relatos oficiales y discusiones;  Congreso interame-
   ricano de cirugia.   Buenos Aires.
 5109.  Relatos oficiales; Congreso sud-americano de  oto-
   rrinolaringologia.   Montevideo.
 5110.  Relatorio  da  Policlinica  de  Botafogo.  Rio  de
   Janeiro.
 5111.  Releases of Committee on the Grading of Nursing
   Schools.  New York.
 5112.  Rendiconto  delle  sessioni  dell'Accademia  delle
   scienze dell'Istituto di  Bologna.  Bologna.
 5113.  Rendiconti; Istituto di sanita pubblica.   Roma.
 5114.  Report; Air Technical Intelligence Group, Advanced
   Echelon, Far East Air Force,  U. S. Army Air Forces.
   Tokyo.
 5115.  Report;  All-Bengal  Kala-Azar  Conference.  Cal-
   cutta.
 5116.  Report of the  American Dietetic Association.   Chi-
   cago.
 5117.  Report  of  the American  Foundation  for Tropical
   Medicine.  Brooklyn.
 5118.  Report of proceedings of American Society of Sani-
   tary Engineering  [v. p.]
 5119. Report of the Australian Cancer  Conference  [v. p.]
 5120. Report of the Board of Health.   Cambridge.
 5121. Report of the  State Board of Health of Kentucky.
   Bowling Green.
 5122.  Report of the  State Board of Health of  Michigan.
   Lansing.
 5123. Report of the Board of Health of the State of  New
   Jersev.  Trenton.
 5124. Report  of  the  State  Board  of Health  of  Ohio.
   Columbus.
 5125. Report  of  the  State  Board of Health  of  Rhode
   Island.  Providence.
 5126. Report of the  Biochemical Research Foundation of
   the Franklin Institute.   Philadelphia.
 5127. Report of the meetings of the British Association for
   the Advancement of Science.   London.
 5128. Report of the Chief Medical Officer of the Ministry
   of Health  (Great Britain)   London.
 5129. Report of the  Chief of the [U. !->.] Weather Bureau.
   Washington.
 5130. Report of  the Columbia Institute  for the Deaf.
   Washington.
 5131. Report of the ... Conference on the Medical Services
   in Canada.  Ottawa.
 5132. Report of the Congress of the International Society
   of Urology.   New  York.
 5133. Report of the  Connecticut State Board of Health.
   New Haven.
 5134. Report of  the  Connecticut State  Department  of
   Health.  Hartford.
 5135. Report;  Connecticut State Tuberculosis  Commis-
   sion.  Hartford.
5136. Report of the  State Department of Health of Iowa.
   Des  Moines.
5137. Report of  the State  Department  of  Health  of
   Maine.  Augusta.
5138. Report  of  the  State  Department  of Health  of
   Maryland.   Annapolis.
5139. Report of the  Department of Health of  Montreal
   Montreal.

51ntS:P°Springfierd DePa,tment  °f  PubUc Health  °f
ol41. Report of  the  Director  General to  the  Council"
   Inited Nations Relief  and Rehabilitation  Administra-
  tion.  \\ ashington.
5142. Report of the  Director of  Medical Services.  Hong
   rvong.                                              B 
[105]
Rep. Dir. M. Serv. Brit. Guiana

Rep. Dir. Pub. Health N. S. Wales

Rep. Dir. Vet. Educ Pretoria

Repert. med.
Repert. med. cir., Bogota
Repert. pharm.
Rep. Florida Antimosquito Ass.
Rep. Guggenheim Mem. Found.


Rep. Hackney M. Off. Health

Rep. Haffkine Inst., Bombay
Rep. Health Com. Melbourne

Rep. Health Manchester

Rep. Health of Army, Lond.
Rep. Henry Phipps Inst. Tuberc.

Rep.  Induct. Data  U.  S. Army  M.
  Statist. Div.

Rep. Inst. Sc Labour, Kurasiki

Rep.  Internat.   Acad.   M.  Postgrad.
  Work, Jena

Rep. Internat. Conf. Genet.
Rep. Internat. Conf. Goiter
Rep. Internat. Congr. Microb.

Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm.

Rep.  Internat.  Congr.   Sc. Campaign
  Cancer
Rep. Internat. Dairy Congr.
Rep. Internat. Neomalthus. Conf.

Rep. Internat. Ophth. Congr.

Rep. Johns Hopkins Hosp.
Rep. Kansas Bd Health
Rep. Kansas Crippled Child. Com.

Rep. Lahey Clin.
Rep. Lancashire Tuberc Off.

Rep. Liverpool M. Off.  Health

Rep. Malaria Res. Serv. M. Dep. Brit.
  Guiana
Rep. Manchur. Plague  Prev. Serv.

Rep. Massachusetts Gen.  Hosp.

Rep. Mat. Hosp. Manchester

Rep. M. Dep. Gold Coast Colony

Rep. Michigan Acad. Sc

Rep. M. Off. Health Battersea

Rep. M. Off. Health Burnley

Rep. M. Off. Health Glasgow

Rep. M. Off. Local Gov. Bd, Lond.

Rep. M. Res. Counc, Lond.
5143.  Report  of  the Director of  Medical  Services of
  British Guiana.  Georgetown.
5144.  Report of the Director-General  of Public Health,
  New South Wales.  Sydney.
5145.  Report  of  the Director of  Veterinary Education
  and Research   [Pretoria]
5146.  Repertoire  (Le) medical pratique.  Paris.
5147.  Repertorio  de medicina y cirugia.  Bogota\
5148.  Repertoire de pharmacie.  Paris.
5149.  Report; Florida Anti-mosquito Association.  Tampa.
5150.  Reports of the Secretary and  of the  Treasurer;
  John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation.  New
  York.
5151.  Report of the  Hackney Medical Officer of Health.
  Hackney, Engl.
5152.  Report; Haffkine Institute.   Bombay.
5153.  Report of  the Health  Committee of the City of
  Melbourne.   Melbourne.
5154.  Report on  the health of the City of Manchester.
  Manchester, Engl.
5155.  Report on the health of the Army.  London.
5156.  Report  of  the Henry  Phipps  Institute  for  the
  Study ... of Tuberculosis.  Philadelphia.
5157.  Report; induction data; Statistical Analysis Branch,
  Medical Statistics  Division,  Office of the  Surgeon Gen-
  eral, United States Army.  Washington.
5158.  Report  of  the  Institute of  Science  and  Labour.
  Kurasiki, Japan.
5159.  Report on the constitutive meeting of the Interna-
  tional  Academy   for  Medical  Postgraduate   Work.
  Jena.
5160.  Report of the International Conference on Genetics.
5161.  Report of the  International  Conference on Goiter.
5162.  Report of proceedings;  International Congress for
  Microbiology.
5163.  Report on International Congress of Military Medi-
  cine and Pharmacy [v. p.]
5164.  Reports;  International  Congress of Scientific  and
  Social Campaign against  Cancer.
5165.  Report; International Dairy  Congress [v. p.]
5166.  Report of  the International  Neo-Malthusian  and
  Birth Control Conference [v. p.]
5167.  Report  of  the  International  Ophthalmological
  Congress [v. p.]
5168.  Report of the Johns Hopkins Hospital.   Baltimore.
5169.  Report of Kansas State Board of Health.  Topeka.
5170.  Report; Kansas State   Crippled  Children's Tem-
  porary Commission.
5171.  Report of the Lahey  Clinic.  Boston.
5172.  Report  of  the Lancashire  Central Tuberculosis
  Officer of the Lancashire  County Council.  Liverpool.
5173.  Report of the Liverpool Medical Officer of Health.
  Liverpool.
5174.  Report of the Malaria Research Service of the Medi-
  cal  Department, British Guiana.  Georgetown.
5175.  Report of the Manchurian Plague Prevention Serv-
  ice.  Tientsin.
5176.  Report  (Annual)  of the  Massachusetts  General
  Hospital.   Boston.
5177.  Report of  the  Maternity Hospital.   Manchester,
  Engl.
5178.  Report on  the Medical Department;  Gold Coast
  Colony.  Accra.
5179.  Report  of  the
  Lansing.
5180.  Report on the health  of the metropolitan Borough of
  Battersea; Medical Officer of Health.  Battersea, Engl.
5181.  Report of the Medical Officer of Health on the pub-
  lic health and sanitary administration. Burnley, Engl.
5182.  Report of the Medical  Officer  of Health, City of
  Glasgow.   Glasgow.
5183.  Report (Annual) of the  Medical Officer  of the Local
  Government Board.  London.
5184.  Report of the Medical Research  Council.  London.
Michigan  Academy  of  Science. 
[106]
Rep. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S.

Rep. Nat. Quarant. Serv. China

Rep. Nat. Res. Counc. Japan

Rep. Nat. Res. Counc Philippine Is-
  lands
Rep. Navy Vener. Dis. Contact Invest.


Rep. N. Carolina Bd Health

Rep. North  Manchur. Plague  Prev.
  Serv.
Rep. N. York State Dep. Health

Rep. N. York State Vet. Coll.

Rep. N. York State Woman Hosp.

Rep. Penrose Res. Laborat.

Rep. Peter Bent  Brigham Hosp.

Rep. Philadelphia Gen. Hosp.

Rep. Pub. Health, Lond.

Rep. Pub. Health Laborat., Cairo

Rep. Rhode  Island Health Com.

Rep. Rivers  Dep. Manchester

Repr. Michigan Dep. Health

Repr. Presbyter. Hosp. N. York


Repr. U. S. Nat.  Res. Counc.

Rep. S. Andrews  Inst. Clin. Res., Lond.

Rep. Saranac Laborat. Tuberc.


Rep. S. Barth. Hosp., Lond.
Rep. Sc. Adv. Bd Ind. Res. Fund Ass.

Rep. Seer. U. S.  Dep. Agr.

Rep. Seer. U. S.  Dep. Int.

Rep. Seer. U. S.  Navy

Rep. S. Thomas  Hosp., Lond.
Rep. Sun Yat Sen Mem. Canton Hosp.

Rep. Superint. Johns Hopkins Hosp.

Rep. Surg.  Staff  Woman  Hosp.,  S.
  Louis
Rep. Surg.  Staff Woman Hosp. State
  N. York

Rep. Tennessee  Health Work.

Rep. Ther. Res.  Com. Am. M. Ass.



Rep. U. S. Com.  Mil. Gov. Austria
5185.  Report of the National Academy of Sciences of the
  United States of America.   Washington.
5186.  Report of the  National  Quarantine  Service;  Re-
  public of China  [v. p.]
5187.  Report;  National  Research  Council   of  Japan.
  Tokyo.
5188.  Report of the  National  Research Council of the
  Philippine Islands.  Manila.
5189.  Report; Navy venereal  disease  contact investiga-
  tion; Bureau of Medicine and Surgery,  U. S.  Navy.
  Washington.
5190.  Report of the  North Carolina  Board  of   Health.
  Raleigh.
5191.  Report of the North Manchurian Plague Prevention
  Service.  Tientsin.
5192.  Report of the State Department of Health  of New
  York.  Albany.
5193.  Report of the New York State  Veterinary College.
  Ithaca.
5194.  Report of the New York State Woman's Hospital.
  New York.
5195.  Report of the Penrose  Research Laboratory.  Phila-
  delphia.
5196.  Report of the Peter Bent Brigham Hospital.  Cam-
  bridge, Mass.
5197.  Report  of   the  Philadelphia   General  Hospital.
  Philadelphia.
5198.  Reports on  public  health  and  medical subjects.
  London.
5199.  Reports and  notes of the  Public Health  Labora-
  tories.   Cairo.
5200.  Report (Biennial)  of the Rhode Island Health Com-
  mission.  Providence.
5201.  Report; Rivers  Department,  City of Manchester.
  Manchester, Engl.
5202.  Reprint series;  Michigan  Department of   Health.
  Lansing.
5203.  Reprints from medical and surgical reports of the
  Presbyterian Hospital in the City of New York.  New
  York.
5204.  Reprint and circular series  of the [U. S.] National
  Research Council.   Washington.
5205.  Report of the S. Andrews Institute for Clinical Re-
  search.  London.
5206.  [Report]  Saranac Laboratory  for  the Study of
  Tuberculosis of  the Edward L. Trudeau Foundation.
  Saranac Lake.
5207.  Report of S. Bartholomew's Hospital.   London.
5208.  Report of the  Scientific Advisory Board, Indian
  Research Fund Association.   New Delhi.
5209.  Report of the Secretary  of the [U. S.] Department
  of Agriculture.   Washington.
5210.  Report of the Secretary  of the [U. S.] Department
  of Interior.  Washington.
5211.  Report of the Secretary of [U. S.] Navy.   Wash-
  ington.
5212.  Report of the S. Thomas Hospital.   London.
5213.  Report of the Sun Yat Sen Memorial Canton Hos-
  pital, Lingnan University.  Canton.
5214.  Report of the  Superintendent  of Johns  Hopkins
  Hospital.   Baltimore.
5215.  Report of the surgical staff of the Woman's Hospital.
  Saint Louis.
5216.  Report (A) on  the  scientific  work of the  surgical
  staff of the Woman's Hospital in the State of New York.
  New York.
5217.  Report of the annual conference of the Tennessee
  health  workers.  Nashville.
5218.  Report of the investigation of the Therapeutic Re-
  search  Committee  of the Council  on Pharmacy  and
  Chemistry  of the American  Medical Association.   Chi-
  cago.
5219  Report of the United States  Commissioner; Allied
  Military Government of  Austria,  United States Zone
  [n. p.]
« 
[107]
Rep. U. S. Fed. Bd Vocat. Educ.

Rep. Veterans Admin. Physicians

Rep. Wayne Co. M. Soc.

Rep. Yellow Fever Control Serv.  Brit.
  Guiana
Res. Bull.  Univ. Missouri Agr.  Exp.
  Sta.

Res. Conf. Cancer (Am. Ass. Advance.
  Sc.)

Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo
Resenha med., Rio
Res. gen. Congr. cient. panamer.

Res. London Hosp.
Res. Program U. S. Army M. Res. Bd


Res. Q. Am. Ass. Health


Res. Q. Am. Phys. Educ. Ass.

Resumpt. genet., Gravenh.
Reun. extraord.  As. med. Hosp. Du-
  rand, B. Air.
Reun.  med. chir. Armee fr.

Reun.  Soc. argent, pat. region.

Rev. Acad, colomb. cienc

Rev. actin., Par.
Rev. Admin, nac agua, B. Air.

Rev. aliment., Rio
Rev. anthrop., Par.
Rev. Appl. Entom.. Lond.
Rev. arch. ital. biol.
Rev. argent, anest.

Rev. argent, broncoesofag.
Rev. argent, card.
Rev. argent, cienc.  med.

Rev. argent, derm.  sif.

Rev. argent, hig. social

Rev. argent, hist. med.

Rev. argent, neur. psiquiat.

Rev. argent, otorinolar.

Rev. argent, reumat.
Rev. argent, tuberc.
Rev. argent, urol.
Rev. Arq. mun., S. Paulo
Rev. As. argent, diet.

Rev. As. bioquim. argent.

Rev. As. chilena quim. farm.

Rev. As. colomb. med. vet.

Rev. As. Esc. quim. farm., Quito

Rev. As. med. argent.
5220.  Report of the [U. S.] Federal Board  for Vocational
  Education.  Washington.
5221.  Report of round table conference, Veterans' Admin-
  istration Physicians.  Washington.
5222.  Report  of  the Wayne  County  (Mich.)  Medical
  Society.   Ann Arbor.
5223.  Report;  Yellow  Fever  Control  Service,  British
  Guiana.   Georgetown.
5224.  Research bulletin; University of Missouri;  College
  of Agriculture; Agricultural  Experiment Station.  Co-
  lumbus.
5225.  Research conference on cancer; Section on Chemis-
  try,  American Association  for the  Advancement of
  Science.   Washington.
5226.  Resenha clinico-cientifica.  Sao  Paulo.
5227.  Resenha medica.   Rio de Janeiro.
5228.  Resena general; Pan American Scientific  Congress.
  Santiago.
5229. Researches of the London Hospital.   London.
5230. Research and development program; Army Medical
  Research  and  Development  Board,  United  States.
  Washington.
5231. Research  (The) quarterly of the American Associa-
  tion for Health,  Physical Education, and Recreation.
  Ann Arbor.
5232. Research  quarterly of  the American Physical Edu-
  cation Association.  Ann Arbor.
5233. Resumptio genetica.   's-Gravenhage.
5234. Reuniones extraordinarias de la Asociacidn de medi-
  cos del Hospital Durand.   Buenos Aires.
5235. Reunions medico-chirurgicales  de la  (l*re)  Armee
  francaise.  Alger.
5236. Reunion  de  la Sociedad  argentina  de  patologia
  regional.   Buenos Aires.
5237. Revista  de la Academia  colombiana  de ciencias
  exactas, fisicas y naturales.  Bogota.
5238. Revue d'actinologie et de physiotherapie.
5239. Revista; Administracidn nacional del agua.
  Aires.
5240. Revista alimentar.  Rio de Janeiro.
5241. Revue anthropologique.   Paris.
5242. Review of applied entomology.   London.
5243. Revue des archives italiennes de biologie.
5244. Revista argentina de anestesia y analgesia.
  Aires.
5245. Revista argentina de bronco-esofagologia. Cordoba.
5246. Revista argentina de cardiologia.  Buenos Aires.
5247. Revista argentino-norteamericana de ciencias medi-
  cas.  Buenos Aires.
5248. Revista  argentina de dermatosifilologia.  Buenos
  Aires.
5249. Revista argentina de higiene social y medicina pre-
  ventiva.  Buenos Aires.
5250. Revista  argentina  de  historia  de  la  medicina.
  Buenos Aires.
5251. Revista  argentina  de  neurologia  y  psiquiatria.
  Rosario.
5252. Revista argentina de oto-rino-laringologia.  Buenos
  Aires.
5253. Revista argentina de reumatologia.   Buenos Aires.
5254. Revista argentina de tuberculosis.  Buenos Aires.
5255. Revista argentina de  urologia.   Buenos Aires.
5256. Revista do Arquivo municipal.   Sao Paulo.
5257. Revista de  la Asociacidn  argentina de dietologia.
  Buenos Aires.
5258. Revista  de  la Asociaci6n bioquimica  argentina.
  Buenos Aires.
5259. Revista  de  la Asociaci6n  chilena  de  quimica  y
  farmacia.  Santiago de Chile.
5260. Revista  de  la Asociacidn colombiana de medicos
  veterinarios.  Bogota.
5261. Revista de la Asociacidn de la Escuela de quimica y
  farmacia.  Quito.
5262. Revista de la Asociacidn medica  argentina.  Buenos
  Aires.
Paris.
 Buenos
Pisa.
Buenos 
[108]
Rev. As. med. Cuenca
Rev. As. med. Iat. amer., Jersey City

Rev. As. med. mex.
Rev. As. med. panamer.

Rev. Ass. brasil. farm.

Rev. Ass. paul. homeop.

Rev. Ass. paul. med.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev,
Rev.
Rev,
Rev
beige sc dent.
beige sc. med.
beige tuberc.
biol., S. Paulo
brasil. biol.
brasil. cirurg.
brasil. farm.
brasil. lepr.
brasil. med.
brasil. med. farm.
Rev. brasil odont.
Rev. brasil. otorinolar.

Rev. brasil. tuberc
Rev. canad. biol.
Rev. Centro  estud. Fac. cienc
  Rosario
Rev. Chicago Dent. Soc

Rev. chilena hig.

Rev. chilena pediat.
Rev. chir., Bucur.
Rev. chir., Par.
Rev. chir. plast., Brux.
Rev. chir. struct., Brux.
Rev. cienc. med., B. Air.
Rev. cienc. med., Habana
Rev. cienc. med., Mex.
Rev. cient., Caracas
Rev. cinesie,  Par.
Rev. Circ. med. argent.

Rev. Circ med. Cordoba
Rev. Circ. mil., S. Salvador
Rev. Circ. odont.,  Rosario
Rev. Circ. odont.  Cordoba

Rev. cirug. B. Aires
Rev. cirug. Barcelona
Rev. cirug. Hosp. Juarez, Mex.
Rev. cirurg. S. Paulo
Rev. clin., Rio

Rev. clin. espan.
Rev. Clin. Luis Razetti, Caracas
Rev. clin. Madrid
Rev. Clin. Marini, B. Air.

Rev. clin. S. Paulo
Rev. Clin. Stomat.
Rev. Col. abogados, Caracas

Rev. Col. farm. Habana

Rev. Col. med., B. Air.
Rev. Col. med. Cienfuegos

Rev. Col. med. Falcon

Rev. colomb. lepr.
med.
5263. Revista; Asociacidn medica de Cuenca.  Cuenca.
5264. Revista de  la  Asociaei6n  medica latinoamencana.
  Jersey City.
5265. Revista de la Asociacidn medica mexicana.   Mexico.
5266. Revista de la Asociaci6n medica panamericana.   La
  Habana.
5267. Revista da  Associacao brasileira de farmaceuticos.
  Rio de Janeiro.
5268. Revista da  Associacao  paulista  de homeopathia.
  Sao Paulo.
5269. Revista da  Associacao paulista de  medicina.   Sao
  Paulo.
5270. Revue beige de science dentaire.   Bruxelles.
5271. Revue beige des sciences medicales.  Louvain.
5272. Revue beige de la tuberculose.  Bruxelles.
5273. Revista de biologia e hygiene.  Sao  Paulo.
5274. Revista brasileira de biologia.  Rio de Janeiro.
      Revista brasileira de cirurgia.   Rio de Janeiro.
      Revista brasileira de farmacia. Rio de Janeiro.
      Revista brasileira de leprologia.  Sao Paulo.
      Revista brasileira de medicina.  Rio de Janeiro.
5275.
5276.
5277.
5278.
5279.
Rio de
5288.
5289.
5290.
5291.
5292.
5293.
5294.
5295.
5296.
 Bruxelles.
 Bruxelles.
Buenos Aires.
La Habana.
Mexico.
Centro de
      Revista brasileira de medicina e farmacia.
  Janeiro.
5280. Revista brasileira de odontologia.  Rio de Janeiro.
5281. Revista  brasileira  de  oto-rino-laringologia.    Sao
  Paulo.
5282. Revista brasileira de tuberculose.  Rio de Janeiro.
5283. Revue canadienne de biologie.   Montreal.
5284. Revista del Centro de estudiantes de la Facultad de
  ciencias medicas, farmacia y ramos menores.  Rosario.
5285. [Fortnightly] review  of the Chicago Dental  Society.
  Chicago.
5286. Revista chilena  de  higiene y  medicina preventiva.
  Santiago.
5287. Revista chilena de pediatria.  Santiago.
      Revista de chirurgie.  Bucuresti.
      Revue de chirurgie.   Paris.
      Revue de chirurgie plastique.
      Revue de chirurgie structive.
      Revista de ciencias medicas.
      Revista de ciencias medicas.
      Revista de ciencias medicas.
      Revista cientifica.   Caracas.
      Revue du cinesie.  Paris.
5297. Revista del  Circulo  medico argentino y
  estudiantes de medicina.  Buenos Aires.
5298. Revista del  Circulo medico de C6rdoba.  C6rdoba.
5299. Revista del Circulo militar.  San Salvador.
5300. Revista; Circulo odontoldgico.   Rosario.
5301. Revista  del  Circulo   odontoldgico  de  C6rdoba.
  C6rdoba.
5302. Revista de cirugia de Buenos  Aires.  Buenos  Aires.
5303. Revista de cirugia de Barcelona.  Barcelona.
5304. Revista de cirugia;  Hospital Juarez.  Mexico.
5305. Revista de cirurgia de Sao Paulo. Sao Paulo.
5306. Revista  clinica,  medicina e therapeutica.  Rio de
  Janeiro.
5307. Revista clinica espanola.  Madrid.
5308. Revista de la Clinica Luis Razetti.  Caracas.
5309. Revista clinica de Madrid.  Madrid.
5310. Revista Clinica Marini; Instituto de  clinica medica
  quirdrgica y especialidades.  Buenos Aires.
5311. Revista clinica de Sao Paulo.   Sao Paulo.
5312. Review of clinical stomatology.   New York.
5313. Revista del Colegio de abogados del Distrito Federal.
  Caracas.
5314. Revista  del  Colegio farmaceutico de  La  Habana.
  La Habana.
5315. Revista del  Colegio de medicos.  Buenos Aires.
5316. Revista  del Colegio medico  de Cienfuegos.  Cien-
  fuegos, Cuba.
5317. Revista  del Colegio  medico  del  Estado Falc6n.
  Coro,  Venez.
5318. Revista colombiana de  leprologia.  Washington. 
[109]
Rev. colomb. pediat.

Rev. combate lepra, Rio
Rev. compl. sc. appl. med., Par.
Rev. Corps san. mil., Par.
Rev
Rev,
cosmobiol., Nice
crim., B. Air.
 Rev. crit. path., Par.

 Rev. Cruz roja argent.
 Rev. Cruz roja colomb.
 Rev. Cruz roja guatem.
 Rev. cubana cardiol.
 Rev. cubana med. soviet.
 Rev. cubana obst.

 Rev. cubana oft.
 Rev. cubana oft. otolar.

 Rev. cubana otoneuroft.

 Rev. cubana pediat.
 Rev. Dent. Child.
 Rev. derm., B. Air.
 Rev. derm, argent.
 Rev. diagn., Barcel.

 Rev. diet., Par.
 Rev. ecuator. hig. med. trop.

 Rev. endocr. gin., Cluj

 Rev. Esc. med. mil., Mex.
 Rev. espan. cirug., Madr.
 Rev. espan. cirug., Valencia

 Rev. espaii. derm. sif.

 Rev. espaii. enferm. ap. digest.

 Rev. espaii. tisiol.
 Rev. espaii. med. cir.
 Rev. espaii. med. cir. guerra

 Rev. espaii. obst., Madr.

 Rev. espaii. obst., Valencia

 Rev. espaii. otoneuroft.

 Rev. espaii. pediat.
 Rev. espaii. tuberc
 Rev. espec, B. Air.
 Rev. estadist. mun. B. Aires

 Rev. estud. med.,  Lima
 Rev. estud. mil., Madr.
 Rev. Fac. agron. vet., B. Air.

 Rev. Fac. cienc. jur. Guatemala

 Rev. Fac cienc. med. Univ. Cordoba

 Rev. Fac. cienc. quim. (La Plata)

Rev. Fac. farm, bioquim., Lima

Rev. Fac. med., Bogota
Rev. Fac. med. vet., Lima

      549701—vol. 10, 4th Series----vm
5319. Revista  colombiana  de pediatria  y  puericultura.
  Bogotd.
5320. Revista de combate a lepra.  Rio de Janeiro.
5321. Revue compiementaire  des sciences appliquees a la
  medecine et  pharmacie,  a  l'agriculture,  aux  arts  et
  rindustric   Paris.
5322. Revue du Corps de sante militaire; Service de sante
  militaire, Ministere de la guerre, France.  Paris.
5323. Revue de cosmobiologie.  Nice.
5324. Revista  de criminologia,  psiquiatrfa y medicina
  legal.  Buenos Aires.
5325. Revue critique de pathologie et de therapeutique.
  Paris.
5236. Revista de la Cruz roja argentina.  Buenos Aires.
5327. Revista de la Cruz roja colombiana.   Bogota.
5228. Revista de la Cruz roja guatemalteca.   Guatemala.
5329. Revista cubana de cardiologia.   La Habana.
5330. Revista cubana de medicina sovietica.  La Habana.
5331. Revista  cubana de obstetricia  y ginecologia.  La
  Habana.
5332. Revista cubana de oftalmologia.  La Habana.
5333. Revista cubana  de oftalmologia y oto-rino-laringo-
  logia.  La Habana.
5334. Revista   cubana  de   oto-neuro-oftalmiatria.  La
  Habana.
5335. Revista cubana de pediatria.  La Habana.
5336. Review of dentistry for children.   Detroit.
5337. Revista dermatol6gica.   Buenos Aires.
5338. Revista dermatol6gica argentina.  Buenos Aires.
5339. Revista de diagnostico y tratamiento fisicos.   Bar-
  celona.
5340. Revue de dietetique.  Paris.
5341. Revista ecuatoriana de higiene  y medicina tropical.
  Guayaquil.
5342. Revista  de endocrinologie,  ginecologie,  obstetrica.
  Cluj.
5343. Revista de la Escuela medico-militar.   Mexico.
5344. Revista espanola de cirugia.  Madrid.
5345. Revista espanola de cirugia, traumatologia y orto-
  pedia.   Valencia.
5346. Revista  espanola de dermatologia  y  sifiliograffa.
  Madrid.
5347. Revista espanola de las enfermedades del  aparato
  digestivo y de la nutricidn.   Madrid.
5348. Revista espanola de fisiologia.  Barcelona.
5349. Revista espanola de medicina y cirugia.   Barcelona.
5350. Revista espanola de medicina y cirugia de guerra.
  Valladolid.
5351. Revista   espanola  de  obstetricia   y  ginecologia.
  Madrid & Valladolid.
5352. Revista   espanola  de  obstetricia   y  ginecologia.
  Valencia.
5353. Revista espanola de oto-neuro-oftalmologia y neuro-
  cirugia.   Valencia.
5354. Revista espanola de pediatria.   Zaragoza.
5355. Revista espanola de tuberculosis.  Madrid.
5356. Revista de especialidades.   Buenos Aires.
5357. Revista  de estadistica  municipal de la ciudad  de
  Buenos Aires.  Buenos Aires.
5358. Revista de los estudiantes de medicina.  Lima.
5359. Revista de estudios militares.   Madrid.
5360. Revista de la Facultad  de agronomfa y veterinaria.
  Buenos Aires.
5361. Revista de la Facultad de ciencias juridicas y sociales
  de Guatemala.  Guatemala.
5362. Revista de la Facultad de ciencias medicas de la
  Universidad nacional de Cdrdoba.   Cdrdoba.
5363. Revista de la Facultad de ciencias quimicas (quimica
  y farmacia) Universidad de La Plata.  Buenos Aires.
5364. Revista de la Facultad de farmacia y  bioquimica;
  Universidad de San Marcos.  Lima.
5365. Revista de la Facultad de medicina.   Bogota.
5366. Revista  de la  Facultad de medicina  veterinaria;
  Universidad de San Marcos.  Lima. 
[HO]
Rev. Fac.  med. vet., S. Paulo

Rev. farm., Managua
Rev. farm, quim., Barranquilla

Rev. filip.  med.
Rev. flora med., Rio
Rev. foie
Rev. fr. derm, vener.

Rev. fr. endocr.
Rev. fr. gyn. obst.

Rev. fr. pediat.
Rev. fr. phoniat.
Rev. fr. psychanal.
Rev. Gastroenter., N. Y.
Rev. gastroenter. Mexico
Rev. gastroenter. S. Paulo

Rev. gen. clin. ther.

Rev. gen. med. vet.
Rev. gen. opht., Geneve
Rev. gen. sc. pur.

Rev. gin.  obst., Rio

Rev. gyn. obst., Rio

Rev. hemat., Par.
Rev. hig., Bogota
Rev. hig.  tuberc, Valencia
Rev. homeop., Barcel.
Rev. homeop., Mex.
Rev. homeop., S. Paulo
Rev. homeop. catal.
Rev. Hosp. clin., S. Paulo
Rev. Hosp. niho, Lima
Rev. Hosp. Obrero, Caracas
Rev. hyg., Par.
Rev. hyg. med. social.
Rev. hyg. prophyl. social.
Rev. hyg. saude pub., Rio
Rev. hyg. social.  Strasbourg
Rev. hypnot.,  Par.

Rev. iber. amer. cienc.  med.

Rev. immun., Par.
Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo
Rev. Inst. bact. Chile

Rev. Inst. bact. Dep. nac. hig., B. Air.

Rev. Inst. bact. Malbran, B. Air.

Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mex.

Rev. interall.  mutil. guerre

Rev. internat. Croix Rouge
Rev. internat. enf., Geneve
Rev. internat. hyg. pub., Geneve
Rev. internat. med. chir.

Rev. internat. med. profes., Par.

Rev. internat. trachome
Rev. kinesither.
Rev. laryng., Bord.

Rev. Liga puertorriq. cancer
veterinaria;
 de  medicina
 Sao Paulo.
Managua.
y  qufmica.   Barranquilla,

                 Manila.
     Rio de Janeiro.
Rio  de

Rio  de
5367. Revista  da  faculdade
  Universidade de Sao Paulo.
536S. Revista farmaceutica.
5369. Revista  de  farmacia
  Colombia.
5370. Revista filipina de medicina yjarmacia.
5371. Revista da flora medicinal.
5372. Revue (La) du foie.   Paris.
5373. Revue francaise de dermatologie et de venereologic
  Paris.
5374. Revue francaise d'endocrinologie.   Paris.
5375. Revue  francaise  de  gynecologie  et  obstetrique.
  Paris.
5376. Revue francaise de pediatric   Paris.
5377. Revue francaise de phoniatrie.   Paris.
5378. Revue francaise de psychanalyse.   Paris.
5379. Review (The) gastroenterology.  New York.
5380. Revista de gastro-enterologia de Mexico.   Mexico.
5381. Revista de gastro-enterologia  de  Sao Paulo.   Sao
  Paulo.
5382. Revue generale de  clinique et de therapeutique.
  Paris  [See J. prat., Par.]
5383. Revue generale de medecine veterinaire.  Toulouse.
5384. Revue generale d'ophtalmologie.  Geneve.
5385. Revue generale des sciences  pures et appliquees.
  Paris.
5386. Revista  de  ginecologia  e  d'obstetricia.
  Janeiro.
5387. Revista  de gynecologia e  d'obstetricia.
  Janeiro.
5388. Revue d'hematologie.  Paris.
5389. Revista de higiene.  Bogota.
5390. Revista de higiene y de tuberculosis.  Valencia.
      Revista homeopatica.  Barcelona.
      Revista homeopatica.  Mexico.
      Revista de homeopatia.  Sao Paulo.
      Revista homeopatica catalana.   Barcelona.
      Revista do Hospital  das clfnicas.  Sao Paulo.
      Revista del Hospital del nifio.   Lima.
      Revista; Hospital  Obrero.   Caracas.
      Revue d'hygiene.  Paris.
5399. Revue d'hygiene et de medecine sociales.   Paris.
5400. Revue d'hygiene et de prophylaxie sociales.  Paris.
5401. Revista de hygiene e sadde pdblica.  Rio de Janeiro.
5402. Revue d'hygiene sociale de Strasbourg.  Strasbourg.
5403. Revue de  hypnotisme et de psychologie  physiolo-
  gique.  Paris.
5404. Revista ibero-americana de ciencias medicas.
  drid.
5405. Revue d'immunologie.  Paris.
5406. Revista; Instituto Adolfo Lutz. Sao Paulo.
5407. Revista  del  Instituto  bacterioldgico  de
  Santiago.
5408. Revista  del  Instituto  bacteriol6gico del  Departa-
  mento nacional de higiene.  Buenos Aires.
5409. Revista  del Instituto  bacteriologico Dr  Carlos G.
  Malbran.  Buenos Aires.
5410. Revista del Instituto de  salubridad y enfermedades
  tropicales.  Mexico.
5411. Revue  interalliee  pour  l'etude des
  teressant les mutiies de la guerre.   Paris.
5412. Revue internationale de la Croix-rouge.   Geneve.
5413. Revue internationale de l'enfant.  Geneve.
5414. Revue internationale d'hygiene publique.  Geneve.
5415. Revue internationale de medecine et de  chirurgie.

5416. Revue internationale de  medecine professionnelle et
  sociale.  Paris.
5417. Revue internationale du trachome.
5418. Revue de kinesitherapie.   Paris.
5419. Revue de  laryngologie,  otologie,  rhinologie.  Bor-
  Q.6H1U.X.
5420. Revista de la Liga puertorriquefia contra  el cancer.
  Santurce.
5391.
5392.
5393.
5394.
5395.
5396.
5397.
5398.
Ma-
Chile.
questions in-
Paris. 
[Ill]
Rev. med., B. Air.
Rev. med.,
Rev. med.,
Rev. med.,
Rev. med.,
Rev. med.,
Rev. med.,
Rev. med.,
Rev. med.,
Rev. med.,
Rev. med.
Rev. med.
 Beirut
 Louvain
 Managua
 Par.
 Puebla
 Rosario
 S. Jose
 S. Paulo
 Valparaiso
Afrique nord
aliment., Santiago
Rev. med. Angola
Rev. med. Ateneo  Ramon y  Cajal,
  Mex.
Rev. med. Bahia
Rev. med. Barcelona
Rev. med. Bogota
Rev. med. brasil.
Rev. med. Canarias
Rev. med. centr. ouest
Rev. med. Chile
Rev. med. chir. Jassy
Rev. med. chir. mal. foie
Rev.
Rev.
Rev,
Rev,
Rev,

Rev,
Rev,
Rev,
Rev,
Rev
Rev,
Rev
Rev
Rev,
Rev,
Rev.
Rev,
Rev,

Rev
Rev,
Rev,
Rev
Rev,
Rev,

Rev.
Rev.
Rev.

Rev,
Rev.

Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
Rev.
med.
med.
med,
med.
med,

med,
med.
med,
med,
med,
med.
med,
med,
med,
med,
med,
med.
med,
cir., Barranquilla
cir., Caracas
cir., Monterrey
cir. Brasil
cir. Habana

cir. mil., Rio
cir. pract., Madr.
Colombia
contemp., Madr.
Cordoba
Costa Rica
cubana
Egypte
ejerc nac
est
exp., Lima
fluminense
forense, Habana
Mex.
med. fr.
med. fr. Moyen-Orient
med. germ. iber. amer.
med. Hamburgo
med. hondur.
med. Hosp. brit., B. Air.

med. Hosp. espaii., B. Air.
med. Hosp. gen., Mex.
med. Hosp. gen. Puebla

med. Hosp.-ital., B. Air.
med. hyg. mil., Rio
med.
med.
med.
med.
med.
med.
med.
med.
med.
med.
med.
med.
hyg. trop., Par.
Iat. amer., B. Air.
leg. Colombia
leg. Cuba
Liege
Malaga
mil., Mex.
mil., Rio
Minas
mun., Rio
Nancy
nav., Par.
5421.  Revista (La) de medicina y ciencias afines.
  Aires.
5422.  Revue  (La) medicale et scientifique.  Beirut
5423.  Revue  medicale   Louvain.
5424.  Revista medica.   Managua.
5425.  Revue  de medecine.  Paris.
5426.  Revista medica.   Puebla.
5427.  Revista de medicina.  Rosario de Santa Fe.
5428.  Revista medica.   San Jose, Costa Rica.
5429.  Revista de medicina.  Sao Paulo.
5430.  Revista de medicina.  Valparaiso.
5431.  Revue  medicale de 1'Afrique du nord.
5432.  Revista de medicina y alimentaci6n.
  Chile.
5433.  Revista medica de Angola.  Loanda.
5434.  Revista medica del Ateneo Ramon y Cajal.
Buenos
Algiers.
Santiago de
Mexico.
5435.  Revista medica da Bahia.  Bahia.
5436.  Revista medica de Barcelona.  Barcelona.
5437.  Revista medica de Bogota.   Bogota.
5438.  Revista medica brasileira  [Rio de Janeiro]
5439.  Revista medica de Canarias.   Tenerife.
5440.  Revue  medicale du Centre-Ouest.   Poitiers.
5441.  Revista medica de Chile.   Santiago.
5442.  Revue  medico-chirurgicale de Jassy.  Jasi.
5443.  Revue  medico-chirurgicale des maladies  du foie,
  du pancreas et de la rate.   Paris.
5444.  Revista de medicina y cirugia.  Barranquilla.
5445.  Revista de medicina y cirugia.   Caracas.
5446.  Revista de medicina y cirugia.   Monterrey.
5447.  Revista medico-cirurgica do Brasil.   Rio de Janeiro.
5448.  Revista de medicina y cirugia de La Habana.   La
  Habana.
5449.  Revista medico-cirurgica militar.   Rio de Janeiro.
5450.  Revista de medicina y cirugfa praeticas.  Madrid.
5451.  Revista medica de Colombia.  Bogota.
5452.  Revista de medicina contemporanea.   Madrid.
5453.  Revista medica de C6rdoba.   Cordoba.
5454.  Revista medica de Costa Rica.  S. Jose.
5455.  Revista medica cubana.  La Habana.
5456.  Revue  (La) medicale d'Egypte.   Cairo.
5457.  Revista medica del ejercito nacional.  Mexico.
5458.  Revue  medicale de l'Est.   Nancy.
5459.  Revista de medicina experimental.   Lima.
5460.  Revista medica fluminense.  Rio de Janeiro.
5461.  Revista de medicina forense y criminalistica.  La
  Habana.
5462.  Revue  medicale francaise.  Paris.
5463.  Revue  medicale frangaise du Moyen-Orient. Beirut.
5464.  Revista medica germano-ibero-americana.  Leipzig.
5465.  Revista medica de Hamburgo.   Hamburg.
5466.  Revista medica hondurefia.  Tegucigalpa.
5467.  Revista medica  del  Hospital  britanico.  Buenos

5468.  Revista medica del Hospital espanol.  Buenos Aires.
5469.  Revista medica del Hospital general.  Mexico.
5470.  Revista medica del Hospital general de  Puebla.
  Puebla  M6x.
5471.  Revista medica del Hospital italiano.  Buenos Aires.
5472.  Revista de  medicina  e  hygiene  militar.  Rio  de
  Janeiro.                                           .
5473.  Revue  de  medecine  et d'hygiene tropicales.   Paris.
5474.  Revista medica latino-americana.  Buenos Aires.
      Revista de medicina legal de Colombia.   Bogota.
      Revista de medicina legal de  Cuba.  La Habana.
      Revue  medicale de Liege.  Liege.
      Revista medica de Malaga.  Malaga.
      Revista medica militar.  Mexico.
      Revista de medicina militar.   Rio de Janeiro.
      Revista medica de Minas.  Belo Horizonte.
      Revista m6dica municipal.   Rio de Janeiro.
5483.  Revue  medicale de Nancy.   Nancy.
5484.  Revue  de medecine  navale (metropole et outre-mer)
  Paris.
5475.
5476.
5477.
5478.
5479.
5480.
5481.
5482. 
[112]
Rev. med. Paraguay
Rev. med. Parana
Rev. med. Pernambuco
Rev. med. peru.
Rev. med. profes., Barcel.
Rev. med. quir., Tegucigalpa
Rev. med. quir. hosp.,  Bogota

Rev. med. quir. Oriente, Santiago

Rev. med. quir. pat. fern.. B. Air.

Rev. med. Rio Grande do Sul

Rev. med. Rosario
Rev. med. roumain.
Rev. med. Sevilla
Rev. med. sociale, Par.

Rev. med. Suisse rom.
Rev. med. trop., Bogota
Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana

Rev. med. Uruguay
Rev. med. veracruz.
Rev. med. vet., B. Air.
Rev. med. vet., Caracas

Rev. med. xalap.
Rev. med. Yucatan
Rev. mens,  cirug., Guadalajara
Rev. mex. biol.
Rev. mex. cirug.

Rev. mex. estud. antrop.

Rev. mex. med. vet.

Rev. mex. pediat.
Rev. mex. psiquiat.

Rex. mex. puericult.
Rev. mex. sociol.
Rev. mex. tuberc.

Rev. micol., B. Air.
Rev. microb. appl., Par.

Rev. mil., B. Air.
Rev. mil., La Paz
Rev. mil. gen., Strasb.
Rev. mil. med. vet., Rio

Rev. mil. Peru
Rev. mil. remonta vet., Rio

Rev. mod. med. cir., Par.
Rev. M. Progr. Postcoll. Clin. Assemb.
   Coll. M.  Ohio Univ.

Rev. Mus.  paul., S. Paulo
Rev. neur., Par.
Rev. neur.  B. Aires
Rev. neuropath., Praha

Rev. neuropsychopath., Praha
Rev. neur.  psiquiat., Lima
Rev. neur.  psiquiat. S. Paulo

Rev. neur.  Psychiat., Praha
Rev. neur.  psychiat. S. Paulo

Rev. obst.  gin., Caracas
Rev. obst. nac, Mex.
Rev. odont., B. Air.
mexicana   de  estudios  antropoldgicos.
5485. Revista medica del Paraguay.  Asuncidn.
5486. Revista medica do Parana.   Curitiba.
5487. Revista medica de Pernambuco.  Pernambuco.
5488. Revista medica peruana.  Lima.
5489. Revista medico-profesional.   Barcelona.
5490. Revista medico-quirdrgica.   Tegucigalpa.
5491. Revista medico-quirdrgica de  los hospitales.   Bo-
  gota.
5492. Revista  medico-quirdrgica  de Oriente.   Santiago
  de Cuba.
5493. Revista medico-quirdrgica de  patologia  femenina.
  Buenos Aires.
5494. Revista de medicina do Rio  Grande do Sul.  Porto
  Alegre.
5495. Revista medica del Rosario.  Rosario de Sante Fe.
5496. Revue medicale roumainc  Bucuresti.
5497. Revista medica de Sevilla.  Sevilla.
5498. Revue medico-sociale et de protection de l'enfance.
  Paris.
5499. Revue medicale  de la Suisse  romande.  Lausanne.
5500. Revista de medicina tropical.  Bogota.
5501. Revista  de   medicina  tropical  y  parasitologfa,
  bacteriologia,  clfnica y laboratorio.  La Habana.
5502. Revista medica del Uruguay.  Montevideo.
5503. Revista medica veracruzana.  Veracruz.
5504. Revista de medicina veterinaria.   Buenos Aires.
5505. Revista  de medicina  veterinaria y  parasitologfa.
  Caracas.
5506. Revista medica xalapena.  Xalapa, Veracruz.
5507. Revista (La) medica de Yucatan.   Merida.
5508. Revista mensual de cirugfa.  Guadalajara, Jal.
5509. Revista mexicana de biologfa.  Mexico.
5510. Revista mexicana de cirugfa, ginecologia y  cdncer.
  Mexico.
5511. Revista
  Mexico.
5512. Revista mexicana de  medicina veterinaria y  zoo-
  technia.  San Jacinto.
5513. Revista mexicana de pediatria.  Mexico.
5514. Revista  mexicana  de  psiquiatrfa,  neurologfa  y
  medicina legal.   Mexico.
5515. Revista mexicana de puericultura.  Mexico.
5516. Revista mexicana  de sociologfa.  Mexico.
5517. Revista  mexicana de  tuberculosis y enfermedades
  del aparato respiratorio.  Mexico.
5518. Revista de micologia.   Buenos Aires.
5519. Revue de microbiologie  appliquee  a l'agriculture,
  a l'hygiene, a l'industrie.   Paris.
5520. Revista militar.   Buenos Aires.
5521. Revista militar.   La Paz, Bolivia.
5522. Revue militaire generale.   Strasbourg.
5523. Revista  militar de  medicina veterin&ria.   Rio de
  Janeiro.
5524. Revista militar del Peru.   Lima.
5525. Revista  militar  de remonta e veterinaria.   Rio de
  Janeiro.
5526. Revista moderna  de medicina y de cirugia.  Paris.
5527. Review of medical progress;  Post Collegiate Clinical
  Assembly; Ohio State University;  College  of Medicine,
  Columbus.
5528. Revista do Museu paulista.   Sao Paulo.
5529. Revue neurologique.   Paris.
5530. Revista neurologica de Buenos Aires.   Buenos Aires.
5531. Revue; neuropathologie, psychiatrie, therapie, lekar-
  stvi socialni.   Praha.
5532. Revue; neuropsychopathologic  Praha.
5533. Revista de neuro-psiquiatria.  Lima.
5534. Revista de neurologia e  psiquiatria de Sao Paulo.
   Sao Paulo.
5535. Revue v neurologii a psychiatrii.   Praha.
5536. Revista de neurologia e  psychiatria de Sao Paulo.
   Sao Paulo.
5537. Revista de obstetricia y  ginecologia.   Caracas.
5538. Revista obst6trica nacional.  Mexico.
5539. Revista odontol6gica.  Buenos Aires. 
[113]
Rev. odont., Par.
Rev. odont., Trujillo
Rev. odont. stomat., Par.

Rev. orthop., Par.
Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air.

Rev. otolar. S. Paulo
Rev. otoneur., B. Air.
Rev. otoneur., Par.
Rev. otorinolar., Cordoba

Rev. palud., Par.

Rev. parasit., Habana

Rev. Pasteur, Tegucigalpa

Rev. path, comp., Par.

Rev. paul. med.
Rev. paul. tisiol.
Rev. pediol., B. Air.
Rev. peru. pediat.
Rev. philanthrop.,  Par.
Rev. philos. France

Rev. phtisiol., Par.
Rev. Phys. Chem. Japan

Rev. physiother.
Rev. phytother.
Rev. Policlin. Caracas
Rev. politecn., S. Paulo
Rev. prat. biol. appl., Par.
Rev. prat. hyg. mun., Nancy

Rev. prat. mal. org. genitourin., Lille

Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds

Rev. psicol. gen. apl., Madr.
Rev. psiquiat. crim., B. Air.

Rev. psiquiat. neur., Habana
Rev. psiquiat. Uruguay
Rev. psychol., Brux.
Rev. psychol. appl., Par.
Rev. quim., Mex.
Rev. quim. farm.,  Rio
Rev. quim. indust., Rio
Rev. radiol., Berl.
Rev. radiol. clin., Porto Alegre
Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic
Rev. rhumat., Par.
Rev. Roche, Nutley
Rev. roman. urol.
Rev. san., Caracas
Rev. san., Madr.
Rev. san. guerra
Rev. san. mil.,  Asuncion
Rev. san. mil.,  B.  Air.
Rev. san. mil., Bucur.
Rev. san. mil.,  Caracas
Rev. san. mil. (Chile)
Rev. san. mil.,  Habana
Rev. san. mil.,  La Paz
Rev. san. mil.,  Lima
Rev. san. mil.,  Madr.
Rev. san. nav., Valparaiso
Rev. san. policia, Lima
Rev. sc, Par.
Rev. Sc. Instrum.
Rev. sc.  med. Afrique fr., Brazzaville
5540. Revue odontologique.   Paris.
5541. Revista odontol6gica.   Ciudad Trujillo.
5542. Revue d'odontologie,  de stomatologie et maxillo-
  facialc  Paris.
5543. Revue d'orthopedie.  Paris.
5544. Revista  de  ortopedia  y  traumatologfa.  Buenos
  Aires.
5545. Revista oto-laringologica de Sao Paulo.  Sao Paulo.
5546. Revista oto-neuro-oftalmoldgica.  Buenos Aires.
5547. Revue d'oto-neuro-ophtalmologie.  Paris.
5548. Revista de oto-rino-laringologfa y  de bronco-eso-
  fagologfa.  Cdrdoba, Argentina.
5549. Revue  du  paludisme  et  de  medecine  tropicale.
  Paris.
5550. Revista de parasitologfa, clfnica y laboratorio.  La
  Habana.
5551. Revista Pasteur;  6rgano de la Sociedad de estu-
  diantes de qufmica y farmacia.  Tegucigalpa.
5552. Revue de pathologie comparee et d'hygiene generale.
  Paris.
5553. Revista paulista de medicina.  Sao Paulo.
5554. Revista paulista de tisiologia.  Sao Paulo.
5555. Revista de pediologia.  Buenos Aires.
5556. Revista peruana de pediatrfa.  Lima.
5557. Revue philanthropique.  Paris.
5558. Revue philosophique [de la France et de  l'etranger]
  Paris.
5559. Revue de phtisiologie medico-sociale.  Paris.
5560. Review  (The)  of physical chemistry   of  Japan.
  Tokyo.
5561. Revue de physiotherapie.  Paris.
5562. Revue de phytotherapic   Paris.
5563. Revista de la Policlfnica Caracas.  Caracas.
5564. Revista politecnica.  Sao Paulo.
5565. Revue pratique de biologie appliquee.  Paris.
5566. Revue  pratique  d'hygiene municipale  urbaine et
  rurale.  Nancy.
5567. Revue  pratique  des maladies des organes  genito-
  urinaires.  Lille.
5568. Revue  pratique  des  maladies  des  pays chauds.
  Paris.
5569. Revista de psicologia general y aplicada.  Madrid.
5570. Revista  de   psiquiatrfa  y  criminologfa.  Buenos
  Aires.
5571. Revista de psiquiatria y neurologia.   La Habana.
5572. Revista de psiquiatria del  Uruguay.   Montevideo.
5573. Revue (La) psychologique.  Bruxelles.
5574. Revue de psychologie appliquee.  Paris.
5575. Revista de quimica.  Mexico.
5576. Revista de qufmica e farmacia.  Rio de Janeiro.
      Revista de qufmica industrial.   Rio de Janeiro.
      Revista de radiologia.  Berlin.
      Revista de radiologia clinica.   Porto Alegre.
      Revista de radiologia y fisioterapia.  Chicago.
      Revue du rhumatisme.  Paris.
      Revista Roche.  Nutley, N. J.
      Revista romana de urologic  Bucuresti.
      Revista de sanidad y asistencia social.  Caracas.
     . Revista de sanidad y higiene publica.  Madrid.
5586. Revista de sanidad de guerra.   Barcelona.
5587. Revista de sanidad militar.  Asunci6n,  Paraguay.
      Revista de la sanidad militar.  Buenos Aires.
      Revista sanitara militara.  Bucuresti.
      Revista de la sanidad militar.   Caracas.
      Revista de la sanidad militar. Santiago de Chile.
      Revista de la sanidad militar.   La Habana.
      Revista de la sanidad militar.   La Paz.
      Revista de sanidad militar.  Lima.
      Revista de sanidad militar.  Madrid.
      Revista de sanidad naval.  Valparaiso de Chile.
      Revista de la sanidad de policia.  Lima.
     ,. Revue scientifique.  Paris.
5599. Review (The) of scientific instruments.   Lancaster.
5600. Revue des sciences medicales, pharmaceutiques et
   veterinaires de 1'Afrique francaise libre.   Brazzaville.
5577.
5578.
5579.
5580.
5581.
5582.
5583.
5584.
5585.
5588.
5589.
5590.
5591.
5592.
5593.
5594.
5595.
5596.
5597.
5598. 
[114]
Rev. sc. med. fr. Moyen Orient

Rev. serv. pub., Rio
Rev. Serv. san. mil., Par.
Rev. Soc. argent, biol.

Rev. Soc. argent, neur.

Rev. Soc. argent, nipiol.

Rev. Soc. argent, oft.

Rev. Soc. argent, otorrinolar.

Rev. Soc. argent, proct.

Rev. Soc. argent, radio electr.

Rev. Soc argent, tisiol.

Rev. Soc. argent, urol.

Rev. Soc. chilena urol.

Rev. Soc. cient. Paraguay

Rev. Soc hig. microb., B. Air.

Rev. Soc. med. int.,  B. Air.

Rev. Soc med. quir. Zulia

Rev. Soc. med. Trujillo (Venez.)

Rev. Soc. mex. hist, natur.

Rev. Soc. pediat. litoral, Rosario

Rev. Soc pediat. Rosario

Rev. Soc. puericult. B. Aires

Rev. Soc venezol. hist. med.

Rev. st. med., Bucur.
Rev. stomat., Par.
Rev. sudamer.  endocr., B. Air.

Rev. sudamer.  med., Par.

Rev. sudamer.  morf., B. Air.
Rev. syniatr., Rio
Rev. techn. chir., Par.
Rev. trab., La Paz
Rev. trachome
Rev. tuberc, B. Air.
Rev. tuberc, Habana
Rev. tuberc, Lima
Rev. tuberc, Par.
Rev. tuberc Uruguay
Rev. Tumor Ther.
Rev. tunis. sc. med.
Rev. univ., Guadalajara
Rev. Univ. B. Aires

Rev. Univ. Guayaquil
Rev. Univ. Minas Geraes

Rev. Univ. Rio

Rev. urol., Caracas
Rev. urol., Mex.
5601. Revue de la science medicale francaise  du Moyen
  Orient.   Beirut.
5602. Revista do servigo pdblico.  Rio de Janeiro.
5603. Revue du Service de sante militaire.  Paris.
5604. Revista  de  la  Sociedad  argentina  de  biologfa.
  Buenos Aires.
5605. Revista de  la Sociedad argentina de neurologia y
  psiquiatrfa.  Buenos Aires.
5606. Revista  de la Sociedad  argentina  de  nipiologia.
  Buenos Aires.
5607. Revista de  la Sociedad argentina de oftalmologfa.
  Buenos Aires.
5608. Revista  de  la  Sociedad  argentina  de  otorrino-
  laringologia.   Buenos Aires.
5609. Revista; Sociedad argentina de proctologfa.  Buenos
  Aires.
5610. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de radio- y electro-
  logfa.  Buenos Aires.
5611. Revista  de la  Sociedad  argentina  de  tisiologfa.
  Buenos Aires.
5612. Revista  de  la  Sociedad  argentina  de  urologfa,
  Buenos Aires.
5613. Revista de la Sociedad chilena de urologfa.  Santiago
  de Chile.
5614. Revista  de la Sociedad  cientifica  del  Paraguay.
  Asunci6n.
5615. Revista de la Sociedad  de higiene y  microbiologfa.
  Buenos Aires.
5616. Revista de  la Sociedad  de medicina  interna y de
  Sociedad de tisiologia.   Buenos Aires.
5617. Revista de la Sociedad medico-quirdrgica del Zulia.
  Maracaibo.
5618. Revista de la Sociedad medica de Trujillo.  Trujillo,
  Venez.
5619. Revista de la Sociedad mexicana de historia natural.
  Mexico.
5620. Revista  de la Sociedad  de pediatria del litoral.
  Rosario.
5621. Revista [de la] Sociedad de pediatria de Rosario.
  Rosario.
5622. Revista de  la Sociedad de puericultura  de Buenos
  Aires.   Buenos  Aires.
5623. Revista de la Sociedad venezolana de historia de la
  medicina.  Caracas.
5624. Revista sthntelor medicale.   Bucuresti.
5625. Revue (La)  de stomatologie.   Paris.
5626. Revista sudamericana de endocrinologia,  immuno-
  logia y quimioterapia.   Buenos Aires.
5627. Revue sud-americaine de medecine et de chirurgie.
  Paris.
5628. Revista sudamericana de morfologia.  Buenos Aires.
5629. Revista syniatrica.   Rio de Janeiro.
5630. Revue de la technique chirurgicale.   Paris.
5631. Revista del  trabajo.   La Paz.
5632. Revue de trachome.   Paris.
5633. Revista de la tuberculosis.  Buenos Aires.
5634. Revista de tuberculosis.   La Habana.
5635. Revista de tuberculosis.   Lima.
5636. Revue de la tuberculose.  Paris.
5637. Revista de tuberculosis del Uruguay.   Montevideo.
5638. Review (The) of tumor  therapy.   Charleston, S. C.
5639. Revue tunisienne des sciences medicales.   Tunis.
5640. Revista  universitaria  de  la Asociacidn  de  post-
  graduados y ex-alumnos  de la Universidad autdnoma de
  Guadalajara.   Guadalajara.
5641. Revista de la Universidad de  Buenos Aires.  Buenos
  Aires.
5642. Revista de la Universidad de Guayaquil.  Guayaquil.
5643. Revista da  Universidade de Minas  Geraes.   Belo
  Horizonte.
5644. Revista da Universidade do Rio de Janeiro.  Rio de
  Janeiro.
5645. Revista de urologfa.   Caracas.
5646. Revista de urologfa.   Mexico. 
[115]
 Rev. urug. derm. sif.

 Rev. valenc. cienc med.
 Rev. vet., Toulouse
 Rev. vet. mil., Bucur.
 Rev. vet. slave, Brno
 Rev. zootecn., B. Air.
 Rheumat. Dis., Lond.
 Rheumatism, Lond.
 Rhode Island M. J.
 Ricer.  morf.
 Ricer.  morf.  biol. anim.
 Ricer.  sc
 Richmond J. Pract.
 Riforma med.
 Rinasc. med.
 Rinsho sika
 Riogrande odont.
 Riv. antrop.
 Riv. biol.
 Riv. chir., Como
 Riv. chir., Nap.
 Riv. chir., Roma
 Riv. chir., S. Onofrio
 Riv. clin. med.
 Riv. clin. pediat.
 Riv. crit. clin. med.
 Riv. crit. infortunist.

 Riv. crit. lavoro

 Riv. idr. clim.

 Riv. idroclim.

 Riv. immun.
 Riv. infort. mal. profes.

 Riv. ingegn. san.
 Riv. internaz. ingegn. san.

 Riv. internaz. san. pubb., Geneve
 Riv. ital. actin.
 Riv. ital. gin.
 Riv. ital. igiene
 Riv. ital. neuropat.

 Riv. ital. stomat.
 Riv. malariol.
 Riv. med.
 Riv. med. aeronaut.
 Riv. med. leg.

 Riv. med. social, tuberc.
 Riv. med. trop.

 Riv. mens, mun., Tor.
 Riv. neur., Nap.
 Riv. nipiol.
 Riv. osp.
 Riv. ostet., Milano
 Riv. otoneuroft.
 Riv. parassit.
 Riv. pat. app. resp.

 Riv. pat. clin. tuberc.

 Riv. pat. nerv.
 Riv. pat. sper.
 Riv. pellagr. ital.
 Riv. psicol.
Riv. radiol.
Riv. san. sicil.
Riv. sicil. ostet.
5649.
5650.
5651.
5652.
5653.
5654.
5658.
5659.
5660.
5661.
5662.
5663.
 5647.  Revista  uruguaya  de  dermatologia  y sifilografia.
   Montevideo.
 5648.  Revista valenciana de ciencias medicas.  Valencia.
       Revue veterinaire.   Toulouse.
       Revista veterinara military.   Bucuresti.
       Revue veterinaire slave.  Brno.
       Revista zootecnica.   Buenos Aires.
       Rheumatic (The) diseases.  London.
       Rheumatism.   London.
 5655.  Rhode Island  (The)  medical journal.   Providence.
 5656.  Ricerche di morfologia.  Roma.
 5657.  Ricerche di morfologia e biologia animalc   Napoli.
       Ricerca scientifica e  ricostruzione.   Roma.
       Richmond journal of practice.   Richmond.
       Riforma (La)  medica.  Napoli.
       Rinascenza medica.   Napoli.
       Rinsho sika.   Osaka, Japan.
       Riogrande odontoldgico.  Porto Alegre.
 5664.  Rivista di antropologia.   Roma.
 5665.  Rivista di biologia.   Perugia.
 5666.  Rivista di chirurgia.  Como.
 5667.  Rivista di chirurgia.  Napoli.
 5668.  Rivista di chirurgia.  Roma.
 5669.  Rivista di chirurgia.  St. Onofrio.
 5670.  Rivista di clinica medica.  Firenze.
 5671.  Rivista di clinica pediatrica.   Firenze.
 5672.  Rivista critica di clinica medica,   Firenze.
 5673.  Rivista critica di infortunistica, responsabilita civile
   e contratto di lavoro.  Milano.
 5674.  Rivista critica [del diritto del lavoro e della responsa-
   bilita civile]  Milano.
 5675.  Rivista di  idrologia, climatologia  e  terapia fisica.
   Milano.
 5676.  Rivista di  idroclimatologia, talassologia  e  terapia
   fisica.  Milano.
 5677.  Rivista di immunologia e scienze affini.  Milano.
 5678.  Rivista degli infortuni e delle malattie professionali.
   Roma.
 5679.  Rivista di ingegneria sanitaria.  Torino.
 5680.  Rivista internazionale  di  ingegneria  sanitaria ed
   urbanistica.  Milano.
 5681.  Rivista internazionale di sanita pubblica,  Geneve.
 5682.  Rivista italiana di actinologia.  Milano.
 5683.  Rivista italiana di ginecologia.  Bologna.
 5684.  Rivista italiana d'igiene.  Pisa.
 5685.  Rivista italiana  di  neuropatologia,  psichiatria ed
   elettroterapia.  Catania.
 5686.  Rivista italiana di stomatologia.   Parma.
 5687.  Rivista di malariologia.  Roma.
 5688.  Rivista (La) medica.  Milano.
 5689.  Rivista di medicina aeronautica.   Roma.
 5690.  Rivista di medicina legale e di giurisprudenza  medica.
   Siena.
 5691.  Rivista medico-sociale della tubercolosi.  Palermo.
 5692.  Rivista  medica tropicale e  studi di  medicina indi-
   gena.   Roma.
 5693.  Rivista mensile municipale.   Torino.
 5694.  Rivista di neurologia.   Napoli.
 5695.  Rivista di nipiologia.  Napoli.
 5696.  Rivista ospedaliera.   Roma.
 5697.  Rivista d'ostetricia e ginecologia pratica.  Milano.
 5698.  Rivista oto-neuro-oftalmologica.  Bologna.
 5699.  Rivista di parassitologia.  Roma.
 5700.  Rivista   di  patologia  dell'apparato  respiratorio,
   Arco.
 5701.  Rivista  di  patologia  e clinica  della  tubercolosi.
   Bologna.
 5702.  Rivista di patologia  nervosa e mentalc  Siena.
 5703.  Rivista di patologia sperimentale.   Torino.
 5704.  Rivista pellagrologica italiana.   Udine.
 5705.  Rivista di psicologia.  Bologna.
5706.  Rivista di radiologia e fisica medica.  Bologna.
5707.  Rivista sanitaria siciliana.   Palermo.
5708.  Rivista  siciliana d'ostetricia e ginecologia pratica.
   Palermo. 
[116]
Riv. Soc ital. igiene
Riv. sper. freniat.
Riv. stor. sc med.

Riv. tisiol.
R. N., Rutherford
Roche Rev., Nutley
Rocky Mountain M. J.
Rocz. psychiat.
Rodriguesia, Rio
Rontgenpraxis
Romania med.
Roosevelt ^"ild  Life Ann.
Roosevelt Wild  Liie Bull.
Rorschach Res. Exch.
Rotes Kreuz, Berl.
Rotes Kreuz, Solothurn
Roumanie med.
Roux Arch.
Roy. Berkshire Hosp. Rep.
Roy. Dent. Hosp. Mag., Lond.
Rozpr. wydz.  mat.  przyrod.  Polska
  Akad.

Russ. antrop. J.
Russ. arkh. anat.

Russ. J. trop. med.
Russ. klin.
Russ. vrach
5709.  Rivista della Societa italiana d'igiene.   Milano.
5710.  Rivista sperimentale di freniatria,  Reggio Emilia.
5711.  Rivista di storia delle scienze mediche e naturali.
  Siena.
5712.  Rivista di tisiologia.   Roma.
5713.  R. N. [Registered nurse]  Rutherford,  N. J.
5714.  Roche review.   Nutley, N. J.
5715.  Rocky mountain medical journal.  Denver.
5716.  Rocznik psychiatryczny.   Warszawa.
5717.  Rodriguesia.  Rio de Janeiro.
5718.  Rontgenpraxis.   Leipzig.
5719.  Romania medicala.  Bucure§ti.
5720.  Roosevelt wild life annals.  Syracuse.
5721.  Roosevelt wild life bulletin.  Syracuse.
5722.  Rorschach research exchange.  New York.
5723.  Rote (Das) Kreuz.   Berlin.
5724.  Rote (Das) Kreuz.   Solothurn, Switz.
5725.  Roumanie (La)  medicale.  Bucuresti.
5726.  Wilhelm  Roux' Archiv fiir Entwicklungsmechanik
  der Organismen. Berlin  [See Archiv fur Entwicklungs-
  mechanik der Organismen]
5727.  Royal Berkshire Hospital reports.  Reading, Engl.
5728.  Royal (The) Dental Hospital magazine.  London.
5729.  Rozprawy wydzialu matematyczno-przyrodniczego
  (at  head of  tp.:   Polska Akademja  umiej§t  noSci)
  Krak6w.
5730.  Russky antropologichesky jurnal.  Moskva.
5731.  Russky  arkhiv anatomii, histologii i  embriologii.
  Leningrad.
5732.  Russky jurnal tropichesskoi mediciny.   Moskva.
5733.  Russkaia klinika.   Moskva.
5734.  Russky vrach.   Petrograd.
Sachs. Hebam. Ztg
Safety Bull.
Safety Educ.
Safety Engin.
S. Afr. Dent. J.

S. Afr. J. M. Sc.

S. Afr. M. J.
S. Afr. M. Rec.
S. Afr. Nurse
S. Afr. Nurs. J.
S. Afr. Nurs. Rec

Saito  Ho On Kai Monogr. Ser.
Salub. & asist., Jalapa
Salub. asist. social, Habana
Salubridad, Mex.
Salud, Mex.
Salud & belleza, Habana

Salud pub., Habana
Salud & san., Bogota
Salud & vida, Guatemala

Samml. Derm.

Samml. Nervenkr.

Samml. Refer. Sportarztl. Zentrkurs
  Bern
Samml. Verdauungskr.
Samml. Vergift.
Dresden.
Port Eliza-
5735.  Sachsische Hebammen-Zeitung.
5736.  Safety bulletin.  Washington.
5737.  Safety education.   Chicago.
5738.  Safety engineering.  New York.
5739.  South (The)  African  dental journal.
  beth.
5740.  South (The)  African  journal of  medical  sciences.
  Johannesburg.
5741.  South African medical journal.
5742.  South African medical record.
5743.  South African nurse and home.
5744.  South African nursing journal.
 Cape Town.
Cape Town.
 Cape Town.
 Johannesburg.
5745.  South  African  nursing  record.   E.  London,  S.
  Africa.
5746.  Saito ho-on kai monograph series.  Sendai.
5747.  Salubridad y asistencia.   Jalapa, M6x.
5748.  Salubridad y asistencia social.  La Habana.
5749.  Salubridad.  Mexico.
5750.  Salud.   Mexico.
5751.  Salud y belleza; revista medica, orientacidn estetica.
  La Habana.
5752.  Salud pdblica.   La Habana.
5753.  Salud y sanidad.  Bogota.
5754.  Salud y  vida;  publicacidn  del  Club  de estudios
  medico-odontol6gicos.  Guatemala.
5755.  Sammlung  zwangloser   Abhandlungen  aus  dem
  Gebiete der Dermatologie  und Syphilidologic  Halle.
5756.  Sammlung  zwangloser   Abhandlungen  aus  dem
  Gebiete der Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiten.  Halle.
5757.  Sammlung  der Referate  gehalten am Sportarzt-
  lichen Zentralkurs in Bern.  Bern.
5758.  Sammlung  zwangloser   Abhandlungen  aus  dem
  Gebiete der Verdauungs- und Stoffwechsel-Krankheiten.
  Halle.
5759.  Sammlung  von  Vergiftungsfallen  (Fuhner-Wie-
  lands)  unter Mitwirkung  der Deutschen pharmakolo-
  gischen Gesellschaft.  Berlin. 
[117]
Sanatorium, Denver
San. & benef., Habana
San. & benef. mun., Habana
San. Bull., Buffalo
Sang, Par.
Sanitarian, Los Ang.
San. mil., Habana
San. Rec, Lond.
Sante de l'homme
Sante pub., Par.
Sao Paulo med.
Savoir, Par.
S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond.
S. Barth. Hosp. J. War Bull., Lond.

S. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond.
Sborn. Irkutsk, gosud. univ.

Sborn. lek.
Sborn. nauch. tr. Bashkir, gosud. med.
  inst.
Sborn. Vsesoiuz. sezd fiziol.

Scalpel, Brux.
Scalpel, N. Orl.
Sc. Am., N. Y.
Sc. Am. Month.
Sc. Commun. Balneol. Inst. Bad Nau-
  heim

Schizofrenie
Schmerz
Schmidts Jahrb.

School Health Bull., Ann Arb.
School Health News
School Health Stud.
School Hyg., Lond.
School Hyg. Rev.
School Life
School Physicians Bull.
School & Soc.
Schr. arztl.  Sonderfiirs. Schwerver-
  wund.
Schr. Akad. arztl. Fortbild. Dresden

Schr. Kdnigsberg. gelehrt. Ges.

Schr. Naturwiss.  Verein.  Schl.  Hol-
  stein
Schulzahnpfiege
Schweiz. Aerzteztg

Schweiz. Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.

Schweiz. Arch.  Tierh.
Schweiz. BL Krankenpfl.

Schweiz. Chem. Ztg

Schweiz. Drogist. Rdsch.
Schweiz. Drogist. Ztg
Schweiz. Hebamme
Schweiz. Krankenkass. Ztg
Schweiz. med. Wschr.
Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh.

Schweiz. Rdsch. Med.
Schweiz. Vjschr. Zahnh.

Schweiz. Zschr. allg. Path.

Schweiz. Zschr. Optik
5760. Sanatorium.  Denver.
5761. Sanidad y beneficencia.   La Habana.
5762. Sanidad y beneficencia municipal.  La Habana.
5763. Sanitary bulletin.  Buffalo.
5764. Sang (Le)  biologie et pathologie.  Paris.
5765. Sanitarian (The)  Los Angeles.
5766. Sanidad militar.  La Habana.
5767. Sanitary record.  London.
5768. Sante (La) de l'homme.  Lyon.
5769. Sante publique.   Paris.
5770. Sao Paulo medico.  Sao Paulo.
5771. Savoir.  Paris.
5772. Saint  Bartholomew's Hospital journal.  London.
5773. Saint  Bartholomew's Hospital journal war bulletin.
  London.
5774. Saint  Bartholomew's Hospital report.   London.
5775. Sbornik trudov Irkutskogo gosudarstvennogo  uni-
  versiteta.   Irkutsk.
5776. Sbornik lekafsky.  Praha.
5777. Sbornik nauchnykh  trudov; Bashkirsky  gosudar-
  stvenny medicinsky institut.   Ufa.
5778. [Sbornik] Vsesoiuznyi sezd fiziologov, biokhimikov i
  farmakologov.  Tiflis.
5779. Scalpel.  Bruxelles.
5780. Scalpel.  New Orleans.
5781. Scientific American.  New York.
5782. Scientific American monthly.  New York.
5783. Scientific  communications  from the  Balneological
  Institute of the University of Giessen at Bad Nauheim.
  Bad Nauheim.
5784. Schizofrenie.  Torino.
5785. Schmerz, Narkose, Anaesthesie.  Leipzig.
5786. Schmidt's Jahrbucher  der in- und  auslandischen
  gesamten  Medizin.   Leipzig.
5787. School health bulletin.  Ann Arbor.
5788. School health news.  New York.
5789. School health studies.  Washington.
5790. School hygiene.   London.
5791. School hygiene  review.   Worcester, Mass.
5792. School life.   Washington.
5793. School physicians' bulletin.  Albany.
5794. School and society.   New York.
5795. Schriftenreihe  fiber  arztliche  Sonderfiirsorge  fur
  Schwerverwundete.    Stuttgart.
5796. Schriftenreihe;  Akademie fiir arztliche Fortbildung.
  Dresden.
5797. Schriften  der Konigsberger gelehrten Gesellschaft.
  Konigsberg.
5798. Schriften  des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fiir
  Schleswig-Holstein.    Kiel.
5799. Schulzahnpfiege  Berlin.
5800. Schweizerische  Aerztezeitung  fiir Standesfragen.
  Bern.
5801. Schweizer Archiv fiir  Neurologie  und Psychiatrie.
  Zurich.
5802. Schweizer Archiv fur Tierheilkunde.  Zurich.
5803. Schweizerische  Blatter fiir  Krankenpflege.  Solo-
  thurn.
5804. Schweizer Chemiker-Zeitung und Technik-Industrie.
  Zurich.
5805. Schweizerische  Drogisten-Rundschau.  Solothurn.
5806. Schweizerische  Drogisten-Zeitung.  Zurich.
5807. Schweizer (Die) Hebamme.   Bern.
5808. Schweizerische  Krankenkassen-Zeitung.  Zurich.
5809. Schweizerische  medizinische Wochenschrift.  Basel.
5810. Schweizerische  Monatsschrift  fiir  Zahnheilkunde.
  Zurich.
5811. Schweizerische  Rundschau fiir Medizin.  Bern.
5812. Schweizerische   Vierteljahrsschrift  fiir  Zahnheil-
  kunde. Geneve.
5813. Schweizerische  Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine Pathologie
  und Bakteriologie.  Leipzig.
5814. Schweizerische  Zeitschrift fiir Optik und Mechanik.
  Luzern. 
[118]
Schweiz. Zschr. Psychol.

Schweiz. Zschr. Tuberk.
Schweiz. Zschr. Zahnh.

Schwester
Science
Science Bull.
Science Leaflet
Science News Lett.
Science Progr., Lond.
Sciences, Par.
Science & vie
Sciencia med., Rio
Scientia, Bologna
Sc. Ulust., N. Y.
Sc. Month.
Scope, Kalamazoo
Sc. Papers Internat.  Congr. Eugen.

Sc. Proc. R. Dublin Soc.

Sc. Rep. Cancer Res. Fund, Lond.

Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo

Sc. Rep. Tohoku Univ.

Scritti ital. radiob.
Sc. Temperance J.
Sc Ther., Lewist.

Scuola posit.
Seance pub.  Soc. med. Toulouse

Seara med., S. Paulo
Seattle  Health
Secret Rep.  Fatigue  Lab. Nat. Health
  M. Res. Counc  Australia
Seguridad social, Caracas
Sei i kai M.  J.
Sei i kwai
Selecc.  med. quir., Lima
Selecc.  med. Serv. nac inform, cient.,
  Caracas
Selecta chim., S. Paulo
Select. Colon. M. Rep., Lond.
Select. Papers R. Cancer Hosp., Lond.
S. E. M., Caracas

Sem. gyn., Par.
Sem. hop. Paris
Seminar, Phila.
Sem. med., B. Air.
Sem. med. espaii.
Sem. med. veracruz.

Serv. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish.

Serv. Pub. Dep.  Health Melbourne

Serv. Pub. Indust. Hyg., Melb.

Serv. Pub. Trop. Div., Melb.
Ses. Congr. med. int., B. Air.

Sess. Off. internat. docum. med. mil.

Settimana med.
Seuchenbekampfung, Wien
Sewage Works Engin.

Sewage Works J.
5815. Schweizerische Zeitschrift fiir  Psychologie und lhre
  Anwendungen.   Bern.
5S16. Schweizerische Zeitschrift fiir  Tuberkulose.   Basel.
5817. Schweizerische Zeitschrift fiir  Zahnheilkunde.  Lu-
  zern.
5818. Schwester.   Berlin.
      Science.  Lancaster.
      Science bulletin.   New York.
      Science leaflet.  Lancaster.
      Science news letter.  Washington.
5819.
5820.
5821.
5822.
5823. Science progress.   London.
5824.
5825.
5826.
5827.
5828.
5829.
5830.
5831.
      Sciences.  Paris
      Science et vie.  Toulouse.
      Sciencia medica.  Rio de Janeiro.
      Scientia.   Bologna.
      Science illustrated.   New York.
      Scientific monthly.   Lancaster.
      Scope.   Kalamazoo, Mich.
      Scientific  papers;  International  Congress of  Eu-
  genics.  New York.
5832. Scientific proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society.
  Dublin.
5833. Scientific report on  the investigations  of  the  Im-
  perial Cancer Research Fund.   London.
5834. Scientific reports from the Government Institute for
  Infectious Diseases.  Tokyo.
5835. Science  (The)  reports  of   the  Tohoku  Imperial
  University.  Sendai.
5836. Scritti italiani di radiobiologia.   Belluno.
5837. Scientific temperance journal.  Boston.
5838. Scientific therapy  and practical  research.  Lewis-
  town, Pa.
5839. Scuola (La) positiva.  Milano.
5840. Seance  publique  de  la  Societe de  medecine  de
  Toulouse.   Toulouse.
5841. Seara medica.   Sao Paulo.
5842. Seattle health and sanitation.  Seattle.
5843. Secret report; Fatigue Laboratory, National Health
  and Medical Research  Council, Australia.  Brisbane.
5844. Seguridad social.  Caracas.
5845. Sei i kai medical journal.  Tokyo.
5846. Sei i kwai medical journal.   Tokyo.
5847. Selecciones medico-quirurgicas.   Lima.
5848. Selecciones medicas; Servicio nacional de informa-
  cidn cientifica.  Caracas.
5849. Selecta chimica.  Sao Paulo.
5850. Selections from Colonial Medical Reports.   London.
5851. Selected papers  from the  Royal Cancer  Hospital
  (Free)  and  the  Chester Beatty  Research Institute.
  London.
5852. S. E. M., Consejo de Estudiantes de Medicina de
  la F. E. V.   Caracas.
5853. Semaine (La) gynecologique.   Paris.
5854. Semaine (La) des hopitaux de Paris.  Paris.
5855. Seminar.   Philadelphia.
5856. Semana  (La)  medica.  Buenos Aires.
5857. Semana  medica espanola.   Madrid.
5858. Semana  medica veracruzana y Convencidn estatal
  de la Federacidn medica de Veracruz.  Xalapa, Ver.
5859. Service bulletins of  the [U.  S.] Bureau of  Fisheries.
  Washington.
5860. Service publications of the Department of  Health of
  Melbourne.   Melbourne.
5861. Service publication [Division of Industrial Hygiene]
  Melbourne.
5862. Service publication [Tropical Division]   Melbourne.
5863. Sesiones; Congreso  de medicina interna.  Buenos
  Aires.
5864. Session;  Office  international de  documentation de
  medecine militaire (Bucarest)   Liege.
5865. Settimana (La)  medica.  Palermo.
5866. Seuchenbekampfung.   Wien.
5867. Sewage works engineering and  municipal sanitation.
  New York.
5868. Sewage works journal.   Lancaster. 
[119]
 Sexology
 Sezd ross. khir.,
 S. George Hosp.  Gaz., Lond.
 SGO Circ, Wash.

 Shanghai M. News
 Shield, Lond.
 Sierra Leone R. Gaz.
 Sightsav.  Class Exch.
 Sightsav. Rev.
 Siglo med.
 Sigma Xi Q.
 Signal Corps Bull.

 Sikwa gakuho
 Sind M. J.
 Sintesi, Tor.

 Sintesis inform,  estadist. salub. Bo-
   livia

 Sintesis med., N. Y.
 Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien

 Sitzber. Frankf. med. Ges.

 Sitzber. Ges. Morph. Miinchen

 Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg


 Sitzber. Heidelberg. Akad. Wiss.

 Sitzber. Internat. hamat. Tagung

 Sitzber. Kongr. Liga homeop. internat.

 Sitzber. Math, naturwiss.  Abt. Bayer.
   Akad. Wiss.

 Sitzber. Math. phys. Kl. Bayer. Akad.
   Wiss.

 Sitzber. Otolar. Ges. Berlin

 Sitzber. Phys. med. Soz. Erlangen

 Sitzber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss.

 S. Joseph Valley  M. News

 Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl.
 Skand. vet. tskr.

 Skylines,  Phila.
 S. Luke Hosp. Bull., Chic.

 Slusalica, Beogr.
 S. Mary Hosp. Gaz., Lond.
 S. Michael Hosp. M. Bull., Toronto

 Smithson. Misc. Collect.

 S. M. S.,  Par.
 Soap, N. Y.
 Soc. frj prophyl. san.

 Social Action
 Social Hyg. Bull.
 Social Res.
 Social Sc.
 Social Secur.
 Social Secur. Yearb.

Social Statist., Alb.
5869. Sexology.   New York.
5870. Sezd rossiiskykh khirurgov.  Moskva.
5871. Saint (The) George's Hospital gazette.   London.
5872. SGO  circular;  United  States,  War Department,
  Surgeon General's Office.  Washington.
5873. Shanghai (The) medical news.  Shanghai.
5874. Shield.  London.
5875. Sierra Leone royal gazette.  Freetown.
5876. Sight-saving (The)  class exchange.   New York.
5877. Sight-saving (The) review.  Philadelphia.
5878. Siglo (El) medico.   Madrid.
5879. Sigma Xi quarterly.  Burlington, Vt.
5880. Signal corps bulletins (War Department)   Wash-
  ington.
5881. Sikwa gakuho.   Tokyo.
5882. Sind (The) medical journal.  Karachi.
5883. Sintesi  di   scienze  mediche,  biologia,  patologia,
  clinica.  Torino.
5884. Sintesis de  informes y estadfsticas  de  salubridad;
  Ministerio de  trabajo,  salubridad y  previsidn  social,
  Bolivia.   La Paz.
5885. Sintesis medica.   New York.
5886. Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften
  in Wien.  Wien.
5887. Sitzungsberichte  der  Frankfurter   medizinischer
  Gesellschaft.  Frankfurt.
5888. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft  fiir  Morphologie
  und Physiologie in Miinchen.   Miinchen.
5889. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft  zur Beforderung
  der gesamten Naturwissenschaften zu Marburg.   Ber-
  lin.
5890. Sitzungsberichte  der Heidelberger  Akademie  der
  Wissenschaften.  Heidelberg.
5891. Sitzungsbericht  der Internationalen  hamatologi-
  schen  Tagung in Munster-Pyrmont.
5892. [Sitzungsberichte] Kongress der Liga homeopathica
  internationalis.
5893. Sitzungsberichte  der  Mathematisch-naturwissen-
  schaftlichen Abteilung  der  Bayerischen Akademie  der
  Wissenschaften  zu Miinchen.   Miinchen.
5894. Sitzungsberichte  der Mathematisch-physikalischen
  Klasse der K. Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften
  zu Miinchen.   Miinchen.
5895. Sitzungsberichte  der Oto-laryngologischen  Gesell-
  schaft zu Berlin.  Leipzig.
5896. Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen So-
  zietat  zu Erlangen.  Erlangen.
5897. Sitzungsberichte  der Preussischen  Akademie  der
  Wissenschaften.  Berlin.
5898. Saint Joseph Valley medical news.  South Bend,
  Ind.
5899. Skandinavisches Archiv fiir  Physiologie   [v. p.]
5900. Skandinavisk veterinar-tidskrift for  patologie samt
  kott- och mjolkhygien.   Uppsala.
5901. Sky-lines.   Philadelphia.
5902. Saint Luke's Hospital  staff clinics  bulletin.  Chi-
  cago.
5903. Slusalica; mesecnilekarski casopis ref erata.  Beograd.
5904. Saint Mary's Hospital gazette.  London.
5905. Saint Michael's Hospital medical bulletin.  Toronto,
  Ont.
5906. Smithsonian miscellaneous  collections.
  ton
5907.
5908.
5909.
Washing-
Paris.
      S. M. S.  (Syndicat des medecins de la Seine)
      Soap and sanitary chemicals.   New York.
      Societe francaise de prophylaxie sanitaire  et morale.
  Paris.
5910. Social action.   New York.
5911. Social hygiene bulletin.  New York.
5912. Social research.   New York.
5913. Social science.  Menasha.
5914. Social security.  New York.
5915. Social  security yearbook;  Social Security  Board,
  United States.   Washington.
5916. Social statistics.  Albany. 
[120]
Social Welf. Bull.
Sociologus, Stuttg.
Sociol. Rev., Lond.
Soc. med. pregl., Beogr.
Song after Sorrow, N. Y.
South Afr. Digest War M.

South. California Pract.
South. Hosp.
South. Hosp. Rec, Atlanta
South. M. J.
South. M. & S.
South. Pharm. J.
Lond.
South. Slav Bull
South. Surgeon
Southwest J. M. & S.

Southwest. M.
Southwest Texas M.
Southwest Water Works J.
Sovet. khir.
Sovet. klin.
Sovet. med.
Sovet. med. Sibiri
Sovet. nevropat.

Sovet. pediat.
Sovet. psikhonevr.
Sovet. stomat.
Sovet. vest.  oft.
Sovet. vest,  vener.

Sovet. vet.
Sovet. vrach. gaz.
Sovet. vrach. J.
Sovrem. psikhonevr.
Soziale Prax.
Spastic Rev.
S. Paul M. J.
Spec. Bull. Counc  M.  Serv. Am. M.
  Ass.

Spec. Bull.  Dep. Health Montana

Spec. Libr.,  Newark
Spec Rep. M. Res. Counc, Lond.

Spectrochrome, Malaga
Speculum, Cambr.
Sperimentale
S. Petersb. med. Wschr.

Spisy Lek. Fak.  Masaryk. Univ.

Spitalul
Sportmedizin
Squibb Mem.
Stain Techn.
Stanford Ichth. Bull.

Stanford M. Alumni  Bull.
Stanford M. Bull.
Stanford Univ. Pub.

Starry Cross
Starry Cross News Lett.

State Hosp. Q., Utica
Statist. Bull.  Metrop. Life Insur.

Statist. Navy M.
Statist, obzor
Statiszt. ert.
5917. Social welfare bulletin.  Albany.
5918. Sociologus.  Stuttgart.
5919. Sociological review.  London.
5920. Socijalno-medicinska pregled.   Beograd.
5921. Song after sorrow.  New York.
5922. South African digest of  war medicine.  Johannes-
  burg.
5923. Southern California practitioner.  Los Angeles.
      Southern hospitals.  Charlotte, N. C.
      Southern Hospital record.  Atlanta.
      Southern medical journal.  Birmingham, Ala.
      Southern medicine and surgery.  Charlotte, N. C.
      Southern  pharmaceutical journal and drug price
  review.   Dallas.
5929. Southern (The) Slav bulletin.   London.
5930. Southern (The) surgeon.   Atlanta.
5931. Southwest  journal  of medicine  and  surgery.   El
  Reno, Okla.
5932. Southwestern medicine.  Phoenix, Ariz.
      Southwest Texas medicine.  San Antonio, Tex.
      Southwest water works journal.   Temple, Tex.
      Sovetskaia khirurgia.  Moskva.
      Sovetskaia klinika.   Moskva.
      Sovetskaia medicina.   Moskva.
      Sovetskaia medicina vostochnoi Sibiri.  Irkutsk.
      Sovetskaia  nevropatologia,   psikhiatria,  psikho-
  higiena.  Moskva.
5940. Sovetskaia pediatria.   Moskva.
5941. Sovetskaia psikhonevrologia.   Kharkov.
5942. Sovetskaia stomatologia.   Moskva.
5943. Sovetsky vestnik oftalmologii.  Moskva.
      Sovetsky vestnik venerologii i  dermatologii.   Mosk-
5924.
5925.
5926.
5927.
5928.
5933.
5934.
5935.
5936.
5937.
5938.
5939.
5944.
  va.
5945.
5946.
5947.
5948.
5949.
5950.
5951.
5952.
      Sovetskaia veterinaria.  Moskva.
      Sovetsky vrachebny gazeta.  Leningrad.
      Sovetsky vrachebny jurnal.   Leningrad.
      Sovremennaia psikhonevrologia.   Moskva.
      Soziale Praxis.  Jena.
      Spastic (The) review.   Wichita,  Kan.
      Saint Paul medical journal.   Saint Paul.
      Special bulletin;  Council  on Medical Service  and
  Public Relations, American Medical Association. Wash-
  ington.
5953.  Special bulletin; Department of Health of Montana.
  Helena.
5954.  Special libraries.  Newark.
5955.  Special report  series;  Medical  Research  Council.
  London.
5956.  Spectro-chrome.   Malaga,  N. J.
5957.  Speculum.  Cambridge.
5958.  Sperimentale.   Firenze.
5959.  Sankt  Petersburger  medicinische  Wochenschrift.
  S. Petersburg.
5960.  Spisy  Llkafske  Fakulty  Masarykova Universita.
  Brno.
5961.  Spitalul.   Bucuresti.
5962.  Sportmedizin.  Halle.
5963.  Squibb memoranda.   New York.
5964.  Stain technology.  Geneva, N. Y.
5965.  Stanford  ichthyological  bulletin.  Stanford   Uni-
  versity.
5966.  Stanford  medical alumni bulletin.  Berkeley.
5957.  Stanford  medical bulletin.  San  Francisco.
5968.  Stanford  University  publications.   Stanford  Uni-
  versity, Calif.
5969.  Starry cross.   Philadelphia.
5970.  Starry (The)  Cross news letter.   Great Barrington,
  Mass.
5971.  State  Hospital quarterly.   Utica.
5972.  Statistical bulletin of the Metropolitan Life Insur-
  ance Co.   New York.
5973.  Statistics of Navy medicine.   Washington
5974.  Statisticky obzor.  Praha.
5975.  Statisztikai 6rtesft6.  Budapest. 
[121]
Statiszt. havifiiz.

Stethoscoop, Brooklyn
Stethoscope, Bristol
S. Texas M. Rec.
S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond.
S. Thomas Hosp. Rep., Lond.
Stomaco
Stomat. glasn.
Stomat. ital.
Stomatologia, Mod.
Stomatologia, Moskva
Strahlentherapie
Strasbourg med.
Stud. Connaught Laborat.

Stud. Dep. Anat. Cornell Univ.

Stud. Dep. Anat. Univ. Illinois

Stud. Dep. Path. Columbia Univ.


Stud. Dep. Path. Cornell Univ.


Stud. Dep. Path. Univ. Pennsylvania

Stud. Dep. Pediat. Washington  Univ.
  School M.

Stud. Div. Laborat. N. York State Dep.
  Health

Stud. Douglas Smith Found. M. Res.
Student Branch J. Am. Pharm. Ass.

Stud. Inst. Divi Thomae, Cincin.
Studium, Nap.
Stud. Laborat. Philadelphia Gen. Hosp.

Stud, med., Kbh.
Stud. Mem. Found. Neuroendocr. Res.,
  Worcester
Stud. Ment. Ineffic, Lond.
Stud. Otho S. A. Sprague Mem. Inst.

Stud. Path. Entw.
Stud. Philos. & Social Sc.
Stud. Psychol. Cath. Univ. America
Stud. Rockefeller Inst. M. Res.

Stud, sassaresi
Stud. School M. George Washington
  Univ.
Stud. sc. laboro, Kurasiki
Stud. S. Louis Child. Hosp.

Stud. Tokugawa Inst.
Sudeb. med. ekspertiza
Sudhoffs Arch.

Sud med. chir.
Summaries Current Liter. Water Poll.
  Res., Lond.
Summaries  Doct.  Diss. Northwest.
  Univ.
Summaries Doct. Diss. Univ. Wiscon-
  sin
5976.  [Budapest  szekesfdvaros]  statisztikai  havifiizetei.
  Budapest.
5977.  Stethoscoop.   Brooklyn.
5978.  Stethoscope.   Bristol.
5979.  South Texas medical record.  Houston.
5980.  Saint Thomas's Hospital gazette.   London.
5981.  Saint Thomas's Hospital reports.   London.
5982.  Stomaco.   Napoli.
5983.  Stomatologiski glasnik.  Ljubljana.
5984.  Stomatologia (La) italiana.  Roma.
5985.  Stomatologia (La)   Modena.
5986.  Stomatologia.   Moskva.
5987.  Strahlentherapie.   Berlin.
5988.  Strasbourg medical.  Strasbourg.
5989.  Studies from the research division of the Connaught
  Antitoxin Laboratories.   Toronto, Ont.
5990.  Studies from the Department of Anatomy, Cornell
  University Medical College.  New York.
5991.  Studies from the Department of  Anatomy of  the
  University of Illinois.   Chicago.
5992.  Studies from the  Department of  Pathology of  the
  College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia Uni-
  versity.  New York.
5993.  Studies from the  Departments of Pathology, Bac-
  teriology,  Hygiene; Cornell University Medical College.
  New York.
5994.  Studies from  the Department of  Pathology; Uni-
  versity of Pennsylvania.   Philadelphia.
5995.  Studies from the  Department of Pediatrics of  the
  Washington University School of Medicine and S. Louis
  Children's Hospital.  Saint Louis.
5996.  Studies from the Division of Laboratories and  Re-
  search of  the  New York State Department of Health.
  Albany.
5997.  Studies  from  the  Douglas  Smith Foundation  for
  Medical Research of the University of Chicago. Chi-
  cago.
5998.  Student branch journal;  American Pharmaceutical
  Association.   Columbus.
5999.  Studies of the Institutum Divi Thomae.   Cincinnati.
6000.  Studium.   Napoli.
6001.  Studies from  the laboratories of  the Philadelphia
  General Hospital.   Philadelphia.
6002.  Stud[iosus] medficinae]  K0benhavn.
6003.  Studies from the  Memorial  Foundation for Neuro-
  endocrine Research.  Worcester, Mass.
6004.  Studies in mental inefficiency.  London.
6005.  Studies from the Otho S. A. Sprague Memorial In-
  stitute.  Chicago.
6006.  Studien zur Pathologie der Entwicklung.  Jena.
6007.  Studies in philosophy and social science.  New York.
6008.  Studies in psychology and psychiatry from  the
  Catholic  University of  America, Washington.   Balti-
  more.
6009.  Studies from the  Rockefeller Institute for Medical
  Research.  New York.
6010.  Studi sassaresi.  Sassari.
6011.  Studies from the School of Medicine of the George
  Washington University.   Washington.
6012.  Studo (La) por la scienco de laboro.  Kurasiki.
6013.  Studies from  the Saint Louis Children's  Hospital.
  Saint Louis.
6014.  Studies from the Tokugawa Institute.  Tokyo.
6015.  Sudebno-medicinskaia ekspertiza.  Moskva.
6016.  Sudhoffs  Archiv fur Geschichte der Medizin.  Leip-
  zig.
6017.  Sud (Le) medical et chirurgical.   Marseilles.
6018.  Summaries of  current literature; Water  pollution
  research.   London.
6019.  Summaries of doctoral dissertations of the North-
  western University.  Chicago.
6020.  Summaries of doctoral dissertations ... submitted to
  University of  Winconsin in partial  fulfillment of  the
  requirements  for  the degree  of  doctor of  philosophy.
  Madison. 
[122]
Summaries Res. U. S. Nav.  M. Res.
  Inst.
Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ.
Summary Proc Am. Red Cross

Summary Techn. Develop. U.  S. Bur.
  Labor Statist.

Sunflower, Topeka
Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol.
Sun  Valley Sage
Supl. An. farm, bioquim., B. Air.

Surg. Business
Surg. Clin. Chicago
Surg. Clin. N. America
Surg. Digest, Chic
Surg. Equip.
Surgery
Surg. Gyn. Obst.
Surg. J.
Surgo, Glasg.

Surg. Staff Semin. Minneapolis Veter-
  ans Hosp.
Surg. Supervisor
Survey, N. Y.
Surv. Graphic
Sven. farm. tskr.
Sven. lak. sail. forh.

Sven. lak. sail. hand.
Sven. lak. tidn.
Sver. tandlak. forb. tidn.
S. Vincent Hosp. Bull., Toledo
Swimming Pool Annual

Sydney Univ. Repr.
Syllabus, Detr.
Sympos. Internat. Ophth. Congr.

Sympos. Quant. Biol.

Sympos. Silicosis
Synthese, Par.
6021. Summaries of research; United States Naval Medi-
  cal Research Institute.   Bethesda,  Md.
6022. Summaries of theses accepted in partial fulfillment
  of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philos-
  ophy,  Harvard University,  Graduate School  of Arts
  and Sciences.   Cambridge, Mass.
6023. Summary  of  proceedings;  American  Red  Cross;
  National Convention.   Washington.
6024. Summary of technological  developments affecting
  war production; United States Bureau of Labor Statis-
  tics.  Washington.
6025. Sunflower (The)  Topeka.
6026. Sunti; Congresso internazionale di tisiologia.
6027. Sun (The) Valley sage.  Sun Valley, Idaho.
6028. Suplemento de los Anales de farmacia y bioqufmica.
  Buenos Aires.
6029. Surgical business.  New York.
6030. Surgical clinics of Chicago.  Philadelphia.
6031. Surgical clinics of North America.  Philadelphia.
6032. Surgical digest and forum.   Chicago.
6033. Surgical equipment.   Madison.
6034. Surgery.   Saint Louis.
6035. Surgery, gynecology and obstetrics.  Chicago.
6036. Surgical journal.  Chicago.
6037. Surgo;  Glasgow University medical journal.  Glas-
  gow.
6038. Surgical  staff  seminars;   Minneapolis  Veterans'
  Hospital.   Minneapolis.
6039. Surgical (The) supervisor.   Erie.
6040. Survey.   New York.
6041. Survey graphic  Concord, N. H.
6042. Svensk farmaceutisk tidskrift.   Stockholm.
6043. Svenska  lakaresallskapets  forhandlingar.   Stock-
  holm.
6044. Svenska lakaresallskapets handlingar.  Stockholm.
6045. Svenska lakartidningen.  Stockholm.
6046. Sveriges tandlakarforbund tidning.  Stockholm.
6047. Bulletin; Saint Vincent's Hospital.  Toledo.
6048. Swimming  pool  data and reference  annual.   New
  York.
6049. Sydney University reprints.  Sydney.
6050. Syllabus (The)   Detroit.
6051. Symposia  of  the International  Ophthalmological
  Congress.   Amsterdam.
6052. Symposia  on quantitative biology.   Cold  Spring
  Harbor, N. Y.
6053. Symposium on silicosis.  Saranac Lake, N. Y.
6054. Synthese; revue mensuelle reservee au corps medical.
  Paris.
T
Tabulae biol., Berl.
Tagl. Prax., Wien
Tagung Fachtierarzte Bekampf. Auf-
  zuchtkr.
Taiwan igakkai zassi
Tandheelk. stud. mbl.
T. C. Resmi gaz., Ankara
Techn. Bull. U. S. Dep. Agr.

Techn. chir., Par.
Techn. Gemeindebl.
Techn. hosp., Par.

Techn. Papers I. S. Dep. Commerce

Techn. Rev., Concord
Techn. san. mun., Par.
Tegen  de tuberculose
Temperance Cause
Temple Dent. Rev.
6055.  Tabulae biologicae [v. p.]
6056.  Tagliche (Die) Praxis.  Wien.
6057.  [Tagung Fachtierarzte]  Bekampfung der Aufzucht-
  krankheiten.   Hannover.
6058.  Taiwan igakkai zassi.   Formosa.
6059.  Tandheelkundig studenten maandblad.  Utrecht.
6060.  T. C. Resmi gazete.  Ankara.
6061.  Technical  bulletins of  the  [U.  S.] Department  of
  Agriculture.   Washington.
6062.  Technique chirurgicale.   Paris.
6063.  Technisches Gemeindeblatt.  Berlin.
6064.  Techniques  hospitalieres,   sanitaires  et  sociales.
  Paris.
0065.  Technical  papers  of the  [U.  S.]  Department  of
  Commerce (Bureau of Mines)   Washington
6066.  Technology review.   Concord,  N. H.
o9^J-  Technique (La) sanitaire et municipale.  Paris
b068.  Tegen de tuberculose.  Den Haag.
6069.  Temperance cause.  Boston.
6070.  Temple (The) dental review.  Philadelphia 
[123]
Teor. prakt. fiz. kult., Moskva
Ter. al dia. Habana
Terapia, Milano
Terapia, Quito
Ter. arkh.
Texas Dent. J.
Texas Health Roundup
Texas Hosp.
Texas J. M.
Texas J. Pub. Health
Texas Rep. Biol. M.
Therapie, Par.
Ther. Diet. Age
Ther. Gaz., Detr.
Ther. Gegenwart
Ther. Halbmhefte
Ther. Neuheit.
Ther. Notes, Detr.
Ther. Probl. Today, Jerus.
Thorax, Lond.
TIC, Alb.

Tierarztl. Zschr.
Tijeret. malaria, Caracas
Tilden Health Rev.
Times & Reg., Phila.
Tohoku J. Exp. M.
Tohoku Univ. Sc. Rep.

Tokyo igakkwai zassi
Tokyo med. Wschr.
Toledo City J.
Torino (Riv.)
Toulouse med.
Tr. Acad. mil. med. Kiroff

Tr. Acad. M. Toronto
Tr. Advanced Inst. Inservice Train.
 Trained Nurse

 Training School Bull.
 Tr. Alumni Ass. Mayo Found.

 Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar.

 Tr. Am. Acad. Optometry

 Tr. Am. Acad. Pediat.

 Tr. Am. Ass. Dent. Editors

 Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons

 Tr. Am. Ass. Goiter

 Tr. Am. Ass. Obst.

 Tr. Am. Ass. Surg. Trauma

 Tr. Am. Bronchoesoph. Ass.

 Tr. Am. Bronchosc. Soc.

 Tr. Am. Child Health Ass.

 Tr. Am. Child Hyg. Ass.

 Tr. Am. Clim. Clin. Ass.

Tr. Am. Coll. Proct.
Tr. Am. Dent. Ass.
6071. Teoria i praktika fizicheskoi kultury.   Moskva.
6072. Terapeutica al dia.  La Habana.
6073. Terapia.   Milano.
6074. Terapia.   Quito.
6075. Terapevtichesky arkhiv.   Moskva.
6076. Texas (The) dental journal.   Dallas.
6077. Texas health round-up.   Austin.
6078. Texas hospitals.   Dallas.
6079. Texas State journal of medicine.  Fort Worth.
6080. Texas journal of public health.  Austin.
6081. Texas reports on biology and medicine.  Galveston.
6082. Therapie.  Paris.
6083. Therapeutic and dietetic age.  Elinira, N. Y.
6084. Therapeutic gazette.  Detroit.
6085. Therapie der Gegenwart.  Berlin.
6086. Therapeutische Halbmonatshefte.  Leipzig.
6087. Therapeutische Neuheiten.  Leipzig.
6088. Therapeutic notes.  Detroit.
6089. Therapeutic problems of today.  Jerusalem.
6090. Thorax.   London.
6091. TIC; Ticonium Division, Consolidated Car Heating
  Company.  Albany.
6092. Tierarztliche Zeitschrift.  Berlin.
6093. Tijeretazos sobre malaria.  Caracas.
6094. Tilden's  (Dr) health review and critique.  Denver.
6095. Times (The) and Register.  Philadelphia.
6096. Tohoku journal of experimental medicine.  Sendai.
6097. Tohoku  Imperial University; science reports  [See
  Sc. Rep. Tohoku Univ.]
6098. Tokyo igakkwai zassi.   Tokyo.
6099. Tokyoer medizinische Wochenschrift.   Takaki.
6100. Toledo City journal.  Toledo City, Ohio.
6101. Torino; rivista mensile municipale.  Torino.
6102. Toulouse medical.   Toulouse.
6103. Trudi; Voenno-medicinskaia akademia R.  K. K. A.
  im. Kirova.  Leningrad.
6104. Transactions of the Academy of Medicine. Toronto.
6105. Transactions;  Advanced  Institute  on In-Service
  Training and Employee Representation;  Committee on
  Personnel  Relations,   American  Hospital  Association.
  Chicago.
6106. Trained  (The)  nurse  and hospital  review.  East
  Stroudsburg, Pa.
6107. Training school bulletin.  Vineland, N. J.
6108. Transactions of the Alumni Association of the Mayo
  Foundation.   Rochester, Minn.
6109. Transactions of the American Academy of Ophthal-
  mology and Otolaryngology   [v. p.]
6110. Transactions of the American Academy of Optom-
  etry  [v. p.]
6111. Transactions of the American Academy of Pedi-
  atrics.  Chicago.
6112. Transactions of the annual meeting of the American
  Association of Dental Editors. Chicago.
6113. Transactions of the American Association of Genito-
  urinary Surgeons.   New York.
6114. Transactions of the American Association for  the
  Study of Goiter.  Detroit.
6115. Transactions of the American Association of Obste-
  tricians and Gynecologists.  New York.
6116. Transactions of the American Association for  the
  Surgery of Trauma.   New York.
6117. Transactions of the American Broncho-esophago-
  logical Association.   Saint Louis.
6118. Transactions of the American Bronchoscopic  So-
  ciety  [v. p.]
6119. Transactions of the American  Child Health Asso-
  ciation.  New York.
6120. Transactions of the American Child  Hygiene Asso-
  ciation.  Baltimore.
6121. Transactions of the American Climatological  and
  Clinical Association   [v. p.]
6122. Transactions of the American College of Proctology.
6123. Transactions of the American  Dental Association.
  Chicago. 
[124]
Tr. Am. Gastroenter. Ass.

Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc

Tr. Am. Hosp. Ass.

Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc.

Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass.

Tr. Am. M. Ass.

Tr. Am. Micr. Soc.

Tr. Am. Neisser.  M. Soc

Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.

Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc

Tr. Am. Otol. Soc.

Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc.

Tr. Am. Proct. Soc.

Tr. Am. Soc. Anesth.

Tr. Am. Soc. Heat. Ventil. Engin.

Tr. Am. Soc Region. Anesth.

Tr. Am. Soc. Trop. M.

Tr. Am. Surg. Ass.

Tr. Am. Ther. Soc.

Tr. Am. Urol. Ass.

Transverse Myelitis Conf.


Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians

Tr. Ass. Am. Teach. Dis. Child.

Tr. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America

Tr. Ass. Physicians Mayo Clin.


Tr. Ass. Surgeons South. Railw. Syst.

Tr. Assur. M. Soc, Lond.

Tratamient. act.

Tr. Australas. M. Congr.

Travelers Stand.
Tr. Azerbaid. inst. mikrob.

Trazos, Bilbao
Tr. Azov.  Kraev. nauch.  inst. okhr.
  mater.

Tr. Bibliogr. Soc,  Lond.

Tr. Bose Res. Inst. Calcutta

Tr. California Dent.  Ass.

Tr. Canad. Soc Dis. Child.
6124. Transactions  of  the  American Gastroenterological
   Association.   St. Louis.                    ,   â–   ,  a
6125. Transactions  of  the American  Gynecological  So-
   cietv.   Philadelphia.
6126. Transactions of the American Hospital Association.
   Northfield, Minn.
6127. Transactions   of   the   American   Laryngological,
   Rhinological, and Otological Society [v.  p.]
6128. Transactions   of   the   American   Laryngological
   Association.   New York.
6129. Transactions of the American  Medical Association.
   Chicago.
6130. Transactions  of  the  American  Microscopical  So-
   ciety.   Menasha.
6131. Transactions of the American Neisserian  Medical
   Society.  Boston.
6132. Transactions of the American Neurological Associa-
   tion.   Philadelphia.
6133. Transactions  of  the American  Ophthalmological
   Society [v. p.]
6134. Transactions of the American Otological  Society.
   New Bedford, Mass.
6135. Transactions of  the  American Pediatric  Society.
   New York.
6136. Transactions of the American  Proctologic  Society.
   Saint Louis.
6137. Transactions of  the  American  Society  of Anes-
   thetists.  New York.
6138. Transactions of the American Society of  Heating
   and Ventilating Engineers.   New York.
6139. Transactions of the American  Society of Regional
   Anesthesia [v. p.]
6140. Transactions of the American  Society of Tropical
   Medicine [v. p.]
6141. Transactions of the American Surgical Association.
   Philadelphia.
6142. Transactions of the American Therapeutic Society.
   Philadelphia.
6143. Transactions of the American Urological  Associa-
  tion.   Brookline, Mass.
6144. Transverse  myelitis  conference;   Ninth  Service
   Command, United States Army Service Forces.  Mo-
  desto,  Calif.
6145. Transactions  of   the  Association   of  American
   Physicians.   Philadelphia.
6146. Transactions  of   the  Association   of  American
  Teachers of the Diseases of  Children [v.  p.]
6147. Transactions of the Association  of  Life Insurance
   Medical Directors of America.   New  York.
6148. Transactions of the Association of Resident and Ex-
   resident Physicians of the  Mayo Clinic.   Rochester,
   Minn.
6149. Transactions;  Association  of  Surgeons; Southern
   Railway System.   Washington.
6150. Transactions  of  the Assurance  Medical  Society.
   London.
6151. Tratamientos (Los) actuales; revista de terapeutica.
   Madrid.
6152. Transactions of the Australasian  Medical Congress.
   Melbourne.
6153. Travelers (The) standard.  Hartford, Conn.
6154. Trudi Azerbaidzhanskogo  instituta  mikrobiologii i
   higieny.  Baku.
6155. Trazos.  Bilbao.
6156. Trudy;   Azovo-Chernomorsky  Kraevy  nauchno-
   issledovatelsky institut okhrany materinstva i  mladen-
   chestva.  Rostov na  Donu.'
6157. Transactions of the Bibliographical Society.  Lon-
   don.
6158. Transactions   of  the  Bose  Research  Institute,
   Calcutta.   London.
6159. Transactions of the California State  Dental  Associa-
   tion.   San Francisco.
6160. Transactions  of   the   Canadian  Society  for  the
   Study of Diseases of Children.  Toronto, Ont. 
[125]
 Tr. Cated. hist. crit. med., Madr.

 Tr.  Centr. gosud. travmat. inst., Le-
   ningr.
 Tr. Centr. States Pediat. Soc.

 Tr. Chicago Path. Soc.

 Tr. Chicago Soc. Int. M.

 Tr. Chicago Urol. Soc.

 Tr. Clin. Escudero, B. Air.

 Tr. Clin: Soc. London
 Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Michigan

 Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia

 Tr. Conf. Health Off. Tennessee


 Tr. Conf. insuff. circ, Kiev

 Tr. Conf. State Terr.  Health Off.


 Tr. Congr. Am. Physicians

 Tr. Congr. argent, med. gremial

 Tr. Congr. Iat. amer.  crim.

 Tr. Congr. med. nac, La Paz

 Tr. Congr. region, med. Bahia

 Tr. Dent. Soc. State N. York

 Tr. Edinburgh Obst.  Soc.

 Trends M. Pract. & Res.

 Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M.

 Tr. Fiziol. inst. Pavlova

 Tr. Fiziol. laborat. Pavlova

 Tr. Fiziol. nauch. inst. Leningr. gosud.
   univ.

 Tr. Gosud. inst. eksp. vet. med., Mos-
   kva
 Tr. Gosud. inst. med. znanii, Leningr.

 Tr. Gosud.  nauch. inst.  fizioter.  Se-
   mashko
 Tr. Gosud. rentg. inst., Leningr.

 Tr. Hawaii M. Ass.

 Tr. Histol. konf., Moskva
 Tr. Hosp. nac. enferm. infec, Madr.

 Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond.
 Tribuna farm., Curitiba
 Tribuna med., Habana
 Tribuna med., Rio
 Tribuna med. argent.
Tribuna med. soc, Bogota
Tr. Ilium. Engin. Soc.

Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth. Otolar.

      549701—vol. 10, 4th Series---ix
6161. Trabajos  de la C&tedra  de historia crftica de  la
  medicina.   Madrid.
6162. Trudy; Centralnyi gosudarstvennyi  travmatologi-
  chesky institut im. R. R.  Vredena.   Leningrad.
6163. Transactions of the  Central  States  Pediatric So-
  ciety [v. p., U. S.]
6164. Transactions of the Chicago Pathological Society.
  Chicago.
6165. Transactions of  the  Chicago  Society  of  Internal
  Medicine.   Chicago.
6166. Transactions of  the  Chicago  Urological  Society.
  Chicago.
6167. Trabajos y publicaciones  de la Clfnica del profesor
  Pedro Escudero.   Buenos Aires.
6168. Transactions; Clinical Society of London.   London.
6169. Transactions of the  Clinical  Society  of  the Uni-
  versity of Michigan.  Ann Arbor.
6170. Transactions of the College of  Physicians of Phila-
  delphia.   Philadelphia.
6171. Transactions of the  annual Conference of health
  officers of  the  Tennessee  State Department of Public
  Health.  Nashville.
6172. Travaux de  la Conference de rinsuffisance de la
  circulation.  Kiev.
6173. Transactions of the annual conference of State and
  Territorial Health Officers with the United States Public
  Health Service  [v. p.]
6174. Transactions of the Congress of American Physi-
  cians and Surgeons  [v. p.]
6175. Trabajos; Congreso argentino de medicina gremial
  y social.  Rosario.
6176. Trabajos; Congreso latino-americano  de criminolo-
  gia.   Buenos Aires.
6177. Trabajos  presentados;  Congreso medico   nacional
  [Bolivia]  La Paz.
6178. Trabalhos do ... Congresso regional de medicina de
  Bahia.  Bahia.
6179. Transactions of the Dental Society of the  State of
  New York.
6180. Transactions of the Edinburgh Obstetrical Society.
  Edinburgh.
6181. Trends in medical practice and research.   Minne-
  apolis.
6182. Transactions of  the  Far Eastern Association of
  Tropical Medicine.   Singapore.
6183. Trudy; Fiziologichesky  institut im. I. P.  Pavlova.
  Moskva.
6184. Trudy; Fiziologicheskaia laboratoria im. akademika
  I.  P. Pavlova.  Leningrad.
6185. Trudy; Fiziologichesky  nauchno-issledovatelysky
  institut;  Leningradsky   gosudarstvennyi   universitet.
  Leningrad.
6186. Trudi;  Gosudarstvennyi  institut eksperimentalnoi
  veterinarii i mediciny.   Moskva.
6187. Trudy; Gosudarstvennyi institut medicinskikh zna-
  nii.  Leningrad.
6188. Trudy; Gosudarstvennyi   nauchny  institut  fizio-
  terapii i kurortologii imeni N.  A. Semashko.  Tashkent.
6189. Trudy; Gosudarstvennyi rentgenologichesky, radio-
  logichesky  i rakovyi institut.   Leningrad.
6190. Transactions of the annual meeting of  the Hawaii
  Territorial Medical Association.  Honolulu.
6191. Trudy Histologicheskoi konferencii.   Moskva.
6192. Trabajos  del  Hospital  nacional  de  enfermedades
  infecciosas.   Madrid.
6193. Transactions of the Hunterian Society.  London.
6194. Tribuna farmaceutica.  Curitiba.
6195. Tribuna (La) medica.   La Habana.
6196. Tribuna (A) medica.  Rio de Janeiro.
6197. Tribuna medica argentina.  Buenos Aires.
6198. Tribuna medico-social.  Bogota.
6199. Transactions of the Illuminating  Engineering So-
  ciety.  Baltimore.
6200. Transactions of the Indiana Academy of  Ophthal-
  mology and Otolaryngology.  Indianapolis. 
[ 126]
Tr. Inst. Bunge, Anvers
Tr. Inst. Cajal Sec. fisiol.
 Tr. Inst, cerveau, Moskva
 Tr. Inst. Civil Engin. Ireland

 Tr. Inst, fisiol., Barcel.
 Tr. Inst. hyg. pub. tehee

 Tr. Inst. med. social, Lima
 Tr. Inst. nac. nutr., B. Air.

 Tr. Inst, prophyl., Par.

 Tr. Inst, psikhiat. Gannushkina, Mos-
  kva
 Tr. Inst, ther., Brux.
 Tr. Internat. Coll. Surgeons

 Tr. Internat. Conf. San. Engin.

 Tr. Internat. Ophth. Congr.

 Tr. Internat. San. Conf. Am. Repub.

 Tr. Internat. Union Tuberc.

 Tristate Dent. Rec.
 Tristate M. J.
 Tr. Ital. M. Soc, N. Y.

 Tr. Jap. Path. Soc,

 Tr. Kansas City Acad. M.

 Tr. Kardiol. sess.,  Odessa
 Tr. Kazan, gosud. med. inst.

 Tr. Konf. med. biol., Kiev
 Tr. Konf. molod. uchen.
 Tr. Konf. probl. genez. star.


 Tr. Kuban, gosud. med. inst. Armii

 Tr. Laborat. anat. Fac. med. Alger

 Tr. laborat. Cated. anat. Univ. B. Aires


 Tr. Laborat. centr. pat. vet., Lisb.

 Tr. Laborat. Exp. Biol. Zoo Moscow

 Tr. Laborat. histol. Coll. France

 Tr. Laborat. Hop. S. Germain en Laye,
  Par.
 Tr. Laborat. Inst. Rocha Cabral

 Tr. Laborat. matiere. med.,  Par.

 Tr.  Laborat. microb.  Fac.   pharm.
  Nancy
 Tr. Laborat. pat. vet., Lisb.

Tr. Laborat. physiol. Inst. Solvay

Tr. Leningr. inst. epidem. bakt. Pasteur

Tr. Leningr. inst. fizioter.

Tr. Leningr. med. inst.
6201. Transactions; Institute of Bunge.  Anvers.
6202. Trabajos  del  Instituto  Cajal  de investigaciones
  biol6gicas; Secciones de fisiologfa, fermentaciones, virus
  y qufmica bioldgica.   Madrid.
6203. Trudy; Institut du cerveau.  Moskva.
6204. Transactions of the Institution of Civil Engineers of
  Ireland.   Dublin.
6205. Trabajos; Instituto de fisiologfa.  Barcelona.
6206. Travaux (Les) de l'lnstitut d'hygiene publique de
  l'Etat tchecoslovaque.  Praha.
6207. Trabajos del Instituto de medicina social.   Lima.
6208. Trabajos y  publicaciones;  Instituto nacional  de la
  nutricidn.  Buenos Aires.
6209. Travaux et publications de l'lnstitut prophylactique.
  Paris.
6210. Trudy;  Institut  psikhiatrii   im.  Gannushkina.
 Moskva.
6211. Travaux de  l'lnstitut de therapeutique.  Bruxelles.
6212. Transactions of  the  International College of Sur-
  geons.   Huntington, Ind.
6213. Transactions of  the International Conference  on
  Sanitary Engineering.  London.
6214. Transactions of the International Ophthalmological
  Congress   [v. p.]
6215. Transactions of the International Sanitary Confer-
  ence of the American Republics.  Washington.
6216. Transactions of  the  International Union against
  Tuberculosis.  Geneve.
6217. Tri-state (The) dental record.  Keokuk, la.
6218. Tri-State medical journal.  Shreveport, La.
6219. Transactions and annual reports  [Italian  Medical
  Society]   New York.
6220. Transactions of the Japanese Pathological Society.
  Tokyo.
6221. Transactions of the Kansas City Academy of Medi-
  cine.  Kansas City, Mo.
6222. Trudy; Kardiologicheskaia sessia.  Odessa.
6223. Trudy; Kazanskyi gosudarstvennyi medicinsky  in-
  stitut.   Kazan.
6224. Trudy; Konferencia po medichny biologii.  Kiev.
6225. Trudy; Konferencia molodykh uchenykh.   Kazan.
6226. Starost;  trudy;  Konferencia po probleme geneza
  starosti  i  profilaktiki  prezhdevremennogo   starenia
  organizma.  Kiev.
6227. Trudy; Kubanskyi gosudarstvennyi medicinsky insti-
  tut imeni Krasnoi Armii.  Rostov.
6228. Travaux du Laboratoire d'anatomie de la Faculty
  de medicine d'Alger.  Alger.
6229. Trabajos  de laboratorio; C&tedra de anatomfa y
  fisiologfa comparadas y  farmacodinamia; Universidad
  de Buenos  Aires.  Buenos Aires.
6230. Repositdrio  de trabalhos do Laboratdrio central de
  patologia veterinana.  Lisboa.
6231. Transactions of the  Laboratory  of  Experimental
  Biology of  the Zoopark of Moscow.  Moskva.
6232. Travaux;  Laboratoire d'histologie du College  de
  France.  Paris.
6233. Travaux  du Laboratoire  de  l'Hdpital de  Saint-
  Germain-en-Laye.   Paris.
6234. Travaux de Laboratoire;  Institut Rocha Cabral.
  Lisboa.
6235. Travaux du Laboratoire de matiere  medicale  de
  l'Ecole sup6rieure de pharmacie de  Paris.   Paris.
6236. Travaux  du Laboratoire  de  microbiologic  de la
  Faculte de pharmacie, Universite de Nancy. Nancy.
6237. Trabalhos   [Repositorio   de]  do  Laboratorio  de
  patologia veterinana.  Lisboa.
6238. Travaux de Laboratoire de  physiologie  [Instituts
  Solvay]  Bruxelles.
6239. Trudy; Leningradsky institut epidemiologii  i bak-
  teriologii im. Pastera.  Leningrad.
6240. Trudy; Leningradsky nauchno-issledovatelyflky  in-
  sritut fizioterapii i kurortologii.  Leningrad.
6241. Trudy; Leningradsky  (II)  medicinsky  institut.
  Leningrad. 
[127]
Tr. Leningr. nauch. prakt. farm. inst.

Tr. Leningr. oft. nauch. inst.

Tr. Louisiana Dent. Soc.

Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc

Tr. Maimonides M. Soc.

Tr. Massachusetts Med. Leg. Soc.

Tr. M. Ass. Alabama

Tr. M. Ass. Southwest

Tr. Med. Chir. Fac Maryland

Tr. Med. Chir. Soc Edinburgh

Tr. Med. Chir. Soc Glasgow

Tr. Med. Leg. Soc, Lond.
Tr. Moskov. gosud. med. inst.

Tr. M. Soc. Hawaii

Tr. M. Soc. London

Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina

Tr. M. Soc. Virginia

Tr. Nat. Ass. Epilepsy


Tr. Nat. Ass. Prev. Tuberc, Lond.

Tr. Nat. Conf. Gov. Indust. Hygienists
  U.S.

Tr. Nat. Dent. Ass.

Tr. Nat. Safety Counc.

Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., N. Y.

Tr. Nauch. inst. antrop., Moskva

Tr.   Nauch.  inst.  endokr.   rasstr.,
  Moskva

Tr. Nauch. inst. fiziol.

Tr. N. England Br. Am. Urol. Ass.

Tr. N. England Surg. Soc.

Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc.

Tr. Nippon Dent. Ass.

Tr. North Centr. Br. Am. Urol. Ass.

Tr.  Novosibir. gosud. inst. usoversh.
  vrach.
Tr. N. York Acad. Sc.

Tr.  N. York N. England  Ass. Railw.
  Surgeons
Tr. Obshch. nevropat. Saratov.

Tr. Obshch. russk. vrach.  pam.  Piro-
  gova
of the  Medical Association  of the
  Birmingham.
 Medical Association  of  the  South-
6242.  Trudy; Leningradsky nauchno-praktichesky farma-
  cevtichesky institut.  Leningrad.
6243.  Trudy; Leningradsky oftalmologichesky nauchno-
  praktichesky  institut.  Leningrad.
6244.  Transactions of the Louisiana State Dental Society.
  New Orleans.
6245.  Transactions   of  the  Luzerne  County  Medical
  Society.  Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
6246.  Transactions;  Maimonides Medical  Society.   De-
  troit.
6247.  Transactions   of  the Massachusetts  Medico-legal
  Society.  Boston.
6248.  Transactions
  State of Alabama
6249.  Transactions;
  west.   Oklahoma City.
6250.  Transactions   of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical
  Faculty of the State of Maryland.  Baltimore.
6251.  Transactions;  Medical and  Chirurgical Society  of
  Edinburgh.   Edinburgh.
6252.  Transactions  of the Medico-chirurgical Society  of
  Glasgow.  Glasgow.
6253.  Transactions of the Medico-legal Society.  London.
6254.  Trudy; I. Moskovsky gosudarstvennyi medicinsky
  institut.   Moskva.
6255.  Transactions of the annual meeting of  the Medical
  Society of Hawaii.  Honolulu.
6256. Transactions   of the  Medical Society  of London.
  London.
6257. Transactions   of  the Medical Society  of  North
  Carolina.   Raleigh.
6258. Transactions   of the  Medical Society  of Virginia.
  Richmond.
6259. Transactions   of the  National Association for the
  Study of Epilepsy  and  the  Care and  Treatment  of
  Epileptics.   Mt Morris,  N. Y.
6260. Transactions   of the  National Association for the
  Prevention of Tuberculosis.   London.
6261. Transactions  of the ... annual meeting of the Na-
  tional Conference of  Governmental  Industrial  Hy-
  gienists [United States]  Washington.
6262. Transactions   of the  National Dental  Association.
  Philadelphia.
6263. Transactions   of  the  National  Safety  Council.
  Chicago.
6264. Transactions  of  the annual  meeting;  National
  Tuberculosis Association.  New York.
6265. Trudy,'   Nauchno-issledovatelysky institut  antro-
  pologii; Gosudarstvenny universitet.  Moskva.
6266. Trudy;   Nauchno-issledovatelsky institut  obmena
  veshchestv i  endokrinnykh rasstroistv NKZ RSFSR.
  Moskva.
6267. Trudy;  Nauchno-issledovatelsky  institut fiziologii
  verkhnikh dykhatelnykh putei.   Stalingrad.
6268. Transactions  of the  New England Branch of  the
  American Urological Association.  Boston.
6269. Transactions of the  New England Surgical Society.
  Boston.
6270. Transactions  of the  New Hampshire  Medical  So-
  ciety.  Concord.
6271. Transactions  of  the Nippon Dental  Association.
  Tokyo.
6272. Transactions  of the  North  Central  Branch of the
  American Urological Association.  Cleveland.
6273. Trudy;  Novosibirsky gosudarstvenny  institut dlya
  usovershenstvovania vrachei.  Novosibirsk.
6274. Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences.
  Lancaster.
6275. Transactions  of the New York and New England
  Association of Railway Surgeons  [v. p.]
6276. Trudy Obshchestva  nevropatologov i psikhiatrov
  Saratovskogo universiteta.  Saratov.
6276a.  Trudy Obshchestva russkikh vrachei v pamiat N. I.
  Pirogova. 
[128]
Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond.
Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K.

Trop. med. vet., Moskva
Trop. M. News, N. Orl.
Trop. natuur
Tr. Optic. Soc, Lond.
Trop. Vet. Bull., Lond.
Tr. Pacific Coast Oto Ophth. Soc.

Tr. Pacific Coast Soc. Obst.

Tr. Pacific Coast Surg. Ass.

Tr. Panama Pacific Dent. Congr.

Tr. Panamer. M. Congr.

Tr. Perm, gosud. med. inst.

Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg.

Tr. Philadelphia Pediat. Soc.
Tr. Physiol. Inst. Leningrad Univ.

Tr. Psikhiat. klin., Voronezh

Tr. Psikhiat. klin.  Pavlova

Tr. R. Acad. M. Ireland

Tr. R. Med. Chir.  Soc. Glasgow

Tr. R. Soc. Canada

Tr. R. Soc.  Edinburgh

Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.

Tr. Saratov, gosud. med. inst.

Tr. Sc. Chem. Pharm. Inst., Moskva

Tr. sc. Clin. inf. Univ. Varsovie

Tr. sc. Univ. Rennes

Tr. Sem. med. balkan.

Tr. Sev. kavkaz. ass. nauch. issled. inst.

Tr. Sezda bakt. epidem. san.  vrach.

Tr. Sezda detsk. vrach.
Tr. Sezda fizioter.
Tr. Sibir. vet. inst.
Tr. Soc biol., Barcel.
Tr. Soc. chim. biol.

Tr. Soc. path. jap.

Tr. Soc. Plast. Surg.

Tr. South. Br. Am. Pub. Health Ass.

Tr. South Ind. Br. Brit. M. Ass.

Tr. South. Surg. Ass.

Tr. Sovet. tuberk. inst.
Tr. Stalingr. gosud. med. inst.

Tr. Tomsky gosud. med. inst.
6277. Tropical diseases bulletin.  London.
6278. Transactions of the Ophthalmological Society of the
  United Kingdom  [v. p.]
6279. Tropicheskaia medicina i veterinaria.  Moskva.
6280. Tropical medicine news.  New Orleans.
6281. Tropische natuur.  Batavia.
6282. Transactions of the Optical Society.  London.
6283. Tropical veterinary bulletin.  London.
6284. Transactions;  Pacific  Coast Oto-ophthalmological
  Society.
6285. Transactions of the Pacific Coast Society of Obstet-
  rics and Gynecology.   Portland.
6286. Transactions of the Pacific Coast Surgical Associa-
  tion.  Portland.
6287. Transactions of the Panama-Pacific * Dental  Con-
  gress  [v. p.]
6288. Transactions of the  Congress of the Panamerican
  Medical Association   [v. p.]
6289. Trudy i materialy; Permsky gosudarstvennyi medi-
  cinsky institut.  Perm.
6290. Transactions of the Philadelphia Academy of Sur-
  gery.  Philadelphia.
6291. Transactions;  Philadelphia  Pediatric Society.
6292. Transactions;  Physiological  Institute;  Leningrad
  State University.  Leningrad.
6293. Trudy;  Psikhiatricheskaya   klinika  k   probleme
  ekzogennogo faktora i psikhiatrii.  Voronezh.
6294. Trudy;  Psikhiatricheskaya klinika im.  akademika
  I.  P.  Pavlova.   Leningrad.
6295. Transactions of the Royal Academy  of Medicine in
  Ireland.   Dublin.
6296. Transactions of the Royal  Medico-Chirurgical So-
  ciety  of Glasgow.  Glasgow.
6297. Transactions of  the  Royal Society  of Canada.
  Ottawa.
6298. Transactions of the  Royal  Society  of Edinburgh.
  Edinburgh.
6299. Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medi-
  cine and Hygiene.   London.
6300. Trudy;  Saratovsky   gosudarstvennyi medicinsky
  institut.   Saratov.
6301. Transactions of the Scientific Chemical-pharmaceu-
  tical Institute.   Moskva.
6302. Travaux scientifiques de la  Clinique  infantile  de
  l'Universite  de Varsovie.   Warszawa.
6303. Travaux scientifiques de l'Universite de Rennes.
  Rennes.
6304. Travaux  de  la   Semaine  medicale  balkanique.
  Bucuresti.
6305. Trudy Severo-kavkazkoi assossiazii nauchno-issle-
  dovatelskykh institutov.   Rostov na Donu.
6306. Trudy Sezda bakteriologov, epidemiologov,  i  sani-
  tarnykh vrachei  [v. p.]
6307. Trudy Sezda detskykh vrachei   [v. p.]
6308. Trudy Sezda fizioterapevtov  [v. p.]
6309. Trudy;  Sibirsky veterinarnyi institut.  Omsk.
6310. Treballs de la Societat de biologia.  Barcelona.
6311. Travaux des  membres  de  la   Societe  de  chimie
  biologique.  Paris.
6312. Transactiones  Societatis  pathologicae  Japonicae.
  Tokyo.
6313. Transactions; Society of Plastic and  Reconstructive
  Surgery.  Chicago.
6314. Transactions of the Southern Branch of the Ameri-
  can Public Health Association.   Saint Louis
6315. Transactions of  the South  Indian Branch  of the
  British  Medical Association.  Madras.
63*6. Transactions of the Southern Surgical Association.
  Phuadelphia.
SSJI* Tâ„¢dy;  I  Sovetsky tuberkulezny institut. Moskva.
6318. Trudy;  Stahngradsky  gosudarstvennyi medicinsky
  institut.   Stalingrad.

63TomskUdy; Tomskygosudarstvennyimedicinsky institut. 
[129]
Tr. Tristate M. Ass. Carolinas & Virgi-
  nia
Tr. Ukrain. sezd. terapeutov
Tr. Ulster M. Soc.
Tr. Univ. Michigan Pediat. Infect. Dis.
  Soc.
Tr. Ural, nauch. psikhonevr. inst.

Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad.

Tr. Voronezh, med. inst.

Tr. Vost. Sibir. med. inst.

Tr. Vseross. konf. patologov

Tr. Vseross. sezda glazn. vrach.
Tr. Vsesoiuz. konf. mikrobiologov

Tr. Vsesoiuz. sezda detsk. vrach.
Tr. Vsesoiuz. sezda fizioter.
Tr. West. Br. Soc Am. Urol. Ass.

Tr. West. Liter. Inst., Cincin.

Tr. West. Ophth. Soc.

Tr. West. Sect. Am. Urol. Ass.

Tr. West. Surg. Ass.

Tschr. diergeneesk.
Tschr. parapsych.
Tschr. prakt. verlosk.

Tschr. sociale hyg.
Tschr. tandheelk.
Tschr. Vereen. homeop. geneesh.

Tskr. mil. halsov.
Tskr. Norges laegeforb.
Tskr. Norske laegeforen.
Tuberc Abstr., Newark
Tubercle, Lond.
Tubercolosi
Tuberculology, Denver
Tuberculosis, Habana
Tuberk. Bibl., Lpz.
Tuberkulose, Munch.
Turk hifzissihha tecr. biyol. mecmuasi

Tufts Dent. Outlook
Tufts M. J.
Tumori, Milano
Tungchi med. Mschr.
Tunis, med.
6320. Transactions of the Tri-State  Medical Association
  of the Carolinas and Virginia.  Richmond.
6321. Trudy Ukrainskogo sezda terapeutov  [Kharkov]
6322. Transactions of the Ulster Medical Society.  Belfast.
6323. Transactions of the University of  Michigan  Pedi-
  atric and Infectious Disease Society. Ann Arbor.
6324. Trudy; Uralsky  nauchno-issledovatelsky  psikho-
  nevrologichesky institut.  Perm.
6325. Trudy; Voenno-morskaia  medicinskaia  akademia.
  Leningrad.
6326. Trudy; Voronezhsky  gosudarstvennyi medicinsky
  institut.  Voronezh.
6327. Trudy;  Vostochno-Sibirsky  medicinsky  institut.
  Moskva.
6328. Trudy;  Vserossiiskaia   konferencia    patologov.
  Moskva.
6329. Trudy; Vserossiisky sezd glaznykh vrachei [v. p.]
6330. Trudy; Vsesoiuznaya konferencia   mikrobiologov,
  epidemiologov i infekcionistov.  Moskva.
6331. Trudy; Vsesoiuzny sezd detskikh vrachei.  Moskva.
6332. Trudy; Vsesoiuzny sezd fizioterapevtov [v. p.]
6333. Transactions of the Western Branch Society of the
  American Urological Association.  St. Louis.
6334. Transactions;   Western  Literary  Institute,  and
  College of Professional Teachers.   Cincinnati.
6335. Transactions of the annual meeting of the  Western
  Ophthalmological Society [n.  p.]
6336. Transactions of the Western section of the American
  Urological  Association.  Victoria, B. C.
6337. Transactions of the Western  Surgical Association
  [v. p.]
6338. Tijdschrift  voor  diergeneeskundc Utrecht.
6339. Tijdschrift  voor parapsychologic  Den Haag.
6340. Tijdschrift  voor praktische verloskunde.  Amster-
  dam.
6341. Tijdschrift  voor  sociale hygiene.  Zwolle.
6342. Tijdschrift  voor tandheelkunde.  Utrecht.
6343-44. Tijdschrift van de Vereeniging van  homeopathi-
  sche geneesheeren in Nederland.  Zwolle.
6345. Tidsskrift i militar halsovard.   Lund.
6346. Tidsskrift for Norges laegeforbund.   Oslo.
6347. Tidsskrift for den Norske laegeforening.  Kristiania.
6348. Tuberculosis abstracts.  Newark.
6349. Tubercle.   London.
6350. Tubercolosi.  Roma.
6351. Tuberculology.   Denver.
6352. Tuberculosis.  La Habana.
6353. Tuberkulose-Bibliothek.  Leipzig.
6354. Tuberkulose (Die)  Miinchen.
6355. Turk   hifzissihha  ve  tecriibi  biyoloji  mecmuasi.
  Istanbul.
6356. Tufts dental outlook.   Boston.
6357. Tufts medical journal. Boston.
6358. Tumori.  Milano.
6359. Tung-chi medizinische Monatsschrift.  Shanghai.
6360. Tunisie (La) medicale.  Tunis.
u
Ucheb. detsk. bolez.
Uchen. zapiski Saratov. Univ.

Uebersicht Arb.  Schles.  Ges. vaterl.
  Kult.

Ugeskr. laeger
Ukrain. med. arkh.
Ukrain. med. vist.
Ulster M. J.
Umbria med.
U. M. L., Ledn
Umschau
6361. Uchebnik detskykh boleznei.  Moskva.
6362. Uchenia  zapiski Saratovskogo Universiteta.  Sara-
  tov.
6363. Uebersicht der  Arbeiten und  Veranderungen der
  Schlesischen   Gesellschaft  fiir  vaterlandische  Cultur.
  Breslau.
6364. Ugeskrift for laeger.  K0benhavn.
6365. Ukrainsky medichny arkhiv.  Kharkov.
6366. Ukrainski medichni vistnik.  Kiev.
6367. Ulster (The)  medical journal.  Belfast.
6368. Umbria (L') medica.  Terni.
6369. U. M. L.  [Unidn medica  leonesa]   Ledn.
6370. Umschau.  Frankfurt a. M. 
[130]
Understanding the Child, Bost.

Union farm. Salvador
Union med., Par.
Union med. Canada
Union med. nordest
Univ. California Pub.
Univ. Cincinnati  Rec.
Univ. Coll. Hosp. Mag., Lond.,
Univ. Colorado Stud.
Univ. Durham Coll. M. Gaz.

Univ. Durham M. Gaz.

Univ. Durham School M. Gaz.

Universidad, Zaragoza
Univ. Hawaii Res. Pub.

Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb.
Univ. Illinois Bull.
Univ. Iowa Doct. Diss.

Univ. Iowa Monogr.
Univ. Iowa Stud.
Univ. Leeds Med. Mag.
Univ. Manitoba M. J.

Univ. Nebraska Stud.
Univ. Oregon Pub.
Univ. Pennsylvania Lect.
Univ. Pittsburgh Bull.
Univ. Pittsburgh Bull. School M.

Univ. Toronto M. J.

Univ. Toronto Stud.
Univ. Washington Pub. Biol.

UNRRA Rev. Month.

Upsala lak. foren. forh.
Urol. clin. Hosp. provinc Madrid

Urol. Conf. Paralyzed Patient  (U.  S.
  Army)

Urol. Cut. Rev.
Urologia, Moskva
U. S. Nav. M. Bull.
Usp. khimii
Usp. sovrem. biol.
U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull.

Uzhny  med. J.
6371. Understanding  the  child [National Committee for
  Mental Hygiene]  Boston.
6372. Unidn farmac6utica de El Salvador.  San Salvador.
6373. Union (L') medicale des praticiens francais.   Paris.
6374. Union (L') medicale du Canada.   Montreal.
6375. Union medicale du nord-est.  Reims.
6376. University of California publications.
6377. tjniversity of Cincinnati record.   Cincinnati.
6378. University College Hospital magazine.   London.
6379. Studies; Colorado University.  Boulder.
6380. University of Durham College of Medicine gazette.
  Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
6381. University of Durham medical gazette.   Newcastle-
  upon-Tyne.
6382. University of Durham School of Medicine gazette.
  Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
6383. Universidad.  Zaragoza.
6384. University of Hawaii research publications.  Hono-
  lulu.
6385. University Hospital bulletin.  Ann Arbor.
6386. University of Illinois bulletin.  Urbana.
6387. University of Iowa doctoral dissertations, abstracts,
  and references.  Iowa City.
6388. University of Iowa monographs.   Iowa City.
6389. University of Iowa studies.   Iowa City.
6390. University of Leeds medical magazine.   Leeds.
6391. University  (The)  of   Manitoba medical  journal.
  Winnipeg.
6392. University of Nebraska studies.   Lincoln.
6393. University of Oregon publication.  Eugene.
6394. University of Pennsylvania lectures.   Philadelphia.
6395. University of Pittsburgh bulletin.  Pittsburgh.
6396. University of Pittsburgh bulletin; School  of Medi-
  cine.   Pittsburgh.
6397. University  (The)   of  Toronto   medical   journal.
  Toronto, Ont.
6398. University of Toronto  studies.   Toronto, Ont.
6399. University of Washington  publications  in biology.
  Seattle.
6400. UNRRA review of the month [United Nations Re-
  lief and Rehabilitation Administration]  London.
6401. Upsala lakareforenings forhandlingar.   Upsala.
6402. Urologfa clfnica; Hospital  provincial  de Madrid.
  Madrid.
6403. Urological Conference and Symposium on the Para-
  lyzed  Patient; United  States,  Army Service Forces,
  Fifth Service Command  [Columbus]
6404. Urologic (The) and cutaneous review.   Saint Louis.
6405. Urologia.  Moskva.
6406. United States naval medical bulletin.  Washington.
6407. Uspekhi khimii.   Moskva.
6408. Uspekhi sovremennoi biologii.  Moskva.
6409. United  States Veterans'  Bureau medical bulletin.
  Washington.
6410. Uzhny medicinsky jurnal.
Odessa.
Varldspressen, Stockh.
Valsalva
Vener. derm., Moskva
Vener. Dis. Bull., Randolph Field
Vener. Dis. Inform.
Venezuela odont.
Venoz. davlen.
Vereinsbl. pfalz.  Aerzte
Vererb. & Geschlleben
Verh. Akad. wet. Amsterdam

Verh. Anat. Ges.
6411.
6412.
6413.
6414.
6415.
6416.
6417.
6418.
6419.
6420
      Varldspressen.  Stockholm.
      Valsalva (II)   Roma.
      Venerologia i dermatologia.  Moskva
      Venereal disease bulletin.  Randolph Field
      Venereal disease information.  Washington
      Venezuela odontol6gica.  Caracas.
      Venoznoe davlenie.  Leningrad
      Vereinsblatt dei\ pfalzischen Aerzte.   Frankenthal.
      Vererbung und Geschlechtsleben.   Dresden
  â„¢i, yerAhan?elingen der K. Akademie van wetenschap-
  pen te Amsterdam.  Amsterdam

64JenaVerhandlUngen  der  Anatomischen  Gesellschaft. 
[131]
  Verhber. Internat. Kropfkonf.
  Verhber. Internat. Sportarztekongr.
  Verhber. Kongr. Ford. med. Synthese

  Verh. Berl. med. Ges.
  Verh. Deut. derm. Ges.
  Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir.
  Vehr. Deut. Ges. gerichtl. Med.
  Verh. Deut. Ges. Gyn.
  Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med.
  Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch.
  Verh. Deut. Ges. Rassenforsch.
  Verh. Deut. Ges. Unfallh.
  Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol.
  Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med.
  Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges.
  Verh. Deut. path. Ges.
  Verh. Deut. Rdntg. Ges.
  Verh. Deut.  zool. Ges.
  Verh. Ges. deut. Hals &c Aerzte
  Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch.
  Verh. Ges. phys. Anthrop.
 Verh. Ges. Verdauungskr.
 Verh. Internat. Kongr. Sexforsch.
 Verh. Jap. chir. Ges.
 Verh. Jap. path. Ges.
 Verh. Konf. Ford. med. Synthese
 Verh. Naturhist. med. Verein. Heidel-
   berg
 Verh. Nord. Kongr. inn.  Med.
 Verh. Ophth. Ges.
 Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg
 Verh. Schweiz. mikrob. Ges.
 Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges.
 Verh. Verein. Orthop. Wiens
 Vermont M. Month.
 Veroff. Bain.
Veroff. Deut. Ges. Rheumabekampf.
Veroff. Gewerbepath.
 6422. Verhandlungsbericht;  Internationale  Kropfkonfe-
   renz.  Bern.
 6423. Verhandlungsbericht;  Internationaler  Sportarzte-
   kongress.  Berlin.
 6424. Verhandlungsbericht; Kongress zur Forderung medi-
   zimscher  Synthese  und  arztlicher  Weltanschauung.
   Dresden.
 6425. Verhandlungen der Berliner  medizinischen  Gesell-
   schaft.   Leipzig.
 6426. Verhandlungen  der  Deutschen  dermatologischen
   Gesellschaft.  Berlin.
 6427. Verhandlungen  der  Deutschen  Gesellschaft  fiir
   Chirurgie.   Berlin.
 6428. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir ge-
   richtliche und soziale Medizin.  Berlin.
 6429. Verhandlungen Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Gynako-
   logie.  Leipzig.
 6430. Verhandlungen  der  Deutschen  Gesellschaft  fur
   innere Medizin.   Miinchen.
 6431. Verhandlungen  der  Deutschen  Gesellschaft  fiir
   Kreislaufforschung.  Dresden.
 6432. Verhandlungen  der  Deutschen  Gesellschaft  fiir
   Rassenforschung.   Stuttgart.
 6433. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Un-
   fallheilkunde, Versicherungs- und  Versorgungsmedizin.
 6434. Verhandlungen  der  Deutschen  Gesellschaft  fur
   Urologic  Berlin.
 6435. Verhandlungen des Deutschen Kongresses fiir innere
   Medizin.  Wiesbaden.
 6436. Verhandlungen der Deutschen orthopadischen Ge-
   sellschaft.  Stuttgart.
 6437. Verhandlungen der Deutschen pathologischen Ge-
   sellschaft.  Jena.
 6438. Verhandlungen der Deutschen  Rontgen-Gesellschaft.
   Hamburg.
 6439. Verhandlungen der Deutschen zoologischen Gesell-
   schaft.  Leipzig.
 6440. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft  deutscher  Hals-,
   Nasen- und Ohrenarzte  [v. p.]
 6441. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft deutscher Natur-
   forscher und Aerzte.   Leipzig.
 6442. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft fiir physische An-
   thropologie.   Stuttgart.
 6443. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft  fiir  Verdauungs-
   und Stoffwechselkrankheiten  [v. p.]
 6444. Verhandlungen des Internationalen Kongresses fiir
   Sexualforschung   [v.  p.]
 6445. Verhandlung der Japanischen  chirurgischen Gesell-
   schaft.  Tokyo.
 6446.  Verhandlungen der Japanischen pathologischen Ge-
   sellschaft.   Tokyo.
 6447.  Verhandlungen der ersten Konferenz zur Forderung
   medizinischer Synthese.   Riga.
 6448.  Verhandlungen des  Naturhistorisch-medizinischen
   Vereins zu Heidelberg.  Heidelberg.
 6449.  Verhandlungen  des  Nordischen  Kongresses  fiir
   innere Medizin  [v. p.]
 6450.  Verhandlungen der ausserordentlichen Tagung der
   Ophthalmologischen  Gesellschaft.   Berlin.
 6451.  Verhandlungen der Physikalisch-medizinischen Ge-
   sellschaft zu Wiirzburg.  Wiirzburg.
 6452. Verhandlungen  der  Schweizerischen  mikrobiolo-
   gischen Gesellschaft.  Basel.
 6453. Verhandlungen der ungarischen arztlichen Gesell-
   schaften.  Budapest.
 6454. Verhandlungen der  Vereinigung  der  Orthopaden
   Wiens.   Stuttgart.
 6455. Vermont medical  monthly.  Burlington.
6456. Veroffentlichungen der Zentralstelle fiir Balneologie.
   Berlin.
6457. Veroffentlichungen der  Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir
   Rheumabekampfung.   Berlin.
6458. Veroffentlichungen aus  der Gewerbe- und Konsti-
  tutionspathologie.   Jena. 
[132]
Veroff.	Heer. San.
Veroff.	Konst. Wehrpath.
Veroff.	Kriegs Konstpath.
Veroff.	Marine San.
Veroff.	Medverwalt.
Veroff.	Mil. San.
Veroff.	Reichsgesundhamt.
Veroff.	Tierarzte Preussens
Veroff.	Vet. Inst., Jena
Veroff.	Volksgesundhamt., Wien
Veroff. Volksgesundhdienst.

Versl. Akad. wet. Amsterdam

Versl. Tuberc. Com. Ned.  Centr. Ve-
  reen. Tuberc.

Versl. volksgezondh.

Vertrauensarzt
Vest. Akad. med. nauk SSSR

V6st. Cesk. fysiat. spol.

Vest. cesk. lek.
Vest, endokr.
Vest. khir.
Vest, mikrob.

Vest. oft.
Vest, otorinolar.
Vest, rentg.
Vest, sovet. otorinolar.
Vest, vener.
Vet. Bull., Lond.
Vet. Bull., Wash.
Vet. Extens. Q.,  Phila.
Vet. hist. Jahrb.
Vet. hist. Mitt.
Vet. J., Lond.
Vet. Med., Chic.
Vet. Pract., Evanston
Vet. Rec, Lond.
Vet. Rev., Edinb.
Victorian Yearb.
Victor News, Chic.
Vida, Mex.
Vida med., Rio
Vida nueva, Habana
Vie med., Brux.
Vie med., Par.
Viewpoint, Phila.

Villaclara med.
Virchows Arch.

Virginia Health Bull.
Virginia M. Month.
Visual Digest
Visual Educ.
Visual Rev.
Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S.
aus  der  Konstitutions-  und
6459. Veroffentlichungen  aus dem  Gebiete des  Heeres-
  Sanitatswesens.   Berlin.
6460. Veroffentlichungen
  Wehrpathologic   Jena.
6461. Veroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete der Kriegs- und
  Konstitutionspathologic  Jena.
6462. Veroffentlichungen  aus dem  Gebiete des  Marine-
  Sanitatswesens.   Berlin.
6463. Veroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete der Medizinal-
  verwaltung.   Berlin.
6464. Veroffentlichungen  aus dem  Gebiete des  Militar-
  Sanitatswesens.   Berlin.
6465. Veroffentlichungen    des    Reichsgesundheitsamts.
  Berlin.
6466. Veroffentlichungen  aus den Jahres-Veterinarberich-
  ten der beamteten Tierarzte Preussens.   Berlin.
6467. Veroffentlichungen    aus   dem   Veterinarinstitut
  [Friedrich-Schiller-Universitat Jena]  Jena.
6468. Veroffentlichungen  des Volksgesundheitsamtes  im
  Deutsch-osterreichischen  Staatsamt fiir soziale  Verwal-
  tung.  Wien.
6469. Veroffentlichungen  aus  dem  Gebiete  des  Volks-
  gesundheitsdienstes.  Berlin.
6470. Verslagen; Koninklijke Akademie van wetenschap-
  pen te Amsterdam.  Amsterdam.
6471. Verslagen; Tuberculose-Studie-Commissie;  Neder-
  landsche  centrale  vereeniging   tot  bestrijding   der
  tuberculose.   's-Gravenhage.
6472. Verslagen en  mededeelingen betreffende de volks-
  gezondheid.  's-Gravenhage.
6473. Vertrauensarzt und Krankenkasse.   Berlin.
6474. Vestnik;  Akademia   medicinskykh nauk  SSSR.
  Moskva.
6475. Vestnik  Ceskoslovanske fysiatricke  spoleSnosti v
  Prazc  Praha.
6476. Vestnik ceskoslovensk^ch lekaru.  Praha.
6477. Vestnik endokrinologii.   Moskva.
6478. Vestnik khirurgii.   Leningrad.
6479. Vestnik mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i parasitologii.
  Saratov.
6480. Vestnik oftalmologii.   Moskva.
      Vestnik oto-rino-laringologii.  Moskva.
      Vestnik rentgenologii i radiologii.  Leningrad.
      Vestnik sovetskoi oto-rino-laringologii.   Moskva.
      Vestnik venerologii i dermatologii.  Moskva.
      Veterinary bulletin.   London.
      Veterinary bulletin.   Washington.
6487. Veterinary extension  quarterly.  Philadelphia.
6488. Veterinarhistorisches  Jahrbuch.  Leipzig.
6489. Veterinarhistorische Mitteilungen.  Hannover.
6490. Veterinary (The) journal.  London.
6491. Veterinary medicine.   Chicago.
6492. Veterinary practice.  Evanston, 111.
6493. Veterinary (The) record.   London.
6494. Veterinary review.   Edinburgh.-
6495. Victorian yearbook.  Melbourne.
6496. Victor news.  Chicago.
      Vida.   Mexico.
      Vida medica.   Rio  de Janeiro.
      Vida nueva.   La Habana.
      Vie (La) medicale.   Bruxelles.
      Vie (La) medicale.   Paris.
      Viewpoint [Woman's Medical College of Pennsyl-
  vania]  Philadelphia.
6503. Villaclara medica.  S. Clara.
6504. Virchows Archiv fur pathologische  Anatomie  und
  Physiologie und fur klinische Medizin.   Berlin
6505. Virginia health bulletin.   Richmond.
      Virginia medical monthly.   Richmond.
      Visual digest.  Saint Joseph, Mo.
      Visual education.   Chicago.
      Visual review.  Chicago.
      Vital statistics special report, United States Bureau
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6497.
6498.
6499.
6500.
6501.
6502.
6506.
6507.
6508.
6509.
6510.
of the Census.   Washington. 
[133]
Vitamine & Hormone, Lpz.
Vitamin News, Milwaukee
Vjschr. gerichtl. Med.

Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff.

Vjschr. Zahnh.
Vlaamsch geneesk. tschr.
Vocat. Summary
Vodosnab. san. tekhn.
Voen. med. J., Moskva
Voen. san. delo
Voj. rozhl.
Voj. san. glasnik
Voj. zdrav. listy
Volk & Rasse
Volksgesundheit, Bern
Volkswohlfahrt
Volta Rev.
Vom Wasser, Berl.
Voorpost
Vopr. ekol. biocenol.
Vopr. genet, reflex.

Vopr. kurort.
Vopr. materin.
Vopr. nevrokhir.
Vopr. pediat.

Vopr. pedol.

Vopr. pitan.
Vopr. tuberk.
Vorschr. Sachs. Vet.

Vorschr. Vet. Bayern

Vortr. Internat. Astrol. Kongr.
Vortr. Konf. Rauschgiftbekampf.

Vox, Berl.
Vox medicorum, Utr.
Voz farm., Montev.
Vrach. delo
Vrach. gaz.
6521
6522
6523
6524
6527.
6528.
6529.
6530.
6531.
6511. Vitamine und Hormone.   Leipzig.
6512. Vitamin news.   Milwaukee.
6513. Vierteljahrsschrift  fur  gerichtliche  Medizin  und
  offentliches Sanitatswesen  [Berlin]
6514. Vierteljahrsschrift  fur schweizerische  Sanitatsoffi-
  ziere.  Basel.
6515. Vierteljahrsschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde.  Berlin.
6516. Vlaamsch geneeskundig tijdschrift.   Gent.
6517. Vocational summary.  Washington.
6518. Vodosnabzhenie sanitarnaia tekhnika.   Moskva.
6519. Voenno-medicinsky jurnal.  Moskva.
6520. Voenno-sanitarnoe delo.   Moskva.
      Vojenske rozhledy.   Praha.
      Vojno-sanitetski glasnik.   Beograd.
      Vojenske zdravotnicke listy.  Praha.
      Volk und Rasse.  Miinchen.
6525. Volksgesundheit.  Bern.
6526. Volkswohlfahrt.  Berlin.
      Volta (The) review.  Washington.
      Vom Wasser.   Berlin.
      Voorpost (De)  van  den dokter.   Den Haag.
      Voprosy ekologii i biocenologii.   Moskva.
      Voprosy geneticheskoi reflexologii i  pedologii mla-
  denchestva.  Leningrad.
•6532. Voprosy kurortologii.  Moskva.
6533. Voprosy materinstva i mladenshestva.   Moskva.
6534. Voprosy nevrokhirurgii.   Moskva.
6535. Voprosi pediatrii, pedologii i okhranii materinstva
  i detstva.   Leningrad.
6536. Voprosi pedologii i  detskoi psikhonevrologii.  Mos-
  kva.
6537. Voprosy pitanja.  Moskva.
6538. Voprosi tuberkuloza.   Moskva.
6539. Vorschriften fiir das Sachsische Veterinarwesen.
  Dresden.
6540. Vorschriften fiir das  Veterinarwesen  in  Bayern.
  Miinchen.
6541. Vortrage und  Bericht des  Internationalen Astro-
  logen-Kongresses, des deutschen Astrologen-Kongresses.
  Dvisseldorf.
6542. [Vortrage]  Konferenz  fiir Rauschgiftbekampfung.
  Berlin.
6543. Vox.   Berlin.
6544. Vox medicorum.  Utrecht.
6545. Voz (La) de la  farmacia.   Montevideo.
6546. Vrachebnoe delo.   Kharkov.
6547. Vrachebnae gazeta.  Leningrad.
w
 War Dep. Techn. Bull.
 War Doctor
 War Med., Chic.
 War Med., Par.
 Warsz. czas. lek.
 Washington Conf. Theor. Phys,

 Washington Dent. J.
 Washington J. Nurs.
 Washington M.  Ann.
 Washington Sanit. Health Expon.

 Washington Univ. Dent. J.

 Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q.

Water bodem lucht
Water Supply Papers

Water Works Engin.
Water Works &  Sewer.
6548. War Department technical bulletin.  Washington.
6549. War (The) doctor.  New York.
6550. War medicine.   Chicago.
6551. War medicine.   Paris.
6552. Warszawskie czasopismo lekarskie.  Warszaw.
6553. Washington  Conference  on  Theoretical Physics.
  Washington.
6554. Washington State dental journal.  Seattle.
6555. Washington State journal of nursing.  Seattle.
6556. Washington medical annals.  Washington.
6557. Washington  Sanitarium health  exponent.  Wash-
  ington.
6558. Washington  (The)   University  dental  journal.
  Saint Louis.
6559. Washington  University  (The)   medical  alumni
  quarterly.  Saint Louis.
6560. Water, bodem, lucht.   Amsterdam.
6561. Water supply  papers  of  the  [U.  S.]  Geological
  survey.  Washington.
6562. Water works engineering.   New  York.
6563. Water works and sewerage.  Chicago. 
[134]
Week. Bull. Bd Health California

Week.  Bull.  California  Dep.  Pub.
  Health
Week. Bull. Chicago Dep. Health

Week. Bull. Dep. Health City N. York

Week. Bull. Jackson Co. M. Soc.

Week. Bull. Oregon Bd  Health

Week. Bull. Pub. Health Sect. (Allied
  Mil. Gov. Japan)
Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc.

Week. Bull. United  Nations
Week. Epidem. Rec. (League of Nat.)
Week. Health Index

Week. Health Rep. Mil.  Gov. Germany
Week. Roster, Phila.
Welf. Advocate, Manila
Welf. Bull., Springf.
Welf. Mag., Pontiac
West Afr. M. J.
Westchester Health
Westchester M. Bull.
Westdeut. Aerzte Ztg

West. Dietitian
West. Hosp. Rev.
West. J. Surg.

West London M. J.
Westminster Hosp. Rep., Lond.
West. M. Rev.
West. M. Times
West. Pennsylvania Retail Druggist
West Virginia Dent. J.
West Virginia M. J.
We the Blind, Phila.
What's New Indust.  Hyg.
Wien. Arch. inn. Med.
Wien. Chemiker Ztg
Wien. klin. Wschr.
Wien. med. Wschr.
Wien. tierarztl. Mschr.
Wien. Zschr. inn. Med.

Wirtsch. & Sozialber.
Wisconsin Bd Health Q. Bull.

Wisconsin M. J.
Wisconsin Welf.
Wiss. Mitt. Hyg., Bern

Without the Camp, Lond.
Women in Med.
Women Only, Kansas City

Woodlawn Hosp. Clin. Q.
Worcester M. News
World Child., Lond.
World Health, Par.
World Peace Found.  Pamphl.
Wschr.  Ther. Hyg. Auges

Wiirttemberg. Aerztebl.
VViirzb. Abh. Med.
6564. Weekly bulletin of the State Board of Health  of
  California.  Sacramento.
6565. Weekly bulletin; California Department of  Public
  Health.  Sacramento.
6566. Weekly bulletin; Chicago Department  of Health.
  Chicago.
6567. Weekly bulletin of the Department of Health, City
  of New York.  New York.
6568. Weekly bulletin of the  Jackson  County Medical
  Society.   Kansas City, Mo.
6569. Weekly bulletin; Oregon  Board of Health.  Port-
  land.
6570. Weekly bulletin; Public Health and Welfare section,
  Allied  Military Government of Japan   [n. p.]
6571. Weekly bulletin of the S. Louis  Medical Society.
  Saint Louis.
6572. Weekly bulletin; United Nations.   New York.
6573. Weekly epidemiological record.  Geneve.
6574. Weekly health index of the [U. S.] Bureau of Census.
  Washington.
6575-76.  Weeklv  health  report; Military  Government;
  Public Health Branch United  States Zone Allied Mili-
  tary Government of Germany  [n. p.]
6577. Weekly roster and medical digest.   Philadelphia.
      Welfare advocate.   Manila.
      Welfare bulletin.   Springfield, 111.
      Welfare magazine.   Pontiac,  111.
      West (The) African medical journal.  Lagos.
      Westchester's health.   White Plains, N. Y.
      Westchester medical bulletin.  White Plains,  N. Y.
      Westdeutsche Aerzte-Zeitung fiir Standesfragen und
  soziale Medizin.  Frankfurt a. M.
6585. Western dietitian.   Los Angeles.
6586. Western hospital review.   San Francisco.
6587. Western journal of surgery, obstetrics  and  gyne-
  cology. Portland, Ore.
6588. West London medical journal.  London.
      Westminster Hospital reports.  London.
      Western medical review.   Omaha,  Nebr.
      Western medical times.  Denver.
      Western Pennsylvania retail druggist.   Pittsburgh.
      West Virginia dental journal.  Clarksburg.
      West Virginia (The) medical journal.   Charleston.
      We the blind.   Philadelphia.
      What's new in industrial hygiene.   Chicago.
      Wiener Archiv fiir innere Medizin.   Wien.
      Wiener Chemiker-Zeitung.  Wien.
      Wiener klinische Wochenschrift.   Wien.
      Wiener medizinische Wochenschrift.   Wien.
      Wiener tierarztliche Monatsschrift.   Wien.
      Wiener Zeitschrift  fiir innere  Medizin  und ihre
  Grenzgebiete.   Wien.
6603. Wirtschafts- und Sozialberichte.  Berlin.
6604. Wisconsin State Board of Health quarterly bulletin.
  Madison.
6605r Wisconsin (The) medical journal.  Milwaukee.
6606. Wisconsin welfare.  Madison.
6607. Wissenschaftliche Mitteilungen  aus den Gebieten
  der Hygiene, der Medizin  und der Biologie.   Bern.
6608. Without the camp.  London.
6609. Women in medicine.  Oak Park, 111.
6610. [Dr.  Richardson's]  for   women  only  magazine.
  Kansas City.
6611. Woodlawn  Hospital clinical quarterly.  Chicago.
6612. Worcester medical news.   Worcester, Mass.
6613. World's children.  London.
6614. World's (The) health.  Paris.
6615. World  Peace Foundation pamphlets.  Boston.
6616. Wochenschrift fiir Therapie und Hygiene des Auges.
  Dresden.
6617. Wurttembergisches Aerzteblatt.  Stuttgart.
6618. Wiirzburger Abhandlungen aus  dem  Gesamtgebiet
  der Medizin.  Leipzig.
6578.
6579.
6580.
6581.
6582.
6583.
6584.
6589
6590.
6591.
6592.
6593.
6594.
6595.
6596.
6597.
6598.
6599.
6600.
6601.
6602. 
[135]
Xi Psi Phi Q.
X-ray Technician
6619. Xi Psi Phi quarterly.  Menasha.
6620. X-ray (The) technician.   Saint Paul.
Yale J. Biol.

Yale Rev.
Yale Sc. Mag.
Yale Univ. Libr. Gaz.

Yearb. Acad. Appl. Osteopathy

Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc.

Yearb. Carnegie Inst. Washington

Yearb. Duke Endowm.

Yearb. M. Ass. Gr. N. York

Yearb. N. Carolina Pharm. Ass.

Yearb. N. York N. England Ass. Railw.
  Surg.
Yearb. Optometry
Yearb. Psychoanal.
Yearb. U. S. Dep. Agr.

Yearb. U. S. Nat. Probat. Ass.

Yngrelaeger
Your Body, N. Y.
Your Health, Salt Lake City
6621. Yale (The) journal of biology and medicine.  New
  Haven.
6622. Yale (The) review.  Brattleboro, Vt.
6623. Yale (The) scientific magazine.  New Haven.
6624. Yale  (The)  University  Library  gazette.   New
  Haven.
6625. Year  book;  Academy of  Applied  Osteopathy.
  Ann Arbor.
6626. Year book; American Philosophical Society.  Phila-
  delphia.
6627. [Yearbook of the] Carnegie Institution of Washing-
  ton.  Washington.
6628. [Yearbook]  (The)  Duke  Endowment.   Charlotte,
  N. C.
6629. Yearbook,  Medical  Association of Greater City  of
  New York.   New York.
6630. Year book of the North Carolina Pharmaceutical
  Association.   Chapel Hill.
6631. Year book  of the  New  York  and New  England
  Association of Railway Surgeons [v. p.]
6632. Year book of optometry.   New York.
6633. Yearbook (The) of psychoanalysis.  New York.
6634. Yearbook of the [U. S.] Department of Agriculture.
  Washington.
6635. Yearbook [United States] National Probation Asso-
  ciation.  New York.
6636. Yngre laeger.  K0benhavn.
6637. Your body.  New York.
6638. Your health.  Salt Lake City.
Zacchia
Zahnarztl. Rdsch.
Zahnarztl. Welt, Konstanz
Zahnarztl. Zschr.
Zbirn.  Mat. sekt. Nauk. tovar. Shev-

Zbirn.  Odesk. nauk. doslidn. tuberk.
  inst.
Zbl. allg. Path.

Zbl. Bakt.

Zbl. Biblioth.
Zbl. Biochem.
Zbl. Chir.
Zbl. ges. Hyg.
Zbl. ges. Kinderh.

Zbl. ges. Neur. Psychiat.

Zbl. ges. Ophth.

Zbl. ges. Radiol.
Zbl. ges. Tuberkforsch.

Zbl. Gewerbehyg.
6639. Zacchia.  Roma.
6640. Zahnarztliche Rundschau.   Berlin.
6641. Zahnarztliche Welt.  Konstanz.
6642. Zahnarztliche Zeitschrift.  Berlin.
6643. Zbirnik matematichno-prirodopisno-likarskoi sektsii
  Naukovoho Tovaristva imeni Shevchenska.  Lwdw.
6644. Zbirnik prats Odeskovo  naukovo-doslidnovo tuber-
  kuliosnovo institutu.  Kiev.
6645. Zentralblatt fiir allgemeine Pathologie und patholo-
  gische Anatomie.  Jena.
6646. Zentralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Parasitenkunde und
  Infektionskrankheiten.  Jena.
6647. Zentralblatt fiir Bibliothekswesen.  Leipzig.
6648. Zentralblatt  fiir  Biochemie  und Biophysik  mit
  Einschluss  der  theoretischen  Immunitatsforschung.
  Leipzig.
6649. Zentralblatt fiir Chirurgie.  Leipzig.
6650. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Hygiene.  Berlin.
6651. Zentralblatt  fiir   die  gesamte   Kinderheilkunde.
  Berlin.
6652. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Neurologie und  Psy-
  chiatrie.   Berlin.
6653. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Ophthalmologic und
  ihre Grenzgebiete.  Berlin.
6654. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Radiologic  Berlin.
6655. Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Tuberkuloseforschung.
  Berlin.
6656. Zentralblatt  fiir  Gewerbehygiene und  Unfallver-
  hutung.   Berlin. 
[136]
Zbl. Gyn.
Zbl. Hals &c Heilk.

Zbl. Haut Geschlkr.

Zbl. Herz Gefasskr.

Zbl. inn. Med.
Zbl. Krebskr.
Zbl. Neurochir.
Zbl. Physiol., Wien
Zbl. Psychother.
Zeiss Nachr.
Zellstimulationsforsch.
Zentr. Org. ges. Chir.

Ziekenhuis
Zold kereszt
Zool.  Ann., Wiirzb.
Zool.  Anz.
Zool.  J., Moskva
Zool.  Jahrb.
Zoologica, N. Y.
Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.
Zschr. allg. Physiol.
Zschr. Altersforsch.
Zschr. Anat. Entw.

Zschr. angew. Anat.

Zschr. angew. Entom.
Zschr. angew. Meteor.
Zschr. angew. Psychol.

Zschr. Augenh.
Zschr. Bahnarzte
Zschr. Behandl. Anomal.

Zschr. Behandl. Schwachsinn.

Zschr. Bekampf. Geschlkr.

Zschr. Bevolkpolit.

Zschr. Biol.
Zschr. Biicherfreunde
Zschr. Desinfekt.

Zschr. Ernahr.
Zschr. Ethnol.
Zschr. exp. Path.

Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg.
Zschr. Geburtsh.

Zschr. ges. Anat.
Zschr. ges. exp. Med.

Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes.

Zschr. ges. Naturwiss.

Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.

Zschr. ges. phys. Ther.

Zschr. Gesundhfiirs.
Zschr. Gesundhtechn.

Zschr. Gesundhverwalt.

Zschr. Gewerbehyg., Wien

Zschr. gyn. Urol.
Leipzig.
und Ohrenheilkunde
6657. Zentralblatt fiir Gynakologic
6658. Zentralblatt fiir Hals-,  Nasen
  sowie deren Grenzgebiete.  Berlin.
6659. Zentralblatt fiir Haut-  und Geschlechtskrankheiten
  sowie deren Grenzgebiete.  Berlin.
6660. Zentralblatt   fiir  Herz-   und  Gefasskrankheiten.
  Dresden.
6661. Zentralblatt fiir innere  Medizin.   Leipzig.
6662. Zentralblatt der Krebskrankheiten.   Leipzig.
6663. Zentralblatt fiir Neurochirurgie.   Leipzig.
6664. Zentralblatt fiir Physiologie.  Wien.
6665. Zentralblatt fiir Psychotherapic   Leipzig.
6666. Zeiss Nachrichten.   Jena.
6667. Zellstimulationsforschungen.  Berlin.
6668. Zentralorgan  fiir die gesamte Chirurgie  und  ihre
  Grenzgebiete.  Berlin.
6669. Ziekenhuis.   Amsterdam.
6670. Zold Kereszt.   Budapest.
6671. Zoologische Annalen.  Wiirzburg.
6672. Zoologischer Anzeiger.  Leipzig.
6673. Zoologichesky jurnal.   Moskva.
6674. Zoologische Jahrbucher.  Jena.
6675. Zoologica.  New Y'ork.
6676. Zeitschrift fiir arztliche Fortbildung.  Jena.
6677. Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine  Physiologie.  Jena.
6678. Zeitschrift fiir Altersforschung.  Leipzig.
6679. Zeitschrift  fiir  Anatomie  und  Entwicklungsge-
  schichte.  Berlin.
6680. Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Anatomie und Konsti-
  tutionslehre.  Berlin.
6681. Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Entomologie.   Berlin.
6682. Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Meteorologic   Leipzig.
6683. Zeitschrift fiir angewandte  Psychologie und Charak-
  terkunde.  Leipzig.
6684. Zeitschrift fiir Augenheilkunde.   Berlin.
6685. Zeitschrift fiir Bahnarzte.   Leipzig.
6686. Zeitschrift  fiir die  Behandlung  Anomaler.  Halle
  a. S.
6687. Zeitschrift fiir die  Behandlung  Schwachsinninger.
  Halle a.  S.
6688. Zeitschrift fiir Bekampfung der  Geschlechtskrank-
  heiten.   Leipzig.
6689. Zeitschrift fiir Bevolkerungspolitik  und Sauglings-
  fiirsorgc  Leipzig.
6690. Zeitschrift fiir Biologie.  Miinchen.
6691. Zeitschrift fiir Biicherfreunde.  Leipzig.
6692. Zeitschrift  fiir  Desinfektions-  und  Gesundheits-
  wescn.   Dresden.
6693. Zeitschrift fiir Ernahrung.   Leipzig.
6694. Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologic   Berlin.
6695. Zeitschrift fur experimentelle Pathologie und Thera-
  pie.   Berlin.
6696. Zeitschrift fiir Fleisch-  und Milohhygienc   Berlin.
6697. Zeitschrift  fiir  Geburtshiilfe  und  Gynakologic
  Stuttgart.
6698. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte Anatomie.   Berlin.
6699. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte experimentelle Medizin.
  Berlin.
6700. Zeitschrift  fiir  das  gesamte  Krankenhauswesen.
  Berlin.
6701. Zeitschrift  fiir  die gesamte  Naturwissenschaft.
  Braunschweig.
6702. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte Neurologie und Psychia-
  trie.  Berlin.
6703. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte physikalische Therapie.
  Berlin.
6704. Zeitschrift der Gesundheitsfiirsorge.   Berlin.
6705. Zeitschrift  fiir  Gesundheitstechnik  und  Stadte-
  hygiene.  Dresden.
6706. Zeitschrift fiir Gesundheitsverwaltung und Gesund-
  heitsfiirsorge.  Berlin.
6707. Zeitschrift fur Gewerbehygiene und Unfallverhiitung.
  Wien.
6708. Zeitschrift fur gynakologische Urologic   Leipzig. 
[137]
Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk.

Zschr. Heilpadag., Wien
Zschr. Hyg.

Zschr. hyg. Zool.

Zschr. Immunforsch.

Zschr. indukt. Abstamm.

Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere

Zschr. jugend. Schwachsinn.
Zschr.
Zschr.
Zschr.
Zschr.

Zschr.
Zschr.
Zschr.
Zschr.
Zschr.
Zschr.
Zschr.

Zschr.
Zschr.

Zschr.

Zschr.

Zschr.
Zschr.

Zschr.
Zschr.

Zschr.

Zschr.

Zschr.

Zschr.

Zschr.

Zschr.
Zschr.
Zschr.

Zschr.
Zschr.

Zschr.

Zschr.

Zschr.
Zschr.
Kinderforsch.
Kinderh.
Kinderpsychiat., Basel
Kinderschutz, Wien

klin. Med.
Krankenanst.
Krankenpfl.
Krebsforsch.
Kreislaufforsch.
Kruppelfurs.
Laryng.
Medbeamte
Menschenk.

menschl. Vererb.

mikr. anat. Forsch.

Militararzte, Tokyo
Morph. Anthrop.

Naturforsch.
Ohrenh.

ophth. Optik

Orthop.

orthop. Chir.

Otorhinolar., Tokyo

padag. Psychol.

Parapsychol.
Parasitenk.
Pflanzenkr.

phys. Chem.
phys. diat. Ther.

physiol. Chem.

Preuss. statist. Landamt.

psych. Hyg.
Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg.
Zschr. Psychother.

Zschr. Rassenphysiol.
Zschr. Rheumaforsch.
Zschr. Sauglingsschutz

Zschr. Schadlingsbekampf.
Zschr. Schiess Sprengstoffwes.
6709. Zeitschrift fiir  Hals-, Nasen- und  Ohrenheilkunde.
  Berlin.
6710. Zeitschrift fiir  Heilpadagogik.   Wien.
6711. Zeitschrift fiir  Hygiene und Infektionskrankheiten.
  Berlin.
6712. Zeitschrift fiir hygienische Zoologie und Schadlings-
  bekampfung.   Berlin.
6713. Zeitschrift  fiir  Immunitatsforschung  und  experi-
  mentelle Therapie.  Jena.
6714. Zeitschrift fiir induktive Abstammungs- und Ver-
  erbungslehre.  Leipzig.
6715. Zeitschrift  fiir  Infektionskrankheiten,  parasitare
  Krankheiten und Hygiene der Haustiere.   Berlin.
6716. Zeitschrift  fiir  die  Erforschung  und Behandlung
  des  jugendlichen Schwachsinns auf wissenschaftlicher
  Grundlage.  Jena.
6717. Zeitschrift fiir Kinderforschung.  Berlin.
6718. Zeitschrift fiir  Kinderheilkundc  Berlin.
6719. Zeitschrift fiir  Kinderpsychiatric   Basel.
6720. Zeitschrift fiir Kinderschutz, Familien und  Berufs-
  fiirsorgc  Wien.
6721. Zeitschrift fur  klinische Medizin.   Berlin.
6722. Zeitschrift fiir  Krankenanstalten.   Leipzig.
6723. Zeitschrift fiir  Krankenpflege.   Berlin.
6724. Zeitschrift fiir  Krebsforschung.  Berlin.
6725. Zeitschrift fiir  Kreislaufforschung.   Dresden.
6726. Zeitschrift fiir  Kruppelfursorge.  Leipzig.
6727. Zeitschrift  fur  Laryngologie,  Rhinologie [Otologic]
   und ihre Grenzgebiete.  Leipzig.
6728. Zeitschrift fiir Medizinalbeamte.   Leipzig.
6729. Zeitschrift  fiir Menschenkunde [und Zentralblatt
   fiir Graphologie]  Leipzig.
6730. Zeitschrift  fiir  menschliche Vererbungs- und Kon-
   stitutionslehre.  Berlin.
6731. Zeitschrift  fiir  mikroskopisch-anatomische   For-
   schung.  Leipzig.
6732. Zeitschrift fiir Militararzte.  Tokyo.
 6733. Zeitschrift  fiir  Morphologie  und  Anthropologie.
   Stuttgart.
 6734.  Zeitschrift fiir Naturforschung.  Wiesbaden.
 6735.  Zeitschrift fiir  Ohrenheilkunde und fur die Krank-
   heiten der Luftwege.  Wiesbaden.
 6736.  Zeitschrift fiir ophthalmologische Optik mit Ein-
   schluss der Instrumentenkunde.   Berlin.
 6737.  Zeitschrift fiir Orthopadie und ihre Grenzgebiete.
   Stuttgart.
 6738.  Zeitschrift fiir orthopadische  Chirurgie einschliess-
   lich der Heilgymnastik und Massage.   Stuttgart.
 6739.  Zeitschrift  fiir Oto-,  Rhino-  und  Laryngologie.
   Tokyo.
 6740.  Zeitschrift  fiir  padagogische  Psychologie,  experi-
   mentelle Padagogik.  Leipzig.
 6741.  Zeitschrift fur Parapsychologie.  Leipzig.
 6742.  Zeitschrift fiir Parasitenkunde.  Berlin.
 6743. Zeitschrift  fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten  und Pflanzen-
   schutz.  Stuttgart.
 6744. Zeitschrift fiir physikalische Chemie.  Leipzig.
 6745. Zeitschrift fiir physikalische und diatetische Thera-
   pie.   Leipzig.
 6746. Zeitschrift  fiir  physiologische   Chemie   (Hoppe-
   Seylers)  Leipzig.
 6747. Zeitschrift  des Preussischen statistischen Landes-
   amts.   Berlin.
 6748. Zeitschrift fur psychische  Hygiene.  Berlin.
 6749. Zeitschrift  fiir Psychologie  und Physiologie  der
   Sinnesorganc   Leipzig.
 6750. Zeitschrift  fiir Psychotherapie   und  medizinische
   Psychologie.   Stuttgart.
 6751. Zeitschrift fur Rassenphysiologie.  Miinchen.
 6752. Zeitschrift fiir Rheumaforschung.  Leipzig.
 6753. Zeitschrift  fur Sauglings- und  Kleinkinderschutz.
   Berlin.
 6754. Zeitschrift  fur Schadlingsbekampfung.  Berlin.
 6755. Zeitschrift fiir das gesamte Schiess- und Sprengstoff-
   wesen mit der Sonderabteilung Gasschutz.  Miinchen. 
[138
Zschr. Schulgesundh.

Zschr. Sexwiss.
Zschr. Stomat., Wien
Zschr. Tuberk.
Zschr. Unfallmed., Ziir.

Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.

Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt.

Zschr. Urol.
Zschr. urol. Chir.

Zschr. vergl. Physiol.
Zschr. Veterinark.
Zschr. Vitaminforsch., Bern
Zschr. Volkerpsychol.

Zschr. wiss. Baderk.

Zschr. wiss. Biol.
Zschr. wiss. Insektb.

Zschr. wiss. Mikr.

Zschr. wiss. Zool.
Zschr. Zellforsch.

Zv£r. obzor
Zymologica, Bologna
6756. Zeitschrift fur  Schulgesundheitspflege  und "soziale
  Hygiene.  Hamburg.
6757. Zeitschrift fiir Sexualwissenschaft.  Berlin.
6758. Zeitschrift fiir Stomatologie.   Wien.
6759. Zeitschrift fiir Tuberkulose.  Leipzig.
6760. Zeitschrift fiir Unfallmedicin und Berufskrankheiten.
  Zurich.
6761. Zeitschrift  fiir   Untersuchung  der  Lebensmittel.
  Berlin.
6762. Zeitschrift fiir  Untersuchung der  Nahrungs- und
  Genussmittel.  Berlin.
6763. Zeitschrift fiir Urologie.  Leipzig.
6764. Zeitschrift fiir urologische Chirurgie und Gynakolo-
  gic   Berlin.
6765. Zeitschrift fiir vergleichende Physiologie.   Berlin.
6766. Zeitschrift fiir Veterinarkunde.  Berlin.
6767. Zeitschrift fiir Vitaminforschung.  Bern.
6768. Zeitschrift fiir  Volkerpsychologie  und  Soziologic
  Berlin.
6769. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche  Baderkunde.   Ber-
  lin.
6770. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Biologie.   Berlin.
6771. Zeitschrift fiir  wissenschaftliche Insektenbiologie.
  Berlin.
6772. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche  Mikroskopie und
  fiir mikroskopische Technik.   Leipzig.
6773. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologic   Leipzig.
6774. Zeitschrift fiir  Zellforschung  und  mikroskopische
  Anatomic  Berlin.
6775. ZvSroiekafsky obzor.  Brno.
6776. Zymologica,  chimica dei colloidi e degli  zuccheri.
  Bologna. 
 
 
                              CATALOGUE
M., A.                                                             MAARTMANN-MOE
   M.,  A.   A challenge to  phrenologists; or,
 Phrenology tested by reason and fact; by A. M.
 of the Middle Temple.  206p.  12?  Lond., J. S.
 Hodson, 1839.
   M., L.   Guida alle acque minerali ed ai bagni
 dTtalia.  138p.   18^cm.   Siena,  A.  Moschini,
 1865.
   MA,  Gui-Dang,   1901-         *Ueber  die
 kleinen Blutcysten in der Leber bei Tuberkulose.
 18p.  8?  Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1928.
   MA,  J-Sou,  1899-        *Untersuchungen
 iiber   Eiweisszerfall  im  Fieber  vermittels  der
 Peptidasereaktion.  20p.  8?  Tub.,  E.  Gobel,
 1927.
   MAACK,  Heinrich,  1913-       *Ueber die
 Behandlungsmethoden  und \Behandlungsergeb-
 nisse   bei  den  Adamantinomen  (mit  besonde-
 rer Beriicksichtigung  der  Strahlenbehandlung)
 [Miinchen]  32p.  22>^cm.  Speyer a. R., Pilger,
 1938.
   MAAG,  Friedrich, 1906-       *Narkose und
 post-operative   Darmperistaltik.    17p.    8?
 Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1930.
   MAAG,   Paul,  1865-       Geschlechtsleben
 und seelische  Storungen; Beitrage zur  Neurosen-
 lehre und zur Kritik der Psychoanalyse; ein Buch
 fiir Aerzte,  Erzieher,  Lehrer  und  Seelsorger.
 279p.  8?  Pforzheim, A. Zutavern, 1924.
   ----  Psychoanalyse  und seelische Wirklich-
 keit.   228p.  23cm."  Munch., J.  F.  Lehmann,
 1930.
   MAANDBLAD  voor apothekers; gewijd aan
 de wetenschappelijke en  sociale  belangen  der
 pharmacie.  Gorinchem, v.l, 1887-
   MAANDSCHRIFT  voor  kindergeneeskunde.
 Leiden, v.l, 1931-
   Formerly Nederlandsch maandschrift voor geneeskunde.
   MAANEDSSKRIFT   for  dyrlaeger.    Kbh.,
 Bd 56, H. 5, 1944-
   MAAR,  Fritz   Herbert,  1900-        *Ange-
 borene  Defektbildung  der Tube.   44p.   8?
 Erlangen, K. Dores, 1930.
   MAAR, Edvard Vilhem Emil,  1871-1940.
  Editor of Medicinsk-historiske smaaskrifter.  Kbh., No. 1,
 1912-
  For  obituary see Nord. med., 1940, 7: 1313 (Norrie, G.)
 Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 613 (Hansen, A.)
  MAAREK,  Theodore Marcel,  1907-
 *Prophylaxie  et  therapeutique   specifique du
 paludisme par les derives de la dihydroquinaminc
 144p.   8?  Par., Perroux & fils, 1934.
  MAARTENSSON, Johan, 1908-       On the
 citric   acid  metabolism   in  mammals.    96p.
 23>^cm.  Lund, 1940.
  Forms Suppl. 2, v.l, Acta physiol. scand.
  MAARTENSSON, Karl.  Studies on the etiol-
ogy of gallstones;  a  subtilis-like bacilli group as
an  etiologic  factor.   227p.  pi.   tab.   24cm.
Stockh., 1941.
  Forms Suppl. 62, v.84, Acta chir. scand.
  MAARTMANN-MOE, Ragnvald, 1883-
  Portrait.  In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.,
229                                     .«-»-■
  MAARUD, Adolf, 1867-
  Portrait.  In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 85.
  MAAS, Adolf, 1909-      *Ueber eine primare
diffuse Sarkomatose der weichen Hirnhaute  mit
Metastasierung.   23p.   22^cm.   Wiirzb.,  R.
Mayr, 1937.
  MAAS,  Alice,  1899-       Contribution a
l'etude clinique de la vaccination des nourrissons
et des enfants  par le vaccin  de Calmette et
Guerin (B. C. G.) 148p.  8?  Par., A. Legrand,
1931.
  MAAS,  Anton, 1898-        *Ein  Fall  von
Osteom des  Siebbeines   [Miinchen]   31p.   8?
[Geseke,  Flamm] 1927.
  MAAS, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1904-      *Ueber
Arthritis deformans und Unfall   [Leipzig]  30p.
8?  [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1930]
  MAAS,  Paul,  1908-        *Die  fahrlassige
Totung des neugeborenen Kindes in  Bezug  auf
§ 217 des deutschen Strafgesetzbuches  [Munster]
19p.  8?   Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1935.
  MAASBOEL,  Alfred,  1910-        *Mortali-
tatsstatistik  aus  der  Klinik   fiir  Haut-  und
Geschlechtskrankheiten der  Charite  zu Berlin
(in  den  Jahren  1920-34)   [Berlin]   45p.   8?
Bielefeld,  Graphia, 1936.
  MAASS, Clara L., 1876-1901.
  Chenoweth, A. S.  Miss Clara L. Maass, New Jersey Red
Cross nurse.  Proc.  N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass.,  1941,
28: 116-8, portr.
  MAASS, Curt, 1894-      *Ueber einen  Fall
von   Brustwandsarkom   [Munster]    32p.   8?
Langensalza, J. Beltz, 1930.
  MAASS,   Ernst   Albert,  1908-        *Die
Wirkung kunstlicher Acidose auf die Blutzucker-
kurve des Normalen  und  des  Zuckerkranken.
13p.  23^cm.  Berl., R. Pfau, 1936.
  MAASS,  Erwin, 1901-       *Ueber  erscho-
pfendes Erbrechen [Berlin]  24p.  8?   Giitersloh
i. W., Thiele, 1935.
  MAASS,  Gerhard,  1907-       *Ueber   Be-
strahlungserfolge bei  Lympho-Sarkomen  [Kiel]
24p.  8?  Berl., R. Pfau,  1934.
  MAASS, Hugo, 1864-      Knochenwachstum
und  Knochenaufbau;  eine  kritische  Studie  zur
Physiologie und  Pathologie  des Knochenwachs-
tums.  72p.  8?  Stuttg., F. Enke, 1926.
  MAASS,  Johannes  [M.   D.,  1900,  Berlin]
Minimalernahrung  in  der   Notzeit.    8p   8?
[n. p., 1932]
  MAASS,  Johannes,  1906-       *Ueber  die
Raumdesinfektion mit Formalin  nach  einem
neuen Verspray-Verfahren ohne Spiritus.   19p.
8?  Wurzb.,  Gebr. Memminger, 1933.
  MAASS,  Otto  Heinz,  1908-      *Unter-
suchungen iiber die  Moglichkeit des komplika-
tionslosen  Kiirzens   der  Horner  des  Rindes
[Leipzig]   38p.  tab.   8?  Engelsdorf,  C. & E.
Vogel, 1934.
54D701—vol. 10, 4th series----1
(D 
MAASS
2
MABEE  BARK
  MAASS, T. A.   Vitamine in der praktischen
Ernahrung.   p.856-906.   8?  Jena, G.  Fischer,
1936.
  In: Handb. Biochem. (Oppenheimer, C.) 2. Aufl., Jena, 1936,
Erganz. 3:
  ----  Gift-Tiere.  272p.  8?  's-Gravenh., W.
Junk, 1937.
  Forms v.l 13, Tabulae biol.
  MAASS,  Ulrike,  1905-        *Ueber  Anal-
carcinome  Und  ihre  Behandlung.   28p.   8?
Marb., J. Hamel, 1932.
  MAASS,  Werner.  *Ueber  Luxationen  der
zweiten Reihe der  Handwurzelknochen.   64p.
8?  [Kiel, n.  p., 1934]
  MAASS, Wilhelm, 1902-       *Die Kitt- und
Kalkniere;  ein Beitrag zu den Verkalkungs- und
Selbstheilungsvorgangen der  Nierentuberkulose
und ihrer  Begutachtung  [Munster]  44p.   8?
Lpz., Werkgemeinschaft  [1930]
  MAASSEN, Heinrich,  1913-      *Der mikro-
skopische  Nachweis der Rinder-Genital-Tricho-
monaden  (Trichomonas genitalis  bovis)  unter
Berucksichtigung  der gebrauchlichsten  Farbe-
methoden.  29p. pi.  21cm.  Giessen, Briihl, 1938.
  MAASEN,  Helmut   Peter  Nikolaus  Otto,
1909-       *Ein  Fall von freier  Fascientrans-
 filantation  bei  Abriss  des Trochanter  minor
 Kiel]  13p.  23#cm.  Heide i. Holstein,  West-
holstein Verl., 1934.
  MAASSEN,  Joseph H.   How  to  regain and
retain health,   xix,  282p.   22cm.  Los  Ang.,
Health Pub., 1942.  Also rev. ed., 1943.
  ----  How to conquer cataract.  44p.  illust.
tab.  19Hcm. Los Ang., Health Pub., 1945.
  [Pamph. v.5737]
  ---- &  CARBE,  Louise  Holle.   Sex hygiene
and vitamins.   46p.   20cm.  Los  Ang.,  Health
Pub., 1945.
  MAASSEN,  Karl, 1902-       *Postmortaler
Durchtritt des  Magens durch ein  postmortal
entstandenes Loch im Zwerchfell nach Art einer
Zwerchfellhernie.   43p.  8?  Bonn,  H. Trapp,
1928
  MAASSEN, Karl Werner, 1910-      *Ueber
einen Fall von  Briefmasochismus   [Kiel]  22p.
21cm.  Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937.
  MAASSEN,  Reimer,  1910-       *Ueber eine
seltene  zum Bilde  eines Hirntumors  fiihrende
Veranderung  nach  Hirnverletzung  und ihre
versicherungsrechtliche  Bedeutung    [Breslau]
33p.  pi.   21cm.  Gorlitz,  Hoffmann & Reiber,
1938.
  MAASSEN, Rolf, 1910-      *Vererbung und
Zahnheilkunde;  Beziehungen  zwischen  erblich
bedingten  Zahn-   und  Mundkrankheiten und
angeborenem Schwachsinn.   39p.   22cm.  Koln,
J. Borowsky, 1936.
  MAATZ,  Heinz, 1909-        *Schizophrene
Syndrome  bei  epileptischen Dammerzustanden.
31p.  8?   Kiel, H. Herold,  1935.
  MAATZ,  Richard,   1905-       *Bakterium
Coli bei Pyelitis und  Zystitis.  27p.  8?   Kiel,
H.  Schmidt,  1931.
  See also Kuntscher, G., & Maatz, R.  Technik der Mark-
nagelung.  102p. 25cm. Lpz., 1945.
  MABE,  Green Berry, 1857-       Care  of the
body in health and disease with corolary [!]  on
indication  of character, conversation,  manners.
xviii, 348p.  8?  Big Stone Gap, Va. [n. p.] 1904.
  MABEE, Charles Ralph.   Physician's business
and financial adviser.  3. ed.  256p.  8?  Clevel.,
Continental Pub. Co., 1899.
  MABEE, Elsie.   Young nutritionists in action.
26p.  23cm.   N. Y., Columbia Univ., 1942.
  Forms No. 103, Teach. Lesson Unit  Ser. Teach. Coll.
Columbia Univ.
MABEE bark.
  See Ceanothus.
  MABELLY, Jean, 1909-      *Le rhumatisme,
maladie sociale.  64p.  24cm.   Marseille, Impr.
Burotto & Sauvion,  1934.
  MABERLY,  Alan, 1903-       Commonsense
and  psychology.   160p.  8?   Lond.,  F. Muller
[1936]
  MABERLY, John. Aggressive medicine,  viii,
232p.  8? Lond.,  Bailliere, Tindall &  Cox, 1935.
  ----  The health of the nation and deficiency
diseases.    ix,  118p.   diagr.    22cm.   Lond.,
Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1938.
  MABILAIS, Georges, 1876-       *Etat actuel
de nos connaissances sur  l'etude experimentale
de la fievre  aphteuse  [Alfort; Vet.]   84p.   8?
Toulouse, Impr. Ouvriere,  1928.
  MABILEAU, Jean Fabius, 1910-     *Evalu-
ation quantitative des gonadotrophines s^riques
dans le diagnostic de la gestation et en  partioulier
des  gestations  extra-utennes.    119p.  25Hcm.
Par., L. Arnette, 1939.
  MABILLE, Bernard,  1914-       ♦Contribu-
tion a l'6tude du rein ectopique congenital pelvien.
54p.   24cm.  Par., R. Foulon, 1943.
  MABILLE, Pierre, 1904-      *Contribution
a l'etude  du traitement des fractures ouvertes;
la s^rotherapie  polyvalente locale syst6matique.
98p.   8?  Par., M. VignC, 1928.
  MABIN,  Gilles,  1907-        *La  gangrene
gazeuse apres injections mddicamenteuses.  59p.
8? Par., E.  Le Francois, 1936.
  MABIN, Rene,  1911-      *Le traitement de
Perithelioma lingual au Centre  anticancereux de
Rennes (statistique  portant sur 151 cas)  102p.
8?  Par.,  Jouve & cie, 1936.
  MABON, William, 1860-1917.
  For obituary see Proc. Am. M. Psychol.  Ass., 1917, 73.
meet., 601 (Pilgrim, C. W.)
  MABRU,  Roger,  1904-       Complications
articulaires et fractures spontanees dans l'osteo-
myeJite aigue et suppurie des membres.  44p.
8?  Par.,  Jouve & cie, 1929.
  MABRY, Albert Gallatin, 1810-74.
  For obituary see Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1874,  27: 423.

MACACO worm.
  See Dermatobia; Myiasis.

MACACUS.
  See also Apes; Primates.
  Carnegie Institution op Washington.  Pub.
538:  Embryology of  the rhesus monkey (Macaca
mulatta) collected papers from  the Contributions
to Embryology.  148p.   29#cm.  Wash.,  1941.
  Carpenter, C. R. Rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) for
American laboratories.   Science, 1940, 92: 284-6.  ------
Life of rhesus monkeys, Macaca  mulatta. Anat. Rec, 1941,
81: Suppl., 49 (Abstr.)—Foley, J. P., jr. First  year develop-
ment of a rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta) reared in isolation.
J. Genet. Psychol.,  1934, 45: 39-105.—Hooton, E.  The rhesus
monkey, Macaca mulatta, and other macaques.  In his Man's
Poor  Relations, N. Y., 1942, 201-20.—Kennard, M. A..  4
Willner, M. D.  Findings in 216 routine autopsies of Macaca
mulatta.   Endocrinology, 1941,  28:   955-66.—Kuroda,  R.
On the counting ability of a monkey  (Macacus cynomolgus)
J. Comp. Psychol., 1931, 12: 171-80.—Waisman, H. A.,  &
Elvehjem C. A. The role of biotin and folic acid in the nutri-
tion of the  rhesus  monkey.  J. Nutrit., 1943,  26: 361-75 —
Zhivago, P. I.   [Karyotype of Macacus rhesus]  Biull. eksp.
URSSmei939.198:9No8:7N3°:87, "'  Ab° BulK bi°l M »*
   MACADAM, Stevenson.  On the contamina-
tion  of the water of Leith by the sewage of Edin-
burgh  and   Leith.   62p.   map.   tab.  24cm.
Lond., Eyre  &  Spottiswoode [1864?]
   McADIE, Alexander George, 1863-1943
   tor obituary see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1943, 4: 35, 
MCAFEE
3
MACALISTER
    McAFEE, Larry Benjamin, 1883-
    For biography see Centaur, Menasha, 1943-44, 49: 227,
  portr.
    ----& BASKIN, Leslie D. Dental field equip-
  ment;  developed  by  the Medical  Department
  Equipment  Laboratory,  Medical  Field  Service
  School,  Carlisle  Barracks,   Pennsylvania, 1932.
  25p.  illust.   22 ^cm.  Carlisle, Med. Field Serv.
  School, 1932.
    McAFEE, Loy, 1868-1941.
    For obituary see Med. Woman J.,  1942,  49: 276.  Also
  Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 451.
    McAFEE, Mildred Helen, 1900-
    For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
  1942, 274.
    MACAGGI, Domenico, 1891-
    See Perrando, G. G., & Macaggi, D.  Manuale di medicina
  legale e delle assicurazioni.  3. ed.   v.l: Medicina legale gene-
  rale.  857p.  23cm.  Napoli, 1940.
    MACAIGNE, Maxime, 1862-1944.
    For obituary see Bull. Soc. m£d.  hop. Paris, 1944, 60: 149;
  442-4.  Also Presse meU, 1944, 52: 287 (Nicaud, P.)
    MACAIRE,  Henri  Marie Pierre, 1909-
  *La vie  medicale   d'un bataillon  d'infanterie
  pendant les  quatre premiers mois de la  guerre,
  septembre,  octobre,  novembre, d^cembre, 1939.
  56p.   24cm.  Par., A. Lapied, 1940.
    McALESTER, Andrew Walker, 1876-
    For biography see J. Missouri M.  Ass., 1942, 39: 181, portr.;
  1944, 41: 109, portr.
    McALILEY, Robert George,  1879-1945.
    For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1946, 130: 166.
    MACALISTER, Alexander, 1844-1919.  James
  Macartney; a memoir,  viii, 293p.  portr.  21cm.
  Lond., Hodder & Stoughton, 1900.
    For portrait see Collection in Library.
    MACALISTER, Charles John. 1860-1943.
    For obituarv see Brit.  M. J., 1943, 2: 624. Also Lancet,
  Lond., 1943, 2: 589.
   ---- & TITHERLEY, Arthur Walsh.   Narra-
  tive  of an investigation  concerning  an  ancient
  medicinal remedy and its modern  utilities,  the
  Symphytum officinale and  its  contained allan-
  toin; together with an account of the chemical
  constitution of allantoin.  60p.  pi.   12?   Lond.,
  J.  Bale, Sons &  Danielsson,  1936.
   MacALISTER,  Sir Donald, 1854-1934.
   For biography see:
   Macalister,  E. F. B.  SirDonald MacAlister
  of Tarbert.  392p.  8?  Lond., 1935.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 125. Also Diplomate,
 1934, 6:  167. Also  Glasgow M. J.,  1934, 121: Suppl., Tr. R.
 Med.  Chir. Soc, 62-5, portr.  Also Lancet, Lond..  1934, 1:
 160-2.  Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934, 188: 89.  Also
 S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond.. 1934, 41:  83.
   For portrait see Practitioner, Lond., 1943, 150: front.
   MACALISTER,  Lady  Edith Florence Boyle
 (Macalister)  Sir Donald MacAlister of Tarbert.
 vi, 392p.   portr.   8?   Lond., Macmillan  Co.,
 1935.
   McALISTER, Edward Dorris, 1901-
 Time course of photosynthesis for a higher plant.
 17p.  pi.  8?   Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1937.
   Forms No. 24, v.95, Smithson. Misc. Collect.
   See also Weintraub, R. L., & McAlister, E. D.  Develop-
 mental physiology  to the  grass  seedling.   lOp.  24Hcm.
 Wash., 1942.
  ----& MYERS, Jack Edgar.  The time course
 of  photosynthesis  and  fluorescence  observed
 simultaneously.   37p.   8?   Wash.,  Gov.  Print.
 Off., 1940.
  Forms No. 6, v.99, Smithson. Misc. Collect.
  MACALISTER,  George  Hugh  Kidd,  1879-
 1930.
  For obituary  see J. Path. Bact.,  Edinb., 1931, 34: 287,
portr.  Also Lancet,  Lond., 1930, 2: 1214.
  MACALISTER,  Robert  Alexander Stewart,
1870-       A preliminary report on the excava-
tion of  Knowth.   p. 131-66.   illust.   pi.   28cm.
Dubl., Hodges, Figgis & Co.,  1943.
   Forms No. 6, Sect. C, v.49, Proc. R. Irish Acad.
   Also translator of Schmidt, R. R. The dawn of the human
 mind.  256p.  8°.  Lond., 1936.
   McALL, P.X.
   Joint editor of Cousland's English-Chinese medical lexicon
 8. ed.  390p.  8?  [Shanghai]  1934.
   MCALLISTER,  Anne  Hutcheson.    Clinical
 studies in speech therapy,   xxiv,  376p.  illust
 8?  Lond., Univ. London Pr. [1937]
   MCALLISTER,   John.   The  human  foot
 [3] 35 [5] 1.  4?   N. Y., Coward Shoe  Co. [1933]
   MCALLISTER, John Craig, 1861-1938.
   For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1938, 427.
   McALLISTER,  Joseph   Bernard,  1906-
 Ethics; with  special application to the  nursing
 profession,  xii, 442p.   20>^cm.   Phila.,  W.  B.
 Saunders  Co., 1947.
   McALLISTER, Walter Ginder,  1897-       A
 further study of the  delayed reaction in  the
 albino rat.   103p.   tab.  26cm.   Bait., Johns
 Hopkins Pr. [1932]
   Forms No. 37, v.8, Comp. Psychol. Monogr.
   MACALLUM, Archibald Byron, 1858-1934.
   For biography see in Hist. Am. Physiol. Soc. (Howell, W. H.)
 Bait., 1938, 74, portr. Also Univ. West. Ontario M. J., 1943-34.
 4: 140-2 (Miller, F. R.)
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 817.
   McALPIN,  David Hunter, 1862-1934.
   For obituary see Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 139: 198 (Knopf,

   McALPINE, Douglas,  1890-
   See Northfield, D. W. C, McAlpine, D. [et al.] Special
 surgery in wartime.  74p. 22cm.   Lond., 1940.
   MACALPINE, James Barlow,  1882-
 Cystoscopy and urography.  2. ed.   xiii, 478p.
 illust.  pi.   8?  Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1936.
   McAMIS, Ava Josephine, 1897-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McANDREW, Sister Mary  Bernardina, 1909-
        An  experimental  investigation  of  young
 children's ideas of causality,  ix, 65p.  tab.  23cm.
 Wash., Cath. Univ.  America Pr. [1943]
   Forms No. 2, v.G, Stud. Psychol. Cath. Univ. America.
   McANDREW, Patrick Henry, 1868-1946.
   For obituary see Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 458.
   MACANDREW, Rennie [pseud.]
   See under Elliot, Andrew George, 1907-
   MACAO.  Reparticao  central dos servicos de
 administracao   civil.    Seccao  de   estatistica.
 Estatistica geral da  Coldnia de Macau.  Macau
 (1925)  1937-
   McARDLE, John  Stephan, 1848-1928.
   For obituary see Irish J. M. Sc, 1928, 6. ser., 228-30, portr.
   MacARTHUR, Daniel  Seymour, 1859-1941.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 1718.   Also
 Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 698.
   MacARTHUR, Douglas, 1880-
   For portrait see  Collection in  Library.  Also Social Sc
 1942, 17: opp. p. 229.
   MacARTHUR,  John  Wood,  1889-       &
 FORD, Norma.   A biological study of the Dionne
 quintuplets; an  identical set.   49p.   illust.   pi.
 tab.  ch.  8?  Toronto, Univ. Toronto  Pr., 1937.
   Forms No. 11,  Collect. Stud. Dionne Quintuplets (Toronto
 Univ.) Toronto, 1937.
   McARTHUR, Lewis Linn, 1858-1934.
   For obituary see P. verb. Congr. Soc internat. chir., 1936,
 10. Congr., 1: 145.  Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 883-5,
 portr.  (Mayo, W. J.)  Also Tr. West. Surg.  Ass.,  1934, 44:
 529-31, portr. (Speed, K.)
   McARTHUR, Selim Walker,  1888-
   For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 88.
   McARTHUR, William Taylor, 1866-1930.
  For portrait see Bull. Los Angeles Co. M. Ass., 1946. 76:
 No. 3, 73; 77.
   MACARTNEY, James, 1770-1843.  A treatise
 on  inflammation.  117p.   23cm.   Phila.,  Has-
 well,  Barrington & Haswell,  1840.
  Bound with: Ricord, P. A practical treatise on venereal
disorders.  Phila., 1840. 
MACARTNEY
4
MacAUSLAND
  See also:
  Macalister, A.  James Macartney; a memoir.
vii. 293j>.  8?   Lond., 1900.
  MACARTNEY,  William  Napier? 1862-
Observations of a general practitioner.   478p.
illust.   8?  Bust., R. G. Badger [1932]
  - --   Fiftv  years a  country doctor.   584p.
portr.   8?  X.  Y., E. P. Dutton, 1938.
  MACASDAR, Rene,  1902-        ♦Contribu-
tion a  l'etude  du  diagnostic  etiologique  de la
paralysie faciale pe>ipherique  et de  son  traite-
ment chirurgical.  68p.  8?   Par., Jouve & cie,
192S.
  McASH,  Ian Fleming, 1900-       A diction-
ary of dental diseases and  treatment,  v,  285p.
12?  Lond., A.  & C. Black, 1930.
  MACASSEY,  Sir Lynden  Livingston,   1876-
      &  SALEEBY, Caleb  Williams, editors
Spahlinger  contra  tuberculosis, 1908-1934;  an
international tribute,  xvi,  271p.  illust.   portr.
diagr.   8?  Lond., J. Bale, Sons &  Danielsson,
1934.
  McATEE, Veva Mae.
  See Downing, E. R., & McAtee, V. M. Living things and
you.  673p. 21cm.  Chic, 1940.
  MACAULAY, Alexander  [M.  D.,  1807,  Edin-
burgh]   A dictionary of  medicine; designed for
popular use; containing an account  of diseases
and their treatment, including  those most fre-
quent   in  warm  climates.   xii,  ">9(>p.    22cm.
Edinb., A. Black, 1828.
  On cover: Macaulay's Popular dictionary.
   MACAULAY,  Bryce   Johnston.   The  ship
surgeon's pocket book.   66p.    16?   Bristol, J.
Wright & sons, 1938.
   MACAULAY, Elizabeth  L.    A textbook for
mental   nurses.   276p.   S?   Lond.,  Faber &
Faber,  1930.
   MACAULAY, Murdoch Alexander, 1880-1941.
  For obituary see Nova Scotia M.  Bull.,  1941,  20: 297
(Kerr, C. M.)
   MACAULAY,  Thomas  Bassett,   1860-1942.
The supposed inferiority of  first and  second born
members of families; statistical fallacies.   17p.
8?   Montreal [n. p., 19._]
   For obituary  see Ogg, W. C.  Nature, Lond.. 1942, 149:
494.
   McAULEY, Albert George,  1873-
   For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 286; 1942,
31: 326.
   McAULIFFE, Denis Lane, 1865-1944.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126:  653.
   MacAULIFFE, Leon,  1876-1937.   Les  m<ka-
nisnies  intimes  de la vie; introduction a l'6tude
de  la  personnalite.   viii,  lOOp.   4?   Par.,  A.
Legrand, 1925.
  ----La  personnalite et  l'heredite.  290p.  8?
Par., A. Legrand, 1932.
  Forms Fasc. 4 of La vie humaine.
  For obituary see Presse med., 1937, 45: 675, portr. (Jacquelin,
A.)  Also Rev. anthrop., Par., 1937, 47: 81 (Briand, H.)
  MacAUSLAND,  Andrew Roy, 1886-
  See MacAusland, W. R., & MacAusland, A.  R. The mobili-
zation of  ankylosed joints bv arthroplasty.  252p.  8?   Phila.,
1929.
  McAUSLAND, Stuart Douglas [M. D.,  1919,
Liverpool]   The  cure  of  haemorrhoids   and
varicose veins.   2. ed.   viii, 77p.  illust.  pi.  8?
Lond., J. Bale,  Sims &  Daniel>>on, 1934.
  MacAUSLAND,  William Russell, 1882-
A  collection  of orthopedic papers,  book  three.
v.  p.  illust. pi. 26tfcm.  [N.  Y., P.  B. Hoeber]
1925.
  ----   Poliomyelitis, with especial reference to
the treatment.  ' xi,  402p.  8?   Phila., Lea &
Febiger,  1927.
  For portrait see Bienn. Rep. Carney Hosp., Bost., 1938-39, 3:
  ---- & MacAUSLAND,  Andrew  Roy.   The
mobilization of ankylosed joints by arthroplasty.
vii, 2.V2p.  8?   Phila., Lea' & Febiger, 1929.
  McAVOY, Blanche, 1NS">        A study guide
for  biology.    ii,  235p.   illust.   tab.   diagr.
27'•'(•m.   Minneap.,  Burgess pub.  co. [1939]
  McBEE, Louise Allen.
  S.â– <â–  Allen, I\ W., Holtman, D. F., & McBee, I.. A.  Microbes
which help or destroy us.  .">40|>. 22l.>cia. S. Louis,  1941.
  McBRAYER, Lewis Burgin, 1868-1938.
  For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1937-38, 11: 2062 (Cocke,
C. H.)
  See also  Cocke, C. H.  Lewis Burgin McBrayer and the
State sanatorium.   North Carolina M. J., 1940,  1: 8-13.
  McBRIDE,  Andrew Francis, sr., 1869-1946.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1946, 130: 523.  Also
J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1946, 43: 35, 63.
  MacBRIDE, David, 1726-78.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  McBRIDE, Earl Duwain, 1892-       (rippled
children; their treatment and orthopedic nursing.
280p.  8?  S.  Louis, C. V.  Mosby  Co., 1931.
Also  2.  ed.   [with   Winifred  R.  Sink]   379p.
illust.   1937.
  ----   Disability  evaluation;  principles  of
treatment of  compensable  injuries,   xvi, 623p.
illust.   8?  Phila.,  J.  B.  Lippincott Co. [1936]
Also 2. ed., rev.  xvi, 623p.  [1938]   Also 3. ed.
xiv, 64, 2S, 65-631p.   [1942]
  MacBRIDE, Ernest  William, 1866-1940.
  See Piney, A., MacBride, E. W. [et al.] Recent advances in
microscopy. 2(i0p. 8?  Lond., 1931.
  For obituary  see Nature, Lond.,  1940, 146: 831.  Also
Current Sc, Bangalore, 1941, 10: 196.
  McBRIDE,  J.   Air  raid  precautions  against
bombs and the poisonous gas  of  warfare; with
emergency first aid  [2. ed.]  95p.  illust.   16cm.
Sydney,  Whitcombe  & Tombs Pty [1942]
  MACBRIDE, James, 1784-1817.
  For biography see in Some Am. Med. Botanists (Kelly, H.
A.) N. Y.,  1929, 118.
  McBRIDE, Katharine Elizabeth, 1904-
  See Weisenburg, T.H.,&McBride, K.E.  Aphasia; a clinical
and psychological  study.  634p. 8!  N. Y., 1935.   •—— &
Roe, A.  Adult intelligence. 155p.  8?  Lond., 1936.
  For biography see in Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 541, portr.
  McBRIDE,  Peter,  1854-1946. The philosophy
of sport,  ix, 190p.  8?  Lond., H. Cranton, 1932.
  ----  Doctors and patients; an  aid  to  mutual
understanding.  221p.  8?   Lond., H. Cranton,
1933.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1946, 1: 1001. Also Edinburgh
M. J., 1946,53:461.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MACBRIDE, Thomas Huston,  1848-1934.
  For obituary see Mycologia, N. Y., 1934, 26: 379-83, portr.
(Shimek, B.)
  McBRIDE,  Walter Clar,  1896-       Juvenile
dentistry, xi, 182p.  8?  Phila., Lea & Febiger,
1932.  Also  2. ed.   391p.   illust.   pi.   1937.
Also 3. ed.   414p.   1941.   Also 4.  ed.  359p.
1945.
  McBRIDE,  William Otis,  1878-1935.
emFor*?blt£ar? sf-e Tl\Al"  Acad.  Ophth. Otolar.,  1936, 41:
obO.  Also Tr. Indiana Aciul. Ophth., 1936, 14.
  McBRYDE, Charles Neil,  1872-
 • ?°drJ?u1ez Caceres y Martinez, A. Charles Neil McBryde's
visit to Cuba.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1942, 100: 484-6 portr.
  MacBRYDE, Cyril Mitchell,  1906-        The
analysis   an   interpretation  of  symptoms,  v.
302p.  illust. 24cm.  Phila.,  J. B. Lippincott Co.,
1944.
  Repr. from Clinics, 1944, 2: No. 6.
  For portrait see J. Kansas M. Soc, 1942 43- 136
  McBRYDE, Peter,     -1939.
  For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1939, 131: 225
  McBURNEY, Charles, 1845-1913.
e..   r.,"Sraphy see in Am. Biogr. (Preston WINY  lQ4n
T^ ,A,f? A?V I' &'** 1931' »•**•. »"364 portr. (wiffi
T. S.)  Also Med. Classics, 1937-38, 2: 493-505, portr. 
McBURNEY
5
McCALLUM
   See also Bailey, H., & Bishop, W. J.  McBurney's point.
In their Notable Names in M. & S., Lond., 1944, 126-8, portr.—
Buck, R. W.  McBurney's point, medical eponym.  N.England
J.  M., 1942, 226: 116.
   McBURNEY, Ralph,  1883-       A laboratory
manual  of bacteriology, serology and  immunity
for medical students.   8.  ed. rev.  vi,  194, vii p.
illust. tab. form. 28cm x 23cm.  S.  Louis,  J. S.
Swift Co. [1943]
   McCABE, John, 1879-
   For biographv see in Hist.  N. York Polyclinic (W. M.
Hartshorn) 1942, 147.
   McCABE, John,  1895-       *The blood sedi-
mentation test  [Marquette ITniv.]  6p.   28cm.
Milwaukee [n. p.] 1926.
   Type written.
   McCABE, John O'Donnell, 1909-        *The
medical treatment of severe hematemesis  from
peptic  ulcer   [Marquette  Univ.]  lOp.   28cm.
[Milwaukee, n. p.] 1936.
   Typewritten.
   McCABE, Joseph,  1867-       The story of
the  world's oldest profession; prostitution in  the
ancient,  medieval  and  modern  worlds.    123p.
8?  Girard, Kans., Haldeman-Julius [1932]
   McCAFFERY, Ellen.   Astrology; its  history
and influence in the Western  World,  xvii,  408p.
illust.   portr.    21 Jicm.   N.  Y., C.  Scribner's
sons, 1942.
   McCAFFREY, Jerome  Joseph, 1888-1944.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126: 851.
   McCAHAN, David,  1897-     ,  editor.   Life
insurance;  trends  and  problems.   xiv,  247p.
tab.   22cm.    Phila., Univ.  Pennsylvania Pr.,
1943.
   Forms 1941-42 Lect., Huebner (S. S.) Found., Phila.
   McCAIN, Paul Pressly, 1884-1946.
   For obituary see Am. Rev. Tuberc,  1947, 55: 280, portr.
(Johnson, W. M.)   Also Ann. Int. M., 1947, 26: 475 (Whitaker,
P. F.)  Also Health Bull., Raleigh,  1946, 61:  No. 12, 5-7
(Richardson, W. H.) Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1947, 133: 119.  Also
North Carolina M. J., 1946, 7: 656, portr.
   McCALL, Daniel Thompson, 1869-
   For portrait see Collection  in Library.
   McCALL, John  Oppie, 1879-        Funda-
mentals  of  dentistry  in medicine  and  public
health,   xii, 161p.  illust.   diagr.  21 }£cm.   N. Y.,
Macmillan Co., 1938.
   See also Stillman, P. R., McCall, J. O., & Neustadt E.  A
textbook of clinical periodontia.  2. ed.  282p.  8.  N. Y.,
1937.
   ----  &  WALD,  Samuel  Stanley.    Clinical
dental roentgenology; technic and interpretation
including Roentgen studies of the child  and young
adult,  xv, 319p.  illust.   diagr.  26cm.  Phila.,
W. B. Saunders Co.,  1940.
   MacCALLAN,  Arthur   Ferguson,  1872-
Trachoma; embodying  the  Hunterian  Lecture
at the  Royal  College  of Surgeons  of England,
1936, on the  surgery and pathology  of  tracho-
matous  conjunctivitis,    xvii,  225p.    pi.   tab.
ch.  8?   Lond., Butterworth &  Co., 1936.
   See also Khali], M.  MacCallan's  twenty years services in
Egypt commemorated.  Bull. Ophth. Soc. Egypt,  1932, 25:
24-33, 2 pi.
   McCALLIG, John James, 1911-
   Awarded the Purple Heart.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126: 712.
   MACCALLUM, Archibald Bernard,  1906-
   For portrait see Collection  in Library.
   McCALLUM, Archie, 1890-
   For biography  see J. Canad. M. Serv., 1945-46, 3:  381,
portr.
   MacCALLUM, Duncan Campbell, 1824-1904.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McCALLUM, Francis Marion, 1867-1943.
   For obituary see J. Am.  M. Ass., 1943, 122: 1264.
   McCALLUM,  Frank,   1890-1946.   Interna-
tional hygiene; a  review  from  the  Australian
viewpoint of international activities in the field
of public health.  112p.  8?   Glebe,  1935.
  Forms No. 40, Serv. Pub. Dep. Health Australia.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1946, 2: 558. Also  Lancet,
Lond., 1946, 2: 510.  Also Med. J. Australia,  1946, 2: 753-6,
portr. (Butler, A. G.)  Also Med. Off., Lond., 1946, 76: 238.
  McCALLUM, Gavin, 1892-1931.
  For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1931, 115:  242-4.
  MacCALLUM,  George Alexander, 1843-1936.
A  new  ectoparasitic  trematode.    p.291-300.
illust.   8?  N. Y., N. York Zool. Soc,  1927.
  Forms No. 8, v.l, Zoopathologica.
  MacCALLUM,  James Metcalfe, 1860-1943.
  For obituary see Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1943-44, 17: 60.
Also Canad. M. Ass. J., 1944, 50: 285.
  MacCALLUM,  John Bruce, 1876-1906.
  Malloch, A.  Short years; the life and letters
of John Bruce MacCallum, M. D.,  1876-1906.
343p.   8?  Chic, 1938.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MacCALLUM,  William  George,   1874-1944.
Special autopsy methods; issued from the Surgeon
General's  Office for  the use of Army officers.
12p.   illust.   8?    [Wash.,   Surgeon   General's
Off.] 1918.
  ----  Text-book  of  pathology.   4.  ed.   xvi,
1177p.   8?   Phila., W. B. Saunders  co.,  1928.
Also  5.  ed.   xvi,  1212p.  1932.  Also  6. ed.
xvi, 1277p.   1936.    Also  7. ed.   xvii,  1302p.
1940.
  ----    William  Stewart   Halsted,  surgeon;
introduction by  W. H.  Welch,   xvii, 241p.   pi
ch.  8?  Bait., Johns Hopkins Pr., 1930.
  For obituary see Arch. Path., Chic, 1944, 38: 182-5, portr.
(Rich, A. R.)  Also  Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1944, 75:
73-80, 2 portr. (Rich, A. R.) Also Canad. M. Ass.  J., 1944, 51:
570-3 (Rich, A. R.)  Also J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1944, 124: 455.
Also  Nature, Lond., 1944, 153: 581  (Rolleston, J. D.)  Also
Prensa med. argent., 1944, 31: 858.  Also Science, 1944, 99:
290 (Flexner, S.)
  See also Lambert, R.  A.  The presentation of  the  portrait
of Dr W. G. MacCallum to the Johns Hopkins University.
Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1931, 49:  1-4.—William George
MacCallum  and Canada.  Fist.  Bull.,  Calgary,  1944-45, 9:
36.                                           ,   ,
  For portrait see Collection in Library. Also in Book of
Portraits (Ulmann, D.) Bait., 1922.
  McCALMAN, E.  G.
  Translator of Kraus, O. [Albert Schweitzer; sein Werk und
seine Weltanschauung] Albert Schweitzer; his work  and his
philosophy.  75p. 22cm.  Lond., 1944.
  McCAMMAN, Dorothy F.
  See Kaplan, A. D. H., Williams, F. M., & McCamman, D.
Family income in five New  England cities, 1935-36. 351p.
map.  8?  Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1939.
  McCAMMON, John White,  1894-1938.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 1179.
  McCAMPBELL,  John, 1868-1944.
  For obituary see South. M. & S., 1944, 106: 448.
  McCANCE, Robert Alexander, 1898-
  For biography see Rev. As. argent,  diet., 1945, 3: 237, portr.
  ----  &  LAWRENCE,  Robert Daniel.   The
carbohydrate  content  of foods,   viii,  73p.  8?
Lond.,  H. M. Stat.  Off., 1929.
  Forms  No. 135, Spec.  Rep. Ser.  Gr. Britain Med. Res.
Counc.
  McCANCE,  Robert  Alexander,  &  SHIPP,
Henry  Leigh. The  chemistry of flesh foods and
their losses on cooking.  146p.   tab.  8?   Lond.,
H.  M. Stat. Off.,  1933.
  Forms  No.  187, Spec. Rep. Ser. Gr. Britain Med. Res.
Counc
  McCANCE, Robert Alexander, & WIDDOW-
SON, Elsie May.  The chemical composition of
foods.  150p.  8?  Lond., H.  M. Stat. Off., 1940.
  Forms  No. 235, Spec. Rep. Ser. Gr. Britain Med. Res.
Counc.
  ----   The same.   Amer.  ed.   150p.   tab.
22/2cm.  N. Y., Chemical Pub. Co., 1940.
  ---- & SHACKLETON, Leslie Robert  Bruce.
The  nutritive  value  of fruits,  vegetables and 
McCANCE                                   6                                 MCCARTHY
nuts,  xii, 107p.   tab.   ch.   8?  Lond.,  H. M.
Stat. Off., 1936.
  Forms No. 213, Spec. Rep. Ser.  Gr. Britain Med. Res.
Counc.
  McCANDLISH, Nancy Montague, 1916-
  See Abbot, <\ G.. & McCandlish, N. M.  The weekly period
in Washington precipitation.  4p.  8! Wash., 1939.
  McCANN,   Alfred   Watterson,    1879-1931.
Starving America.  270p. illust.  portr.  20}£cm.
N. Y., G.  H. Doran, 1912.
  McCANN,   Bruce.   Hay  fever.    88p.   8?
Emaus, Pa., Rodale Pr.,  1938.
  McCANN,  Frederick  John,     -1941.  The
effect of  contraceptive practices  on  the  female
sexual  organs.   16p.   8?   Lond.,  Simpkins,
Marshall,  Hamilton, Kent & Co. [1927]
  ----    The  treatment   of  common  female
ailments.  3.  ed.   viii,  379p.   8?   Lond.,  E.
Arnold & Co.,  1934.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 611. Also  Lancet,
Lond., 1941, 1: 556.
  McCANN, James Cole, 1898-
  For biography see N. England J. M., 1942, 227: 33, portr.
  McCANN, Joseph D.,  1858-
  For portrait see Proc. Indiana  Eclect.  M.  Ass. (1905/06)
1906, 41: opp. p. 73.
  McCANN,  William Sharp, 1889-       Dis-
eases  of  the  urinary  tract.  p.555-615.   8?
Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1938.
  In: Int. med. iMusser, J. H.) 3. ed., Phila., 1938.
  McCARDIE, William Joseph,      -1939.
  For obituary see Birmingham M. Rev., 1939, 14: 1-3.
  MACCARINI, Hugo [M. D.,  1938, B.  Aires]
*La lues prenatal.   264p.  illust.   tab.   27cm.
B. Air., A. L6pez [1938]
  McCARRIE School  of Mechanical Dentistry
[Philadelphia,  Pa.]  The  dental laboratory pro-
fession.   24p.   illust.   4?  Phila.,   the School,
1935.
  McCARRISON, Sir Robert,  1878-       The
simple goitres,   xi, 106p.   4?   Lond., Bailliere,
Tindall and Cox, 1928.
  ----   Nutrition and  national health;  being
the  Cantor lectures delivered before the Royal
Society  of Arts,  1936.    75p.   illust.   23cm.
Lond., Faber & Faber, 1944.
  ----   Nutrition  and  health.   26p.   18}£cm.
Lond., S. Catherine Pr. [1937]
  Gabrielle Howard Mem. Lect., Brit. Sc. Guild, 1937.
  ----& MOORE, Desmond Fitzgerald.   Food;
a primer  for  use in  schools, colleges,  welfare
centres, etc. in Africa,  x, 116p.  tab.  pi.   18cm.
Lond., Macmillan & Co., 1943.
  McCARROLL, Clinton Free, 1910-      Acci-
dents in  the Oklahoma petroleum  industry in
1937.  v, 141p.   tab.  diagr.   23cm.   Wash.,
Gov. Print. Off., 1941.
  Forms No. 620, Techn. Paper Bur. Mines U. S.
  McCARTER, John Carroll,  1904-
  For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 355.
  MacCARTHAIGH, M. D.
  See O'Ceallaigh, C, & MacCarthaigh. M. D.  A convenient
method of measuring the intensity of nuclear scattering of fast
(S-particles  in the  cloud chamber,  p.13-27.   29cm.  Dubl.
1944.
  MCCARTHY, Charles  Lee.
  See McCarthy, Lee.
  MacCARTHY,  Francis  Hamilton, 1871-
The healthy child from two to seven; a handbook
for parents, nurses and workers for child welfare.
xiv,  235p.  20cm.  N. Y., Macmillan  Co., 1922.
  McCARTHY,  John  Justin,  1903-       *The
roentgen diagnosis of duodenal ulcer  [Marquette
Univ.]  35p.  28cm.   [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1928.
  Typewritten.
   McCARTItY, Joseph Francis, 1X74-
   For biography see in Hist.  N.  York Polyclinic  (W. M.
Hartshorn) 1942, 202, portr.
   MCCARTHY, Josephine Vercelli, 1897-
   See Williams-Heller, A. W., & McCarthy, J. V.  Soybeans;
from soup to nuts.  119p.  20cm.  N. Y., 1944.
   McCARTHY, Kenneth Cecil, 1902-      Gas-
eous anesthetics.  3. print.  30p.  22cm.  Toledo,
McKesson Appliance Co., 1936.
   McCARTHY, Lee, 1891-       Histopathology
of skin  diseases.   513p.   4?   S. Louis,  C.  V.
Mosby Co.,  1931.
   ----  Diagnosis  and treatment of diseases of
the hair.  671p.  illust.   pi.  25cm.  S.  Louis,
C. V. Mosby Co., 1940.
   McCARTHY, Marguerite  Patricia, 1901-
   For biography see Med. Woman J., 1943, 50: 155.
   MCCARTHY, Mary (Sister De Chantal)  1898-
       *Saint Vincent De Paul's concept  of the
care of the sick applied to present  objectives in
nursing education.  40p.   8?   Wash., Cath. Univ.
America, 1938.
   McCARTHY, Raphael  Charles, 1889-
Safeguarding  mental  health.   xii,  297p.   8?
N. Y., Bruce pub. co. [1937]
   For biography see in  Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
1942, 275.
   McCARTHY, Thomas  John, 1911-      Per-
sonality  traits  of   seminarians.    46p.    diagr.
tab. (2 fold.)  23cm.  Wash., Cath. Univ. Amer-
ica, 1942.
   Forms No. 4, v.5 of Stud. Psychol. Cath. Univ. America.
   McCarthy, wiiton, 1872-1934.
   For obituary see Fay, O. J. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1935, 45:
574, portr.
   McCARTNEY, Frank Leslie, 1881-
   For biography see in  Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
1942, 275, portr.                       #
   McCARTNEY, James Elvins, 1891-
   See Mackie, T. J., & McCartney, J. E.  An introduction to
practical bacteriology. 2. ed. 390p.  8?  Edinb., 1928.  Also
3.  ed.  421p.  1931.  Also 4. ed.  504p.  1934.  Also 5. ed.
586p.  1938. Also 6. ed.  675p.  1942.  Also 7. ed. 720p.
1945.
   McCARTNEY, James Lincoln, 1898-
   For biography see Phi Chi Q., Menasha,  1941, 38: 422-6,
portr.
   McCARTNEY, William.
   Translator of Bertho, A., &  Grassmann,  W.  Laboratory
methods of biochemistry.  281p.  22^cm.  Lond.,  1938.  Also
Gattermann, I..  Laboratory methods of organic chemistry.
416p.  8?  Lond., 1932.  ------ &  Wieland, H.  Laboratory
methods of organic chemistry. 435p. 8?  Lond., 1937.
   McCARTY,  George  L.   Food  interpreter;
imparting a  practical knowledge of foods in rela-
tion to health.   44p.  tab.  fol.  Wash., D. C,
Food Interpreter Pub. Co., 1935.
   McCARTY, Joseph Carroll, 1902-       *Con-
siderations  sur la recherche  de I'alcool dans le
sang au point de vue m6dico-16gal. 31p.  22^cm.
Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1937.
   McCARTY, Milton Tighlman, 1873-1938.
   For obituary see Abstr. Proc Ass. Life  Insur. M. Dir.
America, 1938, 25: 292.
   MacCARTY, William Carpenter,  1880-
   For biography see in  Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
1942, 261.
   For portrait see Med. Rec, Houston, 1941, 35:  No. 10,
insert.
   McCASKEY, Carl Heber, 1877-
   For portrait see J. Indiana M. Ass., 1942, 35: 471; 1943, 36:
450. Also Med. Rec, Houston, 1942, 36: opp. p. 423.
   McCASKEY, George Washington, 1853-1935.
   For obituary see Tr. Am.  Gastroenter.  Ass., 1936, 39.
annual meet., 95 (Morgan, W. G.)
   McCASKILL, Melvin Edgar, 1882-
   I or biography see Mississippi Doctor,  1934-35, 12: No. 2,
22, portr. (Kilbury, M. T.)
   For portrait  see  J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1935-36, 32:  front. 
McCAUGHAN
7
MACCHIAVELLO
   McCAUGHAN, John  Milton,  1899-      Ex-
 perimental surgery; a laboratory  guide for under-
 graduate students.  80p.  illust.  diagr.  form.
 26Hcm.  S. Louis, C. V. Mosby  Co., 1943.
   McCAW, Frederick Warren, 1882-
   For portrait see in Hist. Med.  Nebraska (Tyler,  A. F.)
 Omaha, 1928, 611.
   McCAW, James Brown, 1823-1906.
   Of Chimborazo Park;  Dr. James B.  McCaw
 gave it its name; how he came to give it the name;
 interesting war  history of the famous hill.
   Photostatic copy of a clipping in Confederate Museum,
 Richmond, Va, from an unidentified  Richmond newspaper of
 1897.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McCAW, Walter  Drew, 1863-1939.  Address
 to the graduating class of the Medical College of
 Virginia,  delivered  May  16, 1905.   lOp.  8?
 Richmond, 1905.
   Cutting from Bull. Med. Coll. Virginia, 1905, 2: No. 3.
   For  obituary  see Army M. Bull., 1942,  No.  64,  135-7
 (Phalen, J. M.)  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 437.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McCAW, William Cuthbert, 1890-1941.
   For obituary see N. Zealand M. J., 1941, 40: 131.
   McCAW, William Walker, 1890-      Roent-
 genographic  physics  for  officers  and  enlisted
 technicians, Medical Department,  United States
 Army,  v,  71,  4p.   diagr.   4?   Wash., D. C.
 [n. p.] 1937.
   Mimeographed.
   ---- & WAGNER,  Charles Andrew.  Funda-
 mentals of roentgenologic physics and technique.
 v.l.  2. ed. ii,  250p.  illust.  tab.  diagr.  form.
 26Hcmx20^cm. Denver, Fitzsimons Gen. Hosp.,
 1944.
   Mimeographed.
   McCAWLEY, Elton  Leeman, 1915-      &
 GURCHOT, Charles.   A mechanism of action
 for  vitamin K.  p.325-38.   24cm.   Berkeley,
 Univ. California Pr., 1940.
   Forms No. 27, v.l, Univ. California Pub. Pharm.
   McCAY,  Clive Maine,  1898-      Nutrition
 of the dog.  140p. illust.  tab.   23}£cm.  Ithaca,
 Comstock Pub. Co., 1943.
   McCAY,  Jeanette B., WARING, Ethel  May
 Bushnell, & KRUSE, Paul  Jehu.   Learning by
 children at noon-meal in  a  nursery school; ten
 good  eaters  and ten poor   eaters,   p.491-555.
 tab.   diagr.    23cm.   Provincetown,  Journal
 Press  1940.
   Forms Pt 1, No. 4, v. 22, Genet. Psychol. Monogr.
   MACCHELLO, Nicola, fl.  16.  century.  Trac-
 tatus de morbo gallico.  55 1.  8?  Venezia, Andr.
 Arrivabeni, 1556.
   MACCHI,  Adolfo  A.    *Estudio  sobre  la
 distintas tecnicas para el enfilado de los dientes
 [Dent.]  51p.   illust.   diagr.   28cm.   B.  Air.,
 J.  Glassman, 1934.
   MACCHIAVELLO Leon,   Magdalena.  *Sul-
 fonaci6n de aceites y naftalinas; su  importancia
 industrial   [Chile]   23p.   27#cm.   Santiago,
 Gutenberg, 1939.
   MACCHIAVELLO Parlender, Victor.  *Con-
 tribucidn al estudio de la fractura  de la didfisis
 femoral  [Chile]  99p.   27cm.   Santiago, Impr.
 Agricola, 1937.
   MACCHIAVELLO  Varas,  Atilio.  Investiga-
 ciones sobre la bacteriologia e inmunologia del
 tifo  exantematico.    xx,  222p.   illust.   tab.
 diagr.   ch.  pi.  map.   24}£cm.   Santiago, Soc.
 impr. y litogr. universo [1938]
  ----  La ensenanza de  la  higiene y medicina
preventiva en  Norte  America.  242p.  pi.   8?
Santiago, Soc. impr. y litogr,  universo, 1938.
  ----   Contribuciones al estudio de la peste
bubdnica  en  el Nordeste  del  Brasil.   331 p.
23cm.  Wash., Pan Am. San. Bur. [1941]
  Forms Pub. No. 165, Of. San. Panamer.
  See also Contreras Macaya, M., & Macchiavello Varas, A.
Estudio sobre la enfermedad de Brill. 46p.  8?  Antofagasta,
1932.
  —  &  BEZERRA Coutinho, Aluizio.   Epi-
zootias dos felinos no Nordeste do Brasil; adeno-
mielo-enterosis  dos   gatos;  nota  preliminar.
p.61-78.  26cm.   [Recife,  Inst. Pesquisas Agron.,
1939]
  Also Arq. Inst. Pesquisas Agron., 1939, 21:
  MACCIOTTA, Giuseppe.  Malattie del sangue
e degli organi ematopoietici.  p. 1-76.  8?  Tor.,
Minerva med., 1936.
  In: Man. pediatr. (Frontali, G.) Tor., 1936, 2:
  ----  Malattie acute da infezione.  p.299-548.
8?  Tor., Minerva  med.,  1936.
  In: Man. pediatr. (Frontali, G.) Tor; 1936, 2:
  McCLANAHAN,  Harry  Monroe,  1857-
Pediatrics for the general practitioner,  xi, 606p.
8?  Phila.,  J. B. Lippincott Co. [1929]
  For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha, 1928, 112, portr.
  McCLEARY,  George Frederick, 1867-
National health  insurance,  x, 185p.  8?  Lond.,
H. K. Lewis  & Co., 1932.
  ----   The early history  of the infant welfare
movement,  vii, 176p.  portr.  8?  Lond., H. K.
Lewis &  Co., 1933.
  ----  The maternity and child welfare move-
ment,  x, 227p.  8?  Lond., P. S.  King & Son,
1935.
  ----   The menace  of  British  depopulation.
147p.  12?   Lond., G. Allen &, Unwin [1937]
  ----   Population;  today's  question.   222p.
portr.   19cm.   Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1938]
  ----   The  development  of British maternity
and child welfare services.  18p.   18cm.  Lond.,
Nat. Ass. Mat. Child Welf. Centres, 1945.
  ----   Race suicide?  126p.  19cm.  Lond., G.
Allen & Unwin,  1945.
  McCLEARY,  Robert A., 1923-      Call  me
doctor!   Cartoon memories of a medical student.
60p. [of  illust.]  22cm.  Bait., Nat.  Lithograph
Serv., 1946.
  McCLEARY,  Thomas  Gordon, 1897-
McCleary  treatment of rectal and colonic  dis-
eases.   32p.   8?   Excelsior Springs, Mo.,  the
Author, 1931.
  McCLELLAN, Benjamin Rush, 1860-1943.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 963.
  McCLELLAN, George, 1796-1847.
  For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y.,  1940,
645.
  McCLELLAN, George,  1849-1913.  Regional
anatomy in  its  relation  to  medicine and  sur-
gery ...  Illustrated from photographs taken by
the author of his own dissections.   2. ed.    2v.
xxii, 436p.; xiv, 414p.   pi.  29cm.  Phila.,  the
Author,  1894.  Also  3.  ed.   v.2,   xiv,  414p.
1896.  Also  2v.  xxii, 436p.; xiv,  441p.  1898.
  For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940,
645.  Also in Trials & Triumphs (DaCosta, J. C.) Phila.,
1944, 183-93.
  McCLELLAN, George Brinton, 1826-85.
  For biography see Recruit. News, 1936, 18: 2.
  McCLELLAN, Gustave Leonard, 1884-1946.
  For portrait see Detroit M. News, 1941-42, 33: No. 38, 7.
  McCLELLAN, John Hancock, 1876-1931.
  For obituary see Proc.  Inst. M. Chicago,  1931, 8: 336
(Davis, C. B.)
  McCLELLAND,  Carl Charles, 1879-1942.
  For obituary see Detroit M. News, 1941-42, 33: No. 51,
14, portr. (Lawrence, W. C.) 
McCLENDON
S
McCLUNG
  Mc( LKNDON,  Jesse Francis.  1SS0
Physiological and  pathological  chemistry, with
laboratory work.  2.  ed.   2  pts.  x, 297p. [paged
consecutively]  4?   Univ. Minnesota [1929]
         A  manual of biochemistry,   vii, 3Slp.
illust.  tal).  diagr.  8?  X. Y., J.  Wilev & Sons,
VXU.
          Additional   laboratory  work  for  A
Manual   of  biochemistry.    p.385-97.   diagr.
S°  X. Y., J. Wiley & Sons, 1935.
          Iodine and  the  incidence  of goiter.
vi,  12(ip. map.  tab.  diagr.  28J'2Cin.  Minneap.,
Univ.  Minnesota Pr. [1939]
  — ■-  Physiological chemistry.  7. ed.  463p.
illust.    tab.   diagr.   23cm.    S.  Louis,  C.   V.
Mosby Co.,  1946.
  For previous edition see under McClendon & Pettibone.
  ----& PETTIBONE, Chauncey John Vallette.
Physiological chemistry.   6.  ed.  454p.  illust.
diagr. 8?  S. Louis, G V. Mosby Co.,  1936.
  For previous editions see under Pettibone, C. J. V.
  McCLENDON,  Samuel James, 1894-
  For portrait  sec California West, M., 1943, 59: 100.
  McCLINTIC, Thomas  B.,  1872-1912.  Disin-
fectants; their  use and  application  in the  pre-
vention  of  communicable diseases.    46p.    8?
Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1911.
  Forms No. 42, Pub. Health Rep. V. S. Marine Hosp.
  McCLINTOCK, John Thomas, 1873-
  I'or biography see Bull.  Linn Co. M. Soc,  1946-47,  15:
No.  4, 25,  portr.
  For portrait see  Collection in Library. Also Med. Bull.
Univ. Iowa, 1940, 21.
  McCLINTOCK,  Robert O.,  &  DENMAN,  C.
Clifton.   The  dawn of a  new life; Nature's  way
to  health and  happiness.   127p.  illust.   16?
[S.   Diego, Res.  Dep., Dawn of  New Life Inst.,
1932]
  McCLINTOCK, Thomas Henry, 1X76-
  For biography see Mel.  Bull. (Standard Oil  Co.) N.  Y.,
1941-42, 5: 85, portr.
  McCLOSKEY, Charles Jarvis, 1869-
  For biography see in Coll. Pharm. N. York (Wimmer, C. P.)
N. Y . 1929, 261, portr.
  McCLOSKEY, James Augustus, 1909-42.
  For obituary see  Interne, N. Y., 1943, 9: 57  'Sehneck, J.)
Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 363, portr.  Also Mil. Surgeon,
1942, 91: 123.
  McCLOUD, Charles Naumann, 1872-1935.
  For obituary see Abstr. Proc. Ass.  Life Insur. M.  Dir.
America,  1936, 22:  4.   Also Minnesota M.,  1935, 18:  605,
portr.
  McCLOY, Charles  Harold, 1886-       Ap-
praising physical status; the selection of measure-
ments.   126p.   illust.   tab.  8?  Iowa  City,
Cniv. Iowa, 1936.
  Forms No. 2, v.12. Univ. Iowa Stud. Child Welf.
  ----  Appraising physical status; methods and
norms.  260p.  8?   Iowa  Citv,  Univ. Iowa, 1938.
  Forms No. 2, v. 15, Univ. Iowa Stud. Child Welf.
  ----Tests  and measurements in health and
physical education.   xx,  392p.   illust.   tab.
diagr.  21cm.  X.  Y., F.  S.  Crofts & Co., 1939.
Also 2.  ed.  xxii, 412p.   1942.
  ----  Philosophical bases  for physical educa-
tion,  xiii,  311p.   diagr.  21cm.  N.  Y.,  F. S
Crofts & Co.,  1940.
  ---  &  CARPENTER,  Aileen.   Laboratory
manual  for  Tests  and  Measurements in Health
and Physical Education,   vii, 140p.  illust.  tab.
diagr.   27^cm.   X.  Y.,  F.  S.  Crofts &  Co.,
1941.
  McCLOY, John Moorcroft, 1874-1943.
  For obituary see Lancet,  Lond., 1943, 2: 59, portr.
  McCLUNG,   Clarence   Erwin,   1870-1946.
Handbook of microscopical technique for workers
in both animal  and plant tissues,  xiv, 495p.   8?
X.  Y.,  P.  B. Hoeber, 1920.   Another ed.   xvii,
li'.tSp.   illust.  diagr.   1937.
  For volume published in his honor see .1. M<>i|'h.. I'.HO, v.66.
  Sec also Diller. I. ('.. I'lirmontcr. ('. 1 •, & Wcnrirh. I). II.
(Dedication of volume]  .1. Morph., lit to, 66: 3, portr.  I illic,
F. R. To Dr. C. E. Medium on reachum the age of 70.  II.id,
5-9.—W enrich, D. H.   Bc-rapln ; bibliography.  Ibid., d:,
88, portr.
  For obituary see Am. Natur., 1946, 80: 295, portr. (Wcnricli,
I). II.)  Also Anat. Rec, 1946, 95: 478-80 (Parmenter, C. L.)
Also Bios, Mount Vernon, 1946, 17: 61, portr. (Brooks, F. G.)
75 83. portr.  (Green, W. R.)  Also Science,  1946, 103:  551
iWenrich, D.  H.) Also Stain Techn., 1916, 21: 15-8, portr,
fWennch, D. H.) Also Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1946) 1947,
322-5.
  For portrait see Collection in  Library.  Also J. Morph.,
1940, 66: front,
  McCLUNG, Leland Swint,  1910-
  Pee McCoy, E., & McClung, L. S.  The anaerobic bacteria
and their activities  in  nature  and  disease.  2v.  L'S'-jcm.
Berkeley, 1939.  Also Suppl. No. 1, 1941.
  McCLURE, Charles Walter, 1885-      Func-
tional activities  of  the  pancreas and  liver;  a
study of objective methods for the estimation of
function levels in health and disease,   xviii, 318p.
illust.   tab.  diagr.  8?   N.  Y.,  Med.  Authors
Pub. Co.  [1937]
  For biography see Rev. Gastroenter.,  1945,  12:  212-4
(Jankelson, I. R.)
  McCLURE, Frank Jones, 1896-      Fluorides
in food and drinking  water;  a  comparison of
effects  of   water-ingested  versus  food-ingested
sodium fluoride,  v, 53p.   fig.  8?   Wash.,  Gov.
Print. Off., 1939.
  Forms No.  172, Bull.  Nat. Inst. Health.
  McCLURE, George,  1892-
  For portrait see California West. M., 1943, 58: 159.
  McCLURE, Harold  Dealion.    Clinical  neu-
rology. 2. ed.  vii, 344p.   illust.   8?  Kirksville,
Mo. [Journ. Print.  Co.]  1938.
  McCLURE, James Campbell, 1873-1934.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 1092.
  McCLURE, Samuel Sidney, 1857-
  See HarmMworih. A., & McClure, S. S.  The world's greatest
books.  Vol.  15, Science.  304p.  8°.  [n. p.] 1912.
  McCLURE, William  Bradbury,  1884-1936.
  For obituary see Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1936, 51: 670.  Also
.1. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 1C6: 870.
  McCLUSKY, Frederick Dean,  HOBAN, C. F.
[et  al.]  The place of  visual  instruction  in the
modern school.  65 1.  8?   [n. pi.] 1930.
  Mimeographed.
  McCOLE, George  Malcolm,  1879-       An
analysis of  the  osteopathic  lesion; a  study in
pathology,  physiology and  anatomy, xxiv, 344p.
illust.   8?   Great  Falls,   Mont.,  the  Author,
1935.
  MacCOLL, Sylvia Hazelton,   1909-        A
comparative study of the  systems of Lewin and
Koffka with special reference to  memory phe-
nomena,    vii,  160p.   23cm.   Durham,  Duke
Univ. Pr., 1939.
 . Forms No. 1, v.2, Contr.  Psychol. Theory.
  McCOLLOM, John Wallace, 1885-
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  McCOLLOUGH, Ethel  Farquhar.
  Editor of  Stearns, L. E.  Essentials in library administra-
tion. 3. ed., rev. & en!.  87p.  23J4cm. Chic, 1922.
  McCOLLUM,  Charles  Holmes,  1874-1944
Pills and   proverbs.  225p.   pi.   portr.   facs.
20cm.  Bost., Meador Pub. Co.,  1941.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 591. Also Texas
J. M., 1943-44, 39: 507, portr.
  McCOLLUM,  Elmer Verner,  1S79-       The
newer  knowledge   of  nutrition.    4.  ed.   [with
Simmonds,  Nina]   xii,  594p.   8°   X'.  Y.,  Mac-
millan Co.,  1929.  Also 5.  ed. [with Keiles, E. 0.,
& Day, H. G.l   ix, 701p.   illust.   diagr.  1939.
  See also Lapp, W. H., & McCollum, E.  V.  Hygiene,  feeding
and management of baby chicks.   138p.  8?  Bait. [19301
   For portrait see Collection in Library. 
McCOLLUM
9
MCCONNELL
  ---- &  BECKER,  Julia Ernestine.   Food,
nutrition  and health.  4. ed.  v, 154p.  8?  Bait.,
the Authors [1936]  Also 5. ed.  v, 127p.  19^cm.
[1940]
  McCOLLUM, John Paschal, 1906-      Vege-
tative and reproductive responses associated with
fruit development in  the  cucumber.   27p.   8?
Ithaca, N. Y., 1934.
  Forms No.  163, Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta.
  McCOLVIN, Lionel Roy, 1896-      Library
staffs.  136p.  18^cm. Lond., G.  Allen & Unwin
[1934]
  McCOMB,  Charles Frederick, 1857-1943.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1943,  122:  191.   Also
Minnesota M., 1943, 26: 459.
  McCOMB, Earl Vinton,  1883-      Doctor of
the  north  country.   238p.  8?   N.  Y.,  T.  Y.
Crowell Co. [1936]
  McCOMB,  Samuel, 1864-       The  healing
ministry  of the  church.  30p.  18/^cm.  N.  Y.,
Moffat, Yard & Co., 1908.
  Forms Pub. No. 1, Religion & Med.
  See also  Worcester, E., & McComb, S.  Body, mind and
spirit. 367p.  8? Bost. [1931]
  McCOMBS, Charles Flowers, 1887-      The
reference department; based on an earlier edition
by  E. C.  Richardson.  42p.   20cm.  Chic,  Am.
Libr. Ass.,  1929.
  Forms No. 22, Manual of Libr. Econom.
   McCOMBS, Robert Pratt,  1909-      Inter-
nal  medicine in  general  practice.   xv, 694p-
illust.  tab.   diagr.   ch.   pi.   24cm.   Phila.,
W. B. Saunders  Co., 1943.
  McCOMBS, Robert Shelmerdine,  1880-
Diseases  of children; for nurses, including pediat-
ric  nursing, infant feeding, therapeutic measures
employed in childhood, treatment for emergencies,
prophylaxis, and hygiene.  6. ed.  594p.   pi.  8?
Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1929.
  McCONAUGHY, James Lukens,  1887-
  For portrait see Connecticut M. J., 1942, 6: 424.
  MACCONE,  Luigi.  Ricordi  di  un  medico
pediatra.   183p.  8?  Tor., G. B. Paravia &  cia,
 1936.
  MacCONKEY, Alfred Theodore, 1861-1931.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 1213.
  McCONKEY, E.  Cyclopedia of medicine;  or,
The household friend; containing valuable pre-
scriptions and formulae that  have been success-
fully used by the leading physicians and special-
ists  of Europe  and  America.   61p.   12?   Chic.
[Fergus Print. Co.] 1892.
  McCONNEL, James Kenneth, 1891-
Shorter convalescence,  xi,  132p.  8?  Lond.,  W.
Heinemann, 1930.
  ——   The adjustment  of muscular habits.
xi, 129p.  8?   Lond.,  H. K. Lewis & Co., 1933.
  ----  Regain your figure; how to recover the
figure  after  childbirth  without strengthening
exercises,   xii, 127p.  8?  Lond.,  Methuen & Co.
[1938]
  ---- & GRIFFIN,  Frederic William Wauby.
Health and muscular habits,   viii, 159p.  illust.
8?   Lond., J.  & A. Churchill, 1937.
  McCONNELL, Burt Morton, 1888-
Mexico at the bar of public opinion; a survey of
editorial  opinion in  newspapers of  the  Western
Hemisphere,  viii, 320p.  illust.  23%cm.  N. Y.,
Mail & Express Pub.  Co., 1939.
  McCONNELL, Earl Daniel, 1900-       *Oil-
ether colonic anesthesia with morphine and mag-
nesium sulphate in obstetrics  [Marquette Univ.]
28p.  28cm.   [Milwaukee, n.  p.] 1928.
  Typewritten.
  McCONNELL, James.   Non-linear quantum
electrodynamics  of   the  vacuum.    p. 149-76.
diagr.  29cm.  Dubl., Hodges, Figgis & Co., 1943.
  Forms No. 9, Sect. A, v.49, Proc. R. Irish Acad.
  :---&   SCHROEDINGER,   Erwin.   The
shielding  effect  of planetary magnetic  fields.
p.259-73.  tab.  diagr.  29cm.   Dubl.,  Hodges,
Figgis & Co., 1494.
  Forms No. 15, Sect. A, v.49, Proc. R. Trish Acad.
  McCONNELL,  James William,  1869-
Nursing  in  nervous diseases.  153p.  illust.  8?
Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1932.
  McCONNELL,  John Herbert, 1876-1936.
  For obituary see Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1936, 10: No. 2, 42.
  McCONNELL,   Ray Madding.   Criminal  re-
sponsibility  and  social  constraint.   vi,   339p.
21 Mlcm.   Lond.,  J. Murray, 1912.
  McCONNELL,  Richard George,  1857-1942.
  For obituary see Nature, Lond., 1942, 150: 147 (Hanson, G.J
  McCONNELL,  Thomas Ethelbert, 1869-1936.
  For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1936, 41:
660.
  McCORD,  Carey  Pratt, 1886-       Benzol
(benzene) poisoning.   78p.   4?   Cincin. [n.  p.]
1931.
  Mimeographed.
  â– ----   Industrial hygiene for engineers and
managers,  x, 336p.   pi.  8?  N. Y., Harper &
Bros, 1931.
  ----  A  blind  hog's acorns; vignettes of the
maladies  of  workers.   311p.   illust.    21cm.
Chic, Cloud, 1945.
  For biography see Indust.  M., 1943, 12: 572, portr.
  ---- HOLDEN, Francis Richard, & JOHN-
STON, Jan.  The  basophilic aggregation test  for
lead absorption and lead  poisoning—ten  years
after its  first use.   15 1.   illust.  8?   Cincin.,
Indust. Health Conservancy Laborat.,  1935.
  McCORD, James Robert, 1884-
  For portrait see Mississippi Doctor, 1935-36, 13: No. 9, 61.
Also J. Michigan M. Soc, 1942, 41: 866.
  McCORD, Joseph,  1880-        His  wife,  the
doctor.  278p.  19}£cm.   Phila., Macrae  Smith
Co., 1941.
  McCORDOCK,  Howard Anderson, 1895-1938.
  For obituary see Arch. Path., Chic, 1939, 27: 172-4, portr.
(Loeb, L.)
  MacCORMAC, Henry, 1800-86.
  Bidder, G. P.  A pioneer of open-air treatment.  Brit. M. J.,
1942, 1: 560; 624.
  MacCORMAC,  Henry [M. B.,  1903,  Edin-
burgh]
  Editor of Jacobi, E., & Pringle, 3. J. Jacobi's atlas of dermo-
chromes, with English text by Henry MacCormae.  4. ed.  2v.
188p.; 169p.  pi.  8°  S. Louis, 1931.
  For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936,
9. Congr., 4: 138.
  MacCORMAC,  Sir  William,  1836-1901.   An
address of welcome delivered  on the occasion of
the  Centenary Festival of  the Royal College of
Surgeons of England on Thursday,  July 26, 1900,
to which is appended a short  biographical  ac-
count of each of the sixty-one surgeons who have
been masters or presidents of the college during
the  one  hundred  years of its existence.   219p.
8?   Lond.,  Ballantyne, Hanson  & Co.,  1900.
  For biography see  Cat. Portr. R. Coll.  Surgeons, Lond.,
1930, 43.
  For portrait see in Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailev, H.) 2. ed.,
Bait., 1942, 1:  392; Also 3. ed., Edinb., 1944, 868.
  McCORMACK, Arthur Thomas, 1872-1943.
  For memorial number see  Kentucky M. J., 1944, 42: No. 8.
  For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1943, 4: No. 9, 56.
Also  Bull." Dep. Health Kentucky, 1943-44,  16: 95, portr.
(Kelly, J. W.)  Also Kentucky M. J., 1942, 40:  340, portr.
Also Mississippi Doctor, 1940-41, 18: 42, portr.
  For obituary see Fed. Bull., Chic, 1943, 29: 261-4, portr.
Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 1201, portr. Also Kentucky
M. J., 1943, 41: 289 (Horine, E. F.)  Also Mil. Surgeon, 1943,
93: 441 (Phalen, J. M.)  Also South. M. J.,  1943, 36:  658,
portr.
  For portrait see Kentucky M. J., 1944, 42: opp.  p.  215.
Also South. M. J., 1939, 32:  No. 11, front.
* 
McCORMACK
10
MCCORMICK
   McCORMACK, James J., MALONE, E. P., «v
 FRENCH, Paul  M.   Back injuries in industry
 and  compensation insurance; a  compilation  of
 nrticles. 37p. tab. diagr. 19cm x 11cm.  Chic,
 A in.  Osteopath. Ass. [after  1940]

                   CONTENTS
   Industrial back injuries.   McCormack, J. J.  Repr. from
 â– I. Am. Osteopath. Ass., Oct., 1940.
   Back  injuries  in  industry and compensation insurance.
 Malone, E. P.  Repr. from Am. Federationist, Aug., 1935.
   The problem of low back injuries in industry. French, P. O.
 Repr.  from Safety Engin., Oct., 1938.
   McCORMACK, Joseph Nathaniel, 1847-1922.
 Some of  the  medical  pioneers  of Kentucky.
 173p.  4?   Bowling Green, Ky., Times-Journal
 Pub. Co.  [1917]
   See also Hammill, W. J.   Dr.  Joseph  N. McCormack of
 Kentucky and United Slates  of America.  Kentucky M. J.,
 1935,  33-  567-71.  Also Nebraska M. J.,  1935, 20: 305-9.—
 Memorial to Dr. Joseph N. McCormack.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1938,  111: 2219- Minutes "f the  eighty-eighth annual scien-
 tific session, the  Joseph  Nathaniel McCormack memorial
 meeting, of the Kentucky State Medical Association, held at
 Louisville, October 3-6, 1938. Kentucky M. J., 1938, 36:
 447-51.
   For portrait see in Med. & its Develop, in Kentucky (Ken-
 tucky  M. Hist. Res. Project) Louisville, 1940, opp. p. 264.
   McCORMICK, Alexander Stearns, 1876-
 The history of medicine in Summit County, Ohio.
 xi, 145p.  pi.   portr.   21 ^cm.   N. Y., Hobson
 Bk Pr.,  1946.
  -McCORMICK, Charles Owen, 1886-       A
 textbook on pathology of labor, the puerperium
 and  the newborn,  xviii, 399p.   illust.  portr.
 diagr.  25cm.   S. Louis,  C. V. Mosby Co., 1944.
   I'ur portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 241;
 1942, 31: 269.
   McCORMICK, David  Isaac,  1849-       &
 WILSON, Mindwell  Crampton, compilers.   In-
 diana battle flags and  a record  of Indiana  or-
 ganizations  in  the Mexican, Civil and  Spanish-
 American  wars, including movements of troops
 in the  Cavil War.  682p.   pi.   8?  Indianap.
 [n. p.] 1929.
   McCORMICK, Donald William,  1911-
 *Hvperthyroidism; a   review  of  the   modern
 literature    [Marquette  Univ.]   29p.   28cm.
 [Milwaukee, n. p.]  1938.
   Typewritten.
   McCORMICK, Edward James, 1891-
   For portrait see  Ohio M. J., 1942, 38: 949.
   McCORMICK, George  Leonard, 1896-
 *The  hypertrophy of  the  hypophysis  during
 pregnancy and its effect upon the fields of vision
 [Marquette  Univ.]  23  1.   diagr.    28cm.  [Mil-
 waukee, n. p.] 1927.
   Typewritten.
   McCORMICK, Harold Fowler, 1872-1941.
   For obituary see  Proc.  Inst. M. Chicago, 1942-43, 14:
 60-2, portr. (Hektoen, L.)
  McCORMICK, Harriet Graham, 1904-
 The  metabolic cost of  maintaining  a  standing
 position; with  special reference to  body align-
 ment,  ix, 75p.   illust.  tab.   23cm.   N.  Y.,
 Columbia  Univ. Pr., 1942.
  McCORMICK, John Henry, 1870-1943.  Cen-
 tury book  of health.  872p.   8?  Springf., Mass.,
 King-Richardson Co., 1906.
  For obituary see Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1943, 12:
 415.
  MacCORMICK, Juan Jose, 1884-      Con-
 tribution  a  l'etude  de  la  grossesse ectopique.
 40p.  S?   Lausanne, Impr.  La Concorde, 1929.
  McCORMICK, Mary  Gertrude, 1882-
  See  O'Neill, F.  C, & McCormick, M.  G.  Everyday be-
 havior of elementary school children.  147p.  8: N. Y., 1934.
  McCORMICK, Robert, 1800-90.
   lor biography see J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1937, 23: 187-90;
1943,29:36-62.
   McCORMICK, Robert Rutherford, 1880-
   Foi biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 3: No. 8.
31-5, portr.
   McCORMICK, Stewart John, 1902-       *The
management of acute  traumatic brain  injuries,
[Marquette  Univ.]   27p.  2Sem.   [Milwaukee,
n. p.] 1929.
   Typewritten.
   McCORMICK, Willard F.
   See Brooks, P. C,  McCormick,  W. F.  [et al.]  Current
aspects of records administration.  19p.  27cm.  Wash., 1943.
   McCORNACK, Condon Carleton, 1880-1944.
   Brig. Gen. Condon C. McCornack receives Legion of Merit
Award.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 1065.
   For obituary see J. Am.  M. Ass., 1944, 126: 1164.
   McCOSH, Andrew James,  1858-
   For biography see in Hist. N. York Polyclinic  (W. M.
Hartshorn) 1942, 147.
   McCOTTER, Rollo Eugene, 1878-       Dis-
section  methods  in  anatomy;  an  outline of
dissection designed for  students of  medicine and
dentistry at the University of Michigan.  4.  ed.
150p.   illust.  pi.  8?  Ann Arb., G. Wahr, 1933.
   For biography see Phi Chi  Q., Menasha, 1934, 31: 586.
   For portrait see Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1947, 13: 24.
   McCOWAN, Don Cabot, 1870-      Love and
life;  sex  urge  and  its consequences.   205p.
illust.   22cm.  Chic,  P. Covici, 1928.
   McCOY,  Bernice, 1896-
   For biography see Bull.  Los Angeles Co. M. Ass., 1944, 74:
158, portr.
   McCOY,  Elizabeth, 1903-      & McCLUNG,
Leland  Swint.  The anaerobic bacteria and their
activities in  nature and disease; a subject biblio-
graphy.  2v.  295p.; 602p.   28^cm x  22^cm.
Berkeley,  Univ.  California  pr.,   1939.   Also
Supplement.   Berkeley, No. 1, 1941-
   McCOY,   Frank.    The fast way to health;
being, as to the first part,  an exposition  of the
fasting  cure  and its application to prevalent dis-
orders,  and,  as to the second  part,  a treatise on .
food, together  with diets for the  well.   5. ed.
333p.   8?  Los Ang., McCoy  Pub., 1926.
   McCOY,  George Walter, 1876-       Studies
upon plague in ground squirrels.  71p.  pi.  8?
Wash.,  D. C,  Gov.  Print. Off., 1911.
   Forms No. 43, Bull. U. S. Marine Hosp. Serv.
   For biography see Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1941-42, 30: 374.
   See also Dr. George Walter McCoy retires.   J. Am. M. Ass.,
1940, 114: 2555.—George  W. McCoy and the U. S. Public
Health Service.  Ibid., 1937,108: 888.—Parsons, R. P. Dengue;
George McCoy.  In his Trail to Light, N. Y., 1943, 163-71.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McCOY,   James  David,  1884-        Applied
orthodontia; an introductory  text  for  students
and practitioners of dentistry.  3. ed. xiv, 344p.
8?  Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1931.
   ----   [The  same]  Applied orthodontics;  an
introductory text for students and  practitioners
of dentistry.  4. ed.   336p.   illust.  diagr.  8?
Phila.,  Lea  & Febiger, 1935.  Also  5. ed.  333p.
1941.   Also 6. ed.  335p.  1946.
   McCOY,  John Charles, 1867-1941.
   For obituary see J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1941, 38: 329, portr.
   McCOY,  John Cresap, 1858-1924.   Healthy
digestion;  a popular  treatise  on  indigestion,
dyspepsia,  and biliousness.    viii, 76p.    12:
Harrisburg, L. S. Hart,  1883.
   McCOY,   John    Hamilton,  1877-       &
GRIMES, Waldo Ernest. The stock-share lease.
39p.  tab.   23cm.  Topeka,  Kansas State Coll.
Agr., 1942.
   Forms No. 213, Circ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Kansas State Coll. Agr.
   McCRACKEN, Ian [M. D., 1926, Edinburgh]
& STEWART, Andrew  M.  A review of the milk
supply  of Glasgow in relation to pasteurisation.
52p.  fol.  Glasgow, Pub. Health Dep.  [1937]
* 
Mccracken
i
l
McCULLAGH
   McCRACKEN,  Mary Isabel  [Ph. D.,  1908,
Stanford]
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MacCRACKEN, William Benjamin, 1869-
Use your own eyes,   xxiv, 241p.   8?  Berkeley,
the Author, 1937.
   ----  Normal sight without glasses,  x, 89p.
21cm.  Berkeley, the Author, 1945.
   McCRADY,  Edward,   jr,   1906-       The
embryology of the opossum.   233p.  illust.   pi.
25^cm.  Phila., Wistar Inst. Anat. Biol., 1938.
   Forms No.  16, Am. Anat. Mem.
   McCRADY, MacHarvey, 1885-
   See Prescott, S. C, Winsiow, C. E. A., & McCrady, M. H.
Water bacteriology.  6. ed.  368p. 22cm.  N. Y., 1946.
   McCRAE, John, 1872-1918.
   Roddis, L.  H. The poet of  Flanders Fields, Lieutenant
Colonel John  McCrae, Canadian Army Medical Corps.  Ann.
Int. M., 1933,  6: 1657-62.  Also Mil. Surgeon, 1934, 75: 22-8.
   McCRAE, Thomas,  1870-1935.
   Editor of Osier, Sir W.  The principles and practice of medi-
cine.  10.-12. ed.  3v.. 24cm. x 24Hcm. N. Y., 1925-1935.
   For biography see Clinic Jefferson M. Coll., 1924, 26, portr.
   For obituary see Brit.  M. J.,  1935, 2: 91.  Also Canad. J.
M. & S., 1935, 78: 64. Also Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 107.  Also
Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1935-36, 3: p. xv-xviii.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MacCRAKEN, Walter H., 1870-1940.
   For obituary see Ann. Int. M.,  1939-40, 13: 2374 (Stapleton,
W. J., jr.)
   McCREA, Edith Florence Willock,    -1941 (?)
   For obituary  see J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1941, 116:  1593.  Also
Lancet, Lond., 1941, 1: 166.
   McCREA,  Edward  Lee, 1865-
   For portrait see in Hist. Med.  Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha, 1928,  539.
   McCREA,  Edwin  D'Arcy,    -1941 (?)  Dis-
eases of  the urethra  and penis, vii,  306p.  illust.
23cm.  Bristol, J.  Wright  & Sons,  1940.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 102.  Also J. Am. M
Ass., 1941, 116: 1593. Also Lancet, Lond., 1941, 1: 166.
   McCREA, Hugh Moreland, 1877-1941.
   For obituary see Brit.  M. J., 1941, 2: 754  (Souttar, H. S.)
Also Lancet, Lond., 1941,  2: 651.
   McCREA, Lowrain Edward, 1896-      Clini-
cal cystoscopy; a treatise on cystoscopic technic,
diagnosis,   procedures,  and  treatment.     2v.
1056p.   (paged  continuously)    illust.    diagr.
25^cm.  Phila., F. A.  Davis Co., 1945.
   ----  Clinical urology;  essentials of  diagnosis
and treatment,  x, 387p.  illust.   diagr.   24cm.
Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1946.
   McCREADY, Edwin Bosworth, 1880-1939.
   For obituary see Ann.  Int.  M., 1939-40,  13:  2372 (Jones,
C. R.)  Also Tr. Am. Ther. Soc. (1941) 1943, 41: 12  (Behan,
R.J.)
   McCREARY, Albert Benjamin, 1895-1941.
   For obituary see Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America,
1942, 57. meet., 278.  Also Health Notes, Jacksonville, 1941,
33: 34, portr.
   McCROREY, Henry Lawrence,  1863-
   For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
1942, 277, portr.
   McCUE,  James Patrick, 1877-
   For biography see:
   McCue,  J. W.   Cape  Cod  doctor.   139p.
20}4cm.  Silver Lake,  Mass.,  1945.
   McCUE,  James Westaway.  Cape Cod doctor;
a  collection of stories, articles,  recipes.   139p.
20Kcm.   Silver  Lake, Mass., New England  Bk
Co.,  1945.
   McCUEN, Brooks Walton,  1887-
   For portrait see Bull. Onondaga Co. M. Soc,  1939-40, 4:
No. 6, 3.
   McCULLAGH, Ernest Perry, 1901-
   For portrait see Kansas City M. J., 1941, 17: No. 10, 3.
  McCULLAGH, Thomas Alexander, 1853-1938.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1: 863.
   McCULLAGH,   William   McKim   Herbert,
1889-
  See Lane-Claypon, J. E., & McCuIlagh, W. McK. H.  A
report on the treatment of cancer of the uterus at the Samaritan
Free Hospital.  36p. 8!  Lond., 1927.
  McCULLOCH, Champe  Carter, 1869-1928.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1564.
  McCULLOCH, Ernest Carr,  1899-       Dis-
infection  and  sterilization.   525p.  illust.   tab.
diagr.   8?  Phila.,  Lea &  Febiger,  1936.   Also
2. ed.  472p.  1945.
  McCULLOCH, Hugh, 1888-    , editor.   Cur-
rent pediatric literature, 1940-1941.  46p.  25cm.
S. Louis,  C.  V. Mosby Co., 1941.  Also 1941-42.
59p.  25^cm.  S. Louis,  C. V. Mosby Co.  [1942]
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  McCULLOCH,  Mary P.   Secrets to  health
 evealed,  and the prevention and  cure of disease
by  our  hygiene home  treatment.   96p.   18?
Atlantic,  Iowa, McLean & Co.,  1891.
  McCULLOUGH, John  William Scott, 1868-
1941.
  For obituary see  Canad.  Pub. Health J., 1941, 32: 89-91,
portr. (Adams,  F.)  Also Health, Toronto, 1940-41, 8: 102,
portr. (Bates, G.)  Also Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America,
1942, 57. meet., 277.
  McCULLY,  Charles  Harvey, 1868-1941.
  For obituary see J. Indiana M. Ass., 1941, 34: 401, portr.
  McCUNE, Donovan James, 1902-
  For portrait see Med. Rec, Houston, 1942, 36: opp. p. 423.
  McCUNN, James, 1894-
  Editor of Hobday, Sir F. T. G. Hobday's Surgical diseases
of the dog and cat.  4. ed.  395p.  22cm. Bait., 1939.
  McCURDY, Asa  Charles, 1886-1918.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  McCURDY,  Edward, 1871-       The  mind
of Leonardo da Vinci.  360p.   front,   pi.   8?
N. Y., Dodd Mead & Co., 1928.
  MacCURDY,  Frederick, 1888-
  For portrait  see Psychiat. Q., 1943, 17: front.
  MacCURDY,  George Grant,  1863-
  Editor of International Symposium on Early Man.  Early
man as depicted by leading authorities.' 362p.  8?  Phila., 1937.
  MacCURDY,  Howard  Leigh.   *A  test for
measuring the  physical capacity of secondary
school boys [Ph. D.]  60p.  8?  N. Y., Columbia
Univ., 1933.
  McCURDY, Ira  Jay, 1869-1942.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass.,  1942, 120: 304.
  McCURDY, James  Huff,  1866-      & LAR-
SON,  Leonard A.  The physiology of exercise;
a text-book  for  students of  physical education.
3.  ed., thoroughly rev.   349p.  illust.  diagr.
24cm.   Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1939.
  MacCURDY,  John  Thompson, 1886-
The structure  of  morale,   vii, 224p.   19^cm.
N. Y., Macmillan  Co., 1943.
  McCURDY, Sidney  Morrill, 1881-1944.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126: 720.
  McCUSKER,  Clarence Joseph, 1874-1932.
  For obituary see Tr.  Pacific Soc. Obst. Gyn., 1931-33, l:-3:
190, portr. (Mathieu, A.)
  McCUTCHEN, Lex  Glin, 1894-1939.
  For obituary see Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1938-39, 33:
533 (Sante,  L. R.)
  McCUTCHEON, Joseph Glaister, 1880-1942.
  For obituary see  Brit. M. J., 1942, 2: 680.  Also Glasgow
M. J., 1942, 138: 201.
  McCUTCHEON, Morton,  1888-
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  McDANIEL, Arthur Shaw, 1854-1938.
  For obituary see Texas J. M., 1938-39, 34: 656, portr.
  McDANIEL,  Donald  Judson.   A  new  tech-
nique  and  instrumentation  for the removal  of
impacted  teeth; a  complete  reverse  of  other
methods.   2. ed.  20  1.  illust.  8?  Chic, the
Author, 1934. 
McDANIEL
   McDANIEL, Walton Brooks, 1897-
   See Schweinitz, G. E. de, & McDaniel, W. B.  An account
of t lie College of Physicians of Philadelphia. 2. ed.  41p.  8°
ll.ancaster, Pa.] 1934.
   McDANIELS,  Herbert  Eli, 1904-        *Ap-
praisal of public health work in Oak Park,  Illinois
[Illinois; Ph. D.]  8p.  23cm.   Chic. [n. p.] 1937.
   McDANNALD, Alexander H., 1877-
   Editor of  Encyclopedia  (The)  Americana.  1939  ed.  30v.
26cm.  X. Y., 1939. Also Americana annual.  1939.  S52p.
26cm. N. Y., 1939.
   McDANNALD, Clyde Elliot,  1876-
   For biography see in Hist. N. York  Polyclinic (W. M.
Hartshorn) 1942, 203, portr.
   MacDERMOT, Hugh Ernest,  1888-
Historv  of the  Canadian  Medical Association,
1*67-1921.   xi,  209p.   portr.    8?    Toronto,
Murray Print. Co.,  1935.
   ----History of the School for Nurses of the
Montreal  General Hospital.   125p.   illust.   pi.
portr.  23Kcm.   Montreal, Alumnae Ass., 1940.
   ----Maude  Abbott;  a  memoir,   xi, 264p.
pi.  portr.  22}£cm.   Toronto,  Macmillan Co.,
1941.
   McDERMOT,  James, 1845-1920.
   For biography see in Hist. Med. Profes. Co. Ontario (Kaiser,
T. E.) Oshawa, 1934, 51.
   McDERMOTT, John Francis,  1902-      &
TAFT,  Kendall Benard, eds.  Sex in the  arts; a
symposium,  xviii, 328p.   23cm.  N. Y., Harper
& Bros, 1932.
   McDERMOTT, Joseph  L.,  1875-1936.
   Forobituatx see .1. Missouri M. Afs., 1936, 33: 199.
   McDERMOTT, Valeria  Dunne.
   Sec Peebles, A., & McDermott. V. D.  Nursing services and
insurance for medical care in Brattleboro,  Vermont.  65p. 8?
Chic. [1932]
   McDIARMID, Errett Weir,  1909-       The
library survey; problems and methods,   xv, 243p.
tab.   diagr.   form.  23]:>cm.   Chic,  Am. Lib.
Ass., 1940.
   ----&  McDIARMID, John.  The administra-
tion  of the  American public  library.   250p.
24cm.  Chic., Am.  Libr. Ass., 1943.
   Forms No. 3, Illinois Contrib.  Librarianship.
   McDIARMID, John, 1911-
   See McDiarmid, E. W., & McDiarmid, J.  The administia-
tion of the American publiclibrary. 250p.  24cm.  Chic, 1943.
   MacDIARMID, Leslie Frederick, 1884-1943.
   For obituary see Q. Chicago M. School, 1941-42,  2: No. 2,
17, portr.; 23.
   McDIARMID, Norman L.,ri879-        Mili-
tary medicine as a specialty; how  can  a  knowl-
edge of it  be promoted in  the medical profession
in civilian life and in the  reserves?  16 1.  MS.
4?  [n. p.] 1933.
   No. 15 of  essays submitted in crmpetition for the  Henry S.
Wellcome medal and prize, 1933.  Typewritten.
   MacDIARMID, Stuart B., 1881-
   For portrait see in Hist.  Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha. 1928. 614.
   McDONAGH,  Andrew J.,  1867-1942.
   For obituary see J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 884, portr
(Gullett, D.  W.)  Also J. Canad. Dent. Ass., 1942, 8: 133-6-
portr., 2. Also J. Dent. Res., 1942, 21: 343.
   McDONAGH, James Eustace Radclyffe, 1881-
       The  nature  of  disease.    3v.   pi.  tab.
diagr.   *?    Lond., W. Heinemann, 1924-31.
   —-— The common cold and influenza and their
relationship  to  other  infections  in  man and
animals; the nature  of disease; annual  reports  for
the years  1934 & 1935.   vi,  152p.  ch.   diagr.
8?   Lond., W. Heinemann, 1936.
  ----The  universe  through  medicine.   v,
389p.  pi.   tab.   25cm.  Lond.,  W. Heinemann,
1940.
  For biography see Clin. Med., 1933, 40: 503-5, portr.
MACDONALD
   MACDONALD, Albert Angus, 1851-1941.
   For obituary see Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1944-45,  18: 61
portr.
   McDONALD, Allan Waller. 1876-
   For portrait see Pet mit M.  News,  1941-42, 33: No. 38, 7
   MacDONALD, Andrew Magruder, 1892-
   For biography see Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1942, 11:
270, portr.
   MACDONALD, Angus, 1872-1943.
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1943, 2: 527, portr.
   McDONALD, Angus C, 1865-1944.
   For obituary see J. Indiana  M. Ass., 1944, 37: 333, portr.
   McDONALD,  Archibald   Leete,  1879-
Essentials of surgery; a textbook of surgery  for
students  and graduate  nurses and  for  those
interested in the care of the sick.  4.  ed.  xi, 295p.
8?  Phila.,  J. B. Lippincott Co. [1929]
   MacDONALD,  Arthur,  1856-1936.   Le cri-
minel-type  dans quelques  formes  graves de la
criminality. Traduit de l'anglais par le Dr. Henry
Coutagne. 2. 6d.  279p. illust.  24%cm.   Lyon,
A   Storck  1894.
  '----  Brain.  8p.  4?  Wash., Gov. Print. Off.,
1932.
  ----  Brain  weight and legislative ability in
Congress. 7p.  8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off.,  1932.
  ----  Legislative  anthropology  as applied to
Congress-—being a chapter in the scientific study
of modern civilized man.  6p.  4?   Wash.,  Gov.
Print. Off.,  1933.
   ----Legislative ability in  Congress, including
a study of the Senate of the sixty-second Congress.
8p.  4?  Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1933.
  ----Scots and Scottish influence in Congress;
a   historico-anthropological   study.    4p.    4?
Wash., Gov. Print. Off.,  1933.
   Reprinted from Congress. Rec, 72. Congr., 1. scss., 1933.
   Autobiography. Ind. M. Rec, 1935, 55: 23-32.
   For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston,  W.) N. Y., 1940,
651.
   MacDONALD, Carolyn Nicholas, 1887-1942.
   For obituary see Women in Med., 1942, No. 77, 29 (Korman,
B.)
   MACDONALD, Coll Reginald, 1852-1929.
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 55.
   MACDONALD, David  Mitchell,  1869-1944.
Materia  medica, complete volume.   4. ed.  244p.
19cm. Edinb.,  E. & S. Livingstone, 1932.
  ——  Craig's posological tables;  appendix  on
poisons, index of diseases, and medicines arranged
according  to their action.   6.  ed.   124p.   32?
Edinb., E. &  S. Livingstone, 1933.
  ----  The essentials of pharmacology, materia
medica and therapeutics for  medical  students.
279p.  16?  Lond., H. Kimpton, 1938.
  ----   The  students'   pocket prescriber and
guide to  prescription writing.   11. ed.  xvi, 314p.
lO^cm.   Edinb.,  F.  & S.   Livingstone,  1941.
Also 12. ed.  398p.   1945.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 704.
   MACDONALD, Elizabeth Mary.
  See  Haworth, N. A., & Macdonald, E. M.  Theory of occu-
pational therapy. 132p.  22^cm.  Lond., 1940.  Also 2. ed.
148p.  8°  Lond., 1944. Also 3. ed.  158p. 8? Bait., 1946.
   McDONALD, Ernest Augustus, 1878-1935.
   For obituary see Bull.  Acad. M. Toronto, 1936, 9:  100.
Also Canad. J. M. & S., 1936, 79: 49.
   MacDONALD, Frank Alan, 1896-
   For  portrait see California West. M., 1943, 59: 100.
   MACDONALD, George,  1892-       & HAR-
GRAVE-WILSON, William.   The osteopathic
lesion,   xii,  141p.  pi.   8?   Lond.,  W.  Heine-
mann, 1935.
   McDONALD, George  Albert, 1865-       In-
structions upon  the ambulant or injection treat-
ment of  herniae.   v. p.  8?  Fairfield, 111. [n. p.] 
MACDONALD
13
MACDONALD
  MACDONALD,  Greville  Matheson,   1856-
1944.  Reminiscences of a specialist.  422p.   pi.
portr.   8?  Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1932]
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 676.
  MACDONALD, Ian,  1872-1932.
  For obituary see P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1936,
10. Congr., 1: 180-2.
  MACDONALD, James, 1878-       Dr. Locke,
healer of men; a biography.  6  p.  1.  83p.  pi.
portr.   8?   [Williamsburg,  Ont., Williamsburg
Times, 1933]
  MACDONALD, James Alexander, 1853-1928.
  For obituary see Brit. M.  J.,  1928, 1: 781-5 (Verrall, J.,
Maclean. E.. et al.) Also Lancet, Lond., 1928, 1: 940.
  McDONALD, James Francis, 1881-
  See Shaw, C. R., McKay, H. D., & McDonald, J. F.  Brothers
in crime.  364p.  23)Scm. Chic, 1938.
  For biography  see in Hist. Med.  Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha, 1928, 230-2, portr.
  For portrait see Collection  in Library.
  MacDONALD, James Roderick.   *The varia-
tion of the  heats  of  dilution of hydrochloric acid
solutions with temperature [Ph. D.]  12p.  24cm.
Chic, Univ. Chicago Libr., 1940.
  MacDONALD, James W.,  1867-1941.
  Stanton, S. C.  In memoriam.  Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1941)
1942, 51: 536, portr.
  MACDONALD,  Jessie  Helen  [M.  D., 1897,
Bishop Coll.]
  For portrait see Collection  in Library.
  MacDONALD, John  Alexander, 1877-
  For portrait see Nu Sigma  Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 268.
  MACDONALD, John B., 1873-1927.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 1351.
  McDONALD, John McWilliam, 1889-
  For portrait see Baltimore  Health News, 1943, 20: 167.
  MACDONALD, John Smyth, 1867-1941.
  For obituary see Brit. M.  J.,  1941, 1:  611; 691 (Hall, A.,
& Skinner, E. F.)  Also Lancet, Lond., 1941, 1: 620, portr.
  McDONALD,  Joseph  John,  1913-       &
LANGE,  Jack.     Correlative   neuroanatomy.
2.  ed.    124p.  illust.    diagr.   28cm.   Chic,
Univ.  Med.  Pub. [1940]  Also 3. ed. [with J. R.
Green]  155p.  1943.
  MACDONALD,  Lisbeth.   First  aid.   24p.
illust.   22cm.  Storrs, Conn,  [194-?]
  MacDONALD, Louisa Boyer Smallwood, 1848-
1919.
  For biography see  in Hist. Med.  Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha, 1928, 185.
  MACDONALD,   M.  Gray.   Handbook   of
nursing  in  industry,   ix,  226p.   form.   20cm.
Phila., W. B. Saunders  Co., 1944.
  MacDONALD, Malcolm, 1901-
  For biography see Med. Off., Lond., 1941, 65: 63.
  For portrait see Canad. Nurse, 1942, 38: 536.
  MacDONALD, Murdoch, 1871-1946.
  For obituary see Pub. Health, Lond., 1945-46, 59: 106.
  MACDONALD,  Peter  Home  [M.  B., 1906,
S.  Andrews]  Influenza and air-borne diseases.
30p.   19cm.   [Auckland,  N.  Z., Whitcombe &
Tombs,  1919]
  MACDONALD, Sarah.
  See Burdon, I. M., & Macdonald, S., eds. Anatomical atlas.
58p.  24cm. Lond., 1938.
  McDONALD, Stuart, 1873-
  For biography  see Univ. Durham Coll. M. Gaz., 1937-38.
38: 321, portr.
  McDONALD, Stuart, jr, 1906-46.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J.,  1946, 2: 712.  Also Lancet,
Lond., 1946, 2: 699.
  MacDONALD, Sydney Gray, 1879-1946.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J.,  1946, 1: 507, poror.   Also
Lancet,  Lond.,  1946, 1: 364.  Also West London M. J., 1946,
51: 63.
  MacDONALD, Thomas B., 1868-1940.
  For obituary see Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1939-40, 13:  115.
  MACDONALD, V. May.  Mental hygiene and
the public health nurse; practical suggestions for
the nurse of today.  2. ed.   xvi, 72p.  8?  Phila.,
J.  B.  Lippincott Co. [1934]
   MacDONELL, Frank J. A., 1874-1942.
   For portrait see Detroit M. News, 1941-42, 33: No. 24, 7.
   McDONELL, William Neil, 1876-1941.
   For obituary see Mil. Surgeon, 1941,  89: 729.
   McDONNELL, James, 1762-1845.
   Simms, S.  The founder of the Belfast Medical School,
Ulster  M. J., 1932, 1: 34-8, portr., pi.
   McDONNELL, John Neumann, 1910-
   For portrait see Bull. Philadelphia Coll. Pharm., 1941-42,
34: No. 11, 3.
   McDONNELL, Ralph Edward, 1894-
   For portrait see Connecticut M.  J., 1942, 6: 481.
   McDONNELL,  Robert Percy,  1876-      A
manual of  sanitary law; specially arranged for
candidates for public health qualifications.  2. ed.
xvi, 240p.   16cm.  Dub., Powell Pr., 1945.
   McDONOUGH,  Everett  Goodrich, 1905-
Truth  about  cosmetics.   viii,  31 lp.   24cm.
N. Y., Drug & Cosmetic Indust., 1937.
   McDONOUGH,  Mary Lou  McCarthy.   Poet
physicians;  an  anthology   of   medical  poetry
written  by  physicians.   xiii,  210p.   26cm.
Springf. C. C Thomas, 1945.
   McDONOUGH,  Mary Rosa,  1884-      The
empirical  study of  character.   2 pts.   222p.
[paged  consecutively]    tab.     diagr.   23cm.
Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co. [1929]
   Form Nos.  3 & 4, v.2, Stud. Psychol. Cath Univ. America.
   See also Schmiedeler, E., & McDonough, M. R.  Parent and
child.  301p.  8?  N. Y. [1934]
   McDOUGAL, Kenneth, 1866-
   For biography see in Hist. Long Island (Ross, P. V.)  N. Y.,
1902 2: 229
   McDOUGAL, Luther Love, 1878-
   For portrait see Mississippi Doctor,  1936-37, 14: No. 19,
30; 1942-43, 20:  289.
   MacDOUGAL, Mary Stuart,  1885-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   ---- & HEGNER, Robert William.  Biology,
the  science  of  life,   x, 963p.   illust.  diagr.
23}x2cm.   N. Y., McGraw-Hill  Book Co.,  1943.
   McDOUGALL, Alice Foote, 1867-       Eating
aesthetically,  p.394-7.  8?  N. Y., 1928.
   Cutting from Forum, N. Y., 1928, 80:
   MACDOUGALL, John Aymers, 1844-1928.
   For obituary see Edinburgh M.  J., 1928, n. ser., 35: 477-9,
portr.
   McDOUGALL, John Bowes, 1890-     Tomog-
raphy.  73p.  illust.   diagr.    28%cm.  x 22cm.
Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co.,  1940.
   See also Heaf, F. R. G., & McDougall, J. B.  Rehabilitating
the tuberculous.   142p.  21cm. Lond., 1945.
   MacDOUGALL,  Neil Edward, 1886-1939.
   For obituary  see Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1940,
28. meet., 264.
   McDOUGALL,   William,  1871-1938.   Psy-
chology; the study of behaviour,   vii, 256p.  16?
N. Y., H.  Holt & Co., 1912.
   ----Anthropology  and history;  being the
twenty-second Robert  Boyle  lecture,  delivered
before the Oxford University  Junior  Scientific
Club  on  June  9,   1920.   25p.   8?   Lond.,  H.
Milford, 1920.
   ----   Was  Darwin  wrong?   p.244-53.  8?
N. Y., 1928.
   Cutting from Forum, N. Y., 1928, 79:
   ----  The energies  of  men; a study of the
fundamentals of dynamic psychology,  xi,  395p.
illust. pi.  8?  N. Y., C. Scribner's Sons, 1933.
   ----  Psycho-analysis and social psychology.
ix, 207p.   8?  Lond., Methuen  & Co. [1936]
   ----  Body and mind   [8.  ed.]   xix, 384 p.
diagr.  22^cm.  Lond., Methuen &  Co.  [1938]
   For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940,
652.  Also Am.  J. Psychiat,, 1940-41, 97: 633-49 (Line, W.)
Also Proc Am. Acad. Art. Sc, 1940, 74: 143-6 (Bruce, H. A.)
Also Psychol. Rev., 1939, 46: 1-8, portr. (Adams, D. K.) 
McDOUGALL
14
MCDOWELL
  For obituary see Am. J. Psvchol., 1939. 52: 303-7 (Pattie,
F. A., jr)  Also Am. J.  Sociol., 1938-39, 44: 555 (Ellwood, C.
A.)   Also Brit. J. Educ. Psvchol., 1939, 9: 1-7  (Burt,  C.)
Also  Brit. J. M.  Psychol., 1939-40,  18: 105-11 (Smith, M.)
Also Brit. J. Psvchol., 1938-39, 29: 321 8, portr. (Flugel, J. C)
Also Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 1232, portr.  Also J. Ment. Sc, Lond.,
1939, 85: 615-8 (Drever, J., & Good, T. S.)  Also Lancet,
Djnd., 1938, 2: 1386, portr.  Also Nature, Lond.,  1938, 142:
1107  (Bartlett. F. C.)
  Sec ako Crew, F. A. E.  A repetition of McDmigali's  I.a-
marckinn experiment.  J. Genetics, Cambr., 1!I3<>, 33: 01-102,
2 ch.—Holsopple,  J. Q.  William McDougall and abnoiinul
psychology.  .1. Ahnnrm. Psychol., 1939, 34: 161  ">.   Lanpfeld,
H S  Professor McDougall's contributions to the science of
psychology.  Brit. J. Psychol., 1940-41, 31: 107-14.—Spear-
man, ('.  The life and work of William McDougall.  Character
& Peisonality,  1938-39, 7: 175-91, portr.,  bibliogr.
  For portrait see Psychol. Rev., 1939, 46: front.

  McDOWALL, F.  H.   The  cheese  yielding
capacity of  milk, and its relation to the method
of payment  for milk for cheese-making,   ix,  364p.
tab.  diagr.   25cm.   Wellington, G. H. Loney,
1936.
  Forms No. 3, v.18, N. Zealand J. Sc.
  MacDOWALL, John Lazier, 1877-1942.
  For obituary see Laryngoscope, 1942, 52: 755.
  McDOWALL, Robert John Stewart, 1892-
The science of signs and symptoms in relation to
modern diagnosis  and treatment.    viii,  440p.
pi.    8?  Lond., W.  Heinemann,  1931.   Also
3. ed. [with Hugh  Alexander  Dunlop]  xv,  542p.
1934.
  ----  The  control  of the  circulation of  the
blood.   xv,  619p.    diagr.   25}£cm.   Lond.,
Longmans, Green & Co. [1938]
  ----  Handbook of physiology and biochem-
istry.   36.  ed.  x,  977p.   illust.   pi.   diagr.
22cm.  Phila., P.  Blakiston's Son  &  Co.,  1939.
Also 39. ed.   898p.  22cm.  Lond., J.  Murray,
1946.
  ----  A biological introduction to psychology;
an introduction to psychology for students and
  Eractitioners  of medicine,    xiv,  210p.   19cm.
  ond.,  J.  Murray  [1941]  Also  rev.  ed.  Sane
psychology;  a  biological  introduction  to  psy-
chology,  xii,  275p.  [1943]
  See also Halliburton. W. D., & McDowall,  R. J. S.  Hand-
book of physiology and biochemistry. 37. ed. 977p.  22cm.
Lond., 1942  [also  previous and later editions]  Also Smout,
C. F. V., & McDowall,  R. J. S.  Anatomy and physiology for
students  of physiotherapy,  occupational  therapy  and gym-
nastics.  4l8p.  23}Scm.  Lond.,  1944.

  McDOWALL,  Stewart   Andrew,  1882-
Biology and  mankind.-  xviii,  229p.   pi.   8?
Cambr., Cambridge Univ.  Pr., 1931.
  McDOWELL, Arthur Roscoe, 1890-1938.
  For biography  see  Frater, Menasha,  1925-26, 25:  125,
portr. (West, F. T.)
  For obituary see Proc. Am. Ass. Dent. Schools, 1939, 16: 299.
  MacDOWELL, Edwin Carleton, 1887-
  l'oi portrait see Collection in Library.

  McDOWELL, Elizabeth Dickinson,  1893-
*Educational   and   emotional  adjustments  of
stuttering children [Ph. D.]   57p.  8?   N.  Y.,
Columbia  Univ., 1928.
  McDOWELL, Ephraim,  1771-1830.
  Mosby, C. V.  A little journey to the home of
Ephraim  McDowell.   43p.   18cm.  S.  Louis,
1939.
  For biography see J. Organother., 1937, 21: 12; 60, portr.
Also  Med. Classics, 1937-38, 2: 643-50, portr.  Also South.
Surgeon,  1936, 5: 42-9 (Podolsky, E.)
  See also Abell,  I.   Ephraim  McDowell  memorial.   Tr.
South. Surg. Ass.,  ]!i36, 49: 451.  Also Ann. Surg., 1937, 105:
1031.—Cutler,  E. C. Ephraim McDowell, the  surgeon.  N.
England  J. M., 1930, 202: 276-8.—Frank, L.  Lest we forget.
Tr. South.  Surg.  Ass., 1933, 45: 580-7.—Haggard,  W. D.
Surgeon of the wilderness, Ephraim  McDowell.  Surg. Gyn.
Obst., 1934, 58: 415-9.—Hendon, G. A.  Ephraim McDowell
and Jane Crawford. Mississippi Doctor, 1936-37, 14: No. 12,
14-20.—Jane Todd Crawford essay contest won by Marjory
Roberts.  Kentucky M.  J., Woman's Auxiliary Sect., 1941, 10:
87.—Moore, T. W. A  tribute to a  southern physician, Dr.
Ephraim  McDowell.  South. M. J., 1930, 23: 1-6.—Morgan,
W. G.  Ephraim McDowell, pioneer and physician.   Ibid.,
1931,  24: 39— Sicherman, K. L.  Ephraim McDowell and
early  American surgerv.   J. Michigan M.  ,s°/'-> A19JL 30:
453-9-Student Ephraim McDowell.   J- Am. M. Ass., 1938,
111: 2441.-Underwood, F. J.  Ephraim McDowell.   South.
M. J., 1931, 24: 41.
  For portrait see Collection in Library. Also in Am.  Doctors
of Destinv (Jirka, F. J.) Chic, 1940, opp.  p. 76.   Also in
Hundred Years of Med. (Haagensen, C. D., & Lloyd, W. E. B.)
N. Y., 1943, opp. p. 260.
  McDOWELL, Frank, 1911-
  See Brown. J. B., & McDowell, F.  Skin grafting of burns.
204p.  26!$cm. Phila.,  1943.  Also another ed. 1944.
  For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1943, 42: 967.
  McDOWELL, Harold Clyde, 1904-
  Sec in 5. ser.  Albee, F. H., Powers, E. J..  & McDowell,
H. C.  Surgery of the spinal column. 460p.  23 Hem.   Phila.,
1945.
  McDOWELL, Joseph Nash,  1805-68.
  For biography see Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q.,  1937, 1:
4-14, portr. (Schlueter, R. E.) 1941-42, 5: 170-4.
  See also Terry, R. J.  To mark the grave of Dr. Joseph Nash
McDowell,  founder of the Missouri Medical College.  Washing-
ton  Univ. M. Alumni Q., 1941, 4: 112, portr.—Unveiling of
Joseph Nash McDowell's gravestone.   Week. Bull. S. Louis
M. Soc, 1941-42, 36: 334-8.
  For portrait see Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q., 1941, 4:
113.
  McDOWELL,  Thomas.    Gymnastic  move-
ments. 58p. illust.  pi.  21}^cm.   Lond., Oxford
Univ. Pr., 1935.
  ---- The young gymnast.  58p.  illust.   19cm.
Lond., Oxford Univ. Pr., 1938.
  McDOWELL, William Adair, 1795-1853.
  For biography see Kentucky M. J., 1943, 41: 63-5.
  McDUNNOUGH, James Halliday,  1877-
Directions for  collecting and preserving insects.
14p.   8?   Ottawa, 1936.
  Forms No. 520,  Pub. Canada Dep. Agr.
  MACE,  Cecil Alec,   1894-        Incentives;
some  experimental studies,  iv, 69p.   ch.   tab.
8?  Lond., H.  M. Stat. Off., 1935.
  Forms No. 72, Rep. Gr. Britain. Privy Counc. Med. Res.
Counc. Indust. Health Res. Bd.
  MACE,  Eugene,   1856-1938.    *Recherches
anatomiques sur la grande douve du foie (Distoma
hepaticum)   89p.    pi.    8?   Nancy,  Berger-
Levrault  & cie, 1882.
  For  obituary see Paris  med., 1938, 110:  402  (Lavergne,
V. de)   Also Presse med., 1939, 47: 75, portr.  (Jayle, F.)
  MACE,  Jean,  1910-        ^Contribution  a
l'etude des formes   convulsives  des  accidents
nerveux  du  pneumothorax.   47p.   8?    Par.,
Vigot fr., 1936.
  MACE, Maurice,  1906-        *Le  traitement
du pied bot paralytique.  83p.   8?  Par., Jouve &
cie, 1933.

MACE.

  See Myristica; Spice.
  McEACHERN, Donald, 1904-
  See Penfleld, W. G., & McEachern, D. Intracranial  tumors.
p.l37-216(43)  26^cm.  N. Y., 1938.

  MacEACHERN, Malcolm Thomas, 1881-
Hospital  organization and management,    xxiv,
944p. illust.  diagr.  pi.   8?  Chic, Physicians'
Record  Co.,  1935.   Another   ed.   xxiv,  984p.
1940. Also 2. ed.  xxiii, 1052p.   1946.
  ----   Medical records  in the  hospital,   xv,
374p.  illust.   forms.   8?   Chic, Physicians'
Record Co., 1937.
  ----   Memorandum  of  inter-American activi-
ties of the American College of Surgeons for  the
Conference  on  inter-American  relations  in  the
field of education, Nov. 9-10, 1939.  10 1.  28^cm.
[Wash., Dep. State, 1939]
  ----  Manual on obstetric practice in hospitals.
96p.   23cm.  Chic, Am.  Hosp.  Ass.  [1940]
  Forms No. 209, Bull. Am. Hosp. Ass.
  For portrait see Hospitals, 1938, 12: No. 4, 27.
  McEACHRAN, Duncan,        -1924.
  For portrait see Vet. Med., Chic, 1945, 40: 7. 
MACE
15
MACERATION
  MACE de Lepinay, Alain, 1905-      *Etude
sur les troubles  larynges  du tabes.  114p.   8?
Par.,  A.  Legrand, 1936.
  MACEDO, Albano Augusto Xavier de.  *Breve
estudo acerca  do cha.  93p.   8?  Lisb.,  Nova
Minerva, 1879.
  MACEDO Cazorla, Jose Mariano, 1823-94.
  Peru.  Sociedad peruana de  historia de la
medicina. Vida y obras de Jose Mariano Macedo
1823-94.  130p.   25cm.   Lima, 1945.
  Also An. Soc. peru. hist, med., 1944.
  For biography see  Am. J. Pharm. Educ, 1946, 10: 344-50.
(Gittinger, G. S.) Also Reforma med., Lima, 1944, 30: 769-94,
portr. (Paz Soldan, C. E.)
  MACEDO Costa, Antonio de, Bishop of Pard,
1830-91.
  Bio-bibliografia. Die biobibl. brasil., Rio, 1937, 1: 426-8,
portr.
  McELLIGOTT, Joseph Arthur, 1902-
*Ruptured  gall  bladder;  conclusions  based  on
clinical  study  of five cases and three hundred
forty-eight cases  from the literature  [Marquette
Univ.]   19p.  28cm.  [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1931.
  Typewritten.
  McELLROY, William Swindler, 1893-
  For portrait see Pennsylvania Health, 1941-42, 2: No. 2, 29.
  McELMAN, Harry Wilbur, 1888-1928.
  For obituary see  Proc  Connecticut M. Soc, 1929, 137:
231  (Smith. E. W.)
  McELROY,  George Edward, 1889-       Nat-
ural  ventilation  of  Michigan  copper   mines.
iii,  40p.  pi.   23cm.   Wash.,  Gov. Print. Off.,
1932.
  Forms No. 516, Techn. Papers Bur. Mines U. S.
  McELROY, James  Bassett,  1866-1943.
  For obituarv see Ann. Int. M., 1943, 19: 564 (Chaney, W. C.)
-Also J. Am. M". Ass.,  1943, 121: 1301.
  McELVAIN, Samuel  Marion, 1897-       The
characterization of organic compounds,  ix, 282p.
illust. 22cm.  N. Y., Macmillan Co., 1945.
  McELWAIN,  Clifford Edward, 1894-
  For portrait see Bull. Onondaga Co. M. Soc, 1939-40, 4:
No. 7, 8.
   MacENRI, Seaghan P., 1844-1930.
  For obituary see Brit. M.y ., 1930, 1: 843.
  MACEO,  Antonio, 1909-       *La  maladie
neoformante du  col de  la vessie  chez  la femme.
119p. 8?  Par., L. Cario, 1936.
  MACER, Floridus  [Aemilius] 70-16 (?) B. C.
De virtutibus herbarum   [51]  1.  8?   [Napoli,
1477?]   Another ed.  52ff.  4?  Geneve,  Belot-
Cruse  [after  1500]   Another  ed.   38ff.   4?
Geneve  [Belot-Cruse, after 1500]  Another ed.
159ff.  24?  [Paris,  1514]  Another  ed.  32ff.
fol.   Grenada,  Andrea de  Burgos,  March  12,
1519.  Another  ed.  [comm.  by  Joannes Atro-
cianus.   Also Strabo: Hortulus]   [4]  108 1.  8?
Freiburg i. B., John  Faber,  1530.  Another  ed.
[with  comm. of  Georg  Pictorius]  8p. 1.  206p.
illust. 24?  Basel, Sebast. Henricpetrus, 1581.
  MACERA Cassinelli, Jose  Maria, 1894-
Afecciones  agudas  no  supuradas  del  sistema
nervioso en   la  infancia  (neuroaxitis)   88p.
22^cm.   B. Air., E. Spinelli, 1938.
  ----  & RUCHELLI, Alberto P.  Las cardio-
patias en nuestro medio escolar; sus proyecciones
sociales.  viii, 126p.  illust.  tab.   diagr.  23/2cm.
B. Air.,  El Ateneo,  1940.

MACERATA.
  See under Hospital report.

MACERATION.
  See also  Drug, Preparing; Fetus, Maceration,
and mummification.                     .
  Evans,  F. L.  A  simple protection in aseptic grinding  ol
tissue. J.  Lab. Clin. M., 1937-38, 23: 645.—Lund-Rasmussen,
H.  Om udbyttet af tinkturer fremstillede ved maceration.
Dansk. tskr. farm., 1943, 17: 89-103.—Pick, L.  Ein freiste-
hender,  ohne  Geruchsbelastigung arbeitender Mazerations-
apparat.  Zbl. allg. Path., 1927-28, 41: 1-4.

MACESTA, Russia.
  See also Balneography.
  Kester,  B. P.  [Treatment at Macesta]  2. ed.
112p.  14^cm.   Rostov-on-the-Don,  1935.
  Turkeltaub,   M.   [Lechenie  serdechnykh
bolnykh  na sochi-macestinskom  kurorte]  Ed.
by  V. A. Aleksandrov.  204p.  22^cm.  Moskva,
1940.
  MacEVITT, John Cowell, 1856-1942.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 221.
  MacEWAN, Peter, 1856-1917.
  For obituary see J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1918, 316-8 (W.,
S. W.)
  McEWAN, Thomas Lawson, 1893-1941.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 140.  Also J. Path.
Bact., Lond., 1942, 54: 276 (Tulloch, W. J.)
  McEWEN, Currier, 1902-
  See Swift, H. F., & McEwen, C. Rheumatic fever,  p. 11-
38(63)  26Hcm.  N. Y., 1938.
  MacEWEN, Ewen Murchison,  1885-
  For portrait see Med. Bull. Univ. Iowa, 1939, July, 2.
Also Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 224; 1942, 31: 251.
  MACEWEN, Hugh Allen [M. B., 1905, Glas-
gow]  Food  inspection;  a handbook.   3.  ed.
ix,  305p.   12?  Lond., Blackie & Son, 1922.
  MACEWEN, John Allan Craigie,      -1944.
Fractures,  compound fractures, dislocations and
their treatment; with a  section on amputations
and artificial limbs,  xii, 285p.   illust.  pi.  19cm.
Glasg., Maclehose, Jackson & Co.,  1919.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 132.  Also Glasgow
M.  J., 1944, 141: 63. Also Lancet, Lond., 1944, 1: 136.
  MACEWEN,  Sir  William,   1848-1924.  The
growth and shedding of the antler of the deer;
the historical  phenomena  and their  relation to
the growth of  bone,  xvii,  109p.  8?   Glasg.,
Maclehose, Jackson & Co., 1920.
  See also:
  Bowman, A. K.  The life and teaching of  Sir
William  Macewen; a chapter  in  the  history  of
surgery.   425p.   25cm.   Lond., 1942.
  Turner,  G. G.   The  Macewen  outlook  in
surgery.   72p.   21}£cm.  Glasg., 1939.
  Young, A.  Sir William Macewen; an oration,
delivered in the University at the commemora-
tion of benefactors on 23. June 1926.  52p.   8?
Glasg., 1926.
  See also Mayo, C. H.  An appreciation of Sir William Mace-
wen's life and work.  Collect.   Papers Mayo Clin.,  1936, 28:
1193.—Power, D'A.  Sir William Macewen; a pioneer in
surgery.  In his Mirror for Surgeons, Bost., 1939, 181-91.
  For portrait see J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1942, 57: opp. p.  131,
  MACEY, Harry Buford, 1905-
  For biography see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1942, 39: 363, portr.
  MacFADDEN, Arthur William James, 1869-
1933.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 400.
  MACFADDEN, Bernarr Adolphus, 1868-
Strength from eating;  how and what to  eat and
drink to  develop the highest degree of health and
strength.   194p.   portr.  19cm.   N. Y., Phys.
Cult. Pub. Co., 1901.
   ----   Marriage a lifelong honeymoon. 342p.
 19cm.  N.  Y., Phys. Cult. Pub. Co., 1903.
   ----   Superb virility of manhood, giving  the
 causes and simple  home methods of  curing  the
 weaknesses of men.  xi, 390p.  8?  N. Y., Phys.
 Cult. Pub. Co. [1904]
   ----    Keeping  fit.    172p.   portr.   20cm.
 N.  Y.,  Macfadden  Pub., 1923.   Also  another
 ed.  226p.  1923.
   ----   Physical culture cook book,  xii, 372p.
 8?   N. Y., Macfadden Bk Co., 1924. 
16                                McFADYEN
MACFADDEN
  ---  The walking cure; pep and power from
walking;  how  to cure  disease from  walking.
x, 179p.  pi.  19cm.  X.  Y.,  Macfadden  Pub.,
1924.
  ----  Skin troubles; their causes, nature and
treatment,   viii,  283p.  pi.  8?   N.  Y.,  Mac-
fadden Pub., 1927.
  ----Strengthening the eyes;   a system  of
scientific eye training,  xix, 201p.  illust.  portr.
20cm.  X.  Y., Macfadden  Pub., 1929.
  ——   Tuberculosis; its  cause,   nature  and
treatment,   xiv,  274p.  8?  N. Y., Macfadden
Pub.,  1929.
  ----  Home  health manual,  v,  153p.  portr.
illust.  8?   X. Y., Macfadden Bk Co.,  1930.
  ----  Preparing for motherhood; a  guide for
the  expectant mother, to her care  and  training.
xiv, 269p.   illust.  20cm.   N. Y., Macfadden Bk
Co., 1932.  Also another ed.  xv, 267p. illust. portr.
19Kcm., 1936.
  ----  The miracle  of milk;  how to use the
milk  diet  scientifically at home.   ix,  204p.
portr.  20cm.  N. Y., Macfadden  Bk Co., 1935.
  ---Woman's  sex life,   v,   152p.   19cm.
X.  Y., Macfadden Bk Co., 1937.
  ----   More  power  to  your nerves.   246p.
portr.  21cm.  N. Y.,  Macfadden Bk Co.  [1938]
  ----Man's  sex life, v, 153p.   19cm.  N. Y.,
Rockville Bk Co., 1942.
   For biography see  in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N.  Y.,
1912, 262.
      - & (LINTON, Charles Alexander.   Prac-
tical birth  control  and  sex predetermination.
xv,  169p.  portr.  20cm.   X. Y., Macfadden Bk
Co., 1935.
  --- &  OSWALD, Felix Leopold.   Fasting,
hydropathy   and exercise,  nature's  wonderful
remedies for the  cure of  all chronic and acute
diseases.    217p.    8?  Lond.,   B.  Macfadden
[1903]
  McFADDEN,  Charles Joseph,  1909-
Medical ethics  for  nurses,   xv,  3">(>p.   22cm.
Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1946.
  McFADDEN, Fay,    -1939.
  McFadden, F.  Last words of an optometric patriarch.
Optic. J., 1939, 76: No.  5, 23.—Parker, R.  K.  [Obituary]
Ibid., No. 4, 28, portr.
  McFADDEN, Harry Weber, 1888-
  loi portiait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler,  A.  F.)
Omaha, 1!"2S. Oil.
  McFADDEN, Roscoe Isaac, 1911-
   Awarded the Bronze Star Medal] J. Am. M. Ass., 1944.
126: 1156.
  McFADDEN, Walter C, 1878-1939.
  For obituary see J.  Indiana M.  Ass., 1939, 32: 641, portr.
  MACFADDEN Foundation (New York)  Acute
and  chronic  prostate conditions;   how caused,
how prevented.   8 1.   28cm.  X. Y., the Founda-
tion, 1945.
  ----   Colitis;  a   special  health-protective
educational study on the various causes of colitis
and  how to avoid this unnatural condition.   111.
illust.   28cm.  X. Y., the Foundation, 1945.
  McFADYEAN, Sir John, 1853-1941.
  For Festschrift see J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1937, 50: No. 4,
portr.
  For obituarv see Canad. J. Comp. M., 1941, 5: 86. Also
J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1942, 54: 393-9, portr.  (Andrews, W. H.)
Also Nature, Lond., 1941,  147: 259 (Buxton, J.) Also Lancet,
Lond., 1941, 1: 298, portr. Also  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1941, 53:
89; 109; 125; 4 portr.
  MacFADYEN,   Mary,   1905-        Beauty
plu^; the smart woman's key to beauty, health
and  charm;  illust. by  Frank X. Xetter.  272p.
Ulust.   21^cm.   X.  Y.,   Emerson  Bks,   1938.
Also Rev.  ed. 272p.   1946.
   McFADYEN, Peter,       -1940.
   I'or obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1941, 135: 17.
   MacFALL, John Edward Whitley, 1S73  1938.
   Editor of Buchanan, R. J. M.  Text-book of forensic medi-
cine.  9. ed.  445p.  8?  Edinb., 1(.>2.">.
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 859, portr.
   MacFARLAND, Frank Mace, 1869-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McFARLAND,  George  Bradley,  1866-1942.
Thai-English dictionary.  2. ed.  xxi, 1019, 39p.
diagr.  23cm.  Stanford Univ., Calif.,  Stanford
Univ. Pr.,  1944.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 824.
   MacFARLAND, James, 1887-1918.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McFARLAND, Jasper Wayne, 1913-
   See Moor, F. B., Dail, C. W., & McFarland, J. W.  Physical
therapy. Prepublication ed. 201p.  23 Hem.  Loma  Linda,
Calif., 1944.
   McFARLAND,  Joseph, 1868- 1945.  Fighting
foes too  small to see.  309p.  pi.  8?  Phila., F.
A. Davis Co., 1924.
   For biography see in Modern M. World (Kagan,  S.  R.)
Bost., 1945, 165, portr.
   For obituary see Am. J. Clin. Path., 1910, 16: 225.  Also
Ann. Int. M., 1945, 23: 913 (McMillan, T.  M.)  Also Arch.
Path., Chic, 1946, 41: 338-40, portr. (Davidsohn, I.)  Also
J.  Am. M. Ass., 1945,  129: 1042.  Also Tr. Coll. Physicians
Philadelphia,  1946-47, 14: 133-5 (Reimann, S. P.)
   For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also Am. J. Roentg.,
1939, 42: No. 2, Front.
   McFARLAND,  Ross  Armstrong,  1902-
Human factors in air transport design,  xix, 670p.
illust. tab.   diagr.   ch.   23^cm.   N. Y., Mc-
Graw-Hill  Bk Co., 1946.
   Also Pan American Airways System.  Keeping fit for flying;
by Dr. R. A. McFarland. 325p. 28cm.   N. Y., 1943.
  ----HOLWAY, Alfred Harold, & HURVICH,
Leo Maurice.  Studies of visual fatigue.   255p.
illust.  tab.  diagr.  29cm.  Bost.,  Grad.  School
Business Admin. Harvard Univ., 1942.
  McFARLAND, William Ellery,   1909-
  For biography see Q. Chicago M.  School, 1941-42,  2: 25,
portr.
  MACFARLANE,   Catharine,   1877-        A
reference  hand-book  of  gynecology for nurses.
5.  ed. 170p.  16?   Phila.,  W.  B.  Saunders Co.,
1927.  Also 6. ed.   175p.   illust.   diagr.   1934.
   For biography see Q. Bull. M. Women Nat. Ass., 1935, No.
50, 11, portr.  Also Women in Med., 1936, No. 53, 11.
   See also Presidential  address; Catherine Macfarlane, M. D.,
F.  A. C. S., annual meeting, June 7, 1937.  Women in Med.,
1936-37, No.  57, 19, portr.
   MACFARLANE, Eileen  W. E.  Blood  group-
ing in the  Deccan  and Eastern  Ghats,  p.39-49.
incl. map.   tab.   pi.   24>£cm.   Calc, 1940.
   Also J. R.  Asiat. Soc. Bengal. Sc, 1940, 6:
   MACFARLANE, Ian, 1888-1917.
   Macfarlane, N.  C.  Ian Macfarlane; soldier
and  medical missionary   [4.  ed.l  187d    8°
Lond. [1935]
   MACFARLANE,  Jean  Walker,   1894-
Studies in child guidance.   I.  Methodology of
data  collection  and  organization.   vii,  254p.
tab.   diagr.   23cm.   Wash.,  Nat.  Res.  Counc,

   Forms No. 6, v.3 of Monogr. Soc. Res. Child Develop.
   MACFARLANE, John Muirhead, 1855-1943.
   For obituary see Science, 1943, 98: 487 (Steckbeck, W.)
   MacFARLANE,  Joseph Arthur, 1893-
   For portrait see Canad. Hosp., 1943,  20:  No. 9, 18.
   MacFARLANE,  Menzies John, 1881-1939.
   lor obituary see Rocky Mountain M. J., 1939, 36: 337,
portr. (Giesy, J. U.)

in?JAS?,ARLANE' Norman  Campbell [M.  B.,
1911,  Glasgow]    Ian Macfarlane;  soldier  and
medical  missionary   [4. ed.]    187p.  portr.  8?
Lond., Religious Tract Soc. [1935]
   MacFARLANE,  William Douglas,    -1941
   For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1941, 136: 135. 
MACFARLANE
17
McGEOCH
   MACFARLANE, William Dove,      -1932.
   For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1932, 17: 314.
   MacFATE,  Robert Preston,  1902-       Out-
 line of  chemistry; including inorganic, organic
 and  physiological chemistry.    iv,  149p.   8?
 Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1934.
   See also Levinson, S. A., & MacFate, R. P.  Clinical labora-
 tory diagnosis. 877p.   8!   Phila., 1937.  Also 2. ed. 980p.
 1943.  Also 3. ed.  971p.  1946.
   McFATRICH, James Burton,  1862-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McFEE, William David, 1874-
   Editor of Granger. F. B.  Physical therapeutic technic  2.
 ed. 435p.  8? Phila., 1932.
   MacFEE,  William  Frank,   1890-         &
 KELLER, Manelva Wylie.  Textbook of surgical
 nursing.  4. ed.  viii, 559p.  illust. diagr.  22cm.
 N. Y.,  Macmillan  Co., 1942.
   MACFIE, John  William Scott, 1879-       An
 Ethiopian diary; a record of the British  ambu-
 lance service in  Ethiopia,  xii,  132p.  pi.   map.
 8?  Liverp., Univ. Liverpool Pr., 1936.
   MACFIE, Ronald Campbell,  1867-       Odes
 and other poems.   135p.  8?  Lond., J. Murray,
 1919.
   ----  Sunshine  and health.  256p.  12?  N. Y.,
 H. Holt & Co. [1927]
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 1425.
   McGARITY, Thomas E., 1873-1943.
   For obituary see Texas J. M., 1943-44, 39:  320, portr.
   McGARR, Timothy E.f 1856-1942.
   For obituary see Psychiat. Q., 1943, 17: 217; Suppl., 46-8
 (Merriman, W. E.)
   McGARVAH, Eleanor.
   See Scheffel, C, & McGarvah, E. Jurisprudence for nurses.
 248p.  23Hem.  N. Y. [1938]  Also 3. ed.  264p.  1945.
   McGARVEY, Hulda  Rees,  1910-       An-
 choring effects  in the  absolute  judgement  of
 verbal  material.   86p.   diagr.   25J^cm.  N.  Y.,
 Arch. Psychol., 1943.
   Forms No. 281, Arch. Psychol.
   McGARY, Lester, 1892-
   See Fassett, N. C, McGary,  L.
 plants of the middle west.  52p.
   McGAUGHEY,  Hugh Duncan, 18 81-1942.
   For obituary see J. Am.  M. Ass., 1942,  120: 467.
   McGAVACK, Thomas Hodge, 1898-       The
 homoeopathic  principle  in therapeutics.  204p.
 8?  Phila., Boerick & Tafel, 1932.
   McGEE, Anita Newcomb, 1864-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McGEE, Rea Proctor,  1877-
   For biography see Frater, Menasha,  1919-20, 19: 175-8,
 portr.
   McGEHEE, William Harper Owen, 1874-
 A text-book of  operative dentistry,  xxx, 932p.
 8?  Phila.,  P. Blakiston's son & Co. [1930]   Also
 2. ed.  xxx, 922p.  illust.  pi.  diagr. [1936]
   ----   A text-book of dental pharmacology,
 materia  dentica   and   pharmaco-therapeutics.
 xiv, 489p.   8?  Phila., P. Blakiston's son & Co.
 [1936]   Also  2.   ed.   [with  Melvin  W.  Green]
 xiv, 462p.   tab.   diagr.   [1941]
   For portrait see in Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch,  C. R. E.) Chic,
 1909, 1: 587.
  ----  &  WALKER, Alfred  Sylvester.  Dental
 practice  management;  including   ethics, eco-
 nomics  and socio-economics,  and jurisprudence
 as  applied  to  successful practice management.
 290p.   tab.  form.  21^cm.   Chic, Year  Bk
 Pub. [1944]
   McGEOCH, John Alexander, 1897-1942. The
 psychology of  human learning; an introduction.
xvii, 633p.   diagr.  21^cm.  N.  Y., Longmans,
 Green & Co., 1942.
  For biography see Psychol. Rev., 1942, 49: 293-7, portr.
(Bunch, M. E.)
      549701—vol.  10, 4th series-----2
Bates, L. E.  Hay fever
Madison, 1938.
  For obituary see Am. J. Psychol., 1943, 56: 134-6, portr.
opp. p. 1 (Pratt, C. C.)
  McGHIE, Bernard Thomas, 1889-1945.
  For obituary see Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1944-45, 18: 125.
Also Canad. J. Pub. Health,  1945, 36: 75. Also Canad. M.
Ass. J., 1945, 52: 314.
  McGILL, Earl Duane, 1873-
  For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
1942, 278, portr.
  McGILL, Patrick George, 1860-1941.
  For obituary see Wisconsin M. J., 1941, 40: 510.
  McGILL, Paul Rockhold, 1898-       *Glucose
and insulin in the treatment of the thyro-toxic
crisis following thyroidectomy  [Marquette Univ.]
13 1.   28cm.   [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1927.
  Typewritten.
  McGILL, William, 1806-83.
  For biography see in Hist. Med. Profes. Co. Ontario (Kaiser,
T. E.) Oshawa, 1934, 41-3, portr.
  MacGILLAVRY, D., 1869-
  Wilde, P. A.  de   [Fortieth  anniversary of  Dr D. Mac-
Gillavry] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 1442-4,  portr.
  McGILLIVRAY, Charles Fothergill,  1857-
  For biography see Canada  Lancet & Pract., 1934, 82: 170.
Also in Hist. Med. Profes. Co. Ontario (Kaiser, T. E.) Oshawa,
1934, 91, portr.
  MacGILLIVRAY,  William David Kerr, 1867-
1933.
  For obituary see Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2: 496, portr.
  McGILL medical journal; the official publica-
tion of the McGill Medical Society.   Montreal,
v.9, No. 1,  1939-
  Formerly McGill medical undergraduate journal.
  McGILL medical  undergraduate  journal;  the
official publication of the  McGill Medical Under-
graduate Society.  Montreal, v.6, No.  1, 1936-
  With v.9, title changed to McGill medical journal.
  McGILL University (Montreal, Canada)  An-
nual calendar.  Montreal, No. 29 (1861-62) 1861-
  ----  Bibliography; publications and lectures
(1928-30)   59p.  8?  Montreal, 1930.
  Forms No. 25-26, ser. 7 of Pub. McGill Univ.
  McGILL University (Montreal, Canada)   Fac-
ulty of Medicine.  Annual calendar.   Montreal,
No. 20 (1852-53)  1852-
  ---- A guide to medical case reporting.  2. ed.
30p.   19cm.   Montreal, 1943.
  See also:
  Hall, A.  On the past, present, and future of
the  Faculty of Medicine of McGill University.
14p.   8?   Montreal, 1867.
  See also Abbott, M. E.  The Faculty of Medicine of McGill
University.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 242-53.—Brown, P.
McGill University College of Dentistry.  In: Hist. Dent. Surg.
(Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 647.—Fether&tonhaugh, R. C.
McGill medical men in the university's war records.  McGill
M. J., 1944, 13: 403-19.—Grainger, F.  The McGill Medical
School.  Messenger, 1941, 38: No. 4, 6.—McGill University.
Canad.  M. Ass.  J.,  1934, 31: 555-9.—McGill  University,
Montreal,  Canada.  Med. Pickwick,  1921,  7:  363-6.—Re-
organization  of the medical school of McGill  University.
Science, 1936, 83: 296.—White, W.  Medical education at
McGill in the seventies. Bull. Hist. M., 1943, 13: 614-26.
  McGILLYCUDDY,  Julia   Emily  Blanchard.
McGillycuddy,  agent;    a  biography   of   Dr
Valentine  T.  McGillycuddy.   xi,  291p.    pi.
portr.   23J^cm.  Stanford Univ., Stanford  Univ.
Pr.  [1941]
  McGILLYCUDDY, Valentine Trant O'Connell,
1849-1939.
  For  biography see:
  McGillycuddy,  J.   E.  B.    McGillycuddy,
agent.   291p.   23^cm.  Stanford Univ. [1941]
  McGINLEY, Winthrop Essex, 1886-1933.
  For obituary see Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1933, 141:
196 (Douglass, E. L.)
  McGINN, Edward John, 1913-      trichi-
nosis; a review of modern literature, and a report
of sixteen cases personally observed and studied 
MCGINN
18
McGRATH
Univ.]  61p.   28cm.   [Milwaukee,
[Marquette
n. p.] 1938.
  Typewritten.
   McGINNIS, Edwin, 1877-1933.
   For ..bituary see Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 193319: 400, portr.
Sonnenschein, R.)  Also Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass.. 1934, 56: 295-7,
portr.
   McGINNIS,   Esther,  1893-        The  ac-
quisition and interference of  motor  habits in
voung children,  p.203-311.  tab.  diagr.  2314cm.
Worcester,  Mass., Clark Univ. Pr.,  1929.
   Forms No. 3, v.6. Genet. Psychol. Monogr.
   McGINNIS, John Marshall, 1903-       ♦Eye-
movements and  optic nystagmus in  early infancy
[Yale; Ph.  D.]  p.321-430.  illust.   tab.   diagr.
23}km.  Worcester, Mass., Clark Univ. Pr., 1930.
   Forms No. 4, v.8. Genet. Psychol. Monogr.
   McGLANNAN, Alexius, 1872-1940.   Physics
and inorganic chemistry; a manual for students
and practitioners.  216p.  12?   Phila.,  Lea Bros
 & Co., 1903.                            o   „ ,
   ----   Collected reprints,   v. p.   8?   Bait.
 [n. p.] 1906-33.
   For obituary see Tr. Am. Surg. Ass.,  1940, 58: 713-5, portr.
 (Wise W  D.) Also Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1940) 1941, 53: 467-
 9 portr (Wise, W.  D.) Also Ann. Surg , 1940, 112: 798-800,
 portr. (Wise, W. D.)
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McGLASHAN, James,  1865-1940.
   For obituary see Glasgow M. J.,  1940, 133: 136.
   McGLONE, Bartgis, 1881-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McGLUMPHY, Samuel B., 1837-1917.
   For obituary  see  J. Lancet, 1936, 56: 65, portr.
   McGOLDRICK, Thomas  Aloysius, 1874-
   For biography see N.  York  State  J. M., 1943,  43: 923,
 portr.
   M'GONIGLE, George  Cuthbert Mura, 1888-
  1939
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1939, 2: 371.
   ----&  KIRBY,  John.  Poverty and  public
  health.  278p.   tab.   8?   Lond.,  V.  Gollancz,
  1936.
    McGOOGAN, Leon Steiner, 1900-
    For biography see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1942, 39: 518, portr.
    McGOVERN, Arthur.  The secret  of keeping
  fit; an easy and sure way  to better  health.  247p.
  illust.  portr.   8?   Lond.,  G.  G.  Harrap & Co.
  [1937]
    McGOVERN, John Joseph,  1864-1941.
    For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1940-41, 14: 2343  (Sevring-
  haus, E. L.)
    MacGOWAN, Davis Granville,  1857-1935.
    For obituary see California West. M., 1935, 42: 220 (Day,  R.
  V., Kress, G. H., et al.)
    McGOWAN, Frank Joseph, 1897-
    See Pool, E. H., & McGowan,  F. J.  Surgery at the New
  Vork Hospital.  KsSp. 8!  N. Y., 1930.
    McGOWAN, John  Pool  [M.  B.,  1904, Edin-
  burgh]  On Rous, leucotic & allied tumours  in
  the fowl;  a  study in  malignancy,  vi,  99p.  pi.
  8°  N. Y., Macmillan Co.,  1928.
    McGRANE, Miles Ambrose, 1877-      Life's
  pathway as  I  see it.  243p.   23^cm.   N. Y.,
  Pyramid Pr. [1940]
    McGRATH, Benjamin Robert,  1873-1940.
    For obituary see Nebraska M. J., 1941, 26: 34, portr.
    For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler,  A
  Omaha, 1928, 319.
    McGRATH, Bernard Francis, 1869-1933.
    For obituary see Hosp. Progr.,  1933, 14: 399.
    McGRATH, Elizabeth, & EBERHART, Noble
  Murray.   Modern technique for beauty culturists.
  2.  ed.   lOOp.   illust.   portr.   8?  Chic, New
  Med. Pub. Co.  [1936]
    McGRATH,  Marie  Cecelia,  1896-       A
  study  of  the  moral  development  of  children.
F.)
190p.  illu>t.   tab.   23Hcm-   Princeton,  X. J.,
Psvchol. Rev. Co., 1923.
  'Forms No. 2, v.32, Psychol. Monogr., 19-Jd.
  McGRATH,  Rita  Margaret,  1903-       &
HATCH,  Melville  Harrison.    Coleoptera  of
Washington; Sphaeritidae and Histeridae.   p.49-
91.   25}km.   Seattle,  Univ.  Washington Pr.,
1941.
  Forms No. 2, v.10, Pub. Biol. Univ. Washington.
  McGRAW, Harriet Goodman Kurtz, 1881-
  For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha, 1928, 181, portr.  Also Med. Woman J., 1944, 51:
No. 9, 30, portr.
  McGRAW,  Myrtle  Byram,   1899-       A
comparative study  of a group of  southern white
and  Negro infants.   105p.  tab.  diagr. 23}$cm.
Worcester, Clark  Univ. Pr., 1931.
  Forms No. 1, v. 10, Genet. Psychol. Monogr.
  ----  Growth; a study of Johnny and .Jimmy.
xxi,  319p.   illust.   pi.  diagr.   8?  N.  Y., 1).
Appleton [1935]                       .
  ----  The neuromuscular maturation  of the
human infant,  xiv, 140p.   diagr.   22cm.  N. Y.,
Columbia Univ. Pr., 1943.
  McGRAW, Theodore Alexander,  1839-1921.
  Coller. F. A.  A master surgeon. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1929,
28: 1-4.  Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 49:  237-9, portr
  For portrait see in Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. h.) Unc,
1909, 1: 578.
  MacGREGOR, Alastair,  1864-1944.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 437.
  McGREGOR,  Alexander Lee   [M.  B., 1920,
Edinburgh]   A synopsis  of surgical   anatomy.
xiv, 609p.  illust.   8?  Bristol, J.  Wright & Sons,
1932.   Also 3. ed.  xvii, 664p.  Bait., W. Wood
& Co.,  1936.   Also 4.  ed.  xvii,  664p.   Bait.,
Williams &  Wilkins Co., 1939.   Also  5. ed., 2.
repr.  xiii, 710p.  Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1943
Also 5. ed., 9. impr. xiii, 710p.  Bait., Williams
& Wilkins Co., 1943.  Also  6.  ed.   xiii, 714p.
 Bait., 1946.
   MacGREGOR, Archibald Gordon.   The Royal
 Society Expedition  to  Montserrat,  B.  W. I.;
the volcanic history and petrology of Montserrat,
 with observations  on Mt.  Pel6e,  in Martinique.
 p. 1-90.  pi.   29cm.   Lond.,  Cambridge Univ.
 Pr., 1939.
   In: Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London, 1939, ser. B, 229:
   MacGREGOR, Delivan  Alexander,  1889-
   For biography see in Past Presid. West Virginia M. Ass.,
 Charleston, 1942, 105, portr.
   McGREGOR, Dora Ann Sweezey,  1837-1928.
   For obituary see Sherbon, F.  B.  Med. Woman J., 1929,
 36: 47-9.
   McGREGOR, Harold  Gordon [M. B., 1930,
 London]  The emotional  factor in visceral dis-
 ease,   xii,   198p.  diagr.  22}£cm. Lond.,  Oxford
 Univ.  Pr., 1938.
   McGREGOR, James  Kenneth, 1881-1946.
   For portrait see Tr.  Am. Ass. Goiter, 1941, front.
   McGREGOR, John Robertson,     -1939.
   For obituary see S. Afr. M. J., 1939, 13: 139.
   MacGREGOR,  Malcolm Evan, 1889-
 Report on the Anophelinae of Mauritius, and on
 certain aspects  of malaria in the colony, with
 recommendations  for  a new  anti-malaria  cam-
 paign.  48p.  tab.  pi.   26}£cm.   [Lond., Water-
 low & Sons, 1923?]
   ----  Mosquito surveys; a handbook  for anti-
 malarial and anti-mosquito field  workers.  293p.
 pi.  8?  Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1927.
    MacGREGOR, William Wilbur, 1886-
    For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 28.
    MacGREGOR  Instrument Company (Need-
 ham,  Mass.)   Manual for  use with  the Vim-
 Sheftel colorimeter.  59p.  15^cm.   Needham
  Mass. [1933?] 
M cGREGOR-WILLI AMS
19
McGUIRE
  McGREGOR-WILLIAMS, Charles Reginald.
  See Williams, Charles Reginald McGregor.
  McGREW, Kirby Clayton, 1892-
  For portrait  see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha, 1928, 612.
  McGRIGOR, Sir James,  1771-1858.
  For biography see J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 235.—
Keith,  A.  Scottish portrait; founder of the R. A. M. C, Sir
James McGrigor.  Ibid., 237-9.
  MacGUFFIE,  Frank Edmond,  1904-
*Contribution  a l'emploi du thorium X dans le
traitement des  coxarthries.   58p.  8?  Par., E.
Le Francois,  1930.
  McGUFFIN, Thomas Roland.   Treatise  on
many of the most common diseases of the human
race,  giving  the symptoms, treatment, nursing
and  dieting,  and also giving a few prescriptions
for horses, designed for the use  of the  general
public.   156p.    12?   Louisville,  Ky.,  R.  H.
Carothers, 1890.
  McGUIGAN, Hugh Alister, 1874-       Text-
book of pharmacology and therapeutics.  600p.
8?  Phila., W. B. Saunders  Co., 1928.
  ----  An introduction to materia medica and
pharmacology.   [1. ed.,  with Edith P.  Brodie]
580p.  illust.  pi. 8?  S. Louis C. V. Mosby Co.,
1936.  Also  2.  ed. [with R. A. McGuigan et al.]
871p.   1940.   Also  3. ed.  [with  Elsie  E, Krug]
779p.  1942.   Also 4. ed.   556p.   1945.
  ----   Applied  pharmacology.   xiv,  914p.
illust. pi.  diagr. 25cm. S. Louis, C. V. Mosby
Co., 1940.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.   Also Nu Sigma Nu
Bull., 1940-41, 30: 85.
  McGUIGAN, Robert Alister, 1909-
  See McGuigan, H. A.  An introduction to materia medica
and pharmacology.  2. ed.  [with  McGuigan, R. A., et al.]
871p.  22!^cm.   S. Louis, 1940.
  McGUINNESS, Edward Joseph  John, 1915-
      *A general discussion of idiopathic epilepsy
with particular reference to electroencephalogra-
phy and recent treatment   [Marquette  Univ.]
50p.   28cm.   [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1941.
  Typewritten.
  McGUIRE, Edgar Robinson, 1878-1931.
  For obituary see P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1932,
9. Congr., 1: 119.
  McGUIRE, Edward Thomas, 1870-
  For portrait  see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha, 1928, 134.
  McGUIRE, Elizabeth, 1879-       La infancia
de  Ramon y  Cajal.   xiii,  222p.   16?  N.  Y.,
H. Holt & Co. [1925]
  McGUIRE, Frank John, 1868-1933.
  For obituary see Proc. Connecticut M. Soc., 1933,  141:
198 (Cohane, J.  J.)
  McGUIRE,  Hugh Holmes, 1801-75.
  For portrait see Bull. McGuire Clin., Richmond,  1938,
10: 5.
  McGUIRE,  Hunter Holmes, 1835-1900.
  Dearmont, C. O.  Stonewall  Jackson's surgeon, Hunter
Holmes McGuire.  Virginia M. Month., 1928-29, 55: 788-90.—
McGuire, S.  Hunter Holmes McGuire.  Ann. M. Hist., 1938,
n. ser., 10: 61; 136, portr. Also Bull. McGuire Clin., Richmond,
1938, 10:  3-46, portr.—Payne, M. J.  Dr.  Hunter Holmes
McGuire, surgeon, teacher,  author, and man.   Virginia M.
Month., 1936-37, 63: 731-4.—Phalen, J. M.  Surgeon Hunter
Holmes McGuire, he too rode with Stonewall. Mil. Surgeon,
1941, 89: 908-10.
  For portrait  see Collection in  Library. Also  in Founders
and Presidents  of the Am.  M. Ass. (Arlington  Chem.  Co.)
Yonkers, N. Y., 1910, pi. 5.  Also  Bull. McGuire Clin., Rich-
mond, 1938, 10: 35; 44.
  McGUIRE,  James  Clark, 1853-1915.   Poison
antidotes.  45p.  18?  Wash. [n. p.] 1913.
  McGUIRE, James Joseph, 1876-1938.
  For obituary see J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1939, 36: 52, portr.
  McGUIRE,  Stuart,  1867-       Lectures on
principles of  surgery.  480p. 8?   Bait., Southern-
Med. Pub. Co., 1908.
  McGUIRE Clinic; St Luke's Hospital.
  See under Richmond, Va.  St Luke's Hospital.  McGuire
Clinic.
  MACH, Dung,  1906-       *Contribution a
l'etude  du beriberi gravidique  et post-partum.
68p.  8?   Par., Jouve & cie, 1933.
  MACH, Ernst,  1838-1916.   Die  Analyse  der
Empfindungen und das  Verhaltniss des Physi-
schen  zum Psychischen.   3.  Aufl.   viii, 286p.
illust.   diagr.  24cm.   Jena,  G.  Fischer, 1902.
Also 6. Aufl.  xi, 323p.   1911.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MACH, Rene, S. [M. D., 1929, Geneve]   *De
Ferythrocyanose   sus-mall6olaire  a  l'erytheme
indure" de Bazin;  contribution a l'etude des tuber-
culides.  47p.  pi.  8?  Geneve, Payot & cie, 1929.
  MACHADO, Archimedes.  *Perturbacoes ner-
vosas  consequentes  a  anesthesia  rachideana
(contribuicao para o  seu  estudo)   54p.  8?   S.
Paulo, Rossolillo, 1932.
  MACHADO,  Elyseu Victor.    *Fracturas do
collo do  femur.   60p.  8?  Lisb.,  M. Moreira,
1879.
  MACHADO, Jorge Enrique [M.  D., 1941, B.
Aires]   *Bronco-espiroquetosis de Castellani; su
desarrollo en  la  Republica  Argentina.   52p.
illust.   26%cm.  B. Air., Nocito & Rand, 1941.
  MACHADO, Nery [M. D., 1924, Rio]  Cirurgia
de  urgencia.  4.  ed.   529p.  illust.  24cm.   Rio,
the Author [after 1940]
  ----   Manual pratico de ginecologia.   2. ed.
501 p.  illust.  pi.  24cm.  Rio, the Author [after
1940]
  ----   Manual  pratico  de  obstetricia.  238p.
illust.   pi.  24cm.  Rio, the Author [after 1940]
  -——   Manual pratico de ondas curtas; orien-
tagao  e  tecnica.  181p.  illust.   portr.   diagr.
24cm.  Rio, the Author [after  1940]
  ----   Medicina de urgencia.  4. ed.  319p.
illust.   24cm.  Rio, the Author [after 1940]
  MACHADO, Reinaldo, 1868-1918.
  For obituary see Rev. med. Parana, 1943, 11: 133, portr.
  MACHADO, Virgilio, 1859-1927.  *Paralysia
infantil.  67p.  8? Lisb.,  Nova Minerva,  1883.
  For obituary see  Arch. stor. sc,  Roma,  1927,  8: 344-50
(Monteiro, A. C.)
  MACHADO de Assis, Joaquim Maria, 1839-
1908.
  See:
  Brito  Conde,  H.  de.   A  tragedia  ocular de
Machado de  Assis.   125p.  portr.   19cm.   Rio
[1939?]
  Paranhos, U.  Os desequilibrados na obra de Machado de
Assis. Sao Paulo med., 1940,13: pt 2, 17-53.—S., C.  Machado
de Assis e o Congresso  Farmaceutico de 1877.  Tribuna farm.,
Curitiba, 1944, 12: 5-7.
  MACHADO de Campos, Sebastian.  Infecci6n
focal dentaria; su tratamiento  por la diatermo-
coagulacidn.   1.   ed. castellano  trad, de  la 2.
portugues  por  L. Tenenbaum.   156p.  illust.
23cm.  B. Air.,  Mundi, 1943.
   MACHADO Coelho, Constantino.  *Do uso e
abuso do tabaco.  179p.  8?  Rio, Diario do Rio
de  Janeiro, 1875.
   MACHADO  de Oliveira, Jose de Alcantara,
1875-1941.
  For obituary see  Arq. polfc. civ. S. Paulo, 1942, 3: 481-5
(Salgado, C.)
   MACHADO  Portella,  Francisco Pires.    *A
reseccao  do cotovelo.  lip.   8?   Bahia, C. de
Lellis  Masson, 1864.
   MACHADO   de  Sousa,  Odorico.    *Contri-
buicao para o estudo da mucosa urethral  humana
(capillares sanguineos intra-epitheliaes, cystos
epitheliaes, glandulas urethraes e  lamina propria)
71p. pi.  8?   S. Paulo, A. Tisi, 1929. 
MACHARD
20
MACHINE
  MACHARD, Alfred, 1871-1931.
  For obituary see P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1932,
9. Congr., 1: 175-8.
  MacHATTIK.  Charles, 1900-       *The re-
lation  between  schistosomiasis  (bilharziasis)  in
domestic animals and man as observed in  Iraq.
74p.  pi.   8?  Zurich, Frotz Bros, 1936.
  MACHAUF,  Marcel,  1905-        *Ueber ir-
regulare Hartsubstanzbildung  am Zahn.   23p.
8?   Bresl.  [n. p.] 1927.
  MACHAVARIANI,  Aleksandr  Georgievich,
1884-
  For biography see Vest, khir., 1938, 55: 9, portr.
  MACHEBOEUF, Michel Alexandre, 1900-
♦Recherches sur les composes phosphorus du sang
normal.  61p.  8?  Par., A.  Blanchard,  1927.
  ----  Etat des lipides  dans la matiere vivante;
les   cenapses  et  leur   importance  biologique.
78p.  diagr.  25cm.  Par., Hermann & cie,  1936.
  Forms  No. 8, Exposes de  biol. (embryol.  et histogen.)
which is No. 448, Actual, sc. indust.
  ---- & LOISELEUR,  J.  Reactivite des com-
poses biologiques; consequence de leur structure.
55p.  pi.   25cm.  Par., Hermann & cie, 1942.
  Forms No. 933, Actual, sc. indust.

MACH effect.
  Wolfers, F.  A propos de l'effet Mach.  C. rend.  Acad, sc,
1932, 195: 653-5.
   MACHEK, Emanuel,  1852-1930.
   lor obituary see Zschr. Augenh.,  1930-31, 73: 398-400
(Reis, D. W.)
   MACHELEIDT, Martin.  *Die Coli-Infektion
der Harnwege   [Halle-Wittenberg]   lip.   8?
Hohenmolsen, O. Johnson, 1927.
   MACHENAUD,   Jean,   1903-           *De
quclques traitements  conservateurs  des salpin-
gites et peri-metro-salpingites.   51p.   8?   Par.
Jouve & cie,  1929.
   MACHENHEIMER,  Lotte, 1910-       *Un-
tersuchungen iiber den Kohlehydrat-Stoffwechsel
bei Hypophysenerkrankungen   [Leipzig]   19p.
8?   Frankf. a. M., A. Beck,  1935.
   MACHER, Oskar,  1909-       *Beitrag zur
Klinik und Behandlung  der Wucherungen in der
Luftrohre  [Miinchen]   24p.  8?  Diisseld.,  G.
H. Nolte,  1934.
   MACHEREY,  Wilhelm,  1905-       *Unter-
suchungen iiber  Organveranderungen  bei  der
Behandlung  mit subaqualer Langenwellen-Dia-
thermie und im  Ultrakurzwellen-Kondensator-
feld.  36p.  8?   Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1934.
   MACHET, Andre Aime, 1912-      Contri-
bution a l'etude du diagnostic radiologique des
ulceres  gastro-duod£naux  perfores.    89p.   pi.
8?   Par.,  L.  Arnette, 1936.
   MACHET, Jean,  1905-       *Les  fistules
bucco-sinusales  et  leur  traitement  rationnel.
43p.  8?  Par., Vigot fr., 1932.
   MACHET, Lucien, 1908-      *Le  meta ou
 m^taldehyde; recherches expCrimentales  [Alfort;
 Vet.]  175p.  8?  Par., Vigot fr., 1933.

 MACHILIDAE.
   See also Insecta.
   Silvestri, F.  Tre nuove specie di Machilellus Silv., Insecta,
Machilidae, del  Brasile.  Arq.  Inst, biol.,  S. Paulo, 1940, 11:
545-50.
   MACHIN, Alfred, 1888-       Darwin's theory
 applied to mankind,   xxiv,  284p.   8?   Lond.,
 Longmans, Green & Co. [1937]

 MACHINE.
   See also Accidents, industrial; Industrial plant,
 Equipment;  Safety.
   C. O. Bartlett & Snow  Company; products.  In: Chem.
Engin.  Cat., 1941-42, 26. ed., 230.—Gonzaga,  O.  O homem
e a maquina.  In his Seara med., S. Paulo,  1941, 126-31.—
Graham, A. F.  Machinery breakdown insurance.  J.  Am.
Water Works  Ass., 1941, 33: 2192-200.—Heinrich. H.  W,
Machine,  prime-mover,  and power-transmission guarding,
In his Indust. Accid. Prev.,  2. ed., N. Y., 1941, 168-259.
------•  Standards for mechanical guarding.  Ibid., 403  9.—
Homan, S. W.  Fundamentals of machine guarding.  InrlnduBt.
Safety (Blake, R. P.)  N. Y., 1944,  175 84—Matthes.  Die
Gefahren derglatten Welle.  Arbeitsschutz, 1942, 348.—Podera
a maquina ser mais inteligente que o homem?  Impr. med., Rio,
1941, 17: No. 326, 153.—Weston. H. C.  A note on machine
design in  relation to  the operative.  Annual  Rep. Indust.
Fatigue Res. Bd, Lond. (1922) 1923, 3: 71-5.
  MACHLE,  Willard, 1901-
  See Chenoweth, L. B., & Machle, W. Industrial hygiene,
235p.  8?  N. Y., 1938.
  MACHLETT, Robert Herman, 1872-1926.
  For biographv see in Am. Martyrs Roentg. Rays (Brown, P.)
Springf., 1930, 211-5.
  See also Borden, E. T. Robert H. Machlett and the  first
American  X-ray  tubes.  Machletter, Springdale,  1941, 2:
No. 4, 1-4.
  MACHLETTER  (The)  pub.  by   Machlett
Laboratories.  Springdale,  Conn.,  v.2,  No.  1,
1941-
  MACHLETT Laboratories [Springdale, Conn.]
X-ray and valve tubes.  24p.   illust.  4?  [Spring-
dale, Conn., 1936]
  MACHNITZKY,   Gerhard  Ernst  Hermann,
1911-       *In\yie\veit  ist   die  Lage  der   N-
Bilanz ein Kriterium fiir geniigende oder unge-
nugende Eiweissernahrung?   [Berlin] 23p. 22cm.
Bochum, F. W. Fretloh,  1936.
  MACHOIRE, Charles Theophane Jean Marie,
1912-      *Les hernies obturatrices  etranglees;
etude operatoire;  expose  d'un nouveau procede.
HOp.  illust.   24cm.  Par., L. Arnette, 1942.
   MACHOL,  Hanna,  1904-      *Ueber  die
Einwirkung von  Lecithin auf  die  durch  Sym-
pathicusreizung hervorgerufene Pupillenerweite-
rung.   16p.   8?   Berl., Werbe, 1933.
  McHOSE,  Elizabeth.
  See Turner, C. E., & McHose, E.  Effective living.  432p.
22J.£cm.  S. Louis, 1941.  Also 2. ed. 1945.
   MACHOVER,  Saul, 1909-       *Ueber  die
Bedeutung des negativen Druckes im  Thorax
fiir den  Kreislauf.   25p.  23cm.   Berl.,  R. Pfau,
 1937.
   MACHOVER,   Solomon,   1906-       *Cul-
tural and racial variations in  patterns of intellect;
performance of Negro and white criminals on the
Bellevue Adult Intelligence  Scale [Columbia;
Ph.  D.]  91p. tab.   23cm.   N. Y.,  Columbia
Univ., 1943.
   MACHT, Arthur Joseph,  1913-      *Evipal
sodium; its use in excitement states [Marquette
 Univ.]  18p.   28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1938.
   Typewritten.
   MACHT, David Israel, 1882-
   For biography see in Am. Jewish Physicians (Kagan, S. R.)
 Bost., 1942, 85, portr.
   For portrait see Med. Rev. of Rev., 1932, 38: front.
   McHUGH, Gelolo,  1907-      Changes in
 I. Q. at the public school  kindergarten level.
 34p.  tab.   25}£cm.  Evanston, Am.  Psychol.
 Ass. [1943]
   Forms  No. 2, v.55, Psychol. Monogr.
   McHUGH, Gladys.
   Illustrator of  Fishbein, M. The humanoscope of the human
 body.  [19]p.  22cm.  Garden City, N. Y., 1942.  Also Kron-
 feld, P. C.  The human eye in anatomical transparencies.
 99p. 29cm. Rochester, N. Y., 1943. Also Polyak, S. L.  The
 human ear in  anatomical  transparencies.  136p.  3054cm,
 Elmsford, N. Y., 1946.
   MACHUS, Ernst,  1902-        *Beitrag   zur
 periarteriellen Sympathectomie.  52p.  8?  Bonn,
 P. Kubens, 1929.
   MACHWIRTH, Liselotte, 1910-      *Ueber
 den  Einfluss der  Ernahrung  auf  die Rachitis
 [Miinchen]   29p.  21cm.  Lenger. i. W., Lenger.
 Handelsdr., 1936. 
MACIAS
21
MACINTOSH
  MACIAS,  Fortunato  Ismael.   The scientific
use of air since 1935 in feeding metabolimeters.
28p.  8?  Mex., D. F., Mijares Pr., 1937.
  MACIAS, Ramon, 1856-1916.
  Valdes, U.  Master surgeons of America, Ram6n Macias.
Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 269, portr.
  MACIEJEWSKI, Ambrose A.,  1893-
*Quantitative relationship between human muscle
and bone  of  the upper and lower  extremities
[Marquette Univ.]   17 1.  tab.  28cm.   Milwau-
kee [n. p.] 1927.
  Typewritten.
  MACIEJEWSKI,  Kunibert Edmund  Franz,
1898-      *Die Menstruation  ein  pradisponie-
rendes  Moment fiir Grippeerkrankung.   19p.
8?  [Berl., n.  p.] 1930.
  MACIEL,   Heraldo.    Helminthos  e  helmin-
thoses do homem no Brasil.  404p.   illust.  pi.
map.   tab.  diagr.   28cm.  Rio, Impr. Naval,
1936.
  McILROY, Anne Louise [M. D.,  1900, Glas-
gow]   The  toxaemias of pregnancy,   xi,  355p.
illust.  ch.  8?  Lond., E. Arnold, 1936.
  M'lLVAINE, Charles Petit, 1799-1873.  Ad-
dress to the young men of the United States on
temperance.   20p.   19cm.   N. Y.,  Am.  Tract
Soc. [after 1826]
  Forms No. 244, v.8, Pub. Am. Tract Soc.
  MacILWAINE, John  Elder, 1874-1930.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 428.
  McINDOO, Norman  Eugene, 1881-
  See Roark, R. C, & Mclndoo, N. E. A digest of the litera-
ture on DDT through April 30, 1944.  53p.  27cm.  Wash.,
1944.
  MacINNIS, Donald Francis, 1908-      *The
management   of  skull  fractures   [Marquette
Univ.]  24p.  28cm.  [Milwaukee, n.  p.] 1936.
  Typewritten.
  MacINNIS, Florence Elizabeth, 1904-
*The  value  of cholecystography  as  an aid  to
diagnosis in  gall-bladder   disease   [Marquette
Univ.]  13p.  28cm.  [Milwaukee,  n. p.] 1928.
  Typewritten.
  McINTIRE,  Ross   T.,   1899-         White
House  physician,   vi,  244p.  22cm.   N.  Y.,
G.  P. Putnam's Sons, 1946.
  For biography see Clin. Med., 1941, 48: 267, portr.
  See also Dr. Mclntire appointed Surgeon General of Navy.
J Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 2315.—Admiral Mclntire  renomi-
nated Surgeon General of the  U. S. Navy.  Ibid.,  1942, 120:
1133
  For portrait see J. Social Hyg.,  1942, 28: 127.  Also Phila-
delphia M., 1943-44, 39: 236.  Also Wisconsin M. J., 1943, 42:
809; 960.
  McINTOSH, Alexander Morrison,  1877-1944.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1944, 1: 520.
  McINTOSH, Allen, 1893-      A new dicro-
coeliid  trematode  collected  on the  Presidential
Cruise of 1938.  2p.  8?   Wash., Gov. Print. Off.,
1939
  Forms No. 16, v.98, Smithson. Misc. Collect.
  McINTOSH, Ernest  Robert, 1875-1934.
  For obituary see West Virginia M. J., 1934, 30: 321.
  McINTOSH,  Harriet   Townsend  Carswell,
i 888—
  For biography see Med. Woman J., 1939, 46: 348, portr.
  McINTOSH, James  [M. D., 1908,  Aberdeen]
  See Hewlett, R. T., & Mcintosh, J.  A manual of bacteri-
ology, medical and applied. 9. ed. 746p.  8.  Lond., 1932.
  McINTOSH, James  Higgins, 1866-1944.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126: 910. Also J. S.
Carolina M. Ass., 1944, 40: 211, portr.
  MACINTOSH, Robert  Reynolds,  1897-
&  BANNISTER,  Freda B. Pratt.   Essentials of
general  anaesthesia,  with  special  reference  to
dentistry.   2.  ed    xi,  334p.   illust    diagr.
23cm   Oxf., Blackwell Sc. Pub.,  1941.  Also
3 ed.'  xi,341p.  23Kcm.   [1943]
  MACINTOSH, Robert Reynolds, & MUSHIN,
William  W.   Local anaesthesia brachial plexus.
56p.  illust.   19cm.   Oxf.,  Blackwell Sc. Pub.,
1944.
  McINTOSH,  Rustin,  1894-        Infantile
scurvy.  56p.  illust.  pi.  8?  Hagerstown, Md.,
W.  F. Prior Co., 1937.
  In: Pract. Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) 1: chap. 35.
  Also editor of Holt, L. E., & Howland, J.  Holt's Diseases of
infancy and childhood.  10. ed. 1240p. 8?  N. Y. [1936]
  McINTOSH, William Alexander,  1890-
& KENDRICK, John  Fox.  Public health admin-
istration  in  North  Carolina.   190p.   illust.
portr.   tab.   diagr.   23^cm.  [Raleigh] 1940.
  McINTOSH, William  Carmichael, 1838-1931.
  For obituary see Proc. R. Soc, Lond.,  1932, ser. B, 110:
p. xxiv, portr.
  McINTYER, Edwin Ruthven,  1851-
Stepping stones to neurology;  a manual for the
student  and general  practitioner.  205p.   8?
Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1903.
  McINTYRE, Archibald Ross, 1902-       Cu-
rare; its history,  nature, and  clinical use.  vii,
240p.  illust.  pi.  tab.   diagr.   24cm.   Chic,
Univ. Chicago Pr., 1947.
  For biography see Phi  Chi Q., Menasha, 1942, 39: 520,
portr.
  McINTYRE, Donald, 1891-
  See Kerr, J.  M. M., Johnstone, R. W.  [et al.]  Combined
textbook of obstetrics and gynaecology.  4. ed. 1208p. 25J4cm.
Edinb., 1944. Also Kerr, J. M. M.,  Mclntyre, D., & Anderson,
D. F. Operative obstetrics.  4. ed.  847p.   8! Bait., 1937.
  MACINTYRE, John, 1858-1928.
  For obituary see Brit. J. Radiol., 1928, n. ser., 1: 445. Also
Glasgow M. J.,  1928, 110: 363-5, portr. Also Lancet, Lond.,
1928, 2:  1052.  Also Tr.  Am. Laryng. Ass., 1929, 51: 291,
portr.
  McINTYRE, John Hoge,  1833-
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  McINTYRE, William, 1824-1906.
  For biography see in Hist. Med. Delaware County (Fowler,
S. W.) Del., 1910, 77, portr.
  McINTYRE, William, 1843-1913.
  For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll.
Pharm.) Phila.,  1922, 382, portr.
  McINTYRE, William Kress, 1897-1944.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125: 670.
  McINTYRE, William L.,  1811-87.
  Ogden's first physician.  Rocky Mountain M. J., 1940, 37:
488, portr.

MACIS.
  See  Myristica.
  McISAAC, Isabel.
  See Delano, J. A., & Mclsaac, 1.  American Red Cross text-
book on elementary hygiene and home care of the sick.  256p.
18^cm.  Phila., 1917.
  MacIVER,  Colin   [M. D.,  1910,  Lausanne]
*Les  groupes  sanguins  chez les  tuberculeux.
24p. 8?  Lausanne, Impr. La Concorde, 1930.
  McIVER,  Monroe Anderson, 1890-      Acute
intestinal  obstruction.    xviii,   430p.   illust.
diagr.  8?  N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1934.
  ----   Pre-  and   postoperative  treatment;
traumatic shock; acute  intestinal obstruction;
increased   intracranial   pressure.    p. 353-420.
25cm.  N. Y., D.  Appleton-Century Co.,  1941.
  In: Ther. Int. Dis. (G. Blumer, et al.) 3:
  McIVER, Pearl.  Public  health nursing.  14p.
8?   Wash.,  Gov. Print. Off., 1937.
  Forms  No. 133, Suppl. Pub. Health Rep.
  MAC-IVER  Covarrubias, Enrique.   *Estudio
paralelo de  la bilirrubinemia y de la prueba del
rosa de  Bengala  en la investigacidn  de la in-
suficiencia hepatica.   32p.   26^cm. [Chile] 1940.
  McJIMSEY, George Davis, 1894-
  For biography see in Coll. Pharm. N. York (Wimmer, C. P.)
N. Y., 1929, 293, portr. 
McJUNKIN
99
MacKAY
   McJl NKIN, Frank Adam, 1882-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MACK,  Bruno,   1911-        *Altcrs-  und
 Geschlechtsverteilung der Arthritiden [Miinchen]
 15p.  21'-cm.  Giinzb. a.  D., K.  Maver, 1938.
   MACK, Charles Samuel,  1856-1930.   Philoso-
 phy  in  homoeopathy.    174p.   20cm.   Chic,
 Gross A- Delbridge,  1890.
   MACK,  Egon,   1909-        *Schicksal  der
 Phrenicusexairesen    bei    Lungentuberkulose
 [Wiirzburg]  36p.  8?  Berl., E. Segnitz, 1934.
   MACK, Elisabeth, 1911-       *Die  Entwick-
 lung  der Odontorthopadie bis  zum Anfang des
 19.  Jahrhunderts.   32p.   8?   Erlangen,  K.
 Dorcs,  1934.
   MACK,  Karl,  1909-        *Untersuchungen
 des Kerngehaltes der Aussen-, Atem- und Pneu-
 mothoraxluft; eine bioklimatisch-hygienische Stu-
 die.  311>.  23cm.   Marb., H. Bauer, 1937.
   MACK, Kurt,  1895-      *Ueber die chirur-
 gisclicn  Yerfahren zur Behandlung  von Gallen-
 wegefisteln  [Halle-Wittenberg]   33p.  8?   Mag-
 deburg, L. Sperling  & Co., 1927.
   MACK, Mary  Graham.   Medical  and legal
 aspects   of  tuberculosis  as   an   occupational
 disease and as an accidental injury.  188p.  23cm.
 N. Y., Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1938. "
   Forms No. 6, Nat. Tuberc. Ass. Soc. Res. Ser.
   ----Laws,  rules,  regulations  relating  to
 tuberculosis, Florida; arranged  by  topic,  May,
 1944.   xiv, 84p.  23cm.  N.  Y., Nat.  Tuberc.
 Ass. [1944]
   ----   Laws,  rules,  regulations  relating  to
 tuberculosis, Alabama; arranged  by topic, May
 1945.   xiii, 62p.  23cm.  N.  Y., Nat.  Tuberc.
 Ass  1945
   MACK,'  Max,   1909   [8   Aug.]-        *Die
 Anwendungsgebiete  und  Anwendungsmoglich-
 keit des Lichtes in  der Frauenheilkuhde   [Miin-
 chen]  24p.  22cm.   Bleicherode  a. H.,  C. Xieft,
 1936.
   MACK, Max,  1909 [8 Oct.]-      *Zur Kasu-
 istik   der  Lymphogranulomatose;   iiber  eine
 besondere, bisher noch nicht beschriebene Form
 der Lvmphogranulomatose.  32p.  22^cm.  Freib.
 i.  B.,  Weis, Muhlhans & Rapple,  1936.
   MACK, Otto,  1901-      *Ueber das spatere
 Schicksal  kongenital-luetischer   Kinder.   31p.
 8?  Munch, [n. p.] 1926.
   MACK, Rebecca.
   See  Rocheleau, C, & Mack, R.  Those in the dark silence.
 169p.  8!  Wash., 1930.
   McKAIG, Joseph F., 1869-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McKAIL, Robert Buchanan Forbes,     -1941.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 140. Also  Lancet,
 Lond.,  1941, 1: 128.
   MACKALL,  Leonard Leopold, 1879-
   Mackall, W.  W. A character sketch  of the
late Leonard Leopold Mackall.  32p.  8?  Savan-
 nah, Ga, 1938.
   MACKALL,  Richard Covington, 1822-1902.
   Thorpe, B. L.  Richard Covington Mackall, member of the
 first graduation class,  Baltimore College of  Dental Surgery.
 In his Biogr. Pioneer Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 208, portr.
   MACKALL,  William  Whann,      -1939.  A
character sketch  of the late  Leonard  Leopold
 Mackall.  32p.  pi.   portr.  8?   Savannah, Ga,
 Mason, 1938.
   MacKANE, Keith, 1896-       *A comparison
of the intelligence of deaf and hearing children;
a  -tudy  of  the  reactions  of comparable groups
of deaf and hearing children to three performance
scales and a non-language test [Ph. D.]  vii, 47p.
8?  N. Y., Teachers  Coll. Columbia Univ., 1933.
   MacKAY, Albert George. 1907
   I'Or portrait see Nu Si^ma Nu I lull., 1942, 31: 362.
   MacKAY, Angus,  1890-1944.
   For ..bituarv see Ann. Int. M., 1944, 21: 517. Also Bull.
 Acad. M. Toronto, 1943-44, 17: 124.  Also Canad. M. Ass. J.,
 1944, 50: 392.
   MacKAY, Daniel Sayre, 1878-1943.
   For obituary see Manitoba M. Ass. Rev., 1943, 23: 29i.
   MacKAY, Eaton MacLeod, 1900-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MACKAY, Edward Alan,     -1944.
   For obituary see Med. J. Australia, 1944, 1: 546 (Macdonald,
 C.)
   MACKAY, Ernest John  Henry,  1880-1943.
 Die Induskultur;  Ausgrabungen  in   Mohenjo-
 daro und  Harappa.   152p.   pi.  2012cm.   Lpz.,
 F. A. Brockhaus, 1938.
   McKAY, George Leslie, 1895-     ,  comp.  A
 register of artists,  engravers, booksellers, book
 binders, printers  and publishers  in New York
 City, 1633-1820.   78p.   plan.   25#cm.   N.  Y.,
 New York Pub. Libr., 1942.
   McKAY, Harvey Samuel, 1878-1933.
   For obituary see J. Missouri M. Ass., 1933, 30: 456-8.
   MACKAY, Helen  Marion MacPherson, 1891
        Nutritional  anaemia  in  infancy, with
 special  reference to  iron deficiency; assisted by
 Lorel Goodfellow,  with a statistical appendix by
 A.  Bradford  Hill.   125p.   8?  Lond.,  H.  M.
 Stat, Off.,  1931.
   Forms No. 157, Spec. Rep., Gr. Britain Privy Counc. Med.
 Res. Counc.
   McKAY, Henry  Donald,  1899-
   See Shaw,  C. R., McKay, H. D., & McDonald, J. F. Brothers
 in crime.  364p.  23^cm.  Chic, 1938.
   McKAY, Hugh Alexander, 1884-1936.
   For obituary see Canad. J. M. & S., 1936, 79: 113.
   McKAY,  Hughina, 1882-       Food con-
 sumption  of farm  families.  34p.   8?   Wooster,
 Ohio, 1929.
   Forms No. 433, Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta.
  ----   Basal  metabolism  in young women.
 37p.  8?   Wooster, Ohio, 1930.
   Forms No. 465, Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta.
  See also Gorrell, F. L., McKay, H., & Zuill, F.  The family's
 food. rev.   630p. 20cm.  Phila., 1937.
  ----  &  BROWN,  Mary Ann.  Foods used by
 rural families in Ohio during a three-year period.
 37p.  8?   Wooster, Ohio, 1931.
   Forms No. 492, Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta.
  ----  Seasonal variation in the rate of growth
 of pre-school children. 33p.  8?  Wooster, Ohio,
 1931.
  Forms No. 482, Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta.
   MACKAY, James  H., 1865-
   For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tvler, A. F.)
 Omaha, 1928, 122.                         *
   MACKAY, John  Yule,  1860-1930.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 719.  Also J. Anat.,
 Lond., 1929-30, 64: 529, portr.  Also Lancet, Lond..  1930, 1:

  McKAY, Robert  Henderson,  1840-      Little
 pills; an army story; being some experiences of a
 United  States  Army medical officer on  the
 frontier nearly a half century ago.   127p.   pi.
 portr.   22Hcm.    Pittsburg,   Kan.,   Pittsburg
 Headlight, 1918.
  McKAY, Roland Lee, 1884-
  For portrait see J. Maine M. Ass., 1942, 33: 132.
  MACKAY, Roland Parks, 1900-
  For portrait see J. Am.  M. Ass., 1944. 125: No. 6, front.
  McKAY, Roy Haymon,  1883-       & BEAS-
LEY, Norman. Let's operate.  361p.  8?  N. Y.,
 H. Long & R. R. Smith. 1932.
  McKAY, Thomas Wills Gibbs, 1873-
  lor biography see in Hist. Med. Profes. Co. Ontario (Kaiser,
T. Lj Oshawa, 1934, 89, portr. 
McKAY                                      23                            MACKEHENIE
    McKAY,  William John Stewart, 1866-
  Appendicitis; when and how to operate,  x, 260p.
  illust.  8?  Sydney, Angus & Robertson, 1936.
    MacKAY, William Morrison, 1836-1917.
    Jamieson, H. C.  The pioneer doctor of Alberta, William
  Morrison MacKay.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 37: 388-93.
    MACKE,  Jules Georges Louis, 1911-       *A
  propos d'un  syndrome  d'obesite" congenitale  et
  de  ses  relations  avec  la   region  diencephalo-
  hypophysaire    [Nancy]   68p.   24cm.   Lille,
  Impr. Douriez-Bataille, 1935.
    McKEAN, James Hugh,       -1942.
    For obituary see Song after Sorrow, N. Y., 1942, 4: 43.
    McKEAN, James W., 1860-
    For biography see in Hist.  Med. Nebraska (Tyler. A. F.)
  Omaha, 1928, 248.
    McKEAN, Richard Moore, 1896-
    For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 35.
    McKECHNIE, Robert Edward, 1861-1944.
    For obituary see Bull. Vancouver M. Ass., 1943-44, 20: 230,
  portr.
    McKEE, Caroline Vincent. Essentials of nurse
  registration,   ix,  105p.  illust. 25cm.  Columbus,
  Ohio State Nurs. Ass., 1933.
    McKEE, George Joseph,  1880-1935.
    For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad.  Ophth. Otolar., 1936. 41:
  660.
    MacKEE, George Miller, 1878-      X-rays
  and radium  in the treatment  of diseases of the
  skin. 2. ed.  xii,  788p. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger,
  1927.   Also 3.  ed.   830p.   illust.   pi.  diagr.
  1938.  Also 4. ed. [with A.  C. Cipollaro]  668p.
  24cm.  1946.
    ---- & CIPOLLARO, Anthony Caesar.   Skin
  diseases  in  children,  xviii, 345p.   illust.   8?
  N. Y., P. B.  Hoeber,  1936.  Also 2.  ed.   448p.
  1946.
    ----Cutaneous  cancer  and  precancer;  a
  practical  monograph.   xv,  222p.   illust.   8?
  N. Y., Am. J. Cancer,  1937.
    McKEE, Samuel Hanford, 1875-1942.
    For obituary see Am. J. Ophth., 1943. 26: 208, portr. (Tooke,
  F. T.) Also Arch. Ophth.,  Chic,  1943, 29: 664, portr., 666
  (Gifford, S. R.) 665-7, portr. (Blair, W. W.)  Also Canad. M.
  Ass. J., 1943, 48: 78.  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 67.  Also
  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1942-43, 47: 115, portr. (Gradle,
  H. S.)  Also Tr. Am.  Ophth.  Soc, 1943, 41: 36-8, portr.
  (Tooke, F. T.)
    McKEE, William Clifford, 1885-1939.
    For obituary see Tr. Pacific Coast Soc. Obst. (1939) 1940, 9:
 138, portr.
    McKEEHAN,  Louis Williams, 1887-
   See Kovarik,  A. F., & McKeehan, L. W.  Radioactivity.
 2. print., with additions and corrections. 203p.  25cm. Wash.,
 1929.

 McKEESPORT,  Penna.
   See also under Health organization;  Hospital
 report.
   West, R. M.   McKeesport Hospital.  In her Hist. Nurs.
 Pennsylvania, 1939, 466-70.

 McKEES Rocks, Penna.
   West, R. M. Ohio  Valley General Hospital, McKees Rocks,
 known until 1903 as McKees Rocks General Hospital.  In her
 Hist. Nurs. Pennsylvania, 1939,  544.
   McKEEVER, Francis  Michael, 1901-
   For portrait see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: opp. p. 467.
   McKEEVER, William  Arch,  1868-1940.  Liv-
 ing a century;  a  plan  and a program, intended
 for a year's study and meditation.   118p.   8?
 Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma   Sch.  Psychol.  Pr.,
 1935.
  ----SHANNON, Thomas  Washington [et  al.]
Science of living;  six wonderful books of inspira-
tion and  help in one massive  volume.   1240p.
8?  Marietta,  O., S. A. Mullikin Co., 1927.
  MACKEHENIE,  Daniel.
  For portrait see Rev. Fac.  med., Bogota, 1930-49, 8: 558.
   :--- GILES, A., &  ALZAMORA, V. V.  Las
 lesiones oculares en  el tifo exantem&tico.   26p.
 pi.   25cm.   Lima, Libr.  Gil, 1938.
   MacKEITH, Alexander Arthur, 1866-1934.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 1130.
   McKELLOPS, Henry James Byron, 1825-1901.
   Thorpe, B. L. Henry James Byron McKellops, first presi-
 dent of  the  Missouri State Dental Association,  and first to
 recommend the employment of dentists in the Army and Navy.
 In his Biogr. Pioneer Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 339-44, portr.
   McKELVEY,  Alexander Dunbar, 1885-1935.
 ._QFor °b"tuary see  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1935, 40:

   McKELVEY,  John Lawrance,  1881-1939.
   For obituary see  Med. J. Australia, 1939, 2: 377-9, portr.
 (Diethelm, O. A., Smith, S. A, et al.)
   McKELVEY,  John Leyland,  1901-
   For biography see J.  Omaha Clin. Soc, 1941, 2: 111, portr.
   McKENDREE,  Charles A.,  1886-       Neu-
 rological examination; an exposition of tests with
 interpretation of signs and symptoms;  with a
 foreword  by Henry  Alsop  Riley.   280p.   8?
 Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1928.
   McKENDRICK, Anderson  Gray,  1876-1943.
   For obituary see  Brit. M. J.,  1943, 1: 771.  Also Glasgow
 M. J., 1943,  140: 21. Also Edinburgh M. J., 1943, 50: 500-1
 (Harvey, W. F.)  Also Lancet,  Lond., 1943, 2: 59.  Also
 Yearb. R. Soc. Edinburgh,  1944, 23 (Harvey, W. F.)
   McKENDRICK, Archibald,  1876-       Ma-
 lingering and its detection under the workmen's
 compensation and other acts.   94p.  12?  Edinb.,
 E.  & S. Livingstone, 1912.
   -—■— Medico-legal injuries,   viii, 341p.   8?
 Lond.,  E.  Arnold & Co., 1927.
   McKENNA, James.
   See Algar, J.,  & McKenna, J.  Molecular rearrangements of
 phenyl styryl ketone oxides,  p.225-49.  29cm. Dubl.,  1944.
   MacKENNA,   Robert   William,   1874-1930.
 The  adventure  of death,  xiv,  197p.  19cm.
 N. Y.,  G.  P.  Putnam's Sons, 1917.
  ---- Diseases of the skin;  a manual for  stu-
 dents and  practitioners.  2. ed.  xii, 452p. illust.
 pi.   4?  Lond.,  Bailliere,  Tindall &  Cox, 1927.
 Also 3. ed. [with R. M. B. MacKennal xiv, 506p.
 8?  1933.  Also  4. ed. [with R.  M. B. MacKenna]
 xiv, 557p.   Bait., W. Wood &  Co., 1937.
  For obituary see Brit. J. Derm., 1930, 42: 427, portr. (Hunt,
 E.)  Also Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: 545. Also Lancet, Lond.,  1930,
 2: 717.  Also Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1931, 39: pt 1, 15, portr.
 (Hay, J.)
  MacKENNA, Robert Merttins Bird, 1903-
 Aids to dermatology and venereal disease.  2. ed.
 viii, 284p.  16^cm.  Lond., Bailliere, Tindall  &
 Cox, 1939.
  See also MacKenna,  R. W.  Diseases of the skin.  3. ed.
 [with R.  M. B. MacKenna]  506p. 8?  Lond.,  1933.  Also 4.
 ed.  557p.  Bait., 1937.
  McKENNAN,  Thomas   McKean  Thompson,
 1859-1935.
  For obituary  see  J.  Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1935,  81: 726-8.
 Also Tr.  Am. Neur. Ass., 1935, 61: 174 (Diller, T.)
  For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu  Bull., 1940-41, 30: 49.
  McKENNY-HUGHES,  Alfred  Weston, 1895-
       The bed-bug;  its habits and life history
 and how to deal with it.  4. ed.  iv, 19p. illust.
 pi.   22cm.   Lond., Brit. Mus.,  1937.   Also 5. ed.
 [with Johnson, C. G.]  iv, 20p.   1942.
  Forms No. 5, Econom. Ser. Brit. Mus. (Natur. Hist.)
  MACKENRODT, Herbert,  1910-       *Ein
 Beitrag zur traumatischen Herpes-Genese unter
 Berucksichtigung neuzeitlicher Forschungsergeb-
 nisse.   16p.   21cm.   Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1937.
  McKENTY, James, 1864-1940.
  For obituary see Canad. M. Ass. J., 1940, 43: 295.
  MACKENTY,   John   Edmund,   1869-1931.
Cancer  of the larynx.   63p.  8?  [Chic,  Am. M.
Ass., 1926]
  Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3: 205; 305. 
MACKENTY
  ----  Infections of the upper respiratory tract
in the etiology of uveitis.  52p.  8?  N. Y., Ass.
Res. Ophth., 1931.
  ----Malignant disease of the larynx.  32p.
illust,   8?   [Chic, Am. M.  Ass., 1934]
  Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20:
  Soc also:
  New York Academy  op  Medicine.  Section
of  Otolaringology.   Transactions  of  a com-
memorative meeting  in honour  of  Dr. John
Edmund Mackenty.  50p.  8?  N. Y.,  1932.
  For obituary see Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1932, 41: 252.
  MACKENZIE, Sir Alexander, 1763-1820.
  Mitchell,  R.  Alexander Mackenzie as a doctor.  Bull.
Manitoba M. Ass., 1933, 13: 594.
  MACKENZIE, Alexander John,  1875-1939.
  For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1939-40, 13: 215 (Elliott, J.
H.)  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 1847.
  MACKENZIE, Basil William Sholto [M.  D.,
1936,  Cambridge]   Cancer; an inquiry into  the
extent to which patients  receive treatment.  41p.
8?   Lond., H. M. Stat. Off., 1939.
  Forms No. 89, Rep. Pub. Health.
  MACKENZIE,  Charles  Fraser,  1880-
Drugs, the main cause of cancer, and a rational
system of  cure.   182p.   12?  Lond., Health Pro-
motion [1925]
  ----   Common-sense  about   cancer.   v.l.
87p.  19cm. Lond., Homoeop. Pub. Co., 1945.
   MacKENZIE, Christine.
  See Soule, E.  S.,  & MacKenzie, C.  Community hygiene.
218p.  19Hcm. N. Y., 1940.
  MacKENZIE,  Sir  Colin,   1883-1934.   The
action  of muscles including muscle rest  and  re-
education.  2. ed.   xvi, 288p.  8?  Lond., H.  K.
Lewis & Co.,  1930.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1934, 1: 360.
  See also Sir Colin MacKenzie memorial. J.  Am.  M. Ass.,
1939, 112: 2450.
  McKENZIE, Dan, 1870-1935.  The infancy of
medicine;  an  enquiry  into the influence  of folk-
lore upon the evolution of scientific  medicine.
xiii, 421p.   8?   Lond., Macmillan and Co., 1927.
  ----  Diathermy medical and surgical  in oto-
laryngology,  xiv,  184p.   pi.   8?   Lond.,   K.
Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co.,  1930.
  For obituary see  Brit. M. J.,  1935, 2: 1076, portr. Also
Caledon. M.  J., 1935-36, 15: 458.  Also Glasgow M. J., 1936,
125: 23.
  MacKENZIE, David Wallace,  1875-
Tumors of the  kidney,  p.682-753.   illust.   pi.
8?   Phila., Lea & Febiger,  1936.
  In: Modern Urol.  (Cabot, H.) 3. ed. 2:
  MACKENZIE, De Witt  T.,  1885-       Men
without guns.  Descriptive  captions by Clarence
Worden.   xi, 47 [104]p.   illust.   portr.   34cm.
Phila.,  Blakiston Co., 1945.
  Illustrated with 137 plates  from the Abbott collection of
paintings.
  MACKENZIE, Sir Hector, 1856-1929.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 482.  Also Lancet,
Lond., 1929, 1: 524.
  MACKENZIE, Hector Graham Gordon, 1869-
       Medical control in a  boys' club; being the
record of the Hollington  Club Clinic,  1909-1924;
introduction  by  Sir  Wemyss   Grant-Wilson.
ix,  84p.  12?  [Lond.]  J.  M. Dent & Co.,  1925.
  MACKENZIE, Helen  S.
  See Kharasch, N.,  & Mackenzie, H. S. Essentials of college
chemistry.  513p.  24cm.  N. Y., 1942.
  MACKENZIE, Ivy  [M.  D.,  1912, Glasgow]
The circulation in infectious and  toxic processes
including acute endocarditis, p.285-346.   26Hem
N.  Y\, Oxford Univ. Pr.  [1940]
  In: Oxford Med. (Christian,  H. A., ed.) 2:
  MACKENZIE, James, 16807-1761.   The his-
tory of health, and the  art of preserving it;  or,
An account of all that has been recommended  by
MACKENZIE
physicians and philosophers towards the preser-
vation of health, from the most remote antiquity
to this time;  to  which  is  subjoined a  succinct
review  of the  principal rules relating to  this
subject, together with the reasons on which these
rules are founded.   2.  ed.   To which  is added
A short and  clear account of the commencement,
progress,  utility,  and   proper management of
inoculating  the smallpox,   xii,  436, 31p.   8?
Edinb., W. Gordon,  1759.
  MACKENZIE, Sir James, 1853-1925.  Symp-
toms and their interpretation,   xx,  297p. illust.
22cm.  Lond., Shaw & Sons, 1909.
  ----  [Principles of diagnosis and treatment in
heart affections]  Principii  di  diagnosi e di  cura
delle malattie del cuore.   Trad, del Francesco
Corletto.   xiv, 225p.   diagr.   25cm.   Milano,
Soc. ed. libr., 1918.
  ----  Chronic diseases of the heart,   p. 387-
492.  26Kcm.  N. Y., Oxford Univ.  Pr. [1940]
  In: Oxford Med. (Christian,  H. A., ed.) 2:
  For biography see in   Cardiac Classics  (Willius, F. A.)
S. Louis, 1941,  764-8, portr.—East, T. C. F.  Med. Press  &
Circ, Dubl., 1934, 189: 202-4.  Also in Brit.  Masters of Med.
(Power, DA.)  Bait.,  1936, 214-20 [portr.] —Wilson, R. M.
Middlesex Hosp. J., 1933,  No. 212, 247-53.
  See also Hay, J. James Mackenzie  and his message.   Brit.
M. J., 1930, 1:  1033-6.—Knight, A. L. Sir James Mackenzie
and his contribution to our knowledge of cardio-vascular dis-
ease.   J. Med., Cincin.,  1928-29,  9:  512-5.—Lev, M.  The
romance of Sir  James Mackenzie.  Phi Delta Epsilon News,
Menasha,  1935, 26:  214-22.—Nesbitt,  G.  E.  Sir James
Mackenzie's heart, with some  remarks on the coronary syn-
drome.  S.  Afr. M. J., 1941,  15: 321-3.—Pratt, J. H. Sir
James Mackenzie; general practitioner.  Bull. New England
M. Center,  1940, 2: 54-6.------Recollections and letters
of Sir James Mackenzie. N. England J. M., 1941, 224: 1-10.—
Sir James Mackenzie. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131: 39-42.
  For portrait  see Collection  in Library.  Also in Hundred
Years of Med. (Haagensen, C.  D.,  & Lloyd, W. E. B.) N. Y.,
1943, opp. p. 244.
  ---- & ORR, James.   Principles of diagnosis
and  treatment in heart  affections.   3. ed.   viii,
242p.  8?   Lond., H. Milford  [1926]
  See also Italian translation above.
  MACKENZIE, James Ross, 1879-      Prac-
tical  anesthetics for  students,  hospital  residents
and   practitioners.    viii,   136p.    illust.   tab.
20Hcm.   Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1944.
Also 2. ed.  xii, 172p.   1946.
  MACKENZIE, Jean Kenyon, 1874-1936.
  For biography see Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass., 1940, No. 55, 78.
  MacKENZIE, John, 1876-       Army health
in India, hygiene and pathology; with a foreword
by  Matthew Fell,   iv,  158p.   pi.    8?   Lond.,
J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1929.
  MACKENZIE, John Edwin,  1868-
  See Dobbin,  L.. & Mackenzie, J. E. Salts and their reac-
tions.  7. ed.  246p.  22cm.  Edinb.,  1944.
  McKENZIE, John Grant,  1882-       Psy-
chology, psychotherapy and evangelicalism,   xiii,
238p.  22cm.   Lond., Allen & Unwin [1940]
  ----   Nervous disorders   and  character;  a
study in pastoral psychology and psychotherapy.
ix,  94p.   19cm.  Lond., Allen &  Unwin,  1946
[i. e. 1947]
  MACKENZIE, John William, 1876-1928.
  tor obituary see Brit. M. J., 1928, 2: 36.
  MacKENZIE, Kenneth, 1859-1920.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MACKENZIE, Kenneth, 1885-1942.
  For obituary see N. Zealand M. J.,  1942, 41: 36-8 portr.
  MACKENZIE, Sir Leslie, 1862-1935.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond.,  1935, 1: 577. Also Q. Bull.
frontier Nurs. Serv., Lexington, 1934-35, 10: No. 4, 11-4.
  MACKENZIE, Melville Douglas  [M.  D., 1920,
London]  Medical relief  in  Europe; questions for
immediate study.   67p.  20cm.   Lond., Royal
Inst. Internat. Affairs [1942]
  MACKENZIE, Sir Morell, 1837-92. La rauce-
dine, la perdita della  voce e la respirazione stridula 
MACKENZIE
25
McKESSON
in rapporto colle affezioni nerveo-muscolari della
laringe.   87p.  pi.  22cm.   Nap.,  L. Vittorio,
1875.
  ----  The  fatal illness of Frederick the Noble.
246p.   12?   Lond.,  Sampson  Low,   Marston,
Searle & Rivington, 1888.
  See also Delavan, D. B.  Personal recollections of a great
laryngologist,  Sir Morell Mackenzie.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,
1933, 42:  321-51.—Halloran, G.  Sir Morell Mackenzie: a
medical visionary.  Med.  J. Australia, 1938,  1: 139-42.—
Kagan, S. R.  [Biography]  Bull. Hist. M., 1941, 9: 217-20.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also J. Lar. Otol..
Lond., 1942, 57:  opp. p. 114 [caricature]
   MACKENZIE, Murdo [M.  D.,  1932, London]
The human mind; the organ  of thought in func-
tion and dysfunction,  vii,  216p.   19cm.  Phila.,
Blakiston Co. [1941]
   MACKENZIE, Murdo Tolme, 1858-1936.
   Fifty vears of medical service in the outer Islands.  Caledon.
M. J., 1937, 16: 3, portr.
   MACKENZIE, Robert Shelton, 1809-80.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McKENZIE, Robert Tait,  1867-1938.    4>h3h-
qecKHe ynpaJKHeHHH b BocnnTaMnn h  MeAHUHHe.
xx, 482p., xxxvii.  illust.  pi.  tab.  diagr.   ch.
23cm.  Moskva, Ogiz, 1937.
   Also English title page.
   See also McKenzie, R. T.  Compensations at 70. Tr. Coll.
Physicians Philadelphia, 1938-39, 6: 271-81.
   For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940,
659.  Also J. Health Phys. Educ, 1944, 15: 50-2, portr.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 1940.  Also Tr.
Coll. Physicians  Philadelphia, 1938-39, 6: 260-70 (Krumbhaar,
E. B.)  Also Pennsylvania M. J., 1937-38, 41: 815.
   See also Memorial to Dr. Robert Tait McKenzie.  J. Am.
M. Ass., 1943, 122: 128.—Mueller, G. W.  In honor of Dr R.
Tait McKenzie.  J. Health Phys. Educ, 1944, 15: 29, portr.—
R. Tait McKenzie Memorial.  Ibid., 1943, 14: 534.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MACKENZIE, William,  1791-1868.
   For biography see  Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24: 1204-6 (Crisp,

   For portrait see Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1944, 31: 545.  Also
Glasgow M. J., 1940,  133: No. 4, Front.
   MACKENZIE,  Sir  William Colin,  1877-1938.
 The  action of muscles, including muscle rest and
 muscle  re-education.   Repr.  from  the  2.  ed.
 xxiii, 288p.  illust.  portr.   22cm.   Lond.,  H. K.
 Lewis & Co., 1940.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 429-31, portr.  Also
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1938, 111: 1949. Also Med. J. Australia, 1938,
2: 576-80, portr.
   MACKENZIE,  William Leslie,  1862-1935.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 506. Also Edinburgh
M  J  1935  42: 231,  portr. Also Nature, Lond., 1935, 135:
 498.  Also Proc. R. Soc. Edinburgh 1934-35, pt 2, 55: 158.
   McKEON, James, 1861-1933.
   For obituary  see Minnesota M., 1933, 16: 639.
   McKEOWN, Hugh Spencer, 1895-1944.
   For obituary  see J. Am. M. Ass.,  1944, 126: 584.
   McKEOWN,  William Alexander,  1844-1904.
 Inaugural  address in the  Department of  Oph-
 thalmology and Otology, at the Queen's College,
 Belfast,  on  the  26th October, 1896.   15p.   8.
Belfast, M. Ward & Co., 1896.
   McKERROW,  James  Clark, 1888-   o    Evo-
lution without natural selection.  63p.  8?   Lond.,
 Longmans, Green & Co.  [1937]
   McKERROW, Ronald Brunlees, 1872-1940, &
 FERGUSON, Frederick Sutherland.   Title-page
 borders used in England & Scotland, 1485-1640.
xlvii, 220p.;  256p. [221]-234p.  facs.  4.   Lond.,
Bibliogr. Soc, 1932.
   Forms  No. 21 of Illustr. Monogr.
   McKESSON,  Elmer  Isaac, 1881-1935.   Ni-
 trous oxid-oxygen in exodontia  compared  with
other anesthetics.   Up.   15cm.  Toledo,  the

 AUSee afso[McM?echan. F. H.. & McMechan L.  E. I. McKes
son  M  D  anesthetist; his life and work.  Cuirent Res.
Anesth.,' 1937, 16:1-4, portr.
  For memorial volume see Clement, F. W. Nitrous oxide-
oxygen anesthesia; McKesson-Clement viewpoint and tech-
nique. 2. ed.  288p. 24cm. Phila., 1945.
  For portrait see in Proc. Dent. Centen. Celebr. (Maryland
Dent. Ass.) 1940, 347.
  McKESSON, Irving, 1872-
  For biography see in Coll. Pharm. N. York (Wimmer, C. P.)
N. Y.. 1929, 257, portr.
  McKESSON &  ROBBINS [Bridgeport, Conn.]
The McKesson Laboratories; a camera tour show-
ing  the  scientific control  exercised  over  the
products of McKesson &  Robbins.  43p.  illust.
27cm.   Bridgeport, the Company,  1939.
  McKHANN, Charles Fremont, 1898-
  For portrait see I'niv. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb.,  1940, 6: 29;
1941, 7: 78; 1943, 9: 89.
  McKIBBEN, Paul Stilwell,  1886-1941.
  For obituary see Anat. Rec, 1942, 83: 147. Also J. Am. M.
Ass., 1941, 117: 1907.  Also Med. J., Lond., Can.,  1941-42, 12:
front., portr.  Also Science, 1942, 95: 242 (Brown, J. M.)
  McKIBBIN-HARPER,  Mary.
  See Harper, Mary McKibbin.
  McKIE,   Douglas.  Antoine  Lavoisier;  the
father of modern chemistry.  303p.  illust.  portr.
8?   Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co.  [1935]
   MACKIE, Frederick Percival,  1875-1944.
  For obituarv see Brit.  M. J., 1944, 2: 164.   Also Lancet,
Lond., 1944,  2: 263.  Also Nature,  Lond., 1944, 154: 296
(James, S. P.)
  MACKIE,  Janet  Welch,  1894-        Bibli-
ography for maternal and child health program.
[13]p.   2 1.   27cm.   Wash.,  Div.  Health  San.
Coordinator Inter-Amer. Affairs, 1944.
   MACKIE, John Peat,     -1933.
   For obituary see Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30:  226.
   MACKIE, Thomas Jones. 1888-
   See Muir,  R., & Ritchie, J.  Muir &  Ritchie's manual of
bacteriology; rev. by Carl H. Browning and Thomas J. Mackie.
 10.  ed. 996p.  12!  Lond., 1937.
   ----   &  McCARTNEY,  James  Elvins.   An
 introduction  to  practical bacteriology;  a guide
to  bacteriological laboratory  work.  2. ed.   xiv,
 390p.   8?   Edinb.,  E.  & S.  Livingstone, 1928.
 Also 3. ed.   xv, 421p.   ch.  12?  1931.  Also
 4.  ed.   viii,  504p.   8?   1934.  Also  5. ed.  xi,
 586p.   19cm.   1938.   Also 6.  ed.   xi,  675p.
 lg^cm.  1942.  Also 7. ed.  720p.  1945.
   MACKIE,   Thomas   Jones,   McLACHLAN,
 Donald  Gordon Stewart, & ANDERSON, Elea-
 nor  J.  M.   Certain factors  that  promote the
 development of the tetanus  bacillus in the tissues,
 with special reference to  post-operative tetanus;
 an  experimental inquiry.    31p.   8?  Edinb.,
 H.  M. Stat. Off.,  1929.
   MACKIE Thomas Turlay, 1895-
   Sce Stunkard, H. W., Coggeshall, L.  T. [et al.]  Parasitic
 diseases and  American participation in the war. p.189-261.
 24cm. N. Y., 1943.
   For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 7; 178.
   ----HUNTER, George  William,  & WORTH,
 Charles Brooke.  A  manual of tropical medicine:
 prepared under the auspices of the Division  of
 Medical  Sciences   of  the   National  Research
 Council,   xix, 727p.  illust.  tab.  map.  24cm.
 Phila.,  W. B. Saunders Co., 1945.
   McKIM, Gordon  Frank,  1879-1946.
   For obituary see Cincinnati  J.  M., 1946, 27: 840  (Cofield,
 R.  B., & Mitchell, E. W.)  Also J.  Am.LM. Ass., 1946, 132:
 1022.  Also Ohio M. J., 1946, 42:  1086.
   For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 82.
    McKIM, Randolph Harrison,  1842-1920.  The
 numerical   strength of  the  Confederate  Army;
 an  examination  of  the  argument of the  Hon.
 Charles Francis Adams and others.  71p.   19cm.
 N.  Y.,  Neale pub. Co., 1912.
    McKIMMIE,  Oscar   Addison  Mack,   1868-
 1940.
    For obituary see Med. Ann.  District of Columbia, 1940, 9:
 368. Also Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 480. 
MACKIN
26
MACKINNON
  MAt KIN,  John  Gilman,  1903-       Studies
on the morphology  and life history of nematodes
in the genus Spironoura.  64p.  pi.  tab.  24'^cm.
[Urbana, 111.,  Univ. Illinois Pr., 1936]
  Forms No. 3, v.14, Illinois Biol. Monogr.
  MACKINLAY.  George,  1847-1928.   Recent
discoveries  in  St  Luke's  writings;  a  study.
282p.  tab.  22^cm. Lond., Marshall Bros, 1921.
  McKINLEY,   Earl   Baldwin,  1894-1938.    A
geography of disease;  a preliminary survey  of
the  incidence  and  distribution  of  tropical  and
certain other diseases,   xxv,  49/Sp.   8?  Wash.,
George Washington Univ.  Pr., 1935.
  Forms Suppl. to Am.  J. Trop. M., 1935, 15: No. 5.
  See also Soule, M. H., & McKinley, E. B. The bacteriology
and immunology of leprosy,   p.87-96.  8? [Wash., 1937]
  For obituary see  Am. J.  Path., 1938, 14: No. 6, i, portr.
(Karsner, H. T.)  Also  Am. J. Trop. M., 1939, 19: 97-101,
portr. (Soule, M. H.)  Also  Arch.  Path., Chic,  1938, 26:
1085 9, portr. (Long, E. R.)  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111:
891; 1864.  Also Presse med., 1938,  46: 1497 (Lepine, P.)
Also Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health,  1938-39, 14: 93.
  McKINLEY, John Charnley,  1891-
  See  Myers,  J.  A.   John  Charnley  McKinley, teacher,
clinician, contributor of knowledge, administrator and bene-
factor of mankind; a personal appreciation.  J. I^ancct, 1946,
66:  351-6, portr.
  For biographv see in Biogr. Encvcl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 279.
  For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 53; 1942,
31:  41.
  McKINLEY, William, 1843-1901.
  Harper, S. B.  Gunshot wounds of three presidents of the
United States.  Proc. Mayo Clin.. 1944. 19: 11-9.
   McKINNEY,  Alexander Harris,  1858-
Triumphant  Christianity; the  life  and work  of
Lucv  Seaman  Bainbridge.   206p.   portr.    8?
N.  Y., F. H.  Revell Co. [1932]
  McKINNEY,  Edward, 1877-
  For  portrait see  in  Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha, 1928, 611.
   McKINNEY,  Fred,  1908-      Psychology  of
personal  adjustment;  students'  introduction  to
mental hygiene,   xi,  636p.  diagr.   form.   pi.
23,2<-m.  X. Y., J.  Wiley & Sons, 1941.
  MacKINNEY, Loren Carey.  Early medieval
medicine with  special  reference to  France  and
Chartres.    247p.   portr.   8?   Bait.,   Johns
Hopkins Pr., 1937.
  Forms v.3, 3. ser., Pub.  Johns Hopkins Univ. Inst.  Hist.
Med.
  McKINNEY,  Richmond, 1874-1942.
   For  obituary see J. Am. M. Ass.,  1942, 119: 1383.  Also
Tr.  Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1943, 333.
   MacKINNEY, William Humphrey, 1881-1943.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 1264.
  McKINNIE, Lewis Hugh, 1874-1931.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 1401.
   For portrait see Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1927, 37: front.
   MACKINNON, Angus,  1846-1935.
   For obituary see Canad. J. M. & S., 1935, 78: 79-84.
   MACKINNON, Catherine Frances.
  See Newburgh, L. H., & Mackinnon, F.  The practice of
dietetic-.  264p.  8!  N. Y., 1934.
  See  also Frances Mackinnon, President of the American
Dietetic Association.  J. Am. Diet. Ass., 1942, 18: 746.
  MACKINNON,  Daniel  Stewart.   The  con-
quest of pain.  251p.  pi.   portr.  23cm.  Wind-
sor, Ont , Conquest of Pain Pub., 1943.
   McKINNON, Hugh Lawson, 1878-
  For biographv see in Pub. Health Mississippi (Underwood,
F. J., & Whitfield, R. N.) Jackson, 1938, 124, portr.
  McKINNON, James Thomas.   The  road  to
health and happiness.   73p.   8?  [Caddo Mills,
Texas  1933]
  McKINNON, Kathern Mae, 1907-       Con-
sistency and change in behavior manifestations
as  observed  in a group of  sixteen children during
a five-vear period,  xii, 144p.   23^cm.   N.  Y.,
Columbia Univ., 1942.
  Forms No. 30 of Child Develop. Monogr.
  MACKINNON, Ronald, 1SS1-1943.
  For obituary see Brit.  M. J.. 1943, 2: 529.
  MACKINTOSH,  Ashley, 180S  1937.
  For obituary see  Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 833, portr.  Also
Lancet, Lond., 1937,  2: 095, portr.
  MACKINTOSH,  David Leslie, 1895-
  See Filinger, (J. A., & Mackintosh, D. L.  Preserving foods
in frozen food lockers. 30p. 23cm.  [Topeka. 1942]
  MACKINTOSH,  James  Macalisler [M. D.,
1923, Glasgow]  War and the doctor; essays on
the immediate treatment  of war wounds  [2. ed.,
rev. & enl.]  135p.   22#cm.  Edinb.,  Oliver  &
Boyd, 1940.
  -—-—   War-time  nurse;  an anthology of  ideas
about the  care  and  nursing of  war casualties.
viii, 246p.   17J^cm.  Edinb.,   Oliver  &  Boyd,
1940.
  ----   The  health of Scotland.  32p.  1872cm
Edinb.,  Oliver & Boyd,  1943.
  Forms No. 3, Saltire Pamphl.
  ----   The nation's health.  64p.  illust.  25cm.
Lond., Pilot Pr., 1944.
  Forms No. 5, Target for Tomorrow.
  ----The war and mental health in England.
91 p.  22cm.   N. Y., Commonwealth Fund,  1944.
  McKISSACK, William,  1743-1831.
  Dr William  McKissack, a New Jersey Army physician with
General Washington. J.  M. Soc. N.  Jersey, 1943, 40: 396.
  McKITTRICK, Leland Sterling,  1892-
  For portrait see Dallas M. J., 1941, 27: 25.
  —   &  ROOT,  Howard  Frank.   Diabetic
surgery;  with a foreword by  Daniel F. Jones and
Elliott P. Joslin.  ix,  269p.  pi.   8?  Phila., Lea
& Febiger,  1928.
  McKNIGHT,  Joseph B., 1869-      Collaps-
ing the lung in tuberculosis.  12p.  illust.  19Hcm.
[Sanatorium,   Tex.,  State  Tuberculosis  Sana-
torium,  1942?]
  MacKoVACE, John.
  See Weiss, J. E., MacKoVace, J. [et al.l eds.  One thousand
and twenty-one answers  to industrial health and safety prob-
lems. 699p.  25cm.   Clevel., 1943.
  McKOWN, James  Shelby, 1861-1944.
  For obituary see Texas J. M., 1944-45, 40: 457.
  MACKUTH, Erich, 1900-      *Ueber Spon-
tanblutung in  die  Rectusmuskulatur  und das
durch sie hervorgerufene  Krankheitsbild.   19p.
8?   Konigsb.  i. P.,  J. Raabe, 1932.
  McLACHLAN, Angus  Elrick  William,  1898-
      Handbook of diagnosis and treatment  of
venereal diseases, viii, 364p.  illust. tab.  19cm.
Edinb., E.  & S.  Livingstone, 1944.  Also 2. ed.
371p.  1945.
  McLACHLAN, Arthur Ronald, 1876-1939.
  For obituary see S. Afr. M. J., 1939, 13: 749 (Moffat, H.  A.,
Sacks, G.,  & Fuller, E. B.)
  McLACHLAN, Donald Gordon Stewart,  1900-
35.
  See Mackie, T. J., McLachlan, D. G. S., & Anderson, E. J.
M.  Certain factors  that promote the  development of  tetanus
in the tissues.  31p.  8?  Edinb., 1929.
  For obituary see J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 41: 571.
  MACLACHLAN, James, 1865-
  Retiremenl of Dr James Maclachlan.  Caledon. M. J., 1937,
16:  17-20.
  McLACHLAN,  Norman  William,  1888-
Xoise; a comprehensive survey from every  point
of  view.   148p.   illust.   diagr.   8?   Lond.,
Oxford Univ. Pr., 1935.
   MacLACHLAN,  William Watt Graham,  1885-
  For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 49; 1942,
31:36.
   MACLAGAN, Robert Craig, 1839-1919.   Evil
eye in  the western  highlands,   vii,  232p.   8?
Lond., D. Nutt, 1902.
   McLAGGAN, John Douglas, 1893-       Dis-
eases of  the  ear, throat,  and  nose,   viii,  338p.
illust.  pi.  8?   Lond., H. K. Lewis, 1937. 
McLAINE
27
McLEAN
    McLAINE, Leonard Septimus, 1887-1943.
    For obituary see J. Econ. Entom., 1943, 36: 946, portr.
  (Fernald, H. T.)
    McLANE, James Woods, 1839-1912.
    For portrait see Collection in Library.
    McLAREN, Alexander Clifford,  1892-
    See Cooper, J. W., & McLaren, A. C.  Latin for pharmaceu-
  tical students.  109p.   8?  Lond., 1930.
    M'LAREN,  Elizabeth  T.  Dr.  John Brown
  and his sister  Isabella;  outlines.   4. ed.  59p.
  illust.   portr.  22cm.  Edinb., D. Douglas,  1890.
    MacLAREN, John Paterson, 1851-1927.  Med-
  ical insurance examination; modern methods and
  rating  of  lives  for  medical  practitioners,  and
  insurance   officials.   xii,   312p.   8?   Lond.,
  Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1927.   Also  2. ed.  xv,
  646p.   1929.
    MacLAREN, Murray, 1861-1942.
    For obituarv see Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 57.  Also Canad. M.
  Ass. J., 1943, 48: 180, portr. (Baxter, J. B. M.)
    MACLAREN, Norman, 1876-1937.
    For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 395, portr.
    McLATCHIE, John Drummond Pryde [M.  B.,
  1893,  Edinburgh]   The treatment of  varicose
  veins by intravenous injections,   vii, 51p.   8?
  Lond., W. Heinemann, 1928.
    McLAUCHLIN,  Lucius Gould, 1898-1944.
    For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126: 383, portr.
    McLAUGHLIN, Allan Joseph, 1872-
    For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also Annual Rep.
  Illinois Dep. Pub. Health, 1941-42, 25: 8.
    McLAUGHLIN, Charles William, 1906-
    For biography see J.  Omaha Clin. Soc, 1943,  4: 109, portr.
    Mclaughlin, Donald  j. [d.  d. s.,  1926,
  Minnesota]
    See Hoyt, E. B., McLaughlin, D. J., & Smith,  G. P.  Crown
  and bridge technic syllabus.  30numb. 1. 22J^cm. N. Y., 1936.
    Mclaughlin,  Frank p., 1855-1935.
    For obituary see Texas J. M., 1935-36, 31: 250.
    Mclaughlin,  James, 1816-83.
    For biography see Minnesota M., 1943, 26: 901.
    McLAUGHLIN,  Jane Rose.
    See Falls, F. H-, & McLaughlin, J. R.   Obstetric and gyne-
  cologic nursing. 492p.  8?  S. Louis, 1937.
    McLAUGHLIN,  Laura  Ida,  1883-        A
  laboratory  manual in dietetics,  iv,  78p.  tab.
  diagr.   27^cm.   Minneap.,  Burgess  Pub. Co.,
  1940.
    McLAUGHLIN,  Sister  Mary  Carmella.   *A
  critical  analysis  of the  content of psychology
  as taught in schools  of nursing [M. A.]   x, 43p.
  8?  Wash., Cath. Univ.  America, 1936.
    Forms No. 4, v.l, Stud. Nurs. Educ. Cath. Univ. America.
    Mclaughlin,  Nelson, 1882-1942.
    For portrait see Detroit M. News, 1941-42, 33: No. 36, 9.
    MacLAURIN, Charles, 1872-        Mere  mor-
 tals;  medico-historical  essays,   second  series.
 276p.   8?   Lond.,  J. Cape [1925]
   ----  Post mortems of mere  mortals;  essays,
 historical and medical.  2 pts in  I. xx, 9-260p.;
 13-291p.   19cm.  N.  Y.,  Doubleday, Doran  &
 Co., 1930.
   Originally published as two separate volumes: Post mortems,
 and Mere mortals.
   MacLAURINE, Alexander H. A.  Sexual waste
 of vital energy; furnishing exhaustive information
 about  the  temptations  and  effect of excessive
 indulgence  of the sexual appetite from  childhood
 to  old  age.  431p.   8?   Binghamton,  N.  Y.,
 F.  Putnam  Co., 1896.
   McLAVE, Evan Williams, 1896-
   For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 136.
   McLEAN,  Angus,  1862-1939.   Post mortem
examinations with  morbid  anatomy,  vi, 129p.
12?  [Detroit, 1900?]
  For obituary see J. Am.  M. Ass., 1939, 112:  1617,  portr.
Also Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: portr., 31.
   McLEAN,  Arthur  John,  1894-        Intra-
 cranial tumors,   p. 131-241.  8?   Berl., Urban &
 Schwarzenberg,  1936.
   In: Handb. Neurol. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 14:
   ----  Pituitary tumors,  p.242-85.  8?  Berl.,
 Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1936.
   In: Handb. Neurol. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 14:
   MacLEAN, Basil Clarendon, 1895-
   For biography see Hosp.  Topics, 1942, 20: No. 10, 9, portr
 Also Hospitals, 1943, 17: No. 5, 78.
   For portrait see Hospitals, 1940, 14: No. 10,  14; 1942, 16:
 No. 3, 14; No. 9, 71; No. 10, 13. Also  Hosp. Management,
 1943, 55: No. 4, 28.
   McLEAN, Charles Raymond, 1877-1942.
   For obituary see Hawaii M. J., 1942-43, 2:  108 (Batten,
 C. A.)
   McLEAN, Charles Victor,  1887-       *Baby-
 lonian  astrology and  its  relation   to the  Old
 Testament  [Columbia Univ.; Ph. D.]  69p.  8°
 Toronto, United Church Pub. Co., 1929.
   McLEAN, Clara Chamberlain,  1861-      The
 laws of  health and  prosperity and how to  apply
 them;  twelve lessons  in  spiritual science  with
 technique.    158p.   portr.   19Y2cm.  Holyoke,
 Mass., E.  Towne Co.,  1917.
   MacLEAN, Donald, 1839-1903.
   Vaughan, J.  W.   Master surgeons of America;  Donald
 Maclean.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 50: 646, portr.
   For portrait see in Founders and Presidents of the Am. M.
 Ass. (Arlington Chem. Co.) Yonkers, N. Y., 1910, pi. 5.
   McLEAN,  Donald,  1885-      &  HUBBELL,
 Constance.  Male impotence, ii, 16p. 8?  [Los
 Ang., n. p.] 1934.
   For biography see Northwest M., 1944, 43: 354, portr.
   McLEAN,  Ephraim  Rankin, 1878-1944.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125:  591.
   MACLEAN, Hugh,  1879-     Modern meth-
 ods   in  the  diagnosis and  treatment  of gly-
 cosuria  and   diabetes.  4. ed.   xi,   212p.   8?
 Lond.,   Constable & Co.,  1927.   Also 5.  ed.
 xi, 219p.  illust.  ch.  1932.
   ----  Modern methods  in the diagnosis and
 treatment of  renal disease.  3.  ed.   viii,  133p.
 pi.  8?  Lond.,  Constable & Co., 1927.
   ----  Modern views on  digestion  and gastric
 diseases.  2. ed.   x, 182p.   8?  Lond.,  Constable
 & Co. [1928]
   MACLEAN, Ida  Smedley,  1877-1944.   The
 metabolism  of  fat.    vi,   104p.   tab.   17^cm.
 Lond., Methuen & Co., 1943.
   For obituary see  CuIIi«,  W., & Nunn, L. C.  A.  Nature,
 Lond., 1944, 154: 110.
   McLEAN,  James H.,   &  SMALL,  Riley  F.
 Veterinary educator; a popular guide to farmers
 and  stockmen  in  the treatment of  domestic
 animals.   414p.   8?   Chic, M.  A.  Donohue &
 Co., 1905.
   MacLEAN,  James Smith.       *Pelvimetrfa
 radiogrdfica por el metodo de Thorns.  47p.  illust.
 diagr.  27cm.  B. Air.  [Porter hnos] 1941.
   McLEAN, John, 1814-79.
   For biography see in  Begin.  M. Educ. Chicago (Weaver,
 G. IT.) Chic, 1925, 74, portr., 77.
   MACLEAN, Joseph  Brotherton, 1889-
 Distribution  of  surplus.   x,  154p.   23Hcm
 N. Y., Actuarial Soc. America, 1937.
   Forms No. 6, Actuarial Stud. (Actuarial Soc. America)
   MACLEAN, Magnus, 1858-1937.
   For obituary see  Caledon. M. J.,  1939, 17: 231-5  (Watt,
 L. M.) Also  Nature, Lond.,  1937, 140: 673.
   McLEAN, Malcolm,  1848-1924.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   McLEAN, Mary Hancock, 1861-
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  McLEAN, Norman Thomas, 1875-1941.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 877. Also Mil.
Surgeon, 1941, 89: 843. 
MacLEAN
28
McLEOD
   MacLEAN,  Percy,  1907-        *Klinik  und
operative  Behandlung der  Magen-Kolon-Fistel.
J7p.   8°  Konigsb. i. P., Kopal & Schulz, 1932.
   McLEAN, Robert Armistead, 1851-1914.
   Legge. R. T.  Robert  Armistead McLean;  California's
master surgeon.  California West. M., 1938, 48: 114-8.
   McLEAN, Samuel Hoskins,  1871-
   For biographv see in Pub. Health Mississippi (Underwood,
F. J.. & Whitfield, R. N.) Jackson, 1938, 109, portr.
   McLEAN, Stafford, 1886-1932.
   For obituary seo Am. J. Dis. Child., 1932, 43: 981.
   MACLEAN,  William,        -1930.
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 1370.
   MacLEISH,  Archibald,  1892-        Libraries
in the  contemporary crisis; address by  ... Libra-
rian  of Congress  at  Carnegie  Institute,  Pitts-
burgh, Pa.,  on Founders'  Day,  Oct.  19, 1939.
12p.   25cm.   [Wash.]  Gov. Print. Off., 1939.
   ——   La   experiencia   americana.     p. 1-4.
25#cm.  [Wash.] Gov. Print. Off., 1940.
   In: La Fundacion Hispanica en la Bibliotecad  el  Congreso
(R. C. Smith)
   For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1940, 1: 539-42.
   See also One (The) surrender which engenders  all the rest.
Westchester M. Bull., 1941, 9: No. 11, 9.
   ----    PALEY, William  S.,   & MURROW,
Edward R.   In honor of a  man and  an ideal:
Three  talks  on freedom.  35p.   22cm.   [N. Y.]
Columbia Broadcast. Svst., 1941.
   McLELLAN, Frederick  Clair, 1907-       The
neurogenic  bladder.   xvi,   206p.   illust.   pi.
diagr.  24cm.  Springf., 111., C. C Thomas [1929]
   McLENNAN, John,  1867-1935.
   For obituary see Nature, Lond., 1935, 136: 633 (Eve, A. S.)
   McLENNAN, John Stewart, 1853-1939.
   For obituary sir Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1940, 34: Proc, 115,
portr. (Webster, J.  C.)
   [MACLENNAN,  Malcolm]    Benoni  Blake,
M. D., surgeon at Glenaldie.   By the author of
Peasant life in the  North.  2v. in  1.   x, 287p.;
287p.   19cm.   N.  Y.,  Routledge & Sons, 1871.
   MacLENNAN, Ronald Fraser, 1906-44.   Cyto-
plasmic inclusions,  p. 111-90.   23J^cm.   N. Y.,
Columbia  Univ. Pr., 1941.
   In: Protozoa in Biol. Res.  (Calkins, G. N., et al.)
   For obituary see Science, 1944, 100: 117 (Budington, R. A.)
   MacLENNAN, William, 1865-1942.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 57; 85.  Also Glasgow
M. J., 1943, 139: 14, portr. (Doune)
   McLEOD, Alan Cumbrae Rose.
   See Fry, W.  K.,  Shepherd, P. R. [et al.]   The dental treat-
ment of maxillo-facial injuries.  250p. 23cm.   Oxf., 1943.
Also Supplement. Repr. 1944. p.300-494.  23cm.  Oxf., 1944.
   MacLEOD, Alexander Cameron [M. B., 1927,
London]   Some radium cases  at  the  Middlesex
Hospital; a  photographic record,  vii, 154p.  8?
Lond., J. Murray [1931]
   MACLEOD,  Annie Louise,  1883-       Text
book  of chemistry  for nurses and students of
home  economics.   2.  ed.   xiii,  241p.   pi.   8?
X. Y., McGraw-Hill Co., 1928.
   MACLEOD,  Archibald Garrard, 1898-
   See Wilson,  F. N., Macleod, A. G., & Barker,  P. S.  The
distribution of tin' currents of action and of injury displayed by
heart muscle. 59p.  28cm.  Ann Arb., 1933.
   MacLEOD,  Colin  Munro, 1909-       BELL,
Paul  Hadley [et al.]   Sulfonamides,  p.445-538.
tab.  diagr.   ch.  pi.   23#cm.   [N. Y.,  N. York
Acad.  Sc, 1943]
   Forms Art. 5, v.44, Ann. N. York Acad. Sc.
   MacLEOD, Douglas.
   See Berkeley, ('., Bonney, V., & MacLeod, D. The abnormal
in obstetrics. 525p. 23}^cm.  Bait., 1938.
   McLEOD, Frank Hilton, 1868-1944.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126: 851.  Also J. S.
Carolina M. Ass., 1944, 40: 238, portr. Also South.  M. & S ,
1944, 106: 44s.
   MacLEOD, Grace, 1878-
   Editor of Rose, M. D. S.  Rose's foundations of nutrition.
4. ed.  594p. 22cm.  N. Y., 1944.
   McLEOD, Herbert, 1841-1923.
   For obituarv sec J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1924, 990-2 (Morley,
H. F.)
   MACLEOD, John Alexander,     -1934.
   For obituary see Canad. J. M. & S., 1934, 76: 121. Also
Canada Lancet & Pract., 1934, 83: 119.
   MACLEOD, John James Rickard, 1X76-1935.
Physiology  and  biochemistry in  modern  medi-
cine.  5.  ed.   xxxii,  1054p.   25cin.   S.  Louis,
C.  V. Mosbv  Co.,  1926.  Also  6.  ed.  1074p.
1930.   Also 7. ed. xxxii, 1154p.   1935.   Also
8. ed. [with  Bard,  Philip, et al.]  xxxv, 1051 p.
1938.   Also 9.  ed. [with Bard,  Philip, et al ]
xxvi, 1256p.   1941.
   See also Fraser, L. M., Hartmnn, F. A. [et al.]  A laboratory
manual of experimental  phvsiologv  (including general physi-
ology)  285p.  21cm.  Toronto, 1929.
   For biographv soo in Flist. Am. Physiol. Soc. (Greene, C. W.l
Bait., 1938, 113-5, portr.
   For obituarv see  Biochem.  J., Lond.,  1935, 29:  1253-6
Also Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 624,  portr.  Also Bull. Acad. M.
Cleveland, 1935, 19: No. 4, 9 (Sollmann, T.)  Also Canad.
J. M. & S., 1935, 77: 155. Also Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 32:
556 (Best, C. H.)  Also Clin. Bull., Clevel., 1941, 5: 27 (Bidder
T. G.)  Also Diagn. teen, lab.,  Nap., 1935, 6: 145.  Also J.
Lab. Clin. M.,  1934-35, 20: 994-6, portr. (Mosby, C. V.)
Also Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 716.  Also  Med. Sketches, N. Y.,
1937, 1: No. 8,  19.  Also Nature,  Lond., 1935, 135: 533.
Also Presse med., 1935, 43: 731 (Coelho, J.)  Also Q. J. Exp.
Physiol., Lond., 1935-36, 25: 105-8, portr.  Also  Rev. med.
Barcelona, 1935,23:384  (Carrasco Fermiguera, R.) Also Sc.
Month., 1935, 41: 89, portr.
   For portrait see  Collection in Library,
  — &  SEYMOUR,  Raymond Jesse.  Funda-
mentals of  human physiology.  4.  ed.  424p.
illust.   pi.  8?  S. Louis, C. V. Mosby,  1936.
   MACLEOD, John  MacLeod Hendrie,  1870-
       Diseases  of  the  skin;  a  text-book for
students and  practitioners.   Second  issue  with
supplement,  xx, 1354p.   illust.  pi.  8?  Lond.,
H.  K. Lewis &  Co.,  1933.
  ----& MUENDE, Isaac.  Practical  handbook
of the pathology of the skin.   2. ed.   xix, 415p.
illust.   col.  pi.   24>^cm.  Lond., H.  K.  Lewis  &
Co., 1940.   Also 3.  ed.  xix, 415p.  1946.
  MACLEOD,  Margaret Angus, 1800-66.
  Tombstone of Margaret Angus Macleod of Harris.  [Photo-
graphl
  MACLEOD,  Morna, 1906-31.
  For obituary see Biochem. J., Lond.,  1932, 26: 271.
  MACLEOD,  Neil, 1894-1946.
  For obituary see Brit.  M. J., 1946, 2: 517.
  See also Hunt, H. C, & MacLeod, N.  A  retired habita-
tion. 144p.  S?  Lond., 1932.
  McLESTER,  James  Somerville,   1877-
Nutrition  and diet in health  and disease.  783p.
8?  Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1927.  Also 2. ed.
891p.   1931.   Also 3. ed.   838p.  tab.   diagr.
1939.  Also 4. ed.  xi, 849p.  1943.
  ——  [The same]  Nutricidn  y dieta en estado
normal y  patologico.  Transl. from  3.  Engl. ed.
798p.   tab.  diagr.   24y2cm.   Barcel.,  Salvat
ed., 1942.
  â– ---  The  diagnosis and  treatment of  dis-
orders  of  metabolism,   v, 328p.   8?   NY.,
Oxford Univ. Pr.  [1928]
  Forms v.l of Oxford Monogr. on Diagn. & Treat.
,„.„or biography see in Biogr. Encvcl.  World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
d9v52^u28R- &lso Clin- M- & S-  1934-  41: 405,  portr.  Also
Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1935, 32: 572, pnrtr.
  For portrait see Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1920, front.
  MACLINN,  Walter  Arnold,  1911-        &
FELLERS, Carl Raymond.  Ascorbic acid  (Vita-
min C)  in tomatoes and  tomato products.  39p.
tab.   23cm.   Amherst,   Massachusetts  State
College, 1938.
  Forms Bull. No. 354, Massachusetts Agr. Exp. Sta.
  MacLISTER, Sir  Donald, 1854-1934.
  For obituary see Fed.  Bull.,  Chic,  1934,  20:  98-100
(Biernng, W. L.)
  McLOCHLIN, Ralph Edwin,  1903-
  For biography see Phi Chi  Q., Menasha,  1938, 35: 638,
portr. 
McLOUGHLIN
29
MACMICHAEL
   McLOUGHLIN, George Somers,  1867-1943.
   For obituary see J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: Suppl., 5.
   McLOUGHLIN, John, 1784-1857.
   For biography see  Centaur, Menasha, 1942-43, 48:  7.—
 Dr John McLoughlin, the white-headed eagle, emperor of the
 West. Clin. M. & S., 1937, 44: 145, portr.
   For portrait see Ann. M. Hist., 1942, 3. ser., 4: 295.
   McLUNG, Leland Swint, 1910-      A labora-
 tory manual  for  general bacteriology.   2.  ed.
 v, 80 1.   diagr.   ch.  pi.  27J^cm.   Minneap.,
 Burgess Pub. Co., 1942.

 MACLURA [& deriv.]
   See also Moraceae; Tannic acid.
   Healey. M.  Note on the supposed production of maclurin
 from acacatechin.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 388-91.
   MacLURG, Deborah.
   See Jensen, Deborah MacLurg.
   McMAHAN,  V.  K.    Brucellosis  of  cattle.
 16p.  23cm.  [Manhattan,  Kansas  State  Coll.
 Agr. & Appl. Sc,  1944]
   Forms No. 222, Circ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Kansas; also No. 97,
 Contr. Dep. Vet. Med. Kansas State Coll. Agr. & Appl. Sc.
   McMAHON, Alphonse, 1895-
   For portrait see Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1938-39, 33:
 No. 16, Front.
   McMAHON,  Arthur Emerson, 1895-
   For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1942, 41: 500.
   MacMAHON, Harold Edward, 1901-
   For biography see Tufts M. J., 1940-41, 7: 2, portr. [cover]
 (Barry, H., jr.)
   McMAHON, Martin Thomas, 1838-1906.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MACMANUS, Emily Elvira Primrose.  Hospi-
 tal  administration  for  women.   356p.   illust.
 tab.  8?   Lond.,  Faber & Faber, 1934.
   See also Mitchiner, P. H., & MacManus, E. E. P. Nursing
 in time of war. 169p.  13}^cm. Lond., 1939.  Also 2. ed.  145p.
 1943.
   McMANUS, Joseph Peter, 1882-
   For biography see J. Iowa M. Soc, 1941, 31: 559, portr.
   McMANUS, Rachel Louise Metcalfe.   Study
 guide  on  evaluation; suggestions  for  faculty
 committees and other groups studying evaluation
 in nursing.   32p.  23cm.  N. Y\,  Nat.  League
 Nurs. Educ, 1944.
   See also Wayland, M. M. M., McManus, R. L. M., & Faddis,
 M. O. The hospital head nurse, junior executive and clinical
 instructor.  2. ed.  574p.  21cm. N. Y., 1944.
   MacMASTER,  Henry, 1891-      *La  folie
 de  Robert  Schumann.    105p.    8?   Par.,  N.
 Maloine,  1928.
   McMASTERS, John Herbert.
   See Schenk, E. T.,  & McMasters, J. H.   Procedure in
 taxonomy.  72p.  8?  Lond. [1936]
   McMECHAN, Francis  Hoeffer,  1879-1939.
   For obituary see Current Res. Anesth., 1939, 18:  No. 5,
 1-19, portr.  (Ranney, O.)  Also Gior. ital. anest., 1939, 5:
 367-70, portr. (Dogliotti, A. M.) Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1939,
 113" 873
   For p'oitrait see J. Hist. M., N. Y., 1946, 1: Opp. p. 606.
   MACMEEKEN,  Agnes  Miller,   1892-
 Developmental aphasia in educationally retarded
 children,   x,  95p.   tab.   diagr.   pi.   24}£cm.
 Bickley, Kent, Univ. London Pr. [1942]
   Forms No. 2, Pub. W. H. Ross Found. Prev. Blindness.
   McMEEL, James Eugene,  1888-
   For portrait see J. Indiana M. Ass., 1942, 35: 472.
   McMENAMIN, John Gerald,  1901-41.
   For obituary see S. Afr. M. J., 1941, 15: 190.
  McMICHAEL, James Robert, 1835-93.  Diary
of Captain J. R.  McMichael, prisoner of war,
1864-65.  28p.  23cm.  Augusta, Univ.  Georgia
Hosp., 1945.
  Forms No. 8, v.5. Bull. Univ. Hosp. Georgia,
  MACMICHAEL,  William,  1784-1839.    The
gold-headed  cane.  2. ed.  267p.  illust.   portr.
21cm.   Lond.,  J.  Murray, 1828.   Also 6.  ed.
prepared by Herbert Spencer Robinson after the
2. ed. (1828) with biography and notes,   xxxi,
223p.  8?   N. Y., Froben  Pr., 1932.
  See also Fisher, A. J.  William Macmichael, M. D., and the
gold-headed cane.  Hist. Bull., Calgary, 1939-40, 4: No  2
176.—Robinson, H. S. William Macmichael, M. D.; his life,
his works, and his editors. Med. Life, 1927, 34: 468-88.
  McMILLAN,   Alexander.    Dr   McMillan's
formulas and domestic guide.  415p.   8?  [n.  p.]
1882.
  MACMILLAN, David.  Obstetric cases. 1. ser.
142 p.  221/2cm.   Christchurch,  N. Zealand,  N.
M. Peryer, 1943.
   MacMILLAN, Donald Patten, 1914-      *An
x-ray investigation  of  the structure  of liquid
organic  alcohols  and acids   [Ph.  D.]  iv,  30p.
24cm.  Chic. [Univ. Chicago Libr.]  1938.
   MACMILLAN, Douglas.  Cancer research and
vivisection.  35p.   pi.   8?   Lond., Soc. Prevent.
& Relief Cancer,  1919.
   MacMILLAN, James Alexander, 1864-1937.
  For obituary see Detroit M. News, 1937, 28: No. 45, 7.
  MacMILLAN, John, 1869-1943.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 133.
  For portrait see J. R. San. Inst., 1943, 63: opp. p. 1.
   McMILLAN, Mary.   Massage and therapeutic
exercise.  3. ed.  359p.  illust. 8?  Phila., W. B.
Saunders Co.,  1932.
  For biography see Physiother. Rev., 1944, 24: 149.
  MACMILLAN  (The)  Company   [New York]
The authors' book on  the preparation  of manu-
scripts, on the reading of proofs, and on dealing
with  publishers,  xv, 73p.  pi.   22>^cm.  N. Y.,
the Company, 1925.
  McMILLEN, Ardee  Wayne, 1896-       Com-
munity  organization  for social  welfare.   658p.
24cm.  Chic, Univ. Chicago Pr., 1945.
  McMULLEN, Clarence James, 1890-1944.
  For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1944, 21: 366 (Thomas, R. E.)
Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125: 1055.
  MacMURCHY, Helen,  1862-1940.   The  al-
mosts;  a  study  of the  feeble-minded.   178p.
19cm.  Bost.,  Houghton Mifflin  Co., 1920.
  For biography see Med. Woman J., 1934, 41: 165.
  For obituary see Med. Woman J., 1940, 47: 92, portr. (cover)
  McMURRAY,  Thomas Porter, 1887-       A
practice   of orthopaedic  surgery.   viii,  471p.
illust. 8?   Bait.,  W. Wood & Co.,  1937.   Also
2. ed. 435p.   Lond., E.  Arnold & Co.,  1945.
  McMURRICH,  James  Playfair,  1859-1939.
Report  on  the  Hexactiniae of the  Columbia
University expedition to Puget Sound during the
summer  of 1896.   p.1-52.  24cm.   N. Y.,  New
York Acad. Sc, 1901.
  Forms No. 1, v.14,  Ann. N. York Acad. Sc.
  ----  Leonardo da Vinci, the anatomist (1452-
1519)  265p.  pi.   8?   Bait., Williams  & Wilkins
Co. [1930]
  Forms Pub. No. 411 Carnegie Inst. Washington.
  Also editor of Sobotta, J. Atlas of human anatomy. 4. & 5.
English ed.  3v.  25cm. N. Y., 1936-39.
  For obituary see Anat. Rec, 1939, 74: Suppl., 3-5, portr.
(Watt, J. C, Jackson, C. M.,  &  Craisie, E. H.)  Also Univ.
Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1939, 5: 30, portr.
  For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Nu Sigma Nu
Bull., 1940-41, 30: opp. p. 5.
  See also Morris, Sir H., & McMurrich, J.  P.  Morris's
Human anatomy; a complete systematic treatise by English
and American authors.  4. ed.  5v.  26^cm. Phila., 1907.
  McMURRY, Robert N.   Handling personality
adjustment in industry.  2. ed.   xi, 297p.  form.
21cm.  N. Y., Harper  & Bros [1944]
  McMURTRIE, Douglas Crawford,  1888-1944.
A bibliography of the  war cripple.  41p.  28cm.
N.  Y., Red  Cross Inst.  Crippled &  Disabled
Men, 1918.
  Forms No. 1, Ser. 1, Pub. Red Cross Inst. Crippled  & Dis-
abled Men, N. Y. 
McMURTRIE
30
MACNALTY
  ---- Early Kentucky medical imprints, with a
bibliography to 1830.  p.256-70.  8?  Frankfort,
Kv, 1933.
  Also Reg. Kentucky State Hist. Soc, 1933, 31:
  ----   The book; the  story of printing  and
bookmaking.   3. rev.  ed.  xxx,  676p.   illust.
portr.  pi. 25cm.  Lond., Oxford Univ. Pr. [1943]
  For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1944, 5: No. 7,
37, portr.
  For obituary see  Coll. & Res. Libr., 1944, 6:  82,  portr.
(Adams, C.  M.)  Also Current Biogi., N. Y., 1944, 5: No. 11,
29.
     - & ADAMSON, John,  editors.   The  in-
vention of printing;  a bibliography,  xxiv,  413p.
271'2cm.   Chic, Chicago Club of Printing House
Craftsmen,  1942.
  Mimeographed.
   McMURTRIE, Henry.  Compendium of do-
mestic medicine,  and health-adviser; containing
a statement of the  modes of curing the  diseases
to which  man is liable; and directions in case of
accidents on the road or at  sea.   256p.   16?
Phila.,  T.  E.  Zell,  1871.  Also  another ed.
250p.  16?  Chic, Alhambra Bk Co., 1900.
    --   Woman's  medical  companion,    and
nursery-adviser; containing rules for preserving
the  health  of unmarried  females; directions to
pregnant  and lying-in women; and an account of
their diseases.  299p.   16°  Phila.,  T.  E.  Zell,
1871.
   McMURTRY, Lewis Samuel, 1X50-1924.
   Frank, L.  Master surgeons  of  America:  Louis Samuel
McMurtry.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 46: 872-4, portr.
   For portrait see  Collection in Library. Also in Founders
and Presidents of the Am.  M. Ass. (Arlington Chem. Co.)
Yonkers, N. V., 1910, pi. 6.
   MacNAB, James Crawford Gibb, 1865-1934.
   For obituary see S. Afr. M. J., 1934, 8: 423 (Watt, D. G.)
   McNAB, Murray  Churchill,  1908-       *The
peroxide  effect  in the  addition of halogen  acids
of  some  ethylenic   compounds  [Ph.  D.]   23p.
tab.  24'jcm.  Chic, Univ. Chicago  Libr.,  1937.
   McNABB, Paul Edgar, 1887-1934.
   lor obituarv see Arch. Path., Chic, 1934,  17: 405,  portr.
(Cornell, V. H.)  Also  Diplomate, 1934, 6: 153.  Also J.
Tennessee M. Ass.. 1934, 27: 86.  Also Mil. Surgeon, 1934, 74:
No. 4, 220.
   McNAIR, Rusch,  1860-
  McNair,  R.  The horse and buggv days. J. Michigan M.
Soc, 1937, 36: 400, portr.
  McNALLY, Charles  Eric.   Public ill health.
224p.  8?  Lond., V. Gollancz, 1935.
   McNALLY, Christopher John.   A  sanitary
handbook for India,  with special reference to the
Madras   Presidency.   4.  ed.,  rev.  and partly
rewritten  by  J.  W.  Cornwall.   x,  436p.   8?
Madras, Gov. Pr., 1911.
   McNALLY, William Duncan, 1882-       Toxi-
cology,   xvi,  1022p.   illust.   pi.   diagr.   8?
Chic,  Industrial Med.,  1937.
  ----   Medical jurisprudence  and toxicology.
386p.   illust.   tab.   24cm.    Phila.,  W.  B.
Saunders  Co., 1939.
   McNALLY, William James,  1897-
  See Tait,  J., & McNilly, W. J. Some features of the action
of the utricular maculae,  and of the associated action of the
semicircular canals, of the frog. p.241-86.  pi.  29cm.  Lond.,
1934.
   MACNALTY, Sir Arthur Salusbury, 1880-
An investigation of lymphadenoma with relapsing
pyrexia,   vi,  86p.   pi.  8?  Lond., H. M.  Stat.
Off., 1928.
  Forms No. 50, Rep. Pub. Health M. Subj. Gr. Britain Min.
Health.
  ----   A  report on  tuberculosis including an
examination of the  results of  sanatorium treat-
ment,   viii,  172p.   diagr.  8?   Lond., H. M.
Stat. Off., 1932.
  Forms No. 64, Rep. Pub. Health M. Subj. Gr. Britain Min.
Health.
  ----  The reform of the public health services.
1. repr.  75p.  18'km.   Lond., Oxford Univ. Pr.
[1943]
  McNAMARA, Francis Patrick,  1884-1944.
  For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1944, 21: 936. Also J. Am.
M. Ass., 1944, 125: 864.  Also J.  Iowa M. Soc, 1944, 34:
381-3, portr. (Langworthy, H. G., & Bierring, W. L.)
  McNAMARA, James H.  *Traumatic rupture
of the spleen   [Marquette Univ.]   14p.   28cm.
[Milwaukee, n. p.] 1933.
  Typewritten.
  McNAMARA, John Arthur, 1888-      What
the hospital trustee should know,   xi, 83p.  12?
Chic, Physicians' Record Co., 1931.
  McNAMARA,  John  Joseph,  1910-       A
new method for testing advertising effectiveness
through  eye   movement photography,   p.399-
460.  23cm.  Bloomington, Principia Pr., 1941.
  Forms No. 26, v.4, Psychol. Rec.
  McNAMARA, Louis  V., 1900-      ♦Cerebro-
spinal fever   [Marquette Univ.]   18p.   28cm
[Milwaukee, n. p.]  1931.
  Typewritten.
  McNAMARA, Nora  M., & BRADEN,  Sally-
neill W.  The theory and science of cosmetology;
a  practical handbook  for   the  cosmetologist.
xi,  199p.   illust.  12?   Detr., Adair Pub. Co.,
1933
  —— &  ADAIR,  Grace M.  The theory and
science of  cosmetology,   xii,  302p.  8?  Miami,
Fla,  Adair Pub. Co.,  1939.   Also  16. ed.  xii,
302p.  1946.
  McNAMARA, Thomas Fitzgerald, 1867-
Esscntials   of  injection  treatment  of internal
hemorrhoids.    117p.    8?   Rochester,  N.  Y.,
Med. Pr. [1934]
  McNAMEE, Edgar Paul, 1890-
  I or biography see Ohio M. J., 1944, 40: 563 portr.
  McNAUGHT, Francis Hector, 1854-1940.
  For obituary see Rocky Mountain M. J., 1940,  37: 283,
portr.  Also Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1941)  1942, 51: 534, portr.
(Hegner, C. F.)
  MacNAUGHT, George K.
  See  Robbing.  H.  C, & MacNaught, G. K.  Dr Rudolf
Boiling Teusler, an adventure in Christianity.  221p.  23!4cm.
N. Y.,  1942.
  McNAUGHT, James Bernard, 1894-
  For biography  see Centaur, Menasha, 1941-42,  47: 206,
portr.  Also in Hist. Alpha Kappa Kappa (Van Antwerp, L. D.)
Menasha, 1942, 206, portr.
  McNAUGHTON, George, 1857-1914.
  For biography see in Hist. Long Island (Ross, P. V.) N. Y.,
1902, 2: 30.
  McNAUGHTON, Walter Thomas, 1880-1942.
  Tni obituary see Tr. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America (1942)
1943,29:320.
  MACNAUGHTON-JONES, Henry.  Hearing
and equilibrium,  vii, 128p.  pi.  diagr.  22^cm.
Lond., Bailliere,  Tindall & Cox, 1939.
  MacNEAL,  Ward  J.,  1881-1946.  Studies in
nutrition;  an  investigation  of  the  influence of
saltpeter on the nutrition and health of man with
reference to its occurrence  in cured  meats;  dis-
cussion and interpretation of the data relating to
the health  and physical condition of the  men.
With the  assistance  of Josephine  E. Kerr  and
William  S. Chapin.   vii, 406p.   8?  Urbana,
Univ. Illinois Pr., 1929.
  See also  Dr MacNeal receives honorary degree. Univ. Hosp.
Bull., Ann  Arb., 1939, 5: 53, portr.
  McNEALY,   Raymond  William,  1886-
Dr   McNealy's  surgical procedure  book;  pre-
& post-operative   orders &  procedures.   65,
17p.  illust.  29cm.  Chic, Wesley Mem. Hosp.,
1944.                                         '
  For biography see J. Omaha Clin.  Soc, 1943. 4: 107 portr
\<J?Sf¥£*3 86Aei Anin^al ?<*;.."linois Dep. Pub. Health
1941^2, 25: 17.  Also J. Omaha Clin. Soc, 1943, 4: opp p 78 
McNEALY
31
MACNEVEN
Also J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1941, 4: 451; 455.  Also Proc
Internat. Coll. Surg. (1941) 1943, 3. Congr., 13; 27.
  McNEE, John William, 1887-
  See Dunlop, D. M., Davidson, L. S. P., & McNee, J. W., eds.
Textbook of medical treatment.  1127p.   22cm.  Bait., 1939.
Also 2. ed.  1179p.  22^cm. Edinb., 1942. Also 3. ed.  1944.
Also 4. ed.  923p.  24cm.  1946. Also Rolleston, H., & McNee,
J. W.  Diseases  of the liver, gall-bladder  and bile-duct.?.
3. ed.  884p.  8?  Lond.. 1929.
  McNEEL, Travis E., 1902-
  See King, W. V., Bradley, G.  H., & McNeel, T.  E.  The
mosquitoes of the southeastern states.  91p.   23cm.   Wash.,
1939.  Also rev. ed.  96p.  23^cm.  [Wash.,  1942]  Also rev.
ed.  1944.
  McNEIL, Andrew  Sergeant   [M.  D.,   1903,
Dublin]  The cancer mystery solved.   96p.   12?
Lond., C. W. Daniel Co. [1927]
  McNEIL, Archibald, 1866-1941.
  For biography see Centaur, Menasha, 1941-42,  47: 207,
portr. Also in Hist. Alpha Kappa Kappa (Van Antwerp, L. D.)
Menasha, 1942, 207, portr.
  McNEIL, Charles [M. D.,  1908, Edinburgh]
  See Kerr,  J. M. M., Johnstone, R. W. [et al.] Combined
textbook of obstetrics and gynaecology. 4. ed.  1208p.  25Hcm.
Edinb., 1944.
  McNEILE, Lyle  Gillett,  1885-      Obstetri-
cal manikin practice,   vii,  lllp.  illust.  26cm.
[Bait.] Williams & Wilkins Co., 1939.
  McNEILL, Clyde,  1894-       Roentgen tech-
nique,   ix,  315p.    illust.    diagr.   23^cm.
Springf., 111., C. C Thomas [1939]   Also 2. ed.
ix,  329p.   1941.
  McNEILL, Francis Asbury, 1809-72.
  For biography see in Begin. M.  Educ. Chicago (Weaver,
G. H.) Chic, 1925, 74.
  McNEILL, James.
  See Drayton,  H. S., & McNeill,  J. Brain and mind; or,
Mental science considered in accordance with the principles of
phrenologv, and in relation to  modern physiology.  334p.
19^cm.  N. Y., 1880.
  McNEILL,  Vincent  West.  Clinical diagnos-
tician.   164p.   15#cm.  [n. p.] 1902.
  McNEILL, Walter Harold, jr,  1885-1942.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942,  119: 433.
  McNEILL,  Willard Payne, 1910-
  See Brown, D. M., & McNeill, W. P.,  eds.  Manual of in
struction for  Seventh Day Adventist medical cadets.  2v.
27Hcm.  Takoma Pk, Md, 1941.
  McNEIL.  Laboratories   [Philadelphia,  Pa.]
Pharmedica;  a pharmaceutical compendium for
the  medical  profession.   5.  ed.    128p.   illust.
19^cm.   Phila., the Laboratories, 1942.
  ----Sorparin; a new botanical drug product
valuable  in Vitamin  K deficiency  and hepato-
biliary conditions.   [8]p.    23cm.    [Phila.,  the
Laboratories, 1942]
  ----   The  triple dye  treatment  for  burns.
[16]p.   illust.   22^cm.  [Phila.,  1943]
  Publisher  of  McNeil-O-Gram;  abstracts of therapeutic
articles ...  Phila., 1943.
  McNEIL-O-GRAM; abstracts of therapeutic
articles in  current medical and  pharmaceutical
literature  prepared  to conserve  the time of the
busy physician.  Pub. by  McNeil Laboratories.
Phila., v.17, 1943-
  MacNELLY, Charles Mackin,  1875-1944.
  For obituary see Texas J. M., 1944-45, 40: 39.
  McNEMAR, Quinn, 1900-       The revision
of the Stanford-Binet scale; an  analysis  of the
standardization  data.    189p.    tab.    21cm.
Bost., Houghton Mifflin Co.  [1942]
  ----  &  TERMAN,  Lewis   Madison.   Sex
differences  in  variational  tendency.  65p.  tab.
23^cm.   Worcester,   Mass.,  Clark Univ.  Pr.,
1936.
  Forms No. 1, v. 18, Genet. Psychol. Monogr.
  McNERNEY, William John, 1884-
  For portrait see Bull.  Onondaga Co. M. Soc, 1939-40, 4:
No. 7, 8.
  MACNEVEN, William James,  1763-1841.
  For biography see in Old Chemistries (Smith, E. F.) N. Y.,
1927, 83-6, portr.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MacNEVIN,  Malcolm Graeme, 1865-1944, &
VAUGHAN, Harold Stearns.   Mouth infections
and their relation to  systemic  diseases,   xvii,
390p.  pi. 8?   N.  Y., Joseph Purcell Res. Mem.,
1930.
  McNICHOLAS, Harry John, 1892-1942.
  For obituarv see J.  Washington Acad.  Sc, 1943, 33: 192
(Meggers, W. F.)
  McNICHOLAS,   Sister   Mary   Alma.    *A
study  of  some effects of ingested arsenious oxide
[Catholic Univ.; Ph.  D.]  40p.  pi.   8?  Wash.,
Cath.  Univ.  America, 1937.
  MacNIDER,  William de Berniere, 1881-
  For biographv see Phi Chi Q.,  Menasha,  1938, 35: 650,
portr. Also South. M. & S., 1943, 105: 46.
  See also  Acceptance of the Kober medal award. Tr. Ass.
Am. Physicians, 1941, 56: 35-7.—Richard?, A. N.  Presenta-
tion of the Kober medal to Dr William de Berniere MacNider.
Ibid., 31-4.
  For portrait see Bull.  Anderson Co.  Hosp.,  1941-42, 3:
No. 2, 17.   Also Sc Month., 1938, 47: 474.
  McNINCH, Joseph Hamilton, 1904-     Plans
for  preparation of Army Medical  Department
History,  World War II.  p. 167-72.   8?   Bait.,
Johns  Hopkins  Univ. Pr., 1946.
  Also Bull. Hist. M., Bait., 1946, 20:
  MacNIVEN,   Angus  [M.  B.,  1923,  Glasgow]
Psychoses and  criminal responsibility,   p.8-71.
23cm. Lond., Macmillan & Co., 1944.
  In: Ment. Abnormality Crime (Craig, R. N.)
  MACNUTT,  Barry, 1878-1936.
  See Franklin, W. 8., & Macnutt, B.  Elementary electricity
and magnetism.  174p.  8?  N. Y., 1914.
  McNUTT, George'William,  1894-        Re-
production [domestic animals]   p. 559-623.   8?
Ithaca, Comstock  Pub. Co., 1935.
  In: Physiol. Domestic Anim. (Dukes, H. H.) Ithaca, N. Y.,
1935.
  ----   Reproduction.   Rev. by S. A. Asdell.
p.607-75.   23#cm.   Ithaca,  Comstock  Pub.
Co.,  1939.
  In: Physiol. Domestic Anim. (Dukes, H. H.) 4. ed.
  See also Dukes, H. H., Hewitt, E. A., & McNutt, G. W.
The phvsiology of domestic animals. 391p.  8?  [Ann Arb., 1933]
  McNUTT, Paul Vories, 1891-
  For  portrait see Hospitals,  1942,  16:  No. 11, 18.  Also
Proc. Indust. Hyg.  Found. America, 1942, 7. meet., front.
  McNUTT, Sarah J., fl. 1885-89.
  For portrait see  Collection in Library.
  McNUTT, William Fletcher, 1839-1924.   Dis-
eases of the kidneys and bladder;  a text-book for
students  of  medicine,  iii,  242p.  illust.   21cm.
Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co., 1893.
   MACOCKI,  Mojsze, 1911-        Contribu-
tion  a   l'etude  du  lupus  erythemateux  aigu
exanthematique    [Lyon]   57p.   8?   Bourg,
Berthod, 1936.
   MACOMBER,   William.    History   of  the
Emmanuel movement from the  standpoint of a
patient.   50p.  12?  N. Y.,  Moffat,  Yard & Co.,
1908.
  Forms Pub. No. 2, Religion and  Medicine.
   MACOPPE,  Alexander Knips, 1662-1744.
  Giordano, D. Alessandro Knips Macoppe.  Riv. stor. sc.
med., 1936. 27: 127-52.
  MACOSKEY, Arthur R., editor.   Eagle  first
aid  manual.   19p.   17x/2cm.    Brooklyn,  Eagle
Libr. [1942]
  Forms No. 354,  v.57 of Eagle Libr.
  McPARLIN, Thomas Andrew,  1825-97.
  Phalen,  J. M.  Surgeon Thomas A. McParlin, Letterman's
successor with the Army of the Potomac.  Mil. Surgeon, 1940,
87:  68-71.
   MACPHAIL, Alexander,  1872-1938.
   For  obituary see Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 600, portr.  Also
Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 596, portr.  Also Med. Press  & Circ,
Lond., 1938,197: 251.  Also S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1938-39,
46: 5, portr.; 34 (Moreton, A. L.) 106 (S., L. R.) 
MACPHAIL
32
Mcpherson
  MACPHAIL, Sir Andrew, 1864-1938.
  For obituary  see Brit. M. J.,  1938,  2: 723,  portr.  Also
Bull.  Hist. M., 1939. 7: 799, portr. (Francis, W. W.)  Also
Canad. M. Ass. J., 1938, 39: 508, portr. (Martin,  C. F.)  Also
Tr. R. Soc.  Canada, 1939, 3. ser.,  33: Proc, 147-9, portr.
(Edgar, P.)
  MACPHAIL, Donald,       -1931.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1931, 2: 378.
  MACPHAIL, Hector Duncan.  Model answers
to questions for mental nurses (preliminary and
final examinations) set  by the General Nursing
Council.   2. ed.  xv, 368p.   12?   Lond., Faber &
Faber, 1932.
  ----  Mental nursing final examination ques-
tions and  answers. 234p.  19cm.  Lond.,  Faber
& Faber, 1940.
  ----    Model   answers  for  the   preliminary
nursing  examination.   300p.   19cm.   Lond.,
Faber & Faber,  1940.
  McPHAIL, Leonard  C,      -1867.
  Jones, H. W.  The diary of assistant surgeon  Leonard
McPhail on  his journey to the Southwest in 1835.  Mil. Sur-
geon, 1941, 88: 413-24.
  McPHAIL, Robert Ignatius, 1904-       *Tub-
al pregnancy  [Marquette Univ.]   16p.   28cm.
[Milwaukee, n. p.] 1929.
  Typewritten.
  McPHAUL, Wilbur Ashley, 1879-1939.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113:  1581.  Also
Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America, 1940, 55. meet., 143,
portr.
   McPHEDRAN, Alexander, 1847-1935.
   F<>r obituarv see Bull. Acad. M.  Toronto, 1934-35, 8: 88.
Also  Canad.  M. Ass. J., 1935, 32: 222 (McCrae, T.)
   McPHEDRAN, Frederic Maurice, 1888-
  See Chadwick, H. I)., & McPhedran, F. M.  Childhood type
of tuberculosis;  diagnostic aids.   29p.  23cm. N. Y., 1930.
Also  Opie, E. L., Aronson, J. D. [et al.] Childhood  type of
tuberculosis.  32p.  8? N. Y. [1931]
   MACPHEE,  George Graham [M.  B.,  1924,
Glasgow]   Studies  in  the  aetiology  of  dental
caries,  viii,  203p. pi.  tab.  diagr.  8?   Lond.,
J. Bale, Danielsson, 1935.
   MacPHEE, John Joseph, 1860-1941.
  For obituarv see J.  Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 1981.  Also J.
Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1941, 93: 553.
   McPHEETERS, Herman Oscar,  1891-
Varicose  veins,  with  special reference to the
injection  treatment.    208p.   8?  Phila.,  F. A.
Davis  Co.,  1929. Also  2.  ed.   233p.    1930.
 Also 3. ed.  285p.   pi.   1931.
   For portrait see Detroit M. News, 1941-42, 33: No. 30, 9.
Also  Wisconsin M. J.,  1942, 41: 695; 800; 1943, 42: 701.
   ----& ANDERSON, James Kerr.  Injection
treatment of varicose  veins and   hemorrhoids.
2. ed.  323p.  illust.  pi.  8°  Phila., F. A. Davis
Co., 1939.  Also  2. rev. ed.  323p.  illust.  tab.
24cm.  Phila., 1942.   Also 3. ed.   336p.   1946.
   McPHERSON, Dorsey Mahon, 1857-1942.
   For obituary see Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1942, 11:
123.
   MacPHERSON, Duncan,  1872-
   For portrait see J.  Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1941, 4: 453.
Also  Proc Internat. Coll. Surg. (1941) 1943, 3. Congr., 15.
   MacPHERSON, Harriet Dorothea, 1892-
Some practical problems in cataloging,   xi,  131 p.
illust.  2314cm.    Chic, Am.  Libr.  Ass., 1936.
   MACPHERSON, John, 1817-1890.  Glimpses
at  the health  resorts  of  the Bay of  Naples in
ancient   and  modern  times.   24p.    21}2cm.
Edinb., Oliver &  Boyd, 1875.
   Repr. from the Edinburgh M. J.,  1875: March, June, July.
   MACPHERSON, John, 1857-1942.
   For obituary see Brit. M.  J., 1942, 2: 267.
   MACPHERSON, John  Malcolm,  1889-1928.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1928, 2: 729.
   MACPHERSON, R. K.
   See Meyers, E. S., & Macpherson, R. K.  The arrangement
of the deep cervical fascia,  lop.  25cm.  Sydney, 1939.
  McPHERSON, Rodney Mahon, 1857-1942.
  For obituary see Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 60o.
  McPHERSON, Ross, 1S70-
  For biography see  in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M.
Hartshorn) 1942, 148.
  McPHERSON, Samuel Dace, 1873-
  For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. V.,
1942, 282.
  McPHERSON, William,  1864-       & HEN-
DERSON, William Edward.  A course in general
chemistry,   viii, 556p.   8?  Bost.,  Ginn & Co.
[1913]
  ----  Exercises in chemistry, systematically
arranged  to  accompany An elementary study of
chemistry; introductory college course.  Rev. ed.
ix,  143p.   illust.  diagr.  8?  Bost., Ginn & Co.
[1933]
  MACPHERSON,  Sir William  Grant,  1858-
1927.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J.,  1927, 2: 759-61.  Also J. R.
Army M. Corps, 1927, 49: 401-5, portr.  Also Lancet, Lond.,
1927, 2: 892.  Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 1609 (Steiner,
J.)
  McQUAIN, John Elwell, 1868-1934.
  For obituary see West Virginia M. J., 1934, 30: 468.
  MacQUARRIE,  Alastair  William.   Casualty
work for advanced first-aid students,  xx, 231p.
illust.  12^cm.  x 9y2cm.  Edinb., E. &  S. Living-
stone, 1944.
  McQUARRIE, Irvine, 1891-      The experi-
ments of nature, and other essays.   115p.   illust.
diagr.  22^cm.  Lawrence, Kan., Univ. Kansas,
1944.
  Forms Ser.  12,   Porter  Lectures  Extension  Div.  Univ.
Kansas.
  For biography see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1935, 32: 377, portr.;
1942, 39: 338-40, portr.
  For portrait  see  Bull. Linn  Co. M. Soc, 1940-41, 9: No. 8,
17.  Also J. Michigan M. Soc, 1943, 42: 739.
  MACQUART-MOULIN,  Marcel, 1904-
*Contribution a l'etude de la fievre typhoide de
l'enfance.  44p.  8?  Par.,  E. Le Francois, 1933.
  MacQUEEN, George Augustus, 1879-1927.
  For obituary see in Past Presid. West Virginia M.  Ass.,
Charleston, 1942, 87-9, portr.
  MACQUER,  Pierre Joseph, 1718-84.
  For biography see in Old Chemistries (Smith, E. F.) N. Y.,
1927, 39-41.                                        '
  MACQUET,  Pierre Anatole Alexandre,  1890-
       Les   calculs de l'uretere.   186p.   illust.
tab.  25cm.  Par., Masson & cie, 1939.
  MacQUIDDY, Ernest Lynn, 1889-
  For biography see  Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1934,  31: 599;
1942, 39: 516, portr.
  McQUILLAN,  Arthur   Spalding,  1889-
Surgery of  head  and neck,   vi,  138p.   22cm.
N.  Y., Oxford Univ. Pr., 1941
  McQUILLEN, John Hugh, 1826-79.
  Thorpe. B.L.  John Hugh McQuillen, a pioneer in the
scientific development of dentistry.   In  his Biogr.  Pioneer
Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 297-303, portr

Chic°I'l909tT-t436e ^  HiSt"  Dent- Sulg" (K°ch' C' R- K°

JVIACRACANTHORHYNCHUS.
  See also Gigantorhynchidae; Swine, Parasites.
rhnrJ. vffl.)  i  ' ExPe"mental infection of pigs with the swine
Pa/^>  T   W +rm> Macracanthorhynchus hirudinaceus.  J.
Parasit., Lancaster, 1941,  27:  No.  6, Suppl.,  22.  ------
^¥'5,of ef?s °f the swine thorn-headed worn. Macracan-
thorhynchus hirudinaceus.  J. Agr. Res., 1942,  64: 93-100.
c^cln'thorhvn^"16^ °f.the  8wine- th?™-headed worm. Ma-
A^J^^^ut^TCT: =L^_ il^o£trevari°o8nt8
on experimental infections of pig8 with the tSK
Manter" H  W ^Nof *"«&««»• Ibid., 1944, II 166^2.-



mehl K B^, T^ sL^'i  ^u73' "^
upon the chemistry of MacTacan^rh^,'i, Fu^her studies
J. Parasit., Lancaster, 194^ 2^31^-8.  ^     mrudinaceus. 
McRACKAN
33
MACROGENITOSOMIA
    McRACKAN, Ada.  Aid to dependent children
  cases in  North Carolina terminated in 1943-44.
  18 1.  tab.  22cm.  Raleigh, N. Carolina Bd Pub.
  Welf., 1945.
    Forms Inform. Bookl. No. 6 of N. Carolina Bd Pub. Welf.
    MACRAE, Donald,  1839-1907.
    For portrait see Collection in Library.
    MACRAE, Farquhar,        -1936.
    For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1936,  125: 128, portr.
    McRAE, George Douglas, 1874-1943.
    For obituary see J. Ment. Sc, Lond.,  1944,  90:  678-80,
  portr.  (Easterbrook, C. C.)  Also J.  Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1943,
  98: 684.

  MACRAVESTIBULUM.

    See Pronocephalidae;  Trematoda.
    McREADY,   Benjamin  William,  1813-1892.
  On the influence of trades,  professions, and occu-
  pations  in  the United States, in the production
  of disease;  with an introductory essay  by  Gene-
  vieve  Miller.    129p.    portr.   20%cm.    Bait.,
  Johns Hopkins Pr., 1943.
    Repr. from Tr. Med. Soc.  State of New York, v.3, 1837.
  Forms v.4, 4. ser., Pub., Inst. Hist. M. Johns Hopkins  Univ.

  MACRELAPS.

    See Colubridae.
    McREYNOLDS, John Oliver,  1865-1942.
    For obituary see Arch.  Ophth.,  Chic, 1942, 28: 762-4,
  portr. (Gifford, S.  R.)  Also J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1942, 119: 964,
  portr.  Also Mil. Surgeon, 1942,  91: 373.  Also Ophth. iber.
  amer., B.  Air., 1942, 4: 385-7.  Also Texas J. M.,  1942-43,
  38: 302, portr. Also Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin.  Otol. Soc, 1943, 332.
    For portrait see Collection in Library.
    MACREZ,  Claude,   1909-        *Etude des
  effets  de la  morphine sur  la diurese et   sur  la
  depuration renale  en particulier  chez les cardia-
  ques.  205p.  8?  Par., L.  Arnette, 1937.

  MACRO ...

    For abnormities of size  see   under names  of
  organs and parts of body.

 MACROBDELLA.

    See Hirudinea; Leech.
   McROBERTS,  William   John,   1858-1935.
 Aetheronic therapy, 1936; McRoberts Streborcam
 rates and technique for diagnosis and treatment.
 112 1.  8?  [Hot Springs, S. Dak.]  1936.

 MACROBIOTICS.
   See Longevity.

 MACROCENTRUS.

   See also Ichneumonidae; Moth.
   Driggers, B. F.  Oriental fruit moth parasite  liberations
 and surveys.  J. Econ. Entom., 1944, 37:  235-7.—Flanders,
 S. E.  The potato  tuber worm, a host suitable for mass pro-
 duction of  Macrocentrus ancylivorus. Ibid.,  1943, 36: 807.
 -----Finney, G. L., & Smith, H. S.  The potato tuber moth
 as a host for mass  production of Macrocentrus ancylivorus.
 Ibid., 1944,  37: 61-4.—Smith, C. I.., & Driggers, B. F. Toxi-
 city of DDT to Macrocentrus ancylivorus  Rohwer.  Ibid., 538.

 MACROCERATIDAE.

   See also Nematocera.
   Madwar, S.  The biology  and morphology of the immature
 stages of  Macrocera anglica Edwards.   Psyche  J. Entom.,
 1935, 42: 25-34.

 MACROCYTE.

   See Erythrocyte, Size:  Variation.

 MACROGENITOSOMIA [Frank-  Hoch-
   wart- Pellizzi]

  See   also   Genitals,   Hypertrophy;  Growth,
Disorder; Precocity;  Puberty, precocious.

      549701—vol. 10, 4th seeies----3
   Del  Gallego,   M.   A.   *Macrogenitosomie
 precoce.  45p.  8?   Par., 1935.
   Fernandez de Castro y Giberga, H.  Con-
 tribution  a  l'6tude  du  syndrome  de  Frank-
 Hochwart-Pellizzi   (macrogenitosomie   precoce)
 151p.   8?  Par., 1935.
   Reitermann, M.   *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
 Pubertas praecox    [Miinchen]   23p.   22%cm.
 Dillingen, 1938.
   Schulz, G.  *Beitrag zum Krankheitsbilde und
 zur Therapie  der Pubertas  praecox   [Miinchen]
 20p.  8?   [Hainichen, 1927]
   Albagli.B., & Mello, A. R. de. Puberdade precoce.  Hospital,
 Rio, 1942, 21: 839-89.—Beilin, B. S., & Gorodecky, B.  M.
 On early macrogenitosomia]  Nov. khir. arh.,  1937, 37: 634-
 40.—Delascio, D., & D6court, L. Puberdade precoce.  Rev.
 paul. med.,  1943,  22: 82-4.—Fontes, V. Contribuicao para o
 estudo da precocidade sexual; nota morfologica e clfnica. Arq.
 anat., 1937, 18:  113-74.—Guinzbourg, E.  Developpement
 sexuel premature.  Rev. fr.  endocr., 1935,  13: 372-85.—
 Laurie, W.  S.  Macrogenitosomia and other disturbances of
 growth and development.  Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 100-3.—
 Lhermitte, J.  Sur la macrogenitosomie precoce; prematuration
 sexuelle  (syndrome de Pellizzi)   Bull. Soc. med.  Paris, 1938,
 266-71.------  Macrogenitosomie  precoce; prematuration
 sexuelle.  Rev. neur., Par., 1938, 69: 380-4.—Morgulis, B.
 [Early  sexual maturity  (pubertas  praecox)]  Klin,  med.,
 Moskva,  1927, 5: 1327-35.—Perrusi, L. C, & de Lio, J. C.
 Retardos y falta de desarrollo; exceso y precocidad. Dfa med.,
 B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 843-6.—Rodgers, T. S. Precocious puberty
 and overgrowth.  Proc.  R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 659-
 61.—Rush, H. P., Bilderback, J. B. [et al.]  Pubertas praecox
 (macrogenitosomia)   Endocrinology,  1937,   21:  404^-11.—
 Serdukoff.  Hypergenitalisme et macrogenitosomie.   Rev. fr.
 endocr.,  1928, 6: 378-80.—Sutherland, D. M.  Macrogenito-
 somia.   Brit. J. Surg., 1932, 20: 343-6.—Uddenberg, G.  On
 pubertas  praecox.  Acta paediat., Upps., 1943-44,  31: 310-
 29.—Worster-Drought, C.  Pubertas praecox.  Brit. J. Child.
 Dis., 1934, 31:312.

 ----   adreno-cortical.

   See also  Suprarenal,  Tumor; Virilism.
   Areutzer, R., Visillac, V. O. [et al.]  Consideraciones sobre
 un caso  de  sindrome interrenal, hiperepinefrfa cortical o sin-
 drome de macrogenitosomia cortico-suprarrenal. Prensa med.
 argent., 19S7, 24: 2306-13.—Cseh, I.  Fall einer Nebennieren-
 rindengeschwulst mit geschlechtlicher  Fruhreifung und erb-
 pathologischen Beziehungen.   Zbl.  allg. Path., 1942-43, 80:
 241-5.—Kepler, E. J., Walters, W., & Dixon. R. K.  Menstrua-
 tion in a child aged nineteen months as the result of tumor of the
 left adrenal cortex; successful surgical treatment.   Proc. Mayo
 Clin., 1938, 13: 362-6.—Le  Marquand,  H. S.  Suprarenal
 virilism (pubertas praecox)  Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25:
 804-6.  Also Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1934, 31: 44.—Lisser,  H.
 Successful removal of adrenal cortical tumor causing sexual
 precocity in a boy five years of age.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians,
 1933, 48: 224-35.—Neff. F. C, Tice, G. [et al.]  Adrenal tumor
 in  female infant;  with  hypertrichosis, Jaypertension,  over-
 development of external  genitalia, obesity, but  absence of
 breast enlargement.  J. Clin. Endocr., 1942, 2: 125-7.—Pines,
 I. Puberte precoce surr6nale dans l'etat degdneratif.  Rev. fr.
 endocr.,  1935,  13: 286-97.  Also Warsz. czas.  lek., 1935,  12:
 501-4.—Player, L. P., & Lisser, H.  Adrenal sexual precocity;
 caused by tumors of adrenal cortex; case report of bojr five years
 of age.  Tr. West. Soc Am. Urol. Ass., 1933, 2: 110-5. Also
 Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 758-63.—Pratt, J. P. Sex precocity,
 virilism,  and adrenal cortical tumor.   Cancer Res., 1942, 2:
 729 (Abstr.)—Reilly, W. A.  Adrenal cortical tumor causing
 sexual precocity; including successful treatment of  coma shock
 and hemorrhage preceding operation.  Clinics, Phila., 1942-43,
 1: 669-76. —----Lisser, H.,  & Hinman  F.  Pseudo-sexual
 precocity; the adrenal cortical syndrome in preadolescent girls;
 report of  a successfully  operated case.  Endocrinology, 1939,
 24: 91-114.

 ----   Associated conditions.

   See also Osteodystrophy.
   Albright, F., Butler, A. M. [et al.]  Syndrome characterized
 by  osteitis  fibrosa disseminata,  areas of  pigmentation and
 endocrine dysfunction, with precocious puberty  in  females.
 N.  England J. M., 1937,  216:  728-46.—Christiansen,  T.
 [Pubertas praecox, adipositas and striae distensae cutis] Ugeskr.
 laeger, 1934, 96: 928-30.—Dorff, G. B., & Shapiro, L. M.  A
 clinicopathologic study of sexual precocity with hydrocephalus.
Am. J. Dis. Child., 1937.  53: 481-99.—Ellis, R. W. B. Pre-
cocious puberty and pseudohermaphroditism.  Proc. R. Soc.
 M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1071-3.—Fieschi, A.  Sopra un caso
di grave  alterazione della crescenza; precocity di  sviluppo,
nanismo per arresto, con puberta precoce e infantilismo psichico.
Clin. med.  ital.,  1931,  62: 148-55.—Gaupp, V.  Pubertas
praecox bei Osteodystrophia fibrosa.   Mschr. Kinderh., 1932,
53: 312-22.—Harwood,  J.   Right  hemihypertrophy  and
pubertas praecox.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25: 951^1.—
Kiirbitz.  W.  Pubertas praecox bei  einem schwachsinnigen 
MACROGENITOSOMIA
34
MACROGENITOSOMIA
Knaben.   Allg.  Zschr.  IV* < hiat.,  1932,  97:  124-34, 2 pi —
Mondor,  H., Ducroquet, R.  [et al.]  ITn cas d'osteite fibro-
geodique disseinincc avec  pigmentation cutanee  et  puberte
precoce.  .1  chir., Par., 1939,  53: 593-624.—Sternberg, W. H.,
&  Joseph,  V.  Osteodystrophia fibrosa  combined with pre-
cocious pubertv and exophthalmic  goiter; pathologic report of
a case.  Am. J. Dis. Child.. 1942, 63: 748-83.

----   Cases.
   Baudouin, M.  ITn nouveau cas de croissance precoce chez
un enfant.  Gaz. med. Pari.-,  1902,  73: 12. ser., 305.—Bernard,
I.., Lelong, M. & Renard, G. Sy iidi ome d hyperplasie somatique
et sexuelle chez un  enfant de quatre :ins (puberte  precoce,  du
macrogenitoomie precoce)   Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Paris, 1928,
3. ser., 52: 731-7, 3 pi.—Bridge, R., & Telfer, A. C.  Precocious
|.uli('it.\; case report.   Med.  J. Australia, 1942,  1: 497. —Cas
i Tin  de  precocite sexuelle.   Presse med.,  1923,  31: annexe,
2035.   Duroseaux & Maury.  Notice sur un enfant qui a donne
des signes de puberte a l'age de dix-huit mois.  Observ. proven;.
sc. med., 1821, 1: 76.—Eastlake, C.  Pubertas precox; report of
a case of proved rtio'ozy.   Colorado  M., 1931,  28: 404-8.—
Ellis,  R. W.  B.   I'icimm-ions pubertv in a boy aged 5.  Proc.  R.
>ov. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1328.—Ferron, A.  Un cas de puberte
;'i  18  mois.   Union med.  Canada.  1935. 64:  89.— Fraser, I
Precocious  pulierty in a boy of one  year.  Brit. J. Surg., 1939-
40. 27: 521-6.—-Fuchs, S.  A.  [Case  of  pubertas praecox]
Sovrem. psikhnoev., 1930, 11:  145-53.—Heuyer, G., & Vogt.
l'n cas de macrogenitosomie precoce.   Arch.  med. enf., 1930,
32:737-42.—Hofbauer. Ein Fall von Pubertas praecox.  Med.
Klin., Berl.,  iy43. 39: 629.   Hutchinson. R.  Case of precocious
puberty.   Proc  H.  Soc M.,  Lond., 1923-24,  17:  Sect. Stud.
Dis.   Child., 8.  Jedlicka,  V.  [Macrogenitosomia praecox]
Cas. lek. cesk., 1927. 66: 973  81— Keatinge. G. F.   Two eases
of precocious pubert\.   .1. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1926, 33:
653-6.—Kerr, W. L.  A case of pubertas praecox.   Brit. M.  J.,
1937,  2: 620.—Klumov. K.  V.  [Macrogenitosomia praecox]
Russ. klin.. 1926, 6: 617-41.-  Krabbe. K. H.  Pubertas pra-cox.
Ugeskr. larger, 1917, 79: 1427.—Lesne.  Un cas de macrogenito-
somie.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 36: 21.—Machell, H. T.
Report of two cases  of sexual precocity: one in a girl of six years,
the other in a boy who had pubic hair at five months, erections
a year later, and emissions at two and one-half years.  Canada
lancet, 1911-12, 45:  171-4.—Marro,  G.  Le syndrome: crise
pubere tres precoce et  exageree.   Arch. ital. biol., 192(i, 76:
205-26, 2 pi.—Mazacova-Prochazkova, A.  [Macrogenitosomia
praecox: Pellizzi syndrome]  Cas. lek. Cesk., 1941, 80: 634-6.—
Monier-Vinard,  R.. &  Roudinesco.  A propos  dun  cas  de
macrogenitosomie precoce; etude somato-psychique et  recher-
ehes biologiciues.  Bull. Soc. med. hop.  Paris.  1939, 3. ser., 55:
117-21. — Ni-ikori.  S.  Ein Fall von Pubertas praecox.  Fol.
endocr.  jap., 1933  34.  9: 11 (Abstr.)—Nobecourt,  P.  Hyper-
trophic  staturale et virilisme  precoce chez un sujet de 8 ans
presentant   des  malformations genito-urinaires;   les  enfants
gvnandroides.  Progr. med., Par., 1934, 797-807.—Noordenbos,
W. [Pubertas praecox] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2288-
92, pi.—Pfaundler.  Ein  Fall  von Pubertas praecox.   Verh.
Munch. Ges. Kinderh. (1911) 1912, 4.—Plum,  P.  [Case of
Imbertas praecox]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1937, 99: 1235-9.—Poynton,
F. J.  A case of premature development.  Rep. Soc. Study Dis.
Child.,  Lond.,  1906-07, 7:  97.—Schachter. M.,  & Code.  S.
Un cas de puberte  precoce chez un arriere  mongololde.   Ann.
paediat.,  Basel,  1943,  160:  104-9.—Schmidt,  P.  G.  Ein
fraglicher Fall von Pubertas praecox bei einem Neugeborenen.
Zschr. Sexwiss., 1926-27,  13: 276-82.—Siebera,  E.   Pfipad
pfedcasne pohlavnfi dospeleho decka (hocha)   Cas. lek. cesk.,
1912,  51: 249-54.—Sorrel, E., & Sorrel-Dejerine.  Un macro-
genitosome  gynandre.   Bull.  Soc  nat.  chir.,  Par., 1935, 61:
213-8.—Stacy, L.  J.   Precocious  puberty.   Med.  Clin.  N.
America. 1927-28. 11: 1455.—Strauch, A.  Sexual precocity in
the male.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1918, 15: 132-40 -Tomasino, A.
Contributo clinico alia puberta precoce.  Neopsichiatria, Pisa,
1936, 2: 212-28, 2 pi.—Turquety, R. Un cas de puberte precoce.
Hopital, 1926,  14: 22-7— Weissenberg.  S.   Ein  Fall von
Fruhreife  (Pubertas praecox)  Zschr.  Sexwiss.,  1927-28, 14:
306.—Whipman. T. R.  Case of precocious sexual development.
Proc. R. Soc. M.. Lond., 1916-17,  10: Sect. Stud.  Dis. Child..
64-8.—Wissler, H.  Zwei Falle von Pubertas praecox.  Ann
paediat., Basel, 1943,  160: 332.

----   Cases: Female sex.

   See also subheading  (gonadal)
   Feydit, M.   *A propos  d'un cas de  maturity
 sexuelle  precoce  chez  une  petite fille de  lo mois
 116p.  8?  Par.,  1935.
   Bravarski, E.  Un cas de puberte precoce a 2V> ans.  Bull
Soe. obst. gyn. Paris, 1930, 19: 329-31—Debre, R.,  Marie, J., &
Bernard-Pichon.   Troubles  de la  croissance (acceleration  du
developpement  squelettique)  et  apparition  prematuree  de
certains caracteres sexuels secondaires (hypertrichose pubienne
et axillaire,  hypertrophie ou clitoris) chez une enfant de quatre
ans.   Bull. Soc pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 173-9.—Ellis, R. W. B.
Precocious  puberty in  a  female infant.   Proc. R. So"  M
lond., 1937-38. 31: 13.  Also Brit. J.  Child. Dis., 1941, 38^
29. -Fassbender, F.  Ueber  einen  Fall  von Praecocitas somo-
p.syeho-genitalis bei einem 7]j Jahre  alien Madchen.   Zschr
Kinderh., 1932-33, 54: 642-56.—Franklin, A. W.   Precocious
puberty in a girl, aged 4.  Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1940, 37: 127.—
Gareiso. A., & Marotta. \. S.  Consideraciones sobre dos casos
de macrogenitosomia  preeoz.  Rev.  med. hit. amer., B. Air.,
1928, 13: 20S7  100.  Glaser. F.  Pubertas praecox.   Wien.
med. Wschr.. 1927. 77: 1207- - Kese. G.  Kin seltener Fall von
Pubertas praecox.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1943, 67:  1595-8— Leonard),
J.  D.   Extraordinario caso de  pubertad preeoz.   Rev. Soe.
med. quir.  Zulia, 1942, 16:  1603-6.—Leri, A., & Leronte, M.
Un cas de macrogenitosomie chez une fillette.  Bull. Soe. med.
hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 1: 699-701.—Magi, C.  Su di un cuso
di  puberta precoce.  Riforma med.,  1934, 50: 188.-  Milhit &
Papaioannou.   Un  cas de  maturite  sexuelle precoce chez un
enfant de  15 mois.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934,  32: 148-57.
Also  Nourrisson,  1934,  22:  304.—Schachter.  M.   Estudio
clfnico de la pubertad preeoz en la mujer  (con aljiunas observa-
ciones personates)  Med. espaiL, 1941, 6: 156-65.  Schnitman,
S.,  & Pesino,  R.  La  pubertad preeoz.   Sem. med., B. Air.,
1943, 50: pt 2. 172-7.

----   diencephalic, and hypothalamic.

   Sigrist,  E.   *Ueber  drei  Falle  von  genuinen
und  einen Fall von zerebraler Pubertas praecox
[Zurich]   p.84-106.    24^cm.  Basel,  1940.
   Also  Ann. paediat., Basel, 1940, 155:
   Cascella, P.  La puberta  precoce nelle  cerebropatie infantili.
Rass.  stud,  psichiat.,  1935,  24:  855-98.—Choroboski,  J.
Puberte precoce et tumeur cerebrate.  Rev. neur., Par.,  1929,
36: pt 1, 288.—Driggs, M., & Spatz,  H.  Pubertas praecox bei
einer  hvperplastischen  Missbildung  des  Tuber  cinereum.
Virchows Arch.,  1939-40, 305: 567-92.—Ford, F. R., & Guild,
H.   Precocious  puberty  following measles encephalomyelitis
and epidemic encephalitis.   Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp.,  1937,
60:  192-203.—Hellner,  H.  Ueber  Pubertas  praecox, im
besonderen  die hvpothalamische Form.   Med. Klin.,  Berl.,
1936, 32:  1619-21.—Heuyer, G.,  Lhermitte,  J. [et al.]  Un
cas de  macrogenitosomie precoce  liee  a un ependymogliome
de la region mamillo-tuberale.  Rev.  neur.,  Par., 1931, 38:
pt 2,  194-210.—Kvint, L. A.  Makrogenitosomia  praecox bei
cerebraler Kinderlahmung.   Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, 108:
117-27.  Also Vrach. delo,  1929,  12:  592-6.—Lange,  C. de.
Zur Klinik und pathologischen Anatomie der hypothalamischen
Form von Pubertas praecox. Ann. paediat., Basel, 1943, 161:
113-34.—Le Marquand, H. S.,  & Russell, D. S.  A case of
pubertas praecox (macrogenitosomia praecox) in a boy  asso-
ciated with a tumour in the floor of  the third  ventricle.   Rov.
Berkshire Hosp. Rep., 1934-35, 31-61, 6 pi.—McKenna, C. M.,
&  Bronstein, I. P.  Hypergenitalism in children; special con-
sideration of the hypothalamic-hypophyseal apparatus.   Proc.
Inst. M. Chicago,  1942-43, 14: 189.—Mindlin, S.. &  Estel
Baleztena,  M. M.  Tumor del 3? ventrfculo con sfndrome de
macrogenitosomia  preeoz.   Prensa  med.  argent., 1944, 31:
711-6.—Nelson  Chaves.   Aspeto da  tisiologia  do aparelho
liipotalamo-hiponsario; interpretacao da precocidade sexual no
Nordeste.   Neurobiologia, Recife,  1940,  3: 357-72.—Saar, H.
Pubertas praecox bei Gliom des Zwischenhirnes;  ein Beitrag
zur Frage  der  innersekretorischen Funktion  der  Zirbeldriise.
Frankf. Zschr.  Path.,  1936-37,  50:  451-61.—Thomas,  A., &
Schaeffer,  H.   Un  cas  de macrogenitosomie  precoce  avec
hydrocephalic lesions inflammatoires de  la region infundibulo-
tuberienne et symphyse cervicale trimeningee  sans neoplasmes
intracranien.  Rev.  neur.,   Par., 1931, 38: pt  2, 595-606 —
Weinberger, L. M.,  & Grant, F. C.   Precocious puberty and
tumors  of the hypothalamus; report of a case and review of the
literature, with a  pathophysiologic explanation  of the  preco-
cious sexual syndrome.  Arch.  Int.  M.,  1941,  67: 762-92.—
Wieland,  E.   Makrogenitosomia   pracox  bei   4^-jahrigem
Knaben mit Karzinom des dritten Hirnventrikels und intakter
Zirbeldriise.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1928, 58: 114-6.


----   Etiology, and  pathogenesis.
   Beyline, I. A.  Contribution a la pathogenie des troubles de
la  croissance  et  du developpement (puberte precoce  et in-
fantihsme hypophysaire)  Rev. fr. pediat., 1935,  11: 216-32.—
Elias, L. W.  Precocity from  hypopituitarism.  South.  M. J.,
1929, 22: 595.—Lhermitte,  J.   La macrogenitosomie precoce,
ses conditions anatomiques.  Medecine,  Par., 1933, 14: 109-
17—Marinescu, G., Bauch, A., & Buttu. G.  [Endocrinologic
considerations  in a  case   of   precocious macrogenitosomia]
Romania med., 1931, 9: 49— Ogilvie, W. H.  A case of sexual
precocity  with infantile paralysis.   Proc. R.  Soc. M.,  Lond.,
1926-27, 20: Sect. Clin., 20.—Schachter, M.  La macrogenito-
somie precoce, syndrome de  Pellizzi,  n'est pas d'origine pineale.
Pans med., 1939, 113: 244-7.—Schumacher, W.  Ein  Beitrag
zur Frage der Pubertas praecox. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1928,
84: 325-9.—Sharapov, V.  I.. & Weinberg, I. S.   [Causes cf
macrogenitosomia praecox]  Sovet. nevropat., 1933, 2: 31-6 —
Siegmund,  H.   Pubertas praecox als  Folge  chorionepithelio-
matoser Wucherungen.  Arch.  Gvn.,  Berl.,  1932, 149: 498-
■'14.—Steen, R. R., & Steen, P. H.  Pubertas praecox; review
of literature with special reference to etiology; report of a case
with conduct disorder.  Psychiat. Q.,  1929, 3: 539-49, 3 pi —
Vries, H. F. de  [Case of precocious  pubertv due to a pituitary
^?r„.    Recklinghausen's disease]    Ned. tschr. geneesk,
1930, 74: pt  1, 2001-6, pi— Waisberg,  C. J.  [Pathogenesis
and clinical aspect  of  macrogenitosomia  praecoxl   Sovet
vrach.  gaz., 1934, 38: 1808-11.—Weber, E.  P.. &  Wohl  M.
Macrogenitosomia of the juvenile Hercules type with tumour
in the superior mediastinum (a new syndrome?)  Med. Press 
MACROGENITOSOMIA                     35                    MACROGENITOSOMIA
 & Circ, Lond., 1944, 211: 22-6.—Zherebtzov, A. G., & Lyssa-
 kovsky, I. V.  [Pathogenesis of hypergenitalism]  Vrach. delo,
 1929, 12: 596-8.


 ----  gonadal.

   See also  Granulosa-cell tumor—in childhood.
   Engle,  E. T.  The pituitary-gonadal relationship and  the
 problem of precocious sexual maturity.   Endocrinology, 1931,
 15: 405-20.—Fuller, C. J., & Smith, R. W.  Precocious puberty
 due to  granulosa cell tumour of ovary.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit.
 Empire, 1941,  48: 513-7. 5 pi.—Goulart de Andrade, C, &
 Monteiro  de Carvalho.   Macrogenitosomia precoce (Pelizzi)
 sindromo de puberdade precoce de origem primitiva ovariana.
 Hospital, Rio,  1937,  12:  978-1009.   Also Dfa  med., B. Air.,
 1938 10: 769-71.—Klaften, E.  M aligner Granulosazelltumor
 und sexuelle Friihreife.   Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58:  204-15.—Lull,
 C. B.  Pubertas praecox due to ovarian tumors.   Am. J. Obst.,
 1941, 41: 445-54.—Mannheimer, E.  Pubertas praecox due to
 dextrolateral granulosa cell  tumor of the ovary  in a four-year-
 old girl. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1938, 12: 350-6.—Mengert, W. F.
 Precocious puberty due to  an  ovarian cyst in  a five-year-old
 girl.  Am. J. Obst., 1939, 37:  485-8.—Novak,  E. Granulosa
 cell ovarian tumors as a  cause of precocious puberty,  with a
 report of three cases. Tr.  Am. Gyn. Soc.  1933, 58: 91-107.
 Also Am. J. Obst., 1933,  26: 505-19.—Rhoden, A. E.  Preco-
 cious sexual and somatic  development in a male infant with a
 presacral teratoma containing androgen-producing tissue; with
 a discussion of the mechanism of precocity caused by teratomas.
 J. Clin. Endocr., 1944, 4: 185-93.—Rowlands, R. P., Nicholson,
 G. W., & Weber, F.  P.   Growth of the left testicle with pre-
 cocious sexual  and bodily development (macrogenitosomia)
 Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond.,  1929, 79: 401-8.—Stabler, F., &
 Thomson,  J.  G.   Granulosa-cell  tumour with precocious
 sexual development in a  child aged six.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit.
 Empire, 1940, 47: 199-205,  5 pi.


 ----  Physiology.
   Bormann, E.  Pubertas  praecox und psychische Reifungs-
 verhaltnisse.   Arch.  Psychiat., Berl.,  1940, 111:  666-94 —
 Dennis, W.   Effect of pubertas praecox on the age  at which
 onset of walking occurs.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1941, 61: 951-7.—
 Doe-Kulmann,  L., & Stone, C. P.   Notes on the mental  de-
 velopment of children exhibiting the somatic signs of puberty
 praecox.  J. Abnorm.   Psychol.,  1926-27,  22:  291-324 —
 Fasold, H. Ueber den Kreatinstoffwechsel bei Pubertas praecox.
 Zschr.  Kinderh.,  1931, 51:  527-34.—Gesell, A., Thorns,  H.
 [et al.]  Mental  and physical growth in pubertas praecox; report
 of fifteen years' study of a case.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
 1939, 41:  755-72.—Keene, C. M.,  & Stone,  C. P.  Mental
 status as related to puberty praecox.  Psychol. Bull., 1937,  34:
 123-33.—Leiner, J. H. A study of pubertas prscox and their
 mentality.  J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1920,  51: 458—Miinzer, A.
 Pubertas praecox  und psvchische  Entwicklung.  Berl. klin.
 Wschr., 1914, 51: 448.—Passler, H. W.  Macrogenitosomia
 praecox im Rontgenbild.   Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1931, 120:
 94-100.—Quinet,  A.  A.    Citologia  vaginal   na puberdade
 precoce. An. brasil. gin.,  1944,  18: 102-11.—Scharff. I.  Ueber
 den  Kreatinstoffwechsel   bei   Pubertas  praecox.  Mschr.
 Kinderh., 1936, 67: 273-8.


 ---  pineal.

   See also Pineal body, Tumor.
   Berblinger, W.  Zur Frage der pinealen Friihreife und  der
 pineal bedingten  genitalen  Hypertrophie beim  Erwachsenen.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 1956-9.—Bing, J. F., Globus, J.
 H., & Simon, H.  Pubertas praecox: a survey of the reported
 cases and verified anatomical findings; with particular reference
 to tumors of the pineal body.  J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York,
 1937-38, 4:  935-65.—Borchardt, L.   Pubertas praecox epi-
 physaren  Ursprungs  ohne Teratombildung.    Deut.  med.
 Wschr., 1928,  54: 1252.—Cold, F.  Sulle sindromi  pineali
 nell'infanzia  (studio di due  casi di macrogenitosomia precoce)
 Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1930, 2: 766-807, 2 pi.—Globus, J. H.
 The pineal body; some notes on its embryogenesis and tumor
 formation and its relation to pubertas praecox.   Med. Today,
 1938,1: 62-4.—Horrax, G. Extirpation of a 70-gram pinealoma
 from a  patient  with pubertas praecox.   Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,
 1936, 62: 174-7.  ------  Extirpation of a huge pinealoma
 from a patient with pubertas praecox; a new operative approach.
 Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1937, 37: 385-97— Kuligowski,
 Z. W.   Teratome de  l'epiphyse et macrogenitosomie precoce.
 Rev. neur., Par., 1933, 40: pt 2, 482.—Kup, G. Zusammenhang
 zwischen Makroorchie und Zirbeldriisenhypoplasie.   Beitr.
 path. Anat., 1936, 97: 385-90. â– ------ Zur Frage der Funktion
 der Zirbel  (Beobachtungen  bei einem Fall von  Makrogenito-
 somia praecox)    Frankf. Zschr. Path.,  1937-38, 51:  12-7.
 ------  [Case of demential form of macrogenitosomia praecox;
 data on function of the pineal gland]  Orv. hetil., 1939,  83:
 36.—Maldague,  L.   Un  cas  de macrogenitosomie  d'origine
 vraisemblablement epiphysaire.  Rev.  med. Louvain,  1928,
 281-5.—Mesquita Sampaio, J. A. de, & Gama, C.   Estudo
clfnico-cirurgico  de um caso de macrogenitosomia com puber-
dade precoce, por tumor da regiao da glftndula pineal.  An. paul.
med. cir., 1943, 46: 399-405.  Also Pediat. prat. S. Paulo, 1943,
14: 321-6.  Also Rev. paul. med., 1943, 23: 1.5-9.—Neale, A. V.
Precocious puberty with a report on a case of pineal syndrome.
Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1938, 13: 241-8.—Parhon, C. I., &
Milco, S. M.  Sur un cas de macrogenitosomie precoce avec
teratome epiphysaire.   Bull. Soc.  roumain.  endocr.,  1940, 6:
84-96.—Weygandt,  W.   Epiphysenstorungen.   Med.  Welt,
1930, 4: 12-4.


MACROGLOSSIA.

   See under Tongue.


MACROMELIA.

   See Extremity, Abnormity.


MACROMOLECULAR compound.

   See also Macromolecule; Polymerism.
   Meyer,  K. H.   Natural  and synthetic  high
polymers.   Transl. by L.  E. R. Picken.   690p.
23>/2cm.    N. Y., 1942.
   Alfrey, T., & Mark, H.  A statistical treatment of crystalli-
zation phenomena in high polymers.  J. Phys. Chem., 1942, 46:
112-8.—Broser, W., Goldstein, K., & Kruger, H. E. Chemische
Konstitution und Kolloidstruktur  faserbildender vollsyntheti-
scher Hochpolymerer.   Kolloid Zschr., 1943, 105: 131; 1944,
106: 187.—Corey, R. B., & Wyckon", R. W. G.   Long spacings
in macromolecular solids.  J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 114: 407-14,
2 pi.—Flory, P. J. Random reorganization of molecular weight
distribution  in linear condensation polymers.  J. Am. Chem.
Soc,  1942, 64: 2205-12.—Fuoss, R.  M.  Electrical properties
of solids; dipole rotation in high polymers.  Ibid., 1941, 63:
369-78.—Irany, E. P.   Macropolymerization; the mechanism
of activation.    Ibid.,  1940,  62:  2690-8.—Macromolecules.
Nature, Lond., 1940, 145: 248-50.—Miiller, F. H.  Bewegungs-
erscheinungen  beim Ausfallen von  gelosten  hochmolekularen
Substanzen.   Kolloid  Zschr.,  1943,  103: 144.—Munster,  A.
Zur Theorie der Losungen hochpolymerer Substanzen.  ibid.,
105: 1-9.—Powell, R. E., & Eyring, H.  Frictional and thermo-
dynamic properties of large molecules.   In: Advance.  Colloid
Sc. (E. O. Kraemer, et al.)  N. Y., 1942,  1: 183-226.—Schulz,
G. V.  Osmotische Molekulargewichtsbestimmungen  in poly-
merhomologen Reihen hochmolekularer Stoffe.   Zschr. phys.
Chem., Abt. A,  1936,  176: 317-37.  ------ Ueber  die Ver-
teilung der Molekulargewichte in hochpolymeren Gemischen
und die Bestimmung des mittleren Molekulargewichtes.  Ibid.,
Abt. B, 1936,  32: 27-45.------  Ueber die Loslicbkeit und
FSllbarkeit hochmolekularer Stoffe.  Ibid., Abt. A, 1937, 179:
321-55.—Signer, R.  Der chemische und strukturelle Aufbau
hochmolekularer Naturstoffe.   Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch.,
Bern, 1943, 34:  6-18.—Staudinger,  H.   Der Aufbau der
hochmolekularen  organischen  Verbindungen.    Naturwissen-
schaften, 1934, 22: 65; 84.  ——   Die Bedeutung der Er-
forschung der  Konstitution hochpolvmerer Stoffe fiir die Bio-
logie.  In: Festschr. H. Zangger,  Zur.,  1935,  2: 939-53,  pi.
------  Bemerkung zu dem Aufsatz von K. H.  Meyer: Ueber
die Viskositat und das Molekulargewicht von Hochpolvmeren.
Kolloid  Zschr., 1942, 98: 330-2.—Szalay, A. Die Zerstorung
von   hochpolvmeren   Molekulen  mittels   Ultraschallwellen.
Zschr. phys.  Chem., Abt. A, 1933, 164: 234-40.—Taylor, H. S.
Large molecules through atomic spectacles.  Proc. Am. Philos.
Soc,  1941-42, 85: 1-12.—Umstatter,  H.  Strukturmechanik
zahelastischer  Kontinua: Viskositat und chemische Konstitu-
tion  makromolekularer Systeme.   Kolloid Zschr., 1943, 103:
7-18.—Zamboni, P.  Metodo per differenziare il tipo  di strut-
tura di grosse molecole capaci di dare soluzioni altamente
viscose.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1942,  17: 317-9.


MACROMOLECULE.

   See also Bacteriophage;  Cytochrome; Erythro-
leukosis—in fowl: Virus; Polymerism;  Sarcoma,
Virus; Virus, Protein, etc.
   Curme, G.  O., jr.   Large  molecules  in  synthetic organic
chemistry.  J.  Franklin Inst., 1938, 226: 187-202.—Eyring, H.
Absolute rates of reaction of large molecules. Rep. Brit. Ass.
Advance. Sc,  1937, 107: 338—Freudenberg, K. Naturliche
organische Riesenmolekiile.  Naturwissenschaften, 1939, 27:
17-22.—London,  F.    Intermolecular  attraction   between
macromolecules.   Pub. Am. Ass.  Advance. Sc, 1943, No.  21,
141-9.—Melville, H. W.  Some  themes in the chemistry  of
macromolecules.   J.   Chem.  Soc,  Lond.,  1941, 414-26.-—
Pirie, N. W.  The criteria of purity used in the study of large
molecules of biological origin.  Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos.
Soc , 1940, 15: 377-404.—Rauen, H. M.  Anorganische Riesen-
molekiile.  Umschau, 1939, 43: 318-20.—Schmid, G., & Rom-
mel,  O.   Zerreissen  von  Makromolekulen mit Ultraschall.
Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt.  A,  1939-40, 185: 97-139.—Schulz.
G V.  Die Bestimmung der Grosse, Gestalt und Solvatation
von  Makromolekiilen.   Ibid.,  1932,  161: 441.—Stern,  K.  G.
Studies  on macromolecular particles  endowed  with  specific
biological activity.  Biol.  Sympos., Lane,  1943,  10:  291-
321 —Taylor,  H. S.    Large  molecules  in  science and life.
Science, 1937,  85: 299-301.—Wyckoff, R. W. G.  The ultra-
centrifugal study of macromolecules.  In: Cold  Spring Harbor
Sympos. Quant. Bioi.,  1938, 6: 361-8. 
MACRON
   MACRON, Pierre, 1911-       *A propos d'un
cstomac intrathoracique consecutif a une rupture
ancienne du diaphragme.   109p.   8?   Par.,  M.
Vigne,  1937.

MACROPHAGE.
   See  Histocyte;   Reticulo-endothelial  system,
Cytology:  Macrophage.

MACROPHYLLIDA.

   See also  Trematoda.
   Johnson, T. H.  The anatomy of the trematode, Macro-
phyllida  antarctica  (Hughes)  Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1930, 7:
101-7.

MACROPOLYCYTE.

   See Leukocyte, Size and shape.

MACROPROTODON.

   See Colubridae.

MACRORCHITREMA.
   See under Paramphistomidae.

MACROPUS.
   See Kangaroo.

MACROSOMIA.
   See  also Dystocia, fetal: Enlargement; Fetus,
 Weight; Hydrops;  Hypertrophy; Obesity;  also
 Acromegaly;  Gigantism; Growth, Disorder.
   Addessi, G. ( ontributo alio studio della macrosomia fetale.
Rass. ostet., 1931, 40: 76-97.—Bayer, G., & Lang, F. J.  Ueber
Macrosomia interrenalis congenita.  Endokrinologie, 1934, 14:
225-45.—Bolaffi, R. Considerazioni statistiche sulla etiologia
n frequenza della macrosomia fetale dedotte dallo studio di
495 casi.  Ginecologia, Tor., 1937, 2. ser., 3: 259-85.—Brands,
K.  Ueber die Hiiufigkeit des Riesenwuchses bei den verschie-
denen Altersstufen der  Erst- und Mehrgebiirenden und seine
klinische Bedeutung; eine statistische  Studie.   Zbl. Gyn.,
1943, 67: 815-26.—Fenner, E. D.  Macrosomia or congenital
hypertrophy.  Med. J.  & Rec,  1926,  123: 501.—Iovino, F.
Contributo alio studio  della macrosomia parziale- congenita.
Riv. chir., Nap.,  1938, 4: 560-6.—Marchetti, A.  Un caso raro
di macrosomia fetale.  Riv. ostet. gin., 1927, 9: 104.—Simonelti
Cuizza, R.  Contributo alio studio della macrosomia nel neonato
e nel lattante. Lattante, 1937, 8: 655-80.

MACROTIN.
   See  Cimicifuga.
   McRUER,  Daniel, 1802-73.
   For biography see Maine M. J., 1933, 24: 30.

MACRURA.
   See Lobster.
   MACSATA,  William, 1896-
   1 or biography see in Coll. Pharm. N. York (Wimmer, C. P.)
X. V.. 1929, 291, portr.
   McSHANE,  Augustus, 1861-1923.
   For biography see N. Orleans M.  &  S. J.,  1943-41, 96:
521. portr. (Matas,  R.)
   McSHANE,  John J., 1878-1943.
   For obituary see Welf. Bull., Springf., 1944, 35: 23.
   For portrait see Annual Rep. Illinois Dep. Pub.  Health,
1941-42, 25: 55.
   McSHERRY, James Whann, 1833-1928.
   For portrait see in Past  Presid. West Virginia  M. Ass
Charleston, 1942, 22.
   McSWAIN, Isaac Arnold, 1845-1933.
   For obituary see Mississippi Doctor, 1933-34, 11:  No.  4,
18, portr.
   McSWEENEY, Edward Douglas, 1898-
   For portrait see  Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942,  31: 362.
   McSWEENY, Edward Shearman, 1877-1944.
   For obituary see Am. liev. Tib.i, , 1944, 50: 569, portr
 Kmerson, K.) Also J. Am  M. Ass., 1944, 126: 584.
   McSWEENY, Patrick Eugene, 1862-1938.
   I or obituary «ee  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111:2031.
MacTAGGART
   MacTAGGART, Donald D.,  1862-1929.
   For obituary see Canad. M. Ass. J., 1929, 20: 214.
   MACTAGGART, Malcolm.   Man,  mind, and
psychology.   ix,  83p.   diagr.   19em.   Lond.,
Watts & Co. [1940]

MACULA.
   See  Dermatosis,  Manifestations   and  mor-
phology;  also  names of  cutaneous  maculae  as
Ephelis;  Erythema;  Exanthema;  Leukoderma;
Nevus;   Purpura;  Tattooing,  etc.;   also  under
names  of primary diseases  as Leprid, macular,
etc.

MACULA ampullaris.
   See Endolymphatic organ.

MACULA cerulea.
   See Phthirius.
MACULA lutea.

  See also Eye; Eye fundus; Retina.
  Balado, M., & Fortin, E. P.  Anatomia topografica de las
fibras de la region macular.  Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1943, 18: 2 \'<
65.-—Boehm, G.   Ueber maculare (Haidinger'sche) Polansa-
tionsbuschel und iiber einen polarisationsoptischen Fehler  des
Auges.  Acta ophth.,  Kbh., 1940, 18:  109-43.—Dimmer.  Die
Macula lutea der menschlichen Netzhaut.  Klin. Mbl. Augenli.,
1906, 44: 292.—Fortin, E. P. Significado de la insertion de loe
musculos oblfcuos en la macula.  Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1942,  17:
10-6.—Gehrcke, E.   Ueber die Haidingerschen Polarisations-
biischel auf der Macula.  Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1928, 120: 567-
73.—Gullstrand,  A.   Demonstration  zur Makulafrage. Ber.
Versamml. ophth. Ges. (1907) 1908, 34: 254-6.  ------  Zur
Maculafrage. Arch. Ophth., Lpz., 1907, 66: 141-88.—Heine,
L. Beitrage zur  Anatomie der Macula lutea.  Arch. Augenh.,
1925-26, 97: 144; 278, 6 pi.

----  Abnormities.
  Festis, A.  [Congenital abnormity of macula lutea]  Magy.
orv. nagyhet jegyzokve,  1931, 142. Also Orv. hetil., 1932,  76:
37.—Kornzweig,  A. L.  Anomalous retinal vein crossing  the
macula.  Arch.  Ophth., Chic,  1940,  24: 362-6.—Kurati,  Y.,
& Tagami, Y. Ueber  einen Fall von Dysplasia maculae luteae.
Acta Soc. ophth. jap., 1939, 43:  119.—Niccol, W.  A family
with bilateral developmental  defects at  the macula.   Tr.
Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1938, 58: 763-9.—Pavfa, J. L., & Dussel-
dorp, M.   Los observaciones poco comunes de persistencia de
fibras  a mielina.  Rev.  otoneur.,  B.  Air., 1934,  9: 233-5.—
Wagner,  H.  Maculaaffektion, vergesellschaftet  mit Haar-
abnormitat von  Lanugotypus,  beide  vielleicht angeboren  bei
zwei Geschwistern.   Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1935,  134: 74-81.
Also Klin. Mbl.  Augenh., 1935, 95:  101.—Werner, L.  Con-
genital abnormality of retinal  vessels in the macular region.
Tr/ Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1911-12, 32: 307-9.

----   Absence.

  Vogt, A.  De l'absence  congenitale  et hereditaire de la
macula lutea.  Rev.  gen.  opht.,  Geneve, 1924,  38: 224-7.
----— Ueber Maculalosigkeit bei isoliertem Bulbusalbinismus
als  geschlechtsgebunden-rezessives Merkmal.  Arch.  Julius
Klaus Stift., 1925, 1:  119-22, 3 ch.

----   Central connections.

  See also Optic  tract; Vision, Centers.
  Beauvieux &  Ristich-Goelmino. De la vascularisation du
centre cortical de la macula.  Arch, opht., Par., 1926, 43: 5-
20.—Brouwer, B. Ueber die Projektion der Makula  uuf die
Area striata des Menschen.  J.  Psychol.  Neur., Lpz., 1929-30,
40:  147-59.—Fox, J. C. jr, & German, W. J.  A study of
macular vision following cerebral  resections.  Tr. Am. Neur.
Ass., 1935, 61:  107-14.—Halsted, W. C, Walker, A. E., &
Bucy, P. C.  Sparing and nonsparing Of macular vision asso-
ciated with occipital lobectomy in man.  Tr.  Sect. Ophth. Am.
M.  Ass., 1940,  193-213.—Juba,  A.  Die kortikale Doppel-
vertretung der Makula und die  Projektion  der Sehrinde auf
den ausseren Kniehocker des Menschen.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,
1934,  93:  595-608.   ------  Zur Lokalisation der Macula-
fasening  innerhalb   der  Sehstrahlung.    Zschr.  ges.  Neui.
Psychiat.,  1935-36,  154:  123-31.—Krainer, L., & Suwa, K.
Zur anatomischen Projektion und zur Lehre von der Doppel-
versorgung der  Macula.  Jahrb.  Psychiat.  Neur., 1936,  53:
35-44.—Maison, G. L., Settlage, P., & Grether, W. F.  Experi-
mental study of  macular representation in the monkey. Arch.
Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1938,  40: 981-4.—Penfield,  W. (i.,
Evans, J. P., & MacMillan, J. A.  Visual pathwavs in man with
particular reference to macular representation  Tr Am Neur.
Ass., 1934, 60: 44-9.—Polyak, S. L. The representation of the
3 
MACULA
37
MACULA
 central foveae and of the horizontal  meridians in the  visual
 radiation, radiatio optica, of the human brain.   J. Mount
 Sinai Hosp. N.  York,  1942, 9: 698-707.—Putnam, T.  J., &
 Liebman, S.  Cortical representation of the macula lutea with
 special reference to  the theory of bilateral  representation.
 Arch.  Ophth., Chic, 1942, 28:  415-43.—Smilh, G. E.  The
 cortical representation of the macula.  J. Anat., Lond.,  1929-
 30, 64: 477.—Zeeman, W. P. C.  [Projection  of the macula!
 Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1935, 79: 1997.

 ----   Coloboma.

   See also subheading (Hole)
   Blake, E. M., & Gesell, A.  Twinning and ocular pathology,
 with  a report of bilateral macular coloboma in monozvgotic
 twins.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1936, 34: 47-71,  3 pi.—Brav, A.
 Bilateral macular coloboma (case report)   Am. J. Ophth., 1934,
 3. ser., 17: 1151.—Car, A.  Mikrozephalie und beiderseitiges
 Kolobom im Bereiche der Makula.  Zschr. Augenh., 1925, 57:
 618-27.— Clarke, E.   Coloboma at the  macula  (both  eves)
 Brit. J. Ophth., 1927, 11: 97-9, pi.—Cosmetatos. G. F.  Zur
 Kenntnis des  Kolobom der Macula lutea.  Zschr. Augenh.,
 1905,  14: 575-80.—Darnel, C. S.  Coloboma de la macula.
 Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 975-9.—Evans, J.  N., & Browder,
 J.  A problem of split macula----visual field studv. Tr. Am.
 Ophth. Soc, 1943, 41: 167-85.  Also Arch. Ophth.,  Chic, 1944,
 31:43-53; 32: [Discussion] 146.—Evans, P. J.  Familial macular
 colobomata.  Brit. J. Ophth.,  1937, 21:  503-6.—Gesell, A., &
 Blake, E. M.  Twinning and ocular pathology, with a report of
 bilateral  macular  coloboma in  monozvgotic  twins.   Arch.
 Ophth., Chic, 1936, 15: 1050-71, 2 pi.—Halbertsma, K. T. A.
 [So-called coloboma of the macula]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935,
 79: 1233-44,  pi.—Hepburn, M.  L., Mann, T. C. [et al.]  Dis-
 cussion on coloboma of the macula. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
 1926-27, 20:  Sect. Ophth., 21-8.—Hilton Rocha.   Associacao
 atipica em um  coloboma macular com vasos anormais.   Arq.
 brasil. oft., 1941, 4: 315-9.—Hoehne, H. Zur Aetiologie der
 Makulakolobome.  Zschr. Augenh., 1935-36,  88: 297-302.—
 Horton,  J. J.   Coloboma  of  macula associated  with  other
 congenital anomalies.  Am. J.  Ophth., 1926, 3. ser., 9: 196.—
 Khemolosov,  A. S.  [Coloboma  zholtavo pyatna]   Vest. oft..
 1904, 21: 582-4.—Knox, A.  Coloboma of the macula. Am. J.
 Ophth., 1938, 3. ser.,  21: 1385.—Lijo Pavia, J., & Dusseldorp,
 M.  Coloboma de la region macular.  Prensa m6d. argent.,
 1927, 14: 613-7.—Mann, I. C.  On certain abnormal conditions
 of the macular  region usually  classed as colobomata. Brit. J.
 Ophth.,  1927,  11: 99-116.—Meisner, W.  Die  Entstehung
 pines Makulakoloboms.  Zschr. Augenh., 1930-31, 73: 333-6.—
 Miller, P. [Coloboma maculae]  Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77:
 (Oft. selsk. forh.) 18.—Poljak, G. D. Ueber das Kolobom des
 gelben Fleckes.   Zschr. Augenh., 1927, 63: 284-7.—Przybylska,
 J.  Colobome maculaire double.  Ann. ocul., Par., 1926, 163:
 367-72.—Purvis, V.  Left macular coloboma.   Proc. R. Soc.
 M.,  Lond., 1943-44,  37: 687.—Shoji, Y.  Colobome  central
 avec nystagmus modifiable volontairement. Arch, opht., Par.,
 1926,  43:  21-4.—Sorsby, A.    Congenital coloboma  of the
 macula; together with an account of the familial occurrence of
 bilateral macular coloboma in association with apical dystrophy
 of hands  and  feet.   Brit. J.  Ophth., 1935, 19:  65-90, 5 pi.
 ----— & Oliver, J. O.  Macular coloboma; histological report.
 Ibid.,  1939, 23: 724-9.—Vogelsang, K.  Makulakolobom bei
 eineiigen Zwillingen.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1937, 98: 322-7.

 ---  Color, and pigment.

   Holm, E.   *Det gule maculapigment og dets
 optiske  betydning    [Kobenhavn]     85p.    8?
 Berl., 1922.
   Zubler,  R.   *Der entoptische Nachweis der
 gelben   Farbe  der  Macula   centralis  retinae
 [Zurich]  p.633-46.  23cm.   Wurzb.,  1938.
   Also Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1937-38, 138:
   Chevallereau, A.. & Polack, A.  De la coloration jaune de la
 macula.  Ann. ocul.,  Par., 1907,  138: 241-53.—Comber?. W.
 Sichtbarkeit gelber Makulafarbe im gewohnlichen Spiegelhcht.
 Klin.  Mbl. Augenh.,  1927, 79:  479-81,  pi— Hanstrom,  E.
 [Demonstration of typical absorption  curve of the macular
 pigment in the ape (Macacus)]   Nord.  med.,  1939, 4: 3020.
 Also German transl., Acta ophth., Kbh., 1940, 18: 21-37.—
 Hoeve, J. van der [Color of  the macula lutea]   Ned.  tschr.
 geneesk.,  1934, 78: 3739.—Holm, E.   The  yellow macula
 pigment  and  its ophthalmic value]   Bibl. larger,  1922, 114:
 150.—Nordenson, J.  W.  Bemerkungen  zur Frage nach der
 Farbe  der Macula centralis retinae. Upsala lak. foren. forh.,
 1931, n. f., 36: 267-73.  ------ Intravital color of the macula.
 Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1940, 23: 1345-8.  ------& Nordmark, T.
 Bemerkungen zur Frage uber  die Farbe der  Macula centralis
retinae.  Upsala lak.  foren. forh., 1928,  n. f.,  33: 499-506 —
Polack, A.  Role physiologique du pigment jaune de la macula.
 C. rend. Acad, sc, 1906, 143: 850.

----   Degeneration.
  Accardi, V.  Un  caso di degenerazione progressiva  della
macula e dei suoi dintorni.  Boll, ocul., 1932,  11: 434-52, pi —
Barrada, H.  Macular star-figure changes in alcoholic neuritis.
Bull. Ophth. Soc Egypt, 1923, 134-6, 6  pi.—Doolittle  J. W.
Degeneration of retina and macula. Am. J. Ophth., 1942, 25:
1237.__Doyne,  P. G.   Two  cases of macular degeneration.
Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Ophth., 7-10 —
Flatley, R. E.  Atypical juvenile macular degeneration.  Am.
J. Ophth., 1942, 25: 1500.—Gouterman, J. I.  Macular dystro-
phies.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1935-36,  39: 782-7.—Jennings,
J. E.  Pigment streaks in macula  region of both eyes.  Am.
Ophth., 1904,  13: 699.—Knapp, A.  Retinal degeneration in
macular region without cerebral symptoms.  Tr. Am. Ophth.
Soc,  1928, 26: 155-61.—Lijo Pavia, J.  Fondo de ojo; de-
generaci6n de  macula y  regi6n vecina.  Dfa med., B.  Air.,
1934-35, 7:  277.—O'Rourke, D. H.  Juvenile macular de-
generation.  Am.  J.  Ophth., 1941, 24: 702.—Reese,  W. S.
Macular degeneration; presentation of a case.  Arch. Ophth.,
Chic,  1942,  27: 1029.  â– ------ Fry,  W. E. [et al.]   Macular
and  retinal degeneration  of undetermined etiology.  Am. J.
Ophth., 1943, 26: 313.—Ridley, F.  Macular degeneration in a
patient aged 24. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 390 —
Rotth, A.  von.  Infantile Heredodegeneration der Maculage-
gend in Form von Retinitis pigmentosa inversa. Ber. Deut.
ophth. Ges., 1930, 48:  380-4.—Sorsby, A.  The dystrophies
of the macula.  Brit. J. Ophth., 1940, 24: 469-533, 18 pi.—
Wibaut, F.  [Observations on degeneration of the yellow spot
combined with color blindness]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1927,
71: pt 2, 2293-5.

----   Degeneration, cystic.

  Arnold, M.   *Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis
der cystoiden Maculadegeneration (Bienenwaben-
macula) mit Bemerkungen zur Technik des rot-
freien Lichtes   [Zurich]  p.299-310.   8?   Berl.,
1929.
  Also Arch. Ophth., Lpz., 1929, 122:
  Brooks, J. E.  Cvstic  lesion of macula.  Am. J. Ophth.,
1944, 27:  1021.—Harris,  W.  Macular cyst?  Proc R.  Soc.
M.,  Lond.,  1938-39, 32: Sect. Ophth.,  991.—Klainputi, R.
Eine Fall  von nicht  traumatischer Lochbildung der Makula
nach cystoider Degeneration.  Zschr. Augenh., 1935, 87: 164.-—
Schaub, C. F.  Bilateral macular cystic degeneration, arrested?
Am.  J. Ophth., 1940, 3. ser., 23: 814;  1943, 26: 751.

----   Degeneration, disciform.

  See also Retinitis,  exudative.
  Gagstatter,   T.    *Zwei   Falle  von  Netz-
hauterkrankungen  mit  Beziehung   zur   schei-
benformigen   Maculadegeneration    [Tubingen]
29p.   22!4cm.    Boblingen, 1936.
   Kastner,  O.    *Scheibenformige   Maculade-
generation bei  retrobulbarem Tumor  [Wiirzburg]
20p.   21cm.   Ochsenfurt, 1936.
   Lechle,  E.   *Friihester Beginn  einer  schei-
benformigen   Makuladegeneration   [Wiirzburg]
12p.   8?   Ochsenfurt,  1936.
   Schmidt, A. K.  H.  H.  *Die Frage der schei-
benformigen Makuladegeneration unter  Mittei-
Iung   eines  Falles  mit  eigenartigem  Befunde
[Rostock]   33p.    21#cm.   Koln, 1937.
  Adrogue,  E., & Tosi,  B.  Degeneracion disciforme  de la
macula.  Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1943, 18: 385-93, pi.—Apple, C.
Disciform degeneration of the macula.  Am.  J.  Ophth., 1941,
24: 697.—Bonnet, P.  Retinite  exsudative maculaire d'origine
indeterminee.  Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1936, 369-72.—Darnel.
C. S., Gallino, J. A., & Travi, O. A.  Degeneraci6n  disciforme
de la macula.  Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1941, 16: 376-99.—Duynstee,
H. P.  M.   [Disciform degeneration of macula lutea]   Ned.
tschr.  geneesk., 1931, 75: pt 3.  4716-20.  Also Klin.  MM.
Augenh., 1932, 88: 511-4.—Herzog, M.  Disciform degenera-
tion  of the macula.  Am. J. Ophth.,  1940, 3. ser., 23: 1048 —
Holloway, T. B., & Verhoeff, F. H.   Disc-like degeneration of
the  macula with microscopic report  concerning a tumor-like
mass in the  macular  region.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1928, 26:
206-28. Also Arch.  Ophth., Chic, 1929,  n. ser., 1: 219-30 —
Kahler, A. R., & O'Brien, C. S.  Disciform degeneration of the
macula.  Ibid., 1935, 13: 937-59.—Magitot.  A.  Degen6res-
cence maculaire pseudo-tumorale, disciforme; etude anatomique.
Ann.  ocul., Par.,  1939, 176: 721-38, 4 pi.—Orrnond, A. W.
Four cases  of  disc-like  degeneration  of  the  macula  lutea.
Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1927, 77: 16-21, 2 pi.—Pallares, J.
Degeneraci6n  disciforme de  la  macula ltitea.  Arch.  oft.
hisp.  amer.,  1931, 31:  191-3, pi.  Also Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,
1931, 86: 201-3.—Van Bergen, T.  Bilateral disciform macular
degeneration.  Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 3. ser., 23: 322.—Verhoeff,
F. H., &  Grossman, H. P.  The pathogenesis of  disciform
degeneration of the  macula.  Tr.  Am. Ophth. Soc,  1937, 35:
262-94, 4 pi.  Also  Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1937, 18: 561-85,
2 pi.—Wolfflin, E.   Pathologisch-anatomischer  Refund  einer
Retinitis circinata in Verbindung mit einer scheibenformigen
Entartung der  Netzhautmitte.  Arch.  Augenh., 1931,  104:
47-59.

----   Degeneration, disciform: Juvenile type.
  Adler, F. H.  Disciform degeneration of the macula (Junius
and  Kuhnt)  a review of the literature since the  appearance of 
MACULA                                           :*S                                           MACULA
Junius and Kuhnt's paper, 1926.   Arch. Ophth., Chic,  1933,
10: 379-S6, pi.------& Scarlett, H.   Juvenile  macular
exudative choroiditis; juvenile disciform  degeneration of the
macula  (Junius)   Ibid.,  1944, 31:  144-7.—Ashley,  R. W.
Kulmt-Junius  disciform  macular  degeneration.    Am.   J.
Ophth.. 1942, 25: 1237.—Brown, E. V. L.  Retroretinal tissue
from the choioid in Kuhnt-Junius degeneration of the macula;
anatomic studs.   Aich. Ophth.. Chic, 1940, 23: 1157-68 —
Coombs. .1. W.   Juvenile exudative macular retinitis.  Am.  .1
Ophth., 1941, 24: 695   Davis, W. T.. & Sheppard. E.  Juvenile
macular  exudative  letinitis (Junius)   Arch. Ophth..  Chic,
1935,  13: 960-70, pi.—Favaloro. G.  Sulla degenoiatto disci-
formis maculae di Juniu-  e  Kuhnt.  Ann. ottalm., 193S, 66:
Sl-99, pi.  (Jood, P., & Riser, R.  O.  Brother and sister with
juvenile macular exudative ntiiiiiis (Junius)  Am.  J. Ophth.,
1943,  26: 753.--Junius, P.  Krscheinungsformen und Ablauf
der juvenilen Retinitis  exsudativa macularis.  Tr.  Internat.
Ophth.  Congr. (1929) 1930, 13. Congr.,  1:  45.  Also  Zschr.
Augenh., 1929-30, 70: 129-48, 4 pi.—Kalt, E., & Bailliart. P.
Un cas de  degenerescence juvenile de la  macula.  Bull. Soe.
opht.  Paris,  1937, 309.-  Rycroft,  B. W.   Juvenile  macular
exudative retinitis (VType I  (Oats)  Proc. R. Soc M., Lond.,
1933,  27: Sect. Ophth.,  149.  Also Eve Ear &c Month.,  1934,
13: 35.

----   Degeneration, disciform: Senile type.

   Sandoz,  Y.  L.    *Beidseitiger  histologischer
Befund bei senilem  Maculapseudotumor,  der zu
einer neuen Auffassung dieser Altersveranderung
fiihrt   [Ziirich]  p.725-47.  23cm.  Wiirzb., 1939.
   Also Arch. Ophth., Berl.,  1939, 140:

   Schwartzbard,  H.   *Zur  Histologie des sub-
macularen,   senilen    Pseudotumors;   scheiben-
formige  Entartung  der  Netzhautmitte  (Junius
und  Kuhnt)   18p.  23',cm.  Stetten-Basel, 1937.
   Badeaux, F.  Degenerescenee circinee de la rerine et retinite
exsudative maculaire senile.  Fnion  med. Canada, 1931, 60:
541-50.—Bailliart, P.   la  degenerescence  maculaire  senile.
Medecine,  Par.,  I'.i.'l.'l.  14: 24  7.  Braun.  R.  Beidseitiger
histologischer Befund bei senilem  Maculapseudotumor, der zu
einer  neuen Auffassung dieser Altersxeninderung  fiihrt.  Arch.
Ophth.,  Berl., 1939 40, 141: 567.- Casteran, M.  TTn cas de
retinite  exsudative  maculaire  senile et de  retinite  circinee.
Bull.  Sue. opht. Paris, 1926, 267  9- Coppez. H., & Daris, M.
Retinite exsudative maculaire senile et retinite circinee.  Arch.
opht., Par.,  1926,  43:  461-8.—Hay. P.  J.  Central  senile
exudative retinitis of both eyes.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K.,  1930,
50: 619.—McArevey, J.  B.  A series of cases of senile disciform
degeneration of  the  macula.  Ibid., (1942)  1943 62: 358 —
Obbink, J.  Retiniiis  exsudativa senilis (Degeneratio maculae
luteae disciformis)   Ned.  tschr.   geneesk.,  1928,  72:  pt  2,
(>103-0, 2 pi.— Rintelen, F.  Zur Histogenese des senilen sub-
makuliiren Pseudotumors.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1937, 67:
:i<iS.  Also Zschr. Augenh, 1937, 91: 223.  ------  Zur Histolo-
gie des submakularen senilen Pseudotumors  (scheibenformige
Entartung der Netzhautmitte:  Junius und Kuhnt)  Ibid., 92:
306-21.—Rizzi, C. Degenerazione maculare senile della retina.
Arch,  ottalm.,  1936,  43: 149-70.—Rugp-Gunn, A.   Senile
macular exudative retinitis.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1938^39,
32: Sect. Ophth., 989.-  Sandoz, V. L.  Histologischer Befund
bei Pseudotumor der Makula.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1939,69:
884.  Also  Min.  Mbl. Augenh.. 1940, 104: 347 9.—Soudakoff,
P.  Senile disciform degeneration of the macula.  China M. J.,
1934, 48: 975-81,  pi.   Waardenburg, P.  J.  Ceber  familiar-
erbliche  Falle  von  sender  Makuladegeneration.   Genetica,
Cravenh., 1936,  18: 38-46.


----   Degeneration,  familial,  and   hereditary

   [Stargardt's disease]
   Jung,   E.  E.   *TJeber  eine  Sippe  mit  ange-
borener Maculadegeneration.  20p.  8?  Giessen,
1937.
   Tille,  H.   *Lesions  de  la  macula  lutea chez
I'enfant et l'adolescent dites maladie de Stargardt.
112p.   pi.  8?   Par.,  1929.
   Arganaraz, R., & Adrogu€, E.  Degeneraci6n hereditaria
de la  macula.  Aich. argent, neur., 1927,  1: 225-36.— Bonnet
& Colrat. Lesions maculaires et troubles nerveux hereditaires
Bull.  Soc. opht.,  Par., 1934, 333-5.—Caocci, G.  Contributo
alia conoscenza  della degenerazione famigliare  della macula
(sindrome di Stargardt)  Boll, ocul., 1935,  14: 717-35 — Craw-
ford,  J.  W.  Familial degeneration  of the macula  lutea; a
review of the literature, with a report of eight additional cases
Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc,  1941, 39:  344-77,  2  pi.   Also Am.  J
Ophth., 1942, 25: 525-43.—Danielson, R. W.  Familial macular
degeneration without cerebral changes.   Ibid.,  1934, 3. ser.,
17: 1154.—Due  casi di degenerazione familiare  della macula
lutea.   Gazz.  osp.,  1934,  55:  1464.—Galeazzi, C.   Eredo-
degenerazione  corio-retinica  paramaculare,  bilaterale,  sim-
metrica. a carattere famigliare.  Boll, ocul., 1939,  18: 935-50.—
Gasteiger.   Familial  macular degeneration.   Arch. Ophth.,
Chic, 1937.  18: 330.—Haas, H. L. de [Degeneration of macula
lutea]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: pt 3, 4720.—Halbertema,
K. T. A.  [Hereditary degeneration of the yellow spot combined
with color blindness]   Ibid.,  1927, 71: pt 2,  2056-68— Jung.
A family with congenital macular degeneration.  Arch. Ophth.,
Chic,  1937,  18:  332.—Lagrange,  H., & Peron.  N.  Frcre?
atteints de lesions progressives de la  macula.   Bull. Soe. opht.
Paris,  1926,  120-4- Lloyd,  R.  I.   Hereditary and familial
degeneration of the macula.  Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1934, n. ser.,
12:  290.  ------  Hereditary  macular  degeneration.   Tr.
Am. Ophth. Soc, 1935, 33: 146-57. 2 pi.  Also Am. J. Ophth.,
1936, 3.  ser.,  19: 216-21: 1943, 26: 499 508.- MacRae, A.
Two cases of familial macular degeneration.  Tr.  Ophth.  Soc.
U.  K.,  1940,  60: 239.—Mazzi, L.   Degenerazioni  maculari
retiniche famigliari associate ad emorragic della retina. Arch.
ottalm., 1934, 41: 225-39, pi.—Morelli, E.  Sulle degenerazioni
maculari a tipo familiare.   Boll, ocul.,  1928,  7:  189-224 —
Neame, H.  Changes in macula Vfamilial macular degenera-
tion.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect.  Ophth., 53.
----■—  Familial  macular degeneration in twins.  Ibid., 1933,
26: 1037—O'Brien, T. A., & Roper, K.  L.   Heredomacular
degeneration; two cases of the adolescent type.  Am. J. Ophth.,
1942, 25: 67-9.—Roper, K. L.  Heredo-macular degeneration.
Ohn. Conf. Rep.  Wills.Hosp., Phila., 1941, 3:  12.  Rossi. V.
Degenerazioni maculari retiniche famigliari associate a calci-
hcazioni  della dura meninge e della epifisi.   Arch, ottalm.,
1931, 38: 97-131,  pi.—Savin,  L.  H.   Stargardt's  disease.
Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-38, 30: 390.—Schall, K.  Beitrag
zur  Frage  der familiaren  progressiven Maculadegeneration.
Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1926, 117: 702-8.—Schiff-Wertheimer, S.,
& Till6, M. H.  Lesions progressives bilaterales de la macula
des jeunes sujets (maladie de  Stargardt)  Ann.  ocul., Par.,
1930, 167: 1-14, 2 pi.—Steyn,  J. S.  Familial juvenile degenera-
tion of the macula.  Brit. J. Ophth., 1926, 10: 391-5— Tille, H.
Degenerescences  maculaires  familiales  de  cause  inconnue.
Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1936, 548-57,—Titche, L. L., & Brown,
J. P.  Familial macular degeneration.  Eye Ear &c Month.,
1940-41,  19: 87.—Wright, R. E.  Familial macular degenera-
tion.  Brit. J.  Ophth., 1935, 19: 160-5, 2 pi.


----   Degeneration, maculo-cerebral.

   See also  Amaurotic familial idiocy.
  Beach, S. J.  P'amilial maculocerebral degeneration in half-
brother and sister.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1926, 24: 215-22.—
Braun, R. Beitrag zur Frage des makulo-zerebralen Typs der
Heredodegeneration der Macula lutea.  Klin. Mbl.  Augenh.,
1933, 91: 182-6.-—Johnstone,  I. L.  Maculo-cerebral degenera-
tion, Batten-Mayou disease  or  juvenile  amaurotic  idiocv.
Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1938, 58:  769-73.—Kennedy, E. M.
Cerebro-macular  degeneration.  Proc.  R. Soc.  M.,  Lond.,
1936-37,  30: 388.—Nathan, D.  Maculo-cerebral degeneration.
Am. J. Ophth., 1938, 3. sen, 21: 1029-31.—Purvis, V.  Infantile
cerebromacular  familial  degeneration  (Tav-Sachs'  disease)
Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1934, n. ser., 12: 296.—Sheldon. W. P. H.
Case of  cerebro-macular  degeneration.  Proc. R. Soc.  M.,
Lond.,  1927-28, 21: Sect. Stud. Dis.  Child., 14.

----   Detachment.

   See also  Retinal detachment.
  Bruckner,  A.  Operation du decollcment maculaire.  Bull.
Soc. opht. Paris, 1935, 296.—Walsh, F. B.. & Sloan. L. L.
Idiopathic flat  detachment of the macula.   Am. J.  Ophth.,
1936, 3. ser., 19: 195-208, 4 pi.

----   Disease.
   Amsler, M., & Dufour, R.   Le  reseau  de Landolt et les
menaces  maculaires.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1942, 72: 880
(Abstr.)—Bailliart & Rollin.   Aspect  rare de lesions maculaires
bilaterales. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1933, pt 2, 540-2.—Bailliart,
Schiff-Wertheimer & Miroux. Lesions de la macula d'origine
capillaire.  Ibid., 1935, 180-3.—Bane, W.  Unusual lesion in
the macula.  Am. J.  Ophth., 1943,  26:  1091.—Bedell, A. J.
An  exposition of some round macular lesions.  Tr. Am.  Ophth.
Soc, 1939, 37: 185-95,  4 pi.   ------   Unusual macular lesions
illustrated with colored fundus photographs.  Ophthalmologica,
Basel, 1941, 102: 52.—Benkwith. K. B.  Pathologic lesions in
the macula and the area centralis.  J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1941-
42,  11: 221-5.—Brown, A. L.  Familial  rosette figure of the
macula.  Am.  J. Ophth., 1928, 3. ser., 11:  190, pi.—Calhoun,
F. P. Observations on the formation of macular star in  non-
renal cases.   Ibid.,  1931,  3. ser.,   14:  9.5-100,  pi.—Currie,
Jl-9; D" & L,°yd. J. P. F.  An unusual macular condition in  a
child.  Tr. Ophth. Soc U. K., 1938,  57: 576.  -De Schweinitz,
G.  E.  Senile macular disease; its  evolution, diagnosis and
treatment. Atlantic M. J., 1927-28,  31: 818-23.—Dobson, M.
Diseases  of the macular region as seen by red-free light.   Tr.
Ophth. Soc U. K. (1926) 1927, 46: 158-66.—Gjessing, H. G. A.
[Investigations  on the possible antagonistic relation between
senile  cataract and Haab's  senile  macula changesl  Norsk
mag. laegevid.,  1936,  97:  37-50— Halbertsma, K. T. A.
[Changes in macula lutea in relation to hereditary  albinism,
disturbances of color sense and congenital nystagmus]  Ned.
mschr. geneesk.,  1930-31, 17: 611-34.—Heine.   Beitrage zur
normalen und  pathologischen  Anatomie der  Macula lutea.
Miinch. med.  Wschr.,  1927, 74: 298.—Holden, H.  Lesion of
undetermined  origin of the  right macula.   Am. J. Ophth.,
1941, 24: 1315.—Holm, S.  Senil makular vavnadsproliferation
med retinitis circinata.  Nord. med.,  1941, 10: 2017 (Abstr.)—
Kerry, R. Macular aberration and the reversal of the macular 
MACULA                                          39                                          MACULA
 curvature.  Canad.  M.  Ass. J.,  1934,  31: 32-4.—Klien, B.
 Macular lesion of the right eye.  Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 3. ser.,
 23:  323.—Lijo Pavia, J.  La macula;  regi6n esencial de las
 manifestaciones retinianas en los estados patol6gicos generales.
 Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1928, 2: 70-82, pi.—Niessl von Mayen-
 dorf.  Ueber die Localisation und Pathologie  der corticalen
 Macula.  Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1932, 49: 33-6.—Redslob, E.
 Lesions maculaires  chez les jeunes.   Ann. ocul.,  Par.,  1939,
 176: 738-44.—Rieger,  H.  Ueber  einen  Fall  von  tapeto-
 retinaler  Degeneration  mit Zapfenbildung in der  Makula.
 Zschr.  Augenh.,  1929-30,  70:  22-40.  â– ------   Ueber  eine
 eigenartige  Erkrankung  der Maculagegend.   Arch. Ophth.,
 Berl.,  1939, 140: 456-67— Scarlett, H. W.   Senile macular
 changes of the retina associated with focal infection.  Am. J.
 Ophth., 1931,  3. ser., 14: 932-6.—Schall,  E.   Klinischer und
 anatomischer Befund eines Falles von Embolie einer Macula-
 Arterie ohne Gefassveranderung.   Zschr.  Augenh., 1926,  59:
 339—13.—Scheerer,  R. Ueber die konstitutionelle Bedingtheit
 gewisser Erkrankungen der Macula lutea  des  Auges.   Klin.
 Mbl. Augenh., 1934,  92: 467-71.—Sorsby, A.  Three groups
 of unusual disturbances of the  fundus.  Arch. Ophth., Chic,
 1934, n. ser., 11: 1085.—Tessier, G.  Di due casi di alterazione
 bilaterale a sede maculare.  Lettura oft.,  1927, 4: 201-9, 2 pi.—
 Verhoeff,  F. H.  A new answer to  the question  of macular
 sparing. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1943, 30: 421-5.—Waardenburg,
 P. J.  [Macula lutea in various diseases of eye]   Ned. tschr.
 geneesk.,  1931, 75: pt 3, 4721-3.

 ----  Ectopy, and heterotopy.
   Bielschowsky, A.  Ein ungewohnlicher Fall von vertikaler
 Heterotopic der  Makulae.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,  1930,  84:
 755-9.—Friedman,  B.  Unusual disciform  retinal  lesion  with
 heterotopia  maculae.  Arch. Ophth.,  Chic, 1942, 28: 444-8.—
 Wakayama, Y.  Zwei   seltene  Augenmissbildungen.   Acta
 Soc. ophth. jap., 1939, 43: 108.

 ----  Edema.

   See also subheading (Detachment)
   Lijo Pavia, J.  Fondo de ojo; edema macular y perimacular;
 prioridad  de su documentaci6n retinografica.  Rev. otoneur.,
 B. Air., 1935, 10: 303-9.—Oedema of the macula accompanied
 bv paresis of accommodation.  Annual Rep. Giza Ophth.  Lab.
 (i929) 1930, 4: 61,  pi.—Philps, S.  Traumatic oedema of the
 macula.   Brit.  J. Ophth., 1943, 27: 305.—Premacular oedema.
 Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab.. 1934, 9: 78-80, fig.—Subhyaloid
 exudation at  the  macula.  Ibid.,  76-8,  pi.—Weintraub,  A.
 Ein  Fall  eines umschriebenen,  vergiinglichen  Oedems  der
 Makulagegend.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 82: 806-8.

 ----  Examination.

   Eioenbenz,  C.   *Die  Macula  lutea   und  ihre
 Umgebung im Lichte bisher empfohlener Metho-
 den  der  rotfreien   Ophthalmoskopie    [Zurich]
 15p.   8?   Stuttg., 1932.
   Also Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1932, 89:
   Ferreira,  F.  Reflexo circummacular de Dimmer; em torno
 de  duas  observacoes.  Rev.  med.  Bahia, 1938,  6: 115-7.
 -----  A macula, normal e pathologica, a proposito de algumas
 observacoes.   Brasil med.,  1940, 54: 317-22.—Lijo Pavia, J.
 Lesiones en  plena evolucion de la  macula observadas con luz
 de sodio.  Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1940, 15: 267-79—Loewen-
 stein, A., & Steel, J.  Macular  burning  and  ring scotoma.
 Glasgow M. J., 1941, 135: 73-85.—Schoenberg, M. J.  Pris-
 moscopic  perimetry  of  the  macular area; a  new  method of
 mapping out paracentral scotomas and other defects in  the
 visual  fields.   Tr.  Am. Ophth.  Soc,  1929,  27:  245-62.—
 Sloan, L. L.  The use of pseudo-isochromatic charts in detecting
 central  scotomas  due to lesions in the conducting pathways.
 Am. J. Ophth., 1942,  25: 1352-6.—Wiirdemann, H. V.  Oph-
 thalmoscopic studies of the  macula lutea.   Contr. Ophth.
 Sc,  Menasha,  1926, 264-73, 10 pi.

 ----   Fovea centralis.
   Adler, F.  H., & Meyer, G. P.  The mechanism of the fovea.
 Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1935, 33: 266-80.—Berger, C, & Buchthal,
 F.   Formwahrnehmung  und Funktion  der  Fovea.  Skand.
 Arch. Physiol.,  Berl.,  1938, 79: 15-26—Brecher, G. A.  Form
 und  Ausdehnung der  Panumschen  Areale bei  fovealem Sehen.
 Arch. ges. Physiol.,  1942-43, 246:  315-28.—Fisher, M. B.
 The  relationship of  the size of the surrounding field to visual
 acuitv  in  the  fovea.  J. Exp. Psychol., 1938, 23: 215-38 —
 Fortin, E.  P.  Investigations sur la fovea et la methode entop-
 tique.   Ann. ocul.,  Par.,  1925, 162:  893-920.—Fritsch, G.
 Bemerkung  zu dem  1902 von  Herrn  Dr Heine (Breslau)
 veroff en tlichten Aufsatz: Ueber  die  menschliche  Fovea  cen-
 tralis.  Arch. Ophth., Lpz.,  1903,  55: 387.—Heine.  Demon-
 stration des Zapfenmosaiks der menschlichen Fovea.   Ber.
 Versamml. ophth. Ges. (1901) 1902, 29: 265, pi- Kahmann, H.
Ueber das Vorkommen einer  Fovea centralis im Knochen-
 fischauge.  Zool. Anz., 1934, 106: 49-55.  ------  Ueber das
 foveale Sehen  der Wirbeltiere  (iiber die Fovea centralis und
die Fovea lateralis  bei  einigen Wirbeltieren)  Arch. Ophth.,
 Berl., 1936, 135: 265-76.—Krapiventseva. S.  [Effect of certain
factors* the laws of light on the excitation of the fovea centralis]
Vest  oft  1939. 15:  No. 5, 100-2.—Salus, R.  Das Gefass-
system der  Fovea centralis.   Acta ophth.,  Kbh.,  1939,  17:
279-96, 2 pi.—Vogt, A.  Nouvelles observations sur  le reflet
foveolaire.   Rev.  gen. opht., Par., 1920, 34: 268-70.—Walls,
G. L.  Significance of  the  foveal depression.  Arch.  Ophth.,
Chic,  1937,  18:  912-9.-----Eve  movements and  thw
fovea.  In his Vertebr. Eye, Bloomfield, 1942, 300-12.

----   Function.

   See also Vision.
   Marx, E.  Proeven over dieptewaerneming van  de  macula
en extra-maculaire deelen van het netvlies.  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
1912, 2: 656-60.—Mast, S.  O., & Johnson, P. L.  Orientation
in light from two sources and its bearing on the function of the
eyespot.  Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1932, 16: 252-74.—Samsonova,
V. G.  [Distribution of sensitivity of the retina in  the region
of the  yellow spot]  J. Physiol. USSR, 1936, 20: 1030-44.—
Scullica,  F.  La  visione maculare in condizioni  normali  e
patologiche.  Ann. ottalm.,  1928, 56: 779-98.—Snell. A. C, &
Sterling,  S.   An experimental  investigation to determine  the
percentage relation  between  macular acuity of  vision and
macular perception.  In: Contr. Ophth. Soc, Menasha, 1926,
52-62.—Vogt,  A.    Erbverbundenheit des  Abblendungsap-
parates und der  Makulafunktion des Menschen.   Schweiz.
med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 432.

----   Hemorrhage.
   Bilateral  multiple small  hemorrhages and large subhyaloid
hemorrhage in the macular region  of the left eye.   Am. J.
Ophth., 1944, 27: 1154.—Bonnet, P., & Paufique, L. Exsudat
cotonneux premaculaire, saillant dans le vitre, reliquat d'une
hemorragie pre-retinienne de la region maculaire.  Bull. Soc
opht. Paris, 1935, 338-40.—Chavanne, F., & Colrat, A.  In-
fection naso-sinusienne; hemorragie  maculaire prer^tinienne;
guerison.   Otorhinolar. internat.,  Lyon,  1939, 23:  225.—
Folk, M. R.  Hemorrhage in the left macular region.   Am. J.
Ophth.,  1942, 25: 89.—Millet, A.  H.   Hemorragies trau
matiques de la macula.  Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1926,  85:
595-602.—Parsons, J.  H.  Bilateral  changes in the  macula
with good vision.  Proc.  R.  Soc.  M.,  Lond.,  1919-20,  13:
Sect. Ophth.,  6-8.—Roper, K.  Bilateral  recurrent  macular
hemorrhages.  Clin. Conf. Rep. Wills Hosp., Phila.,  1941, 3: 4.

----   Hole and rupture.

   Betjchel,  M.   *TJeber  Lochbildung in  der
Makula lutea   [Berlin]   33p.   8?   Niesse, 1926.
   Apple, C.  Hole in the macula.   Am. J.  Ophth., 1941,  24:
697.—Bedell, A.  J.  A photographic study of holes in  the
macular region and some other associated  changes.  Tr. Am.
Ophth. Foe, 1927, 25: 143-53, 3 pi.  Also Am. J. Ophth., 1927,
3. ser., 10: 890-4, 3 pi.  ------  An exposition of some round
macular lesions.   Ibid., 1940,  3.  ser., 23: 520-9.—Boros,  B.
Beiderseitige Lochbildung in der Macula lutea bei mongoloider
Idiotic  Klin.  Mbl.  Augenh., 1939, 103:  91-3.—Casa, G.
La perforazione  primaria  della macula lutea alia  luce delle
moderne  vedute sulla circolazione retinica.  Boll, ocul., 1939,
18: 541-80.—Chan,  E., &  Merrill, R. H.   Ein eigenartiges
Loch der Retina und Chorioidea in der Makulagegend.  Zschr.
Augenh., 1933, 80: 45-8.—Coats, G.  The pathology of macular
holes.  R.London Ophth. Hosp. Rep., 1907,  17:  69-96, 2 pi —
Corrado,   A.  Foro  della  regione  maculare  di   origine
congenita.  Rass.  ital. ottalm.,  1932, 1: 245.—Crawford, J. W.
A hole in the macula, with a report of a case appearing in  a
patient under observation.   Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc.
1933, 21: 26-35.   Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1933,  10: 793-9 —
De Schweinitz,  G.  E.  Concerning certain  non-traumatic
perforations of the macula lutea.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1904,
10: 228-37, pi.—Federici,  E.   Rottura  senile della  macula.
Arch, ottalm., 1932, 39: 365.—Fewell, A. G. A case  of hole
at the macula.  Arch. Ophth.,  Chic,  1935,  13: 1116— Hallett,
DeW.  Hole in the macula. J. Ophth. Otol.,  1926, 30: 60-2.—
Hole at the macula.  Annual  Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., 1928,
3: 36.—Hollwich,  F.  Spontanes Makulaloch bei  Stauungs-
papille.  Klin. Mbl.  Augenh.,  1939, 102: 849.—Kiewe, P., &
Reh, J.  Lochahnliche Makulaaffektion  (zur Klinik  der  Be-
ziehungen  zwischen  Zahnen   und  Auge)    Ibid.,  1936,  96:
448-52, pi.—Kipp, C. J.  Macular holes; a clinical contribution.
Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1906-08, 11: 518-28, pi—Kutscher, C. F..
& Fhurnan,  G. H.  Hole at the macula: report of four cases
with photographs of the fundi.   Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1942, 28:
755.—La Vega, E. de.  Agujero en la macula.  Rev. As. med.
argent., 1922, 35:  Sect. Soc. oftal.,  16-20.—I ij6 Pavfa, J., &
Lachman, R. Macula; pequefio agujero por fototraumatismo;
a prop6sito  de dos observaciones.  Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1943,
18: 496-505. Also Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1943. 18: 107-16.—
MacRae,  A.  Holes  at  each  macula,  non-traumatic   Tr.
Ophth. Soc U. K. (1941) 1942, 61: 233—Magraby. A. A. el.
A case  of hole in the macula; a brief account of the  pathology.
Bull. Ophth. Soc.  Egypt, 1930, 23: 31-7, pi.—Ohm, J.  Eigen-
artige optokinetische Reaktion  bei einem Fall mit Makulaloch-
Zschr.  Augenh.,  1936,  89:  327-31.—Olmsted. F.   Traumatic
hole  in the macula.  Am.  J. Ophth.,  1944,  27:  1151.—Pittar,
C A.  A  case of hole  at macula due to looking at  the sun.
Brit. J. Ophth.,  1943,  27:  36-8.—Pollnow,  L.   Beitrage zur
Retinitis  circinata und zur Lochbildung in der Makula. Zschr.
Augenh.,  1929-30,  70:  257-64,  4 pi.—Pritikin, R.  I.  Left
inflammatory central macular hole.  Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24:
1311.—Schiff-Wertheimer.   A propos des  trous  maculaires 
MACULA
40
McVEY
dans leurs rapports avec le decollement de la retine.   Bull.
Soc.  opht. Paris,  1937, 7-8 31.—Sena, J. A.  Agujero de la
macula.   Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 2, 361-72.—Smart,
H. D. Macular hole.  Brit. J. Ophth.,  1943, 27: 139.—Tomai,
B.  Su di un caso  di perforazione traumatica della macula.
Arch, ottalm.,  1937, 44: 383-90, pi.—Twietmeyer, J.   Zur
Kasuistik der zentralen lochbildung.  Zschr. Augenh., 1907,
18: 447-50.— Venco, L. Perforazione traumatica della macula
lutea.  Rass. ital. ottalm., 1937. 6: 274-302,  pi.—Vermelin,
E., & Thomas, <'.  Trou dans In macula.  Bull. Soc. opht. Paris,
1938, 273-5.--Williamson-Noble. F. A. Hole at the macula.
Proc R.  Soc. M.. Lond.. 1934, 27: 1052.  Also Eye Ear &c
Month., 1934, 13: 314.— Wurdemann,  H.  V.  The formation
of a  hole in the  macula; light burn from exposure to electric
welding.  Am. J.  Ophth., 1936, 3. ser.,  19: 457-60.

----   Inflammation.

   See also subheading  (Degeneration, disciform)
also Retinitis.
   Brinckerhoff,  A. J.   Inflammation  of  the  macula  lutea;
report of a case.  U.  S. Nav.  M. Bull.,  1944, 43:  133-5 —
Cordes, F. C.  A tvpe of foveo-macular retinitis observed in the
V. S. Navy.  Am. J. Ophth., 1944, 27: 803-16—Correa Meyer.
Retinite arterioescler6sica paramacular senil.  Arq. Clin, oft.,
Porto Alegre, 1939, 6: 116-9, 3 pi.—Heine,  L. Die Makula bei
Entziindungen.  Arch. Augenh., 1925-26, 97: 502-13, 2 pi.

----   Injury.

   See also subheading (Hole)
   Oardello,  G.   Lacerazione traumatica della macula  con
parziale  ripresa funzionale; trauma diretto o indiretto?  Rass.
ital.  ottalm., 1939, 8:  711-7.—Cecchetto,  E., & Papagno, M.
Contributo etiologico delle  perforazioni della regione maculare
da trauma.  Ann. ottalm., 1932, 60: 38-50, pi.—Coutela, C,
Lagrange, H., & Bonhomme, L.  Cinq  observations de lesions
tramuatiques de la macula.  Bull. Soc.  opht. Paris, 1935, 804-
9.-—Jeandelize  &  Bretagne.  Lesion  maculaire  par eclipse
solaire.  Kev. med. est, 1921, 49: 353-6.—Richner, H.  Makula-
veriinderung bei zwei  jungen Mannern, fragliche Schiidigung
durch Sonnenblendung.    Klin.  Mbl.  Augenh.,  1940,  104:
340-2.—  Smith, H.  K.  Actinic macular retinal pigment de-
generation. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 42: 675-80.—Wisselink,
G. W. Een geval van verandering in de macula lutea na trauma.
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1905, 2. r., 41: d. 2, 678-82.—Yost, W. M.
Macular degeneration resulting from an electric flash. Hahne-
man. Month.,  1938, 73:  578-80.—Zirm,  E.   Ein Fall von
bleibenden ausgedehnten Veranderungen der beiden  Maculae
durch direktes Sonnenlicht.  Arch.  Ophth., Lpz., 1905, 60:
401-1, pi.

----   Parasite.
   Fernandez Lopez, S.  In caso de  cisticerco en la retina,
region macular;  primer  caso en Cuba.   Villaclara  med.,  S.
Clara, 1941, 9: 137-43.— Onchocerciasis of the macula. Annual
Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., 1933. 8: 85-7, 2 pi.

----   Tumor.
   Jessop, W. H.  Tumour  in  region of yellow  spot.  Tr.
Ophth. Soc.  U.  K., 1902-03, 23: 384-6.—Macular sarcoma.
Am.  J. Ophth., 1936, 3. ser.,  19: 424.—Neame, H.  ?Macular
sarcoma.  Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 227;  389.


MACULA rubra.

   See Strongyloides;  also  Swine,  Disease.


MACULA sacculi.

   See Endolymphatic  organ.


MACULA tendinea.

   See  Abdominal wall, Obesity;  Cicatrix;  also
such headings as Pregnant, etc.


MACULA utriculi.

   See Endolymphatic  organ.
   McVAIL, John Christie, 1849-1926.
   For portrait see in Hist. Brit. M. Ass. (Little, E. M.) Lond.,
1932, opp. p. 262.

   McVAY, James Robert, 1891-
   For biography see J. Missouri M. Ass., 1938,  35: 217, portr.

   McVEAGH,  Thomas Cochrane, 1894-
The  baby's  first  vear.    175p.   8?  Honolulu,
New Freedom Pr., 1930.
   McVEY,  William E., 1864-1931, editor.  Hu-
man machine,  its  care and repair;  or,  How to
develop  the  body,  preserve  the health,  meet
emergencies,  nurse  the  sick  and  treat  disease;
by twelve authors.   S18p.  8?   Topeka, Kuns.,
H.  S.  Reed,  1899.   Also  another  ed.   848p.
1905.
   MacVICKER,  Charles  George, 1863 1927.
   H'or obituary see I-ancet, 1-ond., 1927, 2: 786.
   McVOY, George   Clinton,  1872-
   See in 5. ser. Albright, J. D., & McVoy, G. C.  Proceedings of
the clinic demonstrating the ambulant technic in the treatment
of the rectal diseases held August 21 to 30, 1922 at the McVoy
Sanitarium, Detroit, Michigan.  209p. 23cm.  Phil::., 1923.

   McWHAN, Ian, 1910-
   See McDowall, R. J. S.  The control of the circulation of
the blood. 3. ed.  [with Ian McWhan]  619p. 25Hcm. Lond.,
1938.
   McWHORTER, Golder Lewis, 1888-1938.
   For obituary  see Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1938, 12: 232,
portr. (Gatewood)  Also  Tr. West. Surg.  Ass. (1938) 1939,
48: 537, portr. (Gatewood)
   MacWILLIAM, John Alexander, 1857-1937.
   For biography see in  Cardiac  Classics  (Willius, F.  A.)
S. Louis, 1941, 664, portr.
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 236,  portr.
   McWILLIAMS, Marion Lerrigo, editor.  Nu-
trition  programs in the making.   48p.   21 ^cm,
N. Y., Woman's Pr. [1943]
   MACY, Anne  Sullivan,  1866-1936.
   Braddy, N.  Anne Sullivan Macy, world figure.  Outlook
for Blind, 1936, 30: 169-72, portr.
   MACY, Harold, 1895-
   See Eckles, C. H.. Combs, W. B.,  & Macy, H.  Milk and
milk  products.  3. ed. 414p.  21 J.£cm.   N. Y., 1943.

   MACY,  Icie Gertrude, 1892-        Nutrition
and  chemical  growth in  childhood,   v.l.  432p.
illust.   tab.    diagr.   23J4cm.    Springf., 111.,
C. C Thomas, 1942.
   —   &   WILLIAMS,  Harold  Henderson.
Hidden  hunger.   vii,   286p.    illust.    24cm.
Lane, Pa.,  J.  Cattell Pr., 1945.
   MACY,  Ralph  W„  1905-        A new  genus
and  species of trematode from the little brown
bat  and a key to  the genera of Pleurogenetinae.
p.321-4.   illust.   8?   Wash.,  Gov. Print. Off.,
1936.
   Forms No. 2986, v.83, Pro'- .U. S. Nat. Mus.

   MACY  (Josiah, jr)  Foundation   [New  York]
   See New York, N. Y. Josiah Macy,  jr, Foundation.

   MACZYNSKI, Henryk, 1888-        Meteoro-
logja w zastowoswaniu do obrony przeciwgazo-
wej.  115p.  8?   Warsz.,  Liga obr.  pow.,  1934.


MADAGASCAR.

   Merdian,  B.   The  agricultural  resources  of
Madagascar.   21p.  26^cm.   Wash.,  1942.
   Randriamanana, F.   Contribution a l'etude
du  probleme  demographique  de  Madagascar.
103p.   24^cm.   Par.,  1939.
   Decary, R.   La population  de l'Androy, extreme sud  de
Madagascar.  Congr. internat. popul. (1937) 1938,  1. Congr.,
6; 42-55.—Kermorgant.   L'hygiene et  l'acclimatement a
Madagascar.   Ann.  hyg., Par., 1906, 4. ser.,  5:  410-44.—
Vivie. Une annee demographique a Madagascar.  Ann. med.
pharm. col., Par., 1935, 33: 420-9.

----  Anthropology and  ethnology.
,n^amy'  Madagascar; les races malgaches.  Rev. sc, Par.,
1908, 5. ser., 9: 552-6.—Decary, R.  Contribution a l'etude de
io?q  ri°iPi>Po ^ a Madagascar.  Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris,
1928, 116-21.  ------  Deuxieme contribution a l'etude des
infanticides  ntuels a Madagascar.   Ibid.,  1929, 7. ser.,  10:
rY-72-T,T:—~ Un magicien malgache;  merycisme ou simula-
tion.  Ibid., 1930, 8. ser., 1: 1-3. ------  Quelques pratiques
Sa l*c   t relatlfs aux accouchements.   Ibid., 3-7.—Dubois,
        t£s PPgi^es  des Malgaches.  Anthropos, Modling,
1926, 21: 72; 22: 80.
Le sambatra ou la circumcision
 r  ',---,  ' —,  ,  • ,        "* oamuaua uu m circumcision
chez les Antambahoaka,  tribu de la cote Est de Madagascar
(Mananjary)   Ibid., 1927, 22:  747-64, pi.   •----—   L'idee
de Dieu chez les anciens Malgaches.  Ibid., 1929 24: 281-311
      . Le caractere des Betsileo  (Madagascar)  Ibid., 1930,
4  n  o     ,   rand'  G-  L'origine africaine des  malgaches.
Bull. Soc anthrop. Paris, 1909, 5. ser., 10: 22-35.—Grandidier,
n   La mort et les funerailles a Madagascar. Anthropologie,
Par., 1912, 23: 321-48   ------& Grandidier, A. Ceremonies
malgaches.  Ibid.,  1915, 26:  337-61, 2 pi.—Joleaud  L   Le
boeui de Madagascar; son origine, son  r61e dans les coutumes 
MADAGASCAR                             41                                     MADDOX
 Sakalaves.  Ibid., 1924, 34:  103-7.—Julien, G.  Les vestiges
 d'une numeration quinaire de Madagascar.  Ibid., 286. ■—-——
 Le mythe malgache du fanani. Ibid.,  1925, 35: 349. ------
 Language ceremonial chez les Malgaches; precedes de tabouisa-
 tion des mots reserves pour parler des chefs et des rois.  Ibid.,
 1926, 36: 312^.—Linton, R.  Report on work of Field Museum
 Expedition in Madagascar, Jan.-Sept. 1926.  Am. Anthrop.,
 1927, 29: 292-307.  ------  Culture areas in Madagascar.
 Ibid., 1928, 30: 363-90.------The Tanala, a hill tribe of
 Madagascar.  Field Mus. Dep. Anthrop.,  1933, 22: 1-334 —
 Marie, A., & MacAuliffe, L.  Etude anthropom6trique de 200
 malgaches.   C. rend. Acad,  sc, 1913, 162: 65.—Moreau, L.
 Notes sur la psychologie des indigenes des Comores.  Arch.
 anthrop.  crim., Par., 1914, 29: 28-33.—Ribard, M.  E.  Con
 tribution a l'etude des aloalo malgaches. Anthropologie, Par.,
 1924, 34: 91-102, fig.—Waterlot.  Le mobilier des sepultures
 de la cote Nord-Ouest  de Madagascar.  Ibid., 412-4. ------
 La sculpture sur bois a Madagascar.  Ibid., 1925, 35: 133.

 ---  Medical aspect.

    Dandrietj, P.  *La  pharmacie a Madagascar.
 90p.  8?  Montpellier, 1910.
    Robin,  J.  H.   Contribution a l'etude de la
 geographie medicale de  Madagascar.  88p.   8?
 Bord.,  1905.
    Achard, C.  Voyage medical a Madagascar. Bull. Acad.
 med., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 118: 788-803.—Blanchard.  Quelques
 particularites de la  pathologie  de Madagascar.  In: Grand.
 endem. trop. (Inst.  Hyg. Paris) 1939,  11: 5-13.—Cassien, L.
 Notes sur la cote Ouest de Madagascar.   Arch. med.  nav.,
 Par., 1904,  82: 331-45.—Desmarest, E.  Impressions  de
 Madagascar.  Presse  med.,  1935, 43:   1971^.—Devaux.
 Note sur les debuts  de l'assistance meclicale indigene a Mada-
 gascar.  Rev. troupes col., Par., 1905, 2: 88-92.—Fontoynont.
 La medecine a Madagascar.   Arch, parasit., Par., 1905-06,
 10: 227-37.-—Gouzien, P. A propos de la peste de Madagascar.
 Bull. Soc. path,  exot,, Par., 1921, 14: 610-21.—Huot,  V. L.
 L'alienation mentale a Madagascar.  Ann. med. pharm. col.,
 Par., 1936, 34: 5-38.—Kermorgant, A.  Rapport sur le fonc-
 tionnement de l'Assistance medicale et de l'hygiene publique
 indigenes a Madagascar pendant l'annee  1904.  Bull. Acad.
 med., Par., 1906, 3. ser.,  55:  206-27.  ------ L'assistance
 medicale  indigene a  Madagascar en 1906.  Ibid., 1908, 3. ser.,
 59: 47-69.  ------  L'ceuvre sanitaire du General Gallieni a
 Madagascar.  Rev. hyg.,  Par.,  1916, 38: 481-90.—Moss,
 C. J. A.  Disease in Madagascar.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
 1913, 16: 17-23.—Seton,  A. D.   Madagascar.  J. R. Army
 Vet. Corps, 1943—44, 15: 69.—Thiroux.  La peste a Madagascar
 au cours des annees  1921-1922. Bull. Off.  internat. hyg. pub.,
 Par., 1922, 14: 1527.-—Vivie.  Notes sur Madagascar, region
 nord-ouest.  Rev. troupes col., Par., 1903,  2: 475-95.


 MADAROSIS.

   See Eyebrow.
   MADAUS, Gerhard, 1890-1942. Taschenbuch
 fiir die biologische  Praxis.  4. Aufl. 439p.  17cm.
 Radebeul, G.  Madaus & Co., 1934.  Also 6. Aufl.
 344p.   1941.
   MADAUS  (Dr  Gerhard)  & Co.   Abgekurzte
 homoopathische Pharmakopde.   128p.   pi.   8?
 Radeberg, Dr Madaus  & Co. [1931]
   MADAUS Jahresbericht.
   See  Forschungsergebnisse auf dem Gebiete biologischer
 Heilmittel.  Radebeul,  v.3 (1939)  1940-

   MADDEN, Edward Joseph,      -1933.
   For obituary see Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1934, 30: 226.

   MADDEN,  Frank   Cole,   1873-1929.    Bil-
 harziosis. 78p. pi. 8? N. Y., W. Wood & Co., 1907.
   ----   The  history of the  School of Medicine
 and  Kasr-el-Ainy  Hospital.    20p.   8?    Cairo,
 1928.
   Forms  No. 3, Bull. Cent. Fac. med. Caire.
   For obituary see  Brit. M. J., 1929, 1 :  833.  Also Lancet,
 Lond., 1929, 1: 956.
   MADDEN, Thomas More, 1838-1902, ed.
   See Maunsell, H.  The Dublin practice of midwifery.  New
ed. 315p.  18cm.  Lond., 1871.


MADDER.

   See Rubia.
   MADDIN, Thomas LaFayette, 1826-1908.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.

   MADDOX,  Ernest Edmund,  1860-1933.
   For obituary see  Brit. J.  Ophth., 1934, 18: 55-8, portr.
(Cooper, J. B.) Also Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 951.
   MADDOX,  Gaynor  Anthony.    Eat  well  for
less  money;  the  American  guide  to modern
nutrition, a practical handbook of basic foods for
everyday living.  219p.  tab.  2134cm.  N. Y.,
E.  P. Dutton & Co., 1942.
  MADDOX,  John  Kempson  [M.  D.,  1931,
Sydney]    An  introduction  to  avertin  rectal
anaesthesia.    viii,   124p.    pi.   8?    Sydney,
Angus & Robertson, 1931.


MADDOX rod.

  See also Strabismus.
  Berens,  C.  Multiple  Maddox rod with a prism. Tr. Am.
Ophth. Soc, 1935, 33: 397, pi.—Knox, J. N. A fixed light for
Maddox rod tests at 33  centimetres.  Flight Surgeon Topics,
1938, 2: 159-60.
  MADDREN, William, 1845-
  For biography see in Hist. Long Island (Rosa, P. V.) N. Y..
1902, 2: 562, portr.
  MADDY,  Nancy  Ruth.   Comparison of  chil-
dren's personality traits,  attitudes, and intelli-
gence with  parental  occupation.   65p.   tab.
25cm.  Provincetown, Genet. Psychol.  Monogr.,
1943.
  Forms Pt 1, v.27, Genet. Psychol. Monogr.

MADEIRA.
  Home!!, J. Horns in Madeiran superstition. J. R. Anthrop.
Soc, 1925, 55: 271-310, pi.—Narciso, A. Le climat de Madere
et ses effets therapeutiques.  C. rend. Congr. internat. hydr.
clim. (1933) 1934, 14. Congr., 565-9.
  MADEISKY,  Hans  Georg  Peter   Hubert,
1901-        *Ueber alimentare  Leukopenic bei
Carcinom.  16p.  8?  Bresl., Quader, 1929.
  MADEL,   Waldemar,   1912-         Drogen-
schadlinge; ihre Erkennung  und Bekampfung.
96p.  illust.  19Hcm.  Berl., H. Hosel, 1938.
  MADELENAT, Paul, 1912-       Contribu-
tion  a l'etude pharmacodynamique d'un  anti-
spasmodique   synthetique  derive  de  1'acide
tropique.   81p. 8?   Lyon, Bose fr.,  1935.
  MADELRIEU, Paul,  1910-      *Le pneumo-
thorax spontan6 au cours de  la crise d'asthme.
52p.  24cm.   Par., L. Cario, 1938.
  MADELUNG, Eleonore, 1909-       *Unter-
suchungen iiber die Wirkung grosser Dosen von
Follikelhormon an  Ovarien  und  Uterus  der
Ratte und iiber  den  Nachweis  eines  antifolli-
kulinen  Schutzstoffes unter dem Einfluss kiinst-
licher Hormonzufuhr   [Frankfurt a. M.]   14p.
23cm.  Murnau a. S., J. Fiirst, 1936.
  MADELUNG, Otto  Wilhelm, 1846-1926.
  For biography see J. Organother., 1934, 18: 269-306.

MADELUNG deformity.

  See Hand, Deformity: Manus valga.
  MADER, Arthur Arthuro Adalberto, 1905-
*Pupillenstorungen  in den  Spatstadien der Ence-
phalitis   epidemica   [Kiel]   15p.    tab.    8?
Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1930.
  MADER,  Henri, 1910-        Contribution
a l'etude  radiologique de  la  maladie  de Paget.
51p.   pi.   8?  Par., Jouve & cie, 1937.
  MADER,  Otto,  1903-        *Ueber  Herz-
schwielen  und dadurch   bedingte  cirrhotische
Zustande   des Myocards  (Herzcirrhose)    31p.
8?   Tub., E. Gobel, 1927.
  MADERA, Juan,  1782-1829.
  For biography see:
  Abeille, L.  Etapas de la vida  medical del
Doctor Juan  Madera.   420p.  26cm.   B. Aires,
1939.  Also 2. ed.  330p.   1942.
  See also  Biogr. argent. (Yaben, J. R.) B. Air., 1938-40, 3:
574, portr.  Also Rev. argent, hist, med., 1943, 2: No. 2, 5-10
(Beltran, J. R.)  Also Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1945,  44: 272-7.
  For portrait see Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1943, 42: 130.
  MADERER,  Gottfried,  1901-        *Zahner-
krankung  als  Ausgang von  Organinfektionen.
39p.  8?  Miinch., W. & H. Schank,  1928. 
MADEUF
42
MADISSON
  MADEUF,  Pierre.  1905-       *Contribution
a l'etude de la statique abdominale et du traite-
ment des etats de ptose par la culture physique.
199p.  8?  Par.,  A.  Legrand,  1934.
  MADHAVA Charya,     -1386.
  Mukherjee, S. N.  Madhavacarya; 12th  century  (after
Rasarnava etc) or 14. Century?  J. Ayurveda, Calc, 1934-35.
11: 284-90.

MADIA.
  Mrxoz Ortiz, E.  *Madia sativa; estudio  de
sus propiedades.   19p.  8?  [Santiago] 1930.
  Madia (Le) sativa; oelgebende medikraut ou  olmud  des
Allemands.  J. chim.  med.,  Par., 1867, 5. ser., 3: 49.
  MADIGAN, Joseph  Patrick,  1891-       A
resume of  anatomy.  200p.  4?  [Wash., D. C,
n. p.] 1927.
  Mimeographed.
  ----  A  quiz  compend  of anatomy.   3v.   4?
[Wash., D.  C, n. p.] 1927.
  Mimeographed.
  MADIGAN, Kendall Morgan,  1909-38.
  For obituary see J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1939, 729 (Dupain,
G. Z.)
  MADIGAN,   Leo  Francis,  &  CARLETON,
Elmer  Howard.   Clinical treatment of  anisei-
konia.   Ill  1.   diagr.  4?  Southbridge, Mass.,
Am. Optic. Co.,  1934.
   MADIGAN, Patrick Sarsfield, 1887-1944.
   For obituarv see Ann. Int. M., 1944, 21:  365 (Kirk, N.  T.)
Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1944,  125: 510. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1944,
95:  81 (Phalen, J. M.)
  See also Hospital  named in honor of Colonel Madigan.  J.
Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126:  711.
   MADILL,   David   Gamble  [M.   B.,  1908,
 Dublin]
   See Jellett, H.. & Madill, D. (J.   A manual of midwifery.
Led.  1281p.  8°   Lond., 1929.
   MADILL, Grant  Charles, 1864  1943.
   For obituarv  see  J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1239,  portr.
Also North. N. York M. Annual, 1944, 1: 58, portr.
   MADINAVEITIA,  Antonio.
   Translator of  Schwyzer, J. [Die Fabrikation der Alkaloide]
La  fabricaci6n de los alcaloides.   163p.  19V£cm.  M6x., 1941.
   MADISON, Frederick  William,  1898-
   For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1941, 40: 1268.
   MADISON, Thurber  Hull,  1902-       ♦In-
terval  discrimination as  a measure  of  musical
aptitude [Ph. D.]   lOOp.   tab.   25^cm.  X.  Y.
[Columbia Univ.] 1942.
   Forms No. 268, Arch. Psychol.
   MADISON, Wis.  Harvey  General Hospital.
   For ground plan of hospital see Collection in Library.
   MADISON,  Wis.   Jackson  Clinic.   Jackson
Clinic bulletin.  Madison, v.3, 1941-
   See also Brief (A)  historv of the Jackson Clinic and its staff,
Jackson Clin. Bull., Madison, 1943, 5: 199-206 — Interns of the
Methodist Hospital,  1921-1939.  Ibid., 1940, 2: 78   Residents
and interns of the Methodist Hospital-Jackson Clinic; 1921-42.
Ibid., 1942, 4: 155-7.
   MADISON, Wis.  Scanlan-Morris Company.
The white  line; hospital  furniture;  sterilizing
apparatus.   248p.;  128p.  illust.   4?  Madison,
the Company, 1936.
   MADISON, Wis.  Wisconsin Alumni Research
Foundation.
   See Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation.
   MADISON, Wis.  Wisconsin  General  Hospi-
tal.  Department of  Anesthesia.   Statistical  re-
port.   Madison, 2., 1934-

MADISON, Wis.
   See under Health organization.

MADISON County, Ala.
  See under Health organization.
  MADISON County Medical Society.  Madison
County Medical Society bulletin  and  Asbestos
archives.   Anderson,  Ind., Oct.,  1943-
  MADISSON,  Hans.   Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis
der Yerwahrlosung und der Kriminahtat Minder-
jahriger  in  Kstland  (kriminalnnthropologisrhr
und sozial-medizinische Untersuchung der min-
derjahrigen Verbrecher-ZwanRserziehungsanstalt
Harku, Eesti, im Jahre 1923)   (Auszug)  7p.   8°
Tartu [H. Laakmann] 1924.

MAD itch.
  See Encephalomyelitis, Aujeszky's type.
  MADJAR,  Jacques,  1910-       *Ktude   tie
1'obliteration  totale des stenoses  inflammatoircs
du  rectum.  79p.  8?   Par.,  Presses  modernes,
1938.
  MADJID  Amir Kabirian.   *Contribution a
l'6tude des milieux de cultures pour le diagnostic
du  Corynebacterium diphteriae.    31 p.   23cm.
Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1941.
  MADJZOUB,   Rahmatollah.   *L'emploi  des
sulfamidCs dans le traitement des  plaies  et  son
etude bio-bacteriologique.   132p.   illust.  diagr.
23cm.  Geneve,  P. E. Grivet,  1941.
  MADLENER, Max,  1868-
  For biographv see Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1938, 85: 65, portr,
(Schindler, C.)
  MADON,  Jules,  1908-       *Contribution a
l'etude critique  et experimentale  de  la radio-
pelvimetrie.   108p.   diagr.  4  pi.   24cm.  Alger,
Impr. Nord-Africaine [1935]
  MADON,  Rene,  1915-       *Lcs syndromes
douloureux vesiculates  d'origine fonctionnelle;
frequence, diagnostic, essai pathogenique. 60p.
25y2cm.   Lyon, Bose fr., 1938.

MADONNA.
  Hey, E.  Die falschc Madonna.  Arch.  Krim.  Anthrop.,
1914, 59: 39.—Pfister, O.  Zur  Psychologie des hysterischen
Madonnenkultus.  Zbl. Psychoanal., 1910, 1: 3U-7.
  MADRANGES, Maurice,  1911-      ♦Con-
tribution  a l'etude des coxa vara congenitales a
fissure verticale   [Lvon]  78p. pi.  8?   Bourg
Impr. Berthod, 1934.
  MADRAS, India.  Director of  Public  Health.
Annual report.   Madras,  1886-
  MADRAS, India.  Government General Hos-
pital.  Annual reports and statistics.   Madras,
1921-
  See also Reddy, D. V. S. The origin of the Madras General
Hospital.  Antiseptic, Madras, 1945, 42: 569-74.
  MADRAS,  India.   Government  Ophthalmic
Hospital.  Annual report.  Madras (1924) 1925-
  MADRAS,    India.    Health   Department.
Monthly  bulletin of  health.  Madras, v.l, 1924-
  MADRAS, India.  Office of the Director of
Public Health.  Abstract return  of attacks  and
deaths of epidemic  diseases in the Province of
Madras.   Madras, No. 1, 1943-
  MADRAS,  India.   Office  of  the  Surgeon-
General.   Annual report on the  working of the
civil  hospitals and  dispensaries  in the  Madras
Presidency.   Madras (1853) 1855-
  ——   Annual report  on the  working of  the
mental  hospitals in  the  Madras Presidency.
Madras, 1892-

MADRAS,  India.
  See also Health organization; Hospital report.
  Gamble,  J.  S.  Flora  of   the  Presidency of
Madras.  Pt 3: Leguminosae-Caesalpinioideae to
Caprifoliaceae.  p.391-577.  12?  Lond.,  1919.
  Tulloch,  H.  Report  on  a  project  for  the
drainage  of  the town of  Madras.   120p.   8?
Madras, 1865.
  Connor, F. P.  Medical services in the  Madras Presidency.
In:  Prepar. Papers Intergov. Conf. Far  Hast. Rural Hvg  1937,
1. Conf., C. H. 1235 (b) 261-6.-Crawford.  I). G.  Two Madras 
MADRAS
43
MADRID
medical lists.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1916, 51: 1-7.—Eighth Madras
Provincial Subsidised Rural Medical Practitioners Conference.
Antiseptic, Madras, 1938, 35: 659-65.—Frazer, J. G. Madras.
In his Native Races of Asia, Lond., 1939, 218-32.- -Ganapathy,
C. M.  Public health administration in Madras Presidency.
Iii- Prepar. Papers Intergov. Conf. Far East. Rural Hyg., 1937,
1 Conf  C. H. 1235  (b) 266-97.—Madras (The) Surgeon-
Generalship. Antiseptic, Madras, 1926, 23: 267.—Rau, U. R..
& Rau, U. K.  The Madras Medical and Public Health budget
for 1938-39.  Ibid., 1938,  35: 341-6.—Reddy, D. V. S.  The
origin and evolution of the Madras General Hospital.  Madras
M. J., 1937, 17: 329; 1938,  18: 42; 133; 1939, 19: 26.—Senn, N.
India- Madras Medical  College and  Government  General
Hospital.  In  his Around the World, Chic, 1905,  197-200, 2
illust.  ------  Madras Government General Hospital.  Ibid.,
202-5.—Two  most momentous  medical events in  Madras.
Antiseptic, Madras, 1934, 31: 269.
  MADRAZO, Enrique Diego, 1850-       ed.
  See Santander, Spain.   Sanatorio  quirurgico Madrazo.
Memoria y estadistica operatoria  de los ocho afios.  61p. 26cm.
Santander, 1904.

  MADRID,  Spain.   Academia  de  ciencias
exactas, fisicas y naturales.  Memorias.  Madr.,
v.l, 1857-
  Some  numbers issued  in subseries Ciencias ffsicas, and
Ciencias naturales.
  MADRID,  Spain.   Academia  de  medicina.
Farmacopea oficial espanola.   8. ed.  xx,  1037p.
23cm.  Madr., Espasa-Calpe, 1930.
  Academia  medico-quirurgica  espanola.   Actual,  med.,
Granada, 1942, 18: 281-3, 1943, 19: 124.—Baloardo, D.  La
lapida conmemorativa del Hospital  Provincial.   Sem. med.
espan., 1943, 6: No. 204,  Suppl., 41.—Mariscal y  Garcia, N.
La Academia y su tiempo; historia de dos siglos.  Siglo med.,
1934, 94: 710-39.—Perez, F.  Le deuxieme  centenaire de
l'Academie  nationale  espagnole  de  medecine.   Presse med.,
1935, 43: 195.—Sanz Egana, C.  Academia de medicina.  In
his Hist. vet. espan., Madr., 1941, 369.—University of Madrid
Medical School [Illustration]  Bull. Utica Acad. M., 1937, 2:
No. 3, 6 (prelim, pag.)

  MADRID, Spain.   Ateneo cientifico, literario
y artistico de  Madrid.   Conferencias  pdblicas.
 Madr., Suces.  de Rivadeneyra, 1892-

                    CONTENTS
  No. 25. Influjo del descubrimiento del Nuevo mundo en las
ciencias medicas.  San Martin y  Satnistegui, A.  1892.

  MADRID,  Spain.   Dirreccion  general   de
sanidad.  Folleto de divulgacidn para coadyuvar
a la lucha contra  las enfermedades  venereas.
 18p.   illust.  18cm.  Madr.,  Grai.  Universal
 1933.
  ----Lucha antivenerea.  19p.  12cm. x 10cm.
[Madr., Graf.  Universal,  after 1900]
  MADRID,  Spain.   Direccion   general   de
sanidad.   Servicio antitracomatoso.  Cartilla de
profilaxis individual contra  el tracoma.   [8] p.
illust.   12cm.   [Madr., Impr. Omnia] 1934.
  MADRID,  Spain.  Hospital nacional de  en-
fermedades infecciosas.   Trabajos.   Madr., v.3,
1932-
  MADRID, Spain.  Instituto Cajal de investiga-
ciones  biologicas.  Trabajos  del Instituto Cajal
de investigaciones bioldgicas,  secciones de fisiolo-
gfa, fermentaciones, virus y  quimica  bioldgica.
Madr., v.l, 1943-
  Also called Revista de biologia del Instituto Cajal.

  MADRID, Spain.  Instituto de investigaciones
medicas.  Anales del Instituto ... y de la  Clinica
medica del  prof. C.  Jimenez  Diaz.   Madr.,  v.l
(1937/41) 1942-
  On spine: Catedra de patologia medica de la Facultad de
Madrid.  Reprints.
  Anales de la Clfnica del profesor C. Jimenez Diaz, v.1-7 of
previous series, issued separately.
  MADRID, Spain.  Instituto  IBYS.   Manuales
IBYS.  Madr., 1944-

                    CONTENTS
  v.3. Las vitaminas.  Grande  Covian, F.  1944.

  MADRID,  Spain.   Instituto Llorente.  Ele-
mentos de  terapeutica y diagndstico  bioldgicos;
sueroterapia, vacunoterapia,  inmunodiagn6stico,
opoterapia;  con  un  apendice de  datos para la
interpretacidn  de  los  analisis  clinicos.    347p.
illust.    pi.   tab.   diagr.    19cm.   Madr.,  the
Institute,  1928.
  MADRID, Spain.   Instituto nacional del libro
espanol.  Section de  ordenacion bibliografica.
  Publisher of Bibliografia hispanica.
  MADRID, Spain.  Instituto Nicolas Antonio
de  bibliografia.   Bibliotheca  hispana.   Madr.,
Seccidn  1-3, v.l, 1943-
  MADRID, Spain.  Real Academia de farmacia.
Anales.   Madr., v.12, 1946-
  MADRID,  Spain.   Sociedad  de  cirugia de
Madrid.  Actas.  Madr., v.l,  1931-
  MADRID,  Spain.    Sociedad   oftalmologica
hispano-americana.   Archivos.    Madr.,   v.6,
1946-
  MADRID, Spain.  Universidad central. Facul-
tad de medicina.   Catedra de patologia medica.
Clinica  medica del  prof.  C.  Jimenez  Diaz.
Anales de la Clinica del profesor C. Jimenez Diaz.
Madr., v.l (1928) 1929-V.7,  1936.
  Becomes Anales del Instituto de investigaciones medicas y
de la Clfnica medica del prof. C.  Jimenez Diaz [v.l (1937/41)
1942-]

MADRID,  Spain.

  See also Health organization.
  GUIA MtSDICA-FARMACtSUTICA DE  MADRID Y SU
provincia.   lllp.jlvp.   8?  Madr., 1934.
  Brandenburg, K.  Der Gesundheitszustand in Madrid seit
der Besetzung durch die Nationalisten.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1939,
35:  983.—Ferrari,  R.  P.  Die  neue Universitatsstadt von
Madrid.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 1849.—Garcia Cortes,
M.  Madrid desde el punto de vista sanitario; epidemias que
padeci6 y como ha logrado vencerlas.  Sem. med. espan., 1943,
6: pt 2, Suppl., 95.—Perspective de  la ville Universitaire a
Madrid  [Illustration]  Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935)
1936, 9. Congr., 4: 263.—Wendel, O.  Das Kriegsschicksal des
deutschen Krankenheimes in  Madrid.  Munch,  med. Wschr.,
1940, 87:  1060-2.
  MADRID Paez, Samuel,      -1936.
   For obituary see  Arch, argent, pediat., 1936, 7: 63.
  MADSEN,   Arve.    De  1'epithelioma  baso-
cellulaire  superficiel;   etudes  histologiques  de
l'architecture de 1'epithelioma  en  coupes hori-
zontales en  serie.   161p.    illust.   pi.   24)Xcm.
Oslo, A. W. Br0gger,  1941.
  Forms Suppl. 7, v.22 of Acta derm, vener., Stockh.
  MADSEN, Einar, 1872-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 86.
  MADSEN, Elly,  1900-       *Untersuchungen
an keramischen Zahnmassen.  53p.   8?   Rostock,
C. Hinstorff, 1933.
   MADSEN, Erin [M. D.,  1936, K0benhavn]
*En   metode  til  bestemmelse  af  menneskets
blodmaengde  ved  hjaelp  af  difteriantitoksin.
120p.  illust.  tab.  diagr.  25cm.   Kbh.,  Levin
& Munksgaard, 1936.
   MADSEN, J0rgen [M.  D., 1933, K0benhavn]
*Om  urinens ammoniakindhold under  normale
og   visse  pathologiske  tilstande,  saerlig  hos
krampepatienter.   215p.  tab.  diagr.   25^cm.
Kbh., Levin  &  Munksgaard, 1933.
   MADSEN, Leif,  1896-
   Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro,  I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.,
229.
   MADSEN, Sigvard Christian, 1855-
   Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 86.
   MADSEN, Stephan Tschudi, 1888-
*Studier  over  restkvaelstoffets og urinstofiets
optraeden og fordeling specielt i  den syke  or-
ganisme.   201,  ix p.   8?   Bergen, J.  W.  Eides,
 1924.
   Also Med. rev., Bergen, 1924,  41: Suppl.
   For portrait see in  Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927,
Suppl., 230.
   MADSEN, Thorvald Johannes Marius, 1870-
       Lectures on the  epidemiology and control
of  syphilis,  tuberculosis,  and whooping  cough, 
MADSEN                                           44                               MADURA FOOT
and other aspects of infectious disease,   xv, 216p.
illust.    tab.    diagrs.   8?    Bait.,  Williams  &
Wilkins Co.,  1937.
   Forms Ser. No. 5, Abraham Flexner Lect.

   See also:
   Arrhenius,  S. A.  Die Reaktionen des Vibrio-
lysins nach Versuchen von Dr. Thorvald Madsen.
39p.   22cm.   Upps., 1913.
   For Festschrift see Acta path, microb. scand., 1930, Suppl. 3.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.

   MADSEN,    Victor,    1873-1941.   Anatomie
mandchoue.    Facsimile*  du  manuscrit  no.   11
Fonds  oriental  de la  Bibliotheque   royale   de
Copenhague,  public  sous  les  auspices  de  Abr.
Clod-Hansen; traduction  du texte Mandchou par
Vilhelm   Thomsen.    15p.    pi.    fol.    Kbh.,
Bibliotheque rovale,  1928.
   MADSHUS, Rolf,  1897-
   Portrait.  In: Norges laeger  (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.,
231.


 MADSTONE.
   Blanton, W. B.  Madstones, with an account of several from
 Virginia.   Ann. M. Hist.,  1935, 7: 268-73.

   MADURA, Madras.  City Health Department.
 Report on  the state  of public health of  the city
 of Madura.    Madura, 1939-
   Covcr-titlc:  Health service in Madura City.


 MADURA,  Madras.

    See under Health organization.


 MADURA arm.

    See Maduromycosis.


 MADURA foot.

    See  also  Madurella;  Maduromycosis; Mono-
 sporium; Mycetoma.
   Aars,  C. G.  Madura  foot; its histology and  mycology.
 Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1930, 21: 570-4, pi.—Anderson, C,
 & Broc, R.  Vingtieme cas de pied de Madura, observe en
 TunLsie.  Arch. lust. Pasteur Tunis, 1930, 19: 323.—Anderson,
 ('.,  Brun.  G., & Coursieres, H.  Note sur le xxne cas de pied
 de  Madura observe a  Tunis.  Ibid., 1937, 26:  156-9, pi.—
 Bartolozzi, M.  Osservazioni di un caso di piede di Madura nel
 Veneto.  Chir. org. movim., 1934-35, 19: 611-21.—Beitzke, H.
 Zur Kenntnis des  Madurafusses.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935,
 65: 206.—Benassi, E., & Fiaschi, P.  Micetoma del piede e della
 gamba.   Chir. org. movim., 1928-29, 14: 356-74— Bombi  &
 Bortolozzi. Un caso di piede di Madura.  Policlinico, 1933, 40:
 sez. prat., 227.—Bonorino Udaondo, C, Diaz Malaver, S.,  &
 Purnik, A. A.   Sobre una observaci6n de micetoma o pie de
 Madura.  Prensa med. argent., 1934, 21: 865-70.—Brindley, P.
 & Howell, W.  L.  Madura foot in the United States.  South.
 M.  J., 1932, 25: 1022.—Buso Carrasquillo, R.  Madura foot in
 Puerto Rico; case  report.  Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1938, 30:
 -152-5.—Catanei, A.  Etude parasitologique de trois myotomes
 du  pied observes en Algerie,  en 1933.  Arch.  Inst. Pasteur
 Algerie, 1934,  12: 169-80,  pi.   ------  & Goinard, P.  Un
 nouveau cas algerien de mvcetome du pied. Bull. Soc. path.
 exot., Par., 1934, 27: 176-8.—Catanei, A., Grosdemange, L., &
 Legroux, C.  Sur un cas de  mvcetome du pied observe^ en
 Algerie.  Ibid., 1927, 20: 11-3.—Dal Prato, C.   Micetoma del
 piede osservato in Romagna.  Chir. org. movim., 1928-29, 14:
 335-55.—Dosa, A.  [Mycetoma pedis]  Orv. hetil., 1937, 81:
 439.—Dostrowski, A., & Zagher, A.  [Madura foot in Palestinel
 Harefuah,  Tel  Aviv, 1942, 23:  103-5.—First (The) case  of
 Madura foot in Palestine. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943,  122: 54.—
 Fitzgerald, G. H.  A  mycetoma-like  condition of the  foot.
 Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 517.—Flaviano Silva. Mycetoma podal
 (paramycetoma de Castellani e Chalmers)  Brasil med., 1934,
 48: 23.5-7.—Froes, H. P.  Mycetoma pedis  (Madura foot) and
 its incidence in Brazil.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 34:
 376-8,  2 pi.—Galstaun, S. G.   The radiological appearances
 found in amebic  hepatitis and Madura  foot.  Tr. Far East.
 Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 1: 429-33.—Gammel,  J. A.   Der
 Madurafuss.   Zbl.  Haut Geschlkr.,  1929,  29:  393-407.—
 Garzon, R.  Consideraciones etiopatogenicas y terapeuticas a
 prop6sito de cuatro casos de pie de Madura. Rev. urug. derm.
 sif., 1938, 3: 229-43.—Gelonesi,  G.  Due nuovi parassiti del
 piede di Madura; studio  sui micetomi della Somalia Meridionale.
 Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1927,1: 283-308.—Gottlieb,  A. Madura
 foot or mycetoma; report of 2 cases.  West. J. Surg., 1944, 52:
 264.—Goiurerot.  H.  Blum.  P.  &  Desmonts   T.  Pied de
Madura tuberculose?  Bull.  Soc.  fr.  derm  *> l>»'-.  1938 4...
1786.—Grilli. A.   Contributo radiologic alia conoscenza delle;
lesioni ossee nei  micetomi del  piede e <lrlla gamba de, paest
tmpicali. Q. radio]., Belluno, 1938, n ser  3: 3 1-44.-  <-"'charcl,
V., & Jausion, H. Un cas de pied de Madura, observe k Mai
rakech.  Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Algerie, 191.3,  1: M\ -4    pi
Harrold, C. C. Madura foot in a < '.eorgia Negro  South. M. .1 ,
1927, 20: 654.—Horst. F.  C. van dor |M:idura foot) (.eneesk.
tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 2756.-  Ives, G.  A case of myce-
toma; Madura foot.  Week. Bull.  S. Louis M. Soc, 193.5-36,
30: 343-5.—Jaubert de Beaujeu, A., Duplenne, A., A Itnfroun,
M.  Un cas de pied  de Madura.  J.  radiol. electr., 1930, 20:
32.—Jonquieres, E.   Pie de madura, paramycetoma.  Ue\.As.
med. argent., 1939, 53: 1074-6.—Labardini Nava, R. l'n cum.
de pie de Madura.   Cir. cirujan., Mex., 1937,  5:  253-(ill.
Lord, F. T.   Mycetoma (Madura foot)   In:  Oxford Med.
(Christian,  H. A., ed.)  N.  Y., 1940,  5: 419.—Marolta,  <;.
La  diagnosi  del  piede di Madura all'indagine  micologica <â– 
istopaiolngira.   Gior. ital. mal.  esot.,  1939, 12:  132-42-
Maycr  M.,  &  Rocha-Lima.  Mycetoma odcr  Madurafuss.
Arch. Derm.  Syph.,  Berl., 1922, 138: 472.—Montpellier. J., *
Catanei, A.   Resultats de l'etude d'un nouveau mycetome du
pied observe  a Alger.  Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par., 1934, 27:
209-14.—Murgatroyd, F.   Madura foot.  Tr. M. Soc. London,
1939, 62:  74.—Pagenstecher,  G. A.   Madura foot,  more
properly called mycetoma. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922,  78: 1363-5 —
Paterson, G. C,  Alvarado, R.,  & Baca, D. J.  Casos de pie de
Madura en Jujuy.  An.  Dep.  nac. hig., B.  Air.,  1920,  26: 3-
11.—Putzu, F.   Un  caso di micetoma del piede osservato  in
Sardegna.  Arch.  Soc. ital. chir.  (1923)  1924, 573-7.  ;-----
Sopra un micetoma del piede osservato in Sardegna; ricerche
anatomo-patologiche,  batteriologiehe e  sperimentali.   Arch.
ital. chir.,  1924, 10: 585 628.— Romulo, E.  P.  Mycetoma,
Madura foot. Rev. blip, med.,  1930, 21: 337-9—Silva,  F.
Contribuicao para o estudo do  mycetoma podal  na  Bahia.
Sciencia med., Rio,  1929, 7: 153-62,  ch., pi.—Stokes, R.  J.
Madura foot; case. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1942, 34: 138 —
Suarez, R. H. Mycetoma, Madura foot.  Med. Bull. Veterans
Admin., 1938-39, 15:  302.—Toole,  H.  Die Madurafusser-
krankung in Oriechenland.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir., 1931, 232:
78-91.—Venable, D.  R., & Gaston, .1. H.  Madura foot; report
of the youngest case  on record.  J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1944, 33:
174-8.


----   Actinomyces.
   Artom, M.  Micetoma actinomicosico del piede (piede  di
Madura)   Gior.   ital. derm, sif.,  1930, 71:  1516-32, 2 pi —
Borojoski,  M., & Milochevitch, S.  Sur un  cas  de pied de
Madura en  Yougoslavie produit par  une  espece nouvelle
d'Actinomvces,  Actinomyces brumpti n. sp.   Ann. parasit.,
Par., 1935,  13:  36-51, 2 pi.—Christopherson, J. B.  On the
treatment of the actinomycosis type of mycetoma.  Proc. R.
Soc. M., Lond.,  1927-28, 21: Sect. Trop. Dis. & Parasit., 25-
7.—Duncan, J. T., Martin, P. H., & Murgatroyd, F. Mycetoma
pedis caused by Actinomyces madurae Vincent.  Tr. R. Soc.
Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond.,  1938-39,  32: 427-9.—Mazza, S., &
Miyara, S.   Primer  caso de micetoma podal actinomic6sico
autoctono de la  provincia Mendoza.  Reun. Soc. argent, pat.
region.  (1935)  1939, 9.  meet., 3: 1964-73.—Mulas,  G.,  &
Pistoni, F.  Su  di un caso di  micetoma actinomicotico di tin
piede.   Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935, 16: 253-64.—Raynaud,
M., Montpellier, J.,  & Lacroix, A.  Un cas de  mycetome du
pied a Nocardia madura?.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1922, 15:
379-81.—Silva, F., & Araujo, E. de.  Actinomycetome du pied
a grains rouges.  Rev. fr.  derm,  vener.,  1938,  14: 451-60.—
Tello, D. A.  Act inomicosisde pie, pie de Madura. Rev. argent.
derm, sif.,  1941,  25: 250-3; 1942, 26: pt 2, 405.—Tribedi, B.
P., & Mukherjee, B. N.   Actinomycotic and mycotic  lesions,
with special reference to Madura foot.  Brit. J. Surg., 1939-40,
27: 256-65.


----   Madurella.

    See also Maduromycosis.
    Bhat, S. V.   *Mycetomes ou pied  de Madura
 a grains  noirs.  27p.  8?  Par., 1929.
    Blanc, G., Joannides,  G., & Papaioannou, A.  Sur un cas de
 pied de Madura  a grains blancs cause par Actinomvces madurae.
 Arch. Inst. Pasteur hellen., 1928-30, 2: 335-8, 3 pi— Brault, J.
 Mycose du pied a grains noirs, chez un jeune  indigene algericri
 avec photographies microscopiques,  culture et preparation
 histologique.  Bull. Soc.  chir. Paris, 1911, n. ser., 37: 530-3.—
 Delamare, G., & Gatti, C.  Mycetome du pied a grains blancs.
 Bull. Acad,  med., Par.,  1929,  3.  ser., 101: 273-8.  Also Bull.
 Soc. path, exot., Par., 193L 24:  80-4.—Gammel, J. A., Mif-4-
 djian, H., & Thatcher, H. S.  Madura foot (mycetoma) the black
 grain variety in  a native American.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic.
 1926, n. ser., 13: 66-77.—Jones, J. W., & Alden, H. S. Madur<-
 mycotic mycetoma  (Madura foot) report of a case occurring in
 an  American Negro.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1931,  96: 256-60.—
 Mazza, S., & Senorans,  A. J.  Micetoma podal por Madurella
 sp. originario del Chaco.  Reun. Sot. argent. pat. region. (1935)
  1939, 9. meet., 3: 1974-8.—Negroni, P., ,v Toy, J. A.  Estudio
 micol6gico  del  primer caso argentino de  micetoma maduro-
 mic6sico de granos  negros. Rev. Inst, brief  J)/n> nuc  hie
 B. Air., 1939, 9: 176-89.—Tello, D. A., & Tello, E E   Pie de
 Madura a  granos negros; observaci6n  clinica   R*pv"  ardent
 derm. sif.. 1943. 27:  80-5  [Discu^sionl 166.            g 
MADURA FOOT
45
MAECKEL
 ----  Treatment.
    Traut, H.  Ueber Jodbehandlung bei Madurafuss.  Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1933, 37: 147.—Voizard, F., & Leroy, D.
 Un cas de pied de Madura traite avec succes par des injections
 intraveineuses de Lugol. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21:
 511-5.

 MADURELLA.
    See  also  Indiella; Madura foot;  Maduromy-
 cosis;  Mycetoma;  Toruleae.
    Fonseca, O. da, filho. O genero Madurella e os mycetomas
 produzidos pelas especies nelle contidas.  Rev. med. cir. Brasil,
 1930, 38: 262-9.—Hanan, E. B., & Zurett, S.  A new species of
 Madurella;  isolation and identification in a case of maduro-
 mycosis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,  1938, 37: 947-66 —
 Ildrim,  D.  J.   Madurapilz im Nordkaukasus  (U. S. S. R.)
 Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1935, 39: 348—Piraja da Silva.
 Contribuicao a micologia parasitaria do Brasil:  duas novas
 especies de  fungos produtores de maduromicose.  Mem. Inst.
 Butantan, 1918-19, 1: 187-207, 5 pi.
    MADURO, Robert, 1895-
    See Aubin, A., &  Maduro, R.  Technique pratique des
 examens labyrinthiques; examen acoumetrique, examen vesti-
 bulaire.  79p.  8? Par., 1932.

 MADUROMYCOSIS.
    See also Madura foot; Madurella; Mycetoma.
    Almeida, F. de, & Simoes Barbosa, F. A. Contribuicao para
 o estudo geral dos micetomas maduromicoticos observados no
 Brasil.  An. Fac. med. Univ. S. Paulo, 1940, 16: torn. 1, 235-
 46.—Bechet, P. E.   Maduromycosis, black grain variety.
 Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 42: 697-9.—Castanedo K., A.
 Aspectos radiologicos de la localizaciones 6seas en las maduro-
 micosis.   Rev.  cir.  Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1941, 13:  33-44.—
 Catsaras, J. Ueber einen Fall von indischem Maduraarm
 (Mycetoma  brachii)   Virchows  Arch., 1924,  250: 244-51.—
 Lewis, G. M., & Hopper, M. E.  Mycetoma (maduromycosis)
 In their Introd. Med.  Mycol., 2. ed., Chic,  1943,  173-6 —
 Meyer, M.  Paramycetome osseux a Madurella. Rev. orthop.,
 Par.,  1928, 3. ser., 15: 696-9.—Morais Cardoso, J.  Maduro-
 micose de graos pretos; primeiro caso portugues aut6ctone.
 Lisboa med., 1939, 16: 601-13, 2 pi.—Symmers, D., & Sporer,
 A. Maduromycosis of the  hand, with  special reference to
 heretofore undescribed foreign body granulomas formed around
 disintegrated chlamydospores.  Arch. Path.,  Chic, 1944, 37:
 309-18.—Talice, R. V.  Sur  un cas de  maduromycetome a
 grains rouges observe a Montevideo.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1935,
 13: 584-90.—Thompson, H. L., & Ikeda, K. Maduromycosis;
 fourth case reported in the United States. Arch. Surg., 1928,
 16: 764-73.
   MADWAR, S.  Biology and morphology of the
 immature  stages   of  Mycetophilidae,  Diptera,
 Nematocera.  p.1-110.  29cm.  Lond.,  Harrison
 & sons, 1937.
   In: Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London, 1937, ser. B, 227:

 MADWEED.
   See Scutellaria.
   MADY, Robert,  1912-       Contribution a
 l'etude des  therapeutiques  psychiatriques; l'in-
 suline et  le  cardiazol  dans les psychoses autres
 que  la  schizophrenic.   88p.   24cm.   Par.,  A.
 Legrand, 1940.

 MADZONN.
   See under Kefir.
   MAECHLER, Franz, 1912-       *Strome in
 der  Mundhohle.    33p.   21cm.    Miinch.,   C.
 Wolf & Sohn, 1937.
   MAECHLER,  Joseph  [M.  D., 1928, Zurich]
 *Ueber  Hornhautrefraktion  bei  Anisometropie
 [Zurich]  p.540-54.  8?   Berl., J. Springer, 1928.
  Also Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1928, 120:
  MAECHTEL,  Johann,  1888-        *Krank-
 heitsverlauf   und  Schicksal   der  in  den  Orten
 Malsch,  Malschenberg,  Rettigheim,  Rot,  St.
 Leon und  Kronau gebiirtigten und wahrend  der
 Jahre  1890-1926 in  hiesiger  Klinik  aufgenom-
 menen  Kranken  [Heidelberg]  31p.   8?  Wall-
dorf, F. Lamade, 1930.
  MAECKE,  Siegfried, 1911-      *Die Evipan-
Natrium-Narkose  bei  zahnarztlichen  Eingriffen
[Kiel]   28p.   8?   Quakenbruck, R.  Kleinert,
1934.
   MAECKEL,  Maria,  1910-        *Ueber  die
 geistige Entwicklung der  Kinder mit  Spasmo-
 philic  39p.  22cm.  Bonn, A. Brand, 1936.
   MAEDEL, Frieda, 1912-       *Physiologische
 Hemmungsfaktoren  fiir   die  Oxydation   der
 Ascorbinsaure.  19p.  8?   Greifswald, H. Adler,
 1936.
   MAEDER,  Emil, 1906-       *Geburtsverlauf
 bei  alten  und alteren  Erstgebarenden  beurteilt
 an Hand  der Hochstwehenzahlen in ihrer Ein-
 flussnahme  auf  die  miitterliche  und  kindliche
 Morbiditat  und Mortalitat  [Zurich]  42p.   8?
 Stuttg., F. Krais, 1933.
   Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933, 106:
   MAEDER,  Hans,  1906-       *Ueber  den
 Einfluss der Lues auf gynakologische Operationen.
 32p.   8?  Berl., H. Winter, 1934.
   MAEDER,  Heinrich, 1911-       * Ueber den
 Einfluss von Silbernitrat und  Sublimat  auf  die
 Vergarung  von  Glukose   durch  verschiedene
 Hefen  [Munster]  19p.   21cm.   Werne a.  d.
 Lippe, F.  Grube, 1936.
   MAEDER,  Hubert,  1912-       *Ueber  den
 Begleitschatten  am Kondylus  medialis  femoris;
 Morbus Kohler, Pellegrini, Stieda  [Zurich] 46p.
 23cm.   Uznach, K. Oberholzer, 1939.
   MAEDER, Jakob,      -1937.
   For obituary see Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1937, 67: 1165
 (Schubiger)
   MAEHLE, Osvald Ragnvald, 1868-
   Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2:160,
   MAEHLER,  Ruth, 1909-       *Die  in  den
 Jahren 1930 bis  1933 an der Universitats-Augen-
 klinik Jena vorgekommenen durchbohrenden Ver-
 letzungen   durch   Eisensplitter.   47p.    21cm.
 Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1937.
   MAEHLMANN, Erig Georg, 1909-      *Zur
 Frage  der  Allgemeinbetaubung  in  der  zahn-
 arztlichen Praxis  [Marburg]  24p. 8?  Lengerich
 i. W., Lengerich. Handelsdr., 1935.
   MAEHLMANN, Gustav, 1909-       *Ueber
 Megasigma  und seine  Behandlung  durch zwei-
 zeitige Resektion  [Kiel]  36p.  23cm.  Lengerich
 i. W., Lengerich. Handelsdr., 1937.
   MAEKELAE, Vaino, 1887-1943.
   For obituary see Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1943, 18: 141-
 57, portr. (Donner, S. E.)
   MAEKER, V.
   See Lyman, R. S., Maeker, V., & Liang, P., eds.  Social and
 psychological studies. 380p. 23cm.  Peking, 1939.
   MAEKINEN,  Niilo [M.   D., 1932, Helsinki]
 *Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis iiber den Grundumsatz
 bei Lungentuberkulose. 142p.  8?  Helsin., Finn.
 Lit. Ges.,  1932.
   Also No. 1, v.18, ser. B, Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1933.
   MAELTZER,  Ernst Giinther, 1900-      *Zur
 Casuistik der Placenta accreta.   16p.  8?  Bresl.,
 E. Wurst, 1925.
   MAENICKE,  Richard,  1900-       *Die Ront-
 genkarzinome    [Munster]   39p.  8?   Quaken-
 briick, R.  Kleinert, 1934.
   MAENNEL,  Alfred, 1900-       *TJeber  die
 fraktionierte  Ausheberung  des  Magens nach
 Probetrunk.   17p.  8?  Wiirzb.,  C.  J.  Becker,
 1925.
   MAENNEL, Hans Dietrich,  1906-      *Un-
 tersuchung der  Luft  im zahnarztlichen  techn.
 Laboratorium.   42p.  8?  Rostock, C. Hinstorff,
 1933.
   MAENNEL,   Wolfgang  Herbert,  1906-
 *Ueber die Gewohnung an  die totale  Prothese
 des Oberkiefers  unter besonderer Berucksichti-
 gung der Zunge und der Zahne in ihrer Bedeutung
fiir die Sprachlautbildung  [Rostock]  31p.   pi.
8?  [Plauen  i.  V., Weiprecht] 1931. 
MAENTEL
40
MAESTRINI
M.
des
  MAENTEL,  Otto,  1892-       *Die  Beein-
flussung  der   Farbstoffspeicherung  durch  den
menstruellen Zyklus.  22p.   8?  Frankf. a.
H. Miinch [1930]
  MAER, Moritz,  1916-       *Hygiene
camps  militaires  permanents  et  mobiles  en
France.  43p.  24cm.  Par., Jouve &  cie, 1940.
  MAERCKS,  Wilhelm,   1909-      *Beitrag
zur  Frage der Wirkung von  Wiesseer Mineral-
wasserbadern;  Untersuchungen iiber den Blutjod-
spiegel, die Veranderungen des roten und weissen
Blutbildes, die Ervthrozytensenkungsgeschwin-
digkeit, den Blutdruck usw.   16p.  8?  Miinch.,
Baver.  Druck., 1933.
  MAERKER, Erich,  1891-       *Ueber das
Zusammentreffen von Schizophrenic und diffuser
Sklerose  in  einer  Familie.    60p.   8?    Tiib.,
Studentenwerk, 1935.
  MAERKER, Friedrich, 1893-      Charakter-
bilder der Rassen;  Rassenkunde auf physiogno-
mischer und phrenologischer  Grundlage.   l3lp.
pi.   portr.  8?  Berl., Frundsberg [1934]
   MAERTENS,  Andreas Wilhelm  Ferdinand,
 1S99       *Zur  Kasuistik der Luxatio zentralis
lemoris.  20p.  S?  Berl., E. Ebering,  1926.
  MAERTENS,  Hedwig,   1911-       *Coxa
vara adolescentium und Trauma   [Heidelberg]
2()p.  20'.cm.   Tiib.,  Bolzle,  1938.
  MAERZ, Walter, 1908-      *Zur  Beurteilung
der  Expectorantien im  Tierversuch.  12p.  8?
Bresl.,  Bresl.  Genoss.  Buchdr., 1935.
  MAERZ-BLEIER,  Traute  Ruth.  *Contribu-
tion a l'etude  de  la primo-infection tuberculeuse
au  niveau de  la  peau et des muqueuses avoisi-
nantes.   31p.   22'2cm.   Geneve [Hinderberger]
1941.
   MAES, Christian [M. D., 1884, Kiel]
  See Engel-Reimers, J. A. J.  Die Geschlechtskrankheiten;
Vortrage.  95p. 31cm.  Hamb., 1908.
   MAES, Jean,   1904-       *Contribution   a
l'etude de la contracture abdominale.  125p. 8?
Par , A. LeGrand, 1933.
  MAES, Urban, 1878-
  For biography see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1935, 32: 602, portr.
  ---- & RIVES, James Davidson.  Surgery  of
the  spleen.    p.995-1063.  25cm.    N.  Y.,  D.
Appleton-Centurv Co.,  1941.
  In: Oper. Surg. (Bancroft, F. W.)
   MAESTRACCI,  Frangois,   1907-
essences  en  therapeutique.    94p.
Bose fr.,  1935.
   MAESTRACCI, Roger, 1914-
observations   de  foetus  maceres  receuillies en
serie continue  a  la clinique  obst£tricale.   43p.
25cm.  Lvon,  Impr.,  Sibilat,  1939.
   MAESTRATI,  Trajan Napoleon,  1894-
♦Contribution  a l'etude  des pleuresies   inter-
lobaires.   60p.  8?  Par., M. Vigne,  1927.
   MAESTRE  Ibanez,  Modesto.  Treinta lec-
ciones  de  analisis clinicos;  estudio  tedrico   y
prdctico de los metodos que pueden ser empleados
en pequenos laboratorios  2. ed.  xi, 237p.   illust.
pi.  23cm. Madr., Suces. de Rivadeneyra,  1925.
   MAESTRE  de San Juan y Mufioz, Aureliano,
1S2S-90.
   See:
   Creus y Manso, J.   Una pdgina  para la his-
toria de  los  p61ipos  naso-faringeos; adicionado
con el andlisis histoldgico practicado por Aureliano
Maestrede San Juan.  35p.  20cm.  Madr., 1878.
  Alonso de Medina, F. Visita a la tumba del Profesor D.
Aureliano Maestre de San Juan.  Clin, hisp., 1946-47, 3: 99-
102.
  For portrait see Actas Ciba, Rio, 1946, 13: 62.
  MAESTRINI,  D.   II  cuore del  tubercoloso
(.studio  morfoloeico,  clinico  ed anatomo-pato-
      *Des
     Lyon,

*Cinquante
logieo)  viii, 232p.  illust.   8?  Roma,  L.  Pozzi
[1930]
  MAETERLINCK, Maurice, 1862-
BUYSSE,  Cyriel,  &   DUMONT-WILDEN,  L.
Belgium at war; illustrated  album.  28p.  illust.
pi.   portr.  facs.   39cm.   [Bruxelles]  E.  van
Hammee [1918?]
  MAEURER, Walter, 1909       *Eine rechts-
seitige  angeborene  Zwerchfellsliicke  bei  einem
miinnlichen  Neugeborenen   [Freiburg  i.   B.]
23p.  8?   Worms a. R,, H. Fischer, 1935.
  MAEUSEL,   Rudolf,  1912-       *Die  Oto-
sklerose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer
operativen  Therapie   [Miinchen]   19p.   22cm.
Diisseld.,  G. H. Nolte, 1937.
  MAEUSL,   Josef,   1909-        *Ueber   die
Verwertbarkeit galvanoplastischer Herstellungs-
methoden  fiir  Prothesenbasen in der Zahnheil-
kunde,  mit besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der
Xickelgalvanoplastik.   31 p.  8?   Miinch.,  K.
Gach, 1934.
  MAFFEI, Siro Luigi, 1879-
  Sce Pollacti, G., & Maffei,  S. L.  Botanica  furmaceutirn.
2. ed.  621p.  25cm.  Milano,  1944.
  MAFFEI, Walter Edgard.  *Contribuicao para
o estudo da histopathologia  da paralysia espinhal
syphilitica  de  Erb  (meningo-myelite  chronica
syphilitica com degeneragao dos  feixes longos da
medulla)   61 p.  pi.  8?  S. Paulo, J. Bentivegna,
1931.
         Tumores  dos nervos perifericos.   87p.
23^om.  S. Paulo, Editora Limitada, 1940.

MAFFUCCI  syndrome.
  See Chondrodysplasia.
  MAGALASCHWILI, Georg, 1904-       *Zur
Klinik und Pathologie der Corpus-luteum-Cysten.
37p.  8?   Munch, [n.  p.] 1929.
  MAGALHAES,  Alfredo  Ferreira  de,  1873-
1943.
  Bio-bibliografia.  Die. biobibl. brasil., Rio, 1937, 1: 220-8.
  For obituary see Brasil med., 1943, 57: 80.
  MAGALHAES,  Americo  A.   *Complejo  pri-
mario tuberculoso de la piel  en la infancia; la piel,
puerta  de  entrada  de  la  tuberculosis.   192p.
illust.   23cm.   B. Air., A.  G. Buffarini [1936]
  MAGALHAES,  Aristides  Americo de.   *E
possivel a  cura radical  das hernias?  41p.   8?
Bahia, Typ. Conservadora,  1868.
  MAGALHAES, Eduardo de.  Hygiene alimen-
tar. 2v.  xxii, 448p.; xxi, 312p.   pi. 29cm.  Rio,
Impr. Nacional, 1908-09.
  MAGALHAES, Elyeser Montenegro,  1897-
  See Mazzei, E.  S., Taylor Corostiaga, D., & Magalhaes, E.
M.  El embolismo pulmonar en clinica, obstetricia v cirugfa.
208'>.  23cm.  B.  Air., 1947.
  MAGALHAES, Fernando Augusto Ribeiro de,
1878-1944.  [Sintese  obstetrica]   Sintesis obste-
trica.   Version  espanola del Juan  Pou  Orfila.
149p.   20cm.   B. Air., A. Lopez, 1944.
  For biography  see Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1936, 12:
44, portr.
  For obituary see An. brasil. gin., 1944, 17: 131-4, portr.
(Rodrigues,  F. V.)  Also An. paul. med. cir., 1944,  47: 549.
Also Brasil med., 1944, 58: 33 (Souza, O. de) Also Illust. med.,
Rio, 1944, 10: 6, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124:  1076.
Also Labor, clin., Rio, 1944, 24: 66. Also Obst. gin. Iat. amer.,
B. Air., 1944, 2: 572-86.  Also Rev. gin. obst,, Rio, 1944, 38:
86-93 (Braga, E.)  Ibid., 80;  145,  portr. (Oliveira  Motta,
A. R. de)
  See also  Goulart de Andrade,  C. Jubileu professoral ao
professor Fernando MagalhSes.  Hospital, Rio, 1936, 8: 663,
portr.—Queiroz de Barros, M.  O fundador da Sociedade de
obstetricia e ginecologia do Brasil.  Rev.  gin. obst., Rio,  1944,
38:  289-93.—Rezende, J. de. Fernando Mugidhaes, o renova
dor  da obstetricia no Brasil.   Ibid., 281 It.  Sant'Anna, J.
[Homenagem]  Ibid., 267-81.—Souza,  O.  de.   Fernando
Magalhaes e a operacao cesareana.  Ibid., 71-5.
  For portrait see Rev. gin. obst., Rio, 1926, 20: 296. 
MAGALHAES
47
MAGDEBURG
  MAGALHAES, Jaime.  Manual de otorrino-
laringologia.   288,  vi  p.  illust.   tab.   24cm.
Porto, J.  Magalhaes, J. Andrade, 1943.
  MAGALHAES, Pedro de Almeida, 1864-1909.
  Bio-bibliografia.  Die. biobibl. brasil., Rio, 1937, 1: 257,
portr.
  MAGALHAES,  Pedro Severiano  de, 1844-
1927.
  For obituary see Brasil med., 1927, 41: pt 1, 475.
  See also Paranhos, U. Elogio historico do Professor Pedro
Severiano de Magalhaes.  Sao Paulo med., 1940,  13: pt 2,
189-203.
  MAGALHAES  Gomes, Alberto  Coelho  de,
1879-
  Bio-bibliografia.  Die. biobibl. brasil., Rio,  1937, 1: 143,
portr.
  MAGALHAES  e Lemos,  Antonio  de  Souza.
*A paralysia geral.  76p. pi.   8?  Porto. Typogr.
Occidental, 1889.
  MAGALLON-GRAINEAU, Henrie, 1911-
*Recherches  sur  les   troubles  respiratoires  de
l'intoxication  cyanhydrique.   92p.  illust.  tab,
diagr.   24cm.  Par., Jouve & cie,  1941.
  MAGALOTTI,  Lorenzo,  1637-1712.   Essays
of natural experiments made in the Academia del
Cimento.   Transl.  by  Rich.  Waller.   12   1.,
164p., 6 1.  8?  London, Royal Society, 1684.
  MAGAN, Percy Tilson, 1867-
  Joint editor of Home (The) physician and guide to health.
3. rev. ed. 926p. 22^cm.  Mountain View, Calif.  [1938]
  See also Dr. Magan retires as president of medical college.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 892.
  MAGAN, Shaen S., 1896-1933.
  For obituary see California West. M., 1933, 39: 349.
  MAGANLAL,  R.    Dentistry  in  India.    5p.
illust.   27^cm.   [Bombay, 1936]
  Repr. from Bombay Chronicle, Dec. 20, 1936.
  MAGAR,  Chafic.   *Mort  subite au cours  de
manoeuvres   abortives.   28p.    22^cm.   Lau-
sanne, C. Risold,  1940.
  MAGARIK, S. L. HHeBMOHua y fleTeii.  47p.
eh.   14%cm.   [Moskva] Medgiz, 1943.
  MAGARIKS,  Jzraels.  *Ueber neurologische
und psychische  Nach-  und  Folgeerscheinungen
bei  Stickoxydulnarkose.  32p.   23cm.   Basel,
E. Waldstein, 1939.
  MAGARINO  Torres Filho,  Artur  Eugenio,
1889-
  Bio-bibliografia.  Die. biobibl. brasil., Rio, 1937, 1:  618,
portr.
  MAGAT, Jean A.,  1903-        *La morbidite
et la mortalite  tuberculeuses  chez les  enfants
vaccinas  ou  non vaccines  par  le  B. C.  G.  et
soumis  a la contagion.   84p. 8?  Par., Jouve &
cie, 1930.
  MAGATH, Thomas  Byrd, 1895-      editor.
The medicolegal  necropsy;  a  symposium held
at the twelfth annual convention of the American
Society of Clinical  Pathologists,   June  9,  1933.
167p.  illust.  8?   Bait., William & Wilkins Co.,
1934.
  For biography see Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev., 1941,
5: 54, portr.
  MAGATI, Cesare, 1579-1647.
  For biography see Capparoni, P.  Cesare Magati  (padre
liberato da  Scandiano  dei minori Capuccini) (1579-1647)
In his Profili biobibl. med., Roma, 1932, 1: 70-2, portr —
Putti, V.  Chir. org. movim., 1939-40, 25:  287-94, portr.
  MAGAZINE  abstracts; current discussion of
public affairs.  Wash., v.7, No.  50 (1941)-
  MAGAZ y Jaime,  Juan.   Tratado elemental
de fisiologfa humana.  2. ed.  2v.  400p.; 453p.
8?  Barcel.,  N. Ramirez, 1871.
  MAGD,  Rene,  1909-       *Les  alterations
vasculaires au  cours  des cirrhoses alcooliques.
35p.  25cm.  Par., A. Lapied, 1940.
MAGDEBURG, Germ.
  Bergmann,  G.  *Die medizinisch-chirurgische
Lehranstalt  zu  Magdeburg  (1827-1851)   32p.
8?  Berl.,  1934.
  Bader, G.  Organisation und Aufgaben der Gesundheits-
fiirsorge der  Stadt Magdeburg  Zschr. Schulgesundh , 1928,
41:  169-74.—Konitzer, P.  Das Gesundheitsamt  der Stadt
Magdeburg (Organisation, Finanzaufwand, Erfolge)   Zschr.
Gesundhverwalt., 1932, 3: 505-17.
  MAGDELAINE, Jacques, 1900-       *Mani-
festations orbito-oculaires aigues des ethmoidites.
106p.  pi.   8?   Par.,  A. Le  Grand, 1930.
  MAGDELENAT, Pierre,  1911-       *La pre-
vention des accidents du  travail et des maladies
professionnelles  dans  une  fonderie  de  1.000
ouvriers   [Paris]   78p.   8?   Bourges,  Impr.
Tardy, 1938.
  MAGDER,  Edmond Paul, 1909-      Con-
tribution a l'etude des griff es nerveuses; a propos
de  quelques  cas de griffes  irreductibles  apres
plaie nerveuse.   104p. 24cm.  Par., Jouve & cie,
1941.
  MAGE,  Edith  Marie  Henriette,  1913-
*La dilatation  aigue transitoire des  bronches;
I'expectoration purulente au  cours de la coque-
luche;  exploration   lipiodol6e.   128p.    illust.
diagr.   24cm.   Par., R. Foulon, 1942.
  MAGE,  Jean,  1915-        Contribution   a
l'etude du traitement chirurgical sanglant de  la
sacro-coxalgie  chez l'adulte.  29p.  24cm.   Par.,
Jouve & cie, 1939.
  MAGEE, Ira Joseph, 1889-1923.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MAGEE, James Carre, 1883-
  For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1943, 4: 46, portr.
Also Armv M. Bull., 1940, 52: 118-20,  portr. (Phalen,  J. M.)
1939, 49: 1-3, front.
  See also Award of the Distinguished Service Medal to James
C. Magee. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 773. Also Mil. Surgeon,
1944, 94: 48.  Also Release U. S. War Dep. Bur. Pub. Relat.,
1943, Dec. 4, 1.—General Magee heads Medical Information
Office.  N. York State J.  M., 1944, 44: 83.—General Magee
reports  on trip to the European  theatre of war.  Mil. Surgeon,
1943, 92: 327.—James C. Magee, Surgeon General, U.  S.
Army.  Clin. Med., 1941, 48: 161,  portr.—Major General
Magee  becomes  executive officer of Information  Service
[Nat'l Res. Counc, Div. Med. Sc] J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123:
910.—Miller. H. R.  Health of U. S. Army chief concern of
general  who  charts policy governing Army  medical men.
Washington Post, November 15,  1942, clipping.—New Surgeon-
General of the Army. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 615.
  For  portrait see  Armv Doctor, 1942,  1: No. 2, 1.  Also
J. Ass.  M. Students, N. Y., 1941-42, 6: 3.  Also Merck Rep.,
1943, 52: No. 2,  5.  Also Pennsylvania Health, 1941-42, 2:
No. 1, 24.
   MAGELSSEN, Anton  Martin,  1848-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 88.
   MAGELSSEN,  Christian, 1900-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger  (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.,
231.
   MAGELSSEN,  Eyvind, 1867-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger  (Kobro, I.) Krist.,  1915,2:89.
   MAGELSSEN, Melchior Tachudy, 1852-95.
   Portrait.  In: Norges laeger  (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 90.
   MAGELSSEN, Sigrid Ursula Maria, 1910-
*Die Veranderungen des  Kieferhdhlenbodens  bei
Erwachsenen   nach  Extraktionen  im  Haupt-
bereich  der Kieferhohle.   20p.  22cm.   Bresl.,
Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1936.
   MAGENC,  Louis  Jean,  1911-       Contri-
bution  a  l'etude du traitement  des  phhSbites
obliterates par l'hirudination.   75p.  25^cm.
Bord., Delmas,  1934.
   MAGENDIE, Francois,  1783-1855.   [Formu-
laire pour la preparation et I'emploi de  plusieurs
nouveaux medicaments]  Formulary for the prepa-
ration and employment of  many new medicines.
Transl.  from  the 5. ed. by  John Baxter,  with
notes  and additions,  xii, 138p.   19cm.   N.  Y.,
G.  H. Evans &  Co.,  1827. 
MAGENDIE
4S
MAGGIORANI
  See also:
  Olmsted,  J.  M.  D.   Francois  Magendie,
pioneer in experimental  physiology and scientific
medicine in xix.  century  France.  290p.  24cm.
N.  Y., 1944.
  French  (A) phvsiologist in England in the year 1822.  Brit.
M. J., 1935, 2: 1271.—Genty, M. Francois Magendie, 1783-
1855.  Biogr. med., Par., 1935,  9: 113;  129,  portr., 3 pi —
Magendie.   Lettera  del dott. Magendie al Presidente  del-
l'Accademia delle scienze di Parigi.  Filiatre sebezio, Nap.,
1S31,  3: 95-7.—Magendie's solution.  Am. J. Surg., 1931,
u ser  13: 324.—Menetrier, M.  P.  Documents inedits con-
cern, nt Magendie.  Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med.,  1926,  20: 251-
S   Olmsted, J. M. D.  A letter from Felix Pascalis of New
York to Francois Magendie in 1826.  Ann. M. Hist., 1940, 3.
mm-  2- 371-4 —Temkin, O.  The philosophical background of
Magendie's physiology.  Bull. Hist. M-, 1946,  20: 10-35.
   MAGENNIS, Bryan Charles, 1858-1942.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 1385. Also J.
M.  Soc. N. Jersey, 1942, 39: 164,  portr.
   MAGENNIS, James Benedict, 1890-1940.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 886.
   MAGENS, Adolf Gustave,  1907-       *Die
primiire  Mortalitat der Mammacarcinome  und
ihre   Heilerfolge  nach  Radikaloperation;  eine
Zusammenstellung  von 185 Fallen von Mamma-
carcinom  aus  dem  Anschar-Krankenhause  zu
Kiel  [Kiel]  23p.   8?   [Kolleda  i. T.,  Stand-
hardt] 1932.
   MAGER,  Gabriele, 1911-       *Beitrag zur
 Klinik  der Lungenlues   [Miinchen]  24p.   8?
 Kallmunz, M. Lassleben,  1937.
   MAGER,  Heinz  Wilhelm,  1910-       *Lasst
sich aus dem Verlauf der  Bruchlinien an langen
 Rohrenknochen auf die Richtung der brechenden
 Gewalt  schliessen?  27p.  9 diagr.   8?   [Miinst.,
n.  p., 1936]
   MAGER, Wilhelm, 1871-1935.
   For obituary .-re Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1935,  48: 880 (Stern-
berg, C.)
   MAGER G.,  Carlos  Otto.   * Fractura  de  las
apofisis transversas lumbares   [Chile]   47p.  pi.
25/-'cm.   Santiago, Lope/, 1939.
   MAGERHANS,  Wilhelm,   1908-        *Die
 Haufigkeit der  Zahnkaries im  Zusammenhang
 mit  der  sozialen   Schichtung beim  Menschen.
20p.  8?  Gottingen,  Gott. Handelsdr.,  1934.
   MAGERL, Heinrich.  *Beitrage zur Kenntnis
des  Korperbaues  beim  Pferde auf  Grund  von
 Leistungspriifungen,  unter  besonderer  Beriick-
sichtigung  der  Gliedmassenwinkelung    [Bern;
Yet.] 56p. 8?  Hannov.,  M. & H. Schaper, 1911.
   MAGG, Alfred,  1910-        *Die ersten Er-
scheinungen  des   Kollum-Karzinoms,  Behand-
lungsbeginn und Behandlungserfolg;  Krankengut
der  Jahre 1920-1930 des Strahleninstituts der
Universitats-Frauenklinik  Miinchen   [Miinchen]
 17p.  22cm.  Dusseld.,  G. H. Nolte, 1937.
   MAGG, Charlotte,  1885-       *Ein  Beitrag
zur Kenntnis der postdiphtherischen Lahmungen
[Berlin]   34p.  20)km.    Hamb., H. Schimkus,
1938.
   MAGGI, Alberto L. C.   Antecedentes, titulos
y trabajos.  23p.  23cm. B. Air., A. G. Buffarini,
1941.
   See also Romano, N., & Maggi, A.  Gastroscopia.  lOOp.
23^cm.  B. Air., 1943.
   MAGGI, Paul,  1905-        Contribution  a
l'etude de la vaccination intra-dermique.   119p.
8°   Par., A. LeGrand, 1932.
   MAGGI,  Raul.    Antecedentes,   titulos   y
trabajos.   42p.   23cm.   B. Air.,  A.  G. Buffarini,
1942.
   MAGGIOLO,  Guillermo.    Contribucidn  al
estudio  de la  ruptura  del  embarazo  tubarico
[Santo Domingo]   83p.  photogr.   24cm.  Tru-
jillo, Ed. Montalvo, 1941.
   MAGGIORANI.  Carlo, 1S00-S5    Alcune es-
perienze di metalloscopia.  14p.   21/2cm.  Koma,
Tipogr. Romana, 1878.
   Repr. from Atti Accad. med. Roma, 1878, 4:
   ----Comunicazioni  snlla  metalloscopia ed
esperimenti relativi alia teoria  delle  vibrazioni
molecolari.   lOp.   21}4cm.   Roma,  1880.
   Repr. from Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1880, 6:
   ----Ulustrazione  di  un  caso  di nevralgia
oculare combattuta e vinta coll'applicazione delle
magnete.   18p.   21 ^cm.  Roma, 1876.
   Repr. from Atti Accad. med. Roma, 1876, 1:
   See also  Scalzi, F., & Maggiorani, C.  Inaugurazione della
lapide ad Andrea Cesalpino  nella R. Universita di  Roma
avvenuta il <riomo 30 ottobre 1876.  f»2p.  21 Hem.  Roma,
1876.
   MAGGIORA-VERGANO, Arnaldo, 1862-
In ricordanza  del  II  centenario della  morte di
Bernardino  Ramazzini (5 novembre 1714-1914)
lOlp.   pi.   portr.   31>^cm.   Mod.,  Soc. Tipogr.
Modenese,  1918.
   Repr. from Mem. accad. sc, Modena, 3. ser., v.8.
   MAGGIORA-VERGANO,  R.
   Editor of Roma.  Comitate Romano per l'assistenza anti-
malarica.  L'opera del Comitato ... 1921 1935.  95p. 26J4cm.
Roma, 1938.
   MAGGIORE,   Luigi,  1888-        Manifesta-
zioni cliniche  oculari nelle affezioni  del naso, dei
seni facciali, dell'orecchio e della gola.  xvi, 453p.
illust.  8?   Roma,  L.  Pozzi,  1934.
   ----â–   Segni,  sintomi  e  sindromi  oculari  nella
diagnostica  medica generale.   xx,  327p.   illust.
8?   Roma,  L. Pozzi, 1934.
   ----  Manuale di oculistica.  xiv,  734p.  illust.
25cm.  Milano, F.  Vallardi, 1938.

MAGGOT.
   See also Larva.
   D., P.  Les  asticots dans  l'histoire.  Presse  med., 1939, 47:
171.—Derbeneva-Ukhova, V. P.  |Fly larvae; components of
dung biocenoses] Med. parazit., Moskva,, 1942, 11: No. 3,
79-86.—Hitchcock, F. A., &  Haub, J. G.  Respiratory metab-
olism and the interconversion of foodstuffs during pupation of
the blow fly.  Am. J. Physiol., 1935, 113: 64.—Hobson,  R. P.
Studies on the nutrition of blow-fly larvae.  J. Exp.  Biol.,
Lond., 1931, 8: 109;  1932, 9: 128; 359.—Mackerras, M. J., &
Freney, M. R.  Observations  on the nutrition of maggots of
Australian  blow-flies.  Ibid.,  1933,  10: 237-40.—Miller, D.
The bucco-pharyngeal mechanism of a blow-fly larva  (Calli-
phora quadnmaculata Swed.)  Parasitology,  Lond., 1933, 24:
491-9.—Miller, D. F.  Determining the  effects of change in
temperature upon the locomotor movements of fly larvae.
J.  Exp. Zool.,  1928-29,  52:  293-313.—Roberts, R. A.   Some
North American parasites of blowflies.  J. Agr. Res., 1935, 50:
479-94.—Smirnov, E., & Zhelochovtsev. A. N.  Veranderung
der Merkmale  bei Calliphora  erythrocephala Mg. unter dem
Kinfluss verkiirzter  Ernahrungsperiode  der  Larve.    Arch.
Entwmech.. 1926, 108: 579-95.

----  Cultivation.
  Robinson, W.   The culture of sterile maggots
for use in the treatment of osteomyelitis and other
suppurative infections.  lOp.  8?  Wash., 1933.
  Causey, O. R.  Sterilization and growth  of the eggs and
larvae of  the blow-fly.  Am.  J. Hyg., 1932, 15:  276-86.—
Derbeneva-Ukhova, V. P.  [Effect of temperature  on the
growth of the larvae of the Phormia groenlandica and  Calli-
phora erythrocephala]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1934,  3: 403-
5.—Hase, A.  Fliegenmadenzuchten und Fliegenhaltung fiir
chirurgische Zwecke.  Naturwissenschaften, 1934, 22: 523-5.—
Hobson, R. P.  Studies on the nutrition of blow-fly larvae;
the normal role of micro-organisms in larval growth.  J. Exp.
Biol., Lond., 1932, 9: 366.  —----  Growth of blow-fly larvae
on biood and serum; response of aseptic larvae to vitamin B.
Biochem.  J., Lond., 1933, 27:  1899-909.  ------ Growth of
blow-fly larvae on blood and serum; growth in association with
bacteria.  Ibid., 1935, 29: 1286-91.  ------  On a fat-soluble
growth factor required by  blow-fly larvae;  distribution and
properties.  Ibid.,  1292-6.—Irwin,  D. H.  Sterile  surgical
maggots.   Dent. Digest, 1937,  43:  420; 434.—Martini, E.
Ueber parasitische Fliegenlarven nebst Bemerkungen iiber die
Kultivierbarkeit pathogener Mikroorganismen. Derm. Wschr.,
1929, 88: 548-52.—Molner, J. G., & Adams, F. O. The source
and production of sterile surgical maggots.  J. Michigan M.
Soc, 1935, 34: 288-92.—Robinson. W. Surgical maggots in 
MAGGOT                                        49                                        MAGGOT
 the treatment of infected wounds; culture of sterile maggots.
 J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18:406-12.  ------ Improved methods
 in the culture of sterile maggots for surgical use.  Ibid., 1934,
 20:77-85.  ------& Simmons, S. W.  Surgical maggots in the
 treatment of infected wounds: recent apparatus and methods in
 maggot production and research.  Ibid.,  19: 339-43.  ------
 Effects of low temperature retardation in the culture of sterile
 maggots for  surgical use.  Ibid., 683-9.—Fimmons, S. W.
 Sterilization of blowfly eggs in the culture of surgical maggots
 for use in the treatment of pyogenic infections.  Am. J. Surg.,
 1934, n. ser., 25: 140-7.  ------ Use of low temperatures in
 culture  and transportation of  surgical maggots.  Arch. Surg.,
 1935, 30: 1015-23.  ------ Adequacy of nutritional retarda-
 tion in culture of sterile maggots for surgical use.  Ibid., 1024-
 31.—Tarshis, M. S.   Some simple apparatus for the culture of
 surgical maggots used in the treatment of chronic osteomyelitis
 and other suppurative infections.  J. Lab. Clin.  M., 1936-37,
 22: 1055-61.  ------  A simple blowflv cage for the culture
 of  surgical maggots.   Ibid.,  1939-40, 25:  1099-101.—Weil,
 G. C, Henry, J. P. [et al.]  The cultivation and sterilization of
 the fly larva or maggot.  West Virginia M. J., 1931, 27: 458-
 61.—White, G. F.  Rearing maggots for surgical use. In: Cult.
 Meth.  Invertebr. (Galtsoff, P. S., et al.) Ithaca,  1937,  418-27.

 ----   Extract.
   Brown, A. W. A.,  & Farber, L. On the deaminating  enzvme
 of flesh-fly larvae.   Biochem.  J., Lond., 1936, 30: 1107-18 —
 Livingston, S. K.  Maggot extract  and process of obtaining it.
 U. S. Patent Off., 1935,  No.  2,022,890.  ------ The thera-
 peutic  active principle of maggots. J. Bone Surg., 1936, 18:
 751-6.   ------  Therapeutics  of  maggot  active  principle;
 clinical  application  in  1020 cases.  Am.  J. Surg.,  1937, 35:
 554-6.  ------ Clinical results  following the use of a  surgical
 jelly containing the maggot  active principle;  a preliminary
 report.   Ibid.,  1938, 41: 49.—Maragliano,  1).   Azione tera-
 peutica degli  estratti  di  larve di mosca  nelle osteomieliti
 cronicizzate e nei processi ulcerosi in  genere.  Minerva med%,
 Tor., 1941, 32: pt 1, 498 (Abstr.)—Robinson, W.  Stimulation
 of  healing in  non-healing wounds  by allantoin occurring in
 maggot secretions and of wide biological distribution.  J. Bone
 Surg.,  1935,  17:  267-71.—Simmons, S. W.  A bactericidal
 principle in excretions of surgical maggots which destroys
 important etiological agents of pvogenic  infections.  J. Bact.,
 Bait., 1935, 30: 253-67.—Taliev. D. N.  Bactericidal properties
 of  fly larvae.   C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1943,  39: 155-7-
 Tomita,  M.,  & Kumon,  T.   Zur  Chemie  der  Fliegenlarven.
 Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1936, 238: 101-4.—Yasuda, M.  Studies
 on flv  larvae; investigation on some chemical components of
 the excreta of fly larvae.  J. Chosen M. Ass., 1939, 29: 1443-58.

 ---   parasitic.

   See also Myiasis.
   Dalmat, H. T., &  Baker, D. W.  Key to  the larvae of bot-
 flies and warble flies infesting domestic animals  in New York
 State.  Cornell Yet.,  1942, 32: 424-9.—Peiper, E.  Arthropoda;
 flv larvae,  maggots.  In: Dis. Metab. (Cabot, R. C.) N. Y.,
 1910,  573-6.—Troll, P.   Der  Befall  frircher  oder alterer
 Wunden mit Maden  bei Pferden  im Osten.  Zschr. Veterinark.,
 1943, 55: 109.


 ---   Therapeutic use.

   See  also Lucilia, and  names of other genera of
 blow-flies.
   Robinson.  W.   Problems  in the application
 of the maggot  treatment  of osteomyelitis  and
 other  suppurative infections.    7p.   8°   Wash.,
 1933.
   U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture.    Bu-
 reau  of  Entomology.   Literature  relating to
 the use of  maggots in the treatment of suppura-
 tive infections.   7p.   8?   Wash.,  1933.
   Ayres, S.,  jr, Anderson, N. P., & Taylor, G. M.   Maggot
 therapy in dermatologic practice; report  of  a case of  chronic
 ulcerating granuloma of undetermined etiology in which maggot
 therapy  was  used.   Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Chic, 1936, 33:
 21-30— Bertarelli, E.  A thern peutica com larvas de mosca.
 Fol. clin.  biol., S. Paulo, 1934. 6: 55-8.—Bevan,  L. E. W.
 How surgical maggots act. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1936, 16: 567.—
 Bishopp, F. C.  Flies aid surgeons in combating a  persistent
 bone disease of man.  U. S. Dep. Agr.  Yearb., 1932, 206-10.—
 Devaux, P. Therapeutique chirurgicale par les larves.   Nature,
 Par., 1933, 61: pt 2,  550-4.—Duffy, J. J.  Improved mechanics
 in maggot  therapv.   J.  Iowa M.  Soc,  1936,  26: 636-8.—
 Falconi  Villagomez,   J. A.  La larvotorapia _en las  heridas
septicas.   An. Soc.  med. quir.  Guavas,  1935,  26: 362-8.
Ferguson, L. K., & McLaughlin, C. W., jr.  Maggot therapy;
a rapid  method of removing necrotic tissues.   Am. J. Surg.,
 1935, 29: 72-84.—Fine,  A., <fc Alexander, H.  Maggot therapy;
technique and clinical application.  J. Bone Surg., 1934, 16:
572-82.—Frapi.  Curiosos resultados  de una  aplicacion  em-
pirical  las larvas de moscas en la terapia  quirurgica.  Rev.
med. Iat. amer., B. Air., 1933, 18: 1055-62.- Goldstein, H.  I.
>"aggots in the treatment of  wound and bone infections.  J.
Rone Surg., 1931, 13: 476-8.  ------  Maggots in  the treat-

        549701—von.  10, 4th series----4
ment of infected wounds, complicated fractures, osteomyelitis
and tuberculous abscesses.   Med.  Rev. of Rev., 1931,  37:
327-32.   ------  Maggots  and other insects in medicine.
Ibid.,  480:3.   Also  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,  1932, 29: 145-8.
------  Live maggots in the treatment of  chronic osteomye-
litis, tuberculous abscesses, discharging wounds, leg ulcers and
discharging  inoperable  carcinoma.   Internat.  Clin.,  1932,
42.  ser., 4: 268-81.—Grantham-Hill, C.  Preliminary note on
the treatment of infected wounds with the larva of Wohlfartia
nuba.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond., 1933, 27: 93-8, pi.—
Hall, E. S.  The use of  maggots in the treatment of  wounds.
Maine M. J.,  1932, 23: 80-5.—Hanchett, L.  J.  The treatment
of infected wounds with live maggots.  Hosp. News, Wash.,
1935, 2: No. 1, 7-11—Ide, M.  Le oansement aux vers grouil-
lants.  Rev. med., Louvain, 1932, 239- I ivingstcr, S. K.  Mag-
gots in the treatment of chronic  osteomyelitis, infected  wounds,
Rnd compound fractures; an  analysis based on the treatment
of one hundred cases with a preliminary report on the  isolation
and use of the active principle.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932,  54:
702-6.—Martini,  E.  Fliegenmaden  als  Hilfstruppen  des
Chirurgen.   Derm.  Wschr.,  1932, 95:  1649.—Maurice, A.
Las larvas de mosca en terapeutica.  Cron.  med., Lima, 1936,
53: 160.—Messer, F. C, & McCIellan, R. H.  Surgical maggots;
a studv of their functions in wound healing.   J. Lab. Clin. M.,
1934-35, 20: 1219-26—Miegeville, M.  De  l'empirisme  a
une therapeutique nouvelle.   Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par., 1933,
26: 1273-6.—Mignot,  R.  Les  larves  de mouches en thera-
peutique chirurgicale.  Presse med., 1932,  40: 1453.—Pohle,
F. J., & Maddock, S.  Maggot therapy in an infected wound
in hemophilia.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1937, 109: 2055 —Raybfud,
A.,  sr.   L'asticotherapic.   Marseille med., 1934, 71: 757-65.-
Roherts, E. F.   The clinical application of blow-flv larvae.
Sc.  Month.,  1932, 34:  531-6.—Robinson,  W.  The use of
blowflv  larvae in the  treatment of infected wounds.  Ann
Entom.  Soc  America,  1933, 26: 270-6.------Surgical
maggots in suppurative infections. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser.,
25: 525-9.  ------  Progress of maggot therapy in the United
States and Canada in  the treatment of suppurative  diseases.
Ibid., 1935, 29: 67-71.  ------& Norwood, V. H.  Destruction
of pyogenic bacteria in  the alimentary tract of surgical  maggots
implanted in  infected  wounds.   J.  Lab. Clin.  M., 1934,  19:
581-6.—Schwartz, S.  Of maggots  and men.   Med.  Bull.,
N. Y.,  1940-41, 6: 71-3.—Simmons, S. W.   Surgical  maggots
in the treatment of infected wounds; a convenient blowfly cage.
J. Econ. Entom., 1932, 25: 1191.—Smyth, T. L.  Use of  maggots
following electrocoagulation treatment  of cancer.  Am. Med.,
1931,  37: 9-24.—Stevens, M.  A.  Larval  therapy.   Pract.
Libr. M. & S., 1935, 8: 249-52.—Styer,  S. A. First attempt at
intra-oral  larval  therapv; case  report.  Dent.  Rays, Pittsb.,
1933-34, 9: No.  2, 15-8— Tiirshis, M. S,   Surgical  maggots
in modern medicine.  Sc. Month.,  1938, 47: 252-7.—Weil,
G. C, Simon, R. J.. & Sweadner, W.  R.   Larval or maggot
therapv in the  treatment of acute and chronic pyogenic in-
fections.   Am.  J. Surg., 1933,  19: 36-48.—Zaprd,  L.   Sul
trattamento delle ferite con larve di mosche.  Policlinico, 1936,
43: sez.  prat., 1967-71.
   MAGGS Brothers [London]  Manuscripts and
books  on medicine,  alchemy, astrology  & natural
sciences  arranged   in   chronological   order  &
portraits and  autographs  of  eminent physicians
and scientists, etc.  [Catalog 520]   2p.,  618 [25]p.
illust.  pi.  portr.  facs.  8?   Lond., Maggs Bros,
1929.
  ----A   selection  of  books,   manuscripts,
bindings  and  autograph  letters remarkable for
their  interest  & rarity;  being  the five hundred
and fifty fifth catalogue  issued by Maggs Bros.
230p.    pi.   facs.    33cm.   Lond., Maggs Bros,
1931.
   MAGHEE, Thomas  G., 1842-1927.
   Halley, C. R. L.  A surgeon  of the old frontier.  Bull. Inst,
Hist. M., Bait,. 1937, 5:  654-66.
   MAGHID,  Sonia   Sara,    1900-          *Les
femmes   et  les   fards   dans  Fantiquite.    57p.
24cm.    Par., J.  Haumont, 1938.
   MAGIAN,  Anthony  John  Capper, 1878-
Synopsis of midwifery,   viii, 245p.   12?   Lond.,
W. Heinemann,  1923.


MAGIC.

   Fox,  A.  J.   Mind   magic.   87p.   S"   X.  Y.
[1937]
   Mannhart,   W.    Zauberglaube   und   Ge-
heimwissen.    f>.  Aufl.    284p.    21cm.    Berl.,
1920.
   Armstroiir, C. N.  Genesis.  Univ. Durham Coll. M. Gaz.,
1933 34: 23-31— Brink, C. D.  The cult of magic in modern
times    S  Afr.  M. J., 1941, 15: 312-5.—Davi-«n, M. H. A.
The divine art.  Univ.  Durham Coll. M. Gaz., 1934,  34:
45-54.—Hellwitf,  A.   Moderne  Zauberbucher und  ihre  Be- 
MAGIC
50
MAGIC
deutung fiir den Kriniinalisten.  Arch. Krim. Anthrop.. 1905,
19: 290-7.— Meijer, D. H.  La niagia al servizio della poli/ia I
e dei delinquent nelle Indie  Olandesi.   Arch, antrop. crim..
Tor., 1934, 54: 527 52.—Mulholland, J.  Behind the magician s
curtain; an exhibition of books and prints relating to conjuring
and magi.-.  Bull. N. York Pub. Libr., 1928, 32: 83-7.—Rose,
M. S.  Belief in magic.  J. Am. Diet. Ass., 1933, 8: 489 503.
Thomas, N. W.  Studies in terminology; magic.  Man, Lond.,
1904, 4: 163 7; 1905, 5: 152.

----   Ethnographic aspect.

   Br< k, P. H.  Regional diversity in the elabora-
tion  of  sorcery  in  Polynesia.   19p.  25cm.   X.
Haven. 1936. '
   Gerdts-Rupp, E. Magische Vorstellungen und
Brauche  der Araukaner im  Spiegel  Spanischer
Quellen   seit   der  Conquista.    l(>7p.    23cm.
 Hamb.,  1937.
   Hobley,  C.  W.   Bantu  beliefs and   magic.
 2. ed.  368p.   8?  Lond. [1938]
   Morrill.   M.   H.    Fighting  Africa's   black
 magic,   loop.  20,4cm.  Mountain View,  Calif.
 |1938]
   Frazer, J. G.  Public dances.  In his Native Races of Asia,
 Lond., 193C  249.   ----   Magical pools  of  water.  Ibid.,
 289   Gill R. ('• Manners, morals, and magics   In his White
 Witei  A Black  Mace N. Y., 1940, 83-110.- Grunt, J. Hea-
 then Indian nod-  In his Myster. All Nations, Leith, 1880,
 39^17 - Haddon, A. C.  Magie.  Rep.  Cambridge  Anthrop.
 Lxp Torres Straits. Cambr.,  I 90S. 6: 192-240, 9 pi.—Hogbin,
 H  i.  Sorcer\  at Ongtong,  Java.   Am. Anthrop., 19.32,  34:
 111-8.  Hurston, 7.   Hoodoo in America.  J.  Am.  Folklore.
 1931   44:  317  117.   Kur.ike.  H.   Die  Hauptfm inen  des
 /.auberglaubens  Erdball. 1929, 3: 98 106, 2 pi.  Labrerque,
 P. E.  Iji soreellene chez les  Bahemha.  Anthropos.  Modling,
 1938,  33:  260 5.  Mitra, S.  ('.  Notes on magic and human
 sacrifice in mediaeval Northern Bengal, with some remarks on
 the cults of Mama  Buri   J   Anthiop. Soc. Bombay,  1932-36,
 15-  548-55   Ncvcrraann, H. Religion und Zauber  auf  din
 kleinen S.uida-Inseln.  Lidhall. 1929. 3: 205-9,  2 pi.—Passin,
 H.  Sorcery  as  u phase of  Taialmmaia economic  relations.
 Van Lond". 19-12. 42:  11 5.-  Powdermaker, H.  Black magic.
 In her Life in Lesu,  N. V  . 1933.  303  o.  Ramos,  A.   A,
 oiaticas de fciticana  entrc  os negros e mesticos biasili iros.
 \i,h  med. leg. ident., Rio, 1935. No. 11, 31 45, 3 pi.-- Roheiro,
 G.  Manic and  theft in European folk-lore.  J.  Crim. Psycho
 path..  19-10 4 1,  2: 54-61.—Tamurn. Y.  Cebei  Hsieh-Bing,
 Kuei-Ring. \\ ui  und Kuoyinche der Mandschus und  Biionch,
 Raitschan und Bo der Mongolen.  Psychiat. neur. jap., 1940,
 44: 5  7.

 ----  History.

   Durville, H.  Historia  de  la  ciencia  secret a
 idesde la China hasta  nnestros  dias)   307p.   b°
 Barcel.  [1913]
   Evans, H. R.  History of conjuring and  magic.
 235p.  8?   Kenton, 1928.
   ----History  of conjuring and  magic from
 the earliest  times to the  end of the  eighteenth
 century.  82p.   8?   Kenton,  1930.
   Lehmaxx.  A.,  &  Peteksen,  D.    Aberglaute
 und Zauberei von  den iiltesten Zeiten an bis in  dit
 Gegenwart.   3.  Aufl.   Transl.  from the Danish.
 7o2p.  8?   Stuttg., 1925.
   Schmidt,   P.   Talisman   und   Zauberwahn.
 205p.   19L2ein.   Einsiedeln [1936]
   Seligmann,  S.    Die  magischen  Heil- und
 Schutzmittel aus  der   unbelebten  Xatur,  mit
 besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der  Mittel   gegen
 den bdsen Blick;  eine  Geschichte des Amulett-
 wesens.   309p.   8?  Stuttg.,  1927.
   Thorndike, L.   A history of magic and  experi-
 mental science.  4v.  8?   X.  V., 1923-34.
   Bonser, W.  The dissimilarity of ancient Irish magic from
 that of the Anglo-Saxons.  Folklore, Lond., 1926, 37: 271-88.—
 De Rilly,  F.  I ne  tenebreuse affaire de sorcellerie;  le proces
 d'Urbain Gtandiei.  Aesculape, Par., 1936, 26: 32-5.—Desen-
 terrador de tesouros dentro  do quadro magico ameacado por
 um  demonio;  gravura em  madeira  de Hans  Weiditz  (que
 trabalhou  de 1518 a 1536 em Estrasburgo e Augsburgo) da obra
 de Petrarca, Espelho  consolador na  felicidade  e na  desgraea
 [Illustration]  Actas Ciba, Rio, 1944, 11: 171.—Henkin. L. J.
 The Pardoners sheep-bone and lapidary lore.  Bull. Hist. M.,
 1941,  10:  504-12.—[History of  Urbain Grandier  and  the
 imposture of the nuns of London]  In: French (The) Impostures,
 Lond., 1737, 213-83.—Kuhn, H.   Zauber und Zauberer in der
 Eiszeit. Umschau, 1943, 47: 49-51.—Mazel, F. La  pierre de
 Butler. Chron. med., 1928, 35: 22-4.- Peon del Valle y Varona,
J.  El pensam.ento magic* en las pinturns del Mexico antiguo.
Hex. mex ps,„<uat.. 19.39 40, 6:  No. 36, 9 14.-  * inkier. J. K..
*  Bromlu-rg. W.   Magic and  mesmerism.   In  then  .Mind
Explorers, N. V., 1939, 37 -5H.

----   Medical  aspect.

   See  also Medicine, primitive; Medicine  man;
Parapsychology; Quackery; Superstition, etc.
   Aurand, A. M.   The pow-wow book; a treatise
on the art of healing by  prayer and laying  on of
hands,  etc.;  practiced   by   the   Pennsylvania
Germans and others,   v. p.  8?  Harrisb.,  1929.
   Dietz,  I).   Medical magic.  380p.  8?  N. V.,
1938.
   Gill,  R.   C.   White water  and black magic.
369p.  22cm.   N.  V. [1940]
   Hale,  A. R.   The medical voodoo.  338p.  8?
N. V., 1935.
   Kemp,  P.   Healing ritual; studies  in the tech-
nique and tradition of  the southern Slavs.   335p,
8?   Lond. [1935]
   Kurtz, E.  Heilzauber der Let ten in Wort und
Tat; allgemeines Siechtum  magischen Ursprungs;
innere Krankheiten.   185p.   8?  Riga,  1937.
   Pereda   Valdes,  I.     Medicina  popular  y
folklore  magico del Uruguay.    117p.   23}'2Cin.
Montev.,  1943.
   Rhumelius,  J.  P.   Medecine spagyrique; ou,
Art. medical spagyrique.   157p.   12?  Par.,  1932.
   Andel, M. A. van  |Magic remedies in the classical  period]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926,  70: pt  1,  1802-9.—Babb. E. M.
Survivals of medical  matfie and superstitions  in  southside
Virginia. Bull.  Stuart Circle Hosp., Richmond,  1935, 5: 39-
47.   Barnes, F. Magic and medicine.   Birmingham M. Rev.,
1931  6: 240-57.—Breen, G. E.  Magic and medicine.  Med.
Press & Circ, Lond., 1940, 203: 381-3.—Case, M.  Magic and
therapv.  Outlook  for Blind, 1944,  38: 225.  Castiglioni, A.
Le cure manic-he. Minerva med., Tor., 1930, 21: pt 1, 803-9 —
Cazeneuve,  de.  L'importance du  nombre  7 en medecine.
Chron. med., 1928,  35:  89-91 .—Frazer, J. G.  Healing a sick
person by  means of the tiger spirit.  In his Native Races of
Asia,  Lond., 1939,  8.  ------  Images are dedicated at the
temples in order to heal the sick.  Ibid., 31.  ------ Medicine,
charms, current beliefs.  Ibid.,  85.  ------   Superstitious
lemedies.   Ibid.,  92.   ----—  Driving out the  epidemic.
Ibid., 233.     ----   Observations  during a smallpox epidemic.
Ibid., 235.----Driving away  of  the spirit that causes
disease;. Ibid., 244.  ------  Charms for the cure of diseases.
Ibid., 294.   Gatschet,  A. S.  Medicine-arrows of the  Oregon
Indians. J. Am. Folklore, 1893, 6: 111.—Gill, R.  C. I.eche de
oje.  In his White Water &  Black Magic, N. Y., 1940, 211.
Gimlette, J. D.  Black art in Ma lav medicine.  In his Malav
Poisons, 3.  ed., Lond., 1929,  73-105,  pi.— Haddon,  A. V.
Therapeutic magical processes.  Rep.  Cambridge Anthrop.
Exp. Torres Straits, Cambr.,  1908, 6: 236.— Harley, G. W.
Magical t reatment of disease.  In his Native Afr. Med., Cambr.,
1941, 75-84.  ------  Treatment of disease,  partly rational,
partly  magical.  Ibid.,  85-97.  - ----  War medicines.  Ibid.,
169. ------ Magical prescriptions.  Ibid., 247-50.—Krauts,
H.  Arzt und Zauberei.  Zschr.  arztl. Fortbild., 1938, 35: 629-
31.—LaWall, C. H.  The romance of the occult. Am. J. Pharm.,
1927, 99: 125-62.—Leix, A.  Assyro-Babylonian medical magic.
Ciba Symposia, 1940-41, 2: 682-7.—Lejeune, F.  Beitrage zur
Kenntnis der niederdeutschen  Zaubermedizin.   Arch. Gesch.
Med.,  1926, 18: 111.—Lopez-Coterilla  Vaquez, V., &  Martin
Fornoza, F.  Estudio medico de los  hechizos del  rey Carlo II.
Tr. Cated.  hist. crit.  med., Madr., 1935, 4: 431-45,  pi —
Magic in medicine.  S. Barth.  Hosp. J.,  Lond.,  1936-37, 44:
21.—Medicine  and magic.   Brit. M. J.,  1935,  1:  1329.—
Mendonca Castro.  Hospitais espiritas.  Impr. med., Rio, 1941,
17: No. 332, 110.—Metraux,  A.  La  causa y el tratamiento
tn&gico de las enfermedades entre los indios de la regi6n  tropical
sud-americana.  America indigena,  Mex.,  1944,  4: 157-64.—
M0'ler, J. S.  [Magic in obstetrics and birth; a chapter from the
history of folk-medicine] Ugeskr. laeger, 1939, 101: 819-26 —
Nardi, G. M.  Ricerche stoiiche intorno alle pratiche di medi-
cina magica con particolare riguardo a quelle del popolo toscano.
Riv. stor. sc. med., 1937, 28: 136 49.- Pales, L. Esconjurar,
therapeutique  magique dans 1'Ariege.   Rev. anthrop., Lai.,
1927,  37:  364-72. — Paterson, H. J.   Medicine and  magic.
Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1935, 191: 40 (i. Also  Brit. J. Nuis.
1938, 86: 96.—Pazzini, A. La magia negli scaffali di un inuseo.
Athena, Roma, 1934, 3: 439-45.- Polvere (La) delle tombe  in
terapia  Minerva  med., Tor., 1940, 31: varia, 24-6.—Porter,
J.  H.   Prevention, transference,  and cure of disease, magic
pharmacy.   J. Am. Folklore, 1891, 7: 111.—Powdermaker, H.
Medical magic  In her Life  in Lesu, N. Y.,  1933, 345.—
Scholz, F.   Von dei vwlden Medizin. Arzt als Erzieher, 1906,
2:  113; 129.  Schm., L.  Po bendito como remedio curativo.
Actas Ciba, Rio, 1941, 11: 187- Schweisheimer, W. Amulets
and .harm- in medicine. Med.  Rec, N. V., 1943, 156: 97-9  —
Serra. G.  Divmita, en-denze, medicina e magia fra i diseendenli 
MAGIC
51
MAGIC
  di Cam.  Boll. med. trent., 1935, 50: 102; 207.—Spicer, D. G.
  Medicine and magic in the New  England colonies.  Trained
  Nurse, 1937, 99:  153-6.—Steele,  R., & Singer, D. W.   The
  Emerald table. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect.
  Hist. Med., 41-57.—Tecoz, H. F.  Magic et medecine.  Praxis.
  Bern, 1943, 32: 434.—Thorington, J. M.  The ibex and chamois
  in  ancient medicine.   Bull. Hist.  M.,  1944, 15: 65-78.—
  Thorndike, L.  Magic and medicine.  Med. Life, 1929, 36: 148-
  55.—Trotta,  A. Los adivinos.  Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1928, 35:
  pt 2, 1485-523.—Vignon.  Notes sur des charlatans et sur des
  pratiques superstitieuses.  Gaz. san., Par.,  1834,  2: 274-7.—
  Whitebread, C. The madstone humbug.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass.,
  Pract. Pharm. Ed.,  1941, 2: 358-60.—Winters, S. R.  Magic
  medicine.  Hygeia, Chic, 1937, 15: No. 7, 630-3.—Zum Busch,
  J. P.  Krankenheilung durch Handauflegen,  ein vergessener
  Brauch der englischen Konige.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1937,
  67: 1076.

  ---  Old texts.

    Coxe,   F.   A  short  treatise  declaringe  the
  detestable wickednesse of  magicall  sciences,  as
  necromancie; conjurations  of  spirites,  curiouse
  astrologie  and suche lyke.   17 1.   15)^cm x 21cm.
  [Lond., 1561]
    Della  Porta,  G.    Dei   miracoli  et  mara-
  vigliosi  affetti   dalla  natura  prodotti.    163  1.
  16?   Venez., 1560.
    ----    Magiae   naturalis,   sive  de  miraculis
  rerum naturalium libri IV.  1351.   12?  Antverp.,
  1561.
    ----  Magia naturalis.  662p.  19cm.   Rouen,
  1650.    Also    another   edition.     1048p.    8?
  Niirnb., 1713.
    Fossey,  C.  La magie  assyrienne; 6tude suive
  de   textes  magiques,  transcrits,    traduits   et
  commented.  474p.  8?  Par., 1902.
    Hermes  Trismegistus.   Hermetica;  the  an-
  cient Greek and  Latin writings which contain
  religious  or philosophic  teachings  ascribed to
  Hermes  Trismegistus;  ed.  with  English transl.
  and  notes  by   Walter Scott.   4v.    8?   Oxf.,
  1924-36.
    Millas Vallicrosa, J.   Textos  magics  del  Nord d'Africa.
  Butl. Ass. catalana antrop., 1923, 1: 147; 1924, 2: 85.

  ---  Technic.

    See also Alchemy; Amulet;  Astrology; Divina-
  tion; Divining rod; Evil eye; Love charm, etc.
    Couderc,  L.   H.    *Astrologues,   voyantes,
  cartomanciennes et leur clientele; enquete medico-
  psychologique  sur la  pratique  commerciale  de
  l'occultisme.  130p.  8?  Par., 1934.
    Hopfner,  T.    Griechisch-agyptischer Offen-
  barungszauber;  seine  Methoden.   2.  Bd.  172p.
  4?   Lpz., 1924.
   Aufinger, P. A.   Wetterzauber auf  den  Yabob-Inseln  in
  Neuguinea.   Anthropos, Modling,  1939,  34:  277-91.—Bell,
  F. L. S. The divination of sorcery in Melanesia. Man,  Lond.,
  1935, 35:  84-6.—Blackman, W.  S.  Fertility rites in modern
 Egypt. Discovery, Lond.,  1920, 1: 154-8— Born, W. Feitico,
 amuleto & talisma.  Actas  Ciba,  Rio,  1944,  11:  158-83.—
 Budge, E. A.  W.  The  universal use  of amulets due to man's
 belief  in the  existence of demons and evil spirits.   In  his
 Amulets & Superstit., Lond., 1930, 1-32.  ------  Envoiite-
 ment.  Ibid., 481-6.—Desenho tecido na capa dum berberesco
 como proteccao contra o mau olhado;  Museu etnol6gico de
 Basileia  [Illustration]   Actas  Ciba,  Rio,  1944,  11:  166 —
 Desoille, H.  Presentation d'objects ayant servi & des envoute-
 ments.  Ann.  med.  leg., 1931,  11:  15-9.—Eberhard,  W.
 Chinesischer  Bauzauber;  Untersuchungen  an chinesischen
 Volksmarchen.  Zschr.  Ethnol., 1939-40, 71: 87-99.—Fortes,
 M.  Communal fishing and fishing  magic in  the Northern
 territories of the Gold Coast.  J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain,
 1937, 67: 131-42.—Franz, L.  Ringorakel.  Erdball, 1928, 2:
 202-7.—Frazer, J. G.  Chinese modes of procuring or stopping
 rain, checking inundations, and extinguishing fires.  In his
 Native Races of Asia,  Lond., 1939. 101.—Gill, R. C.   The
 black magic.  In his White Water & Black Magic, N. Y., 1940,
 311-46.—Haddon, A. C.  Magical practices to control vegetable
 life.  Rep. Cambridge Anthrop. Exp. Torres Straits, Cambr.,
 1908,  6: 202-13, 3 pi.  ------  Magical practices to control
 animal life.  Ibid.,  213-20, 4 pi.  ------  Magical practices
 to control human beings.   Ibid.,  220-40, 4 pi.  ------ &
 Seligmann, C. G. Magical practices against people by Maide-
 laig.  Ibid., 1904, 5: 324-6.  ------ Sorcery with a crocodile's
 tooth.  Ibid.,  326.   ----—  Magic  connected with fishing.
 Ibid.,  330-45, 4 pi.----—   Agricultural  magic.   Ibid.,
345-9, pi.—Hodgson,  A. G. O.  Rain-making, witchcraft  and
 medicine  among the Anyanja.  Man, Lond., 1931,  31: 266-
 70.—Kaberry, P. M.  Black magic.  In her Aborig. Woman,
 Phila.,  1939, 246-52.—Pazzini, A.  Le tazze magico-religiose.
 Athena, Roma, 1936, 5: 433.—Pequenas estampas de engolir,
 com a  imagem da Virgem de Einsiedeln; coleccao suissa de
 Hist6ria da  Farmacia,  Basileia  [Illustration]  Actas Ciba,
 Rio, 1944, 11: 177.—Powdermaker, H.  Love magic. In her
 Life in  Lesu, N. Y., 1933, 232-9.  ------  Taro magic. Ibid.,
 299-303.—Probst-Biraben, J. H.   La nechra constantinoise
 et ses caracteres; une survivance complexe  non musulmane.
 Rev. anthrop., Par., 1937, 47: 166-75.—Sorcerer's (A) apron
 of human bones.  Folklore, Lond., 1917, 28: 321.—Volkmann,
 K.  Das indische Seilkunststiick; eine Untersuchung iiber die
 Glaubwiirdigkeit  schriftlicher  Erlebnisberichte.  Arch. ges.
 Psychol.,  1935, 93: 443-52.

 ----  Theory.

  ^ See also Cabbala; Empirism; Idealism;  Mysti-
 cism;  Neoplatonism;  Occultism; Parapsychology;
 Perception,  extrasensory;  Radiesthesia;  Telep-
 athy;  Theurgy; Witchcraft.
   Hopfner,  T.   Griechisch-agyptischer  Offen-
 barungszauber.   1.  Bd.   265p.  4?  Lpz.,  1921.
   Kroner, W.  Die Wiedergeburt des Magischen.
 88p.   21cm.   Lpz.  [1938]
   Bargheer, E.  Der Sinn des Organzaubers.  In his Einge-
 weide,  Berl., 1931, 159-61.—Blachowski, S.   The  magical
 behavior of children in relation to school.  Am. J. Psychol.,
 1937,  50:  347-61.—Cazanove.  Les  conceptions  magico-
 religieuses des Indigenes de l'Afrique Occidentale Francaise.
 In: Grand, endem. trop.  (Inst. Hyg. Paris) 1933,5:38-48.—
 Danzel, T.  W.   Die psychologische Bedeutung  magisehei
 Brauche.  Psychol. Forsch., 1922, 2: 61-4.—Dietz, W. Ueber
 magische  Zusammenhange.  Zschr.  Menschenk., 1928-29,  4:
 282-9.—Fliess, R.  Knocking on wood: a note on the preoedipal
 nature of the magic effect.  Psychoanal. Q., 1944, 13: 327-40.—
 Gurvitch,  G.  Magic and law.  Social Res., 1942, 9: 104-22.—
 Haddon, A. C. Magic and religion. Rep. Cambridge Anthrop.
 Exp. Torres Straits, Cambr., 1904, 5: 320-78, pi.—Jaide, W.
 Zum  Verstandnis der  primitiven Zauberei;  ein Beitrag  zur
 Entwicklungspsychologie.  Arch. ges.  Psychol., 1938,  102:
 177-203.—Kempf, E. J.   The probable origin of man's belief
 in sympathetic magic and taboo.  Med. J. & Rec,  1931, 133:
 22; 59; 118.—Menninger, K. A. The theme of the magic wand
 (golden bough, royal sceptre)   In his Human  Mind, N. Y.,
 1937, 353-6.—Murphy, J.  The psvchological origins of magic.
 Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc,  1937,  107: 404.—Preuss, K. T.
 Das Irrationale in der Magie.  Zschr. Ethnol.,  1938-39,  70:
 272-86.—Proust, R.  La sorcellerie  et les sciences  maudites
 devant les temps modernes. Bull. Soc. med. S. Luc, Bourges,
 1931, 37:  5-26.—Raglan.  Magic and psycho-analysis.  Man,
 Lond., 1941, 41: 140.—Renner, E.  Ueber das magische und
 animistische im Erleben  und Denken der Urner Bergbauern.
 Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak.  Univ. Bern,  1937-42, No. 1,
 1-3.—Vierkandt,  A.  Die entwicklungspsvchologische Theorie
 der Zauberei.  Arch. ges. Psychol., 1937,  98: 420-89.—Volk-
 rrann,  K.   Psychologie  der Zauberkunst.  Ibid.,  1933, 87:
 541-66.—Warner, W. L.   The social configuration of magical
 behavior; a study of the nature of magic.  In:  Essays Anthrop.
 A. L. Kroeber,  Berkeley, 1936,  405-16.—Willoughby, R. R.
 Magic  and cognate  phenomena: an  hypothesis.  In: Handb.
 Social Psychol. (Murchison, C.)  Worcester, 1935, 461-519.—
 Winslow, C. E. A. The wrath of God.  In his Conquest Epid.
 Dis., Princet., 1943, 35-9.


 MAGICIAN.

   See also Medicine man; Shaman.
   Cabanes.  Une heure avec les sorciers.  Rev. sc, Par., 1927,
 65: 228-39.—Cardini, M.  Nerone mago nella storia  e nella
 leggenda.  Morgagni, 1934, 76: 537.—Frazer, J. C.  Practices
 of the sorcerers, sioua. In his Native Races of America, Lond.,
 1939,97. ------  Magician and sorcerer.  Ibid., 231.------
 Snachar, or wise  man.   Ibid.,  347.-  Haddon, A. C, & Selig-
 mann, C. G.  The training of  a magician  in Mabuiag.  Rep.
 Cambridge Anthrop. Exp. Torres Straits,  Cambr.,  1904, 5:
 321-3.—Levy-Valensi, J.  Sorcieres et possedees.  Gaz. hop.,
 1935, 108: 1649-53.—Masque  (Un)  de Sorcier du Cameroun
 d'inspiration pathologique ('.')   Aesculape, Par., 1935, 25: 1.—
 Masson, G.  Medecins et sorciers en  pays Bamileke.   Anthro-
 pologie, Par., 1939, 49: 313-32.—Powdermaker, H. Magicians.
 In her Life in Lesu, N. Y., 1933, 297-9.—Souza, M.  de.  0
 bari, o  medico-feiticeiro  dos bororos.  Actas Ciba, Rio, 1941,


   MAGILL, James, 1850-1936.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1936, 1: 620.
   MAGILL, Robert, 1850-1927.
   For obituary see Med. Press, Lond., 1927, n. ser., 123: 283.

   MAGILLIGAN, Francis Joseph, 1860-
   For biography see in Hist. Long Island (Ross, P. V.) N. Y.,
1902, 2:  452.
   MAGILLIGAN, Lawrence P. A., 1867-
   For biography see in Hist. Long Island (Ross, P. V.) N. Y.,
1902, 2:  407. 
magim
.")•.>
MACNE-ROIK  HAID
   MAtilNI,  (  iovanni  Antonio, 1555 1617.
   For portrait sec in Scienz. ital. (Vieli, A.) Rome, 1923, 1:
 : i 1. 102.
   MAGINOL,  Alfons,  1904-         *Die   Ent-
 wicklung  der  Karies   im   Dentin.    lSp.    8?
 Wurzb.. K  Triltsch  1931.
   MAtilS,   Rene,   1909-         *Fracture  du
 sourcil  cotyloi'dien   avec  ascension  de  la  tete
 f£niorale  icas  particulier   des  automobilistes)
 tisp.  sc   1 \-.-,n, Hose fr., 1936.
   MAGITO'T,   Andre    [M.  D.,   1908,   Paris]
 Syir.ptomatologie  du  glaucome  et  le  probleme
 pathogenique.  p.411-60.   2r>1,cm.   Ziir., Docu-
 menta pr., 1938.
   In: Eocirn. ophth., Ziir.,  1:
           La  tension  oeulaire ou  ophtalmotonus.
 p. 137-90.  25cm.   Par., Masson &  cie.  1939.
   In: Tiaite oi ht.. 2:
            La  tension  pathologique.   p.161-290.
 25cm.   Par., Masson & cie,  1939.
   In: Traite opht., 6:
            Physiologie  oeulaire  clinique.   458p.
 illust.  diagr.  26'{.cm.   Par., Masson & cie,  1946.
   K< i portrait see ( ollectirn in Library.
   MAGI.IABECt HI, Antonio, 1633-1714.
   Salvixi,  A. M.  Delle h di di Antonio  Maglia-
 liccchi; orazione funeralc dctta  da  lui  pubblica-
 mente  nell'Accademia liorentina il  di  XXIII. di
 settembre dcH'anno  MDCCXV.  30p.   31'km.
 Firenze.  1715.
   MAGLRLO,  Alfonso.    Trattamento   delh
 fratture  esposte  nella pratica di  guerra.    159p
 illust.  8°   Roma, Soc. Arte della Stampa,  l!»3ti

 MAGMA.
   Sec  under   specific  name  of  substance  as
 Bismuth; Magnesia.
   MAt;NAN. Valentine Jacques  Joseph,  1835
 1916.
   Cir | he!', ('. M. .l;..-.,i;ts Jr.-eph Valentin Vagnan.  Collect.
 lect.  > etrop.  State lbâ– -: , Waltham,  1942, 7:  pt 2,  14.-
 t'ourbon. P., & Leconte. M.  Lffieacite de l'intimidation sur un
 cas de dclire de jalousie.  Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1935, 93:
 I>t  1,  701-5.- Desruelles. M.  L'influence  de  Magnan sur
 I assistance  et  la  thCrapeui ique des abends.  Ibid.,  772-89.—
 (.uiraud, P.  I.icu\ie  anatomo-clinique  de  Magnan.   Ibid.,
 729  37.- Rod.intnitcb, J.  A propos du centenaire de Vagnan;
 leeu\re nosologique ilu maitre.   Bull. med.,  Far..  1935, 49:
 37 7.-  Soiieux.  P.  V.  Vapian  M835  1916)   Ann.  nifd.
 I.sychol., Fac.  1935, 93: pt 1. 713, portr.- Simon, T. iV'agnan
 dans son sei vice de 1 s dmission a l'Asile Sainte-Anne.   Ibid.,
 715-28.  Stevcntor, G. S.  Valentine Jae<iues Joseph Vagnan.
 > ent. Hyg., Alb., 1930, 14: No. 2, portr.—Truelle, V. I  oeuvre
 incdiei-h'gale de X'agnan.   Ann. med. ps\ chol., Far, 1935, 93:
 pt 1, 760-71.-  Vurpas, C.  les obsessions, les impulsions et les
 perversions sexuelles dans  1'oeuvie de Magnan.  Ibid..  748-59.
   MAGNAN, Louis   Arthur, 1897-         *Ano-
 malies  et  malformations genitales de la femme
 (etude   clinique  et   radiologique)    148p.    8?
 Par., Jouve & cie, 1929.
   MAGNAND, Jean,  1898-        *Contribution
 a l'etude du  reflexe  solaire  dans  la  demence
 precoce.   .">.>]).  8°   Par., Presses Modernes,  1928.
   MAGNANIM1, Roberto, 1867-1933.
   M;ff<i, G.  B.  Commemorazione del  Prof.  Roberto Ma-
 gnanimi tenuta la sera del 5 maggio 1933.  Boll. Sec. med. chir.,
 Pavia, 1933, 47: p. i-xxi, portr.
   MAGNARD, Paul,  1907-        -Les  manifes-
 tations  pharyngo-larvngees  de l'encephalite epi-
 ih'miuue.   113p.  8°'  I.von, Bose fr.,  1934.
  MAGNE,  Henri,  1SS1-      ,  &  CORDIER,
 Daniel.    Les gaz  de combat;  au  point  de  vue
 phvsiologique,  medicale  et  militaire.    162p.
 illust.  tiib.   8°  Par.,  J. B.  Bailliere & fils,  1936.
  MAGNER, William, 1887-        A textbook of
hematology,   xvi,  395p.   illust.  pi.   diagr.   s?
 Phila., P.  Blakiston's  son [1938]
  For portrait see Bull Aead. M. Toronto, li'40-41,  14: front.
  MAGNE-ROUCHALD,   Pierre,   1911-
'"Contribution a l'etude clinique et experimentale
 du  poumon d'acier.   2Sp.   24cm.    Par.,   I.. Le
 Francois, 1939.
   MAGNKSFN. Ingvaid, 1852-1902.
   Portrait.  In: X. -i •_■■■- l;i.-iz..-,  I-obro, I.)  bust., 19b>, 2:9(1

 MAGNESIA.

   See Magnesium, hydroxide.


 MAGNESIUM.

   See also  Calcium.
   Delrny, t".  The magnesia content of some medicinal  vege-
 table sub-tances.  Au-tialas. J. Pharm.. 1920, n. sei., 7: 1022.
 Hess, T. M., tfr  Reinhsrdl, L. G.  Spectroscopic  analysis of
 magnesium alloys.  J. Optic. Soc.  America, 1944, 34:  104-9.-
 Javillicr, M.   la question de I'emploi de composes  inagni'sieii-
 en agriculture. Bull. Soc. chim. bit I., Far.. 1936, 18: 255  9 1
 La vet-. F.   Pie  Kristallstrukturen  von LaMpi und  CeMgj.
 Natuiwissenschaften,  1943, 31: 96.- I iverseege, J. F.   M-av
 nesia, magnesium carbonate.  In his  Adulter, it Anubs. Foods.
 Lend  . 1932,  456-60.— 1 \Uf,  F.   The determination of  mag-
 nesium in  aluminium alloys.   Analyst,  Lond.. 1943, 68: 133
 9.   Roehow,  F. G.  The piepaiation  of Grignaid reagents fiom
 magnesium amalgams.  J. Am. Chem. Soe,  1939, 61: 3591.
 Sn'ith, G.  S.  The detei munition of  magnesium in  diiialuiiiin.
 Analyst, Lond., 1935, 60: 812 4.—Thompson, F. ('.  I'm,!,,,■.
 tion of magnesium.  Natuie, Loi d., 1943, 151:692.

 ----   Bactericide effect.
   Dienerl. F.  Action du magnesium et de la magnesie sur les
 mieiobes.  ('. rend. Aead. sc, 1905, 140: 273-5— Fulmer. F. I..
 I'nderkofler,  L. A., & Leeh, J. B.  The effect of the composition
 of the medium upon the giowth of  yeast in the piesence of Bios
 preparations; the effect of magnesium salts. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
 1936,  58:  1350-8.  Lodge.  R. M.,  * Hinshelwood, C. N.
 Fhysiochemical  aspects  of bacterial  growth;  influence  of
 magnesium on the lag phase  in  the  growth of  Bact.  hi et is
 aerogenes in synthetic media containing phosphate.  J. Chem.
 Soc, Lond.,  1939, 1692-7.—Northrup, 7.  The effect of con-
 centrated solutions of certain magnesium salts on pyogenic and
 other  bacteria. J. Infect. Dis.. Chic, 1919, 24: 17(1 5.

 ----   Biological aspect.
   Cedrangolo, F.,  &  Del Regno,  F.  Stud della  fosfata.si
 alcalina negli organi e nei prepaiali enzimatiei e sua  attivazionc
 ad  opera dei  Mg++.  Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1937,23:504-
 12.—Delbet,   P.  Role du  magnesium  dans les phenomener
 biologiques.  Monde med.,  1929, 39: 969 85.   Also Rev.  med.
 fi.,  1929, 10:  513  30.  Holmberg,  C. G. Ueber den Vechanis-
 mus bei dei Mg-Aktiviei ung der I larmphosphatase.  Biochem.
 Zschr.. 1935,  279: 1 15  8.  Jacobsohn, K. P., & Belo Pereira, K.
 L'aetion du magnesium sin le systeme de laspartase.  C.  rend.
 Soc. La].,  1935,  120: 551  4.-  Jtividier.  Le magnesium  et la
 croissance  des organismes.   Bull,  sc pharm.,  Par., 1940, 47:
 113-34.—Kosaka, G.  Klinische  und experimentelle  Untcr-
 suehungen  iiber  die  biologische  Wirkung  des Magnesium
 metalls.  Fukuoka  acta  med.,  1938, 31:  171-3.—Lavi le.  ('.
 Sur  le role biologicnie du magnesium.  Neoplasmes, 1933, 12:
 14-20.  I.eroy, .1.  Necessite du magnesium pour la croissance
 de la souiis.   C. rend. Soc. t>iol., 1926, 94: 431-3 —Lohmann,
 K.,  &  Cheng.  C. T.  Leber den Ersatz von Magnesium durch
 Mangan in  Fhyeomyces.   Klin.  Wschr., 1940,   19: 431.-
 Maclean, I. S.   The  biological function of magnesium.  In:
 Perspectives  in Biochem.  i Needham,  .L, &  Green,  D. E.)
 Cambr., 1937, 250-02.   Roche, J.,  •% Thoai, N. van.   Sur
 1'activation et 1 inhibition des phosphatases oir lion magnesium.
 Presse med.,  1943, 51: 291 (Abstr.) —Sacul.  O papel biol6eic«
 do magnesio.  Bol. Ass. brasil.  pharm., 1932,  13: 215   Vi^ties,
 H.,  & Pote, H.  Magnesium et grosses-   ('  rpnd Sue.  biol.,
 1931,  107:  468-70.

 ----   carbonate.
   [Magnesia  carbonica neutra]  Pharm. tid., Kbh.,  1867, 6:
 16-8.—Propos (A)  du carbonate  de magnesie lourd.  Presse
 med.,  1935, 43: 372.

 ----   chemistry.
   Dufrai s-e,  ('., & Moruoulis-Molho, J.  Note sur les  mag-
 t e-ietis a co|oration anoimale.   Bull. Soc  chim. France,  1940,
 5. ser.. 7: 930-3.  Forbes, J. ('. Solubility of bone  in solutions
 of  magnesium sails.   .1.  Biol. Chen,.,  1931, 93: 255-68.
 Von Stein. P.  Magnesium.  In his Organ. Reagents, Brookl.,
 1942,  116- 20.

 ----   chloride.

   Cauer, H.. & Cauer. G.  Das Vagii.-iumehlorid dei Nebel-
 keine.  Kolloel Zschr., 1943, 103: Ts  \b-n.,  Deshusses, J.
 Dosage volumitrique du  chloruie  de magnesium dans les seln
 le  nii-mi'.   Mitt.  Lebenstnitteluntersuch.,   Bern, 1943, 34:
 .'18-23.- Lowenherz,  R.   I eher gesattigte  Ixisungen  von
 V'agnesi.imchlond und  Isahumsulfat  oder  von Magnesiuii.-
| sulfat  und  Kahumchlorid.  Zschr.  phys. Chen,.,  1891, 13:
 459; 1897.  23: 95.  Na-iinen,  R.   Die Carbonate irkung bei
 der   Dtiation  ■ o„ M .gnesiuinehlorid mit  Alkalihydroxvd. 
MAGNESIUM                                    o3                                     MAGNESIUM
  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A,  1942, 190: 183-94.—Schuster, K.
  Leber die Zersetzlichkeit von menschlichem Haar beim Koehen
  mit konzentrierter Magnesiumchloridlosung.   Zschr.  phvsiol.
  Chem., 1937, 247: 6-8.—Wilson, M.  F.  The spectrographs
  determination of small amounts of impurities in magnesium
  chloride.  J. Optic. Soc. America, 1944, 34: 229-33.

  ----   chloride: Pharmacology.
     Annan,  W.  G.  Intravenous  medication  with magnesium
  chloride in  papillomata  and verrucae.  Med.  Press &  Circ
  Lond.,  1939,  202: 103.—Barbour, H. G.,  <V  Taylor,  W. F.
  The influence of  magnesium chlorid  upon the  narcotic  and
  toxic effects of sodium barbital.  J. Pharm. K\p. Ther., 1931.
  43:321-31.—Baumann, J. Le chlorine de magnesium.  Progr.
  med., Par.,  1931, 105-10.—Buonomo la Rossa, F.  Ricerche sul
  cloruro di magnesio; azione sugli ambocettori emolitici.  Boll.
  1st. sieroter. milan.,  1931,  10:  665-9.------Azione sui
  microrganismi in vitro.  Gior. batt. immun., 1931. 6: 248-58
  -----Azione sulla  tOssina tetanica.  Rass. internaz. clin.
  ter., 1931,  12:  1038-40.   ------  Sulla pretesa  azione  leuco-
  citogena del cloruro di magnesio.  Arch. Soc ital. chir., 1934,
  40: 692-4.------Ricerche sul cloruro di  magnesio; azione
  sulla  leucocitosi.   Clin,   chir.,  Milano,  1934,  .17:  230 46.—
  Chabrol, E., & Maximin,  M.   Sur  Faction  eholagogue du
  chlorure de  magnesium.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 3-5.—
  Choi, C. Y.  Relationship  between anaphylaxis and magnesium
  chloride.  J. Chosen  M.  Ass.,  1934,   24: 87. -Delbet,  P., &
  Palios, C.  Action du  chlorure de magnesium sur  le developpe-
  ment des epitheliomas greffes  chez la souris.   Bull.  Ass  fr
  cancer,  1928,  107: 315-23.   --     Anion du  chlorure de
  magnesium  sur les  cobaves en caienee M'nrhutiquc   C. rend
  Soc. biol.. 1928. 98: 1534—Despres  M.  Action eurarisante
  du  chlorure  de magnesium.  Ibid.. 1931, 107: 002  1.  -Dronda,
  M.  Cloruro magnesico;  su actual empleo terapeutico; obten-
  oion y  preparaciones terapeuticas.  Bol. farm,  mil., Madr.
  1929. 7: 289-93.—Fernandez, A. A., &  Capurro, J. La eficacia
  del cloruro de magnesio por via endovenosa  en algunos casos
  de  papilomas  venereos y verrugas.   Rev. As. m6d. argent.,
  1935, 49: 480-7— Franck & Vignee, H.  Le chlorure de mag-
  nesium  en  chirurgie de guerre; methode cvtophvlactique de
  Delbet.  Rev. path, comp., Par., 1916,  16: 292-4.—Gajatto, S.
  Azione  del  cloruro di magnesio  sulla diuresi provocata  da
  iniezioni endovenose di soluzione ipertonicn di solfato di sodio.
  Arch. farm,  sper.,  1938, 66: 19-40.—Ide, M.   Le chlorure de
  magn6sium.   Rev. med.,  Louvain,   1929,  222.—Jamin,  A.
  I*  chlorure  de magnesium  en  therapeutique et en  biologie
  Frogr. med., Par., 1928, 43: 800-6.—.lullien. A., & Peillon.  M.
  Sur la permeabilite de  ventricule isole d'Helix pomatia vis-a-vis
  du  chlorure  de magnesium.  C.  rend. Soc biol., 1937, 124:
  756-8.—Leibowitz, J.,  & Schweitzer, A.  Ycrgleich der Wirkun-
 gen von  MgOb auf  Atmungsgrbsse  und  Kontraktilitit  des
  FroschventrikeLs.    Biochem.  Zschr.,   1930,  229:  291-5.—
 Manceau, P.  Reactions du  Penicillium glaucum eultive  sur
 liqtiide type  de  Raulin,  additionne de  doses  eroissantes  de
 chlorure de magnesium; metabolisme des sucres et des ph\ to-
 sterols.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 1036.—Proot. W.   Les
 preparations  pharmaceutiques  du chlorure  de  magnesium.
 Arch.  med.  beiges,  1930, 83:   229-34; 1931, 84:  801-6 —
 Tarantelli, E.   Risultati   preliminari  ottenuti  col cloruro di
 magnesio per via endovenosa sui papillomi e sulle  verruche.
 Policlinico, 1927, 44: pt 2, 2461-5.

 ---   citrate.
   Baroni,  F.,  & Guidi,  G.  B.    Analisi di collaudazione  del
 tartrato  sodico  effervescente  volgarmente  detto citrato  di
 magnesia effervescente;   magnesia granulare  effervescente
 Gior. farm. chim.. Tor., 1905,  54: 49-52.—Schrritt.  I.imonade
 natro-citro-magnesienne.   C.  rend. Congr.  internat.  pharm.
 (1897) 1898,  8. Congr., 298  [Discussion] 493.


 ----   Compounds, organic.

   See also subheading (Halides, organic)
   Aall, C.  De l'influence de la magnesie sur la maiehe d'un
 four a carbure.  C. rend. Acad,  sc,  1937,  204:  1340-2.—
 Carswell, H.  E., & Winter, J.  E.   The effects of high  and pro-
 longed magnesium  lactate intake upon the  metabolism  of
 magnesium and calcium in man.   J. Biol. Chem.,  1931, 93:
411-8.— Case, F. H.  The action of magnesium on homonuclear
dibromodiphenyls.  J.  Am. Chem. Soc,  1936,  58: 1246-9.—
Chelincev, V. V., & Tronov, B. V.  [Magnesium complexes of
pyrrole, indole and carbazol in relation to chlorophvll|   J. Russ.
fiz.  khim. obshch.,  khim. eh.,  1914,   46:  1876-  "
 [Magnesium compounds  of  piperidine,  tetrahydroquinoline
 and hydro-acridine and  the theorv of their  relative ability to
 form complexes]   Ibid.,  1886-98— Chichibsbin,  A.  E.,  &
 Elgazin, S.  A.  [Synthesis of ethers from acetals of aldehydes
 and ketones  with  organic  magnesium compounds]   Ibid.,
 802-14.—Cope, A.  C.   The preparation of  dialk.vlmagnesium
 compounds  from Grignard reagents.   J. Am.  Chem. Soc, 1935,
 57: 2238-40.—Di Mattei,  P., & Butturini, L.  Prime ricerche
 sul gluconato di magnesio.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1932, 7:
 104-6.—Duce,  W.   Del  legame fra magnesio e proteine in
 soluzione.   Ibid.,  1937,  12:  794.—Egorova,  V.   [Action ol
 carbon  monoxide on organic compounds  of magnesium]  J.
 Buss. fiz.  khim.  obshch., khim.  ch.,   1914,  46:  1319-32.-
 Erickson, J. L. E., &  Barnett, M. M.  Cleavage  by organic
magnesium compounds; the cleavage of malononitriles.  J. Am.
 Chem. Soc,  1935, 57: 560-2.—Fisher, C. H.  The reaction of
 magnesium with a-halo ketones.   Ibid., 381.—G7emski, F. C,
 & Kilpatrick, M.  The kinetics of the formation of the Grignard'
 reagent; the rate of  reaction  with ethyl  bromide.   J  Or"
 Chem., 1940, 5: 264-75.—Joly,  M.   Action comparee de la
 magnesie  sur quelques glucides  et  quelques heterosides   .1
 pharm. chim., Par., 19.37, 8. ser., 25: 457-65.—Kondyrev, N. V.
 [Electrolysis  of organic magnesium compounds]  J. Russ. f z
 khim.  obshch.,  khim. ch.,  1920,  52:  17-24.—Krestinsky,  V.
 [Action of magnesium on  tribromo-isopentane; synthesis  of
 carbohydrates CioHig with open chain]  Ibid., 1914,' 46: 900-8.
 —-----[Investigation  ethylene  magnesium   compounds
 Ibid., 1920, 52: 63-90.—Maxim, N., Zugravescu, I., & Fulpe, I.
 L'aetion des composes organoniagiiesiens mixtes  sur les amides
 NT-disubstit,uees  de   l'acide  a-furancaiboniquo.    Bull.  Soc
 chiin.  France, 1939,  5. ser., 6:  1339 47.   Mingoi •,  Q.  Suli
 costituzione  dei  composti  organo-magnesiaci.   Arch.  farm.
 sper., 1929-30, 48: pt 1,  461-9.   -    - Sintesi di composti
 pirrolici e mdohci mediante impiego di magnesilderivati.  Boll.
 chim. farm.,  1938, 77: 337-58.—Nesmeianov, A. N., & Sazo-
 nova, V. A. [Organo-magnesium compounds; the  reaction of the
 Grignard   reagent  with  oxo-compounds]   Bull.  Acad,  m
 I'BSS, cl. sc. chim., 1941,  499-518.—Perret, A., & Perrot, R.
 Recherches sur la  cyanamide de  magnesium.  C.  rend. Acad.
 sc,  1936,  202: 420-2.—Reimer, M.  The reaction of organic
 magnesium compounds  with  cinnamvlidene  esters.   Am
 Chem.  J.,  1907,  38: 227-37.—Rueggeberg, W.  H.  C   The
 carbides of magnesium.  J. Am. Chem. Soc,  1943, 65: 602-7.—
 Sclar, M., & Kilpatrick, M.  The rate of reaction  of magnesium
 with acids in ethyl alcohol.   Ibid.,  1937, 59:  584-93.—Sobotka,
 H.,  & Bloch,  E.   Studies on triazines; reaction of isocvanuric
 ester with organomagnesium  compounds.   Ibid.,  2606-8.—
 Stadnikov. G. L.  [Reaction of complex  esters  with organic-
 magnesium compounds]  J. Russ. fiz.  khim. obshch.,  khim.
 ch., 1914, 46: 868-87.------[Certain instances of abnormal
 course of Grignard's reaction] ibid., 887-9.------[Reaction
 of complex ethers with organic magnesium compounds]  Ibid.,
 1915, 47: 2037-44.------[Reaction of complex esters with
 organic  magnesium  compounds]   Ibid.,  2115 20;  1916,  48:
 297-300; 1870-4.—Suter. C. M., & Gerhart. H.  I .  The reac-
 tion of alkyl sulfates and p-toluenesulfonates  with t he Grignard
 reagent and the preparation of  dialkvlmagnesium compounds.
 J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1935,  57:  107-9.—Volkov, K.  [Action of
 magnesium on mixture of haloid allvl  with kuminol]  J. Russ. .
 fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1917, 49: 259-63.—Wright, G. F.
 The  relative  reactivities of methylmagnesium  chloride and
 dimethylmagnesium.   J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 1152-6.—
 Wuyts, H.  Sur  un echange fonctionne! entre composes mag-
 nesiens et l'ar-bromocamphre.  C.  rend. Acad, sc,  1934, 199:
 1317-9.

 ----   Deficiency.

   See also  subheadings (Dietetic  aspect;  Metab-
 olism:  Disorder)
   Smit,   J.,   &   Mulder,   E.   G.    Magnesium
 deficiency as the  cause of injury in cereals.   43p.
 Wageningen,  1942.
   Allcroft, W.  M.,  & Green,  H. H.    Seasonal  hvpomag-
 uesaemia of the bovine, without clinical symptoms.  J. Comp.
 Path., Fond.,  1938, 51: 176-91.—Beckf,  H., & Furuta,  W. J.
 The effect  of magnesium deficient diets on oral and dental
 structures,  changes in the  dentine and pulp  tissue.  Am. J.
 Orthodont., 1942, 28:  Oral Surg., 1-14.  ---  -  The effect of
 magnesium deficient diets on oral and dental structures; changes
 in the  paradental bone structure.  J.  Dent. Pes.,  1943,  22:
 215.—Duckworth, J.,  & Godden, W.   The  influence  of diets
 low in magnesium upon the chemical composition  of the incisor
 tooth of the rat.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1940, 99: 1-7.  ---    &
 Warnock, G. McM.  The effect of acute magnesium def)eicnc\
 on bone formation in rats.  Biochem. J.,  Lond., 1940, 34: 97
 108.—Effect of magnesium  deficient diets on oral and dental
 tissues.   Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1939,  202: 170   Gannon,
 L, Schour, I.,  & Patras, M. C.  Effect of magnesium deficiency
 on dentin apposition and eruption in incisor of  rat.   Proc Soc
 Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 49: 662-6—Gellhcrn,  F., & Feldman,
 J.  The effect of magnesium deficiency on the  excitability of the
 vago-insulin and  svmpathetico-adrenal   systems.   Am.  .1.
 Physiol., 1941, 134: 603-8- Creenbenr, D. M., & Tuft?, F. V.
 Effect of a diet low in magnesium  on the rat. Proc. Soc Exp.
 Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 674.  Also J. Biol. Chem.,  1935, 109:
 p.  xxxviii.  ------  Biochemistry of magnesium deficiency.
 Ibid., 1937, 119:  p. xl.  ------   Chemical  changes resulting
 from  magnesium  deprivation.  Ibid.,  1937-38, 122: 693 714.
 ------   The  minimum  magnesium requirement  for  growth,
 gestation, and lactation, and the effect of the  dietary calcium
 level thereon.   Ibid.,  715-26.------& Iuci\ S. P.  The
 effect of magnesium  deprivation on  renal function.  Am.  J.
 Physiol., 1938, 121: 424-30.—Hoobler, S. W.. Knife. H. D., &
 McCollum, E.  V.  Studies on magnesium deficiency in animals;
 the effects of  magnesium deprivation on  the total and ultra-
 filterable calcium  and magnesium of the serum.  Am. J. Hvg.,
 1937,  25: 86-106.—Irving, J. T.   The influence of diets low in
 magnesium  upon the histological  appearance of the  inciscr
tooth of the rat.   J.  Physiol., Lond.,  1940,  99: 8-17, 3 pi.—
Kleiber, M., Boelter,  M. D. D.,  & Greenberi?, D. M.  Fasting
catabolism and food  utilization of magnesium deficient rats.
J.  Nutiit.,  1941, 21: 363-72.—Kruse, H. D.,  SchrriHt, M. M.,
&  McCollum. E.  V.   Studies  on magnesium deficiency  in 
MAGNESIUM                                     54                                    MAGNESIUM
  ilai
Arch
animals;  reaction  to galvanic stimuli  following  magnesium
deprivation.   Am.  .1.  Physiol.,  1933, 105: 635  42.-----
Changes  in the mineral metabolism of animals following mag-
nesium deprivation.  J. Biol. Chem.,  1934, 106: 553-72.—.
I avollay, J.  Magnesium et croissance du rat.  Bull. Soc. chim.
biol..  Par.,  1931,  13:  1205--9.—MacCardle, R. C,  Engman.
M. F., jr, '& Engman, M.  F., sr.   Spectrographs analysis of
neuroderniatitie  lesions;  a   human  magnesium deficiency.
\reh. Derm.  Syph., Chic. 1041,  44: 429-40.  Meillere. G.
La carence en  magnesium dans le monde organique. In: Oeuvre
(Delbet,  P.) Par.,  1932, 75- 82.—Miller,  J. F.  Tetany due to
deficiency in magnesium; its occurrence  in  a child of 6 years
with associated osteochondrosis of capital epiphysis of  femur,
I ..."-Perthes  disease.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1944,  67:  117-9.
Moore. L. A.. Hallman.  E. T., & Sholl, L. B.  Caidio
and other lesions in  calves  fed diets low in magnesium
Path., Chic, 1938. 26: 820-38.—Snyder, F.  H., A Tweedy. W .
R. The  effects of  fasting and  of a  magnesium-deficient diet on
the serum magnesium and serum  phosphatase activity in the
albinorat.  J. Biol. Chem.. 1941  140: Proc. 120.  -â–   -  The
effects of a nia"iiesium-deficient diet on the setum phosphatase
activity in the albino rat.  Ibid.. 1942, 146:  639-47.-  Sullivan.
M <fc Evans*. V. J.  Nutritional dermatoses in the rat; a com-
parison of disseminated neurodermatitis and experimental mag-
nesium deficiency.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1944, 49: 33-4>.
______The clinical  implications of magnesium deficiency.
 Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp.. 1943, 73: 59.  ------  Nutritional
dermatoses in the rat; evaluation of the interrelationship  ol
 magnesium deficiency and deficiencies of the vitamin M complex.
 J. Nutrit.,  1944. 27: 123-39, inch pi — Watchorn, K..  A- Mc
 Cance  R A.  Subacute magnesium deficiency in
 .hem. J., Lond., 1937, 31:  1379-90.
Bi
----   Determination.
   Belcot  ('.  Sur un methode volumetrique pour le dosage du
magnesium dans les eaux industrielles.  Bull. Soe. chim. France,
1920, 4. ser.. 39: 40: 1483-5.—Bell, F. K.  Estimation of mag-
nesium in  solution of citrate of magnesia.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass.,
1912. 31 : 312-4.—Blanchetiere, A., & Arnoux, M. Unenouvelle
methode de semimicrodosage et de microdosage du magnesium.
J. pharm.  chim., Par.. 1933, 8. ser., 17: 97-107.- Garabelli. A.
Contribution al estudio  del  eleetr6metro  termoionico y la
determination oxinimetnea  del  magnesio.   Rev.  Fac.  cienc.
quim. (La Plata)  1941. 16: 199-207   Chambers, M.  Sodium
hypoiodate a specific reagent foi magnesium.  Chemist Analyst,
1937, 26:  66.—Fouquet, R.. & Capderomme. L.  Sur le dosage
du magnesium dans les dolomies.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1940, 211:
(552-4.- HafTord. B. C.  The estimation of small quantities of
boron and magnesium.  Summaries Doct. Diss. Univ. "Wiscon-
sin  1942  7-  2(15 7 —Hoffman,  W. S.   The determination of
magnesium   In he Phot. Clin. Chem.. X. Y.,  1941, 163-71 —
HoU P. F. Tin' gi a vimetric micro-determination of magnesium.
Analyst. Lond., 19 12, 67:  2 "ifi.   Javillier, M.. & Dje'atides, D.
Sur  une methode de semi-miciodosage du  magnesium.   Ann.
falsif., Par.. 1931, 24: 133-8.-  Legendre. R.  Estimation rapide
du magnesium dansl'eau de mer.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1942. 136:
°91   Lucas  V.  A especificidade da  reacao do hipo-iodito de
magnesio.  Rev. Ass. brasil. farm., 1936, 17: 9-16.  Ludwig,
E. E., & Johnson, ('. R.  Spectrophotometric determination of
magnesium by means of titan yellow.  Analyst, Lond., 1943, 68:
191  (Abstr.)—Meillere, G.  Application de la reaction mag-
nesienne de Sehlagdenhaufen a l'analyse des eaux.  Ann. falsif.,
Par., 1923,  16:  410.—Miholic, S. S.   The  pyrophosphate
method for the determination of magnesium.   J. Chem. Soc,
Lond.,  1930, 200-2.—Power. M. H.  Colorimetric  determina-
tion of magnesium.  Fed.  Proc,  Bait., 1942, 1: pt 2,  130
(Abstr.)—Rogozinski,  F.   Contributions au dosage du  mag-
nesium.  Bull, internat. Aead. polon. sc, 1937, ser. A, 477-82.—
Sandell, E. B. Magnesium.  In his Colorimetr.  Determ. Metals,
X. Y..  1944, 305-11.—Schmidt, R.  Ueber die Trennung und
die titiimetrische Bestimmung von Kalk und Magnesia. Kleine
Mitt. Verein. Wasserversorg., 1927, 3: 21-3.  ------& Gad, G.
Leber ein kolorimetrisches  Yerfahren  zur Bestimmung des
Magnesiums im Wasser.   Ibid., 1937, 13: 326-30—Stone, I.
 \n organic reagent for detecting  magnesium.  Chemist Analyst,
1930, 19:  No. 3, 6.
----   Determination: Biological substances.
   Glomatjd,  G.   *Microdosage  du  magnesium
par l'o-oxyquinoleine dans  le  sang et les milieux
biologiques.  56p.  24%cm.  Par., 1939.
   Also J. pharm. chim., Par., 1934, 8. ser., 19:  14-29.
   Arnoux, M.  Methode de dosage du magnesium en presence
de fer  par la methode a l'oxyquinoleine.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1934, 116: 436-8.—Bassani, B.,  & Zambotti, V.  Su  di una
causa  d'errore nella  determinazione  del  magnesio in  alcuni
micrometodi.   Boll.  Soc.  ital. biol. sper.,  1935, 10: 261-3.—
Becka, J.  Ueber die praktische  Anwendung der  kolorimetri-
schen  Magnesiumbestimmung in  der Biochemie.  Biochem.
Zschr., 1931, 233: 118-28.—Benedetti-Pichler. A. A..  Llacer,
A. J.,  & Sozzi, J. A.  Microanalisis  cuantitativo  de  calcio y
magnesio  en cales.  An. farm, bioquim., B. Air., 1941  12: 13-
9—Bomskov,  C.  Methodik  zur jodometnschen  Mikromag-
nesiumbestimmung  in  organischen   Flussigkeiten.    -fechr.
physio] (hem.. 1931, 202:32-6.—Borgstrom, S. Modifikation
der Methode von Denis zur Magnesiumbestimmung im Serum.
Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl.,  1938, 78: 65-72.—Cannavd, h.. &
■  j       r.   v  .   a:  .  „w.o -..I dosaeuio del magnesio nei
Indovina.  R.   Xote  di  te.nica sul oosukm
liquidi o,g:,nici.   Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., _19.il, -• ltr.i  ],.
Cassen. II. A method for rapid determination of magnesium ,,,
bo.lv  fluids and some preliminary results on clinica  niatenal
.1.  Lab. Clin. M., 1939 40, 25: 411-3.- CruesH-Callaghan, (..
A method for the micro-determination of magnesium.  »'<>™em.
J.. Ixuid., 1935, 29: 1081-5.  Duckworth. J.. & Godden, W.
Determination  of magnesium  in  biological  materials; in er-
ference of manganese.   Anahst.  Lond.,  1938, 63: 805- 9.
Greenberg. D. M.. Anderson, C, A- TuftH, E.  V   A note on a
closed titration flask for use in the biomometric determination
of magnesium  with  8-hydroxyquinohne;  application  to the
estimation of magnesium in tissues and urine.  J. Biol. Chem.,
1935,  111:  561-5.—Gruzewska,  Z-,  .v Roussel, G.   Dosage
qtiantitatif du magnesium dans les organes. C. rend. Soc biol.,
1940, 133: 566.—Haury, V. G.  Modification of the titan yellow
method for the determination of small amounts of magnesium
in biological fluids.  J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1937-38, 23: 1079-84.-
Hirschfelder, A.  D., &  Series, E. R.   A simple adaptation of
Kolthoff's colorimetric  method for  the determination of mag-
nesium in biological fluids.  J. Biol. Chem., 1934,  104: 635-45 —
Hoagland, C. L.  Micromanometric  determination of magne-
sium.  Ibid., 1940,  136:  553-8.—Hoffman,  W.  S.   A  new
colorimetric method for the estimation of serum magnesium.
Annual  Meet. Centr. Soc. Clin.  Res.,  1936, 9: 41  (Abstr.)
------  A colorimetric  method for the determination of serum
magnesium based on the  hydroxyquinoline precipitation.   J.
Biol. Chem., 1937,  118: 37-45.—Javillier, M.,  & Lavollay, J.
Dosage du magnesium par la methode a la 8-hydroxyquinoleine
en chimie biologique et chimie agricole.  Bull. Soc. chim. biol.,
Par., 1934, 16: 1531-41.—Kolthoff. J. M.  Eine neue spezifische
Farbreaktion auf Magnesium und eine einfache kolorimetrischc
Methode zur  quantitativen  Bestimmung von  Spuren  dieses
Elements.  Biochem.  Zschr., 1927,  185: 344-8.—Lang, K.
 Eine  Mikromethode  zur  Bestimmung  kleinster  Mengen
 Magnesium in biologischen Material.  Ibid., 1932, 253: 215.—
 Nicolaysen, R.  Zur Bestimmung der einzelnen  fixen  Basen,
 hesonders des  Magnesiums, im Harn.   Ibid.,  248:  278.—
 Nordbo,  R.  Magnesiumbestimmung mit der Oxinmethode im
 Lltrafiltral ion Blutserum und von Zentrifugenmilch.  Skand.
 Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1939. 81: 258-62.------Bestimmung
 der   Magnesiumionenkonzentration  im Ultrafiltrat von Blut-
 serum.  Ibid., 265-8.—Urbach, C.  Quantitative Bestimmung
 des   Magnesiums  im  Harn  mittels  des Stufenphotometers.
 Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 241:  222-5;  1932, 252: 74.—Wolff, R.
 Methode ^loctrophotometrique de microdosage du magnesium
 dans les milieux biologiques.  Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1938,
 20:   1265 75.       —  Nouvelle technique de microdosage du
 magnesium  dans le serum sanguin  par colorimetrie photo-
 electrique.   C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1938, 127:  1445.  —---&
 Train, M.  Sur  le microdosage du magnesium dans les tissus
 animaux.  Ibid.,   1932,  110:  177-9.   ------   Recherches
 experimentales sur  le  microdosage  du  magnesium dans  les
 tissus animaux.  Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1933, 15: 820-32 —
 Yosimatu, S., & Hasegawa, M.  A new rapid  micro-method for
 the determination of magnesium in urine, without preliminary
 elimination  of  calcium.   Tohoku J. Exp.  M.,  1933-34, 22:
 463-6.—Zahradnicek, J.  Ueber die Fallung des Magnesiumions
 durch Tropaolin OO und die Anwendung dieser Reaktion zu
 seiner kolorimetrischen Bestimmung.  Biochem. Zschr.,  1927,
 191: 61-73.

 ----   Dietetic aspect.
    Almquist, H. J.  Magnesium requirement of  the chick.
 Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y.,  1942,  49:  544.—Daniels, A.  I.
 Magnesium needs of preschool children.  Am. J. Dis.  Child.,
 1941, 62: 568-76.  â– ------ & Everson, G. J.  A study of the
 magnesium needs of preschool children.   J.  Nutrit., 1936,  11:
 327-41.—Delbet, P.  Agriculture, cuisine et magnesium.  Bull.
 Aead. med., Par., 1934, 3. ser., Ill: 393-451—Duckworth, J.,
 & Warnock, G. M.  Magnesium requirements of man in relation
 to calcium requirements, with observations on  the adequacy of
 diets in common use.   Nutrit. Abstr., Aberdeen, 1942-43, 12:
  167-83.—Fairbanks, B.  W.  Magnesium,  an  indispensable
 element in nutrition;  the evidence.  North Am. Vet., 1937,
  18: No. 11,  50-3.—Javillier, M.  Le magnesium et la vie; le
  magnesium engrais et le magnesium aliment.  Bull. Soc. chim.
  biol., Par., 1930, 12: 709-40.
Electrochemistry.
   Bodforss, S., & Kajmer, H.  Zur Elektrochemie des Mag-
nesiums.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1931, 153: 83; 1934, 171:
190.

----   Halides.
   See  also subheading (Chloride)
   Delbet, P.  Actions biologiques des sels halogenes de mag-
nesium   Bull. Acad,  med.,  Par., 1928, 3.  ser.,  100: 793-813.
Also Med.  Press, Lond.,  1929, n. ser., 128: 47.  -----â–    A
propos de Faction des sels  halogenes de  magnesium sur  les
troubles  urinaires  d'origine prostatique.   Bull.  Acad, med.,
Par., 1930, 3. ser., 103: 294-8.------& Franicevic.  Action
des sels halogenes de magnesium  sur le pH urinaire.  Ibid.,
104:668-76.  ------  Action des sels halogenes de magnesium
sur le pH urinaire chez les  caneenux.  Bull. Ass. fr. cancer,
1930,19:742-61.------  Mode .Faction des sels halogenes de
magnesium sur le pH de I urine.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1932,
3. ser., 108: 1470-5.—Delbet, P., & Godard.  Sels halogenes de 
MAGNESIUM                                    55                                     MAGNESIUM
magnesium et cancer.   Ibid.,  1928,  3. ser., 100:  1116-27.—
Delbet, P., & Palois.  Action des sels halogenes de  magnesium
sur 1'evohition des cancers greffes.  Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928,
17: 525-36.  ------  De la resistance generale  confer6e par les
sels halogenes de magnesium.   Bull. Acad,  med.,  Par., 1930,
3. ser., 104: 8-13.  Also Tribune med., Par.,  1930, 64: 337-41.
—-----  Sels  halogenes  de magnesium  et  anaphy laxie.  Bull.
Acad,  med., Par.,  1931, 3. ser., 105: 506; 1936, 117: 96-100.
-----  Sels  halogenes de magnesium et  cancerisation experi-
mentale.  Ibid., 508.—Godard, H.   Role biologique  des  sels
halogenes de  magnesium.  In:  Oeuvre (Delbet, P.) Par., 1932,
63-74.—Hazard, R., & Wurmser, L.  Action des sels de mag-
nesium sur les vasoconstricteurs renaux.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1932, 110: 525-8.—Isolabella, M. E.  Accion farmaeodinamica
del bromuro de magnesio  sobre el aparato circulatorio. Rev.
Fac. cienc. quim. (La Plata) 1941, 16: 131-43.—Meillere, G.
 \ction biologique des sels halogenes du magnesium; prophylaxie
du cancer.  Tribune med..  Par., 1928. 62: 435-42.—Rowley, H.
H. Physical  studies of non-aqueous solvates: the solubility of
magnesium bromide in ethyl ether.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1936,
58: 1337-41.—Stora.  Action des sels halogenes de  magnesium
sur les troubles  urinaires  d'origine  prostatique.  Bull. Acad.
med., Par., 1930, 3. ser., 103: 287-90.

----   Halides, organic.

   Kleinfeller,   H.   Versuche  mit Acetylen-
magnesium-dibromid  [Habilitationsschriftl  78p.
8?   Kiel, 1930.
   Bachmann, W. E..  &  Kloetzel.  M.  C.  Preparation  and
reactions of  9-anthrvlmagnesium bromide.   J. Org.  Chem.,
1938, 3: 55-61.—Chichibabin, A. E.  [On G.  A. Stadnikov's
and Z. A. Kuzmina-Aron's paper: Action  of CO2 on ethers of
alkyl-Mg-halidesl  J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch.,  khim. ch., 1914,
46: 800-2.—Clement, H.   Sur le magnesien du bromopenta-
methvlbenzene.   C. rend.  Acad, sc,  1938,   207:  864-6 —
Crawford, H. M., Saeger,  M. E.,  &  Warneke, F. E.   The
reaction of n-butvlmagnesium bromide  with  some  aromatic
ketones.  J. Am.  Chem. Soc, 1942,  64: 2862-4.—Doerinp. W.
E.. & Noller, C. R.  The  system n-butylmagnesium bromide-
magnesium bromide ethyl ether.  J. Am. Chem.  Soc, 1939,
61: 3436.—Domanit?ky, N.   [Ethers of  magnesium halides]
,T. Russ. fiz.  khim. obshch.. khim.  ch.,  1915, 47: 1790-2 —
Domracheva, E.   [Action  of  MgJCaHs  on  ethyl-a-thienyl-
ketonel  Ibid., 1914, 46: 864-7.—Evans, W.  V., #• Brsithwaite,
D.   The electrolysis  of  n-propylmagnesium  bromide  and
isopropvlmagnesium  bromide  in ethyl ether.   J. Am. Chem.
Soc,  1939, 61: 898-900.  ------ &  Field, E.  The electrolysis
of some higher  aliphatic  organomagnesium halides in ethyl
ether.   Ibid., 1940, 62:  534-6.—Evans, W. V.. &  Field, E.
Electrolysis of  methvlmagnesium halides in  ether solutions.
Ibid.,  1936, 58: 72(>4.------Electrolysis of methvlmag-
nesium iodide in n-butvl ether.  Ibid., 2284-6.—Fuson, R. C,
& Robertson, J. A. The addition of methylmagnesium iodide
to t-butvl mesitvl diketone.  J. Org. Chem.. 1942, 7: 466-71.—
Fuson, R. C, Van Carnpen, J. H., &  Wolf,  D. E.  The action of
methvlmagnesium  halides  on  2,4,6-trisubstituted  benzoyl
chlorides. J.  Am.  Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 2269-72.—Haller, H.
L., & Schaffer, P. S. The action of isobutylmagnesium bromide
on 3,4,5-trimethoxvbenzonitiile.  Ibid.,  1939, 61: 2175-7 —
Henze, H. R.,  Allen, B. B., & Leslie, W.  B.  Syntheses in-
volving utilization of allylmagnesium bromide  in the Grignard
reaction.  J.  Org.  Chem.,  1942, 7: 326-35.—Kohler. E. P., &
Tishler,  M.  The  reaction between  organic magnesium com-
pounds and alpha bromo  ketones.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1935,
57: 217-24.—Nelson,  B.  A.  The  reaction between  phenyl
magnesium bromide  and  cyclic  aeetals.   Summaries Doct,
Diss.  Northwestern Univ., Chic,  1942, 10: 256-9.—Noller, C.
R., & Castro,  A. J.    The composition  of alkylmagnesium
chloride solutions in ethyl ether.  J.  Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64:
2509.—Paraskova, V.   Action du bromure d'ethylmagnesmm
sur la bis-diethvlamide sebacique.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934,  198:
1701-3.—Pierotti, G..  & Stewart, T. D.  A quantitative study
of the addition of n-butvlmagnesium bromide to acetone. J.
Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 1773-5.—Ross. W.  E.. & Fuson, R.
C.  The action of methvlmagnesium bromide  on 2,4,6-tnchloro-
benzovl  chloride.   Ibid., 1508-10.—Rowley, H. H.  Physical
studies of non-aqueous  solvates: the vapor pressure of mag-
nesium  bromide-diethyl  ether  solutions.    Ibid.,  621-5.—
Spielman, M. A., & Schmidt,  M. T.  Mesitylmagnesium  bro-
mide as a reagent in the acetoacetic  ester condensation.  Ibid.,
2009.—Stadnikov,  G.  L.  [Reaction of esters with  lodomag-
nesium  alcoholates]  J. Russ. fiz. khim.  obshch., khim.  ch.,
1915,47:1113-21.------[Formation of ethers  by reaction
between  esters and iodomagnesium alcoholates]  Ibid.,  1122-5.
-----[Reaction of iodomagnesium alcoholates with  complex
esters]  Ibid., 1916, 48: 1875-81.—Stevens, P. G.  The action
of organomagnesium halides on a,  /3-unsaturated aldehydes.
J.  Am. Chem. Soc, 1935, 57: 1112-7— Vidal y Puchals.   El
iodo-benzoil ioduro de magnesio en las infecciones  bacterianas
infantiles.  C. rend. Congr. internat.  med., Madr. (1903) 1904
14: sect, pediat., 773-95.—Wenus, E. [Action of MgClC5Hn(3)
upon salts of oxalic acid]  J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch.,
1914, 46: 1332-6.—Whitmore, F. C,  & Heyd, J. W.  The action
of t-butvlmagnesium  chloride on t-butylacetyl chloride.   J.
Am.  Chem. Soc,  1938, 60:  2030.—Whitmore, F. C, & Sloat,
T. K.   Grignard  reactions; reactions of benzyl-magnesium
chloride.   Ibid.,  1942,  64: 2968-70.—Whitmore,  F.  C, &
Wheeler,  W. R.   The  action of t-butvlmagnesium chloride
with acetyl chloride.  Ibid., 1938, 60: 2899.—Worrall, D. E., *
Cohen, S.  The behavior of diphenvlmagnesium bromide with
benzoquinone.  Ibid., 1936, 58:  533.—Young, W. G., Ballou,
G., & Nozaki, K.  Allylic rearrangements; the action of mag-«
nesium on cinnamyl  chloride.  Ibid., 1939, 61: 12-5.—Young.
W. G., Winstein, S., & Prater. A. N.  Allylic rearrangements;
crotyl and methylvinvl-carbinvlmagnesium  bromides.   Ibid.,
1936, 58: 289-91.—Zalkind, U. S. [Effect of magnesium on the
ethers of B-haloid-substituted acids]  J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch.,
khim. ch., 1914, 46:  488-504.------[Effect of magnesium
on  ethers  of  bromosuccinic acid]   Ibid.,  688-92.  -----
[Saponification of complex esters by activated magnesium and
ether of magnesium  iodide]  Ibid., 692-7. ------ & Baskov,
A. V.  [Effect of magnesium on ether of a-bromphenvlacetic
acid]   Ibid.,  476-8.—Zalkind,   U.  S.,  & Grabovskv." S. N.
[Effect of magnesium  on  ether a-methyl-(S-phenyl-/9-bromo-
propionic acids]  Ibid., 504-7.—Zalkind, U. S., & Peshekerova,
M. S.   [Effect of magnesium  on ethers of o-brom-methyl-
phenyl-acetic-and bromdiphenylacetic acids]   Ibid.,  478-88.—
Zalkind,  U. S., & Schrridt, A.  A.  [Effect of magnesium on
ethers of halid-substituted aromatic acids]  Ibid., 681-7.


----   hydroxide.
   Abramowitz, E. W.,  & Russo, J. J.   Fixed eruption from
magnesium hydroxide;  polvsensitivitv.   Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,
Chic, 1940, 41: 707-10.—Becka, J.  [The use  of colloidal mag-
nesium hvdroxid in  external and internal  medical practice]
Bratisl. lek. listy,  1928, 8: 361-6.—Beringer, G. M.  Magma
magnesiae.  Drug Topics, N. Y., 1913, 28: 148.—Perka, J.
Role de  l'hydroxyde de magnesie dans la  therapeutique de
rinflammation et dans le m<;tabolisme du calcium.   Rev. med.
fr., 1931,  12:  227-32— Billheimer,  E. C, & Nit?rdy, F. W.
The stabilization of  milk of magnesia by citric acid.  J. Am.
Pharm.  Ass.,  1936,  25:  36-8.—Crohn,  W.  H.  Magnesium-
Perhydrol.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1934,  84: 528.—Dovshkess,
W. N.  Modern methods of manufacturing milk of magnesia.
J.Am. Pharm. Ass., Pract. Pharm. Ed., 1942, 3: 174—Kornalik.
Aktivierung von kolloidalem Magnesiumhydroxyd.  Strahlen-
therapie,  1937,  58:  184-8.—I ebduska,  J.   L'aetion anti-
inflammatoire de l'hydroxyde colloidal de magnesie.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 364-6.  ------& Cervinka, F.  Action de
l'hydroxyde colloidal de magnesie et du thiosulfate de soude sur
les globules blancs.   Ibid., 366-8.—MacArthur, R. A.  Suspen-
sion of  magnesium   hvdroxide and materials  and  process
for making  same.   U.  S. Patent Off.,  1939, No.  2,168,228.
Marx, T., & Wehner, G.  Uebennikroskopische Abbildung der
Lamellenstruktur von  Magnesiumhydroxyd.   Kolloid  Zschr.,
1943. 105: 226.—Moness, F., lott, W. A., &  Christiansen, W.
G.  A study on the washing of milk of magnesia  through  a
permeable membrane.   J.  Am.  Pharm.  Ass., 1936, 25:  524-
9.—Osol, A.. & Tice, L.  F.  A  note  on  the  magnesia magma
heavy metals test.  Ibid., 1S37, 26: 211-3.—Pfibyl, E.  Chemo-
therapeutische  Beeinflussung der durch Gifte experimentell
verursachten I eber-  und Nierenschadigungen mittels kolloiden
Magnesiumhydroxyds.   Arch. exp. Path., 1931, 160: 255-68 —
Prochazka,  H.,  & Mazacova-Prochazkova.  A.  [Magnesium
hvdroxide (polvsan)  in  the treatment of mental  and  nervous
diseases]   Rev.' neuropath., Praha, 1930, 27: 161-8.—Snyder,
S.   Process for preparing desiccated milk  of magnesia and
product  resulting  therefrom.  U. S. Patent Off.,  1936, No.
2,052,902.

----   hypochlorite.
   Carron, R. F.  Preparaci6n  economica y  rapida del hipo-
elorito basico de magnesio (magnocid)  Rev. san. mil., B. Air.
1933, 32: 305-7.

----   hyposulfite.

   Jinot,  M.   *Recherches  sur l'hyposulfite de
magnesium.   118p.   8?   Lyon, 1932.
   Carratala, R. E.,  &  Carboneschi,  C. L.   Estudio  qufmico
experimental sobre la toxicidad  y fijacion en el organismo del
hiposulfito de magnesio.   Rev.  As. med.  argent., 1934, 48:
439-46.   Also Sem.  med., B.  Air.,  1934,  41: pt  2,  25-9.—
Cornbemale. P., & Cappelle, M.   De l'hyposulfite de magnesium
en therapeutique psychiatrique.   C. rend. Congr.  alien, neur.
France. 1931,  35. Congr., 298.—Corone, A.   Crise thermale et
hyposulfite de  magnesium.   C.  rend.  Congr. internat. hydr.
ciim. (1933) 1934,  14. Congr., 363.—Leonet.  L'hyposulfite de
magnesium.  C. rend.  Congr. alien,  neur.  France, 1932, 36.
Congr., 401-5.—Leulier,  A., Pomme,  B., & Velluz,  J.   Le
magnesium  serique  k  l'etat normal et dans certains  etats
psychiques; le magnesium serique apres injection intra-veineuse
d'hvposulfite de magnesium.  Ibid., 1934, 38. Congr., 353-6.—
Lumiere, A.  L'hyposulfite de  magnesium  dans  l'instabilite
humorale et  l'anaphylaxie.   Progr.  med.,  Par., 1931, 110-9.
------   Ressources  ignorees ou  negligees d'une therapeutique
generale preventive et curative.   Ann. Lab. A. Lumiere physiol.,
1939 30-5 —Silva. L. L.  Toxicidad del hiposulfito de magnesio.
Rev.'As. med. argent,,  1933, 47:  3644-50.—Techoueyres, E., &
PiMement, S.  Influence de l'hyposulfite de magnesium sur les
reactions  seriques  floculantes.   C. rend. Soc biol.,  1930, 103:
674.—Vigne, P.  L'Emge Lumiere  agent essentiel de la thera-
peutique humorale.  Avenir m6d., Par., 1939, 36: 36-8. 
MAGNKSUM
.)()
MAGNESIUM
den
----   Immunological aspect.
   Cernovodearu.  P.,  &  Henri,  V.  Activation du  pouvoii
h^inolvtique  de  certains serums  j>ar les sels  de magnesium
C. rend. Soe. biol.. 1900. 60: 571-3.- Kedogg. W. H., & Welly,
I .  A.  The  influence of magnesium  salts on amboeeptoi  an.I
complement tilralions.  .1. Lab. Clin. M.. 192C 27. 12: 153-6-
I*rrfer,tjev. 1. A.. Wi Id.-rhn irit. A.. & Wei'. A. J.  \b-orpti( n
of  bacterial  antigen from  diphteric toxin and toxcid by mag-
nesium hydroxide.  .1. Immun., Palt., 1942,  14: 32"  S.

----   Industrial aspect.

   See  Magnesium industry.

----   Metabolism.

   Dahne.  G.  R.  J.   *Ueber  die   Resorption
pcrnrnler  M;tgnesiumgabcn.   lop.    S?    [Lpz.]
\m:>.
   Demaxce,   A.    *Le  magnesium   dans  l'or-
ganisme humain  normal   [Xancy]  7Sp.   25cm.
(.'hampigneulles. 19.37.
   Leuthieh,   A.    *Vntersuehungen  iiboi
MagnesiumstofTwechsel    [Rostock]    23p.    8?
DrestL  1932.
   Auh, .1. C. *  Tihbette,  D. M.   Do i he pituii:  iv and adienal
glands inflnetu-e  calcium or magnesium metabolism"  Ti. Ass.
\m. Physicians,  1936,  "1: 129-31-  Basil. K.  I'.. A Mahkrr,
\1. C.  Magnesium metabolism in man.  Ind .1.  M. lies.. 1910,
?8: 333-43.— Wing. F. C.  Magnesium metabolism.  In: Cyclop.
Mod.  iBiersol-Bortz)  Phila., 1939,  10:  112- Canna>6,  1.
I a regolazione preipofisaria del ricambio del magnesio.  Riforma
med., 193C, 52: 1054.   Delbet, P.. & Rreteau. De I'elimination
du magr63ium  par  la  bile.   Lull.  Aead.  med., Par..  1931.
3.  ser.. 105:  800 9   Duckworth,  .1., &  Godden.  W.   The
replenishment of  depleted  -Kelei.-d  reser\os  of magnesium.
Biochem..!.,  Lond., 19 13.37:595 S.  -Franke. II. MagiM-ium
und KolilehvdriitJdon'wechsol.  Aich.  exp.  Path.. Perl.,  1933
34, 174: 727 41.— Guillsurrin, ('.  O.  Sui  le metabolisme du
magnesium  et ses movens d'etude dans lorganisme humain.
Piogi  med.,  1931, 97-105.- II. ffheinz, S., &  Dinitrrff. N.
Kxpeiimcntelle St.udie iiber  die  Resorption parenteral  zuge-
fiiluten metallischen Magnesiums.  Deut.  Zschr. Chir., 1928,
2t)H: 3l(i-53.- Pierallir.i,  G.  " ull elimination.'  della calee  e
della  maime-ia in rapporto id  aleune forme eliniehe.   Speri-
mentale. 19<H.. 60: 59-99.-  Shukor-. C. F.. Knotl. E. M.,  &
Schlut/,  F.  W.   Magnesium  balance  studies  with  infants.
Poc Am.  Soc Biol. Chem..  1939. 9: p. xcii.  Also J. Nutrit.,
1941, 22:  53 64.—Taylor, W. F..  -y  Winter, .1.  F.  Studies in
absorption and  excretion  of magnesium.  1.   Pharm.  Exp.
Ther., 1929, 35:  435-9.- libbettp, D. M.,  A Aub, J. C.  Vag-
nesiuin metabolism in health and disease;  the magnesium  and
calcium exciction of  noimal individuals,  also  the effects of
magnesium, chloride, and phosphate ions.  J.  Clin.  Invest,.,
1937. 16:  491 501.-  Winter.  J. F., A liichey,  C. H.  Fuman
absorption of magnesium  with and without aspirin  and other
adjuvants.  .1. Pharm.  Exp. Thet.. 1931, 41: 179-83.----
Magnesium absorption in dog-.   Ibid..  215  5-1.-  Wolff.  It.
Sur la perinea bilite du globule rouge in vitro et in vivo pom  I.
magnesium.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: I OS2 -5.—'/ orken-
dnrfer, W . I'eber die Wirkung der >  agnesiumsalze.  Piochem
Zschr., 1930, 221:  33-41.

----   Metabolism: Blood  level.

   See  also Blood chemistry, Magnesium.
   Veli.lz.  .1.    *Recherehes  sur  le  magnesium
serique.   160p.  2o1^cm.   Lyon. 1934.
   Bernstein, M.,  & Simkins, S.   The magnesium content of
the blood serum and mine.  .1.  Lab. Clin. M.. 1940-41,  26:
521-0.—Brovkin,  I). P.   | Fluctuation-  of  magnesium in  the
blood and urine in relation to the  concentration of the solution
of magnesium sulfate injected  .-ubeutaneously]  Akush. gin.,
1938, No.  12. 77-9.—Huffman, C. F.,  Conley,  C. L.  [et al.j
Magnesium studies in calves; the effect of magnesium salts-
and  vaiious natural feeds upon the magnesium  content  of the
blood plasma. J. Nutrit.. 1941, 22: 609-20.- Moore. |{.  M..  ,v
Wingo. W. .1.  Fatal blood level of magnesium. Am..!. Ph\-iol.
191!, 133: 391.  Smith, P. K., Winkler, A. W'.. <V Il.ff. H  F.
Kle(tt"cat'li"graphie changes and concentration of magne-nm
in  serum following intravenous injection of magnesium salts.
Ibid.,  1939,  126: 720-30.- Soffer.  L.  J., Cohn,  C. (et  al.]
Effect  of  sodium  iodide, magnesium  sulfate,  thyioxin,  and
thyrotropic  hormone  on  the  blood  magnesium  partition.
J. "Clin. Invest.,  1944, 23:  203-0.-  W.dff. R. Effet de la gona
dostimuline sur  le magnesium  sanguin.  C. rend. So.-, biol.,
1939,130:356.  â– ------Sui la repartition du magnesium entre
le  plasma et les globules chez  !e lapin. Ibid., 131: 108].

----   Metabolism: Disorder.

   See also subheading (Deficiency)
   \ngrisari, D.   II  magnetdo nel sangue di iu.lati  ti  nente.
lisp  psichiat., Nap., l''3-v 6: 91-7.—Aub, J. C, & Tibbettf.
I).  M.  Magnesium metabolism  in health  and disease   In:
Med. Pni e,s (11  \ Oliu-t..... \nniv. VolA Bost., 1936, 312-5.
Coppo.  M., & Molini ri-losi.th. I*.   (Issei \ azioni  .sulla  dis
tribuziniie del mugnesio nogh .ugiini di  ra.itti tiroparatiieoprivi
e di  latti traiian con |>:n a Pu ,,,..,,,-.   Doll. Soe. ital. biol. sper.,
1934, !»: 30 9.  Frugori, P.. .V Coppo, M.  (tsservazioni  sui
I'ontenuto totale in magnesio deH'orgnnismo di rat ti in caien/.-,
ed in e. i-esso  di ormone paratiroid.o.   Ibid., 314  6.- liirM'h-
felder. A. I).  Effect of renal insufficiency upon plasma mag-
nesium and  magnesium excretion after ingestion of magnesium
sulfate.   J.  Biol. Chem., 1934.  104: 0 17 53.   Johnson, 1).  W.,
Palmer, L. S., <fc Nelson, J. W.  Failure of dietary magnesium
imbalance to  produce  urmaiv calculi in wethers.  Vet.  Med.,
Chic, 1940, 35: 353-7- Pleshchiccr. A. .1.   | .Magnesium  and
calcium equilibrium in certain pathological conditions!  \ iach
delo,  1939,  21:  495-8.  Soffer, I..  J.,  Dilutes., I).  A.  let  al
1  Itrufiltrable magnesium m hvpei th\ nudism.  J. ('hn. Invent..
1939, 18: 597-601.—Tibbetts,  D. M.,  & Aub, .1. C.  Mag
nesium  metabolism  in health and  disease; the effect of  the
parathytoid hornione.   Ibid., 1937,  16:  503-9.   -----  Mag-
nesium  metabolism  in health  and  disease;  in  exophthalmic
goiter, basophilic adenoma, Addison's disease and steatorrhea.
Ibid., 511-5.  Walker.  B. S..  A  Walker.  K.  W.   Normal
magnesium  metabolism  rind   its   significant  disturbances,
J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1935-36,  21 : 713-20.


----  Metabolism: Distribution in body.

   Cannavd, I,.,  & Capizzi, I.  Sul contenuto in magnesio di
ulcuni organi del coniglio.  Bid!. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8:
354.   Cloetta, M., Fischer, H. & 1 oeff, M. R. van der.   Die
Yerteilung und die Wirkung des Magnesiums im t Irganismus
und  deren  Beeinflussung durch Calcium.   Aich.  exp. Path.
Berl., 1942-43, 200:  6-42.-  Cohen, H.  The magnesium con-
tent  of the cerebto-spinal and other  body  fluids.  Q. J. Med.,
Oxf.,  1926-27, 20: 173-86.-  Drobinceva,  A. V.   | Magnesium
content  in the mucous  membrane of the stomach and its modi-
fications  during  digest ions|   J.  Physiol.  ISSH,  1941,  30:
798-80.   Eveleth,  I).  F.   Comparison  of the distribution of
magnesium  in blood  cells  and  plasma of animals.   J. Biol.
Chem., 1937, 119:  2N9  92.


----   Metabolism: Variation.
   Ciihitto, A.   La magnesiemia. nell'eta infantile in eondizioni
noitnali  e patolo.pehe.   Kiv. clin. pediat..  1932, 30: 384 96. -
Greenberg, 1). M., & Tuft?, E. V.  Variations in the magnesium
content  "f the noimal white rat with growth and development.
J.  Biol.  Chem.. 1936,  114:  135-8 —Modes.  G., &  Humphrey,
fl. J.  Magnesium content of  normal  rats at different ages.
Ibid., 1927,  74:  1 1!) -51.

----  nitrate.
   Harvey, K. B.,  & True. R. H.  The influence of  light  and
chlorophyll  formation  on the minimum toxic concentration of
magnesium  nitrate for the squash.  Am.  J. Bot., 1917, 4:
107  10.   Meltzer, S. J.  The  toxicity  of  magnesium  nitrate
when given  by mouth.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1900 07.
4: 155.

----  oleate.
   Gradinger,  F.  Magnesiumoleat  als Cholagogum.  Med.
Welt, 1937,  11: 1072.

----  oxide.

   Joly, M.  Contribution  a l'etude de  l'aetion
de 1'oxvde de magnesium sur les glucides  [Pharm.]
128p.   25cm.  Par.,  1936.
   Anderson, W. C.    The  formation of magnesia from mag
nesium carbonate by heat, and the effect of temperature on the
Properties of the  product.   J. Chem. Soc,  Lond., 1905. 257
05.-  Climcnko, D. R.   Influence of magnesium oxide on anti-
oyietic  action and toxicity of  acetvlsalievlie  acid in iabbits.
Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34: 807 12.   Deville. S. C
Nouveau marbre artifieiel  prepare avec de  la magnesie.  .1
chim. mfd„ Par.,  1867, 5. ser., 3: 633.-  Fitch. W. E.   Dis-
orders of metabolism; a clinical research into, and  the theiapy
of, magnesium dioxide.  South.  M. J.,  1905, 12: 23-31; 78.-
â– lagitsch. It.  Untersuchung am System Mg( I-Wasser.   Zschr.
phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1937-38, 181:215-20- Piper  |Magnesia
ii«Lil  Pharm. 1 id., Kbh., 1861-02, 1: 119-21.

----  oxychloride.
   I ukenp, H. S.  The composition of niagn.
J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54: 2372 *0.

----  perchlorate.

   Van Rysselberghe, P.. & McGee, J. M.  The conductance of
aqueous  solutions of  magnesium perchlorate.  J.  Am. Chem.
Soc,  1913. 65: 737.

----  peroxide.

   Frenkel.   Sur la dto.r mpo.sition du peroxvde de magiu'sium
lans I intestin. C. rend  Soc. biol., 19(,6, 60l 483-5.- Lsbf die-
l-agiove, *., & Rollin.  M.   Le peroxyde de magnesium.   Bull.
ium oxychloride. 
MAGNESIUM
-H
MAGNESIUM
 med., Par.,  1905, 19: 757.   Also Poitou med., 1905, 19: 280-
 3—Szilard, Z.  Witkt Magnesiumperoxyd saurevermindernd?
 Deut. Arch. klin. Med.,  1931, 171: 359-64,  Also Orv. hetil.,
 1931, 75: 1151-3.

 ----  Pharmacology.

   See  also other  subheadings  (Chloride;  Sulfate)
   Neole,  T.   *Zur   Pharmakologie  des  Mag-
 nesiums und  Calciums (ein  Beitrag zur Frage des
 Ionenantagonismus)  28p.   S°  Rost.,  1931.
   Ashour, A.  A. The inhibitory effect of magnesium salts or
 the growth of malignant tumours.  J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1932,
 15: 740-4.—Bol a Hi. A.  L'azione del  magnesio sul cancro  del
 topo.  Arch. See. biol. Montevideo, 1930-32, Suppl., 693-6.—
 Brugi, G.   Pieerche sperimentali  sul  comportamento della
 cicatrizzazione di ferite e di ustioni in animali  magnesizzati.
 Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1931, 12: 1041-9.—Delbef, P. Mag-
 nesium  et cancer.  Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1937, 3. ser., 117:
 110-2.----    Action du magnesium sur le pigment et sur le
 calcium.  Ibid., 1942.  126:  112-7.  ------  Magnesium  et
 pigmentation; hypotln'se sur le role  biologique  des isotopes.
 Ibid., 477-80.-  Di Macco, G.  Influenza del vago sulla azione
 ipotensiva del magnesio.  Riv. pat. sper., 1930, 5: 223-32, pi.—
 Gard, J. S. F.   Magnesium carbonate and magnesium oxide;
 their preparation, composition,  impurities and  uses.  Q.  J.
 Pharm., Lond., 1938,  11: 572-81.—Hazard, R., & Wurimer, L.
 Magnesium et acetylcholine, differenciation par  le magiic'siun
 des effets de l'ion potassium  de ceux de l'aci'n leh. line.   ('.
 rend. Soc. biol.,  1939, 130: 1424-7.—Marullsz.  Action des sels
 de magnesium sur la genese des tumeurs du goudron.  Pull.
 Acad, med., Par., 1929, 3. ser., 102: 48-50; 1930, 3. ser., 103:
 166-72.—Norrura, F., & Ohfuti, S.  Effect of inorganic salts
 on photic  orientation in Allolobophora  foetida (Sav.) mag-
 nesium  salts: MgSO<, Mg(N03)2. and MgCl2.  Tohoku Univ.
 Sc. Rep.,  1930, 5: 669-89.—Prijma, G. J.   [Pharmacodynamic
 action of  magnesium; temperature  changes following sub-
 cutaneous injections of magnesium]  Farm. & toks.,  Moskva,
 1941, 4: No.  3, 39-41.—Siedlecki, J.  (Salts of magnesium]
 Warsz.  czas.  lek.,  1935, 12:  528-32.—Simon,  I.   L'azione
 farmacologica del magnesio.  Arch. farm, ter., 1906,  12: 251-
 78— Sugiure,  K., &  Benedict, S. R.  The influence of mag-
 nesium on the growth of carcinoma, sarcoma and melanoma ir
 animals.  Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 23: 300-10.—Trabuccfii, F., *
 Gazzari, M.  Ricerche farmacologiohe intorno  all'azione  del
 magnesio sul respiro.  Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1930-31, 29: 536-56.—
 Wiki, B.  Sur les proprietes pharmaccdvnamiques des sels  de
 magnesium.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1906,  60: 1008.   Also  .1.
 physiol. path, gen.,   1906,  8: 794-803.  ------  De  Faction
 pharmaeodvnamique  du magnesium.   Rev. med. Suisse rom.,
 1934, 54: 973-84. Also in Probl. biol. med. (Leontovich, A. V.)
 Moskva, 1935, 348-56.

 ----  Pharmacology: Anesthetic effect.

   See  also subheading (Sulfate)
   Agnoli, R.  Sulla narcosi  da magnesio.   Boll.  Soc. ital. biol.
 sper., 1929,  4: 484.—Bardier, F.  Les sels de magnesium et le
 svsteme nerveux moteur peripherique.   C. rend.  Soc. biol.,
 1907, 62:  843.   Also  J. phvsiol. , :,th. gen., 1907, 9: 611-9.—
 Bryant, G. W., Ichmann, G., .fe Kncefel, P. K.  The action of
 magnesium on the central nervous  system and its antagonism
 by calcium.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1939,  65: 318-21—Chur?,
 A.  [Magnesium and  the visceral nervous svstem of children]
 Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927, 7: 121-35.—Ciganov. S. V.  [Correlation
 between ions of magnesium and substances that excite the cen-
 tral nervous system)   .1. eksp. biol., 1929,  11: 252-7.—DuBc.i«\
 K. P., Albaure,  H.  G., & Potter.   Adenosine triphosphate in
 magnesium anesthesia.  J. Biol.  Chem., 1943, 147:  699-704.—
 Fodera, F.  A.,  Tedefchi,   N-,  &  Cannava, A.   Sull'azione
 anestesizzante e  curarizzante dei sali  di magnesio.  Boll,  ircc
 ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 1075-81- Haury, V. G.  The bronchio-
 dilator action of  magnesium and  its antagonistic  action, dilator
 action,  against  pilocarpine,  histamine  and  barium  chloride.
 J. Pharm.  Exp. Ther., 1938,  64: 58-04.—Hazard, R., & Wurrr-
 ser, L.  Action  curarisante  vraie des sels de magnesium.   C.
 rend.  Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 453-5.—Heilbrurn,  L. V. Mag-
 nesium and potassium anesthesia in amoeba.  Prce. Soc Exp.
 Biol., N.  Y.,  1932,  29: 467-9.—Hirschfeldcr,  A. D.  The
 antagonism  of  potassium and sodium ions to  the  narcotic
 effect of magnesium, and its relation to the physical chemistry
 of narcosis.  Abstr. Internat. Phvsiol.  Congr., 1929. 13. Congr.,
 123.—Hoff, H. E., Winkler,  A. W.,  &  Smith, P. K.  The effect
 of magnesium on neuromuscular and reflex activity in  relation
 to its  concentration  in the serum.  Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 129:
 384.—Kofler, L., &  Fischer. R.   Magnesiumnarkose durch
 orale  Yerabreichung   von   Magnesiurn-sulfat  und Saponin.
 Arch. exp. Path., 1928, 130: 319-22.—La  Barre, J., &  Hartop,
 F.  De  Taction  inhibitrice des  sels magncsiques sur  la con-
 tracture intestinale  experimentale.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,
 105: 39.—Lieben, S.  Ueber die  Verstarkung der Magnesium-
salzwirkung  und deren Anwendbarkeit zur enteralen Narkose.
 Arch.  exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 144:  61-70.—Lubinska,  L.  Les
troubles d'origine p£ripherique au  cours  de la  narcose iime-
nesienne.  Arch, internat. physiol., Li£ge,  1935, 41:  456-73,
2 pi.—Lucas, D. R.,  & Meltzer, S.  J.  Continuous anesthesia
by subcutaneous injection of magnesium  sulphate in nephrec-
tomized  animals.   Proc. Soc.  Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y., 1906, 4:
10.— Martini,  E.   Condizioni  biochimiche della  narcosi  da
magnesio.  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 946-8.-----
Studi sperimentali sulla narcosi di magnesio.  Riv. biol., 1934,
17: 22-64.—Meltzer, S. .1. Inhibitory and anesthetic properties
of magnesium  salts.   Med.  Rec,  N.  Y.,  1905,  68:  965-7.
------& Auer,  J.  Anesthesia produced by magnesium salts;
a preliminaiy communication,  with demonstrations.   Proc
Soc.  Exp. Liol.,  N. Y., 1904-05, 2: 81.  ------  On  the effect
of magnesium  salts upon the excitability and  conductivity of
nerves.   Ibid.,  1905-00,  3: 27-9.  ---:—   Physiological'and
pharmacological studies of magnesium  salts.  Am.  J. Phvsiol.,
1905, 14: 300; 1905--06, 15: 387; 1906, 16: 233; 1906-07, 17:
313.—Mitolo, M.  Sull'azione pa.ralizzante  del magnesio e del
litio.  Boll. Soc ital.  biol. sper., 1929,  4: 378-80.—Moore, R.
M., & Wingo, W. J.  Plood level of magnesium ion in relation
to lethal, anesthetic, analgesic and antitetanie  effects.  Am. .1.
Physiol., 1941-42,  135: 492-5.—Neuwirtb, L, & Wallrce, G. B.
On the use of  magnesium as  an aid in anesthesia.   J. Pharm.
Exp. Ther., 1929, 35: 171-87.------A note on  the absorp-
tion, serum concentration and  narcotic effects of magnesium.
Ibid., 1932, 45:  109-12.—Petrurkina,  A., & Petrunkin, M.
Ueber die  Bedingungen  des  Magnesium-  und Bromschlafes.
Zschr. ges. exp.  Med., 1929, 68: 720-36.—Plesbchicer. A. J.
'Effect of block  of the reticulo-endothelial  system and splen-
ectomy on the starting point  of antagonistic action of CaCh in
magnesium anesthesia]  Biull. eksp. biol. med.,  1942, 14: No. 2,
71-3.—Prijmp,  G.  J.   [Peflex  inhibition   following  sub-
cutaneous injections of magnesium]  .1. Physiol. USSR, 1940,
29:  178-84.—Simon, I. Azione del magnesio sul sistema ner-
voso centrale.  Roll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 1199-202.—
Smith, P. K., Winkrer, A. W.,  & Hcff, H. F.  The pharmacologi-
cal  acticns of parenterallv administered magnesium salts: a
review.  Anesthesiology, 1942, 3: 323-30.—Wiki. B., & Bebcux,
M.   Action anesth£siante g£n6ralise'e ou curarisante du mag-
nesium?   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929,  59:  337-40.

----  Pharmacology:  Gastrointestinal effect.
  Cohen,  H.   The  purgative action of magnesium salts.
Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1925-26, 19: 249-56—Czepa, A.  Zur Abfuhr-
wirkung des Bittersalzes.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 537.—
Hurst, A. F. The purgative action of magnesium salts. Lancet,
Lond., 1935, 1: 345.—Meltzer.  S. J., & Auer. J.  Physiological
and pharmacological studies of magnesium  salts; the relations
of the salts to the peristalsis of the gastrointestinal canal.  Am.
J. Physiol., 1906-07, 17: 313-20— Weber, R. J.  Fxeretion of
some purgative  salts of magnesium.  Proc.  Soc  Exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1937-38,  37: 55-7.

----   Pharmacology: Metabolic effect.
   Barbcur, H. G., & Winter, J. E.   Magnesium absorption in
dogs and its effect upon the metabolism of calcium.   .1.  Pharm.
Exp.  Ther., 1931, 43: 607-20.—Brings, L.  Leber die Wirkung
ven Magnesiumsalzen auf die Diurese.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,
19?0, 157: 364-71—Corkill, A. B., & Ennor, A. H.  Magnesium
and  carbohydrate  metabolism.  Med. .1.   \ istralia,  198, 1:
113-5.—Gajatto, S. Azione del magnesio sulla diuresi  provocata
da soluzione ipertonica di cloruro di sodio.   Arch.  farm, sper.,
1938, 65: 24-48.—Iavollpy, J.  Le magnesium dans  la  carence
en vitamine A.  Bull. Soc chim. biol., Par.. 1931, 103:  1210-3 —
I udany,  G., & Kenessey, S.  Die  Wirkung des Magnesiums
Ptif die Ionenzusammensetzung des Serums.   Zschr. ges.  exp.
Med., 1940-41,  1P8: 231-3.—Oliviero.  Action du  ion  mag-
nesium sur l'equilibre mok'culaire des phosphates  urinaires.
Neoplasmes, 1931, 10: 39-41.—Pleshfizer, A. J.  [Modification
of the  carbohydrate  metabolism  in  rabbits  f. Hewing sub-
cutaneous injection of magnesium salts]  Piull. eksp. biol. med.,
1942, 14: 84-9.'—Pribyl, F.   Action de I'icn magnesium sur le
in. tabolisme du  calcium dans l'organisme.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol..
1929, 102: 258-60.—Reid, C.   Magnesium and formation of
glycogen in the liver.  J.  Physiol., Lord., 1935-36, 84:  5P-
71'.-   Pofovic,  A.  [Effect of  magnesium en the  crystallization
of oxalates of the urine]  Cas. lek. cesk., 1939,  78:  809-12 —
Serantes, M.  F..  &  Moglia, J. L.  Va.riacirn  de  elementos
minerales del  plasma  por  las  sales  de rragnesio.    An. farm.
bioqufm., B  Aii..  1942, 13: 36-51 —Sveirsscr-, S-.  L.  Mag-
nesium und I eberglj krgen.  Arch.  exp. lath., Perl., 1924-35,
177:221-5.- Tosc-mo Rico, 3.  O antagoriu mo entre o magn.sio
e alguns  catioes monovalentes; certos aspectos do equilibrio
idnico humoral.  Arq. pat.,  1933,  5:  205-375.— Wall?re, G.
B.,  & Brodie, B. B.   Observatirrs on  kation shifts following
magnesium and calcium injections.   J. Pharm. Exp. Ther.,
1941, 72: 44.

----   Pharmacology:    Muscular    effect   (inch
   heart)
  AgnoM, R., & Rueea, D. Studio clinieo-sperimentale dell'azio-
ne del magnesio sul cuore.   Arch.  sc. med.,  Tor.,  1938,  66:
109-24.—Arv?ritaki,  A., Cardot, H., & Jullien, A.   Taction
diastolisante du  magnesium, appliquee  a l'etude de la structure
du  coeur des mollusques.   C. rend.   Soc. biol.,  1935,  118:
242-4.—Ashkeni?7, E.  W.   Magnesium narcosis  in  muscle.
J. Cellul.  Physiol.,  1938,'   11:  163-74.—Bernstein,  M.,  &
Simkins, S.  Magnesium; the effects of intravenous iniections
on the human heart.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1939-40, 25: 131-41.—
Elsden.  S.  Magnesium  and  muscle respiration.  Biochem. 
MAGNESIUM
.">N
MAGNESIUM
.1 .  Iiond.,  1939,  33:  1S90 4.   Fenn. W. O.. & Haege.  L.  F
 The penetration  of magnesium  into frog muscle.   J. Cellul
Physiol., 1942, 19: 37 Hi.   Goljahovski, N.  W.  Wirkung d.-
Magnesiums auf  das  Herz und sein Yetlialten zu Kalium und
Calcium.   Arch  ges. Physiol.,  1932,  230:  401.—Gotsev,  T.
Blutdruck  und  Herztiitigkeit;   Kreislaufwirkung  von  Mag-
nesium.  Arch, exp  Path.,  Berl., 1943, 201: 322-33.— Green-
berg, D. M.. iV- Tufts. E. V.  The nature of magnesium tetany.
Am  J. Physiol.,  193S.  121:  416-23.-  Hoff, H. E., Winkler.
A. W., &  Smith. P.  K.   Cardiovascular and  neuromuscular
changes  following  intravenous injection of  magnesium  salts.
Ibid.,  1939. 126: 537.^JappelIi,  A.   Intorno all'azione farma-
cologica  del  magnesio sul preparato neuro-museulare.   Arch.
sc. biol., Nap., 1920 27. 9: 418-34.—Maaske. C. A.. &  Gibson,
B.   The effects  of magnesium  upon denervated  mammalian
muscle.  Am.  J.  Physiol.,  1939, 127: 486-91— Pleshchicer.
A. J.  [Action of magnesium salts  on the cardio-vascular system]
latm. & toks., Moskva, 1939, 2: No. 2, 31-6.— Rondinini,  R.
L'azione del bario  e  del magnesio .-ull'attivita contrattile del
ciime  di embrione  di polio.   Boll. Soc. ital.  biol.  sper.,  1939,
14:  005-7.—Rothberger. C. J.,  & Zwiilinger,  L.   Ueber die
Wnkung  von Magnesium auf  die Strophantliin-  und die
Barium-Tachykardie.   Arch. exp.  Path..   Berl.,  1930,   181:
301-16.—Seekles,  L.  Ueber die Magnesiumwirkung  auf das
Herz.   Klin. Wschr.,  1936,  15:  1434.—Stiles, P.  G.  On
magnesium and  contractile tissues.    Proc   Soc  Exp.  Biol.,
N.  Y., 1906-07. 4:  106—Tedesco.  P. A.  Ricerche  elettro-
cardiografiche sull'azione del magnesio.  Riv. pat. sper.,  1931-
32.7:274-83.  ------  Azione del magnesio  sulla onndueibilita
dello stimolo automatic*' nel cuore di eterotei mi.  Ibid..  281 '.(3,
3  pi.—Tosc^no  Rico, .1.   L'antagonisme entre  ions  Mg  et
quelques cations  monovalents, £tudifi sur la preparation neuro-
musculaire de la grenouille.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1931,  108:
210.------L'antagonisme entre ions Mg et quelques cations
monovalents etudiS sur le  muscle tibial  ant^rienr du ehien.
Ibid.,  212.------L'aetion de quelques  excitants  respira-
toires  sur la  paralvsie  t.spiiatoire  d'origine  magnesienne.
Ibid.,  1933,  114: 849.   Wodon,  J. L.  Sur l'abolition  de  la
t£tanisation  uterine  par les  sels magnesiques.   Ibid.,  1930,
103: 529.  ------  De l'aboliti.m par des sels magncsiques de
la contracture merino obtenue par divers agents  tetanisants.
Ibid..  930 — Wolff, R., Rangier, M.,  &  Rourquard, A.  Sur les
relations existant entre le magnesium  du muscle et le chronaxie.
C. rend. Aead. sc, 1936, 203: 414-6.-----Sur les variations
du  magnesium dans  lo muscle et dans le sang a  la  suite de
eont taction luusculaires repetees.  C.  rend.  Soc  biol.,  1937,
121: 110-2.  Zwillinger. L.  Leber die  Magnesiumwirkung auf
das Heiz.  Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 1429 33.

-----   phosphate.
   Kiehl, S.  J., A: Hardt. H. B.  The dissociation pressures  of
magnesium ammonium phosphate hexahvdtate  and some re-
lated  s,distances.  .1. Am.  Chem. Soc.  19.33.  55: 605-18 —
Seibert,  W.  W.   The  pain of   magnesia phos.   Hahneman.
Month., 1937. 72: ISO-90.-  Tabor. H.,  .V-  Hastings, A.  B.
The ionization constant of secondary  magnesium phosphate.
.1. Biol. Chem.,  1943, 148: 627-32—Wakeman, A. J.  On the
solubility  of magnesium-ammonium  phosphate  in   alcohol.
Techn. Q., Bost . 1*87-88, 1:  173-7.

-----   radioactive.
   Kckardt, A.   L/eber die  Abklingzeit des  aktivierten  Mag-
nesium-.   Xaturwissenschaften, 1935, 23: 527.—Ellis. C.  D.,  &
Henderson,  W.  J.   The artificial radioactivity produced  in
magnesium hv x-particles.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1930,  156:
-or. A.. 358 07.

-----   silicate (& trisilicatei
   Magnesium trisilicate.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115:  1999.—
Mutch, N.   The silicates of  magnesium.  Brit. M.  J.,  1936,
1 : 143- 8------Synthetic magnesium trisilicate; its action
in the alimentary  tract.  Ibid.,  205-8.  ------   Magnesium
trisilicate.  Ibid., 1937, 2: 735-9.—Nutting, P. G.  A study  of
tin  association of  magnesia with silica in a pure  magnesium
day.   J.  Washington  Aead.  Sc,  1940, 30:  233-7.—Page,
R. C, <t Thomas,  E. G.  Magnesium  trisilicate: an insoluble
antacid and ab-nrbent  agent for the treatment of  gastro-
intestinal disorders in soldiers and others.  Mil.  Surgeon,  1939,
85: 307-15.  Pinder. J.  L.  The routine examination of  mag-
nesium trisilicate.  Analyst, I/>nd.,  1940. 65: 90-0.-- Ramsey,
T. L.  Magnesium silicate granuloma.  Am. .'.  Clin.  Path.,
1912. 12: 553-8—Roseman. R., Fisenberg, H., & Levin, M.  B.
Th.  preparation  of magnesium -llkates by  the interaction  of
magnesium salts and alkali metal silicates.  .1. Am.  Pharm.
Ass.,  1940, 29: 271  7   Surfleet. H.,  & Porter. G. V.   The
chemical examination and  standardisation of magnesium tri-
silicate.  Q. J. Pharm . I.ond.. 1910.  13: 109  21.

-----  Solubility.
   Bodforss,  S.,  & Wallen, K. A.  Die  Auflbsung von  Mag-
nesium in  Amin-Salzlosuneen.   Zschr.  phys. Chem., Abt. A,
1937-38. 181: 229 -38- James,  T.  H.  Rate  of  solution  of
magnesium m acid*  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1943, 65: 39-41
Kilpatrick. M., A- Rushton, J.  H.   The  rate of solution of mag-
n.-ium in  acids   I.  Ph.v-.  Chem., 1934, 38: 269-306.-  King.
C  V., .v Cathcart. W .  H.  The rate of dissolution of magne-i
in a.id-   J.  Am. Chem. Soc. 1937. 59: 63-7.
-----   sulfate.
   Bergman,  A.   Sulfato de  magnesia;  estudio  nidiulnpicn.
Rev. espec, B. Air., 1929.  I: 1125 4 1.   Fodornff. II.  Sur In
conduetibilite des sulfates doubles de la sene magnesienne en
solution aqueuse.  C.  rend.  Acad, sc,  1930, 203:  307 71.
Gorbunova-Nikolaeva.   M.  M.,  it  Speranskaia-StepanovR,
E. N.  [Antagonistisohe Wirkung des Adrenalins und Knlziuni.s
in bezng auf MgSD4]   J. Physiol.  USSR, 1935,  18:  1031-4.—
Jones, G., & Ray,  W.  A.  The surface  tension of solutions of
electrolytes as a function of the concent iat ion; magnesium
sulfate.  .1. Am  Chem. Soc,  1942, 64: 27 11.   Koseman. R.,
levin, M.  B.. \-  Eisenberg,  H.  On the nature of the precipi-
lates obtained  l>\ adding sodium silicate to magnesium sulfate
 \m.  .1.  Pharm.,  1939,  111: 400-6.—Stare,  A.   Der  Linfliis.y
steigender  Gaben von Magnesiumsulfat  auf don  EM rag einigei
Pilze.    Arch.  Mikrob.,  Berl., 1942,  13: 74-92.  Vosburgh
W. C, Dibeler, V.  H. [et al.]  The system magnesium sulfate!
cadmium sulfate  and water at 25° and 40?  .1. Am. Chem. Soc,
1940, 62:  1172.  Walter-Lew.  L.  Sulfatoearbonate  basiquc
de magnesium.  C. lend.  Wad. sc, 1936, 202: 1074-6.-----
Contribution  a l'etude de la  double  decomposition entre les
solutions de sulfate de magnesium et de carbonate de potassium
a l'ebullition.  Ibid., 203: 879 81  — Whittaker,  C. W., Lund^
strom, F. O., & Shimp. J. H.  The .system magnesium sulfatc-
urea-water at 30?  .1. Am. Chem. Soc, 1930,  58: 1975-7.


-----   sulfate:  Pharmacology.

   Beckman,  H.   The alleged synergism  of  magnesium sul-
phate and iikh phine; present status of the controversy.  J. Lab.
Clin. M., 192S  29, 14: 1050-6- Boy den. E. A., Benin, G. S.. &
Layne, J. A. An analysis of  the role of magnesium sulphate in
evacuation  of  the  biliary tract.    Fed.  Proc, Bait.,  1913, 2:
3  (Abstr.)- Duoherrin.  E.   Susceptibility   nuignetique  dc
quelques liydrates du sulfate de magnesium et de quelques sels
de la seiie  de  magnesienne.   C. rend.  Acad, sc,  19.31,  199:
571  3.   Gipperich. L.,  .v.  Artifoni. F.   II  solfato di  magnesio
per  via  parenteral.' e  sua azione sulla  pressione arteriosa e
sulla funzionalita rennle.  Cior. clin. med., 1939.  20: 406-21.-
Cwathmey, J. T.  Synergism of magnesium sulphate and mor-
phin  and magnesium  sulphate and ether.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
1925, 85: 1482-5. - Haury, V. G.  The effect of  intravenous
injections of magnesium sulfate on the volume of the extremi-
ties.   J.  Lab. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 951.—Maugeri,  S.  Sul
meceanismo d'azione del solfato di magnesio iniettato nell'uonin
per  via  endovenosa.   Cior.  clin.  med.. 1940, 21: 325-34.—
Northup, I). W..  <v Van Here, E. .1.  The effect of  anoxemia
on  the   absorption of  magnesium  sulphate  from the  small
intestine  Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par., 1939, 62: 175-8.—
Pleshchicer, A. J.  [Rate of  the lesser circulation in parenteral
injections of magnesium sulfate in  rabbits] .1. Phvsiol. USSR,
1938, 25: 150-3.—Sewaki, H.  (The first report of experimental
injections of  magnesium  sulphate subeutaneouslv  into the
veins and spinal  cud]  Sei i kwai M. .1.,  1907. 26: No.  307,
15.   Smith, P. K.. Winkler, A.  W., &  Schwartz.  B. M.  The
distribution of magnesium following the  parenteral administra-
limi  of magnesium sulfate.  .1.  Biol. Chem., 1939, 129: 51  0.
Spinelli,  R.   Blutdrueksenkende  Wirkung  des  Magnesium
siilfuiieum,  int t a venos  verabreicht.   Schweiz.  med   Wschr
1941, 71:  1435— Slander, H. J.  Effect of  the  intravenous
administration  of magnesium  sulphate; experimental  studies.
J.  Am. M.  Ass., 1929, 92:  031-7.- V.  [Tests for alkaloid salts
in sulphas magnesicus]  Ny pharm. lid.,  Kbh., 1879, 11: 362.—
Woitashevski,  J. B.   Experimentelle  Untersuchungen  und
klinische  Beobachtungen  iiber  die  Wirkung schwefelsaurer
Magnesia.   Arch. klin.  Chir., 1926, 141: 135-50.


-----   sulfate:   Pharmacology—Gastrointestinal
   effect.

   Chabrol, E.. & Maximin, M.  I. action inhibitrice  du sulfate
de magnesie sur  la secretion hepatique  de la  bile.   Bull. Soc
mod. hop.  Paris, 1928, 3. ser.. 52: 1693-8.   Ferguson, J., &
Ivy,  A. C.  Does  magnesium sulphate cause catharsis by being
absorbed and then excreted  into  the colon?   Proc  Soc Exp.
Biol., N. Y.,  1936,  34: 720-2.—Furman,  A.  [Injection of
magnesium  sulphate in  certain diseases of the gastro-intestinal
tract and of the urinary  apparatus]   Vrach. delo,  1928,  11:
900.—Gantt, W.  H.  The influence of magnesium sulphate on
the secretory activity of the  digestive glands; on biliary secre-
tion.  Am.  J. M. Sc, 1930, 179: 380 5.  ------& von Volborth.
U.   Ine influence of magnesium sulphate on the  expulsion of
bile  from the gall  bladder.   .L  Lab.  Clin. M.,  1925-26.  11:
• >42 -7.           The influence of magnesium sulphate on the
secretory activity of  the digestive glands; on the gastric, in-
testinal and pancreatic seetetions  Am. .1. M. Sc, 1930, 179:
375-80.- Haffner.  F., &  Schmid.  W.   Bittersalz  als Purgans
und  als  Laxans  Momo-i   Miinch.  med. W-oh,.,  1943.  90
311-3 —Hirschberg,  L.  Sekieiomche  Fuiiktion der I-eber
des  Pankreas und  de-  Ma sens nach  Einfuhrung von  MgSU
ins Duodenum.  Arch.  \ . rdauungskr., 1928, 44: 393 405.
l.ium, R.. A- Florey. H.  W.  The  action of magnesium sulphate
on th. â– intestine of the eat.  Q. .1. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1939-40,
29:  ,0.,  19.—Mendenhill, W.  L„ McClure, C. W., & Cate, M.
( holagogic  properties of  magnesium oulphate.  Boston M.  <V
S.  .1., 1920, 19.,: 76-9.-  Modo de quitar el sabor amargo a
sulfato   de  magnesia.   Poti.:,,   Barcel.,   1 S.j>  53   1 ■  87 — 
MAGNESIUM                                   59                                    MAGNESIUM
Straub, W.  Entbittertes Bitterwasser.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
1938,68:1341.—W., D.   Entbittertes Bitterwasser.  Umschau,
1939,' 43- 236.

___   sulfate: Pharmacology—Metabolic  effect.
   Asmolova,  E. N.  [Phosphoric fractions in the organs and
tissues  in injections of  magnesium  sulphate and magnesia!
blood]  Med.  biull., Irkutsk,  1939, No. 3, 3-13.—Brovkin, D.
P   [Effect of magnesium sulphate on diuresis]  Sovet. vrach.
gaz., 1934, 38: 1511.—Haury, V.  G., & Cantarow, A.  Effect of
magnesium sulfate on serum and  peritoneal fluid calcium, mag-
nesium,  inorganic  phosphorus.  Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N.  Y.,
1940, 43: 335.—Palmer, L.  S., Eckles, C. H., &  Schutte, D. J.
Magnesium sulfate as a factor  in  retention  of calcium and
phosphorus in cattle.  Ibid., 1928-29,  26: 58-62.

___.   sulfate:   Pharmacology—Neuromuscular
   effect.
   Brosnan, J. J.,  & Boyd,  T. E.  Chemical transmission from
nerve to muscle, in animals curarized with magnesium sulphate.
Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y.,  1936-38, 35: 405.—Haury,  V. G.
The effect of intravenous injections of magnesium sulfate on the
vascular system.  J. Pharm.  Exp. Ther., 1939,  65; 453-60.—
Hirschfelder,  A. D.  Enhanced action of morphine in experi-
mental nephrosis after oral ingestion  of magnesium sulphate.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 30: 1057— Kikhedko, V. P.
[Effect of magnesium sulfate on the musculature of the pregnant
uterus of the rabbit]  Akush. gin., 1938, No. 9, 23.—La Barre,
J., & Wodon, J. L.  Demonstration in vivo de Taction dficon-
tracturante du  sulfate  magnesique sur l'uterus tetanis6  par
I'extrait post-hvpophvsaire.  C.  rend. Soc biol.,  1930,  103:
530-2.—Luco, J. V., Pichard, R., & Huidobro, F.  Efecto del
sulfato de magnesio sobre los musculos esqueleticos. An.  Acad.
biol. Univ. catol. Chile,  1940, 3: 69-75.—Matthews,  S.  A., &
Jackson. D. E.  The action of magnesium  sulphate upon the
heart and the antagonistic action of some other drugs.  Am. J.
Physiol., 1907, 19: 5-13— Miller, J. R., &  Van Dellen, T. R.
Electrocardiographic  changes following the  intravenous  ad-
ministration of magnesium  sulfate.  J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1937-38,
23: 914-8.  ------  Electrocardiographic  changes following
the intravenous administration of magnesium sulfate; combined
effect with digitalis.  Ibid., 1940-41, 26: 1116-20.—Ozorio de
Almeida, M.  Action du sulfate  de  magnesium sur la contrac-
ture en flexion du lapin spinal.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114:
834-7.—Quaranta, L. Solfato di magnesio per via parenterale e
sistema nervoso vegetative  Studium, Nap., 1928,  18: 439-
42.—Van Dellen, T. R..  &  Miller, J. R.  Electrocardiographic
changes  following the   intravenous  administration  of mag-
nesium sulfate; an experimental  study on dogs.  .1. Lab. Clin.
M., 1938-39, 24: 840-3.—Wies, F. A.  The effect of magnesium
sulphate on the brain of the  fetal rat. Yale J. Biol.,  1933, 5:
54.5-53, pi.

---   sulfate: Therapeutic use.
   Andreasen, A. T. Magnesium sulphate powder in the treat-
ment of wounds and ulcers.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1942, 77: 129-31 —
Caizzone, G.  II solfato di  magnesio;  sue applieazioni  cliniche.
Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1939, 20: 405-7.—Fernandez Canepa,
J. R.  El sulfato de magnesio en sus diversas vias de absorcion y
sus aplicaciones en la clinica.  Rev. m£d. Iat. amer.,  B. Air.,
1938, 23:  1414-26.—Garner, J.  R.  The hypodermic adminis-
tration of magnesium sulphate.  Tr. M. Ass.  Georgia, 1904,
361-6.   Also Georgia  Pract.,   1905,  1: 142-4.—Kuthan, S.
Erfahrungen bei der Behandlung mit  Magnesiumsulfat.  Med.
Klin.,  Berl.,  1938,  34:  1363.—Malamud,  T., & Iussen, B.
Acerca de las  dosis terapeutica del sulfato de magnesia.  Prensa
med. argent., 1944, 31: pt 2,  1461.—Netousek, M.  L'adminis-
tration parenterale du sulfate de magnesie.  In:  Libro  de oro
M. R. Castex,  B. Air., 1938, 2: 964-6.—Repetto, R. L.,  &
Camponovo, L. E.  Aplicaciones terapeutioas  del sulfato de
magnesio.  Dia med., B. Air., 1937, 9: 715-7.—Pobolev, L. A.
[Le sulfate de magnese  dans la  dermato-venerologie]   Sovet.
med.,  1939,  No.  16,  29.—Vidal Freyre,  A.  El sulfato de
magnesio en  terapeutica;  aclaraci6n.  An. Soc. puericult. B.
Aires,  1940,  6: 296.  â– ------   Aplicaciones  terapeuticas del
Bulfato de magnesio asociado a la efedrina.  Dia m£d., B. Air.,
1941,  13: 72.  ------   El sulfato  de magnesio asociado  a  la
peptona por via parenteral.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1944, 51: pt  2,
23-6.—Zamakhovsky, D. M.  [Sulphate of magnesium and its
significance in practical medicine] Vrach. delo, 1939, 21: 591-4.

----   sulfate: Therapeutic use: Anesthesia.

   Bastos de Siqueira, A.  *Contribuigao para  o
estudo  da accao pharmacodynamica do sulfato de
magnesia  na  anesthesia.    152p.   8?   S.   Paulo,
1930.
   Gazenbeek,  L.    *Experimentelle   Untersu-
chungen iiber  die  narkotische   Wirkung   von
Magnesium  sulfuricum   nach  subkutaner   und
intraperitonealer   Applikation  bei   Hund   und
Kaninchen  unter   Beriicksichtigung  der   prak-
tischen  Verwendbarkeit  dieses Mittels  als  Nar-
kotikum  [Bern]  41p.  8?  Berl., 1917.
   Kratjse,  B.   *Ueber  die subkutane Methode
der  Narkose durch Magnesiumsalze (Sulfat und
Glycerophosphat)   37   p.  8?  Rost., 1915.
   Callison, W. E., Lander, J., & Underhill, F. P.  The potas-
sium and calcium content of the brain under MgSO* anesthesia.
J.  Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930, 38: 385-8.—Curtis, A. H.  Mag-
nesium sulphate solution as an aid in anesthesia.  J.  Am. AI.
Ass.,  1921, 77: 1492.—Dubovik, N. G.   [Use  of  magnesium
sulfate for local anesthesia]  Sovet. med., 1943, 7: No. 11, 28.
Fnpelhardt, W.  LTeber die Resorption des Magnesiumsulfat es
bei der Mischnarkose mit Avertin-Magnesiumsulfat-Narkophin
nach Martin.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1934, 243: 344-9.—Feigel,
I.  I.  [Anesthesia for normal  parturition by means  of mag-
nesium sulfate  and  combined  intravenous and intramuscular
injections of  hexenal]  Akush.  gin., 1938, No.  9,  16-8.—
Freiman, S. A., & Kiselev, I. G.  [Morphine and pantopon com-
bined with magnesium sulfate for anesthesia in labor]  Ibid.,
19-22—Haubold, H. A., & Meltzer, S. J.  Spinal  anesthesia
by magnesium sulphate: a report of seven operations performed
under  its influence.   J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1906,  46:  647-50.—
Hirschfelder, A. D., Eneboe, J. B., & Parsons, R. L.  Antag-
onization of anesthetic effect of magnesium sulphate by chlo-
rides  of potassium,  rubidium  and sodium.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.
Biol., N.  Y.,  1928-29,  26: 258— Kostromov, I.  A.  [Local
anesthesia with magnesium sulphate]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 2:
607-10.—Ieo, C.  Anestesia generale col solfato di magnesio
per via sottoeutanea.   Clin,  chir.,  Milano,  1926,  29:  1096-
111.—Lucas,  D. R., & Meltzer, S. J.  Continuous  anesthesia
by subcutaneous  injection of  magnesium sulfate in nephrec-
tomized animals.  Science, 1906, n. ser., 24: 766.—Rosenbaum,
M., & Lipton, S. D.  Fatality following intravenous administra-
tion of magnesium sulfate; report  of a  case.  Arch.  Neur.
Psychiat., Chic, 1942, 48: 818-22.—giqueira, A. de. Anestesia
pelo sulfato de magnesio.  Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1932, 1: 138-
41.—Spiro, K.  Phosphatwirkung und Narkose.  Klin. Wschr.,
1923, 2: 2039.

----  sulfate: Therapeutic use: Indications.
   Alston, J.  The treatment of inflammation, suppuration, and
cancer by magnesium sulphate.  Caledon. M. .L, 1925-28, 13:
442-56,  pi.—Cawston,  F.  G.  Some lesser known  uses of
magnesium sulphate.  Practitioner, Lond.,  1931, 126: 466-9.—
Das,  B. B.  Magnesium sulphate and indications for its uses.
Calcutta M.  Rev.,  1938-39,  1: 257-61.—Gordon,  A.  Intra-
spinal injections of magnesium sulphate for relief of intolerable
pain. Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 133:399.—Haase. E.  Magnesium-
sulfat in der Nervenheilkunde.  Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1494-6.—
Kulik, D. M., & Uparf, A. B.  [Use of sulphate of magnesium
in psychomotor excitation]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1937. 6: 127-
32.—Mariano, C.  Tl solfato  di magnesio per via  endovenosa
nel t.rattamento della uremia e della ipertensione.  Arch. farm.
sper., 1936, 61: 60-79.—Prravicini, F.  Ein vielseitiges Mittel.
Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1920. 56: 649.—Rachman, V. I. [Micro-
clvsm of hypertonic solutions of magnesia sulphate]   Sovet.
klin., 1934, 20: 527-31.—Repetto, R. L., & Camponovo. L. E.
Un nuevo antieme4ico;  el sulfato de magnesio.  Dia  mfd., B.
Air.,  1939, 11: 1142.   Also  Rev.  As. med. argent., 1940, 54:
35.—Senise,  M.  N.  A prop6sito do empreco do sulfato de
magnesio na convulsoterapia.  Cult. m£d.,  Rio,  1942-43, 4:
171-9.—Spak,  V. M.  [Magnesium sulphate  in  psychiatric
practice]  Sovet.  psikhonevr., 1937,  13: 105-9.—Yaskin, H. F.
Prevention of traumatic  complications in  convulsive shock
therapy by magnesium  sulfate.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.., Chic,
1941,  46:  81-5.—Young, J.  R.   Some  uses  of  magnesium
sulphate in surgical practice.  J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1929, 25:
535-9.

----   Surgical  use.

   Schmalenbach,  H.    *Ueber   die   Resorption
von   alloplastischem   Material   im   Knochen,
speziell  Elfenbein und  Magnesium.   17p.    8?
Wurzb., 1931.
   Kosaka, G.  Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen
iiber die hiolopische Wirkung des  Magnesiummetalls;  uber
histopathologische Veranderungen des lokalen Gewebes nach
Einstecken von Magnesiummetall oder  andeten Leichtmetal-
 legierungen.   Fukuoka  acta  med., 19.39,  32:  15.----;—
 Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen i'ber die bio-
 logische Wirkung des  Magnesiummetalls; uber die  Angiom-
therapie mit Magnesiummetall.  Ibid., 27.—Maier, O.  Ueber
die  Verwendbarkeit  von  Leichtmetallen  in  der Chirurgie,
 metallisches Magnesium als Reizmittel zur Knoehenneubildung.
Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1939-40, 253: 552-6— Monjardino, A.
Sobie o emprego do  magnesio na cirurgia.  J. Soe. sc med.
Lisboa,  1906, 70: 128-34.—Waller, C.  W., & Schulz, R. 7.
Animal tissue  response to metallic  magnesium and its alloys.
Fed. Proc, Bah,, 1942, 1: pt 2, 186 (Abstr.)


----   Therapeutic use.

   See also  other subheadings.
   Dahl, B.  [Biologic role and therapeutic use of magnesium]
 Norsk mag. leegevid., 1930, 91: 877-83.—Drey fuss, W.  Mag-
nesium.  J. Am.  Inst. Homeop., 1943, 36: 1-4.—Ciraud, G., &
Girsud, M.  De l'influence correctriec du goutte a goutte rectal
magnesien  et glycose-magnesien sur les  resorptions  indo- 
MAGNESIUM
00                  MAGNESIUM INDUSTRY
\* Ifmiques.  Vontp. llier med.. 1031, 53: 260-9.—Haurv. V. <;.
Magnesium   In: C\ clop. Med. i Fiersol-Bortz) Phila..  i'.i39, 9:
IS4 02.  Keller.  C. J.  Magnesium-Therai>ie mit Magnesium
Hesorpta.  J'iindi.  med  Wschr.,  1939,  86:  177-80.   Mar-
Killop.  N.   The -:ilt~ of magnesium,  a comparison.  Brit.
I'oinoeoj-.. .1.,  1911. 31:  146-.54.—Oliaro,  T.   Le apphcazioni
terapeutiche del magnesio.   Gazz. med.  ital.,  1937, 96:  179
M'   Podolsky, E.  The  therapeutics of magnesium.  .1. Am.
Inst.  Homoeop.,  1935,  28: 8-10;  1939, 32:  546- I beda
Sanchez. B.   Modernismo  terap£utico de los compuestos do
magnesio   B.| farm, mil . Madr., 193(1, 8: 260-73—Waddell.
.1. A.. & Cwathmey, G. T.,  jr.   Magnesium salts per  rectum.
\bstr. Internat. l'h\-ie].  Congi.. 1929, 13. Congr., 277

----  Therapeutic use: Anesthesia.
   Blottiere, L.  Anesthesie obtenue par les sels de magnesium
en  injections  intrarachidiennes.   Clinique,  1900.  1 :  168.—
Kvdt kimov, P. D.  [Magnesium anesthesia for  cattlel   Sovet.
vet.. 1939, 16: No. 10-11. 74-6.—Hodgkins, J. R., Ragheb. M.
[et  al.]  Euthanasia  of  equines,  the  action  of magnesium.
Vet. Rec, Lond.. 1913. 55: 209.- Karlenko, S.  N.  [Analgesic
magnesiale]    Khirurgia.  Moskva.   1940,  No.   10.  00 :>,.
h'otzoglu, P.   Uebei  icktale Somatanalgesie mit  Magnesium.
Arch. klin.  Chir., 1932, 169:  562-72.  Also Deut. med.  Wschr.,
1932, 58: 535.—Kravkov,  N. P.   K voprosu  o primlenemi
magnezialnikh  solel dlya anestezii.  Russ. vrach, 1900,  5:
129.—Trippe. C. M.   An  analysis of  300 cases of pain treated
by  magnesium  combinations.  ,L M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1932, 29:
50  8.  Volvnskv, A. S. IMagnoium anesthesia and magnesium
analgesia!  Khirutgia. Moskva. 1937, No.  10,3  10.

----  Therapeutic use: Indications.

   See  also  such  headings  as  Angina pectoris;
Chorea;  Eclampsia; Urinary  calculus,  etc.
   Badancs, B.  B.   Magnesium: a solvent in  nephrolithiasis
and an aid in preventing salivarv calculus formation.   Dent.
Cosmos, 1929,  71: 251-5.  Codet, H., &  Montassut,  M.  le
magnesium chez les  deprim£s  ^motifs.   Progr.  mfd.,  1931,
119.- Martin  Agramunt. J.   Las sales  de  magnesio  en los
sindromes oreieos.   Med.  ninos,  1925,  26: 9-21.  Tryb,  A.
Wert voiles Magnesiumpraparat  in  der  Dermatologie.   Arch.
norm. Syph., Perl., 1929, 157: 358.

-----  Toxicity.
   Delhel,  P..  A-  Holiinel.   Terrains  magiiesieiis et  cancer.
Bull.  Acad,  med., I'..,..  193 1, 3. ser.. Ill: 115 29.   Fawrelt.
D. W.. A- Cons. .1. P.   Magnesium poisoning following an enema
of epsom salt solution.   .1.  Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123:  102K. -
Meltzer, S. J.  The effect of nephrectomy  upon the toxicity of
magnesium sulphate when given bv  mouth,  a demonstration.
Proc Soc.  Exp. Biol.. N. Y., 1906-07, 4: 98.   ------  The
influence of diuresis upon the toxic  dose of magnesium salts.
Ibid., 154.    —   &  Lucas, I). R.  Physiological and pharma-
cological studies of magnesium salts; the influence of nephrecto-
my  upon then  toxicity.  J. Exp.  M.,  1907,  9: 298-311.—
Robinet, L.  Suicides, tuberculose.  s£nilit£  et  terrains mag-
nesiens.  Bull.  Acad.  med..  Par.. 1934,  3. ser., Ill: 501-9.—
Roller,  D.  Ein Fall  von Magnesiumsulfatvergiftung.  Wien.
klin. Wschr.,  1936, 49: 241.   Rossi, A.  Ricerche sperimentali
sull'azione  del  magnesio  nell'assideramento.   Riv. pat.  sper.,
193S. 20: 185 2(10.—Roussin. M. Z.  Azione del magnesio sulle
sohizioni metalliehe,  ed  applicazione sua alio  ticerehe  tossi-
eologiehe.  Cior. faun,  chin,..  To,.,  180H.  15:  353-0.   Also
Pharm. tid.,  Kbh., ISliS, 7: 2H'>-51.—Srr.ith.  R. H.  Epsom
salt poisoning  in cows.  Vet. Med..  Chic  1911. 36: 273.—
Th- teher, H.  S.  A  ease of magnesium  sulphate poisoning.
.1. Am. M. Ass., 1928. 91: 11 85 —Vazifdar, N. F.  Epsom salts
poisoning.  Ind. M. Rec, 1930, 50: 301-4.


MAGNESIUM industry.

   Bdhm.  Die Richtlinien  fiir  den Bau und  Petrieb  von
Absaugungsanlagen beim Trookenschleifen  von  Magnesium-
legierungen.    Arbeitsschutz,  1941,  129-34.—Drinker.  P.,
Thomson. R. M., & Finn, J. L.  Metal fume fever; the effects
of inhaling magnesium oxide finnp.   J. Indust. Hyg., 1927. 9:
!  S7 92.  Ford, C. B., cv Stern. A. C.  Occupational hazards in
fabiication of  magnesium and its allovs.   Indust. Hvg., Alb.,
1941, 23: 253; passim.   Gardner, L. II.,  <fe Delahant,  A. B.
Action  of magnesium upon  the  lungs.   Proc.  Indust.  Hyg.
Found. America. 1942, 7. meet..  87.------Action of finely
divided magnesium upon  the lungs.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943,
33: 153-6.— Gaukler. F.  Die Durchfuhrung der gesetzlichen
Pcstinimuneen  bei  der  Bearbeitung  von  Magnesium und
Magnesiumlegierungen in einem  feinmechanischen  Betriebe.
Arbeitsschutz.  1941, 126-9.   How is magnesium an industrial
health hazard"  In: 1021 Answ.  Indust. Health  LI. E.  Weiss
et al.) Clevel.,  1943, 79.—Hypher.  N.   The prevention  and
treatment of  affections occurring in  the magnesium industry.
Practitioner,  Lond. 1941  146: 92-0.  Jirzvnka, F. J.  Mag- I
nesium in indu-m . magnesium bum-.   Indust. M.. 1943, 12:
427-31.--Mr-Cord, C. P., Prendergast, J. J. 'of  al.]  Chemical
gas gangrene from meillic magnesium.  Ibid., 1912 11:71-0.
Meek, S. F., Prendergasl, J. J. [et al.]  The ph\M<>logic action
r.i" metallic magnesium.   J.  Indust. Hvg.. 1942  24: 142 7.   j
Scbul/. R. Z..  & Walter. C. W.   Magn exogenous pneuma-
g,..i,  '•■ ma.   Ibid..  Its  :,.T- WilCme, C.  R.    Atmo-pheric I
contamination from  i he  .,siiin of magnesium.   Ibid..  2,7
SO.-  Wilson. J. A.. .\ Kgeherg. B.   Treatment of burns of |L,
-kn  dm-- to molten niagm sium.  Indust  M   1942,  II: 136.


MAGNET.

   See  also Magnetism; Magnetotherapy.
   Eridsky, B. S.  | Permanent  hand magnet for removal <>(
splinters from the eve and certain considerations of magnetic
operations]  Vest. oft.. 1943, 22: No. 3, 13-5.   Carter. I. F.
A  flexible tip for the giant  magnet.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophtli.
Otolar.  (1941) 1942.  4fi:  131 — Equen. M.  A new magnet for
foreign bodies in  the food and air passages.   J. Am. M.  Asm
1945, 127:  87.-  Gradenwitz,  A.   Une  sonde   tnagnetiquc,
I'emploi  chirutgical des  aimants  ]>ermanents.  Nature,  Far.,
1928, 56: pt 2.  206.— Gross. F.   Nova  concepcilo do ferro
magnetic.   Bol.  Ass.   brasil. pharm.,  1924,  5:  216-23 —
Krasnov, M.  L.  [Clinical ovalual ion of permanent ophthalmo-
logical  magnet of  irun-nickel-aluininuni alh>\ |   Yost,  .ft.,
1943, 22: No. 3,  15  8.   .*â–  i.ber, S..  Kaplan,  ('.. & Fpstein, H
The  use of a permanent (alni.o) magnet in the peroral removal
of  a  metallic  foreign  body (padlock) from the stomach    \tin.
Otol. Rhinol.,  1944,  53: 589-9 L-Simple  (A)   type of  flat
induction coil.   Lev.  Sc  Instrum.,  1942,  13:  38.- Surgery
obviated  bv alnico  (aluminum-nickel-cobalt)   Nickel  Steel
Topics,  1943, 12:  No. 2, 1 (Clipping)


MAGNETIC balance.

   See  also Magnetism, terrestrial.
   Havtkfeuille, J.  DE.   Ext rait   de  I'ouvrage
de M.  de Hautefeuille, qui a pour  til re:  Balance
maunetique, &c.  Paris, 1702.  p.61-6.   S?   Par.,
17SS.
   In his Prob]£me d'aeoustique.
   Houvath,   C.   *Ueber  die   Aufnahmo   von
Hysteresissclileifcn  mit  Hilfe  der  magnetischen
Wage   von   Du   Bois   [Berlin]    Sip.   23cm.
Weida  i. Thiir.,  1919.


MAGNETIC electron  microscope.

   See  under Microscope.


MAGNETIC field.

   See also  Magnetic moment;  Magnetometry.
   McCONNELL,   J.,   &  ScHRODINOEK,   E.  TIlC
shielding  effect   of   planetarv  magnetic fields
p.2.-)9  73.   29cm.    Dubl.,  1944.
   Forms No. 15,  Sect. A, v.49, Proc R. Irish Aead.
   Jones, H., & Zener, C.  The theory  of  the change in re-
sistance  in a  magnetic  field.  Proc. R. Soc,  Ix>nd.,  1931.
ser.  A ,  145: 268-77.—Ksl?shrikov,  A. G.   [Experimental
method  of graphic construction of  magnetic fields  for bodies
of  any form; method of  the coordinate  field meter]  C. ictid.
Acad, sc PRSS,  1041, 32: 47-9 — Lyddnne, R. H., & Hiiarl,
\.  E.  Coils  for the production of  a  uniform magnetic field
Key.  Sc  Instrum.,   1939. 10: 253-7.—MFriard,  J.  Sui   un.
interpretation possible des  champs magneti<|ues tcricstic et
-olaire.   C. rend.  Acad, sc,  1938, 2C6: 1247-9.— Parson, A. I.
Iron electrode potential  in a magnetic field.  Nature,  Lond
1942, 150: 605.—Tedescbi, V.  Las  teorfas sobre  conducti-
bilidad electrolftica y met alien  y el campo magnetieo producidc,
por las eargas en movimiento.  An.  Fac cienc med.  La Plata,
1938, 3: 25-35.

----   Biological  effect.

   See  also Magnetotherapy.
   Beer, B.   I'eber die biologische  Wirkung der weehsehid.n
magnetischen  Felder.  Med. techn. ,L, Wien, 1905, 1: 28.
Colombo. C.   L'azione  biologica  e  terapeutica  dei  campi
magnetici variabili.   Gazz. med. ital.,  1904,  55: 471. ---;—
Azione dei campi magnetici variabili.  Lav. Congr. med. int.
(1904)  1905,  14: 351-3.------Sull'azione  biologica dei
eampi magnetici  variabili.   Ann. clettr.  med , Nap., 1905. 4:
81-111.   Also Ann.  electrob . Lille,  1905,  8:  129-65.   Also
\ich. Phvs. Ther.,  1905, 2: 177  96.   Also  Z-cln  dial, phys
Ther., 1905-06, 9: 125; 200.- Danilewsky, B.  Leobachtlinger,
iiber eine subjective  Lichtempfindung im variablen magneti-
schen Telde.   Arch.  Physiol.,  L[)z.,  1905. 513-8.   Hartop, M.
On  the  elucidation  of  cellular fields of force   b\  magne'ic
model-.    Rep.  Brit.  Ass. Advance. Sc  (1904)   1905, r,|0.  -
l.engyel, J.  Further observations on the biological .licet of tne
magnetic field.   Arch.  exp.  Zellforsch .  1934,   15: 21'»-9.--
I enzi,  M.    Biologische  Wirkungen  magnet ischer  I'eldr
Strahlentherapie,  1940,  67: 219 50.   Luyet,  B.   Culture d<
moissures dans un  champ  magnet i.pie.   C. tend. Soc  biol.,
1935, 119: 470.—Regnault, J.  L'orientation des animaux et
les influences magm'ti.iues.  Rev. path, comp.,  Par., 1919. 19:
184-90   Saito. T.   Biological changes in the magni tic  field.
Jap. J. Obst. G.\n . 1936. 19: 381-7. 
MAGNETIC  MOMENT
61
MAGNETISM
 MAGNETIC moment.

   See also Magnetism.
   Barnett. S. J.  The angular momentum of the elemental
 magnet.  Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, 1922, 3: pt 3, No. 18,
 235-50.—Benedikt, E. T.  Electrodynamic  determination of
 the magnetic moment of plates.  Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1943, 14:
 43-5.—Forrer, R.  Etudes sur le moment magnetique dans les
 alliages   ferroniagnetiqiies; le  ph£nom£ne  gyromagnetique;
 relation  entre moments suppiementaires et points de Curie.
 .1. phys. radium, Par., 1940, 8. ser., 1: 74-80- Kopfermann, H.
 Magnetische  Dipolstrahlung  und  Kernmomenle.   Natur-
 wissenschaften, 1941, 29:  563; 581.


 MAGNETIC rotation.

   See also Magneto-optics; Polarization.
   Bizette,  H., &  Tsai, B.  Pouvoir rotatoire magnetique de
 1 oxyde azotique.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 648.—Dupouy,
 G., "& Sherer,  M.  ThSorie moleculaire des effets  optiques
 simultanes  de  la  polarisation  rotatoire magnetique  et de la
 birefringence magnetique.  Ann.  phys., Par.,  1933, n. ser.,
 19: 5-46.—Poltz,  H.   Die Dispersion der magnetischen Die-
 hung von Fltissigkeitsgemischen.  Zschr. phvs. Chem., Abt. B,
 1936, 32: 243-73.


 MAGNETIC spectrograph.

   See Spectrography.


 MAGNETIC storm.

   See also Magnetism, terrestrial.
   Bossolasco, M.  Sur la nature des perturbations magnetiques.
 C. rend.  Acad,  sc,  1936, 203: ti7o-8.— Rangaswami, M. R.
 The severe magnetic storm  of March 1,  1941.  Current Sc,
 Bangalore,  1941, 10: 132.—Stagg, J. M.  The diuinal variation
 of magnetic disturbance  in high latitudes.   Proc.  R.  Soc,
 Lond., 1935, ser.  A,  149: 298-311.  ------  Aspects of the
 current system  producing magnetic disturbance.   Ibid., 152:
 277-98.


 MAGNETIC substance.
   Clamann, H. G.  Die  magnetischen Ligenschaften einiger
 tieriseher Faserstoffe.  Zschr. Biol., 1934, 95: 639.- Fallot, M.
 Propriety magnetiques des  alliages de  fer et de zinc.   Ann.
 phys., Par., 1937, 11. ser.,  7: 420-8, pi— Polivanov, K. M.
 On the dependence of the magnetic properties of a substance on
 frequency.  C. rend. Acad, sc URSS, 1941, 32: 181-4.

 ----  Susceptibility.

   Sucksmith,  W.   An apparatus  for  the meas-
 urement  of  magnetic  susceptibility,    p. 158-65.
 8°   [Lond.] 1929.
   Also Philos. Mag.,  1929, 8:
   ----The  magnetic  susceptibility  of some
 paramagneticsubstances.  p.115-26.  8?  [Lond.]
 1932.
   Also Philos. Mag..  1932, 14:
   Broriewski, W., Franczak, S.,  & Witkowski, R.  Sur la
 susceptibilite  magnetique  des alliages  or-cuivre or-argent,
 argent-cuivre et cuivre-nickel.  Ann. phys., Par., 1938, 11. ser.,
 10: 5-19.—Mitkevitch, A.  Sur la viscosity magnetique anomale.
 J. phys. radium, Par., 1936, 7. set., 7: 133-7.


 MAGNETISM.

   See also Electromagnetism; Heat; Hysteresis;
 Magnet;  Magnetic field, etc.
   United States.  National Research Coun-
 cil.  Committee  on Theories of Magnetism.
 Theories  of magnetism.   261p.   25cm.   Wash.,
 1922.
   Ehrenhafl, F.  The magnetic current.  Nature, Lend.,  1944.
 154: 426.—Gerlach, W.   Quelques aspects du  probleme  du
 magnetisme. J. phys.  radium, Par., 1929, 6. ser., 10: 273-82,
 2  pi.—Guggenheim, E.  A.   On  magnetic  and electrostatic
 energv.  Proc R. Soc. Lond., 1936, ser. A, 155: 49-70— Hale.
 G. E.' Solar magnetism.   Nature, Lond.,  1935, 136:  703-5.—
 Harrington, J.  Magnetism comes of age.  Sc. American,  1941,
 164:  153-5.—Hiickel, E.   Zur  Theorie  des  Magnetismus
 sogenannter Biradikale.  Zs-h.. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1936, 34:
 339-47.—Lonsdale, K.   Magnetism and the  structure  of
 matter.  Nature, Ixmd., 1940, 145: 57-9.—Iori, F.  Le  mag-
 netismo e le sostanze magnetinhe.  Scientia, Bologna, 1936, 59:
 305-15, Suppl., 131- McNish, A. G.  The significance of fossil
 magnetism.   Proc. Am.   Philos.  Soc,  1941,  84: 225-37.—
 Schaefer,  G., & Naumann. W.  O magnetismo e a electricidade
 como campo de investigacao de medicos. Actas Ciba, Rio,  1940,
 7:  15&-64. ------ Medical men as investigators of magnetism
and electricity.  Ciba Symposia, 1941-42, 3: 1037-42, 4 portr.
----   Biological effect.

   See Magnetic field, Biological effect;  Magneto-
therapy.

----   Ferromagnefism.

   Terry, E.  M.   Theories of ferromagnetism—
intrinsic  fields,   p. 113-64.   25cm.  Wash., 1922.
   In: Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, 3: pt 3, No. 18.
   Arkadiew,  W.  L'analyse des  courbes dynamiques de la
permeability magnetique  et des pertes dans le fer.   C. rend.
Acad, sc,  1936,  202:  39-41.—Barnett, S. J.  Gyromagnetic
ratios for ferromagnetic substances; new determinations and a
new discussion of earlier determinations.  1'ioc Am.  Acad.
Art. Sc,  1938-40,  73:  401- 55— Bozorth,  R.  M.   Recent
advances in the theory of ferromagnetism.  Sc. Month., 1938,
46: 366-71.—Fay, C. H. A refinement of the Heisenberg theory
of ferromagnetism.  Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1936)
1938, 421.—Forestier, IL, & Guiot-Guillain, G.  Une nouvelle
variety ferromagnetique de sesquioxide de  fer.  C. rend. Aead.
sc, 1934, 199: 720-3.—Forrer, R.  Sur une loi de repartition
discontinue des points de curie ferromagnetiqiies; le  role de la
distance entre les atomes magnetiques.  J. phys. radium, Par.,
1933, 7. ser.,  4:  109-17.—Inglis, D. R.  On the existence of
ferromagnetism.  Sc. Month.,  1935,  41: 449-53.—Neel,  L.
Etudes sur le moment et le champ moleculaire des  ferromag-
netiques.   Ann.  phys., Par.,  1937,  11. ser.,  8: 237-308.—
Sachse, H.  Disperse Ferromagnetika.  Kolloid Zschr., 1932,
58: 18-22.—Stoner, F. C.  Collective electron ferromagnetism;
energv and specific heat.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1938-39,
ser.  A.  169: 339-71.—Wittke,  H.  Ferromagnetische Naeh-
wirkung.  Schr. Konigsberg. gelehrt. Ces.,  1935, 12:  117-38.

----   Metamagnetism.
   Becquerel, J.,  & Handel, J. van den. Le metamagnetisme.
J. phys. radium, Par., 1939, 7. ser.,  10: 10-3.

----   Para- and  diamagnetism.

   Wills, A. P.   Theories of para- and of diamag-
netism.   p.16-112.  25cm.   Wash.,  1922.
   In: Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, 3: pt 3, No. 18.
   Foex, G.  Recherches r£centes sur le paramagnetisme et les
moments atomiques.  .1.  phys. radium, Par., 1933, 7. ser.,  4:
517-32.—Forrer,  R., & Serres, A.  Sur un nouveau phenom^ne
magnetique; le paramagnetisme croissant superpose au diamag-
netisme dans les alliages k faux point de Curie.  C. rend. Acad.
sc, 1934,  198: 1903-5.—Haenny,  C, & Dupouy,  G.  Sur les
proprietes paramagneliques des sels cereux en solution.  Ibid.,
199: 843-5.—Lonsdale, K.  Diamagnetic anisotropv of organic
molecules.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1939, ser. A,  171:  541-68.—
Schulze,  G. E. R.  Leber das magnetische Verhalten dia-
magnetischer  Salze bei Gitterumwandlungen.   Zschr.  phys.
Chem., Abt. B, 1938, 40: 308-17.

----   terrestrial.

   See also Magnetic storm;  also Cosmic ray.
   Bauer, L.  A.   Report of  department research
in terrestrial magnetism,   p.263-74.  4?   Wash.,
1906.
   In: Yearb. Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1906.

   Ludeling [J.  H.]  G.   *Erdmagnetische Mes-
sungen im physikalischen Institut  der  Universi-
tat Kiel.  72p.   8°   Kiel, 1891.
   Schrodinoer,  E.   The earth's and  the sun's
permanent  magnetic fields  in  the unitary  field
theory.   p.l35-4S.   29cm.  Dubl., 1943.
   Forms No. 8, Sect. A,  49: Proc. R. Irish Acad.
   Barber, I>. R.  Light of the night  sky and terrestrial mag-
netism.   Nature, Lond.,  1941, 148: 88— Benedikt,  E. T.   A
method of determination  of the  direction of the magnetic field
of the earth in geological epochs.  Am. J.  Sc, 1943,  241: 124-
9.—Berkner, L. V.  Contributions of  ionospheric research to
geomagnetism.   Proc Am. Philos. Soc, 1941,  84: 309-21.
------ & McNish. A. G.   The ephemeral variations of the
earth's magnetism.  In: Cooper. Res. (Carnegie Inst.) Wash.,
1938, 223-47, 6  pi.—Brandstetter, H., & Lagrula, J. Valeurs
de l'inclinaison magnetique au Sahara et au Soudan.   C. rend.
Acad,  sc,  1938,  2C6: 1829.   Burgaud,  M.   Sur   quelques
observations magnetiques  lecentes  faites dans„le  sud et  le
sud-ouest de la Chine.  Ibid., 1H35, 200: 1543-5.—Chapman. S.
Charles Chree and his work on geomagnetism.  Nature, Lond.,
1941, 148:  153-7.—Coulomb, J., & Dugast, G.  Sur les varia-
tions' du magnetisme  terrestre accompagnant les  eruptions
chromospheriques.  C rend. Acad, sc, 1938, 206:  1582-5.-
Deh?<Iii, M.. & Merken, M. Nouvelle carte magnetique de  la
Belgique.   Bull.  Aead. Belgique, 1929-31, 2. ser., 10: No  7,
el. sc, 1-125, 7  ch.—Eble, L.  Sur la variation  anntielle  du
champ magnetique terrestre.  C.  rend. Acad,  sc, 1935, 200:
1342.  ------   Generalite.s sur  le  magnetisme  terrestre.
Sciences, Par., 1938-39, 66: 375-8.  —■---- Rapports entre les
evanouissements et le magnetisme terrestre.  J. plus, radium, 
MAGNETISM
t>2
MAGNETOCHEMISTRY
 Par., 1939, 7. ser., 10: 271-3.—Fleming, J. A.  Department of
 terrestrial  magnetism; general  summary.   Carnegie Inst.,
 Wash.,  1933, No. 32. append., 213-6-1.  ------   The general
 magnetic field of the earth and its secular variation. In: Cooper.
 Res. (Carnegie Inst.) Wash., 1938, 205-21, pi.  ------  Geo-
 magnetism in  Latin America.  Proc.  Am. Sc Congr. (19401
 1942, s Congr.. 7: 47-56— Gish, O. H.  Terrestrial electricity
 in relation to m"magnetism.  Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1941, 84:
 187-204- Heck, N. H   Earth, air and sun; what can be learned
 of tliein from seismology and terrestrial magnetism.   Scientia,
 Bologna, 1(139, 66: 1 10.------The magnetic  mimcv of the
 Lnited  Stai.-    1'ioc.  Am.  Philos. Soc,  1941, 84: 2(15-24.-
 Hess, V. F., iVc IIling,  W.  Terrestrial magnetism and cosmic
 rays. Nature, Lond., 1935, 135: 97.—Hoge, E. Resultats d un
 Iev6 magnetique detailie duns la  region  de Sourbrodt.  Bull.
 Acad.  Belgique,  1934-37. 2. ser.. 11: No. 7, 1-33.   -----
 Nouvelle contribution  a la cane  magnetique de la  Belgique.
 Ibid., 1934,  '-'.  sei.. 12: <-l. sc. No. 1,  1-50.—Johnston. H. F.
 Magnetic work at s»a.  1'ioe. Am. Philos. Soc., 1941. 84: 257-
 Ii2.  Jouaust, R., Thellier, E., & J;, rdy, H.  La mesure du champ
 magnetique terrestre aux hautes altitudes deduite de l'etude de
 I ionosphere.  C.  rend.  Acad, sc, 1939, 209: 382  4— McComb,
 H. E.  Geomagnetic  obsei \ atoi ie>  and  instruments.  Free
 Vm. Philos. Soc, 1941. 81: 239-55. —Physical icpiesenlation of
 i he  geomagnetic  field.  Veaib.  Carnegie  Inr-t.   Washingp'r
 ,1939-10) 1940, 39: 60-3.- -Rangaswami. M. R.  The magnetic
 activil.\ of the \eais 1939 and 1940.  Cuiient Sc, Bangalore,
 1941, 10: 153-5.—Rossiger, M. Die Entstbrung  magnet ischer
 Beobachtungsraume und erdmagnetischer Observatoi ien von
 Gleichstrom-Magnetfeldern der elektrisehen Bahnen.   Natur-
 wissenschaften,  1943,  31:  211.-  Sandoval Vallarta,  M.  El
 rampo magnetico leiiestie v su  inHueneia sobre  la  radiaeifcn
 co-mica.. Proc. Am. Sc Congr. tl940) 1942. 8. Congr., 7: 29
 3K.  - Srhouwenburg,  K. L.  van  [Eaith magnetism]  Ned.
 isehi. natunik.,  1935,  2: 145-64.  Swann. W. F. G.   Status,
 scope, and problems of the section of ten est rial magnetism and
 electricity.  Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc,  1924, No. 41,  60-8-
 Witchell, W. M.  Iso-nmgnetic charts of the globe.  Natuie.
 Lond., 1942, 150: 439.


 ----   Thermal effects.
   Dupouy, G., & Haenny,  ('.  Sur une  methode de  niesure
 absolue des coellieients  d aimanl at ion  et des susceptibdites
 magnetiques des  liquides; etude thermomagnetique des cereux
 en solution.  J. phys. radium, Par.,  193(i, 7.  ser., 7: 23-9.—
 Forestier, H.  Aimantation a chaud  des poudres ferromag-
 netiques.  C.  rend. Acad,  sc, 1935, 201: 45-7.—Giauque,
 W. F., & Stout, J. W.  The magnetic flux distribution  when a
 cylinder of constant permeability  is placed in a homogeneous
 field; the magnetic susceptibility of gadolinium oxide at low
 temperatures.  J. Am. Chem. Soc. 19.39,61:1384-93.------
 The measurement of adiabatic differential magnetic suscepti-
 bility near 1° absolute; the heat capacity of gadolinium plios-
 phomolvbdate  tridecahx drate from  0.17  to  4.7° absolute.
 Ibid., 1941,  63:  405-10— Guggenheim. E. A.  The  thermo-
 dynamics  of magnetization.  Proc  R.  Soc,  Lond., 1936,
 sen A.,  155: 70-101.—Stout. J. W., &  Giauque. W. F.  Mag-
 netism and the third law of thermodynamics; magnetic sus-
 ceptibility, adiabatic change of temperature on magnetization
 and heat capacity of NiS()4.7H20.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941,
 63: 714-22.—Verschaffelt, J.  Over  de thermomechanica der
 transversale  magnetische effecten.   Bull.  Aead. Belgique,
 1934, 5. ser.. 20: el. sc, 639-53.


 MAGNETISM  [animal]

   See Hypnotism; Magnetopathy; Mesmerism.


 MAGNETIST.

   See also Magnetopathy.
   Morand,  R.    ^Considerations sur   I'cxcrcice
 illegal de la medecine par les magnetiseurs et les
 somnambules.  102p.   8?  Par., 1927.
   Klein, C.  [A warning word against the pi act ice of the so-
 called magnetists]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 2652-6.—
 Rinkel, R.  Physikalische LTntersuchung eines Magnetopathen
 Miinch.  med. Wschr.,  1926, 73: 1937.


 MAGNETITE.

   Chatterjee, S. C.   Note  on the  origin of the magnetite
 depo>it> of  Ma.Mirbhanj state. Orissa.  Current. Sc,  Banga-
 lore. 194 1, 10: 334.—Hilpert, R. S., Hoffmann, A.. & Schacht.
 R.  Die Bromierung der verschiedenen  Formen des Magnetits
 Bei. Deut. chem. Ges.,  1938, 71: Abt.  B, 82-7.


 MAGNETIZATION.

   Davis, C. \V.  A rapid practical method of demagnetisation
involving high  fiequency.   Nature, Lond.. 1935,  135: 790.
Focken,  C.  M.   Magnetization  of  mattei  bv  ultia-\io|,t
radiation.  Ibid., 1941,  148: 438 —Martin, S. L., A-  (oonor,
A.  K.   Magnetization of matter bv  ultra-violet radiation  i
 Ibid., 1943, 151: 167.                                     I
  MAGNETOCHEMISTRY.
    Destriau, G.  Nouvelle action du magnetisme  mii les solu-
  tions eieetrols ti,|ues.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1940, 210: 697 9. -
  Hedvall, J. A.. & Hedin, R.  Ferromagnetische I'mwandlung
  und katalytische  Aktivitat;  Hydrierung von CO  und  ("jll,
  uber  Nickel  und  COj-Bildung  aus  C(> iiber der Heusler-
  legierung MnAK'112.  Zschr. phys.  Chem.. Abt. B, 1935, 30:
  280-8.  -      A: Persson, O.  lei iomagiiet ische Lmwandlung
  und katalytische  Aktivitat.   Ibid.,  1931,  27:   196 208. -
  Itterbeek, A. van,  & Claes,  A.  Mesiires sur la  viscosite  dc
  1'oxygene dans un  champ magnetique  et pom des tres basses
  piessions.   .1. phys. radium,  Par.,  1938, 7. ser., 9: 457 61.
  Klemm, W., Schiith, W., & Stackelberg, M. von.  Aingncto-
  chemische I'nlersiichungen; iiber den Magnetisnius der lionde
  der seltenen Krden.  /schr. pb\ s.  Chem., Abt. B, 1932, 19:
  321-7.—Shchukarev,  A. N.   [Magneto-chemical  effect]   .1
  Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch.,  1916, 48:  I7N5-93, pi.

  MAGNETOMETRY.

    See  also Magnetic field.
    Abraham, H.  A  propos  des unites magnetiiiues.  Bull
  U.  S. Nat. Res. Counc, 1933,  No.  93, 8-38.   Cabrera.  B.
  La  methode de Farad a \ pour la mesure precise de la suscepti-
  bility magnetique appliquee aux tenes rares.   .1. plus, milium
  Par., 1938,  7. ser.,  9: 209 27. -Cole, R.  H.   A  magnetic field
  meter.   Rev.  Sc Instrum.,  1938, 9:  215 7- Dupouy, G.,  &
  Haenny, V.  Sur un methode de ine.-ure absolue des coellieients
  d'aimantalion et des susceptibiliies magnetiques des liquides.
  ('. rend. Acad.sc,  1934,  199:781 3 -Dupouy, G., & Jouaust,
  R.   Sui  la mesure absolue  des champs magnetiques  et  la
  determination de Tampere en valeur absolue.  J. ph\s. radium,
  Par., 1935.  7. ser., 6:  123-34.—Thellier, E.  Appareil deduc-
  tion pour la mesure  des faibles moments magnetiques.  C. rend.
  Aead. sc, 1935, 200: 736-8.

  MAGNETON.

    See also Magnetic moment; Magnetism.
    (Jans, R., & Mrowka, B.   Beitriige  zur Theorie des Atoin-
  magnetismus.    Schr.  Konigsberg.  gelehrt.  Ges.,  1934, 11:
  53-86.   Kunz,  J.  Theories  of  magnetic crystals and the
  magneton.  Bull. U.  S.  Nat. Res. Counc,  1922,  3: pt  3,
  No. 18, 165- 213.  Tuve, M. A., Hafstad. L. R., & Heydenburg,
  N. P. Magnetism  and the atomic  nucleus.   In: Cooper. Res.
  (Carnegie Inst.J Wash., 1938,  161-81, 2 pi.

  MAGNETO-OPTICS.

    See also Magnetic rotation.
    Bond, D. C.  A study  of the  magneto-optic  method  of
 analysis.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 439-44— Hughes, G.
  Photography of  minima  in  the  magneto-optic   apparatus.
  Ibid., 1936, 58: 1924-32.—Wingard,  R.  E.  The Allison
 magneto-optic method and its potential value to the chemist.
 Reg. Phi Lambda Upsilon, 1934, 19: 36-42.

  MAGNETOPATHY.

    See also Hypnotism;  Magnetist; Mesmerism;
 also in 3.  ser., Magnetism, animal. *
    Billingslea, S. W.   Family counsellor.  92p.
  16?  Lamar, Colo., 1900.
    Braun,   P.    Magnetic   healing.   48p.   S°
  Omaha, Nebr.,  1904.
    Brigg.s, J. E.  Nervous diseases and  magnetic
  therapeutics.  60p.   16?  N.  Y., 1881.
    Clkieux  de  la Nature,  pseud.   Traite de la
  eonnoissance des causes magnetiques,  des cures
 sympathetiques,  des  transplantations  et com-
  ment agissent  les  philtres.   34p.   14cm.  [Par.,
  1696]
    Drayton,  H.   S.    Human   magnetism;  its
  nature, physiology and  psychology.  168p.   8?
  N.  Y.,  1889.
    [Edgerly, \Y.]  Cultivation of personal mag-
  netism in seven progressive steps.  11. ed.  372p.
  25cm.   Meriden, Conn., 1925.
    ---•    Instantaneous   personal   magnetism.
  12. ed.  400p.   8?  Meriden, Conn.  [1926]
    Howe, M. J.  Much  in  little;  a work  intended
  to  teach  how to cure yourself  of disease by  the
  power  of magnetism  in such a  concise  manner
 that all  can  understand and  apply.    58p.  8?
  Wheaton, 111., 1905.
   Jagot,  P. C.   Metodo  cientifico  moderno de
 magnetismo, hipnotismo,  sugesti6n.   3v.   19cm.
I B.  Air. [1938] 
MAGNETOPATHY                           63                                     MAGNIER
   Magnetic journal.  Nevada, Mo.,  2: 1899-

1900.
   Merriggioli, P.   Opinioni  di alcuni  autori
sul magnetismo animale e sulla  medica  chiaro-
veggenza.  31p.  21cm.   Verona, 1868.
   Servan.   Questions du jeune Docteur Rhu-
barbini de Purgandis, addressees a messieurs les
Docteurs-Regens,  de  toutes   les  Facultes  de
Medecine de l'Univers,  au sujot de M.  Mesmer,
& du magnetisme  animal.   oOp.   8?    Padua,
1784.
   Soherr, K.   Kurz  dargestelite  Begriffe  von
der  belebenden  Flussigkeit und  Beobachtungen
iiber derselben Heilkraft,   1. T.  389p.   20^cm.
Wien, 1802.
   Thetter, R.  Magnetismus; das Urheilmittel;
Bericht   eines  Heilers.   2.  Aufl.    187p.    S?
Lpz. [1937]
   Axmann. Gelehrte Illusionen und Tauschungen in Vergan-
genheit und  Gegenwart.   Naturwiss.  Wschr.,  1905,  n.  F.,
4: 177-80.—Garjon, M.  Le magnetisme devant la loi p£nale.
Vie med., 1926, 7: 115; 163; passim.—Halla, F.   Handauflegen
und Wissenschaft.  Fortsch. Med., 1935, 53: 161-4.—Kuhn, W.
Der Heilmagnetismus.  Med.  Klin., Berl., 1906, 2: 848-50.—
Magnetismo  animale.   Filiatre  sebezio,  Nap.,  1838, 16:
296-  1839,  17: 36.—Mandement  (Un)  de Leon XIII, contre
I'abus du  magnetisme.  Chron.  med.,  1907,  19: 188-90.—
Mohrke, W. A.   Zur  Psychologie  des magnetopathischen
Aberglaubens.  Gesundheitslehrer, Ausg. A, 1933, 36: 102-6.—
Moll, A.  Der Heilmagnetismus.  Hyg. Bl., 1904-05, 1:73-7 —
Mosconi, L.  Guarigione di  singolare  malattia ottenuta per
mezzo del  magnetismo animale.  Gior. progr.  pat., Venez.,
1847, ser. 2, 12: 421-34.—Phenomena  (The) of animal mag-
netism.  Sketches of Imposture,  Phila., 1845,  266.—Wright,
M. B. Animal  magnetism.  Psyche, Lond.,  1930-31,  11:
45-56.


MAGNETOSTRICTION.

   Quimby, S. L.   Theories of magnetostriction.  Bull. U. S.
Nat,  Res. Counc, 1922, 3: pt 3, No. 18, 225-34.—Schulze,  A.
Ueber Hvsteresiserscheinungen  bei der  Magnetostriktion.
Ann.  Phys., Lpz., 1931, 5. F., 10:-l 1: 937-48.—Williams, S. R.
Magnetostriction and its bearing on magnetic theories.  Bull.
U. S. Nat. Res. Counc,  1922,  3:  pt  3, No. 18, 214-24.


MAGNETOTHERAPY.

   See also   Electromagnet;  Electromagnetism;
Eye  injury, Foreign body, magnetizable; Magnet;
Magnetic field, Biological effect.
   Colombo.  L'aetion biologique et therapeutique des champs
magnetiques variables.  Bull. Soc. fr.  filectrother.,  1904,  11:
302-5.—Colson, T.  Magnetic and electromagnetic energy.
J. Electron. M., 1942, 26: No. 4 & 5,  5-15.—Depolaray pro-
cedure followed  by athletic trainers  in treating  athletes.
Ibid., 1944, 28: No. 3, 28-48.—Hansen, K. M.  Some observa-
tions  with a view to possible influence  of magnetism upon the
human organism.   Acta  med. scand.,  1938,  97: 339-64.—
Krefft, P.  Die  Heilwirkung des magnetischen  Kraftfeldes.
Berl.  klin.  Wschr., 1905,  42:  686-8.  Also Veroff. Hufeland.
Ges.  Berlin Bain.  Ges., 1905, pt 2.  265-71.—Magnetismus
(Der) als  diagnostisches Hilfsmittel.  Med. techn.  J.,  Wien,
1905, 1:  51.—Why alternating magnetic energy has a bene-
ficial  effect on body tissue.  J. Electron. M.. 1942, 26: No. 3,
28-31.


MAGNETRON.

   Fischer. F., & I.iidi, F.  Die  Posthumus-Schwingungen im
Magnetron.  Refer.  Internat.   Kongr.  Kurzwellen,  1937,
1. Kongr.,  104-7.—Groszkowski, J., & Ryzko, S.  Le mag-
netron a cathode a oxydes.   Ibid.,  107-9.—McArthur, E.  D.
Recent developments in magnetron oscillators.  Ibid., 102.—
Moller, H. G.   Das Magnetron als  Schwingungsgenerator.
Ibid.,  90-101.—Pierret,  E., & Erard,  J.  Recherches experi-
mentales sur l'influence de l'orientation dans le cas des mag-
netrons a anode continue et a anode fendue.  Ibid., 112-4.

   MAGNI, Jacobus.
   See Jacques, le Grand.

   MAGNI, Silvio.   La malaria  in   Maremma;
osservazioni   e  considerazioni  in  rapporto   ai
problemi, del  dopo  guerra.   18p.   8?    Pistoia,
G. Pagnini, 1919.
   MAGNIAUX, Maxime,  1904-       *Les gas-
tro-enterites  des nourrissons et  leur  traitement
par le lacto-serum.   57p.   8?  Par., Jouve & cie,
1931.
  MAGNIER,  Jean,  1907-       Contribution
a l'etude  du traitement local de la  douleur  par
une association des cresotinates de  butyle  et de
propyle.   49p.  8?   Par., E. Le Francois, 1935.
  MAGNIER,  Louis  Georges Emile.   L'appa-
reillage  des  mutiles;  prothese  et  orthopedie.
p. 163-316.   illust.   24cm.   Par., 1946.
  In: Rev.  Corps sante milit., 1946, 2:
  MAGNIER,  Pierre,  1907-        *Les h6ma-
tomes  perin6phritiques  dus  a  revolution  d'un
cancer du rein.  82p.   8?   Par.,  Jouve &  cie,
1935.


MAGNIFYING  glass.

  See also Eyeglass;  Lens [optical] Microscope;
Telescope.
  Alvis, B.  Y.  A telescopic operating loupe.  Tr. Am. Acad.
Ophth. Otolar, 1934,  405.—Berger,  E.  Ein  neues  Modell
meiner Lupenbrille.  Wschr. Ther. Hyg. Auges, 1916-17, 20:
69.—Carlton, P. C.  Magnifying glass.  U.  S. Patent  Off.,
1937, No. 2,100,239.—East, A. G. An electrically illuminated
loupe.  Tr.  Ophth. Soc. U.  K., 1920, 40: 267- Forgea, E. G.
Reading glass.   U. S.  Patent Off.,  1939,  No. 2,150,916 —
Goldnamer.  W. W.  Folding loupe.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1927,
89: 26— Harkness, G. F. Folding Beebe loupe.  Tr. Am. Acad.
Ophth. Otolar., 1926, 31: 442.—Henker, O.  Eine verstellbare
Brillenlupe.   Zschr. ophth.  Optik, 1915-16, 3: 42-6.—Kibbe,
C. H.  Work assisting magnifying and illuminating  device.
U. S. Patent Off., 1940, No.  2,199,107.------Work assisting
magnifying  apparatus.  Ibid., 1942, No. 2,289,272.—Krimsky,
E.  A modified monocular loupe.  Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1932, 8:
272.------Focussing  magnifier  attachment.   Tr.  Am.
Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1938, 403.  Also Arch. Ophth., Chic,
1939,  22:  110.—Luce,  L.  E.  Magnifying  and condensing
device.  U.  S. Patent Off., 1936,  No. 2,051,791.—Martin, K.
Magnifying  lens.  Ibid., 1937, No. 2,096,524.  ------Mockel,
F.,  &  Kaiser,  W.   Magnifying device.   Ibid.,  1942,  No.
2,297,232.—Mason, E. G.  Combination magnifying glass and
tongs.  Ibid., 1937, No.  2,070,798.—Mathi, W. E*.  Magnifying
device.  Ibid., 1935, No. 2,011,945.—Mayer, O.  Erfahrungen
mit der Lupenbrille  von Zeiss.   Zschr. Laryng., 1935, 26:
86-9.—Muschietti, A. H. Exhibici6n de una lupa con ilumina-
cion el6ctrica.  Rev.  As. med. argent., 1935,  49: 432.—Neu-
wirth, H. Hand reading glass and the like.  U. S. Patent Off.,
1940, No. 2,208,642.—Nichols, E. B.  Combined writing imple-
ment  and magnifying device.   Ibid., 1941, No. 2,234,942.-—
Ogle, K. N.  An optical unit for  obtaining variable magnifica-
tion.  J. Optic. Soc. America, 1941, 31: 756.—Ridabock,  A. B.
Magnifying  device.  IL S. Patent Off., 1938,  No. 2,122,753.—
Rohr, M. von, & Stock, W.  Ceber eine achromatische  Brillen-
lupe schwacher  Vergrosserung.  Klin. Mbl.  Augenh.,  1913,
N.  F., 15:  206- 10.—Roth,  A.  Die Prismen-Lupenbrille,  eine
Vergrosserungsbrille  mit  Stereoskoplinsen.   Zschr.  ophth.
Optik, 1926-27, 14: 134.—Silbernagel. R. P.  Handle attaching
means for mounting frames.  U. S.  Patent  Off., 1941,  No.
2,268,430.—Simpson. G. W.  Magnifying device.  Ibid.,  1939,
No. 2,172,597.—Stanley, N. M.  Magnifying  lens and means
for  supporting it.  Ibid., 1936, No. 2,056,693.------Syn-
thetic resin  magnifying glass.  Ibid., 1939, No. 2,151,573.—
Walker, F.  O.  Magnifier for small operations.   Brit. M. J.,
1938,  1: 339.—White, C. W. Reading glass attachment.  LT. S.
Patent Off., 1934, No. 1,975,673.—Whitmore, E.  Magnifying
device.  Ibid., 1936, No. 2,057,807.—Williamson-Noble,  F. A.
Binocular loupes.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond.,  1939-40, 33:
Sect. Ophth., 550-4.

   MAGNIN, Gaston.   *Etude de revolution  des
paradentopathies,   gingivites  et  paradentoses,
dans  une ecole  de recrues  de 90  jours.    29p.
24cm.  Lausanne, Impr. Centr., 1939.
   MAGNIN,  Henri.   *Le  developpement  phy-
sique et intellectuel d'apres l'examen d'un groupe
d'ecoliers [Toulouse]  84p.  25cm.   Lyon,  Bose
fr., 1934.
   MAGNIN, Jeanne  A.  Contribution a l'etude
des  rapports  entre  la  menstruation,  certaines
metrorragies et  le tissu  luteinique  de l'ovaire.
28p.  8?   Geneve, Impr.  Commerce, 1926.
   MAGNIN,  Pierre,  1913-       *Etude  docu-
mentaire   des  indications  medicales  de l'inter-
ruption de la grossesse au cours des trois derniers
mois    [Lyon]   356p.    25cm.   Trevoux,  G.
Patissier  1939.
   MAGNIN,  Raymond,   1904-        *L'osteo-
chondrite dissequante  de  la  hanche.   42p.   pi.
8?    Par., A. Le Grand,  1931.
   MAGNINUS Mediolanensis.
   See Mayno de* Mayneri. 
MAGNOL                                     (>4                     MAGNI S-ALSLEBEN
   MA(iNOL, Albert.  La radiesthesie sous l'ob-
jectif de la science.   106p.  21cm.   Par.,  J.  B.
Bailliere & fils, 1939.
   MAGNOL, Marcel Fernand, 190S        ^'os-
teomalacic  puerperale  en   Algerie.   105p.    pi.
map.  24cm.  Alger, Impr. Nord-At'ricaine [1936]
   MAGNOL, Pierre,  1638-1715.
   Magnolia; floral eponvm.  Virginia M. Month., 1944,  71:
295.

MAGNOLIA, Miss.
   Beacham  Memorial Hospital, Magnolia, Miss.   Mississippi
Doctor, 1939-40, 17: 572.

MAGNOLIACEAE.
   See also Illicium.
   Brady,  S.  Phvtochemical studv;  seed of  the  Magnolia
grandiflora.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1938, 27: 407-16.— Jaretzk},
R., & Lier, W.  Untersuchungen  iiber das Vorkommen herz-
wirksamer SuhManzen bei den Magnoliaceen.  Arch. Pharm.,
Berl.,  1938, 276: 138-49.—Perez tirera, K., & Roca, J.  Con-
tribucion al estudio de la fai marologfn del \ oloxochitl, Talauma
mexicana.  Aich. Iat. amer. caid.,  Mc'-v, 1937,  7: S7-99.
   MAGNOUX,  Andre,  1912-       ""Traitement
de la furonculose par  le  stovarsolate  de zinc.
32p.   24cm.  Par., M.  Vigne,  1940.
   MAGNOTTI,   Tonio.    L'endocrinologia   in
otorinolaringologia.    114p.   illust.  8°    Milano,
Arch. ital. otol., 1936.
   MAGNUS, Andreas Lauritz, 1870-
   Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro,  I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 91.
   MAGNUS,  Georg,  1883-1942.    Ueber  den
heutigen  .Stand der  Wundbehandlung nach den
Krfahrungen des  Weltkrieges.   20p.   8?  Lpz.',
J. A. Barth,  1933.
   ----   Frakturen  und  Luxationen; ein  Leit-
faden fiir  den Studenten  und den praktischen
Arzt.   3.  Aufl.    86p.   illust.   8?    Berl.,  J.
Springer,  1935.   Also  4.  Aufl.    1937.   Also
5. Aufl.    1939.   Also 7. Aufl.   1943.
   ----Leitfaden  der allgemeinen   Chirurgie.
f>0p.   23)km.   Berl.,  J. Springer,  1940.   Also
3. Aufl.    1943.
   Also editor of Handbuch  der gesamten  Unfillheilkunc'e.
Iv.  S°  Stuttg., 1932-34.
   For obituarv see Chirurg,  1943, 15: 62-4 (Bauer, K.  IL)
Also Gesundheitsfuhrung. Berl., 1943, Xo. 1.  23. Also Praxis,
Bern,  1943,  32: 81.  Also Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70:  p. ii-iv, portr.
(Culeke, N.)
   MAGNUS, Jacobus.
   See Jacques, le Grand.
   MAGNUS, Rigmor von,  1888-        *Under-
s0gelser over en  gruppe actinomyceter isolerede
fra menneskets svaelg.   132p.  illust. tab.  25cm.
Kbh., Levin  & Munksgaard, 1936.
   MAGNUS, Rudolf, 1873-1927.   Lane  lectures
on experimental  pharmacology  and medicine.
108p.  pi.  8?   Stanford Univ., Stanford Univ.
Pr.,  1930.
   See also List of Dr Magnus' works; publications by Pro-
fessor Magnus at Heidelberg.  Stanford Univ. Pub. M.  Sc.,
1930, 2: 15-43.
   For obituarv see Acta otolar.,  Stockh.,  1927, 11: 529-3J
(Kleijn, A. de) Also Arch. exp. Path. Pharm., Lpz., 1928, 128
Supp1., 17-23, portr.  (Heubner,  W.)  Also Arch.  Ohr.  \v
Heilk., 1927-28, 117: p. v-vii (Kleijn, A. de)  Also Deut. med
Wschr., 1927, 53: 1525 (Jacoby, M.) 1931, 57:  645  (Laqueur,
K.)  Also Deut. Zschr.  Xcrvenh., 1927, 99:  161-4, portr.
(Schaltenbrand, G.)   Also Erg. Physiol., 1929,  29: 646-51
(Liljestrand, G.)  Also  Hygiea,  Stockh., 1927,  89:  664-72
(Liljestrand, G.) Also Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2022-4  (Heubner,
W.)  Also Mschr.  Ohr.,  1927, 61:  1255 (Paranv, R.)  Also
Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1927, 71: pt 2, 586-9 (Kleiin, A.  de)
Al.-o  Stanford  Univ.  Pub. M.  Sc,  1930,  2: 7-13, portr.,
241 77 (Dale,  H. H.)  Also  Versl. Akad.  wet. Amsterdam,
1927, 36: pt 2, 705.  Also Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1927, 40: 1399
Schilder. P.)
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MAGNUS, Vilhelm, 1871-1929.
   Nicolrysen, J.  Obituary.  P.  verb. Congr. Foe. internat.
i-hii..  1932, 9. Congr., 1: 163.
   Lor portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915. 2:
91.
   MAGNI S-ALSI.KItKN,   Ernst,    IS79-
 Vorlesungen   uber  klinische  Propadctitik.   2.
 Aufl.   iv,  34 Ip.   S°   Berl., J. Springer,  1921
     —   [The  same]   Voi lcsungen  iiber  innere
 Medizin.   5.  Aufl.  v, 4S5p.  illust.  !S°   Berl.,
J. Springer, 1932.
   MAGNISON,  Paul Budd,  1SN4         Frac-
 tures,   xix,  466p.   illust.   8°   Phila.,  J.  R
 Lippincott co.  [1933]   Also 2. ed.   xxi,  499p.
 1936.   Also  3.  ed.   xxii,  51 lp.  [1939]   Also
4. ed. rev.   xxii, Slip.   [1942]
   For portrait see in Thirty Years After (Musser, J.  H.) X,
Orleans, 1938, 48.
   MAGNUSSON, Allan  Henry Wolfgang,  isiis
       Skin cancer; a clinical study  with special
reference to  radium treatment.   2S7p.   pi.   S?
Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & Soner, 1935.
   Forms Suppl. 22, Acta radiol., Stockh.
    —   Kontgendiagnostik.  206p. illust.  portr.
19cm.  Stockh., A. Bonnier, 1944.
   Foims No. 47. \ kr lids med.
   MAGNUSSON, Hilding Gustaf, 1886-
Des lesions produites  par hi vaccination; etude,
d'une partie  du  rapport du Dr. J.  A.  Hojer,
medecin de la ville, sur l'cpidemie de  variole de
Malmo en 1932.   v. p.   fol.   Malmo, Sweden,
1932.
   Mimeographed.
   ----The relation between bovine and human
tuberculosis from the veterinary point of view.
p.199-239.   illust.  tab.  diagr.' 24cm.  Helsin.,
Mercators Tryck., 1941.
   Koims Suppl. 135, Acta med. scand.
   MAGNUSSON, Johan  Henning,  1904-
Zur Kenntnis der Blutveranderungen  bei Friih-
geborcnen  mit  besonderer  Riicksicht  auf  die
Entwicklung  anamischer Zustande,  sowie  iJirc
Therapie  und  Prophvlaxe.   331 p.  8°   Upps.,
Almqvist & Wiksell,  1935.
   forms Suppl. I, v.18, Acta paediat., Upps.
   MAGNUSSON, Ragnar Thoralf, 1X95-
   l'<»r(n.it.  In: Norges laeger  (Kobro,  I.) Oslo,  1927, Suppl.,
232.
   MAGOIS, Alphonse Jean, 1905        ♦Traite-
ment  du  prolapsus  genital par l'operation de
Halban;   etude   critique  et  comparee.    74p.
25cm.  Par., L. Arnette, 1939.
   MAGOLEY, Karl Heinz, 1911-       *Sturun-
gen  im   Heilverlauf  aseptischer   Kniegelenk-
operationen mit  und ohne infektiose Grundlage.
p.115-31.   8?   Wurzb., Gebr. Memminger,  1935.
   Also Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1935, 245:
   MAGOON, Estus Hubert, 1892-       Drenaje
y salud en la zona del Caribe  [Also: Drainage for
health  in  the  Caribbean  area]   Transl.   into
Spanish by Juan A. Hernandez.  556p.   illust.
pi.  map.   tab.  diagr.  26^cm.   La  Habana
[n. p.] 1945.
   In Spanish and English.
   Also No. 2 10, v.48, Salub. asist. soe.. Habana. 19-15.
   MAGRASSI,   Flaviano.   L'immunita  locale
tissurale  e  cellulaire.   xii,  321p.   8?   Milano,
1st. sieroter. milanese, 1935.
   MAGRATH, George Burgess, 1870-1938.
   For obituarv see Am. .1.  M. Jurispr., 1939,  2: 53,  i>orti
Also Arch. Path., Chic, 1939, 27: 620-3, portr. (Canavan, M.
M.)  Also  Harvard  M. Alumni Bull.,  1938-39, 13:  59-61,
portr. (Christian, N. A., Canavan, M. M., & Wolbach, S. 11.)
Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111 : 2407.
   MAGRI, Luigi.  *Perkutane  Photosensibilisie-
 rung durch  Dictamnus  alba L.  [Dent.]   35p.
 illust.  tab.   23cm.   Bern,  G.  Grunau &  cie,
 1942.
   MAGRI, Luigi  Urso.   *Asfissie da gas e vapori
 irritanti   e  tossici  con  ricerche   sperimentali
 intorno  all'azione  dei  vapori  di  bromo  sul- 
MAGRI
65
MAHAFFY
 1'organismo animale ed alia loro diffusione post-
 mortale.  127p.  8?  Catania, C. V.  Giannotta,
 1918.
   MAGRI, Valeriano.
   See Almeida Pintos, R., & Magri, V.  Estudios de clinica
 tisiol6gica para el medico practico. 321p.  24cm.  Montev.,
 1938.
   ----& FRANGELLA,  Alfonso.  El pleurocele
 y el pleuroneumocele, las hernias del mediastino;
 estudio clinico y radiol6gico.  85p.   pi.  24cm.
 Montev., Garcia Morales, 1940.
   MAGRIN,  Albert, 1904-      *Contribution
 a l'etude de  l'influence  de la  rougeole sur la
 tuberculose  pulmonaire.   75p.  pi.  8?  Par.,
 E. Le Francois, 1932.
   MAGRINI, Giovanni, 1877-
   Editor of Italy.  Consiglio nazionale delle ricerche.  Peri-
 odic! italiani scientifici tecnici e di cultura generale. 3. ed.
 479p.  8".  Roma, 1931.
   MAGRO, Paul.  *Les kjrstes dentaires et leur
 transformation  maligne  [Geneve;  Dent.]  39p.
 23cm.  Neuchatel, Delachaux & Niestm, 1940.
   MAGROU, Joseph Emile, 1883-       L'oeuvre
 scientifique  de  Maurice  Nicolle.   150p.  portr.
 8?  Par., Masson & cie [1933?]
   MAGSAAM, Otto, 1912-      *Untersuchun-
 gen  iiber die  Wasserstoffionenkonzentration des
 Schweinefleisches  und  ihre Bedeutung  fiir die
 Fleischuntersuchung,  auf  Grund   elektrometri-
 scher  Messungen.   39p.   22%cm.   Giessen,  E.
 Seibert, 1937.
   MAGUINNESS, Olive  Dickinson.   Environ-
 ment  and  heredity.   216p.   diagr.   18J4cm.
 Lond., T. Nelson & Sons [1940]
   MAGUIRE,  Frederick  Arthur,   1888-
 The anatomy of the  female pelvis,  descriptive
 and applied.   2. ed.   119p.  12?  Sydney, Angus
 & Robertson,  1929.
   See also Butler, A. G.. ed.  The Australian army medical
 services in the War of 1914-18.   v.l (occupation of German
 New  Guinea, by F. A. Maguire & R.  W. Cilento)  873p.
 21 Hem.  Melbourne, 1930.
   MAGUIRE, William J.   How can statistics be
 made more helpful in  accident-prevention work?
 6 1.   23^cm.   Wash., Gov. Print. Off.,  1930.

 MAGYAR.
   See Hungary [and Hungarian]
   MAGYAR Minerva; kiadja az Orszagos konyv-
 forgalmi es  bibliografiai  kozpont.   Budap., v.6
 (1930/31) 1932-
   MAGYAR noorvosok lapja. Budap., v.3, No. 1,
 1940-
   MAGYAR   orvosi  nagyhet.    Jegyzdkonyv.
 Budap., 1. & 2. sess., 1931-32.
   Supplement to Orvosi hetilap.
   MAGYAR rontgen kozldny.  Budap., v.l, 1927-
   MAGYAR  tudomanyos akademia  [Budapest]
   See Budapest, Hungary.  Magyar tudomanyos akademia.
   MAGYAR  urologia.  Budap., v.2, No.  1,1939-
   MAGYARY-KOSSA, Gyula, 1865-        Ma-
 gyar  orvosi   emiekek;  ertekez^sek  a   magyar
 orvostortenelem  korebol.   3v.   illust.   portr.
 pi. 8?  Budap., Magy. orv. konyvk. t&rs., 1929-
 31.
  ----   [The same]   Ungarische  medizinische
 Erinnerungen.  viii, 368p.   illust.  pi. portr.  8?
 Budap., Danubia Verl., 1935.
  Selected parts translated from his Magyar orvosi emiekek.
  See also Zimmermann, A.  [Retirement of Professor  Julius
Magyary-Kossa]  Allatorv. lap., 1935, 58: 230.
  MAHAFFEY, Jesse Lynn, 1879-
  For portrait see Pub. Health News, Trenton,  1941, 25: 321.
  MAHAFFY, Sir  John  Pentland,  1839-1919.
The  Flinders Petrie  papyri; with transcriptions,
commentaries, index and appendix.   2 pt.  68p.;
97p.; lOp.  pi.  fol.  Dubl. [R. Irish Acad.] 1891-
94.
  Forms No. 8 & 9 of Cunningham Mem.
  MAHAIM,  Ivan  [M.  D.,  1925,  Lausanne]
Les maladies organiques du  faisceau  de  His-
Tawara; les syndromes coronaires; l'endocardite
septale;  l'infarctus  septal  (6tude   clinique  et
anatomique)   vi, 595p.  8?  Par., Masson & cie,
1931.
  â– ---- Les nerfs du coeur.  16p.  8?  Lausanne,
Impr. R6unies, 1932.
  MAHAN, Asa, 1800-89.  A system of intellec-
tual philosophy.  3.  ed.   xx, 476p.  19y2cm.  N.
Y.,  A.  S. Barnes, 1855.
  MAHAR, Vincent, 1873-
  For portrait see Bull. Soc. electroradiol. med. France, 1938,
26: front.
  MAHARKIJZUS,  Lazarus, fl. ca 1600.
  For portrait see Actas Ciba, Rio, 1942, 9: 343.  Also Ciba
Symposia, 1944-45, 6: 1763.
  MAHDJOURI, Ali.   *Thrombose et embolie
post-operatoires  en  gynecologie.   47p.    tab.
22^cm.  Geneve, Impr. Commerce, 1939.
  MAHE,  Francois Marie,  1906-       *Con-
tribution a l'etude du traitement de l'infection
puerperale; presentation d'un nouveau dispositif
de drainage et lavage uterin  [Paris]  48p.  8?
Fountainebleau, Bizot, 1934.
  MAHE,  Pierre,  1902-      *La  senescence;
6tude  biologique et  therapeutique.   54p.   8?
Par., Jouve & cie, 1930.
  MAHEE, Georges,  1905-      *La diplopie
physiologique.  36p.  8?  Par., C. Serre,  1932.
  MAHEO, Edouard, 1912-      *Broussais et
Laennec.   64p.   24cm.  Par., M. Vign6,  1939.
  MAHER, Chauncey Carter, 1897-      Elec-
trocardiography,   xiv, 250p.  illust.   diagr.  8?
Bait.,  W. Wood  & Co.,  1934.  Also 2. ed.  xvi,
254p.  1937.  Also 3. ed. [with Wosika, P. H.]
xvi, 334p.  1940.
  For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1943, 42: 813; 964.
  MAHER,  Frank  Thomas,  1909-       The
reticulo-endothelial system in sulfonamide activ-
ity.  232p.  illust. tab.  27^cm.  Urbana, Univ.
Illinois Pr., 1944.
  Forms Nos. 1-2, v.5, Illinois Monogr. Med.  Sc.
  MAHER, Stephen John, 1860-1939.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113:  612.
  MAHESVARA (1111 A. D. or Saka 1033)
  Mukerjee, G. N.  Mahesvara (1111  A. D. or Saka 1033)
J. Ayurveda, 1934, 10: 450-4.
  MAHIEU,  Andree,  1913-        *Tumeurs
malignes du gros intestin chez I'enfant, sigmoide
et rectum  excepted.  104p.   24cm.  Par,,  E.
Le Frangois,  1938.
  MAHIEU, Francoise,  1906-       Contribu-
tion a l'etude  du  traitement  de  la  gale  par
l'hyposulfite  de  soude.   129p.   8?  Par.,  L.
Rodstein, 1934.
  MAHIEU, Gaston,  1894-      Contribution
a  l'etude  des   meningococcemies.   76p.   8?
Par., Jouve & cie, 1928.
  MAHIEU,   Genevieve,   1906-         *Les
6panchements  pleuraux  survenant  apres  la
cessation   du pneumothorax  artificiel.    129p.
8?  Par., L. Arnette, 1935.
  MAHIEU,  Robert,   1901-        Complica-
tions pleuro-pulmonaires du mal  de  Pott dorsal.
58p.  8?   Par., Jouve & cie, 1928.
  MAHKORN,  Hermann, 1905-     *Larynx-
Sarkome   [Erlangen]    41p.    8?    Kallmunz,
M.  Lassleben, 1932.
  MAHLA, Francis Edgar, 1885-
  For  portrait  see Q. Bull.  Northwest. Univ. M.  School,
1943, 17: 83.
549701—vol. 10, 4th series----5 
MAHLCKE
66
MAHMOUD
  MAHLCKE, Walter Wolfgang, 1909-
*Beitrage zu den  Formen des extrapulmonalen
Primarkomplexes  der Tuberkulose im  Kindes-
alter  [Halle-Wittenberg]  32p.  23}*cm.   Halle,
H. John, 1936.
  MAHLER,  Alfred.  Contribution a  l'etude
de la combinaison de l'hydroxyde de bismuth
avec  les acides thioglycolique  et thiolactique.
57p.  24cm.   Strasb., C. & J. Goeller, 1937.
  MAHLER,  Dietrich,  1911-        *Ueber die
Merkmale  der  Berufskrankheiten  durch  Ver-
bindungen  des Manga'ns—Ziffer 5  der  Verord-
nung vom 11. II. 1929—an den  Organen der
Mundhohle [Kiel]  17p.  8? Quakenbruck, R.
Kleinert, 1934.
  MAHLER,  Emile.   Structure des emulsions,
des  6mulsoides  et des  suspensions  utilises  en
cosmetique et en  pharmacie.  86p.  illust.   pi.
tab.  24. Hem.   Par.,  Libr. Maloine, 1946.
  MAHLER,  Gertrud, 1908-      *Lahmungen
der  unteren  Extremitaten  nach   Spirozidbe-
handlung  [Zurich] p.351-61.  Basel, S. Karger,
1938.
  Also Jahrb. Kinderh., 1938, 151:
  MAHLER,  Giinther, 1911-      *Ein Beitrag
zum  experimentellen  Meerschweinchenskorbut
mit  besonderer Beriicksichtigung der  Erschei-
nungen an der Zahnpulpa.  43p.   8?   Tiib.,
Tub. Studentenwerk, 1935.
  MAHLER,  Kurt, 1885-      On ideals in the
Cayley-Dixon Algebra,  p.123-33. 28cm.  Dubl.,
Hodges, Figgis & Co., 1942.
  Forms No. 5, Sect. A, v.48, Proc. R. Irish Acad.
  MAHLER, Lotte,  1894-
  See Schmieden, V., & Mahler, L.  Die  Verletzungen der
Wirbelsiiule.  31p.  8? Stuttg., 1935.   Also 2.  Aufl.  30p.
1943.
  MAHLER,  Walter,   1906-        *Zeigt  der
Ausfall  der   Lappchenprobe nach  Jadassohn-
Bloch eine Abhangigkeit von Fieber und Haut-
schweissen?   [Munster]   14p.    8?  Dusseld.,
G. H. Nolte, 1934.
  MAHLICH, Wolfgang Hermann Karl Oskar,
1905-      *Ueber Behandlung  und Heilerfolge
bei den Riesenzellgeschwulsten am Kiefer.  37p.
8?   Berl. [n. p.] 1932.
  MAHLKE,  Hugo,  1907-       *Zur  Ruptur
des  Muse, quadriceps femoris und seiner Sehne
[Freiburg  i.   B.]   23p.    8?   Endingen,  E.  J.
Kniebuehler, 1934.
  MAHLKNECHT,  Hans,  1898-        *Die
Grundrichtungen  fiktiven wirtschaftlichen Den-
kens.   4p.   22}^cm.    Giessen  [F.  Pleticha]
1924.
  MAHLMEISTER,   Josef,  1910-       *Die
Harnsauresynthese   im   Vogelorganismus;   die
Rolle der Muskulatur fiir die Harnsauresynthese.
16p.  21cm.   Erlangen, K. Dores, 1935.
  MAHLO,  Arthur,   1889-       Der  Magen-
schleim. 53p. 25cm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1938.
  MAHLSTEDT, Heinz, 1907-       *Zur Klinik
und Differentialdiagnose  der neuralen  Muskel-
atrophie  Charcot-Marie-Hoffmann.   22p.    8?
Freib. i. B., W. Wiemken, 1933.
  MAHMOUD,   Beddiar.   Contribution   a
l'etude du  traitement de l'enuresie chez  I'enfant,
en  particulier par les injections  epidurales  de
serum  physiologique et  de novocaine.    96p.
231-4cm.  [Toulouse] Lion & fils,  1938.
  MAHMOUD,   Souade.   *Les  resultats  du
traitement du cancer de l'ut^rus a la clinique
gyn6cologique de l'Universite de Geneve (casuis-
tique  supplementaire sur 122  cas)   31p.   8?
Geneve, Impr. Commerce, 1929.
  MAHMOUD  Abou-Heif.   Contribution  a
l'etude  des  greffes  osseuses  dans les pseudar-
throses.  16p.  8?  Geneve, E. Mover, 1930.
  MAHMOUD El Sayed Hassan.
  See under Sayed Hassan, Mahmoud el.
  MAHMOUD Fadel Selim.
  See under Selim, Mahmoud Fadel.
  MAHMOUD Nasser, El-Tayeb.
  See under Nasser, El-Tayeb Mahmoud.
  MAHMOUD Nebil.
  See under Nabil, Mahmud.
  MAHMOUD Sedky Bey.
  See under Sedky Bey, Mahmoud.
  MAHMOUD Siassi.
  See under Siassi, Mahmoud.
  MAHMUD   Abdel  Hamid  Abou  Youssef,
1896-       *Diabetes  und  hoher   Blutdruck
[Berlin] 23p.  8?  Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann,
1927.
  MAHMUT Sadi.
  See under Sadi, Mahmut.
  MAHN, Adolf  Johannes, 1911-       *Rest-
stickstoff-Untersuchungen an chirurgisch kranken
Pferden.  43p.   8?  Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937.
  MAHN,  Walter   Ernst  Georg,   1903-
*Ueber Stieltorsion und  vollige Abtrennung von
Ovarialtumoren    [Leipzig]   36p.   8?  [Zeulen-
roda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1927.
  MAHNE, Wilhelm, 1910-       *Ueber  zwei
Tumoren  des  Glomus caroticum.  31p.  22cm.
Bonn,  H.  Trapp, 1936.
  MAHNER,  Artur.  Die Volksernahrung im
Kriege.   40p.   22}^cm.    [Prag,  Deut. Verein,
1915]
  Forms Nos 435-37, Samml. gemeinniitziger Vortrage.
  MAHNKE,  Hinrich, 1900-       *Ueber Tu-
bargraviditat inbesondere ihre Haufigkeit.  48p,
8°  Miinch., P.  Hartel, 1926.
  MAHNKE,  Otto  Emile, 1911-      *Ueber
die   wichtigsten   Untersuchungsmethoden   der
Silikatzemente   [Leipzig]  28p.   8?   Zeulenroda
i. T., A. Oberreuter,  1934.

MAHOGANY.
  See Swietenia.
  MAHOMED, Sake Deen,  1749-       Sham-
pooing; or, Benefits resulting from the use of the
Indian  medicated vapour  bath.   2.  ed.  xiii,
186p.   portr.    pi.   21 Hem.   Brighton,  Engl.,
J. Cordwell, 1826.
  MAHOMET.
  See under Muhammad, 570(?)-632.
  MAHON, Ralph Bodkin, 1862-1943.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 497.
  MAHONEY, Edward Joseph, 1869-1934.
  For obituary see Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1934, 17: 13.
  MAHONEY, John Friend, 1889-
  See Zwally, M. R., & Mahoney, J. F.  Requirements of pre-
marital legislation.  20p.  23J.£cni. Wash., 1945.
  MAHONEY, Stephen  Andrew,  1863-1934.
  For obituary see Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1934, 17: 14-6.

MAHONIA.
  See under Berberis.
  MAHONING County  Medical Society. Bulle-
tin.   Youngstown, v.10, No. 12,  1940-
  MAHORNER,  Howard Raymond, 1903-
Fractures  and  dislocations.   76p.   illust.   8?
S. Louis,  J. S. Swift Co. [1935]
  See also Ochsner, A., & Mahorner, H.  R.  Varicose veins.
147p.  25^cm.  St. Louis, 1939.
  MAHOUDEAU, Daniel Francois Alcime Emile,
1907-       *Les  accidents  consScutifs  a  la 
MAHOUDEAU
67
MAIER
 depletion des ventricules en neuro-chirurgie  en
 particulier  chez  I'enfant   [Paris]   338p.   8?
 Blois, Soc. anon, blesoise impr., 1936.
   MAHOUDO, Albert  Rene Marie, 1913-
 Contribution  a l'etude de l'acrodynie infantile
 des signes oculaires en  particulier.   54p.   25cm.
 Bord., Delmas, 1937.
   MAHOUI, Mustapha, 1904-       Contribu-
 tion a  l'6tude  des fractures de  l'extremite  su-
 pe>ieure de l'humerus compliqu^es de luxations;
 principalement des avantages  de  la  reposition
 sanglante  precoce.   104p.  24cm.   Alger,  S.
 Crescenzo, 1934.
   MAHR, Josef,  1910-      *Sind im Pferde-
 speichel entwicklungshemmende beziehungsweise
 bakterizide  Krafte  vorhanden?   31 p.   tab.
 21cm.  Munch, [n. p.] 1937.

 MA-HUANG.
   See under Ephedra.
   MAHUET, Marcel Francois Joseph, 1891-
 *Traitement chirurgical des troubles dyspneiques
 et dysphoniques  consecutifs aux laryngoplegies.
 99p.  25cm.  Nancy-Laxou, A.  Tollard, 1934.
   MAI, Franz  Anton, 1742-1814.
   Hoffmann, K. F. Franz Anton Mai (1742-1814) als Hygieni-
 ker und  Gesundheitslehrer.  Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1939,  10:
 656-60.
   MAI,  Hermann [M.  D.,  1929,  Munchen]
 Ueber die korpereigene Ultraviolettstrahlung und
 ihre Beziehungen zur Rachitis; ein Versuch zur
 Deutung der Entstehung der englischen Krank-
 heit sowie der  Vorgange bei der Heilung.  81 p.
 8? Berl.,  S. Karger,  1937.
   Forms H. 45, Abh. Kinderh.
   ---  Ueber den Rtickgang  der  Sterblichkeit
 an Infektionskrankheiten   im   Kindesalter   im
 Laufe der letzten 60  Jahre und  seine Ursachen.
 96p.   tab.   diagr.   23cm.  Berl.,  R. Schoetz,
 1939.
   Forms H. 5, Bd  52 of Veroff. Volksgesundhdienst.
   MAI, Johann,  1912-       *Weitere  Unter-
 suchungen fiber  die  Silage von Futtermitteln
 [Heidelberg]   16p.   21cm.  Birkenau i.  Oden-
 wald, L. Bitsch [1936]
   MAI, Martin, 1908-     *Ueber Sparmassnah-
 men in der sozialen Zahnbehandlung.  24p.   8?
 Berl., R. Pfau,  1935.
   MAI, Ting-sheng (Mak  Ting Sum)  1895-
   For biography see in Who's Who in  China, 1940, Suppl., 5.
 ed., 35, portr.
.   MAIA, Jorge de Andrade, 1893-      Cata-
 logo-diccionario das theses inauguraes, defendidas
 perante a  Faculdade  de Medicina da Universi-
 dade  de Sao Paulo,  1919-1935.   vii,  38p.   8?
 S. Paulo [S.  Paulo  Editora] 1935.
   ---Indice-catalogo medico brasileiro, 1937-
 40. 3v. 27cm. S. Paulo, Cons, bibliot. S. Paulo,
 1939-42.
   Also editor of Sao Paulo, Brazil. Conselho Bibliotecario do
 Estado.   Indice-catalogo medico  paulista, 1860-1936. 640p.
 27Hcm.  S. Paulo,  1938.
   MAIA de Loureiro, Samuel.   Tratamento  da
 prisao de ventre.  2. ed. 197p.   19cm.  Lisb., J.
 Rodriques & cia,  1915.
   MAIBORODIN,  Georg, 1899-      *Einfluss
 der Kalte auf  Intoxikationserscheinungen von
 Seiten  der  Nieren bei Wismutbehandlung  der
 Syphilis  [Erlangen]  25p.  8?   [Kassel,  Baren-
 reiterdr., 1930]

 MAIDENHAIR tree.
   See Gingkoales.
   MAIER,  Adolf,  1902-        *Die  Myxome
nach den  Erfahrungen der Chirurgischen Klinik
der Universitat  Tubingen.  20p.  8?   Tub.,  A.
Becht, 1937.
  MAIER, Adolf, 1910-      *Rachitische Zahne
und Kiefer bei den verschiedenen Konstitutions-
typen  und deren Schadelformen   [Munchen]
27p.   21 ".cm.  Gunzb., K. Mayer, 1936.
  MAIER, Albert, 1908-       *Zur Frage  der
Entstehung von Kief erkarzinomen durch Trauma.
12p.   8°   Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn,  1935.
  MAIER, Alfred, 1908-      *Die  Aufspaltung
und  Resorption  der  Kohlehydrate im  Darm
[Munchen]  20p.  8?   Gtinzb., K. Mayer, 1935.
  MAIER,  Arthur  [M.  D.,  1915, Lausanne]
*Etude d'un cas d'arret de developpement  chez
un  embryon  humain  de  4.5mm.    47p.    8?
Lausanne,  Impr.  Reunies, 1915.
  MAIER,  Artur, 1908-      *Ueber  die  nar-
kotische Wirkung von Chloraethyl  im  Tier-
versuch.  20p.  8? Wiirzb., Gutenberg, 1933.
  MAIER,  Conrad,   1909-        *Pharmako-
logische  Untersuchungen fiber  die  Grundlagen
der Bortherapie  bei Epilepsie  [Zurich]  p.41-64.
S°  Berl., S. Karger,  1935.
  Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1935, 91:
  MAIER,  Elisabeth,  1904-       *Die nach-
weislichen  Entstehungsbedingungen  der Ernah-
rungsstorungen bei Sauglingen  [Freiburg i. B.]
9p.  8?  Stuttg., F.  Enke, 1929.
  Also Arch. Kinderh., 1929, 87:
  MAIER,  Erich, 1913-       *Vergleichende
Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Verwendbarkeit  des
Kreitmair'schen  Meerschweinchenversuchs  zur
biologischem Auswertung von operativem Kropf-
material.   20p.   21Hcm.  Tub., A.  Becht, 1937.
  MAIER,  Gerhard  [M.  D.,  1940,  Geneve]
*Ueber die Geschwulst-Metastasen  durch retro-
grade  Lymph-Verschleppung   [Geneve]  p. 106-
123.   illust. tab.  23cm.  Basel, S. Karger, 1940.
  Also Schweiz. Zschr. allg. Path. Bakt., 1940, 3:
  MAIER, Gerhard Wilhelm Heinrich, 1908-
*Das Krankheitsbild  der chronischen Amoeben-
infektion des Menschen dargestellt am Kranken-
material des  Tiibinger Tropengenesungsheims.
20p.   8?   Tiib., E. Gobel, 1934.
  MAIER,  Gerold,   1912-       *Ein  solitares
Knochenxanthom im rechten Oberarm  [Wiirz-
burg]  28p. 8?   Eisfeld-Thur., C. Beck, 1937.
  MAIER, Gudrun,  1911-      *Drei  Falle aus
dem zahnarztlich-poliklinischen Betrieb  [Tubin-
gen]  31p.   8? Heidelb., C. Pfeffer,  1934.
  MAIER, Hans Wolfgang, 1882-1945.
  For obituary see Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1946, 57:
1-6, portr. (Klaesi, J.) Also Vesk Zschr., Luzern, 1945, 9: 84
(Manza, P.)  Also Zschr. Kinderpsychiat., Basel, 1945-46, 12:
31 (Lutz, J.)
  MAIER,  Heinrich,  1910-      *Der Durch-
messer der Erythrozyten bei  multipler  Sklerose.
16p.   8?   Wiirzb., R. Mayr,  1937.
  MAIER,  Helmut,  1913-       *Ueber  einen
Fall  von  Kloakenpersistenz.   26p.   pi.  22cm.
Munch., O. Boeck, 1937.
  MAIER,  Irene,  1904-       *Neuritis  retro-
bulbaris und  ihre Ursachen;  aus dem Kranken-
material der Tiibinger Universitats-Augenklinik
1921-1928.    35p.   8?   Tub.,  Studentenhilfe,
1929.
  MAIER, Kurt Julius, 1912-      *Die Pallida-
Reaktion;  eine  wichtige  Erganzung der serolo-
gischen Lues-Diagnose  [Berlin]   27p.   23Hcm.
Charlottenb.,  K. & R. Hoffmann,  1938.
  MAIER,  Ludwig,  1901-       *Ueber  einen
Fall  von haemorrhagischer Nephritis bei Appen-
dicitis [Munchen]  24p. 8? Endorf, G. Renauer,
1927. 
MAIER
68
MAIL
  MAIER, Ludwig, 1914-       *Der Heilverlauf
nach Wurzelspitzenresektionen  [Erlangen]  15p.
8?  Coburg, Tageblatt-Haus, 1936.
  MAIER, Michael, 1568-1622.
  Simpson, G., & Read, J.  A musical alchemist.  Proc. R.
Inst. Gr. Britain, 1936, 29: pt 1, No. 136, 57-61, 2 pi.—Waite,
A. E.  Michael Maier.  In his Real Hist. Rosicruc, Lond.,
1887, 268-82.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MAIER,  Norman Raymond Frederick,  1900-
      Reasoning in white rats.  93p.  tab.   diagr.
27cm.   Bait., Johns Hopkins Pr.  [1929]
  Forms No. 29, v.6, Comp. Psychol. Monogr.
  ----  A further analysis of reasoning in rats:
II.  The. integration of four separate experiences
in problem solving. III.  The influence of cortical
injuries on the process of direction.   85p.   illust.
tab.  25Hcm.   Bait., Johns Hopkins Pr.,  1938.
  Forms No. 73, v. 15, Comp. Psychol. Monogr.
  ----  Studies of abnormal behavior in the rat;
the. neurotic  pattern and an analysis  of  the
situation  which produces it.  81p.  pi.  20Hcm.
N. Y., Harper  & Bros [1939]
  ---- &  GLASER, Nathan  M.   Studies  of
abnormal behavior in the rat: II. A comparison
of some  convulsion-producing  situations.   30p.
tab.  25Hom.   Bait., Johns Hopkins Pr., 1940.
  Forms No. 80, v. 16, Comp. Psychol. Monogr.
  MAIER,  Norman  Raymond  Frederick,  &
SCHNEIRLA,  Theodore  Christian.  Principles
of animal psychology,  xiii, 529p.  illust.   diagr.
8?  N. Y.,  McGraw-Hill Bk Co.,  1935.
  MAIER,  Otto,  1910-       *Die  Grosse und
Form  der  Sella  turcica  in  Abhangigkeit von
Grosse und Form des Schadels, und die Haufig-
keit von Sellavarianten  [Munchen]   29p.   21cm.
[Sulz  a. N., K. Haas, 1936]
  MAIER,  Rudolf, 1904-      *Zur Sphygmo-
graphie  in  der  Veterinarklinik bei  Pferd und
Hund  [Vet.]   52p.  8?  Giessen, Studentenhilfe,
1929.
  MAIER,  Walter Richard,  1908-      *Die
Vulnerability  und  Labilitat der  Capillaren bei
Haemophilie   [Tubingen]  45p.  8?  Sulz  a. K.,
K.  Haas, 1931.
  MAIER,  Wilhelm,  1910-        *Ueber  die
Zunahme  der  Neugeborenenlange   seit  Beginn
des 20. Jahrhunderts.  29p.   21^cm.  Tub., A.
Becht, 1937.
  MAIER-BODE, Hans & ALTPETER,  Julius.
Das Pvridin und seine Derivate in  Wissenschaft
und  Technik.   viii,  351p.   24cm.   Halle,  W.
Knapp, 1934.
  Forms Bd 54, Monogr. chem. techn. Fabrikationsmethoden
(Wohlgemuth, L. M.)
  Photo-lithoprint reproduction, 1943.
  MAIER-HEUSER, Kurt, 1913-       *Ueber
die Abhangigkeit  der  tierischen  Motorik  von
der Nahrung   [Heidelberg]  lip.  22cm.  Wiirzb.
R.  Mavr, 1938.
  MAIGNE, Jacques, 1912-      *Etude sur le
metabolisme des vitamines.  56p.   24cm.  Par.,
L. Cario, 1938.
  MAIGNE, Rene, 1916-      Contribution a
l'etude de la courbe thermique dans les am6nor-
rh6es secondaires.  83p.  diagr. 24cm.  Par., M.
Lavergne, 1941.
   MAIGRE, Pierre,  1903-       *Le paludisme
autochtone dans la region de Beauvoir-sur-Mer
(Vendee)  56p. 8?  Par., M. Vigne, 1932.
   MAIJOFIS,  Hanna,  1902-       *Beitrage
zum   Krankheitsbild  der  Chondrodystrophie.
30p.   8?  Jena, Buchdr. Werkstatte, 1928.
MAIL.
  See also Letter.
  Briining,  A.   Ueber den Nsichwcis der Verletzung dei
Briefgeheimnisses.  Arch. Krim., 192(>, 78: 81-93.- Jordan, A.
Hautschadigungen bei  Post- und TclcgraphenanKoMclllcn.
Derm. Zschr., 1927, 51: 193-7.- 1'nys et Crois-Rouges qui ont
adoptfi le syst&me de messages fauuliaux cr£6s par le Comit6
international de la Croix-Rouge a l'usage des civils non internes
en pays belligerants.   Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1942, 24:
225—7.
  MAILAENDER, Anna [M. D., 1929, Munchen]
*Klinisch-hamatologischer Beitrag zum  Krank-
heitsbild des  Exanthema subitum  [Munchen]
31p.  8?  Kallrminz,  M. Lassleben, 1929.
  MAILAENDER,  Otto,   1908-       *Unter-
suchungen iiber die Beziehungen der Kauebene
zur prothetischen Ebene.  24p.   8?   Tiib., E.
Gobel, 1931.
  MAILHOUSE, Max, 1857-1941.
  For obituarv see Connecticut M.  J.,  1941, 5: 833; 942
(Rogowski, B. A.) Also Current Biogr., N. V., 1941, 2: 551.
Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1941,  117: 1907.
  MAILLAND, Rene Louis Eugene,  1891-
Contribution  a  l'etude  de  la  lymphangitc
ulcereuse (observations recueillies au cours d'une
6pizootie)   [Alfort;  Vet.]  76p.   8?   Par., P.
Bossuet, 1930.
  MAILLARD, Arthur.  Contribution a lY'tiidc
des  monstres  doubles; un cas  de  diprosopic
[Lausanne; Dent.]  32p.   22cm.  Estavayer-Lc-
Lac, H. Butty, 1939.
  MAILLARD, Claude,  1912-       *Trauma-
tismes de l'6paule chez les vieillards; fractures et
luxations; leur pronosticfonctionnel. 42p.  24cm.
Par.,  E. Le Francois,  1939.
  MAILLARD,   Emile   Henri,    1906-
*L'union  des  ceuvres de  l'enfance  au  Havre
[Paris]  43p.  8?  Le Havre, M. Etaix,  1934.
  MAILLARD, Gaston  [M.  D.,  1907,  Paris]
Des  differentes   especes  de  douleurs psycho-
pathiques; leur signification, leur r61e.   46p.  8?
Par.,  G. Masson & cie, 1911.
  In: Rapp. Congr. ali6n. neur. France, 1911, 21. Congr.
  MAILLARD, Jean, 1910-      *Le pendulisme,
reflexes pendulaires,  reflexes oscillatoires  hyper-
toniques,  clonus  et   polycin6tisme.   67p.   pi.
24cm.  Par., Impr. Union, 1940.
  MAILLARD, Jean Pierre,   1908-       *Les
mycoses du  conduit  auditif  externe.   73p.  8?
Par., Jouve & cie, 1933.
  MAILLARD, John May.  Healing in the name
of  Jesus; a  book  of devotion,  xii, 319p.  8?
Lond., Hodder &  Stoughton [1936]
  MAILLARD, Louis Camille, 1878-1936.
  For obituary see Presse med., 1936, 44: 1062 (Leblanc, F., &
Ettori, I.)
  MAILLARD, Lucien, 1902-      *Etude medi-
co-sociale chez les enfants atteints de glossoptose
avant et apres le  traitement eumorphique.  68p.
pi.   8?  Par., M. Vign6, 1927.
  MAILLARD, Pierre Jean  Louis,  1909-
*A propos  de  deux  cas  d'abces  endotracheal
primitif.  67p.  8?  Par., Jouve & cie, 1935.
  MAILLASSON, Octave, 1900-       *Le can-
cer  aigu  du  goudron;  etude  clinique anatomo-
pathologique  et  experimentale.   44p.   pi.  8?
Par., Jouve & cie, 1930.
  MAILLE, Marcel,  1912-       *Sur un cas de
tumeur  mixte des  glandes  salivaires  jugales.
44p.  25^cm.  Par.,  Vigot fr.,  1939.
  MAILLEFER, Jean Armand Francois Gaston,
1906-       *Recherches  sur  la  sensibilisation
des dements  pr6coces a  la tuberculose  (tuber-
culinoreactions-h^mocultures sur milieu de Loe-
wenstein)   127p.   8?   Par.,  Presses  Modernes,
1934. 
MAILLEFERT
69
MAIM
  MAILLEFERT,  Georges,   1908-         *Sur
la provocation medicamenteuse  du travail  dans
les grossesses arretces.  31p.  8?   Lyon,  Bose fr.,

1934
  MAILLEFERT, Karl Otto Hermann, 1906-
*Ueber traumatische Zwerchfellhernien   [Berlin]
46p.  8?  Charlottenb., Gebr.  Hoffmann, 1931.
  MAILLET, Marcel, 1881-
  See Nobecourt, P. A. A., & Maillet. M.  La therapeutique du
nourrisson en clientele. 4. ed.  1080p.  20cm.  Par., 1941.

  MAILLET, P.  [M.  D., 1943, Lyon]
  See Mallet-Guy, P. A., & Maillet, P. Hypoglycemics spon-
tanees; le traitement  chirurgical de l'hyperinsulinisme.  102p.
20cm.  Par., 1944.

  MAILLET, Roger,  1902-       *Des signes
dystrophiques  et  d'amoindrissement  prealable
du  terrain  dans la  tuberculose evoluante  de
l'adulte.  57p.  8?  Par., N. Maloine, 1931.
  MAILLET, Yves,   1914-        Contribution
a l'etude de la tuberculose miliaire de Toesophage.
60p.  8?   Par., L. Arnette, 1938.
  MAILLIER, Leon  Lucien  Maurice, 1902-
*Traitement du  rhumatisme  chronique par  les
corps  soufres; avantages  de I'emploi  des  thio-
phenes et en particulier de  methyl  propyl  thio-
phene sulfonate de soude.  36p.   24cm.   Par., C.
Ebener, 1943.
   MAILLIEZ, Achille,  1912-       Contribu-
tion a l'etude clinique des septicemics staphylo-
cocciques.   56p.   24^cm.   Par., Vigot fr.,  1939.
   MAILLOT, Frangois Clement, 1804-94.
   Jobin,  G.   *La vie  et  l'ceuvre  de Maillot
(1804-1894)   50p.  8?  Par., 1932.
  For biography see Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1946, 39:
10-7 (Deschiens, R.)
   For portrait see Ciba Symposia, 1945-46, 7: 59.

   MAILLOT, Lionel  Georges Rene, 1908-
*Le cancer du col de l'uterus  survenant apres la
menopause.    75p.    25}£cm.    Bord.,   Delmas,
1934.


MAIL-ORDER.

   See also Ethics, medical; Quackery.
   Brinkler, G. H.  Food Expert; a quack against whom the
Federal authorities  have  issued a  Post-office fraud order.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1914, 63: 1219-22.—Brinkler (Another) fraud
order; long time diet faker is once more debarred from the
mails.  Ibid.,  1939.  113:  1346-8.—Dark ages still with us;
seven U. S.  post-office orders  against cure-alls.   Ibid., 1940,
115- 1118—Kebler, L.  F.  The mail-order  medical game.
Druggist Circ, 1928, 72:  285-7.  •------  How  crooks are
caught   Ibid., 340.------Mail-order  medical  frauds.
Ibid., 380.—Lytherol (The) fraud; George P. Seller's lytenc
products company debarred from the U. S. mails.   J. Am. M.
Ass.. 1938, 110: 1853.—Miller (Mrs. Cora B.) home treat-
ment; another fraud put out  of business by the Post-office
authorities.  Ibid.,  1910,  55:  328.—Minor (Two)  medical
frauds barred; the Darnell cure-all and the J. Franklin Walker
swindle are served with fraud orders. Ibid., 1938, 110: 1689.
More miscellaneous  mail-order  frauds.  Ibid., Ill:  337.
New (The) York Institute of Science; another fraudulent con-
cern denied the use of the  mails.  Ibid., 1914, 63: 499-502 —
Pedoyne (The) foot business; George  J. Katz avoids the issu-
ance of a Post-office fraud order.  Ibid., 1938, 110:  .96 —Some
misce'laneous mail-order frauds.  Ibid., Ill: 188.   vito Upe;
mint fraud; another fake is debarred from the mails. Ibid.,
1939,  112:  2453.—Worthless  (trade-mark)  cures declared
fraudulent; post office bars Yosmite Nabona's Indian stuff
from the mails.  Ibid., 1940, 114: 2383.


MAIM.

  See  also    Amputated   (&  maimed)   Injury;
Malingering; Mutilation;  Self-mutilation; also
Insurance medicine,  Forensic aspect; also  under
names  of injured parts  as Ear, Injury; Finger

Injury, etc.                                     ,
  Bach, G.  Versicherungsbetrug durch Selbstverstummelung
des  linken Zeigefingers.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1939,  69:
224- 373 —Bertrand,  G. Contribution a l'etude des mutilations
volontaires;  mutilation du pouce;  6tude de medecine legale
militaire.  Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1907, 49: 81-108.—Blau.
Weitere  Falle von  Selbstverstummelung  und Krankheits-
vortauschung.  Deut. mil. arztl. Zschr., 1910,  39: 146-56.—
Caforio, L. Sul trattamento dei parafinomi da autolesionismo
di  guerra.  Riforma med., 1936,  52: 1414-7.—Chavigny, P.
Les mutilations volontaires par coups de feu. Ann. m£d. leg.,
1939,  19:  435-8.—Ciszkiewicz,  H.   [Cases of  self-injury]
Lek. wojsk., 1930, 16: 240-2.-—Colozza, D.  Ancora una parola
sull'autolesionismo.  Assist, sociale, Roma, 1938, 12: 1008-16.—
Flournoy, H.  Le proems Marek.   Praxis,  Bern, 1927,  16:
H. 21, 1; 3; 5.—Frank, P.  Versuch einer Rentenerschleichung
durch Selbstverletzung.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1928,  24: 1711.—
Herrmann, A.  Selbstbeschadigung zur Erlangung von Rente.
Zschr. Laryng., 1934,25: 172-7.—Kielbiski, A. [Self inflicted
and simulated injuries]  Lek.  wojsk.,  1935, 26: 641-53.-—
Lochte.  Ueber Selbstverletzungen.  Vjschr. gerichtl. Med.,
1913, 3. T., 45: Suppl., 261-77.—Macaggi, D. Referto medico
e reato di autolesione. Rass. previd. sociale, 1932, 19: 26-38.—
Marques Porto, E.  As mutilacoes voluntarias nos exercitos.
Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1940, 29: 160-73.—Michael,  M.  Selbst-
verstummelung Oder Unfall?  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1931,  27:
60.—Milanovic, A. N. [Simulation and self injury in the army]
Voj.  san.  glasnik,  1938, 9: 229-317.—Miiller,  H.  [Legal
medical examination in a case of self-mutilation in an insurance
fraud]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940,  80:  1441-60, pi.—
Nippe, M.  Unfall oder Selbstverstummelung durch Abhacken
von Daumen- und Fingergliedern.  Mschr. Unfallh., 1938, 45:
65-71.—Seiffert, O.  Kurzer Beitrag zur Selbstverstummelung.
Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, 14: 778.—Self-mutilation by soldiers.
Brit. M. J., 1915, 1:  899.—Springer, C.  [Self-maiming during
war]   Voj. zdrav. listy,  1930, 6: 106-19.—Vvdensky, K. K.
[Artificial diseases]  Vest, khir., 1931, 23: 84-9.

   MAIMON, Salomon, 1754-1800.
   Jacobs, N.  J.  Salomon Maimon,  intellectual vagabond,
1754-1800. Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1940, 36: 139-46.

   MAIMONIDES,  Abou-Amram Moussa  Ibn-
Maimoun.
   See Moses ben Maimon (Maimonides) 1135-1204.

   MAIN, David Duncan, 1856-1934.
   De  Gruche,  K.  Dr  D. Duncan  Main  of
Hangchow; who is known in China as Dr Apricot
of Heaven Below.   243p.  8?  Lond.  [1935]
   Gammie, A.   Duncan  Main  of  Hangchow.
 159p.  22cm.   Lond., 1935.
   MAIN,  Rolland  John,  1895-        The care
of a  small  rat colony.    lOlp.   illust.   diagr.
22cm.   S.  Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1939.
   For portrait see Messenger, 1941, 38: No. 4,  18.

   ----  Synopsis of physiology.    341p.  illust.
20cm.   S.  Louis, C. V. Mosby, 1946.
   MAIN, Thomas Francis,  1849-1917.
   For portrait see in Coll. Pharm. N. York (Wimmer, C. P.)
 N. Y., 1929, 148.

   MAINARD,  Pietro, fl.  1520-84.  De  preser-
 vatione  hominum  a pestifero morbo.   8 1.   8?
 [Venezia, 1523]
   MAINARDI Reyna, Luis E.  Corps Strangers
 intra-oculaires   [Lausanne]  32p.   23cm.   Bern,
 W.  Friedli, 1940.
   MAINCENT, Pierre, 1914-       *La maladie
 de  Morton et  ses  rapports avec le  pied force;
 etude  anatomique,  clinique, therapeutique; essai
 de radiothe>apie.   45p.  24cm.   Par.,  Vigot  fr.,

 1939.
   MAINCOURT, Louis Francois, fl.  18. century.
 Dissertatio medico-phisica de sanguineis lympha-
 ticisque, male  polypis dictis,  concretionibus, in
 corde  &  vasis,  per vitam &c.  existentibus.   2p.,
 52p   8?   Par., Croullebois, 1789.
   MAINE, II. S. A.  Department of  Health and
 Welfare.  State of Maine health notes.  Augusta,

 v1  1945—
   '----   Communicable diseases for the week.

 Augusta, January 5, 1946-
   MAINE, U.  S.  A.    Department  of  Health
 and Welfare.  Division'of VitalJStatistics.  An-
 nual reporfupon the births, marriages, divorces
 and deaths in the State of Maine.   Augusta, 1892

 (1893)-                  ,    , .  ,            c ui
   .___  Number of deaths^ births, and notifiable
 diseases reported  for the month.   Augusta,  Jan.

 1943- 
MAINE
70
MAINGOT
MAINE, U.  S. A.
  Griscom, L.   The birds of the Lake Umbagog
region of Maine; compiled from the diaries and
journals of William  Brewster,   p.52.5 620.   8?
Cambr., Mass., 1938.
  Forms pt 4, 66: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard.
  Earnest, J. Report to the Federal Security Agency, Social
Sc-i-uiitv Hoard.  In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr.
II. lb-i'r.,  1941, 77. Congr., 1. sess.,  pt 11, 4597.—Hill, F. T.
( liaduate medical education in Maine. Maine M. J., 1938, 29:
I.  Kellev, H. A.  Maine Dental Societv.  In: Hist. Dent. Surg.
 Ivuh, ('. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 970-8.— Leighton, A. P.  A
medical metamorphosis.  J. Maine  M.  Ass.,  1944, 35:  153,
&c.—Locke, H. E.  Legislation of interest to physicians offered
at 1943 Maine legislature and action  thereon. Ibid.,  1943, 34:
96.—Maine,  hospital and other institutional  facilities  and
services, 1939.  Vital Statist. Spec.  Rep. U. S. Bur. Census,.
1941, 13: 183-90.—Maine (The) Hospital Fund and method of
distribution.   Maine Health Welf.  Bull.,  1939-40, 2:  5.—
Maine; summary of vital statistics,  1940; 1941.  Vital  Statist.
Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1941, 14: 487-508;  1943, 18:
260-72.—Tobie,  W. E.  An old-fashioned medical school.  J.
Maine M. Ass., 1942, 33: 175-9.—Turner, C. E.  Maine's new-
health law.  Am. .1. Pub. Health, 1917, 7: 502-4.
  MAINE  de  Biran,  Marie   Frangois   Pierre
Gontier, 1766-1824.
  Lemay, P.  Maine de Biran et la Societe  medicale de
Bergerac.  Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1935, 29: 77-91.
  MAINE health and welfare bulletin; pub. by
Maine State Department of  Health and Welfare.
Bath, Me, v.l, No. 1/2,  1938-
  MAINE Medical Association.
  Dickinson. Annual oration.  J. Maine M. Ass., 1917-18, 8:
309-22.—Ebbett, P. L. B.  Presidential  address.  Ibid., 1942,
33:149.—Foster, T. A.  Presidential address. Ibid., 1941, 32:
161-7.—Official  roster; officers and members of the Maine
Medical Association.  Ibid., 1939, 30: 111-22; 1940, 31:  140-
50.—Proceedings; annual sessions; Maine Medical Association,
1942-19-43.  Ibid.,  1942,  33: 210;  passim; 1943,  34:  185;
passim.—Program; 88th annual session, Maine Medical Associa-
tion. Ibid., 1940, 31: 177 89.— Sincock, W. E.  Looking back
50 years.  Ibid., 1942, 33: 31-3.—Stevens,  C. H. The presi-
dent's page.  Ibid., 161. ------ Presidential address.  Ibid.,
1943, 34: 129.
  MAINETTI,  Jose  Maria.   Las  apendicitis
agudas, con   especial  referenda a  sus  formas
graves.   91p.    illust.   26^cm.   B. Air.,   El
Ateneo, 1941.
  MAINGINOU, Jose,     -1931.
  Doctor Jos6 Mainginou; su fallecimiento.  Bol. Cons. nac.
hig., Montev., 1931, 26: 789-800, portr.
  MAINGOT, Georges [M.  D., 1909, Paris]
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  ----SARASIN, Raymond, & DUCLOS, Henri.
Exploration radiologique  des colons et de l'ap-
pendice au  moyens  des solutions  floculantes;
images  de muqueuses, technique,  semeiologie,
syndromes.  229p.  illust.  fol.   Par.,  Masson &
cie, 1935.
  MAINGOT, Rodney Homer, 1893-      The
management of abdominal operations,  xii, 31 lp.
8?   Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co. 1931.
  ----  The injection treatment of varicose veins
haemorrhoids,   and  other   conditions.    lOOp.
illust.  8?  Lond., H.  K. Lewis & Co., 1932.
  ----Post-graduate  surgery.    3v.    illust.
diagr.   8?   N.  Y.,  D.  Appleton-Century Co.,
1936-37.
  ----Stomach  and  duodenum,   p. 145-557.
8?   N. Y., D. Appleton-Century Co., 1936.
  In his Post-Grad. Surg. 1:
  ----  Gall-bladder and bile-ducts,  p.627-722.
8?   N. Y., D. Appleton-Century Co., 1936.
  In his Post-Grad. Surg., 1:
  ----    Complications  following   abdominal
operations,  p. 1213-55.  8?   N. Y., D. Appleton-
Century Co., 1936.
  In his Post-Grad.. Surg., 1:
  ----   Abdominal  operations.   2v.   1385p.
[Paged  continuously]  illust.  pi.  diagr.   25cm.
N.  Y., D.  Appleton-Century Co. [1940]
  ----  Technique  of gastric operations,   xii,
240p.  illust.   pi.  22" (in.   Lond., Oxford Univ.
Pr.,  1941.
  ---JOHNSON,  Reginald  Sleigh, &  DE-
VILLE, Pierre  Marcel.   Investigation  of  a  case
of dyspepsia,   p.63-141.   S?  N.  Y., 1). Apple-
ton-Century Co., 1936.
  In: Post-drad. Surg. (Maingot, R. H.) 1:
  MAINGOT,  Rodney  Homer,  SLESINGER,
Edward Gustave, & FLETCHER, Ernest Tertius
Decimus,  editors.   War  wounds  and  injuries.
2. ed.  vii, 499p.  illust.   tab.  diagr.  22'<em.
Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1943.
  MAINGUY,  Jean   Emile  Leon,  1901-
*Contribution a l'etude des accidents eellulaires
sub-aigus et chroniques d'origine dentaire.   67p.
8?   Par., Sem. dent., 1927.
  MAINGUY,  Paul,   1908-        *Des  effets
therapeutiques  de  l'arc  a  grande  puissance.
87p.   8?   Par., M. Vign6,  1932.
  MAININI, Carlos, 1879-1943.
  For obituary see Prensa m6d. argent., 1944, 31: 82,  portr.
Also  Rev. As. med. argent., 1943, 57: 1101-4, portr.  Also
Sem.  med., B. Air., 1944, 51: 94.
  For portrait see Arch. urug. med., 1941, 19: Front.
  MAINLAND, Donald,  1902-       The treat-
ment of clinical and laboratory data;  an intro-
duction to statistical ideas and methods for medi-
cal and dental workers,  xi, 340p.  tab. ch. 8?
Edinb., Oliver & Boyd, 1938.
  ——  Anatomy as a basis for medical and  den-
tal  practice,   xvii,  863p.   illust.   tab.   diagr.
24cm.  N. Y.,  P. B. Hoeber, 1945.
  MAINLAND,  William Faulkner,  1905-
German for  students  of medicine and science;
with notes, grammatical introduction and vocab-
ulary,  xlvii, 160p.  8?  Edinb., Oliver & Boyd
[1937]
  MAINONE,  Moritz,  1882-        *Ueber das
Verhalten der  Hauttemperatur  bei akuten  und
chronischen   Krankheiten,  insbesondere  chroni-
schen  Nervenkrankheiten.    38p.   8?   Berl.,
Michel, 1934.
  MAINTZ,   Heinrich,  1905-        *Heredo-
Ataxie und juveniler Diabetes als Keimschaden.
42p.   8?   Berl., F. Linke,  1930.
  MAINZ, Hans, 1899-       *Ueber die  Hei-
lungsaussichten des   Magen- und   Zwolffinger-
darmgeschwurs.  21p.   8?   Marb., J. Hamel,
1935.
  MAINZ, Leo,  1898-      *Ueber akute  ent-
ztindliche  Schwellungen  der Halslymphdriisen
und   ihre  klinische  Bedeutung.   20p.   ch.  8?
Halle a.  S., O. Jung, 1933.

MAINZ, Germ.
  Chouffe,  J. P.   Maladie de Mayence.  26p.
20cm.  Mainz, 1814.
  Delaunay,  P.   Vieux  medecins  mayennais.
2. ser.  294p.  25cm.  Laval, 1904.
  Repr. from Bull. Com. hist, archeol. Mayenne,  1903 A 1904'
  Gruber,  G. B.  Abrisse aus der Geschichte  der  Mainzer
medizinischen Fakultat von Johann Groser (1862) mit Ergan-
zungen und Anmerkungen versehen. Janus, Leiden, 1926, 30:
8; 47.—Mainz,  Germany.  Map  [n.  sc] 10.25cm. x 13.5cm
[n. p., n. d.]—Mainz, Germany.  Map [n. sc] 8.75cm. x 10.5cm.
Berl. fn. d.]
   MAINZER,  Ernst  [M. D.,  1936, Basel]  *Zur
Kenntnis der Genese der Orbitalsarkome  [Basel]
12p.  8?   Lorrach-Stetten, K. Schahl,  1936.
   MAINZER,  Fritz  [M.   D.,   1931,   Rostock]
*Untersuchungen  iiber die  Konzentrationsbezie-
hungen   verschiedener  Harnbestandteile   [Ro-
stock]  128p.  8?  Berl., J. Springer,  1931.
   Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1931, 117: 
MAINZER                                  71                                    MAISCH
   MAINZER,   Hildegard,    1908-       *Die
Schwankungen des Glykogens im Blut  wahrend
der  Schwangerschaft,  unter  der  Geburt  bei
Eklampsie, im Nabelschnurblut und im  Wochen-
bett.   18p.  8?  Frankf. a. M. [n. p.] 1931.
   MAINZER,  Wilhelm [M.  D.,  1934,  Basel]
*Ueber das  Verhalten der  regionaren  und  allge-
meinen  Sensibilitat  gegen  Ultraviolettstrahlen
[Basel]  30p.  8?  [Den Haag, Levisson] 1934.
   MAINZER-HAINEBACH, Liesel [M.  D., 1936,
Basel]  *Zerebrale  Komplikationen  bei  Parotitis
epidemica (mit  Publikation  zweier Kranken-
geschichten)   [Basel]   12p.   8?  Stetten-Basel,
K. Schahl, 1936.
   MAIR, Rudolf, 1889-     Allgemeine Muskel-
mechanik.  p.37-68.   8?   Berl., 1937.
   In: Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1937, 2:
   See also Broesike, G., & Mair, R.  Repetitorium anatomi-
cum. 4. Aufl.  344p.  8?  Lpz.,  1937.
   MAIR, William.  An index of modern remedies.
2. ser.   3.  ed.   61p.   illust.   25cm.   Glasg.,
Scottish Chem., 1944.
   MAIRANO,  Mario.  Le varici e l'ulcera vari-
cosa; moderni metodi di  cura.  4, 122p.   illust.
8? Tor., Minerva med., 1936.
   MAIRE, Felix [M. D.,  1933, Basel]   *Kasui-
stische  Beitrage zu den schwersten Formen der
Pyelitis  gravidarum.   27p.   8?  Basel  [n.  p.]
1933.
   MAIRE, Georges,  1906-       *Modifications
des  voies  excretrices  du  rein  au  cours  de la
gestation; leur influence sur les pyelonephrites de
la grossesse.  87p.   8?   Par.,  E. Le  Francois,
1933
   MAIRE,  Jacques,  1902-       *Poliomyelite
anterieure aigue  et traitement de Bordier;  etat
actuel de la question.   81p.  8?  Par., M. Vigne,
1931.
   MAIRE, Lewis E., 1855-1935.
   For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1935, 40:
479.
   MAIRE, Lucette, 1905-       *Essai de cardio-
logie  experimentale  sur  Helix  pomatia;  con-
siderations physio-pathologiques. 36p.  8? Par.,
M. Vigne, 1932.
   MAIRE, Roger, 1901-        Contribution a
Petiologie nerveuse de certaines retractions de
l'aponnevrose palmaire; les maladies de Dupuy-
tren d'origine nerveuse.   150p.  pi.   8?  Par.,
Jouve & cie, 1932.
   MAIRE-AMERO,  Marcel,  1904-       *Du
role des metaux et de l'aluminium en particulier
dans la pathogenie du cancer.   130p.   8?  Par.,
M. Vigne, 1929.
   MAIRESSE,  Claude, 1911-       Contribu-
tion a  la therapeutique   medicale  de  la  chole-
cystite  non  calculeuse  chronique.   79p.   8?
Par., E. LeFrancois, 1936.
   MAIRET, Albert, 1852-1935.
   For obituary see Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1935,  3. ser., 114:
832-4 (Villaret, M.)
   MAIRET, Philip Auguste,  1886-      LANG-
DON-BROWN, Sir Walter [et al.]   The contri-
butions of Alfred Adler to psychological  medicine,
the study of organ inferiorities, the subject of the
relation of the sexes,  general medicine.  75p.  8?
Lond., C. W. Daniel, 1938.
   Forms No.  19,  Individ. Psychol.  Med. Pamphl. (H. C.
Squires)
   MAIRHOFER,   Maria,  1901-       *Ueber
hypochondrische  Erscheinungen im Beginn der
Schizophrenie.   32p.  8?   Miinch.,  Salesian.
Off., 1931.
   MAISCH,  Henry   Charles  Christian,  1862-
1901.
  For  biography see  in First  Century (Philadelphia  Coll.
Pharm.) Phila.. 1922, 269. portr.
  MAISCH, John Michael, 1831-93.
  For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll.
Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 141; 405, portr. Also in Gallerie hervor-
rag. Ther. Pharm. Gegenw., Geneve, 1897, 69; 365, portr.
  See also Urdang, G. The fiftieth anniversary of the death of
John Michael Maisch. Am. J. Pharm.,  1944, 116: 14-24.
  For portrait see in Coll. Pharm. N. York (Wimmer, C. P.)
N. Y., 1929, 54.
  MAISCH, Martin Burkhard, 1913-     *Ueber
die  Malaria  und ihr  Wirken  in der deutschen
Geschichte   [Tubingen]  87p.   21^cm.  Back-
nang, F. Stroh,  1938.
  MAISEL,  Albert Q.   Africa; facts and fore-
casts,   xi, 307p.   map.  22cm.  N.  Y., Duell,
Sloan & Pearce  [1943]
  ----   Miracles of  military  medicine.   xiv,
373p.  22cm.   N. Y.,  Duell,  Sloan &  Pearce
[1943]
  ----   The wounded  get  back,   viii,  230p.
21cm.   N. Y.,  Harcourt, Brace & Co. [1944]
  MAISEL,  Sarah [M. D., 1908, Bern]  *Beitrag
zur Beurteilung der Lumbago traumatica.  34p.
8?   Bern, H. von Kamp-Berger, 1908.
  MAISEL,  Theodor,  1910-       *Zur Frage
der  akuten Todesfalle  bei  Katatonie.   31p.
23J/2cm.   Bresl., M. Bermann, 1936.
  MAISLER, Alfred,  1906-       *Les injections
intra-veineuses d'antigene lympho-granulomateux
au cours  de  la maladie de Nicolas-Favre (etude
biologique et therapeutique)   lOlp.   8?  Par.,
Jouve  & cie, 1933.
  MAISON, Edouard, 1904-       *Les hdmor-
ragies  digestives au  cours  des  splenomegalies
dites primitives.  190p.  8?  Par., A. Legrand,
1934.
  MAISONNET, Pierre Joseph Felix Romauld,
1885-        Petite chirurgie.   xxvii,  995p.   pi.
8?  Par.,  G. Doin & cie, 1928.  Also 3. ed. xxviii,
1038p.  1938.   Also 4. ed.  1035p.   1942.
  ----   Nouveau traite de pathologie  chirur-
gicale; membres.  xvi,  1504p.  8?  Par., G. Doin
& cie,  1931.
  Forms v.2, Nouv. traite path. chir. (Basset, A., Constantini,
H. [et al.])
  ----  Urologie; appareil  genital de l'homme.
xiv,  1066p.  illust. pi.  8?  Par., G.  Doin & cie,
1933.
  Forms T. 6, Nouv. traits path. chir. (Basset,  A., Costantini,
H. [et al.])
  ----   Manuel pratique d'anesthesie chirurgi-
cale.  xv, 221p.  illust.   25cm.   Par., G. Doin &
cie,  1936.
  See also  Rouvillois, H., & Maisonnet, J.  Lesions trauma-
tiques des articulations. 720p. 8?  Par., 1935.
  MAISONNEUVE,  Jean,  1913-  ^    Con-
tribution a l'etude des polyradiculoneurites avec
dissociation  albuminocytologique et  a evolution
favorable;  syndrome  de Guillain-Barre.   64p.
25^cm.   Par., Vigot fr., 1939.
  MAISONNEUVE,  Pierre,   1910-        *Le
d6bit  cardiaque  en  clinique.   lOOp.   25^cm.
Lyon, Bose fr.,  1939.
  MAISONNEUVE,  Pinel.   Essai d'une philo-
sophie  medicale; ou,  Considerations  philosophi-
ques sur  la medecine.   192p.   8?  Par., N. Ma-
loine,  1932.
  MAISS, Hans Joachim, 1909-        *Eklam-
psie und  Wetter  [Breslau]  23p. 8?  Wiirzb., R.
Mayr, 1938.
  MAISSA  Navarrine,  Pedro Abel, 1897-
Diagn6stico radiol6gico de la obstrucci6n cr6nica
incompleta del yeyuno-ile6n.  88p.  illust.  23cm.
B. Air., A. G. Buffarini,  1936.
  See also Bonorino Udaondo, C, & Maissa N., P. A. Volvulus
de l'estomac.  189p. 25cm. Par., 1942.  ----—  [The same]
Volvulo del est6mago.  177p.  23cm.  B. Air.. 1943.
  MAITLAND, David Powrie, 1866-1944.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126: 251. 
MAITRA                                    72                                 MAJ0CCH1
  MAITRA, Jatindranath, 1880-1935.
  For obituary see Calcutta M. J., 1935, 30: 321, portr.       (
  MAITRE, Rene, 1906-      *Les ulceres  de
jambe  et  leur  traitement  par  les  operations  !
sympathiques  combiners  aux greffes  cutanees;
resultats  eloignes  de la  methode  [Paris]  81p.
8?   Strasb., Impr. Univ. Alsace, 1935.
  MAITTAIRE, Michel,  1668-1747.   Stephano-
rum historia, vitas ipsorum ac libros complectens.
2v. in 1.  ix, 564p.; 5p.; 133p.  pi.  portr.   20cm.
Lond.,  C. Bateman, 1709.
  ----   Libri Stephanorum.   5p., 133p.  20cm.
[Lond., C. Bateman] 1709.
  In: Stephanorum historia (Maittaire, M.) Lond.,  1709.
  ----  Annales  tvpographici ab  art is invent ac
origine,  ad annum [MDCLXIV]   9v.   portr.
25$cm.  Gravenh.,  &c, Fratres  Vaillant, &c,
1719-41.

MAIZE.
   See Zea mays.
   MAJER, Ferenc Kolozs.
   See under Mayer, Claudius Francis.
   MAJER, Jozsef, 1808-99.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MAJER, Karl,  1903-       *Ueber  einen  Fall
 von Hydroa vacciniforme mit aussergerwohnlich
 starken Verkalkungen  [Bonn]  24p.  8?  Gelsen-
 kirchen,  O. Lashofer [1933]
   MAJERT, Herbert, 1904-      *Ein  Beitrag
 zur Diagnose, Aetiologie und Therapie der Galt-
 Streptokokken-Mastitis   [Giessen]    54p.   8?
 Wiesb., O. Koehler, 1931.
   MAJEWSKI,  Karl,  1909-         *Untersu-
 chungen uber die Brauchbarkeit des Chlorkalkes
 zur Desinfektion  putrider Wurzelkanale  [Kiel]
 21p.   8?  Jastrow, K. Zentgraf,  1934.
   MAJIA  Casals, Alberto L., 1911-       *Etude
 statistique des affections cardiaques  congenitales.
 62p.   8?  Par., L. Cario, 1936.
   MAJNONI  d'Intignano,  Victor,  1906-
 *Tryptique  therapeutique  et  greffons  altern^s
 dans  le  traitement  des  scolioses.   77p.    8?
 Lyon, Bose fr., 1934.
   MAJOCCHI,   Andrea,  1876-        Vita  di
 chirurgo.   9.  ed.   332p.   8?   Milano,  Frat.
 Treves [1937]
   ----  [The same]   Life & death;  the auto-
 biography  of  a  surgeon.  Transl.  by  Wallace
 Brockway.   viii,  300p.  portr.   8?   N.  Y.,
 Knight  Pub., 1937.
   ----   [The  same]   Une vie  de  chirurgien.
 Traduit et adapte" de l'italien par la Comtesse de
  Gence.  381p.  20cm.  Par., A.  Michel, 1941.
   ----  More  of my life.   Transl. by  Wallace
 Brockway.   xiii,  313p.  portr.   8?   N.  Y.,
 Knight  Pub., 1938.
   ----  Tra bistori e forbici; nouve pagine  dal-
 l'albo di un chirurgo.  237p.  22Hcm.  Milano,
  Garzanti,  1945.
    ----  [The same]   Orto y ocaso de un cirujano;
  entre bisturis, pinzas, tijeras, ferulas.   Transl. by
  J.  Marin  de Bernardo  and Federico  A. Bravo.
  207p.   24cm.  Madr., Ed. Morata, 1942.
    ----   [The same]   Helfen und  Heilen;  neue
  Blatter aus dem Tagebuch  eines  Chirurgen.
  256p.   23%cm.   Frauenfeld, Huber & co. [1945?]
    ----  Nostalgie fra le rovine, pagine di vecchia
  vita  chirurgica.   3.  ed.  xvi,  373p.   21>^cm.
  Milano, Garzanti, 1946.
    ---- Veglie in casa  di cura, pagine dal diario
  di  un  chirurgo.  xii,  265p.  2lKcm.   Milano,
  Garzanti, 1946.
  MAJOCCHI, Domenico, 1849-1929
  Diasio F A  Doincnico Majocchi; a biographical apprecia-
tion.  Med. Life, 1932, 39: 597-601, portr.
  For obituary see Arch. ital. derm, ml., 19-9-30,  5. 1-4.,
portr.  (Tarchini. P., l'ini. G.. et al.]  Also Derm. \\,schr.,
1929, 88: 848 (Martinotti)  Also Hiv. stor. sc. med., 1929, 20:
77—80
  Lor portrait see Deliber.  Congr. derm, internat. (1935)
1936, 9. Congr., 4: 358.

MAJOCCHI disease.
  See Purpura anularis  telangiectodes.
  MAJOR,  Emil.  Der abnehmbare  Teilersatz
in der zahnarztlichen  Praxis; ein Vademecum.
48p.   illust.  25cm.  Berl., Urban & Schwarzen-
berg, 1938.
  Forms H. 6, Zahnarztl. Fortbild.
  MAJOR, Ernest.
  See Marshall, F. J. C, &  Major, E.  A book of physical
education tables;  a graded  course for pupils,  11-16  years.
144p.  25cm.  Lond., 1944.
  MAJOR, Glenn, 1901-       Fractures of the
jaws  and  other  facial  bones.    446p.   illust.
251/2cm.  S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co.,  1943.
  MAJOR,   Herbert,   1911-        *Der  Ei-
vveisstoffwechsel  nach  Eklampsie und  Eklam-
psismus.   24p.  8?  Lpz., A. Edelmann,  1935.
  MAJOR, Herman Wedel, 1814-54.
  For portrait see in Festskr. K. Frederiks Univ., Kristiania,
1911 2: 168.  Also in  Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist.,  1915,
2: 93.
  MAJOR, Ralph  Hermon, 1884-        The
doctor explains,   xvi,  277p.   pi.   portr.   8?
N.  Y., A. A. Knopf, 1931.
  ----   Classic   descriptions of disease,  with
biographical  sketches  of  the  authors,   xxvii,
630p.   illust.    portr.    diagr.    8?   Springf.,
C.  C Thomas, 1932.   Also 2.  ed.   xxx, 727p.
 1939.  Also 3. ed.  xxxii,  679p.   1945.
  ----Disease  and destiny, xiv, 338p.  illust.
pi.  portr.  facs.   diagr.  8?  N.  Y., D. Appleton-
 Century Co., 1936.
  ----Physical  diagnosis..    457p.   illust.
 diagr.   8?  Phila.,  W. B.  Saunders Co.,  1937.
 Also 2. ed.  xiv,  464p.  1940.   Also 3. ed.  xv,
 444p.  1945.
   ---- Faiths that healed,  x,  290p.  pi.  portr.
 21^cm.  N. Y., D.  Appleton-Century Co., 1940.
   ----  Fatal partners,  war  and  disease,  ix,
 342p.  pi.  portr.  23y2cm.   Garden City, N. Y.,
 Doubleday, Doran & Co., 1941.
   For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 276.
   MAJORA, Cyprian de, fl. 17. century.  Opera
 omnia medica.   2. ed. enl.  [18] 632 [33]p.  fol.
 Lyon, Pierre Borde, Jean & Pierre Arnaud, 1688.
                    CONTENTS
   1. Tractatus de febribus lib. 5.
   2. De morbi Gallici natura & curatione.
   3. De internorum  morborum  natura & curatione lib. 6.
   4. Observationes (&c) lib. 4.
    MAJORAGIUS,  Marcus Antonius,  1514-55.
 Luti encomium,   p. 185-231.  12? Leiden, Heger
 &  Hack, 1638.
    In: Script, var. diss, ludicr.

 MAJORANA.
    See also Lamiaceae.
    Caujolle, Franck & Brany. Sur Taction pharmacodynamique
 de  l'essence de marjolaine.   Presse  m£d.,  1943, 51:  234
 (Abstr.)—Collin, E.   La marjolaine et ses falsifications.  Ann.
 falsif., Par., 1911, 4: 127-31.—Garrelon, L.,  & Thuillant, R.
 Action vagotonisante de l'essence de marjolaine. C. rend. l^'C.
 biol., 1934, 115: 230-2.—Griebel, C.  Gemahlener spaniscner
 Hopfen als  Pfeffer-Gewiirz.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,
  1942, 83: 424-9.  ------ & Schafer, A.  Thymus Serpylhim
  L. als Majoranpulververfalschung.  Zschr. Untersuch. Nah
  rungsmitt., 1919, 38: 141-5.—Guenther, E.  Production and
i  characteristics of oil of marjoram.  Food Indust., 1944, 16:
  No. 2, 98.—Leclerc, H. Les remMes de> champs et des bois:
1  la marjolaine (Origanum majorana L.j  Presse med., 1926,
  34: 1020 
MAJORCA                                  73                               MAKOWSKY
MAJORCA.
  Cox E L.  The cheapest spa in Europe.  J. Chart. Soc.
Massage, Lond., 1933-34, 19: 38-41.
  MAJUMDAR, Akhil Ranjan.   Bed-side medi-
cine; a text-book of medicine,  clinical and syste-
matic ...  with special reference to diseases of
India.   6. ed.  x, 1115p.  illust.  19cm.   Calc,
Variety Synd., 1944.
  MAJUMDAR,  Pratap  Chandra,  1844-1922.
Therapeutics of  cholera (cholera asiatica)  102p.
17cm.   Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1893.
  MAJUNKE, Kurt,  1911-       *Ein  seltener
Fall von  traumatischer  Herzruptur.  23p.   8?
Berl., R. Pfau, 1937.
  MAJUNKE, Oskar.  Dentistische Orthodontie.
p.505-600.   illust.   8?   Munch.,  Reichsverbd
Deut. Dentisten, 1935.
  In: Handb. Dentist. 2. Aufl., 1935, 3:
  MAK,  Klarenc  Wade, 1861-      Laws ov
helth.   2.  ed.   178p.   8?   Denvur,  Kolorado,
1908(!sic!)
  MAKAR,  Aziz.   Contribution  a l'etude de
l'epidemiologie de  la peste; l'histoire et  revolu-
tion de  la peste  en Egypte.   52p.   22cm.  Lau-
sanne, C.  Risold  & fils, 1938.
  MAKARAVIEZ, Pierre,  1902-      *Le  car-
cinoide de l'appendice ileo-csecal.  79p.   pi.  8?
Par., M. Lac, 1928.
  MAKARI,  Helmy  Yacoub.    *L'application
des  meljhodes medico-pedagogiques a l'etude et
a la prevention  de la delinquance juvenile; avec
considerations speciales  sur  le  vol de  I'enfant.
lllp. pi. 23cm. Geneve, Impr. Genevoise, 1939.
  MAKEDONSKI, Welko, 1896-       *Ekzem
und  Nervensystem  [Berlin]  24p.  8?   Charlot-
tenb., Gebr.  Hoffmann, 1935.

MAKE-UP.
  See Cosmetic.

MAKHINDJAURI, Russia.
  Makhindjauri.  In: Health Resorts USSR (Pertsov, I. A.)
Moskva, 1940, 123.
  MAKHLUF,  Tewfick,  1902-      *L'oeuvre
chirurgicale  d'Abul-Cassim  Khalaf ibn  Abbas
ez-Zahrawi   dit  Abulcasis.   144p.   8?   Par.,
M.  Lac, 1930.
  MAKINS, George, 1853-1933.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 1122.
  MAKINSON,  Frank Roscoe,  1885-1943.
  For obituary see California West. M., 1943, 58: 296,  portr.
(Crosby, D.)
  MAKKAS, Matthaus.
  See Stich, R., &  Makkas, M.  Fehler und Gefahren bei
chirurgischen Operationen.  2. Aufl. 1143p.  8!  Jena, 1932.
  MAKLOUF,  E.  Antoine Camille,  1915-
*Variations des reactions cutanees a la  tubercu-
line.  108p.  24cm.  Par., Jouve & cie, 1941.
  MAKOGAI,  Fiji.   Central  Leper  Hospital.
Annual report.   3p.   33cm.   Suva, F. W. Smith,
1941.
  For annual reports of other years see in Annual M. & Health
Rep. Fiji M. Dep.
  MAKONGAI.
  See Makogai.
  MAKOWER,  Laja,  1906-       *Les tumeurs
spontanees chez les oiseaux; etude critique.  94p.
8?   Par., Rev. path, comp., 1931.
  MAKOWSKI, Ksawery.  Poglady na hygiene.
budowli.   17p.   14cm.   Warsz.,  J.  Sikorsky,
1896.
  MAKOWSKY, Herbert, 1909-       *Bericht
iiber  die  Eisensplitterverletzungen  die in   den
Jahren  1928 bis  Marz 1934 an  der  Universitats-
Augenklinik   zu   Wiirzburg   zur  Behandlung
gekommen sind.   15p.   8?   Wiirzb., R.  Mayr,
1936.
  MAKOWSKY,  Joachim   Hans,   1907-
*Die  Schmelzdentingrenze und  ihre  Beziehung
zur Karies. 23p. pi.  8?  Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1935.
  MAKOWSKY,  Ludwig,   1907-       *Beob-
achtungen und Erfahrungen  liber  die  eitrige
Osteomyelitis  an  der  Tiibinger Chirurgischen
Klinik  wahrend der  letzten 70  Jahre  an 1503
Fallen  [Tubingen]  31p.  8?  Bochum-Langen-
dreer, H.  Poppinghaus,  1932.


MAKRO ...
  See Macro ...
  MAKSIMOV, Aleksandr Aleksandrovich.
  See Maximow, Alexander Alexandrovitsch.
  MAKSUD, Paul Marie Emile, 1899-     *Du
drainage dans les appendicites suppurees  [Paris]
51p.  8?   Chateaudon, Impr.  Centr., 1929.
  MAKUC Steinegger, Adalberto.  *E1 metabo-
lismo de  los  hidratos de rarbono en las hiper-
tensiones  arteriales;  su  estudio mediante  las
curvas  glucemicas experimentales [Chile]  149p.
8?   Santiago, Impr. Univ., 1930.
  MAKUEN, George Hudson, 1855-1917.   Ar-
tistic breathing.   8p.  21 ^cm.   [Phila.] Phila-
delphia Med. J., 1898.
  Pepr.  from Philadelphia M. J., Sept., 1898.
  MALABOU,  Rene, 1901-       *Etude sur les
methodes physiques et chimiques du dosage  des
vitamines.  37p.   8?  Par.,  M. Vigne, 1937.
  MALABRE,   Henri,   1914-       *Un  cas
curieux de tumeur solide du cordon spermatique;
contribution  a l'etude des  tumeurs  solides  du
cordon. 45p.   24cm.  Par., A. Legrand, 1940.


MALACCOL.
  Harper, S. H. The active principles of leguminous fish-poison
plants; the isolation of malaccol from  Derris malaccensis.
J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1940, 309-14.  ------ The active princi-
ples of leguminous fish-poison plants; the synthesis of dehydro-
tetrahydroelliptone and of dehydrotetrahydromalaccol.  Ibid.,
1942, 593-5.
   MALACH, Paltiel  [M. D., 1913,  Basel] *Zur
Frage  der Bedeutung der alimentaren  Laevulo-
surie und der Urobilinurie fiir die  Bestimmung der
funktionellen  Leberinsuffizienz  bei   chronischer
Lungentuberkulose.  28p.   8?   Basel,  F. Rein-
hardt,  1913.
   MALACHIER,  Georges,  1899-        Con-
tribution a  l'etude  du radiodiagnostic  des sup-
purations broncho-pleuro-pulmonaires non tuber-
culeuses.  74p.  pi.   8?  Par.,  Jouve &  cie, 1928.

MALACHITE.
   See Copper.

MALACHITE green.
   See also Stain; Staining.
   Fiorini, E.  Su  la disinfezione della cute dell'operando col
verde malachite.   Policlinico, 1933, 40:  sez. prat.,  1563-7.—
Fischer,  E., Hoffmann, O.,  & Prado, E.  Inhibition of the
bacteriostatic action of malachite green by  its leucobases.
Science,  1944, 100: 576.—Harris, L., Kaminsky, J., & Simard,
R.  G. '  The absorption spectrum of  malachite green leuco-
cyanide  and the mechanism of the  dark  reaction  after photo-
lysis.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1935, 57: 1151-4.—Leonian,  L. H.
Differential  growth of Phvtophthoras  under the  action of
malachite green.  Am. J. Bot., 1930, 17:  671-7.—Roffo, A. H.,
& Calcagno, O.   Etude  de l'aetion  biologique  du vert de
malachite et de ses derives  sur le developpement  des  tissus
normaux et neophiMciues.  Ann. physiol., Par., 1930, 6: 668-
85,__Verona, O. Manirre de se comporter des microorganismes
vis-a-vis de certaines substances colorantes; etude particuliere
sur le vert malachite et sur son application eventuelle en phyto-
therapie. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1935, 7: 426-8. 
MALACIA
71
MALANGE
MALACIA.
   See under names of parts or organs  affected as
Brain,  Softening;  Cornea, Malacia; Osteomala-
cia, etc.

MALACODERMATA.
   See also Actiniae.
   Semichon, L.  Les enclaves albuminoides et la maturite des
deux sexes chez les malacodermes.  C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  192S.
99: l'.t.'iS 60.—Wittmer, \V.  Malacodermata  von den Philip-
pinen aus dei Sammlung des Zoologischen Museums in Amster-
dam;  Beitrag zur  Kenntnis  der  indo-malavischen Malaco-
dermata.  Philippine J. Sc, 1941, 74: 195-229.

MALACOPLAKIA.
   See under Bladder; Stomach, etc.

MALACOPSYLLIDAE.
   See under Siphonaptera.

MALACOSTRACA.
   See also Crustacea.
   Perez, C.  Evolution de l'appareil d'accrochage de l'abdomen
au thorax dans la s£rie des d£capodes brachyures.  C.  rend.
Acad, sc, 1928, 186: 648-50.
   MALADE,  Theodor,   1869-1944.    Mensch,
Arzt, Kampfer;  der Roman  des  Dr.  Cludius.
2. Aufl.   289p.   8?   Dresd.,  C. Reissner, 1937.
   ----   [Semmelweis;  der  Retter  der  Mutter]
 Sennnehveis; el  Salvador  de las madres.  Edited
 by   Mateo   Carreras.    173p.   portr.    24cm.
 Madr.,  Morata,  1943.
   For obituary see Deut. Aerztebl., 1945, 75: 26 (Hartmann,
H.)
   MALADIES   des  reins.   2. ed.;  edited  by
 Emile Eugene Joseph  Sergent, Louis Ribadeau-
 Dumas, and  Leon Babonneix.  xv,  567p.  illust.
 tab.   diagr.  21 ^cm.  Par.,  Libr. Maloine, 1940.

 MALADJUSTMENT.
   See  such  headings  as  Behavior,  Disorder;
 Coitus, Frigidity;  Personality, Disorder; Psycho-
path, etc.
   MALAFOSSE,  Claude.  *Traitement des frac-
tures du  maxillaire inferieur par  la  broche de
 Kirschner.   60p.    illust.   23^cm.   Toulouse,
 Libr. Marqueste,  1938.

 MALAGA,  Spain.
   Diaz de  Escovar, N.  Epidemias del siglo XIX en Malaga.
Gac. med. Granada, 1904, 22: 1-9.

 MALAGASY.
   See Madagascar.
   MALAGODI, Luigi.  Guida per i bagni marini.
 249p.   16cm.  Fano, G.  Lana, 1856.
   MALAK-DOSS Kidwany, Doss Abd  el.  *Ab-
sorption  ultra-violette  des anesthesiques locaux
 [Pharm.]    92p.    diagr.   24cm.  Strasb.,  Impr.
 Horo, 1939.
   MALAMUD,  William,  1896-       Outlines of
general psvchopathology.  xiv, 462p.  8?  N. Y.,
 W. W, Norton &  Co. [1935]
   ----   The historv  of  psvchiatric  therapies.
p.273 323.  27cm.   N. Y., Columbia Univ. Pr.,
 1944.
   In: One Hundred Years of Psychiatry (Am. Psychiat. Ass.)
   MALAN, Arnaldo, 1885-       Compendio di
 otorinolaringologia;  diagnostica  e  terapia.   vii,
 184p.   illust,   22cm.   Tor.,  C. Accame,  1935.
   For biography see Boll. mal. orecchio, 1940, 58: 62-4.
   MALAN, Guido.   Sommario di terapia medica;
malattie  interne.    215p.   pi.  22cm.  Tor., C.
Accame,  1935.
   See also  Conte, E., &  Malan, G.  Compendio diagnostico
delle malattie polmonari.  1 ">9p.  24Hcm. Tor., 1939.
  MALANGE. Rolland, 1914         *De l'utilitc
de  la  mensuration  du  foetus   in   utero  pour
l'apprcciation  de  sa  maturite.   23p.   23/,'2cm.
Par., A. Lapied,  1939.
  MALANGEAU, Pierre.  Les ddrives de l'acidc
stearique  dans les  excipients pour  pommadcs.
63p.   24cm.   Aubervilliers, NYCO, 1941.
  MALANS,  Erich.  Kranke  Fiisse!   Ursachen,
Wirkung,  Abhilfe.    2.   Aufl.   Leitfaden  znr
raschen und griindliehen Erfassung der fussortho-
padischen  Gesetze.   88p.   illust.   23cm.  Ziir.,
Veil. Gropen^iesser, 1941.
  MALAQUIN, Albert, 1911-      *La  nicotine
dans les tabacs et leurs fumees; denicotinisation
des fumees   [Pharm.]  78p.   24cm.   Lille  [n. p.]
1937.


MALAR bone.

  See Zygomatic bone.


MALARIA.

  Craig,  C.   F.    Malaria.   p.739-798(20-2A)
26Ucm.  N. Y. [1938]
  In: Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A., ed.) 5: 1940.
  Alvares Pires, A.  Notas sobre impaludismo. Labor, clin.,
Rio, 1942, 22: 259-67.—Bartle, J. B.   Malarial fevers as seen
by the eve of the general practitioner.  Oklahoma M. News J.,
1904, 12: 31  5.  Beanstock.  Liber  Malaria.   Med.  Woche,
1902,  245: 255.-  Bercovitz, Z. T.  Mal.nia.   In his  Clin.
Trop.  M., X. V., 1914, 135-85, inch  1 pi.- Bertrand, L. I*
malaria.  Ann. Soc.  mod. chir. Bralanl,  11102, 12:  8  10 —
Brocq, L.  Las paludidas.  Arch.  Hosp. Rosales, S. Salvador,
1909,  4:  202-4.—Buck,  H. C.  Milaiial fever.  Charlotte
M. J., 1907, 30: 185.—Cadwallader, R. Malaria.  Med. Rec,
N. Y., 1904, 6B: 450-5.—Callis, H. A.  Malaria.  .1. Nat, M.
Ass., N. V.. 19211, 21: 153-5.—Castronuovo, G.  Malaria o plas-
modiasi.  Cior. ital. mal. esot., 1931, 4: 199; 227; 255.- Christo-
phers, S. R.  Malaria.  In; Brit. Encvcl. M. Pract. (Ko'lcston.
11.11938.8:304-53.-  Coleman, W. L." Malaria.  Alkaloid Clin.
Chic., 1904, 11:928-33.—Cortezo, V. M. Algo sobre paludismo.
Siglo med., 1905, 52: 509-12.—Craig, C. F.  Malarial infections;
their parasitology, symptomatology, diagnosis,  and treatment.
Internat.  Clin., 1903, 13.  ser., 3:  159-92 -De Luna, G.  II
brivido febbrile.  Policlinico, 1905, 12: sez. prat.,  1117-25.—
Discussion sur le paludisme.  Lvon med., 1907, 108: 824-8.—
Dixon, H. B. F.  Malaria.  In: Med. Dis. War (Hurst, A. F.)
Lond. [1944] 343-75.—Evans,  W. A.  Malaria.  Mississippi
Doctor,  1933-34, 11: No.  3, 14-7.—Farrell, E.   Malaria.
Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1941-42, 30: 345-8.—Faust, E. C. Malaria.
Northwest M ,  1943, 42: 278-85.—Floriani,  C.  Nociones
generales sobre el paludismo.  Dia  med., B. Air., 1935, 7:
1456-8.—Fontenelle,  O.  O impaludismo.  Fol.  med., Rio,
1935,  1G: 30-2. — Galanopoulos, G.  IUpl  IXuSuv  irvptTwv.
'larpiKdt nrfviiTup, 1907, 7: 75.—Galloway, D. J.   Notes on
malarial fever. J. Malaya Brit. M. Ass., 1904-05, n. ser., No. 1,
39-43.-—Guiffrc.  L.  La fiebre de la infecci6n malaiica.  Rev.
balear cienc. mCl., 1903, 24: 394-9— Howard, A. C. P.  Ma-
laria;  its etiology,  recognition  and treatment.   Montreal
M.  J., 1901,  30: 403-15.—Janssen, H. A.   Over  malaria.
Ned. tschr.  geneesk., 1901, 2.  R., 37: d. 2,  1272-9.—Jesus,
P. I. de.  Some facts on malaria.  J. Philippine Islands M. Ass.,
1935, 15: 476-8.—Kerr, C. S.  Malaria.  Carolina M. J., 1907,
29: 935-40.—Maclean, H. S. Malaria; its ctiologv, symptoms,
and diagnosis.   Tr.  M. Hoc.  Virginia  (1900) 1901,  27-38.
Also Virginia M. Month.,  1900-01, 5: 531-0.- Malaria;
general considerations; treatment and contiol. Hoche  Rev.,
Nutley, 1942-43, 7: 39; 77-  Martinez-Fort un,  O.  Paludismo.
Rev. med. cir. Habana, 193 4, 39: 653-92.—Martini, E. Ma-
laria.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1906,  3: 161; 233.- -Monti, A.
Malaria, Wechselfieber, Sumpffieber.   Wien.  Klin., 1901, 27:
161-200.—Nabuco de Araujo, C. J.  A  proposito de impalu-
dismo.   Labor, clin.,  Rio, 1938,  18:  569-73.-Peyrot. J.   A
propos de paludisme.  J. med.  Bordeaux, 1927 57: 51-9.—
Pomerance, J. B.  Brief remarks on malaria.   J. Florida M.
Ass., 1938-39, 25: 341-3.—Rausch, L. E.  Malaria.  Am.  J.
Nurs   1942   42:  124-32.- Rice, J. B.  Malaria.   Rhode
Island  M  J.,  1944, 27: 325.—Rieux.   Le paludisme.  Rev.
prat. mal. pays  chauds, 1938, 18: 489-524.—Ruata, C.  Le
febbn da malaria.  Salute pubb., 1905, 18: 225-33.—Russell,
H. K.  Malaria.  Hosp. Corps Q., 1943, lfi:  No.  2, 63-7 —
Sambon, L  W   Malaria.  Climate, Lond., 1903, 4: 221-35.—
-fn  -oV -   ' ' l;cr Malaria.  Aerztl. Central Ztg. 1901, 13:
ol9; o31; .,4.,- Schoo, H. J. M.  Oyer  malaria.  Ned. tschr.
fo^oetk"  1- "' 2  R ' 37: d"  2- '^:«-45;  1903, 2. R.,  39: d.  1,
u   ,'o^,"T° ,oi>PooL' S' ''aludisme.  Ann. hvg. mM. colon.,
m ^o^/J2£,33o~Snlith- F- f-  Malaria.  Philadelphia
M., 1943-44, 39: 161 3.-Soto Pradera. E. Sobre el paludismo.
Rev. med. cr  Habana, 1933, 38: 549; 699.—Sternberg, G. M.
Malaria.  Pub. Mmthson. Inst.  (1900) 1901, 645-56.—Taladriz,
U. RooV%nQ0tv b0>*e l,:il,irlisl»°-  Progr. clin., Madr., 1929,
37. 699-708.—Varasi,  \.  [Malarial fever]   Russ.  J. trop. 
MALARIA                                          75                                           MALARIA
 med., 1929,  7:  509-13.—Vera, C. A.   La malaria.   An. san.
 mil., B. Air., 1902, 4: 373-81—Villasefior, P.  Malaria.  J.
 Philippine Islands  M. Ass., 1935, 15:  378-80.—Walker, A. J.
 Malaria.   N. Orleans  M.  & S. ,L, 1944-45,  97:  98-100 —
 White, C. L., jr.  Malaria; historical, geographical and bio-
 logical factors.  Health Bull., Raleigh, 1936, 51: No. 6, 7-9.—
 Wood, G. H.   Malaria; cause,  misdiagnosis, treatment and
 prevention.  N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1931, 84: 31-3.


 ----   acute.
    Dima, F.  La malaria acuta  nella sua forma  continua  ed
 intermittente dal punto di vista diagnostico, con considerazioni
 clinico-analitiche.  Riv.  med., 1929, 37:  65.—Diritriev, I.  D.
 [Malaria as an acute infection]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931,
 9: 477-82.—Glatard, R.  Le  paludisme aigu  chez I'enfant  du
 premier age.  Rev. prat. gyn. pediat., Par.,  1906, 1: 8-13.—
 Ventura,  A.  Malaria acuta.  Gazz. osp., 1926, 47: 745-8.—
 Winternitz, H.   Ueber eine durch Soor der Tonsillen kompli-
 zierte akute Malariaerkrankung.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1906, 2:
 407-9.

 ----   algid.
    Cathcart, G.  E.  Notes on  the  causes and treatment of
 collapse in  malignant ague.   J. R.  Army M.  Corps, 1907, 9:
 410-2.—Hazmi, B. el.  Acces algide palustre avec hemorragie
 intestinale.   Rev.  prat.  mal.  pays chauds, 1936, 16: 57-9.—
 Roy, S. M.  A case of algid malaria.  Antiseptic, Madras,
 1931, 28: 580.


 ----   Allergy.

    See also subheading  (Diagnosis: Skin test)
    Albuquerque  Soares, H. de.  Sindrome urticariforme  na
 malaria.  Brasil med.,  1942,  5G: 431.—Nikolaev, N. D.  [Le
 paludisme chez les  enfants au point  de vue de l'allergie]  Pedi-
 atria, Moskva,  1939, No. 8, 41-6.—Sablin,  P. E.   [Malaria
 from the view-point of conception of allergv]  Vrach.  delo,
 1937, 19: 519-22.—Shirokogorov, I. I.  [Pathomorphology of
 malaria from the viewpoint of allergic  reactions]  Ibid., 1936,
 19: 345-54.—Thiodet & Ribere.  Modifications de  l'equilibre
 protidique du s£rum au cours de l'acces palustre; acces palustre
 et crise anaphylactique.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1937, 124: 57-60.


 ----   Anemia.

    See   also   other   subheadings   (Blood  cells;
 Erythrocyte; Hematopoietic  system; Hemoglobin-
 uria, etc.)
    Benedetti, G., & Merlo, P. Ricerche su l'anemia da malaria.
 Riv. clin. med., 1940,  41:  279; 362, pi.—Broquet.  Fievre
 paludeenne et anfimie palustre.  Clinique, Par., 1906, 1: 312.—
 Chini, V.  Su alcuni rapporti tra infezione malarica e sindromi
 tipo Cooley.  Haematologica, Pavia, 1939, 20: Suppl., 88-96.—
 Dotti, E.  La terapia emopoietica negli stati anemici, in parti-
 colare in  quelli  secondari a malaria.  Rinasc. med., 1929,  6:
 535.—Edwards,  M.  L.  Malaria   with  anaemia.   Med.  J.
 Australia,  1942, 2:  473.—Ghizzetti,  C.  Anemia  perniciosa  -
 progressiva e malaria.  Pathologica, Genova, 1939, 31: 160-3.—
 Goodhart,  G.  W.  Haemolytic  hypochromic  megalocytic
 anaemia  associated  with  post-malarial  splenomegaly  (case
 reported by Fairley, 1940)   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1943-44,
 37: 85.—Goyena,  J. R.   Las modificaciones de la f6rmula
 leucocitaria v la imagen neutrofila de la sangre en las anemias
 paludicas.   Sem. m£d.,  B. Air., 1926, 32:  pt 2,  838-53.—
 Greig, E. D. W. Case of post-malarial anaemia with marked
 reticulocytosis.  J.  Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1934, 37: 15(>-2.—
 Hederer.   Trois cas d'anSmie paludeenne traitfe  par  l'opo-
 th^rapie splenique.  Arch.  m£d.  pharm.  nav.,  1931,  121:
 210-25.—Hughes,  T. A., & Shriva?tava,  D. L.  Observations
 on anaemia in  patients with  enlarged malarial spleens.   Ind.
 J. M. Res.,  1931,  19: 565-84.—Lebon, J., Manceaux [et al.]
 Medullogrammes au cours de l'an6mie paludeenne. Sang, Par.,
 1937,11:521-8.------An6mie paludeenne avec importante
 reaction  £rythroblastique.   Ibid.. 1939, 13: 339-45.  -----
 Les anemies du paludisme aigu.   Ibid.,  489-516.  •----—
 Les anemies du  paludisme chronique.  Ibid., 608-23.—Msnai,
 A.   La anemia splenica  emolitica dei  malarici  cronici.  Gior.
 clin.  med.,  1937, 18: 629-711.—Orlina,  M.  M.  [On  hyper-
 chromic anemias of malarial etiology]   Vrach. delo, 1939, 21:
 597-600.—Pirverdiev, A. B.  [Treatment of  grave  forms  of
 malarial  anemia  bv  repeated transfusions of blood in  small
 doses] Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1939, 17: No. 7, 69-72— Ramond,
 L., Chevallier, P. [et  al.]  Anemie gravissime  aigue febrile par
 paludisme primaire;  difficult^ du  diagnostic  h6matologique.
 Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser.,  52: 1441-4.— Risak, E.
 Malaria und Anaemia  perniciosa.   Zschr. klin. Med.,  1932,
 120: 490-502.—Seelig, S. F., & Hemming, J.  R. Megalocytic
 anaemia as a sequel to malaria. Lancet, Lond., 1944, 1: 498.—
 Speransky, 1.1.  [Case of grave malarial anemia with pernicious
 anemic blood picture] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4: 466-
 8.—Tova, J. R.  Anemia palustre y su tratamiento.  Rev. med.
 Veracruz., 1928,  8:  96; 122.-—Trabaud, J.  Les anemies palus-
 tres.   Medecine, Par.,  1938,  19:   957.   —---Cycle du
 paludisme; les anemies palustres.  Bull, med., Par.,  1939, 53:
781-5.—Volski, M.  E., & Scheveleva, E. M.  Zur Pathogenesis
der Anamia bei Malaria. Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1928, 32:
 121-37. Also Klin, med., Moskva, 1930,  8: 678-82.
----  Antibody.

   See  also   subheadings  (Diagnosis:  Serodiag-
nosis; Serology)
   Capogrossi,  A.  Valore diagnostico del potere agglutinante
del siero del sangue dei malarici sui globuli rossi.   Atti  Soc.
studi malaria,  1904, 5: 65-80-Casagrandi,  O.   Isolisi ed
autolisi nel  sangue degli animaii e  dell'uomo malarici.  Ibid.,
1905. 6: 55-76. ------ Antiemolisine ed emolisine coctosta-
bili nella infezione malarica dell'uomo.  Ibid., 1906, 7: 115-24.—
Celli, A.,  Carducci.  A., & Casagrandi, O.   Primi tentativi di
ricerca di una emolisina nella malaria.  Ibid., 1902, 3: 146-57.
   ;——  Ulteriori  tentativi  per la  ricerca  di una emolisina e
primi tentativi per la ricerca  di una globulina nella infezione
da malaria.   Ibid., 1903, 4: 59-71.—De Blasi, D. Intorno alia
presenza di emolisine nella malaria  umana.   Ibid.,  1906,  7:
125-35.—Grixoni,  G.   L'agglutinazione  del sangue malarico;
contributo alia diagnosi e cura  del  paludismo. Gazz.  osp.,
1901, 22: 599-601.   ----—  A  proposito dell'agglutinazione
del  sangue  malarico.  Ibid.,   1448-50.—Lo Monaco,  D.,  &
Panichi, L.   Sul fenomeno dell'agglutinazione  nel  sangue dei
malarici.  Policlinico, 1901, 8: sez. med., 356-64. Also Riforma
med., 1902,  18: pt  1, 387-9; 400; 411.—Novi, A., & Meruzzi, C.
II potere agglutinante  del sangue nei malarici.   Policlinico,
1900-01,  7: sez.  prat., 1185-94— Perekropov, G.  J.  Zur
Frage nach den  lytischen   Eigenschaften  des  Blutserums
Malariakranker in ihrer Wirkung auf  die Malariaparasiten
(iiber die Schizontolysine Abrami und Carnots beim Paludis-
mus)  Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 57: 219-28.—Pevsner, G.
[Hemagglutination in malaria]  Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30: 257.

----  Associated disease.
   Afonsky, N. P.   [Peculiarities in the course  of internal dis
eases in patients with malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16:
308-12.-—Basu, H. B.  A case of dextro-cardia with  chronic
malaria.  Ind.  J. Pediat., 1943, 10: 114-6.—Cantlie, J.  Ma-
laria and malignant diseases  in hot  climates.  J. Trop. M.
Hyg.,  Lond.,  1903,  6: 55.—Cardamatis, J. P.  Quel est  le
rapport du paludisme avec les tumeurs malignes?  Rev. med.
Afrique  nord,   1903,  6:  2123-6.—Ferrari,  A.   Paludismo
chronico e  ankylostomiase.   Brazil  med.,  1900,   14:  192.—
Folsom, A. I., & O'Brien, H. A.  Malaria as a complication in
genitourinary tract disease.   J. Urol., Bait.,  1944, 51: 646-54.—
Franklin, C. M.  Malaria as a complication.  J. M. Ass.  Ala-
bama, 1933, 3: 105.—Garcia-Rivera,  A.  La asociacion mor-
bosa paludismo-ancilostomosis.  Rev. m6d. cubana, 1936, 47:
784-93.—Gros,  H.  Paludisme et ascarides.  Caducee, 1904,
4: 258.—Ilineky, P. I., & Shapiro, A. M.  [Simultaneous course
of malaria with other affections in children]  Pediatria, Moskva,
1939, 128-31—Ilinsky, P. I., & Zvereva, A. G.   [On preceding
and accompanying affections  of  malaria in children]   Sovet.
pediat., 1936, 55-9.—Inhelder, H. E.   Malaria und  Askariden.
Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1926,  30: 431-3.—Kini,  M. G.
Pseudo-pancreatic  cyst in a malarial subject.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
1941, 76: 90.—Picaza, S.   La simbiosis  malaria-anquilosto-
miasis.  Rev. med. cir.  Habana, 1936, 41: 310-4.-—Quatrieme
question a  d6battre; les rapports  entre le paludisme et les
tumeurs malignes.   Grece  m£d., 1903, 5: 61.-—Smith, A. C.
Inguinal bubo  as a complication of malarial fever;  additional
report.  N. York M. J., 1905,  81: 1111.

----  Associated disease:  Diabetes.
   Bonnin, H.  Paludisme et diabete.  Nutrition, Par., 1931, 1:
521-53.—Das Gupta, B. M.  A fatal case of malaria in a dia-
betic subject.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1931,  66: 20, pi.—Etienne, G., &
Benech, J.  DiabSte grave  au cours  du paludisme prolong^.
C. rend. Congr. fr. med., 1923, 17. sess., 34-8.—McKane, C.
Diabetes mellitus  complicating chronic malarial fever.  Med.
Era, S. Louis,  1906, 15: 499-502.—Monnerot-Dumaine, M.
Paludisme  chez un  enfant  diab6tique acidose grave.   Rev.
med. hyg. trop., Par., 19.34, 26: 268-71.—Pinelli, L.  Malaria
e glicosuria; malaria e diabete.   CUn.  med.  ital.,  1935,  66:
303-25.—Tamalet, E.   Paludisme et diabete sucr6.  C. rend.
Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 681-94.

----  Associated disease:  Infection.
   Chatterjee, G. C.   Two cases of multiple infection. Lancet,
Lond., 1906, 2: 499.—Golba, J. A case of malaria, complicated
by Salmonella thompson septicaemia.  J. R. Army M.  Corps,
1941,  76:  116-8.—Costaniino,  S.    Sulle  infezioni associate
kala-azar malaria; contributo  clinico.  Fol. med.. Nap., 1929,
15:  944—8.—Doxiades, A.   Ai ax^otn tuu  i\tioytv&v irvptroiv
TrpAs ras XoipwSts vbonvs. 'XarpiKri  irpooSos,  1906, 11:   146.—
Garcia de Cosa, C.   Siete  casos de infecci6n doble por palu-
dismo v por fiebre recurrente.   Rev. san. hig. pub.,  Madr.,
1932, 7: 678-92, ch.—Gomez Marcano, A., Capdevielle. A., &
Maduro, M. J.  Fiebre tifoidea y malaria; un caso de observa-
ci6n personal.   Tijeret.  malaria, Maracay, 1942,  6:  60-6.-—
Kushev, N. E.  Sovimestnove techenive malvarii i vozvratnavo
tifa.  Kharkov. M.  J., 1906,  1: 390-3.—Livierato, S. G., &
Pirroneto, A. G.  Sulle infezioni associate kala-azar malaria.
Policlinico, 1940, 47:  sez. med., 504-12.—Manai, A.  Contributo
alio studio delle associazioni morbose; sui rapporti  tra malaria
e  leishmaniosi.  Riv. malariol.,  1932,  11: 584-609.—Mody,
P. K.  A case of malaria complicated with Bacillus coli infec-
tion.  Antiseptic, Madras,  1936, 33:  513.—Peruccio, L.  Ma-
laria spontanea e blenorragia.   Gior. ital. mal.  esot., 1937, 10: 
MALARIA
MALARIA
113.  Peter, F. M.   Zur Frage Malaria-Herpes-Zoster.  Zschr.
ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1928,  112:  79-87- Sequeira,  J.  H.
Gluteal herpes and malaria.   Brit. J. Derm. Syph.,  1933, 45:
125.—Shirokov, S. F.  |Sur le  cours coincident de la pneu-
monic et du  paludisme chez les enfants]   Sovet. med.,  1939,
No. 24, 27-9.


----   Associated disease:  Syphilis.

   See also Malariotherapy.
   Franchi, F.  Malaria spontanea e sifilide.  Gior. ital. derm.
sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 300.  Also Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1937, 10:
111-3.—Merzbacher, L.   Die  Beziehungen der naturlichen
Malaria  zur  Syphilis.   Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh.,  1930,  113:
1-49.—Milian, G.   Ictere palustre au cours  du traitement
antisyphilitique.   Rev.  fr. derm.  ven6r.,   1929, 5:  458.—
Pinard, M.,  & Cornet.   Un  cas  de mort  survenu chez  un
malade paludeen et svphilitique, traite par le novars^nobenzol.
Paris  med., 1939, 111: 199-201.—Romeo, P.  Contagio luetico
in malarica primigravida e sorte  del feto.  Rinasc. med.,  1943,
20: 104-6.—Rosenberg, M.  Die Malaria in ihren Beziehungen
zu Gonorrhoe, Lues und Neurolues.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg..
1929,  33: 463-7.—Rovighi, A.  Cancro e malaria.  Gazz. osp.,
1902,  23: 1175.


----  Associated disease:  Tuberculosis.

   Abecassis,   A.    *Paludisme  et  tuberculose
pulmonaire.   122p.   24cm.    Alger,  1934.
   Barchi, L.   II fenomeno di Sanarelli-Schwartzman provocato
con siero di malarici cronici nel coniglio tubercoloso.  Gior.
clin. med.,  1935,  16:  1318-23.  •------  Ricerche sierologiche
sul  sangue  dei malarici  nei confronti del bacillo tubercolare
(potere opsonico,  fissazione del complemento e potere aggluti-
nante)  Ibid.,  1401-12.   ----—  Contributo clinico al pro-
blema di malaria e tubercolosi; prove allergiche e dati statistici
nella  Provincia di  Reggia Emilia.  Ibid.,  1525-35.
Ricerche sierologiche sul sangue dei malarici nei confronti del
bacillo tubercolare.  Lotta tuberc, 1930, 7: 537-46.—Barto-
lotti, C.   La tubercolosi polmonare  nei  malarici.   Riv.  osp.,
1923. 13: 347-57— Beliaev, E. D.  [Malaria simultaneous with
tuberculosis in children]  Vopr.  tuberk., 1929,  7: 1273-8.—
Ilenhamou,  E.,  &  Abecassis,  R.  Les  aspects  cliniques et
thei apcutiques de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les palud6ens.
Presse  med., 1934. 42: 2063-7.—Boggian, B.   Esiste veramente
un  antagonismo  tra malaria e  tubercolosi?  Riv. pat.  clin.
tuberc, 1934,  8:  513-7.—Borshchevsky,  M. L.  [Tuberculosis
and malaria]   Klin, med., Moskva, 1941, 19: No.  4, 99-104.—
Collari, S.  Rapporti tra malaria e  tubercolosi dal punta di
vista epidemiologico, clinico e biologico.  Riv. malariol., 1932,
11: 308-35.—Cooper, A. D. B.  The  possible antagonism be-
tween malaria and phthisis.  Tr.  Ind. M. Congr.  (1894) 1895,
146-50.—Coppola, M.  Rapporti intercedenti tra tubercolosi e
malaria.   Tubercolosi,  1935, 27: 433-43.—De Bernardinis, V.
Rapporti fra malaria e tubercolosi.  Gior. med. mil., 1931, 79:
577-88.  Also Morgagni,  1931, 73: 2103-7.------& D'Ales-
sandro, R. Rapporti fra le alterazioni ematologiche e umorali
indotte dalla malaria e dalla tubercolosi.   Lotta tuberc, 1932,
3: 391—Del Caril, M. J., & Diaz Bobillo, I.   Sobre un caso de
paludismo v tuberculosis en un lactante.  Rev. As. med. argent.,
1934, 48:  594-7.   Also Prensa  med. argent.,  1934-35,  21:
657-9.—Gaide.  Pseudo-tuberculose  d'origine palustre.  Ann.
hyg. med. colon.,  Par., 1903, 6: 666-86.—Gioseffi, M.  Malaria
e tubercolosi.  Riforma med., 1938, 54: 1548- 50.—Gracieux, P.
Contribuci6n al estudio del paludismo; tuberculosis y paludis-
mo.  Cr6n. mM. mex.,  1907,  10: 3-7.—Heinemann, H.  Zur
Frage  des Kinflusses  der  Malaria auf  den Widerstand des
Organisimis bei Tuberkulose.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1930, 56:
2213.—Kan, T. D.  [Tuberculosis and  malaria] Probl. tuberk..
Moskva. 1939. No. 9-10, 64-6.—Llorens Fabregas, J.  Palu-
dismo  v tuberculosis.  Congr. espan.  internac. tuberc. (1910)
1912, 1.  Congr.,  70.5-28.—Lopez, J.  A.   El paludismo en la
zona end^mica;  causa  principal del terreno tuberculizable.
Rev. san. miL, B. Air.,  1931, 30: 222-31.—Magliano, E.  II
decorso della  tubercolosi  polmonare nei soggetti malarici.
Ann.  IsL.  Maragliano,  1937,  7: 157-80.—Manai, A.  Con-
tributo alio studio delle associazioni morbose; malaria e tuber-
colosi polmonare.  Riv. malariol., 1934, 13: 443-73.—Mazzo-
lani, D. A.  Paludisme et tuberculose pulmonaire.  C. rend.
Congr. internat.  palud. (1930)  1931,  2.  Congr., 1: 659-67 —
Mestiashvili, G. V.  [Reciprocal influence of tuberculosis  and
malaria]  Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1940, No. 11, 103.—Urquizo,
J. A.   Paludismo cronico, tuberculo-is subcutanea abscedada;
consideraciones clinico-quirurgieas.   Rev.  m6d.   Iat. amer.,
B.  Air.,  1940-41,  26:  173-82—Valoquia   y  Sanchez.  EI
paludismo  cr6nico y  la  tuberculosis  pulmonar en los paises
ealidos. Mem. Congr. med. nac. mex., 1910, 4. Congr., 259-62.


----   atypical.

   See also  subheadings  (Manifestations)
   Glaz,  A.  *Contribution a  l'etude de quelques
formes atypiques du paludisme.   50p.   8?  Par.,
1933.
   Almeida, G. de.   Anomalias  do  impaludismo.   Hospital,
Rio, 1937, 11:  251—4 —Billet, A.   Sur  quelques formes anorma-
les du  paludisme. Presse med.,  1901, 1: 160-2.—Caizzone, G.
Le  forme  cliniche atipiche della  malaria acuta.   Gazz.  med.
ital.,  1939, 98: 324 6.-  Chalteriee. R. N.  A peculiar type of
malaria. Ind. M. Rec, 1920. 46:-'->   Danzig, B. A.  I Atvpical
forms of miliaria]  Vrach.dch., 1  i'.s. 20: 733-40.- Di Pure, I.
Forme  atipiche della  malaria.   Cior.  med. prat.,  193s, 20:
160-9.— Frosa Leal,  V.  Formas atfpicas del paludismo.
Mem. Congr.  med. peninsular (1933) 1934, 1. Congr., 59  63.—
Gage, A. Algid malaria.  Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1926, 3. ser., 50:
77-81.—Garzon Cossa,  G.   Formas atfpicas del paludisinu
Rev.  m£d. veraciuz., 1932, 12: 641.—Gorascu, ('., <s Popesni,
C.  [Cases of  abnoiiual malaria]  Rev. st. med.. Bucur.,  1926,
15:  215-20.-  Hornowski, J.   Zimniea,  pi zehiega.i.-|c;i  jako
gruzliea plue.   Lion, lek., Warsz., 1906, 27: 203 -5.—I.nndauer,
S. C.  Malarial fever, unusual form.  N. Orleans M. &  S. .1
1904-05, 57:  238-45— Liakhovecky, M. Z.  [Atypical  coin-
plications of malaria]  Sovet.  vrach. J., 1936, 1: S9 I  8.  Also
Vrach. delo, 1937, 19: 313- ti.   Monro, A.  Sympinines extra-
ordinaires a la suite d'une fievre  intermittente.  Lssais  ni£d.
Soc. Edinburgh, Par., 1742, 2: 370 S2.--Morales Musulen. K.
Consideraciones a un caso de  paludismo atfpico.  Rev. clin
espan.,  1944,  14: 334-6.-—Motta,  E.   Fcbres intermittente.-
larvadas ou anomalas.  Rev. portue. med. cir. prat., 1901, 9:
357-65.—Porteaus, J. L.  Hybrid  malaria.  Med. Rec, \. Y
1903, 64: 135.—Reger,  M.  P.-richt iiber ftinf atvpis.-he Ma-
lariafalle. Miinch. med. Wschr.,  19 14,91:158-60.- Simonini,
V.  Andamento anomalo deU'inl'c zione malarica.  Riv. med.,
1935, 43: 81.—Whiddon, L. L.  Atypical symptoms of malaria.
J. Florida M. Ass., 1937-38, 24: 167-9.

----  avian.

   See  Malaria, Avian.

----  Bile  pigments.
   Arellano, J. M. Estudio de la bilirruhinemia  en la malaria.
Hey. med., Rosario, 1928, 3: 336-40.—Benhamou, E.. Gille, R.
[et al.]  La  hiliruhinfruie dans le paludisme.   C.  rend. Congr.
internat. palud. (1930)  1931, 2. Congr., 1: 586-93—Coppola,
M.  A.   Osservazioni sulla bilirubinemia  nei malarici.   Riv.
malariol., 1939,  18: 329-36.—Gallenga, P.   L'urobilinuria
nella malaria.  Lav. Congr. med. int. (1899) 1900, 10: 419-25.-
Hughes, T. A.  The origin of urobilin in persons who  haw
suffered from  chronic malaria.  Ind. J. M. Res.,  1926-27, 14:
157-69.   Lall, 3., & Singh, J.  Urobilinuria and its importance
in malaiia.    Ind. M.  Gaz.,  1933, 68:  lb9.—Morisita, K.,
Hurutama, T., &  Namikawa, H.   On the behaviour of uro-
bilinogen in chronic malaria, with  an account of its diagnostic
value in malaria  prevention  work.   Taiwan igakkai  zassi,
1927,  No. 270, 9-1L—Mulligan,  H. W.  The serum bilirubin
in malaria.  Rec.  Malaria Surv.  India, 1931, 2: 495-506.—
Schachsuwarly, M.   Das Verhalten des  Serumbilirubins bei
Malaria.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1927,  31:  399-413.—
Sherman, R. Z. [Bilirubinemia in  malaria in children]  Pedi-
atria. Moskva, 1940,  No. 6, 39.—Singh, J.   Urobilinuria and
its  importance- in malaria.   Ind.  M.  Gaz., 1930,  65:  390.
Also Antiseptic, Madras, 1936, 33: 212-7.—Wolski, M. E., &
Schewelewa, E. M.  Zur Frage der Bilirubinamie bei Malaria.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1929, 33: 210-5.

----  Biliary tract.

   See  also subheading Liver.
   Costantini,  P.  Un  caso  di grave  sindrome colecistitica
causata da malaria.  Gazz. osp., 1929, 50: 99-102.—Legrain, E.
Note  sur un bruit de frottement  p6richol6  cystique observe
dans les fifivres r6mittentes bilieuses.  Ann.  Soc. m6d. Gand,
1902,  81: 95-7.—Murray, G. M.   The recurrent nuchal ache
in chronic malarial cholecystostasis.  J. M. Ass. Georgia,  1927,
16: 241.—Tamalet, E.  Paludisme et lithiase biliaire.  C.  rend.
Congr.  internat.  palud.  (1930)  1931,  2.  Congr., 1: 668-80.
Also Rev. med. chir. mal. foie,  1929,  4: 289-300.  Also Riv.
malariol., 1930, 9:  388-99.

----  Bilious  type.
   Baisheva, G. [Jaundice simultaneous with tropical malaria]
Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 901-4—Konig, W. J. Hiimolvtischer
Ikterus  nach Malaria.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1928,  24: 378-80.—
Laurent, J. M. La fievre jaune dans le golfe du Benin.  Rev.
med.  hyg. trop., Par., 1926,  18:  175—Ledon, A. V.  El sin-
droma amaullo en  el  paludismo.  Rev. med. cir. Habana,  1897,
2: 35-40- Milian.  Ictere palustre paratherapeutique.  Dis-
ilTSV   Tr" '''""■  syph' fr''  1929, 4'  c°ner- 272—Read,
\V  h   Jaundice, complicating  malarial  fever; treatment,
Med.  Rec.,  Shrcveport,  1904, 1: 18-Saiki, S.  Jaundice in
malarial diseases; clinical and experimental  investigations,
experimental research.  Jap. J. Gastroenter,  1931  3:  127  36.—
Trabaud, J.  LeS ictereS palustres.  Medecine, Par.. 1937, 18:
957.  Also Bull, med.,  Par., 1938, 52: 071-  5.  Tsrhilow. K.
Erworbener hamolvtischer Ikterus nach Malaria.  Wien.  Arch.
inn. Med., 1937, 30:  401-6.

----  Blackwater fever.

   See  subheading Hemoglobinuria.

----   Blood.

   Bindi, F.  Osservazioni ematologiche sui  malarici  cronici e
cachettici.   Gazz. internaz. med., 1904,  7: 67-9- 74—Cad-
To  Aofr'?.-  "-vdr£Emi:1 and malaria.  Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1902,
62: 695.— Castronuovo,  G. Malaria o plasmodiasi.   Gior. ital. 
MALARIA                                         77                                         MALARIA
 mal. esot., 1931, 4: 199; 227; 255.—Cooke. H. A.  The blood in
 the malarial fevers.  Providence M. J., 1903, 4: 36-44.—Fedeli
 & De Hyeronimis.  Studi sul sangue dei malarici.  Lav.  Congr.
 med. int. (1901)  1902,  580-2.—Kauntze.   Blood changes in
 malaria.  Kenya East Afr. M. J., 1930-31, 7: 44.—Petranyi,
 G., & Fischer, I.  The effect of experimental malaria upon the
 total volume and the elements  of circulating blood.   Magy.
 orv. arch., 1934, 35: 345-50.   Also Zschr.  Kinderh., 1934-35,
 57: 269-73.—Prossolupov, K.  [Results from numerous exami-
 nations of the blood in malaria]  Trop. med.  vet., Moskva,
 1931, 9: 440.—Shakhnazarov, A.  B.  [Volume of circulatory
 blood in miliaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1938,  16: 376-80 —
 Sinomura, S.  [Zum Studium der Blutmauserung; die Blut-
 mauserung bei Malaria]  Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1940, 39: 1973;
 1941, 40: 1224.

 ----  Blood  cell.

   See also subheadings (Erythrocyte;  Hemato-
 poietic system; Leukocyte; Lymphatic  system)
   Angelini,  G.  I  leucociti e le piastrine nell'in-
 fezione malarica.   167p.  8?  Pavia, 1920.
   Beguet.   Les 616ments figures du sang normal (paludisme)
 Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932, 10: 491-7.—Castelli, G. D.
 Forme giganti e  corpi semilunari del sangue nei malarici della
 Somalia. Gior. med. mil., 1935, 83:  847-58.—Delany, T. H.
 The diagnostic value of blood counts in malarial and other fevers.
 Brit. M. J.,  1903,  1:  725-8.—Dionisi,  A.  Sulle variazioni
 degli elementi  figurati  del   sangue  nelle  febbri malariche.
 Policlinico, 1901, 8: sez. med., 253-fi6.—Engel, C. S.  Demonstra
 tion embryologischer Blutpriiparate zur Veranschaulichung des
 Kernschwundes.   Verh. Berl.  med. Ges. (1899) 1900, 30: pt 1,
 193.—Fr6es,  H. P.  Curva  microlymphocv taria  no impalu-
 dismo agudo.   Arch, brasil.  med., 1928, 18:  793-7,  3 ch.—
 Garin, C. Recherches sur le  sang des paludeens.  Rev. prat.
 mal. pays chauds, 1930, 10: 55-62.—Hirose, T.  [The change of
 the  blood corpuscles in  a malarial patient] Gun igaku kwai
 zassi, 1902, 530—41.—Ivanov, A. P. [Morphological changes of
 the blood in malaria in connection with treatment]  Tr. Kuban.
 gosud. med. inst. armii,  1939, No. 7, 194-9.—Napier, L.  E.,
 Krishnan, K. V., & Lai, J. C.  Cytological studies of the blood
 and tissues in kala-azar and associated conditions; large mono-
 nuclear cells in human malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1932, 67: 135-
 9.—Nicolle, C, & Cornte, C.  Sur la signification des corps en
 anneau decrits  par MM. Sergent dans  le sang des paludeens.
 C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1905, 58:  760-2.—Rogers, L.  The differ-
 entiation of the continued and remittent  fevers of the tropics by
 the blood changes.  Lancet, Lond., 1903, 1: 1500-8.—Sergent,
 E., & Sergent, E.  Sur des  corps  particuliers du  sang  des
 paludeens.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1905,  58: 51-3.—Stefanski, V.
 K.   O krapchatosti krasnikh krovyanikh sharikov pri malyarii.
 Russ. arkh. pat., 1901, 11: 561-5, pi.—Valerio, G.  Le oscilla-
 zioni globulari nel sangue degli individui malarici.  Gior. med.
 esercito,  1905,  53:  906-15,  ch.—Voino-Iasenecky,  M.  V.
 [Malaria parasites and  reticulocytes]  Klin,  med., Moskva,
 1938, 16: 849-54.

 ----  Blood  chemistry.

   See  also  subheadings    (Metabolism;  Physio-
 pathology)
   Faddeeva, A. F.   [Peculiarities of the biochemistry of the
 blood in malaria in children]   Pediatria, Moskva, 1940, No. 6,
 36-8.—Fortunate, A., & De Lorenzo, F.   Comportamento della
 catalasi del sangue nei malarici.  Fol.  med., Nap., 1943, 29:
 350-2, 4 tab.—Kehar,  N. D.  Ultraviolet absorption  spectra
 studies in malarial sera.  Rec.  Malaria Surv. India, 1932-33, 3:
 171-3, 2 pi.—Radossalievitch,  A.  Alterations physico-chimique
 du serum dans le paludisme.  C.  rend.  Congr. fr. med., 1923
 17. sess., 47.—Sinton, J. A., Orr, W. B. F., & Ahmad, B. Some
 physico-chemical changes in the  blood, produced by the  ma-
 larial paroxysm.  Ind. J. M.' Res., 1928, 16: 341-5.—Tudoranu,
 G., Herescu, D., & Grinberg,  A.  Sur la lipase serique chez les
 paludeens quininises ou non  quininis6s.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1934, 116: 1117.

 ----  Blood coagulation.
   Arullani, C.  La coagulazione del sangue nella malaria,  Riv.
 malariol., 1932, 11: 176-90.—Leger, M.  Resistance globulaire
 et coagulability du sang dans  le paludisme. Arch. mal. coeur,
 1927, 20: 641-7.—Onnicev, P. I.  [Examination of the retrac-
 tion  of the blood clot  in malaria]  Odess. med. J., 1930, 5:
 255-7.

 ----   Blood  group.
   Fiori, E.   Dei rapporti tra  gruppi sanguigni e splenomegalie
 malariche.  Riv.  malariol.,  1932, 11: 487.—Mangiacapra, A.
 Gruppi sanguigni e malaria.  Riforma med., 1936, 52: 985-8.—
 Piccinelli, A.  I gruppi sanguigni nella malaria.  Trop.  Dis.
 Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 217 (Abstr.)—Rubashkin, W., Moldaw-
 skaja,  W.,  & Pauli,  S.  Blutgruppen  und Malaria.   Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31:  329-39.

----   Blood  picture.

   See also  subheading Diagnosis: Blood examina-
tion.
  Dol, P.   *Contribution a l'etude de la formule
sanguine  dans   le   paludisme.    55p.    25J^cm.
Marseille, 1937.
   Feist, E.  [K.  G.]  *Das leukocytare  Blutbild
bei  Malaria.   15p.   8?  Berl.,  1926.
   Tachatj,  H.   *Die  Beeinflussung des eosino-
philen  Blutbildes   durch   Infektionskrankheiten
mit  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der   Malaria
[Munchen]   33p.  8?  Hamb.,  1926.
   At/eni Tedesco, P.  L'emogramma di Schilling nella malaria.
Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1927, n. ser.,  2: 50-91.—
Beregoff, P. The Schilling differential blood count in tropical
diseases; a studv of 710 cases with special reference to malaria.
.1.  Lab.  Clin. M., 1934,  19: 644-9.—Billet, A.  De la formule
h£mo!eucocytaire dans le paludisme.  C. rend. Congr. internat.
m6d., 1900, Sect. med. chir. mil., 180-5.—Careva, V. J.  [Leu-
cocyte picture in malaria]  Kazan, med. J., 1940, 36:  No. 3,
77-82.—Gaglazov,  B.  [Diagnostic significance of  the  blood
picture in malaria]  Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 403-9.-—Germanov,
A. I., Egorova,  O. G.,  & Ertel,  L. J.  [Parasitological and
morphologico-biochemical blood  picture in  malaria]   Vrach.
delo, 1938, 20: 727-34.—James,  S. P.  Remarks on the differ-
ential count of  the leucocytes in malarial and other fevers of
India.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1903,  38:  11-3.—Jerace, F.  Modifica-
zioni  della formula leucocitaria  nella malaria  umana  speri-
mentale.  Riv. malariol., 1934, 13: 292-326.—LehnhofT-Wyld,
F.  De  un caso de eosinofilia excepcional en un enfermo  con
paludismo agudo cuotidiano.  Juven.  m6d. Guatemala, 1906,
8: 6-10.—Livadas, G., Canellakis, A., & Valaoras, V. G.  Some
observations on  the haematological picture in malaria.  Riv.
malariol.,   1939, 18:  159-65.—Mai ceaux,  A.    La formule
leucocytaire dans le  paludisme  aigu.  Bull.  Soc.  path,  exot.,
Par.,  1939, 32: 150-4—Mochkovfki,  C.  Criterium  leuco-
cytaire de la persistance de la malaria.  Ibid., 1931, 24: 544-
51.-—Pistoni,  F.  L'emogramma della malaria  nella Colonia
Eritrea.  Arch.  ital. sc. med. col., 1937, 18: 84-99.— Pilch, R.
Ueber das Verhalten  der weissen Blutkdrperchen bei Malaria.
Zschr. Hyg., 1903, 47: 563-626.—Rokhlin, E. L.   [Diagnostic
significance of  quantitative  determination of polychromato-
philes in the thick blood-drop in malaria]  Sovet. med., 1939,
No. 6, 41.-—Tavares, J.  A  forma leucocitaria no  paludismo
cronico.  Med.  contemp., Lisb.,  1929, 47: 101-3.-—Varpa, L.
[Study of the blood picture in malaria]  Orv. hetil., 1927,  71:
727-31.


----  Blood platelet.
   Filipchenko,   E. M.   [Case  of thrombopenia in malaria]
Med. parazit,,   Moskva,  1935,  4: 468-70—Gosio, R.   Le
varianti  morfologiche  delle piastrine  nella  malaria.   Bull.
Accad.  med. Roma,  1932, 58: 252-61.  •------Rilievi sulle
piastrine  nella  malaria; osservazioni  morfologiche.   Riv.
malariol., 1933, 12: 335-52, 2 pi.; 1115-39.—Krivoshein, M. I.,
& Kopp, Z. M.  [Quantitative fluctuations of the blood platelets
in malaria]  Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No. 13, 39.-—Onnicev, P. I.
[Changes of thrombocytes in malaria and in cases of inoculated
malaria]  Vrach. delo,  1929,  12: 187-92.—Schmidt,  A.  P.
[Changes  in  thrombocytes  in experimental malaria]   Med.
parazit.,  Moskva,  1937, 6: 259-63.—Schwartzman.  A. I.
[Blood platelets and plasmodia in malaria] Vrach. gaz., 1926,
30:  956-8.—Torrioli, M.  Le alterazioni morfologiche delle
piastrine nella  malaria.   Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1930,  56:
366-8.
 ----   Blood pressure.
   Gabbai,  A.   *La  tension  arterielle dans la
maladie  palustre  en  pays   d'end^mie    [Mont-
pellier]   64p.   25^cm.  [Nimes, 1937]
   Mano,  J.  P.   *L'hypotension  palustre.   73p.
25cm.   Bord., 1934.
   Mikeladze, C.  Sur la  relation entre les pressions arterielles
et la viscosity sanguine chez les paludeens. Bull. Soc. path.
exot., Par., 1926, 19: 540-6.—Quadri, G.  Sul comportamento
della pressione arteriosa nella infezione malarica.  Policlinico,
1904, 11: sez. med., 525-36.—Stephens, J. W. W., & Christo-
phers, S. R.  The tonicity of the blood in malaria and black-
water fever.  Rep. Malaria Com. R. Soc. London, 1901, 5. ser.,
10-2.
----   Bone.
   Chryssafis, M. E.  Le paludisme chronique pr£dispose-t-il
aux difformit£s  congenitales et surtout a  celles de la hanche?
Rev. orthop., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 13: 429-33.—Corda. D.  Sulla
patogenesi del rachitismo malarico.  Riv. clin. pediat., 1931,
29: 666-86.—Nechaiev, P.   [Rickets; a  sequel of malarial
infection]  Vrach. delo, 1928,  11: 827.—Troussaint.   A propos
de l'osteopathie palustre; sur un cas de trophonevrope ossifiante
des extremites chez un paludeen. Arch. med. exp., Par., 1903,
15:30-6, pi.


----   Bulbar type.
   De Luca, B.   Sopra un caso di perniciosa a sindrome acuta
bulbare.  Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. prat., 561-4. 
MALARIA
i
S
MALARIA
----   Cachexia.
   Cardamatis, J. I*.  Forme tres grave de cachexie paludeenne
 uLue.  Progr. med., Par., 1900, 3. ser., 11: 241-4.—Espinosa,
.1.  M.  Paludismo  caquexia paludica.  An. Acad. nac. med.,
 Hi.L'.itA,  1893,  1:  305-15.—Kardamates, I. P.   'Vina  iliiS^
Ka\ti;ia.   'laTpucii  irpooSos,  1900,  5:  11-5.-  Larios,  J. T.
Ca<iuexia paludica.  Cron. m£d. mex., 1905, 8:  201  7;  225.—
Lefas, E.   Cachexie palustre  avec  degenerescence  amyliude
genSralisee sans pigmentation.  Arch. g£n. med.,  Par., 1900,
n.  ser., 3: 356-61.—Moody, H.  A.   Chronic malarial poisoning.
Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1900. 339-57.—Reckzeh.  Ueber  ein-
heimische Malaria und Malariakachexie.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
1903, 29: 315-8.-  Rogers, I..   Is malarial  cachexia purely
malarial'' Ind. M. ('.a/.., 1902, 37: 424-31. -------  Leishman-
Donovan bodies in  malarial cachexia and  Kala-azar.  Ibid.,
1904, 39: 158.


----   Cardialgic  type.
   Favelukes, J., Peisojovich, A.,  & Vodovotz,  M.  Paludismo
cr6nico simulando endocarditis.   Arch. Hosp.  israel., B. Air.,
1937,  1:  65-8.—Muslim Hiiseyin  Gur  [Case  of  malaria
simulating angina pectoris]  Askeri  sihhive mecmuasi, 1936,
65: 41.


----   Cardiovascular system.
   Andrzheyevski, I. I.  O  malyariynom sosudodvigatelnom
porazhenii i vitekayushchikh iz nevo razstroistvakh miestnikh
krovoobrashcheniy.  Voen. med.  J.,  1905. 2:  med.-spec, pt,
453;  689.—Ascoli, V.   Los disturbios caidio-va.-culares en la
malaria.  Progr. clin., Madr., 1926,  34:  n.'ll.  Bagdasarov,
N. E.  [On  malarial  thrombophlebitis]  Sovet. med., 1940,
 No.  7, 30.—Benhamou, E.  L'aorte dans le paludisme.  Ann.
med., Par.,  1920, 20: 145-57. —Berland, A. S.  Zur Klinik des
Herzgefiissystems bei Malaria.   Zschr. klin.  Med., 1926, 103:
593-600.— Canal Feijoo,  E. J.   El aparato cardiovascular en
el  paludismo agudo; estudio  funcional.  Bol. Inst.  clfn. quir.,
 B. Air.,  1928, 4: 24 1 3.  Castex.  M.  R., & Beretervide, J. J.
A  prop6sito de las relaeiones del paludismo  v la  aortitis.
Prensa  med.  argent.,   1020,  13:  125-33.—Coryllos, C.   Les
 uipports  du paludisme avec le svstcme circulatoire.   Grece
 med.,  1903, 5:  43-5—Dmitriev,  I. 1)., &  Pressmann, L. P.
 Leber die Form der Fulskurve  l.ci  der  Malariaintoxikation.
Zschr.  klin. Med.,  1931,  117:  401-12.—Fortunato,  A., &
Mattioli, M.  II cuore malarico; ricerche  elettrocardiografiche.
I'i.....■ &  circol., 1940, 24: 468-87.—Garcia Carrillo,  E.   E
aparato cardio-vascular en la malaria.  Arch. Iat. amer. card.,
Mex., 1939, 9: 209-18.—Giauni, G.   La dilatazione dell'aorta
nella infezione malarica; interpretazione patogeniea  e osserva-
zione di alcuni cash   Riv. malariol., 1929, 8: 149-71.- Iswariah,
J.  A.  Some circulatory svstem  phenomena in malarial subjects.
 Antiseptic  Madras,  1938, 35:   143-7—Handles,  S.   Iltpi
rwi*  A  rvs   i\ofitavaf.a}s  AXXoiuxrecdi'   rod  KVK\o<popu<ov   ovari}-
pxxros.  'laTpiKti  rpoo&os, 1904,  9: 49; 65.-—Kassirsky, J. A.,
Burowa, C. F., &  Umidowa,  S.  J.   Beitrage  zum Studium
des Zirkulationssystems bei der Malaria. Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
hyg., 1934, 38: 66-74.—Leo, E. Gangrena dei piedi in un caso
di  malaria tropicale acuta, perniciosa larvata.   Arch. Soc. ital.
chir.  (19371  1938, 44:  1045-51.   Also Cior.  ital.  clin.  trop.,
 1937, 1: 297 301—Maglione,  R., &  Boccia, I). „Aortitis de
etiolosria lnalaiica*   Rev. sudamer. endocr., I'.. Air., 1926, 9:
774-83.-   Mazurenko, N. S. [Changes in the work of the cardio-
vascular system in  malaria]   Tr. Kuban,  gosud.  med. inst.
armii, 1939, No. 7, 200-6.—Meldolesi, G.  Lo stato funzionale
del circolo nella malaria.  Cuore & circol., 1926, 10: 397-429.—
Mikeladze, S. A. [Clinical aspect  of the cardiovascular system
in  malaria]  In: Recueil Strajesko (Bogomolec, A.) Kiev, 1935,
891-904.—Naame.   Pneumo- et cardio-paludisme.  Rev. med.,
Par., 1901, 21: 1059-62.—Nissenbaum, B.  Thrombosis venae
portae et lienalis infolge  einer chronischen Malaria.   Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1930,  34:  587-93.—Osier. W.   A case of
multiple gangrene in malarial fever.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1900-01,  3: 116,  pi— Ottonello,  P.  L'aorta nella  malaria
cronica.   Radiol,  med.,  Milano.   1926,  13:  769-76.—Piana,
G. A.  Alterazioni cardiovax-olari nei bambini malarici.  Riv.
clin. pediat., 1928, 26:  511-31.— PineMi, L.   II cuore e l'aorta
nella  malaria.   Gior.  clin. ined..  1935. 16: 1549-78, 4 pi.—
Pitimada, F.  A.  Su   un caso di pile-endoflebite malarica.
Rinasc.  med.,  1926,  3:  81— Schewket, F.    Ein Fall  von
Extremitatengangran infolge Malaria.  Zbl. Chir.,  1932,  59:
2107.—Schwyzer, F.   Intermittent angiospasm on the basis
of  chronic  malaria.    N.  York M.  J.,  1905,   81:  1041-6.—
Shirokogorov, I. I.   [Pathogenesis of symmetrical gangrene of
the lower extremities in malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1935,
4:   220-7.—Slaughter, W.  H.    Svnimetiical  gangrene  of
malarial origin.  J. Am. M. A-i, 1920, 86: 1007-11. —Verdelet,
L.   Paludisme et angine de poitnne.   Caducee, 1906, 6: 76.—
Zimmermann,  E.  Spitzengangran bei Malaria.  Deut. med.
Wschr., 1933,  59: 1916-8.


----   Cardiovascular system: Heart.
   Abdulaev, D. M-, & Karaev, A. I.  [Changes of the myo-
cardium in  malaria by  electrocardiographic  findings]   Ter.
arkh., 1936,  14:  1021-31.—Benhamou,  E.   Le cceur dans le
paludisme.  Paris med.,  1926. 61 : 25-8.   Also Presse med.,
1933,41:1833-6.-------A- Marchioni.  Le coeur globuh-ux et
flaccide des paludeens.  Arch. mal.  curur,  1927, 20: 301-70.
-------[et al.]  Nouvelles  recherches sur le coeur des paludeens.
 C.  rend.  Congr. internat. palud.  (.1930)  1931,  2.  ( ongr., 1:
 582-5, 2 pi.—Fornario. G.  La dilatation  aigue du  coeur dana
 les fievre* malariques.  C. rend. Congr. internat. med.. 1900,  13.
 Conu'i-., Sect. path, int.,  571-7. -Gallenga. P.  Contributo alio
 studio dei fenomeni cmdiaci nella  malaria.  <  iazz.  osp.. 1904,
 25:  1-107-71.--  Garreton Silva.   ( ardiopatia i alfidici juvenil.
 Rev. med. Chile, 1939. 67: 1061.   Giordano. F. La  dilatazione
 cardiacn nel cuore da  malaria.  <imr. ital. clin. trop., 1938, 2:
 OS  74.-------Un caso di blocco  di branca destra in nmlarico
 cronico.   Riforma med., 1940, 56: 408-10.- Kogan, B. A., &
 Hofman,  I. K.   [Electrocardiographic observations  in malaria]
 Vrach.  delo, 1936,  19:  371  6.   Also Zschr.  K.cisleulToisrh.,
 1930, 28:  643-6.—Manohar, K. I)., A- Khosrawy, K. K.  Anginal
 pain  in a case  of  malaria.  Ind. M. Caz., niiis,  73: 151-3.—
 Mohr, W. Die Herz- und Gefasstoruiigen bei den verschiedenen
 Malariaformen  unter  besonderer   Beriicksichtigung  elektro-
 kardiographisch fassbarer Befunde.  Erg.  inn.  Med. Kinderh.,
 1940, 58:  73-152.—Monteleone,  R.  Significato delle modifica-
 zioni della  frequenza delle  puNa/.ioni  nel'a  malaria; studio
 clinico-sperimentale.   Riv.   malariol.,  1929,  8:  401-35.—
 Parada.   El coraz6n  en los  pallidums.   Labor  med.,  Mex.,
 1941, 9:  11-5.—Poppi,  A., & Marzocchi, G.   Sul  comporta-
 mento della grandezza del cuore nella malaria.  Gior. med. mil.,
 1943, 91: 57.—Sarkar,  S. K.   Two  fatal cases  of cardiac
 malaria.   Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1941,  76: 93.—Staurinidos, G.  T.
 XvpfioXf/ tit rr/v k\ii>iic?ii>  Kai  BipairtvTwtiv  airoviiip  rrjs  iiiSpu-
 IMXTlktis TrepiKap&iTiScs <j>vaeu>s eXwSous.  'larpiKds  p.t]v\nuspt 1904,
 4:  70.—Triantaphyllides, T.   Le  paludisme et les cardio-
 pathies.  Grece med.,  1905,   7:  1; 9;  13; 17; 22.—Zallocco,
 A.   I disturbi  del ritmo cardiaco  nella malaria  dei bambini.
 Pediatria  (Riv.) 1929, 37: 428-37.

 ----  Carrier state.

    See  Malaria carrier.

 ----  Cases.
    Azevedo, A.  Urn caso curioso  e ligeiras considcracocs em
 torno do  impaludismo.   Brasil  med., 1942, 56: SI.  Barrett,
 R. H.  Three  cases of malaria.   S. Barth. Hosp.  .1.,  Lond.,
 1938-39,  46: 85-7.—Biswas,  S.  K.  Two  interesting cases of
 malaria.   Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1927, 62:  90.— Carraroli, A.  Alcuni
 easi importanti di  malaria intense.   Arch,  internaz.  med. chir.,
 Nap., 1904, 20: 498; 513; 577; 609.—Faust, E. C.  Malaria.
 In:   Oeriatr.  Med.  (Stieglitz, E.  J.)  Phila.,  1943, 190 2.-
 Cirotti,  P. Considerazioni su tre casi di malaria.   Riv. med..
 1930, 44: 147-9.—Gonzalez  Alvarez   [Caso de  paludismo]
 An. Aead. med., Madr.,  1901, 21: 218; 237; 274 —Hemenway,
 R. V. One hundred malarial cases.   Med. Woman .1  , 1931, 38:
 37-9.—Hope, L. M.  Notes on 1,784 cases of malaria. J. Trop.
 M. Hvg.,  Lond., 1904, 7: 182-4.--Li, K. H.  Malaria; a review
 of 90 cases.  Nat. M. J. China, 1925-26, 12: 284-96.—Medulla,
 C.  Considerazioni sopra i casi di malaria ossei vati in ospedale
 dal  1929 al 1932.  Arch.  ital. sc. med. col.,  1933, 14: 552-63 —
 Moodliar,  N.   A ease of malaria.   Ind.  lancet,  1902,  19:
 371.   Moschos, G.   Wipi-rrusait  (TirafffioiSiKov  iXudovs  irvperoi.
 'laTpiK-q npooSos,  1902,  7: 84.—Munger, E. E., & Munger, E.
 E., jr. A case  of malaria.  J. Iowa M.  Soc, 1937,  27: 209 —
 Murphey, E. E. Some observations in a series of  fifty cases of
 malaria.   Tr.  M. Ass. Georgia, 1901, 321-32.—Peserico,  L.
 Su  ire  casi di  malaria.  Gior.  malaria,  1907,  1:  158-66.—
 Vila y Payrol, J. B.  Dos casos clinicos de paludismo.  Villaclara
 med., S. Clara,  1940, 8: 83-96.—Volkenshtein, G. M.  Sluchal
 skritoi malyarii.  Prakt. med., S. Petersb., 1900,  7: 152.

 ----  Cases—in animals.

    See also Malaria (Avian) Malaria (P. Knowlesi)
 etc.; for equine "malaria" see Babesiasis.
    Bell.  Malaria as it affects the lower animals   Brit. Guiana
 M. Annual, 1899, 11: p. viii-x.—Beltran, E.   Paludismohumano
 y paludismo animal.   Ciencia,  Mex.,  19 !3  11,  4: 203-8.—
 Bonservizi, F.  Malaria ed animali dome>tiei.  Corriere san.,
 1903, 14:  61-4.—Brumpt, E.  Le paludisme des buffles existe-
 t-il  en Indochine et peut-il fausser les indices oocystiques et
 sporozoitiques  etablis dans diverses regions asiatiques?   Bull.
 Soc.  path, exot.,  Par.,  1938, 31:  479-83.—Dionisi, A.   La
 malaria di alcune specie  di pipistrelli.  Atti Soc. studi malaria,
 1899, 1: 133-73, 2 pi.  Also Ann. igiene sper.,  1899, n. ser,, 9:
 377-417,  2  pi.   Also  Unleisueh.  Natur. Mensch.  II.ak,
 1900-01,  17: 281-337,  2 pi- Huff, C.  G.  Sauiian  n,alalia.
 J. Parasit., Lancaster, 1941, 27:  No 0, Suppl., 29.  Rouhaud,
 E.   Principes  et  possibilites de  la prophylaxie animale  du
 paludisme.  Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Tunis,  1937,  26: 625-64.

 ----  Cases—in  children.

    Doville, J.   *Etude du paludisme autochtone
 chez le  nourrisson   76p.   25}^cm  Par., 1939.
    Alarcon, A.  G.  Paludismo infantil.  C. A. M. E. P., Mex.,
 1937, 2:  19.—Araoz Alfaro, G.  El paludismo en la infancia.
 Ai.h. Iat. amer. pediat.,  B.  Air.,  1926,  3. ser.. 20: 447-60.
 Also Gazz. internaz. med. chir.,  1927, 32: No. 7, sez. 4, p. ii.
 Also Progr. clin.. Madr., 1926, 34: 608-10.  Babonneix, L., &
 Livieratos, S.   Un cas de paludisme chez un nourrisson.  Bull.
 Soe. p6diat. Paris, 1935, 33: 537-42.—Beach, M.  W., & John-
 son, G.D. Notes on malaria in children. Arch. Pediat., N.  Y.,
 19.39, 56: 639—46.—Beguez Cesar, A.   Consideraciones sobre
' el paludismo en la infancia.  Bol. Soc. cubana pediat., 1939, 11: 
MALARIA                                           79                                           MALARIA
 493-515.   Also Pediat.  Americas,  Mex.,  1944,  2:  129-38 —
 Belaewa, E.  Die Malaria bei Kindern.  Jahrb. Kinderh., 1927-
 28  3   F  68: 296-314.-—Brakhage.  Malariaerkrankung  im
 Ki'ndesalter.   Klin. Wschr., 1942,  21:  443.—Brown,  M.  H.
 Report of a case of simultaneous malarial infection in a mother
 and baby.  Bull.  Lying-in  Hosp. N. York, 1906,  3:  61-3 —
 Burns, W. B.  Infantile malaria.  Tr.  Mississippi Valley M.
 Ass., 1900, 2:  436-43.  Also Louisville Month. J. M. &  S.,
 1900-01,  7: 464-7.—Caussade, G.  Fievre a type intermittent
 observee  chez deux petites  filles.  Bull.  Soc. med.  hop. Paris,
 1904, 3. ser.. 21: 1034-42. Also Tribune med., 1904, 2. ser., 36:
 710-2.—Clement, R.  Le paludisme et  I'enfant.  Presse med.,
 1933, 41: 633.—Cronquist,  J.  Das Wechselfieber im  Kindes-
 alter.   Heilkunde,  1905,  10-4.—Davydov, P. D.  [Malaria in
 early childhood]  Sovet. pediat., 1936, No. 11, 82-90.—Dore, G.
 M.  Osservazioni su quattri casi di  malaria insorta in lattanti
 nei primi giorni di vita.  Riv. clin. pediat., 1940, 38: 203-16.—
 Eckstein, A.  Malaria in childhood.  Acta med. orient.,  Jerusa-
 lem, 1943, 2: 123-32.—Epstein, J. W. Malaria in the newborn.
 J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1934, 4: 251-5.—Foa, G.  Su di un caso di
 malaria in neonata di  27 giorni.  Riv. malariol., 1926,  n. ser.,
 5: 660-2.—Friedman,  I. V.   [Malaria in new-born babies and
 nurslings]  Klin.  med..  Moskva, 1926, 4: 181-4.—Gillot, M.,
 & Sarrouy, C.  Le paludisme chez I'enfant.  Paris med., 1935,
 95:  33-6.—Gioseffi, M.   La malaria nei lattanti; osservazioni
 durante un episodio epidemico.  Riforma med., 1936, 52: 166.—
 Heubner. Praparate von einem Malariafall bei  einem Kinde.
 Berl. klin. Wschr.,  1904, 41: 1206.—Ilinsky, P. I.  [On malaria
 in children]   Sovet.  pediat.,  1935, 36-45.—Jemma,  R.   La
 malaria nei bambini.  Rinasc. med., 1931, 8: 419; 491.   ------
 Klinische Feststellungen iiber die Malaria der Kinder.  Arch.
 Kinderh., 1931-32, 95: 227-41.------Le paludisme chez les
 enfants.  Bruxelles med.,  1935-36, 16: 1756-61.—Joffe,  H.
 Malaria im Kindesalter.  Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1937, 12: No. 1,
 p. ii.—Josephson,  J. C.  Malaria  in a  child of three weeks.
 Med. Rec, N. ¥., 1901, 59:  635.—Kisel. A. A. Sluchal  pereme-
 zhayushcheisj a likhoradki udfevochki 11 Het, v krovi  kotoroi
 naident chuzhevadniva  bolotnol  likhoradki.  Med.  obozr.,
 Moskva,  1892, 38: 46-9— Kruzon, V.  M., & Dzigan, K. A.
 [On malaria in early childhood]   Sovet. pediat.,  1935, 31-6.—
 Lange Amlie, A.  [Case of malaria in a child]  Nord. med., 1939,
 4: 3377.—Lawrence, W. S.   Malaria in the newborn.   J. Am.
 M. Ass., 1902, 39: 1605.—Majer, J.  Die Malaria im Sauglings-
 und Kleinkindesalter.   Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31:
 133-8.—Malaria  in nurslings (Italy)  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1936,
 106: 1405.—Marginesu, P.   Osservazioni e  ricerche  sulla
 malaria nelle scuole nel  periodo interepidemico.  Igiene mod.,
 1929,  22: 37;  92.—Meirelles, Z.   Das febres  paludosas  na
 primeira infancia.  Brazil med.,  1897,  11:  38; 47.—Nikolaev,
 N. D.   [Peculiarities of malaria in children]  Sovet.  med., 1942,
 6: No. 8, 6-8.-—Northridge, W. A. Pediatric malaria. Brooklyn
 M. J., 1901, 15: 175-85.—Ortiz Machado, O., & Beyra Alemafiy,
 M.  El paludismo  en la infancia.  Bol. Col. med.  Camagiiev,
 1939-40, 2: 138-44. Also Rev. med. veracruz., 1940, 20: 3057-
 66.—Paisseau, G., & Hutine), J.  Paludisme.  In: Traite med.
 enfants  (Nobecourt & Babonneix)  Par..  1934,  2:  425-37.—
 Peters, L.  Malarial fever in  infancv,  probablv maternal in
 origin.   Bull.  Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.,  1902, 13:  139-41.—
 Peyton, J. C.  The effects of malarial poison on children.  Tr.
 Florida M. Ass.,  1899,  101-4.—Puglisn, A.   Paludismo  en
 infancia.  Prensa med. argent.,  1939, 26: pt 1, 70.—Ouesada
 Romero, P.  Paludismo  infantil.  Rev.  med. Bogota, 1903-04,
 322-6.-—Ragain.   Note sur  un cas de paludisme chez un nour-
 risson.   Rev. prat. mal. pays  chauds, 1925-26,  5:  478.—
 Raijman, D.  Paludismo, nifio de 5  anos.  Sem. med ,  B. Air.,
 1941, 48: pt 2, 843. â– ------Paludismo.  Prensa med.  anrent.,
 1942, 29: 195.—Reisman, H. A., & Schneck, H.  Malaria in
 infancy.  N. York State J. M., 1942, 42: 1751-4.-  Robert, W.
 P.   Malaria in children. South. M. J., 1936,  29: 738-42.—
 Rokhlina, R., & Kaminskaia, E.  [Malaria in nurslings]  Vrach.
 delo, 1928, 11: 145.—Sadykova,  U. N.  [Malaria in children]
 J. detsk. bolez., 1925, 1: 21-34.  Also Arch. Kinderh., 1926, 79:
 187-97.—Sarikian, S. I.  [Malaria cases among young children;
 data of manj' years from the malarial station in  Sochi]  Med.
 parazit., Moskva, 1939,  8:  No. 6, 65-74.—Sasportas,  L.   Le
 paludisme chez le nourrisson.  Rev. palud., Par., 1940, 2: 33-
 44.— Serra, G.   II lattante indigeno  nei suoi rapporti  col
 paludismo di prima invasione.   Rass. clin. ter., 1940,  39: 39-
 75.—Sheincker, K. P.  [Report of an investigation on malaria
 among children during the winter and spring of 1935-36] Med.
 parazit., Moskva,  1937,  6: 315-37.—Silva, S. de.  Malaria in
 the child; a clinical study of the malarial child in the malarial
 district. J. Ceylon Brit." M. Ass  , 1937,  34: 37-44.—Sluka, E.
 [Fall von Malaria bei einem achtjahrigen Kinde] Mitt. Ges. inn.
 med. Kinderh.  Wien,   1906, 5: 141-3.—Steinberg,   L.  D.,
 Kanibolockaia, E. N., &  Karlova, N. S.   [Clinical observations
 on the course of malaria in children in Voronezh (estivo-autum-
 nal season of 1943)]  Pediatria,  Moskva, 1944, No. 3, 24-32.—
 Stephens, J. W. W., & Christophers, S.  R.  The malaria infec-
 tion  in  native children.  Rep. Malaria Com. R.  Soc. London,
 1900, 3. ser., 4-14, pi.—Strickland,  C,  & Baird, S. Y.   Earlv
 infantile malaria.   Brit.  M.  J., 1939, 1: 979.—Van Nitzen, R.
 Le paludisme  chez I'enfant indigene.   Ann.  Soc.  beige m£d.
 trop., 1935, 15: 229-68.—Velasco Blanco, L., & Silberberg, D.
 Paludismo en la infancia; casos clinicos.   Arch. amer. med., B.
 Air., 1942, 18: 33-7.—Williams,  C. D.  Clinical  malaria in
 children.  Lancet,  Lond., 1940,  1: 441-3.—Zakharov,  V.  V.
 [Case of malaria in an infant] Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 200.—
Zimanyi, I.  [Acquired  malaria in a 5 weeks old infant]  Buda-
pesti orv. ujs„ 1938, 36:  1121-3.
----   Cases—in drug  addicts.
   Boyd, L. J., & Schlackman, M.  Malaria in drug addicts.
N. York State J. M.,  1938,  38: 974-6.—Himmelsbach,  C. K.
Malaria in narcotic addicts at the United States penitentiary
annex, Fort Leavenworth, Kans.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,
1933,  48:  1465-72.—Kirshbaum,  J.  D.   Malaria,  estivo-
autumnal type, in a morphine addict.  In: Path. Conf. (Jaffe,
R. H.) Chic,  1940, 1148-50.—Schoenbach, E. B., & Spingarn,
C. L. Inoculation malaria and drug addiction.  J. Mount Sinai
Hosp. N. York, 1941-42, 8: 998-1004.—Volird, I. F., & Shapiro,
W. W.  Malaria  with  special reference to narcotism.  Illinois
M. ,L,  1937, 72: 458-63.

----   Cerebral  type.

   See also subheadings (Nervous system; Psycho-
neurosis &  psychosis)
   Anido, A.  Paludismo de forma nerviosa, encefalo-mielftica,
en un  nino de 2  anos.   Villaclara med.,  S. Clara, 1940, 8:
140-52.—Bevacqua,  A.   Sindrome  cerebellare da malaria
acuta  con anartria (sindrome di Pansini) ed atassia centrale
acuta  di  Leyden.  Riforma  med., 1908, 24: 1383-9.—Borle.
Un  cas de  fievre malarienne a forme  cerebrale.   Rev. med.
Suisse  rom., 1907, 27: 53-6.—Broadbent, W.  A case of cerebral
malaria.   Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 336.—Bulaeva, P. I., & Lukina,
A. G.  [Acute cerebellar ataxia of malarial origin]  Nevropat.
psikhiat., 1936, 5: 1758-62.—Businro, A., & Loi, L. Contributo
anatomo-patologico  alia conoscenza  della malaria perniciosa
dei  centri  nervosi, con speciale riguardo alia  reazione gliale.
Arch.  ital.  anat.  pat., 1932-33, 3: 681-706.—Byam, W., &
Manson-Bahr, P.  Post-malarial  encephalitis?  Tr. R. Soc.
Trop.  M.  Hyg.,   Lond.,  1934-35,  28:  352—Carnes, W. A.
Cerebral and meningeal manifestations of malaria.  Mississippi
M. Rec,  1901, 5: 103-6.—Castronuovo, G.   Iposurrenalismo
acuto  palustre con  sindrome cerebellare pseudoencefalitica.
Fol. med., Nap., 1926, 12: 321-32.—Conti,  A.   Nota  clinica
sopra un  caso di spasmo  clonico nel  distretto dell'accessorio
del Willis,  da  malaria.   Gazz. osp., 1906, 27: 21.—Cordep, W.
Ein  Beitrag  zur Therapie  der zerebralen  Malaria.    Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1926,  30: 99-104.—D'Allocco, O.   Sin-
drome cerebellare da malaria.  Riforma med., 1907, 23:  11-3.—
De Silva, S.   The stroke in malaria.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,
1934,  37:  166.—Dhayagude, R.  G., &  Purandare,  N.  M.
Autopsy study of cerebral malaria  with special reference to
malarial  granuloma.  Arch.  Path., Chic, 1943,  36: 550-8.—
Don, C.  S.  D., & Meyer, P. F.  An unusual case of cerebral
malaria.    Brit.  M.  J.,  1944, 1: 149.—Doroshenko,  A.  M.
[Postmalarial  ccmplications in the central nervous system, in
the  form  of acute, cerebellar ataxia of the Leiden-Westphal's
type]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4: 462-5.—Duffy, C. A. G.
Report of a case  of cerebral malaria.  Ind. M.  Gaz., 1944, 79:
211.—Fearnside,  C.  J.   Malarial  apoplexy.   Ibid.,  1899,  34:
357-9.—Fitz-Hugh, T.,  jr,  Pepper, D. S., & Hopkins,  H. U.
The cerebrs.1  form of  malaria.  Bull. U.  S. Army  M.  Dep.,
1944, No. 83, 39-48.—Forli, V.  Un caso di sindrome cerebellare
da infezione malarica.   Roll.  Soc. Lancisiana  osp. Roma, 1907,
27:  17-30.—Ghose, A. K.  A case of cerebral malaria causing
persistent loss of eyesight.  Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1936,  71: 403.—
Gillett, J.  A.   Treatment  of cerebral malaria.  Brit. M. J.,
1944, 1:  505.—Gonzalez Olaechea. M.   Sindrome cerebeloso
de  origen  malarico.   Cron.  med., Lima, 1927, 44:  101-11.
Also Vida nueva,  Habana, 1927, 20: 236-43.—Guyer, O.  K. G.
Report on a case of cerebral malaria.   East  Afr. M. J., 1943,
20:  139-42.—Haar,  F.  B.   Cerebral  malaria.  Virginia  M.
Month.,  1936-37, 63:  693-5.—Hamburger,  H. J.  Clinical
observations on malaria cases with dangerous cerebral  mani-
festations.   Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1944.  79:  10-2.—Hondo,  H.  [A
case of malaria causing disseminated sclerosis of the cerebro-
spinal  system]   Gun  igaku  kwai  zassi, 1898,  251-9.—Horst,
G. A. van der, & Verhaart, W. J.  C. [Changes in the brain in
malaria]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1933, 73: 797-812, 7 pi.
Also Virchows Arch.,  1934, 292: 417-27.—McGinn,  S., &
Carmody, J.  T.  B.   Cerebral symptoms  in malaria.   U.  S.
Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 43: 1157-62.—Mandryko, R. G.  [Ataxia
acuta malarica]   Sovet. psikhonevr., 1938, 14: No. 5, 67-75.-—
Mankowski, B., & Bereschansky, P.  Eine Hirnapoplexie bei
einem  Malariakranken.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1926,
106: 361-70.—Martino, L.   Ictus apoplecticus con afasia da
infezione  malarica.  Studium,  Nap.,  1926, 16:  13.—Mateo
Alonso, A.  Las  formas cerebrales del paludismo.  Rev. san.,
Caracas,   1943, 8:  1167-212—Mendez,  M., & Arellano, A.
Encefalitis paludica;  observaci6n  clinica.  Rev. Hosp. nino,
Lima, 1939-40, 1: No.  2, 55-60.—Mendez, M., & Huaman, N.
Sindrome cerebeloso de origen malarico.   Rev. neur. psiquiat.,
Lima, 1941, 4: 106-12.—Metelkin, A. I.   [Case of focal soften-
ing of the brain of malarial origin]  Vrach. delo, 1926, 9:  1112—
4.—Morales, A. B.  A case of cerebral malaria.  Month. Bull.
Bur. Health,  Manila,  1938,  18: 483-6—Moschos, G.   n«pi-
irrojoxs  ivToiri<rto>s tov  i\oyevovs  T\aap.oSlov  kv  rait iyKMpahi-
kocU  iiT)vlyii.v.   'larpmri  irpooSos,  1901,   6:  263.—Miihlens, P.
Ueber  Malariatodesfiille  bei  Seeleuten,  insbesondere  zwei
Falle von Malariaenzephalitis.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1931, 57.
440-3.—Narayan, J.  Cerebral malaria simulating  meningitis.
Ind. M. Gaz.,  1941, 76: 94.—Nightingale, P. A.  A rare cerebral
complication in malaria.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1903, 6:
329.—Pansini, S.  Su di una sindrome cerebellare con anartria
da malaria  acuta.  Riforma med., 1901, 17: pt 4, 458; 471;
passim.—Paterson, J. C.  Note on a case of cerebral malaria.
Med. Bull.  (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y.,  1935-36, 2: 127-9.— 
MALARIA
80
MALARIA
Pecori,  G.   La sindrome cerebellare  da malaria.   Policlinico,
1906, 13: sez. med., 477; 544.—Quisumbing, M.. sr.  Cerebral
type of  malaria; report of a case.  J.  Philippine  M. Ass., 1940,
20: 461-4. pi.—Rigdon, R. H.  The pathological lesions in the
brain in malaria.   South. M.  J., 1944, 37: 087--94.—Rosen-
zweig. B. M. [Malarial cerebropathv  in childien]  .1. ne\ i opat.
psikhiat.. Moskva. 1920, 19: 33-43.—Russell, E. V.  A  case of
cerebral  malaria.  .1. R.  Army  M.  Corps,  1927,  48:  227.--
Schmidth,  F. J. W.  (as de paludisme aigu  avec apoplexie
cerlbiale.   Ann. Sex.  beige  med. trop.,  192S, 8:  165-7.—
Sherman, M.,  &  Richardson, W. P.   Cerebral  malaria; an
eleetroencephnlographic study.  Arch. Neur. Psvchiat., Chic,
1945, 53: 84.—Simpson,  W. M., & Sagebiel, J. L.  Cerebral
malaria; a report of 12 cases encountered at IT.  S. Naval Base
Hospital.  U. S. Nav. M.  Bull., 1943,  41: 1596-602.—Sneddon,
I.  B.  A fatal case of cerebral malaria.  Brit. M. J., 1943, 2:
814.—Spiller, W. G.  A case  of malaria presenting the symp-
toms of disseminated  sclerosis, with necropsy.  Am. J. M.  Sc.,
1900, n. ser., 120: 029 47.  Also .1. Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1900. 27:
643.—Still, R. M.  L.. & Lai, T. N.  A case  of cerebral malaria
with rare complications and complete  recoverv.  Ind. M. Gaz.,
1941, 76: 418.—Sulimski, R.  [Malarial encephalitis i* Poland]
Med. dosw.,  1936,  20:  318-21— Whitehill,  R.   Cerebral
malaria; a case icport.  Bull.  Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1943,  73:
205-74.—Wilson, J. B.   Notes of a case of cerebral embolism
due  to  malaiia.  J.  R. Army M.  Corps,  1901. 2:  349-51 —
Wright, F. J.  Cerebral  malaria.  Last Afr. M. J., 1941-42, 18:
220-35.— Young, G. B., A- Macaden, C. J. A.  Cerebral malaria.
lirit.  M. J.,  1944, 1 : 0.70.

----  Choleraic  type.
   Esdorf, R.  H. von.   History of a case  of  malarial fever;
algid form, choleraic type.  Boston M. & s. J., 1908, 158: 937.

----  chronic.
   Ascoli, V. 'a malaria  cronica.  Riv. malariol., 1920, n. ser,
5: 164-81.— Aubry  & Dumolard.  Comment il  faut eoncevoir
le  paludisme chionieiue au point de vue clinique.  Arch. Inst.
Pasteui   Algerie,  1932,  10: 342-4.—Cimmino,  A.   Su di un
caso  di malaria  cronica  afebbrile  iperepatosplenomegalica
emolizzante.  Fol. med.,  1931,  17:  125-32.—Dumolard &
Aubry.   Comment il faut eoncevoir  le  paludisme  chronique?
son existence est-elle  contestable?  Rev. med., l'ar., 1931,  48:
567  80— Farafontova,  E. A.   [Duration  of malaria]   Med.
parazit., Moskva,  1941, 10: 190-9.   Fitzsimon,  J. T.  Chronic
malaria.  Texas State J.  M.,  1907, 2: 243.-  Fonde, G. II.. &
Fonde,  E. C.  Chronic malaria; a clinical consideration.  Aich.
Int. M., 1939, 64: 1150- 09.—Garrett,  A. S.  Continued malarial
fevers.  Texas M.  News, 1905-06, 15: 283 0.  Geliadov, N. B.
[Diagnosis of chronic  malaria]  Trop.  med. vet.,  Moskva, 1931,
9: 482-4.   Also Vrach. gaz., 1931,  35:  1373  .">.—Grecnman,
R. A.  Chronic malaria.  Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1942, 155: 398 —
Grodnitzky, B.  1/etat actuel de l'etude du paludisme chronique.
Progr. med., Pai..  1933, 555-60.—Griiner, T.  [Case of chronic
malaria]  Li ice. \jes., 1940, 62: 323.—Harvard, V. O.  Con-
tinued  malarial fever erroneously termed slow  fever.   Tr. M.
Ass. Georgia. 1902, 184-95.—Henry,  A. F.  X.   Considerations
sur le paludisme chi unique; pathogenic, diagnostic, traitement.
Paris mfid., 1932, 85: 77.—Howell, J. R. G.  Continued malaria]
fever.  Atlanta J. Rec. M.,  1901-02,  3: 526-30— Hufnagel.
V.  W.   Chronische Malaria  als LTrsache  von  Pellagra und
pellagroiden Zustanden.  Deut. tropenmed. Zschr., 1943,  47:
630-2.—Kekhcher, O. M.  [Protracted cases of malaria; data
from the Central  tropical station  at Batum]   Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1942,  11:  No.  6, 36.—Korovicky. L.  K.   [Chronic
malaria]  Vrach. delo,  1936,  19: 359-66— Le Bourdelles, B.
Malaria-floculation et paludisme chronique.  Bull.  Soc. med.
hop.  Paris,  1933,  3.  ser.,  49: 744-52.—Martinez  Vargas.
Paludismo cronico en una nina; la quinina y el arsenico.  Med.
ninos, 1922, 23: 161-3.—Modak,  K. H.   A chronic case of
malarial fever.   Ind.  M.  Gaz., 1902,  37: 493.—Myhrman, G.
[Case of chronic malaria]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1931, 28: 1353-6 —
Navarre.  Paludisme chronique sans  acces  de fievre intermit-
tente.  Lyon med., 1902, 98:  756.—Parise, N., & Lucrezi, G
Research on chronic  malaria.   Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942,
39:  516 (Abstr.)—Peserico,  L.   Intorno   ad  alcune forme
croniche di malaria.  Riv. veneta sc. med., 1905, 43: 449-53.—
Piet, P.  Le paludisme  chronique.  J. sc. med. Lille, 1921, 39:
pt 2, 105-16.—Rieux, J.   Le soi-disant paludisme chronique.
Ibid., 1928, 46:  pt  2,  455-67.—Riva-Rocci, S.  La  malaria
cronica  nell'infanzia.   Gazz.   med.  Torino, 1900, 51:  941;
981; 1001; 1901, 52:  21;  101.—Tijerino R., A.  Influencia del
traumatismo en el paludismo cr6nico. Reun. Soc. argent, pat.
region.  (1929)  1930,  5. meet., 2: 730-2.—Toporkov,  F.  M.
[Chronic malaria and its diagnosis] Trop. med. vet., Moskva,
1931, 9: 377-84.  -------  [Chronic  malaria]   Med. parazit.,
Moskva,  1935,  4:  136-9.—Treatment  of  chronic  malaria;
Italy. J.Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 1665.—Winkleman. Demon-
stration  of  a  case of  chronic  malaria.  Proc. Univ. Hosp.
Oklahoma School M., 1940, 1: 8-10.


----  Classification and  types.
   Bruce, D. Nomenclature of malaria; a suggestion.  Lancet,
Lond.,  1903,  1: 131.—Kandelaki, S.  P.   [Classification of
malaria] Med. parazit,. Moskva, 1940, 9: 547.—Kassirsky, I.
A.   (Clinical classification of malaria]  Klin,  med., Moskva,
1936, 14: 1741-7.—Legrain E.  De la necessity du demembre-
ment du groupe des maladies  rangees actuellement sous la
rubrique paludisme; nuse au  point de  la question; reponse a
quelques objections.  Rev. med. Afrique nord, 1900, 3: 979-
92.   ——-    Les  foimes  dissociees de  l'acces quarte (double
quarte,  quarte doublce,  triple quaite  des  clasMques)   Ibid..
19(12. 5: 1831-45.- Oganesov, L. A., Sadoian, V.  S. [et  al.]
[Clinical classification  of malarial   affections]   Klin,  med.,
Moskva, 1942,  20: No. 5,  74-8.- Report  on terminology  m
malaria. Bull. Health Org. League of  Nat., 1940, 9: 133-240.â– 
Sambon. L. W.   Remarks on the nomenclature;  etiology and
prophylaxis of the intermittent fevers.  J.  Trop.  M. JHvg.
Lond.,  1902, 5:  277-84.—Serebriisky,  I. J.,  & Ignatov, S. I.
[Clinical nomenclature  of  malarial affections  in  children]
Pediatria, Moskva, 1937,  No.  9,  41-9.—Terminology in human
malaria. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33: 845-7.—Terminologia
do paludismo (vocabulario)  Bol. Of.  san. panamer., 1944, 23:
21; passim.
----   Clinical aspect.
   Aguilar  Jordan,  J.   Sobre ciertas particularidades clfnicas
del paludismo en los ninos.  Rev. valenc. cienc. med., 1903, 5:
103-5.—Almeida Prado, A. de.  Aspectos clinicos do impalu-
dismo.   An.  paul.  med.  cir.,  1943,  46: 416-9.—Bell, J., &
Steward, G.  E.   Rapport clinique sur la malaiia d'apres les
observations faites a l'hopital civil du gouvernement pendant la
moitie  de l'annee 1901.   Ann. med. nav., Par., 1902, 78: 280-
8.—Buro,   P.   Studie  fiber die  Wechselfiebererkrankungen.
Aerzri.  Rdsch.,  1902,  12: 112-4— Conslantinescu,  C.  D., &
Hie.  D. [On pleuroperitoneal malaria]   Rev.  St.  med. Bucur.,
1924, 13:  144-55. —Dodds, W. T.  S.   Clinical features of
malaria as seen at Camp Mount Hospital.  Tr.  Indiana M. Soc,
1899, 197-208.—Fereaud.  C.   Contribution al estudio de laa
formas clfnicas del  paludismo.   Trop.  Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943,
40: 431 (Abstr.)—Ferenczi, A.   Klinische Beobachtungen fiber
Malaria. Ibid., 217 (Abstr.)—Floriani, C.  Formas clfnicas del
paludismo.   Accion m6d., B.  Air.,   1940,  10:  737.— Fonso
Candolio, C, &  Rugiero, H. R.  Paludismo.   In: Clin, enferm.
infecc  (Fonso Gandolfo,  C.) 2. ed., B. Air., 1939, 2: 458-563 —
Ford, J. H.  Pathological, therapeutic, and clinical notes on a
few cases of malarial infection.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, 61:
521-7.—Furonaka,  F.,  Inoue,  H.  [et  al.]   Zur Klinik  von
Malaria. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1932, 22: 109.—Gros, H.  Notes
sur le paludisme.  Arch. med.  nav., Par., 1900,  73: 161-203;
241, pi.—Hiller, W.  Einige Beobachtungen bei Malaria.  Arch.
Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1931, 35: 56-9.—Horn, H., & Karelitz, S.
Clinical experience  with malaria at a general hospital  during
summer and  fall of  1943.  Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of
Oper.,  U.   S.,  1944, 1:  No. 4,  2-11.—Horst, C. E.  van  der.
Waarnemingen in  de praktijk  over malaria.   Ned.  tschr.
geneesk., 1903, 2. R.,  39: d.  1,  30.5-9.—Huertas Barrero, F.
Paludismo; el 606; eMreptococia  (recuerdos clinicos)   Siglo
med., 1929, 83: 18-21-  Kolozsvfiry, S. D.   Observations on
tertian  and quotidian malarial fevers.  Atlanta J. Rec. M.,
1902-03, 4: 801-10.—Liehm, R.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Malaria.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1904, 17: 1103-13.—Loftier, F.
Die  Malariakrankheiten.  Deut. Klin.,  1901-03, 2: 635-766,
pi.-—Lopez, R. A.,  & Forte, E.  (  llnica del  paludismo.  An.
Dep.  nac.  big.,  B. Air.,  1925, 31:  107-29.—Luzzatto, M.
 \ppunti cliniei sulla malaria.   Lav.  Congr. med. int.  (1904)
1905, 14:  530.--Martinez  de la Cruz, F.  El paludismo en el
adulto.   Bol.  Col.   med.  Camaguey,  1939-40,  2:  152-89.—
Meirelles,  E.  Estudo de algumas f6rmas clfnicas do paludismo.
Brasil med., 1903, 17: 323; 333.—Meythaler, F. Zur Klinik der
Malaria.   Zschr. klin. Med., 1943, 143: 404-28.—Miasnikov,
A.L. [Clinical aspect of malaria]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1:885-
94.—Moll.  Bericht uber zwei Malariakranke.  Klin. Wschr.,
1941, 20:  1039.—Omori, K.   [Contributions from  a case of
malaria] Fukuiken igaku  kwai zassi, 1897,  334-8.—Panichi,
L.   Osservazioni sulla malaria umana.  Policlinico, 1905,  12:
sez. prat., 605-11.—Pernia, E.  Clinica del paludismo.  Tijeret.
malaria, Maracay, 1943, 7: 199-204.—Reed, A. C.  Malaria; a
clinical summary.   California West.  M.,  1940,  53: 15-8.—
Riseling, C. E.  Malarial fevers; their clinical aspect and diag-
nosis.  South. Illinois J. M. & S., 1901-02, 2:  1-9.—Schiiffner,
W.  Zur Klinik der Malaria.   Deut.  med. Wschr., 1941,  67:
1251-6.—Snijders,  E.  P.  Eine kleine subjektive Malaria-
erfahrung.   In: Festschr. B.  Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 586-9 —
Sucupira, A.   Observacoes clfnicas; febre palustre.   Rev. flora
med., Rio,  1941, 8: 437-41.—Terburgh, J. T.  Over de  termen
anderdaagsche,  derdendaagsche en  vierdendaagsche  koorte.
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1904, 2. R., 40: d. 2, 1536-40.—Thompson,
E. G.  Some clinical aspects of malaria.  Surg. J., 1925-26, 32:
143-5.—Trujillo-Gutierrez, C.   El paludismo; estudio  clfnico.
Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1942-43, 11: 585-611.—Weeks, D. A.
Observations on malaria.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 43: 1171-
7.—Yamanaka, S.   Einige klinische Untersuchungen fiber die
Malaria.  Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1926, No. 258, 3.


----   Comatose type.
   Acker, G. N.  Malarial coma in children.  Tr. Am.  Pediat.
Soc, 1900, 12: 163-73.  Also Arch. Pediat.,  N.  Y., 1900, 17:
812-22.—Albova,  E. V.   [Clinical aspect and  treatment of
malarial coma]  Sovet. med., 1938, No. 11-12,  44-6.—Atkinson,
J.  M.   Malaria coma; premature birth; death.   Select. Colon.
M. Rep., Lond.  (1901-02)  1904, 150.—Cavallini, E., & Crucilla,
G.  Insolazione e malaria. Ann. med. nav.,  Roma, 1928, 34:
pt 2, 336-8.—Chernshev, S.  P.  K  patologicheskol anatoroi i 
MALARIA                                          81                                           MALARIA
komatoznol forml malyarii.  Med. obozr., Moskva,  1902, 57:
59-71 —Cusachs,  P. L.  A  case  of  comatose malaria,  with
chronic endocarditis.  N. Orleans M. &  S.  J., 1900-01, 53:
338 —Demianov, G. S.  [Pathogenesis of the comatose form of
malaria]  Ter. arkh., 1939,  17: No.  5, 71-9.—Froes, H. P.
A margem do estudo clinico e histopathol6gico de um caso de
coma malarico.  Brasil  med., 1932, 46: 541-3.—Garber,  I. O.
[Case of malarial coma]  Radianska med.,  1941, 6: No. 2, 46-
g_Gerson,  S.  L.   [Malarial coma]   Sovet.  klin.,  1932, 17:
205-10.—Gontaeve, A.  A.  [The nature and pathogenesis of
malarial  coma]   Med.  parazit., Moskva,  1935,  4: 429-34.
-----  [Le traitement de paludisme comateuse par l'arhriquine]
Sovet. med.,  1939,  No. 14,  36-8.  ------  [Malarial coma;
clinical aspect,  etiopathogenesis  and the  nature  of malarial
coma]  Ter. arkh.,  1939, 17: No. 5,  51-70.—Grekov,  A. D.
0 komatoznol formle palyudizma po nablyudenigam v Mervs-
kom lazaretie.  Veen. med. J., 1902, 80: med. spec, pt,  108-23.—
Guccione, F.  Necrosi a focolaio della  ipofisi  e perniciosa
comatosa (rilievi e considerazioni  sulle  lesioni ipofisarie  nella
finestione da Plasmodium praecox)  Pathologica, Genova, 1934,
26:  383-96.—Husman, S. M.   [Comatose  malaria]  Sovet.
med., 1944, 8: No. 6,  13.—Kachka,  F. B.  [Observations on
malarial  coma in  malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4:
227-34.—Kitaev,  F. I.  [Comatose  malaria]  Tr.  Saratov.
gosud. med. inst., 1935,  1: 114-22.— Kunakov, K. A.  [Changes
in the nervous system in  malarial  coma]  Nevropat. pskihiat.,
1939, 8: No. 4, 75-9.—Mariotti Bianchi, G. B. I centri nervosi
in un caso di perniciosa comatosa, studiati col metodo  Nissl.
Policlinico,  1901-02, 8:  sez. prat.,  1185-7.—Milash,  G. P.
[Pathologic histological changes in  the  spleen  in  comatose
malaria]  Arkh. pat. anat., Moskva,  1939, 5: 122-4.—Mogil-
nicky, B.  [Pathologic  changes in the sympathetic nervous
system in comatose forms of malaria]  Med. biol.  J., Moskva,
1926,2:54-61.—Moscu, I. Un cas de coma palustra.  Spitalul,
1900, 20: 588-90.—Neugalich, M. G.  [Clinical aspect of ma-
larial coma]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1940, 9: 490-2.------
[On the amyostatic lethargic syndrome due to malaria]  Nevro-
pat.  psikhiat., 1941, 10: No. 3,  119.—Popov, L. N.  [Malarial
coma; data from pathological-anatomical autopsies in 1935-38]
Med. parazit., Moskva, 1940, 9: 493.—Sablin, P. E.  [Patho-
genesis of comatose malaria]  Vrach. delo,  1938, 20: 787.—
Sanford,  C. H., Crawford, P. T., & Warr, O. S., jr.   Malarial
coma.  Ann.  Int. M.,  1940-41,  14:  72-7—Simonian.-A. T.,
&  Katanian, A. A.  [Certain  data on the clinical aspect and
treatment of malarial coma]   Vrach.  delo, 1938,  20: 753-8.-—
Slatineano, A., Nicolau, S. [et al.]  Etude histo-pathologique du
come paludique; une mere  et son  foetus.   Arch, roumain.
path., Par., 1936, 9: 193-208.  ------& Balmus,  G. L'histo-
pathologie du systeme nerveux dans le coma paludique.   Ibid.,
1935, 8: 5-43.—Stivel, E.  A.  [Clinical aspect of malarial  coma]
Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 877-81.—Stone, E. P.  Malarial
coma in a boy.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1901, 18: 38.—Sviatukhin,
M. V.  [Microglia  reaction in comatose forms  of malaria]
Klin, med., Moskva, 1936, 14: 1815-9.—Thomson, J. C.  Case
of malaria comatosa; death.  Select. Colon.  M.  Rep.,  Lond.
(1900-01) 1902,  204.
 ---   Complications and sequelae.

   See  also  subheadings   (Associated  disease;
 Cerebral type, etc.)
   Ascoli, V.  Successioni morbose della malaria.  Policlinico,
 1904, 11: sez. med., 493;  549.—Caldwell, B. W.  Malaria; its
 complications and sequella;.  Kansas City  M. Index Lancet,
 1904, 25: 261-3.—Carter, W.  A case in which purulent infiltra-
 tion rapidly followed malaria.  Liverpool. M. Chir. J., 1902, 22:
 313.—Ermolaev, P. I.  [The palatine tonsils in malaria]   Vest.
 otorinolar., 1938, No. 2, 128-32.—Flowers, S. H.  Pneumonia,
 malaria, appendicitis in one case.  Kentucky M.  J., 1944, 42:
 143. — Gavrilov, T.  E.  Zabollevaniya ukha,  nosa,  glotki  i
 nosoglotki pri bolotnol likhoradkle.  Yezhemles. ushn. gorlov.
 nosov. bollezn., 1906, 1: 229; 293.—Geliadova, N.  B.   [Com-
 plications of malaria]  Vrach. delo, 1931, 14: 1152-5.—Giltner,
 H. A.   Abscess following  malaria.  Wisconsin M. Rec,  1904,
 7: 17.—Grossman, I. B.  [Paramalarial  diseases]  Vrach. gaz.,
 1931, 35: 346-9.—Hadje,  E.  Rapports  de l'impaludisme avec
 les maladies  internes.  Med.  mod.,  Par.,  1900, 11: 355.—
 Hammack,  J. A.   Complicated malaria (case)   Texas  Cour.
 Rec. M., 1905-06, 23: No. 2,  1-3.—Hollis, D. L.  Malaria and
 its complications.   Mississippi Doctor, 1935-36, 13:  No. 6,
 34-6.—Le Dantec, A. Suites eioignees du paludisme; gen£ralites
 et traitement.  Rapp.  Congr. fr.  med.,  1923, 17. sess.,  5-26.
 [Discussion] C. rend., 21-9.—Mahood, H. B.  The sequela? of
 malaria.  Old Dominion J. M. & S., 1903-04, 2: No. 1, 8-18 —
 Manson-Bahr, P.  Malaria and its effects.  Practitioner, Lond.,
 1933,  131:  124-35.—Murray, R.  W.  A  complicated case of
 malarial poisoning.  Liverpool Med. Chir.  J., 1902, 22: 53-5.—
 Norton, R.   Malaria as a causative factor  in other diseases.
 Am. J. M. Sc, 1898, 115: 161-84.—Pillai, J. R.  Old and new
 treatment of ague  cakes.  Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1907, 42: 417.—
 Ravarit.  Vaste retraction cicatricielle [d'origine paludique]
 Poitou med.,  1903,  17: 265—Sabrazes, Porot [et al.]   Suites
eioign6es du paludisme.  C. rend. Congr. fr. med., 1923, 17.
sess.,  21-9.—Sinnetamby, M.   Certain  complications  and
sequelae of malaria.  J. Ceylon Brit. M.  Ass., 1906, 3: 65-7.—
Tisdale, A. D.  Malarial complications with special reference to
the pelvis.   Tristate M. J., 1934,   7: 1373—Weselko,  O.
Comparsa di suppurazioni durante la malaria.  Riv. malariol.,
1926, n. ser., 5:303-5.
----   congenital.

   Kilcher, A. M.   *De la question du paludisme
dit  congenital:   le  paludisme  transplacentaire.
177p.   24^cm.   Alger [1934]
   Maglioli,  F.   *Sur  le  paludisme congenital.
46p.   8?   Par.,  1926.
   Alarcon.  A.  G.  Paludisme congenital.  Bull.  Soc.  pediat.
Paris,  1928,  26:  52-62.   Also Gazz. osp.,  1929, 50:  173-7.
------   Double  cas de paludisme  congenital.   Bull.  Soc.
pediat. Paris, 1930, 28: 572-6.  â– ------ Paludismo intrauterine.
Tr. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931) 1933, 3. Congr., 769-74 —
Andrade Filho, O. de.  Paludismo  congenito.  Hospital, Rio,
1941, 20: 37-44.—Bagoturova, L. N.  [On congenital malaria]
Pediatria, Moskva,  1939,  132.—Baranowska,  M.  [Case of
congenital malaria]  Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 837.—Barcaglia,
A. Un caso di malaria probabilmente congenita.  Osp. maggiore,
Milano,  1940, 28: 121-4.—Bare, N.  H.  Congenital malaria
(with report of cases)  J. Tennessee  M. Ass.,  1932, 25:  178-
81.—Cakalotos, A. E., & Khoremis, K.  Ein Fall  von kongeni-
taler Malaria.  Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2146.—Cavallotti, A. M.
Un caso di probabile malaria congenita. Osp. maggiore, Milano,
1938, 26: 362-5.—Chiknaverov,  L. G.   [Hereditary malaria]
Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 6-8.—Chorine, V. Un cas de
paludisme congenital. Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par.,  1932, 25:
952.—Daleas, P., &  Lavergne, J.  Contribution  a l'etude du
paludisme congenital par la pratique systematique  de la reaction
de Henry et l'etude  des formules leucocytaires  chez les accou-
chees et leurs nouveau-nes.  Bull. Acad.  m6d., Par., 1936, 3.
ser., 115: 345-54.—Deutsch, B.   Das klinische Bild der ange-
borenen  Form der Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.. 1928,
32: 243-7.—Dorolle,  P., & Dang-Huu-Chi.  Coma palustre et
grossesse; presence de Plasmodium praecox  dans le sang du
cordon.   Bull. Soc.  path,  exot., Par.,  1927,  20: 589-91.—
Friedman, I. V.  [Inherited malaria]   Pediatria, Moskva, 1926,
10: 275-82.—Gammie, R. P.  Congenital malaria in England.
Lancet,  Lond., 1944, 2: 375.—Giordano, C.   Eredo-malaria.
Gazz.  osp.,  1934, 55:  1448-51.—Grieco, S. J.   Malaria na
gravidez  e  malaria  congenita.   Rev. paul.  med., 1942, 21:
402-5.—Jahier, H.   Une nouvelle observation de paludisme
congenital.   Bull.  Soc.  obst.  gyn.  Paris,  1933, 22:  162.—
Kaprelian, T. O.  [On congenital malaria] Pediatria, Moskva,
1940, No. 11, 79.—Kinosita   [Malaria of the foetus]  Chiugai
iji shinpo,  1903, 301-7.-—Kirk,  R.   A  case  of  intra-uterine
malarial infection. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934-35,
28:  421-4.—Laffont, Binet  & Lesini.   Un  nouveau  cas de
paludisme congenital.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,  1929, 18:
296.  Also Nourrisson, 1929,  17: 295.—Laffont, A., & Fulconis,
H.  Le paludisme congenital a la maternite d'Alger. C. rend.
Congr.  internat.  palud.  (1930)  1931, 2.  Congr., 1: 745-9 —
Landolfi,  M.  Sindromi eredo-malariche e la  cartella  bio-
clinico-radiologico-ortogenetica  individuale   quale mezzo di
accertamento e di medicina  preventiva  dell'infanzia.  Rass.
ostet., 1939, 48: 3-12.—Langeron & Van Nitsen.  A propos du
paludisme congenital. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1928,  26: 98-
101.—Liem Tjay Tie  [Congenital malaria]  Geneesk. tschr.
Ned. Indie, 1937, 77: 1308-10; 1941, 81: 185-92.—Lipkin, J. I.,
& Livschitz, I. G. [Malaria infection during fetal life]  Sovet.
vrach. gaz.,  1934, 38: 947-50.—Lipscomb, F. M., & Mansell,
R. A.  A case of congenital malaria. J. R. Army M. Corps,
1927, 49: 44-8.—Lopatin, G. M.  Congenital malaria.  Trop.
Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 518 (Abstr.)—Lo Presti-Seminerio,
F. Malaria congenita in due gemelli. Cult. med. mod., Pal.,
1929, 8:  444-7.—Macciotta,  M.  Osservazioni  sulla  malaria
congenita.  Clin, pediat., Mod.,  1936, 18: 632-63.  Also  Riv.
ital. gin., 1936-37, 19: 405-14.—Melik-Adamian, S. S. [Con-
genital malaria]  Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 75-8.—Mikuson,
P. [Case of congenital acute malaria in a newborn  baby] Vrach.
delo, 1928, 11: 975.—Moffat, R.  U.  Congenital malaria.  Brit.
M. J., 1907, 1: 1054.—Nanson,  J., & Schleisser, E. Malaria;
affection  hereditaire.  Ann.  Soc beige  m£d. trop.,  1939, 19:
561.—Nikolaev, N. D., & Zvereva, A. G.  [Congenital malaria]
Pediatria, Moskva, 1937, No. 2, 60-7.—Nittis, S., & Spiliopulos,
G.  Similarity of erythroblastic anemia  and chronic  or  con-
genital  malaria.   Am.  J. Dis.   Child.,  1937,  54:  60-72.—
Oikonomos, G. A.   Hvyytvqs  HKovoaia.  fl  rd biaxoipttrbv  toe
tt\cxkovvtos  iirb  tup  t\0Tapa<riTwv.   'IarpiKos  firjvvTcop,  190
5: 42.—Palit, M. C.  Malaria in an infant aged 6 weeks;  cas
report.    Ind. J. Pediat.,  1942,  9:  29-31.—Pezopoulos, N.
& Kardamatis.  llepl  avyyevovs l\ovo<rias.  'IoTpt/o)  vpooSot
1906, 11: 209-14. Also Grece med., 1906, 8: 37-41.—Pifano C,
F.  Breve nota sobre paludismo congenito; presentation de dos
casos.   Arch,  venezol.  puericult.,  1938-39,  1:   155-7.—Pik
Ging Hoo.  Congenital malaria.  Acta  paediat.,  Upps.,  1941,
28:  293-303.-—Pinelli,  A.   Un  caso di malaria congenita.
Pediatria (Riv.) 1932, 40: 1317-21. —Scheepe  [Case of intra-
uterine malaria infection] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81:
1323.—Schick, B., & Stein, M. Congenital malaria.  J. Mount
Sinai Hosp., 1935-36, 2: 147-52.—Ship ton. E. A.,  & Vickery, D.
A case of congenital malaria.  Med. J. Australia, 1935, 1: 655.—
Soedarsono   [Two  cases  of congenital  malaria]  Geneesk.
tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1941,  81: 2656.—Tanner, N. C, & Hewlett,
R. F. L.  Congenital malaria; with report of a case in one of
twins.  Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2:  369.—Ugrelidze, M. K.  [Case
of congenital malaria]  Odess. med.  J.,  1928, 3:  199-202.—
Vilaca, M.  Um caso de impaludismo congenito.  An. Soc. med.
cir. Rio  Grande  do  Norte,  1941, 3:  No.  5, 77-82.—Wayl, P.
Malaria  congenita.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 473
Also J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1934, 17: 10-5.—Wijckerheld Bisdom
549701—vol. 10, 4th series----6 
MALARIA
82
MALARIA
C. J.   [Congenital malaria]   Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1937,  6:
199-208— Zibordi, F.  Malaria congenita.   Med. ital.,  1920,
7: 540-2.

----   congenital: Pathogenesis.
   Arias  Aranda, C.   A prop6sito  del paludismo  congenito.
Arch. Iat. amer. pediat., B. Air., 1926, 3. ser., 20:  533-6.—
Das Gupta, B. M.  Malarial infection in the placenta and
transmission to the foetus.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 397, 2 pi.—
De Feyter, C.  Contribution k l'etude du paludisme congenital.
Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1932, 12:  245-8.—Fernandez de
Cordova,  R.   Las  infecciones  trasplacentarias; un caso de
paludisme  congenito.  Arch. amer.  med.,  B. Air.,  1929,  5:
96-101.-—Fiorito, G.  Contributo alia dibattuta questione della
malaria congenita.   Gior.  batt. immun.,  1926, 1:  578-91.—
Gabrielian, V.  [Variations of the placental barrier in malaria
during birth]  Klin,  med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 873-6.—Garcia,
E.  Y.  Can malaria be contracted  in utero?  J. Philippine
Islands M. Ass., 1938, 18: 141-6, 4 pi.—Ljakhowecky.  Ueber
angeborene Malaria.   Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt,,  Orig., 1927,  103:
380-90.—Machwiladse,  N.   Zur  Frage  der  kongenitalen
Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928, 32: 609.—Odriosola,
R.  Transmisi6n hereditaria del paludismo. Rev. med. cubana,
1928, 39: 542-7.—Perez Ara, A.  Contribuci6n al estudio del
paludismo transplacentario.  Rev.  med. cir.  Habana,  1934,
39:  1-18.—Sa Freire  Sobrinho, S.  Heranca congenita do
hematozoario  de Laveran  e  consideracoes sobre  o papel da
placenta.  Tribuna med., Rio, 1926, 32: 203; 205.—Schadow, H.
Impfmalaria als Ursache kongenitaler Malaria.  Miinch. med.
Wschr., 1931, 78: 947.—Schwetz. J.  Recherches sur  la malaria
congenitale et 1'infection  malarienne  du  placenta dans  la
malaria endemique de l'Afrique Centrale.  Riv. malariol., 1934,
13:  435-42,  pi.   ------  Considerations sur le paludisme
congenital.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1939, 32:  44?50.
------A: Peel.  Congenital  malaria and  placental  infections
amongst  the Negroes of Central Africa.  Tr. R. Soc Trop. M.
Hyg.,  Lond.,  1934-35,  28: 167-74.— Sereni,  S.  Sulla  tras-
missil>ilit;\ dei parassiti della  malaria  dalla  madre  al  feto.
Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1903, 29: 55-88, pi.—Shishova,  V.  A.
[Sur le probleme du paludisme congenital et de la manifestation
du paludisme  pendant l'accouchement]   Sovet.  med.,  1939,
No. 20, 26.—Ter-Ossipian, N., & Markarian, P.  Ein Beitrag
zu der Frage fiber angeborene Malaria.  Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55:
2879-83.—Thonnard-Neumann,  E.   Plazentare Malariainfek-
tion, kongenitale  Malaria und  Impfmalaria.   Munch,  med.
Wschr.,  1932, 79: 382.—Ulmi, P.  Intorno  alia malaria con-
genita (cenni critici e  contributo clinico)   Clin, igiene inf.,
1927,  2:  228-42.—Van den  Branden,  F.   Recherches sur la
malaria  congenitale, faites  au  Congo Beige (Leopoldville)
Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par.,  1927,  20: 338-42—Weselko,  O.
Untersuchungen  fiber  kongenitale  Malaria.   Arch.  Schiffs
Tropenhyg.,  1926,  30: 73-5.— Wickramasuriya, G. A. W.
Transplacental foetal infection with malaria.  J. Ceylon Brit.
M. Ass., 1935,  32: 61-80.

----   Course and stages.
    Bogoiavlensky, N. A., & Demidova, A. J.   [Epidemiology
and clinical course of malaria in children]  Russ. J. trop. med.,
1929,  7:  658-64.—Carstens Echenique,  R.   Polimorfismo
clfnico del paludismo.   Rev.  Policlin. Caracas, 1941, 10: 116-
20.—Cremonese,  G.   I  quattro  stadl della  malaria.   Riv.
osp., 1941, 31: 3-18.—Hill,  R. B.,  Cambournac, F. J. C, &
Pitta Simoes,  M.  Observations on the course of  malaria in
children in an endemic region.   Am. J. Trop. M.,  1943, 23:
 147-62.—Missiroli, A.  Tipi epidemici delle febbri  malariche.
Riv. malariol.,  1932,  11:  1-24,  10 diagr.—Ossinovsky, N. I.
[Peculiarities in the course of malaria in children]  Tr. Vsessouz.
sezd. detsk. vrach. (1927) 1929, 4: 385-94.

----   Curability and duration.
    Kehcher, O. M.  [The duration of malarial infection in man,
from data of the Sochi malaria station]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1943,  12: No. 2, 3-8.—Nikolaev, B. P.  [Duration and course
of malarial infection in  man]  Ibid.,  1939, 8: 25-45; 58, 191.—
Rashina, M. G.  [Duration of malarial infection  according to
epidemiological data]   Ibid.,  1941, 10:  155-63.—Rieux, J.
La guerison du paludisme.  C. rend. Congr.  internat. palud.
 (1930) 1931, 2. Congr.,  1: 560-7.—Tareev, E. M., & Gontaeva,
A. A.  [Criterion of complete cure of malaria] Sovet. vrach.
J., 1937, 41: 883-90.—Tareev, E. M., & Rasskin, A. J.  [Esti-
mation of temporary disability during malaria]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva,  1932, 1: 252-6.

----   Diagnosis.

    Arriaga  Nunes,  M.  de.     *Diagnostico  e
 tratamento  das  febres   paludosas.    lllp.    8?
 Rio,  1873.
    Bloch,  M.   El  diagnostico del  paludismo.  Arch.  Hosp.
Rosales, S. Salvador,  1944, 31:  No. 93, 9-19.—Brown, E. J.
Diagnosis of  malaria in children.  Illinois M.  J.,  1901-02,
n. ser., 3: 112-6.—Coogle, C.  P.  Malaria diagnosis.  Texas
J.  M., 1934-35,  30: 768-72.—Diagnosis (The) and course of
malaria.  Bull. U. S. Army  M. Dep.,  1943, No.  71,  16-23 —
Dunham, J. D.  The diagnosis of malarial fever, with the report
of two cases.  Columbus M.  J., 1904, 28: 529-32  [Discussion]
561-6.—Edwards,  A.  R.  The diagnosis  of malaria.   Tr.
Illinois  M.  Soc,  1S97.  127: 140.—Fischer,  O.   Diagnose,
tratamento e profilaxia da malaria.  Hora  med.,  Rio,  1941,
No. 36,  53-62.— Hernandez Vazquez, A.  Paludismo y alguna
de sus  dificultades diagnosticas y  tei apeut icns.   Sem.  med.
espan.,  1944,  7: 447-50.- lakovlev, S..  Orlov, N.  [et al.]
[Diagnosis and  treatment of  malaria]  Voen. san.  delo,  1937.
No. 3, 6-18.—[Instruction for mass examination for malaria]
Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1942,  II:  No. 5,  93-7.—MrAlpine,
3. G.  Malaria; the importance of earlv diagnosis.  J.  M. Ass.
Alabama, 1936-37, 6: 393—Maguire, E. H. C. The importance
of an accurate diagnosis of  malaria  in view  of the  quinine
shortage.  J. Christ. M.  Ass. India, 1943, 18: 251-3.—Mala-
gueta, I.  Diagnostico clinico.  Arch, brasil. med., 1927, 17:
177-86.—Manson, P.  The diagnosis of malaria from the stand-
point  of the practitioner in England.  Tr.  M.  Soc. London,
1901-02, 25: 282-301.  Also Lancet, Lond.  1902, 1:  1377-80.  -
Manson-Bahr,  P.   The  diagnosis  of malaria.   Practitioner,
Lond., 1935, 135: 155-00.—Maxwell, J. S.   The Hisquez test.
J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1930, 33: 289-92-Mufcl,  P. P.
[Role  of anamnestic index in determination of malaria]  Tr.
Odinnatz. Vsessouz. sezd. bakt. epidem. san. vrach.,  1929, 1:
111—4.—Osier,  W.  The diagnosis  of malarial  fever.  Med.
News, N. Y., 1897, 70: 289-92.—Pernia. E. Diagn6stico del
paludismo.   Tijeret.  malaria,  Maracay,  1943, 7: 196-8.—
Pezzeri, V.  La prova di Petersen nella malaria.  Bull. Accad,
med.  Roma, 1931, 57: 106-8.—Queipo Cam6,  F. Paludismo;
modernas aportaciones al diagn6stico.  Med, ibera, 1934, 28:
pt 1, 133-9.—Sainz, P. A., & Pardo  Jimenez. J.  Test amigda-
hno y paludismo.   Rev.  med. cir. Habana,  1938, 43:  183-90,
tab.—Sinton, J. A. The value of provocative  methods in the
diagnosis of uncured malarial  infections.    Ind. J. M.  Res.,
1925-26, 13:  603-16.—Tabolov,  V.  [Diagnosis  of malaria
Vrach.  gaz., 1927, 31:  1602-4.—Tareev, E  M.   [Practical
instructions  for  diagnosis of  malaria]  Sovet.  med.,  1943, 7:
No. 4, 10-2.—Tetradze, A. N.  K voprosu o diagnozle  i statis-
tikie  malarii.   Vrach.  gaz.,  1905,  12:   1127.—Thonnard-
Neumann, R.  Einige alte und neue Malariaproben.   Wien.
med.  Wschr., 1943, 93: 186 (Abstr.)—Woldert. A.   The diag-
nosis  of the different forms of malarial   fever.  Medicine,
Detr.,  1900, 6:  365-76,  pi.—Zemboulis.   Contribution  a
l'etude  du diagnostic de la fievre remittente ou continue des
pays paludeens de l'Asie Mineure.  Rev. mdd. hyg.  trop., Par.,
1905,  2: 50-4.

----  Diagnosis: Adrenalin test.

   Boussofara_, S.   Contribution  a l'etude de la
reactivation du paludisme en Tunisie; adrenalino-
reaction.   82p.  8?   Par.,  1933.
   Grossmann,  E.  Ueber   die  Adrenalinlymphozytose bei
Malaria. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1926, 30: 684-701.


----  Diagnosis: Blood  examination.

   Wilcox,  A.   Manual  for the  microscopical
diagnosis  of  malaria   in  man.    39p.   23$cm.
Wash., 1942.
   Agramonte,  A.  Error de tecnica en el examen microsc6pico
de la sangre palustre.  Rev.  med. cir. Habana,  1899,  4: 329-
31.—Baquero Gil, G.  Momento de la toma de sangre en  el
diagn6stico  microsc6pico del paludismo.  Sem. med. espan.,
1943, 6: 44.—Barber, M. A.  The time required for the exami-
nation  of thick blood films in malaria studies, and the use  of
polychromatophilia as an index of anemia.  Am.  J. Hyg., 1936,
24: 25-31.—Baxter, G. E.  Clinical diagnosis of the  malarial
parasite.  Illinois M. J., 1904-05, n. ser., 6: 66-71.—Billet, A.
Diagnose differentielle des formes annulaires des hematozoaires
du paludisme.  C. rend. Soc  biol., 1906, 61: 754-6—Brault, J.
Examen n6gatif du sang peripherique dans un certain nombre
de cas  de paludisme  av6r6 (Algerie)  Ibid., 1901,  11. ser.,  3:
935-7.—Calder, J. A. L.  The microscopic diagnosis of  malaria.
Brit.  M.  J., 1903, 2: 348.—Cardamatis,  J., & Diamesis,  L.
Conclusions  sur l'epidemie   de  fievres  continues de l'annee
passee, et de quelques recherches microscopiques par lesquellea
on peut diagnostiquerle paludisme en default des hematozoaires.
Grece med., 1906, 8: 33.-—Chorine,  V.  Un nouveau traitement
du sang en  gouttes epaisses pour la recherche des parasites du
paludisme.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1932,  25: 561-63.—
Ciofti,  E.   Malaria ed  emoglobinuria  senza  zanzare?   Lav.
Congr.  med. int.  (1903) 1904, 13:  384.—Como  hacer el diag-
n6stico microsc6pico del paludismo.  Rev.  hig., Bogota, 1942,
23:  12-6.—Coogle, C.  P.   Microscopic  readings  an aid  to
 malaria diagnosis.  Texas J. M., 1932, 28: 470-3.—Coulon, G.,
<fc Sautet, J. Quelques remarques sur la valeur des examens de
sang  chez les paludeens chroniques.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par.,
 1931, 23: 241-3.—Crandall,  G. C.   Examination of blood for
malaria.  J. Missouri M. Ass.,  1905-06, 2: 168-70—Crawford,
T.   Technique of blood examination  for  malaria parasites.
 Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 348.—Denes, G.  Recherche du parasite
 malarique  dans le sang veineux.  Boll. Sez. ital. Soc.  internaz.
 microb., 1931,  3:  662.—Dhar, D.  R.  Diagnosis of  malaria.
 Ind.  M. Rec,  1943, 63: 272-5, tab.—Dormal, L.  Sul periodo
 piu favorevole per eseguire lo striscio di  sangue nei  malarici.
 Gior. med.  mil., 1943, 91: 457-64.— Duque Estrada, H.  Sobre
 um novo methodo de espalhamento de sangue para  pesquiza
 do hematozoario de  Laveran.  Gaz. clin.,  S. Paulo,  1904, 2:
 328.—Earle, W.  C, &  Perez Torres, M.  Enumeration  of
 parasites in the blood of malarial patients.  J.  Lab. Clin. M., 
MALARIA
83
MALARIA
1932 17- 1124.  Also Bull. Dep. Health Puerto Rico, 1937, 1:
176-83 — Elmendorf, J. E.  Results of blood examinations for
malaria parasites as practiced routinely in the laboratories of
the Florida State Board  of Health, by years.  Annual Rep.
Bd Health Florida (1941) 1942, 42: 43-8, tab —Essed, W. F.
R   [Parasitological diagnosis for practicing physicians; of the
Netherland Indies;  malaria parasites]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.
Indie, 1939, 79: 2397-411, 2 pi.—Galletti, D.  La  ricerca del
parassita malarico col metodo dell'arricchimento.  Policlinico,
1931,  38: sez. prat., 1541-3.—Halawani,  A., &  Sobky, M. F.
On the efficacy of the method of concentration of blood parasites
in  the diagnosis of malaria.  J.  Egypt. M. Ass., 1939, 22:  509-
IQ__Hoffmann, W. H.  Nachweis  von  Malariaparasiten in
schlecht gelungenen Blutausstrichen.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1935  39: 216.   ------  Diagn6stico del paludismo  en  pre-
paraciones muy  gruesas.   San. & benef., Habana,  1935, 38:
246.—Hopkins, H. O.  A  defibrinated blood-film concentration
method for the diagnosis  of malaria.   Malay. M. J., 1933, 8:
275.—Ichinose, H.  [The change of the morphology of blood,
the sedimentation time and resistance of red blood cells during
the course of  malaria]  Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1940, 29:
871-8 —Jerace,  F.   Metodi  per il   conteggio  dei  parassiti
malarici.  Riv. malariol.,  1933, 12: 1193-7, pi.  ----—  Raro
reperto ematico e parassitario nella malaria umana. Ibid., 1939,
18: 153-8, pi.—Justi, K.  The diagnosis of malarial fever in the
absence of parasites from the peripheral blood.  Tr. Far East.
Ass. Trop.  M.,  1912,  2.  Congr., 320-36.—Landeiro, F.  An-
reicherungsmethode fiir die Untersuchung  der Malariaparasiten
im Blute.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1934, 38: 253-5.—Le
Dantec.  Nouveau proc6d6 pour la recherche des parasites du
sang en g6n6ral et des hematozoaires du paludisme en particulier.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1903, 55: 1562.—Lunkevich, M. V.  Zamletka
po povodu izslledovaniya krovi  na chuzheyadniya  bolotnlkh
zabollevaniy.  Vrach,  S. Petersb., 1892, 13: 97.—Macklin, W.
E.  Examination of malarial blood.   China M. J., 1900, 14:
77-9 —McNaught, J. G.  The examination of the blood  in
malarial  fever.   Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1899, 34: 351-4—Mariotti-
Bianchi, G. B.  Di alcuni fatti poco frequenti rilevabili all'esame
del sangue dei malarici.  Riforma med.,  1902, 18: pt 3,  122-
6.—Mesquita, B. de.  Sobre  o  diagn6stico  microscopico do
impaludismo.   Bol. san.,  Luanda, 1940, 3: 207-20.—Murphy,
R  A.  Microscopic diagnosis  of malaria on a  group of tea
estates.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1929,  64: 557.—Negro, C, & Balp, S.
Sul valore dei corpuscoli rossi dell'emoglobina e della pressione
del sangue nel periodo di invasione della  febbre intermittente.
Gazz. osp., 1883, 4: 475.—Old, H. Malarial fever, with special
reference to the value of blood examination.   Tr. M. Soc.
Virginia (1900) 1901, 38-44.  Also Med. News, N. Y., 1901, 78:
339-41.—Panichi, L.  La diagnosi di malaria mediante l'esame
microscopico  del sangue  a fresco.  Policlinico, 1899-1900,  6:
Suppl., 1250.—Perez Piquero, G.  El examen de la sangre en el
tratamiento del paludismo.  Arch. Soc.  estud. clin. Habana,
1899-1900, 10: 364-75.—Peserico, L.  La sintomatologia della
malaria nel Veneto in raffronto  con  la diagnosi microscopica.
Gazz. osp., 1903,  24: 174-6.—Pippia, G. II reperto del parassita
malarico nel sangue durante il periodo interepidemico.  Riv.
malariol., 1926,  n. ser.,  5:  25-34.—Polumordvinov, A. D.
[Methods in examining the blood for malaria]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1938, 7: 618.—Powell, A.  The  blood examination of
three thousand four hundred cases of febrile disease in Bombay;
seasonal  prevalence  of the different malaria  parasites; the
diagnosis of the  variety of the young stained parasites.  Ind.
M. Gaz., 1904, 39: 41-5; 2 diagr.; 85—Puxeddu, A.  La ricerca
del parassita  malarico nel sangue periferico secondo i diversi
metodi di arricchimento;  suo ualore pratico per la diagnosi di
malaria intente.   Rinasc. med., 1933, 10: 233.—Raskin,  A. J.
[Comparative diagnostic value of hematological and parasitolog-
ical data in post-malarial period]  Med. parazit., Moskva,  1938,
7: 801-12.—Rees, D.  C.  Malaria;  its  parasitology  with  a
description of methods for demonstrating the organism in man
and  mosquito.   Practitioner, Lond., 1901,  66:  271-300.—
Ribeiro Vianna.  Exame  do sangue no paludismo e dados por
elle fornecidos.  Gaz. med. Bahia, 1903-04, 35: 31-5.—Ross, R.
An improved  method  for the  microscopical diagnosis of inter-
mittent  fever.  Lancet, Lond., 1903, 1:  80.—Royster, H. A.
Practical results in the  diagnosis of continued fevers  from
examination of the blood. Tr. M. Soc. N.  Carolina, 1897, 44:
94-102.—Ruge,  R.  Zur  Erleichterung  der  mikroskopischen
Malariadiagnose.  Deut.  med.  Wschr., 1903, 29: 205.  ---;---
Die mikroskopische  Diagnose des anteponierenden  Tertian-
fiebers.  Festschr. 60. Geburtst.  Robert Koch,  1903, 171-3 —
Sereni, S.  Contributo alio studio  del  sangue dei malarici;
nuovo metodo tecnico per la ricerca dei parassiti.  Policlinico,
1907, 14: sez.  med., 457-70.  ------   A proposito della ricerca
del parassita  malarico col metodo dell'arricchimento.  Ibid.,
1931, 38: sez. prat., 1700.—Stephens, J. W. W., & Christophers,
S.  R.  Malarial fever without parasites in the peripheral blood.
Rep. Malaria  Com. R.  Soc.  London, 1901,  ser.  5, 7r10.—
Tangari, F. La diagnosi microscopica delle forme malariche al
letto dell'ammalato.  Gior. malaria, 1907, 1: 173-81.—Taylor,
A.  J.  The blood film and malaria.   Gradwohl Lab.  Digest,
1941-42,  5: No.  3, 7.—Ter-Vartanov, A.  [Methods in  mass
examinations  of  blood for malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1936,  5:  443.—Toporkov, F.  M.  [Pathogenesis of  malaria;
determination  of  Plasmodia  in afebrile stages of  malaria]
Ibid., 405-11.—Whitehead, R. H. The microscope in diagnosis
of  malaria.   Tr.  M.  Soc. N.  Carolina,  1897,  44: 103-8 —
Wilcox, A.  Blood films in malaria.   Trop. M.  News, N. Orl.,
1944, 1: No. 4, 19.  ------ & Logan, L.  The detection and
differential diagnosis of malarial parasites in the schizogonous
and sporogonous cycles.  In: Sympos. Human Malaria (Am.
Ass. Advance. Sc.) Wash., 1941, 47-62.—Wolter, A.  Ueber die
Schnelldiagnose der Malaria mit Hilfe des Dunkelfeldes.  Derm.
Zschr.. 1932. 63: 69-72.


----  Diagnosis: Blood examination—Staining.
   Hoffmann,  W.  H.   Nachweis von  Malaria-
parasiten in schlecht gelungenen Blutausstrichen.
2p.   24cm.   Lpz.,  1935.
   Abdel Kerim, M.  The thick drop method in the diagnosis
of malaria.  J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1935, 18: 232-7.—Andrews, J.
Thick  film' malaria diagnosis for  the  private  practitioner.
Georgia Malaria Bull., 1938, 1: 14-7.—Barber, M. A., & Komp,
W. H. W.  Method of preparing and examining thick films for
the diagnosis of  malaria.  Pub. Health  Rep., Wash., 1929, 44:
2230-341.-—Berestnev, N. M.  Okraska plazmodiy malyarii i
drugikh  prostielshikh  po sposohu  Romanovskavo  i  yevo
vidoizmieneniyam.  Russ. arkh. pat.,  1900, 10: 339-48,  pi.—
Billet,  A.  De la  recherche de l'hematozoaire du paludisme
dans le  sang et de sa coloration.  Caduc6e, 1902, 2: 181-5.—
Boye, R.  Methode de  coloration extra-rapide  des hemato-
zoaires du paludisme par le Romanowsky simplifie au bleu de
st6venel-eosine, en deux  temps. Bull.  Soc path, exot.,  Par.,
1940, 33: 248-52.—Budilin, V. G., & Andreieva, V. V.  [Simple
and  quick  method  of preparation  of stain for demonstrating
malarial Plasmodium]   Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30:  592.—Castro,
G.   El  diagnostico rapido de  la malaria en  la  gota gruesa.
Rev. med., S.  Jose, 1939, 6: 466-9.  Also Engl, transl., J. Lab.
Clin. M.,  1939-40,  25:   1308-10. — Coenaes  [Use of buffer
solutions with Giemsa's stain in malaria]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
1927, 71:  pt 2, 579-82.—Craig, C. F.  Observations upon the
quartan malarial parasite and upon the staining reactions of
the  tertian,  quartan and estivo-autumnal parasites.   Med.
News,  N.  Y., 1900, 77:  681-5.  ——  A new method of
staining the malarial parasites, with a description of the staining
reactions.  N. York  M.  J.,  1902,  76: 451-3.—Field, J. W.
Rapid staining  of  thick  blood films  for malarial diagnosis.
Annual Rep. Inst.  M. Res.,  Kuala Lumpur  (1939) 1940, 52.
         A simple method of preserving the outlines of leuco-
cytes  and malarial parasites in Giemsa-stained  thick  blood
films.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1939^0, 33: 635^8,
pi.  ------  A simple and rapid method of staining malarial
parasites in thick blood smears.  Ibid., 1940-41, 34: 195-202,
pi.—Froes, H. P.  II blu di metilene nella diagnosi della malaria
Riv. malariol., 1934, 13: 481-3.—Gerrard, P. N.  A modifica-
tion of the Aronson and Phillips staining method and its appli-
cation in the case of malarial blood.  Lancet,  Lond., 1899, 1:
1490.—Giemsa,  G.   Farbemethoden  fiir Malariaparasiten.
Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1902, 31: 429;  1902, 32: 307—Goldhorn,
L. B.   A new and rapid method of staining the chromatin of
the malarial organism;  also a report  on changes observed in
erythrocytes containing such parasites.   Proc. N. York Path.
Soc, 1901, n. ser., 1: 7-11.—Green, R.  A method of preparing
and staining thick  blood films for the diagnosis of malaria.
Tr. R. Soc.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1932, 26: 275-82—Gri-
gorieva, S. P.  [Staining of blood preparations and malaria
parasites]  Profil.  med.,  Kharkov, 1928, 7: 43-5.—Hackenthal,
H.   Eine  modifizierte   Schuffner'sche   Blutfarbung.   Deut.
Arch.  klin. Med., 1923, 143: 276-86.—Hanna, W.  A modi-
fication of the  Romanowski-Ruge method  of staining the
Plasmodium of malaria and other  protozoa.   Lancet, Lond.,
1901,  1: 1010.—Hewes, H. F.   The diagnosis of malaria  by
stained specimens of  blood.  Boston  M. & S. J., 1902, 146:
694.-—Holmes, J. G.  Thick film staining for malaria.  J. R.
Nav.  M. Serv., 1940, 26: 297.—Horder, E. G.  A modification
of the Aronson and Phillips staining method and its application
in the case of malarial blood.  Lancet, Lond., 1899, 2: 889.—
Ince,  H. T.  A simple thick drop method of staining blood  for
malaria. Ind. M. Gaz.,  1944, 79: 107.—James, S. P.  A note
on  the Shute technique for staining malaria parasites with
Leishman's stain and on the stippling in infected  red blood
corpuscles which it reveals.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1929-30 23: 269-78.—Jerace, F.  La colorazione dei parassiti
malarici.  Riv. malariol., 1934,  13: 114-20.—Johnson, F. B.
The diagnosis  of malaria by the thick blood-film method.
South. M.  & S.,  1933,  95: 185-7— Kern, B., &  Kustner, H.
Das  gewaschene Blutbild  (verbesserte  und  vereinfachte
Malariadiagnostik)   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1943, 90: 750.—
Kormoczi, E.  A  malariaplasmodiumok ket uj festesi m6djar61:
Manson-f61e  methylenkekkel; Giemza-azurral.   Orv.  hetil.,
1903, 47: 471.  Also Pest. med.  chir.  Presse, 1903, 39: 992.—
Komp, W. H. W.  Additional notes  on the preparation and
examination of thick blood films for malaria diagnosis.  Pub.
Health Rep., Wash.,  1933, 48:  875-84.—Koreck, J.   Zur
Farbetechnik  der  Malariaparasiten.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,
1903, 29: 300.—Kotovshchikov,  S.  K  tekhnikie okrashiva-
niya plazmodiy bolotnoi likhoradki. Vrach, S. Petersb., 1900,
21: 539.—Krauss, W.  The role of the physician and the value
of the thick film in the control of malaria.  South. M. J., 1931,
24- 424-6.—Leishman,  W. B.  The application of Romanow-
sky's  stain  in  malaria.   Brit.  M. J.,  1901,  1:  635-7, pi.—
Lillard, Z. T. The importance of staining the malarial parasite.
Texas State  J. M., 1905, 1: 198-200—Mamurovski, A. G.
K  tekhnikie izolirovannoi okraski kroveparazitov  bolotnoi
likhoradki.  Med. obozr., Moskva,  1892, 38: 592-5—Mariani,
G., & Besta, B.  Colorazione con bleu di metilene ammoniacale 
MALARIA
84
MALARIA
degli strisci gia trattati con Giemsa.  Arch. ital. sc.  med. col.,
1936, 17: 377-80— Medalia, L. S., Kahaner, J. R.,  & Singer,
A. J.   Staining method for thin and thick smears for malaria
and  other cell containing bodv  fluids.  Am. J. Clin. Path.,
1944, 8: Techn. Sect., 68-70.—Method  (A) of preparing and
examining thick  films for the diagnosis of malaria.  Canad.
M. Ass.  J., 1930, 22:  842.—Morisita, K.   The  thick film
method  in  mass-diagnosis  of  malaria;  its effectiveness and
practical application in  prevention work, with remarks on
some important points of differentiating the species of parasites.
Taiwan  igakkai zassi, 1928, 71.—Murphy, R. A.   Some  ob-
servations on the preparation  and examination of thick films
for malaria parasites. Ind. M. Gaz., 1930, 65: 325.—Otero, M.
Nuevo procedimiento, sencillo y seguro para la demostraci6n
del hematozoario  de Laveran.   Gac.  med.  Mexico,  1903,
2. ser.,  3:  91-3.—Packchanian, A. A.  Malaria thick films
contaminated with excretions of  flies  containing  flagellates
(Herpetomonas)   Am. J. Trop. M.,  1944, 24: 141-3.—Pam-
pana, E. J.  Colorazione dei preparati a goccia spessa; hemoglo-
binizzazione con soluzioni  isotoniche.   Riv. malariol.,  1938,
17: 300-4.—Pawan, J.L.  A note on the use of the Romanowsky
stains in the tropics.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1936, 22: 121-3.—
Pulle, A. W. Kleuring van malariaplasmodien volgens Giemsa.
Mil.  geneesk.  tschr., 1906, 10:  97-100,  2 pi.—Reuter, K.
Demonstration  von  Malariapraparaten  nach  einer  neuen
Farbemethode.   Verh.  Ges. deut. Naturforsch.  (1901)  1902,
73: pt  2, med.  Abt., 582-4.  ------  Ueber  den  farbenden
Bestandteil der Romanowsky-Nochtschen Malariaplasmodien-
farbung,  seine Reindarstellung und praktische  Yerwendung.
Zbl.   Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1901, 30:  248-56,2 pi. —Roberts, J. I.
Field's rapid method of  staining malaria parasites.   East Afr.
M. J., 1940-41, 17: 232-4.—Ross, R.  Photographs illustrating
the parasites of malaria in  a stained deha?moglobinised thick-
film  preparation.  J.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1903, 6: 37, pi.—
Ruge, R.  Zur Diagnosefiirbung der Malariaparasiten.  Deut.
med. Wschr., 1900, 26: 447.—Schilling, V.  Neuere Leistungen
der Methode des dicken Tropfens. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1932, 36: 230-9.—Sforza, C.  Sopra  un processo semplice di
colorazione degli ematozoari della malaria.  Gazz. osp.,  1893,
14: 330.—Shtshegolev, M. G.  O novom, vlernom  i prostom
sposobie  okraski  malyariynavo parazita i morfologicheskikh
elementov krovi  metilenovoi sinkoi i  eozinom.   Med. obozr.,
Moskva, 1902, 57: 151-8.—Sieburgh, G.  [Staining of malarial
parasites by Leishman-Shute method]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned.
Indie, 1931, 71:  904-9.—Sivalingam,  V.   Technique for pre-
paring and staining  blood  films for examination for  malaria
parasites.  J. Ceylon  Brit. M. Ass., 1940, 37: 107-18.—Soesilo,
R. [Rapid staining of thick drops]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie,
1933, 73: 982-4.—Stanojevic, L.  Das Guttadiaphotverfahren
bei der  Malaria.   Med. Welt, 1935,  9: 1635-7.—Stefanski,
V. K.  K voprosu ob  okraskie parazitov malyarii po Romanov-
skomu.   Russ. arch, pat.,  1900,  10:  259-66.-—Summary by
counties of 1938 fall thick blood film surveys of elementary
school children.  Georgia Malaria Bull., 1940, 3: 16.—Urquhart,
G. T.f & Walker, A. J. The diagnosis of malaria by thick blood
films.   Med.  Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) N.  Y., 1935-36, 2:
89-94.—Van Rooyen, C.  A.  Observation of malaria parasites
in fresh blood films.  Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: 87.—Wells, R. T.
Demonstration  of the asexual cycle of the  benign tertian
parasite in blood-films from a case  of  quotidian ague.   Tr.
Glasgow Path. Clin. Soc,  1905-06, 11: 9-12.—White,  J. C.
The Romanowsky stain for demonstrating the tertian malarial
parasite.  Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1901,  36: 52-4.—Wilson,  D. B.
Thick film appearance  of malaria parasites.   Tr. R.  Soc.
Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1941-42, 35: 201.—Woldert, A.  Some
new methods of staining the sporozoa of malarial fever, with
specimens.  Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1899-1900, n. ser.,
3: 103-7.----—  A case of  malarial fever; some  stains for
the sporozoa of malaria.  Philadelphia M. J., 1900, 5: 869.-—
Wood,  F. C.  A  simple and  rapid chromatin stain for  the
malarial  parasite.  Proc.  N.  York Path. Soc, 1903-04,  3:
42-8.  Also Med. News, N. Y.,  1903, 83: 248-50.—Wright,
J. H.  A rapid method for the differential staining of blood films
and  malarial  parasites.   J. M. Res., 1902, n. ser., 2: 138-44.

----   Diagnosis: Bone marrow.
   Aitken, G. J.  Sternal puncture in the diagnosis of malaria.
Lancet,  Lond.,  1943, 2: 466-8.—Caccuri,  S.   La puntura
sternale  nei malarici provenienti  dah"Africa  italiana e la sua
importanza medico-legale.  Assist, sociale, Roma,  1939,  13:
368-72.—Garozzo, S.  La sternopuntura nella infezione malarica.
Gazz. osp., 1939, 60: 690-5.—Giovanni, A.  L'esame del midollo
mediante puntura sternale nella malaria. Ibid., 1937, 58: 871-
5.—Kassirsky, I. A.  [On G. D. Rabinovich's article Significance
of puncture of the sternal bone marrow in diagnosis of malaria]
Klin, med., Moskva, 1940,  18: No. 6, 133-5.—Lemos T6rres,
U., & Paula e Silva, J. de.  Valor da puncao esternal para o
diagn6stico da malaria,  An.  paul. med.  cir.,  1942,  44:  63.
Also  Rev. paul. med.,  1942, 20:  239.------   Contribuicao
para  o estudo da  medula ossea na malaria.  Sao Paulo med.,
1942, 15: 343-57, tab.—Manai, A., & Michetti, G.  II mielo-
gramma nell'infezione malarica.   Gior. ital.  mal. esot.,  1938,
11: 197-206.—Portier, A.  La ponction de la moelle  osseuse et
la ponction de la  rate au cours du paludisme.   Algerie med.,
1937, 4. ser., 41:  611-49.—Pozzi, A.   Studi sul midollo osseo
nei malarici.  Policlinico, 1928,  35: sez. med., 251-63, pi.—
Rabinovich, L. D.  [Significance of puncture of sternal bone-
marrow in diagnosis of malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1940, 18:
 No. 2,  HI2  7.  Rumball, C.  A.,  Parsons-Smith,  II.  <;..  A
 Nancekievill, L.  Sternal punctuie  in the diagnosis of malaiia.
 Lancet,  Loud.,  1943, 2:  40S.- Srhultop. W.  Bedeutung der
'Sternalpunktion in Diagnose und lie/idi\ prognose der Malaria.
 Miinch.  med. Wschr.,   1944,  91:  384.—Sorge,  G.  Ricerche
 parassitologiche nel  midollo osseo di  malarici.  Moll. Soc. ital.
 biol. sper., 1029, 4: 213.  Also Riforma med., 1929,  45: 872.—
 Videla, C. A. El medulograma en el  paludismo.  An. Policlfn.
 enferm.  infec, B. Air., 1940, No. 2,  65-70.   Also  Rev. med
 B.  Air., 1940, 2:  594-6.—Voorhoeve,  H. C.  Diagnostic du
 paludisme au moyen  de ponction sternale.  Haematologica,
 Pavia, 1937, 18: 739-47.

 ----   Diagnosis, differential.
   Banerjea, J.  C.  Some observations on  difficulties  in the
 diagnosis of  malaria.  Antiseptic, Madras, 1934, 31: 523-7.—
 Brodnax, B. H.  Autotoxemia or malaria.  Texas  M.  News,
 1904-05, 14: 1-3.—Carducci,  A.  Contributo alio studio di
 alcune  febbri intermittent! di dillicile interpretazione.  Boll.
 Soc. Lancisiana osp. Roma, 1905, 25: 69-98.—Castellani, A.
 Malaria simulating  various other  diseases  including certain
 surgical  conditions.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1930, 33: 357-
 64.—Doxiades,  A.  Ai o\kotis tup eX«o"ytj/wi< TtvptrCiv 7ipos rd$
 \oifiuHtis pdirovs.    'laTpuibs p.r)pvrup, 1906,  6:  150.-  Felletar,
 E.   Phosphormergezes  vagy  malaria?   Gy6g> :iszat,   I'.io.'l,
 43:   564.— Fischer,   O.    Zur  Differentialdiagnose  der
 chronischen  Malaria.    Klin.  Wschr.,  1933,  12:  1145-8.—
 Floriani,  C.   Diagnostico diferencial del paludismo.  Acci6n
 med., B. Air., 1940, 10: 651.—Fiirst, T.  Epidemiologic  Dia-
 gnose  und  Prophylaxe der  Malaria  und  malariaiihnlichen
 Erkrankungen (Pappataci und Rekurrens)   Erg. Hyg.  Bakt.,
 1920,4:204-8.—Goudsmit, J.  [Case  of pseudo-malaria]  Ned.
 tschr. geneesk.,  1933, 77: 5252-60.—Hodgson, E. C, Vardon,
 A. C, & Singh, Z.  Preliminary note on a quick and simple test
 for the differentiation of malaria from kala-azar, enteric and
 other fevers.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1926-27, 14: 779-84.—Johnston,
 W. W.  The differential diagnosis of some diseases characterized
 by  fever of intermittent type with more or less fixed intervals.
 Tr. M. Soc. District Columbia (1898) 1899, 3: 176-8.—Naegeli,
 O.  Differentialdiagnose zwischen Typhus und Malariaformen.
 In his Differ. Diagn. inn. Med., Lpz.,  1936-37, 473.—Question
 a debattre: les rapports des fidvres  palustres  avec les maladies
 infectieuses.   Grece  med., 1906, 8: 26—Rogers, L. Malarial
 fevers  among Europeans in Calcutta, and their differentiation
 from the seven-day  influenza-like fever.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1906,
 41: 81-9, 3  pi.—Sami Bey.   Les difficultes du  diagnostic
 clinique  de la malaria.   Rev. prat. mal. pays  chauds, 1930, 10:
 570-2.—Sergi,  A.   Importanza  diagnostica  della malaria.
 Malariologia, Nap.,  1929, 22:  No. 4, 68-72— Tareev,  E. M.
 [Pseudomalarial fevers]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1932,  36: 1206-
 11.—Vaillard.   Sur  un  cas de fievre nerveuse ayant  simuie
 la fievre  malarique  a  type quotidien.   Bull. Soc med.  h&p.
 Paris,  1902, 3.  ser., 19: 343-9.—Vitug,  W., & Ignacio, P.
 Clinical  mimicry in malaria.   J. Philippine  Islands M. Ass.,
 1927,  7:275-82.

 ----    Diagnosis: Error.

   Rieux,   J.   Paludisme  et  pseudo-paludisme.
 43p.   8?   Par., 1932.
   Brasslavsky,  P. I.  [Value of correct diagnosis  in the first
 stages  of malaria]  Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 3L—De  Castro, A.
 Wrong diagnosis in a case of chronic malaria.  Ind. M. Rec,
 1902,  23:  540.—Levi,  I. V., &  Asher,  J.  M.  Malarial fever
 mistaken and treated  for thermic fever.   Philadelphia  M. J.,
 1902, 10: 228.-—Mauriac, P.  D'une  fievre pseudo-palustre et
 de_ l'embarras du  medecin.  Presse  med., 1938,  46:  1155 —
 Miyake, I.  [Four cases of pseudomalaria]   Chiugai iji sinpo,
 1901, 22: 1032-7—Mufel, P. P.  [Pseudomalaria]  Klin, med.,
 Moskva, 1937, 15: 1333-7.—Oppen,  F. van   [Another case of
 pseudo-malaria]   Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1934, -78: 1221-3 —
 Rieux, J.  Le pseudo-paludisme.  Rev.  g6n. clin. ther., 1928,
 42: 369-74.—Ro, M., & Yugawa, H.  Protozoological observa-
 tions on a severe case of malaria tropica, with many schizonta
 in the peripheral blood, clinically mistaken  for typhoid fever.
 Taiwan igakkai  zassi, 1940, 39: 1500.—Ruge, R.  Irrthumer in
 der Malanadiagnose und ihre Vermeidung.   Verh. Ges. deut.
 Naturforsch. (1901)  1902, 73: pt 2, med. Abt., 582.  Also Deut.
 Aerzte Ztg, 1902, 122-6.—Sherman,  R. Z.   [Diagnostic errors
 in malaria m children]  Pediatria,  Moskva,  1941,  No. 6, 38-
 c'~sta.nnus» H- s-   Malaria parasites  appearing in blood
 after splenectomy for  supposed Banti's disease.   Tr.  R. Soc.
 T/op. M-  Hyg., Lond.,  1930-31, 24: 375.—Voino-Iasenetsky.
 vJoo * „iMSla,n5 as cause of ^agnostic errors]  Vrach.  delo,
 Ix  V  inio7, â„¢ Watson'  M"   Misleading malaria.   Brit.


 ----    Diagnosis:  Evaluation  of  method.
   Chediak,  M   &  Chediak,  A.   Nuestra  experiencia en el
 ^Qgrn(fo1C0^el  Paludlsm°-   Rev. med.  cubana,  1933,  44:
 143.^-49— Gingrich, W.  Recent research upon  the diagnosis
 of malaria.  South..  M. J  1936, 29: 753-5.-Knowles, R., &
 Gupta, B. M. D  Clinical studies  in malaria by cultural and
 enumerative methods.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1932,  67: 432— Yu. N.
 t... &  Ying,Y.  Y.  Comparative  merits  of peripheral blood
 smear, ephednne provocative test and sternal puncture in the
 diagnosis of malaria.  Chin. M.J., 1942, 60: 31-7. 
MALARIA                                          85                                          MALARIA
 ----â–    Diagnosis, laboratory.
    Beck, I. A.  Some points in the laboratory diagnosis of ma-
 laria in the China-India-Burma  theatre.  Field M. Bull. U. S.
 Army,  N. Delhi,  1943, 2: 114-7.  Also Rhode Island M. J.,
 1944, 27:  65-7.—Bohls, S. W.  Laboratory technic  and re-
 search work as it  pertains to malaria.  Texas J. M., 1937-38,
 33: 15-9.—Cares,  R. Rapid diagnosis of malaria by the use of
 a Wratten fight filter. J. Lab. Clin. M„ 1942-43, 28: 1750.—
 Denhoff, E.  The  laboratory diagnosis of malaria.   Med. Clin.
 X. America, 1944,  28: 1458-63. ------& Piper, B. C.  Labora-
 tory aids in the diagnosis of malaria.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1944, 29:
 581-24.—Fairley, N. H., & Bromfield, R. J.  Laboratory studies
 in malaria and blackwater fever; malaria.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.
 M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1933,  27: 289-314.—Greaves,  A. V.  The
 laboratory diagnosis of malaria.   Caduceus, Hong  Kong, 1933,
 12: 113-7.—Jacobs, H.  R.  Laboratory procedures  in  the
 diagnosis of  malaria.  Am. J.  M. Techn.,  1943,  9:  57-9.—
 Klein, W. T.  Laboratory diagnosis and life cvcle of the parasite
 of malaria.  N. York State J. M., 1903, 3: 275-9.—Knowles, R.
 The laboratory diagnosis of malaria.  Ind. M.  Gaz., 1931, 66:
 271-8.—Lopatin, G. M.   Diagnosis and laboratory investiga-
 tion of malaria in  children.  Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39:
 518 (Abstr.)—Palanca, J. A.  El diagn6stico del paludismo en
 el laboratorio.  Progr. clin., Madr., 1917,  10: 229-47.—Patter-
 son, J.  N.  Laboratory diagnoses, their usefulness  and limita-
 tions.  Rep. Florida Antimosquito  Ass.,  1941,  15:  30-5.—
 Sinton, J. A.   The  diagnosis  of malarial infections.  Month.
 Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Lab. Serv., Lond.,  1944, 3: 2-7 —
 Sirca, A.   L'applicazione della sinforeazione all'indagine dello
 stato di alcuni organi nella malaria nell'eta infantile. Pediatria
 (Riv.) 1928, 36: 135-42.—Swift, D.  The laboratory diagnosis
 of malaria.  J. Canad. M. Serv., 1943-44, 1: 573-8.

 ----   Diagnosis: Serodiagnosis.

    See also subheading Henry test.
    Akasi, K., & So,  T.   [A simple  sero-diagnostic  method for
 malaria]  Taiwan  igakkai zassi, 1941, 40:  1292-301.—Amze-
 lowna,  R.  [Wassermann's  reaction in malaria]   Med. dosw.,
 1936, 20: 329-32.—Archer.  Paludisme et reaction de  Bordet-
 Wassermann.  J. sc. med. Lille, 1930, 48: pt 1, 93-9.—Beeuwkes,
 H.  [Paul-Bunnell reaction]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939,  83:
 149-54.—Cherefeddln,  O.   Wassermannsche  Reaktion  bei
 Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 282-5.—Chilov,
 K.  Untersuchungen fiber das Koagulationsband nach Welt-
 mann unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Malaria.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1931, 44:  1164-6.—Chorine, V., & Koechlin, D.
 Diagnostic du paludisme par mesure de l'instabilite du serum
 dans l'eau distillee.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 375-
 8.—De Blasi,  D.    Sulla deviazione  del  complemento nella
 malaria umana. Ann. igiene sper.,  1907, n. ser., 17: 677-87.—
 De Groat, A.  The Kahn verification test in malaria.  J. Lab.
 Clin. M.,  1942-43, 28: 882-5.—Delitala, P., & Rovasio, A.  Le
 reazioni di Wassermann, Sachs-Georgi, Meinicke nella malaria.
 Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3:495-508.—Dhont, C. M. [Serologi-
 cal reaction of malaria]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 2188-
 97.—Di Natale, A.  La reazione  di Wassermann e le reazioni di
 flocculazione nella  malaria.  Riv. malariol.,  1930, 9: 741-53.—
 Dulaney,  A. D., & House, V.   Precipitative tests  in malaria.
 Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 48: 620-3.—Dulaney, A. D.,
 & Stratman-Thomas, W. K.  Specific nature  of  complement
 fixing antibody in malaria as demonstrated by absorption tests.
 Ibid., 1940, 44: 347-9. ------ Complement fixation in human
 malaria; results obtained with various antigens.  J. Immun.,
 Bait., 1940, 39: 247-55.  ------& Warr, O. S.  Complement
 fixation in malaria with special reference  to the  diagnosis of
 naturally  acquired infections.   J. Bact.,  Bait., 1941,  41: 66.
 -----  The diagnostic value of complement fixation in malaria.
 Jv Infect.  Dis.,  1942, 70: 221-5.—Gerbinis,  P.  La reaction de
 Weil-Felix est negative dans  le paludisme.  Bull. Soc. path.
 exot., Par., 1934, 27: 19.—Harmsen, H., & Hauer,  A.  Serum-
 reaktionen bei Malaria tertiana; ein Beitrag  zur Frage  der
 Unspezifitat der Seroreaktionen.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69:
 147-52.—Henry.   La serologic  de l'infection  palustre;  son
 intent clinique. Lyon med.,  1929, 143: 256-9.—Hruszek, H.
 Apercus sur les reactions  serologiques au cours du paludisme.
 Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1935, 11:  492-4.—Jacobsthal, E. Sobre
 el principio del verification test  de Kahn en el  paludismo  y su
 simplificaci6n en las  reacciones de Kahn y  Collier-Jacobsthal-
 Padilla.  Bol.  san. Guatemala,  1941,  12: 190-6.—Kingsbury,
 A. N.  The complement fixation reaction.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.
 M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1926-27, 20: 359-64.—Kligler, I. J., & Yoeli,
 M.  The diagnostic and epidemiologic significance of the com-
 plement fixation test in human  malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M.,
 1941, 21:  531-43.-—Landeiro,  F. A reaccao de Weltmann na
 malaria.   Lisboa med.,  1935,  12: 771-4,  ch.—Le  Chuiton, F.
 Paludisme et reaction de Meinicke.  C. rend. Congr. internal.
 palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 798-802—Lippelt, H.  Sero-
 logische Diagnostik  der  Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
 1938, 42: 522-43.—Lloyd, R. B., &  Mitra, G. C.  The Wasser-
 mann reaction in malaria.  Ind.  J. M. Res., 1926-27, 14: 135-
 44.—Massa, M.   Remote e recenti ricerche sulla deviazione
 del complemento nei malarici.  Pathologica, Genova, 1929, 21:
 18-23.—Miyagi, T.   Result of  after-experiments  of  malaria
serum reaction and  consideration for same.   Bull. Nav. M.
Ass., Tokyo, 1940,  29: 59.—Mufel, P. P., & Subich-Popov, M.
F.  [Diagnostic value of Costa's reaction in malaria]  Klin, med.,
 Moskva, 193< , 8: 692.—Naidu, V. R., Rao, A. V., & Rajagopal,
M. D.  Modified malaria floccu ation test.  J. Ind. M. Ass.,
1941-42, 11: 340-2.— Pezzi, G.  La reazione di Gate e Papa-
costas nella malaria.  Ann. med. nav., Roma,  1929, 35: pt 1,
48-58.—Picado, C.   Nouvelle  reaction serologique  pour  le
paludisme.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 479-81.—Povoa, H.
Impaludismo  e Wassermann.   S.  Paulo med.,  1928-29,  1:
pt 2, 1-7.—Query, L. C.  Paludisme et reaction de deviation du
complement.  Rev. path, comp., Par., 1917, 17: 140—Rada-
covici, E.,  & Nicolescu,  E.  [Serological diagnosis in  malaria]
Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1935, 24: 655-75.—Row, R.  Precipitin
reaction in malarial sera. Tr. R. Soc.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond
1931, 24:  623-7, pi.—Ruge, H., & Maass, E.  Zur Frage der
Rubino-Reaktion.  In: Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 535-
7.—Saunders, G. M., & Turner, T. B.  The  Wassermann reac-
tion in malaria.  South. M. J.,  1935, 28: 542-6.—Sicault, G.
Les  microreactions serologiques du  paludisme; leur valeur
epidemiologique.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 565-9.
------& Messerlin, A.   Index serologique et premunition dans
le paludisme endemique.  Ibid., 1938, 31: 911-5.—Sidorova, E.
V.  [Costa's reaction  in  malaria]  Kazan, med. J., 1930, 26:
1094-101.—Smith, C. R. The specificity of the Kahn test  in
malaria.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 396-8.—Stratman-Thomas.
W. K.,  &  Dulaney, A.  D.   Complement fixation  in human
malaria; diagnostic application.   J. Immun., Bait., 1940, 39:
257-64.—Taliaferro, W. H.,  & Taliaferro, L. G.  A precipitin
test in malaria.  J. Pre v.  M.,  1928,  2: 147-67.------  &
Fisher, A. B.  A precipitin test in malaria.  Ibid., 1926-27,  1:
343-57.—Taussig,  A.  E., & Orgel, M. N.   The Kahn test  in
malaria.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1936-37, 22: 614-8.—Tyagaraja,  S.
The serological diagnosis of malaria.  J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass.,
1938, 35:  342-8.—Wolff, E. K.   Buffer  precipitation test for
malaria.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938-39, 32: 707-
16.  ------ The buffer precipitation test for malaria adjusted
for large-scale  examinations.   Ind. M. Gaz.,  1940, 75: 517-9.

----  Diagnosis: Skin test.
   Cekhnovitzer, M. M., & Moldavskaya-Kaichevskaya, V. D.
[Intracutaneous test in  malaria]  Trop. med.  vet., Moskva,
1931, 9: 261; 373.—Herrmann, O., & Lifschitz, M.  Intrakutane
Reaktion  als  Diagnose der  Malaria.   Zschr.  Immunforsch.,
1930,  65:  240-4.—Mufel,  P.  P.,  &  Andreeva-Bulykina,
V. V. [Review of the diagnostic value of intracutaneous reac-
tion in malaria]  Med.  parazit., Moskva,  1933, 2: 256-8.—
Rocchi, F.  Intradermoreazioni e anticorpi  verso il pigmento
malarico.  Riv. malariol., 1931, 10: 161-82.-—Soberon y Parra,
G.   Intradermo-reaccion que puede ser util en el diagn6stico
del paludismo. Gac.  med. Mexico, 1944, 74: 75-83.—Trensz,
F.   Sur un nouveau  procede d'intradermoreaction  pour  le
diagnostic de l'infection paludeenne.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,
116: 1082-4.

----  Diagnosis: Tyrosin reaction.
   Kitagawa, M., & Vazquez-Colet, A.  Observations on the
protein tyrosin reaction as a diagnostic test  for  malaria.  Acta
med. philip., 1940-41, 2: 355-65, inch tab.—Proske, H. O., &
Watson, R. B.  The  protein tyrosin reaction; a biochemical
diagnostic test for malaria.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,  1939,
54: 158-72.  Also J.  Med., Cincin.,  1939-40,  20: 279-88.—
Swartzwelder, J. C, & Adams, C. C.  Studies  on the protein
tyrosine reaction as a diagnostic test for malaria. Am. J. Trop.
M., 1941,  21: 717-23.

----   Diagnosis: Ucko reaction.
   Vesce, C.  La reazione di Ucko nella malaria cronica.  Diagn.
teen, lab., Nap., 1939, 10: 250-9.

----  dysenteric.
   Audain, L.  Les entero-colites malariennes.  Rev. med. hyg.
trop., Par., 1905, 2: 30.—Burns, W. B.  Malarial dysentery.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1903, 41: 246.—Clark, S. F. On hemorrhage
from the bowel in malarial disease.  J. R. Army  M. Corps,
1904, 3: 134-7.—Dibares, N. G.  'E\uStjs   wperds  inrd  xXofft-
ktip itop(pT)p SvcrtPTeplas.   'IarpiKi) irpooSos,   1904,  9:  137-40.
Heisch, R. B.  Malaria and dysentery.  East Afr. M. J., 1940-
41, 17: 225-32.—Khalfen, S.  C.  [Colitis in malaria]   Sovet.
med., 1943, 7: No. 9, 12.—Quitter, F.  [Clinical investigation  on
dysenteriform malaria]   Cluj. med., 1937, 18:  722-8.-—Sainz,
P. A.  Diarreas en terreno paludico.  Rev.  med. cir.  Habana,
1937, 42:  61-9.-—Scozzari, D.   Sulla febbre enterorragica  da
malaria.   Gazz. osp.,  1904, 25:  1542-4.—Shiha, M. M. Dis-
cussion on malarial dysentery.  J. Egypt. M.  Ass., 1930, 13:
586-9.-—Soberon y Parra, G.  La enteritis de origen paludico.
Rev. med. veracruz.,  1939, 19: 2862-7.—Voino-Iasenecky, M.
V.  [Colitis and malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1943, 21: No. 7,
61-6.-—Zvorykina,  V.  N.  [Malarial  colitis in young children]
Pediatria,  Moskva, 1938, No. 9, 69-72.

----  Ear.
   Beselin, O.  Ueber Horstorungen bei Malaria.  In: Festschr.
B. Nocht, Hamb.,  1927, 37.—Brandao Filho, L. Um caso raro
e interessante  no dominio da otologia [otite palustre simulando
uma trombo-flebite do seio lateral]  Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1936,
4: 633-40.—Cornelli,  G. A proposito di alcuni casi di pseudo-
otomastoiditi  di origine  malarica.  Arch. ital.  otol., 1933,  44:
738-45.—Coste.  Contribution a l'etude clinique des otites et
des otalgies palustres.  Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1906, 47: 416-
29.—Mays, T. J.  A note on malarial vertigo.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
1903, 40:379. 
MALARIA
86
MALARIA
----   Edema and ascites.

   Geliadov, N. B.   *Oedema malaricum.   223p.
25cm.   Baku,  1934.
   Avramov,  P. G.  Sluchal obshchel vodyanki bez btelka v
mochle poslle peremezhnol likhoradki.  Prakt. med., S. Petersb.,
1901, 8: 6-8.—Bindi, F.  Edema acuto circoscritto in malarico.
Gazz.  osp., 1905,  26: 202-6.—Brun, H. de.  Etude sur la
pathogenie et les varietes  cliniques  de l'ascite  paludeenne.
Rapp.  Congr. fr. med., 1896-97, 3: fasc. 2, 471-8—Clark, O.
Impaludismo simulando nephrite com edemas (hydropisia palus-
tre)  Brasil med., 1927, 41: pt 1, 717.—Djaparidse, P. S. Ueber
die Frage der Malariaodeme.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935,
39:  252-6.—Domenikos, D.  '"tSpuif' A<r<ciT7js IXuSris.   'larpiKii
■Kpbobos,  1902,  7:  132.—Genoese, G.,  &  Zallocco,  A.   Gli
edemi  nella malaria dei bambini.   Pediatria (Riv.) 1928, 36:
1309-38.—Lovaglio, R.  Un caso di malaria acuta complicato
da edemi; contributo clinico alia patogenesi degli edemi  nella
malaria  acuta.   Riv. malariol.,  1933,  12: 1155-64—Mal-
massari, J.  Des fepanchements dans les sereuses, en particulier
pleurales, au  cours du paludisme.  Algerie med., 1943, 200-2.—
Masucci, A.   Contributo alio  studio delle successioni  morbose
della malaria; l'anasarca acuto nella malaria recente.  Ann.
med. nav., Roma, 1905, 2: 5-27.—Mikhallov, S. E.  Malariy-
nlye otyoki.  Vrach. gaz., 1905, 13: 157.—Morse, F. L.  Anasar-
ca in malaria.  S. Louis M. Rev., 1902, 46: 273.—Muratori, A.
L'ascite malarica.  Gazz. osp., 1900, 21: 1192.—Schupfer, F.
Sull'anasarca acuto nella malaria recente.  Policlinico, 1903,
10: sez. med., 502-15; 533.—Tareev, E. M., & Gontaeva,  A. A.
[Malarial edemas]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4: 127-35.—
Zakrzhevsky, E. B.  [The  so-called malarial edemas]  Klin.
med.,  Moskva, 1943,  21: No. 9, 43.


----   Endocrine aspect.
   Amorelli-Attina, A. Malaria e sistema endocrino-simpatico.
Studium, Nap., 1928, 18:  98-113. ------  Ancora sul  com-
portamento  del  sistema  endocrinosimpatico  nella  malaria.
Ibid.,  529-38.  ------  II sistema endocrino-simpatico nelle
fasi terminali dell'accesso malarico.  Ibid., 1929, 19:  161-7.—
B6naky,  N.  P.   Tumefaction de la glande mammaire et du
corps  thyroide dans  l'infection palustre.  Med. orient.,  Par.,
 1901,  5: 309-11.—Castronuovo,  G.  Neuropatie  centrali  e
 malaria con  speciale riguardo alle neuro-endocrinopatie d'ori-
gine palustre.  Fol. med., Nap.,  1926, 12: 281-8.—Chessa, F.
 La funzionalita surrenale nella malaria.  Riv. malariol.,  1938,
 17: 438-55.—Lambrichts.   Hyperthyroide et malaria; un cas
 a Leopoldville.  Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1932, 12: 137-41.—
 Leger, M.   Lesions viscerales et  glandulaires.   Rapp. Congr.
 fr. med., 1923, 17. sess., 27-47  [Discussion] C. rend., 21-9.—
 Loi, L.  Le gbiandole surrenali nella malaria perniciosa. Arch.
 pat.,  Bologna, 1933-34, 13:  405-12.—Maselli, D.  Lo  stato
 della  tiroide  nella infezione malarica.   Policlinico,  1927,  34:
 sez. med.,  472-81.—Mitra, M.  Distiroidismo da infezione
 palustre.  Cult.  med.  mod.,  Pal., 1934,  13: 143-7.—Paula
 Lopes Pontes,  J. de.  Forma  suprarenal  do impaludismo.
 Brasil med., 1934, 48: 296-300.— Peregrino Junior & Brandao,
 P. P.  Insufficiencia supra-renal no impaludismo; commentarios
 acerca de 10 casos clinicos.  Ibid., 1937,  51: 1047-58.—Poleck.
 Zur Frage der spaten Nebennierenschadigung durch  Malaria.
 Aerztl. Mschr., 1928, 179-84.  Also Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1928,
 24: 1008-12.—Teixeira Millet, C.  Paludismo e suprarenaes;
 formas suprarenaes do paludismo; syndrome de Fraga. Brasil.
 med., 1940, 54: 36-47.—Valenti,  C.   Sintomi del morbo di
 Addison  nella malaria.  Lav. Congr.  med. int., 1907,  17:
 188.—Waldorp, C. P. Endocrinopatfas en los paltidicos.  Bol.
 Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1926, 2: 407-15.

 ----   Epidemiology.

    See  also other subheadings;  also  Malariogra-
 phy; Malariometry.
    Andrews, J., Faust, E. C, & Watson, R. B. Recent advances
 in the epidemiology of malaria.  South. M. J., 1940, 33: 883-
 7.—Ascoli, V. La dottrina eziologica e la epidemiologia  della
 malaria.   Lav. Congr. med.  int., 1907, 17:  196-221.—Auto-
 trailer travel helps carry  malaria to north.   Gradwohl  Lab.
 Digest, 1937-38,  1:  2.-—Baron.   Le paludisme dans  les bases
 d'aviation  maritime de Karouba et  Sidi-Ahmed  (1928-31)
 Arch.  med.  pharm. nav., 1932,  122:  250—Coronado.   El
 paludismo es contagioso.  Rev. anat. pat.  clin., Mex., 1898, 3:
 41-53.—Craig, C. F.  Cyclical variation  in  the  incidence of
 malaria.  In: Sympos. Human Malaria (Am. Ass. Advance. Sc.)
 Wash.,  1941, 131-4.—D'Alessandro, V.  Pensieri sulle  inter-
 mittente e su i miasmi paludosi.  Filiatre sebezio, Nap., 1831,
 3: 257-67.—Epidemiology  of malaria.   Brit. M.  J.,  1936, 1:
 280.—Gardenghi,  G.   Contributo  alia  epidemiologia  dello
 malaria.  Rendic. Ass. med. chir. Parma,  1902, 3: 41-8, ch.—
 Gill,  C. A.  The forecasting of malaria  epidemics with special
 reference to the malaria forecast for the vear 1926. Ind. J. M.
 Res.,  1927-28, 15: 265-76,  ch.—Giugni, F..  &  Savorini, G.
 La ricomparsa di nuclei epidemici di febbre melitense;  rilievi
 clinici eel  epidemiologici;  associazione di  malaria  e febbre
 melitense.   Gior. clin. med.,  1928,  9: 325; 335.—Hackett,
 L. W.  Some obscure factors in  the epidemiology of malaria.
 Am.  J. Pub. Health, 1940,  30:  589-94.—Hanson, H.,  Boyd,
 M. F.. & Griffitts, T. H. D.  Some factors in the epidemiology
 of malaria.   Ibid., 1935,  25: 156-61.—Haynes,  W.  S.   The
 malaria  epidemic.  East Afr. M. J., 1940-41, 17: 216-21.—
Hopf, G.  Die  Bedeutung von Blutgnippenkonstellation und
Entwicklungsstadium  der  Plasmodien  fur Malanatyp  und
Inkubationszeit.  Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1928. 75:  1755.—
Jancso, N.  Ueber eine in der Universitiitskhnik entstandene
Malaria-Hausendemie.   Deut,  Arch. klin.  Med.,  1903, 76:
474-502.—Jonchere.   Quelques  conceptions  actuelles  sur
l'epidemiologie  et  le  traitement  du  paludisme.   Ann. mfd.
pharm. col., Par., 1934, 32: 46-09.—Krishnan, K. V.  Periodica]
appearance  of  malaria  epidemics.   Annual Rep.  All  India
Inst. Hyg., Calc.  (1938)  1939,  29.------A  new factor for
forecasting epidemic malaria.  Ibid., 30.— Landeiro, F.  Coloni-
zacao e malaria.  Clfn. hig. & hidr., Lisb.,  1938, 4: 386 93.—
Marquez, M. T.  Bosquejo de la epidemiologia  del paludismo.
Tijeret. malaria,  Maracay,  1943,  7:  204.—Martini, E.  Zur
Epidemiologie der Malaria.  Med.  Welt, 1934, 8: 1441-3.—
Montoro De  Francesco,  G.   Intorno alle nuove vedute sulla
epidemiologia della malaria.   Incurabili, 1902,  17: 257-87.—
Moshkovsky, S. D.  [Quantitative laws of malaria epidemiol-
ogy; theory of  malaria focusl  Med.  parazit.,  Moskva, 19-14,
13: No. 2, 3-42.—Murray, G. M.  Some brief comments on
malaria, the  age-old, universal fever.  Bull. Fulton  Co.  M.
Soc, 1939, 13:  No. 15, 3.—Nieto Caicedo, M.  La genesis de
las epidemias de malaria.  Tijeret. malaria, Maracay, 1944, 8:
22: passim.—Olsufiev, N.  [Contribution a l'etude des condi-
tions  de la  propagation du  paludisme]  Sovet. med., 1939,
No.  16, 38.—Perrod, G.  Contributo all'epidemiologia della
malaria. Gazz. osp., 1902, 23: 1558-60.—Rankov, M.   Soziale
Verhiiltnisse und Malariaverseuchung. In: Festschr. B. Nocht,
Hamb., 1937,  477-9.—Rogers, L.   Note  on  a proposal  for
enabling malarial epidemics  to  be foreseen  and  mitigated.
Rec.  Malaria  Surv. India,  1929-30, 1:  174-7.—Romby, P.
Rilievi  sulla epidemiologia  della malaria.  Gior.  med. mil.,
1936, 84: 125-33.—Roubaud,  E.   Les  equilibres  biologiques
dans l'etiologie  du paludisme. Acta Conv.  trop. malar, morb.,
1938, 2: 130-41.—Sautet,  J.  Peut-on  considerer comme un
facteur important de regression du paludisme une moins grande
aptitude du  parasite a former des gametes?  Rapp.  Congr.
internat. hyg.  mediter.  (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 242-5 —
Schilling, C.   Zur Epidemiologie der Malaria.  Zschr. Hyg.,
1929, 110: 120-5.  â– ------& Neumann, H.   Zur Epidemiologie
der Malaria.   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1933, 37: 438-46 —
Schuflner, W. A. P.  Two subjects relating to the epidemiology
of malaria.  J.  Malaria Inst.  India,  1938, 1: 221-56.—Sergent,
E.   Considerations generales sur l'epidemiologique du palu-
disme.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932, 10: 542-4.—Soeiro,
A., & Rebelo, A.   Notes on the epidemiology and parasitology
of malaria; according to an inquiry now proceeding in Lourenco
Marques.  S. Afr. M. J., 1938, 12: 841-7.—Soesilo, R. [Epi-
demiology of malaria]  Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned. Indie, 1933, 73:
67-74.—Testi,  F., & Mariotti Bianchi.   Le epidemie familiari
di malaria secondo le moderne vedute etiologiche.  Policlinico,
1901-02,  sez.  prat., 1089-97.—Vigdorchik, N.  A.   God v
malariynol mlestnosti  (k epidemiologii  malarii)  Vrach. gaz.,
1902,  9: 53;  85.—Wakasugi,  K.  Ueber pradisponirende
Ursachen der  Malaria.   Zschr.  med.  Ges. Tokyo, 1895,  9:
334-42, tab., ch.—Watson, R. B.,  Faust, E. C, & Simmons,
J. S.  Recent advances in the epidemiology of malaria.  South.
M. J., 1939,  32: 853-7.—Zambrano,  J.  M.  Epidemiologia
del paludismo.  An. Dep. nac. hig., B. Air., 1925, 31: 45-80.
----   Epidemiology: Agricultural factors.

   Klein, L.    *Rizieres  et paludisme.   49p.   8?
Par.,  1934.
   Berti, A. L.   Irrigaci6n, paludismo  y  cultivo.   Tijeret.
malaria, Maracay, 1943, 7:  1-10.—Herrick, G. W.  The rela-
tion of malaria to agriculture and other industries of the South.
Pop. Sc Month., 1902-03, 62: 521-5.—Lobo, M. M. Arrozalea
y paludismo.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1941, 48: 950-65.—Malaria
and irrigation.  Prescriber, Edinb., 1942, 36: 83.
----   Epidemiology: Anophelism.

   See  also  Anophelinae, Geographical distribu-
tion; Mosquito.
   Barber, M. A., Rice, J. B., & Mandekos, A. G.  The relation
of the density of the anopheline mosquitoes and the transmission
of malaria.  Am. J. Hyg., 1936, 24: 237-48.—Bradley, G. H.
Density of Anopheles quadrimaculatus and the prevalence of
malaria.  Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass.,  1943, 30:
20-2.—Duhanina, N. I., & Smetanina, M. A. [The distance to
Anopheles breeding places as a factor in the incidence of ma-
laria]  Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1943, 12: No. 3, 83.—Kligler,I.
 J.  The movements of anopheles at various seasons of the year
 with special reference to infected mosquitoes.  Tr. R. Soc.
 Trop. M.  Hyg.,  Lond., 1932, 26: 73-88.   ------ &|Mer, G.
Studies on malaria; long-range dispersion of Anopheles during
 the prehibernating period.   C. rend.  Congr. internat. palud.
 (1930)  1931, 2. Congr., 1: 242-55.  Also Riv. malariol., 1930,
 9:  363-74.  ----■—   Studies  on  malaria  in an uncontrolled
 hyperendemic area; behavior of A. elutus in relation to housing
 and malaria.  Ibid., 1932, 11: 553-83.—L6rincz,»F.. & Makara,
 G.  [Investigations concerning the occurrence of  malaria cases
 and  the density of  mosquitoes]  Nepegeszsegiigy,  1937,  18:
 879-85.—Marchoux.  Anophelismo e paludismo.  Rev. med.
 hyg. mil.,  Rio, 1927, 16:  288-93.—Matheson, R. The role of
 anopheUnes  in the  epidemiology of  malaria.   In: Sympos.
I Human Malaria (Am. Ass. Advance. Sc.)  Wash., 1941, 157- 
MALARIA
87
MALARIA
62.—Pasquini, P.   Sull'anofelismo  senza malaria  (del  suo
significato precario e degli accorgimenti che ne derivano per la
profilassi antimalarica)  Atti Soc studi malaria, 1907, 8: 437-
60,  pi.—Strickland,  C,  & Sen Gupta, S. C.   The seasonal
inf'ectivity of mosquitoes as determined  by a  study  of the
incidence of infantile malaria.   Tr.  R. Soc.  Trop. M.  Hyg.,
Lond.. 1936-37, 30: 245-50.—Torelli, U.  Osservazioni sulla
malaria con riguardo speciale  alia  teoria anofelica.   Gazz.
internaz. med. prat., 1901, 4:118-20.—Vargas, A.  E' a malaria
possivel em qualquer regiao de an6pheles? Fol. med., Rio, 1930,
11:  272-5.


----   Epidemiology: Climatic factors.

  Bellincioni, G.  Studio sulle relazioni tra piogge e malaria.
Riv. malariol., 1934,  13: 201-10.—Cremonese, G.  Malaria e
radiazioni  (saggio  di interpretazione biofisica di fenomeni
epidemiologic)  Riv.  osp., 1932, 22:  287-96.—Ellison, F. O'B.
Malaria epidemics and sun-spot cycles.  Tr. R. Soc Trop. M.
Hyg.,  Lond., 1935-36, 29: 659-65.—Griffitts, T. H. D.  Mos-
quitoes and malaria after hurricanes. Health Notes, Jackson-
ville,  1936, 28:  8.—Ivanov, V.  [Temperature  of the air and
epidemic  of  malaria]   Omsky med.  J., 1926, 1: 6, 79-84.—
Konsuloff, S. Berieselung und Malaria.  Zschr. angew. Entom.,
1933, 20: 461-3.-—Martini, E.  Kleinklima, Anophelesrasse und
Malaria.   Med. parazit., Moskva,  1935,  4:  70-4.   •------
Beitrag zum Problem Klima und Malaria.  Acta Conv. trop.
malar, morb., 1938,  2: 124-9.—Mircoli, S.  Riattivazione e
persistenze di forme malariche in zone amalariche; influenza
dell'ambiente sul determinismo  clinico  malarico.  Clin. med.
ital., 1905, 44: 434-50.—O'Connell, M. D.  Environment as a
cause  of ague.  Ind. Lancet, 1902, 20: 871; 905. Also Lancet,
Lond., 1902, 2:  662-7.—Rosa,  A.   L'influenza  dei   fattori
meteorici sull'andamento della malaria.  Riv. malariol., 1935,
14: 424-37.—Sergent, E. Meteorologie et rechutes de paludisme
(phases lunaires, pression barometrique)  Arch. Inst. Pasteur
Algerie, 1934, 12: 201-4.—Wakefield, H.  A contribution to the
etiology of malaria,  and to the analysis of some  relations of
meteorology  to chemical pathology.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905,
67: 81-90.—Wilson, T.  Meteorological factors as affecting the
incidence of malaria.  Malay. M. J.,  1935, 10: 39-48.
 ----  Epidemiology: Housing,  and land.

   Lane,  C.    Housing  and  malaria.    43p.    4?
 Geneve,  1931.
   Selmi, A.   II miasma  palustre; nuove  lezioni
 di chimica igienica.   142p.    18Hcm.   Padova,
 1871.
   Canalis, P.  I laghi artificiali nel bacino del Sangro  ed il
 pericolo della formazione di focolai malarici.   Igiene  mod.,
 1927, 20:  65-70.—Galliard, H.  Le  paludisme  autour des
 lagunes littorales.  Rev. sc, Par., 1929,  67:  170-80.—Griffitts,
 T. H. D.  Impounded waters and malaria.   Internat. J. Surg.,
 1926, 39: 229-34.  Also South.  M. J., 1926,  19: 367-70 —
 Khokhlov,  G. I.   Pityevaya voda i peremezhnaya  likhoradka.
 Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk.  med. obsh.,  1899-1900,  36:  512-
 26.—Marginesu, P.  Bacini artificiali e malaria.  Igiene mod.,
 1927, 20:  78-87.—Martini, E.   Epidemiologische Plauderei
 uber  Boden  und  Malaria.   Klin. Wschr., 1933,  12:  29 —
 Missiroli, A.  La casa colonica nelle zone malariche.  Difesa
 sociale,  1930, 9:  132-4.—Mufel,  P. P.,  & Nemirovskaya, A. I.
 [Role of fish ponds  in  the epidemiology of malaria]  Med.
 parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5: 753-7.—Pittaluga, G.  La habitaci6n
 en la epidemiologia del  paludismo.   Arch.  med.  Madr.,
 1926,  25:  201-17.  ——  El  problema  de  la  habitaci6n
 rural  y la  endemia paludica.   Med.  ibera, 1929, 25:  437-
 43.—Polidori, P.   Influence du  terrain  dans les  fievres ma-
 lariennes.   Scalpel, Liege, 1903-04, 56:  368.—Prescott,  B.  D.
 Malaria, malady of the marshes.   Sc. Month., 1943, 57: 452-
 6.—Raynal, J.  Note sur le paludisme  d'altitude.  Marseille
 med., 1932, 69: 245-60.—Reagor, F. B.   Relation  of stagnant
 water and malarial fever.  Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, 1901,  244-
 50.—Strickland,  C.  Hill malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70:
 559.  ------& Chaudhuri, H. P.  More on hill malaria.  Ibid.,
 1936,  71: 267-9.—Thayer, W. S.  Remarks on Dr.  Norton's
 paper: Is malaria a water-borne disease.  Johns Hopkins Hosp.
 Bull., 1897, 8: 43.—Tommasi-Crudeli, C.  Della distribuzione
 delle acque nel sottosuolo dell'Agro romano e della sua influenza
nella produzione della malaria.   Atti Accad. Lincei,  1878-79,
3. ser., 3: 183-98, 7 pi.  ------  Sulla distribuzione delle acque
nel sottosuolo romano, e sulla produzione naturale della malaria.
Ibid.,  1879-80,  3.  ser., 5:  359-73, 5  ch.—Walch, E. W.,  &
Schuurman, C. J.   [Saltwater fish ponds and malaria]  Meded.
dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1929, 18: 249-77, 8 pi.—Zon, B.  K.
[Saltwater fish ponds  and malaria]  Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned. Indie,
1939, 79: 529-40.
----   Epidemiology: Measures.
   See Malariometry.
----   equine.
   See Babesiasis.
----  Erythrocytes.
   Akkerman, V. V.  [On the stability of erythrocytes of stored
blood of malaria patient] Klin, med., Moskva, 1939, 17: No. 7,
59-63.—Chopra, R. N., & Chaudhury, S. G.  On the electric
charge of erythrocytes; malaria.  Ind.  J. M. Res.,  1933, 21:
273-6.—Denecke, K., & Malamos, B.  Ueber das makrozytare
Blutbild bei der Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39:
51-63.—Grigorieva, S. P.  [Osmotic properties of erythrocytes
in malaria]  Vrach. delo,  1936, 19: 389-92.—Petrov, V.  F.
Nablyudeniya  nad stoikostyu  krasnikh krovyanikh sharikov
primalyarii po  otnosheniyu  k slabim rastvoram khloristavo
natriya (0.4% i 0.2%)   Voen. med.  akad., 1904,  9: 283-99.—
Pinelli, L.  Resistenza globulare nelle  epatosplenomegalie  di
origine malarica.  Riv.  malariol., 1930, 9: 40-52.—Potapenko,
N.  A.,  &  Vulfovich  [Osmotic resistance  of erythrocytes  in
malaria]  Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 234-40.—Sarkissian, A.
B.  [Importance of number of erythrocytes in the blood during
malaria]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8: 5-10.

----  Erythrocytes: Infection.
   Barasciutti, A.  Sulla presenza  di plasmodi  della  malaria
negli eritrociti  a  reazione  granulo-filamentosa.   Gazz.  osp.,
1937, 58:  919-21.—Capogrossi, A.  Intorno alia fuoruscita dei
parassiti della malaria dai globuli rossi e all'azione della chinina.
Policlinico, 1901-02, 8: sez. prat., 353-60.—Christy, C. Malaria;
the mode  of entry of the spore into the red corpuscle.  Brit. M.
J.,  1903,  2: 645.—Eaton,  P.   Susceptibility of red  cells  to
malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M.,  1934, 14: 431-7.—Kitchen,  S.  F.
The differential infection of mature and immature erythrocytes
by the Plasmodia  of human malaria. South. M.  J., 1939, 32:
679-85.—Marchiafava,  E.,  & Celli, A.  Sulle alterazioni dei
globuli rossi del sangue  nella infezione da malaria.  Atti Accad.
Lincei,  1882-83,  3.  ser.,  7:  Trasunti, 374.   ------  Sulle
alterazioni dei globuli rossi nella infezione da malaria e sulla
genesi della melanemia.  Ibid.,  18: Memorie, 381-401, 2  pi.—
Panichi, L.  Sulla sede del parassita  malarico  nell'eritrocito
dell'uomo.  Arch. farm, sper., 1902, 1: 418-32; 450.—Ratcllffe,
H.  L.  The relation of Plasmodium vivax and  Plasmodium
praecox to the red blood cells of their respective hosts as deter-
mined by  sections of blood cells.  Am. J. Trop.  M., 1927,  7:
383-8.—Tareev, E.  M., Epstein,  E. G., & Gontaeva, A. A.
[Blood  destruction and regeneration in malaria;  methods  of
estimating changes in red cells]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva,  1931,
9: 103-8.  ------  [Changes in red cells in malaria; clinical
importance of  bilirubinemia in malaria]  Ibid., 166-71.—
Zelmanova,  F. S.   [Comparative  morphologic  changes   in
erythrocytes due to malarial parasites and determining factors
in stained preparations]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5:401-4.

----  Erythrocytes: Sedimentation.
   Akatov, N. K., & Trotzky, S. A.  [On erythrocyte sedimenta-
tion in  malaria]  Vrach. gaz., 1928,  32: 1705-7.—Arias, F.,  &
Vidal Giiemes, A. Eritrosedimentaci6n en el paludismo.  Bol.
Inst. elm. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 579-84.—Burchinsky,  G.  I.
[Sedimentation  reaction in  malaria]  Kazan, med.  J.,  1939,
35:  No. 2-3, 52-6.—Cimmino, V.  Studio sulla velocita.  di
sedimentazione  in Eritrea;  la velocita di sedimentazione nella
malaria.  Boll. Soc. ital. med. igiene trop. (Sez. Eritrea)  1943,
2: No. 2,  71-5.—Cossio, R., bijo, & Aybar Albarracin, A. La
eritrosedimentaci6n en  enfermos de paludismo; sus; modifica-
ciones por la quinina.   Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928,  4:
248-55.—Einhorn, E. M.  [Sedimentation reaction in experi-
mental malaria]  Vrach. delo, 1936, 19: 407.—Kehar, N. D.,  &
Harbhagwan, S. A. S.  Sedimentation rate  of erythrocytes  in
human and monkey malaria. Rec.  Malaria Surv. India, 1937,
7:  131-45.—Landeiro,  F.   Die   Blutsenkungsreaktinn bei
Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1934, 38: 38-41.—Lo vagi io.
Sulla prova di velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi del
sangue  nei malarici  anche dopo la  cura probativa.   Rinasc.
med., 1927, 4: 424-6.—Nesterov, V. S.  [Crossed reaction  of
erythrocyte sedimentation  in malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva,
1938, 16:  842-8.—Paterni, L.  Sulla velocita di sedimentazione
dei globuli rossi nella malaria.   Riv. malariol., 1928, 7: 690-
712.—Pellicciotta, R.   Triptofanemia e velocita di sedimen-
tazione nei malarici.   Fol. med., Nap., 1935, 21: 1061-76.—
RadosavljeviC, A., &  Ristic, L.  Ergebnisse der Senkungs-
reaktion und der Bluteiweissbestimmung bei Malaria. Zschr.
ges.  exp. Med.,  1926, 51: 48-80.—Solomin, A. A., & Kruglov,
A. M. [Erythrocvte sedimentation reaction in malaria] Russ.
J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 563-5.—Wakamiya, S.  Ueber Serumei-
weiss des Malariakranken; Anhang: Malariadiagnose auf Grund
der Senkungsreaktion.   Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1940, 39: 1000.—
Wood, P.   The erythrocyte sedimentation rate in infective
hepatitis and in malaria. Brit. M. J., 1945, 1: 9.

----  Erythrocytes:   Stippling  [Schiiffner  and
   Maurer type]
  De  Negri, U.  Frequency  and diagnostic significance  of
basophile  granulations of red cells of blood of malaria patients
from which parasites are absent. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond.,  1942,
39:  520   (Abstr.)—Giemsa.    Ueber   eine  bemerkenswerte
Fehlerquelle  bei der farberischen  Darstellung der Schiiffner-
TUpfelung.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 1075.—Grawitz. E.
Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel fiber:  Die basophilen Kornungen
im Blute  Malariakranker und  ihre Bedeutung,  von  Moritz 
MALARIA
88
MALARIA
Sill..i stein.   Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1003-04, 35: 593-Hingst,
H. E.  Recent observations on the oi isin of Sehiiffnei s Granules.
Am. J. Trop. M., 1936, 16: 679-84.- Konstansov. S. V. [Origin
and  nature  of Schilffner's spots in er\ throc\ tes]  Trop. med.
vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 264-7.  — —  Zur Frage  nach der
Herkunft und der Natur der Schuffner-Tupfclung der Ei vthro-
zyten bei Malaria.   Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932, 124: 454-8 —
Maurer, G.  Die  Tupfelung  der Wirtszelle  des  Tertiana-
parasiten.   Ibid.,  1900,  28:  114-25,  pi.—Pastore,  S.   Le
modificazioni morfologiche  dei globuli rossi nelle diverse specie
di infezione malarica; i granuli di Schiiffner  e le macchie di
Maurer.  Policlinico, 1927,  34: sez. med., 541-56,  pi.-—Ruge.
Zur Tupfelung der rothen Blutscheiben bei Febris intermittens
tertiana; Entgegnung auf den gleichlautenden  Artikel Dr. W.
Schiiffner's.  Deut. Arch.  klin.  Med., 1901-02, 72: 208 —
Sarkissiane, A. B.  La moucheture de Schiiffner et le ponctuage
de Maurer dans les erythrocytes dans  les cas de leur coloriage
par le Nilblausulfateazur-eosine.  Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1935-36,
54: 145-9.—Schiiffner, W.   Zur Tupfelung der rothen  Blut-
scheiben bei Febris intermittens tertiana.  Deut. Arch.  klin.
Med.,   1901,  71:  486-8—Silberstein,  M.   Die  basophilen
Kornungen  im  Blute Malariakranker und ihre  Bedeutung.
Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1903, 35: 68-80.—Thomson, J. G.   Stippling
of the red cells in malaria.   Proc  R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28,
21:  Sect. Trop.  Dis. Parasit., 18-21.—Yosino, M. Histological
researches on morphological changes of red blood corpuscle due
to malaria-plasmodium infection, with special reference to the
Schuffner's  dots. Sei i kwai, 1927, 46:  No. 7,  15.

----    Etiology.

   Fitzgibbon, E.  Malaria, the governing factor.
lOOp.   8?  Lond. [1932]
   Baccelli, G.  L'infezione  da malaria.  Gazz. med. Roma,
1904, 30: 393-406;  421.—Barrero, H., &  Pittaluga, G.   The
etiology and  prophylaxis  of  malaria.   Med.  Press &  Circ,
Lond.,  1903,  n. ser., 76:  273-5.— Bongiovanni,  A.  Azione
malarigena  dei  maceratoi  da canapa; studii sull'origine  e
condizioni di produzione delle  tossine  larvicide.   Gazz.  osp.,
1906, 27: 664-7.—Bourguignon, G. C.   Contribution a l'etude
de revolution spontan£e du paludisme.  Ann. Soc beige med.
trop., 1931, 11:  139-10.  Boyd, M. F.   Origines de la infecci6n
malarica.  Tijeret.  malaria, Caracas, 1938, 1: 44-7.-—Brooks,
H. T.   Malaria; its nature and origin.   Post Graduate, N. Y.,
1906, 21: 904-93.—Carrasquilla L., J.  de D.  Consideraciones
acerca  de la etiologfa v de la  profilaxis del paludismo.  Rev.
m6d. Bogota, 1903,  673; 705; 737.—Celli,  A.,  & Gasperini, G.
Paludismo senza malaria.  Policlinico,  1900-01, 7: sez.  prat.,
1313-5. Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1901, 30: 523-6.   Also Lav.
Congr.  med. int. (1901) 1902, 554-9.—Chico, J.  Something
about  the etiology of malarial disease.  Am. Pub. Health Ass.
Rep. (1906) 1907, 32: pt 1, 110.—Christoff. Etiologie et traite-
ment de la  fievre intermittente.  Gaz. med. orient, Constant.,
1902-03, 244.—Christy, C.  The etiology of malaria.  Lancet,
Lond.,  1904, 2:  1750.—Coquet.  Fievre intermittente d'origine
hysterique.  Bull. Soc. med. chir.  Bordeaux (1893)  1894, 469-
71.—Diaz  Barea, R.  El paludismo;  causa;  desarrollo  en el
hombre y  los mosquitos;  medios de  evitarlos.  Cron.  med.,
Lima,  1902, 19: 89; 105;  passim.—Dopter, C.  Etiologie et
prophylaxie  du  paludisme.   Gaz. hop., 1901,  74: 1013-21.—
Gazzarrini,  A.  Contributo  alio studio del paludismo  senza
malaria.  Policlinico, 1901-02, 8: sez.  prat.,  1316-20.—Gil y
Ortega, B.   Sobre  la fiebre intermitente de origen  intestinal.
Siglo med.,  1904,  51:  394-6.—Goodmann,  E. G.   Malarial
infection.  Tr. M. Soc N. Carolina, 1902, 49: 269-73—Grassi,
B.   A proposito del paludismo senza  malaria.  Salute pubb.,
1901,   14:  335-40.—Kanellis,  S.  Quelques  reflexions  sur
l'etiologie du paludisme. Grece med., 1904, 6: 37.  Also Progr.
med.,  Par.,  1904, 3. ser., 20: 217.  Also  Rev. med. Afrique
nord, 1904, 7: 103-5.   Also 'larpiKis mvvtup,  1906, 6: 173 —
King, A. F. A.  A new  factor in the etiology of malarial fever
indicating new methods of treatment.   Am. J. M.  Sc,  1902,
n. ser., 123: 221-5.—Martinez,  A. P.   Contribution to the
study of the contagiousness of paludism and prophylaxia of the
same.   Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. (1899)  1900, 25:  376-84.—
Moody, H. A.  Malarial phenomena  without the  agency of
mosquitoes.  Alabama M. J., 1899-1900, 12: 359-61.—Morenas,
L.   Paludisme  et alcool.   J.  med. Lyon, 1941, 22:  7-9.—
Morrison, J.  The cause of malarial fever.  Med. Brief, 1905,
33: 397; 485.—Midler, B.  Ueber  die Entstehung der Malaria.
Wien.  med. Presse, 1905,  46: 1291;  1336.—Pasquini,  P.  I
fattori etiologici  della malaria, per essere efficienti, devono essere
elevati a potenze proporzionali. Ramazzini, 1907, 1: 453-71.—
Patifio Mayer, C, Torino, V., & Pittaluga, E.  Sobre un caso de
paludismo primario.  Sem.  med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 2,  1158-
61.—Powell, J.  L.  Are there  other  causes of malaria  than
mosquitos?  Med. Rec, X. Y., 1904, 66: 808.—Thin, G.  The
etiology of malarial fever.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1899-1900,
2: 1-6.—Trigueros,  G. Teorfas sobre la etiologfa del paludismo.
Arch. Hosp. Rosales, S. Salvador, 1909, 4: 153-9.—Trolard.
Etiologie de la  malaria;  proposition  dune experimentation.
Bull. med. Algerie,  1904, 15: 28.  ------  Etiologie du palu-
disme.   Ibid., 1906, 17: 630.—Uyama,  M.  [Bacterial origin of
malaria] Gun igaku kwai zassi, 1897,  146-57.—Wakasugi, K.
[Remarks on  the origin of malaria]    Koseikwan iji kenkyu
kwai zassi,  1805, 2: No. 4, 16-22; No. 5, 20.—Woldert, A.
Etiology and diagnosis of malaria.  Georgia M. J. & S., 1901
8: 21-34.
----   experimental.

   Sec  also Malariology, Research.
   Buchanan,  A.   Experimental inoculation  of malaiia 1  fever
in Xagpur.  Ind.  M.  Gaz., 1901, 36:  127-9-  De  Sanctis
Monaldi, T.  Ricerche sulla  malaria sperimentale da in<>< ula-
zione di sporozoiti.  Riv. malariol., 1935, 14: 344-51.-  Kcurn-
side, C. F.  Experimental inoculation of malaria, with a relapse
after eight months.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1903, 38: 10.—Grassi, fi.,
Martirano [et al.]  Primo resoconto sommario dell'esperimento
fatto ad Albanella.  Policlinico,  1899-1900,  6:  Suppl., 1508-
11.—Herrmann, O.  Vergleich der Temperatur bei  Versuchs-
tieren nach Einverleibung des Blutes Malaria- und Scharlach-
kranker und Gesunder.   Zbl.  Bakt.,  1.  Abt., 1929 30,  115:
145-8.—Leisermann, L. I.  Die experimentelle  Malaria  hi-ini
Menschen.  Arch.  Schiffs   Tropenhyg., 1932,  36:  ii.".U7|,
------& Pauli, S. L.  [Observations on experimental nnl-iriai
Vrach. delo, 1929, 12: 729-33.—Manson, P.  T.  Expciimcnu,]
malaria; recurrence  after 9  months.   Brit.  M.  J.,  1901 2:
77.—Marie, A., & Lambert.  A propos de la cure de la  malaria
experimentale.  Arch, internat. neur., 1929, 22. ser., 1: 29-33.__
Ottolenghi,  D.,  & Brotzu,  G.  Effetti del  trattamento con
chinino  o altri medicamenti nella prevenzione  della  malaria
sperimentale.   Boll. Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1929,  4: 150  3.__
Pereira  Barreto,  M.  Malaria experimental; algumas  de siias
contribuicoes para o conhecimento da  infeccao malarica no
homem.  Arq. hig.,  S. Paulo, 1944, 9:  No. 21, 9-49.—Shortt,
H. E., & Menon.  K. P.  Experimental production of monkey
and avian malaiia by an unusual route of infection.  J. Malaria
Inst. India, 1940, 3: 195-8.—Wiechmann, E., &  Horsier, H.
Physikalische  und chemische LTntersuchungen des Blutes' bei
der experimentellen Malariainfektion  des Menschen.   Deut
Arch. klin. Med., 1926, 152: 136-52.

----   Eye.

   Abreu Fialho.  Manifestacoes oculares do paludismo. Arch.
brasil.  med.,  1927,  17:  162-7.—Addario La Ferla, G.   Su
alcune complicanze oculari della malaria da me osservate nella
mia clinica privata nell'ultimo bienno.   Lettura oft., 1926, 3:
289-97.—Andrade,  C.   de.    Hemorrhagias  retinianas  no
paludismo.  Bol.  Acad, nac med., Rio, 1933-34, 105:  501-10.
Also Brasil med., Rio,  1935,  49:  355-60.—Bargy, M.  Deux
cas de  paludisme oeulaire.  Bull. Soc.  fr.  opht., 1906, 23:
558-61.   ------   Zwei  Falle  von Augenkomplikationen  im
Verlaufe der  Malaria.   Ophth.   Klin.,  1906,  10:  675-8 —
Bistis, J.   Contribution  aux  complications  oculaires dans la
fievre intermittente.  Ann. ocul.,  Par.,  1930, 167: 127-32 —
Blatt, N.  Augenveriinderungen  bei  Malaria.   Klin.  Mbl.
Augenh., 1928, 80: 468-78.—Bonfiglio, V.  L'occhio e la ma-
laria.  Gazz. sicil. med. chir., 1906, 5: 434-6.—Brown, F. H.
Malaria with ocular symptoms.  Kansas City  M. Index  Lancet,
1907,  28:  367.—Bruas.   Paludisme larv6  a manifestations
oculaires.   Marseille med.,  1907, 44: 33-5.—Canitano, S.
La cura mista  chinino-arsenicale nelle emorragie  retiniche da
malaria.  Lettura oft., 1927, 1: 1-9.—Chiarini, P. I disturbi
oculari di origine malarica.  Boll. Osp.  oft. Roma, 1904, 2:
101-10.—Crouse,  H. W.   Malarial sequelae of the eye and
ear.  Tr. Texas M. Ass., 1901, 361-71.—Csapodi, I.  Papillo-
retinitis malarica.  Orv. hetil.,  1901,  45: 833.—Dedimos, P.
Les  manifestations  oculaires  du  paludisme.  Arch,  opht.,
Par., 1932, 49: 166; 249; 330—Florov, N. Z.  [Complications
of the eyes in  malaria]  Sovet. vest,  oft.,  1936,  9: 321-3 —
Ginestous, E.   Sur un  cas d'hemeralopie  palustre.   Bull.
med., Par., 1902, 16: 1002.  Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux,
1903, 24: 76.—Goldfeder, A. E.  Ueber ein allgemein zugang-
liches Augensympton der  chronischen und larvierten Malaria,
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 207-11. Also Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1936, 5: 90-3.   Also Vest,  oft.,  1937, 11: 182-6.
------  & Moldavskaia-Krichevskaia,  V. D.  (Malaria of the
eyes]  Vrach. delo, 1935, 18:  683-8.  ------   Malaria and the
eye; involvement  of the organ of sight in malaria larvata et
ignorata and significance of the melanoflocculation reaction for
etiologie diagnosis.  Arch.  Ophth., Chic, 1937,  17: 228-33.—
Gubergritz, A. J.   [Retinal hemorrhage of malarial origin]
Vrach. delo, 1934, 17: 603.—Hiers, J. L. Malaria as an etio-
logical factor in asthenopia.  Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, 1898, 226-
30-  ------  Malarial infection, a potent factor in asthenopia
conditions.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, 62: 572.—Hollmann, G. F.
Leber Veranderungen an den  Netzhautgefassen bei Malaria.
Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1928,  32:  82-7.—Hukusawa, J.
[Eye fundus of malarial patient]  Gun igaku kwai zassi,  1899,
693-701.—Inouye, M.   Ein Fall von Cataract, entstanden im
Verlauf von Malaria. Ophth. Klin., 1901, 5: 161.—Khundadze,
E. S.  Dva sluchaya malariynavo konyunktivita.  Vrach. gaz.,
1902, 9: 605.—Kikuti, T.  [A  case of hemorrhage of  the eye
fundus  of malarial origin]  Nippon gankwa gaku-kwai  zassi,
1901, 5: 993-7.—Leprince, A.  Affections corneennes et iiicnncs
d'origine  palustre.  Ann. ocul.,  1901,  125: 355-9 — Lopez
Rodriguez, F.  El paludismo y los ojos.  Rev. med. Yucatan,
1932-33, 17: 113.—Luppino,  A.  Su di un caso di irido-ciclite
malarica.   Progr. oft., Pal.,  1906-07, 2: 174-8.—McConnell,
R. E., & McGill,  C. M.  A  note  on  corneal ulcer in malaria.
J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1926, 29: 3.—Maeseille, A.   [Paraly-
sis of the eye muscle in malaria]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie,
1936, 76: 2090-4.—Makarov, N. N.  [Affections of the eye- in
malaria]  Sovet.  vest,  oft., 1936, 9: 319.—Mallol de  la Kiva.
Desprendimiento retiniano  consecutivo a paludismo.   Arch.
med., Madr.,  1927,  26: 383.— Mickevich, L. D.  [Biomicros- 
MALARIA
89
MALARIA
copy of malarial affections of the cornea]   Vest, oft., 1941,
19: No. 7,  92-4.—Moscato da Porto, E.  A proposito di un
caso di infezione palustre acuta,  con iperemia palpebrale
intermittente con  gonfiore e dolore  consecutivo  all'occhio
destro, accompagnantesi alle fasi dell'accesso febbrile.  Progr.
oft., Pal., 1907-08,  3: 55-61.—Motegi, A., Kan, T.  [et al.]
Ophthalmologische Beobachtungen an 100 Fallen von Malaria-
Kranken.   Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934,  92: 797-800.—Mufel,
P. P.  [Symptom of malaria of the  vessels  of the eve]  Klin.
med., Moskva,  1936, 14: 1871-6.—Neuhallch,  M. G.  [Diag-
nostic  significance  of  the corneal  reflex in malaria]   Ibid.,
1940, 18: No. 2, 108-12.—Pascale,  A.   Le lesioni endoculari
cagionate  dalla  malaria.  Boll, ocul.,  1902,  21:  161-72.—
Pechin, A.  Iritis bilaterale  d'origine palustre.  Bull.  Soc.
fr.  opht.,  1899, 17:  497-501.—Plitas,  P. S.   [Serious  eye
complications of malarial origin]  Sovet. vest, oft., 1936, 9:
316-8.—Radzikhovsky, B. L.    [Cellulitis orbitae of malarial
origin]   Vest, oft., 1939, 15: No. 5, 87—Rossi, F. LTn caso di
ambliopia  doppia ed  emeralopia da intossicazione  malarica
Ann. med. nav., Roma,  1900,  6: 828-39.—Rozende, C.  Con-
tribuicao brasileira ao signal ocular de Goldfeder, no diagnostico
da malaria chronica e larvada.   Congr. argent, oft. (1936) 1938,
1. Congr., 2: 626-9.—Saba, V.  Sulle alterazioni oculari nelle
anemie perniciosiformi postmalariche.  Ann. ottalm., 1929, 57:
120; 213, 2 pi.—Scalinci, N.   Le malattie oculari da infezione
malarica.  Progr. oft., Pal.,  1905-06,  1:  217-38; 257;  321;
1906-07, 2: 1.—Scott, J. G.  Herpes simplex corneae in malaria.
Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 213.—Sedan,  J.  Paralysie paraissant
definitive de la me paire, apr£s quatre crises de migraine ophtal-
mopiegique d'origine paludique. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1926, 4:
697-9.—Sgrosso, E.   Su di  alcuni  esiti  della neuroretinite
malarica. Arch, ottalm., 1906-07, 14: 192-7, pi.—Signorelli, A.
Un caso di nevrite ottica da malaria.  Boll. Soc.  Lancisi.  osp.
Roma,  1906, 26: 76-9.—Tarlovskaia, S. I.  [Protracted edema
of the  papillae of the  optic nerves  of malarial origin]  Vest.
oft., 1939,  14:  No. 6,  68-71.—Toulant,  P.  Complications
oculaires du  paludisme.  Acta ophth. orient., Jerusalem, 1938,
1: 18-27.—Valda Arana, R.   Hipertension ocular  de causa
paludica.   Congr.  argent,  oft. (1936)  1938,  1. Congr., 2:
605-7.—Villard, H.  Les complications oculaires du paludisme.
Rev. prat.  mal.  pavs  chauds, 1928, 8: 439-50.   Also Arch.
opht., Par.,  1930, 47:  200-8.—Wright, R. E.  Affections of
the eve in the malarial fevers and  kala-azar.  Ind. M. Gaz.,
1937, 72: 363-7.—Zacepin, D.  I.  [Case of rare affection of the
eyes during  malaria]  Sovet.  vest,  oftal., 1933,  3: 371-3.—
Zolotnicky,  I. N.  [Complications  of the eyes during malaria
in the  Kiev region during the summer of 1935]  Vest,  oft.,
1938, 12: 377-82.
 ----  Fever.
   Battaglia, M.  Di alcune  febbri malariche continue (nota
 clinica)   Riforma med.,  1927,  43: 635.—Filatov, N.  The
 diagnosis of febrile diseases of childhood; diseases which are
 characterized by  fever of the intermittent type.  Clin. Rev.,
 Chic, 1904, 20: 33-46.—Giuffre, L.  La febbre nella infezione
 malarica.  Rass. internaz. med. mod., 1901-02, 3: 298-301.—
 Kleinschmidt, H.   Intermittierendes Fieber und Schuttelfroste
 beim  Kinde.   Mschr.  Kinderh., 1929, 42: 297-311.—Koole-
 mans Beijnen, G. J.  W.  [Malaria without fever]  Ned. tschr.
 geneesk., 1934, 78: 982-90.—Korteweg, P. C.  [What  governs
 the course  of fever in primary tertian malaria? what is  the
 normal course, tertian or quotidian?]  Ibid., 1931,  75: pt 2,
 1750-63.—Lofton, L.   A case of abnormal temperature.  N.
 York  M. J.,  1903, 77: 416.—Mandelslamm, M.  Ueber die
 Fieberkurve im Anfangsstadium bei primarer Malaria tertiana.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 618.—Miadonna, A.  Gli accessi
 malarici ipotermici con particolare riguardo alia frequenza del
 polso. Gior. med. mil., 1933, 81: 45-50.-—Perrod, G. Osserva-
 zioni  termometriche  e cliniche sulle febbri  malariche.   Riv.
 veneta sc. med., 1903, 38: 307-408.—Roberts, J. D.  A case of
 sub-normal temperature  following malarial  fever.  Carolina
 M.  J., 1904,  50:  416-25.  Also Charlotte M. J., 1904,  25:
374-6.—Sarno, A.  II brivido come equivalente dell'accesso
 malarico.   Minerva med., Tor., 1937,  28: pt 2, 128.—Trabaud.
J.,  Izzat  Mudden,  & Sabagh,  M.   Paludisme  apvretique.
Rev. prat.  mal. pays chauds, 1939.  19:  609-13.—Vanni. V.
II brivido  come equivalente  dell'accesso malarico.  Minerva
med.,  Tor.,  1930, 21:  pt 2, 333.
 ----  Forensic aspect.
   Aguilar, R. Malaria in legal medicine; cases in relation with
 accidents.  Ann. Int.  M., 1928-29,  2: 1341.—Alessandrini, A.
 La condizione giuridica  degli operai in rapporto alia infezione
 malarica.  Riv. malariol.,  1931, 10:  355-67.—Diez, S.  Aneora
 sulla malaria-infortunio (commento medico-legale alia  recente
 giuiisprudenza)   Rass.  previd.  sociale, 1927,  14:  25-39.—
 Gajardo Tobar,  R.  Infecci6n accidental por malaria.  Rey-.
 med., Valparaiso,  1943-44, 17: 452-4.—Gueytat.  A  propos
 des demandes de pension pour paludisme.  Presse med., 1936,
 44: 642.—Miadonna,  A.  La. malaria dal punto di vista bio-
 logico,  clinico e  medico-legale.  Gior.  med.  mil.,  1931, 79:
 229-40.—Schorlemmer,   R.   Kann  eine  vorausgegangene
 Malaria mit  Darmstorungen Jahre hindurch  ursachlich fiir
 periodisch  einsetzende Reizzustande  und  Geschwursbildung
 im Dickdarm in Frage kommen?  Arch. Verdauungskr., 1931,
49: 315-32.—Toullee, F. L. L'expertise du paludisme.  Mar-
seille med., 1932, 69: 97-105.
 ----   Gastro-intestinal tract.

   ^Amiech,  P.    *Les  algies  abdominales  palu-
 deennes  et   sp6cialement  celles  qui  simulent
 l'appendicite aigue.   112p.  24cm.  Alger  [1937]
    Hopkins,  H.  O.   Pancreatic efficiency tests in
 malaria.   8p.  25cm.   Kuala Lumpur, 1929.

    Vazquez Liz,  J.  H.   *Contribuci6n al  estudio
 de los sindromes abdominales  de origen paludico
 [Santo Domingo]  68p.  22cm.  Santiago [1942]
    Acree, F. M.  Some clinical manifestations of malaria with
 reference to the gastro-intestinal tract.   South. M. J., 1937,
 30: 612-5.—Alperovich,  J.  A.  [Secretory disorders  of the
 stomach in malaria  and the effect of anti-malarial therapv]
 Klin, med., Moskva, 1941, 19: No. 5,  127.-----â–   [Malarial
 gastropathy]  Sovet. med.,  1941,  5:  No. 12,  31.—Alvarado,
 R-, &  Arroyabe, V.  Tratamiento de los vomitos de origen
 paludico por  la adrenalina.   Prensa med. argent., 1926, 13:
 -42.—Anselmo,  L.   Forma  gastro-intestinal  del  paludismo
 cronico.  Sem.  med., B. Air., 1906, 13:  225-34.—Basile, G.
 Malaria e sindrome  appendicolare. Boll. Soc. Lancisi.  osp.
 Roma,  1906, 26: 46-58.—Bonnin, H., & Borneuf, R.   Les
 formes  pseudo-peritoneales du paludisme.  Gaz. med. France,
 1936,   43:  681-9.— Bonorino  Udaondo,  C,  & Sanguinetti,
 L. V.   Gastroenteropatias  paliidicas.   Progr.  clfn., Madr.,
 1926, 34: 623-30.—Bressot,  E.  Le masque appendiculaire de
 certaines formes de paludisme.  Presse med., 1927, 35: 707.—
 Calero  M., C.  Apendicalgia paludica.  Rev. med. Iat. amer.,
 B. Air., 1938-39, 24: 166-75.—Camara,  A.  Falso  abdomen
 agudo  palustre.   Bol.  Inst,  assist, hosp., Recife,  1942, 3:
 145-7.—Campanacci. D.  Addome  acuto malarico.  Minerva
 med.,  Tor.,  1939, 30: pt  1,  401-4.—Cannavd, L.  Sul  falso
 addome aeuto malarico.  Gior. med. mil., 1942, 90: 731-7.—
 Canova, F.  Sindromi appendicolari malariche.  Riv. malariol.,
 1938, 17: 137-42.—Capps, J. A.  Four cases of malaria associ-
 ated with  acute abdominal pain.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1900, 35:
 287-90.—Carrot  &  Fabiani,  G.    Syndrome  douloureux  ab-
 dominal palustre.   Bull.  Soc. path,  exot., Par.,  1938,  31:
 841-3.—Carstens  Echenique, R.   LJn  caso de  paludismo de
 forma abdominal. Bol. Min. san.,  Caracas, 1937-38, 2:  1154-
 6-—Coicou, F.   La  physionomie  de  nos petites epidemies;
 quelques formes camoufiees du paludisme; quelques manifesta-
 tions intestinales.   Ann.  med.  haiti., 1934,  11:  171-88.—
 Copland, S. M., & Miangolarra,  C. J.   The mimicry of acute
 appendicitis by malaria.  Rev. Gastroenter., 1934, 1: 184-91.—
 Daniel, R. A., jr.  Malaria simulating acute surgical diseases
 of the abdomen.  Ann. Surg., 1940,  111: 436-45.—De Blasi, A.
 Dispepsie gastriche nei malarici.  Gazz. osp., 1904, 25: 327-9.—
 Fckstein, A.  Storungen der Ernahrung, des Stoffweehsels  und
 der Verdauungsorgane  bei der Malaria  des  Kindes.  Ann.
 paediat., Basel,  1942, 159: 25-56.—Gillol, V. Du paludisme a
 forme de peritonite aigue.  Sem. med., Par., 1905, 25: 433-5.—
 Gingold, N., &  Floresco, P.   Sur quelques elements de diag-
 nostic dans les syndromes abdominaux aigus dus au paludisme.
 Bull. Acad.  med. Roumanie,  1939, 4:  69-76.—Goinard, P.
 Les algies  paludeennes simulant  l'appendicite aigue.  Bull.
 Soc nat. chir., Par.,  1935, 61: 873-7.—Gomez  Duran.  Con-
 tribution al estudio del falso abdomen agudo de origen paludico.
 Clfn. hig. & hidr., Lisb., 1938, 4:  228-23.—Grossman, J.,  &
 Solomon, E.  Le syndrome appendiculaire d'origine paludeenne.
 Arch. mal.  app. digest.,  1937, 27: 37-49.—Gurevich,  T. Z.
 [The appendicular syndrome in malaria]   Sovet. med.,  1941,
 5:  No.  2, 33.—Hemrreter, J. C.  Chronic malaria; complica-
 tions and sequelae with reference to digestive complications.
 Tr.  Nat. Ass.  Pension Exam.  Surgeons,  1903,  1:  104-23.
 Also Am. Med.,  1903, 6: 777-81.—Hunt, W. J.  Interesting
 cases of malaria which simulated appendicitis.  N. York State
 ,1. M., 1904, 4: 222.—Hussain, K. K.,  & Broadbent, M. S. R.
 Some intestinal  svmptoms  associated with  malaria.  East
 Afr. M. J., 1943, 20: 347-9.—Ignatov, S. I., & Pankratov, G. S.
 [Gastric secretion in  malarial  Sovet.  pediat., 1936,  No. 12,
 82-91.—Jackson, J.  M.   Some cases of malaria accompanied
 bv acute abdominal symptoms. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, 146:
 692.  Also Am. Pract. & News, 1903, 35:  112-6.—Karapetian,
 E.   [Gastiic  chemism in malaria before and after treatment]
 Vrach.  delo, 1928, 11: 940-3.—Karve,  S. D.  Disorders of the
 digestive system in malaria.  Kenya East  Afr.  M. J., 1927-28,
 4: 95-8.—Kobler, G. Ueber schwere durch Malaria bedingte
 Darmaffektionen.   Zschr. klin.  Med.,  1907,   62:  262-7.—
 Korteweg,  P. C.  [Gastric  and intestinal disturbances in
 malaria]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72:  pt 1,  534.—Leo, E.
 Malaria acuta con sintomatologia appendicolare nelle regioni
 tropicali.   Arch. Soc. ital.  chir.  (1938)   1939,  45:  836-43.
 Also Gazz. med. ital., 1939,  98:  38-43.—Leriche. E.  Mani-
 festations buccales au cours  d'acces palustres.  Rev. palud.,
 Par., 1940, 2:  110-3.—Liamin, N. E., & Shargorodskaia, M.  I.
 [Changes in secretory and motor function of  the stomach in
 malaria] Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1941, 19: No. 5, 128.—I ifshitz,
 I. M.   [Ulcerous stomatitis and malaria]   Vrach. delo,  1940,
 22: 617-20.—Lopez Pondal, M.  Formas  abdominales agudas
 v  edematosas del paludismo;  observaciones en la  infancia.
 Sem. med., B.  Air., 1940, 47: pt 1,  37-40.—Luna, de.  Observa-
 tions sur les troubles gastro-hepatiques de paludeens chroniques.
 C. rend. Congr. fr. med., 1923, 17.  sess., 41.—Manhaes, J. C.
Forma apendicular aguda grave  do impaludismo na crianca.
Resenha med., Rio, 1940, 7: 131-6.—Nobrega, G.  Do abdomen
agudo no impaludismo.  Rev. med.  cir. Brasil,  1938,  46: 
MALARIA                                          90                                           MALARIA
834-41.—Perez  Grijalba,  S.   Apendicitis  paludica.   Notas
med., Le6n, 1938, 1: 41-3.—Pesopoulos, S.  Ueber eine gastral-
prische  Form  von Malaria  mit Mundaphthen.  Arch. Schiffs
Tropenhyg., 1933, 37: 69-72.—Petrovic, A.   [Function  of the
stomach  in patients with  chronic malaria]   Glasnik, Beogr.,
1931, 12: 140-5.—Polonsky, N. Z.  [Chronic malaria and its
visceral manifestations]  Sovet. med., 1940, 4: No. 21, 30-3.—
Rabinovich, L. D., & Zisman, H. S.  [Malaria, simulating acute
stomach  trouble]  Vrach. delo, 1938, 20: 745-8.—Racugno, A.
Modificazioni  del  chimismo gastrico in bambini malarici e
leishinaniotici.  Riv.  malariol.,  1937,  16:  295-304.—Ravdin,
I. S., &  North, J. P.  The simultaneous occurrence of acute
appendicitis and malaria. Field M. Bull. U. S. Army, N.  Delhi,
1944, 3:  79-82.—Rivas  Cervera, E.   Paludismo  v  sindrome
agudo  abdominal.  Rev. med. Yucatan, 1940-42, 21: 113-9.
Also Rev. mex. cir., 1941, 9: 181-6.-—Rivas Diez, B.  Sfndromes
quirtirgicos de abdomen y paludismo.  Rev. As.  med. argent.,
1944, 58: 1089-91.—Rodriguez Perez, J., & Picaza,  S.  Sin-
drome de peritonitis aguda, con oclusi6n intestinal y apendi-
calgia de origen paludico.  Rev. med. cir. Habana,  1935, 40:
1189-95.—Taylor, K. P. A.   A valuable sign in the differential
diagnosis of acute abdominal malaria. Am. J. M. Sc,  1932,
184: 699-707.—Troicki. S. P.  O malyariynikh zabollevaniyakh
zheludochno-kishechnavo kanala i ikh znachenii.   Voen. med.
J.,  1907,  218:  med.  spec,  pt  1,    261-72— Valdes,   U.
Oclusion  del intestino  grueso  de  origen  paludico;  relacion de
un  caso.  An. Sanat. Valdes,  1926,  2: 251-62.- -Vinci,  A.
Acute  abdominal syndrome  in malaria.  Trop.  Dis.  Bull.,
Lond., 1942,  39:  521  (Abstr.) - Weselko, O.   Die  Therapie
der Magen-Darmstorungen  bei Malaria.  Med. Welt, 1927,  1:
1307.—Wesenhagen,  G. F.   [Case  of  gastric and intestinal
disturbances in malaria]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928,  72: pt 1,
313.—Yokoi,  S.  [Hemorrhage of omentum following malaria]
Koseikwan iji kenkyu kwai  zassi, 1897, 4: No. 5, 1-4.
----  Genito-urinary system.
   Benart, W. F.  A case of malarial cystitis.  Medicine, Detr.,
1900, 6: 983-5.—Leo,  E.  Orchiepididimite in occasione d'un
attacco malarico. Gszz. osp., 1939, 60: 670-2.— Matjushenko,
B.   1st Malaria ein Keimgift?  Arch, sozial. Hvg., 1926-27,
n. F., 2:  546-8.  Also  Cas. lek.  cesk.,  1928,  67: 1001-3.—
Sommi, E.  Sopra un caso raro di orchite malarica. Riv. crit.
clin. med., 1905, 6: 235-8.—Valerio, A.  Um caso de orchi-
epididimite  paludica.  Arch, brasil. med.,  1920, 16:  11-6.—
Westphal, R.  A case of malarial cystitis; parasites in blood
cells of urine.  Tr. Texas M. Ass.,  1904, 36: 62-70.


----  Gynecological and obstetrical aspect.

   Aouizerate,  L.   *Traitement   du  paludisme
chez  la  femme  enceinte par  la  quinine  et  les
derives synthetiques.  32p.  8?   Par.,  1937.
   Samama, M.   *Des rapports du  paludisme et
de  la gestation   [Paris]   48p.   24^cm.  Tunis,
1938.
   Abreu Faria, A. A. de. Um caso de parto gemelar prematuro
desencadeado  pela Laveranea malariae; morte dos dois gemeos
nas primeiras  horas a seguir ao parto.  Lisboa med., 1940, 17:
104-12, pi.—Algo  sobre paludismo y puerperio.  Rev. med.
Yucatan,  1936-37,  19: 61-3.—Alvarez,  W.   Paludismo  y
gestaci6n.  Bol.  Inst. clfn. quir., B. Air., 1926, 2: 402-6.  Also
Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 2. 1561-4.—Aymonino, E.
La malaria  in gravidanza e 1'uso  della chinina.  Arte ostet.,
1904, 18: 129-32.—Azevedo Junior.  Impaludismo no curso da
prenhez.  Brasil med., 1902, 16: 321.—Bacialli, L.  Malaria e
gravidanza.    Atti  Soc.  sc.  med.  natur. Cagliari,  1934,  36:
473-80.  Also Riv.  ital. gin.,  1935-36, 18:  Suppl., 206-35.—
Badescu, A.   [Malaria and pregnancy]  Romania med., 1937,
15: 118.—Balasquide, L. A.  Malaria in relation to obstetrics
and  gynecology.  Am.  J.  Obst.,  1939, 38: 91-7.  ------
La malaria  en relaci6n  con la obstetricia y la ginecologia.
Bol. As. med. Puerto  Rico, 1944, 36: 269-77.—Ballerini, G.
Perisplenite  in puerpere splenomegaliche da malaria.   Gine-
cologia, Fir.,  1907, 4:  135-51.—Bell, J.   Malarial  coma;
premature delivery; death.   Lancet, Lond., 1901, 2:  527.—
Bertino, S.  Terapia della malaria in gravidanza e in puerperio
con  il tartaro stibiato;  ricerche clinico-sperimentali.   Gine-
cologia, Tor.,  1939,  5:  362-75.—Bohlen, F.    Malaria im
Wochenbett.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1902, 28:  399.—Bosco, M.
Sull'uso della chinina per l'infezione malarica nella gravidanza.
Corriere san., 1902,  13:  747-9.—Brown, M.  H.   Report of  a
case of simultaneous malarial infection in a mother and baby.
Bull. Lying-in Hosp.  N. York, 1906, 3:  61-3.—Canton, E.
El paludismo en sus relaciones con la eugenia y el estado puer-
peral.   Prensa med. argent.,  1926,  13:  161-9.—Caprara, N.
Sull'uso della chinina per l'infezione malarica nella gravidanza.
Corriere san.,  1904, 15: 1118;  1127.—Cardamatis, J. P. Rap-
ports du paludisme  avec la grossesse; l'accouchement et ses
-uites.  Rev. med. Afrique nord, 1903, 6: 2207-11.—Chamorro,
T. A., & Molezzun,  R.   De la infecci6n puerperal al paludismo
por obra y gracia de la casualidad.   Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1938,
45: pt 2, 908-10.—Chirone, V.  I sali di chinina per l'infezione
malarica nella gravidanza.   Prat, med.,  Nap., 1903-04, 4:
129-32.—Clay, T.  W.   Puerperal hyperpyrexia  of malarial
origin.  Brit.  M.  J.,  1903, 1:  1181.—Codina Castellvf,  J.
Ooforalgia paludica en el curso del embarazo.  An. obst. gin.
pediat.. Madr., 1897, 17: 193-201.—Crespin. J.  Paludisme  et
puerporalite.   Bull. m6d.. Par.,  1901, 15: 105-..—Custodio y
Ferrer,  G.  Un  caso de hemorragia paludica en el puerperio.
Anh.  Soc.  clin. Habana,  1903-04. 12:  143-51.—Dalgetty,
 \. B.   Malarial fever during the pucrperium.   J. Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1906, 9: 165.—Derankova,  L.  [Effect of malaiia
on pregnancy, labor and puerperal period]   Akush. gin.,  1910,
No.  6,  61-4.—Dikshit,  B. B.   Effect  of  plasmoquine  and
atebrin  on the foetus.  Rep.  Haffkine  Inst.,  Bombay (1938)
1939, 46.-—Dmitriev,  A.  D.  [Clinical investigations  on  preg-
nancy  and gynecological affections in malaria]   Akush. gin.,
1937, No. 7,  22-8.—Dossena.  G.  Malaria  e  gravidanza.
Arte ostet., 1927, 41: 63-72.—Dubovskaia. H.  S.  [Acridine
in treatment  of malaria in pregnant  women  and children]
Tr. Ukrain. sezd. lerapevlov (1936) 1939,  4. Congr., 187.—
Edmonds, F. H.  Malaria and pregnancy.  Brit. Guiana M,
Annual,  1899,  11: p. i-v.-—Fontoynont.  L'arrhenal dans la
grossesse  compliquee  de paludisme.  Presse  med.,  1902, 2:
824.—Frank, A.  W.  Zur  Therapie des drolienden Malaria-
abortes.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1930, 34: 101  I.  (inide.
Du role du paludisme en obstetrique.  Ann. hvg. med. colon.,
Par., 1905, 13: 221-7.—Ghose, S. K. Malaria as a complica-
tion in  pregnancy; a  case  report.  Calcutta M. J., 1935-36,
30: 541-3.— Greenfield, G.   Ein Fall von Malaria mit Mastitis.
Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1935, 39:  347-Greiner, A. B.
Malaria and  pregnancy.  Old Dominion J.  M. &  S.,  1902, 1:
21-5.—Grieco, S. J. Malaria na gravidez e malAria congenita.
An. paul. med. cir.,  1943,  45: 127-31 (Abstr.)—Gros.  Palu-
disme et accouchement.  Bull. med. Algerie,  1905, 16: 704-7.—
Guzikov,  P.  A.   [Pregnancy and malaria]  J. akush., 37:
No. 5, 591-602.—Hooper,  J.  D.  The  occurrence of malaria
during gestation and parturition.   Intercolon. M. J. Australasia,
1904, 9: 297-9.—Inhelder, H. E.   Malaria und Graviditat.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1926, 30: 251.—Kadaner.  Grossesse,
malaria et quinine; notes de pathologie  tropicale.  Ann. Soc.
beige med. trop.. 1928, 8: 59-64.—Kerr,  W. G.  Some observa-
tions  on malaria.   East Afr. M. J., 1940-41,  17: 221-5.—
Laffont, A., & Jahier, H.   Paludisme et grossesse.  C. rend,
Congr. internat, palud. (1930)  1931, 2. Congr., 1: 742-4.—
Louros, C.   Leber den  Einfluss  des Malariafiebers auf die
Schwangei -ihaft, die Ceburt und das Wochenbett.  Deut.  med,
Wschr., 1900, 32: 69.—Magyary,  K.  Graviditat und Malaria.
Zbl.  (Ivn.,  1913,  67: 1164-9.—Mishin, V. A.   [Course of
malaria  in the  post partum period] Odess. med. J.,  1927, 2:
27-34.—Monteiro da Silva,  A.  O tratamento do impaludismo
na gravidez.   Impr.  med., Rio, 1942,   18: No. 344, 121-4.
Also Resenha med., Rio,  1942,  9:  365-9.—Muratori, A.  I
sali di chinina per l'infezione malarica nella gravidanza.  Prat.
med., Nap., 1903-04, 4: 74.—Ozenne, E.  ITn cas de reveil du
paludisme provoqu6 par un accouchement chez une bresilienne
secondipare.   Rev. prat.  obst.  gyn.,  Par., 1906, 179-81.—
Piet, P.   Paludisme  et suites de couches.   J. sc. med. Lille,
1921, 39: pt 2, 437; 457.------â–    Le paludisme en gynecologie.
Progr.  med.,  Par., 1929,  44: 1237.—Placental infection in
malaria.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 332. — Pouget, E.  Gros-
sesse et paludisme, forme quinino-resistante; stovarsol; guerison.
Biol, med., Par.,  1926, 16:  237-9.—Provos, K.  Malaria und
Wochenbett.  Zbl. Gyn.. 1935, 59: 2781-4.—Reniger-Aresheva,
M.  L.   [Pregnancy and malaria]   Sovet. med.,  1940, No. 7,
37.—Rhenter & Magnin, P.  Crises paludeennes des suites de
couches.  Bull. Soc obst. gyn. Paris, 1937, 26: 591.—Risacher,
S.  Paludisme et puerperalite.  Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds,
1927, 465-81.—Sola, E.  Gastrorragia abundante en paltidica
gravida  a termino.  Bol.  Inst.  clfn. quir.,  B.  Air.,  1926, 2:
488-91.------Contribuci6n al estudio de sffilis y paludismo
en el Norte; estudio microsc6pico de cien placentas; considera-
ciones clfnicas y generales.  Reun.  Soc argent, pat. region.
(1929) 1930, 5. meet., 2:  740-55.—Taylor, H. M., Dyrenforth,
L. Y., & Pollard, C. B.   Absorption of  quinine  into the  cere-
brospinal fluid r-f the fetus in utero. J. Florida M.  Ass., 1940-41,
27: 487-91.—Thakkar,  K. V.   Plasmoquin in  pregnancy.
Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 198.—Thomas, A. R.  Some suggestions
from a case of malaria  complicating pregnancy.  Rep. Proc.
Alumnae Ass. Woman's M. Coll. Pennsylvania, 1895, 67-74.—
Tornu, A.   Sull'uso  della  chinina per  la  infezione malarica
nella gravidanza. Corriere san.,  1902, 13: 457-62.—Torpin, R.
Malaria complicating pregnancy; with  a report of  27 cases.
Am.  J.  Obst., 1941,  41: 882-5.—Ubago, M.  Traitement du
paludisme chez  la femme  enceinte.   Gyn.  obst., Par.,  1926,
14:50-2.—Varlamidos, C.  Ueftl ttjs <tx«<t«&>i tV* fKofiiavacut irpdi
ti)pkw]<jip, t6vtok(tov, tt)v Xoxeicu' Kai Tavaxakip.  'IarpwAs /iripOTaip,
1903,  3: 148. — Vieira Ramos,  A.  A  therapeutica  da mal-
aria nas gravidas; a efficacia  da  atebrina.   S5o Paulo med.,
1934-35, 7: 291-302.—Vilar, R. A.  Malaria en  el embarazo.
Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1942,  34: 222-4.—Volpe, A.  Re-
Derto di  sangue nella placenta a temiine di donna malarica.
Bol.  Soc.  ital. biol.  sper.,  1928,  3: 138.-  Weatherly,  A. J.
Malarial influence in abortion and  sterility.  Tr.  Indian M.
Congr.,  1894, 457.—Wickramasuriya.  G. A. W.  The inter-
actions  of malaria and pregnancy.  J.  Cevlon Brit.  M. Ass.,
1939,  36:  417-40 —Wislocki,  G.  B.   Observations  on the
placenta from a case of malaria.   Bull.  Johns Hopkins Hosp.,
1930, 47: 157-63.
----   Hematopoietic system.
   Bianchi, A.  E.   Notas  sobre hematologfa del paludismo.
Bol. Inst. clfn. quir., B. Air.,  1926, 2: 422-55.—Bufano. M.
Le  influenze dell'endemia malarica  sulle emopoiesi  e sulle
emopatie.  Gior. clin. med.,  1939,  20: 1269-78.—Burows, L.
Das Knochenmarksbild bei der Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropen- 
MALARIA                                         91                                          MALARIA
 hyg.,  1933,  37:  408-13.—Gautier,  S. B.   Contribution  al
 estudio clfnico y hematol6gico del paludismo.  Bol. As. m£d.
 Puerto Rico,  1907, 5: 251-3.—Gomez Marcano, A.  Hema-
 tologfa patol6gica de la malaria.   Tijeret. malaria, Caracas,
 1942, 6: 37-44.—Nicolau, C. T., & Gingold, N.  Modifications
 hematologiques pendant les acc£s de malaria.   Arch, roumain.
 path., Par., 1931, 4: 119-34.  Also Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Buca-
 rest, 1931, 13: 19. — Ponomareva, E. V.   [Hemolysis  and
 erythropoiesis in malaria]  Ter.  arkh., 1936,  14:  1098-105.—
 Rodriguez Molina,  R.,  &  Gonzales, J.  O.   Hematological
 studies on malaria in Puerto Rico.  Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health,
 1936-37, 12: 267-80, 7 fig.—Steenis, P. B.  van   [Blood de-
 generation in  chronic malaria and other splenomegalies]  Ge-
 neesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1928,  68: 401-25, tab.—Weise, W.
 Ueber Hamatinamie bei  Malaria.  Arq. Inst, biol., S. Paulo,
 1940, 11: 595-600.

 ---   Hemiplegic type.

    See also  subheading  Hemorrhagic type.
    Sacchi,  E.   Sulle paralisi da  malaria.    26p.
 24cm.   Venezia,  1888.
    d'Antonio,  L.  Contributo  clinico  alia   conoscenza  delle
 complicanze  midollari  nel corso  della  infezione  malarica.
 Minerva med, Tor.,  1928, 8: 1008-13.—Conn, S.  D.  Para-
 plegie flasque de nature paludique.   Monde  med.,  1932, 42:
 610.-—Gupta,  R.  D.,  & Laha, P.  N.  Hemiplegia in chronic
 malaria; case  note.   J.  Ind. M. Ass., 1943-44, 13: 296.—
 Morris, L. R.,  & Hamilton, A. McL.  The malarial causation
 of cranial  nerve paralysis; with  a case.   Medicine, Detr.,
 1901, 7: 373-6.—Salmoni, G.  Tremore ed emiparesi consecu-
 tivi a malaria (contributo  alia conoscenza  dei  disturbi del
 sistema nervoso nell'infezione malarica) Riv. crit. clin. med.,
 1903, 4: 340; 353.

 ---   Hemoglobin.

    See also subheading Anemia.
    Siegenbeek van Heukelom, A.  [Hemoglobin determination
 in patients with acute tropical malaria] Geneesk. tschr.  Ned.
 Indie, 1940,  80:  386-95.—Sweet, W. C.   Notes on  malaria
 in Mvsore State; haemoglobin  and  malaria.  Rec.  Malaria
 Surv. India, 1934, 4: 111-7.


 ---   Hemoglobinuria  [incl.  Blackwater fever]

    Gomes  Barboza,  C.    *Estudo  resumido  da
 febre   hemoglobinurica   palustre.     122p.    8?
 Lisboa, 1884.
    Stephen's, J. W. W.   Blackwater  fever.  727p.
 22cm.   [Liverp.]  1937.
    Adhikary, M.  M.  Blackwater fever.  Antiseptic, Madras,
 1931, 28: 254.—Alain.  Observation de fievre bilieuse hemo-
 globinurique.  Ann. med. pharm. colon., Par., 1930, 28: 90-2.—
 Bass, C. C.  Malarial hemoglobinuria.  Med. Clin. N. America,
 1927-28, 11: 1109-15.—Bercovitz,  Z.  T.   Blackwater fever.
 In his Clin. Trop. M.,  N. Y., 1944, 186-92.—Berho & Castillon.
 Frevre bilieuse hemoglobinurique.  Bull.  Soc.  med. mil. fr.,
 1935, 29: 89-93.—Blackie, W. K.   Blackwater fever.  Clin.
 Proc,  Cape Town,  1944,  3:  272-312.—Blackwater fever.
 Brit. M. J.,  1937,  2: 84; 381.—Blackwater  fever; precis  of
 abstracts [of recent literature]  Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1941,
 38: 651-6.—Blackwater fever; hemoglobinuric fever; malarial
 hemoglobinuria.  Seminar,  Phila., 1943,  5:  No.  3,  4-8.—
 Camejo, J. C.   Breves apuntaciones  sobre  la fiebre  biliosa
 hemoglobinurica.  Gac. med. Caracas, 1931, 38: 109.—Castex,
 M. R., Gonzalez, H., &  Poletti,  R. A.  La hemoglobinuria
 malarica.   Prensa  med.  argent.,  1927-28,  14: 1145-53 —
 Chabrol, E.,  Cachera, R., & Waite,  R.   Bilieuse  hemoglo-
 binurique et tierce maligne.  Paris med., 1930, 75:  488-90.—
 Chatterjee, P.  Black-water fever.  Antiseptic, Madras, 1926,
 23:  354-6.—Christophers,  R.   Blackwater  fever.  In: Brit.
 Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond.,  1936, 2:  361-73 —
 Cianflone, G.  Febbre ittero-emoglobinurica da malaria.   Riv.
 med., Milano, 1934, 42: 133-5.—Ciavaldini. L'hemoglobinurie
 paludeenne.  Rev. palud., Par.,  1940, 2:  65-7.—Cilento, R.
 Blackwater fever.  In  his  Trop.  Dis. Australasia,  2.  ed.,
 Brisbane,  1942, 43-8.—Clair, F.   La fievre bilieuse  hemo-
 globinurique.   Monde med.,  1939,  49: 655-8.—Craig, C. F.
 Blackwater fever.  In: Oxford Med.  (Christian, H. A.,  cd.j
 N. Y., 5: 1940, 484(7)-484(20)— De los Rfos G., G. Paludismo
 y fiebre biliosa hemoglobinurica.  Rev. med. cir., Barranquilla,
 1940, 7:  No. 9, 11-20.—Dixon,  H. B. F.   Blackwater fever.
 In: Med. Dis. War (Hurst, A. F.) 3. ed., Lond., 1943, 354-7 —
 Faccenda, F.   L'emoglobinuria nei malarici.   Riv. osp., 1936,
 26: 207-13.—Facio, A.  Fiebre de aguas negras.  Rev. med.
 S. Jose, 1933-35, 1: 36-45.—Garcia de Paredes, G.  Fiebre
 hemoglobinurica.  Bol. As. med. nac, Panama, 1941-42, 3:
 No. 3,  10-22.—Geracitano, A.  Febbre ittero-emoglobinurica.
 Gior.  ital.  mal. esot., 1933,  6: 120-34.—Ghiron,  M.  On
 blackwater fever.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1932, 35: 65-71.—
 Gregory, J. R.  A short note on blackwater fever.   East  Afr.
 M. J.,  1944, 21: 98-100.—Guillon.   La fievre bilieuse hemo-
globinurique.   In: Grandes  endemies  tropic, Par.,  1935, 7:
60-75.—Harper, J.  Blackwater  fever.   J.  M. Ass.  S. Africa,
1929, 3: 707.—Make], H. P., & Gilder, W.  Blackwater fever.
Mil. Surgeon,  1930, 67:  156-64.—Malard & Balan.  Fievre
bilieuse hemoglobinurique.  Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr.,  1935, 29:
170-7.—Maselli,  D.   Emoglobinuria in malarico.   Riforma
med., 1934, 50: 111.—Mongalo,  F.  S.  Fiebre biliosa hemo-
globinurica.  Rev. med., Managua, 1933-34, 3: 225.—Pacheco
Marroquin, S.  Apuntes sobre la fiebre biliosa hemoglobinurica.
Tr. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931)  1933,  3.  Congr.,  804-14 —
Peratomer, U.  L'emoglobinuria nella malaria.  Riv. malariol.,
1934, 13: 58-05.  -Perekropov, G. J.  Ueber Schwarzwasser-
fieber.  Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1926, 30: 284-8.—Risquez,
F. A.   Fiebre  biliosa  hemoglobinurica.   Gac. med. Caracas,
1934, 41: 49-53.—Rodriguez Boscan, H.  Fiebre biliosa hemo-
globinurica.  Rev. Soc. med. quir. Zulia, 1942, 16: 1930-69.—
Salom,  C.  E.   Fiebre biliosa hemoglobinurica.  Mem. Congr.
venezol. med. (1926)  1927,  5.  Congr., 1: 159-65.   Also Gac.
med.  Caracas,  1928,  35: 118-20.—Samokhin, G. I.  [Hemo-
globinuric fever]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 41: 1230.—Sampson,
B. F.  Blackwater fever  and its relation to malaria.  S. Afr.
M. J., 1932, 6:323-9.—Scott, H.H.  Blackwater fever.  Tn his
Hist. Trop.  M.,  Bait.,  1939, 1: 252-78.—Siegenbeek van
Heukelom,  A.   [Black-water fever]  Geneesk. tschr.  Ned.
Indie, 1940,  80:  2090.—Voigt, E. M., & Voigt, C.  Haemo-
globinaemia in malaria.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1937-38, 31:  539-48.—Whitmore, E. R.   Blackwater fever.
Ann.  Int. M., 1928, 2: 316-24, ch.—Wilson, T. E.  Blackwater
fever.   Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 414-8.—Zuidema  [Black-
water fever]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 2602.


----  Hemoglobinuria: Cases.
   Basile,  V.  C.   A  proposito di un caso di febbre biliosa-
emoglobinurica.  Ann. med. nav., Roma,  1927,  1:  168-75.—
Biswas. N. N. A case of black-water fever.  Ind. M.  Rec,
1929, 49: 34.—Bosisio, R.  La febbre emoglobinurica.  Pensiero
med., 1926, 15: 398-402.—Braun, K., & De Vries, A.   [Plasmo
chin and  quinine as  the cause of acute haemolvtic anemia]
Harefuah,  Tel Aviv,  1944, 27:  219-21.—Brownley, H. G.
Blackwater fever;  report of cases.   Med. Bull. U. S.  Chief
Surg. Europ.  Theater, 1944, No. 24, 7-9.—Chaniotis, N. L.
Syndrome  hepato-biliaire aigu au cours de la  fievre bilieuse
hemoglobinurique.  Paris med., 1932, 85: 213.—Chesterman,
C. C. Blackwater fe\rer in a negro child.  Lancet, Lond., 1935,
2: 554.—Das Gupta, C. C.  Blackwater fever; observations
on cases treated  in the Jalpaiguri Dooars.   Calcutta M. J.,
1941, 38: 25-38.—De Lauren7j, V.   Su alcuni casi di  emo-
globinuria in  malarici.  Arch. farm, sper., 1928-29, 47: 1-14.—
Del Valle, C. M.  A case of blackwater fever and its urological
aspect.  N. York  State J. M., 1930, 30: 1287.—Dimitriades, T.
Zur  Frage des Schwarzwasserfiebers im friihen Kindesalter.
Jahrb. Kinderh., 1934, 3. F.,  93: 106-8.—Dutt, P. C.  A case of
paroxysmal haematuria due to malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1942,
77:  738.—Ermakovskaia, N.  P.   [Case  of hemoglobinuric
feverl  J. profil. subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent, 1934, 4: 73-5.—
Fairley, N. H., &  Murgatroyd, F.  Recurrent blackwater fever
induced by quinine.  Tr. R.  Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1940-
41,  34: 187-94.—Fernan-Nuiiez,  M.  Blackwater  fever; a
clinical  review  of fifty-two  cases.   Ann. Int. M.,  1935-36, 9:
1203-12.—Fitch, W. E.  A report of a case of tertian estivo-
autumnal malarial fever  and two  cases  of hemoglobinuric
malarial fever. Carolina M. J., 1902, 48:  143-52.—Frewen,
W. K.  Blackwater fever.   J.  R. Army M. Corps,  1943, 80:
159-61.—Ghiron,   M.   Sulla  emoglobinuria  nei   malarici.
Policlinico, 1926,  33:  sez.  med.,  1-26.—Gunther,  C. E.  M.
A case  of  blackwater fever showing intermittent haemoglo-
binuria.  Med. J.  Australia,  1936, 1:  542.—Hall, G.  R.  Com-
ments on blackwater  fever,  and a group of special  cases. J.
Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934, 37:  33-6.—Jackson, S.  A case
of blackwater feyrer in an infant,  a native  of Nigeria.  Ibid.,
1935, 38: 284.—Jaimes Alas, T.  A  prop6sito de un caso de
fiebre de aguas negras complicado  con anuria.  Gac.  med.
Occidente,  S. Ana,  1943-44,  6:  1269-71.—Kasarian,  A. D.
[Case of bilious hemoglobinuric  fever]  Russ. J.  trop. med.,
1929, 7: 315-7.—Leclef. Onze cas de bilieuse hemoglobinurique
chez les noirs.  Ann. Son. beige med. trop., 1931, 11: 293-310.—
To, L. K. Report of a case of blackwater fever.  Caduceus, Hong
Kong, 1941, 20: 128-30,  4 pi.—Muslim Huseyin Giir   [Case
of hemoglobinuric bilious fever of the typhoid type] Askeri
sihhiye  mecmuasi, 1936, 65: 42-4.—Nelson, A. J. M. Black-
water fever;  review of a case.  Med. J. Australia, 1943, 1:
491-3.—O'Donogbue.  Notes on a case  of  pernicious malaria
complicated by blackwater  fever.   J. London School Trop.
M.,  1911-12,  1:  281-3.—Owen,  D. U., &  Murgatroyd, F.
Clinical and chemical  observations on two cases of blackwater
fever.  Ann.  Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1928,  22:  503-30.—
Perris.  E.  P.  Ein seltener  Fall von  Schwarzwasserfieber.
Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1939,  43: 411-6.—Quemener, E.
Y a-t-il augmentation du nombre des cas de fievre bilieuse
hemoglobinurique?  Maroc med.,  1944. 23:  7.—Robertson, F.
A case  of blackwater fever.  Newcastle M. J., 1941-42, 21:
115-21.-—Schlayer, C. W.  Beitrag zur Kasuistik  der Malaria
und des Schwarzwasserfiebers.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1902, 28:
505-8.—Stephens, J.  W. W.,  & Christophers. S. R.  Black-
water fever; cases IX  to XVI; summary and conclusion.  Rep.
Malaria Com. R-  Soc. London, 1901, ser. 5, 12-27.—Swantz,
H. E., & Bayliss, M.   Hemoglobinuria; report  of 10 cases of
its occurrence in  Negroes during convalescence from malaria.
War  Med., Chic,  1945, 7:  104-7.—Talec.   Observation  d'un
cas de fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique.   Ann. med. pharm.
col., Par., 1930, 28: 249-54.—Thomas, R. C, & Millen, R. M.
A case  of  pregnancy  complicated by blackwater  fever and
Bacillus coli  pyelitis.  Tr.  R. Soc  Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond.,
1938-39, 32:  743-50.—Twells, T. W.  A  case  of blackwater 
MALARIA                                         92                                          MALARIA
fever. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 208.— Yorke. W.. Murgatroyd,
F., & Owen, D. II.  Observations on five cases  of  blackwater
fever.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30, 23: 335-84.

----  Hemoglobinuria: Complication.
   Cho, R.  Ein  Fall von Anurie infolge des Scliwarzwasser-
fiebers.  Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1940, 39: 978.—Cole. A. C. E.
A case of anuria  in blackwater fever.  East Afr. M. J., 1943,
20: 381.—Fov, H., & Kondi, A.  A case of miscarriage following
blackwater fever.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M.  Hvg., Lond., 1940-41,
31: 343-6.—Gordon, R. M., & Davey, T. H.  The association
nf bacteriuria with blackwater fever in West  Africa.  Ann.
Tmp. M.  Parasit., Liverp.,  1935,  29:  439-56.—Hernandez,
I.  M., &  de Marval,  L.   Fiebre biliosa  heinoglobineiniea  a
forma anurica.  Rev. Soc med. int., B. Air.. 1931, 7: 401-72.—
Le Dantec, A.  Note sur un casd'acces bilieux hemoglobinurique
accompagne de svndrome de Raynaud.   Bull. Soc path, exot.,
Par., 1926, 19: 680-6— Lemierre, A., & Rudolf, M.  Sur un
cas mortel de  fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique.   Bull. Soc.
med. hop.  Paris, 1931,  3.  ser.,  47: 721-9.—Maegraith,  B.
Blackwater fever  anuria.   Tr. R.  Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1944-45, 38:  1-23.—Manson-Bahr,  P.   A case of  blackwater
fever with persistent high blood urea; recovery after multiple
blood transfusions.  Ibid., 1935-36, 29: 359-60.—Portmann, G.
Surdite  et bilieuse hemoglobinurique.  C.  rend.  Congr. fr.
med., 1923, 17. sess., 38.—Toone, E. C jr.  Clinical observa-
tions on the renal insufficiency in blackwater fever; report of a
case. Am. J. Trop. M., 1941. 21: 217-21.

----  Hemoglobinuria: Diagnosis.
   Charters, A. D.   Diagnosis and  treatment  of  blackwater
fever.  Med. Press &  Circ,  Lond.,  1944,  211: 124-7.—Foy,
H., & Kondi,  A.  Researches  on  blackwater fever in  Greece;
a note on the action of  Ehrlich's diazoreagent on the unhaemo-
lyzed serum of the  rabbit.   Ann. Trop. M. Parasit.,  Liverp.,
1935, 29: 395-7.—Hartogh, L. F. S. de [Diagnostic and clinical
peculiarities  in   febris biliosa haemoglobinurica]   Geneesk.
tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1937,  77:  1622-34.—Licciardi, S.  Febbre
emofflobinurica o  febbre ittero-ematurica?  Gazz. med., Roma,
1932, 58:  267; 294.—Strong, R.  P.   Blackwater fever.  In:
Stitt's Diagn. &c Trop. Dis., 6. ed., Phila., 1942, 1: 136-63 —
Suarez, M. A.  Tecnica de identificacion de la hemoglobinuria.
 Tijeret. malaria, Maracay, 1943, 7: 181.

----  Hemoglobinuria: Etiology.

   Cao Xuan  Cam.   *De la fievre bilieuse  hemo-
globinurique;  etude  critique  de l'6tiologie, de la
pathogeiiie  et du traitement.   84p.   8?   Par.,
1933.
   Alexandrides,  K.  Ueber  die Aetiologie  und Pathogenese
des  Schwarzwasserfiebers.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1937,
41: 505-12.—Arnell, O. R.  Blackwater fever  and quinine;  a
statistical note on the hypothesis that quinine is likely to cause
or precipitate an attack of  blackwater fever.   Kenya East
Afr.  M. J., 1929-30, 6: 75-9.—Banerjee, N. G., & Brahmachari,
P.   The occurrence of haemoglobinuria during treatment of
malarial fever with atebrin and plasmoquine.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
1933, 68:  149.—Barbacci, P.   Su  di un  caso di emoglobinuria
chininica in  soggetto  malarico.  Atti  Accad.  fisiocr. Siena,
1925-26, 9. ser., 17: 545.—Bramachari, U. N. Certain observa-
tions on the  mechanism  of quinine haemoglobinuria in man.
Ind.  J.  M.  Res., 1925-26, 13: 695.—Chatrieux,  H.   Action
manifeste  du  froid  dans la fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique.
Bull. Soc. path,  exot., Par.,  1926, 19:  69-71.—Ciavaldini, J.
Un cas d'hemoglobinurie chez une  paludeene  n'ayant jamais
absorb6 de  quinine.   Arch.  Inst. Pasteur Algerie,  1927,  5:
48-50.—Cioffi,  E.  L'emoglobinuria  e  la  nefrite  malarica di
fronte al chinino.  Morgagni, 1934,  76:  740-3.—Condoyannis,
N. D. Ueber die Aetiologie des Schwarzwasserfiebers.   Deut.
med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 1219-21.—Foy, H., & Kondi, A.  Three
cases of blackwater fever following the oral administration of
atebrin.  Tr.  R.  Soc.  Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond., 1937-38,  31:
99-102.—Franchini, G., & Maggesi, B.  Spirochatenbefund in
einem letalen Fall von  Schwarzwasserfieber.   Arch.  Schiffs
Tropenhyg., 1925, 29: Beih. 1, 110.—Gosio, R.  Ricerche sulla
emolisina della emoglobinuria da  chinino  nei malarici.  Poli-
clinico,  1928,  35: sez. med.,  538-55.—Guerrero,  G.   Fiebre
hemoglobinurica  y  quinina.   Cruz  roja  dominie,  1939,  5:
No.  3, 10-2.—Krishnan, K. V., & Pai, N. G. The aetiology of
blackwater fever.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 121-7.—Lazzaro, G.
Sulla cura dell'emoglobinuria chinino malarica.  C. rend. Congr.
internat. palud. (1930)  1931, 2. Congr., 2: 195-8.—Liverani, E.
Contributo alia conoscenza dell'emoglobinuria da chinino nei
malarici.  Riv. malariol.,  1929, 8:  674-84.—Moral is,  P.  A.
Fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique provoquee par  la  quinine,
chez un paludeen.  Monde med.,  1927, 37: 760-3.—Miihlens,
P.,  & Knabe, K.   Ein  Fall  von  Schwarzwasserfieber  mit
aussergewohnlich  starker  Chininuberempfindlichkeit.  Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1931, 35: 73-81, ch.—Mufell, P. P.  [Hemo-
globinuria  fever  in a  case of malaria  tertiana acuta] Klin.
med., Moskva, 1926,  4: 264.—Reynolds,  F. H.   A  case of
blackwater fever  precipitated by ptomaine poisoning  due to
unclean degchies.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 198— Sarcinella, F.
La febbre biliosa  emoglobinurica ed i suoi rapporti col chinino
e la malaria.  Rass. san. A. O. I., Addis Abeba,  1939, 1: No. 2,
101-16.—Soromenho, L.  Spirochaetes in the faeces of  patients
with  blackwater  fever.   Lancet,  Lond ,  1930, 2:  1015. -
Torrioli, M.  Sull'impiego della plasmocluna  nei casi di emo-
globinuria da chinina. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. prat., 1311-4,
----   Hemoglobinuria: Geography.

   Klaassen,  J.   *Ueber  das Yorkommen  von
Schwarzwasserfieber bei  fremden  Rassen.   26p.
8?   Tiib.,  1934.
   Ross,  G.  R.   Researches on  blackwater fever
in  Southern Rhodesia.   262p.  8?   Lond.,  1932.
   Abu Hanifah  [Case of black-water fever in middle Sumatra]
Geneesk. tschr.  Ned.  Indie,  1935, 75: 1104-72.—Anderson,
J. S.  Blackwater fever in Scotland.  Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1:
IS.—Archila, R. A.   Relaci6n  sobre  la fiebre  hilio-a liemo-
irlobimirica  en Venezuela.   Gac. med.  Caracas, 193 1,  41:
29S; 315; passim.  ------  La fiebre biliosa heiiioglol.inunra
en el estado Bolivar.   Bol. Min.  san. Venezuela, 1936-37, 1:
721-9.—Bhattacharjee, J. C.  Blackwater  fever in the  hills.
Ind. M. Gaz.,  1941, 76: 419.—Burkwall, H. F.  Blackwater
fever; a statistical report of  25 cases seen  on Hainan Island.
Am. J.  Trop.  M„  1943, 23: 28.5-92.—Carpano,  M.  Sulla
febbre  biliosa  emoglobinurica nell'uomo  e  negli  animali;
ricordi e considerazioni su di un focolaio di  tale affezione nelle
Puglie.  Riv. med. trop., 1940, 4: 81-0.—Carpenter, G. D. H.
A case of blackwater fever in an  African native.  Tr. R. Soc.
Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1927-28,  21: 237.—Chiu, P.  P.  The
occurrence  of  blackwater fever in the neyv territories of the
Kowloon Peninsula (Hong Kong)  report  of a case.  Chin,
M.  J., 1939, 56: 157.—Connal, A.  Figures relating to black-
water fever in Nigeria.  West Afr.  M. J., 1930,  4: 32-9.—
Creagh, E. P. N.   Notes on four cases of blackwater fever
occurring in Southern  Nigeria.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943,
80:  64-72.—De Decker.   Quelques  observations de  fievre
bifieuse hemoglobinurique chez le  noil.  Ann. Soc  beige med.
trop., 1932, 12: 213-21— Dowds, .1. H.  Blackwater fever in
an African  native.  S. Afr. M. J., 1910,  14: 305.  Kink, L. C.
Blackwater fever in  Burma.   Tr. Far Last. Ass.  Trop.  M.,
1912, 2.  Congr., 337-49—Foy, H., A- Kondi, A.   Keseaiches on
blackwater fever in Greece; introduction and  history.  Ann.
Trop. M. Parasit,, Liverp., 1935,  29: 383-93.------Black-
water fever in  Macedonia.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hvg., Lond.
1937-38,   31:   123-38- Giglioli,   G.    Epidemiological   and
etiological studies on blackwater fever in the interior of British
Guiana,  1923 to 1932.   Ibid.,  1932, 26: 204-24.—Giunta, G.
La  febbre biliosa  emoglobinurica  in Somalia ed i suoi rapporti
con la malaria.  Arch. ital. sc med. col.,  1934, 15: 899-914.
Greene, E. F.   Blackwater fever in England.  Lancet, Lond.,
1927, 1: 568.—Hasselmann, C. M.  Black  water fever in the
Philippine Islands.  J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1934, 14:
18-24.—Hillel  Yofe.    De,  la  fiSvre  hemoglobinurique en
Palestine.   C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop..  1932, 1. Congr.,
4:  1007-75. Also Hev. med.  hyg. trop., Par.,  1929, 21: 105-
14.—Hua, T. J., & Cheng, S. Y. Clinical repoit  of two rases of
blackwater fever from Chun Wan, New  Territories,  Hong
Kong.   Caduceus,  Hong Kong,  1940, 19:  98-9.   Also Trop.
Dis. Bull.,  Lond., 1941, 38:  652.—Ismail,  A. A., & Soliman,
M.  A.  Blackwater fever in Egypt,  J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1938,
21: 394-400.—Le Bourdelles, B.,  Boide & Paraire.  La fievre
bilieuse  hemoglobinurique en France; k propos de deux cas
recents.   Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr.,  1938, 32:  251-61.—Manson-
Bahr, P.  Blackwater fever in England: clinical aspects.  Tr.
R. Soc.  Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1932, 26:  225-40. ----- &
Sayers, E.  G.   Blackwater fever  in London; a  critical study.
Lancet,  Lond., 1927, 1: 273-7.—Marschall, F.   Das Schwarz-
wasserfieber in Santo  Domingo.   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1939, 43:  266-73.—Mazza,  S.   Primer caso  aut6ctono de
fiebre hemoglobinurica observado en Jujuy.  Reun. Soc. argent.
pat. region. (1931) 1932, 7. meet.,  182-5.—Mirra, C  La
febbre  biliosa-emoglobinurica tra  gli  indigeni  di  Somalia.
Arch. ital.  sc. med. col., 1930, 11: 24-8.—Moncarey.  Deux
cas d'hemoglobinurie malarienne chez des indigenes du Congo.
Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1929,  9: 275-7.—Mostert, H. v. R.
Observation on quinine prophylaxis and blackwater fever in
central Africa.  S. Afr. M. J., 1935, 9: 827-32.—Mostkov, A.
[Six cases of malarial  hemoglobinuria in Suchum, Caucasus]
Vrach. gaz.. 1928, 32: 430-5.—Ott.  Les deux types devolution
de  la fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique au  Laos.  Ann.  med.
pharm. col., Par., 1932, 30: 532-45.—Penington, R. G. Black-
water fever with hyperpyrexia in a New Guinea native.  Tr.
R.  Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1931,  25: 137-40.-  Popow,
P.  P.,  &  Zeiss, H.  Das  Schwarzwasserfieber in linv-larid.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1925, 29:  Beih.  1, 284-92.-----
Weitere  Untersuchungen fiber   das  Schwarzwasserfieber in
Russland.   In:  Arb.  Tropenkrankh.  fl'estsclir.  B.  Nocht)
Hamb.,  1927, 438-45.—Seaton,  S.  1*.   Blackwater fever in
Hainan.   Chin. M. J., 1935, 49:  792 6- Shelley, H. M.
Blackwater fever in  Nyasaland; an analysis  of  sixty-seven
cases.  Tr. R.  Soc. Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond., 1.931. 25: 129-30.—
Shircore, J. O.  A case of blackwater fever in  an African girl.
Ibid., 1944-45, 38: 161—Stephens, J. W. W.  The distribution
of  blackwater fever  in Europe.   Ann. Trop. M.  Parasit.,
Liverp., 1927-28, 21: 407-75, 3  map.------The distribu-
tion of blackwater fever in South V est'Asia.   Ibid., 1928-29,
22:  53-8, 2  map.  â– ------The distribution of blackwater
fever in India.  Ibid., 169-78, 2 maps.  ------  The distribu-
tion of blackwater fever in Burma and the Far East.  Ibid.,
179-99,  4 map.------ The distribution  of blackwater fever 
MALARIA
S3
MALARIA
in Africa.  Ibid., 1929-30, 23: 67-102.------The distribu-
tion of blackwater fever  in  North America.   Ibid.,  451-81.
-----The history of blackwater fever in Africa, 1822-1884.
C. rend.  Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931,  2. Congr.,  2:
458-70.------The distribution of blackwater  fever  in
Central America, South America and the West Indies.  Ann.
Trop.  M. Parasit., Liverp., 1933, 27: 283-307.  —----The
distribution of blackwater fever (summary)  Ibid., 1934, 28:
37-40.—Suarez,  R.  M.   Fiebre hemoglobinurica en Puerto
Rico.  Bol. As. ni6d. Puerto Rico, 1931,  23: 363-79.—Tala-
monti, L.  La febbre biliosa-emoglobinurica in Somalia. Arch.
ital. sc med. col., 1931, 12: 65-73.—Wayl, P.  Observation of
blackwater fever in Galilee.  Fol. med. int. orient.,  1932-33,
1: 195-9.—Weitzman, T.  Note on  a case of blackwater fever
in a native of Palestine.   Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1926-27,  20:  274.—Worthington,  E.  B.   Blackwater  fever
[Africa]   In  his  Science in Africa, Lond., 1938,  522.—Yao,
Y. T., Wu, C. C, & Pei,  Y. S.  Some epidemiological factors
of malaria in Mangshih, Yunnan, with remarks on the occur-
rence of blackwater fever.   Chin. M. J., 1943, 61: 197-211.
 ----   Hemoglobinuria: Pathogenesis.

    Vinson,  P.   *Etude critique de  la pathogenie
 et  de  l'6tiologie  de la  fievre  bilieuse  hemoglo-
 binurique.   56p.  8?  Par.,  1928.
    Aravantinos, A.  Pathogenese  et traitement de  l'hemo-
 globinurie  paludeenne.   C.  rend.   Congr.  internat.  med.
 trop., 1932, 4: 917.—Asbelev, V. N.  [Reciprocal action of lip-
 oids and quinine and their  hemotoxic action in connection to
 the pathogenesis of hemoglobinuric fever]  J.  mikrob., Moskva,
 1926, 3: 57-62.  Also German  transl. Zschr.  Immunforsch.,
 1926, 47: 89-96.—Blacklock, D. B., & Macdonald,  G.  The
 mechanism of blackwater fever  and  certain  allied conditions.
 Brit. M. J., 1928,  2: 145-9.—Blanc.   La fievre bilieuse hemo-
 globinurique  (essai d'une pathogenie)  In:  Grandes endem.
 tropic, Par.,  1933, 1-8.—Blanchard.  Sur  la  pathogenie  de
 Ihemoglobinurie  dans  la  fievre  bilieuse hemoglobinurique.
 Bull. Soc path, exot.,  Par., 1931,  24: 473-5.—Brachmachari,
 U.  Certain  aspects of black-water  fever.  C. rend.  Congr.
 internat. med.  trop., 1932, 1. Congr., 4: 941-6.—Charters, A.
 D.  A clinical study of the spleen in blackwater fever.  J. Trop.
 M. Hyg., Lond., 1935,  38:  1-9.—Contribucion al estudio de
 la fiebre biliosa hemoglobinurica.  An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas.
 1933, 13: 785-98,  2 pi., graph, map.—Ebert, M. K.   [On the
 pathogenesis  of hemoglobinuria in  malaria  (Schwarzwasser-
 fieber)]  Arb.  Mikrob.  Inst. Volksunterrichtskom.,  Moskva,
 1927, 3: 254-70.   Also  Zschr. Immunforsch.,  1927,  53: 297-
 314; 1930, 65: 161-75.  Also J. mikrob., Moskva,  1928, 5:
 13-26.—Factors in the  aetiology of  blackwater fever.  Bull.
 Army  M. Dep., Lond., 1943, No. 24, 5.—Fairley, N. H., &
 Bromfield, R. J. Laboratory studies in malaria and blackwater
 fever; blackwater fever;  haemoglobinaemia.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop.
 M. Hyg., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 141-56, pi—Fernan-Nurtez, M.
 Hemoglobinuric fever; is it an allergic phenomenon?  Am. J.
 Trop. M., 1936, 16: 563-77.—Foy, H., & Kondi, A.  Researches
 on blackwater  fever in  Greece; experimental  investigations.
 Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1936, 30: 423-33.  ------&
 Moumjidis, A.  Transfusion of blackwater fever blood into a
 normal individual during haemolytic  crisis.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop.
 M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1941-42,  35: 119-23.—Garcia  Rivera,  A.
 La evolucion  de las ideas sobre la patogenia de la fiebre biliosa
 hemoglobinurica.   Rev.  med.  cubana,  1937, 48:  47-61.—
 Ghiron, M.  Studien fiber die Pathogenese des Schwarzwasser-
 fiebers.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 63; 113—Jofe, H.
 Contribution  a la pathogenie et  a la  therapeutique des fievres
 hemoglobinuriques. J. Egypt.  M. Ass.,  1933, 16:  1022-6 —
 Kikuth, W.  Ueber den heutigen  Stand der  Schwarzwasser-
 fieberfrage mit eigenen experimentellen Beobachtungen. Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 501-18.—Kitchen, S. F.  The
 infection in the intermediate host; blackwater fever. In: Sympos.
 Human Malaria (Am. Ass. Advance. Sc.) Wash.,  1941, 208-
 13. Also Tijeret. malaria, Caracas, 1942, 5: 124-8.—Krishnan,
 K.  V.,  & Ghosh, B. M.   The relation of spleen to haemoglo-
 binuria.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1935, 70:  197-200.—Kritschewsky, I.
 L.   Zur  Hamoglobinuriepathogenese  bei  Malaria.   Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1926, 30: 293.—La Plaza, G. de, & O'Daly,
 J. A.  Contribuci6n al  estudio de la fiebre biliosa hemoglo-
 binurica.  Gac. med. Caracas, 1934,  41: 1-7.—Lega, G.   Sul
 processo emolitico neU'emoglobinuria  dei  malarici.   Rev.
 malariol., 1928, 7: 85-95.—Lichtenstein, A.   The pathogenesis
 of blackwater fever (an  acute hemolytic jaundice)  Tr. Far
 East. Ass.  Trop. M.,  1930, 1: 20-31.  Also Geneesk. tschr.
 Ned. Indie, 1929, 69: 138-48.—McCulloch,  W. C.  The bio-
 chemical aspect of blackwater fever.  West Afr. M. J., 19.32, 6:
 8.—McCulloch, W. E.  Haemolysis in blackwater fever.  Brit.
 M.  J.,  1943, 1: 802.—Marscha'l], F.   Die heutige Auffassung
 des Schwarzwasserfiebers.   Umschau, 1939,  43: 879-82.—
 Mer, G., Birnbaum, D., & Kligler,  I. J.  Lysis  of  blood of
 malaria  patients by bile or bile  salts.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M.
 Hyg., Lond.,  1940-41,  34:  373-8.—Naumann, H.  E.   Be-
 trachtungen zum Schwarzwasserfieber.  Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
 hyg., 1933,  37:  299-307.—Ott.  Recherches sur la pathogenie
 et le traitement de la fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique.  Bull.
 Soc.  path,  exot.,  Par.,  1932,  25:  494-512;  735.—Plehn,  A.
 Demonstrationen und  Erliiuterungen zur Schwarzwasserfrage.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1926, 30: Beih. 1, 56-62.—Rapoport,
J. L. Zur Pathogenese des Schwarzwasserfiebers.  Ibid., 1928,
32: 69-82.-—Recent research in blackwater fever.  Brit. M. J.,
1934, 2: 1154.—Ruge, R.   Ein Beitrag zur Schwarzwasser
fieber-Frage.   Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1929, 33: 328-30 —
Smith,  F.  Blood pH and  haemolysis in  blackwater fever.
Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 551.------& Evans, R. W.  Effect of
the pH of  the blood on haemolysis with special reference to
blackwater fever.  Ibid., 279-82.—Tareev,  E. M., Butiagina,
A. P. [et al.]  [Pathogenesis of hemoglobinuric fever]  Trop.
med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8: 1-10.—Van Slype, W.  A propos
de la fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique.  Bruxelles med., 1932-
33, 13: 493-501.—Vint, F. W.  Some recent researches on the
spleen  and their possible  relationship  to  blackwater fever.
East Afr. M. J., 1941-42, 18: 162-74.—Voigt, E. M., & Voigt, C.
Ueber antihamolytisches Serum [Versuche zur Schwarzwasser-
fieberfrage] vorlaufige Mitteilung.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhvg.,
1934, 38: 232-43.—Zass, J.   Zur Frage der Pathogenese und
Therapie des Schwarzwasserfiebers.  Harefuah, Tel Aviv,  1937,
13: p. iii.


----   Hemoglobinuria: Pathology.
   Alexandrides,  C.  La  nephrose  aigfie  ou nephropathie
epitheiiale tubulaire de la bilieuse hemoglobinurique.  C.  rend.
Congr.  internat.  path,  comp.,  1936,  3.  Congr.,  267-72.—
Hoeppli, R.   Ueber degenerative  Nierenveranderungen bei
Schwarzwasserfieber.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1929, 33:
322-8.—Marschall, F. Die Nierenveranderungen beim Schwarz-
wasserfieber.   Beitr. path.  Anat., 1939,  103: 61-77.—Price, C.
H. G.  Blackwater fever.  J.  R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 78: 196-
8.—Rivera Lugo, I.  The pathology of blackwater fever.  Bol.
As. med. Puerto Rico, 1944,  36: 461-7.—Whipple, G. H.  The
pathology of  blackwater fever.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1927, 7:
1-14.
----   Hemoglobinuria: Physiopathology.
   Blackie, W. K.  The reticulocytes in blackwater fever.  Tr.
R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 571-8.—Fairley,
N. H.   Blood pigment metabolism in blackwater fever.  In:
Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 123-30. ----— & Bromfield,
R. J.  Laboratory studies in  malaria and blackwater fever; a
new  blood pigment in blackwater fever and other biochemical
observations.  Tr. R.  Soc Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond., 1934-35,
28:  307-34,  pi.------Pseudo-methaemoglobin  in  black-
water fever and its clinical significance. Ibid.,  1937-38, 31:
139-78.—Giglioli, G.   Immunity in blackwater fever.  Riv.
malariol.,  1932,   11:  783-807.—Oliver-Gonzalez,  J.   Blood
agglutinins in blackwater fever.  Proc. Soc  Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,
1944, 57:  25.—Robert,  L.   Quelques  taux  du  cholesterol
sanguin chez des bilieux hemoglobinuriques. Bull. Soc. path.
exot., Par., 1933, 26: 522-5.—Rudenko,  A. P.  [Case of hemo-
globinuric  fever  with  examination  of  osmotic  stability of
erythrocytes]  Pediatria,  Moskva, 1939,  No. 2-3, 97-9.

----   Hemoglobinuria: Treatment.

   Ngtjyen-Sanh-Chau.   *De  la  fievre bilieuse
hemoglobinurique; etude  de la  cholest6rolemie;
essai de traitement par le chlorhydrate de choline.
67p.   8?   Par., 1933.
   Adalja,  K. V.   Modern  treatment  of  blackwater fever.
Antiseptic, Madras, 1931, 28: 786-8.—Afonsky, N. P.  [The
treatment  of hemoglobinuric fever with blood  transfusion]
Med. parazit., Moskva,  1943, 12: No.  5,  72-4.—Alain, M.
A propos de deux cas de fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique et de
leur  traitement  par la quinacrine.   Bull.  Soc. path, exot.,
Par., 1934,  27:  93-7.—Amigues, M.   Deux cas de bilieuse
hemoglobinurique traites  par le  serum medical  de Normet,
avec resultats tres favorables. Ibid.,  1930, 23: 999.—Baldor,
J. F.  Derivados sulfo-arsenicales vs atebrinaplasmoquina en
el control  de la fiebre hemoglobinurica y formas  paludicas
quino-resistentes.  Rev.  med. cubana,  1937,  48: 431-49.—
Barnett, T. M.   Blood transfusion in the treatment of malarial
hemoglobinuria.   U.  S.  Veterans  Bur.  M. Bull., 1930, 6:
688-91.—Bellgard, S. J.  Observations on eight cases of black-
water fever; treated with serums and alkalies.  Ind. M. Gaz.,
1928, 63: 573.—Bensis, W.,  &  Gouttas, A.   Bilieuse  hemo-
globinurique grave au cours d'un paludisme secondaire en
activite, avec anurie declenchee manifestement par traitement
quininique.   Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1935,  3. ser., 51:
1525-9.—Bhattacharyya,  B. M.  {Management of a case of
black water fever.  Ind. M. Rec, 1942, 62:  141-3.—Biddau, I.
Febbre ittero-emoglobinurica  e plasmochina.   Riv.  malariol.,
1930, 9: 53-60.—Blackie,  W. K.   Blood transfusion  in the
treatment  of blackwater  fever.   Lancet,   Lond.,  1937, 2:
1124-6.—Boyle,  A. K.   Blackwater fever  and  blood  trans-
fusion.  J.  R. Army M.  Corps,  1942, 78: 44— Burke, E.  A
note  on the intravenous administration of sodium bicarbonate
in blackwater fever.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1928,  63: 130.—Burkitt,
R. W.  Treatment of blackwater  fever.  Kenya East  Afr.
M. J., 1926, 3: 89.  Also Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 737.—Castillon, L.
Fievre  bilieuse  hemoglobinurique; considerations therapeu-
tiques et pathogeniques.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28:
199-207.-—Castrovilli,  G.  Emoglobinuria da febbre malarica
(suo  trattamento con la vitamina  C)   Minerva med., Tor.,
1937, 28: pt 1, 279-81.—Conil, J.  Consideration sur le traite-
ment de la fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique. Bull. Soc. path.
exot., Par., 1929, 22: 739-43.—Cooke, W. E., &  Willoughby, H.
Note on  the use of intravenous sodium bicarbonate solution
in the treatment of blackwater fever.  Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 
MALARIA                                          94
334.-  Cort,  E.  C.  Treatment of blackwater fever.  Am. J.
Trop.  M.,  1929, 9:  401-6.—Dang-Hanh-Kien.   La  fievre
bilieuse hemoglobinurique et son traitement preventif par la
biocholine intraveineuse. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1935, 3. ser.,
113: 191-5.------Contribution au traitement de la fievre
bilieuse  hemoglobinurique  par  les  injections  d'urotropine.
Ibid., 114: 282-8.—Das Gupta, B.  M.  A case  of blackwater
fever treated  by atebrin.   Ind. M. Gaz.,  1932, 67:  330 —
Dupuy, H.   Un  cas de fievre  bilieuse hemoglobinurique  de
nature nettement paludeenne,  traite par le  stovarso).  Bull.
Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 636.—Findlay, G. M.  Mobile
blackwater  fever treatment teams.   J. R.  Army M.  Corps,
1943, 81: 113-8.—Forbes, J.  Treatment  of blackwater fever.
Kenya East Afr. M.  J., 1929-30, 6: 152-7—Galainena,  L.
Hematuria  de  origen paludico; curaci6n  por la hidroterapia.
Rev. med. trop.,  Habana, 1902, 3: 84-6.—Goldblatt, I.  Ate-
brin in the treatment of blackwater fever.  S. Afr. M. J., 1935,
9: 384.—Gonzalez  Rincones,  R.  Consideraciones acerca del
tratamiento de la fiebre hemoglobinurica.  Gac. m6d. Caracas,
1931, 38: 126.—Hall, R. N.   Treatment  of blackwater fever.
Brit. M. J., 1943,  2:  86.—Hanschell, H.  M.   Intravenous
alkaline  infusion  in  blackwater fever.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M.
Hyg.,  Lond.,  1925-26,  19:  488-91.—Hauer, A.  Beitrag  zur
Behandlung des Schwarzwasserfiebers.  Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
hyg., 1936,  40: 76-81.—Hewetson, W. M.  Blackwater fever;
an interpretation  of the symptoms with a  suggestion for treat-
ment.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929, 32: 156-65.—Holm, B.
The successful use of sulfanilamide in the treatment of black-
water fever. J. Michigan M.  Soc, 1941,  40: 988-90.—Krish-
nan, K. V.  Treatment of blackwater fever.   Annual Rep. All
India Inst.  Hyg.  (1937) 1938,  23.—Leger, M. Fievre bilieuse
hemoglobinurique.   Paris med., 1926,  61:  434.—Maegraith,
B. G., & Havard, R. E.  Dangers of intensive alkali treatment
in blackwater fever.   Lancet, Lond., 1944, 2: 338.—Marievoet
& Ide, M.   Papaverine et hemoglobinurie  tropicale.  Rev.
med., Louvain, 1932, 284 -6.-  Markarian, G. M. [Treatment
of hemoglobinuric  fever with  acrichin]   Pediatria,  Moskva,
1940, No. 6, 44-6.—Mathieu.  I<es injections d'huile cholesteri-
n6e  dans le  traitement  de la fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique.
Tr.  Far  East. Ass.  Trop.  M.,  1930, 1:  460-84.—Mattei,  P.
Emoglobinuria e plasmochina.   Med. nuova, 1934, 25: 195-8.—
Measham, J. E.  Vitex peduncularis in the treatment of black-
water  fever.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1940, 75: 25-8.—Murgatroyd, F.
Modern  treatment of blackwater fever.   Med. Press & Circ,
Lond., 1938,  196:  173-5;  1943, 210: 58  -60— Murray, A. J.
Blackwater  fever following  atebrin; a fatal case. West Afr.
M. J., 1934, 8: 17.—Nagelsbach, E.  Schwarzwasserfieber und
Atebrin.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1933, 37:  337-9.—Nau-
mann, H. E.   Schwarzwasserfieber-Behandlung.  Ibid., 1936,
40:  73-6.—Nepokupnoi, G.  I., Agadov,  D. G., &  Freidlin,
M.  M.   [Treatment  of  ictero-hemoglobinuric fever  with
acrichin]  Sovet,  med., 1940,  No. 7, 31-3.—Ott.  Recherches
sur  la pathogenie et le traitement de la fievre bilieuse hemo-
globinurique (role du facteur  cholesterinemie)   Tr. Far East.
Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 1: 485-98.—Otto, I.  H.  Zur Behandlung
des  Schwarzwasserfiebers mit Campolon nach H.  E. Naumann.
Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1935, 39: 422-5.—Pagliani,  F., &
Sabena, V.  Assistenza medica in Africa Orientale; trasfusione
di sangue d'urgenza in linea per grave crisi  emoglobinurica in
malarico.  Bull. sc.  med., Bologna, 1936,  108: 500-3— Pater-
son, J. C. Note on the use of  alkali therapy in the treatment
of blackwater fever.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933,
26:  539-46.—Raymond, A. de.  Note therapeutique sur le
traitement de la bilieuse hemoglobinurique par le chlorhydrate
de  choline.   Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par.,  1932,  25: 215-21 —
Richardson, E.  C.   Treatment of blackwater fever.  Brit.
M. J., 1943, 1: 528.—Roy, B.  C. Vitex therapy in blackwater
fever.   J. Ind. M. Ass., 1940-41,  10: 475-82.—Schaefer,  H.
Ueber Novasurol bei  Schwarzwasser-Anurie.   Arch.  Schiffs
Tropenhyg., 1925,  29: Beih.  1, 310.—Sebastiani,  A.   Emo-
globinuria malarica trattata con trasfosione e seguita da morte.
Pathologica, Genova,  1926, 18: 20-6.—Singh, I., & Singh, I.
Treatment of black water fever. Current  Sc, Bangalore, 1944,
13:  98.  Also Ind. M. Gaz.,  1944,  79: 250-8.  Also Nature,
Lond.,  1944,  154:  84.—So, T.  Cases  of blackwater fever
without  administration of  quinine.  Taiwan  igakkai zassi,
1940, 39: 1861.—Soto Longoria, M.  La fiebre hemoglobinurica
y su tratamiento actual.  Rev. m6d. cubana,  1934, 45: 1179-
95.—Talianidis, P.   Zur Behandlung des Schwarzwasserfiebers.
Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1928,  32: 607-9.—Tardif.  Cinq
observations de fievre  bilieuse hemoglobinurique trait6e par la
methode de Bove (serum ahtivenimeux)  Ann. med. pharm.
col., Par., 1926, 24: 219-26.—Tolleson, H. M. The treatment
of hemoglobinuric fever; case reports.  J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1930,
19:  53-7.—Trabadoros, A. G.  Die Therapie  des  Schwarz-
wasserfiebers.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1928,  32: 229-35 —
Ujlaki, P.  Beitrag zur Therapie des Schwarzwasserfiebers.
Ibid., 1930,  34: 625-9.—Ulmi, P. Contributo alia plasmochino-
terapia nella  emoglobinuria da chinina  dei malarici.  Gior.
clin. med.,  1930,  11: 874-80.—Van Slyke, W.  Therapeutique
calcique dans la  fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique.  Bull. Soc.
path,  exot., Par.,  1935, 28:  85-7.—Venkatachalam, K., &
Ratnagiriswaran, A. N.  The use of  Cassia fistula in the treat-
ment of black-water fever.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1941, 76: 211.—
Waarddenburg, D. A. van  [Treatment of  a case  of black water
fever with  biocholine]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie,  1936, 76:
1001-4.—Wakeman, A. M., Morrell, Clare A. [et al.]  The
metabolism and  treatment of black-water fever.   Am. J.
Trop.  M.,  1932,  12: 407-39.—Werner, H.  Ueber Schwarz-
wasserfieber und seine Ueberwindung durch Chininvermeidung;
MALARIA
Ersatz durch Plasmochin und Atebrin und Uber das Anurie-
problem.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 270.—Weselko. ().
Sulla emoglobinuria da  malaria  nel distretto della stazione
antimalarial  di  Scardona (Dalmazia)  e sul  suo trattamento
con calcio e peptone.  Riv.  malariol., 1926, n. ser., 5: 653-9.
—      I'eOer die  Entstehung des Schwarzwasserfiebers und
seine Beliandlung  niit  Kalziuni  und Pepton.   Wien. med.
Wschr.,  1929, 7«:  919-21.— Yepes Cadavid, J.  Terapeutica
complementaria  de  la  fiebre  biliosa hemoglobinurica.  Bol.
clfn., Medellin, 1941, 7: 124-8.

----   Hemoglobinuria: Treatment—Quinine.
   Brahmachari, U., & Brahmachari, P.  Studies in black-water
fever; variation in the intensity of haemoglobinuria following
administration of quinine by regulation of the dosage of quinine
in a susceptible individual.  Am.  J. Trop. M.,  1932,  12:  117-
22.-—Cambessedes, H.,  & Westphal, F.   Fi&vre bilieuse hemo-
globinurique et quinine.   Rev. m6d. hyg. trop., Par., 1928, 20:
97-102.—Licciardi,  S.  Sulla cura della febbre itteio-einaturica
da chinina.   Gazz.  med.  Roma,  1930,  56:  230 3.-- Hanjeva.
Traitement  de  la  fievre bilieuse hemoglobinurique  par la
collobiase de quinine. Marseille med., 1928, 65: pt 2, 696-8 —
Roy, S. M.  A case  of blackwater fever successfully treated by
injection of quinine bihvdrochloride  and normal horse  serum.
Ind. M.  Gaz.,  1926, 61: 597.—Steudel, E.   Schwarzwasser-
fieber und Chinin.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 277-
87.   Uspenskaya, M.   P.   [Case of  hemoglobinuric  fever,
successfully  treated with quinine]  Med.  parazit., Moskva,
1935, 4: 235.  Wats, R. C, & Harbhagwan, S. A. S.   A  note
on the prevention of haemoglobinuria in P. knowlesi infections
in S. rhesus by  methylene blue and its curative value when
combined with quinine salts.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1937,
7: 179-83.

----   Hemorrhagic  type.

   See also subheadings (Hemoglobinuria; Skin)
   Guerra  Carneiro,  J.  J.  da.   *Estudo  sobre
as hemorrhagias traumaticas de origem palustre.
79p.   8?   Lisb., 1880.
   Amirdzhanov,  A.  N.    [Hemorrhagic  manifestations in
malaria]   Pediatria, Moskva,  1937,  No. 9,  50-3.—Andrzhe-
yevski, I. I.   [Malarial  haemophilia as a symptom of malarial
affection of the blood vesselsl Voen. med. J., S. Petersb., 1904,
3: med. spec, pt,  31; 270; 487.  Also Polish transl. Kron.  lek.,
Warsz., 1904, 25: 3; 57; 105; 145.—Bassu, E.  Considerazioni
sopra un caso di  perniciosa comitata pura emorragica.  Gazz.
osp., 1905, 26: 171.—Bidoli, G. L.  Le emorragie nella malaria.
Ibid., 1900, 21: 1478.—Bonne, C, & Luyke  Roskott, E. R. A.
[Case of hemorrhagic malaria]  Geneesk. tschr.  Ned. Indie,
1929, 69: 170-0, pi.—Bystritsky, I. A.  [Werlhof's syndrome in
malaria in children]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1941, No. 6, 46.—
Ceccarelli, D.  Sindrome emorragica in infezione malarica acuta
primaverile.  Policlinico, 1931,  38: sez. prat., 150-5.—Chere-
penkina, E. M.  [Case of congenital malaria with symptoms of
hemorrhagic  diathesis]    Pediatria,   Moskva,  1939,  134.—
('lark,  S. F.   Haemorrhage from the bowel in malaria.   S. Afr.
M. Rec, 1907, 5: 214.—Coelho, S.  A metrorrhagia palustre.
J. Soc. sc. med. Lisboa,  1903, 67: 37-9.  Also Med. contemp.,
Lisb., 1903, 21: 97.—Corsin, I. Un cas de enteroragie  datorit
cu  probabilitate  paludismulul.   Spitalul,  1903,  23:  895.—
Costantini, R. P.  Due casi di febbre ittero-ematurica malarica
simulanti la malattia del Tommaselli.   Incurabili, 1906, 21:
401-4.—Crosthwait, W. L.   Pernicious malarial fever,  with
special reference  to the hemorrhagic types; report  of cases.
Texas  J. M.,  1905-06,  1: 291-4.  Also  Virginia  M. Month.,
1905-06,  10: 53-7.—Delamare,  G.   Paludismo; alveolitis
catarral de tendencia hemorragica; adenitis cervical verosimil-
mente  tuberculosa.   An. Fac. cienc.  med., Asunci6n, 1928, 1:
28-42.—Faktorovich, I. M.  [Malaria in children with symptoms
of hemorrhagic diathesis]  Sovet. pediat., 1935, No. 9, 65-70.—
Fest, F. T. B.  Hematemesis in pernicious malaria.  Interstate
M. J.,  1902, 9: 184-8.  Also J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1903, 6:
65-7.—Finley, F. G.  Malaria with blood changes of a severe
character and retinal haemorrhages.  Montreal M. J., 1907, 37:
372.—Gonzalo, G.  R.   Hemofilia y  anemia paludica.   Siglo
med., 1925, 75: 530.—Greco, A. J., & Ziedman, I.  Purpura as
a complication of malaria.  Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1943-
44, 20: 457-9.—Hudson, P. L.   Hemorrhagic  fever.   Tr. M.
Ass. Georgia, 1897,  479-83.— Hulshoff, A. A.  [Malaria tropica
with hemoptoe]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1937, 77: 1410.
Also Acta leiden., 1937-38, 12: 156.—Hunt, J. G.  Report of a
case of hematemesis complicating malaria.   Post Graduate,
N. Y.,  1900, 21: 1005.— Ivanitzky, G.  A.  [Cases of malarial
petechia]  Vrach. gaz.,  1929,  33: 477.—Jancso,  M.  Malaria
perniciosa apoplectiformis.   Gy6gyaszat, 1902, 42: 516-8.—
Jenkins, J. S.  Hemorrhagic malarial toxaemia.  Tr. Arkansas
M. Soc,  1904, 198-215.—Legrain, E.  Note sur un bruit de
frottement perichoiecystique  observe dans  les ftevres inter-
mittentes biliaires.  Egypte med.,  1902-03, 2: 22-4— Lemanski.
Hematemese et  meiaena chez un  cachectique paludfen.  Bull.
Hop. fr. Tunis, 1901, 4: 282-6.—McCain, W. J.  Hemorrhagic
malarial fever.   Tr. M.  Ass. Alabama, 1902, 222-36.  Also
Mobile M. & S. J.,  1902, 1: 357-70.—Mallik, K. L. B.  A case
of  malarial haemoptysis.  Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1926, 61: 501.—
Moody,  F.  J.   Haemorrhagic malarial fever.   Tr. M. Ass.
Alabama, 1898,  74-7.—Nesterov, V. S.  [Malaria and hemor-
rhagic diathesis!  Vrach.  delo,  1938, 20: 787-90.—Noothoven 
MALARIA
95
MALARIA
van Goor  J. M.   [Purpura haemorrhagica in tertian malaria]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: pt 1, 840-2—Pareja Coronel.
A  Graves sindromes hemorragicos gastro-intestinales de origen
paludico.  An.  Soc. med.  quir.  Guayas,  1934,  14:  1-7.—
Redkov M.  [Lethal  case  of  hemorrhagic  form  of malaria]
Vrach  gaz., 1928,  32: 435.—Rutkovskaya, E. A. [Hemorrhagic
diathesis in malarial  Ter. arkh.,  1936,  14: 1089-97—Ryals,
W. M.  Hemorrhagic  malarial fever.  Tr. M. Ass. Alabama,
1899 300-5.—Sparkman, W. E.  Hemorrhagic malarial fever;
its treatment.  Ther. Gaz., Detr.,  1901, 3. ser., 27: 289-91 —
Verdalle.  Note sur lepistaxis impaludique  et son traitement
par le sulfate de quinine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1901, 3.
ser.,  18: 413-6.—Vialatte, C.  Hemorragies  gastro-intestinales
au cours d'un acces de paludisme.  Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Algerie,
1931, 9: 349-51.-—Zimin. I.  A.   [Case of malarial hemorrhagic
pleurisy]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4: 470-4.

---   Henry test.

   See also subheading Diagnosis.
   Fabregoule, M.  *De  la serofloculation  a la
melanine au  cours du paludisme.  171p.  24Hcm.
Alger, 1936.
   Bibliogr. p. 153-71.
   Mannoni,  J.    *Reactions  de   serofloculation
dans  le paludisme; reaction de Henry et modifica-
tion.   98p.   8?   Par., 1936.
   Meyer, B.   *Ueber   die  Malaria-Flockungs-
reaktion  nach  Henry  bei  Impfmalaria.    17p.
22cm.   Koln,  1936.
   Servanton, P.  E. F.   *La  melano-floculation
de  Henry,   malaria-reaction.    76p.     25J£cm.
Bord., 1933.
   Adida,  P.  La reaction  de floculation dans  le paludisme.
Gaz. hop., 1929,  102: 1137-40.—Basnuevo, J.,  & Anido, V.
Suero-floculacion  en el paludismo; reacci6n de Henry.  Med.
hoy, Habana, 1936, 1:  273.—Bourdelles, A.  C.  B., Liegeois,
R. J. L., &  Chabrelier, L.  La sero-floculation du paludisme
(reaction de Henrry)  Arch. med. pharm mil., 1930, 92: 179-
206.—Chechnovitzer, M. M., Gorchova, E. L., & Moldavskaia-
Kritschevskaia, W. D.  Die Melanoflockulation bei Malaria.
Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt,  1932,  126:  419-27.—Chorine, V.  La
reaction de  Henry.  Bull, med., Par. 1937, 51: 575-80.  Also
Arch.  Inst, prophyl.,  Par.,  1938,  10: 202-16—Corradetti, A.
La siero-flocculazione di Henrv nella malaria.   Diagn. teen.
lab., Nap., 1931, 2:  1034-42—Decourt, P.   Sur les rapports de
la malaria-floculation  avec  l'immunite  relative du paludisme.
Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938,  2: 393.—Helouin.  Le
diagnostic du paludisme par la meiano- et la ferrofloculation
d'Henry.  Clinique, 1932, 27:  195-7.—Henry, A. F. X.  Con-
tribution  a l'etude  serologique de l'infection palustre.  Rev.
tunis.  sc  med., 1927,  21: 153-5.------   Le diagnostic du
paludisme par  la photometrie de la  melano-floculation.  C.
rend.  Soc. biol.,  1929,  101:  261-4.  ------  Serofloculation
palustre, malariafloculation.   C. rend. Congr. internat. palud.
(1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1:  750-72.  Also Arch. ital. sc. med.
col., 1930, 11: 723-43.  Also Medecine, Par., 1932, 13: 922-33.
â– ----- Hemo-reactif pour serofloculation  palustre.   C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1937, 124: 795.—Iandolo, C.  La reazione di Henry
per  la  diagnosi  della malaria.   Studium, Nap., 1935,  25:  68-
72.—Kappus,  A.   Ueber  die Henrv'sche Malariareaktion.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 576-86.—Malaria-flocula-
tion (reaction de  Henry)  Rev. crit. path., Par., 1933-34, 4:
248-52.—Meersseman, F., & Lacour, P. R.  La malaria-flocula-
tion d'Henry; son interet theorique et pratique.  Lyon med.,
1934, 153: 632-40.—Pikul, I. N.  [Henry flocculation  reaction
in malaria]  Trop. med. vet.,  Moskva, 1931,  9:  371.—Rubin-
stein, B. N., & Kulikova, O. G.  [Henry's reaction in  malaria]
Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 129-31.—Schub, H. M., & Panferova,
E. A.   [Henry's  melanoflocculation reaction in  experimental
malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1938,  7: 793-800.— Videla,
C. A.,  Savino, E., & Martinez Dalke, L. Reaccion de Henry
(ferro-floculaci6n)  Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 1385-9 —
ViklickJ,  J.  [Henry's  reaction]   Cas. lek.  Cesk.,  1939,  78:
1115-8.

---   Henry  test: Evaluation.

   Lafuma, J.   *Le controle serologique du  traite-
ment antipalustre  par  la  reaction  de   Henry.
lOOp.  8?   Lyon,  1935.
   Seabra,  F.   *A reaccao  de Henry no diag-
nostico  da malaria e o  seu valor  epidemiologico.
54p.   8?   S. Paulo, 1932.
   Badensky, A., & Bivol, E. La reaction d'Henry dans le diag-
nostic  du  paludisme.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1933, 114: 224.—
Barbolin,  A. M., Granovskaia, A.  J.  [et al.]  [Specificity  of
melanoflocculation reaction]  Med. parazit., Moskva,  1937,  6:
99-103.—Benarroch, E. I.  A  propos de la  reaction de Henry
pour le diagnostic  du paludisme.  Riv. malariol., 1934, 13:
329-31.—Biasiotti,  M.   La reazione di Henry nella  diagnosi
sierologica della  malaria.  Policlinico,  1933, 40: sez.  med.,
557-68.—Bonalberti, E.  Contributo alio studio della reazione
di Henry nella diagnosi clinica di malaria.  Boll. 1st. sieroter.
milan., 1931, 10: 711-9.—Boutaric, A.   Quelques remarques
relatives  a la serofloculation  palustre.   Arch.  Inst, prophyl.,
Par., 1939, 11: 71.—Brandt, R., & Horn, L.  Erfahrungen mit
der Malariareaktion von Henry bei Impfmalaria. Klin. Wschr.,
1935, 14: 1538-40.-—Brotzu, G. Valore delle reazioni flocculanti
nella diagnosi di malaria.  Atti Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 77-
81. Also Boll.  Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 429-
33.—Cartana Castella,  P., & Torrademe Moline, J.   Con-
tribution a l'etude de la sero-floculation du paludisme; reaction
de Henry.  C.  rend. Congr.  internat. palud.  (1930) 1931,  2.
Congr., 1: 788-91.-—Chapurskaia-Bazhenova, N. A., & Levina,
D. A.  [Henry's reaction and its clinical diagnostic significance]
J. profil.  subtrop.  klin. med., Tashkent, 1934,  4:  49-53.—
Chieffi, A. Sul valore e sul significato della reazione di  Henry
nella  malaria  dell'infanzia.   Clin, pediat., Mod.,  1935, 17:
395-424.—Chorine, V.   Reaction de Henry dans le  diagnostic
du  paludisme.   Riv.  malariol., 1932,  11:  273-81.  ------
Eyrolution de la reaction de Henry et surfloculance du serum.
Bull.  Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1933,  26: 269-73.   ------  &
Rodieux,  M.  La reaction de Henry  et  le diagnostic du palu-
disme.  Ibid., 1249-52.—Coppa, E.,  &  Bonifacio, B.  Valore
diagnostico della reazione di Henry; ferroflocculazione. Diagn.
teen, lab., Nap., 1940, 11: 225-30.—Corradetti, A.  Le reazioni
di Henry nell'infezione  malarica.  Riv. malariol.,  1932. 11:
282-300.—Date, T. The result of consideration upon the after-
investigation of Henry's melanoflocculation.   Bull. Nav.  M.
Ass.,  Tokyo, 1939, 28: 55-7.—De Marco, A.  Valore pratico
della  reazione  di Henry per  la diagnosi della malaria nelle
malattie  mentali.   Osp. psichiat., Nap., 1937,  5:  125-39.—
Erusalimsky, B. M. [Henry's melanoflocculation  reaction and
its clinical significance  in malaria]  Kazan, med. J., 1940, 36:
No.  2, 52-6.—Farjot.   Resultats de  cent sero-floculations de
Henry.  Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par.,  1933, 26: 428-32— Gast,
A.  La reaccion de Henry en el paludismo. Med. Bull. (Stand-
ard Oil Co.) N. Y., 1936-38, 3: 25-9.—Giacomo, M., & Bruno,
B.  Sulla opportunity di praticare sistematicamente la melano-
flocculazione di Henry  nelle regioni malariche tropicali.  Gior.
ital. clin. trop.,  1937, 1: 10-5.—Gnoshvili, I. D.,  Keigelukhis,
I. S., &  Mudzhiri, M.  S.  [Henry's  melanoflocculation test in
malaria]   Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4: 458-61.—Gravin-
skaia, A. A., & Zarafian, A. A. [Diagnostic value of the melano-
flocculation reaction in  cases  of protracted, latent malaria and
early spring relapses]  Ibid., 1937, 6: 506-11.—Greig, E. D. W.,
Van Rooyen,  C. E., & Hendry.  E.  B.   Observations  on the
melano-precipitation serological  reaction in  malaria.   Tr. R.
Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 175-91.  Also J. Trop.
M. Hyg., Lond., 1934,  37: 193-5.  Also Rev. san. mil., Lima,
1935,  8:  115-8.—Henry, A.  F. X.   Sero-floculation palustre;
conditions d'observation; interpretation  et discussion des resul-
tats.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 1026-9.  ------ La sero-
floculation et l'examen  des frottis sanguins dans le diagnostic et
le traitement du paludisme.  Paris  med.,  1930, 75:  496-9.
------  Les causes d'erreurs dans la pratique de la melano-
floculation.  Bull.  Soc. path, exot., Par., -1933, 26:  914-9.
------  Les fausses floculations en serologie palustre. C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1934, 116:  1237-9.  ------   Melanofloculation  en
dehors du paludisme et instabilitd serique.  Ibid.,  1935, 118:
1443-6.  ------ Melanofloculation et expertise des pensionnes.
Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1936, 29: 493-6.—Kniazhansky, O.
M., & Diligensky, V.  G.  [Henry's  serodiagnosis of malaria]
Med. parazit.,  Moskva, 1937, 6: 91-8.—Kraushar Taubenfel-
dowa, T.  [Henry's reaction in malaria and typhus] Med. d6sw.,
1936, 20: 332-5.—L.. P. B.  La reaccion de Henry en el diagn6s-
tico del paludismo.  Dia med., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 5.—Lavergne,
J., & Monier,  H.  Utilisation de la  sero-floculation de Henry
dans le diagnostic et le traitement du  paludisme.  Bull. Soc.
path,  exot., Par.,  1931,  24:  539-44.—Le Bourdelles, B.   A
propos de la sero-floculation du paludisme.  Arch. med. pharm.
mil., 1930, 93: 121-4. ------ La sero-floculation du paludisme
 (reaction de Henry) son interet clinique et  epidemiologique.
Rev. m6d. fr., 1930, 11:  721-30. ----—  Sur  les techniques et
les resultats cliniques  de  la  malariafloculation.  Acta  Conv.
 trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2: 382-92.   ——— & Liegeois, R.
 Contribution a l'etude de la reaction de Henry (ferro- et melano-
 floculation) sa valeur dans le diagnostic de l'infection palustre.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1342-4.  ------  La sero-flocula-
 tion du paludisme reaction de Henry.  C. rend. Congr. internat.
 palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 777-87.  Also Arch. ital. sc.
 med. col., 1930, 11: 744-53.   Also Bull. Soc.  med.  hop. Paris,
 1929, 3. ser., 53: 1198-202.—Leroy, R., Chorine & Medakovitch,
 G. Evolution dela reaction de Henry lors de l'infection palustre
 experimentale.  Encephale, Par., 1933, 28: 372-9.—Markova,
 O. V.  [Specificity of  the melanoflocculation  reaction]  Vest.
 mikrob.,  1936, 15: 330-3.—Mintz, A. A. [Use of the melano-
 flocculation reaction in children in malarial and non-malarial
 affections]  Pediatria,  Moskva, 1937,  No. 6,  72-8.—Moldav-
 skaia-Krichevskaia, V. D.   [Melanoflocculation;  its  signifi-
 cance in diagnosis and  treatment of malaria]  Vrach. delo, 1936,
 19: 367-72.—Mufel, P. P.,  & Nemirovskaia, A. I. [Henry's
 melanoflocculation reaction in typhus and Weil-Felix' reaction
 in malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1936, 14:  1075.—Paterson,
 J C.  Henry's reaction for latent malaria.  Med. Bull. (Stand-
 ard Oil Co.) N. Y., 1935-36, 2:  14-21.—PikuL I. N.  [Henry's
 meiano-  and ferroflocculation tests in  malaria]  Trop. med.
 vet., Moskva,  1931, 9: 429-32.—Pirisi, B.   Sul valore diag-
 nostico  delle  reazioni sierologiche  di  flocculazione, melano-
 ferro flocculazione, nella malarioterapia.  Rass. stud, psichiat.,
 1938, 27: 1053-82.— Pirumov, K. N., & Ananian, S. A.  [Re-
 sults in  application of Henry's reaction in mass  examinations]
 Klin, med., Moskva,  1938, 16:  868-72.—Plesso, G.  I., & 
MALARIA                                           96                                           MALARIA
 Tolstoukhova, L. I.  [Diagnostic significance of Henry's melano-
 (locculation in malaria]  Sovet. med.,  1939, No. 9, 14.—Pozzi,
 A.   La reazione di Henry nella malaria.   Policlinico, 1930,
 37:  sez. med.,  361-75.- Raynal, J.  La reaction  de Henry
 au  Tonkin; resultats de 853 melano-floculations.   Bull. Soc.
 path,  exot.,  Par.,  1936, 29: 75-82.—Reniger-Areschian. M.
 La reaction  de  Henry, melano-floculation, chez les feinmes
 enceintes et   les nouveau-nes.   Gyn. obst.,  Par.,  1939.  40:
 339-48.—Rovello,  F.    La  melanino-flocculazione  di  Henry
 nelle splenomegalie malariche e non  malariche.  Gazz.  osp.,
 1939, 60: 315-8.—Sevastianov, V., & Cherkassky, I.  [Henry's
 reaction in chronic malaria]  Voen. san. delo,  1936,  No. 6,
 33-5.—Theobalt, E.  La nialaria-floculation de Henry; etude
 de  cent  cas  cliniques.   Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Paris,  1933, 3.
 ser., 49: 753-5.—Trensz,  F.   Essai d'application de la reac-
 tion de Henry a l'etude epidemiologique  du paludisme. Bull.
 Soc. path,  exot., Par.,  1932, 25: 310-4. —----  Sur la nature
 des  fausses-floculations  en serologie palustre.  C.  rend. Soc.
 biol.,  1934,  117: 1106.  â– ------  La  valeur pratique de la
 melanofloculation de  Henrv.   Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Algerie,
 1936,  14: 353-90.—Ukleja, S.  [Henry's melanofloculation in
 experimental  malaria]    Lek.  w-ojsk.,  1935,  26:  119-21.—
 Villain, G., & Dupoux, R.  Contribution k l'etude serologique
 du paludisme; resultats obtenus  dans la pratique de la M. A.
 floculation.  Bull. Soc path, exot.,  Par., 1930, 29: 124-30 —
 Voukchich, L. [Henry's flocculation reaction in malaria]  Voj.
 san. glasnik, 103-1, 5: 750-62.—Wright, H. B.  Notes on Henry's
 melano-flocculation  test as  an aid  to the earlv  diagnosis of
 malaria.  J. R. Army M. Corps,  1936, 67: 264-0.


 ----   Henry test: Mechanism.

   Thillard,  P.    Contribution  a  l'etude  du
 mecanisme de la  malaria-floculation de  Henry.
 95p.   8°   Lyon, 1936.
   Alekseev,  K.  S.   [Changes in Henry's  melanoflocculation
 reaction in malaria]  Med. parazit.,  Moskva,  1030, 5: 75-84,
         IKclation between  the  melanoflocculation data and
 certain malarial indexes]  Ibid., 1937, 6: 497-505.—Benhamou,
 E., & Cille, It.  Les facteurs chimiques de la malariafloculation
 (reaction de  Henry) dans le paludisme anopheiien.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1935, 120:  1259-61.—Chorine,  V.   Mecanisme el
 application de la reaction de Henry.  Riv. malariol., 1934, 13:
 807-22.  ------  Floculation du serum dans l'eau distiliee pure
 ou  additionnee de melanine.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,  118:
 335-8.  ---—  Floculation et surfloculation dans la ieaclion
 de Henry.  Ibid., 119: 1323-6.  ------ Role des graisses et de
 la cholesterine dans la reaction de Henry.  Ibid., 1936,  121:
 297-300.   ------  La  reaction de Henry n'est due qu'a des
 modifications quantitatives dans le serum.   Bull. Soc. path.
 exot.,  Par., 1938, 31:  838-40.  â– ------ & Gillier, R.  Sur le
 mecanisme de la reaction de Henry dans l'infection paludeenne.
 C. rend. Acad, sc, 19.33, 197: 950-2.  Also Ann. Inst. Pasteur,
 Par., 1934, 52: 193-216.—Costadoni, A. Ricerche sulla reazione
 di Henry per  la malaria.  Riforma med.,  1935, 51: 1467-75.—
 Date,  T.   [Study on mechanism of manifestation of Henry's
 melanoflocculation; character of liquid used for reaction] Bull.
 Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo,  1941, 30:  111-28.—Gille, R.  Les con-
 ditions ph\ sico-chimiques  de la reaction  de Henry.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 334.—Grieg, E. D. W., Hendry, E. B., &
 Van Rooyen, C. E.  The chemistry of  malarial serum,  with
 reference to the factors  concerned in the  melano-precipitation
 test.   J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1934, 37: 289-95.—Groppali,
 M.  Sull'essenza della  reazione di Henry; ricerche sull'attivita
 sierologica della  melanina coroidea.   Osp.  maggiore,  Milano,
 1934,  22:  325-9.—Henry, A.  F. X.   Sur quelques notions
 importantes concernant la serofloculation palustre.  Acta Conv.
 trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2: 355-66.  Also Arch. Inst, prophyl.,
 Par., 1038, 10:  290-301.  Also Rev. h\g.,  Par., 1939-40, 61:
 673-97.—Le Bourdelles, B., & Liegeois, R.  Sur la sero-flocula-
 tion du paludisme; les  conditions de la n'-action; facteurs non
 specifiques de sensibilisation et facteurs specifiques.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 466-8.------â–   Sur la melanofloculation;
 influence du temps de reaction; les aspects du floculat en eau
 distiliee  et eau  salee;  leur signification.   Ibid.,  1148.—Le
 Bourdelles, B., & Velluz, L. Malaria-floculation de Henry et
 proteines  du  serum palustre.  Ibid., 1931, 108: 102.—Liria
 Borderas, A.   Contribucion al estudio de la reacci6n de Henry
 en el paludismo experimental.  Clin, lab., Zaragoza, 1932, 19:
 181-9.—Meersseman,  F., & Lacour, P.  Recherches sur la
 reaction de la malaria-floculation de Henry.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1933,  112: 908-10.—Nanni, C.   Ricerche sulla  reazione  di
 Henrv nella malaria (ferro- e melano-flocculazione)  Gior. med.
 mil., 1932,  80: 381-98.—Ravina, A.,  & Maignan, P.  Quelques
 donnees nouvelles sur la reaction de Henry.  Presse med., 1938,
 46: 6.—Sabena,  V.   Ricerche sperimentali sull'essenza della
 reazione  di Henry.  Bull, sc med.,  Bologna,  1930,  108: 114-
 34.—Sogliani. G.  Contributo sperimentale alio studio della
 reazione di Henry nella malaria.  Cervello,  1037, 16: 31-48.—
 Thiodet & Ribere.  Au sujet de la speficite et du mecanisme de
 la reaction de  Henry. C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1935, 118: 1336-8.—
Trensz, F.  Recherches sur la sero-floculation palustre (reaction
 de Henry)  Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Algerie,  1932,  10:  443-63.
------ Etudes experimentales sur le role des euglobulines dans
 le mecanisme  de  la melanofloculation de Henry.  Ibid., 1935,
 13: 513-65.   ------  Le  role des  differents  composants du
reactif m61anique de Henry dans la serofloculation palustre.
Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 333-8.  ------  Le role
 du systeme reticuloendothelial dans le mecanisme de la sero-
floculation palustre de Henry.  Ibid., 1935, 28: 17 1 6.-----
Sur les caracteres distinctifs entre la floculation et la surflocula-
tion du serumdes paludeens.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1935, 11H : 11,
------   Sur les differences qualitatives qui existent entre les
euglobulines du serum de paludeens et les euglobulines du serum
normal, dans leuts  rapport avec  la serofloculation palustre de
Henry.   Ibid., 1070.  ------  Lipoidcs et melanofloculation de
Henry.   Ibid.,  120:  1208-70.— Virgillo, S.   Contributo alio
studio della reazione di Henrv nella malaria.   Med. ital., 1935,
16:  319-29.—Voigtlander.  W.    Untersuchungen  Uber  die
Serumflockungsreaktion  bei  Malaria  von  Henry.   Zschr.
Immunforsch.,  1933-34, 81: 377-400.—Volavsek,  W.  Ueber
die Henrysche  Malariareaktion  und  ihre  Beziehung  zum
Komplementtitre  und zur  Takata-Keaktion.   Wien.  klin.
Wschr.,  1937,  50:  1551.—Wiseman,  R. H.   The nature of
Henry's reaction in malaria.  Lancet, Lond., 1931, 2: 543.


----   Henry test: Technic.

   Benhamou, E., & Gille, R. A propos du role de la cholesterine
dans  la melanofloculation  (reaction de Henry)   C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1935, 118: 1573-5.—Cekhnovitzer, M. M., Moldavskaia-
Krichevskaia, V. D.,  & Gorokhova, E. L.   [Henry melano-
flocculation reaction  as a new  method of  serodiagnosis in
malaria]   Trop. med. vet., Moskva,  1931, 9: 372.-Chorine,
V., &  Kocchlin, D.  Influence de la  conservation des serums sur
la reaction de Henry.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1934, 116: 19-21.
------ & Prudhomme, R.  Floculation du serum dans l'eau
distiliee et reaction de Henry.  Ibid., 1255-7.—Donini, G.  La
melanoflocculazionc di Henry praticata con melanina patologica.
Gior.  venet. sc. med.,  1939,  13:  688-700.—Henry,  A. X. F.
Nouvelle technique de ferrofloculatjon pour l'etude serologique
du paludisme.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 671-4.-----
Les methodes photometriques de serofloculation  dans le diag-
nostic du paludisme (photometrie de la ferrofloculation)   Ibid.,
101:  259-61.------Malaria-floculation;  les antigenes;
['observation macroscopique des  resultats.   Ibid., 1931,  107:
1520-2.  ----■—  Seroflokkulation bei Malaria;  Technik und
Anwendung in der Praxis.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1934, 38:
93-100.  â– ------A  propos  de  la densite optique  dans les
techniques serologiques, photometriques et en particulier dans
la malariafloculation.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,  115: 1606-9.
------   Floculation m61anique et  instabilite  serique; courbes
de malariafloculation; le clavier serologique de paludeen. Ibid.,
1935,119:597-600. •------  Nouvelle methode macroscopique
de s6roflocculation palustre avec la melanine ferrique stabilisee.
In: Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 189-98.  ----- Nouvelle
technique photometrique de  serofloculation palustre  avec le
melanine ferrique stabilisee.  Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par., 1937,
9: 203-19.   â– ------  Hemozo'ine artificielle (hemomeianine) et
paludofloculation.  Ibid., 1939, 11: 211-6.—Henry, H.  Reactifs
pour  malaria-floculation,  glycerophosphate de fer et  reactif
m61ano-ferrique.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 1083 —
Le Bourdelles, B., & Mauvais, R.   Sur la mesure de la flocula-
tion des serums en eau distiliee.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938,  127:
767.—Leikina, E. S.,  & Nemirovskaya, A. I.   [Application of
Henry's melanoflocculation reaction in mass-examinations for
malaria]   Med. "parazit.,  Moskva,  1930, 5:  85-9.—Livierato,
S., Vagliano, M., & Constantakato,  G.   Utilisation d'un nouvel
antigene  pour le  diagnostic de la malaria par la methode de
floculation.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1932,  110: 26.—Meersseman,
F., &  Lacour, P. R.  La sero-floculation du paludisme  (reaction
de Henry)   sa  technique;  sa valeur; son mecanisme.  Presse
med.,  1934, 42: 995-8.—Meersseman, F., & Lafuma, J.  Flocu-
lation specifique et floculation banale dans la reaction de Henry;
interet des lectures photometriques en eau salee.  C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1936, 121: 54-6.—Pikul, I. N., & Osipova, N. P. [Attempt
to substitute the melanin  antigen in Henry's reaction by  a
chemical indicator]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1937, 6:  512-5 —
Prudhomme, R. C.  Differents indicateurs remplacant la mela-
nine dans la reaction  de Henry.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119:
1115-7.   ------  Floculation des serums dans l'eau distiliee et
reactions de Henry.  Ibid.,  120: 944-6.—Sicault, G., & Messer-
lin, A. Note sur une technique nouvelle de melanofloculation en
echelle.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 834-8—Silves-
trini,  R.   Metodo facile di preparazione della sospensione di
pigmento coroideo per la melanoreazione di Henry  nella malaria.
Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. prat., 614.— Sinelnikov, S. L.Moldav-
skaja-Krichevskaja, V. D. [et al.]   Vergleichende Bewertung
der Melanoflokkulationsreaktionen  mit nichterwiirmten  und
auf verschiedene  Temperaturen   erwiirmten  Seren.  Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935,  39: 213-6 — Spanedda, A.   Sempli:
ficazione della melanoflocculazione di  Henry  con limpiego di
sangue  laccato.   Gior.  batt. immun.,  1936, 17: 467-74.—
Tarsitano,  A.   La ferroflocculazione di Henry nella malaria.
Fol. med.,  Nap., 1939, 25: 1096-107,  2 tab.—Trensz, F.  De
I'emploi de la melanine choroidienne, rendue soluble dans l'eau
distiliee pour le  serodiagnostic du paludisme.  C. rend. Acad.
sc, 1934,  198:  1458.  ------   De  I'emploi d'une  melanine
choroidienne purifiee  dans la serofloculation palustre.  Ann,
Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1935, 55: 208-26.  ---—  Technique de la
serofloculation palustre par la melanine choroidienne purifiee,
rendue soluble dans l'eau distiliee.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur, Alg6rie,
1935,  13:  11-38.  Also  Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par.,  1935, 7:
208-34.  ------  Sur les  differences d'activite que presentent
la melanine, l'eau distiliee et differents indicateurs,  dans  la
reaction  de Henry.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1936,  122: 666-8.
------â–   Technique de la melanofloculation de Henry,  modifiee.
Arch.  Inst,  prophyl.,  Par., 1938,  10:  217-21.—Villain, G.. &
Dupoux,  R. Contribution  a l'etude serologique du paludisme; 
MALARIA
97
MALARIA
  utilisation d'une melanine  artificielle, la M. A.  floculation.
  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1936,  25: 469-551.------Con
  tribution a l'etude serologique du paludisme; technique de la
  M. A. floculation.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., 1936, 29: 121-4.—
  Vuksic, L. [Trensz' modification of Henry's serological reaction
  for malaria]  Voj. san. glasnik, 1939, 10:  175-85.—Werner, H.
  Ueber die serologische Vervollkommnung der Malariadiagnose;
  Seroflockulation. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 347-50.

  ----   hepatorenal.
    Hayat Sener.  Malariaj'a bagli  bir  had  glomenilonefrit
  vak'asi ve bunun hepatorenal sendromlarla  karsilastirilmasi.
  Anadolu klin., Istanbul, 1941, 9: 61-3.—Sainz Trejo, A.  El
  sindrome hepato-renal en el paludismo.   Rev. med. Veracruz.,
  1936, 16: 1765.

  ----   Hepatosplenomegaly.

    See  also  subheading  Reticuloendothelial sys-
  tem.
    Dao L., L.  Sobre un caso de hepato-esplenomegalia paludica
  gigante provocando sfndrome de  compresi6n intestinal.  Bol.
  hosp., Caracas,  1943,  42: 26-34.—Figueira, F.  Da congestao
  hepatica e esplenica no paludismo infantil.  Brasil med., 1899,
  13: 158-60.—Pinelli, L., & Masia, A.  La colecistografia negli
  epatosplenomegalici di origine malarica.   Riv. malariol., 1932,
  11:  468;  1933,  12:  882.—Tomaselli.  Anemia  palustre  con
  tumore della milza e  del fegato.  Rass. internaz. med. mod.,
  1901-02, 3: 131-5.

  ----  Immunity.

    See also subheading Racial aspect.
    Alarcfin, A. G.  La inmunidad  en el paludismo.  Rev. med.
  Vucatan,  1932-33, 17: 57-9.—Andris, V. G.  [Investigations
  on malaria  in the Agdzhabedinsk  region (Azerbaidzhan)  in
  relation to immunity in malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1938,
  7: 683-9.—Beliaiev,  E. D.  [Present status  of  immunity in
  malaria]   Klin, med., Moskva,  1926,  4: 171-6.—Bispham,
  W. N.  Malarial immunity.  South. M. J., 1943, 36: 636-9 —
  Borbona, A., & Lopez Arjona, B.  Inmunidad.  Tijeret. malaria,
  Caracas, 1938, 1: 79-81.—Bustamante, I. E.   Inmunidad en el
  paludismo.  Tijeret. malaria, Maracay,  1943, 7: 205-7.—C,
  P. W.  Immunity to malaria.   Ann. Int. M.,  1941-42,  15:
  146-8.—Celli, A. Sull'immunita dall'infezione malarica.  Atti
  Soe. studi  malaria,  Roma,  1899, 1:  50-72;  1901,  2:  68-75.
  Also  Ann. igiene sper.,  1901,  n. ser.,   11:  36-4.3.—Chopra,
  R. N., & Mukherjee, S. N.   The trend of immunity studies in
  malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1936,  71: 34-9.—Ciuca,  M.  L'im-
  munite dans le paludisme.  Riv. malariol., 1935,  14: Suppl. 6,
  21-31. â– -----Ballif,  L. [et al.]  Controle de l'immunite dans
  le paludisme  par transfusion de sang virulent.  C. rend.  Soc.
  biol.,  1929, 102: 189-91.  ------ & Vieru, M.  Etudes  sur
  l'immunite dans le  paludisme (communication  preiiminaire)
  Arch, roumain.  path., Par., 1928, 1: 577-86.  ------  Im-
  munite  dans  le  paludisme experimental.   Ibid.,  1930, 3:
  209-29.  ------  Immunity in malaria.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop.
  M. Hyg., Lond., 1934, 27: 619-22.—Coggeshall, L. T.  Humoral
  immunity in malaria.  In: Sympos. Human Malaria (Am. Ass.
  Advance.  Sc.) Wash., 1941,  250-4.  â– ------  Immunity in
  malaria.  Medicine, Bait., 1943, 22: 87-102.—Corradetti, A.
  Condizioni  ematiche   di una popolazione malarica  di zona
  iperendemica   in  rapporto  con l'immunita  acquista.   Riv.
  malariol., 1934, 13: 1-57.—Djaparidse, P. S.  Zur Frage der
  Gattungsimmunitat bei  Malaria.   Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
  1932, 36: 476.  ------ [Malarial immunity according to data
  of mass examinations  in the endemic regions of Azbakhian
 SSR]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1942, 11:  No. 3, 3-11.—Ermo-
 leva, Z. W., & Bujanovskr.ia, I.  S.   Zur Frage der Malaria-
 immunitat.   Zschr.   Immunforsch., 1931-32,  73:  276-8 —
 Firket, C.  L'immunite dans la lutte con tre la malaria.  Bull.
 Acad.  med. Belgique,  1900, 4. ser.,  14:  379-89.—Foley,  H.
 L'infection  paludeenne chez les  indigenes premunis.   Arch.
 Inst, Pasteur Algerie,  1932, 10: 554— Gamber, B. F.  Im-
 munity from malaria.   Pacific Coast J. Homoeop.,  1904, 12:
 85.—Gill, C. A.  Immunity in malaria.- Tr. R. Soc.  Trop. M.
 Hyg.,  Lond.,  1933,  27:  281-4.—Glogner, M.   Ueber  Im-
 munitat gegen Malaria.  Arch. path. Anat., Berl., 1900, 162:
 222-37.—Gualdi, A.  Alcune documentazioni cliniche e speri-
 mentali sulla  immunita acquisita nella  malaria.   Riv. osp.,
 1936, 26: 187-206.—Herrera, J. R.  Notas sobre la inmunidad
 en la infeccion paludica.  Proc. Am. Sc.  Congr.  (1940) 1942,
 8. Congr., 6: 341-6, pi.  Also Bol. san. Guatemala,  1940, 11:
 216-22.—Kandelaki, S. P., & Abuladse, S. S.  [Immunity and
 therapy  of malaria]   Tr.  Vsessouz.  sezd.  bakt.,  1929,  1:
 127-33.—Kitchen, S. F. Recent  additions to our knowledge
 of immunity in malaria.  South.  M.  J.,  1938,  31: 941-3.—
 Kligler, I. J.  Immunity to a reinfection with malaria following
 treatment.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1930-31, 24:
 331-6.—Leiserman, L. I.  [Question  of  the  eNistence  of ac-
 quired  immunity  m malaria]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931,
 9: 373-5.—Liria Borderas, A., & Fernandez M. Turegano, J.
 Aportaciones al problema de la inmunidad en la malaria experi-
 mental. Rev. san., Madr., 1932, 7: 1171-96.—Lorardo, N., &
 Sotiriades,  D.   Immunity in malaria.  J.  Trop.  M.  Hyg.,
 Lond.,  1936, 39: 197-204.—McAIpine, J. G.  Immunity in
malaria.  J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1937-38, 7: 34-6.—Magrini, A.
Sulla presenza di  sostanze immunitarie nel siero di sangue dei
malarici.  Diagnosi,  1937,  17: 207-18.—Martini,  E.   Be-1

       549701—vol.  10, 4th series-----7
 trachtungen fiber immunitat an der Hand  neuerer Malaria-
 forschungen.   Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1934,  30: 939. —Minerbi,
 C.  Di  un fattore  non ancora  valutato di immunita dalla
 malaria.  Atti Accad. sc.  med. natur. Ferrara,  1904-05,  79:
 174.—Moshkovsky,  S. D.   [Immunity in malaria and its sig-
 nificance for  epidemiology, therapy and chemoprophylaxis]
 Sovet. vrach.  J., 1937, 2: 733-6.—Mosna, E. Contributo alio
 studio dell'immunita nell'infezione malarica.  Riv. parassit.,
 1938, 2: 327-37.  Also Rendic. 1st. san. pubb., Roma, 1939, 2:
 435-44^-MuIligan,  H. W., Sommerville, T., &  Swaminath,
 C. S. Cellular and humoral agencies in defence against malaria.
 J. Malaria Inst. India, 1940, 3: 563-79.—Neumann, H.  Ueber
 den Antikorper  und  die   Immunitat  bei  der  menschlichen
 Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1933, 37: 427-31.  ■----—
 Der Nachweis des  parasitiziden Antikorpers bei der Malaria
 des  Menschen.   Riv. malariol.,  1933,  12:  319-34.—Passive
 immunity  in  malaria.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 1547.—
 Pistoni, F.  Contributo alio studio dell'immunita per la malaria
 dell'indigeno eritreo abitante in  localita  notoriamente mala-
 riche.  Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1937, 18: 138-46.—Plehn, A.
 Ueber Malariaimmunitat.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1906, 10:
 37-51.—Rebagliati, R. Conceptos sobre virulencia e inmunidad
 en el paludismo.  Cron. med., Lima, 1931,  48:  251-5.—Red-
 mond, W.  B.  Immunity to human malaria; characteristics of
 immunity.  In: Sympos. Human  Malaria (Am. Ass. Advance.
 Sc.)  Wash., 1941, 231-8.—Rivoalen, A.  Le  systeme reticulo-
 endothelial et  l'immunite  dans le paludisme.  Rev.  palud.,
 Par., 1940, 2: 12.  Also Labor, clin., Rio, 1941, 21: 263-8.—
 Rosinger, Z.  Preliminary  notes on malaria  resistance.  East
 Afr. M. J., 1941-42, 18: 324-35.—Ruge,  R.   Warum bei
 Malaria  keine  voile Immunitat entsteht.  Med. Welt, 1927,
 1: 1471.—Russell, P. F.   Note on malaria  immunity.  Med.
 Bull. North Afr.  Theater Oper. U. S., 1944,  1: No. 5, 13-5.—
 Sarkar, S.  L.  Immunitv to malaria.  Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop.
 M. (1928)  1929,  2: 7. Congr., 773-7.  ------  The develop-
 ment of malarial  immunity in Jalpaiguri Duars.  Rec. Malaria
 Surv. India, 1932-33,  3: 197-202.—Schilling, C.  Antikorper
 und Anfangsfieber bei Malaria. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1934, 131:
 25-33.  ----—   Immunitat bei Malaria  und ihre praktische
 Bedeutung.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1937,  41: 443-6.—
 Schiiffner, W. A. P., Swellengrebel, N. H. [et al.] Vergleichende
 Untersuchungen  uber Malariaimmunitat in  Niederlandisch-
 Indien und Sudafrika.  Zbl. Bakt.,  1.  Abt., 1932, 125: 1-31.—
 Sergent, E.  Le premunition dans le paludisme. Riv. malariol.,
 1935, 14: Suppl. 3, 5-25.—Sergent, E. [et  al.]  Premunition et
 immunite dans le paludisme et dans d'autres maladies.  Tr.
 R. Soc.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933, 27: 277-80.—Shlezinger,
 A. M.   Blutuntersuchung;  zur Erklarung  der  bei den  Er-
 wachsenen  in  malariadurchseuchten Gebieten nachweisbaren
 spezifischen Immunitat.   Ausz.  Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak.
 Univ. Bern (1935-37)  1938, No.  187,  1-3.—Sinton,  J.  A.
 Immunity  or tolerance in  malarial infections.  Proc.  R. Soc.
 M., Lond.,  1937-38, 31: 1298-302.  ------  A summary of
 our present knowledge of the mechanism  of  immunity  in
 malaria.  J. Malaria Inst.  India,  1939, 2: 71-83.  ------ &
 Harbhagwan, J.  The results of multiple heterologous superin-
 fections,  with  a discussion of their relationship  to some epi-
 demiological problems  and to the  general principles of  treat-
 ment.  Rec Malaria Surv. India, 1935, 5: 307-34.—Stott,  H.
 The mechanism of immunity in malaria;  proof of the phago-
 cytosis of  malarial parasites by  large  mononuclear  cells  in
 malaria.  Ind.  M. Gaz.,1933, 68: 507-10.—Stratman-Thomas,
 W. K., & Dulaney, A. D.  Immunologic studies in malaria with
 special reference  to the diagnosis  of malaria.  Am. J.  Trop.
 M., 1940,  20: 717-25.—Swellengrebel, N. H.  The efficient
 parasite.  Science, 1940,  92: 465-9.—Taliaferro, W. H.  The
 cellular basis for  immunity in malaria.  In: Sympos.  Human
 Malaria  (Am.  Ass.  Advance.  Sc.) Wash.,  1941,  239-49.—
Ter-Grigorova,  E. N.  [Acquired  immunity in  malaria  in
 children]   Pediatria,  Moskva, 1941, No. 5,  7-14.—Thomson,
J.  G.  Immunity in malaria.  Tr. R. Soc.  Trop.  M.  Hyg.,
 Lond.,  1933, 26: 483-514,  pi.—Vallejo  de  Simon. A.  M.
Algunas aportaciones al problema  del paludismo; el organismo
ante la infeccion.  Actual,  med., Granada, 1944, 30: 69-87.—
Winckel, C. W. F. Influence de l'immunite sur la guerison du
paludisme.   Rev. palud., Par., 1940, 2: 1-7.
----   Immunity: Variation.
   Ashford, M.   The  nature of  immunity to malaria in its
relationship to anti-malarial therapy.  Am. J.  Trop. M., 1936,
16: 665-78.—Clark,  H. C.  The age level for the peak of ac-
quired immunity to malaria as reflected by labor forces.  Ibid.,
1944, 24: 159-61.—Cordes, W.  Die Bedeutung der Immuni-
tatslage fiir die  Malariabekampfung.  In: Festschr. B. Nocht,
Hamb., 1937, 102-7.—Immunity in relation to the use of drugs
in malaria.  In: Treat.  Malaria  (League  of Nations) 1937,
29-33.—Jaffe, R. H., & Brown, S.   The influence of malaria
chills on the trypanocidal action of the serum.  Proc.  Soc
Exp.  Biol., N.  Y„  1926-27, 24: 344-7.—James, S. P.. &
Ciuca, M.  Species and races of human malaria parasites  and
a note of immunity.   Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2:
269-81.-—Kehar, N.  D.  The effect  of vitamin deficiency on
antibody production  and resistance to infection.  Rec. Malaria
Surv. India, 1936, 6: 487-97.—Kligler, I. J., & Mer, G.   The
development of  immunity against malaria  in children under
10 years of age.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1933, 26:
269-76.—Sinton, J. A.  Studies in immunity in  malaria; the
effect of drugs  upon the development of  immunity and its
relationship to the principles of treatment.  J. Malaria Inst, 
MALARIA
India, 1939, 2: 191-216.—Trager, W.  The influence of biotin
upon susceptibility  to malaria.   Science,  1943,  97: 206.—
Wilson, D. B., & Wilson, M. E.  The manifestations and meas-
urement of immunity  to malaria in different  races.   Tr. Soc.
Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1936-37. 30: 431-48.

â– ----   Immunization.

   See also other subheadings (Prevention, etc.)
   Ciuca, M., Ball if, L., & Vieru, M.  Immunite dans le palu-
disme experimental par inoculation  de sang virulent.  C. rend.
Congr.  internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2.  Congr., 1: 803-26 —
Schilling,  C.   Immunizzazione contro la malaria.  Rendic.
1st. san. pubb., Roma,  1939, 2: 365-74; 955— Weinberg, M., &
Guillaumie, M.  Nouvelles recherches sur la production  de
serums specifiques par des injections d'antigene englobe dans
la lanoline; serums anti-bacillus  L. D.,  anti-bacillus paludis,
anti-bacillus D.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 936-8.

----   Importation.

   See also subheading Epidemiology.
   Reynal de Saint-Michel, M. L.  H. N. E. de.
 *Le paludisme des rapatries.   96p.  25cm.   Bord.,
 1937.
   Cheney, G.  South Sea malaria in California.   California
West.  M., 1944,  60: 94-6.—David, A.  Quelques  remarques
concernant l'avenir des paludeens rapatries.   J. sc. med. Lille,
1928, 46:  pt 2, 473-6.—Freeborn, S.  Problems  created by
returning malaria carriers.' California Health,  1943, 1: 61-4.-—
Hart, J. C. Malaria; a post-war threat.  Connecticut Health
Bull., 1944, 58: 102-11.—Menace of malaria increases.  Cali-
fornia Health, 1943,  1: 38—40.—Tanon, L.  Les manifestations
cliniques du paludisme chez les rapatries.  Gaz. med. France,
 1931, 361-4.—Watson, R. B.  Implications of the importation
of malaria by personnel  of the Armed Forces.  J.  Tennessee
M. Ass., 1945, 38: 13-8..

----   Incubation period.
   Billet, A.   De l'incubation  dans le paludisme.  Bull. m6d,
Algerie,  1904, 15: 285-93.—Claude.   Incubation du paludisme.
Caducee,  1905,  5: 61.—Colclough, W.  F.   The incubation
period of malaria.  Lancet, Lond., 1900, 2: 1163.—Corradi, A.
La formula leucocitaria nel periodo d'incubazione della malaria
sperimentale.   Policlinico,  1929, 36: sez.  med.,  375-84.—
Dzhalalian, Z. A.   [Malaria with long incubation in the Rostov
province]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1943, 12: No. 2, 9-13 —
Emr, J.  [Malaria with a prolonged incubation period]  Voj.
zdrav. listy, 1933,  9: 2-6.—Germain, A.,  & Morvan. A.  Palu-
disme a incubation  prolongee.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,
 1937, 30: 26-8.  ------  Nouveau cas de paludisme a incuba-
tion prolongee.   Ibid., 1938,  31: 713-6.—Herrmann, O., &
Malinina,  A.  Ueber die  Dauer  der Inkubation bei Malaria.
Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1928,  32:  506-10.—Kisel, A.  [Is
there a so-called latent incubation  in malaria?] Vrach. delo,
1927, 10: 805-7.—Kushelevsky, B. P.  [In defense of the long
period of incubation  in  malaria  and its  explanation]   Ibid.,
1929,  12: 398-402.—Mariotti-Bianchi,  G.  B.   II  periodo
d'incubazione dellinfezione malarica.  Atti Soc. studi  malaria,
Roma, 1904, 5: 81-91/—Mayne,  B.  Protracted incubation in
malarial fever; report of a case and a review  of the literature.
Pub. Health  Rep.,  Wash., 1937,  52:   1599-607.—Melfi,  J.
Paludismo; prolongada  latencia primitiva.   Prensa  med.
argent.,  1944, 31:479-86.—Moldavskaia-Krichevskaia, V. D.,
Gritzay, P. K., & Uman, G. M.  Das Problem der Dauerinku-
bation bei  Malaria im Lichte der  Melanoflokkulationsreaktion.
Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1933, 37:  252-5.—Mollaret.  P.
Le probleme  doctrinal  de l'absence de toute periode d'incuba-
tion dans  l'impaludation artificielle.  Bull.  Soc  med.  hop.
Paris, 1941, 57: 369-76.—Moore, J. T. Duration of the latency
of malaria after primary infection as proved by tertian  or
quartan  periodicity or demonstration of  the  parasite in the
blood.  J.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1902, 5: 81-9.—Morenas,
L., & Brun, J.  Un nouveau  cas de  paludisme a incubation
prolongee.   Bull.  Soc.  path,  exot., Par., 1936, 29:  957 —
Rukhadse, N. P.  [Prolonged incubation in malaria]   Trop.
med. vet., Moskva,  1930,  8: 1-6.—Sack, G. Beitrag zur
Malaria mit langer Inkubationszeit.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1938, 42:  503-6.—Sadek, O.   [Primary  latency in malaria]
Cas. 16k. cesk., 1939,  78: 1053.—Sagel, W.   Zur Frage der
Inkubationszeit  bei kunstlicher  durch   Muckenstich  fiber
tragener Malaria, gleichzeitig ein Hinweis fiber die fiir Prophy-
laxeversuche   erforderliche   Nachbeobachtungszeit.    Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937, 41: 342.—Sarafidi, H.  Ueber die
Inkubation des  Sumpffiebers.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1906,  2:
729.—Schiiffner, W. A. P., Korteweg, P.  C, & Swellengrebel,
N.  H.   Experimental malaria  with protracted incubation.
Proc Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1929, 32: pt 2, 903-11.   Also
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 4622-9.—Serafidi.  Con-
tribution a l'etude de l'incubation des fi^vres palustres.  Rev.
th6r. m6d. chir., Par., 1905, 72: 149-55.—Wethmar, R.  Ueber
Anfangsfieber und Inkubation bei  der Impfmalaria und der
spontanen Malaria.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1928, 54:  826-8.

----   Infantilism and growth disorders.
   Cardarelli.  L'infantilismo malarico.  Gazz. internaz. med.,
1905, 8: 59-61.—Chilov, K. Malarischer Infantilismus. Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1939, 52: 183-5.—Martignetti.  A.  L'influenza
MALARIA
della  malaria  matcrna sullo s\ iluppo somatico del bambino
nel primo anno di vita.  Riv. elm. pediat., 1932, 30: 11-24.—
Maxia,  V.  Malaria cronica  e infantilisino.  Clin. med. ital.,
1939, 70: 279-91.—Montel, R-, A  Truong van  Que.  Infanti-
lisme palustre.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 1074-82.—
Negro,  F.   Influenza della malaria sullo sviluppo fisico.  Ri-
forma  med.,  1927,  43:  491—Olinescu.  R.,  &  Niju,  P. C.
[Comparison between somatic data  (height and weight) of
children from  a  malarial region,  and children examined for
other causes elsewhere in Roumania]  An. educ. fie., Bucur.,
1940,  9:  1-13.—Perves,  M.  Observations  de  paludisme
hereditaire  et congenital:   quelques  considerations  sur  la
croissance des nourrissons dans la tribu Maka, region du Haut-
Nyong,  Cameroun.   Rev. sc. med. Afrique fr., Brazzaville,
1943, 2: 107-18.—Piana, G.  A.  Influenza  dellinfezione ma-
larica sull'evoluzione morfologica del bambino.  Clin, pediat.,
Modena, 1928, 10:  732-48.—V., A.  L'infantilisme malarique.
Presse med., 1939, 47: 538.

----    intermittent.
   Autran, H.  Breves considerac5es  acerca  da febre inter-
mittente.  Brasil med., 1897, 11: 191-3— Brault, J.  Marche
de la temperature dans les formes intermittentes de la malaria
dans les pays chauds.  Arch. g6n. med., Par.,  1902, n. ser.,
3: 324-42.—Bunte, L. E.  Intermittent fever; a clinical case.
Clin. Reporter, S. Louis,  1907, 20:  108.—Cross, Grace E. Re-
port of an unsuccessful case [intermittent fever?]  N. England
M. Gaz.,  1902,  37: 340-4.—Delille,  A.  Les  fievres  inter-
mittentes symptomatiques.   Gaz.  hop.,  1903,  76:  1357-64;
1385.-—Fievre  (La) intermittente.   Rev.  med. Afrique nord,
1905, 8:  65-9.-—Gaunet.   Infection sanguine k forme de fievre
intermittente.  Marseille med., 1905, 42: 132-42.—Husiyama,
I.  [Some observations of intermittent fever]  Iji sinbun, 1901,
708-82.  Also  Saitake gaku  zassi,  1901,  266-78.—Lampikes,
B. P.  TltplicTuois  OtpfiOKpatriat  {nrtpirvpmnTis.  'IarputiJ  Tpbohoi,
1900, 5:  110-2/—Nikolajevic, D.  Nastupna groznica.  Srpski
arh. celok. lek., 1900, 6:  113;  177; 232; 298; 376.—Ross, R.
Intermittent fever.  J. State M., Lond., 1902, 10: 719; 1903, 11:
1; 63.   Also Italian transl.  Salute  pubb.,  1903, 16:  1-7 —
Simmons,  D. H.   Malarial  intermittent fever.  Med. Rec,
Shreveport, 1905,  2:  62-6.—Sosfenov,  M.  I.   Zamletka o
peremezhnol likhoradkle.  Tr. Obsh. vrach. Kazani, 1872-73,
5: 1. sect.,  37-40.—Takeda, M.   [Intermittent fever]  Sei i
kwai, 1904, 23: pt 2, No. 269, 3-8.

----   Joint affections.
   Alfano,  A.  Poliartrite  acuta   da  malaria nell'infanzia.
Rinasc.  med.,  1939,  16:  51.-—Guargnenti,  A.   Reumatismo
articolare acuto da malaria. Pediatria (Riv.) 1936, 44: 530-3.—
Kalinovskaia, A.  L., & Panchenko,  N. A.  [Case of malarial
polyarthritis]   Med. parazit., Moskva,  1937,  6:  366-8.—
Koch, E. G.  [Malarial conditions of the joints] Ter.  arkh.,
1940, 18: 184-91.—Krymov, A. P.  [Gonitis malarica]   Vrach.
delo, 1935,  18: 655.—Marsh, H.   An affection  of the knee
possibly due to malaria.   Tr. Clin. Soc. London,  1904-05, 38:
143-6.—Occhiplnti,  G.   Di  una localizzazione articolare di
natura malarica  (nota clinica)  Riv. malariol.,  1926, n. ser.,
5: 467.—Yung  Tsu, T.  Ein Fall von Malaria-Polyarthritis.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1937, 41: 462.

----   Kidney.
   Argil, G.   Nefropatfas paltidicas; un  caso de paludismo
cronico.  Medicina, Mex., 1935, 15: 321-8.—Baranova, O. P.
[Disorders in renal function in malaria]  Ter. arkh., 1936, 14:
1106-14.-—Barsallo, R. C61ico nefrftico y paludismo.  Rev. As.
m6d. Cuenca,  1942, 3: No. 7, 49-51.—Bazanova, S. V.  [Ma-
laria and Bright's disease] Sovet. med., 1940, 4: No. 21, 33.—
Burns, W. B. Malarial nephritis, with report of case.  Memphis
M.  Month., 1903,  23: 229-36.—Bystritski, I. A.   Nephro-
pathies in malarial children.   Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39:
520 (Abstr.)—Campagna, R. E.  Colica nefritica malarica.
Gazz. osp., 1907,  28:  638.—Ceccarelli,  D.   Considerazioni
sopra  un  caso  di nefrite acuta in infezione malarica.  Riv.
malariol., 1934, 13: 81-91.—Cleave, T. L.  A case of malaria
with nephritis.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1938, 24: 146.—Connate,
S.  Pseudo colica nefritica da malaria.  Gazz. osp., 1907, 28:
1169.—Demelas,  G.  Sulla cosidetta nefrite malarica.  Med.
ital., Milano, 1934, 15: 12-37.—Desnos,  E. H.,  &  Abely, P.
Le syndrome r6nal d'origine paludeenne. Rev. med. hyg. trop.,
Par.' 1938,30:207-23.—Engel.R.  Sur la nephrite du paludisme.
C. rend. CongT. internat. palud. (1930)  1931,  2. Congr., 1: 623-
30.—Fahr, T.  Zur Frage der Nierenveranderungen bei der
Malaria.  In:  Festschr.  B. Nocht,  Hamb.,  1937,  118-22 —
Goldie, H.  Notes on the association of malaria with nephritis.
Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30,  23:  503-10.—
Gourevich, P.   [Case of nephrosis, due to malaria]  Vrach. gaz.,
1928, 32: 341-3.—Hayri Akarirmak.  Bir malarya (nephroee) u
vak'asi.  Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi,  1944, 73: No. 42, 46-8.—
Jancso,  N., & d'Engel, R.  Sur la n6phrite dans le paludisme.
Riv. malariol.,  1931, 10:  86-92.—Kidney in malaria.  Ind. M.
Gaz., 1942,77:545.—Klykov.I. A.  [Edema and renal affections
in  malaria]  Tr. Tomsk gosud. med. inst., 1938, 6: 555-68.—
Kravkov, V.   K  kazuistikle ostrikh  malyariynlkh nefritov.
Boln.  gaz.  botkina,  1893,  4: 1251-3.—Kushev, N.  E.  0
nefritakh malyariynavo  proiskhozhdeniya.    Prakt.   vrach,
1904,  3: 937; 969.—Lara y Roldan, L. de.  Consideraciones
sobre la nefritis v paludismo.  An. Clfn. Jimenez Diaz,  Madr.
(1932-33) 1934, 5: 559-66. Also Arch, med., Madr., 1933, 36:
9 
MALARIA
99
MALARIA
652-4.—Ledoux, E. Nephrite azotemique, cirrhose pigmentaire,
diabete chez un ancien paludeen.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris,
1937, 3. ser.,  53:  767-70.—Legrain, E. Qu'est-ce que le rein
palustre? Ann. mal. org. genitourin., Par., 1900, 18: 730-43 —
Lerch,  O.   Malaria  followed by interstitial nephritis  and
peripheral neuritis.  Am. Med., 1904, 7: 107.—Lintvarev, I. I.
[Etiology of malarial  nephropathy] Med.  parazit., Moskva,
1937,  6: 648-52.   Also Riv. malariol., 1937, 16: 173-80 —
Lorando, N. I.  Nephrite et degenerescence amyloide d'origine
palustre.  Bull. Soc.  path,  exot., Par.,  1930,  23: 584-9 —
Masucci, A.  Le alterazioni dei reni nella malaria. Ann. med.
nav., 1904, 2: 381-7.—Melnotte, P.  Contribution a l'etude des
atte'intes renales au cours du paludisme. Bull. Soc. path. exot..
Par., 1930,  23: 958-66.—Menon,  T. B., & Annamalai, D. R.
Nephrosis in  malaria.  J.  Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1933, 36:
379-81.—Moncorvo.   Nefritis infantiles;  particularidades de
las consecutivas al paludismo. Med.  ninos, 1900, 1: 168-73:
211.—Moore, J. T.  Nephritis in malaria.   Am. Med.,  1901,
2: 1038.—Moscato, P. Sulla colica nefritica di origine palustre.
Rass.  internaz. med.  mod.,  1902-03,  4:  261-6.—Paterni,  L.
Le nefropatie nella malaria.  Riv. malariol.,  1929, 8: 38-77.—
Pierrot,  R., & Breton, A.  Le problSme des  nephropathies
paludeennes.   Prat. med.  fr., 1934, 15: 726-37.—Rao, N.  A.
Malarial nephritis.   J.  Ind. M.  Ass.,  1943-44, 13: 234 —
Bernhardt, G. F.  Malarial nephritis.  California J. M.,  1904,
2: 215.—Rubinstein, G. S.  [Clinical aspect of malarial nephro-
pathies]   Klin, med., Moskva, 1941,  19:  No.  2, 139-42.—
Rush, W. H.   A case of malarial nephritis.   Q. Bull. M. Dep.
Washington Univ., S. Louis,  1906, 4: 157-61.—Sablin, P.  E.
[Clinical aspect and  pathogenesis  of  malarial nephropathies]
Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 41: 1315-8.—Slatineanu, A., & Balteanu,
I.  [Does malarial  nephritis exist?]   Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1934,
23:1185-201.—So, K.  [Ueber die Nierenstdrungen bei Malarial
Taiwan  igakkai zassi, 1941, 40:  1040-8.—Struthers,  E.  B.
Nephritis with oedema caused by  malignant malaria.  China
M. J., 1928, 42: 299.—Surbek, K.  E.  On renal reactions and
nephritis in the course of malarial infections.  Riv. malariol.,
1931, 10: 194-6.  ------  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Malaria-
Nephritiden.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 664.—Temper,
B. A.  [Affections  of the kidneys in malaria]  Radianska med.,
1939, 4: No. 2, 42-4.—Thayer, W. S.  On nephritis of malarial
origin.   Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians,  1898, 13: 339-78.—Torrioli,
M.  Su di un  caso di nefrite malarica.  Riv. malariol., 1930,  9:
400-11.—Toscano, C.   Sulla funzionalitil renale nei malarici.
Ibid., 1931, 10: 183-93.—Troitski, S. P.  Klinicheskiya yavle-
niya  i patologoanatomicheskiya izmieneniya v  pochkahk pri
malyarii.  Tr. Obshch. russk. vrach. pam.  Pirogova, 1904,  1:
272-81.—Urriola,  C. L.  Nephrite paludeenne.   Progr. med.,
Par., 1906, 3. ser., 22: 338.—Waldorp, C. P., & Bordo, C.  A.
Las nefropatfas en los paltidicos.  Bol.  Inst. clin. quir., B. Air.,
1926, 2: 368-77.—Wolsky, M., & Schewelewa, E. M.  Zur
Frage der Nierentatigkeit bei Malaria. Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
hyg., 1930,  34: 542-9.—Zallocco,  A.   Poliurie ed albuminurie
nefla malaria  della infanzia.   Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 647-
54.—Zartsyn,  I. D. [Renal affections in malaria] Vrach. delo,
1938,20:747-50.
 ----  latent and masked.

   See also subheading Incubation period.
   Bernadac, R. O.   *Du paludisme sans mani-
 festations  anterieures  rev61e  a  l'occasion  d'une
 maladie aigue chez I'enfant.   68p.   8?   Montpel.,
 1903.
   Baum, G.  Latent malaria presenting as anaemia.  Brit. M.
 J., 1944, 1: 289.—Berlandt,  M. N.   [Frequency and course of
 prolonged latency in malaria]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931,
 9: 375-7.-—Bindi, F.  Sulla  cosl detta malaria larvata.  Clin.
 mod., Pisa, 1904, 10: 319-22.—Bonadies, A.   Su due casi di
 malaria atipica larvata.  Gior. clin. med., 1926,  7: 99-103.—
 Borden, W.  B.  A  study of malarial relapses in the United
 States Army.  Am. J. Hyg., 1933,  17: 1-36.—Brachtel, R. A.
 Malariafalle mit auffallend langer  Latenzzeit.  Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1938, 64: 787.—Caccini, A.  The duration of the latency
 of malaria after primary infection, as proved by tertian or
 quartan periodicity  or demonstration of the  parasite in the
 blood.  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902,  5:  119-22; 137;  151;  172;
 186.  ------  Sulla latenza della  malaria.   Atti  Soc. studi
 malaria,  Roma,  1904,  5:  93-149.—Cannata,  R.   Malaria
 latente  rivelatasi nel  decorso di  malattie infettive acute.
 Pediatria (Riv.) 1940, 48:  113-6.—Cassuto, N.   Sulla pato-
 genesi delle  recidive a lunghi intervalli  nella  malaria.  Riv.
 malariol.,  1935,  14: 384-90,  pi.—Cawadas,  E.   Les  mani-
 festations Iaryngologiques du paludisme latent.  Ann.  mal.
 oreille, 1929,  48: 1112-8.—Craig, C.  F.  Latent  and masked
 malarial fevers; analysis of one hundred and ninety-five cases.
 Med. Rec, N.  Y.,  1902,  61:  249-54.  ------  Observations
upon latent and masked malarial infections, with an analysis
of 395 cases.   Am. Med., 1904, 8:  757-61. ------ A study of
latent malarial infections.  Yale M. J.,  1906-07, 13: 349-63
------  A study of latent and recurrent malarial infection  and
the significance of intra-corpuscular conjugation in the malarial
Plasmodia.   J.  Infect. Dis., 1907,  4: 108-40.—Czickeli, H.
Ueber larvierte  Malaria.   Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1941,  88:
1353.—Flandin, C, Marchal, G., &  Langlois, L.  Trois cas de
paludisme ancien reveille par la grippe.  Bull. Soc. med. hop.
Paris, 1929, 3. ser.,  53:  627-31.—Fontoynont.  Sur quelques
formes larvees du paludisme.  Rev.  med.  hyg. trop.,  Par.,
1905, 2: 64-8.—Garcia Pons, J.  Un caso de fiebre perniciosa
larvada.  Rev. balear cienc med., 1899, 16: 77-9.-—Georgevic,
I.  Ueber sog. larvierte Malaria und fiber Tertianabehandlung.
Deut. tropenmed. Zschr.,  1942,  46: 433-8.—Giilick, D. W.
Masked intermittent malaria, a study.   J. Oklahoma M. Ass.,
1938, 31: 404-10.—Gonzalez Calvo, V.  Paludismo larvado de
tipo  medular.  Pract. med., Madr.,  1943, 1:  No. 3, 16.—
Haley, W.  A.  Masked malaria.  S. Louis M.  Rev., 1901, 44:
347-9.—Holmes,  L. E.  Latent malaria, as seen in the moun-
tains.   Am. Med. 1904, 8: 415-7.—Iliinsky, P. I.  [On hidden
malaria]   Sovet.  pediat., 1936, 52-4.—Jaeger.  Chronische,
latente,  larvierte Malaria,  Begleit-  und  Folgkrankheiten.
Aerztl. Mschr., 1929, 332-9.—Knowles, R., & Das Gupta, B.
M.  Latent malaria infection in monkeys.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1934,
69: 541-5.—Konsuloff, S.  Ueber die Ursachen der aktiven und
latenten  Perioden der Malaria.   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,
1928, 32:  57-62.—Kushev, N. E.  [Latent incubation in ma-
laria]  Vrach.  delo,  1927, 10:  85-7.—Ladyzhensky,  R. M.
[Characteristic symptom  of chronic and latent malaria]  Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5: 923.—Laveran, A.  De las fiebres
paltidicas larvadas. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1900, 5: 536—41.—
Lemanski.   Formes larvees du paludisme et leur  traitement.
Bull. H6p. fr., Tunis, 1900, 3: 118.—Martini, E. Zwei Malaria-
falle; langfristige  Inkubation und langfristiges Rezidiv.  Arch.
Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1931,  35:  577-83.—Mgebrov,   M.  L.
[So-called  hidden malaria or malaria  in secret form]   Vrach.
delo,  1936, 19: 365-8.—Mnatzakanov, I. I.  [Clinic  of malaria
larvata]  Mosk. med. J.,  1927, 7:  No. 3, 19T24.—Mochkovski,
C.  La nature de  la latence et de l'incubation a longue echeance
dans le paludisme; la periode de latence et l'incubation a longue
6cheance dans la  tierce benigne.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par.,
1936,29:411-22.—Nagy, A.  Ein latenter Malariafall.   Aerztl.
Centr. Ztg, 1901, 13: 603-5.   Also  Gyogyaszat,  1902,  42:
40.—Patron. A.   Una forma desconocida 6 rara del paludismo
larvado.  Gac. med., Mex., 1903, 2. ser., 3: 348-51.—Piazza
Martini,  V.   Forme  rare di febbre larvata;  colica nefritica
malarica.   Gazz.  sicil. med.  chir., 1902, 1: 2.—Piet, P.   Le
paludisme  larv6 indigene.  J. sc.  med. Lille,  1920, 38: 234;
249.—Pisu, I.  II metodo Boeri per la riattivazione della malaria
latente applicato  alia bonifica umana in periodo preepidemico.
Morgagni,  1931, 73: 1897-903.—Polivnik, L.  [Cases of relapse
of chronic  malaria from the effect  of  revaccination  against
typhoid fever]  Voen. san.  delo, 1936, No. 7, 25.—Rist, E., &
Boudet, G.  Un cas de paludisme autochtone demeure latent
pendant soixante  ans. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1907, 3. ser.,
24:  1335-8.—Sadoian, V.  V.  [Factors of malaria  larvata]
Sovet. vrach.  J.,   1936,  1: 898-901.—Schnitzler, H.   Ueber-
tragung von latenter Malaria tertiana durch Bluttransfusion.
Zbl.  Chir.,  1929, 56:  1438-42.—Selesnev, A. V.  [Serious  cases
of latent malarial infections]  Perm. med. J., 1926, 4: 16-20.—
Sergieyev,  L.  A.   Sluchal skritol formi likhoradki.  Kazan.
med. J., 1903, 3:  435.—Sims, A.  The duration of the latency
of malaria.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1902, 5: 28-31.—Souleyre.
Le paludisme larv6.   Gaz. hop., 1932,  105:  1373;  1405.—
Tassart, J. C. Pruebas diagn6sticas del paludismo  latente.
Rev.  med.  Iat. amer., B.  Air., 1929, 14: 417-23.—Thamm, D.
Paludismo  recidivado.  Cr6n. med. mex., 1932, 31: 895-904.—
Tillich,  A.  Ein  Fall von latenter  Malaria.   Miinch.  med.
Wschr., 1936, 83: 1882.—Triantaphillides, T.   Du paludisme
larve.  Grece med.,  1902, 4:  1-3; 9;  passim.  ------  De
quelques types de fievres dites paludeennes sans plasmodies.
Ibid., 1904,  6: 41; 45; 49; 53.—Valoquia.  Urticaria paludica
manifestada por accesos  peri6dicos y estimada como  sfntoma
de un paludismo intermitente  larvado.  Mem.  Congr.  med.
nac.  mex., 1910,  4. Congr., 441-4.—Young,  G. B.   Latent
malaria.  Am. Pract. &  News, 1902,  33:  201-5  [Discussion]
219-26.—Zocchi,  A.   Forme  larvate di malaria nei bambini.
Lav. Congr. med. int. (1901)  1902, 632-4.


----  latent and masked: Diagnosis.

   See  also subheading Reactivation.
   Canciulesco, Herman, L., &  Hirsch, R.  Adrenalino-diag-
nostic du  paludisme  latent.   C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98:
459.—Di Pace, I.   Esame dei vecchi e nuovi mezzi proposti per
facilitare  la  diagnosi  della  malaria  latente.   Malariologia,
Nap., 1922, 15: 88-111.—Filatov, N. F.  Malyariynaya  kakhek-
sia (malaria  larvata)  In  his Klin, lekc, Moskva,  1900, 1:
122-33.-—France,   J.  J.    Some  atypical manifestations of
paludism.   N. York M. J.,  1907, 85: 252-6.—Greig, E. D. W.,
Van  Rooyen, C. E., & Hendry, E. B.  Serological diagnosis of
latent malaria.  Lancet,  Lond., 1934,  1:  1393.—Levit, M. S.
[Localization of malarial Plasmodium in latent period]   Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1942,  11: 98.—Livierato, S. G., & Salata, C.
C.  Recherches biologiques pour  le diagnostic  du paludisme
latent.  Acta med. scand.,  1935-36, 87: 189r212— Mircoli, S.
Importanza della conoscenza  della  malaria latente.   Lav.
Congr.  med.  int., 1907,  17:  221-3.—Padilla, T.   Pruebas
diagn6sticas del paludismo latente. Sem. med.,  B.  Air.,  1926,
33: pt 2, 319-22.   Also Progr. clin., Madr., 1926, 34: 611-9 —
Sabatini, G.  Contributo all'accertamento clinico della malaria
latente; la  somministrazione di berberina.  Bull. Accad. med.
Roma, 1928,  54: 5-7.—Troung-Dinh-Tri  &  Trinh-Huu-Loi.
Quelques  moyens biologiques  de diagnostic  du  paludisme
latent.  Tr. Far East. Ass.  Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 2: 7. Congr.,
862-4. 
MALARIA
100
MALARIA
----   Leukemia.

   Blanc,  F.   Leucemie et paludisme; a propos d'un  cas de
leucemie lymphoide chez un palud6en.  Marseille med., 1933,
70:  218-22.—Costandache, I.,  Francke, M.,  &  Toma, A.
[Leukocythemoid and pseudoleukemoid  symptoms  of malarial
origin]   Rev. st.  med., Bucur., 1927, 16: 832-9.—Ivanci6, R.
[Case of myeloid  leukemia  with tertian  malaria]  Lijec. vjes.,
1940, 62: 516.—Luisada, A.  Linfosi leucemica in soggetto con
malaria cronica latente ed ignorata.  Minerva med., Tor., 1933,
24: pt 2, 536—45.—Pieri, J., Bouet [et al.]  Leucemie lymphoide
et paludisme.  Marseille  med.,  1936,  73:  pt 2,  719-23 —
Richon, Verain [et al.]  Anemie spienique avec leucoblastose
d'origine benzolique chez un  paludeen.  Rev. med.  Nancy,
1938, 66:  349-58.— Rivoalen,  A.,  &  Popoff,  S.   Leucemie
lymphoide avec spienomegalie chez un  paludeen.  Bull. Soc.
path, exot., Par.,  1934, 27: 281-3.—Rosenow, G. Malaria and
leucemia.   J. Egypt'. M.  Ass.,  1939,  22:  38-41.—Zeri, A.
Sindrome  leucoanemica in un malarico.   Riforma med., 1904,
20: 925-33.

----   Leukocytes.
   Clemens, J.  R. The  diagnosis of malaria by the finding of
pigmented white corpuscles in unstained blood films.   Med.
News, N.  Y., 1905, 86: 397. ------  Melaniferous leucocytes
in the diagnosis of malaria.  S.  Louis M.  Rev., 1906, 53: 560.—
Dassen R., & Fongi, E.  Granulocitopenia grave por paludismo
agudo.  Rev. As. med. argent., 1935, 49: 1077-82.—Di Natale,
A.   La sopravvivenza in  vitro  dei  leucociti nella  malaria.
Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1930, 1: 100-13.—Gros, H.  Paludisme;
corps en croissants eosinophils.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1904, 57:
483.—Krauss,  W.  On the occurrence  of leukocytosis and
so-called dust granules in continued malarial fevers and malarial
cachexia.   Memphis  M.  Month.,  1901, 21: 561-4.—Lupu,
N. G., &  Missirliu, V.  Un cas de paludisme chronique  avec
polynucieose.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1927, 9: i9-23.—
Petrov, V. F. Nablyudeniya nad blelimi krovyanimi sharikami
pri  razlichnikh   bolotno-likhoradochnikh  zabollevaniyakh.
Russ. vrach, 1905,  4: 885; 916.—Rogers, L.  The diagnostic
and prognostic value  of the leucopenia of cachexial fever and
kala-azar,  and its treatment  by quinine and  bone marrow.
Brit. M. J., 1905, 1: 705-10.—Stephens, J. W. W., & Christo-
phers, S. R.  The increase in the number of large mononuclear
leucocytes as a diagnostic sign  of malaria.  Rep. Malaria Com.
R. Soc, London,  1901, 5. ser.,  5-7.—Terrioli, M., & De Muro.
P.  Monocitosi malarica.  Riv. malariol.. 1935, 14: 19-30, pi.—
Townsend, E. W.  Leukocyte counts in malaria;  analysis of
100 cases.  South. M. J., 1936, 29: 1026-9.


----   Life insurance aspect.
   Faust,  E.  C.  What the life insurance companies think of
malaria.  South. M.  J.,  1939, 32:  689-93.—Morgan, R. S.
Malaria with reference  to life insurance.  Tr. Arkansas M.
Soc. (1903) 1904, 28: 142-6.

----   Liver.

   See also subheading Hepatosplenomegaly.
   Sassin,   A.   *Contribution  a  l'etude  de la
cirrhose atrophique palustre.   32p.   24cm.   Par.,
1939.
   Siace, J.  Contribution a l'etude de la cirrhose
atrophique paludeenne.   84p.  24cm.   Toulouse,
1938.
   Barbosa, O. G.  Ruptura traumatica do figado em  impalu-
dado.  Fol. med., Rio, 1938, 19: 132-4.—Basabe, H.  Cirrosis
atr6fica de hfgado paludica, con n6dulos de Gandy-Gamna.
Rev. As.  med. argent.,  1940,  54: 881-3—D'Amico, C.  Pre-
cirrosi   malarica  (nota  clinica)   Studium,  Nap.,  1927, 17:
214-6.—Drury, F. J.  A note on a peculiar form of fatty liver
in  malarious poisoning.   Tr.  Ind.  M.  Congr.  (1894)  1895,
104-7, 2 pi.—Dumont. Cirrhose paludique a voussure  pseudo-
kystique.   J. med. int., Par., 1900, 4: 686.—Fairley, H.  Mani-
festations hepatiques  d'origine malarique. Presse med., 1937,
45:  1512.-—Farinaud.  Paludisme   et   coliques  hepatiques.
Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 912-6.—Fleiechmann, G.
Die nach  Malaria  vorkommenden  Leberschadigungen (gibt
es eine Leberzirrhose nach Malaria?)   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1938, 42: 13-21.—Galet,  O.,  & Ruelens, G.  Cirrhose palu-
deenne  et eosinophilic   Clinique,  Brux., 1904, 18:  81-8.—
Gaussel, "A.   La cirrhose  paludeenne.   Rev. internat. med.
chir., 1905, 16: 287-91.—Glenard, M. R.  Les sequelles hepa-
tiques  du  paludisme.  C.  rend.  Congr. internat.  m6d. trop.
hyg., 1932, 4: 1061-5.—Grande, E.  II metodo  Parona in casi
di  epatopatia da malaria  cronica.   Gior.  malaria,  1907, 1:
208-15.—Guerrero, G.   Hepatopatfas del paludismo.  Cruz
roja dominie,  1940, 6:  10-8.—Gusev.  Sluchal ostrol  zholtol
atrofii   pecheni  razviv.-helsva  na  po'-hvle  zlokachestvennol
bolotnoi likhoradki.  Russ.   med.,   1801,  16: 441.—Kern,
R. A.,  <v Norris,  R. F.  Liver involvement m malaria.  U. S.
Nav'M Bull., 1944, 43: 847-58.—Klotz, O.   Necrosis of the
fiver'in malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1929, 9: 241-8.—Lemanski.
Le traitement de 1'ln'i atisme paludeen.   Bull. Hop. fr. Tunis,
1900, 3:  193-6.—Miinzer, E.   Zur Lehre  von  der  Febris
intermittens  hepatica nebst  Bemerkungen  fiber  Harnstoff-
bildung.  Verh. Congr.  inn. Med., 1901. 19: 338-66, diagr.—
Osman  Seferedin Celik  [Malarial hepatitis]  Bull. Soc. turque
med., 1939, 5: 36-8.—Pick, F.  Sur la fievre intermittente
hepatapie  C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1900,  Sect. path.
int., 233-s; Sect. path, gen., 555-9.- Saul. N. M.  L'uzione
della malaria sul fegato.  Riv. med., 1932, 40: 81.—Simonian,
A. T.  [Dystrophy of the liver during  malaria and the lipoid
metabolism]  Ter. arkh.,  1939, 17: No. 5, 44-50.— Strizover,
M. A.  Hipertrofia pecheni  malyarivnavo proiskhozhdeniya,
izliechonnaya inyektsiyami mtshyaka.  Med. obozr.,  Moskva,
1S93, 34:  669.—Tamalet.  Hepatite grave paludeenne avec
coma acetonemique simulant 1 acces pernicieux; efficacite de
1'insuline.  Rev. med. chir. mal. foie, 1928, 3: 327-33. —Testolin,
R.  La cirrosi epatica da malaria.   Riv. med., 1907.  15: 53.—
Tirumurti, R. B. T. S.. A-  Hadhakrishna Rao, M. V.  The role
of malaria in the causation of cirrhosis of the li\er; a prelimi-
nary note. J. Ind. M. Ass.,  1934-35, 4: 315-7.—Trabaud, J.
Autour de la cirrhose palustre.   Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds,
1934, 14: 771-3.------La cirrhose atrophique  palustre.
Rev.  med. fr.,  1937,  18:  681-90.          & Janoni.  Etude
biologique dela cirrhose atrophique palustre; premiers resultats.
Medecine,  Par.,  1940, 21: 60^-4.—Trabaud, J., Sami el  Sati &
Chaty, C.  La cirrhose atrophique pa lustre existe-t-elle?  Rapp.
Congr. internat.  hvg. mediter.  (1932)  1933,  1.  Congr.,  1:
230-41.—Volsky, M. E., & Sheveleva, E. M.  [Affection of the
liver during malaria]  Klin, med., Mo.sk va,  1928. 6:  421-43.—
Zaun, F.  Das Verhalten  der Leber bei Malaria  (eine zusani-
menfassende Uebersicht mit  Untersuchungen)  Arch.  Schiffs
Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 363-73.

----   Liver: Function.
   Carrive, J.  Insuffisance hepatique par  paludisme; deiire
maniaque  par  insuffisance   hepatique  suite  de   paludisme;
dialx'te par anhepatie. Arch. gen. med., Par., 1903,  2: 1985-
92.—Chilov, K., & Mladenov,  I.   Beitrag zur Funktion der
Leber bei Malaria; Belastung mit Galaktose und kombinierte
Belastung mit Insulin, Glykose, Wasser.  Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
hyg.,  1934, 38: 282-7.—Esposito, G., & Fucci, N.  L'esplora-
zione funzionale del fegato nella malaria recente con  la prova
della santonina di Moukhtar e Djevat.  Gior. ital.  mal. esot.,
1936, 9:  77; 92.—Faddeeva, A.  F.  [The  liver's deamination
function  in malaria in children]   Pediatria,  Moskva,  1940,
No.  7, 59.—Fairley,  N.  H.  Liver insufficiency in  malaria.
Rapp. Congr. internat. insuff. hepat., 1937, 1. Congr.,  189-205.
Also Med. ital.. 1937, 18: 405.—Kalechev,  A.  L'insuffisance
hepatique consecutive au paludisme.  C. rend. Congr.  internat.
insuff.  hepat.,  1937,  1.  Congr.,  404-7.—Lafforgue, E.   La
permeabilite hepatique dans le paludisme aigu.  C. rend. Congr.
Ir. med., 1902, 2: 91-8.—Livierato, S.  L'insuffisance hepatique
des paludeens.  Rev. g6n.  clin.  ther.,  1938, 52:  17-21.—
Manai, A., & Pinelli, L.  La efficienza funzionale del fegato nei
vari stadi della  infezione  malarica.   Arch.  stud,  fisiopat.
ricambio,  1937, 8:  187; 267.—Mirsky, I. A., Von Brecht, R., &
Williams, L.  D.  Hepatic dysfunction  in  malaria.  Science,
1944, 99: 20.—Niculescu, P., Barth, C, & Herescu,  D. On the
liver insufficiency in paludism;  some humoral troubles, blood
and urine, in 95 cases of  malaria.  C. rend. Congr.  internat.
insuff. hepat., 1937, 1. Congr., 407-9.—Orlina, M.  M.  Func-
tional changes of the liver  in malaria.  Trop. Dis. Bull.,  Lond.,
1942, 39: 519 (Abstr.)—Phocas, E.  Sur l'insuffisance hepatique
des paludeens.  Rev. m6d. hyg. trop., Par., 1937, 29:  246-8.—
Ruge, H.   Leberfunktion  bei frischer Malaria. Arch.  Schiffs
Tropenhyg.,  1935,  39:  14-9.   ------   Leberfunktion  bei
frischer   Malaria  nebst   einigen   klinischen  Bemerkungen.
Zschr. klin. Med.,  1939, 136: 311-26.—Simki, D., & Swartz-
Arnold.   Considerations sur  l'insuffisance hepatique dans le
paludisme  aigu, recherches par  l'6preuve de  la galactosurie
provoquee.  C.  rend.  Congr. internat. insuff. h6pat.,  1937,
1. Congr.,  351-9.—Vlissides, Z. I.  Les fonctions  hepatiques
pendant  la grossesse  normale et  avec  infection  paludeenne
d'apres 25 cas etudies.  Ibid., 409-11.


----   Lymphatic system.

   See also subheading Spleen.
   Bertrand,  L.   Adenites palustres.  Ann. Soc.  med. chir.
Anvers,  1900, 5: 109-11.—Chuppell, W. F.   A case  of adenoids
with malaria.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, 63: 455.—Fernet, C.
Paludisme  et lymphome.   Bull. Soc med.  hop. Paris, 1905,
3. ser.,  22: 15-21.—Gillot, V.   Lymphatisme et paludisme
Rapp.  Congr. internat. lymph.,  1934,  1.  Congr., 247-54.—
Smith, A.  C.   Inguinal bubo as  a complication of malarial
fever.  N. York M. J., 1901,  73: 1080-5.

----   Manifestation.

   See also subheading Diagnosis.
   Albini, G.  Gli equivalenti dell'ascesso malarico.  Fol. med.,
Nap., 1934, 20: 46-52.—Andrada, E. M. Sindromes paludicos.
Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1928, 27: 531-44.—Ascoli,  V. Succes-
sion! morbose della malaria a carico dell'apparecchio urinario e
della pelle.  Policlinico, 1905, 12: sez. med., 22-32.—Birks, P.
H. Symptomatology of malaria.   Brit. M. J., 1943,  1: 784 —
Bogoraz,  N.  A.   O  nlekotortkh provavlenivakh bolotnavo
zarazheniya, pokhodivshikh na khiruigii-he-kiv a zabolievaniya.
\rach, S. Peter-b., 1900,  21: 702.—Bonner, K. P. R.   Some
fa,c.ttUm re8ardxto the symptoms ami treatment  of malaria.
Old Dominion J. M. & S., 1905-06, 4: 253-61.—Castellani, A.
Sopra ccrte sindromi d'origine malarica che simulano malattie
«  ta'on sP«clfiche ed affezioni addominali.  Med. ital., 1928,
9: 86-90.—Crespin, J.  La symptomatologie du paludisme chez 
MALARIA
101
MALARIA
 I'enfant.  Prov. med., Par., 1907, 20: 221-4.—Dobson, W. H.
 Unusual manifestations of malaria.   China M. J.,  1926, 40:
 366-9 —Franken,  J. G.  Some unusual features  of malaria.
 J Morgan County M. Soc, 1898, 1: 105-8—Fraser, D. M. M.
 Symptomatology of malaria.  Brit. M. J.,  1943, 2: 86; 152.—
 Gaines, L. M.  Unusual  manifestations  of  malaria.   J. M.
 Ass. Georgia, 1927, 16: 15-20.—Georgievsky, N. V.  [Painful
 point, as indicator of malarial  Vrach. delo,  1927,  10: 193.—
 Gonzalez Olaechea, M. El signo de Pagniello en el paludismo.
 Cron. med., Lima, 1927,  44:  17.—Grieco, A.  Polimorfismo
 della infezione malarica.  Riv. med., 1936, 44:  35-7.—Gros, H.
 Sur  quelques  manifestations locales  rares  du  paludisme.
 Caducee,  1903,  3: 157-60.—Harford, C.  F.   The  symptoms
 and treatment of  malaria.  Climate,  Lond.,  1904-05,  5: 101-
 7 —Uloway, H.  Some anomalous manifestations of malarial
 infection in  children.  Pediatrics, N. Y.,  1905, 17: 67-70.—
 Kassiopoulos, C.  De l'influence du paludisme aigu a la pro-
 duction des manifestations des le debut  essentielles, sur  le
 foie, les reins, le sang et les vaisseaux capillaires.  Grdce med.,
 1907 9: 5.'—Lofton, L.   A phenomenon observed on the tongue
 in  acute malarial  infection.   N. York M. J., 1902, 75:  636.
 -----Lingua pyramidalis  malaria?.  Med. Times,  N. Y.,
 1903, 31: 331.—McCurry, J.  H.  Practical points  in  various
 manifestations of  malaria.  J. Arkansas  M.  Soc,  1933, 29:
 255-61.—Milotinov,  Z.   [Atypic symptomatology in malaria]
 Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1940, 29: 348-51.—Muggia, A.  Sindromi
 malariche.   Athena, Roma,  1935, 4:  25-31.—Norris, G. W.
 The striped tongue and malarial disease.  N. York M. J., 1903,
 77: 87.—Paladini, P.   Contributo alio studio della malaria:
 un nuovo segno? Rass. clin. ter., 1929, 28: 168.—Penn, G. W.
 A  nosological study, from a  clinical standpoint,  of  certain
 manifestations accompanying and following malaria.   Phila-
 delphia M. J., 1901, 8: 277.—Sakorraphos, M.  Sur un nouveau
 syndrome  clinique d'origine  tres probablement paludique,  le
 chloropaludisme.  Aerztl. Rdsch.,  1904,  14:  542-4.  Also
 Progr. med., Par., 1905, 3. ser., 21: 289-91.—Serra, V.  Sulla
 patogenesi delle manifestazioni esantematiche ed emorragiche
 e degli edemi nel corso dell'infezione malarica.  Riv. malariol.,
 1931, 10: 439-58.—Spencer, H. H.  The  malarial syndromes.
 J.  M. Ass. S.  Africa,  1931,  5: 275-8.—Stedman,  C.  J.  An
 unusual manifestation  of  malaria.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1905, 44:
 1685.—Steele, H. M.  An irregular manifestation of malaria in
 an infant.   Yale M.  J.,  1903-04, 10:  250-4—Tropeano, G.
 Le successioni morbose della malaria.  Gior. malaria, 1907,  1:
 181; 223.

 ---  Meningitis.
    Buicliu.  ITn cas de iritariune meningo-encefalica de natura
 palu-tra.   Spitalul, 1900,  20: 577-82.—Caputo, A.   Sopra un
 caso di meningite da ma'aria.  Lav. Congr.  med.  int.,  1907,
 17: 336-9.—Caro,  A. F. Sindrome de meningismo por recidiva
 paltidica perniciosa.   Reun.  Soc.  argent, pat. region.  (1929)
 1930, 5. meet., 2: 733-5.—Chandra,  C.   Some aspects  of
 cerebro-spinal  meningitis  supposed  to  be  due to malaria.
 Antiseptic, Madras, 1931,  28: 900-2.—Clearktn, P. A. Malaria
 or meningitis.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1927-28, 21:
 479.—Fedorova, E., & Sergeeva,  U.  [Malarial meningitis]
 Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1937, 6: 128-34.—Ficacci, L.   Sindrome
 meningo-cerebellare  in terzanario  primaverile.   Boll.  Soc.
 lancisi. asp.  Roma,  1907, 27:  188-93.—Garrone, E.   Per-
 niciosa malarica a forma  meningitica.  Policlinico,  1927, 34:
 sez. prat., 426-8.—Konstantinides, F. UeplirTuais iftias  &io.x<>tov
 vaTiaiotr(j>v'Ufjt  unviyyOfiveXfrtdos  t\eioytpo{is   jiera   vptvpoplas
 i\a>Sovs  <j>v<rtus; laais  Sid.  Kiplprp.  'IcrrpiKi) rpboSos, 1902,  7:
 150-2.—Le Roy, G.  Un cas de paludisme pernicieux simulant
 la meningite cerebro-spinale.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937,
 30:  664-71.—Malagueta, I.   Das  leptomeningites  agudas
 infectiosas;  meningite e impaludismo.  Rev.  med. mun., Rio,
 1942, 3: 377-402.—Malkiel,  B. P.   [Malarial cerebrospinal
 meningitis]   Nevropat. psikhiat., 1941, 10:  No.  2,  61-4.—
 Meldolesi, G.  Sul meningismo malarico.  Riv. otoneur., 1926,
 3:  193-233.—Pereyra  Kafer, J.,  &  Cia, F.  M.   Meningitis
 paludica.  Dfa med., B. Air., 1929-30, 2: 817.—Pitoules, G. K.
 Utpl uriPiyyiTiSup avvkirna i\elov pubapaTOs.   'JarpLKbs p-tivirup,
 1906, 6: 122.  Also Grece med., 1907, 9: 6—Puech, A.  Etat
 meninge intermittent; paludisme probable.  Bull. Soc. sc. med.
 biol.  Montpellier,  1925-26, 7: 430-6.—Sievers,  R.  Malaria
 mit Symptomen von Meningitis.  Fin. lak. sail, hand.,  1902,
 44: p. cxxxiii.  ------   Fall af  malaria, som forlupit  med
 symptom af meningit.  Ibid., 478.—Teixeira, E.   Sobre urn
 caso de accesso pernicioso palustre de forma meningea.  Rev.
 med.  cir.   Brasil,  1926,   34:  292-5.—Veli  Behcet  Kurdoglu
 [Two cases of malarial infection simulating tuberculous menin-
 gitis]  Bull. Soc. turque med., 1941, 7: 114-7.

 ---  Metabolism.
   Borel, Pons [et al.]  Cholest6rinemie et glycemie  dans  le
 paludisme en Cochinchine. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1926, 40:
 152-60.—Calatroni, R.  Datos qufmicos en el paludismo; hemo-
 globina, glucosa, colesterina y  fosforo inorganico  en  sangre.
 Bol. Inst.  clin.  quir.,  B.  Air., 1928, 4:  256-9.—Corbia,  A.
 Variazioni  della riserva alcalina  nelle piressie,  con  speciale
 riguardo alle malariche.   Riv. malariol., 1931, 10:  743-51.—
Dautrebande, L., & Lemort,  A.  Le  metaboUsme gazeux dans
la malaria.  Rev.  fr. endocr., 1927, 5: 198-206—Grigorieva,
S. P.  [Changes in alkalinity of the blood in malaria]  Vrach.
delo, 1926, 9: 1376-82.—Hara, T., & Isii, S. Ueber den respira-
torischen Gaswechsel bei Impfmalariafallen. Fol. endocr. jap.,
 1928-29, 4: 81  (Abstr.)—Leger, M.  Exces d'urde sanguine et
paludisme ancien; a propos de la note de H. Woltz.  Bull. Soc.
path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 426.  —----Vassal, P., & Faucon-
nier.   Teneur du  serum  sanguin  des paludeens en  matieres
minerales, en matieres azotees et en cholesterine.  Ibid.,  1931,
24: 34-6.—Liu, S. H.  Plasma acid-base equilibrium in malaria.
Chin. J. Physiol., 1928, 2: 151-6.—Pezzeri, V.  II metabolismo
basale nella infezione  malarica.  Riv.  malariol., 1934,  13: 174r-
81.-—Ruge, H., Lohfeldt [et al.]  Beitrage zur pathologischen
Physiologie der Malaria  (Untersuchungen fiber das Verhalten
des Blutzuckers des  Reststickstoffes sowie  der  Nieren- und
Magenfunktion)  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1929,  33:  567-
87.—Sirca,  A.  Comportamento  della  riserva  alcalina  del
sangue nei bambini malarici.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 947-51.

----  Metabolism:  Carbohydrate.
   Bonilla Naar, A.   Glicemia y hematozoarios.  Cr6n. med.,
Lima, 1943, 60: 101-3.—Boulay,  A., & Leger.  Note sur la
glycemie et l'eiimination de l'uree chez les paludeens chroniques.
C. rend. Congr. fr. med.,  1923, 17. sess.,  43-7.—Brill, A. A.
[Carbohydrate metabolism in children with malaria]  Avtoref.
Sezd. fiziol. biokhim. farm., 1937, 7. Congr., 120.  â– ------  [On
glycemie curves in malaria in children]  Tr. Kuban, gosud. med.
inst. armii, 1938, No.  11, 187-95.—Buzko, T.  S., & Bazhenova,
L. V.  [Carbohydrate metabolism in  malaria]  Avtoref. Sezd.
fiziol.  biokhim.  farm.,  1937,  7. Congr.,  122.—De Luca,  B.
Ricerche sul comportamento della  curva glicemica durante
1'accesso malarico.  Gior. ital.  mal.  esot.,  1937,  10:  150-4.—
Massa, M.  La glicemia nella malaria.  Pathologica, Genova,
1927, 19: 535-41.—Nazirov, M. R.  [Carbohydrate metabolism
in chronic malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1939, 17: No. 9-10,
100-3.—Otero, F.  Q.  Malaria  und Blutzuckerkonzentration.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 461.— Pazzi Demurtas,  M.
Studio sulle  variazioni dell'acido lattico sanguigno nei malarici
cronici.  Riv. malariol.,  1934,  13: 66-80.—Petersen, W. F.
Blood sugar during the crisis of malarial fever. Proc. Soc. Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 753.—Rotenburg, S. S., & Bolotina,
A. A.  [Glycemie  curves and recurrences  of malaria]  Med.
parazit., Moskva,  1942, 11: No.  5,  10-5.—Sinton, J.  A., &
Kehar, N. D.  Changes in the amount of blood sugar in malaria.
Rec.  Malaria Surv. India, 1931, 2: 287-304.—Staerman, I. J.
[Carbohydrate  metabolism in malaria in children]  Pediatria,
Moskva, 1940,  No. 6, 31-6.—Sterkin, E. J.  Zum Studium  der
Regelung  des  Blutzuckerspiegels bei Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs
Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 504-15.

----  Metabolism:  Fat.
   D'Alessandro, R.  La colesterinemia nella malaria acuta.
Arch.  farm,  sper.,  1931-32,  52:  258-68.—Michelson,  S. I.
[Cholesterin in the blood in malaria]  Med. parazit.,  Moskva,
1939, 8: No. 5, 16-8.—Seu, P.   La  colesterina  nei  malarici.
Boll.  Soc. ital. biol.  sper., 1928, 3: 371-4.—Sherman, R. Z.
[Blood cholesterin in  malaria in children]   Pediatria,  Moskva,
1940, No. 6, 38.—Van den Branden, F., & Nelis, P. Contri-
bution  a  l'etude de  l'hypocholesteremie dans  le  paludisme.
Ann.  Soc. beige mSd.  trop., 1933, 13: 215-7.

----  Metabolism:  Minerals and water.
   Akasi, K.   Ueber den Kochsalz-Gehalt des Blutes bei Ma-
laria.  Taiwan igakkai zassi,  1931, 30: 36.—Espinoza Tamayo,
L.  Contribuci6n al estudio de la tiemia en el paludismo.   An.
Soc.  med.  quir. Guayas,  1932, 12:  148-53.—Feigin, N.  M.
[Content of calcium in the blood serum of children with malaria]
Pediatria, Moskva, 1940, No. 6, 40.—Heilig,  R., & Visweswar.
Quinine diuresis in malarial conditions.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1942,
77- 513-7—Lunev,  V.  D.  [Water  metabohsm in malaria]
Klin, med., Moskva,  1936,  14: 499-501.—Manca, S.   Con-
tributo alio studio della  cloruremia nei malarici.  Arch. farm.
sper., 1931-32, 53: 67-72.—Morin, H. G. S., Bader, H. [et al.]
Recherches sur la concentration en  chlore  du  sang chez les
paludeens au Tonkin. Tr. Far  East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9:
pt 2, 165-90,  2 pi.   —----  Sur l'hyperchloremie globulaire
des paludeens au Tonkin.  Bull. Soc. path,  exot.,  Par.,  1934,
27: 136-40.—Pellicciotta, R.  Comportamento degli elettroliti
nell'infezione malarica.  Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1943, 51: 165 (Abstr.)*-
Pinelli, L.  La potassiemia nella malaria.  Riv. malariol., 1929,
g. 310-4.—Tov, M. B.  [Blood chlorides in malaria in children]
Pediatria, Moskva, 1940, No. 11, 86.—Zwemer, R. L., Sims,
E. A. H., & Coggeshall, L. T.  The plasma potassium level dur-
ing mala'ria infection  in monkeys and man.   Am. J. Trop.  M.,
1940, 20: 687-701.

----  Metabolism: Protids.
   Benhamou,  E.,  & Levi-Valensi,  A.  L'azotemie dans le
paludisme.  C. rend. Congr. internat.  palud.  (1930) 1931, 2.
Congr., 1: 594-620.—Boyd, M. F., & Proske, H. O.  Observa-
tions on the blood proteins during malaria infections. Am. J.
Trop. M„  1941, 21:  245-60.—Chopra, R. N., Mukherjee, S.
N  & Sen, B.  Studies on the protein fractions of  blood sera;
malarial sera during and after the rigor stage. Ind. J. M. Res.,
1934-35, 22: 571-80.—De Bonis, G.  II ricambio azotato mter-
medio nella malaria  acuta e cronica.   Riv. malariol., 1930, 9:
555-608 —Ferro-Luzzi, G.   Considerazioni  sopra  1 lperazote-
mica malarica.   Ibid.,  1934,  13: 585-600— Maciel, H.   A
prop6sito de um caso de azotemia palustre.  Sciencia  med.,
Bio 1926 4- 410-6, ch.—Manca, S.  L'azotemia nella malaria.
Riv'.  malariol., 1933,  12: 848-58.—Observations on the blood
proteins during malaria  infections.   Gradwohl Lab. Digest, 
MALARIA
102
MALARIA
1941-42, 5: No. 4, 3.—Pellicciotta, R.  Variazioni dell'equilibrio
proteico nel sangue del  malarici.  Fol. med., Nap., 1935, 21:
976-87.----■—  La triptofanemia negli individui afTetti da
infezione malarica.   Ibid., 1005-21.—Simonian,  A. T.  [On
nitrogen metabolism in malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1940, 18:
No.  12, 110.—Tareev, E. M., &  Gontaeva, A. A.  [Albumin
coefficient of serum in malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1933,
2:  178.  ------  Zur  Bestimmung  des  Albumin-Globulin-
Mischungsverhaltnisses  im  Blutserum  bei  Malaria.   Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1933. 37: 28-37.


----   Metabolism:  Vitamins.
   Gerdjikoff, I.   Ueber  die Blutbeschaffenheit bei Malaria
unter Vitamin C-Belastung.  Klin. Wschr.,  1939, 18: 1214-7 —
Krishnan, K. V.  The role of ascorbic acid in malaria.  Annual
Rep. All India Inst. Hyg., Calc  (1937) 1938, 24— Mohr, W.
Vitamin C-Stoffwechsel und Malaria.  Trop.  Dis. Bull., Lond.,
1943, 40: 13  (Abstr.)   ■——— & Kiihner.  Untersuchungen
fiber den Vitamin-C-Stoffwechsel bei Malaria.  Zbl. inn. Med.,
1939, 60: 3.—Patrono, V.  II chinino e l'atebrina quali possibili
fattori di ipovitaminosi C nella malaria. Policlinico, 1942, 49:
sez.  prat., 1686-91.

----  Military aspect.

   Astegiano, G.    Sulle febbri che  dominarono
nella  Scuola  militare  di  Modena  nell'autunno
1879.   28p.   21^cm.   Roma,  1880.
   Mangianti,   E.    Un   punto  storico   per  la
malaria; igiene militare.   15p.   8?   Fir.,  1901.
   Weskott,  R.    *Verlauf  und   Folgen   der
sogenannten Kriegsmalaria auf  Grund der  Beob-
achtungen   des   Tiibinger   Tropen-Genesungs-
heims in den Jahren 1920-1931.  45p.  8?  Tub.,
1936.
   Alvaro,  G.  La malaria nell'esercito nell'anno 1904.  Atti
Soc. studi malaria, 1905, 6: 461-96.  Also Gior. med. esercito,
1905,  53: 641-52.—Angeny,  G. L.  Report on the malarial
fevers prevalent  at  Camp Elliott, Panama  (First Regiment,
Provisional  Brigade,  U.  S. Marines)  Rep.  Surgeon Gen. U. S.
Navy, 1904, 257-60.—Araoz Castellanos, F.  Contribuci6n al
estudio del  tratamiento y profilaxis del paludismo.  Rev. san.
mil., B. Air., 1927,  26: pt 1, 34-55.—Arnold, W. F.   Cuban
malaria in the North Atlantic Squadron of the United States
Navy in 1898.  Philadelphia M.  J.,  1900, 5: 807-9.—Barber,
J. F. A preliminary  report on malaria in a combat zone.  U. S.
Nav. M.  Bull.,  1943, 41: 977-9.—Barrett,  J.  W.   Malaria.
Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 52.—Barrett, R. H.  Three cases of
malaria.  J. R.  Nav. M. Serv.,  1939, 25:  170-3.—Bell, J.
Note on an  outbreak of malaria on board ship.  Lancet, Lond.,
1903,  1:  1739.—Belot,  R.   Le  paludisme  dans  la  Marine
militaire en Afrique du Nord, en 1928 et 1929.  C. rend. Congr.
internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 487-502.—Bentmann,
E.   Erfahrungen fiber die Folgen der Kriegsmalaria.   Arch.
Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1929, 33:  Beih. 3, 26-35   [Discussion]
41-4.  Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 2082-5.  ------
Der heutige Stand der  Kriegsmalaria im Bereich des Haupt-
Versorgungsamts Sudwestdeutschland  im  Vergleich zu dem
Stande im Jahre 1929.   Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1937, 41:
113-7.—Bogachev.    Malyaria   v   garnizonle  Novogeorgi-
yevskol krleposti. Voen. med. J., 1892, 175: unoffic.  pt, 3.
sect., 149-65.—Bonnin, H. A propos de paludisme de guerre.
Presse med., 1937, 45: 501.—Boon, F. W.  Report on malaria
in the Sicilian campaign from D day to D  31 dav.  J. Canad.
M. Serv., 1943^4, 1: 101-4.—Broughton-Alcock, W. Further
laboratory observations on a large number of  pensioners who
contracted malaria and enteric fevers during the Great War
and returned to residence in England.  J. Trop.  M.  Hyg.,
Lond., 1935, 38: 65.—Carney, S. P., & Levin,  N. B. Chronic
malarial parasitemia in  Italian  prisoners of war.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1944, 124:1048.—Chiaiso.  Notesulla malaria nell'esercito
negli anni 1902-03.   Atti Soc. studi malaria, 1904, 5: 723-44 —
dhica, M.,  & Constantinescu,  N. M.   Contributiuni: la epi-
demiologia malariei.  Rev. san. mil., Bucur.,  1928, 27: 283-
8.—-Claus.  Die Malaria in der Garnison  Thorn.  Deut. mil.
arztl. Zschr., 1903, 32: 270-4.—Coggeshall, L. T.  Malaria, a
current and post-war medical problem.  J. Michigan M. Soc,
1944, 43: 662-5.—Copeland, R. J., & Smith, F.  Malarial fever
contracted in Portsmouth.  J.  R. Army M. Corps, 1906, 7:
186.—Cotton, F. J.   Malaria as seen at Montauk.  Boston M.
& S. J., 1898, 139: No. 24, 597-600.—Craig. C. F.  The malarial
fevers.  In: Med. Dep.  U. S. Army in the World War, Wash.,
1928, 9: 511-27.—Dansauer.  Zur Klinik der Malaria.   Deut.
mil. arztl. Zschr., 1903,  32: 721-35.—Despujols, B. P.  Le
paludisme autochtone dans la 18« region. Rev. Serv. san. mil.,
Par., 1936, 104: 419-45.—Dixon, H. B. F.  Malaria.  In: Med.
Dis. War (Hurst, A.) 2.  ed., Lond., 1941, 255-71), 3 pi.  Also 3.
ed.,  1943, 333-60, 2 pi.—Dunbar, A. W. Report on cases of ma-
larial fever  occurring on board  the  U. S. •S. Wyoming.  Rep.
Surgeon Gen. LT. S. Navy, 1904, 243.—Eltze, M.  Lassen sich
Malaria und Malariafolgen  der sogenannten  Kriegsmalaria
jetzt noch nachweisen?  Aerztl. Sachverst.  Ztg, 1936, 42: 213-
9.—Ensor, H.  A case of malarial fever.  J. R. Army M. Corps,
1907, 8: 57-9.—Falisi, J. V.  Some medico-military observa-
tions concerning  malaria.  Mil. Surgeon, 1937, 80: 216-23.—
Fischer, O.  Kommen noch Kriegsmalariafolgen vor?   Deut.
med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 393.  ------  Kriegsmalaria und ihre
Folgen.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937, 41: 105-13.—Foster,
J. W.   For European relief; malaria.   Nurs. Times, Lond.,
1944, 40: 167.—Fowler, C. D., Roberts, D. M.. A Dillon,  E. D.
A statistical report of malaria during one year on  Island X.
U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1945, 44: 797-810.  Fowler. R., *  Bald-
win, A. H.  Arms and AnopheUnes, or the military significance
of malaria.  Med.  J. Australia, 1942, 2: 455-9.—Garibaldi, A.
El  paludismo  en  el  regimiento Rancagua.   Rev.  san.  mil.
(Chile)  1936, 4: 148-54.—Gay id, I. K.  Some notes  on the
symptomatology and treatment  of malaria.   J. R.  Army M.
Corps,  1944, 83: 28-33.—Gent, J. C.  Three cases of malaria.
J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1943, 29:  208.—Graf,  E.  Beitrag zum
Verlauf der Kriegsmalaria.  Klin. Wschr., 1020. 5: 1807.—Hill,
T. R., & Howie, J.  W. Subtertian malaria in  war.  Tr.  R. Sue
Trop. M. Hyg., Loud.,  1942-43, ,16:  75-88.- Hoffmann, A.
Ueber einen Fall von Kriegsmalaria.  Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg,
1937, 43: 205.—Hoffmann, F. Ueber einen I a'l von Kiiegsma-
'aria.   Ibid., 19-21 [Bemerkungen von  Jaeger] 51.—Horniker,
E.  Malaria auf Schiffen.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1903, 7:
263-9.—Hudson,  E. H.  The malaria  problem.   Med.  Clin.
N. America, 1943, 27: 1417-27.—Hughes, S. B., & Bomford,
R. R.  Clinical features and treatment of malaria in  British
troops in West Africa.  Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 69-73.—Hulshoff,
A. A.  [Ship malaria)  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie,  1936, 76:
2263-9.—Huppenbauer,  C. B.   Unsere Erfahrungen mit der
Malaria der Versorgungsberechtigten.  Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
hyg., 1929, 33: Beih. 3, 35-44 [Discussion] 41-4.—Hutton, E.
L., & Napier, L. E.  Malaria on board ship.   Lancet, Lond.,
1940, 2: 603.—Individual  reports of malaria.  Bull. U. S.
Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 81, 7.—Jong, S. de.  Het optreden
van malaria.   Mil. geneesk. tschr., 1900, 4:  247.—Joyeux, C.
i es suites  du  paludisme de  guerre.   Presse  med.,  1937, 45:
285.—Keyworth, W. D.  Severe malaria among British Troopa
in the  East African Campaign.  J. R. Army M. Corps,  1929,
52: 175-88.—Krulle.  Bericht fiber die Malariaerkrankungen
bei den  deutschen  Besatzungstruppen Shanghais  im Jahre
1902.  Deut.  mil. arztl.  Zschr., 1903, 32:  682-8.  -----
Ueber  Malaria  bei  der  ostasiatischen  Besatzungsbrigade.
Ibid., 1906, 35:  1-7.—Lagoanere,  J. M. J.  L. de,  &  Arene.
Considerations sur le paludisme.   Arch.  med.  pharm.  mil.,
1931, 95: 373-401.—Laurent.  Le paludisme au campement
des Mares (Cochinchine)  Arch. med. nav., Par.,  1901, 76:
41-9.—Little, J. L.  Malaria. J. Canad.  M. Serv., 1943-44,
1: 516-25.—Lluesma-lJranga, E.  El problema del paludismo
en los ejeVcitos en campana; resultados recogidos en las Unida-
des de Carabineros, durante la  guerra de Espana, 1936-39,
Sanidad republicana.  Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1941, 40:  233-
43.—Love,  A.  G.   Malarial fevers  in the U.  S. Army and at
selected stations.   Mil. Surgeon, 1926, 58:-59: 69-95;  593-
610.—Lovewell, C. H.  Malaria at Camp Stotsenburg,  P. I.
Ibid., 1927, 60: 683-700, 2 pi— McCarly, W. C.  Some  post-
war aspects of malaria.  Bull. N. England M. Center, 1944, 6:
153-6.—McCulloch, T. Malarial fevers amongst British troops.
J. R. Army M. Corps, 1904, 3: 79-86. —Mackie. T. T. Malaria
in the Army.  Ann. Int. M.,  1944, 20:  655-60.—Maesima, T.
[Malaria in the garrison of Formosa]  Chingai iji shinpo,  1905,
26: 361-79; 445.—Malaria.  Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: Suppl.,
81-4.—Malaria among merchant seamen.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
1941, 154: 84.—Malaria in the Army.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1944,
125: 978.—Malaria in the Army in India.  Lancet, Lond.,  1941,
1: 423.—Malarial  fevers.  Rep. Surgeon Gen.  U.  S. Army
(1900-01) 1901, 168-70 (1902-03)  1903, 56-64.—Malaria (La)
nell'esercito.  Atti Soc studi malaria,  1906,  7: 623-52;  1907,
8: 807-38.—Malaria; recommendations concerning  the treat-
ment of  clinical malaria  [form letter)  Bumed News Letter,
Wash., 1944, 4: 17-25.—Manson-Bahr, P.  Malaria on board
ship.  Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 696.  ------  War malaria and
its treatment.  Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 350.—Martini, E. Ueber
Malaria 1940-1941.  Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 236.—Massa,
F.  Malaria e truppe bianche della Somalia Italiana.  Gior.
med. mil.,  1936, 84: 1081-9.—Mayer, G.  Zur Epidemiologie
der Malaria.   Deut. mil. arztl.  Zschr., 1900, 29: 497-511.—
Mayesima.  Malaria bei dem Militar zu Formosa. Mitt.  Med.
Ges. Tokyo, 1904, 18: 777; 829; passim.—Mendes, G.  Con-
tributo alio studio della febbre estiva nei militari.  Gior. med.
esercito,  1907, 55: 357-72.—Meunier,  R.  Au sujet des epi-
demics nautiques de paludisme.  Bull. Off. internat.  hyg.  pub.,
Far., 1938, 30: 1563-5.   Also Bull. san. Algerie,  1938, 33:
1632.—Muhlens,   P.  Ueber Malariaerkrankungen an Board
insbesondere  der  deutschen  Kriegsmarine,  und  ihre  Ver-
hutungsmassregeln.   Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,   1906, 10:
329; passim.------Kommen heute noch Kriegsmalaria-
folgen  vor?  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 74-6.  Also
Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 108.   Also Wien.  klin.  Wschr.,
1935, 48: 270.  Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1936, 33: 75.  Also
Engl, transl., J. R.  Army M. Corps, 1935,  64:  247-9.   Also
Riv. malariol., 1934, 13: 332-4.   ------ Ueber Kriegsmalaria.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937,  41: 90-105.—Mumford, E. P.
Mosquitoes, malaria and  the war in the Pacific.  Science, 1942,
96: 191-4.—Myrdacz.  Die  Malariakrankheit im K. und k.
Heere.  Militararzt, 1902, 36: 1;  25; 40.—Nauck, E.  G. Ueber
MalariatodesfaUe bei Seeleuten.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63:
774.—Niyiere, E.,  <t Simon.  Paludisme  d'invarion au  cours
d'une croisiere en Afrique e<juatoriale; etiologie; polymorphisms
Arch.  med. pharm. nav.,  1930, 120:  558-69.—Ocaranza, F.
Algunos  casos clinicos de paludismo observados en el Hospital
Militar de Jalapa.  Cr6n.  med. mex., 1904, 7:  3-8.—Occurrence
(The)  of malaria  in soldiers on leave.   Med.  J.  Australia,
1942, 2:  410.—O'Neill, J. H. The war and our opportunity 
MALARIA
103
MALARIA
 for service,  presidential address.  J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1943,
 2: 5-13.—Ostapchuk,  V.  S.   Yestestvennoye zarazheniye
 bolotnoi likhoradkoi  v azaretie  v noyabrie.   Russ. vrach,
 1904,  3: 89.—Paludismo (El) y la guerra.  Rev.  Esc. med.
 mil ,  Mex.,  1943,  2:  No. 8,  23-5.—Parks, C.  W.  Malaria.
 Med.  Bull. Veterans  Admin.,  1944-45,  21: 62-6.—Penton,
 R H.  Egyptian Army; the malarial campaign in the Soudan,
 1904.   J. R- Army M. Corps,  1905, 4: 628-33—Pizzillo, G.
 Recuperabilita militare dei malarici e terapia splenocontrattile.
 Gior.  med.  mil., 1939, 87:  613-23.—Principal diseases affect-
 ing the British  Army; malaria.  J. Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond.,
 1939,  42:  Suppl., 31.—Reynaud, G.   Infection malarienne
 sur un navire en mer.  Ann.  hyg., Par., 1904, 4. ser., 1: 440-
 3.—Richmond, A. E.  The relation of meteorological condi-
 tions to malaria incidence amongst British troops in Peshawar.
 Rec.  Malaria  Surv. India,  1931, 2: 621-42.— Rizzuti, G.   La
 malaria e l'Esercito.  C. rend. Gongr. internat. palud. (1930)
 1931,  2. Congr., 1: 503-18.  Also Gior. med. mil.,  1930, 78:
 609-19.—Roper, D.  Malaria's role in the Malayan campaign.
 Bull, from Britain, 1942, No. 74, 3-5.—Ruvidic, Z. M.  [Ma-
 laria  in the Yougoslav army]   Voj. san. glasnik, 1939,  10:
 25-8.—Sanz Astolfi,  J.   Morbilidad  paludica  del  Ejercito
 espanol en la  zona de Protectorado en  Marruecos durante los
 anos  1927,  1928 v 1929.  C. rend. Congr. internat. palud
 (1930) 1931, 2.  Congr..  1: 519-22— Sapozhkov. V. P.  Ma-
 lyariynlya zaboltevaniya sredi nizhnikh chinov tretyavo otdela
 Yelisavetpolskol Brigadl Otdielnavo  Korpusa Pogranichnol
 Rtrazhi. Voen. med.  J., 1906,  217: med. spec, pt, 409-26.—
 Sato,  Y.  [Remarks on the origin of the malaria in the 36th
 regiment of infantry]  Gun igaku kwai zassi,  1900, 521-8.—
 Schembra, F.  W.  Zur Frage der Kriegsmalaria.  Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1935, 61: 1044.—Schlesinger,  W.  Kommen heut:
 noch Kriegsmalariafolgen vor?  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1935, 48e
 365.—Sergent, E., & Sergent, E.  Le peril paludeen a l'Armee
 d'Orient.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algene, 1932,  10: 317-36.—
 Shetalov, N.  1.   Evakuatsia  malyarikov i podbor sluzha
 shchikh y malyariynlkh mlestnostyakh.   Voen. med. J., 1902,
 80: med. spec, pt,  4280-311.—Shute, P. G.  War and malaria.
 King's Coll. Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1944, 23: 9-13.—Simpson,  W.
 M., Leake,  W.  H. fet al.]   Experiences with malaria  at an
 advance base in the South Pacific: a report of 4,647 admissions.
 U. S.  Nav.  M. Bull.,  1943, 41: 1588-95.—Smith, J. V.  Out-
 break of malaria in a cruiser at war.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1942,
 28: 234-44.—Sorel.  Etude sur le paludisme dans les milieux
 militaires du Tonkin.   Ann. med. pharm. col.. Par., 1935, 33:
 501-25.—Soulie, H.   Sur  un cas de paludisme contracte a
 Marseille.  Caducee, 1906,  6: 131.—Southwell-Sander,  G., &
 Hand,  R. F.  Observations on  some cases of malaria.  J.  R.
 Nav. M. Serv., 1941,  27: 300-7.—Staich, A.  [Malaria in the
 Garrison of Bitol]  Voj. san. glasnik, 1938, 9: 73-85.—Stejskal,
 K.  Kommen heute  noch  Kriegsmalariafolgen vor?   Wien.
 klin.  Wschr., 1935, 48: 532.—Stubenbord, W.  D.  Recurrent
 malaria in military personnel.  N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1944-45,
 97: 120-2.—Taliaferro, W.  H.  Malaria.  In his Med. & War,
 Chic, 1944, 55-75.—Tanaka, S.  [Ueber die  klinischen  Be-
 funde und die Nachkur bei den Malaria-Bestandenen unter den
 Marinern]  Taiwan igakkai  zassi,  1941, 40: 13-38.—Totuki, J.
 [Researches on the malarial  conditions in the jurisdiction of the
 seventh brigade]   In:  Gun igaku kogofu, 1902, pt 4, 281-350,
 tab.—Vander  Veer, J. B.,  & Hedblom, C. A.,  jr.   Practical
 considerations of malaria.  Med.  Clin.  N. America,  1944, 28:
 1437-57.—Ziemann, H.  Beitrag zur  Frage der sogenannten
 Kriegsmalaria.  C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931,
 2. Congr.,  1: 568-81.   ------   Ueber Kriegsmalaria und
 Kriegsmalariafolgen.    Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1937,  41:
 73-90.  ------    Zusammenfassendes  Referat  uber Kriegs-
 malaria und Kriegsmalariafolgen.  Zbl. inn. Med., 1937, 58:
 513-7.

 ---  Military aspect: Prevention,  and control.

   Philouze,   G.    *ProphyIaxie  du  paludisme
 dans  un corps  de troupe en campagne.  44p.   8?
 Par.,  1928.
   United  States.   Public Health  Service.
 Malaria control  in  war  areas,  1942-43.   103p.
 27cm.  Atlanta [1943]
   United States.  War  Department.   Circular
 No.  223:    Malaria control in the  army.   3p.
 23om.  [Wash., 19431
   Adrio Mateo, J. A.  El paludismo en los hospitales de evacua-
 ci6n.  Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr., 355-9.—
 Albarracin, C. M. Profiiaxis  del  paludismo  en el ejercito
 argentino. An. san. mil., B.  Air., 1904, 6: 914-23.—Bascom, G.
 R. Malaria control.  In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World
 War, Wash., 1926, 6:  305-48.—Beckman, H.  Will returned-
soldier malaria menace Wisconsin?  Wisconsin M. J., 1944, 43:
 1222-8. Bogoiavlensky, N. A., & Demidova, A. J. [Experiment
in prophylactic quininization in military organizations]  Vrach.
gaz., 1926, 30: 955-6.— Bomford, R. R.  The human factor in
military malaria  control.  Lancet, Lond., 1944, 1: 750-3.—
Boyd, J. E. M.  Some further remarks on antimalaria  work.
J.  R.  Army  M.  Corps, 1929, 52: 51-5— Breuil & Mollaret.
La prophylaxie du  paludisme; mise au point d'aprds quelques
donnees recentes.   Arch. med._ pharm.  nav., 1937,  127: 665-
710.—Brown, O. J. The malaria control program of the Navy.
J.  Nat. Malaria Soc,  1944, 3: 15-8.—Butler, F. A.   Malaria
control program on a South Pacific base. U. S. Nav. M Bull
1943, 41:  1603-12.—Campos Gatti, J. de.  Novas doutrinas e
annas de combate ao impaludismo.  Labor, clin., Rio, 1943 23-
118-22 (Abstr.)—Cerniglia, D., & Pizzillo, G.  Aspetti militari
della cura di Maurizio Ascoli. Riforma med., 1938, 54: 557-9.—
Ciancas, R.  Proyecto de plan de profiiaxis paludica a implantar
en el Ejercito, basado en la lucha antiplasm6dica.  Rev. espan
med. cir. guerra,  1943, No.  54, 132-7.—Costa, M. A., P6rez
Aranibar,  E„ <fe Saona, A.  Campana  antipaludica  en la II»
Division.  Rev. san. mil., Lima, 1933, 6:  79-91.—Covell,  G.
The prophylaxis and treatment of malaria in war.  J. Malaria
Inst. India, 1943, 5:  129-57.—Crockett, J.  L., jr.  Malaria
control in war  areas.   J.  M. Ass.  Alabama, 1942-43,  216.—
Davidson, C. M.  Malaria control in war areas in Kentucky.
Bull. Dep. Health  Kentucky,  1944-45, 17: 287-92.—Disin-
sectization of surface craft.  Bumed News Letter, Wash., 1943,
1: 17.— Farinaud, E.  La prophylaxie du paludisme dans  les
troupes en campagne.  Ann. med. pharm. col., Par. 1938, 3fi:
583-608.—Ferreira  de  Gouvea. A.  A.  Consideraeoes sdhre
epidemiologia e profilaxia da malaria na vigtacia da  guerra.
Rev. m<?d. Minas,  1943,  11: No.  113, 41-59.—Filov, K.  G.
Kratkiy otchot o techenii bolotnoi likhoradki u bolnlkh Kush-
kinskavo  garnizona, polzovovshikhsya Hechenfem v Samar-
kandskom voyennom  hospitalle.  Voen. med.  J., 1902, 80:
med. spec, pt, 4231-79, pi., tab.—Fonseca, J. A. B. da, C6da,
D., & Schiavi, A.  Quimioprofilaxia.  Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1943,
8: No. 19, 165-71.—Fricks, L.  D.   Emergency measure and
foresight in malaria  control.  Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 182-8.—
Gentzkow, C. J., &  Callender, G. R.  Malaria in the Panama
Canal department^ United States Army; results of treatment
with quinine, atabrine and plasmochin.  Am. J. Hyg., 1938, 28:
174-89.—Geraldo Salles, D.  Malaria; um ensaio de profilaxia
medicamentosa em meio militar.  Hora med., Rio, 1944, No. 75,
9-27.—Hamet.  Le  paludisme et la medicine militaire pendant
la conquete de  l'Algerie.  Arch.  med. pharm. nav., 1932,  122:
5-18.—Hardenbergh, W. A.  Malaria and mosquito control in
the United States Army.  Proc N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm.
Ass.,  1943, 30:  39-43, pi., map, ch.—Hardy, C. W.  Malaria
control problems of a base surgeon.  Mil. Rev., Fort Leavenw.,
1944-45, 24: No. 12, 36.—Heagerty, J. J.  Control of malaria in
wartime.   Nat. Health  Rev., Ottawa, 1941, 9: 91-3.—Hudles-
ton,  W. E.  A  note on the systematic treatment of malaria
amongst European troops.  J. R. Army M. Corps,  1905,  5:
633-7. ------  A further note on the systematic treatment of
malaria amongst  European  troops.   Ibid.,  1906,  7: 50-3.—
Hul ^si Ozverim [Is quinine superior to atebrin in treatment of
malaria in the army'']  Askeri sihhiye  mecmuasi, 1941, 70: 10-
4.—Kacarevic, D. Z.  [Control of malaria in the fortress of Beo-
urad]  Voj. san. glasnik,  1940,  11:  297-306.—Kirson, M. I.
[Treatment of malaria in military zones]  Sovet. med., 1943, 7:
No. 4, 14.—Lenert, L. G., & Legwen, W. A.  State and local or-
ganizations for malaria  control in war areas.  J. Nat. Malaria
Soc, 1943, 2: No. 2, 49-56, 2 pi.—Lipkin, G. S.  [Prophylaxis of
malaria under field conditions]  Voen. san. delo, 1942,  No. 6,
49-51.—McCoy, O.  R.   The malaria control program  of the
Army. J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1944, 3: 11-4.  ------  Suppres-
sive treatment of malaria in military forces.  Ibid., 1945, 4:  9-
12.—Malaria control.   Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 382.—Malaria
control in the Army.  Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 81,
50-4.—Malaria control in war areas.   Maryland Dep.  Health
Month. Bull.,  1943, 15:  51.—Malaria control in war-time.
Lancet, Lond.,  1940, 2: 402.—Mansell. R.  A.  An experiment
in the prophylaxis of malaria.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1929, 52:
110-2.------Some answers to the cantonment  antimalaria
problem.  _ Ibid., 53:  196-201.—Meneses Hoyos, J.  Prevenci6n
del paludismo en el  ejercito mexicano.  Gac. med. mil., Mex.,
1934-35,  n. ser.,  2: 191; 123.------Rivera,  F.  [et al.]
Organizaci6n de la  lucha  antipaludica en  el ejercito.  Mem.
Conv. med.  mil. mex.,  1936,  122-37.—Merkblatt  der  See-
Berufsgenossenschaft, _  betr.  Vorbeugungsmassnahmen  und
Behandlung bei Malariaerkrankungen.  Aerztl.  Sachverst. Ztg,
1936, 42: 220.—Michael, W. H.   Malaria.   U. S.  Nav. M.
Bull.,  1938,  36:  29-31.—Muhlens,  P.   Massenprophylaxe
gegen  Malaria.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1939,  86:  1447.—
Muller-Osten,  W.  Die Behandlung der  Malaria  und ihre
Verhiltung in  der  Kriegsmarine in  den  Jahren 1920-1935,
(zugleich  ein Beitrag  zur Frage der  Kriegsmalaria)  Deut.
Militararzt,  1937,  2:  25-35.—Mufioz Murillo,  M.  C6mo
hicimos la campafia antipaludica en el afio 1938 y c6mo creemos
debe hacerse  en el afio 1939.  Rev.  espafi. med.  cir.  guerra,
1939, 3: 217-21.—Nikolski ,V. M.  Popitka borbl s malyariyel
v armii. Voen. med. J.,  1904, 1:  Med. spec, pt, 70-83.—Norris,
B.  Malarial control at  Fort Stotsenburg.  Mil. Surgeon, 1931,
68: 455-64.—O'Connor, K. J.  Prophvlaxis in malaria.  J.  R.
Nav. M. Serv., 1939, 25:  77.—Paz Soldan, C. E.  Como en-
tiende el  Servicio  de sanidad ingles que deben ser  tratados  los
enfermos malaricos de sus fuerzas de mar y de tierra.  Reforma
med., Lima, 1942, 28: 57—Pirumov, K. N.  (Malaria  control
in an Army on active service in  1943]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1944, 13: No. 2, 20-5.—Publicity policy on malaria and malaria
control.  Bumed News Letter, Wash.,  1944, 4: No. 9, 29.—
Ratti, R.  A., &  Jaspe, A.  La profiiaxis del paludismo; su im-
portancia desde el punto de vista higienico y militar.  Rev. san.
mil., B. Air.,  1941, 40:  527-37.—Richmond, A. E., & Mendis,
J. C.  A report on investigations carried out in Peshawar during
the year  1927,  in connection with malaria prevention among
troops.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1929-30, 1:  205-90, 14ch.,
map.—Roberts, A. H. S.  Malarial fever as met with in South
Africa during the  late war; its symptoms, treatment and pre-
vention.   Dublin  J. M. Sc, 1903,  116: 336-8.—Robin, L. A. 
MALARIA
104
MALARIA
Conceptions ancienne et moderne du traitement et de la pro-
phylaxie chimique du paludisme (application a 1 'element mili-
taire dans  les zones endemiques) Rev. Serv. san.  mil.,  Par.,
1937, 106:  151-76.—Rogers, J. A.   Military malaria control.
Circ. Letter Off. Surgeon Gen. War Dep., 1943, No. 22, 1-15.—
Russell, P. F.  Military malaria control.  War Med., Chic,
1943,3:565-84.  ------ The Theater malaria control organ-
ization.  Med.  Bull. North Afr. Theater Oper. U. S„ 1941,
1: No. 2, 17.—Saavedra Aguirre, C.  Profiiaxis y terapeutica
del paludismo  en  caso  de operaciones  militarcs  a trav^s de
una comarca paludica.   Congr. med. cir. nav. mil. Chile, 1929,
277-80.— Seagrave, G.  S.  Malaria therapy.  Field M.  Bull.
U. S. Army, N. Delhi, 1943,  2: 21—Sergiev, P. G.  [Measures
for malaria control in  the  liberated areas]   Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1944,  13: No.  3, 9-13.—Simmons. J. S.   Progress in
the Army's fight against malaria.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120:
30-4.  ------  The prevention of malaria in the  U. S. Army.
Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 123-6—Smith, S.  The treatment of
malaria in a military population with the synthetic prepara-
tions.   Proc.  R.  Soc.  M.,  1938-39,  32:  Unit.  Serv. Sect.,
 1077-82.—Stephens, J. W. W., & Christophers,  S. R.   The
malaria of  expeditionary forces and the means of its prevention.
Rep. Malaria Com. R.  Soc. London,  1900, 20-2.—Striberny,
L.  Die Malariabekampfung und ihre Resultate im bulgarischen
Heere in den Jahren 1942 und 1943.  Deut. tropenmed. Zschr.,
1943,  47:  624-9.—Sui6, M.  [Prevention and treatment of
 malaria in the garrison of Benkova6]  Voj. san. glasnik,  1939,
10:  109-43.—Thompson, T.  O.  The cantonment antimalaria
problem.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1928, 52: 179-85.—Todorovic,
R. S.   [Prophylaxis and therapy of malaria in the garrison of
 Prilep]  Voj.  san. glasnik,  1939,  10: 167-73.—Treatment of
malaria in a military population.  Brit. M. J., J939, 1: 890.—
Treatment of malaria in soldiers.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942,  118:
 747.—Trotti, L. J.  Malaria control in war areas.  Texas J. M.,
 1944-45, 40: 543-7.—Wescott, S.  A plan of campaign against
 malaria.   J.  R. Army  M. Corps,  1907, 9:  623-5.—Williams,
 L. L.  Malaria  control in  defense  areas.  Proc. N. Jersey
 Mosquito  Exterm.  Ass., 1942,  29:  35-7.   ------  Malaria
 control in  war  areas. Ibid., 1943, 30: 43-51.  —---& Hollis,
 M.  D.  Malaria  control in  the war areas.  J. Nat. Malaria
 Soc,  1943, 2:  No. 2, 5-9—Wilson, D.  B., &  Melville, A. R.
 The  control of malaria; East  Africa command,  1940-1943.
 J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81:  213-22;  263-8.—Zumpt, F.,
 & Minning, W.   Malariabekampfung in  der Ukraine  1942;
 Allgemeines  fiber die  Malariabekampfung im Generalbezirk
 Nikolajew vor und nach  der deutschen  Besetzung.  Deut,
 tropenmed. Zschr., 1943, 47: 205-15.

 ----  Misconceptions.
   Fort, M. A. Popular and professional misconceptions re-
 garding malaria.  J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1927, 16: 274-8.—Lowe,
 J.  Some  common misconceptions  of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
 1944, 79:  207-10.—Supersticao e  ciencia no paludismo.   Rev.
 med.  Minas, 1939-40, 7: No. 80, 77.

 ----  Mixed  infection.
   Breindl, V.  Ueber einen interessanten Flagellatenbefund
 im Blute der Malariakranken.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 111:
 406-8.—Duperie, R., & Cadenaule,  P. Paludisme a hematozo-
 aires associes (PI. falciparum et PI.  vivax) chez un enfant de six
 ans; echec du traitement par le  stovarsol.   Bull. Soc. med.
 chir.  Bordeaux (1926)  1927, 273-82—Ewing, J.  A case  of
 mixed quartan and estivo-autumnal malaria; a meningocele.
 Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1902-03, n. ser., 2: 116 —Mark, S. A.
 K  parazitologii  i  klinikle  smleshannikh  form  bolotnoi li-
 khoradki.   Russ. vTach,  1903, 2: 759; 802.—Mayne,  B., &
 Young, M. D.  Antagonism between species of malaria parasites
 in induced mixed infections.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1938,
 53: 1289-91.—Morisita, K.   Notes  on mixed malarial infection,
 with special reference to antagonism among different species of
 malarial parasites, and their segregation by the use of special
 drugs. Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1931,  30: 6S-70.—Nikolaev, N. D.
 [Mixed malarial infection in children] Pediatria, Moskva, 1937,
 No. 5, 74-81.—Sautet, J. A propos des associations parasitaires
 dans  le paludisme; application  a  la malariatherapie.   Rev.
 med.  hyg. trop., Par., 1933. 25: 50-4.

 ----  Mortality.

   See also subheading Statistics.
   Bogliolo, L. Sopra un caso di morte per pretestata perniciosa
 malarica; ricerche spettrofotometriche e reazioni di flocculazione.
 Riv. malariol., 1937, 16: 202-21.—Brown. H. W.  The  problem
 of malaria mortality.   Am. J. Pub. Health, 1940, 30:  1199-
 205.—Carles,  J.  Deux cas d'acc^s paludeens mortels.   Bull.
 Soc anat. phvsiol. Bordeaux, 1901, 22:  159-62.  Also J.  med.
 Bordeaux, 1902,  32:  43.—Guidote, J.  Malaria  death  rate.
 Rev. filip. med., 1928,  19: 121-3.—Haines, H. A.   An unusual
 cause of death in malaria.  J.  R. Army M. Corps, 1904,  2:
-483.—Hubbard,  W. S.  Two fatal cases  of  malarial  fever.
 Brooklyn  M.  J.,  1904,  18: 207.—Increase in  malaria deaths;
 millions of cases  estimated.  Science News Lett., 1935, 28:
 327.—Lenzi,   L.   Con.-ideruzioni  medicodegali  in  tema  di
 malaria e  di morte improwisa.  \--i-t. sociale, Roma,  1935, 9:
 337-55 — Magner, W.   A fatal ca-e of malaria.   S.  Michael
 Hosp. M.  Bull., Toronto, 1928, 3: 94— Shushan, M., &  Blitz, O.
 Factors influencing morbidity and mortality in benign tertian
 and estivi-autumnal malaria. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1936, 89:
66-70.—Soteriados. D.  'II « i\wSwv nvptruv 6rr)T{,TVt.   larpub,
nvvTwp,  1902, 2:  nil 2;   173.—Tirumurti, R. B. T. S., &
Ramachandra  Rao, V.   Some  fatal  cases  of  malaria; a
morbid  anatomical  and histological study.  J. Ind.  M. Ass.,
1935-36, 5: 441-56.— Trnchtenberg. L. J.   [Sudden  death in
malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1010, 9: 485-9.

----   Muscles.
   Meldolesi, G.  Le condizioni della muscolatura striata nella
malaria.  Bull.  Accad. med.  Roma, 1928,  54: 190.-  Panichi, L.
Contributo alio studio delle disartrie e della miastenia da causa
malarica.  Policlinico, 1901,  8: sez. med.,  266-74.

----   National and economic aspects.
   Bodenheimer, F. S.  Die Malaria als okologisches Problem;
Studien zur tierischen Bevolkerungslehre.  Fol. med. int. orient.,
1932-33, 1: 135-68.—Clarkson,  L.  M.   Malaria  economics.
Georgia Malaria Bull.,  1938, 1: 10.—Ferrannini, A.   Malaria
e degenerazione antropologica.  Gior. malaria,  1907,  1:  21-
31.—Grayson,  W.  B.,  Carpenter, S. J., & Schirmer, R. K.
Losses from malaria in Mississippi County, Arkansas.  Georgia
Malaria Bull., 1941, 4: 07-71.—Fuchs, A. W.  Economic losses
from malaria.   Pub. Health Bull., Wash., 1922, No. 125, 129-
42.—Rao, G. R. Economic significance of malaria to an indus-
trial concern;  a railway.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 568-73.—
Tommasi-Crudeli.   Sulla preservazione dell'uomo nei paesi di
malaria. Atti Accad. naz.  Lincei, 1880-81,  3. ser., 5: 22—1.

----   Nervous system.

   Joelsas,  M.   *Die  Beziehung  der  Malaria
zum Nervensystem.    18p.  22^cm.  Basel, 1940.
   Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70:

   Moreira da Fonseca, J.  Formas nervosas do
impaludismo.    2.  ed.   174p.   23cm.   Rio, 1935.
   Ammosov, M. M.  [Pathological anatomy and pathogenesis
of focal forms of neuromalaria]  Sovet. psikhonevr.,  1937, 13:
89-103.—Ascoli, V. Successioni morbose della malaria a carico
del sistema nervoso.  Policlinico, 1905, 12: sez. med., 49-67.—
Bakhtiarov, V. A.   Sur  la question de la  neuro-malaria.  Arch.
internat. neur., Par., 1937, 56: 121-32.—Bernard, A., & Tayrac,
A.  de.   Paludisme et  complications  nerveuses.  J.  sc. med.
Lille, 1929, 47: pt 1,  233-42.—Bertrand,  L.  Les  accidents
nerveux du paludisme.  Ann.  Soc. med.  chir. Anvers, 1900, 5:
7-18—Boinet.  Des  troubles nerveux d'origine palustre.   C.
rend. Congr. internat. m6d., 1900, Sect. path, int., 309-11.—
Bonnet, A.  Quelques  cas de troubles nerveux d'origine palustre;
utilite diagnostique de la reaction de Henry.  C. rend. Congr.
internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 773-6.—Busquet.
Troubles nerveux intermittents d'origine palustre.  Rev. med.,
Par., 1901, 21:414-21.—Ciaburri, G. Isto-patologia del sistema
nervoso centrale nella malaria perniciosa. Arch. ital. sc. med.
colon.,  1930, 11: 533-43.—Coelho Marques,  J.   Um caso de
neuro-impaludismo. Impr. med., Rio, 1941,  17: No. 333, 68.—
Culld, G.  Nevrosi malariche.  Gazz. sicil. med. chir., 1904, 3:
421-3.-—De Sanctis,  G.  Contribuzione clinica alle sindromi
nervose malariche.  Prat, med., Nap., 1902-03, 3: 199-209 —
De Vries,  E.   Nervous complications in pernicious malaria.
China M.  J.,  1927, 41: 503-8.— Dimitri, V.  Manifestaciones
nerviosas del paludismo. An.  Dep. nac. hig., B. Air., 1926, 32:
53-9.—Dobrokhotov, V. P.   K voprosu o malyariynlkh zabolle
vaniyakh nervnol sistemt.  Med. obozr., Moskva,  1903,  60:
634-43.—Eckstein, A.  Malaria und Zentralnervensystem im
Kindesalter. Ann. paediat., Basel, 1942,  158: 65-96.—Erikson,
E. V.   Vliyaniye  na  Kavkazie malyarii  va  zabolievaniye
nervnoi sistemy i virozhdeniye.  J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva,
1906,  6:  1012-37.—Flye  Sainte  Marie,  P.  E.    Accidents
nerveux observes  au  cours d'acces palustres.  Maroc med.,
1942,  22:  193  [Discussion] 324.—Forli, V.   Sulle  sindromi
nervose post-malariche.    Boll.  Soc.  Lancisi.  osp. Roma,
1905, 25: 99-103.—Fornaca, G.  Tremore da malaria.  Ibid.,
 1907, 27: 36-48.—Gazova,  O. A.  [Certain properties of neuro-
malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva,  19.37, 6: 531-7.—Genoese,
G.  Disturbi del sonno nella  malaria  dei bambini.  Pediatria
(Riv.)  1932,  40:  965.—Giglioli, G.  Y.   Su  alcune  sindromi
nervose nell'infezione malarica.  Riv. crit. clin. med., 1902, 3:
440; 471.—Grande, E. Contributo alio studio clinico  delle
affezioni nervose da malaria.   Med. prat.,  Nicaatro, 1904, 2:
No. 10, 1; No. 11, 5.—James, R. B.  Some common malarial
neuroses not discussed in our text-books. Tr. M. Soc. Virginia
(1903)  1904,  103-12.— Jourdran.  Du tremblement palustre.
Presse med., 1906, 14: 518.—Kurashkevich, G. A.  [Rare  cases
of neuromalaria]   Kuban,  nauch. med.  J.,  1928, 7:  272-83 —
Lafora, G. R.   Afecciones nerviosas de origen  paludico y meta-
palfidico.   Progr.  clfn., Madr., 1914,  3:  336-44,  2 pi.—La
Terza.   Neuro-syndromas  palustres (dos casos)  Gaz. clin., S.
Paulo,  1928, 26: 151-3.—Laveran, A.   De la fievre nerveuse
intermittente.  Bull.  Soc.  med. hop. Paris, 1902, 3. ser., 19:
433.-  Maciel   Campos, G.   Violenta  cephalea  de  provavel
ongem palustre rapidamente curada pelo paludan.  Arch,  biol.,
s- Paulo, 1931-32, 15: 279.—Magazanik, S. S., & Irani,  L. P.
 , ™» rial an"ections of the nervous system] Nevropat. psikhiat.,
1937,  6: 118-24.—Malkiel, B. P.  [On the  Leiden-Westphal
syndrome in malaria]   Ibid., 1910, 9: No. 10, 51-5.—Mangla-
capra,  A   Sulle  neuropatie  da malaria; un caso  di lesione
organica da malaria nel sistema nervoso. Riv. malariol.,  1931,
5: 7o2-6— Melendez, S.   Asociaci6n  del  paludismo   a las 
MALARIA
105
MALARIA
 neurosis;  observaci6n  personal.   Arch.  Hosp.  Rosales,  S.
 Salvador,  1909,  4:  185-8.—Melik-Allakhverdova,  G.  M.
 Effect of malaria on the nervous system]  Vrach. delo, 1931,
 14: 230-4.—Mirzoian, G. I.  [Malarial affection of the nervous
 system]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1936, 14: 1071-4.—Moore, J. T.
 Malaria; marked cerebral and spinal symptoms; Kernig's sign
 present; double tertian.  S. Louis Courier M., 1902, 27: 81-6,
 ch.—Moscato, P.  Sulle localizzazioni multiple che l'infezione
 palustre pud produrre nell'organismo umano e pi ft specialmente
 sui centri nervosi.   Gazz. med. lombarda, 1901, 60: 201; 211;
 passim.   ------   Ulteriore  contributo alle  localizzazioni
 multiple  che l'infezione  palustre pud produrre sull'organismo
 umano e piu specialmente sui centri nervosi.   Gazz. sicil. med.
 chir., 1908, 7: 393-8.—Neugalich, M. G.   [Treatment of affec-
 tions of the nervous system in malaria]  Nevropat. psikhiat.,
 1938, 7:  No. 6, 95-102— Orlovski, A. L.  Sluchal rlesnichnol
 nevralgii  bolotnavo proiskhozhdeniya.    Vrach, S.  Petersb.,
 1900, 21: 1174.—Pansini, G.,  & Caccuri,  S.   Contributo alia
 conoscenza delle sindromi  nervose da malaria.  Riv.  neur.,
 Nap.,  1939, 12: 24-39—Pefia Chavarria, A.,  Quiros,  F., &
 Blanco, R.  P.   Complicaciones neurol6gicas de la malaria.
 Rev. med. Costa Rica, 1941-43, 5: 401-10.—Photakis, B.  A.
 Ueber die pathologisch-anatomische  Diagnose der  Nerven-
 svstemveranderungen bei Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
 1929, 33:  267-9.—Pizzillo, G.  Sindromi nervose da malaria e
 loro terapia splenocontrattile  venosa.   Riv. malariol., 1939,
 18: 211-21.—Rappoport, G.   [Pathogenesis and clinical forms
 of  neuromalaria]   Nevropat.  psikhiat.,  1938,  7:  63-9.—
 Reategui, J. V. La luperalbuminosis del Hquido cefalorraqufdeo
 en el paludismo.  Cron.  med., Lima, 1926, 43: 314; 1927,  44:
 18; 54.—Reitano, R. Contributo alia conoscenza delle altera-
 zioni del sistema nervoso centrale  nella  malaria.  Boll. Soc.
 biol. sper., 1926, 1: 321-3.  Also Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. med.,
 49-59, pi— Rigdon, R. H.,  & Fletcher, D. E.  Lesions in  the
 brain associated with malaria; pathologic study on man and  on
 experimental animals.  Arch. Neur.  Psvchiat., Chic,  1945,
 53: 191-8.—Sicherman, M. J., & Trostanetsky, M. L.  [Neuro-
 pathological symptoms in malaria]   Nevropat. psikhiat., 1938,
 7: 47-57.—Sitmalidi, K. K.  [Malarial affections of the nervous
 system]  Russ. klin.,  1929, 12: 440-7.—Speder & Pierson.
 Paludisme  et  neurotropisme.   Maroc med.,  1941,  21: 161
 [Discussion] 1942, 22:  106-8.—Tatusescu, D.  Cate-va deter-
 rriinatiunl nerv6se ale paludismulul.  Spitalul, 1900,  20: 405-
 13.—Urchs,  O.   Die Beziehungen  der Malaria zum Nerven-
 system. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 305-75.—Villacian
 Rebollo, A.  Contribution al estudio de las afecciones nerviosas
 producidas por el paludismo.  Med. ibera,  1926, 20: pt 2, 561-
 3.—Vorobiev, N. F.  [Lange's reaction  in the cerebro-spinal
 fluid in neuromalaria]  Nevropat.  psikhiat.,  1939, 8:  No.  4,
 80-4.—Willison,  A.  Tremblements irreguliers survenus apres
 la guerison  d'une   fievre  intermittente.  Essais  med. Soc.
 Edinburgh, Par., 1742, 4: 517-9.


 ---   Nervous  system,  autonomic.
   Markelov, G. I.  [Vegetative syndromes in malaria]  Nevro-
 pat.  psikhiat., 1937,  6:   73-80.—Maselli,  D.   II sistema
 nervoso vegetativo  nella infezione malarica.  Policlinico, 1927,
 34: sez.  med., 441-60.—Mogilnitzky, B.  Die pathologische
Anatomie  des vegetativen  Nervensystems bei Malaria.  Vir-
chows Arch., 1927,  263:   839-46.—Moreira  da Fonseca,  J.
Disturbios neuro-vegetativos  do impaludismo.  Brasil  med.,
Rio,  1935,  49:  317-21.—Zhitomirskaia,  V.  M.  [Functional
state of the vegetative  nervous system  in  malaria]   Sovet.
psikhonevr., 1928. 14: No. 5, 57-66.
---   Nervous system:  Brain.
  See Malaria, cerebral.
 ---   Nervous system:  Convulsions.
   Bhattacharjee,  J.  C.   Cerebral malaria; an  afebrile  case
 with epileptiform convulsions.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1941, 76: 159.—
 Blelousov, A.   Sluchal  malyarii  simuliravavshef  epilepsiyu.
 Detsk. med., 1902, 7: 286-90.—Friedmann, J.   Zur Frage der
 Beziehungen zwischen Epilepsie und Malaria.  Wien. klin.
 Wschr., 1937, 50: 565-7.—Gillot. Alternance curieuse pendant
 quatre annees successives de fi^vres paludeennes et de pheno-
 mtees  spasmodiques  d'appnrence  organique.  Bull.  med.
 Algerie, 1905, 16: 363-5.—Holm, K. Zusammenhang zwischen
 Malaria  und Epilepsie?  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36:
 478.—Hulshoff,  A.  A.   [Epileptic  symptom-complex  after
 malaria tropica]  Acta leiden., 1937-38, 12: 151-5.—Kalrrikov,
 S. N.   Sluchal  intermittens convulsiva.   Tr.   Obsh.  detsk.
 vrach., 1897-98,  6: 47-9.—Mendel, K.  Epilepsie und Malaria.
 Med. Klin., Berl.,  1926, 22: 1770.—Mohr, W.  Zur Frage der
 Entstehung einer Epilepsie nach  Malaria.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1938, 64:  1030-3.—Shulgin, K.  Y.   Malyaria i  epilepsia.
 Voen. med. J.,  1903,  1:  med. pt, 402-12.—Smirnov,  P.  G.
 [On malarial epilepsy]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1939, 8: No. 2-3,
 134-8.—Stransky,  E.   Zum Kapitel:  Malaria  und Epilepsie.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1924,  71:  787.—Takamine, N,  [A case
 of malaria causing spasms in the  entire body]  Gun igaku kwai
 zassi, 1900, 519-21.—Thornhill, H.  Malaria, the chief cause
 of infantile convulsions in the tropics.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1898,
 33:  108.—Trabaud, J.   La malaria,  maladie  convulsivante.
Bull. Acad, med.,  Par.,  1930, 3. ser.,  103: 575-8.—Viilagis,
M. H.  Manifestaciones epilepticas del paludismo.  Bol. Hosp.
 civ. S. Juan Dios, Qufto, 1930, 5: Nos. 36-41, 101-5.—Wolff-
 Eisner, A.  Ueber Epilepsie nach Malaria.  Med. Klin., Berl.,
 1930, 26:  1452-4.—Zallocco, A.   Le convulsioni nella malaria
 dei bambini.  Pediatria  (Riv.) 1929, 37: 739-46.

 ----   Nervous system: Extrapyramidal  system.
    Chini,  V.   Sindrome nervosa  extrapiramidale di  natura
 malarica.  Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. med., 389-404.—Schilf, E.
 Malaria und fragliche Spatfolgen  am extrapyramidalen Nerven-
 system (ein Fall von Dystrophia musculorum progressiva mit
 Speichelfluss; ein Fall von Parkinsonismus) Klin. Wschr., 1938,
 17: 533-5.

 ----   Nervous system: Neuralgia and neuritis.

    Doan-Khac-Thinh.   *Les polynevrites  palus-
 tres.   83p.   8?    Par.,  1934.
    Akasi,  K.   Three  genuine  cases of  malarial polyneuritis.
 Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1933, 32: 49.—Ardin-Delteil.  ivevralgie
 trifaciale palustre.  Bull.  med.  Algerie,  1907,  18:  377-80.—
 Bei'.in, B.  S.  Histopathologische Veranderungen des Nerven-
 systems insbesondere des peripherischen,  bei  akuter Neuro-
 malaria.   Zschr.  ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1930,  127:  162-7.—
 Bereskin, P. K.  [Sensitiveness of the left supraorbital nerve as
 a sign  of recent malaria] Sovet.  vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 307.—
 Brunati, J.  La mastodynie palustre.   Rev. chir.. Par., 1937,
 75: 390.—Conciatore, D.  Sulle  nevialgie  da malaria.  Gazz.
 internaz. med., 1906, 9: 749; 754.—David, A.  Nevrite palustre.
 J. sc med. Lille, 1924, 42: pt 2, 91-5.—Davydov, P. D. [Several
 cases  of polyneuritis in children of  malarial origin]  Vrach.
 delo, 1935, 18:  717.—De, M. N., & Seal. S. C.  Can  malaria
 cause peripheral nerve palsy?  Ind. J. Pediat., 1938, 5: 8-12.—
 De Camelis,  F.  La polinevrite  malarica.  Riv.  malariol.,
 1936, 15: 222-8.—Falcao, T.  Em torno de um caso de nevralgia
 facial de origem  palustre.  Arch, biol., S. Paulo,  1927, 11:
 222.—Figueroa  Alcorta,  L., &  Reynoso Naon,  H.  Neuralgia
 del paludismo larvado, simulando un sindrome renal.  Prensa
 med. argent., 1935, 22: 2174-6.—Georgievskaia, Z. I.  [Malarial
 poly-radiculo-neuritis] Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1935, 4: No.  11,
 163-8.—Gioseffi, M.  Sindrome polineuritica consecutiva all'in-
 fezione malarica.  Policlinico,  1907,  14:  sez. prat., 561-3.—
 Harvey, A. M.  A type of neuritis associated  with malarial
 fever.  Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp.,  1944, 75: 225-31.—Hous-
 siau.  Polynevrites d'origine palustre. Bruxelles med., 1937-38,
 18: 766.—Korovai,  V. A.  [Clinical importance of left side
 nhrenicus phenomenon in malaria] Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1931,
 9:  791-3.—Lemos, B. de.   Nevralgias paludicas do trigemeo.
 Arch, biol., S. Paulo, 1926, 10:  28-31.—Morones, S. Algias
 que suelen presentarse como  equivalente del acceso paludico.
 C.  A. M. E. P., M6x., 1936, 1: 86.—Motta Cabral. Nevralgias
 palustres.  Med. contemp.,  Lisb., 1929, 47: 5.-—Neuritis asso-
 ciated  with malaria.   Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No.
 81, 11.—Petrovsky, S. G.  [Malarial polyneuritis] Nevropat.
 psikhiat.,  1938, 7: 58-62.—Price, G. E.   Malarial infection
 presenting symptoms  of multiple neuritis.  Am. Med.,  1905,
 9:  904.—Renda, C.   Nevralgia otturatoria da malaria.  Med.
 nuova, 1938,  29: 13.—Roger, H.,  & Boudouresques,  J.   A
 propos d'un cas de polynevrite paludeenne.  Bull. Soc.  path.
 exot..  Par., 1937, 30:  671-5.  ------ Les polynevrites des
 paludeens.  Ann.  med.,  Par.,  1938,  43: 235-48. Also  Mar-
 seille med.,  1938,  75: pt  2,  493-522.—Rossi,  G.  C.  Sulle
 nevralgie  palustri.   Ann.  Ippocrate,  1907-08,  2:  65-8.—
 Rubino, A., & Sorrentino, F. Su un caso di polinevrite malarica
 guarita con il metodo di M. Ascoli.  Rass. internaz. clin.  ter.,
 1939, 20: 915-22.— Russell, W. G.  A  case of  sciatic neuritis
 with paralysis following malaria.   Med. Rec, N.  Y., 1905, 67:
 16.—Sacquepee, E.,  &  Dopter,  C.  Des  nevrites palustres.
 Rev.  med., Par., 1900, 20: 340; 468.—Torres Estrada, A.  Las
 neuralgias  paludicas del nervio supraorbitario.  Bol. Hosp. oft.,
 M6x., 1940-41,  1: 209-14.  Also Bol. Sanat. Rafael Lavista.
 Veracruz, 1940-41, 1: No. 8, 1-5.   Also Rev.  med., Puebla,
 1941, 14: No.  133, 38-42.—Trabaud. Quelques considerations
 a  propos  d'un  cas de polynevrite d'origine palustre.  Rev.
 med.  hyg.  trop., Par., 1926, 18:  33-6.   Also Rev. prat. mal.
 pays chauds, 1926, 6:  143.—Triantaphyllides, T.   Les rapports
 du paludisme avec les nevrites et les polynevrites.  Grece med.,
 1903, 5:45.

----  Nervous system: Spinal  cord.
   De Negri, H.  Perniciosa malarica con sindrome midollare.
Riv. malariol.,  1930, 9: 638-40.—Kaplan, B. D.,  & Sakharov,
L. N.   [On  malarial myelitis] Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1939, 8: No.
2-3,  139-43.-—Silvestrini,  R.  Mielite  in  corso d'infezione
malarica.  Boll. Soc. eustach., 1903, 1: Nos. 4, 5, 6 & 7, 24-8.—
Takazaki, B.  [Two cases of diffuse myelosclerosis of the spinal
cord after malaria] Chingai iji shinpo, 1903, 797-808.

----   Nursing.
  Coffey, E. R.  Malaria.   Am. J. Nurs.,  1943,  43: 996-8 —
Marr, W. L.  Malaria.  Ibid.,  1936,  36: 969-75.— Mills, N. E.
Nursing care of malaria.  Ibid., 1942, 42: 133-7.

----   occupational.

  L£vy,  J.  C.   Contribution a l'etude du palu-
disme; le   paludisme,   maladie  professionnelle.
36p.    24cm.   Par., 1939. 
MALARIA
106
MALARIA
   Accinelli  Fernandez, N.   El paludismo como enfermedad
profesional.   Cr6n.  med.,  Lima,   1939,  56:  77-82.  Also
Rev.  palud.. Par., 1939,  1:  184-8.—Aguilar, R.   El palu-
dismo  en relaci6n  con accidentes ferroviarios.  Rev. med.
hondur.. 1934-35,  5: 664-7.—Barber, M. A., & Coogle, C. P.
Malaria  among  Mexican  cotton pickers imported  into  Mis-
sissippi.   Pub.  Health Rep.,  Wash., 1927,  42:  1368-70 —
Ciofii,  F.  Quando debba ritenersi permanente il danno nella
malaria-infortunio.   Opera  Internat.  Congr.  Indust.  Accid.
(1928), 1929, 5. Congr., 227-33.—Coogle,  C.  P., Barrow, C.
[et al.]   Industrial relations in malaria.  South. M. J., 1936,
29: 873-5.—Diez,  S.   Richerche sul valore della malaria nel
determinismo degli infortuni.   Rass. previd. sociale, 1927, 14:
14—23.—Garofali,  F.   Osservazioni cliniche sul malarico nel
suo ambiente di vita e di lavoro, influssi sull'azione chininica.
1930, 21: 220-6.  ------La malaria non e infortunio;  ragioni
cliniche, profilattiche e  sociali.  Ibid.,  1931,  22:  185-90.—
Hausser, G.  Paludisme, maladie professionnelle.  Rev.  palud.,
Par., 1939, 1: 177-83.—Hernandez Donayre. P.  El paludismo
como  accidente de  trabajo.   Cr6n.  m6d., Lima,  1930,  47:
112; 153.—Lagarde, G., & Carrera, O.  G.  El paludismo como
enfermedad  profesional.  Sugestiones,  M6x.,  1943-45,  9:  No.
109,  135-45.—Monti,  A.   Ueber  gewerbliche  Infektionen;
Malaria.  Deut. klin.  ther.  Wschr.,  1906,  3: 857-63.  Also
Wien.  kUn.  ther. Wschr., 1906,  13:  857-63— Nasti, G.   La
malaria e gl' infortuni  su  lavoro. Assist, sociale, Roma, 1935,
9:458-61.—Pach, H.  Malaria mint munkasbetegseg.  Buda-
pesti  orv. ujs., 1906, 4: 866-8.—Pezza, F.  Le  malattie del
lavoro risicolo con speciale riguardo alia malaria.  Atti Soc.
studi malaria, 1904, 5: 415-51.—Schoenleber, A. W. Malaria
in industry.  Med. Bull.  (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y., 1936-38,
3: 201-17.—Serbanescu, V.   [Malaria among aviators] Rev.
san. mil., Bucur., 1929, 28: 19-21.—Suzuki,  M.  Industrie-
Malarie,  einige  statistische  Betrachtungen iiber  sic?  Mitt.
Med. Akad. Kioto,  1939, 25:  906.—Torres Torija,  J.  Debe
declararse el  paludismo  enfermedad  profesional?   Reforma
m6d.,  Lima, 1938, 24: 976-8.  Also  Rev. med. cir., Mon-
terrey,  1939, 1: 206-11.   Also Rev.  med.  Veracruz., 1938
18:2711-8.

----   Parasites.

   See also Plasmodium.
   Annecke, S.   The  relative number of male and  female
gametocytes in  human malaria (Plasmodium  vivax, Plasmo-
dium falciparum and Plasmodium malaria?) and Hsemoproteus
in birds.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1926-27, 20:  Sect. Trop. Dis.
& Parasit., 1-5.—Baelde, C. H. L.  Malariaplasmodien in het
bloed  van  oogenschijnlijk  gezonde  personen.   Ned.  tschr.
geneesk., 1905, 2.  r., 41: d. 1,  1048-50.—Barducci.  A.  V.   Lo
sviluppo  dei gameti  di individui chininizzati nella zanzara
trasmettitrice.   Riv. malariol., 1926,  n. ser.,  5:  594-612.—
Boyd,  M. F., & Strathman-Thomas,  K.   Studies  of  benign
tertian malaria; the clinical characteristics of the  disease in
relation to the dosage  of sporozoites.   Am. J.  Hyg.,  1933, 17:
666-85.—Christophers, R.  Malaria from a zoological point of
view.   Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1934, 27: 991-1000.—Clark,
H. C.  The  comparative incidence of gametocytes in untreated
and in briefly treated malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1927, 7:
15-20.—Huff, C. G.   The significance of different strains of
malaria and mosquitoes in the epidemiology of the disease.
Am. J. M.  Techn., 1938, 4: 41-6—Jancso, N.  Der Einfluss
der Temperatur auf die geschlechtliche Generationsentwicke-
lung der Malariaparasiten und auf die experimentelle Malariaer-
krankung.  Zbl. Bakt., 1905, 1 Abt., 38: 650-62.—Kabelik, J.
Eine Bemerkung zur Arbeit des Herrn Dr. G. J. Perekropov:
Zur Morphologie der  Parasiten der  chronischen  Malaria.
Ibid.,  1929, 110:  111.—Knowles, R., White, R.  S.,  & Das
Gupta, B. M.   Studies in the parasitology  of malaria.  China
M. J.,  1931, 45: 332-47.—Laird, A. T. Malaria with  general
distribution of the Plasmodia.  Stud. Bender Hyg. Lab., Alb.,
1906,  3: 178-82.   Also Albany M. Ann., 1907, 28: 178-82.—
Lazear, J. W.  Pathology of malarial  fevers, structure of the
parasites and changes in tissue. J. Am. M.  Ass., 1900, 35:
917-20.—Lowe,  J.  Studies  in untreated malaria;  numerical
studies of the parasites in relation to the fever.  Rec. Malaria
Surv.  India, 1934,  4: 223-41.—McCaa, D. G.  The malarial
parasite and the mosquito's relation to malarial fever.  J. Med.
Chir.  Coll.,  Phila., 1903, 4:  No. 2, 32-7.—Malaria (The)
parasites and the infections to which they give rise.  Bull.
Health Org. League of Nat.,  1940,  9: 139-57.—Mandl, J.
Konnen die Erreger der Malaria langere Zeit im Organismus
verbleiben, ohne eine schadliche Wirkung auszuiiben?  Aerztl.
Centr. Ztg, 1901,  13:  123; 135.—Moshkovsky, S. D.   Les
relations entre l'hote et le parasite dans le paludisme. Bull.
Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 274-9. Also Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1937,  6: 880-909.  Also Acta Conv.  trop. malar.
morb., 1938, 2: 282-91.—Oliver, J. P.  If the different types of
malarial fever are produced by parasites, why classify or call
malarial?  Texas Cour. Rec.  M., 1905-06, 23: No. 4, 1-5 —
Palm en,  J. A.   Malaria-plasmodin kehitys  ihmisruumiin
ulkopuelella ja  horkan tarttumistapa.  Duodecim, Helsin.,
1900,  16: 265-76.—Perekropov,  G.  J.  Zur Morphologie der
Parasiten der chronischen Malaria.  Zbl. Bakt., 1928,  1. Abt.,
108: 26-41, pi.—Pievnitski, A.  Nashi znaniya o sposobakh  i
usloviyakh  zarazheniya  bolotnlm sporovikom.   Russ. arkh.
pat., 1900, 9: 536-53.—Rieux, J. Hematozoaire et paludisme.
Arch.  Inst. Pasteur Algerie,  1932, 10: 337-41.—Sagel,  W.
Beitrag zur Beantwortung der  Frage nach  der E-Stadium-
Sporozoitentheorie der Malaria mit  Hilfe von biologischen
Leukozytenkurven und von Hamogramm-AnalyBen.  X>eut.
tropenmed. Zschr., 1943, 47: 377-99.—Stephens, J. W. W., 4
Christophers, S. R.  Malarial fever without parasites in  the
peripheral blood.  Rep. Malaria Com. R. Soc.  London, 1901,
5.  ser., 7-10.—Turcu, T.   Die zeitliche Verteilung  und  daa
Mengenverhiiltnis der Makrogameten und Mikrogametozyten
bei menschlicher und  Vogel-Malariainfektion.  Arch.  Schiffa
Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 212-32.—Viola, G.  Critiea della dot-
trina  zanzaro-malarica.  Tommasi, Nap., 1907, 2: 817; 841;
1908,  3: 2; 25.—Weinstein, N. B., & Seidlitz, M. F. [Localiza-
tion of Plasmodia in the interparoxysmal period]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva,  1942, 11: No. 3, 130.

----  Paroxysm.
   Mascar6  Garcia,  D. F.  Mecanismo del acceso paludico.
Cr6n  med.,  Lima, 1936, 53: 421-32— Viola, D.  Due  casi in
cui l'azione  del freddo provoco in malarici cronici un accesso
febbrile unico,  malarico, clinicamente tipico  ed ematologica-
mente positive  Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez. prat.,  51-3.

----  Pathogenesis.
   Alamo Gutierrez, E.  La infecci6n mal&rica.  Bol. Min. san.,
Caracas,  1939, 4: No. 4,  191-204.—Bankston, R. C. The
pathogenesis of malaria and some remarks on its manifestation.
Alabama  M.  J., 1899-1900,  12:  481-4.— Discussion  sur la
pathogenie et la prophylaxie  actuelles  du paludisme.  Bull.
Acad, rndd.,  Par., 1906, 3. ser., 56: 343-57.—Gros, H.   Trans-
formation du paludisme  k Ha3mamceba parva et corps  en
croissant en fievre quarte.  Bull. med. Algerie, 1906,  17: 8-
12.—Henry, A.  Les theories actuelles sur le paludisme.  Rev,
med.  Afrique nord,  1904,  7: 131;  145.—Izar,  G.   Nuove
concezioni patogenetiche, cliniche e  terapeutiche sulla malaria.
Rass.  internaz. clin. ter., 1940, 21: 363-76.—Kasiri, Y. [Re-
marks on the ways of malarial invasion]  Gun  igaku kwai
zassi,  1897, 278-85.—Lambert, L.  L'aecfis paludeen ne paratt
pas etre  du  k un choc  hemoclasique.  Arch, internat. neur.,
Par.,  1928, 21. ser., 2: 177.  Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928,  99:
615.—Le  Bourdelles, B.   Sur la pathogenie du  paludisme.
C. rend.  Congr. internat.  palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1:
792-7.  Also Paris med.,  1929,  73: 150-3.—Legrain, E.  Le
paludisme n'est  pas  une entite morbide.  Rev. med. Afrique
nord,  1905,  8:  113;  129; passim; 1906,  9: 257; 278; 301.—Le
Ray.  Mecanisme de revolution du paludisme.  Presse med.,
1905,  474-0.—LintwarefT, J. J.   Beitrage zum Studium  der
Malariapathogenese.   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1936,  40:
63-73.—MacDonald, G.  The mechanism of  infection with
malaria in children  living  under endemic and hyperendemic
conditions.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1931,  18: 1347-72.—Neueres
iiber Pathogenese und Therapie der  Malaria.  Praxis, Bern,
1933,  22: 321-3.—Nogueira, C.  O  papel do terreno na pato-
genia  paludica.  Fol. med., Rio, 1940, 21: 136-8.—P6voa, H.
Pathogenia do accesso paludico.  Ibid., 1927, 8: 154-7.  -----
&  Piza, W.   Sobre a pathogenia do accesso paludico.  Arch.
brasil. med., 1927, 17: 224-43.  Also  Arch.  Fund. Gaffree-
Guinle, Rio, 1928, 207-27.—Ruelens.  Etiologie et pathogenie
de la  malaria.  Clinique,  Brux.,  1903,  17: 953-65—Tamo-
gradsky,  V.  A.  [Pathogenesis and  clinical aspect of tropica!
malaria]  Radianska med., 1937, 2: No. 5,  143-50.—Varenna,
P.   Conquiste della scuola italiana nella patogenesi della
malaria.   Profilassi, 1939,  12: 38.

----   Pathology.

   Bastianelli,  G.    Patologia  e  clinica  della
malaria,   p.47-167.   24}£cm.   Roma, 1943.
   In: Malaria (Roma,  Italy.  1st.  Malariol. Ettore Marchia-
fava)
   United Fruit Company.   Medical  Depart-
ment   [Report,  1928]  p.107-21.  26cm.   [n.  p.,
1929?]
   Allen,  G.  P. F.  Some post-mortem observations on twenty-
six cases  of  subtertian malaria.   Tr.  R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,
1926-27, 20: 119-22.—Benhamou, E.  Considerations generales
sur la pathologie du paludisme.   Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie.
1932,  10: 545-7.—Braude, I. R. [Clinical pathology of malaria]
Vrach. delo, 1936, 19:  355-8.—Businco, A.  Riflessi anatomc-
clinici recenti di patologia malarica.  Rass. med. sarda, 1936-
37, 38: 3-21.—Cannon, P. R.   Some  pathologic  aspects of
human malaria.   In:   Sympos.  Human Malaria  (Am.  Ass.
Advance.  Sc.)  Wash.,  1941,  214-22.  Also Proc. Inst.  M.
Chicago,  1940-41, 13: 409.  Also Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 580-
2.—Castillo  Odena, I.   Patologia general del paludismo.  An.
Dep.  nac. hig.,  B. Air., 1925, 31: 81-106.—Coronado, T. V.
Patologia intertropical; unidad del  paludismo.  Rev. med. cir.
Habana,  1897, 2: 251-6.—Corradetti, A.  Die neuen Theorien
iiber die  Pathologie der Malaria im Lichte unaerer Kenntniase
von der vergleichenden Biologie der  Plasmodien.   Trop.  Dis.
Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 117 (Abstr.)—Cowdry,  E. V., & Scott,
G. H. Etudes cytologiques sur le paludisme; mitochondries,
granules  colorables au rouge neutre  et appareil de Golgi. Arch.
Inst.  Pasteur Tunis, 1928, 17: 233-52, pi.—Craig, C. F.   The
pathology of latent malarial infection as observed at autopsy.
J. Ass. Mil. Surgeons, 1903, 13:  381-8.  ------  Malaria.
Arch. Path., Chic,  1928,  6: 645-723.—Dumolard, A. [et al.]
Considerations sur la  pathologie generale du  paludisme.  C.
rend.  Congr. internat. palud. (1930)  1931, 2. Congr.,  1: 638-
44.—Elli, R. L.  Anatomia patol6gica del paludismo (segun la 
MALARIA
107
MALARIA
 conferencias  dadas en  Roma  por los profesores  Dionisi  y
 Nazari, 1924) An. Dep. nac. hig., B. Air., 1925, 31: 130-42.—
 Ewing,  J.  Contribution to the pathological anatomy of ma-
 larial fever.   J.  Exp. M.,  1902,  6:  119-80, 6 pi.—Gomez-
 Marcano, A.  Bosquejo de anatomfa patol6gica general  de la
 malaria. Tijeret. malaria, Caracas, 1942, 5: 100-5.—Gosio, R.
 Nuclei liberi e placche reticolate nella infezione malarica.  Riv.
 malariol., 1934, 13: 423-34, 2 pi.—Grossek,  Z.   Urywki z
 patologii i epidemiologii zimnicy.   Przegl. lek., 1906, 45: 397-
 408.—Lambert,  R.  A.,  &  Oliveira, A. B.  de.  Pathological
 studies in malaria; notes on 192 routine autopsies performed in
 Sao Paulo, Brazil, with special reference to pigmentation and
 spleen size.   Porto Rico Rev. Pub. Health,  1928-29, 4: 299-
 307.—Lendrum, A.  C.  Fixation of tissues from cases of ma-
 laria.  Brit.  M.  J.,  1944,  2: 44.—Llambrias, J.   Anatomfa
 patol6gica del paludismo.  Progr. clfn., Madr.,  1926, 34: 602-
 7.—Maffei, W. E.  Aspectos anatomo-pato!6gicos  do impalu-
 dismo.   Rev. paul. med.,  1943,  23: 67-9.—Mosto, D., &
 Brachetto-Brian, D.   Sobre la  anatomfa patol6gica del  palu-
 dismo.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 1, 1105-8.—Nauck, E.
 Malaria  und  Fleckfieber;  vergleichende  pathologisch-ana-
 tomische Betrachtung.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1941,  67: 1259-
 62.—Schulemann, W.   Zur Pathologie der Malaria.  Ibid.,
 1940, 66: 253-6.  ------ Beitrage zur Pathologie und Therapie
 der Malaria.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87:  80.—Serra, A.
 Malaria;  pathologic  anatomy,  microscopic diagnosis  and
 symptomatology.  Bol.  As.  med. Puerto Rico, 1932, 24: 13-
 20.—Shirokogorova, A. I.  [Pathological anatomy of malaria in
 Azerbaidjan in 1920-1933]   Med. parazit.,  Moskva,  1935, 4:
 218-20.—Strzhelbicki, I. K.  NIekotoriya danniya iz patologii
 dletskol Krovi pri peremezhnol likhoradkle.  Vrach, S. Petersb.,
 1900, 21: 1100; 1141.

 ----  pernicious.

   See also other subheadings (comatose; delirious;
 pneumonic; typhoid, etc.)
   Marchiafava, E.    La perniciosita nella  ma-
 laria.  66p.  8?   Roma, 1928.
   Also English transl. Am. J. Hyg., 1931, 13: 1-56.
   Nguyen-Kien-Ba.    *Contribution  a   I'eiude
 clinique  des  acces  pernicieux   du  paludisme.
 107p.   8°   Par.,  1931.
   Alcala Rengel, J. A.  El paludismo;  forma perniciosa.  Bol.
 Min. san. Venezuela, 1936-37, 1: 718-20.—Altieri,  A. Osser-
 vazioni cliniche sopra tre casi  di  febbri  malariche  perniciose
 trattate con le iniezioni endovenose di chinino.  Corriere san.,
 1904,  15: 357.—Arnaud, L., & Sicault, G.  La fievre paludeenne
 pernicieuse.   Maroc med.,  1942,  22:  274;  314.—Baccelli, G.
 La  perniciosita.  Gazz.  osp., 1906, 32: 434-44/—Berri, P., &
 Mangini, M.   Contributo casistico alio studio delle  perniciose
 malariche.  Pensiero  med.,  1931, 20:  52-61.—Biggam, A. G.
 Malignant malaria  associated  with  the  administration  of
 heroin intravenously.   Tr.  R.  Soc. Trop.  M. Hvg., Lond.,
 1929-30, 23: 147-53, pi.—Bindi, F.   Su  di un caso di perniciosa
 comatosa.   Gazz.  osp.,  1903,  24: 1389-92.—Blake,  W. F.
 Pernicious malarial fever.   California J. M., 1904,  2: 322.—
 Bloombergh, H. D., & Coffin, J. M. Pernicious malaria; post-
 mortem  disappearance of the parasite;  report of a case.  Am.
 Med., 1905,  10: 910.—Boddaert, A., & Maurer, G.   La per-
 niciosite de l'acces malarique. Ann. Soc med. Gand, 1901, 80:
 255-60.—Boye.  Un cas d'hyperthermie  post-mortem  avec
 refroidissement cadaverique tres lent dans un acces pernicieux.
 Ann. hvg. med.  colon.,  Par., 1902, 5: 221.—Bullrich, R. A.
 Un  caso de  paludismo  pernicioso.  An. Cfrc.  med.  argent.,
 1905, 28: 435-42.—Capriglione, L.  Conceito de perniciosidade
 da malaria.  Hospital, Rio, 1935, 7: 1131-49.  ----—  Malaria
perniciosa: formas clfnicas.   Ibid.,  1936, 8:  135-61.—Carda-
 matis, J. P.  Conclusions d'une  etude sur la fievre pernicieuse
comateuse.  Rev.  med. Afrique nord,  1900,  3:  1027,
 Lacc^s pernicieux algide.  Greece med., 1901,  3: 19-22.  Also
 'Iorrpuci) vpboSoi, 1901,6: 72-8.  Also Rev. med. Afrique nord,
 1901, 4: 1075-87.  ------  Contribution a l'etude clinique de
 la fievre pernicieuse  comateuse.   Bull. Soc.  med. Gand,  1901,
 68: 56-63.  Also Progr. med., Par., 1901, 3. ser., 13: 257-62 —
 Chatterjee, N.  A case of malignant malaria.  Antiseptic,
 Madras, 1926,  23:  76.—Comessatti,  G.   Sulla  perniciosa
 malarica.  Malariologia, Nap., 1922, 15: 3-25.  ------  Note
 sulle  lesioni   istopatologiche  dell'encefalo   nella  perniciosa
 cerebrate. Morgagni, 1926, 68: 143-6.------Per  la  cono-
 scenza delle lesioni istopatologiche dell'encefalo nella perniciosa
 cerebrale.  Gazz.  internaz. med. chir.,  1927,  33:  No. 15,
 p. xxvii.—Connolly,  R.  M.   A  case  of  pernicious  malaria.
 Stud. Inst. M. Res.  Fed. Malay States, 1901, 1: 76-8,  ch —
 Couto, M.  Perniciosidade.  Arch, brasil. med., 1927,  17: 143-
 5.—Cox, A.  E.   Pernicious   malarial  fever.   Memphis M.
 Month.,  1902, 22: 533-6.—Crespin,  J.  Pathogenie des  acces
 et des accidents  pernicieux d'origine  paludeenne.   Caducee,
 1903, 3:  117-9.—Danger (The) of acute pernicious malaria in
 troops and refugees from  the  South-Western  Pacific  zone.
 Med. J. Australia, 1942,  1: 538.—Devaux, E.  Contribution a
 l'etude des acces pernicieux palustres.  Ann. hyg. med. colon.,
 Par.,  1904, 7: 526-8.—Dima, F.  La perniciosa malarica e le
 sue forme combinate.  Riv. med., 1931, 39: 161-4.—Di Pietro,
 S. Sindrome di pseudosclerosi a piastre constatata in seguito
ad un attacco di perniciosa malarica.  Lav. Congr. med. int.
(1902) 1903, 12: 580-3.—Duplan, E.  Sobre una forma grave
de fiebre contlnua remitente.  Cr6n. med. quir. Habana,  1901, I
 27: 272-9.—Edwards, A. R.  Pernicious malaria.  Bull. North-
 west.  Univ. M.  Sch., 1900-01, 2: 543-51.  Also Chicago M.
 fec-  1901. 20: 10-8.  Also Med. Fortnightly, S. Louis, 1901,
   j ii      —Fabri, G.  Sul concetto della perniciosa malarica
 e della  perniciosita  dell'infectione malarica.  Assist, sociale,
 Koma, 1935, 9: 619-22.—Favre, Dechaume & Morenas.  Sur
 les lesions  anatomo-pathologiques dans un  cas  de  paludisme
 pernicieux  observe a Lyon.  Lyon med.,  1938, 162: 143-8 —
 Fenner, E. D.  Report of cases of pernicious malaria.  Proc
 Orleans Parish M. Soc. (1903) 1904,  235-50.  Also N. Orleans
 M..& S. J., 1903-04, 56: 416-31.—Ferrari, A.  Malaria per-
 niciosa.  Brasil med., 1941, 55:229.—Figueira, F.  Diagnostico
 da febre perniciosa na infancia.   Ibid., 1899,  13: 307; 327.—
 f°xworthy, F. W.  Concerning calentura.  Philadelphia M. J.,
 1900,  6:  714-6.—Galloway,  C.   Pernicious  malarial  fever.
 N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1904-05, 57: 564-70.—Garcia, C. M.
 Nota  sobre una  forma ins61ita de  impaludismo pernicioso.
 Actas Congr. med. nac, Habana, 1905,  1:  71-5.  Also Rev.
 med. cir. Habana, 1905, 10: 166-9.—Garrett, N. M.  A case of
 pernicious malarial fever.  Med. Mirror, 1901, 12: 207-9.—
 Ginzburg, R.  [Unusual case of malignant malaria]  Bieloruss.
 med. dumka, 1925,  2:  127-30.   ------  [A  typical case of
 pernicious malaria]  Ibid., 1926,  2: 127-30.—Gonzalez Marti-
 nez, I.  La pretendida perniciosidad de las fiebres  paludicas.
 Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1903, 1: 83;  passim; 1904, 2: 209 —
 Gorelik, S. Z.  [Clinical aspect and pathogenesis of pernicious
 forms of malaria]   Tr. Moskov. gosud. med. inst., 1936, No. 5,
 168-77.—Gunn,  H.   Pernicious  malaria.    Occidental  ~\l.
 Times, 1903, 17: 453-7.—Gurko, A. G.  K voprosu o porazhemi
 nervnol  sistemi pri zlokachestvennikh likhoradkakh.  Protok.
 zasaid.  Kavkazsk.  med:  obsh.,  1899-1900,  37:  260-70.—
 Hadra, F.  Case of pernicious malarial fever,  comatose type;
 recovery.   J.  Ass. Mil. Surgeons U. S.,  1904,  15:  140-3.—
 Holmes, J. G.  A  case of malignant  malaria.  J. R. Nav. M.
 Serv., 1937, 23:  259.—Jancso, M.  Ver 6s szovettani vizsga-
 latok malaria perniciosa egy esetenel.  Magy. orv. arch., 1897,
 6:  303-19,  pi.—Jordan, J. D.   Notes  on pernicious malarial
 fever.   Texas M. J., 1904-05, 20: 169-76.—Kelley,  W. H.. &
 Sydensfricker, V. P.  Notes on pernicious malaria. Arch. Int.
 M., 1935, 55: 818-25.—Kelly, W. D. C.  The administration of
 quinine  in  malignant  ague.  J. R.  Army M. Corps,  1907,
 9: 67-9.—Khovansky, D. V.  [Pathologic anatomy of comatose
 malarial  Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 433-40.—Kneed-
 ler, W. H.  Malignant and atypical malaria.  Clinics, 1943-44,
 2:  809-27.—Krauss,  W.  Pernicious malaria.   South.  M. J.,
 1928,  21:  733-5— Lemoine,  G., & Venillot.   Paludisme a
 forme pernicieuse; insucces de la quinine et de la cinchonidine;
 auerison par l'hydrotherapie froide.  Arch. prov. med.. Par.,
 1899, 1: 340-8.—Lindsay, D. K.  Guidance notes on pernicious
 malaria.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1943-44, 37: 63-
 6.—Lobo,  M. N.  Acceso  pernicioso  paludico.  Rev.  med.
 Bogota, 1903, 726.—Lorando, W. J. Sur quelques facteurs dans
 la fievre pernicieuse palustre.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930,
 23: 927-32.—Luengo, P.  /.Fiebres perniciosas larvadas?  Rev.
 espec  med.,  Madr.,  1907,  10: 77-83.—McLaughlin, A.  J.
 Value  of the prompt recognition of the underlying  causes of
 coma, with  report of a  case of pernicious malarial fever of  the
 comatose type.   Pub.  Health  Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp.  Serv.
 (1902-03)  1904, 379-82.—McNaught, J.  G.  A note  on two
 cases of pernicious malarial fever.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1900,  35:
 465, 2  diagr.—Maurer, G.   Die  Malaria  perniciosa.   Zbl.
 Bakt., 1. Abt., 1902, 32: 695-719, 2 pi.—Micela, S.  Un caso
 di perniciosa larvata.  Gazz. osp., 1903, 24: 19-22.—Micheletti,
 E.  Contributo alio studio delle localizzazioni parasitarie nelle
 infezioni malariche perniciose (nota preliminare sulle localizza-
 zioni  miocardiche)   Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1929,  35: pt 2,
 162-80,  pi.  ------   II  contenuto parassitario degli  organi
 nelle forme malariche perniciose.  Ibid., 1930, 36: pt 2, 365-
 95,  4 pi.—Montoro de Francesco, G.  Ueber einige schwere
 Formen von Malaria.  Klin. ther. Wschr., 1902, 9:  769; 808;
 837.—Murphey, E. E.  Sodium cacodvlate in the treatment of
 oernicious malaria.  South. M.  J., 1929, 22: 363-6.—Neustab,
 Y.  T.   K  voprosu  o  zlokachestvennikh formakh  bolotnoi
 likhoradki.  Vrach. gaz.,  1902,  9:  554;  574.—Nicoletti,  F.
 La  resistenza dei  granuli di  melanina  alia  putrefazione e
 possibility diagnostiche  in tema di perniciosa malarica.  Arch.
 antrop. crim., Milano,  1940,  60: 903-9.—Pattanayak, G.  C.
 Malignant malaria  simulating other diseases.  J. Ind. M. Ass.,
 1940-41, 10:  123.  ------  Five fatal  cases of malignant
 malaria.   Ibid.,  1944-45,  14:  34-6.—Pende,  N.  II liquido
 cefalo-rachidiano in alcuni casi di perniciosa malarica.  Poli-
 clinico,  1906, 13:  sez.  med.,   189-99.—Perez  Noguera,   E.
 Perniciosas  paludicas.  Corresp. med.,  Madr., 1904, 39: 168-
 70.—Piana, G. A.   L'iperglicorachia, importante elemento di
 diagnosi  nelle sindromi perniciosanti malariche dell'infanzia.
 Pediatria (Riv.)  1928, 36: 24-38.—Renong.  Een paar gevallen
 van febris intermittens perniciosa.   Tschr.  inland,  geneesk.,
 Batavia, 1893, 1: 75-7.—Romero, J. F.  Receptividad paludica;
 inmunidad; accidentes perniciosos.  Cr6n. med. mex., 1905, 8:
 91-5; 121.—Salvatore, M.  Nota clinica  su un caso di perniciosa
 larvata.  Prat, med., Nap., 1902-03, 3:  139-47.—Schiiffner,
 W.  A. P., & Esseveld, H. [On the perniciousness of Laverania
 malariae]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936,  76: 3038-45 —
 Seagrave, G. S.  Malignant malaria.   In his Burma Surgeon,
 N.  Y., 1943, 56.—Stammeshaus, F.  W.   Febris intermittens
perniciosa.   Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie,  1896, 36:  390.—
Taylor,  W. S.   Comatose pernicious  malaria.  Mississippi
 Doctor, 1935-36,  13: No. 12, 49.—Thamrn,  D. Paludismo
pernicioso;  las fiebres perniciosas.  Cron. med. mex., 1932,  31:
581-6.—Thomas, J. W., & Sydenstrickei, V. P.  Further notes 
MALARIA
10S
MALARIA
mi  pernicious  malaria.   South.  M. J.,  1938,  31: 300-3.—
I  ricoechea,  L. J.  Intoxicacion  paludica aguda;  fiebres per-
niciosas.   An.  Acad. nac. med., Bogota, 1893, 1: 285-92.—
Vaccarezza,  R. F., & Vaccarezza, A. J.  Parasitologic clinique
du paludisme pernicieux.  Rev. sudamer. med.,  Par.,  1932, 3:
545.—Valiente, M. A.  An unusual case of pernicious malaria.
Med.  Bull.  (Standard Oil Co.)  N.  Y.,  1939-41, 4: 200-5 —
Van Zandt, I. L.  Atropine in  algid, pernicious malarial fever
(congestive  chill)  Merck Arch., 1901, 3:  125.   Also  Texas
Cour. Rec. M., 1902-03, 20: No. 10, 18-20.—Viswanathan, R.
Cerebral  malaria; pathogenesis,  svmptoms and   treatment.
Ind. M.  Gaz., 1944, 79: 455-8, pi.—Zagato, F.  Sei casi di
febbre malarica  perniciosa.  Gazz.  osp., 1902,  23: 893-5.—
Zahorsky, J.  Pernicious malaria in infants.  Charlotte M.  J.,
1900,  17: 485-7.—Zeri,  A.   La infezione malarica  perniciosa.
Policlinico. 1904,  11: sez. med., 149-61.


----  Phagocytosis.

   Bernstein, J. M.  Phagocytosis of malarial crescents.  J. R.
Micr. Soc, Lond., 1906, 415-8.  ------Newman, R., & James,
G.  Phagocytosis of malarial parasites.  Westminst.  Hosp.
Rep.,  Lond., 1907, 15: 89-92.—Langen, C. D. de [Polynuclear
leucocytes  in  phagocytosis of  malaria  parasites]  Geneesk.
tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1932, 72: 793, pi.  Also  Tr. R.  Soc. Trop.
M. Hyg., Lond.,  1933, 26: 523.—Negro, G. del.   Sobre um
achado raro  de fagocitose de eritrocito e pigmento malarico no
sangue circulante em um caso de terca  maligna.  Fol. clin.
biol., S. Paulo. 1940, 12:197-202.—Osgood, E. E.  Phagocytosis
of malaria parasites by the neutrophil leukocytes of the marrow.
Proc  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1935-36,  33: 219.—Torrioli, M.
La  fagocitosi nella malaria.  Riv. malariol., 1931,  10: 321-47,
4 pi.

----  Physiopathology.

   Malaria and nutrition.  Nature, Lond.,  1936, 138: 380.;—
Mamish, M. G.   [Oxidation-reduction processes in malaria]
Kazan, med. J.,  1939, 35: No. 2-3, 57-61.—Meleney, H. E.
The physiological pathology of malaria.  In: Sympos. Human
Malaria  (Am. Ass.  Advance.  Sc.) Wash.,  1941,  223-30.—
Mingazzini,  U.   Sulla comparsa  di enzimi proteolitici specifici
nell'infezione malarica.  Riv. malariol., 1933, 12:  478; 1934,
13: 272.—Torres Gost, J.  Fisiopatologla  clfnica, anatomfa
patologica y terapeutica del paludismo.  Sem. med. espan.,
1944,  7:  pt  2, 365-79.—Zikeev,  V. V.  [Trophic disorders of
tissues in malaria] Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No. 4, 14.

----  Pigment.

   Garbies,  J.   *Le  pigment  malarique.   77p.
25cm.    Bord., 1933.
   Urriola,  C. L.    La  valeur diagnostique  du
pigment h^matique dans la malaria.    97p.   8!
Par., 1924.
   Anderson, W.  A. D., & Morrison, D. B.  Role of parasite
pigment, ferrihemic acid, in the production of lesions in malaria.
Arch. Path., Chic,  1942,  33:  677-86.—Canciulesco, M., &
Hirsch, R.  Sur  la valeur diagnostique du pigment paludeen;
epreuves de sa concentration dans le sang et dans les urines.
Bull.  Acad.  med. Roumanie, 1936, 1: 31-4.—Castronuovo, G.,
& Geracitano,  A.  Le melanine e l'emozoina malarica.  Gior.
ital. mal. esot., 1935, 8: 1-5.—Gadzhiev, M. G,  [Pigmentary
metabolism in malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1938,16: 855-61.—
Geracitano,  A.  Ulteriore contributo alio studio  dell'emozoine
malarica.  Riforma med.,  1935,  51: 1058-62.—Manson-Bahr,
P.  Specimens illustrating malarial pigment in the mononuclear
cells in a thick film preparation from a case of malarial coma.
Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 354.—Morrison,
D. B., &  Anderson, W. A. D. On the role of parasite pigment
in the malaria paroxysm.   Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1942. 57:
161-74.—Rfsquez,. F. A. El pigmento  melanico en el paludis-
mo.  Arb. Tropenkrankh.   (Festschr. B. Nocht) 1927, 461-3.
Also  Gac.  med. Caracas,  1930,  37:  149-51— Rocchi,  F.
Richerche sul  pigmento malarico con  speciale  riguardo alle
reazioni di Henry. Arch. ital. anat., 1930, 1: 613-27.
Valore antigene del pigmento malarico.  Riv. malariol., 1939,
18: 225-36.—Romby, P.   Sul pigmento  dei  parassiti della
malaria.  Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1934, 6: 451-6.
Also Gior. med.  mil., 1934, 82: 716-9.—Steinfeld, F.  Ueber
die diagnostische  Bedeutung  des  Malariapigmentes.   Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1929. 33: 631-5.—Tareev, E. M., Epstein,
E. G., & Gontaeva, A. A.  [Research on pigmentary changes
in malaria]  Trop.  med. vet., Moskva,  1931, 9:  213-9.—
Trabaud. J.  Couleurs et pigments malariques.   Bull, med.,
Par.,  1938. 52: 707-11.—Voerhoeve,  H. C. Ueber die Aniso-
tropic des Malariapigments.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937,
41: 369-74.—Warasi, W.   Das  Malariapigment  und seine
chemische Natur.  Ibid., 1927.  31: 428-31.  ------ Ueber die
Entstehung  des Malariapigments.  rbid.,  1928, 32: 513-7.—
Wats, R. C, & White, W. I.  The malarial pigment (haemozoin)
in the spleen.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1932,  19: 945-50.

----  pneumonic.
   Baschieri-Salvadori, G.  Di un caso di subcontinua pneu-
moniaca il cui decorso fu attraversato da un attacco  di  per-
niciosa delirante.   Gazz. med.  Roma, 1905, 31: 1-0.—Bordes,
L. A.  A propos des acces pernicieux palustres k localisation
 visccrale: une  epidemic d'acc?s graves a  forme pulmonaire,
 Marseille med., 1933, 70: 223-7.—Noica.  Asupra unul caz de
 febra intermitenta insotita de semnc de pneumonie.  Spitalul,
 1903, 23: 171-5.

 ----   Prevention  [and control]

    See also Malariography.
    Fischer, J. C. H.  Maatregclen tcgen malarin
 176p.   8?   Amst,, 1917.
    Gosio,  B.  Guida alia lotta contro la malaria
 87p.   8°    Roma,  1918.
    Grassi,   B.    Nuovo  orizzonte  nella   loth]
 antimalarica  (memoria  preliminare)   45p.   s°
 Roma,  1921.
    Mulligan,  H.  W.,  &  Afridi,  M.  K.    The
 prevention  of malaria  incidental  to engineering
 construction.  52p.   25cm.   Delhi,  1938.
    Svensson,  R.  A handbook of malaria control.
 73p.   19cm.   [n. p., 1938]
    United  States.   Public  Health  Service.
 National Malaria  Committee.   Malaria  con-
 trol for engineers.  81 p.  27cm.  [Wash., 1936]
    Adriani, P.  De bestrijding der malaria.   Geneesk. courant,
 1906,  60: 375-7.—Albuquerque Soares,  H.  de.  Malaria;
 novas acquisicoep de sua etiopathogenia e moderna prophylaxia
 causal.  Brasil med., 1941, 55: 55-60.—Arellano, N. R. de.
 Profiiaxis de la malaria.  Gac. med. Mexico,  1001, 2 ser., 4:
 115-21.—Ascoli, V.  Etiologia e profilassi della malaria.  Poli-
 clinico, 1902-03, 9:  sez. prat., 1038-45.—Ballesteros, G. R.
 Profiiaxis del paludismo. Rev. homeop., Mex., 1938, 3: 21-30.—
 Barbieri,  P.  El paludismo; generalidades y causas.  An. san.
 mil., B. Air., 1903, 5: 477-93.—Barreto Coutinho, S. O.  Pro-
 filaxia da malaria.  Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1941, 30: 392-402.—
 Bass,  C. C.  Malaria control; a discussion of certain practical
 features.  J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1929, 18: 101-4.—Beckman, H.
 The prophylaxis of malaria.  South. M. J., 1940, 33:  516-22.
 Also  Marquette  M.  Rev.,   1943-44,  8:   150-6.—Beeley,
 A. L.  The  conquest of malaria; its  nature  and social sig-
 nificance.  Sc. Am.  Month.,  1934,  38: 223-30.—Bernardino
 Roque, A.   Sur  la prophylaxie du  paludisme dans les pays
 chauds.   Arch. hyg.  path, exot., Lisb., 1905-06,  1: 153-8.—
 Bevier, G.  El control de la malaria.  Rev. hig., Bogota, 1932,
 13: 139-51.—Blessich,  T.  Per la  lotta contro la  malaria.
 Ingegnere igien., 1902,  3: 185; 209.—Brena. J.  Prophylaxis,
 of paludic diseases.   Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. (1906)  1907;
 32: pt 1,  112-8.—Brown, O. J., & Bingham. E. M.  Malaria.
 its control and treatment.  Med. Ann.  District of Columbia,
 1943,  12: 421-4.—Carrasquilla, L. J. de D.   Consideraciones
 acerca de la etiologia y de la profiiaxis del paludismo.  An.
 Acad. nac. med., Bogota, 1893, 1: 3-70.—Celli.  Prophylaxie
 de la malaria [Rap.]  Gior. Soc. ital. igiene, 1903, 25: 433-49.—
 Chagas, C.   Prophylaxia do impaludismo.  Brazil med., 1906,
 20: 315;  337; 419.—Claridge, W.  W.  The  prophylaxis of
 malaria.  Middlesex Hosp. J., 1905, 9: 204-9.—Clarke, F. H. M.
 A practical anticipation of the modern prophylaxis of malaria.
 Brit. M. J.,  1903, 2: 1499.—Control of malaria. Ibid., 1940, 2:
 674.—Control  (The)  of malaria.  J. R.  Inst. Pub.  Health,
 1943, 6:  230-3.—Coogle, C. P.  Malaria eradication.  Texas
 J. M., 1933. 29: 375-8.—Da Fonseca, O., filho. Bases scienti-
 ficas reahsacao pratica da prophylaxia do impaludismo.  Rev.
 med. cir. Brasil, 1931, 39: 65-96.—Deeks, W. E.  Some aspects
 of malaria control.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1926, 29: 185-94.
 Also South.  M.  J.,  1926, 19: 363-7.------Progress in
 malaria control.  J. Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond., 1930, 33: 101-3.
 Also  South.  M. J.,  1930,  23:   417-20.—Del  Prete, M.
 Profilassi  malarica.  Gior. malaria, 1007, 1:  122-9.—Del Valle
 Aleman,  S., & Sentmanat,  R. M.   Acerca dc laB campaflas
 antipaludicas.   Rev. med. cubana,  1935,  46: 663-83.—Diaz
 Barea, R. El paludismo y su profiiaxis.  Corresp. med., Madr.,
 1900,  35:  56;  77.—Discussion   (A)   on  malaria  and  its
 prevention.   Brit.  M.  J.,  Lond.,  1901,  2:  080-90.   Also
 J.  Trop.  M., Lond., 1901, 4: 334;  355.—Discussion on the
 prophylaxis of malaria. Brit.  M. J., 1904, 2: 629-42.—Dis-
 cussion sur  la prophylaxie de la malaria.  C. rend.  Congr.
 internat. hyg. (1903) 1904, 8: 32-62.—Discussion sur l'etiologie
 et la prophylaxie du  paludisme.   Bull. Acad,  med., Par.,
 }9°6. 1:3. ser., 513; 615.—Dixon, H. B. F.  Malaria control.
 In his Med.  Dis. War,  3. ed., Lond., 1943, 357-60.—Duncan,
 7  oI«  pr°Phy,axl8 of malaria.  J. Trop. M.,  Lond. 1904,
 7: 256.   Durham, H. E.  The campaign against  ague.  Brit.
 M  J   1901,  1:  512.—F., D. P. F.  The  war with malaria.
 Ind.  Lancet,  1902, 20: 745-74.—Fielding-Ould,  R.   Malaria
 and its  prevention.  Nature,  Lond.,  1900-01, 63:  494-7.—
 Friederoann, U.   Die Bekampfung des Malariafiebers.   Berl.
 klin. Vschr.,1906,  43: 236-).- Further  notes  on  wildlife
 aspects of malaria control.   Georgia Malaria Bull., 1939,  2:
 Srr~yi-~~*',,,» (; A- mThe theory and practice of malaria control.
 Ir. Par East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927)  1928, 7. Congr., 2: 624-39
 [Discussion]  748-55- Gorbitz,  G.  La destrucci6n  de una
 cadena infeecio-a.   Rev. med., Puebla, 1942,  15:  No. 147,
 ioAnpa,t,r'.';7/irassi' B'  Col>tro  la  malaria.  Salute pubb.,
   •i  iV  \'■    ,vL,------Profilaxia de la malaria.  An. san.
 mil., B. An, 1902,  4:  699-729.—Griffitts. T. H. D.  Malaria
I control investigations.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1932 19: 249-51, 
MALARIA
109
MALARIA
 _____-  Malaria control studies.  Health Notes, Jacksonville,
 1934  26: 23.—Grimbert,  L.   La prophylaxie du paludisme.
 J pharm.  chim., 1901, 6. ser.,  14:  5;  56.—Hackett, L. W.
 Las lineas fundamentales del ataque.  Tijeret. malaria, Maracay,
 1944, 8: 59; 65.—Hager.   Ueber Ursprung der Malaria  und
 Schu'tz gegen diese.  Gesundhtspflg., Magdeburg, 1901, 134-6.—
 Harford, C. F.  [Can  malaria  be exterminated]  Climate,
 Lond.,  1903-04,  5: 39-44.—Henderson,  J.  M.   Malaria
 control.  Georgia Malaria Bull.,  1940,  3: 52-6.—Hermitte,
 L. C. D.   The prevention of malaria.  Med.  Press & Circ,
 Lond., 1943, 210: 296-300.—Hill, R. B.  Proteccao mecanica
 da populacao  como medida antimalarica.  Clin. hig. & hidr.,
 Lisb   1938, 4: 366-9.—Hitchens, A. P.  Malaria.  Month.
 Bull.' Philippine  Health  Serv.,  1927,   7:  574-6.—Huertas
 Barrero, F., Pittaluga, G., & AscjH, V.  Etiologie et prophylaxie
 du paludisme.  C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904,
 14: sect. path, int.,  7-38.—Kermorgant, A.  Prophylaxie du
 paludisme.  Ann. hyg., Par.,  1905, 4. ser.,  4:  5-22.   Also
 Ann.  hyg.  med. colon., Par., 1906, 9:  18-46, pi.—Koch, R.
 Address on malaria  to  the Congress at Eastbourne.  J. State
 M ,  Lond., 1901, 9: 613-25.  ------  Die  Bekampfung der
 Malaria.   Zschr.  Hyg.,   1903,  43: 1-4.—Lacan, A.    La
 prophylaxie actuelle du paludisme.  J. med. chir., Par., 1934,
 105: 211-3.—LePrince, J. A.   Some suggestions relative to
 our malaria control activities.  South. M. J., 1931, 24: 407-9.—
 Licciardelli, M.  L'igiene  moderna  e la malaria.  Malaria,
 Milano,  1902,  2:  No.  2,  3-6.—Lozano, N.   Profiiaxis del
 paludismo. Sem. med. B., Air., 1907, 14:1475-86—Magalhaes,
 F. de.  Sezonismo; profilaxia e teraplutica.  Clfn. hig. & hidr.,
 Lisb., 1938, 4: 98-107.—Malaria.  Annual Rep.  Rockefeller
 Found.,  1942,  75-82.—Malaria control.  J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,
 1940, 115: 472.—Malaria prophylaxis.  Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1:
 657.—Malbran, C.   Profilaxia del paludismo.   Sem. med.,
 B. Air.,  1903,  10: 985-90.—Manalang, C.  Malaria survevs
 and control.   Rev.  filip. med., 1928, 19: 117-20.—Manson,
 P. The prevention  of malaria.  J.  San. Inst., Lond., 1902,
 23:  142-63.—Martini,  E.   Von  der  Malaria. Med.   Welt,
 1940, 14:  1013-7.-—Martins, M. L.  Consideracoes sobre a
 profilaxia da  malaria.   Fol.  med., Rio,  1941, 22: 100-4.—
 Mikhelson, G.  [Experiments  in  malaria prevention]   Voen.
 san. delo, 1929, 51-60.—Miller, L. M. Death to a hemisphere
 invader.  Science Yearb. (Ratcliff, J.  D.)  Garden City, 1943,
 3-10.—Mori, A.  Per la profilassi antimalarica.   Gazz. osp.,
 1904, 25:  75-8.  Also  transl., Bull. g6n. ther.,  1905,  150:
 298-314.—Mosquitoes  and malaria.  Annual Rep. Kenya M.
 Dep, 1934, pt 2, 20.—Muhlens, P.  Ueber Malaria-Vorbeugung.
 Arb.  Tropenkrankh.   (Festschr.  B.  Nocht)  Hamb., 1937,
 350-62.—Nikolski, V. Al.   Borba s malyariyel s sovremennoi
 tochki zrleniya.  Protok. zasad. Kavkazsk. med. obsh.,  1902-3,
 39:696-707.—Oiticica,  G.   Profilaxia da malaria.   Impr. med.,
 Rio, 1941,  17:  No. 327, 71-80.—Oil wig.  Die Bekampfung der
 Malaria. Zschr. Hyg., 1903, 43: 33-55.—Pagliani,  L.  La lotta
 contro la malaria secondo le condizioni odierne; sulla sua causa
 e modo  di trasmissione.   Riv.  igiene san.  publ., 1900, 11:
 841-52, 19 fig.—Pedrosa,  J., filho, &  Queiroz Lopes, J. de.
 Prophylaxia do impaludismo.   Congr.  brasil.  hyg.  (1923)
 1926, 1: 198-200.—Philibert, A.  La prophylaxie du paludisme.
 Presse med.,  1904,  1:  257.-—Phoustanos, I. A.   Ai  vturarai
 ipaKaXinl'eis iirl ttjs   dcairriifcus,  iitTabboeus  Kai  irpo<f>v\al;tus
 rjjt tKopiaixreus.   'Iarpoo)  irpboSos,   1901,   6:   1;  353.—
 Pievnitski,  A.   Profilaktika malyarii.  Voen.  med. J., 1900,
 28: med.-spec.  pt, 1236-63.—Pinto, C. Etiologia e prophylaxia
 da malaria. Porto med., 1904, 1: 239.—Pogue, I. I.  Malaria
 control.  Mississippi Doctor,  1935-36,  13:  No.  12,  45-7.—
 Prevention of  malarial  fever.   Ind. M. Rec, 1901, 20: 259.—
 Progress in malaria  control and  further measures necessary.
 Pub. Health Bull., Wash.,  1924, No. 139, 56-64.—Prophylaxie
 (La) du paludisme.  Rev.  sc. Par., 1900, 4. ser., 14: 208-11 —
 Raadshooven,   van  [Prevention  of  malaria]   Geneesk. tschr.
 Ned.-Indie, 1934, 74: 368-70.—Ramirez de Arellano, N. R.
 Profiiaxis de la malaria. Gac.  med.,  1904, 2. ser., 4: 115-
 21.—Rautopoulos, P. D.   O Kaxb. rrjs ekovoalas ayiiv.  'JarpLKbs
 MPvrup,  1906,  6:   184-6.—Reed,  E.   Controlling endemic
 malaria.  Trained Nurse,  1940, 1C4: 507-9.—Researches on
 the prophylaxis of  malaria.   Gun igaku  kwai  zassi, 1902,
 497-507.—Ross, R.   Extermination  of  malaria.   Ind.  M.
 Gaz., 1899, 34: 231.  ------  An address on the prevention of
 malaria in  British Possessions,  Egypt, and parts  of America.
 Lancet,  Lond.,  1907, 2: 879-87.—Russell, P. F.   Profilaxia y
 dominio del paludismo.   Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1935, 14:
 1056-79.—Sergent, E.  Introduction a l'epidemiologie et  a la
 prophylaxie du paludisme.   Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932,
 10:489.  ------  Considerations generales sur la  prophylaxie
 du  paludisme.   Ibid.,  559-62.   ------   Propagande anti-
 paludique.  Ibid., 574-6.  —----   De la prophylaxie causale.
 Ibid., 1938, 16: 7-9.—Shropshire, W.  Malarial infection and
 its  prevention.  Tr. Texas M.  Ass.,  1901,  137-59.  Also
 Virginia M. Month., 1901-02, 6: 197-204.—Sofer,  L.   Die
 Bekampfung der Malaria.  Med. BL, Wien, 1900, 29: 431-4.—
 Soulie, H.   Prophylaxie  contre  le  paludisme.   Bull. med.
 Algerie, 1906, 17: 445-9.—Stephens, J. W. W.  Native  malaria
 and malarial prophylaxis.  Climate, Lond., 1902-03, 4:  273-83.
 -----  The prophylaxis  of malaria.  Brit. M. J., 1904, 2:
 629-31.   Also  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, 7:  253.—Suarez y
 Hernandez, N.  Profiiaxis del paludismo.  Rev. san.  mi!.,
 Habana,  1942,  6:  173-7.—Tenorio Nieto, A.  Notas sobre
 profilaxia anti-malarica.   Rev. med. Bogota, 1935-36,  45:
 201-21.—Troitski, S. P.   O  profilaktikle malyarii.   Voen.
 med. J., 1905, med. spec, pt, 3: 269; 494.—Vera, C. A. Profiiaxis
de la  malaria.  An.  san.  mil., B.  Air.,  1902, 4: 014-43 —
Villalobos C, E.  Paludismo;  ampliaci6n de las disposiciones
para combatir el paludismo.  Educ. san., Lima, 1941, 1: No. 2,
22-5.—Vonica,  I.,  & Angelescu,  C.   [Contribution  on the
fight against malaria]  Romania med.,  1928, 6: 207.—Waddell,
A. R.  The suppression  of  malaria.  J. Bain. Clim.,  Lond.,
1901, 5:  16-37.  Also Med.  Mag., Lond., 1901,  10: 68-77.—
Watson,  M.   Mists, mosquitoes  and malaria.   Med. Life,
1930, 37: 226-45.—Wells, E.  F.  Malaria; its causation and
prevention.  Chicago M. Rec, 1901,  20: 1-10.—Williams,  L.
L.  Paludismo.   Actas Conf. Panamer. dir. nac. san., 19.30,  ii:
310-27—Yeager, C. H.  The war on malaria.  Interne, N. Y.,
1943, 9: 79.


----   Prevention:  Economic aspects.
   Economic  importance of  malaria control.  Health  Briefs,
Nashville, 1935,  12: 2-4.—Lapresa, V.  Profilassi antimalarica
ed igiene pubblica.  Incurabili, 1906,  21: 577-85.—LePrince,
J. A.  Cost of malaria control.   Am. J. Pub.  Health, 1931, 21:
378-81.—Messa, A.  Campagne  antimalariche  nel  quadro
della bonifica integrale.   Italia san., 1929, 21: 3-7.—Vickers,
W. J.  Some recent local advances in the economics of practical
malarial control.  Malay. M. J., 1934,  9: No. 2, 40-3.

----   Prevention:  Educational  aspects.

   Carter,  H.  R.   Malaria; lessons on its cause
and  prevention for  use  in  schools.    17p.   8?
Wash., 1936.
   Also Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1944, Suppl. No. 18 (Rev.)
1-23.

   Rood, E.    Malaria  education.   198p.  26cm.
Madison College, Tenn., 1939.
   Bibliogr., p. 183-98.

   United  States.   Public  Health  Service-
Community health series No.  4:  Malaria quiz for
young Americans.   32p.   23cm.   [Wash., 1943]
   ----   Malaria folder  No. 1: Malaria,   fold.  1.
21#cm.  [Wash., 1943]
   Watson, Sir  M.   Strategy of  tropical develop-
ment; place of malaria prevention in the task of
raising the standard of living of  Colonial peoples.
[3] p.   29cm.   [Lond., 1943]
   Biggs, H. M.  Circular of information in regard to the causa-
tion and prevention of malarial  fever.  Science, 1901, n. ser., 14:
266.—Facts  about malaria.  Virginia  Health Bull., 1929, 21:
No.  8, 1-4.—Fernandez, F.   Cartilla antimalarica dialogada.
Educ. san., Lima, 1942, 2: No. 13, 18.—Grande, E.  La profilassi
della malaria e le scuole popolari d'igiene.   Malaria, Milano,
1902, 2: No. 6, 3-5.—Krumpholz, J.  Die Malaria-Hygiene nach
neuen Grundsatzen.  Med. BL, Wien,  1902, 25: 511; 527; 542.
Also Mschr. Gesundhpfl., 1902, 20: 145-58.—Laveran.  Projet
d'instruction  pour la prophylaxie du  paludisme.  Bull. Acad.
med., Par . 1900, 3. ser.,  43: 580-7.—LePrince, J. A. Develop-
ment of public interest in malaria control.  Texas J. M., 1925-
26, 21: 703.—Levy, A. J.  The role of health education in the
control of malaria.   J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1933,  16: 1016-21  —
M. C, C.  Ampliaciones, comentarios y aclaraciones al libro
de contestaci6n al programa  para ejercicios de  inspectores
municipales  de  sanidad.  Siglo med.,  i933, 91: 155-8.—Mac-
Keith, S. A.  Psychological aspects of  the  problem of anti-
malarial  precautions.  J. R.  Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 79.—
Merkblatt der  See-Berufsgenossenschaft, betr. Vorbeugungs-
massnahmen  und   Behandlung   bei  Malariaerkrankungen.
Reichsgesundhbl., 1936,  11: 598.—Russell, P. F.  Lectures  on
malaria prophylaxis and mosquito control  (revised)   Month.
Bull. Bur. Health,  Manila,  1934,  14: 124; 167.—Sergent,  E.
Tournees d'instruction  (paludisme)    Arch.  Inst.   Pasteur
Algerie,  1932, 10: 578-81.—Shelley,  M. D.  Winged death.
Hygeia,  Chic,  1943, 21: 636.—Stubbs, T. H.   Educational
factors in the ultimate  control of malaria.  J. Nat. Malaria
Soc,  1944, 3: 255-9.  ------  & Derryberry, M.  Community
education for malaria control.   Ibid.,  1943, 2: No. 2,  57-60.—
This is Ann, she's dying  to meet you.  Hygeia, Chic, 1943, 21:
790-3.  Also  Spanish transl., Rev. Cruz roja guatem., 1944, 11:
413-20.—Villalr.bosC. E.  Paludismo. Educ. san., Lima, 1941,
1: 18-21.—Zehn Regeln fiber die Vorbeugung der Malaria und
ihre Behandlung. Reichsgesundhbl., 1936, 11: 597.

----   Prevention:  Entomological  control.

   See Mosquito, Control.

----   Prevention:   Entomological  control:  De-
   viation  of mosquito.
   Escalar, G.  L'esperimento  di Ardea.   Riv.  malariol., 1934,
13: 217-27.—Falleroni,  D.  Discussione sulla zooprofilassi e
sugli altri mezzi di  lotta  contro  la malaria.  Ibid.,  1929,  8:
315-26.  •—■----  Discussione  sulla  zooprofilassi; norme per le
costruzioni rurali in zone  malariche.  Ibid.,  590-606.—Fermi,
C.  Sulla zooprofilassi antimalarica.  Gazz. internaz. med. chir.,
1927, 32: 466-9.   Also  Malariologia, Nap.,  1928,  21: 6-9.
Also Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1929,  112: 480.—La Face, L., & Sella, 
MALARIA                                         110                                         MALARIA
M.  La zooprofilassi nella lotta antimalarica secondo le conce-
zioni di B. Grassi.  Riv. malariol.,  1927, 6: 935-43.—Mufel,
P. P.   [R61e of cattle in prevention of malaria]  Profil. med.,
Kharkov,  1929, 8: 30-2.—Platonov, N. V., & Tarabuhin, I. A.
[Malaria  zooprophylaxis  in  West  Siberia]  Med.  parazit.,
Moskva, 1942,  11: No. 4, 29-38.—Raevsky, G. E., & Beilin,
L. O.   [Data proving the efficacy of  zooprophylaxis of malaria]
In:  Vopr. fiziol. malar.  (Centr. Inst.  Malarii)  Moskva, 1939,
No. 1, 173-226.—Rizzi, M.  Sulla zooprofilassi della malaria.
Malariologia,  Nap., 1928,  21:  28-31.—Rukhadsze, N. P.   La
stabulation du betail, comme facteur de reduction du paludisme,
dans certaines contrees d'Abkhasie (Georgie)  Bull. Soc. path.
exot., Par., 1927, 20: 153-70. ------  [Deviation of Anopheles
maculipennis  Meig. by domestic animals; significance in  pre-
vention of malaria]  Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4:  121-5.—
Zavoiskaia, V. K.  [Malaria zooprophylaxis in a village on the
Kutuluk Barrage Lake]  Ibid., 1942, 11: No. 4, 38-46.

----   Prevention: Evaluation.
   Abbott, L. H. L.   Some remarks on malaria prophylaxis.
Ind. M.  Gaz.,  1905, 40:  173.—Doorenbos,  W.  B.  [Blood
examination in young children as indicator of the result of anti-
malarial measures]   Acta leiden., 1939, 14:  65-76.—Fisher.
Methods of evaluation of results of local measures for the  con-
trol of  malaria.  Pub. Health Bull.,  Wash.,  1922, No.  128,
70-7.—Foley, H., Catanei, A., & Giraud, A.   L'evolution du
paludisme chez les enfants indigenes dans une region progressive-
ment assainie par les mesures anti-paludiques.  Bull. Soc. path.
exot.,  Par.,  1928,  21:  856-67, 4  ch.—Kelsch.   Quelques
reflexions  sur  la pathogenie  et  la  prophylaxie  actuelles du
paludisme. Bull. Acad. m6d., Par., 1906, 3. ser., 56: 206-25 —
Oganov, L. I., Nabokov, V. A., & Beklemishev, V. N.  [Methods
of analybis and evaluation of the results in  combatting the
larvae of the malarial mosquito]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1936,
5: 155-70.—Pinotti, M.  Valor relativo dos di versos methodos
antimalaricos: quinina, grande drenagem, pequena drenagem,
outras medidas antilarvarias.   Fol. med., Rio, 1926, 7: 198.—
Polumordvinov, A. D. [Result of comparative evaluation of
two different methods of chemical prophylaxis]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva,  1940, 9: 583-8.—Sella, M.   Gambusie e verde di
Parigi nella lotta antimalarica a Rovigno (relazione per il 1928)
e cenni sulla lotta in Istria.  Riv. malariol.,  1929,  8: 357-92.—
Sergent, E„ & Sergent, E.  Critique  des  m6thodes antipalu-
diques.  Sem. med.,  B. Air.,  1926, 33: pt 1, 828-35.—Sweet,
W. C,  & Rao, B. A.  Experimental  control of malaria with
Paris  green and plasmoquine.   Rec. Malaria Surv.  India,
1932-33, 3: 689-718, 3  ch.—Williams. L.  L.. jr.  Economic
importance of  malaria control.   Proc. X. Jersey Mosquito
Exterm. Ass., 1938, 25: 148-52.

----  Prevention:  History.
   Albuquerque Soares, H. de.  Novos horizontes no combate
a malaria. Brasil med.,  1938, 52: 413-6.  ------  Tendencias
atuais da moderna terapeutica e profilaxia  causal da malaria.
Hora med., Rio, 1942,  No. 50, 35-52.—Blessich, T.  Lotta
contro la  febbre intermittente; un po'  di storia, considerazioni
e proposte.  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903,  9:  595-8.—Ejercito, A.
Occurrences and advances  in  malariology,  and our bid for a
scientific practice of malaria control.   Riv. malariol., 1939, 18:
45-71.-—Hamilton, H.  Anti-malarial  measures;  ancient  and
modern.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1905, 40: 367-9.—King, W.  V.   His-
torical developments and progress in our knowledge of  malaria
control.  South. M. J., 1938, 31: 797-802.—Laveran, A.  Sur
la pathogenie et la prophylaxie actuelles de paludisme.  Bull
Acad,  med.,  Par., 1906, 3. ser., 56:  270-82.— Lorenzini, G.
Nuovi orientamenti di profilassi e terapia  antimalarica.  Rass.
clin. sc, 1938,  16: 115; 169.—McKibben, W. W.  Some his-
torical aspects of early malaria control; a year's observations
(1902-03)  on Culex  and  Anopheles  at  Worcester,  Massa-
chusetts.   Rep. Florida Antimosquito Ass., 1941, 15: 43.—
Malaret, P. S.  Essays on malaria control; historical outline of
malaria.  Bol.  As. med.  Puerto Rico, 1934,  26: 177-91.—
Reinhardt. L.  [Ueber Malaria, deren Verbreitung und  Be-
kampfung nach  den  Ergebnissen  der neuesten  Forschung]
Korbl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1904, 24: 476-8.—Simpson, W. J. R.
Recent discoveries which have rendered antimalarial sanitation
more  precise and less costly.   Brit.  M. J., 1907,  2: 1044-6.—
Watson, M.  Some pages from the history of the prevention of
malaria.  Glasgow M. J., 1935, 123: 49; 130; 202.—Zschucke,
J.  La terapia causale della malaria e i progressi fatti in questi
ultimi anni; lotta antimalarica.  Bull,  sc med., Bologna, 1932,
104: 380-90.

---  Prevention, international.

   Rockefeller  Foundation.   International
Health Commission.   Memorandum on malaria
and its control [55]  1.   29cm.   N. Y.  [1915]
   Corradatti,  A.  Programme de lutte antipalustre au camp
d'aviation de Combolcia pour 1939;  conditions palud6ologiques
de la plaine de Combolcia.   Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par.,
1940,  32:  560-3.—Cumming, H.  S.  Malaria control activities
of the  Pan American Sanitary Bureau.  J. Nat. Malaria Soc,
1944,  3: 25-30.—Dunham, G. C.  Malaria control activities of
the Institute of Inter-American Affairs.  Ibid., 31-8.—Malarii
work.  Annual Rep. Rockefeller Found., 1934, 35-8.—Palmieri,
V. M.  Dieci anni di lotta  antimalarica della Societi delle
Nazioui.  Riforma med., 1934, 50: 663.—Paludisme  dans la
marine marchande [notice no. M278 du Ministere de la marine
marchande Britannique]  Bull.  Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par.,
1940,  32: 572-82.—Recomendaciones do la Comisi6n pan-
americana de malaria.  Bol. Of. san.  panamer.,  1943, 2: 586-
9.—Swellengrebel, N. H. Reponse a  M. le Prof.  Kdm. Sergent.
Acta  Conv. trop. malar,  morb.,  1938,  2:  48.—Thiroux,  A.
La lutte contre le paludisme  et ['organisation d'hygiene de la
Societe des Nations.  Presse m6d.,  1940, 48:  196-8.

----  Prevention: Legislation.

   Corso,  G.    La  legislazione  Italiana   sulla
malaria.   108p.   8?  Roma, 1925.
   Abercrombie,  T.  F.  Regulating impounded waters for
malaria control.  J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1933,  22: 312.—Augier.
La legislation italienne contre la malaria et  la lutte contre le
paludisme dans nos  colonies.  Ann. hyg.,  Par., 1907, 10: 143-
51.—Betocchi, G.  Ancora sulle disposizioni di legge  per la
lotta  contro la  malaria.  Arch,  antrop. crim., Tor.,  1937, 57:
Suppl.,  261-70.—Enquete  sur les reglements ou prescriptions
officielles pour  preserver du  paludisme les  personnes qui se
rendent dans des regions malariques.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg.
pub.,  Par., 1935,  27: 903-29.—Giolitti & Massimini.  Regola-
mento contro la  malaria.   Salute  pubb.,  1907, 20: 103-8.—
Hamby, R. P.  Legal phases of malaria-control work in Arkan-
sas cities. Pub. Health Bull., Wash., 1922, No. 125, 123-6 —
Hazelhurst,  G. H.   Practical application of the regulations
governing the impounding of waters. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1934,
4: 192.—[Italy]   Decret royal de 28 Janvier 1935-XIII, No. 93,
portant approbation du rdglement d'application des mesures,
tendant a reduire les causes de malaria,  prevues par le texte
unique des Lois sanitaires  (Titres  V. chap.  IV. section VII)
Bull.  Off. internat.  hyg. pub., Par.,  1935, 27: 1455-71.—Ley
de defensa contra el paludismo.  Rev. san.,  Caracas, 1940, 5:
No.  2,  226-31.—Messea, A.   Campagne antimalariche nel
quadro della bonifica integrale.  Rass. previd. sociale, 1929, 16:
26-35.—Michon.  De l'influence de la decouverte de Laveran
sur la prophylaxie et la legislation du paludisme.   C. rend. Ass.
fr. avance. sc. (1901) 1902, 30: pt 2, 794-807.—Reglamento de
la Ley de defensa contra  el paludismo.  Rev. san., Caracas,
1940,  5: No. 2, 232-40.—Sanitary rules and regulations No. 97:
Governing the use of water for irrigation and impounding pur-
poses, in order to prevent the spread of malaria and the creation,
through irrigation and impounding,  of new foci of endemic
malaria.   Puerto Rico Health  Bull.,  1939,  3: 12-7.—Viale,
Zingali [et al.]  Provvedimenti  per l'assicurazione infortuni e
per la lotta antimalarica esaminati ed approvati dal Parlamento.
Rass. previd. sociale, 1933, 20: No.  5-6, 11-49.

----  Prevention,  medical.

   See  also Malaria, Treatment.
   Attia, R.   *L'etat actuel de la chimioprophy-
laxie du paludisme.  105p.   24cm.   Alger,  1938.
   Christy,  C.    Notes  on  the prevention  of
malaria,  and  a  few practical hints  to those pro-
ceeding to the tropics.   62p.   32?   Lond.,  1935.
   Amaral, J.   Contribuicao  ao  estudo da profilaxia medica-
mentosa da malaria. Fol. med., Rio, 1942,  23: 172-4.—Arar,
A.,  & Sabit Akalin, M.  Sur les essais de comparaison de la
quinine et de l'atebrine dans le traitement curatif et prophy-
lactique du paludisme.   Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938,
2: 497-506.—Barbosa, A.  Experiencias de lucha antipaludica
por los  medicamentos, sin aplicacidn de ninguna medida anti-
anofelica.  Riv. malariol., 1935, 14:  353-68.—Bonne, W. M.,
& Stoker, W. J.  [Prophylaxis in malaria; atebrin, chinoplasmin,
and quinine]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1935, 75: 958-69 —
Buen, S. de.  Importancia de la plasmoquina y del  quinetum
en la lucha antipaludica.   Bol. teen.  Dir.  gen. san.,  Madr.,
1928, 3: 729-37.—Carducci, A.  Nuove ricerche sul modo di
evitare le recidive nella malaria.  Atti Soc. studi malaria, 1906,
7: 107-14.—Ciuca,  M., Balteanu,  J. [et  al.]  Experiments in
eradicating malaria by means of synthetic drugs.  Bull. Health
Org. League of  Nat., 1938, 7: 111-21.—Clark, H. C. Review
of  recent research  on  drug prophylaxis and  treatment of
malaria. South. M. J.,  1941, 34: 703-8.  ------& Komp, W.
H. W.  A summary of  ten years of observations on malaria in
Panama with reference to control  with quinine, atabrine. and
plasmochin, without anti-mosquito  measures.   In: Sympos.
Human Malaria  (Am.  Ass. Advance. Sc.) Wash., 1941, 273-
84.  —-----& Jobbing, D. M. A ninth year's observations on
malaria in Panama, with reference  to the  occurrence of an
epidemic  following  continued  treatment with atabrine  and
plasmochin.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1940, 20:  47-67.—Coda, D.
Observac5es referentes a quimioprofilaxia da malaria (metodo
de Ph.  Decourt)  Arq.  big.,  S. Paulo, 1942, 7: No. 15, 161-
221.—Colasuonno, S.  Contra la malaria acuta.  Rass. med.,
1904, 12: No. 3, 2-4.—Coppa, E.   L'M3 nella profilassi  e nella
terapia della  malaria.   Riv. malariol.,   1940,  19: 69-78 —
Couto, M.  O azul de methylenio no impaludismo. In his Clin.
med., Rio, 1935, 1: 5.5-64.—Decourt, P.  La lutte antiplas-
modiale; ses bases  pharmacodynamiques.  Bull.  Soc path.
exot., Par.,  1938, 31:  760-71.—Dominguez Calan, D. J. M.
La asociaci6n medicamentosa atebrina-plasmoquina como medio
curativo de la infecci6n paludica en campafias  de lucha anti-
paludica.  Riv.  malariol., 1938,  17:  111-21.—Etude de la
therapeutique et de la prophylaxie du paludisme par les medica-
ments syntbitiques compares a la quinine. Arch. Inst. Pasteur 
MALARIA
111
MALARIA
 Tunis,  1938,  27: 114-22.—Evans, W. A.   Malaria control
 through treatment of convalescents.  Memphis M. J., 1931, 8:
 161-4.—Experiments  in  chemoprophylaxis.   J.  Trop.  M.
 Hyg., Lond.,  1942,  45: Suppl.,  1.—Farinaud, M.  Essais  de
 chimioprophylaxie du paludisme par le traitement des porteurs
 d'hematozoaires a l'aide des medicaments synthetiques.  Bull.
 Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1938, 31:  163-7.—Field, J. W.  Experi-
 ments in clinical prophylaxis [malaria]  Annual Rep. Inst. M.
 Res. Kuala Lumpur (1936) 1937, 93-104.  ------Niven, J. C,
 & Hodgkin, E. P.  The prevention of malaria in the field by
 the use of quinine and atebrin; experiments in clinical prophy-
 laxis.  Bull. Health Org.  League of  Nat., 1937, 6: 236-90.—
 Giordano, R.   Esperimento della  immuno-metallo-terapia
 nella campagna antimalarica 1927 nelle bonifiche dell'O. N. C,
 S. Cataldo (Lecce) e Stornara (Taranto)  Med. nuova, 1928,19:
 675-88.—Gratch,  I.  Esperimenti  con  preparati sintetici
 (atebrina e plasmocbina) durante la campagna antimalarica
 del 1936 nel Ravannate.   Riv.  malariol., 1937, 16: 46-53.—
 Grimes,  C,   &  Lavergne,  J.   Action prophylactique anti-
 palustre  des  medicamenta  gametocides  employes  seuls  en
 particulier chez les bacillaires avances.  Presse m£d., 1940, 48:
 541.—Gronskaia, M.  K.   [Comparative  value  of  chemical
 prophylaxis by means of acriquine and quinine]  Med. parazit.,
 Moskva, 1938, 7: 627-45.—Hill, R. A., &  Goodwin,  M. H.
 Comparative drug prophylaxis survey of malaria.  J. M. Ass.
 Georgia, 1937, 26:  179-82.—Hughes, W., & Murgatroyd, F.
 Drug control  of malaria.  Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 699-702.—
 Khoruzhenko,  P. F.   [Prolonged  systematic  treatment  of
 malaria as a method of control]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931,
 9: 55-7.—Levenson, E. D., Fastovskaia, E. I. [et a].]  [Malaria
 control in the north (Arkhangel province) by means of mass
 chemical prophylaxis  and  systematic treatment  of malaria
 cases]  Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1943, 12:  23-38.—Lombana
 Barreneche, J. M.   Tratamiento preventivo del paludismo.
 Rev. m6d. Bogota,  1901-02, 24: 417; 449.—McQueen, W. B.
 The place of treatment in an antimalarial campaign. Ind. M.
 Gaz., 1934, 69: 204-7.—Maier, J. Experimental chemotherapy.
 in malaria. In: Sympos. Human Malaria (Am. Ass. Advance
 Sc.) Wash., 1941, 268-72.—Marques Torres, A.  Epidemiologia
 e profilaxia da malaria.   Rev. med. cir.  S. Paulo, 1942,  2:
 197.—Medical trends  reflected in 1937 malaria drive.  Bull.
 Texas Dep. Health, 1937,  4:  No. 5,  3.—Mello, F. de. Une
 vue d'ensemble sur  la chimioprophylaxie en masse des loca-
 lites malariennes et  ses resultats pratiques.   Bull. Soc. path.
 exot., Par., 1935, 28: 87-92.—Montgomery, W. M.  Sulphur
 as a prophylactic in malaria. S. Afr.  M. J., 1932, 6:  771.—
 Moshkovsky,  S.  D.   [Chemoprophylaxis  of malaria]   Med.
 parazit.,  Moskva,   1935,  4: 161-87.—Ottolenghi,  D.   La
 profilassi della malaria e, in particolare, la  profilassi medica-
 mentosa.  Gior.  med. mil., 1934,  82: 301-4.   ------  Le
 traitement pre-epidemiques  des impaludes en tant que moyen
 de lutte antipaludeenne.  Riv. malariol.,  1935, 14: Suppl. 6,
 99-108.   ------  &  Brotzu,  G.   Ricerche sperimentali sulla
 profilassi medicamentosa della malaria.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol.
 sper., 1930, 5: 680-3.—Parrot, L., Catenei, A., & Ambialet, R.
 Comparative experiments in mass prophylaxis  of malaria by
 means of quinine  and of  synthetic drugs, quinacrine  and
 praequine. Bull. Health Org. League  of Nat., 1937, 6: 683-
 765.—Peroni,  G.  Relazione finale su esperienze di immuniz-
 zazione preventiva  e curativa della malaria col metodo  del
 prof. Giudo Cremonese.   Arch. ital. sc. med.  col., 1927,  8:
 206-8, ch.—Raposo, L., Sales, J. [et  al.]  O  iodomercurato de
 manganls na profilaxia da malaria e na terapeutica das formas
 cr6nicas; sintese das recentes experiencias realizadas no Nord-
 este. Fol. med., Rio, 1943, 24: 35-40.—Repetto, R.  Un essai
 de prophylaxie individuelle de la malaria au moyen de l'associa-
 tion plasmochine-atebrine.   Ann. Soc. beige  med. trop., 1935,
 15:  537-9.—Restrepo  L.,  F.  Higiene general  y profiiaxis
 individual del  paludismo.  Salud & san., Bogota, 1936, 5: No.
 52, 8-14.—Riley,  G. E.  Malaria control with special reference
 to treatment.  Mississippi Doctor, 1934-35, 12: No. 6, 14-8.—
 Ruddy, J. O.   Control  of malaria among industrial workers by
 drugs.  Med.  Bull.  (Standard Oil Co.)  N.  Y.,  1936-38,  3:
 64-6.—Sarmento, A.   O  arrhenal no  sezonismo; sua accao
 curativa  prophylatica.  Rev. portug. med. cir. prat., 1902,  12:
 97;  161.—Schilling,  C.  Immunisation contre  le  paludisme.
 Rev. palud., Par., 1940, 2: 8-11.—Sergent,  E.  Les principes
 directeurs de  la  prophylaxie medicamenteuse  collective  du
 paludisme.  Arch.  Inst.  Pasteur Algerie,  1937, 15:  1-7.—
 Sicault, G., & Messerlin, A.  Vues nouvelles sur les prophylaxies
 medicamenteuses  du  paludisme.   Riv. malariol.,  1937, 16:
 480-94.—Suppressive drug therapy in the control of malaria.
 Air  Surgeon's  Bull., 1944,  1: No. 8,  10.—Tevfik Baykara.
 Yeni bulumlara gore sitmada prophylaxie ve  tedavi.  Anadolu
 klin., Istanbul,  1943, 10: 23.—Vargas, A.  Algumas considera-
 c5es s6bre a profilaxia qufmica da malaria.  Ann. paul. med.
 cir.,  1940, 39:  347-55.—Vivie.  Prophylaxie  medicamenteuse
 du paludisme.  Caducee, 1903, 3: 278.

 ---   Prevention,  medical:  Acrichin,  atebrin,
   etc.
   Kingsbury, A.  N.,  &  Amies,  C.   R.   The
 attempted   control of   malaria by   plasmoquine
 prophylaxis.   25p.     25cm.    Kuala   Lumpur,
 1931.
   Andris, V.  G.  [Prophylactic  application  of acrichin and
quinine in  the  hyperendemic  and malarial  regions of Aser-
baidzhan]   Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1937,  6: 524-32.—Cave-
naugh,  R. L.   Malaria appearing  after  discontinuance  of
atabrine prophylaxis.  Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No.
83,  120.—Drenowsky, A. K.   Die  Malariabekampfung mit
Chinoplasmin in den Malariadorfern im Kreise Burgas wahrend
des Versuchsjahres 1930. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1931, 35:
420-4.—Ejercito, A.  Atabrine in  malaria prophylaxis.  Trop.
Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 523 (Abstr.)—Ervin, W. L., Gilles-
pie, C. R., & Cottrell, H. B.   A comparison of atabrine prophy-
laxis and treatment on the incidence of malaria.  Mississippi
Doctor, 1939-40,17: 92-4.—Field, J. W. The dosage of prophy-
lactic atebrin.   Annual Rep. Inst. M.  Res.  Kuala  Lumpur
(1936) 1937, 103.—Fischer, O.  Ueber Malariaprophylaxe mit
Plasmochin.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1927, 31:  Beih.  1,
43-7.—Junge, W.   Prophylaxeversuche mit Atebrin.  Ibid.,
1933, 37: 294-9.—Kligler, I. J., & Reitler, R.  Prophylactic
use of plasmochin in a Bedouin population.  Rev. malariol.,
1929, 8: 28-33.—Leitman, M. Z.   [Acriquine and plasmocide
prophylaxis in an area with a high  malaria rate in a rice zone of
Uzbekistan] Med. parazit., Moskva,  1943, 12: No. 5,  62-72.—
McPhail, N. P.  Plasmochin as an aid in malaria prevention.
Ann. Int. M., 1930-31, 4: 1217-20.—Mello, F. de, Bras de Sa,
L. J.,  & d'Azevedo, A.  Contribution a l'etude de Taction
plasmodicide de l'atebrine. Riv. malariol., 1932, 11: 808-24.—
Mepacrine suppression of  malaria.   Bull. Army M. Dep.,
Lond., 1944, Suppl., No. 17,  1-5.—Missiroli, A., & Marino, P.
Anwendung des Chinoplasmin zur Malariasanierung.  Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1934, 38: 1-16.—Paladino-Blandini, A.,  &
Marino-Asserato, P.  La chinoplasmina nella  profilassi  della
malaria a Schiavonea (bonifica di Sibari)  Riv. malariol., 1934,
13: 161-73.—Ronnenfeldt, F. Erfahrungen aus der Praxis mit
Plasmochin  aus  Bubaque (Bkuagos-Inseln, Portug.  Guinea)
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1929,  33:  223-5.—Rose.   Malaria
prophylaxis with atebrin; dosage and alleged complications.
Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 396 (Abstr.)—Russell, P.
F.,  & Holt, R. L.  Malaria prophylaxis with chinoplasmin; a
field experiment.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1932, 12: 369.—Safronov,
I.  K.  [Efficiency  of acriquine prophylaxis]  Med.  parazit.,
Moskva, 1942, 11: 52-4.—Shishliaeva-Matova,  Z. S.  [Study
of reservoirs of malaria virus in an endemic area with a high
density of mosquitoes  and the  epidemiological  efficacy of
chemoprophylaxis with acriquine and plasmocide]  Ibid., 1943,
12: No. 4, 41-7.—Soesilo, R., Gilbert, A. P. W., & Zahar Gelar
Soetan Bagindo   [This and  that  on  malaria prevention  and
atebrin]  Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned. Indie, 1933, 73:  153-70 —
Valor prophylactico  da atebrina.   Fol. med., Rio, 1938, 19:
194-6.—Zhukov, N. M., Krassikov, V. I. [et al.]  [Plasmocide
in prevention of malaria]  Med.  parasit., Moskva,  1934, 3:
135-8.
----   Prevention, medical: Quinine.

   Baffoun,  M.  el.   *Quinine  preventive dans
le paludisme.  71p.  8?  Par., 1934.
   Barber, M. A.  Quinine as a preventive of malaria; a review
of some literature.  N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1925-26, 78: 530-
5.—Barbieri, A.  Las quinas y sus  alcaloides en el problema de
la lucha anti-palurlica en la Argentina.  Rev. sudamer. endocr.,
B. Air., 1927, 10: 166-9.—Beyer.   Beobachtungen uber Chi-
ninprophylaxe.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1903, 7: 275-9.—
Borchardt. W.  Die  Wirkung der Chininprophylaxe auf  die
Magenfunktionen  (experimentelle  Studien an Tieren) Ibid.,
1930, 34: 164-6.—Broquet.  Quinine preventive et paludisme.
Ann. hyg., Par., 1907, 10: 257—Budylin, V.  G., & Andreeva,
V. V.   [Preventive quininization in malaria]  Russ.  J. trop.
med., 1929, 7: 82-6.  ------  [Prophylactic quininization in
villages]  Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34:  1003-5.—Duke,  H. L.   On
quinine as a prophylactic in malaria.  East Afr. M. J., 1935-
36, 12:  38-41.—Fain, A., & Bentz.  Observations sur des acc£s
d'hemoglobinurie survenus dans deux consultations de nour-
rissons chez des jeunes enfants apr6s administration de quinine
prophylactique.  Trop.  Dis.  Bull.,   Lond.,   1943,  40:   218
(Abstr.)—Fischer.  Beobachtungen fiber Chininprophvlaxe bei
Malaria.   Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1907,  11:  548-51.—
Gosio, R.  Influenza di un trattamento chininico preventivo
sullo sviluppo della malaria indotta.  Riv. malariol.,  1930, 9:
375-84.-—Gray, St G.  Note on the method of taking quinine
in the prophylaxis of malaria.  Brit. M. J.,  1905, 2: 1289.—
Gros, H.  La prophylaxie du paludisme par la quinine. Bull.
med.  Algerie, 1904,  15: 353-60.—Hintze, R.  Chininprophy-
laxe in  Togo.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1905,  9: 97-106.—
Jancso, M.  Chininprophylaxis-kiserietek mestersegesen eloi-
dezett valtolazas fertozeseknel.  Orv. hetil., 1906, 4: 101-5.—
Korteweg, P. C.  Prophylaxis einer Malariaepidemie mittelst
Chinintherapie.   Deut. med.  Wschr., 1903,  29:  852; 879.—
Krotkov,  S.  F.   K  voprosu  o  profilakticheskom  dfesltvii
khinina  v  malyariynikh mlestnostyakh.  Voen. med. J.,  S,
Petersb., 1907, 219: med. spec, pt,  47; 246.—Krueger.  Bericht
iiber  die  Malariaprophylaxe durch  Einnehmen von  Chinin.
Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1905, 9:  107-10.—Lombana Bar-
reneche, J. M.  De la acci6n preventiva de  la quinina en el
paludismo  y purificaci6n de las aguas potables por  el yodo
metalico.  Rev.  med. Bogota, 1903-04, 24: 65-73.—Lutrario,
A.  La  prophylaxie du  paludisme  par la quinine.   Bull.  Off.
internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1934, 26: 456r62.—Mcintosh, W. P.
How do you use quinine for the prevention and cure of malarial
disease,  and what  other treatment do you employ?  N. York
M. J., 1901, 74: 1011-3.—McNabb, P. E., & Stewart, T. H„ jr.
Experiences in the quinine prophylaxis of malarial infections in
the Panama Canal Zone.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1927, 7: 357-68.— 
MALARIA                                         1
Menchaoui.  La prophylaxie du paludisme et la quinine.  Rev.
med. est,  1930,  58:  486-95- Michon,  J.   Prophylaxie  du
paludisme par la quinine.  Bull. Acad, cned., Par., 1903, 3. ser.,
49: 672-82.-—Montagne, A.  La quinina en la profiiaxis anti-
paludica.   Rev. mil. Peru,  1942, 39: No. 5,  47-53.—Mosch-
kowski,  S.  Ueber  Chininprophylaxe bei  Malaria.   Arch.
Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1929,  33:  555-66.—Nachweisung  iiber
prophylaktischen  Chiningebrauch.   Ibid.,   1903,  7:  147.—
Pavone, C.  Per  la  malaria, considerazioni intorno alia  legge
sullo smercio del chinino.   Gior. internaz. sc. med.,  1901, n.
ser., 23: 270-4.—Reed, E. H.   The best method of administer-
ing quinine as a preventive of malarial fever.  J. Trop. M.,
Lond.,  1902, 5: 20.—Robin, M., & Sanchez, S.   Conceptos
antiguos y modernos sobre tratamiento y profiiaxis quimica del
paludismo  (aplicaci6n al medio militar  en zonas endemicas"1
Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1937, 36: 645-63.—Schwetz, J.,  Bau-
mann, H., & Peel.   Sur un essai  de quininisation chez des
nourrissons noirs.  Ann. Soc. beige  med. trop., 1933, 13: 321-
9.—Strickland, C.  Quinine as  a malaria prophylactic.  Ind.
M. Gaz.,  1943, 78: 60.—Tarasconi,  L.   Malaria e profilassi
chininica.  Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1907,  10: 53.—Tertins.
On the best method of administering quinine as a prophylactic
against malaria.  J.  Trop. M.,  Lond., 1902, 5: 27.—Young, T.
Quinine prophylaxis in Northern India.  J. R.  Army M. Corps,
1933, 61:  90;  180;  passim.—Ziemann, H.   Contribution to
quinine prophylaxis in the tropics.  J. Trop.  M., Lond., 1905,
8: 54-7.

----  Prevention:  Methods.

   Gunther, C. E. M.  Practical  malaria control.
91 p.   20#cm.    X. Y. [1944]
   Watson,   Sir   M.    Some  emergency  anti-
malarial measures.   8p.    21}^cm.   Lond.,  1942.
   ----   British Empire  achievements in malaria
control;  experiments  made  by governments  and
pioneer industries which have overcome crises in
the  field  of tropical  sanitation.   [2]p.   29cm.
[Lond.,  1944]
   Alexeev,  K.  [Controlling  malaria in  collective  farms]
Med.  parazit., Moskva,  1932,  1:  189.—Altman,  R. F.  A.
[Chemical science in combating  malaria]  Med. dienst volksgez.
Ned. Indie, 1938, 27: 224-35.—Armani, L.  I raggi ultravioletti
possono  servire nella lotta antimalarica?  Raggi  ultraviol.,
1926, 2: 144-7.—Baccelli, G.   Per  la profilassi della malaria.
Policlinico, 1901,  8: sez. med.,  241-52.—Barbagallo, P.  Per
la lotta contro la malaria.   Rass. internaz. med. mod., 1905,
6: 121-4.—Barros Barreto, J.  Indicacao  de varios methodos
de prophylaxia da malaria.   Congr. brasil. hyg. (1923) 1926,
1: 190-7.   ------& Barros Barreto, A. L.  Pequenas obras de
saneamento  anti-malarico.   Ibid.,  181-6.—Barton,  A.  L.
A luta contra o inpaludismo.   Bol. Of. san.  panamer., 1928,
7:  485-507.—Becerra,  S.   Los dispensarios antipahidicos.
Siglo med., 1935, 95: 266.—Berger, H.  Zur Prophylaxe der
Malaria.  Ther. Mschr., 1907, 21: 135-8.—Billet, A.  Examen
de  quarante-trois  cas  de  paludisme  provenant  de  regions
tropicales.  C.  rend. Soc. biol.,  1905,  59:  539-41.—Bird wood,
G. T.  Some practical suggestions for the prevention of malarial
fevers.  Ind. M.  Gaz., 1902, 37: 81-5.   Also Ind. M. Rec,
1902, 22:  141-6.—Burg,  C. L.  van  der.  Prophylaxis van
malaria in de tropen.  Bull. Kolon. Mus., Haarlem, 1901, 25:
11-22.—Burruano, F.  Tenuti presenti gli studii recenti sulla
malaria e i  risultati sperimentali acquisiti, quali provvedimenti
sono praticamente attuabili  per la profilassi, nei riguardi delle
abitazioni  rurali, del lavoro campestre e delle eoltivazioni?
Corriere san.,  1902,  13: 205;  223.—Cambournac,  F. J. C.
Sobre algumas medidas de higiene e proteccao anti-sezonatica
aos ranchos  migrat6rios.  Clin. hig. & hidr., Lisb., 1938, 4:
369-78.—Cardamatis, J. P.  Considerations sur le livre intitule:
Instruction pour  la prophylaxie  des  fieArres palustres, de
Const. Savas. Grece med., 1904, 6: 25; 29.  Also Progr. med.,
Par., 1904, 3. ser., 20: 225-9.—Celli, A.  L'epidemiologia e la
profilassi della malaria secondo le nuove ricerche.  Gior. med.
periti giud.,  1899,  3: 427-44.   ------ Sulla  nuova profilassi
della malaria.  Atti  Soc.  studi malaria,  1901,  2:  291-314,
pi., 3 diagr.  Also Ann. igiene sper., 1901, n. ser., 11:  97-120,
4  pi., 5 diagr.   Also German  transl.  Arch. Hyg., Munch.,
1901, 40: 235-65,  7 diagr.------  Malaria in relation  to
engineering and agriculture.  Boston M.  & S. J., 1901,  144:
364.—Christy, C.  Malaria prophvlaxis for travellers. J. State
M.,  Lond.,  1904,  12: 24-30.—Clarkson,  L. M.  Modern
opportunities  for malaria  control.   Georgia Malaria Bull.,
1940, 3: 47-51.—Colasuonno,  S.  Per la profilassi malarica.
Stomaco, 1900, 6: 83.—Cossio, R. Contribuci6n a la lucha con-
tra el paludismo.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 2, 940-3.—
Cross, B.   Some theoretical  and experimental observations on
malarial prevention  on estates.   Malay.  M.  J., 1933,  8:
261-74.—De  Blasi,  A.  Quello che  la clinica  attende  dal
laboratorio per la cura e la profilassi della malaria.  Studium,
Nap., 1926, 16: 94-6.—De Boer, H. S.  Antimalarial measures
in towns.  Kenya  East Afr.  M. J., 1930-31,  7:  256-70 —
Decourt, P.  La lutte antiplasmodiale; ses bases epidemiologi-
ques et sociales; ses directives generales.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,
Par.,  1938, 31: 306-14. ------   La lutte  antiplasmodiale;
son  application dans  la pratique.  Ibid.,  1939,  32:  69-80.
------   Les  directives actuelles de  la  lutte antipaludique.
Nature, Par., 1939, 67: pt 1, 300-4.—Desfosses, P.  Protection
2                                          MALARIA
methodique  contre  le  paludisme.   Presse  med.,  1906,  19:
335-7.—De Vcrteuil, E.  Malaria control ineaMires.   Admin.
Bep. Surgeon Gen.  Trinidnd,  1934, 15-25.  Di Pace, I.  Per
la buona profilassi  antimalarica.   Malariologia, Nap., 1929,
22: 86-9.—Edgerton, C. E.   A few suggestions on  prevention
of fevers  of malarial origin.   Alabama M. J., 1905-06, 18:
615-9.—Ejercito,  A.  I're-ent  orientation  in the  control of
malaiia in  tropical  countnes.   Rev.  filip. med.,  1936,  27:
13-22.—Elmendorf,  J. E.  Malaria control methods.  Health
Notes, Jacksonville, 1938, 30: 11!)--21.—Fermi & Cano-Brusco,
U.   Versuche zur Malariaprophylaxis.   Zbl. Bakt.,  1 Abt.,
1901, 29:  985-7.—Ferreira Ribeiro, M.  Sur la prophylaxie du
paludisme dans  les pays chauds.   Congr.  internat. med.
1906-07,15: sect. 17,322-4.—Forte, E. El pequefio saneamiento
(La  piccola bonifica)  An. Dep.  nac. lug.,  B. Air.,  1925, 31:
159-77.—Fullerton,  H. R., & Bishop, E. L.  Improved rural
housing as a factor in malaria control.   South M. J., 1933, 26:
465-8.—Hackett, L. W., & Missiroli. A.  Housing as a factor
in malaria control.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1932,
26:  65-72.—Harris, R. F.  The malaria control uork shop.
Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky, 1043 -44, 16: 250-8.  Hazelhurst,
G. H.  Malaria control and sanitation.  .1.  M. Ass. Alabama,
1935-36, 5: 268.—Heineman.   Ueber die Malariabekampfung.
Seuchenbekampfung, Wien,  1926,  3:  35-46.—James, S. P.
Remarks on anti-malarial measures for poverty-stricken regions.
Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 609-12.
------   La  chimio-prophylaxie  de  la malaria.   Bull. Off.
internat.  hyg.  pub.,  Par.,  1931,  23: 2175-8.—Lamicq, E.
The  way to stamp out malarial fever.   Rep. Am. Pub. Health
Ass.  1906 (1907) 32: pt 1, 102-9.—Legendre, J. Les methodes
nouvelles  d'antipaludisme.  Rev. med. fr.,  1929, 10: 545.—
LePrince,  J.  A.   Suggestions  relative  to malaria  control
measures.  Rep.  Conf.  Tennessee Health Work.,  1932, 5:
173-80.—Leslie, J. B.  Review of progress in public education
and  sentiment.   Proc.  N.  Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass.,
1938, 25:  101-5.—Lorincz, F.   [Richtlinien der Malariaunter-
suchung   und  der  Malariabekampfung]   Orsz.  Kozcgeszs
Int.  kozl., 1934, 7:  No. 17.—Loewenstein, E.  Zur Malaria-
prophylaxe.  Wien.  med.  Wschr., 1935, 85: 1017.—Loriga, G.
Per  un  esperimento  di profilassi della malaria.   Policlinico,
1900-01, 7: sez.  prat., 70578— Lynbimov, P. D.  Higieniches-
kaya profilaktika  palyudizma.  Protok.  zasaid. Kavkazsk.
med. obsh.,  1899-1900,  37:  549-70.—Manson,  P.   Malaria
a sanitary problem.  J. State M.,  Lond., 1900, 8: 583-96.
------  Come prevenire la malaria.  Salute pubb., 1902, 15:
257-62.—Martial, J. E. La prophylaxie biologique du paludisme
et de la fievre jeune.  Ann. med. pharm.  col., Par., 1937, 35:
358-74.—Mayo,  W.  S.  An  inventor's plan for eradicating
malaria.   Medicine,  Detr.,  1901,  7: 649-52.—[Measures in
malaria control and prevention of  spread of malarial  Med.
parazit., Moskva,  1934, 3:  297-300.—Melgar, R.  En torno
al problema de laspsicosis postmalaricas.  Index neur. psiquiatr.,
B. Air., 1943, 4: 53-78.—Missiroli, A.  La prevenzione della
malaria nel  campo pratico.  Riv. malariol., 1927, n. ser., 6:
501-72,  2 maps,  1928,  7: 413-55.—Miyake  [Rules for the
prophylaxis  of  malarial fever]  J.  Nihonbashi-ku  San. Ass.,
1895, No. 24, 6-8.—Mori, A.  Zur Prophylaxe  der Malaria,
Allg. med. Zentr. Ztg, 1904, 73:  811-4.—Murada, S.  [Rules for
the  prophylaxis of  malaria]   Gun  igaku kwai  zassi, 1897,
31-44.—Nevelson, I. S.  [Control  of malaria in sanatorium
camps]  Sovet. pediat., 1936, No. 6, 65-8.—Neveu-Lemaire,
M.   Expose  des experiences  du professeur B. Grassi sur la
prophylaxie du  paludisme.  Arch,  parasit.,  Par.,  1901, 4:
233-9.—Niclot.    L'anophele   et  l'hematozoaire;    donnees
pratiques  de la  prophylaxie  du  paludisme.   Clinique, Par.,
1907, 2:  85-7.—Nikulin, I.  N.   [Selection of  antimalarial
measures]   Med. parazit., Moskva, 1941, 10: 531.—Pagliani,
L. La lotta contro  la malaria secondo le cognizioni odierne
sulla sua  causa e modo di  trasmissione.   Riv. igiene  san.
pubb., 1900. 11:  725; 761; 801; 841.—Parreiras, D.  Indicacao
de varios  methodos  de prophylaxia da  malaria (municipio de
Campos)  Congr. brasil. hyg. (1923) 1926, 1: 187-9.—Pezza, F.
Pratiche antimalariche rurali.  Atti Soc. studi malaria, 1906,
7: 253-67.—Piazza,  L.  La malaria  nei  suoi nuovi  acquisti
scientifici  e  nelle  sue  applicazioni  pratiche  relative  alle
abitazioni  rurali,  al lavoro  campestre  e  alle  eoltivazioni.
Corriere san., 1901, 12: 498; 515; 534.—Plehn, F.  Entgegnung
auf  die Einwendungen Kohlbrugges gegen meine Vorschlage
zur Verhiitung der Malariainfektion.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1901, 5:  186.—Porzanov, S.   [Experiment in prevention of
malaria in suburban sanatoriums in 1926]  Mosk. med. J.,
1927, 7: No. 9, 97-103.—Reinhardt,  L.  Die Malaria und deren
Bekampfung  nach den  Ergebnissen der neuesten Forschung,
Wurzb.  Abh.  Med.,  1905, 5:  257-305— Ricchi, T.   Nuova
profilassi della malaria.  Bull. sc. med.  Bologna, 1900, 7. ser.,
11: 1006-14, diagr.—Rodenwaldt, E.   Ueber die Technik der
Malariabekampfung.   Med.  Welt,  1030,  10: 998.-----
Antithesen in der Erforschung und  Bekampfung der Malaria.
Acta Conv. trop.  malar, morb., 1938, 2:  198-208.—Roque,
A. B. Sur la prophylaxie du paludisme dans les pays chauds.
Congr. internat. med.. 1906-07,15: sect. 17, 317-22. Also Porto
med., 1906, 3: 110.—Ross, R.  Note on the habits of Europeans
in India and Africa in relation  to malaria.  Brit. M. J., 1901,
2: 682.-—Rotblut, E.  [Experiment  using  dispensary methods
in prevention of malaria in  villages]   Profil. med.,  1928, 7:
4; 37-42.—Sergent,  E.  Protection mecanique et destruction
des images (paludisme)  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932, 10:
566.   ------ De la prophylaxie causale.  Arb. Tropenkrankh.
(Festschr. B. Nocht) 1937, 568-9.  ------  Ou combattre le
paludisme ? chez l'homme ou chez le moustique?  Acta Conv. 
MALARIA
113
MALARIA
trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2: 397-400.—Stephens, J. W. W., &
Christophers,  S. R.  The segregation of  Europeans.  Rep.
Malaria Com. R. Soc.  London, 1900, 3. ser.,  21-4.  ---—
Summary of researches of native malaria and malarial prophy-
laxis- on  blackwater  fever;  its  nature   and prophylaxis.
Thompson Yates Lab. Rep., Liverp., 1903 n. ser., 5: 221-33.-
Strachan, H.  Notes  on the prophylaxis of malaria.  J. Trop.
M  Lond  1904,7:255.—Sturni, G. Contributo alia profilassi
deiia malaria.  Gior. malaria, 1907,  1: 71-8.—Therapeutics
and  prophylaxis of  malaria;  conclusions  of  Malaria  Com-
mission  of the  League of Nations.  J. Am.  M.  Ass., 1938,
110- 1395-7.—Vargas, A.  Methodos de combate a malaria.
Pub. med., S.  Paulo, 1933-34, 5: No. 5, 13-9.—Vila Sanchez, J.
Algiinos e'nsayos de profiiaxis  experimental en el paludismo.
Actual, med., Granada, 1941, 17: 476-9.—Watson, M.  Some
points in the technique of the prevention of malaria. J. Ceylon
Brit. M. Ass., 1938, 35:  178-95.—Verdun.  Les  conceptions
modernes sur la prophylaxie du paludisme.  Echo med. nord,
1907, 11:  37; 49.—White,  R.  S.,  &  Adhikari, A. K.  Anti-
(rametocvte  treatment combined  with .anti-larval  malaria
Control. Rec. Malaria Surv. India,  1934, 4: 77; 1937, 7: 221.—
Williams,  L.  L., jr.   Current malaria studies, with special
reference to  control measures.  Pub. Health Rep.,  Wash.,
1929 44* 2001-4.  ------  Malaria control at small recreation
lakes'.  Health Off., Wash., 1936-37, 1: 249-52.—Wynne, A. M.
Some observations on the newer methods  of malaria control.
N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1934, 87:435-43.—Zhukov (N.)  [Lessons
on new methods in fighting malarial  Russ.  J.  trop.  med.,
1929   7:  373-7.—Ziemann,   H.    Malaria   prevention  in
uncultivated districts. Brit. M. J.,  1907, 2: 1046-51.

---   Prevention: Organization.

   Jimenes-Grullon, J.  I.   *Plan d'organisation
de la lutte  antipaludeenne.   67p.  8?  Par., 1929.
   Abercrombie, T. F.  Announcement of new provisions for
local health  organization.  Georgia  Malaria  Bull.,  1938, 1:
55 —Aitken, T. H. G. The control and prevention of malaria.
Med. Bull. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S., 1945, 3: 94-8 —
Alarco,  G.   Programa general para la lucha antipaludica.
Rev. san.  mil.,  Lima, 1928, 1: 46-55.—Alfaro, S. A.  La In-
genierfa Sanitaria en relacion con el control permanente de la
malaria o paludismo. Bol. san. Guatemala,  1938, 9: 306-33.—
Alonso Alonso, L.,  & Gonzalez Azcune, F.   Campana anti-
paludica; instrucciones, planes, 6rdenes, desarrollo, ensefianzas
y deducciones clinicas.  Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1930, 20: 268.—
Andrews, J.  General considerations in planning malaria con-
trol.  In:  Sympos. Human Malaria (Am.  Ass. Advance.  Sc.)
Wash., 1941,  285-94.—Araoz Alfaro, G. Orientacidn y estado
actuai'de la lucha antipaludica. Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33:
pt 2 117-26.—Ashton, D. F.  Malaria control; a cooperative
venture.   Health Bull., Raleigh,  1943, 58: No.  10,  9-11.—
Barros Barreto, J.  Inspeccao  preliminar para organizacao de
um servico anti-malarico.  Congr. brasil. hyg.  (1923) 1926, 1:
174-80.—Bishop, E.  L.  The part  played by a county health
department in the ultimate control of rural malaria.   South.
M  J  1933,  26: 447.   ------  The public health  nurse in
malaria control.   Pub.  Health Nurs.,  1943, 35: 253-8 —
Bishopp, F.  C.   Need for an  organized research program m
mosquito  and malaria control.  J. Econ. Entom.,  1937, 30:
27.—Bocalandro, C.  A., &  Wilde,  H. J.  La  lucha contra el
paludismo; accion de la Cruz  Roja.  Rev. san. mil., B. Air.,
1941, 40: 21-6.—Catlett, G. F.  The State Board of Health and
malaria control.  Health Notes, Jacksonville,  1938, 30: 122.—
Claustro, L.  The engineer's part in malaria control.  Month.
Bull. Philippine Health Serv.,  1927, 7: 299-314.—Codyks, M.
[Organization for prevention of malaria in 1936]   Voen.  san.
delo, 1937, No. 3, 3-6.—Coffee  County FSA sanitation program
cost analysis.  Georgia Malaria Bull.,  1940, 3: 118.—Connor,
R. C.  The economic phases of tropical medicine  with special
reference to malaria  control.   Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1935, 77:
4_iq_—D'Anfreville de la Salle.  Un procede recent de lutte
antipaludeenne.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1930, 22: 193-6.—
Deeks,  W.  E.   Constructive program for malaria  control.
South. M. J., 1928, 21: 725-9.—Ejercito, A.  Present orienta-
tion in the control of malaria in tropical countries.  J.  Philip-
pine Islands M. Ass., 1936, 16: 61-71.  Also Month. Bull.  Bur.
Health, Manila, 1936,16:  77-87.—Hackett,L. W.  La estrategia
general para el control de la malaria.  Tijeret. malaria, Mara-
cay, 1943, 7: 273-84.—Hazlehurst, G.  H.   Malaria control in
rural sections. J. M.  Ass. Alabama, 1934-35,  4: 255—Hollis,
M. D.  Modern malaria  control.   Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944,
34: 494-8.—Komp, W. H. W.  A plan  for increasing "efficiency
in malaria control projects.  Pub.  Health Bull., Wash., 1922,
No.  125, 63-8.—Kranzfeld, A. M.  [Malaria  control in large
citiesj  Gig. &  zdorov., 1941,  6: No. 6, 18-22.—Lunsford, G.
Local health  organization in the control of malaria and other
health hazards.  Georgia  Malaria Bull., 1938,  1: 55.—Malaria
program of the International Health Division of the Rockefeller
Foundation in the United States, 1941.  J. Nat. Malaria Soc,
1942, 1: 167-9.—Malkov, A. A. [Methods and plan of work of
malarial stations]  Tr. Vsessouz. sezda bakt.  epidem.  & san.
vrach.,  1929, 1:  141-52.—Morato  Proenca, L.  Unidades
antimalaricas auxiliares.  Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1944, 9: No. 22,
63-76.—Parks, L. L.  The relationship of the nursing service to
malaria and  its control.   Rep. Florida  Antimosquito Ass.,
1941,15: 59-61.—Parreiras, D. Conservacao e manutencao dos
trabalhos de  prophylaxia da malaria.  Arch,  hyg., Rio, 1930,
4: No. 2, 139-42.—Pirkle, M. W.   The Coffee  County F. S. A.
sanitation program  for  1939-1940.   Georgia Malaria  Bull.,

       549701—vol. 10, 4th series----S
1940, 3: 115-8.—Pirumov, K. N.  [On the question of scientific
methodical management in  malaria  control]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1940,  9: 39-43.—Query.  Un an de campagne anti-
paludique en Orient. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1917, 17: 196.—
Rashina, M. G.  [Le role du medecin de region dans  la lutte
contre le paludisme] Sovet. med., 1939, No. 11, 39.—Report
of the special sub-committee of the Water Resources Committee
of the National Resources Committee. Georgia Malaria Bull.,
1939, 2: 17.—Roberts,  R. A. Malaria control in Fifth Army.
Med. Bull. Medit.  Theater  of Oper. U. S., 1945, 3: 98.—Sen
Gupta, L. C.  Preparation of anti-malarial  schemes.  Bengal
Pub. Health J., 1939,  1: 121-32.—Sergiev, P.  G.  [Malaria
control and the work of the  trained nurse]  Med. sestra, 1944,
No.  4,  1-6.—Silberman, A. K.  [The  participation of rural
medical workers in malaria  control]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1943, 12: No. 3, 25-9.—Souza Pinto,  G.  H.  Inspeccao pre-
liminar para a organizacao  de  uma campanha anti-malarica.
Congr.  brasil. hyg. (1923)  1926, 1: 171-3.—Speedy, W. D.
Notes for staff engaged on anti-malarial work.  Ind. M. Gaz.,
1929, 64: 249-51.—Temple, R. C.   On some administrative
measures taken against malaria and consumption in the tropics.
J. Trop.  M.  Hyg., Lond.,  1905,  8: 226-31—Tropeano, G.
II programma della nostra campagna antimalarica.   Med.
sociale, Nap., 1934, 24: No. 2, 10.—Underwood, F. J. Malaria
prevention activities of state boards of health,  1943.  J. Nat.
Malaria Soc, 1944, 3: 111—4.—Vigilanza dell'igiene in rapporto
alia  malaria.  Malaria, Milano, 1902, 2: No. 8, 4; No. 9, 3 —
Wheeler,  M. C.  Controlling endemic malaria and the role of
the public health nurse in this field.  Rep. Florida Antimosquito
Ass., 1941,  15: 65-70.—Williams,  L.  I., jr.   Rural  malaria
control; a comparison  of methods.  South. M. J.,  1931,  24:
440-2.  ------  Malaria control activities; report of the sub-
committee on malaria prevention activities,  1939, to National
Malaria Committee.   Ibid., 1940,  33:  894-7.   ------  The
extended  malaria control program.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,
1945,  60: 464-9.—Zverev,  A.  N.   [Combatting malaria in
villages]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 2: 771-9.

----  Prevention:  Problems and  principles.
   Buslaev, M. A.  [Problems of the medical center in control
of malaria] Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No. 4, 37.—Chatterjee, G. C.
Difficulties in the way of malaria control.  Ind. M. Rec, 1930,
50: 41-4.—Cultivo del arroz en zonas paludicas.  Bol. Of.  san.
panamer., 1940, 19:  930.—Decourt,  P.   La  lutte antiplas-
modiale; ses facteurs humains.  Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1938,
31: 59; 138.—Desfosses, P.   Les marais tropicaux urbains.
Presse med., 1939,  47: 1378.—Dinkelspiel, M. R.  Eradication
of malaria; a stupendous public health problem.  Merck Rep.,
1938,  47:  No. 4, 28.—Guarna,  F.  C.   Un  centro  industriale
sorto in zona malarica.  Riv. malariol., 1932, 11: 493.—James,
S. P.   Problems of malaria  prophylaxis; conclusions  of the
Malaria Commission of the League of Nations.  Brit.  M. J.,
1927,  2: 340-4.—Krauss, W.  Problems and duties in relation
to malaria. J. Am. M. Ass., 1907, 48: 941-3.—LePrince, J. A.
Why we do not eliminate malaria more rapidly.  N. Orleans
M. & S. J., 1926-27, 79: 420-2.  â– ------  Some informal re-
marks on the malaria  hazard.  Proc. N.  Jersey  Mosquito
Exterm. Ass.,  1937, 24: 220-3.—Le Roy des Barres. Sur un
point  important de la prophylaxie du paludisme.  Gaz. med.,
1902,  49: 1213.—Russell,  P.  F.  Some  social obstacles to
malaria control.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1941, 76: 681-90.—Sergent,
E., Sergent, E. [et al.]   Les principes de l'assainissement anti-
paludique.   Arch.  Inst. Pasteur  Algerie,  1928,  6:  14-7.—
Thompson, T. O., &  Grant, P. F. A.  The cantonment anti-
malaria problem; afterthoughts.  J. R. Army M. Corps, Lond.,
1930,  54: 368; 434.—Urbino, C. M. Malaria control and agri-
cultural settlements.  Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938,
18: 301-23.—Williams,  L. L., jr.  The malaria hazard in unin-
fected territory.   Proc. N.  Jersey  Mosquito Exterm. Ass.,
1937,  24: 218-20.

----  Prevention—in  children.
   Cacace.  La higiene antimalarica escolar. Med. ninos, 1934,
35: 396-409.  Also Rev. fr.  pediat.,  1935, 11:  117.  ------
Gillot [et al.]  La profilaxia de la malaria en el nifio.   Arch.
pediat. Uruguay, 1935, 6: 151.—Corea-Manno, N. Traitement
et prophvlaxie du paludisme infantile selon les idfces modernes.
Rev. palud., Par., 1940, 2: 45-50.—Gros,  H.   La lutte contre
le paludisme a l'ecole.  Bull. med. Algerie, 1907, 18: 726; 762 —
Pagola, J.  G.  Paludismo.   Sugestiones,  Mex.,  1943-45,  9:
No 108, Suppl.,  1-52.—Rashina, M.   [Prevention of malaria
among children]   Sovet. -vrach. J., 1937, 2: 765-71.

----   Prognosis.
   See  also  subheadings  (Hematology;  Metabo-
lism)
   Caccuri, S.  Sull'andamento  dell'infezione malarica senza
alcun trattamento.  Riv. malariol., 1940,19: 83-92.—Coutinho,
E.  Prognostico do impaludismo.  Arch, brasil. med.,  1927, 17:
200-12.—Fr6es, H. P.   Prognostico da malaria.   Brasil med.,
1933 47: 150-5.—Manson-Bahr, P.  The  prognosis in malaria
infection. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 2: 1237.—Mufel, P. P.   [Prog-
nosis of malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1928.  15: 1062-5.

----   Psychiatric aspect.
   Anderson,   W.  K.   Malaria  psychoses  and
neuroses.   395p.   4?   Lond.,  1927. 
MALARIA
14
MALARIA
   Ameghino, A.  Nota sobre las relaciones entre psicosis  y
paludismo en la Republica Argentina.   Bol. Inst. clfn. quir.,
B. Air., 1926. 2: 387-92.   ------& Gonzalez, J. M.   Investi-
gaci6n de la etiologfa paludica en los enfermos mentales.  Ibid.,
1927, 3: 508-78.  Also Rev. argent, neur. psiquiat.,  B. Air.,
1927, 1: 308-10.—Angrisani, D.   Malaria e disturbi nervosi e
mentali; un  caso  di  psicosi malarica.   Osp. psichiat.,  Nap.,
1939, 7: 469-80.—Assad.  Quelques formes nerveuses  et men-
tales de l'infection palustre.  Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1931,
11: 269-72. ------& Ousta, J.  Deux cas d'hysterie provoques
par  la  malaria.   Ibid.,  1937,  17:  264-71.—Bel tran,  J.  R.
Perturbaciones de la conciencia en  un  delirio post-mahirico.
Rev. As. med. argent.,  1932, 45: 1621-7.  Also Sem. med., B.
Air., 1932, 39: pt  2, 1254.—Bentmann, E.  Zur Begutachtung
der im Gefolge der Kriegsmalaria beobachteten Erkrankungen
des Nervensystems.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 163-
9.—Bhattacharjee, N. C.   A case of malaria with acute mania.
Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 686.—Cardamatis. J. P.  Les  troubles
psychiques dans le paludisme.  Progr. med., Par., 1901, 3. ser.,
14: 193-9.—Carnevali, G.  Su di un caso di psicosi da  malaria.
Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia, 1937,  31: 113-22.—Cornet,  P.
Troubles astasiques abasiques d'origine labyrinthique au cours
de la malaria.  Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1906; 21: 809-13.—
Dave,  I. S.  A case of cerebral  malaria with loss of speech.
Ind. M. Rec, 1927, 47:  100.—Dee, P.   Malarial fever with
aphasia.   Ind. M. Gaz.,  1906,  41: 303.—De Gregorio, G.
Sindrome onirica da malaria. Riv.  pat.  nerv., 1937, 50: 557-
75.—Fernandez de Mendia, M.  Frenopatfa de  origen palu-
dico.  Gac. med.  Granada, 1904, 22:  73; 104.—Folly.   Les
paludeens  delirant-; role de l'alcoolisme.   Caducee,  1905,  5:
313.—Gaitrnaire.   ( dnfusion mentale; melancolie anxieuse et
melancolie delirante curable d'origine paludeenne.  Ann. med.
pharm. col., Par.. 1935, 32: 572-4.—Gallotti,  O.   Um caso de
sfndrome  ainnestiea  consequente a  malaria.  Arq. Serv. nac.
doenc. ment., Rio, 1943,151-4.—Gernsteln, S. S.   Kkazulstikle
malariyntkh  psikhozov.   Vrach. gaz.,  1906, 13: 919-21.—
Giao, M.  Um caso de psvchose palustre.  Rev. portug. med.
cir.  prat., 1901-02,  11: 225-8.—Gillot,  V.   L'aphasie palu
deenne.  Bull. med. Algerie, 1904, 15: 507-9.—Govindaswamy,
M. V.  Action of atebrin on mental patients; a clinical study.
Ind. M  Gaz., 1940, 75: 22-4—Guija  Morales, E.   Modali-
dades de reaccion p.-fquica  frcnte a malai izaciones espontaneas
y terapeuticas.  Arch, med., Madr., 1030  32:  85-91.—Gutz-
mann,  H.  Aphasie   nach  Malaria.   Med. piidag.  Mschr.,
1904, 14: 1-17.—Hesnard.  I^es  suites eloigners du paludisme
au point de vue neuro-psychiatrique.  Rapp. Congr. fr. med.,
1923, 17. sess., 49-66  [Discussion] C. rend., 21-9.—Huddleson,
J. H.  Note on psychoses and psvchoneuroses  with  malaria.
Med. Bull. Veteran.-  Admin.,  1944-45,  21:  1-4—Ivanov.  A.
O malyariynjkh psikhozakh. Med.  obozr.,  Moskva, 1900, 53:
410-9.—James, R. B.  Some common  malarial neuroses  not
discussed in our text-books.  Virginia M. Month.,  1903-04, 8:
387-90.—Journe  &  Aubin.  A  propos  d'un cas  de psvchose
palustre.   Bull. Soc.  path, exot.,  Par., 1937, 30: 800-5.—
Kiinzel, W.  Ein  Fall von endogener Psvchose nach Malaria.
Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1932, 97: 118-23.—Lahiri, C.  A cere-
bral type of  malaria lighted up by a sudden shock.   Ind. M.
Gaz., 1934, 69: 214.—Lemanski.   Troubles  psychiques chez
les  paludeens.  Bull.  Hop. fr.  Tunis,   1902,  5:  193; 219 —
Lopez, G.  La locura paludica.  Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1898,
3: 17; 35.—Marandon de Montyel, E.  Contribution a l'etude
des troubles intellectuels dans l'impaludisme.  Rev. med., Par.,
1903,  23: 529; 745.—Masquin,  P., &  Borel, J.  Onirisme
malarique et paraphrenico-paralvtiques;  a propos des delires
secondares.    Encephale,   1934,  29:   73-99.—Mentov,   V.
Sluchal afazii na pochvle malarii.  Vrach. gaz., 1902,  9: 127-
9.—Merrill, B. R.  Psychogenic malaria.   U. S. Nav. M. Bull.,
1945, 44: 69-72.—Moreira, J. O  paludismo na genese de certas
determinacoes nervosas e  mentaes.   Arch, brasil. med., 1927,
12:  146-61.—Napoleao  La Terza,  C.   Inedita  modalidade
termica num caso com 45 graus de temperatura, no decurso de
uma psicose malarica.   An. paul. med.  cir.,  1944, 48: 5-27,  2
ch.—Nazim Sakir & Necmettin Polvan.   Sitmadan miitevellit
asabl ve akll sendromlar.  Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1942, 71:
50-6.—Pafumi, A., & Grillo, C.   Contributo clinico alio studio
delle sindromi psiconevrose da  malaria nell'infanzia.   Med.
inf., Roma, 1939, 10:  97-104—Papakonstantinos, E.   '0£6
irapOLkrip'qpa Kai atfiaffia KaroTTiP  eX<i5ous  xhperov.    'larpiKri
irpbo&os,  1904, 9: 26.—Ponde,  A.  Perturbacoes mentais no
impaludismo.   In  his  Notas prat. clin.  med., Rio, 1936,  95-
101, 2 pi.—Popova, I. P.  [Malaria psychoses]  Sovet. nevropat.,
1933, 2: 128-32.—Puca, A.  Sindrome cerebellare e psicosi da
malaria.    Riforma med.,  1926,  42: 461-3.—Raimondi,  S.
Psicosis paludica: breves consideraciones sobre un  caso clinico.
Arch, argent, neur., 1928, 2: 288-90.  Also Bol. Inst. clfn. quir.,
B. Air., 1928, 4: 235-7.—Rebagliati, R.   Cuadros  psiconeuro-
16gicos en paludicos.   Actas Jorn.  neuropsiquiat. panamer.
(1939)  1940,  2. reun..  2:  144-50.—Regis, E.   Deiire toxique;
amnesie  aphasique.   Mem.  Soc. med. chir.  Bordeaux (1902)
1903,  419-21.  ------   Psycho-nevroses et  psychoses du
paludisme.  Bull, med., Par., 1905, 19: 615-7 —Rey & Boinet.
Les troubles psvchiques dans l'intoxication palustre.  C. rend.
Congr. alien, neur. France (1897)  1898,   8: 578-84.—Roxo, H.
Perturbacoes mentaes no paludismo.  Arch, brasil.  med., 1927,
17: 168-76.—Salamo, A. R. La  choreomanie de Madagascar.
Rev. sc, Par., 1903, 4.  ser., 20: 4.5-8.—Sarkar, S. K. A case of
malarial  psychosis.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1941, 76: 159.—Schnizer.
Dienstbeschadigung fur Psvchose nach Malaria angenommen.
Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1926,   22:  1045.—Scuderi,  F. F.  Delle
alterazioni psichiche  nella  malaria.  Gazz.  med. lombarda,
1901, 60: 440.- Singleton, I).  E.   I's\ dio-is  with  malaria.
Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 194 I -I-"-. 21 : 109.   Sivnmani. V.
A  case  of malaria  simulating confus-ional infinity.   Ind. M.
Gaz., 1928,  63: 332.—Skliar.  N.,  A-  Kjiil.owa. M.  Ueber
Malariapsychosen.  Mschr.  l'-\ chiat.,   1931,   78:  1-29.—
Strauss, A.   Gibt  es nervose Folgeerscheinungen bei Kriegs-
teilneliinern.  die an Malaria e> krankt  waren?    Nervenarzt,
1931. 4: 27:i-6.—Tarasov, V.   K.   [Case reports of  malarial
psychoses]  Tr. Inst. < lannuslikina, Moskva, 1940, 5: 521-9.—
Thomson, J. ('.  Malignant malaria ; aphasia;  reeoverv.  Select
Colon.  M.  Hep.,  Lond.  (1900-01) 1902, 210.—Trabaud. J.
Complications nerveuses et mentales du paludisme.  Medecine
Par., 1931, 12:  944.—Trabaud, N.   Fugues renouvelees  chez
un paludeen chronique.   Rev. neur., Par., 1929, 36: pt 2,  104-
6.—Trillot, J. Troubles mentaux survenus a la periode d'incu-
bation d'une infection paludeenne.  Ann.  m6d. psychol., Par
1936, 94: 698-702.—Turner, C. C.  The neurologic and  psy-
chiatric manifestations  of malaria.  South.  M. J., 1930,   29:
578-85.—Urrutfa S., A.  A prop6sito de  un caso de afasia de
tipo Charcot.  Gac. med.  occidente,  S. Ana,  1943, 6: 1197-
200.—Verstraeten,  P., & De Vos, L.  Syndrome  de Korsakoff
d'origine paludeenne.   J.  neur. psychiat., Brux.,  1933,  33;
275-7.—Vivaldo, J. C,  & Barrancos, A.  Sobre un  caso de
confusidn mental aguda de origen paludico  (psicosis paludica)
Rev.  argent,  neur., 1928,  2: 312  7— Voizard, F.   Paludisme
autochtone et somnambulisme.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,
1926, 19: 675.—Vyassnovsky, A. U.  [Malaria psychoses and
malaria as factors in manic-depressive psychosis]  Klin, med.,
Moskva, 1933, 11:  308-10.  ----—  [Application of a com-
bined method in provoking malarial attacks in malarial  psy-
choses with normal course or  subfebrile  temperature]  Sovet.
vrach. J., 1936, 1: 665-8.—Waldomiro Pires.  Psychoses post-
malaricas.  Bol.  Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1932-33, 104: 153-61.—
Zara, E. Confusione mentale e  malaria.   Osp. psichiat., Nap.,
1940, 8: 355-60.—Zeri,  A. Afasia da malaria; contributo alia
conoscenza delle manifestazioni  nervose nella malaria.  Poli-
clinico,  1905,  12: sez. prat., 1213-8.
----   Public health aspect.
   Booth,  B. H.  The importance of the family of the malaria
patient to the public health official.  Mississippi Doctor, 1941—
42, 19: 408.—Boyd, M. F.  Malaria, a public health problem.
Health Notes, Jacksonville, 1938, 30: 116-8.—Cumming, H. S.
The place of malaria as a health problem.  South. M. J., 1927,
20: 460-2.—Gomes  dos Reis, J., jr.  Malaria; molestia social.
Arch, hyg., S.  Paulo, 1936,  1:  No. 2, 55-85, 5 ch.—Grace,
A. W., &  Blanchard, C K.  Public health aspects of malaria,
filariasis (due to Wuchereria bancrofti) and dysentery.  Pub.
Health News,  Trenton, 1944,   27:  89-96.—Hackett, L.  W.
Malaria and the community.   In: Sympos.  Human  Malaria
(Am. Ass. Advance.  Sc.) Wash., 1941, 148-56.—Levy,  A. 3.
[Malaria in public health]  Hebrew M. J., N. Y., 1944, 2: 56-
62.—MacDonald, W. H.  What reasons do we have for fearing
the spread of malaria?  Proc N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Asa.,
1942, 29:  9.—Menace (The) of malaria.  Ther. Notes, Detr.,
1942, 49: 255-63.


----   quintan.
   Entin,  A.  I.  [On the clinical aspect  of five-day malarial
Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 797.—Pagano, G.  Di un caso di quin-
tana.  Filiatre sebezio, Nap.,  1841,  21:  360-3.—Troisier, J.,
Monnerot-Dumaine, M., & Develay, S.  La fievre quintane;
sa valeur semiologique.  Presse med., 1931, 39: 397-9.
----   quotidian.
   Beattie.  A case of  severe  quotidian ague  occurring on
Tyneside with slides showing parasite in blood.  Northumber-
land & Durham M. J., 1900, 8: 6-9.—Caccino, A.  La febbre
quotidiana estiva  (quotidiana vera)  Atti Soc. studi malaria,
1902, 3: 158-88.  Also Policlinico, 1902, 9: sez. med., 59-74 —
Cesarani,  A.  Tosse convulsiva febbrile; tipo intermittente quo-
tidiano.  Riforma  med.,  1903, 19: 235.—Guigou, D.  M.  Nota
clinica sobre un caso de fiebre cotidiana.  Med. ibera, 1936, 30:
pt 1, 821.—Kubasov,  P. I.  O  mikroble febris  quotidianae.
Sibirsk. vrach. vfedom.,  1904, 2: 22; 38.—Mituda  [A case of
ague every other day changing to quotidian]  Tokyo dji sinsi,
1906, 1665-73.—Wells, R. T.  Demonstration  of the asexual
cycle of the benign tertian parasite in blood-films from a case of
quotidian ague.  Glasgow M. J., 1906,  65: 47-9.
----   Racial  aspect.
   Boulnois, J.  Contribution a l'etude de la premunition des
noirs  africains contre  de  paludisme algerien.   Arch. Inst.
Pasteur Algerie, 1940, 19: 37-40.—Boyd. M. F., & Stratman-
Thomas, W. K.   Studies on benign tertian malaria;  on  the
susceptibility of Caucasians.  Am. J. Hyg., 1934, 19: 541-4.—
Copeland, A. J.  Malaria and racial extinction. Lancet, Lond.,
1935, 2: 091.—Lewis, J. H.  Malaria.  In his Biol. Negro, Chic,
1942,  192-6.—Olano,  G.  Inmunidad  del  negro  contra la
malaria; desde este punto de vista £es conveniente para el
Peru la inmigraci6n negra? Cr6n. med., Lima, 1907, 24: 337-
43.—Reichenow,   E.   Zur Frage  der  Malariaresistenz  bei
Negern.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1929, 33: Beih. 3, 58-66.—
Wilson, R., jr. Negroes and malaria; a reply to Dr. Burkhalter.
J. S. Carolina M. Ass.,  1906, 2: 125. 
MALARIA                                          115                                         MALARIA
----â–    Reactivation.

   Mattei,  M.   *Rechutes  et reinfections  palus-
tres.   107p.   24cm.   Alger [1937]
   Cacciapouti, G.  La riattivazione della malaria con la tuber-
colina.  Riforma med., 1930, 46: 255.—Chantriot.  Reactiva-
tion du  paludisme;  valeur diagnostique; test de guerison.
Paris med., 1929,  73: 466-73.—De  Luca, B.  Sopra alcuni piu
recenti metodi di slatentizzazione della malaria.   Riv. malariol.,
1932, 11: 301-7.—Dore, G. R.  La reactivation endocrinienne
du  paludisme.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1927, 20: 718.—
Mallardo, C. A., & Cotrufo, P.   I mezzi di riattivazione della
malaria latente.  Riforma med., 1936, 52: 1651-5.—Mircoli, S.
Latentizzazione e  riviviscenze  malariche.   Bull. Accad. med.
Genova, 1907, 22: 273-6.—Pires, W., & Povoa,  H.  A  funccao
reactivadora da malaria.  Arch. Fund. Gaffree & Guinle, Rio,
1929, 169-80.—Pizzillo, G.  Riattivazioni  da  rimpatrio  in
malarici reduci dall'A.  O.  I.  Riforma  med., 1938, 54: 1523-
5.—Prout, T. P., & Losada, C. A. Malarial disease uncovered
by  autohemo-fever therapy after  35 years.   J.  M.  Soc N.
Jersey, 1941, 38: 647.—Trabaud, J.  Les reveils accidentels de
l'infection palustre.  Rev.  prat. mal.  pays chauds, 1931,   11:
262-8.—Videla, C. A.   Reactivaci6n del paludismo  latente
por el cloruro de calcio.  Prensa med. argent., 1934, 21: 2378-
80.   Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48:  1402-6.—White, H.
T.  Latent malaria reactivated following diathermy to left
lumbar region; report of a  case.  Hosp.  News, Wash., 1939, 6:
No. 9,  1-8.—Williams, L. L., jr.  Comment on paper: Latent
malaria reactivated following diathermy to left lumbar region,
by Dr. White.  Ibid., 9.—Zielinski, K.  [Unusual case of latent
paludism discovered through severe typhus fever]  Polska gaz.
lek., 1927, 6: 910.
  ----   Relapse.

    Szeker,  A.  T.    *Les rechutes  du paludisme
  (evolution, diagnostic et influence des differents
  traitements sur le taux  des  rechutes)   131p.   8:
  Par., 1936.
    Alexandrov, Y. M.   [Recurrence of malaria in mountain
  climates]  Sovet. med., 1940, 4: No. 2, 19.—Almeida Magalhaes,
  R. de.  Pathogenia das recidivas  da malaria.  Fol. med., Rio,
  1926, 7: 162.—B., F. A.   Suppressive atabrine treatment of
  personnel subject to malaria relapse while on leave.   Bumed
  News Letter, Wash., 1944, 4:  No. 11, 5.—Bindi, F.  Osserva-
  zioni sul sangue di malarici recidivi a lungo periodo.  Clin.
  mod., Pisa, 1902, 8: 385-90— Blanchard, M., & Pin, M.  Re-
  chute de paludisme six ans apres le  depart de pays d'endemie.
  Bull. Soc.  path,  exot., Par.,  1929, 22: 73-6.—Carducci,  A.
  Sulla cura e sulla causa delle recidive nella malaria. Atti Soc
  studi malaria, 1905, 6:  27-37,  pi.  ------ Nuove ricerche sul
  modo di evitare  le recidive nella  malaria.   Ibid.,  1906,  7:
  107-14.—Castelli, G. D.   Malaria relapses among men repa-
  triated from East Africa.   Trop.  Dis. Bull., Lond., 1941, 38:
  708 (Abstr.)—Clavijo, S.   Del paludismo secundario; observa-
  ciones clfnicas recogidas en individuos procedentes de Larache
  y Fernando Poo.  Progr. clin.,  Madr., 1919, 13: 253; 14: 16.—
  Drewyer, G.  E., & Hughes, J. E.   A new approach  to  the
  problem of incipient and recurrent malaria.  Arch. Phys. Ther.,
  1944, 25: 273-5.—Eligulashvili, K.  I.  [Frequency of malaria
  relapses in various methods  of  treatment]   Med.  parazit.,
  Moskva,  1938, 7: 815-21.—Frizziero, M.  Considerazioni sulle
  recidive malariche.   Gazz.  internaz. med.  chir.,  1932,  40:
  352-4.—Fyodorov,  E. G.   O retsidivakh malyarii v Rossii i
  na Kavkazfe.  Vest, obshch. hig.,  1905, 1562-85.—Gallais, G.
  Reveil du paludisme a  la suite de brulures chez un paludeen
  sans crise depuis 14 ans.  Rev.  med.  hyg. trop., 1927, 19: 82.—
  Hauer, A. Malariarezidiv und Serumreaktion.  Deut. tropen-
 med. Zschr., 1943,  47: 241-7.—Krauss,  W.  Relapses in ma-
 laria.  J.  Tennessee M. Ass.,  1926-27, 9: 43-6.—MacLester,
 J. B.   Relapsing malaria.  Med. Bull. Medit. Theater of Oper.
 U. S., 1945, 3: 111-3.—Manson, D.  Relapsing malaria. Ind.
 M. Gaz.,  1934, 69: 314-6.—Manson-Bahr, P.  The nature and
 treatment of  war-time  malaria relapses  in  England.   Med.
 Press  &  Circ, Lond.,  1944, 212: 342-7.—Metcalf, R.  J.,  &
 Ungar, J., jr.   Relapsing  malaria; analysis  of cases from the
 Solomons.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 43: 859-70.—Moll, W.
 Malariarezidive und Fohn.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1941, 67:
 1052.  Also Munch, med.  Wschr., 1941, 88: 977-9.—Napier,
 L. E., & Chaudhuri, R. N.  A note on  the treatment of relapsing
 malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1941, 76: 335.—Pastore, S.  II reperto
 del sangue nell'infezione malarica  recidiva.  Policlinico,  1931,
 38: sez. med., 317-29, pi.—Perrod, G. Osservazioni su  alcuni
 casi di recidive di febbri malariche in seguito a traumatismi.
 Gazz. osp., 1902, 23: 1269-71.—Rodger,  L. M.  Malaria as a
 non-relapsing  disease;  a review of  1619 cases in Northern
 Rhodesia.   Lancet, Lond., 1944,  1:  533.—Schilling, C.  Ein
 Malariarezidiv   nach  ungewohnlich  langer  Latenzperiode.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1903, 29: 176.—Silvan, P.  Acces de fievre
 (type  intermittent)  chez un ancien paludeen a la suite d'une
 serie de 914 et d'une injection de quinoforme.  Marseille med.,
 1927,  64:  153-6.—Strasser,  A., &  Wolf,  H.  Ueber Malaria-
rezidive.  Wien. Klinik., 1905, 31:  105-28.—Tange, R. A. Bei-
trag zur Behandlung der Malariarezidive an  Bord von Kriegs-
schiffen.   Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1906,  10:  307-15.—
Tareev, E. M., Epstein, E. G., & Gontaeva, A. A.  [Biochemis-
try  of  relapsing malaria]   Med.  parazit., Moskva,  1933, 2:
170-7.—Temkin, M.  Les rechutes palustres et les nouveaux
  remedes synthetiques.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1937, 29:
  249-53.—Toporkov, F. M.  [Origin of malaria relapses]  Trop.
  med. vet., Moskva,  1931, 9: 8.—Trimarchi,  E.   II problema
  della recidive.   Gazz. med. ital., 1939,  98: 320-9.—Vargas, A.
  Malaria; recaidas ou reinfeccoes?  Brasil med., 1931, 45:1066-8.

  ----   Remittent fever.

    Blain,  A. C.  Remittent fever.  Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, 1892,
  119-40— Buro,  P.   Studie  iiber  die Wechselfiebererkran-
  kungen   Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1901, 37: 952-63.—Fischer, B.
  Zur Frage  der  sogenannten  remittirenden Fieber der  war-
  meren Lander.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1901,  5:  143-65,
  2 diagr.—Guillon, A.  Fievre remittente palustre suivie  de
  deces  avec  symptomes pernicieux varies:  acc£s  cardialgique
  de Torti et acces comateux. Caducee, 1907, 7: 204.—Kanellis,
  S. Etude sur la classification des formes de fievres remittentes
  et  continues  regnant en  Grece.  Progr. mdd.,  Par.,  1901,
  3. ser., 14: 129-33.—Katrak, N. N.  What is remittent fever?
  Tr. Ind. M. Cong. (1894)  1895,  150-3.—L., E.   Note sur un
  bruit de frottcnient perichoh5cystique observe dans les fievres
  remittentes bilieu-es. Rev. med. Afrique nord, 1902, 5: 1873 —
  L[umsden] L. L.,  ifc W[ertenbaker] C. P.  Remittent malarial
  fever;  acute endocarditis, collapse of right lung.  Rep. Surgeon
  Gen. U.  S. Army,  1904, 498.—Richmond,  W. W.  Remittent
  fever.  Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, 1897, n. ser., 6: 9-15.—Tunzel-
  mann, E. W.  von.  [A non-malarial remittent fever]   China
  Imp. Customs. Med. Rep.  (1896-97) 1898, 6-19, 4 pi., 6 ch —
  Tyndale,  W.   So-called remittent or  Pretoria fever.   Brit.
  M. J.,  1902, 1: 384.—Valmyre.  Note sur la fievre remittente
  climatique a la  defense mobile de Bizerte.  Arch. med. nav.,
  Par., 1901, 75: 214-21.—Vincent, H.  Recherches sur l'etiologie
  de la fievre remittente des pays  chauds.  Arch. med. pharm.
  mil.,  Par.,  1900,   36:  1-20.—Williams, W.  P.   Persistent
  remittent,  or  so-called typho-malarial  fever.   Tr. M. Ass.
  Georgia,  1893, 60-72 [Discussion] 73.

  ----   Respiratory tract.

    See also sub-heading  (pneumonic)
    Applebaum, I. L„ & Shrager, J.  Pneumonitis associated
  with malaria.  Arch. Int. M., 1944, 74:  155-62.—Auday, I., &
  Arana, E. L.  Un caso de asma paludica.  Sem. med., B. Air.,
  1926,  33: pt  1, 1214.—Baccelli, G.   Infezione  malarica e
  polmonite; la  subcontinua polmonitica,  la  polmonite  con
  accessi malarici  o  proporzionata  pneumonica;  e la polmonite
 in un malarico.  Gazz. med. Roma, 1901, 27: 178-85.  —---
 Pleuro-polmonite sinistra  in individuo  gia malarico.   Gazz.
 osp., 1901, 22: 1287-91.—Brun, H. de.  Pneumopaludisme du
 sommet.   Presse med., 1907, 15: 257-9.  Also Portugese transl.
 Gaz. clin.,  S.  Paulo,  1907,  5: 44-7.—Cavazzani,  A.,  &
 Brunazzi,  G.  Sulla polmonite malarica.  Lav. Congr. med.
 int. (1901) 1902,  152.—Crespin, J.,  &  Mailfert,  R.   Etude
 clinique des manifestations bronchopulmonaires  aigues dans
 la malaria. Arch. gen. med., Par., 1901,  n. ser., 5:  318; 464.—
 Dahl, M. K.  [Pathological anatomy of  the lungs  in malaria]
 Sovet.  klin., 1932,  17: 193-204.—Di.Donato, D.   Contributo
 alio studio dei  disturbi motori  laringei d'origine malarica.
 Rinasc med., 1927, 4: 53.—Dos Santos Viegas, L. Um caso
 de cachexia paludosa com  pleuropneumonia intercorrente,
 seguido de morte.   Coimbra  med., 1898,  18:  495; 510:
 passim.—Due nas, A.  Sfndromes pulmonares  de  origen palu-
 dico.   Medica,  Matanzas,   1943,   2:  41-9.—Dupaquier,
 E. M.  The respiratory complications of intermittent malarial
 fever with report  of cases.  Tr. Louisiana M.  Soc,  1899,
 46-51,  4  diagr.—Dutheillet  de  Lamothe.   Etude sur  les
 troubles larynges moteurs dans  le paludisme.   Ann. mal.
 oreille,  1929, 48: 700-9.—Fricker, J.  Le paludisme a forme
 respiratoire.   Presse  med., 1939,  47:   967-70.—Gelin,  G.
 Laryngite  striduleuse  au  cours  d'un  paludisme primaire.
 Maroc med., 1944,  23: 219—Kardo-Sisoyev, K. N.   Sluchai
 bolotnavo vospaleniya lyokhochnoi plevi.  Vrach,  S. Petersb.,
 1900, 21: 1175.—Karve, S.  D.   Malarial pneumonia.  Kenya
 Med. J., 1926, 3: 116-8, ch.—Lafforgue, E.  Frisson pulmonaire
 au debut de l'acces de fievre intermittente.   Med. mod., Par.,
 1906, 16:  1.—Lopez, J. A.   La infeccion  paludica cr6nica y su
 relaci6n con las neumonias en las zonas paludicas del noroeste
 argentino.   Rev.  san.  mil., B.  Air., 1930, 29:   194-204.—
 Mahmoud  Sedky   Bey.    Pneumo-paludisme   du  sommet.
 C. rend.  Congr. internat.  med.  trop.,  1932,  4:   1107-12.—
 Mailian, L. M.  [Pulmonary edema of malarial origin]  Sovet.,
 med., 1941, 5: No. 4, 12.—Meldolesi,  G.  I disturbi  della
 funzione respiratoria nella malaria.  Bull. Accad. med. Roma,
 1931, 57:  310-6.—Mesnard, S.,  & Le  Meillour.  Un cas
 d'affection  pulmonaire subaigue simulant la tuberculose gueri
 par la quinine.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1927, 20: 113-6.—
 Miyatuki, J.   [Researches on the microbe of pneumonitis  in
 malaria]  Saikingaku  zassi, 1904, 213-31.—Monteleone,  R.
 L'insufficienza  respiratoria  nella  malaria  acuta   e  cronica.
 Policlinico,  1927,  34: sez.  med., 557-64.—Navarro,  A.,  &
 Spangenberg, J. J.   Asma paludica; una  observaci6n clinica y
 algunos comentarios.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt  1,
 1111-4.—Nicastro, C. G.  Malaria polmonite.  Gior. malaria,
 1907, 1: 358-60—Oropeza, T. J.  Malarias desconcertantes.
 Rev. med., Rosario, 1927,  2: 291-5.—Penna de Azevedo, A.
 Alterations pulmonaires dans le  paludisme.   C.  rend. Soc.
biol., 1928, 99: 888-90.—Piano, M.   Le broncopneumopatie
di origine malarica.  Morgagni,  1932, 74: 1598-600.—Piazza-
Martini, V.  Altre  osservazioni  sulla  tosse malarica.   Gazz.
sicil. med.  chir.,  1903,  2:  231.—Posov, A. S.   [Correlation 
MALARIA
116
MALARIA
between  bronchial asthma and  malaria]  Vrach.  gaz.,  1927,
31: 609-12.—Ronza, A.  Contributo alio studio dei fenomeni
bronco-polmonari  nella malaria.  Cirillo,  Aversa, 1901,  9:
170; 186.—Sablin, P. E.,  & Egorova, O. G.   Peculiarities in
the course of lobar  pneumonia  in malarial patients.   Trop.
Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 519  (Abstr.)—Salah Eldin, M.
The nature  of pulmonary lesions in malaria.   Arch.  Schiffs
Tropenhyg.,  1932,  36:  260-75.—Schoull  &  Naam§.   Du
pneumo-paludisme du sommet.    Bull.  Hop.  civ. fr.  Tunis,
1900, 3: 139-47.—Sokolowski, A.  Pare uwag  o  cirpieniach
drog oddechowych wiklajacych zionnice; tak zwana bronchitis,
bronchopneumonia  et  pneumonia   malarica.    Gaz.   lek.,
Warsz., 1900, 2.  ser., 20: 268; 298;  334.—Stirk, E. M.   Pul-
monary signs in malaria.   J. R.  Nav. M. Serv., 1943, 29:
272-4.—Sverzhevski, L.   Zabolievaniya  verkhnikh  dikha-
telnikh putel malyariynavo proi'skhozhdeniya.  Med. obozr.,
Moskva, 1902, 58: 371-8.—Thonnard-Neumann, E.  Malaria
und Asthma.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928,  32: 358-62.

——  Reticulocyte.
   Baserga,   A.   Sull'infestazione dei  reticolociti da  parte
dei plasmodi della malaria.  Riv. malariol., 1937, 16: 38-41.—
Benhamou, E.  Les reticulocytes dans le paludisme.  Bull. Soc
path, exot., Par.,  1933, 26: 426.—Cicchitto, A. M. Reticolociti
e  infezione   malarica.  Riv.  malariol.,  1938,  17:  262-7.—
Jacobsthal,  E.   Los reticul6citos en la  infecci6n paludica.
Congr. med.  centroamer.,  1936, 3.  Congr., 141-9. ------  La
infecci6n  de los  reticul6citos per el plasmodio de malaria.
Ibid., 151. Also German transl., Klin. Wschr.,  1936, 15: 942 —
Malamos, B.  Malaria und  Reticulocyten.  Ibid., 1937, 16:
885-7.—Shushan, M., Blitz, O., & Adams, C. C.  The role of
reticulocytes  in  malaria.  J. Lab.   Clin.  M.,  1936-37, 22:
364-70.—Tareev, E.  M., Epstein, E. G., &  Gontaeva, A. A.
[Clinical  importance of  reticulocytosis in malaria]   Trop.
med. vet., Moskva,  1931, 9: 421-9.


----   Reticuloendothelial system.
    Cabred, R. G.  El retfculo en el hfgado y bazo de paludicos.
Sem.  med.,  B.  Air., 1926, 33:  pt 2, 581-5.—Corradetti, A.
Sulla teoria che considera la malaria umana come una malattia
dell'apparato  reticolo-endoteliale.   Policlinico,  1940,  47:
sez. prat., 1140-2.—Mailian, L. M.  [Malaria and the reticulo-
endothelial  system]   Sovet.  med., 1941,  5:  No.  9, 29-31 —
Matilla. V.  Concepto etiopatogenico  de la histiocitosis paludica.
 Medicina, Madr., 1942, 10: 1-19.—Mazza, S., & Arroyabe, V.
Observaci6n de endoteliosis (hemohistioblastos?) pigmentifera
circulante por paludismo.   Reun. Soc. argent, pat.  region.
 (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 2: 736-9, pi.—Reticuloendothelial system
in malaria.   J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1943,  123:   164.—Serra, V.
 Immunity,  chemioterapia  e sistema reticolo-endoteliale nel-
l'infezione malarica.   Athena,  Roma,  1934,  3:  309-16.—
Sicault,  G.,  & Messerlin, A.  La maladie palustre; reticulo-
endotheiiose parasitaire.   Presse med., 1938, 46: 1419-23.—
Taliaferro, W. H., & Mulligan, H. W.  The histopathology of
malaria with special reference to the function and origin of
 the macrophages in defence.  Ind. M.  Res. Mem., 1937, 29:
 1-138, 15 pi.—Tarjew, E.  M.,  &   Poutchkova,  A.  I.  Sur
l'exploration fonctionnelle  du  systeme   reticuloendothelial
 dans  le  paludisme.  Riv.  malariol.,  1933,  12: 859-72.—
 Wilckens, H.  Fruhlingsmalaria; klinische Ueberlegungen zur
 Frage des Reticuloendothelstadiums der Malariaplasmodien.
 Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 417.

----  rheumatic.
    Braghin, G.  Sul  quadro clinico del cosldetto pseudoreuma-
 tismo malarico.  Gior. med. mil., 1941, 89: 124-35.—Piet, I*.
 Le rhumatisme  palustre.  J. sc.  med. Lille,  1923, 41: pt 2,
 205-9.

 ----  Rhinological aspect.
    Suedes  de Melo  (filho)   Sinusite e  impaludismo; caso
 clfnico.  Arq. Inst. Penido Burnier,  1940-41, 6: 256.

 ----  seasonal.

    Gill, C. A.  The seasonal periodicity of ma-
 laria and the mechanism of  the epidemic  wave.
 136p.   8?  Lond.,  1938.
    Berkesy,  L.   Ueber die Entstehung der Malariainfektionen
 im Vorfruhling.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 1110-2; 1932,
 45: 209.—Bettencourt Ferreira.  Sezoes ou  malaria.   Med
 contemp., Lisb.,  1902, 20: 190;  201; 225.—Clemesha.  W. W.
 Outbreaks of  malaria  occurring  in the off-season.   Tr. Far
 East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927} 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 655-60.—FischI,
 F.  Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel Ueber die Entstehung von
 Malariainfektionen  im Vorfruhling  von  L.   Berkesy.   Wien
 klin.  Wschr.,  1932,  45:  208.—Iyengar. M. O. T.  Seasonal
 incidence of tertian, subtertian and quartan  infections.  Ind
 J. M. Res., 1932,  20: 303.—Kormoczi,  E.  A kora  tavaszi
 malarianak  egy  esete.  Orv. hetil., 1907,  51:  515.—Korteweg,
 P.  C.  Die epidemiologische Bedeutung der  Neuinfektionen
 mit Malaria tertiana im Herbst.   Zschr. Hyg.,  1929, 110:
 724-31.—Martini, E.  Spring malaria; convincing  observations
 by Bergman before  the time of Laveran.  Riv. malariol., 1931,
 10:  512-4.—Puhlmann,  H.  Ueber rudimentare Malariaer-
 krankungen  in  den  Wintermonaten.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,
1944, 70: 64-6.—Riva-Roccl, S.  Tre casi di malaria primitiva
primaverile.  Gazz. mod. Torino, 1900, 51: 421; 441.—Wolf.
Klinische   Betrachtungen  und  Untersuchungen  Uber  eine
typische  Sommererkrankung.   Med.  Klin., Ber].,  1940, 36:
553 (Abstr.)         ,

----   septicemic.
   Maldonado, M.  Un caso de paludismo pernicioso de fomin
septicemica.  Actual. m6d., Granada, 1940, 16: 123-5.

----   Serology.

   See also subheadings (Diagnosis;  Henry test)
   Coleman, M. B.  Vi agglutinative properties for Bacterium
typhosum  demonstrated  following  infection  with  malaria
parasites.  J. Lab.  Clin.  M., 1944, 29: 916-20.—Creel, R. H.
Positive  serologic reaction  produced  by  malarial  infection.
Hosp.  News, Wash.,  1939,  6:  No. 8,  17-9.— Dawber, T. R.
On the importance of malaria  as a cause of  false  positive
serologic reactions.  Ann. Int. M., 1943, 19: 651-5.—Decourt,
P.  Serologie et  immunite au cours du  paludisme; a propos de
la communication de G. Sicault et A. Messerlin.   Bull.  Soc.
path, exot., Par., 1939,  32: 7-11.—Eagle, H., Mays, J. R. S.
[et al.l  The reactivity of the serum of malarial patients with
spirochetal suspensions.  Am. J. Syph., 1941, 25:  406-11.—
Fischer,  O., &  Gtinsberger, O. D.   Ueber die Ursache der
positiven Wassermann-Reaktion bei Malaria.  Zschr. Immun-
forsch., 1933, 78: 295-307.—Fortunato. A.,  &  De Lorenzo, F.
Comportamento del potere emolitico spontaneo nei malarici.
Fol. med.,  Nap.,  1943, 29: 67-72, 5  tab.—Henry, A. F. X
A propos de la serologie de l'infection palustre.  C.  rend.  Soc.
biol., 1928, 99: 819-21.  ----—  Etude serologique de l'infec-
tion palustre.   Paris med.,  1928, 68:  582-88.   -----   La
serologie de l'infection palustre; son interfit clinique.  Ibid.,
1929, 71: 626.—Lawrynowicz, A., & Wilchkowski, E.  [Serologic
syphilis reaction in malaria]  Polska gaz. lek., 1930, 9: 629-31 —
Le Bourdelles, B.  La serologie du paludisme; ses techniques
actuelles; ses applications;  ses resultats.  Rev. Serv. san. mil.,
Par., 1939, 110: 267-97.—Manson-Bahr, P.  Researches upon
the production of malaria antigen  for a complement-deviation
test.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1927-28, 21: 63-8 —
Ou, T.  Ueber die Takata-Reaktion  bei Malaria.   Taiwan
igakkai zassi,  1940, 39: 1834.—Panagia, A.  Colesterinemia  e
reazione di Wassermann nella malaria.  Riv.  malariol., 1933,
12: 873-81.—Radosavljevic, A.  Versuche zum Nachweis von
Antikorpern bei Malaria.   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930, 34:
629-43.  ------  Considerations  sur la pathologie humorale
du paludisme.   Presse med.,  1936,  44:  4-6.—Schilling, C.
Nachweis  von Antikorpern im Blute Malariakranker.  Zschr.
Immunforsch.,  1943,  104:  212-8.—Trensz,  F.  De  l'influence
des ions salins sur la floculation et la surfloculation du serum
des paludeens.   C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1935,  119: 966-8.   -----
Courbes serologiques chez des paludeens en traitement.  Bull.
Soc. path, exot.,  Par.,  1936,  29: 749; 864.—Villain, G., &
Dupoux, R. Contribution ft l'etude serologique du paludisme.
Ibid., 1935, 28: 915-21.—Wilson, R., jr., & Levin, S. L.  Obser-
vations on the effect of malaria on the Wassermann reaction.
Am. J. M. Sc, 1936, 191: 695-702.


----   Skin.

   Straub, E.  *Ueber  den Einfluss der Malaria
auf verschiedene Reaktionen der Haut  [Tubin-
gen]   16p.   8?   Schramberg,  1935.
   Abadie, J. Megalonyxie chez  un paludeen (deformations des
ongles  en   verre de  montre  sans osteo-arthropathie hyper-
trophiante)  J.  med.  Bordeaux,  1905,  35:  573-5.—Albuja
Aspiazu,  E.  La urticaria en  el paludismo.   Bol.  Of. san.
panamer.,  1935, 14:  114.—Andrzhevski,  I.  O malyariynlkh
pyatnakh   kozhi,  kak  odnom  iz proyavleniy malyariynavo
 zabolievaniya  krovenosnikh  sosudov.   Prakt.  vrach, 1903,
2: 655; 683; 704; 732.—Barbier. G.  Manifestations  cutanea
au  cours  du  paludisme.   In: Nouv. prat.  derm.  (Darier,
 Sabouraud, et al.)  Par.,  1936, 3: 312-4.—Bhowmick, S. K.
 Malarial urticaria; two case reports.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1943, 78:
 48.—Billet,  A.    Erytheme  scarlatiniforme  intermittent
 d'origine  paludeenne.   Bull.  Soc.  mid.  hop.  Paris,  1902,
 3. ser., 19: 327-30.  ------  Erytheme rubeoliforme de nature
 paludeenne.  Ibid., 1905,  3. ser.,  22:  155-7.—Christensen,  A.
 M.  [Temperature variations of the skin in malaria]  Hospitals-
 tidende, 1936, 79: 748-56.—Claude.   Les eruptions  cutanea
 du  paludisme;  consequences  a  en tirer au point de vue des
 manifestations  de cette affection.  Caducee, 1906,  6:  61  —
 Cohen,  A. J.   [Hyperpigmentation,  chromaffin system and
 malaria]   Geneesk. tschr.  Ned.  Indie,  1929, 69: 548-58, pi  —
 Coste, N. F.  T.  Manifestations cutanees du  paludisme;
 roseole palustre.  Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1905, 46: 309-13  —
 Creveling, H. C.  A case of tertian remittent fever with profuse
 skin eruption.  Med. Bull. Washington Univ., 1902, 1: IL—
 Cross, D. K.   Malarial ulcers in British Central Africa.  J.
 Trop.  M.,  Lond., 1900-01,  3:  85,  pi.—D'Alessandro,  G.
 Malaria  e fenomeni  cutanei.   Riv.  med.,  1907, 20:  38.—
 Demjanov,  G.  G.   Ueber den  Malariaausschlag.   Arch.
 Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,   1927,   31:  89-92.—EligulaschvilL  I.
 [Pruritus  as sympton of latent malaria)   Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31:
 522.—Engman, M. F.  The report of eighteen cases of various
 eruptions   associated  with  malarial  infection.  Med.  Bull.
 Washington Univ., 1902, 1: 4-9.—Esquier.  Un caa d'achromie
 zosteriforme peut-etre acquise.  Ann.  derm, syph., Par., 1926, 
MALARIA
117
MALARIA
5  ser   7* 42—Fass, R. S.  [Nodular erythema of malarial
origin]"  Klin,  med., Moskva, 1936, 14:  1869—Fischer, O.
Ueber einen  Fall von Malariaexanthem.  Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
hv  1938 42: 372-5.—Genoese, G.  L'urticaria nella malaria
del bambini.  Med. inf., Roma, 1934, 5: 241-7—Golz, H. H.
Malaria and urticaria.   Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater  of
Oper. U. S., 1944,  2:  27.—Gouriou, E.   Eruption  morbilli-
form^ et urticaire  d'origine palustre.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,
Par., 1938, 31:  614-7.—Kirilov, E.  [A case of  urticaria  with
obstinate hiccough of malarial origin]  Romania med.,  1928,
6: 241.—Leite, D.  Um caso de paludismo precedido de mani-
festacoes urticariformes.  Arch, biol.,  S.  Paulo,  1931-32, 15:
2go —Lifshitz, I. M.  [Malaria and furunculosis]  Sovet. med.,
1941, 5: No. 2, 33.—Marchionini, A.  Klinische Studien  iiber
Veranderungen  der Haut der Malaria.  Acta  derm, vener.,
Stockh  1940, 21:  299-348.—Mosto, D.  Melanosis paludica.
Sem.  med.,  B.  Air., 1930,  37:  pt  1,  85-8.—Mufel,  P.  P.
[Erythema scarlatimforme  of malarial  origin]   Vrach.  gaz.,
1929  33: 2737.—Nikolaev, N. D.  [Cutaneous manifestations
in malaria in children]  Vest, vener.,  1941,  No. 11, 29-32 —
Panaitescu,  V.,  Popescu, C,  & Panaitescu, G.  H.  [Cases of
malaria with exanthema]  Rev.  St. med.,  Bucur.,  1928, 17:
42-7 —Plazy, L., & Germain, A-  Un case d'urticaire palustre.
Bull.' Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1932,  25: 882-5.—[Polymorph
cutaneous eruption of malarial origin]  Rev. san. mil., Bucur.,
1934, 33: 170-2.—Riva-Rocci, S.  Due casi di eritema nodoso
palustre.  Gazz.  med. Torino, 1900, 51: 341-6.—Sensini, P., &
Vignolo-Lutati.   Un  caso di rupia  malarica.  Gior. ital.  mal.
vener.,  1900, 35: 707-19.—Serra, V.  Contributo  alio studio
del  meccanismo patogenetico delle manifestazioni cutanee
nella  malaria.   Bull. Accad. med.  Roma,  1931,  57:  394.—
Sokolov, G. I.   [Malaria, complicated by  scarlatiniform and
urticarial  rash]  Vrach.  delo, 1926,  9:  436.—Templado.  J.
Hiperhidrosis de origen paludico.   Rev.  med.  cir.  pr&ct.,
Madr.,  1902, 55: 130-6.—Todd,  C.  Malignant malaria,  with
urticarial and petechial eruptions.  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1900-
01  3: 30.—Vaccari,  A.  Le manifestazioni cutanee nel corso
della malaria.  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1902,  8: 613-7.   Also Gazz.
osp   1903,  24:  141.—Vinci, A.  Exanthematic eruption  of
malarial origin.   Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 521 (Abstr.)


---   Social aspect.

   See  also subheading Public health aspect.
   Bard, L.  El paludismo: un factor de despoblaci6n.  Repert.
med. cir.,  Bogota,  1925-26, 17: 642-8.—C, G.  Malaria and
Malthus.  J. Lancet, 1942, 62: 204.—Copeland, A. J. Malaria
and  racial extinction.  Lancet, Lond.,  1935, 1:  1472.—Effect
of malaria on the  birth rate.  Brit. M. J., 1941, 1:  934 —
Evelev, S. A., & Raskin, A. J.  [Periods of temporary loss of
working capacity in malarial patients]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1942  11:  No. 5, 15-9.—Malaria in the human community.
Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1940, 9: 158-93.

---   Spleen.
   Albuquerque Soares, H. de. A esplenomegalia  na malaria
e seu valor epidemiologic©.  Hospital, Rio, 1937, 12: 837-40.—
Anderson, A. R. S.  Splenic  abscess in malarial fever.   Ind.
M. Gaz., 1906,  41: 212.—Antony.  Impaludisme aigu;  hyper-
trophic  enorme  de la  rate; deviation  du  coeur.   Bull.  Soc.
anat. physiol. Bordeaux, 1896,17: 48-53.—Bell, W. H. Splenic
abscess  as a not uncommon complication of grave malarial
infection.  Mil.  Surgeon, 1907,  21:  83-101.—Benhamou,  E.
Les 6preuves de spienocontraction chez les paludeens. C rend.
Congr.  internat. palud.  (1930) 1931, 2. Congr   2:  488-96,
3 pi.—Branch, J. R.  B.  Splenomegaly  (malarial) with torsion
of pedicle.  Chin. M. J„ 1935, 49: 475.—Cattoir, Friess [et al.]
Splenomegalies  algeriennes  et paludisme  chronique.    Acta
Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938,  2:  367-81—Chevalier,  G.
Rate palustre ectopique a pedicule tordu.  M6m. Acad, chir..
Par.,  1938, 64:  1047.—Christophers,  S. R.  A summary of
what is known of the significance of the spleen rate and average
size of the enlarged spleen in malaria.  Abstr. Papers Far East.
Ass. Trop. M., 1927, 7.  Congr., 70.—Costa, L. Su dr un caso di
splenomegalia malarica e splenoptosi causa di errore diagnostico.
Clin,  ostet., 1938,  40:  505-9.—Daniels,  C. W.    Enlarged
spleens  and  malaria.   Thompson Yates Lab.  Rep., Liverp.,
1901, 3: 178-81.—Dumolard, Aubry & Sarrouy.  Spienopathies
cirrhogenes et paludisme chronique.  Ann. med., Par.,  1935,
38: 479-92.—Emile-Weil, P.   Trois cas de splenomegalies en
apparence primitives chez des paludeens latents.   Bull. ooc.
med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser.,  50: 539-46— Fernandez  de
Cordova, R.  Las esplenomegalias paludicas y nuestro concepto
personal.  Dia  med., B. Air., 1944, 16:175-7.—Ferrari, F.
La  splenomegalie  paludeenne.  Rev.  chir., Par.   1927, 65:
408.—Fiessinger, N., Gregoire,  R.,  &  Olivier, H.  R.   Une
splenomegalie plasmodiale.   Sang, Par., 1928,  2:  577-85.—
Giunti,  G.  II  comportamento  del  tessuto  muscolare  nella
splenomegalia malarica cronica.   Boll.  Soc.  ital.  biol.  sper.,
1937,  12:  197-200.—Gomez  Marcano,  A.,  & Capriles,  A.
Esplenomegalia y parasitemia en  la malaria.   Tijeret. malaria,
Maracay,  1944,  8: 93-103.—Gosio, R.   Rilievi sulla spleno-
megalia  malarica in  stagione interepidemica e  preepidemica.
Bull. Accad. med.  Roma, 1933, 59: 75-87.  ------ . Prime
ricerche sul potere  infettante del succo splenico in periodo di
latenza  malarica.  Ibid., 1934, 60: 311-7—Hackett,  L. W.
La medici6n del bazo en la  malaria.  Rev. med. exp., Lima,
1943, 2: 305-19.—Lega,  G.   Valore  diagnostico del segno di
PagnieUo.  Riv. malariol., 1930, 9: 385-7— Lenzi. F. Malaria
e vasosplenocinesi.  Gazz.  med.  ital.,  1939, 98:  332-6.—■
Levi-Valensi, A.,  & Montpellier, J.  Considerations anatomo-
pathologiques sur quelques cas de paludisme a forme pernicieuse
le blocage du  systeme reticuloendothelial.  C. rend.  Congr.
internat. palud. (1930)  1931,  2. Congr., 1: 645-58.—Loi, L.
Malaria cronica con enorme splenomegalia (saggio di diagnosi
differenziale anatomo-patologica di una splenomegalia)  Med.
ital., 1934, 15: 345-55.—Malatesta, C.  La  semiologia della
splenocontrattilita nella malaria.  Fisiol. med.,  Roma, 1937,
8: 487-97.—Manai, A.  Sistema reticolo-endoteliale e infezione
malarica (prima memoria)   Haematologica, Pavia, 1929,  10:
407-21, 2  pi.—Mariotti-Bianchi, G. B.  II tessuto elastico
nella  milza  dei malarici.   Bull. Accad.  med. Roma,  1907,
133: 261-72.—Mauro, M.  Due casi di milza malarica ectopica
e torta sul peduncolo  complicati  ad  occlusione intestinale
meccanica.  Riforma med., 1934, 50: 1153-8.—Mostkov, A. I.
[Importance of hypertrophy of the spleen in malaria]  Trop.
med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 172-77.—Nechaev, P. M.  [Effect
of enlarged spleen on the stomach in chronic malaria]  Vrach.
delo,  1936, 19: 65-8.—Neumann,  E.  Die Splenomegalie im
Bilde der  chronischen  Malaria.  Deut.  tropenmed.  Zschr.,
1943, 47:  1-32.—Oganessov, L. A.  [Anatomy of the spleen;
its  changes in configuration  during malaria]   Klin, med.,
Moskva,  1928, No. 15,  1070-6.—Ou.  T.   [Zum  Studium
iiber die Funktion der Retikuloendothelialsystems  bei Malarial
Taiwan igakkai zassi,  1941,  40:  770-5.—Ovazza, V. E.  II
punto  doloroso splenico  nella  malaria.  Malariologia, Nap.,
1923, 16: 64-7.—Photakis,  B. A.   Veranderungen der Milz
bei  Malaria.  Virchows Arch.,  1929,  271: 194-6.—Pillai, N. S.
A case  of abscess of the spleen in  malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz.,
1935, 70: 25.—Pontoni, L.  Sulla malaria e sul tumore di milza
malarico negli  ectipi di Viola.  Endocr. pat.  cost.,  Bologna,
1933, n. ser., 8: 606-22, 4 ch.—Recchia, F. Anisocitosi neutro-
fila  e  macropoliciti nella milza malarica.   Policlinico, 1940,
47: sez. med.,  408-13.—Rigdon, R. H.  A consideration of the
mechanism of splenic infarcts in malaria.  Am.  J. Trop.  M.,
1944, 24: 349-54.—Sarrouy, C, Lafforgue & Amoros. Sarcoma-
tose splenique et ganglionnaire de type histologique different
chez un Arabe paludeen.   Bull. Soc med. hop.  Paris, 1939,
3. ser., 55: 685-90.—Scotti,  B.  Del  rapporto fra il tumore di
milza ed il reperto del parassita malarico nel sangue durante il
periodo interepidemico.   Riv. malariol.,  1928,   7:  271-6.—■
Sehmisch, W.  Blutcyste der Milz nach Malaria.  Zbl. Chir.,
1932, 59: 2522-6.—Serra, G.  L'utilite de la spienocontraction
dans le paludisme chronique avec splenomegalie. Ann.  Soc
beige m6d. trop.,  1938, 18: 501-7.—Surbek,  K. E.  Ueber die
Frequenz der Milzvergrosserung bei den verschiedenen Formen
der Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1929,  33:  461-3.—
Vasquez,  L.  E.   Abceso paludico  del bazo.   Arch. Hosp.
Rosales,  S. Salvador, 1943, 35: 1-3— Vint, F. W.  Algunas
investigaciones sobre el bazo y su posible relacion con la fiebre
biliosa hemoglobinurica.  Tijeret. malaria, Maracay, 1942, 6:
125-8.—Wolski, M. E., & Schewelewa, E. M.   Die Blutmenge-
bestimmung in Fallen mit vergrosserter Malariamilz.  Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1929, 33: 269-73.
Spleen: Rupture.
   Anofrieva, V. S.  [Cases of spontaneous rupture of malarial
spleen]  Sovet. med., 1939, No. 6, 42-4.—Bodnar, T.  [Rupture
of spleen in malaria] Orv.  hetil., 1935, 79: 872-4.—Braun, H.
Spontanruptur  der Milz  bei  Malaria.   Chirurg, 1942,  14:
633.—Guardascione, V.  Un raro caso di rottura spontanea della
milza in soggetto  malarico.  Trop. Dis.  Bull.,  Lond.,  1943,
40: 218 (Abstr.)—Guazzieri,  G.   Rotture  spontanee  della
milza e malaria.   Ann.  med.  nav., Roma,  1937, 43:  pt 1,
229-36.—Hughes,  K. T.,  & Niesche,  F. W.  Spontaneous
rupture of malarious spleen followed by left subphrenic abscess
with  recovery.   Med. J.  Australia,  1945,  1: 300-2.—Irfan
Titiz  & Cihat Abaoglu.   Malaryaya bagli spontan  bir  dalak
rupturii vak'asi.   Anadolu klin., Istanbul,  1943, 10:  150.—
Johnson, P., &  Sussmann, R. D.  Traumatic rupture of spleen
in recurrent malaria.  Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of  Oper.
U. S., 1944, 2: 64.—Kliachkin, M.  V.   [Rupture of spleen in
malaria] Voen. med. J., Moskva, 1931, 2: 99-102.—Liaras &
Ferri.   Hemorragie  intra-peritoneale  par rupture spontanee
d'une rate palustre.  Afrique fr. chir., 1943, 1: 339.—Marshall,
J. M.  Spontaneous rupture of the  malarial spleen.  U. S.
Nav.  M. Bull., 1944, 43: 743-7.—Oldfield, M. C.  Traumatic
rupture of malarial spleen.  J.  R. Army M.  Corps, 1945, 84:
27 —Raff, K. L.  [Case of spontaneous rupture of the spleen
in'malaria]  Khirurgia,  Moskva, 1937, 163.—Russ,  S.  E., &
Gaynor, J.  S.   Spontaneous  rupture  of a  malarial  spleen.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 127: 758.—Savage, P.  A case of rupture
of the spleen during an attack of malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz.,
1926, 61: 552.—Vaz, O., & Carvalho. A. de. Formas abdomiiiais
a°Tidas do impaludismo e ruturas expontaneas do baco.  Rev.
brasil. cir.,  1941,  10:  107-14.—Vignol.   Rupture de la  rate
chez un paludeen par le simple effort de la defecation.  Arch.
med.  pharm. mil., 1906, 48: 265-8.

----  Spleen:  Surgery.
   Rabesahala.    *La   splenectomie   dans   la
splenomegalie  palustre avec un preambule sur la
grosse  rate  paludeenne  a   Madagascar.   75p.
25cm.   Bord.,  1933.
   Asteriades, T.   La splenectomie  des rates palustres chez les
femmes enceintes.   Mem, Acad, chir., Par., 1939, 65: 936-44.— 
MALARIA
IIS
MALARIA
 Benhamou, E.  Paludisme et splenectomie.  Bull. Soc  path
 exot.,  Par., 1932,  25: 085-90.—Bourde, Y.  Rate  mobile chez
 une paludeenne;  splenectomie.  Marseille med., 1927,  64:
 251-5.— Bucco, M.  Febbre  palustre in un infermo splenec-
 tomizzato;  considerazioni sul  reperto istologico  del sangue.
 Nuova riv. clin. ter., 1903, 6: 617.—Dominici, L.  Un caso di
 splenomegalia malarica cronica con ittero cronico guarito colla
 splenectomia.  Bull.  Accad. med. Roma, 1926, 52: 293.  Also
 Policlinico,   1927,  34:  sez.   chir.,   53-8.—Donovan,  R.   E.
 Esplenomegalia paludica; esplenectomfa; curaci6n.  Sem.  med.,
 B. Air., 1932, 38:  pt  2, 1690-4.—Ferrari, F. La splenomegalie
 paludeenne.  Rev. chir., Par., 1927,  65: 408; 461.-—Fiessinger,
 N.,  Gr£goire, R., &  Olivier,  H. R.  Une  splenomegalie plas-
 modiale.  Rev. gen.  clin. ther., 1929,  43: 70-2.—Goebel,  C.
 Malaria und Splenektomie  (eine literarische Studie)   Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1926, 30: Beih.  1, 31-43.—Gramsik,  T. A.
 [Should the  spleen be removed in  non-complicated  malarial
 splenomegaly?]  Vest, khir., 1938, 55: 31-4.—Lemos Torres, U.
 Esplenectomia na  malaria  cronica;  importancia do  S. R.  E.
 na  malaria.   Sao Paulo  med., 1942.  15: pt 2,  193-206 —
 Melchior,  E.   Zur prognostischen  Beurteilung  der Malaria
 beim  milzlosen  Kinde und   Erwachsenen.   Ann.  paediat.,
 Basel, 1943, 161: 105-12.—Moratta, A.  R.. & Lensi,  L.  La
 esplenectomfa en el paludismo.  Progr. elm., Madr., 1926,  34:
 620-2.-—Navarro,   A.   Esplenectomfa  por   esplenomegalia
 paludica  dolorosa.   Reun. Soc.  argent, pat.  region.  (1929)
 1930, 5. meet., 2: 756-62.  Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1929,  36:
 pt 2, 1161-4.—Pichezzi, L.  Intorno a una  nuova terapia della
 malaria.   Med.  nuova,  1927, 18:  51-3.—Shambaugh,   P.
 Malaria following splenectomv.  In: Med.  Papers (H.   A.
 Christian Anniv. Vol.)  Bost.,  1936, 760-3.—Stark, W.  Ueber
 Splenektomie  bei   Malariasplenomegalien.    Arch.  Schiffs
 Tropenhyg.,  1935, 39: 374-81.—Surbek, K. E.  Zur Frage der
 Splenektomie bei gewissen Fallen  von chronischer Malaria;
 Dauerresultate. Ibid., 1931, 35: 537-40.


 ----   Spleen: Treatment.
   B.  L., P.   Tratamiento de las  esplenomegalias  paludicas
 cr6nicas por la  acaprina; metodo de Alexandresco y Radvan.
 Dia med., B. Air., 1939, 11:  947.—Bell, D.  Malarial  spleno-
 megaly; treatment by Ascoli therapy.  East  Afr. M. J., 1938-39,
 15:  51.—Bombi, G.  Cura di Maurizio Ascoli e legatura del-
 I'arteria splenica nel trattamento della splenomegalia malarica
 cronica.  Clinica,  Bologna, 1938, 4: 61-5.—Brito, J. de.   Nota
 preliminar sobre um  caso de  esplenomegalia palustre tratado
 pela proteinoterapia.  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1938, 56: 403-5.—
 Broussard, U.   L'importanza sociale del metodo Ascoli  nella
 terapia delle splenomegalie malariche.  Rass.  clin. ter.,  1937,
 36:  97-100.—Canova,  F.  Trattamento della splenomegalia
 malarica.  Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. prat., 670-2.—Cicchitto,
 A. M.  Contributo al trattamento delle splenomegalie malariche
 ai  tropici.   Riv.   malariol.,  1935,  14:  391^103.—Ciofii,   E.
 Ancora  del  metodo  di Maurizio  Ascoli  nella  cura  della
 splenomegalia  malarica.   Gazz.  osp.,  1937,   58:  817-23.—
 De  Negri,  U.  Cura  della  splenomegalia  malarica secondo
 Maurizio Ascoli.   Policlinico,  1936, 43:  sez.  prat., 2158.—
 Diamanti,  G.   Sulla  cura  delle  splenomegalie  malariche.
 Arch.  ital. sc. med.  col., 1939, 20: 521-9.—Di Prisco.   Sul
 trattamento  delle  splenomegalie malariche ai tropici.   Fol.
 med., Nap., 1936,  22: 175.—Froilano de Mello, I.   Experiences
 cliniques sur le traitement des splenomegalies palustres par la
 methode  d'Ascoli.  Med.  contemp.,  Lisb., 1938, 56: 355-62.
 Also Engl, transl., S. Afr. M. J.,  1938, 12: 835-41.—Garin.  C.
 Reduction rapide  de la splenomegalie palustre  aigue et chroni-
 que, par  le  traitement mixte atebrine-plasmoquine; modifi-
 cations humorales sous l'influence de ce traitement.  Rev.  prat.
 mal. pays chauds, 1937,  17: 301-7.—Grigorescu, I.   [Therapy
 of malarial splenomegalj]  Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1937, 26:
 62-86.—Hughes, T. A., & Shrivastava, D.  L.  Studies on the
 enlarged  malarial spleen.   Ind. J. M.  Res.,  1929-30, 17:
 651; 1930, 18: 501.—Jerace, F. La splenomegalia malarica nei
 bambini curta  con il metodo di Maurizio Ascoli.  Policlinico,
 1936, 43: sez. prat., 1562-5.—Kisel, A.  [Treatment of enormous
 enlargements  of the  spleen  in  chronic malaria  of  children]
 Klin, med.,  Moskva,  1927, 5: 620.—Lazzarini, L.  La  cura
 chirurgica  della splenomegalia malarica.   Gazz.  osp.,   1927,
 48:  1057-9.—Livierato, S.  Le traitement de la splenomegalie
 paludeenne  chronique et du  paludisme  aigu par la methode
 humorale.  Acta Conv.  trop.  malar, morb., 1938, 2: 476-88.
 ------  Sul  trattamento della splenomegalia  malarica  col
 metodo di Maurizio  Ascoli.   Policlinico,  1938, 45: sez. prat.,
 899-904.—Lysunkin,  V. A., & Nesterenko,  P. N.   [Treatment
 of malarial splenomegaly by a  combined method of quinine and
 roentgen rays]  J.  profil. subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent,  19.34,
 4:  30-3.—Mannelli,  M.   L'importanza  dell'opoterapia nei
 grossi  tumori splenici  da malaria  (casistica  clinica)  Gazz.
internaz. med. chir.,  1926,  31: 390-3.   Also Rass. clin. ter..
 1927, 26: 45-51.—Marcialis,  I., & Cannas, E.  II metodo  di
 Maurizio  Ascoli nella cura della splenomegalia malarica nel'-
l'infanzia.  Pediatria  (Riv.)  1937, 45:  697-705.—Monier,  H.
Action d'une solution colloidale de fer et de manganese  dans
la splenomegalie palustre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28:
679.—Pareja Coronel, A. Tratamiento de las esplenomegalias
paludicas  por el chlorhidrato  del oxido de meta-amino-para-
hidroxifenilarsina  combinado  con la vacuna tifica-paratifica.
An.  Soc. med. quir.  Guayas,  1940, 20:  601-9.—Paternd,  P.
II midollo osseo  nelle splenomegalie da  malaria  cronica  o
pregressa.  Minerva  med.,  Tor., 1940,  31: pt  1,  346-50.—
Perez  Andre, A.   El chlorhidrato  de  berberina en el trata-
miento  de las esplenomegalias  paludicas  rebeldes  a todo
otio  proceder terapeutieo.   Rev.  m6d.  cubana,  1927,  38:
 CO 8.— Pizzillo, G.  Splenomegalia malarica tromboflebitica e
adrenoterapia  venosa.   liiv. malariol.,  1940,  19: 97  110.—
Itadvan,  1.   Recherches sur I'emploi de  l'acaprine il:m< le
traitement des splenomegalies paludeennes chronique*.  I'tev»e
med.,  1930,  17: 1143-6.  -----; <v Alexandrescu, I).  K>s;u
de therapeutique des splenomegalies paludeennes par 1 acaprine.
Mull.  Soc path, exot., Par.,  1937, 30: 362-6.  Heitano, R.
I.a  patogenesi  della splenomegalia malarica alia  luce della
nuova  terapia adrenalinica endovena  di   Maurizio  Asroli.
Minerva med., Tor.,  1938, 29:  pt 1, 113-5.- Kirriardi, l\
L'eliminazione  di  acido urico  nella splenomegalia  malarim
trattata coi  raggi  di  Rontgen.   Gior. elettr. med.,  1906, 7:
241-5.—Riolo, P.   Sulla cura di Maurizio Ascoli nelle infezioni
malariche; il problema delle ipersplenomegalie.  Riv. malariol.,
1937, 16: 34-7.—Sadoian, V. S.  [Malarial splenomegaly and its
therapy]   Klin, med.,  Moskva,  1938, 16: 890-2— Serra,  <;.
La splenomegalia  dovuta al paludismo in ambiente endeniico
tropica le;  recidive  e reinfezioni  dopo  il  trattamento secondo
Maurizio Ascoli.  Rass. clin. ter., 1938,  37:  235-72.—Sinton,
J. A.  The effects of treatment on the  incidence and degree of
splenic enlargement in an  adult  population suffering from
malarial fever.  Abstr.  Papers Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927,
7.  Congr., 78.—Vallerani,  V.   La  frigoterapia locale  con lo
polverizzazioni d'etere nel tumore di milza da malaiia. Poli-
clinico,  1899-1900,  11:  Suppl.,  1515-8.—Videla.  C. A.   LI
cloruro de calcio  en  el  tratamiento  de las esplenomegalias
paludicas  cr6nicas.   An.  Policlfn.  enferm.  infec,  II.  Air.,
1940, No. 2, 20-33.  Also Rev. med., B. Air.,  1941, 3:  191-5.

----   Statistics.

   Sec also  Malariometry.
   De Luca,  B.  Trentadue anni di malaria nell'Ospedale di
Grosseto.  Riv.  malariol.,   1933, 12:  500;  731.—Pllade,  C.
Considerazioni sopra una statistica di malarici.   Policlinico,
1926, 33: sez. prat.,  1432.—Rising menace of malaria.  Statist.
Bull. Metrop. Life Insur., 1935,  16:  No. 10, 7-9.—Schwetz, J.,
Baumann, H. [et al.]  Sur la difference de l'infection malarienne,
d'apr^s l'age, constatee chez les nourrissons noirs de  ['agglome-
ration de Stanleyville (Congo beige) Riv. malariol., 1933,  12:
1147-54.—Verteuil,  E.  de.   Malaria  survey  for  1932.   J.
Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934, 37: Suppl., 50.

----   Surgical aspects.
   Aderhold, T. M.   Malaria as a surgical complication.  Illinois
M. J., 1907, 12: 352-63— Banaitis, S. I. [Postoperation  period
in  chronic malarial  sick]   Vrach.   gaz.,  1926,  30:  440-4.
Botreau-Roussel.  Paludisme et chirurgie.   In  his  Clin. chir.
pays chauds,  Par., 1938, 3-19.—Costantini & Couniot.  Paludis-
me et chirurgie.  C.  rend.  Congr.  internat. palud.   (1930)
1931, 2. Congr., 1:  701-22.  Also Riv. malariol., 1930,  9:
759-76.—Duboucher,  H.,  & Manceaux,  A.  Chirurgie  et
paludisme; contribution a leur etude. C. rend. Congr. internat.
palud. (1930) 1931, 2.  Congr., 1: 723-41.—Ferrandu, S.  La
resistenza  dell'operando affetto da  malaria  acuta  recidiva o
cronica di vario tipo.  Diagnosi, 1937,17: 325-53.—Flerov, S. A.
[Malaria as surgical disease] Vest,  khir., 1928, 14: 107-12 —
Gerasimov, M. I.   [Provocation  de la malaria  lors d'inter-
vention chirurgicale]  Khirurgia, Moskva, 1940,  No-4, 87-9.—
Hoche, O.  Erfahrungen bei operativen Eingriffen sowie bei
Blutiibertragungen an  Kranken  mit akuter  oder chronischer
Malaria.   Deut.  Zschr.  Chir.,  1935-36,  246:   494-500.—
Le Roy  des  Barres, A.  Paludisme et chirurgie.   Rev. med.
trop., Par., 1930,   22:   97-113.   ------   & Gaide.  Le role
du paludisme  en   chirurgie et  en  obstetrique.   Gaz. h6p.,
1904, 77: 961; 969.—Lockett, J.   Malaria and the anaesthetist.
Brit. J.  Anaesth., 1944-45,  19:  113-9.—Moore, J. T.  Post-
operative malaria,  with a report of two  cases.  Med. Rec,
N. Y., 1903,  63: 291-3.—Nasarov, N. N.  Ueber  Provokation
des  Paludismus  durch  chirurgische   Operationen.    Deut.
Zschr. Chir., 1926,  199: 330-2.—Raven, R.  W.  The surgical
aspects of  malaria.  J.  R. Army M. Corps,  1944, 82: 92-6 —
Rhodes, R.  L.  Malaria and  surgical diseases.   Tr. South.
Surg. Ass., 1933,  45: 572-9.  Also Am. J.  Surg.,  1933,  20:
800-7.—Roussel, B.   Paludisme et  chirurgie.   In:  Grandes
endemies trop., Par., 1933, 5: 5-18.—Teliants, N. P.  [Malaria
in surgical practice]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1936,  5: 246-50.

----   tetanic.
   Aalsmeer,  W. C.  [A case of malarial tetany  with appen-
dicitis-like symptoms; manifestation of  the tetany  after admin-
istration of sodium bicarbonate]   Ned. mschr. geneesk., 1927,
14: 449-57.—De Troya,  R.  Osservazione sopra  un caso di
perniciosa  tetanica.  Gazz. internaz. med. chir.,  1920, 31: 177-
9.—Gracieux, P.   Contribuci6n  al  estudio del paludismo; el
tetanos.    Cron.  med.  mex.,  1906,  9: 89-93.—Saglam,  T.
Tetanusahnlicher Svmptomenkomplex als Aequivalc-m des Ma-
lariaanfalls.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1939,  43: 458-63.—
Ziya Barlas.   Malarva ile alakali iki  tetani vak'asi.   Askeri
sihhiye mecmuasi, 1944, 73: No.  42, 35-40.

----   Toxin.
   Lambea, V.,  &  Hernando, C.   Sindromes  t6xicos de origen
paludico; puntos de vista diagn6sticos especialmente en relaci6n
con los procesos chimicos.  Med.  ibera, 1932, 26: pt  2-401.—
Lopatin,  G. M.  [Hypertoxic forms of malaria  in  children] 
MALARIA
119
MALARIA
Pediatria, Moskva,  1937,  No. 10, 70-9—Mitchell, J. K., &
Allen  A  R   Universal itching  without skin  lesion;  hema-
togenous urobilinuria,  malarial poisoning;  peculiar erythrocy-
torvsi«  Tr.  Ass. Am.  Physicians, 1906, 21: 290-7.  Also Am.
I  M  Sc  1907, 133:  440-8—Regnault, J.   Toxmes  pyreto-
g'enes'dans le paludisme.  Rev. med., Par., 1903, 23: 729-37.-
Romero,  J.  F.  El impaludismo  como  intoxicacion  por el
Plasmod'ium malaria?;  como un homenaje al honorable y sabio
maestro Dr. D. Eduardo Liceaga,  Cr6n. med. mex., 1905, 8:
29-39.

---  Transmission.

   See also subheading:  Vector.
   Alarcon, A. G.  Paludismo de transfusi6n y de inoculaci6n,
paludismo transplacentario.  Labor med.,  Mex., 1938,  6: 43-
6 —Ascoli,  V.  Lo scoppio epidemico delle  febbri malariche.
Policlinico,  1903, 9: sez. prat., 1441-6.—Ayroza Galvao, A. L.
Consideracoes s6bre a transmissao da malaria.  Rev. paul. med.,
1943  23: 69.—Baccelli,  G.  L'infezione da  malaria.   Gazz.
med.'lombarda, 1905,  64: 94; 105; 114. Also Rass. internaz.
med.  mod., 1905, 6: 49; 58.—Bass, C.  C.  Seasonal incidence
of malaria, with special reference to transmission.  Pub.  Health
Bull., Wash., 1922, No. 125, 43-8.—Bellenger, P. L.  Malaria
sometimes not  due to mosquitoes.  Ind. Lancet,  1903, 22:
342; 345.—Bertero, A.  La coltivazione del  riso in rapporto
alia' malaria.  Malaria, Milano,  1903,  3: 4, 1-5.—Billet, A.
Examen  de quarantetrois  cas de paludisme  provenant de re-
gions  tropicales.  Bull. med. Algerie,  1905, 26:  700-2.—Boyd,
M. F.  Observations  on naturally induced  malaria.   South.
M. J., 1934, 27:  155-9.—Brown, F.  V. B.,  &  Pullon, E.  A
case  of  malaria contracted  in  New Zealand.   N. Zealand
M  J  1927-98,26:119-23.—Caraffa, V. L'infezione malarica.
Gior.'malaria,  1907, 1: 145; 193;  242.—Ciofii, E.  Malaria con
emoglobinuria senza  zanzare.   Clin,  mod.,  Pisa,  1905, 11:
278;  289.------Malaria senza anofelismo.  Tommasi,
1905-06, 1: 481-3.—Claude, J.  De la contagion du paludisme
a distance.  Caducee,  1907, 7: 10.—Cristalli, G.  A proposito
del passaggio transplacental dell'emosporidio malarico.  Med.
prat., Nap., 1928,  13: 1-9.—Cropper, J.   Note on the occur-
rence of  malarial fever in places  usually free from Anopheles.
J. Hyg.,  Lond., 1903,  3: 515.—Denti, B.  L'importanza delle
acque colatizie delle risaie nel  meccanismo della diff usione della
malaria.   Corriere  san.,  1903,  14:  327-31.—Devaux.  Une
epidemie de  malaria  sans moustiques.   Rev.  troupes col.,
Par.,  1903, 3: 87.—Dochevski, I. I.  K vaprosu o peredachle
malarii.  Vrach. gaz.,  1904, 11: 1341; 1373; 1399.—Fearnside,
C. J.  A  criticism of Col. Lawrie's experiments.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
1900,  35: 5-8, pi.—Ferrero di Cavallerleone, L.  Contributo
alio studio sul modo  di trasmissione  e  sulla  profilassi  della
malaria.   Gior.  med.  esercito,  1901,  49: 225-74.—Gordon,
B.  M.,  & Macdonald, G.  The transmission  of malaria in
Sierra Lecne. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1930-31, 24: 69-
80.—Grassi, B.  Malaria;  cenni storici sulle recenti scoperte
intorno alia  trasmissione della malaria.  Gior. internaz. med.,
1901,  n. ser, 23: 1.  Also Riv. internaz. igiene, 1901, 12: 18-31.
-----   Come si propaga la  malaria.  Atti  1st. lombard. sc,
1903.18:1-72, pi.—Grawitz, E.  Epidemiologiseher Beitrag zur
Frage der Malaria-Infection.  Berl. klin. Wschr., 1900, 37:
521-3.—Gurian, S. H.   Accidental  transmission of malaria;
report of case.  Arch.  Pediat.,  N.  Y.,  1941,  58: 525730 —
Hehir, P. An inquiry regarding drinking  water in relation to
malaria.  Ind. Lancet,  1896, 7: 579-83.—Hicks, C. Some habits
of  malaria not  controlled by  the mosquito.   Tr.  M.  Ass.
Georgia,  1902, 171-83, map.  Also Med. Age, Detr., 1903, 21:
89-98.—Iglesias,  M.  S.   La contagiosidad del paludismo.
Cr6n. med.  mex., 1897-98,  1:  193-7.— Katzenbach,  W  H.
A case of probable accidental inoculation with  the malarial
parasite.  Med. News, N. Y., 1900, 76: 608-10—Knowles, R
Malaria transmission enquiry, 1934 (under the Indian Research
Fund  Association)  Annual Rep. Calcutta School Trop. Med.,
1934,  56-62.—Lacerda Sobrinho.   Sobre a propagacao do
impaludismo.  Brasil med., 1902, 16: 407.—Liass, L. [Malarial
significance of connecting marshes  and  their biological  impor-
tance] Trop. med.  vet., Moskva. 1930, 8: 33-6.—Lowe, G. H.
Malaria in rice-fields. Malay. M. J., 1933, 8:190-2— Manalang,
C.  Notes on malaria  transmission.  Philippine J. Sc, 192?-
29,  37: 123-9, 4 pi.  ------  Malaria transmission in the Phil-
ippines; the dark-night factor.  Ibid., 1931,  46: 371-5—Mid-
dleton, W. R. C.  An outbreak of malarial fever associated with
but not due to opening up of new earth.   Stud. Inst. M. Res.
Fed. Malay States, 1901, 1: 79-81.—Miller, E. E., & Triliesski,
A. K. Sluchal massovavo zarazheniya bolotnoi  likhoradkol
chrez  pityevuyu vodu.  Prakt. vrach,  1903, 2: 847-9.  Also
German transl., Med. Woche,  1904, 5: 267-70.—Missiroli, A., &
Siniscalchi. R.  Sulle  modificazioni morfologiche e biologiche
dei  parassiti malarigeni nei trapianti interumani.  Riv. mala-
riol.,  1929,  8: 251-9,  pi.—Mondolfo, E., & Moretti,  A.  Su
due casi di infezione malarica in zona non malarigena.  Riforma
med.,  1933,  49: 420-4.—Netter,  L.   Un cas  de paludisme
accidentel.   Bull.  Soc  path,  exot.,  Par.,  1929,  22:  318.—
Pinto, C.  Disseminacao da malaria pela aviacao; biologia do
Anopheles gambiae no Brasil.  Acta  med., Rio, 1939, 3: 300-
12.—Rodhain, J.  Notes  cliniques  sur  la  malaria chez les
Europeens rentrant du Congo Beige.  Ann. Soc beige med.
trop.,  1933,  13: 421-7.—Rossi, E.  La malaria ed i ferrovien.
Corriere san., 1900, 11: 142-4.—Roster, G.   Le culture umide
e la malaria.  Propaganda san.,  Fir., 1908, 2:  113-6.—Shute,
P. G.   Successful transmission of  human  malaria with sporo-
zoites  which have not come into contact with the salivary glands
of the insect host.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1943, 46: 57.—
Smith, L. C. Transmission of malaria in localities assumed to
be nonmalarious.  Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1934, 10: 298-
301.-—Souza Pinto, G.  de.   Estudos sobre  a transmissao e
diffusao da malaria.  Fol. med., Rio, 1927, 8: 122-5.—Stephens,
J. W. W., •& Christophers, S. R.  Note  on malarial fever con-
tracted  on railways (under construction)  Rep. Malaria Com.
R. Soc.  London, 1900, 3. ser., 20, diagr.  ------  An investiga-
tion into the  factors which determine  malarial endemicity.
Ibid., 1902,  7.  ser., 23-45.—Strachan,  H.  Malaria,  rainfall,
and subsoil  water.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1899-1900, 2:
181.—Swellengrebel, N. H.,  Buck, A. de [et al.J  Investigations
on  the  transmission  of  malaria in  some villages north of
Amsterdam.  Q.  Bull. Health Org. League  of  Nat., 1936, 5:
295-352.—Teixeira, A.  M.,  filho.  A  malaria;  transmissao,
perigos,  prophylaxia.    Fol. med.,  Rio,  1929   10:  444-9.—
Tommasi-Crudeli.  Della distribuzione  delle acque nel sotto-
suolo dell' Agro Romano e della sua influenza nella produzione
della malaria.   Atti Accad. naz. Lincei,  1878-79, 3. ser., 40:
134.—Toumanoff, C.  La transmission du paludisme au  Tonkin
en  fonction  de la physiographic des  lieux.   Bull. Soc path.
exot., Par., 1932, 25: 976-85.  â– ------Recherches sur la trans-
mission du paludisme au Tonkin.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Indo-
chine, 1933,  No. 17, 59-102, 6 ch., map, pi.  ------  & Canet, J.
Quelques faits nouveaux au sujet de la transmission du paludis-
me dans la region des Terres Rouges.  Presse med.. 1940, 48:
541.—Treille, G.   Une epidemie de malaria  sans moustiques.
Janus, Leiden,  1903, 8:  505.—Tull-Walsh, J. H.  Methods of
malarial infection.  Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1897, 32: 209.—Veritas.
La malaria  e  le  ferrovie sarde.  Nuova  scuola med.  napol.,
1904, 20: 47.—Vicente.  Maison  paludeenne; du role des
plantes  d'appartement.   Arch.  gen. med., Par., 1900,  n. ser.,
4: 84—92.—Wilson,  R., jr.  The mode of infection in malaria.
Tr. Tri-State M. Ass., 1900, 2: 208-19.—Ziem,  C.  Sulla parte
che prende il naso nella malaria ed in consimili affezioni.  Arch.
ital. otol.,  1903-04,  15:  64-8.—Zussman,  B., &  Silver, A.
Accidental transmission of malaria.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938,
148: 176.

----  Transmission, accidental.

   Flomen,  M.    *Contribution   a  l'etude   de
l'existence et  de  la  prophylaxie du  paludisme  de
transfusion.   28p.   25#cm.  Par., 1939.
   Romer,  N.  *Paludisme  et  transfusion san-
guine.   40p.  8?   Par.,  1932.
   Ackerman, V.,  & Filatov, A.   On the possibility of preventing
transmission of malaria by blood-tranfusion.   J.  Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1934, 37: 49-57.—Alarcon, A. G.  Paludismo de
transfusi6n,   de   inoculation;   paludismo   transplacentario.
C. A. M. E. P., Mex., 1938, 3: 47.—Applebaum, E., & Gelfand,
B. B. The artificial transmission of malaria among intravenous
diacetylmorphine addicts; a preliminary note on the  use of
atabrine in  malaria.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1934, 102: 1664-70.—
Ascione, G., & Mariotti, E.  Esperienze  di  trasmissione del-
l'infezione palustre coi filtrati di sangue e  di liquido cefalo-
rachidiano di malarici primitivi.  Riv.  malariol., 1935, 14: 1-18,
4 ch.—Bartoshevich, E. N.  [Case of  malaria infection follow-
ing transfusion of stored blood]  Sovet. med., 1941,  5: No.
2, 32.—Black,  J. B.  The accidental transmission of  malaria
through intravenous injections of  neoarsphenamine.  Am.
J.  Hyg.,  1940, 31:  Sect. C,  37-42.—Blokhin, N. N.  [Sta-
bility  of Plasmodium malariae  in stored  blood;  danger of
transmitting malaria  during  blood  transfusion]   Khirurgia,
Moskva,  1937, No.  10,  51-6.—Bradley,  J.  A.  Transmission
of  malaria  in  drug addicts bv intravenous  use of narcotics.
Am. J. Trop.  M., 1934,  14: 319-24.  Also J. Trop. M. Hyg.,
Lond.,  1934,  37: 241-4.—Cadham,  F. T.   Transmission of
malaria by  blood transfusion.   Canad.  M.  Ass. J., 1936,  34:
428-30.—Casagrandi, O., & Barbagallo.  P.  Sulla trasmissi-
bilita dell'infezione alteridica per mezzo del  sangue  infetto.
Atti Soc. studi malaria,  1905, 6: 39-54.  Also Rass. internaz.
med. mod.,  1905, 6: 81-7.  Chung, Huei-lan, Liu, W. T. [et al.]
Transmission  of  malaria  among drug  addicts in  Peiping;
demonstration  of  malarial  parasites  in syringes  used  for
intravenous injections of heroin. Chin.  M. J.,  1940, 57: 32-8,
3 pi.—Das  Gupta, C.  R.   Transmission of malaria  through
transfusion  of blood.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1943, 78: 384-7.—Decourt,
P.   Recidive de paludisme a neuf ans de distance; transfusion
du sang; transmission du paludisme  au donneur; danger des
transfusions de sang aux colonies. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par.,
1931, 23: 32-7.—Faget,  G.  H.   An additional  case of malaria
in a drug addict  traced  to use of a contaminated hypodermic
svringe.  Hosp. News, Wash., 1935, 6:  No.  2,  23-7.—Gordon,
E. F.  Accidental transmission of malaria through administra-
tion of stored  blood.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1941,  116: 1200-2.—
Gunter, J.  U.  Estivoautumnal malaria  transmitted  through
drug addicts;  report of a  case.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1938,
26: 904.—Harvier, P., de Brun, R.,  &  Lafitte, A.  Paludisme
apres transfusion.  Bull. Soc  med.  hop. Paris,  1934,  3. ser.,
50: 423-8.—Helpern, M.  Malaria  among drug addicts in
New York City;  an epidemic of aestivo-autumnal and quartan
malaria among drug addicts  in New York City transmitted
by  the use  of  contaminated  hypodermic  syringes.  Pub.
Health Rep., Wash., 1934, 49: 421-3.—Hutton, E. L.,  & Shute,
P. G.  The risk  of transmitting malaria by blood transfusion.
J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1939, 42: 309-12.—Jaffe, R. H. Die
Uebertragung  der  Malaria durch intra venose Injektion  von
Rauschgiften.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 226.—Jankelson, 
MALARIA
120
MALARIA
I. R.  Transmission of malaria through injection of whole blood.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 177.—Lesne, Cayla & Lichtenberger.
Paludisme d'inoculation chez un nourrisson de sept mois apr&s
injections de sang paternel.   Bull. Soc  pediat. Paris, 1937,
35: 665-9.—McClure,  R. D., &  Lam. C. R.   Malaria from
bank  blood transfusions.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1945, 80:  261.—
Maniscalco, S.   Sulla  trasmissibilita della  malaria per via
placentare. Arch, ostet. gin., 1933, 2. ser., 20: 146; 306.—Marks,
M. B.   Accidentally  transmitted  malaria;  report  of case.
Arch.  Pediat.,  N. Y.,  1941.  58:  357-64.—Mazzetti,  G.,  &
Broggi, E.  Ricerche  sulla  trasmissione della  malaria  per
mezzo del liquido cefalo-rachidiano, dei suoi filtrati e dei  filtrati
di sangue  di  malarizzati.   Rass.  stud,  psichiat., 1934, 23:
1364-93, 3 ch.  ------  Ulteriori ricerche sulla trasmissibilit&
della malaria per mezzo del.L. C. R., dei sudi filtrati e dei filtrati
di sangue di individui malarizzati.   Ibid., 1936, 25: 541-53.—
Menk,  W.   Bluttransfusion  und  Malaria.    Miinch.  med.
Wschr.,  1944,  91:  349-52.—Most,  H.   Malignant malaria
among drug addicts; epidemiological, clinical  and laboratory
studies.   Tr.  R. Soc.  Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1940-41, 34:
139-72, 4 pi.—Nabarro, D., & Edward, D.  G. [et al.]  Accidental
transmission of  malaria to a child by the injection of blood.
Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2: 556-8.—Nickum, O.  C.   Malaria  in
Nebraska from a contaminated  hypodermic syringe.  J.  Am.
M. Ass.,  1933,  100: 1401.  Also Nebraska  M. J., 1933, 18:
104—9.—Stein, H. B. Transmission of malaria by transfusion;
report of a case  with  two acute developments of the  disease
when  blood from the  same donor  was used.  Am. J.  Dis.
 Child., 1932,  44: 1048-54.—Stohlmann, H.  Malariaubertra-
gung und Blutspender.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1943, 90: 84.—
Thomas,  W. L., Keys, S., & Dyke, S. C.  Accidental trans-
mission of malaria by blood transfusion.  Lancet,  Lond., 1936,
 1:  536.—Transmission  of  malaria  among drug addicts  in
 Peiping.  J.  Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond.,   1940,  43: 139-41.—
 Volini, I. F.   Malaria and narcotic  addiction.  Proc. Interst.
 Postgrad. M. Ass. N.  America,  1939, 263-8.—Wang,  C. W.
 Two cases of malignant malaria in narcotic addicts in Peiping;
 its possible transmission in the intravenous administration of
 heroin.  Chin. M. J., 1936,  50: 270-2.—Wickramasuriya,  G.
 A. W.  Some observations on malaria occurring in association
 with pregnancy, with special reference  to the transplacental
 passage of parasites  from the maternal to the foetal circulation.
 J. Obst. Gyn., Lond., 1935, 42: 816-34.—Wright, F. H. Acci-
 dental transmission  of malaria through  the injection of whole
 blood. J. Pediat., S. Louis,  1938, 12: 327-49.

 ----  Transmission, experimental.
    Bacchelli, G.  Sulla p'ossibile trasmissione del Plasmodium
 della malaria umana negli animali.  Arch. ital. sc. med. col.,
 1928, 9:  676-84.—Bodechtel, G.  Ein Beitrag zur Frage der
 Uebertragbarkeit der menschlichen Malaria auf Versuchstiere.
 Klin. Wschr., 1930,  9: 2020.—Bruce-Mayne.  A note on some
 experimental  attempts to transmit malaria organisms through
 mosquito biting experimentally.   Abstr. Papers Far East.
 Ass. Trop. M.,  1927,  7. Congr.,  69.—Ionesco-Mihaiesti, C,
 Zotta, G. [et  al.] Transmission experimentale a l'homme  du
 paludisme propre des singes.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1934, 115:
 1311-3.   Marginesu,  P.   Tentativi di trasmissione  della
 malaria alia  scimmia  ed  al  coniglio.   Riv.  malariol., 1929,
 8: 685-93.  ------ Ancora sulla trasmissione della  malaria
 agli  animali da  esperimento.  Igiene mod., 1931, 24:  97-100.
 Rossetti, C.  Richerche sulla trasmissione  della malaria  agli
 animali.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931,  6: 107-11.—Steinfeld,
 F.  Uebertragungsversuche von  Menschenmalaria auf Affen.
 Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1929,  33:  592-4.—Stradomsky,
 B. N., Petrowsky, I. N. [et al.]  1st es moglich, die menschliche
 Malaria  kunstlich  auf  Versuchstiere  zu iibertragen?   Ibid.,
 1930, 34: 515-21.—Yosino, M.  On the possibility of inocula-
 tion of Plasmodium malariae of human  origin in animal tests.
 Seii kwai M. J.,  1926, 45: No. 5,  11.  Also German transl., Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1926, 30: 624-6.—Zia, S. H., & Faust, E. C.
 Results  obtained from the inoculation of human  malarial
 parasites into experimental animals, including those subjected
 to provocative  treatment.  Riv.  malariol.,  1928, 7: 301-3.

 ----  traumatic.
    Bertrand,  L.   Traumatisme  et paludisme; transformation
 fibreuse d'un muscle baignant dans une collection purulente.
 Ann. Soc. med.  chir. Anvers, 1899, 79-88.—Besson, A. Influ-
 ence du traumatisme sur le  reveil de la malaria.  J. sc. med.
 Lille, 1904, 1: 273-7.—Billet, A.  Traumatisme et paludisme.
 Bull. m6d. Algerie, 1903, 2. ser., 14: 14.  ------  Encore a
  fropos de l'influence du traumatisme sur le reveil de la malaria.
  bid., 4: 213-6—Creutz, F.  A  propos de l'influence du trau-
 matisme sur  le  r6veil de la  malaria.  Ibid., 1: 474.—Jeffries,
 F. M.  A case of malaria following wound infection.  Med. Rec,
 N. Y., 1900,  57: 654.—Malaria after wounding or operation.
 Bull. Army  M. Dep., Lond., 1943, No. 30,  8.—Pichevin, R.
 Traumatisme et fievre paludeenne.  Sem. gyn., Par., 1903, 8:
1 361.—Troland.   Discussion sur l'influence du traumatisme sur le
 reveil de la malaria.  Bull. med. Algerie, 1903, 2. ser.,  14:
 110-7.   ------  Reveil du paludisme  par  le  traumatisme.
 Ibid., 264-8.

 ----   Treatment.

    Alvarado, C. A.  *Tratamiento del paludismo.
 90p.   27cm.   B. Air.,  1941.  Also  2.  ed.   90p.
 24%cm.  B.  Air.,  1944.
   Anderson,  D.  D.   The ready reference medi-
cine  and surgerv; monograph  on malaria.   22Sp.
4!   [Atlanta,  ]()30]
   Great Britain.   War Officio.   Notes on the
treatment  of  malaria  occurring  in  individuals
returning from  service in malarious  areas.  6p.
18cm.   Lond., 1941.
   Sarantopoulos,  K.  N.  *IJeber  Malaria  und
ihre  Behandlung.  44p.   8?  Bonn, 1928.
   Alarcon, A. G.  El mejor tratamiento del paludismo.  Rev.
med., Puebla,  1931, 3: No. 16,  2-5.—Albuquerque Soares,  II.
de.  Therapeutica e prophylaxia da malaria na  actualidadc
Brasil med.,  1940,  54:  477-80.—Alford,  J. M.   Malaria;  its
causes and treatment.  J. Mississippi M. Ass.,  1904-05, 9:
135-40.—Ascoli, M.  Ancora sulla cura dell' infezione malarica.
Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat., 2006.  Also Gior. med. mil.,
1938, 86: 817-20.—Austria, G.  F.  The treatment of malaria.
J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1937, 17: 511-24.—Baber, 1). R.
Malaria;  its  complications  and treatment.   Tristate M.  J.,
1935-36,  8:  1578.—Bellgard, S. J.  Treatment of malaria.
Brit.  M. J., 1942, 2:  261.—Benhamou, E.  Le traitement  du
paludisme aigu.  Presse med.,  1936, 44:  1299.—Berliand,  M.
N.  [Treatment of  malaria]  Klin,  med., Moskva, 1933,  11:
666-70.—Bethea, O. W.   The  treatment of malaria.   N.
Orleans  M. & S. J., 1941-42,  94:  469-74.—Biggam, A.  G.
Malaria  and its treatment.  J.  R. Army M. Corps, 1931,  57:
283-90.—Blackford,  M. D.   Le traitement  du paludisme.
Maroc med., 1943, 51-4.—Blake, D. B.  Treatment of malaria.
South. Pract., 1903,  25: 127-36.—Bonica, J. J.   Treatment of
malaria.   Marquette M. Rev., 1940-41, 5:  142-54.—Bouffard,
G.  Du  traitement du  paludisme.   In: Grand. end6m. trop.,
1935, 7: 5-22.—Bourroul, C.  Tratamento da malaria.  Rev.
clfn. S. Paulo,  1943, 13: 185-91.—Brennan, E. T.  Treatment
of malaria.  Med. J. Australia, 1944,  1: 189-93.—Brown, B.
The autumnal fevers of  the Southern Atlantic States and their
treatment.  Mem.  Congr.  med. panamer.  (1896)  1898, 2,
Congr.,  1: 439-52.—Bultman,  R. B., & Hamwi. G. J.  The
treatment of malaria.  Contact, Pensacola, 1943, 3: 155-9.—
Burnett, J. A.  Notes on the treatment of intermittent fever,
Med.  Progr.,  Louisv.,  1906, 22: 160.—Carman, J.  A.  The
treatment of malaria with special reference to recent literature.
East Afr. M. J., 1943, 20: 4; 126.—Carter, W.  The treatment
of some  cases of malarial fever.   Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1904,
24: 278-83.—Chacin  Itriago, L. G.   Terapeutica y profilaxia
del paludismo.  Gac. med.  Caracas,  1934, 41: 70; 85;  104; 125;
 138;  160.—Cipriani, G.  Die Malaria und ihre Therapie.  Med,
Woche,  1901, 310-2.—Ciuca, M.  [On the treatment of ma-
laria]   Rev.  st. med.,  Bucur., 1925,  14: 717-31.  -----
Balteanu, J.  [et al.]   Contribution a l'etude du traitement du
 paludisme.  Arch, roumain path.,  Par., 1932, 5: 177-208.—
Codyks, M.  [Clinical aspect and treatment of malaria] Voen.
san.  delo, 1936, 3-15.—Colbert, W.  C.  The treatment of
 malaria.  J. Tennessee M.  Ass., 1938, 31: 125-7.—Craig, C. F.
The malarial fevers.   In: Mod. Med. Ther.  (Barr, D.  P.) Bait.,
 1940, 2: 1889-917.  â– -----  The symptomatology and  treat-
 ment of malarial infections.  Med. Briefs, Detr., 1943, 1: No. 4,
 1-5.—Davydov, P.  D.  [On the treatment of malaria]  Vrach.
delo, 1928, 11: 1788.—Doud, M. On walking into the hospital
 with malaria.  Hygeia,  Chic, 1937, 15: 548-52.—Dove,  W. S.
 The  treatment of malaria.  Am. J.  Trop. M.,  1942, 22: 227-
34.—Duque, H.  Tratamento da malaria.  Arch, brasil. med.,
 1927, 17: 187-99.—Echemendia, J. D.  Paludismo; considera-
 ciones acerca de su tratamiento.  Rev. parasit., Habana, 1936,
 2: 19-37.—Faust, E. C, D'Antoni,  J. S., &  Sawitz, W. G.
 The  diagnosis and  treatment  of malaria.  Bull. Tulane  M.
 Fac, 1942-43, 2: 78-82.—Fa vii 1, H. B.  Treatment of malarial
 infection.  Med. Age, Detr.,  1901,  19: 721-7.  Also Chicago
 M. Rec, 1901, 20: 21-8.—Fernandez, A. J.  Tratamiento del
 paludismo. Bol. Min. san. Venezuela, 1937-38, 2: 1207-22.—
 Fernando, P. B. Treatment of malaria.  Antiseptic, Madras,
 1938, 35: 939-50.—Ferrari, A.   O paludismo e seu tratamento.
 Brasil med., 1932, 46: 197.—Fischer.  Diagnose, tratamento e
 prophylaxia  da malaria.   Med. germ., Rio,  1940-41, 9: 595-
 9.—Font y Monteros,  J.  Tratamiento  de las  fiebres inter-
 mitentes.  Rev. balear cienc. med., 1908,  30:  491; 519.—
 Fraser,  T. A.  Treatment of malarial fever.  Am. Pract. News,
 1903, 36: 284-7.—Gardamatis,  G.  O.  La  cura delle  febbri
 malariche.   Gazz.  internaz.  med.  chir.,  1927,  32: No. 15,
 p. xxi-xxvii.—Gasparini,  G. B.  Contributo  alia cura delle
 febbri di malaria.  Rass. med.,  1904, 12: No. 5, 1; No. 6,  2.—
 Gentile, A.   Terapeutica do  impaludismo.   Fol. med.,  Rio,
 1941,  22:  27-9.—Gerbatin,  E.   Tratamento  da  malaria.
 Brasil med., 1944, 58: 366-70.—Golz, H. H. The diagnosis and
 treatment of  malaria.   Med.  Bull. Medit. Theater of Oper.
 U. S., 1945, 3: 103-11.—Gros, H.   L'infection palustre et son
 traitement.  Arch. med. nav., Par., 1905, 84: 33; 135; passim;
 1906, 85: 45;  106; 86: 55.—Gutierrez, L. Tratamiento de  la
 malaria y bonifica  humana.  An. Dep. nac. hig., B. Air., 1925,
 31: 143-58.—Harford,  C. F.  The symptoms and treatment  of
 malaria.  Climate,  Lond., 1903-04, 5:  101;  131.—Harris,  S.
 The treatment of remittent and intermittent  fevers.  Ther.
 Gaz., Detr.,  1904, 3. ser., 20: 1-6.—Hayes, C.   Malaria; its
 treatment.  Atlanta J. Rec. M.,  1906-07,  8:  240-5—Man,
 M.  [Treatment and prevention of malaria]   Askeri sihhiye
 mecmuasi, 1935, 64:  46-50.—Izar, G.   Sulla  cura delT in-
 fezione  malarica.   Policlinico,  1937, 44:  sez.  prat.,  322-5.
 Also Riforma  med., 1937, 53: 425-7. ------  La terapia  della 
MALARIA
121
MALARIA
malaria.  Gazz. med. ital., 1939,  98: 311-23.—James, W. M.
Algunas observaciones sobre el diagnostico y tratamiento de la
malaria.  An.  Soc.  med. quir. Guayas, 1933, 13: 518-30.—
Kassirsky, I. A.  [Treatment of malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva,
1939, 17: No.  7, 14-22.—Kikuth, W.  A therapeutica  e  a
prophylaxia  do impaludismo  a luz de novos conhecimentos
parasitologicos.  Brasil med., 1940, 54: 418.—Konakhov, A.
G.   [Treatment of malaria]  Vrach. delo,  1926, 9: 769-72 —
Krauss, W.   The treatment of intermittent and remittent
fever.  South. M.,  1904, 10:  71-8.  Also  Ther.  Gaz.,  Detr.,
1904, 3. ser., 20: 6-10.—Lebedev, D.  [Therapy of  malaria]
Omsky med. J., 1926, 1: 4; 42.-—Lee, C. U.  Some notes on the
treatment and diagnosis  of malaria. Nat.  M. J.  China, 1929,
15- 38-45.—Lega, G.  Sulla terapia della  malaria.   C. rend.
Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931,  2. Congr., 2: 338-56 —
Lipscomb, F. E.  Treatment of malaria. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1942-43, 36: 122.—Lukacs, I.  [Symptomatology
and treatment of malaria] Gy6gyaszat, 1933, 73: 310; 325.—
Luria, R. A.  [Malaria and its  treatment]  Feldsher, Moskva,
1943 No. 4,  1-7.—M'Cammon, V.  The treatment of  malaria.
Tr. Arkansas M. Soc, 1902, 27: 53-7.—McEIroy,  J. B. Treat-
ment of intermittent and remittent fever.  Ther.. Gaz.,  Detr.,
1904, 3. ser.,  20:  10-4.—Malagueta, I.   Therapeutica  do
impaludismo.  Arch, brasil.  med., 1926,   16: 195-209.—Ma-
laria.  Progr. ter., Milano, 1902, 140-55.—Malik, S.  A.  Ma-
laria and its treatment.  Antiseptic, Madras, 1926, 23: 1-23.—
Management (The)  of malaria.  Bull. U.  S.  Army M. Dep.,
1943, No. 69,  18.—Maragliano, E. Behandlung der Malaria
Krankheiten.   Handb. spec.  Ther.  inn.  Krankh.,  1894, 1:
457-92.—Martini, E.  Synptome, Wesen und Behandlung der
Malaria. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1904, 10:  173;  193.—Mey-
thaler, F. Die Therapie  der Malaria.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1942, 89: 812-8.—Missiroli, A.   Die Therapie  der  Malaria
Deut.  Arch. klin. Med., 1943, 191: 1-35.—Monteros, J. F.
Tratamiento de las  fiebres intermitentes.  Rev.  balear cienc.
med., 1908, 30: 491.—Paine, J. C.  The treatment of malaria.
S. Louis M. Rev., 1907, 56: 161-9.—Paramonov, B. V.  [Treat-
ment of  malaria]  Trop. med. vet.,  Moskva, 1931,  9: 53.—
Praguer Froes, H.  Tratamento da  malaria. Brasil med., 1934,
48:96.—Reddy, D. G. Treatment of malaria.  Med. Surg. Sug-
gestions, Madras, 1935, 4: 48-52.—Reed, A. C. The treatment
of malaria.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1940, 115:  602-5.  Also Span.
transl., Rev. As. med. argent., 1941,  55:  313-6.—Rogers, L.
The treatment of malaria.  Practitioner, Lond., 1941, 146: 361-
4.—Ross, D. P.  Simple directions as to the treatment of ma-
larial fever.  Brit. Guiana M. Annual, 1899, 11: 11-5.—Russell,
P. F. The treatment of malaria.  J. Philippine Islands M. Ass.,
1934, 14: 182-90.—Sao Paulo, F.  Tratamento do paludismo.
Hospital, Rio, 1939, 15:  667-88.—Sautet, J.   Le  paludisme et
ses traitements.  Bull, med., Par., 1938, 52: 793-5.—Savchenko,
I. G., & Baronov, I.  M.  [Treatment of malaria]  Kazan, med.
J., 1926, 22: 524-31.—Sbrighi, C.  Tratamento e profilaxia do
impaludismo.   Hospital, Rio,  1937,  12:  657-70.—Schultes.
Therapie der Malaria.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1943, 69:  766.—
Schwetz, J.  La therapeutique du paludisme d'apr^s le troisieme
rapport general de la Commission du paludisme de la S. des
N. et ses applications a 1'Afrique centrale.  Riv. malariol.,
1937, 16: 222-33.—Seguin, T.  Du traitement du paludisme;
maladie essentiellement curable.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,
1926, 19: 26-33.—Shippey, W. L.  The diagnosis and treat-
ment of malaria. J. Oklahoma M. Ass.,  1940, 33: No. 8, 8-
12.—Sinton, J. A. Studies in malaria, with special reference to
treatment.  Ind. J.  M.  Res., 1925-26, 13: 565;  579; passim;
1926-27, 14: 227.  ----—  The treatment of malarial fevers.
Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927,  7. Congr., 2: 804-13.  Also
Malay M. J., 1931,  6: 33-7.—Sivalingam,  V.  Malarial fevers
and their treatment.  J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1939,  36: 157-
80.—Souza,  O. de.  Novo  aspecto  clinico-terapeutico  da
malaria.  Fol. med., Rio, 1940, 21: 103.—Souza  Pinto, G. de.
0 problema  therapeutico da malaria.  Brasil med., 1934, 48:
113-7. ------ Novas luzes sobre a patogenia e  a terapeutica
da malaria.  Impr. med.,  Rio, 1939, 15: 1473-84.—Spaar, E. C.
The therapeutics of malaria.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1937,
40:  13-5.—Stajic,  A. V.  [Symptomatology, diagnosis  and
therapy of  malaria]  Voj. san.  glasnik,  1939,  10:  29-38.—
Sterrett, R. M.  Treatment of malaria.  Virginia M. Month.,
1904-05, 9:  267.—Stump, W.   Treatment of malaria  in the
vicinity of New York City.  Med. Rec, N.  Y., 1907, 72: 103 —
Susami, T.  [The treatment of malaria] Gun igaku kwai zassi,
1902, No. 126, 46-58.—Takai, M.  [Treatment of  malaria]
Okayama igaku kwai zassi, 1897, 287; passim.—Tareev, E. M.
[Treatment of malaria]   Klin, med., Moskva, 1932,  10: 992-
1002.—Thomson, A.  Remarques  sur la  guerison des  fievres
intermittentes.   Essais med. Soc. Edinburg, Par.,  1742, 4:
509-17.—Totuki  [The  treatment of  malaria]   Saikingaku
zassi, 1907,  567-70.—Traitement  (Le) du paludisme.   Bull.
g6n. the.r., 1900,139: 721-31.—Tra vers, E. A. O.  Treatment of
malarial fever.  Stud. Inst. M. Res. Fed. Malay States, 1901,
1: 88-98, 9 ch.—Treatment (The) of clinical malaria.  Bull.
U.  S. Army M. Dep., 1943, No. 70,  17-25.—Treatment of
malaria.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1937, 52: 696.—Treatment
of malaria.  Brit. M. J.,  1942, 2: 167.—Treatment of malarias.
Lancet,  Lond.,  1938, 1: 731.—Tselios, A.  Btpaivda  iiri/ibpup
iiaKtnrbvrup   irvptTuv.    'laTpiKT]  irpbodos,   1901,  6:  165.—
Tuminello, D.  Treatment of malaria.   Mississippi Doctor,
1940-41,18:383-6.—Turk, C.  [Treatment of malaria] Askeri
sihhiye mecmuasi, 1937,  66: 75-111.—Vacarezza, R.  Trata-
miento del paludismo.  Dfa med.,  B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 778 —
Vander Hoof,  D.  The  diagnosis  and  treatment of  malarial
fever.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1907, 48: 1333.—Vargas, A.  Cura da
malaria.  Ann. paul. med. cir., 1934, 28: 129-36.—West, H. A.
The treatment of malarial  fever.  Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1904,
3. ser., 20: 16-23.  Also Ind. Lancet,  1904, 23: 661-6.—White,
N.  The,treatment of malaria; a review of some recent papers.
Trop. Dis. Bull.,  Lond.,  1942, 39: 801-6.—Willoughby, H., &
Aslett, E.  The treatment of malaria and blackwater fever,
with notes on the pre-blackwater  state.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv.,
1931, 17: 95-103.—Yatui, B.   [Treatment of malaria]  Gun
igaku kwai zassi, 1901, 284-98.

----   Treatment:   Accidents   and   untoward
   effects.
   Aguirre Plata, C.  Los accidentes del 914 y el  paludismo.
Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1925-26,  17: 457-62.—Chopra, R.
N., & Chaudhuri, R. N.  Some observations on the toxicity of
synthetic antimalarial remedies. Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 1-5.—
Choremis, K., & Spiliopoulos, G.  Paralytische Erscheinungen
nach Gebrauch von synthetischen  Antimalaria-Mitteln.  Deut.
med. Wschr., 1938, 64:  1680-2.  Also Ann. paediat.,  Basel,
1939-40, 154: 194-8.—Perici6, B.  Erythema toxicum grave
nach antimalarischer  Behandlung.  Wien. med. Presse, 1907,
48: 1089-94.—Sircar, B. M.  Note on the mal-treatment of
malarial fevers and its consequences.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1900, 35:
466-8.  Also Ind. M. Rec,  1901, 20: 82.—Toxicity of anti-
malarial drugs.   J. Trop. M.  Hyg.,  Lond.,  1936,  39: 96.—
Troitzky,  S.  A.   [Remote sequels  of  treatment  of malaria]
Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 227-34.—Valcke, G.  Medication
antimalarienne excessive.  Ann.  Soc. beige med. trop., 1936,
16: 533-6.

----   Treatment: Acridine preparations.
   Bose, A. N., Ghosh, J. K., & Rakshit, P. C. On the efficacy
of butyl acridine in the treatment of malaria; a preliminary
note.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1944, 79: 601.—Chopra, R. N., Sen, B.,
& Ganguly, S. K.  Malarcan in the treatment of Indian  strains
of  malaria.  Ibid., 1934, 69:  421-4.—D'AIessandro,  G., &
Gulino,  M.    Osservazioni  suH'efficacia  terapeutica  degli
acridinici sull'attacco  malarico acuto.  Riforma med., 1941,
No. 43, 1-17, 3 tab.—David, I.  Malaria therapy with reference
to neutral flavine.  J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1935,  32: 93-7.—
Dubovskaia,  R. S.  [Treatment  of malaria by means of in-
travenous injections of acridin No. 8]  Ter.  arkh., 1937, 15:
533-41.—Epstein, E.  G., Bolotina, A. A. [et al.]   [Results of
clinical tests  of acridine preparations (homologues of acrichine)
in  treatment of malaria]  Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1935,  4:
452-5.—Farafontova,   E. A.   [Treatment  of  malaria  with
acridin No. 8]   Sovet. med., 1939,  No. 6,  40.—Krichevsky,
I. L., Magidson, O. J. [et al.]  Die Synthese chemotherapeu-
tischer Verbindungen; Akridinderivate gegen Malaria.  Gior.
batt. immun., 1934, 13: 685-700.—Levin, E. R.  [Treatment of
malaria in children with the new synthetic preparation  acridin
No. 8]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1938,  No. 2, 81-6.—Magidson, O.
J.  [Synthesis of anti-malarial preparations of acridine]   Tr.
Ukrain.  sezd. terapevtov (1936)  1939,  4.  Congr.,  173-5.—
Mauss, H.  Acridinverbindungen als Malariamittel.  Med. &
Chem., Berl., 1942, 4: 60-72.—Motta di Mauro, S.  Sull'uso
degli antimalarici sintetici, in particolare di un nuovo derivato
acridinico.   Gazz.  osp.,  1939,  60: 544-57.—Nandi,  B. K.
Synthesis of anti-malarial drugs in acridine series. Current Sc,
Bangalore, 1940, 9: 177-9.—Nikolaev, N. D., & Nuss, M. A.
[Treatment of malaria in children with acridin No. 8]  Pediatria,
Moskva, 1940,  No. 6, 41-4.—Rubinstein, B. N.  [Acridin No.
8, a new synthetic preparation for treatment  of malaria]  Ter.
arkh.,  1936, 14: 712-20.  ------  [Methods in treating malaria
with acridine preparations]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 2: 737-42.
------ & Dubovskaia, R. S.   [Treatment of acute forms of
malaria with acridine No.  8]  Tr. Ukrain.  sezd.  terapevtov
(1936) 1939, 4. Congr.,  178-81.  Also Radianska med., 1937,
2: No. 5, 92-6.  ------ [Acridine in treatment of malaria in
pregnancy]   Klin,  med., Moskva, 1937, 15: 614-8.—Sicault,
G.   Note sur le traitement de dix cas de paludisme par un sei
d'acridine.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1934, 26: 544-6.

----  Treatment: Adjuvants.
   Kuttin,  E.  Theophyllin  zur  Unterstiitzung der Malaria-
therapie.   Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1931, 35:  240-3 —
Pansini, G.,  Caccuri,  S. [et  al.]  Impiego di prodotti antima-
 arici e di metodi coadiuvanti.  Riv. malariol., 1939, 18: 277;
337; 1940, 19: 20; 69.—Schoonhoven van Beurden, A. J. R. E.
van [Thyroxin in treatment of malaria]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
1934, 78: 521-8.

----   Treatment: Adrenaline.
   Acanfora, G.   Sulla cura dell'infezione  malarica  cronica
col  metodo  di Maurizio Ascoli.   Pohclinico,  1938, 45: sez.
prat.,  333-9.—Adamo,  G.   La  malarioterapia con  speciale
riferimento al metodo di Maurizio Ascoli.  Rinasc.  med.,  1938,
15:  651.—Aguilar,  R.   Adrenalin in malaria.  Ann. Int. M.,
1928-29, 2:  1343-5.—Ascoli, M.  Sulla  nuova cura dell' in-
fezione malarica; fatti e problemi.  Gazz. osp., 1937, 58: 361-
3.—Boccia, D., & Di Matteo, T. B. El metodo de  Ascoli en el
tratamiento  del paludismo.   Rev. sudamer.  endocr., B. Air.,
1939, 22: 80-5.—Bonarrigo, N.  Influenza   della  cura  adre-
nalinica  venosa sul ricambio dei malarici.   Fol.  med., Nap.,
1938, 24: 1229-44.—Canova, F.  Associazione chinino-adrena-
linica  nel  trattamento  della  malaria  acuta.  Riv. malariol.,
1937,  16: 31-3.—Cantarella  Fioravanti.   Contributo  alio 
MALARIA
122
MALARIA
studio della cura di Maurizio Ascoli.  Rinasc. med.,  1938, 15:
339.—Casini, G.  Trattamento della malaria in campagna con
adrenalina per  via  endovenosa.   Riv.  malariol.,  1939,  18:
189-98.—("erniglia, D., & Pizzillo,  G.  La cura  di  Maurizio
Ascoli nelle infezioni malariche croniche e recenti esperimenta-
ta nel  reparto  malarici  dell'Ospedale  militare  di  Palermo.
Gior. med. mil., 1938, 86: 979-89.  -----  Risultati ottenuti nei
malarici acuti e cronici sottoposti al trattamento adrenalinico
durante l'anno 1938.  Ibid., 1939, 87: 810-4.—D'Alessandro, G.
Sulla cura di Maurizio Ascoli nelle infezioni  malariche;  com-
portamento della reazione di Henry.  Riv. malariol.,  1937, 16:
290-4.—Decourt, P.  Traitement des paludismes anciens par
spleno-contractions  adrenaliniques  repetees.    Rev.   med.
hyg.  trop., Par.,  1931,  23:  231.—Deriu,  G.   Sulla  terapia
adrenalinico-endovenosa  della  malaria  secondo  M.  Ascoli
nella clientela rurale.   Rass. med.  sarda, 1938, 40: 161-3.—
Faiguenbaum, J. The treatment of Ascoli in chronic paludism.
Proc.  Pacific Sc. Congr.  (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 549-57.
------Also Spanish transl., Rev. chilena hig., 1939. 2: 5-16.—
Fortuna, S.  Un triennio di  esperienze sulla cura di Maurizio
Ascoli della malaria.  Riforma med., 1937, 53; 825.—Gosio, R.
II cardiogramma elettrico in corso di induzione adrenalinica
venosa nei malarici.  Cuore & circol., 1937, 21 285-306.  ------
Su  di  un nuovo capitolo di terapia  dell' infezione  malarica.
Policlinico,  1937, 44: sez  prat.,  265-9.------  Sondaggio
di contrattilita  della  splenomegalia malarica  e  trattamento
adrenalinico dello stato malarico.   Riv. malariol.,  1937, 16:
123-41, pi.—Grassi,  G.  Note di  un medico  coloniale  sulla
cura  di  Maurizio  Ascoli.  Policlinico,  1938,  45: sez.  prat.,
1271-3.—Grenierboley, J., & Nay-Houth.  Sur le traitement
des splenomegalies palustres par l'adrenaline en injections sous-
cutanees.   Rev.  med. hyg.  trop.,  Par.,  1933,  25:  157-60.—
Izar,  G.  Sulle iniezioni endovena di adrenalina nella cura del-
l'infestione malarica.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1936, 18: 65-7 —
Jearce, F.  La cura della malaria acuta e cronica nei bambini
con  il metodo di Maurizio Ascoli.   Rass. clin.  ter., 1937. 36:
282.  Also Acta paediat.,  Upps., 1938, 22: 463-5.—Kavalerov,
I. N.   Nablyndeniya  nad dlelstvivem  arrenala  pri bolotnoi
likhoradkle.  Vrach. gaz., 1904, 11: 33-^6— La Colla, C.   Con-
tributo alia cura  della  malaria  secondo  Maurizio  Ascoli.
Gazz. internaz.  med.  chir.,  1937,  47:  728-70.  Levent,  R.
Adrenaline et paludisme;  methode  d'Ascoli.  Gaz. hop., 1938,
111:  5.—Macdonald, D.  C.   Adrenaline in the treatment of
malaria.  Brit. M. J., 1945, 1: 567.—Manfredonia, M. L'adre-
nalina endovena  per la cura  della malaria.  Trop. Dis.  Bull.,
Lond.,  1942, 39: 601 (Abstr.)—Marotta, G.   Osservazioni sul
trattamento  con adrenalina  di  malarici ospedalizzati.   Riv.
malariol.,  1939,  18: 199-210.—Mastio,  C.  Esperimenti di
lotta antimalarica con la  Surrenasi Serono  somministrata per
via orale.  Rass. clin.  ter.,  1938,  37:  144-51.—Mattioli,  M.
La  oura  di  Maurizio  Ascoli  nell'infezione  malarica.   Gior.
med. prat., 1937, 19: 322-7.—Milletari, A.   Maurizio Ascoli's
treatment in  the practice  of a malaria control station.  J.
Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938, 41: 168, 177.—Monaco A., Citod,
V.,  & Mangiacapra, A.   Cura  antimalarica  col  metodo di
Maurizio  Ascoli.  Riforma  med.,  1937,  53:  1507-11.—Mor-
sellino, N. Riduzione delle recidive e delle reinfezioni malariche
dopo la cura  Ascoli.  Ibid.,  1938,  54:  1209-11.—Mosna, E.
Sulla cura di Maurizio Ascoli nell'  infezione  malarica cronica.
Riv.  malariol.,  1938, 17:  126-30,  pi.—Nucciotti, L.   Azione
della terapia adrenalinica in dosi minime uniformi nella malaria
recente.   Policlinico, 1940, 47: sez. prat., 854-61.—Paunescu-
Podeanu, A.,  &  Carangiu, O.  Un cas de paludisme traite et
gu6ri exclusivement  par les injections intraveineuses d'adr£na-
line, Ascoli. Bull. Soc med. hop. Bucarest, 1939, 21: 286-90.—
Pizzillo, G.   Sulla  cura  di  Maurizio Ascoli  nelle  infezioni
malariche.  Riv. malariol., 1937, 16: 404; 1938, 17: 29;  184;
291;  386.----■—■   Risultati a distanza nelle  primoinfezioni
malariche  trattate  con la  cura adrenalinica  venosa.   Ibid.,
1939,  18: 361-73.—Pomilia,  G. Cura  di Maurizio Ascoli  e
malaria in gravidanza.  Rinasc. med.,  1937, 14: 307.—Pulieri,
C.  Trois ans d'experiences  de la  cure  Ascoli  de la malaria.
Bruxelles  med.,  1937-38,  18: 721-4.—Radvan, I.  Traitement
progressif adrenalique co-adjuvant dans le paludisme; methode
du  Prof.  Maurizio  Ascoli.   Rev. st. med., Bucur.  1939, 28:
543-57.------Therapie  co-adjuvante antimalarienne en-
doveineuse par l'hormone  surrenale.  Ibid., 1941, 30: 65-86.—
Ravara, A.  Sull'azione meccanica di costruzione  dell' adrena-
lina  e sull'azione del chinino somministrato prima  dell'  inie-
zione  dell'adrenalina.   Arch. ital.  sc.  med. col.,  1938,  19:
367-9.—Renda,  M.  Le  iniezioni  venose di  adrenalina  nella
lotta  antimalarica.  Rass. internaz.  clin. ter., 1936, 18: 61-4.—
Riolo, P.   La terapia adrenalinica  venosa delle splenomegalie
malariche. Riv. malariol., 1935, 14: 248-62.  ------ & Serio,
F.  Sulla cura  di Maurizio Ascoli nelle infezioni malariche.
Ibid.. 1936. 15: 414; 416;  423.—Robecchi, A.  Sulla cura  della
malaria con il metodo di M.  Ascoli. Rass. clin. ter.,  1938, 37:
127-43.—Romeo, V.  Contributo alia cura dell'infezione mala-
rica  col metodo  Maurizio Ascoli.   Policlinico,  1938,  45:  sez.
prat.,  1562-6.—Sadisiva  Pillai.   A case  of  severe form of
malarial anemia treated  with adrenalin  chloride and  normal
saline solution.  Ind. M.  Gaz.,  1904, 39: 294-6.—Scaduto, P.
II metodo di Maurizio Ascoli per la cura delle recidive malariche,
in alcuni  indigeni Libici.   Riv. malariol., 1938, 17: 37-43.—
Scaturro,  A.  La cura  antimalarica di  Maurizio Ascoli  vista
da  un  medico pratico.   Riforma  med., 1938, 54:  245-7.—
Sessa, T.  La massa del sangue circolante nel corso della terapia
adrenalinica nei malarici.  Clin. med. ital., 1939,  70: 391-406.—
Silvestri, T.  In tema di  bonifica umana malarica; a proposito
del metodo del  Prof. M.  Ascoli.   Terapia, Milano,  1938, 28:
138-40.—Soberon y Parra, G.  La adrenalina en el tratamiento
del paludismo.  Gac  med.  Mexico, 1940, 70: 5X1-6, tab.—
Sorge, G.  II metodo di Maurizio Ascoli nella cura  della malaria
acuta.  Riforma med., 1936, 52:  1409-14.  Also Riv. malariol.,
1937,  16:  14-30.   ------   Controreplica alia pretesa  rivin-
dicazione.    Riforma  med.,  1937,  53:  427.—Timpano,  P.
Sul miglior modo d'impiego dell'adrenalina endovenosa  nella
cura della malaria acuta e del kala-azar.  Policlinico, 1937, 44:
sez. prat., 1571.—Tron, G.  La cura di Maurizio Ascoli nell'in-
fezione malarica.  Terapia, Milano, 1937, 27: 202-8.

----   Treatment: Alkaloids.
  Brahmachari. U.  Berberinein malaria.  Ind. M. (!az., 1944,79:
259.—Chopra, R. N., & Knowles, R.  The action of opium and
narcotine in  malaria.   Ind. J. M.  Res., 1930,  18: 5-13.—
Jackson, W. C.  The  hypodermic  use  of  atropin in  haemor-
rhagic malarial fever.   Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1880, 33: 390.—
Kardin, L. S.  [On the treatment of malaria with subcutaneous
injections  of  strychnine]   Vrach.  delo,   1928,  11: 1880.—
Pessoa, S. B. Notas sobre a acao antimalarica de algumas sub-
stantias; vieirina e berberina.  Acta med., Rio, 1942, 9: 191-
4.—Quintana,  H.,  &  Alvarez Soto,  N.  La berberina en el
tratamiento  del  paludismo.  Bol. Inst. clfn. quir.,  B.  Air.,
1926, 2: 360-2.  Also Sem.  med., B. Air.,  1926, 33: pt. 2,
943-5.—Waldorp, C. P.   Tratamiento  del  paludismo por la
asociaci6n  del sulfato  de berberina por via digestiva  y el sul-
fato de quinidina per os o intramuscular.  Prensa med. argent.,
1925-26, 12: 1147.  Also Bol. Inst,  clin. quir., B. Air.,.  1926,
2: 133-5.  ------  El  sulfato  de berberina  utilizado como
medio diagn6stico y  terapeutico  en  el  paludismo latente.
Ibid., 355-9.

----  Treatment: Arsenical  preparations.
   Abdala, J. R., & Sav6n  Salaberry, J. Los arsenicales  en el
paludismo  infantil.  Dia med.,  B. Air.,  1937, 9:  1035-7 —
Alexandrides, K.   Die Behandlung  der chronischen Malaria
und Malariafolgen  (Anamie, Megalosplenie, Kachexie) durch
hohe  Dosen von Natr. kakodylicum.   Arb. Tropenkrankh.
(Festschr. B. Nocht) 1937, 1-5.—Alvarado, R., & Gonzalez, C.
Observaciones sobre el stovarsol por via digestiva en el paludis-
mo.   Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1926,  2: 87-9.—B., O. J.
Therapy of malaria  with arsenicals.  Bumed News Letter,
Wash., 1944, 4: No. 4, 2.—Bass, C.  C.  Observations on the
treatment of malaria with stovarsol.  South. M. J.,  1926, 19:
381-3.—Bernard, A.   Les arsenicaux dans  le traitement du
paludisme.  J. sc. med. Lille, 1924, 42: pt 1, 91-4.—Cacciapuoti,
G.  L'uso del cacodilato di sodio ad alte dosi  nella cura  della
malaria.   Riforma med., 1930, 46:  452-6.—Cany,  G.  La cure
arsenicale du paludisme.  Rev. prat. mal. pays chaud,  1934,
14: 789-93.—Castagna, P.   L'arsenicoterapia ad  alte dosi
nella  cura dei postumi d'infezione malarica e di forme infettive
in genere.  Gazz. osp.,  1927, 48: 821-6.—Ciuca, M., & Alexa, I.
Traitement de la malaria  par le stovarsol.   Bull. Soc. path.
exot., Par. 1926, 19:  180-2.   Also  Arch, roumain. path.,  Par.,
1928,  1:  105-14.—Cochez, A.  Le  traitement arrhenique dea
fievres palustres en Algerie.   Presse  med., 1902, 2: 822-24.—
Corbin, M. H.  The  use of  cacodylic acid in malarial fever.
Georgia Pract., 1905, 1: 137.—Dao L„ L.  Resultados clinicos
obtenidos con el mafarside en el tratamiento del paludismo.
Rev.  Policlfn.  Caracas,  1944, 13:  339-49.—De Luca, B. Lo
stovarsolo  e lo stovarsolo sodico  nella cura  della  malaria.
Riv. malariol., 1929, 8: 569-84.—Dubinin, V. D.  [Novarsenol
in malaria]  Sovet. med., 1940, 4:  No.  2, 40.—Ferrua, J. La
medicaci6n arsenicofosforada en el paludismo.  Rev. valenc.
cienc med.,  1906,  8:  161-3.—Foley, H.,  Catanei, A. [et al.]
Sur la duree de Taction du stovarsol  dans le paludisme chronique
des enfants indigenes en Algerie.  Bull.  Soc path, exot., Par.,
1926,  19: 96-100.—Fontoynont, M.  L'arrhenal dans le traite-
ment  des fievres  palustres k Tananarive.  Presse med.,  1903,
1: 240.—Freiman,  M.  Stovarsol in treatment of  malaria.
J. Trop. M.,  Lond., 1927, 30: 127.—Gautier, A.  Sur le traite-
ment  des fievres palustres par l'arsenic latent.  C. rend. Acad.
sc, 1902, 134: 950-3.  ------  Resultats obtenus par I'emploi
des composes organometalliques  de l'arsenic dans la malaria;
reponse a  M. Laveran.  Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1902, 3. ser.,
48: 811-24.  ------  Sur le traitement  arrhenique des fievres
palustres.  Ibid., 516-36.—Genova, A. C. Arrhenal et paludis-
me.  Bull. med. Algerie, 1903 2. ser., 1: 99-106.—Goldman, D.
The use of mapharsen in the treatment of malaria. Am. J. M.
Sc, 1938, 196: 502-9.—Good, R.  Arsenic in malaria.   Brit.
M. J., 1944, 2: 579.—Gremillion,  C. J.  A case of malarial
remittent fever treated  with large doses of  arsenic; a case of
malarial  polyneuritis.   Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, 1901, 216-20.
Also  N.  Orleans M.  &  S. J., 1901,  54: 77-9.—Grosch.   Ein
kasuistischer Beitrag zur Anwendung des Atoxvls bei Malaria.
Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1907, 3:  576.—Guerin, E.  ' Traitement de
la malaria  par les injections hypodermiques de liqueur  de
Fowler.  Ann. hyg. med. colon.,  Par., 1902, 5: 605-7.  â– -----
Note sur les resultats therapeutiques  de l'arrhenal contre le
paludisme.  Bull. g£n. ther., 1902, 144: 128.—Guerin, F., Borel,
E., & Advier,  M.  Stovarsol et paludisme.  Bull. Soc.  path.
exot., Par.,  1927, 20:  331-7.—Ivanov,  V. M.  Neosalvarzan
pri malarii i sifilisle.  Vrach. gaz., 1912, 19: 1683-5.—Jakovlev,
A. F.  [Combined treatment of  malaria with quinine]   Ibid.,
1930, 34:  1020.—Javett, S.  N.  Malaria, and a plea for the
use of neo-salvarsan.   S. Afr.  M.  J., 1934, 8:  55.—K., A.
Traitement des fifivres  paludeennes par l'arrhenal.  Ann. hyg.
med. colon., Par., 1902, 5: 324-6.—Karlstein, T. A.  [Osarsol
in treatment of malaria]   Vrach.  delo,  1934,  17:  603-6.— 
MALARIA
123
MALARIA
Lafond-Grellety.  Le methylarsinate disodique dans la cachexie
palustre  chez  un enfant de  dix-sept mois.  Gaz.  sc. med.
Bordeaux, 1901, 25: 442-5.—Large, D. T M., & Bonavia, V. J.
Arsenic and antimony in malaria.  J.  R.  Army M.  Corps,
1926  47: 430-8.—Laveran, A.  L'arrhenal est-il un spetifique
du paludisme?  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1902, 3. ser; 48: 577-
82 —Lowe, J.  Novarsenobillon and mapharside in the treat-
ment of the attack of malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1944, 79: 97-9 —
Marchoux, E., & Cohen. Le stovarsol est, contre le paludisme,
au moins aussi actif que la quinine. Biol, med., Par., 1925, 15:
231-3 —Masucci, A.  L'arrenal nell'infezione malarica. Ann.
med.  nav., Roma, 1903, 9: 299-370.—Mazza,  S., Cossio, R-,
hijo,  & Aybar Albarracin, A.  Algunos resultados  del trata-
miento  del  paludismo por el stovarsol  sodico  intravenoso.
Bol.  Inst. clin. quir.,  B. Air., 1926,  2: 77-81.   Also  Prensa
med.  argent.,  1926, 13: 205-8.—Milsky, M.  [Neosalvarsan
in malaria]   Klin,  med., Moskva, 1926,  4: 188.—Murphey,
E. E.  The use of sodium cacodylate in malaria.  J. M. Ass.
Georgia, 1927, 16: 20-4.—Pierret, R.  Resultats du traitement
arsenical du paludisme a la Bourboule.  C. rend.  Congr. fr.
med., 1923, 17. sess., 48-50.—Pinelli, L.  La terapia cacodilica
ad  alte dosi  nella malaria acuta e cronica.  Riv.  malariol.,
1935, 14:  136-45.—Rispal.  Du traitement du paludisme aigu
par l'arrhenal.   Arch.  med. Toulouse, 1903, 9: 1-6.—Ross.
W. G. A report of four cases of malaria at the Branch Seamen's
Hospital,  Royal Albert Dock, treated by arrhenal.  J. Trop.
M.,  Lond., 1902, 5: 377-80.—Schotter, H.  [Stovarsolan in
malaria]  J. mikrob., Moskva, 1925, 2:  85-93.—Seguin.  Cas
de fifivre paludeenne traites par l'arrhenal.  Ann.  hyg. med.
colon., Par., 1903, 6: 290-306, ch. —Slatineano, A., & Galesesco,
P.  L'emploi de l'atoxyl en injections intramusculaires  dans la
malaria.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1907, 63: 674.—Stewart, W. H.
Treatment of malaria with arsenicals.  U. S. Nav.  M. Bull.,
1945, 44: 991-4.—Stukalo, G.   [Neosalvarsan treatment in
malaria]   Vrach.  gaz.,  1927, 31: 1123.—Surbek, K. E.  Effi-
ciency in malaria treatment; the merits  of silver-salvarsan.
Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 818-21.—
Ullmann-Apostolon, R., & Apostolon, G. Traitement du palu-
disme chronique par le cacodylate de  soude a hautes doses.
Presse med., 1929, 37: 1137.—Volenti, F., & Tomaseili. A.   Lo
stovarsolo nella  cura  della malaria.   Gazz. osp.,   1926,  47:
267-70.—Valvassori-Peroni, C.  Cura dell' infezione malarica
cronica ed acuta dei bambini colle iniezioni di arseniato di ferro.
Boll.  Ass. san. milan.,  1899, 1: 28-32.—Visbecq.  Action du
stovarsolate de quinine dans  le paludisme.  C. rend.  Congr.
internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2: 317.—Wolfson, J. I.
[Use of osarsol in malarial  Sovet. vrach. gaz.,  1934, 38: 603-
6.—Zimnicky, S. S.  O liechenii bolotnoi likhoradki vprfskiva-
niyami mishyaka.  Prakt. med.,  S. Petersb., 1900,  7:  641-8.

---  Treatment: Balneo-, climato- and creno-
   therapy.
   Marian,   M.   *Traitement   des   paludeens
rapatries par les eaux de la Bourboule.   55p.   8?
Par., 1936.
   Bidault, A.  Influence de l'altitude sur le paludisme; etude
comparative de l'etat sanitaire des deux  postes de  El-Hammam
(Syrie, nord)  de 1922  a l'automne 1923, de l'automne 1923 a
1926.  Marseille med.,  1926, 63: 1358-63.—Grechinski, V. P.
Istochnik vodi,  izkehivayushtshiy  bolotnuyu  likhoradku.
Prakt. med., S. Petersb., 1901, 8:  38-53.—Lebon, J., Leger, M.
[et al.]  Le traitement du paludisme aux thermes d'Encausse.
Bull.  Soc. path,  exot., Par.,  1929, 22:  938-49.—Leger, M.
L'aetion  bienfaisante de la crenotherapie chez les  paludeens
trouverait-elle  son  explication  dans  les  modifications  du
chimisme sanguin?  Nutrition, Par.,  1931,  1: 555.—Lubbers,
A. E. H.  Eenige gegevens omtrent Pelantoengan als  herstel-
lingsoord  voor  malariaUjders.   Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned.  Indie,
1896,  36: 392-9.—Pierret,  R.   Les paludeens aux eaux; l'eau
de Choussy.   Progr. med.,  Par., 1928, 43: 756-63—Poujol, J.
Note  sur sept cas de paludisme confirme releves en trois mois
dans la region d'Ain-Bessem (Alger)  Caducee, 1906, 6: 215.—
Raymond, V.  Action des douches locales sur l'hypertrophie
palustre du foie  et  de  la rate, traites  a  Vichy.  Arch. med.
pharm. mil., 1904, 44: 124-32.  ------ & Duchesne. La  cure
thermale de  Vichy  dans  le paludisme chronique.   C. rend.
Congr. internat.  hydr. dim. (1905) 1906, 7.  Congr., 244-8 —
Tissier.   Les paludeens a Vichy.   Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par.,
1906,  3: 194-9.—Uzan, M.  Paludisme et eaux  minerales.
Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1:
268-71.—Vauthey, M.  Paludisme et accidents hepatiques de
la therapeutique arsenicale.  Progr. med., Par., 1931,  674-84.—
Young, L. T.   The macro-pathology of constitutional  malaria
with  special  reference  to  its  treatment  by alkaline saline
mineral waters.  Tr. Ind. M. Congr. (1894) 1895, 110-5.

---   Treatment: Biological products.
  Abramova, E.  V.  [Therapeutic vaccination against malaria]
Klin,  med., Moskva, 1936, 14: 1065-70.—Aractingi, J.  Essai
de toxino-therapie antipaludique.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par.,
1937,  29: 176-8.  Also Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1937, 17:
308-12.—Bass, C. C. Antiplasma. J. Am. M. Ass., 1920, 74:
1023.—Carpenter, C. R.   The therapeutic action  of  splenic
extract in malarial  infections.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1906, 70:
165-9.—Garofali,  F.   L'opoterapia  nella  malaria;  ragioni
chimiche  patogenetiche degli  stimoli biologici.  Gazz. med.
lombard. 1933, 92: No. 6, 27-9.  Also Gior. ter. oft.,  1933, 14:
66-71.—Genes, S.  G., Modlavskaia-Krichevskaia,  V.  D., &
Efremova, O. JV.  [Specific treatment in  chronic malaria and
treatment with lysates]  Sovet.  vrach. J.,  1937, 2: 743-6.—
Koressios, N.  T.  Essais de s&rotherapie dans le paludisme.
Riv. malariol., 1933, 12: 353-62.—Lorandos, N.", & Sotiriades,
D.  Resultats de la serotherapie du paludisme. C. rend. Congr.
internat. path, comp., 1936, 3. Congr., 612-4.—Mangiacapra,
A.  L'opoterapia splenica nella malaria.   Riv. malariol.,  1936,
15: 428-40.-—Manwaring, W.  H.  Antimalarial vaccine and
serum therapy.  California West. M., 1943, 58: 106.—Missi-
roli, A.   Metodi biologici di controllo dei  medicamenti anti-
malarici.  Rendic 1st. san. pubb., Roma,  1939, 2: 731-46,
pi.—Oganesov, L.  A., Danielbeck,  L.  J.,  & Farmanian, A. K.
[Splenic organotherapy as a factor  in treatment of protracted
malaria  and its  sequels]   Sovet. med., 1940, No. 9, 25-9.—
Pampoukis,  P.  S.   Paludisme  et  traitement antirabique.
Grece med.,  1900, 2:  105-7.—Pollara, S.   Importanza del-
l'opoterapia splenica nella cachessia palustre.  Rass.  clin. ter.,
1928, 27: 408-11.—Soula & Radji.  L'opotherapie  spienique
dans le  paludisme.   C.  rend. Congr.  internat.  palud.  (1930)
1931, 2. Congr., 2: 319-37.  Also Riv. malariol., 1930, 9: 412-
28.—Staerman, I.  J., &  Karelina, O. K.  [Lysatotherapy in
malaria]   Pediatria, Moskva, 1937, No.  8, 56-62.—Toscano,
C.  L'insulino-terapia nella malaria.   Riv. malariol., 1930, 9:
734-40.—Trabaud, J.  Au sujet de  la toxino-therapie anti-
paludique.  Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds,  1937,  17: 312-4.

----   Treatment: Calcium  preparations.
   Chalier, J., & Chaix, A.  Essai de traitement du paludisme
par les  injections  intraveineuses d'uroformine.  Lyon med.,
1926, 137: 43.—Geliadov, N. B.  [Calcium  in therapy of ma-
laria]  Trop.  med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8: 7-11.—Rico B., C.
La  calgluquina  Sandoz  en el  tratamiento del paludismo.
Medicina, Mex.,  1944, 24: 317-21.—Stevenson, D. S.   The
use of calcium gluconate in the  treatment of  malarial chills.
Puerto Rico J. Pub.  Health, 1943-44, 19: 602-13  [Spanish
translation, 614-251—Videla, C. A.  El cloruro de calcio en el
tratamiento de las esplenomegalias paltidicas cronicas.  Accion
med., B. Air., 1941, 11: 141-3.

----   Treatment: Chemotherapy.

   See  also  other  subheadings  of Treatment.
   Field, J. W.   Notes on  the chemotherapy of
malaria.   180p.   24}^cm.   Kuala Lumpur,  1939.
   Kikuth,  W., & Menk, W.   Chemotherapie der
wichtigsten  Tropenkrankheiten.    Teil   1:  Die
Chemotherapie der Malaria.   135p. 21cm.  Lpz.,
1943.
   Williams,  J.  H.   Chemotherapy   of malaria.
273p.   28cm.  N. Y. [1941]
   Bass, C. C.  The treatment of malaria, with some reference
to recently promoted new remedies.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95:
988-92.—Chemotherapy  of malaria.   Nature, Lond.,  1935,
136: 539.—Dawson,  W.  T.  Chemotherapy of  malaria.  Tri-
state M. J.,  1936-37,  9: 1851-63.—Decourt, P.  La  chimio-
therapie du paludisme.   Paris med.,  1937, 105: 474-80.—De
Simone, G.   La fucsina acida  nella  terapia   della malaria.
Rinasc.  med.,  1929, 6: 75.—Domingo Luna, J.   La urotropina
en el tratamiento del paludismo.  Bol. Inst. clfn. quir.,  B. Air.,
1928, 4: 223.—Earle, W. C, & Perez, M. The role  of game-
tocyte carriers in the failure of chemotherapy as a malaria con-
trol measure.  Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1936, 28:  167-70 —
Field, J. W.   No-squito. •  Annual Rep. Inst. M. Res. Kuala
Lumpur (1939)  1940, 50.—Findlay, Q. M.  Quimoterapia de
la  malaria.   Tijeret. malaria,  Caracas,  1941, 4:  176-85.—
Fontoura, C.   Sobre uma nova terapeutica  da  malaria.  Hora
med., Rio, 1940, No. 27, 15-21.—Fourneau, E., Trefouel, J.
[et  al.]  Contribution  a la chimiotherapie du paludisme; essais
sur les calfats.  Ann.  Inst.  Pasteur, Par., 1931,  46: 514; 1933,
50: 731.-—Fulton, J. D.  Studies in the chemotherapy of malaria.
Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1936, 30:  491-500.—Gonzales,
Barreras, P.   Colorantes azoicos  y paludismo.   Rev. med. cir.
Habana, 1938, 43: 260-6.  Also  Bol. Of.  san. panamer., 1939,
18: 753-7.—[Instructions on chemotherapy and prophylaxis
of malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1944, 13: No. 3, 75-93 —
James, S. P.   Chemotherapy of malaria.  Nature, Lond., 1935,
136: 743-5.   Also J. Philippine Islands M. Ass.,  1936,  16:
567-70.—Kikuth, W.  Weiterentwicklung der  Chemotherapie
der Malaria.   Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2: 401-13.
------  & Mudrow,  L.  Die Chemotherapie  der Malaria in
Beziehung zur Biologie der Plasmodien.  Med.  & Chem., Berl.,
1942, 4: 44-59, pi.—Krivoshein, M. J., &  Kopp, Z. M.  [Treat-
ment of malaria by chemotherapeutic methods in combination
with non-specific factors]  Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No.  4, 9-12.—
Krouch,  M.   La chimiotherapie antipaludeenne; essais d'un
complexe gameticide en milieu rural tunisien.  Bull.  Soc. path.
exot., Par., 1934, 27: 141-4.—McGill, C. M.   Malaria; com-
ments on the present status of  chemotherapy.  Hosp. News,
Wash., 1941,  8: No. 11, 1-16.—Marill, F., Guily, P., & Kessis,
R.   Chimiotherapie  intraveineuse au cours   du   paludisme
chronique,  note preiiminaire.   Bull.  Soc.  path, exot., Par.,
1939, 32: 600-2.—Modlin, L. R.,  jr.  Chemotherapy  of ma-
laria.  Proc.  Virginia Acad.  Sc,  1941-42,  227   (Abstr.)—
Moshkovsky,  S.  D.  [Chemotherapy of malaria]  Russ. J.
trop.  med.,  1929,  7:  218-27.  ------  [Parasitic formula as
method of studying  the  effect of chemiotherapy on the Plas-
modium]  Med. parasit., Moskva, 1933, 2: 220-38.   ------ 
MALARIA
124
MALARIA
   [Principles  of chemiotherapeutic  characteristics of antima-
   larial preparations]  Ibid., 1934,  3:  129-35.  ------   [Study
   of chemotherapeutic anti-malarial preparations]  Ter. arkh.,
   1937, 15: 658-69.   ------ &  Syrkina, S. A.  [Morphological
   changes of the blood elements from  the effect of antimalarial
   chemotherapeutic preparations and related compounds]  Med.
   parazit.,  Moskva,  1938, 7: 386-98.-—Neeman, M.  Configura-
   tion and antiplasmodial activity.  Nature, Lond., 1944,  154:
   550.—Oesterlin, M. Studien zur Chemotherapie der Malaria.
   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1937, 41: 720-8.  ------   Blut-
   zuckerspiegel und  Malaria; eine chemotherapeutische Studie.
   Arq.  Inst,  biol., S. Paulo, 1940, 11:  333-7—Zschucke, J.
   Studi sui moderni progressi della chemioterapia antimalarica.
   Bull. Accad. med.  Roma, 1932, 58: 285-300.

   ----  Treatment: Cinchonine.
      Berulava,  S.  I.  [First attempts  in  treatment of  malaria
   with  Soviet quinetum]  Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1939,  8:  No.
   4, 41-6.—Foa, G.  Annotazioni sull'uso della cinconina nella
   lotta antimalarica  durante la stagione interepidemica nell'anno
   1924-25.  Riv. malariol.,  1926,  n. ser., 5: 3-24.—Manca, S.
   II chineto nella cura della  malaria.  Ibid., 1931, 10: 720-42.—
,   Stone, C. T.,  Gaskill,  R.  C. [et al.]  Hydrocinchonidine  and
   hydrocinchonine in malaria.  Am.  J.  Trop.  M.,  1933,  13:
   437-42.

   ----  Treatment: Control.
      Casis Sacre,  G.  Utilidad  de un diagn6stico preciso para
   instituir  un  correcto  tratamiento anti-paltidico.   Medicina,
   Mex., 1940, 20: 160-2. Meersseman, F.,  & Lafuma,  J.  Le
   controle serologique du traitement antipalustre par la reaction
   de  Henry.   C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1936,  121:  52-4.—Perez
   Piquero, G.   El examen  de la sangre en el tratamiento  del
   paludismo.  Cr6n. med.  quir.  Habana,  1900, 26:  249-53 —
   Svab, V.  [Diagnostic  value of splenic puncture in  treatment
   of malaria; report of author's cases of malaria]  Cas. 16k. cesk.,
   1939, 78: 1059.

   ----  Treatment: Diet  and vitamins.
      Celkys-Morkunas, J.  [Dietetic therapy in malaria]  Medi-
   cina, Kaunas, 1932, 13:  783-98.—Di Mattei, E.   L'estratto
   fluido di limone  nella  profilassi  e cura della malaria.  Atti
   Congr. naz. igiene (1898) 1899, 212-24.— Dmitriev, I., Kutyrin,
   M. [et al.]  [Disorders  of basal metabolism in malaria and  the
   importance of a diet,  limited  in carbohydrates during treat-
   ment]  Voen. san. delo, 1936, No.  6, 27-33.— Mohr,  W., &
   K tinner, J.  A.  Untersuchungen iiber den Vitamin-C-Stoff-
   wechsel und  das Verhalten der Retikulocyten bei Vitamin-
   C-Gabe bei Malaria.  Med. Welt, 1939,  13: 111-5.—Murison,
   C. C. The effects of  lime juice on  malarial fever.  Ind.  M.
   Gaz., 1901, 36: 174.—Rodziewicz, A.  Ueber die diagnostische
   Bedeutung des Kumyss bei der Malaria.   Bl. klin. Hydrother.,
   1906, 16: 89-93.—Roy, A.  Diet in malaria and other  fevers.
   Ind. M. Rec,  1927, 47: 265; 289—Tareev, E. M., & Gontaeva,
   A. A.  [Observations  on the effect of dietetic regime on  the
   course of malarial  infection] Ter. arkh., 1934, 12: 141-8.

   ---  Treatment: Drugs.

      United  States.  War Department.  Office
   of the Surgeon  General.   Circular letter No.
   153: The drug treatment  of malaria, suppressive
   and clinical.   8p.   26J/2em.   -Wash., 1943.
      Bentmann.  Beobachtungen uber  Thiocol als  Chininersatz-
   mittel bei Malaria.   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1906,  10:
   167-71, diagr.—Caccuri, S. Cura della malaria con l'emopurina.
   Riv. malariol., 1940, 19: 82.—Clark, H. C.  Review of recent
   research  on drug  prophylaxis  and  treatment  of  malaria; a
   report to the National Malaria  Committee.  South. M. J.,
   1940, 33: 879-82.—Collin, L.  Influence  du galacol  sur la
   temperature  de  l'acces palustre.  Gaz. sc. med., Bordeaux,
   1906, 27: 257.—Cova  & Bono.  Sull'azione dei preparati di
   ferro nei casi di malaria latente. Gazz. osp., 1902, 23: 790-3.—
   Curd, F. H. S.  The activity of drugs in the malaria of man,
   monkeys and  birds.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1943,
   37: 115-43.—Dawson,  W.  T.  Sources of remedies for malaria.
   South. M. J.,  1933, 26: 453.—Fasano, A.  Cura della malaria
   col vino tonico  di Wintersmith.   Arch, internaz. med. chir.,
   1906, 22:  283-91.—Gibbs,  O.  S.   Some  pharmacological
   problems of malaria.  Mississippi Doctor, 1940-41, 18: 331-5.—
   Giuranna, G. D.  Un altro caso di malaria curato con l'anose-
   lina.  Nuova riv.  clin. ter., 1900,  3: 6.—Gnuchev, N. N., &
   Nakhapetov,  M. I.  [Treatment  of  malaria with "febrisan"]
   Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 437-9.—Games Pereira, C. Novo
   tratamento da malaria  pelo tanato de potassio.  An. paul. med.
   cir., 1943, 45:  265-7 (Abstr.)—Kennard, A. D. E.  The uses of
   sodium salicylate in the treatment of malarial fever. Lancet,
   Lond., 1903,  2: 92.—Kruspe, M.  Unsere  Erfahrungen  mit
   Malaria und  Saprovitan.   Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Berl.,  1929,
   157: 125-41.—Kulagin, S.  M.  [Combined treatment of malaria
   with specific preparations of gravidan] Med. parazit., Moskva,
   1936, 5:759-71.—Loizaga, N. S.,  & Sagastume,  L. C.  Trata-
   miento del paludismo por el Quechuol Domfnguez.  Sem. med.,
   B. Air., 1935,  42: pt 2, 562-6—Lo Monaco, D., & Panichi, L.
   L'aetion des medicaments  antiperiodiques sur le parasite de la
   malaria.  Arch. ital. biol., 1900,  33: 373-83.  Also Policlinico,
   1901-02, 8: 97-104.—Mergoni, F.  Sopra una nuova cura della
malaria colle inalazioni di acido fluoridnco.  Ibid., sez. prat.,
1251-3.—Meyne, M. S.  Clinical malaria with reference to drug
therapy.  Ind. M. Rec, 1944, 64: 37-41.-  Miller. R. L.  Hexa-
mine treatment of malarial coma.  J. M. Ass. Georgia. 1932, 21:
283.—Miyahara, H.  The therapeutic value of various drugs
against the trophozoites in chronic malaria. Jap. J. M. Sc,
1938-39, 5: Int. M., Proc, 216.—Morisita,  K., Miyahara, II.,
& Isioka, H.  On  the specific  effect  of various drugs  on  the
parasitic types of malaria based on the occurrence of parasitic
relapses.  Kitasato Arch., 1934, 11:  10-35.—Pampana, E. J.
Review of papers  relating to the  therapeutics and collective
drug  prophylaxis of malaria.  Bull.  Health Org. League  of
Nat., 1937, 6:  1074-123.—Pessda, S. B., & Sacramento, W.
Notas sobre a  acao anti-malarica de  algumas  substantias;
pareirina.  An. paul. med. cir., 1942, 44: 149-53 (Abstr.)—
Peter, F.  M.  Die medikamentose Beeinflussung der Malaria.
Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1941, 12: 505;  538.—Premananda Das.
The effect of creosote rubbing upon high temperature in remit-
tent fever.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1904, 39: 339.—Rand, W. H.  Amyl
nitrite in malaria.   Am.  Med., 1905, 9: 682.—Reed, A. C.
La farmacopea y  el medico, el tratamiento del  paludismo.
Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1941, 20: 1156-64.—Rogers, L. A note
on external applications of creosote in the treatment of malarial
intermittent fevers.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1896, 31:  11-6 —Sinton,
J. A.  Studies in malaria, with  special reference to treatment;
the effects of dosage of drugs and duration of treatment on tha
production of cure.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1930-31,  18:  831-44,
------  Certain general factors influencing the practical value
of drugs  used in the  prophylaxis and treatment of malaria
under  different  conditions.   Arb.  Tropenkrankh.  (Festschr.
B. Nocht) 1937, 573-81.—Sobky.  M.  Effect of anti-malaria
drugs on malaria parasites. J. Egypt. M. Ass.,  1936, 19: 234-
43.—Stroganov,  V. V.,  & Davidovich,  O.  L.   [Magnesium sul-
phate in treatment of malaria]   Sovet. VTach. J.,  1937, 41:
891—5.—OipairtVTiKfl (*H) Sbpapit ttjs  i£avu<pi\r)S  Kara iXwSoiv
irOptruv.  'larpiKbs p.j)vinup, 1902,2:129-31.—Tsamales, A. K.
WtpiirTuait xP0"'as  l\opooLas Kai  iibpuvot acrKlrov BtpaTtuBipruv
Sia 7-jjs 6.pmr\aap.uUvr]s. Ibid., 1905, 5: 183.  ------ Utpl (kwhwr
wvperuv, Kai Qtpaweias avrup Si tldiKov (papn&xov tjji  avTnrkaapu)-
SIptis.  Ibid., 1906,  6: 215-7.—Visloukh, E. A., &  Kotelevsky.
A. P.   [Treatment of malaria  by intravenous injections of ich-
thyol] Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1936, 14: 1823-5.—Whalen, C. J.
Use of guaiacol in  malaria.  Merck Arch., 1900, 2: 133-6.

----   Treatment: Drugs, antimalarial.

   Temkin,  O.,  &  Ramsey, E. M.   Antimalarial
drugs;  general  outline.    128p.    28cm.    Wash.,
1944.
   Bibliogr., p. 111-28.
   Abstract  of recommendations for treatment  issued by the
Malaria Institute of India; action of combination of  drugs.
Calcutta M. J.,  1939, 36: 152.—Ainley, A. D., & King,  H.
Antiplasmoidal action  and chemical constitution; some simple
synthetic analogues of quinine and cinchonine.  Proc R. Soc,
Lond., 1938, ser. B, 125: 60-92.—Almeida, D. de.  Asma e
paludismo.  Labor, clin., Rio, 1942, 22: 359-61. Anti-malaria
remedies.  Annual Rep. Calcutta School Trop. M., 1933, 63-5.—
Barbera,  I.  Nuove  vedute  sui  medicamenti antimalarici.
Morgagni, 1935, 77: 324-30.—Barger,  G., ■&  Robinson,  G.
Attempts  to find new  anti-malarials.  J. Chem. Soc,  Lond.,
1929,  2947-51.—Barnova, N. A,  [Synthetic  preparations in
treatment of malaria in children]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1940,
9: 381-3.—Barrowman, B.  Tebetren  in the treatment of ma-
laria.   Malay. M. J., 1933, 8: 257-60.—Bellon, J. G. F. L., &
Kerne, M. M. Les antimalariques synthetiques dans le traite-
ment  du  paludisme.  Rev. Serv.  san. mil.,  Par., 1937, 107:
491-512.—Berny, P., & Le Minor, L.  Note sur la  prophylaxie
medicamenteuse  collective du  paludisme par  la  premaline.
Bull. Soc  path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 367, 3 eh.—Bethea, O. W.
Antimalarials.  Mississippi Doctor, 1933-34, 11: No. 5, 21-4.
Burakovskaia, K.  A.,  &  Nikiforova, L.  N.  [Treatment of
malaria with new synthetic preparations]  Klin, med., Moskva,
1940,  18:  No. 9,  104-9.—Carlson, W.  W.  Recent advances in
the search for synthetic  antimalarials.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass.,
1944,  33: 97-106.—Casini, G.  Azione di alcuni preparati anti-
malarici sugU  infusori.   Riv.  malariol., 1936,  15:  153-60.—
Charbonnier.  Emploi  des  medicaments synthetiques anti-
palustres; au poste de Muong-Boum.  Ann.  med.  pharm. col.,
Par.,  1938, 36:  732-4.—Chichibabine,  A.,  &  Hoffmann, C.
Methode  ({'identification des gametocides  synthetiques dans
l'urine par une reaction coloree.  Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par.,
1938,  31:  740-2.—Chopra,  R.  N.   Antimalarial  remedies;
natural and synthetic CalcuttaM. J., 1938,34:183-93.-----
Present position of anti-malarial drug therapy in  India.  Ind,
M. Gaz., 1938, 73: 418-23.------Drogas usadas en el tra-
tamiento  de la malaria.   Tijeret.  malaria, Caracas, 1941, 4:
103; 114;  125; 135.—Christiansen,  J.  [Cremonese's new treat-
ment  of  malaria]   Ugeskr.  laeger, 1928, 90:  551.—Christo-
phers, S. R.  The treatment of  malaria and some points about
the drugs in use against this disease.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1942-13,  36: 49-59.—Ciuca, M., Balteanu. I. [et
al.]  Experiences d'assainissement k  l'aide de medicaments
synthetiques.  Arch, roumain. path., Par., 1937, 10: 295-306.—
Clark, O.   A quinidina, o frio e a smalarina no tratamento do
impaludismo.  Fol.  med., Rio, 1928, 9: 234-6.—Colasuono, S,
I succedanei del chinino nella cura delle palustri.  Rass. med..
Bologna, 1901, 9: No. 6, 3.—Coulon.  Therapeutique du palu-
disme par les  produits synthetiques.   Medecine,  Par., 1938, 
MALARIA                                        125                                         MALARIA
 19. 977-81 —Crisafulli, S.  Preparati antimalarici;  loro tossi-
 cit'a.  Gazz.  med. ital., 1939, 98: 336-40.—Dawson, W.  T.
 Antimalarial drugs.  Bull. John Sealy Hosp., Galvest., 1939, 1:
 49-53.—Dmitriev, I.. & Ashmarin, J.  [Treatment of malaria
 with  new  synthetic preparations]   Voen. san. delo,  1935,
 10-5.—Drozdov, N. S.  [New works in the chemistry of anti-
 malarial compositions]   Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1937,  6:
 836—42.—Durante, F.   I succedanei del chinino nella terapia
 antimalarica.   Rass. med.,  1905,  13:  No. 5, 4-7.  ------
 I surrogati del chinino nella terapia antimalarica.  Ibid., 1907,
 15: No. 5, 3; No. 6, 4.—Einfuhr, Verkauf, Kennzeichnung und
 An'preisung von  Malariaheilmitteln.  Reichsgesundhbl., 1968,
 13: 680.—Field, J. W.  Tebetren.  Annual Rep. Inst. M. Res.,
 Kuala Lumpur (1939)  1940, 47.   ------  Ayrton's malaria
 remedies.   Ibid.,  48.—Fischer,  O.  Ueber einige angebliche
 Malariamittel. Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74:483-88. ----—
 Experiencias en la malaria con paludismol.   Sem. med., B. Air.,
 1927, 34: pt 1, 250-3.  ------  Die neuen synthetischen Mala-
 riahe'ilmittel,  ihre Anwendungsweise und  Wirkung.   Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1940, 53: 681-3.—Fletcher, W. New drugs in the
 treatment  of malaria.   Trop.  Dis. Bull.,  Lond.,  1933,  30:
 193-202.—Froilano de Mello, I.  Rapport sur les resultats  du
 traitement de divers etats de paludisme par la Smalarina.  Tr.
 Far East.  Ass.  Trop.  M.  (1927) 1929,  7. Congr., 833-56.
 Also Bull.  Soc. path, exot., Par., 1927, 20: 323-30.—Fulton,
 J. D. Studies in the chemotherapy of malaria; the distribution
 of  anti-malarial  drugs between  red cells  and serum.  Ann.
 Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp.,  1937, 31: 7-14.—Galpern,  L. M.
 [Synthetic  preparations in  treatment of malaria in children]
 Pediatria,  Moskva,  1939,  No.  2-3,  77.—Gasparini,  G.  B.
 Intorno ad un succedaneo  del chinino nella cura delle  febbri
 malariche.  Rass. med., Bologna, 1903, 11: No. 5, 1-4; No. 6, 1,
 -----Di un surrogato del chinino nella cura dell' infezione
 palustre.  Ibid., 1907, 15: No. 8, 2-5.—Gelstein, E. M. [Treat-
 ment of malaria with synthetic preparations]  Ter. arkh., 1937,
 15: 706-19.—Gill, D. G.  Drugs for the treatment of malaria.
 J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1938-39, 8:  220-2.—Giral, F., & Casca-
 jares, M. L.   Estudios sobre sintesis de  medicamentos anti-
 paludicos;  preparaci6n   de  la   5-dietilaminopentanona-2.
 Ciencia, Mex., 1944-45, 5: 105.—Goldman, L. Synthetic anti-
 malarials;  phenothiazine  derivatives;  diphenylamine deriva-
 tives; ethanolamine derivatives.  Abst. Theses Grad. School
 Univ. Maryland, 1942-44, 20.—Goltman, M.  A few remedies
 other than quinine in the treatment of malaria.  Ther. Gaz.,
 Detr., 1904, 3. ser., 20: 14-6.—Gopp, S.  [Observations on the
 treatment of malaria with synthetic preparations]  Voen. san.
 delo, 1936, 9-12.—Gorbitz, G. Tolerancia de los medicamentos
 antipaludicos.  Cr6n. med., Lima,  1938, 55: 22-31.—Green, R.
 Treatment of malaria with dimeplasmin.  Lancet, Lond., 1929,
 1:  1137.—Gricai, A. A.  [Dynamics of Henry's melanofloc-
 culation reaction in treatment of malaria with Sovet anti-
 malarial preparations]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1939, 17: No. 2-3,
 141-3.—Gudim-Levkovich,  B. F., &  Serebrennikova, V. 1.
 [Winter treatment and spring preventive treatment of malaria
 with synthetic preparations] Sovet. vrach. J., 1938, 42:210-4.—
 Hass, H. B., & Huffman, H. C.   Synthesis of chloroalkyldi-
 alkylamines.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63: 1233-5.—Horlein,
 H.  Ein  neues  synthetisches  Malariamittel.  Wien.  med.
 Wschr., 1926, 76: 1221.  ------  Roehl, W. [et al.].  Neue
 synthetische  Arzneistoffe  gegen  Malaria.   Arch.  Schiffs
 Tropenhyg., 1926, 30: Beih. 3, 1-35.—Jakimov, V. F. [Treat-
 ment of acute attacks of malaria with synthetic preparations]
 Sborn. nauch. trudov (Bashkir, gosud. med. inst.) Ufa, 1938, 1:
 32-8.—Jang, C. S.  Present status of studies on Chinese anti-
 malarial drugs.  Chin. M.  J., 1944, 62:  185-92.—Jerace, F.
 I nuovi rimedi nella terapia antimalarica.  Rass. clin. ter., 1935,
 34: 88-93.—Kassirsky, I. A. [Modern treatment of malaria
 with synthetic preparations] J.  profil.  subtrop. klin.  med.,
 Tashkent, 1934, 4: 161-70.—Kermack, W. O.  Synthetic anti-
 malarials.  Science Progr., Lond.,  1935-36, 30: 457-9—L., E.
 Des pretendus succedanes de la quinine dans les fievres inter-
 mittentes.  Rev. med. Afrique nord, 1902, 5: 1646-9.—Langen,
 C. D. de.   The influence  of anti-malaria drugs on the regen-
 eration of the blood.  Acta  Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2:
 446-55'—Leizerman, L. I.   [Treatment of malaria with new
 synthetic preparations]  Vrach. delo, 1936, 19: 381-4.—Leufer-
 man, A. G.  [Treatment of malaria with synthetic preparations]
 Ibid., 1938, 20: 789-92.—Lipscomb, F. M.  Experience with
 synthetic drugs in the treatment of malaria.  Proc. R. Soc.
 M., Lond.,  1938-39, 32: Unit. Serv. Sect., 1082-6.—Liubinsky,
 G. A., & Levit, M. S. [On the theory of dosage of antimalarial
 preparations according to age]   Med. parazit., Moskva, 1939,
 8: No. 4, 47-57.—Livadas,  G., Canellakis, A. P., & Valaoras,
 V. G.  Observations on action of the antimalaria drugs in
 Greece.   Riv. malariol., 1938, 17: 268-90.—Madinaveitia, J.
 The antagonism  of some  antimalarial  drugs by riboflavine.
 Biochem. J.,  Lond., 1944,  38:  Proc, 27.—Magidson,  O.  U.
 [Synthesis of anti-malarial preparations]  Ter.  arkh., 1937, 15:
 693-705.—Makara, G.  [Treatment of malaria with synthetic
 remedies] Orv.  hetil.,  1940,  84:  meliek.,  49.—Manson,  D.
 Tebetren treatment in malaria.   Rec.  Malaria Surv.  India,
 1936, 6: 19-25.—Martelli, P. N., & Mascagni, G. Sullefficacia
 della smalarina.  Riv. malariol., 1928, 7: 868-72.—Mine, A. A.,
 &  Sternberg, A.  B.   [Use of Soviet synthetic preparations
 in  treatment  of malaria in children]  Vrach. delo, 1936,  19:
385-90.—Mingoja, Q.   Sucedaneos da quinina na terapSutica
da malaria.  An. paul. med. cir., 1943, 46: 419-21.—Molitor, H.
Antimalarials other than quinine. In: Sympos. Human Malaria
 (Am. Ass. Advance. Sc.)  Wash., 1941,  261-6.—Moore, J.  T.
 Substitutes for  quinine in  the  treatment of malarial  fever.
Ther. Gaz., Detr.,  1904, 3. ser., 20: 23.—Moshkovsky, S. D.,
& Burova, L. F.  [Methods in the study of gamotropic properties
of antimalarial preparations]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1934, 3:
445-451.—Muhlens.    Ueber  angebliche   Ersatzmittel  fiir
Chinin bei der Malariabehandlung.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1903,
29:  626-8.—Muenzberg,  A.   Neuramag  bei  Sumpffieber.
Fortsch. Med., 1926,  44: 1321.—Mukerji, B., Ghosh, B. K., &
Siddons, L. B.   The search  for an  anti-malarial drug in the
indigenous materia medica.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1943, 78: 285-8.—
Mukharje, T. N.  Anti-malarious drugs.  Tr. Ind. M. Congr.
(1894) 1895, 535.—Murray, G. E.  Note on the use of diemenal
in  malaria. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1930, 33: 57.—Nauck, E., &
Picado T.,  C.   Tratamiento del  paludismo por la  cedrina.
Rev. med. Iat. amer.,  B. Air., 1929, 15: 380-401.—Need (The)
for a  cheap and  efficient antimalarial drug in India.   Ind. M.
Gaz., 1941, 76:  225-9.—Nelson,  E. E. Antimalarial drugs.
Internat. M. Digest,  1941, 38:  56-8.—Nicolaev, N. D.  Trata-
mento da  malaria na infancia  pelos  preparados  sinteticos.
Sao Paulo med.,  1937, 10: 201-15.—Papanastasiou, E. Beitrag
zur Kenntnis der neueren Arzneimittel  gegen Malaria.  Arch.
Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1930,  34:  450-5.—Pennetti,  G.  Cura
della  malaria;  remedi antimalarici.   Rass.  ter.  pat. clin.,
1931, 3: 113-25.—Peroni, G.  Sur le traitement du paludisme
par ia Smalarina  Cremonese.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,
1927, 20: 304.—Pessoa, S. B., &  Pereira Barreto,  M. Notas
sobre a acao antimalarica de  algumas substantias.  Acta med.,
Rio, 1943, 11: 63-7.  Also Rev.  paul. med., 1943, 22: 332.—
Peter, F.  M.  Die synthetischen Malariamittel.  Erg. Hyg.
Bakt., 1937,  19: 88-126.—Platonov, N. V.   [Experiences in
treatment of malaria  with synthetic preparations]  Klin, med.,
Moskva, 1938, 16: 882-6.—Poliak, I. P., Puchinsky, D. I., &
Smirnova, A. S. [Treatment of malaria with synthetic prep-
arations]  Ibid., 1936,  14: 1228-30; 1938,  16: 887-9.—Retik
[Synthetic medicines  in treatment of malaria] Askeri sihhiye
mecmuasi,  1933, 62: 59-62.—Salterini,  G.   Note preventive
sur le nouveau remede  esanofele contre les fievres de malaria.
C. rend. Congr. internat.  med.,  1900,  Sect. th6r.,  98-103.—
Sarikian, S.  J.  [Collective  treatment for  malaria by new,
Soviet synthetic preparations at the  Marbumstroi]  Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1938, 7: 5-30.—Schulemann, W.  Synthetic
anti-malarial  preparations.   Proc. R.  Soc.  M.,  Lond., 1932,
25: 897-905.   ------  Die  Wirkung der synthetisch darge-
stellten gegen Malaria wirksamen Arzneistoffe. Riv. malariol.,
1935, 14: Suppl., 33-52, 2 diagr.—Simon, I.  Delia cura della
malaria e di  alcuni nuovi tentativi in  proposito.   Boll. Soc.
med.  chir., Pavia, 1926, N. ser.,  1: 1161-8.—Sinton, J. A.
Studies in malaria,  with special reference to treatment; parosan
and dimeplasmine in treatment.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1929-30, 17:
815-20.—Stoute, D. G.  Clinical  observations  on malaria
treated with tebetren.  Lancet, Lond., 1932, 2:  565.—Succe-
danes (Sur les) de la  quinine dans le traitement du paludisme.
Ann.  med. pharm.  col.,  Par.,  1935, 32: 546-51.—Suldey, E. W
Du traitement du paludisme  par la Smalarina Cremonese.
Bull.  Soc. path,  exot.,  Par.,  1926, 19: 431-5.—Synthetic anti-
malarial compounds.   Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1933, 68:  339-42.—
Synthetic anti-malarial drugs.  Brit. M. J., 1932, 1: 100; 1935,
1: 775.—Tareev, E. M. [Treatment of malaria with synthetic
preparations]   Ter. arkh., 1934, 12: 102-9.  Also Vrach. delo,
1938,20:713-22.  ------  [Success in treatment of malaria by
Soviet synthetic remedies]  Med. parazit., Moskva,  1937, 6:
794-818.  Also Sovet. vrach. J.,  1937, 2: 725-32— Warstadt,
A., & Collier, W. A.  Ueber die klinischen Ergebnisse  der
Behandlung Malariakranker mit  den Praparaten R  118 und
R  123.  Zschr.  Hyg.,  1931, 112:  534-43.—Zirakian, H. J.
[Plasmogen sulcitacium]  Klin,  med., Moskva,   1928,  15:
1065-70.

----  Treatment: Evaluation.

   Amsterdam.   Bureau for Propagating the
Use of Quinine.    Can nature  be equalled  by
synthesis in malaria? the short quinine treatment
and  the  new synthetic  antimalarials.   15p.   8°
Amst. [1936]
   Chapin,  C.  V.    The  methods  and  practical
results of treatment of the malarial diseases now
prevalent in  New England.   31p.   8?    Provi-
dence, 1806.
   League  of Nations.  Health Organisation.
The  treatment of malaria; study  of  synthetic
drugs, as compared with  quinine,  in  the thera-
peutics and  prophylaxis of  malaria.  558p.  8?
Geneve, 1937.
   Aguilar Meza,  R.,  Gonzalez  A., E., &  Medrano,  A.  R.
Estudio comparado de  la certuna, la plasmoquina, la atebrina
y la quinina como  gamet6cidas.  Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1942,
21: 549-54.—Barbosa,  A.  Estudios sobre el poder antirrecidi-
vante de los medicamentos antipaludicos.  Riv. malariol., 1938,
17: 165-83.-—Bhattacharjee,  J. C.  A discussion on the thera-
peutics of malaria;  recent views on the use of cinchona alkaloids
and synthetic products. Antiseptic, Madras, 1936, 33: 1-12.—
Bhattacharyya,  R.   Observations on  the  relative value of
atebrin and quinine as  therapeutic agents in malaria. Ind. M.
Gaz., 1936, 71: 375.—Bonis, S. W., & Lawrence, D. H.  Two
years' observation  of malaria therapy in Texas.  Am. J. Trop.
M., 1938, 18: 101-10.—Brosius, O.  T.  Quinine and atebrine; 
MALARIA
126
MALARIA
a comparison.  Ann. Int. M.,  1938-39, 12:  353-61— Chopra,
R. N., (iupta, J. C, & Sen, B.  A comparative study of the
action of  atebrin  and atebrin-plasmochin  combination  on
Indian strains of malaria.   Ind. M.  Gaz..  1936, 71: 309-13.—
Chopra, R. N., Hayter, R. T. M., & Sen, B.  A comparative
study of the action of atebrin and atebrin-plasmorhin combina-
tion on Indian strains of malaria.  Ibid.,  1937, 72: 458-62, 2
pi.—Chopra, R. N., Sen, B.,  & Roy, A. C. Individual variations
in the effectiveness of synthetic antimalarial drugs (a prelimi-
nary note)  Ibid., 131-5.—Ciuca, M.  Efficacite comparee des
produits  antipaludeens  dans le traitement de l'infection natu-
relle  et  de l'infection intentionnellement provoquee.   Riv.
malariol., 1935,  14: Suppl. 6, 32-47.  ------  [Treatment and
prophylaxis of malaria by synthetic preparations in comparison
to quinine]  Romania med., 1938, 16: 69-71.   ------Ballif. L.
[et  al.]  Studies on the  treatment  of experimental  malarial
infection with synthetic drugs compared with quinine sulphate.
Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1938, 7: 47-63.—Ciuca, M.,
Balteanu, I. [et al.]   Research on the  treatment of naturally
acquired  malaria in hospital;  experiments  to ascertain the
efficacy of synthetic drugs  as compared with quinine.  Ibid.,
64-72.—Ciuca, M., Franke,  M. [et al.]  Contribution a l'etude
de 1'efficacite  therapeutique comparee de l'atebrine seule ou
associee avec d'autres produits antipaluddens dans  l'infection
naturelle.  Arch, roumain.  path., Par.,  1935, 8:  111-23.—
Clements, F. W.  A Papuan field experiment of malaria treat-
ment.  Med. J.  Australia, 1936, 1: 235^7.—Coggeshall,  L. T.,
& Maier, J.  Determination of the activity of various  drugs
against the malaria parasite.   J. Infect. Dis., 1941, 69: 108-
13.—Commission du paludisme de 1'Organisation d'hygiene de
la Societe des nations; le traitement du paludisme; etude de la
therapeutique et de la prophylaxie du paludisme par les medica-
ments synthetiques  compares  a la quinine.   Marseille  med.,
1938, 75: pt 1, 65-74.—Decourt, P.  Quelques precisions sur la
therapeutique du paludisme (d'apres une  enqu£te marocaine)
Paris med., 1929, 71: 538-45.—Dibrell, M.  S.  Some experi-
ences with malaria.  J. Arkansas M.  Soc, 1935-36, 32: 61-3.—
Epstein,  E. G.   Late  results of malaria treatment.  Med.
parazit.,   Moskva,  1932,  1: 77-83.   ------  [Comparative
evaluation of the results in  treatment of malaria with acrichin
and plasmocid  and with acrichin and chinolin No. 31]  Ibid.,
1940,  9:  369-80.—Estudio comparado de  la  terapeutica  y
profilaxia del paludismo con drogas sinteticas v con la  quinina.
Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1938, 17: 681-7.—Evelev, S. A.   [Effi-
cacy of various methods in treatment of malaria]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1939, 8:  No. 4, 31-40.—Fastovskaia, E. I., & Shendero-
vich, R.  S.   [Comparative  data on  the treatment of malaria
with quinine and synthetic Soviet preparations according to
the  scheme of  the  Malarial Commission of Hvgiene of the
League of Nations]   Ibid.,  1938, 7: 299-335.—Fermi, C.  In
quanti  anni guarisce  la  malaria cronica  non  reinfettata?
Malariologia,  Nap.,  1928,  21: 43-8.—Fernando,   P. B., &
Sandarasagara, A. P.  A clinical study of 647 patients treated
for  malaria during the Ceylon epidemic of  1934-1935.  Ceylon
J. Sc, 1933-35, 3: 195-233.—Field,  J.  W., & Niven, J. C.  A
clinical comparison of atebrin-musonate with quinine bihydro-
chloride (a preliminary report  based on the  treatment of 286
cases of acute  malaria)   Tr. R. Soc.  Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond.,
1935-36, 29: 647-58.—Flack, H., Majumder, D. C, &  Gold-
smith, K.   Atebrin by injection  vs quinine in a  teagarden
practice.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 373-5.—G., L. La cura della
malaria; studio della terapia e della profilassi della malaria con
prodotti  sintetici in paragone  col chinino.  Ann. med. nav.,
Roma, 1938, 44: 258-62.—Garber, I. A. [Treatment of malaria
with achrichin  and plasmocid]  Sovet. med.,  1939, No. 6,
38.—Garcia Mayorca,  C.   Tratamiento antipaludico seguido
en 350 casos.   Rev. med. cir.,  Barranquilla, 1944,  11: No. 3,
34-7.—Glogner, M.  Ein Beitrag zur Beurteilung der Malaria-
Recidive  und ihrer  Behandlung.   Arch.  path. Anat.,  Berl.,
1901, 165: 171-91, diagr.—Gobert, E.,  Krouch,  M.,  & Villain,
G.  Action comparee de la plasmochine et de la quinine dans le
traitement du paludisme  tunisien.  C. rend.  Congr. internat.
palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2: 199-262.—Gomes dos Reis, J.,
jr.  Consideracoes sobre o emprego da atebrina no tratamento
da malaria e suas vantagens sobre o quinino.   Sao Paulo med.,
1938,  11:  13-24.—Grachev, J. S.   [Combined treatment of
malaria with acrichin-biochinol]  Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No. 4,
16.—Grigorevski, A.  [Antimalarial effect and chemical struc-
ture;  quinine,   plasmochin,  plasmocide,  atebrin,   acrichin]
Centr. ref. med. J.,  Moskva,  1934, 13:  961-90.—Halim, I.
Malaria; clinical observations and therapeutic notes.  J. Egypt.
M. Ass., 1938, 21: 663-71.—Jacob.  Natur oder  Kunstheilung,
insbesondere  Verhiitung und Behandlung  der Malaria.   Allg.
Wien.  med. Ztg, 1904, 49:  223; 235; 247.  Also Balneologe,
1904, 149;  153; 157.—James, C. S. P.  Synthetic antimalarial
remedies and quinine.  Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1932,
26:   105.—Jaruslawsky, E. J.  Vergleichende Malariabehand-
lung.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1928,.25: 516-9.—Karakis, L. V.
[On  the efficacy  of prevention of relapses in malaria]  Med.
parazit.,  Moskva, 1940, 9:  57.—Laffarque, E.  Inefficacite et
inutility de l'arrhenal dans les fievres  a quinquina.  Rev.  med.
Afrique nord.,  1903,  6: 2015-40— LamprelI, B. A.   Quinine
and  atebrin in  the  control  of malaria; with special emphasis
on the practical and economic viewpoints.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1940,
75:  266-74.—Langen, C. D.  de, & Storm, C. J.  A comparative
clinical and  experimental  study  of tbe  action  of  quinine,
plasmoquine  and aterbin.   Meded.  dienst.  volksgez.   Ned.
Indie, 1935, 24: 27-56.—Lapteva Popova, M. S.  [The effect of
antimalarial remedies (plasmocide, quinolin 31 and  aciiquine)
on the morphological composition of the blood] Farm. <k toks.,
Moskva, 1943, 6: No. 3, 46-8.- LaRosa, G.  Sulla guarigione
della malaria.  Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1937, 47: 448-61.—
League of Nations,  Health Organisation.  Treatment of ma-
laria; study of the therapeutics and prophylaxis of malaria by
synthetic drugs as compared  with  quinine.  Ann.  Trop.  M.
Parasit., Liverp., 1938,  32: 1-8.  Also J. Malaria Inst. India,
1938, 1: 327-34.—League of  Nations,  Malaria  Commission.
Fourth general  report.   In:  Treat. Malaria, 1937, 7—143.—
Lega, G.  II chineto, la cinconina, la chinidina nella cura della
malaria.  Riv. malariol., 1928,  7: 629-58.  ------& Casini, G.
L'azione della chinina e della plasmm-bina sui gametociti della
malaria.  Ibid.,  1933, 12: 701-7-  Leger. M.  Le  determinisme
de la guerison des paludeens; relation ;>os.sib]e avec le chimisme
sanguin; climato-et crenotherapic.  Hull. Soc path, exot., Par
1930, 23: 820-36.—Lenzi, F.   Malaria,  chinina,  phismochina!
atebrina e glicemia. Arch. farm,  sper.,  1938,  65:  49-52.—
Levin, E. R.  [The leucocytic profile in evaluating the efficacy
of antimalarial treatment in children]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1941, 10: 370-81.—Loriga, G.  Alcune osservazioni  sulla cura
della malaria.   Zbl. ges. Hyg.,  1942-43, 50: 693 (Abstr.)—
McElroy, J. B.  The comparative value  of different forms of
treatment of malaria.  Mississippi Doctor, 1933-34, 11: No. 3,
8-12.—Massias, C,  Bourgin, P., & Nguyen-Van-Tan.  Traite-
ment du  paludisme par  un derive acridinique  et un derive
quinoieinique; nouvelles observations.   Bull.  Soc path. exot.
Par., 1934, 27:  929-32.—Mezincesco,  D., ( ornelson, I). A.
[et al.]   Sur  l'efficacite  de l'atebrine et  de la quinine dans le
traitement prophylactique du paludisme.   Arch,  roumain.
path., Par., 1935, 8: 449; 1937, 10: 171-83. Also Bull. Health
Org. League of Nat.,  1938, 7: 96-110.—Mirra, G.   Plasmochina,
stovarsolo, chinino nella terapia della malaria tropicalc Arch.
ital.  sc. med. col.,  1930, 11: 169-75.—Mitchell, E. C, & Golt-
man, D. W.  Clinical results in the  treatment of  malaria with
combinations of quinine, atabrine and plasmochin during four
years'  experience.   South. M.  J., 1935, 28: 536-42.—Moore,
J. T., & Allison, W. L.   A comparative study of the value of
methylene blue and quinine in  the treatment of malarial fever.
Tr. Texas M. Ass.,  1902, 209-17.   Also Med. News, N. Y.,
1902, 81:  1063-6.—Moshkovsky,  S.  D., & Syrkina, S. A.
[Quantitative characteristic of  antimalarial activity  of acridin
preparations  of atebrin  and   lupinil-acridin  in  prophylactic
tests]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5: 725-34.—Muhlens, P.
Nuevas  experiencias en  el tratamiento  y la  profiiaxis del
paludismo.  Gac med.  Mexico, 1934,  65: 52-63.—Narain, R.
Comparative value of various  drugs used in the  treatment of
malaria.  Pract. Med., Delhi, 1932, 30:  113-6.—Opinion on
use of  cinchona and cinchona alkaloids for the  treatment of
malaria.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1942, 119: 1512.—Orosco, G.  El
tratamiento ideal del paludismo.   Dia med., B. Air., 1937, 9:
850.—Overbeek, J.  G., &  Gilbert, A.  P  W.   [Comparison
between the therapeutic effect of atebrine and quinine per oa
during an epidemic  of malaria in the  Tasikmalaja Residency
during Sept. and Aug.  1936]   Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned.
Indie, 1937, 26: 337-42.—Parrot,  L., Catanei, A. [et al.] Com-
parative experiments in mass prophylaxis of malaria by means
of quinine and  of  synthetic drugs, quinacrine and praequine.
In: Treat. Malaria (League of Nations) 1937, 208-88.-----&
Ambialet, R.  Essai comparatif de  prophylaxie du paludisme
par la quinine et par  les medicaments synthetiques; quinacrine,
praequine; Algerie, mars 1935-mai 1936.  Arch.  Inst.  Pasteur
Algerie, 1937, 15: 450-626, 24 pi—Pessoa, S. B.   Notas sobre
a acao anti-malarica de algumas substantias;  quinina e outras
drogas.   Acta  med., Rio,  1942,  10:  157-64.—Pittaluga, G.
Die Behandlung der  Malaria (Zusammenfassung der Erfahrun-
gen spanischer Malariologen)   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935,
39: 291-6.—Plehn,  A.   Zur Frage der  natiirlichen und der
medikamentosen Heilung der Malaria.  Zschr. Hyg., 1927-28,
108:  085-99.—Prokopenko, L.  I.   [Comparative  evaluation of
the interrupted  and standard  methods  of malaria treatment]
Med. parazit., Moskva, 1943,  12: No.  6, 36-40.—Rashina, M.
G., Miliutiba, E. J. [et al.]  [Comparative efficacy of repeated
preventive treatment  with acriquine  and  quinine]  Ibid.,
1937, 6:  155-80.—Raskin, A. J.   [Results  of  treatment of
malaria with acrichin combined with chinolin No. 31]  Ibid.,
1939, 8: No.  6,  75-80.—Rigu,  Gourry,  N., & Hussenet, S.  Le
paludisme en milieu indigene k  Dakar pendant les annees 1932
1933; action comparee de divers medicaments. Bull. Soc. patli.
exot., Par., 1934,  26:  579-86.—Rosales, J. Z.   Comparative
studies on the results of different medical treatment of malaria.
J. Philippine Islands M. Ass.,  1930, 10: 527-30.—Rubinstein,
B. N., Rottenberg, V. B., & Khavenson, F. S.  [On  the combined
treatment of  malaria with acrichin and ultra-violet irradiation]
Klin, med., Moskva, 1941,  19: No.  2, 124-6.—Sadoian, V. S.
[L'efficacite comparative du traitement du paludisme  chez les
enfants par les preparations synthetiques et la quinine] Sovet.
med., 1939, No.  20, 22.—Samofalov, S. V.  [Comparative data
on the effect of osarsol with plasmocide, plasmocide with quinine,
and quinine alone on malaria]   Sovet.  vrach. J.,  1936, i: 904-
7.—Seheult,  R.   Observations on  the treatment of malarial
fever.   Carib. M.  J., 1944, 6: 343-52.—Sergent, E., Balfour,
M. C. [et al.]  Etude de la therapeutique et de la prophylaxie
du paludisme par les  medicaments synthetiques compares a
la quinine.   Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Algerie,  1938,  16:  14.5-50.
Also Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938,  31: 77-84.—Sergent, E.
iV Catanei, A. Sur Taction de  la quinine, de la cinchonidine et
de la  cinchonine  donn6es  a  faibles doses  quotidiennes aux
indigenes paludeens  en  Algerie.    Ibid.,  1920,  19:  185-90.
------& Sergent, E. Etude de l'aetion de la cinchonine et de
la cinchonidine dans le traitement  du  paludisme, en Algerie.
Malariologia, Nap., 1928, 21: 1-3.—Siegenbeek van Heukelom. 
MALARIA                                         127                                         MALARIA
 A   [Treatment of acute malaria;  quinine or atebrin?]  Ned.
 tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 1447-55.—Sinton. J. A.  The effects
 of treatment on the incidence and degree of splenic  enlarge-
 ment in an adult population infected with malaria.   Tr.  Far
 East. Ass.  Trop.  M.,  1927, 7. Congr.  2:  778-80.  ------
 Summary of experiments  made in India on the value of the
 different cinchona alkaloids in the treatment of malaria.   Rec.
 Malaria Surv. India, 1929-30, 1: 429-50.  ------  The relative
 values of the  cinchona alkaloids in the treatment of  malarial
 fevers.  Ibid., 451-72.  ------ Studies in malaria, with special
 reference  to treatment; does the strain of parasite  influence
 cure?  Ind. J. M. Res., 1930-31, 18: 845-53.—Slatineanu, A.,
 Sibi, M. [et al.]  Exploration fonctionnelle du foie et du  rein
 dans le paludisme; avant et apr£s traitement a l'atebrine pure
 ou combinee avec plasmoquine  ou quinine.  Arch,  roumain.
 path., Par., 1934,  7: 529-43.—Soesilo,  R.  [Significance of
 quinine  and certain other preparations  for  treatment  and
 individual prophylaxis in chronic-endemic malaria provinces
 in the East Indian Archipelago]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie,
 1933, 73:  962-75.-—Somasundram,  S.  Temperature charts
 illustrating  the action  of  atebrin musonate intramuscularly
 compared with quinine bihydrochloride intramuscularly in the
 treatment of malaria in Ceylon.   Tr. R.  Soc. Trop. M.  Hyg.,
 Lond., 1935-36, 29:  103.—Steinberg, A. D.  [A comparison of
 the  organotropic action of acriquine and plasmocide]  Med.
 parazit., Moskva, 1943, 12: No.  6, 32-6.—Study of the  thera-
 peutics and prophylaxis of malaria by synthetic drugs as com-
 pared with quinine.   Am. J. Hyg., 1938, 27: 390-8.—Suarez, J.
 Ensayos sobre  el tratamiento  del  paludismo  de evolution
 secundaria.   Rev. san. mil., La  Paz.  1938,  4:  625-7.—Sun,
 T. C. Y., & Young, M. P. A report on 167 cases of malaria treat-
 ed in Elizabeth Blake Hospital during 1930.  China M. J., 1931,
 45: 258-65, pi.—Tareev, E. M. [Evaluation of results,  obtained
 from treatment of malaria with synthetic preparations] Vrach.
 delo, 1936,  19: 375-82.----—  [Treatment of malaria with
 acridine and  chinoline preparations]  Ter. arkh., 1937,  15:
 670-92.—Temkine,  M.  Considerations sur la therapeutique
 rationnelle du paludisme.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1936, 28:
 326-33.—Treatment  (The)  of  malaria; study of  synthetic
 drugs, as  compared  with  quinine,  in the  therapeutics  and
 prophylaxis of malaria; 4. general report  of the Malaria Com-
 mission.  Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1937, 6: 895-1153.
 Also Calcutta M. J., 1938,  33: 65-72.  Also J. R. Army M.
 Corps, 1938, 70: 110-7.  Also French transl., Rev. hyg., Par.,
 1938, 60: 197-212.  Also Span, transl., Bol. Min. san.,  Caracas,
 1938, 3: 1881-93.—Tumolmin,  F.  D.  [Comparative data on
 treatment of malaria with osarsol and acriquine, combined with
 plasmocide]  Klin,  med., Moskva,  1937, 15: 750.—Vich, A.
 Las recidivas; control de la eficacia de los medicamentos anti-
 paludicos.  Rev. san., Madr., 1939, 13: 724-8.—Wallace, R. B.
 Mass treatment by quinine and synthetic drugs.  Malay. AL
 J., 1934, 9:  146-54.

 ---  Treatment, experimental.
   Avguszevich, P. L., & Dauman, A. G.  [Experimental treat-
 ment of  malaria  with  intravenous injections of  arrhenal]
 Kazan,  med. J., 1925, 21: 935-40.—Bastianelli, G., Mosna, E.,
 & Ganalis,  A.  Prevention and treatment of malaria by  syn-
 thetic drugs; field experiments.  Bull. Health Org. League of
 Nat., 1937, 6: 822-91.—Ciuca,  M.   Experiments in malaria
 treatment and prevention carried out in Roumania with certain
 synthetic drugs; foreword.   Ibid.,  1938,  7: 43-6.  ------
 Ball if, L. [et al.]  Experiments in malaria treatment  and  pre-
 vention carried out in Roumania with certain synthetic drugs.
 In: Treat. Malaria (League of Nations) 1937, 399-477. —;---
 & Balteanu, I.  Contribution a l'etude du traitement abortif de
 l'infection   paludeenne  intentionnellement  provoquee  par
 inoculation  de  sang  virulent de Laverania.   Bull. Soc path.
 exot., Par.,  1931, 24: 645-9.—Ciuca, M.,  Balteanu,  I. [et al.]
 Research  on the treatment of  naturally  acquired   malaria:
 treatment experiments carried out in the field.  Bull. Health
 Org.  League of Nat.,  1938,  7:  73-95.—Coggeshall,  L. T.
 Prophylactic and therapeutic effect of sulfonamide compounds
 in experimental malaria.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938,
 38: 768-73.—Craig,  C.  F.   Results  of recent  research in the
 treatment of malaria.  South. M. J., 1934, 20: 546-9.—Fatto-
 vich, G., & Lenti, P.  Ricerche sperimentali sull'azione profilat-
 tica dello jodomercurato di manganese verso l'infezione malarica
 umana inoculata da  zanzara.  Arch. ital. sc. med. col.,  1938,
 19: 129-60.—Fauci, R.  Esperimento di bonifica umana anti-
 malarica con chinoplasmina.  Gazz. internaz. med.  chir., 1935,
 45: 419-27.—Field, J. W.   Experimental testing  of  malarial
 remedies.  Annual Rep. Inst. M. Res., Kuala Lumpur (1936)
 1937, 104-6.—Gambrell, E.  Experimental studies of new anti-
 malarial drugs.  Bull.  Fulton Co.  M.  Soc,  1942,  16: No. 8,
 4.—Gomoiu, V., &  Gomoiu, V.   [Biological and  therapeutic
 investigations  on paludism]  Spitalul, 1939,  59: 407-10.—
 James,  S.  P.   Antimalarial chemotherapeutic  tests at  the
 Devon Mental Hospital.  J. Trop. M. & Hyg., Lond.,  1933, 36:
 289-91.  ------Nicol, W. D., & Shute, P. G. Experiments on
 the treatment of malaria in England.  Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop.
 M.  (1927)  1928,  7.  Congr.,  2:  788-803.—Kikuth,  W.   Die
 experimentelle   Chemotherapie  der  Malaria.   Deut.  med.
 Wschr.,  1935,   61:  573-7.   ------    L'immunologie experi-
 mentale  et la  chimiotherapie du  paludisme.   Riv. malariol.,
 1935, 14: Suppl. 6, 71-80.—Kosminsky, I. [Test of dispensary
 treatment of malaria after  survey of lowlands of  Belgorod
sanitary district of Southern Railways]  Profil. med., Kharkov,
 1928, 7:  No. 4, 42-4.—Langen, C. D. de, & Storm, C. J.  [Ex-
perimental study of circulation disorders caused by plasmochin
and atebrine]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 1646-58.—
Lawrie, E.  Report  on cases of malarial fever treated in the
Residency  Hospital, and of experiments carried  out in the
temporary laboratory of the Hyderabad Medical School, during
the month of  October  1899. Ind. M. Gaz.,  1900, 35: 1-5.—
Monier, H. M.  Essai  d'un derive de la quinoieine (664 Four-
neau) dans la malaria experimentale.  Bull.  Soc. path, exot.,
Par., 1931, 24: 93-7.—Moshkovsky, C. Au sujet des methodes
de la chimiotherapie experimentale du paludisme.  Ibid., 1935,
28: 639-50.—Moshkovsky, S. D., & Poliakova, A. L. [Methods
in the determination of schizotropic properties of anti-malarial
preparations in chemo-therapeutic experiments]  Med.  parazit.,
Moskva, 1934,  3: 395-400.—Napier, L. E.,  Butcher, D., &
Das  Gupta, C. R.  Field experiments with atebrin and  plas-
mochin.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 186-91.—Peter, F. M.  The
clinical testing of  malarial  remedies. Tr.  R. Soc. Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 41-50.—Poliak, I. S.  [Experimental
treatment of malaria with epinephrine]  Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32:
1701-5.—Serross, A. G.  Experiments with a new anti-malarial
remedy.  Peoria M.  J., 1902, 8: 149-54.—Simon, I.  Ricerche
sperimentali sull'azione locale  delle miscelle di chinina  e di
antipirina e di chinina e di etiluretano  usate nella cura  della
malaria.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 1168.—Yao, Y. T.,
& Sun, C. J.   Field experiment on malaria treatment.  Tr. Far
East. Ass.  Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 2, 281-97.

----   Treatment: Hemotherapy.
  Chavez S., A. Auto-hemoterapia en el paludismo.  Sugestiones,
Mex., 1944-45,  9: No. 105, 48-58.   ------  Tratamiento del
paludismo por medio de  la autohemoterapia.  Ibid., No. 109,
54-6.-—Lorando, N., & Soteriades, D. Treatment of malaria
with immune blood.  Tr.  R.  Soc. Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond.,
1937-38, 31: 227-34—Nobecourt, P., Liege, R. [et al.]  Trans-
fusion du sang et  paludisme.   Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1932,
30: 453-60.—Padoan,  M., & Frizziero, M.  Autoemoterapia
nella malaria  cronica.  Riv. malariol., 1930, 9: 135-49.—Ruiz
Moyano Flores, J.  La autohemoterapia  en el paludismo y su
interpretation a la luz de los nuevos conocimientos patogenicos.
Sem. med. espan., 1943,  6: 70-2.—Sepulcri,  P., & Vidale, E.
Autoemoterapia della malaria.  Riv. malariol., 1929, 8:78-80.—
Teneta, S. S., & Gusev,  B. N.  [Blood  transfusion in treat-
ment of malaria] Sovet. med., 1938,  No. 24, 25.

----   Treatment: History and progress.
   Bhattacharjee, S. P.   Advancement in the knowledge of
treatment for  malaria.  Antiseptic, Madras, 1934, 31: 413-6.—
Casini, G.  La  terapia della malaria acuta nella pratica corrente.
Arch. ital. sc.  med. col., 1937, 18: 433-40.—Kikuth, W.  Neue
Erkenntnisse   und  Fortschritte   der  Malariabehandlung.
Umschau,  1939, 43: 104-7.—Mayer,  M.  Neuere Erkenntnisse
zur Behandlung und Prophylaxe der Malaria.  Schweiz.  med.
Wschr., 1938,  68: 905-9.—Perrod, G.  Nota  storica sulla cura
prolungata dell'infezione malarica.  Riv. veneta sc. med., 1902,
37:427-30.—Pierret, R.  Les traitements actuels du paludisme.
Biol,  med., Par.,  1914-21, 12: pt  1, 479;  535.—Rodriguez
Perez, J. F.   Terapeutica moderna del paludismo. In: Aport.
Inst.  Finlay,  Habana, 1938, 133-84.—Santos, J.  Nocoes a
conservar sobre impaludismo.   Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1938, 27:
250-9.—Sicault, G., & Messerlin, A.  Vues  nouvelles sur la
maladie palustre et  les thdrapeutiques  sterilisantes  du palu-
disme.  Riv. malariol., 1937, 16: 305-23.—Soberon y Parra, G.
El futuro de la terapeutica antipaludica. Gac. med.  Mexico,
1943, 73: 415-21.—Tropp, C.  Fortschritte in der Behandlung'
der Malaria.   Fortsch. Ther.,  1932,  8: 713-6.—Uhlenhuth, P.
Neuere Forschungsergebnisse bei der Heilung  und Bekampfung
der Malaria.   Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1934, 31: 393-8.

----   Treatment: Iodine.
   Boudreau.  lode et paludisme.  C. rend.  Congr.  fr. med.,
1923, 17. sess., 39-41.—Regnault.  Du tra'tement des acc£s de
fievre palustre par un melange iodo-iodure.  Rev. med.,  Par.,
1901, 21: 804-8.—Shulgin, K. Y.  Liecheni.e malyarii nastolkol
ioda.  Voen. med. J.,  1902, 80. med. spec pt.,  1724-38.—Traite-
ment des  acces intermittents  par un  melange iodo-iodure.
Rev. m<5d. Afrique nord, 1904, 7: 293-5.—Ventura, A.  L'  iodio
nella malaria cronica. Gazz. osp., 1926, 47: 769-73.—Zausailov,
M. A.   Treatment of protracted malaria by  use of iodine  in-
fusion.]   Klin, med., Moskva,  1926, 4: 184-6.

----   Treatment: Iontophoresis.
   Iliinsky, P. I. [Iontophoresis of the spleen as treatment of
malaria in children]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1937, No. 9, 54-7.—
Rivlin, L.  S.  [Iontophoresis treatment of  chronic  malaria]
Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30: 1075.

----   Treatment: Lecithin.
   Jerace, F.,  & Chieffi, T.  Azione modificatrice della terapia
lecitinica  endovenosa sul quadro  ematologico della  malaria.
Rass. clin.  ter., 1936, 35: 72-8— Kehar, N. D.  Cholesterol and
lecithin in malaria.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1937, 7: 117-29.

----   Treatment: Metals.
   Alvarez  Soto, N., &  Quintana, H.   El mercurocromo 220 en
su accion sobre el paludismo. Bol.  Inst. clin. quir., B. Air.,
1926, 2: 378-86.—Carra,  G. Cura della malaria con il tartaro 
MALARIA                                         128                                        MALARIA
stibiato secondo  il metodo  De  Nunno;  studio  clinico sui
nazionali e sugli indigeni A.  O. I.  Riforma rred., 1940, 56:
410-8.—Chopra, R. N., Roy, D. N. [et al.]  M  3, a new  drug
in the treatment  of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1940, 75: 19.—
Coppa, K.  II tartaro stibiato per via endovenosa nella cura
della  malaria, metodo de  Nunno. Riv.  malariol.,  1940, 19:
20-38.—De Nunno, R.  Sul meccanismo d'azione del tartaro
stibiato nella terapia  della malaria acuta e  cronica.   Atti
Accad. fisiocr. Siena,  1937, 11. ser.,  5: .70-3.  —:---   Sulla
terapia della malaria acuta col tartaro stibiato.  Ibid., 73-5.—
Dundas, J. D., & Telang, D. M. On the inefficiency of mercuro-
chrome 220 in the treatment of malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1926,
61: 116.—Eubanas, F.  Mercurochrome soluble-220 in malaria.
J. Philippine Islands  M. Ass., 1926,  6:  215-8.—Field, J. W.
M3.  Annual Rep. Inst. M. Res.,  Kuala Lumpur (1939)  1940,
50.—Florinsky, V. V.  [Biochinol in the treatment of malariaj
Sovet. vrach. J.,  1936, 1:  915.—Knight, H. C.  The use of
thiobismol in the  management of  therapeutic malaria.  Hosp.
News, Wash., 1940,  7: No.  21, 24-9.—Landau. A.  [Mixed
therapy of malaria and first experiments  in  application of
bismuth salts] In: Prace klin. Oddz. chor. wewn. Szpit. Wolski,
Warsz., 1932, 17-27.—Landriani, R.   Esperienze di profilassi e
terapia antimalarica con lo jodomercurato di  manganese ed
estratto di milza  (M  3)  Gior. med.  rail.,  1937, 85: 1061-71.
------ Lo jodomercurato  di manganese ed estratto di milza
fM 3)nella profilassie terrapia antimalarica; ricerche sui rnilitari
del Corpo d'armata della Sardegna. Ibid., 1938, 86: 263-72 —
Lornezini, G.  Avventure e disavventure del mercurio quale
antimalarico.   Rass.  clin.  sc, 1936,  14:  15-23.—Manca, S.
Lo jodo-mercurato di manganese nella profilassi e nella terapia
della  malaria cronica recidivante.   Riv.  malariol.,   1939,
18: 313-28.—Oi, T.   On the  effectiveness  of  antimonids
against malaria.   Taiwan  igakkai zassi,  1926,  No.  251.—
Piccaluga. L.  Iodo-mercurato di manganese con estratto di
milza nella cura di malarici cronici.  Rass. med. sarda,  1940,
42: 19.—Pirelli, R. Prime esperienze sulla cura della malaria
con il tartaro stibiato in A. O. I. (metodo di  R.  de  Nunno)
Fol. med., Nap.,  1940, 26: 392-403.—Reitler,  R.   Ueber die
Behandlung  der  Malaria  mit Cadmiumpraparaten.   Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 949; 1927, 40:  314—Sacchi, A.  Bismu-
toterapia  perorale antimalarica; tre anni di applicazione  di un
nuovo antimalarico, chinormina.   Gazz. med. Roma, 1931, 57:
102;  134.—Schwartz,  W.  F.  The   effect  of thio-bismol on
therapeutic malaria.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1939, 65: 175-84.—
Speranza,  U.  II bismuto  nella terapia della  malaria.  Riv.
malariol.,  1927,  n. ser., 6:  573-8.—Torres Munoz, A. El
yodomercurato de manganeso en el paludismo.  Rev.  med.
trop. parasit., Habana, 1939, 5: 31-9.—Van den Branden, F.
Le Heyden 661 ou antimosan dans le  traitement de la malaria.
Bull.  Soc. path,  exot.. Par., 1926,  19:  182:5 — Vassallo, G.
Come si  fissano  nel  sangue  il mercurio e il manganese del
nuovo  preparato antimalarico M3.  Med. nuova, 1938, 29:
138-43.—Watson, C.  E.  Malaria and its treatment with bis-
muth violet;  with a reference to a newer treatment; protozidin.
South. M. & S., 1939,  101: 431-41.


----   Treatment: Methods.

    Alport, A. C   Malaria and its treatment in
 the line and at the base.  279p.  8?  Lond., 1919.
    Amsterdam.   Cixchona-Instituut.   Modern
 treatment of malaria.   24p.   24cm.  Amst., 1938.
    Brenes,  R.   *Der   gegenwartige  Stand   der
 Anschauungen iiber  Provokations-Methoden bei
 Malaria.   23p.  8?   [Berl.] 1931.
    Cinchona   Products  Institute.    Drift  or
 mastery in the treatment of malaria.   28p.  21cm.
 N. Y., 1940.
    Dol, P.  *Les conceptions modernes du traite-
 ment du  paludisme.    55p.   24}£cm.   Marseille,
 1938.
    Guest,   C.    The  treatment  of  malaria   with
 malarene.    8p.   24J/2cm.   Kuala  Lumpur,  1937.
    RoDRfGUEZ Perez, J. F.  Terap6utica moderna
 del  paludismo.  55p.   26cm.   La  Habana, 1938.
    Tratamiento de las fiebres paludicas, el bazo,
 la  anemia por  las pildoras  andinas.   12p.   X:
 Bogota, 1899.
    Adams, J.  M.  The standard treatment of malaria.  N.
 Orleans M.  & S. J.,  1931, 84: 379-88.—Albuquerque Soares,
 H. de.  Moderna concepcao do  tratamento da malaria; sua
 cura e profilaxia.  Hospital, Rio, 1941, 20: 85-97.  Also Labor.
 clin., Rio, 1942, 22: 85; 145.—Almeida Nunes.  Estado actual
 da therapeutica anti-malarica. Brasil med., 1934, 48: 559-61.—
 Annecke, S.  Treatment of malaria  in the Transvaal.  S. Afr.
 M. J., 1938, 12:  905-9.—Ascoli, M.  Sulla  cura dell' infezione
 malarica  cronica. Riforma med., 1936, 52: 351.  Also Gior.
 med.  mil.,  1937, 85:  3-7.   ------  Aspects theoriques  et
 pratiques  du traitement  humoral de l'infection  paludeenne.
 Presse m6d., 1937, 45: 1827-30.—Austin, L. B. An improved
 malarial treatment.   Mississippi  Doctor, 1936-37, 14: No. 11,
 33_6 —Baker, H. B.   Some notes on malaria.  Homeop. Rec,
 57- 226-31 —Bank, I. L.   [Treatment of malaria by pompage]
In: Nerv. trof. (Speransky, A. D.) Moskva.  1936, 2: 337-9.—
Barbosa, A.  Estudio actual  de la terapeutica anti-paludica.
Siglo med., 1933, 92: 152-6.—Bnsscnge. R.  Zur Therapie und
Prophvlaxe chronischer Malaria.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1904,
30:  900-8.—Benhamou,  E.   Les traitements modernes  du
paludisme.  Bull. g6n. ther., 1936, 187: 323-36. Also Dia med.,
B. Air., 1937, 9: 248.—Bharathi, V.  Malaria and its oriental
treatment.   Antiseptic,   Madras, 1945,  42: 83;  passim.—
Blanchard, R.  Instructions a l'usage des  medecins,  des natu-
ralistes et des voyageurs,  redigees au nom de la  Commission
du paludisme.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1900, 3. ser., 44: 6-58.—
Bruetsch, W. L.  The mechanism of the malaria treatment.
Indianapolis M. J., 1930,  33: 739-4L—Burnett, J. A.  Impor-
tant prescriptions in the treatment of malaria.  N. Albany M.
Herald, 1906, 24: 196-8.—Calderon Blanco, S. El tratamiento
moderno del paludismo.  Siglo med.,  1928, 82: 5-8.—Carvalho,
A. de.   O tratamento mixto  no impaludismo. Tribuna med.,
Rio, 1929,  33: 89;  99.—Cazanove. ITn ancien traitement du
paludisme.   Rev. med. hyg.  tio|...  Par.,  1930, 22:  23-31.-
Chizhina, A. L.   [Popular remedies  in treatment of malaria]
,f. profil. subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent, 1931, 4: 77-80, 7  ch.-
Cipriani, A. G.  Zum Problem  der Malaria-Therapie.  Deut.
med. Ztg, 1900, 21: 1193.—Cohen, J. S.   |Period of  treatment
of fresh cases of malaria]   Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No.  17,  29.-
Corsonello. P.  Un  vecchio  ma sempre  moderno metodo di
cura della malaria.  Riv.  med.,  1938, 46:  11.5-8.—Craig.  C. F.
The modern treatment of malaria.  N. Orleans  M. & S. J.,
1936-37,89:097-9.  ------  The modern treatment of malarial
infections.  Texas J. M.,  1939-40, 35: 213-8.—Crisafulli. A.
Le forme associate e le forme proporzionate;  loro cura.  Gazz.
med. ital.,  1939, 98: 329-31.-—Cura delle complicazioni  della
malaria acuta.  Gazz. osp., 1937, 58: 31-3.—Cutileiro, E.  Do
tratamento causal da infeccao palustre, segundo o dr. Augusto
Rocha.   Med. mod.,  Porto,  1906, 13: 85.—Dawson, W. T.
Present-day conceptions  of  malaria therapy.  Texas J. M.,
1936-37, 32: 358-63.—Dowling, H. F.  A clinician looks at the
present-day treatment of malaria.   Med.  Ann. District of
Columbia, 1944, 13: 217.—Dranicky, V. M.  [Mental disorders
in relation to complications in treatment of malaria]  Tr. Inst.
Gannushkina,  1940,  5: 498-520.—Dushane, J. E.,  & Passa-
lacqua, L. A.  Management of acute malaria.  Mil.  Surgeon,
1913,   92:  379-83.—Efendiev,  M.  E.   [Combined therapv
in  malaria]  Sovet.  med., 1940, 4:  No. .2,  20.—Egilmez, E.
[Treatment of persistant  malaria]  Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi,
1940, 69: No. 32, 65-73.—Ejgrcito, A.  Present concept of the
therapeusis of malaria.  J. Philippine  Islands M. Ass.,  1936,
16: 207-20.  Also Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila,  1936,
16: 119-36.  Also  Rev.  filip.  med.,  1936,  27:  197-211 —
English,  H. D.   Recent  trends in malarial  therapy. Week.
Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1934, 28: 530-2— Fennell, E. S. Treat-
ment of malaria in England.   Brit. M. J.,  1942, 2: 171.  Ferri,
G.  Nuova terapia malarica.   Gazz. internaz. med. chir.,  1934,
42: 579-83.—Fiore,  G. Valore terapeutico delle pillole Mengo-
lati nelle febbri malariche.  Malaria, Milano, 1902, 2: No. 9,
10-2.—Franqueira Soares, E.   Consideracoes em torno do
tratamento da malaria. Hora med., Rio, 1942, No. 54, 79-92 —
Frizziero, M. Sulla terapia delle anemie secondarie in particolar
modo di quelle secondarie a malaria.  Rinasc. med., 1932, 9:
107.—Galeazzo.     Contributo  alia  terapia della  malaria.
Lav. Congr. med. int. (1901) 1902, 561.—Garcia Rivera, A.
Informaci6n  referente al  tratamiento del  paludismo.  Vida
nueva, Habana, 1931, 28: 462-77.—Germanov, A.  I.   [Method
of aborting malarial attacks]   Russ. klin.,  1926, 6: 53-65.—
Gil Calvo,  J.  Aportaci6n   al  tratamiento del  paludismo
en  sus diversas  formas.  Sem.  m6d. espan.,  1944,  7: 445.—
Gomoiu, V., &  Gomoiu, I.   [New trends  in  treatment of
malaria]  Spitalul,  1941,  61: 121.— Haskover, V., & Uttl, K.
[Methods and technic in treatment of malaria]  Rev. neur.
psychiat.,  Praha,  1930,  27: 306-8.—Hauer, A.  Verktirzte
Malariaheilbehandlung (Fiinftagekur)   Deut. med. Wschr.,
1943, 69: 713-7.—Herrmann, O., &  Korobkina, W.  Versuche
der intrakutanen Malariabehandlung.  Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
hyg.,  1930, 34: 123-8.—Hill, R. A.   Present day concepts in
the treatment of malaria.  J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1938, 27: 318.—
Horn, L., & Kauders, O.  Eine neue Methode der abgeschwach-
ten Malariabehandlung.  Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1928, 41: 585-7.—
Hughes, W.  The treatment of malaria in a hyperendemic zone.
Tr. R. Soc  Trop.  M.  Hvg.,  Lond.,  1942-43, 36: 60-74.—
Iamandi, G., & lamandi, T.  [Contribution  to the treatment
of  malaria]  Romania med.,  1935, 13:  232.—Knowles, R.,
& Das Gupta, B.  M.  Clinical studies  in malaria by  cul-
tural  and  enumerative  methods.  Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1931, 66:
1-11,  pi.—Kon,  J.  C,  & Jakovleva,  O.  I.  [Efficacy of a
prolonged  treatment of  malaria for prevention of recurrence]
Med. parazit., Moskva,  1942,  11:  No.  5,  20-4.—Korovicky,
L. K.  [Present state of the treatment of malaria]  Tr. Ukrain.
sezda  terapevtov (1936)  1939, 4.  Congr.,  171-3.—Landahl,
H. D.  Outline of a  mathematical  theory  of the  removal of
malarial parasites from the blood stream.  Bull. Math. Biophys..
1944, 6: 93-104.—Langen, C. D. de.  [Medical treatment and
prevention  of malaria]   Geneesk.  tschr. Ned.  Indie,   1933,
73: 11.54-61.  ------ & Storm, C.J.   Observations on the
modern  medical  treatment  of  malaria.  Tr. Far  East.  Ass.
Trop.  M., 1934, 9: pt 2, 233-60, 12 pi.—Legendre, F.  M. A.,
& Alvarez Cienfuegos. J. M.  Sur  quelques essais de  traite-
ments nouveuix du paludisme. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,
 1927, 20:  150.  Leiserman,  L. I.  [Organization of treatment
of  malaria and  its  significance related to other anti-malarial
measures]   Tr.   Ukrain.  sezda terapevtov  (1936)  1939, 4,
Congr.,  194-6.—Lemanski.   Les diverses methode* de traite- 
MALARIA
129
MALARIA
 ment du paludisme.  Bull. Hop.  Sadiki,  Tunis, 1900, 3: 311-
 24.—Ljubic, S.  Prvi pokusaj sistematicnog lijecenja malarije
 u  neretvanskim blatijima.  LijeC. vjes.,  1906, 28: 223-30.—
 Lodato, G.  Campagna  antimalaria nel  Fezzan: Ubari-Edri;
 bonifica del terreno e terapia endovenosa. Arch. ital. sc med.
 col., 1935,  16:  299-310.  Marchoux,  E.  Novo  tratado de
 paludismo.   Rev.  med.  cir. Brasil,  1926,  34:  298-303.—
 Masalov, V. V., & Loiferman, A. G.   [Treatment of primary
 malarial invasion]  Radianska med., 1939, 4: No. 4, 34-7.—
 Masselot, F. Traitement du paludisme aigu.  Presse  m6d.,
 1940, 48: 479.—Matilla, V., Fabrega, J. M., & Vich, A.  Ueber
 unsere heutigen Erkenntnisse in der Malariabehandlung.  Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42: 95-107.—Mayne, B.   A review of
 selected papers contributing to the progress of malaria therapy
 during the past year.  South. M. J., 1936, 29: 755-7.—Mer, G.
 Ueber die moderne Behandlung der Malaria.   Harefuah,  Tel
 Aviv, 1937, 13: No. 2, p. i-iii.—Missiroli, A.  Alcune ricerche
 sulla terapia della malaria. Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1938, 64:
 14.—Miihlens, P.   Der gegenwartige Stand der Malariabehand-
 lung und der medikamentosen Prophylaxe.  In: Kathol. mis-
 sionsarztl. Furs., 1932, 9:  10-7.  Also Engl, transl., China M.
 J., 1933, 47: 1401-10.—Miiller, A. Ueber moderne Malaria-
 therapie. Helvet.  med. acta, 1934, 1: 372-6.—Murgatroyd, F.
 Modern treatment of malaria.  Med.  Press  & Circ,  Lond.,
 1938, 196:  146;  1943,  210:  41.—Natalucci,  G.   Sul potere
 antimalarico delle pillole Mengolati.  Malaria, Milano, 1902,
 2: 7-9.—Naumann, H. E.  Malaria- und  Schwarzwasserfieber -
 Behandlung.  In:  Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 401-8.—
 Neri, F.  Nuovi metodi curativi della malaria.   Riv. malariol.,
 1931, 10: 465-98.—Nicole, J. E., & Fitzgerald, E. J.  Ten years
 of malarial therapy. Brit. M. J., 1934,  1: 426.—Proctor, A. H.
 The dispensary treatment of  malaria in India.  Ind.  M. Gaz.,
 1927, 62: 36-8.—Pucci,  P.  Le pillole Mengolati nella cura
 dell'impaludismo  cronico_.  Malaria, Milano,   1902,  2:  5.—
 Rangel  Filho, A.   Contribuicao ao estudo da terap£utica da
 malaria.  Rev. syniatr., Rio,  1936, 29: 215-45.—Regnault, F.
 Traitement suggestif des fievres intermittentes.  Rev. hypnot.,
 Par.,. 1900-01, 15: 373.—Riccamboni, G.  Contributo casistico
 alia  cura omeopatica della  malaria.   Sitzber.  Kongr. Liga
 homeop. internat.,  1935,  10. Congr., 249-51.—Roberts, V. H.
 Preliminary note on a new method of treating malarial fevers.
 Ind. M. Gaz., 1901, 36:  175.—Rodriguez Perez, J. F.  Tera-
 peutica  moderna del paludismo.  In; Monogr. Inst. Finlay,
 1938, 5: 133-84.   Also  Rev. med. cir. Habana,  1938,  43:
 275-325.—Rogan,   J.  M.  Treatment of  cerebral  malaria.
 Brit. M. J.,  1944,  2: 181.—Ruez, L. F.  Malaria-Behandlung.
 Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1937, 8: 474-7.—Sanders, J. P.  Present
 day trend in malarial therapy.   Tristate Al.  J., 1935-36, 8:
 1608.   -----   Treatment of  malaria by the short  course
 method.  South. M. J., 1936, 29: 746-51.  ------  Ten years'
 experience treating malaria by the short course method.  N.
 Orleans M.  & S. J., 1941-42,  94: 465-9.—Sarkar, A. K.  Eco-
 nomical treatment of malarial fever.   Ind.  M.  Rec,  1944,
 64: 311.-—Sautet, J.  Les  traitements modernes du paludisme
 et  leur importance capitale dans l'assainissement des regions
 palustres.   Presse  med.,   1934, 42: 1500-2.—Schweitzer, A.
 Beitrage zur Therapie der Malaria.  Ther. Mschr., 1907, 21:
 25-7.—Schwetz, J., Baumann, H. [et al.]  Notes therapeutiques
 sur le paludisme du Congo.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1933,
 25: 24-35.-—Short (A) note on the treatment of malaria by
 sodium  chloride.    Antiseptic,  Madras,  1926,  23:  204-6.—
 Shulgine, K. J.  [Treatment of chronic malaria]  Klin, med.,
 Moskva, 1928, 6: 418-21.—Sicault. Les  associations medica-
 menteuses dans le paludisme.   Maroc med., 1943, 58.  ------
 &  Messerlin, A.   Quelques donnees nouvelles  sur les thera-
 peutiques sterilisantes du  paludisme.  Bull. Soc.  path, exot.,
 Par., 1936,  29: 598-611.—Singh, B. H.   Milk injections in
 malarial spleens.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 498.—Sinton, J.
 A.   Studies in malaria, with special reference  to treatment;
 introduction and routine methods. Ind. J. M. Res.,  1925-26,
 13: 565-77.  ------  A suggested standard treatment of
 malaria based upon the results of the controlled investigation
 of over 3,700 cases.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1930, 65: 603-20.—Sokolov,
 N.  D.  [Methods in treatment of malaria] Vrach. delo,  1935,
 18:721-8.—Souza Pinto, G. de. Sur le traitement du paludisme.
 Acta Conv.  trop.  malar,  morb.,  1938, 2: 440-5.—Spaar, E.
 C.. The  modern treatment of malarial fever.   Malay. M. J.,
 1937, 12: 44-6.—Spriggs, M. L.  The treatment of anemia with
 special reference to malarial cachexia; report  of cases.   Med.
 Summary, 1904-05, 26: 131-3.—Steinberg, S. J., & Heifetz, K.
 B.  [On treatment  of malaria]  Tr. Ukrain. sezda terapevtov
 (1936) 1939, 4. Con.gr., 181-7.—Steiner.  Beitrag zur Therapie
 der Malaria.  Reichs Med. Anz.,  1907, 32: 423.—Stukalo, I.
 [Malaria  treatment by David  method]   Vrach. gaz., 31: 1113—
 6.—Tadich, R. [Modern treatment of malaria]  Voj. san. glas-
 nik, 1935, 6: 191-201.—Tanon, L., Cambessedes, H., & De-
 court, P.  Enquete  sur le traitement du paludisme.  Rev. med.
 hyg. trop., Par., 1931, 23: 65-85.—Tareev, E. M.  [Standardiza-
 tion of methods in treatment of  malaria]  Trop.  med. vet.,
 Moskva,  1931, 9: 384-7.  ------  [Modern methods in treat-
 ment of malaria]  Sovet.  med.,  1941, 5: No. 4, 3-9.   â– ------
 [Nonspecific treatment of malaria]  Ibid., 1942, 6: No. 8, 3-6.—
 Treatment (The) of malaria; a year's  progress.   Prescriber,
 Edinb., 1936, 30: 275, 1938, 32: 335.—Treatment of malaria
 in America.   Australas. J. Pharm., 1941, 22:  827.—Uher, V.
 [Contribution to the treatment of malaria]  Voj. zdrav. listy,
 1929, 5: 106-10.—Umansky, J.  Treatment of malarial coma.
Lancet, Lond, 1931, 2: 349.—Vatz, J. A.  Malarial therapy at
the  Pontiac State Hospital; a review of 15 years' experience.
Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,  1942,  48: 353.—Vilenkin,  L. J. I

       549701—vol. 10, 4th series----9
 [Contemporary  treatment  of  malaria]   Trop.  med.  vet.,
 Moskva, 1930, 8: 17-28.—Vincenti, C.   Di un metodo sollecito
 e  pratico per la cura della malaria.   Atti  Congr.  interprov.
 san. Alta Italia, 1904, 448-74.—Watson, R. B.  Current con-
 cepts of malaria and  its treatment.   Memphis M.  J., 1944,
 19: 130-3.—Williamson, H., & Singh, S. The early treatment
 of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1934,  69:  568-70.—Wingfield,  A.
 Treatment of malaria in England.   Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 476.—
 Yofe, H.  Contribution a l'etude  du traitement  moderne  du
 paludisme.  Rev. med. hyg.  trop., Par., 1934, 26:  225-31.—
 Zaidiner, I. L.  [Combined method of treatment  of certain
 forms  of  malaria]  Klin, med.,  Moskva,  1933,  11: 671-3.—
 Ziemann, H.   Zur modernen Therapie der Malaria.   Med.
 Welt, 1927, 1: 441-3.


 ----   Treatment: Methylene blue.
   De Blasi, A.  II bleu di  metilene  nella  malaria.  Gazz.
 osp., 1902, 23: 279-81.—Dubovskaia, R. S., & Rotenberg, V.  B.
 [Phenomenon  of potentiation of plasmocides by pyrroleblue in
 treatment of malaria]  J. mikrob.,  Moskva, 1937, 18: 233-6.—
 Froes, H. P.  II blu di metilene nella terapia della malaria.
 Riv. malariol., 1934, 13: 484^6.—Ivanov, A.  Liechenie malyarii
 anilinovol  sinkol.   Boln. gaz. Botkina,  1900,  10:  2341-52.
 Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1900, 26: 33-5.  ------  Ueber die
 Veranderungen der Malariaparasiten wahrend  der Methylen-
 blaubehandlung.  Ibid., 1901, 27: 281.—Ivanov, S. I.  Metile-
 novaya sinka v liechenii malyarii.  Voen.  med. J.,  Moskva,
 1902, 80: 842-58.—Liachovetzky, A.  [Possibility  of  complete
 cure of malarial infection by alternate cure with methylene
 blue and quinine]  Klin,  med., Moskva,  1927, 5:  615-9.—
 Perez Noguera, E.  Un  caso de  paludismo cr6nico rebelde
 curado con el azul de metileno.  Corresp. med., Madr.,  1904,
 39: 226; 242.  Also Rev. med.  cir. pract.,  Madr., 1905, 68:
 329-338.—Pessoa, S. B.   Notas  sobre a  acao anti-malarica
 de algumas substantias; azul de metileno.   Rev.  paul. med.,
 1942, 21: 162.—Shishliaeve, Z. S.  [Application of acid leuko-
 base of methylene blue for the evaluation of the action of syn-
 thetic  preparations  on  malaria  Plasmodia in man]   Med.
 parazit.,  Moskva,  1940,  9: 285-7.—Strizover.  M. A.   K
 llecheniyu   peremezhayushchelsya   likhoradki   metilenovol
 sinkol.   Med. obozr.,  Moskva, 1893,  40:  466.—Takeoka,  I.
 [Researches on the employment of methylene blue in malaria]
 Fukuiken igaku kwai zassi, 1896, 267-71.—Tomashevich, S. S.,
 Nablyudeniye nad  dlelstviyem  metilenovol  sinki (Methylen-
 blau) pri malyarii v devyatom grenaderskom Sibirskom polku
 vigor, Vladimirie (na Klyazmle)  Russ. med., 1893, 18:477.—
 Vigdorchik,  N.  A.   O lechenii malarii metilenovol sinkol.
 Vrach. gaz.,  1903,  10:  x,  53-5.—Wood, H. C.   The use  of
 methylene blue in malarial fevers.  Proc. Philadelphia Co. M.
 Soc, 1904-05, 25:  281-6.  Also Ther.  Rev., Phila.,  1904,  1:
 401-8.

 ----   Treatment:  Pamaquine.

   Cottini,  A.    Da plasmochina  na  malaria;
 trabalho  executado  nas  enfermarias  da Santa
 Casa de misericordia de  Sao  Paulo.   90p.   8?
 [S. Paulo] 1929.
   Sonak,  M.   *Plasmochin in der Behandlung
 der   Malaria    [Breslau]   p.168-91.   8?   Lpz.,
 1930.
   Also Deut.  Arch. klin. Med., 1930,  166:

   Winthrop Chemical Company.   Plasmochin;
 antimalarial.   9p.    16?   N.  Y. [1940]
   Autonelli,  G.  Nuovo contributo alia plasmochinoterapia
 dell'infezione malarica.   Riv. malariol., 1929, 8: 262-302.—
 Bakhmutskaya, S. J.   [Plasmochin in  treatment  of malaria]
 Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1930,  8:  10-6.—Barber, M. A.,
 Komp, W. H. W., & Newman, B. M. The effect of small doses
 of plasmochin on the viability  of  gametocytes of malaria  as
 measured by mosquito infection experiments.  Pub. Health
 Rep.,  Wash.,  1929, 44: 1409-20.—Basskakov.  [Plasmochin
 in malaria]  Vrach.  gaz.,  1930,  34: 1027.—Berlandt, M. N.,
 & Jakovleva, V.  V.   [Plasmochin  therapy in malaria]  Ibid.,
 34: 998-1003.—Broden, A.  La plasmochine  dans le traite-
 ment  de la malaria.   Ann. Soc.  beige m6d. trop.,  1928,  8:
 65-72.—Cherefeddin.    Behandlung der Malaria  mit  Plas-
 mochin.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927,  31: 375.—Chopra,
 R. N.  Drogas usadas  en el tratamiento de la malaria; plas-
 moquina.  Tijeret. malaria, Caracas, 1941, 4: 153-63.—Deeks,
 W.  E.   La plamosquina en el tratamiento del paludismo.
 Actas Congr. As. med.  panamer. (1928/29)   1930,  1. Congr.,
 59-68.—De  Luca,  B.   La plasmochinoterapia nella malaria.
 Riv.  malariol., 1928, 7: 484-502,  4 pi.—Diadkin, V.  [Plas-
 mochin in treatment of malaria]  Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34: 702.—
 Estape,  F.  de A.  Nuevas adquisiciones en la terapia de  la
 malaria.  An. Hosp. S.  Cruz, Barcel., 1929, 3: 173-7.—Fisher,
O.  [Treatment of malaria with plasmochin]  Russ. J.  trop.
 med.,  1929,  7:  664-9.—Fletcher,  W., &  Kanagarayer, K.
Plasmochin in the treatment of malaria. Ind. M. Gaz.,  1927,
62: 499-506.—Garcia Perez,  M.   Plasmoquina y paludismo.
Actas Congr.  As. med. panamer.  (1928-29) 1930, 1. Congr.,
407-14.—Gram, H. C.  [Plasmochin, the new synthetic remedy
for malaria] Ugesk. laeger, 1928, 90: 479-83.—Ivanov,  V. JVI.
 [Plasmochin in the  treatment of  malaria]  Russ. klin,  1929,
 12: 423-32.—Karamchandani, P. V.  Plasmochin compositum 
MALARIA
130
MALARIA
ui the lieatment of malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz.. 1929, 64: 626-9 —
Karovitzky, L.  K.   [New methods in the treatment of malaria:
pla.-mochin]  Odess. med. J., 1928, 3: 441-6.— Leiserman, L. I.
[Plasmochin  treatment of  malaria]   Vrach.  delo.  1928,  11:
14-8.   Also  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1928, 32:  598-605.
Also C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2:
277-82.—Longo, D. Contributo alio studio della plasmochino-
terapia  della  malaria.  Riv. malariol.,  1928, n. ser., 7: 31-7.—
Maitra, J.  N.  Plasmoquine in private practice.  Calcutta M.
J.,  1927-28,  22:  399- 401.—Memmi, G., & Schulemann, W.
Sulla plasmochina, derivato sintetico  della chinolina,  rimedio
antimalarico.   Riv. malariol.,  1927,  n. ser.,  6: 40-71, pi.—
Miller.  R.  L.  Plasmochin in the treatment of malaria.  ,1. M.
Ass. Georgia, 1930, 19: 303-5.—Morisita, K.,  Miyahara, H.. &
Isioka, H.  Studies in the treatment of malaria; experimental
treatment  with plasmoquine (4th report)  simplification  of
the use of plasmoquine (experiments with our P. Q. A. method)
Taiwan igakkai zassi,  1933, 32:  122.—Miihlens,  P.   Trata-
miento  del paludismo por la plasmoquina.    Mem.   Congr.
venezol.  med.  (1926) 1927,  5. Congr.,  1: 353-68,  portr.  Also
Naturwissenschaften,  1926,  14:  1162-6.   Also  Deut. med.
Wschr.,  1927,  53:  1891;  1933; 2202.—Mufel, P.  P.   [Use of
plasmochin in  the treatment of  malaria]   Vrach.  gaz., 1929,
33: 468-70.—Nadrai, A.  [Malaria treatment with  plasmoquinj
Budapesti  orv. ujs., 1937, 35: 52-4.—Nandi,  B. K. Observa-
tions on the respiratory metabolism of tissues in the presence
of plasmoquine. J. Malaria Inst. India, 1940,3: 475-93.—Neues
(Das)Malaria-Heilmittel  Plasmochin.    Umschau,  1926,  30:
914.—Oliaro, G.   La plasmochina, un prodotto sintetico di  un
derivato della chinolina, specifico contro la  malaria.  Minerva
med., Tor.,  1927,  7:  1107-12.—Orenstein, A. J.   Plasmochin
and antimosan in the treatment of malaria and schistosomiasis.
J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1928. 2: 661—Pavia, C.  Sulla plasmochino-
terapia  nella malaria.  Gior. med. mil.,  1929, 77: 284-7.—
Pena Chavarria,  A.   Plasmoquina,   el  nuevo antimalarico.
Rev. med. Hamburgo,  1927. 8: 283-5.—Pinto, L.   L'azione di
piccole  dosi  di plasniochina sui gametoeiti  della malaria, con-
trollata  con   1 infezione  spci lmentale  degli  anofeli.   Riv.
malariol.,  1930, 9: 025-37.- -Schulemann, W., &  Memmi,  G.
Plasmochin,  ein   svnthetisches,   gegen  die Malariainfektion
wirksames <'hinolinderivat.   Klin. Wschr., 1927,  6:  1093.—
Shakhsuwarly,  M.   Die Behandlung der Malaria  mit Plas-
mochin.  Arch. .Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 378-84.—Sinto,
J. A., & Bird, W.  Studies in malaria,  with special reference to
treatment; plasmoquine  in the  treatment of malaria.  Ind.
J. M. Res., 1928,  16: 159-77.—Sliwensky, M.  Der Gameten-
versuch  mit  Plasmochin in  epidemiologischer  Betrachtung.
Arch.   Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 523-6.—Solomin,  A.
[Treatment  of malaria with  plasmochin] Vrach.  gaz., 1927,
31:  1669-77.—Sonak,  M.   Plasmochin  bei  Malaria.   Arch.
Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1929,  33:  635-40— Thamm,  D.    La
plasmoquina en el paludismo.  Rev. Circ. med. argent., 1930,
30:  1483-508.—Van den Branden, F.   La plasmochine, derive
svnthetique de la quinoieine dans le traitement du paludisme.
Bruxelles med., 1931-32, 12: 825-30.   ——  & Henry,  E.
Nouvelle medication du paludisme par la plasmoquine. Bull.
Soc path, exot., Par., 1927, 20:  728-34.—Vjrsaladse.  [Plas-
mochintherapvin malaria] Tr. Sezda bakt. epidem. san. vrach.,
1929, 1:  124-6.—Wallace,  R. B.  Further field experiments
with plasmochin in oiled and unoiled areas.   Malay. M.  J.,
1933, 8: 145-62.—Whitmore, E.  R.   Plasmochin  in malaria.
South. M.  J., 1931, 24: 415-8.


----   Treatment: Pamaquine: Evaluation.
   Antonelli.  G.   La  plasmochina nella  cura dell'infezione
malarica.  Riv. malariol., 1927,  n. ser., 6: 414-34.—Bhatta-
charyya, P.,  & Chowdhury,  S. P. R.  Plasmoquin  in the treat-
ment of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 630-3.—Bose, S.
Refractory malaria cases  and place of plasmochin and quinine
in treatment and  prevention of malaria.  Ind. M.  Rec, 1933,
53:  129.—Capelle, A.   La plasmoquina v el paludismo.  Bol.
Inst. din.  quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 213-8.—Compagnini,  G.   La
chinoplasmina  nella  terapia  della malaria.   Riv. malariol.,
1935, 14:  404—23.—Contreras, M. R.  La  plasmoquina en el
tratamiento  del paludismo.  Rev. cienc. med., Mex., 1928,
7: 5-11.— Dalla Palma, M.  Considerazioni sulla plasmochino-
terapia  della malaria.   Riforma med.,  1928, 44: 753-0.  Also
Minerva med., Tor.,  1929, 9: pt 1,  904-13.— D'Argenio,  A.
La plasmochina nella  eura della  malaiia.  .Med. nuova, 1931,
22: 125-9.— De Luca, B.  La plasmochirioteiapia nella malaria
dei  bambini.   Riv. clin.  pediat., 1929, 27: 501-14.   ------
Sulla cura della  malaria.   Rinasc.  med., 1931, 8: 225.—De
Pietro, P.  Contributo clinico su febbricole malariche pure e su
altre sindromi malariche curate con la  plasmochina composta.
Med. nuova, 1930, 21: 35; 07— Dixon, H. B. F.  A report  on
six hundred  cases  of  malaria treated  with plasmoquine and
quinine.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1933, 60: 431-9.—Drenowsky,
A. K.   Die Ergebnisse therapeutischer Versuche mit Plasmo-
chin in bulgarischen Malariadorfern.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1928, 32: 575-80.   ------  Einige Worte iiber die Chinopla-s-
minbehandlung ambulanter  Malariakranker. Trop. Dis. Bull.,
Lond., 1943,  40: 669.— Famulari, S.  Sulla plasmochinoterapia
della malaria; un  caso  di abnorme resistenza.  Rinasc med.,
1927, 4: 501,  pi.—Freiman, M.  Plasmoquine and plasmoquine
compound  in treatment of malaria.  J.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1929, 32: 165-9.— Frizziero, M.   Plasmochina e febbricole  da
malaria cronica.   Riv. malariol.,  1930,  9: 754-8.— Froilano
de Mello Bras de Sa, L. J.,  & d'Abreu, M.   Contribution a
l'etude du traitement du paludisme par la plasmoquine.  Gior.
batt. immun., 1930, 5: 25-60.  Also Arq. Esc. med. cir. Nova
G.".a. 1931, ser. A, 715-53.—Gorodezk>, A. S.. & Fastowskaja,
E.  I.   Ueber die Behandlung der  Malaria  mit  Plasmochin.
Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1932.  36:  .-.08-76.-  Cosio.   R.
Ksposizione  liassuntiva  suU'impicgo  di  plasmochina.  cliino-
plasmina  e  chinacei  nella cura della  malaria cionicn.  Bull,
Accad. med. Roma,  1933, 59: 220-35.  Govi, L.  Considera-
ciones  sobre paludismo y quinoplasmina.  Dia med.,  B. Air.,
1931-32, 1:  663.—Kligler, 1. J., & Mer. G.  Studies on malaria;
the therapeutic  value of mixtures of plasmochin and quinine
C.  rend.  Congr. inteinat. palud. (1930) 19:; I, 2.  Congr.,  2:
263-70.--Krauss, W.  Treatment of malaiia with plasmochin.
South. M.  .'.,  192S, 21:  729-32.-  Lapponi.  G.  Del valore
terapeutico  della plasmochina come  ant imalaiico.  Gior. med.
mil., 1930, 78: 81-4.—Loreti, F.  La plasmochina nella terapia
della malaria (contributo  clinico)   Arch.  ital.  sc. med. col,,
1928,  9:  585 606.—Luyke Roskott,  E. R.  A., &  Seno.   It.
[Experiences with  plasmochin]   Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned. Indie
1928,  68: 80-98, pi.. 3  ch., tab.—Macri, P.   | Treat ment  of
malaria with prepaiations of plasmochin]   Romania med.,
1931,   9:  208.-Majumder.  A.  R.   Some   observations  on
plasmochin.   J.  Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1929, 32:  47-9.--
Manicatide, M.,  & Zavergiu-Theodoru, M.  [Plasmoquinol  in
the treatment of malaria in children]   Romania med., 1929,  7:
122.—Manoloff-Sliven,  S.   Erfahrungen  iiber die Malaria-
behandlung  mit  Plasmochin.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1927,
31: 518-23.—Manson-Bahr, P.   The therapeutic  action  of
plasmoquine and plasmoquine-compound in malaria.   Lancet,
Lond.,  1928,  2: 490-S.—Mercier.   Notes sur les resultats
obtenus dans le  traitement du paludisme par  I'emploi de  la
quinoplasmine.  Ann. med. pharm.  col., Par., 1932, 30: 035-
53.— Minnhaar,  T.  C.  La plasnioquina en el tratamiento del
paludismo.  Rev. med. Rosario. 1929,  19: 532-7.— Moberg,  K.
[Chemotherapy in malaiia and experience with synthetic anti-
malarial remedies; plasmochin  and atebrin]  Hygiea, Stockh.,
1934, 96: 689-701—M iihlens, P.  Erfahrungen bei der Malaiia-
behandlung  mit  Plasmochin.   Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1927, 53:
132.------Die s\ nthetiselien Malariamittel Plasmochin und
Atebrin.   Munch, med. Wschr., 1932, 79:  537-40.----   &
Fischer,  O.   Die Behandlung der  natiiilichen menschliclien
Malaria mit Plasmochin.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhvg., 1927, 31:
Beih.  1,  7-42.  Also Rev. med. Hamburgo,  1927,  8:  133-8.
Also Tungchi med. Mschr., 1927-28,  3: 81-90—Nissenbaum,
B.  Zur Behandlung der Malaiia mit Plasmochin.  Wien. klin.
Wschr.. 1929, 42:  300  ."..-Nocht. B., &  Miihlens,  P.  Die
Behandlung  der  Malaiia  mit  Plasmochin.   C. rend.  Congr.
internat.  palud. (1930) 1931, 2.  Congr., 2: 285-316.—Paterson,
J. C.   The  value of  plasmochin in the treatment of malarial
infections encountered in  some cases of blackwater fever and
quinine  haemoglobinuria.   Am.  J.  Trop.   M.,  1932,  12:
363-8.—Pefia Chavarria,  A.   La  plasmoquina en el trata-
miento de la malaria; su importancia sanitaria.  Rev. med. Iat.
amer.,  B. Air., 1927, 13:  15-30— Polychroniades, G.  Obser-
vations sur  un  nouveau  traitement   du  paludisme.   Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1927, 31:  Beih.  1, 117-28.—Prado.  A.
O tratamento da malaria  pela plasmochina.   Sciencia med.
Rio, 1928,  6:  317-22.—Radoiicic,  M. M.   [Treatment   of
malaiia with plasmochin]  Glasnik,  Beogr., 1927, 3: 23-33.—
Riza, A.  [Particularities of malaria during the summer of 1932
and the role of  plasmochin in its treatment]   Askeri sihhiye
mecmuasi, 1933,  62: 47-56.—Roehl. W.  Malariatherapie mit
Plasmochin  in Spanien.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1927, 31:
Beih. 1, 48-58.—Russell. P. F.  Plasmochin,  plasmochin with
quinine salts and atabrine in malaria therapv.  Arch. Int. M.,
1934,  53: 309 -20.—Schiassi,  F.,  & Merighi,  G.  Das  Plas-
mochin in der Behandlung der  Kinder-Malaria.  Klin.  Wschr.,
1928, 7:  640.—Schulemann,  W.   Die Malaria in Italien und
Heilversuche mit Plasmochin in der Maremma toscana.  Deut.
med. Wschr., 1927. 53: 1708.  Also  Klin. Wschr.,  1927,  6:
2067.   Also  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1927, 23: 1074.—Schwartz, M.
Treatment of malaria by  plasmoquine and quinine.  Brit. M.
J., 1933, 1: 995.—Segal. M., & Bloch,  J.  Beitrag zur Plasmo-
chintherapie.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhvg., 1929, 33: 532-5.—
Sergent,  E., & Catanei, A.  Resultats'du traitement d'enfanta
indigenes  paludeens par la plasmoquine,  en Algerie.  Arch.
Inst Pasteur Algerie, 1930, 8: 71-6.—Serio, F.  Sulla plasmo-
china  nella cura della malaria.  Riv.  malariol., 1929,  8: 430-
48— Sholle,  G.  G.   [Treatment of  malaria in children with
plasmoquinin] Mosk. med. J., 1929,  9: 27-36.- Sliwensky, M.
Die Plasinochinbehandlung der Malaria.  Arch. SchilTs Tropen-
hyg., 1927,  31: Beih. 1,  129-45.—Soerono.  Dn the value  of
intermittent administration of  small quantities of plasmochin
for malaria-control on a large scale; summary of a thesis.  Acta
brevia  neerl.,  1933, 3: 24-8.—Sonak,  M.  Plasmochin in der
Behandlung der  Malaria.   Deut.  Arch. klin.  Med., 1930, 166:
108-91.—Spaar,  E. C.  The treatment of malaria in Ceylon
with plasmoquine-quinine  compounds; a critical studv of  50
cases.  J.  Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond.,  1933, 36: 158-64.—Stem,  E.
Meine  bisherigen Erfahrungen mit  dem Plasmochin.  Arch.
Sclntis  Tropenhyg., 1929, 33: 273-6.— Tanew,  I., & Haschnow,
G.  Zur Behandlung der merischlichen Malaria mit Plasmochin.
Munch, med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1243-6.— Ter-Dzanian, A.. 4
Levit, M.  [Problem of  plasmochin therapv in malaria]  Klin
med.,  Moskva, 1930, 8: 673-7.  Vad,  B. G., & Mohile. G.  B.
The place of plasmochin in the treatment of malaria.  Ind. M.
Gaz., 1927, 62: 430-^L—Walravens, P.. Valcke. G.. & Bequaert,
M. Observations concernant le traitement de la malaria par
la plasmochine.   Ann. Soc. beige med. trop.,  1928, 8: 73-9.— 
MALARIA                                         131                                         MALARIA
 Yanagita, S. H.  Klinische  und  pharmakologische Studien
 uber das Plasmochin als Malaria-Mittel.  Gun idan zassi, 1933,
 No. 241.— Zhokich, A., & Stambuk, D.  [Treatment of malaria
 with beprochin]  Glasnik,  Beogr., 1927, 3: 34-55.


 ---   Treatment:  Pamaquine:   Pharmacology
    and toxicology.

    See also Pamaquine.
    Aguilar Meza, R.   La  gametocidia  por la plasmoquina.
 Guatemala med., 1939, 4:  No.  3, 10; No. 4, 13.—Ciuca, M.,
 Irimesco, G. [et al.]  Recherches sur Taction therapeutique de la
 plasmochin pure dans le  paludisme.  Arch,  roumain.  path.,
 Par.,  1930, 3: 85-94.—Cordes, W.  Zwischenfalle bei der Plas-
 mochinbehandlung.   Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,   1928,  32:
 143-8.—Fischer, O.  Ueber die Grenze der Plasmochinwirkung
 bei der Behandlung der menschlichen Malaria.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1928, 7: 868.  Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1369; 1417.
 -----  & Rheindorf,  G.   Zur  Frage der  Plasmochinneben-
 wirkungen.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1928, 32: 594-7.—
 Fischer, O., & Weise,  W.  Ueber Wirkungen und  Nebenwir-
 kungen des Plasmochins bei der Behandlung der menschlichen
 Malaria.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53:1380; 1421.—Korovicky,
 L.  K., & Ortemenko, V. D.  [Pharmacodynamia of plasmochin
 and quinine]   Trop.  med.  vet.,  Moskva, 1931, 9: 457-61.—
 Leiserman, L. I. Ueber die parasitozide Wirkung des Plas-
 mochins.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1930,  34:  309-19 —
 Majumdar,  A.  R.  Some  observations  on  the anti-malarial
 properties of  plasmochin.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 43: 394-6.—
 Mazza, S., Forte, E. [et al.]  Nota preliminar sobre los efectos
 de  la  plasmoquina  y  plasmoquinaquinina  en el paludismo.
 Bol.  Inst. clin.  quir.,  1927,  3: 657-69.   Also Prensa med.
 argent.,  1927,  14: 446-54.—Namikawa,  H.  Ueber Intoxika-
 tionserscheinungen  nach   Plasmochindarreichung.   Taiwan
 igakkai zassi, 1928, 75.—Noronha,  R.  Accao da plasmoquina
 nas esplenomegalias palustres.  Arq. Esc.  med. cir. Nova Goa,
 1931, ser. A, 959-76.—Pinto,  L.  L'aetion de petites doses de
 plasmoquine sur les gametocytes du paludisme controiee par
 l'infection experimentale  des  anophiles.   C.  rend.  Congr.
 internat. palud.  (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2: 283—Radojicic,
 M. M.   Betrachtungen  fiber   die  Plasmochinwirkung bei
 Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: Beih. 1, 95-116 —
 Sein, M. A case of  haemoglobinuria caused by plasmochin
 taken as a prophylactic against  malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1937,
 72: 86.—Sur, S. N., Sarkar, H.  P., & Banerji, K. M.   Plas-
 mochin as a malarial  gametocide.   Ibid., 1932, 67: 490-3.—
 Thirlby, R. L.  Hemoglobinuria following plasmochin therapy.
 U.  S. Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 43: 1232-5.


 ---  Treatment: Pamaquine: Preventive value.
    Baker, J. N., &  Gill,  D. G.  Plasmochin in  malaria  pre-
 vention; experiments in Alabama.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,
 1932, 47: 2245-50.—Ejercito, A.  Plasmochin  and  quinine in
 the prophylaxis  and  the prevention of  malaria  relapses.   J.
 Philippine Islands  M. Ass.,  1929,  9:  229-34.—Froilano de
 Mello & Bras de Sa. La plasmoquination en masse des localites
 malariennes et ses resultats prophylactiques.  Bull. Soc. path.
 exot., Par., 1931, 24: 649-56.  Also Med. contemp., Lisb., 1932,
 50: 314-7.—Hanafin, P. J.  Plasmoquine as a malaria prophy-
 lactic J. R. Army M.  Corps,  1933, 60: 422-30.—James, S. P.,
 Nicol, W. D., & Shute, P. G.  On the prevention of malaria
 with plasmoquine.   Lancet, Lond.,  1931, 2:341.—Jerace, F.,
 & Giovannola, A. L'azione sterilizzante della plasmochina sui
 gameti dei parassiti malarigeni  e sua importanza  profilattica.
 Riv. malariol., 1933, 12: 457-77.—Kingsbury, A. N., & Amies,
 C.  R.  A field experiment  on  the value of plasmoquine in the
 prophylaxis of malaria. Tr.  R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,
 1931,  25: 159-72.—Kligler, I. J., & Mer, G.  Periodic inter-
 mittent treatment with chinoplasmine as a measure of malaiia
 control  in a  hyperendemic area.  Riv.  malariol.,  1931, 10:
 425-38.—Lindberg, K.  Traitement preventif par  la plasmo-
 quine dans milieu de haute  endemicite paludeenne.   Bull. Soc
 path,  exot., Par., 1932, 25:  912-9.  ------  Malaria and plas-
 moquine prophylaxis  in the  railway  colony at Pandharpur
 (India)  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1932, 35:  324-6.—Miihlens,
 P.  La lucha contra el paludismo con los nuevos medicamentos
 sinteticos  plasmoquina y  atebrina.  Rev.  med.  germ. iber.
 amer., 1932, 5: 169-78.


 ---   Treatment: Phenol  and compounds.

  Curto Duarte  Ramada,  A.  *0 acido phenico
 nas febres paludosas.   44p.  12?   Lisb.,  1874.
  Casati, C.  La fenocolla nella  malaria.   Rass. med., 1901, 9:
 No. 3, 1-7.—Colasuonno,  S.  L'idroclorato di fenocolla nella
 malaria acuta.  Ibid., 1900, 8: No. 10, 3-5 — Cucco, G.   Febbri
 malariche e fenocolla.   Ibid., 1906,  14: No. 4, 2; No. 5,  2; No.
 6, 3; No. 7, 1; No. 9, 1; No. 10, 4; No. 11, 2; No. 12, 2.—Dal-
I'Olio,  V.  L'idroclorato  di fenocolla nella cura delle  febbri
 palustri.  Ibid.,  1904,  12:  No.  9,  3-7.—Gasparini,  G. B.
 L'idroclorato di  fenocolla nelle febbri di malaria.  Ibid., 1901,
 9: No. 4, 1-5.  â– ------  II  chinino e l'idroclorato di fenocolla
nella cura delle febbri malariche.   Ibid., 1905, 13: No. 8,  1-5.—
Large, D.  T. M., & Bonavia,  V. J.  Carbolic acid in malaria.
J. R. Army M. Corps,  1926, 46: 449.—Musanti, E.  L'azione
antimalarica della fenocolla.   Rass. med., 1904, 12: No. 7, 2;
No. 8, 4.—Righi, G.  Contributo all'azione antimalarica del-
l'idroclorato di fenocolla.  Ibid., 1905, 13: No. 7, 1-8.—Warner,
L. H.  Phenocoll  hydrochloride  in  malaria.   Virginia  M.
Month., 1900-01, 5: 10.
----   Treatment: Physiotherapy.

   Martin,  E.  H.   Radioactive  baths   in  the
treatment  of  malaria.    8p.   23cm.    Oxford,
Miss. [1909?]
   Below, E. Malaria-Kachexie und Licht.  Arch. Lichtther.,
1900-01,  2:  156.—Busck, G.  Om Dagshysets Indflydelse paa
Foii0bet af Malaria med sa>rlig Henblik paa Kininbehandlingen.
Hospitalstidende, 1904, 4. R., 12: 413-8.  Also English transl.
Am. J. M. Sc, 1904, n. ser., 128: 129-34.—Businco, L.  Elio-
terapia e  bagni di mare in malarici.  Rass. med. sarda, 1936-37,
38: 58-66.—Businco,  O.  La roentgenterapia nell'  infezione
malarica.  Ibid., 1937, 39: 51-9.—Demarchi, A.   L'azione dei
raggi Rontgen nell'infezione malarica.   Policlinico,  1906, 13:
sez. med., 255-77.—King, A. F. A.  A new factor in the etiology
and treatment of intermittent fever,  destruction of the parasite
by ultra-violet rays of fluorescent light.  Washington M. Ann.,
1902,  1:  1-28.— Maragliano, V.  Sopra un  malato di  malaria
trattato  colla Rontgenterapia.  Tommasi,  Nap.,  1905-06, 1:
417.------Radiotherapie et paludisme.  Arch, electr. med.,
1906,  14: 899-901.—Permiakov,  F. K., & Karimov, M. S.
[Treatment  of malaria  by roentgen  rays,  combined  with
acrichin]   Klin,  med., Moskva, 1941,  19:  No. 3,  122-4 —
Prusciano.  Della radioterapia della malaria.   Atti  Congr.
ital. radiol., 1924, 5:  133-5.—Ricciardi. P. La roentgenterapia
nella malaria cronica;  effetti sul tumore  splenico e sulla escre-
zione dell' acido urico.  Gior. internaz. sc. med.,  1907, n.  ser.,
29: 817-38.—Rossi, A.   Osservazioni sul trattamento radio-
terapico dei  malarici cronici e chinino-resistenti.   Atti Congr.
ital. radiol.,  1922, 4: 253-5.—Rumpf.  Physikalische Therapie
der Malaria.  Handb.  phys. Ther.,  1902,  T. 2: 197-200.—
Shapiro,  S.  E.,  & Grenader, A. B.  [Treatment of residual
manifestations of malaria by ultra-violet  radiation]  Klin.
med.,  Moskva,  1938,  16:  381-5.—Spagnolio,  G.    Alcune
modificazioni del sangue  nei malarici trattati  coi  raggi  X.
Atti Congr.  ital. radiol.,  1922, 4:  256-66.—Verden,  M. M.
[Study of heliotherapy in malaria]   Sovet. vrach.  J., 1937, 2:
281-4.—Zanier, G.  Contributo alia radioterapia della malaria;
breve nota  di radiochimica biologica. Riv. internaz. ter. fis.,
1907, 8: 50.—Zvonicky, N. S., Raskin, A. J. [et al.]  [Significance
of ultra-violet therapy in malaria] Klin, med., Moskva, 1937,
15: 719-23.
----   Treatment:  Phytotherapy.

   M., O. de.   Het aanplanten van eucalyptus—
soonten en  het  zaaijen van  Helianthus annuus
(zonnebloem)  tot verdrijving der malaria.   20p.
8?   Utrecht, 1877.
   Chopra, R. N., Hayter, R. T. M. [et al.]  Crinodora (palusan)
in Indian strains of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1940, 75: 202-4.—
Cornatzer, W. E., McEwen, M. M., & Andrews, J. C.  Schizon-
ticidal  tests on Rauwolfia heterophylla and some other proposed
antimalarial plants.  J. Elisha Mitchell Sc.  Soc,  1944, 60:
167-70.—Das Gupta, B. M., Siddons, L. B., & Chakravarti, H.
Quinine and Alstonia scholaris (chhatim) in malaria.  Ind. M.
Gaz., 1944, 79: 408-14.—Dominguez, J. A.  El Yara-chucchu,
cava-chucchu o quina v sus alcaloides en el  tratamiento del
paludismo.  Dfa med., B.  Air., 1931-32, 4: 125.—Fauntleroy,
A.  M.  Report of additional  cases  of febris  intermittens,
treated with  the  extract  of  Pinckneya  pubens.  Confed.
States  M. & S. J.,  1864,  1: 134-6.—Frederickson, V.   The
treatment of malarial fever by Pamala liqua.   Med.  Times,
Lond.,  1907, 35: 359.—Levit, M. S.   [Lilac  in  treatment of
malaria]   Med. parazit., Moskva, 1938, 7: 813.—Liu, S. K.,
Chang, Y. [et al.]   The new antimalarial  drug sinine; a  pre-
liminary report.  Chin. M.  J., 1941, 59: 575-7.  Also  Nat.
M. J.  China, 1941,  27: 327-41.—Lobacz, S.  [Treatment of
malaria with tincture  of  eucalyptus]   Med.  prakt., Poznan,
1935, 9:  106-10.—Matienzo,  A.  El  paludismo y  su  trata-
miento por  el calaya (Anneslea febrifuga) Cr6n. med. mex.,
1898-99,  2: 273-6.—Mazza, S., &  Trelles,  R.   Ensayos de
tratamiento del paludismo  por comprimidos de extracto de
corteza de quebracho bianco.  Bol.  Inst. clfn. quir., B.  Air.,
1928, 4: 225-31.  Also Prensa med. argent., 1928, 15: 441-3.—
Morgan, E.   The tropical grass Melinis minutiflora as a pre-
ventative  against malaria and other tropical diseases.  J. Trop.
M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1940, 43: 179.—Pasquini Lopez, C.  Ensayos
de tratamiento del paludismo por esencia de pichana; datos
botanicos  de la pichana, Heterothalamus shartiodes.  Dfa med.,
B. Air., 1941, 13: 395-7.—Raymond-Hamet.   Sur une curieuse
propriete physiologique de 1'extrait aqueux de Rauwolfia hetero-
phylla  Roem. et Sch.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1939, 209: 384-6.
------  _ L'etude  pharmacologique   de  l'Ochrosia  elliptica
Labill.; justifie-t-elle la reputation de piante a quinine  qu'on
lui a attribu6e?   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1940, 133: 262-4.—Selynk.
Zamietki o terapeuticheskom dieistvii podsolnakhovoi, lavrovol
nastoyek  i massage'a pozvonochnika pri bolotnoi likhoradkle.
Russ."  med.,  1891,  16: 76.—Sucupira, A.  Malaria.    Rev.
flora med., Rio, 1942, 9: 527-30.—Tumilovich, F. I.  Lechenije
malarii sirapom calayae.   Vrach. gaz., 1903,  10: ther. pt, 
MALARIA
132
MALARIA
35-9.—Van den Branden, F. Le produit de broyage des graines
de Picralima klaineana (Pierre; dans le traitement du paludisme.
Ann. Soc. beige  med. trop., 1930,  10: 123-8.—Vyas, B. N., &
Bhatia, B. B.  On the failure of Toddalia aculeata in the treat-
ment of  malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 192-4.—Zeigler,
W. H.  Preliminarv report on the use  of willow bark in the
treatment of malaria.  J.  S. Carolina M. Ass., 1933,  29: 30-2.
----   Treatment: Plasmocide.
   Bashkareva, A.  L.   [Plasmocide  in  treatment of malaria]
Med. parazit., Moskva,  1936, 5: 918-22.—Dozorceva, P. M.
[Toxicology and  pharmacology of  plasmocid-acriquine  com-
pound]   1938,  7: 197-207.—Efendiev, M. E., Adzhalov, S.
[et al.]  [Treatment of malaria with plasmocide and acrichin]
Ibid., 1936, 5: 442-5.   Also Sao Paulo med., 1937, 10:  pt 2,
123-9.—Epstein, E. G., Chencov, A. G., & Gorkhovskaia, B. A.
[Effect of plasmocide and quinohn No. 31  on  the eyes in ma-
larial patients]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1942, 11: No. 4, 112-7.
Guterz, A. I.  [Plasmocide in treatment of malaria in Central
Asia] J. profil. subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent, 1934, 4: 11-4.—
Karakis, L. V., & Kholina, A. A.  [Observations on  the effect
of  therapeutic  doses  of  plasmocid  on the  eye   in  malaria]
Med. parazit., Moskva, 1938,  7: 676-82.—Krecer.  L. M., A
Poliak, I. P.  [Treatment of malaria with plasmocide]  Ibid.,
1936, 5: 598-601.  Also Sao Paulo med., 1937, 10:  pt 2, 21-5.—
Kurzon, V. M.  [Treatment of malaria with plasmocide in young
children]   Sovet.  pediat., 1935, 53-60.—Kushchev, N.  E., &
Simorina, E. M.  [Plasmocide in treatment of malaria]  Sovet.
vrach. gaz., 1934, 38:  1044.—Nikolaev, N. D.  [Relapses of
malaria in children during treatment with synthetic prepara-
tions of plasmocide and acrichin]  Sovet. pediat., 1936, No. 11,
91-6.—Petrunia, S. P.  [Complications of the eyes in treatment
of malaria with plasmocide]  Vrach. delo, 1939, 21: 439-42./—
Sicherman, M. J.,  &  Farafontova, E. A.  [Clinical aspect of
plasmocid intoxication of the  nervous system  in children]
Pediatria,  Moskva, 1938,  No. 9,  73-8.—Simorina,  E. M.
[Complications in vision  due to plasmocide]   Med.  parazit.,
Moskva,  1936, 5: 602-6.—Streicher, A. P., & Neuland, A. T.
[Case of  atrophy of optic  nerve  due  to  plasmocide poison-
ing]  Ibid., 612.—Tareev, E.  M., Epstein, E. G. [et al.]   [Plas-
mocide in treatment of  malaria]   Klin, med., Moskva, 1933, 11:
659-66.-—Tareev, E., Epstein, H. [et al.] Essais th6rapeutiques
du plasmocide, derive synthetique  de  la  quinoleine, dans le
paludisme.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1933,  26: 1037-46 —
Tiburskaia, N. A.  [Plasmocide as gamotropic remedv]  Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1937, 6: 181-208.

----   Treatment, preventive.

   See also subheading  Prevention.
   Anderson, T. F.  The prevention and treatment of malaria.
Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1936, 193: 443-7.—Barrowman, B.
Chemotherapy in anti-malarial sanitation.   Malay, M.  J.,
1933, 8: 163-75.—Basu, U. P.  Chemoprophylaxis in malaria.
Current Sc, Bangalore,  1944,  13:  119.   ------ & Chopra,
R. N.  A preliminary report  on  the effect of anti-malarial
drugs upon the  infectivity of the patients to the mosquitoes.
Annual Rep. Calcutta School Trop. M. (1937) 1938, App. A,
459-64.   Also Ind.  J.  M. Res., 1937, 25: 459-64.—Ciuca, M.
[Orientation in anti-malarial control; chemotherapy of malaria]
Romania  med., 1939, 17: 269-71.  ------Balteanu, J. [et al.]
Experiments in  eradicating  malaria by  means  of  synthetic
drugs.   In: Treat.  Malaria (League of Nat.)  1937, 467-77 —
Clark, H. C.  Recent research on prophylaxis and  treatment of
malaria; report for 1935  [and subsequent years]  South. M. J.,
1936, 29: 752; passim  in later vols.—Clemesha, W. W.  Brief
note on the results obtained with anti-gametocyte treatment
only, without anti-larval  measures.  Ind. M.  Gaz.,  1933, 68:
199-202.—Crimi,  A.   La profilassi  e la  cura  della  malaria.
Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1942,15:8; passim.—Decourt, P.  Methode
mixte dans la prophylaxie medicamenteuse collective du palu-
disme.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935,  28: 255-61. ------
Les bases d'une chimioprophylaxie collective du paludisme et la
prevention  des rechutes.  Riv.  malariol.,  1937,  16: 60-78.
------ Villain, G.  [et al.]   Experiences  de  prophylaxie  col-
lective du paludisme par les produits synthetiques  effectuees en
Tunisie au cours  de l'annee 1934.  Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Tunis,
1936, 25:  154—99.—Drug prophylaxis of malaria; studies among
troops in Indo-China.  Clin. Excerpts, 1940, 14: No. 8, 11-20 —
Echemendia y Garcia, J.  D.  Estado actual de la profiiaxis y
tratamiento del  paludismo.   Rev.  med.  cubana, 1927,  38:
1362-88.—Effects of the various methods of drug prophylaxis
on the  clinical manifestations  of malaria  and on the spleen
and parasite rates.  In: Treat. Malaria  (League of Nat.) 1937,
82-92.—Farinaud, J.  La prophylaxie  du paludisme par les
medicaments svnthetiques en Indochine; ses conditions et ses
possibilites. Bull. Soc. path, exot..  Par., 1936, 29: 1085-90 —
Feldman,  V.  S.   [Estival preventive  treatment of malaria
patients with long pause between the courses]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva,  1941, 10:  126-9.—Fonde, G. H.. & Fonde,  E. C.
Malaria in an endemic area; its control by treatment. J. M.
Ass. Alabama, 1941-42,  11: 65-70.—Froilano de Mello, I.
Resultats de cinq ans  d'exp6rience  personnelle sur la prophy-
laxie quino-synthetique des regions k haute endemicite palustre.
Acta Conv. trop.  malar, morb., 1938, 2: 407-75.—Galushkina,
O. N.  [On registration of malaria cases and therapeutic  meas-
ure.-) Med. parazit., Moskva, 1939,  8: No. 6,  92.—Gaud, M.,
i Sicault, G.  La lutte antipaludique au Maroc; les prophy-
laxie-  medicamenteuses.   Acta  Conv.  trop.  malar, morb.,
1938,  2: 427-39, 2 tab.—Gill. C A.  The control of malaria
with special reference to treatment.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66:
333 5.  Gosio, B.   Considertzioni   tecniche d'attualita sul
trattamento profilattico  e  curativo  della malaria.  Terapia,
Milano, 1936, 26: 97  10 1.  Grimes, ('., & Lavergne. J.  Action
propli\lactique antipalustre  des  medicaments  eametondee
employes  seuls,  en  particulier  chez les  baeillaires  avances
Bull.  Soc path. exot.. Par., 1940, 33: 194 201 -Kikuth, w!
rhemotherapeutiselie Versuehe mit neuen syntliet isehen Alala-
rinmitteln in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Bekampfung der Malaria
Zbl. Bkt., 1. Abt., 1932-33, 127: 172-8,  pi.  [Discussion]  181.
------   The  chemoprophylaxis of malaria.   In:  Med. in its
Chem. Aspects, Leverkusen, 1934, 2: 252-6.  Also Farm, bnnil
1936, 11: No. 44, 9-12.  ------•  Zur Frage der Malariap.uphv
laxe.  Zschr. physiol. Chem.,  1942, 274: 9-18.  Leitch, J, N.
The treatment of malaria;  a plea for isolation.  In.I.  M, Gaz.,
1926, 61:  543-5.—Malaria; recommendations for  suppressive
treatment (chemoprophylaxis)  Burned  News Letter,  Wash.
1944, 4: 27-32.—Manson,  P.  Aetiology,  prophylaxis,  and
treatment of malaria.  Practitioner, Lond., 1901, 6G: l'51 70.—
Massa,  F.  Esperimento di profilassi  preventiva della malaria
con nuovi rimedi  sintetici,  in Somalia. Gior. med. mil., 1937,
85: 644-8.—Mosna, E., &  Canalis, A. Prevention and treat-
ment of malaria bv synthetic drugs.  In: Treat. Malaria (League
of Nat.) 1937, 289-358.—Miihlens, P. Chemische  Prophylaxe
oder nicht?  Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2: 414-26.—
Neiic, E.  [Prophylaxis and therapy of endemic malaria]  Voj.
san. glasnik, 1939, 10: 145-58.—Ottolenghi. D. Untersuchun-
gen iiber die medikamentose Prophylaxe der Malaria.  Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 623-37.  â– ----- &  Brotzu, G,
Ricerche sperimentali  sulla profilassi  medicamentosa delta
malaria.   C. rend. Congr. internat.  palud.  (1930)  1931, 2.
Congr., 2: 23-6.—Pampana, E. J.  Review of papers relating to
the therapeutics and collective drug prophylaxis of malaria.   In:
Treat. Malaria (League of  Nat.) 1937, 479-558.—Prophylaxis
and treatment of malaria.  Gradwohl  Lab. Digest, 1938-39, 2:
No. 5, 3; No. 6, 11.—Rehde, R.  Ein Ueberblick Uber die Ent-
wicklung der Malariaprophylaxe durch Arzneimittel.  Erg. inn.
Med. Kinderh., 1935, 49: 64-121.—Researches on the infection
of Anopheles in places where the population is undergoing drug
prophylaxis and patients are being treated.  In: Treat. Malaria
(League of Nat.) 1937,  111-5.—Souza Pinto. G. de.   A  pro-
phylaxia chimica da malaria.  Fol.  med., Rio, 1934, 15: 385-9.
------  Prophylaxia medicamentosa e therapeutica da malaria.
Ibid., 1938,  19: 1-3.—Strickland, C.  & Roy, D. N.  The  pro-
phylaxis of malaria by drugs.   Parasitology,  N.  Y., 1933, 25:
77-86.—Tosdc, S. V.   [Prophylaxis  and therapy  of malaria]
Voj. san. glasnik, 1939,  10: 91-107.—Troicky, S. A.  [Efficacy
of preventive  treatment]   Med  parazit.,  Moskva, 1941,  10:
129-31.—Williams, L. L., jr. Factors concerned in malaria con-
trol by  drug  treatment.   South.  M. J.,  1936,  29:  743-6 —
Winchester,  M.  E.   Individual  chemoprophylaxis  against
malaria.  Ibid.. 1028.
----   Treatment: Principles,  and problems.

   League   of   Nations.   Health   Organiza-
tion.   Malaria  Commission.   The  therapeu-
tics of malaria; principles of treatment based on
the results of controlled experiments.   19p.   18?
Amst.,  1933.
   Albuquerque Soares, H. de.  Principios  basicos  do pro-
blema terapeutico da malaria.   Fol. med., Rio, 1940, 21: 16-8.—
Anderson, H.  H.,  & Reed, A. C.  Natural  immunity versus
drug toxicity in malaria.  California West. M., 1938, 48: 160.—
Ascoli, M.  Tatsachen und  Fragestellungen  meiner  neuen
Malariatherapie.   Miinch. med.  Wschr., " 1937,  84:  370.—
Bastianelli, G.  Sulla cura della malaria;  immunita e terapia.
Riv. malariol.,  1936,  15:  1-13.—Castueil,  O.  Paludisme;
dysenterie amibienne, syphilis; diphterie.   In his Sante, Par.,
1938, 31-4.—Cawton, F. G.  The principles of early treatment
of tropical disease, with special reference to malaria in Natal.
J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1932, 35: 371.—Chapkevich, L. M.
[Significance of tbe reticuloendothelial  system in treatment of
malaria]  Tr.   Ukrain.  sezda  terapevtov  (1936)  1939,  4.
Congr., 188-94.—Costa, M., Cartes de Barros, & Barbieri. C.
Valor da pressao arterial na malariotherapia.  Hospital, Rio,
1937, 11: 399-428.—Decourt,  P.  Les bases d'une therapeu-
tique curative  du  paludisme.   Riv. malariol.,  1936, 15: 358-
09.—Fernandez, F.  Bases para el tratamiento del paludismo.
('rem. med., Lima, 1941, 58: 267-73.—Finckh, A. E.  Malaria
and  its  treatment  by  the   general   practitioner.  Med.  J.
Australia, 1937, 1: 955-7.—Gayle, V. W.  Observations on the
treatment of malaria.  Med.  Age,  Detr.,  1902, 20: 929-32.—
Hovorka  O.   Aphorismen  eine^  alten  Malariapraktiker'a
Aerztl. Centr.  Ztg, 1901, 13:  411.—Ilienko,  G. I.   [Acid-
base fluctuations  in the  organism before  and following treat-
ment  for  malaria]   Avtoref.  Sezd   fiziol.   biokhim.  farm.,
1937, 7.  Congr.,  131.—Kassirsky,  I.  A.   [Certain important
questions in clinical aspect and  treatment of malaria]  Feldsher,
Moskva, 1938, No. 7, 29-35.—Kikuth. W.   Die Bedeutung des
neuen  Entwicklungszyklus der  Malariaparasiten  fur  die
weitere Entwicklung der Malariatherapie.   Deut. tropenmed.
Zschr., 1941, 45: 138-42.  Krauss,  W.  The principles under-
lying the rational treatment of malaria.  N. Orleans M. A S.
J., 1934, 87: 165-9.—Krichevsky,  I.  L., <fe Demidova, L. W.
Ueber  die  Bedeutung des retikuloendothelialen  Systems in
der Therapie der Malaria.  Zschr. Immunforsch., 1934-35, 84: 
MALARIA                                         133                                         MALARIA
14_2i.—Lapteva-Popova,  M.  S.  [Effect  of  anti-malarial
remedies on the  phagocytic  property  of leucocytes]  Med.
parazit.,  Moskva,  1942,  11:  No.  3,  11-4—Leger,  M.   Le
paludisme, comme la syphilis, est justiciable d un traitement
continu et non  de cures intermittentes d'entretien.  Arch.
Inst, prophyl., Par., 1933,  5: 76-101.—Liakhovecky, A. M.
[Principles of malaria treatment]  Russ. J.  trop. med., 1926,
17-24.—Maleev,  G. Z.   [Problem  of  treatment of  malarial
Vrach.  delo, 1929, 12:  1305.—Marchoux, E.   Quelques con-
siderations sur le paludisme et  son traitement.  Paris med.,
1927  63: 526-31.—Massias,  C.   Note sur le traitement  du
paludisme.   Bull. Soc  path, exot.,  Par., 1934, 27: 421-4 —
Matilla, V.  Bases para el tratamiento del paludismo.  Pract.
med., Madr., 1943, 1: 5-10.—Pontoni, L., & Motta di Mauro, S.
Crisi'reticolocitaria e grado di anemia  nel  trattamento della
malaria.  Gior.  clin.  med.,  1937, 18:  553-6.—Ragiot,  C, &
Robin  L. Essais sur le traitement du paludisme.  Bull. Soc
path, exot., Par., 1934,  27: 426-31.—Ruge,  R.  Die Malaria-
Therapie und Prophylaxe in ihrem Verhaltnis zur Unfallver-
sicherung.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,   1932,  36:  253-60.
-----  Alcuni   recenti  problemi  di  malariologia.  Rass.
internaz. clin. ter., 1937, 18: 99; 171.—Simarro. J.  Considera-
ciones  sobre clfnica del  paludismo; complicaciones, formas,
asociaciones  m6rbidas.  Rev. espan. med. cir.  guerra, 1940, 4:
117-25.—Sinton,  J.  A.  Studies in  malaria,  with  special
reference to treatment; the relationship  of season to cure rate.
Ind. J. M. Res., 1930-31, 18: 855-69.  ------  A discussion
of some points contained  in the Third General Report of the
Malaria Commission on the Therapeutics of Malaria.  Q. Bull.
Health Org.  League of Nat., 1935,  4: 643-707.  ------  The
effects  of treatment upon the development and degree of im-
munity acquired  in  malarial infections.  Acta  Conv.  trop.
malar,  morb., 1938, 2: 312-26.—Soares, H. A.  Principios
basicos del problema terap6utico del paludismo.  Rev. med.,
Puebla, 1944, 17: No. 170, 20-8.—Sorge, G.  Replica alia
pretesa  rivendicazione.   Riforma  med.,  1937,  53:  198.—
Terzani, A.  Direttive  nella terapia antimalarica;  considera-
zioni ed esperienze cliniche.  Policlinico,  1941, 48:  sez. prat.,
1875-81.—Torelli,  U.  Sopra  alcune questioni di patologia e
terapia della malaria.  Gazz. internaz.  med.,  1903,  6: 103-6.


---   Treatment:  Quinacrine.

   Mami,  A.    *R61e  de  la  quinacrine  dans  le
traitement du paludisme.   36p.  8?    Par., 1935.
   Winthrop   Chemical    Company.   Malaria;
chemotherapy  with  atabrine.   41p.    8?    N. Y.,
1938.
   ---  Malaria;  chemotherapy  with atabrine
dihydrochloride.   47p.   23cm.    N.  Y. [1943]
   Acree,  F.  M.   A new antimalarial.  Mississippi Doctor,
1933-34, 11: No. 3, 28.—Ball, C. R.  The treatment of malaria
with atabrine followed by plasmochin.  U. S. Nav.  M. Bull.,
1937, 35: 418-26.—Beilenson,  E.  M.,  & Nelepenko, N. J.
[Treatment of malaria with acriquine in older  children]   Pedi-
atria, Moskva, 1937,  No.  10,  8.5-9.—Biggam,  A. G.  Atebrin
and malaria.   J. R. Army M. Corps, 1935, 64: 400- 2.—Budarin,
P. I. [Acriquin in treatment of  malaria]  Vrach. delo,  1936,
19:  861-6.—Chorine, V.  L'atebrine dans le   traitement  du
paludisme.   Bull. Soc.  path,  exot.,  Par., 1933, 26: 773-5 —
Christiaens.   Traitement  du paludisme par l'atebrine.  Ann.
Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1933, 34:  70 --83.— Christophers. S.  R.
Dissociation  constants and solubilities of bases of anti-malarial
compounds; quinine; atebrin.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp.,
1937, 31: 43-69.— David, J.   Traitement du  paludisme par
l'atebrine.  J. Egypt. M.  Ass., 1934, 17: 204-7— De Muro, P.
L'atebrin nella  cura  dell'infezione  malarica.  Riv.  malariol.,
1935, 14: 325-43.—Duncan, D.   Atebrin in the treatment of
malaria in Malaya. J.  R. Nav.  M. Serv., 1934,  20: 34-50 —
Epstein, E. G.  [Treatment of malaria  with acrichin]  Sovet.
med., 1938, No. 11-12, 46.—Ganguli, P.   Treatment^ malaria
with atebrin with records of  blood   pressure and electro-
cardiogram.  Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1933, 37:  413-23.—
Gonggrijp, L., & Soedigdo. R.  [Atebrin and quinine supply for
districts with chronic and endemic malaria]   Geneesk. tschr.
Ned. Indie,  1937, 77: 1471-6.—Hay, D. C, Spaar, A. E., &
Ludovici, H.  L.  Atebrin treatment in malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
1935, 70: 678.—Judin,  G. I.  [Acrichine therapy of malaria]
Sovet. med.,  1937,  No. 4, 279.—Kardashev, M. V.   [Acrichin
therapy of malaria]  Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1936, 14: 1826-30.—
Kikuth,  W.  Fortschritte der Malaria-Behandlung mit  den
synthetischen Heilmitteln Atebrin  und Plasmochin.   Med.
Welt, Berl.,  1934, 8: 1444-7.—Kingsbury, A. N.   Atebrin.
Annual Rep. Malay Inst.  M. Res. (1932) 1933, 6-11.—Kirzon,
M. I.  The  treatment of malaria in the zone of operations.
Am.  Rev.  Sovet  M.,  1943-44,  1: 226-8.—Kiselia,  A.  A.
[Acrichin in  treatment of  malaria in  children]  Pediatria,
Moskva,  1941,  No. 6,  42-6.—Kremer,  V. I.   [Acrichin  in
treatment of malaria]  Sovet. vrach.  J., 1936, 1:  907-10 —
Kupcov, N. I.  [Sur le probleme du traitement du  paludisme
d'enfants par l'acriquine]   Sovet. med., 1939, No. 20, 24-6.—
Kuprianova, M.  A.  [Acrichin in treatment of  malaria]  Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1937, 6: 516-23—Kushev, N. E.  [Acrichine
in treatment of malaria]   Sovet. vrach. J.,  1937,  2: 748.—
Lucisano, A.  L'azione dell'atebrina e  dell'atebrina-plasmo-
china nelle infezioni malariche.  Rinasc. med.,  1933,  10: 425.—
MacMahon,  E.  J. R.  Treatment of  malaria  with atebrin.
Brit. M. J., 1934, 1: 477.—Manson, D.   Atebrin-plasmochin in
the treatment of malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71:  127-32.—
Mauss, H.  &  Mietzsch,  F.  Atebrin,  ein  neues Heilmittel
gegen Malaria.   Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1276-8.—May, W. J.
Atebrin in malaria.   S. Afr. M.  J.,  1932,  6: 801.—Meisel,
I. E., & Richter, M. G.  [On the treatment of malaria in young
children with acrichin]  Sovet. med.,  1941,  5: 36-8.—Mepa-
crine  for malaria.  Brit. M. J.,  1944, 2: 664.—Miller, R.  L.
Atabrine in the treatment of malaria.  J. M. Ass. Georgia,
1934,  23: 23.—Napier, L. E., & Das Gupta,  B. M.   Atebrin,
a synthetic drug for the treatment of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
1932,  67: 181-6.—Nayudu, R. V. N.  Malaria and its treatment
by  the synthetic  remedies:  atebrin and  plasmochin.  Ibid.,
1937,  72: 531.—Newman, C. D.,  & Chalam,  B.  S.  Atebrin
in the treatment of malaria in railway employees.  Ibid., 1935,
70: 5-8.—Nikolaev, N. D.  [Achrichin in treatment of malaria
in young children]   Sovet. pediat.,  1936, No. 4, 59-65.  Also
Sao Paulo m6d., 1937,10:pt2, 167-77.  Also Gaz. clin., S. Paulo,
1938,  36: 142-6.—Rodkin, S. V., & Minz,  A. A.   [Therapy of
malaria in children  with acrichin]  Vrach. delo, 1936,  19:
383-6.—Rubinstein, B. N., & Dubovskaya, R. S.  [Treatment
of mplaria with intravenous injections of acrichin]  Ter. arkh.,
1936,  14: 151-8.—Russell, R. O., & Morton, B. F.  The treat-
ment  of malaria with atabrine.  J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1934,  3:
406-9.—Sherman,  R. Z.  [Acrichine in treatment of malaria in
children]  Med. parazit.,  Moskva,  1935,  4: 442-6.—Siegen-
beek van Heukelom, A. & Overbeek,  J. G.  [Treatment  of a
malaria case with atebrin injections]  Meded. dienst volksgez.
Ned.  Indie, 1936,  25: 315-30.  â– ------  [Treatment of acute
cases  of malaria with injections of atebrin]  Geneesk. tschr.
Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2507-29.  Also Meded. dienst volksgez.
Ned. Indie, 1938, 27: 519-37.—Tareev, E.  M.,  Bolotina, A.  A.
[et al.]  [Atebrine in the treatment of malaria]   Med. parasit.,
Moskva, 1934, 3: 113-26.—Van Slyke, W.  Atebrine injectable
et paludisme aigu.  Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1936, 16:
429-40.—Vieira de Moraes, C.  A chimica synthetica a servico
da therapeutica da malaria (a cura do impaludismo pela  ate-
brina  e atebrina-plasmochina)  Ann.  paul. med. circ, 1935,
30: 355-77.—Welch, R.  The treatment of malaria  with  ata-
brine.  Internat. J. M. &  S., 1933,  46: 343-6.


----  Treatment:  Quinacrine:   Accidents  and
   untoward effects.
   Bispham,  W.  N.  Toxic  reactions following  the  use  of
atabrine in  malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M.,  1941,  21: 455-9.—
Decherd,  G.  M., jr.  A  fatality after  atebrin-plasmochin
treatment of malaria.   J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1937, 40:
90.—Fraser, H. E.  Cerebral malaria while receiving atabrine;
case report.  Mil.  Surgeon, 1935, 77:  279-81. Also  Rev.
palud.,  Par., 1940, 2: 73.—Kingsbury, A. N.  Psychoses  in
cases  of malaria  following  exhibition  of atebrin.  Lancet,
Lond., 1934,  2: 979-82.—Markov, A.  M., & Severova, N.  P.
[Achrichin in treatment of malaria accompanied by affection
of the kidneys]  Med.  parazit.,  Moskva, 1939, 8: 53-7.—
Menon, P. K.  Epileptiform fits in a case of malaria treated
with injections of  atebrin.  Malay. M. J.,  1036, 11:  121.—
Parisi, E.   Sull'emoglobinuria nei malarici e il suo trattamento
terapeutico  con atebrin.  Gior.  ital.  clin. trop.,  1937,  1:
270-80.—Udalagama, L.  Mental  derangement  in malaria
cases  treated by atebrin-musonate injections.  Ind.  M. Gaz.,
1935,  70: 679-83.


----  Treatment:   Quinacrine:  Administration
   and dosage.
   Abuladze, S. S.  [Treatment of malaria with subcutaneous
injections of acriquine]  Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No. 15, 23-5.—
Bryant, J.  Heavy atebrin dosage in the treatment of malaria.
East Afr. M. J., 1941-42, 18: 295-301.—Budarin, P. I.  [Dos-
age, method of appUcation and counterindications in acriquine
therapy]  Sovet. med.,  1944, 8: No. 6, 11.—Eckhardt, A.  E.
Beitrag zur Vertraglichkeit  parenteraler Atebrin-Plasmochin-
Behandlung bei Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1933, 37:
475-9.—Epstein, E.  G.  [The treatment  of malaria  with a
massive dose of acriquine on the  first day]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1943,  12:  No.  3,  18-24. ------  Baldina, A. I.
[et al.]  [Treatment  of malaria with intravenous injections of
acriquine]  Ibid.,  1935,  4:  447-51.—Farafontova,  E.  [The
results of acriquine treatment of malaria with various methods
of administration]  Ibid., 1943, 12: No.  6,  40-3— Filippov,
N.  N.  [Treatment  of  malaria by intravenous injections of
acrichin]  Sovet.  vrach. J., 1937, 41:  1310-5.—H.,  E.  G.
Atabrine, high initial dose treatment in the therapy of malaria.
Bumed News Letter, Wash., 1943, 1: No. 3. 2-4.—Irene, M. G.
[Treatment of malaria with acrichin by the interrupted method]
Ter. arkh., 1941,  19: 114-6.—Jacobson, T. T., Kagalovskaia,
M. P., & Klimova, K.  I.  [Treatment of acute malaria  with
injections of acrichin]  Sovet. med.,  1940,  4: No.  22, 34.—
Levenson, E. D.   [Mass appUcation of achrichin in  treatment
of malaria]  KUn.  med., Moskva,  1939, 17: No. 2-3, 137-40.—
Mayer, M.  Ueber intravenose Atebrinbehandlung der  Ma-
laria.   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1933, 37: 479-84.—Melik-
Adamian, S. S. [Experiences in  massive appUcation  of  acri-
quine  for treatment  of malaria in children]   Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1938, 7: 178-91.—Piatnicky,  N. P.   [Treatment of
malaria by drop intravenous injection of  acriquine]  Sovet
med., 1944, 8: No. 6, 12.—Smith,  G. C, & Passalacqua, L. A.
Treatment of  acute  malaria with heavy doses of atabrine.
Bol. As. med. Puerto  Rico, 1944, 36: 390-7.—Stephenson. 
MALARIA
IM
4
MALARIA
R. W.  Dose ..f  atebrin  in  malaria.  Brit.  M.  J., 1943, 1:
770.  -Tareev, K.  M., Butiagina, A.  P.,  &  Polumordvinov,
A. I).  [Shortened period of acriquinization in malaria]  Sovet.
med., 1944, 8: No. 6, 9.

----   Treatment: Quinacrine: Evaluation.

   Jimenez Ballesteros,  G.    *Contribuci6n al
estudio  del  paludismo  y  su  tratamiento   por
atebrina y  plasmoquina atepe  y totaquina   [Co-
lombia]    123p.   25cm.   Bogota,  1939.
   Benarroch, E. I., & Hieronymus Boca,  R. P.  Tratamiento
del paludismo con brion o  atebrina.  Gac. med. Caracas, 1932,
39:  229.—Berny, P., &  Nicolas,  L.   Note sur la campagne
antipaludique effectuee en 1936 a la crique anguille (Guyane
francaise)  avec la medication  mixte (quinacrine-rhodoquine)
Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 870-3.—Brown, A. F.
Initial impressions of atebrin-plasmoquin in  the treatment of
malaria in  Uganda.   J.  Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1935,  38:
301-4.—Carlson,  W.  A.   Atabrine and  plasmoquin  in  the
treatment of malaria.  Mil.  Surgeon,  1935, 76: 314-8.—Car-
man, J. A.   Atebrin, plasmoquine and quinine in the treatment
of malaria.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1935-36, 29:
191-202.—Celiz, E. B. Effects of atebrin on the disappearance
of malarial parasites from the peripheral circulation.  Month.
Bull.  Philippine  Health  Serv..   1033,  13:  79-87.—Chopra,
R. N., & Das Gupta, B. M.  Atebrin in  the treatment of Indian
strains of malaria.   Ind.  M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 425-32.—Contu,
O.   L'atebrin e la plasmochina  nella  terapia della malaria.
Gior. ital. mal. esot..  1935, 8: 181-5.—De Verteuil, E.   The
treatment of malaria  by atabrine (or atebrin) and  plasmochin.
Admin. Rep.  Surgeon Gen. Trinidad, 1934, 59-61,  map.   Diaz
Florez, A., Garcia  de Cosa, C. [et al.]   Ensayos sobre la accion
inmediata  del nuevo preparado,  atebrin Bayer, contra  el
paludismo.   Rev.  san.,   Madr.,   1933,  8:  pt  2,  182-5.—
Drenovski, A. K.   Therapeutische Versuche an Malariakranken
mit  Atebrin und Plasmochin.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932,
36: 373-7.—Duncan,  D.   Atebrin in the treatment of malaria
in  Malaya.   Malay.  M. J.,  1933,  8:   79-90.—Fernandez
Marina, R.   Atabrine, intravenously and orally,  in combina-
tion with quinine and plasmochin in the treatment of malaria;
report of  268 cases.   Bol. As. med. Puerto  Rico,  1944, 36:
220-2.—Field, J. W.  Experimental testing of malarial reme-
dies; atebrin-musonat.  Annual  Rep.  Malav  Inst. M.  Res.
(1936) 1937, 104.—Findlay, G. M., Markson, J. L., & Holden,
J. R.  Investigations in the chemotherapy of malaria in West
Africa; treatment with quinine and mepacrine.   Ann. Trop.
M. Parasit.,  Liverp.,  1944, 38: 139-40.—Fischer. O.  Beitrage
zur Atebrinfaehandlung der Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhvg.,
1933,  37: 339-41.—Freeman, A.  R., & Navas  Torres, A.
Clinical effects of atabrine.   Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1934,
26:  211-6.—Froilano de Mello, Bras de Sa, L. J., & Azevedo,
A.  de. Resume  des observations  concernant Faction  plas-
modicide  de  l'atebrine.   Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1932,
25:  878-81.—Garnham, P. C. C,   Hyperendemic malaria  in a
native reserve of Kenya and the  influence upon its course of
atebrin and plasmoquine.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1935-36, 29:  167-86.—Green,  R.  A  report on fifty cases of
malaria treated with atebrin; a new synthetic drug.  Lancet,
Lond.,  1932,  1: 826-9.— Haga,  J.   [Critical observations on
Prof. A. Siegenbeek  van Heukelom and J. G. Overbeek paper:
treatment  of acute  malaria case with injections of atebrin]
Geneesk.  tschr. Ned. Indie,  1939,  79:  358-82.—Henderson,
L. H.  Atebrin in the treatment of  malaria in  the  Sudan.
Tr.  R.  Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1933, 27: 285-8.—Holton,
C. F., & Winchester,  M. E.  The use of atabrine in the treat-
ment and control  of  malaria among a  group of industrial and
agricultural employees in  Georgia.   J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1938,
27:  299-304.—Hoops, A.  L.  The treatment of malaria  with
atebrin in estate practice.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1932,  26:  289-94.  â– ------  A  review of published results
obtained with atebrin in the treatment of malaria in Malaya;
including  a record of  one year's treatment of malaria with ate-
brin on the  European owned estates  served  by the Malacca
agricultural medical  board.  Malay. M.  J.,  1933, 8: 219-35.
------  The cure of malaria with atebrin.  Brit.  M. J., 1933,
1: 993-5.  ------  The advantages of atebrin in the treatment
of malaria amongst controlled labour  forces in Malaya.  Tr.
R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 249-59.—Jarygin,
N. E., &  Nagibina,  N. I.  [Treatment of malaria in children
with intramuscular  injections  of acriquine solution and the
treatment of acriquine-quinine  resistant  malaria] Pediatria,
Moskva,  1944, No.  3, 32-6.—Johnson, P. D.  Treatment  of
malaria in Europeans by  atebrin with special reference to the
relapse rate.  Brit. M. J., 1934,  1: 473-7.—Kalf-Kalif, J.  J.
[Clinical observations on the effect of acriquine in experimental
malaria]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1937, 15: 713-8.—Kikuth, W.
I  risultati finora  ottenuti in clinica  col nuovo antimalarico
sintetico atebrin.  Riv. malariol.,  1932, 11: 353-03. — Kings-
bury, A. N.   The substitution of atebrin for quinine in treated
ambulatory cases of malaria on rubber estates.  Annual Rep.
Malay Inst. M. Res. (1934) 1935, 16-24.—Kirilow-Drenowsky,
A.   Orientierende therapeutische Versuche  mit  der 6-Tage-
Behandlung  mit Atebrin, Atebrin+Plasmochin-simplex, Plas-
mochin-compositum,  Chinoplasmin und Chinin.  Arch. Schiffs
Tropenhyg.,  1935, 39: 243-52.—Korovaev,  E. N.  [Acrichin
and  plasmocid in treatment  of  malaria  in  children]   Sovet.
pediat., 1936, No. 10, 47-51.—Krancfeld, A. M.,  Dukhanina,
N. N., &  Polumordvinov, A. D.   |Attempt to determine the
permanent therapeutic effect  of  acriquine  in  treatment of
malaria in Central  Asia)  Med. parazit.. Moskva, 1037, 6:
339-53.—Kroner.  F.  Erfahrungen  mit Atebrin,  tier  os zur
Prophvlaxe,  per  injectionem  zur  Behandlung  der Malaria.
Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1936, 40:  119-23-Labusrhaitne,
P. N.  H.   Some  considerations on atebrin as an active anti-
malaria  measure.  S.  Afr.   M.  J.,  1933,  7: 332-5.—Lega,
G., & Casini, G.   L'azione dell'atebrina nella malaria, special-
mente in rapporto  alle  recidive.   Riv. malariol.,  1936, l.v
404-13.—Lemaire, Thiodet [et  al]   Effete de l'atebrine et dr
la plasmoquine dans le pnludisine (6tc- 1932)   Bull. Soc. path
exot.,  Par.,  1933, 26:  485-92.-  Liu.  K. B.  Observations  on
the treatment of malaria with atebrin, malarcan,  totaquina,
and quick-plasmoquine.   Tr. Far  East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934,
9: pt 2, 299-302.—Love, J.  Malarial relapse after atabrine.
U. S.  Nav. M. Bull., 1934, 32: 335-40.—Mackay, R.   A note
on  atebrin  and  plasmoquine in the treatment of malaria
East Afr. M. J., 1934, 11: 192-9.—McNabb, P. 10.. & Schwartz,
S. C.   Atabrine in the treatment of malaria in l lie Philippine
Islands.  Am. J.  Trop. M.,  1934, 14: 309-17.—Makara, G.,
Lovas, B. [et al.]  [Treatment  of malaria  with atebrin and
plasmochin]  Nepegeszsegiigy, 1940, 21: 1363-75.—Mepacrine
for malaria;  statement  by  MRC  Committee on  Malaria.
Lancet, Lond., 1944,  2: 667.—Mollow, W.   Ueber Atebrin und
Atebrin-Plasmochin  in  der  Therapie  der  Malaria.   Arch.
Seluffs Tropenhyg., 1933, 37: 291-4.—Morisita, K., Miyahara,
H., & Isioka, H.  Studies in the treatment of malaria; on ate-
brin, a new remedy for malaria, with notes on our preliminary
experiments with  it.  Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1933, 32: 123-5.—
Morrow, T. L., & Wieland, W. G.  Atabrine in the treatment
of malaria; a report  of 53 cases.  U. S. Nav.  M. Bull., 1933,
31: 359-63.—Miihlens, P., & Fischer, O.  Ueber  Malaria
behandlung mit Atebrin.   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36:
196-207.—Novakovic, M.  [Atebrin  and plasmochin in  treat-
ment  of malaria]  Voj. san.  glasnik, 1935, 6: 203 — Oniccv,
I*. I.   [Acriquine  in treatment of  malaria]  Med.  parazit.,
Moskva,  1938, 7: 669-75. Orenstein,  A.  J.  At«brin  in the
treatment of severe  malaria.   Brit.  M. J., 1932,  2: 8-10-
Ovalle, F., & Guay,  A. J. L.   Relapse rate of malaria treated
with atebrine and quinine, prcliiniiini'V report.  Med. Bull.
(Standard Oil Co.)  N. Y., 1939-41,  4: 373-99.—Papi, L.  C.
Atebrin ed  associazione  atebrin-plasmochina nella malaria.
Rass.  internaz. clin. ter., 1935, 16: 133-43.—Pareja Coronel, A.
Un caso de paludismo  quino-resistente curado con atebrina y
stovarsol.   An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas,  1936,  16: 27-31.—
Paterson, A. C.  Report on the treatment of malaria bv atebrin
and plasmochin simplex.   West Afr. M. J., 1933, 6: 68-70.—
Pereira, H.   Consideracoes sobre o tratamento  do  paludismo
pela atebrina.  Hospital, Rio, 1934,  6: 627-33.—Peter,  F. M.
Ueber  die Wirkung des Atebrin gegen natiirliche Malariainfek-
tion.   Deut.  med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 533-5.—Petkovitch, M.
Un cas de paludisme yougoslave trouve en France et gu6ri par
la quinacrine.  Rev.  g6n.  clin. ther., 1935, 49: 407.—Quinacrine
hydrochloride (atabrine)  for malaria; statement by Board for
the Coordination of  Malarial  Studies,  National  Kesearch
Council.   J. Am.  M. Ass., 1944, 125: 977.—Rosa. A., & Suzzi
Valli,   E.  L'atebrin  e  la plasmochina  nella  bonifica  umana
antimalarica.  Riv.  malariol.,  1936,  15:  32-59.  -----  &
Maccolini, R.  Ancora sull'atebrin  e  la  plasmochina  nella
bonifica  umana  antimalarica.   Ibid., 258-88.—Rossani, D.
Dimostrazioni  cliniche suU'efficacia  terapeutica  dell'atebrin
associata  alia plasmochina  nella  cura della  malaria.   Gazz.
osp.,  1935,  56: 236-40.—Salah, M.  Investigations on  the
treatment of malaria with atebrin.   J. Egvpt. M.  Ass., 1936,
19: 717-36.—Sanchez,  B.  H.   Is  atabrine  a  specific  for
Florida malaria.   Med.  Rec, N.  V., 1934,  140:  300-2 —
Seckinger, D. L.   Atabrine and plasmochin in the treatment
and control of malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1935,  15: 631-49 —
Seelig, S. F., & Singh, W.  A clinical study  of the effects of
treating malaria  with  atebrin  and  atebrin musonate.   Rec,
Malaria Surv. India, 1936, 6: 171-5, 13 ch.—Shannon, J. A.,
Earle, D. P., jr  [et al.]   The pharmacological basis for the
rational use of atabrine in the treatment of malaria.  J. Pharm.
Exp.  Ther.,  1944, 81: 307-30.—Soares  Filgueira,  F.  A.  A
accao  therapeutica  da etebrina  e   plasmochina,  atepS, no
tratamento da malaria.   Fol. med., Rio,  1938,  19: 217-20.—
Strickland, C, & Roy, D. N.   Behaviour of Plasmodia in the
mosquito  after treatment of the human  host  with atebrin.
Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 191.—Teichler,  G.  Ueber Atebrin-
kurzbehandlung  bei schwarzen  Pflanzungsarbeitern.  Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1939, 43: 125-7.—Thonnard-Neumann, E.
Ueber Behandlung  der  natiirlichen  Malaria mit Atebrin in
Columbien.  Ibid.,  1932, 36:  357-72.—Tonicello,  P.   L'ate-
brina e la plasmochina nella cura della malaria.   Riv. malariol.,
1934,  13: 474-80.—Torres,  M.  P.   Malaria treatment with
atabrine,  plasmochin  and  quinine  sulphate; a  preliminary
report.  Puerto Rico  Health Bull.,  1939,  3: 396-401.—Van
Slyke, W.  Sur la valeur curative et prophylactique de l'ate-
brine  injectable.  Ann.   Soc.  beige med. trop.,  1934,  14:
379-83.  â– -----â–    Resultats cUniques obtenus par les atebrinee
dans  le traitement  du paludisme.  Bruxelles med., 1934-35,
15: 1003-9.—Wickramasinghe,  S. F. Observations regarding
the uses of atebrin  and  quinine in  the treatment of malaria.
J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1936,  33: 35-40 — Williams, D. P.. 4
Bhattacharyya, R.   Notes on an experiment on the prophylactic
and curative value of atebrin and plasmochin therapy  in a tea
garden in  Assam.   Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1935,  70: 8^14.—Wynne,
A.  M. Atabrine and plasmochin  in  the treatment  of  our 
MALARIA
135
MALARIA
malarias.  Mississippi  Doctor,  1933-34,  11:  No. 6, 23-6.—
Ziemann, H.   Zur modernen  TheraDie und  Prophylaxe der
Malaria (speziell mit Atebrin und Plasmochin)  Med.  Klin.,
Berl., 1936, 32: 745.


---   Treatment: Quinacrine: Preparations.

   Field, J.  \V\,  Nivex, J.  C.  [et  al.]   Clinical
and experimental  observations on atebrin muso-
nat.   24p.   24^cm.   Kuala Lumpur, 1937.
   Bercovitz, N.   The use  of atebrin-musonat for malaria in
Hainan, China.  Chin. M. J.,  1936, 50: 687-92— Cabral, J.
0 musonato de atebrina na malaria, em injeccoes intramuscu-
lares.   Clin. hig.  & hidr.,  Lisb.,  1936, 2: 387-90.—Carman,
J.  A.,  & Cormack, R. P.  A  controlled experiment  in the
treatment  of  malaria with atebrin-musonate  bv injection.
Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hvg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 381-96 —
Chopra, R. N., Hayter, R. T.  M., & Sen, B.  Haffkinine
(acriquine)  an  atebrin-like compound  prepared in India, in
Indian strains of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1940, 75: 200.—Das
Gupta, B. M., & Siddons, L. B.   Studies on the action of dif-
ferent brands of atebrin in human and simian malaria.   Ibid.,
1943, 78: 291-5.—De, R. K.  Treatment of malaria in children
with atebrin musonate. Ibid.,  1937,  72: 290-2.—Gontaeva,
A. A.  [Treatment  of malaria with injections of acrichin-lactatej
Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1936,  5:  900-12— Green,  R.  The
treatment  of malaria  with Atebrin, a new  synthetic  drug.
Riv. malariol.,  1932, 11: 336-45.—Kassirsky, I. A.   [Use of
acrichin injections in  chronic  malaria]  Feldsher,  Moskva,
1938, No. 7, 67.—Kurup, P. K.  The role of peracrina 303 in
the treatment of malaria.  Antiseptic,  Madras, 1926, 23: 483-
5.—Mazza,  S.,  & Villagran, R.  Accion del musonato de ate-
brina sobre las diferentes  formas de paludismo.   Reun. Soc.
argent, pat. region. (1935) 1939, 9. meet., 3: 1919-29.—Naab,
J.  P.   Atebrin  bei  der  Malariabekampfung.  Arch.  Schiffs
Tropenhvg., 1936,  40: 34-6.—Nezic,  E.   Atebrin, das  neue
Antimalarikum.  Ibid., 1933,   37:  423-7.—Nikolajevic,  B.
Die Behandlung von Malaria mit Peracrina.   Ibid., 1926, 30:
289-93.—Rey,  F.   Malariabehandlung mit  Atepe-Tabletten
(Atebrin compositum)   Ibid., 1938, 42:  305-7.—Sharlai, R.,
Gricai, A.,  & Efremova,  O.   [Effect  of acrichine-lactate in
treatment of malaria with various indexes of acid-base equilib-
rium]   Vrach. delo, 1938,  20: 749-54.—Van den Branden, F.
L'atebrine, nouveau medicament synthetique contre la malaria.
Rey.  med.,  Louvain,   1932,  205-8— Van  Slyke,  W.  Du
traitement du paludisme chronique de I'enfant noir par  un
nouveau sei d'atebrine.  Bull.  Soc path, exot., 1935, 28:
701-5.
 ---   Treatment:  Quinacrine:  Preventive use.
    Andreev,  L.  A.   [Results of prophylactic acrichinization]
 Med.  parazit.,  Moskva, 1940, 9: 560-6.—Bispham,  W.  N.
 A report on the use of atabrine in the prophylaxis of malaria.
 Am. J. Trop. M., 1936.  16: 547-62.   ------  Final report on
 the use of atabrine in the prophylaxis and treatment of malaria.
 Ibid.,. 1938, 18: 545-64.—Dzhalalian, Z. A., & Karaseva, O. A.
 [Acriquine as anti-malarial,  prophylactic preparation]  Med.
 parazit., Moskva, 1937,  6: 215-9.—Farinaud,  E.  L'emploi de
 l'atebrine dans la propbylaxie collective du paludisme dans les
 exploitations  agricoles.  Ann.  med.  pharm.  col.,  Par., 1935,
 33: 136-9.—Fischer, O.  Beobachtungen bei  der  Malaria-
 prophylaxe mit Atebrin.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1936, 40:
 397-400.—Gill, D. G., & Smith, M.  Atabrine as a malarial
 prophylactic  agent; an experiment with the drug in a region in
 central  Alabama.  J. M.  Ass. Alabama, 1938-39,  8: 66-8.
 -----•   Atabrine as  a  malarial prophylactic agent;  experi-
 ments in Alabama.   Ibid., 1939-40,  9: 151-3.—Hill, R. A., &
 Goodwin, M. H., jr.  Two  years' observation  on the use of
 atabrine as a prophylactic agent in malaria.  Am. J. Trop.
 M., 1938,  18: 339-45.—Hoops, A.  L.  Observations  on the
 prophylaxis and cure of malaria with  atebrin on  Mallacca
 rubber  estates during two years (July 1932 to June 1934)
 with a note on the prevalence of malaria on these estates since
 1925.  Tr. Far East. Ass.  Trop. M.,  1934, 9: pt 2, 261-80.—
 Kahler, O. H.   Beitrag zur Atebrinprophylaxe und Behand-
 lung der Malaria.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69: 630.—Kho-
 vanskaia, A.  I.  [Evaluation of the efficacy of chemical pro-
 phylaxis with acriquine  with protracted intervals during epi-
 demic outbreaks  of malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1940, 9:
 589-94.—Komp,  W.  H.  W.  &  Clark, H. C.  A third year's
 observation in Panama,  with special reference to control with
 atabrine.  Am. J. Trop. M.,  1934, 14: 381-406.  —■----  A
 fourth year's  observations  on malaria in Panama, with refer-
 ence to control with atabrine and plasmochin.   Ibid.,  1935, 15:
 131-54.—Kostic, D.   [Antimalarial prophylaxis with atebrin
 of a segregated group]  Voj. san. glasnik, 1939, 10: 159-65.
 -----& Antic, D.  Zur Malaria-Prophylaxe  mit Atebrin.
 Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1939,  43:  306-11.—Kranzfeld,
 A. M.,  Dodonova, V. T.,  &  Polivanova, L.  A.  [Results  of
 chemical prophylaxis  of malaria  with  acrichin among  the
 group of the  Volga boatmen]  Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1940,
 9: 571-9.—Melik-Ademian, S.  S.  [Use of acrichine for  the
 prevention of malarial relapses] Sovet. med.,  1939, No.  9,
 9-12.—Mezincesco, D., Cornelson, D. A. [et al.]  Efficacy of
 atebrin and quinine in the prophylactic treatment of malaria.
 In: Treat. Malaria (League of Nations) 1937, 452-66.—Minter,
D. R.  An experience with atabrine  in the chemoprophylaxis
of malaria.  Mississippi Doctor, 1940-41.18:389-91.—Oganov,
 L. I., Efimov, I. A., & Milozarova, E. N.  [Acriquine as anti-
 malarial prophylactic]   Med. parazit., Moskva, 1937, 6: 209-
 14.—Pauli-Magnus, H.  Beobachtungen bei prpphylaktischen
 Atebrinkuren.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42: 427.—Rao,
 B. A., &  Cheluvarayan, C.  Mass treatment and prophylaxis
 with atebrin.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India,  1936,  6: 447-52.—
 Rosa, A. & Maccolini,  R.  II  trattamento preventivo con
 atebrin-plasmochina nella profilassi della malaria.  Gior. ital.
 mal. esot.,  1936,  9:  133-6.—Rose.  Malariaprophylaxe mit
 Atebrin;  ihre  Dosierung und angeblichen  Komplikationen.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 1276;  1306.—Rubinstein, B. N.
 [Observations on the prophylactic effect of acrichin in experi-
 mental malaria in  man]  Med.  parazit.,  Moskva, 1936, 5:
 251-6.—Sliwensky,  M.  Atebrin-Prophylaxe im  Jagdschlosa
 Kritschim in Bulgarien.   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1933, 37:
 389-91.—Soesilo,  R.  Atebrin in malaria  prophylaxis.  Tr.
 R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934, 27: 421-3.  Also Meded.
 dienst  volksgez.  Ned.  Indie,  1934,  23:  5-7.  ------  &
 Gilbert,  P.  W.  [Casual prophylaxis and atebrin therapv, 2.
 part]  Geneesk. tschr.  Ned. Indie,  1934, 74:  271-3.—Win-
 chester, M. E.   The use of atabrine in the control of malaria.
 Internat.  J. M. &  S.,  1935, 48: 265-7.  ------  The use of
 atabrine  and plasmochin in  the  control  and treatment of
 malaria.  J.  M.  Ass. -Georgia,  1937,  26:  54-61.  ------â– 
 Atabrine prophylaxis in malaria; report of third year's investi-
 gation.   Am. J. Trop. M., 1938, 18: 625-39.

 ----  Treatment: Quinidine [and derivatives]
   Bevil,  H.  G.  Hydroquinidine in malaria.  Am. J.  Trop.
 M., 1932, 12: 473-6.—Sanders, J. P.  Treatment of malaria
 with a  short course of quinidine.  Ibid.,  1935, 15: 651-60.
 ------   & Dawson, W. T.  Efficacv of  quinidine in malaria.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 99: 1773-7.

 ----  Treatment: Quinine.

   Cinchona  Products  Institute.  Drift  or
 mastery  in  the  treatment   of  malaria.   28p.
 21K2cm.   N. Y., 1940.
   ----   Quinine and malaria and the technique
 of  blood   examination.  43p.  19cm.   N.   Y.,
 1941.
   Driessen,  H.  E.   Malaria;  de  waarde   van
 chinino  en   kwik  voor  hare  behandeling  en
 bestrijding.   180p.   8?   Batavia  [1935]
   Fletcher,  W.   Notes  on the  treatment of
 malaria with the alkaloids of cinchona.   2v.   8?
 Lond., 1923.  Also another ed.   145p.  1928.
   Sun,  Shui-Cheng.   *Die  bisherige Entwick-
 lung  der  Chininbehandlung  der  Malaria.   36p.
 20^cm.   Erlangen, 1938.
   Bahadur, R. K.  C.  B.  The use  of quinine in malarious
 fevers.  J. Trop. M..  Lond.,  1900-01, 3:  27-30.  Also Ind.
 M. Rec, 1901, 20: 279-82.—Bertarelli, E.   Volta ao  trata-
 mento da  malaria pela quinina.  Arq. biol., S. Paulo, 1939, 23:
 225.—Chandra, B.  Quinine in malaria.  Ind. M. Rec, 1934,
 54:  193.—Chinina  (La) nella malaria.  Gazz. internaz.  med.,
 1900, 3: 197-9.—Discussion (A) on the  treatment of malaria
 by  quinine.  Brit.  M. J.,  1900,  2: 529-33.—Duncan, A.,
 Buchanan, W.  J. [et al.]  A discussion  on the treatment of
 malaria by quinine.  J. Trop.  M., Lond., 1900-01, 3: 41-6 —
 Eaton, P.—Quinine and  malaria.   J. Florida M. Ass.,  1934,
 21: 58.—Echemendia, J. D.  Quinina y  paludismo.  C. rend.
 Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2.  Congr., 2: 147-52.—
 Fontenelle, J. P.  A quinina no tratamento  e na prophylaxia
 da malaria.   Fol. m6d., Rio, 1926, 7: 161.—Gros, H.   Palu-
 disme et quinine.   Bull. Soc. med. Gand, 1900, 67: 388-93.—
 Guillon, A., & Keruzore, A.  Quelques precisions sur la quinine
 et ses  sels et leur  emploi en  therapeutique coloniale.   Ann.
 med. pharm. col., Par.,  1926, 24: 513-31.—Gussein-Zade, A. A.
 [Treatment of malaria with quinine combined with autohemo-
 therapy]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 425.—King, A. F. A.
 The fluorescence of quinine and other remedies in the cure of
 malarial fever.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1902, n.  ser., 123: 1025-30 —
 Kionka,  H.   Die Chinintherapie bei Malaria.  Zschr.  arztl.
 Fortbild.,  1905, 2:  108-11.—Lara Negron,  A.  Tratamiento
 del paludismo por medios no quinicos.  Rev. med. Yucatan,
 1932-33,17:103-8.—Lobo, B.  Malaria e quinina.   Fol. med.,
 Rio, 1942, 23: 3.—Lo Monaco, D., & Panichi, L.  La chinina
 e la  malaria.  Gazz. internaz. med., 1900,  3: 209.—McElroy,
 J. B.  Quinin in malaria.  Memphis M.  Month.,  1902, 22:
 561-76.—Manson-Bahr,  P.  Quinine therapy  in  malaria.
 Lancet,  Lond.,  1931, 1: 843-6.  Also Nursing Times,  Lond.,
 1931. 27: Suppl., 28; 56.—Maziere, M.  Standard treatment
 du  paludisme  par  la quinine.   C.  rend.   Congr.  internat.
 palud.  (1930) 1931, 2.  Congr., 2: 187-92.—Moschkowski, S.
 Ueber  zweckmassige Chininbehandlung  der  Malaria.   Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927,  31:  589-93.—Murphy, R. A.   Qui-
 nine in the therapeutics of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69:
 566.—Nocht, B.  Ueber  Chinintherapie bei  Malaria.   Verh,
 deut. Kolonialkongr. (1905) 1906, 214-30, 1 pi.—Plehn, A.
 Malaria und Chinin.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1907,  11:
763-82.—Souza Pinto,  G. de.  Malaria  e quininisacao.   Tri-
buna med., Rio, 1929, 33: 150; 158.—Treherne, F. H.  Quinine
in malarial fever.  J. R. Army M. Corps,  1907, 9: 276-81.— 
MALARIA
136
MALARIA
Valenzuela,  A. J.  Antipaludicos, quinina, atebrina, plasmo-
quina.   An.  Soc.  med.  quir.  Guayas,  1936,  16: 55-61.—
Zambrano, J. M.   Esterilizaci6n del hombre enfermo; quinini-
zaci6n  y otros medios.   Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1926, 33:  pt 2,
475-9.


----   Treatment:  Quinine:  Accidents  and  un-
   toward effects.

   Cattaino,  R.  G.  Emoglobinuria  da chinina
nei  malarici; contributo clinico.  32p.   8?   Mes-
sina,  1901.
   Brahmachari, V. N.  Dangers of rapid intravenous injection
 of concentrated solutions of quinine bihydrochlor.  J.  Trop.
 M. Hyg., Lond., 1922, 25: 209-11.—Celli, A.   II tannato di
 chinina  in  casi  di intolleranza,  anche emoglobinurica,  dei
 preparati chinacei solubili in acqua.  Atti Soc  studi malaria,
 1907,  8:  355-61.  Also Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1907,  11:
 539-44.—Chatterjee, S.   Quinine urticaria, and absorption of
 quinine in malaria.  Ind. M. Rec, 1926, 46: 171.—Condorelli,
 L.   Porpora emorragica chininica da malaria.  Minerva med.,
 Tor.,  1941,  32:  pt  1,  425  (Abstr.)—Cucco, G.   Contro le
 febbri malariche e la febbre ittero-ematurica da  chinina  del
 Prof. Tomaselli.   Rass. med.,  1901, 9: No. 7, 3.—Gudden.
 Ueber  Chinin-Nebenwirkungen.   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,
 1905,  9: 500-10.—Jurevich,  V. L., & Vilyamovski,  M. I.
 Sluchal malarii s idiosinkraziyel k khininu.  Vrach. gaz., 1904,
 11:1193  1234.—Macalister, C. J.  A case of malaria presenting
 the  quinine idiosyncrasy.  Liverpool Med.  Chir. J., 1903,  23:
 21-4.—Magalhaes, R. de.  Um caso de amaurose palustre e
 quinica.  Med. mod., Porto, 1902, 9: 341.—Manoussakis, E.
 Hemoglobinurie quinique et bilieuse  hemoglobinurique.  Bull.
 Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1931, 3.  ser,  47: 1422-6.— Marsili. G.,
 & Innocenti,  L.  ObservacSes sobre a epidemiologia e  trata-
 mento da malaria e sobre a febre ictero-hematurica provocada
 pela  quinina.  Brazil med., 1900,  14: 365-8.—Moreau,  L.
 Les accidents locaux dans  la therapeutique du paludisme;
 traitement  et prophylaxie des  abces et des escarres d'origine
 quinique.    Bull.  gen.  ther.,   1916-17,   169:   745-59 —
 Omelianz, A. P.   [Remote sequels of treatment of malaria by
 oral doses of quinine according to Ross' method]  Vrach. delo,
 1935,  18: 951.—Ragiot, C, & Moreau, P.  Paludisme,  hema-
 turie quinique, quinacrine.  Bull.  Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936,
 29: 496-500.—Rangel Gurza, L.  I/a quinina intra venosa en
 el tratamiento del paludismo; sus presuntos  peligros e  incon-
 venientes.  C. A. M. E. P., Mex.,  1938, 3: 9-11.—Ross,  G. R.,
 & Peall, G. H.   Icterus without haemoglobinuria after quinine
 treatment.   Brit.  M.  J.,  1927,  1:  53.—Spanio, A.  Sulla
 causa della morte  per  avvelenamento subacuto  da uretano
 etilico.  Arch. farm, sper.,  1931-32, 53: 53-65.—Werner, H.
 Die Nocht'sche  Chininbehandlung  des Schwarzwasserfiebers
 und die neuere Desensibilisierungsbehandlung der Allergic
 Arb. Tropenkrankh.  (Festschr. B.  Nocht) 1937, 659-61.


 ----   Treatment:  Quinine:  Administration and
    dosage.
    Binz,  C.  A  few  practical  suggestions  con-
 cerning quinine.   23p.   12?    N. Y.,  1889.
    Modern treatment of malaria  and the return
 to  the  short  quinine treatment of the League of
 Nations Malaria Commission.   24p.   8?  Amst.,
 1938.
    Ribbing, S.   Die Chininbehandlung der Ma-
 lariakrankheiten und  ihre Methodik.   24p.   4?
 Lund, 1906.
    Arnaud, F.  Quinine et paludisme; mode d'administration
 et regies du traitement.  Arch. gen. med., 1905, 2:2369; 2441.—
 Ashley-Emile, L.  E.  Treatment of malarial fever by intra-
 muscular injections of quinine.   J.  Trop. M., Lond., 1905, 8:
 117.—Bamber, C.  J.  Special methods to combat malaria and
 the use of quinine tablets instead of powder in Government
 packets  of quinine.  Rec.  Malaria  Surv.  India,  1929-30, 1:
 86.—Barrow, H. P. W.  Malaria treated  by the hypodermic
 injection of  quinine.  Ind.  Lancet,  1902, 19:  874.—Benson,
 P S W.   The treatment of malarial fevers by the hypodermic
 injection of quinine.  Tr. Ind. M. Congr.  (1894) 1895,  532.—
 Bernardo, S. S.   Effect of different doses  of quinine sulphate
 on  the decrease in malarial  parasites in peripheral  blood;
 preliminary report.  J. Philippine Islands M.  Ass., 1930, 10:
 132-7.—Bulkin, A. K.   [Treatment  of malaria  with fractional,
 intravenous  injections  of  quinine]  Vrach. delo, 1938,  20:
 545.—Campbell, W. G.  Cinchona  and cinchona alkaloids for
 the treatment of malaria.   N. Orleans M. &  S.  J., 1942-43,
 95- 203.—Clark, S. F.   Subcutaneous injection of quinine in
 malarial fevers.   Brit. M. J. 1902, 2: 1950.----— Malaria;
 its treatment, with special reference  to intra-muscular injection
 of quinine.   S. Afr. M. Rec, 1907,  5: 209-11.—Collins, J. A.
 Hypodermatic injections of quinine in malaria.   S. Louis Cour-
 rier Med.,  1903, 28: 183-6 [Discussion] 223-6.—Collins, R. K.
 An experience with intensive  quinin treatment  under  field
 conditions.   South. M. J., 1926, 19: 383-92.—Condon, De V.
 Malaria and the hypodermic  injection of  quinine.   Brit.
 M. J., 1903,1: 848.—Craig, C. F.  The short-term treatment of
 malarial infections with quinine.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1940, 20:
239—18__Darker  G  F.  Intracellular injections of quinine in
malaria.  Brit. M. j'., 1906, 2: 1577.—Daneichungsmodus dw
Chinins bei Behandlung der  Malaria  im Kindesalter.  Allg.
Wien. med. Ztg.  1907, 52: 406.—Dntta. N. t,  Hypodermio
injection of quinine in malaria.  Ind. Laocet, 1900,  16: 227.
------  Intravenous quinine in malaria.  Antiseptic,  Madras,
1931, 28: 187.—Edmondson, J. J.  The hypodermatic use of
quinine in  malaria.   Med.  Bull.,  Phila., 1905, 27:  134-6.—
Escher & Villequez.   Paludisme et injections intraveineuses de
quinine.  Presse med.,  1931,  39:  453.—Ethem Bakar  [Re-
turn to the old method of quinine treatment of malaria]  Bull.
Soc turque med.,  1939, 5: 27-30.—Fletcher, W.  Inyeccionea
de quinina  por via rectal.  Tijeret. malaria, Maracay, 1943, 7:
240-9,—Fleury, C. M.  The  treatment  of malarial  fever  by
injections of quinine.  J. R. Army M. Corps., 1904, 3: 342-
55.—Hadida & Mariel.  Les voies d'administration et le choix
des sels de quinine contre le  paludisme.  J. med. chir., Par.,
1937, 108:  213-6.—Hall, R.  N.  Intramuscular  quinine for
malaria.  Brit. M. J., 1941,  1:  380.  ------  Treatment of
malaria.  Ibid.,  1942, 2: 559.—Hill,  R. B.,  & Olavarria. J.
The treatment of malaria with small amounts  of  quinine.
J. Am. M.  Ass., 1935, 104: 2329-32.—Hodson, V. S.  Quinine
and malaria; a  plea for  moderate  dosage.   Kenya M.  J.,
1926-27, 3: 349-54.'—Humphrey, A. D.  Subcutaneous injec-
tion of quinine in malarial fevers.  Brit. M. J., 1902, 2: 616.—
Intravenous versus  intra-muscular quinine.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
1934, 69: 581-3.—Johannessohn, F.   Die neue kurze Chinin-
behandlung der Malaria.  Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild.,  1936,  33:
46.—Johnson, R.  L.  The  best time  to  give quinine.  J.
Missouri M. Ass., 1906-07, 3: 231-6—Kermorgant,  A. Des
injections de quinine dans le traitement de la malaria aux pays
chauds.  Caducee, 1901, 1: 39-41.—Krauss,  W.  How much
quinine and how to give it.   Memphis M. J., 1926, 3: 193.—
Lemanski.   Traitement du paludisme par les injections intra-
musculaires de quinine.  Bull. Hop. civ. fr.,  Tunis,  1902, 5:
29-35.—Levinsohn,  M.  [Treatment  of malaria  with intra-
muscular injections of warm solutions of quinine hydrochloride]
Sovet. vrach. gaz.,  1934, 38: 1045.—Lichtenstein, A.  [Qui-
nine dosage in malaria]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932,  76: pt 2.
3143-51.—Lofton, L.   Nearly half an ounce of quinia required
in  one  day for malaria.  Virginia M. Month., 1902-03, 7:
125.—Manson, D.  Notes on intravenous versus intramuscular
quinine.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 571-2—Mariani, F.  L'as-
sorbimento e l'eliminazione della chinina e de' suoi sali; dedu-
zioni per la terapia e la profilassi dell' infezione malarica. Atti
Soc. studi  malaria, 1904, 5: 211-58.  Also Boll. Soc. Lancisi.
osp. Roma, 1903-04, 23: fasc. 1, pt 2,  1-48—Maxcy, K. F.
Limitations to the use of quinine intravenously in the treat-
ment of malaria.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1372-5.—Moufel,
P.   [Quinoiontophoresis  in  malarial  therapy]  Vrach. gaz.,
1928, 32: 207.—Nuevo tratamiento breve con quinina.  Rev.
med. Barcelona,   1936, 25:  noticias,  290-4.—Nevyadomski,
P.  M.   O  llechenii  malyarii podkozhnimi  vpriskivaniyami
khinina.  Med. obozr., Moskva, 1903,  59: 528-38.  Also Allg.
med. Zentr. Ztg,  1904, 73: 41-4.—Pakenham-Walsh. H.  The
small dose quinine treatment of malaria.  J. Christ. M. Ass.
 India,  1942,  17: 56.—Panda,  R. C.   Quinine  injection in
 malaria.  Antiseptic, Madras, 1926, 23: 37-9—Pulieri.  De
 l'utilite et  de l'efficacite des injections intraveineuses de quinine
 dans le paludisme.   Bruxelles med., 1930-31, 11: 63.—Quinine
 injections  in  malaria;  new observations.  East  Afr.  M. J.,
 1941-42, 18: 247.—Rau, G.  D., Reddy, D. G., & Rajagopal,
 G. N.  Oral treatment of malaria with quinine.  Madras M. J.,
 1938, 18: 250-3.—Rigby, H. C.  The rectal administration of
 quinine in  the treatment of  malaria.   J. South Carolina  M.
 Ass., 1929, 25: 579.—St John, J. H.   Quinine analysis of the
 blood with reference to the  treatment of malaria.  Am. J.
 Trop. M.,  1932, 12:  101-16.—Sanders, J. P.,  & Dawson, W. T.
 Observations on five-day quinine treatment of malaria.  South.
 M. J.,  1939, 32: 693-6.  Also Ind. M.  Gaz., 1940,  75: 43-5.
 Also French transl.,  Rev. palud., Par., 1940,  2: 144-6.—Scott,
 L. B., Moncrieff, W. E. S.  [et al.]   The hypodermic use of
 quinine.   Ind. M.  Gaz.,  1907,  42:  114.—Silvestri,  T.  La
 miglior formula di somministrazione dei  sali di chinina per via
 gastrica.   Boll. Soc. med.  chir. Modena, 1905-06, 9: 35.—
 Smyth, J.   The treatment of ague by the hypodermic injection
 of quinine. Brit. M. J., 1902, 2: 1583.—Soesilo, R., & Gilbert,
 W.  [Quinine  and  atebrin dosage  for children  in chronic,
 endemic  malaria]  Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned.  Indie,  1935,  75:
 2017-9.—Soldmin, A. A.  [Treatment of malaria with small
 doses of quinine]  Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 1349-54.—Soulie, H.
 Contribution a Letude du traitement du paludisme principale-
 ment par  les injections intra-veineuses  de quinine.   C. rend.
 Congr. internat. palud. (1930)  1931,  2. Congr.,  2:  153-86 —
 Subrahmanyam, S.  Intravenous quinine therapy in malaria.
 Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 570.—Suzuki, T.   Cases of malarial
 fever treated per  rectum with  quinine.   Polyclin.  Dairen,
 1924-26, 2: No. 9, 1-6.—Taylor, K. P. A.  The administration
 of  quinine by rectum in the treatment of  malaria.  South.
 M.  J., 1930, 23:  420-5.—Treatment for  malaria.  Chem.
 Leaflet, 1942-43, 16:  No.  8, 53.—Vedder,  E. B.,  & Masen,
 J. M.   The determination  of quinine in the blood  as a guide
 to the  treatment of malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M.,  1931, ID
 217-29.—Voorhoeve, H. C.  [A new  way  of administering
 quinine in malaria]  Geneesk. tschr.  Ned.  Indie,  1936, 76:
  1441-9.—Welsford,  A. G.   The treatment  of ague by intra-
 muscular  injection  of quinine.  Brit. M.  J., 1902, 2: 1707.
 Also Ind.  Lancet, 1903, 21:  12.—Wilkins, E. G.  Grading of
 quinine dosage  to  body-weight, possible economy.  Ind. M.
 Gaz., 1943, 78: 126. 
MALARIA                                          137                                         MALARIA
 ----   Treatment:  Quinine: Economic  aspect.
    Cheap  (A) anti-malarial  drug in  India.   Current  Sc,
 Bangalore,  1942,  11:  275.—Hutchinson,  F.  H. G.   Note on
 the  supply  of quinine as  an  antimalarial measure.  Rec.
 Malaria Surv. India,  1929-30,  1:  193-5.—Menon,  K. N. G.
 The treatment of  chronic malaria and malarial enlargement of
 the spleen by intravenous injection of quinine and its economic
 importance.   Antiseptic,  Madras,  1931,  28: 397-400.—Note
 on  the free  distribution and  sale of quinine in  India.  Rec.
 Malaria Surv. India,  1929-30,  1: 196-200.—Shattuck, G. C.
 El costo de la quinina  como grave obstaculo al adecuado trata-
 miento y  dominio del paludismo.  Bol.  Of. san. panamer.,
 Wash., 1935, 14:  931-40.   Also Rev. med.,  Rosario, 1935, 9:
 1—10.— Treatment (The) of malaria.  J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  1942,
 120:385.—Treatment  of malaria under war conditions.  Brit.
 M. J., 1943,  1:75.

 ----   Treatment: Quinine:  Evaluation.
    Ashburne, P. M., Beling, C. C, Egan, P. R., & Griggs, W. P.
 How do you  use quinine for the prevention and cure of malarial
 disease, and  what other treatment do you emplov?   N.  York
 M. J.,  1901, 74: 1013; 1052.—Biginelli, P.   Perche i prodotti
 chinacei del tipo euchinina sono antimalarici  leggeri.  Riv.
 malariol., 1928, 7: 96-103.—Cambessedes, H.  A propos d'une
 enquete sur  le traitement  du paludisme.   Vie med., 1931, 2:
 415.—Cervello, V.  Sul  valore  terapeutico  dei  cioccolattini
 al chinino di Stato.  Atti Soc. studi malaria, 1906, 7: 25-9.—
 Cipriani, A.  G. Clinical observations regarding the action of
 quinine eosolate in malaria.   Interstate M.  J.,  1901,  8: 308-
 11.—Ciuca, M. Der therapeutische Wert der Oesamtalkaloide
 und der Alkaloid-Gemische der Chinarinde bei der Behandlung
 der Malaria.  Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1943, 51: 72 (Abstr.)—Collins,
 R.  K.  A field experiment in  quinine  treatment.   Am.  J.
 Trop. M., 1934,  14:  329-38.—Cooke, W.  E.   Quinine and
 allied drugs in the treatment of malaria.  Practitioner, Lond.,
 1941, 146:  338-44.—Ejercito,  A.,  &  Santos,  G.  O.   The
 Philippine totaquina  in  the treatment  of  human  malaria;
 preliminary report.  Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila,  1937,
 17: 219-40.—Fassio, G.  A.   Consideraciones sobre  el trata-
 miento experimental  del  paludismo con alquina,  totaquina
 nacional.   An. Soe.  med.  quir. Guayas,  1940, 20:  655-71.—
 Feyzi, M.  [Quinine and plasmochin  in treatment of malaria]
 Askeri  sihhiye mecmuasi,  1935, 64: 1-9.—Findlay, G. M.,
 Markson, J.  L., & Holden, J. R.  Investigations in the chemo-
 therapy of malaria in  West  Africa; further  investigations on
 treatment  with  quinine  and  mepacrine.   Ann.  Trop.  M.
 Parasit., Liverp., 1944, 38: 201-4.—Findlay, G. M., & Steven-
 son, A. C.  Investigations in the chemotherapy of malaria in
 West Africa; malaria  suppression;  quinine and mepacrine.
 Ibid., 168-87.—Fletcher,  W.   The  therapeutic  efficacy  of
 totaquina in human malaria; critical analysis of the results
 achieved.  Q.  Bull.  Health  Org. League of Nat.,  1934, 3:
 344-58.—Giorgi,  M.,  & Pagano, F.   Esperienze col chinino
 grezzo nella cura della  febbre malarica.  Policlinico,  1902-03,
 9: sez. prat., 673-85.—Green, R. A.  Totaquine in  the treat-
 ment of malaria.  Bull.  U. S.  Army M.  Dep.,  1945,  No.  84,
 51-7.-—Gricai, P. K.  [Results of quinine  given before relapse]
 Voen. san. delo, 1936,  No. 10,  15-8.—Hicks, E. P., & Diwan
 Chand.  The relative clinical efficacy of totaquina and quinine.
 Rec. Malaria Surv.  India, 1935, 5: 39-50.—Jacobson, A. C.
 Is the supposed  efficacy of quinine in  malarial fever  more
 apparent  then real?   N. York  M. J.,  1906,  84:  1224-6 —
 Kariadi  [Experiences  with chinine and atebrin in treatment
 of chronic malaria complicated by blackwater fever in Manok-
 wari (Juliana Hospital)]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936,  76:
 860-79.—Kissel, A.  A.  [Method of  study of curative value
 of quinine in malaria]  Vrach.  delo, 1926,  9: 765;  1064.—
 Kligler, I. J.   Note on the treatment of malaria with quinine
 and plasmoquine.   Riv. malariol.,  1933,  12: 841-7.------
 & Mer, G.  Relapse rate after quinine-plasmoquine treatment.
 Tr.  R. Soc  Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond., 1931, 25: 121-7—Kohl-
 brugge, J. H. F.   Zur Chininbehandlung  bei Malaria.  Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1902, 6: 378.—Leizerman, L. I.   [Evalua-
 tion of quinine treatments of malaria]  Vrach. delo, 1926, 9:
 502-6.—Lull, G. F.  Quinine and malaria in the Army ninety
 years ago.   Mil.  Surgeon,  1935, 77:  34r-8.—Mazzitelli,  P.
 Sul valore terapeutico  dei  cioccolattini al tannato di chinina.
 Atti Soc. studi malaria, 1906, 7: 93-106.—Minossiantz.   La
 quinine et l'arrhenal dans le traitement de la malaria.  Med.
 orient.,  Par., 1903, 7:  409-11.—Montoro-de-Francesco,  G.
 Euchinin in der Behandlung der Malaria und sein therapeuti-
 scher Wert bei Idiosynkrasie gegen Chininsalze.   Deut.  med.
 Ztg, 1900,  21: 326-8.—Natalucci, G.  Non  basta il  chinino
 nella cura della malaria.   Malaria,  Milano,  1902, 2: 5-8.—
 Nelson, E. E.  Cinchona and its alkaloids in  the treatment of
 malaria.  In:  Sympos. Human Malaria (Am. Ass. Advance. Sc.)
 Wash., 1941,  255-60.—Pampana, E. J.  The therapeutic effic-
 acy of totaquina in human malaria; clinical  tests carried out
 under the  auspices  of the Malaria  Commission.  Q.  Bull.
 Health Org. League of Nat., 1934, 3: 328-43,  ch.—Parvulescu,
 G., Constantinesco, N., & Boeriu, V.   Efficacite comparee du
 totaquina dans le  paludisme humain.  Arch, roumain. path.,
 Par.,  1934,  7: 523-8.—Raymond, W. D.  The equivalent
 quinine index and therapeutic efficiency  of totaquina.  East
 Afr.  M. J.,  1944,  21:  291-7.—Sanders,  J. P.  Quinine and
 quinidine in the treatment of malaria.  Tristate M. J., 1937-38,
 10: 2090-4.—Sergent,  E.,  & Catanei, A.   Resultats obtenus
 par 1'administration de faibles doses quotidiennes de quinine,
de cinchonidine ou de  cinchonine aux indigenes paludeens en
Algerie.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1926, 4: 35-48.—Shima,
Y.  Ergebnisse einer kombinierten  Behandlung der Malaria
durch  Verabreichen  einer  geringen Menge  Euchinins  und
Mischinjektion von hypertonischer Glukoselosung und Bagnon.
Taiwan igakkai zassi,  1939, 38:  H. 12,  435.—Slatineanu, A.,
Ciuca, M.  [et al.] Efficacite  therapeutique  des  alcaloldes
totaux de  l'ecorce  de  quinquina dans  le paludisme humain.
Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 723-8.—Superiorite de la
quinine.   Rev. prat.  mal. pays  chauds, 1937,  17:  321-30.—
Treille, A. Du traitement, chez les enfants, de  la fievre inter-
mittente parfaite a quinjne, a rechutes,  a transformation et a
degradation successive des types.  C. rend.  Congr. fr. med.,
1896-97, 3: fasc. 2, 635.—Van der Scheer,  A.  Zur  Chinin-
Behandlung bei Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1902, 6:
65.  ------   Nochmals  zur Chininbehandlung  bei Malaria.
Ibid.,  1903,  7: 149.—Wijerama, E. M.  Totaquina in the
treatment  of  malaria.   J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass.,  1939, 36:
403-6.—Williams,  J. M.  Shall we use quinin  in so-called
malarial fevers?  Memphis M. Month., 1901, 21: 196.

----   Treatment:  Quinine: Indications.
   Bellgard, S. J.   The use of intravenous quinine and arsenic
in algid  cases of malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63:  396.—
Buddee,  F. W.  The ante-natal use of  quinine.  Brit.  M. J.,
1934,  1:  1159-61.—Burns, W. B.   Quinine in some  phases of
malaria.  Tr.  Mississippi Valley M. Ass.,  1899, 1:  296-305.
Also Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1900,  6: 265-9.—Cagiati, L.
Sull'uso dei cioccolattini di tannato di  chinina  nella  pratica
infantile.   Atti Soc. studi malaria, 1906, 7: 85-92.—Concetti,
L.  II  tannato di  chinina  sotto  forma  di cioccolattini nella
terapia  e profilassi della malaria  infantile.   Ibid.,  1907, 8:
277-353.—D'Assisti, G.  Sull' uso della chinina per la infezione
malarica nella gravidanza.  Corriere san., 1902, i3: 764; 778.—
Flamini,  M.   L'assorbimento del tannato di chinina nei bam-
bini ed il suo uso profilattico e terapeutico nella malaria infan-
tile.  Atti  Soc  studi  malaria,  1906,  7: 37-84.   Also  Arch.
farm, ter.,  1906, 12: 195-216.—Goldschmidt,  D.  De I'emploi
alternatif de la quinine et de l'arsenic dans les cas rebelles de
fievre paludeenne.   Bull. g6n. ther.,  Par., 1904, 147: 694-9.—
Haynie, W. R. Quinine  in malarial hematuria and hemoglobi-
nuria.  South. Pract. 1904, 26: 477.—Hebbar, A. S.   Quinine
hydrochlor. sulph. in malarial cachexia.  Antiseptic, Madras,
1931, 28: 49.—Lazzaro, G.  Sulla cura della malaria nell'emo-
globinuria  da chinina.   Riv.  malariol.,  1931,  10:  269-80.—
Liguori,  S.   Dell'uso del  chinino  nelle malariche gestanti-
Riv. med , 1928, 36: 165-7 —Maselli, D.   Sulla cura della ma-
laria nella emoglobinuria da chinino.  Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez.
prat., 704-16.—Peres, J.  Tratamento do paludismo  pela  qui-
nina nas mulheres  gravidas.   Rev.  gyn. obst. Rio,  1931, 25:
221-8.—Rushev,  N. E.   [Quinine in treatment of malaria in
women during pregnancy and menstrual period]  Vrach.  gaz.,
1931,  35:  1666.—Theobald, G. W.  Malaria,  women  and
quinine.  Proc R.  Soc. M., Lond.,  1929-30, 23:  Sect. Trop.
Dis., 31-8.  Also Med. Stand., 1931, 54: 9-13.—Williams, C.
D.  Quinine in the treatment of malaria in children.   West Afr.
M. J., 1933, 7: 105-8.

----   Treatment:  Quinine:  Mechanism.
   Bardhan, P. N.  Effect of administration of quinine on the
finding  of  malarial parasites in the peripheral blood.  Cal-
cutta M.  J.,  1941,  38: 125.—Budberg,  K.   Zur  Wirkung des
Euchinins bei Malaria.  S. Petersb. med. Wschr.,  1904, 29:
53.—Busson, B.  Studien iiber den Mechanismus der Malaria-
und Chinintherapie.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927,  40:  577-81.—
Capogrossi, A.  Intorno all'azione  della chinina sui parassiti
della malaria.   Policlinico, 1901, 8: sez. med., 560; 597.  Also
Riforma med., 1902, 18: pt 2,  183;  194.—Chuchin, N.  [New
principle in quinine therapy of malaria]   Klin, med., Moskva,
1927,  5: 594-605—Cohen, A.,  &  King, H.  Antiplasmodial
action and chemical constitution; cinchona alkaloidal  deriva-
tives and allied substances.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond.,  1938, ser.
B, 125: 49-60.—Galkin, V. S., Ginsburg,  E. M. [et al.]  [Mech-
anism of antimalarial effect of quinine]   In: Nerv. trof. (Spe-
ransky,  A. D.) Moskva, 1936,  2: 317-35. Also  Gaz. clfn., S.
Paulo,  1943,  41: 50-60.—Garcia Rivera, A.  Las bases de la
terapeutica quinica  antimalarica.  Vida nueva,  Habana, 1931,
28: 581-99.—Giemsa, G.  Ueber den Mechanismus  der anti-
malarischen Chininwirkung.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1927, 74:
574-7.—Gualdi, F., <fe Martirano, F.  L'azione  della  chinina
sulle semilune. Atti Soc studi malaria, 1901, 2: 1-5.—Junk-
mann, K., & Starkenstein, E.  Grundlagen der Chinintherapie.
Klin.  Wschr.,  1926,  5:  169-75.—Kamisawa,  O.,  & Isioka,
H.  Studies in the treatment of malaria; therapeutic effects of
quinine  administered intravenously  against malaria.   Taiwan
igakkai zassi, 1932, 31: 37.—Krishnan, K. V.   Observations on
the mode of  action of quinine in malaria.  Ind. J.  M. Res.,
1933, 21: 331-42.—Machwiladze, N., & Kurpanova, M.   Ueber
die diagnostische   Bedeutung  der  Zunahme  der  Zahl  der
Retikulozyten bei  Verordnung von  Chmin ex juvantibus bei
Malaria.   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1933,  37: 499-504.—
Meldolesi, G. L'azione  della chinina   e della  chinidina  sul
sistema  circolatorio dei  malarici.   Bull. Accad.  med. Roma,
1926, 52: 330-2.—Missiroli, A.   Azione della chinina sui paras-
siti  malarici  durante   l'incubazione.   Arb.  Tropenkrankh.
(Festschr. B.  Nocht) 1937, 323-31— Miyahara, H..  & Isioka,
H.  Observations on the velocity and duration of the  quinine
excretion in the urine of malaria patients.  Taiwan  igakkai
zassi, 1932, 31: 87.—Owen, D. U.  Observations on the output
of urobilinogen in malaria and the influence of quinine upon it. 
MALARIA
l:
:*s
MALARIA
Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp.,  1928, 22: 461-502.—Plavtov,
K. A.  I'pber das Verhaltnis zwischen Chinin, Leukczyten und
Parasiten   im  Blute  von   Malariakranken.  Arch.  Schiffs
Tropcnh\E.,  1927, 31: 587-9.—Pons Balmes,  J.   Considera-
ciones sobre las graficas del paludismo experimental y su sensi-
bilidad a la quinina.   Rev. med. Barcelona, 1931,  15: 420-4, 4
ch.—Register, E. C.   The specific action of quinine in malaria.
Tr. M. Soc.  N. Carolina,  1897, 44:  112-23,—Schilling,  C.
Wie wirkt das Chinin auf die Malariaparasiten?  Arch. Schiffs
Tropenhvg.,  1929,  33:  Beih.  3, 66-8.------&  Schulze.
Wie wirkt Chinin bei Malaria?   Deut. med. Wschr., 1930  56:
46.—Vryonis, G.  Blood  studies  in  malaria;  the genesis  of
blood cells in relation to treatment with quinine.   Am. J. M.
Sc, 1940, 200: 809-19—Waletzky, E., & Brown, H. W.   The
mechanism of quinine action in malaria.   J. Parasit., Lancaster,
1942,  28:  Suppl.,  15 (Abstr.)—Zubakova-Borozdina, T. K.
[Effect of quinine and acrichine on the volume of  the spleen;
effect of quinine and acrichine on  the  volume of an isolated
spleenl  Biull. eksp. biol. med., 1939, 8: 452.  Also Bull. biol.
med. exp. URSS. 1939. 8: 346 8.

----   Treatment: Quinine:  Preparations.

   Clinical report* on hypo-quinidol (Gardner)
22p.   8?   S. Louis [1901]
   Maarek,  R.  M.   *Prophylaxie et therapeu-
tique  specifique du paludisme  par les derives  de
la dihydroquinamine.   144p.   8?   Par.,  1934.
   Mondjian,   A.   *Etude  du   traitement  du
paludisme par injections de formiate  de  quinine
radioactive.   71p.   8?   Par., 1927.
   Adhikary, M. M.  Parenteral use  of quinine hydrochlor.
sulph. in place of q. bihydrochlor. in malarial fevers.  Antiseptic,
Madras, 1944, 41: 669.—Alekseev, N. N. Eikhinin pri  pere-
mezhayushcheisya likhoradkie u  dietei.   Tr. Obshch. dietsk.
vrach.,  1898-99, 7: 34.—Ballero, S.  La terapia antimalarica
col nuovo prodotto italchina.  Riv. malariol., 1940, 19: 111-7.—
Benaky.  L'ars6niate de quinine dans le traitement de malaria.
Grece  med., 1902, 4:  159.  Also Med. orient,, Par.,  1902,  6:
149.—Blanc. G., & Caminopetros, J.  De I'emploi de l'hydrate
de quinine et d'hydrolactate de  quinine  par injections intra-
vaineuses  et souscutanees dans  le traitement du  paludisme.
Rev.  prat.  m?l. pays chauds,  1931,  11: 275-82.—Both, B.
[Use of Cortipan chinae in acute and chronic  malaria]  Orv.
hetil., 1937, 81: 108.—Capurbano, M.   Ancora dell' euchinina
ncll'infezione palustre.  Gazz. osp.,  1903, 24: 51.—Cohen, S.
S.  Quinin-and-urea  hvdrochlorid  in  malaria.   J.  Am.  M.
Ass.,  1907, 49: 158.—Dawson,  W.  T.  Cinchona alkaloids
and bark in  malaria.  Internat. Clin.,  1930, 40 ser., 2: 121-
49.—De Carlo,  L.   L'euchinina nella  cura  della  malaria.
Gazz.  osp.,  1902,  23: 1468-70.   Also Med.  Woche,  1903,
5: 375-7.—Dobroliubov, A.   [Treatment of malaria with qui-
nin. mixt.]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1927,  5: 620.—Emelianov, I.
[Malaria treatment with  mixture of quinine and iodine per os]
Vrach.  gaz.,  1928, 32: 36-8.—Epstein. E. G.  [Treatment of
malaria with quinine sulphate  combined with foreign  alca-
loids]   Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1938,  7: 31-9.—Ferguson,
G.  B.   The  treatment of chronic malarial  fever  by subcu-
taneous injections of  quinine bihydrobromate.  Brit. M. J.,
1902 1: 439.—Field, J. W.   Experimental testing of malarial
remedies,   Hitch tablets  of quinine.  Annual Rep.  Malay
Inst. M. Res. (1936) 1937,  106.—Figueroa, C.  Suero quino-
arsenical  en el tratamiento del  paludismo.   Dfa  m6d.,  B.
Air.,  1938,  10: 27-31.—Gaglio,  G.   Sulla iniezione  ipoder-
mica del cloridrato di chinina con uretano.   Atti Soc.  studi
malaria 1905, 6: 77-85. â– ----- Se i cioccolattini di tannato di
chinina rappresentino una  preparazione razionale per la  som-
ministrazione della chinina.   Ibid.,  1906, 7:  31-5.   ------
Tolleranza per il tannato di chinina.  Ibid., 1907,  8: 243-6.—
Gill, C. A.   Note regarding  the  use  of cinchona febrifuge in
malaria.  Rec.  Malaria  Surv.  India,  1920-30,  1: 201-3 —
Golse,  J.   Pharmacologic de  la medication  antimalarique;
le quinquina et ses alcaloides;  succedanes synthetiques.   J.
med. Bordeaux, 1937, 114: 309-27.—Golynko, M. M.  [Treat-
ing malaria  with quinine-iodine-alcohol  solution  t-rae  jodi
5%+sol. chininae muriaticae spiritus]  Klin.med., Moskva, 1928,
6: No.  15, 1079-81.—Gorescu, C, & Popescu, C. [Intravenous
injections of epaludin in the  treatment of malaria]  Rev. san.
mil., Bucur., 1929, 28: 245-9.—Jacovacci, R. L'italchina nella
cura della malaria.  Minerva  med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 1, 432.—
Kandelaki, S. N.   [Sovquinet (preparation of the Soviet cin-
chona tree) and its anti-malarial action]  Ter. arkh., 1940, 18:
639-42.—Klein, A.  Three new antimalarials.  R. N., Ruther-
ford, 1942-43, 6: No. 2, 38-40.—Kohlbrugge, J. H. F.  Chinin-
tannat  bei  Malaria.   Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1907, 11:
648-50.—Kunst, J. J.  Ueber die Behandlung Malariakranker
mit Aristochin.  Ibid., 1904, 8: 126-31.—Leal, J.  La euquinina
en  el paludismo.   Rev.  med.  Bogota,  1907,  28: 105-8 —
Lemanski & Drouillard, M.  Du traitement du  paludisme aigu
ou chronique par les injections  hypodermiques de bichlorhy-
drate de quinine.  Bull.  gen. ther.,  1900,  139:  289-301.—
Lentjes, L. J. M.  [Treatment of malaria with alcaloid hydro-
chinine]  Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 1090-101.—
Mackay, R.  Notes on the cinchona alkaloids in the treatment
of malaria.  East Afr. M. J., 193.5-36,  12: 336-41.—Mievieu.
Intorno la combinazione del solfato  di  chinina all'acido car-
bonico nella cura delle febbri dei paludi. Gior. progr. pat.,
Venez., 1844, ser. 2, 6: 323.—Modigliani, E.  Cioccolattini al
chinino di  Stato; assorbimcnto  ed eliminazione della  chinina
sonmiinistrata  in forma di tannato.   Atti Soc. studi malaria,
1905,  6:  95 104.  Mollow. W.   Ueber das  Totaquina  nls
Malariamittel.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930,40:118.  Mori,
A.   Sulla  eliinofenina  nellinfezione  malarica.   Gazz.  osp.,
1903, 24: 211' I.  Naegelsbarh, E.  Solvochin  for intravenous
and intramuscular  inject inn in malaria.  S.  Afr. M. J.,  1936,
10:  408.—Patrono, V.   I'rimi  risultati ottenuti nella  terapia
della malaria acuta  mediante aggiunta di  lievito di birra al
chinino.  Policlinico.  1043, 50: sez. prat., 401.—Pessoa, S.  P.,
& Sacramento, W.  Notas sobre a acao antimalarica de algumas
-mbstancias;  resorcinol-quinina.   Acta  med.,  Rio, 1942,  9:
73-80.—Pirami, E.   Chinostovarsol e  malaria.   Arch. ital.  sc.
med. col.,  1931, 12: 714-29.  Also Biol, med., Milano, I'm, 7:
425-40.—Prudnikov   [Treatment  of  malaria  with  quinine
hydrochloride] Feldsher, Moskva,  1939, No.  2,  75.  Puynl.  J.,
Navarro Martin, A., & Alvarez Cienfuegos, J. M.  Ml dinietilar-
sinato de  quinina  en el  paludismo agudo  y  cronico.  Arch.
med.,  Madr., 1928, 29: 479-81.—Raynal, J.  Traitement  du
paludisme  par  le  quinio-stovarsol.   Marseille  med.,  1929,
66:  361-424.—Romme,  R.   Le  bichlorhydrate  de  quinine
dans le paludisme.  Presse med., 1900,  1: 280.—Rosenthal,  G.
Paludisme; quinine sucree intraveineuse.  J.  med.  Paris, 1927,
46: 695.—Roy, B. C, & Chatterjee, K. D.  Malaria, a prelim-
inary report on the studies on the action of ABN-61 (a prepara-
tion of ditabark  & quinine) on cases of human malaria.  J.
Ind. M. Ass.,  1943-44, 13: 193-6.—Sanders, J.  P.   Use  in
malaria of  cinchona alkaloids other than quinine.  Tristate M.
J.. 1932, 5: 975.—Sautet, J.  A propos du traitement du palu-
disme par les derives de la dihydroquinamine.  Bull. Soc path.
exot., Par., 1937, 30: 461-7.—Sayle, R. G. Cinchona in malarial
affections.  Tr. M.  Soc. Wisconsin, 1893, 27: 202-11.—Segre,
R.   II chinino associato ad altri  principi vegetali nella  cura
della malaria.  Arch, pat.,  Bologna,  1937, 6:  No. 3, Suppl.,
1-6.—Sergent, A.,  & Vogt, P.   A propos  de  la  rhodoquine
(915 Fourneau)  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1934, 115: 1571.—Setti,  G.
Sullinnocuita delle iniezioni  intramuscolari di  bicloruro  di
chinino nella terapia della malaria.  Gazz. osp., 1901, 22: 877.—
Sicault,  G.,  & Decourt, 'P.  Observations  sur 25 paludeens
traites par rhodoquine (710 F.)  Bull. Soc. path,  exot., Par.,
1934, 27: 146-9.—Signorelli, S.  La  terapia chinino-adrenali-
nica nella malaria acuta e recidivante.   Fol.  med.,  Nap., 1943,
29: 369-78.—Spanio,  A.  Sull'azione associata  della chinina c
dell'uretano etilico  in rapporto al loro uso nella terapia della
malaria.  Arch. farm, sper., 1931-32,  53: 99-121.— Spica, P.,
& Flamini, M.  A proposito di alcune recerche sul tannato di
chinina e sui cioccolattini al  tannato  di chinina.  Atti  Soc.
studi malaria, 1907, 8:  363-6.—Sterzhemenski, G. I.  Chino-
pirin;  liecheniye  bolotnoi  likhoradki  padkozhnimi vprtski-
vaniyami yevo.   Voen.  med. J., Moskva, 1904, 3: med. Spec.
pt, 688-98— Szekely, S.,  & Ujhelyi,  K.  [Treatment of  1300
malaria patients  with cortipan]  Gydgyaszat,  1939, 79:  259-
62.—Tabolov, V. S.   Treatment   of  malaria  with  quinine-
iodine-epinephrine]  Vrach. delo,  1929,  12: 250-3.—Tanon, L.,
& Jamot, E.  Le quino-thorium dans le traitement du palu-
disme.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1926, 18: 105-10.—Tara, S.
Sur I'emploi de la dihydroquinamine.  Ibid., 1934, 26: 246-55.—
Van Riel, J.  Essai de traitement de la malaria par le cuprochin.
Ann. Soc.  beige  med. trop.,  1908,  18: 339-42.—Vigoni, M.
Ueber   Erfahrungen  mit Chinm-Weil bei   Malaria.   Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39:  416-22.—Vladikin, N.  [Iodine-
quinine therapy  of malaria]  Vrach.  gaz.,   1928, 32:  597.—
Wingfield,  A.  Treatment of  malaria.  Brit. M. J., 1943,  1:
770.—Y.   Valore terapeutico  del  tannato di chinina.  Gior.
malaria, 1907, 1: 83-7.—Yamanaka, S.  On the treatment of
malaria with the total alkaloids of cinchona, Panchina.  Taiwan
igakkai zassi, 1928,  40.—Zeri,  A.  La jodochinina e suo valore
terapeutico nell' infezione malarica.  Arch. farm, sper., 1903, 2:
160-74. ------ Sulla efficacia terapeutica del  tannato di chi-
nino. Atti Soc. studi malaria, 1907, 8: 247-75.—Zikar. A.  K.
Chinopirin  pri bolotnoi likhoradkie.  Prakt. vrach, 1903, 2: 851.

----   Treatment:  Quinine: Preventive use.
   See also subheading Prevention.
   Abbatucci, S.  La querelle de la quinine preventive.  Presse
med., 1932, 40: 704.—Bentley, C. A.  Note on Sir Leonard
Rogers' Proposal  for enabling malarial  epidemics to be foreseen
and  mitigated, with remarks on the question of the populariza-
tion of quinine  as  an  antimalarial measure.   Rec  Malaria
Surv. India,  1929-30. 1: 178r89— Cambessedes, H.  Preven-
tion du paludisme par la quinine.  Rev. prat.  mal. pays chaud-,
1937, 17: 317.—Collignon, E.   Sur le  cout de la quininisation
des r6servoirs de virus paludeen en Algerie.   Bull. Soc path.
exot..  Par.,  1930,  29:  1090-3.—Crowe,  H. W.,  &  Forsyth,
C.  E.  P.  Quinine prophylaxis in malaria.   Lancet, Lond.,
1035, 1: 701.—Drummond, R.   Prophylactic quinine in malaria
in Nvasaland.   S.  Afr.  M. J., 1935,  9: 417   Duke,  H. L.
Quinine as a prophylactic in malaria.  Lancet,  Lond., 1935, 1:
572.—Falcioni, D.  Per una esecuzione sempre pin razionale
della profilassi,  specie  chininica,  della malaria.   Policlinico,
1926, 33:  sez.  prat.,  338-42.—Field,  J. W., Niven, J. C. <fe
Hodgkin, E.  P.   The prevention of malaria  in  the field by  the
use  of  quinine and atebrin.  In:  Treat. Malaria (League of
Nations) 1937, 153-207.—Franchi, F., & Sautet, J. Quininisa-
tion preventive et paludisme au cours de manoeuvres en pays
palustre.   Bull.  Soc. path, exot.,  Par.,  1935,  28: 456-60 —
Gosio,  B.   Ueber  die sogenannte  Malariaprophylaxe mittelfl
Chinin.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 1250.  ------  La pro-
filassi della malaria col chinino e prevenzione o cura?   Med. 
MALARIA
139
MALARIA
   parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4: 55-9.—Henrad, C, & Van Hoof, L.
   Etude de facteurs epidemiologiques au cours d'un essai limit e
   de prophylaxie antipaludique par la quinine et la plasmochine.
   Ann.  Soc beige med. trop.,  1933,  13: 267-84.—Hutchinson,
   F. H.  G. Remarks on the notes of Sir Leonard Rogers and
   Dr. C. A. Bentley on the  forecasting of malarial epidemics and
   the popularization of the use of quinine.   Rec.  Malaria Surv.
   India,  1929-30, 1: 190-2,  6 ch.—James, J. F. Quinine prophy-
   laxis and other notes on malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1931, 65: 440-
   3.—Korteweg. P.  C.  Prophylaxis einer Malariaepidemie  mit-
   telst Chinintherapie.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1903, 29:  852-4.—
   Martins,  J. A.   A quinina  como  agente prophylactico do
   paludismo.  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1898, 16: 127.-9—Miyagi,
   T.  Study on  malaria prophylaxis by internal use of quinine
   preparation; excretion of  quina-alkaloid in urine.   Bull. Nav
   M. Ass., Tokyo, 1939, 28:  50.—Mori, A. Ueber die Prophylaxis
   der Malaria mit  Euchinin.   Zbl.  Bakt.,  1. Abt.,  1901,  29:
   786-91.—Parrot. L.   La  quininisation prophylactique.  Arch
   Inst.  Pasteur   Algerie,   1932,  10:  566.—Pnster.    Malaria-
   prophylaxe mit Chinin  und den  synthetischen  Praparaten.
   Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,  1938, 68: 568.—Prevention of malaria
   in the field by the use of quinine and atebrin.  J. R. Army M.
   Corps, 1937, 69: 393-8.—Prophylactic use of quinine in maiaria.
   S. Afr. M. J., 1935,  9: 401.—Robin, L., & Truong-Van-Huan.
   Essais  compares de  prophylaxie medicamenteuse antipalustre
   en region hyperendemique  par la  praequine   associee  a  la
   quinine ou a la  quinacrine.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935,
   28: 650-8.—Romary.  Traitement preventif du paludisme par
   l'arrhenal.  Bull.  med.  Algerie,  1903, 2.  ser., 1:  56-60.—
   Siebert, H. B.  Beitrag zu dem Fiir  und Wider der Chinin-
   Prophylaxe bei  Malaria.  Deut. tropenmed.  Zschr., 1941, 45:
   142T9— Vanderburgh, E. D.   The  best method for the ad-
   ministration of quinine  as  a  preventive of malarial  fever.
   China  M. Miss. J., 1902, 16: No. 1, 15-8.—Zubov, A.  M.
   Opit predokhraneniya ot bolotnoi likhoradki khininom.  Voen.
   med. J., 1902, 80:  med.  spec, pt, 400-10.


  ----   Treatment:  Quinine:  Resistance  to.
     Acree, F. M. Abstract of clinical case.   Mississippi Doctor,
   1933-34, 11: No.  6, 26.—Can malaria resist quinine?   Bull.
  Army   M.  Dep.,  Lond.,   1943,  No.  28,  5.—Carnot, P.,  &
  Boltanski, E.   Paludisme quinino et  arsenico-resistant traite
  avec succes par  l'iodo-bismuthate de quinine solubilise (280 de
  Fourneau)  Paris med.,  1927, 63: 472.—Castro Teixeira, J. de.
  Quinino-resistencia na malaria; consideracoes sobre  o mecha-
  nismo de accao da  quinina. Ho'spital, Rio, 1935, 7:   1151-60.
  Fletcher, W. Resistencia  de la malaria a la quinina.  Tijeret.
  malaria, Caracas,  1940, 3: 32; 48; 60.—Flores, E. B.  Algunas
  observaciones sobre  tratamiento del paludismo en enfermos
  quinino-resistentes y quinino-intolerantes.   Dia med., B. Air.,
  1937, 9: 981.—Lop,  P.  A.  Le  soi-disant  paludisme quinio-
  resistant.  Marseille med., 1932, 69: 415-7.—Malm, E.  [Phe-
  nomenon of lingering incubation  and quinine-resistance of
  malarial Plasmodium from a  biochemical standpoint]  Vrach.
  delo, 1928, 11:  705-10.—Maugeri, F.  Sulla terapia della ma-
  laria chinino-resistente e delle recidive.  Gior. clin. med., 1936,
  17: 1518-26.—Mitra, S. N.  An interesting case  of  malaria.
  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1941, 76:  543.—Pontano,  T.   Sulla  chinino-
  resistenza dei parassiti  malarici.  C.  rend.  Congr.  internat.
  palud.  (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2: 193.—Quinine resistance in
  malaria.  Brit.  M. J., 1943,  2:  317.—Tillema,  S.  [Cases of
  quinine and atebrin  resistant malaria]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.
  Indie, 1936, 76: 2399-401.


  ----   Treatment: Quinoline derivatives.

    Eon,  M.    *Action du 852  et du 915 Fourneau
  sur le  paludisme  humain et aviaire; contribution
  a l'etude de  la   chimiotherapie  du  paludisme.
  61p.    8?  Par., 1938.
    Capri, G. L'analgene e il suo uso contro la malaria.  Clin.
 mod., Pisa, 1900, 6: 180-2.—Epstein, E. G.  [Experiences with
 chinolin  No.  31 in  treatment of  malaria]  Med.  parazit.,
 Moskva,  19.36, 5: 913-7.—Galperin,  E. P/  [Schizotropic and
 gamotropic characteristics of antimalarial chemotherapeutic
 preparations; biological action of antimalarial fusions of the
 chinoline series with the chain in position 4]  Ibid., 1940,  9:
 44-53.—Kikuth,  W.   Zur Weiterentwicklung   der   Chemo-
 therapie  der  Malaria;  Certuna, ein  neues  Gametenmittel.
 Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17:  524-7—Konne, M.  Contribution a
 l'etude du paludex dans la therapeutique coloniale; etude basee
 sur 325 cas.  Ann.  Soc beige med. trop., 1937,  17: 229-36 —
 Kritchevski, I. L.   Le phenomene de renforcement en chimio-
 therapie;  renforcement de  Taction therapeutique des composes
 antimalariques de la  serie  quinoleique.  Ann. Inst.  Pasteur,
 Par., 1938,61: 205-16.------& Sternberg, E. J.  Die Synthese
 chemotherapeutischer   Verbindungen;  die   Chinolinderivate
 gegen  Malaria.   Zschr. Immunforsch.,  1933,   80:  438-59.
 -----& Halperin,  E. P.  Weiteres Studium der Antimalarica
 aus der Chinolin- und Akridinreihe.  Gior. batt. immun., 1935,
 15: 505-20.—Leiserman, L. I.  [Treatment of malaria with the
 quinolin derivative  No.  14]  Med. parasit.,  Moskva,  1933, 2:
 210-4— Linnell,  W. H.,  & Rigby,  W.   Antimalarials; deriv-
 atives of 4-acetoacetyl-6-methoxyquinoline.   Q. J.  Pharm.,
 Lond.,  1938, 11:  722-8.—Magidson,  O. J., & Strukov, I. T.
 [et al.]   Die Derivate  des 8-Aminochinolins als Antimala-
riapraparate; der  Einfluss der  Lange  der Kette in Stellung 8.
Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1933.  271: 359; 569; 1934, 272: 74; 1935,
  273: 320.—Mamish, R. M.  [Chinolin No. 31 in treatment of
  malaria in children] Kazan, med. J., 1940, 36: No. 3,  71-7 —
  Massias, C.  Nouvelles observations de 48  paludeens traites
 I par un derive quinoleique associe au quiniostovarsol.  Bull.
  Soc path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 041-4.—Miki, K.. & Robinson,
  K.  Attempts to find new antimalarials; preparation of 0-67-
  dimethoxyquinaldyl (4)-ethylamine dihvdrochloride.  J. Chem.
  Soc, Lond.,  1933, 1467-9.—Monier, H. M.,  Essais  therapeu-
  tique du 710 Fourneau dans quelques cas de paludisme.  Bull.
  Soc path, exot., Par., 1931,24:97-101. ------  Association du
  710 fourneau avec la quinine et le stovarsol.   Ibid., 378-82.—
  Sautet, J. Traitement du  paludisme par le 710 et le  574  as-
  socies ou  non a la quinine  ou au quiniostovarsol.   Ibid.,  1932,
  25-  1074-91.—Schonhofer,  F.   Ueber  die  Bedeutung der
  chinoiden Bindung in  Chinolinverbindungen  fiir die Malaria-
  wirkung.  Zschr. physiol. Chem.,  1942, 274:  1-8.—Serra,  G.
  A propos de  15 nouvelles observations d'Europeens atteints de
  malaria et traites par l'association quinine-paludex.  Ann. Soc.
  beige med. trop., 1937, 17: 39 49— Sicault, G., & Decourt, P.
  Observations sur 17 paludeens traites par 574 F.   Bull. Soc.
  path,  exot., Par., 1934, 27: 144-6.—Tareev,  E. M., Epstein,
  E. G. [et al.]  [Results from clinical experiments with the Soviet
  antimalarial derivatives of quinolin]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
  1933, 2: 189-210.—U., G.   Nuovi antimalarici; derivati  della
  4-acetoacetil-6-metossichinolina.  Boll. chim.  farm., 1939, 78:
  321.—Van Nitsen,  R.   Le traitement  de la malaria  par  le
  paludex, nouveau derive quinoleinique.  Ann. Soc. beige med.
  trop.,  1936,  16: 387-407.  ------ & Serra, D. Le paludisme
  chez les europeens traites par le paludex. Ibid., 409-28.

 ----  Treatment, specific.
    Alexeev, A. G.  [Specific therapv in malaria]  Klin, med.,
  Moskva, 1026, 4:  179-81.—Ascoli, V. La terapeutica especifica
 del paludismo.  Siglo med., 1926, 78: 116; 162.—Bass, C.  C.
 The specific treatment  of malaria.   J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1926,
 15: 227-9.—Cremonese, G. Le  cure specifiche della malaria.
 Riv. osp., 1940, 30: 253-60.—Gautier, A.  Sur un traitement
 specifique tr£s puissant des  fievres paludeennes.   C.  rend.
 Acad, sc,  1902, 134: 329-36.  Also Arch, parasit.,  Par.,  1902,
 5: 569-77.  Also Brazil  med.,  1902,  16:  113-6.   Also Bull.
 Acad,  med.,  Par., 1902, 3.  ser., 57: 98-107.   Also Bull. m6d.,
 Par.,  1902, 16: 141-3.—Mayer, M.   Algunos puntos de vista
 para  el tratamiento especifico  del  paludismo.   Rev.  san.,
 Caracas, 1941, 6: 852-62.—Napier,  L. E.  The specific treat-
 ment of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1938, 73: 160-5.


 ----   Treatment:  Sulfur  compounds  and  sul-
    fonic acid derivatives.

    Niven,  J.   C.   Sulphanilamide,   prontosil,  in
 the treatment  of malaria.   27p.   24^cm.   Kuala
 Lumpur, 1938.
    Chopra, R. N., Das Gupta, B. M. [et al.]  Prontosil in Indian
 strains of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 321-4.—Coda, D.
 Sulfamidoterapia na malaria; literatura e consideracoes sobre
 sua aplicacao.  Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1942, 7: No. 15, 235-40.—
 Coggeshall, L. T., Maier, J., & Best, C. A.  The effectiveness  of
 two new types of chemotherapeutic agents in  malaria; sodium
 p,p'-diaminodiphenylsulfone N,N'-didextrosesulfonate, promin,
 and 2-sulfanilamido-pyrimidine, sulfadiazine.   J. Am.  M. Ass.,
 1941,  117: 1077-81.—Diesing.  Der Schwefel  in der Therapie
 der Malaria.   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1906, 10: 497-9.—
 Dumas, R. De Taction adiuvante du sulfarsenol dans  deux cas
 de paludisme  tenace.  Bull. Soc path, exot.,  Par., 1929, 22:
 1010-3.—Durand, P. Action des derives sulfamides et sulfones
 sur l'hematozoaire du paludisme.  Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Tunis,
 1939, 28: 82-93.   Also  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939. 32:
 286-90.—Faget, G.  H., Palmer,  M. R., &  Sherwood,  R. O.
 Unsuccessful  treatment of maiaria  with  sulfonamide  com-
 pounds. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1938, 53: 1364-6.------
 The unreliability  of sulfanilamide compounds in the treatment
 of malaria.  Hosp. News, Wash.,  1938, 5: No. 14, 28-35 —
 Farinaud, E., & Eliche, J.  Nouvelles observations sur le  traite-
 ment du paludisme par  les derives de la sulfamide.  Bull.  Soc
 path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 674-81.—Farinaud, E., & Ragiot, C.
 Recherches sur I'emploi des derives de la sulfamide dans  le
 traitement du paludisme.  Ibid.,  1938, 31: 907-10.—Johnson,
 C. E., jr.  Status  of sulfonamide  therapy in malaria.  Am.  J.
 M. Sc, 1943, 206:  327-36.—Loennecken, W., jr.   [Sulfanil-
 amide in treatment of malaria] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1938, 99:
 1353-7.—Maier, J., &  Riley, E.   Inhibition  of  antimalarial
 action of sulfonamides  bv  p-aminobenzoic  acid.  Proc.  Soc
 Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1942, 50: 152-4.—Menk, W., &  Mohr, W.
 Zur Frage  der Wirksamkeit  des Prontosils bei  akuter Malaria.
 Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1939, 43: 117-25.—Moniz  Pereira,
 J.,  Cunha, A.,  & Soares Franco, J.  Essai  therapeutique du
 paludisme par les sulfamides. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1943, 61:
 145-7.—Motzfeldt, K.  [Sulfanilamide in malaria]  Norsk mag.
 laegevid., 1938, 99: 872-4.—Pakenham-Walsh, R.,  & Rennie,
 A. T.  Sulphonamides in malaria.   Lancet, Lond., 1938,  2: 79.
------ M. &  B. 693 in malaria.   Ibid., 1939, 1: 1382.  ------
Sulphathiazole  in malaria.   Ibid.,   1940,  2:   485.—Patrono,
V.  Sull'attivita antimalarica del 4-4'-diaminodifenilsulfone.
Gior. med. mil., 1943, 91: 427-37.—Pierre Noel, L.  La sul-
famidotherapie du paludisme.    Bull. Serv.  hyg.,  Port au
Prince,  1943,  No. 36-37,  10-3.—Read. H.,  & Pino,  J. O.
Experiencia con los derivados de  la sulfanilamida en  el palu-
dismo.  Bol.  Of.  san. panamer.,  1938,  17:  122.   Also  Arch. 
MALARIA
140
MALARIA
Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938. 42: 132-4.—Rodhain, J.  Paraamino-
phenylsulfamide et Plasmodium des singes.   Ann. Soc. beige
med. trop., 1938, 18: 255-8.—Romero Velasco, E. Las sulfa-
midas en el paludismo.  Medicina, Madr., 1944, 12: 249-62.—
Rudolf, G. de M.  Sulfarsenol in malaria.   Riv. malariol.,
1929,  8: 260.—Schwartz, L.,  Furst, W., &  Flippin,  H. F.
Sulfathiazole as an antimalarial. Am. J. Hvg., 1941, 34: Sect.
C, 160-2.—Sorley, E. R., & Currie, J. G.  Notes on the experi-
mental  use  of prontosil  album in the treatment of malaria.
J. R. Nav.  M.  Serv., 1938,  24: 322-5.—Stavrovskaia, V. I.
[Sulfamid derivatives  in the treatment  of  malaria]   Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1939, 8: 323-30.—Sulphanilamide in malaria.
Med. J. Australia, 1939, 1: 75.—Sulphonamide compounds and
malaria.  Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 737.—Treatment of malaria
with sulfonamide compounds.   Pub.  Health  Rep.,  Wash.,
1937, 52: 1460-2.

----   Treatment—in children.

   Alarc6n, A. G.  Estudios clinicos y terapeu-
ticos acerca del paludismo infantil.  72 1.  27^cm.
Mex., 1938.
   Comby, J.  Traitement des  fievres intermittentes chez  les
enfants. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1904, 3. ser., 21: 1250-3.
Also Arch.  m6d.  enf.,  1905,  8:  165-7.—Corea-Manno,  N.
Cura  e profilassi  della malaria infantile secondo i  concetti
moderni.  Prat, pediat., Milano, 1939, 17: 357-64.—Gasteira,
M. Le paludisme chez i'enfant (quelques reflexions touchant le
probleme therapeutique)  Rev.  sudamer.  med., Par., 1930, 1:
923-33.-—Glatard, R.  Traitement du paludisme chez le nour-
rison et I'enfant du premier age. Bull. med. Algerie, 1905, 16:
429-32.—Kotikas, A.  Beitrage zur Klinik und Therapie der
kindlichen Malaria.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 2001-3 —
Martinho da  Rocha  & Costa  Chiab.  Algumas  observacoes
sobre o tratamento da  malaria na crianca. Brasil med., 1932,
46: 577-81.—Melman, J. Um caso rebelde de impaludismo na
crianca.  Hospital, Rio, 1938, 13: 513-6.—Miihlens, P.   Fort-
schritte in der Behandlung  der Malaria  und  Dysenterie der
Kinder.  Tungchi med. Mschr., 1929-30, 5: 265-80.—Nikolaev,
N.  D.   [Clinical  aspect  and  treatment of malaria in  young
children] Sovet. pediat., 1935, 46-53. ———  [Basic principles
of treatment of malaria in children]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1944,
No. 3,  19-24.—Rashkovskaia, M. I.  [Treatment of malaria in
children]  Ibid., 1939, No. 5, 52-6.—Ratnikov, F. I.  [Methods
of malaria therapy for children]  Sovet.  med., 1942, 6: No.
8. 9.—Sautet, J.  Contribution a l'etude du paludisme chez les
enfants; les  traitements nouveaux.  Rev. med.  hyg.  trop.,
Par., 1934, 26: 257-61.—Serebriisky, I.  J.,  &  Ignatov, S. I.
[Treatment of malaria in children]  Sovet. pediat., 1936, No.
11, 68-81.—Sherman, R. Z., & Krashennikova, Z. P.  [Clinical
treatment during  the  silent  periods in  malaria  in children]
Pediatria, Moskva, 1938, No. 3, 57-69.—Smithline, J.  Malarial
fever  in children: its  diagnosis and  treatment.  Vermont
M. Month.,  1904, 10: 62-6.

----   typhoid.

   Dellys, A.   *Contribution a  l'etude du  palu-
disme  a   masque  typhoide.  105p.   8?  Lyon,
1904.
   Ferruccio, B.,  &  Mario, G.   Perniciosa tifosa; contributo
alio studio del fagocitismo nell'infezione malarica.  Gazz. osp.,
1904, 25: 1378-81.—Hicks, J. R.  Typhoidal toxasmia in mala-
rial fever.   Virginia  M.  Month., 1900-01, 5: 39.—Jorge, R.
Epidemies nautiques de malaria a forme typhoidique, pouvant
faire suspecter la fievre jaune.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub.,
Par., 1931, 23: 682-92. pi.  Also Lisboa med., 1931, 8: 173-84,
pi.—Labougle.  Au sujet du paludisme aigu a forme typhoide;
observation de fievre continue palustre avec phlebite chronique
de quelques  veines. superficielles et inflammation de la saphine
interne  gauche.  Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux,  1904, 25: 255-8.

----   Urine.
   Bongiovanni, A.  Un caso  di albuminuria  ortostatica inter-
mittente consecutive ad accessi malarici.   Gazz. osp., 1907, 28:
145.—Brault, J.  Note sur la recherche de la diazo-r6actionxlans
le paludisme.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1901,  11.  ser.,  3: 937-9.—
Bruas.   Un  cas  d'albuminurie  palustre intermittente a forme
orthostatique.  Echo med. Cevennes, 1906, 7: 215-8.  Also
Marseille med., 1907, 44: 71-4.—Buiclin.  Un cas de poliurie
esentiala probabil de  natura  palustra.   Spitalul, 1900, 20:
157-64.—Costa,  S.  Etude sur albuminuric palustre.  Arch.
med. pharm. mil., 1903, 41: 502-20.—Dumas, R.   Au sujet de
quelques'modifications de l'excretion urinaire provoquees par
l'acces paludeen.  Ann. hyg. med. colon.. Par., 1902, 5: 108-16.—
Froes,  H. P.  Curva do indice  urinario  de concentracao
nycthemerica em dois  casos de impaludismo agudo de f6rma
mista  (Vivax-falciparum) Brasil med., 1928, 42: 1229-31 —
Koperberg   [Albuminuria in  malaria]  Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned.
Indie, 1937,  77: 1976-8.—Lopez, F.  Pigments dans les urines
des personnels paludiques.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1906,
3: 133-8.—Liithi.  Malaria und  Glykosurie.   Korbl.  schweiz.
Aerzte,  1906,  36:  254.—Maljean,  F.  A.   FievTe  urineuse et
paludisme: diagnostic immediat par les caracteres exterieurs
de  l'urine.   Arch. med.  pharm.  mil.,  1904,  43: 293-310.—
Moss6, A.  Excretion urinaire  apres les  acces palustres.  C.
rend. Congr. internat.  med.  (1897)  1899,  3:  sect.  5, 123-6 —
Petit, G., & Thezard, A. Les fievres paludeennes et les analyses
d'urinc  Med. orient., Par.,  1905, 9:  433. -Rin.  S.  [Ucbcr
Urobilin-  und Indicanausscheidung im  Main  bei  Malaria]
Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1941, 40: 777-82.- Robert. I.., Pluchon
& Dareys.  Les albuminuries  transitoires des paludeens.  Bull.
Soc path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 528-30.- Sato, K.  On colour
reaction  of urine of malaria  patients.  Mull.  N.-iv. M. Ass.,
Tokyo, 1940,  29: 28; 1941,  30: 502.—Tomita, M.  Spektro-
skopische Untersuchungen des Malariaharns. Trop. Dis. Bull.,
Lond., 1943, 40: 113.

----  Vaccine, and vaccination.

   See also subheading Immunity.
   Hovorka, O. von.  Ueber  Impfung gegen Malaria  mit dem
Kuhn'schen Serum in Bosnien.  Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch.
(1902) 1903, 2: 2. Halfte, 618.  Also Wien.  med. Presse, 1902,
43: 1833; 1889; 1935; 2034; 2078.—Konstanssov, S. V.  [Im-
munity, vaccine and  vaccination of malaria]  Russ.  J. trop.
med., 1929, 7: 645-57.  Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1930, 116:
241-56.—Kuhn, P.  Ueber eine Impfung gegen Malaria.  Arch,
Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1901, 5: 283; 342, diagr.—Pincu, I. [Pre-
vention of malaria]  Rev. St. med., Bucur., 1926, 15:  897-907.—
Plehn,  A.   Immunisierung  gegen   Malaria.   Arch.  Schiffs
Tropenhyg., 1926, Beih., 30: 1, 18-31.  Also Med. Klin., Berl.,
1926, 22: 191.—Sander.  Eine Heil-und Schutzimpfung gegen
Malaria; vorlaufige  Mitteilung  mit Genehmigung des Ent-
deckers.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1900, 26: 716.—Schilling,  C.
Schutzimpfung gegen  Malaria.   Ibid., 1939,  65:  1264-7.—
Sotiriades, D.  Passive immunity  in experimental and natural
malaria.  J. Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond., 1936, 39: 257-60.

----   Vector.

   See also  Anopheles; Mosquito.
   Green,  R., & Gater,  B.  A.  R.   The relative
susceptibility of some Malayan anopheline mos-
quitoes  to  experimental  infection with  malarial
parasites.   17p.   23}4cm.   Kuala Lumpur, 1931.
   Sinton,  J. A.,  & Shute,  P.  G.   A report  on
the longevity of  mosquitoes in relation to  the
transmission  of  malaria  in  nature.   45p.   8?
Lond.,  1938.
   Weyer,  F.   Die Malaria-Uebertrager.   141p.
25Kcm.   Lpz., 1939.
   Barber. M. A.  Degeneration of sporozoites of the malaria
parasite in anopheline mosquitoes in nature and its  relation to
the transmission of  malaria.  Am. J. Hyg., 1936,  24: 45-56,
pi.—Basile,  C.  Studi di biologia  nelle infezioni  ad ospite
trasmissore, per medici e laureandi in medicina.  Arch. ital. sc.
med. col., 1927, 8: 55; 123; pi.—Benarroch, E.  Estudios re-
lativos al paludismo.  Gac med. Caracas, 1928, 35: 369-82.—
Bleyer, A. S.   The transmission of malaria.  S. Louis Courier
M.,  1907,  36: 214-22.—Boyd,  M.  F.   The  infection in  the
intermediate  host;  symptomatology,  general  considerations.
In: Sympos. Human Malaria  (Am. Ass. Advance. Sc.) Wash.,
1941, 163-82.  ------& Coggeshall, L. T. A resume of studies
on the host-parasite relation  in malaria.   Acta Conv. trop.
malar, morb.,  1938,  2:  292-311.—Chang,  T.  L.   Malaria
transmission in Western Yunnan; the natural vectors.  Chin.
M. J., 1941, 59: 54-66.—Christophers, S.  R., & Stephens, J.
W. W.  The nftive as the prime agent in the malarial infection
of Europeans.  Rep. Malaria Com. R. Soc. London,  1900, 3-19,
map.—Constans.  Come agisce l'esanofele sui malarici.  Gazz.
med. sicil., 1902,  5:  129.-—De Buck, A.  Some results of six
years' mosquito infection work. Am. J. Hyg., 1936, 24: 1-18.—
De Kruif, P. El descubrimiento de la trasmisi6n de los parasitos
de la malaria por mosquitos.  Tijeret. malaria, Caracas, 1938,
1: 70; passim.—Fonseca, J. A. B.,  & Unti, O.  Infecgao experi-
mental de anofelinos de regioes indenes de malaria.  Rev. paul.
med., 1941, 19: 355-7.—Franchini,  G.   E il maiale ricettivo
all'infezione malarica?  (osservazioni  sperimentali)  Arch. ital.
sc. med. col., 1927, 8: 7-11.—Grassi, B.  Mosquitoes and the
prophylaxis of malaria.   Internat.  Clin.,  190i, 10.  ser.,  4:
29-41.—Herman,  C. M.  Epidemiology of malaria in eastern
red-wings, Agelaius  p. phoeniceus.   Am. J. Hyg., 1938,  28:
232-43.—fluff, C. G.  Comparative studies on susceptible and
insusceptible  Culex  pipiens  in  relation to  infections  with
Plasmodium cathemerium  and P. relictum.  Ibid., 1934,  19:
123-47.—Hurley,  J. M.   Is  the mosquito  a disseminator of
malaria?  Los  Angeles M.  J.,  1905, 2: 374-7.—Iyengar, M. O.
T.  Further observations on vectors of malaria in Bengal and
notes on the  seasonal infectivity of Anopheles.   J.  Malaria
Inst. India, 1940, 3: 115-23.—Kingsbury, A. N.  Experimental
infection of Malayan anopheline mosquitoes.   Annual Rep.
Malay Inst. M. Res.  (1932)  1933, 20.  —---■ The shortest
period within which anopheUnes are able to transmit malarial
infection.  Ibid., (1934)  1935, 37.—Kinosita, K.  [The dispute
about the transmission of quartern fever] Chingai  iji shimpo,
1904,  25: 7-26, pi.—Laveran, A.  Paludisme  et moustiques.
Janus, Leiden, 1899, 4: 113; 169.  ------  Paludisme et mous-
tiques; quelques faits recueillis dans le midi de  la France et en
Corse.   C.  rend. Soc.  biol., 1900, 11. ser., 2: 987-9.—Lopez
Rendon, A.  Faz del problema del paludismo  en  Venezuela;
el hombre paludigeno como tinico  manantial  de contagio.
Bol. Min. san., Caracas, 1936-37, 1: 643-51.—McCoy, O. R.
Public health  implications of tropical and  imported  diseases; 
MALARIA
141
MALARIA,   AVIAN
imported malaria.   Am. J. Pub.  Health,  1944,  34:  15-9 —
McGibbon, L.  Notes on malaria and its transmission.  Mon-
treal M. J., 1906, 35: 513-9.—Madwar, S.  The transmission
of malaria by different species of Egyptian AnopheUnes.  Acta
Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2: 222-8.—[Malaria; Anopheles
and other mosquitoes of  the CuUcidae family]   In: Otchet
nauch. deiat. (Vsesoiuz. inst eksp. med.) Moskva, 1940,110-5.—
Malaria (A) e o mosquito.  Impr. med., Rio, 1942,  18:  No.
341, 152.—Montoro Frencesco, G.  Les anopheles sont-ils les
agents uniques et  indispensables de  la transmission  du  pa-
ludisme?  Sem. med., Par., 1902, 22: 161-4.—New (A) malaria
vector.  Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 820.—Oliveira Coutinho, J. de.
Contribuicao ao  estudo dos transmissores da malaria no Dis-
trito Federal, Brasil. Rev. paul. med., 1942, 21: 163.—Ramirez
Rojas, R.  Demostraciones de la transmisi6n del paludismo
terciano por picaduras  de  Anopheles pseudopunctipennis ex-
perimentalmente infectados.  Gac med. centroamer., Guate-
mala, 1943, 1:  95; passim.-—Roseboom, L.  E.   Subspecific
variations among neotropical  anopheles mosquitoes, and their
importance in the transmission of  malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M.,
1942,  22: 235-55, 5 pi.—Russell, P. F.  Zooprophylaxie failure;
an experiment in the  Philippines.  Riv. malariol., 1934, 13:
610-6.—Sautet, J.   Contribution k l'etude des Culicidae et en
particuUer de ceux jouant un role important dans la transmis-
sion du paludisme.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1936, 28: 65;
129.—Siddons, L.  B.   Observations  on the influence  of at-
mospheric temperature and humidity  on  the infectivity of
Anopheles cuUcifacies Giles.  J.  Malaria Inst. India,  1943-44,
5: 375-88.—Simmons, J.  S.  The  infection of Anopheles
(Anopheles) punctimacula  with  malaria.    Rev.  parasit.,
Habana,  1936, 2: 455-60.—Sinton, J. A.   Some problems in
the host-parasite relationship in  the malarial infections of  man
and other animals.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1937, 7:  85-91.—
Stanton, A. T.  The anopheles mosquitoes of Malaya and their
larvae, with some notes on malaria-carrying species.  J. London
School Trop. M., 1912-13, 2: 3-11.—Strickland, C, & Roy. D.
N.  Experimental  malarial infection of Anopheles subpictus
Grassi (A. rossi, Type Giles)  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936,
76: 387-93.—Strickland, C, Sen Gupta, S. C, & Mezumdar,
P. C. Further  observations on  the seasonal infectivity of
mosquitoes as  determined  by a study of the incidence of in-
fantile malaria.  Tr. R. Soc Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond.,  1938-39,
33: 69-74.—Terms appUed to the vector.  Bull.  Health  Org.
League  of  Nat., 1940, 9: 194-207.—Vicente.  Etiologie du
paludisme; le pou du laurier-rose (Apidiotus nerii) transmet la
malaria;  marais  artificiel;  plantes d'appartement; miasmes,
malaria.   Arch.  g6n. med., Par.,  1901, n.  ser.,  5:  310-7.—
White, C. M. Malaria and mosquitoes.  Health Bull., Raleigh,
1939,  54: No. 7,  5-8.—Williamson, K. B., & Zain, M.  A pre-
sumptive culicine host of the human malaria parasites.  Tr. R.
Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1937-38,  31: 111-4.
----   Virus.
   Ascione, G., et Mariotti, E.  Sulla filtrabiUta dei parassiti
malarici attraverso candele Berkefeld.  Rapp. Congr. internat.
hyg. mediter. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 221-9.   Also Ann.
med. nav., Roma, 1933, 39: pt 1, 89.—Casagrandi,  O.  A pro-
posito della  filtrabiUta de  virus  malarico umano e aviario.
Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1933, ser. 2., 11: 23.—Guardabassi,
M. Sur la filtrabilite de parasite du plaudisme.  Boll. Sez. ital.
Soc. internaz. microb., 1933, 5: 337.—Marchoux,  E., Leroy,
R., & Chorine, V.  Essais infructueux de filtration du paludisme.
Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933,  26: 261-6.—Panagia, A.
I parassiti della malaria filtrano attraverso le candele porose?
Riv. malariol., 1933, 12: 115-7.—Spagnoli, B.  Esiste un virus
filtrabile del  parassita malarico?  Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia,
1934, 28:  215-27.—Troisier,  J., &  de  Sanctis  Modaldi, T.
L'hematozoaire du paludisme passe-t-il  a  travers filtres?  C.
rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 347-50.
----   visceral.
  Blanc, F., &  Bordes,  L. A.  Les  accidents visceraux du
paludisme.   Gaz. med. France, 1934,  684-8.—Deschamps, A.
Las visceralgias paludicas.  Rev. mex. cir., 1937,  5: 493-6.—
Garcia-Rivera, A.  El paludismo visceral.  Rev. med. cubana,
1936, 47: 675-90.
----   in wartime.

   Abdulkadir  Noyan   [War  epidemics;  malaria]   Askeri
sihhiye mecmuasi, 1940,  69: No.  31, p. i-xvi.—Castellani, A.
Le paludisme et la guerre.  Rev.  palud., Par., 1940, 2: 149.—
Christophers, R.  Malaria in war.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,
Lond., 1939-40, 33: 277-304.—CoggeshalI, L. T.  War malaria.
Med. Clin. N.  America,  1943,  27: 617-31.—Dieuaide, F.  R.
Clinical malaria in wartime.  War  Med.,  Chic, 1945, 7: 7-11.—
Kunstadter, R. H.  War malaria; its significance in civilian
practice.   West Virginia M. J.,  1943,  39:  346-50.—McCoy,
O. R.  Malaria and the war.  Science, 1944, 100: 535-9.—
Madinaveitia, J.  El paludismo en la guerra.  Monterrey med.,
1942, No. 81, 1810-5.—Manson-Bahr, P. H.  Malaria in war-
time. Brit. M. J., 1942, 2: 461; 489.—Poleck. Die unbegrun-
dete  Besorgnis  vor der  Kriegsmalaria und  vor ihren Folgen.
Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1927, 74:  812-5.—War and malaria.
J. Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1939,  42: 349-52.—Wigglesworth,
V. B. Malaria in war.  Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 436-9.
MALARIA,  avian.

   See also Malaria, experimental.
   Hewitt, R. I.   Bird malaria.   228p.   23J^cm.
Bait., 1940.
   Bibliogr., p. 191-222.
   Casagrandi, O.  Primo contributo alio studio della diffusione
degli sporozoi della malaria negli uccelU catturati nelle Paludi
Pontine.   Mod. zooiatro. Tor., 1901, 12: 185-90.—Corradetti,
A.  Su alcune teorie relative alia malaria degli uccelli e dell'uomo.
PoUclinico, 1940, 47: sez. prat., 1213-5.—Hegner, R. W.  Stud-
ies on bird malaria.  South. M. J., 1926, 19: 377-81.  ------
Experimental studies of bird malaria.   Q. Rev.  Biol., 1929, 4:
59-82.—Jamison, K.  A.  A study of  avian malaria.   Proc.
Virginia Acad. Sc, 1940, 211.—Manwell. R. D. Avian malarial
infections as  class-room  material.   Science, 1934, 79: 544.
------ & Herman,  C.  The occurrence of the avian malarias
in nature.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1935, 15: 561-73.—Outbreak of
pigeon malaria occurs in California.  Science News Lett., 1941,
39: 217.—Schuurman, C. J., & Schuurman-ten Bokkel Huinink,
A. M. [Avian malaria]  Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned.  Indie,
1929, 18: 382-411, pi., 2 ch—Steuber, M. F., & Stauber, L. A.
Bird malaria in southern New Jersey.  Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito
Exterm.  Ass., 1942, 29: 45.—Wasielewski, von.  Ueber die
Verbreitung und  kunstliche  Uebertragung  der Vogelmalaria.
Arch. Hyg., Miinch.,  1901, 41:  68-84.—Young,  M. D.  A
review of recent work in avian malaria.  J. Nat. Malaria Soc,
1942, 1: 149-56.
----   Cathemerium type.

   See also Plasmodium, cathemerium.
   Beckman, H. The effect of multiple mosquito bites on the
course  of  Plasmodium cathemerium infection  in canaries.
Fed. Proc, Bait., 1942, 1: pt 2, 144 (Abstr.)—Bos, A.,  &
Nieschulz,  O. Ueber die Fiitterung von Miicken  an Kanarien-
vogeln.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1939, 144: 425-7.—Boyd, G. H.,
& Gilkerson, S. W.   Influence of conditions of  latency  upon
merozoite production and gametocyte survival in Plasmodium
cathemerium infections of canaries.  Am. J. Hyg., 1942, 36:
1-5.—Gingrich, W. D.  Immunization of birds to Plasmodium
cathemerium.  J. Infect. Dis., 1941,  68: 46-52.—Hegner, R.,
& Hewitt, R.  The influence of young red cells on infections  of
Plasmodium cathemerium in birds.  Am. J. Hyg., 1938, 27:
417-36.—Hegner,  R.,  & West, E.   Transmission  of  malaria
parasites, Plasmodium cathemerium,  from canaries and ducks
to fowls, and their modifications.  Ibid., 1941, 34: Sect. C, 40-6.
----- Modifications of Plasmodium  cathemerium when trans-
ferred from canaries into ducks.   Ibid., 27-39.—Lourie, E. M.
Studies on  chemotherapy in bird malaria.   Ann. Trop. M.
Parasit.,  Liverp., 1934, 28: 151;  1935, 29:  421.—Lucena, D.
Malaria  aviaria;  infeccao  experimental  do  Culex  fatigans
Wiedemann, 1828 e  do Anopheles  strodei  Root, 1926 pelo
Plasmodium cathemerium  Hartman, 1927.   Rev. biol.,  S.
Paulo, 1938-39, 9: 47-50, 2 pi.—Pereira Barreto, M.  Malaria
avidria; transmissao  do Plasmodium cathemerium Hartman,
1927 pelo Culex fatigans Wiedmann, 1828.  Arq. big., S. Paulo,
1943, 8:  No. 17, 9-14. Also  Rev. paul. med.,  1943,  23: 46.
------ & Pedreira de Freitas, J.  L.  Malaria aviaria; sobre a
acao de algumas substancias em infeccoes de canarios pelo  P.
cathemerium.  An. paul. med. cir.,  1945, 49: 33.-—Wampler,
F. J.  A preliminary report on the early effects of  plasmochin
on P. cathemerium.  Arch. Protistenk., 1930, 691 1-6, pi.
----   Circumflexum type.

   See also Plasmodium, circumflexum.
   Manwell, R.  D.  Quinine and Plasmodium  circumflexum.
Am. J. Trop. M., 1934, 14: 45-59.  ------  The exoerythro-
cytic cycle in avian malaria, and its relation to the development
of immunity; studies centered about Plasmodium circumflexum.
Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1939) 1940, 260-3.   ------  Immun-
ity in avian malaria, with special reference to the occurrence of
exoerythrocytic schizogony in Plasmodium circumflexum infec-
tions.  Ibid'. (1940)  1941, 217-20.
----   Diagnosis.

   Beckman, H.  An experimentally  derived method for de-
termining the degree of  infection  in  avian  malaria.  Am. J.
Trop. M.,  1941, 21: 151-7.—Brumpt, E.  Paludisme aviaire;
mode d'identification des especes  qui le  determinent.  Acta
Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2: 522-38.—Efremova, O. N.
[Melanoflocculation  reaction in experimental  bird malaria]
J.  mikrob.,  Moskva, 1938, 20: No. 5, 83-5.—Hegner, R., &
Wolfson, F.  The possibiUty of mixed infections in avian mala-
ria.  Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938,  2: 556-66.—Hewitt,
R. A staining technic for demonstrating avian malaria parasites
in  tissue sections.  Am. J. Hyg., 1939, 29:  Sect. C, 115-7 —
Krichevski,  I. L.,  & Demidova, L. W.   Das Phiinomen  der
Melanoflockulation   bei  der  experimentellen  Vogelmalaria.
Zschr.  Immunforsch.,  1933, 80:  135-45.—Manwell, R. D.
The  identification of the avian  malarias.   Am.  J.  Trop.  M.,
1938, 18: 565-75. 
MALARIA,  AVIAN
1
42
MALARIA,  AVIAN
 ----   Durae type.

    See also Plasmodium, durae.
    Herman, C. M.  Plasmodium durae, a new species of malaria
 parasite from  the  common turkev.  Am. J.  Hyg., 1941, 34:
 Sect. C, 22-5, pi.—Purchase, H. S.  Turkey  malaria.  Para-
 sitology, Lond., 1942, 34: 278-83.


 ----   Elongatum  type.

    See also Plasmodium, elongatum.
    Thompson,  P.  E.   The effects of  sulfonamide diets upon
 infections  of  Plasmodium elongatum  in  canaries.  J. Infect.
 Dis., 1945,  76: 15-9.


 ----   Gallinaceum type.

    Sec also Plasmodium, gallinaceum.
    Beltran, E., & Larenas M., R.  Producci6n de malaria aviar
 con Plasmodium gallinaceum por vfa  oral.  Rev. Inst, salub.
 enferm. trop.,  M6x.,  1941, 2: 87-94.—Brumpt, E., Bovet, D.,
 &  Brumpt, L.  Action des  medicaments antipaludiques sur
 l'infection  de  la poule  par  le Plasmodium gallinaceum.   In:
 Festschr. B. Nocht,  Hamb., 1937, 61-6.—Chortis, P.  Sulle
 alterazioni  del  sistema  reticolo-endoteliale nelle  infezioni  da
 Plasmodium gallinaceum.  Rendic.  1st.  san.  pubb.,  Roma,
 1939,  2: 445-52, 2 pi.   Also Riv. parassit., 1938, 2: 317-22,
 pi.—Coatney, G. R., &  Cooper, W. C.  The prophylactic effect
 of  sulfadiazine and  sulfaguanidine against   mosquito-borne
 Plasmodium gallinaceum infection in the domestic fowl.  Pub.
 Health Rep., Wash.,  1944, 59: 1455-8.  â– ------ & Miles,  V. I.
 Studies on Plasmodium gallinaceum Brumpt; the incidence and
 course of the infection in young  chicks resulting from single
 mosquito bites.  Am.  J. Hvg.,  1945, 41: 109-18.—Coatney,
 G. R., Cooper, W. C, &  Trembley, H. L.  Studies on Plas-
 modium gallinaceum  Brumpt; the incidence and course of the
 infection in young  chicks following the inoculation of  infected
 salivary glands.  Ibid.,  119-22.—Coggeshall, L. T., Porter,  R.
 J., & Laird, R. L.  Prophylactic and curative effects of certain
 sulfonamide compounds on exoerythrocytic stages in Plasmodium
 gallinaceum malaria.   Proc  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. V., 1944, 57:
 286-92.—Guerra. F., Beltran, E. [et al.]  La acci6n del yodobis-
 mutito de  sodio sobre el paludismo aviario (Plasmodium galli-
 naceum Brumpt, 1935)  Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mex.,
 1944, 5: 59-66.—Henry, C.  Pouvoir infestant du sang au cours
 de l'incubation du paludisme de la poule, P.  gallinaceum, inocuie
 par moustiques.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 30-5.—
 Jacobi, L.   Beitrage zur Pathologie der Infektion des Huhnes
 mit Plasmodium galUnaceum (Brumpt)  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,
 1938-39, 191:  482-91.—Mulligan', H. W., Russell, P. F., &
 Mohan,  B. N.  Active immunization of  fowls against Plas-
 modium galUnaceum  by injections  of  killed  homologous
 sporozoites.  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1941, 4: 25-34.—Paraense,
 L., Ferraz  Franco, H., &  Menezes, V.   Estudos sobre Plas-
 modium gallinaceum; tentativas de transmissao por ingestao de
 mosquitos  infectados  e  de esporozoitos.  Hospital, Rio,  1942,
 21: 725-9.—Pereira Barretto, M., & Pedreira de Freitas, J. L.
 Malaria aviaria; alguns caracteres da infeccao  de Gallus gallus
 pelo Plasmodium galUnaceum Brumpt, 19.35.   An. paul. med.
 cir., 1945, 49: 142-5.  -----  Malaria aviaria; sobre a  duracao
 do perfodo prepatente  em infeccoes de frangos pelo P.  gal-
 linaceum.  Ibid., 33.—Rita, G.  Tentativi di infezione  dell'em-
 brione di poUo con Plasmodium gallinaceum.   Riv. malariol.,
 1940, 19: 230-3.—Russell, P. F., & Mohan, B. N.   The im-
 munization  of  fowls  against  mosquito-borne  Plasmodium
 galUnaceum by injections of serum and of inactivated homol-
 ogous sporozoites.  J. Exp. M., 1942, 76:  477-95. ------ &
 Putnam, P.  Some observations on spleen  volume in domestic
 fowls in the course of Plasmodium gallinaceum  studies.   J.
 Parasit., Lancaster, 1943, 29: 208-16.—Russell, P. F., Mulligan,
 H. W., & Mohan, B. N.  Active immunization of fowls against
 sporozoites but not trophozoites of Plasmodium gallinaceum by
 injections of homologous sporozoites.  J. Malaria Inst. India,
 1941-42, 4:311-9.—Taliaferro, L. G., Coulston, F., & Silverman,
 M.  The antimalarial activity of  tyrothricin against Plasmo-
 dium gallinaceum.  J.  Infect. Dis., 1944, 75: 179-211.—Vezzoso,
 B.   L'immunita passiva nell'infezione  da Plasmodium  gal-
 linaceum.  Riv. malariol., 1940, 19: 121; 1941, 20: 238.


----   Immunology.
   Demina, N. A.  [On immunity in avian malaria; peculi-
arities  in the course of malarial infection, caused by  various
species of  the  malarial  parasite  in various species of birds]
Med. parazit.,  Moskva,  1938, 7: 559-79.—Gingrich, W.  Im-
munity to  superinfection and cross-immunity in  malarial
infections of birds.  J.  Prev.  M., 1932,  6: 197-246.   ------
The role of phagocytosis in natural and acquired immunity in
avian malaria.   J. Infect. Dis., 1941, 68: 37-45.—Hegner, R.
A  note on  the development of acquired immunity in avian
malaria.  Am.  J. Hyg., 1940, 32: sect.  C, 24-6.  —---- &
Dobler, M.  Attempts  to  obtain  passive immunity in avian
malaria with blood serum and spleen.  Ibid., 1939, 30: Sect. C,
81-91.—Hegner,  R.,  & Eskridge, L.   Passive immunity  in
avian malaria.  Ibid., 1938, 28: 367-76.—Kikuth, W.   Immun-
biologische  und chemotherapeutische Studien an verschiedenen
Stammen von Vogelmalaria.   Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1931, 121:
401-9,  pi.—Lotze,  H. ' Die  kiinstUche  Proteosomainfektion
 der Vogel; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Immunitat und Immunisie-
 rung bei  Vogelmalaria.   Ibid.,  1930-31,  119:  165;  1931, 120:
 107.- Mrl.endon, S. B.   Experimental attempts to infect man
 with avian malaria.  Am.  J. Hyg-,  1013,  37:  19.— Manwell,
 R. D.  Reciprocal  immunity  in the avian malarias.   Ibid.,
 1938, 27: 196-211.------& Goldstein, F. Strain immunity
 in avian  malaria.  Ibid., 1939, 30: Sect.  C,  115-22.-----
 Passive immunity in  avian malaria.   J. Exp.  M., 1940,  71:
 409-22.—Taliaferro, W.  H. Infection and immunity in bird
 malaria.   Puerto Rico Rev. Pub.  Health, 1928,  1:  155-C.s.
 -----  The mechanism of acquired immunity in avian malarii
 South. M.  J.,  1931, 24: 409-15.  ------ & Taliaferro,  L. <;..
 Acquired  immunity in avian malaria; immunity to superin-
 fection.  J. Prev. M.,  1929, 3:  197-223.

 ----  Lophurae type.

   See also Plasmodium, lophurae.
   Barlow, O. W. The relative antimalarial effects of atabrine,
 certain acridine and quinoline derivatives, quinine and sulfona-
 mides on  experimental  infections  with  P.  lophurae-ducks
 J. CUn. Invest.,  1942, 21:  647.—Hewitt,  R.   Studies on the
 host-parasite relationships of untreated infections  with  Plas-
 modium lophurae in ducks.  Am. J. Hyg., 1942,  36: 6-39, 2 pi.
 ------ Richardson, A. P., & Seager,  L. D. Observations on
 untreated infections with  Plasmodium lophurae  in 1200 young
 white Pekin ducks.  Ibid., 362-73.—Jacobs, H. R. Immuniza-
 tion against malaria; increased protection  by vaccination of
 ducklings with saline-insoluble residues of Plasmodium lophurae
 mixed with a  bacterial toxin.   Am. J. Trop.  M.,  1943, 23:
 597-606.  ------ Immunization against malaria; unsuccessful
 attempts  to increase resistance of ducklings  to Plasmodium
 lophurae infections by previous injections of materials contain-
 ing the Forssman antigen.  Ibid., 1945, 25: 151-3.  JefTery. G.
 M.  Investigations on the mosquito transmission of Plasmodium
 lophurae Coggeshall, 1938.  Am. J. Hyg., 1944, 40:  251-63 —
 Rigdon, R. H.  A pathological  study of the acute lesions pro-
 duced by Plasmodium lophurae in young  white Pekin ducks.
 Am. J. Trop.  M., 1944, 24: 371-7.—Seeler, A. O.  Effect of
 pyridoxine on activity of quinine and atabrine  against  Plas-
 modium  lophurae infections.  Proc.  Soc.  Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y.,
 1944,57:113-5.  ------  Dusenbery, E., & Malanga, C.  The
 comparative activity of  quinine, quinidine, cinchonine, cin-
 chonidine and quinoidine  against Plasmodium lophurae  infec-
 tions of Pekin ducklings.   J. Pharm. Exp. Ther.,  1943, 78:
 159-63— Seeler,  A. O.,  &  Ott.  W. H.  Effect of  riboflavin
 deficiency on the course of  Plasmodium lophurae infection in
 chicks.  J. Infect. Dis., 1944, 75: 175-8.—Walker,  H. A., &
 Van Dyke, H. B.  Control of malaria infection, P. lophurae, in
 ducks by  sulfonamides.   Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1941,
 48: 368-72.—Wolfson, F.  An  experimental study  of mixed
 infections  with  Plasmodium cathemerium and Plasmodium
 lophurae in ducks.  Am. J. Hyg., 1945, 41:  123-35.

----  Paddae type.

   See also Plasmodium,  paddae.
   Basu, B. C.  Studies on a malarial infection in a paddy bird.
 J. Malaria Inst. India,  1938, 1: 273-84, pi.—Brumpt, E.   Palu-
 disme aviaire: Plasmodium paddae n. sp., calfat (Padda oryzi-
 vora) utilisation  de ce parasite  pour les  recherches chimio-
 therapiques du paludisme.   C. rend. Acad,  sc, 1935,  200:
 967-70.  ------  & Bovet, D.  Action des medicaments  anti-
 malariques sur les calfats infestes simultanement par le Plasmo-
 dium paddae et par l'Haemoproteus oryzivorae.  Ann. parasit.,
 Par.,  1936, 14: 457-63.

----  Parasites and vectors.
   Brooke, M.  M.   Inoculation  of canaries with sporozoites
 from isolated malarial oocysts. Am. J. Hyg., 1942, 35: 134-7.—
 Galli-Valerio, B.   Quarta contribuzione alio studio  della dis-
 tribuzione  degli  emosporidi della  malaria degli  uccelli  in
 Valtellina.  Mod. zooiatro, Tor., 1900, 11: 448-51.—Gambrell,
 W. E. Variations in gametocyte production in avian malaria.
 Am. J. Trop. M., 1937, 17:  689-727, pi.—Huff, C. G. Studies
 on the infectivity of Plasmodia  of birds for mosquitoes,  with
special reference to the problem of immunity in  the mosquito.
 Am. J. Hyg., 1927, 7: 706-34. ------  The effects of selection
upon susceptibility to bird  malaria in Culex pipiens Linn.  Ann.
 Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1929-30, 23: 427-40, 3 pi.  -----
 Individual immunity  and  susceptibility   of  Culex  pipiens
 to various species of bird malaria as studied by means of double
infectious  breeding.  Am.  J. Hyg.,  1930, 12: 424-41.  -----
 Further infectivity  experiments with mosquitoes  and bird
 malaria.   Ibid., 1932, 15: 751-4.  ------   Natural  immunity
 and  susceptibility of culicine  mosquitoes  to avian malaria.
 Am. J. Trop. M., 1935,  15: 427-34.  ------   Quantitative
 studies on size, variability, and growth  rates  of  oocysts of
 different  strains  of avian malaria.  Am. J. Hyg.,  1940, 32:
 Sect.  C,  71-80.  ------  Comparative importance of various
 factors upon the regulation of size of avian malarial ooevsts in
 mosquitoes.  Ibid., 1941, 34: Sect. C, 18-21. ------& Bloom,
 W.  A malarial parasite infecting all blood and blood-forming
 cells of birds.  J.  Infect. Dis., 1935, 57: 315-36, 2 pi.—James,
 S. P., & Tate, P.  Preparations illustrating the recently dis-
 covered cycle of avian  malaria parasites in reticulo-endothelial
 cells.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 4, pi.—
 Kikuth, W.  Ueber verschiedene Stamme  von  Vogelmalaria. 
MALARIA,  AVIAN
143
MALARIA,  AVIAN
 Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt.,  1931,  122:  213.  ----— &  Mudrow, L.
 Ueber pigmentlose Schizogonieformen bei Vogelmalaria.  Klin.
 Wschr., 1937,16:1690.  ------  Fruhstadien der Vogelmalaria-
 parasiten nach Sporozoiteninfektion.  Ibid., 1939, 18: 1443.—
 Lawrie, E.   The Laveran body in birds; experiments performed
 on birds in the temporary laboratory of the Hyderabad Medical
 School,  September 1898-September 1899.  Ind.  M. Gaz., 1899,
 34: 391-4.—Levit, M.  S.  [Survival of proteosoma in stored
 blood]  Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1938, 7: 749.—Lourie, E.  M.
 Five species of avian malarial parasite.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  M.
 Hyg. ,Lond., 1934-35,  28:  34.—Lucena, D.  Malaria aviaria;
 da presenca dos  Plasmodium praecox,  P.  nucleophilum e P.
 vaughani em passaros de S. Paulo.  Fol. med., Rio, 1938,  19:
 404-6.   Also  Rev. Ass.  paul. med.,  1938,  13: 273.  ------
 Malaria aviaria;  Plasmodium cathemerium Hartman, 1927,
 fiarasita do  tico-tico, Brachyspiza pileata, e do pardal, Passer
 domesticus; e  Plasmodium  elongatum Huff, 1930, parasita do
 tico-tico, em Sao Paulo.   Fol. med., Rio,  1938, 19: 233-8.—
 Manwell, R. D.  How many species of avian malaria parasites
 are there?   Am. J. Trop. M., 1935, 15: 265-83, 2 pi.  ------
 Malaria infections by four  species of Plasmodium in the duck
 and chicken,  and resulting  parasite  modifications.  Am. J.
 Hyg., 1943, 38: 211-23, inch 2 pi.—Mayne, B.  An  anopheUne
 mosquito as host  for the parasites of bird malaria.   Ind. J.  M.
 Res., 1928, 16:  557.—Nocht.   Ueber die Entwickelung   der
 malariaahnlichen   Vogelblutparasiten  in  Miicken.   Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1901, 48:  907.—Raffaele, G.  Sul comportamento
 nel sangue dei parassiti della malaria aviaria.  Riv. malariol.,
 1931, 10: 281-310.—Romero, G.  Contributo  alio  studio  dei
 parassiti malarici negU uccelli.   Boll. Soc.  zool. ital., 1901,
 2. ser.,  2: 226-35.—Russell, P. F.   Anopheles mosquitoes  and
 avian malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1931, 11: 145.—Sangiorgi, A.
 Sulla presenza di  plasmodi pigmentati negli uccelli.  Arch. ital.
 sc med. col.,  1933, 14: 662-70.—Stauber, L. A.  Factors in-
 fluencing the asexual periodicity of avian malarias.  J. Parasit.,
 Lancaster,   1939,   25: 95-116.—Taddia.  L.,  & Valentino,  D.
 Ricerche sugU emoparassiti degU  uccelli del Veneto.  Arch. ital.
 sc. med. col., 1939, 20: 637-56.—Taliaferro, L. G.  Return to
 normal  of the asexual  cycle in bird malaria after retardation
 by low  temperatures in vitro.  J. Prev. M., 1928, 2: 525-40.


 ----   Pathology.
   Beck, H.  Die pathologischen Veranderungen in  der Leber
 bei Vogelmalaria.  Arch.  wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1924, 51: 90-8.—
 Brown,  H. G.  Preliminary observations on electric charge of
 the erythrocytes in bird malaria.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,
 Lond.,  1933, 26:  515-22.—Cannon, P. R., & Taliaferro, W. H.
 Acquired immunity in avian  malaria;  cellular reactions in
 infection and superinfection.  J. Prev.  M., 1931,  5: 37-64,
 pi.—Findlay, G.  M., &  Brown, H. C.  The relation of  the
 electric  charge of  the red  cells to phagocytosis in avian malaria.
 Brit.  J. Exp.  Path., 1934, 15:  148-53.—Gajewski, J. E., &
 Tatum,  A.  L.   A study of  the mechanism of relapse in avian
 malaria. J. Infect. Dis., 1944, 74: 85-92.—Hewitt, R. Mul-
 tiple-infected red cells  in avian  malaria.  Am. J. Hyg., 1938,
 28: 321—44, pi.   ------ The  distribution of avian malaria
 parasites, P. reUctum and  P. cathemerium, in  visceral organs
 as compared with the peripheral blood.   Ibid.,  1941, 33: Sect.
 C, 54-68.—Hill,  C. M.  Anemia as a cause of death in  bird
 malaria.  Ibid., 1942,  36:  143-6.—Jirovec, O., &  Cerny,  W.
 Die Ergebnisse der  Nuklealreaktion  bei  Vogelmalaria.   Zbl.
 Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932, 126: 181-4.—Kikuth,  W., &  Tropp, C.
 Studien  iiber  Vogelmalaria.  Arb.  Tropenkrankh.   (Festschr.
 B. Nocht) Hamb., 1927, 236-45.—Lack, A. R.,  jr.   The occur-
 rence of intravascular agglutinations in avian malaria. Science,
 1942, 96: 520.—MacDougall, M.  S.   The  effects  of changes
 in the sugar content of  the blood in bird malaria.  Am. J.
 Hyg., 1927, 7: 635-47.—Manwell,  R.  D.   The duration of
 malarial infection in birds.  Ibid., 1934,  19: 532-8.  ------
 Relapse in bird malaria. Ibid., 1929, 9: 308-45.—Moldavskaya-
 Krichevskaya, V. D., Einhorn, E. M., & Sukhova,  L. I.  [Tis-
 sue reactions in  experimental malaria  in  goldfinches]  Med.
 parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5: 617-24.—Nash. T. P., jr,  & Knisely,
 M. H.   Intravascular agglutinations  in avian  malaria   J.
 Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121:  885.—Raffaele, G.  Potere infettante
 del sangue  durante l'incubazione della malaria aviaria.  Riv.
 malariol., 1936, 15: 77-87.—Russell,  P.  F.   Avian malaria
 studies;   the experimental  epidemiology   of  avian  malaria;
 introductory paper. Philippine J. Sc, 1931, 46: 651-79, 2 pi.—
 Toropova, M. N., Levina, F. K.,  & Moldavskaia-Krichevskaia,
 V. D.   [Pathomorphological  changes of the central nervous
 system in experimental avian malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
 1940,  9: 597-600.—Torrioli, M.   Osservazioni  sulla fagocitosi
 nella malaria aviaria.  Riv. malariol., 1932, 11: 171-5, pi.—
 Velick, S. F., & Scudder, J.  Plasma potassium level in avian
 malaria.  Am. J. Hyg., 1940, 31: sect. C, 92-4.


----   Relictum type.

   See  also Plasmodium, relictum.
   Beaurepaire Aragao, H.  de.  Sensibilite de quelques oiseaux
bresiliens au Plasmodium praecox.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,
118: 903.  Also Brasil med., 1935, 49: 157.—Blanckenburg, K.
Experimentelle Versuche  iiber die Funktion der Blutreservoire
bei Vogelmalaria  (Proteosoma pracox)   Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
hyg., 1935,  39: 116-21.—Borchardt, W.   Ueber die chemo-
therapeutische Wirkung  von  Chinin,  beziehungsweise Plas-
mochin  in   vitro   auf  Proteosoma  praecox   (Vogelmalaria)
Ibid., 1930, 34: 360-4.—Briinn, W.  Perorale Chininprophylaxe
bei der Proteosoma-praecox-Infektion.   Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,
1926, 98: 507-13.—Das Gupta, B. M., & Siddons, L. B.  Tests
with mepacrine  hydrochloride,  B.  P.  against  Plasmodium
relictum.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1943,  78: 42.—Geimsa, G.,  Weise,
W.,  & Tropp, C.   Chemotherapeutische Studien mit Vogel-
malaria  (Plasmodium praecox)    Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,
1926, 30: 334-47.—Katahira, J.   Beitrag zur Kenntnis iiber
Vogelmalaria  (Proteosoma  praecox)   Taiwan  igakkai zassi,
1929, 41-3.—Kontorovskaia, T. M.  [On the action of acriquine
on Plasmodium relictum in  vitro and in  vivo]  Med. parazit..
Moskva, 1940, 9: 595.—Krichevski, I. L., & Halperin, E. P.
Ueber die Medikamentfestigkeit  der Erreger der Vogelmalaria
(Plasmodium  praecox)  der  Einfluss  des  geschlechtlichen
Vermehrungszyklus  auf  die  Medikamentfestigkeit.   Zschr.
Immunforsch., 1933,  79: 149-62.—Lourie,  E. M.  Difference
in response to quinine tieatment between strains of Plasmodium
relictum of widely-separated geographical origins.  Ann. Trop.
M. Parasit., Liverp., 1934, 28: 513-23.—Redmond,  W. B.
Mosquito transfer of the pigeon strain of Plasmodium relictum.
J. Infect. Dis., 1944,  74: 184-8.—Roubaud, E.,  & Mezger, J.
Sur  la  sensibilite au paludisme  des oiseaux  (Plasmodium
relictum) des divers peuplements raciaux du moustique com-
mun.  C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1934,  199:  170-2.—Sergent, E.
Dur6e  de l'incubation du  paludisme aviaire (a Plasmodium
relictum) et syzygies.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Alg6rie, 1937, 15:
8-10.  ------ Transmission de  Plasmodium relictum selon
des modes non habituels.  Ibid., 11-7, pi.  ------& Catanei, A.
Essai de traitement du paludisme des oiseaux  (Plasmodium
relictum) par  l'ichthargan.  Ibid., 1932,10:37.   ------  In-
fluence de la temperature exterieure sur revolution du Plas-
modium relictum chez l'oiseau.  Bull.  Soc. path, exot., Par.,
1932, 25: 416-9.   ------  Le serum d'oiseau paludeen (a Plas-
modium relictum) n'est ni infectant ni premunissant.   Arch.
Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1937,  15: 18.------ [et al.]  Etude de
Taction du  710  Fourneau sur le paludisme  des oiseaux  a
Plasmodium relictum.  Ibid., 1931, 47:  57-62.   ------  Un
type de maladie a premunition; le paludisme des passereaux a
Plasmodium relictum.  Ibid., 1934, 53: 101-19.

----   Rouxi type.

   See  also Plasmodium, rouxi.
   Manwell, R. D.   Quinine and plasmochin  therapy in Plas-
modium rouxi infections, with further notes  on  the effects of
these drugs  on the other  avian  malarias.  Am.  J.  Trop.  M.,
1932, 12: 123-47.—Young,  M. D.  Blood  changes in  normal
and  Plasmodium  rouxi-infected canaries.   Am. J. Hyg., 1937,
26: 322-36.   ------  Comparative pathology of infections of
Plasmodium rouxi in  canaries  with other  malarias of birds,
monkeys, and  man.   Am.  J. Trop. M., 1938,  18: 85-99.

----   Species of hosts.
   Beaudette,  F. R.  A natural case of canary malaria.  J.  Am.
Vet. M. Ass.,  1944, 105: 91.—Bloom, W., & Taliaferro, W. H.
Regeneration of the malarial spleen in  the canary after infarc-
tion and after  burning. J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 63:  54-69, 5 pi.—
Causey,  O.  R.  The effect of splenectomy on  the course of
malarial infection in  canaries.   Am. J. Hyg., 1939, 30: sect.
C,  93-9.—Durand,  P.,  & Villain.   Derives  sulfamides et
paludisme du  pigeon. Arch.  Inst. Pasteur Tunis,! 1939, 28:
94.—Harmon, C. M., & Vail, E. L.  A fatal case of spontaneous
malaria in a canary.   J. Am. Vet. M.  Ass., 1942, 101: 502.—
Hudson, C.  B.  Spontaneous malaria in canaries.  Ibid., 1944,
104: 158.—Huff,  C. G. Relations between malarial infections
and  body temperatures in canaries,   Am.  J. Hyg., 1939, 29:
Sect. C, 149-54.—Kikuth, W., &  Mudrow, L.  Malariaiiber-
tragungsversuche mit Blut und  Organen sporozoiteninfizierter
Kanarienvogel.   Riv. malariol., 1938,  17:  1-14.—Manwell,
R. D.   The behavior of the avian  malarias in  the common
fowl, an abnormal host.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1933, 13: 97-112.
------ & Hatheway,  A. E.  The duck as a host for the avian
malarias.   Am.  J.  Hyg.,  1943,  37: 153-5.—Moldavskaia-
Krichevskaia,  B. D., & Einhorn,  E. M. [Experimental malaria
in various birds]  J. mikrob., Moskva, 1936, 17: 321.—Russell,
P. F.  Avian  malaria studies; the bleeding time in canaries;
normal  and  in malaria.  Philippine  J. Sc, 1932, 49: 627-49,
5 pi.—Stauber, L. A., & Van Dyke, H. B.  Malarial infections
in the  duck  embryo.   Proc  Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1945, 58:
125.—Wolfson, F.   Avian  hosts  for  malaria  research.   Q.
Rev. Biol., 1941, 16: 462-73.

----   Treatment.
   Africa, C. M., Dy, F. J., & Soriano, L. J. Studies on the
effect of prontosil on avian malaria; a preliminary report.  Acta
med. philip., 1939, 1:  19-26, 2 tab.  —---- Further studies on
the effect of prontosil on avian malaria.  Ibid.,  1940-41,  2:
239-51.—Albricht, I. C, &  Nieuwenhuijse, C.  Die Wirkung
von  Methylenblau auf Vogelmalaria.  Arch,  internat.  pharm.
dyn., 1937, 55: 184-9.—Beckman, H.   Attempted quantitative
estimation   of atabrine retardation of  schizogony in avian
malaria.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 41: 29-31.  —----
& Smith, J.  The apparent advantage of frequently adminis-
tered quinine  in avian malaria infections.  J. Lab. Clin. M.,
1944, 29: 43-7.—Bishop, A.  Chemotherapy and  avian malaria.
Parasitology, Lond., 1942, 34: 1-54.—Bovet, D., & Demanche
L.  Nouveau  produits actifs dans le  paludisme aviaire: une
quinoleine de  synthese agissant sur les  schizontes et sur les
gametes (F.  852)  Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1933, 51: 528-34.—
Boyd, G. H.f & Dunn, M.   Effects of  quinine and  plasmochin 
MALARIA,  AVIAN
144
MALARIA,  AVIAN
administration upon parasite  reproduction and destruction in
avian malaria. Am. J. Hyg., 1939, 30: sect. C, 1-17.—Brooke,
M. M.   Effect of dietary changes upon avian malaria.   Ibid.,
1945. 41: 81-108— Buttle, G. A. H., Henry, T. A., & Trevan,
J. W.  The action of the cinchona and certain other alkaloids
in bird malaria.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 426; 1038,  32:
47.- Cho, S.  Einige Versuche iiber  den Einfluss der Opiumal-
kaloide auf die Vogelmalaria.  Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1940,  39:
1398.  ------ Vergleichende Untersuchung iiber die Wirkung
der Chinaalkaloide  und deren  Hydro-Derivate auf die Malaria
des  Vogels.   Ibid., 1391-3.—Collier. W.  A., Warstadt.  A., &
Krause,  M.  Ueber Heilversuche am malariainfizierten  Kana-
rienvogel mit einem neuen Praparat.  Zschr. Hyg., 1931, 112:
527-33.—Donath, J.  Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung eines
neuen Malariamittels bei der Malariainfektion des Kanarien-
vogels und  des Menschen.  KUn. Wschr., 1931,  10: 1406.—
Dutrem, W.j & Esquivel Medina, E.  Ensayo de  la actividad
de algunas plantas medicinales mexicanas en el paludismo de
las aves.  An. Esc. nac. cienc. biol., Mex., 1938-39, 1: 263-77 —
Fischl, V., & Kussat, E.  Bemerkungen zur Chemotherapie  der
Vogelmalaria.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 77: 805.—Fourneau,
E., Trefouel, M. [et al.]  Contribution a la chimiotherapie du
paludisme; essais sur la malaria des canaris.  Ann. Inst. Pasteur,
Par., 1930, 44: 503-33.—Frattini, B. L'azione del jodomercu-
rato di manganese  nella malaria aviaria.   Arch. 1st. biochim.
ital., 193G,  8: 3-38, 9  ch.—Giemsa, G.   Etude comparative
d'echantillons de totaquina, de  quinine et d'hydroquinine au
point de vue de la  toxicite et de l'efficacite dans le paludisme
des  oiseaux.   Riv.  malariol.,  1933,  12: 70-86.—Gingrich,  W.
D., & Fillmore, R. S.   The anti-malarial  effect of acranil.   J.
Parasit., Lancaster, 1941, 27: No. 6, Suppl., 30.  Also Am. J.
Hyg.,  1942,  36:  276-82—Goodson, J. A., Henry, T.  A., &
Macfie, J. W. S.  The action of the cinchona and certain other
alkaloids in  bird malaria.  Biochem. J., Lond.,  1930,   24:
874-90/—Halperin, E. P.  [Medicinal resistance of the causat ive
agent of malaria in  birds]   J.   mikrob.,  Moskva, 1937,  18:
387-96.—Hegner, R., & Dobler, M.  Effects  of oxygen at
different pressures on avian malaria infections.  Am.  J.  Hyg.,
1941, 34: Sect. C, 14-7.  ■----— &  West, E.  Further studies
of  hydroxyethvlapocupreine  against  bird  malaria.    Ibid.,
132-9.—Hegner, R. W., & MacDougall. M. S.  Modifying  the
course of infections with bird malaria by  changing the  sugar
content  of  the blood  (preUminary report)   ibid., 1926,  6:
602-9.—Hegner, R., & Manwell, R. D.  The effects of plas-
mochin  on bird malaria.   Am. J. Trop. M., 1927, 7: 279-85.
—;---& Shaw, E. H., jr.  Methods and results of  experiments
on the effects of drugs on bird malaria.  Am. J. Hyg., 1928, 8:
504-82.—Hegner, R., West, E.  [et al.] A new  drug effective
against  bird  malaria.   Ibid.,  1941, 33:  Sect. C,  101-11 —
John,  H.,  & Glowazky,  F.   Die Wirkung  einiger Chinolin-
Derivate bei der Vogelmalaria.   Zschr. Immunforsch.,  1933,
78: 280-3.—Karaseva, O. A.  [Effect of ultra-short waves on
the course of malaria in birds]  Med. parazit., Moskva,  1940,
9: 295-7.—Kemp, H. A., & Shuey, C. B.  Bird malaria and
tetanus toxin.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1931,  74: 710-6.—Kikuth,
W., & Giavannola, A.  Zur Frage der medikamentosen Malaria-
prophylaxe   auf  Grund von experimentellen  Untersuchungen
an der  Vogelmalaria.   Riv.  malariol.,  1933,  12: 657-74.—
Lourie,  E.  M.   Studies on  chemotherapy  in bird  malaria;
observations on the mode of action of quinine.  Ann. Trop.  M..
Parasit., Liverp., 1934, 28: 255-77.—Manwell, R. D.  Further
studies on effect of quinine and plasmochin on the avian malarias.
Am. J. Trop. M., 1930, 10:379^105.  ------  Effect of atebrine
on avian malarias.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 31: 198.
------Counts, E.,  & Coulston, F.  Effect of sulfanilamide and
sulfapyridine on tbe avian malarias.  Ibid., 1941, 46: 523-5.—
Marshall, E. K., jr.  Chemotherapy of avian malaria.  Physiol.
Rev., 1942, 22: 190-204.  —----Litchfield, J. T., jr, & White,
H. J.  Sulfonamide therapy of malaria in ducks.   J. Pharm.
Exp. Ther., 1942, 75: 89-104.—Morgenroth, J.,  Abraham,  L.,
& Schnitzer, R.  Experimentelle Studien  zur Malariabehand-
lung; die Wirkung des Hydrochinins und Optochins auf  die
Vogelmalaria.   Deut.  med.  W'schr.,  1926,  52:  1455-7.—
Mudrow, L.   KUnische  und parasitologische Befunde und
chemotherapeutische   Ergebnisse  bei  der   Huhnermalaria.
Trop. Dis. Bun., Lond.,  1943, 40: 116 (Abstr.)— Naumenko,
J. A.  [Efficacy of acrichin in  avian  malaria in relation to  the
time of infection]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1939,  8: 207-9.—
Pereira Barreto,  M.  Investigates  sobre a acao  de algumas
novas sulfonas na malaria  aviaria.  An. paul. med. cir.,  1944,
47: 405.  ------ & Pessoa, S. B. Maldria avi&ria; investiga-
tes sobre a  acao de algumas  novas sulfonas. Hospital, Rio,
1943, 24: 647-52.—Pessoa, S. B.  Sobre a acao terapeutica de
algumas  substantias na malaria  aviaria.   Rev. clin. S. Paulo,
1942, 12: 100-5.—Roehl, W.  Die Wirkung des Plasmochins
auf die Vogelmalaria. Naturwissenschaften, 1926, 14: 1156-9.—
Roskin,  G., & Romanowa. K.  Arzneimittel und ultraviolette
Strahlen; bestrahltes  Chinin  bei Vogelmalaria.   Zschr. Im-
munforsch., 1931, 72: 445-9.  ------ Arzneistoffe und Ultra-
violettstrahlen; kombinierte Therapie bei Vogelmalaria.  Ibid.,
1934, 82:  461-74.—Russell,  P.  F.  Plasmochin simplex, a
prophylactic  drug in avian malaria.  Tr. Far East. Ass.  Trop.
M., 1930, 2: 274-91, 7 ch.  Also Am.  J. Trop. M., 1931,  11:
279-84.  ------ Prophylactic plasmochin  in inoculated avian
malaria.  Phillippine J.  Sc,  1931, 46: 305-45.  ------ Pro-
phylactic plasmochin versus prophylactic quinine in inoculated
avian malaria. Ibid., 46: 347-61, pi.   ------ Atabrine as a
prophylactic  drug in sporozoite  infections of avian  malaria.
Ibid., 1934, 54: 483-93.  —----  & Nono. A. M.   Plasmochin
as a prophylactic drug in sporozoite infections of avian malaria.
Ibid., 1932, 49: 595-625, pi—Sbarsky, B.  J., & Ermolgeva, Z.
\minosauretherapie;die Aminosauretherapie der Vogelmalaria.
Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 67: 297-309.—Seeler. A. O.  The
inhibitory effect of pyridoxine on the activity  of quinine and
atabrine against avian malaria. J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1945, 4:
13-9.—Shaw,  E.  H., jr.   The absorption  of  chemical com-
pounds by red blood corpuscles and its therapeutic significance
in the treatment of bird malaria.  Am. J. Hyg., 1928, 8: 583-
603.—Sternberg,  E. J.  Zur Frage der  Therapie  der  Vogel-
malaria durch  Aminosauren.  Zschr.  ges. exp. M., 1931,  79:
548-63.  Also J.  mikrob., Moskva, 1932, 9: 305 78.-----
Ueber die Wirkung des Praparates R  123 gegen Vogelmalaria.
Zschr. Hyg., 1934,  116: 1-3.—Sweezey,  W. W.  Intravenous
administration of  certain drugs in the therapv of avian malaria
Am. J. Trop. M., 1935, 15: 529-44.—Tate, P., & Vincent, M.
The action of synthetic iiuinoline compounds on avian malaria
Parasitology, N. Y., 1933,  25: 411-27.------ The action of
atebrin on bird malaria.  Ibid., 1934, 26: 523-30.—Waletzky,
E„ & Brown, H. W. Studies on the mode of action of quinine
in avian malaria.   J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1943, 2: 53-62.
MALARIA, falciparum.

   Syn.: Estivo-autumnal, malignant tertian, per-
nicious (partly) subtertian, tropical malaria.
   See also Malaria, pernicious; Plasmodium,  fal-
ciparum.
   Bartle, J.  B.  BiUous  remittent  estivo-autumnal fever.
Oklahoma M. News J., 1902, 10: 97-103.—Borsos-Nachtnebel,
O.  [Malaria tropica]  Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 564.—Braddock,
C. S., jr.  Some notes on malarial fever as seen in the jungle.
N. York M. J. 1907, 136: 309-11.—Buchanan, A. An attempt
to reconcile the various views regarding malignant tertian fever.
Ind. M. Gaz., 1901, 36: 256-8, diagr—Galloway, F. W.  Aestivo-
autumnal fever.   Mobile  M.  &  S. J.,  1904,  4: 205-22 —
Horowitz, P.  Tropical malaria. Post Graduate, N.  Y., 1906,
21: 1223-9,  pi.—Jackson,  T.  W.   Concerning the  invasion
period of the  malignant  (estivoautumnal)  tertian  malarial
parasite.  Am. Med., 1904, 8: 67.—Kingsbury, A. N. Some
investigations of malarial fevers.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg.,
Lond., 1925-26. 19: 459-81.—Marchiafava, E.   Sulla malaria
maligna  spontanea e provocata.  PoUclinico,  1933, 40: 9ez.
prat., 2-9.—Marshall, G.  D.  Aestivo-autumnal fever.   Tr.
Indiana M. Soc, 1907, 58: 292-303.—Minett, J. S.  MaUgnant
tertian malaria.  Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 761.—Phillimore, R. H.
Bilious remittent fever.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, 61: 815 —
Shoemaker, J. V.   Tropical  malaria.   Med.  News,  N.  Y.,
1904, 85: 1172-6.—Soto y Entralgo, J. J.  Remitente  biliosa de
origen  paludico.   Arch. Soc clin.  Habana,  1901, 11: 3-15.—
Tekelenburg,  P.   Malaria,  always a tropical problem. Med.
Bull. (Standard Oil Co.)  N. Y., 1939-41, 4: 87-91—Troiteky.
S. P.   O tropicheskol Ukhoradkle.  Voen. med.  J., S.  Petersb.,
1906,  216: med. spec, pt,  259-71.—Veazie, H. A.  Aestivo-
autumnal fever. Proc. Orleans Parish M.  Soc. (1899) 1900,
116-30.—Vegh, P.   [Malaria  tropica]  Orv. hetil.,  1938,  82:
niell.,  116.—Wright, B. L.  The malaria of the tropics.  Am. J.
M. Sc, 1901, n. ser., 122: 73-80.—Zampilloni, G. L'infezione
terzanaria maUgna.   Gazz. med.  Roma,  1903, 29: 619-45.
----- Sull'infezione terzanaria maligna (osservazioni cUniche)
Boll. Soc. Lancisi. osp. Roma, 1907, 27: 144-87.


----   Cases.
   Brewis,  G. S.   Pernicious  subtertian malaria  resembUng
blackwater fever.   J.  R.  Nav. M.  Serv.,  1943, 29: 212 —
Camae, C. N. B. A case of  aestivo-autumnal malaria. Cornell
Univ. M. CoU. Dispensary, 1905, 1: 59-66.—Chatterjee, G. C.
A pecuUar case of malignant  tertian fever.   Ind.   M. Gaz.,
1902,  37: 131.—Chopra, R. N.. Das  Gupta, R.  M., & Sen, B.
A fatal case of severe malignant tertian malaiia. Ibid., 1932,
67: 680, pi.—Clock, R. O.  Estivo-autumnal fever in a child
two and one-half years old.  Arch.   Pediat., N. Y.,  1907, 24:
918-21.—Ferguson, D.  R.   Estivo-autumnal malaria  in two
drug  addicts.   Hahneman.  Month.,  1938, 73: 399-409.—
Field, J. W.   A case of severe subtertian malaria with  recovery.
Tr. R. Soc.  Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1936-37, 30: 565-8,  pi.—
Fitch, W. E.  A report of  a case  of tertian estivo-autumnal
malarial fever, and two cases of hemoglobinuric malarial fever.
Internat. M.  Mag., 1902,  11:  193-202.—Ghose, A. K.   An
interesting case of sub-tertian  malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1938,
73: 30.—Girard, A. C.  A case of pernicious quotidian estivo-
autumnal fever,  illustrating  anatomical  and microscopical
changes in fatal cases.  Rep. Surg. Gen. U. S. Army  (1900-01)
1901,  113-6.—Ireland, H.  J.,  & Bohrod, M. G.  Malignant
tertian malaria; report of  a  small epidemic.   Illinois M. J.,
1935,  67: 445-50.—King, D. M.  A  case of aestivo-autumnal
malaria.  Denver M. Times, 1904-05, 24: 281-3.—Kormoczi,
E.  Ein Fall  von tropischer Malaria.   Pest. med. chir. Presse,
1904,  40: 370.—Ling, L.  C, Liu, K.  B., & Yao, Y. T.  Studies
on the so-caUed changch'i; changch'i  in Yunnan.  Chin. M. J.,
1936,  50: 1815-28, 3 pi.—Magid. M. I.  Ein Fall von Malaria
tropica sub  partu  (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage  der ange-
borenen Malaria)  Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1928, 79:  404-13.—
Moodliar, N. V.  A case of malaria.  Ind. Lancet,  1904, 24:
102.—Most,  H.   Falciparum  malaria among  drug addicts;
epidemiologic studies.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1940, 30:  403-10 —
Murray, J. E., & Shute, P. G. A case of falciparum malaria.
Lancet,  Lond.,  1942,  2: 365.—Murray, R. R. Sub-tertian
malaria; some cases with unusual clinical features.   East Afr.
M. J., 1936-37, 13: 250-3.—Otway, A. L.  Two cases of malig- 
MALARIA,  FALCIPARUM                 145                  MALARIA,   FALCIPARUM
 nant tertian ague; fatal results.  J. R. Army M. Corps 1907,
 9: 509-11.—Peabody, G. L.  A case of sestivo-autumnal fever
 with unusual symptoms.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, 59: 3 [Dis-
 cussion] 30.—Price, J. P.  Pernicious malaria in children; a report
 of 24 cases. South. M. J., 1937, 30: 991-6.—Resende Barros.
 J. de.  Sobre um caso de  malaria  tropical.  Arch,  biol., S.
 Paulo, 1935, 19: 86-8.—Sautet, J.  A propos d'un cas de palu-
 disme ^Plasmodium falciparum a pferiode de latence prolongee.
 BuU. Soc path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 425.—Valiente, M. A.
 Case report; malaria falciparum with hematuria.  Med. Bull.
 (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y., 1944-45,  6: 85-91.—Veazie, H. A.
 Aestivo-autumnal fever in New Orleans, summer and autumn,
 1899. N. York M. J., 1900,  71: 765;  845; 895.—Zacharias, M.,
 & Cabral Benedito, C.  O conceito de perniciosidade na malaria;
 a proposito de um caso de tercao maligna.  Fol. med., Rio,
 1940, 21: 335-7.—Zimmerman, C. A. W., & Wilhelm, W.  A
 report of  a case of estivo-autumnal  malaria.   Illinois M. J.,
 1907, 12:  595-601.

 -—  Clinical aspect.
   Budilin, V. G., & Andreeva, V.  V.   [Symptomatology of
 tropical malaria]   Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30:  1206.—Carducci, A.
 Sulla terzana e sulla quotidiana estivo-autumnale.  Atti Soc.
 studi malaria, 1907, 8: 205-24.—Craig, C. F. Estivo-autumnal
 malarial fever; some typical  cases  of quotidian and tertian
 forms, with a study of the temperature curves  and of the
 parasites  observed in the blood.   J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1900, 35:
 1139-50.—Dukhanina,   N.  N.   [Duration of the course of
 tropical malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1941, 10: 169-71.—
 Ganora,  R.  Su la convalescenza della malaria  tropicale; le
 febbricole post-malariche. Arch. ital. sc.  med. col.,  1931, 12:
 281-3.—Hellerman. D. S. [Atypical forms of tropical malaria]
 Vrach. delo, 1937, 19:  475-8.—Jackson, T. W.  Some phases
 of  tropic   malarial disease.  Am. Med., 1905,  10:  23-5.—
 Khovanskaia, A. I.  [Duration of tertian and tropical  malaria
 according  to data  of  investigations in Kabardino-Balkaria]
 Med. parazit., Moskva,  1941, 10: 174-9.—Klykov, I. A. [Con-
 tribution a la cUnique du paludisme tropical] Sovet. med., 1939,
 No. 10, 8-10.—Mohr,  0. A.  Some observations on  aestivo-
 autumnal malarial fever. Mobile M. & S. J., 1905, 6: 19-22 —
 Perrod,  G.  Nota  suH'inizio delle febbri  estivoautunnaU.
 Gazz. osp., 1902, 23: 1338^0.—Poduval, A.  R.  Some  rarer
 forms of tropical malaria.  Madras M.  J., 1933, 15: 59-63.—
 Sheinker,  K. P.  [Results of  three-year investigation on the
 duration  of tropical malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1941,
 10: 172-4.—Tareev, E. M.  [A rapid malignant form of malaria
 of the tertian type; tertiana siderans]  Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond.,
 1943, 40:  686 (Abstr.)—Tarnogradsky, V. A.  [Clinical aspect
 of tropical malarial Vrach. delo, 1937, 19: 93-9, pi.— Zampilloni,
 G.  La terzana semplice estivo-autumnale.   Policlinico, 1902-
 03, 9: sez. prat., 961-71.

 ----  Complication.
   Atkinson, J.  M.   Malignant  malaria  with  obstructive
 jaundice.   Select.  Colon. M. Rep., Lond.  (1901-02) 1904,
 150.—Browne-Mason, H. O. B.  A case of malaria (malignant
 tertian) complicated with  temporary  aphasia.  J.  R. Army
 M. Corps,  Lond., 1905, 4: 648-50.—Burakovskaia, K. A. [Case
 of hyperchromic anemia of Biermer's type in tertian malaria]
 Vrach. delo, 1941,  23: 451-4—Harvier, P.,  Siguier, F., &
 Brumpt, L. C.  Tierce mrligne reveiee par une complication
 renale ayant abouti au coma;  gu6rison.  Bull. Soc. med. hop.
 Paris, 1944, 60: 186-8.—Leo, E.  Cancrena dei piedi in  un
 caso  di malaria tropicale  acuta,  perniciosa larvata.  Arch.
 ital. chir.,  1938,  48: 876.—Luzzatto, M.  Perniciosa con  sin-
 drome cerebellare  ed  anartria;  e terzana estiva con  sintomi
 bulbari.  Riforma med., 1904, 20: 396-9.—Medullo, C. Sopra
 un  caso di malaria  estivo-autunnale compUcata  ad  orchite.
 Arch. ital. sc. med.  col.,  1933, 14:  104-10.—Plehn, A.   Die
 Tropenanamie und ihre Beziehungen  zur latenten  und ma-
 nifesten Malariainfection.  Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1899) 1900,
 30: pt 1,  186-92.—Vangieri, G.   Raccolta siero-ematica sim-
 metrica  dell'articolazione del  ginocchio  da malaria  estivo-
 autunnale e l'azione della chinina iniettata localmente. Mor-
 gagni, 1927, 69: 485-7.—Xavier Filho, B., & Chagas Filho, J.
 Complicacoes neuro-psiquicas  em  um  caso  de paludismo  da
 forma tropical.  Labor, clin., Rio, 1935, 15: 231-5.

 ----  Diagnosis, and prognosis.
   Andersson, S.  Demonstration of  a blood specimen from a
 case of tropical malaria (Discussion)  Acta  paediat., Upps.,
 1933-34,  15: 101.—Brill, N. Q., & Pellicano, V. L.   Estivo-
 autumnal  malaria  with frontal lobe syndrome.  J. Am. M.
 Ass.,  1943, 121: 1150-2.—D'Alessandria. E.  La formola leu-
 cocitometrica neUa malaria  tropicale.  Gior. ital.  mal. esot.,
 1933, 6: 209-15.—Field, J.  W., & Niven, J.  C.  A note  on
 prognosis  in relation to  parasite counts in acute subtertian
 malaria.  Tr. R. Soc.  Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond.,  1936-37,  30:
 569-74.—Georgevic, I.   Verkennung der Malaria tertiana bei
 Kleinkindern.   Deut.  tropenmed.  Zschr.,  1943,  47: 71.;—
 Guerrero,  G. Consideraciones sobre el diagn6stico diferencial
 entre el paludismo tropical y la fiebre  tifoidea.  Cruz roja domi-
 nie,  1940,  6: No. 2, 20.—Heidelberger, M., & Mayer, M. M.
 Normal human stromata as antigens for complement fixation
in the sera ot patients with relapsing vivax malaria.  Science,
 1944,  100:  359.—Kitchen. S. F.  The infection in the inter-
mediate host; symptomatology, falciparum malaria. In: Sympos.
 Human Malaria  (Am. Ass.  Advance. Sc.) Wash.,  1941,  196-

      549701—vol. 10, 4th series----10
207.  Maxwell, J.  P.  A  contribution to the diagnosis  and
treatment  of  estivo-autumnal malaria.  J.  Trop. M. Hyg.,
Lond., 1899-1900, 2: 180.—Niyogi,  A. K.  Complement fixa-
tion of human  serum in  Plasmodium vivax infection  with
Plasmodium knowlesi antigen.  Ann. Biochem. Exp. M., Calc,
1942, 2: 51-4.—Osman Serefeddin Celik  [Sternal puncture in
examination of gametes during tertian malaria]  Bull. Soc. tur-
que med., 1939, 5:  14-6.—Serlin, N. J., & Lisa, J. R.  A con-
centration technic for gametocytes of estivo-autumnal malaria.
Am. J. Clin. Path., 1942, Techn. Sect., 6:8.—Shepherd, W. H. T.
Radiological estimation of splenic enlargement in malignant
tertian malaria.   Brit. J. Radiol., 1944,17: 280-5.—Vishnevsky,
N.  G.  [Method of counting Plasmodia  in cases of tropical
malaria]   Vrach. gaz., 1926,  30: 950-53.—Wolpers, C.   Zur
elektronenoptischen  Darstellung der Malaria tertiana.  Klin.
Wschr., 1942, 21: 1049-54.  Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1943, 105: 84.

----  Parasites.

   See also Plasmodium, falciparum.
   Albuquerque Soares, H. de. Malaria perniciosa; considera-
coes em torno de alguns casos de malaria devidos ao Plasmodium
perniciosum, Ziemann, 1915.   Brasil med., 1941, 55: 132-5.—
Field, J.  W., & Le  Fleming,  H.  The  morphology of malarial
parasites in thick blood films; Plasmodium falciparum.  Tr. R.
Soc Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond., 1939-40, 33: 507-20, 6 pi.—Gaud,
J.  Cycle  schizogonique complet  de  P.  falciparum  dans le
sang peripherique; hemoglobinurie; gu£rison.  Bull. Soc. path.
exot., Par., 1942, 35: 364-6,  2 pi.—Gram, C.   Ein Fall  von
Malaria aestivo-autumnalis mit Halbmonden ohne intraglobu-
liire Parasiten.  Nord. med. ark., 1901, 3. f., afd. 2, No. 2, 1-6 —
Jackson, T. W.   Concerning  the invasion  period of the malig-
nant  (estivoautumnal) tertian malarial parasite.   Am. Med.,
1904, 8: 67.—Jerace, F. Ricerche sulla morfologia dei parassiti
della febbre estivo-autunnale. Riv.  malariol., 1932, 11: 25-9,
pi.—Jolly, A.,  & Danglemont, F.  Acces pernicieux palustres a
Plasmodium falciparum avec  evolution schizogonique complete
du  parasite dans le  sang peripherique et  hyperazot6mie con-
siderable transitoire.   Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par., 1939,  32:
50-8.—Marchoux, E., & Jolly, A. M. D.  Cycle 6volutif complet
de  P. falciparum dans le sang circulant.  Ann. Inst. Pasteur,
Par.,  1935, 55: 623-31.—Mayer, M.  El  comportamiento de
los  gamet6citos en la malaria tropica; comunicaci6n preliminar.
Rev.  san.,  Caracas,  1941,  6: 317-9.—Plehn, A.  Ein  chinin-
resistenter Tropikastamm.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31:
201-11.—Rodhain,  J.   Sur  la  schizogonie de Plasmodium
falciparum dans le sang peripherique,  constatee dans le palu-
disme endemique des  enfants noirs  du Congo.  Bull. Acad.
med.  Belgique,  1937,  6 ser., 2: 129.—Schwetz,  J.   Sur la
schizogonie  de Plasmodium  falciparum  dans  le  sang peri-
pherique constatee  dans le paludisme  endemique des enfants
noirs du  Congo.   Ibid.,  157-8.—Sinton,  J. A.   Studies in
malaria,  with special reference to treatment; the occurrence
of sexual forms of  Plasmodium falciparum in  the  peripheral
circulation. Ind. J. M. Res., 1925-26, 13: 895-916.—Symes,
J. O. A case of sestivo-autumnal  malarial fever with par-
asites of an unusual type.  Bristol  Med. Chir. J., 1904,  22:
126-8, pi.—Thayer, W.  S.  A case  of sestivo-autumnal fever
with  unusually  few parasites in  the peripheral  circulation.
Bull. Johns  Hopkins Hosp.,  1902,  13:  59-61.—Thomson,
J. G. Some  observations on the  nuclear structure  of  the
malignant tertian malarial parasite  (Plasmodium falciparum)
J.  Trop.  M.   Hyg.,  Lond.,  1932,    35:  1-1,  pi—Voino-
Jasenecky, M. V.   [On  the  distribution  of  the parasites of
tropical malaria  in  the  organism of  man]  Med. parazit..
Moskva,  1939, 8: No. 6, 3-29.

----  Pathology.
  Adant, M.   Tentative d'inoculation du paludisme aux singes
(Plasmodium falciparum)  Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1931, 11:
371.—Albuquerque Soares, H. de.  Da participacao do sistema
reticulo-endoteUal nos processos patogenicos da malaria.  Fol.
med., Rio,  1941,  22: 49-51.—Bartle, I. B.   The effect of estivo
fever  on the muscular system with special reference to the heart
muscle.  Oklahoma  M. News J., 1902, 10: 267-71.   ------
Kidney compUcations in estivo-autumnal fever.  Memphis M.
Month,  1903,  23:  83-92,  pi.—Buchanan, A.   The flagellar
fever in  malignant  tertian.  Ind. M.  Gaz., 1901, 36: 164-7,
ch.,  tab.-—Casagrandi, O.   Antiemolisine ed  emolisine coc-
tostabiU nella  infezione malarica  dell'uomo.  Atti  Soc. studi
malaria, 1906,  7:  115-24.—Ciuca, M., Ballif, L. [et al.]  Contri-
bution a  l'etude de l'infection experimentale au P.  falciparum.
Arb.  Tropenkrankh., (Festschr. B.  Nocht)  1937,  81-101 —
Diirck, H.  Ueber  entziindUche Veranderungen der weichen
Hirnhaute  am Hirnventrikelependym bei  pernizioser Malaria
tropica.  Ibid., 1927, 79-88, 2 pi.—Eecke, van.   Pathologisch-
anatomische bevindingen bij  drie gevallen von tropische per-
nicieuse malaria.  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1894, 34: 490-
521, 2 pi.—Guidetti, C. II fattore emotivo nella malaria sub-
terzana latente.   Riv. malariol., 1933, 12:  370-2.—Jakusheva,
A I.  [Duration of the course of tropical malaria in the North]
Med. parazit., Moskva,  1941, 10:  164-9.—Kean, B. H.. &
Smith, J. A. Death due to estivo-autumnal malaria; a resume of
100 autopsy cases,  1925-1942.  Am. J. Trop.  M., 1944, 24:
317-22.—Lavezzoni, P.  Contributo alio studio della malaria
dei  tropici.  Gior. ital. clin. trop., 1938, 2: 39-55.—Lotze, H.
Klinisch experimentelle Untersuchungen bei Malaria tertiana.
Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,   1938,  42:  287-305.— Melnick.
Malaria,  estivo-autumnal type.  In:  Path. Conf. (Jaffe, R. H.) 
MALARIA,  FALCIPARUM
Chic,  1940, 945.—Monasterio,  G.  Nefrite  sierosa da Plas-
modium falciparum.  Riv. malariol., 1943, 22: 1-19.—Neiman,
B.  Estivo-autumnal malaria.  In: Path. Conf.  (Jeffe, R. H.)
Chic,  1940, 988—Neprjachin, G.  G.   Zur pathologischen
Anatomie des  Gehirns bei Tropenmalaria.   Frankf. Zschr.
Path.,  1927, 35: 143-50.—Possaghi, U.  Relazioni tra reticolo-
citi e plasmodi nella terzana primaverile.  Riv. malariol., 1943,
22: 294;  1944, 23: 6.—Rigdon, R.  H.  A consideration of the
mechanism of death in acute-Plasmodium falciparum infection;
report  of a case.   Am.  J. Hyg., 1942,  36: 269-75—Seno-
Sastroamidjojo,  R.  [Nephritis in  tropical malaria]  Geneesk.
tschr. Ned.  Indie,  1937, 77: 984-96.—Stephens, J. W. W., &
Christophers, S. R.  Note on the  changes in the red cell pro-
duced by the malignant tertian parasite.   Brit. M. J., 1903, 1:
730.—Surbek, K. E.   Ueber einen Fall  von akuter Tropika-
Nephritis.   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1933, 37: 387-9—Tar-
nogradsky, V.  A. [Pathogenesis and clinical aspect of tropical
malaria]  Tr. Ukrain. sezda terapevtov (1936) 1939, 4, Congr.,
164-71.—Thiroux.  Des relations de la fivere tropicale avec la
quarte et la tierce d'apres des observations prises  au Senegal.
Ann. Inst.  Pasteur, Par.,  1906,  20: 766-78.—Thomson. J. G.
Phagocytosis of the schizonts  of  Plasmodium  falciparum  by
polymorphonuclear cells.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond.,
1935-36, 29: 361. ------& Annecke, S.  Observations on the
pathology of the central  nervous  system in malignant tertian
malaria,  with  remarks on certain  clinical  phenomena.  J.
Trop  M.  Hyg., Lond.,   1926, 29: 343-6, 2 pi.—Thonnard-
Neumann, E.  Leber einen Fall von Agranulozytose im Gefolge
von Malaria tropica.   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1939, 43:
453-8.—Tobb, A.  Sul comportamento delle  cellule della serie
emoglobinica nei riguardi dell'infezione malarica da Plasmodium
falciparum.  Riv. malariol., 1930, 9: 550-4,  pi.—Vishnevsky,
N.  G.   [Parasitological   and  hematological  observations  in
tropical malaria]   Trop. med. vet., Moskva,  1930,  8: 12-22 —
Wake, 1., & Baba, N.   Histopathologische Untersuchungen des
Zentralnervensystems bei  tropischer  Malaria. Tr. Soc. path.
iap., 1937,  27: 460-8.—Warasi, W.  Das Zen trainer vensystem
bei der Malaria tropica.   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1927, 31:
432 4.  -■—    Das Knochenmark bei der  Malaria tropica.
Ibid.,  435.  White, D. W., &  White,  P. C.   Ocular toxemic
malaria;  report of fortv-two cases of the estivo-autumnal  type.
Eye Ear &c.  Month.,  1926-27,  5: 135-9- Zhgenti, V.  K.
[Morphologic  changes  in  the suprarenal trlands  in  cases of
acute tropical malaria]  Odess. med. J., 1927, 2: 109-85.

----   Prevention.
   Fernando, H. M.   Tropical malaria and  its prophylaxis.
Brit. M. J., 1903, 2: 713-5.—Gontaeva, A.  A.  [Therapeuto-
prophylactic measures in grave cases  of tertian  malaria in
children]  Med. parazit.,  Moskva, 1942,  11: No.  3,  126-9 —
Plehn,  F.   Ueber  die  Assanirung tropischer  Malarialander.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1901, 5: 41-58.

----   Transmission and  vectors.
    Alessandrini, M.  Sulla trasmissibilita del Plasmodium fal-
ciparum  dalla madre al feto.  Riv.  malariol., 1931, 10: 197-201,
pi.—Helpern, M.  Epidemic of fatal estivo-autumnal malaria
among drug addicts in  New York City tiansmitted  by common
use of hypodermic syringe.  Am. J. Surg., 1934,  n. ser., 26:
111-23.  "Also  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1934, 49:  421-3 —
Most, H.  Falciparum malaria in drug addicts; clinical aspects.
Am. J. Trop. M., 1940, 20: 551-67.—Sawada, T., & Mizuno, H.
A new mode of infection of autumnal fever.  Tr. Jap. Path. Soc,
1926, 16: 96-8.—Yoeli, M. Note on the experimental infection
of  Anopheles elutus with Plasmodium falciparum  by feeding
through  a  prepared animal membrane.  Biv. malariol.,  1938.
17: 62-6.

----   Treatment.

    Martin,  L.   Aerztliche  Erfahrungen iiber die
Malaria   der  Tropenlander.    65p.   8?    Berl.,
1889.
    Niven, J.  C.   Paludex in  the  treatment  of
subtertian malaria.    13p.   24^cm.   Kuala Lum-
pur,  1938.
    Ruge,  H.  Fiinfundzwanzig  Jahre   Malaria-
Behandlung  im Institut fiir Schiffs- und Tropen-
krankheiten; Beobachtung an 4924 Fallen.   68p.
8?   Lpz., 1928.
    Forms Beih.  1, v. 32 of Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.
    Abreu Faria, A. A. de.  Cura clinica e parasitol6gica do status
malaricus,   em  alguns casos  de terca  maUgna,  por injeccao
endovenosa de  agua  bidestilada,  esterilazada.  Lisboa  med.,
1940,  17:  113-8.—Askarov,  A.  A., &  Nadzhmetdinov, T. H.
[Treatment of tropic and quartan malaria  with  atebrin and
plasmocide]  J.  Profil. subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent, 1934, 4:
15-26.—Atkinson, J. M.  Methylene blue in the treatment of
malignant  malarial fever.  Lancet. Lond.,  1903,  1: 1370.—
Barrow man, B.  The place of quinine in the  treatment of sub-
tertian malaiia.  Med. J. AustraUa, 1943.  1: 243— Biggam,
A.  G., A- Arafa, M. A. .  Observations on a  series of casus of
artificially,  induced subtertian malaria, with special reference
to  the effect of  treatment by plasmoquine compound. Tr. R.
Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1929-30, 23: 591-607.—Bormioli.
MALARIA,  FALCIPARUM
M.   Considerazioni sulla terapia delle perniciose e delle gnvi
forme estivo-autunnali.  Ann.  med.  nav.,  Roma,  1937,  13:
pt 1, 318-30.—Bourguignon. G. C.   Note complementaire A
propos de l'administration de plasmochine associee a la quinine
en vue  de  l'assainissement  des  regions  impaludees de  tierce
tropicale.  Ann. Soc. beige m6d. trop., 1932, 12: 109-12.-----
& Peel, E.  Note preliminaire relative a l'administration de
plasmochine associee a la quinine en vue de l'assainissement de«
regions  impaludees de  tierce tropicale.   Ibid., 1931, 11: 2.">7-
74.—Brown, L..A.  The treatment of a-ativo-autumnal  fever
N. York Univ. Bull. M. Sc, 1902, 2: 88-92.—Chopra. H. N., 4
Sen, B.   Atebrin in heavy infection with P. falciparum.   Ind
M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 392.—Cicchito. A. M.  Applicacdes praticas
do  methodo de  Mauricio  Ascoli no  impaludismo tropical
Brasil med., 1937, 51:  412-4.  Also  Policlinico, 1937,  14: aez!
prat., 165-70.—Ciuca, M., Ballif, L. [et al.]  Action  of quinine
and  atebrin on the sporozoites  of  Plasmodium falciparum.
Tr.  R.  Soc. Trop.  M.  Hvg.,  Lond.,  1937-38,  31:  235-40.
Cooke, W.  E., & Wingfield,  A.  Intramuscular quinine in sub-
tertian  malaria.  Lancet, Lond., 1944,  1:  804.—Craig,  C. F.
The action  of quinin upon  the  tertian,  quartan and ffstivo-
autumnal malarial Plasmodia.  Am. Med.,  1906, n.  ser., 1: 7;
59.—Cust, A. D.  The place  of quinine in  the treatment of sub-
tertian malaria.  Med.  J. Australia, 1943, 1: 119.-  Delia  Casa,
V.  Contributo alio studio  ed alia cura  della malaria estivo-
autunnale.   Riv.  med.,  1926.  34:  181-3.—De Nunno,  R.
La stimolazione antimoniale del s. r. e. come mezzo terapeutini
nella  malaria  estivo-autunnale  chinino-plasmochina-atehrin
resistente.   Reforma med.,  1935,  51: 1087 92.- Dubovskaia,
R. S.  [Remote sequels of treatment of  tertian malaria with
acrichin per os]   Sovet.  vrach. J.  1937,  2: 28 32.   Eckhardl,
A.   Leber  die ambulante  Behandlung  der  Malaria  tropica
mit Atebrin bei Negerkindern in Afrika.   Arch. Schiffs Tiopcn-
hyg., 1932,  36: 521.—Effendiev, E. M.  [Treatment of tropical
malaria  with synthetic preparations]  Tr. Ckrain. sezda tera-
pevtov  (1936)  1939, 4. Congr., 175-8.—Elias, I. Do emprego
de doses altas  de sal  de quinina  no tratamento da  malaria
perniciosa; a proposito de um caso.  Brasil med.,  1938,52:31.—
Fabiani, G., Butori, P., & Dalbies, F.  Traitement du paludisme
a Plasmodium falciparum  par  une  medication sulfaniidee.
Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1942,  35: 388-90.—Fawcitt, J., &'
Walters, A. H.   Acute malignant tertian malaria;  treatment
aided by reconstituted serum.  Brit.  M.  J., 1941, 1:  14.—
Ford, J. H.  The antitoxin treatment of tertian malarial in-
fections. J. Am.  M.  Ass.,  1907,  48: 133-6.—Frank,  A.  W.
Zur  Plasmochindosierung.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1930,
34: 397.—Hasselmann, C. M.  Zum  Mechanismus der Neben-
wirkungen  des Plasmochins und  iiber dessen  therapeutische
Wirkungsgrenzen bei autochthoner  Malaria in den Tropen
Deut. tropenmed. Zschr., 1941, 45: 282-4.------& Hassel-
mann-Kahlert,  M.  Erfahrungen  und  Zwischenfiille  bei der
Plasmochinbebandlung  autochthoner Malaria in den Tropen.
Deut.  med.  Wschr., 1929, 55:  1635-7.—Howie,  J. W..  &
Murray-Lyon, R. M.  Tanret reaction in subtertian malaria.
Lancet, Lond., 1943, 2: 317-20.—Hulshofr, A.  A.   Besults of
ten  years  experience   in  treating  subtertian   malaria with
quinine-plasmoquine.  Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb.,  1938,
2: 450-66.  Also  Acta leiden.,  1939,  14: 128-37—Izar, G.
Sulla terapia della malaria estivo-autunnale.  Policlinico, 1931,
38:  sez. prat.,  440-7.   Also in  his  Lez. clin.  med.,  Milano,
1939, 126-39.—Kushev, N.  E.  [For reaching results of  treat-
ment of tropical  malaria]   Vrach.  gaz.,  1926,  30:  1203.—
Ladijensky, R.   [Injection  of quinine,  with organic solution
(alcohol) per os,  in tropical malarial  Vrach. delo, 1928,  11:
735.—Lajos, S.  Ueber die Anwendung des Atebrin bei Malaria
tertiana.  Munch,  med. Wschr., 1934,  81: 22.—Lambert,  L„
Action  therapeutique du quinio-stovarsol  sur le Plasmodium
falciparum.  Bull.  Soc path,  exot.. Par.,  1928,  21:  760.—
Legendre,  F.  M. A.,  & Mondain,  A.  L'aetion  du quinio-
-tovaisol surMes schizontes de Plasmodium falciparum.  Ibid.,
025-9.—Mackenzie, I.  A research into the pathology, prophy-
laxis and treatment of subtertian malaria.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,
Lond.,  1927, 30:  205-8.—Manson-Bahr. P.  H., & Walters,
A. H.  Selective action of atebrin and plasmoquine upon the
subteitian  malaria parasite  (Plasmodium falciparum)   Lan-
cet, Lond., 1934,  1: 15.—Maplestone,  P.  A.   The place of
quinine  in  the treatment  of subtertian  malaria.  Med. J.
Australia,  1943,  1: 338.—Marchoux, E.,  & Quilici, P.   Le
stovarsolate de quinine dans la  tierce  maligne.   Bull. Soc.
path, exot., Par., 1926,  19: 782.—Martial, J. E.  La quinacrine
dans la tierce  maligne.  Ann. med.  pharm. col., Par., 1935.
33:  301-25.  Also Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1935, 14: 1174-8 —
Megaw, J. W. D.  The use of plasmoquine in subtertian malaria
Ind. M. Gaz.,  1931,  66: 455.—Miihlens,  P.  Certuna, ein
neues Tropikagametenmittel.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64:
295-7.—Mufel, P. P.   (Clinical  treatment  of tropical malaria]
KUn. med., Moskva, 19o0, 8: C83-6.-  Murray, J.  E.   Treat-
ment of malignant tertian malaria.  Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 613.—
Nail, J. O.  Sub tertian malaria; a case cured with plasmochin.
Kentucky  M. J., 1934, 32:  492.—Nucciotti, L.   Ricerche sulla
terapia  adrenalinica nella malaria estivo-autunnale primitiva
Riv. malariol., 1938. 17: 131-0.-  Nyfeldt,  A. [Case of  tertian
malaria treated  with  plasmochin]  1'geskr. laeger,  1929, 91:
87.—Pievnicky,  A.   K  lieeheniyu  zlokachestvennikh form
bolotnoi likhoradki plodkozhnim  vvedeniem Khinina  v bol-
shom kolichestvie  fiziologicheskavo rastvora povarennof soli.
Voen. med. J., Moskva, 1902, 53: 2156-63.—Pirami, E., 4
Tassi, G.  Sugli effetti della chinoplasmina nella malaiia estivo-
autunnale in Eritrea.  Arch. ital. sc med. col. 1932,  13: 32-9.—
Pizzillo, G.  Sulla cura adrenalinica  venosa  nelle  infezioni 
MALARIA, FALCIPARUM                  147                      MALARIA, MALARIAE
malariche- sindrome perniciosa da riattivazione.  Riv. malariol.,
1938  17" 456-61.—Ragiot, C.  Paludisme pernicieux; traite-
ment par quinine et quinacrine.  Rev. med.  hyg. trop.  Par.,
1936 28- 290-2.—Raynal, J.  Contribution a 1 etude du stovar-
solate de'quinine dans la tierce maligne.  Bull  Soc. path, exot.,
Par  1927  20: 408-13.—Rehbein, M.  Heilung eines FaUes
von 'Malaria tertiana mit Chininidiosynkrasie durch Plasmochin.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1931, 35: 435—Rodriguez Pineres J.
Algunos apuntes  del trateimento sobre  las formas graves del
paludismo.  Repert.  med. cir., Bogota,  1931,  22:  66-83.—
Ross G R. Alternative treatment of mahgnant tertian mala-
ria in' quinine  susceptible patients.  J. Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond.,
1927 30-257-63.—Russell Amies C.  The use of plasmoquine
in subtertian malaria.  Bull. Inst. M. Res. Malay, 1930, 1-37,
g taD__Sergent,  A., & Vogt, P.   Essais de  traitement de la
tierce maligne par le 915 Fourneau ou  rhodoquine.  BuU.
Soc path. exot.  Par.,  1933, 26:  1255-7.—Shaha,  B.  Some
grave cases of malignant tertian malaria treated with intra-
venous injections of quinine.  Tr. Far  East. Ass. Trop.  M.,
1927 7. Congr., 2: 822-32.—Sinton, J. A.  Studies in malaria,
with special reference to treatment; the effects of treatment on
the Drevention of relapse in  infections  with  Plasmodium fal-
ciparum.  Ind. J. M. Res.,  1925-26,  13: 579-601.  ------
& Eate, S. N.  Studies  in malaria,  with  special reference to
treatment' the oral administration of stovarsol in the treatment
of tertian malaria.  Ibid., 1926-27, 14:  227-34.—Smith, C. T.
Anoxia  in  comatose estivo-autumnal  malaria,  Plasmodium
falciparum, treated with massive transfusion.  South.  M.  &
S ,  1938, 100: 329.—Solodovnikova, O.  [Gamotropic proper-
ties of quinohn  No.  31  in tropical malaria]  Med.  parazit.,
Moskva,  1941, 10:  526-31.—Stuppy, C.   Laboratoriumsinfek-
tion mit  Malaria tertiana, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Malaria-
behandlung mit  Atebrin.  Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1936, 83:
932.—Tiburskaia, N. A.  [Comparative study of the gamotropic
action  of acrichin with plasmocid and acrichin with quinolin
No. 31 in tertian malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva,  1941, 10:
360-4.—Valcke, G., & Bourguignon, G. C.  Etude therapeutique
et clinique de l'association atebrine-plasmochine dans le palu-
disme tropical. Ann.  Soc beige m6d. trop., 1933, 13:  331-44.—
Van Nitzen, R.  L'aetion du stovarsolate de quinine sur les
infections a Plasmodium falciparum.  Bull.  Soc. path, exot.,
Par., 1927, 20: 727.—Verspijck Mijnssen, G. E. H.  [Treat-
ment of  tropical malaria with quinine combined with  plas-
mochin]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1929,  73:  pt  1, 3457-70.—
Waned, A.  A case of schizophrenia with superimposed benign
tertian malaria cured with atebrin.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1934, 69:
509 —Wilde,  O.  G.   Treatment of malignant tertian malaria.
Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 678.—Zhukov, N. M., & Krassikova, V. I.
[Effect of plasmocide, new  synthetic anti-malarial drug, on
the infectiosity of Anopheles maculipennis by parasites of ter-
tian, tropical malaria] Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1932, 1: 65-71.


MALARIA, malariae.

   Syn.:  Quartan malaria.
   See also  Plasmodium,  malariae.
   Bass,  C. C.  Quartan malaria.  Med. Clin. N.  America,
1926  9: 863-8.—Billet.  A.   De la fievre quarte.  Bull. m6d.
Algerie, 1902, 2.  ser., 13: 170-6.—Bindi,  F.   Quartana primi-
tiva precoce.   Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, 10: 221-6.—Dameshek,
W., Castleman, B. [et al.]  Quartan  malaria.  N. England J.
M., 1945, 232:  735-9.—Howard, C. P.   A  case of quartan
malaria.  Montreal M.  J..  1902, 31:  179-81,  pi.—Knowles,
R., & Das Gupta, B. M.  Studies in untreated malaria; a case
of experimentally induced quartan malaria.  Ind.  M.  Gaz.,
1930, 65: 301-10.—Kubasov P. I.  O mikrobie febris quartanae.
Sibirsk. vrach. viedom.,  1904, 2: 217-23.—Legrain,  E.  Notes
cliniques sur la fievre quarte.  Ann. Soc med. Gand,  1901, 80:
115-32. Also Bull. Soc. med.  Gand, 1901, 68:  165. ------ Des
idees de MM. Trolard et Soulie en matiere de fievre quarte.
Rev. med. Afrique nord, 1901, 4: 1398.—Pari,  G. A.  Febbre
quartana malarica e febbre  quintana.   Minerva med.,  Tor.,
1934, 25: pt 1, 474-6.— Rosenfeld,  G.   Malaria  quarta.
Rev. clin. S.   Paulo, 1944,   16:  233.—Treille,  A.   La  fievre
quarte devant la  Societe medicale  des  hopitaux  de Paris.
Rev.  med.,  Par.,  1907, 16:  767-80.—Watson, M.   Some
cUnical features of quartan malaria.  J. Malaya Brit. M. Ass.,
1904-05, n. ser.,  No. 1, 3-10.   Also  Ind. M. Gaz., 1905, 40:
49-52.

----   Cases.
   Banerjea, J. C.  A fatal case of quartan malaria with malig-
nant symptoms.   Ind. J. Pediat., 1936, 3: 96-8.—Bock, E., &
Mohr,  W.  Kurze Mitteilung uber eine Malaria  quartana
unbekannter Herkunft.  Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1939, 43:
167-70.—Brahmachari, A. N.  Five  cases  of quartan  fever.
Ind. M. Gaz., 1901, 36: 291-3, pi.—Even, R., & Brumpt, L. C.
Fievre quarte ancienne meconnue  et  latente exteriorisee a
l'occasion d'un pneumothorax therapeutique.   Bull. Soc. med.
h6p. Paris, 1944, 60:  173-5.—Ghose, A.  K.  A fatal case of
cerebral malaria  caused by  Plasmodium malariae.  Ind. M.
Gaz., 1937, 72: 419.—Gray, G. D.  A case of quartan showing
cyclic variation of parasites.   J.  Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond., 1901,
4:  110.—Jodar,  E.  O.  Quartan malaria,   case report.  J.
Michigan M.  Soc, 1938, 37: 1111.—Korteweg, P.  C.  What
is the normal type of fever in the primary cases of benign tertian
malaria?  Is it tertian or quotidian?   J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1931,  34:  129-31.—Marseille, A.  [Case of  quartan malaria
with symptoms of appendicitis]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie,
1935, 75:  1505.—Miyahara, H.  On some  clinical specialities
of quartan malaria.   Jap. J. M. Sc, 1938-39, 5: Proc. Int. M.,
252.—Montero, A. M.  Dos casos de cuartana.  San. & benef.,
Habana, 1940, 43: 164-75.—Miihlens, P.   Quartana-Riickfalle
nach langer Latenz.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 5-7.—
Ragain.  Sur un cas  de paludisme type malaria? chez un  nour-
risson de  deux mois. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1926,  18:
45.—Shute, P. G.  Relapse of quartan fever after 12 and 21
years.  Lancet, Lond., 1944,  2: 146.—Soenoesmo  [Werlhof's
disease and malaria  quartana]  Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned. Indie,
1941, 81:  1574.—Strashunski, A.  A.   Sluchai  peremezha-
yushtshelsya likhoradki u malchika vosmillet v krovi kotoravo
naldeni plazmodki malyarii.  Med.  obozr.,  Moskva,  1892,
37: 806.—Wood, F. C.  A case of quartan malaria, with dem-
onstration of specimens.  Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1902-03,
n. ser., 2: 114.
Pathology.
  Bosh. W.  G.  [Case of quartan  nephrosis]   Geneesk. tschr*
Ned. Indie, 1930, 70:  1101-4.—Boyd, M. F.  Observations on
naturally  and artificially induced  quartan malaria.   Am.  J.
Trop. M., 1940, 20: 749-98.—Buck, .A. de.  Infection experi-
ments with quartan malaria.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp.,
1935, 29:  171-5.—Dalla Torre,  G.  Nefrite malarica da in-
fezione quartanaria.  Policlinico, 1933,  40: sez.  prat., 226.—
Giglioli, G.   Clinical  notes, autopsy  and  histopathological
findings from five  fatal cases of  quartan  malarial nephritis
from  British Guiana.   Tr.  R.  Soc Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,
1932, 26:  177, pi.—Hille Ris Lambers, J. A. P.  [Quartan
nephritis  and its significance in Surinam]  Geneesk. tschr.
Ned. Indie, 1932, 72:  334-46.—Manson-Bahr, P., & Maybury,
L. M.  The association of quartan malaria  with nephritis.
Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1927-28, 22: 131-4.—Marotta
G., & Sandicchi, G.  Contributo all'infezione  sperimentale di
anofeli con Plasmodium malariae e inoculazione della malattia
all'uomo.  Riv.  malariol., 1939, 18: 89-94.—Ramali, A.  Een
geval van quartana-nephrose.  Geneesk.  tschr. Ned. Indie,
1932, 72:  1712-4, pi.—Sicault, H.,  & Nesserlin, H. Observa-
tions de quelques ca3 de nephrite quartane avec syndrome de
retention  chloruree.  Bull. Soc.  path,  exot., Par., 1936, 29:
268-74.—Surbek, K.  E.  [Four cases of nephritis  in quartan
malaria]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1929. 69: 902-5.------
\ striking case of quartana-nephrosis.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1931, 25: 201-4.—Toporkov, F.  M.  [Epidemi-
ology of quartan malaria]   Trop. med.  vet., Moskva, 1931, 9:
3-0.—Vishnevsky,  N.  G.   [Parasitologic and hematologic
observations in cases of quartan malarial Russ. J.  trop. med.,
1929, 7: 87-93.—Voorhoeve, H. C.   [Case of quartan nephrosis
diagnosed by sternal  puncture]  Geneesk.  tschr. Ned. Indie,
1936, 76:  3310-2, pi.


----  Transmission and vectors.
   Averboukh, I.  [Experiments in infecting man with quartan
malaria through bites of Anopheles maculipennis var. sachavori]
Vest, mikrob.,  1930, 9: 379-81.—Boyd, M. F.,  & Stratman-
Thomas, W. K.   The transmission of quartan malaria through
two consecutive human anopheline passages.   Am.  J. Trop.
M., 1936, 16: 63-5.—Campbell, W., & Greenfield, E. C.  A
route on  which quartan malaria was contracted.  S.  Afr. M.
J., 1936,  10: 506.—Gardner, W. A., & Dexter, L.  A case of
quartan malaria following transfusion  and treated with sul-
fanilamide.   J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  1938,  111: 2473-5.—Kitchen,
S. F.  The infection in the intermediate host; symptomatology,
quartan  malaria.  In: Sympos. Human  Malaria (Am.  Ass.
Advance. Sc) Wash., 1941, 190-5.—McCulloch, E.   Quartan
malaria transmitted by transfusion.  Canad M. Ass. J., 1937,
37:  26-9.—Mayne, B.  Note  on experimental  infection  of
Anopheles punctipennis with quartan malaria.  Pub. Health
Rep., Wash., 1932, 47: 1771-3.—Siddons, L. B.   The experi-
mental transmission  of quartan malaria by  Anopheles culi-
cifacies Giles.   J. Malaria Inst. India, 1943-44, 5: 361-73.—
Woodward,   P.  A.  The accidental transmission  of  quartan
malaria in opium addicts.  Texas  J. M., 1934, 30: 336-40.


----  Treatment.
   Boye,  R.  Action  comparative  du stovarsolate  et du chlor-
hydrate  de  quinine  dans la fievre  quarte  paludeenne.  C.
rend. Acad, sc, 1926, 183: 325.—Fievre  quarte  et quinine.
Rev. med. Afrique nord,  1901, 4:  1452; 1489; 1519;  1902, 5:
1600.—Forte, E.  El azul de metileno comparativamente a la
quinina en las cuartanas. Bol. Inst. clfn. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3:
643-6.—Gioffre, L.  Istorie di  due  quartane intermittent)
inveterate,  guarite con metodo semplice, e  breve.   Filiatre
sebezio, Nap., 1836, 11: 78.—Legrain,  E.   Notes sur le traite-
ment  occasionnel  de la  fievre quarte.  Rev.  med.  Afrique
nord,  1902,  5:  1805.—Marie,  A.,  & Boye, R.   Action com-
parative  du stovarsolate et du  chlorhydrate  de quinine dans
le paludisme (forme quarte)  Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1926,
19. ser., 2:  105.—Palazzolo, L., & Ajello, S.   Sopra un caso
Tavissimo di cachessia malarica guarito coll'esanofele.   Gazz.
med. sicil.,  1903, 6: 107-15.—Roberts, A. M., & Leach, C. W.
Quartan  malaria;  report  of  case; treatment with  quinidin
sulphate  in a  patient hypersensitive to quinin. California
West. M.. 1932, 37: 315-7.—Treille, A.  Essais de serotherapie
(serum de  Roux)  dans la fievre  quarte.  Rapp. Congr.  fr.
med., 1896-97,  3: fasc. 2, 46-57.—Uspenskaya, M. P.   [Plas- 
MALARIA,  MALARIAE                       US                          MALARIA, SIMIAN
mocide in treatment of quartan malaria]  Med. parazit., Mosk-
va,  1935, 4: 234.—Wielen, Y. van der [Prontosil and quartan
malaria]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2905.


MALARIA,  ovale  (stephensi)

  See also Plasmodium, ovale.
  D'Antoni. J. S.  Malaria; a symposium; Plasmodium ovale.
N. Orleans M. & S. J.,  1936-37, 89: 691.—Fairley, N. H.  A
case of  malaria  due to  Plasmodium  ovale Stephens  1922.
Brit. M.  J., 1933, 1: 101— Friedmann, J.  Ueber  einige Pro-
bleme der Morphologio  atypischer Tertiana-parasiten, insbe-
sondere iiber  das  Plasmodium  ovale.  Zschr. Parasitenk.,
1936-37,  9:  563-99.—Garcia. E. Y.  A  plasmodium-ovale-like
parasite in  the blood of  a native Filipino.  Acta med. philip.,
1940-41,  2: 341-9, 2 pi.—James, S. P.   Le paludisme par
Plasmodium ovale.  Riv. malariol., 1935, 14: Suppl.  3, 27-31.—
Raman, T. K.  Plasmodium ovale in India.  J. Ind. M. Ass.,
1939-40, 9: 583-5.—Wilson, D. B., &  Wilson,  M. E.  Infec-
tions with  Plasmodium  ovale Stephens, in  Tanganyika Terri-
tory.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 469-474.


MALARIA,  praecox.

   See also Plasmodium, praecox.
   Benhamou,  E.  Le  coeur  dans un cas  de paludisme  a
Plasmodium praecox.  Arch. mal. coeur,  1938,  31:  76-80.—
Boyd, G. H.  Therapeutic action of quinine hydrochloride and
certain quinine  derivatives in experimental infections  with
Plasmodium pra:cox.  Am. J.  Hyg.,  1926, 6: nS-O.V—Demi-
dowa,  L. W.  Ueber die geringste zur Erzeugung  der experi-
mentellen  Malaria notige Plasmodium  precox Zahl.  Gior.
batt. immun., 1934, 13: 872-7.—Dorolle. P., &  Dan Huu Chi.
Rupture spontanee de la rate au cours  d'une fievre remittente
a Plasmodium prsecox.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1927, 20:
719-22.-—Guyomarc'h,  Toullec &  Alain.   Episode dementiel
et gangrene symetrique  des extremites  au cours  d'un infesta-
tion palustre a Plasmodium pracox.  Tbid., 1932, 25: 307-10.—
Lievre, H.   A propos  d'un cas de paludisme congenital  a
Plasmodium pra?cox.  Ibid., 1934, 27: 133-0.— Morier, H. M.
Action de la plasmoquine simple dans  un cas de paludisme  a
P. praecox.  Ibid., 1931, 24: 101-4.—Sergent, A.,  & Vogt, P.
Experimentation  du 915 Fourneau ou  rhodoquine contre  la
tierce maligne k  Plasmodium  praecox  d'Algerie.   Arch. Inst.
Pasteur  Algerie,  1934,  12:  13-21.—Sergent, E., Sergent. A.
[et  al.]  Essais  de traitement du  paludisme a Plasmodium
praecox par le 710 Fourneau. seul ou associe k la quinine, chez
des paludeens d'Algerie.  Ibid., 1932, 10:  1-21.—Sergent, E.,
Sergent, E., & Catanei, A.  Une question de nomenclature.' le
nom de  Plasmodium prsecox  doit-il designer un parasite du
paludisme humain ou un parasite du paludisme aviaire?  Ibid.,
1929, 7:  223-38.


MALARIA, saurian.
   Thompson, P.  E.  Changes associated  with acquired im-
munity during initial infections in saurian malaria.   J. Infect.
Dis., 1944, 75: 138-49.


MALARIA, simian.

   See also  Plasmodium, knowlesi.
   Ruth,  T.  C.    Malaria  in   simian  primates;
 classified  bibliographv  with annotations.   29p.
27y2 cm.  [N. Haven, "1944]
   Abdul Majid, S.   Note  on some unsuccessful attempts  to
infect  a  monkey bv injections of Uving malarial  sporozoites.
Rec.  Malaria Surv. India,  1932-34,  3:  475-7.—Arima,   I.
Ueber eine Art von  Affen-Malariaparasiten.   Fukuoka  acta
med.,  1933, 26:  43-5.—Bompiani,  G.,  & Cassuto, N.  Note
istologiche  sulle  lesioni renali  sperimentalmente  prodotte
neUe  scimmie dal Plasmodium knowlesi.  Boll. Accad. med.
Roma,  1936, 62: 294-303.—Brug,  S. L.   Observations on
monkey  malaria.  Riv.  malariol., 1934, 13: 121-42.-—Brumpt,
E.   Les parasites du  paludisme des  chimpanzes.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 837-40.—Cassuto, N.  II sistema reticolo-
istiocitario nella malaria delle scimmie con particolare riguardo
ai fenomeni immunitari.  Riv. malariol., 1936, 15: 240-57,
2 pi.—Clark,  H. C, &  Dunn, L. H.  Experimental  efforts to
transfer  monkey  malaria to man. Am. J. Trop. M., 1931, 11:
1-10.  Also Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1931,  52:  428.—Coggeshall,
L. T.  Splenomegaly in  experimental monkey malaria.  Am. J.
Trop.  M.,  1937, 17:  605-17.  —:----  The  occurrence  of
malaria antibodies in human serum following induced infection
with  Plasmodium knowlesi.  J. Exp.  M., 1940,  72: 21-31.
------& Eaton,  M. D.  The  complement  fixation reaction in
monkey  malaria.  Ibid.,  1938,  67:  871-82.  ------  The
quantitative relationship between immune serum and infective
dose of  parasites as demonstrated  by the protection test  in
monkey  malaria.   Ibid., 68: 29-38.   ------   Complement
fixation in human malaria with an antigen prepared from the
monkey  parasite Plasmodium  knowlesi.   Ibid.,   1939,  69:
379-98.—Coggeshall, L. T., & Kumm,  H. W.  Demonstration
of passive  immunity in experimental monkey malaria.  Ibid.,
1937, 66: 177-90.—Dikshit, B. B.  Malaria immunity in the
Rhesus monkey.   J. Malaria Inst  India, 1941, 4: 199-206 —
Eaton, M. D.   The soluble malarial antigen in the cerum of
monkevs infected with  Plasmodium knowlesi.   J. Exp.  M.,
1939,  69: 517-32.—Filippini, A.  La malaria  nelle sciiumie.
Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. prat., 1382.—Ghosh & Sinton, J. A.
Quantitative  changes in  the  proteins of  the   blood sera of
monkeys infected with  malarial Plasmodia.   Kit.  Malaria
Surv.  India, 1935. 5:  173-202.—Green,  K. T. II.   \  malarial
parasite  of  Macacus  cynomolgus  and  its development  in
mosquitoes.   Tr.  R.  Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931,  24:
649.—Hill, W. C. O.  Notes on malaria and tetanus in monkeys
J. Comp. Path.,  Lond., 1936, 49:  274-8.—Kanashenok,  P.
[Temperature coefficient of blood catalasc in apes with malaria
Biull. eksp.  biol.  med., 1939, 7:  117-20.—Khazan Chand 4
Harbhagwan.  Some unsuccessful attempts to transmit monkey
malarial  parasites  to  common  laboratory  animals.  Rec
Malaria Surv. India,  1934, 4: 373-8.—Knowles, R.   Monkey
malaria.   Brit. M.  J., 1935,  2: 1020.------& Das Gupta,
B.  M.   A study  of  monkey-malaria,  and its  experimental
transmission to man (a preliminary report)  Ind. M. Gaz., 1932,
67: 301-20,  4 pi.—Krishnan, K. V.  The reticuloendothelial
system in malarial haemoglobinuria of monkeys. Ibid., 1935,
70: 193-7.----— &  Napier, L. E.  Cytological studies of the
blood and tissues in kala-azar and  associated conditions;  the
large  mononuclear cells in monkev  malaria.  Ibid., 1933,  68;
66-74, pi.—Krishnan. K.  V.,  Smith, R. O. A.. &  Lai.  C.
Contributions to protozoal immunity; the effect of splenectomy
on the course of malarial infection in monkevs.  Ind. J. M. Res.,
1933,   21:  343-52.   ------   Contributions  to  protozoal
immunity; immunity  to malaria in monkevs and the  effect of
splenectomy on it.  Ibid., 1934, 21: 639-47.—Macfie, J. W.
S.  A malaria infection of the baboon  Papio sphinx.  Proc
R.  Soc.  M., Lond.,  1927-28, 21:  Sect. Trop.  Dis.  Parasit.,
21-5.—Maier.  J., & Coggeshall,  L. T.   The duration  of
immunity to Plasmodium knowlesi malaria in rhesus monkeys.
J. Exp. M., 1944, 79: 401-30.—Malamos, B.   Die Rolle  des
retikulo-endotheUalen  Systems,  insbesondere  der  Milz  bei
Affenmalaria.   Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1934, 38:  326-42.
------   Das  Blutbild  bei  Affenmalaria.  Ibid.,  374-86.
------    Immunitatsfragen   bei   experimenteller   Malaria
(Affenmalaria)  Ibid., 1937,  41: 162-6.  —:---  Beziehungen
zwischen  Leberschadigung  und Haemoglobinurie bei experi-
menteUer Malaria  (Plasmodium  knowlesi)   Arb.  Tropen-
krankh. (Festschr. B. Nocht) 1937, 273-7. â– -----& Nauck,
E. G.  Die Malariaplasmodien der Affen.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,
1935,  117: 193; 241.—Mayer, M.   Ueber Malaria beim Affen.
Med.  Klin., Berl., 1907, 3: 579.—Menon,  T. B.  The visceral
lesions in simian malaria with special reference  to the splenic
reaction.  Tr. R. Soc.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938-39,  32: 481-
95. 4 pi.—Monkey malaria.  Annual Rep. Calcutta School
Trop.  M.,  1933, 45-8.—Mulligan,  H.  W.   Experimental
studies on monkey malaria.  Abstr. Theses Univ.  Aberdeen,
1934,  6.   ------ &  Sinton, J. A.   Multiple superinfections
with  various strains of  Plasmodium knowlesi.  Rec  Malaria
Surv. India, 1932-33, 3: 809-39.—Mulligan, H. W., Sommer-
ville,  T., & Swaminath, C. S.  The effects of splenectomy on
natural and acquired immunity in monkey malaria.  J. Malaria
Inst.  India, 1940,  3: 591-601.—Natali, C.  Ricerche istologiche
sulle alterazioni delle surrenali in un caso di malaria perniciosa
e ricerche comparative  con  quelle delle surrenaU di  scimmie
sperimentalmente  infettate  (Plasmodium  knowlesi)   Riv.
malariol., 1934, 13: 563-84.   Also  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1934,   38:  243-9.—Nauck,   E.  G.   Untersuchungen uber
Affenmalaria.  Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1934, 27:  242-6 [Discus-
sion]  259-61.  ------  Die Bedeutung  der experimentellen
Affenmalaria fiir die Malariaforschung.  Arb. Tropenkrankh.,
(Festschr. B.  Nocht) 1937,  394-400.------ & Malamos, B.
Ueber Immunitat  bei  Affenmalaria.   Zschr.  Immunforsch.,
1934-35,  84:  337-58.  ------•  Thorotrast-Speicherung  bei
experimenteller Affenmalaria (P.  knowlesi)   Arch. Schiffs
Tropenhyg.,  1936,  40:  187-97.—Niyogi,  A.  K.  Effect of
Plasmodium knowlesi antigen on acute and chronic infections
with  the homologous strain  of parasite in M.  rhesus. Ann.
Biochem. Exp. M.,  Calc, 1942,  2: 55-8.—Passmore, R., &
Sommerville, T.  An  investigation of the  effect of diet on the
course of experimental  malaria in  monkeys.  Nutrit. Abstr.,
Aberdeen, 1941-42, 11: 286.—Petrovano,  G. Contribution a
l'etude  de la malaria chez  les singes   (Mac.  rhesus, Mac.
gynomolgus,  Cercopithex  callitrix)  Sang., Par.,  1934,  8:
121-3— Ray, J. C, Mukerjee, S., & Roy, A. N.  Complement-
fixation  reaction  in  experimental  animals  in response to
Plasmodium knowlesi  antigen.  Ann.  Biochem.  Exp.  M.,
Calc, 1941, 1: 101-15.  ------   Agglutination reaction in
experimental  animals in response to  Plasmodium  knowlesi
antigen.   Ibid., 207-18.—Rigdon, R. H., & Thomas, W. K. S.
A study of the pathological lesions  in P. knowlesi infection in
M. rhesus monkeys.  Am. J. Trop. M.,  1942,  22: 329-39 —
Rodhain, J.  [Plasmodia in the African  apes] Geneesk. tschr
Ned.  Indie,  1938, 78:  600.—Roy, A. N., &  Mukerjee,  S. Some
observations on the complement in the serum of monkeys during
infection with Plasmodium knowlesi. Ann. Biochem.  Exp. RL,
Calc, 1942, 2: 245-50.—Schwetz, J.  Sur les parasites malarienB
(Plasmodium)  des  singes inferieurs africains.  C. rend.  Soc.
biol., 1933,  112:  1220-2.  ------   Contribution a l'etude des
parasites  malariens   (Plasmodium) des  singes   inferieurs
africains.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1933, 130: 111-20,  2 pi.   Also
Riv.  malariol., 1934, 13: 143-7, pi.—Singh, J., & Harbhag-
wan.   Failure to  produce infection  in two species of  the lower
oriental  monkeys  bv the  injection of  malarial  sporozoite*
from  naturally infected anopheUnes.   Rec   Malaria  Surv.
India, 1935, 5: 495-7.- Singh, J., & Singh, H. Observations on 
MALARIA, SIMIAN
149
MALARIA,  SIMIAN
  immunity in monkey malaria as evidenced by the results of
  superinfections.   J.  Malaria  Inst. India,  1940,  3:  99-114.
  ---—  Passive immunity in monkey malaria. Ibid., 137-42.—
  Sinton, J. A. A quartan malaria parasite of the lower oriental
  monkev, Silenus  irus (Macacus cynomolgus)   Rec.  Malaria
  Surv. India, 1934, 4: 379-410, 2 pi.  ----—  The nature of the
  tolerance shown by Silenus irus to infection with Plasmodium
  knowlesi.   Ibid.,  1935, 5: 501-21.  ■----— Hutton,  E. L., &
  Shute, P. G. Failure to transmit an infection of Plasmodium
  cvnomolgi to man by blood inoculation and by mosquito bites.
  J". Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1938, 41: 245.—Sinton,  J. A.. &
  Mulligan, H. W.  An intradermal reaction in malaria infections
  in monkeys.  Rec.  Malaria  Surv.  India, 1932-33,  3: 323^5,
  4 pi.  ------ A critical review of the literature relating to the
  identification of the malarial parasites recorded from monkeys
  of the  famiUes Cercopithecidae and  Colobidae.   Ibid.,  357;
  381, pi.  ------   Mixed infections in the malaria of the lower
  monkeys; mixed infections as the cause of apparent variations
  in the  morphology  and  pathogenicity  of  simian  Plasmodia.
  Ibid., 719-67. ------  Mixed infections in the malaria of the
  lower monkeys; the probable occurrence of mixed infections
  in some of the older records of monkey malaria.   Ibid.,  769-
  808.—Soulie.  Essai d'inoculation du  paludisme  au singe.
  Bull.  med. Algerie,  1905,  16: 118.—Swartzwelder, J. C.  A
  review of recent  work on the parasitology  of simian  malarial
  infections and simian Plasmodia.  J. Nat. Malaria  Soc, 1942,
  1: 141-7.—Taliaferro, W. H.  Experimental  studies  on the
  malaria of monkeys. Am. J. Hyg., 1932,  16: 429.  ------ &
  Kliiver,  C.   The  hematology  of  malaria,  Plasmodium
  brasilianum,  in  Panamanian  monkevs;  numerical  changes in
  leucocytes.   J. Infect.  Dis.,  1940,  67:  121-76,  2  pi.—Wats,
  R. C, & Das Gupta, B. M.  Comparative biochemical findings
  in blood of normal  and  malaria-infected monkevs.   Ind. J.
  M. Res., 1934, 21: 475-81— Wendel, W.  B., & Kimball, S.
  Formation of lactic acid and pyruvic  acid in blood containing
  Plasmodium  knowlesi.   J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 145: 343.—
  Weyer,  F.   Versuche  zur  Uebertragung  der  Affenmalaria
  durch Stechmucken.  Arch.   Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1937,  41:
  167-72.

  ---   Treatment.
    Chopra, R. N.,  & Das Gupta,  B. M.  Studies on the action
  of atebrin in Plasmodium infection of monkeys.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
  1933, 68: 493-9.   ------  Studies on the action of quinine in
  monkey malaria.   Ibid., 1934, 69: 195-203. ------  A  note
  on the therapeutic efficiency of soluseptasine in simian malaria,
  P. knowlesi.  Ibid.,  1938,  73: 395.-------Studies  on the
  action of synthetic drugs  on simian malaria; sulphonamide
  derivatives.   Ibid.,  665-7.  ------  M  & B  693 (2-sulpha-
  nilylaminopyridine)  in ape  malaria.  Ibid.,  1939,  74: 201.—
  Chopra, R. N., Ganguli, S. K., & Roy, A. C. On the relation-
  ship between the quinine concentration in the circulating blood
  and  parasite count  in  monkey malaria.   Ibid.,  1935,   70:
  62-5.  ------ Studies on the action of  antimalarial remedies
  on monkey malaria.  Ibid., 1936, 71: 443-5.—Christophers,
  S. R., & Fulton, J. D.  Observations on the course of Plas-
  modium knowlesi infection in monkeys, Macacus rhesus,  with
  notes on its treatment by (1) atebrin and (2) normal undecane
  diamidine, together with a note on the action of the latter on
  bird  malaria.  Ann.  Trop. M.  Parasit.,  Liverp.,  1938,  32:
  257-78.—Coggeshall, L. T.   The selective action of sulfanila-
  mide on the  parasites of experimental  monkey malaria.  J.
  Bact., Bait.,  1940, 39:  30.   ------  The selective action of
 sulfanilamide on  the parasites  of  experimental   malaria in
  monkeys in vivo and in vitro.  J.  Exp.  M., 1940,  71: 13-20,
  pl.—Das Gupta, B. M., & Siddons, L. B.   Organic arsenicals
 in the treatment of simian malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1944, 79:
 99-101.  ------   Treatment of simian malaria  (P. knowlesi)
 with stilbamidine,  M&B 744.  Ibid., 527.—Dikshit, B. B., &
 Ganapathi, K. Sulphathiazole in  monkey malaria.   J.  Ma-
 laria Inst. India, 1940, 3: 525-9.—Giovannola, A.   La malaria
 delle  scimmie impiegata nel  controllo biologico dei  farmaci
 anti-malarici.  Riv.  malariol.,  1934,  13: 228-31.—Mosna, E.
 L'azione della chinina e dell'atebrin sul Plasmodium knowlesi.
 Ibid., 1936, 15: 99-105, pl.—Mulligan,  H.  W., Sommerville.
 T., & Swaminath, C. S.  Attempts to control malarial infections
 in monkeys  by the administration cf  spleen extracts.  J.
 Malaria  Inst.  India,  1940, 3: 581-90.—Nauck, E. G.  Chemo-
 therapeutische Versuche bei Affenmalaria (P. knowlesi) Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1934, 38: 313-26.  ----— & Malamos, B.
 Ueber  die Wirkungsweise  der  Malariaheilmittel  bei  Affen-
 malaria (P. knowlesi) Klin. Wschr.,  1936, 15: 888-91.—Pass-
 more, R., & Sommerville, T.  An  investigation of the effect
 of diet  on the course of  experimental malaria in monkeys.
 J. Malaria Inst. India, 1940, 3: 447-55.—Patel, B. V.  Thiazole
 derivatives of sulphanilamide  in  monkey malaria.  Current
 Sc, Bangalore, 1942, 11:  187.  Also  Q. J. Pharm., Lond.,
 1944,  17:  297-301.  ------  2-Nl-Sulphanilamido-5-isopro-
 pylthiazole in monkey malaria.   Current  Sc, Bangalore, 1943,
 12: 153.—Row, R., Dalai, N. P. & Gollerkeri, G. V.   On the
 effects of quinine, atebrin and plasmoquin  on experimentally
 induced malaria in the Macacus monkey and on some of the
 pathological changes  observed.  Ind. J.  M. Res.,  1933,  21:
 295-8,  4 pl.   ------  On  the value  of atebrin in  monkey
 malaria.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933,  26: 469.—
 Shortt, H. E., & Menon, K. P.  An acridine compound (Acr. X)
in the  treatment  of monkey  malaria.  Rec. Malaria Surv
India, 1937, 7: 253-65.   ------  Attempt to produce active
immunity to malaria in monkeys by vaccination with parasitic
substance.   J. Malaria Inst. India, 1940, 3: 191-3.—Siddons.
L- B., &  Bose, A. N.   The action of 2-chloro-7-methoxy-5
(5-diethyl-amino-butyl)-amino-acridine  on  simian  malaria.
Ind.  M. Gaz., 1944, 79: 101.—Singh, J., & Singh, H.  Treat-
ment of simian malaria with M & B693.   J.  Malaria  Inst."
India, 1939, 2: 181-9.
 MALARIA, vivax.

   Syn.:  Benign tertian  malaria.
   See also Plasmodium, vivax.
   Garcia  Valenzuela,  R.    *Contribucion  al
 estudio  clinico  y  parasitol6gico  de  la  terciana
 benigna   experimental.    205p.    8?    Santiago,
 1929.
   Cooper, E. L.   Benign tertian malaria.  Med. J. Australia,
 1942,  1: 705.—Davis, A. G.   Tertian malaria with unusual
 type of skin manifestation;  report of a case.  J. Missouri M.
 Ass., 1934, 31: 426.—Delamare, G.   Tierce benigne chez une
 femme  enceinte  (nombreuses plasmodies  anormales)   Ann.
 med., Par., 1926, 19: 289-300.—Ivanov, V. N.   [Clinical aspect
 of tertian  malaria  with  discussions]  Tr. Ukrain. sezda. tera-
 pevtov. (1936) 1939, 4. Congr., 196-207.—Kay, H. B.   Benign
 tertial malaria.   Med.  J. Australia,  1943,  1:  426  (Abstr.)—
 Kisina, T.   [Cases  of comatose  tertian malaria]  Vrach. delo,
 1927,  10:   1046-8.—Long,  J. J.  de.  Malaria tertiana  met
 lange  latentie.  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk., 1926, 70: pc 2, 163.—
 Majorino," F.  Caso di una  terzana  depuratoria.  Filiatre
 sebezio,  Nap., 1840,  19: 244-7.—Rombach, K.  A.  [Tertian
 malaria]   Ned.  tschr.   geneesk.,  1926, 70:  pt  1,  1914.—
 Vaillant,  C. M.    Report  on  a  group of  cases  of benign
 tertian  malaria   which  in  the   early  stages  simulated
 German measles.   J. R.  Army M. Corps, 1941. 77: 259.

 ----  Epidemiology.
   Bassett-Smith, P. W.  A case of tertian benign without fever
 with remarks on the period of latency in malaria.  J. Trop. M.,
 Lond., 1901, 4: 178.—Belyeva, E.  [Materials for the study of
 epidemiology, clinic and therapy of  tertian  malaria]  Klin.
 med.,  Moskva,  1927,  5: 606-15.—Bindi, F.  Terzana primi-
 tiva tardiva a lungo periodo di incubazione.  Gazz. osp., 1904,
 25:333-5.   ------  Su di un caso di terzana primitiva locale in
 Casentino.   Policlinico, 1905, 12: sez.  prat., 139.—Boyd, M. F.
 On the varying infectiousness  of different patients  infected
 with vivax  malaria.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1942, 22: 73-81. ------
 Criteria of immunity and susceptibiUty in naturally induced
 vivax malaria infections.  Ibid., 217-26. ——■—  & Kitchen, S. F.
 Is the acquired homologous  immunity to P.  vivax equally
 effective against sporozoites and trophozoites?  Ibid., 1936,  16:
 317-22.  •—■----  A consideration of the duration  of  the
 intrinsic incubation period in vivax malaria in relation to cer-
 tain factors affecting the parasites.  Ibid., 1937, 17: 437-44.--
 Boyd, M. F., & Stratman-Thomas, W. K.  Studies on beninrn
 tertian malaria; on the refractoriness of Negroes to inoculation
 of Plasmodium vivax.  Am.  J. Hyg., 1933. 18: 485-9.  â– -----â– 
 & Kitchen, S. F.   Studies on benign tertian malaria; an  in-
 stance of natural  refractoriness in a Caucas;an to inoculation
 with Plasmodium vivax.  Ibid., 1935, 21: 364.  ------   On
 the duration of acquired homologous immunity to Plasmodium
 vivax.  Am. J. Trop.   M., 1936, 16:  311-5.—Coradetti, A.
 Sull'immunita acquisita  nella  terzana benigna in relazione  col
 trattamento dell'attacco primario.  Riv. malariol., 1936, 15:
 161-70, ch.  ------  Sui fattori determinanti i tipi epidemici
 della  terzana benigna  e  della  estivo-autunnale.  Ibid., 1939,
 18: 177-84.—Kikuth, W.   Zsur Frage der Fruhjahrsrezidive der
 Malaria tertiana.   Zschr. Immunforsch., 1943, 104: 148-57.—
 KushefT, N.  E.   [Epidemiological  peculiarities in the course
 of tertian malaria;  data  from  the Saratov malaria station  for
 1931]  Med. parazit.,  Moskva, 1932, 1: 250.—Presslich,  W.
 Tertiana duplex als Rezidiv einer einfachen Tertiana.   Allg.
 mil. iirztl. Zschr., 1907, 48: 87-9.—Sanders, J.  [Epidemiology
 of tertian  malaria] Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1930.  74:  pt 2,
3889.—Timchinov, N.  [Mathematical value of meteorological
factors causing tertian malaria] Trop. med.  vet., Moskva,
 1931,  9:  9-12.—Yorke, W.,  & Wright, W. R.  The mosquito
infectivity  of P. vivax after prolonged sojourn in the human
host.   Ann. Trop.  M.  Parasit., Liverp., 1926-27.  20: 327.—
Young, M.  D., Stubbs,  T.  H. [et al.j  Studies on imported
malarias; ability  of domestic mosquitoes  to transmit vivax
malaria of  foreign  origin.  J. Nat.  Malaria Soc, 1945, 4:
127-31.

----   Pathology.
   Anderson, W. M. E.   Neisseria catarrhalis isolated from  the
 bloodstream of a  case of benign tertian malaria. J. R. Army
 M. Corps, 1938, 71: 199-202.—Biddau, I.  Perniciosa malarica
da Plasmodium vivax che simula una peritonite acuta.  Gazz.
osp.,  1929,  50: 1326-31—Boucher,  H.  Etude du sang  des
paludeens (a Plasmodium vivax) par les colorations vitales au
rouge nefutre et au  bleu  cresyl brillant.  C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,
 1933,  112: 468-71.—Boyd, M.  F.  On the parasite density pre-
vailing at certain periods in  vivax malaria infections.  J. Nat.
Malaria  Soc, 1944, 3:  159-67. ------  & Kitchen,  S. F.
The  clinical reaction in vivax malaria as influenced by  the
consecutive employment of infectious mosquitoes.  Am. J.
Trop. M., 1938, 18: 723-8.   —----  Renewed clinical activity 
MALARIA, VIVAX
!.")()
MALARIA, VIVAX
in naturally induced vivax malaria.   Ibid., 1944, 24: 221-34.—
Boyd, M. F., & Stratman-Thomas, W. K.  On the absence of a
heterologous tolerance  to Plasmodium vivax.  Am. J. Hyg.,
1933, 18: 482-4.   -------  Studies on benign tertian  malaria;
some observations on inoculation and onset.   Ibid.,  1934,  20:
488-95.-------  &  Muench,  H.  Studies on benign tertian
malaria; on heterologous  tolerance.   Ibid.,  482-7.—Bystrov,
P. V.  [Problem  of fatal cases in tertian malaria]  J.  mikrob.,
Moskva,  1927, 4: 224-44.  -------   [Pathological anatomy of
acute  tertian  hypertoxic  malaria (malaria  tertiana)]  Arkh.
pat. anat., Moskva, 1940, 6: 111-20.—Davies, J. R.   Unusual
or obscure case; benign tertian  malaria  associated with urti-
caria.   East  Afr. M.  J.,  1936-37,  13:  140—Discombe, G.
The demonstration of Schuffner's dots in benign tertian malaria.
Brit. M. J.,  1945,  1:  298.—Electrolyte,  water and  nitrogen
metabolism in acute P. vivax malaria.   Burned News Letter,
Wash., 1944,  4: No. 9, 5.—Jandula,  R.   Nefritis subaguda en
un  paludismo tipo  terciano:  tratamiento;  evolucion.   Bol.
Inst. clin. quir.,  B.  Air.,  1926, 2: 393-401.—Kitaev,  F. J., &
Joff, I. G.  [Double infections of erythrocytes  and their relation
to the parthenogenesis of macrogameta in  malaria  tertiana]
Vest, mikrob., 1922,  1: 12-21.—Korteweg, P. C.  What is the
normal type of fever in primary cases of benign tertian malaria?
is it tertian or quotidian?   J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1931,  34:
129; 257.  Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75,  1750-63.  -----—
[Observations  on experimental  malaria; various strains of
Plasmodium  vivax]  Ibid., 1933, 77:  4547-70.—Likhachev,
A. A.  & Avrorov, P. P.   Izslledovanle gazovago i teplovogo
obmlena pri likhoradkie (febris intermittens tertiana)   Izvest.
Imp. Voen.  med. Akad., S. Peterb., 1902,  5: 239;  416, 6
diagr.—Mandelstam, M. E.  [Fever in tertian malaria]  Vrach.
gaz., 1926, 30: 953-5.—Manson-Bahr, P.  A  case of resistance
to benign tertian malaria infection.  Tr.  R. Soe. Trop.  M.
Hyg.,  Lond.,  1928-29,  22: 469.—Medulla,  C.  Sopra un caso
di malaria terzana sempliee; recidiva complifata a febbre ittero-
emoglobinurica.   Arch. ital. sc med. co!., 1933, 14: 433-11.—
Miyasima & Heino.   IHesearches on the  pathology of  malarial
tertian fever]  Saikingaku zassi,  1905,  145-66.—Mohr,  W.
Herzstorungen ber Malaiia tertiana.  Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis-
laufforsch., 1939, 12: 247-51.—Neeb,  H. M.   Some remarkable
parasites in  a case of tertian malaria.  Tr. Far East.  Ass.
Trop. M., 1912, 2. Congr., 300-13, pl.—Nikolaev. B. P.  [Dura-
tion of malarial infection in man; investigations of the duration
of experimental  malaria  transmitted by mosquitoes; tertian
malaria]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1941, 10: 199-201.—Padoan,
M.  Ematemesi  e distonia neuro-vegetativa  a tipo ipervago-
tonico in infezione  malarica cronica da Plasmodium vivax.
Riv. malariol., 1933. 12:  547-59.—Perekropov, G. J.  Sur la
question du developpement atvpique des parasites de  la tierce
benigne.  Zbl. Bakt., 1 Abt., 1926, 99: 115-29, 2 pl.—Riedy do
Nascimento Silva, F.  InsuficiSncia suprarrenal aguda em um
caso de malaria  por  Plasmodium vivax.  Arq.  brasil. med.
nav., 1943,  4: 237-50.—Sinton, J. A.  The numerical preva-
lence of parasites in relation to fever in chronic benign tertian
malaria.  Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. AL,  1930,  2: 263-73,  ch.
—■---- Harbhagwan & Singh, J.  The numerical prevalence
of parasites in relation to fever in chronic benign tertian malaria.
Ind. J. M. Res.,  1930-31,  18: 871-9.—Sivalingam, V.  Enu-
merative  studies  in benign tertian  malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
1938, 73: 715-9.—St  John, J. H.   The gametocytes of tertian
malaria and their early appearance in malaria transmitted bv
Anopheles punctipennis.   Am. J. Trop. M.,  1928, 8:  305-22.
pl.—Stratman-Thomas,  W. K.   Studies on benign  tertian
malaria; observations on splenomegaly.  Am. J. Hyg., 1935.
21:  361-3.  -------   The infection in the intermediate host;
symptomatology, vivax malaria.  In: Sympos. Human  Malaiia
(Am. Ass. Advance. Sc.) Wash.,  1941, 183-9—Tareev, E.  M..
Gontaeva, A. A.,  & Rotenburg,  S. S.   [Fulminating  form of
tertian malaria]  Sovet. med., 1943, 7: No. 4, 12-4.—Thomas,
G. C., & Ridout, G.  B.   Anaphylactic  shock accompanying
benign tertian malaria.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1931, 29: 470-2.


----   Treatment.
   Baldina,  A. I.  [Combined treatment of  tertian  malaria
with plasmocide  and  novarsolan]   Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,
1935, 4: 455-8.—Berkeley-Hill, A. O. R.   Notes on the treat-
ment of benign tertian  malaria ^vith cinchona febrifuge.  Ind.
M. Gaz., 1926, 61:  332-4.—Bird, W.  The  effects of a diet
rich  in sugar on  the relapse  rate in chronic benign  tertian
malaria.  Ind. J.  M.  Res.,  1928,  16: 109-^14.  ------  The
treatment of  chronic benign tertian malaria with Smalarina
cremonese.  Ibid., 347-55.  ------   Atebrin  and plasmoquine
in the treatment of  benign tertian malaria.   J. Malaria Inst.
India, 1943-44, 5: 395.—Coggeshall, L.  T., Martin, W. B., &
Bates, R. D., jr.  Sulfadiazine in treatment  of relapsing ma-
larial infections due to Plasmodium  vivax.   J. Am.  M. Ass.,
1945, 128: 7.—Demina, N. A.  [Rate of onset of parasitotropic
effect,  and of the disappearance of Plasmodium vivax from the
peripheral blood in  parenteral injections of acrichin]  Med.
parazit., Moskva,  1936, 5: 735-8.—De Nunno, R.  Azione  del
tartaro stibiato sui gametociti del Plasmodium vivax  e del P.
falciparum;  ricerche  sperimentali.  Riforma  med., 1938,  54:
1599-601.—Drugs for relapsing vivax malaria.  Bull. Army M.
Dep., Lond.,  1945, No. 48.  6.—Gabarrou,  F. G.  Acci6n  del
stovarsol  por  via  digestiva sobre  el Plasmodium  vivax.  Bol.
Inst. clfn. quir., B. Air., 1926, 2: 363-7.—Georgevic, I.  Ueber
sogenannte larvierte Malaria und uber Tertiana-Behandlung.
Zbl.  ges. Hyg., 1942-43, 50: 593 (Abstr.)—GUdel, W.   Evolu-
tion   eines   Tertianastammes  zu  Chininresistenz.   Derm.
Wschr., 1938, 107: 1173-6.—Hall, W.  E. B.   The sulphaniln-
mides in  tertian malaria.  J.  Pharm. Kxp.  Ther., 1038, 63:
353-6.—Jacovacci, R.   Terapia della terzana benigna medinntr
gli acridinici.   Riv. malariol., 1941, 20: 29 1  .'{(10.  James, S. P
The direct effect of  atebrin on the parasites  of benign tertian
and quartan  malaria.   Tr.  II. Soc. Trop.  M.  Hyg.,  Lond
1934-35,  28:  3, pl.—Jolly.  Sur un  cas de  paludisme  a  Plas-
modium  vivax recidivant apres traitement  par association
quinine-stovarsol.  Marseille  med.,  1931,  68:  232-4 —Kay,
C. F.  Failure of mapharsen as an adjuvant to atabrine in the
treatment of relapsing tertian  malaria.   .1. Am. M. Ass., 191.",,
127:  984.—Logendre,  A.,  Mondain.  A.. &  Razafindramamhn!
L'aetion du quinio-stnvarsol sur le P. vivax chez les indigene*
des  hauts-plateaux  de  Madagascar.  Bull. Soc. i>.->11â–   cxet
Par., 1929, 22: 137-40.—Lewenson, E.  1).   [Effect of chemical
prophylaxis during the pre-epidemic  season for manifestation*
of relapsing tertian malaria and cases with protracted incuba-
tion]   Med.  parazit..  Moskva, 1940, 9:  549-53. Lodato, V..
Chinoplasminterapia per compresse e per via endovenosa nella
malaria terzana benigna.  Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1932, 13;
170-4.—Malysheva, A. N.  [Comparative value of the efficacy
of two methods in treatment of acute cases of tertian malaria
in the  northern regions]  Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1938, 7:
646-54.—Management of relapsing vivax malaria.  Bull. U S
Army M. Dep., 1945, No. 87, 33.—Manifold, J. A. Report on
a  trial of  plasmoquine and quinine in the treatment of benign
tertian malaria.  J. R. Army  M. Corps, 1931, 56: 321; 426.—
Massias,  C.   La quiniostovarsol  dans  le traitement du palu-
disme k Plasmodium vivax et Plasmodium prsecox.  Bull. Soc.
path, exot.,  Par., 1930, 23:  651-63.  ------   Le  710 et le
quiniostovarsol dans le traitement du paludisme a Plasmodium
vivax  et  a  Plasmodium  praecox.   Ibid.,  1933, 26:  433-8.
------    Paludisme a  Plasmodium  vivax et a  Plasmodium
praecox  [experimentation therapeutique.  574  et quiniosto-
varsol]  J. physiol.  path, gen., 1933, 31:  1061-86.  -----
Derive  quinoieinique employe seul  contre  le  paludisme  a P.
vivax et a P. praecox.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934,27:
644-9.—Morisita, K., Miyahara, H.,  * Isioka, H.  The effect
of alkali-therapy (a modification of Sinton's method) in benign
tertian malaria.  Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1933, 32: 120.—Raynal,
J.   Essais de traitement des tierces  benignes et malignes par
le  stovarsolate de quinine.  Bull.  Soc. path, exot., Par., 1927,
20: 665-89.—Romanenko, A. P.  [Two cases of comatose form
of tertiary  malaria,  treated by  subcutaneous  injections of
quinine and methylene blue]   Med. parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5:
925.—Rudolf, G. de M., & Marsh, R. G. B.   Some observations
upon  carbohydrate metabolism in malaria;  with special refer-
ence to the  effect of insulin and glucose upon benign  tertian
malaria.   J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1927, 30: 57-63.—Shish-
laeva-Matova, Z. S.  [Hemostatic efficiency of quinoline No. 31
in  benign and malignant tertian  malaria]   Med.  parazit.,
Moskva, 1943, 12: No.  6, 22-32.—Sinton,  J. A.  The intra-
venous injection of sodium stovarsol in the treatment of benign
tertian malaria.   Ind. J.  M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 287-99.  -----
&  Bird,  W.  The cinchona alkaloid in the treatment of benign
tertian malaria.  Ibid., 1928-29, 16: 725- 46.  ------& Eate, S.
N.  The oral administration of quinine-stovarsol in the treat-
ment of chronic benign  tertian malaria.   Ibid., 1927-28, 15:
595-600.  ------  Studies in  malaria, with  special reference
to  treatment; the treatment of benign tertian  malaria  with
peracrina  303.   Ibid., 277-86,  ch.  Sinton,  J. A., Bird, W., &
Orr, W. B. F.   Quinine-troposan  in  the treatment of chronic
benign tertian malaria.   Ibid.,  1928, 16: '■'>'■'>'■',  9.—Sinton, J. A.,
Smith, S., &  Pottinger, D.  Further  researches into the treat-
ment of chronic benign tertian malaria with iilaMiioquine and
quinine.   Ibid.,  1929-30,  17:  793-811.   Tardres,   J.  Le
stovarsol  dans  le paludisme.   Arch.  Inst.  Pasteur  Algeiic
1926,  4:  49-52.—Thompson,  J.  H.  Laige  initial  doses of
atebrine in the treatment of benign tertian malaria.  J. Trop
M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1944-^5, 47: 61 4.—Treatment of relapses »f
vivax malaria.   Bull. U. S. Army M.  Dep., 1945, No. 89, 21.
Vialatte, C.   Sur le traitement du paludisme a P. vivax par le
stovarsol.   Bull. Soc  path,  exot., Par.,  1926,  19: 359-73.—
Welsh, D. A.   On a case of mild tertian ague, with special refer-
ence to the effects on  the parasite  of the administration of
quinine.   Proc.  Scot. Micr. Soc,  1899-1903, 3:  13-20, pl —
Zelmanova,  F. S.  [Effect of  acrichine on  P. vivax]  Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5: 614-6.


MALARIA  carrier.

   See also Malaria, Prevention, medical.
   Ross,  R.   The amount of  malaria depends on
the number of carriers.   14p.   8?   Lond.,  1929.
   Boyd, W. S.  Educational activities as related to the return-
ing malaria carrier problem.   J. Nat.  Malaria Soc, 1945, 4:
147-50.—Chopra, R. H., Das Gupta, B. M., & Sen, B.  Studies
on the action of synthetic antimalarial drugs  of Indian strains
of  malaria; cilional in the treatment of crescent carriers.  Ind.
M. Gaz., 1938, 73: 667-9.—Freeborn, S. B.   Problems created
by returning malaria  carriers.   Pub. Health  Rep.,  Wash.,
1944, 59: 357-63— Garofali,  F.  Direttive  di  profilasa; por-
tatori parasiti malarici; guarigione spontanea.  Gazz. internaz.
med.  chir.,  1928, 33:  334-9.—Hill, R.  B.,  & Ilenarroch,  E.
Tratamiento de  los  portadores de  gametocitos con  plaotno-
quina.  Gac.  med. Caracas,  1928, 35:  209-11.—Hufnagel, V,
Malariaplasmodientrager.  Miinch.   med. Wschr.,  1940, 87:
157.—Monge, C.  Pesquisa de los paludicos cr6nicos portadores
de parasitos,  mediante  examenes, clinicos y  hematol6gicos. 
MALARIA CARRIER
151
MALARIOGRAPHY
   Rev. san. mil., Lima, 1933, 6: 26-31.—Remennikova, V. M.
   [The importance of parasite carriers (P. vivax and P. falcipa-
   rum) in malaria epidemiology]  Med. parazit.,  Moskva, 1943,
   12:  No. 4, 47-57.—Romby, P.  I rilievi clinici e gli accerta-
   menti  di  laboratorio  nella lotta  contro  la  malaria.   Speri-
   mentale, 1928, 82: 45-56.—Sarikian, S.J.   [Parasite carriers in
   connection with an epidemic outbreak of malaria in the central
   zone of the RSFSR (Marbumstroi and  Khrushchevka]  Med.
   parazit., Moskva, 1943,  12: No. 4, 32-40.—Schwetz, J., Bau-
   mann, H., & Cabu.  F.   Sur la  sterilisation  des reservoirs
   d'hematozoaires paludeens par la quinine et la cinchona.  Ann.
   Soc. beige med. trop., 1930, 10: 95-102.—Sheinker, K. P.  [Epi-
   demiological role of malaria parasite carriers in an endemic
   area]  Med.  parazit., Moskva,  1943,  12: No.  4, 24-32.—
   Shishliaeva-Matova, Z. S.  [Epidemiological role of  parasite
   carriers in  malaria]  Ibid.,  57-64,  tab.—Tillema, S.  [Spread
   of malaria by healthy  parasite carriers]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.
   Indie,  1938,  78: 741-50.—Walravens, P.  Sterilisation  des
   reservoirs  de  virus  malariens.  Ann. Soc. beige med.  trop.,
   1925-26, 5: 201-4.—Winckel, C. W. F.  Malariaplasmodien-
   trager.  Munch, med.  Wschr., 1940, 87: 431.

     MALARIA control in war areas; field bulletin.
     See United States.  Public Health Service.  Malaria control
   in war areas; field bulletin  [Atlanta] July, 1944-

     MALARIA monthly.   Amst,, v.l, 1938-


   MALARIOGRAPHY.

     See also Malaria,  Epidemiology.
     Watson,   M.   The  geographical  aspects  of
   malaria,  p.161-72.' 24>4cm.   [Lond.,  1942]       j
     Coggeshall, L. T.  Malaria as a world menace.  J. Am.  M.
   Ass., 1943,  122: 8-11.—Del Favero, E.  Osservazioni  varie
  sulla malaria  ai  tropici.   Igiene mod., 1926, 19:  207-10.—
  Faust, E. C.  The distribution of malaria in  North America,
  Mexico,  Central America and the West Indies.   In: S3rmpos.
  Human Malaria (Am. Ass. Advance. Sc) Wash., 1941, 8-18.—
  Fernan-Nunez, M.   The  Moloch of the tropics.  Wisconsin
  M. J., 1934, 33: 889-91.—Gosio, R.  Latitudine e  ricorrenze
  malariche.   Policlinico, 1939, 46: sez. prat., 547-50.—Malaria.
  Annual Rep. Internat. Health Div., N. Y.,  1942, 70-106, pl —
  Picard,  F.   Les facteurs de repartition geographique du Plas-
  modium vivax et du Plasmodium pracox.  C. rend.  Acad, sc,
  1928, 186:  549-51.—R cider,  R.  Die anthropogeographische
  Bedeutung der Malaria.  Janus, Leiden, 1930, 34: i; 38; 71;
  121; 142. pl.—Ross,  R.  Note on the habits of Europeans in
  India and Africa in  relation  to malaria.  J. Trop. M., Lond.,
  1901, 4: 337.—Serra, G.  L'infezione malarica nei paesi tropi-
  cali.  Boll.  med. trent., 1935, 50: 223; 247.—Simmons, J. S.
  Global  malaria.   N. England J. M.,  1943,  229: 605-10 —
  Watson, R. B., & Hewitt, R.   Topographical and related factors
  in the epidemiology of malaria in  North  America, Central
  America, and the West  Indies.   In: Sympos. Human Malaria
  (Am. Ass. Advance.  Sc.) Wash., 1941, 135-47.


  ----   Adriatic islands.
   Bludau.  Die  Bekampfung  der  Malaria in  Puntacroce.
  Zschr. Hyg., 1903, 43: 67-82.—Malaria in Krk, Rab, and Pag.
  Lancet,  Lond., 1935,  1: 758.—Trausmiller, O.  Le paludisme
  dans les  lies de l'Adriatique Krk, Rab et Pag.  Bull. Off.
  internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1935, 27: 291-303, pl.


 ----   Africa.
    Christophers, S. R.  The  prevention of malaria in tropical
 Africa.  Thompson Yates  Lab. Rep., Liverp.,  1901,  3: 170-6,
 pl.—Coggeshall, L. T.  Malaria control along  an  air  route
 through  Africa.  Proc.  N.  Jersey  Mosquito  Exterm.  Ass.,
 1943, 30: 32-8.—Cook,  A.  R.  Malarial fever  as  met with  in
 the great lake region of Central Africa.  J.  Trop. M.,  Lond.,
 1902, 5:  40; 53; 66.—Daniels, C. W.  Summary of researches
 on the propagation of malaria in British Central Africa.  Brit.
 M. J., 1901, 1:  193-5.—De Meillon, B.  Remarks on the ento-
 mology of malaria in the  tropics and sub-tropics  of Africa.
 Rev. Appl.  Entom.,  Lond., 1943, 31: ser. B, 209 (Abstr.)—
 Fregonneau,   W. Schiffsarztliche   Malariaerfahrungen   in
 Afrika.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 330-6.—Giraul,
 V.  de.   A prophylaxia do  paludismo  nas nossas  colonias.
 Rev. portug. med. cir. prat., 1901-02, 11: 193-207.—Hailey, M.
 Malaria in Africa.  In his  Afr. Survey, Lond., 1939, 1124-6.—
 Hanson,  H.  Some observations on the incidence of malaria
 among African children.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1928, 8: 249-55.—
 Hearsey, H.  Malarial fever  in British Central Africa.  Brit.
 M. J.,  1905, 2:  1290.—Malaria under African conditions.  Q.
 Bull.  Health Org. League  of Nat.,  1936, 5: 110-3.—Raper,
 A. B., Ogborn, R. S., & Wilson, D. B.   Treatment of subtertian
 malaria in Africans.   East  Afr.  M.  J.,  1944,  21:  66-72 —
 Stephens,  J.  W. W.   The malarial  and blackwater  fevers  of
 British Central  Africa.  Rep. Malaria Com. R.  Soc, Lond.,
 1900,  12-42.—Wellman, F.  C.  Quartan malaria in tropical
Africa.  J.  Trop.  M., Lond.,  1906, 9: 31.—Weyer, F.   Die
afrikanischen Malariatibertrager.  Deut.  tropenmed. Zschr.,
1941, 45:  112-8.—Work of a malaria unit.  Lancet, Lond.,
1936, 2: 662.—Worthington,  E. B.  Malaria [Africa]  In his
Science in Africa, Lond., 1938, 518-22.
----  Alabama, U. S. A.

,JaLer'«J;I!'nnMillaria control in Alabama.  South. M. J.,
1933, 26: 469; 1934, 27: 651,-Bankson, J. S.   Jackson County
diseases.  Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1874, 27: 390-2.—Hill J  H
Methods of malaria  control used in Talladega County, Ala.
Pub.  Health Bull., Wash., 1934, No. 125, 83-8.— M'Daniel,
L.  D   Haemorrhagic  malarial  fever in  Alabama.   Tr.  M
Ass  Alabama 1874, 27:  292-318.—Malaria control [Alabama]
J. M. Ass  Alabama, 1942-43, 12: 416-S.—Malaria in Alabama.
J. Am.  M. Ass., 1943, 123: 388.—Smillie, W. G.   Studies on
epidemic of malaria at the Gantt impounded  area.  Covington
County, Alabama.  Am.  J. Hyg.,  1927,  7:  40-72.------
Further studies on the  impounded area at Gantt, Alabama.
South. M. J., 1927, 20: 475-80.—Watson, R. B.. & Rice, M. E.
Some epidemiological  characteristics of  malaria in  north
Alabama as determined  by  data collected over the 20-year
period, 1923-1942. Am. J. Hyg., 1944, 40: 199-208.—Welch,
S. W.  Malaria control work  in  Alabama.  South.  M   J
1927,  20: 482.
en
  ----   Albania.

    Hassan   Richards,  F.    *Le  paludisme
  Albanie.  48p.   8?   Par.,  1938.
    Casini, G.   Notizie e rilievi sull'epidemiologia della malaria
  in Albania fino al 1939-40.  Riv. malariol.,  1941,  20: 75-
  115.—Coluzzi,  A. L'endemia malarica a Valona. Ibid.,  116;
  1942, 21: 198.—Matarese,  G.   Nota sull'endemia malarica  di
  una  zona deH'Albania meridionale (Dukai)   Ibid.,  1942, 21:
  47-52.—Pettazzi. A.  L'endemia malarica a Durazzo.  Ibid
  1941, 20: 158;  1942, 21: 177.—Prampolini,  N.  Le bonifiche
  dell'Albania.   Ibid.,  258-70.

  ----  Algeria.

    Grimal,  M.  M.   *L*evolution  du paludisme
  dans  la region  de  Bone  (de  1830  a  nos  jours)
  47p.  8°   Par.,  1934.
    Adida, P.  Le paludisme (a  propos du centenaire de l'Al-
  gerie) etude clinique, diagnostic,  therapeutique.  Gaz. hop.,
  1930,  103:  475-87.—Ambialet, R.  Quelques  observations
  parasitologiques  sur une epidemie de paludisme.   Arch.  Inst.
  Pasteur  Algerie, 1940, 18:  19-26.—Berlin.  Une epidemie de
 paludisme a Zeralda.  Bull. med.  Algerie,  1904, 15: 573-6.—
 Billet, A.  Une epidemie  de paludisme dans le sud  Constan-
 tinois.  C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1900, Sect. med. chir.
 mil. col.,  108.  •------  Sur la presence constante de l'hemato-
 zoaire de Laveran dans le paludisme en Algerie (Constantine)
 C. rend. Soc biol., 1901, 11. ser., 3: 1063-5.  ------  Contri-
 bution a l'etude du paludisme et de son hematozoaire en Algerie
 (Constantine)  Ann.  Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1902, 16: 185-94.—
 Brousses, A.  Contribution a l'etude du paludisme en region
 saharienne; observations  recueillies a  Djanet  au cours de
 l'epidemie de 1928-1929.  Arch.  Inst. Pasteur Algerie,  1930, 8:
 77-84, 3  pl.—Chaudoye,  H., & Billet,  A.   Le paludisme  a
 Touggourt en 1902; description des moustiques de Touggourt.
 Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1903,42:14-44— Clastrier, J.   Sur une
 epidemie  de paludisme  observee  a Msila  (departement de
 Constantine)  Arch.  Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1942, 20: 15-32,
 8 pl.—Collignon,  E.  Au sujet  de la carte du paludisme en
 Algerie; liste des localites  avec leur degre d'endemicite.  Bull.
 san. Algerie, 1939, 34: 255-71.—Coste, N. F. T.   Note relative
 an reveil  du  paludisme en Algerie  et particulierement dans la
 region d'Arzew  en 1904.  Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1905, 45:
 339-46.—Donatien,  A.  Hematozoaires autres  que les Plas-
 modium   pouvant  etre  rencontres  en  Algerie  (paludisme)
 Arch.  Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932, 10: 498-503.—Dreyfuss, A.
 Contribution a l'etude du paludisme dans la region des hauts-
 plateaux algeriens; le paludisme a Geryville  en 1930.  Ibid.,
 1931, 9:  352-73, 7 pl.—Esquier, G.  Etude d'un reservoir de
 virus paludeen  dans la region  du Kroubs (departement de
 Constantine)  Ibid.,  1929, 7: 181-3.—Etude epidemiologique
 du paludisme a Saint-Andre de  Mers el Kebir (departement
 d'Oran)   Ibid.,  1932, 10: 585-8.—Etude epidemiologique du
 paludisme a Tourville (departement d'Oran)  Ibid., 589-92.—
 Etudes epidemiologiques et prophylactiques sur le terrain.   In:
 Notice Inst.  Pasteur  Algerie, 1934, 1: 103-28.—Gaucher, L.
 La fievre paludeenne dans l'Est et le Sud-Ouest Oranais en 1904.
 Rev. med.  Afrique nord,  1904, 7: 271-5.—Gillet, R.  Etude
 epidemiologique  du  paludisme a  el  Goiea en  1937.  Arch.
 Inst.  Pasteur Algerie, 1938, 16:  360-81, 4 pl.—Gros,  H.  Le
 paludisme en Algerie.  Presse med., 1903, 2: 597-9.------
 La marche de  l'endemoepidemie palustre en Algerie.  Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1904,  8: 552^63.  ------  Paludisme de
 premiere  invasion  pendant  l'hiver   1905-06.   Bull.  med.
 Algerie, 1906, 17: 214-9.—Le Gaonach, J.  Un foyer de palu-
 disme au Hoggar, Tahifet.   Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1939,
 17: 438-41, pl.—Levy, C.   Sur les pertes causees par  le palu-
 disme  en Algerie.   Ibid.,  573.—Malafosse,  M.  P.  E.  Le
 paludisme a Geryville (Sud-Oranais)  (epidemies observees en
 1903 et en 1904)  Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1906, 47: 111-22.—
 Moreau,  L., & Soulie, H.   De la repartition du paludisme en
 Algerie.  Arch,  parasit., Par.,  1905,  9: 263-5.  ------ Le
 paludisme en Algerie; morbidite  et mortalite pendant l'annee
 1904 d'apres les  documents  adresses par les communes et par
les hopitaux militaires au  gouvernement general.   Bull. m6d.
Algerie, 1906,  17: 17-21.   ------  Le paludisme en Algerie
 pendant l'annee  1905.  Ibid., 1907, 18: 569-79.—Morenas, L., 
MALARIOGRAPHY
LV2
MALARIOGRAPHY
& Brun, J.  Acces pernicieux de  paludisme observe a. Lyon
chez un sujet ayant quitte l'Algerie depuis un mois.  Bull.
Soc. path,  exot., Par.,  1936, 29:  953-7.—Neveu, R.  Le palu-
disme en Algerie.   Vie med., 1931, 12: 407-10.—Paludismes.
In: Notice Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1934, 1: 89-102.—Parrot, L.,
& Catanei, A.  Sur la frequence  et les modalites des infections
paludeennes mixtes en Algerie. In: Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb.,
1937, 449-51.  Also Arch.  Inst.  Pasteur  Algerie,  1938,  16:
10-3.------  Sur les facteurs  d'apparition des epidemies de
paludisme  en Algerie.  C. rend.  Acad, sc,  1938, 207: 809-11.
------  & Ambialet, R.  Observations parasitologiques sur le
paludisme  en Algerie;  le paludisme epidemique.  Arch. Inst.
Pasteur  Algerie, 1940, 18: 402-40.—Parrot, L., Cantanei, A.
[et al.]   Observations  parasitologiques sur le  paludisme  en
Algerie;  R'oufi, novembre 1934 - mai 1936.  Ibid., 1938,  16:
459-85.—Poujol,  J.  L'hematozoaire  du  paludisme  dans la
region d'Ain-Bessem (Alger)  Caducee, 1906, 6: 90.—Sergent,
E.  Critique des rapports (les  medecins  missionaires; palu-
disme)   Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932, 10:  584.  ------
Epidemie de paludisme en Algerie.  Ibid., 22-33.----—-   Les
epidemies de paludisme  et la meteorologie en Algerie.  Bull.
Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 133-6.----—  Les conditions
du paludisme dans la banlieue sud-est de Maison Carree.
Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie,  1933, 11: 208-14,  5 pl.  ------
Les consequences economiques du paludisme dans une ferme
en creation en Algerie.   Ibid., 1939,  17: 575-7.  ------   Sur
l'oeuf d'Anopheles maculipennis  melanoon Hackett du littoral
algerois.  Ibid., 59-61, pl.  ------Catanei, A.,  & Senevet, G.
Monographies des  localites  denoncees comme  palustres  en
Algerie; etude epidemiologique et prophylactique du paludisme
en 1926-31.  Ibid.,  1932, 10: 359-402,  2  pl.—Sergent, E., &
Sergent, E.  Etudes epidemiologiques et prophylactiques  du
paludisme  en Alg6rie  en  1904.  Atti Soc.  stud,  malaria,
1905, 6:  105-38.   ------  Etudes epidemiologiques et  pro-
phylactiques du paludisme; cinquieme campagne en Algerie,
1906.  Ann.  Inst. Pasteur, Par.,  1907, 21: 28; 81.  ------   [et
al.]  Monographies  des  localites denoncees comme  palustres
en Algerie;  etudes  epidemiologiques et prophylactiques  du
paludisme en 1925-26.   Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Algerie, 1927, 5:
131-60.—Siegfried, G., & Izac,  R.  Le paludisme dans l'An-
nexe de  Laghouat.   Ibid., 1940,  18: 279-94, 2 pi.—Soulie,  H.
Contribution a l'etude du paludisme en Algerie; etiologie et
prophylaxie.  Presse med., 1903, 1: 192-4.   ------  Histoire
du paludisme en  Algerie.  C.  rend. Congr. internat. palud.
(1930)  1931, 2.  Congr.,  2:  402-45.   ------ & Moreau.   Le
paludisme en Algerie pendant l'annee 1904.   Bull. Acad, med.,
Par., 1905, 3. ser., 54:  228-37.—Treille,  A.   Le paludisme
en  Algerie.  Rev.  med. Afrique  nord,  1902,  5:  1897-910.
------   La lutte contre le paludisme en Algerie; lettre ouverte
a M. Jonnart.  Medecin, Brux., 1903,  13: 369-71.—Vincent,
J. B.  Un  point d'histoire du paludisme en Algerie.  C. rend.
Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2: 449-54.

----   Algeria:  Control.

   Sergent, E., & Sergent, E.   L'Armee d'Orient
delivrSe  du paludisme.   92p.   8?   Par.,  1932.
   Ambialet, R.  Observations sur la lutte antipaludique dans
le departement de Constantine au cours du 2» semestre 1932.
Arch. Inst. Pasteur Alg6rie, 1933, 11: 615-36,  5 pl.  ------
Observations sur la campagne antipaludique de 1936 et  sur
les campagnes anterieures dans le departement de Constantine.
Ibid., 1937,  15: 398-410, 2 pl.  ------ La campagne anti-
paludique de 1937 dans le departement de Constantine.  Ibid.,
1938, 16: 338-50, 3 pl.  ------   Sur un essai de destruction de
gites  a  larves  d'anopheles  par  la methode de Williamson,
herbage cover.  Ibid.,  161-5, pl.—Arnaud, J. La prophylaxie
du paludisme a In Salah (Tidikelt) essai  d'introduction  des
gambouses dans une oasis saharienne.   Ibid., 1935, 13: 369-76,
2 pl.—Ciavaldini.   Sur le role des  medecins de colonisation en
Alg6rie.  C.  rend.  Congr. internat.  palud.  (1930)  1931,  2.
Congr.  2: 446-8.—Collignon, E.   Observation sur la lutte
antipaludique en  1933 dans le departement d'Alger.  Arch.
Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1934, 12: 209-26, 7 pl.  ------  Obser-
vations  generales  sur la  campagne antipaludique  dans  le
departement d'Alger,  1934-1943.  Ibid.,  1935, 13:  377-96,
5 pl.; passim  in subsequent vols.  ------  Une grande mesure
antilarvaire;  l'assechement du lac  Halloula.  Ibid., 1938,  16:
166-75, 2  pl.—Fratani, L.  Etude epidemiologique du palu-
disme a Beni Abbes, Sahara Oranais, en 1937.  Ibid.,  1939, 17:
429-37, 2 pl.—Gillot & Sarrouy.   La prophylaxie du paludisme
chez I'enfant en Algerie.  J. med.,  Par.,  1935,  55: 161-4.
Also Med. inf., Par., 1935,  42:  1-16.  Also Rev. fr.  pediat.,
1935, 11:  115-7.—Gouget,  R.   La  campagne  antipaludique
dans le departement d'Oran et l'ouest  du departement d'Alger,
1935-38.  Arch. Inst.  Pasteur  Algerie, 1936,   14:   407-12;
passim  in  subsequent  vols.—Gros, H. Essai  d'organisation
d'une prophylaxie methodique du paludisme dans la vall6e du
Bas-Sebaou.  Bull.  mfed. Algerie,  1904, 15: 565-73.  ------
La lutte contre le paludisme a lecole.  Ibid., 1907, 18: 410-2.
------   La prophylaxie du paludisme dans la circonscription
de Rebeval, pendant l'annee 1905.  Ibid., 20-33.—Lasnet, A.
Organisation  et fonctionnement  du service antipaludique  en
Algerie.  Bull. Off. irternat. hyg. pub., Par., 1933, 25: 1747-65.
------& Sergent, E.  Organisation en Algerie de la lutte anti-
paludique.   Rev.  hyg., Par., 1932, 54: 531-42.—Legrain,  E.
La lutte contre le paludisme d'apres les nouvelles doctrines; la
ligue  contre  le  paludisme  en  Algerie.  Rev.  med.  Afrique
nord,  1904, 2. ser.,  7:  34; 53.—Ligue contre le paludisme  en
Algerie;  assemblee  generale.  Bull.  m£d.  Algerie, 1906,  17:
 HI 8.—Meunier,  R.   Prophylaxie du paludisme en  Algerie.
 Hull Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938. 30: 2800-3.—Moreau,
 L., &  Soulie, H.   Ia lutie contre le paludisme, d'apres nouvelles
 d.Vouvertes.   Bull. m6d. Alg.'ric  1903,  2. ser., 1:  285; 325.
   ----La lutte  contre  le paludisnie  en  Algerie.  Arch.
 parasit., Par.,  1905, 9: 272 8.  Mural, E.  Quininisation pre-
 ventive des agents du rfiseau algfrien des  chemins de fer Paris-
 Lyon-Mediterranee pendant deux ann6es  consecutive*.  Arch
 Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1926, 4: 474-81.—Parrot, L.  L'rnseigne-
 ment  antipaludique a  l'ecole.  Ibid., 157-00.—Sergent,  E.
 Organisation  de  la lutte  antipaludique  en  Algerie  Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1906, 10: 736-41.------Essai  de pen-
 plement d'une riviere d'Algerie (la R6ghaia) par les gambouses
 Arch.  Inst.  Pasteur Algerie,  1932, 10: 348-55, 7  pl.-----
 Sur l'utilisation du vert de Paris  comme larvicide en  Alg6rie,
 Ibid.,  356-8.  â– ------  Tournees  d'application (grande ma-
 noeuvres antipaludiques)  Ibid., 582.  ------ Parrot, L.  [et.
 al.]  Etudes epidemiologiques et prophylactiques du paludisme
 26", 27" et 28« campagnes en Algerie en  1927, 1928, et 1929.
 Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 46: 457-66.—Sergent, E., & Ser-
 gent.  E. R6sume du rapport sur la campagne antipaludique
 organisee en 1902 a la gare  de 1'Alma (Est.-Algerien)   Ibid.,
 1903,17:68-73.   ------  Campagne antipaludique en Algeria
 (1903)  Atti Soc stud, malaria, 1904, 5: 301-34,  pl.  -----
 Etudes epidemiologiques et  prophylactiques du paludisme  en
 Algerie, 1904 (and subsequent years)   Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par.,
 1905,  19: 129;  passim in subsequent vols.  ------  Vingt-cinq
 annees  d'etude et de prophylaxie du paludisme  en Algerie.
 Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1928, 6: 113-434.—Treille, A.   La
 lutte  contre le paludisme  en  Algerie; lettre ouverte a  M.
 Jonnart.  J. med. Paris, 1903, 2. ser., 15: 493.—Vade-mecum
 du medecin missionnaire antipaludique  en  Algerie.   Arch.
 Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932, 10: 568-73.

 ----  Andaman Islands.
   Covell, G.,  & Baily, J. D.   Observations on malaria in the
 Andamans; with  special reference to the enlarged  spleen  in
 adults.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 309-26.—Waters. E. E.
 Malaria as seen in the Andamans penal settlement.   Lancet,
 Lond., 1903, 1: 1657-62.  Also Ind. M. Gaz., 1903, 38: 419;
 444, pl.; 1904,  39: 5.

 ----  Angola.
   Mesquita, B. de.  Considerac5es  sobre o impaludismo em
 Angola.  Trop. Dis. Bull.,   Lond., 1943,  40:  744 (Abstr.)—
 Paludismo  [Angola]  Bol. san.,  Luanda, 1940, 3: 76-80.—
 Silva  Neves, J., & Ornelas, A.  Indice endemico  palustre  da
 cidade  de  S.  Paulo  de Luanda.  Bol.  assist, med.  indig.,
 Luanda, 1928,  2: 95; 155.  Also C. rend. Congr. internat. med.
 trop., 1932, 4:  999-1018, 3 ch., map.—Wellman, F. C.  Report
 on the endemic malaria of Bailundo District, Portuguese West
 Africa.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1907, 8:  29-58, pl.

----  Arabia.
   Buxton,  P.  A.   Rough notes;  anopheles  mosquitoes and
 malaria in Arabia.   Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1944-45,
 38: 205-14.

----  Argentina.

   Argentina.    Misi6n    de    Estudios  de
 PATOLOGfA  Regional  Argentina.   Publicaci6n
 No.  35: Investigaciones  sobre paludismo  en las
 provincias andinas.  20p.    27cm.   B.Air.,  1938.
   Alvarado, C. A.  Paludismo.   Bol. san.,  B. Air., 1939, 3:
 199-212.  ------  Paludismo; el estado endemo-epid6mico.
 Ibid., 1941, 5:  3-7.  ------   Direcci6n general de paludismo;
 memoria del afio 1942.   Ibid., 1943, 7: 3-29.—Andrada, E. M.
 Consideraciones clinicas sobre el paludismo en la provincia de
 Catamarca.  Rev. san. mil., B.  Air.,  1928, 27: 22<^h\ —
 Araoz Alfaro.  Sobre un caso de fiebre intermitente paludica  (?)
 An.  Circ  med.  argent., 1899,  22: 202.—Barbieri,  A.   El
 paludismo y los  factores meteorol6gicos y helioffsicos en la
 Republica  Argentina.  Prensa med. argent., 1930-31,  17:
 1616-28.  ------ & Cazes Irigoyen, A.  El paludismo y  los
 factores meteorol6gicos en la Republica Argentina; su epidemio-
 logia.   C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2.  Congr.,
 1: 423-34.—Canal Feij6o, E.  El paludismo en Santiago  del
 Estero.  Bol.  Inst. clin.  quir.,   B. Air.,  1927,  3:  625.—
 Carreras,  J.  A.   Un  caso  de fiebre intermitente paludica
 originaria  de  La   Plata, provincia  de Buenos Aires.  Rev.
 Soc.   med.  argent.,  1899,   7:  257-69.—Cossio,  R.,  hijo.
 Indices hematol6gicos  comparados  de  Tucuman   durante
 los anos 1923-24-25-26  v mitad de 1927.   Bol. Inst. clin.
 quir., B. Air.,  1927, 3: 610-24.  ------  Indice hematol6gico
 y  espienico del municipio de  la capital de Tucuman. Ibid.,
 1928,   4:  172-4.—Delfino,  J.  C.   Hemosporideos  paludicos
 de la  Republica Argentina.  An. Circ. med. argent., 1902,  25:
 350-2.  ------   Las  diversas especies de hemosporideos  pa-
 ludicos  en la Republica Argentina.  Rev. Soc. mfed.  argent.,
 1902,  10: 435-47.—Del Ponte, E.   Estudios sobre el paludismo
 del litoral  argentino.  Rev. Inst.  bact.  Malbran,  B. Air.,
 1942-43, 11: 469-509, 6 pl..—Dios, R. L., Sommerville, E. T.
 W. de [et al.]   Paludismo y  parasitos intestinales en  el terri-
 torio  de Misiones.  Ibid., 1934, 6: 458-535,  11 pl.—Ferloni,
 A. V.  J.  Acotaciones  medicomilitares  sobre algunas enfer-
 medades y ambientes ecol6gicos  del Norte Argentino; palu- 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           153                           MALARIOGRAPHY
  dismo.  Rev.  san. mil.,  B.  Air.,  1944,  43:  1542-85.—L6pez,
  R. A.  Estudios sobre los  habitos  de picar del Anopheles
  pseudopunctipennis en el Norte Argentino.  Reun. Soc. argent.
  nat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 2: 724-9.—Malaria.   Med.
  Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y., 1941-43, 5: 412—Mazza, S.,
  & Arroyabe, V.  Indices paludicos de  lactantes y ninos de
  Jujuy; necesidad de la protecci6n mecanica del recien nacido.
  Bol. Inst. clin.  quir.,  B. Air., 1928, 4: 210-2.—Mazza, S.,
  Basso,  G., &  Gardozo, A.   Comprobaci6n de  paludismo
  aut6ctono en el departamento Rivadavia, provincia de  Men-
  doza.  Pub. Mision estud. pat. reg. argent.  Jujuy, 1938, No.
  35, 3-15.—Mazza,  S.,  & Basualdo, C.  Caso aut6ctono de
  paludismo  comprobado en  el  departamento Alb9.rd6n,  pro-
  vincia San Juan; Anopheles pseudopunctipennis en la region.
  Ibid., 17-20.—Mazza, S.,  &  Calera Vital, F.  Consideraciones
  sobre un caso aut6ctono de paludismo a 3442 metros de altura.
  Reun. Soc argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 2: 718-
  23.—Mazza, S., & Rickard, E. R.  Investigaci6n sobre  las  rela-
  ciones entre paludismo y cultivo del arroz en la provincia de
  Tucuman.   Bol.  Inst.  clin.  quir., B. Air.,  1928,  4: 175-80.
  -----  Relacion del cultivo de arroz con la  difusi6n del palu-
  dismo en la provincia de Tucuman; informe  sobre  estudios en
  una estaci6n completa.  Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region.  (1929)
  1930, 5. meet., 2:  707-11.—Melfi,  J.  El  paludismo  en  el
  Norte Argentino.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 1, 493-501 —
  Mendiocroz, J.  Observaciones hechas en Salta.  Ibid.,  1934,
  41: pt 2, 39-47.—Paludismo  (El) en la ciudad de Salta.   Ibid.,
  1901, 8: 115; 136; 153;  179.—Paludismo (El) en la Republica.
  An. san. mil., B. Air., 1902, 4: 455-61.—Raetz, E.  Paludismo
  a cuatro mil metros de altura.  Bol. Tnst. clin. quir., B.  Air.,
  1926, 2: 481. .Romana, C.  Observaciones sobre la epidemia
  de malaria 1939-40 en Resistencia,  Chaco, y sus alrededores.
  Sem.  med., B.  Air., 1941, 48: pt  1, 257-61.—Stuckert, G. V.
  El paludismo de los departamentos del noroeste de la Provincia
  en relaci6n  a  las precipitaciones pluviales.  Bol. Dep.  hig.
  Prov. C6rdoba,  1941-42,  1: No.  4, 28-31.—Toranzos,  L. B.
  Casos de  paludismo en el Dep.  de  Mercedes  (Provincia de
  Corrientes)  Rev. Inst. bact. Dep. nac.  hig.,  B. Air., 1941, 10:
  196.  ------  Los  cuatro primeros  casos  de  paludismo en
  Mercedes  (Prov.  de  Corrientes)  tres  probables autoctonos.
  Sem.  med., B. Air.,  1941, 48: pt 2, 406-8.  Also Bol. san., B.
  Air., 1942,  6: 15-21.—Tossi, E.  Contribuci6n al  estudio del
  paludismo en  el  Alto Parana^  y Misiones.   Bol.  Inst.  clin.
  quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 200-5.—Vassallo, F. L.  Reflections on
  malaria in Argentina.   Med.  Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y.,
  1944-45, 6: 70-9.—Vera, C. A.  El paludismo en la Republica.
  An. san. mil., B. Air., 1904, 6: 191-4.—Zurutuza, N. J.   Ter-
  ciana maligna  importada  por  via maritima.   Sem. med., B.
  Air., 1942, 49: pt 2, 448.


  ----   Argentina:  Control.
    Alvarado, C. A.  Biology  of Anopheles pseudopunctipennis
  in the Argentine Republic and methods of control.  Acta Conv.
  malar, morb., 1938, 2: 100-2.  ------  Malaria control in the
  Argentine Republic  Ibid., 250-2.  ------   La lucha contra
  el paludismo en el pais.  Bol.  san.,  B.  Air.,  1938,  2: 451-63.
  ■---—  Comentarios a los proyectos de nueva ley de profiiaxis
  y lucha antipaludica.   Sem. med.,  B.  Air.,  1942, 49: pt 2,
  76-83.-—Barbieri,  A.  El saneamiento antipaludico del  Norte
  Argentino por la bonifica integral.  An. Dep. nac. hig., B. Air.,
  1926, 32: 49-52.  Also Prensa med. argent., 1926, 13: 329-37.—
  -----  La profiiaxis del paludismo y de la anquilostomiasis
  en el afio 1928.  An. Dep. nac. hig., B.  Air., 1930,  34: 23-52.
  -----  Resultados alcanzados en la lucha contra el paludismo
  en la  ultima decada;  la  reducci6n de la enfermedad en los
  principales centros poblados.   Prensa med.  argent., 1933-34,
  20:375-81.  â– ------   Los procedimientos de lucha antipaludica
  en la  Argentina; resultados  hasta  1936.   Ibid.,  1937,  24:
  2297-2305.—Bard. L.   Malaria in the  Argentine Republic;
  preventive measures.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1927, 30:  217.
  Also Progr. clfn., Madr., 1927, 35: 12375.—Barrionuevo, L. H.
  Consideraciones sobre la nueva ley de' profiiaxis antipaludica.
  Rev.  med.,  B.  Air.,  1942,  4:  116-21.—Bruchmann, C. A.
 Historia grafica del saneamiento antipaludico de  la ciudad de
 Santiago del Estero.  Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4:
 143-52.—Campana antipaludica durante el ano 1919: memoria
 de la Seccion Central.  An. Dep. nac. hig., B. Air., 1920, 26:
 39.—Crusade against malaria.  J. Am.  M.  Ass., 1942,  118:
 994.—Cultivo del arroz en las zonas paludicas; este Departa-
 mento  solicita  se adopten  las  pertinentes  medidas  para
 prohibirlo.  Bol. san., B. Air., 1940,  4: 488.—D'Amato, H. J.
 Profilaxia del paludismo  en la Republica Argentina. Bol. Of.
 san. panamer.,  1942, 21: 233-5.—Davis, N. C, Lobo, M. N.,
 & Cabarrou, F. G.  Lucha antipaludica  en Medinas (Prov. de
 Tucuman, Republica Argentina)  An. Dep. nac hig., B.  Air.,
 1926,  32: 13-35, 5 ch.   Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1927,  44:
 pt 1, 467-85.—Davis, N. C, & Rickard, E. R.  Plan de lucha
 contra  la  malaria  urbana en  el Norte Argentine   Bol. Inst.
 clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 119-30.  Also Sem. med., B.  Air.,
 1929, 36: pt 1, 652-8.—Ensenanza sobre profiiaxis del paludismo
 en las provincias de Tucuman, Salta, jujuy,  Catamarca, La
 Rioja  y  Santiago del  Estero.  An.  Dep. nac  hig., B.  Air.,
 1927, 33: 131-41.—Lopez, R. A.  Contribuci6n al estudio del
habito  de vuelo del Anopheles pseudopunctipennis  en su
relaci6n con la lucha antipaludica en el Norte argentino.  Reun.
Soc. argent,  pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet.,  2: 712-7.—
Mazza, S., & Gonzalez, C.  Informe epidemiol6gico pah'idico
de la margen izquierda  del rfo Chico en la ciudad de Jujuy
Bol.  Inst. clin.  quir.,  B. Air., 1926,   2:  154-62.—Nuevas
 directivas medico-sociales  que inspiran la lucha  contra  el
 paludismo en la Argentina.   Reforma med., Lima, 1937,  23:
 301-5.—Penna, J.  El paludismo y su profilaxia;  comentario
 al proyecto de ley sancionado por el Sena.  Sem. med., B. Air.,
 1905,  12:  1003-8.—Proyecto de  plan de lucha  contra  el
 paludismo  sancionado por  el  tercer Congreso nacional  de
 Medicina, Buenos Aires.  An. Dep.  nac hig.,  B.  Air., 1926,
 32: 9-12.—Quiroga,  J.   Resultados  del primer  afio  de
 saneamiento antipaludico  de La Merced (Catamarca)  Sem.
 med.,  B. Air.,  1944,  51: pt  2, 129-38—Sabate, E. L.  Los
 bi-dispensarios en el Norte.  Ibid.,  1935, 42: pt 2, 1330-2.—
 Sappia,  G.  Desagiies de los  barrios  Talleres, Firpo, Ingles y
 General Paz.   Bol.  Dep.  hig. Prov.  C6rdoba, 1941-42,  I:
 No. 4,  32-4— Sussini, M.,  & Alvarado, C. A.  Metodos de
 lucha antipaludica en la Republica Argentina; informe presenta-
 do a la  X. Conferencia sanitaria panamericana.   Bol. san.,
 B.  Air.,  1939,  3: 891-915, 2 ch.—W.  Die Malaria-Bekampfung
 in Argentinien.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 541.

 ----   Arkansas,  U. S.  A.
    Garrison, C.  W.   Malaria control  in  Arkansas in  1932.
 South. M. J.,  1933, 26: 469.—Grayson, W. B.  Malaria control
 in Arkansas, 1933, Ibid., 1934, 27: 652. ------Hastings, G.
 [et al.]   Malaria in Arkansas.  J. Arkansas  M. Soc, 1935-36,
 123-6.

 ----   Armenia.
   Ananian,  S.  A.   [Parasitology of  malaria  in  Armenia]
 Vest, mikrob., 1930, 9: 231-5.—Pirumov, H. N.  [Changes of
 the parasitary aspect of malaria in  the Soviet Republic of
 Armenia] In: Parasites (Pavlovsky, E.) Moskva, 1935, 389-97.

 ----   Asia.
   Hamilton, A. H. A preliminary report on the treatment and
 prophylaxis of malaria in southeast Asia.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull.,
 1943, 41: 267-72.—Polumordvinov, A.  D.   [On the duration
 of tropical malaria in Central Asia]  Med.  parazit., Moskva,
 1941,  10:  185-90.—Vlassov,  J. M.   [Fighting  malaria  in
 Central Asia]  Gig. epidem., 1929, 7: 99-103.

 ----   Australia.
   Cilento,  R. W.  Malaria  and blackwater fever.  In  his
 Trop. Dis. Australasia, 2. ed., Brisbane, 1942, 1-58, pl.  -———
 The prevention of malaria.   Ibid.,  1942,  48-58.   ------ &
 Baldwin, A. H.  Malaria in Australia.  Med. J. Australia, 1930,
 1:  274r-82.—Collier, J. M.  A case of malaria acquired near
 Sydney, New South  Wales.   Ibid., 1944, 2: 213.—De Nyse,
 W. J., & Johnson, M. H.  A clinical review of cases of malignant
 tertian  malaria encountered at Darwin,  Australia, January,
 1942.   Contact,  Pensacola, 1943, 3: 152-4.—Malaria  (The)
 problem in Australia.  Med. J. Australia, 1943,  1: 539.

 ----    Austria.
   Gioseffi,  M.   Zur  Kenntnis des perniziosen Malariafiebers
 m  sudlichen  Istrien.  Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1906,  19: 902-4.
 ------   Das Malariafieber im Jahre 1905.   Allg. Wien.  med.
 Ztg, 1907, 38.—In Innsbruck erworbene Malaria. Deut. med.
 Wschr.,  1944,  70:  171.—Sofer, L.   Die  Bekampfung der
 Malaria in Oesterreich. Zbl. inn. Med., 1907, 28: 1113-9.

 ----    Bahrein Islands.
   Afridi, M. K., &  Syed Abdul Majid.  Malaria in Bahrein
 Islands, Persian Gulf.  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1938,  1: 427-72,
 ch., 3 map.

 ----    Balkan  Peninsula.

   See  also other subheadings.
   Deak,  F.    ¥Le   paludisme  dans  le   delta
 danubien.   41p.   8?   Par.,  1934.
   Malaria in the Balkans.  Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 622.—Rankov,
 M.   Ueber  die  Malariakurven am  Balkan.  Arch.  Schiffs
 Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 373-81.

----    Barbados.
  Balfour, A.   The infection of Barbados with malaria.  Brit.
M.  J., 1928, 1: 114.—Low, G. C.  Malarial and filarial diseases
in Barbadoes,  West Indies.   J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1901,
4: 357.

----    Belgian Congo.
   Jensen, G.  [Tropical climate and malaria on the  Congo]
Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 1183-8.—Schwetz. J.  Sur la propor-
tion des diverses espeees malariennes trouvees chez les enfants
noirs d'une r6cente agglomeration de l'interieur du Congo beige.
C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1932, 111: 234.   ------ & Baumann,  H.
Study of the malaria index of young  natives of school age in
the settlement of Stanleyville (Congo Beige)  Tr.  R. Soc.
Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30, 23:  279-88.  ------ [et al.j
Sur la proportion  des trois espeees malariennes trouvees chez
les enfants noirs de la consultation des nourrissons  a Stanley-
ville (Congo  Beige)   Riv.  malariol.,  1933, 12:  888-96.—
Van den Branden, F., & Henry, E.   Le paludisme chez  les
enfants indigenes a Leopoldville.  Ann. Soc. beige med. trop.,
1929, 9:  37-43. 
MALARIOGRAPHY
i:>4
MALARIOGRAPHY
Borneo.
   Goelarso. [Larvae-and mosquito destruction in Bex locngan,
Last  Borncol  Ornirsk. tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1934. 74:  1345;
1352.—Nieuwenhuis, A. W.   De verspreiding van malaria in
verbund  met  de geologische gesteldheid  van  dt  afdeeling
Sambas-Borneo.  Ibid.,  1894, 34: 125-37.  •----Die gei-
stige Entartung dei Bevolkerung in Gebieten endemischer Ma-
laria; Borneo.   Janus,  Leiden,  1936,  40: 99; 132; 178; 244;
1937; 41: 88.  Also Acta leiden., 1937-38, 12: 158-220.


----   Brazil.

   Ctjpido,   .1.    D.     *l)as    febres    periodica*
provenientes  dos  miasmas paludosos.   lip.    8?
Bahia,  1868.
   Almeida,  G. de.   Impaludismo  urbano.  Hospital,  Rio,
1935, 7:  433-6.—Alves  Correa  Neto,  V.  Inquerito  epi-
demiologico sobre a malaria  em Matto Grosso.  Fol. med.,
Rio, 1940, 21: 177-9.—Austregesilo,  A.   Sobre um caso de
impaludismo em  zona urbana  (rua  Marquez  de Abrantes)
Brasil med., 1903, 17:  242.—Ayroza Galvao, A. L. O surto de
malaria nas  proximidades  da repreza do  Rio  Grande nas
imediacoes da  Cidade de Sao Paulo e o  Anopheles darlingi
Root, 1926.  Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1939-40, 10: 164-9.
  Grieco, S.  Infecao natural do Anopheles (N.) darlingi pelos
parasitas da malaria  nos arredores de S. Paulo.  Rev. paul.
med., 1941, 19: 230 (Abstr.)—Barreto  Goncalves.   Malaria
no Recife.  Rev. m6d. Pernambuco, 1936, 6: 7-13.—Barros, P.
Malaria em Itambi.  Ibid., 1940, 10: 105; 125, map.—Bezerra,
A.  Trasmissores da malaria no Brasil.  Fol.  med., Rio, 1936,
17: 4-7.  ----—   A  malaria  no Brasil (subsidio historico)
Med. cir. pharm.,  Rio, 1937,  No. 20, 59-70.—Cabral, O. R.
Malaria.  In his Medicina, Florianop., 1942, 41-3.—Caldas, C.
Malaria em Pontezinha, Pernambuco.  Rev.  hyg. saude pub.,
Rio, 1937, 11: 341-6.  ------   Malaria na  Ilha das Cobras,
Parand; reconhecimento da malaria.  Rev. med. Parana, 1940,
9: 30-3.  —-----   Malaria em Teresina.  Impr.  med., Rio,
1941, 17: No. 334, 90.—Carneiro, H., Del Negro, C, & Simoes,
J. S.   Inspecao  antimalarica  de  Guandu  (Campos)   Fol.
med., Rio, 1927, 8: 241 -3.—Carvalho, C.  O impaludismo e uma
ficiio no Estado de Sao Paulo.  Gaz. clin., S. Paulo,  1934, 32:
36-8.—Castro Baretto.  Indice endemico da  malaria na zona
de  Curumariin (D.  Federal)   Brasil  med.,  1932,  46: 33 —
Causey, O. R., Penido, H. M.,  & Deane, L. M. Observations
on malaria in the presence and absence of Anopheles gambiae
in an experimental area (Cumbe) Ceara,  Brazil.  Am. J. Trop.
M.,  1943,  23:  59-71.—Chagas,  E.   A  malaria no  vale do
Jaguaribe.  Ceara med., 1938, 18: No.  7,  17-29.—Coda, D.
Um caso de malaria quarta no litoral sul.  Arq.  hig., S. Paulo,
1943, 8: No. 19, 215.—Correa, R.   Informacoes sobre  a malaria
na  colonia japoneza  de  Tiete.  Ann. paul.  med. cir., 1936,
32: 131-42.------Os vetores de malaria no Estado de Sao
Paulo.  Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1943, 8: No. 19, 121-32.  Also Rev.
paul. med., 1943,  22: 332-6.   ------ & Ramos, A.  S.  Do
encontro do A.  darlingi Root, 1926,  e  do A.  oswaldoi  var.
metcalfi Galvao  e Lane,  1937, naturalmente infectados  com
parasita malarico,  na regiao sul do Est. de  S.  Paulo.  Ibid.,
1941, 19: 298 (Abstr.)  ------ & Rachou, R.  Anofelinos e
malaria em algumas represas do Estado  de Sao Paulo.  Rev.
paul.  med., 1943, 22: 411.—Costa Filho, A.   Malaria.  Arch.
hyg., S. Paulo, 1936, 1: 100-3.  ------  Notas sobre a  epi-
demiologia da malaria, principalmente no estado de Sao Paulo.
Ibid., 1937, 2: No. 3, 133-211, 5 pl.—Davis, N. C. A field study
of mountain malaria in Brazil.  Am. J. Hyg., 1926, 6:  119-38.
------& Boyd, M. F.  The occurrence of  quartan malaria in
the low coastal regions of the State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil;
an epidemiological study.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1926, 6: 195-203 —
Di  Primo, R.   O impaludismo autochtone do estado  do  Rio
Grande do Sul.  Sciencia med., Rio,  1929, 7: 115-7.
Impaludismo e anofelinas  do Rio Grande do Sul.   Arq.  rio-
grand. med., 1938, 17: 201; 271; passim, map.—Fajardo, F.
Notas par o estudo das formas clfnicas do impaludismo no Rio
de  Janeiro.  Brasil  med.,  1902,  16:  171;  181;  passim.—
Figueiredo,  B.  de.  Uma  inspecao  de  malaria em  Jitatina.
An. Soc. med. Bahia, 1940 (Jorn. med.)  110-29, map, 2 ch —
Fonseca, F. R. da, Braganca, U. [et al.]  Verificacao do A. (N.)
darlingi, naturalmente infectado,  no municipio de Sao Paulo.
Rev. paul.  med.,  1941, 19:  299  (Abstr.)—Fonseca,  J. A. B.
Notas sobre a inspecao preliminar realizada na Cidade de Tiete.
Arch, hyg., S. Paulo, 1936, 1: No. 2, 242-78, map, 7 ch
&  Lnti, O.  Infeccao experimental de anofelinos  de regioes
indenes a malana.   An. paul. med.  cir., 1943, 46: 210-3.—
Fontelle, J. P.  A  malaria  no Districto Federal.   Fol. med.,
Rio. 1938, 19: 118-22.—Fraga, J.   Inspeccao preliminar de
malaria em Porto Real.  Arq. saude  pub., Belo Horiz., 1935,
I:  No. 5,  37-45.  ------  Notas sobre a malaria no norte de
Minas.   Ibid., 1936,  2: No. 6,  59-61.  ------   Inspecao
preliminar  anti-malarica da cidade de  Paracatu.   Fol. med,.
Rio, 1936, 17: 91-4.—Franco do Amaral, A. D., Coutinho, J. O.,
&  Quaglia, F.  O.  Malaria quarta aut6ctone no  Estado de
S.  Paulo.  Rev. clin. S. Paulo, 1942, 12: 63-7.—Freitas, O. de.
As febres  palustres em Barra de Jangada.  J. med.  Pernam-
buco,  1905, 1: 90.—Galvao, A. A., & Lane, J.   Notas sobre os
Nyssorhynchus de  S.  Paulo;  sobre a infecao experimental do
Anopheles albitarsis e A. strodei da cidade de Sao Paulo,  pelo
 Plasmodium vivax.  Fol. clin. biol., S. Paulo, 1937, 9: 05 9.
 (.arcia Godoy. S.  A  malaria  em Sao  Luis, Marnnlmo.  Fol.
 med.,  Rio, 1942, 23: 228-33.-  (Joncalves Ferreirn. B.   Malnria
 no Recife.   Ibid.,  1934, 15: 329  31.   Grieco. S. J.   Estudo
 clinico, parasitol6gico e epidcmiologico da malaria no munirfpio
 de Silo Paulo.  Arq. cir. clin. exp., S. Paulo, 1943, 7:  109 299.
 ------Observacoes clfnicas sobre a malaria no municipio de
 Sao Paulo.  Ibid., 199-259.   ------  Ensaio epidcmiologico
 [malaria  no municipio de  Sao Paulo]  Ibid., 259-99.  ——
 Alguns dados sobre a malAria na cidade de S.  Paulo.  Rev
.paul. med., 1943, 23: 70-88.—Homem de Melbo. V.  I'm caso
 aut6ctone de malaria  quarta no  inunicipio  de  .lose Bonifacio
 Estado de S. Paulo.  Arq. hig.,  S.  I'aulo,  1943, 8: No. 19,
 205-7.  â– ------  Um caso aut6ctone  de  malaria quarta  no
 municipio de Porto Feliz,  Estado de S5o Paulo.  lipid., 211.
 ------  Mais um caso autoctone de malaria  quarta no Ksfado
 de S. Paulo.  Rev. paul. med.. 1943,  23: 292.  Also An. paul.
 med.  cir., 1944,  47:  301.   Kelly da Cunha  Lages,  J.  Da
 incidencia da malaria em Ribeirao das Lages, estado do Rio de
 Janeiro.  Arch,  hyg.,  Rio,  1930,  4:  No. 2,  155-79.—Kneese
 de Mello.  Sobre um  caso de malaria observado  em S.  Paulo.
 An. paul. med. cir., 1941,  42:  431.  Also Rev. clin. S.  Paulo,
 1941, 9: 168.—Lima, F. O.   four new cases of quartan malaria
 [Sao  Paulo]   J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,   1943,  122: 888.- I.oho,  A.
 Reflexoes sobre a  malaiia nas nossas  forcas de  terra,  Fol.
 med.,  Rio,  1930, 11:  208-10.—Lucena, D.  T. de.  Os Nysso-
 rhynchus de Pernambuco; Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus)  oswaldoi
 var. metcalfi  Galvao & Lane, 1937 muito  provavel  vetor da
 malaria em Pontesinha.  Ibid., 1940, 21: 176.—Machado, O.
 Regioes palustres do  estado do Rio de Janeiro; a malaria no
 estado do  Rio de Janeiro.   Biol, med., Rio, 1937,  4: No. 11,
 3-37.  ------  Regioes palustres do estado do Rio de Janeiro;
 um pouco  de estatfstica sobre a malaria no Estado do Rio de
 Janeiro.   Ibid.,  1938, 5:  39-67.—Magalhaes, R.  Sobre  as
 verminoses  e o  impaludismo  no Districto  Federal.   Brasil
 med.,  1918,  32:  173.—Malaria.   Arq.  big., Rio, 1941,  II:
 195-7.—Malnria in  the Amazon Basin.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942,
 119: 201.—Maragliano Junior,  L.  Consideracoes em  torno do
 criterio de zona malarica.  Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1943, 8: No. 19,
 9-19.  Also An.  paul. med. cir., 1944, 47: 493.—Mello Motta,
 L.  de.  A malaria na  Ilha de Guaratiba.   Acta med., Rio,
 1942,  9: 90; 216; passim. —Miranda, S. de.  A investigacao
 da procedencia de  casos de malaria e a declaracao oficial de
 zona  malarica.  Fol.  clin.  biol., S. Paulo, 1943,  15:  13-22 —
 Morato Proenca, L.  Alguns dados sobre peixes  larv6phagos.
 Arch,  hyg., S. Paulo,  1937, 2: No. 3, 221-8.—Moss, B.  Do
 impaludismo em  Ouro Preto.  Brasil med.,  1897,  11: 302.—
 Oliveira Coutinho, J.  O Anopheles (N.)  oswaldoi  metcalfi
 Galvao e Lane, 1937 e o Anopheles (N.) albitarsis Arribalzaga,
 1878  como  transmissores  de  malaria  no  Distrito  Federal.
 Ibid.,  1942, 56:  52-5.'—Oliveira  lima, F. de, & Alves dos
 Santoe,  I.  Quarto casos  autoctones de malaria  quarta no
 municipio  de Itaporanga,  Estado de Sao Paulo.  Arq. hig.,
 S. Paulo, 1942, 7:  No. 15, 115-9, pl.   Also  Rev. paul. med.,
 1942,  21:  405.—Pereira Barretto, M.  Um caso de maldria
 quarta no Estado de Sao  Paulo.  Ibid., 1943, 22: 179-81.—
 Pessoa, S. B., & Prado, A.   Ligeiras notas sobre a malaria em
 S. Vicente.  Ann. paul. med. cir., 1925, 16: 142-8.—Pinotti, M.
 O problema da malaria do  Brasil e a  sua invasao  pelo  A.
 gambiae.  Arq. hig., Rio, 1940, 10: 127-60.—Pinto, C.  Sobre
 a  malaria  reinante na Cachoeira do Marimbondo (Estado dc
 Sao Paulo)  Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1931, 39: 170-2.   -----
 Disseminacao da malaria pela  aviacao; biologia do Anopheles
 gambiae e outros anofelineos do Brasil.  Mem. Inst.  Oswaldo
 Cruz,  1939,  34:  293^30,  62  pl.  —---- & Claused, D.  T.
 Contribuicao  ao  estudo   da   malaria  quarta   (Plasmodium
 malariae) novos f6cos em Minas Gerais,  Brasil.   Rev. brasil.
 biol.,  1942,  2:  489-94.—Prado,  A.    Observac5es sobre  oa
 surtos de  impaludismo  registrados em 1931  no  Estado  de
 S. Paulo.  Ann. paul.  med. cir., 1932,  24:  163-6.  ----- &
 Carvalho,  A. E.   A  disseminacao da  malaria no estado  de
 S. Paulo.  Ibid., 1930, 21: 94; 111, map.—Prado, A., & Godinho,
 R.  Provavel caso  autochtone  de impaludismo registradd era
 S. Paulo.  Ibid.,  193o, 29:  295-7.—Ribeiro Vianna.  Notas de
 contribuicao ao estudo das formas clinicas  do paludismo na
 Bahia. Gaz. med.  Bahia, 1903-04, 35: 481-5.—Rosenfeld, G.,
 & Schechtmann, H. Caso aut6ctone de malaria em Sao Paulo,
 Capital.   Rev.  paul.  med., 1942, 20:  98.—Sampaio, P. A.
 Algumas consideracoes sobre a malaria do Vale do Jaguaribe.
 Ceara med., 1939, 19: No.  9, 35-41.—Sant'Anna, I.  Inspecao
 preliminar sobre malaria na estac&o de  Alcindo Guanabara.
 Impr. med., Rio, 1944-45, 20: No. 369, 82-100.—Schiavi. A.
 Um caso de quarta regLstrado pelo  nosso  service em Jupia.
 Arq. big., S. Paulo, 1943, 8: No. 19, 201.- Souza Pinto, G. de.
 A malaria no sul de Minas Geraes.   Fol.   med.,  Rio,  1933,
 14: 170—4.  ------ A malaria e a estrada de ferro central do
 Brasil.  Arch, hyg., Rio,  1936, 6: No.  1, 121-53.-----A
 malaria no Vale  do Jaguaribe.  Ceara  med., 1938, 18: No. 8,
 3-11.—Telles, N.  F.   Inspecao   realizada  na Companhia  S.
 Martinho  focalizando o problema da  malaria.   Arch, hyg.,
 S. Paulo, 1930. 1 : No.  2, 229-35, map, ch.—Unti, O.  O pH dos
 solos e dos foeos de Anopheles e  a epidemiologia da malaria
 no Brasil.  Ibid., 1942, 7: No.  15, 125-58.  ------ & Ramos,
 A. S.  Anofelismo das alturas no Brasil meridional.  Ibid.,
 91-106.—Vargas,  A.   Alguns  aspetos  epidemiol6gicos  da
 malaria no planalto de Sao Paulo.  Ann. paul. med. cir., 1939,
 38: 445-53.—Viana,  J. X.   O  impaludismo  no  interior do
 Estado.  Ibid., 1942,  43: No. 3, Suppl.,  2. 
MALARIOGRAPHY
155
MALARIOGRAPHY
---  Brazil: Control.

   Boyd, M.  F.  Studies  of the  epidemiology  of
malaria  in  the  costal lowlands  of  Brazil,  made
before and after the execution of control measures.

261 p.  8?   Bait,, 1926.
   Also Am. J. Hyg. Monogr.  Ser., No. 5, 1926.

   Correa, C.   *Inspecao preliminar na malaria.

B9p.  8°  S. Paulo, 1926.
   Albuquerque  Soares, H. de.   A necessidade da orientacao
-Unica no tratamento  do impaludismo nas campanhas sani-
tarias.  Hospital, Rio,  1938,  13: 369-72.—Andrade, A. de, &
Ferreira Pinto, S. C.   Incidencia da malaria no Brasil; resul-
tados ja'  obtidos na prophylaxia da doenca.   Arch, hyg., Rio,
1930, 4: No. 2, 181-95, 2 ch., 5 map.—Araujo Silva, I. F.  de.
Impr'essoes de uma visita as obras de saneamento da Baixada
Fluminense.   Rev.  Ass. paul.  med., 1939, 14: 267-81.—Barros
Barreto, A. L. de.   Combate ao paludismo nas zonas rurais da
Bahia. An. Soc. med.  Bahia, 1940 (Jorn. med.) 40-52.  Also
Cienc.  med.,  Rio,  1942-43, 11: 417-31.  Borges  Santos, A.
Profilaxia quimica da malaria  no Servico  geografieo e hist6rico
do Exercito; destacamento especial  do nordeste.  Rev. med.
mil., Rio,  1943, 32: 231-44.—Castro  Barreto,  A.  Indicacao
de varios  methodos de prophylaxia  da malaria  (Districto
Federal) Congr.  brasil.  hyg. '1923) 1926, 1:  201-8—Coda, D.
Dados epidem iologicos  referentes a malaria na vertente atlan-
tica; contribuicao ao saneamento da Baixada Paulista.   Fol
clin  biol., S. Paulo, 1943, 15: 53-63.—Combate a malaria no
Brazil. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1942, 40: 103-6.—Decreto-Iei No.
3,672, de  1. de outubro de 1941; regula o regime de combate  a.
malaria em todo o pais.  Arq. hig., S.  Paulo, 1942, 7: No. 14,
183-8.—Estancia (A) do Guaruja esta perfeitamente saneada;
o notavel trabalho realizado pela  estacao  experimental de
malariologia all localizada.  Ibid., No. 15, 403-5.—Ferrari, A.
Os plasmodios de  Laveran;  seu tratamento  pela quinina  e
mercurio.  Brasil med., 1942, 56: 119-22.—Ferreira Pinto, S.
C.  Medidas de defesa individual em zonas de incidencia de
malaria.  Ibid.,  19-41,  55: 569-71.   ------ & Albuquerque
Soares H. de.  Conclusoes  que se offerecem ao estudo do pro-
blema da colonizacao das zonas de endemia malarica da Baixada
Fluminense.   Ibid.,  1940, 54: 864-7.—Fifth  columnist mos-
quitoes crushed by malaria fighters; no sign of dreaded disease-
carrying insect from Africa found in Brazil at end of year 1940.
Science News Lett., 1941, 39: 199.—Fischer. Diagnose, trata-
mento e prophylaxia da malaria. Med. germ.,  Rio, 1941-42,
10: 1-5.—Fonseca, L.  C.  Profilaxia da  malaria em tempo de
guerra.  An. paul.  med. cir., 1944, 47:  195-223—Fraga, J.
0 combate a malaria  em Minas.  Fol.  med., Rio, 1935,  16:
565;  1937,  18:  438.   â– ------  Combate  a  malaria.  Arq.
saude pub., Belo Horiz., 1937,  5: No.  7, 33-5—Guimaraes
Rachou, R.  Relat6rio sobre  o inquerito epidemiologic© reali-
zado na Fazenda Coruputuba, Agosto de 1941.  Arq. hig., S.
Paulo, 1942, 7:  No. 15, 253-72, incl.  3  pl.. 2 maps.----r
Relatorio sobre o recenseamento realizado na represa do  Rio
Grande.  Ibid.,  243-50.—Leite,  D.   Algumas  notas  sobre  o
paludismo no alto  Sao  Francisco.  Brasil  med., 1933,  47:
169-71.—Machado, O.  Profilaxia da malaria.  Hora med.,
Rio, 1941, No. 37, 35-43.—Malaria control in Brazil.  J. Am.
M.  Ass.,  1940, 114: 2398.—Nascimento, T.   Campanha anti-
malarica.  Brasil med.,  1907, 21: 413-6.—Opiniao da Liga
das nacoes sobre o  tratamento e a piofilaxia do impaludismo
Rev. Ass. brasil. farm., 1940,  21: 19.— Pascale, H.  Discurso;
inauguracao da Secao experimental do Servico de profilaxia da.
malaria.  Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1940, 5: No. 9, 351-5—Peryassu,
A.  A malaria no Brasil; sua profilaxia e distribuicao geografica.
Fol.  med., Rio,  1940,  21: 83-9.  ------  Piano geral de or-
ganizacao  do combate  a  malaria  no  Brasil.   Ibid.,  61-3.
-----Saneamento da Amazonia; piano geral de oiganizacao
para combater a malaria na  Amazonia.  Hospital, Rio, 1941,
19: 77-83.—Pinheiro Guimaraes, J., & Menk, W.  O combate
chimiotherapico ao impaludismo na zona rural.  Ibid., 1935,
7: 621; passim.—Prado, A., & Pess6a, S. B.  Ligeiras consi-
deracoes sobre alguns pontos da epidemiologia e prophylaxia da
malaria no Estado  de  S. Paulo.  Sciencia med., Rio, 1927, 5:
81-99,  ch.—Rabello,  D.  Indicacao de varios  methodos de
prophylaxia da  malaria  (Pernambuco)  Congr. brasil.  hyg.,
Rio (1923) 1926, 1: 209.—Ramires, A.   Um ano de luta anti-
malarica.  An. Soc. med. cir. Rio Grande do Norte, 1940, 2:
No.  2, 1-17.—Rogerio, L.  O  combate ao paludismo no S.
Francisco  (suas dificuldades)  An.  Soc. med. Bahia, 1940
(Jorn. med.)  96-104.—Servico  nacional de malaria.  Impr.
med., Rio, 1942, 18: No. 337, 140.—Silva Jardim, A. da.   A
salinidade das lagoas do Districto Federal  e sua importancia
na prophylaxia da malaria.   Arch, hyg., Rio, 1936, 6: No. 3,
119-39.—Souza Pinto,  G.  de.  Um campanha  anti-ma la rica.
Fol.  med.,  Rio, 1931, 12:  210-3. ------  Como encarar o
problema da malaria.   Arch, hyg., Rio, 1935, 5: No. 2, 35-73.—
Vargas, A.  O servico  contra a malaria na  Serra do  Cubatao.
Fol. med., Rio, 1931, 12: 189.
---   British colonies.
   Edge, P. G.  The incidence and distribution of malaria in
British colonial possessions.  Trop. Dis. Bull.. Lond., 1937,
34: Suppl., 3-12.
----   Bulgaria.

   Babinoff, L.   *Lcs rizieres en  Bulgarie comme
foyer d'impaludation.   71p.   8?   Par.,  1935.
   Beynoff, S.    *Malaria in  Bulgarien.    29p.
S?   Lpz.,  1933.
   Dontcheff, D.   *L'organisation  de  la lutte
antimalarienne  en  Bulgarie.   79p.    8?   Par.,
1935.
   Drensky, K.   *Bekiimpfung und Erforschung
der  Malaria  in  Petritsch   (Bulgarien)   [Bern]
p.550-9.   23cm.   Wurzb.,  1940.
   Gavriloff,  B.  La  lutte  antipaludeenne en
Bulgarie et  son  organisation.  119p.   8?   Par.,
1930.
   Mollow, W.  Ueber  Malaria  in  Bulgarien.  Acta Conv.
trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2: 240-9.—Rousseff.  Quelques mots
sur le paludisme en Bulgarie.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1907,
8:  107-9.  Sliwensky, M. Die  Malariafrage  in  Bulgarien.
Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1927,  31:  414-28.   ------   Die
Malaria in Bulgarien und ihre Bekampfung.   C. rend. Congr.
internat. med.  trop.  hyg., 1932,  4:  947-56.   ------   Fiinf
Jahre kombinierte Mplariabekampfung in Bad Gorno-Panit-
scheri.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1934,  38: 74-80.   ------
Verbreitung, Klinik und Therapie der schweren Malariaformen
in Bulgarien, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Schwarz-
wasserfiebers.  Arb.  Tropenkrankh.  (Festschr. B.   Nocht)
Hamb.,   1937,  582-5.  ■—-——  Beitrag  zur Malariabekam-
pfung im heutigen Bulgarien.  Deut. tropenmed. Zschr., 1943,
47: 613-24.

----   Burma.
   Chaudhuri, R. N., & Chaudhuri, M. N. R.   Observations
on malaria and other conditions seen in Burma evacuees.  Ind.
M. Gaz.,  1945, 80:  97-102.—Haas, V. H.  Winged threat to
China;  mosquito carrying  deadly  malaria is real threat to
Burma  road;  lend-lease aid in form  of medicines.   Science
News Lett., 1941, 40: 298.—Jafar, M.   Malaria  in Mingaladon
cantonment, Burma.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 493-8.—James,
E. R.   The investigation of the  high incidence of  malaria in
Mawchi Mines area, situated in Karenni States, Burma, and
the measures adopted to combat and control the disease.  J.
Malaria Inst.  India,  1941, 4:  153.-—Malaria greatest problem
facing Chinese on Burma road.  Science News Lett., 1940, 38:
359.—Malaria on the Burma  road.  Lancet, Lond.,  1941, 1:
315.—Robertson, R. C.  A malaria survey on the China-Burma
highway.  Tr.  R. Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1940-41, 34:
311-32, 4 pl.—Seagrave, G. S.  Malaria and  airplanes.  In
his Burma Surgeon, N. Y., 1943,  119-33.—Williams, L. L.. jr.
Malaria on  the China-Burma highway.  Am.  J.  Trop. M.,
1941, 21: 1-11.

----  Cameroons.
   Cartron.  Recherches sur  1'index  endemique paludeen  a
Dschang et a N'Kongsamba  (Cameroun) en fevrier et mars
1928.   Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1928, 26: 435-49.

----  Canada.
   Fisk, G. H.  Malaria and the anopheles mosquito in Can-
ada.  Canad.  M. Ass. J.,  1931, 25: 679-83.—Riddell, W. R.
An early description of malaria in Canada.  Med. J. & Rec,
1926, 123: 761.—Williams, T. H.  Malaria in Canada.  J.
Canad.  M. Serv., 1944-45, 2: 44-6.

----   Central America.
   Brown, O.  J., &  Ware, R.  L.  Observations on mosquito
and malaria  control in the Caribbean area.  U. S.  Nav. M.
Bull., 1941, 39: 614-31, pl.—Clark, H. C.  Spleen and parasite
rates as measures of malaria  in the Caribbean area.  Am. J.
Trop. M., 1928, 8: 423-42.—Egbert, J. H.  Notes  on malarial
fevers in Central America.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, 60: 255.—
Herrera, J. R.  Contiibuci6n al estudio de la lucha antimalarica
in Centro-America.   Bol. san. Guatemala, 1938, 9: 150-60.—
Kumm, H. W.  The adaptability of control measures to the
malaria vectors of the Caribbean region.  In: Sympos. Human
Malaria (Am.  Ass. Advance. Sc.) Wash.,  1941, 359-64.

----   Ceylon.

   Dunn,  C. L.   Malaria  in Ceylon; an enquiry
 into   its   causes;  the   therapeutic  and   other
 measures used  during the epidemic  of  1934-35,
 with  recommendations  for  the  prevention  of
 future epidemics.   57p.  fol.   Lond.,  1936.
   Ross, R.   Malaria-control  in Ceylon  planta-
 tions.   14p.  8?   Putney,  1926.
   Carter, H.  Observations on epidemic malaria in the South-
 western  Lowlands  of Ceylon.  Ceylon  J.  Sc, 1926-30,  2:
 Sect. Med.,   177-89, pl.  map.—Cellappah. S. F.   Malaria 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           15(i                           MALARIOGRAPHY
control in Ceylon. J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1939, 36:293- 312.—
Clemesha,  W. W.  Brief account of the natural history of
malaria in Ceylon.  Ceylon J. Sc, 1933-34, 3: 157-72, 2 ch.—
Dalrymple-Champneys.  W., & Briercliffe, R.  The  malaria
epidemic in Ceylon. Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 1015; 1176.  •-----
Discussion on the malaria epidemic in Cevlon, 1934—35. Proc.
R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 537-56.—De Livera, P. L. F.
An investigation  to determine the degree of anophelism in
Rambukpotha Oya,  Badulla, and its vicinity and some remarks
about the epidemiology of malaria in  Ceylon.  J. Cevlrn Brit.
M. Ass., 1939, 36: 343-65, map.—Dickson, R. M.  The malaria
epidemic  in Ceylon, 1934-35.   J. R. Army  M. Corps, 1935,
65: 85-90.—Dunn, C. L.  Some observations on the therapeutics
of malaria  in  Cevlon.   Tr. R. Soc  Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond.,
1936-37,  30: 233-44.—Epidemic  of  malaria in  Ceylon.   J.
Am. M. Ass., 1935,  104: 845.—Gill, C. A.  Some points in the
epidemiology of malaria arising out of the study of the malaria
epidemic  in Ceylon  in 1934-35.  Tr.  R. Soc.  Trop. M. Hyg.,
Lond., 1935-36,  29: 427-80.  —;---   The mode  of  onset of
the malaria epidemic in  Ceylon.  Ibid., 1936-37, 30: 101-7.—
James, S. P.   L'epidemie de paludisme  a Ceylon en 1934-35.
Bull.  Off. internat.  hyg. pub., Par., 1935, 27: 1135-40, map.
------  The mode  of onset of the Ceylon malaria epidemic
Tr. R. Soc.  Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond.,  1936-37,  30: 269 —
McDonald, W. M.  The malaria epidemic in Ceylon. Brit.
M. J., 1935, 1: 1001.—Malaria epidemic in Ceylon; first-hand
experiences. Ibid.,  590.—Malaria in  Ceylon.  Lancet, Lond.,
1935, 1: 157; 693; 1935, 2: 1077;  1941, 1: 154.—Martini, E.
Ceylon-Malaria.   Anz. Schadlingsk., 1935, 11: 103-5.   â– -----
Zur Malariaepidemie in  Ceylon.  Med. Welt., 1935, 9: 698 —
Rustomjee. K. J.  Observations  upon the  epidemiology of
malaria in  Ceylon. J. Malaria Inst. India, 1944, 5: 469.—
Schilling, C.  Die Malariaepidemie auf Ceylon 1934-35 nach
den Berichten von Briercliffe und Gill. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg..
1936,  40:   51-63.    ------   Die  Malaria-Epidemie  auf
Ceylon 1934-35.   Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1936, 36: 65-9.—Seiffert, G.
Die  Malariaepidemie  1934-35 in  Cevlon.   Miinch. med.
Wschr., 1936, 83:  732-5.—Silva,  S. de.   Observations  on
some interesting cases occurring during the malaria  epidemic in
Ceylon.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935, 38:  66-72.  Sivalin-
gam,  V.  Observations on the malaria epidemic in Watawala
district during the Ceylon malaria  epidemic  1934-35  and
its after-history.  J. Cevlon Brit.  M. Ass.,  1938, 35: 29-54.
------   Malaria.  Ibid.,   196-207.    ------   Spleen   and
parasite surveys  in Ceylon.   J. Malaria Inst. India, 1943,
5: 261-5, 3 maps.  —---- & Rustomjee, K. J.   Spleen  and
parasite surveys  in Ceylon.  Ibid.,  1941, 4: 155-73.—Stricken
Ceylon.  Current Sc, Bangalore,  1934-35, 3: 371.—Swellen-
grebel, N. H.  [Malaria epidemic in Ceylon in 1934—351 Ned.
tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 5681-5.—Van Rooyen, C. A.  Reflec-
tions  on  the  malaria epidemic  of  1934-35.   J. Ceylon Brit.
M. Ass.,  1937, 34:  169-76.—Wijerama, E. M.  A laboratory
survey of the malarial epidemic  Ibid., 1935, 32: 28-37.  ------
The mode of onset of the malaria epidemic in Cevlon 1934-35.
Ibid.,  1937, 34:  55-64,  map.—Worth, H.  N.,  &   Subrah-
manyam, K.   Anti-larval flushing of rivers  and  streams in
Ceylon.  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1940,  3: 81-92,  2 pl.—Zum
Busch, J.  P.   Malariaepidemie in Ceylon.  Schweiz. med.
Wschr., 1935, 65: 727.


----  Chile.
   Gonzalez Henriquez, E.  Profilaxia  del paludismo. Congr.
med.  cir. nav. mil.  Chile, 1929, 380.—Noe,  J.   Un  afio de
campana   antimalarica  en  Arica.   Arch,   med., Santiago,
1938,  5:  19-37.   ------  &  Neghme,  A.   Observaciones
preliminares sobre la endemia malarica en el interior de Iquique;
Pica,  Chintaguay y el Valle.  Rev. chilena hig., 1939, 2: 331-9.
------  Observaciones preliminares sobre la endemia malarica
en el  interior de Iquique; Quebrada  de Tarapaca.  Ibid.,
341-8.  ------   Contribuciones al conocimiento de la  epi-
demiologia malarica en la provincia de Tarapacd; Quebrada de
Vitor, Codpa-Chaca.   Proc. Am. Sc.  Congr.  (1940) 1942,
8. Congr.,  6: 325-37,  3 pi.  Also Rev. chilena hig., 1940-41,
3: 199-230, 13 pl., 2 maps, ch.—P5ez, R.  Indice epidemiol6gico
de la  malaria en  el departamento de Arica.   Rev. Inst. bact.
Chile, 1930, l:No. 4, 41-8.

----  China.

   Jettmar,   H.  M.    Beobachtungen   iiber   die
Malaria in Zentral-China; personliche Erfahrun-
gen  iiber den Pestherd  von Shansi und  Shensi.
52p.  8?   Lpz.,  1932.
   Barbezieux.  Le  paludisme a Mong-Tseu  (Yunnan) Ann.
hyg. med. col., Par., 1905, 8: 100-2.—Barnes, W. G. K.  Two
notes on malarial fever in China.   J. Trop.  M., Lond., 1902,
5: 66.—Burke, M. R.  Antimalaria report upon the proposed
cantonment site  at  Kau Lung Tsai.   J.  R.  Army M. Corps,
1937, 69: 1; 84, ch.—Chen-Wong,  Z. C.  Blackwater fever in
Humming;  report of three cases. Chin.  M. J., 1941, 59: 387.—
Chiang, W. L., & Yang, C. S.  Prevalence of malaria in the
mausolean  district in Nanking; a  preliminary survey.  China
M. J., 1933, 47:  689-93.  ------  Some notes on malaria in
Nanking; a review  of 250 cases.   Ibid.,  1934, 48: 124-37.—
Crook, R. L. Some notes on malaria in Szechwan.  China M. J.,
1939, 55: 465-78.—Dang, M. G., Hemenway, R. V., & Lau, S.
Report of 960 cases of  malaria in Mintsing, Fukien.  Ibid.,
1935, 49:1235—40.—Faust, E. C. An inquiry into the prevalence
of malaria in China.  China M. J.. 1926,  40: 937-56- Feng.
L. C.   Malaria and its transmission in Kwangsi, China.  Chin.
M. J.,  1936, 50: 1799-814, 4  pl.------  The anopheline
mosquitoes and the epidemiology of  malaria in  China.  Ibid.,
1937,  51: 1005-20.  ------  The epidemiology of malaria in
China.   Acta  Conv. trop.  malar,  morb.,  1938, 2: 209-21.—
Gaschen, H.   Faune  entomologique  des voies  d'acces  au
Yunnan.  Bull.  Soc.  path, exot., Par.,  1935, 28:  194 8.—
Gear, H. S.  A note on malaria in China; the Chinese Medical
Association hospital survey.  Chin. M. J., 1936, 50: 131 -6.—
Hindle, E., & Feng Lan Chow.  Experiments with malaria and
mosquitoes in  Shantung, China; with a note  on the value of
local species of  fish for  the destruction of mosquito  larvae.
Tr. -R.  Soc. Trop.  M.  Hyg.,  Lond., 1929-30, 23:  71-80.—
Jackson, R. B.  Annual report of the work of the malaria bureau
for the year 1936.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1939, 42: Suppl.,
24.—Johnstone,  I. L.  Note on malaria epidemic in nonan,
1931.   China M. J., 1934, 48: 56-8.—Judd, F. H.   Curious
names  and remedies for ague.   China M. Miss. J., 1900, 14:
163.—Kan, H. C.  Prevalence of malaria in  Kweichow province.
Chin.  M. J., 1941, 59: 77-83.  ------ & Khaw, O. K.  Some
observations on the prevalence  of malaria in Nanking  and  its
vicinity.  China  M. J.,  1934,  48:  109-23.—Kitabatake, E.,
Yamamoto,  Y., & Murase, W.  Control of malaria  in the
Fushun mines in 1933.  J. Orient. M., 1934, 21: 19.  -Lai, G.,
Li,  Y.  J., & Chang,  W.   A malaria survey  in  Kao-Chiao,
Shanghai.  Chin.  M.  J.,  1935, 49:  462-8.—Legendre,  J.
Le paludisme au Se-Tchoan.  Presse  m6d., 1907, 15: annexes,
778.—Liu, L. S.  The prevalence of malaria among  railroad
workers at the Hunan-Kwangtung border.   Tr. Far East. Ass.
Trop.  AI., 1931,  9: pt 2,  159-64.—Ma, L.  S.  [Malaria survey
of Wanting,  Yunnan]  Nat. M. J. China,  1941,  27: 587-91.—
Mackenzie, M.  Instruction in the prevention  of malaria in
China.   Climate,  Lond.,  1905, 6: 291.—Malaria in Nanking.
China M. .1., 1934, 48: 165-7.—Morgenroth. Bericht uber die
Malaria-l'>krankungen  zu  Tientsin  im  Herbst 1900.   Deut.
mil. arztl. Zschr., 1901, 30: 481-86.—Nauck, G.   Altchinesischc
Medizin  und Malaria.   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31:
197-201.—Pan, J. S. Malaria in Wusih; a review of 225 cases.
Chin. M. J., 1937, 51: 971-8.—Robertson, R. C.  Malaria in
Western Yunnan with reference to the China-Burma highway.
Ibid., 1940, 57: 57-73. ------& Chang, T. L.  Malaria survey
in Western  Yunnan,  Lungling area  and  Lushih  County.
Ibid., 58: 446-55.—Rose, G., & Wang, B. L.  Beobachtungen
aus 7  Jahren  fiber das  Vorkommen von Malaria  tertiana,
Malaria  tropica und Malaria  quartana  in Hangchow und
einigen anderen Pliitzen Chekiangs. Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1937,  41: 130-53.—Scientific  identification of the  so-called
changch'i; in the province of Kweichow and Kwangsi border.
Annual Rep. Centr. Field Health Sta. [China] (1935) 1936, 17 —
Su, T.  L., & Huang, T. F.  Malaria as a rural social problem
in the south-western suburbs of Shanghai.   Chin. M. J., 1937,
51: 963-70.—Tanaka, S.   Untersuchungen der hygienischen
Gegenstande in der  Yulin-Gegend auf der  Insel Hainan; iiber
die Malaria in der Yulin-Gegend.   Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1943, 51:
71.—Thomson,  J.  D.   Malaria [in  Hankow]  China  Imp.
Customs. Med. Rep.,  1902,  60: 4-10,  pl., ch.—Wong, H.,
Kang, T., & Jarvis, B. W.  Some notes on malaria in Foochow;
a review of 107 cases in 1935.  Chin. M. J., 1937, 51: 385- 90 —
Wu, W. H. [Malaria in Menting, Yunnan]  Nat. M. J. China,
1941, 27: 483-90.—Yao,  H. Y.  Plan for malaria control in
Yunnan.  Chin. M. J., 1939, 56: 63-8.—Yao, Y. T.  Present
status  of malaria  in  Free China.   Ibid., 1942,  60:  38-46.
------& Ling, L. C.  Epidemiological study of malaria in Nan-
king.  Tr. Far East. Ass.  Trop.  M.,  1934,  9: pt 2, 89- 106 —
Yu, N.  G., &  Ying, Y. Y.  Notes  on subtertian malaria in
Yunnan. Chin. M. J., 1942, 60: 17-30.—Yui, E. M., & Paty,
R. M., jr.  A  review of  203  malaria cases.  Ibid., 1935, 49:
1228-34.
----   Colombia.
   Apuntes para la historia del paludismo en Colombia.  Rev.
Fac. med., Bogota,  1943-44, 12:  104-6.  4  pl.—Bevier, G.
El  paludismo en Colombia.   Rev.  hig.,  Bogota, 1933, 14:
339.—Concha, R.  Apuntes sobre paludismo.   Salud &  san.,
Bogota, 1938,  7: 3-10.—Corrales,  O.  iHay  paludismo en
Neiva, si  6 n6?  Rev.  med.  Bogota, 1906-07,  305; 326.—
Cruz y P., R.  Preliminares de una memoria sobre las diferentes
fiebres paludicas del valle del Cauca.  An. Acad. nac. med.,
Bogota, 1893, 1: 329-70.—Duran Duran, A.  Saneamiento de
Barranquilla  y Puerto  Colombia; servicio  antilarvario; plan
de  organizaci6n y desarrollo.  Rev. hig., Bogota, 1937, 18:
No. 5, 11-5, ch.—Escobar, J. M.  Fiebres del alto Magdalena.
Rev.  med. Bogota,  1894,  17:  267-76.—Hematozoario dc
Laveran en Colombia.  Ibid., 1905-06, 99-102.—Importancia
del paludismo  en  Colombia.  Rev. hig., Bogota, 1942, 23:
Xo. 4, 4-12.—Jaramillo, M.  J.   El paludismo en Antioquia.
An. Acad. nac. med., Bogota, 1893, 1: 326-9.—Londoiio. J. B.
P dudismo.  An. Acad.  med. Medellfn, 1932-33,  2: 740-3.—
Morcillo,  C.  Anotaciones sobre  el paludismo en los llanos de
San Martin.   Rev.  m6d.  Bogota,  1903-04,  4: passim.—
Moreno Ptsrez,  I.   Informe preliminar sobre  la epidemia de
Muzo en el afio de 1931. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1931, 22:
323-31.—Otalora R., B. Epidemia de paludismo en Acacias.
Rev.   hig., Bogota,  1940,  21:  No. 5, 22-35.—P., D.  A.
Paludismo (malaria)  Rev. hig.,  Barranquilla,  1941, 1: No. 3,
6-11.—Price, W. D.  Anti-malaria measures used in Colombia.
Med. Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y., 1934-35, 1:  149-64.—
Restrepo,  J.  M.  Formas atfpicas del paludismo. Bol. clin., 
MALARIOGRAPHY
157
MALARIOGRAPHY
Medellin, 1941, 7: 78-87—Rey, H.   Plan para control  de
malaria  en  Colombia.  Rev.  Fac med.,  Bogota,  1942-43
a.  439^47—Rodriguez, A. J. R.  Paludismo; intendencia del
Choc6.  Rev.  hig., Bogota, 1933, 14: 358-68, pl.—Zozaya, C.
Informe sobre  organizaci6n  de  la  lucha antipaludica  en
Colombia.  Ibid., 1940, 21: 69-91.------  Paludismo y arro-
zales.   Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1942-43, 8: 448-76.  Also
Rev. med. cir., Barranquilla, 1943, 10: No. 5, 11-46.


---   Comoro Islands.
   Blin.   Le  paludisme a  Mayotte.   Ann. hyg. med. col.,
Par., 1905, 8: 161-5.

---   Congo.

   Grosfeld,  F.    *Prophvlaxie de la malaria au
Congo Beige.   72p.   8?   Par., 1934.
   Bourguignon, G. C.  Notes sur le paludisme a Elisabethville.
Trop.  Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943,  40: 103 (Abstr.)—Calonne, R.
La malaria dans le Haut-Ituri; le danger des eaux de barrages.
Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1935, 15:  501-20.—Colombo, U.
La prophylaxie individuelle antimalarienne parmi la population
europeenne  d'Elisabethville  (Katanga)    Ibid.,  1931,  11:
373-85.—De Feyter, C.  R6sultats des recherches des indices
splfenique et  hematologique chez les  enfants  indigenes  de
Chinkolobwe  (octobre  1931)   Ibid., 1932, 12: 225.—Dixon,
P. K.   Age incidence of schistosome infection; and species of
mrlaria  parasite  in Katanga.   Tr. R. Soc. Trcp.  M. Hyg.,
Lond.,  1934, 27;,505.—Duren,  A.  Contribution a  l'etude du
paludisme endemique au Congo  Beige, district  du Kwango.
Trop.  Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 210 (Abstr.)  ------  Notes
preliminaries sur le paludisme endemique dans la  partie sud
du Chenal et dans le nord du Stanley-Pool, entre Black-River
et Kimpoko.  Ibid., 743 (Abstr.)—Dutton, J. E., & Todd, J. L.
Rapport sur la prophylaxie de la malaria dans les  principaux
postes  de l'etat independant  du Congo.   Liverpool  School
Trop. M., 1906, 20: Mem., 1-58.-—Estas.  Recherche des index
spienique, gametien et  malarien sur la population infantile des
camps de Jadotville  en octobre 1931.  Ann. Soc. beige med.
trop.,  1932,  12: 227.—Lamote.  L'endemicite paludeenne dans
le  Cercle de Mokamo-Kwango.  Ibid.,  1939,  19:  33-8.—
Pigmeus e paludismo.   Impr.  med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 328,
128.—Reyntjens, P.  La malaria chez la population infantile
du camp indigene de Lubumbashi en novembre 1931.  Ann.
Soc. beige med. trop., 1932, 12: 229-39.—Schwetz. J.  Quelques
considerations  sur l'aspect entomologique de la lutte anti-
malarienne  au Congo beige.   Ibid.,  1928,  8: 27-39.
L'aspect entomologique de la lutte contre la malaria a Elisa-
bethville.  Ann. Soc.  sc.  med.  natur.  Bruxelles,  1927,  1-14.
Also Bruxelles med., 1926-27, 7: 1333-9.  ------  Le probleme
de la prophylaxie  antipaludique dans  les  grands  centres
congolais, en general,  et  k  Stanleyville en  particulier.  C.
rend. Congr.  internat.  palud. (1930)  1931, 2. Congr., 2:3-22.
Also Riv. malariol.,  1930, 9:  609-24.  ------  Le probleme de
la malaria  au Congo.  Ann. Soc sc. med. natur. Bruxelles,
1931, 7-25.  ■———  Notes  sur le paludisme au Congo.  Riv.
malariol., 1933,  12: 540-6.   ------   Sur le paludisme des
 pygmees.   C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1934,  115: 1228-30.
 Observations et recherches sur le paludisme dans le Congo
 beige;  note sur les groupes d'age  qui  sont le plus gravement
 frappes par le paludisme.  Riv.  malariol., 1936, 15: 60-75.
 ----- L'etat actuel de nos  connaissances  sur  le paludisme
 endemique des noirs du Congo Beige.  Acta Conv. trop. malar.
 morb., 1938, 2: 187-93.  ------   Sur le paludisme end6mique
 des noirs du Congo beige.  Bull.  Acad. med. Belgique, 1939,
 6. ser., 4:  159-72.  ------  Note sur le paludisme a Irumu
 Ituri  (Congo  beige)  Trop. Dis.  Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 102
 (Abstr.)   ———  Sur  le  paludisme  a Boma,  a propos de
 l'etude de  Nicolay.   Ibid., 104  (Abstr.)   ------  Sur  une
 epidemie mysterieuse, suspecte et soupconn6e de paludisme,
 constatee  dans une agglomeration  indigene  d'un tres  haut
 plateau du Ruanda.  Ibid., 212 (Abstr.) ------& Baumann,
 H.  Recherches sur le paludisme endemique chez les noirs de
 1'agglomeration de Coquilhatville.  Ann. Soc. beige med. trop.,
 1938, 18: 259-76. ———  Note sur le paludisme trouve dans
 un  village  des environs de Coquilhatville et k  Bikoro,  Lac
 Tumba.   Trop.  Dis.  Bull., Lond.,  1943,  40:   103  (Abstr.)
 ----- Contribution  a  l'etude du paludisme endemique dans
 le district  du  Kwango,  Congo  Beige.  Ibid.,   211  (Abstr.)
 ----- Quelques donnees  sur le  paludisme endemique  dans
 I'agglomeration de Stanleyville en 1939.   Ibid.,  211  (Abstr.)
 -----  [et al.]  Notes malariologiques sur l'infection malarienne
 ttouvee chez les eleves de l'ecole'des sceurs franciscaines (mission
 catholique) de  Stanleyville.  Ann.  Soc. beige m6d. trop., 1933,
 13: 65-84.  ------  Etude  comparative de la malaria chez les
 pygmees et les  indigenes  ordinaires de la foret de l'lturi (Congo
 beige)   Bull.  Soc.  path, exot., Par.,   1933, 26: 639-51,  pl.
 -----  Sur l'infection paludeenne trouv6e chez  les indigenes
 de l'entre  Lac  Kivu et  Lac Edouard  (Pare National Albert)
 influence de l'altitude.  Ann. Soc.  beige med. trop., 1934, 14:
 75-90.  ------  Contribution a 1 etude de l'infection malarienne
 chez les pygmees de la  foret de l'lturi (Congo beige)  Bull.
 Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934,  27: 199-208.  ------  Sur le
 paludisme   endemique  constate  dans six  agglomerations
indigenes du Bas-Lomami, Congo Beige.   Trop. Dis.  Bull.,
 Lond.,  1943,  40: 213 (Abstr.)   ------  Sur  le paludisme
endemique dans Is valiee de la Semliki et sur les  rives du  Lac
Albert.   Ibid.,  357 (Abstr.)—Schwetz,  J., & Geronnez,  E.
Sur le paludisme endemique du Bas-Congo; le paludisme chez
les noirs du Mayumbe.  Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1938, 18:
115-20.  ------  Sur le paludisme endemique du  Bas-Congo;
le paludisme chez les noirs de la region cotiSre et  des criques.
Ibid., 121-6.   ------  Sur le paludisme endemique du Bas-
Congo;  le  paludisme chez les noirs de  I'agglomeration  de
Boma, Bas-Fleuve.  Ibid., 127-32.   ------ Sur le paludisme
endemique  du  Bas-Congo; le paludisme chez  les noirs de la
region des cataractes.  Ibid., 277-82.   ■----— Sur le paludisme
endemique  du  Bas-Congo;  le paludisme  chez les noirs  de
quelques agglomerations riveraines du Kwango. Ibid., 283-9.—
Schwetz, J., Peel [et  al.]  Sur l'infection  malarienne trouvee
chez les  enfants  d'Angumu (district de Stanleyville,  Congo
beige)   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 885-9.—Van
Campenhout, E.  La  prophylaxie individuelle du paludisme
au  Conge beige.  Bull.  Off. internat. hyg. pub.,  Par., 1935,
27: 307-9.—Van Wymeersch,  H.  Contribution a l'etude  du
paludisme dans un groupe de  collectivites indigenes du Congo
Beige; villages de la rive gauche du fleuve Congo en amont de
Leopoldville.   Rec.  trav.  sc  med. Congo,   1942, 81-5.—
Vincke, I., & Henrard, C.  Note sur la  lutte antipaludique a
Leopoldville.  Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1934, 14: 203-16.—
Walraven, P.   L'endemicite palustre k  Elisabethville.  Rev.
med., Louvain,  1923, 122-4.  ------ La malaria a Elisabeth-
ville; conditions de la  lutte  contre la  maladie.   Ann. Soc
beige med. trop., 1929, 9: 197-202.—Zanetti.  V.   Note pre-
liminaire sur la lutte anti-malaria et anti-moustiques a Leopold-
ville. Ibid., 1931, 11: 349-66.

---—   Corsica.
   Nebbia, F.  P.  *Etat actuel de la question du
paludisme  en  Corse [Marseille]   79p.   25^cm.
Lyon,  1935.
   Sautet,   J.     *La   lutte  antipaludique   en
Corse.  96p.   8?  Par., 1928.
   Savoure,  J.   *Enquete  sur le  paludisme  en
Corse  dans les regions  de Casabianda, Alexia et
Ghisonaccia  pendant les  mois de juillet, aout et
septembre. 1929.  48p.   8?  Par., 1930.
   Battesti, F.  Sur le paludisme en Corse.   C.  rend. Ass. fr.
avance.  sc, 1902,  30: pt 1, 177.—Belval, C. de.  A propos du
paludisme des  plaines orientales  de  la  Corse.   Ibid.,  181.
        A  propos de I'impaludisme au  Congres  d'Ajaccio.
Ibid., pt 2, 820-2.—Boyer.  La malaria et l'assainissement du
littoral  Corse.  Ibid., 952-63.—Coulon,  G.   Station experi-
mentale de Porto-Vecchio (Corse) resultats de cinq annees de
lutte "antipaludique.   Rapp. Congr.  internat. hyg. mediter.
(1932)  1933, 1. Congr., 1:  258-62.  ------ &  Sautet,  J.
Diverses formes du paludisme en Corse; apparition des gametes.
Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par., 1931,  24: 811-7.—Ferrandi.  Con-
tribution  k l'etude  clinique  du  paludisme en  Corse.  C.
rend.  Ass.  fr. avance. sc. (1901) 1902, 30: pt 2,  852-5.—Gal-
liard, H.  Remarques sur une etude epidemiologique du palu-
disme effectuee  en Corse dans la region de Figari.  Rev. med.
hyg. trop., Par., 1933, 25:  100-2.—Lacarriere.   Le paludisme
dans la  defense mobile de la Corse.  Arch. med.  nav., Par.,
1900,  73: 203-16.—Laveran.  Sur la prophylaxie du paludisme
en Corse.  Bull.  Acad, med., Par., 1901, 3. ser.,  46: 883-97 —
Mesnard,  P. A.  Le  paludisme en Corse.   Presse med., 1901,
I: annexes, s.  13.—Michon, J.  De la prophylaxie du  palu-
disme par les sels de quinine; experiences  faites en Corse.
Arch. gen. med.. Par., 1903, 1: 1537-43.—Sautet, J.  En Corse
I'enfant paludeen est un reservoir de virus particulierement
important et un danger pour l'avenir de  la race.  Rev. med.
hyg. trop., Par., 1932, 24: 272-4.------ Paludisme d'hiver
en Corse;  ses rapports avec le peuplement  anopheiien homo-
dyname.  Riv. malariol., 1934, 13: 97-103.------  Cinq an-
nees de lutte antipaludique dans le nord de la Corse.  Rev.
med.  hyg. trop., Par., 1936,  28:  23-30.—Tedeschi.  La ligue
contre le  paludisme  en Corse.  Ann. hyg.  med.  col., Par.,
1906,  9: 416-28.

----   Costa Rica.
   Acosta  Guzman,  A.  El  reconocimiento  y control  de la
malaria en Costa Rica.  Proc.  Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942, 8.
Congr.,  6: 315-23, pl.—Biilow, T.  Quininizacion o lucha anti-
larvaria.  Rev. med., S. Jose, 1933-35, 1: 129733— Decreto
ejecutivo que dispone evitar el avance de la malaria.  In: Leyes
(Costa Rica) S. Jose, 1935, 99.—Decreto que establece la pro-
visi6n de quinina a los enfermos de las zonas declaradas paludi-
cas.   Ibid.,  138-40.—Decreto  que declara zona  paludica el
valle de Orosi.  Ibid., 149.—Decreto que establece la provision
de quinina por parte del Estado a escolares, maestros, empleados
de los resquardos fiscales,  etc., habitantes en las zonas decla-
radas paludicas.   Ibid., 151.—Fermoselle  Bacardi, J.  La
malaria en Nicoya.   Rev. med., S. Jose, 1936-37,  2: 593-8 —
Kumm,  H. W.,  & Ruiz, H.  A malaria survey of the Republic
of Costa Rica, Central America.  Am. J. Trop.  M., 1939, 19:
425-45.—Morales Moya, N.  Malaria in Costa Rica.  J. M.
Soc. Cape May Co.  N.  Jersey, 1942,  4:  No. 4, 3.—Ruiz, H.
El Anopheles punctimacula Dyar & Knab. presunto vector de
paludismo en Costa  Rica.  Rev. med.,  S.  Jose,  1941-43, 5:
25-31. 
MALARIOGRAPHY
158
MALARIOGRAPHY
----   Crete.
   Cunningham,  R. A.  Malarial  fever  in Candia.  J. R.
Army  M. Corps,  1905, 5: 274.—Salvage, J.  V.  Preventive
measures against malaria in Kandia, Crete.  1904, 2: 566-9.


----   Cuba.

   Arteaga   y  Quesada,  J.  F.    Plan  de  una
campana   sanitaria   contra  el  paludismo  en la
Republica de Cuba.   71p.   8?   Habana,  1920.
   Bueno. S.   *La  prophylaxie  du paludisme  a
Cuba.   57p.   8?   Par.,  1934.
   Agostina, I., Agramonte, A., & Coronado, T. V.  Etiologia e
profilaxia  del paludismo  en Cuba.  Actas Congr.  med. nac,
Habana,  1905,  1: 117-42,  pl.—Blanchard, R. Paludismo.
Cr6n.  med.  quir.  Habana,  1900,  26:  367; 391; 415; 439 —
Bustillo, V.  Estudio  del paludismo en  Banes.  Rev. med.
cubana, 1935, 46:  15-25.—Caballero Descalzo. A. J.   Historia
del paludismo  en Cuba  (con especial referenda a los datos
bibliograficos)  Rev. med. trop.  parasit., Habana, 1944, 10:
15; 28.—Calvo Fonseca.  R.   La endemia paludica de Guane.
Salub. asist. social, Habana, 1941, 44: 218-26.—Carr, H.  P.
Comisi6n de malaria de Cuba.  San. & benef., Habana, 1936,
39: 118—41,  2 map.  ------  Informe anual de la Comisi6n
de malaria de Cuba, 1935.  Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1937, 25:
115-41, map.  ------ & Fernandez  Melendez, J.   Malaria
reconnaissance of the province of Pinar del Rio in Cuba.  Am.
J. Trop. M., 1942, 22: 51-61.  Also Salub. assist, social, Habana,
1942, 45: 20-31.  ------& Fernandez Melendez. A.  Malaria
reconnaissance of the Province of Camaguey in Cuba.   Am. J.
Trop.  M., 1941, 21: 739-50.—Carr, H. P., Fernandez Melen-
dez, J., & Ros, A.  Malaria reconnaissance of the province of
Oriente in Cuba.   Ibid., 1940, 20: 81-97.—Carr, H. P., Fernan-
dez M., J. [et al.]  Malaria reconnaissance of the province of
Havana in  Cuba.  Ibid., 1942, 22: 03-71.—Carr,  H. P.,  &
Hill,  R.  B.  A  malaria  survey  of  Cuba.  Ibid.,  587-607.
Also Salub.  assist, social, Habana, 1943,  46: 67-137.—Carr,
H. P.,  Nogueira, P. [et al.]   Trubnjos realizados por la Comision
de malaria  de Cuba, durante el  afio 1940.  Ibid., 1941, 44:
291-359, 6 map.—Davalos, J. N.   Contribuci6n  al estudio del
paludismo en  Cuba.  Cron. med. quir.  Habana,  1900, 26:
289-93.—Espada,  J. M.   De la malignidad del  paludismo  en
Cuba.   Rev.  med. cir. Habana,  1899, 4:  85-8.—Fernandez
Melendez, A.  Reconocimiento de paludismo de la Provincia
de Matanzas.  Salub. asist. social, Habana, 1942, 45: 89-99.—
Fernandez Melendez, J., & Ros, A.  Reconocimiento de  la
malaria en Cuba.   San & benef.,  Habana, 1939,  42: 29; 1940,
43: 38.—Grau, M. Aplicaran en Cuba moderno sistema para
el diagn6stico del paludismo.   Advance med., Habana, 1944,
5: 19.—Hill, P. B., Fernandez M., A., & Ros, A.  Reconocimi-
ento de paludismo de la provincia de Santa Clara.  Salub. asist.
social,  Habana,  1942, 45: 160-71.—Le Roy, J.  jExiste en la
Habana la fiebre recurrente?  Arch. Soc. clin. Habana, 1901-02,
11:  152-74.—Lopez Sanchez,  C.  Apuntes a  una  campana
antipaludica. Rev. san.  mil.,  Habana,   1937,  1:  121-4.—
Montero,  A. M.  Dos casos autoctonos  de cuartana.  Rev.
med. cir. Habana, 1940, 45: 318-34.—Moya Flamand, J. de, &
Finlay y Shine,  C. E.  Some interesting public health work in
Cuba; malaria control.  Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940)  1942, 8.
Congr., 6: 347.—Mufioz Rubalcava. A.   Informe  acerca del
tratamiento  y extinci6n total del brote paludico desarrollado
en el Reparto Isla de Pifios.   Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1930, 41:
700-10.  ------  La lucha anti-paludica en la Habana; fe-
cuerdos de  la campana de 1928.  Ibid.,  1938,  43: 417-41 —
Ortega, F.  E.  Informe sobre la  campana antipaludica  de
Santiago de  Cuba, efectuada durante los meses de febrero y
marzo de 1941.  Salub. asist. social, Habana, 1941, 44: 127-33.
------ Campana antipaludica  de 1942.  Rev. med. quir.
Oriente, Santiago, 1942,  3: 162-72.—Pastor Quesada, L.  La
sanidad cubana y la Comisi6n tecnica antipaludica.   Bol. Of.
san. panamer.,  1937,  16:  1.—Rodriguez  Perez,  J.  F.  El
paludismo en Cuba.  Rev. med. cir.  Habana, 1940,  45: 109;
173.   Also San. & benef., Habana,  1940,  43: 101-37.
----   Cyprus.
   Barber,  M.  A.  A survey of malaria in Cyprus.  Am. J.
Trop. M.,  1936, 16: 431-45.—Williamson, G. A.  Report on
malaria in  Cyprus.  Select. Colon. M. Rep.,  Lond. (1901-02)
1904, 79-102, 3 ch.  ------  Statistics of the blood examina-
tion in cases of malaria in Cyprus during  a  period of twelve
months.  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, 5: 334-7.

----   Czechoslovakia.
   Humbursky, H.  [Malaria in Slovakia]  Bratisl. lek. listy,
1938, 18: 439; 581.—Pelnar, J.   Recherches sur le paludisme et
l'anopheiisme en Tchecoslovaquie.  C. rend.  Congr. internat.
palud.  (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 301.


----   Denmark.
   Gram, C.  Et i  Danmark opstaaet Tilfaelde af Malaria med
Demonstration  af  Parasiter.   Kdbenhavn  med. selek. forh.,
1901-02,  S.------  Et Tilfaslde af indenlandsk Malaria med
Malaria parasiter.  Hospitalstidende,  1902, 4. R.,  10: 537-41.
----   Dominican  Republic.
   Defillo, F. A.  El concepto del paludismo en Santo Domingo.
Arch. Hosp. Rosales, S. Salvador, 1909, 4: 99-104.—Marschal,
F.  Contribuci6n al estudio de la presentaci6n de la malaria en
In Prov. de Barahona; Rep. Dominicana.  Cruz roja dominie.,
1939, 5: No. 2, 6-9.  Also Pub. Inst, cient, Dominico-Airman,
Jena, 1939, 1: 135-43,  3 pl. [Spanish text] 134-42.- Thomen,
L. F.  Campana antipaludica;  con especial referenda al sanea-
miento  de San  Crist6bal.  Bol. Seer.  san. benef.,  Trujillo,
1941, 1: No. 4, 15-23.


----   Dutch East Indies.
   Adriani, P.  Prof. R. Koch  en de malaria in Nederlandsch-
Oost-Indie.  Ned. mil.  geneesk., 1900, 24: Arch., 75-81.—
[Annual report of  the  Public  Health Service department for
control  of malaria for  1939]   Meded. dienst volksgez.  Ned.
Indie,  1940, 29:  88-109.—Doorenbos. W. B.  [Experiences in
malaria]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1931,  71:  1228; 1379;
1458.—Essed,  W.  F.  R.   [Malaria  in  Tandjong-Pinang]
Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1925, 307-24, map, 5 pl.—
Extract from the report  of the Intergovernmental conference
of Far Eastern countries on rural hygiene, held at Bandoeng,
Java, 3rd to 13th August, 1937; recommendations regarding
malaria.  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1938, 1: 99-104-  Cerlach,
J. H. A.  [Further observations on malaria in  the Dnirilaiul
subdivision  (Tapanoeli  Residence)]    Geneesk.  tschr.  N'rd.
Indie, 1935, 75: 1639-45— HeUTerich, W. M. G.  [Remarkable
results of a malaria examination in Dairiland]  Ibid., 1034,74:
1438-46.—Kohlbragge, J. H. F.  Malaria en  hare genezing te
Tosavi.  Ibid., 1895, 35: 449-78.—Kothe, F. H.  A.  [Malaria
at colony of Kota Tengah]  Ibid., 1933, 73: 82-104.  Marwits,
E. L. [Malaria in Priok]  Ibid., 1939, 79: 1026-30.—Mooij, W.
[Malaria prophylaxis in the Royal Netherlands  Indian Army]
Ibid.,  1940,  80: 2231-41.—Mulder, J. G.  A.   [Combating
malaria on the western coast  of  Atejh]  Ibid., 1936,  76:
1804-89.—Overbeek.  J.  G.   [Malaria in  Tandjong-Priok]
Ibid.,  1939, 79:  1474-8.  ------  [On the  reorganization of
the Department  for the control of malaria in the Public health
service]  Ibid., 2370-3.—Priester, W. F. de.  [Malaria and the
water supply in Tandjong Priok]  Ibid., 1031-8.—Rodenwaldt,
E.   Guide for government officials,  estate managers etc. in
treating malaria,  problems.   Meded. dienst volksgez.  Ned.
Indie,  1928, 17: 63-79.   ------  [Five years  of combating
malaria in Dutch  East  Indies]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928,
72: pt 1, 2263-72.  ------ Die typischen geomorphologischen
Situationen Niederlandisch-Indiens in bezug auf die Malaria.
Meded. dienst  volksgez. Ned  Indie,  1938,  27:  98-109 —
Rosier, H. J.   [Housing improvement and  malaria.  Ibid.,
1937,  26: 343-63.—Sieburgh,  G.    [Malaria in  Oosthavn]
Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned.  Indie,  1936,  76: 612-28— Soesilo,  R.
Abstract from a report about  the spreading of malaria on the
Island Nias.   Meded.  dienst volksgez.  Ned. Indie, 1929, 18:
85-110, map.—Surbek, K. E.   Reactions  renales  et nephrites
malariques observes  aux  Indes Orientales Neerlandaises.
C.  rend. Congr. internat.  palud. (1930)  1931,  2. Congr., 1:
631-7.—Swellengrebel, N. H.  [Elimination of malarial foci]
Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned.  Indie,  1937,   77:  1860-8—Terburgh,
J.  T.   Le paludisme  aux  Indes Neerlandaises.   Atti Soc.
stud, malaria, 1904,  5:  259-85.—Tillema, S.   [Malaria in
Loa Koeloe; body resistance as a factor in combating malaria]
Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1935, 75: 574-6.—Venhuis, W. G.
The hyrcanus problem in the Netherlands East  Indies, with
description of a wide spread malaria  carrying variety, An.
hyrcanus  X.   Meded.  dienst  volksgez.  Ned.  Indie, 1939, 28:
376-89,  pl.—Walch,  E.  W.    L'assainissement  des viviers
d'eau saumatre  par une methode biologique aux Indes neer-
landaises.  C. rend.   Congr.  internat.  palud.  (1930)  1931,
2. Congr., 2: 512-7, pi.  -----  & Schuurman, C. J. (Saltwater
fish grasses and malaria]  Geneesk.  tschr. Ned.  Indie,  1930,
70:  209-34,  5  pi.,  diagr.—Walch,  E.  W.,  &  Soesilo.  R.
Annotations from  everywhere about malaria in  the  Nether-
lands  Indian  Archipelago.   Meded.  dienst volksgez.  Ned.
Indie,  1929, 18: 199-207,  3 pl.  ------  Malaria control in
the  Netherlands Indies.   Tr.  Far East. Ass.  Trop. M., 1934,
9:  pt 2, 191-200,  7 pl.   Also Meded.  dienst volksgez.  Ned.
Indie, 1935, 24:  86-94.


----  East Africa.
   Keyworth,  W. D.  Severe malaria among British troops in
the East African campaign.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29,
22:  Sect. War, 1-12—Ogborn, R. S., Raper, A. B., & Wright,
R. J.   Studies  in malaria in the East Africa  Command;^
reconsideration of the diagnosis of malaria  from other  feve'rs
in Eastern African natives. East Afr. M. J., 1944, 21: 101-10.—
Ollwig.  Bericht fiber die Tutigkeit  der nach  Ostafrika  zur
Bekampfung  der  Malaria entsandten Expedition.  Zschr.
Hyg.,  1903,   45:  403-49.—Wilson,   D. B.   Implications  of
malarial endemicity in  East  Africa.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1938-39,  32: 435 65.


----  Ecuador.
   Castillo V., J. C, Espinosa,  L. H..  & Wortzmann, L.  La
malaria en Guayllabamba.   Arch.  Fac. cienc.  med.,  Quito,
 1932, 1: 37-40.—Falconi Villagomez, J. A.  Campana sanitaria
en  el  Oriente  ecuatoriano,  combatiendo una  epidemia  de 
MALARIOGRAPHY
159
MALARIOGRAPHY
 paludismo pernicioso.  An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas,  1936, 16:
 85-119, 3 pl-—Hanson, H., & Montalvan, J. A.  El paludismo
 en  Baizapamba;  estudio epidemiol6gico.  Ibid.,  1938,  29:
 137-52.

 ---   Egypt fand Sudan]

   Barsoum,  S.  *Le paludisme  en Egypte.  53p.

 25cm.  Lyon,  1938.
   Egypt.   Anti-Malaria  Commission.  Report.

 Bulnq, 1.-9, 1919-33.
   Egypt.  Department  of   Public   Health.
 Annual  report  on  the  anti-malaria  work   in
 Egypt,  Cairo, v. 10  (1933) 1935-
   Ross, R.  Report on malaria at  Ismailia and
 Suez.  24p.  8?   Lond., 1903.
   Ahmed Helmi  & Helmi Hussein, M.  Malaria in Egypt.
 C.  rend. Congr.  internat.  med.  trop., 1932,  4: 901-15 —
 Barber, M. A., &  Rice. J. B.  A  survey of malaria in Egypt.^
 Am. J. Trop. M., 1937, 17:  413-36— Boyce.  The effects of
 the anti-malarial campaign at Ismailia.  J. Trop. M.,  Lond.,
 1904,  7: 75.—Comyn. K.   Antimalaria  work  at  Moascar,
 Egypt,  in 1925, and 1926, and the results compared  with the
 previous two years.  J. B. Army M. Corps, 1927,  49:  14-26 —
 Cresswell, J.  E.   Malarial fever  in the Isthmus of Suez.  J.
 Trop.  M.,  Lond.,  1903, 6: 40-5, pl.—Cromer.  Malaria in
 Egypt.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1904, 1: 1372.—D'Arenberg.  Sur
 une experience  faite  par  la Compagnie de Suez  pour la
 suppression du paludisme par la  destruction  des moustiques.
 C.  rend.  Acad,  sc,  1909,   138:  670-3.—Fornario. G.   La
 malaria nell'Ospedale Europeo di Cairo.   Policlinico, 1899-1900,'
 6:  Suppl.,  1511-4.  ------   La malaria in  Egitto.  Gazz.
 internaz. med., 1903, 6: 181; 249.—Harford, C. F.  The anti-
 malarial measures of  Ismalia.  Climate,  Lond.  1903-04, 5:
 44-51.—Henderson, L. H.  Some observations on the incidence
 of malaria amongst the Nilotic tribes.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M.
 Hyg., Lond., 1932, 25: 281-6.  ------  Prophylaxis of malaria
 in the Sudan, with special reference to the use of plasmoquine.
 Ibid.,  1934-35,  28:  157-64.—Khalil  Bey, M.   Combatting
 mosquitoes and malaria in Alexandria and its environments.
 J. Egypt.  M. Ass., 1934, 17:  943-58,  3 ch.—Malariatilgung
 in der  Stadt  Ismailia (Aegypten)  Aester. San.  Wes., 1907,
 19: 13-7.—Mohamed Sahin Pacha. Le paludisme en Egypte.
 Bull. Off.  internat.  hyg.  pub.,   Par.,  1934,  26: 449-55 —
 Mohyddin Farid.  Malaria infection in  Anopheles sergenti in
 Egypt.  Riv. malariol.,  1940, 19: 159-61.—N.,  3.  E.   The
 suppression of malaria at Ismailia.  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1906,
 9: 243.—Pressat, A.  Prophylaxie du paludisme dans l'isthme
 de  Suez.  Presse  med., 1904, 2:  482-4.—Ross, R.  Malaria
 at Ismailia.  Ind. Lancet, 1902, 20: 661. Also Climate,  Lond.,
 1902-03, 4: 181-93.—Samaan Naggar.  Malaria in Egypt.
 J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1933, 16: 1121-5.—Selim Khayat.  Malaria.
 Ibid., 1939, 22: 42-53.

 ---   Eritrea.
   Burca, B. de & Imdad AH Shah.  The anopheline mosquitoes
 of Eritrea  and their  relation to malaria transmission.  J.
 Malaria Inst. India, 1943, 5: 235-45.—De Camelis, F.  Lotta
 antimalarica ad Assab nel triennio 1935-37.  Arch. ital. sc. med.
 col., 1938, 19: 161-76.—Franchini, G., & Ganora, R.   Casistica
 clinica ed ematologica delle varie forme di malaria dominanti
 nel bassopiano dell'Eritrea.  Ibid., 1931, 12: 589-94.—Ganora,
 R.   Notizie sul polimorfismo della malaria in Eritrea ed in
 Somalia e sulla sua patogenesi  e terapia.   Ibid.,  1930, 11:
 410-7.   ----—  La distribuzione della malaria in Eritrea.
 Ibid.,  1932, 13:  26-31.—Mirra,  G.   II  problema  malaria;
 colonizzazione in Eritrea.   Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1938, 44:
 428-43.—Moise, R.  Osservazioni sulla malaria di Assab e
 sull'anofelino  che la  trasmette.   Riv. malariol., 1940,  19:
 149-58.—Mozzetti, E., & Memmo, G.   Note e  osservazioni
 sulla malaria nella Colonia Eritrea.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria,
 1904, 5: 367-84.—Pistoni, F.   L'emogramma della malaria
 nella colonia  Eritrea.   Boll. Soc. ital.  biol.  sper.,  1936, 11:
 992.

 ----   Ethiopia.
   Archetti.I.  Presenza di Plasmodium malariae  nella regione
 Ira Sagan e Emo.  Riv. malariol.,  1940, 1?: 370-3.—Brambilla,
 A.  II problema  della malaria a Dire Daua.  Ibid., 290-309.—
 Castellani, A.   Le  paludisme dans la region  Uollo-Jeggiu,
 Ethiopie, pendant la saison des pluies.   Bull.  Off.  internat.
 hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30: 2796-9.—Castelli, G. D. Le recidive
 malariche  nei reduci  daH'Africa  orientale.  Riv.  malariol.,
 1940, 19: 310-7.—Cebrelli, G.  Cenni sulla malaria  in Aussa
 (esperimenti  di  profilassi  antimalarica)   Ann.  med. nav.,
 Roma,  1937, 43:  534-44.—Corradetti, A.  La malaria nella
 regione  Uollo-Jeggiu  nel periodo  Iuglio-ottobre  1937.   Boll.
 Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1938, 13: 115.   ------  Ricerche epidemio-
 logiche  sulla malaria  nella regione  Uollo-Jeggiu durante la
 stagione delle piogge.  Riv. malariol., 1938, 17: 101-10. ----;—
 L'epidemiologia  della  malaria nella regione  Uollo Jeggiu,
 Africa  Orientale  Italiana.   Ibid., 1940, 19: 39-64, 4 pl —
 Martin,  R.  Le paludisme autochtone a Addis-Abeba.  Arch.
 Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1942, 20:  10-4.—Tomassi, G.   Con-
siderazioni su di un grafico rappresentante la morbilita malarica
negli ooerai dell'Amara.   Aroh. ital. sc. med. col.,  1938, 19:
494-8. '
----   Europe.

   Hackett,  L.   W.   Malaria  in  Europe;  an
ecological study.  336p.  8?  Lond., 1937.
   League  of  Nations.    Health  Organisa-
tion.   Malaria Commission.   Report  on  its
tour   of    investigation   in   certain   European
countries   in   1924.    195p.    32^cm.   [Geneve,
1925]
   Grossek,  Z.  Szkice  z dziedzing epidemiologii zimnicy  w
Europie srodkowej i  polnocnej.   Przegl. lek., 1906,  45: 565;
581; 593.  ------ O wahdniach chorobliwosci miesiecznej  w
europejskich  epidemiach zimniczych.   Ibid., 1907,  46: 87;
109; 120.—Hackett,  L. W.   Recent  findings bearing on the
epidemiology of malaria in  Europe.  Med. parazit.,  Moskva,
1935, 4: 39-44.  ------   & Missiroli, A.  Field studies on the
causes of the natural disappearance of malaria in certain regions
of Europe.   C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930)  1931,  2.
Congr.,  1:  322-47.  ------  The natural disappearance  of
malaria in certain regions of Europe.   Am. J. Hyg., 1931, 13:
57-78.—Malaria in  Europe.  Brit. M.  J., 1937, 1:  715 —
Nocht, B.  Ueber Erfahrungen bei Malaria-Studienreisen  in
Europa.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1926, 30: Beih. 1, 1-17.—
Ottolenghi, D.  Note generali sulle osservazioni della Commis-
sione della malaria della Societa delle nazioni durante i suoi
viaggi in vari paesi dell'Europa e in Palestina.  Igiene mod.,
1927, 20: 161-74.—Pittaluga, G.  L'etat actuel de l'endemie de
paludisme en Europe; les facteurs de sa variability, les moyens
de les prevenir.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1926, 33: pt 1,  626-9 —
Roubaud,  E.  Sur   l'inaptitude  du  Plasmodium precox  a
revolution  hivernale chez  l'Anopheles maculipennis,  et ses
consequences epidemiologiques pour  l'Europe septentrionale.
C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928,  186: 329-31.   ------& Treillard, M.
L'assechement  des  etangs  de  la  Brenne et  l'antipaludisme.
Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1943, 51: 71 (Abstr.)—Swellengrebel,  N. H.
Le paludisme dans les deltas  (etudes sur le paludisme dans  le
delta du Rhin)  Arch, roumain. path., Par., 1932, 5:  643-79.
Also Riv. malariol., 1933, 12: 953-79.

----   Far East.

   Totjmanoff,  O.   L'anophelisme  en  Extreme-
Orient;  contribution  faunistique  et  biologique.
434p.  8?   Par.,  1936.
   Davydov, P. D.  [Data on the epidemiology of malaria in the
Far  East,  based on  clinical diagnosis  of malaria in  children]
Med. parazit.,  Moskva,  1935,  4:  435-42.—Jettmar, H. M.
Beitrage zur Epidemiologie der Malaria und Pest im Fernen
Osten.   Zbl.  Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1932-33, 127: 178-84 [Discussion]
184.

----   Florida, U. S. A.

   Henson,  G.   E.    Malaria.    8p.   22>^cm.
Jacksonville [1913]
   Andrews,  J.  Some experiences of a  state malariologist.
Rep. Florida Antimosquito  Ass., 1941, 15: 6-13.—Arms, B.  L.
Malaria control in Florida (1927) South. M. J., 1928, 21: 772  —
Boyd, M.  F.  Malaria so deep-rooted in state that sporadic
efforts at control  are worthless.  Health Notes, Jacksonville,
1940, 32: 109-12.—Brink, F. A.  Malaria control.  J. Florida
M. Ass., 1930-31, 17: 314-9.—Elmendorf, J. E.  Distribution
of malaria deaths by counties,  State of Florida, showing total
deaths 10 year period, average deaths per year, rate per 100,000
average 10 year period (1931-1940) rate per  100,000 for year
1940.  Annual Rep.  Bd Health Florida (1941)  1942, 42: 26,
tab.  ------  Splenic survey with associated blood examina-
tions, city of Pensacola, fall of 1941.   Ibid., 29, tab.  ----—
Splenic findings with  associated blood examinations, by counties
in Florida, fall of 1941.  Ibid., 39-42, tab.   ------ Escambia
County Malaria Department, January 1 to December 31, 1941.
Ibid., 50-67.  ------ Routine  duties of the Florida State
Board  of Health's Bureau of  Malaria Control.  Ibid., 85-96.
------  Splenic survey being made to determine extent  of
malaria.  Health Notes,  Jacksonville,  1941,  33:  146-8.—
Griffitts, T. H. D.  Malaria surveys in Florida.   South. M.  J.,
1934, 27:  465.—Hanson, H.   Malaria control in Florida  in
1932.  Ibid., 1933, 26: 471.  ------   Report of malaria con-
trol  activities and other studies in the state of  Florida during
the  year  1933.  Ibid.,   1934,  27: 652.—Harrison,  M.  M.
Malaria.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1938-39, 25: 175-8.—L'Engle,
E. M.   Malaria in  Florida statistics.  Florida  Health Notes,
1942, 34: 129-32.


----   France.

   Ferval, E. H.  Contribution a  l'histoire du
paludisme  dans  la  region   parisienne.     94p.
8?   Par.,  1935.
   Franqois,  J.    *Le  paludisme  autochtone  a
Rochefort-sur-Mer.   52p.   8?  Par., 1935.
   Lonjaret,   R.   *Regression   et   disparition
spontanees  du   paludisme   en   France.     81 p.
25cm.  Lyon, 1939. 
MALARIOGRAPHY
160
MALARIOGRAPHY
   Maigre,  P.   *Le paludisme autochtone dans
la  region  de  Beauvoir-sur-Mer  (Vendue)    56p.
8?   Par., 1932.
   Marchant,  L.    Esquisse   historique  d'une
6pid6mie de fievres intermittentes, qui a r^gne" a
Cubzac   (Gironde)   en   1842-43,   suivi   d'un
appendice ou  releve" chronologique des dpidemies
qui ont sevi a Bordeaux  durant plusieurs siecles.
56p.   8?  Bord.,  1844.
   Absence of malaria in France.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103:
690.—Battesti, F.   Notions pratiques sur la protection metho-
dique des habitations pour se preserver du paludisme.   Rev.
hyg., Par., 1906,  28: 1-13.—Bertrand, L., & Klynens, J.  La
malaria.  Ann. Soc. med. chir.  Anvers,  1901, 6:  197, pl.; 269;
1902, 7: 7, 4 pl.—Billet, A.  La  lutte contre la malaria en
France  et dans les possessions francaises en 1903.  Atti Soc
stud, malaria, 1904, 5: 289-99.—Calmette, E.   Le paludisme et
sa prophylaxie; 6tat de la question en 1901.  Caducee, 1901, 1:
3-6.-—David,  A.   Un cas de paludisme  autochtone.  J. sc.
med. Lille, 1921,  39: pt 2,  84-8.—Duperie, R.   Huit cas de
paludisme autochtone.   C.  rend.  Congr.  fr. med., 1923, 17.
sess., 42.  ------& Cadenaule, P.  Typho-malaria autochtone
chez un garcon de 11 ans.  Gaz. sc. med.  Bordeaux, 1923, 44:
678-80.—Fougerat.  Du paludisme autochtone a 13 kilometres
de  Notre-Dame.   Rev. palud., Par., 1939, 1: 155-8.—Gallais,
G.   Persistance du paludisme dans le departement de la Meuse.
Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1928, 20: 83.—Garin, C.  Le palu-
disme  dans  les Dombes en 1828.  Lyon med.,  1936,  158:
621-5.—Goldschmidt, D.  Disparition de la fievre paludeenne
a Strasbourg et  dans  ses environs.  Gaz.  med. Strasbourg,
1907, 66:  33-5.  Also  Rev.  hyg., Par., 1907, 29:  417-24 —
Harvier,  P.,  &  Claisse, R.  Paludisme  autochtone  a P.
falciparum contracte a  Antony.  Bull.  Soc med. hop. Paris,
1940-41,  56: 722-6.—LaflTerre.  Fievre  bilieuse  hemoglobi-
nurique observee en  France,  reveiatrice d'un  paludisme a
falciparum; ankylostomiase.  Ibid., 1938, 3. ser.,  54: 1700-2.—
Lavier, G.   Le paludisme des pays froids; le  paludisme en
France.   Sciences, Par., 1938, 66: 45-52.—Lemierre,  A.  Sur
quelques cas de paludisme primaire observes  a  Paris.  Prat.
med. fr., 1934, 15: 766-80.  Also in his Mal. infect., Par., 1937,
270; 284.—Marchoux, E.  Le paludisme dans les Dombes et
en  Camargue.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927, 3. ser., 97: 67-89.
------   Prophylaxie du  paludisme; le paludisme  dans les
Dombes et en Camargue.  Rev. hyg., Par., 1929,  51: 721  44.—
Martin, R., Chassigneaux & Rouess6.  Un cas  de  paludisme
autochtone au  voisinage  de Maison-Blanche.   Bull. Acad.
med., Par., 1934, 3. ser., Ill: 647-50.—Miara.   Le paludisme
dans le  Bas-Languedoc  Languedoc med., 1939, 31: 195-205.—
Piet, P.  Le paludisme nostras.  J.  sc. med.  Lille, 1920, 38:
pt 1,405-12.  ------   Quelques chiffres a propos du paludisme
indigtoe.   Ibid., 1921, 39: pt 1, 321-5.—Prophylaxis of malaria.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 2339.—Rathery, F., Derot, M. [et al.]
Deux cas de fievre tierce benigne;  etude epidemiologique d'un
foyer de  paludisme autochtone a la Crdix-de-Berny.   Bull.
Soc. med.  hop.  Paris,  1940-41,  56:  780-7.—Rimbaud, L.,
Anselme-Martin, G-, & Mas, P.   Consideration sur quelques
cas de paludisme autochtone.  Arch. Soc. sc med. biol., 1934,
15:  129-35.—Rochaix, A.  La regression et l'extinction spon-
tanees de 1'endemie palustre en France; a propos d'une enquete
dans la plaine du Forez.  J. med.  Lyon, 1935, 16:  353-72.
Also Rev. hyg. med. prev., Par., 1935, 57: 161-72.—Roche, L.
Le  paludisme en Puisaye. Bull. Soc. med. Yonne (1899) 1900,
40: 34—47.—Sergent, E., &  Sergent, E.   Essai  de  campagne
antipaludique selon la methode de Koch  (lac  de Grand-Lieu,
1903)   Ann. Inst. Pasteur,  Par.,  1904, 8: 49-97.  Also Atti
Sec. stud,  malaria, 1904, 5: 335-48.—Soulie, H.  Sur un cas
de paludisme contracte  a Marseille.  Bull. med.  Algerie, 1906,
17: 249.—Tanguy, Y.  Observation de paludisme contracte en
France, Saint-Aygulf.   Bull.  Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1939, 32:
285.—Tanon,  L.   Le paludisme en France. Vie med.,  1931,
12:  399-403.   Treille,  A. Les quartes historiques.  Chron.
med., 1928, 35: 3; 35; 233; 265; 294.—Trensz, F.  Le paludisme
en  Alsace;  apercu historique.   Arch.  Inst. Pasteur  Algerie,
.1937, 15: 440-9.—Vachat, H.   La destruction  des moustiques
a Bourbonne-les-Bains  pendant les  saisons thermales  1903.
Gaz. hop.  Lyon, 1907, 8:  113-22.—Vincent.  Epidemie de
paludisme sur la  Ranee. Arch. med. nav., Par.,  1907,  87:
371-5.
French Equatorial Africa.
   Castellani, A.  Epidemiologie du paludisme dans la region
du Lac Tsana.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30:
2793-5.—Decourt, P. Etudes sur la prophylaxie collective du
paludisme.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935,  28: 176-83 —
Gallaird, H.  Culicides du Gabon; essai sur leur biologie dans
ses rapports  avec le paludisme local.  Ann., parasit..  Par.,
1932, 10: 465-93, 8 pl.—Laouilheau,  R.   Indices sphinique,
plasmodique, gametique chez les ecoliers de Libreville.  Rev.
sc. med. Afrique  fr., Brazzaville, 1943, 2: 209-12.—Ledentu.
Le paludisme en  Afrique  Equatoriale I-iancaise.  Zbl.  ges.
Hyg., 1943, 51: 163  (Abstr.)—Schwetz, J.  Sur la repartition
de trois espeees malariennes, suivant l'age. chez les indigenes
de 1'Afrique equatoriale et centrale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932,
111:  1097-9. ------ L« mystere de la fievre quarte et de la
tierce benigne en Afrique equatoriale  et centrale.  Bull. Soc.
path, exot., Par.,  1932, 25:  1062-74.  ------   Note sur les
groupes d'age  qui  sont le plus gravement frappes par le
paludisme  dans les regions hyperendemiques  do l'Afrique
centrale.  Ann. Soo. sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1934, 145-70.
------  Comparison entre l'infection malarienne des indigenes
de la forfit equatoriale et de ccux do la savane; influence de
I'altitude.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1934,  115: 1220-8.  -----
Baumann, H. jet al.]  Notes malarialogiques sur la repartition
de trois espeees malariennes, suivant l'age,  chez les noirs de
l'Afrique  centrale.   Ann. Soc. beige med. trop.,  1933,  13:
49-63.—Vaucel, M., & Saleun, G. Le paludisme k Brazzaville.
Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 18-23.


----   French West Africa.
   Bauvallet. H., Bruchan, N., & Aguessy, C.  Index epidemiquc
palustre a Porto-Novo (Dahomey)   Bull.  Soc. path,  exot.,
Par., 1930, 23:  100-9.—Durieux, C, &  Sail,  M.   Nouvelles
recherches sur l'index du paludisme a Dakar durant la saison
fraiche.  Ibid.,  1929, 22: 618-22.—Farinaud, M. E.  La lutte
contre le  paludisme dans les colonies francaises.   Ann. med.
pharm.  col., Par.,  1935, 33: 919-69.—Invasion from Dakar.
Med. Rec, N. Y., 1941, 154: 235 — Legendre, J.  Le paludisme
chez les Europeens en Haute-Volta.  Bull. Soc. path,  exot., Par.,
1928,21:207-10. ------  Le paludisme chez les indigenes en
Haute-Volta.   Ibid., 309-12.—Leger, J.  P.  Un  aspect de
1'endemie  palustre  en  Emyrne.  Ibid.,   1032,  25:  178-83.—
Le  Moal.   Campagne  antipaludique  a Conakry  en  1905.
Ann. hyg. med. col., Par., 1906, 550-62, 9: map.—Malaussene.
Le paludisme a, Goree.   Bull. Soc path,  exot., Par., 1926,  19:
507-12.—Thiroux.   Sur les relations de la fievre tropicale avec
la quarte et la tierce, d'apres des observations prises au Senegal.
Ann. Inst. Pasteur,  Par., 1900, 20: 766; 867.


----   Gambia.

   Dutton,  J. E.  Report of  the malaria expedi-
tion to the Gambia  1902  of the -Liverpool School
of Tropical   Medicine and Medical Parasitology;
appendix bv F.  V. Theobald.   51 p.  4?  Liverp.,
1903.


----   Georgia, U.  S. A.
   Abercrombie, T.  F.  Malaria control 1926 and proposed for
1927 in Georgia.  South. M. J., 1927, 20: 483.—Andrews, 3.
Malariousness  of the nine north Georgia counties.  Georgia
Malaria Bull.,  1938, 1: 54.  ------  Relationship of investiga-
tion  to  the control of malaria in Georgia.  Ibid., 1938,  1:
30-2.   ------   County-wide  malaria investigations  and
control in Georgia.   Ibid., 1940,  3:  78-83.  ------ Fourth
annual report,  1941; Division of Malaria and Hookworm
Service.  Ibid., 1942, 5: 1-28.—Bond, F. F.  Field studies on
malaria control in  Jenkins County, Georgia  during  1941.
Ibid., 35-52.—Bowdoin, C. D.,  & Andrews, J.  Malaria as a
public health problem in Georgia.  Bull. Fulton Co. M. Soc,
1939, 13: No. 18, 4.—Campbell, J. P.  What may be expected
from soil  conservation and  flood control practices.  Georgia
Malaria Bull.,  1938, 1: 56.—Clarkson, L. M.  Malaria control
Georgia (1927  and later years)   South M.  J.,  1928, 21: 773;
passim subsequent vols.  ------  Malaria control in Georgia by
convict labor.  Ibid., 1933, 26: 461-5. ------ A review of the
Georgia State  Health Department malaria  control program.
J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1938,  27: 202.—County valuations, 1937.
Georgia Malaria Bull.,  1938,  1:  5-7.—County wide malaria
maps; progress report.  Ibid.,  12; 52.-—County-wide malaria
reduction.  Ibid., 9.—Distribution of reported malaria death
rates by counties in Georgia, 1939.  Ibid., 1940, 3:  24, map.—
Final report on W.  P. A. state-wide  malaria drainage project
O. P. 465-34-2-98.   Ibid., 1939, 2: 61.—Geographical distri-
bution by counties  of reported malaria deaths in Georgia,
1928-37.  Ibid., 1938, 1: 26-8,  map.—Georgia  malariometer.
Ibid., 1939, 2: 39; 54; 77; 91;  1940, 3: 28; 84; 114.—Griffitts,
T. H. D.  Malaria control by the use of Paris green; preliminary
isport on county-wide work in Dougherty County, Georgia.
South. M. J., 1930, 23: 428-34.—Henderson, J. M., & Nichols,
D. G.  W. P. A. state-wide malaria drainage project. Georgia
Malaria Bull.,  1939, 2: 49-54.—Hey ward, F. Reforestation in
the prevention of soil erosion.  Ibid.,  1938, 1: 56.—Hill, A. W.
Summary of  1939  malariometry.   Ibid.,  1940,  3: 56-9 —
Howard, R. S., jr.  Dippings [larvae collection]  Ibid., 1938,
1: 5.-—Lund, H. O.   Experiments  related to  malaria con-
trol  in Jenkins County,  Georgia.  Ibid., 1941, 4: 96-104.—
Malaria deaths, death-rates per 100,000 population and cases
and  case-rates  per  100,000  population  in  Georgia for 1939.
Ibid., 1940, 3:  19-23.—Malariometry, 1938.  Ibid., 1938, 1:
2; 7; 14; 59.—Mayne, B.  Report of a survey to determine the
malaria prevalence  in the Okefenokee Swamp.  Pub. Health
Rep., Wash., 1P20, 41: 1652-60.—Motorcycle transportation for
larvicidal  inspectors.  Georgia  Malaria  Bull.,  1938, 1: 33.—
Old, H. N.  Malaria control on  the central of Georgia railway.
Pub. Health Bull.,  Wash., 1922,  No. 125,  89-102.—Progress
report on  W. P. A.  malaria control projects. Georgia Malaria
Bull., 1930, 2:  89.—Record of expenditures  on Georgia state-
wide W.  P. A. malaria drainage O. P. 405-34-2-98, as of
September 30,  1939.  Ibid., 62.—Redfearn, J. A.,  & Griffitts,
T. H. D.  Malaria control in Dougherty County.  J. M.  Ass.
Georgia, 1930,  19:  365-9.—Sanitation and malaria control in
Georgia.  Ibid., 1934, 23: 232.—Standard plan notes. Georgia 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           161                           MALARIOGRAPHY
Malaria Bull.,  1938, 1: 17.—Summary  by counties  of  1938
fall spleen surveys of elementary school children.  Ibid., 1940,
3: 17.—Turner,  E. A.   Brooks County screening  project.
Ibid   1939,  2: 40-3.—W. P.  A.  malaria control drainage.
Ibid.', 1939,2: 16; 44; 65.
  ----  Germany.

    Grunske,  F.   Tatigkeit  und  Ergebnisse  der
  Malaria-TJntersuchungsstation  in  Lmden   (Ost-
  friesland)   von  1910-33;  aktenmassige  Darstel-
  lung  einer 24-jahrigen  Malariabekampfung  in
  einem deutschen  Marschlande.  180p.   8?  Berl.,
  1936.
    Maisch,  M. B.   *Ueber  die Malaria und ihr
  Wirken  in  der  deutschen  Geschichte  [Tubingen]
  87p.  21>2cm.   Backnang,  1938.
    Bentmann.  E.   Gibt  es  noch  autochthone Malaria  im
  Rheintal?  Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1927, 25; 1937, 30 —
  Czygan.   Ueber  einen ostpreussischen Malariaheerd.   Deut.
  med.  Wschr.. 1901,  27:  638-41.—Freudenthal,  G.   Eine
  Malariaendemie in Peine (bei Hannover), hauptsachlich  bei
  Kindern beobachtet.  Arch. Kinderh., .1907, 47: 95-115 —
  Galli.  Erfolge des Kampfes gegen die Malaria im verflossenen
  Jahr.  Munch, med. AVschr., 1906,  53: 1544.—Grober, J. A.
  Intermittens  in Thiiringen.  Korbl. Allg.  arztl. Ver. Thiirin-
  gen, 1902,  31: 203.  ------Die Malaria in Tubingen.   Klin.
  Jahrb., 1903, 11: 435-82.—Grunske,  F.   Die  Erfahrungen
  und Ergebnisse der Malariabekampfung in Emden  (Ostfries-
 land) von 1910-1933.  Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 20-7.  Also
 Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1937,  41: 117-29.—Hoffmann, R.
 Ein Beitrag  zur Geschichte,  Klinik  und Entomologie der
 Malaria in Oberschlesien.  Oeff.   Gesundhdienst,  1943,  9:
 A, 137-43.—Hopf, L.  Zur Malariafrage im Allgemeinen und
 speciell in Wurttemberg.  Med. Korbl.  Wiirttemb. arztl. Ver.,
  1901, 71: 366-70.—Kister, J.  Ueber die sanitatspolizeiliehen
 Maassnahmen zur Bekampfung der Malaria.   Vjschr. gerichtl.
 Med., 1903, 3. F., 26: Suppl. H., 75-106.—Klose, F., & Eieen-
 traut, M.   Das Auftreten  der Malaria in der Provinz Branden-
 burg im Jahre 1942. Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1943, 9: A, 325-9.—
 Koppen, A.  Ueber Malaria im nordwestlichen  Deutschland.
 Munch, med.  Wschr.. 1903, 50: 1071.—Kortenhaus, F.  Beitrag
 zur Geschichte der Ma'aria in den Rheinlanden.  Ibid., 1928,
 75: 501. ------  Das Wechselfieber in der Bheinprovinz und
 sein Verschwinden.  Arch. Gesch. Med.,  1928, 20: 120-36, 2
 pl.—Martini,  E.  Ueber die Entstehung einer Malariaepidemie
 im Harlingerund Jeverlande wahrend des Jahres 1P01.   Deut.
 med. Wschr.,  1902, 28: 786-8.  â– ------  Ueber die Entstehung
 der Neuerkrankungen an Malaria wahrend des Friiiahrs und
 Sommers unserer  Breiten.  Zschr.  Hyg., 1902, 41:  141-52.
 2 diagr. ------  Ueber die Verhiitung eines  Malaria-Aus-
 bruches zu Wilhe'mshaven.  Ibid., 1903, 43: 206-14.  â– -----
 Ueber die Malaria-Epidemie an der Nordseekiiste 1826.  Ibid.,
 1937,  120: 36-43.—Miihlens, P.   Beitrage  zur Frage der
 gegenwartigen Veibreitung der Malaria in Nordwestdeutsch-
 land. Deut. med. Wschr., 1902, 28:  589; 605.  ------   Ueber
 Malariaverbreitung  in  Neu-Pommern  und  fiber Malaria-,
 verhiitung  an  Bord eines daselbst stationierten  Kriegschiffes.
 Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1904, 8:  512-6.   ------   LTeber
 einheim;sehe Malaria, insbesondere  in  Nordwestdeutschland.
 Med.  Welt,   1936,  10:  190 3— Muller. M.   Ueber eine
 Malariaepidemie zu Mannheim im Jahre 1761.  Arch. Gesch.
 Med., 1928, 20: 137-49.—Olpp, G.  Unheilvoller Einfluss der
 Malaria auf  die  deutsche  Geschichte.   Deut. tropenmed.
 Zschr.,  1942,  46:  225-32.—Parade, G. W.    Einheimische
 Malaria. Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1944, 91: 34-6.—Professor
 Koch's investigations on malaria; fourtb report to the Colonial
 Department of the German Colonial  Office.  Brit. M.  J.,
 1900,  1: 1597.—Pulstinger.   Ueber das  Verschwinden  der
 Malaria in  Germersheim.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1904,  51:
 207.—Ruge, R.  Die Malariabekompfung in  den deutschen
 Kolonien Und in der kaiserlichen Marine seit dem Jahre 1901.
 Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1907,  11: 705-18—Schuberg,  A.
 Das gegenwartige und friihere  Vorkommen der  Malaria und
 die Verbreitung der   Anophelesmiieken  im   Gebiete  des
 Deutschen  Reiches.   Arb.  Reichsgesundhamt.,  1927,  59:
 1-428, map.—Thiele.  Ueber Malaria in der Jeverschen Marsch.
 Deut. med. Wschr.,  1902, 28: 650.—Vorbeugung (Die)  der
 Malaria und ihre Pehandlung.  Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg,  1936,
 42: 220.—Weissenberg. H.  Ueber Malaria in Oberschlesien.
 Deut. med. Wschr.,  1902, 28: 867.—Weydemann, H.   Die
 Malariaimnordlichen Jeverlande.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1906-07,
Orig.,  43: 80-8.—Wever, F.   Verlauf  der Malaria in  Ost-
friesland 1932  und 1933.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1934, 38:
----   Gold Coast.
   Chalmers,  A. J.  Uncomplicated  aestivo-autumnal feyei
in Europeans in the Gold Coast Colony, West Africa.  Lancet,
Lond.. 1900, 2: 1262-4.—Ebbisham.   Wanted, a microscope.
Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: 392.—Nelson-Jones, A.  Malignant ma-
laria on  the Gold Coast; some clinical  notes.  Ann. Trop. M.
Parasit., Liverp., 1944, 38: 1-20.
----  Great Britain.

   James, S.  P.   Report  on  the  first  results  of
laboratory  work  on malaria in  England.   30p
4?  Geneve, 1926.
   Anderson, W. L., & Bradshaw, D. B.   A case of malignant
tertian malaria (in Great Britain)   Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 508 —
Annual report of the Malaria Advisory Board for the year 1934
J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1935,  38: Suppl.,  84.—Buchanan,
R. J. M.   A case of malaria acquired in England.  Liverpool
Med. Chir. J., 1902, 22: 234-6.—Copeland, R. J.. & Smith, F.
Malarial fever contracted in  Portsmouth. J. R.  Army M.
Corps,  1906,  7:  186.—Durante,  J.  A.  Possible  malaria  in
Britain.  Pharm. J., Lond., 1944, 98:  135.—Ewart, W.  On
the  decrease of ague  and  aguish affections  in  London.  J
Bain. Clin., Lond., 1897, 1: 24-48—Fielding-Ou!d. R.  The
malaria campaign.  Nature, Lond., 1900-01, 63:  32.—James,
S. P. Epidemiological results as a laboratory study of malaria
in England.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1926-27, 20:
143-65.------The disappearance of malaria from England.
Proc. R. Soc. M. Lond., 1929-30, 23: Sect. Epidem., 1-17.—
Mackenzie, I.  F.  Possibility of malaria  in  Britain.  Brit.
M. J., 1941, 2: 668—MacNalty, A.  Indigenous malaria  in
Great Britain.  Nature,  Lond., 1943, 151: 440-42.—Malaria
cases in England and Wales.   Annual Rep. Chief M. Off. Min.
Health, Lond. (1938) 1939, 39-41.—Malaria in Britain.   Select.
Army M.  Dep. Bull., Lond. (1941-42)  1943,  37.  Also Bull.
Army M.  Dep., Lond.,  1942, No.  14,  1.—Martini, E.  Zur
Malarialage im England des ausgehenden  17.  Jahrhunderts
(Vorkommen der Tropica)  Riv. malariol., 1937, 16: 234-49.—
Mosquitoes and malaria in England.  Bull. Army M. Dep.,
Lond., 1943, No. 27, 6.—Pigg, T. S.  A second case of indige-
nous malaria.   Brit. M.  J.,  1901,  2: 438.—Priest, R.  C.  A
case of English malaria.   J. R. Army M. Corps, 1931,57:448.—
Ruiherfurd, W. J.  The historic occurrence of malaria in early
England.   Glasgow M.  J.,  1936, 126:  94-7.—Shute,  P. G.
Protracted  incubation  periods in indigenous cases of malaria
in England.  J. Trop.  M.  Hyg., Lond.,  1939,  42:  201-4.
------  Indigenous malaria and mosquito control in England
after  the war  J. R.  San.  Inst.,  1944, 64: 85-94.  ------
Malaria in  England.  Pub. Health, Lond., 1944-45, 58:  62-
5.—Stretton, J. L.  Ague contracted in a non-malarious district.
Lancet,  Lond., 1901, 2: 1192.—Turner. H. M. S.   Possibility
of  malaria  in Britain.   Brit. M.  J., 1941, 2: 748.—York, W.
The  diagnosis  and treatment of  malaria in England.  Ibid.,
1942, 2: 61-3.
 ----   Greece.

   See also subheading Macedonia.
   Belios. G.   *L'histoire du paludisme en Grece
 depuis  l'antiquite  jusqu'a  la  decouverte  de
 Laveran.   52p.   8?   Par., 1933.
   Serdaris,  G.   Lutte antipaludique dans  une
 localite   du   Peloponese   [Paris]    124p.    8?
 Athenes,  1934.
   Balfour, M. C.  Malaria studies in Greece; measurements of
 malaria, 1930-33.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1935, 15: 301-30.  ------
 Some features of malaria in Greece and experience with its
 control.  Riv.  malariol.,  1936,  15:  114-31.—Caryophyllis.
 L'influence de la culture du  sol en  general et particulierement
 des plantations des vignes k raisin de Corinthe et du Soufrage
 sur la diminution des cas de la malaria  en Grece.  C. rend.
 Congr.  internat. med., 1900, sect.  ther. 359-65.—Coluzzi,  A.
 Osservazioni sulla malaria dell'Epiro (Grecia)   Riv. malariol.,
 1942, 21: 96-108, map.   Copanaris, P.  Rapport sur le palu-
 disme en Grece.  C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931,
 2.  Congr.,  2:  108-16.—Hiihne,  W.   Malariasanierung  in
 Chalkis; ein Beispiel fiir  die Spatsommersanierung der Ano-
 phelenbrutpliitze in einer von  deutschen Truppen besetzten
 griechischen  Stadt.  Deut.  Militararzt,  1943, 8:  371-6 —
 Jones, Ross & Ellet.  Malaria in ancient Greece  and Rome.
 Janus, Leiden, 1907, 12: 690-3.—Karamitsas,  G.   Ueber die
 Malariakrankheiten in Athen.  Internat. Beitr.  inn. Med.,
 1902, 1: 221-30.—Kardamates, J. P.  Des fievres continues
 palustres et de leurs formes predominantes en Grece.   Grece
 med., 1900,  2: 73; 81; 91; 97; 107.   ------  'At  iv 'AB^pais
 iiribripiai i\eioyepup  irvperup'  Ta atria  abrup Kai  ai Btupiai
 tov  tlinrOKpaTovs'   b   kupwP   tift   b   p.bvos   Tvapa-^uv  rijs
 (\op.iavatui.  '\arpiKr]  vpboSos,  1903, 8:  230-2.   Also  Rev.
 m6d.  Afrique  nord,  1904,  7:  7-11.------   Le paludisme
 dans le  departement d'Attique.   Atti  Soc.  stud,  malaria,
 1907, 8: 123-36.  Also Grece med., 1907, 9: 21; 25.  ------
 Quelques mots sur les moustiques en Grece.   Atti Soc. stud.
malaria,  1907, 8: 171-81.  ------   La malaria a Athenes de-
 puis les temps les recuies jusqu'a nos jours.   Ibid.,  111-21.
------   Le paludisme en Grece pendant les annees 1923-1924.
 Ann. hyg., Par.,  1926, n. ser., 4: 389-98.  ------  Relation
entre les conditions  meteoriques  et le  paludisme  en  Grece.
Riv. malariol., 1933, 12: 689-700.  ------  & Diamessis,  L.
 Etude sur la recente epidemie des fievres palustres observee en
Attique et en Beotie.  Grece med., 1906, 8: 45-8, pl. Also Zbl.
Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1906, 42: 527-32, pl.—Lorando, N.  Malarial
prophylaxis  in  Greece.   Acta Conv.  trop.  malar, morb.,
1938,  2: 69-75,  pl.—Malakates,  S. I.  MeXirr,  M tup  iv
549701—vol. 10, 4th series----11 
MALARIOGRAPHY
1()12
MALARIOGRAPHY
   'AX/iuptji  t?7$ 6faaa\ias i<t>eaipup Kai avvtxwv i\tio;tp£)p wiptrup.
   '\arpiKbs  pripurwp,     1903,   3:   199-201.  Merkourios,  C.
   V\apaTr\pi\otis lirl tijs  £\bSovs (iriSripias  tou  Xi^avrox   Itous,
   Ibid., 1906, 6: 78.—Pampana, E.  La malaria in Grecia; studio
   riassuntivo.  Riv. malariol., 1941,  20:  187-204.—Pezopoulos,
   N.,& Kardamates. J. P.  Die Malaria in  Athen; eine biologische
   und  histologiM'hc Studio iiber die  Malariaplasmodien.  Zbl.
   Bakt.,  1.  Abt..  1905-00. 40: 344. 480. 2 pl.   Also Torpid,
   rpboSos,  1900,   11:  70;  104.—Rice, J.  B., & Barber. M. A.
   Malaria studies  in Greece;  a modification of the Uhlenhuth-
   Weidanz precipitin  test for determining  the source of blood
   meals in mosquitoes and  other insects.  J.  Lab.  Clin.  M.,
   1934-35, 20: 876-83.—Ross, R.  The anti-malarial campaign
   in Greece.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1906, n. ser., 82: 330.
   ------Malaria in Greece.  Lancet, Lond., 1906, 2: 1384-86.
   Also J.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1906, 9: 341; 351.—Savas, C.
   Le paludisme en Grece; l'oeuvre de la ligue antimalarienne.
   Atti  Soc.  stud,  malaria, 1907,  8:  137-70.—Shannon, R. C.
   Malaria studies in  Greece; the  reaction of anopheline  mos-
   quitoes  to  certain  microclimatic factors.  Am. J. Trop. M.,
   1935, 15: 67-81.—Vouro, R.  Le paludisme en Grece; la ligue
   contre le paludisme.   Grece med., 1905, 7: 33-5.

   ----   Grenada.
      Cochrane. E.  Is A.  argyritarsis a malarial vector in Gre-
   nada?   Rev. Appl. Entom.,  Lond., 1943, 31: ser. B 139 (Abstr.)
   ------  Notes  on A. argyritarsis and  A.  pseudopunctipennis
   in Grenada.  Ibid., 185 (Abstr.)—Root, F. M., & Andrews, J.
   Malaria and anopheline survey of Grenada. B. W. I.   Am. J.
   Hyg., 1938, 27:  549-79.

   ----   Guadeloupe.

      Francois-Jclian,   G.   De  la  persistence  du
   paludisme  a  la   Guadeloupe;   les  causes;   la
   prophylaxie.   HOp.   8?   Par., 1930.
      Senevet, G.  Les moustiques de la Guadeloupe; mission
   1936.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur  Algerie, 1938, 16: 176-90.

   ----   Guatemala.

      Gat.indo,   J.  H.   *Le paludisme d'altitude au
   Guatemala.   39p.  8°  Par., 1936.
      Mira, G.  La malaria  en Guatemala;  estudio
   epidomiol6git'o   y  desarrollo  de  la  campana
   antipaludica.   54p.   8?   Roma,  1936.
      Herrera, J. R.  Estudio  del  paludismo en la Republica de
   Guatemala.  Proc.  Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942, 8. Congr., 6:
   339.  Also Bol. san.  Guatemala, 1940, 11: 142-206.------
   Diez anos de lucha antimalarica en Guatemala.  Ibid.,  1941,
   12:  177-84.—Leon, J.  R.   de.  El  paludismo de  altura en
   Guatemala.  Congr. med. centroamer.,  1936. 4. Congr., 67-79.
   Also  Bol.  san.  Guatemala, 1936, 7:  67-72.  ------  Una
v  encuesta sobre  paludismo de altura en Alta Verapaz.  Ibid.,
   1943, 14: 87-93.—Leon G., B.  de.  Acotaciones sobre  palu-
   dismo.  Ibid.,  1940,  11: 214.—Marroquin G., E.  Relaci6n
   sucinta de los trabajos  realizados desde los anos de  1931 a la
   fecha, por la Secci6n de  lucha antimalarica y sus dependencias.
   Congr. me.d. centroamer., 1936, 4.  Congr., 153-75.  Also Bol.
   san. Guatemala, 1936, 7: 153-75.—Paludismo.  Juven. med.,
   Guatemala, 1900, 2: 209-15.

   ----   Guiana.

      Floch,  H.     L'endemie   palustre  dans   les
   communes  rurales et l'interieur  de la  Guyane
   francaise.   5p.   22}2cm.   Cayenne, 1944.
      ----& Lajudie, P. de.   Sur  le  paludisme a
   la  Guvane  frangaise.   8p.    22}£cm.   Cayenne,
   1942.  "
      Giglioli,   G.   Malarial  nephritis;  epidemio-
   logical and clinical notes  on malaria, blackwater
   fever,  albuminuria and  nephritis in  the interior
   of  British Guiana, based  on seven  years'  con-
   tinual observation.  164p.   8?  Lond.,  1930.
      Achard, C.   Mission en  Guyane.  Rev. palud., Par.,  1940,
   2: 51-5.—Daniels, C. W.  Notes on malaria and other tropical
   diseases.  Brit. Guiana  M. Annual, 1902,  40-6.—Labernadie,
   V. G. F.  Quelques remarques sur le  paludisme en Guvane.
   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926,  19:  213; 280, ch.—Pearce.
   A. H. B.  Summary of the  work of the  Malaria Research Unit
   for  the  vear 1941  [British  Guiana]  Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond.,
   1943, 40: 512 (Abstr.)—Peter, F. M.  [Study on the epidemi-
   ology of malaria in Suriname and  Dutch  Guyana]   Geneesk.
   gids, 1934,  12: 370-4.—Report on the activities of the Malaria
   Investigations Service  of  the Medical Department,  British
   Guiana, for the year 1942.  Brit.  Guiana M. Annual,  1943,
   161-8.—Urchs,  O.    Drei Jahre Malaria-Kontrolle in Holliin-
   disch Guvana (1923-20.)  Arb. Tropenkrankh. (Festschr. B
   Nocht)  1927, 501-72.

   ----   Haiti.
      Butler, C. S., & Peterson, E.  Malaria in  Haiti.   J. Am.
   Inst. Homeop.,  1926, 19: 908-19.  Also U. S. Nav. M. Bull.,
1927, 25: 278-88. 4 pl.- Cook, S. S.   Malaria control in Haiti.
South.  M. .).,  l'.i:U), 23: 454-9.   ------  Mosquito control in
Haiti, with especial reference to  the use of Paris Green.  Ibid.,
1931. 21: 431-3.-  Fontus, C.  R6ponse au questionnaire relatif
an paludiMne.  Hull. Se, v. hyg., Port au Prince, 1940,6: No. 24,
24-31.-  Wilson, P. W.  Notes on a malaria survey at Port de
I'aix. Haiti.   V. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1928, 26: 320-3, 2 pl.
----   Honduras.

   Caceres Vijii, M.   La campana contra el paludismo.  Bol
san., Tegucigalpa,  1938, 7: No. 27, 17-20.—Malaria in Hon-
duras, British Honduras and El Salvador.   Bol. Of. san.  pan-
amer.,  1941, 20: 80-2.--Mejia M., A.  Organi/.aeifin  de l<m
trabajos contra el  paludismo.   Bol. san.,  Tegucigalpa, lO.'ifS,
7: No. 27, 27.—Paludismo.  Ibid., 1-5.  Peraza, J. A.  Orga-
nizacion de los  trabajos contra el paludismo.   Ibid.,  9-16.—
Ram. L. M.  Malarial survey  of Stann Creek district  with
relevant observations on the incidence of malaria in  British
Honduras.  J.   Trop.  M.  Hyg.,  Lond.,  1012,  45:  18-24.—
Vidal. A.  Organizaci6n de los  trabajos contra  el paludismo.
Bol.  san., Tegucigalpa, 1938, 7: No. 27, 5- 8.------Investi-
gaci6n de malaria en Honduras.   Rev.  med. hondur., 1944, 14:
487-502.
----   Hong Kong.
   Atkinson, J. M.  Diagram showing cases of malarial fever
occurring  every month amongst the police  force, the mean
monthly temperature and the monthly rainfall during the year
1899.  Select.  Colon. M. Rep.,  Lond. (1898-99)  1901, 152.—
Bell, J., & Stewart, G.  Hong Kong., clinical report on malaria,
as seen in the  Government Civil Hospital during  the half vear
1901.  J.  Trop. M., Lond., 1901, 4: 292-5.—Harris, F. "The
military malaria  problem in Hong  Kong.  J. R. Armv  M.
Corps, 1932, 58: 5; 92.— Jackson. R. B.  Annual  report of  the
work of the Malaria Bureau for the year  1933.   Med. San
Rep. Hong Kong, 1933, 137-219, ch.   —---- Sur deux  caa
d'infection naturelle, par l'hematozoaire du paludisme, de A.
splendidus (A. maculipalpis)  dans la colonie  de  Hong-Kong.
Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1935, 28:  446-8.—Young, J.  M.
The prevention of malaria in Hong Kong.   Brit. M. J., 1901, 2:
683-6.  Also J. Trop. M., Lond., 1901, 4: 338-41.
----   Hungary.
   Engel, R.  Observations sur 1'endemie alternative de palu-
disme aux  environs  de la  ville  de Kolozsvar, pendant une
periode  de  cinquante ans.  C. rend. Congr. internat. palud.
(1930)  1931,  2.  Congr., 1: 311-21—Ferenczi, A.  Klinische
Beobachtungen iiber Malaria.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1942, 68:
614.—[Hungary]  [Order No.  1000-1939,  B. M. for control of
malaria]  Nepegeszsegiigy,  1940,  21:   113-5.—Jancso, M.
Veietleniil eloidezett hazi malaria-endemia a kolozsvari bel-
gyogyaszati klinikan.   Orv. hetil., 1903, 47: 265, 285; passim.
------  Observations sur 1'endemie de la malaria k Kolozsvar.
Atti Soc. stud,  malaria, 1906, 7:  163-218,  map.   -----A
Engel, R.  Observations sur les reviviscences du paludisme aux
environs de la ville de Kolozsvar, pendant  une  periode de
cinquante ans.  Riv. malariol., 1930, 9: 725-33.—Kormoczi, E.
Adatok Budapest malariaviszonyaihoz €s a koratavaszi malaria
tanahoz.  Orv. hetil.,  1908, 52: 137-40.—Lorincz, F.  [Ma-
laria in Hungary]  Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int. kozl., 1933, 6: No. 15,
1; 1937,  10: No. 9, 1; No. 10, l;No. 14, l;No. 15, 1.  Also Orv.
hetil., 1937, 81: 1025-8.  Also Riv. malariol., 1937,  16: 465-79.
------  [Occurence of malaria in Hungary]  Nepegeszsegiigy,
1937, 18: 695-707.   ------   [Occurrence  of malaria in Hun-
gary; an outline for future research and  for the continuation of
the fight against malaria in Hungary]   Ibid., 924-34.  ---—
[Occurrence of malaria in Hungary; occurrence of the varieties
of malaria  parasites]  Ibid., 733-43.------& Makara, G.
[Malaria in Ungarn; Untersuchungen iiber den Zusammenhang
von  Malariafallen und der Anzahl  der  Miicken]  Orsz.  Koze-
geszs. Int. kozl., 1937, 10: No. 13, 1-7.   Lorincz, F., & Mihalyi,
F.  [Malaria in Ungarn; Anopheles maeulipennis-Varietaten in
Ungarn]  Ibid.,  No.  11, 1-14.  Also  .Xeiiegeszsegiigv,  1937,
18:  789-801.   ------  [Occurrence of malaria in Hungary;
the propagation of malaria  by the different  varieties of tht
Anopheles  maculipennis]  Ibid., 829-36.  Also Om-z.  Koze-
geszs. Int. kozl.,  1937, 10: No. 12,  1-9.—Lovas, B.  Beobach-
tungen  iiber  Malaria  in zwei Ortschaften.  Zbl.  ges.  Il\g.,
1943, 51: 166  (Abstr.) —Malaria in Ungarn.   Praxis,  Bern,
1943, 32: 642. —Palfalvi, S.   [Plan for an antimalaria campaign
in the Bodrogkuz region]  Nepegeszsegiigy, 1940, 21: 1376-9.—
Szauter,  B.   [Concentration  method in diagnosis of tropical
malaria  cases in  Debrecen]   Orv. hetil., 1936,  80: 535.—
Torbagy, E.   [Relief work used for the  control  of  malaria]
Nepegeszsegiigy,  1939,  20:   1105-7.—Tropical  malaria  in
Hungary.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111:  956.
----   Illinois, U. S.  A.
   Carr, H. P., & Clarke, J. L.   A study of the incidence and
distribution chaia< teristics of malaria in rural areas of Southern
Illinois.  Am.  J. Trop. M., 1927, 7: 251-68.—Hinrichs, M. A.
Malarial history of a southern Illinois college population.  Med.
Woman J.,  1930, 43: 229-32.—Malaria  at  Peoria.  Illinois
Health  Mess.,  1939,  11:  101.—Thomas,  V. D.  Falciparum
malaria.  Illinois M. J., 1944, 86: 316. 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           163                           MALARIOGRAPHY
  .----  India.

    Records  of  the  Malaria  Survey  of  India.
  Calc, v. 1, 1929/30-
    Sinton, J.  A.   A bibliography of  malaria in
  India.  200p.  Calc, 1929.
    ----    What   malaria   costs  India.    127p.
  241/2cm.   Delhi, 1939.
    Also Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1935, 5: 223; 413; 1936, 6: 91.

    ----& Ram,  R.   Man-made  malaria in India.
  21p.   24Ucm.  Delhi,  1936.
    Also Ind. M. Gaz.,  1936, 71: 181-7.
    Afridi, M. K., Majid, S. A., & Singh, J.   Malaria in Kutch
  State.  J. Malaria Inst. India,  1938, 1: 187-213.—Amy, A. C,
  & Boyd, J. S. K.  Malaria in India: the synthetic drugs and the
  relapse rate.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1936, 67: 1; 83.—Banerjea,
  A. C.  Some observations on an unusual epidemic of malaria in
  the City of Lucknow  (April-September  1929)  Ind. M.  Gaz.,
  1930, 65:  149-53.—Barber, M. A., & Rice, J. B.  Malaria in
  Poona and in its vicinity.   J. Malaria  Inst. India,  1938,  1:
  37-55.—Basu, B. C.  Report on a brief survey of malaria.and
  anopheUnes in Patna.   Rec.  Malaria Surv. India, 1932-33, 3:
  577.—Bose, K.  Malaria control at Birnagar, 1927.  Calcutta
  M. J., 1927-28, 22:  285-327, 4 pl.—Boyd. J. E.  M.  Malaria
  in India.   J. R. Army M. Corps,  1932, 58: 81; 248.—Brah-
  machari, V. N.  Quartan fever in Calcutta and Dacca.   Ind.
  M. Gaz., 1901, 36: 291, pl.: 1902, 37: 93, diagr.—Chatterjee, R.
  B. G. C.  Review of the report on the Malaria Commission's
  tour in India.  Ind.  M. Rec, 1931,  51: 129-32.—Christophers,
  S. R. & Sinton, J. A.   A malaria map of  India.  Ind.  J. M.
  Res., 1926-27, 14: 173-8,  map.—Cornwall, J. W.  Notes on
  malaria. Tr. S. Ind. Br. Brit.  M.  Ass.,  1902-03, 10: 5-14.—
  Covell,  G.  Malaria in Calcutta.   Rec.  Malaria Surv. India,
  1932-33, 3: 1-82, 3 map.  ------   Malaria in Patiala  State.
  Ibid., 83; 271, 3 map.   ------  The malaria survey of India,
  1927-1937.  J. Malaria  Inst. India, 1938, 1: 1-31, 4 pi.------&
  Baily, J. D. Further observations on a regional epidemic of ma-
  laria in Northern Sind.   Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1936, 6: 411-
  37.—Covell, G., & Harbhagwan, J.  Malaria in the Wynaad,
  South  India.   J. Malaria  Inst.  India, 1939,  2:  341-76.—
  Dempster.  T. E.  On  the causes of marsh poison in India.
  Rec. Malaria Surv.  India, 1935,  5:  491-3— Dogra. J. R.  A
  malaria survey  of Bannu cantonment  (1932-33)  J.  Malaria
  Inst. India, 1938, 1: 57-81,  3 pl.—Gilford, G. G.  Notes on
  an enquiry into the  causation of malarial fever on the Cora-
  mandol coast.  Tr. S. Ind. Br.Brit., M. Ass., 1900, 8: 453-7 —
  Gilroy, A.   Health in tea gardens of the Darjeeling Terai with
  special reference to malaria.  J. Malaria Inst. India,  1939, 2:
  165-79.—Graham, J. D.  Distribution et caracteres epidemi-
  ologiques du  paludisme aux Indes  Britanniques.  Bull.  Off.
  internat. hyg. pub.,  Par., 1926, 18: 1126-32, map.—Iyengar,
  M. O. T.   Absence  of malaria in  the salt-water lake basin.
  Ind. J. M. Res., 1931, 19: 163-74, 2 pl— Karan. J. P.  Thirteen
  cases  of aberrant malaria.  Antiseptic,  Madras,  1944,  41:
  389-92.—Koenigsfeld,  E. G. H.  Malaria,  problem.  J.  Ind.
  M. Ass., 1942-43,  12:  138.—Krishnamurty, C.  Pernicious
  forms of malaria at Sompeta, Ganjam District.  Ind. M. Gaz.,
  1927,  62: 144.—Krishnan,  K. V.  Report of the Professor of
  Malariology and Rural Hygiene.  Annual Rep. All India Inst.
  Hyg. (1937) 1938, 23;  (1938) 1939,  27.------Malaria at
  Abujhati.  Ibid.,  1939,  34-6.—Labernadie,  V.   Note sur  le
  paludisme a Pondichery.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1929, 21:
  19-21.—Lawrie,  E.  Report on  malaria for the  month of
  November and December 1899.   Ind. M. Gaz.,  1900, 35: 45;
  94.—Leslie, J. T. W.   A proposal for the further investigation
  of malaria in  India.  Rec. Malaria Surv.  India, 1929-30, 1:
  88-93.—Lindberg, K.  Notes on malaria on the Barsi  Light
  railway (Deccan)  Ibid., 1935, 5: 51-95,  tab.—Macdonald, G.
  Report on a malaria survey in Bikaner state.  Ibid., 1931, 2:
  603-19.—Malaria.  Annual  Rep. Calcutta  School  Trop.  M.
  (1933) 1934, Suppl., 33-47.—Mansell, R. A.  A discussion on
 malaria in the Quetta-Pishin district.  J. R. Army M. Corps,
 1931, 56: 401-9.—Mayne,  B.  Initial seasonal appearance of
 malaria in a selected area in  India, demonstrated by presence
 of parasites in the insect carrier.  Tr.  Far East. Ass. Trop.
 M.,  1927,  7.  Congr.,  2:  740-4.   ------  The  influence of
 relative  humidity on the presence  of parasites  in the insect
â– carrier and  the  initial seasonal appearance  of malaria  in a
 selected area in India. Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 1073-84.—
 Megaw,  J. W. D.   A year's experience of malaria  at the
 Out-Door Department  of the Medical  College Hospital, Cal-
 cutta.  Ind. M.  Gaz., 1907, 42: 10-3.—Mitra, K.  Increase of
 malaria in Manbhum,  1936.  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1938, 1:
 215.—Murray, R. D.   The outbreak of malarial  fever in the
 United  Provinces.  Rec.  Malaria Surv. India,  1929-30, 1:
 13^4— O'Connell, M.  D.  Malarial fevers.  Ind. M.  Gaz.,
 1891, 26: 203-5.—Paul, J. N.  Malaria in Calcutta.  Ind. M.
 Rec,  1942, 62: 338-44.—Polverini, G.   Osservazioni et  note
 sulla  malaria  in  India.  Morgagni,  1904,  46:  385-408.—
 Robertson,  J.  C.  A preliminary report on an  inquiry into
 malaria in the Government estate in the Tarai of the United
 Provinces.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India,  1929-30,  1: 94-113, 3
 ch., map.—Rogers, L.  The relation of variations in the  level
 of the ground-water to  the incidence and seasonal distribution
 of malarial  fevers  in   India.   Tr.  Epidem.  Soc.  London,
 1897-98,  n. ser.,  17:   60-77.—Ross, R.  Report on a  pre-
 liminary investigation into malaria in the Sigtir Ghat, Ootaca-
mund.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1898, 33: 133, 173.—Roy, D. N.   The
importance of A. varuna Iyengar as a carrier of malaria in
Bally  (Calcutta)  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1939, 2: 239-42.
------& Chowdhury, K. L.   The parasitology of malaria in the
Darjeeling Terai.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1930, 65: 379-81.—Roy, D.
N., & Roy, P. C.  Observations on the relationship between ma-
laria and pistia in two vi'lages in Murshidabad district.  Ibid.,
1941, 76: 538-42.—Russell, P. F.  Malaria in India: impres-
sions from  a tour.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1936, 16:653-64.   ------
Knipe. F. W., & Rao, H. R.  On the intermittent irrigation of
ricefields to control malaria in South India.  Trop. Dis. Bull.,
Lond., 1943, 40: 114 (Abstr.)—Russell, P. F., & Menon, M. K.
A malario-economic survey in  rural south  India.  Ind. M.
Gaz., 1942, 77: 167-80.   ------& Sweet. W. C.  Some obser-
vations on malaria parasite rates in infants in South India.
J. Malaria Inst. India, 1939, 2: 439-55—Schiiffner, W. A. P.
Le paludisme aux Indes  britanniques.   C. rend. Congr. inter-
nat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2: 497-511.  ——  Notes
on the Indian tour of the Malaria commission of the  League
of  Nations.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India,  1931,  2: 337-47 —
Shortt, H.  E.  Spleen rates in the Garo Hills.  Ibid., 1929-30,
1:  499-513.—Siddons,  L. B.  A. stephensi and  malaria in
Calcutta.   Ind.  M. Gaz., 1943,  78: 463.—Singh,  J., & Jacob,
V. P.  Malaria in Ahmedabad.  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1943,
5:  127.  ------  Malaria  investigations  in  North Kanara.
Ibid., 267-303.—Sinton, J. A.   Note on malaria in Delhi, with
special reference to the report of Mr. Senior-White. Rec. Ma-
laria Surv.  India, 1929-30, 1: 337-40. ------ Reports on some
short malaria surveys undertaken in Kathiawar.   Ibid., 1931,
2:  349-405.   ------  Malaria  survey of India.   Conf. M.
Res. Workers Calcutta,  1934, 16.  ------  Malarial preva-
lence in its relationship  to  the  problems  of food  supply  and
increasing  population  in India.   Rec.  Malaria Surv. India,
1936, 6: 53-65.—Some  aspects  of  malaria.  Ind. M. Rec,
1935, 55: 183-7.—Some observations on malaria, at the sleeper
works, Kisli Dispensary,  Mandla District, C. P.   Ibid., 1903,
24: 238.—Strickland, C.  Malaria in Chota Nagpur.  Ind. M.
Gaz., 1939, 74: 737-40.  ------& Chowdhury, K. L.  Malaria
and blackwater  fever at Noamundi.  Ind. J. M.  Res., 1930,
18: 377-89.—Sur, S. N., Bhattacharji, K. P., & Khan, B. M.
Report on  a malaria survey in Kalimpong and Sikkim.  Rec.
Malaria Surv. India, 1932-33, 3: 571-5—Sweet, W. C.  Notes
on  malaria in Mysore State; the topograpy, meteorology  and
malarial seasons of Mysore.  Ibid.,  035-61.  ------  Notes
on malaria in Mysore State; spleen and parasite rate relation-
ships.  Ibid., 675-87.  ------   A study of village malaria in
Mysore State.  Ibid., 1937, 7: 191-207.—Varieties of malaria
among British  troops.   Annual  Rep.  Pub. Health  Comm.
India (1936) 1938, 2: 7.—White, J. C.  Report on the outbreak
of malarial fever in the United Provinces during the period
September to December 1908.  Rec. Malaria  Surv. India,
1929-30,  1: 114-30, ch.—White. R. S.   Studies in  malaria, as
it affects Indian  Railways.   Ind.  M. Gaz., 1928,  63:  55-72,
3 pl., ch.------Malaria at Delhi; its incidence and causa-
tion.  Rec. Malaria  Surv.  India, 1929-30, 1: 291-335, 2  pl.,
5 ch.   ------  On malaria transmission in the Jeypore Hills.
Ibid., 1937, 7: 47-75.  Also J. Malaria Inst.  India, 1938, 1:
129-45.  ------  On malaria transmission in the Hazaribaah
ranges, including  Ranchi  Plateau.  Ibid.,  1943,  5:  207-31.
------& Adhikari, A. K.   On malaria transmission around the
Chilka Lake.   Ibid.,  1939, 2:  395-423,  4 pl.  ------  On
malaria transmission in  the eastern Satpura ranges.   Ibid.,
1940, 3: 383-411.—White, R. S.. & Das, B. K.  On malaria
transmission in the Singhbhum Hills.   Ibid., 1938, 1: 169-84 —
White, R. S., &  Narayana, P. A.   On malaria transmission in
in the Singhbhum Hills; an experiment with trap-nets.   Ibid.,
1940, 3: 413-25.—White, R. S., & Venkat Rao, V.   On malaria
transmission around Vizagapatam.  Ibid., 1943, 5: 187-205.—
Williams, H. S.. jr.   Malaria.   Field M? Bull. U. S. Army, N.
Delhi, 1943, 2: 44.—Wilson, D. B.. & Wilson, M.  Impressions
of malaria  in India.   East Afr.  M. J., 1930-37, 13: 82-93 —
Wrafter,  R. E.  Malarial fevers.  Pract.  Med., Delhi, 1905,
3: 53-9.—Young, T. C. M., & Baily, J. D.   Malaria in Coorg.
Ind. J. M.  Res., 1927-28,  15: 745-95, 3 pl.—Young, T. C.  M.,
&  Majid.  A.   Further observations  on  malaiia  in  Coorg.
Ibid., 1928-29, 16: 766-9.

----   India:  Assam.
   Clemesha, W. W.   A  note on malarial  conditions  in  the
Province of Assam.   Far East. Ass.  Trop. M.  (1927)  1928,
7. Congr.,  2:  698-704.—Gupta, P., Bhattacharya, S. R., &
Datta,  N.  C.  Malaria survey report on  Nijpat  Jaintiapur,
Sylhet District,  Assam.   Rec.  Malaria  Surv.  India,  1935,
5: 335.—Gupta,  P., Das, G., & Majumdar, N! R.  A malaria
survey of  Kachugaon,  Goalpara  District,  Assam.   Ibid.
1932-33,  3: 253-68.—Macdonald, G., & Chowdhury, K. L.
Report on  a malaria survey of the tea gardens in the Mariani
Medical  Association,  Assam.   Ibid.,  1931,  2:   111-56.—
Manson,  D.  Some observations on a malaria survey  carried
out in the Jorhat district of Assam. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1931 34: 149-55.  ------  The scope of an Assam tea garden
laboratory.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 690-3.  ------& Ramsay,
G. C. Some findings in a malaria survey carried out on a group
of tea estates in the Sibsagar District of Assam from August 1,
1930 to July 31, 1931.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1932-33,
3: 143-60,  2 ch., map.  ------  Further observations on  a
malaria survey  in  the Jorhat  District, Assam,   with some
notes on the anti-malaria measures employed.  Ibid., 479-94,
2 ch.—Notes on centres where  malaria control measures are 
MALARIOGRAPHY
104
MALARIOGRAPHY
in progress [Assam]  Trop.  Dis. Bull..  Lond.,  1942,  39:  435
i Abstr.)   Paul, S. H.. * Boy, S. C.  A brief preliminary report
of the malaria survey of Ilaltugaon in the District of Goalpara,
Assam.   Hec. Malaria Surv. India.  1936, 6: 483-5.—Ramsay.
G. C.  A few impressions on a malaria survey of a group of
tea gardens in Assam.   Tr. Far Fast. Ass. Trop. M. (1927)
1928, 7. Congr.. 2: 661-83.  ------  Assam's malaria problems
and their solution.  Lancet, Lond.. 1929, 2: 1350-8.  ----   &
Savage,  J. de la M. The  principles and methods of malaiia
control in  Assam.  Brit. M. J., 1932, 2:  790-2.—Rice, E. M.
Observations on  malaria in Assam, with special  reference to
cold  weather  and  pre-monsoon  anti-larval  control.   Rec.
Malaria  Surv. India, 1935, 5: 371-88.  ------& Mohan. B. N.
A. minimus in Assam; its  cold weather  bionomics and their
relationship to anti-larval control.  Ibid., 1936, 6: 557-94.—
Rice. E.  M.. & Savage, J. de la M.  Malaria survev of two tea
estates in Upper Assam.   Ibid.,  1932-33, 3: 219-52.—Strick-
land, C, & Gibson, D.  Backdoor drainage, an  anti-malarial
measure  designed to meet a particular physiographical situation
in Sylhet District,  Assam.   Ind. M. Gaz.,  1934, 69: 432-7 —
Strickland, C, & Murphy. R. A.   River-sand silting and other
antimalarial measures in South  Svlhet, Assam.  Rec  Malaria
Surv. India,  1932-33, 3: 12.5-42, 5 pl., ch., 3 map— Viswana-
than. D.  K.  Experimental malaria control in a  hyperendemic
tea garden in Upper Assam by the use of pyrocide 20  as an
insecticidal spray.  J. Malaria Inst.  India, 1941, 4: 35-55.

----   India:  Baluchistan.
   Capon, P. J. L.  A brief investigation regarding the height
about  sea-level at  which malaria  occurs in Baluchistan.-  J.
Malaria  Inst. India, 1940, 3: 125-7.—Molony, J. B. de W., &
Gorman, J. H. Malaria in Quetta; an analysis of the statistics
of admissions to military hospitals,  and their correlation with
temperature,  humiditv  and rainfall.   Rec  Malaria  Surv.
India,  1936, 6: 273-88.—Mulligan. H.  W.  Some notes  on
malaria  in Baluchistan.  Ibid.,  1935,  5:  330-43.   ------ &
Bailey, J.  D.   Malaria in Quetta,  Baluchistan.   Ibid.,  1936,
6: 289-385, ch., 4 pl.

----   India:  Bengal.

   Chattehjee, G.  C.  The  malaria  problem  of
the tidal zone in Bengal.   23p.   8?  Calc, 1935.
   Bhattacharjee, J. C.   Some observations on the prevalence
and treatment of malaria in Terai District of Bengal with notes
on blackwater fever.  Antiseptic, Madras, 1936, 33: 762-77.—
His hop  T. H.  Anti-malarial operations on the Eastern Bengal
Railway; Khulna Branch.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1926, 61: 337-43 —
Chatterji. A. C.  Malaria.   Bengal Pub. Health Rep. (1939)
1941,  63-74.   ------    Municipal  anti-malaria  schemes.
Ibid.,  72-4.   ------   Provincial  quinine  grant.   Ibid.,  71.
------   Special anti-malaria scheme at Jessore.  Ibid., 156.—
Clemesha, W. W.,  Lukis, C. P.  [et al.]  Notes on the malaria
problem  in Bengal, 1916.  Rec.  Malaria Surv. India, 1929-30,
1: 140-53.—Co-operative antimalaria work  in Bengal.  Brit.
M. J., 1943, 2: 428.—Das, B. K.  Malaria at Chandpur (Bengal)
Ind. M.  Gaz., 1943, 78: 327-30.—Ganguli, P. The problem of
eradicating malaria in Bengal.   Calcutta M. Rev.,  1038-39,
1: 356;  passim.—Harrison,  C.  C,  & Ramsay,  G. C.  Some
findings  and observations in a malaria survey of a group  of tea
estates in the Eastern Duars District of Northern Bengal and
some recommendations for the reduction, control and  eradica-
tion of malaria in  the area  investigated.  J. Trop. M.  Hvg.,
Lond., 1933, 36: 33-41.—Iyengar, M. O. T.  Malaria survey of
part of  the lower  Bengal Delta.  Tr. Far East.  Ass.  Trop.
M. (1927)  1928, 7.  Congr., 2: 684-94, 4 pl.   ------ Regional
distribution of anophelines  and malaria in Bengal.   Abstr.
Papers Far East. Ass. .Trop. M„ 1927, 7. Congr.,  93.  ------
Jungle in  relation  to malaria in Bengal.   Ind. J. M.  Res.,
1930, 18: 259-66.  ------•   Studies on malaria in  the deltaic
region of Bengal.  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1941^42, 4:  435--46.
------   Problems relating to malaria control in deltaic Bengal.
Ibid., 1944, 5: 435-47.—Malaria control  in Bengal.   Ind. M.
Gaz., 1934, 69: 635.—Mookherji. B.  Malaria [Bengal]  Bengal
Pub. Health Rep. (1940) 1942, 04-8. ------ Municipal anti-
malaria schemes  [Bengal]   Ibid.,  106.  ------   Special anti-
malaria scheme at Jessore.  Ibid.,  110.—Niogi, S. K., & Khan,
B. M.  Winter malaria infection in the Bengal  Dooars.  Rec.
Malaria  Surv. India, 1937,  7:  213-9.—Ramsay, G. C, &
Anderson,  I. R.  An investigation on the use of automatic
siphon sluices on a group of tea estates  in Northern  Bengal.
J. Malaria Inst. India, 1940, 3: 93-7.—Rogers. L.  The effect of
the silting up  of a Lower Bengal  river on the prevalence of
malaria;  with some remarks on the spleen test, and the reduc-
tion  of  malaria by  filtered  water.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1901,  36:
366-71; map.—Sarkar, S. L.  Malaria (A) survey in Noakhali
district,  Bengal.   Ibid.,  1931.  66:  322-0—Sen, P.   The
relative  prevalence of anophelines in  houses and  cattle-sheds
in deltaic Bengal.  Rec. Malaria  Surv. India, 1937, 7: 147-53.—
Strickland. C.  Malaria  in relation to the coastal lagoons of
Bengal and Orissa.   Ind.  M. Gaz., 1938. 73: 399-402. pl.—
Sur, S.  N.  Malaria  problem  in  Bengal.  C. lend. Congr.
internat. palud. (1930)  1931, 2. Congr., 1: 464-80.—Timbres,
H. G.  Studies on malaria in villages in Western Herigal.   Pee.
Malaria  Surv. India, 1935, 5: 345-70.

----    India:  Bihar and Orissa.
   Covell, G.. & Pritam Singh.  Malaria in the coastal belt of
Orissa.   J. Malaria Inst.  India, 1941-42,  4: 357-593.—Rao,
<;. R.  Malaria in the Jharia Mining Settlement, Bihar. Ibid.
3(17 -9  (Abstr.)  1944,  5:  471.-  Strickland. C.   A study in
physiography  in  relation  to malaria,  in the On sa coa<td
tracts.  Riv. malariol., 1939, 18: 38- II.  4  pl.- White. R. s.,
Adhikari. A. K. [et al.]  On malaria transmission on the Orisnii
coastal plain.  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1943, 5: 159-86.


----  India:  Madras.
   Donovan, C.  Malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz.,  1905, 40:  111.—
King, W. G.  Malaria prevention in Madras.  Ibid.. 201 -7 —
Rao,  K.  R.  Note  on the  present state  of knowledge about
maiaria in  the Presidency of Madias.   Pee.  Malaria Surv
India, 1920-30, 1:  473-97.-Russell.  P.  F., & Jacob, V. V.
Epidemiology of  malaria in the  Ennore-N'cllore coastal Area!
Madras Presidency,  India.   ,1. Malaria  Inst. India,  1939, 2:
131-52. 2 pl.------On the epidemiology of malaria in the
Ni'giris  district,  Madras  Presidency.   Ibid.,  Kill  42   4-
349-92, 2 pl.—Russell, P.  F., Kumara Menon, M., & Rama^
chandra Rao, T.  Epidemiology of malaria in  I'attukkottai
Taluk, Tanjore District,  Madras  Presidency. India.   Ibid
1938, 1: 285-326, 6 ch.—Viswanathan, D. K.  Epidemic malaria
in Madras  presidency.   Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1936  6*
239-M.
----  India: Prevention.

  Ahmed,  N.  Five years of anti-malaria work at  Barwadih
railway settlement.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 472-6.  —
Five years of anti-malaria work at Lillooah railway settlement
J. Ind. M. Ass., 1941-42, 11: 348-51.  Banerjcc, S. N.  Reso-
lution in the ImDerial Council re prevention of  malaria  191(1
Rec.  Malaria  Surv.  India,  1929-30,  I:  154-62.-  Hose,  K.
Malaria control at Birnagar, 1920.  Calcutta M. .1.,  1925-27,
21: 350-84,  5  pl.—Bose, P. N.  Anti-malarial  operations in
India.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1941, 76:  690-5.—Campaign against
malaria in India.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1939, 42: 150-2.—
Chatterji,  G. C.  Control of malaria in the environment of
Calcutta; can it be promoted by adoption of Willcock's overflow
irrigation?  Ind. M.  Rec, 1934,  54: 161-9.—Chopra, B. I..
Anti-malarial measures in the railway area at Delhi.  Ind. M.
Gaz., 1938, 73: 150.—Chopra, R. N., & Basu. B.  C.   Failure of
Mj in prophylaxis of Indian strains of malaria. J. Malaria
Inst. India, 1939, 2: 253-5.—Chopra, R. N., Sen,  B., & Ganguli,
S. K.  Tebetren in Indian strains  of malaria.   Ind. M. Gaz.,
1935, 70: 302-6.—Chowdhury,  K.  L.  Three years'  (1933 to
1935) malaria control work in Calcutta.  Rec.  Malaria Surv.
India, 1936, 6:  467-78.—Christophers, R.  Malaria control
in India.   Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 320.—Clemesha, W. W.  Note
on  the  influence  of  railway  construction on  malaria.  Rec.
Malaria  Surv.  India, 1929-30,  1:  163-70.------Further
note on anti-malarial measures  on the Travancore Tea Com-
panies' estates.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66:  618-22.-----4
Moore,  J.  H.   Five years'  anti-malaria  measures  on the
Travancore Tea Companies'  estates.  Ibid.,  1930, 65: 671-83,
Also Rev.  hyg., Par., 1932, 54: 60-7.—Clyde, D.  Report on
the control of the malaria during the Sarda canal construction
(1920-1929)  Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1931, 2: 49-110, 8 pl.,
3  ch.—Covell,  G.  Note  on the  control  of mosquitoes and
malaria in Delhi.  Ibid., 1934, 4: 273-89.  ------   The effect
of paris green dusting on rice crops.  Ibid., 1935,  5:  153-7.
------   A note on the method used to combat rural malaria in
India.  In: Prepar.  Papers Intergov. Conf. Far East. Rural
Hyg., 1937,  1. Conf., C. H. 1235  (b) 70-81.-----Anti-
malaria operations in Delhi.  J. Malaria Inst. India, 1939, 2:
1-61,  13  pl ,  map.------The  public  health  aspect of
malaria control.  Ind.  M. Gaz., 1942, 77: 741-4.-----4
Afridi, M. K.   Antimalaria operations in Delhi.  J. Malaria
Inst.  India, 1939, 2:  1;  315, 2 pl.; 1941, 4:  1, 29 pl—Covell,
G.,  &  Singh.   J.  Antimalaria  operations  in  Delhi.  Ibid.,
•1943, 5: 87-106.—Datta, A. C.  The government anti-malarial
scheme in Burdwan.  Ind. M. Rec, 1933, 53: 182.—De Burca,
B.  Note  on anti-malaria  measures in  Quetta Cantonment
during 1938.  J. Malaria Inst.  India, 1939,2:  121-30,4 pl —
Fighting malaria in Calcutta.  J. Ayurveda, 1932, 9: 238-40.—
Future  (The)  of malaria contiol  in India.  Ind.  M.  Gaz.,
1927, 62:  27;-33.—Ganguli, A. C. & Basu, A. T.   The effect of
three years' anti-mosquito work   on malaria  incidence in
Calcutta.  J. Ind. M. Ass., 1935-36, 5:  593-601.—Hull, A. J.
The prevention of  malaria in Indian  Cantonments.  J.  R.
Army M. Corps, 1907, 8: 337—Iredell, A. W.   An account of
mosquito-proofing carried out by the Royal Air Force in India.
Ibid., 1933, 60: 33-7.—Knipe, F., & Russell, P.  F.   A demon-
stration project in the  control  of  rural irrigation malaria by
antilarval  measures.  J.  Malaria   Inst.  India, 1941-42,  4:
615-31, 2  pl.—Mondal. R.-S.  The species  control of a liill-
stream  by training.   Ibid.,  1940,  3:  465-74,   pl.—Murphy,
R. A.  Anti-malarial work on a group of tea estates in South
Sylhet.   Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1934,  69:  437-9.- Peltier.  Lutte
antipaludique aux Indes Anglaises.  Ann. med.  pharm. col.,
Par.,  1930, 28: 418-34.—Rao, B. A.  Drive against  malaria in
Indian Cantonments.   Current Se., Bangalore,  1942, 11: 212.
------  Rao, R.  M.  [et al.]  Malaria control work.  Annual
Rep.  Mysore Dep. Health, 1933, 1:  27-30.—Rao, R. B.  Ex-
perimental  control of rural malaria  at I'attukkottai,  Tanjore
District. S. India.  J. Malaria Inst. India. 1943, 5: 125.—Rao,
V. V.  The effect of stocking rice fields with sullage at Khurda
Roud on anopheline breeding. Ind. M. Gaz., 1941, 76: 86-8.—
Rice, E. M.  On the economic aspect of malaria to tea estates
in  the  Bengaldooars.  J.  Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1931,- 34: 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           165                           MALARIOGRAPHY
193-204.—Roy,  P.  K.  Investigations  on the prevention of
malaria in rural areas.  J.  Ind.JM.  Ass., 1934-35, 4: 531-40,
tab.—Russell, P. F., Knipe, F. W., & Rao, H. R.   On agricul-
tural malaria and its control with special reference  to  South
India.  Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1942,  77: 744-54.------   On  the
intermittent irrigation of ricefields to control malaria in  South
India.  Rev.  Appl. Entom.,"  Lond.,  1943,  31:  ser. B,  115
(Abstr.)—Satyanarayana, K.   Anti-malarial  operations  in the
Vizagapam Harbor Construction area (1927-1933) Rec. Malaria
Surv. India,  1934.  4: 343-62. 2  map, 4 ch.—Strickland, C.
The foundations of  antimalarial work.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1936-37, 30:  369-78, 2 pl.—Stuart,  L.  Report
regarding the action taken in the-United Provinces to prevent
the spread of malaria.  Rec.  Malaria  Surv.  India,  1929-30,
1: 135.—Tweedie. D. R.  Fascine drainage as an anti-malaria
measure.  J.  Malaya Brit. M. Ass.,  1940,  4: 167-71, pl —
Wanted,  a cheap antimalarial drug in India.  Brit. M.  J.,
1942, 1:  78.—Watson. M.  Prevention  of malaria in  India;
recent advances.  Nature, Lond., 1940, 145: 878-81.
---   India:  Punjab.
   Giles, G. M.  The anti-malarial operations  in Mian Mir.
J. R. Army M.  Corps,  1904.  3:  131-3.—Gill- C. A.  Rice
cultivation  and malaria in the Punjab.  Rec. Malaria Surv.
India, 1929-30, 1: 423-8.—Hicks. E.  P.. & Majid. S.  A.   A
study of the epidemiology of malaria in a  Punjab district.
Ibid., 1937, 7: 1-46, ch.—Irvine, G. M.  A review of malaria
during 1928 in a minor hill station in the  Punjab.   Ind.  M.
Gaz., 1929, 64: 307-12.—James. S. P.  A report of the anti-
malarial operations at Mian Mir  (1901-1902)   Rep. Malaria
Com. R. Soc. London, 1903, 8. ser., 27-77, tab.—Lai, R. B., &
Shah, K. S.  Malaria and water-logging; a  report on a study
of the health conditions prevailing at Chakanwa'i, Gujranwala
District, Punjab,  from November  1927 to January  1931,  etc.
Rec. Malaria Surv. India,  1932-33,  3: 583-634,  2 map.—
Macdonald, G.,  & Abdul Majid.  J.   Report on an intensive
malaria survey in the Karnal District, Punjab.  Ibid., 1931,
2: 423-80.—Punjab (The) problem.  Ind. M. Rec,  1931, 51:
64; 81.—Ross. R.  The anti-malaria experiment at Mian Mir.
Brit. M. J., 1904,  2: 632-5.—Sewell. E. P.  The results of the
campaign against  malaria in Mian Mir.  Ibid.. 635-7.  ------
Anti-malarial operations at Mian Mir.   J. R. Army M. Corps,
1905,  5:  132-4.  ------  The  anti-malarial operations  at
Mian Mir (Punjab)  Lancet,  Lond.. 1904, 1: 637.  ------ &
Christophers, S. R.   Malaria in an Indian Cantonment  (Mian
Mir) an experimental  application of  antimalarial measures
Rep. Malaria Com.  R. Soc. London,  1903, 8.  ser.. 13-26 —
Watson, M.  The lesson of Mian Mir.  Ind. M. Rec, 1931.
51: 378-84.—Yacob,  M., & Swaroop,  S.  The forecasting of
epidemic  malaria in  the  Punjab.  J. Malaria  Inst.  India,
1943-44, 5: 319-35.  ------  Degree  of  accuracy realized in
malaria forecasts  in the Punjab for the  years 1923 to 1942.
Ind. M. Gaz., 1944, 79: 282-9.
 ---   India:  Sind.
    Abraham, A. C, & Samuels. R. D.  Epidemiology of malaria
 in the Nizamsagar Ayacut area, Nizamabad District, Hydera-
 bad  State.   J. Malaria Inst. India, 1943-44, 5:  305-18.—
 Covell, G., & Baily. J. D. Malaria in Sind; malaria in the Guni
 Division  of  Hyderabad District  (Fuleli  Canal  area) Rec.
 Malaria Surv. India, 1929-30, 1: 523-37, ch.  ------  Malaria
 >n Sind; malaria  in  the Mirpur Khas Division of Thar and
 Parkar District (Jamrao canal area) Ibid., 539-48. ------
 Malaria  in Sind;  the factors influencing  the normal autumnal
 incidence of malaria in Larkana  Taluka,  Larkana District.
 Ibid., 549-65, ch.  ------  Malaria in Sind; malaria in Nawab-
 shah District.  Ibid.,  1931,  2: 507-26.  ------â–    Malaria in
 Sind; malaria in Umarkot and Chhachhro Talukas  of Thar and
 Parkar District (Lower Sind)  Ibid., 527-36.  ----—  Ma-
 laria  in Sind; post-epidemic  conditions in a  rice-growing area
 in Kambar Taluka,  Larkana District. Ibid., 537-43.  ------
 Malaria in Sind;  malaria in the Upper Sind frontier district.
 Ibid.,  545-68.  ------  Malaria  in  Sind; malaria in Shah-
 bandar Division, Karachi District.  Ibid., 1932-33, 3: 103-24.
 -----  The study of a regional epidemic of malaria in northern
 Sind.  Ibid.,  279-322.   ------ Malaria in Sind;  malaria  in
 Sukkur District.  Ibid.,  1934, 4:  119-43.   ------  Malaria
 in Sind;  malaria  in  Dadu  District.  Ibid., 145-64.  â– ------
 Malaria in Sind; malaria in Larkana District. Ibid., 165-91.
 -----â–   Malaria in Sind; note on malaria in a water-logged
 area in Khairpur  State.  Ibid., 327-41.   ------  Malaria  in
 Sind; malaria in Hala  Taluka, Hyderabad  District,  and  in
 Kandiaro, Sinjhoro and Shahdadpur Talukas, Nawabshah Dis-
 trict.   Ibid.,  1935, 5: 109-19.  ------   Malaria in Sind; the
 effects produced by the  operation of the Lloyd barrage scheme
 on the incidence of malaria  in Sind.  Ibid., 1936,  6: 387-409.
 ----- &  Prasad. V.   An experiment with  Paris green in a
 hyperendemic  village  in Sind.  Ibid.,   1935, 5:  131-52.—
 McCombie Young. T. C, & Majid, S. A.  Malaria in Sind, with
 reference  to the Sukkur barrage scheme.   Ibid., 1929-30,  1:
 341-407. 6 ch., 5 map.—Parwani, C.  U.   Malaria  and Khair-
 pur State.  Sind  M.  J., 1939-40,  12: 148-53.—Sinton, J.  A.
 Note on malaria and anti-malarial measures in the Larkana
 District of Sind.   Rec.  Malaria  Surv.  India, 1929-30,  1:
413-5.  ------  Note  on the report on  Malaria  in Sind by
Lieut.-Col. McCombie Young and  S.  A. S. Syed Abul  Majid.
Ibid., 409-12.
 ----   Indiana, U. S.  A.
    Christensen, G. R., & Quinn, J. L., jr.   Malaria control in
 Indiana.  Month.  Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1942, 45: 164.—
 Jackson, J. W.   Malaria  in Indiana.  J. Indiana M. Ass.
 1939, 32: 305-8.

 ----   Indochina.

    Casanova, F.  *Remarques sur l'epidemiologie
 du paludismo en Indochinc.   47p.   8?  Par., 1932.
    Nhut,  H.    *Contribution a  l'etude du  palu-
 disme a  Saigon  et  de sa disparition  progressive.
 73r>.   8?  Par.; 1933.
    Tinh,  Le Van.  *Le paludisme  on Cochinchine
 ot sa  Drophylaxie.  36p.  8?  Par., 1932.
    Bedier,  E.   Quelques considerations sur le paludisme au
 Laos.   Ann. med. pharm. col.,  Par.,  1930,  28:  201-18.—
 Bernard, P. N.,  Scheer. H. [et al.]  Paludisme.  Arch. Inst.
 Pasteur Indochine, 1922, Spec,  115-29, 3 pl.—Bordes, L. A.
 Les  premieres  recherches  sur le  paludisme  en  Indochine.
 Ibid.,  1930,  No.  12, 5-18.   ------ &  Nguyen-Van-Lieng.
 Note sur  les albumines et la cholesterine du  serum  sanguin
 chez les paludeens chroniques de race annamite.  Bull. Soc.
 path, exot., Par., 1931, 24:  724-31.—Borel, M.  Paludisme en
 Cochinchine; resultats de mesures prophylactiques a, la planta-
 tion  de Suzannah (11 au 13 ao"t 1926)  Ibid., 1926, 19: 811-5.
 ------ R£sultats d'une enquete epidemiologique et entomo-
  ogique k  Yaback  (Annam)   Ibid., 845-52.   ------   La
 constitution du sol  et le  paludisme en Cochinchine.  Ibid.,
 935-42.  —■----  Enquete  malariologique  a la station d'essai
 de Giaray  (Cochinchine)  Ibid., 1928, 21: 312-4.   ------  &
 Le-Van-An.  Le  paludisme  a  Saigon.   Ibid.,  1927,  20:
 994-1004.—Brengues.  Le  paludisme a, Hatien.   Ann. hyg.
 med. col., Par., 1902, 5: 200-13.—Breuil.  A travers l'lndochine
 avec les membres du deuxieme voyage d'etude malariologiques
 de la Societe des  Nations.  Arch.  med. pharm.  nav.,  1938,
 128:  129-43.—Camail.   Note  sur le paludisme  dans  nos
 etablissenients de  l'lnde.   Ann. hyg. med.  col.,  Par.,  1907,
 10: 129-32.—Canet, J.   Note  sur  les resultats obtenus  au
 cours de quatre annees de prophylaxie collective antipaludique
 par medicaments synthetiques sur  les plantations des Terres
 Rouges, nord  Cochinchine.  Bull. Soc.  path,  exot.,  Par.,
 1939, 32: 58-69.—Dang-Hanh-Kien.  Le paludisme a  Phong-
 Tho.   Bull. Acad,  med., Par.,  1935, 3.  ser., 113: 183-91.—
 Dorolle, P.  Le  paludisme a Hagiang (Tonkin)   Bull. Soc.
 path, exot,, Par., 1927, 20:895-921.—Farinaud, M.  Recherches
 sur la valeur comparee et les  correlations des indices endemiques
 palustres au Tonkin.  Ibid., 1933, 26: 819-29.------Don-
 nees recentes sur la transmission du paludisme dans les  regions
 maritirrres  d'lndochine meridionale.  Ibid.,  1938, 31: 397-401.
 ------  Le paludisme a Paulo-Condore.  Ann. Inst. Pasteur,
 Par., 1939, 62: 540-70.  ------& Moreau,  P.  La prophylaxie
 du paludisme par  medicaments  synthetiques  en Indochine;
 experiences en zone hyperendemique.  Bull.  Soc. path, exot.,
 Par., 1937, 30: 298-305, pl.—Farinaud, M., & Prost,  P.  Le
 paludisme chez les Phnongs; notes de demographie et d'epi-
 demiologie.  Ann. med.  pharm. col., Par., 1939, 37: 764-80.
 ------Recherches  sur les modalites  de  l'impaludation en
 milieu  Moi et en milieu Annamite.  Bull. Soc.  path, exot.,
 Par.,  1939, 32: 762-9.—Gauducheau.  Le paludisme a Laokay
 (Tonkin)  Ann.  hyg. med. col.,  Par.,  1906,  9:  397-415 —
 Genevray. J., & Try, H. T.  Malaria survey  of the Tong  Sontay
 region.   Trop. Dis.  Bull.,  Lond.,  1942, 39: 177 (Abstr.) —
 Ha-Van-Sua [dit Baptiste Havan]  Contribution a l'etude du
 paludisme  dans la province de Tayninh de  1932 a 1938.  Rev.
 palud.,  Par., 1940,  2: 135-43.—Jeanselme, E.  Le  paludisme
 et sa tonographie en Indo-Chine.  Arch, parasit.,  Par., 1905,
 9: 249-55.—Lefebvre, M.  Notes sur l'epidemiologie du palu-
 disme au Laos. Bull. Soc. path, exot,, Par., 1938, 31: 281-9.—
 Legendre,  J.  Notes sur le paludisme a  Phu-Lang-Thuong.
 Ann.  hyg. med. col., Par., 1904, 7: 354-7.—Malaria.  Annual
 Rep.  Pasteur Inst.,  Shillong, 1933, 17: 2.—Marneffe, H., Gas-
 chen, H.,  &  Nguyen-ba-Tung.  Contribution k  l'etude du
 paludisme du delta tonkinois.  Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Indochine,
 1937-38, 7: 203-96, map, 2 ch.—Mesnard,  J., & Bordes, L. A.
 L'importance du reservoir de virus autochtone dans la  lutte
 contre le paludisme en Indochine. Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par.,
 1930, 23: 811-20.— Mesnard, J., &  Farinaud, E.  Recherches
 sur le reservoir de virus  palustre chez les peuplades Mois de
 l'lndochine meridionale.  Ibid., 1937, 30: 720-6.—Monier, H.
 Renseignements recueillis sur le paludisme  a Thakhek  (Laos)
 au cours d'une visite effectuee en fevrier 1932.  Ibid., 1932,
 25:419-21.  ------ Renseignements medicaux et entomologi-
 ques recueillis sur le paludisme dans la haute valiee du Mekong.
 Ibid., 1933, 26:  1144-7.  ------  Resultats des recherches
 d'index  spieniques et hematologiques dans  la haute  valiee du
 Mekong.   Ibid.,  1252-4.------Le  paludisme  a  Luang
 Prabang et a, Paklay-Laos  en avril  1933.   Ibid.,  K34, 27:
 17-9.------Guy,  R., & Ros.  Renseignements sur le paludis-
me recueillis dans  les regions de Luang-Prabang et Paklay,
au Laos.  Ann. med. pharm. col., Par.,  1934,  32:  309-27 —
Morin, H. G. S.  Le paludisme dans la province Moi de Kontum
en 1926.  Arch.  Inst. Pasteur Indochine, 1928, No.  7,  60-74,
4 pl.------Recherches sur l'index paludeen de la population
indigene dans la  region du  Kontum (Centre Annam)   Bull.
Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 26-34.  ------  Note sur le
developpement d'une campagne antipalustre en Cochinchine. 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           166                           MALARIOGRAPHY
Ann. Inst, Pasteur, Par., 1930, 45: 641-59.  ------  Recherches
sur le paludisme des Terres Rouges de Cochinchine.  C. rend.
Congr. internat.  palud.  (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 459-63.
Also Ann.  med. pharm.  col., Par., 1030, 28: 434-8.  ------
Note  sur l'organisation des recherches  malariologiques  sur
les grands chantiers de trauvaux publics en Indochine.   Ibid.,
439-42.  ------   Sur l'activite  prophylactique du service
antipaludique des  instituts Pasteur  d'Indochine.   Tr.  Far
East. Ass. Trop.  M., 1934, 9: pt 2, 107-28. 2  pl.------
De l'influence des  facteurs climatiques  sur la repartition de
I'endemie palustre  en Indochine.   Ibid.,  14.5-58.  ------
Assainissement antipalustre et colonisation.  Acta Conv. trop.
malar, morb., 1938, 2: 63.  ------& Carton, P.  De  l'influence
des facteurs climatiques sur la repartition de 1'endemie palustre
en  Indochine.   Rev.  hyg.,  Par.,  1935,  57: 262-6.—Morin,
H. G. S., & Mesnard, J.  Nouveaux faits relatifs a la receptivite
naturelle des anopheles d'Indochine a l'hematozaire du paludis-
me.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1931, 24: 919-23.—Morin,
H.  G. S., &  Moreau,  P.   Sur  les possibilites d'utilisation des
poissons a  la lutte contre  le paludisme  en Indochine.   Arch.
Inst,  Pasteur  Indochine,  1030. 6: 485-95.—Palmas,  de &
Sainz.  Une  campagne antipaludique dans un poste  du Haute-
Tonkin.   Ann. med.  pharm. cob, Far.,  1937, 35:  575-84 —
Pons, R.  Orographic et paludisme, ethnographie et habitation,
dans  le nord de l'lndo-Chine.  Bull. Soe. path, exot., Par.,
1943, 36: 167-75,  0 pl.—Raynal, J.  La reaction de Henry au
Tonkin; rfeultats  de 853 meiano-floculations.   Arch. Inst.
Pasteur Indochine, 1937, 7: 27-35.—Robin, L. A.  L'organisa-
tion  de  la  lutte  antimalarienne  en Indochine.  Rev. med.
hyg.  trop.,  Par., 1931, 23:  187.------Sur l'incidence de
1'endemie palustre  en Indochine meridionale et ses  variations
de  1926 a 1932.  Arch. Inst, Pasteur Indochine, 1933, No. 17,
11-58.   ------   Recherches  sur les variations  saisonnieres
d'incidence de l'infection  palustre en Indochine  meridionale
de  1926 a 1932.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 1076-83.
------Variations saisonnieres  de  l'incidehce  des diverses
varietes  d'hematozaires en Indochine meridionale de 1928
a  1932.  Ibid., 1147-52.  ------  La prophylaxie antipaludi-
que dans les plantations de l'lndochine Meridionale; la lutte
antilarvaire.  Ibid.,  1934, 27:  691-9.  ------   Observations
sur  la premunition   anti-palustre  chez  l'annamite adulte.
Tr. Far  East. Ass. Trop.  M.,  1934, 9: pt 2,  129-44.  ------
Evolution  de l'etat sanitaire des collectivites ouvrieres agri-
coles  importees  en region  d'hyperendemie palustre; influence
de  la nremunition  acquise.  Rev. hyg.,  Par., 1935, 57:  30-
42.  Serez.   Pouss^e  epidemique  de  paludisme   observee
en  Annam.  Ann. hyg. med.  col., Par., 1900,  3:  190-2.—
ToumanofT.  C.   Sur  la  presence d'une  variete  d'Anopheles
jeyporiensis .lames  au Tonkin et son role dans la transmission
locale du paludisme.  Bull. Soe.  path, exot., Par.,  1931,  24:
958-67.---—  Au sujet  de 1'asthenie observee chez les femel-
les de A. hyrcanus var. sinensis du Tonkin pendant  la periode
hivernale, et de ses consequences probables dans la transmission
du paludisme.  Ibid.,  1938, 31: 733-6.------Le  paludisme
des buffles peut-il fausser les indices oocystiques el sporozoiti-
ques  en Indochine?  Ibid., 1939, 32: 80-7.------& Canet. J.
Quelques faits nouveaux au sujet de la transmission du paludis-
me dans  la  region  de Terres-Rouges du Nord-( oc liinehiue.
Ibid., 1940, 33: 188-94.
----   Iowa, U.  S. A.
   Bennett. A. W. Malaria endemic in Iowa.  J. Iowa M. Soc,
 1943,  33:  372-5.—Entringer, A.  J.  A malaria  outbreak in
 Dubuque,  Iowa.  Ibid., 1941, 31: 281.

----   Iran.
   Greenfield,   G.   *Beitrag  zur  Frage  der
allgemeinen  Hygiene in  Persien  mit  spezieller
Beriicksichtigung der Malaria.   29p.   8?   Berl.,
1933.
   Parsa, S.   *Contribution a l'etude du paludis-
me en  Perse.  44p.   8?  Par., 1933.
   Greenfield, G. Beitrag zur  Frage der Malaria in Persien.
Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935,  39: 257-60.—Iran en lutte
contre le paludisme.  Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1939, 19:
179.—Lindberg, K.  Le paludisme dans l'lran. Riv. malariol.,
1936,  15:  132-45,   pl.  Also Acta med.  scand.,  1941,  107:
547-78.—Zadeh, A.   Recherches sur le  paludisme dans l'lran;
les lacs  sales pres  d'Arak (Soultanabad)  et leurs environs.
Ibid., 579-83.

----   Iraq.

   Matti Tozah.   *Contribution  a  l'etude  de la
frequence et de  la  prophylaxie de la malaria en
Irak.   27p.   23cm.   Lausanne, 1940.
   Vassiliades, N.   Formes curieuses  des fievres continues
(remittentes)  dans  la  province de Bagdad.   Med.  orient.,
Par., 1902, 6: 129.

----    Italian Africa.
   Angelico, R.   La  profilassi e la cura della malaria nell' A. O.
I. Gior. clin. med., 1938, 19: 582-614.—Barbuto, V.  La lotta
contro la malaria come fattore della colonizzazione bianca nel-
l'Africa tropicale e sub-tropicale.  Gior. ital.  mal. esot., 1939,
12: 113-8.—Bcrnabai, A.   L'indice splenico e 1 indice plas-
modico  nei  bambini  di  Goiuine di  Bolo Mererta (Vittorio
d'Africa)  Cior.. ital. clin.  trop.,  1937, 1:  243— Boccia, G.
Osservazioni sulla infezione  malarica  della \ alle  del March
Zbl. ges. Hvg., 1943, 51: 70 (Abstr.)  Di Maria. <;., A Terio. B.
La malaria  nell' Africa Orientale  Italiana;  distribuzione geo-
grafica,  cura e profilassi.  Fol. med., Nap., 1938, 24: 36; 138.-
Fadda,  S.   La  malaria nelle colonic italiane dell'Africa orien-
tale.  Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1930, 17: 105-14.- Franrhini, <;.
Appunti di malariologia sulle colonie italiane e sugli agenti
trasmissori.  C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930)  1931, 2.
Congr., 1:  555-8.  Also Arch. ital. sc med. col., 1930,  11:
396-9.—Giunta, G., & D'Ignazio. C.   La malaria nei lavorutori
reduci dall'A. O. I.   Rass. san. A. (). I., Addis Abeba,  1939, 1:
No. 3,  117-28.—Izar, G.   Sulla profilassi  della malaria con
speciale riguardo alle nostre  colonie.  Cior. med. mil.,  1938,
86: 589-93.—Lambusta, A.   Profilassi antimalarica nelle zone
tropicali con speciale riguardo alle nostre colonie in Africa
orientale.  Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1930, 42: pt 1, 211-20, J
pl.—Paludisme chez  les rapatries italiens de l'A. O. I.  Rev.
palud.,  Par., 1940,  2:  68-72.—Pansini, G.   La malarin  nei
lavoratori reduci dall'A. O. I.  Riv. malariol., 1939, 18: 23-:i7.-
Raffaele, G.  Ispezione eseguita di centri di studi dell'Istituto
di  malariologia E.  Marchiafava in  Africa  orientale italiana.
Ibid., 1942, 21: 53-76.—Rizzuti, G.   La malaria nelle nostre
colonie  africane.  Gior. med. mil., 1937, 85: 642.  Also Gior.
ital. mal. esot., 1938,  11: 28-32.
----   Italy.

   Bertatjx,  E.   La  malaria  in Italie. p.853-73.
8?   Par., 1900.
   Biancorosso,   R.    La   legislazione   Italiana
sulla  malaria.   303p.  8?  Forli, 1935.
   Selmi, A.    II miasma  palustre  ed i  modi  di
preservarseno.   30p.   18}^cm.   Padova,  1872.
   Torelli,  L.    Carta  della  malaria  dell'Italia,
68p.  fol.  Fir., 1882.
   Alain, Cavalade [et  al.]  Rapport sur la voyage d'etudes
malariologiques effectue en Italie sous les auspices de  la S. D. N.
Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1936, 34: 59-74.—Alessandrini, M.
Relazione  su alcuni casi  di malaria  primitiva autoctona nel
comune di  Ancona.  Riv.  malariol., 1932, 11: 30-4.—Altobelli,
A.   La malaria  nell'esercito  durante  il  1905.  Gior. med.
esercito,  1900, 54: 652-61.—Ascoli, V.   Sul  decorso annuale
deU'epidemia  malarica.  Policlinica,  1900-01, 7:  sez. prat.,
1537 40-   Baggio, C, Jona, G., & Luzzatto.  Ricerche intorno
alia malaiia di Tteporti.  Gazz. osp., 1902, 23: 149.—Blanchard,
W.  O.  Malaria as  a factor in  Italian  environment.  Sc.
Month.,  1928,  27:  172-0— Bochicchio, A.   La malaria del
Melfese (Basilicata) nel 1901.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1902,
3: 448-56.—Bordiga, O.  L'infezione malarica ed il problema
agrario nell' Italia meridionale.  Atti  1st. incoraggiam. Napoli,
1904, 5. ser., 5: No. 2, 1-15.—Busca.  La malaria tra le guardie
di finanza negli anni 1901  -2-3; riepilogo delle relazioni ufficiali
della Direzione generale delle gabelle.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria,
1904,  5: 745-68.—Celli,  A.   La malaria  in  Italia, 1901-06.
Atti Soc.  stud,  malaria, 1902, 3: 628; 1903, 4: 543; 1904, 5:
865; passim in subsequent volumes.  Also Ann. igiene, 1902,
n. ser., 12: 258; 1903, n. ser., 13: 307; 1904, n. ser., 14: 327;
passim in  subsequent  volumes.  Also  Arch. Hyg., Miinch.,
1902, 44: 238; 1904, 48: 222; passim in subsequent volumes.
Also Arch. ital. biol., 1902, 37: 209-41.   ------  Le bonifiche
a beneficio dell'  Italia phi malarica e  piil  povera.  Ingegn.
san., Tor., 1903,  14: 232-4.—Celli-Fraentzel, A.  Quellen zur
Geschichte der Malaria in Italien and ihrer Bedeutung fiir die
deutschen Kaiserzuge des Mittelalters.  Quellen Gesch. Natur-
wiss. Med.,  1933-35,  4: H.   4, 1-85.  ------ Le vicende
spagnuole in Italia nel  500 e 600 e la malaria.  Riv. stor.'BC.
med.,  1935,  26:  350-5.—Dionisi,  A.   La  malaria di Mac-
carese  dal  marzo 1899 al febbraio 1900.  Ann. igiene, 1901, n.
ser., 11: 453-519, map, ch.  Also Atti Soc. stud,  malaria, 1902,
3: 1-67, diagr.,  map.—Fezzi,  G.  La malaiia nel  Cremasco.
Ibid.,  1901, 2: 152; 1902, 3:  230.—Franchini. G.  Malariae
risaia.   C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (4 930,1 1931, 2. Congr.,
1: 523-6.—Frongia, G.  La malaria in Aibus e nel suoterritorio
minerario.   Atti  Soc. stud, malaria,  1906, 7: 609-21.—Galli-
Valerio,  B.  II  focolaio malarico  di Sorico  e  Gera.  Ibid.,
1905,  6:  167-72.  ------  La malaria  in  ValteUina.  Ibid.,
1902,  3:  209-29,  map.   ------  & Rochaz-de  Jongh.  II
focolaio malarico del lago del Piano.  Ibid., 1903, 4: 185-92.—
Genovese, F.  Storia e geografia  medica della malaria nel-
l'ltalia meridionale.  Malariologia,  Nap.,  1929, 22: 72-6.—
------  Le condizioni di malaricita nell'Italia  Meridionale.
Ibid.,  88-93. ------  La malaria nella  vita delle popolazioni
del  Mezzogiorno  d'ltalia.   Ibid.,  1929-30,  3:   104-7.—
Giardina,  G., Novelli,  N. [et  al.]   La  culture du riz et la
malaria dans les  zones  rizicoles d'ltalie.  Bull.  Off. internat.
hyg. pub., Par.,  1926, 18: 273-9.—Guarnieri, G. Malaria,
palude e bonifiche della Piana  di Velia.  Atti Soc.  stud, ma-
laria, 1907, 8: 595-610.  ------  La bonifica delle lagune di
Policastro  e la sua influenza sullo stato igienico ed  agrario di
quei terreni.  Ibid.,  611-21, pl.—Gujart, I.  La malaria nella
campagna  romana  e le recenti  es-perienze del prof.  Grassi.
Gazz. med. sicil., 1902,  6: 67.—Jandolo,  E.   Gli indirizzi della
bonifica integrale nei rapporti con  la malaria in Italia.  Riv.
malariol.,   1938,   17:  462-74.—Labranca,  A.  La  malaria a 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           167                            MALARIOGRAPHY
Trinitapoli (Capitanata) nel 1901-04.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria,
1902 3: 435; 1904, 5: 663; 1905, 6: 425,  ——-   La malaria
nella bassa valle del  Yolturno (Provincia, diCaserta)  ricerche
fntte nel 1902 in Vico  di Pantano.   Ibid., 1903,  4: 399-4^8.
man —La Face, L.  Sull'anofelismo della bonifica di Maccarese.
Rendic. 1st. san. pubb.,  Roma, 1939, 2: 213-20, 2 pl.-Libonati,
B   Mortalita per malaria in Basihcata.   Gazz. internaz. med.
Drat  1902  5:  253-5.—Locate] I i, B.  Osservazioni fatte nei
mesi'di higlio-agosto-settembre 1902 fra i mondatori  di nso
nel Comune di Stradella.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria,  1903,  4:
1QQ-202—Lutrario,  A. La  malaria en Italie.   Bull.  Oft.
internaL hyg. pub., Par., 1935, 27:  1141-60   ——  Sur la
mortalite comparee de  la fievre malanque et de  la paralysie
generale progressive  dans les provinces  d Italie.  Ibid., 1928,
!o. 719-22.—Malaria (La)  alia camera italiana.   Gazz.  osp.,
1901 22: 809-12.—Malaria (La) tra le Guardie di finanza nel
tienn'io  1903-05.  Atti  Soc. stud, malaria, 1907, 8: 839-44.—
Malaria  in Italy.   Annual  Rep. Rockefeller Found.,  1934,
0047 —Martirano, F.   La  malaria  nel Mezzogiorno  d'ltalia.
Atti Soc.  stud,  malaria, 1901, 2: 249;  1902,  3:  475; 1903,
4-  440.   Appunti sulla malaria del  Mezzogiorno  d'ltalia.
Riforma med., 1902,18: pt3, 519.—Mauro, G.  La malaria; rie-
vocazioni storiche.  Malariologia, Nap., 1929-30, 3: 109-13.—
Missiroli  A.   Tipo epidemico delle febbri malariche nel nord
d'ltalia.  Riv.   malariol.,   1933,  12:  675-88.  â– ------  Le
varieta  di Anopheles maculipennis e il problema della malaria
in Italia.  Rendic. 1st. san. pubb.,  Roma,  1939, 2: 151-74.
____,—  & Hackett,  L. W.   La  regressione  spontanea  della
malaria in alcune regioni d'ltalia.   Riv. malariol.,  1927, n.
ser., 6: 193-243.—Mori, A.  Ancora della malaria-infortunio
secondo le ultime sentenze  della  Cassaz. del Regno.  Riv.
crit. infortunist., 1930,  19: 94-8.—Mortalita,  morbilita e danni
economici della  malaria in una provincia italiana.  Malaria,
Milano, 1902, 2: No. 9, 6-10.—Omodei-Zorini, C, &  Velasco,
G  La malaria in Lomellina, 1902-03.  Atti Soc. stud, ma-
laria 1903, 4: 193; 1904, 5: 405.—Pampana, E. J.  Malaria in
Italy  and bonifications.  Malay. M.  J., 1937,  12:  1-8 —
Pasquini, P.   Ricerche e studi sulla malaria in  Valdichiana.
Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1903, 4: 273, 2 map; 1904, 5: 571 —
Patrissi, T.  Recrudescenze  malariche  in  territori bonificati.
Zbl. ges. Hvg.,  1943, 51: 166 (Abstr.)—Pulcher, F.  Comparsa
di malaria primitiva nella citta di  Genova.  Riv. malariol.,
1931,  10:  459-64.—Ravicini.   La   emigrazione   interna  nei
rapporti con la malaria.  Difesa sociale, 1931, 10: 370-5.—
Ricchi,  T.  Criteri per valutare il danno che all'Italia reca la
malaria nel rapporto economico-sociale.  Gior. malaria, 1907,
1:  204-8.—Romby,  P. La  malaria nelle risaie.  Arch. ital.
sc. med. col., 1932, 13: 6-12.—Rossi, G.  Malaria e bonifiche
della piana di Fondi e  Monte S. Biagio.  Atti Soc. stud, ma-
laria,  1904, 5: 653-62.  ------ & Guarnieri, G.   La bonifica
del Vallo di Diano nei suoi rapporti colla malaria.   Ibid., 1906,
7: 387-401, map.—Satta,  P. M. La malaria nell'anno 1906.
Ibid.,  1907, 8:  715-25.—Schilling,  C.  Aerztliche  Beobach-
tungen  gelegentlich  einer  Reise in  Siiditalien. Arb.  Tropen-
krankh. (Festschr. B. Nocht) 1927, 477-80.—Schoo,  H. J. N.
La malaria in Olanda nel 1902.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1903,
4: 85-97.—Tecce, N.  Ancora sulla  malaria  di Atella.   Ibid.,
 1906   7:  461-7.—Tedaldi,  G.  La  malaria  nel  Comune  di
Roncoferraro.   Ibid., 1903,  4: 225-32.—Tommasi-Crudeli, C.
II bacillus malariae nelle terre di Selinunte  e di Campobello.
Atti Accad. Lincei,  1879-80, 3.  ser., 4:  110-3.   ------  La
malaria delle Tre Fontane.  Ibid., 1882-83, 3.  ser., 7: 129-34 —
Tropeano,  G.   La  storia   clinica  della  Capitanata.  Gior.
malaria, 1907,  1:  129-39.—Varese,  A.   La malaria nell'anno
1906.  Atf Soc. stud,  malaria, 1907, 8: 727-30.—Vivenza, F.,
& Mendini, V.   La malaria nel Comune di Mozzecane.   Ibid.,
1903, 4:  163-81.—Zambellini, F.  Brevi  note sulla  malaria
nell' agro Cremasco.  Corriere san.,  1900, 11: 726.—Zanori.
Recherches  sur la malaria en  Italie  pendant l'annee  1899;
'rapport annuelle de la Societe italienne.  Med.  mod., Par.,
1900,11: 189.

----   Italy: Calabria.
   Evoli,  T.    Comitate antimalarico  calabrese;  campagna
antimalarica  del 1906.  Atti  Soc.  stud, malaria,  1907,  8:
559-69.—Montoro de  Francesco, G.  Di alcune  forme gravi
d'infezione malarica  in Calabria.  Incurabili,  1902, 17: 3-32 —
Rossi,  G.  Sulla bonifica idraulica, agraria  ed lgienica della
Valle del Crati in  provincia di Cosenza e sui lavori gia in essa
eseguiti.  Atti  Soc. stud,  malaria,  1907,   8: 623-38,  ch.—
Sergi,  A.  La malaria  in Calabria (Bruzzano Zeffino) durante
il  1904.  Ibid.,  1905,  6:  433-41— Trombetta,  C.   Appunti
sulla campagna antimalarica del 1906 nel Comune di Strongoh
(Catanzaro) Salute pubb., 1907. 20: 9-1.4.


----   Italy: Campagna.
   Briganti, L.   Malaria  autoctona  nella  citta di  Napoli.
Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1932, 5: 22.—Malaria (The) experiments
in the Campagna.  Brit. M. J., 1900, 2: 1679-82—Mazzeo, M.
Endemia malarica ed anofelismo in una locahta del Napoletano
(Mondragone)   Riv. malariol.,  1942, 21:  155-76.—Rossi. G.
I rapporti fra  la  malaria  e la macerazione della canapa  in
provincia di Caserta. Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1902, 3:404-34,
map.  ■----—  Dell'influenza di alcune bonifiche  sulla malaria
in provincia  di Napoli e Terra di  Lavoro.    Tbid.,  1903,  4:
377-98, map.   ------   La bonifica delle paludi di Napoli dal
punto  di vista della   malaria.  Benessere,  Nap.,  1902-03,
n. ser., 10: 225-30.   ------  Relazione sull'impianto  di un
campo  dimostrativo agricolo-antimalarico  in  provincia di
Caserta.  Malariologia,  Nap.,  1922, 15: 75-9.—Rummo, G., &
Ferrannini, L.  La campagna  antimplarica in Prov. di Napoli.
Gior. malaria,  1907. 1: 346;  1908.  2: 37.—Schron. Q.  von.
Sulla febbre napoletana  chiamata da Schron nella sua comparsa
del 1867 malaria tifoide.  Atti Accad. med. chir. Napoli,  1907,
n. ser., 61: 362-82.—Tecce. N.  Sulla malaria di Atella.  Gazz.
internaz. med.,  1906, 9:  710-2.


----   Italy: Emilia.

   Casorati,  E.   La  malaria  nel   comune  d1
Argenta;  studio statistico-sanitario.    16p.    8?
Argenta, 1900.
   Centami,  E.   La  malaria  e la  sua  diffusi°ne
nella Provincia  di   Ferrara;  campagna  malarica
del 1900.  47p.  8?  Ferrara,  1901.
   Badaloni,  G.   La  malaria  in rapporto  alia  coltivazione
del riso nella Provincia di Bologna.   Bull, sc med.,  Bologna,
1902, 8. ser., 2: 111-48, 3 map.—Bisbini,  B.   Osservazioni
cliniche  epidemiologiche su di un caso di malaria autoctona
nella citta f'i Modena.  Gazz.  osp., 1926,  47: 171-4.—Bonura,
P.   Distribuzione  della  malaria  in  provinces  di  Bologna;
quali le  specie  di anopheles riseontrate nelle zone malarigene.
Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1928, 9: 84-95.—Borea, L.  Campagna
antimalarica nel Basso Ferrarese  durante I'anno  1936.   Riv.
malariol., 1938, 17: 142-53.—Brazzola, F.  Di una zona ma-
larica nel commune  di Bo'ogna. Ann. igiene, 1902, n. ser., 12:
557-68, map.  Also Bull. sc. med. Bologna, 1902, 8. ser., 2: 405-
31,  map.  Mso Resoc.  Soc. med. chir. Bologna (1901)  1902,
79-82.—Centanni,  E.,  & Orta, F.  La malaria  in  provincia
di Ferrara.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1901, 2: 218-48—Chigi, P.
La malaria nel comune  di Ravenna in relazione con le bonifiche
compiute.  Ibid., 1903,  4: 260-72,  2 maps.—Franchini, G.
Brevi note di malariologia in  provincia di Bologna.   Arch.
ital. sc.  med. col., 1927, 8: 246-52.  ------ Malaria e risaia.
Ibid.,  1930, 11: 321-4.—Gratch, L.   La  malaria  nel Comune
di Ravenna; cenni  storici ed epidemiologic!.  Riv. malariol.,
1930,  9: 1-34.—Lurardi, G.    La  malaria nella  provincia di
Parma.   Clin,  mod.,  Pisa,   1904,  10:  175-8.—Messea,  A.
Risicoltura e malaria in provincia  di Parma.  Ingegn.  san.,
Tor., 1903, 14:  125-7.—Orta,  F.   La malaria nel  Ferrarese
 (Argenta) 1901-06.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria,  1902, 3:  346;
 1903,  4: 246;  1904, 5: 555;  passim  in  subsequent  volumes.
------La risaia  nell'Emilia  (comune  di Argenta)   Ibid.,
564-9.—Ottolenghi, D., Bonalberti,  E., & Brighenti, D.  Le
condizion: della malaria e la lotta antimalarica nelle bonifiche
ferraresi (relazione per  gli anni  1927-28)  Riv. malariol, 1929,
8: 113-48.—Ottolenghi,  D.,  Brotzu,  G.  fet al.)  Intorno all
azione  esercitata dalle  bonifiche  sull'endemia  malarica nel
Ferrarese.  Ibid.,  1927, n. ser., 6: 268-84.-----:  Indagini
comparative sulla malaria nei territori di  Jolanda  di Savoia, di
 Diamantina e di Gorino. Ibid., 285-343.—Rossi. G.  Malaria
e bonifiche della provincia di Reggio Emilia.  Atti Soc.  stud.
 malaria,  1907, 8:  571-93, 2  ch.—Tusini, F.  La malaria in
 provincia di Modena nel 1902 (15 luglio-15 novembre)  Ibid.,
 1903, 4: 233-45.------La coltivazione delle barbabietole e
 la  diffusione della malaria nel modenese  dal luglio  all'agosto
 1903.   Ibid., 1904, 5:  547-53.  ------   Risaia  e malaria e
 relativa profilassi  nel comune di Carpi.   Tbid.,  1905, 6: 321;
 1906, 6: 307.—Vinti, G.  Epidemiologia  della malaria in pro-
 vincia di Bologna (casi autoctoni e casi importati) Arch. ital.
sc. med. col., 1930, 11:  338-47.


----   Italy:  Lombardia.
    Bordoni-TJffreduzzi,   G., &  Bettinetti, G.   La  malaria  a
 Milano e nei dintorni.   Atti Soc  stud, malaria,  1901, 2:
 139-51, map.------Esperimenti di  profilassi  meccanica
 contro  la malaria  nel comune di  Milano.  Gior.  Soc. ital.
 igiene,  1902, 24: 121-8.   Also Malaria, Milano, 1902, 2: No. 5,
 3_6. '------  La distribuzione del  chinino di stato, a  scopo
 preventivo e  curativo,  nella  zona  malarica  del comune di
 Milano,  nell'anno  1904.  Atti Soc.  stud,  malaria, 1905, 6:
 267-73   ------   La  campagna  antimalarica nel comune di
 Milano durante l'anno 1905.   Ibid., 1906,  7: 269-76.------
 La campagna antimalarica   nel comune  di  Milano durante
 l'anno  1906.  Ibid., 1907, 8: 385-91.—Brignone, E.  & Alzona,
 V.  C.   La malaria in  provincia di Alessandria.  Ibid.,  1905,
 g." 189-95—De Benedetti, A.  La campagna antimalarica del
 Comune di Milano negli anni  1931-33.  Riv. malariol.,  1934,
 13- 531-8-—Filippini,  A.  La malaria  nel  Bresciano.   Atti
 Soc stud."  malaria,  1905,  6: 173-87—Montanari, C.  La
 malaria  di  Mantova.    Ibid.,  1901, 2:  205-17, plan,  map.
          La malaria nella citta di Mantova nell ultimo dodicen-
nio.  Atti Congr. interprov. san. Alta Italia (1902) 1903, 10.
Congr., 135-41.—Omodei-Zorini, C.  La campagna antimala;
rica nei paesi di  Candia Lome'lina  e  Langosco (provincia di
Pavia) nell'anno 1904.  Atti Soc stud, malaria, 1905, 6: 255-65.
        La campagna antimalarica nei paesi di Candia Lomel-
-------  iva caiupa&na, aumiw..a>~v. ..>.. ,-;—----------- -----.--
lina, Terrasa e Langosco e finitimi C ascinali (prov. di Pavia)
Ibid., 1906, 7: 243-52.—Piccininni, F.   Relazione sulla cam-
pagna antimalarica in Provincia di  Milano, 1931-1932.   Riv.
malariol., 1932, 11: 839; 2 ch^ 1933 12: 1169., map.  ——La
malaria in Lombardia. Atti Conv. lombard. igiene rurale (1933)
1934  1. Conv., 82-111, map.— Poggi, I.  Lo stato attuale del-
l'end'emia malarica nel comune di Vigevano. Arch. ital. sc. med.
col   1935 16: 683-94,—Soliani,  G.  La malaria in provincia di 
MALARIOGRAPHY
KiS
MALARIOGRAPHY
Mantova.  Atti Soe. stud, malaria, 1902. 3: 332-45.  Also \tti
Congr. interprov. san. a'ta Italia (1902) 1903, 10. Cnnm .. 121-0.
------La malaria nel Mantovano; la malaria  nella  citta di
Mantova.  1002-05.  Atti Soc. stud,  malaria, 1903.  4:  211;
1904, 5: 527;  1905, 6: 311; 1906,  7:  299.------  L'attenua-
zione notevole e progressiva dell'epidemia malarica a Mantova;
lo stato presente della questione idraulica.  Ibid.,  1007,  8:
417-23.  ------  La  malaria nel Mantovano: storia e stato
attuale.   Riv.  malariol., 1928,  n.  ser.,  7:  Suppl.,  1-91.—
Solimena,  F.   La influenza della  malaria sul movimento  della
popolazione in Aiello  e in Terrati.  Gazz.  osp., 1907,  27:
1614-7.

----   Italy:  Piemonte.
   Achille,  V.   La campagna antimalarica  nel  comune  di
Pezzana Vercellese durante  l'anno  1905.   Atti  Soc.  stud.
malaria, 1906,  7: 233-42.—Bertarelli, E.  la profilassi antima-
larica nel sobborgo Bertolla in Torino.  Ibid.,  1904, 5: 385-96,
map. Also Riv. igiene san. pubb., 1904, 15: 670-84— Bettinetti
& Mossi.   La  malaria nel Novarese;  profilassi  meccanica e
medicamentosa  nel  comune  di   Trecate.   Atti  Soc.  stud.
malaria,  1903,  4:  210-3.—Brignone. E., & Alzona, V.  C.
Malaria e  profilassi chininica in provincia  di   Alessandria.
Ibid.,   1906,  7:  219-24.—Chiarotti,  C.    La malaria   nella
provincia  di   Novara.   Osp.  maggiore  Novara, 1938,  15:
135-48.—Vaccino, N.  La  malaria nella Provincia di Novara
con  riguardo   speciale  ad  un  comune del Vercellese, 1903-
07.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1904, 5: 397; 1905, 6: 197; passim
in subsequent volumes.------T a  ma'aria nel Vercellese con
riguardo specia'e al  comune di  Stroppiana,  1904-06.   Ibid.,
1905, 6: 206;  1G06, 7: 225:  1907, 8: 367.


----   Italy:  Po Valley.
   De Negri, TJ.   La malaria nel  delta del Po.  Riv. malariol.,
 1936,  15:  289-301.   ------   Rapporti  fra  iponutrizione  e
 malaria nel delta del  Po.  Ibid.,  1941, 20: 30-50. ------ &
 Sepulcri, P.  Osservazioni sull' anofelismo  nel delta  del  Po e
 zone limitrofe.   Ibid., 1936, 15: 198-206. pl.

 ----   Italy:  Prevention.

   Battaglia,  A.   Igiene degli  agricoltori  che
 frequentano   luoghi  paludosi.    51p.     22J^cm.
 Termini-Imerese,  1880.
   Ocampo-Beraud,  M.    *La  lutte   contre  le
 paludisme  en Italie.  48p.  8°   Par.,  1937.
   Albertazzi,  A.  La  campagna  antimalarica in Capitanata.
 Gior.  malaria,  1907,  1: 49-54.—Albini.  La  campagna  anti-
 malaric? del  1905 nelle ferrovie  Meridionali.  Atti Soc. stud.
 malaria,  1906,  7:  469-79.—Ambrogetti,  P.  La campagna
 antimalarica a  Corcolle e Lunghezza nel 2° semestre  1902; la
 p ofilassi antimalarica  con  il  bisolfato di chinina  e con la pro-
 tezione meccanica.  Ibid.,  1903,  4: 332-52.—Baccelli, G.   La
 malaria; provvedimenti legislative  Riv. internaz. igiene, 1901,
 12:  167-80.—Barbieri, A.  Concepto de la lucha antipaludica
 y su legislacion: consideraciones y procedimientos sugeridos por
 la observacion y estudio en Italia, de Junio a Octubre de 1924.
 An. Dep.  nac. hig.,  B.  Air.,  1925,  31: 7-44.—Barker,  L. F.
 Italy and the great antimalarial  campaign.  J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,
 1904, 43:  547-9.—Bertareili,  E.   La lotta antimalarica  e  gli
 studi sulla malaria in Italia nel 1901.   Riv. igiene san. pubb.,
 1902, 13:  449-53.—Blessich, T.   Importanza del lavoro  dei
 medici condotti  e dei  medici  ferroviari nel riguardo della  lotta
 contro la malaria.  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, 10:  166-8.—Bordoni
 Lffreduzzi &  Bettinetti.  La profilassi antimalarica, meccanica
 e medicamentosa, negli anni 1901-2.   Atti Soc. stud,  malaria,
 1903,  4:  203-9.—Brignone,  E.    La lotta  antimalarica  in
 Terranova Monferrato durante  il  biennio  1920-1021.   Ma-
 lariologia,  Nap., 1922, 15:  26-35.—Buen, S. de.   Los trabajos
 antipaludicos  de la  Institution  Rockefeller  en   Italia.  Bol.
 teen. Dir.  gen. san., Madr., 1942, 4: 417,  passim.—Buono, F.
 Due anni di profilassi malarica tra gli impiegati della rete ferro-
 viaria dell' agro cerignolano.   Gazz. osp., 1904,  25:  493-6.—
 Campagna (La) antimalarica nelle ferrovie meridionali, 1905-06.
 Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1906, 7: 469; 1907, 8: 783.—Castellino,
 P.  La malaria di fronte al bilancio del ministero  di A., I. e  C.
 Gior. malaria, 1907,  1: 97-109.—Castiglioni, A.   Italy's  cam-
 paign against malaria.  Brit.  M. J., 1927, 2:  278.—Castro-
nuovo,  G.  Nuove acquisizioni  ed  orientamenti  nella  lotta
antimalarica in Italia e colonie.   Malariologia, Nap.,  1928, 21:
48-55.—Celli, A.  La nuova profiltssi della malaria nel Lazio.
Policlinico, 1899-1900,  6:  Suppl., 1601-6.  ------  The war
against malaria in Italy.  Am. J. Nurs., 1904-05, 5: 372; 438.
------  Epidemiologia e  profilassi  della  malaria in  Italia
durante il 1904.  Scuola salern.,  1905, 6:  81-5.  ------   Die
Chininprophylaxis in  Italien.   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1906,
10:  52-61.  ------   La lotta contro la  malaria in Italia.
Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1907, 2: 585-605.  ------& Carneyali,
A.  La campagna antimalarica nella bassa valle dell' Aniene
durante il  1901; ricerche  profilatiche.  Atti Soc. stud, ma-
laria, 1902, 3: 367-8.—Celli, A., & Martirano,  F.   La profilassi
della malaria  nel Mezzogiorno d'ltalia durante il 1904.  Ibid.,
1905,  6:  443-6.—Celli-Fraentzel,  A.   Der  Sieg iiber  eine
verheerende Volksseuche, Malaria in Italien.  LTrnschau, 1928,
32:  889-91.—Colucci.  V.  Osservazioni sul territorio del  co-
mune di  Cerignola e*sulle eampa-nc antimalanche dal 1904 al
1906.  Cior.  malaria,  1907.  1 :   64-71—DAssisti   G.   Le
marane de copite e la  malaMa  nel comune di Marghenta di
Savoia.  Ibid., 109-21.- De Chiaru. I).   Profilassi antimnla-
rica  degli operai della  miniera I'rato in  S.  Nicola  dell'Alto,
Atti Soc. stud, malaria,  1901, 5: 003 7 — De Miglio. 1).  Cam-
pagna  antimalaiica dell'anno 1930 nell'Agro Crotoniate.  Riv.
malariol., 1931.  10: 348-54.— Falcioni,  I).   La campagna anti-
malarica nella bassa valle dell'Aniene durante il 1906; tenute di
Rustica;  Cervara;  Cervelletta;  Boccadileone; Dispensa  di
Boccadileone; Cappellette; Gottifredi; Grotto di Cnauia; Cu.xal
Bruciato.  Ibid..  1907,  8: 479-94.—Falleroni.   I).   Per  la
soluzione de!  problema malarico  italiano (bonifica  agraria  e
zooprofilassi,  battaglia  del grano,  risicoltura)   Riv.  malariol
1927,  n. ser., 6: 344-413.—Federici.  O.  La profilassi anti-
malarica  nelle saline di  Corneto  nel  1901.   Atti  Soc. stud
malaria,  1902,  3:  399-403—Fermi,  C,  &  Cano-Itrusco,  V.
Esperienze profilattichc contro la  malaria  istituite  alio Stairno
di Liccari.   Ibid.,  1901,  2: 315-8.  Also Ann. igiene, 1901,
n. ser., 6: 121-4.  ------   Sulla importanza dei piccoli focolai
mafarigeni e sulla obbligatorietit della loro bonifica per opera dei
privati;  studio fatto  nell'agro sassarese ed a Terranova Pau-
sania,   Atti Soc. stud, malaria,  1904, 5:  849-04.—Fermi, C,
& Tonsini.   La profilassi  della  malaria e la distruzione delle
zanzare  nell'isola dell'Asinara.   Ann.  igiene,  1900, n. ser.,  10:
103-6, map.  Also Zschr. Hyg.,  1900,  34:  534-6.  Also Atti
Soc stud, malaria, 1901, 2: 20-3, map— Ferraro,  F.   Sull'nt-
tivita  antimalarica  per il 1941  in destra  Volturno stazioni
sanitarie antimalariche  di  Cancello Arnone e Brezza e stazioni
sanitarie  di Villa Literno  e  Patria in sinistra Vollurno.  Fol,
med.,  Nap.,  1942, 28: 543-9,  3   tab.—Ficalbi, E.  Sopra  la
malaria  e le  zanzare malariche  nella  salina di Cervia e  nel
territorio di Comacchio.   Atti  Soc.  stud,  malaria,  1901,  2:
57-67.-—Frascsra,  I.   Visiting  nurses  and  the  anti-malaria
campaign in Italy.  World  Health, Par., 1928, 9: 53-0—Galli-
Valerio,  B.  La lotta  contro la  malaria in Valtellina.  Atti
Soc. stud, malaria,  1905, 6: 161-5.—Garofali, F.  Dieci mesi di
lotta antimalarica  in Amaseno (Lazio) Riv.  malariol., 1926,
n. ser., 5: 157-63.—Gilblas, G.  Contributo alia epidemiologia
e alia  profilassi  della malaria in alcune zone dell' Italia Meri-
dionale.   Gazz.  osp.,  1902, 23:  1021-3.—Giolitti.  Regola-
mento per l'esecuzione della legge 2 Novembre 1901 N. 460,
contenente  disposizioni per diminuire le  cause della malaria
(approvato  con  R.  Decreto 30 Marzo 1902)   Malaria, Milano,
1902, 2: No.  5, 6-8.—Giosefn, M. La difesa antimalarica di
Carpano-Arsa.  Riv. malariol.,  1937,  16: 160-71.—Grassi, B.
[et, al.)  Erster  summarischer  Bericht iiber die Versuche  lur
Verhiitung der Malaria, angestellt in der Gegend von Paestum.
Zbl. Bakt.,  1.  Abt.,  1900, 28:  535-41.—Guarnieri,  G.  Lp
organizzazione della profilassi contro la malaria nell' anno 190fi
in alcune parti  dell'  Italia meridionale e suoi  risultati.  Atti
Soc. stud, malaria,  1907, 8: 531-57.—Hackett, L. W.  Malaria
control through anti-mosquito measures in Italy.   Tr. R. Soc.
Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1928-29, 22: 477-506.----—  Recent
developments in the control of malaria in Italy.  South. M. J.,
1931,  24 r- 426-30.—Inferrera,  G.  La  legislazione  forestale
italiana in rapporto alia malaria  secondo  le moderne ricerche.
Cior.  Soc. ital. igiene, 1901, 23: 297-307.—Jandolo, E.   Le
direttive  della  legislazione  italiana  sulla bonifica  integrate.
C.  rend.  Congr. internat.  palud.  (1930)  1931, 2.  Congr.,  2:
93-100.------  La bonification integrate en Italie dans ses
rapports avec le paludisme.  Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb.,
1938,  2:  103-9.—Jensen, W.   La battaglia della malaria in
Italia; impressioni  di  un  viaggio  nell'  autunno  1928.  Med.
nuova, 1929,  20: 103-72.   Also   Hospitalstidende,  1929,  72:
481-8.—Jerace, F.  II  compito delle  scuole rurali per la lotta
antimalarica e per la propaganda dell'igiene.  Riv. malariol.,
1938, 17: 295-9.—Lillo, V.  Relazione della profilassi malarica
nel comune di Roseto Capo Spulico nell' anno 1905.  Atti Soc.
stud,  malaria,  1906,  7:  453-9.—Lombardi, G.   Importanza
della  campagna antimalaria  in   Capitanata  desunta dalla
morbilita e  dalla mortalita.  Gior. malaria, 1907,  1: 78-82.—
Luridiana,  L.  Disposizioni  legislative e  potere esecutivo;
divagazioni sugli utili del chinino di stato.   Italia Fan., 1908,
4:  221.—Mac  Gregor, W.  The Italian  campaign  against
malaria.  Climate, Lond., 1902-03, 4: 200-12—Maniscaleo,
G.  Relazione  sulla   campagna  antimalarica   1942.  Riv.
malariol., 1943, 22: 155-68.—Manunza, P.  Sull'accertamento
della morte da perniciosa nei rapporti con le nuove  norme legis-
lative  sulla malaria.  Atti Soc. sc. med. nat. Cagliari, 1934, 36:
283-94.—Mara, L.  Relazione sul lavoro  svolto nella stazione
di Agordat  (agosto-dicembre 1939)   Riv. malariol., 1943, 22:
36-61.—Mariotti Bianchi, G. B.   Saggio  di  profilassi antima-
larica  nel presidio di  Talamone.   Gior.  med. esercito, 1902,
50: 486-506.  ------  Sulla campagna antimalarica nell'Apro
grossetano,  compiuta dalla Commissione  governativa sotto 1?
direzione del Prof. Gosio.  Ibid., 966; 1009 —Martinelli, E.
Profilassi chininica nel  Comune di Nogarole Rocca.   Atti Soc.
stud, malaria, 1903, 4:  182-4.—Martirano, F.  Un esperimento
di profilassi antimalarica in  Ofantino.   Ibid., 1901, 2: 319-29,
diagr.  ------  La profilassi malarica col chinino di Stato in
alcune provincie del Mezzogiorno nel  1905.  Ibid.,  1906, 7:
415-35.   ------  La   campagna  antimalarica  mediante  la
profilassi meccanica sulla  linea Rocchetta  Santa  Venere-
Monticehio.  Ibid., 1902,  3:  569-75.—Mennuni, G.  Su  di
alcune speciali e gravi cause di malaria nel comune di Barletta.
Gior. malaria, 1907, 1: 54-60.—Missiroli, A.   La prevenzione
della malaria nel  campo pratico.  Riv.  malariol.,  1930,  9: 
MALARIOGRAPHY
169
MALARIOGRAPHY
 667-705, 8 ch.  ------  Le grandi bonifiche nei riguardi della
 biologia'e dell'igiene.  C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930)
 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 348-403, 4 pl.—Montuoro, F.  Per la nso-
 luziorie di uno dei piit grandi problemi dell'economia nazionale;
 la malaria.  Italia san., 1910, 6: 227-9—Mori. A.   La profi-
 lassi antimalarica nella tenuta di Castello della Pietra (Grosseto)
 nel 1904. Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1905, 6: 331-34.—Nitti,
 F. S.  La malaria (il piit grande problema meridionale) come
 attenuare il male  e come combatterlo.   N. scuola med., 1904,
 20: 57-61.—Omizzolo, A.  Osservazioni sulla profilassi e sulla
 terapia della malaria nel comune di Camisano Vicentino (estate-
 autunno 1903)  Atti Soc.  stud,  malaria, 1904, 5: 453-60.—
 Omodei-Zorini.  La campagna antimalarica in  Candia Lomel-
 lina  per l'anno 1906.  Ibid.,  1907, 8: 379-83—Orta,  F., &
 Vistoli, G.  Le bonifiche di Bando e Longastrino.  Ibid., 1903,
 4: 255-60.—Ottolenghi, D.  La bonification integrate italienne
 dans le cadre de la lutte antipaludeenne et de l'hygiene generale.
 Riv. malariol., 1935,  14: Suppl. 6, 109-14.—Palmieri, V. M.
 Methoden der Malariabekampfung in Italien.  Med.  Welt,
 1929  3: 1446-8.—Pashaev,  M.   [Fighting malaria  in  Italy
 and  Spain]  Gig.  epidem., 1929,  8: 66-78.—Pasquini,  P., &
 Giorei, M.  La campagna antimalarica del 1902 nella marem-
 ma Grossetana.   Atti Soc. stud,  malaria, 1903, 4: 299-310,
 4 map.—Pecori, G., & Escalar, G.  Relazione sulla campagna
 antimalarica del 1926 e 1930.  Riv. malariol., 1927, n. ser., 6;
 244,  map; 1931, 10: 545.—Pellegrino,  M.  Le obbiezioni alia
 nazionalizzazione del servizio antimalarico. Gior. malaria, 1907,
 1:396-406. ------& Tropeano, G. La campagna antimalarica
 nel Mezzogiorno  (verso la nazionalizzazione)  Tommasi, Nap.,
 1907, 2: 540; 561.   ------   Questionario per la  campagna
 antimalarica in Capitanata.   Gior. malaria,  1907,  1: 61-4.—
 Pezza, F. Studi  sperimentali sulla profilassi  antimalarica in
 risaia.   Atti Soc.  stud, malaria,   1905,  6:  217-54.------
 Pratiche antimalariche rurali; note d'igiene e terapia.  Ibid.,
 1906, 7: 253-67.—Plehn, F.  Die neuesten  Untersuchungen
 Uber Malariaprophylaxe in Italien und ihre tropenhvgienische
 Bedeutung.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1900,  4:  339-52 —
 Quirico,  G.   Profilassi me"ccanica  antimalarica nella riserva
 reale  di  caccia di Castelporziane. Atti  Soc.  stud,  malaria,
 1902, 3: 387-90.—Ricchi, F.   La campagna antimalarica nelle
 ferrovie adriatiche, 1901-04.   Ibid., 532, 13 tab.; 1903, 4: 469;
 1904, 5: 769; 1905, 6: 497.—Romby, P.  Sulla Bonifica agraria
 come mezzo di lotta  antimalarica. Arch. ital.  sc. med. col.,
 1932, 13: 65-71.—Rossi, G.   Malaria e bonifiche  del bacino
 inferiore del Sele.   Atti  Soc.  stud, malaria, 1905, 6: 397-410,
 pl.-----  I rapporti fra la malaria e la colonizzazione interna
, (commissione  consultiva malariologica  presso la direzione ge-
 nerale  della  colonizzazione  del  Ministero per l'agricultura)
 Malariologia, Nap., 1922, 15: 53-74. ------  Di alcune nuove
 concezioni sul modo di eseguire la lotta  contro la malaria in pro
 della colonizzazione interna e durante  il suo impianto.  Ibid.,
 81-7.  ---:—  Difficolta e buon volere nella colonizzazione in-
 terna; due esempi pratici illustrati.   Ibid.,  1923, 16: 3-7.
 -----  Tre anni  di lotta antima1 arica e Maccarese durante
 l'affettuazione della Bonifica integraV   Riv. malariol., 1929, 8:
 1-27, 4 pl.  ------& Guarniere,  G.   Alcuni risultati di pro-
 filassi chininica antimalarica fra le classi agricole dell' Italia
 meridionale.  Atti  Soc. stud, malaria, 1906, 7: 369-85.------
 Palude,  malaria e  bonifica dell' Agro Sarnese.   Ibid., 404-14,
 pl.—Russo, C.  Sulla  scomparsa di alcuni focolai  di rivives-
 cenza di endemia  in rapporto  ai provvedimenti di  lotta  anti-
 malarica.  C.  rend.  Congr.  internat.   palud. (1930)  1931, 2.
 Congr., 435-51.—Rybinsky, T. V.   [Fighting malaria  in Italy]
 Profil. med., Kharkov, 1928,  7:  20-8.—Sbacchi, P.  La cam-
 pagna antimalarica, 1901, 1902, 1904.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria,
 1902, 3: 600; 1903, 4: 504; 1905, 6:  553.—Schilling, C.  Neuere
 Gesichtspunkte fiir die Bekampfung der Malaria, besonders in
 Italien.   Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1930)  1931, 61: pt 2, 157-60.
 Also  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1930,  1697.—Scolari  &  Martirano, F.
 La profilassi della malaria nella linea Roma-S. P.-Orbetello dal
 15 giugno al 30 novembre 1902.  Atti Soc. stud,  malaria, 1903,
 9: 486.—Sepulcri,  P.-  La valle Brian; contributo alio studio
 igienico deU'ambiente palustre litoraneo.  Riv. malariol., 1927,
 n. ser., 6: 72-84.  ------  Due campagne antimalariche al-
 1'Ongaro  inferiore  (rilievi  personali  edati  epidemiologici)
 Ibid.,  915-34.—Sorge, G.  Otto anni di esperienza su una
 nuova arma italiana per la lotta antimalarica.   Ibid., 1940, 19:
 256-68.-—Speranza, B.  La campagna antimalarica a Conca
 nell'autunno 1902;  profilassi chininica.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria,
 1903, 4: 353-5.—Tafuri, N.  La profilassi antimalarica  nella
 bassa  valle dell'Aniene  nel  1905. Ibid., 1906,  7:  351-68.
 -----  La campagna  antimalarica  nella bassa  valle  dell'
 Aniene durante il  1906.  Ibid., 1907, 8: 495-506.—Tecce, N.
 La profilassi della malaria in Atella.  Ibid., 1904, 5: 683-92.—
 Thomson, J. G.  Observations on  the antimalaria campaign
 in Italy.   Proc R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: Sect.  Trop.
 Dis. Parasit., 15-21.-—Timpano, P.   Per la profilassi chininica
 della  malaria;   Timpano  risponde  a Tropeano.  Italia  san.,
 1909.  5:  151.—Trombetta,  C.  La campagna antimalarica
a  Strongoli nel 1906.   Gior. malaria,  1907,   1:  215-23.—
Tropeano, G.   Per la lotta contro la. malaria  (la  scheda C)
Ibid.,  31-47.   ------  La  campagna  antimalarica nel Mez-
zogiorno  (verso la  nazionalizzazione)   Ibid., 268-79.  —;----
Malaria, ignoranza, agricoltura ed emigrazione nel Mezzogiorno
d'ltalia.  Italia san., 1909,  5:  100.—Valagussa, F.  La cam-
pagna antimalarica mediante la profilassi meccanica sulla linea
Roma-Pisa durante l'anno  1901.   Atti  Soc.  stud, malaria,
1902,  3:  554-68.   •----—  Rapporto  riassuntivo  della cam-
pagna antimalarica sulla linea Roma-Pisa (Tronco  Orbetello-
Vada)  Ibid., 1903, 4: 500-3.—Verney,  L.   Condizioni  igie-
niche dePprogramma  di  lavoro della Societa elettrochimica
maremmana nel  bacino torboso di  Burano  (Grosseto)  Riv.
malariol., 1926, n. ser., 5:  476-86.—-Villalobos,  E.   Arroz y
malaria en Italia; un caso mas que pone de relieve el caracter
esencialmente local de la malaria.   Reforma m6d., Lima, 1940
26: 679-83.

----   Italy:  Puglia.
   D'Andrea, G.  La  campagna  antimalarica a  Taranto nel
1906.  Gior. malaria,  1907,  1: 167-72.—Di Giovine, A.   La
malaria nel comune  di  Lucera.  Ibid., 406-21.—Germano, E.
Per un tentativo di profilassi biologica in  limitate zone mala-
riche della provincia di Bari.   Ibid., 252-60.—Gianny, G.   La
mortalita per malaria  nella Puglia.   Pediat. med. prat., Tor.,
1936,  11:  471-9.—Masucci.  A.  La  malaria  nella piazza
militare marittima di Taranto. Ann. med. nav.,  Roma, 1902,
8: No. 2, 501-52, 2 pl.—Nicastro, C. G.  La profilassi della
malaria per mezzo del  chinino nell'  agro  Bovinese (Provincia
di Foggia)  190o-05.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1904, 5: 677;
1905, 6:  411; 1906, 7: 437.—Tanzarella, G.   La malaria nella
provincia di Lecce,  1900-03.  Ibid., 1901, 2: 283;   1902, 3:
457; 1903, 4: 429; 1904, 5: 699.------La malaria in terra
di Bari.   Ibid., 1907, 8: 523-30.

----   Italy:  Roma.

   Belfiore,  F.    La  malaria di Roma.    107p.
18cm.   Nap.,  1876.
   Celli,   A.   Die  Malaria  in  ihrer Bedeutung
fiir  die  Geschichte  Roms  und  der  Romischen
Campagna; eine kulturhistorische Studie.    117p.  -
8?  Lpz.,  1929.
   ----   [The same]   The  history of malaria  in
the  Roman  Campagna from   ancient   times.
226p.   8?   Lond., 1933.
   Grassi,  B., &  Sella, M.   Seconda relazione
della  lotta  antimalarica a  Fiumicino  (Roma)
314p.   8?   Roma,  1920.
   Postempski,  P.   La  campagna  antimalarica
compiuta  dalla  Croce  Rossa Italiana  nell'Agro
Romano  e nelle Paludi Pontine;  1914-17.   4v.
8?  Roma, 1915-18.
   Ambrogetti, P.  La  campagna  antimalarica nell'  Agro ro-
mano; stazione sanitaria di San Vittorino; periodo estivo-au-
tunnale,  cioe  dal 1? luglio  al  30  novembre  1903.  Atti Soc.
stud, malaria, 1904,  5:  611-6.—Anti-malarial (The) campaign
in the Agro Romano.   Lancet, Lond., 1900, 2: 41-3.   Ascoli,
M.,  Missiroli, A. [et  al.]  Relazione su di un  esperimento
compiuto nell' Agro Pontino sulla cura di Maurizio Ascoli nella
infezione malarica.   Policlinico, 1937, 44:  sez. prat., 659-70.—
Baldi, A.   Intorno agli esperimenti di profilassi della malaria
praticati  nella stagione  estivo-autunnale decorsa sulla linea
ferroviaria Roma-Tivoli.  Gazz. osp., 1900,  21: 277.—Bavayi.
Le paludisme dans la  campagne romaine.  Arch. meri. nav.,
Par., 1902,  77: 386-8.—Boccanera,  T.   L'opera  antimalarica
dei medici del Suburbio e dell' Agro Romano nell' anno 1904,
1906.  Atti Soc. stud,  malaria, 1905, 6: 349; 1907, 8: 507.
------  & Gualdo, T.   L'opera antimalarica dei medici del
suburbio e dell' Agro Romano, nell'  anno 1905.   Ibid., 1906,
7: 323-49.—Bosinelli, E.  La campagna antimalarica nell'Agro
romano;  bassa valle dell' Aniene.    Ibid., 1904,  5: 601-10.—
Caccirti,  A.   Sullo  sviluppo e sul  decorso  delle epidemie
malariche degli anni 1900-1901 studiate  nell' ospedale di S.
Spirito.   Ibid., 1902, 3: 356-66.—Calmette,  E.  -La campagne
antimalarique accomplie  par da Croix-Rouge italienne dans
l'Ager Romanus en 1901.  Caducee,  1902, 2: 95-7.—Campeg-
giard, M.  La profilassi antimalarica nella  bassa  valle  del-
l'Aniene  e del Tevere nel 1904.  Atti Soc stud, malaria, 1905,
6: 365-95.—Celli, A.   La nuova  profilassi  della malaria nel
Lazio.  Gior. Soc. ital. igiene, 1900, 22: 507-19.   Also Lancet,
Lond., 1900, 2: 1603-6.  Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1900,  28:
696-703.  Also J. Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond., 1901, 4: 119-23.—
Celli-Fraentzel,  A.  Die  Bedeutung der  Malaria   fiir  die
Geschichte Roms und  der Campagna in Altertum und Mit-
telalter.   Arb.  Tropenkrankh. (Festschr. B.  Nocht)  1927,
49-56, 2 pl., map.------Die Malaria in 17.  Jahrhundert
in Rom und in der Campagna im  Lichte  zeitgenossischer  An-
schauungen.   Arch.  Gesch. Med.,  1928,  20:  101-19.   ------
Comment la Gaule, civilisee par Rome, se devoua a l'assainis-
sement de Rome, au moyen-age et dans les temps modernes.
C. rend. Congr.internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2: 45-92,
29 pl.—Experiments  on the prevention of malaria in the Roman
Campagna.   Brit. M.   J.,  1900, 1:   1187.—Ficacci,   L.  Sul-
l'epidemiologia della malaria nel territorio Pontino.  Atti Soc
stud,  malaria,  1901, 2: 129-38.—Giusti, N.  La campagna
antimalarica nell' Agro  romano; stazione sanitaria di Decimo;
periodo   estivo-autunnale  1903.   Ibid.,  1904,  5: 617-27 —
Gualdi,  T.  L'opera antimalarica  del comune di Roma  nel-
l'anno 1903.  Ibid., 581-99.—Guiart, H.  Le paludisme dans
la campagne romaine et les recentes  experiences du Pr Grassi
(deuxieme campagne antipaludique: Ostie, 1901)  Arch, para-
sit.,  Par., 1902, 5: 401-11.—Maggi, A.   La campagna anti-
malarica  in Ostia nel secondo semestre 1902.  Atti Soc. stud.
malaria, 1903, 4: 311-31.------La campagna  antimalarica 
MALARIOGRAPHY
170
MALARIOGRAPHY
nell' Agro romano dm ante il 1903; stazione sanitaria di Ostia.
Ibid., 1904, 5: 629--15.—Magri,  E.   L'infezione malarica al-
I'estremo nord della  Fiovincia di Roma.   Prat, med., Nap.,
1906-07,  7: 293-303.— Malsria  in  the Roman  campagna.
Ind. Lancet, 1902, 20: 278.—Mariani, F.   La profilassi anti-
malarica a Foro Appio (Palude pontina^  Atti Soc. stud, ma-
laria, 1902, 3:  391-8;  1903,  4: 356- Mariotti-Ilianchi, G.  B.
Sulla malaria nella guarnigione di Roma dal sieniiaio al luglio
1902 e sui rapporti della malaria recidivate  eollo scoppio della
nuova epidemia.  Riforma med.,  1903, 19:313  7.----La
malaria nella guarnigione di Roma nel biennio 1902-03.  Gior.
med. esercito,  1904,  52: 504;  587.-----  la  profilassi
antimalarica nei forti della piazza di Honia.  Ibid.. 1905, 53:
321-33.—Meyer, A.   Malariabekampfung  in der  Campagna
Romana.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1901, 27: 723.—N., N.   La lotta
antimalarica nell'Agro romano.   Illust. med.  ital.,  1926,  8:
69-73.—Pecori, G., & Escalar, G.  Relazione sulla campagna
antimalarica, 1928-34.   Riv. malariol., 1929, 8: 481; 1930,  9:
479; passim in subsequent volumes.—Postempski, P.   Risultati
prattici ottenuti nella Campagna Romana enelle Paludi Pontine
con la profilassi chininica dalla  Croce Rossa Italiana.  Bull.
Accad.  med. Roma, 1907, 33: 244-8.—Pozzilli, P.   La cam-
pagna antimalarica compiuta  dal Municipio  di  Tivoli  nel-
l'Agro tiburtino nel 1906.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1907,  8:
461-77.—Profilassi antimalarica  per  mezzo di reti  metalliche,
o   di  preparati  chinacei;  ricerche   profilatiche  deirUfhcio
d'igiene  del comune di Roma.  Ibid., 1902, 3: 378-86— Ravi-
cini,  S.   La campagna antimalarica in provincia di Roma
durante  il 1904.  Ibid.,  1905,  6:   335-343.—Roman (The)
campagna and malaria [edit.]   J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1899-
1900,  2:  184.—Santori,  S.   La  malaria  nella provincia  di
Roma nel decennio 1888-1897; sua  ripartizione nei comuni e
suoi rapporti con  la pioggia  caduta.   Atti Soc.  stud  malaria,
1899, 1: 110-32, 5 diagr., map., ch.—Spcranza. B.  I.a cam-
pagna antimalarica nell' Agro romano; stazione sanitaria  Le
Castella;  periodo estivo-autunnale  1903.   Ibid.,   190-1,  5:
64-52.—Tafuri, N.  La profilassi antimalarica nella bassa valle
dell'Aniene nel 1905.  Ibid., 1906, 7: 351-68.

----   Italy: Toscana.

    Magni,  S.    La  malaria in  Maremma; osser-
vazioni  e considerazioni in rapporto ai problemi,
del  dopo guerra.    8?   Pistoia,  1919.
    Baldi, A.  Malaria autoetona nel  comune di Pistoia.   Riv.
malariol.,  1935, 14: 42-4.— Cartei, S.  Ricerche sulla ihcidenza
malarica nella Maremma Grossetana.  Zbl. ges. Hyg.,  1943,
51: 70 (Abstr.)—Gosio, B.  La malaria  di  Grosseto nell'anno
 1899.   Policlinico,  1900,  7:   sez.  med.,  177;  253. r ------
Die  Bekampfung  der Malaria  in  der Maremma  Toscana.
Zschr. Hyg., 1903, 43: 156-205, 2 ch.

----   Italy:  Venezia Euganea.
    Ambrosi, V. La profilassi della malaria nella Provincia di
Verona  nell'anno  1903.   Atti Soc.  stud,  malaria,  1904,  5:
503-25.—Bianchi, G.,  & Guissani, N.  La malaria nella laguna
veneta.    Ibid.,  1902,  3:  296-305.—Corradetti,   A.   Sulla
composizione della fauna anofelica in relazione ai diversi gradi
di  bonifica nella valle del Lemene   (Veneto)  Riv. malariol.,
 1937,  16:  265-75,  map.—Peserico,  L.  La malaria nel Vi-
centino  durante  il 1902.  Atti  Soc. stud, malaria,  1903,  4:
98-119,  map.  â– ------ & Serafini, A.  La malaria nel Veneto;
la  malaria nel  Vicentino durante  il 1901.  Ibid.,  11(12,  3:
279-96.—Polettini,  U.   La malaria nel  Veronese;  stazione
sperimentale di Vigasio, 1902-06.  Ibid.,  1903, 4:  120; 1904,
 5:  451; 1905,  6:  275;  1906, 7: 277;  1907,  8:  393.—Romanin
 Jagur,  G.  La malaria  nel  Veneto; osservazioni  sopra alle
 zanzare e ad alcune condizioni locali della citta di Padova e
 dei suoi immediati dintorni in rapporto alia malaria.  Ibid.,
 1902, 3: 256-78,  map.—Valli,* V.  Relazione della campagna
 antimalarica,  1926-1927,  [nella provincia  di VeneziaJ   Riv.
 malariol.,  1928,  7:  104-40.—Vivante,  R.  La  malaria  in
 Venezia.  Riv. igiene san. pubb., 1902, 13: 234-65, map.—
 Vivenza, F., & Polettini, U.  La malaria nel Veronese durante
 il 1901.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1902, 3: 306-31.

 ----   Italy:  Venezia Giulia.
    Corradini,  G.   Die  Ma'aria  in  Rovigno.  Arch. Schiffs
 Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 487-504.—De Celebrini, E.  Relazione
della campagna  antimalarica  nel litorale austriaco, 1903-04.
 Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1904, 5: 349;  1905, 6: 139.  Also Oester.
 San. Wis., 1904. 16: 153; 161; 169.—Fro^ch. P.  Die Ma'ana-
 hekampfung in Brioni (Istrien)  Zschr. Hyg., 1903, 43: 5-00,
 diagr.—Gioseffi, M.  Zur Malariatilgung im siidlichen Istrien,
 1904-05.  Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1905,  50: 292; 304; passim;
 1907, 52:  38; 50; passim.  Also Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1906,
 19: 1373-6.  ------   Malaria e lotta  antimalarica in Istria
 durante  il 1931  e rilievi  sul  quinquennio  1927-31.   Riv.
 malariol., 1932,  11:  197-225.  ------  Malaria e  lotta anti-
 malarica in Istria nel periodo 1? novembre 1932 - 31 ottobre
 1933.  Ibid., 1934, 13: 734-806.  —;----   Bonifica umana e
 risanamento  tellurico in Istria.  Riforma med.,  1935,  51:
414.  ------  Malaria e lotta  antimalarica in Istria f 1934—
 1935)   Riv.   malariol.,  1930. 15:  370-81.— Lenz,  A.   Die
 Malaria-Assanierung  der  Aussenweike der Seefestung  Pola.
 Wien. klin. Wschr., 1904. 17:  14-21.—Rivas, D.  Die Malaria
 in  der Festung Barbariga in Istrien im Sommer 1902.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1902, 28: 903.—Rossaro, G.  Studio retrospettivo
su un focolaio di malaria a Gorizia nell immediato dopoaiierra.
Igiene mod.. 1934, 27: 107- 13   Schaudinn, F.  Die .Miliaria in
dem Dorfe St Michelc di I cine in Istrien und  ein Ycrsuch zu
ihrer  Bekiinipfung.   Aib. tiesundhamt., 1904, 21: 403-75.-
Schiavuzzi, B.   Le  febbri  nuilariche  nell Istria meridionale r
le loro co'mplicazioni.   Atti  Soc.  stud,  malaria,  1907,  H:
183-203.— Staatliche (.Die) Malariatilgungsaktion im Kirsten-
lande.  Oester. San. Wes.,  1903, 15: 23378— Vlach, G.  I.«
malaria in Provincia  di  Trieste.  Arch.  ital.  sc.  med.  col.,
1937, 18: 229-34.

----  Jamaica.
   Boyd, M.  F.,  it Aris, F. W.  A malaria survey of the Island
of Jamaica, B. W.  I.   Am. J.  Trop. M., 1929, 9:  309-99.—
Report  of  the Malaria Commission.  Jamaica I'uh. Health,
1933, 8: 28-32.— Washburn, B. E. An epidemic of  malaria at
Falmouth, Jamaica, British West Indies.  Am. J. Hyg., 1933,
17: 656-65.

----  Japan.
   Asagawa,   H.   [The  prophylaxis of  malaria]   Nippon
shiritu  eise kwai zassi,  1902,  1-3.— Championniere, L.  Le
kubisagari.  J. med. chir., Par., 1897, 68: 309-72—Heii, S., &
Siga, J. [To the statists of  malarial sclerosis]  Chingai iji
shinpo, 1902, 23:  1083-91.—Matuno.  K.   On the  malarial
endemic in the central  part of  Japan.   Tr.  lar  East. Ass.
Trop. M.  (1927) 1928, 7. Congr.,  2: 050 I- Miura, M., &
Misumi, S.  Ueber die Aetiologie der Malaria  der  1 a-e-.\ama
Islands. Zschr.  Med. Ges. Tokyo. 1895. 9: 423; 510.- Miyuo,
I.,  Takei,  H. [et al.]   [Investigation on  the attack-rate of
malaria of the inhabitants in Hai-nan Island]  Bull. Nav. M.
Ass., Tokyo,  1941, 30: 528-40.—Miyatuki. H.  |The prophylaxis
of malaria in Hoyama]   Tokyo iji sinsi,  1991, 1467; 1551.—
Miyazaki  [Malaria]   Gun  igaku  kwai  zassi, 1902, 353-9,
3 ch—Morida. T.  [Remarks on malaiia]  Ibid., 1897, 1-13 —
Takei,  M.   |Malaria]   Ibid.,  697-718.- Takcnaka   [The
malaria in Shinseki Prefecture; febtis intermittens perniciosa
et comitiita]   Hokuetu ikai kaiho, Sinto,  1905,375-82.   Also
Tokyo  iji sinsi,  1905,  1963-7.—Tasiro  [Acute malarial fever
in Nagasaki  Prefecture]   Saikingaku zassi,  1905, 483-505.—
Totuki  IMalaria in Japan]  Ibid., 1904, 431-58.—Tuzuki, J.
Malaria und ihre Vermittler in Japan.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropen-
1,\ ■_'.. 1902, 6: 285-95.   Also Tokyo iji sinsi,  1902, 275; 321 —
 Tuzuki, Z.   Ueber die Ergebnisse  meiner Malariaforschung
in Hokkaido (Japan)  Zbl. Bakt., 1.  Abt., 1902, 31: 763-8.


----  Java.
   Adriani, P.  De oorzaken der malaria en  de reis van  Prof.
R.  Koch  over Java.   Geneesk. courant,  1900, 54: No. 32 —
Anti-malarial work in  Java.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1935,
38: Suppl. 89-91.—Brug,  S. L., & Walch, E.  W.  [Orientating
study on  a malaria epidemic in Solo, Java, in 1926] Meded.
dienst  volksgez.  Ned.  Indie,  1927,  653-705,  2 pl., 2 ch„  2
map.—Craig, W. J. F.  Malaria prevention methods in Java.
J. R. Army M.  Corps,  1930,  67: 233-45.—Essed, W. F. R.
Malaria at  Panjoewangi  and  the  prospects  of  an efficient
species sanitation.   Meded.  dienst  volksgez.  Ned.  Indie,
1929,  18: 184-98, pl.,  2 map.—Hell, J. C. van.   [Malaria in
Weltevreden, Batavia and Tandjong Priok in 1931]  Ibid., 1933,
22:  1-13.—Kuipers, J., & Stoker, W. J.   [A. ludlowi epidemic
in East Java]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1934, 74: 74T90 —
Marneffe, H.  Notes  sur  le paludisme a Java, recueillies au
cours d'un voyage d'etudes effectne en 1930.   Rev. med. hyg.
trop., Par., 1938, 30: 185-200.—Moi ij. W.   [Fighting malaria
in Bovendigoel, Batavia,  March 1930-March 1931]  Ceneesk.
tschr.  Ned.  Indie, 1932, 72: 66-82, ch., map—Perry, L. B.
A note on the malarial fever of Java.  Birmingham M.  Rev.,
 1900, 47: 226-9.—Schuurman, C. J., &  Schutrman-ten Bokkcl
Huinink, A.  A malaria-problem on Java's south-coast. Meded.
dienst  volksgez.  Ned.  Indie, 1929, 18: 120-42, 3  pl., map., 2
 tab.—Soerono,  M., Ave Lallemant, G. F. M., &  Soesilo, R.
 [State of malaria in the Tjihea plain]  Ibid.,  1932, 21: 21-6 —
 Venhuis.W.G.  [Resting-places of infected Anopheles maculatua
 during an epidemic in East-Java] Geneesk.  tschr. Ned. Indie,
 1941,  81:  2178-88,  pl.----—    Geinfecteerde  Anopheles
 minimus  var. flavirostris aan  kaliwanden.   Trop. Dis.  Bull.,
 Lond., 1942, 39: 737  (Abstr.)—Vogel, W. de.  Comparison
 de la mortality  urbaine et rurale a Java; la  malaria, cause de
 la  haute mortality dans les ports situ Is  sur  la cote septen-
 trionale;  mesures prises pour  la r£duire.  Bull. Off. internat.
 hyg. pub., Par.,  1930,  22: 1717-36.—Walch, E. W., & Soesilo,
 R.  [Researches on a malaria epidemic in Tegal in the early part
 of  1926]   Meded. dienst volksgez.  Ned. Indie, 1927,  1-98,
 15 pl.,  9 ch., 3 map.

----   Kentucky, U. S. A.
    Dugan, F. C.   Malaria control in Kentucky.  Bull.  Dep.
 Health Kentucky,  1936-37,  9: 257-9.—McCormack,  A.  T.
 Malaria control in Kentucky.   South. M. J.,  1928, 21: 772.

 ---   Kenya.
    Anderson, G. V. W.   Clinical aspects of malaria in  Ken\.i.
 Keiua Last Afr. M. J.,  1930-31, 7: 88-90.—Anderson, T. F.
 Some  investigations  into the incidence of  malaria  in the
 Teita District.   Ibid., 1929-30, 6:  2-11— Campbell, J. McP.
 Malaria in the Uasin Gishu and Trans  Nzoia.   Ibid., 32-42, 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           171                           MALARIOGRAPHY
.v,__Garnham, P. C. C.  Malaria in Kisumu, Kenya Colony.
J Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond.,  1929,  32:  214;  221.  —-—   A
note on the subtertian  malaiia parasite of Kenya.  East Afr.
M  T   1933 10:  68-84, 2 pl.—James,  S.  P.  Remarks  on
malaria  in  Kenya.  Kenya  East Afr.  M.  J.,  1929-30,  6:
92-107.—Paterson, A.  R.   Malaria and development; the
report of the Malaria Commission of the League of Nations on
principles and  methods of  anti-malarial measures in  Europe
in relation  to  conditions  in  Kenya.   Ibid.,   1928-29,  5:
251-81 —Philip,  C.  R.  Anti-malarial  measures  in native
reserves   Ibid., 1930-31, 7: 297-307.—Symes, C. B. Malaria
in Nairobi.  East Afr. M. J., 1940-41, 17: 291; passim.

.---   Kurdistan.
  Underwood, H. L.  Malarial infection in Kurdistan. Am.
Med., 1905, 10: 11C4-6.

---   Latin America.
  Connor, R. C.  The  problems of malaria control  in tropical
America.   Texas J.  M.,   1929-30,  25: 219-25.—Malaria.
In:  Med. Rep. Hamilton Rice Exped. Amazon (Harvard Univ.)
1926, 69-72.—Moll, A. A.  Anofeles y paludismo de altura en
la America  Latina. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1937, 16: 1133-7.
Also Bol. san. Guatemala, 1938, 9: 405-10.—Paz Soldan, C. E.
Paludismo.  Actas Conf.  san. panamer.,  1934, 187-221.


---   Liberia.
   Barber, M. A., Rice, J. B., & Brown, J. Y.  Malaria studies
 on  the  Firestone rubber plantation in Liberia,  West Africa.
Am. J. Hyg., 1932,15: 601-33.—Strong, R. P., & Shattuck, G. C.
Maiaria [in Liberia]   In:  Afr. Rep. Liberia (Strong,  R.^P.)
Cambr., 1930, 1: 210-4.—Wehrle, W. O.  Praktische Erfahrung
 mit  der  Malariaprophylaxe  in Monrovia  (Liberia)   Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928, 32: 194-7.

---   Libya.
   Lodato, G.  Le donne fezzanesi e la malaria.  Arch. ital. sc.
 med. col., 1933, 14: 744-8.—Lo Monaco Croce. T. La malaria
nella  zona  di Murzuk.  Gior. med. mil.,  1931,  79: 101-5.—
Lonpo, D.  La malaria in Tripolitania   (note clinico-epidemio-
logiche)  Arch. ital.  sc. med. col., 1930, 11: 418-29—Mazzo-
lani. D.  Grave risveglio della malaria a Tripoli citta.  Riv.
 malariol., 1926, n. ser., 5:  54-8.—Ragazzi.  G.  La malaria  a
 Tauorga. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1933, 14: 264-76—Scozznri,
 D.  La lotta antimalarica in Tripolitania.  Med.  nuova. 1927,
 18: 227-30.—Tedeschi, C.  (Appunti di malariologia colonials)
 si pu6 parlare  di malaria in Cirenaica?  Gior. ital.  mal. esot.,
 193C,  3: 200-5.—Zavattari, E.  Acclimatazione della Gambusia
 e lotta  antimalarica nel Fezzan.   Riv.  malariol.,  1934,  13:
 617-22.

---   Lithuania.
   Meras,  G.    [Scientific   data  on  malaria in  Lithuania]
 Medicina, Kaunas, 1932, 13: 462-5.

---   Louisiana,  U. S. A.
   Browne, W. T.  Malaria  control in Louisiana in  1932.
 South. M. J., 1933, 26: 471.—Dowling, O.  Malaria control in
 Louisiana.  Ibid., 1927,  20: 484.—Hidinger,  L.  L.   Effect of
 drainage districts on the control of  malaria in the  Mississippi
delta. Pub. Health Bull., Wrash., 1922, No.  125: 23-42, 2 pl —
Hoffman, F. L.  The  malaria and  mosquito investigation at
 Mound, La.  Proc.  N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass., 1921,
8: 84-90.—O'Hara, J. A. Malaria control in Louisiana in 1933.
South. M. J., 1934, 27: 654— Rector, N. H.  Minor drainage
in the delta section of Mississippi.  Ibid.,  1933, 26: 458-61.
—■—— & Riley, G. E.  Experiences with  minor drainage in
relation  to  malaria rates in  some Mississippi delta counties.
Ibid., 1937, 30: 862-8.


---   Macedonia.

   See also subheading  Greece.
   Popoff,  D.  I.    introduction  a  l'etude  du
paludisme   en  Macedoine  orientale.   63p.   8?
Strasb., 1932.
   Also Strasbourg med., 1932, 92: 410; 432.
   Visbecq.    La'  lutte  antipaludique  en  Mace-
doine.   56p.   8?  Salonique,  1918.
   Apercu des travaux  de  la  Commission  antimalarique  en
Mac6doine,  1921.  Bull. Min. san. pub.,  Beograd, 1922, 1:
No. 2, 4-10.—Barber, M. A., & Rice. J. B.  Malaria studies in
Greece;  the relation of housing to malaria in certain villages
of East Macedonia.  Am. J.  Hyg.,  1935, 22: 512-38.   ------
Malaria studies in Greece; the malaria infection rate in nature
and in the  laboratory  of certain species of  Anopheles of East
Macedonia.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1935, 29: 329-48.
----- & Mandekos,  A.  The seasonal  incidence  of malaria
transmission in Macedonia.  Am.  J. Hyg., 1936, 24: 249-67
-----  A  survey (1936) of malaria among infants in  Greek
Macedonia.  Ibid., 1937, 26: 175-85.—Barber,  M. A., Rice,
J. B., & Valaoras, V. G.  Decline of malaria in a region of East
Macedonia  owing to  diminished  rainfall.   Ibid.,  1936,  23:
298-328.—Carr,  H. P., Mandekos,  A.,  &  Barber,  M.  A.
Malaria studies in Greece; a survey of malaria morbidity in a
region of East Macedonia.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit.,  Liverp.,
1935, 29: 399-405.—Guelmino, D.   Beitrag zur Epidemiologie
der  Malaria  in  Mazedonien.   Aich. Schiffs  Tropenhvg.,
1929, 33: 423-30.—Mandekos, A. G.   Malaria and mortality
among  young children  in  East Macedonia,  Greece.   Riv.
malariol.,  1939, 18: 125-30.—Nohejl,  V.   [Investigations of
malaria in Macedonia]  Glasnik, Beogr., 1926, 1: 95-119.

----   Madagascar.
   Blanchard,  R.   La  malaria  a  Madagascar.   Ann. hvg.,
Par., 1906, 4. ser., 6:  164-7.  Also Bull. Acad,  med., Par.,
1906, 3. ser., 56:  80-96.  Also  Arch, parasit, Par., 1906-07,
11: 185-214.—Brown, W. C.  Malaria in Madagascar.   J.
Trop.  M.  Hyg.,  Lond., 1907,  10: 206-8.—Fontoynont.  A
propos des epidemies palustres actuelles des hauts  plateaux de
Madagascar.   Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par.,  1905,  2: 88-91.—
Kermogani.   Sur la prophylaxie du paludisme a Madagascar,
principalement dans I'armee.  Bull. Acad. m£d.,  Par., 1904,
3. ser., 51: [Discussion] 183-90.  ------  Sur le paludisme a
Madagascpr.  Ibid., 1906, 3.  ser., 56: 110-8.  ------ Sur I'epi-
dfimie  de paludisme  qui a sevi sur  les hauts-plateaux  de
Madagascar, de Janvier a juillet 1906.   Ibid., 1907, 3.  ser., 57:
291-311.—Laveran. Sur un vceu relatif a la  prophylaxie  du
paludisme k  Madagascar.  Ibid.,   1906, 3.  ser.,  56: T32.—
Legendre, F. M. A.  Etude de l'index du paludisme a Tanana-
rive.  C. rend. Congr. internat. palud.  (1930)  1931, 2. Congr.,
1: 452-8.  ------   Note  sur  l'etat actuel  de l'endemicite
palustre a Tamatave.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26:
875-9.   ------ Rapport sur l'6tat actuel de l'anemie palustre
a  Fianarantsoa.  Ibid., 884-8.—Monier, H.  Faits nouveaux
concernant l'epidemiologie du paludisme a Tananarive.  Ibid.,
1935,28:775-8. ------ Notes sur le paludisme a Madagascar.
Ibid.,  878-80.  ------  Resultats obtenus  en  1935  avec
quelques  medicaments  au  dispensaire  antipaludique   de
Tananarive.   Ibid.,  1936. 29:  919-22.  ------   Remarques
sur le  paludisme  a Madagascar.   Ibid.,  922-4.—Raynal, J.
EnquMe sanitaire a la Grande Comore en 1925;  observation
de paludisme a forme epid£mique.  Ibid., 1928,  21:  35; 132.
—----  J^e paludisme dans  la province de Diego-Suarez, quel-
ques index spleniques.  Ibid., 629-35.

----   Malay Peninsula.

   Darling, S. T.   Sobre algumas medidas  anti-
malaricas em Malaya.   12p.  8?  S.  Paulo, 1919.
   Federated  Malay States.   Malaria Advi-
sory  Board.   Annual  report.   Kuala  Lumpur,
1913-
   Hodgkin, E. P., &  Johnston, R. S.   Malaria
at Batu Gajah, Perak, transmitted by Anopheles
barbirostris Van  der Wulp.   19p.  25cm.  Kuala
Lumpur,  1935.
   Holmes, W. E.   The control of urban malaria,
Kuala   Lumpur.    p. 13-7.    24>^cm.     Kuala
Lumpur,  1939.
   Howard, S. C.  The practical application of
antimalarial   measures   on    Malayan   estates.
12p.   24^cm.   Kuala Lumpur, 1939.
   Malaya's great gift to  the world—prin-
ciples underlying malaria control  [tribute  to Sir
Malcolm  Watson] [Glasg.?]  4p. 8°. Loxley  Bros,
1935.
   Repr. from Malay Mail,  May 18, 1935.
   Wilson, T.   The control of  rural malaria in
 Malaya.    p. 18-22.    24^cm.    Kuala  Lumpur,
 1939.
   Annual report  of the Malaria Advisory Board  for the year
 1937.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1939, 42: Suppl., 14.—Barrow-
man  B.  Sur la prevention du  paludisme chez les enfants en
Malaisie Anglaise.  Rev. fr. pediat., 1935, 11: 118-22.  —---
Some random reflections on  estate medical practice. J. Malaya
Brit. M. Ass., 1940, 4: 1-12.—Braddon, W. L.  On undescribed
hsematozoa of malaria in the Malay Peninsula, and on blood-
plates  as true ha?matoblasts.  J.  Trop.  M.,  Lond.,  1901-02,
4- 299; 367;  2 pl.—Control of malaria  in Malaya.   Lancet,
Lond.,'l940, 2: 527.—Craig, W. J. F.  Report on the League
of Nations'  course on malaria held in Singapore.  J.  R. Army
M. Corps, 1937, 68: 164-74.—Farinaud, M. E. La lutte contre
le paludisme en Malaisie Anglaise. In: Grand, endem. trop.T
1935,  7:  45-59.—Federated Malay States; trapping of  mos-
quitoes on malarious estates.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1941,
44-  Suppl  41.—Health and disease  in  general; malaria in
general.   Ibid., 1938, 41: Suppl., 687—Hodgkin  E. P.  Trap-
ping of mosquitoes on malarious estates.  Annual Rep. Malay
 Inst M. Res. (1936)  1937, 79-81.—Kingsbury, A. N.  Malaria
at Batu Gajah.  Ibid., (1934)  1935, 30.—Ling,  L. C.  Field
observations on malaria control measures in Singapore  and
Java   Chin. M.  J.,  1935, 49: 562-9.—Malaria in Malaya.
Brit  M.  J., 1939, 1: 75.—Marneffe,  H.  La prophylaxie du
 paludisme en Malaisie Anglaise; ile de Singapore. Ann. med.
 pharm. col.,  Par.,  1938, 36: 561-83.—Milne, J. C. Malaria in 
MALARIOGRAPHY
172
MALARIOGRAPHY
Taiping.  Malav. M. J , 1933, 8: 290-4— Pendlebury, H. M.
The  control of rural  malaria; ITu Jempol  Valley.  Annual
Rep. Inst.  M. lies.. Kuala Lumpur  (1939)  1940, 41.—Plas-
moquine  prt.phvh.ida  on estate T.  Ibid.  (193S1  1939  97-
103   Samuels, W. F.  Anti-malarial work at the ( entral Men-
tal'Hospital,  Taniong  Rainbutan. Malaya.  J. Ment.  Sc,
lond  1931 "7: 555 01.--ScharfT. J. W.  Malaria; mosquito
control in rural Singapore.  Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927)
1928, 7. Congr., 2: pt 2, 613 -23.  - - - -    Anti-mosqiutc.meas-
ures in the Northern settlement of Malaya.  Ibid ,1934, 9. pt A
201-12  5 pl   ------ & Tweedie,  M. W. F.  Malaria and the
mud lobster.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  M. TTyg., Lond.  1942-43,
36: 41-4.—Strahan, J. H.  A review  of the results  of ma ana
control on  rubber estates in Negri Sembilan South  from  1931
to 193'!  J. Malaya Brit. M. Ass.,  1940, 4: 53-05.—Strickland,
C   Papers on malaria  in Malaya.   Meded. dienst volksgez.
Ned  Indie 1936, 25:  331-40, 2  pl—Swellengrebel. N. H.
[International  malaria  course  in Singapore]   Ned. tsclir.
geneesk  1935 79: 3050-3—Travers. E. A. O.  On account
of anti-malarial work carried out with success in Selangor, one
of the Federated  States of the Malay Peninsula.   J.  Irop.
M  Hvg  Lond   1003. B: 283-91.  Also  Arch.  Schiffs Tropen-
hvg  1904  8: 213-8.   Also  Ind. M. Gaz., 1904,  39: 28-30
  ' '  '    A further report on measures taken in  1901 to abolish
malaria  from  Klang  and  Port   Swettenham  in  ganger.
Federated  Malav States.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1906, 9.
197 --Vickers, W. J., West, G. F., & D'Netto. S. G.  Economy
in large  scale antimalarial control in Kuala Lumpur, Federated
Malay States. Tr. R.  Soc. Trop. M. Hvg., Lond.,  1934-3o,
•>»•  8^-QQ__Walker   J.  H. C   Antimalaria  measures in
Mak.â„¢   J. K. Army M. Corps,  1930. 54: 87-10C.-W.tFon.
M  Malaria fevers, Klang District.  Stud  Inst.  M. Res. *ed.
 M-\liv <tites 1901  1:82-7.-----The effect of  drainage
and'other'measures on the malaria of Klang. Federated Malay
SW.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.. Lond., 1903, 6: 349; 368.  4 pl ;  1905
 8:100.------The future of malaria control in the federated
 Malay States.  Tr. Far  East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927)  1928,
 7 rwr  "•  599-608  ------  Twenty-five years of malaria
 conUoTinVe  Malay Peninsula 190i-1926    J:  Trop M.
 Hyg., Lond.,  1929. 32:  337-40.  â– -----Studies in the  para-
 sitology of malaria in  the  Federated  Malay  States between
 1900-1912.   Ind. J. M. Res.,  1932,  19.  1209-^4.
 The prevention of malaria in Malaya; a  review of thirty-seven
 vears's  progress.   Acta Conv. trop.  malar, morb.,  1938, 2.
 V*-62 —Wright  H.  The  malarial fevers of British Malaya.
 Stud  Inst M.  Pes Fed. Malay  States, 1901, 1:  1-75,  map,
 3 tab'.. 12  ch.

 ----   Mallorca.
    Fajarnes   [La epidemia de paludismo en Palma durante el
 bienio de  1832 y  1833]  Rev. balear cienc. med., 1898,  15:
 241-4; 1899,  16; 169; 193.
i-t epidemic of ague in Malta.  C. rend.
lcl.  (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2:  455-7.
 C.   Intermittent fever in Malta.  Brit.
----   Malta.
   Zammit, T.  The 1
Congr. internat.  pal
------& Scicluna, G
M. J., 1905, 1: 711.

----   Manchuria.
   Hiveda, K.  Malaria in Manchuria.  J. Orient. M  Dairen
1932  16:  36.—Iketani, T.  Malaria in  Dairen; with special
notice on  the existence of  malaria quartana.  Ibid.,,1937, 27.
88—Nisihori  S.   Ueber  die miasmatische Ausbreitung  der
Malaria-Krankheit in der Mandschurei und ihre Bekampfung.
Ibid., 1932, 17: 30.

----   Martinique.
   Barbe  A.    *A   propos  de  paludisme a  la
Martinique"   39p.   24cm.   Par.,  1939.
   Montestruc, E.  Le paludisme a la Martinique.  Bull. Soc.
path, exot., Par.,  1936, 29: 193-202.

---.  Maryland, U.  S. A.
   Thayer W.  S.  Types  of malarial fever observed in Balti-
more, and'their relations to the seasons of the year.  Maryland
MT   1895-96  33: 161-4—Watson,  W. T.  The present
decline ofSi'a in Maryland.  Ibid., 1905, 48: 289-302.

____Massachusetts, U. S. A.
   Getting  V  A.  Malaria  in  Massachusetts.  N.  England
J  M   1944  230:  350-7.—Smith. T.  The sources  favoring
conditions and prophylaxis of malaria in temperate  climates..
with special reference to Massachusetts.   Boston M. & b. J.,
1903. 149: 57; 87; passim.

----   Mauritius.
   M\cGkegor,  M.  E.   Report  on  the  Ano-
phelinae  of Mauritius, and on certain aspects of
malaria in the  colony,  with recommendations for
a  new  anti-malaria  campaign.   48p.   26>zcm.
Lond., 1923.
   Tkkluckdhakhy,   P.    *Orj?anisation  de  la
lutte  antipaluddennc  a  l'tle   Maurice.   12fip.
S?   Par..  1930.
   Kirk J B   Malaria in Mauritius.  Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond.,
lQI-i ii- v>l"-37   Merrier. A.  Le paludisme observe sous les
tropi'ques (fie Maurice..   A,ch. gen. med., Par., 1904, 2: 3073:
3137.

----   Mexico.

   Mexico.     Departamento   de  Salurridad
Publica.   Rapida justipreciaci6n de los divcrsos
medios de lucha cmploados en el pais  contra el
paludismo.   6p. fol.   M6x.. D. V., 1936.
   Ballesteros Gil, R.  La campana anti-paliidica; comentanog.
Rev.  homeop.,  Mex.,  1938, 3: No. 3, 18-22 - Hustamente,
M E   M<ninos aspectos del problema paludico en la Republics
Mexicana.   Rev. mex. biol.,  1935, 16: 81-90  ———  Epi-
demiologia del paludismo en el sur d-d valle  de Mexico; zona
de Xochimilco.   Gac. med. Mexico, 1939, 69: 1-31, 4 pl., tab-
Butron, A.  Profiiaxis de la malaria en los barcos de vela ex-
tranjeros  surtos en los  puertos  malaricos  de la Republica
Mexicana.   Mem. Congr. med.  nac.  mex.,  1910, I.  Congr.,
647-51 —Campana (La) contra el paludismo del Departamento
de salubridad publica.   Bol. Dep. salub pub., Mex.. 1942, 5:
187-93—Cordoba, M.   Paludismo en Moreha.   Mem. (  ongr.
med.  panamer. (1890)  1898, 2. Congr., 1: 499. --Dcschnmps.
L , A.  Un  caso clinico [malaria]   Rev. med. Veracruz..   91-
22- 3804 —Fristche, G.   Observaciones sobre la  mortalidad
causada  por las fiebres palustres  en el Cant6n de Huatusco.
Mem Congr. ineU panamer. (1896) 1898, 2. Congr  1: 510-2.-
Hoffmann, C.  C.  Observaciones  paludicas  en > eeaxa, Fue.
Salubridad.  Mex., 1930, 1: 246-52.------  Algunas observa-
ciones sobre el paludismo en la zona cafetera del Soconusco.
(Chiapas)   Ibid..  1931.  2: 176-8.  ;---—  Contnbuc.6n al
conocimiento del paludismo en la peninsula de Yucatan  Rev.
med. Yucatan, 1934. 17: 576, 6 pl., ch ; 1934,  18: 1-19, 5 pl.
______  jjota sobre el anofelismo en el centro de Michoacnn.
Bol. Inst, big., Mex., 1936, 2. ser.  2: 370-6.  ——-& Nieto
Fosro D  Scunda contribuci6n al conocimiento del paludismo
en el val'e del Mezquital.  An. Inst, biol., Mex., 1937, 8: 293-
302 —Hoffman, F. L.  Malaria problem  in Mexico.  South.
 M  T   1927   20:  468-71.—Iglesias,  A.  El  paludismo  en
 Veracruz.   Rev. med.  Veracruz.,  1928, 8:  213-24-Loaeza,
 A  A  Geo-raphy of malaria in the Mexican Republic.  Am.
 Pub.'Health Ass.'Rep. (1906) 1907, 32: pt 1, 98-101. — -
 Geografia medica del paludismo en los Estados Umdos  Mexi-
 canos.   Mem.  Congr. med. nac.  mex., 1910 4-Congr.  637-
 46—Malaria in Mexico.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1942, 118: 476 —
 Mendoza, J. G.  Notas sobre el paludismo.  Cr6n. med. mex.,
 1904 7: 57- 238.—Miranda Heredia, P.  Ligera exposici6n de
 lo aue ha heeho de  paludismo el departamento medico deloe
 F F N  de M   Rev. med.. Puebla, 1936-37,  9: No. 68. 6-10.—
 Moniaras, J. E.  Algunas indicaciones para la campana  contra
 el paludismo.   Gac. med. Mexico, 1906, 3.  ser., 1:  130-53 —
 Morales y Carvajal. S.  I as obras de ingemerfa sanitaria para
 la erradicaci6n  del paludismo  en  Guadalajara.  Medicina,
 Mex  1942, 22:  239-55.—Ormaechea, G.  La lucha  contra el
 paludismo  en  Tampico.  Bol. Of. san.  panamer.,  1931, 10:
 550-5.—Ponce de Leon, R.  Naturaleza  de la fiebre remitente
 del Estado de Sinaloa.   Cr6n.  med. mex.,  1897-98, 1: iU
 21, ch.—Primera convenci6n regional para la campafia nacional
 contra el paludismo, Oaxaca, 1938.  Rev. homeop., Mex., 1937,
 2- No  6, 24-8.—Romero, J. F.  Impaludismo.  Cron. meu.
 mex., 1904, 7: 85-90—Soberon y Parra, G.  El paludismo en
  Acapulco; su erradicacion definitiva.  Cac. med.  Mexico, 1J41,
 71:  147-71.—Sosa  Flores, J. D.  Campana  antilarvana en
  Tuxpan, Ver.   Tr. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931) 1933, 3. Congr.,
 847-51.—Vazquez,  L., & Nieto  Roaro.  D.   Nota acerca del
 estudio del paludismo en Izucar de  Matamoros, Pj>e-> en'a
  epoca seca del invierno.  An. Inst, biol., Mex.,  1943, 14: 8.5
  92.------Observaciones paludicas en el Distnto de  Aca-
  tlan, Pue.  Ibid., 451-4.

  ----   Michigan, U. S. A.
    Malaria is potential health hazard in Michigan.   Michigan
  Pub. Health, 1943,  31: 143.

  ----   Minnesota,  LT. S. A.
    Malaria threat  in Minnesota.  Minnesota M.,  1940, 23:
  585 —Riley,  W. A.  Malaria and anopheline  mosquitoes in
  Minnesota.  Ibid., 1930, 13: 410.   -        Indigenous ma-
ivnnnasota.  ioiu., imu, io; iiu.             „on ro  on
laria and its vectors in Minnesota.  J. Lancet, 1939, 5»: in,

----   Mississippi, U. S. A.
   Carley, P. S., & Balfour,  M. C.  Prevalence of malaria in
Humphreys and Sunflower Counties, Mississippi, in 1927-19^»-
South. M: J., 1929, 22:377-82.—Clarke, J. L.   Malaria-control
campaign at Greenwood,  Miss.   I'ub. Health  Bull., Wash.,
1922, No. 125, 143-52.—Coogle,  C.  P.  Preliminary report ol
screening studies in Leflore County,  Miss.  Pub. Health Ken.,
Wash., 1927, 42:  1101-12, 2 pl.   ------   Method- and CO-M
of screening farm tenant  homes in Mississippi;  post-noou
malaria control.  South. M. J.,  1928. 21:  738-47.-Hoffman,
F. L.   Malaria in Misris-i].pi and adjacent states.  Ibid., l■>•>*,
25: 057-02.— Rector,  N. H.  Different phases  of  permanent 
MALARIOGRAPHY                          173                          MALARIOGRAPHY
  drainage for malaria control in Mississippi.  Ibid., 1938, 31:
  813-5..—Riley,  G. E.   Malaria control  in Mississippi.  Ibid.,
  1933, 26: 472; 1934, 27: 655.  —---Malaria control program
  of the Mississippi State Board of Health.  Mississippi Doctor,
  1936-37 14: No. 10, 34.—Underwood, F. J.  Malaria control
  operations in Mississippi.  South. M. J., 1927, 20: 483; 1928,
  21:773.-----& Whitfield, R.N.   Malaria control activities,
  1915.   In their Pub. Health Mississippi, Jackson, 1938,  69-73.


  ---  Missouri, U. S. A.
     Johnson,  W.  S.  Malaria control in Missouri in 1932.
  South. M. J., 1933, 26: 472.—Winter,  F.  A brief review of
  antimalarial sanitary work at Jefferson Barracks.  Med. Fort-
  nightly, S.  Louis, 1903, 23: 313-20.

  ---  Morocco.

     Breviere,  A.   ^Contribution  a l'etude  Epi-
  demiologique   du  paludisme   endemique   au
  Maroc;  la mesure du  paludisme  endemique  au
  Maroc.   73p.   8?  Par., 1933.
     Langlais,  M.  A.   *Prophylaxie du paludisme
  au Maroc.  175p.  8?  Par.,  1929.
     Bonnin.   Lutte antipaludique au Maroc.  J. m£d. Bor-
  deaux,  1939, 116:  pt 2, 346—Charrier, H., & Remlinger, P.
  Contribution k l'6tude de  la protection  de Tanger contre le
  paludisme.   Bull.  Soc.  path, exot.,  Par., 1927, 20: 45-51,—
  Claude, J.   Les causes de  la malaria et  prophylaxie de cette
  affection chez les indigenes de la Haute-Tafna et de la frontiere
  marocaine.   Caducee, 1906, 6: 215.—D'Anfreville de la Salle,
  L.  Un moyen de lutter contre le paludisme au Maroc.  Bull.
  Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1930, 23:  53-8.—Dekester.  Contribu-
  tion k l'etude de la fievre quarte au Maroc.  Rev. path, comp.,
  Par., 1924,  24: 204.—Deux annaes de lutte anti-paludique au
  Maroc, 1928-29.   C.  rend.  Congr. internat. palud.  (1930)
  1931, 2. Congr., 2: 126-44.—Gaud, Sigault, G., it Messerlin, A.
  Note sur les prophylaxies m^dicamenteuses du  paludisme au.
  Maroc; mise au point; experimentations.  Bull. Soc1.  path.
  exot., 1936,  29: 1006-15.—Messerlin, A.  La lutte antipalu-
  dique au Maroc en 1941.  Bull. Inst. hyg. Maroc (1941) 1943,
  1:  133-45,  ch.  ------   Epidemiologic  du  paludisme  au
  Maroc.  Maroc med.,  1943, 54-7.—Propaganda  antipaludica
  em Marrocos.  Impr. med., Rio, 1941,  17: No. 327, 139.—
  Romera y Domingo, J. A.  El paludismo en nuestra zona dr
  influencia en Marruecos.  Progr. clfn., Madr., 1919, 14: 228;
  1920, 15: 24; pl.  •

  ---   Nebraska, U. S.  A.
    Endemicity of malaria in  Nebraska.  Nebraska M. J., 1934.
  19:71.

  ---   Netherlands.

    Schoo, H. J. M.    Bekroond  antwoord op een
  prijsvraag over malaria in Nord-Holland.  362p.
  8?   Haarlem, 1905.
    Swellengrebel,  N.  H.."  &   Buck,  A.   de.
  Malaria   in  the   Netherlands.    267p.    21cm.
  Amst., 1938.
    [Activity of the Commission for prevention of malaria among
  the population of northern  Holland in 1932]  Versl. volksge-
  zondh.,   1933, d.  3, 595-621.—Berdenis  van  Berlekom.  De
  malaria in Zeeland.  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1900, 2.  R., 36: 2,
 49-51.—Emden, J. E.  G.  van.   Bijdrage tot de kennis der
 malaria in Nederland.  In:  Herinneringsb. Prof.  S.  S. Rosen-
 stein, Leiden, 1902,  109-22, 1., pl.—Honig, P. J. J., & Swellen-
 grebel, N. H. H.   [Contribution  to  the history of malaria in
 Holland]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2,  1104;  1864;
 1928, 78: pt 1, 38.—Malaria in Holland.  Lancet, Lond.,  1944,
 2:  446.—Nieuwenhuis,  A.  W.   Korperliche  und  kulturelle
 Volksentartung in  Gebieten  endemischer  Malaria.  Janus,
 Leiden,  1934, 38: 121; 162; passim.—Piebenga, P. J.   [Malaria
 epidemic in  the insane asylum in Franeker and its treatment
 with quinine-plasmoquin]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1932, 76:
 pt  1, 1564-78, eh.—Schoo, H. J. M.  La malaria in Olanda.
 Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1902, 3: 189-208.  Also Ann. igiene
 Rper., 1902, n. ser., 12:  195-214.  ------   Malaria'in Noord-
 Holland.  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1902, 2. R., 28: d. 1,  169-90.
 •-----   Malaria  in Krommenie.   Ibid.,  501-14,  ch.,  map.
 -----   Malaria; wat kan er  aan prophylaxis der malaria in
 Nederland gedaan worden?   Ibid., 973-9.5, pi.—Swellengrebel,
 N.  H., Buck,  A.  de, & Kraan,  H.   Mechanism of malaria
 transmission in the province of North  Holland.  J. Hyg.,
 Lond., 1938, 38:  62-74.—Swellengrebel,  N. H., & Kraan,  H.
 Ueber die Malariamorbiditat bei Sauglingen und Erwachsenen
 in Nordholland.   Arb.  Tropenkrankh. (Festschr. B.  Nocht)
 1937, 620-4.—Swellengrebel. N. H., Swellengrebel-de Graff,
 J. M. H., &  Buck, A. de.  Le paludisme  aux  Pays-Bas, con-
tracte en automne, ne se manifeste que pendant l'6te suivant.
Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22  042-5.—Teubner, E. Aus
Hamburger Akten: Ueber die Epidemie im Nordseegebiet, vor
allem in Grdningen, 1826.  Zschr. Hyg.,  1937, 120: 44-53.—
Thiel, P. H. van.  [Why are occurrences of malaria limited only
to certain districts in the Netherlands?]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
1934, 78: 997-1007.—Vries, E. R. de, & Doyer  [Report of
 the Malaria Commission in Northern Holland for 1931]  Versl.
 volksgezondh., 1932, 548-64.—Walch  [Malaria prevention in
 Netherlands]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1933,  77: 1702-13.—
 Wyerman. J.  W. T.   [Annual  report for 1930-1931 of the
 Malaria Commission of the Health  Council]  Versl. volksge-
 zondh.,  1932,  663-89,  ch.

 ----   New Guinea.

    Dempwolff.  Bericht fiber eine Malaria-Expedition  nach
 Deutsch-Neu-Guinea.   Zschr.  Hyg.,  1904,   47:  81-132.—
 Elsbach, E.  M.  [Breeding places of A. barbirostris Bancroft
 along the upper Digoel]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1938, 78:
 506-19.—Koch, R.  Untersuchungen in Deutsch-Neu-Guinea
 wahrend der Monate Januar und Februar 1900.   Deut.  med.
 Wschr.,  1900,  26: 281-4;  296.  ------   Untersuchungen in
 Neu-Guinea  wahrend der Zeit vom 28. April bis zum 15. Juni
 1900. Ibid., 541.—Malaria in New Guinea.  J. Canad. M.
 Serv., 1943-44, 1: 266-9.—Schellong, O.  Die  Neu-Guinea-
 Malaria einst und jetzt; zugleich ein Beitrag zu der Geschichte
 der  Grundung  der   Kolonie   Kaiser-Wilhelmsland.  Arch
 Schiffs   Tropenhyg.,  1901, 5:  303-27.—Wendland.  Ueber
 Chininprophylaxe in Neuguinea.  Ibid., 1904,  8: 431-54.


 ----   New Hampshire, U.  S. A.
    Malaria in Nashua.   Rep.  Bd Health N. Hampshire (1899-
 1900) 1901, 16: 147-51.

 ---   New Jersey, U. S. A.

    New Jersey,  U.  S.  A.   Board of  Health.
 Circular 112: Restriction of the spread of malaria.
 7p.  8?  Trenton,  1905.
    Union  County  Mosquito  Extermination
 Commission.   Report.    Elizabeth, No. 1  (19121
 1913-
    Austin, W.,  & Laflferty, O. W.  Outletting inclosed marshes
 to the sea.   Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm.  Ass.,  1937, 24:
 223-5.—Bowen, D. C.  Control of malaria  in public health
 administration. Ibid.,  1921,  8: 144-54.—Butts, D. C.  A.
 Malaria in Camden County,  New Jersey.  Am. J. Trop. M.,
 1937, 17: 279-87.—Headlee,  T.  J.  The regular  work of the
 county mosquito extermination commissions;  a  potent weapon
 in the prevention of the spread of malaria in New Jersey.  Proc.
 N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass.,  1944, 31:  42-5.—Hoffman,
 F. L.  Progress and results in malaria eradication.   Ibid., 1918,
 5:61-71.—MacDonald, W. H.  Malaria in New Jersey.  Ibid.,
 1936, 23:  8-14.  ------   Malaria in  New  Jersey  in  1943
 Ibid., 1944, 31: 40-2.


 ----   New  Mexico, U.  S. A.
   Barber, M. A.  Malaria survey in irrigated  regions of Rio
 Grande  River,  New Mexico.   South. M.  J., 1928,  21:  737.
 ------ & Forbrich, L. R.   Malaria in the irrigated regions of
 New Mexico.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1933, 48: 610-23.


 ----   New  York, U. S. A.
   •Cotton, F.  J. Malaria as seen at Montauk.  Boston M. &
 S. J., 1898, 139: 597-600.—Horton, E.  Two cases of tertian
 malarial  fever, originating  in  West  Seneca,  N.  Y.   Buffalo
 M. J., 1901-02, n. ser., 41:  752-5.—Jackson, T. W.  Four
 cases of  estivo-autumnal malarial infection  at West Point,
 New York.   Philadelphia M. J.,  1902, 9: 715-7.;r-Lyon, I. P.,
 & Wright, A. B.   An inquiry into the existence of  autochthonous
 malaria in Buffalo and its environs; preliminary report on species
 of mosquitoes and blood examinations.  Buffalo M. J., 1900-01,
 n. ser.,  40: 245-54.—Matheson, R.  A brief account of the
 malaria  epidemic  at  Ithaca,  1904-1907.  Proc.  N. Jersey
 Mosquito Exterm. Ass., 1941, 28: 162-5.—Patterson, H. S.
 Aestivo-autumnal fever in Manhattan Island  and its environs.
 Med. Rec,  1902, 62:  369-71.—Pomeroy.  J.  L.  Partially
 afebrile estivo-autumnal malarial infection having its origin in
 New  York City.  Med. News,  1905, 86: 197.—Ullman,  J.
 Malaria  representing three varieties observed  in  Buffalo.
 Buffalo M. J., 1900-01, n. ser., 40: 892-7.


----  Nicaragua.
   Iniciada campafia activa contra el paludismo en esta capital.
 Bol. san., Managua, 1942-43, 3: No. 20, 32.

----  Nigeria.
   Annett, H. E., Dutton, J. E., & Elliott, J. H.  Report of the
malaria expedition to Nigeria of the Liverpool School of Tropi-
cal Medicine and Medical Parasitology.  Thompson Yates
Lab. Rep., Liverp., 1901, 3: 200-66, 10 pl. 5  tab., 2  maps.—
Barber, M. A., & Olinger, M. T.   Studies on malaria in South-
ern Nigeria.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1932,  25: 461-
501.—Expedicion  para  el estudio de la malaria en el Niger.
Corresp. med., Madr., 1900, 35: 320.—Harford-Battersby. C. F.
The importance and prevalence  of  malarial  fever in Lagos.
Climate,  Lond., 1901-02, 3:  28.—Liverpool (The)  Malaria
Expedition to Nigeria.  Brit. M. J., 1900, 2: 98; 1901, 1: 96 —
MacGregor, W. Notes  on  antimalarial measures now being
taken in  Lagos.  J. Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond., 1901, 4: 334-7. 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           174                           MALARIOGRAPHY
----   North Africa.
   Belot, R.  Le paludisme dans la marine militaire en Afrique
du  Nord, en 1928 et 1929.  Arch. med. pharm. nav.,  Par.,
1930, 120: 430-45.—Carcopino-Tusoli.  L'assainissement de la
plaine de la Mitidja.  C. rend.  Congr. internat. palud. (1930)
1931, 2. Congr., 2: 31-8.—Russell, P. F.   A note on the epide-
miology  of malaria  in  Natousa.  Med. Bull.  North  Afr.
Theater of Oper. U. S., 1944, 1: No. 3, 29.

----   North Carolina, U. S. A.
   Clark,  D.  Methods and  approximate costs  of  malarial
preventive measures on High Rock Lake in North Carolina.
South. M.  J.,  1931, 24: 442-9.—Cowper,  M.  R.  Malaria
control activities in  North Carolina.  Health  Bull.,  Raleigh,
1935, 50: No. 2, 11-4.—Taylor,  H. A.  Malaria control activi-
ties  in North  Carolina.   South.  M.  J., 1927, 20:  484-6.—
White, C. M., & Parks, L.  L.   Malaria studies and investiga-
tions in North Carolina.  North Carolina M. J., 1940. 1:  92-4.

----   North Dakota,  U.  S.  A.
   Radl, R. B.  A case of malaria developing in North Dakota.
J. Lancet, 1938, 58: 59.

----   Nova Goa.
   Bras de Sa, L. J.   Malaria no concelho  de Safari.   Arq
indoport. med.,  1020,3:326-35, 4  diagr.------O proble-
ma da salulu izacao e repovoamento nas  regioes  palustres de
Goa.  Arq.  Em-. med. cir.  Nova  Goa, 1931, ser.  A,  918-50.
------   Malaria em Canacona.   Ibid., 1932, ser.  A, 1379-410,
21 map, 2 pl.----Meios praticos de combater a malaria
em Goa.   Ibid., 1934, ser.  B, 1212-81. 2 diagr., pl.-  Froilano
de Mello, I.  Premiere campagne antimalarienne active a < loa.
Ibid., 1025-211.  ------  O  problema de endemia malarica
na India Portuguesa.  Clin. hig. & hidr., Lisb., 1936. 2:  307-
71.  ------  La campagne anti-malarienne  dans les region*
rurales de l'lnde Portugaise.  Riv. malariol.,  103S, 17:  208-
24.  ------  Chemoprophylaxis  of  malaria  in  Portuguese
India.  S. Afr.  M. J., 1938, 12:  710-24.

----   Nyasaland.
   Thomson, J. G.  Malaria in "Nyasaland.   Proc.  R.  Soc.
M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 391-404.

----   Ohio, U. S. A.
   Hoyt, R. N., & Worden, R. D.  Malaria epidemic in Aurora,
Ohio.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1935, 50: 895-7.

----   Oklahoma, l. S. A.
   Canavan, W. P. N.  Present  status of  malaria in Oklahoma.
Am. J. Trop. M., 1935, 15: 225-30.—Puckett, C.   Progress in
malaria control in Oklahoma.   South. M. J.', 1927, 20: 486.—
Town, F. L.  Malaria fever at Fort Sill sixty years ago.   Mil.
Surgeon, 1935,  77: 149-51.

----   Oregon, U. S. A.
   Jeffries, B.  Wartime malaria in Oregon;  report of a  case.
Northwest M.,  1943, 42: 285-7.

----   Pacific Islands.
   Buxton, P. A.  Malaria and  filariasis in the  New Hebrides
In his Re.-,  iu  Polynesia, Lond., 1927, 225-37.— Campaign to
prevent introduction of malaria into Pacific  Islands.  J. Am.
M. Ass., 1044. 124:  1004.—James, C. S.  Malaiial nephritis
(nephrosis) in the Solomon  Islands and Mandated Territory of
New  Guinea.  Med.  J. Australia,  1939, 1:  759-01.— Lever,
R. J. A. W.   The malarial mosquito of Melanesia.  Rev. Appl.
Entom.,  Lond., 1943, 31: ser.  B, 131  (Abstr.)—Malaria- free
area [map]  Bumed News Letter, Wash., 1943,  2: No. 4, 20.—
Malaria in the  Pacific Islands.   Lancet, Lond.,  1901, 1: 875.—
Malaria in the South-West Pacific.   Nature, Lond., 1944, 153:
160.-—Mumford, E. P.  Mosquitoes, malaria and the war in the
Pacific.   J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1942, 45: 74-80.—You  can't
get malaria  here; Hawaii.  Hawaii M. J., 1942-43, 2:  83.

----   Palestine.

   Bejgiel,   G.    *La    malaria  en   Palestine,
autrefois et aujourd'hui.   32p.  22cm.  Lausanne,
1941.
   Kligler,  I. J.   The epidemiology  and control
of malaria in Palestine.   240p.   8?"  Chic, 1930.
   Kornic,   L.    *L'epidemiologie du paludisme
en Palestine.  42]).  25cm.   Lyon,  1938.
   Palestine.   Department  of  Health.    A
review  of  the control  of  malaria  in  Palestine,
1918-1941.  40p.  32Ucm.   Jerusalem, 1941.
   Carley, P. S.  Malaria in  Palestine.  South. M. J.,  1928
21: 747-54.— Control of  malaria  in  Palestine.  Brit. M.  J.,
1942. 2: 517-9.—Control of malaria in Palestine.  J.  Am. M.
Ass., 1942, 119: 57S.—Cropper,  J.  The geographical distribu-
tion of Anopheles  and  malarial fever in Upper Palestine.
J. Hyg., Cambr., 1902. 2: 47-57.  ------   The malarial fevera
of Jerusalem and their  prevention.  Ibid., 1905, 5: 460-6.
------  Note on a  form of malarial  parasite  found in and
around Jerusalem.  J.  Trop  M.  ll\g., Lond.,  1905, 8: 132.
------  Further note on a (min of  malarial parasite  found in
and around Jerusalem.   Ibid., 315-7.------  The  malarial
fevers  of  Palestine and  their prevention.  J.  R. Inst. Pun
Health, 1907, 15: 95-9- Fowler, C.  E. P.  Malaria in  Pales-
tine; a summary of  anti-malarial work carried out  with  the
54th Division in the  Mulebbis Area, April  to .bine, 1918
J. R. Armv M. Corps,  1920, 46: 241-8.- Kattan, H.   Malaria
in Palestine; 1911 1935.   .1.  Egypt.  M. Ass., 1035,  18: 802-
13.—Khalidi, H. F. El  A resume of pre- and post-war statistics
of malaria  in Palestine and its control in urban arens.  Ibid
1933, 16: 843-9.-  Kligler, I. J.   The epidemiology of malaria
in Palestine; a contribution  to the epidemiology  of  malaria
Am. J. Hyg., 1920,  6: 431-49.  ------   Further studies on
the epidemiology  of  malaria  in Palestine.   Am. J. Trop. M.,
192S. 8: 183-98.   ------  Organisation du controle malariquc
en  Palestine.  Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1930, 10: 564-9.
----■—  Malaria control in the new colonization areas.  Med.
Leaves, Chic. 1942, 4: 48-55. ------& Liebman, E.   Changes
in the  resting places of Anopheles, with special reference to
infected mosquitoes.  J. Prev. M., 1928,  2: 433-40.—Kligler,
I. J., & Reitler,  R.   Studies on  malaria  in an uncontrolled
hyperendemic. area (Ilule, Palestine) the  seasonal  prevalence,
distribution and intensity of malaria in an untreated indigenous
population.   Ibid.,  415 32.   Mauchamp,  K.  Quelques con-
siderations  stir le paluilisine en Palestine.  Med. mod., Par.,
1905, 16:   185- 8.- Feller.  S.   Die  Malaria und deren Be-
kampfung in Palastina.   Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt.. 1930, 116: 132-
60.—Review (A) of the control of malaiia in Palestine, 1918-41.
Trop. Dis. Bull.,  Lond., 1942, 39: 592-4.—Saliternik, Z.  Anti-
malaria activity  in  Palestine.  Med. Leaves,  Chic,  1939. 1:
152-6.  Schneider, J.  Organisation und  Erfolg der  Malaria-
bekampfung in Palastina.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 111: 99-
124.—Shapiro, J.  M.   Experience with anti-larval work in a
few areas in  Palestine.   ('. rend. Congr.  internat. med. trop.
hyg.. 1932, 4: 957-85, ch.------Rural malaria control in
Palestine.   J. Egypt. M.  Ass., 1933, 16: 850-7.-----[In-
vestigations in malaria and Anopheles sergenti in North Dead
Sea]  Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1944, 26: 126-8.   ----Saliternik,
Z., & Belferman, S.   Malaria survey of the  Dead Sea area
during  1942, including the description of a mosquito flight tost
and its results.  Tr.  R. Soc. Trop.  M.  Hyg., Lond.,  1944-45,
38:  95-110,  ph-White, N.  Control of malaiia in Palestine.
Brit. M. .1.,  1942, 2:018- Yofe.H.  I.e paludisme en Palestine.
Rev. piat.  mal. ]>avs chauds, 1930, 10: 552-63.
----   Panama [inch Canal Zone]

   Simmons,  J.  S.,  Collender,  G.  R.  [et  al.]
Malaria in Panama.  326p.   23cm.   Bait.,   1939.
   Aspectos  de  hi campana  antipaludica en la  Republica de
Panama.  Bol. Of. san.  panamer., 1943, 22: 502-5.—Callender,
G. R.. & Gentzkow, C. J.   Malaria in the Panama Canal
department,  United States Army; incidence of primary cases
in 1936 and  1937.  Mil. Surgeon, 1938, 83: 299-316.—Carley,
P. S.  The influence of race in malarial splenomegaly in Panama.
Am.  J. Trop. M., 1932, 12:  467-71.—Clark, H. C, & Komp.
W. H. W.  Observations on malaria incidence in some un-
sanitated river villages in the republic of Panama, with special
reference to proposed construction projects in the Canal Zone.
South. M. J., 1932, 25:  642-7.  ----—  A fifth year's observa-
tions on  malaria in Panama, with  reference to  the failure of
atabrine  to control an epidemic.  Am. J. Trop.  M., 1936, 16:
109-31.  ------ A sixth year's report on  malaria in  Panama
(Chagres Valley) with icference to  drug control. Ibid., 1937,
17: 59-77.  ------  A  seventh vear's observations on malaria
in Panama.   Ibid.,  1938,  18:  271-88, inch  pl.   —----  An
eighth  year's observations on malaria in Panama. Ibid., 1939,
19: 33-46.------<*c Jobbins, D. M.  A 10th year's observa-
tions on  malaria in Panama, with reference to the occurrence
of variations in  the parasite index, during continued treatment
with atabrine and  plasmochine.  Ibid.,  1941, 21: 191-216.—
Curry, D. P.  Twenty-three years experience in malaria control
in the  Canal Zone.  Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito  Exterm.  Ass.,
1943, 30: 59-71.—Hoffman, F. L.  The malaria  problem of
Panama.  Med. parazit.,  Moskva,  1935,  4: 45-9.—Kendall.
A. J.  Malarial infection in certain native villages of the Canal
Zone.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1906, 46: 1151;  1266.  Rodriguez, G.
Diferentes mfetodos usados en el control  antimalarico en la
Republica de Panama.   Bol. As. med. nac, Panama. 1942-43,
4: 14-7.—Rognoni, M.   Consideraciones   clinicus sobie loa
easels de  malaria atendidos en sala 4. de mayo 1939  a mayo
1940.  Ibid., 1941-42,  3: 23-6.—Schapiro, L.  Observations
and experiments on mosquito breeding in pit latrines in Panama.
Am.  J. Hyg., 1934, 19: 254-9.—Schneider. H. E.  Malaria at
France  Field in  1936.  Mil. Surgeon, 1937,  81:  340-4 —
Simmons, J. S.  Observations on the importance of Anopheles
punctimacula as a malaria vector  in Panama,  and report  of
experimental infections  in A. neomaculipalpus, A. apicimacula,
and A. eiseni.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1937, 17: 191-212.

----   Paraguay.
   Imsfran,  J.  V.   El  paludismo en el Paraguay.   Bol. Of
san. panamer., 1930. 9: 1424-30. 
MALARIOGRAPHY                           175                           MALARIOGRAPHY
____Pennsylvania, U.  S. A.
   lichty  J  A.   The prevalence of malaria in Pittsburgh.
 Pennsylvania M. J., 1904-05, 8: 692-7.—Royer, B. F.  The
great sickness at Harrisburg,  1792,  1793,  1794   Med. Life,
 1928, 35: 23-35.

----   Peru.
   Carvallo, C. J.   La acci6n  contra las epidemias nacionales
 [malaria]  Reforma med., Lima, 1942, 28: 66.—Como trataban
la malaria  en Lima a fines del siglo XVIII.  Ibid.,  1938,  24:
480-90.—Diaz Barea, R.  El  paludismo.  Cr6n. med., Lima.
 1902, 19: 89; 105; passim.—Escowel, E.   A propos du traite-
 ment du  paludisme dans les  valines malariennes du  Perou.
 In  his Obras cient., Lima, 1929. 2: 189-94.—Escomel de h
 Piedra, L.  El paludismo en  la guarnici6n de  Soplin.  Pev
san. mil.,  Lima, 1940, 13: 69-94—Fernandez F., F.   Los
portadores malaricos en nuestro medio  rural y problemas  que
 ofrecen para  la  higiene.   Reforma m£d.,  Lima.  1941,  27:
 617-22 — Freyd, A.  Le paludisme  en  Amazonie Peruvienne.
 C.  rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930)  1931,  2.  Congr., 1:
 550-4.-—Gamarra  Caller.  G.   El empleo  del barbasco como
 larvicida en la lucha contra el  paludismo,y otras enfermedades
 transmitidas por los culicfdeos.   Rev.  san. mil., Lima, 1940,
 13" 103-14—Gastiaburu,  J. C.  Un caso de malaria inmacu-
 lata.   Cr6n.  med., Lima, 1902,  19: 357-00.   ---—  Con-
 tribuci6n al estudio del paludismo en Lima.  Ibid., 1907, 24:
 129; 145; 161,  ch.-—Hurtado,  A., &  Guzman Barron, A.  La
 mor'bosidad paludica de Sullana.  Rev. san. mil., Lima, 1930
 3: 171—7.-—Kuczynski-Godard, M. H.  El paludismo de Bagua
 Bol Dir. gen. salub., Lima, 1940, Suppl.,  47-82, 6 pl.  Also
 Reforma med., lima, 1941, 27: 7; 11; 29;  50.------Balsas
 y el Marafion.  Ibid., 57-62.—Lucha contra el paludismo en el
 Cuzco- plan aprobado por decreto  supremo de  29 de marzo
 1937.  Cron. med., Lima,  1937,  54: 159-65.—Normas (Las)
 modernas de lucha contra la malaria.  Reforma med., Lima,
 1938, 24: 5; 45.—Raez, E., & Goerbitz, G.  Ensayos de pro-
 fiiaxis antipaludica medicamentosa en el Cuartel de la Polvora,
 1939-41.  Rev. san. mil., Lima, 1940, 13: 51; 1941, 14: No. 41,
 65-74  3 ch.—Servicio antimalarico en el Departamento de
 Ayacucho.   Actual med.  peru.,  1938-39, 4: 267.—Shields
 G.  W.   Malaria in the concession of  the International  Pe-
 troleum Company in  Peru, S.  A.   Med.  Bull.  (Standard Oil
 Co.) N.  Y., 1944-45, 6: 80-4.—Torrealva Gutierrez. F.  Al-
 gunas  observaciones sobre el  paludismo  en  lea.   Rev. san
 policia, Lima,  1942, 2:  No. 7, 11-6.—Valentin, L.   El palu-
 dismo en Lambayeque.  Rev. san. mil., Lima, 1928, 1: 63-73.—
 Villalobos C,  E.,  & Valderrama D., A.  Arrozal  y malaria
 Reforma med., Lima, 1940, 26: 783; 789.

----   Pescadores.
   Takai, M.   [Remarks  on  the malaria of the  Pescadote
 Islandsl  Okayama igaku kwai zassi. 1896, 119-31.


----   Philippine Islands.

   Russell, P.  F.   Malaria and  Culicida? in  the
 Philippine  Islands:  history  and  critical  biblio-
 graphy, 1898 to 1933.   115p. "  8?  Manila,  1934.
   Bsisas,  F. E.   Malaria  in  Southern Abra.  Month. Bull.
 Bur. Health, Manila, 1939, 19:393-406. ------ Malaria and
 mosquitoes in  Lahuy Islands,  Camarines Sur.  Ibid., 425-33.
------Malaria  among  infants in certain parts of  Abra,
Isabela, and Nueva Vizcaya in  1939.   Ibid., 1940, 20: 371-84 —
Chamberlain, W. P.  Analysis of one hundred and twenty cases
of  malaria  occurring  at  Camp Grett,  Philippine Islands.
Boston M. & S.  J., 1906, 154: 29-40.—Craig, C. F.   Observa-
tions upon malaria: latent infection in natives of the Philippine
Hands; intracorpuscular conjugation.  Philippine J. Sc, 1906,
1: 523-31.—Ejercito, A.  Summarized  report on malaria sur-
veys and control in Mindanao  and Sulu.  J. Philippine Islands
M.  Ass.,  1929, 9: 277-83.  ------ Malaria in Cardona-Look,
Rizal, during 1928 and 1929.   Month. Bull. Philippine Health
Serv., 1931, 11:  13-9.  —----Malaria studies in the  Philip-
pines;  general considerations  regarding  malaria  as a  wide-
spread disease;  occurrence of malaria with other  diseases;
urban  malaria; rural  malaria;  and  malaria as  an important
problem.  Ibid., 1932,  12: 675-88.   ------  Malaria studies
in the Philippines; how and  why we  arrive at  our present
orientation in malaria control.   Ibid., 1934,  14: 95-103.
Malaria and its* control in the Philippines.  Ibid.,  1935,  15:
253-8.   â– ------  Malaria and  its control at the  Davao penal
colony.  Ibid., 1936, 16:89-100.  ------ The status of malaria
control in the Philippines.  Acta Conv. trop.  malar,  morb.,
1938,  2: 84-95.   ------  Biological  control  of Anopheles
funestus  minimus  subgroup  breeding  in  the Philippines;  a
critical study  on biological  control  of  A.  minimus var.  fla-
virostris as an  anti-malaria measure at the Hacienda Tala,
San Jose Del Monte, Bulacan.  J. Philippine Islands M. Ass.,
1938,  18: 415-44,   5 tab.   ------   Report of inspection in
Malaria  Control  Unit No.  3, Isabela.   Month.  Bull.  Bur.
Health, Manila,  1938, 18: 249-59.  —----Mendiola, J. C, &
Baisas, F.  E.   Can malaria  be contracted  in  Manila?   J.
Philippine Islands   M. Ass.,   19S6,  16: 413-30,  map.—Holt,
R. L., & Russell, P. F.  Spleen survey  of the eastern shore of
Bataan province, Luzon.  Phillippine J. Sc, 1931, 45: 211-9.
---'â– ---  Malaria and anopheles reconnaissance in  the  Philip-
pines.  Ibid., 1932, 49: 305-69, 3  map,  4 pl.—Jesus, P. I. de.
Malaria survey of the Los Bafios College Campus.  J. Philip-
pine Islands M. Ass., 1937, 17: 221-33.  —----Jao, S. G., &
Garcia,  E. Y.  Malaria survey of  Calauan,  Laguna.  Ibid.,
1938, 18: 291-310.—King,  W.  V.   Recent  observations on
malaria  and anopheles in the Philippines.  South.  M. J.,  1930,
23:  445-8.—McMurdo,  H. B.  Malaria, 1940  maneuvers,
Luzon,  Philippine Islands.   Mil.  Surgeon, 1940, 87: 252-5.—
Manateng, C.  Malaria control in  the  Philippines.  Tr. Far
East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 705-11. ------
Malaria inquiry and control in Mindanao and Sulu. Month.
Bull. Philippine Health  Ser-v.,  1927, 7: 281-98.  ------   Ma-
laria transmission in the Philippines.  C. rend. Congr. internat.
med. trop. hyg., 1932, 4: 987-97.—Mendoza, J.  B.  Malaria
survey of the proposed leprosarium at Hacienda Tala. Month.
Bull. Bur. Health, Manila,  1939, 19: 131-43.—Padua, R. G.
Certain sidelights  of malaria.   Rev.  filip.  med., T928,  19:
124-35.-—Pahati, A. P.   The epidemiology of malaria in a  non-
malarious barrio of Talim Island. Acta med. philip., 1939, 1:
37-46.—Parsons, A. L.  Malaria control at Camp Stotsenburg,
P.  I.   Mil.  Surgeon,  1928,  63: 816-29— Rodriguez,  E. B.
First recorded occurrence of malaria in the Philippines. Month.
Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1931,  11: 94.—Russell, P.  F.
Malaria in the Philippine Islands.  Am. J. Trop. M.,  1933.
13:  167-78.   ■----—  Epidemiology of malaria in the Philip-
pines.   Am. J. Pub. Health,  1936,  26: 1-7.—Sanitation and
malaria  control  at  Novaliches.   Month.  Bull.  Philippine
Health  Serv., 1926, 6: 193-6.—Santos, G. O.  Malaria survey,
Field Unit No.  1.  Ibid., 1931, 11: 527-32, 2 map.—Simmons,
J. S., & S.  John, J. H.  The prevalence and distribution of
malaria on the Island of Corregidor, Philippine Islands; report
of a survey made July, 1928.  Mil. Surgeon, 1929, 64: 710-33,
ch.,  pl.  ------ & Reynolds,  F. H. K.   A malaria survey at
Fort Stotsenburg,  P. I.  Ibid.-,  1930, 67: 1-13.—Tiedeman,
W. v. D.  Malaria in the Philippines.  J. Prev. M., 1926-27,
1: 205-54.—Villtfrtueva,  G. R.   Notes on field studies of black-
water fever  in Palawan.  Month. Bull.  Bur.  Heatth, Manila,
1940, 20: 37-61, map.

----  Poland.
   Kedzior,  W.  Spostrzejenia  kliniczne  nad zimnica w  oko-
licaeh Krakowa.  Gaz. lek., Warsz., 1902, 2. ser., 22: 504-9.—
Werber, E.  I.  [Fighting malaria in the Warsaw  area]   Med.
d6sw., 1928, 9:237-57.

----  Portugal.
   Betencourt, A.  A malaria  em Portugal.   J. Soc. sc. med.
Lisboa,  1902, 66: 309-15.—Cambournac, F. J. C.  L'lnstitut
de malariologie de Aguas de Moura,  Portugal.  Rev. palud.,
Par., 1940,  2:  129-34.   ------  Sobre a epidemiologia do
sezonismo em Portugal.  Rev.  Appl. Entom., Lond.,  1943, ser.
B, 31:  77 (Abstr.)—Carvalho Dias, A. de.  O sezonismo en
Portugal (primeiros estudos  na bacia do  Sado)  Lisboa med.,
1930, 7: 576-610, 2 map.—Dugdale, J. N.  Malaria in Portugal.
J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  39: 149—Figueira, L.  Medicos
Portugueses e malaria;  Instituto Bacteriologico  de Camara
Pestana na  luta antisezonatica.   Med. contemp.,  Lisb.,  1933,
51:108-12.  ------& Landeiro, F.  Relatorio do primeiro ano
de luta antisezonatica (1931)  Arq. Inst. bact. Camara Pestana,
1930-32, 6:  191-243, ch.—Froilano  de Melo,  I. A  crientacao
da campanha antimalarica nas novas conquistas;  seus resulta-
dos  praticos e a ligao que dSles deriva  para  a nossa conduta
futura.  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1937, 55: 389-96.—Hill,  R. B.
The malaria problem in Portugal.   South.  M. J., 1937, 30:
953-6.  ------Landeiro, F., & Cambournac, F. J.  C. Malaria
and  the malaria organization  in  Portugal.  Acta  Cony. trop.
malar, morb., 1938,  2:  235-9.  Also Clin. hig. &  hidr., Lisb.,
1938, 4: 363-5.—Jorge,  R.  O  sezonismo em Portugal.   Med.
contemp., Lisb., 1903,  21:  S66-70.  ------  & Moraes  Sar-
mento.  La  malaria en Portugal.  C. rend.  Congr. internat.
med.,  1900-07,  15:  sect. 14,  202-11.—Rocha,  F.  Malaria
control  at Mina de  S.  Domingos.  Arq.  Inst. bact. Camara
Pestana, 1928-30, 6: 123-37,  map, 2 ch.  •------  Malaria
control  at Mina de S. Domingos; a  further 10 years, 1927 36.
Ibid., 1938, 7:363-71, 2 ch.

——  Puerto Rico.

   Cardona,  G   *La  prophylaxie du  paludisme
a Puerto  Rico.   54p.   8?   Par.,  1935.
   Arbona, A. Malaria control through the public  health units.
Puerto  Rico Health  Bull., 1942,  6: 254-63— Bolten, J.  The
prevention of malaria among the military forces in  Puerto Rico.
Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico,  1943, 35: 89-96.—Clean up  cam-
paign in relation  to  the fight  against malaria and hookworm
in Puerto Rico.  Puerto Rico Health Bull.. 1938, 2: 298-305 —
Dunscombe, W. C.  Malaria in Guanica and vicinity and its
treatment by  quinine,  atabrine (atebrin)  and  plasmochin.
Bol. As. med.  Puerto  Rico, 1936,  28:  37-41.—Earle, W. C.
Malaria in Porto Rico.   Am.  J.  Trop. M„ 1930,  10: 207-30.
------  Malaria in Porto Rico in its relation to the cultivation
of sugar cane.  South. M. J.,  1930,  23:  449-53.------   The
malaria problem in  Puerto  Rico.  Puerto Rico Health Bull.,
1938, 2: 31-8.  ------  The epidemiology  of malaria  with
special reference to Puerto Rico.  Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health,
1939-40,  15: 3-27.  ------  Palacios,  L.  D.,  & Arbona, A.
Methods used to control malaria in Puerto Rico.   Ibid-,  1936,
11:  434-56.—Earle,  W. C, Perez, M. [et al.]   Observations
on'the  course of naturally  acquired malaria in  Puerto  Rico, 
MALARIOGRAPHY
170
MALARIOGRAPHY
Ibid., 193S-39, 14: 391^406.—Fern6s Isern, A.  Acerca de la
malaria eh Puerto Rico.  Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1931, 23:
483-5.—Henderson, J. M.   Oban malaria  in  Puerto Rico.
Puerto  Rico  J. Pub.  Health,  1941-42, 17: 278- SS   Malaret.
P. S.   Malaria.   Bull.  Dep. Health  Puerto Pico. 1937, 1:
148-52.—Malaret Tio, P.   La defensa  antipaludica.    Bol.
As. med.  Puerto  Rico, 1933, 25: 23-33.—Moreno  Perez, I.
La lucha contra la malaria en Puerto Rico. Repert.  med.  cir.,
Bogota, 1931, 22: 183-98.—Riera  Lopez,  S.  Brief comments
on the malaria problem in Puerto Rico.   Puerto Rico Health
Bull., 1938, 2: 100-3.  ------  La malaria.  Ibid.,  1940, 4:
133-5.—Studies of the malaria  problem in Porto Rico; sum-
mary of studies on malaria  incidence.  Porto Rico Rev. Pub.
Health, 1927, 3: 68-70.

----  Reunion.
   Arlo.   LTne  mission antipaludique a  la  Reunion.  Ann.
med.  pharm. col., Par., 1927,  25:  413-47.   Also Rev. hyg.,
Par.,  1927, 49: 820; 925.—Broquet.   Saint-Philippe (ile de la
Reunion)  Ann. hyg.,  Par., 1907, 10: 323-39, map—Seguin.
Projet de plan  de campagne antipaludique applicable  a la
Reunion.  Rev. prat.  mal. pays chauds,  1926,  6:  22-41.—
Vassal, J. J.   Le paludisme a File de la  Reunion.  Atti Soc.
stud,  malaria, 1907, 8: 19-27.

----  Rhodes
   Angelini, A.   L'infezione malarica nell'isola di Rodi e la sua
profilassi.  Gior. med.  mil., 1926, 74: 420-32.

----  Rumania.

   Herscovici, H.   *Le paludisme en Roumanie
et sa prophylaxie.  53p.   8?   Par., 1929.
   Jonesco,   C.    *La   malaria   en   Roumanie.
64p.   8?  Lausanne,  1933.
   Anghelescu,  C.   [Improvement  of health conditions for
control of malaiia, in Roumanial  In: Probl. san. pop. rurale
Romania, 1940,  736 93.—Ciuca, M.   [Orientation  in anti-
malarial   control;  investigation on  malaria  in   Roumania]
Romania  med.,  1939,   17: 257-9.—Cosac-Braila, P.  [Anti-
malarial campaign in Houmania]  Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1934,
23:  194-203.-  Galian,  I).  Despre  intindena  paludismulul
in plasa Garlele-Biliestl (Putna)  Spitalul, 1904, 24:  113-5 —
Hacman,  G.  Despre febra pernicioasa palu-tra  in Rumania.
Bui. med., Bucur., 1902, 5: 0—Laugier, C.  (Malaria in Oltenia
(Roumania)]   Rev.  st.  med.,   Bucur.,  1927. 16: 440-90 —
Martini & Zotta.   Rapport sur un voyage  d'etude  effectue
k tra vers la Roumanie pendant les mois d'aoiit et de septembre
1933.  Arch,  roumain.  path., Par., 1934,  7: 135-210—Mezin-
cescu, D., Peter, F. M., & Cornelson, D. A.  Epidemiologische
und therapeutische Malariastudien in Suliman.  Arch. Schiffs
Tropenhvg.,  1933,  37: 223-51.—Rameritza, E.  Malaria in
Roumania.  Riv. malariol., 1932, 11: 42-51.—Ronnefeldt, F.
Zur Epidemiologie  der Malaria in  Rumanien.  Arch. Schiffs
Tropenhyg., 1927, 31:  88.—Zotta, G.  Contribution  a l'etude
de la  distribution des races d'Anopheles maculipennis en rap-
port  avec les grandes  lignes de repartition du paludisme en
Roumanie.  Arch, roumain. path., Par., 1938, 11:  209-46.


----  Russia.

   Dobreitzer,  T.  A.   Le  paludisme  en  Russie
des  Soviets.   82p.   8?   Moskva, 1924.
   Wolter, F.  Die  Malaria in Russland in ihrer
Abhangigkeit  von  Boden  und  Klima.     56p.
8?    Munch., 1930.
   Alekseev,  K. S.,  & Petrasov, V.  F.   [Economic loss from
malaria and  anti-malaria  campaign in the peat-bogs of the
Ivanovsky Industrial District during 1933-35]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva,  1937, 6: 220-3.—Alektorov, A. A.  [Malaria in the
Dalnv Yostok region]  Proizvoditel. sily daln. vostoka, 1927, 5:
135-9.—Andris, V. G., &  Ismailov.  A. S.  [Malarial  status of
Azerbaidzhan, based on mass investigations of the population
in 1938]  Med. parazit.,  Moskva,  1939, 8: No. 5,  4-15.—
Argutinsky,  P.   Ueber  Malaria im europaischen Russland
(ohne Finnland) eine Skizze.  Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1903, 47:
317-26, map.—Balakshina, E. I., & Meklenburceva, E. N.
[Epidemiological significance of A. superpictus in the Chikment
region] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1942, 11: 94.—Barannikov, J.
Ueber den Parasiten des Malariafiebers zu Charkov.   C. rend.
Congr. internat. med. (1897) 1899, 2: sect. 3, 241-3.—Berezina,
V.  [Malaria  in villages of Slavnogorod district]   Omsky med.
J., 1926, 1: 6; 70-8.—Blakhov, A. A., & Kuptsova, A. D.  [The
blood precipitation  reaction in the stomachs  of mosquitoes
(Anopheles  maculipennis) captured  on  steamboats]  Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1943, 12: No. 6, 86.—Bogojawlenski, N. A.
Die Malaria  im Distrikt  Kasach (Aserbajdschan) nach lang-
jahrigen Beobachtungen.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1933, 37:
19-28.—Brevdo, B. S.  [Causes of endemic malaria in Nizhniy
Novgorod]  Trop.  med.  vet.,  Moskva,  1931,   9:  180-4.—
Buyanova, O. F., &  Zzyagintzev, S.  N.   [On the  transmission
of malaria bv Anopheles maculipennis and A. hyrcanus in the
Far East]  Rev. Appl. Entom., Lond., 1943, 31: ser. B, 158
(Abstr.)—Chinaev, P. P.  [The phenology  of malaria  mos-
quitoes of Uzbekistan]   Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1944, 13:
No. 2, 35-60.—Chireikin, V. K.  [Malaria in certain redons of
Tadzhikistan]   Trop. med. vet., Moskva,  1930,  8:  22-5.—
Chizhov, V. N., & Bruich. V. N.  [Data on malaria epidemiology
at Rostov on the Don from 1924  10]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1942, 11: 45-52.- Danilov, B. A. [Hole of the irrigation system
in the  epidemiology  of malaria in  Tashkent]  Med.  misl,
Tashkent. 1930  31. 5: 56-67 — Danilova,  M. I., & Budymko,
F. A.  [Species of mosquitoes and their epidemiological signif-
icance in the Adygai region in < leorgia]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1938,  7: 874-7.—Desyatov,  A.   Kolebaniya  malyarii  po
miesyatsam  v  Yeuropeiskoi Rossii.  Tr. syezda Russk. vrach.
obshch. Pirogova,  1901, 1: 242-7,  6 I. [with  17 diag.]- Do-
breitzer, T.  A.  [Malaria in  Russia in 1925]   Russ. J.  trop,
med., 1926,  11-4.—Drbohlav, J.  Sur l'epidemiologie du  palu-
disme dans  la Russie subcarpatbique de  1923  a  1930.  Tr,
Inst. hyg. pub. tehee, 1936, 7: 158-72, 15 pl.   Also Cas. lek.
cesk.,  1937,  76: 1541-7.—Enikolopov, S.  K., & Marchevsky,
A. P.  [Endemic foci of malaria in the high-mountain region of
Dagestan]   Med. parazit.,  Moskva,  1938, 7: 14 54. -Fastov-
skain, E. I.  [Duration of tropical malaria in the southern part
of the Ukraine  during  the period of the  epidemic outbreak]
Ibid.,  1941,  10: 179-85.—Fidler, J.  B. [Malaria  in Rostov-
on-the-Don  in 1933-35; data obtained from Social Insurance]
Ibid.,  1936,  5:  00-74.—Fyodorov, E.  G.   Klinicheskiye tipi
i  form! bolotnikh likhoradok na Kavkazie v zimne-vesennem
sezonie.  Protok. zasaid.  Kavkazsk. med. obshch., 1903-04, 40:
140-85, 3* tiib.------O retsidivakh  malyarii v Rossi i na
Kavkazie; sravnitelnoye izucheniye niekotorikh  epidemiologi-
cheskikh dannlkh.   Ibid.,  1904-05,  41:  382-97, 2 tab.—
Gabriel, J.  Le paludisme et  l'anophedisme en Russie Sub-
carpatbique. Tr. Inst. hyg. pub. tehee, 1932, 3: 23- 31, pl.—
Gritsai, P. K.  [Malaria control in the one-man dispensaries in
the region of Kharkov]  Vrach.  delo, 1938, 20: 783-6.  -----
& Gritsai, A.  A.  [Parasitological characteristics of malarial
affections in Kharkov]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1939. 8: 46-
52.—Hendelman, Z. A., & Markoya, O. V.  [Distribution of
tropical malaiia  in the northern regions of the Dnepropetrovsk
region]   Ibid.,  1940,  9:  147-9.—Isherski, V.  Materiali  k
izucheniyu malyarii v Sibiri.   Sibirsk.  vrach. viedom.,  1904,
2: 285; 302.—Jakusheva, A. I.  [Types of malarial curves and
the relation  of primary spring cases of malaria to the autumnal
cases of the  previous  year]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1939, 8:
267-87.—Kharazov,  T.  E.  Otchot  chlena  ekspeditsii  po
izsliedovaniyu malyarii v Yevlakhie Hetom 1903 g.   Protok.
zasaid.  Kavkazsk.  med. obshch.,  1903-04, 40:  381-427.—
Kolbasenko, I. S.   Ob ochagakh malyarii v Kigevie.  Prakt.
vrach, 1906, 5: 555.—Komendantov, V.  [Epidemiology of
malaria in northern Caucasus]   Vest, mikrob., 1930, 9: 90-5.—
Konstansov, S. V.   [Ecology of  Anopheles superpictus and the
control of malaria in Tadzhikistan]  J. profil. subtrop. klin,
med., Tashkent, 1934, 4: 19-25.—Krikliviy, A.  Malyariya v
miestiechkie Kagizmanie Karsko obilasti.   Vest, obshch. hig.,
1904, pt 2,  330-44.—Kushev,  N.  E.  O plazmodiyakh pn
peremezhayushtsheisya  likhoradkie  v g.   Saratovie.  Prakt.
vrach, 1903, 2:  923; 945.—Ladyzhensky,  P. M.  [Malaria in
children  in  the  Dniester region S. S. R.]  Trop. med. vet.,
Moskva, 1930, 8:  1-4.—Leiserman, L. I., & Schulman,  E. 8.
[Malaria in Tadzhik  SSR during  the present war]   Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1944, 13: No. 3, 14-9.—Letichevsky, M. A.
[Anophelogenous water  basins around the fisheries  on the
Volga delta]  Ibid.,  1939,  8:  300-11, map.—Levit, A. B.,
Langerman,  V.  N., & Zavoiskaya,  V. K.  Sur la valeur de
A. m. maculipennis et A. m.  Messeae dans l'epidemiologie du
paludisme dans  le rayon de Syzran de la region Kouibichev.
Rev. Appl.  Entom.,  Lond.,  1943, 31:  ser. B, 56 (Abstr.)—
Lifshits,  I.  V.   K epidemiologii bolotnoi  likhoradki.  Vrach.
gaz.,  1903,  10:  1196-9.—Lindtrop, G. T.   [Problem of cases
with primary malaria in Baku]   J. teor. prakt.  med., 1923, 1:
232-5.—Kukashevich.   Malyariynaya  epidemiya i  prichinn
razvitiya  yeya  v  sorok-pervom  pieklotnom   Selenginskom
polku  v g.  Dubno.   Voen. med.  J., 1891, 172: unoffic. pt,
1. sect.,  41-9.—Malaria (La) en Russie; resume des  travaux
de la Commission malarienne.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1906,
7: 153-62.—Mark, S. A.  K parazitologii malyarii v Tashkent-
skom uyezdie.  Voen. med. J.,  1900, 78: med. spec, pt,  2990-
3014.  ------  Iz  nablyudeniy nad malyariyei i Turkestanle.
Russk. vrach,  1902, 1: 805; 940.—Markovich, N. J.  [Types of
anophelogenous  waters in  the  plains  of the Great  Kabarda
(Northern   Caucasus)]   Med.  parazit.,  Moskva, 1936, 5:
24-39.—Maruaschwili,  M.   Zur  Frage  der  Neubesiedlung
malariaverseuchter  Cegenden  in  Georgien.   Arch.  SchiffB
Tropenhyg.,  1928,  32:  236-43.—Mchelidze, I. Z.  (Malaria
in Batum, in  the past and present]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1935,  4: 83-8.—Monoszon,  K. I.   [Autochthonous  tropical
malaria in White Russia]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva,  1931, 9:
50-3.—Morozova,  E. S.  [Henry's  melanoflocculation test in
malaria according to the data  of the  Stalingrad antimalarial
station]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1937, 6: 494-6.—Mostkov, A.
Iz mablvudeniy nad malariyei na Kavkazie.  Vrach. gaz.,
1903, 10: 303; 333; 350; 376.—Muffel, P. P.  Beobachtungen
uber die tropische  Malaria in der Stadt Woronesh (1924-28)
Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1929, 33: 393-7.  â– -----  [Biblio-
graphical references on  malaria, in Russian]   Russ.  J. trup.
med.,  1929, 7:  582-97.—Nazarov, I. S.,  & Schwarz,  A.  L:
K epidemiologii i parazitologii  hcrlotnoi likhoradki v tuzemnoi
chasti g. Tashkenta i v Tashkents Korn uyezdie.  Russ.  vrach,
1905, 4: 463-70.—Nechaeva. M. A.   |Malaria in the  Novouz-
densk (S. S. R.) region]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva,  1930, 8:
40-8.—Novomaryevsky. N.  I.  O malyarii na Derbentskol
vietvi Vladikavkazskoi  zhelleznoi  dorogi.  Tr. syezda Russ.
vrach.  pam.  Pirogova,  1904, 1:  239-42.—Oganov,  L.  I.. 
MALARIOGRAPHY     -                     177                            MALARIOGRAPHY
Pokrovsky  S. V., & Efimov, I. A.  [Epidemiology of malaria
in the  rural provinces  of Moscow]   Med. parazit., Moskva,
1936 5-739-52.—Orlov, E. G. Obshtshiy ocherk malyariynikh
zabolievaniy v Mervie v 1899 m g.  Voen. med. J.,  1900, 78:
med. spec,  pt,  2104-57,  diagr.—Petrishcheva, P.  A.   [The
Culicidae of Kirghizia and some causes of the epidemiology of
malaria in the Chuisk valley]  In: Vopr. Kraev. parazit. (Pav-
lovsky, E.  N.) Moskva, 1938, 3:  149-64.—Pevzner, A. I.
[Clinical aspect of chronic malaria,  based upon the material.
of the Yalta Malarial Station] Med. parazit.,  Moskva, 1933,
2- 246-52 —Platonov, N. V.  [Epidemiology of tropical malaria
in the  Novosibirsk region]   Ibid., 1942, 11: No. 5, 3-10.—
Pokrovsky, S.  N-,  & Polikarpova, L. I.  [Transportation of
malarial mosquitoes into Stalingrad  and Astrakhan by local
river steamers]   Ibid.,  1937,  6:  224-30.  ------   [Oocystic
index of malarial mosquitoes, transported into  Stalingrad on
boats for local transportation]  Ibid., 1938, 7:  55-60.  ------&
Sinitsyn, V. J.  [Malaria morbidity at Sarpinsky island]  Ibid.,
1941, 10: 201-3.—Polumordvinov, A. D.  [Spring malignant
form'of tertian malaria in Riazan province]  Ibid.,  1943, 12:
No.  4, 65-71.—Rachovsky,  J., Soutin, J.,  &  Stoliarov,  G.
[Malaria in 1924 in Mozir county]  Bieloruss. med. misl, 1924,
1: 2; 20.—Ronnefeldt,  F.  Zur Epidemiologie der Malaria in
der nordostlichen Ukraine.   Tropenhyg. Schr., 1943,  H. 10,
5_15 —Rybinsky, S. B.  On the analysis of the malarian curve
in Kiev.   Zbl.  Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1926, 100:  316-20.------
Further observations on the malarial curve in Kiev.  Ibid.,
1931, 121:  409-13.—Sabunaev, M.  Material! k izucheniyu
malyarii v Sibiri.  Sibirsk. vrach. viedoni., 1907, 5: 327-9.—
Sarikian, S. J.  [On the frequency of malaria among children
during  an endemic outbreak of malaria in the central region of
Soviet  Russia]  Med.  parazit., Moskva,  1938, 7: 551-8.—
Schub, G. M., & Nikolaev,  B. P.  [Northern limit of the dis-
tribution of malaria in  the Leningrad district]  Ibid., 1937, 6:
56-66.—Schulman, E.  [Malaria in Central Pri-Dniepr region
in connection with upbuilding of Dniepr-Government]   Profil.
med., Kharkov, 1928, 7:  4;  12.—Sergeeva,  Z.  D.   [Peat ex-
ploitation in White Russia and malaria] Med. parazit., Moskva
1940, 9:  642.—Shakhmatov, A. P.   [Malaria  in  the Tomsk
circuit  in 1925]  Russ. J. trop. med., 1926, 25-40.—Shcher-
bakov,  S. A.   Kizlyarskaya  malyariya.  Russ. med. vest.,
1900, 2: No. 10, 36-9.—Shchurenkova, A. I., & Mekhanikova,
V. G. [Analysis of the changes in the species of parasites in the
malarial-endemic regions Tadzhikistan]   Med. parazit., Mosk-
va, 1936, 5: 379-93.—Shepilevski, E. A.  O prichinie malyarii
v vroch, Termezie Turkestanskavo voyennavo okruga.  Voen.
med. J., 1902,  80: med. spec, pt,  2025-59.—Shipicina, N. K.
[The water supply of the Caspian lowland of Dagestan and its
malariogenous role]   Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1936, 5: 3-23.
----- [Entomological basis of the malaria epidemiology of the
Adler district  (Caucasus)]   Ibid., 1941,  10:  9-24
 [The epidemiological role of the autumnal generation of Ano-
 pheles maculipennis in the northern zone of the USSR]  Ibid.,
 1944, 13: No. 4, 44-52.—Shlenova, M. F.  [Places of contact
 with malarial mosquitoes  in  the Kuibyshev region]   Ibid.,
 1941, 10: 501-9.—Shulgin, K. Y.   Malyariya v Termezie  i
 yeya prichini.  Voen. med. J., 1902, 80: 4311-26.—Shults,
 N. K.  O bolotnoi likhoradkie v  gor. Sochi i yevo okrestnos-
 tyakh.   Russ.  vrach,  1905,  4: 77-81.—Stradomsky,  B.  N.
 [Report of the malaria expedition for inspection of the Volga-
 Don canal for malaria]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8:
 6-12.—Tapelson, S. L.  [Malaria in the western regions  of the
 R. S. F. S. R. during 1929-1932]  Med. parazit.. Moskva, 1933,
 2: 28-60.—Terdschanian, A. Die Malaria in Dagestan.  Arch.
 Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1929, 33: 587-92.—Troicky, S. A.   [Cases
 of severe tertian malaria in Gorky  province in  1941]  Med.
 parazit.,  Moskva, 1943, 12: No. 4, 71-5.—Velichkevich, A. I.
 [New data on the biology of anopheles and the epidemiology
 of malaria on the southern coast of CrimeaJ  Ibid., 1935, 4:
 481-5.—Voino-Iasenetsky,  M.  V.   [Malaria in Stalinabad
 according to data from autopsies for 1933-1936]  Ibid., 1937, 6:
 653-62.—Vomela, S.  [Malaria in the Black swamp in Sub-
 carpathia, Russia]   Cas. lek. Cesk.,  1937,  76:  330-8—Wos-
 kressenski. B., & Brenn, H. Das Trockenlegen der Reisfelder
 fiir kurze Zeit als prophylaktisches Mittel im Kampf gegen die
 Malaria in Aserbeidshan. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928, 32:
 37-40.—Yatzenko,  F. I.   [Epidemiology of malaria in the
 Kherson District]  Odess. med. J., 1928, 3: 282-4.—Zabolotniy,
 D.  K.  K voprosu  o rasprostranenii bolotnoi  likhoradki  na
 Chornomorskom poberezhye.   Russ. vTach.,  1902,  1: 259.
 -----  K epidemiologii malyarii v Podolskoi gubernii.  Tr.
 Obshch. russ. vrach.  Pirogova,  1904, 9.  meet.,  1: 221-5.—
 Zdrodovski,  P.  La  malaria  au  Mougan.   Rev.  internat.
 Croix-Rouge,  1926, 8: 439-55.—Zhukov, N. M.. & Krasikova,
 V. I.  [Characteristics of the principal types of malarial foci
 in the Kuibyshev region]   Med. parazit., Moskva, 1941, 10:
 487-93.   ------ [Epidemiological role of Anopheles maculi-
 pennis  Messeae  hibernating  in living quarters  in  Siberia]
 Ibid., 1942, 11: No.  5, 35-8. ------  [The division into types
 of the malaria foci  in the  former Kuibyshev Region]   Rev.
Appl. Entom., Lond.,  1943, 31: ser. B, 220 (Abstr.)—Zienets,
M.  K.   O malyarii v Dagestanskoi oblasti.   Prakt.  vrach.
 1907, 6: 629-33.

----  Russia:  Prevention.

   Lundberg, E.   Borba protiv malyarii s  sani-
tarno-stroitelnol  tochki   grlenia.   40p.   8?    S.
Petersb., 1904.
   Repr. from Inzhen. J., S. Peterb.,  1904.

       549701—vol. 10, 4th series-----12
   Achundow, T.  Ueber den heutigen Stand der Malariabe-
kiimpfungsfrage  in  Aserbaidjan.   Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,
1933,  37: 136-41.—[Anti-malarial organization  in Khirgizia]
Med.  parazit., Moskva,  1942,  11:  No. 5, 99.—Artemenko,
V. D., Shmatova, O. 1., & Artemenko, V. D.  [Possible elimina-
tion of the focus  of tropical malaria  in southern  LTkraine with
extensive application  of acrichin and plasmocid] . Ibid., 1941,
10: 516-22.—Avalishvali, S. D.   [Organization  of chemical
prophylaxis and  estimation of  its efficacv  on collective- and
Soviet  farms in the Adzharsk RSS.]   Ibid., 1940, 9: 554-9 —
Bardov,  A.  N.   [Significance of anti-relapse treatment and
chemoprophylaxis in  control of malaria]    Ibid.,  567-70.—
Beklemishev, V., & Sergiev, P.. [Anti-malarial rationalization
of farms and populated rural localities] Ibid., 1942, 11: No. 4,
3-11.—Budylin,  V.  G.  [Airplanes in supression  of  malaria in
the centra! Black Soil  region] Ibid., 1932, 1: 41-6— Budymko,
F. A.   [Combatting malaria in the  fisheries districts]  Ibid.,
1936,  5: 394-409.—Butiagina, A. P., Vinogradova, O. N., &
Shmeleva, U. D.  [Effect of mechanical prevention and decrease
of malaria cases in the peat region]  Ibid., 1934, 3: 301; 385.—
Bychkov,  I.  .1.   [Antimalarial legislation  in Soviet Russia]
Trop.  med. vet., Moskva, 1931, .8:  224-8.—Bychkov, N.  N.
[Biological methods in the control of  malaria]  Priroda,  Le-
ningr., 1939, 28: No.  5, 69-74.—Casanov, A. P.   [Destruction
of eggs and larvae of the malarial mosquito by the snail Limnaea
ovata]   Med. parazit., Moskva, 1938, 7: 617.—Cherncov, P. V.
[Plan of malaria control in a rural medical section]  Ibid., 1941,
10: 381-6.—Dalin, N.  P.  [Results of  a malaria control activity]
Sovet,  med., 1941, 5: No. 13, 38.—Demianov, G. S.  [Treat-
ment of malaria in rural medical stations]   Feldsher, Moskva,
1944, No. 4, 7-14.—Dunaiev, K.  [Test of progressive quininiza-
tion  in  Transcaucasia]   Vrach.  gaz.,  1926, 30:  957-60.—
Dzhaparidze, P.  S.   [Development  of malaria  in Abkhazia
during the past vears  and means of its control] Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1937, 6: 782-93.—Enikolopov, S.  K.  [Experimental
intermittent  irrigation of  rice plantations in Daghestan  as a
preventive measure against malaria]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva,
1931, 9: 58-63.-—Fastovskaia, E. I.   [Antimalarial precautions
at the  accelerated  construction of  the Ural-Kushum canal]
Med. parazit., Moskva, 1940. 9: 201-3.—Friede, O. A., Goris-
sieff [et al.]  Experiments in  clinical prophylaxis, curative
treatment and eradication conducted in the U. S. S. R.  with
synthetic  products for comparison with quinine.   In: Treat.
Malaria (league  of Nations)  1937, 359-98.—Gabrichevsky, G.
•Die Versuche einer rationellen Malariabekampfung in Russ-
land.   Zschr. Hyg.,  1906,  54: 227-46.—Galushkina, O.  N.
[The activities of the antimalarial station in the  dispensary
system]   Med.  parazit,,  Moskva,  1932,  1: 19-23.  ------
Gorickaia, V. V.,  & Markova, O. V.   [Efficacy of anti-relapsing
and  prophylactic acrichinization  in  water-logged  malarial
focus]   Ibid., 1941, 10: 523-6.—Gorickaia, V. V., Markova,
O. V. [et al.]  [Changes on the Dnieper in relation to the con-
struction of the  DnieproGES (power station), and the  effect
of these changes on malaria of the  locality]  Ibid., 1940, 9:
193-200.—Gritsai, P. K.   [Methods  and  practice in anti-
malarial work in polyclinics and dispensaries]  Ibid.,  1937, 6:
630-9.—Hoare, C. A.   Recent malaria work in Russia. Trop.
Dis. Bull..  Lond., 1943, 40: 345-57—Kekhcher, O. M.  [Ex-
perience in  liquidation of the malarial focus at the Ozeretsk
peat region]  Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1940, 9: 12-38.  ------
fe Kranzfeld. A. M.  [Present state  and future work of anti-
malarial activity in USSR]   Sovet.  med.,  1940, No.  9, 41.—
Khazanov,  M.   [Control  of  malaria;  the  state's problem]
Med. rabot., 1944, 7: No. 17, 3.—Korostelev, V.   [Prevention
of malaria work and observations of infection  by mosquito
larvae  in drinking fountains of  Podolsk in  1926]  Mosk. med.
J., 1927, 7: 9, 104-9.—Kramer, B. I.  [Three year  prevention
of malaria   in  waterworks  station  Dniestr]   Profil.  med.,
Kharkov, 1927,   6: 3, 20-3.—[Krasnoyarsk  regional malaria
station]   Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1942,   11:  No. 5,  99 —
Kulianin, A. P.  [Control of malaria in Uzbekistan in 1933 and
plans for 1934]  J. profil. subtrop.  klin. med., Tashkent, 1934,
4: 89-97.—Levenson,  E. D., Fastovskaya, E. I. [et al.]  Eradi-
cation  of a malarial focus in the north (Province  of  Archangel)
Am. Rev. Soviet  M.,  1943-44, 1: 329-36—Lipk in, G. [Obser-
vations on prevention  of malaria in 19361 Voen. san. delo, 1936,
3-9.—Luppova, N. N., Vinogradova, I. V., & Semushkina, T. V.
lEpidemiologv of malaria and  control in Cheboksary]  Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1941,  10: 509-16.—Malysheva. A. N.  [Fifth
year of sanitation of  a malarial  focus by  the sole means of
medicaments] Ibid., 1940, 9: 580-2.—Menk, W.  Die Malaria
als Volkskrankheit  im  europaischen Russland und ihre  Be-
kampfung.   Deut.  tropenmed.  Zschr., 1942, 46: 239-53.—
Mevzos, M. P.  [Anti-malarial measures at  the construction of
the great Ferghan  canal]  Med. parazit,,  Moskva,  1940, 9:
384-91.—Mikhailov, A.  [Effect of  hydrotechnical works  on
the decrease  of malaria  in Mariupol  for 1935-39]   Ibid., 1942,
11: 38-40.—Minning, W.  Malariabekampfung in der Ukraine
1942- die Malarialage im Gebiet von Cherson.  Deut. tropen-
med. Zschr., 1943,  47:  237-41.—Mufel, P. P.   [The antima-
larial campaign  in  1932 and its  outlook in the second Five
Year Plan period; Central Blackearth region]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1932, 1: 9-19.—Nabokov, V. A. [Analysis and evalua-
tion of the results of application of aero-chemical methods for
control of  the malarial mosquito  in Soviet Russia]  Ibid.,
1939 8: 165-9.—Nemirovskaia, A. I.  [The reinoculation law
in malaria]  Ibid., 1941, 10: 324-39.—Oganov, L. I.  [Malaria
in the  government of  Riazan (S. S. R.) and means of preven-
tion]   Trop.  med. vet.,  Moskva,  1930,  8: 29-40.—[Omsk
regional malaria  stationl  Med. parazit.,  Moskva, 1942,  11: 
MALARIOGRAPHY
17S
MALARIOGRAPHY
No.  5,  100.—Petri'hcheva, P. A.   [Improvements in cattle
breeding as one of the measures in control of mabiria]  Priioda
Leningr., 1940, 29:  No. 3,  64.—Pikul, I. N.. & C'haikin, V. L
[Five years of  work in  control of malaria  in Dagesta.nl  Med.
parazit.. Moskva,  1937, 6:  771-81.—Pikul,  I.  N.,  Sergiev,
P. <;., & Tihurskaiti, N. A.  [Plasmocide in malaria prevention
in DaghoMan.  and late of infection in the mosquitoes]   Ibid.,
1931. 3: 322 9.  (Plan  of malaria control  in the Soviet I'liion
for 1942]   Ibid.,  19 12. 11:  3-5.—Pokrovsky, S.  N., Pono-
marenko, B. F., & Polikarpova, L. I.  [Attempts to replace the
aero-chemical method of larva control by soil treatment in the
Stalingrad zone during the season of 1937]  Ibid.,  1938,  7:
828-46.—Polumordvinov,  A.   [Bashkirian regional   malaria
station]  Ibid.. 1942, 11: No. 5, 100.—Raevsky, G. E.  [Results
of malarial  zooprophylaxis in the village Shitkhala of  the
Kabardino-Balkarian region]  Ibid.,  No.  4,  11-21.------
[Effect  of  certain  factors on  the efficacy  of the  zoobarrier in
zooprophylaxis of malaria]   Ibid.,  52-7.   ------  [Project of
instructions for appUcation of malarial zooprophylaxis]   Ibid.,
64-7.  ------  [Requirements for  starting the  anti-malarial
campaign  in populated localities of  infested  regions]  Ibid..
68-71.   ------  [Explanatory note for the  requirements for
starting the antimalarial campaign in populated localities of
infested regions]   Ibid., 71-8. ------  [The role of planning
in malaria control in rural areas]  Gig. san., Moskva.  1944, 9:
No.  3,  8-13.—Rakhamanova, P. I.  [Selection of the  type of
pig-sty  adaptable for zooprophylaxis of malaria and role of
various domestic animals as prev for  Anopheles maculipennis]
Med. parazit., Moskva, 1942, 11: No. 4, 57-60.—Rashina,
M. G.  [Principal tasks in the organization of control of malaria
in 1940]  Ibid.,  1940, 9: 3-11.   ------  [Epidemiological
principles  in the system of  mass therapeuto-prophvlactic  con-
trol  of malaria]  Sovet. med., 1943, 7: No. 10,  28.   ------
& Khovanskaia, A.  T.   [Attempt of  sanitation of  a  malarial
locality, the Kabardino-Balkarsky  district, only  by means of
medicaments;  achrichin  and  plasmocide]    Med.  parazit,,
Moskva,  1939, 8:  9-24.—[Resolution  of the USSR  Public
Health on malaria control,  Feb.  12-14, 1944]  Ibid., 1944, 13:
No.  3,  70-4.— Ropo?in, I. I., & Iaku«heva.  A.  I.   [Malaria
control in  1943 and the plan for 1944]  Ibid., 3-8.—Rosenberg,
D.  E.  [Construction of water reservoirs  on  collective farms
and  anti-malarial measures]   Sovet.  med., 1941, 5:  No. 15,
40   Roukhad;e, N. Un exemple de  l'influence de la stabula-
tion  des animaux  sur l.i diminution du paludisme, en  f'n'orgie.
Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par., 1920,  19:  100-5—Snkharov. N. A.
O boible  s malvarivee  na  rossiyslrikh zhelloznikh dorogakh.
Tr. Obshrh. russk. viach. Pirogova, 1904, 9. sezda, 1: 230-9.—
Scheinker. K. P.  [Evaluation of the efficacy of zooprophylaxis
in populated localities with  high malarial index] Med.  parazit.,
Moskva, 1942, 11:  No. 4,  22-8.  ------  & Bessonova,  F.  A.
[Organization  of  malaria  control in  rural  medical districts]
Sovet.  med.,  1944,  8:  No.  6,  28-30.—Serezhnikov, M.  V.
K voprosu o  malvarii  na  Kushkle i borble  s nevu-.   Voen.
med. J.,  1904, 3:  med. spec, pt, 414-21.—Sergiev,  P.  G.
[Essential  problems in  the  planning of antimalarial work and
its financingl   Med  parazit., Moskva, 1932, 1: 6-14.   ------
[Combatting malaria in Soviet Russia] Sovet. vrach. J., 1937,
2: 483-92.  ------   [Basic principles in control of malaria in
1942]  Sovet. med., 1942, 6: No. 8. 24-7.  ------& Jakusheva.
A. 1.  [Control of malaria  in  the U. S. S. R.]   Med.  parazit..
Moskva,  1942, 11:  No. 6,  3 10.—Sergiev, P. G.,  &  Kovtun,
A. S.   [Organization of control of malaria in Soviet Russia
towards the 20th anniversary of the October socialistic revolu-
tion]  Ibid., 1937,  6: 723-55— Shingarev, A.  I.  Mleri borbi
s  malvariyel v zemskikh  gubemivakh.   Tr.  Obshch.  russ.
vrach." Pirogova,  1904,  9. sezda,  1:  210-20.—Shme'eva, J. D.
[Overgrowing of the canal Moskva-Volga and  the reservoir of
Ivankovo  by vegetation and anopheles larvae  during  three
years of its existence]  Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1940. 9: 185-
92.—Shulman. E.  S.. & Pavlov, S. M.  [Malaria  in the Stalin
circuit of Don bassa and organizations for prevention]   Profil.
med., Kharkov, 1929, 8: 15-26.—Skundina, S.  Shortening the
temporary  working incapacity in malaria at  the Molotov's
automobile factory at Gorky in 1939.  Gig. & zdorov.,  1941, 6:
71-4.—Ter-Dzhanian, A.  [Fighting malaria in the Dagestan
region (Caucasus)]  Gig. epidem., 1929, 8: 52-8.—Toporkov,
F. M.   [Epidemiology  of  malaria in  the  Volga  regions,  and
organization for prevention]  Med. parazit., Moskva,  1936,  5:
584-9.—Utenkov, I. N., & Lazuk, A. D.  [Efficiency of malaria
control in the flood zones of the central zone of RSFSR]  Ibid.,
1942, 11:  34-8.—[Voronezh regional  malaria  station]  Ibid.,
No.  5,  99.—Wolski, M.  Zur Klinik und Epidemiologie der
Malaria  nach den  Angaben  der Malariainstitutionen der Stadt
Samara.   Arch.   Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  19ol,  35:  471-82 —
Zavolskaia, V. K.   [Results  of  sanitation for prevention  of
malaria  in villages along the stream vallevs in the Kuibvshev
region]   Med.  parazit.,  Moskva,  1941, 10:  493-500—Zhukov,
N. M., Sergiev, P. G. [et al.]  [Suppression of malaria  in rela-
tion  to  the greater  Volga  problem]  Ibid.,  1932, 1: 14-31.—
Zumpt, F., & Minning, W.   Malariabekampfung in der Ukraine
1942. Deut. tropenmed. Zschr., 1943,  47:  205; 237—Zviagin-
cev,  S. N., & Popova, N. A.  [An attempt at prognosis of the
anophelogenous value   of  the  Kubyshev reservoir]   Med.
parazit.. Moskva.  1940, 9:  171-84.

----   St. Lucia.
   Gray, St G.   Additional  notes on malarial fever in St. Lucia;
an analysis of  230 cases.  J.  Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond, 1902,  5:
36-9.------&  Low, G.  C.  Malarial fever in St. Lurin
W. I.  Brit. M. J., 1902, 1: 193.

----   San  Salvador.
   Ch., J.   Cue*ti6n de patologia e  higiene tropical.   \rch
Hosp.  Rosales, S.  Salvador,  1909,   4:  7-9.-  Melendez.  s'
Apuntes sobre  paludismo.  Ibid.,  1908,  3: 362-4.  Suiter,
V. A., & Zuniga, H.  A malaria survey of El Salvador, Central
America.   Am. J. Trop. M., 1942, 22: 387-98.

----   Sardinia,  Italy.
   Ballcro, S.   Criteri direttivi del metodo di Maurizio Ascoli
nella Bonifica della Nurra.  Pass. med. sarda, 1938, 40: 5(1 â– 
05.—Brotzu, G.  Bonifica umana  ed  organizzazione  anti-
malarica nella  piovincia di Cagliari.   Ibid.,  1937, 39: 33<V-53,
------& Massidda, A.   Relazione  sulla lotta antimalarica
svolta  nella provincia di  Cagliari, 1937-38.  Ibid., 1938,  10:
111; 1939, 41: 61.—Casagrandi, O.  La malaria nella provincin
di Cagliari, 1905-06.  Atti Soc stud, malaria, 1906, 7: 5-15;
1907,  8: 731.—Casini. G.  Tre anni di  profilassi e terapn
della malaria a Posada, Sardegna.  Riv.  malariol., 1939,  IK:
1-16.—Conti,   A.   La  malaria in Poitotorres (provincia  di
Sassari) nel 1905.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1906, 7: 573-87.—
Coronedi, G.   L'ajuga iva rimedio antimalarico  popolare  in
Sardegna.  Ricer. biol. 24. anniv. Pietro  Albertoni, Bologna
1901,  1-24.—Fermi,  C, Melloni  Satta <fe ('ami Brusco.   La
profilassi contro  la malaria nelle reali  ferrovie sarde.  Atti
Soc. stud, malaria, 1902, 3: 025-7.- Fermi, C, it Procaccini, R.
Prophvlaktische Untersuchungen gegen Malaria an der Nord-
Kiiste  von  Sardinien.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1901, 29: 814-21.—
Frongia, G.   La malaria in Arbus e nel suo territorio minerario.
Atti Soc. stud,  malaria,  1907, 8: 697-713.—Giacobbe, M.
La lotta contro la malaria  durante la costruzione della cittA  di
Carbonia.  Riv.  malariol.,  1939,  18:  256-75.—Giunti,   L.
Bonifica e profilassi antimalarica,  durante gli anni  1900-1904,
nella locality Santa  Maria Is Acquas (Terme  di Sardara)  in
provincia di Cagliari.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1905, 6: 599-
609.—Lay,  E.   Profilassi  chininica  in  Teulada   (Sardegna)
Ibid.,  6: 611 22.—Lumbau, S.  II corso di profilassi antima-
larica  in Sassari tenutosi  nel  Dicembre  1921.  Malariologia,
Nap.,  1923, 16: 11-4.—Marginesu, P.  La malaria a Sassari
(studio statistico-epidemiologico del triennio 1924-26)  Igiene
mod.,  1927, 20: 174; 196.—Mastio, C.  Esperienze  sulla lotta
antimalarica eseguite con  il metodo  Ascoli nella  primavera-
pstate  1937, in Terralba-Mussolinia.   Rass.  med. sarda, 1938,
40:  264-9.—Meloni-Satta, P.  Sulla malaria  nelle ferrovie
Sarde dal 1897  al 1905.  Atti Soc stud, malaria, 1906, 7: 589-
603.—Pampana,  E., & Casini, G.   Studi  di epidemiologia
malarica in Sardegna.  Riv. malariol., 1940, 19: 273-89, ch.—
Pierro, A.   Alcuni aspetti del  problema della malaria e della
tubercolosi in  Sardegna.   Atti Soc. sc.  rred. natur. Cagliari,
1935, 37:457-60.*—Procaccini, R.  Ricerche profilattiche contro
'a malaria istituite sti'la Costa Sarda.  Ann  med. nav., Roma,
1900, 6: 1329-38.  ------  La nuova profilassi malarica ncl-
I'estuario della Maddalena.  Ibid., 1901, 1: 7-33,  6 pl—Satta,  E.
La ricerca  dei  portatori di parassiti malarici in Sardegna nel
periodo preepidemico.  Morgagni, 1930, 72: 1551-5.—Schnei-
der, H.  Arbeitsmethoden  italienischer  Malariastatiomn auf
der Insel Sardinien.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1931, 35: 36-
48.—Soletta, L.  La malaria a Sassari nel sessennio 1931-36
e suoi  rapporti con alcuni  fattori meteorologici.  Igiene mod.,
1937, 30: 405-19, 3 pl.—Spanedda, A.  Relazione  sulla cam-
pagna  antimalarica svolta in  Ehnas nel 1935.  Rass.  med.
sarda,  1936-37, 38: 34-41.   â– ------  Relazione sulla campagna
antimalarica  svolta  in  Elmas nel  1937.  Ibid.,   1938,  40:
285-9.—Varese,  A.  Sulla  malaria nelle  ferrovie  secondarie
Sarde  dal  1902 al 1905.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1906,  7:
605-7.—Virdis,  F.   La malaria nelle scuole,  nella cittA, e
nell'agro di Sassari ed i suoi rapporti con alcuni fattori meteo-
rologici.  Igiene mod., 1931, 24: 139-53.

----   Scandinavia.
   Ekblom,  T., & Stroman. R.  Geographical  and biological
studies on  the Swedish anophclines  from an epidemiological
point of view.  C.  rend. Congr. internat.  palud. (1930)  1931,
2. Congr.,  1:  256-76.—Heinertz  [Epidemiology  of malaria
in Sweden]  Nord. med.,  1940, 7: 1458.—Moberg, E.  [View-
points  on malaria with practical interest for northern countries]
Ibid., 1939, 2:  1727.—Ryberg, O.  [Control of  malaria during
the last vears in Sweden]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1933, 30: 165-71.—
Shub,  G. M., & Nikolaev, B. N.  [Malaria in Karelial   Med.
earazit.,  Moskva, 1935, 4: 475-80.—Siven, V. O.  Frossnn i
Helsingfors 1902-06.   Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1907, 49: 121-34.

----   Seychelles.
   Denman, R.   No malaria in Seychelles.   J. Trop. M. Hyg.,
Lond., 1905, 8: 87.

----   Sicily, Italy.
   Argento, G.  Due casi d'infezione palustre con osservazioni
sulle zone malariche di Girgenti.  Gazz. sicil. med. chir., 190o,
4: 105-10.—Barbagallo, P.  La profilassi chininica della ma-
laria nella piana di Catania.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1905, 6:
577-8.5.  Also  Rass.  internaz. med. mod.,  1906, 7:  84-7.
------  La malaria  nella  piana di Catania.   Atti Soc. stud. 
MALARIOGRAPHY
179
MALARIOGRAPHY
malaria, 1906, 7: 513-27.-Barbera, E   La malaria in Calta-
eirone nel 1906; sul chinino di stato.   Rass. san. Roma, 1907,
I. 25-8__Consoli, N.  La lotta contro la malaria in Sicilia
durante l'anno 1932 e  l'azione svolta dal  provveditorato alle
opere   Riv. malariol., 1934, 13: 487-530.—Di Giovanni, I.
La  campagna  antimalarica  della  Croce  Rossa  Italiana  in
Sicilia nel 1905.  Atti Soc. stud, malaria, 1900, 7: 495-511.—
Fontana  La campagna antimalarica nelle strade ferrate della
Sicilia, 1903-04.  Ibid., 1904, 5: 779; 1905. 6:  545.—Insinna,
A   &Manzella, E.  Contributo alio studio della  materia in
Sicilia   Ibid., 1902, 3:  611-24.  Also Lav. Laborat. 1st. igiene
Univ  Palermo, 1899-1901, 5: 331-45.  Also Ann. igiene sper.,
Roma, 1902, n. ser., 12: 287-300.  Also Malaria, Milano, 1902,
2-  No.  7,  9.   â– ----- Terzo  contributo alio studio della
malaria in Sicilia.  Atti  Soc. stud, malaria,  1905,  6: 571-6.
Also Gazz.  sicil. med. chir., 1905, 4: 323-5.—Manfredi.  L.
Sul problema della malaria in Sicilia, con speciale riguardo alia
Sicilia  occidentale.   Cult. med.  mod., Pal.,  1926,  5: 555-7.
_____[et al.]  Secondo contributo alio studio della malaria
in Sicilia.  Atti Soc. stud,  malaria, 1904, 5: 819-47.—Mondini,
E. M.  L'infezione malarica nella citta e nella provincia di
Palermo nel quinquennino 1921-1925  (rilievi statistico-clinici)
Pediatria (Riv.) 1928, 35:   1149-57.—Paladino-BIandini,  A.
Sulla importanza della coltivazione ad agrumeto nella diffusione
della  malaria in Sicilia;  studi  sulla  malaria  nel  comune di
Palagonia  (Catania)  Atti Soc.  stud,  malaria, 1903, 4: 518-
30.—Ricca, S.   Sviluppo di una epidemia di malaria in seguito
ad una frana a San Fra tello (Messina)  Cult. med. mod., Pal.,
1927,  6: 387-9.—Sbacchi, P.  Campagna antimalarica nella
Ferrovia Sicula Occidentale,  1903-06.   Atti Soc. stud, malaria,
1904,  5: 791; 1906, 7: 529; 1907, 8: 679.—Spataro,  V., & Di
Giovanni, I.  Campagna  antimalarica della  Croce  Rossa in
Picilia nel  1906.  Ibid.,  647-78.—Tafuri, N.  La  malaria  a
Pachino (Siracusa)   Ibid., 1902, 3: 576; 1905, 6: 587.
 La malaria in Sicilia e la profilassi  chininica nel 1905.  Ibid.,
 1906,  7:  481-93.  ----—  La  campagna  antimalarica  in
 Sicilia durante il 1906.  Ibid., 1907, 8: 639-46.

 ---   Sierra Leone.
   Duggan. C. W.  The parasite of malarial  fever  at  Sierra
 Leone.  Proc. R. Med. Chir. Soc London, 1897, 3. ser.,  9: 98-
 102.-—Laveran.  Rapport  sur  les  travaux de  la  mission,
 organisee par l'Ecole de medicine tropicale de  Liverpool, pour
 l'etude du paludisme a Sierra Leone et sur une instruction pour
 la prevention du paludisme.  Bull. Acad.  m6d.,  Par.,  1900.
 3. ser., 43: 408-16.—Macdonald, G.  Malaria in the children
 of Freetown, Sierra Leone.  Ann. Trop.  M. Parasit., Liverp.,
 1926-27, 20: 239-62, map.—Peaston, H.,  & Renner,  E. A.
 Report on an examination of the spleen- and parasite-rates in
 school  children  in Freetown,  Sierra Leone.  Ibid.,  1939, 33:
 49-59,  2 pl.—Smith, L.  F.  A note  on  malaria  at Mount
 Auriol.  Freetown.  J.  R.  Army M.  Corps, 1905,  4:  182 —
 Stephens, J. W. W., & Christophers, S. R.  The proposed site
 for European residences in the Freetown Hills.   Rep. Malaria
 Com. R. Soc. London, 1901, 5. ser., 3-5.

 ---   Solomon Islands.
   Sayers,  E. G.  Quartan malaria in  the British  Solomon
 Islands; with a  preliminary note on the  incidence of different
 tvpes of malaria.  Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1928-29,
 22:291.

 ---   Somaliland.
   Chabaneix,  J.  \.,  &  Bouffard.  Quelques^ cas  de  fievre
 paludeenne observes k Djibouti, chef-lieu de la cote des Somali's.
 Ann. hyg.,  Par., 1901, 4: 452-6.—Ciechitto, A. M.   Ricerche
 sugl'indici malarici splenico e parassitario nella  Somalia  Ita-
 liana.  Riv. malariol., 1938, 17: 396-410 — Diamanti. G.  La
 infezione malarica  nel  territorio  del  medio  Giuba.  Rass.
 internaz. clin. ter., 1939, 20: 388-404.—Fadda,  S.,  &  Mirra
 Guido, R.  M.  II problema della  malaria in  Somalia; note
 epidemiologiche. Gior. ital. mal.  esot.,  1930,  3:  205-16.—
 Gelonesi, G.  La malaria del Benadir.  Ann. med. nav., Roma,
 1931,  37: pt 2, 527; 667; passim—Giudetti. C.   Geografia
 medica in rapporto alia malaria nel basso Giuba.   Riforma
 med., 1936, 52: 1731-9.  ------   Progetto di bonifica anti-
 malarica  per il  territorio del  basso Giuba.  Ibid.,  1937, 53:
 497-501.—Mariani, G., & Taddia, L.  Considerazioni cliniche e
 morfologiche su alcuni  casi di malaria osservati  in  Somalia
 Arch, ital  sc med. col., 1936, 17: 621-7.—Massa, F.  Malaria
 somala.   Gior.  med.  mil., 1936, 84: 643-51.  ---;—   Con-
 tributo alia conoscenza parassitologica della malaria somala.
 Ibid., 1937, 85: 1178-83.—Mattei,  A.   Fauna  anofeligena e
 malaria nel medio Scebeli (Somalia  italiana)  Ann. med. nav.,
 Roma,  1932, 38: pt 2, 538-63, 5 diagr.—Mennonna, G.   Con-
 tributo alia Conoscenza  della malaria  somala risultati degli
 accertamenti microscopici.   Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1936, 17:
 678-83.—Tedeschi, C. & Scalas, A.  Contributo alia biogeo-
 grafia della malaria in Burhacaba  (Benadir)  Riv.  malariol.,
 1934,  13:  104-13.—Wilson, D.  B., & Notley, F. B.  Malaria
 in southern  Somalia  (Italian Somaliland)  East Afr. M. J.,
 1913, 20:255-62.

---   South Africa.

   Swellengrebel,  N.  H.,  Annecke,  S., &  De
 Meillon,  B.   Malaria investigations in  some
parts of the Transvaal and Zululand.  p.245-74.
Johannesb.,  1931.
   Abert rombie, R. G., & Smith, H. B. W.  Notes on the cases
of malaria admitted to Pretoria Hospital between January 1st
and May 19th 1907; with special reference to the cerebral type
of the disease.   Transvaal  M. J., 1906-07, 2:  251.—Allan, P.
Malaria.  Bull. Dep. Pub.  Health S. Africa, 1942, No. 5.  1.—
Annecke. D. H. S.   Report on malaria control; Pongola irri-
gation works.   Annual Rep. S. Africa Dep. Pub. Health, 1934,
99-108.   ------  Malaria  control in the Transvaal.  S.  Afr.
M. J., 1935, 9:  3-7—Anning, C. C. P.   Meteorological factors
in the incidence of malaria in Pietermaritzburg.   Ibid.,  1934,
8: 875-8.—Berg.  Ueber Chininprophylaxe in Siidwest Afrika.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1904,  8: 377-409.—Beyer.   Zur
Frage der Bekampfung der Malaria in  unseren  westafrikani-
schen  Kolonien.  Deut.-  med.  Wschr.,  1902, 28: 472-4.—
Burman, C. E.  L.  Impressions of, and personal observations
on, the recent  epidemic of malaria in Maritzburg.  S.  Afr.
M. J., 1932, 6: 591-4 —Cawston,  F. G.   The present problem
of malaria in Natal.   .1. Trop. M. Hyfr., Lond , 1932, 35: 185.—
Cluver,  F. W.  P.  Malaria  control  in  Natal and  Zululand.
S. Afr. M. J., 1940, 14: 113-7.—De Meillon, B.  The control
of malaria in South  Africa by measures directed against  the
adult mosquitoes in habitations.   Q.  Bull. Health Org. League
of Nat., 1936,  5: 134-7.  ------  & Gear, J.   Malaria  con-
tracted  on the  Witwatersrand.  S. Afr.  M. J., 1939, 13: 309-
12.—Evans, W. A.  Malaria in South  Africa; notes  of  con-
versations held with physicians, health officers and others in
South Africa in 1937.   Mississippi Doctor, 1938-39, 1G: No. 2,
25-7.—Hill, E., & Haydon, L. G.  The epidemic of malarial
fever in Natal,  1905.   J. Hyg.. Cambr.,  1905, 5:  467-84,- pl —
Malaria.  Annual Rep.  S.  Africa Dep.  Pub. Health,  1941,
24-7.—Malaria. 27 Dec.  1941.   Bull.  Dep.  Pub. Health S.
Africa,  1941, No. 52, 1.—Malaria control in Natal and Zulu-
land.  Annual  Rep.  S. Africa Dep. Pub. Health, 1934-35,
29-31.—Malaria in Natal.  Annual  Rep. S. Africa Inst. M.
Res., 1937,  30-2.—Malaria in South Africa.  Annual  Rep. S.
Africa Dep.  Pub. Health, 1034,  45-8—Mor?enroth. Erfah-
rungen iiber die Chininprophylaxe bei der siidwest? frikanischen
Sohutztruppe aus dem Jahre 1904-05.   Arch.  Schiffs Tropen-
hyg., 1906,  10: 133-42.—Orenstein, A. J.  Can quinine  dis-
tribution  be expected to  reduce malaria in South  Africa?
.1. M. Ass.  S.  Africa, 1929, 3: 479-81.—Posnett, W. G. T.
Notes on malaria in the Transvaal.  Transvaal M. J., 1905-06,
1: 184.-—Regulations regarding the prevention of malaria  and
the eradication of mosquitoes.  Proc. Transvaal Mine M.  Off.
Ass., 1931-32,  11:  37.—Swellengrebel,  N. H.  Report  on
investigation into malaria in the union of South Africa, 1930-31.
J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1931, 5: 409; 443.  ------  [Malaria in
South Africa]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: pt 1, 730-2 —
Thomas, R. H.  A  brief survey of xhe  malaria problem in
Livingstone and the Victoria Falls,  Northern Rhodesia,  and
the measures taken to combat it.   J. R.  San. Inst., 1940-41,
61: 82-93.—Thomson,  J. G.  Endemic and epidemic malaria in
Southern  Rhodesia.   Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond.,  1928-29, 22:
Sect. Epidem.  State  M.,  49-56.—Vagedes.  Bericht  iiber
die Malariaexpedition in Deutsch Siidwestafrika.  Zschr. Hyg.,
1903, 43:  83-132.—Watson,  M.  Malaria in Rhodesia  and
South Africa.  J.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1930, 33:  349-51,
portr.

----   South Carolina, U. S.  A.
   Coggeshall,  L. T.   Report of a malaria survev and control
methods on Lake Murray,  Columbia,  S. C.   South.  M. J.,
1930, 23:  442-5.—Hayne,  J. A.  Malaria control in South
Carolina.  Ibid., 1928, 21: 775.

----   Spain.

   Societe des  Nations.   Organisation  d'Hy-
giene.   Rapport  sur  le  voyage  d'etudes  de la
Commission  du   Paludisme   en  Espagne,    13
aout-7 septembre, 1925.  47p.   4?  Geneve, 1926.
   Alonso  Alonso,  L., &  Gonzalez  Azcune,  F.  Campana
antipaludica.   Rev.  san. mil.,  Madr.,  1930. 20:  268;   329;
passim.—Alvarez Sierra.   la plaga del  paludismo, disminuida
en un cincuenta por ciento.  Sem. m^d. espan., 1944, 7: Suppl.,
61.—Antecedentes historicos sobre la existencia del  paludismo
en Castellon y pueblos de  la plana.  Bol. t£cn. Dir. gen. san.,
Madr.,  1931, 6: 258-92.—Cartafia Castella, P., Canicio Garcia,
I., & Fabrega Huga, J.  Resumen de la campana antipaludica
realizada en el Delta del Ebro desde el afio 1925 al 1932, ambos
inclusive.  Rev. san., Madr., 1933, 8: pt 2. 113-65.—Cortes, A.
F.  El paludismo en la meseta caste'lanoleonesa.  Rev. espaii.
med. cir., 1903, 13: 141-9.—Delar, R., Prieto, €., & Morato, T.
Un caso de paludismo indigena en Asturias.  Arch, med., Madr.,
1929, 30: 102-4.—Del Campo Cardona,  A. La organizacion de
la lucha antipaludica en la provincia de Caceres y su influencia
sobre la mortalidad por paludismo.  Rev. san., Madr., 1939, 13:
696-706.  ------ & Pita Gandarias, E.  Nota sobre  la lucha
antipaludica en la  provincia de  Caceres,  anos  1921-1932.
Ibid., 1933, 8: 553-87, tab.—Diaz V., E.  Breve resefla  sobre
el paludismo.  Mem.  Congr. med. peninsular (1933)  1934. 1.
Congr.,  63-9.—Hernandez Briz.  El  paludismo en  Madrid;
causas de su incremento en los ultimos anos.  Siglo med , 1894,
41:  259.—Hill, R. B.,  & Olavarria, J.   Estudio del paludismo
en Campo,  Lugar  (Caceres)  Rev. san. hig.  ptib.,  Madr., 
MALARIOGRAPHY                          180                           MALARIOGRAPHY
1932, 7: 461-72   Macdonald. J.   Etiologfa del paludismo en
la provincia de Huelva.  C. rend. Congr. internat. mfed. (1903)
1904, 14:  path. gen.. 122-4.------Investigaciones experi-
mentales  aceica del paludismo  en la provincia de Huelva.
Rev. med. Sevilla, 1906, 47: 5; 33; passim.—Matilla, V.   Lucha
antipaludica; medios de lucha actuales;  organizaei6n nacional
y comarcal de la lucha.   Actual, med.,  Granada, 1943, 29: 299-
305.— Miuuel y Guerra, R. de.  Notas  acerca del paludismo
en la pn>\ ineia de Badajoz.  C. rend. Congr. internat. m6d.
(1903) 1901. 14: Sect. path, int., 461-5.—Munoyerro Pretel,
A.  El paludismo en Espana; retazos de su historia.  Arch.
rned.,  Madr.,  1930, 32:  173-8.—Paludismo  en  Barcelona.
Gac. san.  Barcelona, 1900, 12: Bol. Acad., 69.—Paniagua, A.
Memoria-resumen de la campana  antipaludica realizada por
este dispensario, desde el  1? de marzo al 31 de diciembre del
corriente afio.  Inform, med., Valladolid, 1929, 6: 299-303.—
Pereperez  Lara, G. [et al.]  Le  paludisme dans  les deltas.
Arch, roumain. path., Par., 1932, 5: 5-131, 12 diagr., 4 map.—
Pittaluga, G. [et al.]  Resumen de las observaciones y resul-
tados  del  experimento  de profiiaxis  medicamentosa contra
la infecciOn paludica en Navalmoral  de la Mata,  Talayeula,
Talavera la Vieja, etc. (Caceres)  Arch. Iat. med. biol., Madr.,
1903. 1:  S9-97.   Pulido,  A.   Direcci6n  general de sanidad;
circular;  precauciones individuales sobre el  paludismo.  Bol.
m£d. Valladolid, 1901, 7: 91-3.—Robles Jimenez, A.  Aspectos
fundamentals de la lucha antipaludica. Actual. m<5d., Granada,
1942, 18:  556.—Swellengrebel, N.  H.  [A sojourn of the ma-
laria-commission in Spain]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70:
pt 1, 424-31.—Tarruella, J.. Presta, A., & Proubasta, F.  Con-
tribucion al estudio del  paludismo en  Barcelona.  Rev. med.
cir.,  Barcel., 1903,  17:   2-17.—Torraderoe, J., &  Carta na
Castella, P. Evo'ucion de la  endemia  paludica en el delta del
Ebro, ejemplo de la influencia decisiva de la explotacion agri-
cola de un terreno virgen sobre la  endemia paludica existente.
Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter.  (1932) 1933,  1.  Congr.,
1: 263-7.—Torrijos, C.   La  lutte antipaludeenne  dans le
bassin de  l'Ebre.   C.  rend.  Congr.  internat. palud.  (1903)
1931, 2. Congr., 2: 105-7.
----   Sumatra.
   Boumeester, J. E.  [Combatting malaria in Dabo, Singkep]
Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned. Indie,  1934,  74:  1209-18.— Dumoulin,
F. V. B.  The malaria situation in a South Sumatra oil field
in relation to the  European war.  Med. Bull.  (Standard Oil
Co.) N. Y., 1939-41, 4: 328-38.—Hollander, F. C.   Malaria
in Sumatra.  Ibid., 193.5-36, 2: 95-105, graph.—Nieuwenhuis,
A. W.   Korperliche und kulturelle Volksentartung in Gebieten
endemischer Malaiia; Mittel-Sumatra.   Janus,  Leiden, 1935,
39: 94; passim.   Also Acta leidensia, 1935-36, 10:-] 1: 142
228.—Overbeek, J. G.   [Malaria investigation in the Belitang
colony (Palembang Residencv) in Apiil  1940]  Geneesk. tschr.
Ned. Indie, 1940,  80: 2166-77.—Schafer, H.  Peber Malaria
Chinin-Plasmochinprophvlaxe   in   Sumatra.  Arch.   Schiffs
Tropenhyg.,  1937,  41:  459-61.—Schiiffner, W.  Die  Bezie-
hungen der Malariaparasiten zu Mensch und  Miicke an der
Ostkuste Sumatras.  Zs^hr. Hyg., 1903, 41: 89-122,  4 pl —
Ljlaki. P.  [Malaria]  Gy6gyaszat, 1932, 72: 67; 88.


----   Syria.
   Aractingi, J.. Jude,  R.,  &  Robert,  L.   Le probleme  du
  Ealudisme  en Svrie.  C.  rend.  Congr.  internat. m£d. trop.
  yg., 1932, 4: 1077-105.—Castillon, T. J. E. L.  Contribution k
l'etude  du paludisme en  Syrie  (plaine' de  la  Bekaa) etude
Epidemiologique et prophylactique.  Arch. m6d. pharm. mil.,
1926, 84:  148-65.—Gemayel, A.  La malaria en Svrie; autre-
fois; aujourd'hui.  Presse med., 1926, 34: 219.—Hudson, E. H.
Sur le  paludisme en proche Orient.  Bruxelles m£d., 1931-32,
12: 763-9.—Maire, G. L. E.,  & Sabbagh,  A.   Le paludisme
dans la region de Damas.   Arch. med. pharm.  mil., 1926, 84:
253-91.—Peset,  V.  El paludismo  levantino.   Siglo med.,
1930, 85: 237-40.  Also Rev. espaii. med. cir., 1931, 14: 61-4.—
Sautet, J.  L'anophelisme en Syrie et au Liban dans ses rap-
ports avec lo paludisme.  Trop. Dis. Bull ,  Lond., 1943,  40:
110 (Abstr.)


----   Taiwan.

   Hatori, J.  Anti-malarial campaign in Formosa.   Tr.  Far
East. Ass. Trop. M., 1912, 2.  Congr., 318—Heiga, K. [Ma-
laria in Taiwanj  Gun igaku kwai zassi, 1897, 13-30.— Hisari, S.
[The malaria of Formosa]  Ibid., 1901, 482-9—Isikawa, H.
Malarial fever  in  Formosa.  Brit. Physician,  1899-1900, 1:
283-6.—Koidzumi,  M.   Consideration  on practice of anti-
larval  work for prevention of malaria  in  Formosa.   Taiwan
igakkai zassi, 1927, No. 272, 1.  •—■—■—  Seasonal distribution
of malaria in Formosa, Jr.pan.  C.  rend.  Congr.  internat.
palud.  (1930)  1931, 2. Congr., 1: 404-22.—Koike.  Zur Pro-
phylaxis der Malaria auf der Formosa-Insel.   Mitt. Med.
Ges. Tokyo,  1900, 16: 448-52.—[Malaria  of the residents of
Taiwan]   Gun igaku kwai zassi, 1898, 812-9.-—Mayesima.
Nachtrag  zu:  Malaria bei dem Militar  zu  Tainan, Formosa.
Mitt. Med. Ges.  Tokyo,  1905, 19: 409-12.—Mine, N.   Die
Malaria in Formosa  und ihre  erfolgreiche Bekampfung untei
der japanischen Besatzung. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1904, 8:
21-4.-—Miyagi, M.  Clinical observation of malaria prevailing
in Boko Island  (near Formosa) in  1937; body  temperature,
pulse.  Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1940, 29: No. 7, 2.  ------
Clinical observation of malaria prevailing in Boko Island (near
Formosa)  in  1937;  incubation,  symptom,  blood  findings.
Ibid., No.  1,  22.  ------  Clinical  observation of malaria
prevailing in Boko Island  (near Formosa) in 19.'!7; treatment,
Ibid., 48-50.—Mori, F.   [A plan  to  destroy the malaria in
Formosa]  Gun igaku kwai zassi,  180S, 420-41.— Morisila, K.
On the chronicitv of malaria in Formosa.  Tr. Far  East. Ass
Trop. M. (1927)' 1928, 7.  Congr.,  2:  857-451.- Satomurn, m!
[Remarks on an epidemic of malaria in Taichufukiti i Formosa)]
Gun igaku kwai zassi, 1900, 1059-81.—Sisido, II.   [Clinical
observations on a patient affected bv the malaria of  Formosa]
Ibid., 1898, 519-28.—Totuki. J.  [Report on the malaria in
Formosa]  Gun igaku kogofu, 1902, pt 4, 351-429, 4 pl.  Also
Saitake gaku  zassi, 1902,  165-93; passim.—Uyama, D.  Sur
les  nouveaux moyens employes  k  Formose pour combattre la
malaria.   C.  rend.  Congr. internat.  med.  (1903)  1904, 14:
sect. med. hyg. mil. nav., 154-61.


----   Tanganyika.

   Tanganyika    Territory.     Malaria   Re-
search   Officer.    Report  on  work  done at
Dar-es-Salaam during the  period  January 1932-
January 1934.  79p.   fol.  Dar cs Salaam, 1935.
   Mackay, R.  An account of an investigation into malaria
at Dar es Salaam.  Abstr.  Theses. Univ., Aberdeen, 1934, 38.—
McKenzie, A.  The distribution of malaria in Dar-es-Salaam.
Kenya East Afr. M. J., 1927-28, 4: 164-80. 2 map.—Mcixner &
Kudicke.   Chinin-Prophylaxe  in   Deutsch-Ostafrika.   Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1905, 9: 479-99.—Punse, O.  Die Malaria
unter den Eingeborenen in Tanga.  Ibid.,  1902, C:  403-27.—
Scott, R. R.   Malaria research in  Tanganvika; notes on the
reports.  East Afr. M. J.,  1938-39, 15: 2-5.—Souls.  La lutte
contre le paludisme dans l'Est africain allcmand. Arch, nifd,
nav.,  Par.,  1904, 81:  81-9.-—Steuber.  Malariaimmunitat
und Kindersterblichkeit hei den  Eingeborenen  in  Deutsch-
Ostafrika.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1903, 29: 72.—Wilson, D. B.
Rural hyper-endemic malaria in Tanganyika Territory.  Tr.
R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 583-618.-----
Infection and immunity in some tribes of Tanganyika.  Acta
Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938,  2: 346-54.


----   Tennessee, U. S. A.
   Bishop,  F.  L.  Malaria control  activities in Tennessee.
South. M. J., 1927, 20: 488. —   Malaria control in Ten-
nessee.   Ibid.,  1928,  21:  776.  ------  Malaria control io
Tennessee, 1931-33.   Ibid., 1933,  26: 472; 1934, 27:  656 —
Johnson, H.  A.  The importance of plantation malaria to
Memphis and the plantation owner.   Ibid.,  1928, 21:  780.—
LePrince, J. A.  Control of malaria  in the city of  Memphis.
Ibid., 778.—Meleney, H.  E., Bishop,  E. L., & Roberts, F. L.
Observations  on the malaria  problem of  west Tennessee.
Ibid., 1929, 22: 282-394.   ------   Further observations on
the malaria problem of  west  Tennessee.   Ibid.,  1930, 23:
435-42.


----   Texas, U. S. A.
   Anderson,  J.  C.   Malaria  control  activities in  Texas;
resume for 1927.  South. M. J., 1928,  21: 777—Hopkins, F. D.
Malaria project in Texas.  Bull. Texas Dep. Health, 1934, 1:
No. 4, 1.------The  malaria  problem  in Texas.   Ibid.,
1935,  2: No. 1,3; 8.—Malaria campaign in Texas. Ibid., 1937,
4:  No. 2, 6.—Malaria control.   Texas J.  M., 1943-44, 39:
592, map.—Sappington, H. O.   Outline of  malaria control
work in Texas.  South. M. J., 1927, 20: 488-90— Woldert, A.
Malarial  fever in Texas:  the financial  loss arising  from the
disease, and its prevention   Am. J. M. Sc, 1903, n.  ser., 125:
448-60.  ------  Malarial fever;  its  expense to the  people of
Texas. Tr. Texas M. Ass., 1904, 36: 37 61.


----   Thai.
   Anigstein, L.  Malaria and anophelines in Siam; report on a
studv tour.  Q.  Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1932, 1:
233-308.—Causey,  O.  R.  Some  anopheline and culicine
mosquitoes of  Siam with remarks  on  malaria control in Bang-
kok.  Am. J. Hyg., 1937, 25: 400-20.


----   Togo.
   Kjilz.   Die Malaria und ihre Prophylaxis durch Chininge-
brauch in  Kleinpopo.   Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg..  1903, 7:
359; 1905, 9:  141-9.—Tournier, E.   I>e paludisme t Lome et
au Togo  en 1932 et 1933.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934,
27:385-96.

----   Tonkin.
   Farinaud.  Essai de prophylaxie rationnelle du paludisme en
milieu infantile  a Tri-Cu  (Tonkin)   Bull. Soc. path, exot.,
Par., 1934, 26: 568-75.

----   Trinidad.

   Trinidad.   Assistant Medical  Officer of
Health.  Malaria report.   126p.   fol.  Trinidad,
1914-15. 
MALARIOGRAPHY                          181                           MALARIOGRAPHY
   De Verteuil, F. J.  Trinidad malaria in prospect and retro-
 spect.  Carib. M. J., Trinidad,  1941, 3: 139-47.  ----—  &
 Spence, T. Malaria in Trinidad; low tide level culvert system
 in coastal drainage.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1936-
 37, 30:  449-60, 2 pl.—Downs, W. G., Gillette, H. P. S.,  &
 Shannon, R.  C  A  malaria survey  of Trinidad and Tobago,
 British  West  Indies.  J.  Nat. Malaria  Soc, 1943, 2: Suppl.,
 5_44 —Duprey, A. B. The malaria of the East coast of Trini-
 dad, B.  W. I.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1907, 10: 298-303 —
 Waterman, J. A.  The treatment of malaria in review and some
 autopsy notes. Carib. M. J., Trinidad, 1943, 5: 62-75.

 ---â–   Tunisia.

   Abdallah,  T.  B.   *La  nephrite palustre chez
 1'indigene  Musulman tunisien.   92p.   8?   Par.,
 1937.
   Gruet,  M.   *A  propos de 1'endemie  palustre
 dans les troupes indigenes du Sud Tunisien.  32p.
 24cm.    Par., 1940.
   Henry,   C.    *La   lutte  antipaludique  en
 Tunisie.  200p.   8?   Par., 1936.
   Mebarek,  H.   *Contribution   a  l'etude  de
 l'anoph61isme  et de la prophylaxie  du  paludisme
 en Tunisie.  104p.  8?  Bord., 1937.
   Burnet, E.  Prophylaxie du paludisme en  Tunisie; rectifica-
 tion.  Arch.  Inst.  Pasteur  Tunis,  1939, 28:  400.   ------
 Prophylaxie du paludisme en Tunisie.  Bull. san. Algerie, 1939,
 34: 316.—Comte, C.  Note sur l'historique de la lutte contre le
 paludisme en  Tunisie, 1903-29.   C. rend.  Congr. internat.
 palud. (1930)  1931, 2. Congr., 2: 117-25.—Confortola.  Quel-
 ques observations sur la malaria dans  la region de  l'Audia.
 Bull. Hop. fr.  Tunis, 1901, 4: 122; 140; 169; 199.—Decourt, P.,
 Dupoux. R. |et al.]  Experiences sur la  prophylaxie collective
 du paludisme  realisees dans la region d'Oued Zerga (Tunisie)
 en 1935.  Bull. Soc path, exot., Par.,  1936, 29: 487-93 —
 Decourt, P., Marini, C., &  Henry, C.  Experiences sur la pro-
 phylaxie collective du paludisme r£alis£es & Menzel-Temime
 (Cap  Bon Tunisien)  en  19S5.  Ibid., 480-6.—Dupoux, R.
 Fonctionnement du laboratoire du paludisme de la direction
 de l'assistance et de la santd publiques  en 1938.  Arch. Inst.
 Pasteur  Tunis, 1939,  28:  298.  —---- Barthas, R.  \et  al]
 Nouveaux resultats  des experiences de prophylaxie collective
 antipaludique  en  Tunisie.   Bull. Acad.  m£d., Par.,  1939,
 3. ser., 121: 591-6.  Also Bull san. Algerie,  1939, 34: 272-7.
 ---;— & Marini, C.  Resultats des experiences de prophylaxie
 collective antipaludique en  Tunisie.   Bull. Acad. m£d., Par.,
 1937, 3.  ser., 118:  368-72.—Galliard, H.  Les lazarets anti-
 paludiques en Tunisie. Presse me'd., 1935, 43: 193.—Marini, C.
 Fonctionnement du laboratoire du paludisme du Service de la
 sante publique, 1935-36.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1936, 25:
 370; 1937, 26: 437.—Nicolle, C. Un essai de campagne anti-
 paludique  en  Tunisie (Oued-Zargua, Pont-de-Trajan,  1903)
 Rev. med. Normandie, 1904, 4: 281; 307; 318; 340.—Villain, G.
 Observations tunisiennes de plasmodies atypiques au cours du
 paludisme grave.  Arch.  Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1929, 18: 352-
 63.  ----- Note sur la presence de larves d'anophedines dans
 les eaux  salees du Sahel  Tunisien.  Riv. malariol., 1932,  11:
346-52.  ------ & Krouch, M.  Notes cliniques et hemato-
logiques  sur le paludisme  estivo-automnal  en 1928  dans la
region  de Grombalia (Tunisie)  Arch.  Inst. Pasteur Tunis,
 1929, 18: 204-20, 3 pl—Wassilieff,  A.  La lutte antilarvaire,
en Tunisie, doit-elle etre saisonniSre ou continue?  Ibid., 1938,
27:31-41.
 ---  Turkestan.

   See also subheading Russia.
   Marc,  S.   Die Malaria  im  Turkestan;  parasitologisch-
 klinische Studien.   Zschr. Hyg.,  1903,  45: 365-402,  pl —
 Mark, S. A.  Iz nablyudeniy nad malyariyel v  Turkestanle;
 k voprosu o  geograficheskom  raspredlelenii  raznovidnostel
 malyariynikh plazmodiy; sochetanii malyarii  s drugimi in-
 fektsiyami  i k  patogenezu pozduikh yeya vozratov.  Russ.
 vrach, 1902, 1: 805; 940.


 ----  Turkey.                    >

   Arar, A., & Atamanoglu, S.  La lutte anti-paludeenne en
 Turquie. Acta  Conv. trop. malar, morb.,  1938, 2: 253-61 —
 Assim Tsmael.   Mesures preventives contre le paludisme dans
 les regions  palustres en Turquie.   Bull. Off.  internat.  hvg.
 pub.,  Par.,  1935, 27: 304-6.—Castillon, T. J. E. L.  La  lutte
 antipgludique dans les  Etats sous mandat francais:  Alexan-
 drette (1919-29)  Arch.  med. pharm. mil., 1931, 94: 541-74.—
 Fuat, S. Brief aus der Ttirkei.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60:
 1931-3;—Hakki, I.   Les moustiques  de  Turquie; etudes epi-
 demiologique et  prophylactique du  paludisme.  Rev. med.
 hyg.  trop.,  Par., 1934,  26:  25-34— Hiiseyin Salor & Saim
 Aksan.  Types  cliniques  de  malaria observes  au cours de
 1'epidemie  de  l'automne dernier.  Bull.  Soc.  turque med.,
 1943,  9: Suppl., 9-11.—Hussameddin.   La lucte  contre le
paludisme  en  Turquie.    C.  rend.  Congr. internat.  palud.
(1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2: 359-401.  ■----—  Malaria control
in  Turkey.  Q.  Bull. Health  Org. League of Nat.. 1934, 3:
129-52.—Martini, E. Einiges iiber die Malariaverhaltnisse in
 Anatolien.   Arb.  Tropenkrankh. (Festschr.  B. Nocht) 1927,
 308-13.  ------   Malaria und Malariabekampfung in  der
 Tiirkei.  Seuchenbekampfung, 1928, 5: 6; 101.

 ----   United  States.

    See also other subheadings.
    Ackerknecht, E. H.   Malaria  in  the  upper
 Mississippi valley,   1760-1900.    142p.   25V-2cm.
 Bait., 1945.
    Bacon,  M.    *Geschichte der Malaria  in  den
 Vereinigten  Staaten von Nord-Amerika.   48p.
 22cm.  Lausanne, 1939.
    Chtlds, St.  J. R.   Malaria and colonization in
 the  Carolina  low  country,  1526-1696.    292p
 24>^cm.   Bait.,  1940.
    Connecticut, U. S. A.  State  Department
 of  Health.    Malaria   control.    6p.    23cm.
 [Hartford, 1944]
    Hoffman, F. L.   Malaria in  Virginia,  North
 Carolina,  and  South Carolina.   30p.   8?   [New-
 ark, N. J.]   1933.
    United  States  Sanitary  Commission.   Re-
 port of a  committee appointed by resolution of
 the sanitary commission to prepare  a paper on
 the use  of  quinine  as  a  prophylactic  against
 malarious  diseases.   21p.   8?   N.  Y.,   1861
 Also  Wash., 1862.
    Ackerknecht. E. H.  Malaria in the United States.  Ciba
 Symposia, 1945-46,  7: 63-8.—Andrews. J.  Malaria research
 in  the southeastern states.  J. Tennessee Acad. Sc, 1941, 16:
 359-78.—Barbar, M. A., Komp, W. H.  W.,  & Hayne, T. B.
 Malaria in the prairie rice regions of Louisiana and Arkansas.
 Pub. Health Rep, Wash., 1926, 41: 2527-49.  â– ------Prev-
 alence  of malaria  (1925) in parts of Delta of Mississippi and
 Arkansas; economic conditions.  South.  M.  J., 1926,  19:
 373-7.—Bierrinp, W. The interstate malaria  survey.   J. Iowa
 M. Soc, 1941, 31: 286.—Bishop, E. L.  Malaria-control activi-
 ties of  the Tennessee Valley  Authority.  Pub. Health Rep.,
 Wash.,  1936, 51, 29: 970-5.   ------•  Consideration  of the
 malaria problem in the Tennessee Valley.  South. M. J., 1937,
 30: 858-61.—Bishopp, F. C.  Contributions of the Bureau of
 Entomology  and Plant  Quarantine  of  the  Department of
 Agriculture to the national program for the control of malaria.
 J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1944, 3: 45-54.—Bispham, W. N.  Re-
 port on malarial control,  fourth corps  area.   Mil. Surgeon,
 1936, 78: 299-304.—Boyd. M. F.  Malaria control activities
 in 1935.  South. M.  J., 1936,  29: 765.------An historical
 sketch of the prevalence of malaria in North America.  Am. J.
 Trop. M., 1941, 21: 223-44. ------& Ponton, G. The recent
 distribution  of malaria in the southeastern  United  States.
 Ibid., 1933, 13: 143-66.—Bradley,  G. H., Bellamy, R. E., &
 Bracken, T. T., jr.   The  work of state board of health ento-
 mologists on malaria  control.  South. M. J., 1940, 33: 892-4.—
 Carden, G.  A., jr.   The  activities  of the National Research
 Oouncil  in the national program for  the control of  malaria.
 J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1944, 3: 55-9.—Dauer, C. C, A- Faust,
 E.  C.   Malaria mortality in  the southern United States for
 1934 with supplementary data  for previous years.   South.
 M. J.,  1936, 29: 757-64.  ---:—•  Malaria mortality in  the
 United  States, with especial reference  to the southeastern
 states.   Tbid.,  1937, 30: 939-43.—DeBusk,  C.  K.  Water
 conservation; a new problem  in  malarial  control.   Texas
 J.  M.,  1937-38, 33: 826-8.—Faust,  E. C.  Certain  factors
 in the epidemiology of malaria in the southern United States.
 N.  Orleans M. & S. J., 1936-37, 89: 692-4.  ------ Diboll,
 C. G. [et al.]  Malaria mortality  in the southern United States,
 1931-43.  South. M. J., 1933, 26: 454; 1934, 27: 457; passim
 in subsequent vols.—Ferrell,  J.  A.  Challenge of malaria in
 the south.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1931,  21: 355-77.—Fletcher,
 A. H.   A permanent type of ditch construction.  Ibid., 193,5,
 25: 897-906.—Freeborn, S. B.  The malaria  control program
 of the U. S. Public Health Service. J. Econ. Entom., 1944, 37:
 467-9.  Also J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1944, 3:  19-23.—Graves,
 L. M., & Fletcher, A. H.  Malaria control around Memphis.
 Month. Health Bull., Memphis,  1937, 2: No.  1, 3-6.—Hayne,
 T. B.  A house-to-house survey of malaria in the Mississippi
 Delta, 1926.   South. M.  J.,  1927, 20:  474.—Kirkwood,  T.
 The recrudescence of malaria.  Illinois M. J., 1937, 71: 58-63.—
 Le  Prince, J. A.  Recent progress  in malaria control in  the
 United States. Tr. Internat. Conf. San. Engin., 1924, 1.  Congr.,
 32-6.—Malaria control.  Annual Rep. Surg. Gen. U. S. Pub.
 Health Serv., 1934, 58 — Malaria control. Mil. Surgeon, 1942,
 91:  365.—Malaria control in war areas. Month Bull. Maryland
 Dep. Health, 1942-43, 14: 65.—Malaria in the upper  Missis-
 sippi Valley.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1940, 30: 294.—Meleney, H. E.
 The problem  of malaria mortality in the United States.  Am.
 J. Trop. M.,  1937,  17: 15-24.—Morse, L.  M.  Indigenous
 malaria.   Wisconsin M.  J.,  1939,  38:  864-8.—Mortality
summary for  U. S.  registration states; malaria.  Vital  Statist.
Spec Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1942, 16: 41-4.—Mountin. J. W.
A program for the eradication  of  malaria from continental
United States.  J.  Nat. Malaria Soc,  1944,  3: 69-73.—New
i 
MALARIOGRAPHY
182
MALARIOGRAPHY
malaria mortality  maps.  Georgia  Malaria  Bull., 1940, 3:
121,  2 map.— Nichols, .1. B.   Mortality from malaria in the
United States.  Viiginia M. Month.,  1930, 66: 339-15.  ------
Recent mortality from  malaria in the  United States.  Ibid ,
1942, 69: 681.- Paterson, A. R. General antimalaria measures;
the lesson of the history of  malaria in the  United States of
America.  k. m a E Afr. M. J, 1930-31, 7:  180-9— Possible
postwar  inahiiia  outbreaks  in the United States; facts  and
fallacies.  .1.  Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1945^6, 12: 708-
15.—Quinn, M. J.   Malaria  in New England.  Boston M. &
S. J.,  1920, 194: 24 1-7— Russell. F. F.  The results of two
seasons anti-malarial work.   J.  Ass. Mil.  Surg., 1904,  14:
157-61.— Saw>er, W. A.  A proposed program to prevent the
spread of malarii in the United States from infected individuals
returned from abroad.  J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1944, 3: 61-7.—
Simmons. J. S.  American  mobilization  for the  conquest of
malaria in the United  States; introduction  to  a symposium
on our national program for the control of  malaria.  Ibid.,
7-10.—Sisk,  W. N.  Post-war  malaria  prevention by the
county health department.   Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33:
1343-6.—Skinner. G. A.  The threat of malaria  to the Missis-
sippi valley.  Mississippi Valley  M. J..  1941,  63: 24-30 —
Stromquist. W. G.   A partnership in malaiia  control.  South.
M  J.,  1941,  34: 835-9.—Van Hovenberg,  H.  W.  Railway
pioneers in malaria control in South.  Nation's Health, Chic,
1926, 8: 88; 13H— Watson, R. B., Maher, H. (".,  Ar Rice, M. E.
Observations  on malaria around  Lake Wilson,  1934  II.  .1
Nat. Malaria  Soc,  1942, 1: 33-44— Watson, R. B., <fe Spain,
E. L., ,j>-.  Studies on malaria in the Tennessee vallev.  Am. J.
Trop. M.,  1937.  17: 289-305.-  White,  ('. M., Hollis. M. D.
let al.]  Malaria control in the United States.   J. Nat. Malaria
Soc, 1945, 4: 52-5.- Williams. L. L..  jr.  Malaiia.   Annual
Pep. Surg. Gen. V. S.  Pub.  Health Serv., 1034.  21.
Civil works  administration  emergency  relief  administration
malaria control  program in the South.   Am. J. Pub. Health,
1935,25:11-4.  ------  Malaria in the United States.  Acta
Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938,  2: 64-8.  ------ Report of
the  National  malaria committee, Subcommittee on malaria
prevention activities,  1937.   South. M. J., 1938, 31:  818
------The  anti-malaria program in North America.   In:
Svmpos. Human Malaria (Am. Ass. Advance.  Sc.)  Wash.,
1941,  365-70.------The malaria  problem.   Med.  Ann.
District of  Columbia,  1944,  13: 108  11.   —---  Malaria
prevention activities, 1936;  1038.   South.  M.  J.,  1937   30:
938; 1939, 32: 851.
----   Uruguay.
   Carrau,  A.   Sobre paludismo infantil en Montevideo.  An.
Fac. med.,  Montev., 1929, 11: 103-13.—Talice, R. V.  L Uru-
guay, pays d'anophiMisme  sans paludisme.   C. rend. Congr
internat. palud. (1930^ 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 305-7.------El
Uruguay ante el problema del paludismo.  Arch.  urug. med.,
1945, 26: 68-79.
----  Venezuela.

   Cova-Garcia, P.   La legislaci6n  antimalarica
venezolana y proyecto de reglamentacion.  34p.
25!{-cm.    Caracas,  1940.
   Gabald6n, A.   Informe anual de la Divisi6n
de malariologia.   2v.   Caracas  (1937-38)  1938-
39
   Also Bol. Min. san.,  Caracas, 1939, 4: No. 4,_3-185.
   Acosto  Poleo, A.  El paludismo en Cristobal Colon.  Conf.
san. nac   (Venezuela,  1931)  1932,  306-11.  Archila,  R.,  &
Nieto, M.  Geografia medico-sanitaria  del  Estado Co.iedes
con  especial referencia  al  paludismo.  Rev. san.,   Caiacas,
1941, 6: 587-785.—Arria Ruiz, E.  El paludismo en  el E-tado
Merida.   Conf.  san. nac. 'Venezuela, 1931) 1932,  184-01.—
Beaujon,  J. D.  Estudio del  paludismo en  el puerto  de  La
Vela.  Ibid., 160.—Benarroch, E. I.  Studies on malaria  in
Venezuela.  Am. J.  Hyg.,  1931, 14: 690-3.—Berti,  A.   L.
Malaria control  in Venezuela.   Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito Ex-
term. Ass., 1942,  29: 156-8.—Brfcefio Rossi, G.   Campana
antipaludica en Anzoategui.  Bol. Min. san., Caracas, 1037-38,
2:  1056-60.—Cardenas,  J.   Quelques  observations  sur   le
paludisme au Venezuela.   C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1900,
Sect.  path, int.,  250-9.—Castillo, D.  Sobre fiebres  paludicas
en las orillas de la laguna de Valencia.  Tijeret. malaria, Cara-
cas,  1942, 5: 79-89.—Castillo Plaza,  A.  Tiabajo  sobre  el
paludismo en el Estado Zulia.   Conf. sftn.  nac  (â– Venezuela,
1931)  1932,  303-82.—Censo  de  la  poblaci6n examinada,  al
respecto del paludismo en Venezuela.   Ibid., 497-515.— Chacin,
M.  Informe cuyo tema es el paludismo  en Venezuela.  Ibid.,
105-9.—Chacon. E.  El paludismo en el E-tado Apuie.  Ibid.,
49-105, map.—Cova, P. J.   Informe de lor. cuatro estados que
visitd; Estado Monagas.  Ibid.,  440-68.—Cuad'os  compara-
tivos de los indices esplenico y sangufneo por estados  y lugares.
Ibid., 543-69.—Cuadros resumen de los cuadros de detalles
estadisticos.  Ibid., 479-91.—Diagrama de las cifras absolutas
y de las variaciones de los coeficientes por mil habitantes de la
mortalidad por paludismo, orurrida en la'Repiiblica durante el
quinquenio  1932-1936.   In:  Memo-ia (Venezuela Min. san.)
Caracas, 1937, opp. p. 48.- Dominki. S. A.  Estudio sobre las
fiebres paludicas de Caracas.   Mem.  Congr. med.  panamer.
(1896) 1898. 2. Congr.,  2: 1088-02- Gabaldon, A.  Generali-
dades sobre malaiia y organizacion de la  lucha antimalarial en
Venezuela.  Bol.  Min. san.. Caracas, 1939, 4: 69-70. - (Jabah
don,  F.   Estudio sobre  el  tenia  pnludi-mo  en Venezuela,
Conf. san. nac (Venezuela, 1031) 1032, 321-5'"., map. -Gomez
Marcano, A., & Suarez,  M. A.  Contribuci6n al rstudir) de lit
infeccion oocistica natural del  A.  darlingi y  A. albunanus en
Venezuela.  Tijeret   malaiia,  Maracay, 1013,  7:  50-61.—
Hermoso, A. J.  Paludismo; informe  que prcsenta el  mMico
de  sanidad del Estado  Guilrico  a  la  Conferencia  sanitaria
nacional.   Conf.  san. nac. (Venezuela, 1931)  1932, 162-70.—
Hill, R. B.  El paludismo en Venezuela.  Gac. med. Caracas,
1928, 35: 353-9.—Indices de esplenomegalia; bazos palpables
Boyd.   Conf.  san.  nac  (Venezuela,  1931)  1932,  519-28.-
Indices de  plasmodihemia;  sangres  con plasmodios.   Ibid.,
531—40.—Informe de  los trabajos verificados por la  Direccion
de malariologia en el afio de 1936.  In: Memoria (Venezuela
Min.  san.) Caracas,  1937, 5G1--4.—Instrucciones para el  uso
de las relaeioncs meiisuales de 1930.   Tijeret. malaiia, Carficai,
1939, 2: 3 12 — Jimenez Rivero, M., & Fernandez, K.   Informe
deLaGuaira.   Conf.  sail. nac. (Venezuela, 1031) 1032,425-8.-
Komp. W. H. W.  Malaria and mosquito survey al Curipitn
and Quiriquire, Venezuela, S. A.   Med.  Hull., N. V,, 1035, 2:
No.  5, 204-10.   Also Med.  Bull.  (Standard Oil Co.)  N.  V ,
1935-30, 2: 204-16—Laborer (las) de la Division de malauo
'ogia.  Tijeret. malaria. Maracay,  1043,  7: 200 15.-  Latitude
'abores  en un  mismo teiritoiio por examinadoi es difeicnh-
Conf. san. nac. (Venezuela. 1031) 1032.(121 3.-Lnpez Rondon,
A.  El paludismo en Venezuela.  Ibid. 202; 221. map.—Luciani,
J. H.  El paludismo en Margarita.  Ibid., 280-93.—Monaga»
Oriach. J. G.  El paludismo en el  Estado Miranda.   Ibid.,
192-201.—Murillo,  A.  Breves apuntaciones acerca  del palu-
dismo en el Estado Tiichira.  Ibid., 312 20.- Nieto Caicedo, M.
El paludismo en el  Estado Zulia.  Tijeret. malaria,  Maracay,
1944, 8: 2-16.—Notas cambiadas entre los  gobiernos de  los
Estados Unidos de Venezuela y los Estados Unidos de America,
sobre cooperation sanitaria para la realization de una campafia
antipaludica en territorio venezolano.  Ibid.,  1943, 7: 35-8.—
Noticias.  Tijeret. malaria,  Caracas,  1941,  4: 63.—Nuestro
tercer afio; nuestro cuarto afio.   Ibid.,  1940, 3: 1; 1941, 4: L—
Pasquali, H.  de.  El paludismo  en  el  Estado Portucuesa.
Conf. san. nac (Venezuela,  1931)  1932,  294-300—Pereira A.,
P.  N.   El paludismo en el Estado Lara.   Ibid.,  171-83.-
Fferez Coronel, R.  Estudio que bizo sobre el paludismo en su
jurisdiction.   Ibid.,  134-44.—Pifano  C, F.   Trabajo verifi-
cado  en la estaci6n  de malariologia  de San  Felipe,  estado
Yaracuy.  Gac. med. Caracas,  1938, 45:  241-5.—Pineda ('.. A.
121 paludismo  en el  Estado Yaracuy.   Conf. san. nac.  (Vene-
zuela, 1931) 1932,  357-62.—Quintana Llamozas, P.  Paludismo
en  Puerto Cabello.   Ibid.,  129-33.—Resumen y datos esta-
disticos de la  malaria en Venezuela  para  1937.  Pub. Div.
malar. Min. san.,  Caracas, 1938, No.  1, 171-83.—Rfsquez, J. R.
Estadistica del laboratorio  del Hospital Vargas.  Conf. san
nac.  (Venezuela, 1931)   1932,  417-20.—Rivero-Saldivis,   H.
Observations sur  le paludisme au Venezuela.   C. rend. Congr.
internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 1: 289-92—Sarria, S.
de.  Exposition  gr&fica  de datos estadisticos.  Tijeret.  ma-
laria, Caracas. 1939, 2: 47-50.—SchurflT,  J.  W.  El drcnaje
antimalarico  desde  el punto de vista del oficial de sanidad.
Ibid.. 110 23.- Smith, A.   Tnforme sobre el paludismo en el
Estado Falcon por  el medico de  sanidad.   Conf.  san.  nac.
(Venezuela, 10.31) 1932, 148-59 —Tejera, E.  El paludismo en
el Distiito  Federal   del  los  Estados Unidos de Venezuela.
Ibid.,  383-416, 4 map.—Vasquez,  N.  El  paludismo en el
Estado Sucre.   Ibid., 301-5.—Vista del conjunto del problema;
el paliTdismo en  Venezuela.. Ibid., 477.—Vivas, A.   Informe
sobre el tema; el paludismo en Venezuela.  Ibid., 110-23.—
Winto",  E. B.  Malaria control survey along eastern border of
Lake Maracaibo.  Republic of Venezuela.  Med. Bull. (Stand-
ard  Oil  Co.)  N. Y., 1944-45, 6: 43-56.  ------  Malaria.
Ibid, 123-5.


----    Virginia, U. S. A.
   Grant, H. G.   Malaria control activities in Virginia.  South.
M. J., 1927, 20:  490; 1928, 21: 777— McGinnes, G. F.   Ma-
laria control in Virginia in 1932.  Ibid.,  1933, 26: 473.


----    West Africa.
   Blacklock,  D. B.,  &  Wilson,  C.   Simple  anti-malaria
methods for use in pillages.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp.,
1942-43, 36: 187-91.—Blair, V. P.  Some personal observations
of malarial and blackwater fever on the  West Coast of Africa.
S. Louis Courricr Med.,  1902, 26: 9-22 [Discussion] 59-62.—
Crofts R.  Malarial fevers in Wt-t Africa.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,
Lond., 1903, 6: 299-303.—Fortin, C. A.   Malaria on the West
coast of Africa.  Canada M.  Rec, 1902, 30: 531-7- Great
Britain;  War Office;  Army Medical Directorate.  Malaria in
West Africa.  Bull. War M., Lond., 1942- 43, 3: 31 (Abstr.)—
Hall, G.  R.   Malaria in We-t Afiea in 1893.  J.  Trop. M.
Hve.,  Lond.,  1926,  29: 70-0.-  Hanlev, A.  H.  The  anti-
malarial campaign in West Africa.  Ibid., 1001-02, 4: 301.—
Hiihne,  W.   Die Malaria in  Wostafuka.  Deut  tropenmed.
Zschr.,  1942, 46: 3; 33.—Hutchinson. J. C.   Malaria in West
Africa.   Brit. M. J., 1945, 1: 640.—Malaria in We-t Africa.
Bull. Army M. Dir., Lond., 1012, Jan., 1.—Ribbands, C. B.
Camp-siting  in  malarious  districts  of  West Africa.  J. R-
Army  M. Corps, 1944, 82:  157-04—Sant'  Ana Bnrreto, J.
Index endemique du paludisme en  Guinee Portu'-'ai-e.   Bull.
Soc. path, exot., Par., 1927, 20: 280-5. 
MALARIOGRAPHY                          183                              MALARIOLOGY
 ---   West Indies.

    Downs, W. G.,  Gillette, H.  P. S., & Shan-
 non, R. C.   A  malaria survey of  Trinidad  and
 Tobago,  British  West  Indies.   44p.   24}£cm.
 Tallahassee, Fla.,  1943.
    Ed«e  P. G.  Malaria  and nephritis in the British V\ est
 Indies'!  Carib. M. J.,  Trinidad,  1944, 6: 32-43.

 ---   West Virginia, U. S. A.
  •  McGee, L. C.  Malaria  in northern  West  Virginia; case
 report.  West Virginia M. J., 1935, 31: 563.

 .---   Wisconsin, U. S. A.
    Malaria in Wisconsin.  Wisconsin Bd Health  Q.  Bull.,
 1942-44, 7: No. 10, 25.—Phelps,  R. E. Malaria in Wisconsin.
 Jaekson Clin. Bull., Madison, 1940, 2: 49-51.


 ---   Yugoslavia.

    Chernoztjbov,  N.   Antimalaricna  akcija  na
 teritoriji bakterioloske stanice  u  Novom Pazaru.
 22p.   23}'2cm.  Beogr., 1924.
    Ivanic,  S.  Z.   Malarija u Beogradu  i okolini.
 49p.   23Hcm.  Beogr., 1924.
    Noheil,  V.   Epidemiologija  i rasirenje  ma-
 larije u jusnoj Srbiji.  32p.  24cm.  Beogr., 1924.
    Staxic,  M.   Malarija  u  srezu desevskom, a
 narodito  u   v'arosi  Novom  Pazaru.    p. 23-9.
 23^cm.  Beogr., 1924.
    Trausmiler, O.   Izvestia o malariji  na otoku
 Krku g. 1923.  17p.  23>^cm.  Beogr., 1924.
    Battara.   Die staatliche  Malariatilgungsaktion  in  Dal-
 matien im Jahre 1905.  Oesterr. San. Wes., 1907. 19: 145-8.—
 Fibich. R.  Beobachtungen fiber eine Epidemie der tropischen
 Malaria in Mostar.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1905, 52: 351-3 —
 Hasselmann, C. M.  Moderne Malariaassanierung  in  Jugo-
 slavien.  Klin. Wschr.,  1926. 5:  915.—Kicic, M.  [Chemical
 achievements in prophvlaxis and treatment  of  malaria in
 Strumiaa]  Voj.  ?an. glasnik, 1939, 10:  39-89.—Kostic. D.
 [Contribution to the study of the epidemiology of malaria in
 southern Serbia]  Ibid., 1937,  8:  61-0.—Malariatilgung in
 Dalmatien.  Oesterr. San. Wes., 1905, 17:  385-8—Malariatil-
 gungsaktion  (Die) im  Kiistenlande und in  Dalmatien im
 Jahre  1905.   Ibid.,  277; 290.—Mirkovig, S.  O  zarazljivim
 bolestima.  Lied. vest, zagreb., 1905, 27: 446-50.—Nezitch, E.
 La malaria en Dalmatie. Bull. Off.  internat. hyg. pub., Par.,
 1934, 26: 463-73.—Pampana, E.  La  malaria nella ex-Jugo-
 slavia, studio riassuntivo.  Riv. malariol., 1941, 20: 205—26.—
 Pafrisfi,  T.  La  malaria in Dalmazia. Ibid.,  1943,  22:  195-
 220.—Rankov, M.  La malaria dans la Serbie  du  Sud.  Bull.
 Off. internat.  hyg. pub.,  Par.,  1934, 26: 474-89—Sfarcid.
 Materia in Dalmatien und ihre Bekampfung.   Arb.  Tropen-
 krankh. (Festschr. B. Nocht) 1927,  532-8.— Simic, C.  [Con-
 tribution to the study of malaria in southern Serbia]  Voj. san.
 glasnik, 1933, 4: 23-76.  â– -----  [Epidemiological  study of
 malaria in southern Serbia]  Ibid., 1934, 5: 382-417.  ------
 [Contribution to the studies of endemic malaria in  Southern
 Serbia]  Ibid., 1935, 6: 39-66. Also Bull. Off. internat. hyg.
 pub., Par., 1936, 28: 1690; 1937,  29: 919.  ----—  [Increase
 and decrease  of malaria cases in Banovin of  Vardar (South
 Serbia) during the past years]   Voj.  san. glasnik,  1936, 7:
 289-304.—^Statistique du paludisme dans le royaume en 1921.
 Bull. Min. san. pub., Beogr., 1922, 1: No. 3, 1-4.—Travaux
 sur le  paludisme  publies  en 1924,  en langue serbo-croate.
 Ibid., 1924, 3: 47-71.—Vaucel.  La  lutte contre le paludisme
 en  Yougo-Slavie  et en  Italie.  Ann. med. pharm. col., Par.,
 1930, 28: 5-34.


 MALARIOLOGY.

   Johnson, C. E.  An address delivered  before
 the Medical  Society  of North  Carolina  at  its
 second  annual  meeting  in  Raleigh,   May  1851
 [Contains   also address delivered  at  the  fifth
 meeting [1804] of the Society in answer to review
 of  the first address by Dr. Satchwell]  p.7-11.  8?
 Raleigh, 1804.
  Linnaeus,  C.   *De  febrium intermittentium
 causa,  p.31-60.   12?   Leid., 1745.
  In: Fasc. diss, med., Leiden, 1745.
  Bibb, R. H. L.  Pernicious maladies.  Mem. Congr. med.
 panamer.  (1896) 189S, 2. Congr.,  1: 481-3.—Bibliographic sur
 le paludisme pendant et apr^s la guerre, en langue serbe-croate.
 Bull. Min. san.  pub., Beogr., 1924, 3: 22-34— Burns, W. B.
 Some general remarks on malaria.  Memphis M.  Month.,
 1901, 21: 465-76.—Cronicas; paludismo.   Bol.  Of. san. pan-
amer., 1942, 21: 173-6.  - De Giovanni, A.   Note sulla malaria.
Atti 1st.  venet. se.,  1898-99, 8.  ser.,  1:  53-8.—E.  Neuere
Arbeiten aus  dem Gebiete der Lehre von der Malaria.  Wien.
med.  Presse,  1900, 41: 1050-5.—Exposition (L') de malaria.
Bull.  Min. san. pub.,  Beogr.,  1923, 2: 54-6.—Gilligan, J. P.
A review of the recent  literature on malaria. Tr. Luzerne Co.
M. Soc, 1900, 8: 28-30.—Hacia la unificacion de la termino-
logia malarica; un informe de la Organizaci6n de higiene de la
Sociedad de las Naciones.   Reforma med., Lima,  1941, 27:
194.—Loaeza,  A. A.   Consideraciones acerca del paludismo.
Mem. Congr. med. panamer. (1896) 1898, 2. Congr., 1: 465-7 —
Lutrario.  L'oeuvre  de la  Commission du paludisme de la
Societe des Nations.  C. rend.  Congr. internat.  palud.  (1930)
1931, 2. Congr., 2: 471-86.—MacGregor, W.   On malaria.
Brit, M. J., 1902, 2: 1889-94.—Malaria.  Prescriber, Edinb.,
1935, 29: 271; 1936,  30:  17.—Malaria.   Trop. Dis. Bull.,
Lond.,  1941,  38: 498; 641.—Martini.  E.  Die didaktische
Bedeutung der Malaria.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937, 41:
158-62.—Motta  Cabral.  O  flagelo do  sezonismo.  Med.
contemp., Lisb.,  1935,  53:  163-9.—Ozarkevich, E.  Dpslidi
nad propasnitseyu  (malarial   Zbirn.  mat prir. iik. sekt.,
Lwow, 1898, 4: Lik. zbirn., 1: pt 2, No. 2, 1-17.—Padua. R. G.
Certain sidelights on malaria.  J. Philippine Islands M. Ass.,
1928, 8: 225-30— Paludismo.  Bol.  Of. san. panamer., 1941,
20: 166; 1942, 21: 1126.—Feiris, W. S. J.   Some provocative
views on  malaria.   J.  Ceylon  Brit.  M.  Ass.,  1929-30, 26:
1-12.—Rodriguez Mendez.  Apuntes relativos  al paludismo.
One. med. catal.,  1902, 25: 545; 612; 648; 682; 715;  748.—
Sharp, N. A. IX  New  lamps for old.  West Afr. M. J., 1934,
8: 7-9.—Terres,  J.  Hechos de utilidad prrictica relativos al
paludismo.   Mem.  Congr. med.  panamer. (1896)  1898, 2.
Congr.,  1: 255-7.—Thambiah,  S.  Some aspects of malaria.
Antiseptic, Madras,  1934, 31: 406-13.—Verdun.  Au sujet de
l'impaludisme.   Nord  med., 1907, 13: 21-3.—Wilcocks,  C.
Malaria; summary  of  recent  abstracts.   Trop. Dis.  Bull.,
Lond., 1939, 36: 183; passim.—Williams, L. L.,  jr.  Practical
aspects  of  malaria.   Proc.  Interst. Postgrad.  M.  Ass.  N.
America (1942) 1943, 276-80.  Also J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1943,
22: 623-33.—Zahorsky. J.  Malaria; a review of some  recent
literature. S. Louis Courier Med., 1903, 29: 90;  171; 253.

---   Committees and congresses.

   Conference  of  Malaria Field  Workers.
Transactions.    4.   &  5.  conf.,   1923-24.   2v.
23cm.   Wash., 1923-25.
   Form No. 137 & 156 of Pub. Health Bull., Wash.

   Cuba.   Comisi6n de  malaria.  Informe an-
nual.   La Habana (1943)  1944-
   Issued in Salub. asist, social,  Habana.

   Egypt.   Anti-Malarial Commission.   Pre-
liminarv report of the Anti-Malarial Commission.
55p.   fol.   Cairo,  1919.
   [International]    Congresso   internazio-
nale sulla malaria.    2.  Congr.  [Alger,  May
19-21;  Constantine, May 23;  Laveran, May 24,
1930]   Compte-rendu.    v. 1-2.    826p.;  578p.
24cm.   Alger,  1931.
   Roma.  Comitato Romano per l'Assistenza.
Antimalarica.   L'opera del  Comitato  romano
per l'assistenza  antimalarica  dal   1921 al  1935.
95p.   261/2cm.   Roma, 1938.
   Angeli, G.  Conferenza sulla malaria.  Salute pubb., 1900,
13: 161-7.—Baccelli, G.  Conferenza sulla  malaria.  Riforma
med., 1902,  18: pt  3,  1-5.—Balteanu, L, Alexa,  I. [et al.]
Contributions a l'etude de certains problctaes paludeens mis k
l'etude par la Commission du  Paludisme  de la Society des
Nations.   Arch,  roumain. path.,  Par.,  1935, 8: 491-519.—
Conclusions  of the  Malaria  Commission, Health Section,
League of Nations, at the conference in Geneva, June  25-29,
1928.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1928, 43: 2957-61.—Coronado,
T. V.  Conferencia sobre el  contagio y  la  etiologia del palu-
dismo.  Rev. As.  med. farm.  Cuba, 1900, 1:  138-54— De-
liberations on malaria  as embodied in a recent  report  of the
League  of  Nations.   J. Trop. M.  Hyg.,  Lond.,  1939,  42:
272-5.—Division of Medical Science of the  National Research
Council appoints consultant group on malaria.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1943, 121: 439.—Ecos de la primera Conferencia nacional
de sanidad; profilaxia y tratamiento standard del paludismo
aprobado por la conferencia.  Rev. san. policia, Lima, 1944,
4: 41-6.—Forthcoming report of the Malaria Commission of
the League of Nations.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1938, 41:
31-4.—Franca, C.  Relatorio da commissao para o  estudo da
malaria.  J. Soc. sc.  med. Lisboa, 1902, 66: 162-74—Friede-
berg.  Bericht iiber den ersten internationalen Malariakongress
in Rom nach dem englischen Original. Zbl. inn. Med.,  1926,
47: 33-41.—Graham, J. D.  A report on the second Interna-
tional Congress on Malaria, held at Algiers, 19th to 27th May,
1930.   Ind. M. Gaz.,  1930, 65: 576-81— International  (3.)
congress on malaria,  Madrid, 12-18 October 1936.  J. Egypt.
M.  Ass., 1936, 19: 146.  Also Rev. med. Barcelona, 1936, 25:
noticias,  234;  284.—International  congress  of  malariology.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 2078 —Knapp, C. P. Symposium
of malaria.  Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. (1901) 1902, 9: 119^22 —
L., E.  Les conquotes r6centes de la malaria; mise au point de
la question; necessity du d6membrement du paludisme  actuel.
Rev. med. Afrique nord, 1903, 6: 2004-13.—League 01 Nations. 
MALARIOLOGY
1S4
MALARIOLOGY
Health  Organization,  Intergovernmental  conference of  far
eastern countries on rural hvgiene; note on malaria.  Month.
Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 39-47—Malaiia discussed
at Pan  American  Sanitary  Conference.   J. Am.  M.  Ass.,
1942,  120:  1411.—Malaria  research  and  the  Malaria Com-
mission of the I-eague  of Nations.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India,
1934, 4:  1-4.—Marchiafava, E.  Discorso inaugurale del primo
Congresso  internazionale sulla  malaria (Roma  3-6  ottobre
1925)   Riv. malariol.,  1926,  n.  ser.,  5:  182-90.—National
malaria  committee.   Georgia  Malaria  Bull.,  1938,  1:  35;
1939, 2:  81.—Pampana, E. J.  The work of the Malaria Com-
mission of the League of Nations.  Malay. M. J.,  1937,  12:
22-6   Penna,  J. [et al.]  Conferencia  medica sobre el  palu-
dismo; informe  de  la  seccion de  epidemiologia.   Sem. mfid.,
B. Air.,  1902, 9: 435;  455.—Pfister.  Eindrucke vom dritten
Internationalen  Malaria-Kongress  in  Amsterdam.   Schweiz.
med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 1382.—Pk>n de recherches sur le palu-
disme par la Commission du paludisme de la Society des nations.
Ann.  med.  pharm.  col., Par., 1934, 32:  96-100.—Prim era
Convenci6n regional para  la  Campana nacional contra el
paludismo;  Oaxaca de Juarez,  21-27 marzo 1938.  C. A.  M.
E. P.,  Mex., 1938. 3:  29.—[Report for the years of  1932-33,
of the Malaria Commission of the  Health Council]  Versl.
volksgezondh.,  1934, 4:  433-84.—Ribeiro, L.  O 3. Congresso
internacional do paludismo; AmsterdSo, de 24 de Setembro a 1
de  Outubro.  1938.  Impr.  med., Rio,  1938, 14: 1665-76 —
Segundo informe de la Comisi6n panamericana  de malaria.
Bol. Of. san.  panamer.,  1944,  23:  491-505.—Sergent,  E.
L'oeuvre de la  Commission du paludisme de la Societe  des
nations depuis 1930.  Acta Conv.  trop. malar, morb., 1938, 2:
25-47.   Also  Bull.  san. Algerie,  1939,  34: 387-98.------
Commentaire  du quatrieme rapport general de la Commission
du  paludisme de la  Society des nations.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur
Algerie,  1938, 16: 298-317 — Swellengrebel, N. H.  Presidential
address  at  the  opening of  the  third  International Malaria
Congress.   Acta Conv.  trop.  malar,  morb.,  1938,  2:  19-23.
------  Presidential address at the closure of the third Inter-
national  Malaria Congress.  Ibid., 584-7. —Ten years of activity
of the Malaria Commission.   J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1934,
37: 105-7.—Thiroux,  A.  Le troisieme  Congres  international'
de  medecine tropicale et du paludisme; Amsterdam, 23  Sep-
tembre-1"  Octobre 1938.   Presse  med.,  1938, 46:  1500.—
Van den Branden, F.   Congrds international de malariologie
et  de  mMocine tropicale;   Amsterdam,  24  septembre—1"
octobre  1938.   Bruxelles  med.,  1937-38,  18:  1567-70.—
Walker,   C.  Preliminary  remarks [4th meeting, Northeast
Georgia   Health and   Conservation  Association,  December
16, 1938]  Georgia Malaria Bull.,  1938. 1: 54.


----   History.

   Busch, H. G.  W.  F.  J.   *Die Malaria in der
 Geschichte der Volker.   p.  93-146. 24cm.   Berl.,
 1938.
   Also  Veroff. Marine San., 1938, H. 30.

   Paz  SoldAn,  C. E.   Las  tercianas del Conde de
 Chinch6n.   97p.  8?   Lima, 1938.
   Ackerknecht, E.  H.  The development of our knowledge of
malaria.   Ciba  Symposia,  1945-46,  7: 38-50.—Alberti,  G.
Sull'evoluzione dell'idea di contagio nella storia della malaria.
 Ann. igiene, 1939, 49: attual., 44.—Bass, C. C.  The influence
 of malaria on the progress of civilization.  South. M. J., 1926,
 19:  851-6.—Blake,  H.  A.   Ancient  theories of causation of
fever by mosquitoes.  Hosp. Corps Q., 1943, 16: No. 3, 135-7.—
Blanchard. R.  Qui a vu  le premier l'h£matozoaire  du palu-
disme?  Arch,  parasit., Par.,  1903,  7: 152-8.  Also France
med.,  1903, 50: 82-4.—Boyd, M. F.  Historical introduction
to the svmposium  on  malaria.  In: Sympos. Human Malarif
 (Am.  Ass.  Advance.  Sc.)  Wash.,  1941,  1-7.—Brocquet,  C.
Une grande page de l'histoire de la medecine; la decouverte
de la  transmission  du paludisme par  les  moustique?.  Biol.
m6d.,  Par., 1929, 19:  82-96.—Celebration du cinquantenaire
de la decouverte de Laveran,  Constantine, 23 mai 1930.   C.
rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930)  1931,  2. Congr., 2:  519-
64.—Celli,  A.   1 riferimenti alia  febbre palustre nella poesia.
Riv.  stor.  sc. med.,  1933,  24:  Suppl., 5712.—Clouting, C.
A.   Some points in the history of  malaria.   West  London
M. J., 1939, 44: 118-20.—Davidson, A.  Sydenham's experience
of malaria.  Janus,  Leiden, 1903, 8:  353-8.—De Mello, F., &
Bras de  Sii, L. J.  Ne pourra-t-on faire revivre la Vieille G6a?
 (une page interessante de malariologie: le paludisme des ruines
et des villes mortes)  Riv. malariol.,  1935, 14: 273-91, 2 ch.—
 Dominguez, F.  La decouverte de Finlay a  ete  la base de
 l'hygiene du paludisme.  Medecine, Par., 1937, 18: 970-81.—
Ernest  Hebert,  1817-1908:  La  Malaria,  Musee du  Luxem-
bourg [picture]  Aesculape,  Par., 1939, 29:  190.—Flores. E.
Historia  antigua del  paludismo  y  su  tratamiento.   Tijeret.
malaria,  Maracay,  1943, 7:  191-3.—Gualino, L.   La febbre
malarica.   In his  Stor. med. Roman,  pontefici, Tor.,  1934,
333-84.—Hackler, C. M. The history and location of malarial
fever.   Texas  Courier Rec.  M.,  1904-05,  22: No. 4, 4-8.—
Hildebrand, P.  Zur Geschichte der  Malariaformen.  Miinch.
med. Wschr.,  1928, 75: 140.—Hoors  A. L.  The  history  of
malaria.  Malay. M. J., 1934, 9:  123-40.— Italianita (L') delle
scoperte sul ciclo della  malaria umana; per il Comitato na-
zionale della biologia.  Policlinico, 1942, 49: sez. prat., 1407.—
Jarcho,  S.  Contemporary tendencies in the history of malari-
ology.   Bull. Hist.  M.. 194-1, 16: 389-98.—Jones,  W.  H.  S.
Malaria and hist or v.  Ann. Trop. M.  Parasit., Liverp., 1907,
1: 529-46 —K»rd;imatis, J. P.  La designation du paludisme
«elon les theories ancienncs et  nouvelles.  Riv. malariol., 1931,
10: 209-10.-  Manjrianti, E. l'n punto storico pri la  ualalia.
Gior. Soc. fiorent. igiene, 1001, n. ser., 1:  80 4.   Murtinj,  K.
Aelteres iiber Malariaepidomiologie.  Arch. Schiffs Ti. >j >r-n h\ u.,
1934, 38: 43-6.- Mesnil, F. A pmpos  du cinquantenaire de la
decouverte par A.  Laveran des ln'inatozoaircs du paludisme
Piesse  med.,  1930, 38: 1507-9.— Muntennu, L.  |Malaria as a
historic factor]  Rev.  st. med., Bucur., 1934, 2.1: 7,->0-78.—
Nunez, V. B.  Historia  de la parasitologfa y de la medicina
tropical en Cuba, con especial referencia a  los datos biblio-
griificos;  bibliografia; paludismo.   Rev. m<d.  trop.  parasit
Habana,   1942, 8:  72;  passim —Nuttall, <;. H.  F.  On the
question of priority with regard to certain discoveries upon the
a-tiology of malarial diseases.  Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1900-01,
44: 429-41.—Ottoienghi, I).   Quaranta anni  dopo la scoperta
del ciclo  delli in:l:iii:i.   Arb. Tropenkrankh. (Festschr. H.
Nocht) 1937, 437 9.  Ouy-Vernazobres. C.   Le paludisme de
Napoleon I".  Aesculape, Par.,  1927, 27: n. ser., 98-108.—
Piccinini. P.  In merito alia scoperta italiana nella trasmissione
della malaria.   Policlinico,  1942, 49: sez.  prat., 1292.—Priority
in the discovery  of  the malarial parasite.  Science,  1901,
n. ser., 14: 297.—Ratcliff, J.  I).   Malaria.  In  his Lives  4
Dollars, N. V., 1941,  57-63.—Ross, R.  Le scoperte del Prof.
Grassi  sulla  malaria.   Policlinico, 1900, 7: sez.  med.,  550;
1901, 8: sez. med., 274.  ------  The  storv of malaria.  Rep.
Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1901, 71: 695-7.—Roth. E.  Ma'ann
1828 und 1903.  Med. Woche, 1904, 5: 235.—Russell, P.  F.
Ma'aria and its influence on world health.  Bull. N. York Acad
M., 1943, 19: 599-630.  ------   The control of  malaria.  J.
Christ. M. Ass. India,  1915.  20: 62-6.—S., C.  Uma  breve
historia do impaludismo; revindieando os trabalhos e a  gloria
de Finlay.  Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1941, 9: 11-3.—Sambon,
L. W.  The history of malaria.  Practitioner, Lond., 1901, 66:
348-59.—Schweisheimer, W.   Through malaria many wars
have been lost; the role of quinine in war.  Med.  Rec, N. Y.,
1942, 155: 378-80.—Scott, H.  H.   Malaria.  In his Hist. Trop.
M., Bait., 1939,  1: 113-251.—Sharp,  G.  Malaria in Oliver
Cromwell's  day.   Med. Mag.,  Lond., 1902, 11: 48-53.—
Talotta, G.  La  malaria nella storia  antica.  Arch.  ital. sc,
med. col.,  1932,  13:  175-81.—Urlezaga Pranga, E.  Resefia
hist'rica del  paludismo.  Tr.  Cated. hist. crft. med., Madr.,
1934,  2:  183-8, pl.—Vargas,  L.   Algunos  de los hechos mas
salientes en la historia del paludismo.  Rev. Soc.  mex. hist.
natur., 1944, 5: 1-23.—White, R.  S.  An early pioneer on the
study  of Indian Malaria.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1930, 65: 160-4.—
Zaidman,  C.   Historia  del  paludismo.   Tijeret.  malaria,
Maracay, 1943, 7: 187-90.


----   Hospitals, institutes, and laboratories.

   Calcutta.    Malaria  Institute of  India.
Journal  of  the   Malaria   Institute   of  India.
Calc, v.l,  1938-
   Activities  of the Office of  Malaria Investigations. United
States  Public Health Service,  for calendar vear, 1941.  J. Nat.
Malaria  Soc,  1942,  1: 171-3.—Andrews,  J.  First annual
report, 1938, of the Division of Malaria  Investigations.  Georgia
Malaria  Bull., 1939,  2:  1-13.—Angololi, E.   La asistencia  a
los paludicos  en el Hospital  Nacional de Enfermedades In-
fecciosas,  durante  el  quinquenio  1927-31.   Rev. san. hig.
pub.,  Madr.,  1932, 7:  118-24.—Brambilla,  A., Mara,  L., &
Marino Campisi, P. Istituzione di un Centro di studi in A. 0.1.
Riv. malariol., 1940,  19: 336-44.—Costronuovo, G.  Sanatori
antimalarici  e loro utilita.   Cior. ital. mal. esot.,  1935,  8:
25-7.— Cornelson, D. A.  The station Gurbanesti, for study
of malaria.  In: Probl. san. pop. rurale Romania, Bucur., 1940,
701-827.—Cosolo, G.  Vorkehrungen gegen  Volkskrankheiten
in  Oosterreich; die Tntigkeit der staatlichen Malariaunter-
suchungsanstalt in Pola im Jahre 1905. Oesterr.  San. Wes.,
1907, 19: 401-4.—Division de malariologia.  Mem. Min. san.
Venezuela (1942) 1943, 106-18—Filippini,  A.  La  stazione
sperimentale .per la lotta antimalarica.  Riv. malariol., 1935,
14: Suppl.,  1-7.—Galli, G.   Das pathologiseh-anatomische
Institut in Rom und  das Werk iiber Malaria von Proff. Mar-
chiafava und  Bignami.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1903, 29: 249.—
Gosin, B.  Sanatori  per bambini malarici.  Riv. malariol.,
1936, 15: 345-57.—Hackett, L. W., & Bates, M.   The labora-
tory for  mosquito research  in Albania.  Acta  Conv.  trop.
malar,  morb.,  1938,  2:  113-23.—Henry  (The)  R.  Carter
Memorial  Laboratory;  a  new  laboratory dedicated to the
study  of materia control. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1938, 53:
363-5.—[Institute  of  malaria and medical parasitology  in
Armenia]  Med. parazit.,  Moskva,  1942,  11: No.  5, 98.—
[Institute of  malaria, and  medical parasitology  in  Georgia]
Ibid.,  98.—[Institute of malaria and  medical  parasitology  in
Rostov on  the Don)  Ibid., 99.—Instituto de  malfriologia,
Aguas de Moura,  Portugal.   Clfn. hig. A  hidr. Lisb., 1938,
4: 393, illust.—Kisel. A.  |Need  for establishing malaria dis-
pensaries] Vrach. gaz.,  1927, 31: 1559.—Lega, G.  LTstituto
di malariologia Ettore Marchiafava.  Riv. malariol.,  1940,  19:
183-9.  ------  Cenno riassuntivo sulla attivita dell'Istituto
di  malariologia  E. Marchiafava  in  Albania (giugno 1939-
nov. 1940)   Ibid., 1941, 20:  69-74.   ------ Raffaele, G.. A
Canalis, A.  Missione dell'Istituto di  Malariologia nell'Africa
Orientale Italiana.   Ibid., 1937, 16: 325-87, 6  ch., map —
Malaria Institute of India. Current Sc, Bangalore,  1941,  10:
453.—Marinucci,  M.   II  funzionamento  di un  convalescen- 
MALARIOLOGY
185
MALARIOLOGY
ziario malarico.  C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931,
2 Copt., 2: 357.—Second annual report, 1939, of the Division
of Materia and Hookworm Service.  Georgia Malaria Bull.,
1940 3: 3-11.—Se inaugura el edificio para el Servicio central
de la Divisi6n de malariologia.  Tijeret.  malaria, Maracay,
1943 7: 287-311.—Sergiev, P.   [Instructions for regional
malarial'stations]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1944,  13: No. 4,
95-7.


---â–   Instruction.

   Alessandrini, G.  La Scuola italiana (e sooratutto Romana)
negli studi sulla malaria.  Fol. med., Nap., 1936,  22:339-45.
Also Paris med., 1936, 99:  527-31.—Ascoli, V.  La missione
della Scuola superiore di malariologia.   Policlinico, 1927, 34:
sez. prat.,  991-4.—Bonamico,  L.  La Scuola  superiore di
malariologia di Roma e la funzione dell'ingegnere nella lotta
rontro la malaria.  C. rend. Congr. internat. palud.  (1930)
1931, 2. Congr., 2: 101-4.-—Corso di malariologia per laureati
in medicina.  Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: varia, pt 1, 480.—
Course of instruction in malariology under the auspices of the
Health Committee of the League of Nations, Eastern Bureau.
Ind. J. M. Res., 1934-35, 22: 595.—Dietsch, J. G., & Golicorsky,
E.  El saneamiento en Italia.  An. Dep. nac. hig., B. Air.,
1925, 31: 178-286, 4 map, 5 pl., 2 ch.—Edler. Malaria.  Mitt.
Deut. pharm.  Ges., 1942,  19: 102.—Gosio, B.  La  Scuola
antimalarica di  Nettuno.   Malariologia, Nap., 1923, 16: 53-
63.—Ingravalle, A.  Prolusione al  corso di aggiornamento in
malariologia per ufficiali medici.  Gior. med. mil., 1943, 91:
1-4.—Maggiora-Vergano, R.  L'attivitS. della scuola di igiene
rurale e di profilassi antimalarica di Nettuno.  Riv. malariol.,
1931, 10: 499-511.—Manson,  P.  Two clinical lectures on
malaria and the malarial parasite.  Lancet, Lond., 1900, 1:
1417-20; 2:  151.  Also Span, transl., Corresp. med., Madr.,
1900, 25: 260; 272.—Maveety,  II.  M.,  Turnbull, R. B., jr, &
Bauer,  C.  R.   Kodachrome photomicrography  in malaria;
rapid method of instruction.  U. S. Nav.  M. Bull.,.1945, 44:
134-41.—Meleney, H. E.   Facilities for the training of malari-
ologists in military and civil institutions.  J. Nat. Malaria
Soc, 1944,  3:  39-44.—Meneses  Hoyos, J.  Lecciones de
malariologia elemental. Rev. med. mil., Mex., 1938, 1: No. 4,
27-117.—O'Dwyer, J. J.  Report on the 0th  International
Course in Malariology, 1939.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76:
189-99.—Saleun, G.,  & Monier,  H. M.  Renseignements et
techniques particulieres recueillis a l'Ecole  italienne da malari-
ologie.  Ann. med. pharm. col.,  Par., 1935,  32: 472-93 —
Soberon y Parra, G.  Lecciones  de malariologia  elemental.
Rev. med.  veracruz.,  1934,. 14: 1136; 1337;  1396; passim —
Timpano, P., & Sergi, A.  La profilassi chininica della malaria
e la Scuola di Castellino.   Italia san.,  1909, 5: 116; 166;  198;
229.—Tropeano, G.  La profilassi  chimica della malaria  e la
Scuola di Castellino.  Ibid., 128; 150.


---   Manual.

   American  Association  for  the  Advance-
ment  of Science.   Publication No. 15: A sym-
posium on human malaria, with special  reference
to North America  and the Caribbean  region.
398p.   26^cm.   Wash.,  1941.
   Bibliogr., p. 371-98.

   Ascoli, V.  La malaria; parassitologia,  pato-
logia e clinica; epidemiologia,  profilassi  e impor-
tanza  sociale.   1127p.   8?    Tor., 1915.
   Bispham,  W.  N.   Malaria.  197p.   23^cm.
Bait.,  1944.
   Boyd, M. F.   An introduction to malariology.
437p.   8?   Cambr.,  1930.
   -----   Conferencias  sobre  malaria  ofrecidas
en el Instituto  Finlay.   79p.   8?   La  Habana,
1939.
   Carter,  H.  R.   Malaria.  Rev.   ed.  23p.
23tfcm.  Wash.,  1944.
   Celli,  A.  Die Malaria, nach den  neuesten
Forschungen.  120p.   8?  Berl.,  1900.   Also 2.
ed.  294p.  1913.
   ----  Celli-Fraentzel, A.   [et  al.]   La ma-
laria.   495p.  8?   Tor.,  1934.
   Covell,   G.   Lectures    on   malaria.  33p.
24^cm.   Delhi, 1940.
   Darling, S. T.  Studies in relation to malaria.
38p.  23Hcm.   Wash., 1910.
   Iren, M. G.  Klinika malyarii.   200p.  20^cm.
Samarkand, 1943.
   Lewis,  J.  M.   Treatise  on malarial fevers.
96p.  8?   Austin, Tex.,  1888.
   Mannaberg, J.   Malarial diseases,   p.17-517
8?  Phila., 1905.
  ----   &  Leichtenstern,  O.   Malaria,  influ-
enza and  dengue;  transl.  from  the  German.
769p%  8?   Phila.,  1905.
  Marchiafava, E.   La malaria.  16p.   30cm.
Roma,  1934.
  ----   &   Bignami,   A.  Malaria.   522p.   8:
N. Y.,  1900.
  In: Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1900, 19:

  Meneses  Hoyos, J.   Lecciones de  malariolo-
gia elemental.  99p.   23cm.   Mex., 1938.
  Missiroli, A.   Lezioni sulla  epidemiologia e
profilassi della malaria.   552p.  8?  Roma, 1934.
  Nocht, A.  E. B., & Mayer, M.   Die Malaria;
eine Einfuhrung in  ihre  Klinik, Parasitologie und
Bekampfung.  2. Aufl.   172p.  8?   Berl.,  1936.
  Also English transl.   196p.   8?  Lond.  1937.
  Peroni,  G.  Malaria.  128p.  24^cm.   [Roma]
1933.
  Ptjri, I. M.  A practical entomological course
for  students of  malariology.   3.  ed.   189p.
24>^cm.   Delhi,  1942.
  Roma,  Italy.   Istituto  di   Malariologia
Ettore Marchiafava.   Malaria; dai corsi tenu-
ti  nell'Istituto.   218p.   24}4cm.   Rorra,  1943.
  Ross,   R.   Studies  on  malaria.   196p.   8?
Lond. [1928]
  â– ----   Malaria and  mosquitoes; abstract of a
discourse delivered before the  Royal Institution
of Great Britain  on March 2nd 1900.   19p.   8?
Lond. [1938]
  Schiassi,  F.   La malaria  e le sue forme  ati-
piche;   pa&assitologia  clinica,  terapia.   423p.
25cm.   Bologna, 1923.
  Soberon y Parra, G.  Nociones de  malario-
logia.   407p.  8?   Mex., 1936.
  Strong,  R. P.   Malaria.   135p.   8?  Phila.,
1942.
  In: Diagn. &c. Trop.  Dis. (Stitt) 6. ed., Phila^., 1942, 1:

  Tareev,    E.   M.  Klinika  malyarii.   298p.
22cm.   Moskva, 1943.
  Craig, C. F.  The malarial fevers.  In: Pract. Pediat. (Bren-
nemann, J.) Hagerstown, 1937, 2: chapt. 10, 40p.—Manson, P.
Malarial fever.  In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt) Lond., 1899, 8: 941-50,
pl.—Megaw, J.  W. D.  Malaria, including blackwater fever.
In: Trop. Med. (Rogers, L., & Megaw, J. W.  D.) 4 ed., Lond.,
1942, 1-65, 2 pl.


----   Methods.

  See also Malariometry.
  Barraud, P. J. Notes on some entomological technique for
the  malariologist.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India, 1931, 2:  157-
60.—Ciuca, M., Ballif, L., & Chelarescu Vieru, M.   Contribu-
tion  a  l'etude  de l'infection  paludeenne, intentionnellement
provoqu£e par inoculation de sang virulent de tierce benigne,
de fievre quarte et de Laverania.   Bull. Soc path, exot.,  Par.,
1933, 26: 300-5.—Convicts to serve in malaria tests.  J. Am.
M. Ass., 1944, 124: 786.—Gabnldon. A. Metodos estadisticos
aplicados en malariologia; la biometria de la pobla<-i6n humana.
Tijeret.  malaria, Maracay, 1945, 9:  1-22.—Howard,  H. H.,
Earle, W. C,  & Muench, H. A method of analysis  of field
malaria data.  J. Am. Statist. Ass., 1935,  30: 249-55.—James,
S. P., Nicol, W. D., & Schute, P. G.  Note on a new procedure
for  malaria research.  Tr.  R. Soc.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1927-28, 21: 233-6.—Leon  Alvarez, R. d'. Representaci6n de
la forma vertical del terreno.  Tijeret. malaria, Caracas,  1940,
3: 72-7.—Miihlens, P.  Transportables Malaria-Laboratorium
ftirExpeditionen. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1926, 30 166-9.—
Ota, R. K., & Beckman, H.  A simple bird  holder for use in
avian malaria sttidies.  Science, 1943, 97:  384.—Rossi, G.  Di
un nuovo tipo di cartolina per la statistica della malaria.  Riv.
internaz. igiene, .1902, 13: 56-60.—Shute, P. G.  A technique
for the inoculation of known numbers of sporozoites as  an
aid  to malaria  research.   Ann.  Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp.,
1937, 31: 85-7.—Sober6n y Parra, G.  El paludismo; diferentes
tecnicas empleadas para  la investigaci6n.  Rev. med. veracruz.,
1934, 14: 1239-53, ch.


---   Periodicals.

   Georgia,  U.  S.  A.   Department  of Public
Health.   Georgia malaria   bulletin.   Atlanta,

Ga., v.3,  1940-
   Rivista di malariologia.   Roma, v.l, 1922- 
MALARIOLOGY
ISO
MALARIOLOGY
   Venezuela.   Direcci6n  de  Salubridad Ptj-
 blica.   Tijoretazos sobre malaria.   Caracas, v.l,
 1938-
   Venezuela. Ministerio  de  Sanidad y" Asis-
 tencia  Social;  Division  de   Malariologia.
 Publicaciones.   Caracas,  No.  1, 1938-

 ---   Problems.

   Hoffman.   F.  L.   Malaria   problems.   207p.
 23cm.   Newark,  1928.
   Boyd. M. F.   Present dav problems of malaria infections.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1944. 124: 1179-88.—Forel. A.  Zur Malaria-
 frage.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1904,  51:  502.—Hoffman. F. L.
 Some  observations on the malaria problem.   Proc X. .leisey
 Mosquito  Exterm.  As*.,  1926,  13:  59- 68---Hiifnuge!,  \.
 Malariafragen.  Miinch.  med. Wschr.,  1040,  87: 545.—Irhok,
 G.  I  problem! della malaria nel mondo.  Biol, med., Milano,
 1934, 10: 223-45.— Kende, M.   A malaria keid£sehez.   Maev.
 orv. lapja, 1902. 281-3.—Kikuth, W., & Mudrow, L.  Malaria-
 probleme  im  T>ichte  neuer  para sit oloirisclier Erkenntnisse
 Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1911, 67:  85-9.-Paul. S.  C.  Some
 malarial problems.  J. Ceylon.  Biit. M. A--.. 1030.  27:  70-
 85.—Purjesz, Z.   Adatok a malaiia kvide.selioz.   Orv. hetil.,
 1902,  46: 623.  Also  Wien. klin. Rdsch., 1902,  16: 313-9 —
 Ruge,   H.   Neuzeitliche  Probleme  der  Malariaforschung.
 Verh.  Berl. med.  Ges. (1936)  1937. 67: 263-72.   Also Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1809-72.  Also Riv.  malariol., 1936,
 15:  441-59.—Ruge, R.  Fragcn und Probleme der moderncn
 Malariaforschung.  Zbl. Hakt.. 1 Abt., 1902, 32: 770-99, pl —
 Sehrwald, K.  Zur Malariaftnee.  Med.  Bl.,  1906, 29: 147 —
 Waggener, R.  Some  facts bearing upon the malaria problem.
 Med. Rec, N.  V., 1001, 59: 471.

 ----   Progress.
   Pagliani, L.   Le scoperte  recenti intorno  al
 parassita  della  malaria   e  loro  applicazioni alle
 opere di bonifica  dei  terreni malarici.    33p.   8?
 Tor., 1900.
   Africa, C. M., & Dy, F. J. Some of the outstanding achieve-
 ments in malaria research during the last 20 vears.  J.  Philip-
 pine M. Ass., 1941, 21: 481-0.   Also J. Trop.  M. Hvg., Lond.,
 i942, 45: 2-4.—Alessiu, S.   Misearea bolnavilor de paludism.
 Spitalul, 1906, 26: 540-5.-  Ba«s, ('. ('.  The passing of malaria.
 N. Orleans  M. & S.  J.,  1020  27,  79:  71.3-9.—Bond, C.  S.
 Malaria in  the light  of  recent  investigations.  Tr. Indiana
 M. Soc, 190p  176 -83.  Boyd, M. F. Malaria; retrospect and
 prospect.  Am. J. Trop. -M., 1039, 19: 1-6.—Brodkey,  M. H.
 The newer  aspects of jrialaria.   Nebraska M. J.,  1944,  29:
 348-51.—Bruynoghe,  R.  Les progr^s dans l'etude de la  ma-
 laria.  Rev. med.,  Louvain.  1931, 145-57.—Cacrini, A.  Alcune
 osservazioni  sulla  enidemiolocia  della malaria (sulla diffusione
 della malaria a  giandi  altitudini)  Policlinico,  1901-02,  8:
 sez.  prat., 993-1000. —Calmette,  E.  Le paludisme  d'apres
 la doctrine du professeur A. Treille et  du Dr E.  Legrain; ce
 qu'il est et  ce qu'il  nest pas.   Bull.  m6d.,  Par.,  1900,  14:
 1117-9.  ■—■----Oi'i en est la question  du paludisme en 1901.
 France med., 1901, 48: 242.—Ceci, A.  Dei germi ed organismi
 inferiori contenuti dalle  terre  malariche e  comuni: ricerche
 sperimentali.  Atti Accad.  naz.  Lincei, 1880-81,  3.  ser.,  6:
 143-258.  Also Arch, sc mod.. Tor., 1882, 6: 8-20.—Celli, A.
 L'epidemiologia e  la profilassi della  malaria secondo le nuove
 ricerche.  Riv. chir., Roma, 1899, 1: 495-504. ------  Con-
 tributo alio studio sull'epidemioloaia della malaria secondo le
 reoenti vedute etiologiche.  Policlinico,  1899-1900, 6: Suppl.,
 1505-8.  ------   Beitrag zur Erkenntnis der  Malariaepidemi-
 o'ogie  vom  neuesten  fitiologischen  Standpunkte  aus.  Zbl.
 Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1900,  28: 530-5.  ------  Notes on the new
 researches on the propagation of malaria in relation to engineer
 ing and  agriculture.  J.  San. Inst., Lond., 1900-01, 21: 617-
 28, 4 pl.  â– ------L'epidemiologia  della malaria  secondo le
 recenti  vedute biologiche.   Atti Soc stud, malaria, 1901,  2:
 76-127, map, ch.   Also Ann. igiene sper., 1901, n. ser.,  44-95,
 map, ch. Also Arch.  Hyg., Munch., 1901, 40: 187-234,  ch.;
 diagr.   ■----— &  Delpino, G.   Beitrag  zur  Erkenntnis  der
 Malaria epidemiologie vom neuesten atiologischen Standpunkte
 aus.   Zbl. Bakt.,  1.  Abt., 1900, 27:  309-13—Daubler,  C.
 Ueber  den heutigen Stand der  deutschen  Malariaforschung,
 Fortsch. Med., 1901,  19: 21-7.—Delfino, J. C.   Considera-
 ciones  sobre  los nuevos descubrimientos acerca de  la malaria
 humana  y su profilaxia.  An. san. mil.,  B. Air.,  1903,  5:  28,
 pl.-  158.—Diesing.  Die  Bedeutung der Farbstoffe bei  den
 Malariakranken.   Berl.  klin. Wschr.,  1907,  44:  1388^91 —
 Dionisi, A.  Die anatomische Forschung in  der Aetiologie der
 Malaria  und die Leistungen der Italiener in  derselben.  Fol.
 haemat.,  Berl.,  1904,  1:  525-34.—Freitas,  O.  de.   Novas
 vistas sobre a malaria.  J. med. Pernambuco, 1005, 1 • 79-82.—
 Galli-Valerio, B.   Ueber  den gegenwsirtigen  Stand unserer
 Kcnntnisse der Malaria.  Ther. Mhefte, 1901, 15: 55-64 —
 Gamier, P.   Etiologie  de la  fievre paludeenne.  J. chim. med.,
 Par  1866, 5. ser., 2:  441-3.—Geiman,  Q. M.  Advances in
 malaria research.  N.  England J. M.,  1943, 229: 283;  324.—
 Giles, G. M.  Captain  Rogers' recent investigations in malaria.
 Ind  M.  Gaz., 1901, 36: 51.—Gorgas, W. C.   Malaria  in  the
 tropics.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1906,  46:  1410.— Grassi.  B.   Per la
storia delle recenti scoperte. Policlinico, 1900, 7:  sez. med.,
 593-600.   Graterol y Morles, J.  Algunas aprcciaciones sobre
 la genesis  del paludismo.  Conf. sun. nac  (Venezuela, I'.i.'tl)
 1932, 421-4.—Guiart.  Evolution du paludisme.  Arch, mfat
 nav., 1900, 73: 27-1- SO.—Hackett, L. \V.  Le piu recenti ri-
 cerche sulla malaria ed alcune loio apple :wioiu.   Rendic  1st
 san. pubb., Roma, I03S, 1:  433 47,  3  pl.  Henderson, S. <\
 Recent progress in our knowledge of malaria.   Tr.  M. Ass
 Alabama,  1902,  187-95. - Hewitt,  R. I.  Recent research in
 avian  and simian  malaria.  J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1944, 3:
 95-109.— Interesante  trabajo  del Doctor  Robles  sobre  la
 pseudolepra; description de  mosquitos- vectores  paludicos  en
 las alturas.  Bol. san.  Guatemala,  1038, 9:507-70.- James,
 S. P.  Advances in knowledge of malaria since  the war.  Tr'
 IL Soc Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 2ii3 so, pl.. '.
 Jensen,  V.  De nyeste  Unders0gelser over  Malaiia.  He,*.
 pitalstidendc 1900, 4.  R., 8:  767-73.—Jerace, F   Divulga-
 zione,  non dilTmnazione  scientifica.   Attual.  med.,  Roma,
 1941, fi:  17.- Kemcny, I.   Tudnivalok a  malariarol  (vflltfi-
 lazr61)  Magv. orv. lapja, 1901,  No. 2, 1: 6 0; No. 3, 5; No. 4
 5.—Kitchen, S. F., Huff,  C. G., & Roe, M. A.   A review of
 recent experimental studies  in  malaria.  South. M. J., 1940
 33:  887-92.—Koch,  M.,  &  Coenen,  H.   Fortschritte  dpf
 Malariaforschung in  Ilalien.   Verh.  Berl.  med.  Ges.  (1900-
 01)  1902,  32: pt .2,  10 42   [Discussion] pt  1, 22-33.  Also
 Berl. klin. Wschr.,  1901,  38: 260; 311  [Discussion] 142-5.—
 Lafforpue, L.  Contribution k l'etude des influences cosmiquea
 en pyretologie; action des phases de la  lune sur l'eclosion dea
 fievres  intermittentes.   Rev. m6d.  Afrique  nord,  1901,   4:
 1255-8.—Macculloch, J.  Malaria.  Month. J. Foreign Med.,
 1828, 1:  530-42.  ------   On the  propagation  of malaria.
 Ibid., 2: 57-03.   ----■— An  essay on the remittent and inter-
 mittent diseases, including, generically  marsh fever and neu-
 ralgia.  Ibid., 542-52.—Macdonald.  Investigaciones modernns
 sobre el paludismo.  Siglo med.,  1900,  47: 437;  449.- McKlroy,
 J. B.  Some phases of malaria.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1901, 37:
 078-83.—McFarland, J.  A  review of our knowledge of ma-
 laria.  N.  York M.  J„  1900,  72:  843-7.—Mandl, J.  Die
 neuesten Forschungen iiber  Malaria.   Militararzt,  1002, 36:
 164-8; 177; 1903, 37: 7;  25.—Manson, P.  La  malaria ed il
 parassita  malarico.  Salute pubb., 1900,  13:  193 9.  -----
 An address on recent advances  in the knowledge of malaria.
 Med. Chir. Tr.,  Lond., 1901,  84: 485-94, pl.   Also Med.  Press
 & Circ,  Lond.,  1901,  n. ser., 71: 81-4.—Marrhoux, E.  Vari-
 et£s nouvelles sur le paludisme.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1931,
 3. ser.,  10(1:  183-8.—Martini,  E.   Betrachtungen zur Epi-
 demiologie  der  Malaria und der Syphilis.   Derm. Wschr.,
 1028, 8G: 010-3— Meleney, H. E., Faust, E.  C., & Riley, G. E.
 Recent advances in the epidemiology of malaria.  South. M. J ,
 1933, 26:  448-53.—Mousset Zayas, E.  Conceptos nuevos
 sobre paludismo.   Bol.  Col. mtfd.  Camagiiey,  1939-40,  2:
 263-5.—Notes on the latest researches in the origin and propa-
 gation of malaria.  Med.  Press  & Circ, Lond.,  1901, n. ser.,
 72: 487.—Phoustanos,  I.  A.  Ai  vtuiarai  avaKaXOxtis  M
 7-tjs apaTTTv£eus Kai utraSoaeus  rijf £\opiiapaeus.  'IaTpi/ci) vpbodos,
 1900, 5:  321-7.—Plehn,  A.   Die Ergebnisse der  neuesten
 Forschungen iiber die  Epidemiologie der Malaria.   Verh. Berl.
 med. Ges.  (1903) 1904,  34: 210.  Also Allg. med.  Zentr. Ztg,
 1903, 72: 630.  Also Berl. klin.  Wschr., 1903, 40: 745.  Also
 Arch. Hyg., Miinch.,  1904, 49:  1-46.—Plehn. F.  Ueber die
 bisherigen  praktischen Ergebnisse der Malariaforschung und
 einige weitere Aufgaben derselben.   Verh. Ges.  deut. Natur-
 forsch. (1901) 1902, 73: pt 2,  med. Abth., 577-82.   Also Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1901,  27: 793; 838; 855.—Reed,  A. C.  Malaria;
 a practical review.. California West.  M.,  1929, 30: 217-21 —
 Riley, G. E., Faust, E. C., & Cook, S. S.  Some  recent advances
 in the epidemiology of malaria.  South. M.  J., 1935, 28: 753;
 1936, 29: 854; 1937, 30: 856.—Riley, G.  E., Faust,  E. C, &
 Griffitts, T. H. D. Recent work in the epidemiology of malaria.
 tbid., 1934, 27:  452-6.—Ross.  R.   Captain  Rogers'  recent
 investigation  on  malaria.  Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1900,  35: 461-3.
 ----—  The story  of malaria.  Nat. Rev., Lond., 1906, 48:
 446-59.—Sangiovanni,  M.   Anche  un'ipotesi  nell'eziologia
 della malaria.  Gazz. osp.,  1901, 22: 440-2— Sarmento, A.
 Prophylaxie de la malaria et de la fievre jaune  k  bord des
 navires en  station et en relache aux colonies  (prophylaxie de
 rimpaludisme et de la  fievre jaune a bord des navires)  C. rend.
 Congr. internat.  med.,  15. Congr.,  1906-07,  Sect.  17. 193-
210.—Schivardi, P.  I recenti studi sulla malaria.  Gazz. med.
Roma,  1901,  27: 141;  169; 107— Silvestrini,  R.  Recenti
studi sulla  malaria.  Diagnosi, 1030, 16: 8.5-109.—Sobotta, E.
 Neure Mittheilungen  uber Malaria.  Allg.  med.  Zentr. Zte,
 1901, 70: 686; 706.—Talbot.  IL R.  New aspects of malaria.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1943, 123: 192-4.-  Taylor, H.   Advances in
 malarial  and other fevers.   Med.  Times,  N. Y., 1904,  32:
 138-41.—Thayer, W. S.  On recent advances in our knowledge
 concerning the a-tiology of malarial  fever.   Tr.  Congr. Am.
 Physicians, 1900, 5: 50-60.  Also Philadelphia M. J., 1900, 5:
 1040-8.—Torday, A.  A malaria theoria jelenlegi all.asa.  Orv.
hetil., 1901. 45: 810; 828: 845.—Tropeano, G.  La naziomlizza-
 zione.  Tomma=i. Nap., 1907, 2: 829-33.—Valentin, F.  Ueber
einheimi-che  Malariaerkrankungen.   Heilkunde,  1903, 289-
 91.—Volhard,  F.  Ueber  die neueren Forschunsen  auf dem
 Gebiete dei Malaria.   Ibid.,  1002, 385-96.   Watson, R.  H.,
 Faust, E. C, <v Simmons,  J.  S.   Recent advances in the epi-
 demiology  of  malaria.   South.  M.  J.,  1938,  31: 938-41.—
 Watuji,  H. Eigenthiimliche  Mikroorcranismen im Blut eines
 Mrlariakranken   [Japanese text]  Mitt.  Med.  Ges. Tokyo,
 1800, 13:  903.—Waugh.  W. F.  Modern  views conccrnmR
 malaria.  Alkaloid. Clin., Chic, 1904, 11:  1015; 1110.—Wentzke. 
MALARIOLOGY
187
MALARIOLOGY
  Der Synochus  und  das intermittirende  Fieber, die beiden
  Grundformen   der   gegenwiirtig  herrschenden   allgemeinen
  Krankheitsconstitution; ein  Beitrag  zur praktischen  Fieber-
  lehre.  Jahrber. Schles. Ges.  vaterl. Kult., 1829,  1: 76-115 —
  Wilcocks, C.   Recentes  trabalhos ingleses sobre a  malaria.
  Clin. hig. & hidr., Lisb., 1943, 9: 37-9.—Wright, B.  L.   Ma-
  laria: a summary of recent  progress in the knowledge of its
  etiology and prophylaxis.  Am. J. M. Sc,  1902, n. ser.,  124:
  635-44.-—Zafrane, H.  M.   Nociones  elementales  sobre  el
  paludismo.  Tijeret.  malaria, Maracay, 1943,  7:  193-6.

  ---  Research.
    Africa, C. M.  Researches on malaria.  Bull. Nat.  Res.
  Counc. Philippines, 1940, 25: 72; 1941,  26: 111.—Argutinsky,
  P.   Malariastudien.  Arch.  mikr. Anat., 1901,  59:   315-54,
  4 pl.—Bindi, F.   Alcune osservazioni sulla infezione malarica.
  Malaria, Milano, 1902, 2: No. 4, 5-9.—Boyd. M. F.  Encuestas
  sobre la malaria.   Tijeret. malaria, Caracas,  1940, 3: Suppl.,
  91;  passim.  ------   Malaria  research.  Annual Rep.   Bd
  Health Florida  (1941) 1942,  42: 124-9.------Estudios de
  campo en el paludismo.  Bol. Dep. salub. pub., M6x., 1943, 6:
  39-42.—Braddon, W. L.  Note on the mycoid body found in
  the blood corpuscles in  remittent  fevers.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1903,
  38:  168;  213;  291.-—Brief  review  of  needed   research in
  malaria.  Pub.  Health  Rep.,  Wash.,  1940,  55: 1801-9 —
  Brown, H. W.   Human malaria.   J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1942,
  1: 133-9.—Clark, H. C.  Symposium  on malaria; medical re-
  search, 1932-33; report of the sub-committee.  South. M. J.,
  1934, 27: 642-4.—Conocer es  poder.  Tijeret. malaria, Caracas,
  1938, 1: front.—Craig, C.  F.   Some research  problems in
  malaria.  South. M. J.,  1934,  27:  448-52.—Cuboni, G..  &
  Marchiafava,  E,  Nuovi studi  sulla  natura  della  malaria.
  Atti Accad. naz. Lincei, 1880, S. ser.,  9: 19; 31, 2 pl.—Descu-
  bierto un anofeles nuevo por el  Doctor de Le6n.  Bol.  san.
  Guatemala,  1938,  9: 559-61.—Died erichs,  K.  Neues  fiber
  Malariaforschung.  Zschr.  angew. Mikr., 1901,  7: 169-77.—
  Kssed, W. F. R.   [Orientating researches on malaria in Dutch
  East India]  Meded. dienst  volksgez.  Ned. Indie, 1925, 298-
  306, map.—Fermi, C. [et al.]   Esperienze intorno alia  malaria.
  Studi sassaresi,  1902, 2: 138-47.-—Gargano.   Studi e ricerche
  recenti sulla malaria.  Riv.  crit.  clin.  med.,  1901, 2: 500.—
  Gui-rt, J.   Les deeouvertes  recentes sur le paludisme.  Med
  orient., Par.; 1900, 4: 101-10— Hanson, H., Craig. C. F. [et al.]
  Symposium on  malaria; the need for continued malaria re-
  search.  South. M.  J., 1935, 28:  736-8.—Hewlett. R. T.
  Recent studies  in  malaria.   J.  State  M., Lond., 1903,   11:
  226-8.—Kardamatis, J. P.   A propos  des  nouvelles  theories
  sur le paludisme.  Riv. malariol., 1931, 10: 311-20.—Kerekes,
  P.   Malaria-tanulmany.  Gy6gyaszat,  1903,  43: 246-9;  pas-
  sim.—Kikuth, W.  Experimentelle Ergebnisse zur Klinik  und
  Therapie  der Malaria.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1942, 68:  1024-7.
  Also Engl,  transl., Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 284-6 —
  Koch, R.  Vierter Bericht iiber  die Thatigkeit  der Malaria-
  Expedition, die  Monate Marz  und  April 1900 umfassend
  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1900, 26: 397.   —----  Zusammenfas-
  sende Darstellung  der  Ergebnisse  der  Malariaexpedition.
  Ibid., 781; 801—Kohlbrugpe, J. H. F.   Kritische Betrachtung
  zum zweiten Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit der Malaria-Expedi-
  tion von Prof.  Dr. R. Koch.  Arch. path. Anat., Berl., 1900,
  161:  18-43.—Korteweg,  P.  C.   Klinische observaties  over
 malaria in den winter 1901-1902. Herinneringsb. Prof. S. S.
 Rosenstein, Leiden, 1902, 265-79.— Kuipers J.   [Methods ol
 research in malaria control]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned.Indie, 1939,
 79:  24-39.—Laveran.  Paludisme.  C.  rend. Congr. internat.
 med., 1900, Sect. bact.  parasit., 98-107.  •------ A  sujet de
 l'etude du paludisme.  Bull.  Acad. m£d.,  Par.,  1900,  3. ser.,
 43:  493-6.—Lister.  On recent researches with regard to the
 parasitology of malaria   Brit. M. J.,  1900, 2: 1625-7.—Liihe,
 M.   Theoretische  Grundlagen der neueren Malariaforschung.
 Zbl.  Bakt., 1.  Abt., 1900, 27: 440-4.—Malaria. In: Med. Res
 in Colonies  (Gr. Brit. Colon. M.  Res.  Com.)  1929, 113-38 —
 Malaria;  experimental  work in  laboratories.  Annual Rep.
 Internat.  Health Div., N.  Y.,  1942, 70-9.—Malaria  (The)
 experiments in the Campagna. Brit. M. J., 1900, 2: 1679-82.—
 Mason, F.  H.  German  studies  of  malarial disease. Rep.
 Com. Educat. (1897-98) 1899, 2:  1654-6—Mixa.  M.   Otazka
 malaricka na pocatku dvacdteho stoletf.   Sborn. klin., 1901-02,
 3:  216-24,  pl.-—Miyasima,   M.  [Researches   on  malaria]
 Saitake gaku zassi,  1903, 167-86.—Norris, F. T.   Current ma-
 laria  research.  Bumed  News Letter,  Wash., 1045, 5: No. 2,
 1-5.—Parnpana, E.  J.  Malaria  research and   the Malaria
 Commission of the League of Nations.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit,
 Liverp., 1934, 28:63-5.  ------  L'esplorazione malariologica.
 Forze san., Roma, 1941, 10: No. 15, 3-22.—Parker, F.   In-vivo
 studies of  malaria.   Bull. Fulton  Co. M. Soc, 1941,  15:  No.
 12,  8.—Purjesz, Z.  Malaridra vonatkoz6 vizsgalatok. Orv.
 hetil., 1902, 46: 265; 282.—Recent experiments as to malaria.
 Polyclinic, Lond.,  1900,  3:  246-9.—Ross, R.  Der Antheil
 Koch's an der Malariaforschung.   Deut.  med. Wschr., 1903,
 29:  944.—Ruge, R.   Ein neues  und ein altes  Problem  der
 Malariaforschung.  Arch. Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1928, 32: 287-
 91.—S., J.  J.  Research on malaria conducted in the  Cairns
 Area of Australia.  Burned News Letter, Wash., 1944, 4: No. 5,
 11-4.—Schlussberirht iiber die Thatigkeit der Malariaexnedi-
tion  des Prof.  Koch.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1900, 26:  733 —
Takehasi, S.  [Researches on intermittent fever]   Gun igaku
kwai  zassi, 1897, 285-305.—Vagedes.   Die Malaria  unserer
Kolonien  im  Lichte  der  Kochschen  Forschung.  Festschr.
60.  Geburtst.  Robert Koch,  Jena,  1903, 177-202.—Voinik,
 A.  T.  [Study of malaria]  Vrach. delo,  1927, 10: 509-14.—
 White, R. S., & Williamson,  K.  The future of anti-malarial
 research.   Ind.   M.  Gaz.,  1927,  62:  38-47.—Wilde.  Die
 Ergebnisse  der  neueren  Malaria-Forschung  mit besonderer
 Beriicksichtigung der Koch'schen-Malariaexpedition.  Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1901, 48: 392-7.—Yamaguti, H.  [Researches on
 the infection of malaria]   Gun igaku kwai zassi, 1897, 272-8,
 2 ch.

 ----   Societies.

    Calcutta,  India.    Central  Co-operative
 Antimalaria Society.   Annual  report.   Calc,
 v.7-15, 1927-35.
    [United  States]   National  Malaria  So-
 ciety.   Journal  of  the  National   Malaria  So-
 ciety.  Tallahassee, Fla.,  v.l, 1942-
    Adunan7a  (12.)  annuale della Society per gli studii  della
 malaria.  Italia  san.,  1910, 6: 250.-—Annual report of the
 Central  Cooperative  Anti-Malaria  Society  limited  for the
 twentieth vear held at the Albert Hall, Calcutta, on 23rd March,
 1940.  Ind.  M.  Gaz., 1941,  76:  314.—Boddaert,  A.   Les
 travaux de la Societe italienne pour l'etude  de la  malaria.
 Bull. Soc. m£d. Gand, 1901, 68: 403-15.—Boyd, M.  F.  The
 National  Malaria  Society.  J.  Nat. Malaria  Soc,  1943, 2:
 15-23.—Celli, A.  Relazione annuale degli studi sulla  malaria,
 1901-07.  Gior.  Soc.  ital. igiene, 1901,  23:  121; passim in
 lateT vols.  ----—  La Society pour les etudes de la malaria
 (1898-1903)   Arch.  ital.   biol.,  1903,  39:  427-40.' ------
 Societa per gli studf della malaria.   Salute  pubb., 1905, 18:
 172-7;  1907, 20: 238—National Malaria  Society  minutes,
 1942; meeting con.iointlv with the Southern Medical  Associa-
 tion.   J. Nat.  Malaria Soc, 1943,  2: 73-5.—Transactions of
 the National Malaria  Society, 1941.  Ibid.,  1942, 1: 179-82.


 MALARIOMETRY.

    See also Malaria, Epidemiology.
   Anderson,  D.  The spleen-rate as an index to  malarial
 intensity.  J. Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1933, 36: 97.—Barber,
 M. A., & Komp, W.  H. W.  The malaria parasite index of
 -eliool children in Leflore  County, Miss.  Pub. Health Rep.,
 Wash., 1929, 44: 2156-62.  —---- &  Hayne, T. B.  Some
 methods of estimating the amount of malaria in regions of low
 endemicity.  South. M. J., 1927, 20: 471-4.—Barlovatz.  A.
 Nouvel indice d'impaludation en milieu endemique.   Trop.
 Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 101 (Abstr.)—Be<-k, M. D.  Ma-
 laria  surveys.   Week. Bull.  California  Dep. Pub.  Health,
 1936-37,  15:  197-9.—Boyd, M. F.   The significance of the
 data  collected  by splenic  surveys.   South.  M. J.,  1926, 19:
 392-5.   •------  Provisional  outline for  fundamental  data
 collected  in  a  malaria  survey.  Tbid.,  1927, 20:  462-5.—-
 Christophers, S. R.  A summary of what is known of the signif-
 icance of the  spleen-rate and average size of the enlarged spleen
 in malaria.  Tr. Far East. Ass.  Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr.,
 2:  756-72.   ------  Malaria survev.  Riv.  malaridl.,  1935,
 14: Suppl. 3, 87-95.—Clark, H. C.  The first twelve months of
 infancy as a test for the community incidence of initial attacks
 of  malaria.   South.  M. J., 1937, 30: 848-50.—Coogle, C. P.
 Methods  of  approaching doctors,  municipal authorities, and
 the general public relative to malaria  investigations.   Pub.
 Health Bull., Wash.,  1922, No  125, 103-10. ------  The
 spleen rate as a measure of malaria  prevalence in the United
 States.  Ibid., 1927,  42: 1683-8.—D'Abrera, V. S. E.   Malaria
 parasite findings in blood films in relation to malaria forecasts
 in  Ceylon.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1945, 80: 102-5—Darlinsr, S.  T.
 Splenic enlargement as a measure of malaria.  Ann. Clin. M.,
 1925-26, 4: 695-712.—Decourt, P.  Rapport splenique d'en-
 demicite palustre. Rev. med. hyg. trop..  Par., 1931, 23: 188.
 ------  Index splenique  et rapport splenique d'endemicite.
 Ibid., 141-5.—Dempster, T. E.   Notes  on the application of
 the test of organic disease of the spleen as an easy and certain
 method of detecting  malarious localities in hot climates.  Rec.
 Malaria Surv. India, 1929-30, 1: 69-85, 3 map.—Ejercito, A.
 An outline for a malaria  survey.  J. Philippine Islands M.
 Ass.,  1934, 14: 102-7.—Elmendorf, J. E., jr.  Malaria survey;
 methods and procedures.   In: Sympos.  Human Malaria (Am.
 Ass. Advance. Sc.) Wash.,  1941, 295-301.—Final summary of
 fall malariometrv, 1937-38.  Georgia Malaria Bull., 1938, 1:
 47,  2 tab.; 1939, 2:  55— Gabaldon.  A.  Metodos estadisticos "
 empleados  en  malariologia;  la serie  estadistica.   Tijeret.
 malaria,  Maracay,  1945,  9: 26-47; 61.—Gros, H.   L'index
 endemique du paludisme.   Presse med., 1905, 811.-—Hackett,
 L. W.  Spleen measurement in malaria.  J. Nat. Malaria Soc,
 1944, 3: 121—33.—Index splenique moyen de Ross; localisation
 des  hypersplenies  observes;  considerations: r61ativit6 de
 l'index splenique avec l'higi^ne anti-palud^enne de  la  ville.
 C.  rend.  Congr. internat.  med. trop.,  1932,  4: 1019-39.—
 Joyeux, C.  Resultats  compares des palpations de rates faites
 dans les regions soudanaise et de Haute-Guinee.  Bull. Soc
 path, exot., Par., 1944, 37: 321-3—Kacarevic, D., & Vuksic, L.
 [Serological index in the epidemiology of  malaria]  Voj. san.
glasnik, 1910, 11: 107-13.—Macdonald, G.   The significance
of the various degrees of  splenic enlargement in  malarious
communities.  Rec. Malaria Surv. India,  1931, 2: 569-602.—
Malaret, P. S.  The importance of blood-examination in ma-
larial regions.  Bull.  Dep. Health Puerto Rico, 1937, 1: 215-9.
 Also Bol. Min. san., Caracas,  1938, 3: 1895-902.—Manalang, 
MALARIOMETRY                              1SS                         MALARIOTHERAPY
C.  Malaria survevs and control.  C. rend. Congr. internat.
med. trop., 1932, 4: 891-900.   ------  Does the amount o
malaria depend  on the number of  transmitting mosquitoes.
Rev filip  med., 1931,  22:  83-100.—Maxcy, K.  F.. Barber,
M. A.,  & Komp, W. H. W.  On the significance of  spleens
Dairjable on deep inspiration in the measurement of malaria.
Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1927. 42: 3010-21.—Mello Fde&
Vernencar  R. S. P.  Sur la valeur des  diverses m6thodes de
mensurations spldniques pour le dressage  de cartes malariennes.
C  rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931,  2  Congr  1:
527-49— Moshkovsky.  S.  D.   [On malaria indicesl   Med
parazit., Moskva, 1932, 1: 23-32.  ------ Intern of malaria
 ndices]  Ibid.,  1933, 2: 22-7.------[Additional material
for'study of malarial index]  Ibid.  1936, 5: 203-10.
[Methods of analvzing  the trend of malarial  Ibid  1940, 9.
539_46  ----_  [Quantitative laws in malaria epidemiology;
prolegomena  to  quantitative  epidemiology;  malanometric
values]  Ibid., 1943, 12:  No. 4, 3-23   ——.  [Quantitative
laws of  malaria epidemiology; the epidemiological parameters
of malaria]  Ibid.,  No. 5,  3-17.  -----.  The  quantitative
laws of  malaria epidemiology; the epidemiological parameters
of malaria]  Ibid., No.  6, 3-21.  -----  [Quantitative laws o
malaria epidemiology;  the  dynamics of malariometric  values]
Ibid  1944 13: No. 4, 3-25.—Nieto  Caicedo, M.,  & Urbina V.,
A  El indice esplenico; critica de su significacion en  nuestro
medio  Tijeret. malaria, Maracay,  1943  7: 16-30.-Ovazza,
V E.   L'indice splenico dei malarici. Gazz. interna2,  med.
chir  1927 32: 470.  Also Malariologia., Nap., 1928, 21 :  10.—
Padua,  R. G.. & Lopez-Rizal, L. Further studies on the index
line in malarial splenomegaly.  J. Philippine Islands M. Ass.,
1925  6- 77-83—Paludismo y parasitismo; cuadros compara-
rivos entre parasitosis intestinal e indices esplenico y sanguineo.
Conf. san  nac  (Venezuela, 1931)  1932, 573-9.-Parrot. L.
Etude du reservoir de virus palud6en;. les divers indices.en-
demique.   Arch.  Inst. Pasteur  Algerie,  1932  10:  548-53.
_____ &  Catanei.  A.  Sur les renseignements fournis par
l'indice splenometrique dans la mesure  du paludisme  end6-
minue  Riv. malariol., 1935, 14: 31-4—Pizzillo. G.  Spleno-
rn-trto  e tipi costituzionali. Ibid., 1939, 18: 131r7.-Putnarn.
PA statistical analysis of the intensity of malaria infestation.
Ann  Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1932, 25: 502-8.-R.ce, ME.,
 & Watson. R. B.  The relationship between maiaria morbidity
*nd parasitemia.   Am. J. Hyg.. 1943  37: 164-72.-Roden-
 waldt  E.   Internationale  Untersuchungsnormen  fur die
 Beurteilung  einer  malariainfizierten Bevolkerung.    Arch.
 Ks  Tropenhyg., 1926.  SO: Beih. 1, 43-56,-Russe 1, P F.
 The small spleen in malaria surveys.  Am  J. Trop. M., 1J35
 15- 11-32 —Samson,  M.   Les index malarien,  gamfetien et
 splenique chez l'indigene  adulte.  Ann. Soc beige med.  trop.,
 i<«9 12- 241-4 —Sergent, E., Sergent, E.  et al.  La mesure
 au paludisme endeSe.   Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie,  1928 6:
 , ,5   ______   Etude epidemiologique  du paludisme; tech-
 nique des indices endemiques.  Ibid.,  1935, 13: 566-76 3 pl-
 Sinton J. A.  A method  for cleaning the capillary tubes used
 for the enumeration of malarial parasites in the blood   Rec
 Malaria Surv.  India,  1935, 5: 1.—Souza Pinto, G.  de.  O
 indice  esplenico, base  do inquerito  epidemiologic© da  malaria.
 Fol  med  Rio 1928,  9: 286-9.-Tisseuil,  J.  Index paludeen
 chez tes  enfants  a l'lnstitut central de la lepre a Bamako.
 Bull' Soc?  path, exot.. Par.,  1937,  30: 233.-V,swanathan,
 D K.  The utility of  malaria parasite indices in  infante.in the
 studv of malaria.  J. Malaria Inst.  India, 1941, 4: 139-52..
MALARIOTHERAPY.
   See   also   Fever   therapy;   General  paraly-
sis,  Treatment:  Malariotherapy;  Neurosyphilis,

  ^sende'lft,  F. van.   *Entmalaria   [Amster-
dam]  104p.  8?  Lpz., 1931.
   Hugtjenin  A   *Le  paludisme  d'inoculation;
etude  clinique et experimentale.  264p.  24J/2cm.

   Rotjssel' P.    Contribution a  l'etude de  la
malariatherapie.  93p.  24#cm.   Toulouse  1933
   Andre, L.   Malariatherapie et  notions nouvelles sur le
paludfsme.  Gaz. hfip.. 1934, 107: 513-5.-AssendelftF.vaiu
Therapeutic  malaria.  Riv.  malariol.,  1934,  13. t>79-9.5.
Rllfrt   Note sur  la malariatherapie.   Arch.  Soc  sc  med.
?• i  \i«n?r.Pllfer  1929  10: 330-4.—Cardillo,  F.  Ultenore
SSributo clin co alio studio della  malarioterapia.  Cervello
1928  7:  127-32.—Colucci. C.  Considerazioni  su la terapia
con la  inoculazione di nwlaria.   Riforma  med.  1931  47:
atq Rl iS»n    Sur la creation des centres  de  malana-
tlt,1,rvfemed  1929 10: 1243.—Dawson. W. T.  Present-
ly"coneeptfonf odf malaria therapy. Bull.  John Sealy Hosp
cJv^t  1940 2: 34-40.—Emdin,  P. I., & M.niovich. P. A.
^robTems in nilaria-therapyl  J. nevropat  ps.kh.at.  Moskva,
KT 04T  -----  [Organization of  centers of malana-
therapyl" Wi. gaz., 1931, 35:. 194-6,-Fe.sani G   Osser




FdT^MlUriaTh^ique.   Rev  med   Louvain, 1927,
379.-Induced malaria.   Nature,  Lond.,  1931,  127.  930.
James. S. P.  Malaria and its theriijpmitie use*.  Annual Rep.
Chief Med Off  Lond., 193-1, 233•-6.-  Kerl, \\ .  Beitrag zur
Malarhibenandlun^   Med.  Klin..  Perl..   1933, 29:  736.-
Kirschbaum,  W.  Weiterc  H, ..l.:i.htungen zur Rhnik  und
Parasitologie  kunstlicher Mulanainfektionen   Arch.  Schiffg
Tronenhve   1927. 31: 349-65.- Miliaria and its therapeutic
u^P Annual Rep. Chief Med, < ><T„  Lond.. 1934.  152 4.-
Malarial therapy.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1942, 118:994- Malarial
treatment centre; the unit at Horton Mental Hospital.  Brit.
M  J , 1937,  1: 1081.-  Marie, A.  Rapport sur la malarisation
therapeutique et la rem-ilari-ation.  C. rend. Congr. internat.
palud. (1930) 1931, 2.  Congr.. 695-700. â–         Note sur la
creation d'un centre de malariatherapie. Bull. Soc clin. mH.
ment  Par.,  1930, 18: 123-6. ------Souques let al.)  Sur lea
centres de malariatherapie.   Bull. Acad, mfd., Par., 1934,  111:
905—Martinez.  A.  A.   La  malarioterapia.   Prensa mfd.
argent.,  1929-30,  16:  1339; 1367.—Martini, E. Grundsatz-
liches zur therapcutischen  Malaria.  Derm.  V\ schr.,  1932,
qc. i 548-52 —M 6 Gatti, E..  & Luchi. R.  Consideraciones sobre
malarioterapia.  Sem. med.,  B.  Air., 1930  43: pt 2  539-43-
Neimann, M.  Conttibucion al estudio clinico de la malario-
terapia  en la  infancia.   Rev. mex. puencult.  1932-33,  3:
253-73__Orlando, R., & Arndt. M.  Actividad  del Centro de
malarioterapia en el bienio 1941-1942.  Index neur. psiquiatr.,
B  Air   1943 4: 23-39.—Pacheco e Silva. A. < .  Em torno da
malariotherapia.   Sao Paulo  med.,.  1930-31,  3:  263-9.-
Rudolf  G de  M.  Recent advances in therapeutic (induced)
 malaria.  J.  Neur. Psychopath., Lond  1935-36, 16: 239-55 —
Schreiner. K., &  Wendlberfier, J.  Ueber die Impfmalaria.
 Arch Derm  Syph., Berl., 1934-35, 171: 495-514.-Sergent. E.
 Une question de terminologie; a propos de la paludotherapie.
 Arch   Inst  Pasteur  Algerie,  1938,  16:  457.—Therapeutic
 malaria^Ther* Notes, Detr.',1940, 47:  323-8-Tobias N
 Making malaria work for the doctor.  Sc.  Month.,  1935, 41.
 263-5—Vohwinkel, K. H.   Grundsatzhches zur therapeuti-
 schen Malaria vom klinischen Standpunkt  Derm. Wschr.,
 1933   96: 439^2 [Schlusswort  von  E.  Martini]  443-7 —
 Vulli'en & Guilbert.  Les inconvenients de  la malariatherapie.
 Echo med. nord, 1935, 3. ser   3: 224-6^-Werner. H  Ueber
 moderne Malariatherapie.   Deut.   med.  Wschr.,  193b,  62.
 551-3.

 ----   Adjuvant.

    Wolter,  A.    *Giinstige   Wirkung  von  Hyo-
 scyamin-Skopolamin    (Vasano)    auf   das   Er-
 brechen bei Impfmalaria ohne  Schadigung  der
 Plasmodien.  p.383-93.  8?   Bonn, 1932.
    Also Derm. Zschr., 1932, 63:
    Babnik,  H.  Impfmalaria  und  Traubenzucker-Begleitthe-
 rapie.   Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1939,  35: 81^20—Cole, H. N..
 DeOreo. G. A. [et all  Use of bismuth injections to  manage
 course of therapeutic malaria.   J  Am  M. Ass.,  1940  115.
 422-7.-Hayasaka, C, & Oshiro. T   Malanakur und Vakzin
 des Bacillus  enteritidis Gartner.  Tohoku J. Exp. M . UKKHM
 22- 399-411.— Hindle. J. A., Rose.  A. S. [et al.]  The effect of
 penicillin on inoculation malaria; a negative report.  «■. ling-
 land J. M.,  1945, 232: 133-6 -Pay  Wde. Welchen Emfluss
 hat Traubenzucker auf Impfmalaria?  Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17.
 703-6—Satke, V.  Sanatogen  bei der  Impfmalaria.   Wien.
 med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 917.-Schonmehl. L.  Behandlung des
 Kreislaufs  mit Cardiazol bei Impfmalaria  Psych.at.  new.
 Wschr., 1933, 35: 363.—Silva, P. A. da, & S.lva  J. A.   As doses
 altas de 914  no  tratamento post-paludico. Rev.  Ass. paut
 med.,  1937, 11:  261.—Weiss.  O. L. . Die Impfmalaria und
 ihre Kupierung durch Cardiazol-Chinm    Med  Klin.  Ber
 1932, 28: 1750.-Whelen, M., & Shute, P. G   Thio-bismol1 in
 therapeutic  malaria.  J. Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond.,  1942  46
  1-5 —Winckel, C. W. F.  Neoarsphenamine to manage course
 of fever in  therapeutic malaria.  J. Am. M. Ass..  1941, 111).
 2660-3.
----   Complication.
   Moyzes, C. J.  P.   *L'epilepsie postmalaria-
therapique.  70p.  25cm.  Bord., 1934.
   Alexander, M.,  &  Titeca, J   pP^PB%fi^To2 1
therapique.   J.  beige  neur. psychiat.,  1936,  36.  aâ„¢-*'\
Beckman, T. M.  Ueber spontane Milzruptur b«JmpfinaUuu.
Acta cbir\ scand.. 1930, 66: 250-8.-Buttner. R.,  & Hauer
A.   Spontane  Milzruptur  bei  Impfmalaria.  Arch,  be runs
Tropenhyg.,  1938, 42:  167-74.-Costa. M  & Barros. C de.
Oangrena  simetrica  no  decurso da  malarioterapia.   Arcn.
Fund.  Gaffree  & Guinle,  Rio (1938)  1939, 205-15p-De-
cary. P.   Deux cas  de rupture de la rate^consecutivei»  te
malariatherapie.  Union med.  Canada, 1934, 63:  101W.
Donnadieu,  A.   Epilepsie  Post-malariath6rap.que   biologie,
mecanisme.  Ann. med. psychol. Par  1938, 96: pt; 2,^424 V.
Ebauch,  F.  G., &  Jefferson, R.  A.   Herpes ophthalmicus
febrilis with dendritic  keratitis complicating  therapeutic ma-
 aria.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,  1929, 55: 572-8.  Also Arcr,
Neur.  Psvchiat., Chic, 1929, 22: 1226-32.—For.*, T. C. C   A
study  of "the mortality rate and compUcations following tnera-
peutic malaria.   South. M. J..  1937, 30: 1084-8-Gougerot
Degos & Frumusan.  Hemorragies  intestinales (et  hetnaturiej
au cours  de la malariatherapie.   Ann mal. ven6r. 1936, 31.
344-51,  2 graph.  Also Bull.  Soc.  fr. derm,  syph., .1936, 43.
38&-91 -Gougerot,  Degos &  Meyer-Heine.  Accidents  fe- 
MALARIOTHERAPY                         189                          MALARIOTHERAPY
  briles et nerveux aigus mortels au cours de la malariatherapie.
  Ann. mal. vener., 1935, 30: 509-81, 3 graph.—Gradziftski, A.
  [Spontaneous rupture of the spleen following malaria therapy]
  Nowiny lek., 1936, 48: 465r70. — Heldt, T. J., & Goder, G. A.
  Agranulocytosis following  malarial therapy in general paresis.
  J. Nerv. Ment, Dis.,  1943, 98: 248-54.—Jung, J., & Kratky, A.
  Leberschadigung durch Impfmalaria.   Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,
  1938, 108: 346-62.—Koch,  F., & Vohwinkel, K.  H.  LTeber
  die Flockungsreaktion nach Henry bei Impfmalaria (Beitrag
  fiber die Rezidivgefahr)  Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 1792.—
  Martini, E.   La malarioterapia desde el punto de vista higie-
  nico, es absolutamente inocua.   Arch,  argent, neur., 1929, 4:
  204-8.—Milbradt, W.  Zur Frage der  Leberschadigung nach
  Impfmalaria.  Derm. Wschr., 1935, 101:  1182-7.—Nordin, G.
  Risks and complications associated with  the malaria therapy
  (experiences from the malaria ward of the St. Goran Hospital.
  Stockholm, from 1927  to  1935)  Acta  derm, vener., Stockh.,
  1936, 17:  425-37.—Palmgren, D.  Rupture of the spleen in
  inoculation  malaria.   Ibid., 1932-33,  13:  471-3.—Petersen,
  M. C.  Recurrence of inoculation  malaria.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,
  1936, 106: 775-7.—Pires,  W.  Psychoses  post-malariathera-
  piques.  Presse med.,  1934, 42:  46-8.—Prados y Such,  M.
  La azotemia en el curso de la malarizaci6n terapeutica.   Arch.
  neurob.,  Madr.,  1933,   13:  1137-43.—Serafimov,   B.   N.
  [Complication in malaria therapy]  Sovet.  vrach. gaz., 1932,
  36:  477.—Shaughnessy, H. J.  Artificially induced malaria
  as a public health hazard.   Illinois M. J., 1936, 69: 147-50 —
  Tappeiner,  J.   Ueber hamorrhagische  Purpura  bei Impfma-
  laria.  Derm.  Wschr.,  1936, 102: 481-3.—Tyars, M. E.  Ne-
  phritis in  therapeutic malaria.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,
  Lond.,  1936-37,  30:  423-30.—Wagner-Jaurepg.  Inwieweit
  besteht eine  Gefahrdung  der Umgebung  durch  die  thera-
  peutische Malaria?   Wien. klin. Ws.chr., 1933, 46: 705.—Wile,
  U. J., & Mundt, L.  K. Avoidance of  fatal complications in
  therapeutic  malaria.   Arch. Derm.  Syph.,  Chic, 1941,  44:
  1078-81.   ------  An analysis  of  deaths following  thera-
  peutic malaria; a study of 29 cases.  Am. J. Syph., 1942,  26:
  181-90.

  ----   Effect.
    Bahn,  K., & Langhans, J.  Grundumsatz und spezifisch-
  riynamische  Eiweisswirkung  bei  der  Impfmalaria.   Deut.
  Arch. klin. Med., 1928, 161: 181-7.—Bosch, G., Mo, A., &
  Cossio, P.,  hijo.   Importancia  del  sindrome hipotonia  vas-
  cular en la  malarioterapia.  Rev. argent, neur.,  1929,  3:
  550-8. Also Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1929,  36: pt 2, 1474-8 —
  Costa,  M., Barros, C.  de., & Bprbieri, C.   Valor da  pressfio
  arterial na malarioterapia.  Arch. Fund. Gaffree &  Guinle,
  Rio (1938) 1939, 223-57, tab., ch.—D-elfini, C.  Nuovi dati sul
  comportamento della reazione  del Donaggio nella  malario-
  terapia.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 331-5.—Fredricks,
  M. G., &  Hoffbauer, F. W.  A study  of hepatic function in
  therapeutic malaria.   J. Am.  M.  Ass., -1945, 128: 495-9.—
  Guija Morales, E.  Modalidades de reaccion psiquica frente a
  malarizaciones  espontaneas  v terapduticas.  Arch,  neurob.,
  Madr., 1929,  9: 303-18.   Also Progr. clin., Madr.,  1929,  37:
  640-51.-—Hombria, M., & Enterria.  Modificaciones del liquido
  cefalo-raquideo  despues de la  paludizaci6n.    Arch,  med.,
  Madr., 33: 84-7.—Kessler, M.  Herzstromkurve und Myo-
  cardsehadigungen  bei der  Impfmalaria.   Nervenarzt,  1939,
  12: 1S7-9L—Kopp, I., & Solomon, H.  C.  Liver function  in
  therapeutic malaria.   Am. J. M.  Sc,  1943,  205:  90-7.—
  Maldonado,  M. A.,   & Monasterio, J.  R.  Participation  del
  sistema reticuloendotelial en la malarioterapia.  Sem. m£d., B.
 Air.,  1943,  50:  1275—Mikawa, T., Nomura, G.,  & Harada. N.
 On the electrocardiogram of patients inoculated with malaria.
 Acta Scholae  med. Univ.  Kioto,  1928-29, 11: 391-401, pl.—
 Olinescu,  P., & Etlingher,  V.   La  cholest6rin6mie  dans  hi
 malaria inoculee. C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 994.—Paulian,
 D.  Ueber  den feinen Wirkungsmechanismus  der  Malaria-
 therapie in den Veranderungen hamato-meningealer Schranken.
 Wien. med. Wschr., 19.37, 87: 264.—Weicker, B., & Kessler, M.
 Impfmalaria  und  Herzstromkurve.  Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch..
 1938, 30: 9-21.—Zelante Flosi, A.   Contribuicao ao estudo da
 natremia e da kaliemia na malaria artificialmente induzida.
 Rev. clin. S. Paulo, 1944, 16: 1-6.

 ----  Evaluation.

   Benvenuti,   M.    Sul  meccani^mo  di  azione
 della malarioterapia.   310p.   8?  Roma, 1933.
   Barbeau, A.  La malariatherapie a l'Hopital  de Bordeaux.
 Union med.  Canada,  1931,  60:  850-7.----—  Nouvelles
 reflexions et statistique sur la  malariatherapie.   Ibid., 1933,
 62: 413-21.—Benedek, L., & Kiss, J.  [General paralysis with
 recurrent hallucinations (as after-effect  in malariotherapy)]
 Gy6gyaszat, 1927,  67:  150-4.—Bernard,  R.  Contribution a
 l'etude de la malariatherapie; ses resultats cliniques et sociaux
 dans  la paralysie  generale.   Bruxelles med.,  1938-39,  19:
 1140;  1359; 1394; 1415; passim; 1939-40, 20: 33— Bruetsch,
 W. L. Activation of the mesenchyme with  therapeutic malaria.
J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1932, 76: 209.—Capgras, J., & Fail,  G.
Statistique d'une ann£e de malariatherapie.  Ann. med. psy-
chol.,  Par.,  1931, 89:  pt  1,  375-82.—Delfini, C.  PositivitA
a tipo persistente della reazione Donaggio in malarizzazione
terapeutica a decorso sfavorevole;  contributo al controllo della
piretoterapia a mezzo del fenomeno d'ostacolo. Boll. Soc itrl.
biol.  sper.,  1935, 10:  789-92.—James,  S. P.  Some general
 results of a study of induced malaria in England.  Tr. R. Soc.
 Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1930-31, 24: 477-538, pl.—Kidd, R. A.,
 jr.  Value and action of therapeutic malaria.   Eclect. M. J.,
 1934, 94: 290-4—Lacapere, G.  L'influence du paludisme sur
 la syphilis chez lArabe.   Rev. prat, mal. pays chauds, 1930,
 10:  386; 471.—Lhermitte, J.  L'influence de la malariatherapie
 sur  les lesions de la paralysie generale.  Encephale, 1929, 24:
 549-62— Paulian, D.  Les resultats de la malariatherapie  dans
 le service neurologique de l'lnstitut  des  maladies  mentales,
 nerveuses  et  d'endocrinologie  de Bucarest.   In: Marinesco
 Festschr., Bucur., 1933, 537-8—Potzl, O.  Ueber die Wirkungs-
 weise der Malariatherapie.   Wien. med. Wschr.,  1938,  88:
 315; 347.—Rudolf,  G.  de M.   Therapeutic  malaria: some
 results of its  use.  Med.  Press  & Circ, Dubl., 1935,  191:
 255-7.—Saffar.  Influence favorable sur la goutte d'une fievre
 intermittente intercurrente.  Rev. med. Afrique nord, 1904, 7:
 99-103.—Schuster. J.   Ueber Erfolge der  Malariabehandlung
 bei  Fallen mit besonderem  Verlauf.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,
 1.931, 93: 212-21.

 ----   History.

   Bravo, J.   Curiosa contribution espanola a  la prehistoria
 de la malarioterapia.   Pract.  med., Madr., 1943, 1: No. 8,
 20-2.—Gelrna, E., & Eissen, J.   Contribution a l'histoire de
 1'impaludation dans la therapeutique psychiatrique  au milieu
 du 19" siecle en Alsace.  Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1935, 3.  ser.,
 114: 501-4.—Memmi, G.  La piretoterapia.  Gior. med. prat.,
 1928. 10: 304;  321.—Serio. F.  Tentativi terapeutici coll'inocu-
 lazione della malaria.   Boll. Soc. biol. sper., 1926,  1:  444.
 Also Policlinico, 1926,  33: sez. prat., 1490-3.

 ----   Immunology.

   Eller,  K.  A.  *Serologische Untersuchungen
 bei Tertiana-Impfmalaria an luesfreien Patienten
 [Munchen]  p.397-425.   8?  Jena, 1932.
   Also Zschr.  Immunforsch., 1932, 74:
   Benhamou, E., & Gille, R.  Les modifications s^riques au
 cours  de la  malariatherapie.  C.  rend. Soc.  biol., 1935,  118:
 1334r6— Ciuca, Ballif, L., &  Chelarescu-Vieru,  M.  Controle
 de l'immunite paludeenne acquise a la  suite d'inoculations
 rep6tees de  sang virulent; essais  d'infection provoqu£e par
 piqures  d'Anopheles infectgs  expgrimentalement.   Bull.  Soc.
 path,  exot.,  Par.,  1934, 27: 330-3.—Cuboni, E., & Milani. C.
 Inoculazione della malaria, nell'uomo ed immunita antimalarica.
 Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan.,  1931, 10: 225-36.—Dorgeloh, J. R.
 The  quantitative complement  fixation  test  for  syphilis in
 malaria-treated syphilis; effect of the diluent.  Am.  J.  Syph.,
 1943,  27: 623-8.—Ferrio, C.   Ricerche  sperimentali  sulla
 trasmissione  passiva dell'immunita nella  malaria  da inocula-
 zione; considerazioni dottrinali e pratiche in rapporto colla
 malarioterapia.  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1934,  63: 153-79.—
 Harrel, J., & Chavarot,  M.  Controle de la  gu£rison des im-
 paludes therapeutiques par la reaction de Henry.   C. rend.  Soc.
 biol., 1935, 118: 93.—Jossmann, P., & Sotiriades, D.  Klinisch-
 experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die passive Immunitat
 bei der Impfmalaria.  C. rend.  Congr. internat: path, comp.,
 1936, 3. Congr., 549-51.—Kaplan, B. I., &  Brightman, T. J.
 Course of the serologic tests  during  therapeutic malaria in
 patients with syphilis.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33: 1073-
 82.—Kauders,  O.   Immunitiitsstudien bei  Impfmalaria.  Zbl.
 Bakt.. 1. Abt,, 1927, 104:  158-60.—Mollaret, P.  Sur le phe-
 nomene  d'extinction spontanee du  paludisme therapeutique:
 la possibility  de sa transmission en serie a la deuxiSme genera-
 tion de sujets inocules.   C.  rend. Soc biol., 1933, 113: 390-3.—
 Nicole, J. E., & Steel, J. P.  Further report on acquired im-
 munity to malarial  inoculation.   J.  Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond.,
 1926, 24: 48.—Wendlberper,  J.   Impfmalaria und  Isoagglu-
 rination.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 932-5.

 ----  Indication.

   See also  General  paralysis,  Treatment:  Ma-
 lariotherapy.
   Arrendondo Berme.jo, J.   Malarioterapia a un P.  G. P.
 en un dispensario  rural.  Med. ibera, 1933, 27: pt 1, 751-6.—
 Belloni, G. B.  La malarioterapia nelle forme schizofreniche.
 Riv. pat. nerv., 1931,  37:  508-29.—Decourt, P.  La maladie
 palustre  dans  ses rapports  avec  la therapeutique.  Presse
 med., 1937, 45: 390-3.—Gowen, G. H.  Malaria treatment of
 neurosyphilis and malaria among drug addicts as public health
 problems.  Illinois M.  J.,  1941, 80: 388-91.—James, S. P.
 Sur le traitement en Angleterre de la paralysie gtaerale et des
 suites  de l'enc6phalite  lethargique  par  le  paludisme  inten-
 tionnellement provoque.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par.,
 1928, 20: 710-2.—Lucherini, T.  Le applicazioni e i limiti della
 malarioterapia.  Athena, Roma, 1932, 1:  269-73.—Marie, A.
 Application de la  malariatherapie  en dehors de la  paralysie
generale.  Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1929, 22. ser , 1: 115-21.
------   Sur  quelques  applications de la  malaria a la  P. G.
Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1929, 3. ser., 101: 163-75.—Mollaret, P.
Technique  et  indications  de  1'impaludation therapeutique;
paludotherapie.  Progr. med., Par., 1938, 232-9.—Paulian, D.
Les indications et  les contre-indications de la malariatherapie.
Medecine, Par., 1929,  10: 873-7.—Perison,  J.   Therapeutic
malaria for a patient who had undergone splenectomy.  Arch.
Derm. Syph., Chic, 1944, 49: 137.—Pouffary, C.  Grossesse et 
MALARIOTHERAPY                          190                          MALARIOTHERAPY
malariatherapie.  Ann.  med. psvchol., Par., 1931, 89: 13. ser.,
pt 1, 252-362.—Rosier. H., Jayle, G. E.. & Paillas, J. E.  Atro-
phic optique et malariatherapie.   Rev. otoneur.,  Par., 1937,
15: 194-8.—Sainz  de Aja.  La  paludizaci6n  en procesos  no
sifiliticos.  Clin, lab., Zaragoza. 1930, 15: 404.—Salsredo Cabal,
C.  Contribution al estudio de la malarioterapia en la neurosis.
Progr. clin., Madr., 1930, 38: 349-69.—Sierra, A.  M.   La
malarioterapia  en psiquiatrfa.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1924, 31:
pt 2,  865-8.—Stumpke, G.  Ueber die Indikationen  zur Ma-
lariatherapie.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1929,55: 865.—Verstraeten,
P.   Les  indications de la malariatherapie  en psvchiatrie.
C. rend. Congr. alien, neur. France, 1932, 36. Congr., 396-400.—
Wiskovsky, B.  [Malaria-therapy in experimental  treatment
of scleroma and ozena]   Cas 16k. Cesk., 1930, 69: 141-6.

----    Inoculation method.

   Sixton, J.  A.   A report  on  the  provision  and
distribution of  infective  material for the practice
of malaria-therapy in England and  Wales.  21p.
8?  Lond., 1938.
   Ackermann,  V.,  & Filatov, A.   Klinische  und parasitolo-
gi;che Beobachtungen  bei  kiinstlich, durch intravenrise Ein-
verleibung  konservierten  Malariablutes  verschiedener Kon-
servierungsfristen,  erzeugter Malarininfektion.   Zschr. ges.
Neur. Psychiat., 1934, 150: 184-92.   Also Ter. arkh., 1934, 12:
149-60.—Ballif, L., & Lunevski.   Inoculation experimentale
de la malaria par  voie intrarachidienne.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1928, 99: 1178.—Ciacchi. O.  Appunti sulla tecnica dell'inocu-
lazione della malaria per mezzo di anofeli infetti.  Riv. malariol.,
1930,  9: 777-84.—Co'ta,  M.   Impaludacao  intra-cerebral.
Arch. Fund. Gaffree & Guinle, Rio,  1934-35, 175-212, 10 ch.,
tab.—Cuboni,  E.,  & Milani, C.   Inoculazione  della malaria
neH'uomo ed immunita antimalarica. Atti Congr.naz. microb.,
1931, 158-69.   Also Boll. Sez.  ital. Soc.  internaz.  microb.,
1931, 3: 521-7.—Fischer. O. Zur Frage der natiirlichen Ueber-
tragbarkeit der Impfmalaria  (Beobachtungen  am Wiener
Stamm)    Derm.  Wschr.,  1928,   137:  1292-7.—Forster,  E.
Die Uebertragbarkeit   der Impfmalaria  durch  Anopheles.
Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1223- Lawrence, D. H., A- Sorell. J. E.
The State reservoir of malaria therapy. Texas J. M.,  1940-41,
36: 246-51.—Mayne, B.  Observations on the application of
mosquitoes in malaria therapy.  South. M. J., 1933. 26: 456-8.
------The injection of mosquito sporozoites  in malaria
therapy.   Pub.  Health  Rep..'  Wash.,  1933, 48:  909-16 —
Mikheev,  V.  V.   [Inoculation of  malaria  in neuro-syphilis
through  the cerebro-spinal fluid!   Nevropat.  psikhiat,, 1941,
10: No. 4, 97-100.—Mollaret, P.  L'injection de sang comme
procede  de dedenchement des  acces, dans  les echecs ou  les
arrets du paludisme therapeutique.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,
113: 299   ------  & Schneider, J.  Une nouvelle  methode
d'impaludation  therapeutique; 1'impaludation  en deux temps,
sans reinoculation  ma is avec apyrexie  intermediaire et  recur-
rence ulterieure reglables  k  volonte.  Bull. Soc. med. hop.
Paris,  1939-40,  3.  ser., 55: 1336^0.  Also  Presse med., 1940,
48: 465-8.—Officer, R.   Experimental transfusion with malaria
infected  blood.  Med. J. Australia, 1915, 1: 271-4.—Pellacani,
G. La contagiosity della malaria  terapeutica e la sua inocula-
zione a domicilia.   Rass.  stud, psichiat.,  1936,  25: 472-7.—
Pozii, A.  La  malarioterapia mediante anofeli;  utilita  di
istituzione di centri di allevamento e di infestazione degli
anofeli  per  la  diffusione  della malarioterapia,   Policlinico,
1931, 38: sez.  prat., 1887-92.—Quattrin, N.  Intramedullary
inoculation of malaria parasites. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942,
39: 392 (Abstr.)  ■—----  Malarial inoculation through sternal
bone marrow.  J. Am.  M.  Ass., 1942, 118: 1335.—Saslow,  G.
Accidental  malarial infection.  N.  England J. M., 1941, 225:
761.—Schuster,  G.   [ Wagner- Jauregg method  of  malaria
innoculation in  syphilis]   Gy6gyaszat,  1929,  68:  422-6 —
Sciuti, M., &  Mariotti. E. La malarioterapia  nella paralisi
progressiva e nella demenza precoce, mediante iniezioni endo-
venose di liquor e intrarachidee di liquor e di sangue di malariz-
zati;  tentativi di selezione di un  virus malarico neurotropo.
Osp.  psichiat,,  Nap., 1933, 1:  1-54.—Tecoz, H.   Nouvelle
methode  d'impaludation therapeutique.  Praxis, Bern, 1942,
31:  732.—Wichels  &  Maass.   Die  Uebertragbarkeit  der
Impfmalaria durch Anopheles.   Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 744.—
Winckel, C. W. F.  Technique de 1'impaludation therapeutique.
Rev.  palud.,  Par., 1940,  2:  97-109.—Yanchur, N. M.,  &
Balkovskaya,  N.   [Transfusion of  preserved  malarial  bloodl
Voen. med. J., Moskva. 1933, 4: 297-302.

----   Interruption.
   Boyd, M. F.   On the therapeutic interruption of artificially
induced  malaria infections.  Am. J. Trop. M.,'1943, 23: 49-
52.-—Cleveland, D. E. H., & Turvey,  S. E. C.  Use of mapharsen
for terminating malaria artificially  produced by inoculation.
Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939, 39: 1043.—Nagy, M.  [New
method of temporary interruption of fever in malaria therapy]
Orv.  hetil., 1938, 82: 808-10 —Sioli, F.   Ueber die Wirkung
des Atebrin bei der Impfmalaria der Paralytiker.   Deut. med.
Wschr., 1932, 58: 531-3.  ------   Prufung des neuen Malaria-
mittels  Certuna bei  der Impfmalaria der Paralytiker.  Klin.
Wschr.,  1938, 17: 527.—Whitehead, D., & Dorey, J. J.  Ma-
pharsen in the treatment of therapeutic benign tertian malaria.
Psychiat. Q., 1941,  15: 790-6—Young, M.  D.,  McLendon,
S.B.. & Smarr, R. G   The effects of  thio-bismol upon three
species of therapeutic malaria. J. Parasit.. Lancaster. 1942. 28:
Suppl.,  15  (Abstr.)  ------  The selective act ion  of  ihi„.
bismol on induced malaria.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1943. 122: 492-4,

----  Physiopalhology.

   Bahn,  K.,  &  Langhans.  Grundumsatz  und  spezifisch-
dvnamische  Eiweisswirkung  bei  der  Impfmalaria.  Klin.
Wschr., 1028, 7: 2062.—Boyd, M. F.   Puntos significantes de
diferencia entre las infecciones naturales  y las artificialmente
provocadas de paludismo por vivax.   Gac med. Mexico,  1944,
74:  580-90- Bravetta, G.  Sul tipo  febbrile  della  malaria
inoculata.   Note psichiat., Pesaro.  1929, 3. ser., 17: 233-48.—
Bruetsch, W. L.  The histopathblogy of therapeutic (tertian)
malaria.  Am. J.  Psychiat., 1932,  12: 19-65,  7 pl.- Chopra,
R. N., Sen, B.,  & Gupta, J. C.   Induced malaiia with heavy
malignant tertian infection.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1941, 76: 350-2.—
Ciuca,  M.   L'infection  paludeenne  intentionnelleinent   pro-
voquee; son importance dans l'etude de l'infection naturelle et
de son traitement.  Riv.  malariol., 1935, 14: Suppl. 6, 5-20.
——■—  [Malaria-therapy as principal element in the scientific
study of malarial infection]  In: Probl. san. pop. rurale Romania,
Bucur., 1940, 730-5.  ----—  Ballif, I... &  Chelurvscu-Vicru,
M.   Contribution a l'etude de  1 infection  paludeenne inten-
tionnelleinent provoquee par inoculation de sang virulent. In:
Hommage  mem. J. Cantacuzene, Par., 103-1, 119 07.- Ciuca,
M.,  Ballif,  L.  [et al.]  On drug prophvlnxis  in  therapeutic
malaria.  Tr. R,  Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg., lond., 1937-38, 31:
241-4.—Coatney,  G. R..  & Young, M. I).  A study of the
paroxysms resulting from induced infections of Plasmodium
vivax.  Am. J. Hyg., 1942, 35: 138-41.—Costa, M., &  Burros,
C.  de.   Contribuicao  ao  estudo  da  malarioterapia.  An-h.
Fund. Gaffree & Guinle, Rio (1938) 1939,  181-96, 9 tab., ch.
Delfini, C.   Positivita  a  'tipo accessuale della  reazione del
Donaggio in malarizzazione terapeutica decorsa senza febbre
Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper.,  1935, 10: 42-6.—Derby, I. M.   Sig-
nificance of  blood groups in inoculation  malaria.   Am. .1.
Psychiat,,  1935, 91:  881-95.—Donegani, G.  Studi biologici
sulla malaria terapeutica ovvero sperimentale.  Schizofrenie,
1938-39, 7:  Suppl.,  99-104.—Eustatziu,  G.,  & Ionesco, V.
Contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie de 1'acces de  malaria
et conclusions  qu'on en peut tirer pour  la malariotherapie.
Arch, roumain. path.. Par., 1929, 2: 325-38— Fribourg-Blanc.
L'interet de la malariatherapie  pour  l'etude  du paludisme.
Bruxelles  med., 1939-40,  20: 644-53;  Spec No.  58.—Grant,
A. R., & Silverston, J. D.  The Whittingham strain  of arti-
ficially induced  malaria; observations made during the treat-
ment of general paralysis and  tabes dorsalis.  J. Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1926, 29:  117-22.—Greig. E. D.  W.. & Neil, A.
Observations on haemoglobin, reticulocytes, and blood  sedi-
mentation rate in  cases of  therapeutic malaria  and the effects
of treatment of them.  Ibid., 1939, 42: 277-81.  ■----—   Ob-
servations on the incubation period in cases of induced malaria.
Ibid., 325-8.--Hartuni?, J.  Beitrage zum klinischen Bild der
Impfmalaria.   Klin. Wschr., 1939,  18:  1031-3.—James, S. P.,
Nicol, W. D., & Shute, P. G.  A studv of induced malignant
tertian malaria.  Proc.  R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1932. 25: 1153-86.
------  Clinical and parasitological  observations on induced
malaria.  Ibid., 1935-36,  29: 879-94.—Jerace,  F.  Osserva-
zioni sui rapporti tra intensity dell'infezione, durata del periodo
di incubazione,  tipo febbrile  e  decorso clinico della  malaria
umana indotta con anofeli o con sangue.  Riv. malariol.,  1934,
13: 694-704.—Klein, A.   [Blood  groups and artificial malaria]
Cas. 16k. Cesk.,  1931, 70:  1253-5.—Klemperer, E.  Die  Blut-
chloride  in  der Malariakur.  Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1936, 86:
572-4.—Kopp,  I., & Solomon,  H.  C.  The  relationship of
hypoalbuminemia to the edema  of malaria.  Am. J.  M. Sc,
1941, 202: 861-8.—Leisermann,  L. J., & Rubaschkin, G. W.
Verlauf der  kiinstlich  hervorgerufenen Malaria  beim  Men-
schen.  Zschr.  klin.  Med., 1926,  103: 530-45.—Lesigang, W.,
& Zipkis, E.  Die thrombopenische  Kurve  der  Impfmalaria.
Mschr. Kinderh., 1931, 49:  300-8.—Mari, A.  Osservazioni
cliniche, malariologiche  e parassitologiche  sulla  malaria da
inoculazione.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1929,  34:  672-722, pl.—Mayr,
J.  K.  Zur  Pathogenese  der   Impfmalaria.  Munch,  med.
Wschr., 1928, 75: 2208.—Mollaret, P. Le probleme  de l'ab-
sence de toute periode  d'incubation dans  l'impaludation arti-
ficielle par injection directe de  sang.   Bull. Soc. path,  exot.,
Par., 1941, 34:  62-80.—Miiller,  H. R.  Untersuchungen uber
die  Bedeutung  der  Blutgruppen und der intravenosen  oder
intrakutanen Technik der Impfung fiir den Fieberverlauf der
Impfmalaria.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1931,  120:  162-83.—
Obermayer,  M., & Wendlberger, J.   Blutgruppen und  Impf-
malaria.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928,  41:  1304-6— Ostrem, T.
Ueber die Inkubationszeit bei der kunstliehen  Malaria.   Acta
psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1937, 12: 643-50.—Plaut, F., Biilow, M..
& Scheid, K. F.  Ueber erhohte Ausscheidung von C-\ itamin
(Ascorbinsaure) im  Harn  wahrend  der Impfmalaria.  Zschr.
ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  193-5-36,  154:  473-80.—Polayes,  S. H.
ik Derby, I. M.  Blood groups  and  therapeutic malaria.  J,
Am. M. Ass.,  1934, 102: 1126-8.   Al-o  Arch. Path.,  Chic,
1935, 19:  268.—Ponisovskaya,  A.  I., &  Miniovich,  P.  A
[Blood groups  in  malaria therapy]   .1. nevropat. psikhiat.,
Moskva, 1931,  24: 40-3.—Somogyi,  L, & Angyal, L.  [Blood
groups and malaria treatment]   Orv.  hetil., 1933, 77: 683.—
Spagnoli, B.  A  proposito del  periodo  di  incubazione  della
malaria  terzana terapeutica.  Riv.  sper.  freniat.,  1937, 61:
1155.—Tomesco,  P., Gruia Ionesco, A., & Constantinesco, P.
L'index-tyrosine de polypeptidemie  dans la malariatherapie. 
MALARIOTHERAPY
191
MALASSEZIA
 C. rend. Soc biol., 1036, 121: 1209-11.—Vegh, J., & Stano.ievic
 L.  Ueber das Verhaltnis von  Erythrocytenzerfall und Blut-
 bilirubinspiegel bei der Impfmalaria.   Zschr. klin. Med., 1934,
 127: 286-91.—Wagner-Jauregg, J.  Einige Bemerk'ungen iibei
 die Impfmalaria; die Bedeutung der  Blutgruppen  fur  die
 Impfmalaria.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42:  1.—Weiss,  A.
 Kritische Untersuchungen iiber die Technik der leukocytiiren
 Differentialzahlung  mit  besonderer   Beriicksichtigung  des
 Lvmphocyten- und Monocvtenbildes bei Impfmalaria.  Zschr
 klin  Med   1926, 103: 427-40.—Wethmar. R.  Blutgruppen
 und' Impf-Malaria.  Klin.  Wschr., 1927, 6:  1947.—Winckel,
 C. W.  F.  -Are the  experimental data of therapeutic malaria
 applicable to conditions obtaining in nature?  Am. J.  Trop.
 M.,' 1941,  21: 789-94.—Winfield, G. A.  A  study of the white
 and  differential counts in six unselected cases of inoculation
 malaria.   J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 17: 985-92.

 ----â–    Plasmodium.

    Torres,  A.    *Ueber   Gamotenbildimg  bei
 Impfmalaria   [Berlin]   27p.   8*   Charlottenb.,
 1928.
    Boyd, M.  F.   Some characteristics of artificiallv induced
 vivax malaria.  Am. J. Trop.  M.,  1940, 20: 269-78.—Ciuca,
 M.,  Ballif, L. [et al.l  Contributions a l'etude  de  la  tierce
 maligne experimentale: pouvoir infectant du sang au cours de
 l'incubation.  Piv. malariol., 1937,16: 85-90—Greip, E. D. W.,
 & Neill. A.   Observations  on the maximum parasite rate in
 cases of induced malaria.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1939, 42:
 378-80.—Horn, L.,  &  Kauders,  O.  Ueber  das  Verhalten
 der  Parasiten bei der Impfmalaria  unter  den besonderen
 Bedingtingen  der Malariablutkonservierung  und der latenter
 Malariainfektion.  Zschr.  Parasitenk.,  1929,  2:  178-212.—
 Kopeloff, N.  Inoculation malaria; sexual and  asexual strains.
 Am.  J.  M.  Sc,  1930,  179:  800-3.------Blackman,  N.,
 & McGinn, B. Asexualization  of the Plasmodium in induced
 malaria.  Ibid., 1932, 184: 262-5.—Kopeloff,  N.,  &  Fiertz,
 C. O.  The clinical significance  of the  life cvcle of the parasite
 in induced malaria.  Ibid., 1928,  176: 664-72.—Kuhnhold,  G.
 Abnorme Formen von  Malaria  tertiana-Parasiten bei  Impf-
 malaria.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt,, 1926, 98: 113.—Lion.   Infection
 combin6e par Spirocheta  gallinarum  et Plasmodium gallina-
 ceum.  Bull. Soc  path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 713-6.—Mas  de
 Ayala,  I.  Las reacciones meningeas en los procedimientos  de
 piretoterapia; la presencia del Plasmodium vivax en el liquido
 cefalo-raquideo de enfermos impaludados.  Rev. argent, neur.
 psiquiat.,  1930, 4:  457-63.—Mollaret, P.,  &  Schneider,  J.
 Contribution  k l'etude  de la  paludotherapie; action d'un
 medicament  gam6ticide  dans  le  paludisme  therapeutique.
 Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 207-23.—Sinton. J.  A.
 L'approvisionnement en materiel infectant pour la pratique de
 la malariatherapie en Aneleterre dans le Pavs de Galles.  Bull
 Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30: 953-65.—St John, J.  H.
 The  early  appearance of  gametocytes in artificially induced
 tertian  malaria.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1927, 88: 1561.

 ----   Technic.

    Badenschi,  G.   [Active service of  malariotherapy]  Ro-
 mania med., 1939, 17: 111-3.—Barbosa, J. T.   A pratica  da
 malarioterapia.  Hospital, Rio,  1944, 26: 577-84.—Chevallier,
 P.  Quelques particularit6s des r6impaludations th6rapeutiques.
 Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3. ser., 53: 1192-4.—Dalma,
 G.,  &   Tuchtan,  D.   Nuovo   contributo  sull'uso  della
 novirudina nella  conservazione del  sangue malarico per la
 malarioterapia. Bo'l. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1903, 9:  635-41.—
 Freeman. W.  Therareutic ma'aria in  private practice.   South
 M. J., 1931, 24: 933-7.—Gorriz, M.   la ma'arizacion por via
 raqufdea.  An. Acad. med. quir. espan., 1936. 23: 202-8. Also
 Arch, med., Madr., 1936, 39:  160.—Henry, C.   A progress re-
 port on the routine practice of n-a'aria therapv.  Med. J. Aus-
 tralia, 1932, 2: 888-92.— Ingalle, G. S., Gelperin, J., & Wrgner,
 P. S.  Report of three cases of induced  ma'aria terminated with
 sulfanilamide.  J.  Med., rtncin., 1939-40, 20: 40— Fimbell, I.
 An outline  for the management of patients undergoing  treat-
 ment bv inoculation with ma'aria b'ood.  IT. S.  Veterans Bur.
 M. Bull., 1930, 6: 98-101.— Kolkmann.  Eine praktische Neue-
 rung  bei Malariakuren.  Psychiat. neur.  Wschr.,  1934, 36:
 328.—Malaria therapv in the patient's home.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1939,  112: 659.—Mariotti, E., & Sciuti, M.   Ma'arizzazione a
 freddo con  iniezioni endovenose e intrarachidee di liauor e  di
 sangue di malarizzati.  Riv. r>at, nerv., 1934, 43: 368-79.—
 Mayne,  B.,  & Young, M. D.  The technique of induced ma'aria.
 Gradwohl Lab. Digest, 1942-43, 6: No. 8, 10 (Abstr.)—Merrmi,
 G. La piretoterapia.  Gior. med. prat., 1928, 10: 321-7.—Pap,
 Z. von.   Verschiedene Fieberprovokationsverfahren bei Impf
 malaria  und Impfrecurrens.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1931, 95:
 277-89.—Ryberg,   O.  [On  isolation   in  malaria   therapv]
 Sven.  lak. tidn., 1933, 30: 65-70.— Wagner-Jauregg, J.  Die
 Dosierung der Impfmalaria.  Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1932, 45:
 65.—Winckel, C.   W.  F.   [Die Praxis der  therapetttischen
 Malaria]  Psychiat.  neur.  bl.,   Amst.,  1935, 391-408.  Also
 Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1938, 82: 5225-31.------Tecnica  de
 la  impaludacion terapeutica.  San. & benef., Habana, 1940, 43:
354-7.

   MALARTIC, Jean, 1908-          *Fistules he-
morragiques catameniales.   78p.   8?   Par.,  A.
Legrand,  1935.
MALASSEZIA.

   See  also Fungi imperfecti; for older literature
see Microsporum; Pityrosporum; Sporotrichum.
   Masao Ota & Huang, Ping-Ting.  Sur les champignons du
genre Pityrosporum Sabouraud.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1933 11:
49-69— Panja, G.   The Malassezia of the skin; their cultiva-
tion, morphology and species.  Tr. Far East.  Ass. Trop. M.
(1927)  1928, 2:  7. Congr., 442-56, 3 pl.

—■—   furfur.

   See  also Pityriasis versicolor.
   Castellino,  P.  G.  Eczematidi  da Microsporum  furfur;
infezione focale.  Atti Soc.  ital.  derm,  sif., 1938, 1: 826-8.
         Eczematidi figurate in rapporto al Microsporon furfur.
 Riforma med., 1938,  54: 635.—Franchi,  F.   Sull'azione acro-
 mizzante  del Microsporon  furfur.  Ibid.,  1935,  51:  321-5.
 —•---  Sull'azione acromizzante  del  Microsporon furfur in
 neri.   Gior. ital. derm, sif.,  1937, 78: No.  1, Suppl.,  21.—
 Hartzell, M. B.  Note relative to'the anatomic parts of  the
 skin invaded  by the Microsporon furfur in tinea versicolor.
 Proc Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1900-01, n. ser., 4: 50.—Mar-
 quardt, F.   Die Kultur  des  Mikrosporon  furfur.   Derm.
 Wschr.; 1937, 104: 177-80.—Martins, C.  Malassezia furfur
 observe dans un cas de pityriasis versicolor.  C. rend.  Soc
 biol., 1928, 98: 1166.—Moore, M.   Cultivation of Malassezia
 furfur, etiological agent of pitvriasis (tinea) versicolor.   Myco-
 pathologia,  Gravenh., 1938,  1: 53-61, 7pl.  ------  Malas-
 sezia furfur,  the cause of tinea versicolor; cultivation of  the
 organism and experimental production of the disease.  Arch.
 Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 41: 253-60.—Noojin, R. O.   Tinea,
 pityriasis, versicolor.  South. M. & S., 1942, 104: 278.

 ----  ochoterenei.

   See also Pityriasis versicolor.
   Maecke, M.   Description  de una nueVa especie de Malas-
 sezia,  Malassezia ochoterenai, agente causal de pityriasis
 (tinea) versicolor, y position sistemtitica del genero Malassezia.
 An. Inst, biol., Mex.,  1941, 12: 511-46.

 ----  ovalis.

   See also  Acne; Scalp, Diseases; Seborrhea.
   Schneider-,  H.   *Die Bakterienflora  der  se-
 borrhoisch erkrankten Kopfhaut unter besonderer
 Beriicksichtigung der  Benedekschen  Spalthefe.
 16 p.   8?   Giessen, 1929.
   Acton,  H.  W., &  Panja,  G.   Seborrhceic  dermatitis  or
 pitvriasis  capitis, a lesion  caused  by  the Malassezia  ovalis.
 Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 603-14, 9  pl.—Benedek, T.  Crypto-
 coccus malassezi (Pityrosporon  malassezi,  Sabouraud 1895)
 Zbl. Bakt.,  1.  Abt., 1930, 116: 317-32,  pl.  ------  Ueber
 Spalthefebefunde beim seborrhoischen Ekzem.  Derm. Zschr.,
 1930-31,  60: 331  [Erwiderung  von  F. Bernstein]   332.—
 Benham, R. W.   The cultural characteristics  of Pityrosporum
 ovale; a lipophylic  fungus.  J. Invest. Derm., 1939, 2: 187-
 203, 2 pl.  ------   Cultural characteristics of Pityrosporum
 ovale; a lipophvlic  fungus;  nutrient  and   growth  require-
 ments.  Proc Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1941,  46: 176-8 —
 Bernstein, F.  Ueber die Spalthefebefunde  beim seborrhoischen
 Ekzem.  Derm. Zschr., 1930, 59: 385-94.—Dowling, G. B.
 Epidermal infections  with  yeast-like organisms; with special
 reference to seborrhoeic eczema.   Brit. M.  J., 1929, 2: 947-
 51.—Emmons, C. W.  The  isolation  and  pathogenicity  of
 Pityrosporum ovale.  Pub.  Health Rep., Wash., 1940,  55:
 1306-14, pl.—Engman, M. F., jr, & Hagebusch, O. E.  Pity-
 rosporon of Malassez. Arch.  Derm. Svph.,  Chic, 1933,  28:
 855-8.—Kile, R. L., & Engman, M. F.  Further studies of the
 relation of Pityrosporum ovale to seborrheic  eczema.  Ibid.,
 1938, 37: 616-26.—Lewis, G. M., & Hopper, M. E.  Pitvrospo-
 rum ovale.  In their Introd. Med.  Mycol., 2. ed.,  Chic, 1943,
 320-4.—Lubchenco,  A.  E.   Pitvrosporon and  pityrosporid.
 South. M. & S., 1940, 102: 360-2.—Mabalay, E. B.   Studies
 on the cultivation of Pitvrosporon  of Malassez. Month. Bull.
 Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 15-9.—MacKee, G. M., Lewis,
 G. M. [et al.]  Dandruff and seborrhea; flora of the face and
 further studies on the flora of the scalp.  J. Invest. Derm.,
 1939, 2: 31-41.—Macleod, .1. M.  H., & Dowling, G.  B.   An
 experimental study of the Pityrosporon of Malassez; its mor-
phology, cultivation and pathogenicity.  Brit. J. Derm., 1928,
 40: 139-48.—Moore, M.  Cultivation and study of Pityrospo-
rum ovale, the so-called bottle bacillus of Unna.  Arch. Derm.
Syph., Chic, 1935, 31: 661-71.  ------  & Ki'e, R. L.  Pity-
rosporum ovalis  as a causative agent of seborrheic dermatitis.
Science, 1935, 81: 277.  ------   [et al.]   Pityrosporum ovale
 (bottle bacillus of Unna, spore of  Malassez) cultivation  and
possible role in  seborrheic dermatitis.  Arch. Derm.  Syph.,
Chic,  1936, 33: 457-72.—Nippert, P.  H.   Pityriasis capitis.
J.  M.  Ass. Georgia,  1936, 25: 375.—Platthy, T.  [Malassezia
ovalis and its culture] Magy. orv. nagyhet  jegyzokve, 1931,
204.—Poletaev,   A.   K.   [Bacterioscopic  and  bacteriologic
examination of the scales of eczemas: seborrhea and pityriasis
simplex of  scalp and  face]  Vener. derm., Moskva,  1929,  6:
36-41.—Sabouraud, R.  Analyse chnique et microbienne de la
seborrhee  vraie  micro-bacillaire.   Clinique,  Par.,  191,   5:
535-9.—Templeton, H. J.  A study of dandruff and of the pity- 
MALASSEZIA                                192                                       MALAYA
rosporon of Malassez.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1926, n. ser.,
14: 270-9.—Vas Nunes, E. H.  Zijn de sporen van Malassez de
oorzaak van pitvriasis capitis?  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1910, 45:
2 pt, 2177.—Wills, W. K.  The infectivity of the seborrheic
organism.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1930, 129: 214-8.

----   tropica.
  Castellani, A.   Tropical forms of Pityriasis versicolor.  Tr.
Internat, Derm. Congr. (1907) 1908, 6. Congr., 2: 658-64, 4 pl.


MALATE.

  See Malic acid.
  MALATESTA, Ramberto,     -1918.
   For biography see in Libro d'oro, Roma, 1924, 155, portr.

  MALATESTA, Sigismondo, 1417-68.
  For biography see Illust. med. ital., 1928, 10: 19-26 (Poiti-
gliotti)

  MALATRAY, Henri  Justin,  1907-       *La
chirurgie du cancer du poumon; bases anatomo-
cliniques, expe>imentales et technique  operatoire
[Lille]  21 lp.   tab.  pl.   24#cm.   Par.,   Mas-
son  & cie, 1935.
  See also  Lambert, O., Malatray, H.,  & Driessens, J.  La
chirurgie du cancer du poumon.  198p.  24J.£cm.  Par., 1936.

  MALAVAL, Jean, 1669-1758.
  Portrait.  In:  Collect, art. Fac. med., Paris (Legrand,  N.)
Par., 1911, pl. 40.


MALAYA [and  Malayans]

  See also Malay States; Thai.
  Evans,  I.  H.' N.   The  Negritos  of  Malaya.
323p.   8?   Cambr., 1937.
  Skeat, W. W., & Blagden, C. O.   Pagan races
of the Malay Peninsula,   v. i.   724p. 8?   Lond.,
1906.
  Wilken, G.  A.  The sociology   of  Malayan
peoples; being three essayson kinship, marriage,
and inheritance in Indonesia.   172p.   4?  Kuala
Lumpur, 1921.
  Bergman,  R. A.  M., &  Amir, M.  [Typological study of
Malay  and Chinese students]  Geneesk.  tschr. Ned.  Indie,
1937,  77:  13-32.—Brooke,  G. E.  Some Malayan rainfall
standards.  Malay.  M. J.,  1934,  9: 161-7, 4 ch.—Firth, R.
Economics of a Malayan fishing industry.  Man, Lond., 1941,
41:69-73, pl.  ------  Housekeeping among  Malay peasants
[book rev. by Kennedy, R.]  Am. Anthrop.,  1943, 45: 619.—
Forestry in  Malaya.   Nature,  Lond.,  1942,  149:  307 —
Frazer, J. G.  The  Malays of  the Peninsula. In his Native
Races of Asia, Lond., 1939, 2-9.—Lowther,  W.  E. Malay.
In: Languages for War & Peace (Pei, M. A.) N. Y., 2. ed., 1945,
507-23.—Nippgen, J.  Deux methodes malaises de divination.
Rev. anthrop., Par., 1925, 35: 399.—Schebesta, P. P.  Ueber
die Semang of Malakka. Anthropos, Modling, 1923-24, 18:-
19:   1002-11.  ------  Die Forschungsexpedition  bei den
Semang-Pygmaen und den Senoi- Pygmoiden auf der Halbinsel
Malakka.  Ibid., 1925, 20: 718-39.  ------  The Semangs of
Patalung.  Man,  Lond., 1925, 25: 23-6.  —----  The bow
and arrow of the Semang.  Ibid., 1926, 26: 88.  —----Kubu
und Jakudn (Jakun) als Protomalayen.  Mitt. Anthrop. Ges.
Wien, 1926, 56: 192-201. ------  The Negritos of the Malay
Peninsula.   Man, Lond., 1927, 27: 89-94.------  & Lebzel-
ter, V.  [Anthropological measurements in Semangs and Sakais
in Malaya  (Malacca)]   Anthropologie, Praha, 1928, 6: 183-
254. 10 pl.

----  Disease.

  See also Latah.
  Amoklauf.  Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 234.—Brodie, M.  The
health of women  and children in Malaya.  J. R. San. Inst.,
1937-38, 58: 305-24.-—Green,  R.  Cases classified  according
to diseases.  Annual Rep. Malay Inst. M. Res. (1936) 1937,
23-6.—Smart, A. G. H.  Impressions of a  health week in
Malaya.  Malay. M. J., 1931, 6: 54-9.—Stewart, A. D.  Notes
on a visit to the Malay Peninsula.  Ind. M.  Gaz., 1931, 66:
457-65.—Watson, M.  Some sanitary problems in the Malay
Peninsula.  Tr. Internat. Conf. San. Engin., 1924, 1. Congr.,
37-41.—White, R.  S.  Notes  on  a brief tour in  Malava
Ind.  M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 683-90.

----  Medicine.

  Gimlette,  J. D.   A  dictionary  of  Malayan
medicine.  259p.   22^cm.   Lond.,  1939.
  Frazer,  J.  G.   Propitiating evil spirits.   In  his  Native
Races of Asia, Lond., 1939, 8.—Gimlette, J. D.  The work of
the  bomor in relation  to  clinical medicine.  In his Malay
Poisons, 3. ed., Lond., 1929, 18-43, pl.—Reese, J. M.  The
medicine man of  Malaya.  J.  R. Nav. M. Serv.,  1937,  23:
338-40.—SeifTert, G.  Der Medizinmann in Malaia.   MOnch.
med. Wschr., 1035, 82:  386-8.

   MALAYAN medical journal.   Singapore, v.6-
12, 1931-37.
   Ceased publication with v.12.

MALAYA  Serdoba, U. S. S.  R.

   Kushev, N. Y.   Selo Malaya Serdoba, Petrov-
skavo  uyezda, Saratovskoi gub.,  opit  sanitai-
navo izslledovania.  90p.   8?   Saratov, 1893.


MALAYSIA.

   See  also  Borneo;   Java;   Netherlands  East
Indies; New  Guinea;  Philippine  Islands;  Su-
matra.
   Cole,  F. C.  The peoples of Malaysia.   354p.
22cm.   N.  Y., 1945.


MALAY  States.

   See  also  British  Malaya;  Kedah; Kelantan;
Kuala  Lumpur; Malaya;  also Health organiza-
tion, Malay States.
   Blair,  R.   W.    The  water  supplies of  the
Federated Malay States.    162p.  33cm.   Kuala
Lumpur, 1933.
   Intergovernmental Conference  of  Far-
Eastern   Countries  on  Rural  Hygiene.
Preparatory papers.  Report of the  Malayan
delegation.   38p.   8?   Geneve, 1937.
   Forme League of Nations Pub. No. C. H. 1235 (c)
   Barnes, M. E.  Some results of applied health work among
selected  native populations.  J.  Iowa State M.  Soc, 1930,
20: 374.—British Malaya [medical and sanitary reports, 1936]
Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1938, 35:  Suppl., 162.—British Malaya
[medical and sanitary reports, 1937]   Ibid., 1939,  36: Suppl..
160.—British Malaya  [medical  and sanitary reports, 1938]
Ibid.,  1940,  37:  Suppl., UO.—Brockman,  E. L.  Medical
matters  in  the  Federated  Malay  States..  Lancet, Lond.,
1916, 1: 491.—Coates, A. E.  Address.  Med. J. Australia, 1942,
1:63-7.—Conoley, O. F. Medical work in Malaya.  Malay.
M. J.,  1931,  6: 42-6.—Federated  Malay  States;  colonial
medical reports.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1941,  44: Suppl.,
No. 18,  35; No.  19, 37; passim.—Federated  Malay States
[medical and sanitary reports, 1929]  Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond..
1931, 28: Suppl.,  45.—Federated Malay States [medical and
sanitary reports,  1932]  Ibid.,   1934, 31: Suppl., 123-8 —
Federated Malay States [medical and sanitary reports, 1933]
Ibid.,  1935, 32:  Suppl., 145-54.—Federated Malay States
[medical and sanitary reports, 1934]   Ibid., 1936, 33: Suppl.,
151-9.—Federated Malay States [medical and  sanitary reports,
1935]  Ibid., 1937,  34:  Suppl.,  155-64.—Federated Malay
States [medical and sanitary reports, 1936]  Ibid., 1938, 35:
Suppl., 162-9.—Federated Malay States [medical and sanitary
reports,  1937] Ibid., 1939,  36:  Suppl.,  175-81.—Federated
Malay States [medical and sanitary reports, 1938]  Ibid., 1940,
37: Suppl.,  116-21.—Rural  hygiene in  Singapore.  Nurs.
Times,  Lond., 1936, 32: 186.—Smith, M. M.  Labor condi-
tions in British Malaya.  Month. Labor Rev., 1944, 59:  279-
94.—Straits Settlements  [medical and sanitary reports, 1932]
Trop.  Dis. Bull., Lond., 1934,  31:  Suppl.,  129-36.—Straits
Settlements [medical and sanitary reports, 1937]  Ibid., 1939,
36: Suppl., 160-8.—Straits Settlements [medical and sanitary
reports, 1938]  Ibid., 1940, 37: Suppl., 110-4.

MALAY tea.

   See Psoralea (corylifolia)
   MALBEC, Ernesto F.   Cirugia estetica.  63p.
illust.  23cm.   B.Air.,  Impr. Frascoli  &  Bindi,
1938.
   MALBIE, Sir Nicholas,  1530(?)-84.   A  plaine
and easie way to remedy a  horse that is foundered
in  his  feete.   [8]p.  2   illust.   24cm.   Lond.,
Thomas Purfoote,  1583.
   Photostat facs.  (H. E. Huntington Libr.)

   MALBRAN,  Carlos Francisco, 1911-    *Les
eruptions  consecutives a  I'emploi   des vaccina
midicamenteux.  72p.  24cm.  Par.,   Maloine,
1938.
   MALBRAN, Carlos  G.,       -1940.
   For  obituary  see Bol. Acad. nac. med.  B. Aires, 1940,
231-4.  Also Prensa med. argent., 1940, 27:  1676. Also Rev.
Inst. bact.  Dep. nac. hig., B. Air., 1941, 10: 53, portr.  Also
Rev. med. Iat. amer., B Air., 1940-41, 26: 1239.  Also Sem.
med., B. Air., 1940, 2: 391. 
MALBRAN                                  193                       MAL DE  CADERAS
   MALBRAN,  Jorge  [M.  D.,  1920,  B.  Aires]
 Campo  visual;  normal  y  pato!6gico.   2.   ed.
 443p.  illust.  27cm.  B. Air.,  El Ateneo, 1936.
   ---  Titulos, antecedentes y trabajos.  22p.
 23cm.   B. Air., A. Frascoli, 1940.
   â– ---  Consideraciones  anatomo-clinicas sobre
 la via 6ptica  retroquiasmatica.   130p.   illust.
 27cm.   B. Air., A. Frascoli [1941?]
   ---&  ADROGUE,  Esteban.   Estrabismo.
 xxiv, 473p.   illust.   27cm.   B. Air., El Ateneo,
 1938.
   MALBRAN,  Julio Navarro,        -1943.
   For obituary see Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: 335.


 MALBRANCHEA.

   See  Actinomyces, in  5. ser.
   MALBREIL,  Jean,   1913-        ♦Manifesta-
 tions psychiques au cours de la  maladie de Base-
 dow.   40p.   24cm.   Par., Le Francois, 1940.
   MALBY, Pierre Andre, 1914-      *A propos
 de quelques methodes de reperage des projectiles.
 59p.   illust.   25cm.  Par.,  A. Legrand, 1940.
   MALCAIGNE, Pierre Francois,  1806-65.
   For biography see Genty,  M. Biogr. m6d., Par., 1933, 7:
 177-92,  pl., portr.

   MALCEWICZ, John  Roman, 1908-     *Com-
 bination treatment  of  meningococcus meningitis
 [Marquette  Univ.]  14p.  28cm.   [Milwaukee,
 n. p.]  1936.
   Typewritten.

   MALCHARTZECK,  Hans Werner, 1908-
 *Ueber Carzinommetastasen im Knochensystem
 (auf  Grund  von 67 klinischen  Fallen  und  449
 Sektionen)   26p.   8?   Rostock,   C.  Hinstorff,
 1934.
   MALCHARTZECK,  Kurt,  1906-        *Epi-
 demiologische Untersuchungen  iiber die  Diph-
 therie-Epidemie in Breslau  1930-31.  23p.   ch.
 8?  Bresl., Breslau.  Genoss. Buchdr., 1931.
   MALCHEREK, Gertrud, 1906-       *Ueber
 morphologische  Veranderungen  der  Diphtherie-
 bazillen  auf  Organemulsion - Agar - Nahrboden
 [Freiburg i. B.]  p. 65-72.   8?   Jena, G. Fischer,
 1932.
   Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932, 125:

   MALCHOW,  Charles  William,  1864-
 The sexual life;  embracing  the natural  sexual
 impulse,  normal sexual habits and propagation,
 together  with  sexual  physiology  and  hygiene.
 6. ed.   317p.  21cm.   S.  Louis,   C. V.  Mosby
 Co., 1923.   Also 7.  ed.  1928.
   MALCOLM,  Alexander B.,       -1882.
   For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.)
 Omaha, 1928, 51.

   MALCOLM, John, 1873-
   For biography see N. Zealand M. J., 1943, 42: 247, portr.

   MALCOLM, John Gilmore, 1830-       Sup-
 plement  to  Malcolm and  Moss'  Regional  and
 comparative materia medica.  76p.   8?  Hutch-
 inson, Kan., News Co., 1899.
   MALCOLM, William Stevenson, 1871-1936.
   For obituary see Brit. M.,J., 1936, 2: 407.

   MALCOLMSON, John Grant,        -1844.
   Reddy, D. V. S.  Beneficial effects  of malarial fever on
 paralysis of the lower extremities observed by J. G. Malcolm-
 son in 1835.  Bull. Hist. M., 1943, 13: 96.------A century
 old classic on rheumatism in India; an uncatalogued prize essay
 of  J. G. Malcolmson. Ibid.,  1944,  15: 91-106.

   MALCZ, Wilhelm, 1795-1852.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.

   MALDAN-MASSOT,  Marie  Marguerite  Re-
nee  Elisabeth,  1901-         *Enquete  sur  92
enfants vaccines par  le B. C. G.   99p.  8?  Par.,
P.  Massot, 1931.
 MAL de caderas.

   For the bovine type see Rabies; for the equine
 type see Trypanosoma equinum.


 MAL de Meleda.

   See Keratoderma, palmoplantar, essential,  he-
 reditary.
   MALDEN, Mass.  Board of Health.  Annual
 report.   Bost. (1893) 1894-
   MALDEN  Hospital [Maiden,  Mass.]  Annual
 report.   Bost., v.1-17, 1892/93-1908/09.


 MAL de pinto.

   See Pinta.
   MALDONADO   Allende,  Ignacio. .  Cultura
 medica-cultura  humanista.   20p.   23cm.   C6r-
 doba, Argent., Inst, humanidades, 1941.
   Forms No. 15, Pub. Inst, humanidades Univ. nac. C6rdoba.

   MALDONADO  B., Carlos.  Seguro social  y
 salubridad.   96p.   18Kcm.   Santiago de  Chile,
 Ed. Nascimento, 1939.
   MALDONADO   Corrales,  Angel,  1890-
 Trabajos cientificos, 1912-1915.   174p.  pl.  8?
 Lima, La Opini6n Nacional,  1918.
   ----   * Contribution a l'etude de l'histoire de la
 chimie au Perou [Pharm.]  69p.  23}^cm.   Par.,
 Ed. Pharm., 1936.
   See also Triunfo (Un)  del trabajo, de la voluntad y del estu-
 dio.  Reforma m£d., Lima, 1938, 24: 684, portr.

   ----  & ESPOSTO, Nicolas.   Contribucidn al
 estudio   de  la  materia  medica peruana,   v.2.
 p.85-161. pl. 25cm. Lima,  Sanmartf y cia, 1921.


 MALE.

   See also  Bull; Fowl,  Cock;  Horse, Stallion;
 Genitals [male] Genito-Urinary  system  [male]
 Penis; Sex; Sex Life; Testis.
   Bern, H. A., & Krichesky, B.  Anatomic and
 histologic studies of  the sex accessories of the male
 rabbit,   p.  175-95.   26#om.  Berkeley, 1943.
   Forms No. 7, v. 47, Pub. Zool. Univ. California.
   Anderson, E. E.  The interrelationship of drives in the male
 albino rat; interrelations among measures of emotional, sexual,
 and exploratory behavior.  J. Genet. Psychol., 1938, 53: 335-
 52.------& Anderson, S.  F.  The relation between the
 weight of the endocrine  glands and measures  of sexual, emo-
 tional and exploratory behavior in the male albino  rat..   J.
 Comp.  Psychol., 1938, 26: 459-74.—Aron.  Rech<   es .uor-
 phologiques et experimentales sur le determinism   ,s carac-
 teres sexuels secondaires m&les chez les anoures (Rana esculenta
 L. et Rana temporaria L.)  Arch, biol., Liege, 1926, 36: 3-97,
 5 pl.—Aronson, L. R., & Noble, G. K.  Neural basis of the
 sexual behavior in male  Rana pipiens.  Anat. Rec, 1942, 82:
 396 (Abstr.).—Banta, R. M.  The elimination of the male sex
'in the evolution of some  lower animals.  Sc. Month., 1930, 30:
 59-65.—Beach, F. A. Copulatory behavior of male rats raised
 in isolation and subjected to partial decortication prior to the
 acquisition of sexual experience.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1941, 31:
 457-71, pl.------Analysis of factors involved in the arou-
 sal, maintenance and manifestation of sexual excitement  in
 male animals.   Psychosomat. M.,  1942, 4:  173-98.  ------
 Experimental studies of sexual behavior in male mammals.
 J. Clin. Endocr., 1944, 4: 126-34.—Becker, J., & Lehmensick.
 R.  Kastrationsversuche  an in Brunst befindUchen mannhchen
 Stichlingen (Gasterosteus aculeatus  L.)  vorlaufige Mitteilung.
 Klin. Wschr.,  1933, 12: 387.—Benoit, J.  Le determinisme des
 caracteres sexuels  secondaires  du coq domestique; etude
 physiologique et histophysiologique. Arch. zool. exp., Par.,
 1929-30,  69:  217-499,  9 pl.  ------  Activation  sexuelle
 obtenue chez  le canard par l'eclairement artificiel pendant  la
 periode de repos genital.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 1671-3.
 ------Sur la croissance  du testicule du canard immature
 declenchee par  l'eclairement artificiel.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,
 1935, 120: 1323-6.  ------  Hypophysectomie et dclairement
 artificiel chez le canard m&le.  Ibid., 1326-8.  —----  Sur le
 caractere  quantitatif de la reponse a l'excitation par la lumiere
 artificielle  du  mecanisme  gonado-stimulant chez le canard
 domestique.  Ibid.,  1936,  123:  241-3.------Facteurs
 externes et internes de l'activit6 sexuelle; 6tude du mecanisme
 de la stimulation par la lumiere de l'activite testiculaire chez le
 canard domestique; r61e de l'hypophyse.  Bull. biol. France,
 1937, 71: 393-437, 3 pl.   ------  & Ott, L.   Action de lu-
 mieres de difT6rentes longueurs d'onde sur la gonadostimulation
549701—vol. 10, 4th series----13 
MALE
194
MALE
chez le canard male inipuWre.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 193S, 127:
906-9.— Bond,  C. I.   A case  of unilateral  development  of
secondary mule characters in a pheasant; with remarks on the
influence  of hoi n nines  in  the  production of secondary sex
 liaiacters.   Pep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc.  (1913) I'M I. 521.—
Huddenbrock-Hetter.'dorf, W. von.   Pasmiinnliche Piinzip im
lieneidi.   Wien. klin. "Wschr.,  1043, 56: 319-22.-  Rurger. J.
W.  (in the relative roles of increased and constant peiiods of
illumination in the sexual photoperiodic  activation of the male
starling.  J. Exp. Zool., 1939,  80:  249-57,  inch  pl.   â– -----
Some  aspects of the ioles of light intensity and the daily length
of exposure  to light in the sexual photoperiodic activation of the
male starling. .Ibid, 81: 333-41, pl.------Further studies
on the relation of the daily exposure to light to the sexual activa-
tion of the  male starling, Sturnus vulgaris.   Ibid., 1940, 84:
351-61, pl.  •------Some effects of colored illumination  on
the  sexual  activation of the male starling.   Ibid., 1943, 94:
161-8. ----—   Bissonnette,  T. H.,  &  Doolittle,  H.  D.
Some  effects of flashing light on  testicular activation in the male
starling, Sturnus  vulgaris.  Ibid., 1942,  90: 73-82.—Caridroit,
F.,  &  Regnier, V.  Le determinisme des caracteres sexuels  du
coq domestique et la loi du tout ou rien.  Arch.  zool.  exp.,
Par.,  1930-31, 70: (notes et rev.) 33-44.—Castle, W. E.  The
quantitative theorv of sex and the genetic character of haploid
males. Proc. U. S. Nat. Acad. Sc,  1930, 16: 783-91 —
Champy, C. Apparition fluctuante de caracteres sexuels males
chez Triton alpestris femelle.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1022. 175:
1443.—Conklin, R. L.  The relation of sexual  health of the
domestic cock to fertilitv and hatchabilitv of the eggs.   Cornell
Vet.,  1929,   19:  25-32.—Cummings, B.  F.   Some features of
behavior in the courtship display of  the palmate newt (Molge
palmata Schneid.)  J. Animal Behav., 1911, 1: 305.—Dantcha-
koff, V.  Sur la stability de l'inversion  experimentale ph£no-
typiquedanslesexe niale.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1935, 120: 1036-8
------Sur les effets de l'hormone male dans un jeune cobaye
male  trait£  depuis  un stade embrvonnaire,  production d'hy-
permales.   Ibid., 1938, 127: 1259-62— Gerhardt. II.  Aus dem
Geschlechtsleben der Spinnen (die Tasterfulhing der Miinnchen)
Naturwissenschaften, 1923, 11: 849-54.—Harris. J.  A.  Ob-
servation on the so-called  dimorphism  in the males of Cam-
barus erichson.  Zool. Anz.,  1901, 24: 683-9.—Henke,  K.
Die rhythmischen Musterbildungen  und die Bedingungen des
Haisondimorphismus bei  der  Flankenfeder  der  miinnlichen
Stockente.   Biol. Zbl.,  1939,  59: 459-89.—Ivanova,  S.  Die
Wirkung der Eliminierung der Gonozyten auf die Entwicklung
der mannhchen  sekundiiren Geschlechtsmerkmale bei weissen
Ratten.  Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 176: 181-9.—Liu,  C. C.
The Linea masculina, a new secondary sex character in Salien-
tia.   J. Morph., 1935, 57: 131-45, pl.—Lohe,  K.  Anatomische
Befunde bei einem  miinnlichen Mantelpavian ohne  Mantel-
bildung.  Beitr. path.  Anat., 1940-41, 105: 107-26.—Louvier,
R.  Les barbillons du coq domestique  chez l'embryon  et le
poussin de  races Leghorn et Orpington.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,
1934,   116:   397-0.—Martino, G. . Alimentazione  orizanica e
funzioni sessuali del gallo.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1934, 9:
540-2.—Matthews, S. A.  The effects of light and temperature
on  the male sexual c\ cie in Fundulus.  Biol. Bull., 1939, 77:
92-5.—Nalbandov, A. V., & Card, L. E.   Endocrine identifica-
tion of the  broody genotype  of cocks.  J. Hered., 1945, 36:
35-9.—Pinard, A.,  &  Magnan, A.  Sur la  fiagilite  du sexe
male.   C. rend. Acad,  sc, 1913, 156: 401-3.—Pomerat, C. M.
Experimental studies on the nuptial pads of male Triturus
viridescens.  Biol. Bull., 1936, 70: 50-5.—Poulton, E. B.  Mr.
\V.  A. Lafnborn's observation on marriage  by  capture  by a
West  African wasp; a possible  explanation of the great  vari-
ability of certain secondary sexual characters in males.   Hep.
Brit.  Ass.  Advance. Sc.  (1913) 1914, 511.—Pritchett, H.  I).
Abnormal sex behavior in a dairy bull.   North Am. Vet.,  1942,
23: 708.—Riley, G. M.   Light regulation of  sexual activity in
the male sparrow (Passer domesticus)   Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.,
N.  Y., 1936, 34:  331.—Ringoen, A. R.  Effects of continuous
green  and red light illumination on gonadal response in the
English sparrow,  Passer domesticus (Linnaeus)  Am. J. Anat.,
1942,  71: 99-116, 4 pl.—Seward, G. H.  Studies on the repro-
ductive activities of the guinea pig;  specificity of sexual  drive
in the male. J.  Genet. Psychol., 1941, 59: 389-96.—Stone,
C. P., Barker, R.  G., & Tomilin, M. I.  Sexual drive in potent
and impotent male rats as measured  by  the Columbia obstruc-
tion'apparatus.   Ibid.,  1935,  47: 33-48.—Vorontsova, M.  A.
[A reversible dependent sexual character in male guinea  pigs]
Tr.  Lab. Exp. Biol.  Zoo Moscow, 1926, 2: 99-120.—Walton, A.
Comparative sexual behaviour of the male.  Proc.  R. Soc. AL,
Lond., 1943-44, 37: 660.—Wetmore,  A.  On certain secondary
sexual characters in the male iuddy duck, Erismatura jamai
censis  (Gmelin)   Proc. P.  S. Nat. Mus., 1917,  52: 479-82.—
Whiting, A. R.  Genetic evidence for diploid males in  Habro-
bracon. Biol. Bull., 1927. 53: 438-40.—Williams, W. L.  The
role of the male in the  pathologv of reproduction.  Vet. Med.,
Chic,  1932, 27:  288-302.—Winterbottom, J. M.   The trans-
ference of male secondary sexual display characters to the  fe-
male.   J. Genet., Lond., 1929-30, 21: 367-87 —Wright,  P. L.
Sexual cycle of the male long-tailed weasel.  Anat. Pec.  1944,
89:  554.
----   human.
   See also Child, male; Sex; also Anthropometry;
Biometry; Constitution; Growth (human)  Height
and weight.
   Risak,  E.   Der Mann; seine Physiologic  und
 Pathologie; Vortrage.  337p.  21cm.  Wien, 1943.
   Shannon, T.  YV.    Perfect  manhood;  how  in-
 herited, attained  and maintained; how  wrecked
 and regained.    128p.   8?   Louisville [1907)
   Trewby,   A.    Healthy  boyhood.   63p.   1(>°
 X.  V.,  1907.
   Alestra, L.  Ricerche sulla ereditariet& dei tipi costituzionuli
 e  di alcuni caratteri morfologici dai genitori ai figli.  Kndocr
 pat.  cost., Bologna, 1936-37,  12: 237-63.-  Falta. W.  |)„s
 iiussere  Erscheinungsbild  des  Mannes und  seine klmi.M lie
 Bedeutung.   Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1943, 56: 529 32.  Ituthen-
 berg,  M.  Hcobachtungen  an   \isknsen  Knaben.  Zschr
.niensclil. Yererh., 1039,23:769-73.-  Seltzer. C. ('., A Brouha.L
 The masculine component and physical fitness.  Am. J. Phys
 Anthrop.. 1943, n. ser., 1: 95-108, 4 pl.

 ----   human: Psychology.
   See Masculinity.

 ----   Secondary  sex characters.
   See  also  under specific headings  as Pelvis;
 Skeleton, etc.
   Kubilschek, P. E.  Sexual development of boys with special
 refeicnce to the appearance of the secondary sexual characters
 and   their  relationship to structural  and  personality types.
 J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1932, 76: 425-51.—Masculine and'fem-
 inine characteristics.   Lancet. Lond., 1937, 2:  417.— Plattner,
 F.  Die   biologischen  Grundlagen  spezifisch   mitnnlicher
 Eigenschaften.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1943, 56:  345-8.—Ruger,
 H. A., & Pearson,  K.  On the inteirelationship of  ccitain
 characters in man  (males)  Ann. Eugen., Cambr., 1933, 5:
 59; 304.—Seltzer, C. C.   The value of the shoulder-hip  ratio
 as an index of masculinity and its relation to dynamic plnsical
 fitness.  Rev. canad. biol., 1943, 2: 329-31.- Steinach, E., &
 Kun, H.   Luteingewebc und mannliche Cescblechtscliarakterc
 Arch. ges. Physiol., 1931, 227: 266-78.

 ----   Sex life.
   See also  Adultery; Coitus;  Climacteric,  male;
 Eroticism;  Homosexuality;  Paternity;  Puberty;
 Sex life.
   Adams,  A.   Male  sexual  health.   98p.   18?
 Phila.,  1898.
   American   Social   Hygiene   Association.
 From boy to man.   20p.   18?  N.  Y.,  1930.
   Forms No. 626, Pub. Am. Soc. Hyg. Ass.
   Boller,  W. G.  Vigeur virile; guide medical
 de  poche  permettant de se  guerir  soi-meme par
 des  moyens  naturels.   118p.  12?   Brux., 1911.
   Bromley,  D. D.,  &  Britten,  F. H.   Youth
 and sex; a study of  1300 college students.   303p.
 8?   N. Y.,  1938.
   Doshay, L. J.   The boy  sex offender and his
 later career.  206p.   22cm.   N. V.,  1943.
   Eaton,  C.  W.  Things  young  men  should
 know.   187p.   8?  Des  Moines, 1S84.
   Frontstein,  R.  M.   [Disturbance of  sexual
 activity in men]   48p.    17^cm.   Moskva, 1929.
   Gallichan, W. M.   Letters to a young man
 on  love and health.   123p.   12?   Lond.,  1919.
   Hall,  W.  S.   Biology,  physiology and  soci-
 ology of reproduction, also  sexual hygiene with
 special reference to the male.   138p.  8?   Chic,
 1906.
   King, E.  A.   Helps  to  health and  purity;  a
 book for young  men.   127p.  18?   Des Moines,
 1903.
   Kirkendall,    L.   A.   Sex  adjustments  of
 young  men.   21.">p.   22cm.   N. Y.  [1940]
   Napheys,  G.  H.    Transmission of life; coun-
 sels on the nature and hvgiene of  the masculine
 function.   4. ed.   346p.    12°   Phila., 1871.  An-
 other ed.  362p.  12?  Phila., 1878.
   Posner,  C.   Die  Hygiene  des   mannlicron
 Geschlechtslebens;   sechs   Vorlesungen.   121p.
 12?   Lpz., 1918.
   Preston, W.   Sufferer's  manual; a  book of
 advice  and  instruction   for  young  men.   2v.
 67p.; 63p.   16?    Chic,  1S79. 
MALE
195
MALEIC ACID
  Sctjdder, C.  D.   Hand-book for young  men.
92]>.   12?  N. Y., 1892.
  Snow.  W.  F.   Health  for  man  and boy.   I.
Special series.   16p.   12?   X. Y., 1933.
  Forms No. 839 of Pub. Am. Soc. Hyg. Ass.

  Ta.ylor  W. C.   Phvsician's  counsels to man
in  health  and  disease.   399p.   8?   Springf.,

1872.                                   .
  Walker, K.,  &  Strauss,  E. B.   Sexual dis-
orders in  the male.   248p.   21>/2cm.   Bait,, 1939.
  Warner, I. de  V., & Warner, L. C.   Popular
tre-itise  on man, in health and disease.   337p.
8? '  N. Y., 1873.
  Wegener,   H.  Wir  jungen  Manner;   das
=exuelle Problem des'gebildeten jungen  Mannes
vor  der Ehe.  213p.   19#cm.   [Diisseld.,  1906]
  Ajamil, L.  F.   Los trastornos de la funcion sexual masculina
desde el p'unto de vista urologico.  Bol. Col. med. Camagiiey,
1940 3- 175-84.—Alvarado Rivera, M. J. Ante los hijos.  In:
Dia kntivener.  (Liga hig.)   Lima (1939) 1940,  20-5.—Army
(The) doctor  bachelor. War Doctor, 1942-43,  1: No. 10, 7 —
Bellezza L.  Sulla soglia della virilita.  Gior. Soc. ital. igiene,
1931  53- 228-47.—Renjamin,  H.  The sex pioblem in  the
armed forces. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1944, 48: 231-44—Bernard,
L L  The male advantage in  bisexual reproduction.  In his
Iiitroduct. Sociol., N. Y., 1942, 376-8.—Hoy (From)  to man;
a challenge to bovs.   J. Social Hyg.,  1929, 15: 23-38.—Hrom
Sex, N. Y., 1938,  155-78.
Don  Juans.  Ibid.,
169-72.—Elbertzhagen,  H.  Die  sexuelle  Frage  und da
Problem des mannhchen  Samens.  Zschr. Sexwiss., 1924-25,
11- 46-8—Freud, S.  The sexual life of man.  In his Gen.
tntrod. Psychoanal., N. Y., 1943, 266-80.—Hughes, W.  L.
Sex experiences of boyhood.  J. Social Hyg.. N. \., 1926,
12- 262-73 —Kahn, F.  The  male sexual .function.  In  his
Our Sex Life. 2. ed., N. Y.,  1942, 10-31, 4 pl.—Keeping fit; a
bulletin for boys.  Virginia Health Bull., 1934,  26: 1-11.—
Khazanov, LO.  [Sexwal disorders in men]  Urologia, Moskva,
1939, 16: No. 3, 76-81.—Patry, F. L.   Emotional immaturity;
the induction  station  viewpoint.  Nerv.  Child,  1944-45,
4: 135-41.—Preobrazhensky, A. P.  [Treatment of functional,
sexual disorders in men]   Feldsher, Moskva,  1938, 19-23.—
Radcliffe, R. A. C.  The voung man's attitude  to sex.  Health
Educ. J., Lond., 1944, 2: 28-32.—Ramirez, E.  Vida sexual
del soldado mexicano. Mem.  Conv. med.  mil.  mex., 1936,
119-21 —Ramsey, G. V.  The  sex information  of  younger
boys.  Am. J.  Orthopsychiat.,  1943, 13: 347-52.—Reproduc-
tive performance in man.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 1802.—
Rost, J. Sexuelle Probleme im  Felde.   Med. Welt, 1944, 18:
218-22.—Smith,  G. G.  Disturbances of the  sexual function
in males.  Med.  Rec, Houston, 1942, 36: 378-83.—Vashke-
vich, E. F.  [Disorders of the sexual functions in men]  I rolo-
gia, Moskva, 1941, 18: No. 2, 117-20.


---  Sexuality.

   See also Libido; Sexual instinct.
   Gait, W. E.  The male-female dichotomy  in  human  be-
havior. Psychiatry, Bait.,  1943, 6: 1-14.—Gnecco Mozo, F.
El ciclo sexual  masculino.   Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1940-41,
9: 796; passim.   ------  Glandulas endocrinas., sistema nervio-
so y ciclo  sexual masculino.  Ibid.,  1941-42, 10:  442-6.-^-
Perry-Coste, F. H.   Sexual periodicity  in men.  In: Stud.
Psychol. Sex. (Ellis, H.)  N. Y, 1936, 1: 297-309.


MALEAMIC acid.

   See Maleic Acid.


MALEATE.

   See under Maleic  acid.
   MALEBRANCHE, Nicolas de, 1638-1715.
   Pollnow, H.   Reflexions sur les fondements de la psychologie
chez  Malebranche.  Rev.  philos.  France,  1938, 63: 194-
214.                                                .
   For portrait see in Cognit. Psychol. (Moore, T.  V.) Chic,
1939, 148.
MALE  fern.
  See Aspidium filix  mas.


MALE hormone.
  See Estrogen subheadings (Androgen;
sterone) also Masculinization.
Testo-
MALEIC  acid  [HOOC.CH-CH.COOH]

  See also Fumaric acid.
  Couper, M., Kibler, C. J.,  & Lutz, R. E.  Sodium acid di-
methylmaleate.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63: 2.—Kuster, W.
Ueber   das   Methviithvlmaleinsaureimid.  Zschr.  physiol.
Chem., 1924, 137: 78-84.  ------  Versuche zur Darstellung
einer Oxyiithylmethylmaleinsaure; iiber Derivate der Acetylcy-
clopropancarbonsaure.  Ibid.,  1925, 145: 53-68.  ------  Ueber
das  |9-Oxyathyl-methylmaleinsaureanhydrid und iiber Versei- •
fungen von a-Oxyniti ilen durch Sehwefelsaure.  Ibid.,  1927,
172: 230-43.------&  Grassner, F.  Versuche zur Darstellung
einer Oxyathylmethylnialeinsaure; iiber Derivate  der Cyclo-
propandicarbonsaure.   Ibid.,  1925, 145: 45-52.—Lutz, O. E.
[Transformation of maleic acid into succinic derivatives with
aid  of pyridine bases]   J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch.,
1915 47- 1549-61.— Moore, W.,& Roblin, R. O...jr.  Diallyl ma-
leate as an insecticide.   U. S. Patent Off., 1943. Nos. 2,325,790-
1.—Morgan, E. J., & Friedmann, E.  Maleic acid  as inhibitor
of  enzvme reactions induced by SH-compounds.  Biochem.
J., Lond., 1938,  32: 862-70.—Schmalfuss, H., & Rarthmeyer,
H.  Ueber  Buten-2-diol-2,3-disaure-l,4,  die sogenannte Di-
oxvmaleinsaure.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1926, 160: 196-213.—
Skinner, G. S., Coghlan, C. A., & Berlin, A. S.  p-Bromo-
phenylhvdroxymaleic imide.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942,  64:
2600.—tarbell, D. S.  The halogenation of acids of the maleic-
fumaric  type in  aqueous solution.  Summaries Thes. Harvard
Univ. (1937)  1938,  100-2.—Taube, H.  Disappearance of
thiosulfate in  solutions of maleic acid;  catalysis  of cis-trans
isomerization.  J. Am.  Chem. Soc, 1943, 65: 526-31.—Weiz-
mann, C, &  Bergmann, F.   Interaction  between Grignard
compounds  and  maleic acid derivatives.   Ibid.,  1938,  60:
2647-50.

---   Anhydride.
   Bachmann, W. E., & Klcetzel, M. C.   The reaction between
maleic anhydride and polycyclic hydrocarbons. J. Am. Chem.
Soc,  1938, GO: 481-5.—Bergmann,  F.  Nitrogen-terminated
conjugated  svstems  and  maleic anhydride.  Ibid.,  2811.—
Clapp, D.  B.'  The reaction  of a  thiophene derivative  with
maleic anhydride.  Ibid., 1939, 61: 2733-5— Hurd, C. D., Roe,
A. S., & Williams, J. W.  The non-reaction of acetylketene and
maleic anhydride, and some  notes regarding maleic acid.  J.
Org. Chem", 1937-38, 2: 314-8.—Robey, R. F.  A caution on
the use of maleic anhydride as a reagent for conjugated diolefins.
Science, 1942, 96: 470.—Tarbell, D. S.   Some reactions of ma-
leic and dimethylmaleic anhydrides with organometallic com-
pounds.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 215.

----  Fermentation.
   Banga, I., & Philippot, E.  Ueber die Dioxymaleinsaureoxy-
dase. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1939, 258: 147-59.—Banga, I., &
Szent-Gyorgyi,  A.  Dioxymaleinsaure-Oxydase.  Ibid.,  1938,
255:  57-60.—Chance,  B.  The kinetics  of the  enzyme-sub-
strate  compounds of  peroxidase and  dihydroxymaleic acid
oxidase.  J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 140: Proc, 24.—Philippot, E.
L'oxydase de l'acide dioxymaleique.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939,
130: 775-9.—Robeznieks, I.  Dioxymaleinsaure und Peroxy-
dase.  Zschr. physiol.  Chem., 1938,  255:  255-8.—Zaitu, I.
Fermentative Erforschung der Maleinsaure.  Fukuoka acta
med., 1936, 29: 85-7.
   MALEIKA, Bruno, 1898-        *Zur Frage des
Alkoholismus auf  Grund des klinischen  Materials
der  Psychiatrischen Universitatsklinik Konigs-
berg mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung  der  Jahre
1921-1925    [Konigsberg i.  P.]   p.  694-704.  8?
Berl.,  J. Springer, 1926.
  Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1927, 78:

   MALEIKA, Robert,  1909-        *Missbildun-
gen und gutartige Tumoren als Nebenbefunde bei
Carcinomtragern.   90p.   23cm.  Berl.,  R.  Pfau,

 1938.
   MALEK, Amir  Nasser, 1903-        *La pro-
phylaxie de la syphilis dans  la societe  moderne.
54p.   8?   Par., Jouve & cie, 1931.
   MALEK,  Hassan  AH.   *Le controle des den-
 rees alimentaires  en  Suisse  et a Geneve.  37p.
 23cm.   Geneve, Impr. Commerciale, 1939.
   ----   *Contribution  a  l'etude  du  megacolon
 de  I'adulte.   97p.  24cm.   Par., Impr.  Foulon,

 1940.
    MALEKI,  Abolhassan,  1907-        *Pnmares
 Netzsarkom; ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur Chirur-
 gie der Netzsarkome an Hand eines eigenen Falles
 und der Weltliteratur.   72p.   23cm.   Berl,  R.

 Pfau,  1937.
    MALEKI, Mohamad  AH, 1903-        traite-
 ment  de la  syphilis par les  sels  d'or.   67p.   8"

 Par.,  M. Vigne, 1935. 
MALEKZADEH-MILANl                  196                               MALGAIGNE
  MALEKZADEH-MILANI, Taghi.    *Contri-
bution  a l'etude de la meningite epidSmique  de
I'enfant et de son traitement par les sulfamides.
95p.  23cm.   Geneve,   Impr.   du   Commerce,
1941.
  MALENGREAU,  Fernand,  1880-        Une
fondation medicale au  Congo beige, la FOMU-
LAC   (1926-1940)    75p.   pl.   map.   22cm.
Louvain, n. p.  [1942?]
  MALEPLATE,   Albert,   1904-       *Etude
critique des ad£nites geniennes d'origine dentaire;
cellulites  subaigues  et   chroniques.   88p.   8!
Par., A. Legrand, 1931.
  MALERI,  Jiwan  R.   *Etude  sur  la  radio-
therapie  des  leucemies  chroniques.   49p.   8"
Lausanne, Impr. Commerciale,  1928.
  MALESPINE,  Emile,  1892-       Loi  du  15
fevrier  1902  relative a  la  protection de la sant6
publique.  35p.   18cm.  Par., Vigot fr., 1942.
  Forms No. 1, Collect, textes san.
  ----  Etablissements classes, loi du 19 decem-
bre 1917 modifiee par les lois du 20 avril 1932 et
21  novembre  1942  relative  aux  etablissements
dangereux,   insalubres   ou  incommodes.    43p.
 18cm.   Par., Vigot fr.,  1943.
   Forms No. 2, Collect, textes san.
   See also Duvoir, M., & Malespine, E. Maladies profession-
nelles, loi du 25 octobre 1919 modifiee et completee par la loi
du  1" Janvier...   71p.  18cm.  Par., 1943.  ------   Ma-
ladies professionnoUes; silicose, diagnostic expertise, d£cret du
13 juillet 1945, Seem ite sociale.  45p. 18cm. Par., 1947.
   Also editor of Collection Les textes sanitaires.  Par., No. 1,
1942-
   MALET, Jean,  1908-       *Le traitement de
 la   demence   precoce  par  l'association   de   la
 chrysotherapie et de l'opotherapie a la pyrfito-
 therapie soufree [Lyon]   131p.  8?   Bourg, Ber-
 thod, 1935.
   MALET,  Pierre Bernard, 1911-        * Essai
 de prophylaxie des infections puerperales.  86p.
 8?  Par., Vigot fr., 1937.
   MALETON, Hans Jakob Wolfram, 1911-
 *Die Abrasio  mucosae  uteri.  36p.  22.cm. Bonn,
 J.  Heidelmann, 1936.
   MALEYRIE, Robert, 1907-       *La  reani-
 mation  du coeur  par les injections intra-cardia-
 ques d'atropine au cours des  syncopes anesthe-
 siques   (syncopes  secondaires  chloroformiques)
 HOp.   ch.  8?   Par.,  M. Vigne", 1934.
   MALFANTI   AMIGO,  Juan.   *Xeurotomia
 retrograsseriana;  contribucion  anat6mica,   an-
 tropometrica  y  clfnica  [Chile]  129p.   ch.   8?
 Santiago, Impr. Nascimento, 1930.
    MALFATTI, Giovanni,  1775-1859.
   Pincherle, B.  Giovanni Malfatti, medico di Beethoven e
 del Duca di Reichstadt.  Rass. clin. ter., 1931, 30:  (Suppl.)
 30-42.  Also transl. Med. Life,  1931, 38: 698-714.
    MALFATTI, Mario  G., SALVATI, Alberto T.,
 &  PABSTLEBEN, Carlos E.  Psiquiatrfa.  6. ed.
 359p.   illust.   tab.  diagr.  22cm.   B. Air., El
 Ateneo, 1943.
    MALFITANO, Giovanni, 1872-1941.
   Pozerski, E.  [Necrologie]  Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par.,  1941,
 67: 5-8.

 MALFORMATION.

    See    Abnormities;   Embryogeny,  Pathology;
 Growth  [human] Disorder; also  under names of
 parts  and organs of the body.
    MALFROY,  Robert,  1908-      ♦Contribu-
 tion a l'etude des luxations ouvertes du coude.
 71p.   pl.  8?   Lyon,  Bose  fr., 1934.
    MALGAIGNE, Joseph Francois, 1806-65.
    See:
    Pilastre,  E.   Malgaigne  (1806-1865)  etude
 sur sa vie et ses idees d'apres ses ecrits, des papiers
 Bull.  Soc. nat, cliir.
I., Par., 1929, 44: 223-
.; Joseph Francois Mal-
 45: 342.
de  famille  et  des  souvenirs particuliers.  246p.
22cm.  Par., 1905.
  Fin Liosrraphv see benormant, C.
Par.. l'.i'J<l, 55: 55-82.   Also Progr. me<
45.-  Pllmann. E. V.  The doctor laugh
gaigne (lstlf. 65)  West. J. Surg., 1937

  MALGRAS, Pierre, 1907-
radiologique  post-operatoire de la  voie  biliaire
principale.   120p.   8?   Par.,   Masson   &  cie,
1937.
.  See also  Desplas, B.,  Moulonguet, P.,  & Malgras,  I*.
L'exploration  radiologique  post-op6ratoire de la  voie hiliairv
principale.  120p.  24^cm. Par., 1938.

  MALHEIRO, Antonio Augusto.
tos  e da sua prepara<;ao.  49p.  c
mert, 1858.
♦Exploration
*Dos extrac-
 Rio, Laeni-
MALHERBE's epithelioma.

  See Epithelioma, calcified.
  MALIANTS,  Arusik  Ambartsumovna,  1888-
1936.
  Isachenko,  B.  L.  [Obituary]  Mikrobiologia,  Moskva,
1936, 5: 436, portr.

  MALIBRAN,  Maria Felicita, 1808-36.
  Mort l.La) de la Malibran.  Aesculape, Par., 1940, 30: No. 4,
10-2.
COOH.CH2.CH(OH
MALIC   acid

   COOH]

  See also Succinic acid.
  Alwall, Nils.  Zur Kenntnis der enzymatischen Bildung von
1-Apfelsaure aiis  Fumarsaure. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Lpz.,
1929, 55: 91-3.— Auerbach, F., & Kriiger, I).  Die polanme-
trische Bestimmung der Apfelsiiure.  Zschr.  Untersuch. Nah-
rungsmitt., 1923, 46: 97-154.  ------ Bestimmung von Apfel-
saure in Fruchtsaften und anderen Frtichterzeugnissen. Ibid.,
177-217.—Celsi, S. A. Uso de la resorcina y de la orcina para
reconocer al acido malico.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: pt 1,
46.—Dakin, H. D.  The  resolution of inactive malic acid into
optically active forms.  J. Biol. Chem., 1924-25, 59: 7-12 —
DeRight, R. E.  The decomposition of malic acid by sulfuric
acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1934, 56: 618-20.—Franzen, H., &
Ostertag,  R. Ueber  die  chemischen  Bestandteile gruner
Pflanzen; uber die Nichtexistenz der Crassulaceenapfelsaure.
Zschr. physiol.  Chem.,  1922, 122:  263-97.—Glimm.E., &
Nitzsche, M. Ueber die Entstehung der Apfelsaure bei der
alkoholischen CJarung in Cegenwart von Asparagin und As-
paraginsaure. Biochem.  Zschr., 1932, 253: 318-35. —  -
Ueber die  Entstehung der Apfelsaure aus  Asparagin durch
Giirung bei verschiedenem  pH.  Ibid., 1934, 268: 444-50 —
Krebs, H. A., Smyth, D. H., & Evans, E. A., jr.  Determination
of fumarate and malate in animal tissues.  Biochem. J., Lond.,
1940, 34: 1041-5.—Kylin, H.  Ueber das  Vorkommen  von
Apfelsaure bei einer Braunalge.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1931,
197: 7-11.—McKenzie, A., &.Christie, E. W. Die Aktiyierung
von Traubensaure durch optisch aktive Apfelsaure.  Biochem.
Zschr., 1935, 277: 122-8.—Pucher, G. W., & Vickery, H. B.
On  the identity of the so called crassulacean malic acid with
isocitric acid.  J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 145: 525-32— Tiecher, J.
Ueber die  Inhaltsstoffe  der  Fruchte von  Rhus typhina L.;
Gewinnung und Nachweis  der Apfelsaure.  Biochem. Zschr.,
1941,  307:  378-86.— Tomita, M.  Ueber das Verhalten der
inaktiven Apfelsaure im Organismus des Hundes und Kanin-
chens.  Ibid., 1921, 123: 231-4.


----  Pharmacology.
  Krantz, J. C.   The use of sodium malate  combinations as a
dietary substitute for sodium chloride.  Ann. Int. M., 1929-30,
3: 826-34— Underbill. F.  P., & Pack,  G.  T.  The pharma-
cological behavior of malic  acid and its salts.  J. Pharm. Exp.
Ther., 1925-26, 25: 467-85.—Weiss, J. M., Downs, C.. K., *
Corson, H. P.  Inactive malic acid as a food acidulant.  Indust.
Engin. Chem., 1923, 15: 628-30.

   MALICE, Fernand Fabien Alfred, 1907-
 *Roentgenthei*apie des furoncles  et anthrax de
la   face.   81p.  24cm.   Lille,  Impr.  Douriez-

 Bataille, 1936.


 MALICE.
   Boven.  La malignite et le mauvais caract^re.  Rev. med.
 Saisse rom„ 1926, 46: 700-2.

    MALICKE, Georg,  1877-       *Studien uber
 Rassenmerkmale bei Pferden   [Bern]  79p.   8.

 Berl., O.  & E. Klett, 1910. 
MALICODEHYDROGENASE             197                              MALINGERING
 MALICODEHYDROGENASE.

   See also Malic acid.
   Hahn, A., & Haarmann, W.  Ueber die Dehydrierung der
 Apfelsaure. Zschr. Biol., 1927-28, 87: 465-71. ----—Ueber
 die  Dehydrierung  der  Apfelsaure;  vorlaufige  Mitteilung.
 Ibid., 1928-29, 88:  91.------& Fischbach, E.  Ueber die
 Dehydrierung der Apfelsaure.  Ibid., 587-93.—Lebedev,  A.
 IFermentation of dibasic  acids; fermentation of malic  acid]
 J. Russ.  fiz. khim.  obshch., khim. ch., 1916, 48: 725-48.—
 Rippel, K.  Der bakterielle Abbau der Apfelsaure im Wein als
 Folge biologisch aktiver Wirkstoffe  (Biokatalysatoren) in den
 Weinbeeren.  Ber. Deut. bot. Ges., 1943, 61: 108-17.—Straub,
 F. B. Reinigung der Apfelsauredehydrase und die Bedeutung
 der  Zellstruktur  in  der  Apfelsauredehydrierung.  Zschr.
 physiol. Chem.,  1942, 275: 63-72.


 MALIGNANCY.

   See Cancer, Malignancy;  also under names  of
 various malignant tumors.

 MALIGNANT bovine catarrh.

   See Catarrhal  fever [malignant]


 MALIGNANT edema.

   See Gas edema; Gas  gangrene.


 MALIGNANT pustule.

   See Anthrax, external.
   MALIK,  Abdul Aziz,  1908-       *Die  Prog-
 nose  der   Nephrektomie.   51p.  8?   Berl.,   A.
 Dybe, 1937.
   MALIK,  David, 1897-        *Die  Wundver-
 einigung; ihre Vorteile  und  Nachteile  und  Ver-
 besserungsmoglichkeit   [Berlin]  31 p.  8?  Char-
 lottenb.,  Gebr.  Hoffmann,  1927.
   MALIN,  K. M., & Vtorov, M. N.   IJojryueHHe
 KpenKOfi cepHou khcjioth 6ameHHbiM  cnoco5oM.
 50 [2] p.  tab. diagr.  20^>cm.   Moskva, Gosud.
 nauch-tehn. khim. liter., 1943.


 MALINGERING.

   See also  Accidents, Malingering in; Behavior,
 Disorders; Lying, pathological; also  under  names
 of various diseases and  disabilities as Blindness,
 feigned; Deafness, Malingering, etc.
   Costedoat, A.   La simulation des symptomes
 pathologiques et des maladies;  diagnostic  diffe-
 rentiel;  etat mental des  simulateurs.   436p.   8?
 Par., 1933.
   Eckstein,  S.   *De morbis simulatis atque dis-
 simulatis.   84p.   21cm.   Wien, 1841.
   Mayr,  J.   Handbuch  der Artefakte; morpho-
 logische und funktionelle Simulationen und  Dis-
 simulatfonen.  470p.  8?  Jena, 1937.
   Acuna, P. S.  El colmo de la simulation.  In his Un rimerc
 verd., 2. ed., B. Air., 1938, 85-7.—Alvarez  Gonzalez, P.  A.
 Los simuladores en  la medicina.  Medicina,  Habana,  1943,
 1: No. 3,  6; No. 4,  9.—Barling, G.  Malingering. Birming-
 ham  M.  Rev.,  1937,  12: 181-3.—Boyd, R.   Malingering.
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1944, 157: 419.—Briggs. I. G.  Is malinger-
 ing a shameless  sham? Brit. J. Phys.  M.,  1943, 6: 125.—
 Buinewitsch,  K.  Ueber das  Simulieren von Krankheiten.
 Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1939,   89:  472.—Chavigny,  P.  La
 simulation. .Paris med., 1932, 85: 156.—Cluver,  F.  W. P.
 Malingering.  J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1930,  4: 422-26.—Escande
 de Messieres.   Les maladies simulees.  Marseille med., 1928,
 65:  pt 2, 327-41— Gill. M. M.  Malingering.  Bull. Mennin-
 ger Clin.,  1941,  5:  157-60.—Good,  R.  Malingering.  Brit.
 M.  J., 1942,  2: 359-62.—Jakopovic,  I.  [On  simulation]
 Lijec. vjes.,  1940, 62: 451-4.—Koopman, J.   [Simulation  of
 albuminuria and glycosuria] Geneesk. gids, 1928, 6: 1072-6.—
 Malingering, or simulation of  diseases.  Sketches of  Impos-
 ture,  Phila., 1845, 118-25.—Malone, E.  P. The question
 of malingering.  J. Am. Osteopath.  Ass., 1935-36, 35: 351.—
 Monahan,  F.  Medicine and malingerers.  In her Women  in
 Crime, N.  Y.,  1941, 211-22—Norris,  D. C.   Malingering.
 In: Brit. Encycl. M. Pract.  (Rolleston, H.)  Lond.,  1938,
 8: 354-67.------Malingering.  Practitioner, Lond., 1943,
 150: 363-9.—Prince,  H.  L.  Malingering.   Internat.  J. M.
 & S.,  1934, 47: 287-91.—Ribeiro, H.  Caso curioso de simu-
lacao.  Brasil med., 1929, 43: 229-31.—Schnur, S.  Malinger-
ing responsible  for long-continued, unexplained fever.   South.
M. J., 1940, 33:  768.—Seltzer, A. P.  Malingering. Med.
Rec, N. Y., 1936, 143: 228-31.—Sergent, E.  Los simuladores
de enfermedades.  Rev. med., Puebla, 1938, 11: No. 102, 16-
20. Also Rev. med. veracruz., 1939, 19: 2755-8.—When is a
libel?   Med. Econom., 1940-41, 18: No. 2, 61; 118.

----   Detection.

   Cremonese,  G.   II  segno di  Mannkopf  e la
simulazione del dolore.   28p.  12?  Roma,  1906.
   M'Kendrick, A.   Malingering and  its  detec-
tion  under  the  Workmen's Compensation  and
other acts.   94p.   12?   Edinb.,  1912.
  Bekhterev, W.  [Measurement of motor reflexes in detection
of malingering]  Polska gaz. lek.,  1927, 6: 390.—Benassi, G.
Simulazione di infermita; delle prove in  tesi di  simulazione.
Rass. previd. sociale, 1925, 12: 26-52.—Brandis,  W.  Entlar-
vung einer  durch falsche Diagnose  bestarkten Simulantin.
Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 22-4.—Dufour, H.  Trois epreuves
de controle pour depister, a.  les  anestlrfsies simulees, b. les
faux gauchers, c. les raideurs exag^rees de Particulation tibio-
tarsienne.  Ann. med. leg.,  1934, 14: 508-11.—Ferre,  A.
Consideraciones sobre ciertos  procesos quirurgicos simulados.
Arch, med., Madr., 1935, 38: 388-91.—Fetterman, J. L.  Aids
in the detection of malingering. In his Mind of Injured Man,
Chic,  1943,  182-7.  ------  Two clinical  tests valuable in
war medicine  and  in medicolegal practice.  War Med., Chic,
1943,   3:  155-9.—Genil-Perrin,  G.,  &  Lebreuil,  M.  Un
simulateur  dfimasqufi.  Ann.  med. 16g.,  1934,  14:  356-65.
Goldstein, H.  A malingering  kev for mental tests.  Psvchol.
Bull., 1945, 42:  104-18.—Hunt, W. A., & Older, H. J.  Detec-
tion of malingering through psychometric tests.  U. S. Nav.
M. Bull., 1943,  41: 1318-23.—Keschner,  M.   Simulation
(malingering)  in relation  to injuries of the skull, brain,  and
spinal cord.  In: Injur.. Skull  (Brock, S.) 2. ed., Bait., 1943,
342-68.—Kretschmer,  E.  Die  Gesetze   der  willkiirlichen
Reflexverstarkung  in ihrer Bedeutung fiir das Hysterie-  und
Simulationsproblem.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1918, Orig..
41: 354-85.—Loewenberg, S.  A.  Malingering. - In his Med.
Diagn.,  6.  ed., Phila.,  1943, 955-62.— McCormick,  C.  T.
Deception  tests and the law of evidence.   Am. J. Police Sc,
1931, 2: 388-408.—Martin.  Arzt und Simulant.   Zschr. ges.
Krankenhauswes.,  1941, 37: 177.—Swetlow, G.  I.  Organic
disease, hysteria or malingering?  N. York Phvsician, 1941-42,
17: No. 2, 28; No. 4, 38; No. 6, 32.— Tbrok, E.  Detection of
malingerers.  Arch. Ophth., N. Y.,  1926, 55: 338-50.—Vallejo
Nagera, A.  La hipnosis como  medio auxiliar en el diagn6stico
de las enfermedades  simuladas.  Siglo m6d., 1925, 75: 413-5.


----   Dissimulation.
   Reckzeh, P.  Betrachtungen zur Erkennung der Dissimu-
lation   innerer Krakheiten.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1938,  34:
367-9.  â– ------Betrachtungen zur Erkennung der Dissimu-
lation von Infekticns-, parasitaren und Geschwulstkrankheiten.
Ibid.,   429.  —■----  Betrachtungen  zur  Erkennung  der
Dissimulation  von  Krankheiten   der  blutbereitenden  und
innersekretorischen Organe, des  Stoffwechsels und der At-
mungsorgane.   Ibid., 781.   ------  Betrachtungen zur Er-
kennung der Dissimulation von Krankheiten der  Kreislauf,
Verdauungs- und Harnorgane. Ibid., 617.


----  Forensic aspect.

   See also  Neurosis,  traumatic; Workers' Com-
pensation, etc.
   Collie,  J.  Fraud in  medico-legal  practice.
276p.   8?    Lond., 1932.
   Conen,   M.   *Vortauschungen von  Unfallen
und   ihren  Folgen  in  gewinnsiichtiger  Absicht
[Bonn]  24p,   8°  Berl.,  1932.
   Schibler, W.   *Ueber Selbstverletzungen und
kiinstliche   Wundunterhaltung  zur  illegitimen
Obtention  von  Versicherungsleistungen   (Falle
der  Schweizerischen  staatlichen  •[SUVAL]  und
privaten   Unfallversicherungen    [Zurich]   82p.
8?   Berl.,  1931.
   Also Hefte Unfallheilk., 1931, No. 9.

   Vieira de  Moraes,  B.   *Da  simulacao nos
accidentes   do  trabalho.    58p.   8?   S.  Paulo,
1931.
   Albanese, A.  Autolesionismo ed aggravamento doloso negli
infortunati del lavoro.  Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53:
1219-29.—Arnold, F. O.  The detection of malingering.  Med.
Leg.  Crim.  Rev.,  Lond.,  1940,  8: 199-214.—Baldi, G. M.
Cronache e storie della  simulazione;  appunti e  notellere ai
margini del processo di Roma.  Rass. previd. sociale, 1930, 17:
No. 10, 7-76.—Baryshnikov, K. I.  [Etiology and diagnosis of
simulation in social insurance in relation to the present condi-
tions]   Vrach.  gaz.,  1925, 29: 212-5.—Borchardt.  Zwanzig
Jahre  Rentenbetrug  wegen  vorgetiiuschten  Nierenleidens.
Aerztl.  Sachverst. Ztg, 1938, 44: 141-5.—Buss.  Zwei UnfalL
gutachten,  wie sie nicht sein  durften, aus  frliheren  Jahren.
Mschr.  Unfallh., 1935, 42: 512.—Ciampolini, A.  La diagnosi 
MALINGERING                                10S                                 MALINGERING
 medico-legale dell'autolesionismo.  In: Conf. Univ. Pisa, 1935-
 36, 40-59- C'raster, C. V., tv Haskins. A. H.   Medical aspects
 of the unemployable client  I'm relief.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1941,
 116:  1897-9.—Fernandez Speroni, C.  El  problema de  la
 simulaci6n ante la justicia.   Sem. mgd.,  B.  Air.,  1935, 42:
 pt 2, 202-4.—Flournoy, M.   Deux cas m£dico-legaux.  Praxis,
 Bern, 1940, 29: 339-41.— Garner, J. R.  Malingering.  Am. J.
 M.  Jurispr.,  1939,  2:  173-7.—Guleke.  Helden des  Unfalls.
 Med. Welt, 1933,  7: 916-20.—Gutierrez  Santacruz,  C.  Si-
 mulaci6n v accidente de trabajo.   Cir. cirujan., Mex.,  1936,  4:
 299-329.—Hammond, F. P.  The traumatic fakir; cases from
 personal  experience.  Indust. M.,  1936,  5:  3-5.—Hellstern,
 E. P.  Kiinstlich  erzeugte Krankheitserscheinungen.   Deut.
 Zschr.  gerichtl. Med., 1926, 7: 442-8.—Hesse, E.  Die chirur-
 gische  und gerichtlich-medizinische Bedeutung der  kiinstlich
 hervorgerufenen  Erkrankungen.   Arch. klin. Chir., 1925,  136:
 277-91.-—Kinberg, O. [Deliberate deceit by a man with post-
 traumatic concussion of  the brain with epileptiform  attacks
 and  mental  deficiency]   Sven lak.  tidn., 1938, 35: 819-33 —
 Kissinger,  P.  Ueber Vortauschung von Krankheit  oder
 Gesundheit  bei  der  arztlichen  Gutachtertatigkeit.  Aerztl.
 Rdsch., 1935,  45: 220.—Knigge, F.   Zur  forensischen  Bedeu-
 tung der Simulationsfrage.  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1935,
 152: 163-77.—Leao Bruno, A. M.   A pericia medica nos casos
 de simulacao em infortunistica.   Ann. paul. med. cir., 1941, 42:
 31-45.  Also Impr.  med., Rio,  1941, 17: No. 331,  91-6 —
 Licurzi, A.  El fraude en  traumatologia v medicina del trabajo.
 Prensa med. argent., 1934-35,  21: 536-42.—Loewe,  W. R.
 Malingering as  a  factor in  negligent action examinations.
 Med. Times, N.  Y., 1927, 55: 85; 94.—Loro, A.   Simulazione,
 autolesionismo, lesionismo doloso  su  soggetto consenzientc.
 Assist, sociale, Roma, 1938, 12: 693-712.—Martinez Selles, M.
'Estudio medicolegal de la simulaci6n, provocaci6n y  prolonga-
 tion de accidentes  de trabajo.  Med. ibera,  1934, 28:  pt  1,
 175-7.—Melian, A., & Oiler, A.  La  simulaci6n en el  aspecto
 visual  y auditive  In:  Prdct.  m£d.  accid. trab. (Oiler, A,}
 Madr.,  1929,  353-60.—Modi, J. P.   Malingering or  feigned
 diseases.   In  his Textb. Med. Jurispr., 6.  ed., Bombay,  1940,
 103—Miiller-Hess.  Interessante Simulationsfiille mit kurzen
 Bemerkungen zur Frage der Simulation im Wandel der jungsten
 Zeit.   Aerztl. Sachverst.  Ztg, 1938, 44: 227; 241; 1939,  45: 29;
 71.- Neisser,  M.  Gift  und Bakterien als Mittel zum Ver-
 sichening.sbctnig.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1937,  67:  679.—
 Prince, H. L.   .Malingering.  Yearb. N. York N. England Ass.
 Hailw. Surg..  1933. 22-31.—Rodrigues  da Costa Doria,  J.
 Simulacao.  Brasil  med., 1941,  55: 794-6.—Stefan, H.   Zur
 Frage der Simulation.  Aerztl. Sachverst.  Ztg, 1936, 42: 201-
 4.   Slier, E.   Simulation eines Ueberfalles mit nachfolgender
 Schreckneurose?   Med.   Klin.,  Berl.,  1921,   17:  1208-10 —
 Trenel.  Un  affaire  m£dico-16gaIe politique au temps de  la
 Fronde; le pr£tendu attentat contre Guy Joly, Counseiller au
 Chatelet et sa feinte blessure par coup de pistolet.  Bull. Soc.
 fr. hist, med., 1927, 21: 118.—Weissenberg, S.   Kiinstlich her-
 vorgerufene  Krankheitserscheinungen.  Deut.  Zschr. gerichtl.
 Med., 1925, 5: 637-42.—Werne,  B.   Malingering.  In: Law  of
 Exp. Testim.  (Rogers, H. W.) 3. ed., Alb., 1941, 354-7.

 ----   Military  aspect.

   See also Self-mutilation.
   Bertolini,  G.   Patomimie cutanee  con  par-
 ticolare riguardo a  quelle pid comunemente  in
 uso  oggi  nell'esercito.   314p.   8?   Pisa,   1920.
   Army doctors' dilemma.  Time,  1942, 40:  No. 9, p. 47.—
 Baumm,  H.  Selbstbekenntnisse  von neurotischen  Kriegs-
 Druckebergern.  Munch,  med.  Wschr.,  1938,  85:  471-3.—
 Boven, W.  Vrais malades et faux malades.   Vjschr. schweiz.
 Sanitatsoff., 1944-, 21: 73— Bowers, W. F.  Hysteria and ma-
 lingering on  the surgical  service.   Mil.  Surgeon, 1943, 92:
 506-11.—Brussel, J. A., & Hitch, K. S.  The militarv malinger-
 er.   Ibid., 93: 33-44.—Campbell, M.  M.   Malingery  in rela-
 tion to psychopathy in military psychiatry.   Northwest M.,
 1943, 42: 349-54.—Cozen, L. N.  Malingering among soldiers,
 orthopedic aspects.  Mil. Surgeon, 1943,  92:  655-7.—Eighth
 Service Command Postgraduate Medical Education  Program;
 neuropsvehiatric case report No.  2:  malingering.  Psychoso-
 mat. M.,  1944, 6:  165-9.—Erxleben, K.   Meine Erfahrungen
 als   Kriegsdienstverweigerer.  Neue  Generation,  1925,  21:
 65-9 — Fischer, G.  La  guerre et les simulations de  maladies.
 Concours med., 1940, 62: 496-8.—Harris, D. H.  Low incidence
 of malingering among Navy draftees. U. S.  Nav. M. Bull.,
 1944, 43: 737.—Herrera B.  Sotolongo, J.  L.   Simuladores y
 automutilados.  Rev. san. mil., Habana,  1943, 7: 133-46.—
 Hulett, A. G.  Malingering; a study.   .Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89:
 129-39.  Also War Med.  Sympos.,  X. Y.,  1942, 519-30 —
 Kahn, S.  Malingering in the Army.   Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1943,
 156: 416-8.—Lewis, E.  R.  Malingering  and neuro-otologic
 considerations in combat  services.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc,  1941,
 31:  278-81.   Also  Laryngoscope, 1941, 51: 970-3.—Lopes de
 Andrade.  Da  simulacao  em  oftalmologia   castrense  (con-
 sideracoes previas)   Impr.  med., Lisb.,  1936,  2:   177-85.
 Lopes Pontes, J. P.  Simulacoes em tempo de guerra.   Brasil
 med., 1939,  53:  1007.—Ludwig, A. O. The clinical features
 and diagnosis of mahngering in military personnel; the use  of
 barbiturate narcosis as an aid in detection.  Med.  Bull. North
 Afr.  Theater of Oper. I". S..  1944. 2: 22-7.  Also War Med.,
 Chic, 1944, 5: 378-82.—Malingering [Selective Service exam-
 ination]  Med. Rec,  N.  Y.,  1941.  154:  362.—Myerson, A.
 Malingering.   In: Man. Mil. Neuropsychiat. (Solomon, H. C.
&  Yakovlev,  P.  1.1  Phila.,  1944,  189-91.   Norris, I).  C.
Malingering.  In:  Rehabil.  War Injured  (Doherty,  \V. B„ A
Hunes, D. D.) N. Y., 1913,  123-34 - O'Ncil. W.  (loldbriclu
Hvgeia, Chic, 1943, 21: 426.- Otis. W. J.  Malingering, with
report of a case.   N. Orleans M. A S. ,L,  1935 -6, 88: 452 5.
Rhein, J. H. W.  Malingering.   In: Med. Dep- U. S. Armv in
the  World  War,  Wash.,  1927,  7:  818-57.  Srhulthess.'  P.
Ueber Militardienstverweigemng aus  krankhafter  I'iskIk-
Schweiz. Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1934,  33: 95-127.  Sirurd
J. A.  Psvcho-nevroses de guerre; sinmlateurs de creation  at
simulate ins de fixai ion ; simulateurs sourds-muets.  Paris mid.,
1915-16, 17: 423-8.  Simar.  La simulation des maladies  cr!
general.  Arch,  beiges  Sei v. san.  armee,  1939,  92:  69 76.--
Teixeira, N. L.   Os simuladores de doencas sob o ponto de vista
medico-militar.  Rev. med.  mil., Rio, 1943, 32: 39-49.-  Trino
Pizarro, E.  La  simulaci6n v los reconocimientos incdico-inili-
tares.  Rev. mil.,  La  Paz, 1942,  6: 501-3-  Trotta,  A.  K.
Sobie un caso de ulceracion artificial. Rev. san. mil., B. Air.
1937, 36: 869-71.— Viola. I).   Ciiteri medico-giuridici differen-
ziali fra autolesione  e  simulazione in rapporto alle nuove dis-
posizioni di  legge.   Cior. med. mil.. 1936, 84: 730-8- Waud
S. P.  Mahngering.  Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 535-8—Williams,
T.  A.   Malingering and simulation of  disease  in   warfare.
Proc. Am.  Med.  Psvchol.  Ass.,  1920,  76: 251 66.  -
Simulation.   V.  S. Nav. M. Bull., 1931, 29: 221 -4.   Zalewski,
F.  [Simulation  of suigical diseases  in militaiy scivicr|  Uk.
wojsk., 1936, 28: 625; 703; 760.--  Zuckermann, R.  Simulaciun
v provocacion de enfermedades entre nio\ ilizados.  Rev. Esc,
med. mil.. Mex., 1943, 2: No. S. 7-10.

----   morphological.

   See also Dermatosis,  arteiacta;   Self-mutila-
tion; also under names  of various diseases.
   Hasselbach,  K.   *Zur  Kasuistik  der  Arte-
fakte.   35p.   8?   Munch., 1933.
   Apert &  Brae.  Pathomimie;  eschares provoquces  au
moyen de la potasse du commerce par une enfant de 14 ans;
nombreuses  cicatrices cutanees superficielles; abces multiples;
cheloides lineaires: distinction a faire entre les lesions volontsiire-
men t provoquees et des lesions spontanees anciennes d'origine
bacillaire.  Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph.,  1909,  20: 127-34 —
Berde, K. von.   Selbstbeschadigung zwecks Simulation in der
Narbe von Appendektomie durch Laugenstein.  Derm. Wschr.,
1939, 109: 814, illust.—Bottoli, A.   Patomimie cutanee.  Gior.
ital. derm, sif., 1934, 75: Suppl., 225-7.—Brule, Basch [ot al]
Simulation  de tuberculose et  d'occlusion intestinale par une
pathomime.   Bull. Soc. med. hop. Pans, 1923, 3. ser.,  47: 1736-
42.—Daumezon, G., Ferdiere, G., & Hadji-Dimo.  Reactions
pathomimiques  d'une  debile.  Ann.  mtfd. psychol.,  1937,
95: pt 1, 579-82.   Delmas-Marsalet, Bergouignan  & Lafon.
Etude clinique  d'une  pathomime.  .1. mf-d. Bordeaux, 1938,
115: 329-35.—Denman, P. R.  A case of malingering.  Med.
Rec, S. Antonio, 1927, 21: 390-3.—Duprat, P. K.  Erupci6n
provocada por fricciones con aceite de crnton para sirnular una
enfermedad  eruptiva contagiosa.  Rev. med.  Uruguay, 1920,
23: 123 9.—Fretet, J.,  & Rougean, M.   Pathomimie chez un
debile vaniteux.  Ann med. psychol..  1937, 95:  pt 1,575-9.—
Lemierre, A., & Worms, R.  Simulation par une pathomime de
troubles nerveux avant fait  porter le diagnostic d'ene^phalite.
Gaz. hop.,  1930, J03:  821-4.—Low, R. C.  Queer  patients;
some notes on artefacts.  Edinburgh M. J., 1938, 45: 88-101.—
Maggipinto,  D.   Applicability  di metodi immunitari  nella
diagnosi dell'autolesionismo  chimico.  Arch,  antiop.  crim.,
Tor., 1938, 58: 549-52.—Marque, A. M., & Oharrio, J. M.  Un
caso de patomimia.  Sem. m£d., B. Air.,  1922,  29: 644-48.—
Milko, V. [Artificial injuries]  Orv. hetil.,  1 936, 80: mell., 94.—
Pautrier, L. M.,  & Silber, J.   Dermatose provoquf-e volontaire-
ment par des cauterisations avec de la potasse caimtique  et
ayant entrain^ des amputations de doigts.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm.
svph.,  1930,  37: Suppl., 1216  9.   Rank, O.  Self-inflicted
illness.  Proc. California Acad.  M.. 1935  36,  8-18.  ---—
Self-inflicted illness  and cure.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
1936,  35: 688-94.—Rasch,   C.   K'utaneous  pathomimesis]
Ugeskr. laeger, 1929, 91 : 789-94.—Smith, S. A.   Self-inflicted
wounds and fabrications.  In his Forens.  Med., 8. ed., Lond.,
1943, 169-74.------Fabricated  firearm  injuries.  Ibid.,
201-4.—Smith, S. W.   Dermatitis autophvtica.   Practitioner,
Lond., 1943, 151: 33-7.—Speshilov, P.  W.  Ueber den Bau
der kiinstlichen  Granulome  der  Kriegszeit.  Frankfurt. Zschr.
Path., 1929. 38:  513-17.—Spillman, L., & Watrin, J.  Un cas
de pathomimie cutande.  Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph.,  1931, 37:
350-2.—Tome Bona, J. M.   Estigmas cut&neos profesiormliai
la simulaci6n en las dermatosis del trabajo.  Siglo mdd.,  1933.
92: 591; passim.

----   Psychological aspect.

   See  also Hysteria; Psychoneurosis.
   Habinski.  Suggestion et simulation.  Rev.  gen. clin.  ther.,
1913, 27: 327.—Benton, A. L.   Rorschach performances of
suspected malingerers.  .1. Abnorm. Psychol., 1945, 40: 94-6.—
Capelli, J. F., &  Silva, R. B.   Simulaci6ny disimulacion. Rev.
psiquiat. crim., B. Air., 1938. 3: 463-74.—Claude, H., Sivadon,
P.,&Beley,A.P. L.   Un cas de simulation discute.   Ann.med.
psychol., Par., 1936, 94: 408-12.—Clayton, M.  I).   Malinger-
ing in psychotic  patients.  U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1931,
7: 129-32.—Fetterman, J. L.  Malingering and psychopathic
personality.  In his Mind of  Injured Man, Chic, 1943. 175— 
MALINGERING
199
MALINOWSKI
qj —Halberg V.  Un cas de pathomimie.  Acta derm, vener.,
Stockh., 1941, 22: 488.-Mennir.ger, K A.  Psychology of a
certain  type of malingering.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
1935 33:'507-15.—Moersch, F. P.  Malingering; with  refer-
ence'to its neuropsychiatry aspects in civil and in military
Practice. Med. Clin. N. America, 1944  28: 928-44.-Morris
D P  Intravenous barbiturates; an aid in the diagnosis and
treatment  of conversion  hysteria  and  malingering.  Mil.
Surgeon  1945,  96: 509-13.—Oiler,  A., & Germain, J.  La
simulacion en general y desde el Punto de vista neurologico.
In- Pract. med. accid. trab. (Oiler, A.) Madr., 1929, 323-52 —
Petren  A   Simulation und Geisteskrankheit.  Acta psychiat.
neur Kbh., 1930, 5: 381-402.—Rosenberg, S. J., & Feldberg,
T M   Rorschach characteristics of a group of malingerers.
Rorschach Res. Exch.,  1944, 8: 141-58.—Sandy, W. C.  Ma-
lingering- a  problematical  case.  Proc. Am. Med. Psychol.
\ss 1917, 73. meet., 591-600.— Sanguineti, L.  R.  Sindrome
emozionale  e simulazione. Riv. sper. freniat.,  1934. 58:
1503 —Schumacher. Psychogenic  und   Simulation.   Arch.
orthop. Unfallchir.,  1937, 38: 162-72.—Sonenthal,  I.  R.
Malingering  in nurses with hysteria.  Illinois M. J.,  1944,
85- 17-21   ------  Hysteria  and  malingering  in  nurses.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1944, 51: 207 [abstr.]--Stone,
T  T.  Hysteria  and  malingering.  Indust. M., 1937,  6:
-)-7 —Sudomir, A. K.   [Hysteria and malingering]   Nevropat.
psikhiat., 1943, 12: No. 5, 57—Vallejo Nagera, A.  Sobre el
mecanismo  psicol6gico  de la simulacion y de las neurosis de
deseo.   Arch, neurob., Madr., 1926, 6:  108-20.  —----Re-
laciones psicopatologicas entre simulaci6n y neurosis de deseo.
Siglo med.  1926, 77: 357-60.—Weicksel, M.  Simulation und
Psychose.   Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1932, 97:  458.


---   in child.

   See also Child, Psychology.
   Blechmann, G.  Simulation de fievre chez un enfant de 11
ans. Ann. med.  psychol.,  Par.,  1935, 93:  pt 2, 826-31 —
Dufestel, L.  La simulation chez les  enfants.  M6d.  scol.,
'Par., 1931, 20: 27-31.—Schade, G. H.  Utilization of somatic
complaints bv children in seeking solutions of their problem;
report of two cases.  Clinics, Phila., 1942-43, 1: 737-49.

   MALINGRE, Gabriel  Jean  Andre, 1910-
 *Fonctionnement  du service  obstetrical  de  la
 Maternite Baudelocque,  clinique  obstetricale  de
la  Faculte de medicine  de Paris  dirigee par M.
le  Professeur  Couvelaire,  annee  1935.  148p.
8?   Par.,  M. Vigne, 1937.
   MALINIAC, Jacques  W.,  1889-       Sculp-
 ture in the living; rebuilding the face  and  form
 bv plastic surgery.   203 p. illust. pl. diagr.  8?
 N. Y., R. Pierson, 1934."
   ---Plastic surgery; collected papers  (1924-
38)   v.  p. illust.  8?  N.  Y., R. Pierson, 1938.
   ---Rhinoplasty and  restoration of facial
 contour,  with special reference to trauma,  xiii,
327p.  illust.  tab.   24cm.   Phila., F.  A. Davis
Co., 1947.
   MALINOVSKY, Mikhail Sergeevich, 1880-
   [Sixtieth anniversary of  Prof. M. S. Malinovsky]  Akush.
gin., 1941, No. 5, portr.
   ---& KUSHNIR, M. G.   PyKOBO«CTBO no
onepaTHBHOMy  anymepcTBy.     494p.    illust.
22y2cm.   Moskva, State pub. med.  & biol. lit.,
 1936.
   MALINOVSKY, Mikhail Sergeevich  & KVA-
TER,  Elraim Ilich.   Carcinoma of  the  female
genital organs; transl. from the Russian by  A.  S.
Schwartzmann.   255p.   illust.  pl.  8?  Bost., B.
Humphries [1936]
   MALINOWA, Anastasia, 1910-    *Ueber die
Vorgange beim Zahndurchbruch beziehungsweise
Zahmvechsel.   19p.   8?   Lpz., E.  Stoll, 1933.
   MALINOWSKI,   Bronislaw   Kasper,  1884-
1942. Das Geschlechtsleben der Wilden in Nord-
west-Melanesien;  Liebe,  Ehe und Familienleben
bei den Eingeborenen der Trobriand-Inseln, Bri-
tisch-Neu-Guinea; eine ethnographische Darstel-
lung.  xix,   425p.    map.   pl.   24}^cm.   Lpz.,
Grethlein &  co. [1929]
  ---[The same]   The sexual life of savages in
North-Western  Melanesia;  an  ethnographic ac-
count  of  courtship,   marriage, and  family life
among the  natives  of  the  Trobriand  Islands,
British New Guinea.   With a preface by Have-
 pl.  8?   Lond.,   G.
Also 3.  ed.   1,  505p.
 Indie writings of the
3v.  21cm.  S. Antonio,


      *Le calcium;
lock   Ellis,   xxiv,  505p.
Routledge & Sons,  1929.
1932.
  ----A scientific theory of culture, and other
essays; with a  preface bv  Huntington  Cairns.
ix, 228p.  21cm.   Chapel Hill, Univ. N. Carolina
Pr.,  1944.
  For biography see Current Biogr.,  N. Y.,  1941, 2: 554-6,
portr.  Also Murdock, G. P. [Biography] & bibliography of
works.  Am. Antrop., 1943, 45: 441-51.
  For obituary see Am. Sociol. Rev., 1942, 7: 865 )Keller, O.
G.)   Also Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 561.  Also Internat. J.
Sex. Econom.,  1942, 1: 173  Reich, W.j  Also Isis, Menasha,
1942-43, 34: 146-50 (Montagu, M. F. A.)  Also Man, Lond.,
1943, 43: 1-4,  portr. (Richards, A. I.)  Also Nature, Lond.,
1942, 149: 661 (Firth, R.)   Also Psychiatrv, Bait.,  1942, 5:
305 (Montagu,  M. F. A.)

  MALINSKY,  Andre, 1906-       *Etude clini-
que  chez I'enfant sur quelques formes chroniques
du mal de Bright.   143p.   8?  Par., A. Legrand,
1937.
  MALIS, Julii  Germanovich, 1859-1934.
  For obituary see Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 98:78 (Dzhanelidze,
U.)
  MALISOFF,  William Marias,  1895-
Meet  the  sciences.   196p.   8?  Bait., Williams
& Wilkins Co.,  1932.
  ----  The  span  of  life.   339p.   8?    Phila.,
J. B. Lippincott, 1937.
  ----  Dictionary of bio-chemistry and related
subjects.  579p.  23^cm.    N. Y., Philos. Libr.
[1943]
  MALIWA,  Edmund,  1887-        Storungen
in der Frequenz und Rhythrmk des Pulses.   76p.
8?   Wien, J. Springer, 1928.
  MALIWANAG, Ildefonso.
  See Gardner, F., & Maliwanag, I.
Mindoro-Palawan axis.  Bull. No. 1.
1939-40.
  MALKIN, Michael, 1907-
l'influence du chlorure de calcium dans 1'alimen-
tation des   poussins   [Alfort;  Vet.]  55p.   8?
Par.,  Impr. Busson, 1931.
   MALKIN,  Richard.  Marriage,  morals  and
war.  245p.  21>^cm.   N.   Y.,  Arden  Bk  Co.,
1943.
   MALKMUS, Bernhard,  1859-1925.  Grundriss
der  klinischen  Diagnostik  der  inneren  Krank-
heiten der  Haustiere.   14.  Aufl. bearb.  von Dr.
Th. Oppermann.  viii, 292p.  illust.   diagr.   ch.
21cm.  Lpz., M. Janecke, 1944.
  ----   [The same]   Clinical diagnostics of  the
internal diseases  of domestic animals.    11.  ed.
rev. by  Dr.  Th.  Oppermann.   Rev.  from  the
latest English transl.  & 11.  German ed. by John
R.   Mohler, & Adolph Eichhorn.   31 lp.   illust.
pl.  21j4cm.  Chic, A. Eger,  1941.
   ___OPPERMANN,    Theodor,   &   OLT,
Adam.  Handbuch  der  gerichtlichen  Tierheil-
kunde.   4.  Aufl.  xv,  540p.  illust.   8?  Han-
nover, M. & H. Schaper,  1935.
   MALL, Franklin Paine, 1862-1917.
   Sabin,  F. R.   Franklin  Paine Mall; the story
of a mind.   342p.  8?  Bait., 1934.
  See also Sigerist, H. E.   [Biography] Bull. Johns Hopkins
Hosp.,  1935, 56: 139-44.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.

   MALL,   Gerhard.   Methoden  zur Isolierung
kristallisierter spezifischer  Proteinasen  aus  dem
Harn.  p.  9-76.  221/2cm.   Berl.,  W. de  Gruyter
& Co., 1941.                     ^
   In-  Fermentchem. Stud. (Kretschmer, E., & Mall, G.)
   See  also Kretschmer, E., & Mall, G.  Fermentchemische
Studien zur   klinischen und constitutionellen Korrelations-
forschung, speziell zur psychiatrischen Endocnnologie.  159p.
22J.£cm.  Berl., 1941.
   MALL,  Gerhart  Devasahayam.  Konstitution
und Affekt.   104p.  8?   Lpz., J.  A. Barth, 1936.
   Forms Erganzbd 25, Zschr. Psychol. 
MALL
200
MALLEOLUS
   MALL, Walter [M.  D.,  1933,  Basel]    *Epi-
demiologisches  iiber den Seharlach in Basel  und
in der  Schweiz  in den Jahren 1901-1930   [Basel]
19p.   tab.   8?   Lachen,  Gutenberg,  1933.
   MALLARDO,  Cesare Amatucci.
   See, in 5. ser., Amatucci Mallardo, Cesare.
   MALLARME,  Jacques,   1907-         *Ktude
du  myelogramme   normal  et  pathologique  par
ponction sternale.    176p.   8?   Par.,  C.  Doin &
cie, 1937.
   MALLARME, Stephane, 1842-98.
   See Fretet, J.  L'alienation po£tique;  Rimbaud, Mallarm6,
Proust.   332p.  19cm.   Par., 1946.
   MALLEA, Narciso S., 1885-1941.
   For obituary see Prensa m£d. argent., 1941, 28: pt 2, 2372.
   MALLEGOL,  Marcel,   1913-         ♦Contri-
bution  a  l'etude   des  methodes  chirurgicales
derivees de  l'apicolvse extra-pleurale de Tuffier.
39p.   23#cm.    Par-!, A. Lapied,  1939.


MALLEIN.

   See  under Glanders  bacillus.


MALLEOLAR artery.

   See  Tibial artery.

MALLEOLAR region.

   See  Ankle; Fibula; Tibia.


MALLEOLAR sign.
   External (The) malleolar sign.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1911,  2:
 1717.—Sagin, K.   Der Reflex des Malleolus externus und das
 Piotrowskische Phanomen.  Mschr. Psychiat.  Neur.,  1926,
61:  188-95.  ------  Der  Reflex  des  Malleolus externus.
 Ibid.,  1928, 67: 134-40.  ------  & Oberc, S.   Der Reflex
des  Malleolus  externus  und das Piotrowskische  Phanomen.
 Ibid., 1927, 64: 252-9.   ------  A propos du  reflexe  de la
 malleole externe et du phenomene de Piotrowski.   Rev.  neur.,
 Par., 1927, 34: pt 2, 180-3.  ------  II riflesso del malleolo
 esterno e il fenomeno di  Piotrowski.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1927, 32:
 273-81.—Vizioli, F.  A  propos du phenomene de Piotrowski et
 du reflexe de la malleole externe.   Rev.  neur., Par., 1927, 34:
 pt 2, 184-7.

 MALLEOLUS.

   See  also Ankle; Astragalus; Fibula; Leg; Tibia.
    Adolph,  E.    Ueber die Hohe des inneren und
 ausseren Fussknochels wahrend des Heranwach-
 sens.   23p.   8?   Bresl.,  1938.
    Bistolfi,  S.  Ulteriori osservazioni sulle ossificazioni post-
 traumatiche para-malleolari, con speciale riguardo alia diagnosi
 differenziale colle fratture  parcellari.   Arch,  radiol.,  Nap.,
 1933, 9:  pt 1,  1061-81.—Cottin, E.  La boule premalteolaire
 de Duvernay;  une  forme de cellulite  speciale a la femme.
 Progr.  med.,  Par.,  1938, 1203.—Gate, J.,  Cuilleret,  P., &
 Blanchard, H.  Dermato-I4io-myo-sarcome de la region mall^o-
 laire.   Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 931-3.—Hempel, C.
 Schalenformiger Abbruch an der hinteren  unteren Tibiaflache
 oder Verkalkung des Ligamentum malleoli lateralis posterius?
 Deut.  Zschr.  Chir.,  1943,  258:  100-2.—Waschulewski.  H.
 Knochelscheibe, Patella malleoli.  Rontgenpraxis,  1941,  13:
 76-9.

 ----   fibular: Fracture.

    See also Fibula,  Fracture.
    Barnes, H. A.   Fractures of the external malleolus.   South-
 west. M., 1943, 27:  147-51.  ------  The external malleolar
 fracture.   U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1945, 44: 509-14.—Cam bell,
 R.  Die Malleolusexternus-Fraktur der Skifahrer; verschiedene
 Form,  verschiedene  Behandlung.  Helvet. med. acta,  1939-
 40,  6:  974-6.—Giittner, L.  Erkennung und Behandlung des
 Banderrisses am  ausserert  Knochel mit Teilverrenkung des
 Sprungsbeines im Sinne der Supination fStibluxatio supinatoria
 pedis)  Arch,  orthop.  Unfallchir., 1941-42,  41: 287-98.—
 Hartmann.  Fracture intra-malWolaire  du peron£.  Rev. g£n.
 clin. ther.,  1928,  42: 790.—Lambrinudi, C.  External rotation
 fractures. Guy's Hosp. Gaz.,  Lond., 1934, 48: 181-9.—Miihsam,
 I.  Der aussere Kndchelbruch des Unterschenkels.  Deut.  Zschr.
 Chir., 1928,209:286—Muller, P. Fracture moyenne de la malleole
 externe par abduction, avec  diastasis tibio-peronier et luxation
 du pied en dehors.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1928, 20: 643-8 —
 Vuillifcme,  J.  Les  fractures obliques  isolees de  la malleole
 externe.  Gaz. h6p., 1928, 101: 1241; 1273.—Winterstein, O.
 Zur Behandlung der Fractura malleoli extend.  Schweiz. med.
 Wschr., 1935, 65:999.
----   fibular: Fracture— Dupuytren  type.
   Artaud. I... & ("aire,   fractures de Dupuytren.  Marseille
med., 1925, 62: 1097- 1 13.- Basset, A.  Fracture bi-malleolaire
(type Dupuytren bas) intervention sanglante; auto-greffe de la
malleole  peronidre,  rfeultat eloigne.  Bull. Soc. nat.  chir.,
Par.,  1930,  56:  32-5— Blanchard.  Traitement ambulatoire
des fractures de Dupuytren.  Liege med., 1928,  21: 1375-90.
Also Progr.  med., Par.,  1928, 43:  1356-8.—Boppe, M.  Frac-
tures de Dupuytren.  In:  Oeuvre (Delbet, P.)  Par.,  1932,
433-40.  —■——  & Vassitch.  A  propos du  traitement  des
fractures de Dupuytren.  Bull. Soc.  nat. chir., Par.,  1929
55: 247-55.   Also Presse med.,  1929. 37: 465-8.—Bouroullec,
R.  Le traitement orthopfidique de la fracture  de Dupuytren.
Gaz.  h6p.. 1930,  103: 824-6.—(harrier & Dubourg.  De la
tenotomie du tendon  d'Achille dans la reduction de certainea
fractures de Dupuytren.   J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1929, 59: 835-7.—
Delchef, J.  Le traitement  des fractures du cou de pied et en
particulier des fractures de Dupuytren par la methode am-
bulatoire en position anatomique.   Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1933-
34, 34: 57-68, 15 pl.  -----:  &  Rocher, H. L.  Le traite-
ment des fractures du cou-de-pied et en particulier des fractures
de  Dupuytren, par  la methode ambulatoire en  position ana-
tomique.  Bordeaux chir., 1933, 4: 399.-—Dujarier, C.  Frac-
ture  du Dupuytren consolidee en valgus; osteosynthesc  du
p£ron£ seul; correction  du valgus; bon resultat fonctionnel.
Bull. Soc. nat. chir.,  Par.,  1929, 55: 832.—Frenette, U.   Les
traumatismes  du cou-de-pied; entorses, fractures malleolaires,
fractures  de  Dupuytren.  Union  m£d. Canada,  1943,  72:
128-36.—Gaudier, H.   A propos du traitement  des fractures
de  Dupuytren; tenotomie du tendon d'Achille facilitant leur
reduction.   Bull. Soc.  nat.  chir., Par.,  1929, 55:  524.—
Laflitte, H.   Resultats 61oign£s d'une resection cuneiforme  des
os de la jambe pour fracture de Dupuytren vicieusement con-
solidee.  Ibid.,  1934,  60:   1353-5.—Leo, G.  Fracture  de
Dupuytren avec  diastasis considerable; osteo-synthese par  vis:
echec; osteo-synth£se par  greffon  pe>onier:  gu^rison.  Bull.
Soc.  chir. Paris, 1928,  20:  754-63.—Lima, filho, V.  Osteo-
sintese metalica em fratura de Dupuytren.  Rev. med. mun.,
Rio,  1942, 3: 329.-  Magendie, J.,  & Dubourg,  G. Sur un cas
de fracture de Dupuytren avec importante subluxation du pied
en  arriere r^duite grace a  la tenotomie du tendon  d'Achille.
Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 97-9.—Masmonteil,  F.  Traitement
des   fractures de   Dupuytren. Hopital,  1925, 13: 713.—
Massart, R.   A  propos des fractures de Dupuytren vicieuse-
ment consolidees.   Bull. Soc.  chir. Paris, 1931,  23: 662-4.—
Metivet, G.  A propos  des fractures de Dupuytren recentes.
Rev. med. fr., 1933, 14: 761.—Moiroud.  Fracture de Dupuy-
tren  vicieusement  consolidee; intervention sur  le  foyer  de
fracture.  Arch.  fr.  belg.  chir.,  1923,  26: 496-8.—Monod,
R.  C.  Fractures de  Dupuytren.   Sem. hop.  Paris, 1930, 6:
211-4.------&   Falaize, J. Fractures  de   Dupuytren.
Bull, med., Par., 1929, 43: 762-5.—Moreau,  J. Traitement
ope>atoire des fractures de Dupuytren.  Arch. fr. belg. chir.,
 1933-34, 34: 170-2, 2 pl—Perard.  Deux cas de fracture de
Dupuytren.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1931, 23: 670-4—Sole, R.
Fractura de Dupuytren mal consolidada  (me4odo original de
reducci6n y contenci6n)  Sem. m£d., B. Air.,  1925,  32: pt 2,
 1001. Also Prensa med. argent.,  1925-26,  12:  427—Taglia-
vacche, N., & Weber, L. A.  Fracturas de Dupuytren y de la
margen posterior de la  tibia (a prop6sito de  su tratamiento)
Ibid., 1927, 14:  727-30.—Treves, A.  Apropos  des fracturei
de   Dupuytren  vicieusement  consolidees.  Bull. Soc.  chir.
Paris, 1931, 23: 660-2.

----   fibular: Fracture—Pott's type.

    Miller, H.  C.   *Early  active motion in  the
treatment of Pott's fracture   [Marquette Univ.]
 17p.  4?    Milwaukee,  1925-26.
    Swartz, K.  A.  *Modern treatment of Pott's
 fracture   [Milwaukee  County Hospital]  14 1.
 28cm.   Wauwatosa, Wise,  1927.
    Corlette, C. E. Malleolar fractures (sometimes called Pott'i"
 fracture) and supra-malleolar  fractures.   Med. J.  Australia,
 1927, 2: 76-87, 4 pl.—Crile, D. W., & Spelman,  A.  Complica-
 tions of Pott's fractures.   Southwest. M., 1929, 13: 163-6 —
 Eve, D.  Pott's  fracture.  J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1926-27, 19:
91-4.—Farquharson,  E. L.  Fractures of the  malleoli (Pott's
 fracture)  In his Illust. Surg. Treat., 2. ed.,  Edinb.,  1942,
 228-40.—Gerster, J. C. A.  .Pott's fracture with persistent
 posterior dislocation of  astragalus treated by suspension of the
 foot.  Tr. South. Surg. Ass.,  1927, 40: 18-23,  3 pl.  ---—
 Suspension of the  foot in treatment of  Pott's  fracture  with
 persistent  posterior  dislocation of astragalus.   Ann. Surg.,
 1928, 87: 450-4.   ------  Pott's  fracture  with persistent
 posterior dislocation  of astragalus; six years  after reduction.
 Ibid., 1931, 93:  1251.—Goldblatt, D.  Treatment of Pottt
 fracture; report based on fifty cases.  Ibid., 1932, 96:  1083-90.
 Greenslade, C. M.   The treatment of recent Pott's fracture.
 Lancet, Lond., 1926, 1: 276.—Harold, A. R.  Pott's fracture;
 two  cases.  Proc. Am.  Ass. Phys. Med. Physicians, 1897, 15.
 Sess., 122-4.—Joplin, R. O. Pott's fracture.  Kentucky M. J.,
 1942, 40: 300-3.—McWhorter, G. L.  Old Pott's fracture with
 2 cases. Proc. Am. Ass. Phys. Med. Physicians,  1897, 15. Sess.,
 122-4.— Joplin, R. O. Pott's fracture. Kentucky M. J.,  1942.
 40:  300-3.—McWhorter,  G. L.   Old Pott's  fracture  with
 eversion deformity; persistence of open wound  into the joint;
 correction  by author's operative  technic;  recovery.    Surg. 
MALLEOLUS                                   201                                    MALLEOLUS
 Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 907-17.  ------  Old Pott's frac-
 ture with posterior dislocation of the foot and lipping fracture
 of the posterior condyle of the tibia;  complete disability;
 numerous difficulties encountered in  open operation.  Ibid.,
 927-34 —Murray, C. R.  Pott's fracture.  Proc. Med. Surg.
 Sect. Am. Railw. Ass., 1932, 12: 15-23.—O'Brien, A. J.  Am-
 bulatory treatment of Pott's fracture and reduction under local
 anesthesia.   Internat. J. M. &  S.,  1931, 44: 131.—Pott, P.
 Some  few general remarks on fractures and dislocations (Pott's
 fracture)  Med. Classics, 1936-37, 1: 333-7, pl.—Teece, L. G.
 Pott's fracture.  Med. J. Australia, 1934, 2: 760.—Todd, A. H.
 Pott's fracture and its treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,
 1944  212:  52-6.—Tbdd,  M.  H.   Pott's fracture.   Virginia
 M. Month., 1933, 59: 718-23.—Tourney, J.  W., & Haggart,
 G. E.  The  treatment of malunited Pott's fractures by arthro-
 desis of the ankle joint; bimalleolar osteotomy.  Surg.  Clin.
 N. America, 1939, 19: 715-20.—Wagner, L. C.  The treatment
 of mal-union  following unreduced  Potts'  fracture.   Ann.
 Surg.,  1933, 97: 394-400.—Williams, E.  R. P.  Fractured
 clavicle  and Pott's  fracture; two unusual methods of treat-
 ment.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1933, 19: 96-100.—Wilson, M. J.
 Malunion of Pott's  fracture.  J. Am. Inst.  Homeop.,  1931,
 24: 270-6.

 ----   fibular: Surgery.
    Desbonnets,  G.   Greffe p6dicul£e sur la malleole externe.
 J. sc. med. Lille, 1927, 45: pt 2, 254— Noetzel, W.  Ersatz des
 ausseren Knochels durch frei verpflanzten Schienbeinspan nach
 Lexer. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1318-20.—Prini, I.  Tecnica
 para la reconstrucci6n, del maleolo peroneo y parte vecina de la
 di&fisis del mismo bueno. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1932, 16: 961


 ----  Fracture.

    See also Ankle, Fracture;  Leg, Fracture.
    Belz, W.   *Malleolarfrakturen  [Berlin]  48p:
 8?   Charlottenb., 1932.
    Bindl,  H. L.   *Die Torsion der Knochelgabel
 [Munchen]   19p.   22cm.   Dusseld., 1935.
    Reimann,  K.  A.    *Die  akute  traumatische
 Gabelsprengung   des   Fussgelenks.     15p.    8?
 Rostock,  1935.
    Ruhl,  F.   *Ursachen der Knochelgabelspren-
 gung und  ihre'Folgen  [Frankfurt]  17p.  20 ^cm.
 Gelnhausen,  1938.
   Alglave.  Fractures malieolaires avec fracture de l'astragale.
 Bull. Soc. nat, chir.,  Par., 1929, 55:  932-6.—Bistolfi, S. Con-
 tributo alio  studio delle ossificazioni traumatiche para-artico-
 lari; le ossificazioni para-malleolari.  Arch, radiol., Nap., 1932,
 8: 566-604.—Bonnet, L. M., & Garcin.  Lesions  syphilitiques
 multiples des Epiphyses; fracture spontanee  d'une  malleole.
 Lyon med.,  1927, 140: 289.—D'Aubigne, R. M., & Smets, W.
 Les formes frustes de deplacement externe de l'astragale dans
 les fractures malieolaires.   Presse med.,  1934, 42: 157-62.—
 Faldini, G.  Fratture malleolari.  Chir. org. movim., 1928, 12:
 501-8.—Felsenreich,   F.   Schlottergelenke nach Malleolar-
 frakturen.   Arch,  orthop.  Unfallchir.,  1936,  37: 149-65 —
 Gebauer, T., &  Vergara, G.  Fracturas maleolares y  suprama-
 leolares.  Relat. Congr. argent, cir. (1939) 1940, 11. Congr.,
 R85-705.—Haglund, P.  Studien iiber  die Gabelsprengung im
 Fussgelenk.   Acta chir. scand.,  1932,  71: 280-93.—Hamburger,
 M.  Erfahrungen iiber  Knochelbriiche bei Versicherten und
 Nichtversicherten.   Arch, orthop.   Unfallchir.,  1932-33,  32:
 283-96.—Meyer-Burgdorff.  Zur Diagnose der Gabelsprengung.
 Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 2675.—Michel, A.  Fractures malieolaires.
 Arch. fr. belg. chir.,  1923, 26: 498-501.—Oiler, A. Fracturas
 maleolares.  In his Pract. med. accid. trab., Madr., 1929, 139-
 41.—Puyo Villafane,  E. J.  Consideraciones practicas sobre
 fracturas maleolares.   Sem. med.,  B.  Air., 1937, 44: pt  1,
 1388-91.—Rinecker,  F.  Die exakte Messung der Malleolen-
 gabelverbreiterung.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932,  79: 1721.—
 Seitz, K.  Eine  wenig beachtete Form der Verbreiterung der
 Knochelgabel.  Mschr. Unfallh., 1943, 50: 89-91.—Slobodskoi,
 A. A.  [Fractures of  the malleoli]  Ortop. travmat.,  1935, 9:
 45-58.—Stiibinger, K.  Zur Anatomie, Mechanik und  Eintei-
 lung der  Knochelbriiche. Arch,  orthop. Unfallchir., 1941-42,
 41: 805-12.— Terradas,  C.  M.,  &  Malfatti, M.  Fracturas
 maleolares  y supramaleolares.   Relat.   Congr.  argent,  cir.
 (1939)  1940,  11. Congr.,  683-5.—Walheim, T., & Akerman, N.
 Intraarticular malleolar fractures; a survey.  Acta chir. scand.,
 1936-37, 79:  166-90,  2 pl.^Walkling,  A.  A.  Fractures about
 the malleolus.  Surg. Clin. N. America, 1940,  20: 1799-1813.


 â– ---   Fracture,  bi- and trimalleolar.

   Cohier, J.  *Traitement adjuvant des fractures
 bimalleolaires  irr6ductibles   par  l'allongement
du tendon d'Achille   [Paris]   63p.   8?   Caen,
 1935.

   Guerin, A.  *Contribution a l'etude du traite-
ment  des  fractures bi-malleolaires vicieusement
consolidees.   159p.   24cm.   Marseille,  1934.
   Junkenitz,  K.   *Ueber  das 3. Fragment bei
Knochelbruchen.   16p.   8?    Wiirzb.,  1927.
   Alglave.  Au sujet du traitement des fractures bimalleolaires
vicieusement consolidees.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1925, 51:
1119-—Autefage.   Deux observations  d'astragalectomie pour
fractures bimalleolaires vicieusement consolidees.  Ibid., 1926,
52:  903-5.—Auvray.  Resultats eloignes  des fractures  bi-
malleolaires  du  cou-de-pied.  Gaz.  hop.,  1933, 106:  385.—
Dupuy de Frenelle.  Traitement des fractures bi-malleolaires.
Techn. chir., Par., 1933, 25: 25; 95;  118; 199.  ------  Traite-
ment des fractures bi-malleolaires;  la  reduction des fractures
bi-malleolaires doit £tre parfaite, au millimetre.   Ibid., 1940.
32:  17-21.------Operation des fractures bi-malleolaires
avec cal vicieux datant de  plusieurs annees.   Ibid., 23-34.—
Felsenreich,  F.   Osteosynthese offener bimalleolarer  Verren-
kungsbriiche des oberen Sprunggelenkes.  Chirurg, 1936, 8:
959-63.—Ghormley, R. K.   Bimalleolar fracture of right ankle
with complete displacement; compound fracture of tibial spine
and tuberosity of tibia;  report of two cases.  Proc. Mayo
Clin.,  1932,  7:   697-9.—Guermonprez,  F.   Fractures  bi-
malleolaires. J. sc. med. Lille, 1924, 42: pt 1, 5-11.—Hender-
son, M.  S.   Trimalleolar fractures  of  the ankle.  Surg. Clin.
N. America, 1932,  12: 867.—Hudson, O. C.  Trimalleolar
fractures with dislocation  of the astragalus.   J. Bone Surg.,
1937, 19: 443-6.—Judet,  H.  Traitement  des consolidations
vicieuses des fractures bi-malleolaires.   Bull.  Soc. chir. Paris,
1931, 23:  664-70.—Leclerc, G.   Traitement des  fractures
bimalleolaires par le vissage de la malleole  interne.   Ibid.,
1925, 51: 922.   Also Presse med.,  1926, 34:  66.—Matti, H.
Zur Behandlung schwieriger bimalleolarer Luxationsfrakturen.
Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 1218-21.—Menegaux, G.  Diagnostic et
traitement des fractures bimalleolaires en clientele.   Progr.
med., Par.,  1926, 41:  60-8.—Mezzana, L.   La frattura  del
terzo malleolo associata alia Dupuytren tipica.  Clin, chir.,
Milano, 1938, 41: 187-99.—Moffat, B. W. Bimalleolar frac-
tures.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 690.—Moiroud, P.  Fracture
bimalieolaire vicieusement consolidee; intervention sur les deux
foyers osseux; resultat  apres la septiSme annee.   Bull.  Soc.
nat. chir., Par., 1930, 56: 198-200.—Nelson, M. C, & Jensen,
N.  K.  The treatment of trimalleolar  fractures of the ankle.
Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1940, 71: 509-14.—Packard,  R. G.   Tri-
malleolar fracture of the ankle with backward displacement of
the foot.   Rocky  Mountain  M.  J.,  1940, 37: 100-3.—Pieri, F.
Fractures bi-malleolaires.    Arch. fr.  belg. chir.,'  1923,  26:
503-5.—Roux, J.   Fracture bimalieolaire, reduction sanglante,
utilisation  d'un  etau pour maintenir la reduction  pendant
l'operation et pendant  l'appareillage platre.   Schweiz. med.
Wschr., 1938, 68: 315-7.—Sorondo, J. P., & Fernandez, L. L.
Fracturas bimaleolares; tecnica de  la  reducci6n y enyesado.
Dfa med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1238.—Vernejoul, de.  Fracture
bi-malleolaire  vicieusement consolidee;  osteotomie;  vissage
des deux malieoles.  Arch.  fr. belg. chir.,  1923,  26:  585.—
Virgillo, F.   Deformita  del  piede in valgismo quale esito di
frattura bimalleolare trattata  con l'osteosintesi.  Ann. med.
nav., Roma,  1927, 2: 29-35.—Zuccarelli, C.  Traitement  des
fractures  bimalleolaires.  Marseille med.. 1926. 63: 442-53.

----   Fracture,  marginal posterior.

   Jenner,   K.    *Ueber   Knochelbriiche   mit
Heraussprengung eines hinteren Volkmannschen
Dreiecks.   24p.   8?    Bresl., 1930.
   Assen, J. van.   Behandlung von  Knochelbruchen mit Her-
aussprengung eines hinteren Volkmann'schen Dreiecks.  Zbl.
Chir., 1926,  53:  1044.—Cieza  Rodriguez,  M. Tratamiento
cruento  de las  fracturas maleolares con fragmento marginal
posterior  irreductible.  Sem. med.,  B.  Air.,  1933, 40: pt 1,
504-7.—Coggi,  G.-  Considerazioni  sulle fratture marginali
posteriori dell'epifisi inferiore della tibia e sul loro trattamento.
Minerva  med.,  Tor., 1940,  31: pt  2,  66-73.—Costantini, D.
Di  una rara frattura malleolare (frattura marginale posteriore
isolata di Meissner)  Radiol, med., Milano,  1925, 12: 481-3 —
Dickson, F. D.  Posterior marginal fracture of the tibia.  Surg.
Gyn. Obst.,  1933, 56: 525-8.—Duchene, A.   Quelques con-
siderations sur la  fracture marginale posterieure isoiee du
tibia. Arch. med.  beiges,  1929,  82: 801-7.—Felsenreich, F.
Dauerresultate  nach percutaner Nagelung  von Verrenkungs-
briichen  des oberen Knochelgelenkes  mit Abbruch   drifter
Fragmente.   Arch, orthop.  Unfallchir.,  1936, 37: 166-78 —
Franck, S.   Isolerede brudd i nedre skinnebenskant, marginale
brudd. Nord. med., 1941, 9:643-5.—Gatellier, J.  The juxta-
retroperoneal route in  the  operative treatment of fracture of
the malleolus with posterior marginal  fragment.   Surg. Gj-n.
Obst., 1931, 52: 67-70.  ----— & Chastang.   La voie d'acces
juxta-retro-peroni^re dans le traitement sanglant des fractures
malleolaires avec  fragment marginal posterieur. J. chir., Par.,
1924, 24: 513-21.—Hartmann.  Equinisme lie a une fracture
marginale posterieure du tibia vicieusement consolidee.  Rev.
gen. clin. ther., 1926, 40: 517.—Hendelberg,  T.  Om  brott a
bakre tibiakanten vid  malleolarfrakturer  jamte bidrag  till
kannedomen  om  ligament-  och kapselskadorna.   Upsala lak.
foren. forh.,  1943-44,  49:   1-164,  20  pl.—H,ohenbalken,  W.
Zur Frage der Knochelbriiche mit Absprengung der hinteren
Tibiakante.   Arch, orthop.  Unfallchir.,  1927, 25: 478-81 —
Jordan,  A.  Zur Behandlung des Knochelbrucb.es bei  gleich-
zeitiger Absprengung des Volkmannschen Dreieckes.  Chirurg,
1943, 15: 653.—La Ragione, A.   Fratture marginali posteriori
della tibia.  Clin, chir., Milano, 1940, 43: 241-62—Laureati, L.
Sulla frattura marginale  posteriore  (malleolo posteriore di 
MALLEOLUS
202
MALLEOLIS
Destot) dell'epifisi tibiale inferiore.  Ghir. org. movim., 1930-
31, 15: 552-02.—LudlofT,  K.  Zur  Imum der Knochelbriiche
mit Heraussprengung eines hinteren  \ olkmann'sehen Dreiecks.
Zbl.  Chir., 1926,  53: 390.—Mariani. M.   Frattura marginale
posteriore e frattura marginale anteriore  della epifisi inferiore
della tibia.  Chir. org. movim.,  1931-32, 16: 274-82.—Merle
D'Aubigne, R.  Technique  radio-chirurgicale pour le  traite-
ment des fractures marginales posterieures du tibia.  J. chir.,
Par., 1938. 52: 168-76.—Michel, L.   Decollement epiphysaire
tibial  inferieur avec  fracture marginale posterieure.   Rev.
med. est, 1927, 55: 603-7— Mouchet, A.. &  Soulie, P.   Frac-
ture  marginale posterieure  isoiee  du tibia.  Rev. orthop.,
Par.,  1927,  14: 53-6.—Nystrom, G.  A  contribution  to the
treatment of fractures of the posterior border of the tibia by
malleolar fractures.  Acta radiol., Stockh., 1944,  25:  672-8.—
Papin, E., & Lasserre, C.  Fracture marginale posterieure du
tibia; fracture de la malleole peroniere;  luxation du pied en
arriere. Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 438.—Poissonnier, M.  Du
traitement  de la fracture bimalieolaire compliquee de fracture
marginale posterieure du tibia.  J.  sc. med. Lille,  1922, 40:
pt 2, 67-71.—Poli, A.  Sulle fratture marginali  dei  malleoli;
contributo  clinico-sperimentale.  Chir. org. movim., 1934, 20:
82-92.—Rossi,  B.  Frattura marginale del  malleolo interno
(a proposito di un nuovo tipo di frattura del collo del  piede)
Clin, chir., Milano, 1929, 32: 265-71.—Selig,  S.  The posterior
marginal fragment in fractures of the ankle.  J.  Mount Sinai
Hosp.  N.  York,   1940-41,  7: 497-502.—Sertoli,  L.   Sulla
frattura marginale posteriore isolata dell'epifisi inferiore della
tibia.  Osp. maggiore, Milano,  1935, 23: 35-44.—Simon, S.
Zur  Entstehung  der Fractura  marginalis  tibiae  posterior.
Arch,  orthop. Unfallchir., 1924-25, 23:  585-92—St0ren, H.
[New method for the reposition  of the margo posterior tibiae
in cases where reposition in the usual  way has failed]  Norsk
mag. laegevid.,  1937,  98:  1411-5.—Tavernier,  L.   La  voie
juxta-achilieenne  pour l'acces sur le fragment posterieur dans
les fractures malieolaires.  Lyon chir.,  1925, 22: 715-7.  ---;---
Suites eloignees d'une fracture malieolaire a fragment posterieur
traitee par astiagalertomie.  Ibid., 1944, 39:  214.—Vails, J., &
Ottolenghi, C. E.  Fractura bimaleolar con fragmento marginal
posterior  mal  consnlidada;   reduccion   cruenta;   curacion;
resultado alejado.  Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air., 1931-32, 1:
115-20.—Wendt,  E.  Das Volkmann'sche  Dreieck.  Zbl. Ghir.,
1928, 55: 1608.

----   Fracture, supramalleolar.
   Fransen, J. W. P.  [Supramalleolar fractures]  Ned. tschr.
geneesk.,  1929, 73:  pt  2, 4587.—Lasserre,  O.  Cal vicieux
susmallcolaire; arthrite traumatique.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1937,
114:277-9.

----   Fracture: Treatment.

   Bospfltjg,  W.   *Behandlungsergebnisse  von
Malleolar- und Supramalleolarfrakturen  [Heidel-
berg]   27p.   8?  Speyer,  1938.
   Buttgereit,  B.   *Die Heilungsresultate  bei
Malleolarfrakturen   [Leipzig]   36p.   8?   Zeulen-
roda, 1931.
   Chastang,   L.   ^Contribution  a  l'etude  des
indications de  la  technique  et  des resultats du
traitement  sanglant  des  fractures  malieolaires
recentes  fermees.  103p.   8?    Par.,  1925.
   Muller,  G.   *Ueber  unblutige  Behandlung
schlechtstehender unkomplizierter Malleolarfrak-
turen;  die  Malleolenpres.se   [Giessen]   25p.   8?
Borna-Lpz., 1931.
   Niqtjet,  W.    *Die  Erfolge  der   Kftochel-
bruchbehandlung in  den  Jahren  1924-28.    12p.
S?  Berl, 1931.
   Schwaabe,   K.    *Die  Knochelbriiche;   ihre
Behandlung und  Ergebnisse   [Erlangen]    60p.
S?  Hof,  1933.
   Stergiou,  M.    *Les  resultats  eloignes  du
traitement   sanglant  des  fractures  malieolaires
recentes  et fermees.  52p.  8?  Strasb.,  1932.
   Also in Strasbourg med., 1932, 92: 388.
   Bado, J. L.,  &  Pedemonte, P. V.   Contribuci6n estadistica
v  tratamiento  de  las fracturas maleolares.  Relat.  Congr.
argent, cir.  (1939) 1940,  11.  Congr., 667-83—Barta, J.  Die
Erfolge der Knochelnaht bei Knochelbruchen. Opera Internat.
Congr. Indust.  Accid. (1928) 1929,  5. Congr., 213.—Beck, H.
Zur  Behandlung  der  Knochelbriiche.  Med. WTelt,  1933, 7:
987.—Berezkin, F. F.  [Operative treatment of badly reduced
abduction fractures of the malleoli]  Khirurgia, Moskva, 1937,
No. 6,  129-45.—Bemtsen, A.  Lidt  om artrodesis talo-cruralis
ved  smaertefulde  ftflgetilstande  efter fractura  malleolorum.
Ugeskr. laeger,  1944, 106: 78-82.—Brandis, von.  Zur blutigen
Behandlung schlecht stehender Knbchelbruche.  Arch, orthop.
Unfallchir., 1938-39,  39:  659-74.—Caan, P.  Ueber die Be-
deutung  und die Erfolge  des Bardenheuerschen  Streckver-
bandes bei  der  Behandlung von  Knochelbruchen.   Ther.
Gegenwart, 1929,  70:  355;  403.—Creyssel.  Colson,  P.,  &
Francillon, J.   Sur  I'emploi de 1'etau dans  le traitement du
diastasis tibio-peronier; interet de la reduction en deux temps
de  certaines  fractures malieolaires.   Lyon  chir., 1036,  33:
696-700.   (Jioin. T.  Tratamiento de Ins fracturas nmleolares
y supraniaUolarrs.   Relat. Congr.  argent, cir.  (1939)  HMO,
11.  Congr.. 710.  (iollasch, W.  Wie hinge muss die Sprengung
der KnochelgaW'l im oberen  Sprunggelenk  ruhiggestcllt  wer-
den"  Mschr.  Unfallh..  1941, 18: 49-51- Greenslnde. C. M.
The ambulatory treatment of malleolar fractures.  \. Zealand
M.  ,).. 1027-28.26:76-83.—Guermonprez, F.  Une adaptation
de mecanotherapie.   J. sc. med. Lille, 1923, 41: pt 2, 64-6.—
Hackenbroch,  M.   Erfahrungen mit der opera tiven  Wiedor-
herstellung der Knochelgabel bei der Bcriandlung des deform
verheilten  Knochelbruches.   Arch, orthop.  Unfallchir.,  1938,
39: 305-18.—Heydemann.  Die Behandlung schlecht geheilter
Knochelbriiche  [Discussion]  Verb. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1932)
1933, 27. Kongr., 515-7.- Hollensteiner.   Was ist bei Knochel-
bruchen zu beachten?  Zbl. Ghir., 1939, 66:  2425- Husfeldl,
E.  [Treatment of fractures of  the malleolus]  Hospitalstidende
1938,81:717-40.------[Reduction of malleolar fractures]
Ibid.  [Dansk  kir.  selsk.  forh.]  6.—Juvara,  E.   Traitement
osteosj nthetique des fractures des  malieoles.   Paris  chir.,
1920,  21:  47-50.-  Kreglinger.  Fehler und  Gefahren in  der
Chirurgie; Briiche der Knochelgabel mit besonderer Beriicksich-
tigung der Frage der Kniekbereitschaft.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1940,  87:  541-4.—Krida, A.  An ambulatorv treatment of
malleolar fractures.   Ann. Surg., 1931, 93: 998 1000.—Lalew-
ski, F.  [Surgery of fractures of malleoli of  the leg]  Lek,
wojsk.,  1931,  17:  327-31, 10  pl.—Lambotte, A.  Quelques
considerations  sur  le traitement  des fractures  malieolaires.
Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1038. 0. set., 3: 472-81- Lanye, M.
Ueber die Behandlung in schleehter Stellung geheilter Knochel-
briiche  [Discussion]  Verb. Deut. orthop. Ges.  (1932)  1033,
27.  Kongr., 517-23.—Lotsch, F.  Ueber Knochelbriiche and
ihre Behandlung.  Med. Welt, 1040, 14: 1297-1300.—Liitzeler,
H.  Ueber  die Behandlung der Knochelbriiche.   Deut. Zschr.
Chir., 1929, 220:  170-3.—Mastromarino, A.  La  chirurgia
ortopedica  nei reliquati di fratture malleolari.  Arch, ortop.,
Milano,  1038,  54: 285-340.—Matthaes.  Ueber Behandlung
stark  laterahvarts  dislozierter Malleolarfrakturen.  Chirurg,
1932,  4: 505-8.—Pineiro Sorondo,  J.,  & Fernandez, L. L.
Tratamiento de las  fracturas maleolares y  supramaleolares.
Relat, Congr.  argent, cir. (1939) 1940, 11. Congr., 706-16.—
Sayous,  E.  Traitement des fractures des malieoles par vissage
vertical.   Maroc med.,  1941, 21:  202.—Schneider, E.   Zur
Wiederherstellung der frakturierten  Malleolengabel durch die
Malleolenpresse.  Munch, med.  Wschr., 1926,  73: 156.—
Stromberg, N.  [Preliminary report of the results of a clinico-
roentgenological  control  examination  of malleolar fractures]
Nord. med.,  1939,  3: 2957-60.—Tietze, H.  Die Payrsche
Keulenschiene   in   der   Behandlung  der   Malleolarfraktur,
Chirurg, 1931, 3: 766-70.—Troncoso Rosas, J.  Tratamiento
quirurgico de las fracturas maleolares curadas en viciosa posi-
cion.  Med. espan.,  1941, 5: 201-14.


----   Pseudarthrosis.

   Markees, J.   *Die  Pseudarthrosen  der Mal-
leolen  nach Sprunggelenksverletzungen; ein  Bei-
trag  zur Entwicklungsmechanik.  15p.   8? Bern,
1936.
   Rostock,  P.   Die  Malleolarpseudarthrose.   Arch,  klin,
Chir., 1938, 191: 557-68.—Schmidt, W.  Pseudarthrosenbil-
dung am Malleolus internus undOssubtibiale.  Chirurg, 1928-
29,  1: 404-9.


----   Radiography.
   Husfeldt, E.   [Significance of i oentgenphotography with
oblique  projection in malleolar  fractures]   Hospitalstidende,
1937,  80:  788-97,  7 pl— Japiot, P.   Comment obtenir  des
cliches de malieoles  faciles a lire.  Rev.  gen. clin. ther., 1919,
33: 602.
----   tibial.
   Aitken, A. P.  A separate ossification centre for the internal
malleolus.  N. England J. M., 1934, 210: 793— Bider, V. M.
[Case of bursitis of the medial malleolus]  Khirurgia, Moskva,
1937, 168.—Hamilton,  A.  R.  Pain  related to the  medial
malleolus.  Med. .1. Australia. 1942, 1: 241.


----   tibial: Fracture.
   Andreesen,  R.    Mangelhafte  Knochenneubildung  bei
Innenknochelbruchen  (Pseudarthrose) ihre Verhiitung  unri
Behandlung.  Zbl.  Chir.,  1938,  65:  2213-21.—Cattaneo, F.
Utile artificio di tecnica nel trattamento delle fratture trridu-
cibili del  malleolo tibiale.  Arch. ital. chir., 1935, 39: 886-8.—
Cottalorda.  Fracture  de  la  malleole interne  avec fragment
marginal  posterieur;  diastasis   tibio-peronier  considerable,
luxation du pied en arriere et fracture haute du perone; vissage
de la malleole externe.  Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1923, 26: 608-
10.—Del Campo,  J. C, &  Prat, E.  Fractura maleolar interna
expuesta;  secuestracion de  la extremidad tibial. Arch. urug.
med., 1937,  10: 225-9.—Ehalt, W. Ein typisches RepOTitions-
hindernis  beim Pronationsbruch  des inneren Knochels.  Chi-
rurg,  1939,  11:  123.—Fouky, E. S.  [Pseudoarthrosis  of the
inner malleolus]  Ortop. travmat.,  1939,  13: No.  3, 41-4.— 
33                                  MALLETT
MALLEOLUS
 Guibal, A. Les fractures de la malleole tibiale posterieure avec
 glissement du pied en arriere; leur traitement par l'extension
 et le platre en decubitus ventral. Gaz. med. France, 1938, 45:
 5g-,_90—Johnson, E. C,  & Jenkins, E. C. Fracture of the
 internal malleolus. Hosp. News, Wash., 1940, 7: No. 8, 10-7,
 6 fig.—Lagomarsino, E., & Muscolo, D. Fracturas del maieolo
 interne  Rev. ortop. traumat,, B. Air., 1935-36, 5: 164-80.—
 Levittoux, H.  [Transdermal fixation with nail in cases of
 median malleolar fractures]   Chir.  narz.  ruchu, 1934,  7:
 103-8, pl.—Liitzeler, H.  Die Entstehung der Pseudarthrose
 nach Bruch des inneren Knochels.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930,
 226: 404-12.—Meekison. D. M.  Fracture of internal malleolus
 and diastasis of inferior tibio-fibular joint.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,
 Lond., 1941-42, 35: 761.  ------  Some remarks on the frac-
 tures of the medial malleolus.  J. Bone Surg., 1945, 27: 83.—
 Veen, J. [Operative reduction of the inner malleolus in prona-
 tion fractures]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 1111-3.

 MALLEOMYCES.
   See Glanders bacillus; also Parvobacteriaceae;
 Pseudotuberculosis.
   MALLESON,   Herbert  Cecil,  &   BULLEID,
 Arthur.   Practical   dental  histology  and  bac-
 teriology;   a  manual  for  students;  introd. by
 Norman G. Bennett,   vii,  72p.  8?   Lond.,  J.
 Bale, Sons  &  Danielsson,  1924.
   MALLESON,  Joan  Graeme  Billson [M. B.,
 1926, London]  The principles of contraception;
 a handbook  for general  practitioners.   160p.
 illust.  8?   Lond., V. Gollancz,  1935.
.  MALLET,  John William, 1832-1912.
   For obituarv see J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1913, 760-3, portr.
 (Richards, T. W.)
   MALLET,  Lucien  Charles,  1885-       Curie-
 therapie; technique  physique et  posologie; ap-
 plications   aux principaux  cancers.   v,  476p.
 illust.  tab.   12?  Par., J. B. Bailliere, 1930.
   MALLET,  Marius,  1900-       *La fievre  de
 Malte devant l'hygiene.  48p.   8?   Par., Jouve &
 cie, 1930.
   MALLET, Raymond, 1882-1936.  Les obsedes.
 xiv, lOOp.   16°  Par., G. Doin & cie, 192S.
   ---Les delirants.   97p.  12?   Par., G. Doin
 & cie, 1930.
   --- La demence.  176p.  illust.  17cm.   Par.,
 A. Colin, 1935.
   For obituary see Bonnet-Roy, F.  Bull, med., Par., 1936, 50:
 735—Huber, J.  Presse med., 1936, 44: 1882.
   MALLET, Raymond, 1902-      *La syphilis
 et le cancer dans un departement rural (Deux-
 Sevres)  65p.  8?  Par., Vigot fr., 1937.
   MALLET,   Robert,  1910-       *Erytheme
 noueux et  infection tuberculeuse.   166p,  24cm.
 Par., Jouve & cie, 1938.
   MALLET-GUY,  Pierre  Albert,  1897-
 Pancreatites  chroniques  avec  ictere  (causes,
 diagnostic   et traitement)  valeur  et  resultats
 eloignes de la  cholecystogastrostomie.  307p. pl.
 8?   Brux.,  Masson & cie, 1925.
   See also Berard, L., & Mallet-Guy, P.  Exploration fonc-
 tionnelle des voies biliaires et chirurgie. 362p.  8".  Par., 1932.
  --- & MAILLET,  P.   Hypoglycemics  spon-
 tanees; le  traitement  chirurgical  de  l'hyper-
 insulinisme.   102p.   illust.  tab.   diagr.  20cm.
 Par., Masson  & cie,  1944.
  MALLET-GUY, Pierre Albert,  &  MARION,
 Pierre.  La  choledoco-duodenostomie  dedica-
 tion relative.  175p.   illust.  25cm.  Par., G. Doin
 & cie, 1943
  MALLET-GUY, Pierre Albert,  &   VACHON,
 Alphonse.   Pancreatites  chroniques   gauches.
 196p.   illust.   tab.   22Hcm.   Par.,  Masson &
 cie, 1943.
  MALLETT, Daniel  Trowbridge,   1862-
 Mallett's  index  of  artists,  international,  bio-
graphical;  including  painters,  sculptors,  illus-
trators, engravers and etchers of the  past and
present,  xxxiv, 493p.  8?  N. Y., R. R. Bowker
co.,  1935.   Also  Supplement,   xxxviii,  319p.
N. Y., 1940.

MALLEUS.
  See  Ear  ossicles; for the  disease  caused by
Malleomyees mallei see Glanders.
  MALLIAVIN, Madeleine,   1898-        *Les
eperons olecraniens.  50p.  8?  Par., L. Arnette,
1935.
  MALLING,  Birger, 1884-       Unders0kelser
over farvesansen.   171p.  tab.  8?   Kristiania,
M. Johansen [1919]
  Forms No. 2. v.36, Arch. math, naturvidensk.
  For portrait see in Norges laeger  (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927,
Suppl., 232.
  MALLING,   Knud,  1879-       Traumatiske
laesioner  af rygmarven.  292p.   illust.   tab.
pl.   25#cm.  Kbh., J. Lund,  1916.
  MALLIS, Arnold.   Handbook  of  pest  con-
trol; the  behavior, life history,  and  control  of
household pests.  554p.  illust.  23^cm.   N. Y.,
MacNair-Dorland  Co., 1945.
  MALLISON, Elizabeth, 1865-1942.
  For obituary see Psychiat. Q., 1943, 17: 223.
  MALLISON, Gustav Louis Georg,  1901-
*Beitrag zur konservativen Radikaloperation des
Ohres  nach Bar&ny   [Konigsberg]   37p.   8?
Coburg, A.  Rossteutscher, 1931.
  MALLISON,  Robert,  1913- •      *Die chi-
rurgische  Behandlung  von Pankreassteinen mit
besonderer  Beriicksichtigung   der  rontgenologi-
schen  Diagnose.   32p.   23^cm.   Berl.,  Rinck,
1938.
  MALLMANN, Walter LeRoy, 1895-
  See Theroux, F. R., Eldridge, E. F., & Mallmann, W. L.
Laboratory  manual for chemical and bacterial analvsis of
water and sewage.  2. ed.  228p.  8°   N. Y., 1936. Also
3. ed.  274p.  1943.
  ---- & ARDREY, William Boyle.   A study of
the  methods of measuring  germicidal chlorine
with  reference to  the  oxidation-reduction  po-
tential, starch-iodide titration and  ortho-tolidine
titration.  38p.  23cm.  East Lansing, 1940.
   Forms Bull No.  91, Michigan State Coll. Engin. Exp. Stat.
  MALLMANN, Walter Le Roy, & MICHAEL,
Catherine Edwards.  The  development of mold
on  cold storage eggs  and methods  of control.
34p.  8?  East Lansing, 1940.
   Forms No.  174, Techn. Bull. Michigan Agr. Exp. Stat.
  MALLNER,  Felix.  Pelztierkrankheiten; ihre
Vorbeugung und medizinische Behandlung;  mit
einem  Anhang: Die Vitamine.  343p.   8?   Riga,
G. Loffler, 1930.
  MALLOCH,  Archibald Edward, 1887-
William Harvey,  xi,  103p.   8?  N. Y.,  P.  B.
Hoeber, 1929.
  ---- James  de  Berty Trudeau; artist, soldier,
physician; examples of his work.   p.681-99.  8?
\  Y  1935.
  Repr'. from Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1935, 11:
  ---- [The same]  p.101-13.  8?  N. Y., 1935.
  Repr. from Proc. Charaka Club, 1935, 8:
  ----Certain old American  medical  works.
p.545-65.   8?   N. Y., 1936.
  Repr. from Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1936,.12:
  ----  Why a medical library?  p.785-91.  8?
[n. p.]  1936.
  Repr. from J. Michigan M'. Soc, 1936,  35:
  ----• Robin and  John Adair,  p.576-96.  8?
N. Y.f 1937.
  Repr. from Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1937, 13:
  ---- Short talk on medical libraries,  p.223-6.
4?   Hartford, 1938.
  Repr. from J. Connecticut M. Soc, 1938, 2: 
MALLOCH
204
MALLOPHAGA
   ---Short vears; the life  and letters  of John
Bruce   MacCallum,   M.   D.,  1876-1906.    xiii,
343p.   illust.    portr.   8?    Chic,   Normandie
House,  1938.
   Also editor of Caius, J.  A  boke  or  counseill against the
disease called the sweate (1552)   39 1.  lO'&cm. N. V., 1937.

   MALLOCH, John Russell,  1875-       Droso-
philidae,  Ephvdridae,  Sphaeroceridae and  Mili-
chidae.    p.2(>7-328.   illust.   8?   Lond.,   Brit.
Mus., 1934.
   Forms Fasc. 8, pt 6, Brit". Mus. Nat. Hist. Insects  of Samoa.

   ----     Muscidae.    p. 171-346.     illust.   8?
Lond., Brit. Mus., 1934.
   Forms Fasc. 2, pt  7, Brit. Mus.  Nat, Hist.  Diptera of
Patagonia and South Chile.

   ----Phoridae,  Agromyzidae,  Micropezidae,
Tachinidae,  and   Sarcophagidae  (supplement)
p.329-66.   illust.   8?.  Lond., Brit.  Mus., 1935.
   Forms Fasc. 9, pt  6,  Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.  Insects of Samoa.

 -  MALLOCK, William Harrell, 1849-1923.   Aris-
tocracy and evolution; a  study of the rights, the
origin, and  the  social functions  of the  wealthier
classes,   xxxiii, 385p.   8?  X.  Y., Macmillan Co.,
1919.


MALLOPHAGA.

   See also Anoplura; Louse.
   Carriker,  M.  A.,  jr.   Studies in  neotropical
Mallophaga;   Tjnamidae   No.    2.     p.81-233.
24'{.em.   Wash., 1944.
   Bedford, G. A. H.   Descriptions  of three  new species of
Tetrophthalmus  (Mallophaga)  found on  pelicans.   Parasi-
tology, Lond., 1931, 23: 236-42.  ------  Notes on Meno-
ponidae (Mallophaga)   with descriptions  of new genera and
species.   Onderstepoort J.  Vet. Sc,  1939,  12:  121-52.—
Bouvier, G.   Note sur quelques oeufs d'ectoparasites se ren-
contrant  sur  les  animaux  domestiques (Anoplura et Mallo-
phaga) _ Schweiz. Arch. Tierh.,  1945, 87:  273-0.—Carriker,
M. A., jr.   The lipeuroid forms of the new world galliformes.
Rev.  brasil. biol., 1945, 5: 91-112.— Clay, T.  A new genus
and species  of Mallopbaga.  Parasitology,  Lond.,  1941, 33:
119-29.   —---& Meinertzhagen,  R.   The  relationship
between Mallophaga and hippoboscid flies.  Ibid.,  1943, 35:
11-6.—Colas-Belcour, J., & Nicolle, P.  Sur le parasitisme du
cobaye par un mallophage sud-americain,  Trimenopon jen-
ningsi K. et P; presence de sang et de rickettsies dans le tube
digestif de l'insecte.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1938, 31:
635-40.—Cope,  O.  B.  The  morphology  of  Esthiopterum
diomedeae,  Fabricius;  Mallophaga.   Microentomology, 1940,
5: 117-42.  ------  The morphology  of a species of the genus
Tetrophthalmus,  Mallophaga, Menoponidae.  Ibid., 1941,  6:
71-92.------   The  morphology  of the Psocoptera and
Mallophaga.  Abstr. Diss. Stanford  Univ. (1941-42) 1942,
17: 3-6.—Eichler, W.   Namensliste der Haarlinge der Haus-
saugetiere.   Zschr.  Infektkr. Haustiere,  1942, 58: 306-13.
------Notulae Mallophagologicae; Oedicnemiceps, nov. gen.,
und  andere interessante Federlinge  von  bemerkenswerten
Wirten.   Zool. Anz.,  1943, 141: 57-61.------Tetroph-
thalmus vigua, nov.  spec, ein Federling aus der Mundhohle
von Phalacrocorax  olivaceus.   Ibid., 133-6.—Ferris,  G.  F.
The Mallophagan family Menoponidae.  Parasitology, Lond.,
1928,  20: 221-7.—Freire, J. J., & Duarte, C.  Contribuicao ao
estudo da ordem Mallophaga; Phagoterus columbae,  n. gen.,
n. sp., parasito de Columba livia domestica.  Bol. Soc. brasil.
med.  vet., 1944,  13: 13-5.—Gerberg, E.  J., & Goble, F.  C.
Two unusual records of Mallophaga from bats. J. Mammal.,
1941,  22: 454.—Hathaway,  C.  R.   Associacao entre Mallo-
phaga e Hippoboscidae.  Mem. Inst,  Oswaldo  Cruz, 1943, 38:
413-7.—Hopkins,  G. H. E.  New African Mallophaga.  J.
Entom. Soc. S. Africa,  1941, 4: 32-47. —--- Notes on the
Mallophaga of Procaviidae.  Rev. brasil. biol., 1942, 2: 391-7.
------Notes on Trichodectidae (Mallophaga)  Ibid., 439-
53; 1943. 3: 11-28.—Keler, S. Zur Kenntnis der Mallophagen-
Fauna Polens.  Zschr.  Parasitenk.,  1939,  11:  47-57.—Leoni
Werneck, F.  Oito especies novas de Mallophaga  encontradas
en mammiferos.  Brasil med., 1935,  49: 597.   ------  Con-
tribuicao  ao conhecimento  dos  mallophagos encontrados nos
mammiferos  sul-americanos.   Mem. Inst. Oswaldo  Cruz.,
1936, 31: 391-589, pl.  ------  Os mal6fagos dos procavifdeos
Ibid.,  1941, 36:  445-576, 2 pl.  ------  De um  estranho
parasito do  cao;  Insecta,  Mallophaga.   Rev. brasil. biol.,
1941,  1: 47-55.  ------  Sobre algumas especies do genero
Gliricola (Mallophaga)  Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz,  1942, 37:
297-316,  2  pl.  ------  Os mal6fagos  dos punares.  Rev.
brasil. biol.,  1942, 2: 17-27.  ------  Un novo mal6fago  do
mangusto dagua.   Ibid., 193-6.  ------   O mal6fago  do urso
dos Andes.   Mem.  Inst. Oswaldo Cruz,  1944,  41:  257-61.
------ Um novo parasito da camurca (Mallophaga,  Tricho-
dectidae)  Rev. brasil. biol., 1944, 4: 271-4.—Quadri, M. A. H.
Studies on  the Mallophaga of North-Indian  birds.   Zschr.
Parasitenk., 1035-36, 8:226-38.  ------  Some new Mallopha-
ga from North-Indian birds.  Ibid., 638-44.—Sugimoto, M.
On some Mallophaga  from the Chinese domestic fowls.  J,
Jap. Soc. Vet. Sc, 1930, 9: 249-54, 2 pl.—Ward. J.  W.  Bo-
opinae, Mallophaga collected from Oklahoma ("it\ dogs. Proc
Oklahoma Acad. Sc. (1933) 1934, 14: 22.- Zunker. M..  Die
Mallophagen  der Haustiere.  Arch.  wiss. prakt.  Tierh., 1928,
58: 644-60.

MALLOPHENE.

   See Pyridine [and derivatives]


MALLORCA.

   Colominas  Roca, J.  Els bronzes de la cultura dels Talaiots
de l'llla de Mallorca.   Butl. Ass. catalana antrop.,  1923, 1:
88-98.—Noguera,  E.   Impresiones  de un viaje a Mallorca;
Baleares, nor  de la sanidad espanola; una obra,  un jefe y un
cuadro.  Gac. med. espan., 1944, 18: Suppl., 277-80.

   MALLORY,  Frank  Burr,  1862-1941.    The
principles  of  pathologic  histology.   677p.   8?
Phila., W.  B. Saunders Co., 1914.
   ----Pathological   technique;  a   practical
manual  for  workers  in  pathological  histology,
including   directions   for  the  performance  of
autopsies and  microphotography.  A34p.   illust.
8?  Phila., W.  B. Saunders Co., 1938.
   For  biography  see in Modern M. World (Kagan S.  R.)
Bost., 1945, 159, portr.
   See also Freeman, W.  Frank Burr  Mallory, a doctor of
physicians.  N. England J.  M.,  1944, 231: 824-8.—Leary, T.
Frank Burr Mallory and the Pathological Department of the
Boston City Hospital.   Am. J. Path., 1933, 9: Suppl. No. 54,
659-72, 2 pl.,  portr.
   For obituary see Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 785, portr. (Parker,
F., jr)   Also Arch. Path., Chic,  1942, 33: 139-42, portr.
(Parker, F., jr)  Also Current Biogr., N. Y.,  1941,  2: 556.
Also Harvard M. Alumni  Bull., 1941-42,  16:  2-4, portr.
(Parker, F., jr)  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 1373.  Also
J.  Path.  Bact., Lond., 1942, 54: 263-7, portr.  (Haythorn,
S.  R.)  Also  N. England  J. M., 1942,  226: 279-83, portr.
(L., T.)   Also Science,  1941, 94: 430 (Parker, F., jr)  Also
Stain Techn.,  1942, 17:3, portr.   Also Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians,
1942, 57: 29-31 (Wolbach, S. B.)

   MALLORY, Tracy Burr, 1896-
   For portrait see in Hist. Tufts Coll. M. School (Spector, B.)
Bost., 1943, opp. 360.

   MALLORY, William Harrison, 1879-1936.
   For obituary see J.  Missouri M. Ass., 1936, 33: 238.

   MALLORY,  William Johnston, 1874-
   For biography see Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1938,
7:  227, portr.

MALLORY stain.

   See also  Stain;  Staining.
   Kernohan,  J. W.  Adaptation of formalin-fixed tissue to
Mallory's  phosphotungstic acid hematoxylin  stain. Bull.
Internat.  Ass. M.  Mus., Montreal, 1934, No. 13,   82-4 —
Lendrum, A. C, & McFarlane, D. A controllable modification
of  Mallory's  trichromic staining method.   J.  Path.  Bact.,
Lond., 1940, 50: 381-4.—MacConaill, M.  A.  A general method
for Mallory's  triple stain.  Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 282.—McFar-
lane, D.  Picro-Mallory; an easily  controlled regressive tri-
chromic staining method.   Stain Techn., 1944,  19:  29-37.—
Manzini, C.  Su di un'utile e pratica modificazione del metodo
di  Mallory.  Diagn. teen, lab.,  Nap., 1939, 10: 338-43, pl.—
Peers, J. H.   A  modification  of Mallory's  phosphotungstic
acid-hematoxylin stain for  formaldehyde-fixed tissues.  Arch.
Path., Chic,  1941, 32: 446-9— Ratcliffe, H. L., &  Parkins,
P. V. On the use of Mallory's phosphotungstic aciil hema
toxylin for  staining intestinal  protozoa.  J. Lab. Clin.  M.,
1944,  29:  534.—Schleicher, E.  M.  Mallory-Heidenhams
connective tissue  stain;  employing  domestic azocarmine B,
aniline blue and orange G in balanced concentrations.  Am. J.
Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1943, 7: 35-9.


MALLOTUS.

   See also  Euphorbiaceae; Kamala; Rottlerin.
   Puntambekar, S. V.  The fattyoil from the seeds of  Mallotua
philippinensis, Much  Current Sc, Bangalore, 1942, 11: 464.—
Santos J. K.  A pbarmacognostical  study of Mallotus philip-
pinensi= fl.am.)  Muel..  Arg.  Rev. filip. med., 1938,  29: 405-
16.—Singh, B. K., & Saran, B.  The fatty oil from the seeds
of  Mallonis philippinensis, Muel. Arg. (natural order Euphor-
biaceae)  Current Sc, Bangalore, 1942, 11: 360.

   MALLOW,  Siegfried  Paul Martin,  1907-
*Beitrag  zur Kastration  von Sexualverbrechern.
p.501-28.   8?   Lpz.,  A.  Hoffmann, 1933.
   Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 148: 
MALLOW
    MALLOW, Wassil,  1875-1938.
    Martini, P.  Nekrolog.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1939, 86:
 466 portr.


 MALLOW.
    See Malvaceae.
    MALLOY, Stephen  A. Douglas,  1872-1944.
    For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125: 508.
    MALLWITZ,  Robert Gotthard Arthur,  1880-
        Gymnastik  und  Sport  fiir  Verwundete
 und Kranke; Leitfaden fiir  Sanitatsoffiziere  und
 arztliches Hilfspersonal.   164p.  21cm.    Berl.,
 W. Limpert, 1943.
    Forms H. 114, Veroff. Heer. San.
    Editor of Sportarztetagung 1931.  103p.  8?  Jena,  1932.
 Also editor of  Sportmedizinische Veroflfenllichung.  Bd  3, 5.
 8!  Lpz., 1936-37.
    ---  &  OHLY,  Adolph.    Ernahrung   und
 Getranke beim Sport.   112p.   21cm.  Lpz., G.
 Thieme; 1939.
    Forms Bd 6, Sportmed. Veroff.
    MALLY.   Veinte anos de experiencias  clfnicas
 en enfermedades nerviosas.   178p.    portr.   16?
 Barcel., Ed. Perello [19..]
    MALM, Ole Olsen, 1854-1917.    Kopper og
 vaccination  i  Xorge.   208p.  illust.  pl.  portr.
 tab.  23cm.   Kristiana,  H.  Aschehoug  &  Co.,
 1915.
    ---   Barneformindskelsen  i  Norge  og dens
 aarsaker.  90p.   tab.   diagr.  23cm.  Kristiania,
 H. Aschehoug &  Co., 1916.
    Portrait.   In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 93.
    MALMASSARI,   Jean,    1908-          *De
 1'avortement chez la femme  indigene  musulmane
 principalement en Algerie.  115p.  24cm.  Alger,
 S. Crescenzo, 1934.
    MALMBERG,  Carl.   Diet  and  die.    149p.
 8°  [N. Y.]  Hillman-Curl [1935]
    MALMED,  Jacques,   1905-        *Lesions
 nerveuses  demontrees  par  l'examen  electrique
 dans la maladie  de Volkmann.  31p.   8?  Par.,
 E. Le Frangois, 1936.
   .MALMENDIER, Hermann,  1904-       *Zur
 Pathologie des Zeitbewusstseins  [Munster]  36p.
 8?  Duisburg,  Echo-Verl. [1932]
   MALMGREN, Berndt Rudolph,  1906-
 Studien iiber die Weilsche Krankheit in  Schwe-
 den.  122p.  24cm.  Kbh., E. Munksgaard, 1941.
   Forms Suppl. 43, Acta path, microb.  scand.
   MALMROS, Haqvin, 1895-        A study of
 glycosuria with special reference  to  the interpre-
 tation  of  the  incidental finding of  a  positive
 reduction test.  309p.  pl.  tab.  8?  Lund, Ber-
 lingska boktr.,  1928.
   Forms Suppl. 27, Acta med. scand.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   ----&  HEDVALL, Carl Erik Johan.  Studien
 iiber  die  Entstehung   und  Entwicklung   der
 Lungentuberkulose.    223p.   8?    Lpz.   J.   A.
 Barth,  1938.
   Forms H. 68, Tuberk. Bibl.
   MALMROS, Richard, 1905-
   See Munch-Petersen,  C.  J., & Malmros, R.  Neurologi.
 p.91-122.  25cm.  Kbh., 1946.
   MALMSTEAD, Lilyan Isabelle,  1897-
 What  everybody wants to  know;  the story of
 sex-appeal, with a complete and scientific course
 of exercises designed to build health and  to give
 you that attraction which is the basis of love and
 marriage.   128p.   8?   [Spencer,  Mass.,  Heffer-
man Pr., 1928]
  MALMSTEN, Per Henrik, 1811-83.
  For biography see in Portr. Svenska  lak. apotek.  (Sjoberg,
N.) Stockh., 1910, 69,  portr.
205                                     MALMUS
   MALMUS, Friedrich Karl,  1906-        *Epi-
 demiologische  Schwankungen  des  Ulcus  molle
 hinsichtlich seiner zeitlichen  und  geographischen
 Ausbreitung, sowie seine  Beziehungen zur  Ska-
 biesmorbiditat    [Munchen]    19p.    map.    8°
 Borna-Lpz., R. Noske,  1934.


 MALNUTRITION.

   See also such headings as Cachexia;  Deficiency
 disease; Edema,  nutritional;  Emaciation;  Fast-
 ing;  Growth  [human]  Variation,  nutritional;
 Inanition;  Infant  nutrition;  Metabolism,  Dis-
 order;  Obesity;  Starvation,   etc.;  also  under
 names  of  causes  of  malnutrition  as  Vitamin
 deficiency,  etc.
   Badger, G. S. C.  Malnutrition.  Boston M. & S. J., 1912,
 166: 622.—Badger, W. S.  The malnourished and debilitated
 child.  Medr Off.,  Lond., 1922, 26:  235.—Bassett,  S. H.
 Malnutrition.   In: Fundam. Nutr. (Hawley & Mast) Springf.,
 1940, 77-81.—Bogey  (The) of malnutrition.  Mil. Surgeon,
 1942, 90: 697.—Cawadias,  A. P.  Malnutrition as a factor of
 social unrest.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1945, 213: 279-81.—
 Clark, T.  Malnutrition. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1921, 36:
 923-30.—Cohen, S. A.  Malnutrition in children.  Internat.
 J. Orthodont., 1927, 12: 465-74.—Cold and undernourishment.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 632.—Dwight, J. C. The newer
 knowledge of malnutrition.  Pub.  Health Nurs., 1943,  35:
 87-91.—Eby,  J. C.   Malnutrition.   South. M.  J., 1930, 23:
 842-4.—Eder,  H. L.   The undernourished child.   Arch.
 Pediat., N. Y., 1933, 50: 628-41.—Gounelle, H., Raoul, Y., &
 Marche, J.   Enquete  de  nutrition,  clinique,  biologique  et
 alimentaire, sur un groupe de sujets sous-ahmentes, en mars
 1941.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1941, 124: 642-8.—Harrison,
 F. A.  The underweight child.  J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1929,
 22: 248-55.—Herd,  H.  An inquiry Into malnutrition  cases.
 Med. Off., Lond., 1937, 58:  125.—Hutchison, R.  Malnutri-
 tion.  Clin. J., Lond., 1935, 64: 227.—Innutrition.  Med. Off.,
 Lond., 1934, 52: 11.—Ill-nutrition  of children.   Ibid.,  1941,
 65: 198.—Jahr, H. M.  Some practical considerations of mal-
 nutrition in the child.  Nebraska M. J., 1.929, 14: 384-90.—
 Jayaram, T. K.  Malnutrition. J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1939,
 36: 119-22.—Jimenez Diaz, C, Lorente, L. [et al.]  Estudios
 sobre los estados de desnutricion; cuadro clinico general y su
 evolution.   Nutrit.  Abstr.,  Aberdeen,  1942-43,  12:  654
 (Abstr.)—Josefson, A.  [Data from 50 years of endocrinology
 and a few  words on undernourishment]  Nord. med., 1939, 4:
 3719-32.—Korshet, M. Malnutrition.  N. York M. J., 1908,
 87: 985-9.—Lloyd, W. M.  Some notes on malnutrition in
 school children. Med. Off., Lond.,  1933, 49: 235.—McGee,
 W. A.  Malnutrition of childhood.   Virginia  M. Month.,
 1927-28, 54: 497-500.—McGowan, J. P.  Some aspects of the
 malnutrition problem. Edinburgh M. J., 1940, 47: 425-32.—
 Malnutrition.  Med. Off., Lond., 1939, 62: 61.—Malnutrition in
 children.  Ibid., 1934, 52: 157.—Newburgh, L. H.  Undernutri-
 tion.  In: Dis. Metab. (Duncan, G. G.) Phila., 1942, 503-12.—
 Ribadeau-Dumas,  L.   La sous-alimentation chez I'enfant.
 Clinique, Par.,  1925, 20: 147.—Sandoz, L. M.  Notes d'actua-
 lit6 sur l'equilibre alimentaire, la  malnutrition  et la  sous-
 alimentation.  Praxis, Bern, 1943, 32: 757-61.—Savignac, R.
 L'amaigrissement obsidional.  Presse  med.,  1943,  51: 69
 (Abstr.)—Schick, B.,  & Topper, A.   Abnormal nutritional
 states in children.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 17: 1219-
 39.—Shumway, N. P.  Malnutrition.  Ibid., 1939, 23: 1465-
 80.—Stahr, R.  The undernourished child.  J. Iowa M. Soc,
 1938, 28: 435-8.—Teixeira, A. M., & Correa de Azevedo, E.
 Escolares  desajustados.  Rev. med. cir. Brasil,  1944,  52:
 219-26.—Thornton,  G. O.   Some  aspects of  malnutrition.
 S. Afr. M. J., 1942, 16: 231-3.—Tidmarch, F. W.  Malnutri-
 tion.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1923, 13: 426.—Underweight in
 children.   Virginia Health Bull., 1929,  21: No. 5,  1-4.—
 Welch, W.  H.   Undernourishment in childhood.   Child Health
 Bull., 1932, 8: 73.


 ----  Cases.

   Chadwick, H. D., & Zacks, D. Observations in the under-
 weight clinics  in Massachusetts.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89:
 670-5.—Falla, S. T.  A boy aged 4 years weighing ten pounds.
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32: Sect. Stud. Dis. Child.,
 93-5.—Hamilton, H. B.  The undernourished child, with case
 report.  Med.  Clin.  N. America, 1928,  12: 489-94.—Kerley,
 C. G., Lorenze, E. J., jr, &  DuBose, R.  Malnutrition in chil-
 dren of the well to do; a review of case histories.  Tr.  Am.
 Pediat. Soc,  1921, 33: 76-83.—Maillart, H. Jeune  fille de
 15}^, ans qui,  haute de 161 cm.,  ne  pesait que  26  kil.  700;
 constipation de plus en plus opiniatre,  gonflement stomacal,
 douleur epigastrique,  somnolence; lavements, psychotherapie
 intense,  suralimentation,   traitement  opotherapique  aban-
 donne;  poids  augments en  tout de 20  kg. 800 en 262 jours.
 Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1914, 34: 285; 735.—Richet, C, Lesueur,
 G., & Duhamel,  G.   Formes irreductibles de  l'insuffisance
alimentaire chez i'adulte.  Presse med., 1943, 51: 11 (Abstr.) 
MALNUTRITION
206
MALNUTRITION
 ----   Complications and sequelae.

    Blaxton. S.   Mental and nervous changes in
 the children of the Volksschulen of Trier, Ger-
 manv,   caused   by  malnutrition.    53p.    fol.
 Trier,  1919.
    Also  Final  Rep. Civil Aff.  Trier Dep.  San. Pub. Health,
 1919, No. 6, 1-53, 7ch.

    Karsten, J. H.   *The  relation  of  malnutri-
 tion to the ordinary diseases of childhood   [Mar-
 quette  Univ.]   3p.   8?   Milwaukee,  1924.
    Maurice, H.   *Les psychoses d'epuisement a
 base de denutrition.  79p.   8?   Par.,  1938.
    Sutherland, J. P.   Malnutrition, the medical
 octopus.  368p.   8?   Bost., 1937.
.   Also N. England J. M., 1935, 212: 60-8.
    Aranda  de  Rojas,  M.  La hipoalimentaci6n;  sus conse-
 cuencias.   Rev. espan.  med.  cir.  guerra.  1943,  2. £poea, 6:
 30-9.—Bayer,  A.  Untererniihrung und Keimzellenschadigung.
 Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62: 2232.—Boudreau, F. G., & Kruse, H. D.
 Malnutrition;  a challenge and an  opportunity.  Am. J. Pub.
 Health,   1939,  29: 427-33.—Brusse,  A. B.  Malnourished
 children.  Internat. J. Orthodont., 1025, 11:  879r97.—Don-
 nelly, J. D.  Malnutrition as a pretuberculous state in  children.
 Pennsylvania  M.  J.,  1921-22, 25: 317-20.—Feichtinger, G.
 Geburtenriickgang  und  Keimschiidigung durch  falsche  Er-
 nahrung.  Mitt.  Biochem., 1934,  41:  23-6.—Gebhart, J. C.
 Defective nutrition and  physical retardation.   Pedag. Semin.,
 Worcester, 1921,  29:  147-55.—Hill,  H.  W.,  &  Breeze, E.
 Non-relation of malnutrition  in school children  to infection.
 Pub. Health J., Tqronto, 1925-26, 17: 421-32.—Kalsem, M. E.
 Results  of malnutrition  as seen at a  county hospital.  Mod.
 Hosp.,  1935, 44:  No. 6,  84-6— Mellanby, E.  Durch mangel-
 hafte Ernahrung bedingte Erkrankungen des  Nervensystemis.
 Internat.  med. W. Schweiz  i 1030) 1037, 2.  Congr.. 211-35
 [Discussion] 282.—Mitchell, H. H.  The threat of malnutrition.
 Child Health Bull., 1934. 10: 1 13 5-Morgan,  F. C. Mal-
 nutrition in children in  relation to tuberculosis.   Med. Off.,
 Lond.,  1929, 42:  217 20.  Mulinos, M. G., & Pomerantz, L.
 Pseudo-hypophysectomy; a  condition resembling hypophy-
 sectoiny  produced  by  malnutrition.   J. Nutrit., 1940,  19:
 493-504.  Odeneal, T.  H.   Otitis media, mastoiditis  and
 disease of nasal accessory sinuses  as causative factor in mal-
 nutrition in children.  Ann. Otol.  Rhinol., 1923-24, 32: 561-
 70.—Pedro  y  Pons, A.   Enfermedades por  insuficiencia  y
 desequilibrio alimenticio en la poblacion  civil de la zona  roja
 durante  la guerra.   Actas Congr. med.  mil. (Spain) 1939,
 1.  Congr., p. xlv-1.—Perlman, H. H.  A study of malnutrition
 in  children; with special reference to associated physical defects.
 Med. J.  &  Rec,  1929,  130: 148-52.—Pinto, A.  C.  B.   Os
 perigos- de uma alimentagao deficiente.  Bol. Dir. serv. satide
 mil., 1941, 4:  329-42.—Ponomarev, Z. I.  [Purulent disases
 in  relation with malnutrition]  Jubil.  sbornik  Grekova, S.
 Petersb.,  1921, 421-7.—Pringle,  A. M.  N.  Vital statistics
 and malnutrition.   Med. Off., Lond., 1937, 57: 05.—Ribadeau-
 Dumas, L., &  Tisserand.  Etude sur la resorption des scrums
 chez les enfants atteints  d'affections diverses avec denutrition.
 Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1925, 3. ser., 49: 1637-41— Richet,
 C, Lesueur, G.,  & Duhamel, G.   Insuffisance alimentaire et
 insuffisance cardiaque. Presse m6d., 1943, 51: 482.—Riese, W.
 Modifications  graves du systeme  nerveux central de jeunes
 singes s^ricusement sous-aliment£s.  Rev. canad. biol., 1943,
 2:  450-2 (Abstr.)—Robinson, G. W., jr, Shelton,  P., & Smith.
 F.  V., jr.  Importance of the dextrose tolerance test in the
 diagnosis of marginal malnutrition. Arch.  Int. M., 1941, 68:
 945-56.—Sebrell, W. H., &  Yater, W. M.  Diseases due to
 vitamin  deficiency  and  malnutrition.   In: Fund. Int. Med.
 (Yater, W. M.) Ni Y„ 1942, 575-88.—Seham, M., & Seham, G.
 The relation between malnutrition and nervousness.   Am. J.
 Dis. Child.,  1929,  37:  1-38.—Sommer, K.  Spatschaden nach
 Untererniihrung im Weltkrieg 1914-1918.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1941,
 65:  292-8.—Stefanopoulo,  G. J.   Oedeme  et  phenomenes
 paralytiques par des£quilibre alimentaire chez le singe Macacus
 rhesus en captivity. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1944, 70:  105-
 13.—T., E. [Diseases of nutritional insufficiency]  Sovet. med..
 1942, 6: No. 11, 30.


 ----   Diagnosis.
    Aykroyd, W. R.   The assessment of state of nutrition  and
 the detection of malnutrition.  Brit. M. J., 1937,  2:  1008-10.
 ------   Detection of malnutrition in children.   Proc Soc.
 Biol. Chemists  India, 1938, 3: 30-4.  ------Madhava, K. B., &
 Rajagopal, K.  The detection of malnutrition by measurements
 of  arm, chest,  and  hip.  Ind.  J. M. Res., 1938, 26: 55-94.—
 Boyd, J. D. Recognizing borderline conditions of malnutrition.
 J. Iowa M. Soc, 1042, 32: 116-9.—Brio, V. S. [Intracutaneous
 hydrophilic test (.McClure-Aldrich; in  alimentary dystrophy]
 Raboty Leningr. vrach. za god otechest. voiny,  1943, 3: 41-5.—
 Derryberry,  M.  Reliability of medical judgments  on  mal-
 nutrition.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1938, 53: 263-8.  Also
 Med. Off., Lond.,  1938,  59: 139.—Fontenelle, J.  P.   Indices
 de  subnutricao. Fol. med., Rio, 1926, 7: 230.—Friedlander, A.
 Malnutrition in older children.  Lancet Clinic, Cincin., 1908,
 99: 53-0.—Goldston, I. A.  Memorandum on malnutrition.
 Mod. Med., Chic,  1920, 2: 616-8.—Happ, W. M.  The prob-
lem  of  the  undernourished child;  routine examinations and
height-weight-age  standards  inadequate.   West.  Dietitian,
Los  Ang., 1920-27, 2:  No.  5, 14-6—Harris, L. J.  The inci-
dence and assessment of malnutrition; a critique and review
Med. Off., Lond., 1937, 58:  225; 237;  240; 261; 273- Ivanova-
Gluhova  [Capillaroscopy and venous pressure in scurvy and
dystrophy in children]  Pediatria,  Moskva, 1944,  No. 4, 31-
40.—Korshet, M.   Malnutrition.   N. York M. J., 1908, 87:
985-9.—Kugelmass, I.  N.    The  early  recognition of  wnr-
nutrition deficiency in children.  Am.  J. Digest. Dis., 1944, U:
83-92.—Laporte, J. N.  L'examen  physique de I'enfant  et la
recherche de la  denutrition.  Union  mM.  Canada, 1943, 72:
679-81. — McLester,  J. S.  Borderline states  of  nutritional
failure.  Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1935, 38: 300-2.  Also J. Am
M.- Ass., 1939, 112: 2110-4.—Morgan, G. D.   The assessment
of sub-nutrition and allied states.  .1. R.  Inst. I'ub. Health
1937-38, 1:  151  (it.  -Nash, E. H. T.  What is malnutrition?
Lancet, Lond.. 1935,  1: 643.—Nicholls, L.  Nomenclature of
malnutrition.   Ibid..  1044, 1: 630.—Objective (An)  test of
malnutrition?  Ibid.,  1937,  2: 1025.—Padilla  Roque, ('.   El
signo del dorso (Knudsen y  Schi0tz) como expresion de estados
de disnufrici6n en  los ninos.  Bol. san., B.  Air.. 1939, 3:  640-
51. — What is  malnutrition?  Lancet, Lond.,  1935,  1: 385.—
Wile, 1.  S.   Malnutrition;  a  problem in  medical  inspection.
N. York M.  J., 1916, 103: 729-32.


----   Economic aspect.
   Gebhart, J. ('.  Poverty and malnutrition.  1'roc Nat. Conf.
Social  Work,  1919, 46: 225-31.—Harding, T.  S.  Economic
aspects of malnutrition and medical care.   Med. Kec, N. Y.,
1943, 156: 180-6.—Health of  the people in a  depressed area;
a government inquiry.  Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 1037.  I'hilbrick,
I. C.  Malnutrition and society. Med. Rec, N. V., 1908, 74:
525-9.


----   Etiology.

   See also Nutrition, Disorder.
   Aldrich, C. A.  Causes for  poor nutrition other  than those
which are purely physical.  Illinois M. J., 1934, 65: 51-3.—
Arrendell, C. W.  Some causes of malnutrition.  J. Oklahoma
M. Ass., 1932, 25:  334-8.—Black, J. I).  The social milieu of
malnutrition.  Ann. Am. Aead. Polit. Social  Sc,  1943,  225:
142-9.— Carrere, J.   Los  desequilibrados alimenticios  del
aparato digestivo  post-operatorios  de  operaciones sobre  el
ap^ndice, anexos y utero.   Dia m£d. urug.,  1936, 3: 617.—
Dietetic malnutrition.  Brit. M. J., 1937,  2: 585.—Freyssinge,
J.  Le role  des glycerophosphates et  des ions Mg,  K et Na,
dans le probleme.de la sous-alimentation.  Praxis, Bern, 1943,
32: 176-8.—Gribbon, M. R.  Some factors modifying the nutri-
tion  of children;  a survey of 3,000 of the most marked cases of
malnutrition in Viennese children, made in the summer of 1921.
Edinburgh M. .1.,  1922,  29:  12-7.   Harding,  T.  S.  Wide-
spread malnutrition or food for all?   Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1941,
154:  407-10.—Herd, H.  Enquiry  into cases of malnutrition.
Med. Off.,  Lond.,  1936,  56: 215— Herraiz  Ball estero,  L.
Desnutricion alergica.  Sem. m£d., B.  Air., 1944. 51: 1286-<9.—
Jolliffe, N.   Conditioned malnutrition. J. Am.  M.  Ass., 1943,
122:  299-306.—Lambret, O., Boulanger, P. [et al.]  Les etats
de precarence  en periode de  restrictions alimentaires.  Bull.
Acad. meU,  Par., 1941, 125: 18-24.—Lelesz, E. The problem
of nutrition  disequilibrium.  Nutrit.  Abstr., Aberdeen, 1942-
43, 12: 114 (Abstr.)—Lloyd, W. M.   Factors in malnutrition.
Med. Off., Lond.,  1935, 54:  205.—McHenry,  E.  W.  Some
causes  of  malnutrition.  Canad. Pub. Health J., 1937,  28:
544-7.—Marrack, J. R. Food. Advance. Sc, Lond., 1944-45,
3: 150-73.   Rimbaud, L., & Serre,  H.  Le facteur vasculaire
dans les syndromes de des^quilibre alimentaire.  Bull. Acad.
med., Par.,  1943,  127: 101.—Stheeman,  H.  A.  [Vitamine
insufficiency  in undernourishment of  children; a contribution
to the study of the constitution]  Geneesk. bl., 1921-22, 23:
109-46.—True, R.  H.  Toxicity and malnutrition.  Science,
1915, 42: 195.


----   Geography.

   See also Nutrition, Survey.
   Pijoan,  M_.   Certain factors  involved  in  the
struggle against malnutrition and disease, with
special  reference to the  southwest of the United
States and  Latin America.   13p.  25cm.  Albu-
querque,  1943.
   Quigley,  D. T.  The national malnutrition.
113p.   21cm.   Milwaukee, 1943.
   Kadloff, E. M., &  Osborn, T.  W. B.   Malnu-
trition  in  South Africa.   29p.  27^cm.  Johan-
nes!).,  1939.
   [United States]  National Research Coun-
cil.  Committee on Diagnosis  and  Pathology
of   Nutritional  Deficiencies.    Food   and
Nutrition  Board.    Inadequate  diets  and  nu-
tritional deficiencies in  the  United States.  56p.
25cm.   Wash.  [1943] 
MALNUTRITION                              207                               MALNUTRITION
   Brock, J. F.  Malnutrition in South Africa.  S. Afr. M. J.,
 1943, 17: 219-22.—Costa, D.  Inquerito sobre a incidencia de
 sinais de desnutricao em criancas escolares do Rio de Janeiro.
 Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo,  1944,  13:  406-14.—Gonzalez
'Ochoa,  G.  Informe de Comision.  An. Acad. med.  Medellin,
 1943, 1: 289-94.—Heiras  A., F.   Causas de la desnutricion
 infan'til en Chihuahua.  Chihuahua quir., 1943-44, 6:  1083-5.—
 Lawrence,  H. E.  Dietary inadequacy in rural  Maine.   J.
 Maine M. Ass., 1944, 35: 26-30.—McHenry,  E. W.   Toronto
 poor families get too little food.  Health, Toronto, 1939, 7: 5.—
 Malnutrition  in Australia.  Brit.  M. J.,  1938,  1:  1108.—
 Malnutrition  in Cevlon.   Ibid.,  1943, 2:  144.—Malnutrition
 in New Zealand.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1031.—Moore,
 D. F.  Malnutrition in the colonies.   Lancet, Lond., 1941, 2:
 543.—Petrillo, L. M.  Desnutrici6n de escolares en Montevideo.
 Bol. Inst, protec.  inf., Montev.,  1943-44, 17:  136-8.—Pett,
 L. B.  Malnutrition in Canada.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1944, 50:
 9-14.—Poverty  and  malnutrition in  South  Africa.   Nature,
 Lond., 1942, 149: 18.—Siqueira, R.  de.  Falhas de alimentacao
 das nossas coletividades.   Hospital,  Rio,  1938, 13: 363-7.—
 Spencer, F. M.   Malnutrition and  a  C3 population.  N.  Zea-
 land M. J., 1937, 36: 4-20; 1938, 37: 115-36,  pl.—Taitt, D. J.
 Malnutrition at No. 1  Government Dispensary, Georgetown,
 British Guiana, 1943. Brit. Guiana M. Annual, 1943,  114-24 —
 Tot (The)  system.  S. Afr. M. J., 1937, 11: 1.—Trowell, H. C.
 Malnutrition in the Bantu of Central Africa; a syndrome  of
 malignant malnutrition.  Clin.  Proc,  Cape  Town,  1944,  3:
 381-401.
----   Incidence.

   Roberts,  L.  What is malnutrition? hundreds
of  thousands  of  American  children  are under-
nourished.   20p.   8?   Wash.,  1923.
   Forms No. 59, Bull. U. S. Child. Bur.

   Boucher, R.  De quelques cas de denutrition dans les inter-
nats.  Union med.  Canada,  1943, 72:  331 (Abstr.)—Bunn,
W. H.   Studies on undernourishment in  industry.  J.  Indust.
Hyg., 1923,  5: 149-52.—Colburn, W.  O.   Malnutrition in
children of pre-school age.  Nebraska  M. J., 1923, 8: 213-5.—
Dunstan, W. R.  Underfeeding; does it exist?   Med.  Off.,
Lond., 1934,  52: 15.—Extent (The)  of undernutrition.  Chem.
Leaflet,  1942-43, 16: No. 1, 81; passim.—Gittings, J. C.  Mal-
nutrition:  the modern pediatric  problem.   Med.  Clin.  N.
America, 1926,  10: 355-66.—Jacobs,  E.   Is malnutrition  in-
creasing?  Am. J.  Pub. Health, 1933,  23: 784-8.—Jolliffe, N.,
McLester, J. S., & Sherman, H. C.  The  prevalence of  malnu-
trition.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1942,  118:  944-50.  Also Spanish
transl., Sem. med. espan., 1943, 6: 227-30.—Konius, E.  [Prob-
lem of hypotrophy] Med. rabot.,  1944, 7: No. 13, 2.—Levy, J.
The undernourished child of pre-school age.   Pub.  Health
News, Trenton,  1919-20,  5:  119-24.—Malnutrition  among
school children. Brit. M.  J., 1938, 2: 585.—Malnutrition in
South Africa.  Med. J. Australia,-  1941,  1: 455.—Prevalence
of malnutrition; as indicated by dietary survevs.   Borden's
Rev. Nutr. Res.,  1944, 5: No.  5, 1-10.—Richmond, A. E.
Malnutrition; a survey.  J. R.  Army M.  Corps,  1939, 72:
361-73.—Sharpe,  H.  S.   How  prevalent  is malnutrition?
Trained  Nurse, 1942,  109: 106-8.—Whealley, G.  M.  Mal-
nourished children  in the school.   Pub. Health Nurs., 1941, 33:
300-5.
 ----   Manifestation.

    See  also   Emaciation;  Height   and  weight;
 Obesity.
    IMaz-Rubio, M.   The gastric syndrome of undernutrition;
 the r61e  of the dietary qualitative factors in gastric secretion
 and motility.   Nutrit. Abstr., Aberdeen,  1941-42,  11: 299.—
 Dunstan, W.  R.  Malnutrition and weightage.   Med.  Off.,
 Lond.,  1934,  51:  85-7.—Hidden  hunger.   Health,  Mount.
 View, 1942, 9:  No.  8, 14.—Kimberly, A. M.   The potentially
 undernourished child. Boston M. &  S. J., 1925, 192: 594-7.—
 Mouriquand, G.  Alimentary disequilibrium and dystrophies
 which  are  not apparent.  French  M. Rev., Par., 1932, 2:
 125-31.—Padilla Roque, C. M.  El signo del dorso (Knudsen
 y Schiotz)  como expresi6n de estados de disnutricion en  los
 ninos.  Bol. Inst, internac. amer. protec. inf., Montev., 1941,
 14: 357-69.—Pemberton, J.  Follicular hyperkeratosis; a sign
 of malnutrition. Lancet, Lond., 1940, 1: 871.—Perakis, K., &
 Bakalos, D.   Klinische  Beobachtungen  bei  Unterernahrten.
 Deut. med. Wschr.,  1943, 69: 746-8.—Pollock, H.  C.  Teeth
 and malnutrition.   Am. J.   Orthodont.,  1943,  29:  170.—
 Rimbaud, L., & Serre, H.  Le syndrome de des^quilibre ali-
 mentaire et ses formes associees.  Presse med., 1943,  51: 629.—
 Sainz de los  Terreros,  C.   Sindromes de  subalimentaci6n
 en  la edad escolar.   Acta pediat.,  Madr., 1943,  1: No. 8,
 33,-47.—Spies, T. D.  A note on the ocular symptoms occurring
 from malnutrition  in human  beings.  Am. J. M.  Sc,  1939,
 198: 40.—Stannus,  H. S.  Skin manifestations in diseases of
 malnutrition; deficiency diseases.  Practitioner,  Lond.,  1941,
 146: 303-10.—Turner, A. C.   Latent  malnutrition.   Med. Off.,
 Lond.,  1939, 62: 85.—Tushinsky, M.  D., Aleshina, F. I., &
 Seitz, Z. R.  [Clinical observations on alimentary dystrophy in
patients  with   quantitatively and   qualitatively insufficient
nutrition]   Raboty  Leningr.  vrach.  za god  otechest.  voiny,
 1943, 3: 14-24.
----   Metabolism.
   Axelrod, A. E., Spies, T. D.. & Elvehjem, C. A.  Riboflavin
content of blood and muscle in normal and in malnourished
humans.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1941, 46:  146-9.—
Aznar Reig, A., & Fernandez Cruz, A.  Estudio de  las pro-
piedades fisicas del suero  en la insuficiencia  alimenticia; el
peso especifico del suero de  los sujetos enfermos por insufi-
ciencia alimenticia.  Medicina, Madr.,  1943, 11: pt 2, 268-73,
tab.—Blotner,  H.   Blood fat tolerance tests  in malnutrition
and  obesity.   Arch.  Int.  M., 1935, 55:  121-30.—Fernandez
Cruz, A.,  Agustin Jimenez, P. de, & Rotllant  de Franch, M.
Subalimentaci6n y  metabolismo  mineral.   Medicina,  Madr.,
1943, 11: pt 2, 91-123.—Garcia Conde, J., & Fernandez Cruz, A.
Metabolismo prot&co en la insuficiencia alimenticia;  la crea-
tininuria y creatinuria espontanea de los hiponutridos.  Ibid.,
1942, 10:  pt 2,  466-71.—Lecoq, R.  Desequilibres alimentaires
et vitamines.  Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1941, 3. ser., 124: 483-
9.—Levine, V. E.  Modern aspects of nutrition: the pathology
of malnutrition.  Nebraska M. J., 1926, 11:  100; 184; 233.—
Man, E. B.,  & Gildea,  E.  F.  Serum lipoids in malnutrition.
J. Clin. Invest., 1936, 15: 203-14.—Mason, E. H. Abnormal
specific  dynamic action  of protein, glucose, and fat associated
with undernutrition.   Ibid., 1927-28, 4: 353-87.—Nicholls, L.
Vitamin A, as  determined by the blue units  of the antimony-
trichloride test, in the livers of  malnourished children.  Ind.
M. Gaz.,  1937, 72: 293-5.—Oficerov, V. N.  [Modification of
metabolism in  alimentary  dystrophy in children]  Pediatria,
Moskva,  1944,  No.  4,  19-23—Pena Yanes, A.,  & Marin
Araez,   E.  Estudios  sobre las  protfiinas  plasm&ticas en los
sujetos  mal nutridos.   Medicina, Madr., 1942, 10: 97-114.—
Stearns, G., &  Moore, D. L. R.  Growth in height and weight,
and  retention  of nitrogen,  calcium and  phosphorus during
recovery from severe malnutrition.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931,
42: 774-80.—Talbot, F. B.  Basal metabolism of undernourished
girls.  Ibid.,  1938, 56: 61-6.—Wang, C.  C,  Frank, M., &
Hayes,  B.  High and low protein diets and excretion of nitrog-
enous  compounds in  normal and  undernourished  children.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1925-26, 23: 758.—Wang, C. C,
Frank,  M., &  Kaucher, M.   Metabolism  of undernourished
children; caloric balance.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,  1928,  36: 979-
88.—Wang, C. C, Frank, M. [et al.]  Metabolism of under-
nourished children. . Ibid., 1926, 32:  63; 360.
----  Pathology.

   Cathala,  J.    Les  regimes  desequilibres   et
leurs  consequences  pathologiques dans la  pre-
miere enfance.  45p.   23cm.   Par., 1938.
   Bertrand,  I., & Lecoq, R.   Alterations anatomiques  des
nerfs p6ripheriques  au cours  des  desequilibres  alimentaires
d'origine lipidique et d'origine protidique.  C.  rend. Acad, sc,
1940,  211: 306-8.—Bezancon, F.  Influence  de  la sous-ali-
mentation sur  la diminution de resistance de l'organisme au
froid.   Bull. Acad,  med., Par.,  1941, 3.  ser.,  124:  5-13.—
Boenheim, F.  A  contribution to  the  pathology  of malnutri-
tion. Acta med. scand., 1934-35, 84: 115; 355.—Bone marrow
aplasia and other  pathologic changes from extreme malnutri-
tion in childhood.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 250.—Cotting-
ham, E.,  & Mills, C. A.  Timing of  phagocytic changes in
malnutrition.   J.  Lab.  Clin. AL,  1945,  30: 498-502.—Effect
(The) of food deficiencies on the blood.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942,
120: 386.—Fernandez Cruz, A., Vaquero, P., &  Frade  Fer-
nandez, M.  La permeabihdad capilar  y el problema de la
hemoconcentraeion en los  enfermos por carencia alimenticia.
Medicina,  Madr.,  1942, 10:  261-74.—Florentin & Hacquard.
L'expression  histopathologique  des   carences   alimentaires
(cachexies de denutrition)  Presse m6d.,  1943, 51: 394 (Abstr.)—
Frade Fernandez, M.  M.   Comportamiento  circulatorio en
reposo y en esfuerzo de  los subalimentados.  Medicina, Madr.,
1943, 11: pt 2, 1-16, 2 tab.—Girard, J., Louyot, P., & Verain, M.
Les  effets des carences  alimentaires sur  certains  elements du
sang.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1942, 126: 79-82.—Hindhede, M.
Om  mavesaar og underernaering.  Ugeskr. laeger, 1943,  i05:
83.—Lubarsch.  Zur  pathologischen  Anatomie  der  Erscho-
pfungs- und Unterernahrungskrankheiten.   Verh. Deut. path.
Ges., 1921, 18: 112.—Mitchell, H. H.   Adaptation to under-
nutrition.  J. Am. Diet. Ass., 1944, 20: 511-5.—Pena Yafiez,
A., & Zaldua, B.  La actividad enzimatica de los subalimenta-
dos cr6nicos; estudios sobre la lipasa y colinesterasa sanguinea.
Medicina,  Madr.,  1943, 11: 441-56.—Rupp,  A.,  & Schultz,
F. W.  Motility of the empty stomach in normal and  mal-
nourished asthenic children.   Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y.,
1928-29, 26: 621-3.—Salamanca, E. de.  Die Physiopathologie
des Magens bei Unterernahrung.  Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 351.
Also Med. Klin., Berl.,  1943, 39: 133.—Schultz, F. W.  Mal-
nutrition and fatigue.   Acta paediat.,  Upps.,  1933,  16:  138-
42.—Steele, E.  Malnutrition; causing general lowered tissue
resistance and  local  tissue pathology.   Am. J. Digest. Dis.,
1945, 12:  119-26.—Thompson, H.  B., & Scholtz,  A.  A study
of the dietary and growth rates of 24 girls, 6 to 15 years of age,
while recovering from varving degrees of malnutrition.  J. Am.
Diet. Ass., 1934, 9: 462-71.—Vedrashko, V. F.   [Evacuatory
function of the stomach in young children with  hypotrophy]
Pediatria,  Moskva,  1939, No.  1,  27-34.—Verzar, F.   Die
Wachstumsfahigkeit  nach  kalorischer  Unterernahrung.   Hel-
vet. med. acta, 1941, Suppl. No. 6, 7-15.—Wald, G., & Jackson,
B.  Activity and nutritional deprivation.  Proc.  Nat. Acad.
Sc. U. S.. 1944, 30: 255-63. 
MALNUTRITION
208
MALNUTRITION
----   Prevention.
   Birdseye,  M.  How the  Extension Service  forwards  child
nutrition.  J. School Health,  1944,  14:  70-2.—Bonne.  Was
kann der praktische Arzt gegen die Unterernahrung der Kinder
unserer minderbegiiterten Bevolkerung  tun?  Miinch.  med.
Wschr., 1927, 74: 368.—Campaign (The) against malnutrition.
Pub.  Health  Bull.,  Wash.,  1923, No.  134,  5: 1-37.—Cher-
norucky, M.  V.   [Problem of  alimentary dystrophy]  Raboty
Leningr. vrach.  za  god  otechest.  voiny,  1943,  3: 3-13.—
Committee (A)  against malnutrition.   Brit. M.  J., 1934, 1:
1170.—Davis, S. L.   Methods of combating general  malnu-
trition of significance to dental  teachers.   Proc.  Am.  Ass.
Dent. Schools, 1927, 4: 36-44.  Also Pacific Dent. Gaz.,  1927,
35: 661-5.—Deulsch,  F.  Prophylactic aspects of the  malnu-
trition problem.  Nerv.  Child, 1943-44, 3: 195-215.—Evans,
G.  T.   Maryland's  Miracle House for the undernourished.
Nation's Health, Chic, 1927, 9: No.  6,  19.—Immunisation
against malnutrition.   Lancet, Lond.,  1942,  1:  25.-—Kaiser,
A. D., Norton, H. J., & Walker, E. M.  The value of nutrition
classes  to  the undernourished child; a  comparative study.
Am. J.  Dis. Child., 1926, 31: 386-94.— Kantor, J. L.  Experi-
ence with a  class in malnutrition; work of  the  malnutrition
clinic, Bowling Green Neighborhood Association, New York City.
N.  York M. J., 1918, 108:  241-3.—Kollath, W.  Unheilbare
Ernahrungsschaden und ihre Verhiitung.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
1941, 67: 1053.—Kuhnert,  J.  Effect of the school nutrition
class on underweight.  Nation's Health, Chic,  1925, 7: 681.—
Landreville, J. A.  Prevention de la denutrition.  UDion  m6d.
Canada, 1943, 72: 431-3.—Leon Puig, O.  Ninos hipotr6ficos;
ninos delincuentes; importancia actual y futura de nuestros
departamentos de psiquiatrfa infantil.  Medicina, Mex.,  1929,
10: 71-80.—Lima, A.  Uma solucao racional para o problema
da  subalimentacao.   Impr. med.,  Rio, 1943, 18:  No.  352,
150-2.—McLester,  J.  S.  The prevention of nutritive failure
and its cure.  Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis.  (1941)  1943,
22: 192-9.—Marriage (The) of public health and agriculture.
Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 31.—Mitchell, D.  Malnutrition and
health education.  Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1919, 26:  1-26;
1920, 27: 36-66.—Smith, C.  H.   Malnutrition in  childhood.
Prev. Med.,  N. Y., 1938, 7:  257-62.—Smrha, A.  Improved
nutrition; whose responsibility?  Nebraska M. J., 1943, 28:
332.—Wheatley,  G.  M.   Staff education through a study of
malnutrition in  school children.  Am. J. Pub. Health,  1940,
30: 542-7.—Wilson, M. L.   National wartime nutrition pro-
gram.   J. School Health,  1944,  14: 53-5.—Wiseman,  J. R.
Malnutrition; a study of preventorium treatment and  of end-
results.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 39: 758-67.

----   Treatment.

    Richardson,  F. H.  Rebuilding the  child;  a
study in malnutrition.  313p.   12?   N. Y., 1927.
   Bardet, G.  De la remineralisation des malades  en  etat de
denutrition.   Bull. gen. ther.,  1905,  150: 106-11.—Barron, M.
Treatment of malnutrition in adults.  Minnesota M., 1933, 16:
681-8.—Bier, R. A.  The value of bed rest in the treatment of
malnutrition.  Arch.  Pediat., N.  Y.,  1933,  50:  527-37.—,
Blackstock, E., & Ritchie, J. M.  The effect of iron administra-
tion in cases of  subnutrition.  Brit. M. J.,  1938, 1: 512.—
Brown, M.  S., jr, & Ralli,  E. P.   The dietary  treatment of
undernutrition;  effect of the gain in weight on carbohydrate
tolerance.   J. Lab. Clin.  M., 1934,  19:  1169-72.—Chaney,
M. S.   A comparison of the value of milk and oranges as sup-
plementary lunch for underweight children.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,
1923, 26: 337-48.—Chouard, P.   L'appoint alimentaire aux
individus en etat de denutrition;  realisation pratique et condi-
tions d'efficacite.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1943, 127: 442-7.—
Clay, H. T.   The treatment of  the undernourished child. J.
Michigan M. Soc,  1926, 25: 474-6.—Cohen,  S. A.  Helping
the malnourished child to  help himself.  Hosp.  Social  Serv.,
1927, 15: 248-50.—Cook, J.  B.   Clinical observations  upon
the treatment of obstinate cases of malnutrition.  Med. Times,
Lond.,  1911, 39: 216; 542.—Davidsohn* H.  Untersuchungen
iiber  die  Reparation  unterernahrter Kinder.  Klin. Wschr.,
1922, 1: 2483-6.—Eddy, W. H.   The use of panereatic vita-
mine in cases of malnutrition.  Proc. Am. Soc.  Biol. Chem.,
1916, 4: 16-7.—Evans, J, A., & Shulman, H.  On  the danger of
forcing fluids in malnutrition.   Am. J.  M. Sc, 1940,  199:
237-46.—Franck, R.   Magerkeit, Unternahrung.  In his  Mod.
Ernahrungsther., 3. Aufl.,  Berl.,  1938,  198-200.—Glassberg,
B. Y.  The treatment of chronic uncomplicated malnutrition.
J.  Missouri  M.  Ass.,  1936,  33: 132-1.—Hajos.  L.   Ueber
Schwachezustiinde resp. Unterernahrungszustande und  deren
Behandlung.  Pest.  med. chir.  Presse,  1912,  48: 149.—Hill,
L. W.  Treatment of malnourished children in private practice.
Med. Clin. N. America,  1924-25, 8: 1577-82.—Holmes,  A. I).,
Pigott, M. G. [et al.]  The economic value of cod liver oil and
milk  as dietary supplements for  underweight adults.  N.
England J.  M.,  1930, 202: 225-9.—Hou, H.  C.  Danger of
forcing fluid in  malnutrition.   Chin. M. J., 1942,  61: 118.—
Keeton, R.  W.  The  treatment  of malnutrition  in  general
practice.  Med. Clin.  N. America,  1937, 21: 41-61.—Kerley,
C.  G.   Tardy malnutrition: its  treatment by diet and rest.
J. Am.  M. Ass., 1907, 49: 1595-8.—Klieger, I. S.  Treatment
of anorexia,  malnutrition, and secondary anemia in children
with a new vegetable  compound; a  study of 100 cases.  Med.
Rec.N. Y., 1939, 149: 241.—Kucher, L. S.  [Blood transfusion
in dystrophy in children]  Pediatria,  Moskva,  1944, No. 4,
41-3.—Kutscher, G. W., jr.  Malnutrition; its dietetic manage-
ment.  Am. Med., 1928, 23:871-4— Martagao Gesteira. Asso-
ciacao  leite-calcio-citratado e bauintrato  nos eat:idos dp lupo-
trepsia.  Labor, clin.,  Rio,  1935,  15:  221-5.-  Miller,  K. W,
Subnormal children; the  effect  of  three  months' residential
open-air  treatment.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1029, I: Mil.  Mouri-
quand, G. Les phases de curabilite et d'incurnbilite des d\ stro-
phies alimentaires. Presse m6d.,  1935, 43: 489 -91.   [Organica-
lion  of sanatoriums  for undernourished  children]  Feldsher
Moskva, 1944, No. 7, 55-7.—Pelton, F. H.  The  r61e of exer-
cise  in the  treatment  of malnutrition  in  children.   Hosp.
Social Serv., 1921, 4:  231-4.—Pratt, G. E.   Use of concentrated
diet in childhood tuberculosis and malnutrition.  Arch. Pediat.
N. Y., 1934,  51: 529-33.—Rosenberg,  L. C.  Malnutrition in
children; an attempt at standardization of a dietary.  Am. J,
Dis.  Child., 1931, 41: 303-36.  Also J. M.  Soc N. Jersey, 1931,
28: 208-12.—Russell,  E.  P.  The tonic effect of ultraviolet
radiations on malnourished infants and children.  Clin. Med.,
Chic,  1926, 33: 797.—Ryss,  S. M.  [Principles in treatment of
alimentary dystrophy]  Raboty Leningr. vrach.  za  god ote-
chest.  voiny,  1943, 3: 25-35.—Smithies. F.  The treatment of
the cachexia of malnutrition by  metagastric (duodenojejunal)
administration of artificially  prepared endproducts  of digestion
(aromatic amino acids and maltose)  a  preliminary report.
N. York  M. J.,  1913,  98:  619.—Spears, M. E.   Gastro-in-
testinal studies as an aid  in the treatment of undernourished
children of the preschool  age.   Atlantic  M. J., 1925-26,  29:
69-71.—Stearns,  G., Catherwood. R.,  &  Kantrow,  A.  Dex-
trose in malnutrition.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1934-35,
32: 1463.—Van der Bogert,  F.  Rational  management  of the
undernourished child.  Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1922,  39: 537-
44.   Also N.  York  State J.  M.,  1926,  26: 741-3—Veeder,
B. S.  Some  practical ppints in  the  handling of malnutrition
in older  children.  J. Missouri  M. Ass.,  1923, 20: 276-8 —
Wilder, T. S.  The under-nourished child; analysis  of results of
convalescent care.  N. England J. M., 1929, 200: 634-8.


----   Treatment:  Insulin.
   Barbour,  O.  The use of insulin in undernourished non-
diabetic children.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,  1924,  41: 707-11 —
Blotner, H.   The use of insulin in malnutrition.  Med. Clin.
N. America, 1932, 15: 991-5.  Also  N. England J. M., 1934,
211: 103-6.   ------   Late results following the use of insulin
in one hundred cases of malnutrition.   Ibid., 1938, 218: 371-4.
------ The use of insulin in non-diabetic malnutrition.  Med.
Press & Circ, Lond., 1939,  201: 277-81.—Bonorino Udaondo,
C, & Fontana, A. La insulina en los  estados de  denutricidn,
Prensa med.  argent., 1926,-13:  221-5.—DePew,  E.  V.  The
use of insulin in malnutrition in adults.  Texas J. M., 1933, 29:
254-7.—Ellenberg, S. L.  Effects  of insulin on malnourished
children; report of ten cases.  Arch.  Pediat., N. Y., 1935, 52:
793-7.—Faltin, L.  The use of insulin in nondiabetic malnu-
trition. S. Joseph Valley M.  News,  1940, 1: 33-5.—Fancher,
J. K.  Insulin in malnutrition.  J. M.  Ass. Georgia, 1929, 18:
30-3.—Feissly, R.  Traitement insulinique des  etate de denu-
trition chez les sujets non  diabetiques.  Presse med., 1926, 34:
196-9.—Fischer, L.,  & Rogatz, J. L.  Insulin in malnutrition,
Am. J. Dis.  Child.,  1926, 31: 363-72—Freyberg, R.  H.  A
study of the value of insulin  in undernutrition.   Am. J. M. Sc,
1935,  190: 28-42.—Hawkins, H.  F.  The  use of insulin in
malnutrition.   Dallas   M.  J.,  1937,  23: 25-7.—Insulin  in
malnutrition  and infection.   Lancet,  Lond., 1935,  2:  561.—
Lueders, C. W., & Watson, M. E. The  effect of insulin therapy
on pancreatic enzymes in malnutrition.  Arch.  Int. M., 1932,
49:  330-42.—McCastor,  J. T.  N.,  & McCastor, M.  C.  A
report of  fifteen under-weight cases treated with insulin and
diets.  Virginia  M.  Month.,  1938, 65: 216-21.—Mechanism
of the insulin response  in nondiabetic  malnourished patients.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1939,  112: 2290.—Metz, R. D.  Insulin in
malnutrition:  preliminary report.   Ibid., 1931, 96:  1456-60.
-----  Insulin  in  malnutrition.   Ann.  Int. M.,  1932, 6:
743-50—Peutz, J. L. A.  {Insulin as a coefficient of optimum
nutrition debility] Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1926, 70: pt 2, 1986-
8.—Pitfield, R. L. The use  of insulin in various forms of mal-
nutrition, excepting  diabetes.   Tr.  Coll.  Physicians  Philadel-
phia, 1934, 2: 264.—Radwin, L.  S., & Brown, S. S.  Insulin in
undernourished  nondiabetic children;  an attempt  to  induce
gain in weight.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1934,  4: 315-21.—Sonkina,
A. P.  [Control of hypotrophy in children]  Feldsher, Moskva,
1943,  No. 10, 22-6.—Vilardell, J.  Tratamiento de los estados
de desnutricion  por  la insulina.  Rev. med.  Barcelona, 1926,
2. ser., 6: 254.

----  in animals.

   Benedict,  F. G., &  Ritzman,  E.  G.   Under-
nutrition  in steers;  its  relation to  metabolism,
digestion,  and subsequent realimentation.   333p.
8?   Wash., 1923.
   Rott,   S.   P.    *Contribution  a  l'etude  de
l'athrepsie des  carnivores; son  traitement  [Al-
fort]  59p.   8?   Ivry,  1928.
   Mcintosh, R. A.  The significance of faulty nutrition in
disease.   Canad. J. Comp. M., 1938, 2: 271-81—Naraaim-
hamurty, G.  A few observations on  the electrical  mobilities
of red blood corpuscles of  laboratory  animals during malnu-
trition.   Proc.  Soc. Biol. Chemists India,  1939, 4: 42-4 —
Riese, W.  Severe changes of  rtie central nervous system in 
MALNUTRITION
209
MALONIC  ACID
 undernourished young monkeys.  Proc. \irgima Acad. Sc,
 1942-43, 53—Silberberg, M., & Silberberg,  R.  Changes  in
 cartilage and  bone of immature female guinea  pigs due  to
 undernourishment;  with  consideration  of the processes  of
 repair following a period of refeeding.  Arch. Path., Chic,
 1940, 30: 675-88.
   MALO,   Lenoir,   1913-    -    *La  voie  xi-
 phoidienne  dans  le  traitement  des  pericardites
 purulentes.   79p.   24cm.  Par.,  M.  Vigne,  1939.


 MALOCCLUSION.

   See  Jaw,  Occlusion:   Malocclusion;   Tooth,
 Malocclusion.
   MALOENS, Georges, 1883-1938.
   For obituary see Bruxelles med., 1937-38, 18: 1114, portr.


 MALOL.

   See Urson.


 MALONAL.

   See Barbituric acid, diethyl.


 MALONATE.

   See under Malonic acid.
   MALONE, E. P.
   See McCormack, J. J., Malone,  E.  P., & French, P.  O.
 Back injuries in industry and compensation insurance.  37p.
 19 x 11cm.  Chic, [after 1940]

   MALONE, Edward Fall, 1880-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.

   MALONE, P. D.
   See Brodel, M.  Three unpublished drawings of the anatomy
 of the human  ear.  Assisted by  P.  D.  Malone.  9p.  28cm.
 Phila., 1946.

   MALONE, William Battle, 1874-1939.
   For obituary see Ann.  Surg.,  1940, 111: 911, portr. (Mc-
 Gehee, J. L.)  Also J. Am.  M. Ass., 1939, 113: 1826.  Also
 Tr. South. Surg. Ass.  (1939) 1940, 52: 477, portr. (McGehee,
 J. L.)

   MALONEY, Daniel Joseph,*1866-1944.
   For obituary see Connecticut  M. J., 1945,  9: 65 (Bevans,
 T. F., & Merriman, M. H.)

   MALONEY, Edward Robert, 1875-1942.
   For  obituary see  Arch.  Derm.  Syph., Chic,  1943, 47:
 105-7, portr. (Fox, H.)  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 782.
 Also Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 231.

   MALONEY,  James   O.    A  new  cave isopod
 from  Florida.    p.457-9.     8?    Wash.,   Gov.
 Print. Off., 1939.
   Forms No. 3057, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.

   MALONEY, Robert  W., 1914-
   See White, H. L., & Maloney, R. W.  The training center
 plan for rehabilitation of the tuberculous at Rutland Training
 Center, Rutland,  Mass.;  an interim  report.  35p.  23cm.
 N. Y., 1946.


 MALONIC acid  (HOOC.CH2.COOH)

   See also Acids, polybasic; Barbituric acid.
   Dieterle, W., & Wenzel, F. Nachweis und Identifizierung
 kleinster Mengen von Malonsaure und  Glutakonsaure.  Bio-
 chem. Zschr., 1943-44, 316: 357.—Fichter, F., & Steinbuch, W.
 Nitrat-Mischelektrolysen mit Malonsaure, mit  den  sauren
 Estern der Malonsaure, der Aethyl- und der Dimethyl malon-
 saure  und  der Bernsteinsaure.  Helvet. chim. acta, 1943, 26:
 695-704.—Gajdos, A.  Action inhibitrice de l'acide jrnalonique
 sur la lipase hepatique et serique.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939,
 130:  1566-9.—Huszak, S.  Die Wirkung der  Malonsaure auf
 die Atmung des Nervengewebes.  Biochem. Zschr.,  1939-40,
 303:  349-53.—Marquardt, P.  Ueber  eine  Hemmung der
 Oxydation des Adrenalins durch Malonsaure.  Ibid., 1941, 308:
 56-8.—Michael, A., & Ross, J. Carbon syntheses with malonic
 and related acids.  J.  Am. Chem. Soc,  1933,  55: 3684-95 —
 Michael, A.,  &  Weiner, N.  Carbon syntheses with malonic
 acid and related compounds; aromatic aldehydes.  Ibid., 1936,
 58: 680-4.—Morton, A. A., & Hechenbleikner, I. Condensa-
 tions by sodium; malonic acids from mercury dialkyls.  Ibid.,
 1024-7— Vennesland, B., & Evans, E. A.,  jr.  The formation
 of  malonic acid  from oxalacetic acid by pig heart preparations.
 J.  Biol. Chem.,  1944, 156: 783.

---   Anhydride [C302]
   Christensen,  H. N., & Ross, W. F.  Carbon suboxide and
proteins; the determination of malonic acid.   J. Biol. Chem.,
1941, 137: 101-4.
—   dihydroxy.
See Mesoxalic acid.
----   Diureid.

   See Barbituric acid.


----   Esters and  ethers.

   Abbot, E. B., Christie, E. W., & McKenzie, A.  Die Ma-
lonsiiure-menthyl- und bornylester.  Ber. Deut. chem. Ges.,
1938, 71: Abt. B, 9-15.—Allen, C.  F. H., & Spangler, F. W.
Ethyl benzalmalonate  (malonic acid, benzal-,  diethyl  ester)
Org. Synth.,  1945, 25: 42-4.—Bachman, G. B., &  Tanner,
H. A.  Diethyl methylenemalonate.  J.  Org. Chem.,  1939, 4:
493-501.—Cedrangolo,  F., & Filomeni,  M.  Azione inibitrice
del  malonato  sulla deaminazione   dei   1-aminoacidi.  Boll.
Soc. ital.  biol. sper.,  1943, 18: 234-6.—Cope, A. C.   The
structure of ethyl di-diphenylmethylmalonate.  J. Am. Chem.
Soc, 1934, 56: 721-5.   ------  A  study of 3-carbon tauto-
merism  between  1-alkenyl  and alkylidene  malonic esters.
Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc (1940)  1941, 151.  ------& Hancock,
E. M.  The introduction of substituted vinyl groups; isopro-
penyl alkyl  malonic esters. J. Am. Chem.  Soc, 1938,  60:
2644-7.  ------ The introduction of substituted vinyl groups
(l-methylpropenyl)-alkylmalonic esters.   Ibid., 2901.------
[et al.]  The introduction of substituted vinyl groups (primary
1-alkenyl) alkyl malonic  esters.  Ibid., 1940,  62: 314-6.—
Dunn, M. S.,  Redemann, C. E., & Lauritsen,  S.  Mode of
formation  of disubstituted malonic  ester derivatives.  Ibid.,
1932, 54: 4335-7— Gault, H., & Roesch, A. Essai de prepara-
tion de l'ether  monomethylolmalonique.  Bull.  Soc  chim.
France,  1937,  5. ser., 4: 1440-6.—Grigsby,  W. E., Hind, J.
[et al.]  The malonic ester synthesis and Walden inversion.
J. Am. Chem.  Soc, 1942,  64: 2606-10.—Michael, A.  On the
course of the addition of malonic enolates to  a,/3-unsaturated
esters.  J. Org. Chem., 1937-38, 2:  303-7.—Remfry, F.  G. P.
Chemical constitution and hypnotic action;  acid amides and
products of  the condensation  of malonamides and  malonic
esters.  J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1911, 610-25.—Roblin, R. O., jr,
& Hechenbleikner, I.  Malonic esters as insecticides.  U. S.
Patent Off.,  1942, No.  2,293,309.—Roesch, A.  Ether mono-
ethylolmalonique.  Bull. Soc. chim.  France,  1937,  5. ser., 4:
1643-57.—Rowland, J.  R., & McElvain, S. M.  The  reaction
of certain monosubstituted malonic esters and  methylene
dimalonic esters  with sodium ethoxide.   J. Am. Chem. Soc,
1937, 59:  132-5.—Skinner, G. S.   Conditions  affecting  the
formation of malonates and barbiturates; halogenalkyl deriva-
tives.  Ibid., 322-4.—Surrey,  A. R.   Malononitrile.  Org.
Synth.,  1945, 25: 63.—Wallingford,  V.  H., & Jones, D.  M.
Alkyl carbonates in synthetic chemistry; alkylation of malonic
esters by alkyl carbonates.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942,  64:
578-80.—Walter, L. A., & McElvain,  S. M.   Ethyl-2-pyri-
dylmalonic ester.  Ibid., 1935, 57: 1891.


----   hydroxy.

   See Tartronic acid.
----   substituted.
   Basterfield, S., & Hamilton, L. A.  Phenylmalonic and nitro-
phenylmalonic  acids and esters.  Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1933,
3. ser., 27: sect. 3, 125-31.—Bush, M. T.  The preparation of
t-butylmalonic acid and  some of its  derivatives.   J.  Am.
Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 637.  ------ The preparation of t-butyl-
malonic acid from neopentyl chloride.   Ibid.,  965.—Gault,
H., & Roesch, A.  Sur la condensation des aldehydes acycliques
avec  l'ether malonique; acide dimethylolmalonique.  Bull.
Soc. chim. France, 1937, 5. ser., 4: 1429-40.—Kaiser, E., &
Svarz, J  J.  The preparation  of isomeric cholesteryl malonic
acids.  J. Am. Chem. Soc,  1945,  67:  1309-12.—Lindwall,
H. G., & Hill, A. J.  Condensation reactions of cyclic ketones;
oxindole-malonic acid  derivatives.  Ibid., 1935,  57: 735-7.-—
Morton, A. A., Fallwell, F., jr, & Palmer,  L.  Condensations
by  sodium;  mechanism of formation of phenylmalonic acid
and  the syntheses  of  butyl- and phenylmalonic acids  from
monocarboxylic acids.  ibid.,  1938, 60:  1426-9.—Niederl,
J. B., & Roth, R. T..  o-Methoxyphenylmalonic acid  and  its
derivatives.  Ibid., 2140.   -----â–   & Plentl, A. A.  Para-
methoxyphenylmalonic acid and its  derivatives.  Ibid., 1937,
59: 1901-3.—Shriner, R. L., &  Boermans, P. G.   o-Phenylene-
malonamide.  Ibid., 1944, 66: 1810-2.


MALONYL derivatives.

   See Barbituric acid; Malonic acid.


MALONYLUREA.

   See Barbituric acid.
   MALORNY,  Gerhard,  1911-        *Blutver-
schiebungen  im menschlichen  Korper wahrend
kurzer  Zeitabschnitte   [Breslau]   31p.   21cm.
Lenger. i.  W., Lengerich. Handelsdr., 1938.
549701—vol. 10, 4th series----14 
MALOU
210
MALPIGHI
   MALOU,   Alfred,   1907-        *L'epidermo-
reaetion a la  tuberculine chez les animaux  do-
mestiques    [Alfort;  Vet.]    63p.   8?   Saumur,
Impr. Girouard &  Richou,  1932.

MALOUETIA.
   See Apocynaceae.
   MALOUIN, Paul Jacques, 1701-78.
   Portrait.  In:  Collect,  art. Fac. med. Paris (Legrand, N.)
Par., 1911, pl. 29.
   MALOY,    Bernard   S.,    1875-          Legal
aUatomy and surgery; a complete and scientific
presentation of anatomy and surgery designed to
meet  the peculiar  needs of  the legal profession.
With   introductions   from   legal   and  medical
standpoints  by  John   H.  Wigmore  and  W. A.
Newman  Dorland.     xliii,  804p.   4?    Chic,
Callaghan & Co., 1930.
   ----  Nervous and  mental diseases; a simpli-
fied and comprehensive  presentation of nervous
diseases and  insanity,   xiv,  551p.   illust.   8?
Indianap., Bobbs-Merrill Co. [1935]
   ----  The  simplified medical  dictionary  for
lawvers.  451p.  26cm.  Chic, Callaghan & Co.,
1942.
   MALPART, Maurice, 1897-       *La  peste
a  Amiens au  xvne  siecle    [Paris]   106p.   pl.
8?  Amiens, Impr. Nouvelle, 1938.
   MALPART, Michel, 1901-       *Un  medecin
romantique; Eusebe de Salles (1796-1873)   48p.
8?  Par., E. Le Francois, 1928.
   MALPART,  Renee,   1905-        *Brillat-Sa-
varin  et la  medecine.   46p.   8?   Par.,  E.  Le
Francois, 1929.

MAL perforant.
   See Foot, Ulcer, perforating.
   MALPIGHI,  Marcello,   1628-94.    Opuscula
anatomica.    332p.   32?   Bologna,  P.  Botello,
1680.
   ----De polypo  cordis  dissertatio.   Vorwort
von L. Aschoff; Uebersetzung und Anmerkungen
von K.  Heinemann.   p. 13-47.  22cm.   Freib. i.
B., H. Spever Verl., 1939.
   In:  Freiburg. Forsch. Med. Gesch., 1939, H. 2:
   ----    De  pulmonibus;   observationes  ana-
tomicae   [Also  Risposta  apologetica]    Ed.  by
Silvestro Baglioni.   xv, 128p.   pl.  portr.   23cm.
Roma, G. Bardi, 1944.
   ----    De  pulmonibus;   observationes   ana-
tomicae.  p. 1-14.  23cm.  Roma,  G. Bardi, 1944.
   Repr. from  edition of Bologna, 1661; in his De pulmonics
Roma, 1944.
   ----  De pulmonibus; epistola altera,  p. 15-23.
23cm.   Roma, G. Bardi, 1944.
   Repr. from  edition of Bologna, 1661; in  his De pulmonibus.
Roma, 1944.
   ----  Risposta apologetica; risposta del Dottor
 Marcello  Malpighi   alia lettera  intitolata:  De
recentiorum medicorum studio dissertatio episto-
laris  ad amicum.  p.25-128.   23cm.  Roma, G.
Bardi, 1944.
   In his De pulmonibus. Roma, 1944.
    For biography see  Am.  J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 12: 152,
 portr.   Also in Cardiac Classics (Willius, F. A.) S. Louis, 1941,
89-91,  portr.  Also Q. Phi Beta Pi M.  Fratern., 1941, 38:
3, portr.
    See also Bailey, H., & Bishop, W. J.  The Malpighian bodies.
 In their Notable Names in M. & S., Lond.,  1944,  11-3, portr.—
Barduzzi, D.  Iconografia  Malpighiana.   Riv. stor. sc.  med.,
 1929 20:74-6.—Bolley, H.  An earlv ease  historv and autopsv
 report.  Univ. Toronto  M.  J.,  1938-39,  16: 205-7.—Buck,
 R. W.  Malpighian corpu-r!<_â– -; medical eponym.  N. England
 ,L M., 1942, 226: 163.—Capparoni, P.  Un  ritratto dfMarcello
 Malpighi fino ad ora sconosciuto con aggiunta una iconografia
 Malpighiana.   Boll. 1st. stor. ital. san., 1928,  8:  141-59.
 ------  Marcello Malpighi (1628-1694) In his Profili biobibl.
 med.,  Roma, 1932, 1:  73-5, portr.—Cardini, M.  La figura e
la vita dl Marcello Malpighi.  Morgagni,  1931,  73: 1483-7 —
Franrhini.  J.   Marcello  Malpighi  (1628-1694)  Bolognese
physician and  philosopher.  Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1929,
U: -127 3S. portr.  Also Long Island M. J., 1929, 23: 75-83.
(iiudizi e rimedi di Malpighi.  Minerva med.. Tor.,  1940, 31:
pt 2. varia, 286-90 — Keys, T. E., & Willius, F. A.  Maredlo
Malpighi's contribution  to the knowledge of the circulation.
In: Cardiac Classics (Willius,  1. A.i S. Louis, 1941, 218 20.—
Lustig, R.  II centenario di Maicello  Malpighi (1628-1694)
Sperimentale,  1928, 82: 361 70.  Marcello Malpighi.  Ann.
M. Hist., 1931, n. ser., 3: 116. - Munster, L.. & Gerocarni, B.
Una  relazione  inedita di  L. F.  Marsili fatta a M. Malpighi sn
una notomia eseguita dal Prof. G. Pighi a Padova. liass. rlin.
ter.,  1940, 39: Atti Accad. stor.  arte san., 7(1 «.i2. Nehemiah
Grew,  1641-1712, and  Marcello  Malpighi,  Hi2S-liidl; an
essay in  comparison.   Isis, Menasha.  19 12 13, 34: 7-lti.—
Orlando-Salinas, F.  Marcello Malpighi.  Cull.  med. mod.,
Pal., 1928, 7: 131; 186; 202, portr.—Putti, V.  Per la conserva-
zione delle case di Luigi Galvani e di Marcello Malpiidii in
Bologna.   Forze san..  Roma, 19)0, 9: No. 12, 54.  Scott.
F M.  The botany of Maicello Malpighi. doctor of medicine.
Sc.   Month.,   1927,  25: 546-53.  Yannurci.  I).   Marcello
Malpighi; anatomico, biologo e medico; nella celebrazione dei
I'arentali.  Fol. clin. biol.. S. Paulo, 1929, 1 : SS--1 13, 10 portr.—
Young, J. Malpighi's  De  pulmonibus.  Proc.  I!.  Soc. M.,
Lond.,  1929-30. 23: Sect. Hist. Med., 1-11.—Ziino, M.  Mal-
pighiana. Archeion, Roma, 1929, 11: 55-63.
  For  portrait see Collection in Library.  Also Actas Ciba,
Rio,  1943, 10: 215.  Also Ciba Symposia, 1945-46,  7: 9(i.
Also  Deliber.  Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr.,
4: 354.  Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 70: No. 3, front.
MALPIGHIAN  corpuscle.
  See Kidney, Glomerulus.
MALPIGHIAN tube.
  See Kidney, Anatomy, comparative.
MALPRACTICE.

  See also  Dentist, Liability;  Ethics,  medical;
Liability;  Liability insurance;   Licensure  (Ab-
sence; Revocation) Physician, Liability; Surgeon,
Liability.
  Regan,  L.  J.   Medical malpractice.   256p.
25cm.   S.  Louis, 1943.
  Backer, K. H.  Brug og misbrug af medicin. Nord. med.,
1941, 9: 399.—Bailey, C.  Relation of doctors to malpractice
suits.   Kentucky  M. J., 1938, 36: 142-7.—Berne. B.  Mal-
practice.  In: Law of Exp. Testim. (Rogers, H. W.) 3. ed., Alb.,
1941,  358-96.—Coermann,  W.   Fahrlassigkeit des Heilbe-
handlers.  Hippokrates, Stuttg.,  1938, 9: 764.-F, W.  W.
Malpractice perils for  medical officers.  Dallas M. J,., 1942,
28:  47.—Favero, F.  As faltas dos mddicos.  S. Paulo m£d.,
1933-34, 6: pt 2, 177-88.   Also Arch.  med.  leg. ident, Rio,
1935,  No.  11,  67-76.—Ford,  L.  M.   Malpractice and war.
.1. Michigan M. Soc, 1942, 41: 695-7.—Fouts, R. W. I may
be sued for malpractice if  ...?  Nebraska M. J.,  1944,  29:
182-4.—Gille, M.   Le meclecin assassine.  Rev.  prat. biol.
appl., Par., 1932,  25:  202.—Girdlestone,  G. R.   Avoidable
disasters.  Brit, M.  J., 1936,  1: 349-52.—Goldhahn,  R-, &
Schramm,  G.   Der arztliche Kunstfehler.  Med. Welt, 1940,
14:  1249; 1941, 15: 327.—Johnson, C.  Medical  malpractice.
Clin. M. & S., 1927, 39: 743.—Jones,  E. A.  The whys  and
wherefores of malpractice suits.  Dent. Outlook, N. Y., 1925,
12:  398-407.—Konig,  F. F.  Aerztliche Kunstfehler.  Klin.
Wschr., 1933, 12: 634.—Locke, H. E.  Malpractice and other
matters.  Maine M. J., 1930, 21: 196-9.  ------  The mal-
practice suit;  why and wherefore. N. England J. M., 1931,
204: 810-25.—Malpractice and malpractice suite.  Wisconsin
M.  J.,  1939, 38:  1077; 1941,  40: 1178-81; 1943, 42: 82-5 —
Malpractice observations.   Doctor & Law,  1939,  6: No. 3,
3-31.—Metzger, I. D.  Professional delinquency.   J.Am M.
Ass., 1941, 116: 1732.—Mitchell, E. D.  Malpractice.  J. Iowa
M.  Soc, 1935, 25: 124-8.—Modi, J. P.  Malpraxis.  In his
Textb. Med. Jurispr., 6. ed., Bombay, 1940, 453-5.—Ordonez,
A.  Los errores de tecnica desde el punto de vista medico-legal.
Rev. med. cir., Barranquilla,  1941, 8: No. 4. 11-44.— Regan,
L. J.   Good practice vs malpractice.   California West. M.,
1942, 57:  7.   ------   Damages.  In  his Med.  Malpract.,
S. Louis,  1943,  138-40.—Schlager.  Fahrlassigkeit des Heil-
behandlers.  Med. Welt, 1944, 18: 465.  Stapleton, W. J., jr.
The doctor and malpractice.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1935, 34:
504.—Swing,  R.  E.   Malpractice, as an  attorney sees it.
California West. M., 1934, 40: 221-3.—Taylor, H.  Notes on
malpractice.   Urol. Cut. Rev., 1038. 42: 289 92.  Toth, L.
[Suits for  malpractice]  Orv. hetil.,  1939, 83: 329 â– :',<;   IDis-
cussion] 366-9.  Trostler,  I. S.  Medical malpractice.  Am.
Med.,  1932,  38: 277—Wiggs, H. L., jr.  Malpractice notes.
Dallas M. J.,  1942  28: 72-4.  Also Med. Rec, Houston, 1942,
36: 429-31.-  Wolf, I.  J.  Ingiaiitude  and malpractice suite.
In his Family Doc. Notebook, N. V., 1940, 115-24-Wood-
ward, W. C.  An outline of the principles of malpractice from a
medical and surgical standpoint.  Tr. M. Soc. District Colum-
bia (1899) 1900, 4: 137-44. 
MALPRACTICE                                211                                 MALPRACTICE
 ___.   Cases and claims.

   See also under names of diseases,  or injuries.

   Clarke, A.    Medical  humbug;  chiefly about
 cancer and  hospital  horrors.   63p.   8?   Black-

 pool,  1926.
   Action  for alleged negligence against  medical  men  [Crier
 and Wife  v. Hope and Currie]  Lancet, Lond., 1906,  2: 250 —
 Actions against medical men by their patients and vice  versa.
 Ibid   390.—Armstrong vs Bruce.  Canad. Pract., 1904^29:
 fi16_q— Charge of professional  negligence: Shewry  y.  May-
 burv"  Brit  M. J., 1929,  1: 1185-7.—Crew, A.  Professional
 ethics  and unprofessional conduct.  Brit. Dent. J.,  1925, 44:
 1027-31__Esmonet,  C.  Un scandale medico-administratif.
 J. med.'Paris,  1905, 2. ser., 27: 18p.-Fabricius-M0ller, J
 ILeeal-medical  Council in the  Leunbach case; the defence]
' IJeeskr laeger,  1936, 98: 570-2.—Goldhahn, R. Kunstfehler.
 Arch  klin Chir., 1940, 200: 647-55  [Discussion] 163.   Also
 Zbl  Gyn   1940, 64:  937.—Hunter, H.  Malpractice: (1) phy-
 sician  is not an insurer (2)  mistake in diagnosis (3) error of
 judgment.  Bull. Los Angeles Co  M. Ass.,  1944  74: 821.-
 Jury's  verdict  criticized,  Tyndall  v. Alcock   Brit. M  J.,
 1928  1- 528—Kirchberg,  F.  Zur Kasuistik der Kunstfehler.
 Aerztl  Sachverst. Ztg, 1907, 13: 397; 461; 487.—Malpractice;
 abandonment of patient [Utah]  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1937, 109:
 jq71 —Malpractice;  abandonment of  patient; scope  of experi-
 mentation in medicine.  Ibid., 1936,  106: 651.—Malpractice;
 alleeed failure to sterilize open wound before placing fractured
 leg in  cast [North Carolina]  Ibid.,  1945,  128: 309.—Malprac-
 tice- alleged negligence in treatment of  eye injury  [Georgia]
 Ibid'   1943  123:  169.—Malpractice;  alleged  negligence in
 treatment of wound.  Ibid., 1936,  106: 949.—Malpractice;
 alleged negligence of examining physician for Selective Service
 Board [Oregon]  Ibid.,  1944, 124: 387.—Malpractice; amputa-
 tion of leg attributed to negligent treatment  of fracture; effect
 of covenant not to sue [California]  Ibid., 1939, 113: 1989.—
 Malpractice; angulation following complete fracture of humerus
  California]  Ibid.,  1943,  122:   830.—Malpractice;  ankylosis
 of wrist following treatment of infection.   Ibid., 1936, 106:
 1520 —Malpractice;   appendicitis  mistaken  for   ptomaine
 poisoning  [California]  Ibid., 1944,  125: 748.—Malpractice;
 broken steel drill left in humerus to serve as peg  [Michigan]
 Ibid.,  1945,  127: 614.—Malpractice; broken surgical needles
 and res ipsa loquitur  [Kentucky]  Ibid.,  1943, 122: 253.—
 Malpractice; chronic  osteomyelitis  following  extraction of
 tooth   [California]  Ibid.,  893.—Malpractice; death  of 6 year
 old  boy attributed to chiropractic adjustments  [California]
 Ibid.,  1940,  115: 2022.—Malpractice; failure to instill silver
 nitrate prophylactic  into eyes of newborn baby  [Kentucky]
 Ibid.,  1942, 119: 288 (Abstr.)—Malpractice; failure to make
 roentgen examination following reduction of fracture; partner-
 ship liability [Georgia] Ibid., 120: 71 (Abstr.)—Malpractice;
 failure to notify appropriate health officer of inflammation to
 newborn's eyes.  Ibid., 1943, 122:  765.—Malpractice; failure
 to secure roentgenograms  in treating fractured finger  [Cali-
 fornia] Ibid., 1944, 126: 451.—Malpractice; injury to anesthe-
 tized patient; application  of the doctrine of res ipsa loquitur
 [California]  Ibid., 1945, 127: 734.—Malpractice; liability for
 excessive  reaction of patient to  mercury oxycyamde  [Minne-
 sota]   Ibid., 1940,  115:  883.—Malpractice; liability  for  in-
 correctly diagnosing and treating infection of jaw as trigeminal
 neuralgia.  Ibid., 484.—Malpractice:  liability of physician for
 abandonment of patient  [Michigan]  Ibid.,  1937,  108: 234 —
 Malpractice; liability of  physician for alleged negligence in
 treatment of burns [Wyoming]  Ibid., 1942, 119: 671 (Abstr.)—
 Malpractice; liability of physician for failure to  take  roent-
 genograms before attempting to  remove broken needle   [New
 York]   Ibid., 1940, 115: 1748.—Malpractice; metal  probe left
 in patient.  Ibid., 1939, 112: 270.—Malpractice; negligence of
 osteopath in treating fracture of humerus  [Ohio]  Ibid., 1942,
 120: 716.—Malpractice; negligent  diagnosis as to location of
 bullet  [Michigan]  Ibid.,  1245.—Malpractice; performance of
 unnecessary  operation by  osteopath   [Missouri]  Ibid., 1943,
 122: 252.—Malpractice; pregnancy mistaken for fibroid tumor
 [Virginia   Ibid., 637.—Malpractice suit  survey lists 94 types
 of claims.  Bull.  Los Angeles  Co. M.  Ass.,  1941, 71:  729;
 745.—Malpractice; unjustifiable detention of  patient  in hos-
 pital after operation  [Georgia]  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942,  119:
 290  (Abstr.)—Merkel, H.  Ueber  Todesfalle im Gefolge von
 therapeutischen Massnahmen (drei todliche Vergiftungen durch
 innere Darreichung von Thalliumacetat;  Todesfall nach mtra-
 veskfaler Benzininjektion)   Deut. Zschr.  gerichtl.  Med., 1929,
 13:  237-49.—Osburn,  J.  N.  Malpractice risks in eye, ear,
 nose, throat practice.  Bull. Los Angeles Co. M. Ass., 1941,
 71: 1072.—Peart, H. F. Malpractice; time  within which suit
 may be commenced; effect of failure of vasectomy  to accom-
 plish purpose.  California West. M., 1941, 55: 223—Reuter, K.
 Ein  Beitrag zur Frage der arztlichen  Kunstfehler.   Deut.
 Zschr.  gerichtl.  Med., 1927, 10: 288-311.—Right bottle and
 wrong  contents.  Lancet,  Lond., 1942,  1: 601.—Southern y.
 Thomas and Skyrme.  Brit. M.  J., 1906, 2:  1607; 1673; 1907,
 1:327.—Survey of 10 years' experience with malpractice claims,
 by the Allied Dental  Council  Insurance Committee.  Dent.
 Outlook, N. Y.,  1943, 30: 265-9.—Trostler, I. S.  An interesting
 malpractice suit  [Kansas]  Radiology, 1942, 39: 81-3.
 Wells,  E.  W.  Concerning  a recent malpractice case; some
 observations.  California West. M., 1942, 57: 338.
----   criminal.
   Alleged  agreement to  break rules in  a  maternity ward,
falsification of temperature records, and failure to notify py-
rexia.  Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: Suppl., 106.—Criminal negligence
of an unqualified practitioner.   Ibid., 1938, 1: 1401.—Medical
negligence  and manslaughter  [ed.]  Med.  Leg.  Crim. Rev.,
Lond.,  1943, 11: 111.—Osteopath to be tried for manslaughter.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1938,  110: 2164.—Regan, L. J.  Criminal
malpractice.  In his Med. Malpract., S.  Louis, 1943,  135-8.—
Speroni, F. C, & Elicegui, G.  Responsabilidad medica; delito
culposo.  Rev. As. m£d. argent.,  1937, 50: 644-53.—Verona,
A. de.   Honiicidio  por  imprudencia profesional.   Arch,  psi-
quiat. crim., B. Air., 1906, 5: 57-66.

----   History.

   Great Britain.   Parliament.   House  of
Commons.    Report  from  the   Committee  ap-
pointed  to examine  the  physicians  who  have
attended His  Majesty during  his  illness.  52p.
2iy2 x 17#cm.   Lond. [1789]
   Konig,  F. F.  Geschichte  und  Begriff des Kunstfehlers.
Deut.  Zschr.  gerichtl.  Med.,  1932-33,  20:  161-72.—Mal-
practice (A) case in the eighteenth century.  Am. J. M. Jurispr.,
1938, 1:  188.—Pommerol, A.   Arret de la cour d'Angers  du
ler mai 1833; saign£e, piqnre d'une artere; faute et dissimula-
tion  commises par le praticien; condamnation  penale.  In  his
Respons. med., Lille,  1931, 120.  ------  Arret de la cour de
cassation du  18 juin 1835; medecin; maladresse; faute lourde
dans la saignee et le traitement cons^cutif; abandon du malade
en cours' de traitement; condamnation  a  indemnity.  Ibid.,
121-3.  ------ Arret de la cour de Colmar du 10 juillet 1850;
faute lourde;  ignorance  ou negligence impardonnables.  Ibid/,
125.—Rolfe v. Stanley;  Mala praxis.  Month.  J. Foreign
Med.,  1828, 1: 561-3.

----   Laws and court procedures.

   Ballinger,  J. R.   Medico-legal  law brief  in
relation  to  malpractice  suits,  with   citations.
40 unnumb. 1.   18cm.    Chic, 1941.
   Elwell,  J.  J.   A  medico-legal  treatise  on
malpractice and  medical   evidence   comprising
the  elements  of  medical  jurisprudence.   588p.
24#cm.  N. Y., 1860.
   Gay,   G.  W.   Suits  for  alleged  malpractice.
30p.   8?  [Boston?]  [1911]
   Also Boston M. & S. J.,  1911, 165: 353; 406.
   Smith, H. W.   Legal responsibility for medical
malpractice.   159p.  21^cm.  Chic,  1942.
   Also J. Am. M. Ass.,  1941, 116: 942; passim.
   Spickenbatjm, R.   *Der Arzt als  Angeklagter
vor Gericht   [Munster]    34p.   21cm.    Bottrop,
1938.
   Actions  for malpractice in city hospitals; time limitations.
Med Rec  N  Y., 1942,  155: 152.—Admissions against interest.
Doctor & Law, 1934, 1:  No.  2, 3-19.—Anthony,  F.  W. The
medical, legal, and ethical connection by physicians with cases
of malpractice which have no criminal factors.   N.  England
J M., 1936, 214: 115-8.—Award under  Federal  Longshore-
men's  and  Harbor Workers' Compensation Act as bar  to action
for damages  for alleged aggravation of industrial injuries by
malpractice of attending physicians  [Washington]   J. Am.
M. Ass.,  1942, 119: 223.—Baker, C. S.  The trial  aspect of
malpractice cases.  Med.  Ann. District  of Columbia, 1933, 2:
58-64—Baumann,  H.  Der arztliche Kunstfehler  im Zivil-
und Strafrecht.  Radiol, Rdsch., 1935,  4:  85-100.—Brady,
T P  The law of negligence  and malpractice as applied to
physicians. N. Orleans M. &  S. J., 1934,  86: 670-5.—Change
of treatment held not malpractice  [Ohio]  Med.  Rec, N. Y.,
 1942  155- 548.—Craig,  P. E.  Doctors, juries, and judgments.
Am. J. M. Jurispr., 1938, 1: 32.—Crew, A.  Infamous or dis-
graceful conduct in a professional respect.  Brit. J. Dent. Sc.,
 1926  69:  259-66.—Cumston,  C.  G.  Remarks on the juris-
prudence of civil malpractice, based principally on the decisions
rendered  by  French courts.   Boston M.  & S. J., 1904, 151:
623- 655.—Duvoir, M., & Bonnet-Roy, F.  L'applieation  de
Particle 1.384 du Code civil a la pratique de la medecine. Ann.
med. leg.,  1933, 13: 599-606.—Evidence; osteopath  as expert
 witness in malpractice  suit  against physician  [Ohio]  J. Am.
M  Ass   1940, 115:  1047.—Evidence;  osteopath as expert
witness  in malpractice suit  against  clinic of  nonsectanan
physicians  [Missouri]  Ibid.,  1941, 116:  2619 —Examination
before trial in malpractice actions  [New York]   Med. Rec ,
 N Y   1942  155: 514.—Fenning, F.  A.  Court of Appeals
decisions with excerpts of the evidence in cases brought by and
against Washington physicians.   Med., Ann.  District of Co-
lumbia, 1937, 6: 67-74.—Fifty years of medical defence. Brit.
M J  1935, 2: 629.—Fontaine, S. B. The medico-legal phase
of malpractice. Frater,  Menasha, 1932-33, 32: 261 — Frantisek,
H.  [Estimation of physical and psychic pains in damage suits
for injuries]  Cas. lek. Cesk., 1927, 66: 1466-71.—Gould, E. P. 
MALPRACTICE
212
MALPRACTICE
 The defence of medical negligence.  West London M. J., 1937
 42:  32-44.—Gregori, A. V.   [Court actions  brought against
 physicians and surgeons in Leningrad]   Vest, khir.,  1930, 20:
 329-43.—Guleke, N.  Allgemeines iiber  den arztlichen Kunst-
 fehler und die Yerletzung der arztlichen Sorgfaltspflicht.  In:
 Aerztl. Gutacht. (A. W. Fischer & G. Molineus) Lpz., 1939, 1:
 507-26.-—Hayt, E.  Malpractice actions and the staff physician.
 N. York Physician, 1937-38, 9: No. 5, 20; No. 6, 20.—Hirsch,
 A. S.  A short resume of the law of malpractice.  Am. Interne,
 1936,  1: No. 3, 5; 28.—Judicial errors.  Doctor & Law, 1938,
 5: No. 2, 3-22.—Kenworthey,  C.  E.  The law of malpractice.
 Philadelphia M., 1943-44, 39: 737-44.—Kummel, M. Medico-
 legal aspects of malpractice.   .1. M. Soc. N. Jersey,  1934, 31:
 206-9.—Lott, J. N., jr,  & Gray, R. H.  Malpractice.  In their
 Law in  M. &  Dent.  Pract.,  Chic,  1942,  17-180.  ------
 Duty to third persons.  Ibid., 75.  ———  Failure to comply
 with  statutes.   Ibid.,   76-85.    ------  Proximate   cause.
 Ibid., 97-105.  ------ Statute of limitations.  Ibid., 162-71 —
 Lukins, J. B.  Malpractice suits.  Kentucky M. J.,  1933, 31:
 185-93.—Malpractice;  abandonment  of  patient  actionable
 only when  injurs'  results  [Supreme Court  of Washington]
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 1035.—Malpractice actions against
 Army  medical officers  and examining physicians  for  local
 Selective Service boards.  Ibid., 1941, 117: 936.—Malpractice
 actions against Army medical officers and examining physicians
 for local Selective Service boards.  N. York J. Dent., 1942, 12:
 285.—Malpractice actions in military service.  J.  Iowa M.
 Soc,  1942,  32:  304.—Malpractice;  categorical  answer  to
 lengthy hypothetical question  not required by ex] ert witness
 [California]  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1937,  109: 76.—Malpractice;
 compensation  award as bar to malpractice action   [Missouri]
 Ibid., 1666.-—Malpractice defenses.  Doctor  & Law, 1935, 2:
 No. 2, 3-23.—Malpractice; evidence of medical witness neces-
 sary to prove  negligence  [Texas]  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1937, 109:
 1753.—Malpractice; expert  testimony condemning  the  treat-
 ment administered  as improper is sufficient to take the case
 to the jury  irrespective of any influences that may be drawn
 from the other  evidence [North Carolina]   North Carolina
 M. J., 1942, 3: 508 (Abstr.)—Malpractice; expert witness must
 have knowledge of  standards of local  physicians  [California]
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 1191.—Malpractice; failure to cure
 not actionable   [Tennessee]   Ibid., 1942, 119:  368,—Mal-
 practice; fraudulent concealment as affecting statute of limita-
 tions   [Connecticut]  Ibid.,  118:  77.—Malpractice;  infection
 following childbirth not proof of malpractice  [Utah]  Ibid.,
 1939, 113: 2449.—Malpractice; jurisdiction of industrial com-
 mission; release given employer  by injured employee   [Cali-
 fornia]  Ibid., 1942, 120: 394 (Abstr.)—Malpractice liability.
 California West.  M., 1935,  43: 309.—Malpractice; limitation
 of actions; accrual of right of action  [Pennsylvania]  J. Am.
 M.  Ass., 1937,  109:  1151.-—Malpractice;  mistaken diagnosis
 by chiropractor;  testimony  of  doctor of medicine  admissible
 [Utah]   Ibid.,  1938, 110:  839.—Malpractice;  necessity  for
 expert testimony   [Kansas]   Ibid., 1941, 116:  2886.—Mal-
 practice; necessity  for  expert  testimony as  to physicians'
 alleged  negligence   [New Jersey]   Ibid.,  1944, 125: 674.—
 Malpractice; negligence  must be  proximate  cause of alleged
 injury; physician and surgeon not an insurer of results.  North
 Carolina M. J.,  1941, 2: 153.—Malpractice; notice to city as
 prerequisite  to suit for malpractice. J.Am.  M. Ass., 1942, 118:
 1398.—Malpractice; physician  an  independent  contractor,
 not an employee of corporation  [New York]  Ibid., 1937, 109:
 819.-—Malpractice;  production  of  hospital records relating to
 medical treatment  required  for  patient's  inspection   [Iowa]
 Ibid., 1942,  119:  1132.—Malpractice; release of original tort-
 feasor releases  physician whose negligence aggravates  injury
 [Pennsylvania]   Ibid.,  1938,  110: 235.—Malpractice; release
 of unfounded claim against alleged tort-feasor as bar to action
 against  physician   [Minnesota]   Ibid.,  1866.—Malpractice;
 right  of physician  to restrict area of  practice  [California]
 Ibid., 1941, 116: 2812.—Malpractice; standard of care and
 skill required of specialists  [Washington]  Ibid., 117: 2274.—
 Malpractice; statute of limitations; concealment  of  cause of
 action.  Ibid.,  1936, 106: 652.—Malpractice; statute of limita-
 tions  does  not begin  to run  until  discovery  of negligence
 [Colorado]   Ibid., 1944, 126:  258.—Malpractice;  statute of
 limitations does not begin to run until cessation of treatment
 [Nebraska]   Ibid.,  p342, 118:  665.—Malpracice; statute of
 imitation does not begin to run until cessatioln of treatment
 Oregon]  Ibid.,  1943   123:  170.—Malpraclicte; statute  of
 [limitations in relation  to bill of particulars seting forth new
 cause of action  [Michigan]   Ibid., 1938, 110: 839.—Malprac-
 tice; sufficiency of evidence;  qualifications of physician testi-
 fying as expert witness.   California West. M.,  1942, 57: 166.—
 Malpractice; sufficiency of evidence  to sustain verdict against
 physician.  Ibid., 1943,  59: 297.—Malpractice suits and their
 defense discussed.  Med. Soc Rep., Scranton, 1940, 34: No. 9,
 13.—Malpractice; when judgment for fee does not bar subse-
 quent malpractice suit   [New York]  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1938,
 111: 2421.—Medical law; civil malpractice.  N. York M. J.,
 1912, 95: 448.—Medical practice acts; validity of information
 stating charges disjunctively  [Illinois] J. Am. M. Ass.,  1938,
 110: 1952.—Official [From the] observer  at malpractice trials.
 Bull. Los Angeles Co.  M. Ass., 1941,  71:  267.—Owen, J. F.
 Malpractice; physician not liable for honest mistake or error
in making diagnosis and prescribing treatment if he utilizes
 reasonable skill and diligence as is ordinarily used in his pro-
 fession.  North Carolina M.  J., 1941, 2:  567.  ------  Negli-
 gence; the release of  an original wrongdoer by the injured party
 precludes recovery for malpractice from the doctor or hospital
treating the original  injury   [Florida]  Ibid.,  1944, 5: 415
------  A  chiropractor is qualified to testify in  malpractice
suits against physicians.   Ibid.,  19-15, fi: 257.—Paech.  Ueber
Begriff und Bedeutung des iirzt lichen Kunstfehlers vom Reclits-
standpunkt aus.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 521.—Palmieri,
V.  M.   Riflessi medico-legali  dell'esercizio nhusivo delle prr>
fessioni  sanitarie.   Rass.  clin. sc,  1937,  15:  25-30.—Peart
H. F.  A California court again holds that mere occurrence of
injury  does not  establish malpractice.   California West. M.
 1941, 54: 51.   ------   Releases;  effect of release given by
injured  employee to  employer and insurance  carrier; release
does not preclude malpractice action.  Ibid., 55: 277.-----.
Malpractice;  qualification of  expert  witnesses   [California]
Ibid., 335.------Statute  of limitations  in  malpractice
actions; time within which suit must be brought to recover for
the negligent  leaving of  foreign matter  in  patient's  body.
Ibid., 1943, 58: 53.—Pence, C. D. What constitutes negligence
Illinois M. J., 1907, 12: 219-24.—Pommerol, A.  Jugements du
tribunal civil de Gray, des 29 juillet 1873'et  17 fevrier 1874;
essai hasahhl;  inobservation  des regies  rationnelles de I'art;
faits non prouves apr£s expertise; non responsabilite du  mede-
cin.  In his Respons. m£d., Lille,  1931, 135.— Priebatsch,  I..
Der  arztliche  Kunstfehler in der  Rechtsprechung.  Zschr-
arztl. Fortbild., 1932, 29: 25-9.—Regan, L. J.  Medical mala
practice; confidence in medical  expert testimony.  Bull. Lo
Angeles Co. M. Ass., 1943,  73: 638.   ------  Malpractice
actions; who  starts them?  California West.  M., 1945, 62:
55-7.—Release given to  a person  whose negligence caused
injury bars a malpractice action by the injured party against
a physician for alleged negligent treatment which it is claimed
aggravated the injury. Ibid., 1943, 59:  250.—Res ipsa loquitur
doctrine in  malpractice cases.   Med. Pee., N.  Y., 1942, 155:
36.—Responsibility  for medical malpractice suits.  Northwest
M., 1942, 41:  333.—Rosen, J. R.   The law of tort  and the
physician; civil  malpractice  and negligence.  Med. Times,
N.  Y., 1929, 57: 190-4.—Schiedermair.  Wer haftet, wenn ein
Kranker bei unsachgemasser Behandlung in einer  lleilanstalt
Schaden erleidet?   Munch, med.  Wschr., 1926,  73:  1529 —
Sommer, D.   Haftung  des Arztes  fiir   Kunstfehler.  Med.
Welt,  1929, 3:  1197.—Stagner,  G. H.   Medical evidence in
malpractice suits and  expert testimony.  Eclect. M. J., 1935,
95:  58-62.—Tobias,  G.   J.   Civil malpractice.   Medicine,
Detr., 1905, 11: 359-64.—Trostler, I. S.   Contributory  negli-
gence as it  applies  to medical malpractice.  Radiology, 1940,
34:76-81.—Werne.B.  Testimony in malpractice actions. In:
Law of Exp. Testim.  (Rogers,  H. W.) 3.  ed.,  Alb., 1941, 769-
71.—Workmen's Compensation Acts;  industrial commission
has  exclusive jurisdiction  over  claim  based  on malpractice
[California]  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 74.

----   Prevention of suits.

   See  also Liability insurance.
  Barth, E.  Grenzen der berufsgenossenschaftlichen Haftung
bei  Aerzten.  Med. Welt, 1937, 11:  1812.—Foster, P. D. The
malpractice racket.  Bull. Los Angeles Co. M.  Ass., 1942, 72:
957-73.—Fraenckel,  P.   Zur   Beurteilung und  Verhiitung
arztlicher Kunstfehler.  Deut.  Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1928, 12:
54-64.—Gormly, C.  F. The prevention of malpractice  suits.
Rhode Island M. J.,  1935, 18: 17-20.—Hyndman, C. E.  Func-
tions and activities of  the Medical Defense Committee of the
Missouri  State  Medical  Association.  J. Missouri M. Ass.,
1932, 29: 155-7.—Helton, W.   Legalized blackmail, il.e mal-
practice  racket.   Northwest M., 1936,  35: 449-54- L., L. R.
Crusade against  abuses of malpractice  suits  started.  Bull.
Los Angeles Co. M. Ass.,  1940, 70: 981.—McDavitt, V. The
prevention and control of malpractice claims by the individual
physician.   Mississippi Valley M. J., 1945, 67: 58-62.—Mal-
practice prophylaxis.  Doctor & Law, 1934, 1:  No. 4, 3—31.—
O'Brien, W. J.   Precautions against malpractice.   J. Iowa M.
Soc, 1935, 25: 583-6— Peart, H. F.   Prevention of malpractice
actions.  California West. M., 1943, 59: 351.—Pfahler,  G. E.
Malpractice  suits  against radiologists;   prophylaxis.  Radi-
ology, 1942, 39: 103-6.—Regan,  L. J.  Malpractice, a medical
problem.  Bull. Los  Angeles  Co.  M.  Ass.,  1940,  70: 618.
------  Malpractice prophylaxis.  California West. M., 1942,
57:  121.  ------ Malpractice  prophylaxis; medical  defense.
Ibid., 173.  ------  Prevention of malpractice claims.  In his
Med. Malpract., S. Louis, 1943,  177-9.   ------  Malpractice
prophylaxis; frequent  allegations in malpractice suits.  Ibid.,
192-6.  ------ Malpractice prophylaxis; observing these pre-
cautions will protect  you  from lawsuits  brought by patients.
Med. Econom., 1943-44,  21:  No.  6, 50; passim.  -----  &
Hibben, J. S.   The malpractice  problem.  Arch. Phys. Ther.,
1944, 25: 729-33.—Report of a real campaign on malpractice.
Bull. Los Angeles Co.  M. Ass., 1941, 71:  728.—Stetson, H. C,
& Moran, J. E.  Malpractice suits; their cause and prevention.
N. England J. M., 1934, 210:  1381-5.—You can end the mal-
practice suit racket.  Bull. Los Angeles Co. M. Ass., 1941, 71:
906.


MALPRESENTATION.

   See  under Presentation.


MALT.

   See  also  Barley,   Malt;  Beer; Coffee,  Substi-
tute; Malt  extract;  Malting. 
MALT
213
MALTA
  Ehlers,  H.   Hopfen und Malz  (1914-1920)
ein  Beitrag  zur  Alkoholfrage  mit  zahlreichen
Gutachten hervorragender Heerfiihrer und Aerzte.
3. Aufl.  67p.  4°   Dresd., 1921.
  Adams, S. L.. Stark, W. H., & Kolachov, P.  Effect of the
htcterial content of bailey malt on the fermentation efficiency
of spirits mash.   J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 292.—Engelhard.
Malz und Bier.   Mitt. Deut. pharm. Ges., 1942, 19: 5.—Hesse,
A.  Ueber  die Verwendung von Enzymen  in  der  Industrie;
Abbau von Starke und Eiweiss beim Malzen und  Maischen.
Erg. Enzymforsch., 1934, 3: 95-134.—Hummer, O.  Hefe im
Konkurrenzkampfe  mit Mikroorganismen,  welche  auf  dem
Griinmalze  vorkommen.   Zbl.  Bakt.,  2.  Abt.,   1927,  71:
407-16.—Komarova,  L.  I. [Preliminary treatment of  malt
residuum by ferments of fungi  for improvement of its filtration]
Microbiology, Moskva, 1941. 10: 886-9.—Lecoq. R.  L'histoire
du malt.  Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par., 1926, 14: 55-83.
.---  Analysis.
  Anderson, J.  A., Sallans, H.  R.,  & Meredith;  W. O.  S.
Varietal differences in barleys and malts; summary  of correla-
tions between 18 major barley, malt, and malting properties.
Canad. J. Res.,  1941, 19: sect.  C,  278-91.—Ayre, C. A., &
Anderson, J. A.  Varietal differences in  barleys and malts;
autolytic proteolytic activity of malt and its correlations  with
wort nitrogen and barlev nitrogen fractions.  Ibid., 1939, 17:
sect. C, 239-46.—Cook, E. S., & Kreke, C. W.  Malt combings
as a source  of respiratory factors for yeast and skin. Stud.
Inst. Divi Thomae,  Cincin., 1939, 2: 173-8.—Ford, J.  S.
Determination of starch  in barley for prediction  of extract
from its malt; evaluation of isinglass and finings.   Analyst,
Lond.,  1942,  67:  167  (Abstr.)—Linderstr0m-Lang,  K.,  &
Holter, H.   Beitrage zur enzymatischen Histochemie; iiber die
Peptidaseverteilung in Wurzel und Blattkeim des Malzkornes.
Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932,  204: 15-53.—Mathieu, R.  Le
malt; etude  historique et therapeutique.  Nourrisson,  1934,
22:  129-51.—Organ, J. G., James, E. M., & Wokes, F.  Vita-
min B in malt extract.   Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1944,  17: 183-7
[Discussion]  260.—Taufel, K., & Muller, K.  Ueber den Gehalt.
von Gerste und Malz an Mono- und Oligosacchariden.  Zschr.
Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,  1942. 83: 49-54.—Urion, E.  Sur un
essai d'appreciation de la d£sagregation du malt aux rayons X.
Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1939, 21: 1052; 1940, 22: 221.
----   Enzyme.

   See also Amylase,  malt.
   Bennett, C. T., & Bateman, F. C. L.  The diastatic power of
malt and malt extract.  Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1930, 3: 349-53.—
Caldwell, M. L., & Doebbeling, S. E.  Influence of certain ions
upon the extraction of malt amylase  from alumina gel by which
it has been  adsorbed.  J. Biol. Chem.,  1932,  98:  553-63 —
Charmandarjan, M.  O.  Ueber eine weitere  Eigenschaft der
Malzkatalase.  Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 207: 472-5.  —---■  &
Tiutiunnikova,  A. W.  Der Einfluss von Giften auf die Ger-
stenmalzkatalase.  Ibid., 1930, 222: 284-9. ----— & Tiutiun-
nikova, A. B.  Einfluss von Salzen auf die Tatigkeit  der Malz-
katalase.  Ibid., 1930, 221: 273; 1930, 222: 272.—Chrzaszcz, T.,
& Janicki, J.  Sistoamylase in Malzen verschiedener Getreidear-
ten und ihr wirklicher  Amylasegehalt.  Ibid.,  1933,  264:
192-208.—Edfeldt,  O., Nordh, G.,  &  Swaetihin, T.  Die
Existenz von zwei Komponenten in der Malzdiastase.  Ibid.,
1930, 223: 478-80.—Hopkins, R. H.   The proteolytic enzymes
of green malt; adsorption and  elution.   Biochem.  J., Lond.,
1929, 23: 1022-9.—Matuyama,  M.   Zur Kenntnis der Malz-
katalase.  Biochem.  Zschr., 1929, 213: 123-37.—Myrback, K.
Spaltung der  Starke durch  die Dextrinogenamylase des Maizes.
Ibid., . 1940-41, 307:  140-58.—Nisimura, S.  Ueber einen
Aktivator der Malzamylase.   Ibid.,  1928, 200: 81-9—Oerten-
blad, B., & Myrback. K.   Primare Spaltung der Starke durch
die Dextrinogenamylase  des Maizes.  Ibid., 1940-41,  307:
123-8.—Pronin, S.   Zur Frage  des  Grenzabbaues der Starke
durch Malzamylase.   Ibid., 1932,  249: 7-10.—Sabalichka, T.,
& Weidlich,  R.  Ueber die  Malzamylase; Bestimmung der
dextrinierenden und verzuckernden Wirkung der Amylase und
Vergleich  beider  Wirkungen.  Ibid.,   1929,  207: 476-93.
-----Ueber die Malzamylase; Einheit des Dextrinierungs-
und Verzuckerungsenzyms.  Ibid., 215: 267-78.—Wellhoener,
H., Fink,  H.,  &  Hcok,  A.  Die  Amylaseverhaltnisse  und
Stoffumwandlungen beim  Vermalzen von  Roggen, verglichen
mit Gerste.   Wschr. Brauerei, 1943,  60: 43-6.
----   Preparations.

   See also Malt extract; Milk, malted.
   Etikettierung und Anpreisung von Malzgetranken.  Reichs-
gesundhbl., 1937, 12: 517.— Laufer, S., Schwarz, R., & Laufer,
L.  Vitamin B complex content of beers, ales, and malt tonics.
Food Res., 1942, 7: 306-8.—Malt-soup [meal]  Pharm. tid.,
Kbh., 1866, 5: 177.—Mensi.   La pappa al malto nel lattante.
Clin, igiene  inf.,  1933, 8:  358.—Reitlinger,  K.  Heliosan.
Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1930, 77: 1888.—Rubner, M., & Schit-
tenhelm, A.  Untersuchungen iiber Malzkeimlinge und deren
Nahrwert.  Biochem. Zschr.,  1927, 180: 426-53.—Schiissler,
D.  Erfahrungen mit Jemalt.  Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1930,  26:
1863.
   MALTA.  Comptroller  of  Charitable  Institu-
tions.   Report.   Valletta (1930-31) 1931-
   MALTA.   Civil Government.
   See Mediterranean Fever Commission.  Reports of the Com-
mission appointed by ... the Civil Government of Malta for the
investigation of Mediterranean fever.  7 pts in  1 v.  215-Scm.
Lond., 1905-07.

   MALTA.   Medical  and  Public  Health   De-
partment.   Annual  report  on the health  of  the
Maltese Islands.  Valletta  (1895)  1896-


MALTA.

   See also Health organization.
   C, K. M.  In step with the Q. A's; blitz on George Cross
Island.   Nurs. Times, Lond., 1944, 40: 643.—Hill, R.  Some
aspects cif the medical services in Malta.  East Afr. M. J.,
1943, 20: 35-40.—Home,  W.  E.  Fever in men-of-war at
Malta.   Lancet, Lond.,   1931, 1:  885.—Island  story.  Nurs.
Times, Lond., 1943,  39:  718.—Malta; hospitals of the  island
fortress [illustrations] Ibid., 1942,  38: 370.—Maltese  Island
[Medical and sanitary  reports,  1930; 1932-38]  Trop.  Dis.
Bull., Lond., 1932, 29: Suppl., 77; passim.—Medical services
in Malta.  Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 759.—Milne, J.  Medical
work in  Malta.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1941, 205: 159-
62.—Zammit,  T.  The Medical School  of Malta.   Proc. R.
Soc. M.,  Lond., 1919-20, 13: Sect. Hist. Med., 133-42.

----   Knights of Malta

   See Knight Hospitaler.


MALTA  fever.

   See Melitococcia; Undulant  fever.


MALTASE.

   See also Glucosidase; Maltose.
  Bridel, M.  Application  du proc^de' biochimique de  carac-
terisation du glucose  a la recherche de la maltase dans le malt.
C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1924, 178: 636.—Colin, H.  La non-reversi-
bilit6 de  la maltase des  mucSdinees.   Bull. Soc. chim. France,
1926, 4. ser., 38-40: 1481-3.—Daish, A. J..  The distribution of
maltase in plants; the presence of  maltase in foliage leaves.
Biochem. J.,  Lond.,  1916-17,   10:  49-55.------   The
presence  of maltase in  germinated barley.  Ibid*.,  56-76.—
Davis, W. A.  The distribution of maltase in plants; the func-
tion of maltase in starch degradation  and  its influence on the
amyloclastic activity  of plant  materials.  Ibid.,  31-48.—
Hestrin,  S.   The specificity of mould maltase.   Enzymologia,
Gravenh., 1940, 8:  193-203.—Huerre, R.   Sur  la maltase du
mais.  C. rend. Acad, sc,  1909, 148: 300; 505.  ------  In-
fluence de la reaction du milieu sur l'activite' des maltases du
mais.  Ibid., 1121-3.  ------  Sur la maltase du  sarrasin.
Ibid., 1526-8.—Kopaczewski, W.  Einfluss einiger Antiseptica
and die  Wirkung der Maltase.   Biochem. Zschr., 1912, 44:
349-52.   ------  Sur la dialyse  de la  maltase.   Ann. Inst.
Pasteur,  Par., 1913, 27: 523-31.  Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1913,
156: 918-20.  ------  Ueber die  Dialysierbarkeit und Eigen-
schaften  der Maltase.  Biochem.   Zschr.,  1913,  56:  95-104.
------   Ueber den  Einfluss der  Sauren  auf  die  dialysierte
Maltase.  Ibid., 1914, 67:  299-305.  Also French transl. C.
rend. Acad,  sc, 1914, 158: 640-2.  Also Ann.  Inst.  Pasteur,
Par., 1915, 29: 157-64.—Krieble, V. K., Skau, E. L., & Lover-
ing, E. W.   Extraction of maltase from yeast.  J.  Am. Chem.
Soc, 1927, 49: 1728-35.—Ling, A. R., & Nanji, D.  R.   On the
presence  of  maltase  in germinated and ungerminated barley.
Biochem. J., Lond., 1923, 17: 593-6.—Michaelis, L.,  & Rona,
P.  Die  Wirkungsbedingungen der Maltase aus Bierhefe.  Bio-
chem. Zschr., 1913,  57: 70-83.  ------   Die  Wirkung der
Maltase  auf a-Methylglucosid und die  Affinitatsgrosse des,
Ferments.   Ibid., 1913, 58: 148-157.  ------  Die Wirkungs-
bedingungen der  Maltase aus Bierhefe;  iiber  die  Natur der
verschiedenartigen Hemmungen der Fermentwirkungen.  Ibid.,
1914 60: 62-78.—Oehman, A.  Studier ofver maltas-verkan.
Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1914-15, n. L, 20: 145-168.—Philoche,
C.   Etude sur Taction de la maltase.  J.  physiol.  path, gen.,
1904, 6:  1023-38.—Pringsheim, H., & Leibowitz, J.  Ueber die
Maltase  des  Gerstenmalzes. Biochem.  Zschr.,  1925,   161:
456-8 —Rotsch, A.   Ueber die "Wirksamkeit der Maltase des
Weizen-  und Roggenmehles.  Ibid., 1939,  301:  418-28.—
Tauber, H., & Kleiner, I. S.   The  digestion and inactivation of
maltase  by  trypsin and  the specificity of maltases.  J. Gen.
Physiol.,  1933,  16:  767-71.—Wierzchowski, Z.   Ueber das
Auftreten der  Maltase  in  Getreidearten. Biochem. Zschr..
1913, 57: 125-31.  ------  Studya nad dzialaniem maltazy
na  skrobie.   Rozpr.  wydz.  mat. przyrod. Akad. polska, 1913,
3. ser., A., 13: 371-92.  Also German transl.  Biochem. Zschr.,
1913, 56: 209-19.—Willstatter, R., & Bamann, E.  Zur Kennt-
nis  der  Hefemaltase.  Zschr.  physiol. Chem.,  1926,  151:
242-72.   ------  Trennung  von  Maltase  und  Saccharase.
Ibid., 273-85.—Willstatter, R.,  Kuhn, R.,  & Sobotka, H.
Ueber die  relative  Spezifitat der Hefemaltase.  Ibid.,  1924,
134:  224-42.—Willstatter,  R., &  Steibelt,  W.   Ueber die
Verschiedenheit von  Maltase und a-Glukosidase.   Ibid., 1921,
115: 199-234. 
MALTASE
214
MALT EXTRACT
----   human.

   Doxiades,  L.    * Maltase   und   Antimaltase
bei  normalen  und  pankreaslosen  Tieren.   42p.
8?   Berl., 1915.
   Doxiades, L.  Beobachtungen iiber die Maltase des Blut-
serums und der Leber.  Biochem. Zschr., 1911, 32: 410-6.—
Kokuryo, T.  Ueber die Blutmaltase.   Jap. .1. M. Sc, 1933, 2:
Biochem.,  115-30.  ------  Ueber  die  Herkunft  der Blut-
und Harnmaltase.  Ibid., 131-59.  ------  Einige Wirkungs-
bedingungen der  Maltase des Blutserums.   Ibid.,  161-74:
------  Ueber die Maltase des Menschenharns. ibid., 175-
84.—Kumagai, T.  Das Verhalten der Maltase im Blutserum
des hungernden und  gefiitterten Tieres.  Biochem.  Zschr.,
1913,  57:  375-9.—Kusumoto, C.  Beobachtungen iiber die
Maltase des Blutserums und der Leber bei verschiedenen
Tieren.  Ibid., 1908, 14: 217-33.—Tatibana, T.  Physiological
investigation of fetus; supplementary research of ferments in
digestive organs;  maltase  in intestines and  pancreas.  Jap.
J. Obst., 1929, 12: 21-32.
   MALTEN,  Hans  [M.   D.,   1922,  Freiburg]
Die  Licht-Therapie.  88p.   8?   Munch.,  J. F.
Bergmann, 1926.
   ----  Diat  und Lebensweise fiir  Herzkranke;
neuzeitliche Wege  zur  wirksamen  Behandlung
chronischer  Herzleiden  (Herzneurosen,   Herz-
muskelschwache,  Krankheiten  der  Herzkranz-
arterien,  Herzerweiterung,  Klappenfehler,  usw.)
75p.   illust.  diagr.  8?   Stuttg., Siiddeut. Verl.
[1931]
   ----  Die wirksame Bekampfung der Arterien-
verkalkung  und  des  vorzeitigen Alterns.   75p.
illust.  8?  Stuttg., Siiddeut. Verl. [1931]
   MALTER  Terrada,   Horacio,          -1946.
Electrocardiografia clinica,  fisiopatologia,  diag-
n6stico  y tratamiento.   304p.   illust.    diagr.
23cm.   B.  Air., El Ateneo,  1942.
  For portrait see Rev. m6d. brasil., 1944, 16:  opp. p. 451.

   MALTESOS,  Christos,   1908-        *Ueber
die   Wirkung   der  Monojodessigsaure  auf  die
elektrische  Tatigkeit   des   Herzens    [Berlin]
p.205-12.   8?    Miinch., J. F.  Lehmann,  1934.
   Also Zschr. Biol., 1934. 95:


MALT  extract.

   See also Malt,  Preparations.
   Hospital sketches   [Maltine ferrated]   24p.
18?  [N. V., 1893]
   Maltine-Illustrated; a  monograph.   142p.
8?   N. Y., 1891.
   Maltine  Manufacturing  Company,  New-
York, N. Y.  To the medical profession [Circu-
lar, Oct.  1, 1886]   49p.    12?   N. Y., 1886.
   ----   Maltine  with  pepsin and  pancreatine;
professional  testimonials.    pt  4.    16p.    16?
N. Y., 1890.
   Maltine  with  coco  wine.   35p.   8?  N. Y.,
1894.  Also another  ed.  X. Y., 1895.
   Medicine men  and manners.  8 1.  4?   N. Y.,
1892.
   Bachararh, A. L., & Allchorne, E.  The vitamin B content
of  malt extract.  Biochem.  J.,  Lond.,  1928,  22: 313-6 —
Behauptung, dass einem Lebensmittel (Malzextrakt) Heilkraft
gegen  alle  moglichen  Arten  von Krankheiten innewohne,
bezieht sich auf die Beschaffenheit des Lebensmittels.  Reichs-
gesundhbl., 1934, 9: 931.—Gardner, R.  The analysis of malt
extract bv  selective fermentation.   Analyst,  Lond., 1939, 64:
103-8.—Garratt, D. C.  Extract of malt with cod-liver oil;
determination of oil and vitamin A.  Ibid., 795-806.—Hoppler,
F.   Ueber  das viscosimetrische Verhalten der Malzextrakte.
Zschr. Untersuch.  Lebensmitt., 1943, 85:  54-9.—Klaus,  O.
Ein starkgehopftes Malzpraparat  (Maltnutrine)  Prag.  med.
Wschr.,  1914, 39: 464.—Krishnamurthi, A.  The non-protein
nitrogen of malt extracts.  Proc.  Soc. Biol. Chemists India,
1936-37, 2:  18.—Leyden, H.  Therapeutisches uber Maltyl.
Fortsch. Med., 1911, 29: 81-6.—[Malt-extract] Pharm. tid.,
Kbh.,  1861-62, 1: 299; 1866, 5: 33.—[Malt-extract with cal-
cium]   Ny pharm. tid., Kbh.,  1873, 5: 136.—Maltha,  P.  De
toepassing   van  de biochemische  suikerbepalings methode
voegens  Van Voorst voor de analyse van moutextract.  Chem.
wbl., Amst.,  1943, 40:  15-21.   ------& Van Voorst, F.  Bio-
chemische suikerbepalingen; veranderingen in moutextract  bij
bewaren.  Ibid., 127.—Mecseky, L.  [Use of maltiron]   Buda-
pesti orv.  ujs., 1940,  38:  221-3.—Mullner,  O.  Ueber den
Einfluss von Formaldehyd auf  verdiinnte Malzextraktlosungen.
Biochem. Zschr., 1929. 208: 354-6. -Nippe.   Erfahrungen mit
Maltyl und Maltyl-Mai.-.   Med. Klin., Perl., 1912, 8: 1546.—
Organ, J. G., Duncan. J.  fet al.]  Some constituents of malt
extract.  Q. J.  Pharm.. Lend.,  1913. 16: 275-81  [Discussion]
297.—Paflrath,  H.,  & Kacss, A.   Beitrage  zur Wrdauunga-
physiologie  der Malzextrakte.  Zschr.  Kinderh.,  1930-31,
50: 553-63.—Piper,  A.  [More on malt-extract]  Pharm. tid!
Kbh., 1S66,  5: 97-100. -[Poisoning with malt-extract]   Ibid
1864-65. 4: 227.—Ramon, G., Pochon. J.  [et  al.]  De I'emploi
des extraits de malt (bins la production des  toxines microbiennes
et spcrialemont de la toxine diphterique.  Bull. Inst. Pasteur
Par.,  1943, 41: 149 (Abstr.)—Randoin, I,., & Lecoq, R.  LP
malt et l'extrait do malt envisages comme sources de vitamine*
hvdrosolubles B et C.  Bull. Soc. chim.  biol.,  Par., 1027  9-
49-58.—Rohrbock, F.  [Malt in the diet of the licahliv and the
sick infant]  Oivostud. kozl., 1941, 2: 136-9.- Sabalirhka. T.,
&  Weidlich, R.  Ueber  die Malzamylase;  Adsinptum der
Ainvhi.sc aus Malzausziigen an Kaolin und Elution.  Idochem
Zschr.. 1929, 211:  229-38.— Timus, D., &  Brasovcanu,  A.
[Studv of vitamin  contents in  the Roumanian malt extract
Vita]  Romania med., 1936,  14:  235.- Viermann, IL,  &
Neumiiller, G.  Reinheitspriifung von Malzextrakten fQr N.ihr-
und pharrhazeutische Zwecke.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,
1939, 77: 375-8.

   MALTEZ, Aristides, 1882-1943.
  For obituary see An. brasil. gin., 1943, 15: 57-9, portr.  Also
Rev. brasil. cir., 1943, 12: 338-40  (Moraes, A. de)   Also Rev.
gin. obst., Rio, 1943, 37: 52.

   MALTHE, Alexander Ludvig Normann, 1845-
   For portrait  see in Norges laeger (Kobro,  I.) Krist.,  1915,
2: 98.

   MALTHETE, Rene, 1908-       *A propos de
l'avenir  eloigne des  tuberculeux  pulmonaires
inscrits  au dispensaire  du  5e arrondissement de
Paris.  67p.   24cm.  Par., Techn. du  livre, 1939.
   MALTHUS, Daniel, 1651-1717.
   James, R. R.  Daniel  Malthus, apothecary (1651-1717)
Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 840.

   MALTHUS,  Thomas Robert,  1766-1834.  An
essay on the  principle of population; or, A view  of
its past and  present  effects on human happiness,
with an inquiry  into  our prospects respecting the
future removal  or  mitigation of  the evils which
it occasions.   7.  ed.   xv,  551p.   8?   Lond.,
Reeves & Turner, 1872.
   See also:
   Bonar,  J.   Malthus  and  his work.  2. ed.
438p.  8?   Lond. [1924]
   See also Bernard, L. L.  The humanitarian implications of
Malthus's principles.  In  his -Introduct. Sociol., N. Y.,  1942,
410-6.—[Biography]   J. Am. M. Ass.,  1935,  104:  1535 —
[Biography]  J.  R. Statist. Soc, 1935, 98: 376-409.—Ragazzi,
C.  [Biografia]  Italia san., 1910, 6: 109.—Schmidt-Kehl,  L.
Thomas Robert Malthus 100 Jahre tot.  Volk & Rasse,  1934,
9: 322-7.—Thomas Robert  Malthus, 29.   Dezember  1934.
Umschau, 1934, 38:  1037.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.


MALTHUSIANISM.

   See also Abortion;  Birth  control;  Birth-rate;
Population, Growth.
   Bissell, M. H.  Malthus: right or wrong?  Birth Control
Rev.,  1924-25,  9: 342.—Boero, E. A.  Consideraciones sobre
el  neomaltusianismo.   Rev. As.  m6d.  argent.,  1939, 53:
1066-9.—Bosio,  B.  El neomaltusianismo otra vez en dis-
cusion; consideraciones previas.   Sem. m£d.,  B. Air., 1939, 46:
pt 1, 380-2.—Casta no,  C.  A.  Patologia  anticoncepcional; el
neomaltusianismo.   Dia med.,  B.  Air,, 1939,  11: 527-30.—
Glass, D. V.  The population problem and the future. Eugen.
Rev.,  Lond., 1937-38,  29:  39-47.—Munoyerro,  L. A. Del
neomaltusianismo.   In his Moral med. en los sacram., Madr.,
1941, 184-90.—Spellings, W. W.   Is the world overpopulated?
J.  Tennessee Acad. Sc, 1933, 8: 322.—Thompson,  W. S. The
population doctrines of Malthus.  In his Popul. Probl., N. Y.,
1942, 18-31.


MALTINE.

   Spp AlTlvl&SG

   MALTINE Company, New York, N.  Y.   Sur-
geons  General   of   the  United  States  Navy.
ser.  1.  8 1.   portr.  15cm.  Brooklyn [after 1895]
   ----  New safety factor in thyroid  medication.
8p.   23}km.  IN. Y., the Company, 1941]
   ----    Dehydrocholic   acid  with  pancreatic
substance  and  bile   salts  in the   treatment  of
certain   digestive  conditions.   [4]  p.   24cm.
[N.  Y., the Company, after 1941] 
MALTING                                      215                                     MALTOSE
MALTING.

  See also Malt.
  Krishnamurthi, A.  Some aspects of malting.  Proc. Soc.
Biol. Chemists India,  1936, 1:  30.-Lecoq,  R.  . Comment
pratiquer le maltage des aliments amylaces.  Clinique, Par.,
1925, 20: 139-41.


MALTOBIOSE.

  See Maltose.


MALTOCOL.

  See Guaiacol.


MALTOL.

   See also Pyrone.                       . .   .   .
   Aisenstat-Lane,   T.    *Dic   physiologische
Wirkung der Maltole  und  ihrer Derivate.   31p.
S°   Ziir., 1910.
  Merl, T. Ueber Maltol und seine colorimetnsche Bestim-
mung im Malzkaffee.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1930,
60: 216-27.
   MALTON, Robert, 1886-        The principles
of  dietetics, dietary,  and   health.   66p.   portr.
21cm.   Folkestone, E. Hudsmith, 1932.


MALTONIC acid.

   See Gluconic acid.


MALTOSE.

   See  also   Carbohydrates,   Types:  Oligosac-
charides.                             ,
  Baba, T. Ueber die besonderen Verhaltnisse bei der Fhos-
phorylierung von Maltose  durch frische  untergarige  Hefe,
Trockenhefe und Mazerationssaft.  Biochem.  Zschr.,  1934,
273: 207-18.—Copper, C. J. A., Haworth, W. N., & Peat, S.
The constitution of the disaccharides; maltose.  J. Chem. Soc,
Lond., 1926, 876-80.—Euler, H., von, & Helleberg, K.  Ueber
die  Drehung der  bei der Starkespaltung durch Malzextrakt
auftretenden Maltose.   Zschr. physiol. Chem.,  1924, 139:
24-9.—Gerber, C.  Formation  du maltose,  aux depens de
l'amidon, par  l'eau oxygenee.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1912,  72:
1002.—Gillot, P.  Sur la presence du maltose dans les organes
de reserve  de Mercurialis perennis L.  J. pharm. chim., Par.,
1923, 7. ser., 28: 148-54.—Glattfeld, J.  W. E., & Hanke, M. T.
The oxidation of maltose  in alkaline solution by  hydrogen
peroxide and by air; the  preparation and study of maltobiomc
acid.  J. Am.  Chem. Soc,  1918,  40: 973-92.—Gordon, WO.
How to make better malt sugar.  Food Indust., 1943, 15: No.
6, 60-2.—Haworth, W. N., & Leitch, G.  C.  The constitution of
the  disaccharides; maltose.  J.  Chem.  Soc,  Lond.,  1919,
809-17.—Haworth, W. N., & Peat, S.   The constitution of the
disaccharides;  maltose.   Ibid., 1926, 3094-101.—Irvine, J. C.,
& Black,  I. M.  A.  The  constitution  of  maltose.   Ibid.,
862-75.—Kolb, L.  Ueber die Einwirkung verdunnter  Losun-
gen von  Bariumhydroxyd und Hydroxyde auf Maltose.  Bio-
chem. Zschr., 1914, 63: 1-57.—Meunier, A.  Sur la presence du
maltose  dans les  tubercules frais du  Lathyrus tuberosus L.
C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 197: 98-100.—Mitchell, W. A.  Prepa-
ration of maltose monohydrate by the de-acetylation of maltose
octaacetate with barium methylate.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941,
G3:  3534.—Pacsu, E., & Rich_F.  V.  New method of prepara-
tion of methylmaltoside heptaacetate with orthoester structure.
Ibid., 1935, 57: 587.—Schoch, T.  J., Wilson, E. J., & Hudson,
C.S.  The stability of /3-methylmaltoside toward hot alkali.
Ibid., 1942, 64: 2871.—Wolfrom, M.  L., &  Konigsberg, M.
Aldehydo-Maltose octaacetate.  Ibid.,  1940, 62: 1153.


----  Determination.
  Bunting, A. H.  A necessary precaution in the use of taka-
diastase  for the estimation of maltose.  Biochem. J.,  Lond.,
1942, 36: 639.—Klein, B.  Zum bakteriologischen Nachweis
von Maltose und Pentosen im Harn.  Deut. med. Wschr.', 1927,
53:  405.— Klemen, R.  Ueber den Einfluss stickstoffhaltiger
Stoffe auf die Maltosebestimmung nach Bertrand, Willstatter-
Schudel und Auerbach-Bodlander. Biochem. Zschr., 1938, 299:
58-62.—Morris, D. L.  A method for the quantitative microde-
termination of glucose  and maltose  in mixtures.  J. Biol.
Chem.,  1944, 154: 561-7.—Narasimhamurty, N., & Sreeni-
vasaya, M.  Determination of maltose  in plant extracts by
maltase.   Biochem.  J., Lond., 1930, 24:  1734-6.—Nottin, P.
Dosage du  maltose en presence d'autres sucres reducteurs par
I'emploi de la  liqueur de Barfced.  C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1924,
179: 410-3.—Strepkov, S. M. Mikrobestimmung der Maltose.
Biochem. Zschr., 1936-37, 289: 38-40.
Fermentation  [and hydrolysis]
  Blish, M. J., & Sandstedt, R.  M.  Biocatalytic activators
specific for the yeast fermentation  of maltose.  J. Biol. Chem.,
1937, 118: 765-80.—Kopaczewski, W.   Einfluss verschiedener
Sauren auf die Hydrolyse der Maltose  durch Maltase.  Zschr.
physiol. Chem.,  1912,  80:  182-93,   pl.—Leibowitz,  J.  &
Hestrin, S.  The  direct  fermentation of  maltose by yeast.
Enzymologia,  Gravenh.,  1939, 6: 15-26.  Also Biochem. J.,
Lond., 1942, 36: 772-85.—Pacsu, E.  The configuration and the
mechanism of  hydrolysis of the maltose derivatives  with
orthoester structure.  J.  Am. Chem.  Soc, 1935, 57: 537.—
Pronin, S. J.  Ueber die Hydrolyse der Maltose durch Puffer-
losungen.  Bull.  biol.  med. exp. URSS,  1936,  1:  336-8 —
Schultz, A. S., & Atkin, L.  Fermentation of maltose.  J. Am.
Chem. Soc,  1939, 61: 291-4.—Sigmond,  A., von.  Die Ge-
sch windigkeit der Maltose-Hvdrolyse.   Zschr. phys. Chem.,
1898,  27: 385-400.—Sobotka, H.,  &  Holzman,  M.  Direct
fermentation  of  maltose.  Biochem.   J.,  Lond.,  1934,  28:
734-9.—Toledo Mello, J.  Observacoes sobre a fermentacao
da maltose; provas com bacillos dysentericos.  Brasil med.,
1937,  51:  632-8.   ------  Observacoes sobre a fermentacao
da maltose; provas com amostras dos generos Salmonella  e
Proteus.  Ibid., 695-7.—Willstatter, R., & Bamann, E. Ueber
direkte  Maltosegarung  durch  maltasereiche  Hefe.  Zschr.
physiol. Chem., 1926, 152: 202-14.

----   Isomaltose.
   Ahlborg, K.,  &  Myrback, K.  Ueber  Grenzdextrine und
Starke;   Darstellung   und  Konstitutionsbestimmung   eines
schwer hydrolysierbaren Disaccharids (Isomaltose) aus Starke.
Biochem. Zschr., 1941, 308: 187-95.

----   Pharmacology.
   Babonneix, L.   Les bouillies maltosees.  Gaz. hop.,  1933,
106: 1158-60.—Bierry, H.  Sur  le manque de  preuves con-
cernant la maltos<5mie.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1912, 73: 706.—
Schiirer, W.  Zur Frage  der biologischen  Wirkungsunter-
schiede  zwischen  a- und  0-Maltosen.  Ann. paediat., Basel,
1944,  162: 1-29.—Titaev, A. [Malt sugar prepared  from
potatoes]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1943, No. 5,  78.


MALT sugar.

   See Maltose.


MALTYL.

   See Malt extract.
   MALTZ,  Maxwell,  1899-         New  faces,
new  futures;  rebuilding character  with  plastic
surgery,  xiv,  315p.  illust.   8?   N.  Y., R. R.
Smith,  1936.
   ----   Evolution . of  plastic surgery.   368p.
illust.   pl.   portr.   facs.   24cm.  X. Y., Froben
Pr.,  1946.
   For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
1942, 478.
   MALUCK,   Karl,   1902-         *Die geburts-
hilflich-gyniikologische  Peritonitis.    49p.     8?
Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1934.
   al-MA'LUF,   Amin.    Mu'g&m   ul-haya\vd.n
[An. Arabic zoological  dictionary]   271p.;  17p.
pl.   24^cm.    Cairo, al-Muktataf Pr.,  1932.


MALUM coxae senile.

   See  Hipjoint, Osteoarthritis.


MALUM perforans.

   See Foot, Ulcer, perforating.


MALUNION.

   See  under Fracture.


MALUS pumila.

   See Apple.
   MALUTA,  Gustavo.   Suggestione terapeutica;
le malattie curate con mezzi suggestivi e  ipnotici.
Ristampa della 2. ed.  214p.   19cm.  Padova, R.
Zannoni, 1933.


MALVA

   See Malvaceae. 
MALVACEAE                               216                                     MAMIE
MALVACEAE.

  See also Cotton; also Althaea (in 5. ser.)
  Arnaud, J.  De l'utilisation comme textile, apres rouissage
microbien, de Lavatera cretica  L., famille des malvan'cs.
Arch. Inst.  Pasteur Algerie, 1942, 20: 235.—Callegari, L., &
Montolivo.  G.  Ricerche  chimiche  e farmacologiche  sulla
Malva silvcstris  L.; composizione chimica  e contenuto vita-
ininico.   Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1938,  13: 201.  -  ---
Ricerche  chimiche e farmacologiche sulla Malva silvestris L.;
azione sulla composizione chimica del sangue e sui processi di
cicatrizzazione.  Ibid.,  202.—Friedrichs,  O.  Ueber  einige
Inhaltsstoffe der Altheewurzel.  Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1919,
257:  288-98.—Marks,  M.  Castilian  malva.  Am. J. Surg.,
1944, 64: 379-81.—Schery, R. W.  Monograph of  Malva-
viscus.  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 1942, 29: 183-245, 4 p].—
Silberschmidt, K.  Estudos sobre a transmissao experimental
da clorose  infecciosa das  Malvaceas. Arq.  Inst,  biol.,  S.
Paulo, 1943, 14:  105-56, 7 pl.
  MALVEZIN, Frangois,  1912-       *L'ulcere
haut situe"  de la face posterieure de  l'estomac.
128p.   8?   Par., Jouve & cie, 1938.
  MALVEZIN, Pierre Emile,  1884-       *Con-
tribution k la production d'un lait pur et sain
[Alfort; Vet.]  75p.   8?   Par., Nos  Animaux,
1927.
MALVIN.
  See also Anthocyan.
  Bell, J. C, & Robinson, R.  Experiments on the synthesis
of anthocyanins; synthesis of malvidin 3-galactoside and its
probable occurrence as a natural anthocvanin.  J. Chem. Soc,
Lond., 1934, 813-8.—Bradley,  W., &  Robinson, R.  A syn-
thesis of pyrylium salts of anthocyanidin type; a synthesis of
malvidin  chloride.  Ibid.,  1928,  1541-69.—Robinson,  R., &
Todd, A. R. Experiments on the synthesis of anthocyanins;
a synthesis of malvin chloride.  Ibid., 1932, 2299-305.
  MALVISI, Adolfo.   Le acque  salso-jodobro-
miche di Salsomaggiore nella Provincia di Parma.
29p.   18cm.  Parma, G.  Ferrari & figli, 1883.
  MALVOISIN,  Jacques,  1912-       *Action
des courants de haute frequence redress6e sur le
coeur  de la  grenouille;  etude  electrocardio-
graphique   [Lvon]   86p.   25J/2cm.   Trevoux,
G. Patissier, 1939.
  MALVOZ, Ernest, 1862-1938.
  Duesberg, Pirard, L. [et al.]  Manifestation en l'honneur
du Professeur Ernest Malvoz.  Liege med., 1934, 27: 222-71.
  For obituary see Arch. mdd. sociale, Brux., 1938, 1: 814.
Also Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1938, 120: 327-30 (Guerin) Also
Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46:  637.  Also J.  Am.  M.
Ass., 1939, 112: 1983.
  MALY, Hersz,  1899-       *Contribution k
l'etude  du raccourcissement du femur  sain  dans
la grande boiterie.  70p.  pl.  8?  Par., M. Vigne,
1932
  MALZ, Wilhelm,  1907-        *Ein  Beitrag
zur Frage der Diagnostik der Lungenmissbil-
dungen im Kindesalter  [Jena]  33p.  8?  Borna-
Lpz., R. Noske,  1934.
  MALZACHER,  Ursula,  1913-       ^Unter-
suchungen  iiber  die hygienischen  Verhaltnisse
der Landschulhauser im Schwarzwaldbezirk  Neu-
stadt.  43p.  21cm.  Freib. i. B., T. Kehrer, 1937.
  MALZBERG, Benjamin,  1893-       *Mor-
tality   among  patients  with  mental  disease
[Columbia  Univ.]   234p.   8°   Utica,  X.  Y.,'
State Hosp.  Pr., 1934.
  ----   Life tables for New  York City,  1930.
p.74-81.   8?  [n. p.] 1936.
  ----   Social and  biological  aspects  of  mental
disease,   iv,  360p.  tab.  diagr.  24J4cm.  Utica,
State Hosp.  Pr., 1940.
  See also Pollock, H. M., Malzberg, B., & Fuller, R. G.
Hereditary and environmental factors in the causation of
manic-depressive psychoses. 473p. 25cm. Utica, 1939.
  MAMEN, Christian Gr^nvold,  1887-
  For portrait see in  Norges laeger  (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927,
Suppl., 223.
  MAMI, Abderahman, 1904-      *R61e  de la
quinacrine  dans  le  traitement  du paludisme.
36p.  8?  Par., Jouve & cie, 1935.
  MAMIE,  Maurice.   *Les  poussees  miliaires
successives  et terminales  dans  la phtisie  pul-
monaire.   66p.   tab.   fold.  pl.  24cm.  Lau-
sanne, F. Roth & cie, 1942.
  MAMIER,   Adolf    Hermann,   1911-  '
*Beitrag  zur Kenntnis der generalisierten Vac-
cine  [Heidelberg]  13p.  21cm.   Rheingonheini
A. Kroner,  1936.

MAMILLA.
  See Breast, Nipple.

MAMILLARY  bodies.
  See under Brain, Diencephalon.

MAMILLARY  process.
  See under Vertebra.


MAMILLOTHALAMIC fasciculus.
  See  Brain, Diencephalon: Hypothalamus;  Vi-
sion, Pathways.
  MAMINOT, Gilbert, bishop of Lisieux,
-1101.
  J., R. R.  Gilbert Maminot, the conqueror's physician.
Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 1166.
  MAMLOK, Erich [M. D., 1939, Basel]  *Ueber
den diagnostischen  Wert von  Ricinzusatz  bei
der  Bestimmung  der  Senkungsgeschwindigkeit
der  roten Blutkorperchen.  15p.   21cm.  Basel,
Volksdr. Basel, 1939.
  MAMLOK,  Ernst,   1901-       *Ueber  die
konservative Therapie bei veralteten Schulter-
luxationen.  17p.  8?  Bresl. [L.  Freund] 1927.
  MAMLOK,  Hans,   1908-       *Ueber  die
Dialysierfahigkeit des  Insulins und des in den
technischen  Insulinen  enthaltenen   hypergly-
kamisierenden Prinzipes.  20p.   tab.  8?  Bonn,
H.  Trapp, 1934.
  MAMLOK, Hans  Jacques,  1875-1940.  Die
Porzellanfullung; Lertfaden  fiir das  Fiillen  der
Zahne mit  Porzellan und  dessen Anwendung in
einigen besonderen Fallen.  3. Aufl.  xiv,  75p.
8?   Berl., Berlin. Verl., 1921.
  For obituary see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1940, 1: 547.

MAMMA.
  See Breast; Udder.

MAMMALIA.
  See  also  Vertebrata;   also  Bat;  Carnivora;
Cetacea;  Insectivora;  Marsupialia,  etc.;  also
Mammalogy.
  Beddard,   F.  E.    Mammalia.   605p.    8?
Lond., 1902.
  British  Museum  (Natural  History)  Guide
to the galleries of mammals (other than ungulates)
in  the Department  of Zoology of the  British
Museum (Natural  History)  101 p.   8?   Lond.,
1906.
  Elliot, D.  G.  A catalogue of the collection of
mammals  in the  Field  Columbian Museum.
694p.   8?   Chic, 1907.
  Forms No. 115, Pub. Field Columbian Mus., Chic.
   Hollister,  N.   East  African  mammals in
the United  States  National  Museum;  pt 3:
Primates,   Artiodactyla,   Perissodactyla,  Pro-
boscidea,  and Hyracoidoa.   164p.   8?   Wash.,
1924.
   Forms No. 99, of Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.
   Lyox, M. \V., jr, A-  Osgood, \V. H.  Catalogue
of  the type-specimens of mammals in the United 
MAMMALIA                                 217                                  MAMMALIA
 States  National   Museum,  including  the bio-
 logical  survey  collection.    325p.   8?   Wash.,

 1909.
   Forms No. 62, of Bull. Smithson. Inst.

   Miller,  G. S.  List of  North American land
 mammals in the United States National Museum,
 1911.  455p.  8?  Wash., 1912.
 ' Forms No. 79, of Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.

   ——  List of North American recent mammals,
 1923.  673p.   8?  Wash.,  1924.
   Forms No. 128 ,of Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.

   POOLE, A.  J.,  & SCHANTZ, V. S.  Catalog  of
 the type specimens of mammals  in  the United
 States  National   Museum,  including  the bio-
 logical surveys collection. 705p.  24J4cm.  Wash.,
 1942.
   Stadtmuller,   F.    Kranium  und  Visceral-
 skelett der Saugetiere.   p.839-1016.   4?   Berl.,
 1936.
   In: Handb. vergl. Anat. (Bolk,  L., et al.) Berl., 1936, 4:

   Wideman,  C.  J.  Mammalian structure.  60p.
 29cm.  Chic, 1941.
   Anthony, R.  L'etude de  l'anatbmie  comparee des mam-
 miferes  en France, k l'<§poque  actuelle.  Rev. g<§n. sc. pur.,
 1917, 28: 546-53.—Carruccio, A.  Di un Macropus rufus e di
 un Arctocephalus ursinus ora introdotti nella collezione generale
 dei Mammiferi del R. Museo Universitario di Roma. Boll.
 Soc. zool. ital., 1913, 3. ser., 2: 62-7.—Ensayo de una sinonimia
 vulgar y cientifica de los mamiferos  Mexicanos.  Bol. Dir.
 estud. biol., Mex., 1915, 1: 11-41.—Gill, T.  The name mam-
' mal and the  idea expressed.  Rep. Smithson. Inst.  (1903)
 1904, 537-44.—Hall, E. R.  Criteria for vertebrate subspecies,
 species and genera; the mammals.  Ann. N. York Acad.  Sc,
 1943-44, 44: 141-4.—Harper, F.  The  nomenclature and type
 localities of certain Old World mammals. J. Mammal., 1940,
 21:  191; 322.—Matthew, W. D.  Relationships of the orders
 of mammals.  Ibid., 1943,  24:  304-11.—Shufeldt,  R.  W.
 An arrangement  of the families and the higher groups of the
 mammalia.. Nyt. mag. naturvid., 1911, 49: 65-80.—Simpson,
 G. G.  Vernacular names  of South American mammals.  J.
 Mammal., 1941,  22:  1-17.—Tecoz, H. F.   Decouverte d'un
 nouveau mammifere.  Praxis, Bern, 1944, 33: 104.—Thomas,
 O.  The mammals of the tenth edition of Linnaeus; an attempt
 to fix the types of the genera and the exact bases and localities
 of the species.  Proc. Zool. Soc. London,  1911, pt 1., 120-58.

 ----  aquatic.

   Howell,  A.   B.    Aquatic   mammals;  their
 adaptations to  life  in  the water.   338p.   8?
 Springf., 111.,  1930.
   Anthony, R.  Les mammif£res aquatiques et leurs caracteres
 d'adaptation.  Rev. sc, Par., 1924, 62: 324-31.—Birula, A. A.
 Ueber die Seesaugetiere des Weissen Meeres.  Zool. Anz.,
 1934, 107:  10-22.—Kellogg, R.  Tertiary, quaternary,  and
 recent marine mammals of South America and the West Indies.
 Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940)  1942, 8.  Congr., 3: 445-73 —
 Krumbiegel, I.  Untersuchungen  uber  Korpergestalt  und
 Warmehaushalt der Saugetiere, besonders der aquatilen For-
 men. Biol. Zbl., 1933, 53: 123-48.

 ----   Biology.

   See  also under names of organs and functions.
   Doflein, F.   Die  Fortpflanzung, die Schwan-
 gerschaft  und  das   Gebaren   der  Saugetiere.
 2. Aufl.  70p.  8?  Jena, 1920.
   Sokolowsky,   A.    Ueber  die Beziehungen
 zwischen Lebensweise urid Zeichnung  bei  Sauge-
 tieren.   54p.   8?   Ziir.,  1895.
   Barcroft, J.  The mammal before and  after birth.  Irish
 J. M. Sc, 1935, 6. ser., 289-301.—Benazzi, M.  L'evoluzione
 di un carattere biologico nei Mammiferi; la viviparity.  Arch.
 zool. ital., 1933, 19: Suppl., 1-84.—Calhoun, J. B. .Distribu-
 tion and food habits of mammals in the vicinity of the Reelfoot
 Lake Biological Station.   J. Tennessee  Acad. Sc,  1941, 16:
 177;  passim.—Chapman, R. N.  A study of the correlation of
 the pelvic structure and the habits of certain burrowing mam-
 mals. Am. J. Anat.,  1919,  25:  185-219.—Gregory, W.  K.
 Convergence and allied phenomena in the mammalia.  Rep.
 Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc. (1913) 1914,  525.—Hamilton, W. J., jr.
 The food of small forest mammals in  Eastern United  States.
 J. Mammal., 1941, 22: 250-63.—Jones, F. W.  Some curi-
 osities of mammalian reproduction; mammals  that produce
 uniovular litters.  J. Obst.  Gyn.  Brit. Empire, 1945,  52:
 55-70.—Long, W. S.  Notes on the life histories of some Utah
 mammals.  J.  Mammal., 1940, 21: 170-80—Moulton, C. R.
 Age and chemical development  in mammals.  J. Biol. Chem.,
 1923, 57: 79-97.—Palmer,  L. J.   Food requirements of some
 Alaskan game mammals.  J. Mammal., 1944,  25: 49-54.—
Portmann, A.  Zahl der Jungen, Tragzeit und Ausbildungsgrad
der  Jungen  bei der  Geburt.  Biomorphosis, Basel, 1938,  1:
109-26.—Rand, A. L.  On the  habits of some Madagascar
mammals.  J. Mammal.,  1935, 16: 89-104.—Schufeldt, R. W.
Types of mammals; with  notes on hybrids, diseases, albinism,
and other conditions equally applicable to man.  Med. Rec,
N.  Y., 1921,  99:  180-6.—Sokolowsky, A.  Brutpflege und
Jungenfursorge bei Saugetieren.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1916, 12:
1003.—Tanaka, H.  Remark on  the viviparous character of
Coeloplana.  Annot. zool. jap.,  1930-32, 13: 399-404, pl —
Todd, T.  W.  Ageing  of vertebrates; mammals.  In: Probl.
Ageing (Cowdry, E. V.) 2.  ed., Bait., 1942, 73.—Van Bemmelen.
Convergence in  mammals.  Rep. Brit. Ass.  Advance.  Sc.
(1913) 1914, 524.


----  domestic.
  See also Animals,  domestic.
  Ellenberger, W.   Lehrbuch der  Histologie
und  vergleichenden  mikroskopischen Anatomie
der Haussaugetiere.   394p.  8?  Berl., 1931.
  Vatjcel, G.  F.   Considerations zootechniques
et  economiques sur  quelques  mammiferes  do-
mestiques au  Laos   [Alfort]   42p.   8?   Par.,
1930.
  Skoda, K.  Einige schwer zu deutende anatomische Beson-
derheiten  bei  Haussaugetieren.  Wien.  tierarztl.  Mschr.,
1926, 13: 8-18.

----  Ecology.
  Allen, G.  M.   Mammals of the West Indies.
p.175-263.   8?  Cambr.,  1911.
  Forms No. 6, v. 54, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard.
  ----A checklist of African  mammals.  763p.
8?   Cambr., 1939.
  Forms v.  83, Bull. Comp. Zool. Harvard.
  Bailey, V. ' Harmful and beneficial mammals,
with special reference to  the  Carson and  Hum-
boldt Valleys, Nevada.   31p.   8?   Wash., 1908.
  Forms No. 335, Farmers Bull.
  Blair,  W.  F.   The small mammal population
of  a  hardwood forest  in  Northern  Michigan.
lOp.   25>^cm.  Ann Arb., 1941.
  ----Ecological  distribution of mammals  in
the Tularosa Basin,  New Mexico.  24p.   25^cm.
Ann Arb., 1943.
  ----    Population  of   the  deer-mouse  and
associated  small  mammals   in  the  Mesquite
Association  of  southern  New  Mexico.   40p.
25>4cm.   Ann Arb.,  1943.
   Borell,  A. E.,  & Bryant,  M. D.  Mammals
of  the Big  Bend area of  Texas.   62p.   26>^cm.
Berkeley, 1942.
   Burt,  W.  H.   Faunal  relationships and geog-
raphic  distribution  of  mammals  in   Sonora,
Mexico.   77p.   8?   Ann  Arb., 1938.
   Forms No. 39, Misc. Pub. Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool.

  ----Territorial   behavior  and   populations
of  some small  mammals  in southern Michigan.
58p.   2by2cm.   Ann Arb., 1940.
  Forms No. 45, Misc. Pub. Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool.

   Elliot, D.  G.   A check list of mammals  of
the North American  continent, the West  Indies
and  the  neighboring  seas.   761p.    8?   Chic,
1905.
  Forms No. 105, Pub. Field Mus. Natur. Hist., Chic.

   Enders,   R.  K.    Mammalian  life  histories
from  Barro Colorado Island, Panama.   118p.
8?   Cambr., 1935.
  Forms No. 4, v. 78, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard.

   Grinnell, J.  A  systematic list of the maln-
mals  of  California,   p.313-24.   8?   Berkeley,
1923.
  Forms No. 10, v. 21, Univ. California Pub. Zool.

   Hollister, N.   Mammals  collected  by John
Jay White in East Africa.   12p.  8?  Wash., 1910.
   Kellogg,  R.   Annotated  list  of Tennessee
mammals,  p.245-303.  8?  Wash., 1939.
  Forms No. 3051, v. 86, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 
MAMMALIA                                     21S                                     MAMMALIA
   Mearns,  E.  A.    Mammals  of  the   Mexican
 boundary of the United States. Part 1:  Families
 Didelphiidao  to  Muridae.   529p.    8?   Wash.,
 1907.
   Forms No. 56, Bull. Smithson. Inst.

   Mour,  C. O.    A comparison  of Xorth Ameri-
 can  small-mammal censuses.   p.54f>-87.   23cm.
 Notre Dame, 1943.
   Tate,  G.  H.    A list  of the  mammals of  the
 Japanese war area.  4 pts.  19cm.  N. V., 1944.
   Allen,  G. M., & Coolidge, H. J., jr.   Mammals of Liberia.
 In: Afr. Rep. Liberia (Strong, R. P.)  Canibi., 1930, 2: 569-622.
 ------Mammal and bird collections of the Asiatic primate
 expedition; mammals.  Bull.M.us. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1940,
 87: 131-66.—Allen,  G. M., & Lawrence, B.  Scientific results
 of an expedition to  rain  forest regions in  Eastern  Africa;
 mammals.  Ibid., 1936,  79: 31-125, 5  pl.—Allen, G. M.,  &
 Loveridge,  A.   Scientific  results  of a  fourth expedition  tc
 forested  areas in East and Central  Africa; mammals.  Ibid.,
 1942, 89: 147-214, 5 pl.—Anthony, H. E.  Mammals collected
 by the Vernav-Cutting Burma Expedition.  In: Papers Mam-
 mal.  (Field Mus.) Chic, 1941, 37-123,  4 pl.—Anthony, R.,  &
 Soyer, R.  Recherches sur une faune  mammalienne  des al-
 luvions modernes de la Seine, n^olithique, pare de Saint-Cloud,
 pres Paris; presence  d'un chameau.   Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris,
 1939, 8.  ser.,  10:  99-154.—Baker,  R.  H.  Notes  on small
 mammals of eastern Texas.  J.  Mammal., 1942, 23: 343.—
 Boker,  H.   Beobachtungen  und Untersuchungen  an  Sauge
 tieren wahrend  einer biologisch-anatomischen  Foi scliungs-
 reise  nach Brasilicn  im Jahre  1928.   Morph. Jahrb., 1932, 70:
 1-66.—Burt, W.  H.  Territoriality and  home range concepts
 as  applied  to mammals.   J.  Mammal.,  1943,  24: 346-52.
 ------& Hooper, E. T.  Notes on mammals from Sonora and
 Chihuahua,  Mexico.  Occas.  Papers  Univ.   Michigan  Mus.
 Zool., 1941,  No. 430, 1-7.—Chenoweth,  H. E.  The reactions
 of certain moist forest  mammals to  air  conditions and its
 bearing on problems of manmuilian  distribution.   Biol. Bull.,
 1917, 32: 183-201.-  Dice, L. R., & Sherman, H. B.  Notes on
 the mammals of Gogebic and Ontonagon counties. Michigan,
 1920.  Occas. Papers  Univ.  Michigan Mus. Zool.. 1922,  No.
 109, 46 p., 3 pl.—Doutt, J. K., Howell, A. B., A- Davis, W. B,
 The mammal collections of  North America.  J.  Mammal.,  1945,
 26: 231-72.—Falcoz, L. Contribution a la faune des terriers de
 mammif^res. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1912,  154: 1380-3.—Goldman,
 E.A.  Descriptions of five new mammals from Panama. Smithson.
 Misc. Collect., 1914, 63: No.  5.—Grinnell, J.   Review of the
 recent mammal fauna of  California.  Univ.  California  Pub.
 Zool., 1933, 40: 71-234.------A- Storer, T. I.  Diagnoses of
 seven new  mammals  from  East-Central California.   Ibid.,
 1916, 17:  1-8.—Heim de Balsac, H.  I'aune mammalienne des
 iles  littorales atlantiques.   C.  rend.  Acad,  sc,  1940,  211:
 212-4.—Hill, J.  E.  A collection of mammals from  Dondi,
 Angola.   J.  Mammal., 1941,  22: 81-5.------Notes on
 mammals  of northeastern New Mexico.  Ibid.,  1942,  23:
 75-82.—Hilzheimer, M.  Die  Wanderungen  der  Saugetiere.
 Erg. Biol., 1929, 5: 219-89— Hollister, N.  A list of the mam-
 mals  of the Philippine  Islands, exclusive  of the Cetacea.  Phil-
 ippine J. Sc, 1912, 7: 1-64.—Hooper, E. T.  Mammals of the
 lava  fields  and  adjoining  areas in Valencia  County,  New
 Mexico.   Misc.  Pub. Univ. Michigan  Mus. Zool.,  1941,  No.
 51, 1-47,  3  pl.—Knobloch, I. W.   Notes on a collection of
 mammals from the Sierra Madres of  Chihuahua, Mexico.
 J. Mammal., 1942,  23:  297.—Koestner, E. J.  Some recent
 records of central Illinois mammals.  J. Tennessee Acad. Sc,
 1941, 16:  46.—Komarek.E. V.  Notes on mammals of Menom-
inee Indian reservation,  Wisconsin.  J.  Mammal., 1932, 13:
203-9.—Kuroda,  N.  On a collection of Japanese  and  For-
 mosan mammals.  Annot. zool. jap.,  1920, 9: pt. 5, 599-611.—
Leraas.H.J.  Notes on mammals from west-central Minnesota.
J. Mammal., 1942, 23:  343-5.—Manning, T. H.  Notes on the
 mammals of  south  and central west  Baffin Island.   Ibid.,
 1943, 24:  47-59.—Manville, R. H.   Notes on the  mammals of
 Mount  Desert  Island,  Maine.  Ibid.,  1942, 23:  391-8 —
 Martin  del  Campo,  R.  Ensayo de  interpretacion del Libro
 XI de la  Historia general  de las cosas de Nueva Espafia, de
 Frav  Bernardino de  Sahagun; los niainifeios.  An. Inst, biol.,
Mex., 1941,  12: 489-506.—Miller, G.  S., jr.  Zoological results
of the George Vanderbilt  Sumatran expedition,  1936-1939;
mammals collected  by Frederick A. Ulmer. jr.  on Sumatra
and  Nias.  Proc  Acad.  Natur. Sc. Philadelphia,  1942,  94:
107-65,  4 pl— Ogneff, S. I., & Heptner, W. G.   Einige  Mit-
teilungen  iiber die  Saugetiere des mittleren  Kopet-Dag und
der  anliegenden Ebene  (Russisi h-Turkestan)   Zool.  Anz.,
 1928,  75:  258-66.—Pilgrim,  G. E.  The  dispersal  of  the
Artiodactyla.  Biol.  Rev. Cambridge Philos.  Soc, 1941, 16:
13^-63.—Preble, N. A.  Notes on the  mammals  of Morrow
countv,  Ohio.  J. Mammal.,  1942,  23: 82-6.—Rail,  U. M.
 [Mammals of the Volga-Ural flatlands]   Vest, mikrob., 1934,
13: 71-8.—Raven, H.  C, & Gregory,  W.  K.   Wallaces line
and the distribution of Indo-Australian  mammals.  Bull. Am.
Mus.  Nat. Hist., 1935, 68: No. 1, 179-283, 10 maps.—Ritchie, J.
The migrations of terrestrial and aerial mammals.   Rep. Brit.
Ass. Advance. Sc, 1935, 393.—Scott, W. B.   North  American
ruminant-like mammals.   Biol. Lect..   Wood's  Hole, 1899,
243-64.—Simpson,  G. G.   Mammals  and  land  bridges.  J.
Washington Acad. Sc, 1940, 30: 137-63.  ------  Mammals
\nd the nature of continents.   Am. J.  Sc, 1943, 241: 1-31.—
Soper.  J.  I).  Mammals  of  Wood  Buffalo  Park,  northern
Albeita. and District of Mackenzie.   .1. Mammal.,  1942, 23:
119  15.  2 pl.—Thomas.  O.  Preliminary diagnoses of new
mammals obtained by  Yale & National Geographic Society
l'eimian Expedition.   Smithson.  Mise  Collect.,  1917,  68:
1-3.- Weaver. R. L.  Notes on a  collection of mammals from
the southern coast of the  Labrador I'enin-ula.  J. Mammal
1940, 21: 417-22.-  Whitlow. W. IL. A. Mall, V.. R.  Mammals
of the  Pocatello region  of Southeastern Idaho.  Univ. Cali-
fornia  Pub.  Zool.,  1933,  40: 235-75.—Wood,  N.  A.  The
mammals of Washtenaw Countv, Michigan.   Occas.  Papers
Univ.  Michigan  Mus.  Zool., 1922, No.  123, 1-23.  -----.
Notes on the mammals of Berrien Countv, Michigan.   Ibid
No.  124, 1-4.

——   fossil.
   Anthony, H. E.  Summary of the fossil land mammals of the
West Indies.  Proc Am. Sc Congr. (1940) 1942, 8. Coiilt.. 4:
359-63.—Ashley  Montagu, M. F.   The earliest account  of t |,e
association of human artifacts with fossil mammals  in  North
America.  Science,  1942,  .95:  380.—Borisiak,  A.  [Chali-
cotheres,  Phvllotillon betpakdalensis  t Klerow) as a biological
tyre]  Zool.*J., Moskva,  1944, 23: 125 31.-  Chaminaud, R.
Dilobodon garcii, n. sp.   Sem. mdd.. B. Air., 1940,  47: pt 1,
50-2.—Friant,  M.  Quelques mammiferes  mousteriens  de la
Orotte  des Cottets, Vienne.  Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris,  1939,
8. ser.,  10: 175-9.—Furlong, E. L.  Occurrence of the pliocene
antelope, Tlingoceros, in Nevada.  Science. 1943, 97: 262.—
Gazin,  ('. L.   fossil mammalia from  the  Altnv formation in
western  Wyoming.  .1.  Washington   Acad.   Sc,  1942.  32:
217-20.- Hewes, G. W.  Camel,  horse and  bison associated
with  human burials  and  artifacts neai  Fio-no.  California.
Science, 1943,  97:  328.—Joleaud, L.  l.e-  migrations  des
mammiferes  americains et africains k travers les rdgions at-
lantiques pendant les  temps n^ogSnes.  Rev. g£n.  sc.  pur.,
1919, 30: 704-13.—Lyon, M. W.,  jr.   Mammal remains from
two prehistoric  village sites  in New Mexico and Arizona.   Bull.
U. S. Nat. Mus., 1906, 31: 647-9— Scott, W. B.  The later
cenozoic mammalian  faunas of South America.   I'roc.  Am.
Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942, 8. Congr.,  4: 333-57.—Simpson,  G. G.
The  first mammals.  Q. Rev. Biol., 1935, 10:  154-80.  ------
The  beginning of the age of mammals.  Biol. Rev. Cambridge
Philos. Soc, 1937, 12: 1-47.  -----—  Early cenozoic mammals
of South America.  Proc.  Am.  Sc.  Congr.   (1940)  1942, 8.
Congr., 4: 303 32.—Sternberg, G. F., &  Robertson, G.  M.
A pliocene waterhole in western  Kansas.  Science,  1942,  95:
97.—Stock,  ('.   An upper  oligocene  mammalian fauna from
southern California.  Proc. U. S.  Nat. Acad. Sc,  1932,  18:
550.   â– -------The succession of mammalian forms within the
period in which human remains are known to occur in  America.
Am.  Natur.,  1936,  70: 324-31.—Wortman, J. L.  Studies of
eocene mammalia in the Marsh collection,  I'eabodv Museum.
Am.  J. Sc, 1901-04, 4. ser., 11 :-17: 333; passim.

----   injurious.

   Johnson,   G.  E.    Control   of  mammals in-
jurious  to  agriculture  in  Kansas.   lOp.    8?
Topeka,  1940.
   Jettmar, H. M.  Die Baue einiger  transbaikalischer Sauge-
tiere  in  schematischer  Darstellung.  Rep.   N.  Manchur,
Plague Prev.  Serv., 1927-28, 6: 198-207, pl.  Schufeldt, R. W.
The  extermination of  mammals;  their economic value; and
their importance to man through the study of their comparative
anatomy.  Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1921, 99: 777-82.

----   Origin.
   Bresslau,  E.  A  origem dos  mammiferos.   Ann.   Acad.
brasil.  sc.  1935,  7: 33-55,  4 pl.—Broom,  R.  The  origin of
mammals.   Pep.  Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc. (1905) 1900, 75: 437.
-------   Croonian lecture;  the  origin  of mammals.   I'roc. R,
Soc, Lond., 1913, 87: ser. B, 87.—Gregory, W. K.  Primitive
placental mammals of the  paleocene and neocene epochs, and
the origin of their molar types.   J. Dent. Res., 1920, 2: 216.—
Hilzheimer, JV1.    Neigen  inselbewohnende  Saugetiere  zu
einer Abnahme der Korpcigrosse? Arch.  Rassenb.,  1909, 6:
305-21.—Hogben, L. T.   The progressive reduction of  the
jugal in the  Mammalia.   I'roc R. Zool. Soc. London,  1919,
pts 1 & 2, 71-8.—Lange, D. de.   Einige kritische Bemerkungen
zu A. Portmann: Die Ohtogenese der Saugetiere als Evolutions-
problem.  Biomorphosis, Basel, 1938,  1:  163-8.—Lull.  R. S.
Adaptations to  aquatic, arboreal, fossoreal and cursorial habits
in mammals.  Am. Natur., 1903, 37: 651; 731; 819; 1904, 38: 1-
Magne  de la Croix, P.  Evolution et decadence locomotrice
chez   les  mammiferes.  Rev. path,  comp.,   Par.,  1940,  40:
22-0.—Matthew,  W. D.  The arboreal ancestry of the  Mam-
malia.   Am.  Natur., 1904, 38: 811 18.  Osborn, H. F.   The
causes  of extinction of Mammalia.  Ibid., 1906, 40: 769; 829.
------Des principes qui ont pieside a evolution biomeeanique
des mammiferes.   C. rend.  Acad. sc. 1933,  1P6:  1760^3 —
Portmann, A.   Die Ontogenese der Siiugetiere als Evolutions-
problem. Biomorphosis, Basel, 1938,  1: 49; 109.—Romer, F.
Zur  Frage nach dem Ursprunge der Schuppen der Saugetiere.
Anat. Anz.. 1892-93. 8:  526-32.  Schaefer,   H.  Studien an
mitteleuropaischen Kleinsaugern,  mit  besondeier Beriicksich-
tigung der Rassenbildung.    Arch. Naturgesch.,  1935,  n. r.,
4: 535-90.—Sixta, V.   Ueber  den Ursprung der Saugetiere
(Mammalia)  Zool. Anz.,  1905, 28: 671-8.—Smith, G. E.  Dis- 
MAMMALIA
219
MAMOU
 cussion on the origin of mammals.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance.
 So." (1911)  1912, 424-8.—Steinmann, G.  Zur Abstammung
 der Sauger.  Zschr. indukt.  Abstamm.,  1909,  2:  65-90.—
 Terry, R. J.  Parallelism of variation in a mammalian series.
 Anat. Rec, 1923, 26: 171-4.—Trouessart, E.  L'origine pr^his-
 torique de nos mammiferes domestiques.  Biologica, Par., 1911,
 l: 296-306.


 MAMMALOGY.

    See also Mammalia; Zoology.
    Chicago, III..  Field  Museum  of Natural
 History.   Zoological   series,   v.27:  Papers on
 mammalogy;  published  in  honor  of  Wilfred
 Hudson Osgood.  395p.  24>/2cm.  Chic,  1941.
    Journal of  Mammalogy.  Bait., v.-l,  1919-
    Manuel, C. G.   The  development of mammalogy in the
 Philippines.  Rep.  Nat. Res. Counc. Philippine Islands, 1935,
 447-50.—Schufeldt, R. W.  Mammalogy;  an anatomical and
 taxonomic consideration  of the group to which man belongs.
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1920, 98: 421; 673.

 ---   Methods.

    Miller, G.  S., jr.   Directions for preparing
 studv  specimens  of small mammals.   9p.   8?
 Wash., 1899.
    Forms part of No. 39,  Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.
    Blair, W. F.  Techniques for the study of mammal popula-
 tions.   J. Mammal., 1941, 22: 148-57.—Cook, A. H.  A tech-
 nique for marking mammals.   Ibid., 1943, 24: 45-7.—Kroning,
 F. I.  Die Ziichtung und Haltung von Saugetieren (Kaninchen,
 Meerschweinchen, Ratten, Mausen) In: Handb. biol. Arbeits-
 meth.  (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1938, 9, T. 7, Bd 3: 711-28 —
 Raster,  E.  Aufzucht keimfreier  Saugetiere. Ibid., Abt. 4,
 T. 9, 419-36.—Park, O., & Woods, L. P.  A modified H»m-
 mingsen-Krarup mammalian activitv  recorder.  Proc.  Soc.
 Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1940, 43: 366-70.—Seton, E. T.  For a
 methodic study of  life-histories of mammals.  J. Mammal.,
 1920,  1: 67-9.—Sumner, F. B.  Linear  and colorimetric
 measurements of small mammals. Ibid., 1927, 7: 177-206,
 4pl.


 MAMMA masculina.

    See Breast, male.


 MAMMARY  artery.

    See Thoracic  artery.


 MAMMARY  gland.

    See  Breast; Udder.


 MAMMARY  tumor.

   See   Breast,   Cancer,  experimental;   Breast,
 Tumor—in animals.


 MAMMEA.
   Plank, H.  K.  Insecticidal properties of manev  and other
 plants in Puerto Rico.  J. Econ. Entom., 1944, 37: 737-9.

   MAMMEN,  Heinrich,  1888-        *Zur Be-
 handlung des Keuchhustens.  80p.  8?  Wiirzb.,
 C  J. Becker, 1928.


 MAMMITIS.

   See Breast, Inflammation; Udder,  Inflamma-
 tion.


 MAMMOCOCCUS.

   See Streptococcus liquefaciens.


 MAMMOGEN.

   See  Lactogenic hormone.


 MAMMOTH.

   See  Elephantidae.
   MAMOU,  Henry, 1903-        *Sclerodermie
et   cataracte;   maladie  de  Rothmund;   essai
clinique et  pathogenique.   176p.   pl.   8?   Par.,
 A. Legrand, 1931.
  ----Recueil clinique de pathologie infectieuse
en   Afrique  du  Nord.  190p.   25cm.   Tunis,
S. A. P. I., 1945.
  MAN, Janus Cornelius de, 1818-1909.
  Nuyens, B. W. T.  [J. C. de Man's letters to his father]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 1447-51, pl.

  MAN, Johannes Govertus de,  1850-1930.
  For obituary see J. Helminth., Lond., 1930, 8: 65-8.


MAN (Homo)

  See also Anthropology; Paleontology.
  Carrel, A.   Man,  the unknown.   346p.   8?
N.  Y., 1935.
   Codazzi Aguirre, J.  A.   El  reino  hominal;
proposiciones basicas para la mejor comprension
de  la historia.  259p.  24cm.   B.  Air., 1943.
   Guyer,  M.   F.   Speaking  of  man.   321p.
23cm.   N. Y. [1942]
   Ingenieros, J.   Las doctrinas de Ameghino;
la  tierra,  la  vida y el hombre.    221p.   8?   B.
Air., 1919.
   Langdon-Brown,  "W.    Thus  we are men.
344p.  22#cm.   Lond. [1939]
   Boitel,  W.   L'homme,  cet inconnu.   Schweiz.  Mschr.
Zahnh.,  1937,  47:  158-69.—Buttersack.  Zum Problem:
Mensch.   Wien.  med. Wschr., 1943, 93: 354.—Carrel,  A.
L'homme,  cet inconnu.  Bull, med.,  Par., 1935,  49: 883-5.
Also Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par., 1936, 8: 166; 262.—Cole,  F. C.
Man. In: World & Man (F. R. Moulton) N.  Y., 1937, 486-
517.—Grossi, V.  Economia humana.   Cron.  m£d. m6x.,
1935, 34: 237-40.—Osborn, F.  To what extent is  a science of
man possible?  Sc. Month., 1939, 49: 452-9.—Ros Jimeno, J.
Valor economico del hombre.  Bull.  Inst, internat.  statist.,
1931, 26:  818-40.—Tecoz, H.  F.   Remarques sur l'homme.
Praxis,  Bern, 1943, 32: 564.—Tournier, P.  Der Mensch und
der christliche Arzt.  Ibid., 1942, 31: 191.

----   Advancement.

   See  also Civilization;  Culture; History;  Pre-
history.
   Howells,  W.  Wr.  Mankind  so  far.   319p.
23/2cm.   Garden City, N. Y.,  1944.
  Jennings,  H.  S.   Prometheus; or,   Biology
and the advancement of  man.  86p.  16?   N. Y.
[1925]
  Conklin, E. G. Principles and possibilities of human evolu-
tion. Internat. Clin., 1930, 40. ser., 1: 213-32, 3 pl.—Ephemera
or gods? Clin. M. & S., 1940, 47: 49.—Escomel, E.  L'armonina
como fuente armonica de felicidad humana.  In: Libro de oro
M.  R. Castex, B. Air., 1938, 2: 443-6.—Fischer,  M. H.  In
praise of man.  Cincinnati  J. M., 1943-44,  24: 336-59.—
Gregory, W. K.  The origin, rise and decline of Homo sapiens.
Sc.  Am. Month., 1934, 39:  481-96.—Harrison, H. S.  Con-
cerning human progress.  J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain,
1936, 66: Jan.-June, 1-17.—Human evolution and  mechaniza-
tion.  Nature,  Lond., 1938, 142: 849-51.—Malinowski,  B.
Man's culture and  man's behavior.  Am.  Scientist, 1942, 30:
66-78.—Progress of man. Nature,  Lond., 1936, 138: 188 —
Roger, H.  Le passe et l'avenir de I'espece humaine.  Presse
med., 1942, 50:  163-5.—Spivey, T. S. Man the revelation.
In his Resurrection, Beverly Hills,  1925,  204-36.—Williams,
R. R. Nature and  man.  In: March of Med. (N. York Acad.
M.) N.  Y., 1943, 119-42.—Wilson, H. H.  Comments on man
the known.  California West. M., 1941, 54: 303-6.

----  Anatomical characteristics.

  See also Anatomy; Anthropometry; Biometry;
Body; Craniometry; Sex, etc.
  Correns,  H.   Der  Mensch;   Lehrbuch  dei
Anthropologie nebst Beriicksichtigung der Diate-
tik  (Hygiene)    und  Pathologie.    118p.    8°
Berl.,  1878.
  Bound in Papers on ethnology (coll. F.  L. Hoffman) 1872-
1911.
  Ariens Kappers, C. U. The frontal fissures on the endo-
cranial casts  of some Prcdmost men.  Proc. Akad. wet.  Am-
sterdam, sect, sc,  1929,  32: pt 1,  552-61, 3  pl —Belou,  P.
El hombre, nuestro tema morfol6gico.  Rev. brasil, cir.,  1944,
13:  181-96.—From an anatomist.   Lancet, Lond.,  1938,  2:
1325; 1377; 1432; 1487; 1541.—Gregory, W. K.  The biogenic
law  and the skull form of primitive man.   Am. J. Phys. An-
throp.,  1925, 8: 373-8.—Keith, A.   The  nature of man's
structural imperfections.   Brit. M.  J.,   1925, 2: 929-32 —
Kramp, P.  Die topographischen Verhaltnisse der menschlichen
Schadelbasis  (Lage  der  Condyli  occipitales,  des Foramen
magnum, der Pori acustici externi und der Processus mastoides) 
MAN                                              2S
mit Besonderer Beriicksichtigung  der  Fossilfunde  von La
Chapelle-aux-Sainta, Steinheim  a. d. Murr  und Broken Hill
(Homo rhodesiensis)   Anthrop. Anz.,  1936,  13:  112-30.—
Massari,  C.  Osservazioni sull'apertura piriforme di alcuni
reperti fossili umani.  Arch, antrop. etnol., Fir., 1928, 58:
103-6.—Montandon, G.  Les dents des paranthropiens.  Rev.
sc, Par., 1939, 77: 635-49.—Neuer (Ein) anatomischer Beweis
fur die tierische Natur des  Menschen.   Zschr. Ausbau  Ent-
wlehre,  1907,  1:  374—Riischkamp. F.  Zum Wandel und
Werden der Menschengestalt.  Umschau, 1939, 43: 411-3.—
Rusconi,  C.  El endo- y  mesonasion en los indigenas prehis-
pdnicos  de  Mendoza.  Dia  m<5d., B. Air., 1944,  16: 240.—
Schultz, A. H.  Characters  common to  higher primates and
characters specific  for man.  Q.  Rev.  Biol., 1936, 11:  259;
425.—Westenhofer,  M.   Ueber die primitive Stellung der
Menschen unter den Saugetieren.  Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien,
1930, 60: 171-80.

----   Antiquity.

   See also Prehistory;  also names of  geological
eras  as Glacial period,  etc.
   Casson,  S.   The discovery   of  man.    339p.
22#cm.    N. Y., 1939.
   Crawford,   O.  G.  S.   Man and  his  past.
227p. .8?   Lond., 1921.
   Keith, A.    New  discoveries relating to  the
antiquity of man.  512p.   8?  N. Y.,  1931.
   Lucas,  J. M.  Man's first million years.   277p.
21cm.    N. Y.,  1941.
   Sayle,  C. E.   The ages of  man.   175p.   8?
Lond., 1916.
   Cooke, H. B. S., van Riet Lowe, C, & Wells, L. H.  Geology
and early  man. Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 45-9.—Dawkins,
W. B. The place of man (Homo sapiens) in the Tertiary Period.
Rep.  Brit.  Ass. Advance.  Sc, 1927, 95: 359.—De Terra, H.
(leologic  dating of human evolution in Asia.   Sc.  Month.,
1940,  51:  112-24.—Hawkins, H. L.   Humanity in geological
perspective. "Annual  Rep. Smithson. Inst.  (1939) 1940,  253-
04.—Howells, W. W.   The age of Homo sapiens.  Sc.  Month.,
1942,  54: 552-6.—Moir, J. R.  Antiquity of the modern type
of man.  Nature,  Lond., 1938,  142: 672.—Naef, A.  Notizen
zur Morphologie  und  Stammesgeschichte  der  Wirbeltiere;
die systematischen Vorstufen der Gattung  Mensch und ihre
stratigraphische Datierung.   Biol. Zbl.,  1926, 46: 205-12.—
Osborn, H. F.  Recent discoveries relating  to the origin and
antiquity of man.   Proc Am. Philos. Soc,  1927, 66: 373-89.
------The discovery of tertiary man.  Science, 1930, 71:
1-7.—Paterson, T. T.  Geology  and early man.   Nature,
Lond., 1940, 146:  12;  49; 1941, 147: 49.—Piccinino,  F.  Fra
trentamila  anni.   Studium,  Nap., 1934, 24: 113-6.—Sayce,
A. H.  The antiquity of civilized  man.   J. R. Anthrop.  Inst.
Gr. Britain, 1930,  60: 269-82.—Stevenson,  P. H.  Time and
place  factors in early  human emergence. Sc. Month., 1939,
49: 256-61.—Stockdale, D. J.  El desenvolvimiento hist6rico
del hombre.  Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 2, 907-10.—
Tecoz, H. F.  L'homme dans 1'espace et dans  le temps.   Praxis,
Bern,  1943, 32: 476.—Varigny, H. de.  L'homme est-il d'origine
tertiaire?  Rev. gen. sc. pur., 1930,  41:  231-7.—Weinert, H.
Homo sapiens im altpalaolithischen Diluvium?  Zschr. Morph.
Anthrop.,  1934, 34: 459-68.—Westenhofer, M.  Der Mensch,
das alteste Saugetier.  Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1927, 57:
64-71.—Woollard,   H. H.   The  antiquity  of  recent  man.
Science Progr., Lond., 1938-39, 33: 17-28.

----   Distribution.

   See   also  Anthropogeography;   Ethnography;
Migration, etc.
   Bowen, E. G.  The racial geography of Europe at the dawn
of the age of metal. J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1931, 61:
349-56.—Garrod,  D. A. E.  The Near East as a gateway of
prehistoric  migration.  In:  Early Man (Internat. Sympos.)
Phila., 1937, 33-40.—Lotsy,  J. P.  Taxonomy  of mankind.
Genetica,  Gravenh.,  1932,  14:  139-50.—Mackinder, H.  J.
The human habitat.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance Sc, 1931, 100:
96-109.—Reche, O.  Rassenphysiologische  Hinweise Suf die
Heimat der Menschenrassen.  Verh.  Ges.  phys. Anthrop.,
1937,  8: 5-15.—Sahni, M. R.  Palaeogeographical revolutions
in the Indo-Burmese region and  neighbouring lands; Vindhyan
to Devonian. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1941, 10:  150.—Shimer,
H. W.  Man's ancestral home.  Sc Month., 1938, 46:  249-
54.—Thoburn, J. B.  Prehistoric migrations.  Proc. Oklahoma
Acad. Sc. (1926) 1927, 6: pt 2, 372-8.

----   early.

   See Man, prehistoric

----   Evolution.

   See  also  Creation;  Embryogeny;  Evolution;
Ontogeny; Phylogenesis; Selection;  Species.
   Binet-Saxgle,  C.  Les  ancetres de l'homme.
290p.  8?   Par.,  1931.
MAN
   Borer,  M.  I.  C.    Mankind  in the making".
152p.   19cm.   Lond.,  1939.
   Bull, T.    Man's  great  adventure.   42p.  sn
X. Y., 1934.
   Broom, R.  The coming of  man; was it  acci-
dent or design?  238p.  8?  Lond., 1933.
   Darwin,  C.  R.  The descent of man and  se-
lection  in relation to  sex.   2.  ed.  688p.   20Ucm
N. Y.,  1898.
   De Blasio,  A.  L'aurora delr'umanita.   3.  ed
134p.   8?   Nap., 1920.
   Lodge, O.   Making of man; a study  in evolu-
tion,   p.13-lSf).   12?   Lond.,  1924.
   Machin,   A.    Darwin's   theorv   applied  to
mankind.   284p.  8?   Lond.,  1937.
   Mollison,  T.   Phylogenie  des  Menschen.
104p.   8?  Berl.,  1933.
   Forms (J) of Bd 3, Handb. Vererbungswiss. (Baur, E., &
Hartmann, M.)

   Romer,  A.   S.   Man  and   the  vertebrates.
427p.   8?  Chic, 1933.
   Smith, G.  E.   The  evolution of man.   lf>!lp.
8?   Lond., 1924.  Also 2. ed.   195p.   1927.
   Sonntag,  C.   F.   M.   The   morphology and
evolution  of  the apes  and   man.   364p.   8?
Lond.,  1924.
   Vulliamy, C. E.   Our prehistoric forerunners.
214p.   8?  Lond., 1925.
   Wadstr&m,  J.  A.   *Metamorphosis  humana.
13 1.  4?  Upsala, 1767.
   Photostat facsimile.

   Wilder, H.  H.  The pedigree  of  the human
race.   368p.   8?   N. Y., 1926.
   Adloff, P. Ueber den Ursprung des Menschen im Lichte der
Gebissforschung.   Schr. Konigsberg. gelehrt. Ges., 1931, 8:
299-312,  2 pl.—Ancestrais (Os) do homem.  Impr. med., Rio,
1941, 17: No. 326,  133.—Ashley-Montagu, F. M. The Tarsian
hypothesis and the descent of man.  J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr.
Britain, 1930, 60: 335-62, 2  pl.—Bayer, J. Das Ratsel der
Menschwerdung und ein Versuch zu seiner Losung. Umschau,
1929,  33: 323-7.—Bernard,  L.  L.   The physical history of
mankind.  In his Introduct.  Sociol., N. Y.,  1942,  17-35, pl —
Bolk, L.  [Problem of development of mankind] Versl. Akad.
wet. Amsterdam, 1925, 34:  pt2, 1228-39.— Bonch-Osmolovsky,
G. A.  [New data on the  origin of man]   Priroda, Leningr.,
1940, 29: No. 3, 53-63.— Bosanquet, W. C.  The development
of man.  In his Meditatio  med., Aldershot, 1937, 27-68 —
Breasted,  J. H.   The rise  of man.   Science, 1931-32,  74:
639-44.—Breysig,  K.   Die menschheitliche Entwicklung als
Begriff und als Geschehensform.  Scientia, Bologna, 1939, 66:
36-49  [French  translation]  Suppl.,  25--35.  Clark, W. E. L.
Palaeontological evidence bearing on human evolution.  Biol.
Rev. Cambridge Philos.  Soc, 1940, 15:  202-30.—Franken-
berger, Z.  [Earliest stages of development of  man]  Bratisl.
lek. listy, 1927-28, 7: 1-9.—Friedenthal, H.  The origin of
man.   Internat.  Clin., 1931, 4:  282-307.—Gillette, J.  M.
Ancestorless man,  the anthropological dilemma.  Sc. Month.,
1943, 57: 533-45.—Gregory, W. K.  Two views of the origin
of man.  Science,  1927, 65:  601-5.------The critique of
Professor Osborn's theory of human  origin.   Am. J. Phys.
Anthrop., 1930-31, 14: 133-64.------The roles of undeviat-
ing evolution and transformation in  the origin of. man.  Am.
Natur., 1935, 69: 385-404.—Guyer, M. F. Man's place in
nature.  In his Speaking of  Man, N. Y.,  1942, 45-76— Heberer,
G.  Stammesgeschichte und Rassengeschichte  des Menschen
(aus dem Schrifttum des Jahres 1938)  Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild.,
1939, 30: H.  1, 41-56.—Hooton, E.  A.  The asymmetrical
character of human evolution. Am.  J. Phys. Anthrop., 1925,
8: 125-41.------Homo sapiens—whence and whither?
Science, 1935, 82: 19-31.—Houze.  Le probleme  de l'origine
de l'homme.  Bull. Soc anthrop. Bruxelles, 1911, 30: 647125.—
Hrdlicka. A. The problem of human evolution.  In: Science 4
Man (Anschen, R. N.) N.  Y., 1942,  17-43.—Keil, A.  Zur
Stammesgeschichte des Menschen.  Fortsch. Med., 1940, 58:
129-35.—Keith, A.  Concerning the rate of man's evolution.
Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1925, 24:  571-8.   Also  Nature,
Lond., 1925,  16: 317-20.  •-----   Cone options of man's
ancestry.  Ibid.,  1935, 135: 705-8.------Evolution of
modern man (Homo  sapiens)  Ibid., 1944, 153:  742.—Krag-
lievich, L.  Singular concordancia del sabio ingles Pilgrim con
las ideas  antropog^nicas de Florentino Ameghino.  Sem. m£d.,
B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, 593-601.—Krogh, C. von. Das Problem
der Menschwerdung.   Zschr. ges. Naturwiss.,  1940, 6:  105-
12.—Krogman, W. M.  The human family tree.  Ciba Sym-
posia, 1941-42, 3: 790-803.—Kuhn, H.  Die Stammesgeschichte
des Menschen.   Deut. Dent.,  1929, 29:  154-8.—Kiihnholtz, H.
Reflexions d'un lecteur qui veut s'instruire surle nouvel esprit
de la Revue medicale francaise, etc., de Paris,  a l'occasion du
chapitre des varie"tes  de M. Sales-Girons.  Gaz.  m£d. Mont- 
MAN
221
MAN
pellier, 1852-53, 13: 46; 59.—Le Gros Clark, W. E.  Evolu-
tionary  parallelism  and  human phylogeny.  Man, Lond.,
1936  36: 4-8.—Liacre, A.  La portee des ldees du Professeur
Vialleton.  Bull. Soc. med. S. Luc, Bourges, 1931, 37: 33-53.—
Lordat.   Spiegazione  del primo soggetto del gran quadro;
creazione dell'uomo.  Gazz.  toscana  sc.  med. fis.,  1849, 7:
276-83.  ------  Preuve de  l'insfeescence du sens  intime de
l'homnie, etc.; legons tirees des  cours de physiologie; Mont-
pellier 1844  [Review by Pierquin]  Gaz. med. Montpellier,
1852-53 13" 12; 26.—Lotsy,  J. P. What do we know of the
descent of man?  Genetica, Gravenh., 1927, 9: 289-328,  pl.—
Mendes-Correa, A. A.  La  genealogie humaine et le  poly-
phyletisme. Anthropologie, Par., 1923, 33: 147-55.—Nesturch,
M  F  [Osborn's hypothesis  of  anthropogenesis  and its  criti-
cism]' Usp. sovrem. biol., 1940, 13:  347-53.—Noir, J.   Les
origines de l'homme.  Concours m£d., 1940, 62: 559.—Osborn,
H F. Recent discoveries relating to the origin and antiquity
of'man.  Proc. Am. Philos. Soc.  (1727-1927) 1927, 66: 373-89.
-----  Recent discoveries in human evolution.  Long Island
M. J., 1927, 21: 563-7.  ------  The origin and antiquity of
man; a  correction.   Science, 1927,  65: 597.—Schopfung des
Menschen;  aus dem Hortus  Deliciarum [Illust.]  In: Einge-
weide (Bargheer, E.) Berl., 1931, opp. p. 17.—Schultz, A. H.
Embryological evidence of the' evolution of man. J. Washing-
ton Acad.  Sc, 1925, 15: 247-63.—Schwarz, R.  Das Abstam-
mungsproblem  des Menschen.   Fortsch. Zahnh.,   1931, 7:
753-66 —Short, A. R.  The problem of man's origin. Bristol
Med. Chir. J.,  1935, 52: 1-18.—Smallwood, W.  M.   The
Agassiz-Rogers debate on evolution.  Q. Rev. Biol.,  1941, 16:
1-12.—Smith, M.  H.  Man's evolution.  Med.  Rec, N. Y.,
1944, 157: 540.—Sondermann,  R.   Weiterer  Beitrag  zum
Problem der Menschwerdung.   Med. Klin., Berl.,  1942, 38:
419-21.—Vallois, H. V.  Les preuves anatomiques de l'origine
monophyl^tique  de l'homme.  Anthropologie, Par.,  1929,  39:
77-101.—Vieira, C.  Reconstruccao  do homem.  Brasil med.,
1936, 50: 454-6.—Weidenreich,  F.  Tatsachen und Probleme
der Menschheitsentwicklung.  Biomorphosis,  Basel, 1938, 1:
5-29.—Weinert,  H.  Ein neuer  Stammbaum des  Menschen.
Eugenik,  Berl.,  1931-32, 2:  180-4.—Westenhofer, Ml  El
problema del origen del hombre.  Rev. m£d. germ. iber. amer.,
1936, 9: 401-9.   Also Bol.  Soc. biol. Concepcion,  1939.  13:
33-40.

â– ---  Evolution, biological.

   See also  Brain,  Cerebration; Mind  and Body
etc.
   Carr-Saunders, A.  M.   The biological basis
of human nature.  24p.  22^cm.   Lond.,  1942.
   Jennings,   H.  S.    The  biological  basis  of
human nature.  384p.   8° N. Y., 1930.
   Montandon,  G.  L'ologenese  humaine  (olo-
genisme)   477p.  8?  Par., 1928.
   VERSLUYS,  J.,  POETZL,  0.,   &  LoRENZ,  K.
Hirngrosse  und  hormonales  Geschehen  bei  der
Menschwerdung.   50p.    24cm.   Wien,  1939.
   Bolk, L.  [Biological basis of origin of man]  Ned. tschr.
geneesk.,  1927, 71: pt 1, 2216-25.—Bonch-Osmolovsky,  G. A.
Pathological reflexes  and  the  problem  of  anthropogenesis.
C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1944,  44: 205-8.—Darlington,  C. D.
Race, class and mating in the evolution of man.  Nature,
Lond., 1943, 152: 315-9.—Gregory, W. K.  Is the pro-dawn  a
myth?  Human Biol., 1929, 1:  153-65.—Gremiacky, M. A.
[Theory of hologenesis in biology and anthropology]  Antrop.
J., Moskva, 1933, 64-82.—Metzger, C.  Au sujet de Involution
biologique de l'homme. Arch. mecl. Angers, 1920, 24: 17-31.—
Montandon, G.   L'olog^nisme.   Rev.  sc,  Par.,  1929.  67:
45-56.—Roginsky, Y. Y.  [Preservation of embryonal charac-
teristics in the process of evolution in man]  Antrop. J., Moskva,
1933, 83-103.—Sartori, C.   Hologenese;  novos   rumos na
doutrina da evolucao; evolucao por  causas  internas.  Rev.
syniatr., Rio, 1939, 32: 7; passim.—Skoblo, M. S.  [Certain
clinical data on  the  origin of man]   Voen. med. J., 1932, 3:
181-93.—Tecoz,  H.  F.  Defense de  la  finalite  biologique.
Praxis, Bern, 1943, 32: 168.

---  Evolution, spiritual.

  See also  Art;  Culture;  Invention; Literature;
Science, History, etc.
  Schmidt, R.  R.  Der Geist der Vorzeit.  243p.
23cm.   Berl.,  1934.
  ----[The  same]    The dawn of the human
mind; a study  of Palaeolithic man.  256p.   8?
Lond.,  1936.
  Warden,  C.  J.   The evolution of human be-
havior.   248p.    8?  N. Y., 1932.
  Bernard, L.  L.   Early  cultural  history of man. In his
Introduct. Sociol., N. Y., 1942, 36-58.—Breuil, H.  Renseigne-
ments ineclits sur les circonstances de trouvaille des statuettes
aurignacieimes ' des  Baouss£  Rouss6.   Arch, antrop. etnol.,
Fir., 1928, 58: 281-6, 3 pl.—Burkitt, M. C. The complexity of
prehistoric cultures.   Scientia, Bologna,  1938, 63: 219-21.—
Carr-Saunders, A.  M.  Human  evolution and the  control of
its future.  In: Evolution (De Beer, G. R.) Oxf., 1938, 111-25.—
Duff,  R.  Moa-hunters  of  the  Wairau.  Rec.  Canterbury
Mus., 1942,  5: 1-42, 19  pl.—Graziosi, P.   Le incisioni pre-
istoriche di Val Camonica.  Arch, antrop.  etnol., Fir., 1929,
59: 105-12, 9 pl.—Hawkes, C. F.  C.  Race, prehistory, and
European  civilization.   Man,  Lond.,  1942,  42: 125-30.—
Hilzheimer, M.  Historisches und Kritisches zu Bolks Problem
der Menschwerdung.  Anat. Anz., 1926-27,  62: 110-21 —
Jelgersma, H. C.  Bolk's Fetalisationslehre auf die menschliche
Psyche  angewendet.  Psychiat. neur. bl.,  Amst., 1936, 40:
604-11.—Kemal el Dine & Breuil, H.  Les gravures rupestres
du Djebel Ouenat.  Rev. sc, Par., 1928, 66: 105-17.—Kidder,
L., & Kidder, H. H.  Le Puy-de-Lacan et  ses gravures mag-
daleniennes.   Anthropologie,  Par., 1936, 46:  17-31, 2 pl.—
Kraft, G.  Der Urmensch als Schopfer.  Forsch. & Fortsch.,
1943, 19:  74.—Lang, W. D.  Human origin and  Christian
doctrine.  Nature,  Lond., 1935,  136: 168-70— Martin, H.
L'atelier solutreen du Roc (Charente) sa frise sculpted.  An-
thropologie,  Par., 1928, 38: 1-16.—Menghin, O.  Origin and
development of the early paleolithic cultures.  In: Early Man
(Internat. Sympos.) Phila., 1937, 303-14.—Rappaport, E.  The
tree  of  life;  a psychoanalytic investigation of the  origin  of
mankind.   Psychoanal.  Rev.,  1943,  30:  263-72.—Roberts,
F. H. H.,  jr.  Recent discoveries  of the material culture  of
Folsom  man. Am. Natur., 1936, 70: 337-45.—Rowe, W. P.
The origin of prehistoric art.  Man, Lond.,  1930, 30: 6-9.


----   Future.

   Schiller,  F.  C. S.   Tantalus;  or,  The future
of man.    66p.   16?   N. Y., 1924.
   Adler, A.  1st Fortschritt der  Menschheit moglich? wahr-
scheinlich?  unmoglich? sicher?   Internat.  Zschr. Individpsy-
chol., 1937,  15:  1-4.—Ashley-Montagu, M. F.  Man's bio-
logical outlook.  Psychiatry, Bait., 1943, 6: 359.—Basksdale
I. S. After body,  soul and spirit—what?  South.  M. & S.,
1936, 98: 471-3.—Futuro (O) do genero humano.  Impr. m£d.
Rio, 1943, 18: No. 350,  154-7.—Gaste,  de.  Le retour; l'hu-
manite  retrograde-t-elle?  Rev.  cosmobiol.,  Nice, 1935-36,
2: 183-9.—Inge,  W. R. The future of the human race. Proc.
R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1931, 26: pt 4, 494-515.—Kidder, A. V.
The future of man in the light of his past: the view-point of an
archeologist.  Sc Month., 1931, 32: 289-93.—Mather, K. F.
The future of man as an inhabitant of the earth.  Annual Rep.
Smithson. Inst. (1940) 1941, 215-29.  Also Sc. Month., 1940,
50: 193-203.—Mumford, L. Looking forward.  In: Science &
Man (Anshen, R. N.) N. Y., 1942, 346-57—Schraenen, W.
Un article du Dr L. Mac-Auliffe sur l'homme des temps  a
venir.   Bull. Soc.  anthrop.  Bruxelles,  1922,  37:  141-51 —
Tarde,  G.,  & Wells,  H.  G.  Underground man (fragment
d'histoire future)  Arch, anthrop. crim., Par., 1906, 21: 233-
40.—Will the human race survive?  Good Health,  1942, 77:
19.-—Woodbury,  A.  M.   Man's  biological future.   Science,
1942, 95: 121.


----   History.

   See  also History;  Prehistory.
   James,  E.  O.   An  introduction  to  anthro-
pology;  a general survey of the early history of
the human race.   259p.   8?  Lond.,  1919.
  , Lubbock,  J.   Pre-historic times, as illustrated
by ancient remains,  and the manners and customs
of modern savages.   2. ed.   640p.  24cm.   N. Y.,
1875.
   Morgan,   J.  J.   M.   de.    L'humanite pr6-
historique;   esquisse  de   pr^histoire  generale.
2. ed.  336p.  8?  Par.,  1924.
   Osborn,  H.  F.    Man  rises  to  Parnassus;
critical epochs  in the prehistory of man.   216p.
8?   Princeton,  1927.
   Prichard,  J.  C.  Researches into  the physical
history of mankind.  2. ed.   2v.  8?   Lond., 1826.
   Glory, A. A.  Un drame a 1'epoque pr^historique.   Nature,
Par., 1937, 65: pt 2, 305-7.—McCall, M. A.  Man in prehistory.
J. Hered., 1935, 26: 206.—Merriam, J. C.   Studies on the
history  of early man.   Yearb.  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington
1942, 292.


----   Nature.

   Dekker,   H.     Lebensratsel;   der   Mensch
biologisch dargestellt.  2  pt.   209p.; 231p.  12?
Stuttg.,  1906.
   Dorsey,  G.  A.   Why we behave  like human
beings.  512p.   8?    N. Y., 1927.
   McDowall,   S.  A.   Biology  and  mankind.
229p.   8?   Cambr., Engl., 1931.
   Mechnikov,  E.  I. I.    The  nature of  man.
309p.   23>/2cm.   N. Y., 1903. 
MAN
222
MAN
   Moultox,  F.  R.   The   world  and  man  as
science sees  them.   533p.  23cm.   Garden City,
X. Y.,  1937.
   Newman,  H.  H.   The  nature  of  the  world,
and of man.   ,)66p.  8?   Chic,  1926.
   Ranke, J.  Der  Mensch.  Bd 1: Entwickelung,
Bau  und   Leben   des   menschlichen  Korpers.
3. Aufl.    662p.   4?   Lpz., 1911.
   Smith,   G.  E.    Human   nature.   48p.   16?
Lond.,  1927.
   Vogel,   M.    D<t   Mensch;   vom  Werden,
Wesen und Wirken des menschlichen Organismus.
420p.   S?    Lpz!.  1930.
   Anshen, R. N.  Man,  the microcosm.  In her Science & Man,
N. Y., 1942, 471-7.—Brachet.  Quelques caracteres primitifs
de l'dominc  Bull. Soc.  anthrop. Bruxelles, 1912, 31: 133-9.—
Brugger, H.  Contribucion al  problema de!  conocimiento del
hombie.  An. Inst, psicol. B. Aires, 1941, 3: 483-97.—Canella,
M. F.  II concetto di razza umana.  Riv. psicol., 1939,  35:
176-96.—Del Valle Matheu, J.  Algunos aspectos de la hetero-
geneidad humana. Rev. Fac cienc. jur. Guatemala, 1940-42,
4: 233-40.—Faris, E.   The nature of human nature.  In his
Nature of Hum. Nat., N. Y.,  1937, 7-20.—Human tendencies.
Nature, Lond., 1936,  138: 521-3.—Huxley, J.  S.  The uni-
queness of man. In his Man Stands Alone, 2. ed., N. Y.. 1941,
1-33.—Keyser, C. J.    The nature of man.  Science,  1921,
n. ser., 54: 205-13.—Mather, K. F.  Man's physical environ-
ment and man's  behavior.  Sigma  Xi Q., 1941, 29: 130-42.
------  The human mechanism; its perfection and resources.
Homoeop.  Rec,  1942-43,  58:  550-3.—Narayan Rao, V. R.
Is man part  of the animal  world?   Proc. Soc. Biol. Chemists
India,  1936,  1: 33-5.—Rabaud, E.   Les hommes au point de
vue biologique.   J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1931, 28: 673-
704.—Ritter, W. E.  Is man a rational animal?  Human Biol.,
1930, 2: 457-72.—Roussy, G.   Homme, mesure du monde.
Presse m£d.. 1944. 52:  141.—Simon,  T.   Qu'y a-t-il dans
l'homme de spei ifiquement humain?  Rev. anthrop., Par., 1937,
47: 310-3- Tecoz. H. F.  Qu'est  ce  que l'homme?  Praxis,
Bern, 1944, 33:  295.—Tissie, P.  La nature de l'homme.  Ann.
med. phys., Anvers, 1930, 23: 305-7.—Wile, I. S. The animal
in man.  Med. Rec,  1934, 140: 636-8.—Zilboorg, G. What
man has made  of man.  Psychoanal. Q., 1938, 7: 380-98.


----   Paleobiology and paleopathology.

   See also Paleopathology.
   B., M.  Zeugen priihistorischer  Kampfe.  Umschau,  1929,
33: 473.—Bouquet,  H.   Die  Krankheiten des Ur-Menschen.
Deut.  Aerzte Ztg, 1934, 9:  No. 407.  Cressman, L. S.,  &
Larsell, O.   A case of  probable osteomyelitis  in an Indian
skeleton.  West. J. Surgery, 1945,  53:  332-.").—Desfosses, P.
Pal^ontologie et medecine.  Presse mod.,  1935, 43:  2001.—
Guiart, J. Una incursione medica nella preistoria.  Biol, med.,
Milano, 1932, 8: 71 -92.—Hofschlaeger, R. Acerca das doencas
do homem  prehist6rico.  Actas Ciba,  Rio, 1940, 7:  260-7.—
Krogman, W. M.  The pathologies of  pre- and protohistoric
man.   Ciba Symposia.  1940-41, 2:  432r43 — MacKay, C. V.
Some pathological changes in Australian  aboriginal bones.
Med. J. Australia, 1938, 2: 537-55, pl.—Miller, J. L. Some
diseases of  ancient  man.   Ann. M. Hist.,  1929, n.  ser., 1:
394-402- Mollison, T.   Zeichen gewaltsamer  Verletzungen
an den Ofnet-Schadeln.  Anthrop. Anz., 1936, 13: 79-88, 2 pl.
------  Die  Verletzungen am Schadel  und  den Gliedmassen-
knochen de- Rhodesiafundes.  Ibid., 1938, 14: 229-34, 3 pl —
Moodie, R. L.  Studies in paleodontology; edentulous palates
from prehistoric Peru.  Pacific Dent.  Gaz.,  1929, 37: 461-8.
----Studies in pah-odontology; the teeth, jaws and palates
of pre-l'ueblo Indians from New  Mexico.   Ibid.,  1930, 38:
127-45.—Schultz, A. H.  Notes on diseases and healed fractures
of wild apes, and their bearing on the antiquity of pathological
conditions in man.  Bull. Hist. M., 1939, 7: 571-82.—Tecoz,
H. F.  Les  maladies de  l'homme pr^historique.  Praxis, Bern,
1944, 33: 174.—Terra, H. de.  The Siwaliks of India and early
man.  In: Eailv Man (Internat. Sympos.) Phila., 1937, 257-
ii8.—Vallois,  H. V.  La dur£e de la vie chez l'homme fossile.
C. rend. Acad, so., 1937,  204: 60-2.—Wakefield, E. G., & Del-
linger, S. C.  Diseases  of prehistoric Americans of south central
United States.  Ciba  Symposia, 1940-41,  2: 453-64.—West,
L. F., & Keith, A.  A prehistoric  war wound.   Brit. M. J.,
1916, 2: 281.


----   Paleotechnology.

   Baudolix,  M.    La prehistoire  par  les  etoiles;
un ehronometre prehistorique.  329p.   12?  Par.,
1920.
   Barnes, A. S.  Les outils  de l'homme tertiaiie en Angle-
terre; etude niiique.  Anthropologie, Par., 1938,  48: 217-36.—
Barnett,  I.    I.i-  outils  des fours campigniens  du Cam]) de
Catenoy.  Rev. anthrop.,  Par., 1932, 42:  75-9.--Bayer,  J.
Gros=!-Weikersdorf,  eine neue  Palaolithstation in  N'ieder-
6-teneieh.   Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. "VVien,  1922,  52: .270-4 —
Branchini, I.  Esame  tipologico dei manufatti della Grotta
d'Equi  (Lunigiana)   Arch, antrop. etnol.,   Fir.,  1928,  58:
48-63, 5 pl.—Brandt. K.  Der Faustkeil; das Jagdmcsser des
Xeandertalers.   I'mschau, 1943, 47: 138.  Breuil. H.  Notes
de  voyage pah'olithique en Europe Centrale;  les industries
paleolithiqucs du loess de Moravie et Bobeme.  Anthropologic,
Par..  1924, 34:  515-52.—Champion.  Observations techniques'
sur les trouvailles  de Glozel.  Rev. anthrop., Par. 1928, 38:
23-33.—Clark,  S.  F.  The Jenolan caves.  J. R. Army M
Corps, 1923, 41: 13S 45.—Cocchiara. G.  I manufatti dell'eta
della  pietra nelle superstizioni  popolari.  Arch, antrop. etnol
Fir.,  1928, 58:  304-12.—Comhaire.  Li plre ax  hot'lts, pierre
lev^e  :\ Havelange-IIarz£.  Bull. Soc. anthrop. Bruxelles, 1905,
24: 212-8, pl.—Oommont.  Les industries paleolithiques et
n^olithiques dans  le Quaternaire  de  Saint-Acheul.  Ibid.,
1900,  25:  133.—Cumont.   Utilisation du  phtanite cambricn
des environs  d'Ottignies et du  gr£s tertiaire  bruxellien par
l'homme preiiistorique.  Ibid.,  1904, 23: 53-03.-  Debruge, A.
Parures,  pendeloques, amulettes aux  Ipoque.s preliistoriques
dans  l'Afrique  du  Nord.   Rev. anthrop.,  Par., 1926,  36:
470-6.—Deperet,  C.    Le  gisement  nenlithique de  Gloze'l
(Allier)   C. rend.  Acad, sc,  1920. 183: 030-4.—De Puydt.
Les emplacements d'habitations protohistoriques de la bruyere
de Neerhaeren,  commune  de Reckheim.  Bull.  Soc.  antliron
Bruxelles,  1908, 27:  273-80, 2 pl.—Franz, L.   Was pral.isln-
rische Pfeilspitzen aus  Stein  leisten.  Umschau, 1928,  32:
169.—Furlong,  E. L.  Stone man cave. Shasta County, Cali-
fornia.  Science, 1941, 94: 414.- Gaillard, ('.  Nouveau galet
grave trouve a la Colomhidre (Ain)  Anthropologie, Par., 1926,
36: 185-90. Ghilain, G. Au sujet de la recente decouverte de
silex  eolithiqucs dans la valiee de la  lloegne et dans l'Kau-
Rouge.   Hull.  Soc.  anthrop.  Bruxelles,  19(16,  25: 235-7.—
Grahmann, R.   Bemerkungen  iiber einige Arbeitsweisen bei
der Herstellung von Feuersteinartifakten im Altpalaolithikum.
In: Kultur & Rasse •(Hesch-Spannaus) Berl., 1939, 88-96.—
Hamal-Nandrin, J., & Servais, J.   Similitude existant entre
l'industrie des stations neolithiques, a silex, de Fouron-Saint-
Pierre, de Fouron-Saint-Martin et de Remersdael (Province de
Li£ge) et celle a gres des forets de Kontainebleau et de Mont-
morency  (Departments de  Seine-et-Marne et de Seine-et-Oise)
Rev. anthrop., Par., 1928, 38: 15-22.—Hasse, G.  Une nouvelle
station palustre  decouverte a Anvers,  1916-1917.  Bull.  Soc.
anthrop.  Bruxelles,  1920,  35: 219-25.—Heine-Geldern, R.
Die Megalithen Siidostasiens  und  ihre  Bedeutung  fiir die
Klarung  der  Megalithenfrage  in   Europa  und Polynesien.
Anthropos, Modling,  1928,  23:  276-315,  7 ph—Hilber, V.
Erwiederung  auf Bayer Lossmagdalenien.   Mitt. Anthrop.
Ges. Wien, 1922, 52:  186-9.—Hough, W. A new type of stone
knife.   Am. Anthrop.,  1927, 29: 296-8— MacCurdy, G. G.
The use of rock crystal by paleolithic man.  Proc. Nat. Acad.
Sc.  U. S.,  1931, 17: 633-7.—Maertens, J.  Decouverte des
vestiges d'une station palustre  k Melle, et d'objets d'epoques
difterentes.  Bull.  Soc.  anthrop.  Bruxelles,  1907, 26:  196-
202,  pl.—Mecquenem, R. de.   Outillage prehistorique d'un
nouveau  sondage profond  dans l'acropole de  Siisc.  Anthro-
pologie,  Par.,  1930, 40: 225-32.—Merriam, J.  C.  Review of:
The Eolithic Problem; evidences of a rude industry antedating
the Paleolithic,  by  George Grant  MacCurdy,  1906.  In his
Pub.  Papers, Wash.,  1938, 3: 1537-9.—Moir, J. R. Was the
cave man a house-builder?  Sc.  American, 1926, 135: 170.—
Morlet,  A.  L'art animalier  de  Glozel:  outils emmanches
d^cores.  Aesculape, Par.,  1929, n. ser., 19: 114-6.—Octobon.
Le burin tardenoisien: ses attaches; ses caracteVistiqucs; ses
survivances. Rev.  anthrop., Par., 1926, 36: 361-7. —Pequart,
St J.,  & Pequart, M.  Un kjokkenmo'dding morbihannais, Kr
Yoh:  premier outillage  en os  d£couvert dans le Moibihan.
Ibid.,  206-11.—Rellini,  U.  Miniere e forni preistorici.   Riv.
antrop., 1922-23, 25:  155-69.—Rutot, A.  Toujours les eolithes.
Bull.  Soe.  anthrop.  Bruxelles,  1905,  24:  163-83.   -----
Taubach et Krapina.  Ibid., 1906, 25: 18-24.—Siebenalier.
Thermes  romains et  cimetiere  antique a Arlon.  Ibid., 1907,
26: 109-13.—Simonson.  Les  instruments  de silex dat^a
provenant des mines  de  turquoises  de Maghara, dans  la pres-
qu'ile  de  Sinai,  par Eugen  Bracht.   Ibid., 1905, 24: 119-23 —
Watelin,  L. C.   Notes sur l'industrie lithique de Kish (Iraq)
Anthropologic, Par., 1929, 39: 65-76.—Wever, E.  Les souter-
rains-refuges de Bazoche-les-Bray   (Seine  et  Marne)  Bull.
Soc. anthrop. Paris,  1921,  7. ser.,  2: 40-4.— Whelan, C. B.
Time-sequence  of  European  prehistoric  industries.   Man,
Lond. 1932, 32: 108-11.


----  prehistoric.

   See  also subheadings  (Remains; Species)  also
Paleoanthropology.
   Boyle,  M.  E.   In search  of  our ancestors.
286p.   8°   Lond.,  1927.
   [Campbell,  G.   D.]   Primeval  man.   2.  ed.
200p.   1S/2C111.   Lond.,  1869.
   Christensen, (J. T.   Man and  woman  in pre-
history.  r>4p.   8?   N. V.,  1937.
   Early max;   his   origin,  development   and
culture;  lecture delivered  for the  Royal Anthro-
pological Institute.   176p.   8?   Lond..,  1931.
   [Internatioxal  Symposium  ox EarLy  Man]
Early  man as depicted by leading authorities at
the  Internationa]  Symposiujn, the  Academy of 
MAN
223
MAN
  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia,   March  1937;
  cd. by G. G.  MacCurdy.  362p.   8?  Phila., 1937.
    Kleinschmidt,  O.   Der Urmensch.   2.  Aufl.
  156p.   8?   Lpz.,  1931.
    Boule, M.  Les homines fossiles; elements de pal^ontologie
  humaine.  Bull. Soc.  anthrop. Bruxelles,  1921,  36:  31-9.—
  Broek, A. J.  P. van  den   [Facts and problems relating to
  prehistoric man] Ned: tschr. geneesk.,  1929, 73:  pt 2, 5811-
  22.—Bullitt, J.  B.  Early man.   J. Elisha Mitchell  Sc. Soc,
  1933, 49: 42-56, pl.—Evans,  F. G.  The names of fossil men.
  Science, 1945, 102:  16.—Garrigou, F.  L'homme fossile.  J.
  med.  Toulouse,  1862,  4. ser., 1: 221-6.—Hofschlaeger, R.
  0 homem prehist6rico.  Actas Ciba,  Rio, 1940,  7:  252-8.—
  Howells, W.  W.  Fossil man and the  origin of  races.  Am.
  Anthrop., 1942,  44: 182-93.—Keith, A.  Recent discoveries of
  fossil  man.   Nature,  Lond., 1930,   126:  Suppl., 935-42 —
  Merriam, J.  C.  Palaeontology of early  man.  In  his Pub.
  Papers,  Wash.,  1938,  3: 1647-9.—Morant, G. M.  Studies of
  palaeolithic man.  Ann. Eugen., Cambr.,  1925-26, 1: 257-76,
  10 pl.—Riesman, D.   Man before the dawn of history.  Tr
  Ass. Am.  Physicians,  1932,  47:  12-26.—Stolyhwo,  K.  Zur
  Frage der Existenz von Uebergangsformen zwischen H. primi-
  genius und H. sapiens.  Globus, Brnschw., 1908, 94:  363-5.—
  Weidenreich,  F. Some problems dealing with ancient man.
  Am. Anthrop., 1940, 42: 375-83.

  ---   prehistoric: Africa.

    Saxdford, K.   S., & Arkell,  W. J.   Paleo-
  lithic man  and the Nile valley in lower  Egypt.
  I05p.  30>^cm.    Chic, 1939.
    Armstrong, A. L.,  & Jones, N.  The antiquity of man in
  Rhodesia as demonstrated by stone implements of the ancient
  Zambezi gravels, South of  Victoria  Falls.   J. R. Anthrop.
  Inst. Gr. Britain, 1936, 66: 331-68, pl.— Bonin, G. von.  Studien
  zum Homo rhodesiensis.  Zschr.  Morph.  Anthrop.,  1928-30,
  27: 347-81, pl.—Boule, M. L'homme-singe du sud de l'Afrique.
  Nature,  Par.,  1925, 53:  pt 1, 353-5.—Cooke, H. B. S., Malan.
  B. D., & Wells,  L. H.  Fossil  man in the Lebombo Mountains,
  South Africa;  the Border Cave, Ingwavuma District, Zululand.
  Man, Lond.,  1945,  45: 6-13.—Dart,  R.  A.   Mammoths and
  man in  the  Transvaal.   Nature, Lond.,  1927,  120: Suppl.,
  41-8.  -----  Recent discoveries bearing on human history
  in South Africa.  Advance. Sc, Lond., 1939-40, 1: 81 (Abstr.)—
  Drennan, M.  R. Early man in southern  Africa.  J. M. Ass.
  S. Africa, 1929, 3: 631-4.—Dreyer, T.  F.  Early man in South
  Africa.  Nature, Lond., 1935, 135: 620.—Early man in East
  Africa.  Ibid., 1929, 124: 413.—Early  man in the  Nile Valley.
  Ibid.,  1934, 134: 165—Hrdlicka, A.  The Rhodesian  man.
  Am.  J.  Phys. Anthrop.,  1926, 9:  173-204.—Ingalls,  A.  G.
  Did man evolve  in Africa? an account of the remarkable fossil
  man-ape recently discovered in  Africa by  Professor Dart.
  Sc. American, 1925,  132: 308.—Leaky, L. S. B.   Stone age
  man  in  Kenya  Colony.  Nature,  Lond., 1927,  120: 85.—
  Migeod,  F. W. H.  Antiquity of  man in West Africa.  Man,
  Lond., 1917, 17: 134.—Weidenreich, F.  Tatsachen, Legenden
  und Theorien iiber den Duck-Menschen von Rhodesia.  Natur-
  wissenschaften, 1929, 17: 233-8.

 ----  prehistoric: America.
   Additional  evidence  of early  man  in  America.   Nature,
 Lond., 1939, 143: 173.—Antevs, E.  Dating  records of early
 man  in  the  Southwest.  Am. Natur.,  1936,  70: 331-6 —
 Bryan, K.  Geologic  antiquity of man in America.  Science,
 1941, 93: 505-14.—Cressman,  L. S. Early man in the northern
 part of the Great Basin of south-central Oregon. Proc Pacific
 Sc. Congr. (1939) 1940, 6. Congr.,  4: 169-75.  ------  Studies
 on early  man in  south central Oregon.  Yearb. Carnegie Inst.
 Washington (1939-40)  1940,  39: 300-6.—Davidson, D.  S.
 The antiquity  of man in the Pacific and the question of Trans-
 Pacific migrations.  In: Early Man (Internat. Sympos.) Phila.,
 1937, 269-76.—Diseley, L. C.  The mastodon and early man
 in America.   Science,  1945,  102: 108-10.—Gourlay, W.  B.
 Man and elephant in Central America.   Man, Lond., 1940,
 40:  86-8.—Haury,  E.  W.   A  possible  Cochise-Mogollon-
 Hohokam sequence.   Proc. Am.  Philos.  Soc, 1942-43,  86:
 260-3.—Howard, E. B.  An outline of the problem of man's
 antiquity in North America.    Am.  Anthrop.,   1936,  38:
 394-413.   ------  Early man in America  with particular
 reference to the southwestern United States; introductory note.
 Am. Natur., 1936, 70: 313.  ------   Early  man in America.
 Proc. Am. Philos. Soc,  1936,  76:  327-33.  ------  The anti-
 quity of  man  in America.  Sc.  Month.,  1936,  43:  367-71.
 ----- Studies relating to early man in America.  In: Cooper.
 Res. (Carnegie Inst.)  Wash.,  1938, 623-9.  ------  Studies
 bearing upon  the problem of early man in  Florida.   Yearb.
 Carnegie Inst. Washington (1939-40) 1940, 39: 309-12.  ------
 Folsom and Yuma problems.   Proc Am. Philos. Soc, 1942-43,
 86: 255-9.—Hrdlicka,  A.  The  Minnesota  man.   Am.  J.
 Phys.  Anthrop.,  1937,  22: 175-99. ------  The  problem of
 man's antiquity in America.  Proc.  Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942,
 8. Congr., 53-5.—Keith, A., &  McCown, T. D.  Mount Carmel
 man; his bearing  on the ancestry of modern races.  In: Early
Man (Internat. Sympos.) Phila., 1937,  41-52.—Merriam, J. C.
The relation of paleontology to the history of man, with par-
ticular reference to the American problem.  In his Pub. Papers,
Wash.,  1938, 3:  1550-5.  —----   The beginnings of  human
history read from the geological record; the emergence of man.
Ibid., 1576-625.  ------  Critical elements in study of early
man in Southwestern  United States.   Ibid.,  1637.   ------
A review of evidence relating to the status of the problem of
antiquity of man in Florida.   Ibid.,  1638.   ------ Present
status of knowledge relating to antiquity of man in America.
Ibid., 1639-46, 8 pl—Nelson, N. C. The antiquity of man in
America in the light of archeology.  Annual Rep. Smithson.
Inst., 1935, 471-506.—Oetteking, B.  Morphologie und mensch-
liches Altertum in Amerika.  Anthropos, Modling, 1932  27:
899-903.—Roberts,  F.  H. H.,  jr.   A  Folsom complex; pre-
liminary report on investigations at the Lindenmeier site in
Northern  Colorado.    Smithson.  Misc.  Collect.,   1935,  94:
1-35, 16 pl.—Sellards,  E. H.  Recent  studies of early man in
the southwestern part of the United States.  Am. Natur., 1936,
70: 361-9.—Smith, M. G.   Some problems concerning  the
antiquity of man in the New World.  Proc Oklahoma Acad.
Sc, 1930, 10: 79-82.—Wieland, G. R.  The Vero man and the
sabre tooth.  Science, 1918, n. ser., 48: 93.

----   prehistoric:  Asia.

   See also Javanthropus; Sinanthropus.
   Burkitt, M. C.  Research on early man in Burma.  Nature,
Lond.,  1943, 152: 335.—Buxton, L. H. D. Pre-Sumerian man;
new evidence from Arabia.  Discovery, Lond., 1927,  8: 105-9.—
Field, H.  The, antiquity of man in southwestern  Asia.  Am.
Anthrop., 1933, 35: 51-62.—Gregory, W. K.   Did  man origi-
nate in Central Asia?  Sc.  Month.,  1927, 24: 385-401.—Mac-
Curdy, G. G.  New light on  prehistoric man in Asia.  Proc.
Am. Philos. Soc, 1934, 74: 185-91, 5 pl.—Morant, G. M. The
earliest known inhabitant of Central Asia.  Man, Lond., 1942,
42: 71.—Teilhard de Chardin, P.  Notes sur la paleontologie
humaine en Asie meridionale.  Anthropologie, Par., 1937,  47:
23-33.
 ----   prehistoric: Australia.
   Broom, R.  The dentition  of Australopithecus.  Nature,
 Lond., 1936, 138: 719.  ------ On Australopithecus and its
 affinities.  In:  Early Man (Internat. Sympos.)  Phila.,  1937,
 285-92.   ------   Discovery of a  lower molar of Australopi-
 thecus.  Nature,  Lond., 1937,  140: 681.  ------  More dis-
 coveries  of Australopithecus.  Ibid.,  1938,  141: 828.  ------
 The origin of man.  Ibid,  1941, 148:  10-4.—Dart, R. A.  The
 status of Australopithecus.  Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1940, 26:
 167-85.—Eiseley, L. C. Some paleontological inferences as to
 the life-habits  of the Australopithecines.   Science,  1943, 98:
 61.—Gregory, W. K., & Hellman, M.  Evidence of the australo-
 pithecine man-apes  on  the origin of  man.  Ibid.,  1938, 88*
 615.—Jones, F. W.  The antiquity of man in Australia. Nature,
 Lond., 1944,  153: 211.—Zeuner, F. E.  Homo sapiens in Aus-
 tralia contemporary with Homo neanderthalensis in Europe.
 Ibid., 622.

 ----   prehistoric:  Europe.

   Goessler, P.  Der Urmensch in Mitteleuropa.
 40 1.   fol.    Stuttg.,  1924.
   Moir, J.  R.   The antiquity  of man in  East
 Anglia.  171p.   8?  Cambr.,  Engl., 1927.
   Armstrong,  A.  L.  Palaeolithic man  in Nottinghamshire.
 Rep.  Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc,  1937,  107:  395.—Biasutti, R.
 Posizione cronologica relativa delle facies amigdaloidi e mous-
 teriaria in Italia.   Arch, antrop. etnol.,  Fir., 1928, 58:  64-74,
 2 map.—Bicker, F. K.  Die Herkurift des europaischen Homo
 sapiens im Lichte neuer Werkzeugfunde.  Naturwissenschaften,
 1939, 27: 463-9.—B.r^gger, A.  W.   Late palaeolithic man in
 northernmost Norway.  In: Early Man (Internat. Sympos.)
 Phila., 1937, 53-60.—Cels, A.  Considerations  retrospectives
 relatives k l'homme tertiaire de Spiennes, Belgique.   Bull.
 Soc anthrop.  Bruxelles, 1903-04, 22: mem., No.  4, 1-23.—
 Friedenthal, A.  Ein Beitrag zur vorgeschichtlichen Anthro-
 pologie Estlands.   Zschr. Ethnol.  (1931)  1932, 63: 1-39 —
 Grandjean-Hirter,  E.  A.   L'alimentation  des  r&ces prghis-
 toriques  des montagnes suisses.  Chron. m£d., 1932, 39:  197;
 231.—Herve, G.  De l'Aistence d'un type humain a caracteres
 vraisemblablement   n6groides,  dans  les   depots  coquilliers
 m^solithiques de la valiee du Tage.  Rev. anthrop., Par., 1930,
 40: 325-37.—Keith,  A.  Pre-Neanderthal man in the Crimea.
 Nature, Lond.,  1944, 153: 515-7.—Moir, J. R.  Ancient  man
 at  Hoxne, Suffolk.   Discovery, Lond.,  1927,  8: 277-80 —
 Stocky,  A.   [Prehistoric  inhabitants  of Bohemia]   Anthro-
 pologie, Praha,  1931, 9:  225-73.

----   primitive  (preliterate)

   See   also   Civilization;  Culture;    Ethnology;
 Ethnography, etc.
   Brodsky, I.    Congenital  abnormalities,  teratology  and
embryology; some evidence of  primitive man's knowledge as
expressed in art and lore in Oceania.  Med. J. Australia, 1943,
 1: 417-20.—Faris, E.   Preliterate  peoples; proposing  a  new
term.  In his  Nature of Hum. Nat., N. Y., 1937, 251-3.—
Holden, W. H.  Effect  of civilization on the nervous system
as evidenced by the lack of hypertension and coronary occlusion
in primitive people.  Proc.  Am. Sc,Congr.  (1940)  1942, 8.
Congr., 309-12.—Krogman, W.  M.  Aboriginal physical types 
MAN
224
MAN
in the Western Hemisphere.  Ciba  Symposia, 1941-42, 3:
804-12.—Price, W. A.  Health lessons from primitive living.
J. Health Phys. Educ, 1943, 14: 140; 184.—Schwalbe, G., &
Klaatsch, H.   [Anatomical peculiarities in the  primitive  man]
Russ. antrop. J., 1901, 2: No. 2, 184-203.—Snoo, K. de  [Primi-
tive  characteristics of man]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1932, 76:
pt 4, 4614.—Ukil, A.  C.   Incidence of infection among hill
tribes. Annual Rep. All India Inst. Hyg., Calc. (1937)  1938,
41.—Westermann, D.   Die  Zukunft der  Naturvolker.   In:
Lehrb.  Yblkerk.   (R.  Thurnwald)  Stuttg., 2. Aufl.,  1939,
383-404.

----   primitive: Culture.

   Patterson, J.  T.    The corner-tang flint arti-
facts of  Texas.  54p.   8?   Austin, 1936.
   Forms No. 3018, Univ. Texas Bull.

   Sieber,  S.  A.   M.,  &  Mueller,  F. H.    The
social life of primitive man.   566p.    21cm.   S.
Louis, 1941.
   Bayet,  J.   Causality primitive.   Scientia, Bologna,  1937,
61: 1-8.—Baynes, H.  G.   Psychology of a primitive  people.
Nature, Lond., 1943, 151:  711-3.—Boas, F. Intelligence and
originality of primitive man.  J.  Am. Folklore,  1894, 7: 250.—
Faris, E.   The mental capacity of preliterates.   In his Nature
of Hum.  Nat.. N. Y., 1937, 262-77.—Fowke,  G. Aboriginal
house mounds.  Bull. Bur. Am. Ethnol., 1922, No. 76,  161-73 —
Gille, M.  Pes survivances de la prehistoire.  Rev. prat. biol.
appl., Par., 1934,  27: 301-7.—Honigsheim, P.   The  social life
of primitive man; by Svlvester A. Sieber and Franz H. Mueller,
1941 [a review] Am. Sociol. Rev., 1941, 6: 898-902.—Jolly, A.
T. H., & Rose, F. G. G. The place of the Australian aboriginal
in the evolution of society.  Ann. Eugen., Cambr.,  1943, 12:
44-87.—Jung,  C.  G.   Archaic man.   In his Modern Man in
Search of a Soul,  N. Y., 1939, 143-74.— Kroeber, A. L.   The
societies of primitive man.  Biol.  Sympos., Lane, 1942,  8: 205-
16.—Leh, L. L.  Prehistoric progress as illustrated  by the
Pueblos.   Social Sc, 1941, 16: 270-6.—Martinez Bricefio, R.
Psicologia de un indigena no civilizado.  Rev. med. leg.  Colom-
bia,  1940, 3: No.  15, 21.— Mekeel, H. S.  Preliterate family
patterns.   In:  Marriage &  Family (Hill, R.,  & Becker, H.)
Bost., 1942, 47-58.—Oppenheim, V. Sobre os restos da  cultura
neolitica  dos indios Panos do Alto  Amazonas.  Ann. Acad.
brasil. sc, 1936, 8: 311-3, 4 pl.— Schwantes, G.   Zur Typologie
der Augenfibeln.  Arch. Anthrop., Brnschw., 1927, n.  F., 21:
31-9.—Wright, Q.  Relation between warlikeness and other
characteristics  of  primitive peoples.  In  his Study of  War,
Chic, 1942, 1: 527-59.

----   Relation to primates.

   See also Apes; Darwinism; Primates.
   Abel,   O.   Die  Stellung  des  Menschen  im
Rahmen der Wirbeltiere.   398p.   8?  Jena, 1931.
   Betjrlen,   K.    Die  stammesgeschichtlichen
Grundlagen der  Abstammungslehre.    264p.    8?
Jena, 1937.
   Hooton,  E. A.  Up from  the ape.   628p.    8?
N. Y„  1931.
   ----   Apes,  men,  and morons.    307p.    8?
N. Y.,  1937.
   Hoppius,  C.  E.    *Anthropomorpha.    [11] 1.
4°  Upsala, 1760.
   Photostat facsimile.
   Jones,  F. W.   Man's place among the  mam-
mals.  372p.   8?  N.  Y.,  1929.
   Trueblood,  D.   E.    *The   differentiae   of
man; an historical and critical study.  31p.    8?
Bait., 1937.
   Weinert,   H.    Ursprung «der  Menschheit;
uber  den   engeren   Anschluss  des   Menschen-
geschlechts   an  die  Menschenaffen.    380p.    8?
Stuttg., 1932.
   Abel,  O.   Das Yerwandtschaftsverhaltnis  zwischen   dem
Menschen und den hoheren fossilen Primaten.  Zschr.  Morph.
Anthrop., 1934, 34: 1-14.—Arambourg,  C. Sur les affinit^s
de quelques  anthropoides fossiles d'Afrique et  leurs relations
avec la lignee humaine. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1943, 216: 593-5.—
Bernd, M.  Argumento sorologico da origem simiesca do ho-
mem.  Arq. rio grand, med., 1938, 17:  111-20.  Also  Pub.
meU, S.  Paulo,  1938-39,  10:  No.  3, 95-107.—Beurlen, K.
Einige Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz von W. Gross: Palaontolo-
gische  Hypothesen zur  Faktorenfrage  der Deszendenzlehre.
Naturwissenschaften,  1944,  32:  282.—Broom, R.  Man's
place among the  primates.  S.  Afr. M.  J., 1942, 16: 267.—
Depta, M.  The origin of man and Roman Catholic thought.
Abstr. Theses  Univ.  Pittsburgh, 1937, 13: 75-81.—Gregory,
W. K.  The origin of man from the anthropoid stem;  when and
where?   Proc. Am. Philos. Soc,  1927, 66: 439-63.------
How near is the relationship of man  to the chimpanzee-gorilla
stock? Q. Rev. Biol., 1927, 2:  549-60.   ------ The origin
 of man from a brachiating anthropoid stock.  Science, 1930,
 71:  645â– â– 50.   Gross.  W.   Paliiontologische  Hypothesen zur
 1 aktorenfraRe  der  Deszendenzlehre;  fiber die Typ»n-  und
 l'hasenleluen  von  Schimlewolf  und Beurlen.   Naturwissen-
 schaften.  194:i, 31: 237 -45.  Heberer, G.   Abstaminungslehre,
 l'alaontologie und Rassengeschichte. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild
 1938, 29: H. 1, 28-41. ------  Abstammungslehre und Mensch-
 heitsentwicklung.   Forsch. &  Fortsch.,  1944,  20:  110-3.—
 Hooton, E. A.  Doubts and suspicions concerning certain func-
 tional theories of primate evolution.  Human  Biol., 1930, 2:
 223-49.—Hummel, K.  Von  den Grenzen des Glaubens und
 Wissens in  der Abstammungslehre.  Zschr.  ges. Naturwiss.
 1938-39,  4:  147-54.—Kempski, J. von.  Bemerkungen zur
 Philosophie der Deszendenztheorie.  Ibid., 1940, 6: 141-4.—
 Le Gros Clark, W. E.  Man's place  among the primates.  Man,
 Lond., 1935, 35: 1-6, pl.—Lenoir, E. R.  L'homme et le gibbon'1
 Rev. anthrop., Par., 1926,  36: 427-60.—Marston, A. T.  Chim-
 panzee or man? the Piltdown canine tooth and mandible versus
 the  human specific characteristics  of the straight canine and
 the  fused alveolar-maxillo-preniaxillarv  suture.  Brit. Dent.
 J., 1936, 61: 216-21.—Morton, 1).  J.  Human origin; correla-
 tion of previous studies of primate  feet and posture with other
 morphologic  evidence.  Am.  J. Phys.  Anthrop.,  1927, 10:
 173-203.—Perrier,  R.   La place  de l'homme dans  la serie
 animale.  Rev. philos.  France, 1929, 107: 363-410-  Heche, ().
 Ein neues Bindeglied zwischen Affe und Mensch?  I'nischaa,
 1937,  41: 102-5.—Ross, R.  God-man or ape-man.  Science
 Progr., Lond.,  1917-18,  12:  644-7.—Schindewolf, O.  H.
 Beobachtungen  und Gedanken  zur Deszendenzlehre.  Acta
 biotheor., Leiden, 1937, 3: 195-212. ------  Zum Kampf um
 die Gestaltung der Abstammungslehre.  Naturwissenschaften,
 1944,  32: 269-82.—Schultz, A. H.  Man as a primate.  Sc.
 Month., 1931, 33: 385-412.—Vinassa de Regny, P.  Limpera-
 tivo biologico  e la posizione dell'uomo nella classificazione dei
 viventi.   Riv. biol.,  1930,  12:  309-13.—Weinert, H.  Das
 heutige missing  link.   Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss.,  1932, 67:
 245-59, pl.


 ----  Remains.

   See also Bone,  fossil;  Cranium, prehistoric.
   Hrdlicka,  A.   The  skeletal remains of  early
 man.   379p.   4?   Wash., 1930.
   Forms v.83, Smithson. Misc. Collect.
   Adloff.  Ueber die Bedeutung des Gebisses fiir  die Beur-
 teilung der  zum Menschen in Beziehung stehenden fossilen
 Reste.  Anat.  Anz., 1932-33, 75: 542-9.—Broek, A. J. P. v. d.
 [Recent  discoverv  of  human fossils  and their  significance]
 Geneesk.  bl., 1933, 31: 249-77.—Cave, A. J. E.  Remarks on
 certain neolithic skulls.  Dent. Rec, Lond., 1938, 58: 660-9.—
 Eiseley, L. C.  Pseudo-fossil  man; not all human skulls that
 look primitive are those of ancient primitive man, and why.
 Sc. American, 1943, 168: 118.  ----'■— Who were our ancestors?
 the strange tale of an ancient skull that baffled a committee of
 experts appointed  to  investigate  it.  Ibid.,  212.—Gregory,
 W. K., & Hellman, M.  The evidence of  the dentition on the
 origin of man.  In: Early Man (Internat. Sympos.) Phila., 1937,
 243-56.—Klimek, S.  [Systematization of epipaleolithic skulls]
 Anthropologie, Praha,  1928,  6: 99-109.—Krogman, W.  M.
 Life histories recorded in  skeletons.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1935, 37:
 92-103, 2 pl.—Lorch,  W. Chemische Spuren im Boden  als
 Zeichen friiherer menschlicher Besiedlung.  Umschau, 1941,
 45: 116-20.—Morant, G. M.  The literature of human palaeon-
 tology: a review  of Fossilium Catalogus, pars  74, Hominidae
 fossiles.   Man, Lond., 1937, 37: 106-9.


 ----  Remains: Africa.

   Pycraft, W. P.,  Smith,   Ci.  E. [et al.]   Rho-
 desian  man  and  associated  remains.  75p.   4?
 Lond., 1928.
   Albaret, C.  L'homo-simien du Transvaal.  Rev.  odont.,
 Par., 1927, 48: 175-8, 2 pl.—Bauermeister, W.  Neue palao-
 lithische Funde aus dem ehemaligen Deutsch-Ostafrika. Zschr.
 Morph. Anthrop., 1939, 38: 25-32,  4 pl.—Boule, M., & Vallois,
 H.  L'homme fossile  d'Asselar (Sahara)   Rev. stomat., Par.,
 1935,  37: 608-17.—Broom, R.  The Boskop skull.  Nature,
 Lond., 1926, 117: 589.  ------  A new fossil anthropoid skull
 from South Africa.  Ibid.,  1936,  138: 486-8.  ------  Der
 neue siidafrikanische fossile  Menschenaffe.  Umschau, 1937,
 41: 36; 41. ------ Structure of the Sterkfontein ape.  Nature,
 Lond., 1941,  147: 86.  ------  Age of the South African ape-
 men.  Ibid.,  1945, 155:  389.—Cooper,  C. F.   The Oldoway
 human skeleton.  Ibid., 1932, 129:  903.—Founder, P.  Decou-
 verte et mise a mal d'une  necropole neolithique.  Nature, Par.,
 1938, 66: pt 2, 278-80.—Galloway. A.  The nature  and status
 of the Florisbad skull as revealed by its non-metrical features.
 Am. J.  Phys. Anthrop.,  1937-38, 23:  1-17.   ------  The
 characteristics of the skull of the Boskop physical type.  Ibid.,
 31-47.—Gregory, W. K.,  & Hellman, M.  Fossil man-apes of
 South Africa.   Nature,  Lond., 1939,  143:  25.—Joleaud, L.
 Les reeentes decouvertes  en  paledntologie humaine.  Nature,
 Par., 1934-35, 62: pt 1, 49-57.—Keith, A. Hand of the Sterk-
 fontein ape.  Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 146.—Kleinschmidt, O.
 \Hi wi isung eines Abgusses des Schadels von Homo rhodesiensis
 Woodward.    Verh. Anat.  Ges.,   1924,  33:  59-62—Kohl-
 Larsen, L. Auf neuer Fahrt nach dem Njarasagraben; Deutsche
I Afrika-Expedition  1937-39.   Umschau,  1940, 44:  228-32.— 
MAN
225
MAN
Leakey, L. S. B.  A new fossil skull from Eyassi, East Africa.
Nature I ond., 1936,  138:  1082-4.—Loe, de.  Le  crane  de
Broken'Hill.  Bull. Soc anthrop. Bruxelles,  1921, 36: 245 —
Marcais, J.  Decouverte  de restes humains fossiles dans  les
gres quaternaires de Rabat (Maroc) Anthropologie, Par., 1934,
44- 579-83.—Pallary, P.  D^couvertes pr^historiques dans le
Maroc oriental (1923-1926)  Ibid., 1927, 37: 49-64.—Sergi, G.
II cranio umano di Broken-Hill (Rodesia) Riv. antrop., 1922-
23, 25: 407-9.—Shaw, J.  C. M.   Further remains of a Sterk-
fontein ape.  Nature, Lond., 1939, 143: 117.—Urmenschen-
funde in Afrika.   Praxis, Bern,  1942, 31: 192.—V., R.   Le
crane de Sterkfontein: critique de M. E. Schwarz.   Anthro-
pologie, Par., 1937,  47:  206.   ------  Le  crane  d'Eyossi.
Ibid   207.—Vallois, H.  V.  Recherches sur les  ossements
meso'lithiques de Mugem.  Ibid., 1930-31, 40: 337-89.  ------
Ossements  anciens de la region de Fort-Lamy, Tchad. Rev.
anthrop., Par., 1938, 48: 251-70.—Weinert. H. Africanthropus;
der neue Affenmenschenfund vom Njarasa-See in Ostafrika.
Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1939, 38: 18-24.
 ---   Remains: America.

    Crook,  A.  R.   The  origin of  the  Cahokia
 Mounds.   26p.  8?   Springf., 1922.
    HrdliCka, A.  The  coming of  man  from Asia
 in the light of  recent discoveries,  p.463-70.   8?
 Wash., 1936.
    Forms No. 3371, Pub. Smithson. Inst.

    ---  Early  man in America:  what have the
 bones to say?  p.93-104.  23cm.  Phila.,  1937.
    In: Early Alan (Internat. Sympos.)

    Walker,   W.  M.   The  Troyville  Mounds,
 Catahoula Parish,  La.  73p.   8?   Wash.,  1936.

    Wintemberg,  W.  J.    Roebuck   prehistoric
 village site,   Grenville  County,  Ontario.   178p.
 8?   Ottawa,  1937.
    Forms No. 83, Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada.

    ---  Lawson prehistoric village site, Middle-
 sex  County,  Ontario.   104p.  8?   Ottawa, 1939.
    Forms Bull. No. 94, Nat. Mus. Canada.

    Ashley-Montagu, M. F.  Genetics and the antiquity of man
 in the Americas.  Man, Lond., 1943, 43:  131-5.  ------ &
 Peterson, C.  B.   The earliest  account of the association of
 human artifacts with fossil mammals in North America.  Proc.
 Am.Philos. Soc, 1943-44,87: 407-19—Bluntschli, H.  Homun-
 culus patagonicus und die ihm zugereihten Fossilfunde aus den
 Santa-Cruz-Schichten Patagoniens; eine morphologische  Re-
 vision an Hand der Originalstiicke in der Sammlung Ameghino
 zu la Plata.  Morph. Jahrb., 1931, 67: 811-92.— Braidwood, R.
 J. Note on the  age of the Galilee and Mt. Carmel skeletal
 material.  Am. Anthrop.,  1943, 45: 642.—Broek, A. J. P.  van
 den.  Comparison between the lower jaw of Heidelberg and a
 recent lower jaw.  Anthropologie,  Praha, 1932, 10: 144-60, 3
 pl.—Carter, T. C.  A preliminary  report on the Ellis County
 skull.  Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sc. (1941) 1942, 22: 24, 2 pl.—
 Castellanos, A.  Nuevos restos del hombre fosil y  de hornos de
 tierra cocida  en Santiago  del Estero, Argentina.   Rev. med.,
 Rosario, 1938, 12: No. 115, 1-34.—Gazin, C. L.  A taeniodont
 skull from the lower eocene of Wyoming.  Proc. Am. Philos.
 Soc, 1936, 76: 597-612, 5 pl.—Lopatin, I. A.   Fossil man in the
 vicinity of  Los Angeles, California.  Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr.
 (1939) 1940, 6. Congr., 4: 177-81.—Lugn, A. L.  Conservation
 of the prehistoric remains of Nebraska.  Science, 1935,  82:
 325.—Merriam, J.  C.  Note  on the occurrence of human re-
 mains in Californian caves.  In his Pub. Papers,  Wash., 1938,
 3: 1548.  ------  The fossil human remains of Table Moun-
 tain.  Ibid., 1556-9.  ------  Preliminary report on the  dis-
 covery of human remains in an asphalt deposit at Rancho La
 Brea.  Ibid., 1560-8. ------  Antiquity of man in California
 from the point of view of the paleontologist.  Ibid., 1569-71.
 -----  Present  status  of investigations concerning antiquity
 of man in California. Ibid., 1626-8.  ------ The true story
 of the Calaveras skull.  Ibid.,  1867-75,  pl.—Oetteking,  B.
 Skeletal remains from Prince William Sound, Alaska.  Am. J.
 Phys. Anthrop., 1945, 3: 57;  passim.—Poch, H.  Beitrag zur
 Kenntnis von den  fossilen menschlichen Funden von Lagao
 Santa  (Brasilien)   und  Fontezuelas  (Argentinien)  Mitt.
 Anthrop. Ges. Wien,  1938,  68: 310-35,  4  pl—Retzek, H.
 Human  remains in gravel near West Union, Minn.   Science,
 1935, 82: 60.—Sellards, E. H.  The Vero finds in the light of
 present knowledge.  In: Early Man (Internat. Sympos.) Phila.,
 1937, 193-210.—Stewart, T. D.   Skeletal remains from south-
 western  Texas.   Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1935,  20: 213-31.
 -----Skeletal remains from the Peachtree Site,  North Caro-
 lina.  In: Peachtree Mound & Village Site (Setzler,  F. M., &
 Jennings, J. D.) Wash., 1941, 81-99.—Thatcher, H. S.  The
 identity of Clear Creek skull.  Science, 1928, 67: 38.—Wake-
 field, E. G., Dellinger, S. C., & Camp, J. D.  Study of  the
 osseous remains of  a primitive  race who once inhabited  the
shelters of the bluffs of the Ozark Mountains.  Am. J. M. Sc,
 1937, 193: 223-8,  pl.

       549701—vol. 10, 4th sebies---15
----   Remains: Asia.

  Hauser, O.   Der Schadel von Galilaa und seine Beziehung
zur   mitteleuropaischen  Altsteinzeit.  Umschau,   1926,  30:
279.—Keith, A.  Human  skulls from ancient  cemeteries in
the Tarim basin (found  by Sir Aurel Stein)  J. R. Anthrop.
Inst. Gr.  Britain,  1929, 59: 149-80, 5 pl.—Montandon,  G.
Craniologie paleosiberienne: neolithiques, mongoloides, tchouk-
tchi,  eskimo, ateoutes, kamtchadales, ainou, ghiliak, n£groides
du nord.  Anthropologie, Par.,  1926, 36: 209; 447.—Weiden-
reich, F.  The paleolithic child from the Teshik-Tash cave in
southern Uzbekistan (Central Asia)  Am. J. Phys. Anthrop.,
1945, 3: 151-63.
 ----   Remains: Australia.
   Keiter,  F.  Unterkiefer aus Australien und Neuguinea aus
 dem Nachlasse Rudolf Pochs.  Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1934,
 33:  190-226, 2 pl., tab.—Weidenreich, F.  The Keilor skull;
 a Wadjak  type from southeast  Australia.  Am. J.  Phys.
 Anthrop.,  1945, 3: 21-32.—Wunderly,  J.  The cranial and
 other  skeletal  remains of Tasmanians in collections  in the
 Commonwealth of Australia.  Biometrika,  Cambr.,  1938-39,
 30: 305-37, tab.


 ----   Remains: Europe.

   Bonin,  G.  von.   The  Magdalenian skeleton
 from Cap-Blanc in the Field Museum  of Natural
 History.   76p.   27}£cm.   Urbana, 1935.
   Frercks,   R.     *Das   Schadelmaterial   von
 Haithabu  (Ausgrabungen   von   1902  bis   1910)
 27p.   8?  Kiel,  1934.  #
   Smith, F.  Prehistoric man and the Cambridge
 gravels.   121p.   8?   Cambr.,  1926.
   Verworn, M.,  Bonnet, R., & Steinmann, G.
 Der  diluviale Menschenfund von Obercassel bei
 Bonn.    193p.   4?   Wiesbaden,  1919.
   Absolon, K.  [New  finds of fossil human skeletons in Mo-
 ravia]  Anthropologie, Praha, 1929, 7: No. 1-2, 79-89 portr.—
 Ariens Kappers, C. U.   The endocranial  casts of the Ehrings-
 dorf and Homo soloensis skulls.   J. Anat., Lond.,  1936-37,
 71:  61-76.—Beninger,  E., Muhlhofer, F., & Geyer, E.  Das
 friihbronzezeitliche  Reihengraberfeld bei  Hainburg-Teichtal.
 Mitt.  Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1930, 60: 65-140.—Berckhemer, F.
 Bemerkungen zu H.  Weinert's Abhandlung Der Urmenschen-
 Schadel von Steinheim.  Verh. Ges. phys. Anthrop., 1937, 8:
 49-58, 2 pl.  ------  Vorweisung des Steinheimer  Schadels
 im Original.  Verh. Deut. Ges. Rassenforsch., 1938, 9:190-2.—
 Bicker, F.  K.  Ein  mitteldeutsches  Spat-Aurignacien bei
 Aschersleben.   In: Eiszeitl. Mensch Deutschland (J. Andree)
 Stuttg., 1939, 72-105.—Bouchet.   Une decouverte neolithique
 dans l'Oise.   Bull.  Soc. centr.  m<§d. vet.,  Par., 1923, 76:
 271-3.—C, W. E. L.  Significance of  the Swanscombe skull.
 Nature, Lond., 1938, 142: 509.—Cumont.  Station neolithique
 de Nivelles.  Bull. Soc  anthrop.  Bruxelles, 1909, 28: 150-9,
-pl.—De Puydt, M.  Fonds de cabanes neolithiques du Niva et
 de Bassenge.   Ibid.,  1904, 23: mem.,  No. 4,  1-20,  5 pl.—
 Dujardin-Weber.  L'homme  pr^historique  de   l'Aven  de
 l'Etoile.  Marseille med., 1936, 73: pt. 2, 525-42.—Dunning,
 G. C.   Human remains found at St. Lawrence, Isle of  Wight.
 Man, Lond., 1926, 26: 107-9.—Fallaize, E. N.   The new Gi-
 braltar skull.  Discovery,  Lond.,  1926, 7: 339-42.—Furst,
 C. M.  Ueber  prahistorische  Schadel aus Argolis.  Ver. Ges.
 phys.  Anthrop., 1930, 4: 3-14.—Gaillard, C,  Pisot,  J.,  &
 Cote,  C.  L'abri pr^historique de la GeniSre, k  Serri&res-sur-
 Ain.   Anthropologie,  Par.,  1927,  37:  1-47.—Gieseler,  W.
 Bericht uber die jungpalaolithischen Skeletreste von Stetten
 ob Lontal bei Ulm.   Verh.  Ges.  phys. Anthrop.,  1937, 8:
 41-8,  2  pl.—Golomshtok, E. A.   Trois  gisements du Pal6o-
 lithique  superieur  russe et  siberien.   Anthropologie, Par.,
 1933-34, 43: 333-46.—Gremiatsky, M. A., Renngarten, V. P.,
 & Fleming, M. R.  The Podkoumok skeleton.  Man,  Lond.,
 1926, 26: 103-7.—Grunevald de Mortillet, S.  Quelques osse-
 ments de la grotte-ossuaire du Roc des fees, a Ambouls, Avey-
 ron.  Bull. Soc anthrop. Paris,  1939, 8. ser.,  10: 155-60.—
 Hasse, G.  Les cranes neolithiques robenhausiens d'Anvers.
 Bull. Soc. anthrop. .Bruxelles, 1909, 28: 93-103,  pl.—Hell, M.
 Alte und neue Funde  aus Hallstatt.   Mitt. Anthrop. Ges.
 Wien,  1936, 66: 47-68.—Henckel, K. O.  Ueber Skeletreste
 aus dem Reihengraberfeld vom Riegeranger in Giesing.  Zschr.
 Anat. Entw., 1939-40, 110: 212-21.—Hinton, M. A. C, Oakley,
 K. P. [et al.]  Report on the Swanscombe skull. J. R. Anthrop.
 Inst. Gr. Britain, 1938, 68:  17-98, 6 pl.—Houze, E.   Cranes
 et ossements des cavernes sepulcrales neolithiques d'Hasti^re.
 Bull. Soc  anthrop. Bruxelles, 1904, 23:  mem.,  No. 3, 1-54,
 4 pl.—Hrodegh, A.  Ueber die typologische und chronologische
 Stellung der jungneolithischen Hohensiedlung  am  Koglberg
 (Freiberg)  bei Zobing.   Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1922, 52:
 137-41.—Huart-de Loe.  Etude des ossements humains de la
 palafitte du Neckerspoel a Malines.   Bull. Soc.  Anthrop.
 Bruxelles,  1911,  30:  326-49, 2  pl—Hulle,  W. Vorlaufige
 Mitteilung  iiber  die  altsteinzeitliche  Fundstelle Ilsenhohle
 unter  Burg  Ranis,  Kr. Ziegenriick.   In:  Eiszeitl.  Mensch 
MAN                                                226                                                MAN
Deutschland (J.  Andrce)  Stuttg., 1939, 105-14.—Jacques, V.
Sur les ossements humains  de la terrasse de la grotte  de la
Porte-Aive.   Bull. Soc. anthrop. Bruxelles,  1908,  27: 258.—
Jendyk,   R.  [Anthropology  of DregoviCi]  Anthropologie,
Praha, 1932, 10: 22^-7.—Keith, A.  Report on human remains
from  cist graves, Rathlin  Island.   Man,  Lond.,  1929, 29:
98-100.-—Kloiber, A.  Romerzeitliche  Schadel  aus Karnten.
Mitt. Anthrop.  Ges.  Wien,  1939, 69:  127-39.   ------  Der
schnurkeramische  Schadel von Scharlinz.   Ibid.,  1940, 70:
362-4, pl.—Loe, A. de.  Presentation d'un crane humain pro-
venant de Spiennes.   Bull. Soc. anthrop. Bruxelles, 1925, 40:
180.  ------  & Rahir, E.  Fouilles au Trou-des-Blaireux k
Vaucelles, province de Namur; lieu de  sepulture neolithique;
habitat de l'age du Renne.  Ibid., 1905, 24: mem., No. 1, 1-18,
3 pl.—Marston, A. T.  Preliminary note on a new fossil buman
skull  from  Swanscombe,  Kent. Nature,  Lond.,  1936,138:
200.  ------  The Swanscombe skull.  J. R. Anthrop. Inst.
Gr. Britain,  1937, 67:  339-406, 6  pl.  ------  Swanscombe
skull  fragments.  Man, Lond., 1938,  38: 168.—Massari, C.
Su un reperto  umano  fossile  rinvenuto a  Legnago.  Arch.
antrop. etnol., Fir., 1939, 69: 99-102.—Matiegka, J.  [The
skull  of the fossil man Brno III, and the cast of its interior]
Anthropologie, Praha,  1929,  7: No.  1-2,  90-107, portr.—
Mayet, L.   Les  hommes fossiles de  la Denise: le frontal mas-
culin, dit frontal Aymard du Musee Crozatier, au Puy (Haute-
Loire)  C.  rend. Acad,  sc.,  1926,   183:  310-2.  ------
L'homme  fossile  aurignacien  de   Libos   (Lot-et-Garonne)
Nature, Par.,  1926, 54:  17-9.  ------ & Chossegros, H.  Les
hommes fossiles  de la Denise.  Ibid., pt. 2,  225-31.—Morlet,
A.  Glozel;  empreintes  de mains neolithiques.   Presse med.,
1927,  35: 221.—Mortillet, S.  G. de.  Les squelettes de  1'os-
suaire neolithique de Combe  Cullier.   Rev. anthrop.,  Par.,
1937,  47:  187-217.—Muhlmann,  W.  E.  Die  Schadel aus
einer  neolithischen Siedelung bei Altenburg in Baden.  Zschr.
Morph. Anthrop., 1930, 28: 244-55, 3  pl.,  2 tab.—Parsons,
F. G.   Hythe skulls.  Nature, Lond., 1927, 120: 84—Pequart,
M., & Pequart,  St. J.  La  necropole mesolithique de Teviec
(Morbihan)    nouvelles   decouvertes.  Anthropologie,   Par.,
1929,  39:  373-400.—Perret,  G.  Vorlaufiger  Bericht uber den
anthropologischen Befund der  neolithischen Steinkiste  von
Altendorf im Bezirk  Kassel.  Verh.  Ges.  phys.  Anthrop.,
1937.  8:  164-7,  2  pl.—Philippe,  J.  Le  Fort-Harrouard.
Anthropologie, Par.,  1936,  46:  257; 541;  1937,  47:  253;  3
diagr.—Piesker,  H.   Altpalaolithische  Funde aus  der  Siid-
heide.  In: Eiszeitl. Mensch Deutschland (J. Andree) Stuttg.,
1939,  114-39.—Plate, L.  Ueber einen menschlichen Schadel
von jungpaliiolithischem Typus, gefunden in Hadmersleben
(Bode) Jena. Zschr.  Naturwiss., 1924, 60: 439-70, pl.—Poch,
H. Einiges  iiber vorgeschichtliche  Schadel aus  Stadt  und
Land Salzburg.  Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1926, 56: 255-70 —
Puccioni,  N.  Appunti  sui  resti  scheletrici  umani  del giaci-
mento di Belverde (Cetona)  Arch, antrop. etnol., Fir.,  1932,
62: 26-64.—Remains (The)  of primitive men in  the Aggtelek
cave.   J. Am. M. Ass.,  1941, 117: 2089.—Rosensprung, L. M.
Die menschlichen Skelettreste aus der Bejciskala Hohle (Hall-
stattzeit)  Mitt. Anthrop.  Ges.  Wien,  1936,  66:  338-44.—
Rutot, A.  A propos du squelette humain de Galley-Hill, Kent.
Bull.  Soc. anthrop. Bruxelles,  1904,  23:  mem., No. 2, 1-30 —
Saint-Perier, R.  de.   Nouvelles  recherches dans la caverne de
Montmaurin (Haute-Garonne)  Anthropologie, Par., 1922, 32:
193-202.—Sailer,  K.  Die  Steinzeitschadel  des  ehemaligen
Russland.  Anthrop.  Anz.,  1925,   2:   29-46,   pl.  ------
Friihneolithische Skelettfunde  aus  Thiiringen.   Zschr.  ges.
Anat., 1. Abt., 1929, 90: 343-63.—Scheidt, W.   Der nacheis-
zeitliche  Schadelfund vom Kaufertsberg bei Nordlingen  und
die rassenkundliche Stellung der Ofnet-Bevolkerung. Anthrop.
Anz.,  1924, 1: 30-4.—Schultz, B. K.  Hallstattzeitliche Skelette
aus Beilingries in der Oberpfalz  und Umgebung.   Ver. Ges.
phys. Anthrop.,  1929,  3:  5-12.—Smith, G.  E.   The London
skull.  Brit. M. J., 1925,  2: 853.  Also Nature,  Lond., 1925,
116:  678-80.—Sollas. W. J.  The  Chancelade skull.  Man,
Lond.,  1925,  25: 157-61.  Also J. R.  Anthrop.  Inst.  Gr.
Britain, 1927, 57: 89-122.—Stolyhwo,  E.   L'analyse anthro-
pologique des cranes provenant de l'epoque dpipaieolithique en
Europe.  Anthropologie, Praha,  1928,  6:  71-6.—Strelli, R.
Die Ausgrabungen bei St. Paul  in Karnten.  Mitt. Anthrop.
Ges.  Wien,  1928, 58:  168-78.—Swanscombe skull.  Nature,
Lond.,  1939,  143:  187.—Tildesley,  M. L.  Archaeological
evidence for the date  of cist graves, Rathlin Island.  Man,
Lond., 1929, 29:  100-4.—Tomschik, J.  Das fruhhallstattische
Urnengrabfeld von Stillfried.  Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1926,
56: 53-65.—V.  R.   Le Hambourgien et l'Ahrensbourgien  a
Stellmoor et  a  Meiendorf.   Anthropologie,  Par., 1937,  47:
192-6.—Vallois,  H. V.,  & Marquie, M.  Ossements humains
protohistoriques  de la  region du pic  Saint-Loup  (Herault)
Bull.  Soc anthrop. Paris, 1940, 9. ser., 11: 23-38.—Virchow, H.
Schadel von  Ehringsdorf.   Zschr. Ethnol.,  1926, 58: 219 —
Weidenreich.  Der  Schadel von Weimar-Ehringsdorf.  Ver.
Ges.  phys.  Anthrop.,  1927,  2:  34-41.—Weinert, H.   Der
Urmenschenschadel von Steinheim.  Zschr.  Morph. Anthrop.,
1936,  35: 463-518, 6 pl., 4  ch.  ------   Dem Unterkiefer von
Mauer zur 30jahrigen Wiederkehr seiner Entdeckung.  Ibid.,
1937,  37:  102-13, pl.—Wiegers, F.  Neuere Funde angeblich
diluvialer  Menscheiiskelette  aus der Provinz Sachsen und ihr
wirkliches  geologisches Alter.  Zschr.  Ethnol.,  1930,  61:
364-77.—Wiesinger, F.  Das Reihengraberfeld in  Marchtrenk
(Oberdonau)   Mitt.  Anthrop. Ges. Wien,  1939, 69: 140-8,
pl.—Young,  M.  The London  skull.   Biometrika, Cambr.,
1937-38, 29: 277-321, 3 pl.
----   Research.

   See also  Anthropology;  Ethnology;   History;
Paleontology; Prehistory.
   Bluntschli, H.   Die Hcrkunft des Mcnschon-
geschlechts  in den  Anschauungen  verschiedener
Zeiten.   43p.   8?   Miinch.,  1911.
   Pennsylvania.   University.  Bicentkwial
conference.  The study of  man.   22p.  23cm
Phila., 1941.
   Buschan,  G.  Die Entstehung  des  Menschen  im Volker
glauben.  Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 973-5.   Dice, L. R. The im-
portance of cooperative studies of the  biologv of man Science
194 1,  99:   457-61.—Friedenthal,   II.   Menschhcitskunde'
study of mankind.  Internat. Clin., 1930, 40.  ser., 2: 224-33.—
Gregory, W.  K.  The study of human  evolution: a plea for a
more synthetic approach.  Bull. School M.  Univ.  Maryland
1935-36, 20:  31-4.—Hammett. F. S.  The ideas  of the ancient
Hindus concerning man.   Isis, Bruges, 1938, 28: No. 76,
57-72.—Hawkins,  H.  L.   Palaeontology  and   humanity'
Nature, Lond.,  1936,  138: 534-7.—Henderson, L. J.   The
study  of man.  Science,  1941, 94:  1-10.—Joleaud, L.  Les
recentes decouvertes en paldontologie humaine.  Nature Par
1934, 62:  pt 1,  1-6.—Korzybski,  A.   The science of man!
Am. J. Psychiat., 1936-37, 93: 1343-51.—Mason, M.  Science
and  the rational animal.  Science,  1936, 84: 71-6.- Merriam,
J. C. The practical significance of studies in early human his-
tory.  In  his Pub.  Papers,  Wash., 1938, 3: 1632-6.  -----
Paleontology, early man,  and historical  geology.  Yearb
Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1941, No. 40, 316-33.  Riische, F.
Das  kartesianische Menschenbild in  der   Neuzeit;  Urbild,
Wandlung und Wende. Arch. ges. Psychol.,  1936, 97: 73-81.—
Schroder,  H. E.  Die  Voraussetzung  zu einer Menschenkunde
auf Klagesscher Grundlage.  Zschr. Menschenk., 1934-35, 10:
111-5.—Wahle,  E.  Die  Bedeutung  der Rheinlande fur die
Entwicklung  unserer Kenntnis vom fossilen Menschen. Natur-
wissenschaften,  1933,  21: 71-6.—Woodward, A. S.  Recent
progress in the study of early man.  Nature,  Lond., 1935,  136:
419-23.  Also  Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc,  1935,  129-42.
Also Science,  1935, 82: 399-407.


----   Social organization.

   See Sociology.


----   Species.

   See also   Javanthropus;   Neanderthal  race;
Negro; Race, etc.
   Moraes Caldas,  C.   A.  de.   *As ragas hu-
manas  provieram d'uma s6  origem?   39p.  8?
Bahia, 1868.
   Nadaillac,  de.    The  unity of the  human
species,   p.549-69.   8?  Wash., 1898.
   Transl. from Rev. quest, sc, 2. ser., 12: 1897.
   In: Papers on Ethnology (F. L. Hoffman)
   Aichel.   Kritische  Bemerkungen  iiber  den sogenannten
Homo  kiliensis.  Verh.  Ges. phys. Anthrop.,  1926, 1: 2-15
3  pl.—Alsberg,  P.  The  Taungs puzzle;  a biological essay.
Man, Lond.,  1934, 34:  154-9.—Boyd, W.  C.  Critique of
methods of classifying  mankind. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1940,
27: 333-64.—Broom, R.   Classification of sub-human types.
Nature, Lond.,  1940, 146: 94.—Debetz,  G.  [Brunn-Przed-
most, Cro-Magnon and the modern races of Europe] Antrop.
J., Moskva, 1936, 310-22.—Dekeyser, L.  Les races humaines;
les origines de  l'homme.  Bruxelles  med., 1934-35, 15:  728;
785.—Fabiani,  T.  II  tipo  proto-Etiopico nel  paleoliticc
Europeo, secondo il Giuffrida-Ruggeri.  Arch, antrop.  etnol.,
Fir.,  1928, 58: 201-5.—Gates, R. R.   Phylogeny and classifica-
tion of hominids and anthropoids. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1944,
n. ser.,  2: 279-92.—Hill, W. C. O.  Classification of Hominidae.
Nature, Lond., 1940, 146: 402.—Keith, A. The evolution of the
human races.  J.  R.  Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1928, 58:
305-21, map.—Moir,  R.   The Pre-Crag people  of Suffolk.
Nature, Lond., 1935,  135: 402.—Oppenoorth, W.  F. F.  The
place of Homo soloensis among fossil  men.  In:  Early Man
(Internat.  Sympos.) Phila.,  1937, 349-60.—Piroutet, M.  Les
races humaines du Neolithique et de l'&ge du Bronze en Franche-
Comte.  Anthropologie,  Par.,  1928,   38:  51-60—Pycraft,
W. P.  Diagnosis of four species and one sub-species of the genus
Homo.  Man, Lond., 1925, 25: 162-4.—Sailer, K.  Die Men-
schenrassen im  oberen Paluolitlukum.   Mitt. Anthrop.  Gee.
Wien,  1927,  57: 81-105.—Sera, G. L.   La origine  delle razze
umane secondo un libro del prof.  H. Weinert.  Arch, antrop.
etnol.,  Fir.,  1938,  68:  240-58.—Stolyhwo.   Zur  Frage der
Differenzierung  der fossilen  Menschenrassen.  Verh.  Ges.
phys.  Anthrop.,  1927,  2:  52-6,  ch.—Szombathy, J.  Die
Menschenrassen im oberen Palaolithikum,  insbesondere die
Briix-Rasse.   Mitt. Anthrop.  Ges.  Wien, 1926, 56: 202-19.
------  Gegen  die Ueberschatzung  des Homo aurignacensis
hauseri, Klaatsch.   Ibid.,  1927,  57:  28-38.   -----â–   Die
Briix-Rasse im oberen Palaolithikum.  Ibid., 55-9.—Weinert,
H.   Africanthropus njarasensis; Beschreibung und phyletische 
MAN                                        227                                  MAN-APE
Einordnung des ersten Affenmenschen aus Ostafrika. Zschr.
Morph. Anthrop., 1939, 38:  252-308, 4 pl., 4 ch.—Woods,
W  H.  Homo sapiens delawarensis.  Canad. J. M. & S., 1934,
76- 137-43.—Zuckerman,  S.  Human genera and species.
Nature, Lond., 1940, 145: 510.

---  Species: Cro-Magnon race.
  Fischer, C.  Weisen die jungpalaolithischen Schadel von
Cro-Magnon, Combe Capelle und Pfedmost einen einheitlichen
rassischen Typ auf?  Morph. Jahrb., 1937, 80: 515-78.—
Kubart, B. Les flores tertiaires du pole nord et l'homme de Cro-
Magnon.  Scientia,  Bologna, 1933,  53: 125-9.—Perret.  G.
Cro-Magnon-Typen  vom Neolithikum bis heute (ein Beitrag
zur Rassengeschichte Niederhessens)  Zschr. Morph. Anthrop.,
1937, 37: 1-101, 29 pl., 2 tab.

---â–   Species: Eoanthropus.
   Frassetto, F.  New views on the dawn man of Piltdown
(Sussex)  Man, Lond., 1927, 27: 121-4.—Friederichs, H. F.
Schadel und Unterkiefer von Piltdown (Eoanthropus dawsoni
Woodward) in neuer Untersuchung.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt.,
1932, 98: 199-262.—Hunter, J. I. New light on the controversy
of  the Piltdown jaw and cranium.  Sidney Univ. Repr., 1924,
ser. 9,  1: No. 6.—Keith, A.  A resurvey of the anatomical
features of the Piltdown skull with some observations on the
recently discovered Swanscombe skull, part 1 & 2.  J. Anat.,
Lond.,  1938-39, 73: 155-85,  pl.; 234-54.—Weinert, H.  Das
Problem  des Eoanthropus von Piltdown.   Zschr. Morph.
Anthrop., 1933, 32: 1-76, 7 pl., 5 diagr.

MANACA.
   See Solanaceae.

MANACIN.
   See Coumaric acid.
   MANACORDA, Carlos, 1892-1943.
   For obituary see Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: pt 2, 1348.
   MANAFOFF,  Angel Ivanowski, 1896-
Katamnestische Nachforschungen zur Klinik der
multiplen Skerose.  35p.  8?  Gott.,  Gottingen
Handelsdr., 1930.

MANAGEMENT.
   See also such headings as  Executive; Govern-
ment; Hospital  administration; also subheading
Organization  under  Group; Group  medicine;
Health  board; Industry, etc.
   International Management  Congress;  7.
Congr.  Administration papers.   144p.  30cm.
Bait., 1938.
   International Management  Congress;  7.
Congr.   Distribution  papers.   152p.   30cm.
Bait., 1938.
   International Management  Congress;  7.
Congr.   General  management papers,  [n.  p.]
30cm.   Bait., 1938.
   International Management  Congress;  7.
Congr.   Proceedings.   341p.    30cm.   Bait.,
1938.
   International Management  Congress;  7.
Congr.   Production  papers.    189p.   30cm.
Bait., 1938.
   Murray, R. M.  Advances in scientific management since
Frederick W. Taylor.  Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1933,
9:483.

MANAGUA, Nicaragua.
   See also Nicaragua.
   Castillo, G. La  mortalidad infantil de Managua, D.  N.,
durante los tiltimos  cuatro anos (1933-1936) estudio compara-
tive  Bol. san. Guatemala,  1938, 9: 253-68.—Solemne cere-
monia de inauguraci6n del  elegante Edificio de la sanidad.
Bol. san., Managua, 1944, 4: No. 32, 4-9.
   MANAN, Emile Joseph Jules, 1905-
*Les sections art6rielles dans le traitement  des
ulceres  d'estomac  [Nancy]   55p.  25cm.   Be-
sancon,  La Solidarite, 1934.
   MANAOS,  Brazil.   Sociedad  de Medicina e
Cirurgia.  Amazonas medico.  Manaos.  2. ser.
v. 1-4, 1918-22.
MAN-APE.
  See Anthropoids.
  MANARANCHE,  Jean  Georges, 1904-
*Contribution k  l'etude  du  pronostic des  cir-
rhoses.   36p.  8?  Par., 1931.
  MANARDO, Giovanni, 1426-1536.
  Herczeg, A.  Manardus Jdnos elete 6s miivei.
69p.  portr.  pl.  facs.  8?  Budap., 1929.
  See also Herczeg, A.   Johannes Manardus;  Hofarzt  in
Ungarn und Ferrara  im  Zeitalter der Renaissance.  Janus,
Leiden, 1929, 33: 52; 85, 3 pl.
  For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935)
1936, 9. Congr., 4: 354.
  MANARY, James Wescott,  1884-
  For portrait see in Hist. Tufts Coll. M. School (Spector, B.)
Bost., 1943, opp. p. 321.
  MANASSE, Charlotte, 1907-       *Der gelb-
lich-blasse  Gaumen  bei Tuberkulosen   [Wiirz-
burg]  p.414-26.  8?  Berl., S.  Karger, i933.
  Also Beitr. Anat. Ohr., I ) i i ;);
  MANASSE,  Franziska, 1903-        *Ueber
Pepsinbestimmungen  im   Magensaft.   15p.   8?
Wurzb., Bavaria  [1926]
  MANASSE, Konrad, 1903-      *Ueber  ma-
ligne Myome des Verdauungstractus.  12p.  8?
Berl. [n. p.] 1933.
  MANASSE,  Marianne,  1904-       *Beitrage
zur quantatitiven   Wirkung  von  Chloroform-
dampfen  auf  Tiere   (Bestimmung,   Apparat-
priifung, Mikroskopie)   [Wiirzburg]    16p.   8?
Homburg-Saar,  Kath. Knaben-Erziehungsheim,
1930.
  MANASSE,  Max, 1880-       *Ein Fall  von
Spontanruptur einer  gesunden  Milz   [Berlin]
35p. 8?  Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929.
  MANASSE,  Otto  Eduard, 1906-       *Ueber
die Stauungszirrhose  der  Leber    [Wiirzburg]
14p.  8?   Homburg-Saar, Kath. Knaben-Erzie-
hungsheim, 1930.
  MANASSE,  Paul,  1866-1927.   Anatomische
Untersuchungen iiber  die Tuberkulose der oberen
Luftwege.   lOlp.  8?  Berl., J. Springer,  1927.
  For obituary see  Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk.,  1927-28, 117:
p. i-iv (Kiimmel, W.)  Also Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1927, 26: 233-6
(Zange, J.) Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 2041 (Kiimmel)
Also Mschr. Ohrenh., 1927, 61: 1149-52 (Mayer, O.)  Also
Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte, 1927, 39: 375 (Schondorf) Also Zschr.
Hals &c. Heilk., 1927, 19: 313-5 (Korner, O.)
  MANASSE, Toni, 1899^       *Ueber  Struma
ovarii  [Berlin]   16p.  8?  Stuttg. [n. p.]  1926.
   MANASSEI,   Casimiro,  1824-93.   Ulteriori
studi  fatti  sul  caso  di lebbra de' Greci.   14p.
22cm.   Roma, Tipogr. Romana,  1876.
   ----   Su di un  caso  di  neo verrucoso  pig-
mentario  peloso  congenito;  comunicazione fatta
all'Accademia medica di  Roma nella seduta  26
Nov.  1876.  12p.   22cm.  Roma,  Tipogr. Ro-
mana, 1877.
  ----   Scritti editi ed inediti del Prof. Comm.
Casimiro Manassei; raccolti & publicati dal dott.
 Enrico Rasori.   vi,  92p.   portr.  22cm.  Roma,
 M. Armanni, 1883.
    MANASSEIN,   Viacheslav   Avksentievich,
 1841-1901.
   For biography see Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No. 5, 44-8, portr.
 (Khizhniakov, V.)

 MANATIDAE.
    See also Sirenia.
    Fawcett, D. W.  On the amedullary bones of the Florida
 manatee,  Trichechus latirostris.  Anat. Rec, 1942, 82:  410
 (Abstr.)—Gunter, G.  Further miscellaneous notes on Ameri-
can manatees.  J. Mammal., 1942, 23: 89.—Krumholz, L. A.
 Notes on manatees in Florida waters.  Ibid., 1943, 24: 272.
    MANAYRA, Paolo Eugenio, 1817-86.  L'odi-
 erna medicina italiana; giudicata da un Inglese.
| 13p.  22cm.  Roma,  Stabil. milit.  pena, 1878. 
MANAYRA
228
MANCHESTER
  ----   Relazione  sull'andamento  e  risultato
delle  cure balneari e idropiniche dell'anno 1878.
52p.  21cm.  Roma, Stabil. milit.  pena, 1879.
  ----   Sulla  vaccinazione  e  rivaccinazione
obbligatoria.   22p.   ch.  22cm.   Roma,  Stabil.
milit. pena, 1880.
  MANBY, Sir Alan Reeve, 1848-1925. [Letters
from  Sir  Alan Reeve Manby  to Sir Humphrey
Rolleston   on  vaccination  in  infancy   (with
glycerinated lymph) of H. M. King George VI]
2 letters.   8"  Jan. 1896.
  Photostat.
  MANCE, Jeanne, 1606-73.
  Atherton, W. H. The saintly life of Jeanne Mance; first lay
nurse in North America.  Hosp. Progr., 1945, 26: 182, portr.;
passim.—Barbeau, A.  Sur un medallion de Jeanne Mance.
J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1942,11:411-3, portr.—Festival (The)
of Jeanne Mance. Brit. J. Nurs., 1935, 83: 207.—Godbout, C.
Une visite chez Jeanne Mance en 1672. Canad.  Nurse, 1942,
38: 558-61.-—Mondoux,  S.  Jeanne Mance; pioneer medical
missionary.  Linacre Q., 1944, 12: 87-90.—Nursing (A) pioneer
of 300 years ago, who established the first hospital in the newly
organized Ville Marie, the future Montreal.  Nurs. Times,
Lond.,  1942, 38: 577, portr.—Oeuvre (L') de Jeanne Mance;
discours de la Rdverende Mere Allard, Superieure. J. Hotel-
Dieu Montreal, 1941, 10: 371-«-4.—Philippe, M. Jeanne Mance,
model of the Catholic nurse.  Hosp. Progr.  1943, 24: 76-8.—
Tercentenary  (The)  of Jeanne  Mance, 1642-1942.  Canad.
Nurse, 1939, 35: 259.
  For portrait see Hosp. Progr., 1942,  23: 69.
  MANCEAU, Pierre, ed.
  See Planchon, L., & Bretin, P. Precis de matiere medicale.
5. ed.  2v.  2252p.  20cm.  Par., 1946.
  MANCEAUX, Andre.
  See  Montpellier,  P. J. M.,  & Manceauz, A.  Pratique
hematologique. 328p.  8? .Par., 1933.
  MANCEAUX, Louis Hubert, 1865-1943.
  For obituary see Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1943, 36: 324.
  MANCHEE, Dorothy.   Social service  in  the
clinic  for  venereal diseases,   vii, 96p.  19cm.
Lond.,  Bailliere,  Tindall & Cox,  1938.   Also
2. ed.  vi, 119p.   tab. form.  1943.
  ----   Social  service  in a  general  hospital.
164p.   pl.   tab.   18#cm.    Lond.,   Bailliere,
Tindall & Cox, 1944.
  MANCHESTER, William L., 1858-       Man-
ual  of prophylactic  medicine  exclusively  for
family use.   190p.  12?   Carthage,  Mo.,  Pro-
phylactic Med. Co., 1908.
  MANCHESTER,  Engl.   John  Rylands  Li-
brary.  Catalogue of books in the John Rylands
Library printed in England, Scotland and Ireland
and of books  in  English printed  abroad  to the
end of the year 1640. iii, 147p.  30>^cm.  Manch.,
J. E.  Cornish, 1895.
  ----   Catalogue  of  the printed  books and
manuscripts  in   the  John  Rylands   Library,
Manchester.   3v.   30J4cm.    Manch.,  J.   E.
Cornish, 1899.
  ---- Bulletin.  Manch., v.l, 1903-
  ---- Catalogue of the Arabic manuscripts in
the John Rylands  Library,  Manchester,  by  A.
Mingana.  xiii, 1192p.  fol.  Manch., Manchester
Univ. Pr., 1934.
  ---- The John Rylands Library, Manchester:
1899-1935; a brief record of its history  with
descriptions of the building and its contents,  by
Henry Guppy, librarian,  xviii, 106,  13, lp.   pl.
portr. facs.  8?   Manch., Manchester  Univ. Pr.,
1935.
  ----   Catalogue  of  the  Greek  and  Latin
papyri in  the John Rylands Library, Manchester.
vol. 3: Theological  and literary texts (Nos. 457-
551) ed. by C. H. Roberts,  xvi, 217p. pl.  fol.
Manch., Manchester Univ. Pr., 1938.
  â– ----   Catalogue  of  selection  of   mediaeval
manuscripts and  jewelled book-covers exhibited
in the main library; with introduction and seven-
teen facsimiles,   xi, 70p.   pl.  8?  Manch., Man-
chester Univ. Pr.,  1939.
  Sec also:
  Guppy, H. The John Rylands Library, Man-
chester:  1899-1924.   144p.  25#cm.  Manch.,
1924.
  See also Roberts,  W. W.  English autograph letters in tlm
John Rylands Library.  Bull. John Rylands Libr., 1941, 25:
119-35.—Tyson, M.  The first forty years of the John Rylanda
Library.  Ibid., 46-66.
  MANCHESTER,  Engl.   Medical officer of
Health.  Annual report.  Manch., 1868/69-
  ---- Health of Manchester;  quarterly return.
Manch., 1891-1904.
  ----  Health  of Manchester; weekly return.
Iv.  8?  Manch.,  1890-1904.
  MANCHESTER, Engl.   Rivers  Department.
Annual report.   Manch.,  1906-
  MANCHESTER,  Engl.   Royal  Manchester
Children's Hospital.
  Hospital  centenary  gift  book;  stories,
verses,  and drawings  contributed  by notable
writers and artists in aid of the  centenary  appeal
of the Royal Manchester Children's  Hospital; ed.
by Robert Ollerenshaw.  254p.  8?  Lond., 1935.
  MANCHESTER, Engl.  St Mary's Hospitals.
Report of  the maternity department.  Manch.
(1791)  1792-
  Name of organization varies: Manchester Lying-in Hospital
at Salford Bridge; Manchester and Salford Lying-in Hospital.
  MANCHESTER, Engl.  Victoria University of
Manchester.  Library for Deaf Education.  Cata-
logue of the Library  for  Deaf  Education,  xi,
143p.  roy.  8?  Manchester, Univ. Press, 1932.
  MANCHESTER, Engl.  Victoria University of
Manchester.  Medical School.
  For publication see Manchester University Medical School
gazette.

MANCHESTER, Engl.
  See also  Health organization;  Hospital report.
  British Medical Association.   The book of
Manchester and, Salford;  written for the ninety-
seventh annual'meeting of the  British Medical
Association, in July 1929.  249p.   8?  Manch.,
1929.
  Leech, E. B.    Picturesque episodes  of Man-
chester medical  history.   44p.   8?   Manch.,
1935.
  Brockbank, E. M.  History of Manchester. Brit. M. J.,
1929, 1: 167-71.—Manchester  (The) and District  Radium
Institute. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131: 326-8.—Ransome, A., &
Royston, W.  Report  upon the health of Manchester and
Salford during the last fifteen years. Tr. Nat. Ass.  Promot.
Social Sc. (1866) 1867, 454-72.
  MANCHESTER, N. H.  Beacon  Hill Hospital
Staff.  Bulletin.    Manch., v.2,  No. 2, 1910-
  See also under Health organization; Hospital report.

MANCHESTER, Va.
  See under Health organization.
  MANCHESTER and  Salford Lying-in Hos-
pital.
  See under Manchester, Engl.  St Mary's Hospitals.
  MANCHESTER and  Salford Sanitary  Asso-
ciation.  Report on the  internment of  the dead
[in  the city of Manchester, England]  15p. 8?
Manch., 1857.
  ---- Health  and meteorology of Manchester;
weekly return.   6v. in 3.  8?   Manch.,  No. 1-
335 (1860-66) 1860-67.
  ----  Analysis  of  the  weekly return  of the
health  and meteorology  of  Manchester,  from
Sept. 8, 1860, to  Dec. 28, 1861.  8p.   8?  Manch.,
1862. 
\
MANCHESTER                           229                              MANCHURIA
   ---   Quarterly  report  of   the  health  of
 Manchester  and  Salford;  compiled  from  the
 weekly return.   3v.   Manch. (1863-66) 1864-67.
   Bound with: Rep. Manchester & Salford San. Ass. (1863)
 1864.
   ---   Disease in  St. Marylebone  and  Man-
 chester  during  the  years  1860-65.    4p.   8?
 Manch., 1866.
   ---  Report upon the health of Manchester
 and Salford during the last  fifteen years.   27p.
 8?  Manch., 1867.
   MANCHESTER Clinical Hospital for Women
 and Children.  Annual report of the  committee
 of management to the governors and subscribers.
 Manch., 42.-46., 1897-1901.
   MANCHESTER Literary  and  Philosophical
 Society.
   Sheehan, D.  The Manchester Literary and  Philosophical
 Society.  Isis, Menasha, 1941, 33: 519-23.
   MANCHESTER Lying-in  Hospital  at  Salford
 Bridge.
   See under Manchester, Engl.  St Mary's Hospitals.
   MANCHESTER Medical Society.  Catalogues
 of the  Library;  with the  rules  and lists of  the
 trustees, members,  and  council.   51p.    8?
 Manch., J.  Pratt, 1835.
   See also Brockbank, E. M,  Nova et Vetera: the Library of
 the Manchester Medical Society.  Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 1017.
 ----- Manchester Medical Society centenary.  Ibid., 1934,
 2: 683. ------  Manchester Medical Society.  Med. Press &
 Circ, Dubl., 1937, 194: 98-101.—Centenary of the Manchester
 Medical Society. Brit. M.  J., 1934, 2: 72.—Gibson, R. Nova
 et Vetera: the  early history of the Manchester Medico-Ethical
 Association. Ibid., 1930, 1: 752.
   MANCHESTER Royal Infirmary.
   Renaud, F.   A short history  of the rise and
 progress of the Manchester Royal Infirmary from
 the year 1752 to 1877.  152p.  8?  Manch.,  1898.
   L., B.  Manchester Royal infirmary.  Nurs. Times,  Lond.,
 1939, 35: 944, illust.—What Manchester thinks; at Manchester
 Royal Infirmary.  Ibid., 1942, 38: 662.
   MANCHESTER  University  Medical  School
 gazette.  Manchester, v.26, 1946-

 MANCHINEEL.
   See Hippomane.
   MANCHOT,  Hans,   1910-        *Ist   der
 Begriff   Biostatik  in  der  modernen  Prothetik
 berechtigt?   Was  ist eine  biologisch  orientierte
 Prothetik?  35p.  pl.  8?   Miinch., Hohenhaus,
 1937.

 MANCHURIA [and Manchu]
   See also Balneography; Mongol; Tunguz.
   Hisida,  S.   Fourth  report  on  progress  in
 Manchuria  to  1934  [Compiled  for  the South
 Manchuria railway]   294p.  4?   Dairen, 1934.
   Lattimore,  O.   The  Gold  Tribe,  fishskin
 tatars of the lower Sungari.  77p.  8?  Menasha,
 1933.
   Forms No. 40, Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass.
  Jettmar, H.  M. Biological investigations among aboriginal
 tribes in  North Manchuria.  Rep. North. Manchur.  Plague
 Prevent. Serv., 1927-28, 6: 222-39, 5 pl.—Lindgren, E. J.
 An example of culture  contact  without conflict;  Reindeer
 Tungus  and Cossacks of  northwestern  Manchuria.   Am.
 Anthrop., 1938, 40: 605-21.—Loukashkin, A. S.  Some obser-
 vations on the remains  of a Pleistocene fauna and  of the
 Palaeolithic Age in  northern  Manchuria.  In: Early Man
 (Internat. Sympos.) Phila., 1937, 327-40.—New gymnasiums to
 commemorate the South Manchurian railway.  J.  Am. M.
 Ass., 1937, 109: 887.—Schwind, M. Die Mandschurei.  Geogr.
 Zschr., 1943, 49: 48.

â– ---  Medical aspect.
  Brentano, Colmers & Schutze.   Die Ex-
pedition  nach  der   Mandschurei.   318p.   4?
Lpz., 1908.
  In: Beitr. Kriegsheilk. Deut. Ver. Rot. Kreuz, Lpz., 1908.
   Melzer,  F.  Malaria, Gold und Opium;  mit
Stotzners Hei Lung Kiang-Expedition  in  die
unerforschte Mandschurei.   2. Aufl.  247p.   8?
Lpz., 1929.
   Vitensqn,  B.    *Hygiene  des  paysans   en
Mandchourie du Nord.  46p.  8?  Par.,  1932.
   Belonoschkin, B.  Als Arzt in Mandschu-di-go.  Mtinch.
med. Wschr., 1937, 84:  1496-9.—Gariaeff, O. A., & Owens,
J. E.  Dentistry in Manchukuo. Contact Point, 1941-42, 19:
195-206.—Ginzton, L.  Tropical diseases of northern Man-
churia. Abstr. Papers Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927, 7. Congr.,
24.—Health and disease in Manchuria.  Region. M. Stud.
AAF Tactic Cent., 1945,  No. 17i 1-6.—Hisida, S.  Sanitation.
In his Fourth Report on Progress in Manchuria, 1934, 236-44.—
Miura, U.  Some observations on mortality statistics of the
Japanese in Manchuria.  J- Orient. M., Dairen, 1926, 5:
57-26.—Robertson, D. S.  Modern  medicine in Manchuria.
Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1942, 208: 53-6.—Takamori, T.
Endemien in Mandschukuo.  Jap. J.  M. Sc, 1938-39, 5: Proc.
Int. Med., 129-37.—Taylor, H. W. Y.  The incidence of certain
tropical diseases in Moukden and the surrounding  parts of
South Manchuria, Tr.  Far East. Ass. Trop. M.,  1934, 9:
pt 2, 403-6.
   MANCHURIA (The)  Daily News.  Manchou-
kuo's policy for the eradication of opium-smok-
ing.  25p.   pl. tab.  22cm.   Dairen,  the News,
1939.

MANCHURIAN  fever.
   See Rickettsiasis.
   MANCHURIAN Refugees' Relief Association,
[Shanghai,  China]  Japanese  brutalities  in Man-
churia; the seven death penalties; the Fushun
massacre.  8p.  pl.   8?  Shanghai, Manchurian
Refugees' Relief Ass. [1933]

MANCINELLA.
   See Hippomane.
   MANCINI, Nicolas.
   See Ayres Netto, P., &  Mancini, N. Contribuci6n al estudio
de la anestesia peridural.  24p.  26Hcm. b. Air., 1940.
   MANCINI, Paolo,      -1932.
   For obituary see Rass. clin. sc, 1932, 10: 435.
   MANCINI,  Stefano.    La  tubercolosi   dei
polmoni e delle pleure.  1. Parte (cap. 1-25)  xvi,
733p.   illust.   8?    Livorno,  E. Pasquini,  1931.
   ----   [The same; cap.   1-46]   xvi,  1135p.
illust.  pl.   25cm.   Lpz., G.   Thieme, 1933.
   ----   Un problema sociale; la prevenzione e
la cura delle  malattie del cuore  e dei vasi san-
guigni.    595p.    illust.   25cm.   Livorno,   B.
Biersack, 1938.
   MANCINI, Ugo.   La  trombosi dei seni della
dura madre.  173p.   pl.  8?   Roma, Universelle
Impr. Polyglotte, 1915.
   MANCINI, Vincenzo.
   See Saccardo,  P. A., Cuboni, G.,  & Mancini, V.  Sylloge
Hymenomycetum. 2v. Padova, 1887.  1146p.; 928p.  22^cm.
Ann Arb., 1944.
   MANCINI, Vittorio.  Compendio di patologia
speciale medica.  574p.   illust.  25cm.  Tor., V.
Giorgio, 1944.
   MANCIOLI, Tommaso.   Malattie  dell'orec-
chio,  del naso e della gola (oto-rino-laringoiatria)
3. ed.   xxxii, 803p.  illust.    16?   Milano,  U.
Hoepli, 1934.

MANCONA bark.
   See Erythrophleum.
   MAND, Annie,  1862-1933.
   Wilson, L. B. A woman pioneer in a new profession, medical
editing.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1933, 8: No. 51, Suppl. 4-7.

MANDARIN.
   See Citrus.
   MANDAROUX,   Henri,   1904-        Con-
tribution a l'etude de la reaction de Vernes a la
resorcine dans le diagnostic et le pronostic de la
tuberculose.  71p.  8?  Par.,  M. Vigne,  1929. 
MANDE                                        230                           MANDELIC ACID
   MANDE,  Aimee  Lioubov,  1905-        *Les
injections  intra-veineuses lentes  de phdnyl cin-
choninate   de  lithium  dans  le  traitement  de
certaines   algies  d'origine   neoplasique.    f>f>p.
24cm.   Par., R. Foulon, 1941.
   MANDE, Raymond, 1910-       *La tyramine
et l'hypertension des nephrites.    132p.   24cm.
Par., R. Foulon, 1941.
   MANDEL,  Eleazar, 1908-        *La  maladie
de Paget et l'atherome; contribution k l'etude de
la  pathogenie.    75p. .  pl.    8?    Paris,  Impr.
D'Appel,  1936.
   MANDEL, Elias Woolf Leopold, 1884-
   See Vittel,  France.  Society de medecine de Vittel.  The
Vittel treatment; by the  members of  the Medical  Society of
Vittel with the collaboration  of Dr. Leopold Mandel.  31p.
21cm.  S. Dizier, France,  1931.
   MANDEL,  Elisabeth, 1912-        *Der  Ein-
fluss der Temperatur bei oligodynamischen Ver-
suchen.   15p.   8?   Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937.
   MANDEL,   Fritz,   1899-        *Lupus  ery-
thematodes acutus  mit Streptokokken viridans-
Infection.   22p.   8?   Freib. i. B., W.  Wiemken,
1933.
   MANDEL,  Hans,  1899-        *Erfahrungen
mit der Insulinbehandlung des Diabetes mellitus.
22p.  8?  Wurzb., C. J.  Becker, 1926.
   MANDEL,  Hassel Joshua, 1917-
   See Krichesky, B.,  & Mandel, H.  The Golgi apparatus in
uterine gland cells during pregnancy in the rabbit,  p.169-74.
26cm.  Berkeley, 1943.
   MANDEL,  John Alfred, 1865-1929.
   For obituary see Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 216:  H.  4-6.  Also
Science. 1929, 70: 29.
   ----& STEUDEL, Hermann.   Minimetrische
Methoden   der   Blutuntersuchung.   vi,   26p.
illust.   8?   Berl., W.  de  Gruyter  &  co.,  1921.
Also 2. Aufl.  60p.   1924.
   MANDEL, Jozef,  1912-      *Le trachome en
Pologne.   52p.  8?   Par., J. Haumont, 1937.
   MANDEL,  Peter   Paul,   1910-        *Die
Auswirkungen inkretorischer Storungen  auf  das
Zahnsystem  [Halle-Wittenberg]   34p.  pl.  tab.
8?  Bielefeld, Beyer & Hausknecht, 1935.
   MANDEL, Simon,  1909-       *Etude  sur le
traitement  des  ulceres  gastroduod6naux par  les
injections  de la  pepsine.    40p.   8?   Par.,  L.
Rodstein,  1937.
   MANDEL,  William,   1912-         ^'hyper-
tension   paroxystique   d'origine   surrenalienne
associee a  d'autres  syndromes  cliniques.    20p.
8?  Geneve, Impr. du Commerce, 1936.
   MANDELBAUM,  Moses Joseph,   1881-
The relation  of  sinus trouble to  coughs.  2 1.
24cm.   N. Y., the Author,  1930.
   MANDELE,  Lodewijk  Johannes   van  der.
Studien zum Problem des Pulsus paradoxus; mit
besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  seiner   klinischen
Bedeutung.  89p. illust.  8?  Wien, J. Springer,
1925.

MANDELIC  acid.
   See  also  Ester; Glycol,  Derivatives;  Phenol,
Derivatives.
   Trurnit, H. J.   *Enzymatische Bildung  von
Mandelsaureestern.   p. 100-12.  8?  Berl., 1932.
   Ammon, R., & Geisler, W.  Die asymmetrische Spaltung
homologer racemischer  Mandelsaureester durch  Menschen-
leberesterase.  Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 249: 470.—Ayres, E. B.,
& Hauser, C. R.  The course of reaction in the transformation
of a,a-dibromoacetophenone to mandelic  acid  by means of
aqueous alkali.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1943, 65: 1095.—Fosdick,
L. S., & Calandra, J.  C.   Some normal and alkamine  esters of
m-aminomandelic acid and related compounds. Ibid., 1941, 63:
1101-3.—Fosdick, L.  S., & Wessinger, G.  D. Some alkyl
and  alkamine esters  of  p-aminomandelic  acid and related
compounds.   Ibid.,  1938,  60: 1465.—Fujise, S., & Iwakiri, M.
Dismutative TJmwandlung von p-Tolylglyoxal in 1-p-Methyl-
mandelsaure  unter  Einwirkung des Enzyms frischer Zellen.
Biochem. Zschr..  P.i3.>36, 283: 298-300.—Ghosh, J.  C., £
Ithattarharyya.  S.  K.   Die Wirkung  der  gleichzcitigon  Be-
-tnililmu; mit verschiodenen Wellrnl.ingen  auf die Oxydation
von Mandelsaure (lurch  Brom.  Zschr. phys.  Chem., Abt B
1935-36, 31: 420-30.  Ghosh, J. C, Naruyanmurtl, I), s., <fc
Roy, N. K.  Die photochemische Oxydalion von Mnndi'N;nire
durch Methvlenblau unter \ erwendung von Uram Initrat als
Photosensihilisutor.   Ibid.,  1935,  29:  236-46- Gillilnnd,
L. N., jr, Hart,  J. P., & Everett, M. R.  The preparation and
resolution  of dl-2-hvdroxy-3, 5-dinitromandelic acid.   Proc
Oklahoma Acad. Sc.  (1940) 1941, 21: 119.—Hurd, C.  I)., 4
Raterink, H.  R.  The pyrolysis of  mandelic acid and related
compounds.  J. Am.  Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 1541-6.—Ladcn-
burg, K., Folkers, K., & Major, R. T.  The synthesis of 3-
hydroxy-2-(3)-benzofuranone and of 4-hydroxv mandelic acid
Ibid., 1936, 58:  1292-4.—McKenzie. A., & Humphries, H. B. p]
Studies in asymmetric synthesis; the asymmctiic synthesis of
1-mandelic acid.  J. Chem. Soc,  Lond.,  1909,  1105-14__
Phillips, J. H., Wallingford, V. II.. & Butler, A. Q. Determina-
tion of mandelic acid in urine; precipitation as cadmium mandc-
late.   J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1942-43, 28: 1272-80- Ri< hsom.r.
J. L., Baldwin,  R. [et al.]  The preparation of substituted
mandelic acids and their  bacteriological cITccts. J. Am. Chem
Soc, 1938, 60:  2974-6.—Riebsomer, J. 1... &  Irvine, J.  2,5-
dimethylmandelic acid (mandelic acid, 2,5-dimethyl-)    Org
Synth., 1945, 25: 33-5.   ---;---& Andrews, R.  The prepara-
tion  of substituted mandelic acids and  their bacteriological
effects.  J. Am.  Chem.  Soc,  1938,  60: 1015.— Ri» bsomer,
J. L., Stauffer, D. [et al.]  The preparation of substituted
mandelic acids and their bacteriological effects.  Ibid., I'.»42, 64:
2080.—Roger,  R.  The  resolution of r-mandelic acid  with
(—)  ephedrine.   J. Chem. Soc, Lond.,  1935,  1514.—Rona,
P., Ammon, R., & Oelkers, H. A. Fermentative Mandelsaure-
esterbildung.   Biochem.  Zschr., 1931,  231:  59-06.—Rosen-
mund, K. W., & Schindler, H.  Ueber die katalytische Reduc-
tion  von Mandelsiiuren.  Arch. Pharm.,  Berl.,  1928,  266:
281-3.


----   Ammonium derivative [Mandamon]
   Alvariza Perez, E.  Sobre cuatro casos de infecci6n urinaria
tratados por el mandelato de amonio. Dia m£d. urug., 1939-40,
7: 41.—Ascoli,  R.  II mandelato d'ammonio  nella cura delle
infezioni urinarie.  Minerva med., Tor., 1938, 29: pt 2, 70.—
Cavalheiro Dias, J.  O mandelato de ammonio no tratamento
das infeccoes urinarias.   Pub.  m6d.,  S. Paulo,  1937-38, 9:
No.  11,  15-21.—Dolan,  L. P.  Experiences with ammonium
mandelate in urinary infections.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1936,  107:
1800-5.—Fernandez Muniz, M., & Anido, V.  Contribution
a la  terapeutica  del mandelato de amonio.   Bol. Clin. As.
Damas Covadonga, Habana, 1938, 5: 87-91.—Garduno, D. M.
Ammonium salt of mandelic acid in some cases of urinary in-
fection.  J. Philippine M. Ass., 1940, 20: 657-64.—Goldeck, H.
Die Beeinflussung der Coli-Infektion der ableitenden Harnwege
durch die Mandelsaure  (Ammonium-Mandelat)  Deut. Arch.
klin. Med., 1939, 184: 163-74.—Jongh, C. L. de  [Ammonium
mandalate in treatment of inflammation of the renal pelvis and
bladder]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2721-5, pl.—Moracci,
E.  II mandelato d'ammonio nelle  complicanze urinarie post-
operatorie in ostetricia e ginecologia.  Rinasc. med., 1940, 17:
211.—Rosen, K. B.  Syrup of ammonium mandelate, formula
and  method  of assay.   Bull. Nat. Formulary Com.  U. S.,
1939-40, 8: 381-3.—Rupel, E., & Travis, R. C. Mandelic acid
therapy; action of enteric coated tablets of mandelic acid (as
monoethanolamine  mandelate) and  ammonium chloride.
J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 41: 622-6.—Schicks, G. C.  Syrup of
ammonium mandelate.   Bull.  Nat.  Formulary  Com.  U. S.,
1939-40, 8:37.


----  Pharmacology.

   Meier,   K.    *Beitrag  zur   Toxikologie der
Mandelsaure.  16p. 24J»$cm.   Bern,  1940.
   Also Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par., 1940, 64: 79-92.

   Scholz,  A.  A.  J.   *Das  Verhalten  der  dl
Mandelsaure im menschlichen Organismus.  15p.
23cm.  Kiel, 1937.
   Carroll, G., Kappel, L., & Allen, H.  The toxicity of mandelic
acid. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 548-52.—Carry, R. C., &
Smith, I. A.  The urinary excretion of mandelic acid adminis-
tered intravenously to cats.  Biochem.  J., Lond., 1940, 34:
490-9.—Gordonoff, T.  Ueber die Mandelsaure als Harndesin-
fiziens.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1939, 69: 1279-81—Helmholz,
H. F.  A comparison of mandelic acid and  sulfanilamide as
urinary antiseptics.  J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,  1937, 109:  1039-41.
       & Osterberg, A.  E.  Rate of excretion and bactericidal
power of mandelic acid in the urine.  Ibid., 1936, 107: 1794-6.
Also Proc.  Mayo Clin., 1936,  11: 373-7— McMahon, S.
Intravenous use of mandelic acid  for urinary antisepsis; an
experimental study of excretion and toxicity.  J. Urol., Bait.,
1939, 41: 611-21.—Mandecal; compound calcium mandelate
B. D. H.  Manitoba M. Ass. Rev., 1938, 18: 134.—Melton,
G., & Rosenheim, M. L.  Calcium mandelate. Lancet, Lond.,
1938, 1: 494.—Mongini, L.  Sugli effetti della somministrazione
di alcuni sali dell'acido mandelico per via parenterale.  Arch.
ital. med. sper., 1939, 4: 249-60.—Montenbruck, D. Beitrag
zum Abbau der a-Aminosauren; iiber das Verhalt<ri der Man-
delsaure im Organismus. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1940, 195: 
MANDELIC ACID                           » 231                             MANDELIC ACID
 164-74.—Sas, L. [The examination of more recent preparations
 of mandelic acid and the role of the chemical reaction in staphy-
 lococci  and coli infections]   Magy.  orv.  arch.,  1941,   42:
 7g_94.—Schovanec, B., Stolz, J., & Zadina, R.  Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen iiber die  Toxicitat der  Mandelsaure.  Acta
 med. scand.,  1939,  99: 61-77.—Sternberg,  G.  Ueber  die
 keimschadigende Wirkung der  Mandelsaure.   Deut. Zschr.
 Verdauungskr., 1943, 7: 22-30— Townsend, J. M.  Mandelic
 acid, a new urinary  antiseptic.   Kentucky M. J., 1937,  35:
 382-4 —Werz,  R.  von.  Wirkt  die Mandelsaure nur durch
 Harnsauerung? Zschr. Urol.. 1939, 33: 288-90.

 ---  Therapeutic use.

    See also Colon bacillus, Infection: Treatment;
 Urine, Antiseptics.
    Caperaa, L. A.  *Traitement des colibacilloses
 urinaires  par l'acide  mand^lique.   86p.   25cm.
 Bord., 1937.
    Echeniqce,  J.  T.   *E1  tratamiento   de  las
 infecciones urinarias  por  el  acido mandelico y
 sus sales.   47p.   26}£cm.  B. Air.,  1941.
    Mecz,  L.    *Traitement  des  infections uri-
 naires k colibacilles par  l'acide mand^lique et  ses
 derives.   34p.   24cm.   Par.,  1938.
    Rice,  R.  L.    *Mandelic  acid as a  urinary
 antiseptic.   16p.   Milwaukee,  1937.
    Andersen, E.  [Experiences with  mandelic  acid  therapy]
 Nord. med., 1939, 1: 584.—Braasch, W. F.  Report on mandelic
 acid. J.Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108:  1033.—Budge, B.G.  Mandel-
 ic acid in the treatment of bacilluria;  its advantages  over the
 ketogenic diet.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1936, 26: 553-6.—Campbell,
 M. F. Mandelic acid therapy. N. York State J. M., 1938, 38:
 1257-61. Also Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 437-9.—Carroll, G.. &
 Coleman, R.   Sodium mandelate, an intravenous  solution
 available for therapeutic use.  J. Urol., Bait., 1943, 258-62.—
 Carroll, G., Lewis, B., & Kappel, L. Mandelic acid as a urinary
 antiseptic  J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 1796-9.  •------  Man-
 delic acid; its  therapeutic value and  limitations.   Am. J.
 Surg., 1938, 42: 365-7. ------   Further clinical and labora-
 tory observations of  mandelic acid.  J. Urol., Bait., 1938,  39:
 710-6.—Chute, R.,  Albright,  F. [et  al.]   Mandelic  acid in
 urinary infections.  Tr. N. England Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1937,
 19-35.—Colby, F. H.  The mandelic acid treatment of urinary
 tract infections.  N.  England J. M.,  1937, 217: 554.—Cook,
 E. N.  Mandelic acid in the treatment of infections of the  uri-
 nary tract.  Minnesota M., 1937, 20:  512-5. ------  Further
 studies on the use of mandelic acid for infections of the urinary
 tract.  Proc Mayo Clin., 1937,  12: 215-7. ------   The  use
 of  mandelic acid for infections of the urinary tract.  In: Pract.
 Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1938, Suppl., 535-8. ----r &
 Buchtel, H. A.  Mandelic  acid in the treatment of infections
 of the urinary tract.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 1799.   —■----
 The use of mandelic acid for infections of the urinary tract.
 Proc. Mayo Clin., 1936, 11: 538-40.—Dalsace.  A propos de la
 therapeutique mandelienne  dans  les  infections  urinaires.
 J.  urol. med., Par., 1938,  45: 322.—Dodson, A. I.,  & Oden,
 P.  W.  A clinical study of the therapeutic usefulness of mandelic
 acid.  Virginia M.   Month.,  1939, 66:  255-7.—Droller,  H.
 Calcium mandelate and sulphanilamide in treatment of urinary
 infections.  Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 657-9.—Duvergey, H.  L'acide
 mand^lique  et ses  derives  dans  le  traitement des infections
 urinaires.  Aaz. hop., 1937, 110: 797-801.------ & Caperaa,
 L.  La therapeutique mandelienne dans les infections urinaires.
 J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 97-119.—Ferrin, J. W.   The  use
 of mandelic acid in the treatment of genito-urinary infections.
 Illinois M. J., 1938, 73: 429-32.—Gauwerky, L.  Unter welchen
 Umstanden kann bei Mandelsauretherapie auf Diatvorschriften
 und Fliissigkeitseinschrankung verzichtet werden?   Fortsch.
 Ther., 1942,  18: 37-9.—Gentzsch,  W. G.  Die intravenose
 Mandelsaurebehandlung der  Coliinfektionen der  Harnwege.
 Klin. Wschr., 1940,19:276-9.—Grau, C. A. El acido mandelico
 y sus derivados.  Sem. mdd., B. Air.,  1941, 48:  286-91 —
 Gross, H., & Hennig, G.  Mandelsaure und Colibacilleninfek-
 tionen der Harnwege.  Klin. Wschr., 1939, 18: 1603.—Guha, P.
 Mandelic acid therapy; a review.  Calcutta M. J., 1939,  35:
 207-9.—Holling, H. E., &  Piatt, R.   Mandelic acid and am-
 monium mandelate  in  the treatment of urinary infections.
 Lancet,  Lond., 1936,  1: 769-71.—Hryntschak, T.  Ueber  die
 Mandelsaurebehandlung der  Harninfektion.   Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1937, 33: 1097-9. Also Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1938,  51:
 479.------  Neue Wege und Mittel  in der Bekampfung  der
 Harninfektion (mandelsaures  Calcium)  Zschr. urol. Chir.,
 1937, 43: 261-71  [Discussion] 353-6.—Kantor.  Mandelsaure
 bei Koliinfektionen ausserhalb der  Harnwege.  Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1940,  36: 1288  (Abstr.)—Kirwin, T. J., & Bridges, J. P.
 Studies in urinary antisepsis; clinical investigation of mandela-
 mine, a  recently introduced urinary antiseptic  Am. J. Surg.,
 1941, 52: 477-80.—Kleeberg,  J.   Mandelic acid as an aid in
 typhoid therapy.   Acta med. orient.,  Jerusalem,  1943, 2:
 187-91.—Kunstmann, H.   Erfahrungen iiber die Behandlung
 von Koliinfektionen der Harnwege mit Mandelsaure.   Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 790-4.—Lyon, D. M., & Dunlop, D. M.
 Mandelic acid in the treatment of  urinary infections.  Brit.
 M.  J., 1935,  2: 1096.—Mandelic acid.  Ibid., 457.—Mandelic
acid.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937,  109: 1989; 1938, 110:  1837.—
Mandelic acid; a new urinary antiseptic.  Med. Ann. District
of  Columbia, 1937,  6: 46.—Mandelic acid; further  clinical
observations concerning this new urinary antiseptic  Physi-
cian's Bull., 1937, 2:  No.  4, 10-2.—Mandelic acid in urinary
infections.  Prescriber, Edinb.,  1935,  29: 288.  Also Clin. J.,
Lond., 1936, 65: 79-81.—Mandelic acid therapy in the treat-
ment of urinary tract infections.  Wisconsin M. J., 1936, 35:
973.—Mandelic acid  treatment of urinary  tract infections.
Physician's Bull., 1936, n. ser., 1: No. 6, 3-7.—Marsan. F.
La  therapeutique manddlienne dans  les infections urinaires.
In: Anne"e m6d. prat.,  Par., 1939, 18: 230-3.—New prescription
form  of mandelic acid. Physician's  Bull., 1938,  3: 18-20.—
Note sur le mandelium.  Arch. med.  chir. province, 1937, 27:
79-81.—Oberholtzer,  A.  Acido  mandelico  e  mandelati, di
sodio, di ammonio, di calcio e di esametilentetramina,  nella
cura delle infezioni delle vie urinarie. Arch. ital. urol.,  1939,
16: 38-73.—Paces, V. [Our experiences with mandelic acid in
treatment of infectious diseases of the urinary tract] Cas. 16k.
Cesk., 1937, 76: 1201-5.—Pereyra, J. A. El tratamiento de las
infecciones urinarias colibacilares por los  mandelatos.  Arch.
urug. med., 1939, 15: 222-44.—Plichet, A.  Le traitement des
infections urinaires par l'acide mand^lique et le mandelate
d'ammonium.  Presse med., 1936, 44: 1696.—Polke, J.   Die
Mandelsauretherapie  bei  Koliinfektionen  des  Harntraktes.
Wien. med. Wschr., 1939, 89: 706-10.—Prins, L. R.  Mandelic
acid treatment of urinary tract infection.  Minnesota M.,
1937, 20: 167-71.—Ravara Alves, L.  O acido mandelico na
terapeutica urinaria.  Impr. m£d., Lisb., 1937, 3: 42.—Ringel-
mann, K.  Erfahrungen mit der Mandelsaurebehandlung akuter
und chronischer Infektionen der Harnwege. Ther. Gegenwart,
1938, 79: 426-9.—Rosenheim, M. L.  Mandelic acid. Lancet,
Lond., 1935, 2: 741.   ------  Mandelic acid in the treatment
of  urinary infections.  Ibid.,  1:  1032-7; 1936,  2:  1083-7.
Also Internat. Clin., 1938, n. ser., 2: 43-53. ------ Urinary
antiseptics (including sodium and  ammonium  mandelate)
Lancet, Lond.,  1936, 2:  1158.—Schnor,  E.  [Principles  for
treatment with granular mandelic acid; an improved granular
preparation; determination of pH by means of  Lyphan-paper]
Ugeskr. laeger, 1940,  102: 437-42.—Squires,  C. B.  Mandelic
acid therapy in the treatment of urinary  infections.  South.
M. & S., 1937, 99: 167.—Status of mandelic acid.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1937, 109: 1989.—Tratamiento de las infecciones urinarias
colibacilares por los mandelatos.  Dia m£d., B.  Air.. 1940,  12:
364.—Vargas Zalazar  & Correa Fuenzalida, O.  La colibacilosis
urinaria y su tratamiento por el acido mandeiico y sus derivados.
Med. mod., Valparaiso, 1937-38, 11: 671-4.—Werz, R. von.
Mandelsaure als Harndesinfiziens.   Miinch.  med. Wschr.,
1939, 86: 1080-3.—Weyeneth, R.  Die Mandelsaure in  der
Bekampfung  der Harnweginfektionen unter  kritischer Be-
riicksichtigung eines  zweckmassig kombinierten  Therapeuti-
kums.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1939, 69: 1297-302.—Yang, E. F.
Mandelic acid in the treatment of twenty cases of infections of
the urinary tract in  general  practice. Malay. M. J.,  1937,
12: 184.
   MANDELKOW, Johannes  Friedrich Wilhelm,
1901-          *Der   Hiltebrandtsche   TJniversal-
zahn.  20p.  8?   Berl., E. Ebering,  1925.
   MANDELSTAM,  Agathe,  1900-       *Klini-
sche Untersuchungen zur  Aetiologie  und Patho-
genese   der   Syringomyelie.   32p.   8?   Jena,
Thiiring. Verl., 1927.
   MANDELSTAMM, Max Emelianovich,  1838-
1912.
   For biography see in Modern M. World (Kagan, S.  R.)
Bost., 1945, 146, portr.
   See also [One hundredth anniversary of his birth]  Vest.
oft., 1939, 15: No. 6, 120.
   See also references to  the same  author in 1.  ser. under
Mandelstam  (Emanuel),  in  2.  ser. under  Mandelstamm,
Emmanuel Khatskelevich, and in 3. ser. under Mandelstamm,
Max Emmanuel.

   MANDELSTAMM, Maxime, 1899-        *De
Faction   possible  du  thymus sur  les  organes
genitaux; contribution  a l'etude  du role physio-
logique  du  thymus.   47p.    8?    Par., Presses
modernes,  1927.
   MANDEWIRTH,   Paul,  1908-        *Ueber
die Wirkung  einiger  Antipyretika auf die Sauer-
stoffzehrung  [Munster]  19p. 8?  Werne-Lippe,
F.  Grube,  1933.


MANDIBULA.

   See   also  Branchial   apparatus;  Chin;  Face,
Bones; Jaw; Maxilla; Tooth.
   Matzen Seiler, R.    *Arquitectura del maxi-
lar  inferior  en relaci6n con   la  posici6n  de  las
raices  y con la capacidad  de resistencia del arco
dentario  en  el  adulto   [Chile]    64p.   8?   San-
tiago,  1939. 
MANDIBULA                                  232                                   MANDIBULA
   Seipel, C. G. M.   *LTeber  den  strukturellen
Bau  des Unterkiefers beim  Menschen.   31p.   8?
Bonn, 1934.
   Gaman, F. transl. by B. Polacco. L'impalcatura ossea della
mandibola  in  condizioni  normali e  patologiche.   Stoma-
tologia,  Mod., 1929, 27: 302-20.—Howkins,  C.  H.  Blood
Bupply of the lower jaw.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29:
506.—Katz,  A.  Architektur des Unterkiefers im  Zusammen-
hang mit der Lage der Wurzeln und der Widerstandsfiihigkeit
des Zahnbogens beim Erwachsenen. Vjschr. Zahnh.,  1931, 47:
85; 214.—Machado  de Sousa, O.   Observations  sur l'archi-
tecture de la compacte de  la mandibule humaine.  Fol.  clin.
biol.,  S. Paulo. 1940, 12: 15-26.—Molnar, L.  Die Knochen-
struktur  des Unterkiefers  als  funktionelles  System.  Zschr.
Stomat.,  1939, 37: 1177-96.—Thompson, J. R., & Brodie, A. G.
Constancy of the position and form of the mandible.  J. Dent.
Res.,  1942, 21: 339 (Abstr.)—Woollard, H. H., & Harpman, A.
Note  on  the internal architecture of the mandible.  J. Anat.,
Lond., 1937-38, 72: 575-8, pl.


----  Abnormity  and deformity.

   See also other subheadings.
   Carrea,  R.  M. E.  *Tratamiento quinirgico
del  promentonismo,  mandibulomegalia  y  otras
deformidades mandibulares.   132p.   27cm.   B.
Air.,  1943.
   Friedmann,   R.   *Ueber  eine  seltene Miss-
bildung des Unterkiefers bei einem sechs Monate
alten Embryo.   14p.  8?  Miinch.,  1934.
   Hiddemann,  H.    *Die  Deformitaten   des
Unterkiefers  und  ihre chirurgische Behandlung.
36p.   8?    Bonn, 1933.
   Lancry,   M.    *Contribution  a  l'etude   de
quelques  difformites  congenitales   ou  acquises
du maxillaire inf6rieur.  47p.  8?  Par.,  1927.
   Fernand es &  Van Swieten.   Atrfesie congenitale du maxil-
laire  inferieur.   Ann.  Inst. chir.  Bruxelles,  1904, 11:  38.—
Hallion,  I.  Sur les consequences physio-pathologiques  d'un
defaut de developpement de la machoire inferieure.  Rev. prat.
biol.,   Par.,  1929,  22: 193-9.—Kazanjian,  V. H.   Surgical
treatment of deformities of the mandible. Apollonian, Bost.,
1936, 11: 226-31.—Kirk, E. C.   Deformations of the mandible
in relation  to dentul  prosthesis.  Brit.  Dent. J., 1927,  48:
1169-77.—Landais, P.   Comment doit etre concu le traitement
chirurgical   des  deformations  mandibulaires:  prognathic  et
laterognathie.  Rev. stomat., Par.,  1934, 36: 98-103.—McCoy,
J D.  Diagnosis and treatment of deficient mandibular struc-
tures in  children.   J.  Am. Dent.  Ass., 1937, 24: 868-83 —
Miller, S. C.  Repositioning the mandible.  J. Second Distr.
Dent. Soc.  N.  York, 1937-38,  23: No. 6,  15-9.—Moore, T. R.
Gnathostatic diagnosis of denture  mutilations.  J. Am. Dent.
Ass.,  1940, 27: 862-74.—Passeroni, C.  Considerazioni cliniche,
radiografiche e terapeutiche in un caso di malocclusione con
atresia mascellare in bambina di sette anni.  Ann. Clin, odont.,
Roma, 1937, 14: 171-43.—Petersen, W. F.  Prenatal factors
in facial development; mandibular malformation.   Am. Ass.
Orthodont.  (1940) 1941, 38: 106-28.  Also Am. J.  Orthodont.,
1941, 27: 179-201.—Postl, E.  Erworbene Unterkiefermissbil-
dung bei einem Pferde.   Wien. tierarztl. Mschr.,  1937, 24:
\1.—Scher, S. L.  The deformed  chin and lower  jaw.   Ann.
Surg., 1942, 115: 868-79.—Smith, A.  E., & Johnson,  J. B.
Surgica'  treatment of mandibular deformations. J. Am. Dent.
Ass.,  1940,27: 689-700.

----   Abscess.
   Cornbleet, T., & Pace,  E. R.  Dento-alveolar abscess with
sinus. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937, 36: 220.—Edgar, G.
Mandibular abscess of sheep.  Austral. Vet. J., 1935, 11: 19-22.


----   Actinomycosis.

   See also subheading Mycosis.
   Burki, J. Ein seltener Fall von  beidseitiger Unterkieferakti-
nomykose beim Reh. Schweiz. Arch. Tierh., 1943, 85: 307-9.—
Dechaume.  Actinomycose du maxillaire inferieur simulant
une osteomyelite.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1932,  39: 1208-
10  ------â–  A  propos d'un cas d'actinomycose du  maxillaire
inferieur.  Rev.  stomat.. Par..  1934, 36: 369-;74.   ------  &
Chompret.   Actinomycose rarfifiante du  maxillaire  inferieur
sans atteinte des parties molles ni  infection secondaire.  Ibid.,
1930, 32: 678-80.—Henry, C.  B.  Pathological specimen and
skiagrams of a horse's  mandible showing actinomycosis.   Proc.
R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1934-35, 28: 1669-72—Lemaitre  Baudouin
& Ardouin.  A propos de deux cas d'actinomycose du maxillaire.
Ann  otolar.,  Par.,  1936,  181-5.—Schrecker,  F.   Actinomy-
coma of the mandible.   Dent. Rays, Pittsb., 194(M1, 16:  67.—
Siege], L.   Ueber geschwulstartige Aktinomykose des Unter-
kiefers, mit Bemerkungen iiber die Vorpflanzung zum  Kno-
chenersatz  von Unterkieferdefekten.  Deut. Zschr. Chir.,  1929,
216:  222-32.—Zepponi, F.  Ricerche batteriologiche intorno a
due casi di actinomicosi della  mandibola (Actinomyces israeli)
Ann. Clin,  odont., Roma, 1932, 9:  40-5.
----   Adamantinoma.

   See also subheading Ameloblastoma.
   Haond,  M.   *Le  traitement  des adamanti-
nomcs solide  et kystiquc du maxillaire  inferieur.
67p.  25#cm.   Lyon, 1939.
   Kretschmer, H.   *Zur Diagnostik der zysti-
schen  Adamantinome  im  Unterkiefer    [Berlin]
24p.  8?  Bottrop, 1937.
   Raffray, P.  *Le traitement des epitheliomas
adamantins et  des grands  kystes multiloculaires
du maxillaire  inferieur.  63p.   8?  Par.,  1933.
   Rossert,   A.    *Etude  des   grands  kystes
adamantins   multiloculaires  au  maxillaire   in-
ferieur.   83p.   8!  Par., 1929.
   Wtjnder,   K.  W.    *Ueber  einen  Fall  von
Adamantinom   beiderseitig   des  Unterkiefers
[Munster]  20p.  8?   Dusseld.,  1934.
   Bengochea, L.  Adamantinomas del maxilar inferior.  Rev.
odont., B. Air., 1936, 24:  112.—Bolivar.  Resecci6n completa
del arco del maxilar inferior por tumor maligno.   Bol.  Liga
cancer, Habana, ed. cient,, 1942, 17: 254 (Abstr.)—Catania, V.
Su un caso di adamantinoma della mandibola.  Stomatologia,
Mod., 1933, 31: 727; 797.—Charron, E.   Un cas d'adamanti-
nome.  Union m6d. Canada, 1935, 64:  659-61.— Coenen, H.
Temporale Knochencyste als Metastase eines cystisrhen Unter-
kieferadamantinoms,  nebst Bemerkungen tiber die Gencse.
Zbl.  Chir., 1942,  69: 1020-6.—Colvin, A. R. Adamantinoma
with cyst of lower jaw.  Minnesota M., 1937, 20: 624.—Cystic
adamantinoma with recurrence; case.  Arch. Clin. Oral Path.,
1938, 2:  150-64.—Delsaux.  Adamantinome  du  maxillaire
inferieur.  Bull. Soc beige otol., 1908-09, 14: 90-3.—Demirleau,
J., & Cherouvrier.  Trois cas d'adamantinomes de la machoire
inferieure.  Bull.  Hop.  Sadiki, Tunis, 1942-43,  1:  54-64.—
Dreosti, A. O.  Adamantinoma of the lower jaw. S. Afr. M. J.,
1941, 15:  71-3.—Field,  H. J.  & Ackerman, A. A.  Calcifying
fibro-adamantoblastoma.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1942, 28: Oral
Surg.,  543-5.—Gioia, T.   Contribuci6n  al estudio y trata-
miento del adamantinoma del maxilar inferior. Sem. m6d., B,
Air., 1936, 43:  1283-90.—Gonzalez Mendez J.   Adamanti-
noma del  maxilar inferior.  Cir. cirujan., M6x., 1938, 6: 125-
45.—Gros, J.  C.   Diagn6stico  retrospectivo  de  lesi6n del
maxilar inferior y conducta terapeutica a seguir en este  caso.
Bol. Liga cancer,  Habana,  1943, 18: ed. cient., 311.—Hamilton,
J. E. Adamantinoma of the mandible.  Internat. Clin.,  1940,
n. ser., 4: 267-72, 4 pl.—Herskovits, E.  Adamantinom des
Unterkiefers mit  atypischer  Lokalisation.   Rontgenpraxis,
1939, 11: 92-4.—Hollo way, J. W.  Hemisection of the mandible
for recurrent adamantinoma.  Ann. Surg., 1942, 116: 277-81.—
Jacobs, M. H.   Cystic adamantinoma.  Am. J. Orthodont.,
1941, 27: Oral Surg., 157-9.—Jaulain,  R.  Quelques remarques
sur  les  adamantinomes du  maxillaire  inferieur;  etude plus
particuliere d'un cas observe  dans le service de  chirurgie de
l'Hopital  Tastet-Girard.  J. med.  Bordeaux, 1937, 114: 693-
703.—Joll, C. A.  Recurrent adamantinoma.  Tr.  M. Soc.
London,  1938,  61: 111.—Jorge, J. M., & Mealla, E. S.  Trcs
casos de adamantinomas del maxilar inferior operados; problema
funcional  y estdtico.  Bol.  Acad, argent, cir., 1943,  27: 33-47.
Also Dia med., B. Air.,  1943, 15: 1200-3.—Julliard, C.  Hemi-
resection  du maxillaire inferieur  pour adamantinome.  Rev.
med. Suisse rom., 1941, 61: 563-8.—Lee, E. S.  Adamantinoma
of the lower jaw.   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1940-41, 34: 323.—
Marie.  Un cas d'adamantinome mandibulaire. Rev. stomat.,
Par., 1939,  41:  201-3.—Masciottra,  R.  L.  Adamantinoma
quistico  recidivante del maxilar inferior.  Bol.  Soc. cir. B,
Aires,  1935, 19:  220-39.—Maurel, G.   Deux nouveaux  cas
d'epitheliomas adamantins du maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. odont.,
Par., 1940, 62: 3-16.   ------ & Macary, M.  Un cas  d'epi-
th61ioma  adamantin du maxillaire inferieur; traitement chi-
rurgical et prothetique.  Ibid.,  1933, 54: 991-1012, 6 pl.—
Miliani,  R.  Emiresezione della  mandibola  per  voluminoso
adamantinoma;  studio  istologico e clinico.  Arch. ital. chir.,
 1940, 58:  337-58.—Moore, A. T.  Cystic adamantinoma  of the
lower jaw. South. M. J.,  1934, 27: 928-33.—Ojeda, A.  Ada-
mantinoma quistico.   Bol. Liga  cancer, Habana,  1937,  12:
 163-6.—Pinto Fernandes.  Adamantinoma do maxilar inferior,
um  caso.  Rev.  brasil. otorinolar., 1941, 9: 487.—Prat, D.
 Quiste multilocular adamantino.   Arch. urug. med., 1943, 22:
616-30.—Rajasingham, A. S. A case of adamantinoma of the
lower  jaw.  J.  Ceylon Brit. M. Ass.,  1940, 37:  97-100 —
Reddingius   [Adamantinoma  mandibulae;  demonstration]
Geneesk.  tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941,  81: 2571.—Rouel.  Tumeur
bilat^rale du maxillaire inferieur evoquant radiologiquement un
adamantinome kystique chez un enfant de sept ans et demi.
 Rev. stomat., Par., 1944,  45: 152.—Selvaggi, G.  Studio sopra
 due casi di adamantinoma della mandibola.  Policlinico, 1936,
 43:  sez. chir.,  454-78.—Solid adamantinoma with recurrence;
 case.  Arch. Clin. Oral  Path.,  1938,  2: 142-9.—Tavernier.
 Epithelioma adamantin du maxillaire inferieur; hemiresection,
 guerison maintenue depuis 22 ans.  Lyon chir., 1939, 36: 643.—
 Thoma,  K. H.,  Johnson,  F. G., & Cascario, N.   Adamanto-
 blastoma of  mandible.  Am. J.  Orthodont.,  1944,  30: Oral
 Surg., 248-51.—Wahl.  Adamantinoma polycysticum ossificans
 am Unterkiefer  eines Pferdes.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1938,
I 46: 113.—Winter, L., Lifton, J. C, & McQuillan. A. S. Em- 
MANDIBULA
233
MANDIBULA
bedment of a vitallium mandibular prosthesis as an integral
nart of the operation for removal of an adamantinoma.  Am.
J Surg  1945, 69: 318-24.—Yolfre,  R. Adamantinoma del
maxilar 'inferior izquierdo en relaci6n con el tercer molar in-
ferior'"quierdo.  Rev. odont., B. Air.. 1941, 29: 494.

---   Aging.

  See also subheading Angle.
  Angerer,  E.   *Die Formveranderungen des
Unterkiefers  im Laufe des Lebens   [Munchen]
31p.   8?  Landeshut, 1934.
  Carchio, L. A.   *E1  hueso maxilar  inferior
senil   [Dent.]   45p.  27cm.  B. Air., 1937.
  Kollmer,  A.  *Wie konnen  wir uns das post-
natale  Vorrucken  des  Unterkiefers  erklaren?
Bisswechsel!    [Munchen]   18p.   21cm.    Giinz-

burg,  1937.
  Cottoni, F. La mandibola senile.  Monit. zool. ital., 1933,
44:326-39. Also Ann. Clin, odont., Roma. 1936, 13:693-702.—
Ludwig, M.  Die Porositat des  menschlichen Unterkiefers bei
Zahnverlust  und  in verschiedenem  Lebensalter.   Vjschr.
Zahnh., 1929, 45: 317-32.—Santone, P.  Trasformazioni nella
struttura della mandibola dell'uomo nelle varie eta.  Arch. ital.
anat., 1939, 42: 234-337.

---â–    Agnathia.

  See also subheading Micrognathia.
  Jannasch,  L. M. K.  *Schadelveranderungen
bei Agnathie   [Greifswald]  19p.  8?  Neustadt-
Aisch, 1934.
  Balas, D.  Vollstandiger Mangel  des Unterkiefers.  Pest.
med. chir. Presse, 1905, 41: 460.—Barkow. Ueber den urspriing-
lichen  Mangel des Unterkiefers.  Uebers. Arb. Schles. Ges.
vaterl.  Kult., 1827, 77.—Rocher, H.  L., &  Henri-Fischer.
L'agenesie unilateral et congenitale du corps du maxillaire
inferieur.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1929, 59: 611-;21.—Thevenin, J.
Agenesie  de  la  machoire  inferieure  d'origine obstetricale;
greffe  cartilagineuse; rejection de  l'articulation  temporo-
maxillaire ankylosee; presentation  d'op^rd.  Ibid.,  1940, 117:
72.

---  Alveolar eminences.
  Dowgjallo, N. D. Die Struktur der Compacta des Unter-
kiefers bei normalem und reduziertem Alveolarfortsatz. Zschr.
ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1932, 97:  55-67.—Weinmann, J.  Stoff-
wechselbefunde bei der diffusen Atrophie des Alveolarknochens.
Zschr. Stomat., 1927, 25: 822-7.


---  Ameloblastoma.

  See also subheading Adamantinoma.
  Bauer, W. Atypical  cystic  ameloblastoma.  J. Am. Dent.
Ass., 1939, 26: 1505-12.—Burford, W. N.,  & Ackerman, L.  V.
Extensive ameloblastoma.  Am. J. Orthodont.,  1945, 31: 555-
7.—Byars, L. T., & Sarnat, B. G. Surgery of the mandible; the
ameloblastoma.    Surg.  Gyn.  Obst.,  1945,  81:  575-84 —
Dingman, R. O.  Ameloblastoma  (adamantinoma)  of  the
mandible; report of case.  J. Oral Surg.,  1944, 2: 175-81.—
Durbeck, W. E.   The adamantinoma  (ameloblastoma) origi-
nating  from the impacted  lower third molar  enamel organ.
Ibid., 350-5.—Field & Ackerman.  Ameloblastoma, mandible.
In: Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier,  J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942,
51,  pl.—Goldman, H. M.  Ameloblastoma of  the mandible;
report of case.  Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 83, 121.—
Schweitzer, F. C, & Barnfield, W. F.  Ameloblastoma of the
mandible with metastasis to the lungs; report of a case.  J.
Oral Surg., 1943,  1: 287-95.

---   Anatomy, comparative.

  Hentschel, F.   *Untersuchungen iiber  das
Angulare  und  das  Operculare am   Unterkiefer
einiger seltener  Schwanzlurche (Urodela)   32p.
8?  Weende-Gott., 1936.
  Narvaez Salas, F.  *Observaciones  relativas
a  la  anatomfa  comparada  de  la  mandibula
[Chile]  20p.   26cm.   Santiago, 1938.
  Barbour, E. H.  The mandible  of Torynobeodon barnum-
browni. Am. J. Sc, 1932, 24: 214.—Cecchini, M. Ricerche sul
modo di distribuzione del tessuto compatto e dei sistemi trabe-
colari della mandibola di Equus caballus.  Monit. zool. ital.,
1934, 45:  147-61.—Forster, A.   La crete  en S du maxillaire
inferieur chez certains rongeurs; etude  de specialisation parti-
culiere du tissu osseux.  Arch, anat., Strasb., 1929-30, 10: 327-
46.  ------  Le maxillaire inferieur chez certains rongeurs  (le
cobaye, Hydrochoerus capybara, Myopotamus coypus, Hystrix
cristata;  le rat et la lapin) essai d'explication de certaines
particularites, resultantes d'adaptations sp^ciales.  Ibid., 1930,
11: 391-422.—Gruber, G. B. Zur Frage des Geschlechtsunter-
schiedes am Unterkieferknochen des Rehs.  Deut. tierarztl.
Wschr., 1940, 48: 13-5.—Hennig, W.  Beschreibung der Zahn-
leiste in einem Unterkiefer von  Caiman sclerops.   Morph.
Jahrb., 1931, 68: 487-95.—Kripp, D. von. Der Unterkiefer der
Vogel als Eisenbetontragerkonstruktion.  Ibid., 1935, 76: 659-
62.—Stadtmiiller, F.  Zur Kenntnis des Angulare (Reptilien-
angulare) am Unterkiefer der Landwirbeltiere unter besonderer
Beriicksichtigung  seines  Vorkommens  bei  einigen  seltenen
Salamandriden.  Ibid.,  1937, 79:  436-70.—Zavfel, J.  Prae-
mandibeln einiger Dipterenlarven.  Arch. zool. ital.,  1931-32,
16:  1000.

----   Aneurysm.

  Rossle,  W.   *Aneurysma  des  Unterkiefers.
24p.  8?  Erlangen, 1935.

----   Angle.

  Loo, F. van de.  *Messungen des Unterkiefer-
winkels  am Lebenden  und deren Bedeutung in
der Orthodontie.   21p.  8?   Gott., 1932. _
  Rehse,  O.    *Der Unterkieferwinkel  in  ver-
schiedenen Altersstadien, beim Geschlecht  und
bei der Rasse.  31p.   8?  Marb.,  1936.
  Godwin, A. C.   Structural change at angle of mandible due
to malocclusion, osseous lines of force considered in relation to
change of  muscular influence.  Anat.  Rec,  1942, 82: 485
(Abstr.)—Herkelmann, L.  Die Entwicklung des Astwinkels
am  menschlichen  Unterkiefer.  Morph. Jahrb., 1935, 76:  335-
44,  tab.—Keen, J. A.  A study of the angle of the mandible.
J.  Dent. Res., 1945, 24: 77-86.—Nagahama,  S.   Untersu-
chungen iiber die durch den Zustand der Zahne hervorgerufenen
Unterkieferwinkelveranderungen.  Jap.  J. M.  Sc,  1941,  9:
Proc. Anat., 28.—Naylor-Strong,  C.  Some considerations of
the pathology and treatment of suppurations around the angle
of the mandible.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1939-40, 33:  Sect.
Odont., 693-6.— Stunz, D. I.  The mandibular angle in infancy;
its  significance and modification. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1941, 28:
921-8.—Zeno, L.  Anomalias del  dngulo del maxilar; apofisis
lemurinica de,Albrecht.  An. cirug., Rosario, 1942, 8: 48-51.

----  Angle: Fracture.

    Kirstein, T.   *Unterkieferbriiche  im Bereich
des  Angulus und  des Ramus  ascendens   [Mun-
ster]  29p.  8?   Quakenbriick,  1930.
   Converse,  J. M., & Waknitz,  F.  W.   External skeletal
fixation in fractures  of the mandibular angle.  J. Bone Surg.,
1942, 24: 154-60.—Goinard, P., & Curtillet, A.  La fracture du
maxillaire inferieur k l'union de  la branche montante et  du
corps. Bull,  med., Par., 1934, 48:  447-9.—Harris,  L. W., &
Christiansen, G. W.  Fracture of the mandible at the angle; an
appliance  to depress the posterior fragment.  J. Oral  Surg.,
1945, 3: 212-4.—Maurel, G., & Delarras, G.  Double fracture
angulaire du maxillaire inferieur, chez un bqxeur, en imposant
pour  une  double luxation temporo-maxillaire.   Rev. odont.,
Par., 1927, 48: 276-82, 9 pl.—Thoma, K. H. Three fractures
at the angle of the jaw; one treated by internal wiring, two by
internal clamp fixation.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1945, 31: Oral
Surg., 206-20.—Wallfass & Schneider.  Un cas de fracture
angulaire de la mandibule avec dent de sagesse incluse. Odon-
tologie, Par.,  1934, 72: 723.—Weinberger, M.  Fratura dupla
dos angulos do maxilar inferior. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1938, 46:
 1112-8.—Wilson,  T. H. H.  Treatment of a mal-united and
bilateral fracture of both angles of the  mandible. Brit. Dent.
J.,  1945, 78: 208.

 ----  Anthropology.

    Bergemann,  O.   *Der  Winkel zwischen  auf-
 steigendem Ast und Basis  des  Unterkiefers  und
 der  Winkel zwischen Processus coronoideus und
 aufsteigendem  Ast  bei  den  verschiedenen Men-
 schenrassen   [Leipzig]   26p.   8?   Zeulenroda,
 1929.
    Bogoeff, I.   *Untersuchung iiber den Bau der
 Pfanne,  des  Hockers  und  die Form des  Gelenk-
 kopfes des Unterkiefers  am  Material des  Ras-
 senschadels.   25p.   8?  Lpz.,  1933.
    Decrey,  J.    *Recherches  de  morphologie
 comparative  sur la mandibule des  Boschimans,
 Hottentots et  Griquas  [Geneve]   80p.   23cm.
 Lausanne, 1939.
    Schtjlz,  H.   E.   *Ein  Beitrag zur  Rassen-
 morphologie des Unterkiefers  [Tubingen]  p.275-
 366.   8?   Stuttg., 1933.
    Also Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1933,  62:

    Simoneit, L.   *Unterkiefer und Rasse  [Bonn]
 32p.   21cm.   Goch, 1937.
    Anthony, R., & Herpin, A.  Considerations sur la mandibule
de  l'homme  mousterien de la Grotte  Mussolini  (Subalyuk)
village  de Cserepfalu, pres d'Eger  (Hongrie) Bull.  Soc. 
MANDIBULA
anthrop., Par.. 1935, 8. ser., 6: 31-4.—Breitinger, E. Gutge-
heilter  Unterkieferbruch  aus der Friihbronzezeit.  Sudhoffs
Arch., 1939, 32: 103-10.—Eiseley, L. C.  A neglected anatomi-
cal feature of the Foxhall jaw. Tr. Kansas Acad. Sc, 1943, 46:
57-'.».—Harrowcr. G.  Biometric study of one hundred and ten
Asiatic mandibles.  Biometrika, Cambr.,  1928, 20B, 279-93,
pl., app.—Heberer, G. Ueber einen Kinderunterkiefer aus der
Ilsenhohle unter Burg Ranis (Kr. Ziegenruck)  in Thiiringen.
Anthrop. Anz.. 1939, 16: 77-100, pl.—Hrdlicka, A.  Lower jaw;
further studies.  Am.  J. Phys. Anthrop., 1940, 27: 383-407.—
Jankowsky.  W.  Ueber Unterkiefermasse und ihren rassen-
diatinostisehen  Wert.  Zschr.  Morph.  Anthrop.,  1930, 28:
317-50.— Leakey, L. S. B.  A miocene  anthropoid  mandible
from Husinga,  Kenya.  Nature,  Lond.,  1943, 152: 319.—
Martin, E. S.   A study of an Egyptian series of mandibles,
with special reference to mathematical methods  of sexing.
Biometrika, Cambr.,  1936,  28: 149-78, 2 pl.—Mengele, J.
Rassenmorphologisehe Untersuchung des  vorderen Unter-
kieferabschnittes bei viei rassisehen Gruppen.  Morph. Jahrb.,
1937, 79: 60-117.—Mivasita, K.  Ueber den Unterkiefer der
Chinesen.  J. Orient.  M.,  Dairen. 1935,  22: 81-4.—Wells, L.
H.  Growth changes in  the Bushman  mandible.  J. Anat.,
Lond., 1931, 66: 50-63.


----  Arch.
  Girt, C.  H.   Correction of bilateral lingual occlusion of the
mandibular arch causing extreme close-bite. Am. J. Orthodont.,
1939, 25: 664-7.—Richard & Cernea.  Osteomydlite totale de
l'arc mandibulaire d'origine hematogene.  Rev. stomat.,  Par.,,
1944,  45: 154.------&  Bocage.   Osteomyeiite totale de
l'arc mandibulaire d'origine hematogene.  Ibid.,  1943, 44:
85-7.—Schwartz, L. Ateliosis of the mandibular arch; critical
comment on glossoptosis, the svndrome of Pierre Robin.  Arch.
Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 491-501.


----  Asymmetry.

   See also subheading Hypertrophy.
   Oidtmann, A.  J.  M.   *Beitrag zur einer  ein-
heitlichen  Unterkiefermessmethode  unter   be-
sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Asymmetrie  [Ber-
lin]  56p.   8?  Koln, 1932.
   Gruca, A., & Meisels, E.  Asymmetry of the mandible from
unilateral  hypertrophy.   Ann. Surg.,  1926,  83:  755-67.—
Kostecka, F.  [Facial  asymmetry due to irregular position of
the lower jaw]   Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927-28, 7: 327-35, 5 pl.—
Yamazaki, K.  Essai sur l'asyme'trie mandibulaire normale chez
le fcetus et le jeune enfant.  Arch, anat., Strasb., 1930-31, 12:
109-24.  ------  Essai sur  l'asymetrie mandibulaire normale
chez l'homme  adulte.  Ibid., 1931-32, 13: 141-61.—Zeno, L.
Correcci6n de las asimetrias  mentonianas.  Sem. med., B. Air ,
1941, 48: pt 1, 674-9.


----  Atrophy.

   Greifexberg, C.  *Kieferatrophie nach Zahn-
verlust nachgewiesen am Unterkiefer.  31p.   8?
Greifsw.,  1935.
   Aubaret, E., & Jayle, G. E. Atrophie partielle du maxillaire
inferieur avec obesite, troubles trophiques et troubles  endo-
criniens de  caract£re hereditaire et familial.  Rev. otoneur.,
Par., 1934, 12:675-9.—Dufourmentel. Le. traitement chirurgi-
cal  des atrophies mandibulaires.  Odontologie, Par., 1929, 67:
582-8.—Pollia, J. A.   Pressure atrophy.  Dent. Items, 1928,
50: 961-9.—Quitt, S. L.   Correction of  extreme protrusion of
the maxilla and atrophy of  the left mandible.  Dent. Digest,
1945,  51:  686-8.—Roccia,  B.  Emiatrofia della  mandibola
complicata da frattura spontanea.  Stomatologia, Mod.,  1937,
35: 448-58.


----  Body.
   Oda, K.  Ueber die Neigung des  Unterkieferkorpers.  Deut.
Zahn &c Heilk., 1938, 5: 318-21.—Ruppe, C.  Anatomie de la
branche horizontale du maxillaire inferieur: deductions patho-
logiques.  Arch, internat. laryng., Par.,  1928, 34: 513-31.


----   Canalis  mandibulars.

   Dieckmann, F.  *Beitrag  zur Anatomie  und
Topographie des  Canalis  mandibularis und seiner
Foramina,   unter  besonderer   Beriicksichtigung
ihrer  klinischen Bedeutung.   41p.   8?   Wiirzb.,
1929.
   Krebs, F.  *Beitrag zur Anatomie des Canalis
mandibularis unter  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung
soiner  Beziehungen  zu den Alveolen der Zahne
[Wiirzburg]   14p.  8?  Bottrop, 1932.
   Stettix,   W.   *Ueber  Massverhaltnisse am
Unterkiefer  unter besonderer  Beriicksichtigung
des  Mandibularkanals  und  seiner  Endpunkte
[Leipzig]  40p.  8?   Zeulenroda,  1931.
MANDIBULA
   Vogel, G.   *Los ciinaux mandibulaires chez It
foetus humain.  21 p.  8?   Lausanne,  l'.)36.
   Wilfestieg,   E.    *Vergleichende  Anatomie
der   Unterkiefer   vom   Eichhornchen,  Meer-
schweinchen  und Katze  unter  besonderer  Be-
riicksichtigung des  Verlaufes  dos  Mandibular-
kanals  [Wiirzburg]   22p.  8?  Peine,  1930.
   Inagawa, H.   Beitrag zur Morphologie des I'ntcrkiefera;
vergleichend-aiiMtoinische Studien  iiber den  Canalis inandi-
bulae  bei den Kaniivnrcn und den Rodentien  nebst Bemer-
kungen iiber denselben beim Menschen. Keiiyo J. M„ 1937,
8: 115-38.—Olivier, E. Le canal dentaire inferieur ct son nerf
chez I'adulte.  Ann. anat. path., Par., 1927, 4: 975-87.

----  Cancer.

   See  also subheadings  (Ameloblastoma;  Epi-
dermoid;  Sarcoma)
   Abotjlker-Kamoun, P.  *Les epitheliomas  du
maxillaire  inferieur;  variefes  anatomo-cliniques
et traitement. 218p.  8?  Par., 1937.
   Also Ann. otolar.. Par., 1939, p. 121-49.
   Bernard,  R.   Traitement des   cancers  du
maxillaire  inferieur.   116p.   8?   Par.,  1926.
   Cernea, P.  *Traitement des epitheliomas  du
maxillaire inferieur par l'electrocoagulation suivie
de curietherapy.   120p.   8?   Par., 1938.
   Graeff, K.  *Zur Entstehung und Einteilung
der  Unterkieferkarzinome  [Munster]   20p.   8?
Quakenbriick, 1934.
   Jacobs,   T. _ *Ueber  einen  Fall  von  Unter-
kieferkrebs beim Hunde   [Rostock]    19p.   8?
Burgdorf,  1932.
   Kasper, B.   *Maligne Tumoren des  Unter-
kiefers mit Durchtrennung der Knochenkontinui-
tat   [Marburg] '  25p.   21cm.  Tilsit,  1936.
   Koch,  O.   *Ueber  ein von fotalen Epithel-
resten  ausgegangenes  zentrales   Karzinom  des
Unterkiefers  und seine chirurgische  Behandlung.
15p.   8?   Konigsb.,  1935.
   Lindenberger,  G.   *Unterkieferresektioncn
boi Carcinomen und Sarkomen, unter besonderer
Beriicksichtigung der Falle aus der Chirurgischen
Klinik in  Tiibingen  aus  den  Jahren 1920-1934
[Tubingen]  19p.  8?   Leonberg-Stuttg., 1935.
   Martzloff, G. P.   ^Contribution a l'etude dea
epitheliomas   du  maxillaire   inferieur;  cancers
buccaux  et buccopharyngiens propag6s au maxil-
laire inferieur; traitement physiotherapique et
par les methodes associees. 73p.  25V£cm.  Bord.,
1934.
   Marzuttini, G.  B.  Resecazione della  mandi-
bola  inferiore affetta  da  cancro in  vecchio di
sessantatre  anni;  guarigione.    16p.   Bologna,
1840.
   Neuhatjs,   N.   *Mischtumoren  des  Unter-
kiefers  [Koln] 19p.  21cm.   Bottrop, 1936.
   Zipplies,  S. B.   *Ueber zwei Falle von zylin-
dromartigen Carcinomen  des  Unterkiefers  [Tii-
bingen]  24p.  8?   Wiirzb., 1937.
   Aisenberg, M. S.  Malignant epithelial tumor of mandible
in child aged 9. Am. J. Orthodont., 1942, 28: Oral Surg., 736.—
Akerblom,  N. V.  La resection prolongee du maxillaire inferieur
comme traitement du  cancer de cet os.  Acta chir. scand., 1934,
75: 513-8,  2 pl.—Aleman  [Cases of malignant tumors of the
lower jaw successfully treated by  excision  and prosthesis]
Cluj.  med., 1928, 9: 22-7.—Ardoin, G. Les tumeurs malignes
du maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. odont., Par., 1935, 56: 561-70.—
Berg, A.  Ergebnisse operativer Behandlung zum Teil  weit
vorgeschrittener Falle von Unterkieferkarzinomen und  Sar-
komen der letzten 20 Jahre.  Zschr. Stomat., 1937, 35: 933-
47.—Campelia, C. M., & Boyle, P. E. Embryonal carcinoma
primary in the mandible of a child with involvement of tooth
pulp.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1943, 29:  Oral Surg., 299-311.—
Carmody, T. E»- Carcinoma of the mandible; case report. Tr.
Am. Laryng. Ass., 1934, 56: 284.—Cernea, P.  Traitement des
epitheliomas du  maxillaire inferieur par l'electrocoagulation
suivie de curietlieiar.ie.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1939, 41: 463-!*.—
Clavel &  Meneault.   Tumeur  solide  du maxillaire inferieur
chez un gareon de 17  ans; liemiresection.  Lyon chir., 1941-42,
37: 66-9.—Cook, T. E.  Malignancy of the mandible.  Dallas
M. J., 1941, 27: 39-41.—Dufourmentel, L. Tumeurs embryon-
naires du maxillaire inferieur.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1934, 26: 
MANDIBULA
235
MANDIBULA
 114—9.  ------  Les epitheliomas d'inclusions.  Otorhinolar.
 internat.,  Lyon, 1936, 20: 30-5.—Feder, J. M.   Melanoma,
 mandible.  In: Atlas Dent. Path.  (Bernier, J. L., et al.) 2. ed.,
 Chic  1942  136.—Frison.  Epithelioma de la machoire in-
 ferieure.  Rev.  odont.,  Par., 1926, 47:  207-10.—Gardon.
 Epitheiiome terebrant du maxillaire superieur  et de la  voute
 palatine chez le cheval.   Rev. v6t. mil., Par.,  1926, 10: 193-
 5—Garretson, J. E. Carcinome du maxillaire inferieur.   Gaz.
 odont., Par., 1881, 3:  198-200.—Gernez, L., Moulonguet, P.,
 & Mallet, L. Traitement des cancers epitheiiaux de la mandi-
 bule par l'eiectro-coagulation suivie de curietherapie. J. chir.,
 Par   1935,  45: 337-57.  Also Commun. Internat. Congr.
 Campaign Cancer  (1936) 1937, 2. Congr.,  384-7.—Hammer,
 H   Die bosartigen Geschwiilste des Kiefers und ihre  Diffe-
 rentialdiagnose.  Med. Welt, 1938,12: 261-4, 2 pl.—Henschen.
 Plattenepithelkarzinom der Unterkiefergegend;  entstanden auf
 dem Boden einer Weichteilaktinomykose.  Zbl. Chir.,  1936,
 63: 2555.—Kotanyi, E.  Histological investigation of cancer of
 mandible with clinical remarks.  J. Dent. Res., 1942, 21: 325
 (Abstr.)—Kroeff, M.  Tratamento dos  tumores pela  eletro-
 cirurgia; cancer da mandibula; ressecpao ossea  segmentar sem
 interrupcao  da  continuidade.   Hospital,  Rio,  1938, 14: 337;
 passim.—Lemaitre, L.  Deux cas de cancer etendu du maxillaire
 inferieur traites par la radiotherapie profonde; guerison depuis
 4 ans.  Echo med. nord, 1930, 34: 54.—Magdelaine. Un cas
 de cylindrome du maxillaire inferieur. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928,
 47: 920-3.  Also Rev. stomat., Par., 1929, 31: 154-8.— Maurel,
 G. Cancer (epithelioma spino-cellulaire) du maxillaire inferieur
 opere et gueri depuis plus de cinq ans. Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh.,
 1942, 52:  942 (Abstr.)   ------ & Weill, R.  Les indications
 respectives du traitement chirurgical et du traitement radium-
 therapique dans les tumeurs  malignes du maxillaire inferieur.
 Presse med., 1934, 42: 896-8.—Moulonguet, P.  Traitement
 des cancers de  la mandibule; presentation de deux malades.
 Rev. stomat., Par., 1942, 43: 93-5.—Nicolas, J., Petouraud, C,
 &  Curveilher.  Epithelioma  du maxillaire inferieur a  forme
 actinomycosique. Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 154.—
 Pressman, N. I.  [A case of cancer with excision of tongue and
 lower  jaw without relapse for nineteen  years]  Vrach. gaz.,
 1928,32:1429.—Quick, D. Carcinoma of the lower jaw.  Am.
 J.  Surg., 1926,  n.  ser., 1: 360-4.—Ruppe, C, & Ardoin, G.
 Deux cas d'epitheiiomas glandulaires de la mandibule.  Ann.
 otolar., Par., 1931, 839-45.—Sealey, V. T., & Radden,  H. G.
 Adenocarcinoma of mandible; case report.  Austral. J. Dent.,
 1944, 48: 124.—Shultz, L. E.  An interesting case of infiltrating
 carcinoma of the mandible.   Am. J. Orthodont., 1941,  27:
 Oral Surg.,  109-15.—Simon,  J.  Traitement de 1'epithelioma
 du maxillaire inferieur.  Marseille med.,  1927,  64:  629.—
 Sudeck, P., & Rieder, W. Die malignen Unterkiefertumoren
 und ihre Behandlung.   Erg.  Chir.  Orthop.,  1929, 22:  585-
 678.—Thoma, K. H.  Carcinoma of the mandible; case report.
 Am. J. Orthodont., 1938, 24: 995-9. â– ------Howe, H.  D., &
 Wenig, M.   Carcinoma of the mandible.  Ibid., 1945,  31:
 Oral Surg., 281-3.—Thoma, K. H., Johnson, F.  G., & Cascario,
 N., jr.  Adenocarcinoma  of mandible.   Ibid.,  1944, 30: Oral
 Surg., 251-4.—Thoma, K. H., & Kalil, F. H. Adenocarcinoma
 of the mandible.  Ibid., 1943, 29: Oral Surg., 574-8.—Truffert,
 P.   Resection atypique  du maxillaire  inferieur  pour epithe-
 lioma.  Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1939, 65: 1311.

 ----   Cancer,  metastatic.

    Ertel," M.   *Ueber eine Unterkiefermetastase
 einer  malignen Nebennierengeschwulst (sogenann-
 ten Hypernephrom)  [Breslau]  30p.  8?   Liebau,
 1933.
    Picamal,   J.    *Epitheiiomas   du   maxillaire
 inferieur; epitheliomas secondaires.  95p.  25^cm.
 Marseille, 1936.
   Asti, M. L.  Studio radiologico  del carcinoma della mandi-
 bola da propagazione.   Riv.  radiol.,  1931-32,  4: 1-53.—
 Bataille.  Anesthesie mentonniere  reveiatrice d'une metastase
 d'un epithelioma.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1944, 45: 158.—Berg, A.
 Ergebnisse  von  Teilresektionen  am Unterkiefer  bei Ueber-
 greifen von Mundhohlen- und metastatischen Driisenkarzino-
 men auf denselben.   Zschr.  Stomat.,  1936,  34: 866-76 —
 Buirge, R. E. Secondary carcinoma of the mandible; an analy-
 sis  of 71 cases.   Surgery, 1944, 15: 553-64.—Burford, W. N.,
 Ackerman, L. V., & Robinson, H.  B. G.   Metastasis to  the
 mandible from a primary carcinoma of  the breast.  Am. J.
 Orthodont.,  1944, 30: Oral  Surg., 357-9.—Gilmour, W.,  &
 Robb, D.  Parabuccal  tumour invading mandible.  J. Cancer
 Res. Com. Univ. Sydney,  1934-35, 6:  179.—Ibrahim, H., &
 Schewket, F. Ein Fall von Schilddriisenmetastase im Unter-
 kiefer.  Zbl.  Chir., 1938,  65: 1994-7.—Kegel, R. F. C.  Ueber
 eine thyreogene Geschwulst des Unterkiefers.  Vjschr. Zahnh.,
 1932,  48:  207-10.—Kronfeld,  R.   Carcinoma,  mandible,
 metastatic.  In: Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier, J. L., et al.) 2. ed.,
 Chic, 1942,  140, pl. ------  & Weinmann, J. P.  Metastatic
 adenocarcinoma  in  the lower jawbone.   Arch. Path.,  Chic,
 1940, 29: 683-90.— Ombredanne,  M. Traitement  chirurgical
 des cancers propages au maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. odont., Par.,
 1934, 55: 491-502.—Schleifstein, J.  Metastases to lower jaw.
 Annual Rep. Div. Lab. N. York State Dep. Health, 1942, 61.—
 Stern, L., & Shepard, A.  Metastatic carcinoma of the mandible.
J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1941, 28: 707-9.—Turner, G. G.  Epithelio-
matous invasion of lower jaw; excision; long after-history.
Tr. M. Soc. London, 1939, 62: 101.—Turner, J. A.  Metastasis
to the mandible; a case report.  Dent. Items, 1941, 63: 450.__
Vogt, L. G.  Hypernephrommetastase  unter dem Bilde einer
W urzelzyste im  Unterkiefer.  Rontgenpraxis,  1939  11-  99-
101—Zaeyloshin, M. N., & Libin, S. I.  [Metastasis of hyper-
nephroma in the lower jaw]  Sovet. stomat., 1933, 11: 21-8.

----   Capitulum.

  Schwitzer, J.  A.    *Einseitige Hypertrophie
des  Unterkiefers  besonders   des   Unterkiefer-
kopfchens   [Tubingen]   31p.   8?   Weinfelden,
1928.
  Starck, W.    *Zur  Umformung des  mensch-
lichen Kief erkopfch ens in funktioneller Abhangig-
keit  von  der  Benutzung  des  Gebisses.   55p.
21cm.   Greifsw., 1937.
  Oehlecker.  Ueber die sogenannte Hypertrophie des Unter-
kieferkopfchens.  Zbl. Chir., 1935,  62: 2818.—Wallisch, W.
Die Patientin mit nur einem Kieferkopfchen.  Zschr. Stomat
1 oot oe. «oi  a
----   Capitulum: Fracture.

   Grossmann, L.  *Systematische Untersuchung
iiber die rontgenologische Darstellung der Kiefer-
kopffrakturen.   36p.   20}£cm.   Bonn,  1937.
   Hehn, H.   *Ueber fiinf  Falle von. Luxations-
frakturen des  Unterkieferkopfchens   [Wiirzburg]
15p.   21cm.   Lauda, 1936.
   Kappis, M. Ueber den  Verrenkungsbruch des Unterkiefer-
kopfchens.   Zbl.  Chir.,  1934,  61: 814-21.—Post,  K.   Zur
Therapie  der Luxationsfraktur  des  Unterkieferkopfchens.
Ibid., 1933, 60: 2118-21.—Reichenbach, E.  Die Verrenkungs-
briiche des Unterkiefergelenkkopfs.  Deut. Zahn &c  Heilk
1934, 1: 31-48.

----   Cavitation.
   See also  subheading Cyst.
   Lozier, M.  Extensive cavitation in the mandible, simulating
a cyst.   Am. J.  Orthodont., 1945, 31: Oral  Surg., 113-5.—
Stafne, E. C.  Bone cavities situated  near the  angle of the
mandible.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 1969-72.

----   Cellulitis.

   Sommer, W.    *Ueber phlegmonose  Entziin-
dung im Unterkiefer.  25p.  8?   Miinch.,  1935.
   Mela, B.  Su di un caso di osteoflemmone perimandibolare
odontogeno da Bacillus subtilis mycoides.  Gior. batt. immun.,
1932, 8:  350-84.—Richard, Henault & Hennion. Un cas de
phlegmon circonscrit de la joue.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1941, 42:
35-7.
----   Chordoma.
   Brachetto-Brian.   Tumor de estructura  cordomatosa del
maxilar inferior.  Bol. Soc  cir. B. Aires, 1934, 18: 469-71.—
Landivar, A. F.  Tumor de estructura cordomatosa del maxilar
inferior.  Ibid., 443-53.
----   Cleft.

   See also Face, Coloboma.
   Larcher, O.  Etude sur la fissure mediane de l'arc maxillaire
inferieur chez les mammiferes domestiques, a l'occasion d'un
nouvel exemple de cette anomalie.  Bull. Soc centr. med. vet.,
Par.,  1877, 31: 301-10.—Morton,  C.  B.,  & Jordan, H.  E.
Median  cleft  of lower lip and mandible, cleft sternum and
absence of basihyoid; report of a case.  Arch.  Surg., 1935, 30:
647-56.
 ----   Condyloid process.

    See also Mandibular joint.
    Dell, J. M.,  jr.  Technique  of  roentgenography of the
 condyles of the mandible.  Am. J. Roentg., 1945, 53: 303-5.—
 Bercher & Leproust.  Hypertrophie unicondylienne; resection;
 resultat eioigne.   Rev.  stomat., Par., 1939,  41: 257-62.—
 Dufourmentel, L.  Condylite hypertrophique du maxillaire
 inferieur.  Bull. Soc.  chir. Paris, 1928, 20: 886.—Hrdlicka, A.
 Lower jaw; double condyles.  Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1941, 28:
 75-89, 3 pl.—Ivy, R. H.  Benign bony enlargement of the con-
 dyloid process of the mandible.  Ann. Surg., 1927, 85: 27-30.—
 Rushton, M. A.   Growth at the mandibular condyle in relation
 to some deformities.  Brit. Dent. J.,  1944, 76: 57-68.—Sweet.
 A. P. S.  Radiography of the neck of the condyle.  U. S. Nav.
 M. Bull., 1944, 42: 1135-9.—Tarrant, R. M.  Two useful views
 of the condyloid processes of the mandible.  X-ray Technician,
 1942-43,  14: 157.—Thoma, K. H.  Hyperostosis of the mandi-
 bular condyle; with report of two cases.   Am. J. Orthodont.,
1 1945, 31: Oral Surg., 597-607. 
MANDIBULA
236
MANDIBULA
----   Condyloid process: Fracture.

   Beziek, J.   *Les fractures fermees du condyle
du  maxillaire  inferieur; leurs indications  thera-
peutiques.   54p.   8?   Par.,  1931.
   Kater, E.   *Die Condylusfraktur  in diagno-
stischer,   therapeutischer   und   prognostischer
Hinsicht.   39p.   22cm.   Bonn,  1936.
   Krivine, P.  L. G.   *Les  fractures fermees de
la  legion  condvlienne  du   maxillaire  inferieur.
82p.   8?   Par.,'1925.
   Lefmann,  A.   H.   R.    *Zur  Casuistik  der
isolierten,   traumatischen  Frakturen  des  Pro-
cessus condyloideus des  Unterkiefers.   50p.   8?
Hamb.,  1933.
   RtiEDi,  G.    *Zur   Klinik  der   Gelenkkopf-
Frakturen  des Unterkiefers.   lOOp.   8?   Ziir.,
1928.
   Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1928, 38: 727-836.
   Balkin, S. G., & Waldron, C. W.  Bilateral fracture of the
condyles of an edentulous  mandible with marked retrusion
displacement; report of case. J. Oral Surg., 1944, 2: 58-63.—
Bellinger, D. H., Henny, F. A., & Peterson, L. W. Fracture of
the mandibular condyle.  Ibid., 1943, 1: 48-58.—Beltrami, G.,
Maureen, R., & Beltrami, F.  Quelques cas de fractures sous-
condyliennes mandibulaires traitees par la methode de blocage
intra-buccal bi-maxillaire. Marseille med., 1942, 79: 229-39.—
Berger, A.  Fractures of the mandibular condyle.  J. Am. Dent.
Ass.,  1943, 30: 819-33.—Darcissac, M.  Presentation  d'un
appareillage pour un  cas de fracture sous-condylienne  bila-
terale.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1942, 43: 192.  ------  Le traite-
ment orthopedique des fractures sous-condyliennes bilaterales
par notre dispositif k ailettes frontales.  Ibid., 1943, 44: 38-42
Also Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1944, 34: 54-8.  ------& Dufour-
mentel.  Les  fractures du  col du condyle maxillaire.   Ibid.,
1939, 31:  72-90.—Dohcrtv,  J. A.  Fracture of the condyle of
the mandible.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 42: 641-3.—Lebourg,
L.  A propos du traitement des fractures des  condyles maxil-
laires  (avantage de l'arc perifacial)   Presse med., 1936, 44:
360.—Lindqvist,  S.  Zur Behandlung der Doppelbriiche der
Gelenkfortsatze des Unterkiefers. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 2777.—.
Mucci, D. Sulla frattura  dell'apofisi coronoide della mandi-
bola; un  caso di frattura chiusa, isolata, da causa  diretta.
Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1927, 32: 403-7.—Miinch, J., & de
l'Espine,  A.    Zur  Kieferbruchstatistik  unter  besonderer
Beriicksichtigung  der  Gelenkfortsatzfrakturen.   Deut.  Zahn
&c.  Heilk., 1939, 6:  694-715.—Petrov & Nurenberg.   [Rare
case of bilateral fracture of mandibular condyles]  Belaruss.
med. dumka,  1925-26, 2:  No. 10-11, 107-9.—Rochette, M.
Contribution  a l'etude du traitement des fractures sous-con-
dyliennes chez I'adulte  jeune.  Rev. odont..  Par., 1936, 57:
719-28.—Russell, A. Y.  A method for treating the fracture of
the neck of the condyle.  Internat.  J. Orthodont., 1930, 16:
84-6.—Silverman, S. L.  A new operation for displaced  frac-
tures at the neck  of the  mandibular condyle.  Dent.  Cosmos,
1925,  67:  876.—Thoma, K.  H.   Traumatic injury  of  the
condyloid process of the mandible.  Am. J. Orthodont.,  1938,
24: 774-90. ------   Functional disturbances following  frac-
ture of the mandibular  condyle, and their treatment.   Ibid.,
1945, 31:  Oral Surg., 575-96.  ------ Fractures and fracture
dislocations of the mandibular condyle; a method for  open
reduction and internal wiring and one for skeletal fixation, with
a report of 32 cases.  J. Oral Surg., 1945, 3: 3-59.   ------
Howe, H. D., & Wenig, M.  Fractures  of the condyle of the
jaw.   Am. J.  Orthodont., 1945,  31:  Oral  Surg., 220-6.—
Thoma, K. H., Johnson, F. G., & Cascario, N., jr.  Subcondylar
fracture of the mandible.  Ibid., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 183-8.
------ Fracture at neck of condyle and fracture of mandible
complicated by osteomyelitis,  ibid., 208-13.—Wallin, C. C.
Fracture of the articular process of the lower jaw.  Northwest
M., 1927, 26: 214.—Zemsky, J. L.  New conservative treatment
vs surgical operation for displaced fractures at the neck of the
mandibular condyle.   Dent. Cosmos, 1926. 68: 43-9.


----  Constriction.
   Achard, P.  Un cas de constriction des machoires par
paralysie des abaisseurs.  Rev. stomat.,  Par.,  1934, 36: 472.—
Calandra, A., & Eyheremendy, J. R.  Constricci6n mandibular;
caso  clinico.   Tribuna  odont., B. Air., 1938,  22: 133-6.—
Ladyzhensky, M. M.   [Mandibular contractures in  gunshot
wounds and  their treatment]  Stomatologia, Moskva,  1943,
No. 2, 50-5.—Lukomsky, I. G. [Contractures of the mandible
of  gunshot origin]  Ibid.,  21-5.—Mallet-Guy.   Constriction
permanente des mSchoires  de cause articulaire.   Lyon med.,
1926,  138: 628-31.—Patel.   La resection de l'apophyse coro-
noide dans certaines varietes de constriction permanente des
machoires.  P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 375.— Siutti,
O.  R.  Constricci6n de  los  maxilares; su tratamiento por las
corrientes de alta frecuencia.  Tribuna  odont.,  B.  Air.,  1918,
2:  132.—Vatteone,  A.  L.   Constricci6n de la  mandfbula;
consideraciones generales;  presentaci6n  de un caso y  de un
nuevo aparato dilatador. Dia med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 688-92.
----   Coronoid process.

   Hunicke,  W.   *Dcr  Processus  coronoideus
verschiedener  Menschenrassen in  seiner  unter-
schiedlichen Hohenentwicklung  vom  anthropo-
logischen Standpunkt  aus bctrachtet.   27p.   8°
Lpz.,  1935.
   Brandt, K.  Deformation congenitale  de l'apophyse coro-
noide du maxillaire inferieur.  Acta orthop. scand., 1943,  14:
219-24.—Mead, S.  Fracture of the coronoid process.  Internat.
J.  Orthodont.,  1927, 13: 727-9.—Pasternack, J. <L, Lillie, R.
D., &  Jones,  R. A.   Metastasizing chondrosarcoma of die
coronoid process of the mandible.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1933, 15:
649-54.—Shackeltord, R. T.,  & Brown, W. H. Osteochondroma
of  the  coronoid process of the mandible.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,
1943, 77: 51-4.—Velikandva, M.  M.  [Isolated fractures of the
coronoid process of the lower jaw]  Sovet. stomat.,  1933, 11:
21-31.


----   Cyst.

   See also subheading Cavitation.
   Dobberkau,  K.   *Kasuistische Beitrage iiber
das Wachstum  der  Unterkieferzysten    [Miin-
chen]    16p.   8?   Dusseld., 1935.
   Fraenzel,  K.  G.   *Eine radikulare Zyste im
Unterkiefer   von   ungewohnlichem   Ausmasse
[Tubingen]   19p.  8?   Chemnitz, 1935.
   Klingelhofer,  W.   *Ueber  grosse  Unter-
kieferzysten  und deren  operative  Behandlung.
21p.   8?   Marb., 1937.
   Kokona,   S.     Contribution  a  l'etude  des
kystes  du  maxillaire  inferieur.   87p.    2f)cm.
Lyon,  1937.
   Look,   H.  van.    *Ueber  Solitarcysten  im
aufsteigenden Ast   [Berlin]   31p.   8?   Freib. i.
B., 1934.
   Persing,   J.    *Ueber  einen   Fall  von  folli-
kularer Zyste am rechten  Unterkieferwinkel bei
einem 14jahrigen Knaben.   lip.  8?  Lpz., 1925.
   Peters,  M.    *Zystische Tumoren im Unter-
kiefer   [Munchen]   24p.   8?  Dusseld., 1933.
   Wust, J.   *Zysten  im  Unterkiefer.   31p.   8°.
Tiib., 1936.
   Aprile,  H.,  & Rodrigo,  A.  Enfermedad quistica de la
mandibula. Rev. odont., B.  Air., 1941, 29: 641-5—Ass, M. 8.
[Differential diagnosis of large cysts of the lower jaw]  Sovet.
khir., 1933, 4: 234-7,  4 pl.—Axhausen, G. Zur Diagnostik der
grossen Zysten im aufsteigenden Ast.  Deut. Zahn &c. Heilk.,
1934, 1: 201-13.—Balendra,  W.  Mandibular molar cysts.
Brit. Dent. J., 1939, 66: 161-3.—Bennett, I. B., & Chilton, N.
W.  Traumatic cysts of the mandible;  report of a case. J.
Am. Dent. Ass., 1945, 32: 51-9.—Berner, A.  Un cas de kyste
mandibulaire plombe au platre.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1944,
74: 183-5.—Blum, T.  Unusual bone cavities in the mandible:
a report of three cases of traumatic bone cysts.  J.  Am. Dent.
Ass., 1932, 19: 281 -301—Burford, W. N., Ackerman, L. V.,
&  Robinson, H. B. G. Primary cystic tumors of the mandible.
Am. J. Orthodont., 10 44, 30: Oral Surg., 372-7.—Burruano, L.
Cisti suppurata  della regione mentoniera diagnosticata  per
carcinoma. Riv. ital. stomat., 1935, 4: 713-5.—Carmody, T.
E.  Cysts of the mandible.  Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1937, 59:
25-32.—Cash, H. R.  Double cyst in mandible.  Austral. J.
Dent.,  1943,  47: 168.—Castay.  Aspect souffle et kystique
diffus du maxillaire inferieur  chez un Senegalais.  Bull. Soc,
eieetroradiol.  med. France,  1938, 26: 280-2.  Also J. radiol.
eiectr., 1938, 22: 556.—Chenet, H., & Bouland.  L'appareil lage
pre-operatoire  dans les cas de  grands kystes  du maxillaire
inferieur.  "Odontologie, Par., 1935, 73: 617-24.—Christiansen,
G. W., &  Bradley, J. L.  Large infected radicular cyst of
mandible; report of a case.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1945, 45:
1155-8.—Coulet, G.  Un  cas de kyste paradentaire du maxil-
laire inferieur.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47:  499.—Cowan, A.
Multilocular cyst in the midline of the mandible.  Brit. Dent.
J., 1943, 74: 152.—Cysts, mandible.  In: Atlas Dent. Path.
(Bernier, J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 42, pl. —Dechaume.
Volumineux kyste du maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. stomat., Par.,
1936, 38: 310.—Edwards, H.  Result of resection of mandible
for cyst with immediate bonegraft.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond.,
1938-39, 32: Clin.  Sect.,  1382.—Eman, V. H.  Large cyst of
left mandible.  Am.  J. Orthodont., 1938, 24: 285.—Fleming,
W. E.   Two large  cysts of  the mandible. Austral. J. Dent.,
1944, 48: 41-4.—Foulks, W. C.   C vstome de la machoire
inferieure.  Gaz. odont., Par., 1881, 3: 314.—Grandi, G.  Die
grossen Unterkieferzysten.  Zschr. Stomat., 1937, 35: 51-60 —
Hermann, L.,  & Blaustein,  S.  A mandibular cyst; the tc-cb-
nique for its removal. Dent. Items, 1937, 59: 841-.5. — Hitzel-
berger, A. C.  Recurrent cyst of mandible. Am. J. Orthodont.,
1943, 29: Oral Surg., 506-9.—Hutchinson, A. C. W. Ca=c oi a
dentigerous cyst.  Brit.  Dent. J., 1927,  48: 622.—Ivy. R- H-
Traumatic cyst, mandible.   In: Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier, 
MANDIBULA                                   237                                  MANDIBULA
 J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942,  129, pl.        & Curtis, L.
 Hemorrhagic or  traumatic  cysts of mandible.  Surg.  Gyn.
 Obst  1937, 65: 640-3.—James, W.  Multilocular cyst.  Proc.
 R  Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 1246.  ------  Cyst removal.
 Dent.  Surv., 1937, 13: 1423.—Kaplan, H.   Radicular  cysts,
 mandible.  In: Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier, J. L., et al.) 2. ed.,
 Chic,  1942, 41,  2 pl.—Lacronique.  Volumineux  kyste peri-
 coronaire de Tangle de la machoire et de la branche montante.
 Rev. stomat., Par., 1944,  45: 91-3.—Lafargue.  Kystes de
 maxillaire inferieur evoluant depuis vingt-quatre  ans.  Bor-
 deaux  chir., 1936, 7:  296-9.—LafUe-Dupont.  Guerison  spon-
 tanee d'une tumeur kystique du  maxillaire inferieur apr£s une
 extraction.  Rev. stomat..  Par., 1937,  39:  307.—Luchs, L.
 A case of multilocular cysts of the  lower jaw.   J. Egypt. M.
 Ass 1933, 16: 649-57.—Lussier, N.  Mandibular cvst treated
 by X-ravs; report of case.  J. Oral Surg., 1943, 1:  262-4 —
 Matos, M.  Consideraciones sobre un quiste gigante alveolo-
 dentario del maxilar  inferior.  Cir.  cirujan., Mex., 1945,  13:
 83-96.—Maurel, G.  Les grands kystes du maxillaire inferieur.
 J.  med. Paris, 1931, 51: 1053-63.   Also Odontologie,  Par.,
 1931, 69: 309-32.—Nieddu, G.  Cisti enorme  del mascellare
 inferiore destro da 8? ritenuto.  Atti Congr. internaz. stomat.
 (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 2: 1333.  Also Riv. ital. stomat., 1935,
 4: 703-9.—Nodine. A. M.   Disappearance of a cyst without
 operation.   Brit. Dent.  J., 1942,  72:  38.—Peterson, L.  W.
 Cystic cavity in the mandible; report of a case.   J. Oral Surg.,
 1944, 2: 182-7.—Piquet, J.  Volumineux-kyste ayant detruit
 la  moitie  du maxillaire inferieur; traitement conservateur
 (resection partielle)   Ann.  otolar., Par., 1933,  303-7.—Plaza,
 F. L. Quiste del maxilar inferior. Bol. Esc. odont., Lima, 1940,
 4: 136.—Post, K.  Aussergewohnliche  Zahnverlagerung  bei
 grosser Unterkiefercyste.  Zbl.  Chir., 1934,  61:  1843-5 —
 Praeger, W.  Zyste im Unterkiefer.  Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr.,
 1941, 44: 257.—Richard, Cernea & Hennion.  Kyste  para-
 dentaire supraradiculaire.   Rev.  stomat.,   Par.,  1941,  42:
 251-4.—Sanders, E.  [Certain peculiarities in maxillary  cysts]
 Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84:  2091.—Stamp, IT.  [Case of
 multiple follicular cysts  in the lower jaw]  Hospitalstidende,
 1936,  79:  881-7.—Stebner,  C.  M.  Parb-ch   operation  for
 mandibular cyst,  J. Am.  Dent.  Ass., 1945,  32: 708-13 —
 Thebaud. J.  Ablation  d'un  kyste du  maxillaire  inferieur.
 Bull. Serv. hyg., Port au Prince, 1935, 2: No. 7,  30— Thiebaut.
 Volumineux kyste paradentaire du maxillaire inferieur chez un
 enfant de neuf ans.   Ann. otolar.,  Par.,  1938, 254.—Thoma,
 E. H., Cascario,  N., jr, & Bacevicz, F. J.  Large cysts of the
 mandible.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 576-92.—
 Villavicencio R., J. Relaciones entre una paradentopatfa y un
 quiste  mediano.   Rev.  odont., B. Air., 1940,  28: 187-91.—
 Walker, D. G.   Cysts involving the ramus  of the mandible.
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1944-45, 38: 451-5.—Weissblatt, S.
 N.  Ein ungewohnlicher Fall von Unterkiefercyste und seine
 chirurgische Behandlung unter Stammanasthesie am Foramen
 ovale.   Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1929, 16: 127-30.—Yates, M.
 F.  Mandibular cyst with infections.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1940,
 26:  188.—Zerbino, G.  Quiste del maxilar inferior.  Defensa
 odont., Montev.,  1939, 3: No. 12, 9.—Ziegler,  O.  Ein multi-
 lokulares  Kystom des Unterkiefers.  Miinch.  med. Wschr.,
 1941, 88: 338.

 ---   Cyst, dentigerous.
   Boyko, G. V.,  Surgent, J. W., &  Mohnac, A. M.  Bilateral
 dentigerous cyst of mandible; report of a case and discussion of
 follicular  cysts.   J.  Am.  Dent. Ass.,  1941,  28:  1226-9 —
 Brendolan, G.  Contributo alio studio delle  cisti radicolari
 della mandibola.  Clin,  chir.,  Milano,  1935,  38:  924-38.—
 Brownson, H. N.  Residual root cyst of the mandible; report
 of case.  J. Oral Surg., 1943, 1: 269.—Caeiro, J. A., & Fiorini,
 J. M.   Quiste dentifero  del maxilar inferior.  Bol.  Soc.  cir.
 B.  Aires,  1934, 18:  815-22.—Caron,  P.  Volumineux  kyste
 dentigSre du maxillaire inferieur; operation; guerison.  Rev.
 odont., Par., 1933, 54: 170-4, pl.—Gaviolo, F.  Di alcuni casi
 di cisti dentarie della mandibola.  Ann. Clin,  odont., Roma,
 1931, 8: 146-68.—Goldman, H. M.   Dentigerous cyst. Am. J.
 Orthodont.,  1944, 30: Oral Surg.,  266-8—Halphen,  E.,  &
 Wisner, M.  Kyste dentif^re  du maxillaire inferieur.   Arch.
 internat. laryng.,  Par., 1928,  34: 584-6.—Hermeto, S., jr.
 Cysto dentigero do maxillar inferior; tratamento pela electro-
 cirurgia, a proposito do diagnostico differencial entre os amelo-
 blastomas e os cystos dentigeros.   Rev. Ass. paul. med.,  1938,
 12: 113-58.—Hodson,  J. J.  Suppurating cyst involving a fully
 erupted lower 3rd molar.  Brit. Dent. J.,  1944,  77: 350 —
 James, W.  Dental cyst  (right mandible)  Proc. R.  Soc M.,
 Lond.,  1936-37, 30: 1250-2—Jorge, J. M.   Quiste  dentifero
 del  maxilar inferior.   Bol. Soc cir. B. Aires,  1934,  18: 846.
 -----Feldman,  L., & Gringauz, M. Accidentes ocasionados
 por un germen dentario ect6pico en el maxilar inferior.  Ibid.,
 1938, 22: 680-99.—Kazanjian,  V. H. The surgical treatment
 of dental cysts involving the  mandible.  Apollonian, Bost.,
 1936, 11:  154-7.—Lemaitre, F.,  Ruppe, C,  & Champeval.
 Un  cas  de kyste dentifere du  maxillaire  inferieur.  Arch.
 internat. laryng., Par., 1928, 34: 582.—Myers, P. B.  Bilateral
 dentigerous cysts  of the mandible.   Brit. Dent. J., 1943, 74:
 67.—Odontogenic  cyst with  recurrence;  case.  Arch.  Clin.
 Oral  Path., 1938, 2: 165-75.—Piquet, J., & Decoulx. Kyste
 dentifere du maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. stomat.,  Par., 1936, 38:
437-41.—Plaza, F. L.   Quiste  dentigero del maxilar inferior.
Bol. Esc. odont., Lima, 1940, 4: 133-6—Rona, A.  [Radicular
cyst of  the mandible]   Magy. rontg. kozl., 1931, 5:  173-7.—
Sheinman, K.  Odontogenic cyst with  ameloblastic nodules.
Arch. Clin.  Oral Path., 1940,  4: 50-63.—Sire & Marchand.
Volumineux kyste dentigere du  maxillaire inferieur. Bull. Soc.
radiol. med. France, 1936, 24:  598.—Soares Hungria.  Cvsto
dentario follicular infectado. Pub. med., S. Paulo, 1936-37, 8:
No. 5,  18-24, 2 pl.—Spitzer, R. Two dentigerous cysts in the
mandible. Brit. Dent. J., 1943, 74: 237.—Tanguy, R.  Volumi-
neux  kyste radiculo-dentaire  de la branche  montante du
maxillaire inferieur.  Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1936, 24:
678.—Thexton, R.  Unerupted teeth and dentigerous cyst in the
mandible.   Brit.  Dent. J., 1944, 77:  173.—Thoma, K. H.,
Johnson, F.  G., & Cascario, N., jr.  Odontogenic cyst of man-
dible.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 238-40.—
Truffert.  Les grands kystes dentaires de  la machoire inferieure.
Bull, med., Par., 1933, 47: 841-4.

----   Dental aspect.

   See also Jaw, Malocclusion; Tooth, Abnormity.
   Hatjk,  K.  B.    *Ueber  die  Kinngrosse  und
deren Verhaltnis zur Zahnbogenlange des  Unter-
kiefers   [Leipzig]   27p.   8?  Zeulenroda, 1935.
   Leschke, F.  W.  K.   *Die  Ausnutzung der
funktionellen Kraft des  Unterkiefers fiir  ortho-
dontische Zwecke   [Berlin]   56p.  8?  Charlot-
tenb., 1929.
   Reulen,  H.   *Das Diastema  und seine Be-
handlung bei Distalbiss des Unterkiefers   [Miin-
chen]   14p.  8?  Laichingen  (Wiirtt.)  1933.
   Stingl,   F.     *Die   Beziehungen   zwischen
Kronenbreite  und  Gesamtlange  der  Zahne des
menschlichen Unterkiefers  [Munchen]  39p.  8?
Weiden, 1934.
   Abell, B.  A progressive report of a class II, division 2 infra-
occlusion case; particular attention being given to the temporo-
mandibular articulation and the angle of the ramus and man-
dible.  Internat. J. Orthodont., 1929, 15: 131-5.—Adloff, P.
Kritische  Bemerkungen iiber  die Frage der Wachstumsvor-
gange  im Unterkiefer  wahrend  des  Zahnwechsels  und der
Kinnbildung.   Deut.  Zahn &c  Heilk.,  1939, 6: 401-11.—
Bollmann, E.  Untersuchungen  iiber die  Extraktionsfolgen von
Sechsjahrmolaren in Bezug auf das Kieferwachstum.  Ausz.
Inaugur. Diss. M.  Fak. Univ. Bern (1935-37) 1938,  No. 146,
1.—Curnock, G. L. Two interesting mandibles.  Brit. Dent.
J.,  1944,  77:  164.—Dufourmentel.   Elimination totale du
maxillaire inferieur par accident devolution  de la  dent de
sagesse.   J. med. Paris,  1924,  43:  333.—Edwards, C. O.
Mandible developer.  U. S. Patent Off., 1935, No. 1,990,225.—
Elman, E. S.  Studies on the relationship of the lower six-year
molar  to the mandible.  Angle  Orthodont., 1940, 10: 24-32.—
Kelsey, H. E.  Supplemental growth in the  mandible as a result
of orthodontic treatment.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1926,  13: 759-
70.—McCoy, J. D.  Mandibular changes in orthodontic treat-
ment.  Internat. J. Orthodont., 1937, 23:  437-55.—Myer, E.,
Noyes, H. J., & Breitner, C. Mesial displacement of the lower
jaw by means of intermaxillary rubber  bands.  Angle Ortho-
dont.,  1933, 3: 67-76.—Smith, T.  Mandibular relationships
and changes.  Pacific Dent. Gaz.,  1926,  34: 125-41.—Todd,
T. W.  Facial growth and mandibular adjustment.  Internat.
J. Orthodont., 1930, 16: 1243-72.—Willett, R. C. Inspection
of a surgical-orthodontic correction 15  years after treatment.
Am. Ass. Orthodont. (1941) 1942, 39: 15.

----   Development and growth.
   Herdle,  E.   *Zur  Morphogenie  des   Unter-
kiefers   und  des   Tuberculum  articulare  beim
Menschen   [Heidelberg]  56p.    8?   Bernburg
a. S.,  1928.
   Kaufmann,  E.  *Kritische Betrachtungen zur
Formentwicklung des  menschlichen Unterkiefers.
20p.   8?  Heidelb.,  1928.
   Scheffner,  L.   *Die  phylogenetische  Kiefer-
reduktion und  ihre  Beziehung zur  Zahnkaries.
33p.   8?  Wiirzb., 1934.
   Waldsachs,  H.  [geb.  Cahn.]   *Zur Frage des
Kieferwachstums unter besonderer Beriicksichti-
gung  des Unterkiefers.  56p.   8?   Bonn, 1934.
   Wissmer, A.  *Le developpement  et l'organi-
sation  statique  de  la   mandibule  foetale  chez
l'homme  [Geneve]   p.335-425.   Strasb.,   1927.
  Also Arch, anat., Strasb., 1927, 7:
  Beust, T. B.  Observations on  the growth of the mandible.
J. Dent. Res., 1927-28, 8: 99-113.—Brash, J. C.  A preliminary
note on the mode of growth of  the mandible.  Brit. Dent. J.,
1929, 50: 611;  776.—Brodie, A. G.  Some  recent observations
on the  growth of the mandible.  Angle  Orthodont., 1940, 10:
63-77.—Charles, S. W.  The  development  of the mandible.
Dent. Rec, Lond., 1935, 55: 297-304, 4 pl.  Also Internat. J.
Orthodont.,  1936,  22: 674-84.   ------  The growth  of the
mandible. Brit. Dent. J., 1941, 71: 288.—Dimo'nd, N., & Low, 
MANDIBULA                                   23
M.  E.  Growth in the dental arch of the mandible.  Columbia
Dent. Rev., 1940-41, 12: No. 3, 6.— Dorello, P.  Ricerche sullo
sviluppo della mandibola  e dell'articolazione  mandibolare.
Stomatologia, Mod.,  1931, 29: 177-94.—Dunn. R.   The man-
dible and its postnatal development;  a study of function and
environment as aids in the development of the dental mecha-
nism.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1937,  24: 529-42.   Federspiel, M.
N.  Some observations on the development  of the temporo-
mandibular articulation and mandible, and their relation to the
treatment  of  distocclusion  and  mandibular  retroversion.
Dent. Items,  1914, 36: 176-84.—Fee, A. H.  The story  of a
mandible; life  history of a typical  human jaw.  Everybody's
Health, S. Paul,  1934, 19: No. 11,  13; 27—Figun, M. E.  La
vascularizaci6n de la mandibula del feto a termino; trabajo de
investigaci6n.   Rev.  odont., B. Air., 1945, 33:  277-87.—
Furrey, E. T.  Mandible,  embryo.  In:  Atlas  Dent. Path.
(Bernier, J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 7, pl.—Grieve, G. W.
A definite method for stimulating normal growth of the mandi-
ble.  Internat. J. Orthodont., 1926, 12: 307-31.—Herpin, A.
Etude sur la morphogenese cranio-mandibulaire.  Rev. stomat.,
Par., 1928, 30: 197-201.—Jacobson, W., & Fell, H. B.   The
developmental mechanics and potencies of the undifferentiated
mesenchyme of the mandible. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1940-41.
82: 503-86, 5 pl.—Katz, A. Y.  [Construction of the lower jaw
in relation to  the position of the roots and resistance of the
dental arch in adults]  Sovet. stomat.,  1931, 9: 23.—Kiihl, A.
Die Lageanderung der Unterkiefer-Schmelzleiste beim Gaumen-
schluss.  Anat.  Anz.,  1934-35,  79:  307-11.—Proell,  F., &
Wyrwoll, R. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber das Wachs-
tum des Unterkiefers und der Zahne.  Deut. Zahn &c. Heilk.,
1934, 1: 81-94.—Scott, E. J.  An experimental study in growth
of the mandible; preliminary report. Am. J. Orthodont., 1938,
24: 925-34.—Sicher,  H.   The growth of  the mandible.  J.
Penodont., 1945, 16: 87-93.—Wall is. W. D. The evolution of
the human mandible and correlations with features of the
skull.  Dent. Cosmos, 1926, 68: 107-19.

----   Development and growth—in animals.
   Broom,  R.   Mandible of a  young Paranthropus  child.
Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 607.—Diel, W.  Umgestaltung'des
Unterkiefers des Kaninchens als Folge der Nichtbeteiligung
eines  unteren Nagezahnes  an  der  Gebisstatigkeit.  Arch.
Entwmech., 1932,  127: 430-45.—Edgeworth, F. H. On the
hyomandibula of  Selachii,  Teleostomi and Ceratodus.  J.
Anat.,  Lond., 1925-26,  60: 173-93— Eifertinger,  L.   Die
Entwicklung des knochernen Unterkiefers  von Hvpogeophis.
Zschr.  ges. Anat., 1.  Abt., 1933,  101: 534-52.—Harris, H. A.
Growth of the  mandible in the pig.  Nature, Lond., 1939, 144:
552.—Marcus, H.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gymnophioncn;
zur Entstehung des Unterkiefers  von Hypogeophis;  vorlaufige
Mitteilung.  Anat. Anz.,  1933-34, 77: 178-84.—Pusey, H. K.
Structural  changes  in the  anuran mandibular  arch during
metamorphosis, with  reference to  Rana temporaria.  Q. J.
Micr. Sc, Lond., 1937-38,  80: 479-552, 13 pl—Schmah, R.
Die  Entwicklung  der Unterkieferknochen  bei  Polypterus.
Morph.  Jahrb.,   1934,  74:  364-79.—Schmidhuber, K. F.
Experimentelle Untersuchungen  iiber  den Anted  der  Ziihne
und des  Kiefergelenkkopfchens am  Langenwachstum  des
Unterkiefers des Hundes.   Deut.  Mschr.  Zahnh.,  1930, 48:
1025; 1105.

----   Deviation.

   See also  Mandibular joint, Dislocation.
   Leprotjst,  J.  M.   G.    *Les   deviations  du
maxillaire  inferieur   d'origine 'epiphysaire;  leur
traitement  par   la  resection  orthopedique  du
condyle.  37p.   8?  Par., 1927.
   Matjrel,   G.    *Contribution   a  l'etude   des
blessures   maxillo-faciales;   les  deviations   du
maxillaire inferieur  independantes des fractures
ou luxations de la mandibule.  162p.   8?   Par.,
1919.
  Dufourmentel,  L.  Deviation  irreductible de la machoire
inferieure  traitee  par la resection  orthopedique du condyle.
Rev. odont., Par., 1927, 48: 162-4, 2 pl.

----   Disease.
  Alexandrow, G. N.  Bau  und  Ernahrung des"Unterkiefers
im Lichte seiner Pathologie.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1936-37,  187:
266-78.—Bloodgood, J. C.  Central lesions of the lower jaw;
their recognition  and treatment in the earliest stages.  J.  Am.
Dent. Ass., 1933, 20:  1996-2013.—Bruhn, C.  Zur Pathologie
und Therapie der maxillaren Gewebsveranderungen und Ge-
websliicken.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1926, 52: 1587-90.—Epstein,
J. L., & Gindea,  A.  E.  Angioneurotic edema of lower jaw;
report of case. J. Am. Dent. Ass.,  1936, 23:  477.—Hauer, A.
Ein Cholesteatom imlinken Unterkiefer unter einem retinierten
Weisheitszahn.  Zschr. Stomat.,  1926,  24: 40-9.—Hofer, O.
[Rare case of lesion of the inferior jaw due to intoxication by
mother-of-pearl]  Romania med.,  1935, 13: 50.—Kostecka, F.
Ein Cholesteatom im  Unterkiefer.  Zschr. Stomat., 1929, 27:
1102-8.—Mathieu, P.  Traitement  de certaines  affections
maxillaires  et perimaxillaires par la dieiectrolyse (ionisation)
de calcium.  Rev. stomat., Par.,  1941, 42: 151-7.—Poe, D. L.
Sarcoidosis of the jaw; a new disease of the mandible.  Am. J.
MANDIBULA
Orthodont.,  1943, 29: Oral Surg.,  1943, 52-6.  Pnu-urr. W.
Schwere   Knochenveranderungen  ini  Unterkiefer.   I Vut!
zahnarztl. Wschr., 1940,  43: 820.— Ruppe, ('.  Semeiologie des
affections  de la  mandibule.   Presse  med.,  1934,  12: 675.__
Sudeck.   Die gemeinsame  zahnarztliche  und cliirurgische
Behandlung  von Unterkiefererkrankungen.   MUnch. med
Wschr., 1926, 73: 2053.

----   double.

   See also subheading Abnormity.
   Hartmann, A.  Ueber eine Doppelbildung des Unterkiefers
bei einem 6  Monate alten menschlichen  Fetus.  Zschr ges
Anat., 1.  Abt., l'.»33-34,  102:655-60.

----   Epidermoid.
   Burford, W. N., & Ackerman, L. V.  Epidermoid carcinoma
of the alveolar ridge with radionecrosis of the mandible  Am
J. Orthodont,, 1945,  31: 557-9.—Thoma, K. H., & Kali], F. IL
Epidermoid carcinoma of the mandible. Ibid., 1943, 29: Oral
Surg., 572-4.

----   Epiphysitis.
   Richard,  Cernea  &  Bataille.  Epiphysite du  maxillaire
inferieur.   Rev.  stomat., Par.,  1944,  45:  153.—Richard,
Hennion  &  Govaerts.   Un cas d'epiphysite trauniatioue'
Ibid., 1939, 41: 203-8.                                   '

----   Epulis.

   See also Epulis.
   Hermann, L.  A  propos d'une observation relative a une
epulis volumineuse du maxillaire inferieur.  Odontologie, Par
19.38, 76:  92-6.—Rebaudi,  F.,  & Measso, A.  Epulidi  dei
mascellare inferiore  e loro trasformazione  maligna.  Clinica
Bologna, 1939, 5: 625-30.

----   Exostosis.
   Lyon, D.  J.  A case of multiple exostoses of the mandible
and sclerosis of the facial bones.  Brit. Dent. J., 1945, 79: 239-
41.   Smith,  G. M.   Exostosis of the mandible of the chicken
complicating edema  of the wattles.  Am. J. Cancer, 1933,  18:
610--2L—Stoppani, F.  Apofisi angolari ed esostosi del mascel-
lare inferiore. Minerva med., Tor., 1931, 22: 757-62.

----   Fibroma.

   See also subheading Osteofibroma.
   Fibroma della mandibola.   Gazz.  osp.,  1939, 60:  624.—
Lazzarini,  L. Sull'esistenza di un  vero fibroma centrale  del
mascellare inferiore.   Clin, chir., Milano, 1939, 42: 395-409.—
Moczar, L.  Zentrale Kieferfibrome. Arch. chir. oris, Bologna,
1932,1:91-102.  Rcddingius | Fibroma mandibulae] Geneesk.
tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941,  81: 2571- Roger,  J. P., & l.cmieui,
J. M.  Un cas do fibroine du maxillaire inferieur.  Laval med.,
1941, 6: 211-4.—Salama, N.  A case of endosteal fibromata of
the right mandible.   Brit. Dent.  J., 1938,  65: 109.-  Tiilila, I.
A case of central  fibroma in the lower jaw.  Acta odont. scand.,
1939, 1: 49-56, 3 pl.—Turner, G. G.   Fibroma of  lower jaw;
excision.   Tr. M. Soc. London, 1939, 62: 101.

----   Fistula.

   Golly,  W.    *Ein  Beitrag  zur   Frage  der
Entstehung und  Diagnose der Kinnfistel.   32p.
8?  Bresl., 1928.
   Aubourg, P., & Hennion, P.  Fistule osseuse de  la branche
montante  du maxillaire inferieur; assechement et cicatrisation
rapides apres un traitement local et general  d'ozone. Rev.
stomat., Par., 1937, 39: 669-75.—Bercher & Landais.  Fistulee
mentonnitSres; controle  de  l'origine  par  le  lipiodol.   Ibid.,
1930, 32:  231-3.—Oschersleben, E.   Die Behandlung  der
Kinnfistel  bei  Zahnerkrankungen.   Tungchi  med. Mschr.,
1928-29, 4: 169-73.—Ramorino, C.  Sopra alcuni casi di fistole
del mento.  Stomatologia, Mod.,  1929,  27: 835-48.—Sicher, H.,
& Pohl, L.  Zur Entwicklung des menschlichen Unterkiefers
(ein Beitrag  zur Entstehung  der Unterlippenfisteln)  Zschr.
Stomat., 1934, 32: 552-60.

----   Foramen mandibulare  and  mentale.

   Steinhatjser,  G.  *Die topographische  Ana-
tomie   des  Foramen  mandibulare   und   seine
Bedeutung bei   der  Leitungsanaesthesie.   31 p.
8?   Wiirzb.,  1934.
   Matuda,  Y.   Report  on the  human mental foramen with
three so-called  accessory mental foramina.  Dent.  Digest,
1926, 32: 610-2— Sakai, H.   Ueber  den Unterkiefer  von
chinesischen  Kindern;  foramen  mentale.   J.  Orient.  M.,
Dairen, 1935, 23: 75.

----   Foreign body.
   Antini R., L.  Extracci6n de  una aguja fracturada al hacer
una anestesia regional del maxilar inferior.  Rev. dent. Chile,
1945, 37:  105-9.—Aprile, H., & Sanctis, H. de.  Submaxilitia 
MANDIBULA
239
MANDIBULA
 cr6nica, por cuerpo extrafio.  Rev. odont., B. Air., 1936, 24:
 Hi_—Bragagnolo, J., & Tuero, E.  Inclusi6n metalica en diploe
 de maxilar  inferior.  Rev.  Circ odont. Rosario,  1944,  16:
 gO-7.—McAtee,  F. F.  Removal of broken needle from man-
 dibular pterygoid region.   Dent. Digest,  1935, 41: 354-7.—
 Marlow, G. C.  Foreign body  (screw) in mandible; report of
 case.  J.  Oral Surg.,  1943, 1:  272.—Praeger, W.  Opakes
 Korperchen im Unterkiefer.  Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr., 1941,
 44: 212.—Wisoff, J.  Some consideration in broken mandibular
 needle; causes, and a simplified technic for its removal.  Dent.
 Outlook, N. Y., 1930, 17: 391-5.

 ---  Fracture.

    See also Face, Bones; Jaw,  Fracture.
    Curatella   Manes,  H.    Fracturas   mandi-
 bulars.   59p.   26^cm.  B. Air.,  1941.
    Phiebig, F.   *Ueber  Kieferbriiche.   29p.  8?
 Berl., 1928.
    Schiess, E.   Considerations sur  les fractures
 du  maxillaire  inferieur    [Geneve]    82p.   8?
 Bern, 1932.
    Wompner,  H.   *Ueber  Frakturen des  Unter-
 kiefers  [Berlin]   23p.  8?  Jena, 1933.
    Allen, A. G. Fractures of the lower jaw; their history, causes,
 displacements, and treatment.   London Hosp. Gaz.,  1942-43,
 46: No. 3, Suppl., 2-12.—Barron, J. B.  Fractures of the man-
 dible.   Dent. Items,  1943, 65: 17; passim.—Bjerrum,  O.
 [Fracture of mandible]  Bibl.  laeger,  1932,  124:  437-45 —
 Broesamle, K. M.  Fractures of the mandible.  U. S.  Nav. M.
 Bull.,  1944, 42: 47-55.—Castaiios Capriles, J.   Fracturas de la
 mandibula.   Gac. med.  boliv.,  1944, 2: No. 5,  111-22 —
 Delfino, A.  Fractura de  maxilar inferior con  gran  perdida de
 substancia.   Rev.  med.,  B. Air., 1943,  5: 758-61.—Doherty,
 J. A.  "Mandibular fractures.   Apollonian, Bost.,  1937. 12:
 159-63.—Fleury,  R.  Histoire instructive d'une fracture du
 maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. stomat.,  Par., 1930, 32: 84-7.—
 Fossen  [Fracture of the jaw]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie,
 1940, 80: 1416.—Fractures of the lower jaw.   Lancet, Lond.,
 1932, 2: 947.—Fractures  of the lower jaw. Select. Army M.
 Dep. Bull., Lond. (1941-42) 1943, 26.—Fractures of the lower
 jaw.  Bull. Army M. Dir., Lond., 1942, No. 13, 4.—Fry, K.
 Fractures of the mandible.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz.,  Lond.,  1936,
 50: 267-70.—Gardner, J. A. Fractures.  Dent. Rays, Pittsb.,
 1929-30,  No.  2, 4-7.—Gonzalez  Ulloa, M.   Fractures  de la
 mandibula.  Rev. mex. cir., 1944,12:145-52.  Also Sugestiones,
 Mex., 1945, 10:  No. 119,  20-8.—Gordon, S. D.  Mandibular
 fractures.  Bull. Vancouver M. Ass.,  1944-45, 21:  281-3.—
 Hemberger, A. J.   Fractures of the  mandible.  Ann. Dent.,
 1942, n. ser., 1: 51-8.—Herpin, A.  Les fractures du maxillaire
 inferieur.  Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1935, 49: 641-5.—James, W. W.
 Fractures of the lower jaw.  Tr. M. Soc. London, 1933, 56:
 22-36.—Jennings, B. R.  An unusual  fracture of the mandible.
 Brit. Dent. J., 1935, 58: 625.^Kennedy, J. Fracture of man-
 dible.  Austral. J. Dent.,  1937, 41: 265.—Kirkham, H. L. D.
 Fractures of the mandible.  Med. Rec, Houston, 1925, 19:
 346-8.—Kjar-rholm, H.  [Fractures of  the jaw]   Ugeskr. laeger,
 1938, 100: 659-69.—Leoni Iparraguirre, C. A.  Fractura del
 maxilar inferior.   Dia med., B.  Air.,  1934-35,  7: 271-4 —
 L'Hirondel.  Un cas de fracture de la mandibule a reduction
 tardive.   Rev. stomat., Par., 1934, 36: 520-4.—Macedo, P.
 Caso clinico, fratura mandibular.  Rev. brasil. odont., 1943,
 No. 5, 40-5, 5 pl.—Mack, C. H., & Connelly, J. H.  Fractures
 of the mandible.  U.  S.  Nav.  M.  Bull., 1934,  32: 31-6 —
 Mikkelsen, O.  Mandibular fractures.  Hosp. News, Wash.,
 1938, 5:  1-6.—Necdet [Fractures of the  lower jaw]  Askeri
 sihhiye mecmuasi, 1935, 64: 47-70.—Nusret, S. [A  fracture of
 the lower jaw caused during the last war]  Ibid., 1933, 62:
 199-202.—Palazzi, S.  A proposito di un caso di frattura della
 mandibola.  Stomatologia, Mod., 1934, 32: 662-5.—Payne, J.
 L.  Fractures of  the  mandible.   Clin.  J., Lond.,  1929, 58:
 77-84.—Rehakova, S.  [Fractures of  the lower jaw]  Bratisl.
 lek. listy,  1929, 9:  138-41.—Richison, F. A.  Fractures of the
 maxilla.   J. Am. Dent. Ass.,  1940,  27:  558-63.—Stoller, S.
 Fractured mandible in infant, 16 months old.  N.  York J.
 Dent.,  1943,  13: 307-10.—Walker, D. G.  Fractures of the
 ramus, condyloid and coronoid processes of the  mandible.
 Brit. Dent. J., 1942, 72: 265; 293; 1942, 73: 1.—Wolfe, L. H.
 Fracture  of the mandible.   Quincy M. Bull., 1934,  11: 237.—
 Wright, C. B.  Fractures  of the mandible. West Virginia M.
 J., 1933, 29: 525.


 â– ---   Fracture, comminuted, and multiple.
   Abalo, R.  Fracturas multiples del maxilar inferior.  Rev.
 odont., B. Air., 1936, 24: 226-9.—Bichlmayr, A. Zur  Behand-
 lung der komplizierten  Unterkieferbruche. Med. Welt,  1935,
 9: 158-60.—Bonney, T. C.  Fracture  of the body of the man-
 dible complicated with fracture  of the neck  of the  condyle;
 report of a case.  Dent. Cosmos,  1927, 69: 627-32.—Connolly.
 G. I. A preliminary report of a case with multiple fractures of
the mandible. Apollonian, Bost., 1937,  12:  107-9.—Cour-
boules.  Ligatures  successives de l'artere  carotide  externe et
carotide primitive pour une fracture comminutive du maxillaire
inferieur.   Bordeaux chir.,  1931, 2:  63-6.—Crich,  W.  A.
Double fracture of the  mandible predisposed by  an impacted
third molar.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1928, 19:  207-10.—Cuthbert,
J.  B.  Comminuted fractures of mandible; a  report on  25
consecutive cases from a plastic and jaw unit EMS.  Lancet
Lond., 1944,  1:  748-50.  Also Spanish transl.,  Dia med.  b'
Air., 1944  16: 1395-7.—Davenport, H. W.  Compound frac-
ture ot inferior  maxilla.  Dent.  Rev.,  1908,  22: 1034-7.—
Dunlay, J. J.  Treatment of compound fractures of the mandible
that occur anterior to the bicuspid teeth. Hosp. News  Wash
1941, 8: No. 16,  35-40.—Fronteau. Un cas de fracture double
asymetrique du maxillaire inferieur.  Arch. med". Angers, 1937
41: ?7.—Ginestet,  G.   Reduction d'une fracture  double  du
maxillaire inferieur par action combinee  des forces intermaxil-
laires et d'une anse transosseuse.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1938 40-
289-94.—Gruber, L. W., & Lyford, J.  The conservative treat-
ment of simultaneous fractures through  the  necks  of  both
mandibular condyles associated  with multiple fractures  of
other parts of the  mandible.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1942, 28J
Oral Surg., 258-64.—Hennion.  Une fracture comminutive  du
maxillaire inferieur en cours  de traitement  chez  une jeune fille
de 15 ans.  Rev. stomat.,  Par.,  1942, 43: 131.—Herpin,  A.
Note sur  une fracture double du maxillaire inferieur   Ibid
1926, 28:  687-90.—Julliard,  C.   Triple fracture du maxillaire
inferieur.   Rev.  med. Suisse rom., 1942, 62: 156.—Kazanjian,
V. H.  An outline of the treatment of extensive comminuted
fractures of the  mandible; based chiefly on experience gained
during the last war. Am. J. Orthodont., 1942, 28: Oral Surg.,
265-74.   ------   Immobilization  of  wartime,  compound!
comminuted  fractures  of the  mandible.   Ibid.,  551-60.—
Maccaferri, G.   Frattura bilaterale dei condili  e frattura sin-
fisaria consolidate in viziata posizione;  riduzione chirurgica;
consolidazione perfetta.  Arch.  chir.  oris, Bologna, 1932,  1:
252.—Marques  Porto.  Sobre dois casos  de fracturas com-
minutivas  do maxillar inferior tratados  pelo  methodo  de
Border.  Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1935,  2: 320-4,  4 pl.—Miller,
S. C.  Malocclusion after bilateral fracture of mandible.   N.
York J. Dent.,  1933, 3: 225.—Mousis, L.  Cas  de  fracture
double du maxillaire inferieur dont l'un  des traits de fracture
est retro-dentaire.   Algerie  med., 1941, 4.  ser.,  45: 148.—
Smith, A. E., & Johnson, J. B.  Bilateral  condylectomy in a
patient with multiple fractures of the  mandible.  Illinois Dent.
J., 1940,  9: 158-65—Thoma, K. H.  External drainage and
skeletal fixation in complicated  fractured mandibles. Am. J.
Orthodont., 1943, 29: Oral Surg., 182.------Cascario, N., jr,
& Bacevicz, F. J.  Compound multiple fracture of the mandi-
ble.  Ibid., 1944, 30:  Oral  Surg., 613-9.  ------  Multiple
comminuted  mandibular fractures,   including subcondylar
fracture.  Ibid., 619-31.—Thoma, K. H.,  Johnson, F. G.,  &
Cascario,  N., jr.  Bilateral  fracture  of  mandible; compound
fracture in molar region on  left, and  subcondylar fracture of
ramus on right.   Ibid., 174-9.—Thoma, K. H., & Kalil, F.  H.
Bilateral fracture of the mandible.  Ibid., 1943, 29: Oral Surg.,
525-9.  ------  Comminuted fracture of the mandible.  Ibid.'
529-33.—Van der Ghinst, J.  Note sur le.traitement et revolu-
tion des fractures comminufives de la  mandibule.  Arch. med.
beiges,  1932, 85: 780-4. Also  in Liv. jub. pub. P. Derache,
Brux., 1933, 79-84.—Violato, A.   Frattura della mascella tipo
Guerin-Walter,  complicata  da  quadruplice  frattura  della
mandibola.  Arch. chir. oris,  Bologna, 1935,  3: 446-50.—
Vorschtitz, I. Entgegnung auf die Arbeit von Wassmund iiber
die Behandlung  komplizierter Unterkieferbruche.   Zbl. Chir.,
1935, 62:  2624.—Zepponi, F.  Su un  caso di frattura doppia
della mandibola. Ann. clin. odont., Roma, 1932, 9: 930-44.—
Zimmer, M. A.  Extensive fracture of the mandible: case report.
Dent. Cosmos, 1935, 77: 705-8.


----  Fracture: Complication.

   Hoffzimmer, R.   *Ueber die bei Unterkiefer-
frakturen entstehenden Dislokationen   [Munster]
25p.   22cm.    Dusseld.,  1935.
   Noering,  E.   *Ueber  Luxationsfrakturen des
Unterkiefers   [Berlin]  23p.   8?   Diiren; 1936.
   Kasberger,  G.    *Die  Luxationsfraktur des
Unterkiefers   und  ihre  gegenwartigen   Behand-
lungswege.    32p.   8?   Miinch., 1932.
   Aleksandrova, E. A.  Neskolyko sluchaev svobodnoi osteo-
plastic pri izianakh i zamedlennoi konsolidacii ognestrelnykh
perelomov nizhnei  cheliusti,   oslozhnennykh  osteomielitov.
Vest, khir., 1944, 64: No. 5, 74.—Bisnoff, H. L.  Fracture of
the mandible complicated by osteomyelitis.  Dent. Outlook,
N. Y.,  1940, 27: 411.—Bjerrum, O.  Fracture-dislocation of
the  mandible.   Acta  chir.  scand.,  1936-37,   79: 209-18.—
Brody, H.  Report of a case of fracture and necrosis of the
mandible.   Dent.  Cosmos,  1927,  69:  242-7.—Dechaume.
Cellulite para-hyoidienne consecutive  a une fracture du maxil-
laire inferieur.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1936, 38: 457.—Goldin, H.
A case of  cervico-facial actinomycosis following fractured
mandible.  S. Afr. M. J., 1945, 19: 312.  ------  Penicillin in a
case of osteomyelitis of the mandible following fracture. Ibid.,
360.—Grohs, R.   Aktinomykose nach einer Unter kief erf raktur.
Zschr. Stomat., 1934, 32: 427-33.—Hermann, L.  Fracture and
dislocation of mandible.  Dent. Outlook, N.  Y.,  1925,  12:
387-93.—Holmes, A. G.  Osteomyelitis in edentulous or nearly
edentulous fractured mandibles.   Dent. Bull., Wash., 1935, 6:
No. 4, 190-4.—Ivy, R. H., & Curtis, L. Complicated fractures
of the mandible.  Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930,  10: 1411-26 —
Karnes, T. W.  Fracture of the mandible associated with burns
of the head;  report of case.  J. Oral Surg., 1945, 3: 83-6.— 
MANDIBULA
240
MANDIBULA
Linton,  P.   Unterkieferbruch  mit  doppelseitiger  Luxation
nach aussen; eine seltene Unfallsverletzung. Acta chir. scand.,
1938, 81:  304-8, pl.—Maccaferri, G.  Micosi cervico-facciale
bilaterale  insorta in seguito a  frattura  della mandibola (bi-
laterale  degli nngoli)   Riv. ital. stomat.,  1933,  2: 442-60 —
Macgregor, A. B. Sepsis in relation to fractures of t he mandible.
Brit. Dent. J., 1941, 71: 246-54.—Maurel, G., & Marmasse, A.
Fracture traumatique  infectee  du  maxillaire inferieur.  Rev.
odont., Par.,  1928,  49: 341-57, 6 pl.—Pearce, R.  A  case of
fractured  mandible complicated by infection with a strepto-
thrix.  Tr. M.  Soc. London, 1932, 55: 51.—Pefias Bel I on, J.
Absceso de pulm6n, consecutivo a una fractura de mandibula.
An.  espan. odontoestomat.,  1944,  3:  285-94.—Preis, K. W.
Orthodontic treatment of a fractured mandible complicated by
osteomyelitis.  Am. J. Orthodont.,  1939, 25:  168-71.—Puljo,
A.   [Fractures  of  the lower  jaw in osteomyelitis]  Stomat.
glasn., 1934, 3: 72-7.—Rogers, L., Hall, C. T., & Shackelford,
J. H.  Fractures and incomplete dislocations of the mandible
or maxilla. Radiology, 1932, 18: 28-40.—Seldin, R. Fracture
of the mandible complicated with osteomyelitis.  Dent. Digest,
1934, 40: 414-6.—Smith, G. W.  Mandibular fractures, maloc-
clusion, and osteomyelitis of the jaw. Rocky Mountain M. J.,
1941, 38: 794-8.—Steinhardt, G.   Zur  Entstehung, Heilung
und  Behandlung der  Luxationsfrakturen des  Unterkiefers.
Deut. Zahn  &c Heilk., 1936, 3:  662-77.—Stromberg,  N.
Fracture  with  luxation  of the  collum mandibulae, and its
surgical treatment.  Acta chir. scand.,  1934. 74: 379-404.—
Thoma, K. H., Cascario, N., jr, & Bacevicz, F. J.  Fractured
mandible  with displacement  of posterior fragment.   Am. J.
Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 610-3.  ------  Mandibular
fracture with osteomyelitis.   Ibid., 631-4.—Thoma, .K. H„
Johnson, F. G., & Cascario, N., jr.  Septic compound mandibu-
lar fracture complicated with submaxillary and pterygomandi-
bular abscess  treated with penicillin.   Ibid.,   158-70.—Ves
Losada, C,  & Brambilla,  A.   Doble  fractura  expuesta  de
maxilar inferior con  luxaci6n  de una  de las  articulaciones
temporo-maxilarcs.   Sem. med., B. Air.,  1937, 44:  1012-9.—
Vorschutz, J.  Zur Behandlung der komplizierten Unterkie-
ferbruche.  Med.  Welt,  1934, 8:  1474.—Waldron,  C. W.
Fractures of the mandible; with special reference to the reduc-
tion of complicated displacements and subsequent immobiliza-
tion.  J.  Lancet,  1942,  62:  228-40.—Whittles, J. D.  The
difficulty  of  a  positive diagnosis  and its ultimate solution.
Dent. Rec, Lond., 1923, 43: 415, pl.
----   Fracture: Dental  aspect.

   Fiedler, G.   *Die Beziehungen der Zahne zu
den Briichen des Unterkiefers  [Munchen]   lOp.
8?   Wurzb.,  1935.
   Greve, K.  Der Heilverlauf von einfachen und
komplizierten  Unterkieferfrakturen   mit beson-
derer  Beriicksichtigung  des  Mandibularkanals
und   der   Zahne;  eine   tierexperimentelle  und
histologische Studie.  64p.   8?   Lpz.,  1927.
   Forms H. 67,  Deut. Zahnh.
   Albee, F. H-, & Seldin, H. M.  Fractures of the mandible.
Dent. Cosmos, 1934, 76:  427-31.—Barron, J. B.  Fractures of
the mandible.   Dent. Items,  1942,  64:  1139; 1943, 65: 17;
125.—Bengochea,  L.  Fractures  del  maxilar  inferior.   Rev.
odont.,  B. Air.,  1936, 24: 371-3.—Crawford, J.  K., & Watt,
G. V.  A difficult case of fracture of the mandible.  Brit. Dent.
J., 1933, 54:  472-6.—Curatella Manes, H.  Fractures mandi-
bulares.  Rev.  odont., B. Air.,  1939, 27: 333; 416; 440 —
Dempsey, J.  E., & Saghirian, L. M.  Partial  fracture of the
mandible, with partial avulsion of the incisors.  Dent. Cosmos,
1936, 78: 82.—Henny, F. A.   Fractures of the mandible.  J.
Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 1840-5.—Ivy, R. H., & Curtis, L.  Fur-
ther observations on  fractures of the mandible.  Dent. Cosmos,
1929, 71: 341-52.—Jacobs, M. H. The problem of teeth in the
line of fracture of the mandible.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1943, 29:
102-30.—Reiter, E.  Fractures of the mandible.  Dent. Cosmos,
1928, 70: 772-82.—Ribeiro de Carvalho, J., & Bressan, P. G.
Aproveitamento do   dente incluso  no tratamento  de  uma
fratura  do maxilar inferior.   Bol. Sanat. S. Lucas, S. Paulo,
1939-40, 1: 163-74.—Sprawson,  E.   Double simple fracture
involving the tooth-bearing area of the mandible.  Brit. Dent.
J., 1941, 71: 135.—Walker, D.  G.  Fractures of  the ramus,
condyloid and coronoid processes of the mandible.  Ibid., 1942,
72: 265; passim.
----   Fracture: Diagnosis.
   Fatjre,  R.    *Diagnostic  et  traitement  im-
m6diat  des  fractures   du  maxillaire  inferieur
[Lyon]  88p.   8?   Trevoux,  1936.
   Allodi,  F.  Della cura  delle fratture della  mandibola con
alcune considerazioni medico-legali nei riguardi della valuta-
zione.   Rass. previd. sociale,  1931,  18:  37-50.—Curran,  M.
Cavernous sinus  thrombophlebitis; report  of  a case of un-
diagnosed, untreated fracture of the mandible.   J. Oral Surg.,
1944, 2: 7-12.—Donaldson, S. W.  Roentgenologic and legal
considerations of fractures  of the mandible.  Am. J. Roentg.,
1932, 27: 562-71.—Eiber, M. E.   [Localization and features of
fractures of the lower jaw; data of the roentgenological service
of  the   Moscow  Stomatological  Institute!   Stomatologia
Moskva, 1941,  No. 4. 35-8.—Hardy.  E. A.   Radiological
examination of a fractin.d  inaudible; a possible pitfall.  Brit
Dent.  J.,  1942,  73:  230-2.- Japiot, P.   Radiographic  du
maxillaire inferieur; pie.-enee de  dents ou  de dcluio denlnirca
dans les foyers de fracture.  Arch, electr.  med..  19bi, 26:
337-50.—Kuzanjian, V. H.   Deformities of the mandible fob
lowing fracture.  Apollonian,  Bost., 1937,  12: So 90- l'lut-
schow, O.  A case  of concealed oblique fracture of the inferior
maxillary bone.  Dent. Rev., 1908, 22: 40-8.- Srharhter, J. J.
Diagnosis of mandibular  fractures.   J. Canad.  Dent. Ass.
1944,  10: 515-23.—Suggit,  S.  Bleeding  from the external
auditory meatus following fracture  of the  mandible.  J. Lar.
Otol., Lond., 1941, 56: 364-7, 3 pl.
----   Fracture: Etiology.

   Schlotmann, J.   *Ueber Unterkieferfrakturen
infolge von  Verkehrsunfallen    [Munster]   33p.
8?   Quakcnbruck, 1930.
   Croquefer, H.   Osteite et fracture  du maxillaire inferieur
chez les edentes complets.  Rev. odont., Par., 1936, 57: 639-
44.----— Deux cas de fracture du  maxillaire inferieur par
defenestration.  Odontologie, Par.,  1937, 75: 575-8.—Doherty,
J. A.  The management of fracture of the edentulous mandible.
Apollonian,  Post., 1939,  14: 5-9.   ------  Fracture of the
edentulous   mandible.  J.  Oral  Surg., 1943,  1:  157-61.—
Dufourmentel, L.   Les fractures du  maxillaire inferieur  au
cours des avulsions de dents de sagesse incluses.  Rev. odont.,
Par., 1933, 54: 1101-10.—Kazanjian,  V. H.  Fracture of the
edentulous  mandible.   Apollonian, Bost., 1937,  12: 146-8.—
Malpractice; fracture of mandible resulting from extraction of
impacted molar.   J. Am.  M. Ass., 1940, 115: 82.—Maurel, G.
Fracture traumatique retro-dentaire du maxillaire inferieur;
dent de sagesse dans le foyer de fracture ayant provoqu6 des
accidents infectieux.  Rev.  odont., Par., 1925,  46: 223-9.—
Moral, H.,  & Schlampp, H.   Kieferbruche.   Fortsch.  Zahnh.,
1929, 5: 1055-76.—Strock,  A.  E.  A  method for treating
edentulous   mandibular fractures; with case report.   Bull.
Connecticut Dent. Ass., 1940-41', 17:  No.  1, 17-21.—Tissier.
Fracture par  forceps du maxillaire  inferieur d'un  mortne.
Bull. Soc. obst. Paris, 1909, 12: 384.
----   Fracture, gunshot.

   Kortmann,  T.   *Die Schussverletzungen des
Unterkiefers.   30p.   8?  Bonn,  1932.
   Langenkamper,   W.    *Ueber   Unterkiefer-
schussfrakturen und  ihre Behandlung.   19p.  8!
Kiel,  1934.
   Benon, R. Fracture des os de la face et asthenie chronique.
J.  med. chir., Par., 1928, 99: 208-14.—Besson.  A propos des
fractures  avec  perte  de  substance  du maxillaire  inferieur;
presentation d'un  blesse  maxillo-facial.   Montpellier med.,
1917, 39: 559-62.—Cal, G., & Cambiaggi, J.  E.   Fractura
conminuta de la mandibula causada por arma de fuego.  Rev.
san. mil., B. Air., 1944, 43: 873-5.—Cavina, C.  Cura delle
grandi ferite; fratture d'arma da fuoco della mandibola. Gior.
med. mil., 1935, 83:  713; 923.—Colyer, J. F.   Methods of
treatment and results in fractures of the mandible. Brit. Dent.
J.,  1917, 38: War  Suppl.,  133. ------  A  note on the treat-
ment of gunshot injuries of the mandible.  Brit. M. J., 1917, 2:
1-3.—Entin, D. A.  [Modern methods of treatment of gun-
shot fractures of the jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva, 1943, No,
4,  25-32.—Ganzer, H.  Beitrage zur Behandlung  der Kinn-
Schussverletzungen,   nach   eigenen   Erfahrungen.   Deut.
Militararzt,  194075: 442.—Giulio, M.  Fratture di guerra della
mandibola e loro trattamento chirurgico. Policlinico, 1917, 24:
sez. prat., 993.—Golding, H. S.  A report on three cases of
fracture  of the  lower jaw due to  gunshot wounds in the face
during  the  Waziristan operations, 1937.  J. R.  Army M.
Corps, 1938, 71: 50-4.—Green, R.  J.  Two cases of gunshot
fractures  of the mandible with  loss  of substance.  Lancet,
Lond., 1917, 2:  422.—Herpin, A.   Les fractures de l'angle et de
la branche  montante du maxillaire inferieur.  Presse  med.,
1916, 24: 583.   ------   Considerations anatomiques sur les
fractures  du maxillaire inferieur.   Restauration maxillo-fac.
Par., 1917-18,  1:  35-51.— Holland, N.  Gross pathology of
fractures  of  the mandible caused  by high velocity  missiles; a
review of 400 cases.  Brit. Dent. J., 1945, 79: 91-8.—Katz, A.
J.  [Reduction of the position of the fragments of the lower jaw
following gunshot  wounds complicated  by bone defects in the
region of the  chin]   Stomatologia, Moskva,  1942, 51-7.—
Kossinskaia, N.  S.   [Roentgen   diagnosis  of injuries of the
hyoid bone and of the cervical portion of the spine in gun-shot
wounds  of the lower jaw]  Vest, rentg.,  1940, 24:  352-8 —
McGee, R.  P.   Fracture  of  the mandible by gunshot wound.
Oral Hyg., Pitt-k, 1930, 20: 526-8.—Palumbo, L.   Guarigione
di grave ferita d'arma da fuoco con asportazione di buona parte
della mascella inferiore.  Filiatre sebezio, Nap.,  1840, 20: 283-
8.—Piatt, H., Campion, G.  G.,  &  Rodway,  B. J.   On  bone
grafting in gunshot injuries  of the mandible.  Lancet, Lond.,
1918, 1: 461-3.—Rodriguez Segade.  Tratamiento de "rgenc'a
en las fracturas de maxilar inferior  por arma de fuego.  Med. 
MANDIBULA
241
MANDIBULA
esDafi  1941  6: 59-69.—Ruppe, L.  Mutilations du corps du
maxili'aire inferieur.  Restauration maxillofac, Par., 1917r18,
,. 33 _Shargorodsky, L. E.  [A collapsible splint-prosthesis in
rrreat'gunshot defects of the lower jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva,
1944  No  4  56-8.—Shepshelevich, Z. G.   [Non-operative
renosition of fragments in old gunshot fractures of the lower
iawl  Ibid., 1943, No. 3, 41-4—Stephens, B. M.  Report on
treatment of a case of shrapnel wound of the mandible,  in
which bonv union was re-established after great loss of sub-
stance  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1916-17, 10: Sect. Odont.,
46-51   Also Brit. J. Dent.  Sc,  1917, 60:  648-50.—Wallis,
r, pr  Papillcedema in relation to gunshot fracture of the
mandible.   Brit.  J. Ophth.  1917,  1:  49274.-Warnekros.
Behandlung der Kiefer-Schussfrakturen. Knegsarztl.  Vortr.,
1915, Teil  1, 102-6.—Weisengreen,  H. H.  Gunshot fracture
of the mandible; case report.  Am. J. Surg., 1938, 39: 133.

---   Fracture: Pathology.

   Bornhatjser,  H.   *Beitrag zur  Kenntnis der
Unterkieferfrakturen   [Freiburg i. Br.]  31p.  8°
Marbach a. N., 1936.
   Langer,  E.   *Ueber  den  Nachweis   von
Schwachpunkten  der  Unterkiefer   und  ihrem
ursachlichen Zusammenhang mit den  Biegungs-
briichen.   22p.   8?   Kiel,  1934.
   Querling,  H.   *Schwachpunkte des  Unter-
kiefers  als  Pradilektionslinien  fiir  Frakturen
[Munster]  16p.  22cm.  Dusseld.,  1935.
   Roffmann,  B.  *Klinische  Verlaufsrichtung,
Haufigkeit des Auftretens  und Lokalisation  von
Briichen  am Unterkiefer,  verglichen mit denen
von  experimentellen Versuchen.   28p.   23>^cm.

Kiel,  1937.
   Schafer,  H.   *Ueber die  Kallusbildung  nach
Unterkieferfrakturen.  58p.  8?  Ziir.,  1923.
   Schtjlze,  H.  R.   *Die Frakturen des Unter-
kiefers ausserhalb der Zahnreihe  [Leipzig]   58p.
8?  Zeulenroda,  1929.
   Siedentopf,  E.   *Beitrag zu  den Hals-  und
Kopfchenbruchen des Unterkiefers.   35p.  21cm.
Weende-Gott., 1935.
   Arlotta,  A., & Lari, G. L.  Della frequente presenza della
frattura da contraccolpo nelle fratture della mandibola causate
da pugno.  Stomatologia, Mod., 1930, 28: 1073-9—Bichlmayr,
A.  Ueber den experimentellen Nachweis von Schwachpunkten
am Unterkiefer und deren klinische Bedeutung fiir das Fraktur-
geschehen.   Deut. Zahn &c. Heilk., 1939,  6: 448-56— Fry,
W. K.  Fractures of the  mandible  in, and posterior  to, the
molar region.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1928-29,  22:  Sect.
Odont., 37-45.—Gastelum, B. J. Tratamiento de las fracturas
de la rama horizontal del maxilar inferior. Gac. med. Mexico,
1933, 64: 245-53.—Ginestet,  F.  Evolution  comparee dune
fracture de la  mandibule  chez l'homme et  l'animal.   Rev.
stomat., Par., 1929, 31: 24-8.—Greve, K. Der Heilverlauf von
einfachen und  komplizierten Unterkieferfrakturen mit be-
sonderer Beriicksichtigung  des  Mandibularkanals  und der
Zahne;  eine tierexperimentelle  und  histologische  Studie.
Deut. Zahnh., 1927, H. 67, 1-64.—Losada, J.   Contnbuci6n al
estudio de las fracturas del maxilar inferior.  Siglo med., 1917,
64: 487-9.—Reichenbach,  E.  Seltene Formen von  Unter-
kieferfrakturen.  Zschr. Stomat.,  1931, 29:  719-28.—Sarnat,
B. G., & Schour, I. Effect of experimental fracture on bone,
dentin and enamel; study of the mandible and  the incisor in the
rat.  Arch. Surg., 1944, 49: 23-38.—Shapiro, H. H.  Role of
the muscles in mandibular fractures.  In his Appl. Anat. Head,
Phila.,  1943, 88-95.—Welch, C. C, & Taylor, R. W.  Healing
time in fractures of the mandible.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1938,
36:513-7.

---   Fracture: Sequelae.
   Gillies, H., & Mclndoe, A. H.  The late surgical  complica-
tions of fractures of the mandible. Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 1060-
3.—SteidI, H. Ueber klinische Folgeerscheinungen von seiten
des Nervus  alveolaris inferior nach  Schadigungen des Unter-
kiefers, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Briiche.  Deut.
Zschr. Chir., 1931, 230: 129-46. ------& Schmidt, G.  Ueber
Sensibilitatsausfall und -ausgleich im Gebiete des durch Kiefer-
bruch geschadigten Nervus alveolaris inferior. In: Livre d or
(Th. Papayoannou) Naumburg, 1932, 127-32.—Thoma, K. H.,
Johnson, F. G., &  Cascario, N., jr. Anesthesia and paresthesia
of lip following malunited fracture of mandible, treated  by
neurorrhaphy. Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30:  Oral Surg., 218-
20.  ------  Anesthesia  and  paresthesia persisting for  18
months, treated by neurorrhaphy.  Ibid., 221-3.


---  Fracture, spontaneous.

   Bourguet,   R.   *Traitement  des  fractures
pathologiques  survenant  dans l'osteo-periostite
diffuse de la  mandibule.  54p.   8?  Par.,  1933.
  Mennicken, E.  *Ueber Spontanfrakturen des
Unterkiefers   [Berlin]   31p.   8?   Charlottenb.,
1930.
  Palmer, D.  Contribution a l'etude du traite-
ment   des  fractures   pathologiques  d'origine
dentaire du maxillaire inferieur.    58p.   24}^cm.
Par., 1940.
  Acquaviva, A.  Frattura bilaterale della mandibola da morbo
del Lobstein in un paziente a fondo luetico.  Ann. Clin, odont.,
Roma, 1931, 8: 563-8, 2 pl.—Cole, P. P.  Pathological fracture
of mandible;  non-union  treated with pedicled bone graft.
Lancet,  Lond., 1940, 1:  1044.—Curnock, J. E.  A  case of
spontaneous  fracture of  the mandible.  Proc. R. Soc M.,
Lond.,  1932, 25: 885.—Field, H. J.  Pathologic fracture of
mandible (osteomyelitis)  following removal of impacted third
molar.   Internat. J.  Orthodont., 1929, 15: 1212.—Hofer, O.
Ueber Spontanfrakturen  des Unterkiefers.   Arch. klin. Chir.,
1926, 140: 141-62.—Landais. Considerations sur les fractures
pathologiques au cours de  l'osteite diffuse du maxillaire  in-
ferieur.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1933, 35: 317-35.—Prasol, F. I.
[Pathogenesis, therapy and  prophylaxis of spontaneous frac-
tures of the lower jaw] Nov. khir. arkh., 1938, 40: 414-25.—
Roccia,  B.   Alterazioni  patologiche locali che possono pre-
disporre il mascellare inferiore  alle fratture.   Stomatologia,
Mod.,  1927,  25: 33-42.   ------   Fratture  spontanee  del
mascellare inferiore.  Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: 701-8.

----   Fracture: Statistics.
  Champeval,   A.   M.   *Etude   statistique  et
clinique de 70 fractures du maxillaire inferieur;
leur traitement simplifie\   84p.  8?   Par.,  1928.
  Freitag,  H.   J.    *Heilungsergebnisse  von
Unterkieferfrakturen.   41p.   21cm.  Freib.  i. B.,
1937.
  Lorenz, G. P. A.   *Zehn  Jahre  Unterkiefer-
bruche des hiesigen Chirurgischen  Universitats-
Krankenhauses.   36p.   8?  Greifsw., 1933.
   Mykolakewycz,  M.  W.   *Bericht fiber  53
Unterkieferbruche   nach   Entstehung,  Fraktur-
form  und  Rontgenbild   [Gottingen]   28p.   8?
Tarnopol,  1929.
  Runde,  P.   *Ueber die Heilungsresultate der
Unterkieferfrakturen bei versicherten und  nicht-
versicherten Verletzten.   17p.  21cm.   Konigsb.,
1936.
  Dean, H. T. Fractures of the mandible; an analysis of fifty
cases.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1930, 17: 1074-85.—Doherty, J. A.
Fractures of the  mandible;  a statistical study of  100 cases.
Ibid., 1940, 27: 735-7.—Ivy, R. H., & Curtis, L.  Fractures of
the mandible; an analysis  of one hundred cases.  Dent. Cosmos,
1926 68: 439-46.—Winter, L.  Fractures  of the mandible: a
study of 200 cases.  Ibid., 1934,  76: 316-26.

        Fracture: Surgery.
  Fischer, G.  G.  *Die Knochennaht bei Unter-
kieferbruchen.   36p.  8?   Lpz.,  1935.
  Bay, R. P., & Dorsey, B. M.  Fractures of the lower jaw.
Am. J. Surgery, 1938,  42: 532-5.—Bercher, J. Presentation
d'un materiel d'osteosynthese du maxillaire inferieur.  P. verb.
Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 646-8.—Bergareche, R. Tratamiento
quirfirgico de fracturas de maxilar inferior en la guerra.  Actas
Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr., 41-50—Berry, H. C.
The implantation  method for setting  fractured mandibles.
Am. J. Orthodont., 1942, 28: Oral Surg., 292-306—Branchini,
C. A proposito di un caso di frattura della mandibola; sinto-
matologia, decorso ed esito particolari.  Arch. ital. chir., 1938,
50: 595-600.—Cole,  P.  Three cases showing  late  results of
pedicle bone-graft  for fractured mandible.  Proc R. Soc. M.,
Lond., 1937-38, 31: 1131-4.—Figi, F. A.  Fractures of the jaw.
Surg Gyn. Obst., 1932, 55: 762-70.—Fry, W. K.  Fractures of
the mandible.  In:  Post-Grad. Surg. (Maingot, R.) N. Y., 1937,
3: 5153-68.—Grandi, G.  Contributo clinico e  operatorio alia
cura delle fratture  della mandibola mediante il cosidetto blocco
delle  mascelle.   Stomatologia,  Mod.,  1929,  27:  94-106 —
Greve  K. Die Knochennaht bei der Behandlung von Kiefer-
frakturen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1931,  152: 310-22—Hensel, G.
C   Management  of fracture of  the  mandible.  Surg. Gyn.
Obst., 1932, 55: 238-43.—MacKenzie, C. M., & Sharpless, D.
H Cosmetic and functional aspects of bone  grafting in man-
dibular fractures.  Northwest M., 1941, 40: 372-4—Marzi.E.
Zur Indikation der temporaren Knochennaht bei Unterkieier-
briichen.   Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr.,  1940, 43: 825-7—Ridard,
L  Deux observations d'osteosynthese du  maxillaire inferieur.
Rev. stomat., Par.,  1929, 31: 883-8—Roccia,  B.  Riduzione
tardiva cruenta di fratture della mandibola  mal consolidate,
a mezzo  di osteotomia.  Stomat. ital., 1939,  1: 197-204.—
Strock M. S.  Fractures of the mandible.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,
1941   72: 1047-51.—Waldron,  C.  W., & Worman,  H. G.
Fractures of the mandible.  Dent. Surv.,  1933, 9:  No. 9, 23,
62; No. 10, 35; 66.
549701—vol. 10, 4th sebies-
-16 
MANDIBULA
242
MANDIBULA
----   Fracture: Treatment.

   Cohn, W.   *Zur  Geschichte der Behandlung
der  Unterkieferfrakturen   [Leipzig]   24p.   8?
Zeulenroda, 1933.

   Herrmann.  H.    *Untersuchungen  iiber  den
Einfluss von Vigantollebertran  auf den Heilungs-
verlauf  von  Unterkieferfrakturen  bei  Hunden.
14p.   8?   Erlangen, 1931.

   Meyerhofer,  W. H.  *Die Heilung der Kiefer-
fraktur  beim  zahnlosen  und schwachbezahnten
Unterkiefer unter Vermeidung  der  Knochennaht
[Leipzig]   58p.   8?   Zeulenroda,  1929.

   Schlosser,  K.  *Ueber Unterkieferbruche und
ihre Behandlung   [Halle-Wittenberg]   15p.   8?
Dresd.,  1933.
   Stadie,  B.   *Uel>('r  Unterkieferfrakturen und
ihre Behandlung  [Kiel]  30p.   8?   Quakenbriick,
1934.
   Wassmund,  M.    Die  freihandige  Versorgung
der Briiche des Unterkiefers,  einschliesslich  der
Sehussbriiche.  2.  Aufl.   187p.  23/ocm.   Berl.,
1940.
   Wiedinger,  S.    *Kieferbruche   und   ihre
moderne   Therapie     [Heidelberg]    32p.    8:
Mannheim, 1928.
   Addison, P. I.  The treatment and copiplications of ordinary
mandibular fractures: case reports.  Dent. Cosmos, 1936, 78:
1136-42.—Aprile,  H.   Fractura  del   maxilar  inferior;  con-
sideraciones sobre  mi tratamiento.  Rev. med., B. Air., 1939, 1:
02-4.- Aufderheide. P. J.  An emergency bandage for fractures
of the mandible.  Dent. Digest, 1939, 45: 374.—Bandaging of
fractures of the mandible.  Bull. Army M.  Dir., Lond., 1941,
No. 3,  1.  Bandaging of  fractures of  the mandible.  Select.
Army M. Dep. Bull., Lond.  (1941-42)  1943, 25.—Becker, V.
K., & Shapatin, S. V.  [Universal sline for fractures of the lower
jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva, 1943,  No. 3, 45.—Berger,  A.
Treatment of fractures  of the mandible.  .1. Am. Dent.  Ass.,
1927, 14:  1997-2004.—Bertrand, P., A- Freidel. C.  Conduite a
tenir en presence d'une fracture sans  peite de substance du
corps du maxillaire inferieur.  Bull, med., Par., 1931, 45:  585-
7 .■—Black, A. D.  Treatment  of fractures of  the inferior maxil-
lary bone. Dent. Rev.,  1906, 20:  42-52.—Bomfim, A.  Con-
sideracoes sobre fracturas do maxilar inferior e sen tratamento.
Med. contemp., Lisb., 1933, 51: 51.—Boutroux, L.   Variations
sur la ligature d'Ivy dans le traitement des fractures de la
mandibule.  Rev. stomat., Par.,  1941. 42: 139-44.—Bruhn. C.
Ueber die Kontinuitatstrennungen des 1'nterkiefers und das
Grundsatzliche ihrer heutigen  Behandlung.   Tungchi med.
Mschr., 1926-27, 2: 144; 153.  Also Spanish transl.,  Rev. med.
Hamburgo,  1926,  7: 3; 44; 6  pl.—Buzzi,  A.  Tratamiento
inmediato de las fracturas del maxilar  inferior. Prensa med.
argent., 1928, 15: 235.—Cavina, C.  I problemi pin importanti
nella cura delle fratture della  mandibola. Stomatologia, Mod..
1927,25:559-79.  ------  I  principi fondamentali e i risultati
del moderno trattamento delle fratture  della mandibola.  Riv.
ital. stomat., 1932, 1: 457-67.  Also Arch. chir. oris, Bologna,
1934, 2: 361-422.—Chatzkelson, B.  Ueber einen  extraoralen
Notverband bei Unterkieferbriichen.   Munch,  med. Wschr.,
1931, 78: 98.—Cole, A. V., & Campagna, E. A.  A  method of
treatment of fractures of the mandible without denture.  J.
Indiana M. Ass.,  1945,  38: 257.—Cole, P. P., & Bubb, C. H.
The treatment of fractures  of  the mandible.  Practitioner,
Lond., 1930, 124: 489-505.—Coleman, F. Fractured mandible,
a sign of, and a  method  of  treatment.  Dent. Rec,  Lond.,
1941, 61: 265-8.—Cornillon, A.  Importancia de una buena
tecnica en el  tratamiento de las fracturas del maxilar inferior;
tecnica  propuesta por los autores.  Gac. med. Mexico, 1942,
72: 591-7.—De Luca, A.   Contributo  alia cura delle fratture
della mandibola negli edentuli.  Arch. chir. oris, Bologna, 1934,
2: 451-64.—Farill, L.  Ligaduras de alambre en las fracturas
simples no expuestas del  maxilar inferior.  An. clin. Hosp.
Juarez,  Mex., 1931,  1: 103.—Fracturas del maxilar inferior.
Dfa med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 372.—Fry, W. K.  Fractures of
the mandible and their treatment.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond..
1938, 197: 108-12.—Garcia Faure, S.  Nuevo vendaje enyesado
para el  tratamiento de las fracturas del maxilar inferior.  Tri-
buna odont.,  B. Air., 1928, 12:  130.—Gonzalez N.,  B.  Trata-
miento  de las fracturas mds frecuentes del maxilar inferior.
Rev. mex. cir., 1941, 9: 331-9.—Gross, P. P.  Treatment of
posterior  fragment in  an  edentulous fractured   mandible.
Dent. Digest, 1940, 46: 384-6.—Haddock, T. R. Sulfathiazole
in the treatment of fractures of the mandible.  J.  Am. Dent.
Ass., 1942, 29: 1002-4.—Hartmann.  Traitement des fractures
du  maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. gen.  clin. ther., 1926, 40: 563.—
Hemberger, A. J.  Early treatment of fractures of the mandible.
Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 424-8.—Inclan, A.  Contribuci6n  al
tratamiento de las fracturas del maxilar inferior en mandibulas
edentes.   Cir. ortop. traumat., Habana, 1941, 9:  158-66.—
Kazanjian, V. H., &  Strock,  M. S.  Earlv  treatment  of frac-
tures of the mandible.  J. Am. Dent. Ass..  1942, 29: 76-83 —
Lilly, A. J.   Simple technic  for simple fractures of mandible.
U. S. Nav.  M.  Bull.,  1945,  45:  135-9.- Marhirote, A. B.
Fracturas del maxilar inferior; dos  ca-os clinicos y su trata-
miento.  Rev. san. mil.,  B. Air., 1931. 30: 552-61.   Meade, H.
A  new method for  treatment of fracture of the  lower i'aw"
Irish J. M. Sc, 1935. 6. ser., 31S.  pl.  Moir, J. L.  First aid
for fracture of lower jaw; Kelscv Frv-Moir method.   Lancet
Lond., 1943. 2: 297.   Also Dent. Rec, Lond., 1944, 64: 160.—'
Morrison,  W. A.  Fractures of the mandible; a report of an
original  method  of treatment demonstrated  at St. Vincent's
Hospital, Melbourne, Australia.  Dent. Mag., Lond., 1943, 60-
263-8.—Palazzi,  S.  Fratture dei mascellari curate con mezzi
di  fortuna.  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1936, 11: 57.— I'ipcrno
A.  Treatment of mandibular fractures.   Dent. Rev., 1913,27:
1267-82.—Plaza, F.  L.   Tratamiento  de las fracturas dei
maxilar inferior.  Gac. peru.  cir. med., 1938-39, 1: No 7 ]
Also  Bol. Esc. odont., Lima.  1943, 7: 36-40.— Ponroy, Psaumc
&  Boutroux.  Traitement simplifie des fractures du maxillaire
inferieur.  Rev.  stomat., Par.,  1927, 29: 795-SI I.   -----
Le traitement d'urgence des fractures du maxillaire inferieur
Paris med.,  1928, 69:  195-9.—Proffitt,  H. M.   Reducing  a
compound mandibular  fracture; a  case report.   Dcntoscope
Bull., Wash., 1937, 16: 35.—Rangani. S.   Treatment of simple
fractures of the lower jaw. Sind M.  J., 193 I -35, 7: 64-8, pl.__
Ridard, L.  Conduite a tenir en presence d'une  fracture du
maxillaire inferieur.   Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1930. 44: 45-1-6.__
Robert & Merle-Beral.   Considerations  sur deux  cas de frac-
tures du maxillaire inferieur et deux modalites de traitement.
Arch. med. pharm. nav., 1935, 125: 703-15.  Rushton, M. \.
External drainage in the treatment of  fractured  mandibles
Brit. Dent, J.,  1942.  73: 283-8.—Saraval, U.  Come si  devond
curare i  fratturati della  mandibola.   Riforma med., 1930, 46:
675-8, pl.—Skues, K. F. Complications associated with the
treatment  of  fractures  of the  mandible.  Melbourne Hosp
Clin.  Rep., 1939, 10: 123-6,  pl.—S0bye, P.  Treatment of'
fracture of the corpus  mandibulae  ad modum Ipsen.  Acta
chir.  scand., 1939-40, 83: 445-77, 2 pl-  Solari. F.  Cura delle
fiat tore de mascellare inferiore.  Arch. Soc. ital.  chir.  (1922)
1923. 29:   161.—Stefani, F.   Sulla cura  fincruenta)  delle
fiat tun- del corpo della mandibola.  Stomatologia.  Mod., 1931,
29: 128--34.—Wahl, J. P.  Fractures of the mandible and their
treatment.  X. Orleans M. & S. J., 1933, 85: 900-6.—Wallace,
E.  S.  The  problem of the  fractured edentulous mandible
Dent. J. Australia,  1944,  16:  193-7.—Wassmund,  M., &
Laband, F.  Zwei ungewohnliche Falle von Frakturen unbe-
zahnter Kiefer und ihre Therapie.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1927
45: 1009-15.—Wiel,  P.  Contributo alia cura delle fratture
della mandibola  mediante il cosi detto blocco dei mascellari.
Stomat.  ital., 1940,  2:  112-26.—Wilkinson, F. ("'., &  Moule,
A.  W.  Treatment of fractures of the mandible; a met hod of
controlling the distal part in  edentulous cases.   Dent.  Kec.
Lond., 1941, 61: 287-91; 322-7.—Woerdeman, M. W.  [Theo-
retical course for treatment of fiactures  of the jaw; anatomy]
Tschr. tandheelk.,  1940,  47:  218-45, 18  pl- Wolfe,  L. H.
A  review of different treatments of fracture of the mandible.
Quincy M. Bull., 1934, 11: 228-32.


——   Fracture:  Treatment: Apparatus.

   Batjmann,  F.    *Appareillagcs d'urgence de,s
fractures  du  maxillaire   inferieur.   22p.   8?
Geneve,  1932.

   Bisi, J. A.  *Fracturas  del maxilar inferior; su
tratamiento ortod6ntico  [Dent.]  170p.  26}£cm.
B. Air., 1941.

   Bhuel, R.   Contribution a l'etude du traite-
ment des fractures du  maxillaire inferieur par les
appareils k appui dentaire.   61p.  25cm.   Mont-
pel., 1936.

   Schilling, B.  M.  *Ueber die Xotwendigkeit
der  Anwendung  kombinierter extra- und  intra-
oraler Verbiinde bei Bruchen in der  Kinngegend.
20p.  8?  Tub.,  1937.

   Schrembs, T.    *Versuche prothetischer Be-
handlung  von Unterkieferfrakturen im schlecht
bezahnten  und  besonders im zahnlosen Kiefer.
24p.  8?   Miinch., 1932:
   Aleman  [Fractures of the  lower jaw and prosthetic treat-
ment]  Cluj. med.,   1929, 10: 378-95.-Auregan.   Appareil
extra-buccal de  contention pour les fiactures du maxillaire
inferieur.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1933, 25: 192-7- Cole, P. P.
Circumferential wiring  in fractures of the mandible.  Lancet,
Lond., 1933,  1:  749.—Coster, L. de. Contribution a l'etude
du traitement  orthopedique  des  fractures  de  la machoire
inferieure; nouveaux appareils.  Rev.'stomat.. Par., 1939-40,
41:  933-47.—Di Giuseppe,  F.   l'n apparecchio di  pronto
soccorso e protesi della frattura della mandibola. Gior. ital.
clin. trop., 1937. 1:  81.—Duchange.  Note sur l'appareillage
des  fractures  mandibulaires  avec  perte de substance.  Rev.
hyg., Par., 1927, 49: 608-13- Gerke, J. Die orthopadiscbe
Versorgung  der doppelseitigen  I'litei kieferfraktur im  Kinn-
bereich.  Deut. Zahn &c. Heilk., 1935, 2: 531-42—Gruber, L.
W.,  & Lyford, J.  An  appliance for use in the  conservative
treatment of collum fractures of the mandible, in maintaining 
MANDIBULA
243
MANDIBULA
vertical dimension of the jaw, and for overcoming spasm of the
elevator muscles of the mandible.  Am. J.  Orthodont.,  1943,
29: Oral Surg.,  160-2.—Guichard, P.  Contribution a l'etude
du traitement orthopedique des fractures du maxillaire infe-
rieur.   Loire med., 1931, 45: 49-61—Kubassov, M. N.  [A
simple wooden appliance for righting horizontal dislocations in
the treatment of fractures of the lower jaw]  Odont. stomat.,
Moskva, 1928, 6: 36.—Larrauri, A. E. Aparatos para fracturas
del maxilar inferior en los desdentados.  Tribuna odont., B.
Air., 1927, 11: 231.—Linn, S. D.   Splints and retention appli-
ances for mandibular fractures.  Army Dent. Bull., 1942, 13:
101-6.—Logsdon, C.  M.  Utilization of vitallium appliances
to treat edentulous mandible fractures.  J. Am. Dent. Ass.,
1942, 29: 970-8.—Macchiavello, V., & Toro, E.  Tratamiento
ortod6ntico de las fracturas del maxilar inferior.  Arch. Soc.
cir. hosp.,  Santiago,  1943,  13:  194-9.—MacGregor, A.  B.
Appliance for treatment of difficult fractures of the mandible.
Brit. M. J., 1940, 2:  16.—Nevarez Vazquez, J.  Tratamiento
de las fracturas del maxilar inferior por la fuerza elastica inter-
maxilar.  An.  Soc. med. quir.  Guayas,  1939,  19:  33-57.—
PalmaScala, J., & Abreu, R. J.  Aparato atipico para fracturas
del maxilar inferior.  Rev. odont., B. Air.,  1932, 20: 362-8 —
Petrik, L.  Die  Verbesserung von Zahn- und Kieferstellungen
wahrend und unmittelbar nach Unterkieferfrakturbehandlun-
gen mittels des  Aktivators.   Deut. zahnarztl.  Wschr.,  1940,
43: 481-5.—Preston, J. L.  Methods  of  treating mandibular
fractures by the application of specially designed appliances.
Texas Dent. J.,  1934,  52: No.  2, 3-8.—Rommel, R. W.  A
simple  device for temporary  support  of fractured  mandible.
U. S. Nav.  M. Bull., 1942, 40: 977.—Schuchardt, K. Unter-
kieferfrakturverband,  angefertigt nach einem   vereinfachten
Abdruckverfahren in  Verbindung  mit freihandiger Schienung.
Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr., 1941, 44:  107-10.—Tarnopolsky, A.
I. [Technique of manufacturing and fixation of a wire maxillary
support with  application of intermaxillarv tractions]  Ortop.
travmat, 1938,  12: No. 6, 7}-7— Wassmund, M.  Der Hebel-
schraubenverband  nach Vorschiitz  am  Unterkiefer,  zur  Be-
handlung von komplizierten  Briichen  und  Defekten.   Zbl.
Chir., 1935, 62: 914-21.  ------  Der Hebelschraubenverband
nach Vorschiitz.   Ibid., 1936,  63: 444.
 ----  Fracture: Treatment: Fixation.

   Malafosse, C.   *Traitement des fractures du
 maxillaire   inferieur   par   la   broche  Kirschner.
 60p.   231/2cm.   Toulouse,  1938.
   Alessandrini,  I.  Dispositivo extra-oral para la  inmovili-
 zaci6n de fracturas de la mandibula.  Rev. med. Chile,  1942,
 70: 298.—Bercher,  J., &  Ginestet, G.  L'osteosynthese par
 fixateur externe pour les fractures du maxillaire inferieur.  Rev.
 stomat., Par.,  1934,  36: 294-300—Bigelow, H. M. The treat-
 ment of fractures of  the mandible with vitallium screws.   Med.
 Bull. Veterans  Admin.,   1940^1,  17: 54-6.—Blaustein, S.
 Displacements and  fixation of mandibular fractures.   Dent.
 Digest, 1942,  48:  224-7.—Bourgoyne,  J.  R.   Fixation of
 pathologic fractures of  the mandible.   Am. J. Orthodont.,
 1945, 31:  Oral Sui?., 492-500.—Boyle, H. H.  Immobilisation
 of fractures of the mandible with arch wires.  Brit.  Dent. J.,
 1941, 71:  373.—Brau-Tapie.  Fracture du maxillaire  inferieur;
 osteosynthese  par plaque; restitutio ad integrum.  Bull. Soc.
 nat. chir., Par., 1925, 51: 359-62.—Brooke, R.  Wire  extension
 in treatment of  mandibular fractures.  Brit.  M. J., 1935, 2:
 498.—Buxton, J. L.  D., Parfitt, G. J., & Macgregor, A.  Arch-
 wires for  the  immobilisation  of  fractures of  the  mandible.
 Brit. Dent. J., 1941, 71: 295-7.—Cavina, C.  Cura delle grandi
 ferite; fratture d'arma da  fuoco della  mandibola.  Gior. med.
 mil.,  1935, 83:  713; 809;  923.—Christiansen, G. W.   Open
 operation  and tantalum  plate insertion  for  fracture of the
 mandible.  J. Oral Surg.,  1945, 3: 194-204.—Converse, J. M.
 External skeletal fixation of fractured mandibles. Ibid.,  1943,
 1: 210-4.—Dalling,  E. J.  Intra-oral methods of immobilising
 mandibular fractures.   Brit,  Dent,  J.,  1943,  74: 92-6 —
 Debrot, J. J., jr.  Simple  method of reduction and fixation of
 posterior edentulous mandibular fragment.  Dent, Items, 1944,
 66:1108.—Dieulafe, L. Traitement des fractures du maxillaire
 inferieur par suture osseuse au  fil d'argent.  Rev.  stomat,.
 Par.,  1929, 31: 330-6.—Dufourmentel & Darcissac, M.  Un
 cas de fracture du maxillaire  inferieur chez  un edente  total;
 reduction  et contention par le procede des anses metalliques
 transosseuses avec attelle  externe extensible.   Bull.  Soc. chir.
 Paris,  1933, 25: 304-9.—Eichenberg,  S:   O  tratamento das
 fraturas do maxilar inferior pelo aparelho gessado e articulado
 de Boehler. Arq. rio grand,  med., 1939, 18: 461-8.—Elliot,
 W. L.  Newer aspects of  skeletal fixation  for  the  fractured
 mandible; a review.   J. Canad. Dent,  Ass., 1944, 10: 67-73.—
 Ferber, E. W.  Combined  intra-oral  and dental fixation in
 fracture of the mandibular angle with considerable displace-
 ment.  J. Am. Dent, Ass., 1943, 30: 906-10.—Ginestet, G.
 L'osteosynthese  par le fixateur externe pour les fiactures de
 guerre du  maxillaire inferieur. Rapp. Congr. internat. med.
 pharm.  mil.,  1937,  9. Congr., 2: 277-81.------  &  Paoli.
 Presentation d'une fracture du maxillaire inferieur, traitee par
transfixion de  Tangle et  traction sur  appui cranien.   Rev.
stomat., Par., 1938, 40: 468-72.—Gjessing, M. H.  [Reduction
of fractures of  the mandible by Ipsen's method  (nailing)]
 Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1936, 97: Forh. Kir. foren. Oslo, 1-3.—
 Gordon, S.  Fractures of  the  mandible.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,
1940, 42: 521-5.—Graham, J. W.  Mandibular fractures at
King County Hospital;  treated by Roger  Anderson skeletal
fixation.   Northwest M.,  1945,  44:  250-2.—Griffin,  J. R.
Treating fractures of the mandible by skeletal fixation.   Am.
J.  Orthodont., 1941, 27: Oral Surg.,  364-76.  Also Spanish
transl., Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1941, 40:  1006-10.—Gross, P.
P.   Extraoral  skeletal  fixation in treatment of  mandibular
fractures. Am. J. Orthodont., 1943, 28: Oral Surg., 392-400.—
Harris.   Guiding instrument to facilitate insertion of Kirschner
wire. Dent. J. Australia, 1944, 16: 208.—Henry, T. C. Exter-
nal fixation  of fractures of the mandible.  Brit. Dent. J.,  1942,
72:  173.—Hoffmann, R.  Fixateur  externe transcutane pour
fractures  mandibulaires.  Helvet. med. acta,  1944, 11: 521-
4.—Ivy,  R.  H., & Curtis, L.  Recent experiences with skeletal
fixation in fractures of the mandible.  J.  Oral Surg., 1943,  1:
296-308.—Jimenez  Pla,  A.   Fractura del  maxilar inferior.
Medica,  Matanzas,  1944, 3:  1- 6.—Kamrin, B. B.   Correlated
fixation of mandibular fractures.   J. Oral  Surg., 1943, 1: 235-
40.—Kirschner  pin  technique  for  fractures  of  mandible.
Select, Army M. Dep.  Bull., Lond.  (1941-42) 1943,  26 —
Lacronique  & Beal.  Fracture de la mandibule; morsure  d'une
lame caoutchoutee pour  obtenir une reduction parfaite.  Rev.
stomat.,  Par., 1944, 45:  90.—Lcnormant,  C., & Darcissac, M.
Le procede  des anses metalliques trans-osseuses pour la con-
tention des branches montantes, dans les fractures du maxillaire
inferieur; son application dans un cas de fracture double retro-
dentaire de  la machoire inferieure. Bull.  Soc. nat.  chir., Par.,
1927, 53: 503-7. Also Presse med., 1927, 35: 660.—Logsdon,
C. M. Extra-oral utilization of screws or pins in the immobili-
zation of mandibular fractures.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1943, 30:
1529-40.—Lvov, P.  P.   [Methods of  immobilization of frac-
tured lower jaw] Vest, khir., 1926,  7: No. 20, 36-8.—Macca-
ferri, G.   Dei danni  della osteosintesi metallica nel trattamento
delle fratture della mandibola.  Arch. chir. oris, Bologna, 1932,
1:  132-62.—MacGregor, A.  B.   Extraoral  pin fixation for
fractured mandible; an improved apparatus.   Lancet, Lond.,
1945, 1:  816—Meloy, T.  M., jr, & Gunter, J. H.  Skeletal
fixation of pathologic fractures of the mandible with extensive
loss of substance; report of two cases. Am. J. Orthodont., 1944,
30:  Oral Surg., 567-71.—Mieszkis,  S.   Immobilisation  of
fractures of the mandible with  arch wires.   Brit. Dent. J.,
1942, 72: 172.—Mona,  C.   Fratture del mascellare inferiore;
contributo alia terapia secondo Bolder.  Policlinico, 1941, 48:
sez. prat.,  659-66.—Mowlem. R., Buxton,  J.  L.  D. [et al.]
External pin  fixation for fractures of the mandible.  Lancet,
Lond., 1941,  2: 391-3.  Also Spanish transl., Rev. san.  mil.,
B. Air.,  1944, 43: 1055-8.—Parker, D.  B.  Skeletal fixation in
the  treatment of fractures  of  the mandible.  Surg.  Clin. N.
America, 1944, 24:  381-91.—Pincoek,  D. F.   Horizontal pin
fixation for  fractures of mandible using pin guide.   Surg. Gyn.
Obst., 1943, 77: 493-6.  Also Am. J. Orthodont,, 1944, 30: Oral
Surg., 67-72.—Plaza, F. L.   Osteosintesis del maxilar inferior.
Bol.  Esc. odont,,  Lima, 1943, 7: 138-41.—Porto,  M.   Sobre
dois casos de fracturas multiplas do maxilar  inferior tratados
pela technica de Bohler.  Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1935, 24: 6-12.—
Rabkin,  S.  A new method of reducing and stabilizing fractures
of the mandible.  Dent. Items, 1935, 57: 1085-95.—Richards,
R. L. Methods of  immobilization of the  fractured mandible.
Am.  J.  Orthodont., 1938,  24:  973-9.—Rushton,  M.  A., &
Walker, F.  A.  Mandibular  fractures treated bv pin fixation;
21 cases.  Ibid., 1942, 28: Oral Surg., 307-15.  Also Brit. Dent.
J., 1943, 74: 4-11.—Russell, L. T., jr.  Use of metal bone plate
in open reduction of fractured mandible.   Dent. Digest, 1942,
48:  173.—Schaer, E.  Technique de la reduction des fractures
du maxillaire inferieur avec et sans pertes de substance et mise
en rapport  normal  des  attelles partielles  par methode  extra-
buccale.   Schweiz. Mschr.  Zahnh.,  1941,  51:  291-306 —
Scougall, S. The intra-mandibular method; preliminary report
on internal  Kirschner fixation in fracture of the bodv of edentu-
lous  mandible.  Dent,  J.   Australia,  1944,  16:  198-206.—
Shipmon, T. H.  External skeletal fixation in the dental office.
Am. J. Orthodont..  1945, 31: Oral Surg., 486-92.—Steinkamm,
J.   Ueber  die Verwendbarkeit  der  Vorschutzschen  Hebel-
schrauben bei Unterkieferfrakturen.  Chirurg, 1935, 7: 820-
4.—Strock, A. E.  Inert metals in direct fixation of mandibular
fractures. Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1944, 78: 527-32.—Thistlethwaite,
G. E. External pin fixation; Roger Anderson method.   Dent.
Digest, 1945, 51: 388-90.—Tomirdiaro, O.  Extensionsbehand-
lung eines Unterkieferbruches mittels kombinierter Darcissac-
Bruhn-Petroff-Methode.   Deut.  Mschr.  Zahnh.,  1931,  49:
1112-6.—Treatment of fractures of the mandible by means of
the Kirschner pin technique.  Bull. Army M. Dir., Lond., 1941,
No. 6, 2.—Walker, D. G.   The  immediate immobilisation of
fractured  mandibles.    Brit.  Dent. J.,   1940,  69:  130-2.—
Walker, F.  A.  A screw-pin for use in connection with mandibu-
lar fractures and grafts.  Ibid., 1945, 78: 266.—Wassmund, M.
Die Behandlung der Defektfiakturen, besonders  der Sehuss-
briiche des  Unterkiefers.   Deut, Zahn  &c  Heilk., 1939, 6:
600-30.—Wiesenfeld, I. H., & Meadoff,  N.  Fractures of  the
mandible; a review  of experience in 52 patients with particular
reference to the use of external skeletal fixation.   Permanente
Found. M.  Bull., Oakland, 1944, 2: 49-63.—Winter, L.   Frac-
tures of the mandible; report of  50 applications of the Roger
Anderson skeletal fixation appliance.   Am. J. Surg., 1943,  61:
367-79.   ------  Roger Anderson skeletal fixation for reduc-
tion  of  the posterior  fragment in fractures  of the  mandible.
Dent. Items,  1943, 65: 958-76.—Woodward, C. M.  Reduction
of fractures by use of simplified wiring.   Dent. Digest, 1934,
40:314-7. 
MANDIBULA
244
MANDIBULA
----   Fracture: Treatment: Splint.

   Froderking, H. A. P.   *Die Unterkieferfrak-
turen;   ihre   Behandlung   durch   zahnarztliche
Schienung und  die sich  daraus ergebenden Heil-
erfolge.   36p.   8?   Jena, 1929.
   Spoxagel,   E.    *Komplizierte   Unterkiefer-
frakturen und deren Schienung.   22p.   8?   Hei-
delb.,  1932.
   Ulbrich,  H.   *Die geschichtliche Entwicklung
der Unterkieferbruchverbande unter besonderer
Beriicksichtigung  intraoraler Schienen aus  rost-
sicherem    Chrom-Nickelstahl.      26p.    21cm.
Konigsb., 1936.
   Aymard, J. L.  A simple jaw splint.  Brit, M. J.,  1942, 1:
737.—Bourgoyne, J. R.  Extra-oral splinting of fractured man-
dible.   J. Am.  Dent.  Ass., 1943,  30:  1390-2.— Brinkmann.
Der hohe Wert  der in sich  festen,  intramaxillaren  Kiefer-
bruchschiene.   Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr., 1944,  47: 124-6.—
Brosch.   Behandlung  von Unterkieferbriichen  mit dentalen
Schienen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 879.—Clouston, T. H.,
& Walker, F. A.  The Clouston-Walker splint for pin  fixation.
Brit. Dent.  J., 1943, 74:  147-52.—Dorrance, G. M.,  & Mc-
Williams, H.  Intermaxillary splint.  Dent. Cosmos, 1925, 67:
865-7.—Dunlay. J. J.  Gradual reduction of an impacted frac-
ture of the mandible with cast metal splints and elastic .traction.
Hosp. News, Wash.,  1940, 7: No. 11, 23-5, fig.—Exner, G. G.,
& Munz, F. R.  Modern  splinting of mandibular fractures.
Brit. Dent. J.,  1940, 69: 45-51.—Feofilova, K. I.  [The use of
solid splints for the mandible only in lower jaw fractures]
StomatoloKia,  Moskva,  1943, 58.—Firth, H. D.  Use of a full
upper denture as a fixed splint.   Brit. Dent. J., 1943, 75: 233.—
Frankl, Z.  [Simple splints for fracture  of  the  lower jaw]
Gy6gy:iszat,  1937, 77: 686; 714.—Godwin, J. G.   Extra-oral
plaster  splint fixation  in the  treatment of fractures of  the
mandible.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1944, 31: 76-85.—Harper, H. D.
Use of Cotter key in intermaxillary ligation of fractures allowing
quick release in case of nausea and vomiting.  Dent. Items,
1945, 67: 419-32.—Hendler, J. L.  Modified Gunning splint as
applied to mandibular fixation  for bone graft.  Ibid*, 1941, 63:
1056-62.— Kurlandsky.  V.  J.   [The duration of treatment of
lower jaw fractures with unimaxillary rigid splints]  Stomato-
logia,  Moskva,  1944, 55-60.—Kushnir, V. N.  [Therapeutic
and transport unimaxillarv splint for the horizontal portion of
a lower jaw]   Ibid., 1943, No. 4, 51.—McCagie. W.  The
Brenthurst extra-oral splint.  S. Afr. Dent. J., 1945, 19: 191-
4.—Masland,  H.  C.   A splint for fractures of the  inferior
maxilla.  Med. Times, N. Y.,  1930, 58: 75.—Morgan, W. M.
A splint for fractures of the maxillary bones.  J. Am. Dent.
Ass.,  1934,  21:  1736-46.—Panatt, L.  Extra-oral retention
splints.  Dent. Digest,  1945, 51: 631-4.—Perks, E. J.  Fretsaw
frame splint for mandibular fractures.  Brit, Dent. J., 1940, 69:
429.—Pohl, L.  Extra-oral splinting of the edentulous mandible.
Lancet, Lond., 1941, 2: 389-91.—Puckett. J. B.  Use of Berry
splint in multiple fracture of mandible.  Texas Dent. J., 1943,
61: 2ti7.—Reichenbach, E. Die Grenzen der Drahtschienung
von Unterkieferbriichen und -schussbriichen; zugleich Versuch
einer  Indikationsstellung  und  Bewertung der verschiedenen
Schienungsarten.  Deut.  zahnarztl.  Wschr.,  1944,  47:  97;
120.—Richison, P. A.,  &  Kennedy, J.  T.  Skeletal  fixation
splint in mandibular fractures  as an aid to early denture con-
struction.  J. Am. Dent.  Ass., 1944, 31: 646-8.— Roos.  W.
Die Drahtgitterkinnkappe  Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr., 1941,
44: 235-7.—Rosenthal. F. I. [Plaster of Paris bandage for the
mandible]  Stomatologia, Moskva,  1941, No. 6, 26.—Walker,
D. G.  The problem  of immobilising a fractured mandible
when the maxilla is edentulous. Brit. Dent. J., 1941, 71: 173-
6.—Yavlinsky, A. L.  [Standard  splint  for the treatment of
fractures of the lower jaw during war]  Ortop. travmat., 1934;
8:75-9.

----   Fracture, ununited.

    See also Mandibular  joint, Pseudarthrosis.
   Bagnall,  J.  S.  Delayed union in  fractured  mandible.  J.
Canad. Dent. Ass., 1935, 1: 319.—Burdick, G. G., & Lifton, J.
C. Correction of malunion of  a mandibular fracture with dis-
figuring malocclusion.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1945, 31: 310-7.—
Cole  P.  P.  Non-union  of war fractures of the mandible.
Lancet,  Lond.,  1918, 1: 459.— Donohue,  E.  S.  The  use of
delayed bone grafts in  ununited fractures of the jaw.   J. Iowa
M. Soc, 1945,  35: 8-10.—Helman,  S. E.  [Ununited fractures
of the lower jaw] Stomatologia, Moskva, 1943, No. 3, 39-41.—
Skinner, H. L., & Robinson. R. L.  Nonunion in fracture of tbe
mandible with report of a case.  Hosp. News, Wash., 1942, 9:
No. 10, 1-4, 2 pl. Also J. Oral Surg., 1943, 1: 162-7.

 ---   Fracture—in animals.

   Labrousse, A.    *Des fractures  du  maxillaire
inferieur  chez le  chien.   73p.   25%cm.    Lyon,
1934.
   Bemis, H. E.  Fractures of the mandible of the horse. \ et.
Med.,  Chic, 1926, 21: 209.—Burkhart, R.  L.  Comminuted
fracture of  the mandible in a dog.  Ibid.,  1944,  39:  291.—
Colyer, F.  Comminuted fracture of the  mandible in a bay
duiker.  Dent, Rec, Lond., 1945, 65: 54.—Goubaux. A.  Frac
ture de la branche  droite do la moclione  inferieure cbcz un
cheval.   J.  med.  vet..   Lyon,  I860,  22:  409-13.  Hilberi.
Fracture du maxillaire inferieur chez  le cheval.   Rec.  med
vet., 1925, 101: 648-51.- Kirk, H.   Fractured  ramus  of  a
horse.   Vet. Rec, Lond., 1941, 53: 733.—Roster.  Heilung
eines  vollstiindigen,  komplizierten Unterkieferbruches  einea
Truppenpferdes bei der Truppe.  Zschr. Veteriniirk., 1943, 55:
157-60.—Krasnousov, G. N.  (Reduction of  a complete uni-
lateral  fracture of the lower jaw in a horse]  Sovet, vet., 1940,
17: No. 2, 113.—Marrel.  Memoire sur les fractures de I'og
maxillaire inferieur.  J. med.  vet., Lyon, 1845, 1: 510; 1846, 2:
273.—Schunick,  W., &  Rirhman,  S.  A new technique for
treatment of  fractures of the mandible in  dogs.  Yet, Med.,
Chic, 1940, 35: 256-8 —Stiofel, M. J.  Fracture of the mandi-
ble in a dog.   Ibid., 1945, 40: 285.

----   Fracture—in  children.

   Bouvier, H. Zwei Falle von I'nterkiefet fraktur bei Kindern.
Zschr.  Stomat,, 1926. 24: 526-30.  Bruschi,  F.  Un caso di
frattura della mandibola in paziente  dell'eta  di dieci anni.
Stomatologia,  Mod., 1937, 35:  17-33.—Chiuminatto,  L.  Le
fratture della mandibola nei bambini.  Riv.  ital. stomat., 1934,
3: 431-47.—Del Campo, R. M., & Sei I era  Castro, R.  La
fractura del maxilar inferior en el nifio.  Rev.  ortop. traumat.,
B. Air., 1931-32, 1:  357-71.—Krohn, C.  Die  Behandlung von
Fractura colli mandibulae  besonders  bei  Kindern und die
Resultate von einigen Fallen.  Deut. Zahn &c.  Heilk., 1934, 1:
16-30.—Peter, K. L.  Unterkieferbruche  bei Kindern.  Zschr.
Stomat., 1937, 35:  1371-7.—Ringland, K. W.   Fracture of
mandible in childhood.  Quincy M. Bull., 1934, 10: 202.


----   Giant-cell tumor.

   Kast,  H.   *Ein   Beitrag zur  Entstehung  der
myelogenen  Riesenzellensarkome  des  Unter-
kiefers  [Miinchen]  32p.   8?   Niirtingen,  1929.
   Laddey,  K.  O.   *Ucl>er die zentralen  Riesen-
zellensarkome des Unterkiefers und ihre Behand-
lung.   21p.   8?   Konigsb., 1933.
   Berard, L., & Dargent, M.  Sarcome a myeioplaxe du maxil-
laire inferieur, opere et mi^ri depuis 9 ans; developpement d'un
deuxieme sarcome a  mveioplaxe au maxillaire superieur gauche,
en  1938.  Lyon  chir.. 1939, 36: 176-8— Burford, W. N., &
Ackerman, L. V.   Possible primary Ewing's 'sarcoma of the
mandible.  Am. .1. Orthodont.,  1945, 31: 544.—Central giant
cell tumor of the mandible, localized.   Arch. Clin. Oral Path.,
1937, 1: 133-7.—Cipparone, E.   Sarcoma a mieloplassi ritenuto
come pseudocisti della mandibola.  Ann. Clin, odont.. Roma,
1935, 12: 1231-7.—Dechaume.   Tumeur  a  myeioplaxes  de
Tangle du maxillaire inferieur; du role de la erase sanguine dana
la pathogenie  des ces tumeurs.  Bull. Soc. med.  Paris,  1933,
355-8.—Gabbett, P.  C.   Sarcoma quistico, probablemente
mieloideo, del maxilar inferior [Illustration  only]  Progr.  clin.,
Madr.,  1913,  2: 253,  pl.—Giant-cell  tumor  of the mandible
associated with  a parathyroid adenoma.  Arch. Clin.  Oral
Path.,  1937, 1: 124-33.—Goldman, H. M. Central giant-cell
tumor  of  the  mandible.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral
Surg.,  280.—Hankey, G. T.   Ewing's  tumour  (endothelial
myeloma) of the mandible, or diffuse myelosarcoma.  Proc. R.
Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1934,  27:  1004-10.—Huguier  & Real, A.
Prothese apres hemiresection de  la machoire inferieure pour
tumeur k myeioplaxes; resultat apres  treize ans.   Paris  chir.,
1926, 18: 117-9.—Lund, R.   Et  tilfaelde af tumor giganto-
cellularis mandibulae med tvaerresection af mandibula.  Nord.
med.,  1941,  9:  557-9.   Also  English transl., Acta  otolar.,
Stockh., 1942, 30: 172.—Megnin,  J.,  Blondeau,  A.. & Roffo.
Tumeur a myeioplaxes du maxillaire inferieur recidivee  apres
evidement chirurgical et  guerie par radiotherapie.  Bull. Sec.
radiol.  med.  France,  1936,  24:  249-52— Nielsen, J.  Zwei
Falle von Ewing-Sarkom im  Unterkiefer; kasuistischer Beitrag
zur  Beleuchtung der Strahlenempfindlichkeit und Strahlen-
heilbarkeit des Ewing-Sarkoms.  Acta radiol., Stockh.,  1940,
21:  286-91.—Potts, W.  J.   Subperiosteal giant-cell tumor.
J. Bone Surg., 1940, 22: 417- 20.—Runk, R.  L.  Ewing type
tumor, mandible.  In: Atlas Dent. Path.  (Bernier, J. L., et al.)
2. ed., Chic,  1942,  139, pl.—Taylor,  R.  S.  Osteoclastoma of
mandible.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32:  Sect. Odont.,
1038.—Valsecchi, V.  Su di un caso di cisti a mieloplassi della
mandibola.  Valsalva, 1931,  7:  166-72, 3 pl.


----   Granuloma.
   Delater,  Pacaud [et  al.]   Tumeur  chondrolde  d'onimie
inflammatoire au maxillaire inferieur.   Odontologie, Par., 19-*,
56: 581-3.— Richter, H.  Ueber ein karzinomahnliches Granu-
lom des Unterkiefers.  Deut. Zahn &c  Heilk., 1934, 1: 284-
9.—Taylor, R. S.   Large granuloma  of mandible.  Proc.  R.
Soc. M.,  Lond., 1938-39, 32: Sect. Odont., 1038—Wild,  H.
Tumor? Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1942,  52: 428-31, pl.

----  Hemangioma.
   Brodsky, R. H.  Mandibular cavernous hemangioma.  Dent.
Digest, 1934, 40: 60-4.—Calarese, A.   Su di un caso di anP°Ula
della mandibola (considerazioni critiche)   Rinasc. med., 19io,
2:  105-7.—Crane, A. B.  Hemangioma, mandible.  In: Atlas
Dent.  Path.  (Bernier, J. L., et al!) 2. ed., Chic, 1942,  132. - 
MANDIBULA                                   245                                   MANDIBULA
 Kurzon, E. I.  [On hemangiomas of the lower jaw]  Radianska
 med  1937, 2: No. 10, 48-55.—Richter, R.  Zentrales Haeman-
 gioirii  des Unterkiefers  mit  Aneurysma der Arteria alveolaris
 inferior.  Zahnarztl. Zschr.,  1945, 2: 2-5.

 ----Histology.

   Roring, T.   *Die histologische Untersuchung
 eines  frischen   menschlichen  Unterkiefers   be-
 ziiglich des trajektoriellen Aufbaues  [Tubingen]
 36p.   8?  Biiren,  1933.
   Pendleton, E. C.  The minute anatomy of the lower jaw in
 relation to the denture  problem.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29:
 719-36.

 ----  Hypertrophy.

   See also subheading Asymmetry.
   Schmitt, E.  *Ueber  einen Fall von einseitiger
 Hypertrophie   des   Unterkiefers.    21p.     8?
 Wiirzb., 1935.
   Mela, B.   Sopra  un caso di ipertrofia progressiva di una
 meta  della mandibola.   Ann. Clin, odont., Roma, 1938,  15:
 101-7.

 ----  Infection.

   Ratzky, H. J.  *Retromaxillarphlegmonen und
 Orbitalphlegmonen  odontogener  Infcktion   des
 Unterkiefers.   25p.  21^cm.   Konigsb., 1936.
   Caubarrere, N. L., & Cassinoni, M.  Los beneficios que se
 pueden obtener con la radioterapia en los procesos inflamatorios
 del maxilar inferior.  An. Fac. med., Montev., 1941, 26:  168-
 78.—Glastonbury, K. B. Polyvalent antigen therapy in a case
 of complicated infection of the lower jaw.  Med. J. Australia,
 1940, 2: 289.—Mowlem, R.  Surgery and penicillin in mandi-
 bular infection.  Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 517-9.


 ----  Injury.

   See also subheadings (Foreign  body; Fracture)
   Babickaia, E.  [Temporary working disability in injuries of
 thelowerjaw]  Sovet. stomat., 1933, 2: 33-51.—Bercher.   Les
 sequelles des traumatismes de guerre du maxillaire inferieur et
 des dents; leur traitement.   Rapp.  Congr.  internat.  med.
 pharm. mil., 1931, 6. Congr.,  2: 179-81.—Brown, E. H., &
 Kelly, E. J.  Presenting a not so unusual but frequently un-
 recognized type of case in which orthodontic therapy was insti-
 tuted for the relief  of  pain.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1942,  28:
 311-4.—Hallam, J. W.  A gag for dysfunction of the temporo-
 mandibular joint following mandibular  injury.   Dent.  Rec.
 Lond., 1943,  63: 237.—Julliard.  Blessure de guerre etendue
 du maxillaire inferieur.  Praxis, Bern, 1944, 33: 46.—Mieszkis,
 S., Wilga, H. Z., & Meissner.  Les sequelles des traumatismes
 de guerre des dents et du maxillaire inferieur. Rapp. Congr.
 internat. med. pharm. mil., 1931, 6. Congr., 1: 508-46, 8 pl.—
 Prowisionato, A.  Su di un caso di rigenerazione ossea tardiva
 della  regione mentoniera  del  mascellare  inferiore.  Stomato-
 logia,  Mod., 1934, 32: 109-17.—Rouvillois & Bercher.  Lesions
 traumatiques du maxillaire  inferieur chez les boxeurs.  Rev.
 orthop., Par.,  1926, 3.  ser.,  13: 381-93— Scarella-Perino, G.
 Intervento tardivo su estesi processi  distruttivi del mascellare
 inferiore. Ann. Clin, odont.,  Roma, 1937, 14: 880-9.—Sequelae
 of war wounds of the teeth and inferior maxilla; their treatment.
 Mil. Surg., Wash., 1932, 71: 31-60. Also Rep. Internat. Congr.
 Mil. M. Pharm.,  1933, 7.  Congr.,  pt  6,  122-42.—Shilova-
 Mekhanik, R. S.  [Evaluation of roentgenographs investiga-
 tion in injuries of the lower jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva,  1939,
 No. 4, 21-3.—Turner, J. G.  A case of birth injury of the jaw.
 Proc.  R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1296.—Weiss, H. M.
 Facial and functional rehabilitation  without  plastic surgery.
 Dent. Digest, 1944, 50: 22-5.—Wijnen, H. P.  The after-effects
 and treatment of war injuries to the teeth and lower jaw.  Rapp.
 Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil., 1931, 6. Congr., 1: 477-96.—
 Witthaus, C. H.  Dental surgical assistance in cases of wounds
 to the lower jaw.  Ibid., 497-507.—Wounds of the mandible;
 maintenance  of  respiration.   Select.  Army M.' Dep. Bull.,
 Lond. (1941-42)  1943, 25.

 â– ---  Laterognathy.
  Dufourmentel, L., & Darcissac, M.  Deviation laterale de la
 mAchoire avec prognathisme; correction par resection condy-
 lienne.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1932, 24: 243.—Landais.  L'osteo-
 tomie  sous-condylienne dans le traitement chirurgical de la
 laterognathie  mandibulaire.  Rev.  stomat.,  Par., 1935,  37:
 65-86.

 ---Lipoma.
  Herrmann, A.  Ueber symmetrische Lipome an  den Kiefer-
 winkeln. Zschr.  Laryng.,  1935, 26:  26-9.

----Loss of substance.

  See also  other subheadings (Fracture:  Treat-
ment; Injury; Surgery,  plastic)
   Courrier-Chaput,  A.   *Les  pertes  de  sub-
stance  mandibulaires  chez  I'enfant;  traitement
preventif des  sequelles.    lOlp.   24^cm.   Par.,
1938.

   Fassina,  G.   *Etude  des pertes de  substance
medianes du maxillaire inferieur;  leur traitement
par  appareillage.   50p.   8?  Par.,  1927.
   Lacaisse,  M.   *Etude des pertes de substance
lat(5rales du  maxillaire inferieur; leur traitement
par  appareillage.   90p.   8?  Par.,  1927.
   Le Corre,  J.   *Pertes de substances patho-
logiques du  maxillaire  inferieur.   75p.  8?   Par.,
1936.
   Bergenfeldt,  E.  Prothesenbehandelter Fall nach  halb-
seitiger Unterkieferexartikulation wegen Adamantinom,  nebst
einer  kurzen Uebersicht  iiber  die Behandlungsmethoden  fiir
Ersatz von Unterkieferdefekten.  Acta chir. scand., 1928-29,
64: 473-92.—Bonnet-Roy.   Un  cas  d'osteophlegmon  grave
suivi  d'une perte de  substance considerable du  maxillaire
inferieur.  Odontologie, Par., 1928, 66: 345-7.—Breder, C. M.,
jr.  Compensating reactions  to the loss of the  lower jaw in a
cave fish.   Zoologica,  N. Y.,  1945, 30:  pt 2, 95-100,  pl —
Chenet, H.  Les  pertes  de  substance mandibulaire et leur
appareillage. Odontologie, Par., 1936, 74: 269-87.  ------&
Fiorini, J. M.  Tratamiento protetico para los casos de perdida
parcial del maxilar inferior.  Rev. odont., B. Air., 1936,  24:
314-7.—Ginestet.  Greffes osseuses pour pertes de substance
du maxillaire inferieur.  Bull.  Soc. chir. Paris, 1942-43,  33:
79-82.—Ivy, R. H., & Curtis, L. Operative treatment of  losses
of substance of the mandible, with special reference to fixation
of edentulous fragments.  Surg.  Gyn.  Obst., 1931, 52: 849-
54.—Kazanjian, V. H.   Treatment  of extensive loss of  the
mandible and its surrounding tissues. J. Oral  Surg., 1943, 1:
30-47.—Kulick, L. R.  Management of mandibular bone loss.
Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater  of Oper. U.  S., 1944, 2: 128-32.
Also J. Am. Dent.  Ass., 1945, 32: 866-71.

----   Lymphosarcoma and lymphoma.
   Bard.  Tumeur lymphatique developpee dans l'epaisseur de
la branche horizontale de l'os maxillaire inferieur et guerie  par
l'application du feu.   Observ. sc med., 1823, 5:  189-91.—
Penhale, K. W.  Primary lymphosarcoma of the  mandible.
J. Oral Surg., 1943, 1: 84-8.—Pinson. Recidive d'un lympho-
sarcoma du maxillaire superieur au maxillaire inferieur.  Rev,
laryng., Bord.,  1936, 57: 620-2.—Rocher, H. L.  Lympho-
sarcome de la  machoire inferieure chez un bebe de 18  mois.
J. med. Bordeaux, 1941,  118: 569.—Stahnke.  Lymphom  am
Unterkiefer.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1466.


----   Macrognathy.
   Moore, G. R.  A  case of  anterocclusion with mild macro-
mandibular deformity.   Internat. J. Orthodont.,  1935,  21:
258.—Reid, R.   History of surgical and dental treatment of a
case  of macrognathism of the mandible.  Brit.  Dent. J., 1934,
57: 483-5.—Willett, R. C.  Surgical-orthodontic correction of
a macro-mandibular deformity; case report.  Internat. Ortho-
dont. Congr. (1926) 1927, 1: 458-73.

----   Micrognathy  and  hypoplasia.

   See  also   subheading  Agnathia;  also Tongue,
Ptosis.
   Alexander, E.   *Kritische Studien fiber die
Mikrognathiebehandlung    [Auszug]    8p.    8!
Lpz., 1924.
   Jenckel,   W.    *Beitrag  zur   Kenntnis  der
Mikrognathia  otocephalica   [Gottingen]    15p.
8?   Hamb.,  1934.
   Vachez,  L.  A.  *Contribution k l'etude de la
micrognathie  inferieure  congenitale.   61p.   8?
Par.,  1937.
   Wohlberg,  E.  *Beitrage zur intrauterin und
postfetal  entstandenen   Kleinheit   des  Unter-
kiefers   [Minister]  40p.  8?  Bremen, 1934.
   Callister, A. C.  Hypoplasia of the mandible (micrognathy)
with cleft palate; treatment  in early infancy by skeletal trac-
tion.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1937, 53: 1057-9.—Castay. Un cas
de malformation congenitale rare interessant l'hemimaxillaire
inferieur et superieur droits; micrognathie unilaterale.  Bull.
Soc.  radiol. med.  France, 1937, 25: 125.—Coughlin, W. T.
A new treatment for undeveloped lower jaw. J. Am. M. Ass.,
1925, 84: 419-21.—Davis, A. D., & Dunn, R.  Micrognathia;
a suggested treatment  for correction in early infancy.  Angle
Orthodont., 1933, 3: 247-52.—Giordano, A. Ueber die formale
Genese  der angeborenen Kleinheit  des Unterkiefers.   Beitr.
path. Anat., 1937, 100: 169-83.—Gismondi, A.  La sindrome
micrognatia  congenita glossoptosi-stridore;  contributo  alia
conoscenza delle  malformazioni congenite cefaliche.  Prat.
pediat., Genova, 1931, 9: 275-83.—Goldenstein, S.  Arret de
developpement de  la machoire inferieure; moyens d'y remedier. 
MANDIBULA
24G
MANDIBULA
Gaz. odont.,  Par., 1879, 1: 273-7.—Goldhamer,  K.  Partial
hypoplasia of the lower jaw, achondroplasia partialis.  Am. J.
Roentg., 1941, 45: 563-6.—Henderson, G. Extreme prominence
of the anterior teeth and maxillae, with gross h\ poplasia of the
mandible.  Austral. J. Dent., 1943, 47: 176.—Keizer, D. P. R.
[Glossoptosis  as sequel of congenital micrognathia!  Geneesk.
tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 421-6, pl.—Lapagc, C. P.  Micro-
gnathia in the  new-born.   Lancet, Lond., 1937,  1:  323.—
Limberg, A. A.  A new method of plastic lengthening of the
mandible in unilateral microgenia and asymmetrv of the face.
J. Am. Dent.  Ass., I92H. 15: 851-71.—Llewellyn, J. S., & Biggs.
A. D.  Hypoplasia of the mandible; report of a case,  with a
resume of the literature and suggestions for a modified form ol
treatment. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1943, 65: 440-4.—McCoy. J. I).
Factors which control the treatment of the dwarfed  mandible.
Am. J. Orthodont., 1939,25:850-64.  Also Am. Ass. Orthodont
(1939) 1940, 37: 7-21.—Robin,  P.  L'atresie mandibulaire
congenitale et son role aggravant dans revolution du rachitisme
et de l'athrepsie.  Bull.  Soc pediat.  Paris,  1928, 26:  85-92.
------  L'hypotrophie. mandibulaire chez  le nourrisson; ses
dangers (glessoptose) leur traitement.  Odontologie, Par , 1931,
52: 499-505.-  ------  Glossoptosis due to atresia and hypo-
trophy of the mandible.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 48: 541-7.
------ Essai a propos des repercussions de l'atresie congenitale
du maxillaire inferieur sur le developpement de  la race.  Bull.
Soc. med. Paris, 1937, 167-71, 180.—Soer, J. J. [Hypoplasia
of the mandible with  atresia  of  the  oesophagus]   Mschr.
kindergeneesk.,  1931-32, 1:  309,  pl.—Weisengreen, H.  H.,
& Sorsky, E. D. Congenital hypoplasia of the mandible. ,1.
Pediat., S. Louis, 1940,  16: 482-6.—Westrienen, A. van, &
Jagerink, T.  [Case of hypoplasia mandibulae with attacks of
suffocation]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: pt 4, 5223-6.

----   Morphology and measurement.

   See also subheading Anthropological  aspect.
   Goers,  W.   *Ein Versuch,  durch  Messungen
am Patienten die Form des Unterkiefers graphisch
darzustellen.  22p.   8?   Greifsw., 1933.
   Moller,  I.   *Die  Formen  des  menschlichen
Unterkiefers  [Marburg]  23p.  8?  Liibeck, 1934.
   Amans.  Sur la  mecanique  des lignes onduiees  dans les
griffes  et  mandibules.  Bull. Acad.  sc. Montpellier, 1936,
No. 65, 30-4.—Cleaver, F. H. A contribution to the biometric
study of the human mandible.   Biometrika, Cambr.. 1037. 29:
80-112, 5 pl— French, F. A.  The intra-oral versus the extra-
oral method of recording mandibular  measurements.  J.  Am.
Dent.  Ass., 1929, 16: 1100-2—Hrdlifka, A.  Lower jaw;  the
gonial  angle: the bigonial breadth.  Am. J. Phys. Anthrop.,
1940,  27: 281-308.—Lundborg, H.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Erblichkeit   der Unterkieferform  beim   Menschen.  Arch.
Rassenb., 1930, 24:  100-3, 2 pl—Morant, G. M., Collett,  M.,
& Adyanthaya, N. K.  A biometrie  study of the human man-
dible.  Biometrika,  Cambr., 1936, 28: 84-122, 3 pl.—Pires de
Lima,  A.  L'index de la branche mandibulaire  et l'apophyse
angulaire  dans  ses  rapports  avec le  regime  alimentaire  des
animaux.  C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1929,  102:  239.—Ruppe, C.
Note sur la forme et la structure du  maxillaire inferieur.  Rev.
stomat.,  Par.,  1928, 30:  413-7.—Yamazaki, K.  Etude pon-
derale  cranio-mandibulaire et sur  la comparaison des diverses
portions  de la  mandibule.  J. Nippon Dent. Ass.,  1933,  26:
767.  Also Tr. Nippon Dent. Ass., 1933, 50.

----   Musculature.

   See also  names of muscles as Digastric muscle;
Platysma,  etc.
   Dubecq, J.  Etude anatomique  d'une  formation fibreuse
annexee a la  musculature eievatrice de la mandibule chez les
sauropsides.  P. verb. Soc. sc. phys. natur. Bordeaux (1922-
1923),  1925, 15-8.—Lafond.   Essai de physiologie mandibulaire
chez les  carnivores.   Rev.  stomat.. Par., 1929,  31:  1-17.—
Mainland,  D.,  & Hiltz, J. E.   Foicos exerted  on the human
mandible by  the muscles of occlusion.  J.  Dent.  Res., 1934,
14: 107-24.

----   Mycosis.

   See also subheading Actinomycosis.
   Chiurco, G. A.  Sopra un caso di osteoperiostite della man-
dihola  da  Sterigmatocvstis  nidulans  Eidam.  Atti  Accad.
fisiocr. Siena,  1924-25, 9. ser.. 16: 23-31.—Krivy, J.   [Botrio-
mycosis of the lower jaw]  Brati.-d. lek. listy, 1937, 17:  345-7.

----   Myeloma.
   Garciga. C. E.  Mieloma del maxilar inferior con metastasis
bilaterales simetricas.   Arch, cuban. cancer.,  1942,  1:  251-7.
Also Rev. med.  cubana, 1942, 53: 794-800.—Oberling,  Lattes
& Friez.   Sur un cas de myeiomatose diffuse avec localisations
maxillaires.  Rev. stomat., Par.,  1933,  35:  194-8.— Seeman,
G.  F.  Report  of case of myeloma of mandible.  Am. J.
Orthodont., 1938, 24: 889-91.

----   Myxoma.

   Preuss,  H.   *Ueber  eine  Fibromyxom  des
Unterkiefers.   15p.   8?  Konigsb., 1935.
   Biada. R., Aragon.  A. E. de, & Nuvarrctte, J. M.  MixoniA
del maxilar inferioi.   Tribuna odont., H.  An.,  1028, 12: 107-
11.—Straith,  F. E.  Myxomatous degeneration of a follicular
cyst. Am. J. Orthodont, 1942, 28: Oral Surg., 540-2.

----   Necrosis.

   See  also subheading Osteomyelitis.
   Hahn,   W.   *Eine  Totalnekrose   des  Unter-
kiefers im Kindesalter; ihre  Ursache  und deren
forensische  Bedeutung   [Frankfurt]   17p.   8°
Stuttg.,  1933.
   Reifman, S.   *Signede Vincent d'Alger; etude
scmeiologique.  62p.   24cm.   Par.,  1939.
   Bonnet-Roy, F.  Pertes  de   substance  pathologiques thi
maxillaire inferieur.   Bull,  med.,  Par.,  1933,  47:  848-54.
------  Pillifere  &  Tanouarn.   Deux observations  d'osteite
diffuse necrosante du maxillaire inferieur k forme gangreneuse.
Rev. odont., 1929, 50: 62-5.—Brito, 1).  Necrosis parcial extensa
del maxilar  inferior en su parte  media; resecci6n y curarion
consecutiva.  Actas Congr. dent, espan. (1905) 1906, 3. Congr.,
229-33.—Burruano, L. Necrosi ossea mandibolare che simula
un neoplasma a forma vegetante  della mucosa gengivale corri-
spondente.  Riv. ital. stomat,, 1932,1:559.—Carrcua.  Necrose
totale du maxillaire inferieur d'origine dentaire.   I!e\. stomat.,
I'ar., 1930, 32: 70S SOI.  Also Marseille med.,  193(1, 67: 426-
'<■',.—Chompret, Lattes & Derhaume.   Observations de necrose
mandibulaire chez des heiedo-syphilitiques.   Uev.  stomat.,
I'ar., 192S, 30: 460 4.—Corradi, G. Yarieta di necrosi e di carie
della  mandibola.   Stomatologia, Mod.,  1928,  26:  178-87.—
Durante Avellanal, C., Lucerna,  A.  [et al.]  Vx\ caso de ne-
crosis del  maxilar inferior conse.cutivo a un tratamiento mer-
curial.   Rev. odont.,  B. Air., 1916-17, 5: 371-4.— Falkovich,
A. M.   [Necrosis of the lower jaw as a complication  of odon-
togenous osteomyelitis]  Stomatologia, Moskva, 1938, No. 2,
73-5.  Gilmour,  J.   Extensive  necrosis  of  the  mandible.
Dent. Rec,   Lond., 1925,45:  257-60, 2 pl.—Grandi, E.  Due
casi; necrosi parziale della mandibola a seguitodi viziocardiaco.
Riv. ital. stomat.,  1938, 7: 599-603.—Hanna, W. S.  Necrosis
of the mandible.  Dent. Digest, 1929, 35: 370-3.—Ivy, R. H.,
& Curtis, L.   Deformity due to loss of substance of the mandible
following  osteomyelitis.  Ann.  Surg.,  1936, 103:  149-52.—
Lebourg,  Lambert   &  Blanc-Tailleur.   Osteite  necrosante
mandibulaire chez une fillette de quatre ans et demi.  Rev.
stomat., Par., 1944, 45: 141-4.—Little,  J.  L.  Sequestration
of the entire  mandible.  Canad.  M. Ass.  J., 1939, 40: 481 —
Loubat  &  Grenet.  Sur un cas  d'osteomyeiite du maxillaire
inferieur avec necrose d'un hemi-maxillaire. Bordeaux chir.,
1933, 4: 97-100.—Magaton,  O.   Un caso di  necrosi lotale
della  mandibola  da  osteomielite acuta infettiva.   Ann. ital.
chir., 1926, 5: 158-08.—Malpractice;  alleged failure of dentist
to cure.t after  extraction  and discovery  of necrosis of  the
mandible.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 2008.-  Marston, A. T.
A case  of necrosis of the  mandible  and exfoliation of the
condyle  and  coronoid process following  suppuration in the
region of  the third  mandibular molar.  Proc.  R. Soc.  M.,
Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Odont., 38.—Maurel, G.  Deux cas
d'osteite necrosante  avec fracture pathologique du  maxillaire
inferieur;  operations;  prothese  de  contention;   guerison.
Odontologie,  Par., 1020,  64: 238-51.  ------  Necrose du
maxillaire  inferieur d'origine dentaire; sequestration de toute
la branche montante,  du condyle et de Tangle; regeneration
osseuse  complete; guerison.  Rev.  odont., Par.,  1928,  49:
515-22.  2 pl.—Mela, B.  Considerazioni sulla patogenesi di un
sequestro  della mandibola.   Stomatologia, Mod.,  1931,  29;
204-8.—Muller,   S.   [Resorptio   totalis   mandibulae]  Ned.
tschr. geneesk.,  1936,  80:  1281.—Novoderzhavina, M.  L.
[On complete necrosis of the lower jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva,
1938, No.  5, 38-42.—Palma, G.  Sopra una necrosi dell' ossn
mascellare inferiore.   Ann.  clin. Osp. incurab., Nap., 1835,
1: 43-53, 2 pl.—Piccareta, F.  Frattura e necrosi di un amnio
tratto della mandibola  da osteomielite  di origine  dentaria.
Ann.  Clin, odont.,  Roma, 1934, 11: 860-74.—Razemon, P.
Osteomyeiite et necrose du maxillaire inferieur chez un homrne
de 37 ans.  Echo  med. nord,  1933, 37: 5.—Schweitzer, J. M.
Osteomyelitis: sequestrum  formation at  mandibular border.
Dent. Digest, 1937.  43: 80-4.—Steenhuis, D. J., & Nauta,
J. H.   Osteolyse der ganzen Mandibula  durch chronische
Entzundung.   Rontgenpraxis,   1936,   8:   607-9.— Tratman,
E. K.  A case of ostoonnclitis of  mandible followed by seques-
tration  of the  whole  mandible.  Brit.  Dent. J.,  1938. 65:
307-9.—Turco,  N.  B.  Secuestro  mandibular; extraccion  y
protesis  inmediata. Prensa med. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 1593.—
Vasiliev, G. A., & Eiber, M.  E.   [Aspect  of sequestration in
osteomyelitis of the lower jaw]   Stomatologia,  Moskva, 1937,
No.  3-9.—Vorschiitz, J.   Zui   Frage der Behandlung der
Totalnekrose des  horizontalen Astes  des  Unterkiefers.  Zbl.
Chir., 1938,^65: 748-52.

----   Necrosis:  Phosphorus  poisoning.

   See  also Phosphorus, Poisoning.
   Gessat, E.   *Zur Phosphornekrose des Unter-
kiefers.   28p.   8?   Munster,  1931.
   Mauz, C.   *La necrose phosphoree du maxil-
laire  inferieur au  point   de  vue  medico-legal.
45p.   8?   Strasb.,  1935. 
MANDIBULA
247
MANDIBULA
  Kleinschmidt.   Phosphornekrose  des  Unterkiefers.  Deut.
med  Wschr., 1926, 52: 388.  Also Klin.  Wschr., 1926, 5: 580.
Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 172.

____  Necrosis: Radionecrosis.

   See also Radium, Poisoning.
   Dtjfieux, A.  M.   Contribution  a l'etude de
l'osteoradionecrose   tardive   du  maxillaire   in-
ferieur; le  role  du  systeme dentaire  dans  son
determinisme; sa prophylaxie par le  stomatolo-
giste.  107p.   8?  Par., 1927.
   Bonnet-Roy & Chenet.  Un cas  de radium-necrose tardive
suivi'1 de regenerescence osseuse (maxillaire inferieur).  Odon-
tologie, Par., 1935, 73: 582  8.—Lacronique & Chaput, A.  Deux
cas de radionecrose maxillaire secondaires a la roentgentherapie.
Rev. stomat., Par.,  1941, 42: 133-5.—Leroux, L.   Un cas de
radio-necrose du maxillaire inferieur. Ann. otolar.,  Par., 1942,
62.—Weissenbach,  Dechaurhe   &  Temime.  Necrose   du
maxillaire inferieur chez un cirrhotique ayant recu des injections
de thorium X treize ans auparavant.   Bull. Soc. fr.  derm.
syph., 1939, 46: 142-5.

----  Neurofibroma.
   Goldman, H. M.  Neurofibroma of the mandible.  Am. J.
Orthodont.,  1944, 30: Oral  Surg., 289-91.—Zilkens,  K.  Ueber
ein Neurinom am Unterkiefer.  Zschr. Stomat.,  1937, 35:461-7.


----   Odontoma.

   Batjmann,   M.  *Symmetrische  Tumoren  im
Unterkiefer;   ein  Beitrag   zur  Kenntnis    der
Odontome  [Freiburg]   23p.  22cm.   Oberlahn-
stein, 1937.
   Bland-Sutton,  J.  On a large radicular odontoma from the
mandible.   Tr. Odont.  Soc.  Gr. Britain, 1905-06, n.  ser.,
38: 213-6,  pl.—Brugeas.  Odontome du  maxillaire inferieur.
Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par.,  1932, 58: 1464-7.—Coleman, F. A
composite odontome of the lower jaw.  Brit. Dent. J., 1944,
77:163.—Jacques.  Odontome suppureetfistulise du maxillaire
inferieur.  Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1929, 13: 468-70.—
Julliard, C.   Odontome mou sans participation de dentine et
degenere en sarcome du  maxillaire inferieur.  P. verb. Congr.
fr. chir., 1926, 35: 679-82.—Kopari, J.  Odontom  von unge-
wohnlicher Grosse.  Rontgenpraxis, 1941, 13: 68.—Lamarque
& Damon.   Un  cas d'odontome  decele  a  la radiographic.
Bull. Soc. radiol.  med. France, 1934, 22: 294.—L'Hirondel, L.
Deux odontomes de la mandibule compliques de deux fractures
operatoires.   Rev. stomat., Par., 1933, 35: 125-39.—Mercan-
dino, C. P., & Aprile, H.   Odontoma odontoplastico eomplejo
del maxilar  inferior.  Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 643-50,
pl.—Mummery, J. H., & Pitts, A.  T.  A  melanotic epithelial
odontome in a child.  Proc.  R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19:
Sect. Odont., 11-21.—Pritchard, G.  B.' The origin and growth
of a composite odontome.  Ibid., 1933, 26: 472-8.—Soli, D.
Su di un caso di una cisti dentifera e di un odontoma della
mandibola.   Stomatologia, Mod., 1935, 33: 1061-76.—Thoma,
K. H., Johnson,  F. G., & Cascario, N., jr.  Adamanto-odon-
toma.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 244-8.


----   Opisthogeny.
   Turkheim, H.  Ein Fall  von  Opisthogenie.  Deut. Mschr.
Zahnh., 1932, 50: 1057-9.

----   Orthopedics.

   See also Jaw, Malocclusion.
   Mischkowski,  M.  W.   *Veranderungen  des
Unterkiefers   nach   Tragen   orthopadischer   Ap-
parate.    23p.   20}^cm.   Konigsb.,  1937.
   Alonso, J. M.,  & Quintela, U.   Reconstruction spontanee du
maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. laryng.,  Bord., 1934, 55: 1285-8.—
Grieve, G.  W.   A  definite  method for  stimulating  normal
growth of the mandible.   Dent.  Cosmos,  1926, 68: 321-36.—
Ivy, R. H.,  & Curtis, L.  Some  orthopaedic  problems of the
lower jaw,  with special  reference  to  unilateral  shortening.
J. Bone Surg., 1928, 10:  645-63.—Schur, Z. J.  [Orthopedic
fixation apparatus for osteoplastics  of the lower jaw]  Stoma-
tologia, Moskva, 1941, No. 2, 11-7.


â– ----   Ossification.
   Annovazzi, G.  Sulla  questione della ossificazione meta-
plastica nello sviluppo  normale della  mandibola dell'uomo.
Monit. zool. ital., 1929, 40: 195-201, pl.—Bujard, E.  Ossifica-
tion de la mandibule du cobaye.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1943,
73: 1264.—Cabrini, R.  Aspectos de la  osificacion  del maxilar
inferior. Rev. Circ odorit. Rosario, 1945, 17: 53-6—Loewen-
thal,  N.  De l'ossification du  maxillaire inferieur  chez les
rongeurs.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1931,  106: 1196-9—Rbhlich, K.
Die  Verknocherung der  sekundaren  Knorpelbildungen  der
Mandibula bei der weissen Maus; Schicksal der Knorpelzellen
bei der enchondralen Ossifikation.  Zschr.  Zellforsch.,  1933,
18: 346-61.
----   Osteitis.

   Kletter, P.  *Les osteite* mandibulaires chez
I'enfant  et  leur   traitement   par   la   carboxy-
sulfamido-chrysoidine.   63p.   8?   Par.,  1938.
   Cavina, C.  La cura delle osteiti odontogene della mandibola.
Atti Congr. internaz. stomat. (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 1: 363 -90 —
De Fazio, M.   Esito  di osteite della mandibola in  maloc-
clusion (da frattura patologica e callo deforme) e sua  terapia
incruenta.  Riforma med.,  1934,  50:  851-8.—De Luca,  A.
Osteite odontogena della mandibola.  Arch. chir. oris, Bologna,
1935, 3:  125-96.—Hollande.  Osteite rarefiante traitee  et
guerie par des injections de sels alcalino-terreux. Rev. stomat.,
Par., 1942, 43: 108.—Jessen, J.  [Osteitis of the mandible with
brain  complications]  Hospitalstidende,  1926,  69:   [Dansk
Otolar.  Selsk. Forh.] 82-6.—Marques, T.  O tratamento das
osteites odontogenicas da  mandibula.  Clin. hig.  & hidr.',
Lisb., 1938, 4:  129-37.—Richard.   Osteite mandibulaire con-
secutive a une osteomyeiite  du tibia.  Rev.  stomat., Par.,
1942, 43: 126.—Schulenberg, C. A. R., & Goldin, H.  Regener-
ation of large area of mandible following loss of bone from acute
osteitis.  Brenthurst Papers,  Johannesb.,  1944, No. 5, 16.—
Winter, P. Osteite subaigue prolongee du maxillaire inferieur
d'origine dentaire.  Odontologie, Par.,  1929, 67: 20-2.


----   Osteitis fibrosa.

   Bach, K.  H.    *Zur  Pathologie und  Chirurgie
der Unterkiefererkrankungen auf  der  Basis der
Ostitis fibrosa und des Wurzelgranuloms.   25p.
8?  Halle, 1934.
   Gohde, H. L. K. O. W.   *Ueber Ostitis fibrosa
mit einer eigenen Beobachtung  am  Unterkiefer
[Jena]   19p.   8?   Borna-Lpz., 1926.
   Carini, A.  Osteite fibrosa iperplastica del mascellare in-
feriore nel coniglio.  Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935, 16:  109-17.—
Cellular osteitis fibrosa of mandible.  Arch. Clin. Oral. Path.,
1938, 2: 349-59.—Charbonnel & Masse.  Osteite fibreuse a
forme tumorale du maxillaire inferieur; hemire.section et trans-
plantation osseuse.  Rev.  stomat., Par.,  1937, 39: 305-7.—
Hankey, G. T.  Focal  osteitis fibrosa of the mandible, simulat-
ing osteogenic sarcoma.  Proc  R.  Soc. M.,  Lond., 1937-38,
31:  1141-4,  pl.—Haslhofer, L.  Kasuistischer  Beitrag zur
Ostitis  fibrosa des  Unterkiefers mit Bemerkungen iiber die
pathologische Wanderung der Zahne.  Zschr. Stomat.,  1929,
27:  160-72.—Jeanneney, G.,  Guerin  &  Magendie.  Osteo-
pathic  fibreuse du  maxillaire inferieur.   J.  med. Bordeaux,
1927, 57: 59-62.—Leeser, F., & Vollmer, H.  Ostitis fibrosa
localisata mandibulae  bei einem 7-jahrigen Madchen.   Ront-
genpraxis,  1932,  4: 136-8.—Morisot, J.   Osteite fibreuse du
maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. stomat., Par.,  1942, 43: 86.  Sont-
heimer, A. F.  Case  of Paget's disease  involving mandible,
unilateral. J. Am. Dent, Ass., 1941, 28: 2071.—Tingay, L. H.
An interesting case of osteitis fibrosa cvstica of the mandible.
Dent. Bull., Wash., 1934, 5: 199-201.—Wallace, E. S., & Kemp,
H. R.   Localized osteitis or fibrous dystrophy of bone;  case
report.   Dent. J. Australia, 1944,  16: 379-84.—Zimmermann.
Ueber Ostitis fibrosa.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1929, 47:  769-74.


----    Osteofibroma.

   See also subheading  Fibroma.
   Christensen,   G.   Osteofibroma  of  the   mandible;  case.
 Dent. Items,  1942, 64: 315-7.—Christiansen, G. W., & Bradley,
J. L.  Osteofibroma of the mandible; report of a case.  J. Oral
Surg  1944, 2: 319-23.—Goldman, H. M.   Ossifying  fibroma
 of the mandible.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 282;
 285-8.—Kaplan,  H.   Ossifying  fibroma, mandible.  In: Atlas
 Dent. Path. (Bernier,  J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 130, pl.—
 Klassen. K. P., & Curtis, G.  M.  The calcium and phosphorus
 metabolism in  ossifying fibroma  of the mandible.   J. Bone
 Surg., 1939. 21: 444-50.—Thoma, K. H., Howe. H. D., & Wenig,
M.  Ossifying fibroma of mandible.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1945,
 31:  Oral Surg., 270-6.

 ----   Osteoma and osteochondroma.

   Eckert, H.    *Ueber  ein Osteom des  Unter-
 kiefers.   19p.  8°   Konigsb.,  1937.
   Suss, J.  M.  *Ein Fall  von zentralem Unter-
 kiefer-Osteom  [Leipzig]   19p.   8?  Zeulenroda,

 1927.
   Bianchi, H. D.  Osteomas mandibulaics.  Sem. med.,  B.
 Air., 1943, 50:  103-8.—Bonnet-Roy, F.  Un cas d'osteome du
 maxillaire inferieur.   Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1941, 32: 24-6 —
 Cirillo, N.  Considerazioni anatomo-istologiche e cliniche sopra
 un caso di osteoma peduncolato della mandibola.  Prat, chir.,
 Arezzo, 1933-35,  4: 155-62.—Diena, S.  Relation of secondary
 osteoperiosteal tumors of the mandible to the intimate structure
 of the affected bone.  Am. J. Roentg., 1942, 47: 333.—Felice,
 P  de  & Gagliardone, C.  R.  Osteoma del maxilar  inferior.
 Rev. san. mil.,  Asunci6n,  1937-38, 10:  467-9,  3 pl—Figi,
 F. A.   Fibro-osteochondroma  of  the  mandible.   Surg.  Clin.
 N.  America,  1930,  10:  109-13.—Jacobs,  M.  H.  Cystic
 osteochondroma  of mandible.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1942, 28: 
MANDIBULA                                   24S                                    MANDIBULA
Oral Surg., 499-503.—Mathieu  & Ruppe, C.  A propos d'un
cas d'une volumineuse tumeur osseuse de Tangle du maxillaire
inferieur.  Rev.  stomat.,* Par.,  1926. 28:  205-11.—Messerly,
C. D.  Osteoma of the mandible.  Am. J.  Orthodont., 1939,
25: 1224.—Oehlecker,  F.   Progenie  und  schiefer Biss durch
Osteom des  einen  U/nterkiefergelenkfortsatzes.   Beitr. klin.
Chir., 1936, 163: 177-91.—Patrignani.  Osteome spongieux du
maxillaire inferieur. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 329-31.—
Roccia, B.  Osteomi  ed  esostosi del  mascellare inferiore.
Arch, sc med., Tor.,  1927, 51: 231-44.—Rosedale, R. S., &
Hargraves, W. B.  Osteoma of the mandible; report  of a
massive tumor.  J. Am. Dent.  Ass.,  1942,  29: 942-5.—Ruiz,
F. R., & Micheletti, R.  Sobre un caso de osteoma del maxilar
inferior, desarrollado en pleno tejido  de la encia.  Rev. med.,
Rosario,  1926, 1:  21-5.—Thoma, K. H., Johnson, F. G., &
Cascario, N., jr.   Osteoma of mandible.  Am. J. Orthodont.,
1944, 30: Oral Surg., 234-8.—Tratman, E. K.  Central osteoma
of the mandible.   Brit. Dent. J., 68: 14-6.

----   Osteomalacia.
   Lebourg  &  Grenier.  Fonte  progressive du  maxillaire
inferieur;  osteomalacic? Rev.  stomat.,  Par., 1939, 41: 97-101.

----   Osteomyelitis.
   See also subheading Necrosis.
   Aillet,  J.    Considerations  sur l'osteomyelite
du maxillaire inferieur d'origine  dentaire [Paris]
93p.  8?   Cahors, 1936.
   Beck,  H.   *Osteomyelitis  der  Kiefer   mit
Bericht   iiber   einen  Fall   von   phlegmonoser
Osteomyelitis des Unterkiefers  nach Zahnextrak-
tion  [Heidelberg]  19p.   8?    Bruchsal-Baden,
1935.
   Becker,  B. J.   *L'osteomyelite du  maxillaire
inferieur.  67p.  8?  Par.,  1937.
   Hatjsamen,  E.  H.   *Ueber  akute  Osteomye-
litis  des  Unterkiefers.   24p.  8?    Berl., 1932.
   Kamper, H.   *Die Osteomyelitis des Unter-
kiefers [Kiel]    48p.   8?   Dusseld., 1932.
   Koser,  F.     Mitbeteiligung der  Nerven und
Zahne bei  Osteomyelitis  des  Unterkiefers [Miin-
chen]   32p.  22cm.    Wiirzb., 1936.
   Lendle,  O.   *Einfltisse  der  Osteomyelitis auf
das Unterkieferwachstum  [Heidelberg]   19p.  8?
Edenboken (Rheinpfalz) 1933.
   Meyer,  S.   *Eitrige  Knochenmarksentzun-
dung des  ganzen  Unterkiefers  [Freiburg]   17p.
8?  Quakenbriick, 1931.
   Natje, J.  *Beobachtungen  iiber  den Verlauf
der odontogenen Unterkieferosteomyelitis.    31p.
21cm.   Bresl.,  1938.
   Piazza   de   Rosenfeld,  A.    *Osteomielitis
aguda y masiva del maxilar inferior en el nino y en
el adulto  [Dent.]  125p.  26#cm.  B.  Air.,   1936.
   Rehn,   H.    *Ueber  trockene,  nicht  eitrige
Osteomyelitis  des  Unterkiefers   [Berlin]    24p.
8?  Ueberlingen,  1928.
   Schubert,  M.   *Das  Krankheitsbild der  ha-
matogenen  Osteomyelitis des  Unterkiefers  [Kiel]
19p.  8?   Quakenbriick,  1934.
   Weller, P.   *Unterkiefer-Osteomyelitis nach
Kinnfurunkel.   35p.   8?   Bonn,  1933.
   Acquaviva,  A.  Su di un caso di osteomielite  stafilococcica
della mandibola.   Ann. Clin, odont., Roma, 1931, 8: 279-83 —
Aizenstein, I. M.  [Sur la propagation  des suppurations  sur
la surface interieure de la branche ascendante du  maxillaire
inferieur]  Khirurgia, Moskva, 1940,  No. 10, 27-35.—Allende,
C. I.  Osteomielitis aguda del maxilar inferior.  Bol. Soc.  cir.
B. Aires,  1936, 20:  170-6.—Asbell, M. B., & Humphries, W. C.
Tuberculous osteomyelitis of  the  mandible with tuberculous
infection of the oral mucosa, report of a case.  Am. J.  Ortho-
dont.,  1939,  25: 473-7.—Baggio,  G.  Osteomielite  cronica
semplice  della mandibola  con  dente  incluso aggravata da
estrazione del 3? molare superiore.  Policlinico,  1933, 40: sez.
prat., 1999-2002.—Bastien & Carlier.  Osteomyeiite primitive
du maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1939, 41: 292-301.
Also J. Canad.  Dent.  Ass., 1942,  8: 107-12.—Benedek,  T.,
Zakon, S.  J.,  & Harris, I.  T.  Osteomyelitis of the lower jaw
caused and maintained by fusospirochetal infection.  Illinois
M. J., 1939, 75: 347-50.—Berry, C. V.  Some observations on
acute osteomyelitis  of the mandible.  S. Afr. Dent. J., 1945,
19: 1;  passim.—B&ttica-Giovannini,  R.  Osteomielite  della
mandibola  da disodontiasi del  dente della saggezza.  Gazz.
osp., 1939, 60: 1090-3.—Bonnet-Roy, F., & Lemiere, R.  Ob-
servation typique d'osteo-phlegmon mandibulaire retarde apres
 accident de  la  dent de  sagesse.   Odontologie,  Par.,  1927,
 65: 90.—Bonnet-Roy. ¥.,  & Monod, R. C.  Osteomyeiite du
 maxillaire inferieur;  role respectif  de la carie dentaire  et de
 revolution.   Medecine. Par., 1927-28. 9:  42-4.—Bragagnolo,
 J.  Osteomielitis esclerosante de  Carre en maxilar inferior
 Rev.  Circ.  odont.  Kosario,  1013.   15: 177-200.-Breton, V.
 Osteomyeiite primitive  du maxillaire inferieur.  Ann otolAi
 Par.,  1940, 331-3.  Cameron,  J.  R.  Osteomvelitia „f il,,!
 mandible.  N. York  .1. Dent,, 1931, 1: 144-7—Carmody, T. K.
 Osteomyelitis of the mandible.  Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Laryng
 Otol. Rhinol., 1937,  163-70.  Also  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938'
 27: 35-41. -Conner, T.  Osteomyelitis of the mandible,  j'
 Am. Dent. Ass., 1035, 22: 1190-3- Cutler, C. W., jr.  Acute
 osteomyelitis of  the lower jaw.  Surg. Clin. N. America,  1935,
 15: 483-94.—Dalton, V. B.   Osteomyelitic conditions io the
 mandible.  J. Am. Dent.  Ass., 1941, 28:  951-6.—Davidson,
 J. B.  Osteomyelitis following the  removal  of an unerupted
 mandibular third  molar.  Arch. Clin. Oral Path., 1937, 1:
 194-8.—Dechaume.  Osteomveiite clinmique de la mandibule.
 Rev. stomat., Par., 1930, 32: 148-5H.   De-may. G., & Nauda-
â– scher, J.  Action favorable d'une infection  aigue; osteomyeiite
 du maxillaire inferieur, sur une demence precoce evoluant depuis
 cinq ans.  Ann  med. psychol., Par., 1938, 96: pt 2, 52-7.—
 Driak, F.  Ein Fall von Osteomyelitis traumatica mandibulae.
 Zschr. Stomat., 192S. 26: 620-5.—Emmert, M.  Osteoni\ eiitip
 of the mandible.  Nebraska M. J., 1933, 18: 349-51.  Field,
 H. J., & Ackerman, A. A.   Osteomyelitis of the mandible.
 Dent,  Outlook,  N.  Y.,  1934, 21 :  139-45.  ------  Fulmi-
 nating osteomyelitis of  the mandible with  pathologic fracture.
 J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1936, 23: 448-60.—Finochietto. R.. & Turco,
 N. B.  Osteomielitis  del  maxilar inferior. Prensa med argent.,
 1936, 23: 607-81.—Fischer, C. H.   Histologische Hef.mdo bei
 der akuten odontogenen Osteomyelitis des Unterkiefers.   Abh.
 klin.  Zahnh.,  1938,  H.  33,  200-70- Fodor. G. I.  [Odonto-
 genous  osteomyelitis of the  mandib'uln]   Orvoskepzes.  1934,
 24: nov. kulonf. (Verebely Festschr.)  100-70, 18 pl.  Freidel,
 C.  L'osteomielite del  mascellare inferiore d'origine  dentaria
 nell'adulto.   Stomatologia, Mod., 1936, 34: 995-1011.—Fuso,
 B.  Alcuni  casi  di  osteomielite odontogena del  mascellare
 inferiore.   Riv. ital.  stomat.,  1933,  2: 937-42.—Garcia Faure,
 S.  Osteomielitis del maxilar inferior.  Tribuna odont., B. Air.,
 1927, 11: 2()2.--Gasparini, C.  Osteomielite della mandibola
 consecutiva ad erisipela.  Terapia,  Milano, 1930, 20: 234-9.—
 Ginestet, F.  Osteomyeiite aigue de  la mandibule suivie de
 mort par complications cardiaques.   Rev. stomat., Par.,  1927,
 29: 887-92.  Guszich,   A.  lOsteomyelitis  of   mandibula]
 Orvoskepzes, 1936, 26:  538- .33.  Hankey,  G. T.   Osteomye-
 litis of  mandible, complicated by septicaemia and secondary
 abseesses of elbow and hip.   Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36,
 29:1102-5.  ------ Two cases of osteomyelitis of mandible.
 Ibid.,  1936-37,  30:  1244-6—Haucke, W.  Ueber  trockene,
 hyperostotische  Kieferosteoniyelitis.   Zbl.   Chir.,  1941,  68:
 20i7-9.—Helsmoortel,   J., jr.  Un  cas   (l'osteomyelite du
 maxillaire inferieur.  Bull, med., Par., 1934, 48: 567.—Herz-
 stein, M.  Case of osteomyelitis of  the left inferior maxilla,
 complicated by a septic  lobar pneumonia, general septicaemia,
 and metastatic appendicular abscess, with fecal fistula.  Tr.
 California  Dent.  Ass.,  1911, 38.  Sess.,  90-8.—Hesse, G.
 Unterkieferosteomyelitis durch Kinnfurunkel?  Deut. Mschr.
 Zahnh.,  1933,  51: 529-34.—Hoenig, H.  Die Stellung des
 Kinnfurunkels in  der Pathogenese  der Unterkieferosteomye-
 litis.  Ibid.,  1931,  49:  721-46.  ------  Kinnfurunkel  und
 Unterkieferosteomyelitis.  Deut.  Zschr.  Chir.,  1931,  232:
 273-81.—Hughes,  E. C.   Three cases of osteomyelitis of the
 mandible.  Guy's  Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1927, 41: 275.  -----
 Osteomyelitis of the mandible.  Clin. J., Lond., 1929, 58:217.—
 Ivy, R. H.. & Curtis, L.  Congenital syphilitic osteomyelitis of
 the mandible; a report of two analogous cases in sisters.   Ann.
 Surg., 1934, 100: 535-8.—James, W.  Extensive osteomyelitis
 of the mandible. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 1248 —
 Jorge, J. M., & Piazza de Rosenfeld, A.  Consideraciones sobre
 la osteomielitis aguda del  maxilar  inferior.  Bol. Soc. cir. B.
 Aires,  1936, 20:  141-66.—Julliard,  C.   Nevrome  du  nerf
 dentaire  developpe dans un  ancien  foyer d'osteomyeiite du
 maxillaire inferieur. Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1935, 45: 324-6.—
 Lacronique & Chaput.  Osteomyeiite mandibulaire d'origine
 dentaire.  Rev. stomat.,'Par., 1942, 43: 104.—Lemaitrc,  F., &
 Ruppe, C.  Osteomyeiite subaigue  mandibulaire.  Ibid.,  1929,
 31: 129-35.  Also Arch,  internat, laryng., Par.,  1929, 35:
 773-82.—Loubejac,  A. M.  Osteomielitis  aguda  del maxilar
 inferior,  consecutiva a  un antrax  del ment6n.  Arch.  urug.
 med., 1942, 21: 312-9.  Also Bol. Soc. cir. Uruguay,  1942,
 13: 168-75.—Lyons,  D. C.  Cystic  degeneration of the mandi-
 ble as the end-result of osteomyelitis forty vears previous.
 Internat.  J.  Orthodont,,  1934, 20:  48-50 —Magnus,  K. R.
 Observations on acute osteomyelitis of the mandible.  Dent,
 J. Australia,  1937, 9: 220; 557; passim.- Mallet-Guy, Freidel,
 C, &  Frieh, P.  Thrombose arterielle aigue au cours  d'une
 osteomyeiite du maxillaire inferieur.  Lvon chir.,  1936, 33:
 195-7.—Malony, F.  C.  Acute osteomyel'itis of the mandible.
 Am. Dent, Surgeon, 1929, 49: 159-02.  Mascias Aguilar, M.
 Historia clinica de un caso grave de o.-teoiuieliiis del maxilar
 inferior.   Actas  Congr.  dent, espan. (1916)  1017, 8. Congr.,
 386-94, 3 pl.— Mendzhcricky, M. S.  [Thrombophlebitis  of the
 cavernous sinus  of the dura  mater  as a complication of osteo-
 myelitis  of the lower  jaw]  Sovet. khir.,  1934,  6:  67-9.—
 Moodie, R. L.  Studies in paleo-odontology; a rare example of
 an acute osteomyelitis in the mandible of a coati.  Pacific Dent.
 Gaz., 1928, 36: 259-64.—Mouldnguet.  Volumineux sequestra
 de la machoire inferieure, accident d'une dent de sagesse.  Ann. 
MANDIBULA                                    249                                    MANDIBULA
 mal. oreille, 46: 611.—Mulfur,  E. F.  Osteomyelitis  of  the
 mandible,  with  case  reports.  Hosp.  News,  Wash.,  1938,
 5- 1-7,  5  fig.—Osteomyelitis,  mandible.  In: Atlas  Dent.
 Path. (Bernier, J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 57, pl.—Osteo-
 phlegmons mandibulaires  et adenophlegmon sous-maxillaires
 d'origine  dentaire.   Bull. Synd. gen. med.  stomat. fr., 1926,
 No.  54, 22-42.—Pacaud,  H. E. L., &  Bergeret, P. M.   Osteo-
 myeiite du  maxillaire inferieur avec fracture spontanee  chez
 un heredo-syphilitique.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1930, 32: 785-90 —
 Paul A  Sur  un cas d'osteomyeiite mandibulaire au cours
 de la grossesse.  Ibid., 1937,  39:  819-32.—Pollosson, E., &
 Dechaume, M.  Osteomyeiite pseudo-sarcomateuse du maxi-
 laire inferieur consecutive a l'eruption vicieuse  d'une dent de
 sagesse.  Ibid.,  1927, 29:  898-900.—Pont. A.  Osteomyeiite a
 bascule du maxillaire inferieur [case]  Ibid., 867-86.—Pou'jol.
 Osteomyeiite subaigue k marche rapide de la machoire inferieure
 consecutive a des accidents muqueux de la dent de sageste.
 Ibid., 1929, 31: 478-81.—Praeger.  Osteomyelitis im  Unter-
 kiefer?   Deut. zahnarztl.  Wschr.,  1940, 43:  168.—Provvisio-
 nato, A.  Su di un caso di rigenerazione ossea del mascellare
 inferiore distrutto da un processo di osteomielite acuta d'origine
 dentaria.  Stomatologia,   Mod., 1933, 31:  23-34.—Purulent
 osteomyelitis of mandible  in a horse.  Vet. Med., Chic, 1939,
 34: 217-9.—Raison & Cernea.   Deux observations d'osteomye-
 iite grave.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1941, 42: 397-400.—Richard
 & Cernea.  Osteomyeiite aigue d'origine dentaire; modifica-
 tion, elimination, puis regeneration de la branche montante et
 de la branche horizontale droite.  Ibid.,  1943, 44: 88.  ------
 & Hennion.  Deux observations d'osteomyeiite.  Tbid., 1941,
 42: 400-3.—Richard, Henault  & Hennion.   Osteomyeiite de
 la mandibule consecutive  k une osteomyeiite du tibia.   Ibid.,
 130-3.—Roccia,  B.  L'osteomielite  della   mandibola   nel-
 l'infanzia come fattore eziologico di malocclusion!.  Stomatolo-
 gia, Mod., 1937, 35: 533-58.—Rousseau-Decelle, L.  Quelques
 reflexions sur l'osteomyelite mandibulaire.  Rev. stomat.,  Par.,
 39:  676-84.—Shilova-Makhanik,   R.  S.   [Roentgenological
 aspect of chronic osteomyelitis of the lower jaw]   Stomatologia,
 Moskva, 1938,  No. 5,  16-28.  ------  Chronic osteomyelitis
 of the lower jaw in Roentgen pictures]   Ibid., 1939,  No. 4,
 16-20.—Smirnov, S. A.   [Case of osteomyelitis of the entire
 lower jaw]  Odont, stomat., Moskva, 1929, 7:  44-6.—Sorbel,
 A. R. Osteomyelitis of the mandible following alcohol injection
 in mental foramen; case  report.  Am.  J. Orthodont., 1942
 28:  Oral Surg., 486.—Stanger,  J. K.   Osteomyelitis  with
 special  reference to  the mandible.  Dent. Rec, Lond., 1936,
 56: 441-8.—Stoian, C &  Dragomirescu, I.  [Acute osteomye-
 litis  of the lower  jaw]   Rev. san. mil.,  Bucur.,  1933,  32:
 276-84.—Thoma, K. H.,  Johnson, F. G., & Cascario,  N., jr.
 Chronic osteomyelitis of  the mandible.  Am.  J. Orthodont,,
 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 214-8.—Thoma, K. H., & Kalil, F. H.
 Aseptic chronic osteomyelitis  of the  mandible.  Ibid., 1943,
 29: Oral Surg., 533-6. ------•  Chronic osteomyelitis of the
 mandible.  Ibid.,  536-40.  ------   Subacute  osteomyelitis
 of the mandible.  Ibid., 540-4.  ------   Acute osteomyelitis
 of the mandible following  submental phlegmon. Ibid., 544-9.—
 Thorner, M.   Osteomyelitis  of  the lower  jaw.  Oral Hvg.,
 Pittsb., 1912, 2: 442-7.—Tratman, E. K.  Some personal ob-
 servations on osteomyelitis of the mandible based on fourteen
 cases.  Brit. Dent. J., 1934, 56: 1-23.—Urbani.   Interessante
 caso di  osteomielite multipla  della  mandibola.  Ann. Clin.
 odont.,  Roma,  1931, 8: 426-8.—Vignard,  M.   L'osteomielite
 del mascellare inferiore nel fanciullo.   Ibid., 1936, 13: 910-5.—
 Wagner, F.   To tilfaelde  af haematogen osteomyelitis mandi-
 bulae.  Nord. med., 1941,  9: 687.—Wanamaker, F. H.   Osteo-
 myelitis of the mandible.  U.  S. Nav.  M.  Bull.,  1942,  40:
 870-9.—Werther, R.  Case of osteomyelitis of the mandible,
 in a child," with  prevention of  secondary deformity by  use of
 retention  appliances on  the  deciduous  teeth.  Internat. J.
 Orthodont.,  1936,  22:  627-33, 13 pl.—Wolfe,  J. J.   Osteo-
 myelitis of the mandible; observations on etiology, pathogenesis
 and diagnosis.  Chin. M. J., 1935, 49: 422^8, pl.—Worms, G.,
 & Bercher.   Osteomyeiite mandibulaire chronique  k forme
 hyperosteosante.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1927, 29: 449-57.


 ----  Osteomyelitis: Treatment.

   Evers,   A.  W.  W.    *Die  Unterkieferosteo-
 myelitis; ihre Behandlung  und  die  sich  daraus
 ergebenden Heilerfolge.   58p.    8?   Jena, 1927.
   Jewkes,   T.   G.   *Osteomielitis  del  maxilar
 inferior y  su  tratamiento  [Dent.]    35p.   26J4cm.
 B.Air.,  1937.
   Schenker,  R.  Contribution  au   traitement
 de l'osteomyelite de la mandibule [Geneve]   32p.
 23cm.   Neuchatel,  1941.
   Sorillet,  J. H.   *L'osteomyelite du maxillaire
 inferieur et son traitement.  76p.  8?  Par.,  1936.
  Ascher, F.  Zahnersatz  nach  Totalverlust der Mandibula
 als  Folge  chronisch  sequestrierender Osteomyelitis.  Deut.
 Mschr. Zahnh., 1933, 51: 881-7.—Balyeat, F. S.   Iodized oil in
 osteomyelitis of mandible;  a preliminary report.   J. Am. Dent.
Ass.,  1929,  16: 1103-5.—Bruciafeni,  A.  Contributo  alio
studio della osteomielite acuta della mandibola.  Gazz. inter-
naz.  med.  chir.,  1934,  42: 527-46.—Cathala, J., Lebourg &
Laplane, R.   Osteomyeiite du  maxillaire inferieur chez un
nouveau-ne;  guerison.  Arch.  fr. pediat., 1944-45, 2: 57.—
Darcissac, M.  Un nouveau traitement de l'osteomyelite aigue
k forme env;fhi>sante du maxillaire inferieur.   Bull. Soc. chir.
Paris, 1935, 27: 222-43.  Al,so J. Canad. Dent. Ass., 1936, 2:
39; 87.  Also Engl, transl., Ibid., 216-20.  ------  Le traite-
ment de l'osteomyelite aigue a forme envahissante du maxillaire
inferieur.  J. med. Bordeaux,  1937, 114: 387-408.  ------ &
Thibault, R.  A propos de deux nouveaux cas d'osteomyeiite
aigue du maxillaire inferieur traites par le procede de l'evide-
ment alveolaire precoce avec cicatrisation a ciel ouvert par inter-
position d'une masse d'etain  mouiee.   Atti Congr. internaz.
stomat. (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., I: 449.—Gordon, I.   Use of
allantoin in  treatment of osteomyelitis of the mandible.   Inter-
nat. J. Orthodont., 1937, 23: 840-3.— Henderson, R. L. V.  A
case of osteomyelitis of the mandible treated with penicillin.
Brit, Dent.  J., 1945, 78: 144.—Jorge, J. M.   A proposito de
osteomielitis aguda del  maxilar inferior.  Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires,
1936, 20: 290.—Joseph, A. T.   A unique treatment for osteo-
myelitis of  the jaw.   Apollonian, Bost.,  1941,  16: 132-5.—
Kazanjian, V. H.  The surgical treatment of deformities of the
mandible resulting from osteomyelitis. Ibid., 1937, 12: 9-13.—
MarforJ, A., & Crespi, J. A.  Tratamiento de un caso de osteo-
mielitis del maxilar inferior. Rev. med., B. Air., 1941,  3: 611-
3.—Mead, S. V.   Surgical treatment of a case of  acute osteo-
myelitis of the mandible.  Internat. J.  Orthodont., 1928, 14:
416-24.—Mikhelson, N. M. Treatment of chromic osteomye-
litis of the lower jaw.  Sovet. stomat., 1931, 9: 52-6.—Miltner,
L. J., & Wolfe, J. J.  Treatment of suppurative osteomyelitis
of  the  mandible.  Surg.  Gyn. Obst.,  1934, 59:  226-35.—
Osimani,  A.  M.   Medicaci6n  electrolitica  en odontologia;
un caso de  absceso de la regi6n maseterina por osteomielitis
del maxilar inferior, tratado por ionizaci6n; electroesterilizacion
de campos  microbianos.  Tribuna odont., B.  Air., 1932, 16:
63-75.—Penhale,  K. W.   Early diagnosis and treatment of
osteomyelitis  of the mandible.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1941, 28:
288-97.—Piazza  de  Rosenfeld,  A.  La  conducta quirurgica
racional  en los casos  de  osteomielitis del maxilar inferior.
Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1938, 45: 248.—Plaza, F. L.  Tratamiento'
de las osteomielitis  del maxilar inferior.  Bol. Esc.   odont.,
Lima, 1943. 7: 67-85.—Rachet, M.  Observation sur le traite-
ment d'une  osteomyeiite du maxillaire inferieur par l'anatoxine
staphylococcique.  Rev. odont.,  Par., 1937, 58: 343-54,  2 pl.—
Roccia, B.  Qualche risultato nella cura delle osteomieliti del
mascellare inferiore.  Arch. Soc.  ital. chir. (1938) 1939, 45:
743-67.—Sanson,  R. D. de.   Algumas  consideracoes sobre o
tratamento  cirurgico   da  osteomielite  da mandibula.   Rev.
otolar. S. Paulo.  1936. 4: 1297-318, 4 pl.  Also Fol. med.,
Rio, 1937, 18: 84-8.—Saravia, E. C.  A prop6sito sobre osteo-
mielitis agudas del maxilar inferior.   Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires,
1936,  20: 208-10— Sassier.  Guerison  d'une  osteomyeiite
mandibulaire  grave par l'anatoxine staphylococcique.   Rev.
stomat.,  Par., 1936, 38: 312-7.—Schaefer, J.  E., & Penhale,
K. W.  Osteomyelitis  of the mandible;  radical  versus con-
servative treatment.  Dent. Digest, 1932, 38: 21-3.—Stepanov,
N. M.  [Rare complications in osteomyelitis of the lower jaw;
Filatov's grafts in defects of the oral cavity]  Vest, khir., 1931,
24: 233-6— Thoma, K. H., Cascario, N., jr, & Bacevicz, F. J.
Chronic osteomyelitis  of the mandibular  ramus treated with
penicillin.   Am. J. Orthodont,, 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 598-604.—
Tixier, Freidel & Corajod. Osteomyeiite du maxillaire inferieur
d'origine dentaire, indications du traitement  chirurgical  et
prothetique.   Lyon  chir.,  1937,  34:  616-9.—Truffert,  P.
Osteomyeiite  du maxillaire inferieur; elimination de   tout le
corps mandibulaire;  prothese  provisoire.  Mem.  Acad, chir.,
Par., 1936, 62: 420-2.—Ward, D. F., &  Stearns, R. H.   Peni-
cillin in the treatment of osteomyelitis of the mandible.   Dent.
Digest, 1944, 50: 550-3.

----   Osteoperiostitis.

   Felix,  P.   *Sur un  cas d'osteo-periostite du
maxillaire  inferieur  a  forme  infiltrante   et  a
evolution chronique simulant une tumeur maligne
de la machoire.    44p.   8?   Par., 1929.
   Jouet.  Osteo-periostite du maxillaire  inferieur  chez  un
mulet.  Bull. Soc. sc vet. Lyon,  1899, 2: 179.—Loveman, C. E.
Mandibular subperiosteal swellings occurring in children.  J.
Am. Dent. Ass., 1941, 28: 1230-5.—Weinmann, J.  Die eitrige
Periostitis des Unterkiefers.  Zschr. Stomat., 1927, 25: 35-9.

----  Osteopetrosis.
   Linsey, E. V.  Osteopetrosis with suppuration and eventual
resection of the mandible; report of case.  J. Oral Surg.,  1944,
2: 369-74.

——   Perimandibular region.

   See  Mandibular region.

----   Plasmoma.
   Crane, A. B.  Plasmoma, mandible.  In: Atlas  Dent. Path.
(Bernier, J. L., et al.) 2.-ed., Chic, 1942, 138, pl.

----   Posture.

   See also Mandibular joint,  Movement.
   Greene, E.  The posture of the mandible.   Am. J.  Ortho-
dont., 1942,  28: 210-21.—Niswonger, M. E.  The rest position
of the mandible and the centric relation.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 
MANDIBULA
2;')()
MANDIBULA
1934, 21: 1572-82.—Thompson, .1. R.  The constancy of the
position of the mandible and its influence on prosthetic restora-
tions.   Illinois Dent. J., 1943, 12: 212  7.------& Brodie,
A. G.   Factors in the position of the mandible.  J. Am. Dent.
Ass., 1942, 29:925-41.


----   Progeny.

   Bexediktssox,  E.  *Ueber den  Entwicklungs-
ablauf des  Gebisses bei Progenie und Kreuzbiss.
87p.   8°   Bonn, 1938.
   Buchsot,  W.   *Der untere Vorbiss  mit  be-
sonderer  Beriicksichtigung der  Pseudoprogenie.
40p.   8?   Miinch.,  1935.
   Eiermanx, P.   *Ueber  die  Pathogenese  der
Progenie.   lop.   8?   Heidelb., 1935.
   Exgel,  W.   *Ein Fall von progressiver Pro-
genie  [Tubingen] 15p.  8?  Schramberg, 1934.
   Gotsche, H.  G.   *Ein Beitrag  zur Pathologie
und  Therapie  der  Progenie.   29p.   8?   Borna-
Lpz.,  1933.
   Immenkamp,  A.   *Die Progenie im  Kindes-
alter.   23p.   8?   Munster, 1929.
   Kalkstein,   «F.   von.   *Beitrage   iiber  die
Aetiologie und  die Folgen der Progenie  und  die
chirurgische   Behandlung  derselben.   31p.   8?
Bonn, 1934.
   Meldner, W.   *Die franzosische und deutsche
Methode der Progenie-Operation.   28p.   23cm.
Berl., 1938.
   Steixkamm,  W. J. W.   *Die Pseudo-Progenie
und  ihre Behandlung  [Berlin]  23p.  8?  Essen,
1938.
   Bourguet, J.  Betrachtungen iiber die Lagebeziehungen der
Gefasse und Nerven zum aufsteigenderi Ast des Unterkiefers,
die bei der chirurgischen Behandlung der Progenie zu beachten
sind.   Zschr. Stomat.,  1937,  35: 25-31.—Finochietlo, R., &
Caviglia, O. L.  Tratamiento quirurgico ortoddntico  de un
caso de  promentonismo.  Rev. odont., B.  Air.,  1939,   27:
576-81.  Immenkamp, A.  Die chirurgische Behandlung des
progen gelagerten  Unterkiefers  im bleibenden Gebiss.  Deut.
Zahn &c Heilk., 1937,  4: 528-44.  Also Ber. Deut,  Ges. Zahn
&c Heilk. (1937)  1938, 74. Tag., 2. T.,  56-72.—Iwagaki, H.
Hereditary influence of  malocclusion; statistical studies on
the heredity of  progenia.  Am.  J. Orthodont., 1938, 24:  328-
36.—Krueger, R.  Die chirurgische Behandlung der Progenie.
Arch.   klin. Chir.,  1921,  118:  261-74.— Marino, H.   Trata-
miento de la progenia; el metodo de  Lindemann.   Arq. cir.
clin. exp., S. Paulo, 1942, 6: 301-6.—Neuhauser,  A.  Fern-
rontgenologische Untersuchungen  iiber das  Ergebnis   der
chirurgischen   Progeniebehandlung  und   deren  Bedeutung
fiir die Konstruktion  des intraoralen Retentionsverbandes.
Deut,  Zahn &c  Heilk., 1935, 2:  427-33.—Neumann, F.
Prothetische Behandlung der Progenie.  Zschr. Stomat., 1937,
35:  1346-50.—Pichler,   H.  Ueber  Progenie-Operationen.
Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1928, 41:  1333.—Quervain, F. de.  Zur
operativen  Behandlung  der  Progenie.  Chirurg,  1938,   10:
256-60.—Reichenbach,   E.  Betrachtungen  zur  Progenie-
operation unter Beriicksichtigung der  Spatergebnisse.  Deut.
Zahn  &c Heilk.,  1937, 4: 710-5.—Schmidt G.  Progenie-
operationen.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 215: 212-25.—Wymer,
I.  Zur operativen Korrektur der Progenie.   Ibid., 226-33.


----   Prognathism.

   Kromer,   K.    *Zur  Prognathie einiger Ala-
mannen von  Herten [Basel]   32p.   23cm.   Win-
terthur,  1938.
   Sauer, G.  F.   *Le traitement du prognathisme
inferieur.   63p.   23cm.   Geneve,  1937.
   Bourguet, Ponroy &  Cabrol.  Sur  la resection bicondylienne
dans les deviations du maxillaire inferieur et le prognathisme.
Rev. stomat., Par.,  1931, 33: 715.—D'Alise, M.   Prognatismo
mandibolare.  Riv. ital.  stomat., 1937, 6: 653-6.—Darcissac,
M. Un  cas de prognathisme  du  maxillaire inferieur apres
traitement chirurgical  et orthopedique.  Rev. stomat.,  Par.,
1934.  36:  738-40.—Dingman,  R. O.  Surgical correction of
mandibular  prognathism,  an  improved  method. Am.  J.
Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 683-92.—Dufourmentel, L.,
& Darcissac,  M.   Case  of  false prognathism.  Dent. Rec,
Lond., 1925, 45: 151, pl.—Edmond, R.  Surgical correction of
mandibular protrusion.   Dent,  Cosmos, 1933, 75: 1112-7.—
Ernst.  F.  Ueber die chirurgische Beseitigung der Prognathie
fles Unterkiefer.- (Progenie)  Ber. Deut. Ges. Zahn  &c Heilk.
  l'i:;7   1938, 74. Tag., 2. T.. 165-71.  Also Deut. Zahn &c
Huilk., 1938,  5: 179-85.—Hotter, O.   Etiologia, patogenesi,
profilassi e terapia delle prognazie infeiim i.  Stomat. ital.,  1939,
1: 657-64.—Hofrath.   The surgical-orthopaedic treatment of
lower   protrusion.   Dent. Rec,  Lond.,  1938, 58:  437-43.—
Ivanissevich,  O.  Prognatismo  del  maxilar inferior.  Bol.
Acad, argent, cir.,  1944. 28: 153.-Jay. J.  The  differcntinl
analysis and treatment  of two cases of apparent mandibular
protraction.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1943. 29:  127 33.  Julliard.
C.  Traitement  du prognathisme inferieur (operation dr'
Dufourmenten  Schweiz. med.  Wschr.. 1938, 68: 609-1L—
Kazanjian, V. H.  Surgical treatment of mandibular prognath-
ism.   Internal. ,1. Orthodont,, 1932, 18: 1224-39.—Kitlowskl,
E. A.  The  surgical correction of mandibular  prognathism
Tr. South.  Surg. Ass.  (1941) 1942,  54:  167-73.  Also  Ann'
Surg., 1942,  115: 647-53.—Korkhans, G.  Le traitement pre^
coce du prognathisme inferieur et les dangers que rencontre I'en-
gre4iement normal des dents de six ans lots de leur eruption
Rev. odont., Par., 1933, 54: 195-211.   ------  The late treat-
ment  of lower protrusion  in the permanent dentition. Clasp
III, Angle.   Dent.  Rec, Lond., 1938,  58: 420-37.-  Lamlai*.
Le traitement chirurgical de la prognathic mandibular e; i imli
critique  de  la resection  bicondylienne  et de I'osteotomie de-
branches montant.es. Rev. stomat., Par., 1934, 36: 209-27.-
Monheim, A. I.  Superimposed upper denture used in treat-
ment  of extreme prognathism; report  of a case.  U. S. Nav
M. Bull., 1945, 44:  1063-5.—Ncvreze, B. de, Beauregard! [et
al.]   Les anomalies mandibulaires  par propulsion  et par
proglissement.  Odontologie, Par., 1938, 76: 222-00 [Discus-
sion] 264-6.—New,  G. B., & Erich, J. B.  The surgical correc-
tion of mandibular  prognathism.  Am. J. Surg., 1911, 53: 2-
12.—Oppenheim, A. Die  Prognathie vom anthropologisclicn
und orthodontischen Gesichtspunkt. Zschr. Stomat,, 1927, 25:
518-73,  3 ph, ch.—Ponroy &  Cabrol.  Considerations sur
le  traitement postoperatoire  apres intervention  chirurgicale
dans le  prognathisme  du maxillaire inferieur.  Rev.  stomat.,
Par., 1933, 35: 89-95.—Preeminence de la machoire inferieure.
Gaz. odont,, Par., 1879,  1: 277-80.— Quintero, J. T.  Results
of  treatment  of  two  eases.  Dent.  Rec, Lond., 1926, 46:
558-03, 2 pl- Ries Centeno, G. A., Ferrario, C. V., & Mercurio,
G.   Regularizacion quirurgico-protesica de una  prognasia;
presentacion de  un caso.   Rev. odont,, B. Air., 1936, 24:
423-30.—Roccia, B. Sul trattamento precoce della prognazia
mandibolare (progenismo)   Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1942, 52:
035--7.—Rubbrecht, O.  II prognatismo inferiore nella Casa
d'  Habsburgo e l'ereditarieti.  Ann. Clin, odont., Roma, 1932,
9:  158; 456.—Santy & Pont.  Obtusisme mandibulaire; traite-
ment  chirurgical.  Lyon chir., 1938, 35: 727.—Schaefer, J. E.,
& Kanthak, F. F.  Subcondylar osteotomy for the treatment
of  mandibular protrusion.   Proc. Inst. M. Chicago,  1940-41,
13: 362.—Traynham, W. H., jr.  Bilateral osteotomy of the
rami for marked protrusion of the lower jaw; report of a case.
J. Am.  Dent. Ass., 1944,  31: 1025-9.—Watkin, H. G.  The
surgical  correction of an exaggerated case of inferior protrusion.
Dent. Rec, Lond.,  1930, 50: 299-306.—Weiss, B.  W., Lenlz,
M. J., & Newman, J.   Correction of severe mandibular pro-
trusion by osteotomv  of the rami and orthodontic?.   Am. J.
Orthodont..  1041. 27: 1-8.—Zeno, L., &  Peluffo, A.  Prog-
natismo mandibular.  Temas  Congr.  Iat.  amt»r.  cir.  plast.
(1942) 1943, 2. Congr., 232-4.


----   Prosthesis.

  See also subheading Surgery, plastic.
   Bauer, E.    *Beitrage zur prothetischen Ver-
sorgung   bei  Unterkieferresektionen.    16p.   8?
Munch.,  1932.
   Kallhardt,  R.   *Immediatprothesen im Un-
terkiefer.   21p.   8?   Miinch., 1926.
   Kohen-Baranowa,   C.   *Ueber  die.Prothe-
scnbehandlung  nach  Resektion und Exartikula-
tion  des Unterkiefers [Zurich]   25p.   8?   Tiib.,
1908.
   Lehmer,   M."  *Ueber  die  prothetische  Be-
handlung ausgedchnter Unterkicfer-Rosektionen.
30p.    8?   Miinch., 1930.
   Nickel, B.   *Zahnarztliche Tnterimsprothetik
bei  chirurgisch crforderlicher  Opfcrung  grosser
Unterkieferteile.  26p.  8?  Konigsb., 1933.
   Pommay,  S.   Contribution a  l'etude  de la
prothese  immediate  apres  resection partielle du
maxillaire inferieur.   63p.   8?   Par., 1926.
   Prekajski,   B.   *Ueber  die   Prothese  bei
halbseitiger Unterkieferresektion.   32p.  8? Lpz.,
1930.
   Rahafsen, A., & Panatt, L.   Resecci6n total
del   maxilar  inferior  y   pr6tesis  consecutiva
[Chile]  8p.  8?   Santiago, 1934.
   Also Bol'. Soc ein Chile, 1934, 12: 113- 8, 6 pl.
   Finochietto, R., & Canale, A.  Pr6tesis de maxilar inferior
(posterior a resecci6n por tumor)   Sem. med., B. Air., 1927,
34: pt 2, 534-42.  ------  & Turco, N.  B.  HemirresecciOn
de maxilar inferior; pr6tesis inmediata; injerto de hueso iliaco.
Rev.  odont., B. Air.,  1944,  32: 638-45.—Greve,  K.  Zur
zahnarztlich-prothetischen Hilfe nach  Unterkieferresektionen.
Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928, 142: 747-52.—Lameris, H. J.  (Pro-
thesis in excision of mandible]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: 
MANDIBULA                                   251                                   MANDIBULA
244-6 — Nakamura,  H.  Fixationsprothese fur^die Rontinui-
tatsresektion am aufsteigenden Unterkieferast.  Zschr. Stomat.,
1Q37 35- 312-9—Oidtmann, A. J. M.   Voorloopige demon-
stratie en toelichting eener nieuwe immediaat prothese bi] twee
fallen van   partieele onderdaakresectie.    Handel.   Ned
KndheTlk  Congr., 1916, 3.  Congr., 173-83.-Orator,  V., &
^Pnhanides   Ueber einen Fall von Unterkiefer-Exstirpation
undPTo"aTers'atz durch Prothese.  Wien  klin. Wschr., 1927 40:
"ori _Owinski, T.  Prothetischer Ersatz nach einseitiger
ITnterkieferresektion  mit intermaxillarer Schiene mit  Schei-
bengelenk  nach Cieszynski.   Atti  Congr.  internaz  stomat.
(1935   1936,  2.  Congr., 1: 695.-Plaghos, AD   La inter-
vencion protesica en la reseccion mandibular   Inbuna odont
R  Air   1939  23: 306;  passim.—Shapiro. J.  E.  [Making of
nlastics' for  restoration  of  the lower  jaw]   Stomatologia,
Moskva 1943, No. 3, 47-50—Sousa Cunha, A. de.  A protese
tardia  no  maxilar  inferior,  numa  resseccao  laterotermmal.
Pub med, S.  Paulo, 1941, 13: No. 1, 41-57; No. 5.  31-50.-
Sudeck Ueber plastische  Operationen und Prothesenbehand-
luns des Unterkiefers bei Defektpseudarthrosen und operativen
Defekten.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 47 -Thompson J. R.
Thp ronstancv of the position of the mandible and its influence
on prosthetic restorations.  Clin. Med   1945. 52: 85- Valen-
zuela  M.  Historia clinica: reseccion de la sinnsis del maxilar
infpri'or v  colocacion subperi6stica  de  un aparato de platino
 ridiado.  Actas Congr.  dent, espan. (1916) 1917, 8. Congr.,
176-87 —Woodworth, J. G.  Compensating ramus appliance.
Dent. Digest,  1935, 41: 82-4.


 ---Psammoma.
  Geltmann, A. E.  Ein Fall  einer seltenen Neubildung des
 Unterkiefers (Psammom)  Zschr. Stomat.,  1933,  31: 384-90.


 ---   Radiography.
    Abraham,  K.   *Die  rontgenologische Unter-
 suchung des Unterkiefers,  Up. 8?  Gott.,  1931.
    Alder,   C.   *Beitrag  zur  rontgenologischen
 Untersuchung  der  Spongiosa  des   Unterkiefers
 [Basel]  15p.  8?   Ziir., 1929.
   Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1929, 39:  539-o3.

    Beilharz, R.   *Zur Technik extraoraler Ront-
 genaufnahmen   des   Unterkiefers.     25p.    8!
 Konigsb.,  1936.
    Monheimer,  B.   Das Rontgenbild des Unter-
 kiefers  in  anthropologischer  Bedeutung.   54p.
 8?   Lpz.,  1928.
    Forms H. 72, Deut. Zahnh.
    Strahler, H. A.   *Die  Rontgentechnik  der
 Unterkieferaufnahmen.  32p.  8?  Greifsw., 1932.
    Waldsachs,  R.   *R6ntgenologische   Studien
 uber   das  normale  Bild  des  Unterkiefers  mit
 besonderer Beriicksichtigung der  Umgebung des
 aufsteigenden Astes.   19p.   8?  Bonn, 193r
    Alexander, O. M.   A technique for radiography of the
 inferior  maxilla.  Radiography,   Lond.,  1936,  2:  5o-8 —
 Barrett, J. H.  A special X-ray technique for the examination
 of  the body of the mandible.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1928, 63: 364.—
 Becks, H., & Grimm, D. H. Comparative roentgenographic^nd
 histologic study of human mandibles. Am. J. Orthodont.,
 1945, 31: 383-406—Cahoon, J. B., jr.  Lateral radiography ot
 mandible.  Radiogr. Clin. Photogr.. 1942, 18: 71-3 -Coleman,
 B.  Intra-oral film for lower jaw.  Radiography Lond., 194A
 8:  118 —Dubecq, X. J., Duff eche & Hautefort..  Interpretation
 d'une image radiologique anormale de la branche mandibulaire
 gauche.  J. med. Bordeaux,  1938, 115: 440.—Estelle .Sister.
 Technique for  radiographing the  mandible  at the bedside.
 X-ray  Technician,  1942-43,  14:  118-20;   133-Frank,  L.
 Control of mandibular roentgenograms by  fixed positioning.
 Dent. Digest; 1945, 51: 680-4.—Garlick, E.   Radiography of
 the mandible suitable for cases with multiple injuries..  Radiog-
 raphy, Lond., 1945, 11:  87.-Grauer, S   Ueber einer. aty-
 pischen Schatten im  Rontgenbild des Unterkiefers.  Zschr.
 Stomat.,  1927, 25: 1079-81.   ------  P'.'be. den ^ crt  der
 axialen Unterkieferaufnahme.  Fortsch Rontgenstrahl., 19£8,
 37: 503-5.—Haenisch.  Kieferdiagnostik; a) Speichelstein,  b)
 retinierter Zahn.  Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 487.—Hippe. H.. &
 Roscher,  W.  Tomographic  des  Unterkiefers.   Ibid.,  1J3J,
 11: 369.—Koperski, J.  Radiography of the  mandible, erect
 posture. Radiogr.  Clin. Photogr.   1940, 16:  M.-Loesch,, C.
 L.  Mandible technic.  X-ray Technician, 1938-39, 10. zi.
 Lozier, M.   Roentgenography of  the  symphysis.   IJent.
 Digest 1941  47-364.  ------ Extra-oral roentgenography 9!
 tie mandible.  Ibid.,  542.-McC.uley,   H.  B   Anatomic
 characteristics important in radiodontic interpretation  IJent.
 Radiogr.,  1945,  18: No.  2,  9-12.—Milani. A.,. &  Vialh.  M.
 L'anatomia   radiologica  della mandibola   dei  mammiferi.
 Ricer. morf.,  1928, 8: 323-64,-Parma, C.  Der normale Unter-
 kiefer   an enoralen  Rontgenaufnahmen.   Zschr.  Stomat.,
 1928, 26: 979-1017.—Robinsohn, I.  Kanr,1 man auf die extra-
 orale  Aufnahme  des  Unterkiefers verzichten?   Ibid., 193A
 30: 877 —Sanders, E.  [On the significance  of the extra-oral
Roentgen picture of the lower jaw in the practice of dentistry]
Tschr. tandheelk., 1939, 46: 806-14.—Steele, M. B.   Six-foot
radiographs of the mandible.  X-ray Technician, 1943-44, 15:
25.—Thomas,  A.  A.  Roentgenographs  projection of  the
mandible to show the symphysis.   Ibid., 1936-37, 8: 167.


----   Ramus.

   Seiler,  P.    *0steomyclitc de la branche mon-
tante du  maxillaire  inferieur.   92p.   8?   Lyon,
1935.
   Arcelin,  F.  Examen radiographique de la partie superieure
de la branche montante  du maxillaire inferieur. Bull. Soc.
eiectroradiol. med.  France, 1938,  26: 372.—Dubecq, X.-  J.,
Moty & Giletty.  Sur un cas d'osteite  de la branche mandibul-
aire  gauche.  J. med. Bordeaux,  1938,  115:  437.—Duclos.
Regeneration osseuse  de  la branche  montante du maxillaire
inferieur.   Rev.  stomat.,  Par.,  1938,  40: 842.— Jakabhazy, I.
[Dentogenous osteomyelitis in the ascending  branch of the
mandible]  Orv. hetil., 1938,  82:  251-3— Kazanjian, V.  H.
Congenital absence of the ramus  of  the mandible.   J. Bone
Surg.,  1939, 21: 761-72.  Also Am. J. Orthodont.,  1940, 26:
175-87.—Landais,  P.   Considerations radiologiques et  ana-
tomiques sur la branche montante  du  maxillaire  inferieur.
Rev.  stomat., Par., 1932, 34: 449.—Lebourg.  Aplasie de la
branche montante gauche du maxillaire inferieur.  Ibid., 1942,
43: 128.—Plaza, F. L.   Osteitis de  la rama  ascendente  del
maxilar inferior.  Bol. Esc. odont., Lima, 1940, 4:  138-41.—
Rushton,  M. A.  Malformation  of  the  mandibular ramus
treated by bone-graft.  Dent  Rec, Lond., 1942, 62: 272-4.—
Simon, B., & Komives, O.  Dimensional and positional varia-
tions of the ramus of the mandible.  J. Dent. Res., 1938,  17:
 125-49.


----  Ramus:  Fracture.

   Hermann,   G.   *Ueber   Frakturen  des   auf-
 steigenden  Unterkieferastes.   31p.   8?   Marb.,

 1935.
   Pere,  F.   *Sintomas  de las  fracturas de la
 rama montante del maxilar  inferior [Dent.]   71p.
 24cm.   B.Air., 1938.
   Achard, P.  Fractures verticales de la branche montante du
 maxillaire  inferieur.   Rev. stomat., Par., 1934, 36: 321-6.
 Canale A.   Fracturas del maxilar inferior; rama ascendente.
 Rev  odont., B. Air., 1936, 24: 525-31.   Also Sem. med., B.
 Air.,  1936, 43: pt 2, 381-6.—Durling, E. J.  Compound  and
 comminuted fracture of  the ramus;  report of case.  J.  Am.
 Dent. Ass.,  1941, 28:  1832-5.—Nagelsbach.  Fraktur  und
 Totalnekrose des  Unterkieferastes nach gewaltsamer Zahn-
 extraktion.  Munch,  med. Wschr., 1924, 71:  1820.—Thoma,
 K  H  Johnson, F. G., & Cascario, N., jr. Fracture of ramus
 of'mandible. Am. J. Orthodont,, 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 179-83.


 ----   Reflexes.
    Harrison, F., & Corbin, K. B.   The central pathway for the
 jaw-jerk.  Am. J. Physiol.,  1941, 133:  320; 1941-42,  135:
 439-45.


 ----   Retractor.
    Staudt   E.   Unterkieferselbsthalter fur  N,arkotisierte  und
 Bewusstlose.  Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 397-99.


 ----  Retrognathy.
    Babcock  W W.  Advancement of the receding lower jaw.
 Ann  Surg.! 1937, 106:  1105-8.—Dolamore,  W. H.  Inferior
 retnlsionr'Dent. Rec,  Lond.,  1923,  43:  383-94  6  pl-
 Finkling W B   Severe refusion of mandible treated by buccal
 inlay and dental  prosthesis.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1943-
 44  37-7-10—Letard, E.  Le brachygnathisme inferieur chez
 les' animaux domestiques et chez l'homme.  Rec. med.  vet.,
 1939  115- 577-94.—Lussier, E. F.  A  mandibular retraction
 complicated by an impaction  of  the right  maxillary incisor.
 Am. J. Orthodont., 1939, 25: 529-35.  ------  & Davis, AD.
 The implantation of bone in the chinin a severe case of mandib-
 ular  retraction;  case  report.   Ibid.,  1941,  27:   267-74.—
 New G  B . & Erich, J. B.   Retruded chins; correction by
 plastic operation.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1940., 115: 186-91.  —-
 Marked retrusion of the mandible.  Minnesota M., 1942, 25.
  181-3—Phillips, J. M.  Pig jaw in cocker spaniels.   J. Hered..
  1945 36- 177-81.—Quintero, J.  T.   Le probleme des  retrog-
 nathies inferieures; leur traitement  et leur contention.   Rev
 odont  Par   1936, 58: 97-108—Safian, J.  Receding  ch.r;
 pla° ricVeconkruction.   N. York State J. M., 1938. 38: 1331- 5


  ----   Retroversion.
    Dufourmentel, L., & Darcissac. M.  Essai de traitement du
  retrognathisme inferieur.  Bull.  Soc.  chir. Pans   1928  20
  750-3—McCoy,  J- D.   Diagnosis  and  treatment of  dental
  and mandibular retroversions.   Internat. J. Orthodont.,  1937,
  23: 1-22. 
MANDIBULA
252
MANDIBULA
----   Sarcoma.

   See also subheading Cancer.
   Ilouv,   M.   *Ueber   das  Unterkiefersarkom
[Munster]  25p.   8?   Bottrop, 1935.
   Kogebehx,  \V. J.  H.   *Sarkome  des  Unter-
kiefers  [Kiel]  21p.   23]/2cm.   Berl.,  1934.
   Simon,  P.   *Ein Beitrag zum  Fibrosarkom des
Unterkiefers.    15p.   8?   Berl.,  1930.
   Berger, A.  Hemangiosarcoma of the mandible, metastatic?
Ann. Dent., 1942, 1:  15-20.—Bernier, J. L.  Fibrosarcoma of
the mandible; a report of two cases.  Ibid., 1943-44, 2: 47-9.—
Blum, T., Kaletsky, T., & Freund, M.  Osteogenic sarcoma of
the mandible. Ibid.,  1944-45. 3: 21-7.—Broc. R.. & Revel-
Moreau.   Sarcome du maxillaire inferieur.  Rev.  tunis. sc.
med., 1928,  22:  155-7.—Carmody,  T. E.,  Janney, H. M., &
Husesman, H. A. L.  Leiomyosarcoma of the mandible; report
of case.  J.  Am. Dent. Ass., 1944, 31: 1110-3.—Das Gupta,
S. C.   Sarcoma of lower jaw.   Ind. M. Rec, 1936, 56: 227 —
DeCoursey,  E.  Chondrosarcoma, mandible.  In:  Atlas Dent.
I "nth. (Bernier, .1. L., etal.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 135.—Deliberos.
Sarcome  du  maxillaire inferieur ayant impose, au  debut, pour
une pericoronarite banale.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1942, 43: 88.—
Derain.  Sarcome du  corps du maxillaire inferieur chez une
vnche.   Bull. Soc.  sc. vet. Lyon, 1898,  99.—Dingman. R. O.
Spindle-celi  sarcoma  of the mandible with excision and sub-
sequent bone graft; report of  case.  J.  Oral Surg.,  1945, 3:
235-40.—Fibrosarcoma,  mandible.  In: Atlas  Dent.   Path.
(Bernier, J.  L., et al.) 2 ed.. Chic,  1942, 133.—Gait,  C. B.
Medullary and subperiosteal osteogenic sarcoma of the  man-
dible, with report  of  a  case.   J. Am. Dent. Ass.,  1934,  21:
1442-5.—Garretson, J. E.  Osteo-encephalome du maxillaire
inferieur.  Gaz. odont.,  Par., 1880, 2: 365-7.—Grandclaude,
C, Lemaitre, L., & Driessens, J.  Les sarcomes du maxillaire
inferieur.  Rev. odont., Par., 1934,  55: 51-65.•  (Jros.  Fibro-
sarcoma  recidivante   de  la mandibula.   Bol. Liga  c&ncer,
Habana,  ed. cien.,  1944. 19:  18.-Ivy, R. H.   Bone graft for
defect  of mandible  resulting  from  resection for  sarcoma.
Frater, Menasha,  192.V-20. 25:  207-9. -Karzis. M.  Rontgen-
Tiefenbehandlung eines  Falles  von Sarkoin  des Unterkiefers
mit  Paralyse der  Extremitaten.  infolge  Wirbelmetastase.
Med. Welt, 1933,  7:  666- Kilchin,  P. C.. & Doan, V. A.
Round cell sarcoma of the mandible.  J.  Dent. Res., 1937. 16:
135-40,  pl—Le  Gac,  P.,  Esplan, M.,  & Moustardier, G.
Osteo-sarcome du maxillaire  inferieur  chez un  malirache.
Bull.  Soc.  path. exot..  Par.,  1937. 30:  238.—Luque,  M.  J.
LI  caso diario; un fiLro-sai coma del maxilar inferior.  Rev.
med. Bogota, 1935-30. 45: 120-*'..- Marconi. A.  Della re-e-
zione della ina-rella inferiore affettada  os'eo-sarcoma.  ( lior.
progr. pat.,  Venez.. 1839. 10:  198-212. pl.—Merrifield, F. W.
Osteogenic  sarcoma  of  the  mandible:  a  case report.   Am.
J. Orthodont., 1945, 31: Oral Surg.. 289-97.- Morot.  Osteo-
sarcome du  maxillaire inferieur chez un boeuf.  Bull. Soc. sc.
vet. Lvon, 1898,  16.—Osteo-sarcomatous tumour of the  lower
jaw.  Month. J.  Foreign Med., 1828,  1:  160.—Pack,  G.  T., &
Boyko. G. V.  Resection of the mandible for  medullary osteo-
sarcoma.  Am. J. Surg., 1939, 43:  754-7.—Parant.  Tumeur
mesenchymateuse  du  maxillaire inferieur avec  adenopathie
susclaviculaire.  Rev.  stomat., Par.,  1941,  42: 406-10.—
Thorp, F.,  jr, & Graham,  R.  A large  osteosarcoma of  the
mandible.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1934, 84: 118.—Trauner, R.
Sarkome der Unterkiefer.   Wien. med. Wschr., 1939, 89: 530.—
Wakeley C. P. G.  Sarcoma of lower jaw in a boy aged 7.
Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Clin., 49.—Wise,
I.   M.   Fibrosarcoma, mandible.  In:   Atlas  Dent.   Path.
(Bernier. J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 134, pl.


----   Sinus.
   Broman,  I.  Ueber die Existenz eines ratselhaften  Sinus
retromandibularis bei jungen Walembryonen.   Morph. Jahrb.,
1938, 81: 1-7.

----   Suppuration.
   Castro Villagrana,  J.   Procesos supurativos  del  maxilar
inferior.  An.  As.  mex. ortodont.,  1942, 85-92.—Roccia, B.
Via rara di diffusione di processi suppurativi della branca
orizzontale  della mandibola.  Stomatologia,  Mod.,  1926,  24:
34-40.

----   Surgery.

   Grohxwald, E.  J. H.  *Die  Wiederkehr der
Funktion   des  Nervus   mandibularis   nach  der
Kontinuitatsresektion   des   Unterkiefers.   24 p.
8?  Berl.,  1932.

   Peters,   A.    *Klinische   Xachuntersuchung
iiber  die   Operation   der  Kiefergelenksankylose
und der Mikrognathie.   61p.  8?   Wurzb.,  1932.
   Alonso,  J.  M.  Tratamiento de  algunas afecciones  del
maxilar inferior.   An.  otorinolar. LTruguay, 1941, 11: 17-30.^-
Dingman, R. O.   Osteotomy for the correction of mandibular
malrelation of developmental origin.  J. Oral Surg., 1944, 2:
239-59.— Hcnsel, G. C.  The surgical con cet ion of mandibular
protraction,  retraction, and  fractures of the  ascending rami
Surgery,  1937,  2:  92 119. - Johnson.  1.  K.  Case  report-
treatment of class III malocHu-ion  l>\  bilnteral osteotomy
Angle Orthodont., 1944, 14: 1.8 23.- Jufliard, ('., 4 Guillprmin]
P.  Trois cas de chirurgie du maxillaire inferieur (prognathisme;
adamantinome; ankylose)  Rev. med. Suisse rom.,  19!.">.  65:
1-12.—Machicote, A. J.  Sutura 6sea del maxilar inferior; sun
inconvenientes.  Rev. san. mil.,  B.  Air.,  1943, 42: 312.—
Odelberg, A.  Zwei  Falle aus der Unterkieferchirurgie. Acta
chir. scand.,  1932, 72: 261-73— O'Sullivan,  R. L.  Conductive
anaesthesia in the mandible. Dent. Rec,  Lond.,  1921  41-
St 15—Phillips, W. Fl..  &  Maxmen, H. A.   Considerations
anatomiques sur l'anesthcsie-  <-onducti\ e de  la mandibule |.our
enfant-.  .). Canad. Dent. Ass., 191 I. 10: 339  41.—Traynham,
W. H., jr. Osteotomv of rami of lower iaw.   Bull. I*. S. Armv
M. Dep., 1944, No. 74. 115-8.- WakeUv. ('. P. G.  Mandible
In: Post-Grad. Surg. (Maingot, P..) N. S"., 1937, 3: 5119-52.—
Weisengreen, H. H.   Bone ligation and suture in relation to
functional defects and tissue  losses in the mandible; collective
review.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst., p339, 68: Suppl., 450-60.

----   Surgery, plastic.

  Deimling,  A.    *Knochentransplantationenam
Unterkiefer und  ihre Erfolge bei  Kriegsverletzten.
27p.   8?   Heidelb.,  1928.

  Dischreit, I.    *Ueber   Ersatz  bei  Untcrkie-
ferdefekten.   104p.   8?   Miinch., 1930.

  Hoffman, H.    *Plastischer Ersatz von Unter-
kieferdefekten.    16p.   8?   Konigsb.,  1926.
  HORMAZABAL HoitMAZABAL, D.  *Pr6t('sis qui-
riirgica  del maxilar inferior [Chile]  39p.    2f>J-2Cin.
Santiago,  1938.
  Laaser, R. J. E.  *Ueber  freie Autoostcoplastik
unter  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  des  Unter-
kiefers  [Leipzig]    20p.   8?  Eilenburg, 1918.
  Meier,   R.   *Methoden des  osteoplastischcn
Ersatzes   bei  Unterkieferdefekten.     48p.    8?
Bonn, 1932.
  Schroeder,   P.    *Beitrag   zur   Frage  des
osteoplastischen  Ersatzes  von Unterkieferdefek-
ten.   40p.   8?    Kiel, 1931.
  Axhausen, G.  LJeber weitere Erfahrungen mit der Knochen-
vorpflanzung in der Unterkieferchirurgie.  Deut. Zschr. Chir.,
1930,227:368-^85.------Die Knochenvorverpflanzung bei
den grossen  Unterkieferresektionen.  Miinch.  med. Wschr.,
1940,  87: 1065.—Billington, W., & Round,  H.  Bone-grafting
of the mandible; with report of seven cases.  Brit. J. Surg.,
1925-26,  13: 497-505.  ------   Bone-grafting  the  mandible.
Proc.  R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929- 30, 23: Sect. Odont., 7-13. Also
Am. Dent. Surgeon, 1930, 50:  185-8.—Bruhn, C.   Die protheti-
sche   Versorgung des  Unterkiefers   nach  osteoplastischer
Schliessung  von durchgehenden  Resektionsliicken.  Deut.
Zahnh., 1929,  H. 74, 62-74.— Cassanello,  R.  Restaurazione
della  mandibola con trapianti  osteo-periostei tibiali.  Arch.
ital. chir., 1927,  18: 90-8.—Cavina,  C.  Trapianti ossei nella
mandibola; note  di tecnica operativa e risultati della casistica
personale. Arch. Soc.  ital.  chir.  (1927) 1928, 34: 672-5 —
Dufourmentel.  Le traitement par greffes  autoplastiques  dea
destructions  de la macboire inferieure.  Bull. Soc. chir., Par.,
1935,  27: 82-5.—Fallis, R.  J.   The use of bone grafts in recon-
structing  the mandible.  Mil. Surgeon,  1942, 890:  535-45,—
Gorney, H.  S., Gorney, A. J.,  & Fomon.  S.   Creation of a
mandibular ridge by  deepening  the labial sulcus and lining it
with a skin  graft.  J.  Am.  Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 751-4.—
Hensel, G. C.  The  surgical  correction of mandibular protrac-
tion, retraction, and fractures of the ascending rami.  Internat.
J. Orthodont., 1937.  23: 814-39.— Ivy, R. H., & Epes. B. M.
Bone  grafting for  defects of the mandible.  Mil.  Surgeon,
1927, 60: 286-93, 8 pl.—Kazanjian, V. H.  Jaw reconstruction.
Am.  J. Surg.. 1939,  43: 249-67.—Kiandsky, A. A.  [Osteo-
plastic restoration  of traumatic  defects  of  the lower jaw]
Sovet. khir.. 1931, 6: 339-4 9. --Martinez Suarez, M.  Injerto
de maxilar inferior con fines  protesicos.  Rev. odont. Mexico,
1939,  11: No. 56. 2-9.  Also English'transl. J. Internat. Coll.
Surgeons. 19-10, 3: 260.—Moore, A. T., A Cook, W. C.  Recon-
struction  of the lower jaw; a case  report.  J. S. ( arolina M. Ass.,
1944,  40: 73-5.—New, G. B.   Bone graft from the crest of the
ilium  for  reconstruction of  the ascending ramus and  two-thirds
of the body  of the lower jaw-bone.   Surg. Clin. N. America,
1927,7:1483-5.  ------AErich.J.B.  Bone grafts to the man-
dible.   Am. J. Surg., 1944, 63: 153-67.—Penn, J., Brown, L. J.
[et al.] Five cases of bone grafting of the mandible with indi-
vidual problems.  Brenthurst Papers, Johannesb., 1944, No. 5,
3-1.5.—Reinhard, W.  LTeber die Wiederherstellungschirurgie dea
Unterkiefers. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1943. 257: 407-14.—Rocher,
H.  L.  Reconstruction  du  maxillaire  inferieur par  greffes
osteo-periostiques tibiales.  Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 272-7.—
Rushton, M. A.  Development of a tooth in a grafted area.
Brit. Dent. J., 1943, 75: 281.—Souza Cunha, A.  A osteoplastia
no arco mandibular e pr6tese cirtirgica complementer.  Arq. 
MANDIBULA
253
MANDIBULA
 cir  clin.  exp.,  S. Paulo, 1942,  6: 587-94.—Stephanides. V.
 Ein Fall  von Totalersatz des Unterkiefers.  Zschr.  Stomat.,
 1927,  25: 346-58. —Sudeck, P., & Rieder, W.  Operationsty-
 pen die sich bei Behandlung der Kontinuitatstrennungen und
 Defektbildungen des Unterkiefers bewiihrt haben.   Beitr. klin.
 Ghir  1929 146:493-518.—Trauner.F.  Unterkieferplastiknach
 Verlust beider Gelenkskopfchen.  Zbl.  Chir., 1929, 56: 1986-
 ii__Wassmund, M.   Methoden der  Knochenvorpflanzung am
 Unterkiefer.  Deut.  Zschr.  Chir.,  1934-35, 244:  704-35.—
 Weissenfels, G. "Plastischer Unterkieferersatz; funktioneller
 und  kosmetischer  Erfolg  des  operativen  Defektersatzes.
 Deut. Zahnh., 1931,  H.  79,  1-30—Wilson, G.  E.  A case  of
 bone  grafting after resection of the mandible.  Dent.  Rec,
 Lond  1934,54:229-31.—Zeno, L.  Injerto 6seo en el maxilar
 inferior.  Bol. Acad,  argent, cir., 1940,  24: 248-58.


 .---â–   Surgery: Resection.

   See also Mandibular joint, Surgery.
   Blechschmidt,  A.   *Ueber  Ersatz  bei  Kon-
 tinuitatsresektionen  und  Exartikulationen  des
 Unterkiefers.   28p.   8?   Erlangen,  1929.
   Schmitz,  W.   ^Experimentelle Untersuchun-
 gen iiber den  Wert einer individuell eingestellten
 Kondylenbahn auf die Funktion ganzer Prothesen
 [Bonn]   32p.   8?   Berl.,  1927.  "
   Anderson, G. M.  Maintenance of facial form after removal
 of right half of mandible.  Internat. J. Orthodont.,  1931, 17:
 860-4.—Bertola, V. J.  Resecci6n de la mandibula inferior por
 via oral.  Prensa med.  argent., 1941,  28: 323-7.—Cabrol.
 Orthopedie consecutive  a la resection bicondylienne.   Rev.
 stomat.,  Par.,  1931, 33: 720-2.—Dobrzaniecki,  W.  Sulla
 resezione della mandibola e sua restaurazione.  Arch.  ital. chir.,
 1933,  35: 207-17.—Dufourmentel & Darcissac, M.  Quelques
 cas de resections condyliennes unilaterales et bilaterales avec
 presentation d'anciens operes.  Rev. stomat., Par.,  1932, 34:
 340-6.—Finochietto.  R., Turco, N. B.,  & Ganale, A.  Hemir-
 reseccion de maxilar  inferior.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1894-1944,
 t. cincuent., 65-71.—Gallego, E.  Tratamiento protesico in-
 mediato  en la reseccion del  maxilar  inferior.  Rev. odont.,
 B. Air., 1929, No. 2, 95-101.—Glushkov, P.  [Method of plas-
 tic  resection of lower jaw]  Vest, khir., 1927. 10:  No. 30, 67-
 70.—Gross, H.  Behandlungswege  bei  Resektion des Unter-
 kiefers.   Deut. Zschr. Chir.,  1927, 202: 374-89.—Hartmann, H.
 Resultat  eioigne d'une hemiresection  du maxillaire inferieur.
 Bull.  Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 1215-7.—Haynen, A. S.
 Mandibular resection.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1940, 26: 793-6 —
 Jorge, J.  M., & Vivone, R. A.  Grandes resecciones de la man-
 dibula; colaboracion  con el  odont61ogo  en el  tratamiento
 temporario y functional.  Bol.  Acad,  argent,  cir.,  1944, 28:
 134-52.—Landete.   Hemirreseccion  mandibular  en un nifio.
 Med.  ibera,  1934, 29: pt 2, 10.—Larrauri, A. E.  Reseccion
 intra-bucal del  maxilar  inferior.  Tribuna  odont., B.  Air.,
 1921,  5:  33-7.—Mariscal, E.  Contribution al estudio de la
 tecnica quirurgica en  cadaver;  hemi-resecci6n  del maxilar
 inferior.  Prensa med. mex., 1944, 9: 59-61.  ------  Hemi-
 reseeci6n  del maxilar inferior.  Rev. cir. Hosp. Judrez,  Mex.,
 1945,  17:  37-44.—Pearson, W. H.  Resection of the mandible;
 a method that simplifies and overcomes the defects of cases
 reported in the past.  Am.  J. Orthodont., 1943, 29: 141-7.—
 Pevzner,  I. L.  [Excision for shortening the lower jaw]  Sovet.
 khir.,  1934, 6: 233-5.—Roccia, B.  Osteotomo per la resezione
 della mandibola.  Minerva  med., Tor., 1929, 9:  pt 2, 700 —
 Seeman, G. F.  Resection of mandible; report of case.  J.Am.
 Dent. Ass.,  1936, 23:  890.—Spanier, F.  Hilfeleistung bei
 Kieferresektion unter Verzicht auf Implantationsprothese und
 Knochenplastik.  Deut.  Zschr.  Chir.,   1931,  231: 456-69.—
 Stahnke,  E.  Extraorale Schienung bei Resektionen aus der
 Mitte des TTnterkiefers.  Ibid., 1929,  215: 234:9.—Villard.
 Resection totale du maxillaire inferieur. Lyon chir., 1929, 26:
 618-21.—Wolf, H.   Die  Erleichterung der  Unterkieferresek-
 tion durch das Gnathotom.  Zbl. Chir.,  1929, 56: 452-5.—
 Young, F. Function of  the lower jaw  following partial resec-
 tion.  Am.  J.  Orthodont.,  1942,  28: Oral  Surg., 581-98.
 Also Surgery, 1942, 11: 966-82.


 ---  Symphysis.
  Bercher, J.  Osteoperiostite  pseudo-kystique  de  la sym-
 physe  mentonniere.   Rev. stomat.,  Par., 1931, 33: 266-70.—
 Brechot & Lebourg,  L.  Un cas de fracture de la symphyse
 mentonniere avec fracture sous-condvlienne bilaterale.  Odon-
 tologie, Par., 1929, 67: 144-8.—Cora Eliseht, F., Correas Moya,
 I., & Bottero, R. I. Fractura de la sfnfisis mentoniana.   Rev.
 odont, B. Air., 1942,  30: 827-31—Hubinger, H. L.   Ununited
 fractures  of the symphysis of the  mandible.  Mil. Surgeon,
 1942, 91: 320-4.—Richard & Lambert.   Fracture balistique de
 la symphyse mentonniere.   Rev.  stomat.,  Par.,  1942,  43:
 194.—Sands.  Compound fracture  of  the symphysis menti.
 Proc. Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass.,  1943-44, 23: 155.


---   Torus.
  Crane,  A. B.  Torus mandibularis.   In: Atlas Dent. Path.
(Bernier, J. L ,  et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 124, pl.—Drennan,
M. R.  The torus mandibularis in the Bushman.   J. Anat.,
Lond., 1937-38, 72: 66-70, pl.
----   Tumor.

   See  also  other  subheadings  (Adamantinoma;
Cancer, etc.)
   Dintner,  A.   *Beitrag  zur Frage  der  Unter-
kiefertumoren.   26p.  ,8?   Berl., 1932.
   Felsch,   I.   *Unterkiefergeschwulste   unter
Beriicksichtigung  ihrer differentialdiagnostischen
Auswertung.   23p.   8?   Berl.-Neukolln, 1932.
   Kettling,  W.   *Tumor   mandibulae  unter
Beriicksichtigung  der in   den  Jahren  1908  bis
1919 im Anschar-Krankenhaus zu Kiel behandel-
ten Falle.   23p.   8?   Kiel,  1933.
   Kranz, G. S. W.   *Die klinische Diagnose und
Differentialdiagnose  der Unterkiefergeschwulste.
34p.   8?    Wiirzb., 1935.
   Leopold,  E.  *Ueber eine seltene Neubildung
im Unterkiefer.    26p.  8?   Tub. 1932.
   Bignami, C.  Studio radiologico dei tumori della mandibola.
Radiol,  med., Milano,  1941, 28: 167-83.—Burg, L. W. van der.
[Roentgen diagnosis of tumors of the  lower jaw]  Geneesk.
tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1935, 75: 235-8,^2 pl.—Favre, M., Michel,
P.  J.,  &  Chanial,  G.  Adenopathie genienne  suppuree et
neoplasinue  d'apparence primitive;  discussion du  diagnostic.
Bull.  Soc.   fr.  derm,  syph.,  1938, 45:  1441-3.—Ginestet.
Presentation d'un malade atteint d'une tumeur du  maxillaire
inferieur.  Rev.  stomat.,  Par.,  1937, 39: 704-7.—Kasabov,
A. G.  [Les tumeurs du maxillaire inferieur d'apres les donnees
de  l'lnstitut d'oncologie]  In: Desiat  let deiat.  Leningrad.
onkol. inst. (1926-36) 1938, 132-41.—Kegel, R. F. C.  Central
tumors  of  the  lower  jaw.  Radiology,  1931, 16:  216-23.—
Leclerc, V.  Tumeur considerable a la region sous-maxillaire
gauche; enlevement.   Presse med. beige, 1861,  13:  125-7.—
Mahe,  G.,  &  Dechaume, M.   Tumeur hyperplasique  du
maxillaire inferieur.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1934, 36: 497-503.—
Noordenbos, W.  [Multiple tumors of  the jaw]  Ned. tschr.
geneesk., 1937, 81: 2283-8.—Olsen, T.   [Nine cases of cysts
and tumors of  the mandible.]  Nord. med.,  1939,  3: 2509.—
Ponthus, P., Freidel, C, & Boijeau, A.  Sur les renseignements
fournis par  la radiographic dans les tumeurs du maxillaire infe-
rieur.  Bull.  Soc. eiectroradiol. med. France, 1939,  27: 368-
70.—Suiffet,  W.  Consideraciones anatomoclfnicas sobre tres
casos de tumores del maxilar inferior.  An. Fac. med., Montev.,
1944, 29: 735-53.—Swenson, A.  L.  Presentation of a case of
tumor of the jaw.   Proc. Univ.  Hosp.  Oklahoma School M.,
1940-41, 1:  No. 2, 28.—Wakeley, C. P. G.  Swellings of the
lower jaw.   Med. Press & Circ.,  Lond., 1938, 196:  328-30.—
Woolf,  A. E. M.  Symmetrical swellings  at the angles of the
jaw; for diagnosis.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1938-39, 32: 136.

----  Tumor: Treatment.

   Harburger,  M.  A.   *La resection atypique
des tumeurs du  maxillaire inferieur par  les  voies
naturelles  (tumeurs d'origine dentaire except^es)
a la demande des lesions.  48p.   8?   Par.  1927.
   Kosttjdowa, M. D.  *Die in den Jahren 1912-
1926 (einschliesslich) in der Gottinger Chirurgi-
schen   Universitatsklinik   behandelten   Unter-
kiefertumoren.  71p.   8°   Gott., 1928.
   Breitkopf, E., &  Meyer, W.   Zur Behandlung  der  Unter-
kiefertumoren.  Beitr.  klin. Chir.,  1928,  142: 738;  742.—
Kleinschmidt,  O.  Zur  Operation  von  Kiefertumoren;  die
Knochenvorpflanzung  nach  Axhausen.  Arch.  klin.  Chir.,
1931, 164:  205-12.—Pichler, H.  Selbstheilung einer grossen
Unterkiefergeschwulst. Zschr.  Stomat.,  1933,  31:  217-25 —
Ruppe,  C.,  & See, G.   Nourrisson de sept mois, atteint d'une
tumefaction isoiee du  maxillaire  inferieur, gueri par un traite-
ment mercuriel. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 36: 492-7 —
Schenck, S. G.  Tumors of the  mandible.  Am.  J. Surg.,
1939, 45: 253-9.—Schuiringa J. G., & Michael, P. R.   [Treat-
ment of tumors of the lower jaw]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926,
70: 2838-49.


MANDIBULAR  artery.
   Allis, E. P., jr.  Concerning the course of the efferent man-
dibular artery  in Ceratodus.  J. Anat.,  Lond., 1928-29, 63:
282.—Inagawa, H.  Beitrag zur Morphologie des Unterkiefers;
iiber die Lagebeziehungen der A. alveolaris mandibularis zum
N. alveolaris mandibularis.  Keijo J. M., 1938, 9: 215-39, pl.


MANDIBULAR fossa.

   See also Mandibular joint; Temporal bone.
   Becker, L.   *Untersuchungen iiber das Tuber-
culum articulare und die  Fossa mandibularis  bei
typischen Rasseschadeln.  20p.  8?  Miinch., 1935.
   Petrovits, L„  Formveranderungen dei Fossa mandibularis.
Anat. Anz.. 1930, 69: 145-55. 
MANDIBULAR JOINT
254
MANDIBULAR JOINT
MANDIBULAR joint,

   See also Mandibula.
   Enuziflaityte, M.   *Ucber das Tuberculum
articulare  anterius  und   die  Fossa   digastrica
[Munchen]   56p.   8?   Kovno, 192t>.
   Haussen,  H.   O.  von.   *Uebcr  die  relative
Lage des Kiefergelenkes am Schadel der Primaten
[Frankfurt]   p. 41)5-97.   8?   Stuttg.,  1931.
   Also Zschr. Morph.  Anthrop., 1931, 29:
   Angel, J. L.  Investigation of the temporomandibular joint.
Anat. Rec, 1944,  88: 420.—Beckwith, J. H.   Observations
concerning the  temporo-mandibular  joint.  Bull.  Jackson
Mem. Hosp., Miami, 1941, 3: 74-8.—Cabrini, R., A Erausquin.
J.   La articulacion temporomaxilar de la  rata.   Rev. odont.,
B.  Air.,  1941, 29: 385-420.—Dabelow, A.   Uel.cr Art und
Ursachen  der Entstehung des Kiefergelenkes der Saugetiere.
Morph.  Jahrb., 1928,  59: 493-560.—Dewey, M.  A study of
the temporo-mandibular  articulation,  cusp, and approximal
contact  point.  Tr. Nat. Dent. Ass..  1910, 237-54.   ------
Evolution and development of the temporomandibular articula-
tion.  Internat. J. Orthodont., 1929, 15: 1054-64.—Dowgjallo,
N.  Zur  Lehre von der Form des Kiefergelenkes beim Men-
-clien.  Zschr. ges. Anat.,  1. Abt..  1932-33, 99: 585-98.—
Forster, A.   L'aiticulation  temporo-maxillaire  chez  les ru-
minants  (mouton,  chevre,  bovins) et les solipedes  (cheval)
Arch, anat., Strasb.,  1934,  18: 327-71.—Petrovits,  L.  Die
Uebereinstimmung  des  Kiefergelenkes   des  neugeborenen
Kindes mit dem Kiefergelenk der Anthropoiden.  Anat. Anz.,
1930,  69:  136-44.—Shapiro,  H. H.  The  temporomandibular
articulation.  In his Appl. Anat.  Head, Phila.,  1943, 96-109.
------& Rogers, W. M.  The  anatomy  of  the temporo-
mandibar articulation.   Arch. Clin. Oral Path., 1939, 3: 5-15.—
Sheets,  C. E., jr.  The temporomandibular joint.  Mil. Sur-
geon,  1941, 88:  529-38- Sicher,  H.  Zur  Phylogenese  des
menschlichen Kiefergelenkes nebst Bemerkungen iiber den
Schadelfund von Piltdown.  Zschr. Stomat,, 1937, 35: 2(19
75.  Also Engl. tian>l., Q.  Chicago M. School, 1940-41,  1:
No. 2,  4-6.— Steinhardt, G.  Die Bedeutung  funktionelhw
Einfliisse fiir die Entwicklung und Formung der Kiefergelenke.
Deut. Zahn &c. Heilk., 1935. 2: 711;  1936, 3: 173.-  Veil, O.
Das Problem der Entstehung des squamosodentalen  Kiefer-
gelenkes der Saugetiere.  Paradentium, Berl., 1930, 2: 1-13.—
Wallisch, W.  Das Kiefergelenk und die Verbingung der Unter-
kieferiiste.  Anat. Anz., 1935-36, 81: 349-53.—Willis, L.  L.
Temporomandibular joint.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1943,  41:
681-91.

----  Abnormity.
   Muller,  J.   *Die  horizontale  Asymmetric
des Kiefergelenkes [Basel]   40]).   8°   Ziir., 1934.
   Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1934, 44:  85-133.
   Goodfriend,  D. J.  Symptomatology   and  treatment  of
abnormalities of the mandibular articulation.  Dent. Cosmos,
1933,  75:  844;  947;   1106.  ------   Abnormalities  of  the
mandibular articulation.  .1.  Am. Dent. Ass., 1934, 21: 204-
18.—Kallenbach,  T.  E.  factors in correcting  jaw  position
relative  to the abnormal temporomandibular  joint.  Dent.
Digest, 1941, 47: 6(i; 108; pa>.-im.

----  Actinomycosis.
   Baila, A. E.  Actinomicosis temporo-maxilar; consideraciones
diagnosticas y teiapeuticas.   Bol. Acad, argent,  cir., 1941, 25:
676-84.—Bustos, F. M.  A  prop6sito  de  actinomicosis tem-
poromaxilar;  consideraciones  diagn6sticas  y   terapeuticas.
Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1942, 21: 392 (Abstr.).

----  Ageing.
   Resch, H.    *Altersveranderungen am  Kiefer-
gelenk [Miinchen] 29]).   8?   Wurzb.,  1937.
   Humphreys,  H.  Age  changes in the  temporomandibular
joint  and  their importance  in  orthodontics.   Internat.  J.
Orthodont., 1932,  18:  809.—Starck, D.  Kaumuskulatur und
Kiefergelenk der Ursiden; Untersuchungen an  verschiedenen
Altersstadien.  Morph. Jahrb., 1935, 76: 104-47.

----  Ankylosis.
   Awramow-Sidi,  M.   *Die  Auswirkungen  der
Kiefergelenksankylose auf die Schadelform.   27p.
S°    Berl., 1932.
   Gfioxard,  C.   E.   *De l'ankvlose  temporo-
maxillaire.   32p.   8?   Geneve, 1927.
   Gygax, P.    *Beitrag zur Kasuistik  der  Anky-
losis  mandibulae  vera.   32p.   8?  Zur..   1930.
   Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1930, 40:  179 208.
   Iwanowa,  X.    *Kieferankylose  einseitig und
doppelseitig  [Leipzig]   20p.  8°    Lpz.,  1929.
   Jahxke,  H.   D.  F.   *Ankylosis  mandibulae.
20p.   8?  Berl.,  1932.
   Kiueg,  W.  W.   *Beitriige zur Ankylose dr-.
Kiefergelenkes  [Kiel]   12p.  S?  N oust d tin,  I'M).
   Sftek,    M.   *Ueber   Kiefergelenksankylose
[Basel]   53p.   23cm. \\'onion, 193S.
   \Yolf, F.  *Kiefergelenkvcrstrifting.  20p   8°
Wiirzb., 193.")..
   Andrade,   M.   A.  de.  Anquilose  tcmporo-rnandibular
Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1944, 45-58.— Bay, R. P.   Ankylosis of
temporomandibular  joint.   J. Baltimore  Coll.  Dent.  Surg,
1937,   1:  15-7.—Biancheri,  A.   Anchilosi  ossea  temporr>
mascellare  destra.   Arch.  ital.  chii.,  1938, 50: 390-403.__
Blair, V. P.   Ankylosis of the mandible.  Dent, Hev., 1<J14
28: 117-24.-  Canals Mayner. R.   In  caso  de  anquilosia
teni])oroinaxilar.  Hev.  med.  Barcelona,  1931,  15: 3-21.—
Delitala, F.  Anchilosi della mandibola.  Gior.venet.se med
1939,  13:  236.—Dingman, R. O.  Bilateral ankylosis of the
temporomandibular  joints with retrusion  deformity; report of
ease.  J. Oral Surg., 1944, 2: 71-6 — Eby, J. I).  Study of the
structures of the face in a case of ankylosis before and after
treatment.  Internat.  ,1.  Orthodont.,  1931,  17:  SI8-53.—
Eggers, G.  W.  N.  Ankylosis  of  the  mandible.  South,
Surgeon, 1941,  10: 1-7.—Evdokimov, A.  I. [Instructions for
evacuation hospitals; prophylaxis of cicatricial contractures of
the lower  jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva,  19-12,  :i0-2.— Feder-
spiel, M. N.   Incomplete and complete jaw ankylosis.  J Am
Dent. Ass., 1939,  26: 585-94— Fischer, H.  A propos d'une
ankylose temporo-maxillaire.  Ann. anat. path., Par., 192", 4;
223.—Foged.  Tilfaelde  til diskussion og  bchamlling;  ham
med anchvlosis temporo-mandibulnris e hvpoplasis mandibulae
Nord.  med.,  1941,  12:  2812 (Abstr.)—Fromme, A.   Leber
Kieferankylose  und Mikrognathie.   Beitr.  klin.  Chir., 1928,
144:  195-206.— Guns, P.  Ankylose temporo-maxillaire.  licv.
med.,  Louvain,  1928, 65-8.—Hamalainen, M.   Ueber  Kicfcr-
anchyloscn.  Acta chir.  scand., 1928-29,  64:  493-508, pl.—
Ivanissevich. O.  Anquilosis 6sea  temporo-iuaxilar.  Bol. Soc,
cir. B. Aires,  1936, 20:  1082.—Jorge. J. M.  Sobre  anquilosia
temporo-maxilar.  Ibid.,  1116-8.—Juaristi & Arraiza.   Casus
de anquilosis  maxilar  v atresia  bucal.   Progr.  clin.,  Madr.,
1920, 15: 397-402— Kazanjian, V. H.  Ankylosis of the tem-
poromandibular  joint.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67:  333-48 —
Kttnig,  F.  Ueber Pathologie und Therapie der Ankylosis man-
dibulae.  Beitr.  klin.  Chir.,  1927,  140:  505 76.1-Landivar,
A. F.   Anquilosis  temporo-maxilar.  Bol. Soc. cir.  H.  Aires,
1936, 20: 1 150— Lockwood, J. F.   A case of ankylosis of both
temporomandibular  joints.  Brit.  Dent.  J., 1943,  74: 66.—
Malbec, E. F.  Anquilosis temporomaxilar.  Temas  Congr,
Iat. amer.  cir. plast. (1942) 1943, 2. Congr., 203.  Also Sem.
med.,  B. Air., 1944, 51: 880.—Mallet-Guy, P., &  Jouve, P.
Etude  anatomique  d'une  ankylose  temporo-maxillaire bila-
teiale.  Ann. anat. path., Par., 1927,  4: 19-24.—Marin, G. M.
Anquilosis temporomaxilar.   Med. espafi., 1940, 3:  406-28.—
Marottoli, O. R.  Anquilosis temporomaxilar.  Rev.  cir. B.
Aires,  1940,  19: 221.—Martin,  E.,  & Morel, A.  Ankylose
temporo-maxillaire.  Lyon  med., 1934, 153: 767-9.—Mesa, C.
Anquilosis bilateral  del maxilar  inferior.   Bol. cir. B. Aires,
1928, 12: 317-26.   ------  Sobre un caso de anquilosis 6sea
de la articulaci6n temporomaxilar.  Sem.  med., B. Air., 1928,
35: pt  2,  1178-81.—Oreggia, J.  C.   La  anquilosi* tempm..-
maxilar.   Arch, pediat.  Uruguay,  1944,   15:  223-34.- Finto
Coelho, F. Um caso de anquilose da temporo-mandihular.
Lisboa  med.,  1924,  1:  240-5.  ------  Anquilose bilateral
da mandibula.  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1933, 51: 195.—Pinto
de Souza.  Anquilose  temporo-maxillar.  An.  Soc.  med
Bahia,  1938, 5:  103-18.—Poletti, G. B.   L'anchilosi dell'arti-
eolazione temporomandibolare.  Stomatologia, Mod., 1933, 31:
392-429. — Saenz de la Calzada, I.   Anquilosis temporomandi-
bulares; variedades y formas anatomicas,  y tratamiento.  An.
espaii. odontoestomat., 1943, 2: 992-1018.—Shevchenko, E. A.
[Case  of ankylosis of the  lower jaw]  Sovet. khir., 1934, 7:
955-7.—Suermondt, W. F.   [Case of bilateral ankylosis of jaw]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931,  75: 249.—Thoma, K. H., Cascario,
N., jr. & Bacevicz, F. J.  Ankylosis and false ankylosis.  Am.
J. Orthodont., 1944, 30:  Oral  Surg.,  634-41- Tung, P. C, &
Chen, H. I.   Ankylosis of  the mandible.   Chin.  M. J., 1935,
49: 101-10, 2  pl.—Udine, S. S.  [Peculiar case of ankvlosis of
the lower jaw]   Vest, khir., 1928, 12: 134-6.—Vargas Salcedo,
L., & Ilabaca L., L.  Sobre anquilosis temporo-maxilar. Bol.
Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20: 1071-82.—Weiler, H. G.  Bilateral
bony ankylosis  of the jaw.  West Virginia M. J., 1937, 33:
117-20.
----   Ankylosis: Etiology.
   Guillot, G.   *Constriction permanente de la
machoire  par blocage de l'apophyse  coronoide
[Lyon]   69p.   8?   Bourg, 1935.
   Mantel,  E.   *Die Kieferklcmme  und  ihre
Ursachen.   31p.   8?   Berl.,  192S.
  Allende, G.  Anquilosis 6sea temporo-maxilar po-t-variolica.
Bol.  Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1930, 14: 951-9.—Burket, L. W.  Con-
genital bony temporomandibular ankylosis and facial hemiatro-
phy; review of the literature and n port of a case.   J. Am. M.
Ass., 1936, 106: 1719-22.—Cappa,  O.  Un  caso di anchilosi
bilaterale della mandibola,  d'origine traumatica.  Policlinico,
1935, 42: sez. prat., 59-02.—Carrasco, J. Presentaci6n de un
caso de anquilosis mandibular consecutiva a una lesi6n gangre- 
MANDIBULAR JOINT
255
MANDIBULAR JOINT
nosa de la boca.  Actas Congr. dent, espaii  (1916) 1917, 8.
Toner   170-6—Dufourmentel,  L.  Les  ankyloses temporo-
maxillaires d'origine obstetricale.  Bull  Soc. chir. Paris., 1930,
22-  502-7 —Kurliandsky,  V.  U.  [The  mechanism  of  the
formation of cicatricial contractures of the motor apparatus of
the face and mandible]  Stomatologia,  Moskva, 1943,  No. 2,
42-5 —Marottoli, O. R., & Bragagnolo,  J.  Anquilosis tem-
noromaxilar de  origen osteomielitico.   An. cirug., Rosario,
1944   10:  195-202.—Mela,  B. Patogenesi e  terapia delle
anchilosi  dell'articolazione  temporo-mandibolare.  Minerva
med  Tor., 1938, 29:  553-6.—Ottolenghi, R., & Caviglia, N.
Su di' un caso di anchilosi temporo-mascellare post-traumatico
Ann  Clin, odont., Roma, 1931, 8: 284-302.—Packham, A. L.
Kihrous  ankylosis of  mandible; post-infective  arthritis  and
periarthritis.   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 1134.—
Schuchardt, K.    Myogene  Kiefergelenkkontraktur  infolge
svphilitischer Myositis.  Deut, Zahn &c. Heilk., 1937, 4: 188-
oe.—Tavernier & Pouzet.   Ankyloses temporomaxillaires dites
congenitales.   Lyon chir., 1938, 35: 328-32—Tratman, E. K.
A case of bilateral ankylosis  of the temporomandibular joint,
alleged to be  congenital.  Brit. Dent.  J., 1939, 66: 225.

---  Ankylosis,  extraarticular.
   Hintze,  H.   *Zur  operativen Behandlung  der
muskularen Kieferklemme.   19p.  8?   Konigsb.,
1930.
   Sonnexfeld,   H.   *Ueber   myogene  Kiefer-
klemme.  20p.   8?   Bresl., 1929.
   Vogel, G.  L. H.   *Ein Fall von Kieferklemme,
bedingt durch narbige Ver\v;»ehsung des Processus
coronoideus mit der  Schadelbasis (Auszug)   7p.
8?   Bonn,  1921.
   Wegner, S.  *Zur Aetiologie und Therapie der
myogenen  Kieferklemme.   24p.   8?   Berl., 1926.
   Wendel, J. P.   *Ein  Fall von extraarticularer
Kieferankylose.   31p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1930.
   Becker, J.   Myogene Kieferklemme.  Med. Welt, 1928,
2: 681.—Berger, A.  Extra-articular bony ankylosis of  the
temporomandibular joint.    Bull. Hosp. Joint  Dis., N. Y.,
1941,  2: 27-33.—Childrey,  J. H.  False ankylosis  of  the
mandible.  Arch.  Otolar.,   Chic,   1938,   27:  339-42.—
Curran, J. A.  Partial or pseudoankylosis of  the jaw.   China
M. J., 1929, 43: 241-4, 2 pl.—Kirch, W.  Ankylosis of the man-
dible due to scarring of cheek; restoration of cheek lining  with
skin graft.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 339-41.—Link, K. H.
Zur  Kenntnis der muskularen  Kieferklemme.  Arch.   khn.
Chir., 1934, 179: 169-75.—Loza Diaz, F. A.  Falsa anquilosis
temporo-mandibular.  Cir.  ortop. traumat., Habana,  1941,
9: 129-37.—Pericot y  Garcia, J.  Tratamiento mecanoterapico
mediante aparato distensor propio en un caso de constriction
maxilar  permanente de origen  cicatricial.  An. espan.  odonto-
estomat., 1944, 3: 102-12.

---   Ankylosis: Treatment.
   Asch,   F.   *L'ankylose   temporo-maxillaire;
son  traitement.   88p.   25cm.    Strasb., 1938.
   Bewersdorff,  H.  J.   *Ueber  die  operative
Freilegung  des Kiefergelenks.    16p.   8?   Berl.-
Steglitz, 1934.
   Eyratjd,  D.   *Traitement   des  constrictions
permanentes  des machoires  d'origine articulaire
sans ankylose osseuse.   48p.    8?   Lyon, 1937.
   Lasserre,  A.   *Etude  comparee   des  divers
traitements   de   l'ankylose   osseuse   temporo-
maxillaire.    79p.   8?   Lyon, 1937.
   Tatjbert,   P.   *Ein   Fall   von   mil   Erfolg
operierter  Ankylose  des linken  Kiefergelenkes
[Leipzig]    32p.   8?  Zeulenroda, 1927.
   Tenhagen, J.  *Die operative  Behandlung
der Kieferankylose und  ihre Spatresultate.   35p.
8?   Munster,  1931.
   Teschke,  E.   *Die operative Behandlung der
Kiefergelenksankylose.  41p.   8?   Halle,  1933.
   Wegener,  H.   *Zur  Behandlung  der  Kiefer-
gelenks-Ankylose. 36p.  8?  Gott., 1930.
   Benedetti-Valentini,  F.  Un  nuovo  metodo  di  artrolisi
applicato al  serramento  cronico  delle mascelle.  Policlinico,
1930,  37: sez. chir., 201-15.—Blair,  V. P. The consideration
of contour as well as function in operations for organic ankylosis
of the lower jaw.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 46: 167-79.   Also
Internat. J.  Orthodont.,  1930,  16:  62-80.—Brenti, A.  II
trattamento   post-operatorio  dell'anchilosi  temporo-mandi-
bolare.  Riv.  ital. stomat., 1938, 7: 396-400.—Bussa Lay, E.
Anchilosi assoluta, tenace dell'articolazione temporo-mandi-
bolare sinistra; intervento attivo; guarigione.  Riv. chir.,  1925,
4: 141-5.—Castro Caiado, I. de.  Tratamento ortopedico da
anquilose temporo-maxilar  pelo  processo de Dufourmentel-
Darcissac;  cura.  Resenha med., Rio,  1939,  6:  353-62.—
Costesco, P., & Turai, I.  Ankylose temporo-maxillaire; resec-
tion du condyle et du col mandibulaire; guerison; considerations
sur deux cas.  Rev. chir., Bucur., 1940, 43: 405-10.—Darcissac,
M. L'ankylose temporo-maxillaire; son traitement chirurgical
et prothetique.  J. med. chir., Par., 1928, 99: 581-90.------
L'auto-mobilisateur  mandibulaire dans  le  traitement post-
operatoire des  ankyloses  temporo-maxillaires.  Rev.  odont.,
Par., 1935, 56: 183-200.—Desgouttes, L.  La resection de Tangle
de la machoire  dans  l'ankylose  temporo-maxillaire.  Techn
chir., Par.,  1933, 25: 98-102.—Dorrance, G. M., Webster, D.,
& McWilliams,  H.   Treatment of ankylosis of the  temporo-
mandibular articulation, fibrous or bony.  Proc. Pennsylvania
State  Dent.   Soc. (1923)  1924,  55: 47-9.—Dufourmentel.
Onze cas d'ankylose  temporo-maxillaire  traites  et gueris  par
l'operation  sanglante, suivie  de   mobilisation  continue.   P.
verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1922, 31: 825-9.  ------  Notes sur 132
cas d'ankylose temporo-maxillaire operes. Mem. Acad, chir.,
Par., 1941, 67: 370-6. â– ------ & Darcissac, M.  Le traite-
ment  chirurgical et  orthopedique  des  ankyloses  temporo-
maxillaires.   Atti Congr. internaz. stomat.,  (1935)  1936, 2.
Congr., 2:  777.-----Note sur cent cas d'ankylose temporo-
maxillaire operes.  Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1935, 49: suppl., 735.—
Fernandez  Saralegui,  A.  Ankylosis  osea,   temporo-maxilar
unilateral tratada por la artroplastia de Murphy.   Bol. Soc. cir.
B. Aires, 1929,  13: 165-71.—Giangrasso, G.  Anchilosi vere
dell'articolazione temporo-mandibolare; osteotomia  del collo
del  condilo.   Boll. Accad.  med. Roma,  1935,  61: 73-80.
         Su alcuni casi di serramento mascellare per anchilosi
 della mandibola; trattamento con un nuovo metodo operatorio.
 Clin, chir., Milano, 1939, 42: 645-701.—Ginestet.  Ankylose
 temporo-maxillaire; arthroplastie.  Bull. Soc. med.  mil. fr.,
 1937,  31:  293.—Grasso,  R.  Considerazioni  cliniche  sui
 serramento  stabile della mandibola da  anchilosi  temporo-
 mandibolare.  Baglivi, 1935, 1: 483-98.  Also Ann. clin. odont.,
 Roma, 1936, 13:  496-510.—Henry, A. K.  A simple method
 of  performing  arthroplasty in  true ankylosis  of  the jaw.
 Lancet, Lond.,  1928, 2:  650.—Hughes, E. C.  Three cases of
 arthroplasty  for ankylosis  of the temporo-mandibular joint.
 Proc.  R. Soc.  M.,  Lond., 1926-27,  20: Sect,  Clin., 50.—
 Jianu, I., Dumitrescu, D., & Dimitru, A.  [Operative method
 in treatment of temporo-maxillary ankylosis]  Spitalul, 1932,
 52:  433-4.—Jorge, J. M.  Anquilosis  osea  temporomaxilar,
 bilateral; tratamiento. Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 2, 711—
 Ketcham, A. H., & Humphrey, W. R.  Orthodontic treatment
 following operation for  unilateral ankylosis  of the temporo-
 maxillary articulation  (case  report).  Internat. Orthodont.
 Congr.  (1926)  1927, 1. Congr., 479-82.—Khanna,  M.  N.
 Arthroplasty of the  jaw.   Med. Press & Circ,  Lond., 1940,
 203: 269-72.—Knorr, H.  Zur orthopadischen  Behandlung
 der  Kiefergelenkskontrakturen.   Zbl. Chir.,  1929, 56: 1229-
 32.—Kochev,  K.  N.  [Technic of surgical  mobilization in
 ankvlosis of the mandible]  Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No.  17,
 33-5.—Lacerda, E.  de.  Tratamento  da ankylose temporo-
 mandibular.  Med. contemp., Lisb.,  1928, 46: 221-3.—Lein,
 A.  A.   [Cutaneous (cutis-subcutis) implantation  in operative
 treatment of ankylosis of the lower jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva,
 1939,  63-6.—Leveuf, J.  Ankylose temporo-maxillaire droite
 traitee par resection  du condyle et application de l'appareil de
 M.  Darcissac.  Bull. Soc.  nat.  chir., Par., 1934, 60: 1209 —
 Limberg, A. A.  [Errors, dangers and unforeseen complications
 in operative treatment of ankylosis of the jaw]  Stomatologia,
 Moskva, 1939,  No.  2,  5-26.—Loop, F.  A.  Osteotomy and
 arthroplasty for bony ankylosis of the left temporo-mandibular
 joint  of twenty  years duration.  J.  Indiana M. Ass.,  1936,
 29: 70-2.—Luhmann, K.  Zur  Ankylose des Kiefergelenks.
 Beitr. klin.  Chir.,  1935,  162:  449-55.—MacKenzie, A. R.
 Roentgen ray therapy in fibrous ankylosis of the jaw.  South.
 M  J., 1937, 30: 816-9.—Mari, R. A.  Movilizacion automatica
 de los maxilares.  Rev.  san. mil., B. Air., 1940, 39: 947-51 —
 Maurel, G.  Quelques nouveaux cas de traitement chirurgico-
 orthopedique de  l'ankylose temporo-maxillaire.   Rev. odont.,
 Par., 1939, 61: 323-46.—Miller, I. D.  Ankylosis of temporo-
 mandibular joints; cure  bv Esmarch's operation.  Australas.
 N.  Zealand J. Surg., 1938-39, 8: 406.—Muzii, E.  Contributo
 alia prevenzione della recidiva postoperatoria nei case di anchi-
 losi  temporo-mandibolare.  Stomatologia,  Mod.,  1929,  27:
 136-47.-—Perrin.  A  propos du  traitement des  ankyloses
 osseuses temporo-maxillaires.  P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1927,
 36: 895-9.—Pickerill, H. P.  Ankylosis of the  jaw; cartilage
 graft  restoration  of the joint;  a new operation.  Australas.
 N.  Zealand J.  Surg., 1941-42,  11: 197-206.—Roccia, B.  Sul
 trattamento dell'anchilosi  temporo-mandibolare. Ann.  clin.
 odont., Roma, 1932, 9:  966-8.—Rosenfeld, M. S.  [Operative
 treatment of true ankylosis of the lower jaw]  Odont. stomat.,
 Moskva, 1928, 6: 22-32.  â– ------  [Treatment of ankylosis  of
 the jaws]  Stomatologia,  Moskva,  1938,  No.  3,  36-40 —
 Rosenthal, W.  Ueber eine neuartige Meloplastik bei chronisch
 er,  narbiger  Kieferkontraktur.  Vjschr.  Zahnh.,  1926,  42:
 499-507.—Rutten, E.  Zur Operation  der Kiefergelenkanky-
i lose.  Beitr. klin. Chir., 1936, 163: 414—Sanvenero-Rosselli,
 G   L'anchilosi temporo-mandibolare e la sua cura chirurgica.
 Riv. ital. stomat., 1938, 7: 305-28.—Siniaev, A. V.  [Treat-
 ment of ankylosis of the lower jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva,
 1941, 78-80.—Sokolov, N.  N.  Ueber das  Operationsver-
 fahren  Beresowskis  bei Ankylose des  Unterkiefers.  Deut.
 Zschr. Chir., 1931, 231: 294-8.—Squirru, C. M.  Una nueva
 tecnica  en  el  tratamiento de  la anquilosis temporomaxilar.
 Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1943,  42: 789-99.—Studemeister,  A.
 Behandlung der  Kieferankylose durch  Osteotomie  des  auf- 
MANDIBULAR JOINT
256
MANDIBULAR JOINT
steigenden Unt< rkieferastes.  Deut. Zschr. Chir.,  1943, 258:
358-H2.   Thoma, K. H., Johnson, F. G., & Cascario, N., jr.
Ankylosis associated with  micrognathia, corrected by  osteo-
arthrotomy and unilateral slidine osteotomy.  Am. J. Ortho-
dont.,  1944,  30: Oral  Suig.. 25 1 -04.— Velikanova,  M. M.
[Operative treatment of ankylosis of the jaws]   Stomatologia,
Moskva,  1937, No.  2, 16-28.- Weissblatt. S.N. [New method
of conductive  anesthesia in  operations  for ankylosis of the
maxillary joint] Ibid., 29-32.

---   Arthritis.
   Amberger,  R.   *Die entziindlichen  Erkran-
kungen  des   Kiefergelenks.   30p.   8?   Berl.,
1933.
   Gortz,   K.   *Ueber  die  entziindliche Kiefer-
klemme und ihre Behandlung.   41p.   8?   Berl.,
1926.
   Lermer, L.   *Die entziindlichen Erkrankungen
des Kiefergelenks.   22p.   8?   Miinch.,  1934.
  Christiansen, G. W.  Suppuration of the temporomandibular
joint with fatal outcome. Am. J. Orthodont., i938, 24: 188.—
Dufourmentel.  Les arthrites chroniques temporo-maxillaires.
Rev. stomat.,  Par., 1942, 43: 88.—Edel, W.  Subakute  und
chronische  Kiefergelenkentzundung als Ursache  von  Fehl-
diagnosen.  Hals &c. Arzt, 2.  T., 1939, 48: 89-94.—Forschner,
L.  Ohrschmerz infolge Kiefergelenksentziindung.  Wien. klin.
Wschr.,  1927, 40: 715-7.—Schultz,  L. W., &  Shriner, W.
Treatment of acute and chronic traumatic temporomandibular
arthritis.  J.  Florida M. Ass., 1943-44, 30: 189-94,  illust.—
Wassmund, M. Die akuten Entziindungen des Kiefergelenks;
ihre Ausgange und  ihre Behandlung.  Deut. Zahn  &c. Heilk.,
1935, 2: 16-32.

----   Arthritis, rheumatoid.
   Posorsky,  A.   *Ein  Beitrag  zu den rheumati-
schen  Erkrankungen  des Kiefergelenkes. 17p. 8?
Bonn, 1934.
   Bayles, T. B., & Russell,  L. A.  The temporomandibular
joint  in  rheumatoid arthritis.  J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  1941, 116:
2842-5, illust.—Meyer, O.  Eine neue Behandlungsmethode
fiir rheumatische Kiefergelenkentziindungen.  Zschr. Rheuma-
forsch., 1938, 1: 245.

----   Arthrosis.
   Foged,  J.  Operativ behandling  of  kaebeledsarthrose.
Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 1445-53, illust.  Also German transl.
Acta orthop. scand., 1941, 12: 160-78.—Gazzi,  C.   Sull'artrite
traumatica purulenta  temporomascellare negli  equini  (con-
tributo  clinico e  considerazioni  sul  trattamento  eurativo)
Clin, vet., Milano,  1028. 51:  731-8.—Goodfriend, D.  J.  Dis-
artrosis y subartrosis de la articulation temporomaxilar.   Rev.
odont., B. Air., 1943, 31: 487-98.—Gordon, A.  Postencepha-
litic arthropathy   of  the  temporomandibular joint.  Arch.
Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 32: 1366.—McLaren, J. W.
Bone degeneration  in the temporo-mandibular joint.  Brit. J.
Radiol.,  1944, 17: 94.—Rosenbaum, E.  Gehauftes Auftreten
akuter Entziindungen  im Kiefergelenk.  Klin. Wschr.,  1927,
6: 1783.—Turner, P. L., & Clarks, T. W.  Temporomandibular
arthropathy in serum sickness. Ann. Allergy, 1943,  1:  115-9.—
Waves, T. W.  Repositioning of the  mandible relative  to the
temporomandibular joint, correcting cases of subarthrosis and
dysarthrosis.   J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1935, 22: 763-84.

----   Crepitation.
   See also subheading  (Dislocation, habitual)
   Funk,  W.    *Ueber  das  Knacken  im Kiefer-
gelenk  und seine  Ursachen.  23p.   8?  Frankf.
a.  M.,  1933.
   Herold, K. O. E.   *Das Kiefergelenkknacken;
seine   klinischen   Symptome,   Aetiologie   und
Therapie [Leipzig]  27p.   8?    Zeulenroda, 1932.
   Kamberg,  H.   *Das  Kiefergelenksknacken;
seine  Erkennung,  seine  Ursachen,  und   seine
Behandlung  [Heidelberg]   20p.  8?  Bruchsal-
Baden, 1935.
   Ltjtz,  F.  *Ueber   das  Knacken  im Kiefer-
gelenk   und    Kiefergelenkskontrakturen.   32p.
8?   Berl,  1932.
    Muller, W.   *Kieferknacken [Munster]   31p. -
21cm.  Bottrop, 1936.
    Nolte,  G.    *Zur Pathologie und Therapie des
Knackens   am  Kiefergelenk.   24p.   8?   Berl.,
1935.
   Peschke, H. R.   *Beitrage zur Pathologie und
Therapie des Kieferknackens  [Leipzig]   31p.   8?
Zeulenroda, 1934.                                    I
    Quoss,  U.   *Ueber das Kiefergelenkknacken
 und  Versuche  zur  Registrierung  der  dabei auf-
 tretenden  Gerauschc.   lop.   22cm.    Konigsb
 1936.
    Axhausen,  G.  Das  Kiefergelenkknacken  und seine Be-
 handlung.  Deut.  Zschr. Chir., 1931,  232:  238-72.-----
 Diagnostik  und Therapie  des Kiefergelenkknackens.  Zbl,
 Chir., 1939, 66: 2022.—Berten, F.  Beitrag zur Therapie dea
 Kiefergelenkknackens.  Schweiz.  Mschr. Zahnh., 1942, 52:
 634  (Abstr.)-  Dubecq,  X. J.  Recherches  morphologhiues,
 physiologiques  et elimques sur le menisque mandibulaire; lea
 craquements  mandibulaires.   J. med.  Bordeaux, 1935,  112:
 482;  511;  533.—Dufourmentel.  Craquements  et  luxations
 temporo-maxillaires.   J. Canad. Dent. Ass., 1942, 8: 216.—
 Erb, K., & Nicolai, L.  Versuche zur Registrierung der Gelenk-
 gerausche beim Kieferknacken.  Arch.  klin. Chir., 1936, 185:
 508-18.—Gutierrez,  A.  Sobre tres  casos  de  articulaci6n
 temporo-maxilar chasqueante.   Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1932, 16:
 65-74.—Mandakovic M., A. Control radiografico de la articula-
 ci6n temporo-maxilar en los casos de craquement. Rev. dent.
 Chile, 1945,  37: 341-9—Morris, J.  H.  Chronic  recurring
 temporomaxillary subluxation; surgical consideration of snap-
 ping  jaw with  report  of a successful operative result.  Surg.
 Gyn. Obst., 1930,  50: 483r91. Stapelmohr,  S.  von.   Sur lea
 craquements  de l'articulation teinporo-maxillaire et les luxa-
 tions habituelles de la machoire.  Acta chir. scand., 1929, 65:
 1-68, 5 pl.—Sleinhardt, G.  Zur Pathologie und Therapie dea
 Kiefergelenkknackens.  Deut.  Zschr. Chir.,  1933, 241: 531-
 52.—Truflfert, P.  Un cas de craquements douloureux  de l'ar-
 ticulation temporo-maxillaire; accident devolution des dents
 de sagesse inferieures.   Bull, med., Par., 1930, 44: 855.

 ----   Dental aspect.

    Vivone,  R.  A. J.   *Contribuci6n  al  estudio
 anat6mico,  filogendtico y  ontogeneticri  de  la
 articulaci6n  temporo-maxilar [Dent.]   99p.  27cm.
 B.Air., 1937.
    Anderson, A. B.  The  temporomandibular articulation.
 Dent. Bull., Carlisle, 1941,  12: 276-86.—Armstrong, J. L.  A
 scientific method of establishing normal vertical dimension.
 J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1943, 30: 1742-8.—Block, L. S., & Harris, E.
 An approach to a rational  study and  treatment of temporo-
 mandibular  joint   problems.  Ibid.,   1942,  29: 349-58.—
 Brodie, A. G.   The temporo-mandibular joint.   Illinois Dent.
 J., 1939, 8: 2-12.—Castro, N.  R. de.  O problema articular no
 dominio da odontologia.  Riogrande odont., 1943, 1: No.  6,
 43-8.—Devine,  J.  C.  Temporomandibular  joint changes.
 Dent. Surv., 1943,  19: 1165-7.—Greene, E.  Dental aspects of
 temporomandibular joint.  Tr. Am.  Tar. Rhin. Otol.  Soc,
 1937, 43: 204-10.  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1937, 46: 150-7 —
 Hawksworth, F. G.  Opening  the bite according to Wadsworth
 technique of articulation and its effects upon  the temporo-
 mandibular area.  Frater,  Menasha,   1926-27,  26: 204-8.—
 Hotz. R. Orthodontisch-prothetische Behandlung eines Falles
 von  Kiefergelenksaffektion.   Schweiz.  Mschr.  Zahnh., 1941.
 51: 405-7, 4 pl.—Kallenbach, T. E.   Factors in correcting jaw
 position relative to the  abnormal  temporomandibular joint
 Dent. Digest, 1941, 47: 66; passim.  ------  The abnormal
 temporomandibular joint.  Illinois Dent. J., 1942, 11:  93-9.—
 McLean, D. W.  The temporomandibular joint and the  occlusal
 curve as factors in determining tooth  position.  Angle Ortho-
 dont., 1937,  7: 22-31.—Miller,  S. C, & Greenhut,  W. M.
 Temporomandibular arthrogryposis and traumatic  occlusion.
 N. York J. Dent.,  1941, 11: 323.—Pippin, B. N., Moore, T. R.
 [et al.] Symposium on treatment of temporomandibular lesions
 caused by denture mutilation.  Illinois Dent.  J.,  1943, 12:
 429-52.—Riesner,  S.  E.  Temporomandibular  articulation;
 its consideration in orthodontic diagnosis.  Internat. J. Ortho-
 dont., 1936, 22: 1-30.—Rixford, E.  On the temporomandibular
 articulation.  Ibid., 1927, 13: 399-410.------  The develop-
 ment and changes, physicological and pathological, in the tem-
 poromandibular articulation.   Pacific  Dent. Gaz.,  1927, 35:
 488-500.—Rogers, A. P.  The behavior of the temporomandib-
 ular  joint in response to the  myofunctional treatment of dis-
 tocclusion.  Internat.  J.  Orthodont.   1935,  21:  426-38.—
 Schuiringa, J.  G.   [Treatment of defect  of the mandibular
 joint  by means of prosthesis]  Tschr. tandheelk., 1935, 42;
 324-8, 4 pl.—Schultz, L. W.  Stabilization  of  the temporo-
 mandibular joint.  Illinois Dent. J., 1939, 8: 371-4.—Schuyler,
 C. H.  The effect of abnormalities of occlusion upon the temporo-
 mandibular joint and associated structures.   In: Proc. Dent.
 Centen. Celebr. (Maryland Dent. Ass.) 1940, 303-8—Sugar-
 man,  M.  M.   Temporomandibular  malarticulation.  Dent.
 Digest,  1944, 50:  214 7—Vaughan,  H. C.   A study of the
 temporomandibular articulation.  J.  Am. Dent. Ass., 1943,
 30: 1501-7.—Woodward,  F.   The  use of a temporary inex-
( pensive bite block  to determine the relationship of a closed bite
 and temporomandibular joint symptoms.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc.,
 1941, 31: 138-48.   Also  Laryngoscope, 1941, 51: 698-704.

 ----  Disease.

    Benecke, F.  E.  K.   *Die  Schadigungen und
 Erkrankungen des Kiefergelenkes,  einschliesslich
 der   therapeutischen    Massnahmen.   44p.   8.
I Lpz., 1936. 
MANDIBULAR JOINT                     257                      MANDIBULAR JOINT
    Bottcher,  H.   *Die gleichzeitige Erkrankung
 des Kiefergelenkes mit  andern Gelenken [Leipzig]

 26p.   8?  Zeulenroda,  1933.
    Esser, V.   *Beitrage zu den Erkrankungen des
 Kiefergelenkes an Hand von Fallen aus der chirur-
 gischen Klinik zu Bonn.   30p.   8?  Bonn, 1933.

    Holzner,   H.  *Sekundare   Kiefergelenker-
 krankungen.   24p.   21cm.   Miinch.,  1938.

    Stolzenburg,  I.   *Formveranderungen  am
 Schadel   infolge  chronischer  Erkrankung  des
 Kiefergelenks.  24p.   8?   Greifswald,  1934.
    Axhausen, G.  Pathologie und Therapie des Kiefergelenkes.
 Fortsch. Zahnh.,  1926, 1: 406-15; 1927,  3: 198-210; 1930, 6:
 177-201; 1931, 7: 199-215; 1932,  8: 201-15; 1933,  9: 171-86.—
 Buchman, J. Lesions of the temporomandibular joint.   Am. J.
 Orthodont.,  1939, 25: 355-76.—Dingman, R.  O.  Diagnosis
 and treatment of lesions of the  temporomandibular  joint.
 Ibid., 1940, 26: 374-90.—Gussio, S.  Malattie della articola-
 zione temporo-mascellare.  In: Manuale  chir. (Alessandri, R.)
 1934, 2: 469-78.—Haupl, K., &  Psansky, R. Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen iiber Gelenkstransformation bei  Verwendung
 der Methoden  der Funktionskieferorthopadie.   Deut. Zahn
 &c. Heilk., 1939, 6: 439-48.—Jirasek, A.   [Three cases of opera-
 tive treatment of  the  mandibular  articulation]  Cas. Idk.
 6esk., 1934,  73:  169-74, 8 pl.—Lenormant, C, & Ruppe. C.
 Pathologie  de  l'articulation temporomaxillaire.  In:  Precis
 path, chir., 6. eU, Par., 1938, 2: 840-59.—Lyons, J. K.   Tem-
 poromandibular  pathology.   J.  Except.  Child.,  1938-39, 5:
 76-81.—Moose,  S.  M.  Experimental injections of fibrosing
 solutions into the temporomandibular joints of monkeys.  J.
 Am. Dent. Ass., 1941, 28: 761-5.—Pippin, B. N., Moore, T. R.
 [et al.]  A method of repositioning the mandible  in the treat-
 ment of lesions of the temporo-mandibular joint.  Washington
 Univ. Dent. J., 1939-40, 6: 107-20.—Rosenthal, W.   Patho-
 logie und Therapie des Kiefergelenks.  Fortsch. Zahnh.,- 1928,
 4: 192-208; 1929,  5: 175-87.—Sonntag, E.  Erkrankungen des
 Kiefergelenkes.   Zbl. Chir.,  1934, 61: 1469-80.—Vankevitch,
 M. M.  Disease of the joint of the mandible resulting in anom-
 alies of occlusion.   Dent. Cosmos, 1929, 71: 1172-9.—Zimmer,
 A. Krankheiten  des Kiefergelenkes.  Radiol.  Clin.,  Basel.
 1940, 9: 356-75.

 ---   Dislocation.

    Behr,   A.   *Die  veralteten   Unterkieferluxa-
 tionen   [Munster]  27p.  21cm. Bielefeld, 1937.

    Bruggerhoff,  G.    *Die   Subluxation   des
 Kiefergelenkes.   27p.   22cm.   Marb.,  1936.

    Lemrich,  P.  A.   *Les  subluxations temporo-
 maxillaires.  20p.  8?  Geneve, 1934.

   Pliester,   L.  *Ueber  die   Luxationen  des
 Kiefergelenks   [Berlin]   27p.  8?  Miinch.,  1928.

   Poppe,  K.  H.   *Kiefergelenksluxationen; ihre
 Pathogenese,  klinischen Symptome und Aetiolo-
 gie  [Leipzig]   38p.   8?   Zeulenroda,  1931.

   Vogt,    I.    *Ueber   Unterkieferverrenkungen
 [Munchen]  24p.   22>^cm.  Wurzb.,  1937.

   Webler, H.   *Die Luxation des Unterkiefers.
 21p.   8?   Heidelb., 1933.

   Wobst,  G.  1.   *Die  Luxationen der  Kieferge-
 lenke,  unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung  ihres
 Verlaufs  und  ihrer  Folgen   [Greifswald]    30p.
 8?  Rochlitz, 1933.
   Bercher, J., & Friez, P.  Classification des luxations anterieu-
 res de l'articulation temporo-maxillaire.  Presse  med.,  1933,
 41: 644-6.—Berdiaev, A.  F.   [Dislocation of the mandible]
 Feldsher, Moskva, 1941, No. 7, 7-9.—Berg,  A. Ein Fall einer
 veralteten,   doppelseitigen  Unterkieferverrenkung.    Zschr.
 Stomat., 1926, 24: 876-87.—Chandra, S.  A case of bilateral
 dislocation  of the  mandible.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 86—
 Kaufman, I.  Dislocation or luxation of the mandible.  Dent.
 Items, 1945, 67: 1109-12.—Ledenyi, J.   [Anatomical changes
 in  the bones in chronic, bilateral  dislocation of the mandible]
 Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935,  15:  694-6.—Mathis, H.  Luxation
 der Kiefergelenke.   Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1943,  56:   179 —
 Morris, J. H.  Chronic temporomaxillary subluxation.  Am. J.
 Surg., 1926, n. ser., 1: 288.—Pereira de Queiroz, R.  Luxacoes
 do  maxillar inferior.  Ann. paul. med. cir., 1937, 33: 521-7.—
 Petit, J.  Les luxations irreductibles de la machoire inferieure.
 Arch. med. chir.  province, 1926, 16: 239-43.—Podlaha, J.
 [Crossed luxation of the lower jaw]  Cas.  lek. cesk., 1926, 65:
 1292-7.  Also German transl. Zbl. Chir.,  1926, 53: 2199-202.
 Also French transl. Lyon chir., 1927, 24: 333-46— Roth, P. B.
Bilateral  subluxation of the temporo-maxillary joints.  Proc.
R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: Sect. Orthop., 52.—Trauner,
R.  Bei der beiderseitigen Unterkieferluxation.   Wien med.,
Wschr., 1941,  91: 283.                                   I
 ----  Dislocation, habitual.

   Boucke,  P. E. H.  *Ueber die habituelle Sub-
 luxation   des   Unterkiefers   (Auszug)   8p.  8?
 Lpz., 1921.
   Btjhtz, R.   *Ueber  die  habituelle  Luxation
 und  Subluxation   des   Unterkiefers   und  das
 Schlottergelenk  unter  besonderer Beriicksichti-
 gung der Therapie.   30p.   8?   Marb., 1931.
   Elbim, A.   *La luxation habituelle ant^rieure
 de   la   machoire  inferieure.   104p.   8?   Par.,
 1935.
   Friez, P.  L.  A.   *Les  luxations  habituelles
 sans blocage de l'articulation temporo-maxillaire.
 87p.  8?  Par.,  1933.
   Gontard, F.   *Les  luxations recidivantes de
 la  machoire inferieure et leur traitement par les
 butees osseuses.   89p.   8?   Par., 1927.
   Kahrweg, O.   *Nicht-operative Behandlung
 der gewohnheitsmassigen Unterkieferverrenkung
 [Munchen]   14p.  8? " Dusseld.,  1932.
   Keller,  G. A.  *Subluxations recidivantes de
 l'articulation temporo-maxillaire.  23p.  8?   Ge-
 neve, 1932.

   Lange, H.  *Zur Behandlung der habituellen
 Kieferluxation.   25p.  8?   Konigsb., 1931.
   Lorenzen,  I.  *Habituelle  Unterkieferluxa-
 tionen.    19p.  8?   Kiel, 1933-34.

   Orlowitsch-Wolk,  A.   *Ueber  die  Erfolge
 der  Konjetznyschen Operation  bei  habituellen
 Unterkieferluxationen und -Subluxationen  [Kiel]
 19p.  8?  Weidenau-Sieg,  1928.
   Ruffing,   H.   *Die  habituelle Luxation des
 Unterkiefers.  14p.  22cm.  Wurzb.,  1936.
   Bercher, J., Puig, J.,  &  Fleury.  Luxation continue de
 l'articulation temporo-maxillaire.   Rev.  hyg.. Par.,  1927, 49:
 605-7.—Bertola, V. J.  Sobre un procedimiento para el trata-
 miento de la luxaci6n habitual o recidivante de la articulaci6n
 temporo-maxilar.  Prensa rndd. argent., 1942, 29: 536-42.—
 Cames, O., &  Marottoli, O. R.   Nuestra experiencia en el
 tratamiento  de  la  luxaci6n  temporo-maxilar  recidivante.
 Bol. Soc. cir.  B.  Aires,  1937,  21: 756-63.—Combier,  V., &
 Murard, J.  Luxation recidivante  unilaterale de  la  machoire
 inferieure, consecutive k une injection d'alcool pour  n^vralgie
 du  trijumeau;  guerison par la  resection du menisque.  Bull.
 Soc. chir. Paris, 1923, 49: 689-91.  ------ Luxation habituelle
 recidivante unilaterale de la machoire inferieure, guerie  par
 la resection du  menisque.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par.,  1927, 53:
 1271.—Contiades, X.  J.  Luxation temporo-maxillaire habi-
 tuelle; meniscopexie.  Mem.  Acad,  chir., Par., 1936,  52:
 18-21.—Dalla Vedova, R. Meniscopessi sindesmoplastica nel
 trattamento  radicale della  lussazione  (anteriore)  abituale
 della mandibola.  Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1927, 53: 315-20.—
 Dubecq, X. J.  Recherches morphologiques, physiologiques et
 cliniques sur le menisque  mandibulaire; luxation habituelle et
 craquements temporo-maxillaires.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1937,
 114:  125-78.—Dufourmentel.   Double  luxation  recidivante
 de la mfichoire inferieure devenue irreductible et operee.  Paris
 chir., 1927, 19:  134-6.—Elbim.   Traitement des  luxations
 recidivantes de la machoire inferieure par  une butee osseuse.
 Bull. Soc. nat. chir.,  Par., 1934, 60: 541-3.—Favreau, J. C.
 La luxation recidivante du maxillaire inferieur et son traitement.
 Union  med. Canada,  1937,  66:  271-7—Gjessing, M.  H.
 [Operative treatment in a case  of habitual dislocation of the
 mandible]  Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1936,  97: Forh. Kir. foren,
 Oslo,  52.—Gutierrez,  A.   Subluxaci6n  temporo-maxilar
 recidivante. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1937,  21:  519.—Hudson,
 H. N. G.  Operation for recurrent subluxation of the  temporo-
 mandibular joint.  Brit.  M. J.,  1945,  2: 354.—Konjetzny,
 G.  E.  Die   Behandlung  der habituellen Luxation,  der
 sogenannten  habituellen  Subluxation des Unterkiefers und
 des Kiefergelenkknackens. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56:  3018-23.—
 Link, K.  H.  Zur operativen Behandlung der gewohnheits-
 massigen Verrenkung des Unterkiefers.  Vjschr. Zahnh., 1933,
49:   395-404.—Loessl, J.  Die Operation der  habituellen
 Mandibulaluxation  nach  Nieden.   Zbl.  Chir.,  1926,  53:
 1749-51.—Mauclaire,  A  propos du traitement des  luxations
recidivantes de la machoire.  Mem. Acad, chir., Par.,  1936, 62:
 144.—Mayer, L.  Recurrent dislocation of the jaw.  J. Bone
Surg., 1933,  15: 889-96.— Moczar,  L.   [Treatment  of  ha-
bitual dislocation  of  the  mandible  Orv.  hetil.,  1930,]  74:
 1081-4, 4 pl. ------  Une nouvelle methode chirurgicale de
traitement de la luxation habituelle de l'articulation  temporo-
maxillaire.  Also French transl., Rev.  stomat.,  Par., 1930,
32:  129-43. Also  German transl., Arch. chir. oris,  Bologna,
1932, 1: 62-76.—Nieden,  H.   Ueber operative Behandlung
habitueller Kieferluxationen.   Deut. Zschr. Chir.,  1923-24,
183: 358-63.—Pinto de Souza, O.  Luxacao habitual  temporo-
549701—vol. 10, 4th series---17 
MANDIBULAR JOINT
258
MANDIBULAR JOINT
maxilar.  Arq. cir. clin. exp., S. Paulo, 1938, 2: 351-66, 4 pl.—
Reichenbach, E.  Nicht-operative Behandlung  derge  wohn-
heitsmassigen Unterkieferverrenkung insbesondere  bei gleich-
zeitiger  Progenie.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1931, 231: 470-6 —
Rollet, J.  Luxation recidivante de la mftchoire inferieure.
Lyon  med., 1924, 133: 561.—Santy & Berard, M.  Luxation
recidivante de la machoire; ablation bilaterale des menisques
temporo-maxillaires.  Lyon chir., 1936, 33: 75.—Schmidt, G.
Ueber operative Behandlung der gewohnheitsmassigen Unter-
kieferverrenkung.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1931,  233: 536-42 —
Suermondt, W.  F.  [Habitual bilateral dislocation of the jaw]
Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1934,  78: 2131-3.—Tempestini,  O.
Lussazione recidivante  dell'articolazione  temporo-mascellare
e sua terapia mediante l'alcoolizzazione muscolare.   Stoma-
tologia, Mod., 1935, 33: 901-12.


----   Dislocation, posterior.

   Klemens, L.   *Das Vogelgesicht  infolge einer
einseitigen Luxation  nach hinten  aussen.  29p.
8?   Munch.,  1931.
   Biagi, P.  Su di un caso di lussazione posteriore monolaterale
della mandibola.  Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. prat., 570-2.


----   Dislocation:  Treatment.

   Dorner,    F.  *Ueber   Unterkieferluxationen
und  ihre  Behandlungsarten.   54p.   8?   Bonn,
1930.
   Korbs, A. R.   Therapie der Luxationen  des
Unterkiefergelenkes   [Leipzig]  35p.  8?   Zeu-
lenroda,  1931.
   Weiner,   H.   *Die  Behandlung  der Kiefer-
gelenkluxationen    [Diisseldorf]   19p.   22}£cm.
Wiirzb.,  1935.
   Anspach, A.   Zur  Frage  der  Einrenkungsmethoden  bei
Unterkieferluxation.  Deut.  zahnarztl.  Wschr.,  1940,  43:
140.—Brehant.   Traitement des luxations recidivantes de la
machoire,  par  butee  osseuse precarticulaire.  Mem. Acad.
chir., Par., 1939, 65: 893-7.—Chrestien.   Luxation des deux
condyles de la  machoire inferieure, reduite deux mois apres.
Gaz.  med. Montpellier, 1852-53, 13:  81-3.—Darcissac,  M.
A propos d'un  cas de luxation  temporo-maxillaire bilaterale
consideree comme irr6ductible reduite par traction  externe sur
anses metalliques trans-osseuses.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1941,
32: 214-22.  Also Rev. stomal, Par., 1942, 43: 5-13.—Doherty,
J. L., & Doherty, J. A.  Dislocation of the mandible.  Am. J.
Surg., 1937,  38: 480-4.—Gingrass, R.  P.   Stabilization of
the mandibular joint by the injection of a sclerosing solution.
Wisconsin M.  J., 1938,  37:  383.—Hallam,  J. W.  A  new
method for reducing dislocations  of the temporomandibular
joint.  Dent. Rec, Lond.,  1945,  65: 254.—Horhammer, C.
Zur Reposition von Unterkieferluxationen in Lokalanasthesie.
Munch, med. Wschr.,  1926, 73: 446.— Karell, U.   Eine veral-
tete Unterkieferverrenkung auf  unblutigem  Wege reponiert.
Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 3160.—Kisman  [Reposition  method in
treatment of dislocation of the lower jaw]   Geneesk. tschr.
Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 2318.—KulenkampfT,  D.  Die Einren-
kung  der Unterkieferverrenkung  in  ortlicher  Betaubung.
Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1925, 72: 2229.—Leclerc, G. C., &
Girard, C.  Luxation ancienne et irreductible des machoires;
traitement chirurgical.  Lyon chir., 1944, 39:  504-6.—Lip-
schitz, M.  Ein redressement force bei einem 55jahrigen Man-
ne.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1925, 43: 742.—Lussier, E. F. A
laterally displaced mandible; treatment simplified by the aid
of  a splint.  Internat.  J. Orthodont.,  1936, 22:  139-46 —
Michelson, N. M.  [Reduction of neglected dislocation of the
lower jaw]  Sovet. med., 1943,  7: -No. 4, 16.—Ognev, B. V.
 [Methods in reduction of  dislocations  of the temporomandi-
bular joint] Ibid., 1940, 4: No. 4, 17.—Petit, J.  Luxation bi-
 laterale  irreductible  et  ancienne  de la machoire inferieure;
reduction  apres  resection  des  deux  menisques;  guerison.
Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926,52: 574-6.—Pollosson & Freidel.
 Luxation recidivante temporo-maxillaire; butee osteoplastique;
 methode  d'Elbim.  Lyon chir.,  1938, 35: 460-3.—Reduction
 of  the  dislocated  jaw  [Illustr.]  In: Civiliz.  &  Disease
 (Sigerist, H. E.) Ithaca, 1943,  opp. p.  208.—Salman, I.
 Sclerosing agent in treatment of subluxation of  mandible and
 of hemangiomas  of mouth.  U. S. Nav.  M.  Bull., 1945, 44:
361-9.—Schultz, L. W.  A curative treatment for  subluxation
of  the  temporomandibular joint  or  of  any joint.  J.  Am.
 Dent. Ass., 1937, 24: 1947-50.----—  A treatment for sub-
luxation of the temporomandibular joint.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,
 1937,  109: 1032-5.—Thibault,  R.  Luxation du maxillaire
inferieur  irreductible  traitee  par le procede  des  tractions
elastiques sur  les angles mandibulaires.  Rev. stomat., Par.,
 1942  43: 106.—Trauner, R.   Ueber die unblutige Reposition
veralteter  Unterkieferluxationen.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1941,
54:  126.—Wiedhopf, O.   Ueber die  Reposition von Unter-
kieferluxationen  nach  Einspritzung  von  ortlichen  Betau-
bungsmitteln in die Kaumuskulatur.   Munch,  med. Wschr.,
 1925, 72:  2007.—Willcutts,  M.  D.  Treatment  of  an  irre-
ducible dislocated lower jaw of 98 days' duration.  U. S. Nav.
M. Bull., 1927, 25: 331-6, pl.—Zertuche, E.   Tratamiento de
las luxaciones del maxilar por  una nueva  palanca.  Mem.
Congr. med. panamer. (1896) 1898, 2. Congr., 2: 26, pl.
----   Dislocation, unilateral.
   Curran,  M.   Unilateral  subluxation  of  the  mandible
Dent. Digest. 1941, 47: 259-61.—Schwartz, M.  Unreduced
unilateral dislocation of the jaw; operative correction after four
years.  J. Bone  Surg.,  1940, 22: 176-81.

----   Disorder.

   Hohmann,  A.  K.  H.   *Storungen der  Funk-
tion   des   Kiefergelenks   [Munchen]   19p.  8?
Diisseld., 1935.
   Roemer,   I.   *Ein  Fall  von   Artikulations-
storung  im  Unterkiefer  bei  Osteomyelitis  im
Kindesalter  [Tubingen]   22p.   8?   Berl., 1932.
   Spahn,  0.   *Die  intraartikularen Storungen
in  der Beweglichkeit des  Kiefergelenks.  42p.
8?   Miinch.,  1933.
   Bleiker, R. F.  Temporomandibular joint disorders.  Am,
J. Orthodont.,  1939, 25: 732-44.  Also Am. Ass. Orthodont.
(1939)  1940, 37:  90-102.—Brown, J.  B., & llamm, W. G.
Diagnosis and treatment of lesions preventing normal opening
of the  mouth.   Internat.  J. Orthodont., 1932, 18: 353-62.—
Chor,  H.   Neurologic  aspects of  temporomandibular  dis-
orders.  J. Am.  Dent. Ass., 1938, 25: 1033-46.—Knapp, H. B.
Loose cartilages  in the temporo-mandibular articulation.  J.
Michigan M. Soc, 1928, 27: 798-801.—Kohn, S. I.  Treatment
of temporomandibular dysfunction accompanied by severe
pain syndrome.  Am.  J. Orthodont.,  1942,  28:  302-10.—
Percival, R. T.  Surgical treatment for  dysfunction of the
temporomandibular joint.  N. York State  J. M., 1945, 45:
186-9.—Scheideler, J.   Untersuchungen uber die Beziehungen
einer  gestorten  Kiefergelenksfunktion   auf  die Gehororgane.
Arch. Ohr.  &c.  Heilk., 1937-38, 144:  59-69.—Sinclair, J. A.
Vitamin C deficiency; a factor in  producing  subluxation, pain
in the temporomandibular area and other dental involvements,
Dent. Items, 1941, 63: 313-7.

----   Exarticulation.
   Kleinschmidt, P.  Unterkieferexartikulation.  Deut.  med.
Wschr.,  1927,  53:  473.—Resektion   eines  Kiefergelenkes.
Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1941, 51:  923.

----   Function.
   Scheitle,  A.   *Ueber die Frage  der Belastung
des  Kiefergelenks  [Bonn]    28p.    8?  Bielefeld,
1937.
   Steinhardt,  G.  Untersuchungen  iiber   die
Beanspruchung   der  Kiefergelenke   und  ihre
geweblichen  Folgen.   78p.  8?  Lpz.,  1934.
   Forms H. 91, Deut. Zahnh.
   Petrovits,  L.  Die  Kiefergelenk-Mechanik  des  Neuge-
borenen. Anat.  Anz.,  1929-30,  68:  106-13—SchrSder. H.
Zur Frage der  Belastung und Entlastung  des menschlichen
Kiefergelenkes.   Vjschr. Zahnh.,  1934,  50:  1-20.—Sicher, H.
Zur Mechanik des Kiefergelenkes.  Zschr. Stomat.,  1929, 27:
27-33.—Wustrow, P.  Zur Mechanik, des Unterkiefergelenkes
und seine Bedeutung  fiir therapeutische  prothetische Mass-
nahmen. Erg. Anat., 1938, 32: 137-64.

----   Histology.
   Teichmann, P.  R.   *Beitrage zum  histologi-
schen  Aufbau  des  Kiefergelenks  [Leipzig]   8p.
8?  Dresd.,  1923. .
   Preissecker, O.  Anatomisch-histologische Untersuchungen
an Kiefergelenken von Hunden in normalem und nach gehobe-
nem Biss.   Zschr. Stomat., 1938,  36: 379-405.

----   Injury.
   Dufourmentel,  L.   Les  fractures   articulaires  temporo-
maxillaires fermees.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris,  1928, 20: 557-65.
------ Conduite  a tenir dans les  fractures articulaires tem-
poro-maxillaires.  Rev.  odont.,  Par.,  1931, 52:  517-26.
Vaughan,  H. C.  Traumatic temporomandibular articulation
syndrome.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1945,  44: 841-3.

----  Ligament.
   Buyn,  G.   *Das Schlottergelenk  des  Unter-
kiefers;  seine Aetiologie, Diagnose und Therapie
unter Beriicksichtigung der Gysischen  Gelenk-
bahnmessung.   28p.   8?   Jena,  1927.
   Oeconomos,  J.   *Contribution  a  l'etude de
l'articulation temporomaxillaire; anatomie  com-
paree des surfaces  articulaires menisque  et liga-
ments   articulaires   chez   l'homme.  63p.   8.
Par., 1933. 
MANDIBULAR JOINT                     259                     MANDIBULAR JOINT
 ___Lymphatics.
   Akilowa, A.  Die lymphableitenden Wege der Kiefergelenk-
 gegend des Menschen.  Anat. Anz., 1933-34, 77: 211-20.

 .---  Meniscus.

   Borghardt,  E.   * Discitis _ mandibularis  mit
 Beriicksichtigung der  operativen  Ankylosenbe-
 handlung   am   Kiefergelenk.   16p.   8?   Kiel,
 1934.
   Baecker, R.  Zur Histologie des Kiefergelenkmeniskus des
 Menschen und der Siiuger.  Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1931,
 26:223-68.—Balkin, S. G.  Locking of the jaw.  Dent. Surv.,
 1940, 16: 1036.—Bercher, J., Guillermin, M., & Friez, V. P.
 La meniscite  temporo-maxillaire  existe-t-elle?  Mem.  Acad.
 chir., Par., 1937, 63: 455-62.—Dubecq, X. J.  Quelques don-
 nees de morpho-physiologie sur le menisque mandibulaire; leur
 importance dans la spetialite.  Atti Congr.  internaz. stomat.
 (1935) 1936, 2.  Congr., 2: 752-7.  ------  Tableau clinique
 du syndrome menisco-mandibulaire.  Rev. odont., Par., 1936,
 57: 535;  58:  535.—Ginestet, G.  G., &  Moulinard,  J.   La
 meniscectomie temporo-maxillaire.   Rev. stomat.,  Par., 1943,
 44: 61-4.—Guillermin & Ginestet.  Un cas  de meniscectomie
 temporo-maxillaire. Ibid.,  1939,  41:  470-4.—Inagawa,  H.
 Beitrag zur Morphologie  des Unterkiefers;  die vergleichende
 Anatomie  des  Discus articularis  im  Kiefergelenk.  Keijo
 J. M., 1939-40, 10: 202-14, pl.—Kleinberg, S.   Traumatic
 internal derangement of the temporomandibular joint.  Am. J.
 Orthodont., 1941,  27: Oral  Surg., 328-32.—Lanz.  Discitis
 mandibularis.  Zbl. Chir., 1909, 36: 289-91.—Leavitt, D.  G.
 Internal derangement of the temporomandibular joint.  North-
 west M., 1935, 34: 393.—Lotsch, F.  Diskusschadigungen des
 Kiefergelenkes einschliesslich  der sogenannten  Unterkiefer-
 verrenkung nach vom; ein Beitrag zur chirurgischen Pathologie
 des Kiefergelenkes. Arch. klin. Chir.,  1927, 149: 40-54.—
 Mullen, T. F.  Internal  derangement  of the temporoman-
 dibular joint.  West. J.  Surg.,  1937,  45:  181-7.—Schubert.
 Fall von Discitis  mandibularis.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1927,
 53: 1581.—Vau, E.  Ueber den Fortbestand des Meniscus  im
 kongruent gewordenen Kiefergelenk des Dachses (Meles meles
 L.)  Anat. Anz., 1936, 83: 51-5— Wakeley, C. P. G.  The
 causation and treatment  of  displaced mandibular cartilage.
 Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2: 543-5.

 ---  Movement.

   Btjrrlein, E.   *Ueber  die Grosse der  verti-
 kalen  Schwingungen  des   Condylus.   22p.    8?
 Wiirzb., 1931.
   Fischer,   R.   *Beziehungen  zwischen   den
 Kieferbewegungen und der Kauflachenform der
 Zahne.   74p.   8?  Zur.,  1926.
   Gopfert, F.   *Weitere  Versuche dariiber, ob
 es  individuelle Bewegungsbahnen   des   mensch-
 lichen  Unterkiefers  gibt  und ob diese  auch bei
 zahnlosen  Individuen  zu  verschiedenen  Zeiten
 immer  dieselben  sind   [Wiirzburg]   16p.    8?
 Berl., 1930.
   Also Zahnarztl. Rdsch., 1930.

   Lentz,  J.  A.   Dental  kinematics.   98p.    8?
 Los Ang., 1930.
   Schlegel,  W.   *Die rontgenologische Ermitt-
 Iung der sagittalen Kondylenbahn  [Dent.]   43p.
 23cm.   Ziir., 1942.
   Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 52: No. 1, 1942.

   Zepeda, C. N.   El piano  de oclusi6n y los cen-
 tres basicos de  los movimientos mandibulares  en
 el hombre.   83p.  24)4cm.    Salvador, 1938.
  Bluntschli, H., & Schreiber, H.   Das Kiefergelenk in seinen
 Beziehungen zu den Kopfbewegungen.  Fortsch. Zahnh., 1930,
 6: 1-27.—Brown, A. H.  Movements of the mandible not pro-
 vided  for in  present-day  articulators.  J. Am.  Dent. Ass.,
 1930, 17: 982-91.—Denen, H. E.   Movements and positional
 relations of the mandible.  Ibid.,  1938, 25:  548-52.—Frahm,
 F. W.  Studies in mandibular kinematics and the truncated
 cone theory.   Am.  Dent.  Surgeon,  1927, 47: 7-13.—Giffen,
 W. A.  Registration of mandibular movements with  plastic
 material.  J. Am. Dent.  Ass., 1927, 14:  1480.—Hall, R.  E.
 An analysis of the work and ideas of investigators and authors
 of relations and movements of the mandible.   Ibid., 1929, 16:
 1642-93.—Higley, L. B., & Logan, R. A. Roentgenograph^
 interpretation  of certain  condyle  and menton movements.
 Ibid., 1941, 28: 779-85.—Hildebrand,  G. Y.  A further  con-
 tribution to  mandibular kinetics.   J.  Dent.  Res.,  1937, 16:
 551-9.—Jeffcott,  G. F. Mandibular  movements  and their
 registration.  Dent. Bull., Carlisle,  1940, 11: 18;  passim.—
 Leff, A.  Mandibular  movements and their  r61e in balanced
occlusion.  Columbia Dent. Rev.,  1940-41, 12: No. 3,  3-5.—
Lord, F. P.  Movements of the jaw and how they are effected.
 Internat. J.  Orthodont.,  1937,  23: 557-71.—Luce,  C.  E.
Mandibular movements and the articulator  question.  Dent
Rev., 1910,  24:  1103-11.—MacMillan, H. W.  Foundations
of mandibular movements.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1934, 21: 429-
35-—Needles,  J.  W.  A  study  of mandibular  movements.
Apollonian, Bost., 1942, 17: 1-8.—Schwarz, A. M.  Die auto-
matische reine  Scharnierbewegung im  Kiefergelenk.  Zschr.
Stomat., 1927, 25: 287-99.—Sicher, H. Die  reine Scharnier-
bewegung im Kiefergelenk.  Ibid., 1928, 26: 394.—Thompson,
J. R. A cephalometric study of the movements  of the mandible.
J. Am. Dent.  Ass.,  1941,  28: 750-61—Zlabek, K.  Recon-
struction du mouvement vertical dans l'articulation temporo-
maxillaire de  l'homme et des  singes anthropoides.  Arch.
anat., Strasb., 1930-31, 12: 49-73.


----   Movement, abnormal.

   Cawston,  F. G.  A consideration of some carnivorous den-
titions and limited movement of  the lower jaw.  Dent. Rec,
Lond., 1942, 62: 275.—Costen, J. B.  Reflex effects produced
by abnormal movement of  the   lower jaw.  Arch. Otolar.,
Chic, 1942, 36: 548-55.

----   Movement: Opening.

   Broek, A. J. P. van. [The opening motion of the lower jaw]
Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1939, 83:  3848-50.—Fischer, R.  Die
Oeffnungsbewegungen des Unterkiefers und ihre Wiedergabe am
Artikulator.  Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1935,  45: 865-98.—
Hayek, H. von.  Kieferoffnung  und Ligamentum temporo-
mandibulare.   Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1937, 107: 231-4.—Mollier,
S.  Die Oeffnungsbewegung des Mundes.  Arch. Entwmech.,
1929, 119: 531-42.—Neiman,  K. E.  Measurements of normal
mandibular opening.  Army  Dent. Bull.,  1942, 13:  185.—
Winterstein, J.  Ueber die Kieferoffnung; Versuch einer Er-
klarung  der gewohnlichen Oeffnungsbewegung.  Zschr.  ges.
Anat.,  1. Abt.,  1934, 103:  80-5.   ------  Die Wirkung der
Kieferoffner;  Erlauterungen  an  einem  einfachen  Modell.
Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1935-36, 105: 142-59  [Bemerkungen von
R. Fick] 160-2.

----   Nerves.

   Seaver, E. P., jr.   The neuromuscular control of the man-
dible.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1942, 28: 222-9.

----   Neuralgia.

   See subheading: Otological aspect.

----   Os articulare.

   Fuchs, H.  Ueber das Os articulare mandibulae bipartitum
einer Echse  (Physignathus Lesueurii) ein Beitrag zur ver-
gleichenden Anatomie des Unterkiefers und zur Kiefergelenks-
frage.  Morph. Jahrb., 1931,  67:  318-70.

----   Osteoarthritis deformans.

   Knobloch,  H.   *Atrophie und Arthritis  de-
formans  des   Kiefergelenkes  [Greifswald]  18p.
8?  Osnabriick,  1935.
   Sodomann, M. M.   *Ueber Veranderungen der
Kiefergelenke, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
der  Veranderungen   bei   Arthritis   deformans.
23p.   8?   Munch., 1937.
   Weinstein, W.  *Die Arthritis deformans im
Kiefergelenk.  52p.    8?   Bonn, 1932.
   Bauer, W.  Anatomische  und  mikroskopische  Untersu-
chungen uber das Kiefergelenk mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
der  Veranderungen  bei  Osteo-Arthritis deformans.   Zschr.
Stomat., 1932, 30: 1136; 1279; 1334.—Bauer, W. H.   Osteo-
arthritis deformans of the temporomandibular joint.  Am. J.
Path.,  1941,  17:  129-40, 4  pl.—Colyer, F.  Osteo-arthritis of
the temporo-mandibular joint. Dent.  Rec, Lond., 1943, 63:
234.—Fuso, B.   Le  artriti  deformanti dell'articolazione tem-
poro-mandibolare. Riv.  ital. stomat.,  1934,  3: 693-706.—
Haupl, K.  Ueber Veranderungen des  Kiefergelenkes mit be-
sonderer Beriicksichtigung  der Arthritis deformans.  Vjschr.
Zahnh., 1930, 46: 356-65, 8 pl.—Schwartz, J.  Arthritis de-
formans des Kiefergelenkes.   Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1929, 47:
959-63.—Steinhardt, G.  Untersuchungen  zur Pathologie des
Kiefergelenkes; unter dem Bilde  der Arthritis deformans  ver-
laufende Umbauprozesse   bei   pathologischen  Bissformen.
Paradentium, Berl.,  1932, 4: 153-9.—Thoma,  K. H., & Kalil,
F. H.   Partial ankylosis due to osteoarthritis of the mandibular
joint.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1943,  29: Oral Surg., 554-8.

----   Otological aspect.

   Hoch,  H.   *Ueber die  anatomischen  Bezie-
hungen  von  Kiefergelenk  und  Ohr  und  ihre
Bedeutung  bei  pathologischen   Veranderungen
innerhalb  des Mund-,   Zahn-, Kieferbereiches.
27p.    8?   Bonn, 1937.
   Batson, O. V.  The closed bite  and related clinical problems.
J. Am.  Dent. Ass., 1938, 25: 1191-6.—Bleiker, R. F.  Ear dis-
turbance of  temporomandibular  origin.  Ibid., • 1390-9.—
Cora Eliseht, F., & Montero,  J.   Sindrome ototemporo-man- 
MANDIBULAR JOINT
260
MANDIBULAR JOINT
dibular odont6geno.  Rev. odont., B. Air., 1942,  30: 273-7.—
Costen, J. B.  A syndrome of ear and sinus symptoms dependent
upon  disturbed  function  of  the temporomandibular joint.
Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1934, 43: 1-15.  Also Spanish transl., Rev.
odont., B.  Air.,  1942. 30: 736-47.------Neuralgias and
ear symptoms involved in general diagnosis due to mandibular
joint  pathology.  J. Kansas  M. Soc, 1035,  36:  315-21.
Also Spanish transl., Rev. odont., B. Air., 1942,  30: 748-55.
------Some features  of the  mandibular articulation as it
pertains to  otolaryngologv.  Internat. J. Orthodont., 1936, 22:
1011-7.   Also J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1937,  24: 1507-11.   ------
Neuralgias   and  ear symptoms,  associated  with disturbed
function  of  the  temporomandibular  joint.   Tr.  Am.  M.
Ass.,  Sect.   Lar. Otol.  Rhinol.,  1936,  72-83.  ------  The
temporomandibular joint  syndrome;   a   symptom-complex
accounting  for  certain  neuralgic pain  and  ear  disturbance.
Kansas City M. J., 1939, 15: No. 3, 10-2.  ------  Diagnosis
of mandibular joint neuralgia and its place in general head pain.
Ann. Otol.  Rhinol., 1944, 53: 655-9—Crawford, W. H.  Mal-
occlusion and its relation to aural and temporomandibular dis-
orders.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 26: 632.—Hutcherson, J. K.
Temporomandibular joint  in relation to eve,  ear, nose, and
throat.  Kentucky M.  J.,  1941,  39:  523-6.—Lyons.  J. K.
Temporomandibular pathology.  Volta Rev., 1938,40:641-5.—
Mietus, A. C.   Meniere's syndrome in subarthrosis  of  the
temporomandibular articulation.  Marquette M. Rev., 1937-
38, 2: 30-6.—Seaver, E.  P.,  jr.  Temporomandibular joint
malocclusion and the inner ear; a neuromuscular explanation.
Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1937,  43: 194-203.  Also Ann.
Otol. Rhinol., 1937, 46: 140-9.—Shapiro, H. H., & Truex, R. C.
The  temporomandibular joint and the auditorv function.  .1.
Am. Dent,  Ass., 1943, 30: 1147-68.—Tyler, A.' F.  The tem-
poromandibular joint svndrome.   Nebraska M. J., 1938, 23:
333-6.

----   Pain.
   Reech. C. A.  Malocclusion as a cause of pain in the tem-
poromandibular joint.  Cleveland Clin. Q., 1938,  5: 139-43.

----   Pseudarthrosis.

   Bauer, W.   *Beitrag zur Klinik und Therapie
der  Pseudarthrose  des  Unterkiefers [Munchen]
36p.  8?   Rietberg,  1928.
   Bittler, E.   *Pseudarthrose des Unterkiefers.
52p.  8?   Heidelb., 1933.
   Kohlhase,  H.   *Ueber  Pseudarthrosen  des
Unterkiefers.  35p.   8?   Berl.,  1930.
   Princeteau, P.  J. Y.   *Les  pseudarthroses
du  maxillaire inferieur;  6tude  anatomo-clinique
et operatoire.   174p.   25}:>cm.  Bord., 1933.
   Rauhut,   G.   W.    *Ueber  Ursachen  und
Folgen   von   Unterkieferpseudarthrosen.    31p.
8?  Lpz., 1935.
   Schmidt, H.  A.    *Beitrag zur  Aetiologie und
Therapie der Heilungsverzogerungen und Pseud-
arthrosenbildung nach Unterkieferfrakturen [Frei-
burg i. B.]  39p.  8?  Lengerich,  1937.
   Schubert,  F.  G.   *Ueber  die  zahnarztlich-
chirurgische  Behandlung  ein-  und  mehrfacher
Unterkiefer-Pseudarthrosen   (unter  Zugrundele-
gung  von  50  weiteren   von  Dr.   Rosenthal
im  Kieferlazarett  Leipzig  behandelten  Fallen)
[Leipzig]    14p.  8?    Radeberg,  1922.
   Schwabe,  G.    *Die   Ursachen  der  Pseud-
arthrosen des Unterkiefers und  ihre  Behandlung.
8p.  8?   Lpz.,  1923.
   Will,    M.    *Unterkieferpseudarthrosen  bei
Kriegsverletzten [Heidelberg]  28p.  8?   Giessen,
1928.
   Bynin,  B. N.   [Morphology  and pathogenesis  of pseudo-
articulations of the lower jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva, 1944,
No.  4, 33-8.—Camacho, E.  Fracturas  del maxilar inferior  y
pseudoartrosis; pr6tesis oculta v autoplastia peridstica.  Hosp.
pen., Mex., 1932-33. 7: 1467-70.—Cipparone, E.   A proposito
di un caso di pseudo-artrosi consecutiva ad osteosintesi metallica
in una  frattura  della  mandibola. Ann. Clin, odont., Roma,
1936,  13:   511-8.—Dabelow,  A.   [Pseudoarthrosis  of  the
temporo-mandibular joint]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71:
pt. 2, 450-7.  ------   Zur  Frage des sekundaren  Kiefer-
gelenkes.  Verh.  Anat. Ges., 1927, 36: 171-80.—Dufourmentel,
Frison & Brunet.   Sur  le traitement  des  pseudarthroses du
maxillaire  inferieur par les greffes; presentation de blesses
operes.  Presse med., 1917, 25:  491 —Ginestet.   Les  greffes
d'os total dans le traitement des pseudurthroses du maxillaire
inferieur.   Rev. stomat., Par.,  1941, 42:  287-300.—Oksman,  I.
(Prothetization  in  pseudo-articulations of the jaws]  Stomato-
logia, Moskva,  1944.  No. 4,  47-50.- Pocher, H. L.  Large
pseudarthrose mediane  du maxillaire  inferieur,  consecutive
k  1'exeVcVe  d'un  epithelioma  de  la  region   symphysaire.
Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 138-40.-  Rouvillois, H.  Le traitement
des pseudarthroses avec  perte de substance osxeuse du com?
du  maxillaire inferieur.  Arch.  ital. chir.,  193s, 51: 351-fi
------& Bercher.   Quatre pseudarthroses  du niiixillnire
inferieur  par hlcssiire  de  guerre traitees  pin greffe oMeo-
periostique.  Hull.  Soc.  nat. chir., Par.,  1920,  52: 478-8(1.-
Solas,  L.   Ouclqucs  notes sur  la prothese  maxillo-fariale;
emploi systematique  d'appareils fixes  et demontaWes;  leur
application dans le cas de pseudarthrose du maxillaire inferieur
en  particulier.   Congr.  dent,  interallies,  Par.,  1910, 1:
504-15.—Theodoresco, D.  | IVrudarthrose de la mandibule et
cicatrice vicieuse; greffe osseuse.  plastie de la Crete alveulnirc]
Rev. chir.,  Bucur., 1938, 4 I : 085  Thoma. K. H., & Kalil, K. H.
Partial ankylosis due to pseudoarthrosis  following a fracture
through neck of condyle.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1943,  29:  Oral
Surg., 550-4.—Velasco Zimbron, R.  Fracturas del maxilar
inferior y pseudoartrosis; tratamiento ortopedico y metodo de
fijaci6n  intermitente.   Hosp.  gen.,   Mex.,  1932-33,  7-
1444-50.

----   Radiography.

   Fleischmann,  G.  *R6ntgenologische  Mctho-
den  zur  Darstellung  des   Kiefergelenkes.  24p.
8?   Wiirzb.,  1935.
   Keller,  A.  W.   *Technik   und  Leistungs-
fahigkeit  der   bisherigen   Methoden  der  ront-
genologischen   Darstellung  des   Kiefergelenkes
[Munchen]  48p.  22cm.   Wurzb., 1938.
   Sander,  H.     *R6ntgenologische   Untersu-
chungen iiber Veranderungen des Kiefergelenkes.
24p.  8?  Tiib., 1934.
   Altschul,  W.   Studies on  the temporomandibular joint.
Am. J. Roentg.,  1931, 26: 452-5.—Burger, H. Beitrag zur
Rontgendiagnostik  pathologischer Veriinderungen des Kiefer-
gelenkes.  Zschr.' Laryng., 1934, 25: 366-9.—Comte, E., &
Fernex, E.  Radiographic de l'articulation temporo-maxillaire,
Schweiz. Mschr.  Zahnh., 1942,  52:  596-601, pl— Djian, A.
Radiographic  de   l'articulation   temporo-maxillaire.  Rev.
stomat., Par., 1938, 40:  22-8.—Elizondo Martel, G.  Tomc-
grafia de la articulaci6n temporo-maxilar normal.  Rev. cienc.
med., Habana, 1938, 1: 56.—Ernst, E. C, &  Costen. J. B.
X-ray study in relation to the  mandibular joint  syndrome.
Radiology,  1938, 30:  68-75.—Fuchs, A. W.  Radiography of
the jaws; the temporomandibular articulation.   Budiogr. Clin.
Photogr., 1933,  9:  No. 3,  5-14.—Gallavresi, L.  Tecnica ed
anatomia radiografica  dell'articolazione temporo-mandibolare.
Riv. radiol., 1931-32, 4:477-96. —---- Studio radiologico
di  alterazioni  dell'interlinea  articolare  temporo-mascellare.
Radiol, med., Milano,  1934, 21: 35-44.—Gillis, R. R. Roentgen-
ray  study of the  temporomandibular  articulation.  J.  Am.
Dent. Ass., 1935, 22: 1321-8.  —---- X-rays reveal  dysfunc-
tion; this technic shows up temporomandibular joint  dvsfunc-
tion.   Dent. Surv.,  1939,  15:   17-26— Gough. C.  W. ('.
Tomography of the temporo-mandibular joint  and  ramus of
the mandible.   Brit.  J..Radiol., 1944,  17: 213-5.—Gunson,
E. F. A simplified technique for radiography of the temporo-
mandibular  joints.   X-ray  Technician,  1941-42,  13:  201;
220.—Hausser,  E.    Zur  rontgenographischen  Darstellung
des Kiefergelenkes und deren Bedeutung  fiir die Kieferortho-
padie.  Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh.,  1942, 52: 286—Higley, L. B.
Practical application of a new and scientific method of producing
temporomandibular roentgenograms.  J. Am. Dent.  Asa.,
1937, 24:  222-30.—Kurz, C. S.   A practical method of pro-
ducing roentgenograms for diagnosis and treatment of temporo-
mandibular  lesions.   Illinois Dent.  J., 1943, 12: 446-50.
Also  Washington  Univ. Dent.  J.,  1943-44,  10: 99-105 —
Lacronique, G.  Procede simple  pour obtenir une radiograpliie
de  l'articulation temporo-maxillaire au fauteuil du  praticien.
Rev. stomat., Par., 1938, 40: 465-7.—La Fond, J. V.  Radi-
ography of  the   temporomandibular  articulation.   X-ray
Technician,  1943-44,  15: 56; passim.—La Tour, H de.  Con-
tribution a la  realisation des radiographies de l'articulation
temporo-maxillaire.   Rev.  odont.,  Par., 1931, 52:  182-7.—
Lindblom, G.  Technique for roentgen-photographic registra-
tion of the different  condyle positions in the temporomandib-
ular joint.   Dent.  Cosmos, 1936, 78:  1227-35— MacCloud,
H. W.  The temporo-mandibular joints.  X-ray Technician,
1937-38, 9:  198.—Maves. T. W.  Radiology of the  temporo-
mandibular  articulation with correct registration of vertical
dimension for  reconstruction. J.  Am. Dent. Ass., 1938, 25:
585-94. Also Spanish tnmsl., Rev. odont., B.  Air.,  1942, 30:
773-82.— Norgaard, F.  Arthrography of the mandibular joint.
Acta radiol., Stockh., 1944,  25: 679-85.—Parma,  C.   Die
Rontgendiagnostik des Kiefergelenkes.  Rontgenpraxis,  1932,
4: 633.—Petrilli, A., & Gurley, J. E.  Tomography of the tem-
poromandibular joint. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1939, 26: 218-24---
Peyrus  &  Aubert.  L'examen radiographique de l'articulation
temporo-maxillaire par  stnttipraphie.    Rev.  stomat.,  Par.,
1938, 40: 155-9.—Poirier, T. H.   Method of radiographing the
temporomandibular joint.  Dent. Radiogr.. 1931,4: No. 4, 4.—
Riesner, S.  E.  The  temporomandibular joint; its roentgeno-
graphic diagnosis and clinical importance.   Arch. Clin. Oral
Path., 1940, 4: 19-35— Saenz de la Calzada, I.. & Astorqui, J. A.
Exploraci6n planigr&fica de la articulacion temporomandibular.
An. espan. odontoestomat., 1944. 3: 485-99.- Schier, M. B. A.
A new technique for  radiography of the temporomandibular 
MANDIBULAR JOINT
261
MANDIBULAR NERVE
 articulation.  Dent. Items, 1943, 65: 324; 419.—Steinhardt, G.,
 & Langen, P. Yergleichende rontgenologische und anatomische
 Untersuchungen  am  Kiefergelenk.  Fortsch.  Rontgenstrahl.,
 1933,  48: 683-708.—Zanelli, A.  Le proiezioni  radiografiche
 dell'articolazione temporomandibolare.  Radiol, med., Milano,
 1929,  16:  495-9.—Zimmer, E.  A.    Zur  Darstellung  des
 nornialen Kiefergelenkes  im  Rontgenbilde.  Radiol.  Clin.,
 Basel,  1940, 9:  170-82.------Die Rontgenologie  des
 Kiefergelenkes.   Schweiz.  Mschr. Zahnh., 1941, 51: 949-83,
 27 pl.

 ---   Surgery.

    Dufourmentel, L.  Chirurgie  de l'articulation
 temporo-maxillaire.  228p.  8?   Par.,  1929.
    Wetzel, W.    *Der  operative  Zugang  zum
 Kiefergelenk.  14p.  8?   Freib. i. B.,  1932.
    Axhausen. G.   Die operative Freilegung des Kiefergelenks.
 Chirurg, 1931, 3: 713-6.  ------  Erfabrungen uber die retro-
 aurikulare Freilegung  des  Kiefergelenkes.  Deut. Zahn  &c.
 Heilk., 1938, 5: 255-9.  ----—  Ueber operative Gelenkneu-
 bildung  am  Kiefergelenk.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1941,  88:
 776-9.—Bourguet, J.   La chirurgie curatrice  et la chirurgie
 esthetique   portant   sur  l'articulation  temporo-maxillaire.
 Monde med., 1930, 40: 109-14, 4 pl.—Dufourmentel, L.  La
 chirurgie de l'articulation temporo-maxillaire dans ses rapports
 avec l'odontostomatologie.   Odontologie,  Par.,  1928,  66:
 330-8.—Finochietto. R., & Turco, N. B.  Articulaci6n temporo-
 maxilar, anestesia local.  Rev. argent,  anest., 1939,  1: 16.—
 Ginestet, G.. Roy &  Houpert.   Chirurgie  orthopedique de
 l'articulation temporo-maxillaire.   Rev. stomat., Par., 1939,
 41: 520-32.—Lindemann,  A.   Chirurgie  et  orthopedie  de
 l'articulation temporo-maxillaire.   Ibid.,  65-77.—Milch, H.
 Bayonet incision  for temporomandibular arthrotomy.  Am. J.
 Orthodont.,  1938, 24:  287.—Mondadori.  C. F.  O problema
 da  anestesia na cirugia   da   articulacao  temporo-maxilar.
 An. paul. med. cir., 1941, 42: 227-30.—Penn, J.  The surgical
 approach to  the temporo-mandibular joint region.  Brenthurst
 Papers, Johannesb., 1944, No. 6, 1-4.—Schmidt,  G.  Ueber
 operativen  Zugang  (Schnittfuhrung)   bei  Operationen  am
 Kiefergelenke und am  oberen  Abschnitt des aufsteigenden
 Kieferastes.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932,  236: 260-5.—Wakeley,
 C. P. G.  The surgery of the temporomandibular joint.  Surgery,
 1939, 5: 697-706.

 MANDIBULAR nerve.

    See also Otic ganglion;  Trigeminus.
   Fuchs, H.  Ueber den Unterkiefer und die Unterkiefernerven
 (Ramus  tertius  nervi  trigemini  et  Chorda  tympani)  der
 Arrauschildkrote  (Podocnemis  expansa) nebst Bemerkungen
 zur Kiefergelenksfrage (ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Anatomie
 des  Unterkiefers  der Wirbeltiere  und  des  Nervenverlaufes)
 Zschr. ges. Anat., l.Abt., 1931, 94: 206-74, 3 pi.—Weissblatt,
 S. N.  Anomalie  des Nervus mandibularis und die klinischen
 Symptome desselben.  Zschr. Stomat., 1931, 29: 1126-30.

 ---   Anesthesia.

   See  also Anesthetization, dental.
   Borgell, F. K.   *Die historische Entwicklung
 der Methoden der Mandibularanasthesie.   20p.
 8°  Marb., 1933.
   Deluski,  G.  M.    *Ueber   die  verschiedene
 Lage  des aufsteigenden Astes  zur Zahnreihe und
 seine  Bedeutung fiir  die  Mandibularanasthesie.
 19p.  pl.   23cm.   Marb.,  1937.
   Meyer,  E.   *Ist   die  Mandibularanasthesie
 zur Betaubung der Pulpen unterer  Mahlzahne
 durch  andere  Injektionsmethoden  zu  ersetzen?
 [Marburg]   41p.   8?   Essen-Kettwig, 1927.
   Nehls,  J.   *Untersuchungen fiber die perku-
 tane Injektion am Nervus mandibularis.   24p.
 8?   Rost.,  1932.
   Also Zschr. Stomat., 1933, 31: 690-701.

   Purgold, W.  *Kritische Betrachtungen iiber
 die  Technik  der  Mandibularanaesthesie.    14p.
 8°   Frankf. a.  M.,  1931.
   Schmidt,  I.   *TJeber'   die   Ausdehnung   der
 analgetischen   Zone bei  Mandibularanasthesie.
 23p.   8?  Marb.,  1934.
  Angelman, 3.  The inferior dental injection.  Brit. Dent. J.,
 1945,79: 31-7.—Back, H. Zur Frage der Mandibularanasthesie.
 Zschr. Stomat., 1924, 22: 579.—Barn",  F.  Anesthesie du nerf
 maxillaire inferieur au niveau du trou ovale  par voie intra-
 buccale.   Rev. stomat., Par.,  1943,  44:  97.—Bonheim,  E.
 Zu den  Modifikationen der  Mandibularisanasthesie aus dem
 Jahre 1926.   Zschr. Stomat., 1927, 25: 586-96.—Brownlee,
L. R., & Hawley, D. D.  The posterior border of the ramus as a
landmark in the mandibular injection.  Mod. Dent.,  Brooklyn,
 1939, 6:  6-9.—Chrapek,  E.  Anaesthesia extraoralis nervi
mandibularis.   Zbl. Chir., 1923, 1:  124 0. - Debenham, C.  M.
 A comparative analysis of mandibular nerve block techniques.
 Northwest. Univ. Bull., 1940-41, 41: No. 37, 18-20.—Delayed
 mandibular  anesthesia.   Mod.  Dent.,  Brooklyn,  1943,  10:
 No. 4, 23.—Despin. L'anesthesie tronculaire du nerf maxillaire
 inferieur au trou ovale; ses  indications et sa technique.  Rev.
 stomat., Par., 1922, 24: 630-5.—Duchange, R.  L'anesthesie
 tronculaire du nerf maxillaire inferieur au trou ovale par voie
 buccale. Ibid., 1925, 27:  1315-49.—Finochietto, R.  Anestesia
 de los  nervios dentario inferior, lingual y  bucal por la  via
 sigmoideo-zigomatica.   Prensa med. argent., 1940, 27: pt 1,
 1069.—Gottlieb, B.  Einige Bemerkungen  zur  Technik  der
 Mandibular- und der Tuberanasthesie.  Zschr. Stomat., 1937,
 35:  1581.—Hopkins, C. B.  Mandibular injection directly into
 the center of sulcus. Mod. Dent., Brooklyn, 1939, 6: No. 3, 6.—
 Idleman, L. D. A  new technique for mandibular block.  Dent.
 Digest,  1936, 42: 380;  387.—Jeffries,  C.  N.   The  inferior
 alveolar injection for fillings.  Brit. Dent. J.,  1944, 77: 153-9.—
 Kapper, K.   Zur meiner  Modifikation der  Mandibularis-
 Anasthesie.   Zschr. Stomat.,  1927,  25: 1047-53.-Length of
 insertion of needle in mandibular  anesthesia.   Mod.  Dent.,
 Brooklyn, 1943,  10: No. 4,  27.—Morandi, F.  Le anastomosi
 vestibolare del nervo naso-palatino e la variante alta del ramo
 dentale inferiore del nervo alveolare inferiore, nella anestesia
 locale.  Riv. ital.  stomat..  1937, 6: 745-50.—Muller, J.  M.
 Ueber Mandibularanasthesie.  Deut.  Mschr.  Zahnh.,  1925,
 43: 822-8.—Nevin, H. R.  The point of insertion of the needle
 in  the mandibular direct  thrust  injection.   Mod.  Dent.,
 Brooklyn, 1940, 7: No. 2,  7-10.—Nevin, M.   The direct thrust
 of the needle  in a mandibular injection. Ibid.,  1935,  No. 1,
 2-4. ------  Depth of penetration of the needle in a mandib-
 ular injection. Ibid., 1940, 7: No. 2, 18.  ------  Anesthetiz-
 ing the 6 lower anteriors.  Ibid., 1941, 8: 5.—Phillips, W. H., <fc
 Maxmen, H.  A.   Anatomical considerations in mandibular
 block anesthesia for children.  Appollonian, Bost.,  1942,  17:
 131-6.—Portmann. G.  Anesthesie du nerf mascillaire inferieur
 au trou  ovale.  Bull.  Soc.  med. chir.  Bordeaux,  1921,  42:
 21-9.—Potter, C.  Regional anesthesia with special reference
 to the mandibular injection.  J. dent, beige, 1937,28:297-305.—
 Raab,  E.  Zur Frage der Mandibularanasthesie; Bemerkungen
 7.u  diesem Artikel  von Dr.  Heinrich Back.  Zschr.  Stomat.,
 1924, 22: 651.—Rasmussen. A. T.  Anesthesia through mental
 foramen.  Dent.   Items,  1945,  67:  557-64.—Reignard,  E.
 Sur la technique de la neurolyse du nerf maxillaire inferieur au
 trou ovale.   Concours  med.. 1940,  62:  1413.—Rose,  R. P.
 The mandibular injection.   Dent. Rays, Pittsb.,  1935-36,  11:
 14.—Rowlett,  A. E.  Mandibular anesthesia.  Proc. R. Soc.
 M..  Lond., 1916-17, 10:  Sect. Odont., 18-40— Saint-Martin,
 J. M. L. La anestesia del nervio  maxilar inferior por via bucal.
 Rev.  odont.,  B.  Air., 1936, 24:  450-8.—Seligman,  S. B.
 [Practical significance  of the  laminae  pterygospinosae  in
 anesthesia R. mandibularis nervi trigemini at the foramen ovale]
 Stomatologia,  Moskva, 1939, No. 3. 2,5-30.—Silva, O.  Sobre
 la anestesia  del  maxilar inferior  practicada  con  una  sola
 ounci6n. Rev. odont., B.  Air., 1941, 29: 511.— Verlocky, A. E.
 [Apodactylic,  intra-oral  method of mandibular anesthesia]
 Stomatologia,  Moskva,  1938, No. 6, 77-80.—Vries, J.  J.  de.
 [On  intra-oral mandibular anesthesia]   Geneesk. gids.  1941,
 19: 392-9.—Weinberger, W.  Ein Hilfsmittel bei der Durch-
 fiihrung der mandibularen  Leitungsanasthesie.  Zschr. Stomat.,
 1937, 35: 878.—Weisbrem, M. M.   [New modification  of the
 apodactyle method of anasthesia at the mandibular foramen]
 Stomatologia, Moskva, 1941, No. 2, 80-2.—Weissblatt, S. N.
 Anaesthesie des N.  mandibularis  am Foramen ovale und deren
 Bedeutung in der chirurgischen Stomatologic  Zschr. Stomat.,
 1935, 33: 385-400.

 ----   Anesthesia: Complication.

   Dettmann,   K.     *Ueber   Frakturen   von
 Injektionskani'ilen bei der  Mandibular-Anasthesie
 und  deren  forensische  Bedeutung.    23p.    8?
 Miinch.,  1934.
   Knigge,  F.    *Ueber  den  Bruch  der  zahn-
 arztlichen   Injektionskaniile   bei   Mandibular-
 anasthesie;  dessen  Verhiitung und  Nachpriifung
 des Materials.  20p.   22cm.   Marb., 1936.
   Schleicher,  E.   *Ueber  Kaniilenbruch  bei
 der   Mandibular-Anaesthesie  [Freiburg]   21p.
 21cm.  Schramberg  (Schwarzwald)  1936.
   Axhausen, G.  Die Technik der operativen Entfernung  der
 bei der  Mandibularanasthesie abgebrochenen Injektionsnadel.
 Ber. Deut, Ges. Zahn &c.  Heilk. (1936)  1937, 73. Tag., 2.  T.,
 205-9.—Dvorzhec,  I.  [Breaking of the needle in mandibular
 anesthesia]  Stomatologia, Moskva,  1938, No. 2, 97.—Feiok,
 R. F.  Swelling in a tuberosity injection.  Mod. Dent,, Brooklyn,
 1943, 10: 25.—Frank, L.   [Lateral blindness of short duration
 due  to  paralvsis of the eye muscle,  caused by mandibular
 anesthesia]   Tschr. tandheelk.,  1935, 42: 102-6.—Goldberg,
 S. M.   [Breaking  of the needle in mandibular anesthesia]
 Stomatologia, Moskva, 1938, No. 2.  95.—Numbness of chin.
 Mod. Dent., Brooklyn,  1943, 10: No. 4, 25.

----   Disease  and injury.

   Leslie,  S. W. Trismus  due to the involvement
of the mandibular nerve.  31 p.   23cm. Toronto,
 1933. 
MANDIBULAR NERVE
262
MANDLEBAUM
  Ruth,  O.  *Ueber die Ursachen  der Sensibili-
tatsstorungen des  Xervus  mentalis  [Munchen]
17p.   8?   Osterhofen,  1931.
  Schweiger, O.   *Ueber die Mitbeteiligung des
Nervus mandibularis bei Zahn- und Kieferaffek-
tionen.  31p.  23cm.  Lpz., 1936.
  Abmeier,  F., & Kleinhaus, E.  Die Rontgentherapie der
akuten  odontogenen Ostitis und Neuritis des Nervus mandi-
bularis.  Deut.  Zahnh., 1933, H. 86,  56-60.—Ogus, W.  I.
Jaw is numb.  Dent. Surv.,  1941,  17: 716.—Vatti, G.  Sulla
mononeurite del mascellare inferiore nel cavallo.  Boll.  Soc.
eustach., 1930, 28: 155-8.

----  Paralysis.
  Gilder, R.  P.  Flaccid mandibular paralysis in the  dog.
Austral. Vet. J., 1933, 9: 111.

----  perforating.
  Anderson, C. S. Perforation of lower molar by mandibular
nerve. Brit. Dent. J., 1943, 75: 66.—Sheridan, E.  Perforation
of a lower molar by the mandibular nerve.  Ibid., 1941, 71:
387-9.

----  Surgery.
  Cogswell, W. W.  Surgical problems involving the mandib-
ular nerve. J. Am. Dent. Ass.,  1942, 29: 964-9.—Gross, L.
Resection of the mandibular nerve.  Dent. Cosmos, 1926, 68:
771.

MANDIBULAR REGION
  See also  Chin; Face; Jaw; Neck; Submandib-
ular gland, etc.
  Portel,  M.  *Les p6rimandibulites au  point
de   vue  clinique  et  medico-legal.    119p.   8?
Lyon, 1935.
  Coley, B. L.  Infections about the lower jaw.  Bull. U. S.
Army M. Dep., 1945, 4: 116.—Lindenbaum, L. M. Pathogenese
und Therapie der Perimandibularphlegmonenic Deut.  Mschr.
Zahnh., 1929, 47: 456-78.—Pordes,  F.  Indmatio vitalis zur
Rontgentherapie bei perimandibularer Phleg. one.  Strahlen-
therapie,  1926, 22:  550-3.—Rocher, H. Ln  Sous-maxillite
suppuree gauche a staphylocoques chez un  ourrisson de 10
mois; guerison par sulfamidotherapie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1943,
120: 420.—Schultz, L.  A consideration of someof the important
infections affecting the region of the mandible. Dent. Rev.,
1918, 32: 307-17.—Sebileau, P.  I flemmoni perimandibolari
odontopatici.  Stomatologia, Mod., 1921, 19: 168-78.
Les osteo-phlegmons  peri-mandibulaires  d'origine  dentaire.
InrLivrejub. (Hartmann, H.)  Par., 1932, 599-609.—Tassman,
G. C, & Blumberg, L. S.  Migratory abscess of right man-
dibular area;  report of case.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1941, 28:
1821.—Thoma, K. H., Cascario, N., jr, & Bacevicz, F. J. Sub-
maxillary  abscess.   Am.  J. Orthodont.,  1944,  30: Oral
Surg.,  593-6.

MANDIOCA.
   See Cassava.
   MANDL, Charles Leopold, 1872-1939.
   For obituary see N. Zealand M. J., 1939, 38: 219.
   MANDL,  Felix,  1892-        Theorie   und
Praxis  der Krebskrankheit.  144p.  illust.  8!
Wien, W.  Maudrich, 1932.
   ----  Paravertebral block  in diagnosis,  prog-
nosis, and  therapy; minor sympathetic surgery.
Transl. by Gertrude Kallner.  xvii, 330p.  illust.
tab.   diagr.  23cm.   X.  Y.,  Grune &  Stratton,
1947.
   For biography see in Modern M. World (Kagan,  S. R.)
Bost.,  1945, 117, portr.
   For portrait see J. Internat.  Coll. Surgeons, 1941, 4: 458.
Also Proc. Internat. Coll. Surg. (1941) 1943, 3. Congr., 33.
   MANDL,  Josef Georg,  1911-       *Unter-
suchungen  iiber die Ursachen des Schwundes des
knochernen  Alveolarfortsatzes   beim  zahnlosen
Kiefer  mit eigenen Fallen [Munchen]  20p.   8?
Kallmunz,  M. Lassleben,  1934.
   MANDL,  Louis,  1812-81.    Hygiene  de  la
voix parlee ou  chantee suivie du formulaire pour
le traitement des  affections de  la voix.   2. ed.
vii, 308p.   12?  Par., J.  B. Bailliere & fils,  1879.
   MANDL, Ludwig.
   See under Mandl, Louis, in 4. ser.; under Mandl, Ludw. L.
in previous series.
  MANDLEBAUM,  Frederick  Samuel,   1876-
1926.
  For biographv see Contr. Tuberc. Nat. .lew. Hosp., Denver
1926, 7: front., portr.
  MANDLER, Benjamin,  1907-       ♦Contri-
bution  k  l'etude  des  ruptures  spontane>s  de
l'oesophage.  48p.  25cm.   Nancy, Grandville,
1934.
  MANDOLINI, Hernani, 1892-1945.
  For obituary see Sem. med., B. Air., 1945, 52: pt 2,  155
(Panigazzi, A.)
  MANDON, Alfred, 1908-       *Lcs tumeurs
chez le mouton; role des parasites et des agent9
infectieux  dans la  genese des cancers du poumon;
6tude critique [Alfort; Vet.]  95p.  illust.  25cm.
Par., E. Le Francois,  1935.
  MANDONNET,  Maurice,  1906-      *Les
defauts congenitaux des mouvements  de  lutera-
lite du  globe oeulaire  avec  retraction;  syndrome
de  Stilling.   67p.  8?  Par., L.  Arnette,  1933.
  MANDOUL, Albert Roger Henri, 1909-
*Le service de  sant6 en campagne au Maroc;
Pambulance  No.  2 pendant les operations  de
l'Anti-Atlas en  1934.   83p.   25^cm.   Bord.,
Y.  Cadoret, Delmas,  1934.
  MANDOWSKY,  Curt,  1902-       *Ueber
Beziehungen   zwischen   Blutzuckerspiegel  und
Ueberventilationstetanie [Breslau]   p. 135-46.  8?
Berl., J. Springer, 1929.
  Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 111:

MANDRAGORA.
  See also Hyoscyamine;  Scopolamine; Solana-
ceae.
  Thompson,  C.  J.  S.   The mystic mandrake.
253p.   8?   Lond., 1934.
  Andel, M. A. van. [Mandragora  and anesthesia in  the
Middle Ages] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 1, 1825-32.—
Bargheer, E. Mandragora.  In his Eingeweide, Berl., 1931,
108.—Cardini, M.  Rileggendo la mandragola.  Illust. med.
ital., 1928, 10: 39-44.—Germani, G.  M.  Le mirabili virtfi
della Mandragora nella tradizione biblica e  letteraria.  Rasa.
clin. ter., 1935, 34: Suppl., 223-5.—Herb (The) mandragora,
mandrake [drawing] from the Anglo-Saxon  manuscript Her-
barium of Apuleius  Platonicus, ca A. D.  1000-1050.  In:
Anglosax. Leechcraft  (Wellcome,  H. S.)  Loud.,  1912, 56 —
Herb (The)  mandragora, mandrake [drawing] from a manu-
script of the XII century.  Ibid., 58.—N.,  A.  O vinho de
mandragora.  Rev. syniatr., Rio, 1930, 23: 61-3.—Pomeranz,
H.   Oriental sex drugs; the  man-plant.  Sexology, N.  Y.,
1934-35, 2: 4-7.—Stanislas, A.  La mandragore est a la mode.
J. med. Bordeaux, 1934, 111: 19.

MANDRAKE.
  See also Mandragora; Podophyllum.
  Sage, C. E. Mandrake.  Pharm. J., Lond., 1944, 99: 5.
  MANDRYKA,  Peter Vasilievich, 1884-1943.
  For obituary see Voen.  s"an. delo,  1943,  No. 7, 55, portr.
(Riabov, G.  Z.)
  MANDT, Martin  Wilhelm,  1799-1858.
  For biography see:
  Erichsen,  F.  C.   Martin  Wilhelm Mandt,
1799-1858.  183p.  8!   Berl., 1936.
  Forms H. 10.  Abh. Gesch. Med. & Naturwiss. (Diepgen, P.
et al.)
  MANDUJANO    Lopez,    Americo    Luis.
*Rigideces post-traumaticas del hombro  [Chile]
108p.  26^cm.  Santiago, El Esfuerzo, 1939.
   MANECKE, Ernst Giinther, 1910-       *Bei-
trag zur  Therapie der  parathyreopriven  Tetanie
bei  Hunden   mit   Calcium-Sandoz   [Leipzig]
32p.  8?   Engelsd.-Lpz., C. & E. Vogel, 1934.
   MANEFF,  Juriy [M. D., 1934,  Geneve]   *La
tuberculose  du  rein en apparence sain.   30p.
 8?   Geneve, Impr. du Commerce, 1934.
   MANEFF, Wladimir Stephan,  1904-
 *Ueber die  endemische Syphilis  in  Bulgarien.
 22p.  8?  Lpz., H. Arnold, 1934. 
MANEGOLD                                  263                                MANGANATE
  MANEGOLD, Otto [M. D.,  1924, Gottingen[
*Beitrage zur Biologie des Bacillus anthracis, mit
besonderer  Beriicksichtigung der  Sporenbildung,
und ihre  Bedeutung fur die  bakteriologische
Milzbrandiagnose  [Gottingen]   48p.   8°   Han-
nover, J. Giesel, 1924.
  MANEKE,  Martin, 1909-        *Blutkorper-
chensenkungsgeschwindigkeit  und Serumtrypto-
phangehalt  bei  Erkrankungen  im  Kindesalter
[Berlin]   33p.   22^cm.    Lpz.,  Haag-Drugulin,
1936.
  MANENKOV, P. V.    XaTBiH-KH3Jiap  rurue-
Hacbi.  31p.  17cm.   Kazan. Tatgosizdat, 1941.
  MANERO,  Victor Fernandez.
  See in 5. ser. Fernandez Manero, Victor.
  MANES, Antonio J.        -1943.
  For obituary see Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1943, 18: 380, portr.
 Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: 1097.
  MANES, Georg  [M.   D.,  1898,  Wiirzburg]
 Die sexuelle  Not  unserer Jugend.   4.-6.  Aufl.
 66p.   18^cm.   Lpz., E.  Oldenburg, 1923.
  Forms H. 3, Kultur- und Zeitfragen.
  MANETTI, Luigi.
  See Faes,  A.   Guida medica alia  fonte semitermale  di
 Comano nel Trentino; coll' analisi fisico-chimica della medesima
 fonte fatta dal professore dottore Luigi Manetti.  156p.  18^cm.
 Trento, 1862.

 MANETTIA.
   See under Emetine.
   MANEWAL, Hans,  1912-        *Zur  Frage
 der Entstehung   von  Uteruskarzinomen  nach
 Kastrationsbestrahlung [Heidelberg]  28p.  22cm.
 Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1937.
   MANFREDI, Felipe J. [M. D., 1926, B. Aires]
 Antecedentes,  titulos y  trabajos.   20p.   23cm.
 B.  Air., A. Guidi Buffarini, 1941.
  ---   Injertos paratiroideos  experimentales y
 clinicos.  176p.  illust.    diagr.  26^cm.  B.  Air.,
 Ferrari hnos., 1943.
   MANFREDI, Girolamo di,    -1493. Liber de
 homine et  de conservatione  sanitatis.   Libro de
 perche [Italian text]  56ff.  fol.  Bologna,  Ugo
 Rugerius, March 4, 1497.  Also  another edition.
 8 p. 1.,  75 1.  8?  Ancona, Bern. Oliva,  March 15,
 1512.   Also another edition.  75p.  8?  Venezia,
 Zorzia di Rusconi, 1512.
   MANFRONI, Angelo.   L'elettrovibratore nella
 ricerca dei  corpi stranieri magnetici.   114p.   8?
 Cuneo, P.  Oggero, 1918.
   MANGABEIRA-ALBERNAZ,   Paulo,   1896-
        Radiosemiologia  do  osso temporal;  seu
 valor em clinica.  94p.  illust.  26^cm.  S. Paulo,
 Escolas Profiss. Salesianas, 1939.
   MANGAN, Hilary, 1915-       *Water balance
 in  surgery  [Marquette  Univ.]   23p.   28cm.
 Milwaukee, n. p.,   1941.
  Typewritten.
   MANGANARO, C. II servizio sanitario  mili-
 tare in  guerra.  2.  ed.   xiii,  346p.  tab.  diagr.
 25}£cm.   Milano,  Soc.  Editrice  Libraria,   1938.


 MANGANATE.
  See also Manganese.
  Holluta, J.  Der Reaktionsmechanismus der  Manganatre-
 duktion und seine Abhangigkeit! von der Alkalitat.  Zschr.
 phys. Chem.,  1923, 106: 276-94.------Manganimanganat
 als Zwischenprodukt der Manganatreduktion.  Ibid., 324-40.
-----  Die Manganatreduktion durch Formaldehyd.  Ibid..
 107: 249-69.

---  Permanganate.
  Collari, N.  Azione  protettiva del permanganato potassico
nell'attacco dell'aluminio in soluzioni di  idrato sodico.  Boll.
sc. Fac. chim. indust.,  Bologna, 1940, 119-26.—Doroshevsky,
A. G., & Pavlov, G. S.  [Oxidation of organic substances by
potassium permanganate]  J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim.
ch., 1915, 47: 1313-26.—Durau, F.  Ueber Gasbindung am
Kaliumpermanganat.  Zschr.  phys.  Chem.,  Abt.A,  1931,
156:  195-209.—Dyrmont, E. I.  [Reaction of potassium per-
manganate with lead peroxide and sulfuric acid] J. Russ. fiz.
khim. obshch.,  khim. ch., 1916, 48:  1807-14.—Ernst,  E., &
Horvath,  G.  Permanganattitration im erwarmten Medium.
Biochem.   Zschr.,  1930,  224:  135-44.—Greifenhagen,  W.
Oxydation mehrwertiger Alkohole  und  ihrer Aldehyde bzw.
Ketone durch  Kaliumpermanganat  in  alkalischer Losung.
Ibid., 1910-11,  30: 151.—Grempe, P.  M.  Entzundungsge-
fahren durch  iibermangansaures Kali.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1927,
n. F., 4: 65.—Guillaume, A., & Procschell, A.  De  Taction du
permanganate de potassium sur la sparteine: repercussion sur
le dosage  de  cet alcaloide.  Bull. sc.  pharm., Par., 1937,  44:
475-8.—Hoffman, W. S.  The photoelectric standardization of
potassium permanganate solutions.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1939-40,
25: 970.—Holluta, J., & Mutschin, A.  Die  Kinetik der Per-
manganatreduktion durch Formaldehyd in neutraler Losung.
Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1930, 150: 381-400—Inghilleri, G.
Azione del  permanganato potassico sull'idrato  ammonico.
Atti  Accad. fisiocrit. Siena, 1909, 5. ser.,  1: 937-41.—Just, G.,
&  Kauko, Y.   Kinetische  Untersuchung  der Einwirkung
elementaren  Wasserstoffs auf  Kaliumpermanganatlosungen
(Autoreduktion)  Zschr.  phys.  Chem.,  1911,  76:  601-40 —
Lange, B., & Schusterius, C.  Die  Lichtabsorption wasseriger
Kaliumpermanganatlosungen.   Ibid.,  Abt.  A,  1932,  159:
295-302.—Launer, H. F. The kinetics of the reaction between
potassium permanganate and oxalic acid. J.  Am. Chem. Soc,
1932, 54:  2597-610.—Lieben, F., & Bauminger, B.   Ueber die
Oxydation von Casein und Serumalbumin durch Kaliumper-
manganat.   Biochem. Zschr.,  1933,  261: 374-86.—Polissar,
M. J.  The kinetics of the  reaction  between  permanganate
and manganous ions.  J. Phys. Chem.,  1935, 39:  1057-66.—
Przewalski, E. S.  [Oxidizing action of potassium permanganate
in alkaline medium, on specific  phenylated  fatty acids of
normal structure]   J. Russ. fiz.  khim. obshch.,  khim.  ch.,
1917, 49: 567-72.—Simchen, A.   Recherches  physico-chimi-
ques sur les solutions aqueuses de permanganate de potassium.
Arch. phys.  biol., Par., 1932-33.,  10:  1-94, pl.   ------ &
Vies, F.  Notes sur la structure spectrale du  permanganate de
potasse.  Ibid., 21-41.—Wagner,  J.  Die Reaktion zwischen
Kaliumpermanganat und Salzsaure unter dem Einflusse  von
Katalysatoren.   Zschr.  phys.  Chem.,   1899, 28: 33-78 —
Walb, T. A., & James, A. E.   Permanganate and cerimetnc
methods in pharmaceutical assays.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1940.
29: 221-4.

----  Permanganate: Pathological effect.
   Brandes,  K.  Vortauschungen  von  Magenblutungen  mit
Kaliumpermanganat.  Mitt. Grenzgeb.  Med. Chir., 1930-31,
42:  561—Cabanie, G., Decrop, G., & Laforet.  Infarctus
utero-ovarien et  necrose  d'un fibrome par injection intra-
uterine de permanganate de potasse.  Maroc med., 1939, 19:
322-4.—Lacassagne, J., & Friess, J. A.   Ulcerations genitales
provoquees par du permanganate de potasse dans un  but de
simulation.  Arch. med.  pharm.  mil.,  1932,  96: 417-23.—
Mascaretti,  M.  A proposito di emorragie genitali da  per-
manganato  di  potassio.   Clin, ostet., 1937, 39:  604-8.—
Taddei, A.  Lesioni vaginali  da permanganato  di potassio.
Rass. ostet.,  1940, 49: 61-72.—Vurchio, G. Emorragie vaginali
da caustici chimici; permanganato di potassio.  Ginecologia,
Tor., 1938, 4: 258-66.

----  Permanganate: Poisoning.

   See also Manganese, Poisoning.
   Tanner,   W.   *Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis  der
 Intoxication   mit  Kalium  hypermanganicum.
38p.  8?  Ziir., 1920.
  Attix, J. C.   A consideration of poisons, with special reference
to poisoning by potassium permanganate and  a report of two
cases.  N. York  M.  J., 1909, 89:  904.—Carmona,  L.   La
trasfusione del  sangue nei cani avvelenati con permanganato di
sodio, introdotto  per via endovenosa.  Cult. med. mod.,  Pal.,
 1935 14: 187-216.—Cohn, F.  Ueber Vergiftung und Kahum-
hype'rmanganat.   Deut. med. Wschr.,  1911, 37: 404.—G.,  V.
 Le traitement  de 1'intoxication par le permanganate de potas-
sium.  Progr. med., Par., 1937, 872—Green, D., & Warr,  O. S.
Potassium permanganate poisoning; report of 31 cases.  South.
 M   J., 1941, 34:  1288.—Henze, C.  Hamolyse durch inter-
 mediate  Peroxydbildung.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1938,  17:  24.—
 Hoke  E., & Wachter, R.  Akute Vergiftung  mit Kaliumper-
 manganat.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 1558—Homma, H.
 Ueber einen  Fall von todlicher Kaliumpermanganatvergiftung.
 Arch. klin. Chir., 1926, 40: 56-61.—Johnston, C.  Potassium
 permanganate  poisoning; report of fatal case.  South. M.  J.,
 1937  30: 1030.—Klinefelter, E.  W.  Acute potassium per-
 manganate poisoning; report of a  case.  Am. Med., 1935, 41:
 570-2 —Kubena, M.  [Resistance of fresh-water fish to potas-
 sium permanganate]   Zver.  obzor,  1940,  33:  zvgr. rozpr.,
 42-4 —Palmieri,  V. M.   Gli avvelenamenti acuti da per-
 manganato  di potassio.  Riforma med., 1933, 49: 1161-70.
 Also Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1609-16.—Riedl, L.
 [Parkinsonism  as  a sequel of  acute poisoning with potassium
 permanganate] Cas.  lek. cesk., 1938,  77: 774.—Robin.  Sur
 un  cas d'empoisonnement par le permanganate  de  potasse.
 Med.  mod., Par.,  1910, 21: 273.—Strzysowski,  C. L intoxi-
 cation par le  permanganate de potassium et son traitement.
 Ann. med. leg., 1937, 17: 989-93.—Surat, V. S. [Syndrome of 
MANGANATE                                   264                                   MANGANESE
parkinsonism  in  chronic  poisoning  with  potassium  per-
manganate]   Sovet.  nevropat.,  1935,  4:  No.  5,  139-44.—
Vargha, P.  [Fatal case of potassium permanganate poisoning]
Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: melb, 103.  Also German transl. Samml.
Vergift., 1938, 9: A, 101-4— Willimott. S.  G.. & Freiman, M.
Potassium permanganate poisoning. Brit.  M. J., 1936,  1: 58.
----   Permanganate: Use.

   Joxgh, S.  E.  de.     *Bijdrage  tot  de  phar-
macologie  van  kaliumpermanganaat.   82p.   8?
Amst.,  1929.

   Rasch, C.   The use of potassium permanganate
in  the  treatment of  skin   diseases.   6p.   8?
Helsin., 1925.
   Also Forh. Nord. derm, foren., 1925, 6: 11-8.
   Auregan.  Action du permanganate de potasse en  poudre
sur les tissus vivants fralchement cruentes.  Bull. Acad, med.,
Par.,  1926, 3. ser., 96: 576-«— Bessems.  E.   A propos du
permanganate.   Rev.  med., Louvain,  1928,  287.—Carlson.
E. R. Potassium permanganate reduction.  Vet. Med., Chic,
1939, 34:  160.—Cosmao-Dumenez.   Du  permanganate de
potasse;  de ses applications therapeutiques.  J. chim. med.,
Par., 1866, 5. ser., 2: 324-36.  Also  J. med. Toulouse, 1866,
4. ser., 5: 26-30.—Favrot, C. De I'emploi de I'hypermanganate
de potasse.  J. chim.  med.. Par.,  1866,  5. ser., 2:  475-8.—
Fernet,  P.,  & Pellerat, J.  L'application  du permanganate
porphyrise   dans  les  interventions   dermatologiques.   In:
Annee med. prat., Par., 1939, 18: 118-22.— Gins, H. A. Eine
billige Modifikation des Permanganatverfahrens.  Desinfek-
tion,  Berl.,  1912,  5:  155-68.—Graeger   [Potassium  per-
manganate]  Pharm.  tid.,  Kbh.,  1866,   5:   56.—Guyon.
Intoxication par  le permanganate  de potasse.  Centre med.
pharm.,  Gannat, 1909-10,  15:  265.—Hatcher,  R.  A.  The
antidotal action of potassium permanganate. J. Am. M. Ass.,
1935, 105: 502-4.—Junikov, F. J.  [Poisoning with  opium
and morphine treated with  potassium permanganate solution]
Vrach. delo, 1927, 10: 677.—Kaplan, L.  [Histological changes
in the skin  due to applications of 10% water solution of potas-
sium permanganate]  Sovet. khir.,  1934,  6: 230-2.—Lipp, H.
Wenig bekannte, billige und vorteilhafte  Verwendung von
Kaliumpermanganat  zu  diagnostischen  Zwecken.  Miinch.
med.  Wschr.,  1940,  87:  1120.—Matubara, T.  Ueber den
Kaliumpermanganatverbrauch einiger organischer Substanzen
im  Wasser.  Mitt,  Med. Akad. Kioto, 1940,  28:  563-78.—
Mysch,  V.   [Potassium permanganate as substitute  of iodine
in disinfection of  the skin of the operation area]  Sovet, khir.,
1934, 6:  224-30.—Nag, C.  H.  A case of snake bite treated
with  Pot.  permanganate.   Hosp.  Assist.,  Kolhapur,  1915.
10: 79-81.—Panja, G., &  Ghosh, S.  K.  Lethal  action  of
potassium  permanganate on Vibrios.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1943,
78:  288-91.—Permanganate de  potassium  en agriculture.
Bull. sc. pharm.. Par., 1939, 46: suppl., p. xxii.—Permanganate
de potassium comme traitement d'hiver pour  les arbes fruitiers.
Ibid., suppl., p. xii.—Ponchia, F.  Ricerche sul permanganato
di potassa.  Gior. farm, chim., Tor.,  1869,18: 193.—[Potassium
permanganate  and its  therapeutic application]   Pharm. tid.,
Kbh., 1868, 7: 260-2.—Rogers, L.  Further results of the local
permanganate of potash treatment of snake bites.  Tr. Bombay
M. Congr., 1909.  255-9.—Sabbatani,  L.  Note farmacologiche
sui permanganati.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol., 1927, 2:  1042.  ------
Azione farmacologica del permanganato  di sodio.  Arch. sc.
biol., Nap., 1928, 12:  50-76.—Seligmann, E.  Der Wert  des
Kaliumpermanganats fiir die in Palastina ubliche Desinfektion
von  Vegetabilien.   Fol. med. int.  orient.,  1936, 2:  286-9.—
Stevenel, L.   Le bleu  au  permanganate de potasse.   Bull.
Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1918, 11: 870.—Tzanck, A., & Sidi, E.
L'application du permanganate de potassium porphyrise dans
les interventions dermatologiques.  J. med. chir., Par., 1938,
109: 62-6.—Van Den Branden, F., & Geens,  J.  Le per-
manganate de potasse en solution ou l'eau vinaigree exercent-ils
une action  epuratrice sur les crudites?  Ann. Soc. beige med.
trop., 1938, 18: 297.—Veyrieres & Valette.   Le permanganate
de potassium; les oxydants.  Paris med., 1926, 59:  521-3.—
Zundel,  A.   Du permanganate de potasse; effets et usages en
medecine veterinaire.  J. med. vet., Lyon,  1868, 24: 245-64.
MANGANESE.

   See also Manganate; Manganese industry.
   Hadfield, R. A.  Manganese-steel; manganese
in  its  application to  metallurgy; some  newly
discovered  properties  of  iron  and manganese.
129p.   8?   Lond., 1888.
   Repr.  from Proc. Inst. Civil Engin., Lond., 1888, 93:
   Murata, K. J.  Exchangeable manganese in river and ocean
muds.   Am. J.  Sc,  1939, 237: 725-35.—Murdock, T.  G.
Manganese in North  Carolina.  J. Elisha  Mitchell Sc.  Soc,
1941,  57: 206.—Riou, P., & Delorme, J.  De la presence  du
manganese  dans le Sucre durable et de canne. C. rend. Acad
sc, 1935, 200: 1132.—Zviagincev, O. E. Content of nickel and
cobalt in the manganese ores of Chiatura (Georgia)   C. rend.
Acad. sc. URSS, 1942, 36: 180.
----   Biology.

   See also other subheadings.
   Gallagher,  P.   H.,   &  Walsh,  T.   The
influence of manganese on  the growth of cereals
p. 187-200.  29cm.  Dubl.,  1943.
   Forms No. 11, Sect. B, v.49, Proc. R. Irish Acad.
   Amdur, M. O., Norris, L. C, & Heuser, G. F.   The need
for manganese in bone development  by lhe  rat,  Proc. Soc.
Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945,  59: 254.--Arens, K.   Manganablaw-
rungen bei Wasserpflanzen als Folgcdes pliYMologischpolarisier-
tenMassenaustausches. Protoplasma, Lpz., 1938, 30:104-29.—
Bertrand, G.  Sur l'importance physiologique du manganese et
d'autres elements contenus dans  les organismes a l'etat de
traces.  Erg. Vitam. Hormonforsch., 1939, 2: 192-212.  <-----â– 
&  Nakamura, H.  Recherches sur  l'importance du  manganese
pour les  animaux.  Bull.  Soc.  chim. biol.,  Par.,   1935,  17:
81-7.   Also  Ann. Inst.  Pasteur,  Par., 1935, 54: 421-7.—
Bishop. W. B. S.  The distribution of manganese in plants, and
its importance in plant  metabolism.   Austral. J. Exp. Biol.,
1928,5: 125-41.—Bmere, P. Taux et repartition du  manganese
dans le grain de bie.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 504-6.—
Caskey, C. D., Gallup, W. D., & Norris. L. C. The need for
manganese in the bone development of the chick.  J. Xutrit.
1939, 17: 407-17.—Chornock, C, Guerrant, N. B., & Butcher.
R. A.  Effect of manganese on calcification in the growing rat.
Ibid.,  1942,  23: 445-58.—Dubuisson,  M.  Recherches sur la
repartition du manganese chez  les vegetaux.   Ann. physiol.,
Par., 1929, 5: 845-50.- -Gallup, W. D., & Norris, I,. C.  Studies
of  the  perosis-preventing properties of manganese.  J. Biol.
Chem., 1937, 119: p. xxxvi.—Guseva,  K. A.   [Effect of man-
ganese on  the development of algae]  Mikrobiologia, Moskva,
1937, 6:  292-307.— Hamamoto, E.  Studies  on the relation
between Bi-avitaminosis and manganese; the effect of manga-
nese upon the  glycolytic  ferment-svstems.  Orient. J.  Dia.
Inf., 1935, 18: 57-80.—Kayser, E., & Marchand, H.  Influence
des sels de manganese sur la fermentation alcoolique. C. rend.
Acad, sc, 1907,  144: 574.  —----  Influence des sels de
manganese sur  les  levures  alcooliques.   Ibid.,  1907,  145:
343-5.—Leonardi, P.  Contributo alio studio dell'azionc del
manganese nella vita vegetale.  Riv. biol., 1932, 14: 469-92;
1933, 15:  235-52.—McCarrison, R.  Effect of manganese on
growth.  Tr. Far East, Ass. Trop.  M.  (1927)  1928.  7. Congr..
3:343.  Also Ind. J. M. Res., 1926-27, 14: 041-8— Marzetti, F.
Ricerche sul  manganese in biologia.  Rass. clin. ter., 1935, 34:
271-85.—Miller, L., & Mitchell, H. S.  Correlation of copper
and manganese content of plants and mineral additions to the
soil.  J. Am. Diet.  Ass., 1931,  7: 252-7.—Nag, N. C.  The
significance of the presence of manganese in plants.  Tr. Bose
Res. Inst.  Calcutta (1932-33)  1934, 8:  179-94.—Norris, L. C,
Heuser, G. F., & Combs, G.  F.  A study of  the function of
manganese in bone formation.   Annual Rep.  New  Vork Coll.
Agr., 1941, 54: 162.—Olsen, C.  Ueber die Manganaufnahmc
der Pflanzen.  Biochem.  Zschr.,  1934,  269: 329-48— Pollacci,
R., & Falaschi, E. Sul manganese  come elemento integrale del
sangue, del latte e delle  uova.   Gior. farm, chim., Tor., 1874,
23: 297-310.—Rudra,  M. N.  Die Rolle des Mangans bei der
biologischen  Ascorbinsaure-synthese.   Biochem. Zschr., 1939,
301: 238-44.------Role of manganese in the biological
synthesis of  ascorbic  acid.   Nature, Lond., 1939, 144: 868.—
Saeger, A.  Manganese and the growth of Lemnaceae.  Am. J.
Bot., 1933,  20: 234-45, 2 pl.—Samuel, G.,  & Piper, C. S.
Manganese as an essential  element for  plant growth. Ann.
Appl. Biol.,  Lond., 1929, 16:  493-524, 3 pl.—Skinner, J. T.
The effect of a high intake of manganese on the growth of rats.
J.  Nutrit., 1932,  5: 451.------& McHargue, J.   S.  Effect
of  manganese intake  upon concentration of  bisulfite-binding
substances in blood.   Am. J. Physiol., 1944,  141:  647-50.—
Smith,  E.  L., & Bergmann, M.  The  activation of intestinal
peptidases by mahganese.  J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 138: 789.—
Tang, Yii-Wei, & Yao Yuan. The induction of Avena curvature
by manganese.  Sc. Rec, Chungking, 1942, 1: 223-9.— Vairel,
J. G. J.  Le  role biologique du manganese (d'apres  les travaux
des biologistes americains)   Arch. med. pharm.  mil., 1934,
101: 765-78— Wachtel, L. W., Elvehjem, C. A., & Hart. E. B.
Studies on the physiology of  manganese in the rat.  Am. .1.
Physiol., 1943, 140: 72-82.—Walbum, L. E.  Die Einwirkung
des Mangans  auf  die Fahigkeit  des  Organismus, GiftbtofTe
bakterieller  oder  anderer  Natur  unschiidlich zu  niachen
(abzubauen)  Acta  path, microb. scand.,  1944, 21:  3—19.—
Weis, F.  [Experiments of culture in various nutritive solutions,
with special reference to the importance  of  manganese and
hydrogen  ion concentration]   Aarsskr.  Vet. Landboh0jsk.,
Kbh., 1919,  239-80.—Wester, D.  H.  Ueber das Vorkommen
und die Bedeutung  von Mangan  in Pflanzen.  In: Festschr.
70. Geburtst, Alexander Tschirch,  Lpz., 1926, 321-5.

----   Chemical and physical properties.

   See  also  subheadings   (Fluorescence;  radio-
active, etc.)
   Campbell, A.  N.,  & Brown,  E. A.   The action of carbon
dioxide and of carbon monoxide  on manganese. J. Am. Chem.
Soc, 1938, 60: 3055-60.—Elliott, N.  The crystal structure  of
manganese  diselenide  and   manganese ditelluride.   Ibid.,
1937, 59:  1958-62.—Elson, R. G., Smith, H.  G.. & Wilhelm,
J.  O.  The  specific heat of manganese from 16°  to 22° K. 
MANGANESE
265
MANGANESE
 Canad.  J. Res., 1940,  18: sect. A,  83-9.—Fischer, V.  M.
 [Separation  of  manganese  from  alkali  and  alkaline-earth
 metals]   J.  Russ.  fiz.  khim.  obshch., khim. ch., 1914,  46:
 1519-26.—Geloso, M.   Sur un  mecanisme de l'eiectrolyse  des
 sels de  manganese.  C. rend.  Acad,  sc,  1936, 202:  1573.—
 Kelley,  K. K.  The specific  heats  at low  temperatures  of
 manganese,  manganous selenide,  and manganous  telluride.
 J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 203-7.—Main, R. K., & Schmidt,
 C. L. A.  The combination of divalent manganese with certain
 proteins, amino acids, and related compounds.  J. Gen. Physiol.,
 1935  19: 127-47.—Muir, M.  M. P.   Permanganic acid.   J.
 Chem. Soc,  Lond., 1907, 1485-9.—Sieverts, A., & Moritz. H.
 Mangan und Wasserstoff.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt,  A,  1937,
 180: 249-63.—Southard. J. C, & Moore. G. E. High-tempera-
 ture heat content of MmOi, MnSi03 and MnjC. J.  Am. Chem.
 Soc,  1942, 64: 1769.—Southard, J.  C. &  Shomate, C.  H.
 Heat  of formation and high-temperature  heat  content  of
 manganous oxide  and  manganous sulfate;  high-temperature
 heat content of manganese.   Ibid.,   1770-4.—Von Stein. P.
 Manganese.  In his Organ. Reagents, Brooklyn. 1942, 121-4.—
 Warburg,  O.  Wirkung der  Blausaure auf  die katalytische
 Wirkung des Mangans.  Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 233: 245.

 ----   colloidal.
    Faludi, F.   Therapeutische  Versuche  mit  stabilisiert-
 kolloidaler  Mangandioxydlosung.   Zschr.   ges. exp.  Med.,
 1927,  58: 370; passim.—Skvorzov, W. N.  _LTeber die Oxyda-
 tions- und Reduktionsreaktionen der  kolloid gelosten Stoffe;
 Reduktion des  kolloiden  Mangandioxyds.   Kolloid  Zschr.,
 1935,  72: 203-5.—Watt. W. G.  Colloidal manganese  in acne
 and psoriasis. Clin. M.  & S., 1940, 47: 282-5.

 ----   Compounds.

    See also Manganate; also .other subheadings.
    Blanchard, A. A.. & Magnusson, F. S.  Manganese nitrosyl
 cyanide  salts.  ,1. Am. Chem.  Soc, 1941,  63: 2236.—Ewing,
 W. W.,  & Rasmussen,  H.  E.   The  temperature-composition
 relations of  the  binary  system  manganous  nitrate-water.
 Ibid.,  1942, 64: 1443-5.  ------& Glick. C. F. Vapor pressure-
 temperature relations and heats of solution and dilution of  the
 binary system  manganous  nitrate-water.   Ibid.,  1445-9.—
 Nevin, T. E.   The band  spectrum  of manganese  hydride,
 MnH; structure of the X5677 and X6237 bands.  Proc. R. Irish.
 Acad., 1942-43, 48: sect. A, 1-42, 3 pl.—Stout, J. W., & Adams,
 H. E.  Magnetism and  the third law  of thermodynamics;  the
 heat capacity of manganous fluoride from 13 to 320° K.   J.
 Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 1535-8.

 ----   Deficiency.

    See  also   subheadings  (Metabolism;   Nutri-
 tional aspect) also  Fetus, Disease;  Perosis, etc.
    Barnes, LeR. L., Sperling,  G.,  &  Maynard, L. A.  Bone
 development  in the albino rat on a low manganese diet.  Proc.
 Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1941, 46: 562-5.—Boyer, P. D.. Shaw,
 J. H., & Phillips, P. H. Studies on  manganese deficiency in
 the rat.  J. Biol. Chem., 1942,  143: 417-25.—Caskey, C.  D.,
 & Norris, L. C.  Micromelia in adult fowl caused by manganese
 deficiency during embrvonic development.  Proc.  Soc.  Exp.
 Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 332-5.—Daniels, A. L., & Everson, G. J.
 The relation  of manganese to congenital debility.  J. Nutrit.,
 1935, 9: 191-203.—Jardine, J.  T.  Manganese; plant poison
 which  plants  must have to live and  grow.   Agr. News,  Wil-
 mington, 1935, 3: 1-3.—Johnson, S. R. Studies with swine on
 rations extremely low in manganese.   J. Animal Sc,  1943, 2:
 14-22. ------  Sttidies with swine on low-manganese rations of
 natural foodstuffs.  Ibid., 1944, 3:136-42.—Mohamed, M. S.. &
 Greenberg. D. M.   A tracer study with Mn" on chicks with
 perosis produced by a  synthetic  manganese deficient  diet.
 Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1943, 54:  197-200.—Orent, E.  R.,
 & McCollum. E. V.  Effects of deprivation  of  manganese in
 the rat.  J. Biol. Chem., 1931,  92: 651-78—Shils, M. E., &
 McCollum, E. V.  Further studies on the symptoms of manga-
 nese deficiency  in the rat and  mouse. J. Nutrit., 1943, 26:
 1-19.—Smith, S. E.. Medlicott, M., &  Ellis, G. H.  Manganese
 deficiency in the rabbit.   Arch.  Biochem., N. Y., 1944 45. 4:
 281-9.—Twyman. E. S.  Manganese deficiency in oats.  Nature,
 Lond., 1943, 152: 216.—Walsh. T. Susceptibility of grasses to
 manganese deficiency.  Ibid., 1945, 155:429.


 â– ---   Determination.
   Alexander, J. C.  A method for  the  determination  of
 manganese in  cast iron and  pig  iron.   Chemist Analyst, 1936,
 25: 57.—Austin, G. J.   An improved manganese separation
 for the phosphate method and for general use.  Analyst, Lond.,
 1943, 68: 274.—CI.  Sopra un nuovo  metodo per  riconoscere
 traccie  di manganese in presenza di   ferro nell'acqua.   Riv.
 ingegn. san., 1905, 1: 132.—Costeanu, N. D.  Contribution a la
 recherche et le dosage du manganese dans les plantes. Bull. Soc
 chim.  France, 1937, 5. ser., 4: 1800-3.—Crippen, R. C.  Deter-
 mination  of manganese  as manganese ammonium phosphate
 monohydrate.   Chemist  Analyst, 1940, 29:  54.—Deniges,  G.
Etude sur la  reaction permanganique  du  manganese et sur
une nouvelle  technique  permettant de la  r6aliser en milieu
fortement chlorure tel que les eaux marines.  Bull. Soc chim.
France, 1932, 4. ser,  51: 380-4.—Gerlach, W., & Ruthardt,  K.
Der Elementnachweis im Gewebe;  die  quantitative spek- I
tralanalytische Bestimmung  von Mangan  im Gewebe.  Vir-
chows Arch., 1934, 292: 52-4.—Gilbert, R.  The detection of
manganese in presence of chlorides.  Analyst,  Lond., 1941,
66:  450.—Gruzewska. G., & Roussel, G.   La  recherche du
manganese dans les tissus organiques; le manganese dans le foie
foetal au cours de son developpement. Bull. Soc. chim. biol.,
Par., 1939, 21: 730-6.—McCrackan, R. F., & Passamaneck, E.
Manganese in urine; its detection and determination.  Arch.
Path., Chic,  1926, 1: 585-7.—McKenna, A. G.  The precipita-
tion  of  manganese  as  ammonium  manganous phosphate.
Techn. Q., Bost.,  1890,  3: 333-7.—Macri, V.  Le titolazioni
acidimetriche in  presenza di  sali   manganosi.   Boll. chim.
farm., 1934, 73: 640.—Malaprade, L.  Contribution au  dosage
du manganese dans  les produits ferreux.   Bull. Soc chim.
France,  1932,  4.  ser.,  51:  241-348.—Marangoni,  P.   Le
titolazioni acidimetriche in presenza di sali manganosi.  Boll.
chim. farm.,  1934, 73: 361-3.—Muhlenbach, V.  Zur Bestim-
mung geringster Manganmengen in chlorid- und kieselsaure-
reichen Wassern.   Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,  1938,  76:
254-8.—Mueller,  A. S.  An  improved persulfate,  arsenite
method for the determination of manganese. Chemist Analyst,
1940,  29: 78.—Neelakantam, K.  Gravimetric determination
of   manganese  with  8-hydroxyquinoline.    Current  Sc,
Bangalore,  1941,  10: 21.—Ray, T. W.   A microchemical
method for the determination of manganese by oxidation  with
potassium persulfate; a critical study of the persulfate method.
J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1937-38, 23: 1304-10.  ------ The deter-
mination of  manganese in organic  material containing large
amounts  of  calcium  and chlorides;  the  determination of
manganese in the  mouse and in milk. J. Biol.  Chem., 1940,
134:  677-81.—Rossi, A., & Pontecorvo, M.  Determinazione
di piccole quantita di manganese in  materiale biologico.  Boll.
Soc ital. biol. sper., 1941, 16: 439.—Rubio Arce, M. O. Estudio
del metodo de Volhard para  la determinaci6n del Mn.  Rev.
qufm. farm.,  Santiago, 1944,  2: No. 14, 2-9.—Sandell, E. B.
Manganese.  In his Colorimetr. Determ. Metals, N. Y., 1944,
312-9.—Scott, F.  W.   Determination of  manganese  in  iron
alloys, ores,  and slags; review of methods  with  bibliography.
Chemist Analyst, 1938, 27: 28; 52.—Smith, G. S. The deter-
mination of  manganese  by  means  of 8-hydroxyquinoline in
presence of magnesium.  Analyst, Lond., 1939, 64: 787-91.—
Smith, J. B., & Deszyck, E.  J.  Determination of manganese
in stock feeds.  Ibid., 1942, 67: 69 (Abstr.)—Thompson, T. G.,
& Wilson, T. L.  The occurrence and determination of manga-
nese  in sea water.   J.  Am.  Chem.  Soc,  1935,  57: 233-6.—
Tomfcek, O.,  &  Kalny,  J.   Volumetric  determinations in
strongly alkaline solutions;  the titration of manganese  with
ferricyanide.  Ibid., 1209-11.—Wiese, A. C, & Johnson, B. C.
A new method for the microdetermination of manganese in
biological materials.  J. Biol.  Chem., 1939, 127: 203-9.


----  Fluorescence and luminescence.
   Conn, B. E., & Lind, S. C.   Luminescence and color excited
by radium in zinc borate glasses which contain manganese.
J. Phys.  Chem., 1938, 42: 441-52.—Linwood, S. H., & Weyl,
W. A. The fluorescence of manganese in glasses and crystals.
J. Optic. Soc. America,  1942, 32:  443-53.—Randall, J. T.
The fluorescence of compounds containing manganese.  Proc.
R. Soc, Lond., ser. A, 1939, 170: 272-93, pi.


----  hydroxide [Mn(OH)2]
   Fox. R. K., Swinehart. D. F., & Garrett, A. B.  The equilibria
of manganese hydroxide, Mn(OH)j in solutions  of hydrochloric
acid and sodium  hydroxide.   J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63:
1779-82.—Nasanen, R.  Die potentiometrische Bestimmung
des Loslichkeitproduktes von Manganhydroxyd.  Zschr. phys.
Chem., Abt. A,  1942, 191:  54-64.—Nichols,  A. R., jr,  &
Walton,  J. H.  The autoxidation  of manganous hydroxide.
J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 1866-70.

----  Metabolism.

   See also other  subheadings (Biology;  Nutri-
tional aspect)
   Born,  H. J., Timofeeff-Ressowsky, H.  A., & Wolf, P. M.
Versuche  fiber die  Verteilung  des  Mangans im tierischen

Organismus mit 05 Mn  als Indikator.  Naturwissenschaften,
1943, 31: 246.—Bradley, H. C.  Manganese, a normal element
in the tissues of the  fresh water clams Unio  and Anodonta,
J. Biol. Chem., 1907-08, 3: 151r7— Dubuisson, M., & Thomas,
F.  Recherches sur la distribution du manganese chez quelques
mammiferes.  Ann. physiol., Par., 1929, 5: 857-63.—Dubuisson,
M.,  & Van  Heuverzwyn, J.  Nouvelles  recherches  sur  la
repartition du manganese chez les mollusques.  Arch, internat.
physiol., Liege, 1930-31, 33: 86-91.—Everson, G. J., & Daniels,
A. L. A study of manganese retentions in children.  J. Nutrit.,
1934, 8:  497-502.—Foa, A.  Ricerche sulla concentrazione del
manganese  nel latte umano.  Lattante,  1934, 5: 273-6.—
Gruzewska,  Z., & Roussel,  G.   La  manganese dans  le foie
embryonnaire.  C.  rend. Soc. biol.,  1937, 126:  965.—Hams-
moto, E.  Studies on the relation between Bi avitaminosis and
manganese; on the distribution and the influences of manganese
concerning  the Bi-avitaminosis.  Orient.  J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto,
1935,  18:  21-55.—Nilsson,  R.,  Aim, F., & Burstrom, D.
Mangan als Vertreter fur Magnesium im Betriebsstoffwechsel
und  im Baustoffwechsel der  Zelle.   Arch.  Mikrob., 1941-42,
12: 353-76.—Perla, D., & Sandberg, M.  Relation of man- 
MANGANESE
2(36
MANGANESE
 ganese  to  vitamin Bi.   Aich.  Path., Chic,  1939, 28: 705.—
 Ray, T. W., & Deysach, L. J.  Storage of manganese by thyroid;
 effect on oxygen consumption of  the guinea pig.  I'roc  Soc.
 Exp. Biol., N. Y..  1942, 51:  228.—Schwartz, A., Dodel, P., &
 Dastugue,  G.  Contribution a l'etude pharmacodynamique
 du manganese; recherches sur l'animal et les  organes isoies.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1942, 136:  174-6.—Urechia, C. J., Pamfil,
 G., &  Retezeanu.   Le  manganese sanguin  dans  quelques
 affections  nerveuses.   Paris  med., 1934, 93: 330.—Van Heu-
 verswyn, J.   Sur la teneur eievee  en manganese des branchies
 d'Anodonta  cygnea.   Arch,  internat,  physiol.,  Liege, 1930,
 32: 423-6.—Vincent, D., & Jullien,  A.   Repartition du man-
 ganese  chez Helix pomatia.   C. rend.  Soc  biol., 1941,  135:
 1659.—Wilgus, H. S., jr, &  Patton, A. R.   Factors  affecting
 manganese utilization in the chicken.   J. Nutrit.,  1939,  18:
 35-45.

 ----   Nutritional  aspect.

    See also subheading  Deficiency.
    Di Dio, L. J.  A.   O  manganes  em alimentos brasileiros.
 Hospital, Rio, 1943, 24: 381-8.  ------& Mauri, A. C. Con-
 sideracoes sobre o teor em  manganes  do feijao e do arroz.
 Fol. clin. biol., S. Paulo, 1941, 13:  111-5.—Forman, J.   The
 importance in nutrition of manganese.  Ohio M. J.,  1943, 39:
 553.—Insko,  W. M., jr, Lyons, M., & Martin, J.  H.   The
 quantitative requirement of the growing chick for manganese.
 J. Nutrit., 1938, 15: 621-7.—Kemmerer, A. R., Elvehjem, C. A.,
 & Hart, E. B.  Studies on the relation of manganese to the
 nutrition of the mouse.  J. Biol. Chem., 1931,  92: 623-30.—
 McLester, J. S.  Manganese.   In his  Nutr. &  Diet. 4.  ed..
 Phila.,  1943, 118.—Moura Campos, F. de.  Teor em manganes
 de alguns alimentos brasileiros.  An. paul. med.  cir.,  1941, 42:
 429.—Newcomb,  C, & Sankaran,  G.  The  manganese in
 food-stuffs.  Ind.  J.  M. lies.,  1928-29, 16: 788-98.—Norris,
 L. C, Heuser, G. F. (et al]   A study of the role of manganese
 in  the  nutrition of poultrv.    Annual  Rep. New York Coll.
 Agr., 1941,  54:  162.—Peterson,  W. H.,  & Skinner,  J.  T.
 Distribution  of manganese  in  foods.    J. Nutrit.,  1931.  4:
 419-26.—Richards, M. B.  Manganese in relation to nutrition.
 Biochem.  J.,  Lond.,  1930,   24:  1572-90.—Rudra,  M.   N.
 Manganese hunger in  animals.   Nature,  Lond., 1944,  153:
 111.—Trace  elements  in  nutrition; manganese.   Bonlen's
 Rev. Nutr.  Res.,  1944,  5:  No.  1, 1-10.—Wachtel, L.  W.
 Physiology of manganese in the nutrition of the rat.  Summaries
 Doct.  Diss.  Univ. Wisconsin, 1944, 8: 36.—Wilcke, H. L.
 Manganese.   In: Dis. Poultry (Biester,  H. E., & Devries,  L.)
 Ames, 1943,  156-9.

 ----oxalate.
   Cartledge, G. H., &  Ericks, W. P.   Oxalato complex com-
 pounds  of tervalent manganese.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1936,
 58:  2061-5.   ------   Equilibrium between the trioxalato-
 manganiate   and   dioxalatodiaquomanganiate   ions.    Ibid.,
 2065-9.  ------  An oxalato complex of quadrivalent manga-
 nese. Ibid., 2069-72.—Volmer, M.,  & Seydel,  G.  Ueber die
 Entwiisserungsgeschwindigkeit des Manganooxalat-Dihydrats.
 Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1937, 179: 153-71.

 ----   oxide.
   Faludi,  F.  [Effect of manganese dioxide therapy]  Orv.
 hetil., 1928, 72: 735-9.-—Geloso, M.  Sur la formation anodique
 du bioxyde de manganese; les differents modes  d'oxydation.
 Bull. Soc chim. France, 1936, 5. ser., 3:  mem.,  2231-6.—
 Kelley,  K. K., & Moore, G. E.  Specific heats at low tempera-
 tures of manganese carbide and manganese dioxide.  J. Am.
 Chem. Soc,  1943,  65: 782-5.—Kharakhorin, F.,  & Elovich, S.
 Ueber den Mechanismus der CO-Oxydation an Mn02; Adsorp-
 tion von CO und CO2 an Mn02 bei niedrigen Drucken.  Acta
 phys. chim. URSS, 1936, 5: 325-54.—Le Blanc, M., & Wehner,
 G.   Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Manganoxyde.   Zschr. phys.
 Chem.,  Abt. A, 1934, 168: 59-78.—Moore, G. E.   Heat content
 of  manganese  dioxide and carbonate at high  temperatures.
 J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1943, 65:  1398.—Shomate, C. H.  Heats of
 formation of manganomanganic oxide and manganese dioxide.
 Ibid., 785-90.

 ----    Pharmacology.

   See  also  subheading Therapeutic use.
   Barbera, I.  Azione  dei  sali di  manganese  sui  leucociti
 circolanti.  Gior. batt. immun., 1930, 5: 1781-3.—Bargero, A.
 II manganese introdotto per via endovenosa e gastrna.  Bull.
 sc.  med. Bologna,  1906, 8. ser., 6:  199-214.—Benedetti, L.
 Ricerche chimiche  e  farmacologiche sul manganese.  Ibid.,
 15-31.—Bernheim, F., & Bernheim, M. L. C.    Note  on  the
 action of manganese and some other metals on  the oxidation
 of certain  substances by liver.  J.  Biol. Chem., 1939, 128:
 79-82.—Caliebe, F.W.  Zur Kenntnis der Kreislaufwirkung  des
 zweiwertigen  Mangans.   Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch., 1928,   20:
 463-75.—Cowley, R. C.  Manganese.   Australas. J. Pharm.,
 1929, n. ser.,  10:  112.—Cremer,  H. D.,  & Schweitzer,  A.
 Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des zweiwertigen Mangans
 auf das Froschherz.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1932, 24: 65-74 —
 Dastugue, G., & Thonier, M.  Sur quelques proprietes pharma-
codynamiques  du  manganese.  Bull. sc. pharm.. Par., 1941,
48: 354-62.-—Kitagawa, S.  Pharmakologische Studien iiber die
 Manganverbindungen; iiber die Wirkungen einiger Nervengifte
auf die  isolierten Organe der wiederholt mit Mangan  vorbe- '
 I andelten Tiere.  Jap. J. M. Sc,  1939-40, 12: Proc.. 52-4 —
 bangeckor, H.   Mangan.  In: Handb. exp.  Pharm.  I'HclTtcr)
 1934,   3:  1287-400- Lumiere.   A..  <v   Grange,  R.  H.
 Mode d'action  des sels  de  manganese dans  ritmminisation
 C. rend. Soe. biol., 1930,  103: 261 -3.  Fetranyi, G.  Mangari
 hat&sa a keringd vermennyisegre  es annak alkoto elemeirc
 Magy. orv. arch., 1933, 34: 206-15.  Also  German  transl
 Fol. haemat.,  1933, 50: 443-53.—Phillips, C. I). F.   A contrb
 bution to the pharmacological actions and theiapeutical um*
 of manganese.   Med.  Brief,  1907, 35: 583  02.- I'iolrowski,
 G. L.  The therapeutic action of manganese salts.  Med. .1 &'
 Rec,  1927, 126:  490.—Sahbatani, L.  Azione farmacoloKira
 comparata del  cloruro, carbonato  e fosfato di manganese
 Boll.  Soc. ital.  biol.  sper.,  1928,  3:  268-70.  AN.. Arch «•'
 biol.,  Bologna,  1931-32, 16: 141-59.—Sendrail, M., Vincent!
 D., & Garric,  P.   Donnees  experimental sur  la  valeur
 therapeutique du manganese en pathologie  hepatique.  I!i\
 med.  chir. mal. foie, 1943, 18:  157-64.—Sharpless,  G.  R.
 The effect of manganese on liver tumor induction by p-diniethvl-
 aminoazobenzene.  Fed. Proc, Bait., 1945, 4: 162.—Skinner
 J. T.,  Peterson,  W. H., & Steenbock,  H.  Leber die  Wirkung
 von Mangan und Pflanzenasche auf  das Waclislum und die
 Hamoglobinsynthese.  Biochem. Zschr., 1932. 250: 392.

 ----   Pharmacology:  Preparations.
   Jacobsen,  C.  Nouveau siccalif au mangane.se.   J. chim.
 med.,  Par., 1866, 5. ser., 2: 63.— L., J. Tannate manganique,
 formules de M. Vincenzo Fresini Marietta.  Ibid., 1865, 5. Ber
 1:  402.—Main,  R.  K., & Schmidt, C. L. A.   Studies on the
 combination of  manganese with certain amino acids and re-
 lated compounds.  Proc Soc.  Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1931, 28:
 830.—Normet, L.  Le citrate de manganese en therapeutique.
 Paris med., 1926, 61: 102.—Pavesi, C.  Del citrato di protossido
 di manganese e di ammoniaca.  Gior. farm, chim., Tor., 1870,
 19: 404-7.—Pearce, C. T., & Valker, L. E.  Further report on
 manganese butyrate in skin affections.  J. Med., Cincin., 1931,
 12:  484.—Schweitzer, A.  Silbermanganit (Simanit) in der
 Wundbehandlung.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1935,  31:  1175 —
 Steiner.  Ueber  Silbermanganit (Simanit) eine neue komplexe
 Verbindung von  Silber und  Mangan Ag202MnOj.   Ther.
 Gegenwart, 1935,  76: 162-5.—Watt,  L. A.  Manganese gly-
 cerophosphate; changes in assay process.  Bull. Nat. Formulary
 Com. U. S., 1938-39,  7: 327.

 ----   Poisoning.

   See also Manganese industry, Poisoning.
   Jude,  A.  V.  G.   *Contribution  a l'etude dea
 intoxications   chroniques   par  le   manganese.
 118p.   8?  Par.,  1934.
   Ansola, J., Uiberall, E., & Escudero, E. La intoxicaci6n por
 manganeso en Chile (estudio sobre 64 casos)  Rev. med. Chile,
 1944, 72: 222-311.—Asizawa, R.  Ueber einen Sektionsfall von
 chronischer Manganvergiftung.   Tr. Jap. J. M.  Sc,  1927, 1:
 Int. Med., 173-91, 2 pl.—Baader, E. W.  Manganpneumonie.
 Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg,  1937,  43: 75-81.—Becker,  J. E., &
 McCollum, E. V.  Toxicity of MnClj.4HjO  when fed to rats.
 Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.-, 1938, 38: 740-2.—Blumberg, H.,
 Shelling, D. H., & Jackson, D. A.  The production of manganese
 rickets in rats.   J. Nutrit., 1938, 16: 317-24.—BUttner, H. E.
 Erkrankungen durch  Mangan  und seine  Verbindungen mit
 besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Lungenentziindungcn.   Erg.
 inn. Med. Kinderh., 1940, 58: 1-28.—Canavan, M. M., Cobb,
 S., & Drinker, C. K.  Chronic manganese poisoning; report of a
 case, with autopsy.   Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 32:
 501-12, pl.—Caso,  G.  II glutatione ridotto del sangue nel
 manganismo sperimentale. Fol. med., Nap., 1933, 19: 163-8.—
 Cervinska, F.   Pharmacologie et  toxicologic du manganese.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 262-4.—Charles, J. R.  Manga-
 nese toxaemia; with special reference to the effects of liver feeding.
 Brain,  Lond., 1927, 50: 30-43.—Chilla, A.  Modificazioni del
 potere  fagocitario nel manganismo acuto e cronico sperimentale.
 Fol. med., Nap.,  1933, 19: 683-91.—Chronic manganese poison-
ing; a review.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1940, 55: 1041-3 —
De Lisi, L. SuH'avvelenamento  cerebrale cronico da manga-
nese.  Riv. pat. nerv.,1939, 54: 349-87.—Duvoir, M., & Desoille,
H.   Intoxication par  le manganese et maladie de Basedow.
 In: Annee med. prat., Par., 1939, 18: 295.—Gartner,  H.  Die
chronischen Schadigungen durch Mangan  und ihre  Bekam-
pfung.   Ther.  Gegenwart, 1941,  82: 25-9.  ------   Chronic
manganese poisoning.  J.  Am. M.  Ass.,  1942, 119:  1149
 (Abstr.)—Grewel, F.,  & Sassen, E.  [On manganese  encepha-
lopathy]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 5464-71.—Grunstein,
A.  M., & Popowa,  N.   Experimentelle Manganvergiftung.
Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1929,  87:  742-55.—Handovsky, H.,
Schulz, H., & Staemmler, M.   Ueber akute und chronische
Schwermetallvergiftungen;  Manganovergiftung.  Arch.  exp.
 Path., Lpz., 1925-26, 90: 265-80, 3 pl.—Hermosilla Diaz, F., 4
 Roa, A.  Consideraciones y observaciones clfnicas de la intoxi-
cation  cronica por  manganeso.  Rev.  med.  Chile, 1942, 70:
994-8.—Hilpert, P.  Die chronische Manganvergiftung.  Med.
 Welt, 1933, 7: 522-6—Horvitz, I., & Uiberall, E. Considera-
ciones  neuropsiquidtricas sobre la intoxicaci6n manganesica.
Rev. neur., B. Air.,  1944, 9: 1-31.—Jaksch, R. von. Ueber
 Mangantoxikosen und Manganophobie. Miinch. med. Wschr.,
 1907, 54: 969-72.  ------   Ueber chronische  Mangantoxi-
kosen.  Verh. Kongr.  inn. med.,  1907, 24:  99-107.—Kaffman,
 M.,  & Donoso,  S.   Sobre un caso  de posible intoxicacion 
MANGANESE                                 267                                 MANGANESE
 rr6nica por manganeso.  Rev. med. Chile, 1942, 70: 708-12.—
 Kaffman, M„ Oyarzun, J., & Concha, E.  Dos casos de intoxi-
 raci6n cr6nica por manganeso.  Ibid., 892-5.—Kawamura, R.,
 Ikuta, H. [et al.] Intoxication by manganese in well water.
 Kitasato Arch., 1941, 18: 145-69, 2 pl.—Labeylies & Planque,
 R.  Contribution a  l'etude du manganisme chronique.  Ann.
 med. leg., 1935, 15: 62-6.—Lemos, A. C.  Recherches toxi-
 cologiques experimentales sur le  manganese.   Arch.  mal.
 profess., Par.,  1938, 1: 119-23.  Also J.  pharm. chim., Par.,
 1939, 8. ser., 30: 206-13.—Loebe, C. V. Ueber Manganismus,
 insbesondere iiber den Hahnentritt.  J. Psychol. Neur.,  Lpz.,
 1936, 47: 220.—Lyon-Caen, L., & Jude, A. Un cas d'intoxica-
 tion chronique  par  le bioxyde de manganese; parkinsonisme
 manganique.  Ann.  med. leg., 1934, 14: 511-7.  •------  In-
 toxication chronique par les composes du manganese; parkinso-
 nisme manganique.   Presse med., 1935, 43: 60-3.—Matumura,
 T. Ueber die  Hirn- und Leberveranderungen nach Injektion
 von Mangansalzen.   Fukuoka acta med., 1933, 26:  61.-—
 Oettingen, W. F. von.  Manganese; its distribution,  pharma-
 cology and health hazards. Physiol. Rev.,  1935, 15: 175-201 —
 Pignatari, F.  Ricerche istopatologiche nel manganismo  speri-
 mentale.  Fol. med., Nap.,  1932, 18:  1214-21.—Policard, A.
 Etude, par la methode histospectrographique, de la fixation du
 manganese dans l'intoxication chronique experimentale par le
 bioxyde de manganese.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1935, 120: 364-6.
 Also  Rev. Soc.  argent,  biol.,  1935, 11:  155-7.—Rastelli, G.
 Sul comportamento  del potere complementare nella intossica-
 zione da manganese.  Med. lavoro,  1938, 29: 353-63.—Reddy,
 D. G., & Rao, S. V. R.  Blood and bone-marrow in pre-cirrhotic
 toxic splenomegaly due to manganese.   Ind. J. M.  Res., 1944,
 32: 93-100, pl.—Riedl, L.  [Tremor in chronic poisoning with
 manganese]  Cas. lek.  Cesk., 1937,  76: 370-2.—Salmon &
 Planque.  Intoxication par les minerais de manganese.  Ann.
 hyg., Par., 1933, n. ser., 11:  196-200.—Scander, A., & Sallam,
 H. A.  A report on eleven cases of chronic manganese poisoning.
 J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1936, 19: 57-62.—Schottky, J. Chronische
 Manganvergiftung  und ihre  Behandlung  mit  Belladonna.
 Deut. med. Wschr.,  1942, 68: 250-2.—Slezinger, M.  [Case of
 manganism]  LijeC.  vjes., 1940, 62: 361.—Sourate, V.   Du
 syndrome parkinsonien au cours  de l'intoxication chronique
 par le manganese. Rev. neur., Par., 1934, 41: pt 1, 678-87.—
 Stadler, H. Zur Histopathologic des  Gehirns  bei Mangan-
 vergiftung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1935-36, 154: 62-76 —
 Surat,  V.  S.   [Neuropathology of chronic  poisoning  with
 manganese]  In: Promyshl. toksik. (Arnautov,  G. D.)  Moskva,
 1934, 45-51.-—Vigliani,  E. C.  Esiste una polmonite  da man-
 ganese?  Fol. med., Nap., 1937, 23: 451-8.—Voss, H.  Riicken-
 mark und peripheres Nervensystem bei chronischer Mangan-
 vergiftung.  Samml. Vergift.,  1941-43,  12:  9-12.—Wilbur,
 F. P.  Manganese poisoning.  J.  M.  Soc.  N. Jersey,  1932,
 29: 48-50.—Wilkinson, P. B. Manganese poisoning; two case
 reports.  Caduceus, Hong Kong, 1940, 19:  189-95.—Zolezzi, G.
 Distribuzione del manganese negli organi nella intossicazione
 sperimentale.  Med.  lavoro,  1937, 28: 235-45. ------  L'ap-
 parato  reticolo-endoteliale nell'intossieazione  da manganese.
 Ibid., 257-74.   ------  II sangue e gli organi  ematopoietici
 nella  intossicazione  da  manganese;  ricerche  sperimentali.
 Ibid.. 1938, 29: 97; 129.


 ---  radioactive.
   Drehmann, U. Versuche  iiber die Anreicherung von radio-
 aktivem Mangan (56  Mn)   Naturwissenschaften, 1941,  29:
 708. ------ Ueber  die Gewinnung des radioaktiven Mangans
 (56 Mn)  durch  Neutronenbestrahlung organischer Mangan-
 verbindungen und   Untersuchungen  der  Austauschmoglich-
 keiten zwischen ionogen gebundenem und organisch-komplex
 vorliegendem Mangan.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1942-43,
 53: 227-34.—Polissar, M. J.  Radioactive manganese as an
 indicator in testing  for possible  equilibria between  several
 valences of manganese.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1936, 58:  1372-6.

 ---   Sanitary aspect.

   See  also Water supply.
   Jessen, F. W. Manganese bacteria in the waters of Texas.
 J. Am. Water Works Ass., 1932, 24: 78-87.  ------& Williams,
 O. B.  Oxidation of  manganese by bacteria.   Ibid., 88-92.—
 Manganese removal from water. Engin. News Rec, 1941, 127:
 895.—Phillips, R. S.  Experiences with manganese removal at
 Durham, N. C.  Water Works & Sewer., 1943, 90: 263-5.


 ---   Sexual and genetic aspect.

   See also Maternity.
   Ehrismann,  O.   Ueber den  Einfluss des Mangans auf
 Korpergewicht  und Fortpflanzung.   Zschr. Hyg.,  1939, 122:
 171-88.—Galtsoff, P. S.  Accumulation of manganese and the
 sexual cycle  in  Ostrea  virginica.   Physiol. Zool., 1942, 15:
 210-5.—Skinner, J. T., Van Donk, E., & Steenbock, H.  Man-
 ganese as a factor in reproduction.  Am. J. Physiol., 1932, 101:
 591.

 ---   Sulfur  compounds.
   Bobrova, N. I.  [Effect of manganese sulfate on the multipli-
 cation of the Chinese silkworm Antheraea pernyi  Q.] Biull.
 eksp. biol. med., 1942, 14: No. 2, 93-6.—Domange, L.  Quel-
 ques proprietes du sulfate de manganese; decomposition par
elevation de temperature, solubilite, hydratation.  Bull. Soc.
chim. France, 1939, 5. ser., 6: 1452-9.—Fischer, V. M.  [Sul-
phur compounds of manganese]  J. Russ. fiz. khim.  obshch.,
khim. ch.,  1914, 46:  1481-519.—Miller, M. W., Joukovsky,
V., & Hokenstad, N.  The effect of  manganese sulphate on the
stability of vitamins A and D of cod liver oil when stored in
mixed  feeds.   Nutrit. Abstr.,  Aberdeen,  1942-43,  12:  369
(Abstr.)—Perreu,  J.  Sur quelques hydrates du sulfate man-
ganeux. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1939, 209: 311-3.—Rencker, E., &
Dubois, P.  Sur les hydrates du sulfate  manganeux.  Ibid.,
1936, 203: 185-7.—Rohmer, R.  Deshydratation du sulfate de
manganese k 7 mol/g d'eau par voie aqueuse; hydrates inter-
mediaires.   Ibid.,  1939, 209: 315-7.

----   Therapeutic use.

   See   also   subheading   Pharmacology;  also
Manganate, Use.
   Chazarain, J.    *Contribution  a  l'etude  de
I'emploi  des sels de  manganese en therapeutique.
51p.  24cm.    Par.,  1939.
   Bertrand, G.  Sur I'emploi favorable du manganese comme
engrais. Bull. sc. pharm., 1906, 13: 10-3.—Faludi, F.  Thera-
peutische Versuche mit interner Verabreichung von Mangan.
Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1928,  54: 470-2.—Hannon.   Dell'uso
terapeutico del  manganese e delle sue  preparazioni farma-
ceutiche.   Gazz. toscana sc. med. fis., 1849, 7: 245-8.-—Oettin-
gen, W. F. von, & Sollmann, T.  Manganese; the failure of its
oral  administration to affect  the health of birds.  J. Indust.
Hyg.,  1927, 9:  48-50.—Otto,  A.   [Manganese in  therapy]
Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1934, 78: 5628-31.—Schulz, H.  The
action and use of the inorganic medicinal substances.  J. Am.
Inst. Homeop.,  1934, 27: 345-51.—Veyrieres.  Sels de man-
ganese.  Rev.  fr. derm, vener.,  1927, 3: 97.  ------  Le
manganese.  Ibid., 1929, 5: 401-6.—Warstadt, A., & Colier,
W. A.  Unlosliches Mangan als Heilsmittel zur unspezifischen
Therapie.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 90: 567-72.


MANGANESE  industry.
  Bauer, T. LJeber die Feuergefahrlichkeit von  Ferromangan-
staub.  Arbeitsschutz,  1940, 286-9.—Shishkina, N. N. [Sani-
tary conditions in grinding of manganese ore]   In: Promyshl.
toksik. (Arnautov, G. D.) Moskva,  1934, 41-4.

----  Poisoning.
   See also Manganese,  Poisoning.
   Fairhall, L.  T.,  &  Neal,  P. A.   Industrial
manganese poisoning. 24p.  23^cm.  Wash., 1943.
   Flinn,  R. H., Neal,  P.  A.  [et  al.]   Chronic
manganese  poisoning  in  an  ore-crushing mill.
77p.  8?  Wash., 1940.
   Flintzer,  H.   *TJeber gewerbliche  Mangan-
vergiftung  [Jena]   p.84-115.   8?  Berl., 1930.
   Also Arch. Psychiat., 1931, 93:
   Jester,  D.    *Mangan;  seine   Gewinnung,
technische  Verwendung und  Giftwirkung  unter
besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der   gewerblichen
Manganerkrankung  [Berlin]  71p.  23cm.  Len-
gerich., 1936.
   Lejetjne,  P.   *L'intoxication professionnelle
par le manganese.  93p.  24cm.  Lille, 1937.
   Mahler,   D.    *Ueber   die   Merkmale  der
Berufskrankheiten durch Verbindungen des Man-
gans—Ziffer  5 der   Verordnung vom  11.  Febr.
1929—an  den  Organen der Mundhohle   [Kiel]
17p.  8?  Quakenbriick,  1934.
   Wenig,  K.    *Ueber  todliche   Lungenent-
ziindungen  bei  Erzarbeitern  unter  besonderer
Beriicksichtigung   der   sogenannten   Mangan-
pneumonien  [Bonn]  31p.  21cm.  Wiirzb., 1938.
  Baader, E. W.  Manganvergiftungen in Elementefabriken.
Arch. Gewerbepath., 1932, 4: 101-16.  ------  Manganismus
eines Trimmers.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg.,  1932, n. F., 9: 1-3.  â– -----
L'intoxication par le  manganese.  Arch.  mal.  profess.. Par.,
1938, 1: 104-18.  ------ Eine Reisestudie iiber schweren
Manganismus bei agyptischen Mangangrubenarbeitern. Arch.
Gewerbepath.,  1938-39,  9: 477-86.   ------   Lesioni  pro-
fessional!  da manganese.  Rass. med. indust.,  1941, 12:  481
(Abstr.)—Bickert, F. W.  Studien iiber  Manganvergiftung;
Braunstein; Vorkommen,  Gewinnung und Verarbeitung.  Arch.
Gewerbepath.,  1932-33,  4:  674-88.—Buttner,  H.  E.   Die
Manganpneumonie.  Ber. Internat. Kongr. Unfallmed. (1938)
1939, 8. Congr., 2: 1022-8.   ------  Die Manganpneumonie
als Berufskrankheit.  Aerztl. Sachverst.  Ztg,  1939, 45:  257-
63.  ------& Lenz, E.  Ueber die Moglichkeit von Mangan-
schaden im Braunsteinbergwerk. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1936-
37,  7: 672-84.—Caizzone,  G.  Manganismo professionale.
Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1938, 19: 106-9.—Cauvin, F.   Les
maladies professionnelles  des  mineurs du manganese.  Maroc 
MANGANESE  INDUSTRY                 268
MANGE
med.. 1943,  16-9.—Crouzon, O., & Desoille, H.  Les troubles
nerveux  de l'intoxication  professionelle par  le  manganese.
Paris med.,  1936, 101: 361-5.—Dhers, B. I. T.  L'intoxication
professionnelle par le manganese. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1936,
56:  376.—Dragonetti,  M.  Sull'avvelenamento  cronico  da
manganese;  con relazione di un caso personale.   Rass. med.
lavoro indust., 1938, 9: 94-106.—Dreessen, W.  C.  Manganese
poisoning.  In: Man. Indust, Hyg. (U. S. Pub. Health Serv.)
Phila., 1943, 147.—Elstad. D.   Beobachtungen uber Mangan-
pneumonien.  Ber. Internat. Kongr.  Unfallmed.  (1938)  1939,
8.  Congr., 2: 1014-22.—Feil.A.  Intoxication parle manganese;
le  manganisme professional. Presse med., 1937, 45:  1593.—
Flinn, R. H., Neal, P. A., & Fulton, W. B.  Industrial  manga-
nese poisoning.  J. Indust. Hyg., 1941, 23: 374-87.—Hauck, K.
Manganismus.   Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1907, 14:  449;  477.—
Jotten, K. W.  Pneumonien nach der Einatmung von Mangan-
staub beim Siemens-Martin-Verfahren.   Arch.  Hyg., Munch..
1942, 128: 301-8.------Reploh,  H., & Hegemann, G.  Ex-
perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Manganpneumonie und
ihre  Beziehungen  zur  Thomasschlackenpneumonie.   Arch.
Gewerbepath., 1938-39, 9: 314-36.—Johnstone, R. T.  Manga-
nese and chromium.  In his Occup. Dis., Phila., 1941, 266-76.—
Leclercq, J.   Le diagnostic des intoxications  professionnelles
par le manganese. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1933-34, 5: 337-44.—
McNally, W. D.  Manganese poisoning case.  Indust. M., 1935.
4:  349.  ------  Industrial manganese  poisoning with a  re-
view  of  the  literature.   Ibid.,  581-99.—Manganese  dust
poisoning.   J.  Am.  M. Ass.,   1939, 113:  521.—Manganese
exposure  prevails for what workers?  In: 1021  Answ.  Indust.
Health (J. E. Weiss et al.) Clevel., 1943, 65.—Manganese in
factory smoke and pneumonia in Sauda.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1939,
113: 1426.—Manganismo en las  minas y la industria.  Bol. Of.
san. panamer., 1944,23: 456.—Mosheim.D. Manganvergiftung
bei  Arbeitern  aus   der  Mangan  verarbeitenden  Industrie
(Parkinsonahnliche  Erkrankung)   Klin. Wschr., 1932,  11:
1989.—Muller & Christiaens. Un  nouveau cas d'intoxication
professionnelle par le mangane.se.  Ann.  med.  leg., 1939, 19:
234-9.—Rabinowicz,  H.  [Manganism or industrial poisoning
with manganese]  Warsz. czas. lek., 1938, 15:  767;  812.—
Schwarz, L.  Beobachtungen an  Oefolgschaftsmitgliedern einer
Braunsteinmuhle.  Arch. Hyg.,  Miinch.,  1943,  129: 265-75.—
Trendtel, F.  Zur Frage des  Manganismus.  Mschr.  Unfallh.,
1936. 43: 69-84.—Voss, H.  Ueber das  Vorkommen von be-
ruflichen Manganvergiftungen in der Stahlindustrie (anliisslich
eines Falles von Manganismus bei einem  Ferronianganmiiller)
Arch. Gewerbepath., 1938-39, 9: 453-63.   ------  Progressive
Bulbarparalyse  und  amyotrophische  Lateralsklerose nach
chronischer  Manganvergiftung.   Ibid.,   464-76.
 Riickenmark  und peripheres  Nervensystem bei  chronischer
 Manganvergiftung; Beitrag  zur pathologischen  Anatomie des
 Manganismus. Ibid., 1940-41, 10: 550-68.

 MANGE.

   See  also  Acarina;  Demodecidae;  Notoedres;
 Psoroptes; Psorostidae; Sarcoptidae;  Scabies.
   Hilton, G.  Mange in horses, cattle and sheep.
 12p.   8?    Ottawa,  1930.
   Forms No. 31, Bull. Canada Dep. Agr.
   Plummer, P.  J.  G.   Skin scabies or  mange of
 the fox.  8p.   8?  Ottawa,  1936.
   Forms No. 6, Farmers Bull. Canada Dep. Agr.
   United States.  War Department.  Medical
 Department.    Army  regulations.    No.  40-
 2125.  Communicable diseases of animals; mange.
 4p.   8?   Wash., 1921.
   Armitage, F. D.   A method for the preparation of mange
 mites for  microscopical examination.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1936,
 16: 1404-6.—Civaileri & Cantagalli.   L'eosinophilie dans la
 gale.   Rev.  path, comp.,  Par.,  1922,  22:  137.—David, A.
 Comment se propage la gale.  J. sc. med. Lille, 1924, 42: pt 1,
 278-82.—Dobychin,  N. P.   [Most effective methods  of diag-
 nosis of mange in domestic animals]   Sovet. vet., 1940,  17:
 No. 4,  35-7.—Downing, W.  The life-history of the scab mite
 in relation to control measures.   Vet. Rec, Lond., 1936, 16:
 1065-7.—Escomel, E.  La sarna de la alpaca.  In his Obras
 cient.,  Lima,  1929, 1: 753-8, pl.—Fiebiger,  J.  Zur Frage der
 Rp-ude bei den Steinach'schen Ratten.  Wien.  med. Wschr.,
 1921,  71:  1880-4.—Fiorda,  H.  Sarna escamosa-oculta de los
 lanares; nueva forma clfnica de  sarna ovina en Patagonia.
 Rev. med. vet., B. Air.,  1940, 22:  583-8.—Froning,  B.  Die
 klinische  Diagnose  der  verschiedenen  Raudearten.   Zschr,
 Veterinark., 1943, 55: 315-24.—Graesser, F. E.  Scabies  in a
 turkey. Canad. J. Comp. M., 1943, 7: 13.—Guilhon.   La  gale
 en medecine  veterinaire;  rapport.  Presse med., 1943, 51: 96
 ( -Vbstr.)—Henry, A.  Observations sur diverses gales  ou leurs
 agents.  Rec. med. vet., 1928,  104: 641-6.—Ibrahim Erses.
 Harpte hayvan uyuzu ve pratik teshis ve tedavi.  Askeri  vet.
 mecmuasi, 1941,  19: 82-94.—Imes,  M.   Mange of swine.
Yearb. U. S. Dep. Agr., 1942, 734-40.—Menon, V.  P.  Mange.
 Ind.  Vet,  J., 1941-42, 18:  166-9.—Sezary,  A.  Deux signes
nouveaux  pour faciliter  le  diagnostic  des  formes frustes et
larvees de la  gale.  Presse med., 1942, 50: 162.—Sheather, A.
L. An interesting mange specimen.  J. Comp.  Path., Lond.,
 1926, 39:  140.—Vitzthum, H.  Tierheilkunde und  Acarologie.
 Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 41: 749-51.
 ----  cat and dog.

   Reichaut,  R. E.   *Statistische Hctr.-icritungen
 iiber disponicrendc  Einfliissc  bei  Acaruscrkran-
 kungen  des Hundes.   38p.   8?   Lpz., 1924.
   Stiassnie,  H. J.   *Etude sur 1'cruption  cuta-
 nee  provoquee  chez  l'homme  par  la gale  f61ino
 62p.   8?   Par..  1921.
   Davidson, J. L. A new treatment for scabies in a dog  Vet
 Med., Chic, 1944, 39: 174.—Dehner, O.  Beitrag zur Behand-
 lung der Akarusraude der Hunde.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926,
 42: 313.—Dubreuilh, W.  LTn cas de gale canine chez I'hominc
 Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph., 1922, 29: 185.—Egert, A.  [Acariasis
 of the dog and its transmission to the horse]   Voj. zdrav  listy
 1928, 4: 249-57.— Grigoraki, L.. &  Cabassu, J. Dermatose due
 k un parasite de la gale canine.  Marseille med., 1936, 73: pt 1,
 760-2.-—Isnard.   De la gale chez le chien; traitement employe1
 avec succes.  J. med. vet.,  Lyon,  1854,  10: 337-42.— Kinard,
 F. W., & De Erve, J. van.  Control of mange in laboratory dogs'
 .1. Lab. Clin. M., 1936, 21:  1203.- Lentz,  W. J.  Follicular
 mange of dogs.  Vet.  Med., Chic, 1930, 25: 334.—MacCormac
 H.   Cat scabies.   Brit. J.  Derm. Syph., 1934, 46: 411-4.—
 McKim, O.  E.  Follicular mange  m docs.  Vet. Med., Chic
 1940, 35:  696.—Mallet, M.  Zones d'agi-egat psc.rique chez le
 chien.  Bull. Acad. vet. Fiance, 1931, 4: 49.-  Price, E. W., 4
 Bishopp, F. C. Mange of dogs.  Yenrh. P. S. Dep. Agr.,  1942,
 1174-9.—Rousset, J.  Quatre cas de gale feline chez l'homme;
 petite epidemie ayant pour point de depart un eievage.  Bull
 Soc  fr. derm, syph.,  1937, 44: 578-80.—Sandner, K.  Katzen-
 raude beim Hund. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1928, 15: 837-9.—
 Sipos, K.  [Scabies rati] Borgy6gy.  urol. vener. szemle,  1940,
 18: 67.—Touraine, A..  & Soulignac.  Trois  cas de gale feline
 chez l'homme. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 118-20.—
 Venkatachalam, K.,  Ratnagiriswaran.  A. N. [et al.]   On the
 parenteral administration  of sea-water  in  the treatment  of
 canine mange, sarcoptic and  follicular.   Ind. Vet. J., 1944-45,
 21: 7-11.


 ----   cattle and camel.
   Butler,  W. J.  Mange in cattle.  Vet. Med., Chic. 1930, 25:
322-5.—Donatien, A.  Gale  du dromadaire; essais de traite-
 ment par  le guetran (goudron arabe) et par le petrole sulfo-
 carbone.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1920, 13: 545-8.-----
 & Arnaud, J. Traitement de la gale du dromadaire k l'lnstitut
 Pasteur d'Algerie.   Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1923, 1: 691.—
 Escomel, E.   La sarna de los cameiidos de la altiplanicie Peril
 boliviana.  Gac. med. Mexico, 1930, 61: 5-8.—Fedorenko, B.
 R.  [Quick and simplified diagnosis of mange in cattle]  Sovet.
 vet.,  1939,  16: No.  8, 77.—Flohil, J.   [Legislation  against
 mange in  cattle]   Tschr. diergeneesk.,  1927,  54:  1148-53 —
 Gotze, R.  Die Behandlung der Rinderraude mit Derriswaseh-
 mitteln. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1933, 49: 789-92.—Liebert, W.
 Rinder-Raude.  Ibid., 1928,  44: 221-8,—Snyder, R.  Cattle
scab and its  control.  Yearb. U. S. Dep. Agr., 1942, 588-92.—
Stewart, J. R.  Mange in  cattle.  Austral.  Vet. J., 1928,  4:
 108.—Zwijnenberg, H. A.   [Mange in  cattle]  Tschr.  dier-
geneesk.,   1928,  55: 396-400.


----   horse.

   Bartsch.    Die  Raude der Pferde  als Kriegs-
 tierseuche.  59p.  8?   Berl., 1930.
   Forms Erganzbd No. 1, Zschr. Veterinark.
   Demianovich,  M.  P.  [Rational  method  of treatment  of
 mange in  horses]  Sovet.  vet., 1939,  16:  35-7.—Eberhard.
 Ueber Todesfalle,  Erkrankungen und Beschadigungen  bei der
Gasbehandlung der Pferderaude.  Berl.  tierarztl. Wschr., 1921,
37: 385-^.—Gemetro, L. La sarna equina; peligrosa epizootfa
de guerra  cuyas caracteristicas deben difundirse desde la paz.
Rev.  mil., B. Air., 1944,  44: pt  2, 613-25—Gonsalves.  E.
Sarna hibernal dos eqiiinos.  Rev.  mil.  remonta  vet.,  Rio,
 1945, 7: No. 48,  24-7.—Guerin, A.  La gale du cheval aux
armees; prevention; traitement.  Rev. path, comp., Par., 1917,
 17: 310-2. ------   La verite sur la sulfuration  gazeuse dea
chevaux pendant la guerre pour le traitement de la gale.  Ibid.,
 1919, 19: 150-3.—Henry, A.  Sur le pouvoir  acaricide de quel-
ques substances utilisees dans la gale des equides.  Bull. Soc
centr. med. vet., 1921, 74: 357-82.—Imes, M.  Mange in equine.
Yearb. U.  S. Dep. Agr., 1942, 476-81.—Kutej, E.  [Treatment
of mange  in  horses according to Prof.  Demjanovie method]
Zver. obzor,  1940, 33: 391-3.—Leber.   Geschiehtliches uber
die  Pferderaude  als  Kriegstierseuche.   Mfinch.  tierarztl.
 Wschr., 1928, 79:  621; passim.-—Leneveu. L'uremie d'origine
acarienne  chez le cheval. Rec. med. vet., 1917, 93: 477-81.—
Lepinay, L.   Quelques notes sur  le traitement des chevaux
galeux.  Rev. path, comp..  Par., 1917,  17:  158.  ----- La
gale  du cheval.  Ibid., 260-3.  ———   Note sur I'emploi des
gaz sulfureux dans le traitement de la  gale du cheval.  Ibid..
 1919, 19: 70. ------ Le traitement de la gale du cheval par
I'anhydride  sulfureux liquide.  Ibid.,  274-8.—Lindner, W.
Raudebehandlung bei Pferden mit Sulfoliquid AS.  Munch.
tierarztl. Wschr.,  1925, 76: 93.—Lomas, H.   A treatment for
 mange in  horses.   Vet. J.,  Lond.,  1942, 98:  139.—Mange.
Vet.  Med., Chic,  1942, 37: 544-7.—Martin, A. D. Mange of
horses.  Ibid., 1930, 25: 316-9.— Mullet. R.  Note  sur un
 procede facile de traitement  de  la  gale du cheval.  Rec. med; 
MANGE
269
MANGE
 vet  1940 116: 252.—Nicolas, E.  La gale des equides (gales
 et teignesj marche de la morbidite dans uni  effect if'  de corps
 d'armee au cours de quatre ans de guerre (1914-1918)  Bull.
 Soc  centr. med. vet,, Par.,  1921, 74:  483-6.—Nbrr.  Ueber
 Pferderaude.  Umschau, 1944,  48: 22-4— Pick, W.  Ueber
 Pferderaude  beim Menschen.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1917, 30:
 g49__pothe, F.  Die Beschaffenheit des Blutes raudekranker
 Pferde vor und nach  der Behandlung.  Deut.  tierarztl. Wschr.,
 1922  30- 128 —Prigor, M. I.   [Field gas-chamber for horses for
 treatment of mange] Sovet. vet., 1940, 17: No. 7, 43-6 —
 Raude der Pferde.  Vorschr. sachs. Vet., 1941, 36: 39.—Reif.
 Das Vorkommen der Pferderaude beim Menschen  und ihre
 Bekampfung bei der Truppe.   Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1917, 13:
. 733 _Riehl, G.  Pferderaude beim Menschen.  Wien. klin.
 Wschr., 1919, 32: 595.—Schaflfer, J.  Gehauftes Auftreten von
 Pferderaude  beim Menschen.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1916, 63:
 1432 —Schmid, F.   Results  of recent  research on  mange  in
 horses.  Vet. Bull.,  Lond.,  1942, 12:  34 (Abstr.)—Schmidt.
 Zur  Gasbehandlung  der  Pferderaude  mit   Schwefeldioxyd.
 Berl. tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1921, 37: 579.—Stetter,  R.   Akarus-
 Raude bei Pferden.   Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926,  77: 64.—
 Strelkov, N. M.  [Treatment of mange in horses with K soap]
 Veterinaria,  Moskva,  1942,  No.  6,  21-3.—Strubelt.   Zur
 Oasbehandlung der Pferde mit SOj.  Zschr. Veterinark., 1933,
 47: 81-3.—Thibierge, G.  Note sur une eruption prurigineuse
 difterente de la gale, observee chez des hommes ayant soigne
 des chevaux galeux.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1917, 3. ser.,
 41: 933-6.—Valenta, S.  [Sulphur dioxide (SO2) in treatment of
 mange in horses] Voj. san. glasnik, 1931, 2: 620-6.

 ---  sheep.
   Bartels.  Neue Versuche  zur Bekampfung der Schafraude.
 Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1941,  49: 208-11.  ------ & Rosen-
 berger. Neuere Massnahmen zur Bekampfung der Schafraude.
 Ibid., 1937, 45: 273-81.—Bedford, G. A. H., & Wilken-Jorden,
 T. J.  The  minimum effective concentration of  lime-sulphur
 dips for sheep scab eradication.  Onderstepoort J.  Vet. Sc.
 1934, 2: 239-41.—Du Toit, P. J., & Bedford, G.  A.  H.  Goat
 mange; the infectivity of kraals.  Rep. Dir.  Vet. Educ. Pre-
 toria,  1932, pt  1,   145-52.—Hasenkamp.   Zur  Bradsot-Be-
 kampfung.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1920, 36: 554— Kiessig.
 Sind Schwefel-Kalkbader bei der  Behandlung der Schafraude
 wirksam und bieten  sie  Vorteile gegeniiber den sonst iiblichen
 Bademitteln Kreolin, Lysol, Arsenik?  Deut, tierarztl. Wschr.,
 1921, 29: 611-4.—Lewis, E. A.  Sheep scab; remedial measures
 reviewed. Bull. Entom. Res.,  Lond.,  1937,  28:  pt  1, 11-28,
 pl.—Liebert, W.   Die  Behandlung der  Schafraude mittels
 Rohol.  Deut.  tierarztl. Wschr.,  1927, 35:   379-82.—Miller,
 A. W.  Sheep scab and its control.  Yearb.  LT. S. Dep. Agr.,
 1942, 904-11.—Nagler, A. Bekampfung der  Schafraude durch
 Begasung.   Berl. tierarztl.  Wschr., 1920,  36: 553.—Pillers,
 A. W. N.  Some aspects of sheep scab control. Vet.  J., Lond.,
 1932, 88: 323-5.—Priselkov, A. M., Gurieva, A. M., & Nechi-
 nenny, D. K.  [Tobacco baths and their efficacy  in treatment
 of mange in sheep]  Sovet. vet., 1940, 17: No. 2, 35-8.—Raude
 der Schafe.  Reichsgesundhbl., 1937, 12: 568.—Reimers. Die
 Bekampfung der Schafraude  mit  Schwefelkalkbadern.  Deut.
 tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 34:  787.—Rosenwald, A.  S.  Sheep
 scabies and Navajo Indians.   Vet, Med., Chic, 1936, 31: 163-
 70.—Russeff,  C. Die  Schafriiudebekampfung  in   Stiddob-
 rudscha.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1943, 51: 90.—Schwind.
 Praktische  Winke;  Verhiitung urrhebsamer Vorkommnisse
 beim Baden raudiger Schafe.   Munch,  tierarztl. Wschr., 1921,
 72: 1071-3.—Sinelnikov, I. D.  [Mass treatment of  mange ol
 sheep with hyposulphite] Sovet. vet., 1939, 16: No. 5, 47-9 —
 Steffens,  M.   Schafraudebehandlung  mit  Raude-Demsol-
 Bengen.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1937, 45: 653.—Torres de la
 Llosa, J.  La sarna en los ovinos.  Rev. zootecn., B. Air., 1929,
 16: 162-6.—Verney, F. A.  Sheep and goat scab in Basutoland.
 J Comp. Path., Lond., 1926, 39: 301-6.

 ---  Treatment.

   Gilbert,   A.    *Traitement  des  gales  par
 ['anhydride  sulfureux;  contr61e  de  la  saturation
 dans les chambres a sulfuration   [Alfort]  51p.
 8?   Par.,  1933.
   Mahieu,   F.     *Contribution  a l'etude  du
 traitement de la gale par 1'hyposulfite de soude.
 129p.   8°   Par., 1934.
   Vasili-Filipovitch,  G.   *La gale du  mouton
 et de la chevre  et les mesures  de police sanitaire
 envisages au point de vue international   [Alfort]
 lllp.   8?   Par., 1933.
   Arthaud,  G.   Sur le traitement de la gale par les derives
 sulfocarbones.   Rev. path,   comp., Par.,   1920, 20: 106.—
 Breidert.  Sulfodiol; ein neues Raudemittel.  Berl.  tierarztl.
 Wschr., 1920, 36: 608.—Charmichael, E. B.  Sulfocyanate as a
 treatment for  mange on dogs and other laboratory animals.
 .1. Lab. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 656.—Cherkassky, E. S. [Effect
 of antimange remedies  on the fur]  Sovet. vet.,  1940,  17:
 77-9.—Contagion et traitement de la gale. J. med. vet., Lyon,
 1850, 6: 554.—Descazeaux,  J.  Traitement  de la gale.  Rec.
 med. vet., Par., 1916, 92: 227-37.—G., C.  Traitement de la
 gale.  Rev. path, comp., Par., 1940, 40: 77.—Hartnack.  Tag-
 und  Nachtweiden in der Raudebehandlung.  Deut. tierarztl.
Wschr.,  1919, 27: 57-9.—Harvey, F. T.  Nascent sulphur in
mange.  Vet. Rec,  Lond.,  1938, 50:  565.—Jakob, H.  De
acaricisis en haar behandeling.   Tschr. veeartsenijk.,' 1912,
39:  969-90.—Jennings,  S.   The  treatment  of  mange  by
tetraethylthiuram monosulphide.   Vet.  Rec,  Lond.,  1942,
54: 330.—Landshut.   Thiosal, ein sicher wirkendes Heilmittel
gegen alle Raudearten und Hautkrankheiten.  Berl.  tierarztl.
Wschr.,  1928, 44: 37.—Langer, H.  Bau einer behelfsmassigen
Raudegaszelle.   Zschr. Veterinark., 1943, 55:  110.—Millen-
bruck, E. L.  Newer  treatment of follicular mange.  Vet. Bull.,
Wash.,  1938, 32: 213.—Okun,  I. M.,  &  Tapelson, S. L.
[Liquidation of mange in Soviet Russia]  Vest, vener., 1937,
1005-8.—Pokhvalensky,  D.  I.   [Treatment of mange with
sulphur  anhydrid]   Eksp. vet., Moskva,  1926, 2:  3-19 —
Priselkov, A. M.  [Creolin without phenol; new preparation for
treatment of mange]  Veterinaria, Moskva,  1942,  No. 6, 15-
7.—Richter, C.   Ein Beitrag zur Raudebekampfung.  Deut.
tierarztl. Wschr., 1916, 24: 429.—Roeland, E.  A propos de la
gale.  Rev.  path, comp., Par., 1917,  17: 284.—Schwab, K.
Neguvon,  ein neues  Raudemittel.  Miinch.  tierarztl. Wschr.,
1920, 71: 553-5.—Stresow, P.  Raudebehandlung mit Peruol.
Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,  1920,  36: 607.—Tisdale, W. H.,  &
Flenner, A. L.  Mange remedy.  U. S.  Patent Off., 1940, No.
2,206,520.—Treatment of mange.  Canad. J. Comp. M., 1939,
3: 247.—Vigel, F. Le traitement de la  gale par la sulfuration.
Rec. med. vet., Par., 1935, 91: 787-92.—Vlasak, J.   [Treating
scabies  in animals with  gas  baths] Voj. zdrav.  listy, 1929,
5: 11-27.
   MANGELSDORF, Paul Christoph, 1899-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.


MANGEL-WURZEL.

   See  also Beet.
   Commerell, Abbe de  [M6moire et instruction
sur  la culture,  l'usage  et  les  avantages  de la
racine de disette]  An  account  of the culture and
use  of the  mangel  wurzel, or  root  of  scarcity.
4. ed.  Transl. from the French by J.  C.  Lettsom.
52p.   20>^cm.   Lond.,  1788.
   Snyders, S. L.  Mortality amongst cattle and sheep caused
by mangels. J. S. Afr. Vet. M. Ass., 1945, 16:  10-2.
   MANGENOT,  Marie  Helene,  1902-
*Contribution   a   l'etude  des   manifestations
osteoperiostiques   de   l'avitaminose   C.    52p.
24cm.   Par., Jouve & cie,  1938.
   MANGEON,  Gilberto.
   See Xavier, A. M., Mangeon, G., & Mendes, P. Da propa-
ganda contra a lepra.  14p.  18)4cm.  Rio, 1940.
   MANGEON,   Henrique  [M.  D.,   1887,  Rio]
*Estudo critico  da amputagao  de Pirogoff.  64p.
8?   Rio, G.  Leuzinger & filhos,  1887.
   MANGER,   Julius,  1902-         *Ueber  die
 Wirkungen   von  Radiothorium  auf anamische
Ratten.   24p.   8?   Wurzb., C.  J.  Becker, 1927.
   MANGER,  Wilhelm Ludwig,  1909-       *Zur
Statistik  der  Psoriasis  vulgaris  auf  Grund der
von 1931-1934  in der Dermatologischen Klinik
und  Poliklinik   der  Universitat   Munchen  be-
handelten Krankheitsfalle.  31p. 22cm.  Miinch.,
 Wittemann,  1936.
    MANGES, Morris,  1865-1944.
    Translator of Ewald,  C.  A.  The diseases of the stomach.
 2. ed. 602p. 8!  N. Y., 1897.
    For  biography see in Hist.  N. York Polyclinic  (W. M.
 Hartshorn)  1942, 146.
    For  obituary see J. Am. M. Ass.,  1944, 124:  1077.  Also
 J.  Mount Sinai  Hosp. N. York, 1944-45, 11: 129-31, portr.
 (Lilienthal, H.)
    MANGES,  Willis Fastnacht, 1876-1936.
    For  obituary see Am. J. Roentg., 1937,  37: 106-11, portr.
 (Brown  P.)  Also  Tr.  Coll.  Physicians Philadelphia  (19371
 1938, 5:47 (Pfahler, G. E.)
    For portrait see Clinic Jefferson M. Coll., 1924, 31.
    MANGEZ,  Eugene, 1903-       *Essai  sur la
 dtftetique des  debiles  digestifs,   intestinaux  et
 hepatiques    [Paris]    27p.    24cm.    Chateau-
 Thierry, Impr.  Moderne,  1939.
    MANGHAM, Sydney,  &  HOCKLEY,  A.  R.
 Biology  for  pharmaceutical students and others.
 viii, 613p.   illust.   pl.   diagr.   22^cm.   Lond.,
 Bailliere, Tindall &  Cox,  1938.
    MANGIAGALLI, Luigi, 1850-1928.
    For  obituary see Ann. ostet.  gin., 1928,  50: 725-54, portr.
 (Pavia, A., & Alfieri, E.)   Also Arte  ostet., 1936,  50: 271-8. 
MANGIAGALLI
270
MANGOLD
(Castelli, G.)  Also Atti Soc. ital. ostet., 1928, 27: p. Ivii-lxvii,
portr.  (Alfieri, E.)  Also Gazz. osp.,  1928,  49: 881, portr.
(Fossati, G.)


MANGIFERA.
   See also  Anacardiaceae.
   Das Gupta, S. N., & Asthana, S.  N.  Histopathology  of
necrotic mango fruit.  Current Sc, Bangalore, 1944, 13: 77.—
Kirby-Smith, J. L.  Mango dermatitis.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1938,
18: 373-84.—Paulson, G. A.  Mango and hualtaco dermatitis;
dermatitis venenata produced  by members of the Anacardiacae
family in northern Peru.  Med. Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y.,
1941-42, 5: 197-200.—Silva, F. Dermatite de contacto causada
pela manga (Mangifera indica L.)  Hospital, Rio, 1945, 27:
231-5.—Thakurta,  A. G., & Dutt, B. K. Vegetative propaga-
tion of mango from gootes, Marcotte, and cuttings by treat-
ment with high concentration auxin. Current Sc, Bangalore,
1941,  10: 297.—Tillema, S.  [Affections of the skin due  to
Mangifera  species]  Geneesk. tschr.  Ned. Indie, 1936, 76:
28.")."). 2 pl.
   MANGIN, Marcel, 1880-        Techniques
opSratoires et   instruments  nouveaux   [Alfort;
Vet.]  53p.  8?  Par.,  Vigot fr., 1929.
   MANGINELLI,  Luigi.    La  diagnosi  delle
malattie dello  stomaco e dell'intestino, ai raggi
X.  xiii, 254p.  8?  Roma,  L' Universelle, 1915.
   MANGLIERS,  Giinther, 1911-        *Beitrag
zur   Epidemiologie  des  Lichen  ruber  planus
[Breslau]   19p.   8?    Lengerich i.  W., Lenger.
Handelsdr., 1936.


MANGO.
   See Mangifera.
   MANGOENDIHARDJO,  Raden   Moehamad
Saleh.   *Over echinococcus.   247p.   pl.   8?
Amst., P. H. Vermeulen,  1928.
   MANGOLD,  Andreas,  1893-        *Unter-
suchungen iiber die baktericide Wirkung  einiger
in der konservierenden  Zahnheilkunde gebrauch-
ter  Konservierungs-  und  Desinfizierungsmittel
sowie einiger anderer  chemischer Stoffe am Strep-
tococcus  lacticus Kruse    [Leipzig]   17p.   8?
Borna-Lpz.,  R. Noske,  1926.
   MANGOLD,  Ernst  Ludwig  Karl   Wilhelm
Ferdinand, 1879-          Unsere  Sinnesorgane
und  ihre  Funktion.  vii, 147p.   illust.   19cm.
Lpz., Quelle &  Meyer,  1909.
   Forms No. 26, Wiss. & Bildung.
   ----    Tierphysiologisches    Praktikum   fiir
Studierende  der  Landwirtschaft und Veterinar-
medizin.   52p.  8?  Berl., J. Springer,  1928.
   See also in 5. ser. Disselhorst, R.  Compendio di anatomia
e fisiologia dei mammiferi domestici.  6. ed. tedesca rielaborata
da Ernesto Mangold.  1. ed.  italiana,  trad, dei Angelo Cesare
Bruni e Filippo Usuelli.  465p. 25cm.  Milano, 1943.
   MANGOLD,  George  Benjamin, 1876-
Social pathologv.  xxii, 736p.  8?   N. Y., Mac-
millan Co., 1932.
   ----  Problems of child welfare.   3.  ed.  xvi,
549p.   8?   N.  Y., Macmillan Co.,  1936.
   MANGOLD, M.   L'utilisation  alimentaire  de
la cellulose.  38p.    25^cm.   Par.,  Hermann  &
cie, 1937.
   Forms No. 558, Actual.  Sc. Industr.
   MANGOLD, Otto, 1891-       Die Aufgaben
der  Biologie im  Dritten Reich.  19p.   24)^cm.
Freib. i. B.,  F.  Wagner, 1938.
   Forms H.  29, Freib. Universitiitsreden.
   MANGOLD, Walter, 1901-       *Die Wert-
schatzung  verschiedener Korperverletzungen  in
den   germanischen   Volksrechten   und  in  der
Jetztzeit [Heidelberg] 40p.  8?  Lengerich i. W.,
 Lenger. Handelsdr., 1936.
   MANGOLD, Walter S.  A  study of sanitation
in the United States.   114p.   28^cm.  Los Ang.,
County Health Dep., 1932.
MANGOLD.
  See Mangel-Wurzel.
  MANGOR, Christian Elovins, 1739-1823.
  Norrie, G.  [Father and son; exchange of letters between
two phvsicians 1708--1799]  Militsrlsegen, 1933, 39: 77-104.
  MANGOS, Isidore Constantin [M. D., 1928,
Geneve]  *Du saturnisme a  l'H6pital  cantonal
de Geneve (clinique m6diealo)  de 1917 a 1927.
24p.  8?   Geneve, Impr.  du Commerce, 1928.

MANGOSTEEN [and derivatives]
  See also Gum [and resin]
  Hill, J. R.  Mangostin; a crystalline substance allied to the
resins. J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1915, 595-601.—Lindsay, W. R.
Mangosteen cultivation.  Proc.  Am.  Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942,
8. Congr., 3: 263-5.
  MANGRANE,  Daniel.   Bioquimica  de  la
anestesia.   270p.  tab.  21}2cm.  Madr., Espasa-
Calpe,  1941.

MANGROVE.
  See Rhizophora.
  MANGUM, Charles Staples,  1870-1939.
  For portrait see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1938, 35: 577.
  MANHATTAN, Kans.   Agricultural  Experi-
ment Station.
  See Kansas, U. S. A. Agricultural Experiment Station.
  MANHATTAN State  Hospital [Ward  Island,
New York  City.]
  See New York, N. Y.  Manhattan State Hospital.
  MANH Don, Nguyen, 1911-
  See Nguyen Manh Don, 1911-
  MANHEIM, Ralph.
  Translator of Hitler,  A.  Mein  Kampf.   694p. 20cm.
Bost., 1943.
  MANHEIM, Sylvan Dallas, 1897-       Proc-
tology,   vii,  137p.  22cm.  N. Y., Oxford Univ.
pr.,  1943.
  MANI,  Peter  [M. D.,  1934, Basel]   *Ueber
Spiesskatarakt und coralliforme Katarakt.  13p.
8?   Basel,  National-Ztg,  1934.

MANIA.
  See   also  Manic-depressive   psychosis; also
Delusional states, persecutional; Emotion, Dis-
orders.
  Deron,  R.  Le "syndrome maniaque.   359p.
8?   Par., 1928.
  Gatjdet,   J.    *Manie  chronique  et 6tats
maniaques  chroniques.    119p.   24cm.  Par.,
1939.
   Gtjignon,  P.   *Les  delires  secondaires a  la
manie  [Lyon]  79p.  25^cm.  Bourg, 1933.
  Kothe,  B.   *Ueber die  (exogen  ausgelostcj
verworrene Manie.  35p.   8?  Miinch.,  1930.
   Maniac (The)  a realistic study  of  madness
from the maniac's point  of view.   2. ed.  259p.
8?   Lond., 1932.
  Abely, X.  Excitation maniaque  et troubles endocriniens.
Ann. med. psychol.,  Par., 1943, 101: pt 1, 537.—Anthonisen,
N. L. The manic mood.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1936,
36: 651-3.—Benon, R. La manie. Bull, med., Par., 1934, 48:
391.—Binswanger,  L.   Ueber  die  manische  Lebensform.
Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1945, 75: 49-52.—Bonhour, A. Excita-
ci6n  maniaca y onirismo. Rev.  psiquiat. crim., B. Air.,  1938,
3: 591-6.—Bostroem, A.  Zur Frage der verworrenen Manie.
Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1925-20, 76: 671-703.—Cameron, K.
Chronic  mania. J.  Ment. Sc, Lond.,  1936, 82:  592-4.—
Capgras & Cullerre.  Un e4at mixte: manie improductive.
Bull. Soc. clin.  med. ment., Par., 1920,  14: 33-6.—Claude, H.,
& Cuel, J. R. A propos de la reaction de Zondek dans les etats
maniaques.  Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1933, 91: pt 2, 233-9.—
Courbon, P., & Leconte, M.  Les id^es de persecution dans la
 manie.   Ibid.,  1934, 92: pt  1,  121-8.—Delay, J.  Manic
 K'actioMiiellc et compensation.   Ibid., 1943, 101: pt 1, 402-6.—
 Enachescu, S. D., & Vladoianu, O.  [Observations on a cn-<'
 of mania]  Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1939, 28:  117-22.-Fels, R.
 Leber den S\mptomenkomplex der  primaren  Inkoharenz  mit
Em-sung.  Mschr.  Psychiat., 1906,  19: 488-98.—Foxe, A. N.
Reactive agitation and mania.  J. Clin. Psychopath., 1944-4.J, 
MANIA
271
MANIC-DEPRESSIVE
g. gi_8.—Gallotti, O.  Enfermeiragem dos agitados.   Brasil
med  1931, 45: 998-1000.—Guiaud, fils.  Essai sur la manie.
Observ. pr'ovenc.  sc. med.,  1821, 1: 225-32.—Meuriot.   La
visite a la maison  de sante, symptome premonitoire d'un acces
maniaque.  Ann.  med. psychol., Par.,  1944, 102: 288-90.-
Robin, G., Cenac, M., & Durand-Saladin, J.  Les e4ats mani-
aque d'origine psychique.  Ibid.,  1926,  84: pt 1, 57-78.—
Rodiet, A.  Les mobilises atteints d'excitation maniaque et
de manie aigue pendant la  guerre.  Progr. m£d.,  1926, 41:
421-6 —Skottowe, I.  A contribution to the psychopathology
of mania. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1936, 82: 656-66.—Specht, G.
Ueber den vitalen Faktor im manischen Krankheitszustand.
Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1939, 110:  1-10.—Teixeira de Mattos,
E.  [Mania of the old maid Jeanne de Spinosa in  Rijssel; a
picture of the early 17th century]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928,
72: pt 2, 4958-67.—Wertham, F. I. A group of  benign chronic
psychoses; prolonged  manic  excitements; with a  statistical
study of age, duration and frequency on 2,000 manic attacks.
Am. J. Psychiat.,  1929, 9: 17-78.

---  Hypomania.
   Bresler, J.  Ein Schulfall von Hypomanie.  Psychiat. neur.
Wschr., 1939, 41: 265-9.—Lewin, B. D.  Analysis and structure
of a transient hypomania.  Psychoanal. Q., 1932, 1: 43-58.—
Ziegler, L. H.  Mild mania on recovering from myxedema.
Med. Clin. N. America, 1930, 13: 1368.

---  Treatment.
   Delay, J., & Neveu, P.  Manie  grave; £chec de l'electro-
choc; succ& de  l'insulinotherapie.  Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris,
1943,  59: 436.—Feuillade &  Ser.  Essai  de  traitement de
l'excitation maniaque par le coma insulinique.  Lyon m6d.,
1936, 158: 693-9  [comments by E. Larrive, 667]—Fuster, J.
Remisi6n de un acceso maniaco con negativacion lue4ica del
liquido cefaloraquideo.  Arch, neurob., Madr.,  1932, 12:  185-
98.—Grinsard,  R.  Du traitement  des  6tats  d'agitation  par
l'hyposulfite de magnesium.   Bull. Soc. m£d. chir. Indochine,
1937, 15: 1195-8.—Grosh, L. C, jr. Insulin in the treatment of
acute mania. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1938, 87: 559-69.—Joson,
T., & Kosca, J. M. Treatment of manic condition with tincture
of Datura alba.  J. Philippine Islands  M. Ass.,  1941, 21: 387-
90, tab.—Menzies, E. C. A non-asylum treatment for acute
mania. Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1935, 32:  418.—Mestrallet, A., &
Larrive, E.  Essai  de traitement des acces  maniaques  par
l'hyposulfite  de magnesium.  Lyon m6d., 1932,  149: 281-8.—
Parfitt, D. N. The treatment of mania.   J. Ment. Sc, Lond.,
1936, 82: 615-7.—Portal, P.  Mania guarita dopo la comparsa
di un ascesso all'ano, nella Real Casa de'Matti in Palermo.
Filiatresebezio.Nap., 1835, 9: 270.—Rondepierre, J., Bourgeois,
P., & Barrat. Electro-cboc dans un cas de manie aigue chez une
tuberculeuse; ame4iorat; n importante de l'e'tat pulmonaire.
Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1941, 99: pt 2,  414-7.—Tellier, H.
Traitement des 6tats maniaques.  Union m6d.  Canada, 1934,
63: 911-21.—Therapy for manic  patients.  South. M. & S.,
1937, 99: 353.
   MANIAC  (The)  a realistic  study  of madness
from  the  maniac's point  of view.  2.  ed.   xix,
259p.  8?   Lond., Watts &  Co., 1932.
   MANIA Capurro,  Luis G.  Estudio general de
las  bacterias.   79p.   illust.    20cm.   B.  Air.,
Libr. Vazquez, 1938.
   MANIADIS,  Georges, 1908-        Contribu-
tion  k l'etude de l'hgmiplegie  spasmodique  in-
fantile d'origine heredo-syphilitique.    127p.   8?
Par., L. Rodstein, 1934.
   MANIALD, Etienne de, fl. 1574-1625.
   Pery, J., & Boisserie-Lacroix. Sur un ouvrage d'Etienne de
Maniald, medecin bordelais du XVIe siScle.  J. m£d. Bordeaux,
1934, 111: 163.


MANIC-DEPRESSIVE psychosis.

   Association for  Research in Nervous  and
Mental  Diseases.   Manic-depressive  psycho-
sis; an investigation of the most recent advances.
851p.   8?   Bait., 1931.
   Blankart,  L.   *Ueber periodische Psychosen
[Basel]  91p.  8?   Laupen-Bern,  1934.
   Damey,  A.    *Manie  et hypocondrie.   123p.
25Hcm.  Lyon, 1938.
   Lange, J.   Das zirkulare Irresein.   p.873-931.
25cm.   Berl.,  1939.
   In: Handb. Erbbiol. Mensch. (G. Just), Bd 5, T. 2.
   Lundholm,   H.    The  manic-depressive  psy-
chosis.   86p.   8?   Durham,  1931.
   Rehm, 0.   Das manisch-melancholische Irre-
sein  (manisch-depressives   Irresein   Kraepelin)
136p.   8?   Berl., 1919.
   Forms Heft 17, Monogr. Neur. Psychiat.
  Antheaume, A.  Les psychoses periodiques.  Rapp. Congr.
alien, neur. France  (1907) 1908, 17. Congr., 157-270  [Discus-
sion] C. rend., 167-92.—Beaudouin, H., &  Beaudouin, J. L.
Syndrome excito-depressif.  Ann. m6d. psychol., Par., 1943,
101: pt 1, 409-11.—Benon,  R.  Cyclothymie et cyclosthenie.
Bull. m<5d., Par., 1926, 40. '39.—Braun, E.   Manisch-depres-
sives Irresein.  Fortsch.  Neur. Psychiat., 1933,  5: 505-13.—
Biichler, P.  [Cyclothymia]  Orv. hetil., 1936, 80: mell., 49 —
Dalbiez, R.  Manic-depressive psychosis.  In his Psychoanal.
Meth.  & Doctrine  of Freud, Lond., 1941, 1: 364-8—Ellery,
R. S.  The manic-depressive psychosis.  Med.  J. Australia,
1926, 2: 553-6.—Ewald,  G.  Das manisch-depressive Irresein.
Fortsch. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 2: 33-42; 1931, 3: 31-43; 1932,
4: 211-27.—Fleury, M. de. A propos des constitutions psycho-
pathiques;  la cyclothymie d£doubl£e.   Encephale,  1928, 23:
245-7.—Friedman,  B. D. [Periodic psychosis]  J. nevropath.
psykhiat., Moskva, 1928, 21:  367-72.—Helveg, H.  [Signifi-
cance of manic-depressive psychosis of historical personagesl
Hospitalstidende,  1934,  71: 1-21.—Horger, E.  L.   Manic-
depressive psychoses.  J.  S. Carolina M. Ass., 1936, 32: 110.—
Kahn, P.  Cyclothymia.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1930, 129:
196-8.—Kraines, S. H.  The etiology, symptoms, and treat-
ment of the psychoses; the manic-depressive psychoses. Merck
Rep., 1941, 50:  No.  4,  14-9.—Lewis, A.  Manic-depressive
psychoses.  Lancet, Lond.,  1936, 2: 80-2—Lind, W. A. T.
A criticism of the  term  manic-depressive insanity.   Med. J.
Australia, 1926, 2:  75-7.—Lloyd,  J. H.  The case of William
Cowper (1731-1801) the English poet.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic,  1930, 24:  682-9.—Mackenzie, M.  The manic-depres-
sive disorder.  In his Human Mind, Phila., 1941, 87.—Muflo-
yerro, L. A. Psicosis maniaco-depresiva.  In his Moral  m£d.
en los sacram., Madr.,  1941, 273-7.—Nouvilas, P. A.  iExiste
la psicosis manfacodepresiva?  Siglo m£d., 1933, 91: 49-51.-—
Nyiro,  J., & Buchmuller, J.  Ueber  die intermediaren Psy-
chosen.  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr., 1932, 34: 85-90.—Obregia,
A.  [Cyclophrenia]  Romania med.,  1933, 11: 37.—Ostancow,
P.   De la schizophrenic, la cyclophrenie, et la paraphrenic.
Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1939, 97: pt  2, 404-16.—Redalie, L.
Les  syndromes circulaires.  Encephale, 1928,  23:  731-47.—
Roncoroni, L.  Le frenosi periodiche.  Riv. sper. freniat.,  1924,
48:  393-7.—Schrijver, D.  [Review of literature on patho-
physiological research in manic-depressive psychosis, 1922-32]
Psychiat.  neur. bl., Amst., 1933, 37: 605-86.—Strecker, E. A.
Affective  reaction  types (manic-depressive  psychoses)    In:
Pract.  Libr. M. &  S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1936, 9: 1099-143 —
Tomasi, L.  Le psicosi periodicbe.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1936, 48:
428-93.—Zilboorg,   G.   Manic-depressive   psychoses.    In:
Psychoanal. Today (Lorand) N. Y„  1933, 229-45. Also 2. ed.,
1944, 261-73.


----   atypical.

   Behrendt, P.   *Drei atypische Psychosen  aus
dem   manisch-depressiven   Formenkreis.   48p.
8?   Konigsb., 1936.
   Glogowski,   F.   H.    *Atypische   Falle  von
 manisch-depressivem  Irresein   [Leipzig]   32p.
8?  Zeulenroda, 1933.
   Kagan, J.    *Beitrag zur Frage des atypischen
 Verlaufs des manisch-depressiven Irreseins.   35p.
 8?  Jena,  1928.
   Bagh,  K. v.   Ein Fall einer atypischen periodisch-rezi-
 divierenden Psychose.  Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1942, ser. B,
 32:  194-200.—Barbe, A. Une forme  atypique de la psychose
 periodique.  Bull.  Acad. meU, Par., 1944, 128: 37—Halber-
 stadt,  G.   Syndromes  anormaux  au cours de la psychose
 maniaco-d£pressive. Ann. me\i. psychol., Par., 1930, 88: 117—
42.—Strauss, H.  Ueber depressive Beziehungspsychosen; ein
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der atypischen  periodischen Psychosen.
 Mschr. Psychiat., 1929,  72: 315-23.


 ----    Body constitution.

   Sonden, T.  *A  study of somatic conditions in
 manic-depressive psychosis.  245p.  8?  Uppsala,
 1927.
   Abely, X., & Abely, P. Constitution syntone suivie pendant
 plusieurs  generations.   Ann.  med. psychol.,  Par.,  1926, 84:
 454_q  —Ameghino, A. La organizaci6n fisica de los distimicos.
 Rev. crim., B. Air., 1926, 13: 647-63.—Garvey, C. R.  Com-
 parative  body build  of manic-depressive  and schizophrenic
 patients.  Psychol. Bull., 1933, 30: 567.—Gibbs, C. E.  Sexual
 behavior  and secondary sexual hair  in female patients with
 manic-depressive psychoses, and the  relation of these factors
 to dementia prsecox.  State Hosp. Q., Alb., 1923-24, 9: 526-
 43.—Jacobi,  W., & Kolle, K.  Konstitutionsuntersuchungen
 an manisch-melancholischen Frauen.   Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl.,
 1926,  77: 381-418.—Kolle, K.  Korperbaustudien bei Psy-
 chosen; der Habitus der mannhchen  Zirkularen.  Ibid., 115-
 50.  ------   Klinische  Beitrage zum Konstitutionsproblem;
 zirkulare mit nichtpvknischem Habitus nebst  einem Anhang.
 Ibid.,  183-238.—Raphael, T., Searle, O. M., & Ferguson, W.
 G.   The morphologic index  in schizophrenia and manic-depres-
 sive psychosis.  Ontario J. Neuropsychiat.,  1928, 65-70.—
 Stauder, K. H.  Zur Frage der manisch-depressiven Psychosen
 und  der  pyknisch-thymopathischen Konstitution.   Arch. 
MANIC-DEPRESSIVE
272
MANIC-DEPRESSIVE
 Psychiat., Berl.,  1933,  100:  32-45.—Stiirup,  G.  Psychose
 maniaque depressive chez un garcon de 13 ans a constitution
 hyperthymique.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1932, 7: 635-46.

 ----   Clinical types and cases.

    Do.mergi'e,  A.   J.    *Considerations  sur  les
 etats  mixtes de  la  psychose maniaco-depressive;
 diagnostic   [Lyon]  123p.  24}£cm.   Bourg,  1938.
    Rouart,  J.   *Psychose  maniaque  depressive
 ot folies discordantes; situation nosographique de
 quelques  formes  particulieres par  rapport a  ces
 entites  [Paris]  257p.   8?   Cahors,  1935.
    Zinat,   A.   *Des  formes  mineures  des psy-
 choses  periodiques   [Lyon]   88p.   8?    Bourg,
 1937.
    Achille-Delmas, F.   Cyclothymie  infantile.  Ann.  med.
 psychol.,  Par., 1937,  95: 71-5.—Anglade, R.   Les psychoses
 periodiques tardives.  C. rend. Congr. alien, neur. France, 1931,
 35.  Congr.,  59-120.   Also Encephale,  1931,  26: 464-9 —
 Barrett, A.  M.   Manic  depressive  psychosis  in  childhood.
 Internat.  Clin.,  1931,  41. ser.,  3:  205-17.—Bolten.  G. C.
 [Case  of  manic-depressive psychosis in  a  13-year-old boy]
 Geneesk.  gids, 1936, 14: 1227-33.—Campioni, T.  Un caso di
 psicosi  maniaco-depressiva in una  bambina  di 9 anni.  Rass.
 stud, psichiat., 1934, 23: 1159-74.—Courbon, P., & Chapoilaud,
 J.  Meropragie psychique intermittente.  Ann. med. psychol.,
 Par., 1937,  95: 76-82.— Cronick, C. H.   A manic-depressive
 reaction in an 8-year-old child.  Q. Bull. Indiana Univ. M.
 Center, 1941,  3: 11-3.—Frumkin,  J. P., & Philipenko, P. D.
 [Clinical possibility of producing mixed states  in intermittent
 psychoses]  Radianska med.,  1937, 2: No. 5, 160-4.—Golant,
 R. J.   [Dienccphalopathic  psvchoses  with periodic  course]
 Nevropat. psikhiat.,  1941, 10: No. 3, 18-24.—Gregory, M. S.
 Transient attacks of manic depressive  psychosis.  Tr. Am.
 Neur.  Ass. (1914) 1915, 40: 146-58.—Halberstadt, G. Con-
 tribution a l'etude des etats chroniques de la psychose maniaque
 depressive.  Ann.  med.  psychol., Par., 1937, 95: 1-18.—Hall,
 J. K.  Manic-depressive mental variations: normal and abnor-
 mal.  Tr. Med. Soc. Virginia, 1916, 46: 197-201.—Heuyer, G.
 La psvchose periodique chez I'enfant.  Ann.  med. psychol.,
 Par., 1937,  95: 446-8.—Hoffman,  H. F.   Clinic on  manic
 depressive psychosis.    Hahneman. Month.,  1939,  74: 218;
 311.—Hofmann, K.  Beobachtungen an weiblichen Manisch-
 Depressiven.   Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1931,  94: 281-9.—Imber,
 I.  Osservazioni sul  decorso di un caso  di  psicosi  maniaco-
 depressiva.  Rass. stud, psichiat., 1933, 22: 912-25.—Kahn, E.
 Manisch-depressives  Irresein [243  cases]    Arch.  Psychiat.,
 Berl., 1927, 80: 55-85.—Koizumi, S.  Beitrage zur Klinik des
 zirkularen Irreseins.   Psychiat. neur.  jap.,  1938,  42: 10.—
 Larson, C. P.  Fatal cases of acute manic-depressive psychosis.
 Am. J.  Psychiat,, 1938-39, 95:  971-82, pl.—Pascual  del
 Roncal, F. Psicosis manfacodepresiva v formas mixtas.  Med.
 ibera,  1935, 29:  179-87.—Paskind, H. A.  Brief attacks of
 manic-depressive depression.   Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,
 1929, 22: 123-34.—Paszkowski, S.   [Manic-depressive psy-
 choses in otherwise normal subjects] Polska gaz. lek., 1930, 9:
 27.—Pernambuco  Filho & Heitor Peres.   Estados mixtos da
 psicose-maniaco-depressiva.   Arch.  Centr.   med.  Policlin.
 Botafogo, 1930-35, No. 2, 216-9.—Rodiet.  Quelques observa-
 tions de psychose  periodique ou maniaque-d£pressive, a notre
 epoque.   Progr. med., Par., 1930,  593-8.—Senise, T.  Su le
 forme pure di  mania e di malinconia.  Cervello, 1928, 7: 265-
 77.—Suharev, G. E. [Clinical cases of psychopathy in children:
 cycloid  form]   Vopr.  ped., 1928, 22-44.—Vinokurova, A. I.
 [Manic-depressive psychosis and syndrome in children]  Sovet.
 nevropat., 1935, 4: No. 2, 119-26.—Wenger, E.  Kasuistischer
 Beitrag zur Klinik  und Therapie des manisch-depressiven
 Irreseins.  Nervenarzt,  1932,  5: 24-9.—Wiesel, F.  [Case of
 manic-depressive  insanity; circular form]   Sven. lak.  sail.
 hand.,  1927, 53: 62-9.—Woodman, R. C.   Nine years' experi-
 ence with  manic-depressive insanity. State Hosp. Bull., Utica,
 1912-13, 5: 495-506.

 ----   Complication.

   Berendt, J. F.  *Katamnestische Betrachtung
 einiger Falle von  Uebergangs-Psychosen aus dem
 manisch-depressiven in den schizophrenen  For-
 menkreis.    31p.   20!km.   Konigsb.,   1937.
   Boucatjd,  P.  de.   *Existe-t-il  des  rapports
 entre  la folie  maniaco-depressive  et  la demence
 precoce?  123p.  25cm.   Bord., 1933.
   Hoffmann,  K.  G. W.   *Beziehungen zwischen
 manisch depressivem Irresein und  Paralyse.  24p
 8?  Bresl.,  1938.
   Baumann,  C.  [Manic-depressive psychosis, and paranoia]
 Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1934, 78: 5859-61.  ------ Besteht ein
 Zusammenhang zwischen manisch-depressiver  Psychose und
 Paranoia?  Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1934,  151:  17-53.
------[Relation between  manic-depressive  psychosis and
paranoia]  Psychiat.  neur.  bl.,  Amst.,  1936, 40: 374-415.—
 Bondareff, N.  A propos des rapports des epilepsies liereditaircs
 et de la psychose maniaque-depressiva.  Encephale, 1936 31-
 pt  2, 343-50.—Brickner, R. M., A-  Uosnor, A.   Hrii f manic-
 depressive cycle as an epileptic process.  Aich. Neur. Psychiat
 Chic, 1939, 41: 644-9.  Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1939, 89i
 698-705.—Gordon, G. J. Coincidence of affective disordci ami
 circulatory encephalopathy.   Delaware  M. J., 1915, i": p;
 8.—Low,  E. B.,  &  Davies, J. H.  T.   Dermato-stomatiui,
 (Baader)  complicating a case of  manic-depressive insanity
 Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1938, 50:  141-50.


 ----  Cycle.

    Gevaudan,  Y.   ♦Syndromes  periodiques  ner-
 veux et mentaux  en (Ichors des  etats maniaques
 depressifs.  135p.   8?   Par.,  1937.
   Amaldi, P.  Stati affettivi delle psicosi  maniaco-depressive
 e ritmo stagionale.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1928-29, 52: 461-77.—
 Dimolescu,  A.  [Periodicity in mental pathology]  Romflnia
 med., 1930, 8: 238.—Fattovich, G. Alcune considerazioni sulln
 psicosi  maniaco-depressiva  a lungo intervallo.  Riv.  spei
 freniat.,  1929-30,  53:  346-68— Klein,  R., & Nunn,  R.  K.
 Clinical and biochemical analysis of a case of manic-depressive
 psychosis  showing regular weekly cycles.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond
 1945, 91: 79-88.—Leuthold,  G. H.  Jahreszeit  und Phasen-
 beginn manisch-depressiver Psvchosen. Arch. Psychiat., Berl.
 1940, 111:  55-61.—Paskind, H.  A.  Manic-depretsive psy-
 chosis in private practice; length of the  attack and length of
 the interval.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1930, 23: 7S!t-94.
 Pollock, H. M.   Recurrence of attacks in manic-depressive
 psychoses. Am. J. Psychiat., 1931,  11:  567-74.   Also  in Ins
 Ment. Dis. &  Social  Welf., Utica, 1941, 110-6-Rice,  K. K.
 Regular 40 to 50 day cycle of psychotic behavior in a 14-yeai-
 old boy.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1944, 51: 478-80.—
 Schrijver-Hertzberger,  S. La periodicite mensuelle dans les
 psychoses.  Encephale, 1935, 30: 185-96, 3 graph.—Slater, E.
 T. O.  Zur Periodik des manisch-depressiven Irreseins.  Zschr.
 ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1938, 162: 794-801.—Vedrani, A.  Cenni
 e fatti di  pratica maniaco-depressiva.  Gior. psichiat., 1930,
 58: 136-45.—Wiesel, F.  [Case of  circular  form of  manic-
 depressive insanity with daily alternating phases]  Sven. lak,
sail, hand., 1927, 53: 62-9. Also French transl., Acta psychiat.
neur., Kbh.,  1927, 2:  146-66.


----  Depressed phase.

   See  also  Depressive state; Involutional  psy-
chosis; Melancholia.
   Longuet,    Y.     *Les   formes   mono-sym-
 ptomatiques de la melancolie intermittente.   40p.
8?    Par.,  1937.
   Ballard, J. W.  Manic-depressive psychosis; cases of depres-
sion.  Delaware M. J., 1936, 8: 101-5.—Benon, R.  Melancolie
vraie  et asthenie  periodique.  Encephale,  1922,  17: 646-51,
------  Melancolie  et asthenie-manie alterne.   Ann. m6d.
psychol., Par., 1928, 86: pt 1, 245-52.  ------ Melancolie et
astheno-manie.  H6pital, Par., 1935,  23: 82.—Casillo, I.  La
photodyn  nella cura  delle psicosi depressive endogene e delle
depressioni malinconiche in genere.   Arch. gen. neur., Nocera,
 1938,  19:  288-96.—Courbon, P.  Deiire  meiancolique  con-
secutif k une emotion joyeuse.  Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1934,
92:  238-41.—Ellenberger.   Periodicite  saisonniere   d'une
melancolie a forme  paranoide.   Ibid.,  1933,  91:  651-5.—
Ferreira, T.  Da cenestopathia aos estados lype-cinomelancoli-
formes; eonsiderac5es e critica.  Brasil med., 1938, 52: 781-5.—
Foster, T. L.  Manic depressive psychosis, depressed phase;
case report.  J. Kansas M. Soc, 1945, 46: 257.—Gilbo,  E. Z.,
& Chernina, M. P.  (Roentgentherapy of depressive states of
manic-depressive psychosis]  In: Rentgenodiagn.  nerv.  dush.
zabol.  (Bekhterev's neuropsych. Inst.,  Leningr.) 1935,  185-
92.—Hackfield, A.  W.,  & Halvorsen, C.  Modified convulsive
therapy for involutional-depressive psychoses.  Northwest M.,
 1939,  38:  373-5.—Hohman, L. B. The abortion of  recurrent
depressive psychoses.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1938, 88: 273-80 —
Laignel-Lavastine.   Rythme  menstruel  et melancolie  inter-
mittente.  Cynecologie, 1926, 25: 211-5.—Majer, O.  Beitrag
zur Erbbiologie  involutiver,  klimakterischer und  reaktivcr
Depressionen.  Klin. Wschr.,  1942, 21:  678 (Abstr.)—Mar-
chand, L., Fortineau, 3., &  Petit.   Depression m61ancolique
periodique et troubles  fonctionnels  des  membres supericm-
Ann.  med.  psychol.,  Par.,  1935, 93:  225-30.—Martini,  F.
Contributo clinico  alio studio della mania  e della melancolie
croniche.  Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: pt 1, 500— Montassut,
M.   Formes  mineures de la  melancolie periodique.   Arch.
internat. neur., Par., 1936, 55: 113-20.   Muller, F.  Ueber
sensorische Insuffizienz apperceptiver ticnese, ein Symptom der
depressiven  Zustiinde   des   manisch-depressiven  Irreseins.
Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1918, 22: 472 5- Neve.  Acces de
melancolie.  J. neur.  psychiat., Brux.,  1933,  33:  514-7.—
Obarrio, J. M.  El estupor del estado depresivo de la psicosis
manfacodepresiva es un sindrome parkinsoniano.  Sem. mea.,
B. Air.,  1927, 34: pt 2,  729-35.  ------  Estupor melanc6hco
recidivante; a prop6sito de tres observaciones. Bol. Acad. nac.
med. B. Aires,  1938, 726-57.   Also Prensa med. argent., 1939,
26: pt 1, 450-66.—Specht, G.   Ueber die Struktur und khmscht:
Stellung der Melancholia agitata.  Zbl.  Nervenh.,  1908, 31: 
MANIC-DEPRESSIVE                       273                       MANIC-DEPRESSIVE
 449-69.—Thannhauser, S. J.  Endogenous depression probably
 due to manic-depressive psychosis.  Bull. N.  England  M.
 Center  1940,2:206-11.—Thompson, R.  The depressive phase
 of manic-depressive insanity.  Ulster M. J., 1941, 10: 29-39.—
 Timofeev, N. N.  [Lysate therapy of depressive states in cyclo-
 phrenia]  Nevropat. psikhiat.,  1935, 4: Nos. 9-10, 327-34 —
 Tomasson,  H.  Richtlinien fiir  die  Behandlung manisch-
 depressiver Depressionen; vorlaufige Mitteilung.  Acta psychiat.
 neur., Kbh., 1933, 8: 425-40.


 ---  Diagnosis.

    See also other mental diseases  producing manic
 or depressive  reactions;  e.  g., Dementia, schizo-
 phrenic; Hysteria, etc.
   AbSly,  X., Abely, P., & Coul6on.  Une nouvelle reaction
 hypophysaire applicable a la  psychose  intermittente.  Ann.
 med. psychol., Par., 1936, 94: 113-8.—Barak, H., & Gevaudan,
 Y.  Syndromes periodiques nerveux et  mentaux en dehors des
 etats maniaques depressifs; les  nevraxoses periodiques.  Ibid.,
 1937, 95:  641-53.------Hysterie et psychose  periodique.
 Rev. med. fr., 1937, 18: 199-209.—Bondarev, N. I.  [Investiga-
 tion of the cerebro-spinal fluid in cyclophrenics by a biological
 method] Tr. Acad. mil. med. Kirov, 1936, 6: 37-46.—Buzzard,
 E.  F.,  Miller, H. C. [et al.]  Discussion on the diagnosis and
 treatment of the milder forms of the manic-depressive psychosis.
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30,  23: Sect. Psyehiat. Neur.,
 81-95.—Curran, D. The differentiation of neuroses and manic-
 depressive psychoses.   J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1937, 83: 156-74.—
 Emrich, E. L.  Diagnosis and  treatment of manic-depressive
 psychosis.   Nebraska  M. J.,  1929,  14: 405-7.—Ferrio, C.
 Analisi di un caso di psicosi  maniaco-depressiva con difficoltii
 di  diagnosi differenziale.  Q.  psichiat.,  Genova,  1929,  16:
 201-15.—Fry, F. R.  The manic-depressives; a further plea for
 their clinical recognition.   J.  Missouri M. Ass.,  1932,  29:
 74.—Hempel, J.   Depressionszustande bei  Vegetativ-Stig-
 matisierten  (die vegetativ-dystone Depression)   Zschr. ges.
 Neur. Psychiat.,  1937, 158: 440-3.—Langeliiddeke, A. Dia-
 gnostische Studien am W. Sternschen Aussageversuch; manisch-
 depressives  Irresein und Schizophrenic.  Ibid.,  1930,  128:
 257-64.—Lawrence, B. G.  Difficulties in differential diagnosis
 of  manic-depressive psvchosis  and schizophrenia.   Delaware
 M. J., 1936, 8: 108-10.—Lippi Francesconi, G.   Contributo
 alia diagnosi della frenosi maniaco-depressiva.  Rass. stud.
 psichiat.,  1933, 22: 235-70.  ------   Nuovo contributo alia
 diagnosi  della frenosi maniaco-depressiva.   Osp. psichiat.,
 Nap.,  1937,  5: 619-82.—Loudet,  O.    Psicosis manfaco-de-
 presiva e  histeria;  diagn6stico  retrospectivo  de  alienaci6n
 mental.  Rev. crim., B. Air., 1932, 19:  446-84.—Oberndorf,
 C. P.  Cases allied to  manic-depressive insanity.  State Hosp.
 Bull., Utica, 1912-13, 5: 393-405.—Obregia, A.,  Dimolescu,
 A., &  Becescu, F.  [Differential  diagnosis of  cyclophrenia]
 Romania  med., 1933,  11:  97.—Perniola, F.  La reazione di
 Donaggio nella psicosi  maniaco-depressiva.  Riv. sper.  freniat.,
 1936, 60: 367-76.—Rabin, A. I. Psychometric patterns as an
 aid in differential diagnosis, schizophrenia vs. manic depressive.
 Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 536.—Ridolfi,  S. Sindrome maniaco-
 depressiva e processo paralitico cerebrale. Ann. Osp. psichiat.
 Perugia, 1932, 26: 367-409.—Schneider, K.  El diagn6stico de
 la ciclotimia.  Rev.  med. germ. iber. amer.,_ 1934, 7: 321-7.
 -----  Die Diagnose des zirkularen  (manisch-depressiven)
 Irreseins.   In:  Diagn.  Erbkrankh.,  Lpz.,  1936, 29-37 —
 Schroder,  P.  Manisch-depressiv  oder schizophren?  Allg.
 Zschr. Psychiat., 1986, 105: 88-92.—Strongin, E. I., & Hinsie,
 L. E.  A method for differentiating manic-depressive depres-
 sions by means of parotid secretions.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
 Chic, 1939, 42: 570-3.  Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1939,  90:
 370-5.   ------ A laboratory  method for diagnosing  manic-
 depressive depression.  Psychol. Bull.,  1942, 39: 509 (Abstr.)


 ---   Endocrine  aspect.
   Abely,  X.,  Abely,  P.;  & Couleon.   Psychose  maniaque
 depressive et hyperplasie hypophysaire.  Ann. med. psychol.,
 Par., 1934, 92: pt 2, 293;  1936, 94: pt 2,  255-7—Abely, P.,
 Passek, V., & Couleon.  Nouvelles recherches sur le fonctionne-
 ment del'hypophyse au cours de la psychose maniaque-depres-
 sive; extension de la reaction  de Zondek.  Ann. med. psychol.,
 Par.,  1932,  90:  165-9.—Baruk, H., & Gevaudan.  Y.   La
 psychose periodique chez  I'enfant; formes pures et  formes
 associees a la choree et aux svndromes infundibulo-hypophys-
 aires.   Ann. med.  psychol., Par., 1937, 95: pt 1,  296-312 —
 Delay, J., Neveu, P., & Leulier.  Syndrome basedowien avec
 exophtalmie  unilaterale  reguli^rement   premonitoire a acc£s
 maniaques recidivants; resultats de 1'epreuve a la thyroxine.
 Ibid.,  1944,  102:  pt  2, 296-300.—De  Marco, A.   Bromo,
 ipofisi e psicosi maniaco-depressiva.   Osp. psichiat., Nap.,
 1933, 1: 122-4.—Dussik, K. T.   Manisch-depressive Psychose
 bei einem elfjahrigen Kinde mit  gekoppelt vererbter endokriner
 Stigmatisierung.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1934, 36: 305-8.—
 Man, E. B., & Kahn, E.  Thyroid function of manic-depressive
 patients evaluated  by  determinations of  the  serum  iodine.
 Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  1945, 54: 51-6.—Marie, A. Dysovaries
 et  cyclothymics.   Bull. Soc.  med. Paris, 1933,   102-11 —
 Rondepierre, J.  Cyclothymie  et dysendocrinie.   Ann. med.
 Psychol., Par., 1936, 94:  pt 1, 429-34.—Urechia, C. L., Kern-
 bach, M.,  &  Retezeanu.  Le  role de l'hypophyse dans la
 psychose maniaco-depressive.  Encephale,  1935,  30: pt  1,
209-21.

       549701—vol  10, 4th  semes----18
----   Etiology.

   Cegelnicki,  C.    *Considerations  sur  l'etio-
logie de la psychose  periodique.   56p.   8?  Par..
1932.
   Kusters,  W.   *Zur Frage  der  Manifestation
des manisch-depressiven  Irreseins  durch  Lues.
32p.  2CLKcm.   Bonn,  1933.
   Brew,  M. F.   Precipitating factors in  manic-depressive
psychosis.  Psychiat. Q.,  1933,  7: 401-10.—Carrette, P., &
Durand-Saladin, J.  Choc  emotif et folie intermittente.  Bull.
Soc. clin. med. ment., Par.,  1926,14: 5-7. —Doty, E. J.  A study
of manic-depressive psychoses occurring during the later life
period.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1941-42, 98: 645-9.—Fattovich, G.
Considerazioni cliniche su un caso di psicosi maniaco-depressiva
insorta  nell'etii involutiva. .  Riv.  sper.  freniat.,  1932-33,
56: 547-74.—Feldman, Z. I.  [Trauma and  manic-depressive
psychosis]  Sovet. nevropat., 1935, 4:  No. 2, 65-74.—Georgl,
F.   Pathogenese  und  Therapie  des  manisch-depressiven
Irreseins.   Fortsch.   Neur.  Psychiat.,  1934,  6:  340-60.—
Giannelli, V.  Nuclei costituzionali atipici e idiosincrasia ambi-
entale in alcuni  casi di psicosi maniaco-depressivo.  Rass. stud.
psicliiat.,  1938,  27:  193-224.—Gibson,  R.  A  conjectured
correlation between depressions of the manic-depressive  and
involutional melancholic  types and  ethnic  elements in  the.
present-dav population of Britain.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1945-46,
102: 164-7.—Horwitz, W. A.,  & Harris, M. M.   Study of a
case of  cyclic psychic disturbances associated  with menstru-
ation.  Ibid., 1936, 92:  1403-12.—Hoverson, E. T.   Meteor-
ologic influences in  the  manic-depressive  psychosis; a pre-
liminary report.  Clin.  M.  & S.,  1936, 43: 276-80.—Hunt,
R. C.  Relation between precipitating situation and outcome
in manic-depressive  psychosis.  Am.  J.  Psychiat.,  1938-39,
95: 65-72.-—Jelliffe,  S.  E.   Some historical phases of  the
manic-depressive synthesis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1931,  73:
353; 499.—Kennedy, F.  Postencephalitic cyclothymia; report
of a case.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1944,  52:  549-52.
Also J.  Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1944, 100:  192-7.—Klein, M.  A
contribution to the psychogenesis of manic-depressive states.
Internat.  J. Psychoanal.,  Lond.,  1935,  16:  145-74.  ------
Mourning and its relation to manic-depressive states. Ibid.,
1940, 21: 125-53.-—LaMoure, H. A.   Functional manic  de-
pressive psychoses.   Southwest. M., 1929,  13:  491.—London,
L.  S.   Psychogenesis and  psychotherapy  of  the psychoses
(cyclic)  In his Ment. Ther., N. Y., 1937, 679-752.—Lundholm,
H.   Constitutional psychological factors in functional  psy-
choses;  manic-depressive  insanity.   J.  Nerv. Ment.  Dis.,
1926, 64: 125-43.—Malzberg, B.  A statistical study of  the
factor of  age in the  manic-depressive psychoses.  Psychiat.
Q., 1929, 3: 590-604.—Matz, P. B., & Willhite, O. C.  Study of
manic-depressive psychosis  in  ex-service men.  Med. Bull.
Veterans Admin., 1932,  8: 1-19.—Morgan, J.  J. B.  Manic-
depressive psychoses  of business.  Psychol. Rev., 1935,  42:
91-107.—Paskind, H. A.  Manic-depressive psychosis as seen
in private practice; sex distribution and age incidence of first
attacks.   Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1930,  23: 152-8.—
Prengowski, P.  Zur Pathogenese und Bedeutung der Cyclo-
thymie.    Allg. Zschr.  Psychiat.,  1925-26, 83:  491-522.—
Staehelin, J. E. Ueber die Enstehung periodischer  Geistes-
storungen. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 27: 354-60.—
Travis,  J.  H.  Precipitating  factors  in   manic-depressive
psychoses. Psychiat. Q., 1933, 7: 411-8.—Whitney, R. L. A
study of cases of manic-depressive psychosis arising after the
age of forty.  Proc. Am. Med. Psychol. Ass., 1917, 73. meet.,
521-7.

----   Forensic aspect.

   Sehlbach, F.   *Zur Frage der Entmundigung
bei   manisch-depressivem  Irresein.   52p.    8?
Bonn,  1933.
   Westerdorf,  A.   *Unfall und manisch depres-
sives  Irresein  [Bonn]  19p.  8?  Bottrop,  1930.
   East, W.  N.  The relationship of alcoholism and crime to
manic-depressive  disorder.  Brit.  J.  Inebr.,   1935-36,  33:
167-76.  Also Lancet, Lond,  1936, 1: 161-3.—Gordon, A.   The
so-called  lucid  interval in  manic-depressive  psychoses; its
medico-legal value.  Proc. Am. Med. Psychol.  Ass., 1917, 73.
meet., 529-40.—Hoeven, H., van der   [Forensic significance of
the manic-depressive  psychosis]  Psychiat.  neur. bl., Amst.
1933, 37:  498-510.—Norman,  H. J.   Alcoholism, crime,  and
manic-depressive disorder.  Brit. J. Inebr., 1935-36, 33:  177-
81.—Smith,  S. A.  Manic-depressive insanity.  In his Forens.
Med., 8. ed., Lond., 1943,  398.


----   Heredity.
   Durst,  G.   L.   *Studien  iiber  schizophrene
Einschlage  in  manisch-depressiven  Stammbau-
men   [Zurich]   p.426-50.   8?   Berl.,  1930.
   Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 124:
   Mollenhoff,  E.   *Zur Erblichkeitsfrage  des
manisch-depressiven  Irreseins.   21p.   8?   Kiel,
1925. 
MANIC-DEPRESSIVE                        274                       MANIC-DEPRESSIVE
   Trillot,  Jr   *L'h6redite cyclothymique; son
utilite  dans  le  diagnostic  et  le  pronostic  de
certaines psychoses.   140p.  8?  Par., 1932.
   Becker, P. E.   Beitrag zur Erbforschung des thymopathi-
schen Kreises.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.,  1941-42, 119: 164-98.—
Berman, H. H.  Order of birth in manic-depressive reactions.
Psychiat. Q.,  1933,  7: 430-5.—Berze, J.  Zur Theorie und
Erbgenese des manisch-depressiven Irreseins.  Psychiat. neur.
Wschr., 1930, 32: 473-7.—Binswanger, L.  Das manisch-de-
pressive Irresein.  In: Verhiit. erbkr. Nachwuchs. (Zuruksoglu,
S.) Basel, 1938, 127-36.—Bohn, R. W.  A study of a manic-
depressive family. Psychiat. Q., 1928, 2:  151-62.—Brousseau,
M. A.  L'heredite des affections circulaires.  Ann. med. psychol.,
Par.,  1936, 94: pt 2, 269-72.—Cantoni, G.  Ricerche genealo-
giche  sui maniaci depressivi in S. P. (Alto Adige)   Boll. Soc.
ital. biol. sper., 1936, 11: 826-8.—Claude, H.,  Rouart, G., &
Deshaies, G.   Heredite des psychoses maniaques depressives
et discordantes.  Ann. med. psychol., Par.,  1936,  94:  pt 2,
277.—Cunha Lopes & Souza, F. de.  Considerac5es em  torno
de uma familia ciclofrenica.  Impr. med., Rio, 1934, 10: 261-
3.—D'Ormea, A., & Centini, D.  Sull'eredita psicopatica  con
speciale riguardo  alia frenosi maniaco-depressiva. Rass. stud.
psichiat., 1937, 26: 3-100, 16 ch.—Fleury, M.  de.  A propos
des constitutions psychopathiques; la cyclothymie dedoublee.
Bull,  med., Par.,  1928, 42: 501.—Henry,  E. P.   Heredity  and
its relation to insanity in manic-depressives. J. Nat. M. Ass.,
N. Y.,  1943,  35: 56-8.—Ho«Tman, H. F.  Karl Tuczek:  Die
Kombination   des  manisch-depressiven  und  schizophrenen
Erbkreises.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1934, 36: 508-11.—Hutter,
A,   [Hereditary  prognosis  of manic depressive  psychosis]
Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1934, 78: 284-9.—Leroy,  R.,  &  Pottier,
C.  Troubles  mentaux simultanes chez deux soeurs; demence
paranoide chez l'ainee, psychose maniaque depressive chez la
seconde.  Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment.,  Par., 1930, 18: 142-7 —
Luxenburger, H.   Erbprognose und  praktische Eugenik im
cyclothymen Kreise.  Nervenarzt, 1932, 5: 505. ------  Ueber
einige praktisch wichtige Probleme aus der Erbpathologie des
zyklothymen Kreises; Studien an  erbgleichen Zwillingspaaren.
Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1933,  146:  87-125.  ------
Schizophrenic  und  manisch-depressives  Irresein.   Fortsch.
Erbpath.,  1940,   4:  239-59.—Mauss,  W.  Eine manisch-
depressive niedersiichsiche Sippe.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1933,
101:  553-64.—Michalevskala, S.   [Individual study of hered-
ity in a maniacaLdepressive psychosis] J. nevropath. psikhiat.,
Moskva, 1926, 19: No. 6, 55-64.—Myerson, A., & Boyle, R. D.
The incidence of  manic-depressive psychosis in certain socially
important families; preliminary  report.   Am.  J.  Psychiat.,
1941-42, 98:  11-21.—Paskind, H. A. Hereditary  factors in
manic-depressive psychosis; a comparison of institutional  and
extramural  cases.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,  1930,  24:
747-52.   ------  Manic-depressive  psychosis;  the relation
of hereditary factors to  the clinical course.  Ibid., 1931,  25:
145-7.—Pollock, H.  M., & Malzberg,  B.  Hereditary  and
environmental factors in the  causation of manic-depressive
psychoses and dementia praecox.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1939-40,
96: 1227-44.   Also in his Ment.  Dis. & Social Welf., Utica,
1941, 117-33.  ------& Fuller, R. G.  Is heredity a causative
factor in the manic-depressive psychoses?  Sc. Papers Internat.
Congr.  Eugen. (1932) 1934, 3. Congr., 333^2.— Raithel, W.
Ueber die Bedeutung der Erbanlage bei reaktiven Depressionen.
Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1937, 39: 441; 449.—Rittershaus.  Das
manisch-depressive Irresein und das Gesetz zur Verhiitung  erb-
kranken Nachwuchses.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1940, 115: 257-
72.—Roll, A., & Entres, J. L.  Zum Problem der Erbprognose-
bestimmung; die Erkrankungsaussichten der Neffen und Nich-
ten von Manisch-Depressiven.  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,
1936, 156: 169-202.—Roncati, C.  Contributo alio studio  del-
l'eredita nella frenosi maniaco-depressiva.  Gior. psichiat., 1930,
58: 3-13.—Rosanoff, A. J., Handy, L. M., & Plesset, I. R.  The
etiology of manic-depressive syndromes with special reference to
their occurrence in twins.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1935, 91: 725-62.—
Schulz, B. Uebersicht iiber auslesefreie Untersuchungen in der
Verwandtschaft  Manisch-Depressiver.   Zschr.  psych.  Hyg.,
1937, 10: 39-60.—Slater, E. T. O. The inheritance of manic-
depressive insanity.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 981-
90.  ------  The inheritance of manic-depressive insanity and
its relation to mental defect.   J. Ment.  Sc,  Lond., 1936, 82:
626-34.------Zur Erbpathologie  des  manisch-depressiven
Irreseins; die  Eltern und Kinder von Manisch-Depressiven.
Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938, 163: 1-47.—Tomasson, H.
Investigations on heredity of manic depressive psychosis in
Iceland.  Proc Internat. Genet. Congr. (1939) 1941, 7. Congr.,
298.—Tuczek, K.  Die Kombination des manisch-depressiven
und schizophrenen Erbkreises. Arch. Julius Klaus Stift., 1933,
8: 295-378,  10 ch.—Weinberg, I., & Lobstein, J. [Beitrag zur
Vererbung   des   manisch-depressiven  Irreseins]   Psychiat.
neur. bl., Amst., 1936, 40: Suppl., 339-69, 18 tab.


----   Manic phase.

   See  also Mania.
   Abely,  X.  Excitation maniaque et troubles endocriniens.
Presse  med.,  1943, 51: 263 (Abstr.)  ------  & Leconte, M.
Essai  d'interpretation  des reactions  maniaques survenues
apres une emotion triste; manie apr£s veuvage.   Ann.  med.
psychol.. Par., 1938, 96: 232-40.—Anthonisen, N. L.  Aggres-
sion  and anxiety in the determination  and nature of manic
attacks.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1937, 38: 71-89.—
 Astruc, P.  Memoire sur la manie periodique ou intermittente.
Progr.  med., Par., 1935, Suppl., 68-72.—Benon. R. La manie
chronique  atypique.  Bull,  med.,  Par.,  1928,  42:  716-7,
------  De la manie periodique.  Ibid.,  1935, 49: 631-4 —
Blalock, J. R.   Psychology of the manic phase of the manic-
depressive  psychoses.  Psychiat.  Q.,   1936,  10:  262-344.—
Cameron, N.   The place  of  mania among  the  depressions
from a biological standpoint.  J. Psychol., Provincet., 1942
14: 181-95.—Courbon,  P., &  Fail,   G,   Pseudo-d61ire  de
jalousie  passive chez  une hypomaniaque.  Bull. Soc. clin
med.  ment., Par., 1928,  16:  45-8— Dublineau,  J.,  Dlgo 4
Gourmelon. Hypomanie  periodique avec troubles constitu-
tionnels  du caractere;  interet typologique  et nosologique
Ann. meek psychol., Par.,  1943, 101: pt 2,  385-8.—Fernandez
Sanz, E.   El problema nosologico de la mania cr6nica. Arch
med.,  Madr.,  1929, 30: 625-8.—Fiamberti, A. M.  Spasmo
retinico, prodromo di accesso maniacale. Riv.  otoneur., 1934
11: 605-15.—Guiraud, P., Souriac, P., & Fouquet, P. Etati
maniaques avec symptdmes de la serie hypophysotuberienne.
Ann. med. psychol., Par.,  1942, 100: pt 2,  354-8.—Harrowe»,
W. McC.  The reactive manic episode; its implications anil
scope.  J. Ment.  Sc, Lond.,  1931, 77: 127-36.—Hutter, A.
[Inhibited mania]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 4704-9.—
Ivanov-Smolensky,  A.  G.  Experimentelle  Untersuchungen
iiber sprachliche und mimische Reflexe in der manischen Phase
der Cyklophrenie. Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,   1925,  98:
680-707.—Kohler, L. H.  The manic phase  of manic depressive
psychosis and  its  treatment.   J. Missouri  M.  Ass., 1933, 30:
208.—Lewin, B. D.   A type of neurotic hypomanie reaction.
Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,  1937, 37: 868-73.  -----
Comments on hypomanie and  related states.  Psychoanal.
Rev., 1941, 28: 86-91.—Meyerovich, R. I.   [Peculiarities of
the process of work  of patients in  manio  states;  analysis of
psycho-physiological  experiment]  Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1935,
4: No. 9-10, 151-66.—Mira, E.  Conducta que debe observarse
ante un alienado furioso.  Arch, med., Madr.,  1928, 29: 457-
60.—Muncie,  W. S.   Elation, or manic excitement.   In his
Psychobiology, S. Louis,  1939, 296-320.—Pennacchielti, M.
Studio biopsico della  ghiandola tiroide nelle distime  (in fase
esaltativa)   Schizofrenie, 1935, 5: 413-9, 5 pl.—Peralta V., O.
La atropina en el tratamiento de la mania.   Rev. psiquiat.,
Santiago, 1943, 7: 95-100.—Petit,  G.   La regression  hebolde
dans l'excitation maniaque, la regression pedoide dans la manie.
Ann. med. psychol., Par.,  1933, 91: 635.—Ponte, E. de.  Ein
Fall einer Alkoholhalluzinose  in der  manischen Phase eines
Zirkularen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930-31, 131: 265-
72.—Popa  Radu,  C.  Deux   cas  d'hypomanie avec deiire
d'imagination.  Ann.  med. psychol.,  Par., 1933,  91: pt 2,
385-93.—Roxo,  H.   Le  traitement  des   etats  maniaques.
Encephale, 1932,  27: 302-9.—Vessie, P. R.   The individual
factor in  manic reactions.   J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1932, 75: 113-
36.—Walker, C. E.   Manic-depressive psychosis; a case study
of manic  delirium.  Univ. Toronto M. J., 1939-40,17:191-3 —
Wertham, F.  I.  Die klinische Kerngruppe der  chronischen
Manie. Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1929,  121: 770-9 —
Zahle, V.  Ein Fall  psychogen auageloster Manie.  Mschr.
Psychiat., 1940, 103: 179-85.


----   Manifestation.

   Becker,   R.    *Beitrage   zu  den  Symptom-
bildern des manisch-depressiven Irreseins.   52p.
8?  Bonn,  1930.
   Deutsch, J.   *Psychomotorische  Erscheinun-
gen  im Verlaufe  des manisch-depressiven Irre-
seins.  45p.   8?   Greifsw., 1931.
   Bach, W.  Beitrage zur  Symptomatologie der manisch-
depressiven Erkrankung  bei  jugendlichen Patienten. Allg.
Zschr. Psychiat.,  1942, 120: 193-245.—Blitzsten,  N. L.  Am-
phithymia; some syndromes of depression  and elation.  Arch.
Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,  1936, 36:  1021-36.—Boltz.O. H.
Trend situation in manic-depressive psychoses and their inter-
pretation.  Psychiat. Q., 1934,  8: 111-20.—Braun, E.  Ma-
nisch-depressiver  Formenkreis.  Fortsch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,
1935, 7:  47; 1936, 8: 39;  1937, 9: 380; 1938,  10: 420—Fank-
hauser,  E.  Gefiihl, Affekt und  Stimmung;  manisch-depres-
sives Irresein; Paranoia.   Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1931,
132:  333-66.—Gaupp, R.  Ein cyclothymer  Psychiater uber
seine seelischen Krankheitszeiten.  Ibid., 1939, 166: 705-10.—
Jacobsen,  W.  Sammlung von Beschreibensweisen zyklothy-
mer und schizothymer Verhaltenssymptome und Eigenschaften.
Zschr. Psychol. Physiol.  Sinnesorg., 1.  Abt.,   1938, 142: 291-
312.—Kahn,  E.  Ueber Reizbarkeit  im  manisch-depressiven
Irresein. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1314—Leonard, K.
Ueber manische  und  melancholische Reizbarkeit.  Psychiat.
neur.  Wschr., 1931,  33:  287-92.—Mayer, W. Der  Formen-
kreis  der Cyclothymien.   Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, Ills
 176-81.—Mayer-Gross, W.  Irritability as a  symptom in tbe
 manic-depressive psychoses.   J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1937, 83:
 61-70.—Ossipov, V. P.  Das  Zeichen der  trockenen Zunge bei
 Cyclophrenikern.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1933, 14*:
 423-8.—Rosenfeld,  M.   Die endogenen  und reaktiven Oe-
 muteschwankungen  (manisch-depressive Konstitutionen una
 Zustandsbilder)  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1928,  54: 1126-30.—
 Schenk, V. W. D.  A cyclothymiac and cyclotbymiac char-
 acteristics] Ned. mschr. geneesk., 1927,14: 586-602.—Selzer,
 H.  Manifestazioni discordanti di psicosi maniacodepresmva  in
 gemelle  identiche.   Riv. sper. freniat., 1936, 60: 521-39.
 Strecker,  E.  A., &  Palmer, H. D.  Early manifestations  ot 
MANIC-DEPRESSIVE                      275                       MANIC-DEPRESSIVE
manic-depressive  psychosis.  In:  Oxford  Med.  (Christian,
H  A  ed.) N. Y.,  1940, 7: 81-101.—Vedrani, A.  Raptus
maniaco-melancolico.  Rass. stud, psichiat., 1926, 15: 389-404.

---   Manifestation, accessory.

   See  also   Delusional  states;   Hallucination;

Neurosis.
   Coenen, T. G.   *Paranoide Zustandsbilder im
Rahmen des manisch-depressiven Irreseins.   34p.
8?   Bonn, 1934.
   Hoppe,  H.   *Paranoische Zustande bei einem
Manisch-Depressiven.   39p.  22cm.   Konigsb.,

1935.
   Muller, F.    *Die Wahnbildung bei Manisch-
Depressiven und Schizophrenen.  34p.  8?  Bonn,

1933.
   Abely, X., & Bauer, E.  Les deiires systematises mamaques.
Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1926,  45:  161-9.—Armenise, P.
Necessita dell'analisi strutturale della psicosi; paranoidismo ed
isterismoin ciclotimica.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1934,  44: 267-81.—
Barbe, Buvat, J. B., &  Villey-Desmeserets.  Psychose perio-
dique et stupidite.   Ann. med. psychol., Par.,  1932, 90: 17-
21.—Bowman, K. M., & Raymond, A. F.  Statistical study of
delusions in the manic-depressive psychoses.  Am. J. Psychiat.,
1931, 11: 111; 298.—Chatagnon, P. A., & Soulairac, A.  Les
episodes confusionnels au cours de revolution de la psychose
maniaco-depressive.  Encephale, 1939,  34: 20-33.—Courbon,
P., & Rondepierre, J. Deiire d'interpretation consecutif a une
psychose maniaque depressive affective chez une psychasthe-
nique.   Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par.,Kl928, 16: 115-8 —
Dearborn, G. V.   Intellectual deterioration in  manic-depres-
sive  psychosis.  U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull.,  1931, 7: 388-
92.—Ducoste, M.   [Delirium in manic-depressive psychosis]
Polska gaz. lek., 1930,  9: 833-42.—Duncan, A. G.  Mental
deficiency and  manic-depressive  insanity.  J. Ment.  Sc,
Lond., 1936, 82: 635-47.—Fascioli, A., & Agorio, R.  Psicosis
maniaco-depresiva y trastorno vegetativo.  Arch. urug. med.
cir.,  1934, 4: 253-7.—Goldkuhl, E.  Ueber  Demenzzustande
bei  Psychosis manico-depressiva.  Upsala lak. foren. forh.,
1942-43, 48: 145-64.—Heine, S.  Ein  Fall mit paranoischen
Vorstellungen bei manisch-depressivem Irresein. Allg. Zschr.
Psychiat., 1929-30, 92: 52-60.—Uling, E.   Ueber deliriose und
traumhaft-verworrene Zustande bei manisch-depressiven Er-
krankungen (Beitrag zur Frage der Spielbreite der  Symptome
im  Rahmen des  Manisch-Depressiven)  Mschr.  Psychiat.,
1933, 85: 366-90.—Kaldewey, W.  Zur  Frage der episodi-
schen Dammerzustande in Beziehung zu  manisch-depressiven
und  epileptischen Formenkreisen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1927,110: 113-47.—Kennedy, F.  The neuroses; related to the
manic-depressive constitution.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1944,
28: 452-66.—Khoroshko, V.  K.  [Rhythmic hyperthermia as
manifestation of cyclothymia]  Russ. klin., 1929,12: 738-48.—
Laignel-Lavastine & Bouvet, M.  Deiire fantastique de trans-
formation de la personnalite et troubles marques  de la serie
maniaco-depressive.  Ann. med.  psychol., Par.,  1942, 100:
pt 2, 106-10.—Ossipov, V. P.  Gemischte oder kombinierte
Formen von Cyclophrenie und Schizophrenic und ihre Entste-
hung. .  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1924, 92:296-323.  ------
[Symptom of dry tongue in cyclophrenics]  Sovet. nevropat.,
1933, 2: 12-6.—Petren,  A.  Verfolgungsideen  bei manisch-
depressivem  Irresein.  Acta  psychiat.  neur., Kbh., 1932, 7:
461-79.—Rosenstein, L. M.  [Psychopathology of  thought in
maniacal depressive psychosis and different forms of maniacal
condition] J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1926, 19: 5-26.—
Ward, J.  Manic-depressive psychosis with catatonia.  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 33: 88476.—Waterman,  C.  A
consideration of paranoid ideas in manic-depressive psychosis.
State Hosp.  Bull.,  Utica,  1912-13, 5: 78-86—Wiersma, D,
[Significance  of ideas of persecutional insanity, especially in
manic-depressive   psychoses]  Psychiat.   neur.  bl.,  Amst.,
1928, 32: 285-300.

---   Metabolism.

   Brtjn,  G.   Changes in the lipide contents of
serum in  patients  with manic  depressive  psy-
chosis.  267p.   23>^cm.  Kbh.,  1940.
   Forms Suppl. 22,  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh.
   Artsani, A.  La glicemia differenziale capillare-venosa  nei
maniaco-depressivi in arresto psicomotorio. Ann. Osp. psichiat.
Perugia, 1936, 30: 33-46, 4 diagr.—Baird, P. C, jr.  Biochemi-
cal component  of  the  manic-depressive psychosis.  J. Nerv.
Ment. Dis., 1944, 99: 359-66.—Barbas, M. J., & Zonova, A. V.
[Calcium and potassium contents  in  the blood  of  manic-
depressive psychotics]   Vrach. gaz.,  1927, 31:  246-52.—
Bergonzi, M. Sulle variazioni del bromo ematico nella frenosi
maniaco-depressiva.  Riv. sper. freniat.,  1936,  60: 185-96.—
Bigoni, A.  II problema del quantitative di bromi  nel sangue
normale e delle sue variazioni nella psicosi maniaco-depressiva.
Riv.  neur., 1934, 7: 339-65.—Brun, G.  [Comparative exami-
nation on cholesterin contents in the serum of normal subjects
and manic depressive after dosage with cholesterin dissolved in
olive oil, and olive oil only]  Bibl. laeger, 1936, 128: 57-9.—
De Rosa, D.  L'equilibrio lipidico nella frenosi maniaco depres-
siva.   Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1940, 69: 65-81.—Fischer, S.
Ueber den Gasstoffwechsel bei Depressionen.  Arch. Psychiat.,
Berl., 1928-29,  86: 237-9.—Fleischhacker, H., & Scheiderer,
G.  Bromspiegel des Blutes und manisch-depressives Irresein
(kritischer Beitrag zur Methodik)  Mschr. Psychiat., 1932-33,
84: 348-62.—Gildea, E.  F., McLean, V. L., & Man, E. B.
Oral and intravenous dextrose tolerance curves of patients with
manic-depressive  psychosis.  Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,
1943, 49: 852-9.—Hoff, H., & Potzl, O. Untersuchungen uber
den Wasserhaushalt bei periodischen Psychosen.  Zschr. ges.
Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 124: 200-13.—Jankowska, H.  Grund-
umsatzstorungen  unter  dem Einfluss  von  Affekten  beim
manisch-depressiven Irresein.   Ibid., 1932, 141: 380.  ------
Storungen des  Saurebasengleichgewichts bei  manisch-depres-
sivem Irresein und unter Affekteinflussen.  Ibid., 394.------
Nachtrag zu meinen Arbeiten iiber die Storungen des Grund-
umsatzes  und  des  Saurebasengleichgewichts bei  manisch-
depressivem Irresein und unter Affekteinflussen.  Ibid., 1933,
147: 159.—Klemperer, E.  Untersuchungen uber den  Stoff-
wechsel bei  manischen  und depressiven   Zustandsbildern;
Veranderungen  des Kalzium- und Kaliumspiegels des Gesamt-
blutes.  Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur., 1926, 45: 32-62.—Leszycki,
A.  [Current investigation on- metabolism in  manic-depressive
states]  Nowiny psychjat.,  1933, 10: 231-43.—Lockwood, M.
R.  A note on the relationship between the blood cholesterol
and hyperglycaemic index in manic-depressive psychosis.  J.
Ment.  Sc,  Lond., 1932, 78:  901-7.—McFarland, R. A., &
Goldstein, H.  The biochemistry of manic-depressive psycho-
sis; a review.   Am. J.  Psychiat.,  1939-40, 96: 21-58.—Mar-
shall, J. K.  Disturbances of glucose tolerance and of the acid-
base equilibrium in manic-depressive insanity.  J. Ment. Sc,
Lond., 1939, 85: 222-44.—Mira, E.  El valor pronostico del
metabolismo basal  en  la psicosis manfacodepresiva.   Arch.
neurob., Madr., 1931, 11: 43-6.—Neustadt, R., & Howard, L.
G.  Fluctuations of blood iodine in cyclic psychoses.  Am. J.
Psychiat.,  1942-43, 99: 130-6— Sacristan, J. M.  El metabolis-
mo hidrocarbonado en la psicosis maniaco-depresiva end6gena.
Arch, neurob., Madr., 1935, 14: 691-748.  ------ & Peraita,
M. Ueber den Bromspiegel des Blutes bei manisch-depressivem
Irresein.  Klin. Wschr.,  1933, 12:  469.—Schou, H.  I.  Ali-
mentary hyperglycemia in  manic-depressive  psychosis.  Acta
psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1935, 10: 565-93.  ------& Trolle, C.
Continued investigations into the nitrogen metabolism in
manic-depressive patients; with a  special view to amino acids
and non-protein-nitrogen in the plasma.  Ibid., 1944, 19: 495-
516.—Schube, P. G.  Blood cholesterol and the manic depres-
sive psychosis.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1936-37, 22: 240-5.—Sten-
berg, S.  Psychosis and blood lipoids; quantitative variations
of total cholesterin and total fatty acids in the blood; in manic-
depressive psychosis.  Acta med. scand.,  1929, 71: 558-97.—
Tod, H.  Studies on carbohydrate metabolism in mental dis-
orders; glucose tolerance tests in manic-depressive insanity and
other depressions.  Edinburgh M. J.,  1936,  43:  524-7.—
Tomasson, H.  [Relations of some blood electrolytes (Ca, K,
Na, H) to the vegetative nervous system especially in patients
with  manic-depressive psychosis]   Bibl.  laeger,  1928,  120:
14-44.   ------   Fortgesetzte  Untersuchungen  fiber  die
Elektrolyten des Blutes und das vegetative Nervensystem bei
Patienten nrit manisch-depressiver Psychose.   Acta psychiat.
neur., Kbh., 1932, 7: 679-700.—Urechia, C. L., & Retezeanu.
Le brome  sanguin  dans les psychoses  maniaco-depressives.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 411.—Wolberg, L. R.  Basal
metabolism in manic-depressive psychoses.  Psychiat. Q., 1935,
9:  586-609.—Zondek,  H., &  Bier, A.  Brom im Blute bei
manisch-depressivem Irresein.  Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 633-6.

----   Occupational aspect.

   Nagelschmidt,   J.    *Krankheitsyerlauf und
Erwerbsfahigkeit bei Manisch-Depressiven [Bonn]
47p.   22cm.   Koln,  1932.
   ISenevskaia, O. V.  [Changes in the day curve of muscular
working capacity in depressive  patients]   In: Probl. motor.
(Centr. psikhonevr.  inst.)  Kharkov,  1937,  No. 1, 200-8.—
Klemperer,  E.,  & Weissmann, M.  Arbeitsuntersuchungen bei
Patienten mit  manisch-depressiven  Zustandsbildern.  Arch.
Psychiat.,  Berl., 1928-29, 86:  598-626.—Meerovich, R.  I.
[Experimental analysis of the curve of the working capacity  of
patients of the  manic-depressive type] Sovet. nevropat., 1935,
4:  85-100.—Rizzatti, E.   Psicosi periodiche  e invalidita  al
lavoro.  Pensiero med., 1937, 26: 372-82.

----  Physiopathology.
   Bogen, D.  Blutuntersuchungen der  Cyclophreniker mit
der biologischen Methode.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928,
117: 569-84.—Davis, P.  A.  Electroencephalograms of manic-
depressive patients.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1941-42, 98: 430-3 —
Ekblad, M.  The  pancreatic secretion  in  manic-depressive
psychosis, studied by means of secretin.  Acta med. scand.,
1943-44, H6:  357-62.—Hedstrom, V.  Observations on dis-
turbances in the gastric secretion in manic-depressive psychosis.
Acta psychiat.  neur., Kbh., 1936-37,  11: 469-81—Henry, G.
W.   Gastrointestinal  motor  functions  in  manic-depressive
psychoses.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1931, 11: 19-28, 3 pl.—Horst-
mann, P.  Investigations into gastric secretion in patients with
manic-depressive psychosis.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1941,
16:  69-78.—Meyer,  F.   Korpertemperaturanomalien  bei
Manisch-Depressiven.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930,  127:
252-4.—Pletnev, D. D.  [Somatic cyclothymia]  Russ. klin.,
1927, 7: 496-500.  ------  Zur Frage der somatischen Cycle- 
MANIC-DEPRESSIVE
276
MANIC-DEPRESSIVE
thyinie (resp. Cyclosomie)  Zschr. klin. Med., 1928, 107: 145-
50.—Roggenbau, C.  Die korperlichen Storungen bei manisch-
depressiven Erkrankungen.  Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 952.------
Ueber die korperlichen Erscheinungen  bei den Erkrankungen
des  manisch-depressiven  Formenkreises.  Mschr.  1'svchiat.,
1933, 86: 335-54— Rothschild, D., A Malamud,  W.   The
blood-cerebrospinal fluid barrier in manic-depressive psychosis.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1931,  26: 829-44.—Schou, H. I.
Hauttemperatur bei manisch-depressiven Psvchosen.  Mschr.
Psychiat., 1939,  102: 327-35.—Schrijver, D.   [Pathophysi-
ology of  the manic-depressive psvchosis]  Psvehiat. neur. bl.,
Amst., 1933,  37: 484-97.—Shevelev, N. A.   Vegetative  Sto-
rungen bei der Cyclophrenie.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929,
120: 650-63.  â– ------  [Examination of capillary circulation in
cyclophrenia]  J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva,  1931, 24: 53-
60.   Also German transl., Zschr. ses.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1932,
138: 688-98.—Strongin, E. I., & Hinsie, L. E.  Parotid gland
secretions in manic-depressive patients.  Am.  J.  Psychiat.,
1937-38, 94: 1459-66— Tinel, J., & Lamache,  A.  Relations  de
la psychose  maniaque-depressive avec  les crises de migraine,
d'epilepsie,  d'asthme  et  d'urticaire.  Encephale,  1928, 23:
15,5-62.


----    Prognosis.

   Kleine,  F.   *Das   Schicksal  der   chronisch
 Manischen.   35p.   22cm.   Konigsb.,  1936.
  Galatschian, A.  Zur Frage des ungiinstigen Endzustandes
bei manisch-depressivem Irresein. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psvchiat.,
1932, 139: 241-8.—Hunt, R.  C, & Appel, K. E.  Prognosis in
the psychoses lying midway between schizophrenia and' manic-
depressive psychoses.  Am.  J. Psychiat., 1936-37, 93: 313-
39.—Kelman,  S. R.   Recovery of a manic depressive  psycho-
sis;  a ten year  follow up.   J.  Nerv.  Ment. Dis.,  1938, 88:
525-8.—Lewis, A.  Prognosis in the manic-depressive  psycho-
sis.  Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 997-9.—Olivier, M., & Chevalier-
Gazaniol.  Soixante   ans de  psvchose  maniaco-depressive.
Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1938,  96: 321-6.— Reboul-Lachaux,
C.,'& Bouyer, H.  Note sur le pronostic de chronicite au cours
des  etats maniaques-depressifs.  C.  rend. Congr. alien,  neur.
France, 1931, 35. Congr., 247— Rennie, T. A.  C.  Prognosis in
manic-depressive psychoses.  Am. J. Psychiat.,  1941-42, 98:
801-14.—Rodenberg,  C.  H.  Zur  Prognostik  des manisch-
depressiven  Irreseins  bei  heterogener  Konstitution.  Allg.
Zschr. Psychiat., 1933, 100: 1-26.—Steen, R.  R.  Prognosis
in manic-depressive psychoses; with report of factors studied
in 493 patients.   Psychiat. Q., 1933, 7: 419-29.—Witzel, A.  E.
Regression in manic-depressive  reactions.  Ibid.,  1933, 386-
400.—Ziegler, L. H., & Heersema, P. H.  A follow-up study of
 111  nonhospitalized depressed patients  after 14 years.  Am. J.
Psychiat., 1942-43, 99: 813-7, ch.


----   Psychopathology.

   Ammermuller, H.   *Volkscharakter  und ma-
 nisch-depressives Irresein [Tubingen]   16p.  21cm.
 Dusseld., 1938.
   Storring, E.    Die  Storungen  des  Personlich-
 keitsbewusstseins bei   manisch-depressiven   Er-
 krankungen.   60p.   8?   Basel, 1938.
  Forms H. 86, Abh.  Neur. Psychiat.

   Zwick,  P.   *Beitrag  zum Studium der chro-
 nischen manisch-depressiven Psychosen; mit einer
 kritischen Skizze zur  Diagnostik und  Struktur
 der  endogenen   Psychosen.   21p.   23cm.  Lau-
 sanne,  1939.
   Abraham, K.  Sobre la exploraci6n y el tratamiento  psico-
 nnalitico de la psicosis maniaco-depresiva y estados andlogos.
 Rev. psicoanal.. B. Air., 1945, 3: 314-31.—Bostroem, A. Ueber
 krankheitsverandernde, insbesondere krankheitsmildernde Ein-
flilsse der manisch-depressiven (thymopathischen) Konstitution.
Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.,  1939,  110:  11-20.—Carlisle,  C.  L.
The significance of schizoid mechanisms in the manic-depressive
syndrome.  Med. Bull.  Veterans Admin.,  1932,  8:  93-8 —
Coleman, S. M.  A note on  psychopathology and periodicity.
J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1936, 82: 654.—Flescher, J.  Betrach-
 tungen iiber die Psychodynamik zwangsneurotischer Storungen
in einem Fall mit manisch-depressiven Zustanden.  Schweiz.
 Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1939,  44:  229-42.—Haviland,  F.  R.
 Therelation of manic-depressive insanity to infective-exhaustive
 psychoses.  State Hosp.  Bull.,  Utica, 1912-13, 5: 260-74 —
 Hoch, P., & Rachlin, H. L.  An evaluation of manic-depressive
 psvchosis in the light of follow-up studies.  Am. J. Psychiat.,
 1940-41, 97: 831-43.—Jelgersma,  H. C.  [Psychoanalysis of
 the  manic-depressive  psychosis] Psychiat.  neur. bl., Amst.,
 1933, 37: 511-28.—Kisker, G. W.   Constancy in the manic-
 depressive syndrome.  J. Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1941, 93: 163-8 —
 Klein, M.  Zur  Psvehogenese  der manisch-depressiven  Zu-
 stande.  Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., 1937, 23:  275-305.—
Kolle, K.  Die  Beteiligung der manisch-melancholischen An-
lage am Aufbau paraphrener  und paranoischer Psychosen.
 Zschr. ges. Xeur. Psychiat.,  1930-31;  131: 171-96— Levy, D.
 M., & Beck, S. J.  The Rorschach test in  manic-depressive
 psychosis.  Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1934, 4: 31-42.—Mapother,
E., Ross, T. A. [et al.]  Discussion on manic-depressive pgy.
chosis.  Brit.  M.  J.,  1926,  2:  872-9.-  Masorman,  J.  H.
Psychodvnamisnis in manic-depressive psychoses.  Psvchoanaf
Rev., 1941,  28: 4(16-78.—Moore, M.  T.,  Nathan, ]'). [et al.j
Encephalography  studies  in   manic-depressive  psychosis;
report of  thirty-«'ight  cases.   Aich. Neur.  Psvchiat.! Chic
1934, 31: 1194-204.—Newmann. (', A.  The psychoanalysis of
manic-depiessi\e psychosis.   J.  Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1934, 80-
24-31.—Rogue, H. ('.  Die Angriffsstelle der zirkularen Vay-
chose.   Psychiat.  neur. bl., Amst., 1935, 39:  148-65.— Rouen-
zweig, S.  A Savoyard note on  the Freudian theory of manic.
depressive psychosis.   Psychoanal.  Rev.,  1944, 31:  336-9.—
Schneider,  K.  Ueber  Abgrenzung und Seltenheit des  soge-
nannten manisch-depressiven  Irreseins.  Miinch. med. \Vnehr
1932, 79: 1549.—Sicher. L.   Weber einen Fall von manisch-
depressivem Irresein.  Internat. Zschr. Individpsvchol., Wien
1928, 6: 299-312.—Smalldon, J. L.  Pre-psychotic personality
of manic-depressive patients.  Psychiat. Q., 1934, 8: 129-47. -
Stern, E. S.  The psychopathology of manic-depreasive dis-
order and involutional melancholia.  Brit.  J.  M.  Psychol
1944, 20: 20-32.—Strobel, T.  Das manisch-depressive Irre!
sein  vom Standpunkte der englischen Forschung, Aulfassung
und  Therapie.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1938, 40: 158; 170.—
Thompson, C.  M.  Analytic observations during the course  ol
a manic-depressive psychosis.  Psychoanal.  Rev.,  1930, 17:
240-52.—Tomasson,  H.   Further investigations on manic-
depressive psychosis.   Acta psychiat. neur.,  Kbh., 1938, 13:
517-26.—Wiersma, E. D.  [Psvchologv of  manic-depressive
psychosis]  Psychiat. neur. bl.,  Amst,, 1933, 37: 425-83.

----   Racial aspect.
  Fischer, S.  The influence of Indian and  Negro blood on the
manic-depressive psychosis.   J.  Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1943, 97:
409-20.—Green, E. M.  Manic-depressive psvchosis in llie
Negro.  Proc.  Am. Med. Psychol. Ass., 1916, 72. meet.. 285-
92.—Wiggins,  E.  J.,  & Lyman,  R.  S.  Manic psychosis in n
Ne.gro; with special reference to  the role of the psychogenic and
sociogenic factors.  Am. J. Psychiat,  1943-44, 100: 781-7.

----   Somatopathology.

  Sonden,  T.   A study of somatic  conditions in
manic-depressive psychosis,  p. 25-269.  8?  Up-
sala, 1927.
  In: Upsala lcik. foren. forh., 1927, n. f., 33:
  Barraux & Alliez.  Troubles psychiques  et neurofibiomatose
de Recklinghausen; considerations statistiques  a propos d'une
observation  de cyclothymie  associee.  Ann.  med.  psychol.,
Par., 1938,  96: pt 2,  776-83.   Ohemouha-Prilejaeva, A. A.
[Maniacal depressive insanity and arteriosclerosis]   J. nevro-
pat.  psikhiat., Moskva, 1927, 20: 57;  124.—Chlenov, L. G. &
Vishnevskaia,  O. K.  [Tumor of the left frontal lobe in manic-
depressive  psychosis]  Sovet.  nevropat.,  1933,  2:  52-9.—
Cooke, W.   A practical and pathological inquiry into the sources
and  effects  of derangements of the digestive  organs,  em-
bracing dejection, and some other affections  of the mind.
Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 2: 171-9.—Delay, J.  Manic et
diencephale.  Ann. med. psychol., Par.,  1943, 101: pt 2, 439-
42.—Derby,  I.  M.   Manic-depressive  exhaustion  deaths;
an analysis of exhaustion case histories.  Psychiat. Q., 1933, 7:
436-49.—Horrax, G., Yorshis, M., & Lavine, G. R.  Calcified
intradural cholesteatoma of unusual size in a patient showing
manic depressive symptoms.   Tr. Am. Neur.  Ass.,  1934. 60:
72-80.  Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 33: 1058-74.—
Kilbane, E. F.  Renal sepsis  associated with manic depressive
insanity.  Am. J.  M.  Sc,  1926, 171: 433-8.—Marchand,  L.
Lesions de  l'encephale dans  un cas de psychose periodique.
Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment, Par., 1928, 16: 176-9.—Meyer, F.
Anatomisch-histologische  Untersuchungen  an  Manisch-De-
pressiven.   Mschr. Psychiat.,  1935, 91:  137-59.—Omaru, I.
Zur  Pathologie  des  manisch-depressiven  Irreseins.  Hukuoka
acta med.,  1927,  20:  91.—Potzl, O.  Zwischenhirn  und  peri-
odisches Irresein.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,   1938, 51: 845-9.—
Ratner, J.  Manisch-depressives Irresein resp.  Cyclothymie
und Zwischenhirn. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931,  132:
702-23.—Roggenbau.  Zur Somatophathologie der manisch-
depressiven Erkrankungen.   Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1938-39,
109: 332.—Sonden,   T.  Arteriosklerose  und  manisch-de-
pressives Irresein.  Acta psychiat.  neur.,  Kbh. 1929, 4: 217—
42.—Southard, E. E.  Anatomical findings in the  brains of
manic-depressive  subjects.   Proc.  Am. Med. Psychol.  Ass.,
1914,  70. meet.,  237-74.  ------  & Bond, E. D.  Clinical
and anatomical analysis of 11  cases of mental disease arising
in the second decade, with special reference to a certain type ol
cortical hvperpigmentation   in  manic-depressive  insanity.
Ibid.,  223-35.—Stern, K., & Dancey, T. E.  Glioma of the
diencephalon in a  manic patient.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1941-42,
98:  716-9,  pl.—Thiele,  R.   Eine  ungewohnliche periodische
Psychose  mit transitorischen  Herderscheinungen  auf  der
Grundlage  zerebraler  Zirkulationsstorungen.   Mschr.  Pay-
chiat. Neur., 1928, 68: 657-77— Torren, J., van der.  [Case of
manic-depressive insanity with asthma]   Ned. tschr. geneesk..
1927,  71: 473.—Wolberg, L.  R.   The effect of intercurrent
somatic disease on manic-depressive reactions.  Psychiat.  Q.,
1935,   9: 88-94.—Zonova,   A.,  & Barbae,  M. [Pathologic
changes in manic-depressive psychosis]  Vrach. gaz., 1928,  32:
420-3. 
MANIC-DEPRESSIVE                       277                       MANIC-DEPRESSIVE
-----   Statistics.
   Burkhardt, H.  Manisch-depressives Irresein in Schleswig-
Holstein. Zschr. menschl. Vererb.,  1942-43,  26:  161-88 —
Himler,  L.  E.,  & Raphael, T.  Manic-depressive  psychoses
among  college  students.  Am.  J.  Psychiat.,  1942-43,  99:
188-93.—Number and percentage with manic-depressive  psy-
choses first and readmissions, 1917-1939.  Annual Rep. Comm.
Ment. Health Massachusetts, 1939,  173.— Sokolowski, F. W.
The increase in  mental disorders; special remarks on manic-
depressive groups.  Illinois M. J., 1934, 66: 194-6.—Stauder,
K. H.  Ueber Umgrenzung  und Haufigkeit  der manisch-de-
pressiven Erkrankungen.   Miinch. med.  Wschr.,  1933,  80:
430-2.
  ---   Treatment.

     Ansani, A.  Influenza della corticale surrenale sulla glicemia
  nei maniaco-depressivi. Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia,  1934, 28:
  21-43.—Barrancos, A.  Tratamiento  de los estados  maniacos
  y depresivos.  Dia med., B. Air., 1929-30, 2: 300.—Beyerman,
  W. [Treatment of manic-depressive conditions with somnifen]
  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 2, 3998-4003.  Also German
  transl. Psychiat. neur.  Wschr., 1928, 30: 608.—Bianchini, L. &
  Nardi,  J.   Malariaterapia della  psicosi  maniacodepressiva.
  Arch.  gen.  neur.,  Nocera, 1929, 10: 5-12.—Birnbaum, K.
  Hausbehandlung  zyklothymer  Zustande.    Fortsch.  Ther.,
  1931, 7: 613-8.—Dahlberg, G.   A theory  of  the nature of
  feelings and a suggestion  for a therapy in manic-depressive
  mental disease. Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1942-43, 48: 165-71.
  Also  German  transl. Acta psychiat.  neur., Kbh., 1943,  18:
  235-44.—Doussinet, P., & Jacob, E.  Un traitement de grande
  activite dans la psychose periodique; le serum humain epivec-
  teur. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1937, 95: pt 2, 523-34. ------
  L'assistance preventive aux psychopathes periodiques.  Progr.
  med., Par., 1937, 1848—Gurevich, A.  I., Kulakov, A. I. [et al.]
  [For and against occupational  therapy  in manic-depressive
  psychosis and  dementia praecox]  Sovet. nevropat., 1933. 2:
  68-72.—Gurevich, M.  O.,  Sumskaia,  A. M., & Hachaturian,
  A.  A.  [Results in the  treatment of depression by hypoxemia]
  Nevropat. psikhiat.,  1941,  10: No. 9, 3-9.—Hennelly,  T. J.
  Prolonged narcosis in manic-depressive  psychosis.  J. Ment. Sc,
  Lond., 1936, 82: 608-14.—Hinsie, L.  E.  Successful socializa-
  tion and compensation in manic-depressive psychosis. Psychiat.
  Q., 1931, 5:312-40. ------& Katz, S.  E. Treatment of manic-
  depressive psychosis;  a survey  of the literature.  Am. J.
  Psychiat., 1931, 11: 131-83.—Klimke, W.   Zur Behandlung
  der Kranken des manisch-depressiven Irreseins.  Med. Welt,
  1936, 10:  228.—Kohra, T.  Die Dauerschlafbehandlung  des
  manisch-depressiven  Irreseins  mit Sulfonal.  Hukuoka acta
  med., 1929, 22: 5.—Kraines, S. H.  Manic-depressive psycho-
  sis.  In his Ther. Neuroses, Phila., 1941, 355-70.—Lemere, F.
  The rational treatment of manic-depressive  reactions.  Dis.
  Nerv. Syst., 1940, 1:  316.—Leonhard,  K.  Behandlungserfolge
  mit Atropin  und Ergotamin bei Manischen und Melancholi-
  schen.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1932, 97: 290.  ----—  Weitere
  Behandlungserfolge mit Atropin bei Manie und Ergotamin bei
  Melancholie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1934, 151: 331-45.—
  Levine, M.  Manic-depressive psychosis.  In his Psychother.
  M.  Pract., 1942, 173-5.—Mack,  C. W.  Prevention of recur-
  rences in manic-depressive psychosis.  Dis. Nerv. Syst.,  1940,
  1:  121-5.—Marshall, W.  Histamine phosphate  in manic-
  depressive psychosis (further observations and a case report)
  Clin. M. & S.,  1938, 45: 57-60.—Mayer, W.  Zur Frage der
  Behandlung der Cyclothymien.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
  1926, 101: 350-3.—Milco, S., & Tomorug, E.  Le traitement de
  la manie par 1'extrait d'epiphyse.  Bull. Acad. med.  Roumanie,
  1941, 6: 43-52.—Muller, M. Die Dauernarkose mit flussigem
  Dial bei  Psvchosen, speziell bei manisch-depressivem Irresein.
  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1927,107: 522-43.—Neuhaus, G. E.
  Mild and brief  forms of manic-depressive psychosis and  their
 treatment. J. Iowa M.  Soc, 1931, 21: 438-43.—Ovcharenko,
 P.P. [Treatment of cyclophrenic attacks] Nevropat. psikhiat.,
 1940, 9:  No.  12, 78-81.—Phillips, B. F.  Response of manic-
 depressive psychosis to alcohol; a case history.   Virginia M.
 Month.,  1941,  68: 158.—Pilcz, A.  Ueber  einen ungewohn-
 lichen  Fall von manisch-depressivem  Irresein.   Wien. med.
 Wschr.,  1930,  80: 101-5.—Potzl, O.  Neue Behandlungs-
 methoden bei  manisch-depressivem  Irresein.   Wien.  klin.
 Wschr., 1937, 50:  1289.—Regner, E.  G.   Studien uber die
 elektrische  Nervenerregbarkeit bei manisch-depressiver  Psy-
 chose ohne und mit Parathyreoidea-Kalk-Medikation.  Acta
 psychiat. neur.,  Kbh.,   1938,  13: 281-96.—Robards, E. M.
 Estrogenic hormone therapy in the treatment of presenile and
 manic-depressive psychosis.  N. Orleans M.  & S. J., 1940-41,
 93: 450-4.—Sacristan,  J. M.,  & Pinto, J.  G.   La  narcosis
 permanente de Klasi en dos casos de psicosis maniaco-depresiva
 (comunicaci6n previa)  Arch, neurob., Madr., 1924,  4:  139-
 50.—Scheer, W. M. van der [Treatment of manic-depressive
 psychosis]   Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1933, 37:  529-61.—
 Snowden,  E.   The psychological  treatment of mania and
 depression.  Lancet, Lond., 1927,  1: 1016-20.—Spurgeon,  O.
 Ideation and trends encountered  in  psychotherapy  of manic-
 depressive psychosis.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1943, 49:
 142-4.—Tomasson, H.    Medikamentose Beeinflussung  der
 Blutelektrolyten  bei  manisch-depressiven  Patienten  (durch
 Azetylcholin,  Atropin,  Ergotoxin,  Ephedrin)   Mschr.  Psy-
 chiat., 1933, 86: 324-34.  ------  Therapeutic  attempts in
 manic-depressive psychosis.   J. Ment. Sc,  Lond.,  1936,  82:
595-607.   ------  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Behandlung
 manisch-depressiver Zustande.   Acta psychiat. neur.,  Kbh.,
 1936-37, 11: 483-5.  ------  Weitere Untersuchungen iiber
 die  Behandlung  manisch-depressiver  Zustande.   Mschr.
 Psychiat.,  1936,  93:  322-32.—Washburne,  A.  C.   Manic
 depressive  psychosis;  a  consideration  of  recent views  on
 etiology and treatment.  Wisconsin M. J., 1939, 38^533-40.—
 Witzel, A. E.  The treatment of manic-depressive psychoses.
 Psychiat. Q., 1928, 2: 405-21.


 ----   Treatment: Shock.
    Barison, F.  L'insulino-shock-terapia nella psicosi  maniaco-
 depressiva ad accessi maniaci frequenti.  Gior. psichiat., 1939,
 67: 299.—Bennett, A.  E.   Convulsive pentamethylenetetrazol
 shock therapy in depressive psychoses. Bull. Menninger Clin.,
 1938-39, 2: 97r100.—Camargo Pacheco, V. de & Wey Magal-
 haes, C.   Excitacao manfaca e methodo de von  Meduna; a
 proposito de 5 casos.   Rev. Ass. paul.  med.,  1940, 17: 321
 (Abstr.)—Caravedo, B.,  & Gutierrez Noriega, C.  El trata-
 miento de la mania por el cardiazol.  Arch. peru.  hig.  ment.,
 1939, 3: 1-12.—Cottington,  F., & Gavigan, A. J.  Metrazol
 treatment of depressions.   N. England J. M., 1939, 220: 990-
 2.—Cronick, C. H., Scherb, R. F., & Karnosh, L. J.  Modifica-
 tion of the manic-depressive cycle by metrazol.  Dis. Nerv.
 Syst., 1940, 1: 10-5.—Daumezon, G., & Cassan, L.  Balance-
 ment par electro-choc de crises d'asthme et de phenomenes
 eyclothymiques.  Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1943, 101:  pt  2,
 429-32.   ------   Essai  de  therapeutique  abortive d'acces
 maniaco-depressifs  par le 2339 R. P.  Ibid.,  432-5.—Delay,
 J., & Maillard, J.  Le traitement des etats  maniaques par
 I'eiectro-choc.  Ibid., 435-9.—Fitzgerald, O. W. S.  Experi-
 ences in the treatment  of depressive states  by  electrically
 induced convulsions.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1943, 89: 73-80.—
 Impastato, D. J., Frosch,  J. [et al.]  The electrofit in depres-
 sion; comparison of hospital and privately treated patients.
 N. York State J. M., 1945, 45: 179-85.—Jones, R. O.  Shock
 treatment  in the depressions of later life.  Nova Scotia M.
 Bull., 1942, 21: 291-6.—Kalpa, I.  [Cardiazol in treatment,  of
 depressive  types  of the manic-depressive states]   Duodecim,
 Helsin., 1940, 56: 483-90—Kuppers, E.   Die  Schockbehand-
 lung des manisch-depressiven  Irreseins. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.,
 1939,112:430-45.  ------  Die Krampfshockbehandlung des
 manisch-depressiven Irreseins.   Nervenarzt, 1939, 12:  449-
 53.—Mader, A.  Unsere  Erfahrungen mit  der Cardiazolbe-
 handlung  unter   besonderer  Beriicksichtigung   depressiver
 Zustande.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1938, 40: 331-3.—Miller,
 E. W. Use of curare in metrazol treatment of psychoses; report
 of a manic-depressive case complicated by a  compression frac-
 ture of the spine.   Minnesota M., 1943, 26: 1052-4.—Pacheco,
 V. C., & Wey de Magalhaes,  C.  Excitagao maniaca e metodo
 de von Meduna; a prop6sito de 5 casos. Sao Paulo med., 1940,
 13: pt 2, 73-86.—Patry, F. L.  Ambulatory electroshock treat-
 ment of a 58-year-old white  male suffering from pathological
 depression.  Med. Times,  N.  Y.,  1944, 72: 362-4.—Ross, M.
 T.  Electric shock therapy in manic depressive  psychoses. N.
 York State J. M.,  1943,  43:  2055-7.—Savitsky, N., &  Tara-
 chow, S.   The question  of  shorter  courses of electroshock
 therapy in  the depressions.   J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1945, 101:
 115-20.—Schou, H. I., & Ortmann, C.  [Cardiazol treatment
 of melancholia and mania] Nord. med.,  1939,  3: 2687-91.—
 Schroder, K.  Eine unerwunschte Nebenwirkung der Krampf-
 shockbehandlung  des  manisch-depressiven  Irreseins.   Ner-
 venarzt,  1940,  13: 214-8.—Schumann, M.   Die  Cardiazol-
 schock-Behandlung der cyclothymen  (endogenen) Depression.
 Ibid., 1943,  16:  481-8—Tillotson, K.  J.,  &   Sulzbach, W.
 A comparative study and evaluation of electric shock therapy
 in depressive states.  Afti. J. Psychiat., 1944-45, 101: 455-9.—
 Verstraeten, P.  La therapeutique convulsivante de la psychose
 maniaco-depressive.  Ann. med. psychol.,  Par.,  1937, 95:  pt  2,
 654-9.—Zeifert,  M. Metrazol therapy  in  manic-depressive
 and  involutional psychoses.  Psychiat. Q., 1939, 13: 498-502.

   MANICH,  Francisco  de  A.,  &  CORDOBA,
 Juan.  Higiene social de la infancia; oficina central
 del  nino,  consultorios de puericultura,  guarderias.
 132p.   diagr.  form.    21cm.    Barcel.,  Junta
provinc. protec. menores, 1943.
   MANICOMIO (II) archivio di   psychiatria  e
scienze affini.   Nocera,  v.l, 1885-
  v.4-16 (1888-1900) had title Manicomio moderno.
MANICURE.
   See  Hand, Disinfection; Nail,  Hygiene.
   MANIERI,  Alberto.    L'arma   chimica   nei
rapporti   con  la   medicina  e   l'organizzazione
sanitaria militare.   4.  ed.   175p.   8?   Fir.,  1st.
Gualandi Sordomuti, 1936.
   MANIG,   Bernhard,  1909-         *Die  zahn-
arztliche   Versorgung   der   Stadt   Magdeburg
[Leipzig]   35p.    8?   Engelsdorf-Lpz.,  C.  & E.
Vogel, 1932.
   MANIGK,  Wolfgang,  1905-         *Analyse
der   durch   starke   Abkuhlung  hervorgerufenen 
MANIGK
278
MANIOC
Muskelverkiirzung  [Frankfurt  a.  M.]  23p.  8:
Berl., J. Springer, 1930.
  Also Arch. ges. Physiol., 1929, 224: 722-40.

  MANIGOLD, Karlheinz,  1907-       *Bericht
iiber  Nachuntersuchungen   von   Meniskusver-
letzungen.  40p.   8?  Wiirzb., G.  Grasser, 1931.


MANIHOT.

  See Cassava.


MANIKIN.

  See Anatomy,  Models; Gynecologist,  Educa-
tion, etc.
  MANIL, Raymond,  1906- -      *De la  gono-
coccie latente;  frequence, moyens  de diagnostic.
91p.  8?   Par., Jouve & cie,  1933.
  MANILA,  P. I.   Bureau of Health.  Monthly
bulletin.   Manila,  v.l, 1921-
  MANILA, P. I.   Collector of Internal Revenue.
Annual report.   Manila, 32., 1935-
  MANILA,  P. I.   Quezon Institute.  Bulletin.
Manila, v.l,  1939-
  MANILA,  P. I.   University of the Philippines.
College of Medicine and Institute of Hygiene.
  Revised curriculum in the College of Medicine, University
of the Philippines.  J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1941, 21:
607.
  See also Acta  medica philippina.  Manila, v.l,  1939-


MANILA, P. I.
   See also under Health organization; Hospital
report.
  Stewart,  G. E.   Map of  the city  of Manila
and vicinity.   36 folds mounted  on  canvas and
bound  as  a  book.  16?  Manila,  U. S.  War
Dep. Office  of Chief Engineer, Division of  the
Philippines, 1901.
   Views  of First Reserve  Hospital,  Santa
Mesa Hospital, etc.
   For photograph see Collection in Library.
  Burkholder, S.  L., & Hart, I.  History  of the San Lazaro
Hospital; a  relic of  early Spanish days in the Philippines.
Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1932,  12:  7;  84.—
Estimated population of the City of Manila for 1922; by nation-
alities.  Ibid., 1922,  2:  61; 217.—Gardner, L. L.  The days
gone by; the Hospital  Real  de Espafioles de  Manila,  now
Sternberg General Hospital.  Mil. Surgeon, 1929,  64:  744;
917.—General statistics, estimated population of the City of
Manila, October 1921.   Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv.,
1921, 1: 138-55.—General statistics; estimated population of
the City of Manila for 1922.   Ibid., 185; 1922, 2: 117; 247 —
Hernando, E.  Tablas de vida de la poblaci6n nativa y resi-
dente de la ciudad de Manila en el afio 1920.  Rev. filip. med.,
1928, 19:  193-207.—Lacy, G. R.  Report of the Committee
on Sanitary Survey of Truck Gardens of Manila.  J. Philippine
Islands M. Ass., 1924, 4: 408-16.—Naiiagas, J. C. Joint meet-
ing of the Manila Medical Society and the journal Club of the
San Juan de Dios Hospital.  Ibid., 1936, 16: 625-7.—Padua,
R. G.  Epidemics of gastro-intestinal and respiratory diseases
among young children of the city of Manila in 1936.  Month.
Bull. Bur.  Health  Manila,  1936, 16:  395-420.—Revised
schedule  of fees  in  the  Philippine  General  Hospital.  J.
Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1941, 21: 607.


MANILA elemi.

   See Canarium, in 5. ser.
   MANILIUS, Marcus,  fl.  1.  century  A.  D.
Astronomicon.   28p.   fol.   Venezia,   Bernardi-
nus de  Vitalibus,  ca  1498,   Also  another  ed.
78  1.   8?  Venezia,  Bernardinus  de  Vitalibus,
1498.


MANILKARA.

   See Sapotaceae.
   MANINE, Andre,  1913-        *Contribution
k  l'etude  des formes   pseudo-neoplasiques  de
l'ileus  biliaire.  51p.    25cm.  Lyon,  Bose   fr.,
1938.
MANIOC.

  See Cassava.


MANIPULATION [osteopathic]

  See also Osteopathy.
  Asquith,   W.  Manipulative  treatment  for
health and  longer  life, upon  the  vital energy
basis of being.   55p.  8?   Stockport, Engl., 1937.
  Burrows, H. J., & Coltart, W. D.   Treatment
by   manipulation.   36p.   22#om.   Lond.  1939.
  Mellor,  E.  Manipulation  as  a   curative
factor;   osteopathy  and   medicine.   255p.  8?
Lond., 1931.
  Beckwith, C.  G.  The effect  of osteopathic manipulative
treatment.  J. Am. Osteopath. Ass.,  1943-44, 43: 343-7.—
Burns, L.  To measure pressure employed in manipulations.
Ibid., 1937-38, 37: 510.  ------  Methods of applying manip-
ulative technic.  Ibid., 1944-45, 44: 271-3.—Bush, L. M. Ad-
vantages of manipulative treatments.   Health Cult.,  N. Y.,
1942, 48: No. 3, 28-30.—Catlin, DeF. B.  Osteopathic appara-
tus for treatment of the back.  U. S.  Patent Off., 1939, No.
2,159,654.—Clark,  M. E. Manipulative therapy; the  back-
ground of  manipulative therapy lies in an understanding oi
normal and abnormal human  structure. J. Osteopathy, 1940,
47: No. 8, 15.—D., R. E.  Manipulative treatment by M. D.'s.
J. Am. Osteopath.  Ass., 1911-42, 41: 309.—Denslow, J. S.
A case in which the relative importance of environment, visceral
pathology and structural lesions is discussed.  J. Osteopathy,
1939,66: No. 5, 23-6. ------ A casein which the importance
of  muscle  hypertonus as an etiological factor  is discussed.
Ibid., No. 7, 20-3.  ------  A discussion of a case in which the
lumbo-sacral angle is  pathological.   Ibid.,  No.  10,  26-9.
        A discussion of a problem in which  overexertion or
incorrect  manipulative treatment accentuates existing symp-
tomatology.  Ibid.,  1940, 47: No. 5, 23-5. _ ---—  A dis-
cussion of a clinical syndrome in which manipulative therapy
must be varied to meet existing conditions. Ibid., No. 8, 27-
30.  ------  Strictly manipulative.  Ibid., 1943, 50: No. 11,
17-21.—Eggleston, A. A.  The effect of manipulative treat-
ment on body function; a preliminary report.  J. Am. Osteo-
path. Ass.,  1939-40, 39:  279-84.—Fleck, C. E.  Osteopathy
and manipulation.  J. Osteopathy, 1941, 48: No. 3, 15-8.—
Gillum, G. N.  The effect of spinal manipulation on the heart
rate and the temperature of the skin surface; a preliminary
report.  J.  Am.  Osteopath.  Ass.,  1939-40,  39: 513-5 —
Kauffman, C. H.  Device for aiding osteopathic manipulators.
U. S. Patent Off., 1940, No. 2,217,445.—Leonard, J. P., Cox,
W. H. [et al.] -Pathological  conditions peculiar to the spine
and pelvis.  J. Am. Osteopath.  Ass.,  1940-41,  40: 131-6.—
Long, F. A., & Denting, G. S.  The effects on the blood pressure
and pulse rate of soft tissue manipulation combined with sudden
spinal joint mobilization in the cervical  region in a group of
normal college students.   Ibid., 1942-43, 42: 185-7—Magoun,
H. I.  Indications for the various types of osteopathic manip-
ulative procedures.   Ibid., 1944-45, 44:  485-9.—Marlin, T.
Spinal  manipulation with special reference  to lumbosacral
strain and brachial neuritis.  Lancet, Lond., 1934, 2: 477-9.—
Monroe,  E. R.   Osteopathic machine.  U. S. Patent  Off.,
1938, No. 2,127,132.—Northup, G. W. The vegetative nervous
system and manipulative therapeutics.  Yearb. Acad. Appl.
Osteopathy,  1945, 75-8.  ------ Influencing the vegetative
nervous system through manipulation.   J. Am. Osteopath.
Ass., 1945-46, 45: 1-6.—Northup, T. L.  Role of the reflexes in
manipulative  therapy.  Ibid.,  1940-41, 40: 521-4.—Osteo-
pathic technique  as developed in the Department of Osteo-
pathic Manipulative Technique, College of Osteopathic  Phy-
sicians and  Surgeons.   Clin.  Osteopath.,  1940, 36:  445;
passim.—Osteopathic treatment or adjustment device.  U. S.
Patent Off., 1935, No. 2,019,228.—Ruddy, T. J.   Osteopathic
manipulation in eye,  ear, nose  and throat disease.  J. Am.
Osteopath. Ass.,  1941-42, 41: 447-52.—Sahud, M.  Analysis
of manipulative surgery.  Clin. J.  Chiropody, 1940-41, 11:
79-82.—Schwab, W. A.  Principles of manipulative treatment;
human mechanism upright.  J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1932, 31:
165.  ------ Principles of manipulative treatment; the low
back  problem.  Ibid., 216;  passim; 1933,  32:  394.—Smith,
O.  E.  Osteopathy in manipulative therapeutics;  indicated
manipulative procedures must be determined by the type and
extent of lesion pathology.  J. Osteopathy, 1941, 48: No. 8,
ll-5.--Wilson, P. T.  An osteopathic analysis for manipula-
tive therapeutics; a discussion of the changes in tissue texture
which are fundamental in a study of structural abnormality.
Ibid., 1940, 47: No. 8, 14.


 MANIPULATIVE surgery.

   See also Massage;  Mechanotherapy; Ortho-
 pedics; Physical medicine; also such  headings as
 Bone   and  joint,   Disease;  Muscle,   Disease:
 Treatment; Rheumatism, Treatment, etc.
   Burrows, H. J., & Coltart, W. D.   Treatment
 by  manipulation.   36p.  8?  Lond., 1939. 
MANIPULATIVE SURGERY            279
MANITOBA
   Fisher, A.  G.  T.  Treatment by manipula-
 tion- a practical handbook for the  practitioner
 and student.   2.  ed.   200p.   8?   Lond.,   1928.
 Also 4. ed.  224p.   1944.   _
   Bankart,  A.  S. B.  Manipulative surgery.   Middlesex
 Hosp J , 1925-26, 26: 35-42.—Bristow, W. R.  Manipulative
 treatment.  Med. Brief, 1926, 54: 165-9.  ----—   & Elmslie,
 B C.  Remarks on manipulative treatment.  Lancet, Lond.,
 1926 1: 218-22.—Burrows, H. J., & Coltart, W. D.   Treatment
 by manipulation.  S. Barth.  Hosp. Rep.,  Lond., 1937, 70:
 267-95  5 ph  ------  Treatment by manipulation.  Prac-
 titioner, Lond., 1938, 141: 633-47.—Coulter, J. S.   Manipula-
 tion  In: Treat. Gen. Med. (Reimann, H. A.) 2. ed., Phila.,
 1941, 3: 2626-46.   Also 3. ed., 1944, 4: 474-95— Fisher, A. G.
 T.  Manipulative surgery; its  uses and abuses in medical and
 surgical practice, with some criticisms of osteopathic theory
 and practice.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1934, 189: 345-50.
 -----  Some observations upon manipulative surgery and
 osteopathy.  Brit.  J. Phys. M., 1937-38,  12: 4-6.  ------
 Treatment by manipulation.   In: Pye Surg. Handicraft, 14.
 ed., Brist.,  1944, 461-70.—Hales, H.  A note on treatment
 by pressures and pulsations. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1943,
 210: 336.—Hembrow, C. H.  Manipulative surgery.  Med. J.
 Australia, 1936, 2: 517-23.—Lewin, P.  Manipulative surgery.
 Physiother. Rev., 1937, 17: 201-4.—Mennell, J. The value of
 physical medicine in treatment; manipulation.  Med. Press &
 Circ, Lond., 1943,  210: 333-6.—Millar, T. McW.   Manipula-
 tive surgery.  Clin. J., Lond., 1936, 65: 371-6.—Mills, G. P.
 Manipulative surgery.  Birmingham M. Rev., 1928, n. ser., 3:
 123-32.—Ollerenshaw,  R.  The  present attitude  towards
 bone-setting and manipulation. Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 1056.—
 Perkins, G.  Manipulative surgery.  Ibid., 1938,  2: 1214-6.
 Also in Treatm. Gen. Pract., 1940, 4: 194-202.—Smart, M.
 Manipulative surgery.  Brit.  J. Phys. M„ 1939,  n. ser., 2:
 66—71.—Stamm, T. T.  The principles of manipulative treat-
 ment.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1937, 51: 24-7.—Turner, P.
 Some manipulations. Ibid., 1926, 40:  157-61.  Also Clin. J.,
 Lond.,  1926,  55:  313-9.—Wertheimer, L.  G.  Tecnica de
 manipulacao com  forcas conjugadas.  Rev. clin. S. Paulo,
 1944, 16: 134-8.—Wiles, P. The present position of manipu-
 lative surgery.  Practitioner, Lond., 1933, 130: 594-607.

   MANITIUS,  Maximilianus, 1858-1933.
 Handschriften  antiker  Autoren in  mittelalter-
 lichen  Bibliothekskatalogen.   357p.  8?   Lpz.,
 0. Harrassowitz, 1935.
   Forms Beih. 67,  Zbl. Biblioth.
   MANITIUS,  Siegmund Johannes  von, 1907-
      *Ueber gleichzeitigen Vorfall von  Arm und
 Bein bei Schadellage  [Munchen]   31p.  pl. 8?
 Lodz, Manitius, 1931.
   MANITOBA, Canada.  Department of Health
 and Public Welfare.  Annual report.  Winnipeg,
 1909-
   ---Report.  Winnipeg, No. 1,  1929-

                   CONTENTS
   No. 1. Report on the  poliomyelitis  epidemic in Manitoba,
 1928 (1929)
   No. 2. Report on tuberculosis in Manitoba. 1929.
   No. 3. Report on hospitals and  nurses' training schools in
 Manitoba.  1929.
   No. 4. Report of the Royal Commission appointed by Order-
 in-Council Number 747-28 to  inquire into the administration
 of the Child Welfare Division of the Department of Health and
 Public Welfare.  1929.
   No. 8. Report on the problem of family desertion m Mani-
 toba.  1931.
   MANITOBA, Canada.  Royal Commission of
 Inquiry into the Child Welfare Act of Manitoba.
 Report.   54p.   8?   Winnipeg, 1929.
   Forms No. 4, Rep. Manitoba Dep. Health.

   MANITOBA, Canada.   Sanitorium  Board of
 Manitoba.   Report.  Winnipeg, 1911—
  From 1911-30, the Board was called Manitoba Sanitorium
 (Ninette)
  MANITOBA,  Canada.   University.   Univer-
 sity of Manitoba  medical  journal; pub. by the
 Manitoba  Medical  Students' Association.   Win-
 nipeg,  v. 9, 1938-
  MANITOBA, Canada. University. Faculty of
 Medicine.  Annual  announcement.  Winnipeg,
 61. (1943/44) 1944-
  See also Coke, L. R.  Brief history of Manitoba  Medical
College. Messenger, Menasha, 1936, 33: No. 3, 167-9.—Elkin,
S. J.  A medical student of the 90's. Manitoba M. Ass. Rev.,
 1944, 24: 349-51.—Mitchell,  R.  The  Manitoba  Medical
College, 1883-1933.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1933, 29: 549-52 —
University of Manitoba,  College of Medicine in  retrospect.
Messenger, 1943, 40: 4-7.
  MANITOBA, Canada.  University.   Medical
Research  Committee.  Report on the poliomye-
litis  epidemic  in  Manitoba,  1928.    83p.   8°.
Winnipeg, 1929.
  Forms_No. 1, Rep. Manitoba Dep.'Health.

  MANITOBA, Canada.   Welfare Supervision
Board.  Report on the problem of family deser-
tion in Manitoba.  32p.   8?  Winnipeg,  1931.
  Forms No. 8, Rep. Manitoba Dep. Health.

  MANITOBA, Canada.   Welfare Supervision
Board. " Health & Hospital Survey Committee.
Report on hospitals and nurses' training schools
in Manitoba.   24p.   8?   Winnipeg, 1929.
  Forms No. 3, Rep. Manitoba Dep. Health.

  ----  Report  on  tuberculosis  in  Manitoba.
65p.  8?   Winnipeg, 1929.
  Forms No. 2, Rep. Manitoba Dep. Health.


MANITOBA, Canada.

  See also under Health  organization.
  American   Public   Health   Association.
Committee on Administrative  Practice. Sub-
committee  on State  and  Provincial Health
Studies.   Public  health   in  Manitoba,  1941.
147p. 24cm.   N.  Y. [1942?]
  Baldry, G.  S.  Public health in Manitoba.  Messenger,
1943, 40: 29.—Hollenberg, A. The Manitoba Medical Service.
Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1945, 53: 289.—Jackson, F. W.  Manitoba's
health proposals.  Canad. J. Pub.  Health, 1945, 36: 131-4.—
M., C. W.  Survey of medical statistics in Manitoba.  Mani-
toba M. Ass. Rev., 1938, 18: 51.—Manitoba Medical Service
Plan.  Ibid.,  1943, 23: 42.—Mitchell, J. R.  Vita General
Hospital.  Univ. Manitoba M. J., 1940-41, 12: 40-5.—Mitchell,
R.  The early doctors of Manitoba.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935,
32:  690; 33: 89.  ------   The  Manitoba  Medical Service
plan.  Ibid.,  1943, 48: 241.—Municipal Doctor Agreement;
drawn up by the Department of Health and  Public Welfare of
the  Province of Manitoba.  Manitoba  M.  Ass.  Rev., 1942,
22:  38.—Russell, E.  Public health work in the Province of
Manitoba.  Canad. Nurse,  1918, 14: 851-3.  ------  Public
health nursing in Manitoba.  Ibid., 1288-92.—Thorlakson,
P. H. T.  The Manitoba Medical Service; a criticism and a
recommendation.  Manitoba M. Ass. Rev., 1944, 24: 326-8.—
Two-year study of Manitoba hospitals released; many improve-
ments recommended. Canad. Hosp., 1944, 21: No.  12, 25.

  MANITOBA Medical  Association.   Review.
Winnipeg,  v. 10, 1930-
  MANITZ, Gunther, 1908-       *Besteht  ein
Zusammenhang zwischen Neuropathie und ver-
langsamter  Senkungsreaktion?   [Leipzig]   lip.
8?   Zeulenroda, A. Oberreuter, 1934.
  MANITZ, Hanns,   1904-        *Ueber  einen
Fall  von Teratoblastoma ovarii im Kindesalter.
39p.   8?   Berl., F. Linke, 1930.
  MANKARIOS,  Philippe,   1910-       *Etat
actuel du traitement du cancer du col de l'uterus.
216p. 25/2cm.  Lyon, Sibilat, 1938.
  MANKE, Gunther, 1909-       *Die Alveolar-
bucht  und  ihre  klinische  Bedeutung  fiir   die
Zahnheilkunde.   22p.   8?   Bonn, P. Kubens,
1934.
  MANKE,  Willi  Karl  Reinhard,  1905-
*Tyrosinase und ihre  Beeinflussung durch Mor-
phin und Cocain  [Rostock]  15p.  8"   Wittenb.,
A.  Tietze,  1927.
  MANKIEWICZ, Edith, 1910-       *Sur l'ae-
tion  de  la testosterone sur  le tractus  genital
femelle.  64p.  24cm.  Lyon, Impr. Salut Public,
1938.
MANKIND.

  See Man.
  MANKNELL, Arthur,  1866-1928.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 926.
  MANKOWSKI, Icchok, 1903-        *Ein Bei-
trag  zur Bakteriologie  des Bruchwassers.  24p.
8?   Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger,  1928. 
MANLEY
280
MANN
  MANLEY,  James  R.,  1781-1851.   *Yellow
fever,  vii, 32p.   8?  N. Y., T. & J. Swords, 1803.
  MANLIIS, Joannes Jacobus de [de Boscho]
  See Manlio de Bosco, Giacomo.
  MANLIO de  Bosco, Giacomo, fl.  15.  century.
Luminare  majus.  94ff.,  fol.  Pavia,  Antonius
Carcanus,  Apr.  3,  1494.   Also another edition.
174ff.   fol.  Venezia,  Gregorius  de  Gregoriis,
1513.
  ----  [The same]  Luminare  maggiore [with
annotations  of  Nicolo   Mutoni;   transl.  into
Italian by Pietro  Lauro]    12p.l.,  210  1., 5 1.
8?  Venezia, Giovanni Bariletto, 1559.
  MANLY, John Matthews,  1865-1940.
  Tatlock, J. S. P.  Obituary.  Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc.
(1940) 1941, 428-31.
  MANN, Alvah.   Book of formulas for  medi-
cines used in the treatment of the principle  [!]
diseases of the  horse and  for the  speedy and
permanent cure  of them.   46p.  12?  Titusville,
Pa., E. C. Bell, 1876.
  MANN, Arthur Teall, 1866-1935.
  For obituary see Minnesota M., 1935, 18.- 397.  Also Tr;
West. Surg. Ass., 1935, 45: 576-80, portr. (Corbett, J. F.)
  MANN, Benjamin Harry, 1886-1944.
  For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1944-45,
49:  367.
  MANN,  Edwin John,  1812-       The  deaf
and dumb; or, A collection  of articles relating  to
the condition of deaf mutes; their education, and
the principal asylums devoted to their instruc-
tion.  312p.  illust.   pl.   19,'km.   Bost., D. K.
Hitchcock, 1836.
  MANN, Frank Charles, 1887-
  For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
1942, 266.  Also in Hist. Am. Physiol. Soc. (Greene,  C. W.)
Bait., 1938,  160, portr.
  For portrait see Collection  in Library.  Also J. Am. M.
Ass. 1944, 125: No. 6, front.   Also Wisconsin M. J., 1943,
42:  806; 957; 1944, 43:  1028.
  ----& HIGGINS, George Marsh.  The system
of  fixed  histocytes  in the liver,   p. 1377-426.
illust.   8?  N. Y., P. B.  Hoeber, 1938.
  In: Handb. Hemat. (Downey, H.)  N. Y.,  1938, 2:
   MANN, Franklin  Weston, 1856-1916.   The
bullet's flight, from powder to target; the internal
and external ballistics of  small arms; a study of
rifle shooting with the personal element excluded,
disclosing the cause of the error at target.  2. ed.
xxv, 384p.  illust.   diagr.  portr.  25cm.  Hunt-
ington, W. Va., Standard Print. & Pub. Co., 1942.
   MANN, Georg, 1900-       *Histologische Un-
tersuchung iiber die Ausbreitung  des Rektum-
carzinoms  [Frankfurt a.  M.]   26p.  8?  Neu-
Isenburg,  A.  Koch, 1928.
   MANN, Georg  Martin Ulrich, 1905-
 *Zur  Kenntnis  der  geschwulstartigen  Darmer-
krankungen  bei  Kindern;  ein   Beitrag zur
Differentialdiagnose der Veranderungen im Ma-
gendarmkanal bei agranulocytaren Erkrankungen.
30p.  8?  Rostock,  C.  Hinstorff, 1931.
   MANN, Gustav, 1864-1921.  Chemistry  of the
proteids  [Based on  O. Cohnheim's Chemie der
Eiweisskorper]   xviii, 606p.   illust.   tab.   diagr.
22V>cm.  Lond., Macmillan  & Co.,  1906.
   MANN, Harold Charles Corry. Diets for boys
during the school age.  81 p;  vi p.   8?   Lond.,
H. M. Stat. Off., 1926.
   Forms No. 105,  Spec.  Rep. Ser.,  Med. Res. Counc.  Gr.
Britain Privy Counc.
   MANN, Herbert,  1905-   . *Ueber die  Aeti-
ologie  und Genese  der  menschlichen Giirtel-
placenta und ihre  klinische  Bedeutung [Berlin]
50p.  8?  Lippstadt-Westf., Thiele, 1933.
   MANN, Horace,  1796-1859.   Horace  Mann
Centennial, 1837-1937.  202p.  8?   Bost.,  1937.
  Straker, R.  L.   Horace  Mann and Antioch
4p.  4?  Yellow Springs, Ohio, 1937.
  Forms No. 13, v. 33, Antioch Coll. Bull.
  MANN, Ida  Caroline, 1S93 -       Develop-
ment of the human eye; with a foreword by John
Herbert  Parsons,   x, 306p.   8?   Lond., Cam-
bridge Univ. Pr., 1928.
  ----  Developmental abnormalities of the eye.
xi.   444p.  illust.   pl.   8?   Lond., Cambridge
Univ. Pr., 1937.
  See also First woman professor at Oxford an ophthalmologist
J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 127: 290.
  MANN, James, 1759-1832.
  For biography see Army M. Bull., 1939, 47: 72-7 (Phalen,
J.M.
  MANN, James  Barto, 1894-      & ASH,
James Earle.  Atlas of dental and oral pathology,
prepared at the  Army Medical Museum, Office of
the Surgeon General,  U. S. Army, from material
in the Registry of Dental and Oral Pathology.
152n.l.   pl.   28# x  22cm.   Chic,  [n.p.]   1940.
Also 2.. ed. [with Bernier,  J. L.]   80 1.   1942.
Also 3. ed. [with Bernier, J. L.; rev. by Goldman,
H.  M.]   310p.   illust.   27^ x 22cm.  Wash.,
Army  Med. Mus., 1944.
  MANN, James Packard, 1863-1940.
  For obituary see  J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 1020.
  MANN, Ludwig, 1866-1936.  Die elektrischen
Behandlungsmethoden;  ein  Leitfaden fiir das
arztliche   Hilfs-Personal   (Krankenschwestern,
Heilgehilfen,  Krankenwarter usw.)  40p.   8?
Lpz., G. Thieme, 1915. â– 
  ----  Elektrotherapie. p.415-543.  8?  Berl.,
Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1936.
  In: Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 8:
  Also  joint editor of Zwanglose Abhandlungen aus dem
Gebiete der medizinischen Elektrologie  und  Rontgcnkundc.
2H.  24 Hem.  Lpz., 1908.
  For obituary see  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1936, 141: 129-32
(Kroll, F. W.)
  MANN,  Margaret, 1873-       Introduction
to  cataloging and  the  classification  of  books.
xv,  424p.   illust.   8?   Chic, Am. Libr. Ass.,
1930.  Also  2.  ed.   x, 276p.  1943.
  MANN, Margery P.
  See Storer, T. I., & Mann, M. P.  Bibliography of rodent
control. 324p.; 57p.  27Hcm.  Wash.,  1946.
  MANN, Matthew  Derbyshire, 1845-1921.  A
manual  of  prescription  writing;   with  a full
explanation of the methods of correctly writing
prescriptions, a table of doses expressed in both
the  apothecaries'  and metric systems; rules for
avoiding  incompatibilities  and  for  combining
medicines.  5.  ed.   x,  177p.  16cm.  N.  Y.,
G. P. Putnam's  Sons, 1896.  Also 6. ed. x, 232p.
1907.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MANN,  Max.   Put yourself  to sleep,  viii,
40p.   portr.  21cm.   Garden  City,  Blue Ribbon
Books, 1943.
   MANN, Max Georg, 1861-1937.
   Guttich. Nachruf auf  Obermedizinalrat Dr Max  Georg
Mann, Dresden.  Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1937, 143: 1.
   MANN,  Oskar.   *Die  Intelligenz und ihre
Wertung [Ph. D.]  (Auszug)   lip.  8? Munch.,
n.p., 1923.
   MANN,  Otto, 1911-       *Ueber  die Fahig-
keit der  Geschlechtstrichomonaden des Rindes,
bei  ihrer Einwanderung in  den  Uterus  Bak-
terien  zu   verschleppen.    55p.    pl.   22cm.
Munch.,  F.  Straub,  1938.
   MANN, Paul Blakeslee, 1876-
   See Moon, T. J., & Mann, P. B.  Biology.  866p.  21cm.
N. Y„ 1941.
   MANN, Rudolf, 1907-      *Untersuchungen
iiber  dry  sockets,   trockene   Alveolen  oder 
MANN
281
MANNAN
 schlecht heilende Extrationswunden.   16p.  8?
 Miinch., Bayer. Druck., 1935.
   MANN, Thomas, 1875-       Der Zauberberg.
 2v.  576p.; 629p.  12?  Berl., G. Fischer,  1926.
   See also Freud, S.  Thomas Mann zum 60. Geburtstag.
 In- Almanach d. Psychoanal., Wien, 1936, 18.—Muller, H. J.
 Scientist and man of letters.  Yale Rev., 1941-42, 31: 279-
 96.—Rawlings,  M.   Enttauschung  und  Thomas Manns
 Arinaherung an das Individuum in der Gesellschaft.  Internat.
 Zschr. Individpsychol., Wien, 1937, 15: 34-45.
   MANN, Urban,  1904-       *Zur Beurteilung
 des Ikterus in der Schwangerschaft  [Munchen]
 24p.  8?  Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1932.
   MANN, V. B.   Food  and physical fitness; a
 handbook for teachers. 224p.  inch illust.  diagr.
 tab. (3 fold.)  21cmxl6^cm.  Exeter, A. Wheaton
 & Co., 1939.
   MANN, W. Mortlake.   Respiratory exercises
 as the first principles of physical training.  52p.
 12?   Lond.,  Harrison & Sons [1925]
   MANN, Wilfrid  Basil.   The  cyclotron,   xi,
 92p.  inch illust.   portr.  diagr.  17cm.  N.  Y.,
 Chem. Pub. Co., 1940.
   MANN, Wilhelm  [M.  D.,  1923,  Gottingen]
   See Westphal, K., Gleichmann, F.,  & Mann, W.  Gallen-
 wegsfunktion und Gallensteinleiden.  229p.  8?  Berl., 1931.
   MANN, William Alfred, 1898-
   For biography see Centaur, Menasha, 1941-42, 47:  205,
 portr.  Also in Hist. Alpha Kappa Kappa (Van Antwerp, L.
 D.) Menasha, 1942, 205, portr.
   MANN, William Leake, jr,  1884-       Medi-
 cal  tactics in naval warfare.  3 pt.   94p.; 145p.;
 30p. pl. plan. 8?  Wash.,  Gov. Print. Off., 1927.
   ---    Combat  and  non-combat  personnel
 casualties.   45p.   4?  Wash., U. S. Naval  M.
 School,  1937.
   ---   Hygiene  and sanitation of the  march.
 26p.  4?  Wash., U. S. Naval M. School, 1937.
   ---   Sanitary  orders,  medical  estimates of
 the  situation and  medical  tactics.   31p.   4?
 Wash., U. S. Naval M. School, 1937.
   ---   Copies of  articles  by  Captain W. L.
 Mann,  Medical  Corps, U.  S.  N.   3v.   27cm.
 Bethesda, Md., Naval M. Center, 1943.
                    CONTENTS
   v.l. A. Heat cramps.  B. Traffic injuries.
   v.2. A. Studies on food deficiency.  B. Litters and other
 devices.
   v.3. A. Ichthyotoxismus (Fish poisoning)   B. Historical.
 C. Psychological study of naval prisoners.
   For biography see Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 3, portr. (Phalen,
 J. M.)
   For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Dallas M. J.,
 1942, 28: 24.  Also Philadelphia M., 1943-44, 39: 232.
   ---  &  HUME,  Edgar  Erskine.    Medical
 tactics of combined operations of the Army and
 Navy.  36p.  4?  Wash.,  U. S.  Naval M.  School,
 1937.
   MANNA, Arturo, 1886-
   For biography see in Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932,
 3: 702-5.

 MANNA.
   See Fraxinus; also  Eucalyptus, etc.
   MANNABERG, Julius, 1860-
   For biography see Wien. med. Wschr., 1930, 80: 619 (Stras-
 ser, A.)

 MANNAN.
   See  also   Carbohydrates,   Types:   Polysac-
 charides; Mannosan.
   Akiyama,  J.  Ueber den Einfluss  yon w,  <!>-(Mannino-
 tetraoxy-heptylen)-diguanidinhydrochlorid auf  den  Blut-
 zuckergehalt und das Leberglykogen des normalen Kaninchens.
 Tohoku J. Exp.  M., 1936-37, 30: 588-93.—Bierry  & Giaja.
Sur la digestion des mannanes et des galactanes. C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1906, 60: 945.—Curl, A. L., &  Nelson, E. K.   A water-
soluble mannan from the seeds of Daubentonia drummondii.
J.  Am. Chem. Soc., 1944,  66:  1227.—Garzuly-Janke, R.
Ueber das Vorkommen von Mannan bei Hyphen- und Spross-
pilzen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1940, 102:  361-5.—Hann, R.  M., I
&  Hudson,  C.  S.  An anhydro  derivative  of d-mannosan
<1,5> beta <1,6> presumably 3,4-anhydro-d-talosan <1,5>
beta <1,6>.  J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1942, 64: 925-8.—Haworth.
W. N., Heath, R. L., & Peat, S.  The constitution  of yeast
mannan.  J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1941, 833-42.—Haworth, W.
N., Hirst, E. L., & Isherwood, F. A.  Polysaccharides;  yeast
mannan.   Ibid.,  1937, 784-91.—Herissey,  H.   Synthese
biochimique d'un d-mannoside a k partir de mannanes.  C.
rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 175: 1110-2.  Also Bull.  Soc chim. biol.,
Par., 1923, 5: 133-6.—Nowotnowna, A.  The distribution of
mannan  in some gymonosperms.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1936,
30: 2177-83.—Patterson, J.  Investigation of the  mannan
present in vegetable ivory.  J. Chem. Soc, Lond.,  1923, 1139-
49—Talley, E. A., & Evans, W. L..  The synthesis of an epi-
meric pair of trisaccharides containing mannose units.  J. Am,
Chem. Soc, 1943, 65: 573.
   MANNANT, Robert,  1903-        *L'hyper-
thyroidisation  experimentale  chez  le   chien
[Alfort; Vet.]   72p.  8?  Par., Vigot fr., 1928.
   MANNEL, Ernst Gottfried, 1911-       *Ueber
die Colitis ulcerosa gravis und ihre  Behandlung
mit Antivirus-Besredka.  37p.  23J^cm.   Marb.,
H. Bauer, 1937.

MANNEOTETROSE.
   See Stachyose.

MANNERISM.
   See  also  Automatism;  Behavior,  Disorder;
Dementia, schizophrenic; Habit; Tic.
   Akerman,  J.   Mannerisms.  Bull. Univ.  Hosp. Georgia,
1941, 3:  No. 4,  15.—Bak, R. Verstandliche Zusammenhange
in einem Falle von parakinetischer Manieriertheit.  Schweiz.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1939, 43: 1-7.—Bak, R.  C.  Dissolution
of the ego, mannerism and delusion of grandeur.  J. Nerv.
Ment. Dis.,  1943, 98:  457-63— Efron, D.  Tendencies in the
gestural  behavior of assimilated eastern Jews and southern
Italians in New  York  City.  In his Gesture & Envir., N. Y.,
1941,  107-30.—Pennington, L. A., & Mearin,  R. J.   The
frequency and significance of a movement mannerism for the
military psychiatrist.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1943-44, 100: 628-32.

MANNERS [and customs]
   See Etiquette; also Ethics; Morality.
   MANNES,  Georg,  1909-        *Ueber  die
Natur  der sogenannten Thorakopagen-Parasiten
[Gottingen]   57p.   22cm.   Koln,  J. Borowsky,
1935.
   MANNES,  Kurt,   1908-         *Ueber   die
weitere  Entwicklung  von   Kindern,   die  als
Sauglinge an  angeborenem  Pylorospasmus gelit-
ten haben.  14p.  8?  Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1935.
   MANNES, Siegfried, 1906-       *Der  Total-
prolaps und  seine operative  Behandlung unter
Beriicksichtigung  der Sellheim'schen   Methode
[Leipzig]  24p.  8?   Zeulenroda i. T., A.  Ober-
reuter,  1931.
   MANNEY, John Edwin, 1872-1945.
   For obituary see Texas J. M., 1945-46, 41:  334, portr.
   MANNHARDT, Wolf.
   See Mannhart, W.
   MANNHART,  Otto.  *Die hygienischen Ver-
haltnisse des Sarganserlandes; ein  Beitrag zur
Geschichte  der  Hygiene   [Zurich]   71p.   8?
Mels [n. p.] 1926.
   MANNHART,  W.  [Mannhardt, Wolf?]   Zau-
berglaube und  Geheimwissen.  5. Aufl.  284p.
illust.  pl.  21cm.  Berl., H. Barsdorf, 1920.
   MANNHEIM,  Emil,  1876-        Pharma-
zeutische   Chemie;  Uebungspraparate.   134p.
illust.  16?  Berl., G.  J. Goschen, 1913.
   MANNHEIM, Ernst Philipp, 1907-       *Die
Bedeutung der  Tumorpunktion fiir  die Tumor-
diagnose.  p.574-93.   8?  Berl., J. Springer, 1931.
   Also Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1931, 34:
   MANNHEIM,  Hermann,  1889-        Social
aspects of crime in England between the  Wars.
382p.   tab.  22cm.   Lond., G. Allen  & Unwin
[1940]
   See also Carr-Saunders, A. M., Mannheim, H., & Rhodes,
E.  C.  Young offenders.  168p.  19cm.  Cambr., 1943. 
MANNHEIM
2
S2
MANNINGER
   MANNHEIM,  Karl,  1893-1947.   Man and
 society  in an age  of reconstruction;  studies in
 modern  social structure;  with  a bibliographical
 guide to the study of modern  society.   Transl.
 from the German by Edward Shils.  Rev. & enl.
 xxii, 469p.   22^cm.   N. Y.,  Harcourt,  Brace &
 Co., 1940.
   MANNHEIM,  Paul,  1862-        Die  wirt-
 schaftliche Wiederherstellung Kriegsverletzter in
 der  militarischen    Ausbildungswerkstatte  im
 Kaiser-Wilhelm-Haus   fiir   Kriegsbeschadigte.
 55p.  8?   Berl.,  C. Hermann, 1918.
   MANNHEIM, Germany.   Statistisches Amt.
 Mannheimer statistisches Taschenbuch.  Mann-
 heim, 1., 1913-
   ----   Statistische  Monatsberichte  der  Stadt
 Mannheim.   Mannheim, 22., 1919-


 MANNHEIM, Germany.
   Kissling, K.   Das Krankenhaus der Stadt Mannheim.
 Deut. med. Wschr.,  1935, 61: 881-3.—Perrey.  Das neue
 Krankenhaus in Mannheim.  Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes.,
 1926, 22: 356-64.
   MANNHEIMER,   Edgar,  1904-        Cali-
 brated   phonocardiography   and  electrocardi-
 ography; a  clinical-statistical study  of normal
 children  and children with congenital heart dis-
 ease.  287p.   24/2cm.  Stockh.,  P. A. Norstedt &
 Soner,  1940.
   Forms Suppl. 2, v.28. Acta paediat., Upps.
   MANNHEIMER,   Walther.   *Beitrag   zur
 Frage des Einflusses  der Milz auf den normalen
 und hyperthyreotischen Gas-Stoffwechsel.   14p.
 8?  Basel, Philograph.  Verl.,  1934.
   MANNHERZ,  Karl Heinz,  1909-       *Ueber
 die  Ergebnisse der  Collum-Carcinombehandlung
 an  der   Universitatsfrauenklinik  zu  Greifswald
 von Oktober 1927 bis Oktober 1932  [Greifswald]
 23p.  8?  Heidelb.,  Kranz   &  Heinrichmoller,
 1934.


 MANNIDE.
   See under  Mannitol.
   MANNINEN,  Ilmari.   Die  damonistischen
 Krankheiten  im  Finnischen  Volksaberglauben;
 vergleichende  volksmedizinische  Untersuchung.
 253p.  23cm.  Helsin.,  Suomalainen  tiedeaka-
 temia, 1922.
   MANNING, Ephraim  L.,  1908-        *Ueber
 die  toxische  Granulation  der  Leukozyten  im
 Blut und Knochenmark.   28p.   22j4cm.   Ziir.,
 Fluntern, 1936.
   MANNING, Isaac  Hall, 1866-1946.
   Tribute to Isaac H. Manning. North Carolina M. J., 1940,
 1:616.
   For portrait see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1938, 35: 577.
   MANNING, Lucy  Rains,  1896-        Why
 child labor laws?   13p. • illust.   23cm.   Wash.,
 Gov. Print. Off.,  1946.
   Forms No. 313, Pub. U. S. Child. Bur.
   MANNING,  William  Johnson,  1870-
 Miscellaneous papers; illustrated collection, with
 addenda,  v.l.  v. p.   8?  Wash. [n. p.] 1909-26.
   ----  Record of activities; U. S. Army and Civil
 Service.  57p. 4?  Wash., 1924.
   Typewritten.
   MANNING, Valentine Richard, 1881-1941.
   For obituary see Tr. Am. Proct. Soc,  1941, 42: 341 (Neese,
C. C.)
   MANNINGER, Rudolf, 1890-
  See Hutyra, F., Marek, J., & Manninger, R.  Special pathol-
ogy and therapeutics of  the diseases of domestic animals.  4.
Engl. ed.  3v.   25cm.  Lond., 1938.
   MANNINGER, Vilmos, 1876-     [A sebeszet
 diadalutja]   La marcia  trionfale della chirurgia.
Trad. dall'unghcrese del dott. Tino Faccio.  347p.
illust.   pl.   facs.    22cm.    Milano,  Corbaccio
1939.
  ----  The  same.   Kampf und Sieg  der Chi-
rurgie; ins Deutsche iibertragen von  Mirza  von
Schiiching.  292p.   illust.   pl.   portr.   2lV>cm
Ziir., Rascher Verl.,  1942.

MANNITAN.
  See under Mannitol.
MANNITOL [and derivatives]

  Baer, E.  1, 2, 5, 6-Diacetone-d-mannitol and 1, 2, 5, G-
diacetone-1-mannitol.  J.  Am. Chem. Soc, 1945, 67:  338.—
Braecke, M.  Sur la presence du mannitol dans les Veronica
tournefortii Gmel. (Veronica persica Poir.) et Veronica hederae-
folia L.; extraction de ce principe.  Tr.  Inst. th£r.  Univ.
libre, Brux., 1932-33, 25: No. 21, 413-20.—Cianci, V.  Sulla
fermentazione della mannife provocata dal B. coli e dal  Lactis
aerogenes.  Boll. Soc. ital.  biol. sper.,  1935,  10: 730-2.—
Coyne,  F. P., & Raistrick, H.  On the production of mannitol
from hexoses and pentoses by a white species of Aspergillus.
Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25:  1513-21.—Forster, M.  ()., &
Rao, K. A. N.  d-Mannitol from Gardenia turgida.  J. Chem.
Soc, Lond., 1925, 2176.—Haas, P., & Hill, T. G.  An exami-
nation of the metabolic products of certain fucoids; mannitol
and mannitan.  Biochem. J.,  Lond., 1929,  23: 1005-9.—
Haskins, W. T., Hann,  M.,  & Hudson,  C. S.  2, 3, 4, 5-
dimethylene-d-mannitol and a second dimethylene-d-mannitol.
J. Am.  Chem.  Soc, 1943, 65: 67-70.  ------  2, 3, 4, 5-di-
benzylidene-d-mannitol and  some of its derivatives.  Ibid.,
1419-22— Higgins, W. M., & Dunker, M. F. W. Isolation of
mannitol from the seeds of Citrullus vulgaris. Ibid., 1945, 67:
153.—Irvine, J. C, & Gilchrist, H. S.  The condensation of
mannitol with olive oil.  J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1924, 10-5.—
Ness, A. T., Hann, R. M., & Hudson, C. S.  The acetolysis of
trimethylene-d-mannitol; 2, 5-methylene-d-mannitol. J. Am.
Chem.  Soc, 1943,  65: 2215-22.— Nicolini, L.  Osservazioni
sull'analisi tecnica della mannite.  Gior. biol. appl.,  1932, 2:
70-4.—Obaton, F.  Origine et Evolution du mannitol chez lea
v^getaux. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 76.—Pace, E.  Sopra
una nuova sintesi della mannite. Arch. farm, sper., 1926, 42:
167-73.—Galley,  D. J.  Studies in cellulose deterioration; the
autoxidation of mannitol.  J. Phys. Chem., 1934, 38: 449-63.—
Sowden, J. C, & Fischer, H. O. L.  Carbohydrate C-nitro.-
alcohols; 1-nitro-l-desoxy-d-mannitol.  J.  Am.  Chem. Soc,
1944, 66: 1312.
---  Metabolism.
  Carr, C. J., Mu'sser, R. [et al.]  The fate of mannitol and
mannitan in  the animal  body.  J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 102:
721-32.—Ellis, F. W.  Metabolic and  toxicity studies witli
mannitol and sorbitol in man and animals. Bull. School M.
Univ. Maryland, 1941-42, 26: 200.—Evans, W. E., jr., Wollen-
weber, H. [et al.]  Fate of mannide monooleatein the animal
body. Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1942, 51: 222.—Kapf-
hammer, J., & Prell, G. d-Mannit imHundeharn.  Biochem.
Zschr., 1937-38,295: 91-4.—Krantz, J. C, jr., Evans, W. E., jr,
& Carr, C. J. The  fate  of mannide and isomannide in the
animal body.  Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1935, 8: 213-7.—Sabatini,
G., & Gigante, D.  L'azione della mannite sul fegato e l'uso
di essa per nuovi metodi di esplorazione funzionale delle vie
biliari, di drenaggio e di colecistografia.  Policlinico, 1941, 48:
sez. prat., 1947-68.
----  Pharmacology.
  Gigante, D.  Le azioni della mannite sull'apparato digerente
e gli spostamenti del contenuto idrico organico da essa provo-
cati.  Arch. ital. mal. app.  diger., 1941-42, 10:  339-64 —
Hauduroy, P.  Action de la mannite sur certains bacille3 para-
tuberculeux.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 559.—Heppel, L.
A.  A pharmacological study of mannitol hexanitrate.  I'roc.
Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1941, 48: 72-4.—Neddermeyer, A.
Kalktherapie und unsere Erfahrungen mit Incalven.  Tuber-
kulose, Miinch., 1927, 7: 10-2.—Speel, H. C. Mannitol and
sorbitol in pharmacy. Am. J. Pharm., 1941, 113: 134-41.
  MANNIX,  John  Robert,  1902-       A study
of the fiscal  and  community  relations  of  the
Cleveland Hospital Service Association,  [v.  p.]
diagr.  tab.  28cm.   Clevel., Cleveland  Hosp.
Counc, 1946.
  MANNKOPFF, Elisabeth [M. D.,  1924, Got-
tingen]   *Ueber  Phagozytose und  Speicherung.
27p.   8?  Gott., A. Rtittgerodt, 1924-.
  MANNLICHER, Arnold.   Auf  dem Wege zur
endlichen Losung des Krebsproblems.   2.   Aufl.
83p.   8?  Wells  [Austria]   Welsermuhl, 1937. 
MANNLICHER
283
MANNOSE
    ---  Biologische Strahlenforschung und Elek-
  trotechnik.    16p.   8?   Rudolstadt,  Gesundes
  Leben, 1937.
    Forms H. 3, Beitr. Pendelforsch. (Dietrich, C.)

    ---  Polaritatsdiagnostik.   16p.    8?   Ru-
  dolstadt, Gesundes Leben,  1937.
    Forms H. 2, Beitr. Pendelforsch. (Dietrich, C.)


  MANNOHEPTULOSE.

    Montgomery, E. M., & Hudson, C. S. The synthesis of d-
  mannoheptulose, and tbe preparation of some.of its derivatives.
  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 1654-8.—Roe, J. H., & Hudson,
  C.  S.  The utilization  of d-mannoheptulose (d-mannoketo-
  heptose) by adult rabbits.  J. Biol.  Chem., 1935-36, 112:
  443-9.

  MANNOLITE.

    See Chloramine—T.
    MANNONI,  Jean, 1907-       *Reactions  de
  sero-floculation dans le paludisme;  reaction  de
  Henry  et  modification.  98p.  8?   Par.,   Vigot
  fr., 1936.


  MANNONIC acid.

    Bernhauer, K., & Irrgang, K.  Zur Kenntnis der Zucker-
  carbonsauren;  uber die Darstellung  der  d-Mannonsaure.
  Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 249: 216-8.—Hermann, S., & Neuschul,
  P.  Sur 1'oxydation du mannose en acide mannonique par le
  Bacterium gluconicum  (Hermann)  Bull. Soc.  chim. biol.,
  Par., 1936, 18: 390-4.—Patwardhan, V. N.  Phosphomannonic
  acid and its lactones.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1854-62.


  MANNOSAN.

    See also Mannan.
    Enauf, A. E., Hann, R. M., & Hudson, C. S. d-Mannosan
  <1,5>  0 <1,6>  or levomannosan.  J. Am.  Chem. Soc,
  1941, 63: 1447-51.—Montgomery, E. M., Richtmyer,  N.  K.,
  & Hudson,  C. S.   d-Mannosan  <1,5> 0 <1,6> from  0-
  phenyl-d-mannoside.  Ibid., 1942,  64: 1483.


  MANNOSE.

    See also Carbohydrates, Types.
    Bose, S. Note on the preparation of an unpurified mannose
  solution for bacteriological use.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1939, 27:
  73.—Jephcott, C.  M., & Robison, R.   The fermentation  of
  mannose by dried yeast.   Biochem.  J.,  Lond.,   1934, 28:
  1844-53.—Levene, P. A.  Note on the preparation of crystal-
  line d-mannose and of crystalline d-ribose. J. Biol. Chem.,
  1935, 108: 419.—Manske,  R. H.  F. The occurrence of  d-
  mannose in seaweed and the separation of 1-flucose and  d-
  mannose.  Ibid.,  1930,  86:  571-3—Marwick,  T. C.  An
  X-ray study of mannitol, dulcitol, and mannose.  Proc  R.
  Soc, Lond., 1931,  131: ser. A., 621-33.—Melnick, D., & Cow-
  gill, G. R.  On the alleged autohydrolysis of vegetable ivory.
  Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 1515-8.—Moore, P. H.,  Lloyd,
  R. W., & Burget, G. E.  The copper reduction values of man-
  nose under certain  fixed conditions.  J. Biol. Chem., 1932,
  97: 345-50.—Narayanan, E. K.  Some  observations  on the
  preparation of mannose.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1941, 29:  1-6.—
 Upson, F. W., Fluevog, E. A., & Albert, W. D.  Solubility of
 several compounds  of the mannose  series in alcohols.  J.
 Phys. Chem., 1935, 39: 1079-94.—Wolfrom, M. L., & Georges,
 L. W.  Open chain derivatives of d-mannose.  J. Am.  Chem.
 Soc, 1936, 58: 1781.


 ---   Derivatives.
   Dauben, H. J., jr., & Evans, W. L.  The synthesis of crystal-
 line 6-[0-d-glucosido]-a-d-mannose,  the epimer of gentiobiose,
 and its octaacetate.  J.Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 886-90.—
 Frfinkel, S., & Jellinek, C. Ueber die sogenannte Kohlehydrat-
 gruppe  im Eiweiss (Darstellung der Glucosamino-Mannose)
 Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 185: 392-9.—Haskins,  W.  T.,  Hann,
 R. M., & Hudson,  C. S.  Crystalline 4-methyl-d-mannose and
 some of its derivatives. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1943, 65: 70-3.—
 Levene, P. A., & Bencowitz, I.  Acetyl monoses; on d-mannose
 pentacetate. J. Biol. Chem.,  1927, 72: 627-34.—Levene,  P.
 A., & Meyer, G. M.  The structure of tetramethyl-7-methyl-
 mannoside.  Ibid., 1928, 76: 809-12.—Levene, P. A., & Tipson,
 R. S.  Acetyl monoses; the ring structure of the mannose pen-
 tacetates.  Ibid., 1931, 90: 89-98.—Neuberg, I. S., & Osten-
 dorf, C.  Ueber das besondere Verhalten der d-Mannose bei
 der biochemischen  Phosphorylierung. Biochem. Zschr., 1930,
 221: 154-65.—Reynolds, D. D.,  &  Evans, W.  L.  The syn-
 thesis of certain oligosaccharide acetates in the mannose series.
 J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1940, 62: 66-9.  ------ &Talley, E. A.
 The synthesis of certain disaccharide acetates in the mannose
series.  Ibid., 1943, 65: 575-82.—Wolfrom, M. L., Konigsberg,
M., & Weisblat,  D. I.  Aldehydo-d-mannose pentaacetate
ethyl hemiacetal.   Ibid., 1939, 61: 574-6.
 ----  Pharmacology.
   Bailey, W. H., 3rd.  Studies in the metabolism of mannose.
 Summaries Thes. George Washington Univ. (1941-43) 1943
 50-3.  ---—  & Roe, J. H.  Studies of the metabolism of
 mannose; the influence of mannose administration on blood
 sugar, blood lactic acid, and liver glycogen in the adult rabbit.
   Bl°J- Chem., 1944, 152: 135-46.—Hawthorne, J. R., & Harri-
 son, D. C.  Mannose as a possible precursor of ascorbic acid in
 «ie tissues of the rat.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1937, 31: 1061-4.—
 Klodt, W.  Mannose und Ascorbinsauresynthese im tierischen
 Organismus.  Arch.  exp.  Path., Lpz., 1938, 189: 157-61 —
 Staudenmayer, T.  Die Giftigkeit der Mannose fiir Bienen und
 andere Insekten.  Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1938-39, 26: 644-68 —
 Wachtel, H. K.  Inhibiting action of mannose upon the grow-
 ing plant.  Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1943, 2: 395-401.


 MANNOSIDASE.
   Herissey,  H.  Action synthetisante  de la  methyl-d-
 mannosidase a.  J. pharm. chim., Par., 1921, 7. ser., 24: 321-
 30.

   MANNS/George  Wiley,     -1918.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MANNS,  Magda,   1908-       *Ueber   die
 Verknocherung   der  Schadelnahte.    27p.  8?
 Bonn, H. Trapp, 1933.
   MANNSFELDT,  Emmi,  1895-        *Ueber
 primaren Leberkrebs  [Kiel]  30p.  8?  Nordsee-
 bad Biisum, W. Clausen,  1931.
   MANN-TIECHLER, Friedrich von, 1888-
 *Ueber  das Schicksal  des  Phanodorms im  tieri-
 schen Organismus.  22p.   tab.   8?   Erlangen,
 Reinhold & Limmert, 1932.
   MANNU, Andrea, 1873-       Ricerche ana-
 tomo-comparative  ed  embriologiche  sui  rami
 terminali dell' aorta in alcuni mammiferi.  201 p.
 illust.  pl.   8?   Parma, Orsatti & Zinelli, 1925.
   MANNUCCI,  Eugenio.   Guida  alle   acque
 minerali  di  citta  di  Castello.   51 p.   18>^cm.
 Castello, Donati, 1870.
   MANNY, Jean,  1914-       ^Contribution a
 l'etude  de  l'hysterographie de l'epith61ioma du
 corps uterin  chez  une femme jeune non meno-
 pausSe.  40p.  24cm.  Par., Jouve & cie, 1943.
   MANNYNG, Robert, of Brunne,  fl. 1288-1338.
   Laird, C. G.  The source of Robert Mannyng of Brunne's
 Handlyng  Synne; a study of the extant  manuscripts of the
 Anglo-Norman Manuel  des  Pechiez.  Abstr. Diss.  Stanford
 Univ. (1939-40) 1940, 15: 66-71.
   MANO, Jean  Pierre, 1909-       ^'hypoten-
 sion palustre.   73p.   25cm.   Bord.,  Brusau fr.,
 1934.
   MANOEL, Frei,  1752-1810.
   See  Arruda Camara,  Manoel de [Frei Manoel do Coracao
 de Jesus]   '                                   .   '


 MANOLEPSIS.

   See Colubridae.
   MANOLOFF,  Atanas, 1899-       tuberku-
 lose der  Hals- und peritrachealen Lymphdriisen
 mit  Perforation  einer  erweichten  Druse in die
 Trachea und  Bildung eines  tuberkulosen  Tra-
 chealgeschwures.   22p.  8?  Erlangen, K. Dores,
 1928.
   MANOLOFF,  Christo,  1900-         *Ueber
 einen  Fall von Papillom einer Pulmonalklappe.
 12p.   8?   Heidelb., J.  Horning, 1930.
   MANOLOFF,  Iwan,  1904-        *Der Harn-
 sauregehalt  des  Nabelschnurblutes  und  seine
 Beziehungen  zur geburtstraumatischen  Schadi-
 gung  des Neugeborenen  [Frankfurt a.  M.]  p.
 188-202.   8?   Miinch., J. F. Bergmann,  1931.
   Also Frankf. Zschr. Path.,  1931, 42:


 MANOMETER.

   See  also Air, Pressure; Blood ifressure, Measure-
ment; Gas, Analysis;  Sphygmomanometer, etc.
   Bandoly, E.  Manometer.  U. S.  Patent Off., 1935, No.
2,021,280.-—Broemser, P.  Ein optisches  Plattenmanometer. 
MANOMETER
284
MANOUKHINE
Zschr. Biol., 1927, 86: 619-25.—Bruner, W. M.  A closed tube
manometer.  Chemist Analyst. 1939, 28: 71.— Cahoon, D.  H.,
Rushmer,  R. F., & Kossmann,  C.  E.  Modification of  the
Hamilton optical manometer.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1945,  30:
541-7.—Cantor, A.   A manometric valve or respirator.  Sci-
ence, 1944, 100: 16.—Cheron, L.  Manometre ampliome4rique
a evaluation double et simultan^e.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1930,
103:  686-90.—Danilov, N. V.  [Double, spring  manometer]
J. Physiol. USSR, 1939, 27: 623-7.—Dickens, F., & Greville,
G. D.  A constant-colume differential manometer. Biochem.
J., Lond.,  1933,  27:  213-9.—Fortier, A.   Sur la  mesure  des
pressions  sur la  determination photographique des  niveaux
atteints par les liquides dans les tubes.  C. rend. Acad,  sc,
1934, 198: 2142-4.—Frank, O. Erzeugung von Manometer-
Ausschlagen  durch  Bewegung des  Manometerrohres (Er-
schutterungen)   Zschr. Biol., 1929, 89: 292-6.—Gilson, W. E.
A  photoelectric  membrane  manometer.  Science, 1942,  95:
513.—Green, H. D.  A glass  membrane optical  manometer.
Fed.  Proc, Bait,,  1942, 1: pt 2,  32 (Abstr.)—Hampel, A.
Elektrisches  Transmissionsmanometer  auf  der   Grundlage
elektrischer Widerstandsanderungen des Wismuts im Magneto
feld.   Arch. ges.  Physiol., 1940-41, 244: 171-5.—Hickman, K.
An oil manometer for  moderately low pressures. Rev.  Sc
Instrum., 1934,  n.  ser., 5: 161—4.—Hurst, W.  A recording
sensitive  differential  manometer.  Ibid.,  1941, 12: 265-8.—
Kubicek,  W. G., Sedgwick, F. P., & Visscher, M. B. The
glass spoon manometer for optical pressure recording. Am.
J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 357.—Macmillan, B. R.  A modification
of Ludwig's mercurial manometer float.  Q. J. Exp. Physiol.,
Lond.,  1924,  14: 209.—Masters, A.  H.  Description of a
self-recording  water  manometer.  Ibid.,  1930, 20: 111-3.—
Melville,  H. W.  A sensitive direct-reading mercury  manom-
eter.   J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1931, 2509-11.—Meyer,  F.  Ein
Manometer mit lichtelektrischer Registrierung (Luftblasen-
manometer)  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,  1938, 30: 734.—Miller,
E. E.  Development of a 200-atmosphere  visual-type open-
tube mercury  manometer.  Summaries  Doct.  Diss.  Univ.
Wisconsin, 1942,  7: 183.—Quigley, J. P.  An automatic-filling
ink recording system and  permanent tvpe water  manometer.
J.  Lab. Clin. M.,  1934,  19:  1342-4.— Rocher.  H.   Micro-
manonuHre bas6 sur le principe du ludion. C.  rend. Soc.
biol., 1942, 136: 366.—Rosenblueth, A.  Du fonctionnement
du masque manome4rique de Pech;  critique des formules de
Beyne  et  Izquierdo.  J. physiol. path, gen., 1929, 27: 746-
51.—Sammartino, E. S.  Manometro; modelo original.  Sem.
med., B. Air., 1938, 45: pt 1, 212-5.—Schales, O.   Rapid and
accurate calibration of Warburg manometers.  Arch. Biochem.,
N. Y;, 1943-44, 3: 475, fig.—Singh, B. N., & Mathur, P. B.   A
manometric device for gas analysis.   Current Sc, Bangalore,
1935-36,  4: 313.—Teitel-Bernard, A.  Ueber eine Aenderung
des registrierenden  Quecksilbermanometers.  Arch. ges. Phy-
si ol., 1929, 222: 242-4.—Wetterer, E. Eine neue manometrische
Sonde mit elektrischer  Transmission.  Zschr. Biol., 1942-43,
101:332-50.


----   Medical and biological use.

   Dixon,  M.   Manometric  methods as applied
to the measurements of cell respiration and other
processes.   122p.  8?   Cambridge, 1934.
   Corbet, A.  S., & Wooldridge, W. R.  An investigation of
the accuracy of the Barcroft differential manometer in respira-
tion  studies.  Biochem. J., Lond.,  1936, 30: 132-40.—Krop,
S., & Loomis, T. A.   A simple  water manometer for recording
intestinal activity.   Science, 1945, 102: 155.—Lawson, H.  A
differential metal bellows  manometer for  the measurement
of blood flow.  Ibid., 1940, 92:  291.—Marsh, G., & Carlson, L.
An injection manometer assembly for the study of reactions at
steady state.   J. Biol. Chem., 1940, 136: 69-72.—Matthews, E.
The  use  of  the manometer in  obturator technique. Brit.
Dent. J., 1942, 72: 188.—Paul, J. N.  Uses of manometer in
different diseases. Ind. M. Rec, 1944, 64: 307-11.—Ruska, H.
Ueber ein Manometergefass zur Bestimmung von Sauerstoff-
aufnahme und  Kohlensaureabgabe  von  Gewebeschnitten.
Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934-35,  177: 38-41.—Wooldridge,
W. R., &  Standfast, A. F. B.  The use of the Barcroft 'differen-
tial manometer in the estimation of the oxygen absorption of
sewage.   Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 141-8.

   MANONG,  Stephen,  1896-        *Le diag-
nostic  de l'ulcus gastro-duodenal et le rythme de
la  douleur  tardive  dans  le  temps.   77p.  8?
Par., Jouve & cie, 1928.
   MANON Ramirez, Rogelio Alberto, 1909-
*Tratamiento de la blenorragia y otras afecciones
por  la  sulfanilamida    [Santo Domingo]  62p.
24cm.   Ciudad Trujillo, Listin Diario,  1940.


MANOSTAT.

   See also Pressure.
   Soller, T.,  Goldwaeser, S., & Beebe,  R. A.   A  sensitive
manostat for low pressures and  its application to the adsorption
of hydrogen  and deuterium on copper.  J.  Am.  Chem. Soc,
1936, 58: 1703-6.   ------  A sensitive manostat for low gas
pressures; a correction.  Ibid., 1938, 60: 1265.
  MANOUKHINE, I.  I.   L'agent  pathogenc dc
la grippe dite espagnole.  94p.  illust.   ch.  2-lcin
Par., L. Arnette,  1941.
  MANOUTCHEHRIAN,  Fereydoun, 1911-
*L'influence  des  ondes  courtes sur l'elimination
del'iode.   63p.   23cm.  Par., L. Rodstein, 1938
  MANOUVRIER,  Gaston  Abel Victor, 1899^
       Contribution  a  l'etude  tensiom6triquc
du  liquide  cephalo-rachidien   [Paris]  34p.   8?
Rennes, Impr. de l'Ouest-6clair, 1927.
  MANQUAT, Alexandre, 1853-1934.
  For obituary see Bull. Acad. m£d., Par., 1934, 3. ser., 112;
562 (Laubry, C.)   Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser.
50: 1780-2, portr.
  MANRIQUE, Belisario,  1865-1942.
  Paz Sold an, C. E.   La figura de Belisario Manrique.  Re
forma med., Lima, 1942. 28: 447-9.
  MANRIQUE, Juan  Evangelista,  1861-1914.
  For biography  see Rev.  Fac.  med.,  Bogota, 1944-45,  13:
438-40.
  MANRIQUE, Julio,  1873-1942.
  Discursos pronunciados en los funerales del Profesor Julio
Manrique.  Rev.  Fac. med.,  Bogota, 1942-43, 11: 34-40 —
Iriarte,  M. A.  [Necrologia]  Ibid., 31-3.—Rueda Vargas,
M. A. Discurso [elogio del Dr. Julio Manrique]   Ibid., 159-65.
  For portrait see Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1942-43, 11: opp.
p. 1.
  MANRIQUE, Manuel.
  Translator of  Kolmer, J.  A., & Boerner, F.  Mctodos de
laboratorio clinico. 981p.  24^cm.  N. Y., 1943.

  MANRIQUE Mom,  Arturo  [M.  D., 1942,  B.
Aires]  * Influencia del equilibrio dcido-basico en
la reactibilidad cutanea; estudio experimental en
hombres.   51p.   illust.  tab. diagr.   27cm.   B.
Air  A  Frascoli  1942
  MANSBACH,' Erwin [M. D., 1926, Berlin]  *Die
trophische  Innervation  der   Zahne  und  ihre
Stoning  unter  besonderer Beriicksichtigung  der
Tabes    dorsalis   [Berlin]   27p.   8?   Char-
lottenb.,  Gebr. Hoffmann,  1926.
  MANSBACH,  Herbert,  1912-       *Die Hiiu-
figkeit  von  Gebissanomalien  bei Schulkindern.
38p.   24cm.   Zur., O. Fiissli, 1938.
  MANSBACH,  Margot  Zlotnicki,  1901-
*Ueber  den  Einfluss   von Schlaflagen  auf  die
Entstehung von  Kieferanomalien  [Bonn]   31 p.
8?   Berl.,  Urban & Schwarzenberg,  1931.
  Also Zschr. Stomat., 1931, 29:
  MANSCHOT,  W. A.  Over progeronanie (pro-
geria  van  Gilford)    178p.   pl.  tab.   24cm.
Assen,  Van Gorcum, 1940.
  MANSE,  Rene,  1912-        *Contribution a
l'etude  des  tumeurs   solides   paranephretiques.
117p.  pl.  24^cm.  Alger, Imp. Nord-Africaine,
1937.
  MANSEAU, Alfred,  1906-       *Etude  de
quelques  reactions tuberculiniques;  la  tuber-
culine  chez  le  chien;  la  tuberculine  chez  les
vaccinas avec-le B. C. G.  [Alfort;  Vet.]   56p.
8?   Saint-Maixent-L'Ecole, Gamier  & cie, 1930.
  MANSEAU, Louis,  1915-       *Contribution
a l'etude du  cerclage  au fil m^tallique dans les
fractures spiroides du tibia.  63p.  illust. 24cm.
Par., R.  Foulon,  1944.
   MANSELL, Harry Edward,     -1941.
   For obituary see Lancet,  Lond., 1941, 1: 807, portr.

   MANSELL-MOULLIN,   Charles  William,
1851-1940.    Sprains;   their  consequences  and
treatment.   221p.   24cm.  N.  Y., Wood &  Co.,
1891.
   Repr. from Wood's Medical and surgical monographs
   For obituarv see Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 725.  Also J. Am. M.
Ass., 1941, 116: 154.   Also Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 669, portr.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.

   MANSER,  Johann  Baptist,  1898-       ♦Bei-
trag zur Frage  der verminderten Zurechnungs-
fahigkeit  [Zurich]  92p.   8?   Halle  a. S.,  E.
Wolff & Sonne, 1932. 
MANSER
285
MANSON
  ___   Psychische Erkrankungen  und  Gegen-
wart. 44p.  24cm.  S. Gallen,  Fehr Buchhandl,

  MANSFELD, Aloysius Antonius van, 1875-
  For obituary see Tschr. diergeneesk., 1946, 71: 249, portr.
(Kerstens)
  MANSFELD,  Geza,  1882-       Die   Hor-
mone  der  Schilddruse  und  ihre  Wirkungen.
236p   illust.   tab.  diagr.  24cm.   Basel,  B.
Schwabe & Co., 1943.
  MANSFELDE, Alexander S. von,  1845-1928.
  For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler,  A. F.)
Omaha, 1928, 74-6, portr.
  MANSFIELD,  William.  Microscopic  phar-
macognosy,   x, 211p.   8?   N. Y., J. Wiley  &
Sons, 1929.
  ---   Materia  medica,  toxicology  and phar-
macognosv.   707p.   illust.   pl.   8?   S.   Louis,
C. V. Mosby Co., 1937.
  For portrait see in Coll. Pharm. N. York (Winner, C. P.)
N. Y., 1929, p. 90.
  MANSFIELD State Training School and Hos-
pital. Biennial report.  Hartford (1916-18) 1918-
  1940-42 report issued with that of Southbury State Training
School.
  MANSI,  Domingo  [M.  D.,  1933, B.  Aires]
*Algunos detalles de interes en las resecciones de
est6mago por lilceras gastroduodenales.   lllp.
illust. diagr.   23#cm.   B. Air.,  A.  L6pez,  1934.
  -—-  Antecedentes,  titulos  y trabajos;  con-
curso de  Profesor ad junto de  anatomia  descrip-
tiva.  16p.   23cm.   B. Air., A. L6pez,  1942.
  MANSILLA Cofre, Armando.  *E1 glaseo como
complemento indispensable  de los  trabajos con
dientes artificiales de  porcelana  [Chile;  Dent.]
37p.  illust.  26cm.  [n. p.]  Impr. Senda, 1941.

MANSLAUGHTER.
  See  also  Accidents; Death,  violent; Liability;
Malpractice.
  Doctor  acquitted  on  manslaughter charge.  Australas.  J.
Pharm., 1941,  22: 594-601.—Drunkenness; when a person is
too drunk to be capable of entertaining a premeditated design
or deliberate premeditation to kill he is not guilty of murder in
the  first degree unless he entertained such intent when he
drank.  North Carolina M. J., 1942, 3: 370 (Abstr.)— Fernan-
dez Saralegui, A.  Homicidio por imprudencia.  Rev. As. med.
argent., 1944,  58:  224.—Giese, E.   Ein bemerkenswertes
Urteil des  Reichsgerichts uber den Begriff der Fahrlassigkeit
in einem Strafverfahren  wegen fahrlassiger Totung.  Miinch.
med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 187-9.—Hofmeier, M.  Untersuchung
gegen den praktischen Arzt Dr. M. wegen fahrlassiger Totung.
Ibid., 1926, 73: 323.—Kinberg, O.  [Attempted manslaughter
by a young man against his fiancee in a condition of confused
consciousness]  Sven.  lak. tidn.,  1934, 31: 1321-38.—Osteo-
path to be  tried for manslaughter.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110:
2164.—Recovery by beneficiary who is convicted of voluntary
manslaughter  after killing insured.  Current  Leg. Thought,
1941-42, 8: 240.
  MANSMANN,  Ivo, 1904-       *Drei Falle
von Ureterocele  beobachtet  im  Krankenhaus
Nymphenburg-Munchen.   30p.   8?   Munch.,
R. Muller & Steinicke, 1932.
  MANSMANN, James Andrew, 1909-       A
manual  of  allergy  lectures for  nurses.  32  1.
22cm.   Pittsb., the Author, 1942.
  Multiprint.
  MANSON, Sir Patrick, 1844-1922.   Manson's
tropical  diseases;  a manual of  the  diseases  of
warm  climates;  ed.  by Philip H. Manson-Bahr.
9. ed.  xx,  921p.  pl.  8?   Lond., Cassell & Co.,
1929.  Also 10. ed. xx,  1003p.  illust. diagr.  pl.
map.  tab.   1935.   Also  11.  ed.  xvi,  1083p.
22cm.  Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1940.  Also
12.  ed.   xiv, 1068p.   Bait., 1945.
  For biography see:
  Manson-Bahr, P. H.,  & Alcock,  A.   The life
and  work  of  Sir Patrick Manson.   273p.   8?
Lond., 1927.
  See also [Biography]  Lancet, Lorid., 1945, 1: 37.—Cam-
eron, T. W. M.  On the centenary of the birth of Patrick
Manson,  the father  of modern tropical  medicine. McGill
M. J., 1944, 13: 263-76.—Hale-White, W.  Sir Patrick Manson.
In his Great doctors, Lond., 1935, 290-303.—Manson-Bahr, P.
The dawn of tropical medicine; being a brief account  of the
life and work of Sir Patrick Manson, 1844-1922.   J. Trop. M.,
Lond., 1931, 34: 93-7. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1931,
131:  118.  ------  [Biography]  Ibid.,  1935,   190:   120-4.
       A commentary on the diary kept by Patrick Manson
in China and now conserved at Manson House.  Tr. R. Soc.
Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond.,  1935-36,  29:  79-90,  pl.
Patrick  Manson.  In: Brit. Masters of  Med.  (Power,  D'A.)
Bait.,  1936, 194-206, portr.  ------  The jubilee  of  Sir
Patrick  Manson,  1878-1938; a tribute  to  his work on  the
malaria problem.  Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1938,  14: 345-
57, 3 portr.—N., A. B.  Hace 100 alios  naci6 Sir Patrick
Manson.  Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1944-45, 13: 440.—Pitfield,
R. L.  [Biography.]  Ann. M. Hist., 1940, 3. ser., 2: 22-9.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MANSON-BAHR,  Sir Philip  Henry, 1881-
       The  dysenteric disorders;  the diagnosis
and treatment of dysentery, sprue,  colitis and
other  diarrhoeas  in general  practice.  With  an
appendix  by  W.  John Muggleton.   xiv, 613p.
illust.   pl.  tab.   diagr.  22}^cm.  Lond.,   Cas-
sell &  Co., 1939.   Also 2.  ed. xiv, 629p.  1944.
   ----   Synopsis   of  tropical   medicine,   xii,
224p.   tab.   pl.   19cm.   Bait., Williams & Wil-
kins Co.,  1943.
   Also editor Manson's Tropical Diseases.  9. ed.  921p. 8°.
Lond., 1929. Also 10. ed. 1003p.  8°. Lond., 1935. Also 11.
ed. 1083p.  1940. Also  12. ed. 1068p.  22cm. Bait., 1945.
   For  portrait see Rev. parasit.,  Habana, 1936,  2: No. 3,
front.
   ----& ALCOCK, Alfred William. The life and
work of Sir Patrick  Manson.  ix, 273p.   pl.   8?
Lond., Cassell &  Co., 1927.

MANSONELLA
   See Nematoda.

MANSONIA.
   See Taeniorhynchus.

MANSON  stain.
   See also Stain.
   Schwarz, L.   Ueber eine einfache Verbesserung der Man-
sonfarbung. Klin. Wschr., 1922, 1: 2426.
   MANSO  Soto, Alberto  E.  [M. D.,  1935, B.
Aires]  *Contribuci6n al estudio  del gonococo.
113p.  illust. tab.  27cm.   B.  Air.,  Sem.  m6d.,
1935.
   See also Barzizza, C. M., & Manso Soto, A.   Microbiologia.
2. ed.  2v.  603p.; 612p.  27cm.  B. Air., 1941.
   MANSOUR, Maurice, 1903-      *La syphi-
lis sans  chancre.  72p.  8?  Par., N.   Maloine,
 1931.
   MANSOUR-BEK,  J. J., jt ed.
   See Vonk, H. J., Mansour-Bek,  J. J., &  Slijper, E. J., eds.
 Digestion.  284p. 25J^cm.  Amst., 1946.
   MANSOURI, Fazlollah,  1908-       *Concep-
 tion  actuelle  de la prophylaxie  de la tuberculose
 chez  I'enfant.  86p.   24cm.  Par.,  A.  Legrand,
 1938.
   MANSPERGER, K.  Dr. Mansperger's Buch
 der Gesundheits-Lehre, enthaltend  eine  Anlei-
 tung  zur Heilung  des kranken  Korpers,  nebst
 vielen fiir jede Familie ausserst werthvollen  und
 nutzlichen  Recepten.  xxv, 828p.  8?  Buffalo,
 Nauert & Klein, 1880.
   â– ---   [The same]   Dr.  Mansperger's book  of
 hygiene containing  instructions  for  the cure  of
 diseases, together with many valuable and useful
 prescriptions, xxiii,   808p.  pl.   8?   Buffalo,
 Nauert & Klein,  1880.
    MANSTEIN, Bodo  [M. D.,  1934, Munchen]
 *Ueber  die  Einwirkung von sauren und alkali-
 schen  Losungen  auf  Organschnitte  und  ihre 
MANSTEIN
Beziehungen  zur  Karyolyse.   15p.   22cm.
Miinch., J. Springer, 1934.
  Also Virchows Arch., 1934-35, 1934, 294:
  MANSIY, Louis, 1909-      *L'hypertension
intracranienne  dans  les  tumeurs  ce>6brales;
pathog6nie; traitement chirurgical palliatif.  370p.
8?  Lv.m, Bose fr.,  1937.
  MANTE,  Rene,  1912-       *La  publicity
pharmacoutique au point de vue de la dSontologie
et de  l'hygiene publique.   46p.   24cm.  Par.,
Jouve & cie,  1939.
  MANTEAU,  Leon  Louis,  1913-       *De
l'hypertrophie  parotidienne  habituelle.   95p.
25cm.   Par., Vigot fr., 1938.
  MANTEGAZZA, Paolo, 1831-1910.  Una ques-
tione  d'igiene; alia camera  dei  deputati.   lip.
23tfcm.   [n.  p.]  1870.
  ----   [Fisiologia dell'odio] die  Physiologie  des
Hasses.   Transl.  by R. Teuscher.   viii,  371p.
19cm.   Jena, H. Costenoble,  1889.
  ----    [Igiene dell'amore]  Die  Hygiene  der
Liebe.   Nach der 4. Aufl. aus dem Italienischen,
von R. Teuscher.   5. Aufl.  xiv, 469p.   19cm.
Jena,  H. Costenoble [after 1889]
  ----   El siglo hip6crita.  159p.   19cm.  Bar-
cel., A.  L6pez, 1905.
  ----   Igiene dei  sensi.  162p.   portr.   19cm.
Nap., Soc. ed.  Partenopea, 1910.
  ----Gli   amori  degli uomini.  Nuova  ed.
350p.    19cm.  Fir., Marzocco, 1938.
  ----   [The same]  Anthropological studies of
sexual  relations  of mankind; transl.  from  the
Italian  by  James  Bruce.    258p.   illust.   8?
N. Y., Anthrop. Pr., 1932.
  ----[The same]  Sexual relations of mankind;
transl.  by James  Bruce.  272p.  8?   N.  Y.,
Falstaff Pr.,  1932.
  ----Fisiologia dell'amore. 5. ed.  xxv, 326p.
19cm.   Fir.,  Marzocco,  1939.
  -——   [The same]  The book of love; a  transla-
tion from the Italian text. 232p.   19Kcm.  N. Y.,
American-Neo-Latin Libr., 1917.
  -——   [The same] Physiology of love; transl.
from  the Italian  by Herbert Alexander,  xviii,
237p.   8? N. Y., Eugenics Pub.,  1936.
  ——   Fisiologia del dolore.  Nuova ed.  xiii,
433p.   pl.  19cm.  Fir., Marzocco, 1939.
   For obituary  see Rev. psychol.,  Brux., 1910, 3: 375.
  MANTEGAZZA, Umberto, 1863-      La  si-
filide  alia fine del '400  e nella  prima metk del
'500; studio clinico-critico sui piu noti autori del
tempo.   73p.  facs.  fol.   Pavia,  L.  Rossetti,
1933.
  MANTEL,  Ernst, 1896-       *Die  Kiefer-
klejnme  und  ihre  Ursachen.  31p.  8?   Berl.,
Berlin. Veil., 1928.
  MANTEL, Eugen, 1902-       *Multiple Skle-
rose  und Augenerkrankung  unter  besonderer
Beriicksichtigung  der   an   der   Medizinischen
Universitats-Poliklinik Wiirzburg in den Jahren
1932  bis 1934 behandelten  Falle  [Wiirzburg]
22p.   8?   Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert,
1935.
  MANTEL,  Jacques, fl. 1642.   'Ewixpaais vin-
dicata; seu, de Vera et genuina kwixpo-aeus  signi-
ficatione, dissertatio. 46 1.  8? Paris [n. p.] 1642.
  MANTELL,  Gideon   Algernon,  1790-1852.
The  journal   of  Gideon Mantell,  surgeon and
geologist, covering the years 1818-1852.  Edited
by E. Cecil Curwen.  xii, 315p.   pl. portr. map.
22#cm.   Lond., Oxford  Univ. Pr., 1940.
  See also:
  Spokes, S.   Gideon   Algernon  Mantell, sur-
geon and geologist.   263p.   8?   Lond.,  1927.
MANTEN
  MANTEN, Anneliese, 1909-      *Die opera-
tive  Behandlung  des  Magengeschwiirs.   16p.
22cm.  Miinst., H. Buschmann, 1936.
  MANTER, Harold Winfred, 1898-       Some
North American  fish  trematodes.  J3Np.   tab.
ch.   pl.   26>2cm.  Urbana,  111.,  Univ. Illinois
Pr., 1926.
  Forms'No. 2, v. 10, Illinois Biol. Monogr.
  ----  A  laboratory  manual in animal  para-
sitology, with special reference to animal  para-
sites of man.  1938 ed.  106 1.  illust.  map.  8?
Minneap., Burgess Pub. Co.,  1935.
  MANTEUFEL, Paul, 1879-1941.
  For obituary see Reichsgesundhbl., 1941, 16: 87 (Reiter, II.)
  MANTHEY, Carl Ludvig, 1869-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 99,
  MANTHEY,  Georg,  1902-       *Kapillar-
mikroskopische Beobachtungen  mit  Kardiazol
[Tubingen]  23p.  8?  Schneidemuhl, Die Grenz-
wacht, 1928.
  MANTHEY, Sofie Augusta Oxaal, 1869-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist.,  1915, 2: 100.


MANTIDAE.
  Binet, L.  La mante religieuse.  Presse mecl.,  1931, 39:
1420.—Breland, O. P.  Correlation between species of mantida
and  their egg cases.  Anat. Rec, 1941, 81: Suppl., 70 (Abstr.)—
Plavtov, K. A.   [Mantis suctoria]  Trop. med. vet., Moskva,
1930, 8: 48-50.—White, M. J. D.  Chromosomal evolution
and  the mechanism of meiosis in praying mantids.   Proc.
Internat. Genet. Congr. (1939) 1941, 7. Congr.,  313.
  MANTION, Roger, 1900-       Contribution
k *T6tude 6tiologique  et therapeutique  du bubon
climatique.   lllp.  8?  Par., A.  Legrand,  1928.
  MANTON, Sidnie  Milana.  On  the  embry-
ology of a mysid crustacean, Hemimysis lamornae,
p.363-463.   pl.   29cm.   Lond.,   Harrison  &
Sons, 1928.
  In: Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London, 1928, ser. B,  216:
  ----  On the embryology  of  the crustacean
Nebalia bipes.  p. 163-238.   pl.   29cm.  Lond.,
Harrison &  Sons, 1934.
  In: Philos. Tr. R. Soc London, 1934, ser. B,  223:
  ---- & HEATLEY, N. G.  Studies on the
Onychophora; the feeding, digestion,  excretion,
and food storage of Peripatopsis, with biochemical
estimations  and analyses,  p. 411-64.  pl.  29cm.
Lond., Harrison & Sons, 1937.
  In: Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London, 1937, ser. B,  227:
  MANTON, Walter  Porter, 1858-1925.   Syl-
labus of  lectures on human embryology.  2. ed.
viii, 125p.   8?  Phila., F. A. Davis  Co., 1895.


MANTOUX-MENDEL test.
  See under Tuberculin.
  MANTOVANI,  Guido.   Cos! si diventa cam-
pioni.  xix, 415p.  portr.  8?  Milano, U. Hoepli,
1934.
  MANUAL of clinical mycology.
  See Conant,  N. F., Martin, D. S. [et al.]  Manual of clinical
mycology.  348p.  20^cm.   Phila., 1944.
  MANUAL of dehydrated  culture media and
reagents.  2. ed.  144p.  18J^cm.   Detr., Diges-
tive Ferments Co., 1929.
  MANUAL of mess management.  340p.  illust.
tab. diagr.  form.  24Ucm.  Harrisb.,  Military
Serv. Pub. Co., 1941.
  MANUAL odontologico.   Rio, v.ll, 1945-

                   CONTENTS

  v.ll. Granulomas, quistos e abcessos de origem dentaria.
2. ed.  Campani, R. A. 1945.
  v.13. Terapeutica (apontamentos para cirurgiSes-dentistas e
estudiantes de  odontologia)  2. ed. Salles Cunha, E.  1945. 
MANUAL
287
MANURE
    MANUAL of sewage  disposal equipment and
 sewer construction.  8. ed.  246p.  illust. diagr.
 281/2cm.  N. Y., Pub.  Works  Mag.,  1942.
    MANUALES IBYS.
    See Madrid, Spain.  Instituto IBYS.   Manuales  IBYS.

    MANUCCI, Niccolas,  1639-1717.
    Reddy, D.  V. S.  Medical adventures and memoirs  of
 Manucci, an Italian quack doctor in India in the second half of
 the seventeenth century. Ann. M. Hist., 1941, 3. ser.,  3:
 195-202, 2 portr.  ------  Nicholas  Manucci;  an  Italian
 physician of Moghul times.  Ind. J. Vener. Dis., 1939/5: 181-9.
    MANUEL II, king of  Portugal, 1889-1932.
    Larroude, C. Ainda a proposito da  morte de D. Manuel
 II.  Med. contemp. Lisb., 1932, 50: 274.

    MANUEL,  Jacques,   1911-       *Essai  sur
 les  modifications   physico-chimiques  dans  la
 genese  des  granulations  eosinophiles des leuco-
 cytes.  73p.  8?  Par.,  Lipschutz,  1936.
    MANUEL de  pathologie  medicale;   physio-
 pathologie  et clinique [by] J. Cathala,  P.  Mol-
 laret,  M.  Mouquin, &  A. Ravina.   Par., v.l,
 1945-
                     CONTENTS
    T. 1. Coeur, arteres,  veines,  sang   Mouquin, M.   1945.
 779p.         .             ...
    T. 2. Maladies  de l'appareil  respiratoire,  maladies  de
 l'appareil digestif.  Ravina, A.   1946.  800p.
    T. 3. Foie, voies biliares, pancreas, reins, glandes endocrines,
 os,  avitaminoses,  maladies  de  la nutrition,  intoxications.
 Cathala,  J., & Mouquin, M.  1945.  710p.

    MANUEL pratique  pour  le  placement des
 enfants, des malades  et des  vieillards.  Nouv.
 ed.  755p.   19}^cm.  Par.,  Off.  centr.  oeuvres
 de bienfaisance, 1938.
    MANUFACTURING chemist.   Lond., v.  16,
 No. 8, 1945-

 MANURE.

    See also  Feces;  Fertilizer;  Guano;  Sewage;
 Sludge; Soil.

    Oledzki,  J.   *Beitrag zur Frage  der Einwir-
 kung des  Calciumoxyds  auf  die  Konservierung
 des Stalldungers.  79p.   8?   Lpz, 1905.
   Acharya, C. N.  Soils, fertilizers and  manures.  Annual
 Rev. Biochem. Allied Res. India (1938) 1939, 9: 81-98.—Cheva-
 lier, A.,  fils.  Un mot sur les engrais.   J. chim. m£d., Par.,
 1865, 5. ser., 1: 166-72.—Fowler, G. J., Acharya, C. N. [et al.]
 Symposium on organic manures.  Proc Soc. Biol.  Chemists
 India, 1939, 4: 7-42.—George, P. K.  The  preparation  of
 manure with night-soil and street rubbish.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1944,
 79: 499.—Gericke,  S.  Der Wert des Stallmistes.  Umschau,
 1943, 47: 270.—Glathe, H.  Ueber die Rotte des Stalldungers
 unter  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der   Anaeroben-Flora.
 Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1934-35, 91: 65-101,  pl.—Hare, T.  Dung
 and droplets.   Vet.  J., Lond.,  1943, 99: 197-202.—Hartman,
 J.  L.  Disposal of  manure.  Vet.  Bull.,  Wash.,  1933, 27:
 258-60.—Jarach, M.  Sulla preparazione del letame artificiale;
 note comparative sui fenomeni di natura biologica nel letame e
 nella paglia.  Boll.  1st.  sieroter. milan.,  1930,  9:  303-6 —
 Krantz,  H.  Wasserabspaltung bei  der Edelmistbereitung.
 Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt.,  1928, 73: 70-4.—Lenglen.  A propos des
 engrais de poissons.  Ann. falsif., Par.,  1939, 32:  134-63 —
 Manure.  Biodynamics, 1942,  2: No. 2, 1-8.—Mille.  Note
 sur les engrais de ville.  J. chim. m£d., Par., 1865, 5. ser.,  1:
 230-3.—Morris, S. J.  Disposal  of manure.  In: Med. Dep.
 U. S. Army in the World War, Wash., 1926, 6: 283-92.—Night
 soil compost.  East Afr. M. J., 1941-42,  18: 377.—Niklewski,
 B.  Zur Biologie der Stallmistkonservierung.  Zbl. Bakt.,  2.
 Abt., 1928, 75: 206-13.—Ofterdinger, H.   Das Vorkommen
 von  Nitrat im  Stalldung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung
 der Nitratbestimmungsmethoden. Ibid., 1939, 100: 110-45 —
 Patwardhan, K. A.  The disposal and utilization of horse dung
 and  stable litter by composting. Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1939, 74:
 88-92.—Pottenger, F. M., jr.  The reciprocal relationship of
 the health of plants, animals and human beings. Tr. Am. Ther.
 Soc  (1941) 1943, 41: 81-5.—Ruschmann,  G.  Vergleichende
 biologische und chemische Untersuchungen an Stalldungersor-
 ten.  Zbl. Bakt., 2.  Abt., 1927, 70: 214; 383, passim—San-
 hueza Ibafiez,  F.  Abonos azoados  y fosfatados  de  origen
 vegetal y  animal.  Doctor, Santiago (Chile) 1939-42, 2: No.
 24, 5.—Stepanova, M. L.  [Amount of bacteria in manure of
 various methods of  preservation]  Mikrobiologia,  Moskva,
 1932, 2: 277-84.—Sukhatme, P. V.  Economics of manuring.
 Current Sc, Bangalore, 1941, 10: 214.

---  Public health aspect.

  See also Amebiasis, Epidemiology; Fly, Public
health aspect; Food,Disinfection; Food poisoning.
  Barbary, F.  L'extension des infections a colibacilles," con-
sequence de I'utilisation des engrais humains, dans la culture
maraichere.   Bull. Acad: me"d.. Par., 1943, 127: 390-4.—Fer-
guson, T.  The manufacture of fish manure; a consideration
of some public health problems raised by a typical offensive
trade. J. R. San Inst., 1927-28, 48: 36-48.—Ghosh,  G.
Composting; a public health problem. Ind. M. Gaz., 1942, 77:
----   Sanitation.
   Lucker, J. T.  Treating horse-stable manure with steam to
kill parasite eggs and larvae.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1940, 96:
188-94.—Parnell, I. W.  The comparative value of some fur-
ther chemicals in the treatment of manure against sclerostome
larvae.  Canad. J. Comp. M., 1940, 4: 76.—[Saxony.  Runder-
lass des  Reichsministers des Innern, 22. Dez.  1939]  Entseu-
chung von Diinger.  Vorschr. sachs. Vet.,  1940,  35: 6.—Ser-
gent,  E., & Sergent, E.  Fly-free  manure heaps.  Q.  Bull.
Health Org.  League of Nat.,  1934, 3: 299-303.—Simmons,
S. W., & Wright, M.  The use of DDT in the treatment of
manure  for fly control.  J. Econ. Entom., 1944, 37: 135.—
Simon, L. S.   [Biological disinfection of manure]  Sovet. vet.,
1940, 17: No. 4, 41-7.


MANUS.

   See Hand.


MANUSCRIPT.

   See also Book; Ink; Letter; Paper; also Graph-
ology;  Handwriting;  Writing.
   Hebrew  manuscript, ca. 18. cent.  One leaf.
Unidentified.
   Mentz,   A.    Geschichte  der  griechischromi-
schen Schrift bis zur Erfindung des  Buchdrucks
mit beweglichen Lettern;  ein Versuch.   155p.
22cm.   Lpz., 1920.
   Millares   Carlo,  A.   Tratado   de  paleo-
grafia espanola.   2. ed.  2 v.   535p.  8?  Madr..
1932.
   ----  Atlas. 136 facs.  on  121 pl.  4?  Madr.,
1932.
   Monteil, A.  A.   Traite  de materiaux  manu-
scrits de divers genres d'histoire.  2 v.   364p.;
392p.  21}/2cm.  Par., 1835.
   Sudhoff,  K.  Friihdruck  und  Handschrift.
p. 200-8.   8?   Lpz., 1916.
   In: Arch. Gesch. Med., 1916, 9: H. 4.
   Heess, W.  1st  das Chlorid- und Sulfatbild eine zuver-
lassige Unterlage fiir die Altersbestimmung von Tintenschriften?
Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1937, 28: 269-87.—Hofman, J. J.
Examen  chimique des ecritures.  Ann. pharm., Louvain, 1897.
3: 505; 568.—Ledden Hulsebosch, C. J. van.  Der Nachweis
junger  Tintenschrift.  Arch.  Krim., 1927,  80: 239-41.—
Pereira,  J. A., jr.  Estudo de manuscrito.  Rev. Arq. mun.
S. Paulo, 1941, 7: No. 76, 135-43, 4 pl., ch.—Tannenbaum,
S. A.  The handwriting of the Renaissance; being the develop-
ment and  characteristics of the script of  Shakspere's  time
[book review by J. W. Thompson]  Libr. Q.,  Chic,  1931, 1:
369-71.


----   Catalog.

   Christ,   K.   Die  Bibliothek -  des~5 Klosters
Fulda  im  16.  Jahrhundert;  die JJandschriften-
Verzeichnisse.   343p.   8?   Lpz., 1933.
   Dawson,  W.  R.    Manuscripta medica; a de-
scriptive catalogue  of the   manuscripts in  the
library of the Medical Society of  London.  140p.
8?   Lond.,  1932.
   De  Ricci, S., &  Wilson,  W.  J.   Census of
medieval  and  renaissance  manuscripts in  the
United States and Canada.    3 v.   28cm.   N. Y.,
1935-40.
   Fischer,  H.  Katalog der Handschriften der
Universitatsbibhothek  Erlangen.    Bd  1:   Die
lateinischen Pergamenthandschriften der Univer-
sitatsbibhothek.  634p.  .8?   Erlangen, 1928.
   [Germany] Reichsministeritjm  fur  Wissen-
schaft,  erziehung  und  volksbildung.   die
Handschriften der  Staats-  und  Universitatsbi-
bhothek  Breslau.  Lfg  1-2.  1  v.  in  2.  160p.
28cm.  Lpz., 1938-9. 
MANUSCRIPT
288
MANUSCRIPT
          Verzeichnis der Handschriften im Deut-
 schen Reich.  Lpz.,  Bd 1, Lfg  1, 1938-
   M anchestee,  En<;l. John Rylands Library.
 Catalogue of selection of mediaeval  manuscripts
 and jewelled book-covers  exhibited  in the main
 library.   70p.  8?   Manch., 1939.
   Maxitius,  M.  Handschriften  antiker  Au-
 to re n  in  mittelaltorlichen  Bibliothekskatalogen.
 357p.   8?   Lpz.,  1935.
   Forms Beih. 07. Zbl. Biblioth.
   Mixgana,  A.   Catalogue of the Arabic  man-
 uscripts in the John Rylands library, Manchester.
 1180 col.   fol.   Manch., 1934.
   Richardson, E. C.   A list of printed catalogs
 of  manuscript books.  386p.  23^cm.   N.  Y.,
 1935.
   Robertson, E.   Catalogue  of the  Samaritan
 manuscripts in the John Rylands Library, Man-
 chester,   xxxviiip.   412 columns  on  206p.   fol.
 Manch., 1938.
   Taylor, F.  Supplementary hand-list of west-
 ern manuscripts  in  the John  Rylands  Library,
 1937.   49p.   26>km.   Manch., 1937.
   Thorndike, L.   Additional  incipits of  me-
 diaeval scientific  writings  in Latin,   p. 93-105.
 25}£cm.   Cambr., Mass.,  1939.
   Also Speculum, Cambr., 1938, 13:
   ----  &  Kibre, P.   A catalogue of  incipits of
 mediaeval  scientific  writings  in   Latin.  926
 columns  on  463p.   28^cm.  Cambr.,  Mass.,
 1937.
   Tyson,  M.   Hand-list   of  additions  to   the
 collection  of English  manuscripts in the  John
 Rylands Library,  1928-35.   74p.  8?   Manch.,
 1935.
   Also Bull. John Rylands Libr., Manch.,  1935, 19:
   ----Hand-list of charters, deeds,  and similar
 documents in the  possession of  the  John Rylands
 Library.  II. Miscellaneous documents acquired
 bygiftorpurcha.se.  187p.   8?   Manch., 1935.
   UNIOX  (A)  WORLD  CATALOG  OF MANUSCRIPT
 books.   Preliminary studies in method,  v.3: A
 list of  printed  catalogs  of  manuscript books.
 386p.   23y2cm.   N.  Y.,  1935.
  Corpus  philosophorum medii  aevi.  Ann.  Accad.  Italia,
 1930-31, 9: 295-7.—Mayer, C. F.  The collection of Arabic
 medical literature in the Army Medical  Library; with a check-
 list of Arabic manuscripts.   Bull. Hist. M., 1942, 11: 201-16.—
 Thorndike, L.  Checklist of rotographs in the history of natural
 and occult science.  Isis, Bruges, 1934, 21:  pt 1, 145-68.

 ----  Collection  and conservation.
   Great  Britain.    Royal   Commission   on
 Historical   Manuscripts.   List  of  reports is-
 sued.   12p.   24>4cm.  Lond. [after 1931]
   Minerva-Handbucher.  Erganzungen zu Mi-
 nerva,  Jahrbuch  der gelehrten Welt.   2. Abt.:
 Die Archive.   Bd  1.   658p.  8?  Berl., 1932.
  United States.   Library of Congress.  The
 Division of  Manuscripts.   40p.  23cm.   Wash.,
 1941.
  United States.   Library of Congress.  Di-
 vision  of Manuscripts.    The  Declaration  of
 Independence,  the Constitution  of  the  United
 States, and other historic material in the Division
 of  Manuscripts  of  the  Library  of  Congress.
 15p.   21>4cm.  Wash., 1941.
  Uxited  States.   National  Archives.  Bul-
 letin  No. 3:   The  care of  records  in a national
 emergency.  36p.   23cm.   Wash.,  1941.
  Bischoff,  B.   Ueber Einritzungen in  Handschriften des
friihen Mittelalters.  Zbl. Biblioth., 1937, 54: 173-7.—Langen,
B.,  &  Nippe, M.  Konservierung verbrannter  SchriftstUcke
und Wiedersichtbarmachung der Schrift.  In: Handb. biol.
Arbeitsmeth.  (Abderhalden)  Berl., 1934, 4:  T.  12, 2. Halfte,
299-304.—Mendonca, C. de. O  problema  do  arquivamento
de manuscritos.   Arq. med. leg.  ident., Rio,  1934, No. 8,
04-105.-- Wendel,  C.  Die  griechischen Handschriften der
Provinz Snchsen.   In: Aufsatze F. Milkau (Leyh, G.)  Lpi
1921, 354-70.
----   Description.

   Leechbook  (A) or collection of medical reci-
pes of the  fifteenth  century;  the text  of Ms.
No.  136  of  the Medical  Society  of  London,
together with a transcript into modern spelling,
ed.  by Warren R. Dawson.   344p.   8?  Lond.,
1934.

   Sudhoff,  K.   Codex medicus  Hertensis  (Xr
192) Handschriftstudie.   p. 265-313.   8?   Lpz.,
1917.
   Also Arch. Gesch. Med., 1917, 10: H 6:

   Turk,   H.   *Sprachliche  Studien   zu  den
Handschriften der Hali Meidenhad [Vorkiirzter
Druck]   [Jena]   51p.   8?   Zella-Mehlis, 1930.
   Aesculapius, Plato and Cheiron, the centaur [colored draw-
ing]  from the Anglo-Saxon manuscript Herbarium ApuleiuH
Platonicus, ca. A.  D. 1000-1050.  In:  Anglosiix.  Lecchcraft
(Wellcome,  H.  S.) Lond., 1912,  front.—Allen,  W., jr. The
four Corvinus manuscripts in the United States.  Bull. N.
York Pub. Libr., 1938, 42: 315-23, 2 pl—Apuleius, coloured
drawing  from   the  Anglo-Saxon  manuscript,  Herbarium
Apuleius  Platonicus,  ca.  A. D.  1000-1050. In: Anglosax,
Leechcraft (Wellcome, H. S.) Lond., 1912, opp. p. 11.—Bjorck,
G.  Deux nouveaux  manuscrits concernant la  medecine du
Moyen-Age.  Janus, Leiden, 1937, 41: 107-14.—Callomon, F.
Aus  der Autographenmappe  eines Arztes; unbekannte und
unverdffentlichte Briefe und Dokumente beruhmter Aerzte und
Naturforscher.  Ibid., 1941, 45: 1-39.—Carbonelli, G.  Fram-
mento medico del sec. vii. Cod. Vat. Urb. Iat. 293.  Rass. clin.
ter., 1921, 20: 5-30. ------  Nota sul Codice Vaticano-Pala-
tino 1304.  Boll. 1st.  stor. ital. san., Rass. clin. ter., 1926, 6:
32-9.—Carver, J. E.  Preparation of an edition of the North
English Homily Cycle, a late  13th or early 14th century cycle
of sermons and exempla for the church year, in 20,000 lines of
short English couplets.  Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1940) 1941,
137.—Corner, G. W.   A thirteenth century medical crypto-
gram.  Bull. Inst. Hist. M.,  Bait., 1936, 4: 745-50.—David,
C. W.  Narratio de Itinere Navali Peregrinorum Hierosoly-
mam Tendentium et Silviam Capientium, A. D.  1189.  Proc.
Am. Philos. Soc,  1939, 81: 591-666,  3  pl.—Degering, H.
Handschriften  aus Echternach  und  Orval  in  Paris.  In:
Aufsatze F.  Milkau (Leyh, G.)  Lpz.,  1921, 48-85.—Drabkin,
M.  Select pages from mediaeval medical manuscripts.  Bull.
Hist. M.,  1942, 11: 409-36, 12 facs.—Gunther, O.  Mittelal-
terliches aus den Handschriften der Marienkirche in Danzig.
In:  Aufsatze F. Milkau (Leyh, G.) Lpz., 1921,  123-41, pl.—
Kind, F. E.  Zum  Fragmentum Donaueschingense und zum
Reichenauer Antidotarium.  Sudhoffs Arch., 1933, 26: 344.
—■----■  Weitere Beitrage zum Verstiindnis des  Fragmentum
Donaueschingense.  Ibid.,  1934-35, 27: 32-44.—Loewe, H.
A Hebrew antidotary; Queen's College,  Or. 5.  Proc. R. Soc.
M., Lond.,  1937-38,  31:  647-9.—Mayer,  C. F.  A Magyar
Nemzeti Muzeum Oribasius  k6dexe.  Orv. hetil., 1925, 69:
1040.  ------ A  Budapesti  Egyetemi  Konyvt&r  nehany
orvosi  k6dexerol.  Ibid.,  1926,  70:  118-22.  ------ Egy
14.sz6zadbeli k^ziratos orvosi  tankonyv.  Ibid.,  1927,  71:
857-8.  ------  A medieval English leechbook and its 14.cent.
poem on bloodletting.  Bull. Inst. Hist. M., Bait., 1939,  7:
pt 1, 381-91.—Medicine  (The)  of our ancestors; some old
MSS.  Brit. M. J.,  1938, 2: 1324.—Phemister, D. B. Ancient
medical manuscripts during the Middle Ages and their recovery
at the end of that period.   Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago, 1939,
5: 150-8.—Placzek.  Aus  meiner medizinischen Autographen-
mappe.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1916, 12:  28; passim.—Sigerist,
H. E. Early mediaeval medical texts in manuscripts of Mont-
pellier.   Bull. Hist. M., 1941, 10: 27-47, pl.  ------  Early
mediaeval medical texts in manuscripts of Vend6me.  Ibid.,
1943, 14: 68-113,  6 pl.—Simonini, R.  Formulario in Medicinae
variae codice MSS. dell'VIII secolo conservato  nella Metrc-
politana di  Modena.   Atti Accad. stor. arte san., 1941,  7:
10; 95.—Steinberg, S. H.   A hand-list of specimens of medieval
writing-masters.  Tr.  Bibliogr. Soc, Lond., 1943, 23: 191-4.—
Theatrum sanitatis; Codice 4182 della R. Biblioteca casana-
tense.  Atti Accad. stor. arte san., 1941, 7:  128-30.—Thorn-
dike, L.   Vatican Latin manuscripts in  the history of science
and medicine.  Isis, Bruges, 1929, 13: No. 40, 53-102.  -----
Unfamiliar medical works by known and anonymous authors
in Vatican Palatine  Latin MSS.  Ann. M. Hist., 1936,  8:
297-305.  ------  Some later medieval Latin medical MS^
at Bern and Prag.  Ibid., 427-32.  ------  Another manu-
script of Leonard of Bertipaglia and John de Tracia.  Bull.
Inst. Hist. M., Bait.,  1936, 4: 257-60.  ------  Little known
medical works and authors in Basel  manuscripts.  Ann. M.
Hist., 1940, 3. ser., 2:  280-90.—Wickersheimer, E.  Notes sur
deux manuscrits provenant du monastere de Frenswegen.  Bull.
Soc.  fr. hist. mid., 1925,  19: 369-75.—Williams, J. R. The
Mierotosmographia of Trier MS., 1041.  Isis, Bruges, 1934-35,
22:  No. 63, 106-35. 
MANUSTUPRATION
289
MAORI
  MANUSTUPRATION.

    See Autoerotism.
    MANWARING, Wilfred Hamilton, 1871-
    For portrait see Collection in Library.
    MANWELL,  Elizabeth Moore,  1897-
  <fc MENGERT,  Ida Gaarder.  A  study of  the
  development  of two- and three-year-old children
  with  respect  to   play  activities,  p.67-111.
  23}£cm.   Iowa City, 1934.
    Forms Pt 2 of Behav. Preschool Child (L. M. Jack)
    MANWELL, Reginald Dickinson, 1897-
    See Russell, P. F., West, L. S., & Manwell, R. D.  Practical
  malariology.  684p.  24cm.  Phila., 1946.
    MANZ,  Emil,  1912-        Cholesteringehalt
  im Hautdialysat bei Hautgesunden und  Haut-
  kranken.  24p.   21cm.  Freib. i. B., W. Goggel,
  1937.
    MANZ,  Rudolf,  1908-       *Stimmt   die
  Klinik der  Arterienunterbindung  mit der  Ana-
  tomie und  Physiologie des Kollateralkreislaufes
  iiberein? 25p.   8?  Wiirzb., R.  Mayr,  1933.
    MANZ,  Wilhelm,  1905-        *Beitrage  zur
  Avertinwirkung  beim  Hund.   48p.  8?   Gies-
  sen, 0. Kindt, 1931.
    MANZANETE, J. Roman.   Un nuevo metodo
  para el  diagn6stico  bacteriol6gico  de los  porta-
  dores  de B.  tifico.  93p.   illust.  tab.  23^cm.
  Madr., Pub. C. P. I. S., 1934.
    Forms No.  1, Contrib. estud. epidem. fiebre tifoidea.
    MANZANILLA, Jose  Matias,  1870-       La
  reglamentaci6n del trabajo de la mujer y el nino;
  discursos parlamentarios.  4. ed.   134p.  17cm.
  Lima, E. L. Castro, 1924.


  MANZANITA.

    See Arctostaphylos.
    MANZANO, Nicolas.  Enumeration de  ante-
  cedentes.  3p.  20^cm.   B. Air. [n. p.] 1941.
    MANZANOS  Gutierrez,   Joaquin.   Apendi-
  copatfas   cr6nicas.   114p.   illust.   23cm.  Bar-
  cel., Sal vat  Ed., 1940.
    MANZER,  Helen Crosby.   Practical sociology
  and   social   problems,   xiii,  366p.  pl.   21cm.
  Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co., 1942.
    MANZI,  Luigi.   L'igiene rurale degli antichi
  Romani;  con gli  studi sulla  malaria.  2.  ed.
 viii, 249p.   8?  Casalmonferrato, A. & F. Mares-
 calchi, 1929.
   MANZINI,  Vincenzo.   Dei provvedimenti la-
 gunari;  studii o  discussioni  della  Associazione
 veneta di  pubblica utilita  di  Venezia.  48p.
 21cm.  Venezia,  II  Tempo, 1873.
   MANZONI, Alessandro, 1785-1873.
   Bettica,  R.  Visita medica ad Alessandro Manzoni.  Gazz.
 osp., 1938, 59:  1134-7.
   MANZUOLI,  Juan R.   *Comprobaciones  so-
 bre el terreno  anat6mico del cancer  primitivo de
 higado.   37p.   illust.  27cm.    B.  Air..  A.   Lo-
 pez, 1943.


 MAORI.

   See also New Zealand.
   Donne, T.  E.   The Maori past and  present.
 287p.   8?  Lond., 1927.
   Hawthorn, H. B.  The Maori; a study in
 acculturation.   130p.   24cm.   Menasha, 1944.
   Aginsky,  B. W., &  Buck, P. H. (Te Rangi Hiroa)  Inter-
 acting forces in the Maori family.  Am. Anthrop., 1940, 42:
 195-210.—Buck, P. H.  The coming of  the Maori.  Med. J.
 Australia, 1927, 2: Suppl., 10-2.  —---- Maori diet.  Ibid.,
 1927, 146-50.—Duff, R. S.  Maori stone axes. Rec. Canter-
 bury Mus.,  1939, 4: 249-53, pl.  ------  A Maori amulet
 from Kaikoura.  Ibid., 255-8, pl.—Eley, H.   Maori customs
and traditions of the Deluge.  Recreat. Sc, Lond., 1861, 2:
195-7.—Firth, R.  Economic psychology of  the  Maori.  J.
R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1925,  55: 340-62.  ------

      549701—vol. 10, 4th series----19
 Maori stone-houses of today.  Ibid.,  367-72, illust.  ------
 Birth control among the New Zealand Maori.  Nature, Lond.
 1925, 116:  748.—Forbes, H.  O.  Maori  rock-carvings.
 Ibid., 1926, 117: 156.—Home, G.  Health of the ancient Maori.
 N. Zealand M. J., 1933, 32: 253-6.—McLaughlin, E. C. G., &
 Wilson, I.  New Zealand dietary studies; dietary survev among
 the Maoris.  Ibid., 1945, 44: 93-8.—Phillips, G.  The blood
 groups of the Maori.  Human Biol.,  1931, 3: 282-7.—Rout,
 E. A. Birth control among the New Zealand Maori.  Nature,
 Lond., 1925, 116: 575.


 MAP.

   See  also  Geography;  for  special  maps  see
 under  names  of  subjects,  as  Epidemiology;
 Plague, etc.
   Boyd.  C.   T.   Criticisms  upon solutions  of
 map problems given out at  the  Army School of
 the Line.   284p.   8?  Menasha,  1915.
   United   States.   Army   Service   Forces.
 Army Specialized Training Division.  Man-
 ual M 101: Atlas of  world maps,  xiii  p.  26>^ x
 55^cm.  Wash., 1943.
   United  States.  War  Department.  Basic
 field manual  No.  30-20:  Military intelligence
 military maps.   45p.  19cm.  Wash.,  1940.
   Bay, H.  The history and technique of map making.  Bull.
 N.  York Pub. Libr., 1943, 47: 795-809.—Benary.  Wie eine
 Kriegskarte  ensteht.  Umschau,  1944, 48: 24-6.-—Bonacker,
 W.  Zur  kartographischen Auswertung der  Beschriftung
 fremdsprachiger Karten.  Petermanns Mitt.,  1942, 88: 153-
 9.—Brown, L. A.  Special reference problems in  map collec-
 tions. In: Refer. Funct. Libr. (Chicago Univ. Libr. Inst.)
 1943, 144-62.—Caviglia,  B., hijo.  Dos falsificaciones  (?):
 la Carta de Juan Sebastian Del Cano, 1523, y el Mapamundi
 [fragmento] MDXXX. Proc. Am.  Sc. Congr. (1940)  1943,
 8. Congr., 9: 95-109, map. ------ Espejismos provocados
 por los supuestos Del Cano, 1523 y Mapamundi [fragmento]
 MDXXX.  Ibid.,  111-3.—Gilbert,  E.  W.  Map reading.
 In: Med. Cadet Corps Train. Man. (Courville, C. B., & Gilbert,
 E. W.) 2.  ed.,  Glendale, 1943, 56-69.—Herrmann, A.  Die
 Germania des  Christophorus  Pyramius  (1542)  die alteste
 Wandkarte von  Deutschland.  Forsch. & Fortsch., 1942, 18:
 251-3.—Joerg, W. L. G.  The Lafora map of the frontier of
 New Spain in 1766-67 in the National Archives: a preliminary
 examination.  Proc Am.  Sc. Congr. (1940) 1943, 8. Congr.,
 9: 65 (Abstr.)—Maddox, J. T.  Current new map material
 worthy of preservation by public libraries.  Libr. J., Camden,
 1943, 68: 309-12.—Martin, L.  Catalogue of an exhibition of
 maps, comprising some 400 maps and other material related to
 the programs of Section III, Geological Sciences, and Section
 VIII, History and Geography.  Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940)
 1943, 8. Congr., 9: 325-37.  ------ South American carto-
 araphic treasures.  Q. J. Curr. Acq.  Libr. Congr.,  1943-44, 1:
 No. 3, 30-9.—Perazzo,  R. C, & Arandia, R. J.  Una soluci6n
 del problema de la carta.  Rev. mil., B.  Air., 1942, 42: pt 1,
 471-82.—Piatt, R. R.  Milestones in American cartography.
 Proc. Am.  Sc. Congr.  (1940)  1943, 8. Congr.,  9: 55-63 —
 Reynolds, K. E.   Contour mapping with the multiplex equip-
 ment. Educ. Focus,  Rochester,  1943, 14: No.  2,  40-3.—
 Schomburg, H.  Der deutsche Besitz an portugiesischen Kar-
 ten der Entdeckungszeit.  Petermanns Mitt., 1942, 88: 75.

   MAPES, James Jay, 1806-66.
   For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940,
 669.


 MAPHARSEN.

   See under Arsenicals, in  5.  series; also Syphilis,
 Treatment.
  MAPLE, James Brian, 1879-       A medical
 history  of  Sullivan  County,  Indiana.  153p.
 illust.  portr.   facs.  8?  Sullivan, Ind.,  Sullivan
 Union Pr.,  1936.


 MAPLE.

   See Aceraceae.
  MAPLESTONE, Philip  Alan,  1885-
  See Yorke, W. & Maplestone,  P. A.  The nematode para-
 sites of vertebrates.  536p.  8?  Lond., 1926.
  For biography see Ind. M. Gaz., 1942, 77: 630.


 MAPLE  sugar  [and syrup]

  See also Aceraceae.
  Collingwood, G.  H.  The  product  of  maple
syrup and sugar in New York State.   76p.  8?
Ithaca, N. Y., 1928.
  Forms No. 167, Cornell Extens. Bull. 
MAPLE SIGAR
   Hekr, ('. S.   Maple syrup and  sugar produc-
tion  in  New  Hampshire.  60p.   8?   Durham,
N. H., 1932.
   Forms No. 135, Extens. Circ. Univ. N. Hampshire Extens.
Serv.
   Bois. IC Dugal, L.  C, & Lessard, M.  Le calcium et le
mam-r:mi'-ie duns les  seves et les sirops durable.  Canad. J.
Res., 1942, 20: Sect. B, 1-4.—Fabian, F. W.. & Hall, H. H.
Yeasts  found in fermented maple svrup.  Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt.,
1933, 89: 31 47.—Findlay, G.  H., & Snell.  J. F.   Some con-
stituents <>f the sap of the sugai  maple (Acer saccharuin, Marshl
Canad.  .1. Res.. 1935, 13:  Sect. B,  209-75.—Grossfeld, J., &
Payfer,  R. Leber  Ahoinsinip.  Zschr. Untersuch.  Lebens-
mitt.. 1937, 74:31-4.-  H.   I.cad and other  metallic contami-
nants in maple syrup.  N.  Hampshire Health News;, 1937, 15:
No. 4.  4-11.— Nelson,  E. K.  The acids of maple sugar. J.
Am. Chem. Soc.  1928. 50: 2006-8.  ------  The flavor of
maple  sirup.   Ibid..  2909-12.  ---  —  The acids  of maple
sugar sand. Ibid..  2028-31.—Riou. P.. & Delorme, J.  The
analytical  piot,!em  of  maple sap  pioduets.  Canad. J. Res.,
1941. 19: Sect. B. 68-72 —Sair. L.. A- Snell, J. F.   Fractiona-
tion of the chlorofoim extract of maple syiup.  Ibid., 1939, 17:
Sect. B, 281-9.—Sears, P.  B.  Grazing versus maple syrup.
Science, 1943,  98: 83.—Tressler, C. J., jr, & Zimmerman,
W. I.   Deleading maple sirup by (-Unification.  Food Indust.,
1941, 13: No.  10,  52.—Willits, C.  O.. & Tressler,  C. J., jr.
Sources of lead in maple syrup and a method for its removal.
Food Res., 1938,  3: 449-52.  ------  Removal of lead in
maple svrup bv means of base exchange material.   Ibid., 1939,
4: 461-8.
   MAPLESTONE, Philip  Alan,  1885-     , &
Ml'KERJI, A.  K.  Hookworm infection in India,
with  notes on  symptoms,  treatment &  prophy-
laxis.   21p.  pl.   25cm.   X.  Delhi,  Gov. India
Pr., 1939.                                 *
   forms No.  1, Health Bull. Ind. M. Serv. India.
   MAPLESTONE, Philip  Alan,  1SS5       , &
SUNDAR  Rao,  S.   Dracontiasis;  or,   Guinea-
worm   disease.   21p.   illust.   pl.   25cm.   X.
Delhi, Gov. India  Pr., 1939.
   forms No. 7, Health Bull. Ind. M. Serv. India.
   MAPLETOFT, John, 1631-1720.
   For biography see Brit.  M. J., 1929 1: 32 (Nixon, J. A.)
   MAPOTHER, Edward, 1881-1940
   For  biography see Character  & Personality,  1940-41, 9:
1-5 (Spearman, C. E.)
   For obituary see Am. .1. Psychiat., 1939-40, 96: 1469.  Also
Frit. M. J.. 1940,  1: 552.  poitr.   Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
1940, 92: 559-02.  Also Lancet, lond., 1940, 1: 624-6, portr.
Also Nature, Lond.. 1940, 145: 052.
   MAPP, Cortez Jefferson, 1858-
   For biography see  in  Hist. Long Island (Ross, P. V.) N. Y.,
1902, 2: 224, portr.


MAPPIA.
   Nadkarni, M. D.,  Airan, J.  W.,  & Shah, S. V.  Fatty oil
from the seeds of  Mappia foetida.  Current Se., Bangalore.
1944, 13: 233.
MARAGLIANO
   MARAGLIANO,   Edoardo,   1S-19 1940.  La
 patologia generale ed i suoi rapporti  collo scihile
 medico.   23p.   21Jj>cm.   Genova,  E. Faziola 4
 A. Papini, 1S78.
   ----La scuola clinica italica.   15p.   211Vm.
 Genova [n. p.] 1881.
   See also Frugoni, ('.  Per il 90? genetliaco del Sen. Edoardo
 Maragliano, decano  dei clinici italiani.  Gazz.  osp., 1939 60-
 740-2.                                         '
   For obituary see Ann. ottalm., 1940, 68: 320.  Also Athena
 Roma, 1936, 5: 393,  portr. (.Lo Bianco, V.)   Also Clinica'
 Bologna, 1940,  6: 97-100  (Gasbanini, A.) Also Cior.  Accad.'
 med. Torino, 1940, 103: 34 (Gamna, C.)  Also  Minerva med
 Tor.,  1940, 31: pt  1. varia, 328-30,  portr.  (Sabatini, G)
 Also Policlinico, 1940. 47: sez. prat., 909-19, portr. (Ferrari-
 nini, L.)  Also Presse med., 194(1. 48: 445, portr. (Sergent Fl
 Also Rass. fisiopat,  194(1,  12: 238-40  (Caldi,  F.)  Also' Hi-
 forma med., 1940,  56: 303-5,  portr.  (D'Amato ,L.) Als,,
 Rinasc.  med., 1940,  17: Suppl., (il, portr.   Also Riv. tisiol
 13: 127,  portr.
   MARAGLIANO,  Luiz, jr.  [M.  D., 1«)2S, S
 Paulo]   *Da syphilis  congenita e sua prophylaxia;
 tratamento prenatal.   109p.   8?   S.  Paulo, Ir-
 maos Ferraz, 1928.
   MARAGLIANO,  Mario  Vittorio,  1878-1944.
 Radiologia;  appunti  alle  lezioni.   219p.   illust.
 24cm.   Genova, J. Briano, 1943.
   Yingt-cinquiome anniversaire d'enseignement du professcur
 Vittorio  Maragliano.  J. radiol.  electr., 1939, 23: 223, portr.
   For obituary see Med. Zschr., 1944 45, 1: 120.
   MARAINI, Bernardino,       1930.
   For obituary  see  Bol.  Soe. cir. B. Aires, 1939,  23: 1119
 (Rodriguez Yillegas,  R.)   Also  Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8:
 321; 549 (Ca.stano, E.) 550 (Grimaldi, F. E.)  Also Rev. As.
 m£d. argent., 1939, 53: 1026, portr.
   For portrait see Libro  de oro (B. Air. Fac. cienc. med.)
 B. Air., 1941, 33.
   MARAIS,  Isaac Pieter,  1900-       *Unter-
 suchungen fiber  den  Sexualzyklus  bei  Merino-
 schafen.   54p.   8?   Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936.
   MARAIS, Joseph,  1887-1929.
   For obituary see  P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 795,
 portr.
   MARAMALDI,  Luigi.   Come   rimettere  in
â– forza i  soldati depressi dalle fatiche della guerra.
 8p.   8?  Nap., F. Sangiovanni & figlio, 1916.
   MARANCA, A.,  1889-      Teber  die clasti-
 sche  Konstitution  der  Gold-Kupferlegierungen
 unter  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung   bei  ihrer
 Verwendung fiir  die Zahnprothese [Bonn; Dent.]
 12p.   8?   Berl., Berlin.  Verl., 1920.
   MARANELLI, Luigi.    Sulfopiretoterapia; se-
 conda  raccolta di studi  ed  esperienze cliniche.
 l.J9p.  diagr.  8?  Milano, 1st. edit.  Cisalpino,
 1931.
   MARANO,  Amadeo [M.  D.,  1932, B.  Aires]
 *La tuberculosis  larvada; el  eritema  nudoso; su
 tratamiento   por  la  tuberculinoterapia.  38p.
 23cm.  B. Air.,  Impr. Frascoli  y Bindi, 1932.
   MARANON, Joaquin  [D. Sc,  1923, Michigan]
   For biography see Rev.  filip. med., 1941,  32: 150-2, portr.
   MARANON y  Posadillo, Gregorio,  1887
 Nuevas orientaciones sobre la patogenia y trata-
 miento  de  la  diabetes   insipida.   173p.  12?
 Madr., S. Calleja, 1920.
   ----   La  evoluci6n  de la  sexualidad y  los
 estados intersexuales.  2.  ed.  xvi,  273p.   diagr.
 22cm.  Madr., J. Morata, 1930.
   ----The same.  |TheJevolution  of  sex and
 inter-sexual   conditions;   transl.   by   Warre  B.
 Wells.   344p.   8?  Lond., G.  Allen   &  Unwin,
 1932.
   ----   Estudios de fisiopatologia sexual.   275p.
 illust.  8?   Barcel.,  M.  Marin,  1931.
   ----   Tres ensayos sobre la vida sexual; sexo,
 trabajo y deporte, maternidad y feminismo, edu-
 cacion  sexual  y  diferenciaci6n  sexual.   6.  ed.
 250p.  8?   Madr., Bibliotecti Nueva,  1931.
   MAQCET, Helene,  1901-       *Ein Fall von
Cataracta   diabetica   [Heidelberg]    31p.    8?
Mannheim, J. P. Walther, 1927.
   MAR, Lisa.   Bluterneuerung  durch  gesunde
Ernahrung; eine Schutzkost  nach den  neuesten
Ernahrungslehren, die verjiingt und jung erhalt
93p.   pl.   8?  Stuttg., Siiddeutsch. Verl.,  1937.
   ----   Kleine  Gesundheitsfibel.   96p.   illust.
24cm.  Berl., Verl. Lebenskunst-Heilkunst,  1942.
   MAR, Severo Francisco.   Un caso probable de
leishmaniosis    cutanea   americana.    18p.   8°
Tampico,  Mex.  [n. p.]   1932.
   MARA,  Guillaume, ca 1470-ca 1530.   De tri-
bus  fugiendis  ventre,  pluma  et  venere  libelli
tres.   30 1.   8?   Paris, H. Etienne, 1512.
   MARACAIBO,  Venez.   Hospital  quirurgico  y
maternidad de Maracaibo.  Boletin.  Maracaibo
v.l,  1943-
   MARACHE,  Albert, 1914-       *La  courbe
de  sedimentation  au   cours  du  pneumothorax
artificiel: comparaison avec la courbe d'agglutina-
tion.   13sp.   25cm.   Lyon, Bose fr., 1938.
   MARACHI, Chamsedine,  1910-       *Con-
tribution a l'etude des kystes du raphe anogenital
101 p.   8?   Par., L. Arnette,  1938. 
MARANON
291
MARASMUS
   ___Amiel; un  estudio sobre la timidez.   2.
 ed   365p.   pl.   portr.   12?   Madr.,  Espasa-

 Calpe. 1933.
   ___Once lecciones  sobre  el  reumatismo.
 2. ed.  279p.   illust.   8?   Madr., Espasa-Calpe,

 !934-                ,   ,             j i v.    u
   .___   Climateno de la mujer y  del hombre;
 estudio sobre  la fiso-patologia de  la involuci6n
 sexual.   361p.   23cm.   Madr.,  Espasa-Calpe,
 1937.
   .---   The  same   [La  edad  critica]  The  cli-
 macteric  (the critical  age)  Transl.  by  K.  S.
 Stevens; ed.  by Carev  Culbertson.   425p.   pl.
 8?   S. Louis,  C. V.  Mosby Co., 1929.
   ■——    Estudios   de  endocrinologia.   295p.
 201Xcm.  B.  Air.,   Espasa-Calpe  argent., 1938.
 Also 2. ed.   285p.   22cm.   1940.
   ---   The  same.  Introduction a l'etude de
 l'endocrinologie.   Traduit par  J.  de  Luna,   vi,
 206p.  25cm.   Par., F. Alcan, 1945.
   —■—   Manual de las enfermedades endocrinas
 v  del metabolismo.   355p.   illust.   24cm.  B.
 Air., Libr.  Hachette, 1939.
   ---Nuevos problemas clinicos de  las secre-
 eiones internas.  274p.   illust.   25^cm.  Madr.,
 A. Aguado, 1940.
   ——   Ensayo biol6gico  sobre Enrique IV de
 Castilla  y  su tiempo.   145p.   18cm.  B. Air.,
 Espasa-Calpe argent.,  1941.
   ---Manual de  diagn6stico etiol6gico.  2. ed.
 lxxix, 1055p.  25cm. Madr., Espasa-Calpe, 1945.
 Also 3. ed.  1055p.   25cm.   1946.
   See also Richet C. R., fils, & Maranon, G.  Alimentaci6n
 y regimenes alimentarios. 328p.  25cm.  Madr., 1942.  Also
 |The same] Alimentation, aliments et regimes. 420p.  24cm.
 Par., 1947.                                 oo ^T   „
   For biography see Arq. med. leg.  ident., Rio, 1933, No.  6,
 242.  Also Dia med. urug.,  1936-37, 4: 126.   Also Reforma
 med., Lima, 1939, 25: 694-701, portr.  Also Rev. med.  chir.
 mal. foie, Par., 1934, 9: 163-6,  portr. fParturier, G.)   Also
 Sem. med. espan., 1945, 11: 177-84 ( \ elasco Pajares, J.
   See also Ocaranza, F.  El manual de diagnostico etiologico
 de Gregorio Maranon.  Medicina, Alex.,  1944,  24: Suppl.,
 151—3
   For portrait see in Trat. biotipol. (Rossi,  A.  R.) B. Air.,
 1944, 1: 37.
   ---& RICHET, Charles.   Estudios de  fisio-
 patologia hipofisaria.   261p.   illust.   23cm.  B.
 Air., Ed. Sudamer., 1940.
   MARANTA, Bartolomeo, 1500-71.
   Portrait.  In:  Scienz.  ital.  (Mieli, A.) Rome, 1923, 1: pt  1,
 69.

 MARANTACEAE.
   L'Heureux, L., & Bastin, R.   Fecule d'eleusine  et fecule
 d'arrow-root,   C. rend.  Congr.  internat. pharm., 1935,  173-
 84.—Quintela  Martins,  A.  Araruta.  Rev. flora med.,  Rio,
 1943, 10: 147-73.—Vianna Freire, C.  Plantas raras; distri-
 buicao geogrdfica das Marantaceas.  Ann. Acad, brasil. sc,
 1934, 6: 197-9, pl.
   MARANTIS, Athanase, 1894-       Our great-
 est  enemy.   31p.   17cm.  Chic,  the  Author,
 1928.

 MARASH, Turkey.

   See under Hospital report.

 MARASMIUS.
   Harris, G. C. M.  Chemical changes in beech litter due  to
 infection by Marasmius perotanus  (Bolt.) Fr.   Ann. Appl.
 Biol., Lond., 1945, 32: 38.

 MARASMUS.
   See  also  Atrophy;   Cachexia;   Emaciation;
 Infant nutrition,  Disorder:  Atrophy;  Starvation,
 etc.
  Bhattacharjee,  K. C.  Marasmus in a tea garden.  Ind.  J.
 Pediat., 1934-35,  2: 26-9.—Bonhour, A.  La analgesia en los
alienados;  el marasmo.  Actas Jornad.  neuropsiquiiitr.  pan-
amer. (1939) 1940, 2. reun., 2: 770-5.—Elliott, Woo [et al-]
Infantile  coma, stiffness of extremities.  Case  Rep. Child.
Mem. Hosp. Chicago, 1942,  1: No. 11, 7-10.—Hislop, W. A.
Treatment of marasmus by injection of an extract of adrenal
cortex.  Lancet,  Lond., 1938,  2:  308-10— McFadyean,  K.
A note on the treatment of primary or essential marasmus by
ostelin.  Ibid., 1928, 1: 181.—Moncrieff, A.  Marasmus.  In:
Brit. Encycl. M. Pract.  (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1938, 8: 368-
80.—Nathaenial, G.  Marasmus or infantile wasting.   J. Obst.
Gyn., Lahore, 1945, 6: 60-71.—Pritchard, E.   Notes on a lec-
ture  on marasmus.  Canad.  J. M. & S., 1935, 78: 125.—
Stage, L.  C.  [Senile marasmus]   Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95:
827.—Wilson,  J. R., Levine, S. Z.,  & Gottschall,  G. The
respiratory metabolism in infancy and in childhood; the res-
piratory exchange in marasmus: carbohydrate metabolism of
normal and of marasmic infants with and without the adminis-
tration  of insulin.  Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1928, 36: 470-85.
------The respiratory metabolism in infancy and in child-
hood; the  respiratory exchange in  marasmus; dynamic action
of food in normal and in marasmic infants.  Ibid., 740-55.

MARASMUS [enzootic]

  See  also  Copper, Metabolism; Iron, Metabo-
lism: Disorder.
  Filmer, J. F.  Enzootic  marasmus of cattle  and sheep.;
preliminary  report having special  reference to iron  and liver
therapy.  Austral. Vet. J., 1933, 9:  163-79.  ------& Under-
wood, E.  J.  Enzootic marasmus; treatment  with limonite
fractions.  Ibid., 1934, 10: 83-7.—Underwood, E. J.  Enzootic
marasmus;  iron content of liver,  kidney and spleen. Ibid.,
87-92. ------& Beck, A. B.  Enzootic marasmus; the relation
of copper to incidence and treatment. Ibid., 1941, 17: 155-65.—
Underwood, E. J., & Harvey, R. J.  Enzootic  marasmus; the
cobalt content of soils,  pastures and  animal  organs. Ibid.,
1938. 14: 183-9.
  MARASZYNSKI, Mejer  [M. D., 1934, Basel]
*Ueber  die  Prognose  der Zermalmungslasionen
der  Extremitaten   [Basel]    24p.  8?  Grodno,
J. Lubicza,  1934.
  MARAT,  Jean   Paul,  1743-93.    Recherche*
physiques   sur   l'electricite.   viii,    461p.   pl.
20^cm.    Par., Impr. de Clousier, 1782.
  —■—   Memoires  academiques;  ou,  Nouvelles
decouvertes sur la  lumiere,  relatives aux  points
les  plus  importans  de l'optique.  xvi, 323p.  pl.
portr.   22cm.   Par.,  X. T.  Mequignon, 1788.
  ----   Memoire sur les experiences  que Newton
donne en preuve  du  systfeme  de la differente
refrangibilite  des rayons heterogenes.   p.  1-114.
22cm.  Par.,  X. T.  Mequignon, 1788.
  In his Mem. aead., Par., 1788.
  ----Memoire   sur  la  pretendue  differente
refrangibilite des rayons heterogenes.    p.  115-50.
22cm. ' Par.,  X. T.  Mequignon, 1788.
  In his M6m. aead., Par., 1788.
  ----   Memoire  sur  l'explication  de l'arc-en-
ciel donnee  par  Newton,   p. 151-250.   22cm.
Par., X.  T. Mequignon,  1788.
  In his M6m. aead., Par., 1788.
  ---Memoire  sur les vraies  causes des cou-
leurs que  presentent les lames de verre, les bulles
d'eau  de  savon,  & autres matieres  diaphanes
extremement minces,   p. 251-323.  22cm.  Par.,
X.  T.  Mequignon, 1788.
  In his Mem. aead., Par., 1788.
  See  also:
  Cabanes,  A.  Marat incennu; l'homme prive,
le medecin,  le savant.   4. ed.  559p.    12?  Par.,

1911.
  Montesquieu.   Eloge presente a  l'Academie
de  Bordeaux le 28 Mars  1785.  79p.   8?   Li-
bourne,  1883.
  See also Almarza, A.   El medico Marat. Med. ibera,'1933,
27-pt l,p. cdli-cdliii.— Arnesen, H.  [Biography] Med. rev.,
Bergen  1929, 46: 352-72.—Bayon, H. P.  [Biography]  Proc.
R Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1945-46, 39: 39-44.—[Biography] J. Am.
Vet  M. Ass., 1945, 106: 301.—Bos, C. Marat.  Canad.  M.
Ass   1944, 51: 73-6.—Hancock, J. D.  [Biography] Am. J.
Digest. Dis., 1934-35, 1: 653-66.—Kovacs, R.  Another cele-
brated'figure in electrotherapy.  Surg. Business, 1942, 5: No.
3 port,. —Moutier, F.  Marat; l'homme  de  science et son
caractere.   Progr. med., Par., 1939, pt 1, Suppl., 41-8, portr.—
Oliaro T.   La cura della gonorrea e della presbiopia accidentale
secondo Marat.  Minerva med., Tor., 1935, 26: pt 2, 252-9.—
Oliver, J.  La famille de Marat.  Chron. me"d., Par., 1920,  33:
3VV l'f'7  34: 1; 35.—Piontkovsky, I. A. [Jean-Paul  Marat as
a' physician]  Sovet. med.,  1944, 8: 30—Scarlett, E.  P.
Jean Paul  Marat, the  physician as revolutionist.  Ann.  M.
Hist., 1930,  n.  ser., 2: 71-9. 
MARAVAL
29
9
MARBURG
  MARAVAL, Theophile, 1902-       *Le traite-
ment du trachome et de la conjonctivite follicu-
laire  par  la  diathermic  96p.  pl.  8?  Par.,
A. Legrand,  1927.
  M ARBAIS, Salomon, 1875-       Theorie ce>6-
brale de  l'immunite"  et  de  l'anaphylaxie.   2v.
xv, 431p.; 427p.  25cm.  Par., N. Maloine, 1934-
36.
  MARBAISE, Heinrich, 1910-       *Neuralgie
und neuralgiforme Beschwerden im  Trigeminus-
gebiet  [Munchen]  31p.  8?  Wurzb., R. Mayr,
1933.
  MARBARGER, John Porter, 1916-      *The
production  of growth substance  in Colpidium
striatum Stokes  [Johns Hopkins Univ.;  Ph.  D.]
p. 186-198.  tab.  24cm.  Bait., 1943.
  Also Physiol. Zool. 1943, 16:
   MARBE, Karl, 1869-
  |Autobiography] In: Hist. Psychol. Autobiogr. (Murchison,
C.) Worcester, 1936, 3: 181-213.
   MARBECK, Roger, 1536-1605.   A defence of
tobacco.  70p.  8?  London,  R. Field  for  Th.
Man, 1602.
   MARBEL, Myer  Michael,  1886-      Vari-
cous ulcers of  the leg and the ten day  treatment
with Ochsner's solution.  14  1.  28cm.  Chic,
Author, 1941.
   Typewritten.
   For biography see in Am. Jewish Physicians (Kagan, S. R.)
Host., 1942, 109, portr.  Also in Modern M. World (Kagan,
S. R.) Bost., 1945, 125, portr.
   MARBERG,  Kurt   [M.  D.,  1934,  Basel]
*Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis der  gruppenspezifischen
B-Rezeptoren  und  ihrer  Antikorper [Basel]  p.
339-51.  8?   Jena, G. Fischer, 1934.
   Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 80:
   MARBLE, Alexander, 1902-       Diseases of
metabolism,   p.  161-248.   25cm.   N.  Y.,   D.
Appleton-Century Co., 1941.
   In: Ther. Int. Dis. (Blumer, G., et al.) v.5.
   I or portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 302.

MARBLE  bone.
   See under Bone.

MARBLE  worker.
   Bianchi, G.  Pneumoconiosis in marble works.  In: Sili-
cosis  (Internat. Conf.  Silic.)  Geneve,  1930, 505.  ------
Sulla pneumoconiosi nei lavoratori del marmo.  Med. lavoro,
1931,  22: 425-31.—Dreessen,  W. C.   Effect of inhaled
marble dust as observed in Vermont marble finishers.  Pub.
Health Rep., Wash., 1934, 49: 724-32—Langelez & Uytden-
hoef.  Enquete medicale dans  les carrieres  souterraines de
uiarbre noir. Ber. Internat. Kongr. Unfallmed. (1938)  1939,
8. Congr.,  2:  989-93.—Mazzitelli, M.  La  lavorazione de!
marmo nelle cave e negli opifici di Carrara in rapporto alia
inalazione delle polveri e allaincidenza delle affezioni polmonari;
studi, ricerche  e  considerazioni statistiche.   Studium, Nap.,
1929,  19: 483, 531.—Turano, L.  Radiological and clinical
studies effected amongst the  Carrara  marble workers.  In:
Silicosis  (Internat. Conf. Silic.) Geneve,  1930, 509-11.
   MARBOEUF, Marcel, 1913-       *Grille  pro-
tectrice faciale pour chirurgie cervico-thoracique
[Paris]   35p.  illust.   24cm.   Xiort, F. Soulisse-
Martin, 1940.
   MARBURG,  Otto,  1874-        Der  Schlaf;
seine Storungen  und  deren  Behandlung.   48p.
8?   Wien, J. Springer, 1928.
   ----  Unfall und Hirngeschwulst; ein Beitrag
zur Aetiologie der Hirngeschwiilste.  106p.  illust.
8?   Wien, J. Springer, 1934.
   ----   Svmptomatologie  der  Erkrankungen
des Kleiiihirns.   p.  555-607.  8?   Berl., Urban
& Schwarzenberg, 1936.
   In: Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 5:
   ----   Die  traumatischen  Erkrankungen  des
Gehirns und Ruckenmarks.  p. 1-177.  8?  Berl.,
Urban  & Schwarzenberg, 1936.
   In: Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 11:
  ----  Multiple   Sklerose   (Encephalomyelitis
periaxialis scleroticans disseminata)  p. 54(1 693.
8?  Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1936.
  In: Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 13:
  - —  Die  chronisch  progressiven  nuclearen
Ann otrophien.  p.524-605.    8?  Berl.,  Urban
& Schwarzenberg,  1936.
  In: Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Bert., 1930, 16:
  ----  Hydrocephalus;   its   symptomatology.
pathology,  pathogenesis  and   treatment,  xvi,
217p.  illust.  22cm.  N. Y., O. Picst, 1910.
  For biography see in Modern M. World (Kagan, S. R.)
Bost., 1945, 69, portr.
  For Festschrift see Confinia  neurologica, Basel,  1946, 7:
Fasc. 1/2.
  — &  HELFAND,  Max.   Injuries  of the
nervous system, including poisonings,   xvi, 213p.
illust.   22cm.  X. Y., Veritas Pr., 1939.
  MARBURG, Germany.  Gesellschaft zur Be-
forderung der gesamten Naturwissenschaften zu
Marburg.  Schriften.   8. Bd.  iv, 273p.  pl.  tab.
8?  Marb., Elwert, 1857.
  MARBURG, Germany.  Institut  fiir experi-
mentelle Therapie Emil von Behring.
  See Behringwerke-Merkblatter. Marburg, No. 4, 1938-
  MARBURG,  Germany.    Universitat.  An-
nouncement.   Marb.,  1881/82-
  ----  Behring zum Gedachtnis;  Reden  und
wissenschaftliche Vortrage anlasslich der Behring-
Erinnerungsfeier, Marburg an der Lahn, 4. bis 6.
Dezember 1940.  vi, 200p.  illust.  portr.  facs.
tab. diagr.   30cm.   Berl., B. Schultz, 1942.

MARBURG, Germany.
  Wiese,  H.  *Erhebungen  iiber die gesund-
heitlichen Verhaltnisse  und  die Zusammcnsez-
zung  der  Bevolkerung in der  Stadt  Marburg.
19p.  8?   Marb., 1934.
  Bonhoflf.   Die Marburger medizinische Fakultat seit 1866.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1291-4.— Denecke, G.  Vier-
hundert Jahre Medizin  in Marburg.  Miinch.  med. Wschr.,
1927, 74: 1213-7.—Sorge, F.  Zur  Geschichte des medizini-
schen Unterrichts in Marburg a. L.   Ibid., 1231.—Uffenorde,
W.  Lehrer der Heilkunde und ihre Wirkungsstiitten;  Philipps-
Universitat, Marburg a. Lahn.  Ibid., 1933, 80: Kunstbeil.,
73-6.
  MARBURY, Charles Clagett, 1870-1941.
  For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1942, 1G: 598.  Also J. Am.
M. Ass., 1942, 118:244.  Also Med. Ann. District of Columbia,
1942, 11: 40.
  MARC,  Cecile,  1914-        *Traitement du
syndrome toxique choleriforme du nourrisson par
les instillations intraveineuses continues; methode
de  Karelitz  et  Schick    [Paris]  44p.  25cm.
Bord., E. Drouillard, 1940.
  MARC, Robert,  1905-       *Contribution  a
l'etude des labyrinthites aigues  au  cours  des
otites  aigues; deux observations de labyrinthites
a,   retardement.   75p.   8?   Par.,  M.  Vigne,
1931.
  M ARCADE, Paul Noel, 1909-      *Le mede-
cin frangais et la loi sur les  assurances sociales.
88p.   25>/2cm.  Bord., Delmas, 1933.
  MARCAIS, Joseph, 1909-       *Le syndrome
vagomimetique  dans  les -intoxications  alimen-
taires  et son  traitement   [Paris]  60p.   8?   La-
val, Barneoud, 1937.
   MARCAIS,  Rene,  1907-      *La  famille
-yphilitique.   lOOp.   8?   Par., Vigot fr., 1934.
  MARCAULT, Prosper, 1913-       *Du r61c
du  soufre et des vitamines dans la therapeutique
des catarrhes naso-pharynges. 31p.  24cm.  Par.,
E. Petit,  1940.
  MARC-DIBILDOS, Pierre, 1907-       '"Con-
tribution  k  l'etude  des  embolies  et  phlebites
post-operatoires.  93p.   24cm.   Par.,  L. Cario,
1938. 
MARCEAU
293
MARCHALANT
  MARCEAU, Rene, 1908-      *Le  probleme
economique de I'alcool devant l'hygiene  [Lyon]
60n   8°   Macon, J. Buguet Comptour, 1934.
  MARCEL, Marius Pierre.  *L'Helborsid Roche
ducoside toni-cardiaque  isole de  la racine de
l'Helleborus  niger.   24p.   ch.   8?   Lausanne,
  d  1936
  MARCELON, Georges Lucien  Rene,  1916
       Contribution k  l'etude  des  nephrites
aigues chez I'enfant  [Paris]  56p.  24cm.   Xan-
tes  Impr. Eclaireur ouest, 1942.
  MARCELOT-SIGUIER,  Irene,  1907-
*Les regimes alimentaires et la fonction  renalc
chez le nourrisson  [Paris]  lllp.  24>^cm. Tours,
Tourangelle, 1938.                      .
  MARCENIUK, Sawa.  *Les septicemics vei-
neuses subaigues.  26p. Geneve, Impr. du  Com-
merce, 1934.
  MARCET, Jane, 1769-1858.
  For biography see in Old Chemistries (Smith, E. F.) N. Y.,
1927, 64-71, portr.
  For portrait see Laboratory, Pittsb., 1936, 7:1.
  MARCET, William, 1828-1900. *
  For portrait see Collection in  Library.
  MARCH,  Alden, 1795-1869.
  For  portrait see Collection in Library.  Also in Founders
and Presidents of the Am. M.  Ass. (Arlington Chem. Co.)
Yonkers, N. Y., 1910, pl. 2.
  MARCH,  Georges  Victor Jose,   1913-
*Contribution a l'etude des lipomes de la langue.
80p.  8?  Par., Jouve &  cie,  1937.
  MARCH,  Peyton Conway, 1864-       Why
Leonard Wood missed A.  E. F. command and
active  service [Newspaper  clipping,  Sunday
Star  Magazine,   December  14,   1930]   1   1.
Wash., D. C,  Star Pub. Co., 1930.
  MARCHADIER,   Gilbert,   1905-       *La
tomographic en phtisiologie.  90p.   24cm.   Par.,
N. Maloine, 1939.
  MARCHADIER,  Robert, 1899-       traite-
ment  chirurgical de l'entropion senile.  67p.  pl.
8?  Par., M. Lac, 1928.
  MARCHAK, Victor,  1908-       "Contribu-
tion a l'etude  des debridements vulvo-vaginaux.
86p.  25cm.   Par., L. Arnette, 1939.
  MARCHAL, A.,  &  MERO,  O.  J. de.  La
liberty  de la  conception.   Nouv. ed.   217p.
diagr.  form.  19Kcm.  Par., Ed.  Medicis, 1940.
  At head of title: Une revolution.
  MARCHAL, Armand,  1913-       Contribu-
tion a l'etude de la reaction de Takata, test
d'insuffisance hepatique  [Lyon]  88p.  24}£cm.
Bourg, Berthod, 1937.
  MARCHAL, Charles, 1890-       *De l'even-
tration  chez le cheval  [Alfort; Vet.]  47p.  8?
Par., E. Le Francois, 1929.
  MARCHAL, Georges,  1892-       Consulta-
tions  de cardiologie.  vii,  227p.   illust.  diagr.
8?  Par., Masson & cie, 1935.
  MARCHAL, Georges  Rene,  1903-      *La
maladie de Buerger; k propos  de  deux observa-
tions personnelles.   112p.  24cm.  Nancy, Rigot
& cie, 1934.
  MARCHAL, J. G. Variation et  mutation en
bacteriologic  vii,  307p.  pl.   8?  Par.,  E.  Le
Francois, 1932.
  MARCHAL, Louis Gustave, 1913-       Con-
tribution a l'etude  de I'emploi  des  vaccinations
associees; vaccination triple antityphique et anti-
paratyphique  A  et B,  vaccination  T.  A. B.,
vaccination  antidiphterique,  vaccination  anti-
tetanique au cours de la  coqueluche de I'enfant.
21p.  23#cm.  Par., A. Lapied, 1939.
  MARCHAL, Maurice, 1902-       *La radio-
therapie de l'angine de poitrine.  85p.  8?   Par.,
Jouve & cie, 1928.
  MARCHALANT,  Leon  Raymond,  1912-
*Les moustiques a Bordeaux; essai de prophylaxie
culicifuge.   47p.   25cm.  Bord., Biere, 1938.
  MARCHAND (under the pseud. BEAUMONT)
L'enciclopedie  perruquiere;  ouvrage  curieux  k
l'usage de toutes sortes de tetes.  37p. (plus one
blank) 11 fold, plates between p. 34 & 35.   18}^cm.
Amst. (pl. print.) Paris, the Author,  1757.
  MARCHAND, Andree, 1915-      *Le m6ta-
morphisme  amyloide; k propos de trois  observa-
tions d'amylose dans un syndrome type Paltauf-
Sternberg.  72p.   24cm. Par., Libr. Le Francois,
1943.
  MARCHAND, Andre Jean,  1905-       Con-
tribution  a l'etude  des  insuffisances aortiques
fonctionnelles.  85p.  ch. . 8?   Par.,   M.  'Lac,
1932.
  MARCHAND, Charles M.   A careful selection
of  modern  Parisian  slang,  including  the  new
Argot des  tranchees,  with explanatory notes.
3. ed.   70p.  16?  Par., n. p., 19 . .
  MARCHAND,  Claude, 1918-       "'Dilata-
tions aigues digestives post-operatoires; role  de
la permeability.   79p.  24cm.   Par.,  R.  Foulon,
1943.
  MARCHAND, Felix, 1846-1928.
  For obituary see  Beitr. path. Anat., 1927-28, 79: H. 3
(Aschoff, L.) 1928, 80:1-3 (Verse, M.)  Also Deut. med. Wschr.,
1928, 54: 538  (Ernst, P.)'  Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1928  24:
319 (Benda, C.)  Also Sang, Par., 1928, 2: 257  (Oeller) Also
Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1928, 23: 533-45 (Hueck, W.) Also
Virchows Arch.,  1928, 268: H. 1 (Lubarsch, O.)  Also Zbl.
allg. Path., 1928, 42: 433-5 (Herzog,  G.)
  MARCHAND,  Jean,  1910-       *Sur  quel-
ques formes  particulieres  de  l'amylose resale.
64p.   8?   Par., Jouve & cie,  1936.
  MARCHAND,  Jean Ludovic Leon, 1873-
Maladies mentales; etudes anatomo-biologiques.
435p.   illust.  24cm.  Par., A. Legrand, 1939.
  See also Mignot, R. & Marchand, L. Manual technique de
rinfirmier des etablissements  d'aliemis. 2. 6d.  415p.   8".
Par., 1931.
  ----&  COURTOIS, Adolphe.   Les encepha-
lites  psychosiques.   144p.  illust.  8?  Par.,  E.
Le  Francois, 1935.
   MARCHAND, Jules      -1944.
   For obituary see Bruxelles med., 1945, 25: 55.
   MARCHAND, Leon.
   See Marchand, Jean Ludovic Leon.
   MARCHAND, Louis,  1907-       *L'epreuve
de  Queckenstedt en otologic   74p.  8?   Lyon,
Bose fr., 1935.
   MARCHAND, Micheline Jeanne Angele An-
dreanne,   1905-       *Etude  comparative  de
l'acide picrique et de l'acide para-nitro-salicylique
associe eu  rouge d'acridine et au sulfosterol en
therapeutique gynecologique  (et en particulier
dans le traitement  des metrites du col)  [Paris]
86p.  8?    Macon, X. Perroux & fils,  1935.
   MARCHAND, Nestor Leon, 1833-1911.
   For biography see Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 237
 (Stellfeld, C.)
   MARCHAND, Pierre, 1920-      "'L'assainis-
 sement des viandes tuberculeuses et  leur utilisa-
 tion  [Alfort; Vet.]  64p. tab.  24cm.   Par.,  R.
 Foulon, 1944.
   Under different cover also issued as a trade edition.
   MARCHANT, F. T.        «,„,„.
   See Jameson, W. W., & Marchant, F T.  Hygiene. 404p.
 8°  Lond., 1920.------«. A synopsis of hygiene. 2. ed. 514p.
 8°  Lond.,  1927.
   MARCHANT, Gladys Helen [M. D.,  1927,
 Lausanne]   *Etudes  sur  les actinomycetes; dis-
 tribution   et  morphologie  du  Mycobacterium
 aquae  (B.  Galli-Valerio)  32p.  8?   Lausanne,
 Impr. Litho. Simplon, 1927. 
MARCHANT
294
MARCH  FOOT
  MARCHANT,  Sir  James,  1867         Alfred
Russel Wallace; letters and reminiscences.   f>07p.
s?   X. Y., Harper & Bros, 1916.
  ----   Medical views  on birth control;  witli
an  introduction  bv  Sir Thomas Horder.   xix,
175p.   8°   Lond.,'M. Hopkinson & Co., 1926.
     —   The control  of parenthood,   xi,  203p.
12?   Lond.,  Putnam, 1935.
  MARCHANT, Jean,     -1738.
  For biography see Tribuna farm., Curitiba,  1942, 10: 61
(Stellfeld, C.)
  MARCHANT,  Pierre  Jacques Joseph,  1893-
       *Les luxations de l'epaule  compliquees de
fractures de  l'extremite"  superieure de l'humerus;
arrachements tuberositaires excepted.  20Sp.   pl.
8?   Par., L. Arnette, 1928.
  MARCHE, Jean  Charles,  190S        Con-
tribution  a  l'etude  de  la pasteurisation et  du
controle  hygienique des  laits.   vi,  112p.   illust.
tab.   pl.   24cm.  Xancv, L.  Rigot & cie, 1935.
  MARCHEIX, Pierre Camille, 1909-      Con-
tribution a l'etude et au traitement de la maladie
d'Addison.   63p.  8?   Par., E. Le Francois, 1937.
  MARCHENA  Lopez,  Demetrio de.  Con-
tribuci6n  al  estudio  de las  ulceras  corneales
[Santo Domingo]   72p.   23#cm.   Ciudad Tru-
jillo, Impr.  Montalvo, 1941.
  MARCHENAY, Robert, 1914       *Le regime
sec dans le traitement de l'insuffisance cardiaque.
;>0p.   24cm.  Par.,  R. Foulon, 1943.
  MARCHESANI,  Oswald,  1900-        Symp-
tomatologie  des-  Xervus  opticus  (einschliesslich
Stauungspapille)  p.38-129.  8?  Berl., J. Sprin-
ger, 1935.
  In: Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster)  Berl., 1935, 4:
  M ARCHESE, Eugenic  La legge sulle miniere
in Sardegna.  31p.   21cm.  Genova, Lavagnino,
1869.
  ---La proprieta  del  suolo nel  regno di'
buon  senso.  20p.   21cm.   Genova,  R.  I.  de'
Sordo-Muti, 1869.
  MARCHESE,  Santiago  Juan.  *Xeumoconi-
osis; estado  actual del tema,  silicosis  pulmonar.
80p.   illust.  26#cm.   B. Air., A. Guidi Buffa-
rini, 1939.
  MARCHETTI, Alessandro, 1633-1714.
  Cardini, M.  Alessandro Marchetti, il traduttore di Lu-
crezio.  Alcmeone,  N. Y.,  1939, 1: No. 4, 8-14.
  MARCHETTI, Andrew Anthony,  1901-
  Editor of New York Hospital. Woman's Clinic.  Handbook
of the  Lying-in Hospital. 2. ed.  158p.  22Ucm.  N  V
1942.

   MARCHETTI, Antoine, 1908-        *Les  pro-
toides du serum  sanguin dans  les etats anaphy-
lactoides; essai  de pathogenie, traitement.   187p.
2Acm.   Alger, S. Crescenzo, 1938.
  MARCHETTI, Bruno.  Edemi duri traumatici
provocati  degli arti;  loro cura coi raggi  ultra-
violets.   57p.   illust.   8?  Recanati,   R.  Sim-
boli, 1919.
  MARCHETTI,   Carlo.
  See Tassinari, P., tv Marchetti, C.  Le acque gassose-acidule-
a ealme eon litina dell-. -t-,bi miento  balneario G. Vannucchi
alle antiche terme di > M:o tre, in Uliveto (Pisa)  42p.  23cm
I'isn. 1874.

  MARCHETTI, Domenico.    Bozzetti  d'igiene
135p.   lS^cm.   Vicenza, 1872.
,, ----   Vicenza, Italy; statistica  sanitaria per
1 anno  1876.   16p.  tab.   21L,cm.   Vicenza  G
Burato, 1878.
  MARCHETTI,  Louis,  1912-       *Pohmor-
phisme clinique de la myoglobinurie paroxystique
du   cheval;   maladie  de   Lucet.   69d    25cm
Lyon, Bose fr., 1939.                   P'
MARCH foot.

  See under  Metatarsus.
  MARCH I, Ezio, 1869-190S.
  Sansonetti,  1*.  Ezio  Marchi  (1809-1908) In:  Annimrin
vet. ital., 1934-35,  536-9.

  MARCHI,  Luigi.  L'anafilassi  nelle  malattie
oculari.    105]).   8?   Roma,   La. Speranza. 11)21
  MARCHIAFAVA, Ettore, 1847 1935.   La per-
niciosita   nella  malaria.  66p.   8?   pl.   Roma
L. Pozzi,  192S.
  ----   L'eredita-   nella   patologia.  174p.  s?
Tor., Unione tipogr., 1930.
  Forms No. 13, parte generale, of Trat. anat. pat. (Foa, P.l
  ----La  malaria.   16p.  30cm.   Roma,  1st
Enciclop.  Ital.,  1934.
  For biography see Riv. malariol.,  1929, 8: 713-8, portr.
(Pontano)
  For obituary see Arch. ital. aunt, pat., 1936, 7: 207-25
(Sotti.G.)   Also Biochim. ter. sper., 1935, 22: 593.  Also Boll
Accad. med. Roma, 1936, 62: 119-27 (Bastianelli, G.)   Also
Brit. M. J., 1935,  2:  1078.   Also (iior. Accad.  med., Tor
1937, 100: pt 1,  20  2 (Vanzctti, F.)  Also .1. Parasit., Urbana'
1936, 22: 219 (Hackett, L. W.)  Also Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1:
271, portr.   Also Pathologica, Genova, 1936, 28:  93-9 (Boi.i-
piani, G.)  Also Policlinico,  1935, 42: sez.  prat.,  2348, portr.
(Bignami, F.)   Also Riv. malariol., 1936, 15: 185-95, portr'
(Missiroli, A., & Bastianelli,  G.)  Also Tr.  R. Soc.  Trop. M
Hyg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 425, portr. (Hackett, L. W.)

  ----  &   BIGNAMI,  Amico.  La  infezione
malarica;  manuale per  medici e studenti.   2.  ed.
[Edited by E.  Marchiafava and  A. Nazari]   xx,
686p.   illust. map.   25cm.   Milano, F. Vallardi,
1931.


MARCHIAFAVA  disease.

  See Brain,  Fibers, commissural:  Corpus callo-
sum; also  Hemoglobinuria, nocturnal.
  MARCHILLI, Ovidio J.
  See Capelli, J. F., & Marchilli, O. J.  Psicopatogenia de los
actos.   133p. 22!^cm.  B. Air.. 1936.
MARCHING.

  See also Infantry; Locomotion; Walking.
  Baader, E.   Der Fussmarsch.  In:  Wehrhygiene (Hand-
loser. S..etal.)  Berl., 1944, 389-91.—Baastad, W. F.  [Military
march competition]  Norsk, tskr. mil. med., 1931, 35: 7-19.—
Basler, A.  Ueber das Marschieren mit gekreuzten Schritten
und (lessen Zweekmiissigkeit.  Arbeitsphysiologie, 1935-36, 9:
119-24.—Boehmig.  Ueber  Verfassungs- (Konditions-)  Wer-
lung bei Opackmarxehen. Arzt & Sport, 1936, 2:  45. -----
I eber \ erfassungswertung bei Gepackmiirschen.  Deut. med.
Wschr., 1938,  64: 16-8.—Full &  Wenzig.  Welchen Einfluss
iibt das Nacktsein bei Sportiibungen auf die Leistungsfahigkeit
des  in  Uniform  und mit voller Ausriistung marschierenden
Soldaten unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Warmehaus-
haltes aus?  Veroff.  Heer. San.,  1930, H. 84, 30-60.—Kreg-
linger, G.   Weitere Erkenntnisse zur Frage der Marschleistung.
Med. Klin., Berl., 1940,  36: 1163.—Lidsky, J.  [Training for
forced marches]  Voen. san. delo, 1935, 11-7.—Muega, J. M.
La marcha.  Rev. san. mil.,  B. Air., 1933, 32: 99-120.—Nevin,
S. M.  The 100-mile forced march.  Vet. Bull., Wash., 1933,
27:  337-42.—Quintana, B.  Tecnica de marchas; movimiento
de una divisi6n detras de un frente de contacto.  Rev. estud.
mil., Madr., 1932, 2: 77-96, 3 map.—Reno, W. W.  A ready
means of increasing the marching radius of the soldier.   Mil.
Surgeon,  1910,  27:  237-47.—Steindler,  A.  On  marchinc
efficiency.  Ibid., 1937, 80: 377-84; 1940, 86: 256-63.—Szulc,
G.  [Military tests for marches and ski running from the view-
point of scientific research]   Lek. wojsk., 1936, 28: '810-23 —
Wagner  [Systematic marching exercises! Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
1927, 71: pt2,  1712-7.
----  Diseases.

   See also under Metatarsus.
   Hinz.  Vorbeugung und  Behandlung von Marschkrank-
beiten. Ther. Gegenwart,  1938, 79:  203-7- Kalina, O. G.
[Lffect of forced marches on the  hearing]  Odess. med. J.,
1930, 5: 340-4.—Markellov, N.  [Affections of the foot during
marches and  their  prevention]  Ortop.  travmat., 1934, 8:
"i8 l '—Moreau> F-  Les affections des pieds dues a lit marche.
Arch,  beiges Serv. san. armee,  1938, 91: 205-73.-Salchow.
Die Fussruckenschwiele  beim  Soldaten.  Deut.  Militararzt,
1938,  3: 214-7.—Scheinberg, O.  [fatigue and  regaining ol
energy during day and night marches]  Voen. san. delo,  1929,
107-1 o.— W'erthmann,  H.   Der  I'eberlastungsschaden  bei
Soldaten.   Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2: 393-401. 
MARCHING
295
MARCHOUX
 ---.  Effect.
    Eimer, K.  Ergebnisse orthodiagraphischer  Herzuntersu-
 chungen bei Gepackmarschen.   Zschr.  ges.  exp. Med., 1028,
 60: 521-31.—Fleisch, A.  Der Energieverbrauch des Men-
 schen bei Marscharbeit.  In:  Festschr. 70. Geburtst. Hermann
 Sahli, Basel, 1926, 366-73. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926,
 56: 692-4.—Fortunatov, M.  [Study of the effects of marches on
 the constitution of the soldier]  Voen. san. delo, 1936, No. 12,
 24_8.—Full & Wenzig.  Bestimmungen  des Energieverbrauchs
 bei Marschleistungen gelegentlich der  Heeresmeisterschaften.
 Veroff.  Heer. San., 1928, H. 83, 3-12.—Jung, A.  Untersu-
 chungen bei 100 km-Miirschen von Off ziersschulen.  Schweiz.
 med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 884-0  [Discussion] 894.—Kujiura, G.
 Investigation of the influence of  military marching on the func-
 tion of the circulatory system. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto,
 1933, 16: 1-5; 1933-34, 16: 310-5.—Knauer, A.  Die marschie-
 rende Kolonne, ihre soziologische Struktur, ihre sozialpsvehi-
 schen Wirkungen  und ihre erzieherische Bedeutung.  Zschr.
 pjidag. Psychol., 1935, 36: 59-87.—Nitescu, I. Gontzea. I., &
 Stroescu, V'. Lactacidemie et creatinurie comme test d'appre1-
 ciation  de l'effort  en marche.  Rapp.  Congr. internat. m£d.
 pharm.  mil., 1937,  9. Congr.,  2:  303.—Porri, G., Allegri, A., &
 Boni, I.  II consumo energetico nella marcia  a passo romano.
 Gior. med. mil., 1939, 87: 516-26.—Rabbeno, A.  Sur l'adapta-
 tion de l'organisme a la marche en haute montagne.  Arch. ital.
 biol., 1925, 75: 7-12.—Schenk,  P.  Aerztliche Beobachtungen
 bei den Gepackmarschen der  Heeresmeisterschaften  1927.
 Veroff. Heer. San., 192S, H. 83,  13-55.—Schrumpf, A.  [Series
 examinations of soldiers after  marching tests]  Norsk mag.
 laegevid.,  1932, 93: 1313-20.—Thiele.   Aerztliche  Beobach-
 tungen an Teilnehmern eines Armee  Gepackmarsches.   Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1915, 41: 1425-8.


 ---  Hygiene.

    Atjsterveil,  C.   *Etude sur  l'hygiene  de  la
 marche.  39p.   8?   Par., 1937.
    Roch,  C.   *Hygiene de  la  marche  en haute
 montagne.   63p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
    Cheatle, G.  L.   Orthopaedics of sentry go.  Brit.  M.  J.,
 1943, 2: 213.—Gonzalez Cosio, A.  La supervisidn  medica
 como factor de 6xito de las marchas.  In: Mem. Sem. med. mil.,
 M<?x., 1937, 1. Congr., 49-64.   Also Rev. med.  mil.,  Mex.,
 1938, 1: 106-18.—Habig.  Considerations  sur  le  S. S.  tie
 l'avant; le  service de sante'  en marche.  Arch, beiges Serv.
 san. arm^e,  1940,  93:  93-105.—Kasianov,  V.,  & Volchkov,
 B. [Methods in carrying out  a forced, long march]  Voen
 san. delo, 1937, No. 3.,  19-26.—Kreglinger.  Sportarztliche
 Winke fiir den Truppenarzt zur Verbesserung der Marschlei-
 stung und  Haltung der Truppe.   Miinch. med.  Wschr.,
 1936, 83:  181.—Levandowsky, V.  [Certain  principles  of
 personal hygiene in the Red Army during  marches]  Voen.
 san. delo, 1935, 16-20.—Lldsky, J., Voskresensky, O. [et al.]
 [600  kilometers of mechanical  march]   Ibid.,  l937, No.  3,
 30-5.—Maerz.  Fusspflege und  Marschleistung.  Deut. Mili-
 tararzt,  1937, 2: 363.—Marching tip.   Bull.  Army M.  Dep.,
 Lond., 1943, No. 25, 2.—Navarro, M.  Prevencao dos acidentes
 das marchas.  Rev. paul. med., 1943,  22: 381.—Petrov,  M.
 [Medical control during  training for  forced  marches]  Voen.
 san. delo,  1935,  17-20.—Rachkov,  A.  [Diet regimen  during
 long marches] Ibid., 1936, No.  12, 12-7.—Ramos Guardia, H.
 Las marchas en las alturas.  Rev. mil. Peru, 1942, 39: 215-35.—
 Ruiz  Huidobro, R.  Funcionamiento del servicio sanitario,
 dentro de la division de ejercito,  regimiento y batallon  de
 infanterfa en campana durante la marcha, descanso y combate.
 Rev. san. mil., B.  Air., 1931, 30: 477-96.—Sanitation of  the
 march.  J. R. Army M. Corps,  1943, 81: 135-7.—Saveliev. A
 [Drinking regime during  marches]   Voen. san.  delo,  1929'
 34-42— Schattenstein, D. Kosiakov, K., & Chirkin, M.  [Ap-
 plication of stimulating substances for the increase of endurance
 during marches]  Ibid., 1936, 18-22.—Seleskeridi, I. G.  [Hy-
 giene  during marches]  Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No.  2,  61;
 No. 3, 54.  ---■—   [Marches under particular circumstances;
 freezing  and hot  weather]   Ibid., No. 5,   60-4.—Shangin,
 N.  I.  [Hygiene  of the march] Med.  sestra,  1944, No.  3,
 5-8.—Steindler, A.  Marching hygiene.  Mil. Surgeon. 1940,
 86:494-6.

   MARCHIONNESCHI,   Ottaviano.  Breve  ca-
 suistica  della   condotta   medico-chirurgica   di
 Sarteano.  19p.  22cm.   Tor.,  Roux & Favale,
 1878.
   MARCHMAN,  Oscar  Milton,  1872-
   For portrait see Messenger, 1941, 38: No. 2, 15.

   MARCH (The)  of medicine, lectures  to the
 laity.
   See New York Academy of Medicine.  The march of medi-
 cine, lectures to the laity.

   MARCHON, Jacques, 1913-       *Les  intoxi-
cations par Tani'line  et  ses derives.   55p.  25}-2
cm.   Par., Vigot fr.,  1939.
  MARCHOUX, Francois Emile Gabriel, 1862-
 1943.
   For obituary see Ann. Inst.  Pasteur,  Par.,  1944, 70:  1-6,
 portr.  Also Bol. Acad.  nac. med., Rio, 1944, 115: No. 6
 25-9 (Souza Araujo, H., & Ferrari, A.)  Also Bull. Acad. meU,
 Par.,  1943, 127: 586-92  (Ramon, G.)  Also Bull. Soc. path.
 exot., Par., 1943, 36:  319-24.  Also J. clin., Rio, 1944, 24:
 379, 1945,  25: 47.  Also Presse med., 1943, 51:  563, portr.
 (Mathis, (',)
   For portrait see Collection in  Library.


 MARCHPANE.

   See also Confection.
   Buttenberg,  P.  Ueber Marzipan  und  Marzipanersatz.
 Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1926, 52:  153-65.—Fincke, H.
 I ntersuchungen  uber  Marzipan, Marzipanersatzstoffe  und
 Mandeln.  Ibid., 423-41.  ------  Geschichte des Marzipans
 bis zum Anfange des 19. Jahrhunderts. Ibid., 1927, 53: 100-26.
         Geschicht'iches vom Marzipan undseinenErsatzwaren
 Ibid., 1928,  56:  335-40.—Keller. O.  Ueber Marzipan  und
 Marzipanersatz.  Ibid.,  1926,  52:  151.   ------   Marzipan
 und Marzipanersatz.   Ibid., 1927, 54: 78-83.— Pritzker, J., &
 Jungkunz.  R.  Beitrag  zur  Untersuchung des Marzipans.
 Ibid., 1929, 57: 85-90                        .   •

   MARCHUS,  Dorothy.
   See Glidden, S. H..  & Marchus, D.  A library classification
 for public administration  materials. 510p. 25cm. Chic. 1942.
   MARCIALIS, Italo, 1895-1940.
   For obituary see Pediatria (Riv.) 1940,  48: 792.
   MARCILIO,  Vicente  [M. D.,  1929, S.  Paulo]
 *A  doutrina  do   risco  profissional  extensivo a
 profissao do medico; contribuigao ao  seu estudo.
 51p.  8?  S.  Paulo  [n. p.] 1929.
   MARCILLE, Maurice,  1871-1941.
   Mathieu, P.   [Necrologie]  Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1941.
 67: 646.

   MARCILLE, Sabine, 1909-        *Le  mucus
 cervical normal et pathologique.  120p.  24cm.
 Par.,  M.  Lavergne, 1941.
   MARCINIAK, Tadeusz, 1895-        Ueber  die
 Muskeln,   Nerven  und   Blutgefasse  der  Hals-,
 Schulter- und Brustgegend von Abrachius.   103p.
 illust.   pl.   8?   Jena, G. Fischer [1935]
   MARCINKOWSKI, Karol, 1800-46.
   Bross, K.  [Sickness and death of Dr. K. Marcinkowski]
 Med. prakt., Poznan, 1936, 10: 146-52,  portr. â– -----  [Two
 medical certificates  for  Karol Marcinkowski]  Ibid., 1938, 12:
 264-70.   ------  [Dr.  Karol Marcinkowski in contemporary
 letters] Ibid., 445-9.—Zielewicz  [Heredity of spirit]  Nowiny
 lek., 1938, 50:704, portr.
   For portrait see Collection in  Library.
   MARCINOWSKI, Johann Jaroslaw, 1868-
 Der  Mut zu  sich  selbst;  das  Seelenleben  des
 Nervosen und seine  Heilung.   vii, 400p.   illust.
 24cm.   Berl., O. Salle,  1912.
   ----   Minderwertigkeitsgefuhle.  92p.  21cm,
 Prien am Chiemsee, Anthropos Verl., 1924.
   Forms Bd 10, Nervose  Mensch.
   MARCKS, Paul W., 1911-        *Die Allergie
 in  ihren  Zusammenhangen  mit  Rheumatismus
 und Gicht   [Berlin]  32p.  21cm.   Gutersloh i.
 W.,  Thiele, 1937.
   MARCKSTADT, Karl Otto,  1907-       *Bei-
 trag  zur  Agranulocytose  (Bericht  iiber  6 Falle)
 [Berlin]  p.303-28.   8?   Wurzb.,  H. Stiirtz, 1936.
   Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1935-36, 39:
   MARCKWORT,  Gerhard,  1909-        *Bei-
 trage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Thromboangitis  oblite-
 rans   (Burger'sche Krankheit)  24p. 8?  Wiirzb.,
 C. Nieft, 1935.
   MARCLAND, Jean, 1903-       *Sur un cas
 de grossesse  tubaire bilaterale  et  simultan6e.
 47p.   8?   Par., C. Lavauzelle & cie, 1933.
   MARCLAND,   Josette,  1912-         *Etude
 clinique et indications operatoires des  cas limited
 dans le traitement chirurgical  de la tuberculose
 pulmonaire.  128p.  illust.  ch.   24cm.  Par., C.
 Lavauzelle  & cie, 1941.
   MARCO, Angela [pseud.]
   See Mearkle, Annie L.

   MARCO, Frederico de.  Consideragoes sobre
a physio-pathologia do shock  [These  de habilit.]
61p.   22cm.   Curityba, Franga  & cia, 1928. 
MARCO
296
MARCOVICI
   ----  Consideragoes sobre o cyclo da agua no
 organismo;  regimens  das bebidas   [These  de
 habilit.]  67p.  pl.  23cm.  Curityba, Franga &
 cia, 1928.
   ----  A  malariotherapia  na  paralysia  geral
 [These de  habilit.]   58p.   23cm.    Curityba,
 Franga & cia, 1928.
   MARCOFF, Boris, 1897-       *Etude sur la
 valeur anti-infectieuse des derives sulfamides, en
 therapeutique  canine    [Vet.]   47p.   24^cm.
 Toulouse, Impr.  R6gionale, 1937.
   MARCOMBES, Eugene, 1906-      *Les pan-
 cr£atites subaigues  k repetition; leurs  relations
 avec les pseudo-kystes  du pancreas et la  pan-
 creatite chronique.  84p.  8?  Par., Jouve & cie,
 1934.
   MARCOMBES, Gabriel Leon, 1906-   *Etude
 statistique  des  appendicectomies  pratiques  a
 Bordeaux  de  1925 k 1936.  50p.  8?   Bord.,
 Biere, 1937.
   MARCO  Merenciano,  Francisco.   Esquizo-
 frenias paranoides; psicopatologia y tratamiento.
 94p.  illust.  20^cm.  Madr., Ed. Miguel Servet,
 1942.
   ----  Psicosis mitis; los enfermos mentales que
 consultan  al  internista.   200p.  22cm.   Madr.
 [n. p.] 1946.
   MARCONDES, Durval Bellegarde, 1899-
 Nogoes  gerais de higiene mental  da   crianga.
 185p.   19cm.  S. Paulo, Livr.  Martins,  1946.
   MARCONDES, Jose Reynaldo [M.  D.,  1929,
 S.  Paulo]   *A reacgao  de Gomes para o  diag-
 nostico precoce da lepra e seu  valor prophylac-
 tico. 50p.   8?  S. Paulo, H. Cunha & cia,  1929.
   ----  Enfarte  do  miocardio  (estudo  clfnico)
 219p.  pl.  27cm.  S. Paulo, Rev. dos tribunals,
 1940.
   MARCONDES, Moyses.   Formulario thera-
 peutico magistral.  922p.  20cm. Lisb., Viuva
 Bertrand & cia, 1888.
   MARCONDES Calasans, O.  *Anatomia  do
  Elexus tympanicus no homem.  138p.   23}'2cm.
  . Paulo, Tipogr. Rossolillo,  1940.
   MARCONDES do  Nascimento, Jose.  ♦Reac-
 gao de Stockis; contribuigao para o diagnostico da
 intoxicagao oxycarbonada.  53p.  8?  S. Paulo,
 E.  Papelaria, 1929.
   MARCONI, Guglielmo, 1874-1937.
   For biography see  Ann. Accad. Italia, 1930-31, 9: 121-4.—
 Bolton, S. K.  Guglielmo Marconi.  In her Famous Men of
 Sc, X. Y., 1938, 363-76.—Kelly, E.  The memorial to Marconi.
 Se.  Month., 1942, 54: 92,  portr.—Marconi en Madrid y la
 telegrafla sin hilos.  Rev. med.  contemp., Madr., 1912,  34:
 70.—Omaggio a Guglielmo Marconi.  Minerva med.,  Tor.,
 1941, 32: varia, pt 1, 454.—Persico, E.  Sul significato  scien-
 tifico dell'opera di Marconi.  Scientia, Bologna,  1938,  64:
 161-4.—Turpain, A.  Marconi, inventeur de la T. S. F.  Sci-
 ences, Par., 1938, 66: 105-11.
  For obituary see Biochim. ter. sper., 1937, 24: 369-73,  portr.
 (Vanzetti, B. L.)  Also Boll. mal. orecchio,  1937, 55: 279.
 Also Mem Acad. nac. cienc. Antonio Alzate, 1940,  55:  171-6
 (Manzanilla,  M. A.)  Also Sc. Month.,  1938,  47: 144-51
 (Jackson, D. C.) Also Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1937)  1938
 371-5 (Swann, W. F. G.)
  MARCOS Rey, Adolfo.  *Las  perturbaciones
 hep&ticas en los enfermos  de tirotoxicosis.   93p.
 26cm.   B.  Air., Amorrortu,  1940.
  MARCOTORCHINO, Jean Dominique, 1914-
       *Le  somnambulisme;  essai de coordina-
 tion psychologique,  physiologique  et  clinique.
 97p.  25cm.  Lyon, Impr. des  Facultes, 1938.
  MARCOU, Andre, 1897-       *Les  manifes-
 tations urinaires  dans  le cancer  du  rectum
40p.  8?  Par., Jouve & cie, 1929.
  MARCOUR, Arnold,  1908-       *Ueber  die
 Wirkung des Arsens auf  die Sauerstoffzehrung in
uberlebendem  Gewebe    [Munster]   31p     8°
 Werne-Lippe, F.  Grube,  1937.
   MARCOVICI, Avram, 1910r       *Syndrome
 de syphilis congenitale constitute  par l'associa-
 tion de la k£ratite interstitielle et de l'hydarthrose
 du genou.  40p.  8?   Par., L. Rodstein, 1937
   MARCOVICI,  Bernard, 1909-       *L'ictere
 grave  familial  du  nouveau-nd   (maladie  de
 Pfannenstiel)  55p.  8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1935
   MARCOVICI,  Eugene  Ernest,   1885-
 Handbook  on diet,   viii, 323p.  8?   Phila  F
 A. Davis co., 1928.
   MARCOVICI, Mosa, 1903-      *La syphilis
 majeure  du  nourrisson  et  son traitement  (en
 particulier  par  les  preparations   bismuthiques
 liposolubles)  71p.   8?  Par., Edit. sc. & ther
 1933.
   MARCOVICI, Paul, 1909-       *Au sujet de
 la prostitution; l'experience de  Grenoble. 82p
 8?   Par., Vigot fr.,.1937.
   ----   Intdret  clinique  de la sedimentation
 sanguine.  151p.  illust.  tab.  ch.  21cm.  Par.,
 Ed. Initiatiques, 1945.
   At head of title: Recherches effectuees en capitivite-.
   MARCOVICI,  Rali,  1908-      *Etude  cri-
 tique sur l'allergie; ses rapports avec  l'immunite"
 et l'anaphylaxie.  44p.  8?   Par.,  Jouve & cie,
 1934.
   MARCOVIGI,  Giulio.  Un ospedale militare
 di  guerra.  44p.  illust.  pl.   8?   Bologna,  L.
 Cappelli,  1917.
   MARCOZZI,  Aldo, & SERRA, Giacomo. Der-
 matosi  scolastiche.   vii, 118p.  illust.  24^cm.
 Tor., Minerva Med., 1930.
   MARCQUE, Philippe [D. V. M.,  1942, Alfort]
 Le germon, ou thon blanc; biologie, p£che, utilisa-
 tion,   lllp. . illust.  map.   tab.  diagr.  24cm,
 Par., R. Foulon [1942]
   MARCQUIS,  Lazare, 1574-1647.  *De func-
 tionibus et humoribus.  15p.   roy.  8?  Antwer-
 pen, Fr. Raphenlegi, 1594.
  —•—  De febribus.  4 1.  8?  Antwerpen, T.
 Basson, 1595.
   See also:
   Vigilantitjs,  G.   Elegai in honorem  Lazari
 Marcquis.  [4] 1.  8?   Antwerpen, 1595.
   MARCU, Godel, 1907-       *Les septic6mies
 a  streptocoques  d'origine  auriculaire et leur
 traitement par  le serum de Vincent.  48p.   8?
 Par., Presses Univ., 1935.
   MARCUCCI,  Gregorio, 1717-1805.   Enudatio
 humanae  naturae  ubi arcanae  activitatis eius
 physicae  usui medico  et philosophico mysteria
 develantur.   12p.; 174p.; Ip.  12?  Lucca, Giu-
seppe Rocchi, 1796.
   MARCUS,  Avram,  1908-       *Les icteres
 du nouveau-nd.   42p.  8?  Par.,  Jouve &  cie,
 1935.
   MARCUS, C.  J.,     -1927.
  For obituary see Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1927,  31: 6.
   MARCUS,  Else,   1891-      *Beitrag  zur
 Frage  der  Jugularisunterbindung  bei  Sinus-
thrombose.   22p.   8?  Miinch. [n.  p.]  1925.
   MARCUS,  Emanuel.  *Supposed role  of the
 adrenals in hypertension; quantitative studies on
effective epinephrin  concentrations in  systemic
blood  and their relation  to  epinephrin output
from the  adrenals; quantitative studies on  loss
of  epinephrin  from  circulating   blood.  22p.
24cm.   Chic, Univ.  Chicago Libr., 1939.
  MARCUS,  Emmanuel  [M. D.,  1940,  Bern]
*Etude sur l'activite de la station antirabique
Suisse  de  1900-1939.   31p.   22}£cm.   Bern, G.
Grunau, 1940.
  MARCUS,  Hans  Werner,  1909-       *Die
Hypertrophie des  lymphatischen  Rachenringes 
MARCUS
297
MARCUSE
 und ihre Bedeutung bei der  Entstehung  von
 Kieferanomalien.  45p.   8?   Bonn,  P.  Kubens,
 1932
   MARCUS,  Harry, 1880-       *Ein  Beitrag
 zur Kenntnis der Blutbildung bei Knochenfischen
 [Munchen]  21p.  8?  Bonn, F.  Cohen,  1905.
   Also Arch. mikr. Anat.. 1905. 46:
   MARCUS, Harry, 1906-     *Ueber Knochen-
 regeneration im Rontgenbilde.  31p.  8?  Berl.,
 n. p., 1931.
   MARCUS, Henry Isaac, 1866-1944.
   For Festschrift see Sven. lak. sail, hand., 1931, 57: portr.
   MARCUS,  Use,  1900-       *Die   nervose
 Regulation des Kohlenhydratstoffwechsels.   19p.
 8?  Berl., E. Ebering, 1927.
   MARCUS, Karl, 1873-1936.
   For obituary see Hygiea, Stockholm, 1936,  98: 1-7, portr.
 (Strandberg, J.)  Also Sven. lak. tidn., 1936, 33: 33, portr.
 (Holmgren, I.)        •
   For portrait see  Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935)
 1936. 9. Congr., 4: 159.
   MARCUS, Kurt, 1899-       *Ulcus duodeni
 mit posthamorrhagischer Amaurose  nach Haut-
 verbrennung   [Berlin]  39p.  8?   Charlottenb.,
 Gebr. Hoffmann, 1926.
   MARCUS, Maurice [M. B., 1920, London]
   Translator of Achard, E. C. The oedema of Bright's disease.
 231p.  8?  Lond., 1930.
   MARCUS, Max, 1892-       *Ueber  Storun-
 gen des  Fettstoffwechsels bei akuten Pankreas-
 erkrankungen.   16p.  8?   Miinch., J. Lehmaier,
 1927.
   MARCUS, Milton, 1911-      * Versuche uber
 den  Zusammenhang  zwischen   paroxysmaler
 Tachykardie   und   Hyperthyroidismus.    16p.
 21cm.   Miinch., P. Waizmann,  1937.
   MARCUS, Moise, 1910-        *Le  depistage
 de la syphilis  k la  maternite  de l'H6pital-St-
 Antoine;  resultats  des  traitements.  40p.  8?
 Par., Impr. Pascual,  1935.
   MARCUS, Osias,  1907-      *Indications et
 technique du gavage des nourrissons.  67p.  8?
 Par., Lipschutz,  1934.
   MARCUS, Paul Leon  Bernard, 1903-
 *Maladie osseuse de Paget et  syphilis.  48p.  pl.
 8?   Par., A. Legrand, 1928.
   MARCUS,  Pinco,  1912-      *La femme du
 syphilitique.   32p.  24cm.   Par.,  Stud.  Steno-
 Dactyl,  1939.
   MARCUS,  Simon  A.,  1895-      *Essai sur
 les senilites naturelles et  pathologiques.   67p.
 8?  Par., M. Vigne, 1929.
   MARCUS, Simone, 1911-        *Le scoutisme
 comme methode de reeducation  des  troubles du
 caractere  chez I'enfant et l'adolescent.  13lp.
 24cm.  Par., A. Legrand, 1938.
   MARCUS, William Elder, 1883-
  See Baldwin, E. V., & Marcus, W. E.  Library costs and
 budgets. 201p.  23Hcm.  N. Y., 1941.
  MARCUSE, Harry, 1876-1931.  Die  psychi-
 schen Reaktionsformen.   262p.   8?  Berl.,  S.
 Karger,  1929.
  Forms H. 50, Abh. Neur. Psychiat.
  For obituary see Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1931, 33: 169.
  MARCUSE,  Julian,  1862-       Grundzuge
 einer  sexuellen  Padagogik  in   der  hauslichen
 Erziehung.    45p.    23cm.   Miinch.,   Aerztl.
 Rdsch., 1908.
  ---   Geburtenregelung,  die  Forderung der
 Zeit.  188p.  22cm.  Stuttg., J. Puttmann, 1928.
  MARCUSE, Max,  1877-    Handworterbuch
 der Sexualwissenschaft; Enzyklopadie der natur-
 urid  kulturwissenschaftlichen Sexualkunde  des
 Menschen.  iv, 481p.  4?   Bonn,  A. Marcus &
E. Weber, 1923.
  —;—   Die Ehe; ihre Physiologie, Psychologie,
Hygiene  und Eugenik; ein biologisches Ehebuch.
ix,  621p.   8?   Berl., A. Marcus  & E. Weber,
1927.
         Der Praventivverkehr  in  der medizini-
schen   Lehre  und  arztlichen   Praxis.  173n
illust.   8?  Stuttg., F. Enke, 1931.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MARCUSE,  Peter.   *Ueber  krebszell-feind-
liche  Stoffe  in  der  Placenta.  36p.  23^cm
Basel,  K. Schahl, 1939.                       '
   MARCUSOHN,   Lazare,  1908-       *Hy-
giene du paysan roumain dans la plaine.  35p
8?   Par., Jouve & cie, 1935.
   MARCUSSEN, EUef,  1857-
   Portrait. In: Norges laeger  (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 101
   MARCUSSEN, Torgny, 1894-
   Portrait. In: Norges laeger  (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.,

   MARCUSSON, Henriette  Begun,  1899-
*Untersuchungen  iiber  das Hemagglutinin der
Kartoffelknolle   [Berlin]   25p.   8?  Jena,  G
Fischer, 1925.
   Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1925-26, 45: 49-73.
   MARCUTIUS, Gregorius.
   See Marcucci, Gregorio.
   MARCY, Charles Howard, 1889-
   For portrait see Dis. Chest, 1942, 8: 349.  Also Nu Sigma Nu
Bull., 1940-41, 30: 49; 1942, 31:  38.  Also Pennsylvania
Health,  1941-42, 2: No. 2, 21.
   MARCY,  Jacques, 1907-      *Les kystes
de l'ovaire  suppures; etude  clinique et  thera-
peutique.   79p.   24cm.   Par.,  V.  Degrange,
1938.
   MARCY, N. Y.   Marcy  State Hospital.  An-
nual report to the  Department  of  Mental Hy-
giene.   Marcy, v.l  (1931-32) 1933-
   MARDER,  Max,  1898-      *Die Verhinde-
rung der Keimzunahme in eingesandten  Wasser-
proben.   30p.  8?   Bonn, H. Trapp, 1925.
   MARDERSTEIG, Klaus, 1900-       *Ueber
Verknocherungsvorgange   in    knochenfernen
Weichteilen.  29p.   8?  Munch.,  C.   Wolf   &
Sohn,  1926.
   MARDINI.
   See Masawaih [al Mardini; Mesue junior]
   MARDONES  Acosta, Arturo [M.  D., 1908,
Chile]
   For portrait see Rev. m6d. Chile, 1944, 72: 776.
   MARDONES Restat, Jorge.   *C0ntribuci6n
al estudio del metabolismo minimo y metabolismo
de tejidos;  sus modificaciones por acci6n de la
tiroxina  [Chile]  83p. 8?  Santiago, Impr. Uni-
versitaria, 1930.
   MARDRUS, Charles,  1910-       *Les frac-
tures recentes, fermees de  l'extremite inferieure
du femur chez I'adulte;  etude therapeutique.
172p.   24cm.   Par., N.  Maloine, 1938.
   MARDRUS, Jules Ary, 1912-      *Le traite-
ment des troubles des regies par le drainage de la
cavite  uterine avec aspiration. 47p.  24cm.  Par.,
R. Foulon, 1943.
   MARE, Goran  de.   Audiometrische  Unter-
suchungen iiber das Verhalten des normalen und
schwerhorigen Ohres bei funktioneller Belastung
nebst  Bemerkungen zur  Theorie des  Gehors.
173p.  8?   Stockh., Hosp.  Sabbatsberg, 1939.
  Forms Suppl. 31, Acta otolar., Stockh.

MARE.
   See under Horse.
   MAREA, E.  Wife's manual containing advice
and valuable instruction  for  married   women
and those  anticipating  marriage.   125p.  16?
[n. p.]   1896.
  MARECAUX, Lucienne Marie, 1910-
*Le  lipiodol pleural transparietal;  son interet
pour le diagnostic et le  reperage chirurgical des 
MARECAIX
298
MARESCOT
collections plcurales  [Nancy]  77]).   illust.   pl.
24cm.  Lille, Impr. Douriez-Bataille, 1936.
  See also Bernou, A., Canonne, I... & Marecaux, L.  Aspira-
li«m et pyothorax.  65p.  24cm.  I'ar., 1938.
  MARECHAL, Benjamin Jules Edouard, 1883-
       *Contribution  a  l'etude  de   la  metrite
puerperale  chez  la vache  (Alfort;  Vet.]  31p.
8?   Saint-Quentin [n. p.] 1927.
  MARECHAL,   Jean,  1913-       ♦L'electro-
coagulation du col vesical dans le  traitement de
l'incontinence urinaire  infantile.   107p.   23cm.
Par., A. Lapied, 1939.
  MARECHAL, Marie  Ernestine Berthe,  1903-
       *Ktude de  Taction de la  folliculine dans
le glaucome et essais de therapeutique par l'hor-
mone   du  corps   jaune.   lllp.   8?  Par.,  V.
Degrange, 1937.
  MARECHALLAT, Pierre,  1911-        Con-
tribution a l'etude  comparee de l'hemogramme
et  du  mveiogramme  dans  la  rougeole   [Lyon]
59p.   25J-2cm.  Bourg, Berthod,  1938.
  MAREK,  Jozsef, 1S6S-      Lehrbuch  der
klinischen Diagnostik  der inneren Krankheiten
der  Haustiere.   3. Aufl.  xii, 596p.   illust.   pl.
8?   Jena, G.  Fischer, 1937.
  See also Hutyra, F., Marek, J.,  & Manninger, R.  Special
pathology and thei:ip< utics of the diseases of  domestic animals.
4. Engl. ed.  3v.  25cm. Lond., 1938.
  See also [Retirement of Jdzsef Marek]  Allatorv. lap., 1935,
58: 273.- Zimmermann, A.  [Seventieth anniversary of Joseph
Marek]  Ibid., 1938, 61: 137-9, portr.
  ---- & WELLMANN, Oszkar.  Die Rachitis
in  ihren  atiologischen,  biochemischen,   patho-
genetischen,   pathologisch-anatomischen  und
klinischen Beziehungen; eine experimentelle und
vergleichende Studie.   2v. viii, 362p.; vii, 480p.
illust.  pl.   8?  Jena, G. Fischer, 1931-32.

MAREK fowl paralysis.
  See Encephalomyelitis, avian.
  MARENBACH,  Karoline, 1903-       *Ueber
das Spatresultat einer Rovsing'schen Gastropexie.
23p.   8?   Bonn, P. Kubens, 1927.
  MARENHOLTZ, Moritz  Hermann Karl Emil,
Freiherr  von,  1879-       Augenerkrankungen
im  Kindesalter.   24p.   8?  Berl.,  H.  Kornfeld,
1927.
  Forms H. 382, Berl. Klin.
  MARENZI  Bula, Agustin  Domingo,   1900-
Estudios  bioquimicos  sobre los fenoles.   138p.
tab. diagr.  25cm.   B. Air., T.  Palumbo, 1933.
  ----  Fotometria y  su  aplicaci6n al  andlisis
biol6gico.   179p.   illust. tab. diagr.   23cm.   B.
Air., El Ateneo, 1941.
  See also Deulofeu, V., & Marenzi, A. D.  Curso de qufmica
biologica.  2. ed.  567p. 23cm.  B. Air., 1940. Also 3. ed
517p.  25cm.  1942.
  MARES, Frantisek, 1857-
  Laufberger. V.  |80th anniversary of Prof. Mare§]  Cas.
lek.  desk., 1937, 76: 1713, portr.
  MARESCH, Rudolf, 1868-1936.
  For Festschrift see Beitr. path. Anat.. 1928,  80: No. 2.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1936,  106: 1216.  Also
Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1936,  83: 612, portr. (Gruber, G. B)
Also Verh. Deut. path. Ges.,  1937, 29: 393-400 CChiari,  H)
Also  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 97-9 (Pick, E.  P.)  Also
Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 145-9, portr. (Wiesner R  &
Chiari, H.)  Also Zbl.  allg. Path., 1936-7, 65:  1-3 (Hamper],

  MARESCHAL,  Georges,  1658-1736.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also in Collect, art
Fac. med., Paris (Legrand, N.) Par., 1911, pl. 39.
  MARESCHAL,   Pierre,   1903-       *L'olive
bulbaire  (anatomie,  ontogenese,  phylogenese,
physiologie et pbysiopathologie)   [Paris]   215p.
8?   Cahors, A. Coueslant, 1934.
   AlARESt OT. Michel, 1539-1605.
   Ini portrait mt m Collect, art. l'ac. med., Paris (Legrand,
N'.i Par.. l'.M 1. pl. OK.
   MARESQl ELLE, Henri Jean, 1S9S-       ]J&
signification  generale de la difference sexuelle.
74]>.   25}£cm.   Par.,  Hermann & cie, 1937.
   MARESSELLE,  Felix,  1909-  .    *Contri-
bution a  l'etude  du  traitement  chirurgical des
thrombophiebites pelviennes suppurees d'origine
puerperales  [Paris]   78p.  8?   Amicus,   Impr
Nouvelle, 1936.
   MARET, Erich Paul Friedrich,  1911-
*Postoperative  Komplikationen  und ihre  Be-
handlung   [Rostock]   44p.   22cm.   Diisscld.,
G. H. Xolte, 1937
   MARETT, John Ranulph de la Haule, 1900 10.
Race, sex,  and environment; a study of mineral
deficiency  in  human evolution.  342p.  map.
diagrs.  8?   Lond., Hutchinson, 1936.
   MARETT, Robert Ranulph, 1866-1943.  Faith,
hope,  and  charity in primitive  religion.   239p.
22cm.  N. Y.,  Macmillan Co., 1932.
   ---- Head, heart & hands in human evolution.
302p.   8?  Lond., Hutchinson,  1935.
   ----James George Frazer, 1854-1941.   17p.
portr.  26cm.  Lond., H. Milford,  1942.
   Repr. from Proc. Brit. Acad., Hist., 1942, 27:
   For obituary see Man, Lond., 1944, 44: 33-5, portr. (Penni-
man, T. K.)
   MARETTE,  Franchise, 1908-        *Psych-
analysc et pediatrie;  le complexe de castration;
etude genlrale;  cas  cliniques.    284p.  24Uem.
Par., A. Legrand,  1939.
   MARETTE,  Philippe,  1913-        *A propos
d'un  cas  de  tumeur  intramedullaire du  cone
terminal;  aspect  pseudo-poliomyeiitique.   32p.
25cm.  Par., A. Legrand, 1940.
   MAREY, Etienne Jules, 1830-1904.
   Farreras, P.  [Biografia]  Rev. espan. med. cir., 1930, 13:
595-7.—Gley, E.  L'oeuvre de Marey k  l'occasion du  cen-
tenaire de sa naissance.  Paris m£d., 1930, 78: annexe, 128-
37.—Richet,  C.  L'oeuvre  de  Marey:   Bull.  Acad,  rrtfd.,
Par., 1930,  3. ser., 103: 705-14. Also Paris med., 1930, 78:
annexe, 123-7.
   MARFAN, Antoine Bernard Jean,  1858-1942.
Les vomissements periodiques avec acetonemic
63p.   23cm.   Par.,  Masson  & cie, 1921.   Also
2.  ed.   85p.  8?   1926.
   ----  Les affections  des voies digestives  et
les etats de denutrition dans la premiere enfance.
2.  ed.   735p.  pl.   8?  Par., Masson & cie, 1930.
   ----Le rachitisme;  etiologie, pathogenie &
traitement.   50p.  pl.  4?  Par., G. Doin et cie,
1930.
   ----  [The  same]  Le rachitisme; etiologie,
pathogenie, traitement, prophylaxie.   125p.   il-
lust.   23cm.   Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1942.
   ----  Clinique des  maladies  de la premiere
enfance.   Premiere   serie.  2.   6d.  xiv,   715p.
8?   Par.,  Masson & cie,  1931.
   ----  Etudes  sur les  maladies  de l'enfance.
191p.   illust.   8°  Par., Masson  & cie, 1936.
   Also translator of Eichhorst, H. L.  Traite" de diagnostic
medical. 2. ed.  843p. 27cm.  Par., 1902.
   For biography see Biogr. med., Par., 1933, 7: 225, portr.:
241,  3  pl.  (Maurel, P.)  portr.—Piaggio-Garzon, W.  I.o-
grandes maestros de la clfnica infantil; el profesor A. P.. Mai fun.
Med. ninos. Barcel., 1934, 35: 230-48.
   For obituary see Am. J. Dis. Child., 1942, 64: 354 (A., I. A.)
-Also  Ann.  derm, syph., I'
194 2, 2:  143-5. Also Ann.
paediat., Basel, 1942, 159:  105-7 (I'ehu, M.)   Also An. Soc.
puencult. B. Aires, 1942, 8: 2IS-28, portr. tGarrahan, J. P.)
Also Arch, pediat. Uruguay,  1942, 13: 193-200 (Piaggio Garz6n,
V .) 1943, 14: 137-46.  Also Arch, venezol. puericult., 1942, 4:
077-80  (Santos Mendoza, E.)  Also Hull. Acad.  meU, Par.,
1942, 126:  129-31; 267-70  (Renault)   Also Bull. Soc. med.
hop.  Paris,  1942, 58: 51-3 (Ribadeau-Dumas)  Also  Paris
med.. 1942, 32: i (Baudouin, A.)  Also Presse med., 1942, 50:
301-3 (Armand-Delille, P. F.)  Also Rev. peru. pediat, 1942,
1:  103.  Also  Villaclara med., S.  Clara, 1943,  11: 74-93
(Miyar, R.)
  For portrait see Uirion mod. Canada,  1944, 73:  130«. 
MARFAN  SYNDROME
299
MARGARIN
 MARFAN syndrome.

   See  Arachnodactylia;  Lens, Dislocation, con-
 genital.
   MARFORI,  Pio, 1861-        Trattato  di far-
 macologia e terapia.   4. ed.   xv,  926p.   illust.
 8?   Nap., V. Idelson, 1935.
   For  biography see Arch.  ital. sc.  farm.,  Milano,  1935, 4:
 480-5 (Susanna, V.)   Also Rinasc. med., 1942, 19: var., 73.
   MARFURT.   *Das  kalte  Wasser  ein  Heil-
 mittel.   31p.   8?   Bern, Gebr. Kernen, 1856.
   MARGARIA,   Rodolfo,  1901-        Principii
 di  chimica  e  fisico-chimica  fisiologica.   2.  ed.
 xvi, 496p.   illust. tab. diagr.   25>^cm.  Milano,
 TJ. Hoepli, 1938.   Also 3. ed.   xiv, 529p.    1942.
   Also editor  of Italy.  Ministero dell'aeronautica.  tlfricio
 centrale di sanita.  Trattato  di medicina  aeronautica.   3v.
 26cm.  Roma,  1942.
   MARGARIDO da  Silva, Raul, 1888-1941.
   For obituary see Gaz. clin.  S. Paulo, 1941, 39: 436.  Also
 Pediat. prat., S. Paulo, 1941, 12: 5-14.  Also Rev. brasil. lepr.,
 1941, 9: 335 (Alayon, F.)
   MARGARIDO  da   Silva   Junior, Randolpho,
 1885-1940.
   For obituary see Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1940, 38: 35.


 MARGARIN.

   See also  Butter, Substitute.
   Abbott,  J. S.   Margarine;  a tasty,  wholesome  table fat
 produced by churning highlv refined oils in ripened, pasteurized
 milk.  Food Facts, Los Ang.,  1927,  3: No.  2, 20-4.—Drum-
 mond, J. C.  Margarine.  Nature,  Lond., 1940, 145: 53-5.—
 Fendler, G. Ueber  das Braunen und Schaumen  von Butter
 und Margarine beim Braten.  Arb.  Pharm.  Inst.  Berlin,
 (1904)  1905,  2:  239-43.—Gerum,  J.  Was ist ungesalzene
 Margarine?  Zschr.  Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt.,  1924,   47:
 355-57; 1925, 50: 69-75.—Gronover, A., & Bolm, F.  Ueber
 die Homogenitat der Margarine,   ibid.,  1922, 44: 340-44.—
 Jacobsen, H. C. Researches on and means to prevent rancidity
 of vegetable margarine.  Fol. microb., Delft,  1918, 5: 94-102.—
 Margarines.  Ann. pharm.,  Louvain, 1901,  7:  115.—Taylor,
 D. M.   Meet margarine.   Trained  Nurse, 1943,  110: 263-6.

 ----   Analysis.

   See also Butter, Adulteration.
   Arnold, W.  Ueber Marearinen und deren Butterfettgehalt.
 Zschr.  Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt.,  1914, 27: 379-88.—Polm,
 V. F.  Ueber den Sesamolnachweis in der Margarine.  Zschr.
 Untersuch.  Lebensmitt.,  1931, 62: 353-7.—Buttenberg, P.
 Der Wassergehalt der Margarine. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungs-
 mitt.,  1907, 13: 542-4.—Elsdon, G. D., & Smith,  P.  The
 determination  of  butter  fat in  margarine.   Analyst,  Lond.,
 1927, 52: 65.—Fendler, G.   Kokosfettmargarine.   Apotheker-
 zeitung, 1904, 19: 937. ------  Ueber die Zusammensetzung
 einiger als  Margarinezusatze  empfohlenen  Praparate.  Arb.
 Pharm. Inst. Berlin  (1904) 1905, 2: 244-0— Grossfeld, J., &
 Peter,  J.  Nachweis von Margarine und geharteten  Oelen in
 Lebensmitteln. Zschr.  Untersuch.  Lebensmitt., 1934,   68:
 345-58.—Kirschner,  A.  Bestimmung des Butterfettes neben
 Kokosfett  in  Margarine.  Zschr. Untersuch.  Nahrungsmitt.,
 1905, 9: 65-70.—Neseni, R.  Vergleichende Untersuchungen
 iiber  den  marktamtlichen  Margarinenachwris  in  Butter.
 Prag. Arch. Tiermed., 1931,  11: 281-92.—Peltzer,  J.   Verein-
 fachtes Vakuumesterverfahren  zum Nachweis von Margarine
 und geharteten I'etten.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1934,
 67: 529; 68: 530.—Prescher, J.   Ueber die Wasserbestimmung
 in Margarine nach  dem Aluminiumbecher-Verfahren.  Zschr.
 Untersuch Nahrungsmitt., 1918,  36:70.—Reinsch, A.  Ueber
 die Konstanten des sogen.   Cardamonols und des Fettes der
 damithergestellten Margarinesorten.  Apothekerzeitung, 1911,
 26: 73.—Thorns,  H.   Ueber den  Nachweis  von Eigelb in
 Margarine.  Arb. Pharm. Inst. Berlin (1904)  1905, 2: 353-79.—
 Treue,  E.   Sulfithaltiger  Starkesirup in Margarine.  Zschr.
 Untersuch.  Nahrungsmitt.,  1912,   24:  742.—Vollhase, E.,
 Steinbeck, H. J., &  Danielsen, E.   Ueber Eigelb-Margarine.
 Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,  1929, 58: 342-52.


 â– ---   Bacteriology and microbiology.

   Meubrink,    H.   *Bakteriologische  Studien
 iiber  Margarine  unter  besonderer  Beriicksich-
 tigung der  Aromafrage   [Kiel]   p. 187-230.   8°.
 Berl.,  1928.
  Also Milchwirtsch. Forsch., 1928, 6:
  Laxa, O.  Margarinomyces  Bub&ki,  ein Schadling  der
Margarine.  Zbl. Bakt, 2. Abt,  1930,  81:  392-6.—Lohagen,
N. L.   Ueberfettspaltende Mikroben  und deren Einfluss auf
Molkereiprodukte  und  Margarine.   Fol.   microb.,  Delft,
 1912,1:199-242, 5 pl.—Wolff, A.  Das Bacterium diacetylicum
(Voss) Zbl. Bakt., 2.  Abt, 1932, 86: 413.
----   Controversy.
   Lyons, F. J.  Butter or margarine?  Nurs. Times, Lond.,
1939,  35: 1419-21.—McCune, W.  The oleomargarine rebel-
lion.  Harper's Mag., 1943,  188:  10-15.—Margarine  makers
see easing of restrictions.  Food Materials, N.  Y., 1943, 3:
No.  3,  10.—Rivett,  D.  The slippery  path  of margarine.
Australas. J. Pharm., 1940, n. ser., 21: 573.—Southern Maid
oleomargarine.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 211.—Suppressing
academic freedom;  the oleo war.  J. Am. Vet.  M. Ass., 1943,
103: 390.

----   Food value.

   Dingwall, H. N.   *Le probleme  de la  nutri-
tion  normale par la margarine.   41 p.  8?  Par.,
1935.
   Badylkes,  S.,  Einhorn,  E.  [et al.]  Vergleichswert  von
Butter  und Margarine in  der  Heilernahrung  (klinisch-ex-
perimentelle  Studie  iiber  Ausnutzbarkeit,  Magen-Sekretion
und -Evakuation) Arch. Verdauungskr., 1934,  56: 293-306.—
Baumgartel, T.  Probleme um Margarine.  Deut. Aerzte Ztg,
1933, 8: No. 360.—Cazeneuve, P.  Les margarines et l'hygi^ne
alimentaire.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1933, 3.  ser.,  110: 776-
82.—Comyn,  K.  Margarine.  J. R.  Army M.  Corps, 1939,
72: 250-4.—Deuel, H. J., jr., Hallman, L. F., & Movitt, E.
Studies on the comparative nutritive value of  fats;  growth
and reproduction over 10 generations on Sherman diet B where
hutterfat was replaced by a margarine fat.  J. Nutrit., 1945,
29: 309-16.—Hugounenq.  Sur  les margarines  et  l'hygi^ne
alimentaire.  Bull. Acad. me"d., Par., 1934, ?,. ser., Ill: 293-7.
Also Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1934, 48: Suppl., 640-5.—Lecomte, R.
Au sujet de communications anterieures  sur les margarines.
Ann.  hyg., Par., 1935, n.  ser.,  13: 62-77.—Lopachuk, F. P.
[Effect of margarine on the secretory function of  the stomach]
Klin, med., Moskva, 1933, 11: 182-8.—Margarine. Brit. M. J.,
1918, 1: 124.—Margarine.   Ibid., 1940, 1: 220.—Noorden, C.
von.  Ueber die Stellung  des  Arztes zur  Margarine.  Ther.
Gegenwart, 1927, 68: 481-3.—Report on  the dietetic value of
vitamin  margarine.  J. State M., Lond., 1929,  37: 541-9.—
Ryss, S. M.  [Effect of margarine on external secretion of the
digestive organs]  Ter. arkh., 1933, 11: 270-90.   Also German
transl.,  Arch.  Verdauungskr., 1935, 57:  184-203.—Satre, A.
Le beurre de boeuf.   Rev. internat. m<5d. chir.,  1917, 28: 49.—
Service of oleomargarine in public eating places.   N. Hampshire
Health News,  1943, 21: No. 11, 16.


----  Manufacture.
   Bambaren,   C.  A.  Sanidad  municipal; requisitos  para
fabricar  margarina.  Cr6n.  m£d., Lima,  1940, 57:  297.—
Clayton, W.  Modern  margarine technology.   Vet Bull.,
Wash.,  1920, 6: Suppl., No. 2,  12; No. 3, 7.—Clevenger, C.
What  is oleo  made  of?  Congressional  Record,   1943,  89:
A1881.—Dunbar, W. P.  Verwendung gesundheitsschadlicher
Stoffe in der Margarinefabrikation.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1911,
37: 53-7.—Herstellung und Vertrieb von Margarine.  Reichs-
gesundhbl., 1937, 12: 565.—Hoton, L.  Les produits reVe4ateurs
dans  la  margarine.  Ann.  falsif.,  Par.,  1928, 21:  532-4.—
Kerp, W.  Zur Frage der  Verwendung unbekannter,  auf ihre
Genussfahigkeit nicht  gepriifter  Fette  in der  Margarine-
fabrikation; Bemerkungen zu dem Altonaer Margarineprozess.
Aerzl. Sachverst. Ztg.,  1911, 17:  261-5.—Manufacture of
oleomargarine; an historical review and description of  modern
methods.  Sc. Am., Suppl.,  N.  Y., 1918, 86:  182.—Sanchez
Diaz, A.  Margarina, su elaboraci6n en  Buenos Aires; con-
sideraciones bromatol6gicas.  Rev.  med.,  B.  Air.,  1939, 1:
No. 3, 77-83.—Thomas, R.  How margarine is made. Med
Press & Circ, Lond., 1940, 203: 35-7.


----  Poisoning.

   Collin, E.   Sur  les empoisonnements  par la margarine en
Allemagne.  Ann.  falsif., Par.,  1911, 4: 67-72.—Margarine-
vergiftungen.  Med.  Korbl. Wurttemberg,  1911, 81: 283-6.—
PlUcker, W.  Die  Ursache  der  Giftigkeit der  Mohr'schen
Margarine  Backa,  Luisa und Frischer Mohr.   Zschr. Unter-
such. Nahrungsmitt, 1911, 21: 257-65.—Reinsch, A.  Chaul-
mugrabl als Ursache der Margarinevergiftungen.  Molkereiztg,
1911, 21: 97.—Schilling,  F.  Margarinevergiftungen. Arch.
Verdauungskr., 1911,  17:  701-5.—Thorns, H., & Muller, F.
Ueber das zur Bereitung  der Margarine  Backa verwendete
giftige   Cardamom—(Maratti)   Fett.   Zschr.  Untersuch.
Nahrungsmitt., 1911,  22: 226-36.—Verdachtigung  der Milch
als Ursache der Margarinevemiftungen.   Molkereiztg,  1911,
21:25.


----  vitaminized.
   Coward, K. H.   The vitamin  content  of margarine  (a)
Viking  margarine  (b)  Silver  tray margarine  (c)  Welcome
margarine (d)  Gold chain margarine.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1928, 2:
726.—Dam, H. [Vitaminization of margarine]  Ugeskr. laeger,
1937, 99: 683— Edisbury,  J. R.  Spectrophotometric  assay of
vitamin  A, with special  reference to  margarine.   Analyst,
Lond., 1940,  65: 484-93.—Fetter, D., & Carlson, A.  J.  The
vitamin A and D content of some margarines.  Am. J. Physiol.,
1931, 96: 257-64.—Fridericia, L. S.  [Rational vitaminization
of  margarine]  Ugeskr. laeger,  1937, 99:  680-3.—Gemein-
hardt, K., & Jeglinski, H.  Ueber den Nachweis und die Be- 
MARGARIN
300
MARGAROT
stimmung des Gehalts an Vitamin A in vitaminisierter Mar-
garine.  Vitamine, Lpz.. 1941, 1: 341-6.—Gridgeman, N. T.,
Lees, H., & Wilkinson, H.  Estimation of vitamin D in mar-
garine.   Analyst, Lond.,  1940,  65: 493-6.—Heimann,  W.
Vitaminbestimmung in gefarbter, A-vitaminisierter Margarine.
Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,  1943, 85: 502-7.—Kon, S. K.
Vitaminized margarine. Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 235.—Matzko, S.
N   [Anreicherung der Margarine durch  Vitamin A  mittels
Kinfuhruug von  Karotinpraparaten]  Vopr.  pitan., 1935, 4:
No. 6,  144-51.  ------   Anreicherung  der  Margarine mit
Vitaminen; Gehalt der Margarine an A- und  D- Vitamin.
Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt,  1936, 72: 76.  ------  Be-
reicherung  der Margarine  mit  Vitaminen; Anreicherung der
Margarine  mit Vitamin A mittels Carotinpraparaten. Ibid.,
143-8.—Scheunert, A.  Ueber den Vitamingehalt der  bei der
Margarinefabrikation verwendeten technischen Sojaphosphatid-
praparate.  Ibid., 1927, 54: 302-7.—Vitamin D added to mar-
garine to  be doubled.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1942,  118: 1234.—
Vitaminwirkung in Margarine.   Reichsgesundhbl., 1938, 13:
52.

   MARGARITIS,  Johannes Chr., 1909-
*Das  Schicksal  d»r  Bakterien auf  den oberen
Luftwegen    narkotisierter    Tiere.   14p.   8?
Miinch., Bayer. Druck., 1936.


MARGARODIDAE.

   See also Homoptera.
   Boratynski, K. Sur l'anatomie de la femelle de Margarodes
polonicus Ckll. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1045-7—Kalicka-
Fijalkowska, J.  Le developpement embryonnaire de Mar-
garodes polonicus Ckll.  Ibid., 1047.—McKenzie, H. L. New
species of  pine-infesting Margarodidae from California and
Southwestern United Spates, Homoptera; Coccoidea; Mar-
garodidae.  Microentomology, 1942, 7: 1-18.

   MARGARONIS, Konstantin, 1906-       *Die
durch  Rontgenstrahlen entstehenden  Knochen-
schadigungen  [Leipzig]   20p.  8?   Halle  a. S.,
H. John, 1928.


MARGAROPUS.

   See also Ixodidae.
   Graybill,  H.  W.,  &   Lewallen,  W.  M.
Studies  on  the biology of  the Texas-fever tick
(supplementary report)   12p.  8?   Wash.,  1912.
   Minning, W.  Beitrage zur Systematik und Morphologie der
Zeckengattung Boophilus Curtice.  Zschr. Parasitenk., 1934-
35,  7:  1—43.   ------  Zur  Kenntnis des Genus Boophilus
Curtice.  Ibid.,  1935-36,  8: 365-70.—Omer-Oooper, J., &
Whithall, A. B. M.  An arsenic-resistant tick.  Nature, Lond.,
1945, 156:450.

----  M. calcaratus.
   Jakimov, W. L., Belavine, W. S. [et al.] Zur Biologie der
Zc( kc Boophilus annulatus calcaratus Bir.  Zschr. Infektkr.
Haustiere,  1929,  36: 137-52.—Jakimov, W. L., & Rastegaev,
E. F.  Boophilus  annulatus calcaratus Bir. als Uebertrager von-
Blut parasiten des Rindes im Kaukasus.   Arch. wiss. prakt.
Tierh., 1929, 59: 211-22.—Kurchatov. V. I.  [Present geographic
ilistnbution of the tick Boophilus calcaratus Bit.  in  the USSR]
In:  Mal.  protoz. (Markov, A.)  Moskva,  1935,  115-23 —
Markov, A. A., & Bogoroditsky, A. V. [Biology of the tick
Boophilus calcaratus Bir.]  Ibid., 110-4.

----  M. microplus.

   Jestjs, Z. de.  The life history of the  Australian
cattle tick under Philippine conditions,  p.355-69.
8?   Manila, 1935.
  Floch,  H., &  Abonnenc, E.  Piroplasma bigeminum et
Boophilus annulatus microplus  a la Guyane  francaise.  Bull.
Soc. path,  exot., Par.,  1941, 34: 121-4.—Gouvea Souto, G.
Sobre  uma interessante anomalfa observada em Boophilus
microplus (Canestrini, 1888)  Bol. Soc. brasil.  med. vet., 1939,
9: 109, 2 pl.—Jesus, Z. de.  The cattle tick pest in the Philip-
pines and its control and eradication. Bull. Nat. Res.  Counc.
Philippine Islands, 1937, No. 12, 120.—Legg, J.  The Australian
cattle tick (Boophilus microplus) the time between dipping and
removal of cattle  necessary to protect free areas.  J. Counc. Sc.
Indust. Res., Melb.,  1935,  8: 133-6.—Pereira, C.   Dados
ecol6gicos sobre  ovos e nymphas hexapodas de  Boophilus
microplus (Canestrini, 1888)  Arch. Inst, biol., S. Paulo, 1937
8: 135-44.—Tate, H. D.  The  biology of the tropical cattle
tick and other species of tick in Puerto Rico, with notes on the
effects on ticks of arsenical dips.  Vet. Bull.,  Lond., 1942, 12:
542 (Abstr.)—Travis, B. V.  Examinations of wild animals for
the cattle tick Boophilu- annulatus microplus, Can., in Florida.
J. Parasit., Lancaster, 1941, 27: 465-7.

  MARGAROT, Jean, 1883-       Le psoriasis.
p.565-76.  8?  Par.,  Masson & cie,  1936.
  In: Nouv. prat derm. (Darier, Sabouraud, et al.)  Par., 1936,
   ----  &  TERRACOL,  Jean.   Tuberculose  et
 tuberculides  nasales.   356p.   illust.   21J.icm.
 Bord., Ed. Delmas, 1938.
   MARGARY, Fedele, 1837-86.
   1 or biography see Chir. org. movim.,  1937-38, 23: 395-8
 portr. (Putti, V.)
   MARGASON, Merl Lonner, 1896-
   For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 293; 194''
 31: 334.
   MARGAT, Pierre, 1915-       *Sur le  traite-
 ment  de  la  tuberculose  de  l'4pididyme par  la
 mdthode de  Durante.  31p.   24}'2Cm.  Par., A.
 Legrand, 1940.

 MARGATE, Engl.

   See also Balneotherapy.
   McCombe, R.  Margate as a health resort.  Practitioner
 I.ond., 1927, 118: 329-31.—Margate as a health resort; British
 Health Resort Assn. Conference, Sept. 27.-29.  Lancet, Lond
 1935, 2: 791.
   MARGERIN, Alfred Emile, 1847-1928.
   For obituary see J. sc. med. Lille, 1928, 46: pt 2, 21 (Besson,
.A.)
   MARGERIN,   Rene  [M.   D.,  1920,   Paris]
 Therapeutique    medicamenteuse.     p. 17-108.
 25cm.  Par.,  Masson  & cie,  1939.
   In: Traite opht, T. 8.
   MARGETSON, Elisabeth.   Living  canvas; a
 romance   of  aesthetic  surgery,   vii,  69p.   pl.
 portr.   8?  Lond.,  Methuen &  Co.,  1936.
   MARGGRAFF, Gerda,  1910-        *Ein Bei-
 trag zur Frage der  Mammatuberkulose  [Berlin]
 23p.   23cm.   Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann,
 1938.
   MARGINALIA  otolaryngologica.   Fir.,  v.5,
 1946-
   MARGOLD,    Ladislaus,   1913-        *Der
 Eigengeruch  des  geschlachteten  Schweines bei
 der Koch- und  Bratprobe.   36p.  8?  Lpz., A.
 Edelmann, 1936.
   MARGOLES,  Milton,  1912-        *A  review
 of  appendicitis with a  statistical  r6sum£ of 500
 consecutive appendectomies   [Marquette Univ.]
 88p.   28cm.   Milwaukee [n. p.]  1938.
   Typewritten.
   MARGOLIASH,  I. R.  *Etude sur la  formule
 d'Arneth  chez  les enfants.   72p.  23cm.   Lau-
 sanne, Impr.  Commerciale, 1939.
   MARGOLIN, Sol Ellis, 1915-    , & BUNCH,
 Marion Estel.  The relationship between age and
 the strength  of hunger motivation.   34p.   tab.
 diagr.   25#cm.   Bait.,  Johns  Hopkins Pr., 1940.
   Forms No. 83, v.16, Comp. Psychol. Monogr.
   MARGOLIS, Harry  Maurice, 1901-
 Conquering   arthritis.  x,  192p.   8?   X. Y.,
 Macmillan Co.,  1931.
   ----  Protamine insulinate; its  clinical appli-
 cation in  the treatment of diabetes  mellitus; a
 preliminary report,   p.85-92.  tab.   8?  Pittsb.,
 Pittsburgh Diagn. Clin., 1936.
   Also Clin. Rev. Pittsburgh, 1936, 4:
   ----  Clinical reviews of the Pittsburgh Diag-
 nostic Clinic; guideposts to  medical diagnosis and
 treatment, xxiii,  552p. 8?  N. Y., P. B. Hoeber,
 1937.
   ----  Diagnosis and treatment of arthritis and
 allied disorders,   xiii, 551p.  illust.  diagr.  24cm.
 X. Y., P.  B.  Hoeber,  1941.
   MARGONNAY, Sieur de, fl. 18. century.
   Riddell, W. R.  An eighteenth century joke on the regular
 profession.  Med. Rec, N.  Y., 1941,  154: 386.
   See also in 1. & 2. Ser. under Marconnay [Thier]

 MARGOSA  oil.
   »Sgg  IVIcIia
   MARGOSCHES,   Sylvia,   1908-         *Les
 indications therapeutiques  du serum de genisse 
MARGOSAlOIL
301
MARIAGE
 en medecine humaine [Paris] 47p.  8? Etampes,
 Dausse, 1934.
   MARGOT, Andre,  1913-      Contribution
 a l'etude  du traitement de  l'eclampsie par  le
 sulfate de  magn&sie.  78p.  25}£cm.  Lyon, Bose
 fr.,  1938.
   MARGOUT, Georges,  1906-      Contribu-
 tion k  l'etude de l'erythrodermie aurique aigue,
 febrile, generalised,  lllp.  8?  Par., Edit. Vega,
 1933.
   MARGRAF, Carl, 1902-      *Diabetes  und
 Chirurgie unter dem Einfluss der Insulinbehand-
 lung  [Frankfurt a.  M.]  24p.  8?  Kirchhain N.
 L.,  Zahn & Baendel, 1927.
   MARGUERITAT, Rene, 1912-      *Tumeurs
 paravertebrals  avec  propagation  au rachis  et
 compression de la  moelle; traitement  combine"
 chirurgical et  radiotherapique    [Paris]   46p.
 24cm.   Tours, Arrault & cie, 1941.
   MARGUERITE, Paul,  1909-      Contribu-
 tion a l'etude des formes associees de l'angine a
 monocytes.  43p.  8?  Par., Vigot  fr., 1935.
   MARGUERON,  Marie Juliette, 1908-
 *Constitution  feminine;   puberte;   Education
 physique.   105p.  8?  Par., Vigot  fr., 1937.
   MARGUET, Michel,  1912-       Contribu-
 tion a l'etude du  traitement de  la meningite
 otogene a  pneumocoques  chez  I'adulte.   52p.
 24cm.  Par., Maloine, 1939.
   MARGULES,  Izrael.    *Les   mSningites  k
 bacilles de Pfeiffer.   24p.  22cm.  Geneve, Impr.
 Genevoise, 1937.
   MARGULIES, Arnold,  1906-      Contribu-
 tion a l'etude du traitement des fractures de  la
 diaphyse fSmorale chez I'enfant.  51p. 8? Par.,
 M.  Lac, 1932.
   MARGULIES, Harold David,  1909-       &
 BLOOM, Max.   A guide to workmen's  compen-
 sation; the law and its practice  in  New York
 state.   94p.  20cm.  N. Y., Progress Books, 1939.
   MARGULIES, Harold Leonard, 1911-
 *La  neutropenic  pernicieuse,  accident de   la
 chrysotheVapie.  30p.  8?  Geneve, Soullier, 1936.
   MARGULIES, Helen,  1916-      Rorschach
 responses of successful and unsuccessful students.
 61p.  tab.  diagr.   25}icm.  X.  Y., Columbia
 Univ. Pr.,  1942.
   Forms No. 271, Arch. Psychol., N. Y.
   MARGULIES, Jacob, 1903-      *De  I'emploi
 des  sangsues dans  le  traitement  des phlebites
 puerperales.  82p.  8°  Par.,  A.  Legrand, 1930.
   MARGULIES,  Philippe,  1907-       *Etude
 pathogenique de  la  migraine.   47p.   8?  Par.,
 Jouve & cie, 1934.
   MARGULIES,  Sarah Krause, 1900-      *La
 flore vaginale normale; role  du bacille de Doder-
 lein  et  apercus therapeutiques.  72p.   24}£cm.
 Par., Foulon, 1939.
   MARHEINE,  Use,  1911-       *Behandlung
 gutartiger  Gebarmutterblutungen mit Radium-
 kastration   [Heidelberg]   lip.   8?   Wurzb., K.
 Triltsch, 1936.
   MARHENKE,  Karl, 1909-       *Ueber  die
 Prognose der Gallensteinoperation bei Mannern.
 29p.  8?  Wurzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1936.
   MARHIC, Yves Marius, 1914-      *D'un cas
 de lepre autochtone en  Bretagne et de son traite-
 ment.  51p.  25cm.   Par.,  L.  Arnette,  1940.
  MARHLEVSKY, Leon,  1869-1944.
  For obituary see Biokhimia, Moskva, 1944, 9: 195 (Parnas,

  MARI, Pierre, 1906-      *Les manifestations
amygdaliennes dans les  maladies des elements
blancs du sang.   129p.   24cm.  Marseille, Impr.
St. Lazare,  1935.
   MARIAGE, Jean Gerard, 1912-      *Faut-il
 operer les cancers  du  sein  avec  adenopathie
 axillaire?  32p.  23Kcm.  Par., A. Lapied, 1939.
   MARIAN,  Marcus,  1909-       *Traitement
 des paludeens rapatries par les eaux de la Bour-
 boule.  55p.  8?  Par.,  M. Lavergne, 1936.

 MARIANA Islands.
   United States.   War Department.   Tech-
 nical bulletin TB MED 20: Medical  and sanitary
 data  on  the Mariana  Islands.   18p.  26cm.
 Wash., 1944.
   O'Toole,  S.  They pioneered on Tinian.  Am. J. Nurs.,
 1945, 45: 1013-5.—Peter,  O. B. S.  The Marianas.  Ibid.,
 1012.
   MARIANAO, Cuba.  Colegio farmaceutico de
 Marianao.
   For official organ see Farmacias.  Marianao, v.3, 1947-
   MARIANAO, Cuba.  Patronato para la profi-
 iaxis de la sifilis, lepra y enfermedades cutaneas.
 Revista de sifilografia, leprologia y dermatologfa.
 Marianao, v.l,  1945-
   MARIANAO,  Cuba.   Sindicato  patronal  de
 farmacias de  Marianao.
   For official organ see Farmacias.  Marianao, v.3, 1947-
   MARIANAO, Cuba.   Unidad  sanitaria.   In-
 forme anual.   Habana (1943) 1944-
   Issued in Salub. & asist. social, Habana.

 MARIANAO, Cuba.
   See under Health organization.
   MARIANI, F.  Tecnica medica.   xvi,  600p.
 illust.  16?   Milano,  F. Vallardi,  1917.
   ----  Semeiotica, fisica e funzionale.  3.  ed.
 xxxii, 836p., xiii.  pl.   18?   Milano,  F.  Vallardi,
 1919.
   MARIANI, Fidel H. A.   *Intoxicaci6n mer-
 curial aguda  y  su tratamiento medico y quiriir-
 gico.  189p.  illust.   diagr.   27cm.  B. Air., C.
 Vergara, 1943.
   MARIANI, Francois,  1911-        Contribu-
 tion  a l'etude de la  delivrancv, artificielle;  son
 pronostic k la maternity de l'Hotel-Dieu.  61p.
 8?   Par., Vigot fr., 1937.
   MARIANI, Joaquim Nicolao.  *Hemostaticos
 cirurgicos.  22p.  8?   Bahia,  Poggetti de  Touri-
 nho & cia, 1864.
   MARIANINI, Stefano,  1790-1866.  Memoria
 sopra la  scossa  che  provano gli  animali  nel
 momento che cessano  di fare arco di  communica-
 zione fra i poli d'un elettromotore e sopra qualche
 altro fenomeno fisiologico  dell'elettricitjt.  32p.
 21cm.  Venezia, Alvisopoli, 1828.
   MARIANNE, Mother.
   See Kopp, Barbara [Mother Marianne]
   MARIANO, John Horace [Ph.  D., 1920, New
 York  Univ.]   The  veteran  and  his  marriage.
 303p.  21cm.  XT.  Y., Counc. Marriage Relations,
 1945.
   MARIANO da Rocha, Maria Clara. Dermatite
 phytogenica;   hypersensibilidade  As  aroeiras
 (Lithraea brasiliensis e Schinus molle) 155p.   pl.
 27cm.  Porto  Alegre, Centro da Boa  impr., 1938.
  MARIANO di Ser Jacopo, fl. 14. century.   Ri-
 mediabili  nel tempo di pestilenza.   p. 164-9.   8?
 Roma,  1929.
  Republished from a MS. of the Biblioteca  Estese in Boll.
 1st stor. ital. san., 1929, 9:
  See also Simonini, R.  II codice di Mariano di Ser Jacopo
sopra Rimedi abili nel tempo di pestilenza.  Boll. 1st. stor. ital
san., 1929, 9: 161-9.
  MARIA Theresia, Empress of Austria, 1717-80.
  Muller, E.  Die grosse  Kaiserin  Maria Theresia,  haupt-
sachlich vom  menschlichen Standpunkt aus. Allg. Zschr.
Psychiat, 1941, 117: 356-67. 
MARIAll
302
MARIE
  MARIAU,   Philippe,   1905-        *L'osteo-
synthese par greffons osseux dans les fractures du
rachis.  116p.  8?  Par., L. Arnette, 1935.
  MARIAl'X. Serge,  1913-       Contribution
a l'etude des  thromboses hdmorroiidaires.   48p.
illust.   25cm.  Par., Jouve & cie, 1942.
  MARICOT, Roger,  1904-       Contribution
a l'etude  clinique des tumeurs  malignes  bila-
terales  du  sein.  92p.  8?   Par.,  Jouve  & cie,
1935.
  MARICOURT, Andre,  baron de, 1874-     &
BERTRANDFOSSE, Maurice de.   Les Bourbons
(1518-1830)  h6r6dites,  pathologie, amours,  et
grandeur.   315p.  8?  Par., Emile-Paul fr., 1936.
  MARIE, A. C,     -1929,  REMLINGER, P.,
&  VALLEE,  Henri  Pierre Michel.  Reports  to
the International Rabies  Conference held  at the
Pasteur Institute, Paris,  from April 25 to 29th,
1927.  164p.  24cm.  Geneve, League of Xations,
1927.
  MARIE, Alfred Auguste,  1912-       *Qua-
rante observations  de versions  par manoeuvres
internes pratiqu6es au voisinage du terme.  51p.
25)2cm.  Lyon, Sibilat, 1939.
  MARIE, Auguste  Armand,  1865-1934.    Mys-
ticisme et  folie  (6tude de psychologie normale
et  pathologique  comparers)   xi,  342p.   illust.
22V2cm.  Par., V. Giard & E. Briere, 1907.
  For obituary see Am.  J. Psychiat., 1935, 91: 1211. Also
Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1935, 54: 513-7.  Also Arch, internat.
neur., Par., 1934, 26. ser.,  pt 2, 349-57 (Serieux, P.) Also Bull.
Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 23. Also Gior. psichiat., 1934, 62: 339-
41 (Boschi)  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 1004. Also J.
beige neur. psychiat., 1934, 34: 636. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
1935, 81: 368. Also Presse mod., 1935, 43: 675, poitr. (Mesnil,
P.)
  MARIE, Charles,  1902-       Crganisation et
fonctionnement  du  preventorium   marin  de
Graye-sur-Mer  (Calvados)   65p.   8?   Par.,
Jouve & cie,  1929.
   MARIE, Joseph  Samuel Forester,  1884-
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish medi-
cal vocabulary and  phrases,   ix, 358p.   14^cm.
x 20;2cm.   Phila., P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1939.
  ----  English-Spanish, Spanish-English dental
vocabulary,  including   many  medical  terms.
viii, 159p.   illust.   25cm.  Lane,  J. Cattell Pr.,
1943.
   MARIE, Julien,  1899-      *Recherches bac-
teriologiques  et  immunologiques sur  la  coque-
luche;  applications  pratiques au diagnostic et a
la  prophylaxie.  91p.  8?   Par.,  Jouve  & cie,
1928.
   See also Broca, R., &  Marie, J. L'annee pexliatrique.  2v.
166p.;201p.  8!  Par., 1934-36.
   MARIE,  Julien Charles, 1903-       ^'oleo-
thorax; methode complementaire  de  collapso-
therapie.   93p.  pl.   8?  Par., L. Arnette, 1929.
   MARIE,   Pierre,   1853-1940.    Travaux  et
memoires.   Tome 1.  358p.  8?  Par.,  Masson &
cie, 1926,
   See also Guillain, G. Les travaux et memoires du Professeur
Pierre Marie.  Rev. neur.,  Par., 1928, 35: pt 1, 691-4.
   For obituary see Ann. m&i.  psychol., Par., 1940, 98: pt 1,
336 (Delmas, A.)  Also Bull. Acad,  mdd., Par., 1940, 3. s£r.,
123: 329; 524 (Guillain, G.) Also Bull. Soc. mod. hop. Paris
1940-41, 3.  se>., 56: 202 (Laignel-Lavastine) 902.  Also C.
rend. Soc. biol., 1940, 133: 613-5.  Also Gior. Accad med.
Torino, 1940, 103: pt 1, 66 (Roasenda, G.) Also J. med. Lyon,
1940, 21: 253, portr. (Girot, L.) Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.
1940, 92: 416-8 (Meyer, A.)  Also Lisboa meU, 1940,  17:
465-9 (Flores, A.) Also Nature, Lond., 1940, 145: 925 (Rolles-
ton, J. D.)  Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 1590 (Winkler,
C.)  Also Nord. med., 1941, 9: 457-9 (Antoni, N.)  Also Presse
meU, 1940,  48: 481-3, portr. (Roussy, G.)  Also Rev. neur ,
Par., 19311-40, 72: 533-13, portr.; 1941, 73: 618-21 (Tournay,

   MARIE,   Pierre,   1910-        *Physionomie
actuelle de l'alcoolisme  en Touraine.   94p   8°
Par., Vigot fr., 1935.
  MARIE,  Rene,  1907-       Contribution ft
l'etude  des  macro- et  micropolyadenopathies
cervicales  chroniques  de  l'enfance.   93p.   8?
Par., A. Legrand, 1933.
  MARIE,   Robert,  1903-       *Invagination
intestinale aigue primitive  de I'adulte.   82p.  8?
Par., Impr. Labor,  1931.
  MARIEN, Amedee, 1866-1936.
  For obituary see J. Hotel-Dieu  Montreal, 1936, 5: 121-31
portr. (Dub;', J. E.)  Also Union med. Canada, 1936, 65: 937-
46, portr.
  For portrait see J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1942, 11: 470.
Also Union med. Canada, 1943, 72: 1019.
  MARIEN, Joseph Oswald, 1894-1942.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942,  118: 1510.
  [MARIENBAD,   Czech.]  Zwischenstaatliche
Tagung.
  See  [Germany]  Kongress zur  Forderung medizinischer
Synthese.

MARIENBAD,  Czech.
  See under Balneography.
  MARIE-NELLY,   William,  1907-        *Le
chlorhydrate de  sulfamido-chrysoidine dans le
traitement  medical des pleuresies purulentes a
streptocoques.  55p.  8?   Par., M. Vigne, 1936.
  MARIE Paula, Sister.
  See Duffy, Susan Catharine [Sister Marie Paula] in 5. ser.
  MARIETTA, Shelley Uriah, 1881-
  For biography see Bull. U. S. Army M Dep., 1945, 4: 528,
portr.  Also Centaur,  Menasha,  1943-44, 49: 221-3, portr.
Also Clin. Med., 1942, 49: 63, portr.
  MARIETTE, Louis Claude,  1890-      *Des
renversements de matrice chez la jument [Alfort;
Vet.]  35p.   8?  Par., P.  Bossuet, 1930.
  MARIFI, pseud.
  See Fish, Matthew Richard.
  MARIGNAC, Ernest de, 1851-1941.
  For  obituary see Rev. m£d. Suisse rom., 1941, 61:  437
(Reh, T.)

MARIGOLD.
  See Tagetes.

MARIHUANA.
  See under Cannabis.
  MARILL, Paule, 1907-       Contribution k
l'etude  des cirrhoses  du   foie  chez  l'indigene
Alg6rien.    154p.    tab.     24^cm.   Alger,  S.
Crescenzo,  1938.
  MARILLEAU,  Regis Fernand, 1909-
*Essai sur les maladies des personnages de Balzac.
70.   25,,/2cm.  Bord., Delmas, 1934.   •
  MARIMON y Carbonell, Juan, 1882-
  For  biography see  in Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.)  Par.,
1932, 3: 663-7.
  MARIN, Juan, 1897-       Los pies vendados
de la  mujer China y el fetichismo  del pie.   9p.
24>^cm.  Lima, Impr. La Cotera, 1941.
 ^ MARIN,  Louis,  1912-       Contribution k
l'etude  de  la  therapeutique  anti-charbonneuse.
93p.  24Ucm.   Marseille, Impr. Ant. GED, 1938.
   MARINACCI,    Sertorio.  Ascesso   cerebrale.
86p.  8?  Bologna, L.  Cappelli,  1933.
   MARIN  de  Bernardo,  J.
  Translator  of Aschenbrenner, R. El tratamiento digitalico
optimo en la  practica medica.  39p.  24cm.   Madr., 1942.
Also  Delius, L. Las neurosis cardfacas.  71p.  24cm.  Madr.,
1942.  Also Marx, H.  [Arzt und Laboratorium] El laboratorio
en la practica medica.   151p.  23J^cm.  Madr., 1942.  Also
Majocchi, A.   Orto y  ocaso de  un cirujano; entre bifituriB.
pmzas, tijeras, ferulas.  207p.   24cm.  Madr., 1942.   Also
Muller, A. H. Tratamiento moderno de las anemias.  95p.
24cm.  Madr., 1940.
   MARINE,  Edith  Lucile,  1893-      *The
effect  of  familiarity with the  examiner upon
Stanford-Binet   test   performance.   43p.    8?
X. Y., Columbia Univ. Pr., 1929. 
MARINE                                     303                     MARINE  HOSPITAL
  MARINE.

    See Merchant marine; Navy.


  MARINE  biology.

    See Hydrobiology, marine; also Sea  subhead-
  ings (Bacteriology; Fauna; Flora)


  MARINE  Corps.

    See under United States.


  MARINE  disaster.

    See Shipwreck.


  MARINE  fauna.

    See Plankton; Sea, Fauna; also Hydrobiology,
  marine.

  MARINE  flora.

    See Sea, Flora;  also names of sea-water plants
  as Agar; Algae; Seaweed, etc.


  MARINE  hospital.

    See also  Merchant  marine;   Navy  hospital;
  for  hospitals  aboard ships  see  Hospital  ship;
  Ship hospital; for hospitals on seashore  see under
  Thalassotherapy.
    Lebedev, N. A.  Vodnom iz  morskikh  hos-
  pitaler (Etrudi) 52p.  8?  Petersb., 1891.
    Baduel. The Italian Red  Cross and medical  relief  for
  seamen in the ports.  Conf., Health Welf. Merchant Seamen,
  1929, 2. Conf., pt 2, 104.—C,  J. H.  Sailors' hospital.   Nurs.
  Times, Lond., 1938, 34: 1127.—[Canada]  Loi du 3 juillet 1934
  concernant la marine marchande; marins malades et hopitaux
  de marins.  Bull. Off.  internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1939,  31:
  1383-5.—Engelsen,  H. Red  Cross  medical stations  in  the
  seaport towns  of the  world.   World Health, Par., 1926, 7:
  23-7.—Faro, E. A restauracao do Hospital da Marinha;  sen
  funeionamento  e relac5es  com as unidades. Bol. Dir. serv.
  saiide mil., 1941, 4: 3-22.—Griffiths, H. E.  Where rehabilita-
  tion means elimination of the five fears.  Hospitals, 1943,  17:
  No.  11, 69-72. —Hospice Maritime k Ostende  (Fondation
  Helene et Isabelle Codtsehalck) Bull. san. pub., Brux., 1938,
  3: 604.—Koolemans-Beijnen,  G. I.  \Y. Organization of sea-
  men's dispensaries.  Conf. Health Welf.  Merchant Seamen,
  1929,  2. Conf., pt 2,  13-5.  ------  Assistance  to disabled
  seamen in Dutch ports.  Ibid., 16-20.—Prytz, T., Meinich, J.
  [et al.] Dispensaries and information bureaux  for  seamen.
  Ibid., 1-12.—Verspyck Mynssen, G. E. H.  [The  Hospital for
  Ship arid Tropical Hygiene in Rotterdam]  Ziekenhuis, 1928.
  19: 19-22.

  ---  United States.

    See also United States.  Public Health Service.
    Baltimore, Md.  Marine HosriTAL. Report.
  Bait., 1870-77.
    Louisville  Marine   Hospital.  Annual  re-
"  port.  Louisville,  1854/55-59/60;  1865/71.
    Staten  Island,  X".  Y.  Marine  Hospital.
  Annual   report  of  the  physician.  Stapleton,
  1849-60.
    Affiliation of Marine Hospital staff members  with local
  medical societies.  Hosp. News, Wash., 1937. 4: No. 20, 1.—
  Christian,  S. L. Marine  hospitals  and beneficiaries  of  the
  Public Hea th Service.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1936, 51: No.
  25, 799-811. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1936, 79: 182-96.------
  Hospitals  of the merchant marine.   Mod. Hosp., 1937,  49:
  No. 3,  68-71.—Creel, R. H. Abstract of annual report of  the
  U. S. Marine Hospital, Baltimore, Md., fiscal year  1933.  Pub.
  Health Rep., Wash., 1933, 48: 1496-502.—Holt,  R. D.  In-
  ternship of the  medical wards of the U.  S. Marine Hospital,
  Norfolk, Va.  Hosp. News, Wash.,  1937, 4: No. 19,  1-6 —
  Improvement of work in marine hospitals.  Ibid., 1935, 2: No.
  15, 1-29.—Lombard. M. S. Clinical activities at the U. S. Ma-
  rine Hospital, Memphis, Tenn.   Memphis AI. J., 1936, 11: No.
  1, 9-13.—MacFarlane, J.  Marine hospitals; an opportunity for
  nurses.  Am. J. Nurs.,  1946,  46: 43-5.—Mackenzie, K.. &
  Cheney, B. A.  Report of a study to determine  duties that
  nurses may delegate to orderlies and other assistants in marine
  hospitals.  Hosp. News, Wash., 1938, 5: No. 2, 1-23.—Marine
  hospital once more.  Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1935-36,
 30: 293- 7.—Patterson,  H. A.   United States Public Health
 Service Marine  Hospital, Port  Stanton, New Mexico.  Mes-
 senger, 1935, 32: 71-5.—Report of joint meeting of  the Orleans
 Parish Medical Society with the New Orleans Marine Hospital
 staff.  Hosp. News, Wash., 1937, 4: No. 20, 2-4.—Scott, E.  W.
The Seaman's Service Center in New York Citv.  Pub. Health
Rep., Wash., 1920, 35: 65-9; 893.—Trask, J. W.  Early state
hospitals for seamen; the first in America provided by the state
of Virginia, the second,  some years later, bv  Massachusetts.
Ibid., 1939, 54: 888-91, pl.  ------  The United States Marine
Hospital, Port of Boston; Massachusetts^ Oldest ho*pital.  N.
England J. M., 1939, 221: 549-56, 4 illust.—Viets, H. R. The
War of 1812 and the Marine Ho-pital for the Port of Boston
Bull. Hist. M., 1941, 10: 53-6.—Welch, H. F.  Cradle of public
health serves Federal employees.  Mod. Hosp., 1943, 61: No. 2,
70-2.------Marine Hospital saves labor and linen.  Ibid.,
No. 3, 96.


MARINE hygiene.

   See Maritime hygiene.
   MARINELLI, Filippo.   Lesioni traumatiche  e
chirurgiche delle vie biliari extraepatiche.   584p.
illust.  pl.  25cm.   Padova,  La Garangola, 1924.


MARINE medicine.

   See Maritime hygiene; also  Naval  medicine.
   MARINESCO, Gheorghes,  1864-1938.
   Volume jubilaire en l'honnetjr  du  Pro-
fesseur G.  Marinesco;  travaux  originaux  de
ses collegues, ses amis et  ses  eleves.   7l5p.  8?
Bucur., 1933.
   For biography see Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1933, 35:  151.
   For obituary see Bol. Acad. nac. med. B. Aires, 1938, 281-4
(Obarrio, J. M.) Also Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1938, 3. ser.,
IIP:  505 (Bezancon) 120: 91-3 (Ribadeau-Dumas)  Also
Bull. Acad. m6d. Roumanie, 1938, 3:  373-85, portr. (Parhon,
C. I.)  Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54:  848
(Lereboullet, P.)  Also J. me"d. Lyon, 1938, 19: 391 (Lepinc, J.)
Also  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1938,  88: 730.  Also Presse med.,
1938,  46: 1547, portr. (Guillain, G.) Also Rev.  st. med.,
Bucur., 1938, 27: No. 5, p. ii-iv, portr. (Irimescu, S.) Also
Romania med., 1938, 16: 261-3 (Daniel, C.)
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   ----JONESCO-SISESTI,  Nicoloy  [et  al.]
Le tonus des muscles stries; 6tude experimentale
et  clinique.   xvi,  357p.   pl.  24cm.   Bucur.,
Etat imprim. nat., 1937.
   Forms No. 8, Etudes Acad. Roumaine.
   MARINESCO, Gheorghes, & KREINDLER,
Arthur.  Des reflexes conditionnels; 6tudes  de
physiologie normale et pathologique.   vii, 171p.
pl.  8?   Par., F. Alcan,  1935.
   MARINESCO,  Neda   Stephan.    Proprieties
piezo-chimiques, chimiques et bio-physiques des
ultra-sons;  technique des ondes elastiques  de
haute  frequence.   55p.    pl.  25}£cm.    Par.,
Hermann & cie,  1937.
   MARINESCU, E.,  1902-       *Le stylomine,
est-il  une arme?    [Strasbourg]   33p.   24cm.
Schiltigheim, A.  Zetzner, 1935.
   MARINETTI,  Colette   Petron,   1914-
*Chimiotherapie sulfamidee  de la  blennorragie
feminine;  corps 693.  60p.  24cm.   Par., Jouve
& cie, 1939
   MARINETTI, Paul Antoine, 1913-      ♦Gros-
sesse  extra-uterine  et grossesse normale.   46p.
24cm.   Par., Jouve & cie,  1939.
   MARINGER,   August,   1900-        ♦Ueber
Menstruationsstorungen    bei  Ovarialtumoren.
22p.   8?  Giessen,  A. Klein,  1928.
   MARINGER,  Heinrich,  1906-        ♦Ueber
die  Entstehung  der  Lungenblutungen,  im be-
sonderen  der  bei  Bronchiektasien  mit  einem
eigenen Fall   [Heidelberg]   31 p.   8?   Saarlouis,
Hausen, 1934.
   MARINGER,  Karl Albert  Anton, 1907-
*Blutungen  bei  Frauen   zwischen   20 und  30
Jahren auf  Grund  des anatomischen  Materials
[Kiel]   31p.  8?  Trier, J.  Lintz, 1932.
   MARINGER, Kurt, 1902-       ♦Das Elektro-
kardiogramm beim  Typhus abdominalis  [Halle-
Wittenberg]   16p.   21cm.  Kothen-Anhalt,  H.
Greiner, 1938.
   MARINGOLA, Armando Angel.  ♦Concepto
anatomico y  fisiologico de los  musculos periesta- 
MARINGOLA                             304                                     MARION
filinos.   31p.  illust.  26>/2cm.   B.  Air.  [n.  p.]
1931.
  MARINHO de Azevedo, Joao [M.  D., 1898,
Rio]
  For Festschrift see Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1940, 8: No. 6.
  For biography see Brasil med., 1943, 57: 198. Also Hospital,
Rio, 1941, 19: 349-54.
  MARINI,   Benedetto.   Aspetti  clinico-radio-
logici  dell'ascesso   polmonare.   104p.    illust.
24^cm.   Roma, L. Guanella, 1942.
  See also Ficacci, L., Marini, B., & Pietrogrande, V.  Pato-
logia del tempo di guerra.  103p. 24cm. Roma, 1945.
  MARINI,  Luis C.  *Gastritis cr6nicas.  76p.
22)icm.   B.  Air., E. Spinelli, 1936.
  Si ARINI,  Tomas L.  La pesca y la piscicultura,
fuentes inexplotadas de  riqueza en  la Republica
Argentina.   34p.   tab.   pl.  22^cm.  B.  Air.,
Acad. Nac. Agron.  & Vet., 1941.
  MARINKOFF, Dimitre G.,  1903-       ♦Les
paralysies isolees du muscle grand oblique.  84p.
25^cm.   Lyon, Bose fr., 1933.
  MARIN Moreno, Nicolas  [M.  D., 1919,  B.
Aires]   Antecedentes,  titulos y trabajos.  24p.
23cm.  B. Air.,  A. Guidi Buffarini,  1942.  Also
another ed.  32p. 23cm.  B. Air., A. L6pez, 1943.
  MARINO, EduardoJV.,    -1944.
  lor obituary see Sem. med., B. Air.,  1944, 51: pt 2, 367.
  MARINO, Hector.  Labio leporino.  iv, 192p.
illust.  diagr.  pl.   27cm.  B.  Air., El  Ateneo,
1942.
  ----Pre  y postoperatorio.  p.253-482. 25cm.
B. Air., El Ateneo, 1943.
  In: Bibl. ter., Ter. clfn. (Cardini, C, & Beretervide, J. J.)
B. Air., 1943, v.2, pt 2.
  For biography see Prensa m6d. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 2090.
  MARINOFF,  Gueorgui  Pope, 1905-      ♦Le
vaccin antistaphylococcique dans le traitement
du zona.  55p.   8?   Par., L. Rodstein, 1934.
  MARINOFF,  Nicolas, 1897-      ♦Contribu-
tion  k l'etude  du  cancer pre'eoce  de l'estomac
(jusqu'a, l'age de 30 ans)  52p.  pl.  8?  Par.,
Jouve & cie,  1932.
  MARINOS, Charalampos D., 1907-      +La
lipodystrophie insulinique.  113p.  pl.  8? Par.,
M. Lac, 1931.
  MARINOWA, Luschka, 1902-       ♦Histo-
genese des Reizdentins.   20p.   pl.   8?  Wiirzb.
l'n. p.] 1931.
  MARIN Perez,  Rosa Marina,    -1941.
  For obituary see An.  Inst, biol., Mex., 1941, 12: 509, portr.
(Ochoterena, I.)
  MARIN y Sancho, F., MELGOSA y  Olaechea,
M.  [et al.]   Farmacopea-formulario de  medica-
mentos  nuevos.   Suplemento a la  Farmacopea-
formulario universal, xvi, 935p.  24cm.   Madr.,
Bailly-Bailliere & hijos,  1894.
  MARINUS, Carleton James,  1893-
   For portrait  see J. Michigan M. Soc, 1943, 42: 797.
  MARION,  Andre,  1896-         ♦Du  traite-
ment des laryngites tuberculeuses par l'etincelage
de tension.   200p.   pl.   8?  Par.,  Jouve & cie,
1929.
  MARION, Donatien, 1897-
  For portrait see Union med. Canada, 1942, 71: 913.
  MARION, Georges, 1869-       Traite d'uro-
logie.   2v.   1192p.  [paged consecutively]   pl.
8?   Par.,  Masson  &  cie,  1928.   Also 4.   ed.
1341p.  [paged consecutively]   25cm.  1940.
  ----  Urologie.  242p.  illust.   pl.  8? Par.,
X.  Maloine, 1932.
  In: Techn. chir., Par., 1932, 4:
  ----   Quelques  ve>it6s premieres  (ou  soi-
disant tellesj en urologie.  2. ed.  63p. 8? Par
Masson & cie, 1937.
  For portrait  see Union m£d. Canada, 1944, 73: 1358.
  Also editor of v.4, of Technique chirurgicale.  Par., 1932.
  ----  &  PERARD,   Jean.   Techtuque  des
operations plastiques sur la vessie et sur l'uretre.
210p.  illust.   25cm.  Par.,  Masson & cie, 1942
  MARION,  Henri, 1900-       *Etude critique
et  experimentale  des   plaies  transversales de
I'uretere;  deductions  chirurgicales  et  thera-
peutiques.  68p.  8?  Par.,  Masson & cie, 1929
  MARION,  Paul  Frangois, 1911-       *Les
cholecysto-pancreatites  aigues.   64p.   25cm.
Lyon, C. Annequin,  1939.
  MARION,  Pierre.
  See Mallet-Guy, P., & Marion, P.  La choledoco-duodeno-
stomie d'indication relative. 175p.  25cm.  Par., 1943.
  MARION,   Rene,  1909-        ♦L'alastrim;
6tude  epidemiologique;  ses rapports  avec la
variole.   97p.  8?   Lyon, Bose fr., 1936.
  MARION,  Ohio.  Sawyer Sanatorium.  Clini-
cal  Section.  Arthritis;  complications and ther-
apy;  case report.   7p.   20}icm,   Marion,  the
Sanitorium [after 1938]
  ----   Exhaustion; physical  aspects.    4  1,
illust.  diagr.   20J^cm.  Marion, the Sanatorium,
1940.
  MARIOTTI, Vincent, 1907-       *Extension
de la fievre ondulante en Corse.  49p.  8?  Par.,
Jouve & cie, 1936.
  MARIOTTI-BIANCHI,  G. B., & COSTA, F.
Igiene militare; manuale  pratico  per l'ufficiale
medico,   xv,  599p.   tab.    pl.  13cm.  Roma,
Stud. Ed. 1st. Univ., 1929.

MARIOUPOL, U. S. S.  R.
  See under Health organization.
  MARIQUE, Pierre [M. D., 1925, Bruxelles] &
STEENEBRUGGEN,  C. A.  Le. traitement du
pied  bot  varus  equin  congenital.   p.89-176.
illust.  24cm.   Brux., 1947.
  In: Acta orthopaed. belg., 1947, 13:
  MARISCAL  y  Garcia, Nicasio,  1858-
Relaciones histdricas de la medicina espanola con
la italiana.  119p.   25}£cm.   Madr.,  J. Cosano,
1924.
  ----  La participaci6n que tuvieron los medi-
cos espafioles en el gran  descubrimiento de la
circulaci6n de  la sangre.  167p.   illust.  portr.
4?   Madr., J. Cosano, 1931.
  For biography see Sem. m£d. espafi., 1943, 6: pt 2, Suppl., 1,
portr. (Villarejo)

MARITIME  hygiene.
  See  also   Emigrant,  Examination;  Harbor,
Sanitary service;  Health  organization, interna-
tional; Naval hygiene;  Quarantine; Ship, Rat
extermination,  etc.
  Blanc,  J.  ♦Sur revolution de la prophylaxie
maritime internationale  des maladies  pestilen-
tielles.   47p.  8?   Par.,  1927.
  Bourayne. R. de.  Precis de reglementation
maritime.   87p.  8?   Par., 1936.
  Tanon, L., Clerc, M. [et al.]  Hygiene mari-
time et  prophylaxie internationale.  623p.  8!
Par., 1933.
  Board of Trade instructions  aa to the survey of masters and
crew spaces, 1923.  J. R. San. Inst., Lond., 1923-24, 44: 45.—
Brown, C. P.  The division of quarantine, immigration medical
and sick mariners' services.  Canad. Pub. Health J., 1939, SO:
123-7.—Geiger, J. C.  Concerning public health supervision of
passenger boats.  California West. M., 1940, 53: 149.—Home,
W.  E.  Sanitary progress during the fifty years 1876-1926;
sanitary advance at sea.  J. R. San. Inst., Lond., 1926-27, 47:
111-9.—Lausies.   Histoire du Service sanitaire maritime au
HavTe.  C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc.  (1914) 1915, 43: 1145-9.—
Luquero, C. G.  Informaci6n sanitaria maritima. Rev. san.,
Madr., 1939, 13: 669.—Mandoul.  L'hygiene  maritime a  la
Faculte de medecine de Bordeaux.   J. med. Bordeaux, 1922,
52:  426-8.—Mujica, J. C. A.  Sanidad maritima y fluvial >'
saneamiento de puertos.  Bol.  san., B. Air., 1941, 5: 26-32.—
Petragnani,  G.   Quelques donn£es sur l'organisa'tion des
services sanitaires  maritimes en Italie.  Bull.  Off.  internat. 
MARITIME HYGIENE                   305                                   MARKEES
 hve pub  Par., 1939, 31: 263-9.—Prosecution and conviction
 secured by United States Attorney for fraudulent certificates
 issued by  masters of vessels.  Hosp.  News, Wash.,  1940, 7:
 17 —Recapitulation des cas de maladies vis£s par la Convention
 sanitaire internationale de 1926#signales a bord des navires en
 1932.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1933, 25:  311-5 —
 Reglamento de sanidad maritima. In: Leyes (Costa Rica) S.
 Jose  1935. 37-45.—Reglamento de Sanidad maritima.  Rev,
 san.,'Caracas, 1940, 5: No. 2, 148-62.—Reglamento de Sanidad
 maritima;  y acuerdo de aprobaci6n (Guatemala)  Bol. san.
 Guatemala, 1934, 5: 881-8.—Resolucion numero 5 de 1937
 (febrero 11) por la  cual reglamenta  el Servicio de sanidad
 maritima, se sefialan  funciones a los medicos de los puertos y se
 dictan medidas profil&cticas  para impedir la importation y
 propagaci6n de enfermedades infectocontagiosas susceptibles
 de desarrollarse  epidemicamente, en  cumplimiento de con-
 venciones  sanitarias  internationales, suscritas por Colombia.
 Rev. hig.,  Bogota, 1941, 22:  68-99.—Sanidad maritima.  In:
 Leves (Costa  Rica)  S. Jose,  1935, 26.—Ship-borne  diseases.
 Annual Rep. Chief M. Off. Min. Health, Lond.  (1936)  1937,
 193-9.—Stock, P. G.  Les signaux destines a indiquer lVtat
 sanitaire des navires.   Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1933,
 25: 1599-605.—Water pollution.  Mil.  Surgeon, 1943, 92:
 335—Williams, C. L.  La surveillance dans la pratique sani-
 taire maritime aux Etats-Unis. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub.,
 Par., 1939, 31: 260-2.—Wolf, E.  Die gesundheitliche Ueber-
 wachung der Schiffe in den deutschen See- und Grenzhafen.
 In: Schiffs & Hafenarzt (Kortenhaus, F.) Jena, 1937, 65-110.—
 Wong, F. S., & Wu, C. Y. Medical inspection of vessels, in-
 cluding emigrant ships, in China.  Rep. Nat. Quarant. Serv.
 China, 1934, ser. 5, 71-9. Also Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M.,
 1934, 9: pt 2, 857-65.

 MARITIME  warfare.

   See Naval warfare.

 MARITREMA.

   See also Trematoda.
   Hadley, C. E., & Castle, R.  M.  Description of a new species
 of Maritrema Nicoll  1907, Maritrema arenaria, with studies of
 the life history. Biol. Bull., 1940, 78: 338-48.—Travassos, L.
 Une nouvelle espece  du genre Maritrema, Maritrema pulcher-
 rima n. sp. (Trematoda) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 945.

   MARJOLET,   Gilles,   1909-        ♦De   la
 thoracoplastie compiementaire des pneumothorax
 partiels.   77p. 8?  Par., Jouve & cie,  1936.
   MARJOLIN, Jean Nicolas,  1780-1850.
   For biography see Biogr. meU, Par., 1934, 8: 373-88, 4 pl.
 (Genty, M.)
   For portrait see Collection  in Library.  Also in Collect, art.
 Fac. med., Paris (Legrand, N.) Par., 1911, pl. 61.

 MARJORAM.

   See Origanum.
   MARK,  Adolf, 1910-        ♦Ueber Pseudo-
 tumoren des Nebenhodens.   16p.   pl.   22cm.
 Erlangen, K. Dores, 1935.
   MARK,   Guido,  1909-        ♦Ueber  Gallen-
 blaseninfarkte    [Zurich]     p.645-68.    23cm.
 Wurzb.,  H. Stiirtz, 1935.
   Also Virchows Arch., 1935,  295:

   MARK, Herman Franz, 1895-
   See Eratky, O., &  Mark, H. F. Anwendung physikalischer
 Methoden  zur  Erforschung  von Naturstoffen.   p.255-351.
 22Hcm. wien, 1939.

   MARK, Leonard Portal, 1855-1930.
   For obituary see West London  M. J., 1930, 35: 213-20..

   MARK, Rene, 1907-       *Ueber das Pseudo-
 myxoma peritonei  [Zurich]   18p.   8?   Stetten-
 Basel, K. Schahl, 1935.
   MARK,  Tuvij.  ♦Contribution k l'etude des
 disseminations secondaires au  cours de la  phtisie
 pulmonaire a la lumiere  des conceptions modernes
 de la tuberculose.  18p.   8?  Geneve [n. p.] 1929.
  MARKAU, Eugen, 1897-       ♦Die Pneumati-
 sation  des Warzenfortsatzes und Rachitis.  20p.
 8?  Tub., E. Gobel,  1930.
  MARKE, Franz Friedrich, 1898-       ♦Ueber
 den  Einfluss  von Bromacetat,  Natriumfluorid
 und Oxalat auf diastatische Fermente  [Munster]
 16p.  21cm.  Werne a. d. Lippe, F. Grube, 1936.
  MARKE, Josef, 1906-       *Ueber  den  Ein-
fluss  von Natriumbromid auf den intermediaren
Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel     [Munster]     15p.
21cm.  Werne a. d. Lippe, F. Grube,  1934.
   MARKEES, Emil, 1868-1927.
   For obituary see Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 108.

   MARKEES,  Jorg.   ♦Die  Pseudarthrosen  der
Malleolen  nach  Sprunggelenksverletzungen;  ein
Beitrag zur Entwicklungsmechanik  [Basel]  15p.
8?   Bern,  H.  Huber, 1936.
   MARKEES, Silvio,  1908-      ♦Versuche der
Ziichtung  von  Nierengewebe  in vitro  [Berlin]
p.595-610.  8?   Jena, G.  Fischer,  1933.
   Also Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1933, 14:

   MARKEL,  Howard Hill, 1879-1943.
   For obituary see Bull. San Francisco Co. M. Soc, 1943, 16:
No. 4, 20.  Also California West. M., 1943, 58: 252.

   MARKELL, William Ody, 1886-
   For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 38.

   MARKENDORF,  Ruth,   1911-       ♦Ver-
zogerung  der  Blutgerinnung  bei  Operationen
nach  Ikterus;  16  Falle aus  der Chirurgischen
Universitatsklinik  in Leipzig.   34p.   8?   Lpz.,
A. Edelmann, 1936.
   MARKERT,   Erwin,   1901-        ♦Ist   die
Operationsprognose bei  der  Resektion  des  kar-
zinomatosen  Magens  auch  abhangig  von  den
Salzsaureverhaltnissen?   [Wiirzburg]   28p.   8?
Hildburghausen [n. p.] 1927.
   MARKERT,  Otto, 1907-       ♦Wie sieht es
mit dem  praktischen  Erfolge unserer jetzigen
Insulindauertherapie  aus?  20p.   8?   Wiirzb.,
Werkbund-Druck., 1932.


MARKET.

   See also  Food market.
   Fogg, W.  The organization of a Moroccan tribal market.
Am. Anthrop., 1942, 44: 47-61.—Guest, L. P.  Last vs usual
purchase questions.  J.  Appl. Psychol., 1942, 26: 180-6.—
Modernization de los rastros publicos; erogaciones del 10% de
las rentas de los municipios.  Bol. san., Managua, 1944, 4: 8.—■
Nourse, E. G.  La filosoffa del  mercado cooperativo.  Rev.
zootecn., B. Air., 1942, 29: No. 250, 20-8.—Nutrition aspects of
surplus marketing administration programs.  J.  Am.  Diet.
Ass., 1942, 18: 94-6.—Schioppa, L.  Mercati vecchi e nuovi
della citta di Como.  Gior. Soc. ital. igiene, 1935, 57: 29-41.—
Trager, L. W. Importance of sanitation at roadside establish-
ments.  Bull. N.  Hampshire Extens. Serv., 1931,  No. 39, 20-
3.—Vogt, H.  Die Heizungs- und Luftungsanlage der Markt-
hallein Karlsruhe i. B.  Gesundh. Ingenieur,  1936. 59: 57-60.

   MARKEWITZ,  Johannes,  1898-        ♦Ein
Fall von Ulcus molle phagedaenicum mit Ampu-
tatio penis. 27p.  8?  Miinch. [n. p.] 1926.
   MARKEY,  Francis Virginia, 1911-     Imagin-
ative behavior of preschool children.   140p.   8?
N. Y., Columbia Univ., 1935.
   See also Jersild, A. T., & Markey, F. V. Conflicts between
preschool children.  181p. 8!  N. Y.,  1935.
   MARKGRAF,Erik,  1906-     ♦Ueber die Hau-
hgkeit und das- Zustandekommen von Finger-
spitzenbrand  bei Panaritien.  67p.  8?  Konigsb.
i. P., P. Escher, 1936.
   MARKGRAF, Helmut  Karl  Franz  Wilhelm,
1911-       ♦Die Ausvvertung der diagnostischen
Hilfsmittel bei chirurgischer Tuberkulose.  32p.
8?   Lpz., A. Edelmann,  1936.
   MARKHAM,  Gervase,  1568-1637.
   Mullet,  C. F.  Gesyase Markham; scientific amateur.
Tsis, Menasha, 1943-44, 35: 106-18.

   MARKHAM, Sydney  Frank,  1897-       Cli-
mate  and  the energy  of nations.   144p.   map.
tab.   23cm.   Lond.,  Oxford   Univ.  Pr.,  1942.
Also rev. & enl. x, 236p.   22cm.  N.  Y., Oxford
Univ.  Pr.,  1944.
  MARKHAM, William Orlando, 1819-91.  Re-
marks  on  the surgical practice of Paris.   64p.
23cm.  Phila., A. Waldie,  1841.
  Bound with: Institutes of surgery (Bell, Sir C.) 1840.
  MARKIEWITZ, Ruth, 1902-       ♦Ueber die
Handedesinfektion mit der  Carvasept-Seifenlo-
sung  [Breslau]  29p.   8?  Liebau,  H. Hiltmann,

1932:
549701—vol. 10, 4th series-
-20 
MARKLE
:m
MARKOVSKY
  MARKLE Foundation (John and Mary R.)
  See New York, N. Y. John and Mary R. Markle Foundation.
  MARKLEY, Andrew J., 1858-1940.
  For obituary see Illinois M. J., 1941, 79: 94, portr.
  MARKLEY, Arthur Jackson, 1874-
  For biography see Colorado M., 1935, 32: 769, portr.
  MARKLEY, Stephen Charles, 1872-1943.
  For obituary see J. Am. AI. Ass., 1943, 123: 854.
  MARKOE, James Cox, 1856-1941.
  For obituary see Minnesota M., 1942, 25:  62 (Culligan,
J. M.)
  MARKOE, James Wright, 1862-1920.
  For biographv  see  in Coll.  Phvsicians & Surg. N.  York
(Shrady, J.) N. Y., 1: 492, portr.
  MARKOE, Thomas Masters, 1819-1901.
  For biogiaphv  see  in Coll.  Phvsicians & Surg. N.  York
(Shrady, J.) N. Y.. 1: 276-8, portr.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MARKOFF,  Anton.  ♦Der  hintere Rand an
oberen  totalen Platten  und  seine Feststellung
durch    das    Kauabdruckverfahren;   Grenze
zwischen beweglichem und  unbeweglichem Gau-
men  [Basel] 24p.  pl.   8?   Ziir.,  Berichthaus,
1935.
  Also Schweiz. Mschi. Zahnh., 1935,  45:
  MARKOFF,  Assen.  ♦La musique, les musi-
cicns,  la  fonction musicale; essai therapeutique,
anthropologique,  anatomo-clinique.   xiii, 102p.
24cm.   Toulouse, Impr. Regionale, 1937.
  MARKOFF, Iwan  Simeonoff,  1896-
* Leber   einen  Fall  von  Fotus  holoakardius
amorphus.   14p.   S?   Miinch. [n. p.] 1927.
  MARKOFF, Nicola G.  [M. D., 1934, Bern]
Die einheinrische  Sprue.    48p.   8?  Basel,  B.
Schwabe & Co., 1938.
  Forms Suppl. 3, v. 5, Helvet. med. acta.
  â– ---  Magenentziindung und  Magengesehwur
als  Dienstbeschadigung.   94p.    illust.   tab,
diagr.  25cm.   Hern, H. Huber, 1941.
  MARKOFF, \YIadimir Nestor,  1883-
*Vergleichende bakteriologische und serologische
Studien iiber  Rauschbrand und  Pseudorausch-
brand [Bern]  36p.  8°  Jena, G. Fischer, 1911.
   MARKOV, A. A.  Les maladies a protozoaires.
151p.    tab.   diagr.    27cm.   Moskva, Acad.
L6nine Sc.  Agr., 1935
  Russian text; French summaries.
  Forms T. 11 of Trav. Inst. med. vet.  exp.  URSS (Acad.
Ldnine Sc. Agr., Moskva)
   MARKOV, D. A.  KjiuHuuecKaa xpoHaiccuMe-
Tpua. 235p. tab. diagr.  23cm.  Minsk, Gosud.
izd. beloruss.,  1935.
   MARKOVICS,   Josef,   1897-       ♦Besteht
ein Zusammenhang zwischen  atonischen Blutun-
gen post-partum und  Menstruationsstorungen?
28p.   8?   Wiirzb.,  F. G. Kohler,  1926.
   MARKOVITS, Emmerich.  Rontgendiagnostik
der Erkrankungen  innerer  Organe in Tabellen-
form.   xvi, 198p.   8°.   Lpz.,  G.  Thieme, 1928.
Also 2. Aufl.   xvi, 223p.   1931.
  ----   Rontgendiagnostik der  Knochen-  und
 Gelenkerkrankungen in Tabellenform.  ix, 158p
8?   Lpz., G. Thieme, 1929.
   MARKOVITS, Geza, 1900-       *Lasst sich
die  rein  mechanische Erklarung der  Yerbildung
des Gesichtsskeletts  beim Torticollis  aufrecht
erhalten?   28p.  S'r  Wiirzb.,  Gebr.   Memmin-
ger, 1927.
   MARKOVITS, Paul, 1912-       *Les troubles
vasculaires  conditionn6s par  les cotes cervicales
et les apophysomegalies de la7e vertebre cervicale
51p.   S°   Par., Lipschutz,  1936.
   MARKOYMKOV,   Vladimir   Vassilievich
1S3S-1904.
   For obituary see J. Chem. Soc., Lond., 1905. 597-600  portr
(Mills, E. J.)                                 '
  MARKOVSKY, Alexis V., 1872 1927.
  For obituary .see J. akush.. 1927. 38: ti.">7 (Baksht, J.)
  MARKOWITZ, Cecile Cohen, 1898-1940.
  For obituary see Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1939-40, 13: 230.
  MARKOWITZ,   Jacob,  1901  12.   Textbook
of experimental surgery,  xv, 527p.  illust. diagr
8?  Bait.,  W. Wood & Co., 1937.
  For obituary see Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1942  11-
245.
  MARKOWITZ,  Max,  1913-       *De I'em-
ploi  de la  reaction de Friedmann comme moyen
de diagnostic dans  un cas de chorio-6pitheiiome
malin.   20p.   23}<>cm.  Lausanne, Impr.  Held,
1937.
  MARKOWITZ, Morris, 1877        Practical
survey of chemistry and metabolism of the skin
xii, 196p.  20#cm.   Phila., Blakiston  Co., 1942
  MARKOWSKY,  Edith,  1909-     ♦Ein Kali
von  Erythema  exsudativum  multiforme  mit
wiederholter fixer Schleimhautlokalisation [Miin-
chen]   15p.   8?   Dusseld.,  G. H.  Xolte, 1934
  MARKOWSKY,  Hirsch Wolf [M.  D., Berlin,
1931] ♦Die Beziehungen  der Keimdriisen zu den
sekundaren Geschleclitscharakteren [Berlin] 23p.
8?   Riga,  Druck Riti, 1931.
  MARKOWSKY,   Senta,  1909-       *l'cbcr
die  Beeinflussung  der  Herztatigkeit  durch die
Temperatur  [Jena]   p.   231-48.  8?  Wien,  E.
Haim, 1933.
  Also Biol, gen., Wien,  1933, 9:
  MARKREITHER, Franz von, 1910-      *Ein
Xeuroblastom der  Retina.   17p.  8?  Miinch.
[n. p.]   1934.
  MARKS, A. A. [New York City]   Manual of
artificial limbs ...  an exhaustive  exposition of
prothesis.   430p.   illust.   23cm.   N.  Y., A.  A.
Marks,  1905.  . Also  430p.   1908.  Also 414p.
1912.
  MARKS, George Edwin, 1853-1932.   A trea-
tise on Marks' patent artificial limbs with rubber
hands  and feet.   397p.   illust. portr.   8?   N.
Y., A. A. Marks, 1888.   Another ed.  viii, 544p.
1896.   Another ed.   viii, 1901.
  MARKS, Harry F.
  See Targ,  W., & Marks, H. F.  Ten thousand rare books
and their prices.  360p.  20cm.  Chic, 1936.
  MARKS, Henry  Percy,  1894-1944.
  For obituary see Biochem. J., Lond., 1945, 39: 1 (Young,
F. G.)  Also Nature, Lond., 1944, 154: 601.
  MARKS, Herbert Henry, 1896-
  See Christiernin, C. L., Dublin, L. I., & Marks, H. H.  A
mortality study of  applicants for  insurance.   33p. 23cin.
N. Y., 1940.  Also Dublin, L. I., & Marks, H. H.  The weight
standards and mortality of very tall men.  31]). 8?  N. Y.,
1937.-----The build of women and its relation to their
mortality; a  preliminary  report.  32p.  8?  N. Y., 1938.
------Mortality of  women  according to  build.  22p.
22Hcm.  N.  Y., 1939.-----The inheritance of longevity.
34p.  22cm.  N. Y., 1942.
  MARKS,  Jeannette  Augustus,  1875-
Genius and disaster; studies in drugs and genius.
viii, 185p.  8?  N.  Y., Adelphi Co., 1925.  Also
2. ed.   193p.  portr.  21cm.  1926.
  MARKS, Jerome Alexander, 1899-
   For portrait see Phi Delta Epsilon News, 1944, 35: 55.
   MARKS,  Jerome Lester,  1915-       ♦Sulfa-
pyridine,  dagenan,  in  pneumonia [Marquette
Univ.]   25p.   28cm.   Milwaukee [n.  p.]  1939.
  Typewritten.
   MARKS, Percy  Leman, 1867-       A hand-
book on ventilation,  including air  conditioning.
viii,  138p.   illust.   pl.   8?   Lond.,  Technical
Pr., 1938.

MARKSMANSHIP.
   See  also Visual acuity.
   I.ebensohn, J. E.  Ocular dominance andmarksmaaship.
U. b. .Nav. Al. Bull., 1942, 40: 590-4- Marksmanship and eye 
MARKSMANSHIP                       307                                    MARLE
 color  Optometr. Week.,  1941-42, 32:  1341—Seeber. W.
 Zieliibungen bei Emmetropie, kunsthcher Myopie und kunst-
 licherHypermetropic.  Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1940-41, 142:
 576-87.
  MARKSON, Leonard  Simpson,  1909-
 *Pemphigus   [Marquette   Univ.]   30p.   28cm.
 Milwaukee [n. p.]   1936.
  Typewritten.
  MARKSTAHLER,   Hedy,  1910-       *Die
 Ausscheidung von  Fluoreszein und Trypaflavin
 in  der  Leber  der weissen  Ratte  [Heidelberg]
 21p  8°  Coburg,  Tageblatt-Haus, 1935.
  MARKULA, Fritz  Helmut, 1912-      *Um-
 fangreiches Fehlen von Zahnanlagen im bleiben-
 den Gebiss.  24p.  8?   Tub., Tubing. Studen-
 tenwerk, 1936.
  MARKUS, Marcellus, 1908-       *Die Navi-
 cularfraktur   der   Hand  als   Sportverletzung.
 31p  8?  Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1934.
   MARKUSSEN, Evald Hagbart, 1880-1912.
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.,
 234.
  MARKUZON, Vladimir Davidovich, 1880-
  See Kisely, A. A., Osinovskii, N. I.,  & Markuzon, V, D.
 Klinika revmatizma u detei.  247p.  1914cm.  Leningr., 1935.
  MARKWALD,  Heinz  Wolfgang,  1911-
 Chirurgie und Vitamine.  85p.  23cm.  Berl., P.
 Brandel, 1937.
  MARKWALDER,  Ernst  [M.  D.,  1933, Lau-
 sanne]  *Ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur Aetiologie
 und Pathogenese der Kardioachalasie [Lausanne!
 22p.  pl.  8?   Uznach, K. Oberholzer, 1933.
  MARKWALDER,  Hans  [M.  D., 1940, Bern]
 *Blutumsatz   und  Hochgebirge.   27p.   21cm.
 Bern, Biihler & Werder, 1940.
  MARKWARDT, August  Wilhelm,  1910-
 *Beobachtungen zur  Frage  der  zentral-nervosen
 Entstehung der Xvkturie  [Rostock]  14p.  8?
 Rochlitz i."S., E. Vetter, 1933.
  MARKWICK, Evangeline, 1892-       Train-
 ing medical secretaries in junior colleges.   88p.
 tab. form.  23>^cm.   N. Lond., N. H., Colby Jun.
 Coll., 1944.
  MARKWICK,  William Fisher, 1848-1911.
  See Stevens, G. B., & Markwick, W. F.  The life, letters
 and journals of the Rev. and Hon. Peter Parker, M. D.  362p.
 21cm. Bost., 1896.
  MARKWITZ, Eugen.
  See Imming, E., Speier, A., & Markwitz, E.   Fachworter-
 buch fur  Dentisten. 2.  Aufl. 268p.  8?  [Berl.] 1931. Also
 Speier, A., & Markwitz, E. Bakteriologie fiir Dentisten.  2.
 Aufl.  166p.  8?  Berl., 1930.
  MARK WORT, Johannes, 1904-       *Ueber
 komplikatorische Tumoren  bei  Dermatitis atro-
 phicans  idiopathica  diffusa et   maculosa  [Got-
 tingen]  27p.  8?   Hildesheim,  F. Borgmever,
 1930.
  MARLBOROUGH, Mass.  Water and Sewage
 Commissioners.   Annual  report.  Marlborough,
 37.,  1919-
  MARLE, Walter [i.  e. Guttmann, Walter] 1873-
      Lexikon der gesamten Therapie des prakti-
 schen Arztes  mit Einschluss der  therapeutischen
 Technik.   2v.  1718p.   [paged consecutively]
 4?   Berl.,  Urban  &   Schwarzenberg,  1915-16.
 Also 3.  Aufl.  2v.  1579p.   1929-30.
  ---  The same.   Dizionario di terapia con
 riferimenti diagnostici.  1. ed. italiana  dall'origi-
 nale tedesca,  diretta  dal Cesare  Frugoni,  tradu-
zione dei M. Coppo e V. Puddu.  2v.   x, 1573p.
paged continuously,   illust.   26cm.   Milano, F.
 Vallardi, 1942.
  ---  Grundbegriffe  der  klinischen  Medizin;
eine Einfiihrung  in   die   klinischen  Semester
(zugleich  eine synthetische  Terminologie)   2.
Aufl.  vii,  640p.   illust.   diagr.   8?   Berl.,
Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1932.
  ----   Medizinische Terminologie.
  From 30. Aufl. on see under Volkmann, H., ed.
  â– ----   Taschenworterbuch der  medizinischen
Fachausdrucke fiir Nichtarzte.   4. Aufl.
  See under Volkmann, H., ed.
  For other works of this author see under Guttmann, Walter,
in the 3. and 4. series.
  MARLEWSKI,  Cyril  Robert,  1904-
*Cholecystography   [Marquette  Univ.]   16p.
28cm.   Milwaukee  [n. p.]  1932.
  MARLIANGEAS,  J.  Guide  pratique de  la
laborantine;  toutes les techniques courantes du
laboratoire  de  biologie:   112p.   illust.   tab.
23cm.   Par., Vigot fr., 1942.
  MARLIANI, Giovanni,     -1483.
  Clagett, M.  Note on the Tractatus  physici falsely at-
tributed to Ciovanni Marliani.  Isis, Menasha, 1942-43, 34:
168.
  MARLIN, Pierre, 1908-     *Le traitement de
la  tuberculose pulmonaire de I'enfant en sana-
torium.  226p.  8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936.
  MARLIN,  Thomas  [M.  D.,  1912,  Glasgow]
Manipulative treatment for the medical  practi-
tioner,  vii, 133p.  illust.  8?  Lond., E. Arnold
& Co., 1934.
  MARLOT,  Henri, 1909-      *Heredite simi-
laire dans  la paralysie generale.   94p.   24cm.
Par., L. Rodstein, 1941.
  MARLOT,  Roger,   1909-       *De   l'anes-
thesie des synoviales des membres chez le cheval
[Alfort; Vet.]  73p.  8?  Par., Vigot fr., 1934.
  MARLOTH, N. Kurt, 1882-       Notverbande
und  deren  Technik  (einschliesslich Plast-Xot-
verbande);  ein  Hilfs-  und  Auskunftsbiichlein
fiir Laienhelfer.   12.  Aufl.   47p.   illust.  17cm.
Lpz., A.  Frohlich, 1939.
  MARLOW, Frank William, 1858-1942.
  For obituary see Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1943, 29: 141, portr.
(Knapp, A.)  Also  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1943, 41:  33-5.
portr. ( (Joy, IL H.)
  MARLOW, Hubert Whatley, 1894-      *The
effect  of sex hormones  on  blood-calcium  and
inorganic  blood-phosphate   levels    [Ph.  D.]
p.72-84.   8?  Chic,  Univ. Chicago Libr., 1937.
  Also Endocrinology, 1937, 21:
  MARMASSE, Jean  Gaston,  1906-     ^ *Le
service social aupres  des  cardiaques a l'Hopital
Broussais.  65p.  8?  Par., M. Vign<5, 1932.
  MARMELSZADT, Willard, 1919-      Musi-
cal sons of Aesculapius.  116p.   illust.  portr.
23#cm.  N.  Y., Froben Pr., 1946.
  MARMEN, Viktor,  1867-       *Amalgamun-
tersuchungen mit besonderem  Bezug auf  die
Formbestandigkeit.   43p.   8?    Berl.,  G.  Rei-
marus, 1927.
  MARMET, Andre,  1908-       *A propos de
quelques observations de mort subite sans cause
apparente au cours de la tuberculose pulmonaire.
96p.  8?  Lyon, Bose fr., 1936.
  MARMEY, Charles, 1872-1939.
  For obituary see Maroc med., 1939, 19: 422. â– 
  MARMIER, Robert Andre Edmond, 1914-
*Syndromes  hemorragiques  chez les hepatiques
et  vitamine  K.   20p.  25cm.   Par.,  Francisc.
Miss., 1939.
  MARMOITON, Jean Emile, 1883-
  See Worms, G., & Marmoiton, J. E.  Le trachome.  187p.
3!  Par., 1929.
  MARMONTEL, Jean Francois,  1723-99.
  Nouaillac, J.   La sant6 d'un homme heureux, Marmontel.
^sculape, Par., 1936, 26: 225-33, portr.

MARMORACEAE.
  See also  Mosaic virus; Virosis, plant.
  Brierley, P., & Smith, F. F.  Studies on lily virus diseases;
the  mottle group.  Phytopathology, 1944,  34:  718-46.—
Holmes, F. O.  Marmoraceae.  In his  Handb. Phytopath.
Viruses, Minneap., 1941, 16-96. 
MARMOREK
308
MARONI
  MARMOREK, Alexander, 1865-1923.
  For biography see in Modern M. World (Kagan, S. R.)
Bost.. 1945, 162, portr.
  MARMORSTON, Jessie W., 1899-
  See Perla, D., & Marmorston, J.  The spleen and resistance.
170p.  8°.  Bait.,  1935.  ■-----  Natural resistance  and
clinical medicine. 1344p.  25cm.  Bost., 1941.

MARMOT.
  Kalabukhov, N.  I. [Breeding of Siberian  marmot in
European Russia; cause of epizootic distemper]  Gig. epidem.,
1929, 8: 51-5.—Kalina, G. P.  [Biology of Siberian marmots
in  Khirgisia  and  their  epidemiologic  importance]  Vest.
mikrob., 1931,  10:  69-82.—Marie, P.  Sur les  arthropodes
commensaux  de la  marmotte  des Alps. C. rend. Acad, sc,
1929, 188:  575-7.—Olsufiev, N. G.  [Some data on the ecology
of the long-tailed marmot (Marmota c:iud:ita  .lacquem) and
its parasites]  In: Vopr. Kraev. parazit. (I'avlovsky, E. N.)
Moskva,  1938, 3:  199-209.—Popov,  V. N.  I Migration of
Siberian marmots by water]  Vest, mikrob., 1931, 10: 93-5.
  MARMOIR,  Michel,  1905-       *L'angine
tuberculeuse. 64p.   S?   Par., L. Rodstein, 1938.
  MARMOZ, Leon, 1913-       *Le  Haras de
Cluny; l'elevage chevalin dans la Circonscription.
61p.  251>cm.   Lyon, Bose fr., 1939.
  MARNET, Jacques, 1908-      *Contribution
a l'etude de la  syphilis  broncho-pulmonaire et
en  particulier  des  gommes pulmonaires.   71 p.
24cm.   Par., I\l. Vigne", 1939.
   MARNET,  Pierre,   1907-       *Chondro-
matose du squelette.  80p.  pl.  8?  Par.,  Jouve
& cie, 1934.
   MARNOCH, John, 1867-1936.
   For obituary see  Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 336, portr.
  MAROC medical; journal  de la  medecine et
de  la pathologie  compared.   Casablanca, v. 19,
1939-
  MAROGER,  Bernard,  1907-      *Sur deux
nouvelles observations  de volvulus  au Cours de
la grossesse.  65p.  8?  Par., Vigot fr., 1933.
  MAROGER,  Frank,  1907-      *Les indica-
tions de la morphine  au  cours  du travail de
l'accouchement.   70p.   8?   Par.,  A.  Legrand,
1934.
  MAROGER,   Marc,   1910-        *Un  eau
minerale tres radioactive; sources de la montagne,
Chateldon  Puy-de-Dome.   66p.  8?    Par., L.
Cario, 1936.
  MAROIS, Albert,  1860-1936. •
  For obituary see Bull. Soc.  m£d. hop. Quebec, 1936, 1:
79, portr. (Valiee, A.)
 .  MAROLDA,   Constantino  Ismael  [M.   D.,
1926, B. Aires]   El Cissampelos pareira; estudio
farmaco-dinamico de   la  beberina.   83p.   ch.
diagr.  23>/2cm.   B.  Air. [n. p.]   1931.
  ----  Antecedentes,  titulos y trabajos.   13p.
21cm.   B. Air., J. Caputo,  1940.
   MAROLI,   Giovanni.    *Ueber   B2-Hypovi-
taminosen  beim Neugeborenen   [Bern]    56p.
24cm.   Lugano, Tip. Luganese, 1940.
   MAROLT, Alfred.   *Experimentelle Unter-
suchungen iiber  die Behandlung der Pulpitis
nach der Verkieselung.^-Methode  von  Schroeder
[Zurich]  40p.   8?  Lpz., G. Thieme,  1927.
  Also Deut. Zahnh., 1927, H. 70.
   MARON, Elfriede,   1907-       *Ueber  den
Verlauf  der Bronchopneumonien der Ober- und
Unterlappenpneumonien  [M.iinchen]  15p.  21cm.
Speycr a. R., Pilger, 1938.
   MARONET,   Madeleine  Josephine Jeanne,
1916-       *La  vitamine  D2 k dose  unique et
forte dans le traitement du syndrome rachitique.
51p.   24cm.  Par., R. Foulon, 1941.
   MARONEY,  Frederick William, 1884-
  See Burkard, W. E., Chambers, R. L., & Maroney, F. W.,
Health for young  Americans.  375p. 21 Hem.  Chic,  1943!
——— Working together for health.  373p.  21Mcm.  Chic,
1943.----—  Health and  human welfare.   640p.  21cm
Chic, 1944.
     *Untersu-
zwischen Rot-
 tab.  22tfcm.
  MARONI, Jose Juan  [M. D., 1926, B.  Aires]
Exploraci6n  de los  micmbros  inferiorcs.  219p.
illust.  diagr.   23>£cm.  B. Air., El Ateneo, 1938.
  ----   Presentaci6n,  antecedentes,  titulos  y
trabajos.   12p.  23cm.  B. Air.,  Impr. Ferrari
hnos, 1942.
  MARONNE, Paul  Andre,  1905-       ♦Con-
tribution  a l'etude  du metabolisme  normal  et
pathologique des graisses (role de l'etat de satura-
tion des acides gras) 56p.   8?   Par., M. Vigne
1931.
  MAROS,  Guy,  1913-        ^Contribution k
l'etude  des  m6thodes  quantitatives de Brindeau
et H. et M. Hinglais dans la m61e hydatiforme
et le chorioepitheRome.  66p.   25^cm.  Par.,
Vigot fr.,  1938.
  MAROSKE,  Fritz,  1912-
cliungen iiber  Zusammenhange
haarigkeit und Charakter.   40p.
Greifswald, H. Adler,  1937.
  MAROT, Claude  Toussaint, 1675-1755.
  See:
  Bouan du  Chef du Bos, H. J. C.   *Claude
Toussaint  Marot, Comte de  la Garaye (1675-
1755)   103p.   8?   Par., 1937.
  MAROT, Daniel  Athanase, 1914-       ♦Con-
siderations sur le traitement de la diphterie  et
des infections rhino-pharyngees  chez les porteurs
de bacilles de Loeffler.  63p.  24cm.   Par.,  Jouve
& cie 1942.
  MAROTi  Robert,  1904-       *La  malaria-
therapie dans le tabes.  64p.  ch.   8?  Par.,
M.  Loe, 1927.
  MAROTTA, Francisco Pedro, 1890-      La
agricultura.   13p.   23cm.   B. Air., Univ.  B.
Aires, 1939.
  Forms Bol. No. 15, Fac. Agron. Vet. Univ. B. Air.
  MAROTTA, R.  A.  [M. D.,  1904, B.  Aires]
Nueva contribuci6n  al estudio de la actinomicosis
humana en la  Republica Afgentina.   123p.  pl.
27cm.   B. Air., A. G.  Buffarini, 1909.
  MAROTTE, Robert, 1909-      *De la devia-
tion de la  tractive et  dii  m^diastin chez les
tuberculeux pulmonaires chroniques.  83p.  25cm.
Nancv, C. Andre, 1934.
  MAROTTE, Roger, 1902-      *Orthodontie
et reeducation; traitement  orthodonto-reeduca-
teur des troubles de la parole par dysmorphoses
maxillo-faciales et  velo-palatines.  80p.   illust.
24cm.   Par., R. Foulon, 1943.
  MAROTZKE, Use,  1910-
tathion.  24p.  8?  Munch.,  C.
1933.
  MAROTZKI,  Fritz,  1897-
dersche   Mandelabsaugen   [Berlin]
Charlottenb., Hoffmann, 1933.
  MARPLE, Charles  Dalliba, 1911-
  For portrait see Centaur, Menasha, 1943-44,  49: 203.
  MARQ, Pierre,  1899-        *Signes  et diag-
nostic de la tuberculose irido-ciliaire.   174p.  8?
Par., G. Doin & cie, 1932.
  MARQUAND, Denise Jacqueline Van Weyde-
veldt,   1917-        *Le traitement  medical  de
l'ectopie testiculaire;  £tude  clinique.   83p. tab.
24cm.  Par., A. Legrand, 1943.
  MARQUARDT, Charles Raymond, 1905-
*Urogenital tuberculosis in the  male  [Marquette
Univ.]  25p.   28cm.  Milwaukee  [n. p.] 1930.
  Typewritten.
  For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1945, 44: 977.
  MARQUARDT, Elfriede, 1907-       *Beitrag
zur  Differentialdiagnose zwischen Tumoren  der
weiblichen  Genitalien und benachbarter Bauch-
organe  [Berlin]  24p.  8?  Xeukolln, Bergdr.,
1935.
   *Das  Glu-
Wolf  & Sohn,
*Das  R6-
  32p.  8? 
MARQUARDT
309
MARQUES
   MARQUARDT,  Gerhard,  1903-       *Die
 Bedeutung der Rauschgiftsucht (Morplnum- und
 Kokainsucht)  im  Biirgerlichen  Recht   [Jena]
 ix 30p.   23cm.  Berl., R. Pfau, 1934.
   MARQUARDT, Hans Peter, 1914-      *Dia-
 betes  mellitus und Zahnstatus.   32p.   8?  Ro-
 stock, C. Hinstorff, 1936.
   MARQUARDT,  Martha,  1873-       Paul
 Ehrlich  als Mensch und Arbeiter; Erinnerungen
 aus dreizehn  Jahren  seines Lebens (1902-1915)
 mit einer Einfuhrung von Richard Koch.   112p.
 pl  facs.  8?  Stuttg., Deut. Verb, 1924.
   MARQUARDT, Peter, 1910-      *Ueber die
 Veresterung von Phenolen im Darm. 27p/  23cm.
 Berl.,  R. Pfau, 1937.
   MARQUARDT,  Ursula,   1913-        *Ein-
 wirkung  atherischer   Oele  (Knoblauch,  Meer-
 rettich u. a.) auf pathogene Hautpilze.   45p.
 22cm.  Freib. i. B., W. Sporl, 1936.
   MARQUARDT,  Wilhelm,  1914-      *Ueber
 drei besondere Falle von Speicheldriisen-Karzi-
 nomen  [Tubingen]  15p.  8?  Soltau,  L.  Mund-
 cf»v»pT> ks  1937
   MARQUARDT,  Wolfgang, 1909-       *Cy-
 stenniere,  Cystenleber und  Cystenpankreas bei
 zwei Geschwistern mit besonderer Beriicksichti-
 gung der Vererbung der cystischen Missbildung
 parenchymatoser  Organe.  22p.   8?   Tiib.,  C.
 Guide, 1934.
   MARQUART,  Anton  Nikolaus, 1905-
 ♦Therapie bei Vorliegen und  Vorfall der  Nabel-
 schnur.   56p.  8?  Wiirzb.,  Gebr.  Memminger,
 1934.
   MARQUART,  Carl Horst, 1913-      *Unter-
 suchungen  iiber  die  sedative  Wirkung  einiger
 Antipyretica  [Leipzig]  13p.  23}£cm.  Zeulen-
 roda i. T., A.  Oberreuter, 1937.
   MARQUES, Alfredo Arnobio,  1866-
   Bio-bibliografia. Die biobibl. brasil., Rio, 1937, 1: 565.
   MARQUES, Aluizio. Sifilis visceral;  patologia,
 diagndstico e  tratamento.   118p.   pl.   19cm.
 Rio, Flores & Mano, 1935.
   ---  Da sindrome de Laurence Biedl; distrofia
 adiposo-genital, retinite  pigmentar  atipica,  ano-
 malias do desenvolvimento.  149p.  illust.  pl.
 23V2Cm.   Rio  [n.  p.] 1941.
   ---  Sifilis do sistema nervoso. 231p. 23^cm.
 S. Paulo, Edigraf, 1945.
   MARQUES, Arnaldo  [M.  D.,  1924,  Rio  de
 Janeiro]   Esplenomegalias cr6nicas  e sistema
 reticulo-endotelial.    134p.   23^cm.    Recife,
 Jornal do Commercio,  1936.
   MARQUES, Joao   Jose.   *0 contagio  pelo
 leite.  53p.  8?  Lisb., Cruz & cia, 1882.
   MARQUES, Joseph, 1872-1937.
   For obituary see J. radiol. electr., 1938, 22: 127, portr.
 (Delherm)
   MARQUES, Samuel, 1905-      *La maladie
 de Perthes-Jungling.    89p.   8?  Par.,  E.  Le
 Francois 1935
   MARQUES de Almeida, Joao Augusto, 1854-
 1944.
   For obituary see J. med.,  Porto, 1943-44, 4: 283 (Carneiro,
 A.)
   MARQUES Antunes,  Joao.   *Algumas pala-
 vras acerca do alcoolismo e  sua influencia nas
 lesoes traumaticas e operacoes  cirurgicas.   94p.
 8?  Lisb., Mattos Moreira & cia, 1877.
   MARQUES da  Costa,  Joao,  jr.   *Paralysias
 agudas, geraes ascendentes consecutivas a pneu-
 monia.   104p.  8?  Lisb., Papelaria Prog., 1887.
   MARQUES Porto, Emanuel.
   Recebido na Academia nacional de medicina.  Rev. med.
â– cir. Brasil, 1943, 51: 458.
   For portrait see Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1938, pt 2, 249.
 Also Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: opp.  p. 303.
  MARQUES dos Santos, Alice, 1911-
  Bio-bibliografia.  Die biobibl. brasil., Rio, 1937, 1: 241.
  MARQUES dos Santos, Joao,    -1942.
  For obituary see Clin. hig. & hidr., Lisb., 1943, 9: 253, portr,
(Narciso. A.) Also Coimbra med, 1942, 9: 583-6, portr. (Melico
Silvestre, A.)
  MARQUET,  F., 1911-      * Recherches sur
le poids moleculaire de la s6rum-albumine et sur
le vieillissement du se>um   [Marseille; Pharm.]
118p.  tab.  diagr.  25cm. Trevoux, G. Patissier,
1935.
  MARQUET,  Georges,  1913-       *Le traite-
ment des  psychoses schizophreniques par  le choc
insulinique  (methode  de  Sakel)  89p.  8? Par.,
Jouve  & cie, 1937.
  MARQUET,  Marcel  Rene,  1915-       in-
toxications  alimentaires  par  certaines  legumi-
neuses; gesses,  feves, haricots  cyanogendtiques.
52p.   24cm.  Par., Jouve & cie, 1944.
  MARQUET, Pierre Antoine,  1760-1834.
  Mercier,  R. La vie contradictoire du  chirurgien Pierre-
Antoine Marquet (1760-1834)  Progr. mdd., Par., 1937, 1610;
1615.
  MARQUETTE  medical review.  Milwaukee,
v.l, 1936-
  MARQUETTE  University.   College of Nurs-
ing.   Announcement.   Milwaukee   (1937/38)
1937-
  ----  Description  of  curricula for graduate
nurses.  15p.  8?  Milwaukee, 1937.
  MARQUETTE  University.   School ol  Medi-
cine.  Announcement. Milwaukee, 1923/24-
  ---- Collected papers,  v. 1-6,  1917-30/31.
  See also McGrath, B. F.  Progress at Marquette University.
Collect. Papers Marquette Univ., 1930-31,  6: repr. 12.—
Marquette clinics.  Marquette M. Rev., 1940-41,  5: 53.—
Marquette University School Of Medicine [Illustration] Bull.
Utica Acad. M., 1936, 1: 2 (prelim, pag.)
  MARQUEZ,  Borja  Leon.  *Breve  estudio de
las  condiciones sociol6gicas  e  higienicas  del
municipio   de   Sn.  Gabriel  Chilac,  Tehuacan,
Puebla.  315p.  tab.   pl.  20^cm.  Mex., A. del
Bosque, 1937.
  MARQUEZ, Jose Francisco,     -1942.   Ante-
cedentes,  titulos y trabajos.  23p.  22}2cm.  B.
Air. [n. p.l 1941.
  For obituary see Rev.  m£d. Iat. amer., B. Air.,  1942-43,
28: 80.
  MARQUEZ,  Manuel,  1872-       Cuestiones
oftalmologicas.   368p.  illust.   diagr. 22J^cm.
[Mex.] Col.  de Mexico, 1941.
  ----Astigmatismo, bi-astigmatismo y com-
binaciones  bicilindricas;  el  procedimiento  mas
exacto de examen  y  correcci6n  de la  refracci6n
ocular seguido de unas tablas de -transformaci6n
de combinaciones bicilindricas en esferocilindricas.
ix,  126p.    illust.   diagr.   20cm.   Mex.,  Vera-
cruz, 1943.
  For portrait see Ciencia,  Mex., 1942, 3: opp. p. 97.
  MARQUEZ,  Victor M.    Contribuci6n  a la
determinacion  de  los colorantes  en  productos
alimenticios.  p. 197-332.  tab.  22cm.  Caracas,
Min. san., 1942.
  Forms No. 2, v.7, of Rev. san., Caracas, 1942.
  MARQUEZ   Forero,  Carlos.   *L'erytheme
noueux chez I'enfant.  27p.  23cm.   Lausanne,
C. Risold, 1940.
  MARQUEZ   Miranda,  Juan  Miguel.  *La
anestesia  general; gases anestesicos.   71 p. illust.
27cm.   B. Air., Impr. Amorrortu,  1941.
  MARQUEZ Rodriguez, Manuel, 1872-
  Breves datos biogriificos del Profesor Marquez.  An. Soc.
mex. oft., 1941, 16: 230-2, portr.
  MARQUINIE, Roger,  1908-       *Alcoolisa-
tion du phrenique; phrenicectomie et lesions con-
tro-laterale.   lOlp.   8?  Par., E.  Le Francois,
1936. 
MARQUIS
310
MARRERO
   MARQUIS, Donald George, 1908-
   Sec Hilgard, E. R.,  & Marquis, D. G.  Conditioning and
learning.  429p.  21cm.  N. Y ,  1940.
   MARQUIS, Dorothy Postle, 1905-
   See Renshaw, S., Miller, V. L„ & Marquis, D. P. Children's
sleep.  242p.  8!  X. Y., 1933.
   MARQUIS, George Paull, 1868-1933.
   For biographv see Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1934,  10: 40,
portr. (Preble, R. B.)
   MARQUIS, Guillemette,  1910-       *Etude
radiologique  des   coronarites    [Paris]    184p.
illust.   tab.    diagr.    24cm.   Rennes,   Impr.
Oberthur,  1941.
   MARQUIS, Jean,  1913-     *Contribution a
l'etude des risques de la hernie chez les ascitiques.
55p.   24cm.   Par., R. Foulon,  1942.
   MARQUORT, Walter [M.  D., 1930, Freiburg
i.  B.]   *Zur  Histologic  der Svnovialmembran
[Freiburg  i.  B.]  p.34 52.  8?   Berl.,  Springer,
1930.
   Also Zschr. Zellforsch., 1930, 12:
   MARR, Christian.  Der grosse Doktor.   246p.
8?  Lpz.,  U. H. Pavne, 1934.
   MARR, Hamilto'h Clelland, 1870-1936.
   Translator of Van de Velde, T. H. Sex hostility in marriage.
296p.  8?  Lond., 1931.
   For obituary see J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1936, 82: 475-7.
Also Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 1381, portr.
   MARR, James Pratt, 1898-
   See Ricci, J. V., & Marr, J.  P.  Principles of extraperitoneal
caesarean section.  224p.  23J^cm.  Phila., 1942.
   MARR, Ludwig, 1911-       HIeber Xantho-
matosen   im  Kindesalter    [Gottingen]    23p.
22cm.   Hamb., H. Fiisslein, 1935.
   MARR, Ray.
   Editor of Fischer, M. H.  Fischerisms.  3d. enl. ed.  83p.
14cm.  Springf., III., 1914.
   MARR,  Rudolf,  1907-        *Die  Abhangig-
keit  der  Immunitatsdauer  von  der Anzahl und
Tiefe der  Erstimpfnarben; eigene Untersuchungen
an 7759 Miinchener Schulkindern bei der Wieder-
 impfung 1933 auf Anzahl und Tiefe der Erstimpf-
narben    [Munchen]    22p.   8?    Wiirzb.,   K
Triltseh,  1934.
   MARRACK, John  Richardson, 1886-
The  chemistry of antigens and antibodies.  135p.
8?  Lond., H.  M.  Stat. Off.,  1934.
   Forms No. 194, Spec. Rep. Gr. Brit. Privy Counc. Med.
Res. Counc.
   ----Food and planning.  285p.  tab.  20V^cm.
 Lond., V. Gollancz, 1943.
   See also Panton, P. N., & Marrack, J. R.  Clinical pathology.
4. ed. 502]>. 2212cm.  Lond., 1939.  Also 5. ed.  450p. 1945.


 MARRAKECH,  Morocco.
   Heitz-Boyer.  Schema d'un plan d'organisation a cr£er sans
tarder pour mettre en valeur Marrakech ville d'hiver. Maroc
med., 1945,  24: 159-62.—Inauguration de l'Hopital  civil de
Marrakech.  Ibid., 1939, 19: 69.
   MARRASSINI,  Alberto, 1875-       Xozione
 di biologia normale e patologica e di fisiopatologia,
raccolte dalle allieve ostetriche.   Ed. by Anita
 Poli  and  Lilia  Toninelli.   558,  xv  p    25cm
 Pisa. G. U. F., 1943.
   Lithoprint.

    MARRE, Andre, 1912-       *L'etat actuel  de
 la prophylaxie du typhus exanthematique et  de
 la vaccination contre  cette maladie.  84p   24cm
 Par., A. Legrand, 1938.
    MARRE, Philippe Lucien  Victor,   1907-
 *Les  sigmoidites  chroniques occlusives  pseudo-
 cancereuses.   75p.   24cm.  Par., V  Deeran^e
 1938.                                      6   s '
    MARRE, Pierre, 1912-       Contribution a
 1 etude des tumeurs villeuses de l'estomac.  192p
 illust.   24cm.   Par.,  R. Foulon,  1942
    MARRERO y Lopez, Efrain,  1910-       *Con-
 tribution  a l'etude histopathologique des abces
du  cerveau a evolution sub-aigue et chronique
59p.   illust.   24cm.   Par.,  A.  Lapied, 1940.
  MARRERO y  Otero, Hector  R..  1907-
*Sur  un cas  d'hemorragie   m6ning(V  au  cours
d'un  purpura  chez  un svphilitique  congenital
62p.   8?   Par., L.  Cario, 1936.
  MARRET,  Germaine, 1894-         *Le  pro-
bleme  de  l'eosinophilie  familiale.    80p.   tab
diagr.   24cm.   Par., L. Cario, 1943.
  MARRET,  Jacques, 1910-       *La tubercu-
lose des prisonniers noirs.    91p.   illust.   24cm
Par., R. Foulon, 1942.
  MARRIAGE, Herbert James, 1872-1946.
  I  en obituary see Lancet, Lond.,  1946, 1: 146,


MARRIAGE.

  See also  Endogamy; Exogamy; Mating;  Poly-
andry; Polygamy; Sex life;  Wife.
  Hogarth.    Marriage  a  la Mode  (18.  cent.
engr. by C. Mottram)
  Wright, C.  K.   Men, women and marriage
[aphorisms]  209p.   19cm.   Lond.,  1939.
  Abenbeimer, K. ML, & Halliday, J. L.  The treatise of the
two married women and the widow, poem bv William Dunbar,
1460 1 520. Psychoanal. Rev., 1944, 31: 233-52.—Alverdes, F.
Ehe, Familie und  Gesellschaft bei Tieren und Menschen,
Zschr. Sexwiss., 1926-27, 13: 1-9.—Arlitt, A. H.  How sepam-
tion affects the family.  Marriage & Family Liv., 1943,  5: 1.—
Blanco White, A. R.  Marriage.   In her Worry in Women
Lond.,  1941,  159-95.—Bodln, W.,  & Hershey,  B.  Midget
husbands and wives.  In their It's a Small World, N. V., 11134.
140-61, pl.—Chesser, E. S.   Married life.  In her Five Phases
of Love, Lond., 1939, 97-111.—Cottrell, L. S., jr.  Research on
marriage and the family.  Marriage & Family Liv., 1942, 4:
37.- Kliot. T. D., & Eliot, S. W.  Some views on  marriage.
,1. Social Hyg., 1927,  13: 289-305—Ellis. H.  Marriage.  In
his Stud. Psychol. Sex. N. Y., 1936, 4: 420-506— Feldkeller,
P.   Oraf Keyserling und die Ehe.  Neue Generation, 1920, 22:
303-7.—Holie,  W.   Biirgerlicher   und  Handelsname der
Ehefrau.  Ausz. Diss.  Jurist. Fak. Giessen, 1924, 4:  119-21 —
Levine, M.   The assets  and strengths of marriage.  In his
I'sychother. M. Pract., 1942, 232-7.—Levy, J., & Munroe, R.
Living together.  In their Happy Family, N. Y., 1939, 145-
93.—Nozze celebri ed una fimosi ancor pi ft celebre.  Minerva
med.,  Tor., 1936, 27: pt 1, varia,  2-8.—Rohde, M.  Familie
und Ehe. Korbl. Allg. rirztl. Verein. Thiiringen, 1930, 59: 198;
217.—Schatia, V.  Hedda Gabler's doll's house.  Psychoanal.
Rev.. 1939, 26: 33-8.—Vierkandt, A., & von Wiese. L. Ehe.
In:  Handworterb. Sexwiss. (Marcuse) Bonn, 1923, 63-70.


----   Adjustment and happiness.

  Btjtterfield,  O.  M.   Marriage  and sexual
harmony.  40p.   8?   Monterey Park,  1934.
  Clark,  L.   M.    Emotional  adjustment  in
marriage.  261p.   8?   S. Louis, 1937.
  Mensinga.   Zur Prognose des  eheweiblichen
Lebens.  20p.  8?   Berl., 1892.
  Sanger, M.  H.   Happiness in  marriage.  12.
print,   231p.  8°   N. Y.,  1936.
  Arte (A) de conseguir a felicidade no matrimonio.  Educ.
fis., Rio, 1941, No. 50, 12.—Bain, R.  Personality development
and marriage. In: Marriage & Family (Hill, R., & Becker, H.)
Bost., 1942, 121-52.—Berkeley-Hill, O.  Ideal marriage.  Ind.
M.  Gaz.,  1941,  76:  507.—Cohen, J.  Happy marriage, by
Norman E. Himes.  Nature, Lond., 1941, 148: 639.—Czellitzer,
A.  Das Berliner Ehegluck in der Statistik.  Med. Welt, 1928,
2: 1418; 1454.—Ferguson, L. W.  Correlates of marital happi-
ness.  J. Psychol., Provincet., 1938,  6: 285-94.—Foerster, W.
The happy marriage.  In: Love & Marriage (S. Forbrit) N. Y.,
1938,  239-52.—Futh, H.  Die Einfiihrung der Kommilitonen
in das Wesen der Frau.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1939, 86: 1005-
7;— Groves, G.  H.  Personal adjustments.  In her Marriage,
N. Y., 1942, 251-78.—Hart, H. N., & Hart, E. B.  Attempts to
measure marital happiness.  In their Person. & Family, rev.
ed., N. Y., 1941, 56- 8.  ------ The process of creative accom-
modation. Ibid., 320-38.— Himes, N. E.  Happiness in mar-
riage.  In his Your Marriage, N. Y., 1940, 275-96.—Johnson,
K. D.  Marriage; can it be adjusted? .1. Social Hyg., 1939, 25:
161-7.—Landis,  C, Bolles, M., & D'Esopo, D. A.  Psycho-
logical and physical concomitants  of adjustment in marriage.
Human Biol., 1940, 12: 559-65.—Link, H. C.  The way to
marital happiness as diagrammed by Lewis Terman; a review.
Eugen. News, 1939, 24: 40— McDermott, N. T.  Adjustments
1? "i?rnage-   Hygeia, Chic, 1939,  17: 973; 1078.—Markey,
O.  B.  Psychosexual adjustments.   In: You  & Marriage
[Jordan, H.  M.)  N. Y.,   1942,  116-29—Meredith, H.  V.
 1 rends of marriage experience.  In: Modern Marriage (Jung,
M.) V Y.,  1940, 31,5-9.—Popenoe, P.  Making  or marring
your marriage.   Hygeia, Chic, 1937, 15: 874; 951.-----& 
MARRIAGE
311
MARRIAGE
 Wicks D   Marital happiness in two generations.  Ment. Hyg.,
 41h  1937  21:  218-23.—Rossi, W.  A.   Marriage  can be
 wonderful if ...   Phys-  Cult, N. Y.,  1941, 85: No.  6, 14.-
 Schlor, W. Die gluckliche Ehe.  Umschau, 1926, 30:  965-9.-
 Terma'n, L. M.   The  index  of  marital  happiness.   In  his
 Psychol! Factors  in Marit. Happiness, N.  Y.,  1938, 48-83.
 Jl____  Present  age and marital happiness.   Ibid.,  173-5.—
 Weiss E   & English,  O. S.  Marital  adjustments.  In their
 Psychosomat  Med.,  Phila., .1943, 600-5.—Wiggam,  A. E.
 The most successful marriage I know.  Phys. Cult., N.  \ .,
 1941  86:  No. 5,  38-41.—Young,  K.  Marriage and  early
 adjustments.  In  his Person. &  Probl. Adjust.,  N. Y.,  1941,
 512-23.

 ----  Age.

    Franz,  J.   Heiratsalter   und  Beruf;   eine
 bevolkerungsstatistische   Studie.   p.    589-750.

 Berl.,  1938.
    Also Veroff. Volksgesundhdienst, 1938, 51:

    Wilhelm, A.  *Das Heiratsalter in der Stadt
 Kaiserslautern in  den letzten 100 Jahren.  73p.
 8?   Erlangen, 1936.
    Age  at  marriage and remarriage.   Statist. Bull.  Metrop.
 Life Insur., 1939,  20: No. 4, 4.—Almeida Junior, A.  A idade
 para  casar.  Rev. Arq. mun., S. Paulo,  1939-40,  6: No.  68,
 79-88.— Average  age of  marriage for women and men.  J. Am.
 M Ass  1912, 59: 1202.—Braga, E.  A idade do  casamento.
 Pub.  meU, S. Paulo,  1937-38, 9: No. 6, 81-5— Brandt, H.
 Ueber Veranderungen  des  Heiratsalters  sowie  seine  Bezie-
 hungen zur Kinderzahl.  Arch. Rassenb.,  1937, 31: 412-20 —
 Burgess, E. W., & Wallin, P.  Personal appearance and neu-
 roticism as related to age at marriage.   Human Biol., 1944, 16:
 15-22.—Ciocco, A.  The trend of age of marriage in Wash-
 ington County, Maryland,  from 1897 to 1938.   Ibid.,  1940,
 12: 59-76.—Cramarossa,  S. Note  relative  all'eta  matri-
 moniale.  Igiene   mod.,  1926,  19:  46-59.—Duncan,  O.  D.,
 McClure,  J. H. [et al.]  The factor of  age in marriage.  Am.
 J.  Sociol., 1934, 39: 469-82.—Ergebnisse  einer Untersuchung
 uber  Heiratsalter  und  Beruf.  Oeff.  Gesundhdienst,  1937-38,
 3: A, 366.—Ghurye, G. S.  The age at marriage.  Marriage
 Hyg., Bombay, 1934-35, 1: 264-70— Harris, J. A., & Vivian
 Roxana, H.  Variation and  correlation in the mean age at
 marriage of men and women.  Am. Natur., 1914, 48:  635-7.—
 Hart, H., &  Shields,  W.   Happiness in relation to age ai
 marriage.   J. Social Hyg., 1926,  12: 403-7.—Hart, H. N., &
 Hart, E. B.  At what age is it best to marry?  In their Person.
 & Family, rev. ed., N. Y., 1941, 122-31.

 ----  Age, early.
    Bromley, D. D., &  Britten,  F.  H.  Early marriage.  In
 their  Youth & Sex, N. Y., 1938, 273-8.—Early  marriages most
 frequent in the  South.  Statist. Bull. Metrop.  Life Insur.,
 1945,26:5-7.—Frazer, J. G.  Child-marriages.  In his Native
 Races of Asia, Lond., 1939, 205.—Grimm, H. Zur Verbreitung
 der vorzeitigen Eheschliessung im Sudostdeutschtum.  Arch.
 Bevolk., 1942, 12: 172-9.—Groves, E. R.  Early marriage;
 its advantages and disadvantages.  In his Marriage, N.  Y.,
 1941,  92-111.—Hart, H.  The  eugenist  on  early marriage.
 J.  Social Hyg., 1927, 13: 29-34.—Hartson, L. D.  Marriage
 record of alumnae for the first century of a coeducational col-
 lege.  J. Hered.,  1940,  31: 403-6.—Himes, N. E.  The case
 for early  marriage.  In his Your Marriage,  N. Y.,  1940,
 117-28.—Keller,  D. H.  Early  marriage,  or race failure?
 Sexology,  1933-34, 1: 356-60.—Lloyd-Jones, E., & Fedder, R.
 Early marriage or long engagement.  In their Coming of Age,
 N. Y„  1941, 133-6.—Ludovici, A. M.  The  importance to
 women  of  a  youthful  marriage.  Marriage Hyg., Bombay,
 1935,  1: 393-407.—Ploetz,  A.   Die  Bedeutung der  Fruhehe
 fiir die  Volkserneuerung nach  dem  Kriege.  Munch,  med.
 Wschr.,  1918, 65:  452-5.—Rich, D. P.   Child  marriages in
 Erie County.  Social Welf. Bull., 1936,7: No. 8, 5-7.—Riemer,
 S.  Marriage on the campus of the University  of Washington,
 Am. Sociol. Rev., 1942, 7: 802-15.—Winsch, W.  Die Fruhehe
 als eine der wichtigsten Grundlagen unserer volkischen Wieder-
 geburt.  Physiatrie, Berl., 1933, 5: 356-7L—Wiirthle, H. G.
 Der volkische Wert der  Fruhehe.  Med. Welt,  1935, 9: 731-3.


 ----   Age, late.
   Collisi,  H.  S.   Marriage  after 40 years.  J. Michigan  M.
 Soc, 1941,  40: 965-9.—Doring,  H.  Ueber den Einfluss  des
 Alterns auf das Erbgut.   Umschau, 1940,  44: 337-9.—Folsom,
 J.  K.  Courtship  under modern conditions; delayed marriage.
 In: Marriage & Family (Hill, R., & Becker, H.)  Bost., 1942,
 182-4.—Groves, E. R.   Effect of delay on married life.  In his
 Marriage, N. Y., 1941, 105-7.—Lickint, F.  Generationsverlust
 durch  Spatehe.   Munch, med.  Wschr.,   1936,  83: 274-
 Podolsky, E.  Marriage  after forty.   Med. World, 1935,  53:
 49-51.

 ----    Age  difference of mates.
  Ages  of  brides  and  grooms.   Statist.   Bull. Metrop.  Life
 Insur., 1937, 18:  No. 5, 5-8.—Fetscher,  R.   Zur Frage  der
 Altersdifferenz der Gatten.  Zschr. Sexwiss., 1928, 15: 103-8.
-----Zur Altersdifferenz der Ehegatten.  Ibid.,  1931-32,
 18:  110-2.—Hart, H.   Age combinations  at  marriage  as a
partial index of probable success in marriage.  Marriage Hyg.,
Bombay, 1935, 1: 361-70.—Hart, H. N., & Hart, E. B.  Age
combinations  and marital happiness.   In their  Person.  &
Family, rev. ed.. N. Y., 1941, 155-9.—Meyer, B. Das  Alters-
verhiiltnis der Eheleute.   Neue Generation,  1914,  10: 554-
63.—Terman,  L. M.  Marital happiness and  age differences.
In his Psychol. Factors in Marit. Happiness, N.  Y., 1938, 183-7.
-----Subjects who are  much older or much'younger than
their mates.  Ibid., 413-6.


----   Annulment and banns.

   See also  subheading  Eugenic   aspects;   also
Coitus,  Impotence;  Fraud;  Hermaphroditism;
Idiocy; Insanity; Sterility, etc.
   Ciampolini,   A.   I  matrimoni   nulli  al  lume
della   biologia;   questioni  mediche   nel   diritto
matrimoniale.  219p.   24cm.   Roma, 1943.
   Andueza, L., J.   ;.La  esterilidad anula el  matrimonio?
Rev. crim., B.  Air., 1933, 20: 616-20.—Annulment of marriage
for fraud.   Current  Leg. Thought, 1941-42, 8: 31.—Belfrage,
S. H.  Some medical aspects of the law of nullity of marriage.
Med. Press & Circ,  Lond.,  1944, 211:  358-61.—Benassi, G.
In margine all'art. 121 del libro I del Codice civile.   Zacchia,
1942, 7: 14-35.—Catalan, E.  Curioso impedimento de matri-
monio  en  la <5poca  colonial  argentina.   Rev.  crim., B. Air.,
1928, 15:  43-51.—Dalla Volta,  A.   Giudizi medico-legali in
tema di impotenza  sessuale; cenni  sulla  perizia in  diritto
matrimoniale.   In his Tratt.  med. leg., Milano, 1933-35, 1:
470-4.—Deluca, F. A.  El secreto profesionally la nulidad  del
matrimonio  frente a  la esterilidad  conyugal.  Labor, mi$d.,
M&., 1939, 7: 111-5.  Also Rev. m<5d. Iat. amer.,B. Air., 1938,
23: 1325-32.—Ermel.  Syphilis  eines Ehegatten vor der Ehe
als Grund zu ihrer Aufhebung.   Munch, med. Wschr., 1940,
87: 1015.------Zum Begriff der ekelerregenden Krank-
heit im Sinne des Ehegesetzes.  Ibid., 1942, 89: 506.—Gallon,
F.  Restrictions in marriage.  Sociol. Papers,  Lond., 1906, 2:
1-13.—Kahn,  E. Psychiatric contraindications to  marriage.
Connecticut M. J., 1941, 5: 684-6.—Kingsley,  R. Fraud as a
ground for annulment of a marriage. Current Leg. Thought,
1944-45, 11: 165-74.—Marlines, S.  In tema di annullamento
di matrimonio; perizia medico-legale.  Clin, ostet.,  1939, 41:
480-7.—Martinolli,  A.   Relazione peritale per annullamento
di matrimonio.  Ibid., 320-6.—Micheli, C.  In tema  di an-
nullamento di matrimonio.  Umbria  med., 1940, 20: 3642-6.—
Munoyerro, L.  A.   Prohibiciones  del   matrimonio.  In  his
Moral  m£d. en los sacram., Madr.,  1941, 159-83.—Nacke, P.
Eheverbote.  Arch.   Krim.  Anthrop.,   1906,   22:   163-7.—
Niessen, M.  von.   Herr Doktor, darf   ich heiraten?   Mut-
terschutz,  1906, 2: 341-61.—Pear, R. H.  Obstacles to mar-
riage.  Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1939-40,  31: 161-70—Pontrelli, E.
Perversita sessuale ed impotentia coeundi; perizia per annulla-
mento  di matrimonio.  Arch,  antrop. crim., Milano, 1942, 62:
359-76.—Popenoe,  P.  Who  should not  marry?  Hygeia,
Chic,  1939, 17: 872-4.—Schmitz, W.  Ein Fall von Ehean-
fechtung wegen absoluter Unvereinbarkeit in den Genitalver-
haltnissen.  Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1937, 43:  81-3.—Shahan,
T. J.  Banns of marriage.  Cath. Encycl., N. Y., 1913, 255-8 —
Simone.  La   ginecologia  matrimoniale nelle  aule  forensi.
Umbria med., 1931, 11: 2060-7.—Traumann, F. E.  Ehehindei-
nisse.  In: Handworterb.  Sexwiss. (Marcuse, M.) Bonn, 1923,
75-83.—Vicarelli, G.   La sterilita  della donna in  tema di
annullamento di matrimonio e nei riguardi dell'articolo 107 del
Codice civile italiano (considerazioni  d'ordine medico: relazione
peritale)   Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7:  517-26.


----   childless.

   See also   subheading  Eugenic   aspects;   also
Abortion;  Birth  control;   Birth  rate,  Decline;
Parenthood;  Sterility; Sterilization, human.
   Clavero Nunez, A.  Esterilidad matrimonial.
175p.  23cm.  Barcel., 1942.
   Hamblen, E.  C.   Facts for  childless couples.
103p.  20cm.  Springf., 1942.
   Lavergne [nee Junin]  M. T.   *Essai sur la
sterility conjugale.  47p.  24cm.  Par., 1939.
   Anning,  C.  C. P.  Sterility and the  falling birth-rate:  the
public  health aspect.  S. Afr. M. J., 1937,  11: 493-7.—Binet,
A. Considerations g£n£ra!es sur la sterilite' chez la femme; les
indications individuelles, familiales et sociales de la lutte contre
la st£rilite\  Gynecologie,  1936, 35:  496-500.—Cova, E.  La
sterilita nel matrimonio.  Osp. maggiore  Novara,  1934,  11:
242-66.—De Agazio,  F.  Nuzialit^ sterile.  Fol. gyn. demogr.,
Genova,  1937,  34:  561-6.—Dongen, J. A. van  [On sterile
marriages]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: p| 2, 150-9.------
[Five hundred and ten sterile marriages]  Ned. tschr. verlosk.,
1920   31:   184-200.—Ehrhardt, K.   Beitrag  zur  Frage  der
sterilen Ehe.   Munch, med. Wschr.,  1939, 86: 369.—Frigo, A.
Statistica matrimoni  sterili e loro cause.  Atti  Soc ital. ostet.,
1928, 27:  587-90.—Gaifami, P.  Sulle  cause  della  sterilita  e
deH'aborto di origine professionale. Assist, sociale, Roma, 1939,
13: No. 8,  184-6.—Garfunkel, A., & Aranibar Uriburu, J. C.
Aborto y esterilidad en matrimonios sifiliticos; algunas observa-
ciones.  Prensa med. argent.,  1937, 24:  2498-2500.—Gibbons, 
MARRIAGE                                       312                                       MARRIAGE
R. A.  Sterility with reference to the state. Med. Press, lond.,
1922,  n. ser.,  113: 217  [Discussion] 221.—Grant, A.  Infertile
marriage or sterilitv.  Med. J. Australia,  1941, 1:  072-5.—
Gray, J. L. Sterility and the falling birth-rate.   S. Afr. M. J.,
1937,  11: 491-S   Green-Armytage,  V.  B.  Sterile  mating.
Lancet, Lond.,  1936, 2:  426.   ------  Sterility and eontra-
ception.  Brit. M. J., 1943,  2:  524.—Guttmacher,  A. F.  The
lore of sterility.   In  his Life in Making,  N.  Y.,  1933, 204-13.
Also in his Human Sex Life, N. Y., 1940, 204-13.—Hamblen,
E. C.   The sterile couple;  analysis of some diagnostic  and
therapeutic data.  South. M. J., 1941, 34:  1229-34.—Hisgen,
H.  Sterilitats- und Sterilisierungsfragen.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1938, 62:
1089-93.—Hudgins,  A. P.  The sterile couple.  West Virginia
M. J., 1936, 32: 372-9.  ------  Instructions to be given the
sterile couple.   Ibid.,  1941, 37:  556-9.—Hiissy, P.  Ueber
Sterilitat und Sterilisation.  Praxis. Bern, 1937,  26: 237-40 —
Jackson, M.  C. N.  Advice on sterility.  Brit. M.  J., 1943,
I:  802.—Kaboth, G.,  &  Kleeflsch,  J.  Die  Konzeptions-
wahrscheinlichkeit in kinderlosen  Ehen.  Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,
1928, 133: 70-84.—Kelley,  K.  Sterility in the female  with
special reference  to psychic  factors.  Psyehosomat. M., 1942,
4: 211-22.—Kleff. Das Problem der Sterilitat; Anmerkungen
zur Einrichtung der  Arbeitsgemeinschaften-Hilfe bei Kinder-
losigkeit in der Ehe.  Deut. Aerztebl.,  1942,  72: 368-70 —
Kosminski, E.  Zum Kapitel der sterilen Ehen.  Med. Welt,
1927, 1: 547-9.—Litzenberg, J. C.  The endocrines in relation
to sterility and abortion.   J.  Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 1871-3 —
Lotka, A.  Sterility in American marriages.  Proc. Nat. Acad.
Sc, 1928, 14: 99-109.—McCartney, J. h. Mental health and
the wanted child.  Birth Control,  N.  V., 1930-31, 14: 44 —
McGoogan, L. S.  A study of 100 sterile marriages.  Nebraska
M. J.,  1940, 25: 375-8.—Malleson. J.  Sterility and contra-
ception.  Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 434.—Marcel, J. E.  La sterilite
syphilitique.  Ann. mal.  vencSr., 1927, 22: 655-74.—Martin, E.
 Fortpflanzungsfahigkeit  der Frau im Rechtsleben.  Zschr.
arztl. Fortbild..  1939, 36:  696.—Mazer, C.  The endocrine
factors in the barren marriage.  Med. Rec, Houston, 1941, 35:
820-5.— Mismanagement of the  sterile marriage.   Lancet,
 Lond.,  19 11, 2:  511.  Morton, J.  H.  Problems  in sterility.
 Bull. N. York M. Coll., 1943. 6: 90-103.—Noyes, I. H. Sterile
 marriage-- and the problem.-,  thev present. Rhode Island M. J.,
 1928, 11: 189-9H.   Pt-rin, L.  La syphilis,  cause  de sterilite\
 Rev. fr. derm,  vener., 1927, 3: 443-59.  Pommerenke, W. T.
 The  sterility problem.   West.  J. Surg.,  1944, 52: 295-308.—
 Popenoe, P.  Motivation of childless marriages.  J. Hered.,
 1936, 27: 469-72.  ----— Childlessness, voluntary or involun-
 tary?  Ibid., 1943,  34: 83-5.  Posner, C.   Zum  Kapitel der
sterilen Ehen. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 15; 19— Ravirini.  Sterilita;
 sterilizzazione; matrimoni inftmndi.  1'ifesa sociale,  1931, 10:
 161-7.—Rozsavolgyi, M. [Syphilis and sterility]  Gyogydszat,
 1929, 68: 488.  Also German transl., Derm. Wschr..  1929, 89:
 1199.—Sharman, A.   Sterility and the state.  Brit.M. J.,  1943,
 2: 282.—Stabile, A.  Algunos aspectos  del problema clinico
 de la  esterilidad matrimonial.   Acci6n sind., num. cient.,
 Montev., 1943-44, 5: 01-83.—Sterilitat in  der Ehe.   Schweiz.
 med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 94.—Tata, G.  Delia sterilita unipara.
 Clin,  cstet., 1933,  35:  129-38.—Terman,  L. M.  Presence
 or absence of  children.  In his  Psychol.  Factors in Marit.
 Happiness, N. Y., 1938,  171-3.—Thompson, W. S.  Childless-
 ness.  In his Popul.  Probl., N. Y., 1942,  196-200.
consanguineous.
Voluntary  and  involuntary  childlessness.   Ibid., 201-4.—
Valle, G.  Sterility di origine maschile e disarmonia coniugale.
Gazz. med. ital., 1937, 96: 344-8.—Viglino, C.  La sterilita in
diritto canonico. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1926, 46: 546-56.—
Walker, K., &  Wiesner, B. P.  Changing views of the  part
played by the male in childless marriages.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit.
Empire, 1938, 45: 753.—Weiser, F. J., & Appel, C.  The rela-
tionship of contraception to sterility.  J. Contracept., 1937, 2:
78-80.—Wives without children/ Lancet, Lond., 1941, 2:  437.


----   common law and unregistered.

   See also Illegitimacy.
   Goodsell, W.  English common law and the status of women.
In: Marriage & Family (Hill,  R.,  & Becker, H.)  Bost, 1942,
82-4.—Ladd,  M.   Common  law  marriage.   In:  Modern
Marriage (Jung, M.)  N. Y., 1940, 148-51.


----   Conjugal  effects.

   See also Longevity.
   De, N.  Marriage and mental  diseases.   Calcutta  M. J.
1945, 42:  113-7—Drakoulides,  N. N.  Sexual function  as  a
regulator of the biological stages of marriage age and life limit.
Vida nueva, Habana, 1939, 44: 220-33.—Goodwin, A.  The
health of the married woman.  J.  State M.,  Lond., 1936, 44:
249-59.—Harvey. P. N. Notes on  the relative mortality of
married man and on an experiment in forecasting mortality
over a limited period.  J. Inst. Actuaries, Lond., 1930, 61:  pt 2,
293-339.—Length  of married  life increases.  Statist. Bull.
Metrop.  Life  Insur.,  1944,  25: No. 2,  6-8.—Marriage and
health.  Ibid., 1936,. 17: No. 4, 6-9.—Marriage and long life
Ibid., 1937, 18: No. 2,  7-10.—Mayer, A.   Geschlechtsunter-
schiede m  der Reaktion auf die Ehe.  Miinch. med.  Wschr
1926, 73:  356.—Pedley, F.  G.  Marriage  and mortality!
Canad. Pub. Health J., 1940, 31:  477-81.—Thompson, W. S.
Marital condition and the  death rate.  In his Popul.  Probl
N. Y., 1942, 231-3.—Why  married people live longer.  Med!
Rec, N. Y., 1942, 155: 193.
   See Inbreeding.

----   Consultation and guidance.

   See also subheadings (Premarital examination;
Problems) also  Birth  control, Clinics; Maternity,
Consultation.
   Goldstein,   S.   E.     Marriage   and  family
counseling.   457p.   20cm.   N. Y., 1945.
   Aumann, C.  Aus  der Tatigkeit der Reichsstelle fiir Ehe-
beratung und Ehevermittlung  fiir  Unfruchtbare.  Oeff.  Ge-
sundhdienst, 1943, 9: A 132-7.—Binder, H. Eheberatung in der
arztlichen  Sprechstunde.   Schweiz.  med.  Wschr.,  1943, 73:
271-6.—Burgess, E. W.  Marriage counselling in a changing
society.   Marriage & Family Liv., 1943, 5: 8-10.—Caldwell, H.
Extensional methods  used  in  teaching  harmonious mating.
Papers Am. Congr. Gen. Semantics  (1941)  1943, 2. Congr.,
318-22.—Chance, J.  Sex and marriage consultation bureaus in
various countries.  Marriage Hyg., Bombay, 1935, 1: 412-4.—
Cuber, J. F. Functions of the marriage counselor.   Marriage
&  Family Liv., 1945, 7: 3-5.—Dicks, R. L. Methods for effec-
tive counseling.  Ibid., 85.—Dublineau,  J., & Follin, S.  Le
bourreau domestique et le couple conjugal;  bases cliniques d'une
m^thodologie gestaltiste en caracterologie.  Ann. m£d. psychol.,
Par., 1944, 102: 21-50.—Fairen, H.   El consejo medico en el
matrimonio.  Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1906, 5: 450-6.—Fetscher,
R.   Zur Eheberatung.  Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1324-6. -----
Aus der  Praxis der Eheberatung.  Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1927, 14:
106-9; 1929, 16: 32-41.  ------ Probleme der Eheberatung.
Deut. Zschr. off. Gesundhpfl., 1929,  5: 238-48.  -----  Der
Stand  und die  Zukunft  der  Eheberatung in Deutschland.
Zschr. psych. Hyg., 1933, 6: 85-91.—Foster, R. G. A national
survey of family consultation centers.  J. Social Hyg., 1933,19:
355-66.  ------  Is  family counseling a profession?  Ibid.,
1936, 22: 125-9.—Gaylord, G.   A marriage counseling center.
In: You  & Marriaee  (Jordan. H. MJ  N.  Y..  1942, 256-70 —
Glueck, B.  Psychiatry in guidance for marriage.  Papers N.
York Reg. Conf. Social Hyg., 1940, 8. Conf., 82-6.—Groves,
E.  R.  A  decade  of  marriage  counseling.  In: Annals (Am.
Acad. Polit. Social Sc.) 1940, 211: 72-80.— Harmsen, H.  Die
amtliche Magdeburger Heiratsvermittlung fiir Kriegerwitwen;
ein Beitrag zur Frage der offentlichen Eheberatung.  Veroff.
Medverwalt,  1926, 22: 257-75.—Hediger.  Aussprache Uber
die  Einfiihrung einer  Eheberatungsstelle in Zurich.   Med.
Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 665.—Hilsinger, W.  Wege zur Ehever-
mittlung.  Gesundheitsfuhrung, 1943,  62-70.—Hubner, A. H.
Psychische  Hygiene und psychiatrische Eheberatung.  Zschr.
psych. Hyg., 1929, 2: 1-8.------â–    Die psychiatrische Ehe-
beratung.  Ber. Deut. Tag.  psych. Hyg., Berl.,  1932, 50-72.
         Psychiatrische  Eheberatung.  In: Erblehre & Raa-
senhyg. (E. Rtidin) Munch., 1934,  257-69.—Just-Trumpy, L
Jahresbericht der Zentralstelle fur  Ehe- und  Sexualberatung
Zurich fur das Jahr 1944.  Gesundheit, Zur., 1945, 25: 372-4 —
Kemper, W.   Weniger  bekannte  Aufgaben  arztlicher Ehe-
beratung.  Deut. Aerztebl.,  1944,  74:  166-9.—Kopp,  M..E.
The development of  marriage consultation centres as  a new
field of social medicine.  Marriage Hyg.,  Bombay, 1934-35,
1:  174-9.—Lazarsfeld,  S.  Ueber  Eheberatung:  Beratungs-
technik und Selbsterziehung.  Internat. Zschr. Individpsychol.,
Wien,  1930, 8:  160-4.—Lenz, F.  Die Einrichtung offentlicher
Eheberatungsstellen in  Preussen.   Arch. Rassenb., 1926, 18:
205-14.—Leven.  Eheberatung. Aerztl. Mitt., Lpz., 1926, 27:
810.—Linden.   Eheberatung  und  Familienpflege.   Oeff.
Gesundhdienst, 1936-37,  2: A, 463-73.—Mace, D. R.  Mar-
riage guidance in England.  Marriage & Family Liv., 1945, 7:
1-2; 5.—McLean,  D.  Use  of general semantics in marital
counseling.  Papers Am. CongT. Gen. Semantics (1941) 1943,
2.  Congr.,  306-17.—Maerz.   Gegen  Eheberatungsstellen.
Mschr. Harnkr. sex. Hyg., 1927-28, 1: 308-11.—Mudd, E. H.
An analysis of  one  hundred consecutive cases in the marriage
counsel of Philadelphia.  Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1937, 21: 198-217.
------  A case study  in marriage counseling.  Marriage &
Family Liv., 1945, 7: 52-5. -----*& Lundien, B.  A coopera-
tive project in marriage counseling.   Human Fertility, 1940, 5:
121-5.—Needs of  the  married.  Lancet,   Lond., 1945,  2:
113.—Niedermeyer, A.   Die  Aufgaben des Frauenarztes bei
der  Eheberatung.   Veroff. Medverwalt., 1929,  28: 257-88.—
Plant, J. S.  Present problems in marriage counseling.   Ment.
Hyg.,  Alb., 1939, 23: 353-62.—Popenoe, P.  Marriage coun-
selling.  Sc.  Papers Internat.  Congr. Eugen. (1932)  1934, 3.
Congr.,  210-21.—Raecke.   Ueber  arztliche  Eheberatung.
Deut.  med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1993.------Erfahrungen aus
einer Eheberatungsstelle.  Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 463.  -----â– 
Oeffentliche Eheberatungsstellen.   Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1669-
71.—Reinhardt.    Ueber  kommunale  Eheberatungsstellen.
Deut.  med. Wschr., 1928,  54:  531.—Richardson, F. H.  Mar-
riage counseling for physicians.  North Carolina M. J., 1940,
1:  312-4.—Scheumann, F. K.  Theorie und  Praxis der Ehe-
beratung.  Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1930, 37: 492-507.—Schubart,
E.   Freiwillige Heiratsberatungsstellen in Preussen.  Arch.
sozial. Hyg., 1926-27, n. F., 2: 59.—Shall marriage counselling
become an American public  health function?   Am.  J. Pub.
Health, 1935,  25:  354-6.—Thiele, A.   Eheberatung.  Arch.
sozial.  Hyg., 1929, n. F., 4: 503.—Verschuer, von. Ehebera-
tung.   Deut. Aerztebl., 1943, 73: 238-41.—Walbaum.  Erfah-
rungen einer Eheberatungsstelle. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1937,
34: 662-4. 
MARRIAGE                                     313                                      MARRIAGE
___Contract.
  Rnrr A  H   The guarantee of safety in the marriage con-
tract  J  Am. M. Ass., 1906, 47:  1887-9.—Duehrssen  A.
The 'guarantee of  safety in  the  marriage  contract.   Ibid.,
iboi — Haskovec. L.   Contrat matrimonial et 1 hygiene  pu-
bliaue  C  rend. Congr. internat. med., Lisb., 1906-07,  15:
Beet  7, 600-24.  ------  L'hygiene publique  et le contrat
matrimonial.  Porto med., 1906, 3: 121-3.


.---Courtship.

   See also subheading Sex life; also Love.
   Fnson  N. W.  Discussion  outlines on love, courtship  and
marriage.'  J. Social Hyg., 1935, 21:  346-60.—Groves, G. H.
Courting.  In her Marriage, N. Y., 1942, 108-92.—Williamson,
BW  Courtship and betrothal.  In his Essays Polynes. Ethnol.,
Cambr., 1939,  168-77.—Woods, A. H.  Psychiatry in the train-
ing experience and education  of the individual; courtship and
marriage.  In: Psychiatry & War (Sladen, F. J.) Springf., 1943,
184-94—Young, K.  Courtship and the preliminaries  to ma-
trimony.  In his Person. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y.,  1941, 502-12


---   Customs.

    See also  subheading Ethnography.
    Dunker,  H.   *Werbungs-,  Verlobungs- und
 Hochzeitsgebrauche in  Schleswig-Holstein  [Kiel]
 110 p.   8?   Neumunster, 1930.
   Adam, L.  Nepal:  marriage ceremony; a marriage ceremony
 of the Pu-Clan (Magar) at Rigah (Nepal)   Man, Lond., 1934,
 34: 17-21.—Baudouin, M.  L'influence  de  la derniere guerre
 sur la coutume dite  maraichinage en Vendee.   Progr. me'd.
 Par., 1926, 41: 1151.—Beals, R.  Problems in the study of
 Mixe marriage customs. In: Essays  Anthrop.  (A. L. Kroeber)
 Berkeley,  1936, 7-14.—Blake. T. P. U.  Matrimonial customs
 in the West of Ireland.  Folklore, Lond., 1907,  18: 77-82 —
 Brelsford, V.   Lumbambo: a description of the baila custom.
 J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1933, 63: 433-9.—Cole, P. M.
 New England weddings.  J.  Am. Folklore, 1893,  6: 103-7 —
 Earle, A.  M.  Old-time marriage customs in New  England.
 Ibid., 97-102.—Emeneu,  M.  B.  Toda marriage regulations
 and taboos.  Am. Anthrop.,  1937,  39:  103-12.—Ford, E. E.
 Bride-stealing  in New England.  J. Am.  Folklore, 1893, 6:
 303-5.—Frazer, J. G.  Among the Rumai or Palaungs, marriage
 customs.  In  his  Native Races of Asia,  Lond., 1939, 44.
 -----  The   marriage  customs.  Ibid.,   51.  ------  The
 Nayar ceremony called marriage.  Ibid.,  211.  ------,The
 marriage ceremony.   Ibid., 232.  ------   Marriage customs.
 Ibid., 338.-----â–    Lithuanian  marriage ceremonies.  Ibid.,
 356.  -----   Das  Vorfiihren einer falschen Braut.  Ibid.,
 358.  -----   Marriage  customs  in  Corsica.   Ibid.,  385.
 ■—---  Courting and wedding customs in Piedmont.  Ibid.,
 390.—Fuchs,  P. S.  Die Hochzeitsgebrauche  der  Balahis.
 Anthropos, Modling,  1937,   32:  885-904.—Garber,  C. M.
 Marriage and sex customs of the western Eskimos.  Sc. Month.,
 1935,  41: 215-27.—Gessner, M.   Afrikanische Hochzeits-
 briiuche.  Erdball, 1928,  2:  367-72, 2  pl.—Goldstein, S. E.
 Symbols and ceremonies.  In his  Meaning of Marriage, N. Y.,
 1942, 53-61.—Haddon, A. C.   Compensation to parents-in-law.
 Rep. Cambridge Anthrop. Exp. Torres Straits, Cambr.,  1904,
 5:  230-2.—Hartland.  E.  S.  A Zulu wedding.  Folklore,
 Lond.,  1906,  17:  472-9,  5  pl.— Herskovits,  M.  J. Some
 property concepts and marriage customs of the Vandau.  Am.
 Anthrop.,  1923,  25:  376-86.—Hodgson, M.  L.   Some notes
 on the Huculs marriage customs.  Folklore, Lond.,  1905, 16:
 51, pl.—Kler,  J.  Quelques  notes  sur les coutumes matri-
 moniales  des  Mongols  Ortos  (Urdus)  Sud.  Anthropos,
 Modling,  1935, 30:  165-90,  4 pl., ch—Loria, L. Usi matri-
 moniali  assaortini;   missione  scientifica   Eritrea del  1905.
 Arch,  antrop.  etnol.,  Fir.,   1936,  66:  7-24.—Matzner. E.
 Hochzeitsbrauche   in  Indonesien  und  Ozeanien.   Erdball,
 1929, 3: 15-8, 2 pl.—Mehta, S. S.  Some marriage rites among
 the Hindus sanctioned by custom as well as scriptures.   J.
 Anthrop.  Soc. Bombay, 1927-28, 13: 823-33.—Newell, W. W.
 Primitive marriage  customs  as  preserved in  the  games  of
 children.  J.  Am. Folklore,  1892, 5: 70.—Powdermaker, H.
 Wedding rites.  In her Life in Lesu,  N. Y., 1933, 143-52, pl.—
 Reitzenstein.   F.  von.  Hochzeitsgebrauche.   Handworterb.
 Sexwiss.   (Marcuse)  Bonn,   1923,  197-214.—Ronnefeldt,  F.
 Die Heiratssitten der Vai in Liberia.   Zschr. Ethnol., 1935-36,
 67: 317-21.—Schapera,  I.   Wedding  ceremonies   [Kgatla]
 In his Married Life Afr. Tribe, Lond., 1940, 71-82.—Shryock,
 J. K.  Ch'en Ting's account of  the marriage customs of the
 chiefs of  Yunnan and Kueichou.  Am. Anthrop.,  1934, 36:
 524-47.—Srinivas,  M.  N. Marriage and  family in  Mysore;
 marriage customs in the making [book rev. by S. Neville-Rolfe]
 Nature, Lond., 1942, 150:  505.—Stephens,  G. A.   Married
 with their feet in the water.  Man, Lond., 1941, 41: 115.—
 Thomas,  N.   W.  Australian marriage  customs.   Folklore,
 Lond.,  1907,  18:  306-18.—Thurston, E.  More  marriage
 customs  in Southern India.  Madras  Govern.  Mus.  Bull.,
 1903, 5:  19-37,  3 pl.—Wakefield,  T.  Marriage customs  of
 the Southern  Gallas.  Folklore, Lond., 1907,  18:  319-25 —
 Winlhuis,  P.  J.  Ileiratsgebrauche bei den Gunantuna  auf
 Neupommern  (New  Britain)   Anthropos,  Modling,  1927,
 22: 765-92.
Degree ol relationship of mates.
   See also Inbreeding.
   Hallowell, A. I.  Cross-cousin marriage in the Lake  Win-
nipeg area.  Pub.  Philadelphia  Anthrop. Soc,  1937,  1:
95-110.—Hsu, F. L. K.  Observations on cross-cousin  mar-
riage in China.  Am.  Anthrop., 1945,  47:  83-103.—Kroeber,
A. L.  Stepdaughter  marriage.  Ibid., 1940,  42: 562-70.—
Sieber, S. A. M., & Mueller,  F. H.   Cross-cousin  marriage.
In their  Social Life Pri mit.  Man, S. Louis, 1941, 488-90 —
Thomen, A. A.  How  unwise is it for a woman to marry her
deceased husband's brother?  In his Doctors Don't Believe It,
N. Y., 1941, 356.

----   Duration.

   See also Divorce.
   Chances (The) of a golden wedding; 50 years ago and now.
Statist.  Bull.  Metrop. Life  Insur.,  1942,  23: No.  6, 3-5 —
Harding, T. S.  Are marriage ties relaxing?  Sexology, 1934-35,
2: 752-5.

----   Economic aspect.

   See also Family, Economic and social aspect.
   Banning, M. C.  No right to marry; in love and on relief;
a story of two ardent young people caught by the depression.
J. Social Hyg., 1936,  22: 97-101.—Himes, N.  E.   Why be
fooled on life insurance?  In his Your Marriage, N. Y.,  1940,
235-55.—Laney, E.  Money management.  In:  You &  Mar-
riage (Jordan, H. M.) N. Y., 1942, 144-68.—Lischnewska, M.
Die wirtschaftliche Reform der Ehe.  Mutterschutz, 1906, 2:
215-36.—Oberdorfer,  D.  W.  The effects of the depression on
Wisconsin's marriage  and  divorce  rates.  Summaries  Doct.
Diss. Univ.  Wisconsin,  1942, 6:  179.—Reid,  M.  G.   The
economics of marriage and the family.  In: Modern Marriage
 (Jung, M.) N. Y.,  1940, 99-139.

----   Educational status of  mates.

   See also subheading Homogamy.
   Educational selection  in  marriage. ' Statist. Bull. Metrop.
Life  Insur.,  1945,  26: No.  9,  3-5.—Harper,  R. M.  Matri-
 monial prospects of southern college women.  J. Hered., 1930,
 21:  29-33.—Hartson.  L. D.  Marriage  statistics for Oberlin
 alumnae.  Ibid.,  1928,  19: 225-8.—Hegemann, G.   Beruf
 und  Ehe bei der  Aerztin,  Zahnarztin  und technischen  As-
 sistentin.  Oeff.  Gesundhdienst,  1939-40,  5: B,  122-31 —
 Kiser, C. V.  Differential marriage rates  according to  social
 attributes of  parents  enumerated in three  American  cities.
 Collect.  Papers Res.  Milbank Mem. Fund, 1938, No. 17,
 22-50.—Marriage among young professional  men [Germany]
 J. Am. M.  Ass., 1937, 108: 1554.—Marriage and educational
 attainment.   Statist.   Bull.  Metrop.  Life  Insur.,  1945,  26:
 No. 8, 4-6.—Marriage prospects of professional men (Germany)
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107:  2146.—Mudrow, L.   Heiratsalter,
 Kinderzahl und verwandte  biologische  Verhaltnisse bei ehe-
 maligen Abiturientinnen. Arch. Rassenb., 1936, 30: 1-30.—
 Robinson. C. H.   Marriage rates for five Western colleges.
 Eugen. News, 1935, 20: 30.—Wrenn, C.  G. Marital status of
 Stanford graduates.  Ibid., 31.

 ----   Engagement.

    See  also  Personality, Test.
    Goldstein,  S.   E.  Courtship and  engagement.  In his
 Meaning of Marriage, N.  Y., 1942, 26-34.—Groves,  E. R.
 The engagement.  In his  Marriage,  N. Y.,  1941, 149-62.—
 Groves,  G. H.  Being  engaged.  In her Marriage, N. Y.,
  1942, 227-47.—Hart,  H. N., & Hart, E. B.  The conduct of
 the engagement.  In their Person. &  Family, rev. ed.,  N. Y.,
  1941, 178-83.—Himes, N. E.   Engagement; personality test-
 ing. In his  Your Marriage,  N. Y., 1940,  96-108.—Kuhn,
 M. H.  The engagement.   In: Marriage & Family (Hill, R.,
 & Becker, H.) Bost., 1942, 211-33.—Meehan, A. B.  Betrothal.
 Cath. Encycl.,  N. Y., 1913, 2: 537.—Powdermaker, H.  Be-
 trothal  customs.  In her Life  in Lesu, N. Y., 1933, 97-101.—
 Schapera.  I.  Betrothal  ceremonies  [Kgatla]  In  his  Mar-
 ried Life Afr. Tribe, Lond., 1940, 60-3.  ------  The betrothal
 period  [Kgatla]   Ibid.,  64-70.—Willoughby,  R. R.  Spousal
 estimation of emotionality  Human Biol., 1938,  10: 417-25.—
 Young,  K.  Changes  in premarital folkways.  In his Person.
  & Probl. Adjust,  N.  Y., 1941, 509-12.

 ----   Ethnography and folklore.

    Crawley,  E.   The  mystic  rose;  a study of
  primitive marriage and of primitive  thought in
  its  bearing on marriage.  2v.  375p.; 340p.   8?
  Lond., 1927.
    Jeaffreson, J. C.  Brides and bridals.   2. ed.
  2v.   362p.; 364p.  23cm.   Lond., 1873.
     Schapera,  I.   Married  life in an African  tribe.
                      Lond., 1940.
                       Women and marriage in India.
                      Lond., 1939.
364p.   22#cm.
   Thomas,  P. J.
224p.   20#cm. 
MARRIAGE
314
MARRIAGE
   \V\rd,  E.    *The  Yoruba  husband-wife  code
[Cathol.  Univ.l  17Sp.   23cm.   Wash., IMS.
   Bhattacharyya, K. K.  The present day matrimonial system
and its effects <m the sex life in Bengal.   Marriage Hyg., Bom-
bay, 1935-36,  2: 64-7— Chaudhuri. S. K.  Difficulties regard-
ing marriage icforms in Hindu society.  Ibid.,  1934-35, 1:
44-6.—Edwardes.  S. M.   Note on  a  case  of marriage  to a
dagger in the  Ratnagiri  district.  J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay,
1906  7:  414-8.—Eggan,  D.  Hopi marriage and  family rela-
tions.  Marriage & Family Liv., 1944, 6: 1— Forde, D.  Mar-
riage and the family among the Yako in South-Eastern Nigeria
[rev. bv  R., A. I.]  Man, Lond., 1943,  43: 66.—Frazer,  J. G.
Marriage among the Tai.  In his Native Races of Asia, Lond.,
1939,36.  ------  Marriage.  Ibid., 99.------The ^ urak
at a  mairiage.   Ibid., 161.  ------   Cingalese marriages.
Ibid., 193.— Genna, G.  Aspetti antropologici dell'assortimento
matrimoniale.   Arch, antrop.  etnol., Fir., 1941,  71: 5-25.—
Haddon. A. C.  Courtship and marriage.   Rep. Cambridge
Anthrop. Exp. Torres Straits, Cambr.,  1904. 5: 222-32;  1908,
6:112-9, pl.------Marriage.  Ibid.. 22!).—Kaberry, P. M.
Women's attitude to marriage.  In her Aborig. Woman, Phila..
1939, 100-8.   ------  Sexual rights.   Ibid., 144-53.------
WOmen's secret corroborees.  Ibid.,  253-68,  pl.—Khanolkar,
V. R.  Marriage in  Hindu  India.   Marriage Hyg., Bombay,
1935-36, 2: 277-87.—Kolehmainen, J. I.  A study of marriage
in Finnish community.  Am. J. Sociol.,  1936-37, 42:  371-82.—
Maeucci. G.  Note critiche sul matrimonio Abissino.  Riforma
med., 1940, 56: 666-8.--Opler, M. E. Marriage arrangements,
marriage, and residence.   In his Apache Lifeway, Chic,  1941,
154-63.  ------  The  married man and his blood kin.   Ibid.,
181-4.  ------  Personality adjustment between husband and
wife.   Ibid., 401-3.—Padhye, K. A.  The importance of Gotra
and Pravara among the  Hindus.   J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay,
1932-36, 15: 452-79.  Powdermaker, H.  Marriage.  In  her
Life in Lesu, N. V., 1933. 226-8. -Schapera, I.  The choice of
a  mate [Kgatla]  In his Married Life Afr. Tribe, Lond.,  1940,
38-63.   —■       The  stability- of marriage  [Kgatlal   Ibid.,
275-303.—Sieber.  S. A. M.. &  Mueller, F. H.  Marriage and
familv.  Intbeii Social Life 1'iimit. Man, S. Louis, 1941, 26-36.
         l'amilv and marriage.  Ibid., 144-50.—Stevens,  H. V.
Naruengelmng und Heirat  bei den Orang Temia auf der Hal-
binsel Malaka.  Globus,  Bmschw.,  1902, 82: 253-7.—Trau-
mann, F. E.  Die ('.rundlagen der  chinesischen  Ehe.  Zschr.
Sexwiss.. 1928,  15:  141-5.  Westermarck, E.  On primitive
marriage: a rejoinder to Mi. V. I-'.  Calverton.  Am.  J. Sociol.,
1935-3li. 41: 505-84.   Williams, F. E.   Sex  affiliation and its
implications.  J. H.  Anthiop. Inst. (Jr. Britain, 1932, 42:  51-
81.—Williams, G.  Curious mai liage systems.  Sexology,  1934-
35, 2: 487-91.—Williamson, R. W.  Lending women.  In his
Essays Polynes. Ethnol., Cambr., 1939, 165-8.


----   Eugenic aspect.

   Soe  also  subheading  Premarital  examination;
also  Anthropology,   political;   Degeneracy;  Eu-
genics;  Family,  Eugenics;  Genotropism;  Ger-
many,  Politics, racial; Heredity, Pathology, etc.
   Campbell,  C.  G.  The  modern  approach  to  marriage.
Eugen. News,  1933, 18:  1-13.—Carrasco M., F.   La cedula
biotipol6gica como base  del mejoramiento de las  generaciones
futuras.   Bol. Inst,  prnrec. inf., Montev.,  1936-37, 10: 537-
49—Carrion  Matos,  A.   Eugenesia   iuridica  matrimonial.
("ion. me"d., Lima, 1943.  60:  104-15.— Derkmann.  Ehetaug-
lichkeitsiuu-bwcis  als  i assenhvgienische Massnahme.   Arch.
 Kassenh.. 1940-41, 34: 401-32.—Diaz  de Guijarro.  E.   Euge-
nesia  y  matrimonio.  Cron. med., Lima,  1939,  56: 207-11.
Also Jornada peru. eugen. (1939)  1940,  1. meet., 17-21.—
Eckhardt.   Eheverbot  und  Eheberatung  bei   korperlichen
 Missbildungen.  Oeff.  Gesundhdienst,  1936-37,  2:  A132-8.—
 Ermel.  Ein Verlobnis mit einem Erbkranken verstosst  gegen
 die guten Sitten und ist rechtlich wirkungslos.   Miinch. med.
 Wschr.,  1941,  88: 436.—Eulenburg, A. Epilepsie  und Ehe.
Halbmschr. Frauen  &  Kinderkr., 1904, 1: 137.—Ferguson, L.
H.  Relation of  health  to  marriage.   In: You &  Marriage
 (Jordan, H. M.) N. Y.,  1942, 84-115— Fetscher, R.  Rassen-
hygienische Heiratsberatung.  Aerztl.  Rdsch., 1933, 43: 245-
9.—Fleischer, B.  Ehekonsens bei erblichen Augenkrankheiten.
 Klin.  Mbl. Augenh., 1927,  78: 502-9— Gaylord, G.  Getting
 ready to be a family. J. Hered., 1942, 33: 100.—Haro. Secreto
 profesional  y  eugenesia.   Med. ibera,  1934,  28:  pt 1, 773.—
 Haskovec, L.    Zdravotnictvi  vefejne' a smlouva manzelskii.
 Cas.  lek.  cesk.,  1906,  45:  798-801.—Heucqueville, G. d'.
 D£g£n£rescence et mariage.  Ann. m£d. lejr., 1943, 23: 63-73.—
 Jolly, P.  Ueber Ehen von Kriegsbeschadigten.  Arch.Rassenb.,
 1927-28, 20: 308-18.—Kretschmer, E.  Konstitutionsmischung
 bei gesunden Ehepaaren.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 20-2.—
 homer,  G.  Krankheit und Ehe.  Polit. anthrop. Rev., Lpz.,
 1905.  4: 212-25.—Marcuse, M.   C.esetzliche Eheverbote fiir
 Kranke  und Minderwertjge.   Sozi;i!e  Med.  & Hyg., Hamb.,
 19(17.  2: 96; 163.—Marroguin,  J.  Apieciaci6n eugemca  de las
 priicticas matrimoniales indigenas.   Cron.  med., Lima, 1943,
 60: 81-6.—Mittmann,  O.  Eugenische  Gattenwahl oder  nicht?
 Arch. Rassenb., 1938. 32: 210-22.-  Nacke, P.  Das  prozentual
 ausgedivickte  Hciratsrisiko bzw.  Au-liruehs  und  Vererbung
 von Geistes- und  Ncrvenkrankheiten.   Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.!
 1906.  63: 482-505.—Putnam, T. J.  Marriage in epilepsv and
 diabetes.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1941, 117: 2271.—Richardson. F. H.
 Should they marry?  Hygeia, Chic, 1941, 19: 366-8.—Sauer-
mann,  H.   Fdieanbahnung fiir Ehegehindei te;  Meriligierte,
andcre unfruchtbarc und fortpflanzungsbihige  Trager unrr-
wiinschten  Erbgutes.  Erbarzt, 1941, 9:  97-110.  Srhulz.  B.
liassenhygienische Eheberatung.   Volk  .V-  Rasse,  J931,  9:
138  13.  Sirlin,  L.  Haeia el  matrimonio  eugcnico.   Cron.
med., Lima, 1944, 61: 98-101.—Weinert,  H.  Rn.s.xenhygicni-
sche Khe\ermitthing.  OelT.  Gesundhdienst, 19.37 38,  3:  II,
645-50.------Ehevermitthing fur Erbkranke.  Neues Volk,
1939, 7: II. 8, 18.

----   Factors ol compatibility.

   See also Mating.
   Bernard, J.  Factors  in  the distribution of success in mar-"
riage.  Am. J.  Sociol.,  193 1 35,  40: 49-00.  —-     Some
biological factors in personality and  marriage.  Human Biol.,
1935,  7: 430-0.—Berthod, P.  De  l'aptitude  physique  et
morale du  mariage.   Gaz. mal. infant.. Par., 1905, 7: 9.—
Buckman,  S.  S.  Marriage  and  mating.  Rep. Brit. Ass.
Advance. Sc. (1900) 1907, 689.- Carpenter, N.  Factors  in
marital adjustment.   In:  Marriage  &  Family (Hill, R*  &
Becker, II.) Host., 1942, 323-35.- Ciocco, A.  On human social
biology; elements affecting  the formation of the marital group.
Human Biol., 1939, 11: 234-47.- Ellis, H.  Spiritual  factors in
relations.   In: Love & Marriage (S.  Forbat)  N. V., 1938, 197-
224.—Friedenthal,  H.    Physiognomik   (Gesiehtsausdruckl
Eheberatung und Ehe.   Psychol. & Med.,  Stuttg., 1928,  3:
102-10.—Grassi.   Die gegenwartige  eheliche Aufsmrhtsmcngc
in Bayern.   Zschr. Medbeamte, 1914, 27: 221-7.   Gutheil.  E.
Sincerity in married life.   Marriage Hyg..  Bombay,  1930 37
3: 206-8.—Hart,  H. N., &  Hart, E. B. Qualities which make
one attractive in marriage.  In their Person. <fc Fan.i'y, rev. ed.,
N.  Y., 1941,  110-5.------Health  and marriageability.
Ibid.,  131-3.------Measuring  marriageability.   Ibid.,
149-52.—Kelly.  E. L.   Marital compatibility as related  to
personality traits of husbands and wives as  rated by self and
spouse. ,)'. Social Psychol., 1941,  13: 193-8.—Kirkpatrick,  C.
Factors in  marital adjustment.  Am. J. Sociol., 1937-38, 43:
270-83.—Pinard, A.  Des aptitudes au mariage envisages au
point de  vue phvsique, moral et social.  Ann. m£d. chir. inf.,
I'ar., 1906, 10:  192-202.  Also Rev.  prat. obst. psediat., 1906,
19:  1-17.—Post-war depletion  of ranks of  men  at  marrying
ages.  Statist,  Bull. Metrop. Life  Insur.,  1940,  21:  No.  2,
1-4.—Rink,  W.   Physiognomik  und  Eheberatung.  Med,
Welt, 1927, 1: 1671.—Seashore, R. H.  Freedom from monot-
ony in marriage.  In:  Modern Marriage  (Jung, M.)  N. Y.,
1940, 70-9.------& Seashore, C. E.   The aesthetics  of
marriage.   Ibid.,  70-80.—Terman, L. M.,  & Buttenwieser,  P.
Personality factors in marital compatibility.  J. Social Psychol.
1935,  6:   143-71;  267-89.—Wood-Comstock,  B.   Is  love
enough*   Health, Mount.  View,  1941,  8:  No. 9,  18; 31 —
Young, K.   Some factors in successful  marriages.  In  his
Person. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y., 1941, 526-35.

----   Forensic aspect.

   See also other subheadings.
   Fernandez de la Portilla,  J.  Los morbos veneVeos y  el
matrimonio.   Medicina, Madr.,  1941,  9:  pt 2, 277-86.—
Martin, E.   Del matrimonio.  In his Manual med. leg., Barcel.,
1942, 49-63.—Paech & Trembur.  Eherecht und Medizin nach
dem neusten Stande der Ehegesetzgebung.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
1938, 64:  1808;  1846;  1877.—Schlager.  Der  arztliche Sach-
verstiindige im Eherecht.  Aerztl.  Sachverst.  Ztg,  1939,  45:
273-5.  ------   Medizinische  Rechtsfragen  im Ehegesetz.
Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 1048-50.

----  Forms and systems.

   See  also   subheading  History;   also  Coitus,
Free  love and promiscuity.
   Goldsmid,   J.   A.    Companionate  marriage
from the medical and social aspects.   fi3p.   8?
Lond.,  1934.
   Haire, N.  Hymen; or, The future of marriage.
195p.  16°   Lond., 1927.
    Muller-Lyer,   F.   Formen   der  Ehe,  der
Familie   und  der  Verwandtschaft.    105p.    8.
Munch.,  1924.
   Forms Bd 3,  Die Entwickl. Stufen d. Menschh.
    Westermarck, E. A.   The future of marriage
in western civilisation.   281p.  S?   N. Y.,  1937.
   Bernard, L.  L.  The historic  forms of  marriage.   In  his
Introduct.  Sock,I., N. Y.,  1942, 90-104.—Borgius,  W.  Ehe-
reform?   Zschi.  Sexwiss., 1928-29,  15:  386-403— Bromley,
D. D., &  Britten, F. H.   Trial marriage.   In their Youth &
Sex, N. Y., 1938, 278-80.—Grohmann,  A.  Heilige  Dinge aus
Ost und  West;  buddhistisehe Keusehheitsehen.  Psychiat.
neur.  Wschr.,   1904-05,  6:  444- -Groves, G.  H.   Modern
 marriage.   In her Marriage, N. Y.,  1942, 338 55.  Hankins,
 F. H. Marriage in the future.  Hiith Control Hev.. 1930-31,
 14: 317-9.—Hart, H. N.,  & Hart,  E. B.  The Oneida experi-
 ment in complex marriage.  In their Person. & Family, rev. ed.,
, N.  Y.. 1941, lC.-Howery,  W. H.  Marriage by  proxy and
 other informal  maniages.  Current Leg. Thought, 1944-45,
I 11: 247-77.—Konig, A.  Ehereform?  Zschr. Sexwiss., 1928- 
MARRIAGE
315
MARRIAGE
9q 15- 546-9—Kostler, R.  Zur germanischen Raub-, Kauf-
und Fr'iedelehe.  Forsch. & Fortsch., 1942, 18: 270-2.------
Zur hellenischen Raub- und Kaufehe.  Ibid., 1943, 19: 316.—
Lenel,  I.  Zeitehe, eine Losung  fiir  unhaltbar  gewordene
Zustande auf  dem  Gebiet der   Geschlechtsmoral?   Neue
Generation,  1928,  24:  169-72.—Lindsey,  B. B.  The com-
panionate marriage.  Birth  Control Rev., 1930-31, 15: 78 —
Mills, J. P-  The custom of temporary marriage  among the
Eastern Angami Nagas of  Assam.  Man,  Lond.,  1937,  37:
j22__Muller, J.  Zur Kritik moderner Reformen der Ehe.
Heilkunde, 1906, 10: 399-405.—Opler, M. K.   Woman's social
status and the forms of marriage.  Am. J. Sociol.; 1943-44, 49:
125-48.—Popenoe, P.   Family  or companionate?   J. Soc.
Hve  1925, 11:  129-38.—Rock, P. M. J.   Bigamy (in Canon
Law)'  Cath. Encycl.,  N. Y., 1913, 2: 561-4.—Sloane, C.  W.
Bigamy.  Ibid.,  564-6.


---   Frequency.

   See  also  subheading  Statistics;  also  Divorce,
Statistics.
   Almeida  Junior, A.  Aspectos  da nupcialidade paulista.
Rev. Arq.  mun., S.  Paulo, 1939r40, 6: No. 66,  97-106.-
California marriages  increase.  Week.  Bull. California Dep.
Pub. Health, 1942-43, 21: 113.—Cohen, B. M.  Marriage and
divorce statistics. Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. L\ S. Bur.  Census,
1939-40, 9:  879-81.—Depoid, P.  Tables  d'extinction  des
mariages et des couples suivant la duree  de l'union, France
1928-1933.  Congr. internat. popul. (1937) 1938, 1. Congr., 5:
51-60   -----  Un indice de nuptialite\  Bull. Inst, internat.
statist, Haye, 1938, 29: 1. livr., 91; 2. livr., 12-7.—Estimated
number of  marriages  by  state;  United States,  1937-1940.
Vital Statist, Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1941-42, 15: 141-
6 —Fehlinger, H.  Amerikanische  Ehestandsstatistik.  Zschr.
Sexwiss., 1925-26,  12: 382.—Glass, D. V.  Economic  fluctua-
tions and marriage frequency. Congr. internat.  popul. (1937)
 1938, 1. Congr., 5: 13-21.  ------  Marriage frequency and
economic fluctuations  in England  and Wales, 1851 to  1934.
In: Polit. Arithm. (L. T.  Hogben)  N. Y., 1938,  251-82 —
Hedrich, A.  W.  Declining marriage  rates.   Month.  Bull.
Maryland Dep.  Health, 1944, 15: 85.—June brides and other
brides.  Statist.  Bull. Metrop. Life Insur.,  1938,  19: No. 9,
 1-3.—Kiser, C.  V.  Recent analvses of marriage rates.  Mil-
bank Mem. Fund Q.,  1937, 15: 262-74.—Landsberg, O.  Le
calcul  du taux  de nuptialite.  Bull.  Inst, internat.  statist.,
Haye, 1938, 28: 1. livr., 77.—Livi, L.  Un nouvel  indice pour
la mesure  de  la nuptialite.   Congr. internat,  popul. (1937)
1938, 1. Congr., 1: 204.—McCormick, T. C, & Oberdorfer
D. W.  Marriage  and divorce rates in Wisconsin,  1920-35.
Am.  J.  Sociol.,  1941-42, 47: 563-74.—Marriage and divorce
statistics; United States: 1887-1937.  Vital Statist, Spec. Rep.
U. S. Bur. Census, 1940, 9: 819-33.—Marriages  increase in
1941. Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur., 1941, 22: No. 12, 5.—
Marriages  performed,  divorces  and  annulments   granted,
Florida, 1933-1942.  Florida  Health Notes,  1943, 35: 77.—
More marriages in 1940.  Statist, Bull. Metrop. Life Insur.,
1940, 21: No. 12, 5-7.—Noch mehr Eheschliessungen im 1.
Quartal 1939.  Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1940, 36: 89.—[Paris]  Uni-
versal decline in number of marriages.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937,
108: 1664.—Peak (A) year in American marriages.  Statist.
Bull. Metrop. Life Insur.,  1942, 23: No. 12, 4-6.—Pohlen. K.
Die  Eheschliessungen  in Aegypten.  Reichsgesundhbl.,  1934,
9: 255-7.—Preliminary marriage statistics for 26 states; 1939.
Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1941-42, 15: 81-8;
199-206.—Rise in marriages here and abroad.  Statist. Bull.
Metrop. Life Insur., 1935, 16: No.  12, 1-3.—Stouner,  S. A., &
Spencer. L. M.   Recent increases in marriage and  divorce.
Am.  J. Sociol., 1938-39, 44: 551-4.


---   group.

   See Group  marriage.


---   History and origin.

   Cole,  M.  Marriage, past and present.  306p.
8°   Lond.,  1938.
   Goodsell, W.   A history of marriage and  the
family.   Rev. ed.   590p.  20#cm.   N. Y., 1941.
   Letotjrneau,   C.  J.  M.   The  evolution  of
marriage and of the family.  373p.  12?   N.  Y.,
1891.
  Lys, C.  de.   How  the  world weds; Ihe story
of marriage, adultery and divorce.   279p.   25cm.
N. Y, 1929.
  Muller-Lyer, F. C.  The evolution of modern
marriage; a sociology  of sexual  relations.  248p.
8°   Lond.,  1930.
  Nisbet,  J.  F.   Marriage  and heredity; a view
of psychological  evolution.   3.  ed.   231 p.   12?
Lond.,  1903.
  Stern, G. H.   Marriage in early  Islam.  196p.
25cm.   Lond., 1939.
  Chesser, E. S.  Evolution of marriage  and parenthood.
In her Five  Phases of Love, Lond.,  1939, 73-82.—Ellis, H.
The history of marriage.  In his Stud. Psychol. Sex,  N. Y.,
1936, 3: pt 2, 492-532.—Henning, H.  Ein neues vom Mutter-
recht  verschiedenes  Frauenrecht  und  der  psvchologische
Ursprung der Ehe.  Ber. Kongr. exp. Psychol.  (1923) 1924, 8.
Congr., 171.—Holmes, B.  The physical and evolutionary basis
of marriage.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1906, 47: 1886.—Lazarsfeld, S.
The development of marriage.  In her Rhythm of Life, N. Y.,
1934,  13-47.—Rhamm, K.  Ehe  und Schwiegerschaft bei den
Indogermanen. Globus, Brnschw., 1905, 87: 285-9.—Riley, W.
Historical perspectives on  marriage.  In:  Woman's Coming of
Age (Schmalhausen, S. D.) N. Y.,  1931, 91-109.—Solano, S.
El matrimonio  indigena en el antiguo Peru.  Eugenesia, M£x.,
1944,  5: No.  55, 4-8.—Stocquart, E.   Le  mariage romain.
Rev. Univ. Bruxelles,  1906-07, 12: 511-41.


----   Homogamy.

  See also subheading Intermarriage.
  Burgess, E.  W., & Wallin, P.  Homogamy in social charac-
teristics.  Am.  J. Sociol., 1943-44, 49: 109-24.—Davie,  M. R.,
& Reeves, R.  J.  Propinquity of residence before marriage.
Ibid.,  1938-39, 44: 510-7.—Kennedy, R. J. R.  Premarital
residential propinquity and ethnic endogamy.  Ibid., 1942-43,
48: 580-4.—Marriage in  relation  to  socio-economic  status.
Statist.  Bull.  Metrop. Life Insur.,  1944, 25: No. 4, 8-10 —
Price, B.  Homogamy and  the  intercorrelation of capacity
traits.   Ann.   Eugen., Cambr.,  1936, 7: 22-7.—Smith,  M.
Similarities of  marriage partners  in intelligence. Am.  Sociol.
Rev.,  1941, 6: 697-701.—Stagner,  R.  Marital similarity in
socio-economic attitudes.  J. Appl. Psychol., 1938, 22: 340-6.—
Terman, L.'M.  Relation of marital happiness to husband-wife
resemblance  in the  personality  variables.  In his Psychol.
Factors  in Marit. Happiness, N. Y.,  1938,  19-21.—Thomen,
A. A.   Should two persons of similar psychological make-up
marry?  In his Doctors Don't Believe  It, N. Y., 1941, 355 —
Willoughby, R. R. Somatic homogamy in man.  Human Biol.,
1933,  5: 690-705.

----   Honeymoon.

   See  Honeymoon.


----   Intermarriage.

   See  also  subheadings   (Homogamy;   mixed)
also  Miscegenation.
  Briischweiler,  C.  Les mariages  de nationality  mixtes  en
Suisse.  Congr. internat.  popul. (1937)  1938,  1. Congr.,  5:
61-6.—Davis,  K.  Intermarriage  in caste  societies.  Am.
Anthrop., 1941,  43:  376-95.—Frasmus.  The unequal  mar-
riage, with biography, by  Joseph Hilton.   Am.  J. Surg., 1938,
40: 491-9.—Litt!e, G.  Analytic reflections on mixed  mar-
riages.  Psychoanal.  Fev.,  1942,  29: 20-5.—Marcuse, M.
Mischehen und Statistik.  Halbmschr. sozial. Hyg.,  1916, 24:
229.   ------   Der Zeugungswert der Mischehe.  Arch, sozial.
Hyg., 1925-26, n.  F., 1: 295-301.—Merton,  R. K.   Inter-
marriage and the social structure; fact and theory.  Psychiatry,
Bait,, 1941, 4:361-74.—Moore, E. Mixed marriage.  Marriage
Hyg., Bombay, 1935,  1: 341-5.—Wessel, B. B. Comparative
rates  of intermarriage among different  nationalities  in the
United States.   Eugen. News, 1930, 15: 115-7.


----   Laws.

   See   also   subheadings   (Eugenics;  Forensic
aspect;  Premarital  examination)   also   Birth
rate, Decline:  Prevention; Divorce.
   Alleman, G. S.   *Matrimonial  law  and  the
materials of Restoration comedy [Pennsylvania;
Ph. D.]  155p.   23cm.   Phila.,  1942.
   Kaitschansky,  D.  M.    Evolution des  sow-
jet russischen  Eherechts.   48p.   8?   Berl.,  1931.
   Forms H. 1, v. 6, of Abh.  Sexforsch.

   Ltjpprian,   H.  Das    Hindernis   des    Ehe-
bandes und  des  Katholizismus . des  osterreichi-
schen  Rechts  und das  deutsche   internationale
Privatrecht.  105p.  8?   Kiel, 1932.
   Niedermeyer,   A.   Die  Eugenik  und   die
Ehe-  und  Familien-Gosotzgebung   in   Sowjet-
russland.   94p.   8°   Berl.,  1931.
   Smith,  C.   E.   Papal  enforcement  of   some
medieval  marriage  laws.  230p.   22cm.   Uni-
versity, La., 1940.
   Becker  W.  Aerztliche  Fragen  aus  dem   grossdeutschen
Eherecht. Med. Welt, 1938, 12:  1611-3.—Browder, O.  Con-
ditions and limitations in restraint of marriage.  Current Leg.
Thought,  1941-42, 8: 3-15.—Carruth,  R. McG.  Marriage
laws-  their need, and the  cause and cure of their weaknesses.
South. M. J.,  1926,  19: 193-7.—Ciccotti,  E.   Considerazioni
sulle leggi matrimoniali di Augusto; motivi,  conseguenze ed
effetti.  Congr. internat.  popul. (1937)  1938, 1.  Congr., 2: 
MARRIAGE
316
MARRIAGE
23-37.—Cornell, P.  Shall we break with tradition in marriage
laws?  J. Social Hyg., 1938, 24: 463-8.—Dehnow, F.  lius-
Mchcs Eho-, Faimlien-und Sexualrecht. Vererb. & Geschllel.cn,
1927, 48- 52.  Diaz de Guijarro, E.  La eugenesia y la reciente
logislacmn del  matrimonio en America  latina.  Cr6n.  med.,
Lima, 1944, 61: 230; 282.—Dworelzky, A.  Ehe und Familie
in Sowjet-Hussland.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927,  74: .">'.t7 â– 
600.—Engelsmann,  R.  Ehereform.  Deut.  Zschr. gerichtl.
Med., 1927, 10: 1S2â– '.r_'.- Experiences of Connecticut's mar-
riage law, as of January  1, 1937.  Connecticut Health Bull.,
1937, 51: 44-7.- Forme des  actes de  procuration, pour con-
tracter mariage, destine  aux prisonniers de guerre  [Italy,
Loi du 23 Avril, 1912, Xo. 456]  Rev. internat. Croix Rouge,
1942, 24: 616.—Frazer, J. G.  Marriage  laws. In his Native
Races  of  Asia, Lond.,  1939,  194.-Goldstein,  S. E.  The
marriage  law and its  implications.  In his Meaning of Mar-
riage, N. Y., 1942, 44-52.—Groves. K. R.  Legal qualifications
for marriage.   In his Marriage, N. V.,  1941, 163-8"), pl.—
Heller, J.  Arzt und Reform  des  i:iieie< lits.  Med.  Klin.,
Perl., 1927, 23: 857; 267-70.—Ladd. M.   The legal aspects of
marriage.  In:  Modern Marriage '.lung. M.) N. Y.,  1940,
140-73.-----The law governing marriage.  Ibid., 142-8.—
I.atev, W.  Medico-legal aspects of the  Matrimonial Causes
Act," 1937.  Med. Leg. Crim. Rev., Lond., 1938, 6: 347-65 —
Manunzn, P.   II matrimonio e la filiazione nel nuovo codice
civile.  Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31:  113-8.-Meggendorfer,
F.  Das  neue  Ehegesetz.   Fortsch.  Neur.  Psvchiat.,  1939,
11: 1-15.—Miller,  S.  M.  Survival of  the fittest.  South.
M. & S.,  1906, 5: 41-6.—Paech.  Medizinische Probleme aus
dem  neuen Eherecht.   Kinderarztl.  Prax., 1939,  10: 34;  80;
131.— Rivers,  W. H. R.  The regulation of  marriage.  Rep.
C'amhridge Anthrop.  Lxp. Torres Straits, Cambr., 1904, 5:
233- 17; 190S,  6: I l'O .">.  Russia's new laws on marriage, the
family and piotcct inn  of mother and child.  Human Fertility,
1914, 9: 86 9.  Schapera, I.  Husband and  wife in tribal law
I Kgatla]  In his Mamed Life Afr. Tribe, Lond., 1940, 100-7.—
Srhlaner.   Medizinische  Fra gin  in   Eheaufhebungsrecht.
Munch, med. Wschr,, 1 939, 86: 8.V>- 8.------Neue wichtige
Entscheidungen aus dem  Ehcscheidunesrecht.  Deut.  med.
Wschr., 1941.  67: 576.—Traumann,  F. E.  Cewissensehe und
Khrengeiicht.   Zschr.  Sexwiss.,  1920 27,  13:  145-51.  — -
Arzt  und  liefoimdes Lherechts.   ibid.. 1027-28, 14: 187-90.-
VcllgUth.   H.   Die  Khegeselzcel'llllg.   \\ j, „. klin. Wschr.,
1943, !")6:  210 -I.—Vereir.heitlichung des Rechts der Eheschlies-
sung und der  Khescheidung.  Heichsgesundhbl.,  1938,  13:
Ii94-S.- Wcisscnhertr.  S.  I'ns  neue  russische  Ehegesetz.
Arch. Kassenh.. 1927-28, 20:  78 SI.


----  License and certificate.

   See also  subheadings   (Contract; Premarital
examination: Certificate)
   Information  on the procedure necessary to obtain marriage
licenses in New Jersey.  Pub. Health News, Trenton,  1942,
26: 154.—Issuance  of marriage licenses to  persons divorced
in other states and prohibited from remarrying.  Ibid.,  1940,
24: 116.—Sanders, H. A.  A soldier's marriage certificate in
diploma form.  Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1939, 81: 581-90, 2 pl.


---  Manuals and periodicals.

   Barnes,   K.   C,   &  Barnes,  G.   F.   Sex,
friendship   and   marriage.  205p.   8?    Lond.,
1938.
   Dowey,   F,   E.    The  manual   on   certain
phases of health  and  marital  happiness.   158p.
8°   Lond.,  1933.
   Fiorentino, U.  Essai sur le  mariage.   217p.
19cm.   Par.,   1936.
  Foster,  R.  G.  Marriage  and  family  rela-
tionships.   314p.   21cm.   X. Y., 1945.
  Goetze,  E.   Die  moderne  Ehe.   136p.   12?
Locarno, 1938.
   Groves.   G.   H.   Marriage  and  family  life.
526p.   21J km.   X. Y., 1942.
  Haydex, .1. F.   The art of marriage; a scien-
tific  treatise.   3.  ed.   221p.   8?    High Point,
X. C, 1935.

  Hill,  R.,  & Becker,  H.   Marriage and the
family.   663p.   24cm.   Bost., 1942.

  Himes, X. E.   Your marriage.   430p.  21cm.
X. Y., 1940.

  Horxibrook,   E.   A.  R.   Safe   marriage;  a
return to sanity.   78p.   8?   Lond., 1922.

  Ji no,  M.   Modern marriage.   420p.   22^cm.
X. Y., 1940.

   Marriage axd Family Living; quarterly; pub-
lished by the [U.  S]   Xational Conference on
Family  Relations.   Menasha, v. 4, 1942-
   Tietz, E.  B.,  &  Weichert,  C.  K.   The art
 and  science  of   marriage.   27'.)p.   8?    N.  V
 193S.
   Wild,  C.   v.   Gedanken  eines   Frauenarztcs
 uber die Ehe.   3. Aufl.   29p.  8?   Berl., l<l,r>.
   Wile, I. S.   The man takes a wife; a study of
 man's  problems in and through marriage.  277p
 8?   X. Y., 1937.
   Willmak,  R.   Married life;  a  family  hand-
 book,   f). ed. rev.   480p.  8?   Chic, 1927.
   Buhre, W.  Las Khebueh.  Zschr. Sexwiss., 1926 27, 13:
 34-6.—Kafka, G.   Graf Kevserlings  Ehebuch.   Psychol. &
 Med., Stuttg., 1925-26, 1:303-11.


 ----   Medical aspect.

   See also other subheadings;  also such headings
 as Syphilis, conjugal.
   Biot, R., Bon,  H.  [et al.]   Medecine et mar-
 riage.   254p.   20cm.   Lyon, 1937.
   Senator, H.,  & Kaminer,  S.   Health  and
 disease in  relation  to  marriage and the  married
 state,   vol. 1.   498p.   8?    N  Y.,  Lond., 1904.
  ----Marriage and disease..  4f>2p. 8? Lond.,
 1924.
  Greiner, A. B.  Medical supervision  of matrimonv.  Vir-
 ginia M. Month.,  1904-05, 9: 489-92.—Henschen, S. E. Om
 iiktenskapets ingaende fran  hvgienens  och lakarens svnpunkt.
 Hygiea,  Stockh., 1904, 2. f., 4: 1067-97.—Horno  Alrorta, R.
 Vedicina y matrimonio. Sem. m£d.  espan., 1943, 6: pt 2,
 488-94.—Khalisov, N. D. Sovremcnniya usloviga u.-lupleiiiva
 v brak 8 vraehebnoi  lochki zrieniva.  Protok.  zasaid.  Kav-
 kazsk. med.  obshch.,  1904-05,  41:  497-524.- Paniagua. A.
 Apuntes medico-socia los acerca del matrimonio. Pol. As. mid.
 Puerto Rico,  1903, 1: 26-8.—Verano, A. F.  La rcfoi ma sani-
 taria del matrimonio.  Sem. m£d.,  B. Air.,  1931, 38: pt 2,
 828-44.—2ahler, H.   Friihsymptome der Ehehindernisse aus
 der  Endokrinologie und deren  Grenzgebieten. Aerztl. Sach-
 verst. Ztg, 1939, 45: 85-93.

----   mixed [interfaith]

  See also Jew, Miscegenation and intermarriage.
  Grunewald,   H.   *Statistisehe   Feststellung
 von Mischehen innerhalb der  Gemeindebeamtcn
 und  staatlichen  Beamten,  den  Aerzten  und
 Zahnarzten  im   Kreise  Trier  [Munchen]   16p.
 21cm.   Speyer,  1936.
  Diick, J., &  Mayr,  K.   Die osterreichische  Dispensehe.
 Zschr. Sexwiss., 1928-29, 15: 451-6.—Wolff, G.  The social
significance of Jewish-Christian intermarriage.  Sc. Month.,
 1946, 62: 95-8.


----   Moral aspects.

  See also  Adultery; Coitus, extramarital.
  Laval,  J.  H.    Marriage,  morals and moth-
 balls.   222p.   23cm.   N. Y., 1939.
  Malkin,  R.    Marriage,   morals  and   war.
245p.    21#cm.   X. Y., 1943.
  Russell,  B.  A.  W.  Marriage  and  morals.
320p.    21cm.   X. Y.,  1929.
  Storer, R. V.   Man and morals;  a physician's
survey of sex;  Book 1 of a trilogy   of  sexology:
 Adolescence and  marriage.   143p.   8?   Lond.,
 1935.
  Fleseh, M.  Ehe,  Hygiene und sexuelle  Moral.  Mutter-
schutz,  1905, 1:. 269-79.—Goldstein, S.  E.   Monogamy and
fidelity.   In his Meaning of Marriage, N. Y., 1942, 110-8.—
Hart, H. N.,  & Hart, E. B.  Monogamistic loyalty  versus
extramarital freedom.   In their Person.  & Family, rev. ed.,
 N. Y.,  1941, 314-20.—Neumann, H.  Marriage and morals.
J. Social Hyg., 1936, 22: 102-14.


----   Occupational aspect.
  Best,  D. Employed wives increasing.   Personnel J., 1938-
39, 17: 212-9.—Bowman, b. E.  Jobs and marriage.  J. Social
 Hyg.,  1929, 15: 152-5.-  Hirres, N. E.  Should wives work?
 In his Your  Marriage,  X.  V,,  3 0-10,  183-9.—Lazarsfeld, S.
 Die Ehe der erwerl.statigen Frau.  Neue Generation, 1928, 24:
 406-10.—McCormick, T. ('., & Brooks, M.  S.  Occupational
 birth and marriage rates, Wisconsin, 1920-1936.   Am. Sociol
 Rev., 1941, 6: 806-17.—NirrkoIT, M. F.  Occupational factors
 and marriage. Am. J. Sociol., 1943-44, 49: 248  51- Terman,
 L. Al.   Happiness as  related  to occupational classification.
 In his Psychol. Factors  in  Marit.  Happiness,  N. V.,  1938, 
MARRIAGE
317
MARRIAGE
____Premarital examination.

  See also  Eugenics,  Organization  of  service;
Group  medicine,  Diagnostic  and  consultation

service.
  Bles   C.   Bezwaren tegen het geneeskundig
onderzoek v66r het huwelijk (v66r de verloving)
als  sociaal-geneeskundige  maatregel.   45p.   8.

Amst., 1919.
   Nevermann,  H.   Ueber  Eheberatung.   94p.

8°   Lpz., 1931.                        .    t    t
  ' Forms H. 16, Monogr. Frauenk. Konstitutionsfoisch.

  Ribas  E.   *Exame  prenupcial.    73p.   8?
S. Paulo,  1928.
   Alpixo  A  O exame prenupcial como elemento de aetesa da
farmha e'da raca. .Fol. rued., Rio, 1936, 17: 229-33.-Alves,
D  Do exame medico pre-nupcial. Gaz. elm., fc>. i'aulo, 192a,
27-  1-3—Amyot, R.  Examen medical et mariage.  Union
me'd Canada,  1943,  72: 875.—Aronstam, N. E.   Ante-nuptial
examination.  Ind. J. Vener.  Dis.  1938,  4: 22-8.-Bambaren.
C A   Sanidad municipal; sobre  funcionamiento del Consul-
to'rio'medico prenupcial.  Cron. med., Lima, 1940  57: 328-
34__Blacker C. P.  The pre-marital health schedule and the
press.  Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1936, 28:  119-22—Blancas, L. S.
L de.  Examen medico pre-nupcial.  In: Dfa antiven£r. (Liga
hig) Lima (1939) 1940, 5-7.  Also Cr6n. med., Lima, 1939, 56:
283-5— Carter, H. L. J., & Foley, L.  What are young people
asking about marriage? J. Appl. Psychol., 1943, 27: 275-82 —
Conill, V.   El reconocimiento  prematrimonial.  Med. ibera,
1934, 28:  pt  2,  185.—Couvelaire, A.   Quelques  mots  sur
1'eugenique et les consultations prenuptiales.  Bull, med., Par.,
1930, 44: 693.—Cunha  Lopes.   Exame pre-nupcial. Illust.
med.', Rio, 1939, 5: 27.—D., F. B.  Those pre-marital examina-
tions'; a digest of opinion.  Med. Soc. Rep., Scranton, 1940, 34:
No. 8,  14.—Derscheid, G., Oibrechts, E., & Renault-Capart,
H.   La tuberculose et l'examen  medical avant  le mariage.
Liege med.,  1930, 23:  1205-13.—Diaz de Guijarro, E. Euge-
nesia y matrimonio.  Rev. med.,  Rosario.  1939,  13: No. 130,
21-6.—Dickinson, R. L.  Premarital consultation.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1941, 117:  1687-92.—Eisenstadt, L.  1st ein  freiwilliger
arztlicher Beirat fiir Ehekandidaten  durchfiihrbar'.'   Soziale
Med. & Hyg., Hamb., 1906, 1:  133.—Examen  medical pre-
nuptial et la protection de lenfance.  Clinique, Par., 1935, 28:
297.—Federhen, L.   Die gesundheitliche  Eignung zur Ehe.
Zschr. Gesundhverwalt, 1933, 4: 499.—Fermoselle Bacardi, J.
Un  afio de  experiencia sobre el  examen medico pre-nupcial
voluntario.  Rev. med., S. Jose, 1937-38, 6: 377-83.
 Importancia del examen medico pre-nupcial.   Ibid., 1939, 3:
 642-8.—Ferreira, C.   Notas  cientificas  de  actualidad; el
 examen medico prenupcial.  Rev. espan. med. cir., 1930, 13:
 209-11.—Fontana, A.  Sulla fondazione di un istituto di con-
 sulenza igienica prematrimoniale in  Torino.  Clin, igiene inf.,
 1927, 2: 197-9.—Foveau de Courmelles.  Examen prenuptial
 et secret professional.   J. med. Paris,  1927, 46: 513.—Frets,
 G. P.  [On pre-nuptial medical examination]  Ned.  tschr.
 geneesk., 1939, 83:  2890-9.—Gastpar.  Eheberatung.  Med.
 Korbl. Wiirttemberg,  1927, 97: 529-32.—Gaylord,  G.  Pre-
 marital and preconceptional care.  Proc. Am. Congr. Obst.
 Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 432-4.—Gougerot, H.  Medica!
 examination before  marriage.   Ind. J. Vener. Dis., 1935, 1:
 151-5.—Health before  marriage. Pub. Health News, Trenton,
 1938, 22: 311-6.—Health examinations before marriage.  Med.
 Press.& Circ, Lond.,  1936, 192: 337-9.—Himes, N. E.   The
 premarital examination.  In his Your Marriage, N. Y., 1940,
 129-45.—Jakmauh,  P. J.   Premarital  health  examinations
 N. England J. M., 1941, 225: 634; 1942, 226:  124.—Johnson,
 A. S.  Premarital examinations.   Ibid., 556.—Kaviroky, N.
 Premarital examination.  West. J. Surgery, 1943, 51: 412-5.—
 Kehl, R.  El  medico  como consejero  matrimonial.  Inform.
 Inst. teen, salub. rural, Habana, "1939, 2: No.  1, 240-3.—
 Keiffer.  L'examen  medical prenuptial.   Bull. Acad.  med.
 Belgique, 1930, 5. ser., 10: 235-48.—Koller, T.  Zur Frage der
 Eheberatung in  der Schweiz.  Arch, sozial. Hjg., 1932, 7:
 31-3.—Leclercq, J.  L'examen medical prenuptial.  Rev. med.
 fr.,  1930,  11: 141-51.—I.ehrrarrt,  M.  Lntersuchung auf
 Eheeignung und Ehetauglichkeit.  Med. Welt,  1940,  14:  920.
 -----Beschleunigung der Untersuchungen auf Eheeignung
 und Ehetauglichkeit.  Miinch. med. WTschr., 1940, 87: 847.—
 Linne.  Die Gefahren der Eheberatungsstellen.  Aerztl. Mitt.,
 Lpz., 1926,  27:  762-4.—Luros,  P.   El examen m6dico  pre-
 nupcial.  Rev. meU, S. Jose, 1937-38, 5: 187-206.—McSwee-
 ney, T. H.  Premarital medical examinations.  N. England J.
 M., 1941, 225: 671.'—Medical indigency of newlyweds.  Penn-
 sylvania M.  J., 1939-40, 43: 1600.—Medina, M.  Acerca de
 la sanidad de la descendencia.  Rev. cient., Car&cas,  1937, 2:
 87-90.—Mj^en, J.  A.  Health declaration before marriage.
 Sc. Papers  Internat. Congr. Eugen. (1932)  1934, 3. Congi.,
 222-30.— Muiioyerro,  L. A..  Deontologia medica prematri-
 monial.  In his Moral  m6d. en los sacram., Madr., 1941, 136-
 83.—Neumann, H.   Advising youth on  marriage.  Papers N.
 York Reg. Conf. Social Hyg.,  1940, 8. Conf.,  86.— Nimkoff,
 M. F.  Counseling students on pre-marital problems; a  func-
tion of the sociologist.  Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1935, 19: 573-
85.—Oliveira Piraja.  Higiene e assistencia pre-nupcial e pre-
concepcional no Servico de puericultura do Departamento de
   '  de Sao Paulo.  An.  Congr. brasil. gin. (1940)  1942, 1.
Congr., 3: 237-42.  Also Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1941, 6: No. 13,
83-6.—Paech & Trembur.  Aerzte und Eheschliessung.  Deut.
med.  WTschr.,  1942,  68: 44.—Pardo  Villate, A.  Labor del
consultorio pre-nupcial  del municipio de Lima.  Cr6n. med.,
Lima, 1944, 61:  208-41.—Parker, V.  H.  Advising youth on
marriage.   Papers N. York Reg. Conf.  Social Hyg.,  1940, 8.
Conf., 80.—Periassti, A.  O exame pre-nupcial, como recurso
eugenico  e profilatico.  An. Conf. nac. defesa sif., Rio (1940)
1941,  1. Conf., 2: 145-54.  Also Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17:
No. 336,  91-4.—Physician's legal liability in revealing pre-
marital examination findings to  third person discussed.  Ohio
M. J., 1941, 37:  1101-4.—Pierson, R. N.  Experiences in pre-
marital council in private practice. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1941,
40: 884-8.—Premarital  examinations.  Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90:
97.—Pre-marital examinations in the United States.  Med.
Leg. Crim. Rev., Lond.,  1942,  10: 228.—Pre-marital health
schedule.   Eugen. Rev., Lond.,  1935-36, 27: 306-18.—Pre-
marital  tests.   Bull. Acad.  M.  Cleveland,  1942,  27: 12.—
Pre-nuptial medical  examination.  Nature, Lond., 1936, 137:
552.—Prost, G.  Eheberatung und arztliche  Schweigepflicht.
Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1934,  9: No. 404.—Racketeering in marriage,
and maybe in  medicine. Ohio M. J.,  1942, 38: 69.—Rolle, C.
M.   Prevenzione sociale  nel  matrimonio.   Osp.  maggiore,
Milano, 1927,  3. ser., 15: 137-41.— Ronge, A.  Die Auskunft
des Arbeitgebers im Rahmen der amtsarztlichen Untersuchung
auf Eheeignung.  Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1938-39, 4:  A, 979-
84.—Scheumann, F.  K. Eheberatung.  Zschr. Schulgesundh.,
1927,  40: 97;  168.  ------  Sinngemasse Ausgestaltung von
Fortpflanzungshygiene  und  Eheberatung.   Zschr.  Sexwiss.,
1930,  17: 23-35.—Schreiber, G.  L'examen medical prenuptial;
mesures preventives cons6cutives eugeniquesettherapeutiques.
Presse med., 1935, 43:  1412.  ------ L'examen medical pre-
nuptial; ses modalit^s et ses consequences.  Genetica, Gravenh.,
1936, 18:  10-37.—Schwalbe, J.  Gesundheitliche Beratung vor
der Eheschliessung.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1862; 1911;
passim.—Sekla,  B.   [Function of eugenic consultation]  Cas.
lek. cesk., 1937, 76:  919.—Stiasny, H.  Ehetauglichkeitsunter-
suchungen nach bevolkerungspolitischen  Gesichtspunkten.
Deut. Aerztebl.,  1944, 74:  70-2.—Tanner,  H.  Do  exame
medico  pre-nupcial.  An.  Conf.  nac. defesa  sif., Rio  (1940)
1941,  1. Conf., 2: 111-21.—Vervaeck,  L.  L'examen prenuptial
envisage au point de vue  medical.  Bruxelles med.,  1929-30,
10: 374;  395.—Voluntary prenuptial examination. J. Am. M.
Ass.,  1936, 106: 1672.—Warner, M.  P.  A woman  physician
discusses  the  premarital  medical  consultation.   N.  York
Physician, 1939, 12: No.  3,  16;  36.—Wilsch.  Erfahrungen
iiber   Ehetauglichkeitsuntersuchungen,   insbesondere  den
Altersunterschied Eheuntauglicher.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1940,
36: 414.—Wortis, S. B.  Counseling  in the premarital inter-
view.  Marriage & Family Liv., 1945, 7: 86.


        Premarital  examination: Certificate.
   Ananias,  J.    Contribution  a   l'etude  du
certificat prenuptial.   71p.   8?   Par., 1935.
   Bouessel dtj Bourg, P.   *De la necessite du
certificat  medical  prenuptial.   51p.   8?   Par.,
1928.
   Brandenburg, G.   *Du  certificat d'aptitude
au mariage; de son  utilite,  sous  quelle forme  il
existe  a  l'etranger;  comment  le  eoncevoir  en
France.   64p.   8?   Par.,  1926.
   Cotjray,   M.  J.    *L'examen  prenuptial au
point  de  vue   des  maladies  v^neriennes  et ses
difficultes d'application.   94p.   24^cm.   Lyon,
1938.                                       .
   Etienne,  J.   *Du certificat prenuptial obhga-
toire.   71p.   8?   Par., 1931.
   Flloko,  P.    *La protection  de  la race  et  le
certificat prenuptial.  68p.   8?   Par., 1934.
   [France]   Comite  national d'etudes  so-
ciales   &    politiqtjes.    Fascicule  No.   370:
Mariage  et  certificat prenuptial.  37p.   25cm.
Par., 1928.
   Pisani,  E.   II  certificato  medico  prematri-
moniale   per le  malattie sessuali.    183p.   8?
Nap., 1934.
   Allaria,  G.  B.   I prestiti per  matrimonio  in Germania.
Difesa  sociale,  1936, 15: 479-500.—Alvarado Rivera,  M.  J.
Recomendaciones  eugenesicas pre-nupciales.   In:  Dia anti-
vener  (Peru  Liga  nac. hig.) Lima,  1938, 13-6.  Also Cr6n.
med., Lima,  1938, 55:  289-92.—Amador G., J.   Algo mas
sobre el certificado prenupcial. Rev. med., S. Jose, 1937-38, 5:
250-3.—Amor, J. L.  Necesidad del certificado pre-nupcial  en
nuestro medio actual. Tr. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931) 1933,
3. Congr.,  158-65.—Astorquiza Sazzo, J. A.  Fundamento
social del certificado medico pre-nupcial.  Rev. med. Iat. amer.,
B Air  1941   26: 1022-6.—Aubrun, H.  Le  certificat pr6-
nuptiaf'obligatoire.   Paris med., 1928, 68: (annexe) 284-6—
Bambaren, C.  A.  El certificado medico prenupcial.  Cr6n.
med Lima, 1934, 51: 368-70.------La practica del certifi-
cado medico prenupcial en el Peru.  In: Dia antivener. (Liga 
MARRIAGE                                      318                                     MARRIAGE
 I mi.)  Lima (1939)  1940, 35-44.  Also Cr6n. med., Lima,  1941,
 58: 34-43.-Bard, L.   Necessitc  detablir le certificat pre-
 nuptial.  Bull, med., Par., 1927. 41: 999.  ----— A juoposito
 do certificado prenupcial.  Brasil  med.,  1931, 45: 809-11.—
 Becker, W.  Voraussetzungen fiir die Versagung des Ehetaug-
 lichkeitszeugnisses.  Med. Welt, 1937,  11: 944.—Bejarano, J.
 El certificado sanitario prematrimonial, seria, cientificamente,
 falso, y socialmente, nefasto.  Cruz roja,  1929, 31: 749-60.—
 Biardeau,  L.  Le  certificat prenuptial.   Prophvl. antivener.,
 Par.,  1931, 3: 159-64. Also Rev. hyg., Par., 1931, 53: 561-9 —
 Blacker, C. P.  Fitness  for marriage.  Eugen.  Rev., Lond.,
 1935-36, 37: 33-9.—Boulanger, S.  L'examen  medical pre-
 nuptial et  le certificat  daptitude matrimoniale.   Rev. g6n.
 clin.  ther., 1928,  42:  517 50.— Bouquet,  H.  Le  certificat
 pr6nuptial.  Monde  med.,   1028,  38:  425-8.—Briand,  H.
 Quelques reflexions sur le ceitificat et l'examen  prenuptial
 Rev.  anthrop., Par., 1931, 41: 63-9.—Carranca y Trujillo, R.
 Valor social  del certificado pre-nupcial.  Rev. med., Puebla.
 1933,  5: No. 39,  4-11   Carrera,  J. L.  Sobre  el certificado
 medico prematrimonial.  Prensa med. argent., 1939,  26:  pt 1,
 897.—Caudill, F. W.  The operation of the premarital law in
 the physician's  office.   Kentucky M.  J., 1941,  39:  94-6.—
 Certificado medico prenupcial.  Bol.  Of. san. panamer., 1941,
 20: 78-80; 1942,  21: 76.—Certificat prenuptial; rapport du
 Comite d'etude de  la Societe medicale de Montreal.  Bull, hyg.,
 Montreal,  1944,  30: No. 6, 5-11.—Chevallier, P.  A propos du
 certificat prenuptial.  Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935)
 1935-37, 9. Congr., 3: 334.—Churchill, S. Health certificates
 on marriage.  J. State M., Lond.,  1926,  39:  585-8.  ------
 Health certificates before  marriage, or  a  eugenic approach to
 child  welfare work. J. R. San. Inst., Lond., 1931, 52: 126-9.—
 Dagen, G.  Aux jardins  de Saint-Luc et  de Saint-Come; line
 tentative de certificat  pre-nuptial  sous Napoleon  I".  Paris
 med., 1928,  70: (annexe) 512-4.--Dally, P.   Eugenique  et
 certificat prenuptial.  Clinique, Par., 1930, 25:  325.—De La
 Rocha, L.  E. El  certificado  m6dico prenupcial.   Eugenesia,
 Mex., 1912, 3: No. 29,  3-5.  Also Reforma med., Lima, 1942,
 28: 117.— Delfino,  V.  El rertificado de sanidad para conyuges.
 Clfn.  lab..  Zaragoza, 1930, 15:  34-8.—Exame prenupcial; o
 projeto de  Amaurv de Medeiros  apresentado ao Congresso
 federal.  Arq. Inst. med. leg.,  Rio, 1931, No.  2,  71-86.—
 Kerrer y Rovira,  J. F.  Certificado pre-nupcial obligatorio.
 Rev.  med.  cir. Habana, 1940. 45: 511-9.—Fetscher, R.  Ueber
 den Austausch von Gesundheitszeugnissen vor der Ehe. Arch.
 sozial. Hvg., 1926-27, n. F., 2: 54-8.—Foveau de Courmelles.
 Le certificat prenuptial et le laboratoire. Bull. Soc. med. Paris,
 1931,  267-70.- Conzalez, J.  M.  E.   Certificado prenupcial.
 Rev.  crim., B.  Air., 193L 21:  487 91.   Conzalez  V., A. C.
 Juicio sobre la trascendineia del certificado medico prenupcial.
 Cr6n. med., Lima,  1939. 56: 336-'.i.  Also Jornada pern, eugen.
 fl939^ 1940, 1. meet,., .">'.(-(12.— Cortari, M.  LI certificado pre-
 nupcial.  Bol. sal. pub.,  Monti.v., 19-11,  2. epoea.  1: No.  2,
 57.  (iougerot,  H.  A propos du  ceitificat medical  prematri-
 monial.  Soc. fr. prophyl. san.,  1927, 27: 99-102.—Govaerte,
 A.  La eusienicn y el  certificado  medico prenupcial.   Med.
 ninos, 1930, 31:  129-33-Haro  Garcia,  F.  El  certificado
 medico prematrimonial.   Clfn. lab., Zaragoza, 1930,  16: 445-
 59.—Health certificates as a icquirement for marriage.  J. Am.
 M. Ass., 1935, 105: 1998.- Isasi Soto, F.  Apreciaci6n jurfdica
 del certificado medico prenupcial.   Cron. m6d., Lima,  1943,
 60:  241-50.—Jimenez  Nunez,  R.   El  certificado  medico
 prenupcial.   Rev.  med.,  S. .lose.  1933-35, 1: 408-13.—Kau-
 schansky,  I). M.   Das  Ehegesundheitszeugnis, das  Berufs-
 geheimnis des Arztes und  dessen Einschrankung im Interesse
 der Gesellschaft    Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.,  1929, 91: 257-61 —
 Keyes, E.  L.  The prenuptial sanitary guarantee.  N.  York
 M. J., 1907, 85:  1201-4.— Leclercq. 3.  A  propos du certificat
 prenuptial.   Ann. med.  leg., 1928, 8: 25.—Legueu, F.  Certifi-
 cado pre-nupcial. Prensa med. argent., 1929-30, 16:  1181-6.—
 Lemme, H.  Bewahrungsfrist bei Erteilung des  Ehetauglich-
 keitszeugnisses.   Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1937-38, 3: A, 341-4.—
 Leonhard.   Der Arzt als Gehilfe beim  Ehebetrug.   Zschr.
 arztl.  Fortbild., 1932, 29: 29.—Leonida, I.  [Heredity in charac-
 ter and constitutional abnormities and their relative importance
 in medical  prenuptial certificate]  Rev.  st. med., Bucur., 1935,
 24: 1103-11.—Licurzi,  A.  El   certificado  prenupcial;  con-
 sideraciones psicol6gicas y medico-legales.  Sem. med., B. Air.,
 1937,  44: pt 2, 41.5-9.—Luys,  G.  A propos du certificat pre-
 nuptial.  Presse med., 1943, 51:  409.—Marriage health certifi-
 cates.  Med. Off.,  Lond., 1941, 66: 27.—Marta, F.  Premesse
 eusenetic he; eertifieato prematrimoniale. Gazz. osp., 1937, 58:
 1-4.—Martell, P.   Eheberatungsstellen und  Beiratszeugnis
 Zschr. Desinfekt..  1927,  19: 277-80.—Medical certificate and
 mamage license.   Kentucky M.  J., 1941, 39: 3.—Milian, G.
 Le certificat pre-nuptial.  Rev. fr. derm,  vener., 1933, 9: 427.—
 Modelo oficial del certificado pre-nupcial.  Medicina, Mex.,
 1941.  21: suppl., 41.—Moll, A.  A.  En  torno al  certificado
 pienupcial.   Bol. Cons. nac. hig., Montev., 1930-31, 25: 628-
 31.— Munoyerro, L.  A.  Certificado prematrimonial.  In his
 Motal med. en los sacram., Madr., 1941, 181-3.—Neureiter, F.
 von.  Die arztlichen Zeugnisse im Rahmen der amtsarztlichen
 I ntersuchung von  Ehekandidaten.    Oeff.  Gesundhdienst
 1938-39,  4: A,  305-9.—Nicollet,  P.   Le certificat medical
 prenuptial.   Hyg.  ment.,  Par.,  1929, 24: 1-14.—Nunez, B.
 El certificado medico prenupcial  desde el punto de vista social
 Tr. Panamer. M.  Congr.  (1931) 1933, 3. Congr., 166-73.—
 Oyarzaral,  E. de.  Las  enfermedades sexuales  y el certificado
 medico  prematrimonial.   Siglo  med.,  1931, 88:  45-51 —
 Paech &   Trembur.  Entscheidungen  der Eil.jresundheit.s-
gerichts uber Ehetauglichkeitszeugnisse.  Deut. unci  W«chi
 1938, 64: 1009.—I'ostalozza, E.  II certificate) prematrimoniale
 Med. sociale, Nop., 1930, 20: 9.- Pre-marital health certifi-
 cates fiom tin- aspect of eugenics.  Bull. Hyg., Lond., 1933, g.
 SI  7.—Premarital tests.   Kentucky  M.  J., 1941,  39: 120.—
 Raymond. A. Fl certificado medico prenupcial en la priictica
 In:  Dia antivener.  (Liga hig.)  Lima (19.>9)  1940, 29.  Also
 Cron.  med., Lima,  1940, 57:  127-9. -Sainz Trejo, A.  Im-
 portancia  del certificado pienupcial.  Rev.  med. veracrui
 1939, 19: 2970-2.—Nulcedo F.. IM.   Certificado y con.sultorio
 medico pre-nupcial.  Jornada  pern,  eugen.  (1939) 1940  1
 Meet.,  91-5.  Also  Cic'.n  med., Lima,  1940,  57:  93-7.
 Schindler.  Der arztlic lie I'-hekotisens.  Fortsch. Med., 1926,
 44:  807-14.—Schreibcr,  G.    L'examen  medical  prenuptiai
 dans les differents pays.  Bull, med., Par., 1927, 41:  17CM.
 ------   Le certificat medical  prenuptial;  comment l'instituer
 en  France?   Prophyl. anti\ enei., I'ar.,   1939, II: 594-601.
 ------Laignel-Lavastine it Michel.  Discus-ion du rapport de
 Mm. Yervaeck et Leclercq; le certificat prenuptial. Ann med
 leg., 1929,  9: 664-74.—Solano, S.   Certificado prennpeiai
 obligatorio.  Bol. 1st. protec. inf., Montev., 1936-37, 10: 5-17.
 ------   Certificado  medico prenupcial obligatorio.  In:  Dia
 antivener.  (Peru Liga nac. hig.)  Lima,   1938, 17-20.  Also
 Cr6n.  med.,  Lima,   1938, 55: 315-8— Sordo  Noriega,  A.
 Utilidad del certificado medico  pre-nupcial. Rev. mex  pueri-
 cult., 1931-32,  2:  379-84.—Suarez  de  Mendoza.  Sur la
 necessite d'exiger des candidats  au  mariage  le  certificat de
 sante,  pour  diminuer les  ravages des maladies avariantes
 (tuberculose.  avariose, neisserose)   Arch.  med. chir.  spic
 Par., 1906. 17: 121-32.—Talbot, H. P.  Certificates for mar-
 riage.  J. Social Hyg., 1937, 23: 87-9.- Trigoso. K.  Oomenta-
 rios  sobre  certificado medico  prenupcial.   In:  Dia antivener
 (Liga hig.) Lima (1939) 1940, 31-4.   Also (mn.  med., Lima]
 1940, 57: 144-7.—Vervaeck, L., & Leclercq, J.  Le certificat
 prenuptial.   Ann.  med.  leg.,  1929,  9:  297-337.  Villexas
 Bauza,  M.  Algo sobre el certificado  medico pre-inairinionial
 Rev. med. cubana,  1940, 51: 779-800.—Zamora  V.. H.   Kl
 certificado  de salud  prematrimonial.  Rev.  med.,  S. Jose
 1933-35, 1: 434-7.

----   Premarital examination, gynecological.
   Dickinson, R. L.   Premarital examination as a routine pre-
 ventive  gynecology.  Am. J.  Obst.,  1928,  16: 631-41  [Dis-
cussion] 721.—Gunther, E.  Der Weil der Kolposkopie bei den
amtsarztlichen  Untersuchungen auf  Ehetauglichkeit.   Zbl.
Gyn., 1940,  64: 1769-71.— Jung, M.  Gynakologische Ge-
sichtspunkte  bei  der Eheberatung unter  Bewertung  konsti-
tutioneller  Momente.  In:  Konst. &  Erbbiol.  (Jaensch, W.4
 Lpz., 1934, 327-37.—Kovacs,  F.  [Gvnecological view-points
 in premarital consultation]  Orvoskepzes,  1939, 29: 538-49.—
 McElroy, R. C.  Gynecologic examination;  premarital counsel.
 Med. Clin. N.  America,  1945, 29:  1344-53.—Naujoke, H.
 Die  Mitaibeit des Gynakologen im Rahmen des neuen Ehe-
gesetzes.  Zbl. Gyn., 1941, 65: 877-84.—Sellheim, H.  Ehe-
beratung.   Ibid., 1928, 52: 666-74.

----   Premarital examination: Laws.
   See  also  subheading  (Laws)   also  Eugenics,
Legislative aspect;  Syphilis,  Control;  Venereal
disease,  Legislation.
   Bowdex,  A.  E.,  & Gould,  G.   Summary of
state   legislation  requiring  premarital  and  pre-
natal   examinations  for   venereal  diseases.   24p.
23cm.    N. Y.,  1941.
   Gutt,   A.,   Linden,  H.,  &  Massfeller,  F.
 Blutschutz- und  Ehegesundheitsgesotz.   2.  Aufl.
354p.    25i/2cm.   Miinch., 1937.
   Ihm,  K.  R.  E.   *t)ie  Familie  in  ihren  Ent-
wicklungs-  und  Erscheinungsformen  im allge-
meinen  und  ihr  Einfluss auf das Werden  und
Vergehen der Volker als Ausgangspunkt fiir die
Beurteilung   der  Frage  der  Eheberatung  in
Deutschland    [Munchen]   41p.   21cm.    Bot-
trop, 1937.
   Kansas,  U.   S.   A.   Legislative   Council.
Research Department.    Publication  No.  108:
Premarital   examination   laws.    18p.   27^cm.
Topeka,  1941.
   New   Jersey  pre-marital   law.     lOp.    8?
Jersey City, 1939.
   Popovsky,  N.  *Contribution   a  l'etude des
legislations franchises qui  pourraient intervenir
a l'occasion d'un  examen  pre-nuptial.   40p.  8°
Par., 1932.
   Virginia,  U.  S.  A.    State Department  of
Health.   Instructions  to  physicians furnishing
statement  required   by   Virginia   Code,  Section
5073a,  as a prerequisite  to issuance of  marriage
license.   2p.   23cm.   Richmond, 1940. 
MARRIAGE                                       319                                      MARRIAGE
   ---   Questions and answers on the marriage
 examination law.   3p.   21cm.   Richmond,  1943.
   Abadie, J. L.  Cuestiones  medicosociales:  la Ley  12.331.
 Sem. med., B.  Air.,  1938, 45: pt  2,  345-7.—Act concerning
 blood tests for marriage licenses.  Connecticut Health Bull.,
 1943, 57:  165.—Almeida Pintos,  R.  Examen  medico pre-
 nupcial; acotaciones al margen de un  proyecto de ley del Dr.
 Juan F. Canessa.  Dia med. urug.,  1937-38,  5:  317-9.—Aly
 Tewfik  Shousha Bey.  A  project-law  on healthy  marriage
 and improvement  of  the health of the offspring  [in  Egypt]
 Ind. J.  Vener.  Dis.,  1942, 8: 58.—Baker, J.  N.  Analysis of
 Alabama's proposed  prenuptial legislation.  J. M. Ass. Ala-
 bama, 1939-40, 9: 91-4.—Bambaren, C. A.  Requisites eu-
 genfeicos  prematrimoniales en el  Codigo civil del Peru.  In:
 Dia antivener.  (Peru  Liga  nac.  hig.)  Lima,  1938,  25-30.
 Also  Cr6n. med.,  Lima,  1938,  55: 333-8.—Blacker,  V.  P.
 Laws on health and marriage.   Eugen. Lev., Lond., 1935-36,
 27-  191-6.—Bosco, J.  Examen medico  prenupcial; su legis-
 lation.  Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1929, 36: pt 1, 70-4.—Brown,
 C. P.  Change  in blood test laws.  Pennsylvania  Health,
 1943, 4: No. 3, 4.—Burga Larrea, C.   Glosa a las disposiciones
 prematrimoniales del Codigo  civil  del  Peru.   In: Dia  anti-
 vener.  (Peru Liga nac. hig.) Lima, 1938,  31-4.— Burgdorf,
 A. L.  Social significance of  the  new  marriage  law.   Con-
 necticut Health Bull., 1935, 49: 247-9.—C,  A.  F.   The pre-
 marital examination  law.  Memphis M. J., 1941, 16: 153.—
 Cady, L.  D.   Antenuptial examination  laws.  Am. J. Nurs.,
 1938,  38: 777-80.------Premarital  examination laws.
 J. Missouri M. Ass.,  1940, 37: 443-7.-1 Campbell, R. E.  The
 Wisconsin plan  for premarital examination  and  comparative
 studies  of such a law in other states.   Proc. Am. Congr. Obst.
 Gyn. (1939)  1941,  1.  Congr.,  435-43.—Cavanaugh,  F.  P.
 Catholic attitude toward some hygienic legislation.  J. Social
 Hyg., 1938,  24: 510-3.—Clarkson, A. M.  Compulsorv lab-
 oratory tests.  Texas  J.  M.,  1940^41,  36:  618-20. —Cross,
 R. R.  Present requirements of  Illinois  premarital  health
 examination  law.  Bull. Chicago AL Soc, 1943-44, 46: 40.—
 Diaz de Guijarro,  E.   La tecnica legislativa en  la  regulaci6n
 eugenesica del matrimonio.  Cron.  med.,  Lima,  1944,  61:
 11-7.—Dickerson,  L. A.  Law requiring blood  tests before
 marriage.  Bienn.  Bep.  State  Health  Dep.  West Virginia,
 1940,  69.—Doros,  G.  [Medical  difficulties  of compulsory
 prenuptial examinations]  Orv.  hetil.,  1938,  82:  1147-9.—
 Edwards,  M. S.  Facts behind  the laws.   J.  Social Hyg.,
 1938, 24:  469-76.  ------  Premarital examination  laws in
 operation. Ibid.,  1940, 26: 217-22.—Erste  Verordnung zui
 Durchfuhrung des EhegesundheLtsgesetzes.  Beichsgesundhbl.,
 1935, 10: 1059-61.—Everhart, E. S.  The Pennsvlvania pre-
 marital law.   Pennsvlvania Health,  1940, 1: No. 2, 17-23 —
 Excellent  law  justifies itself.  Kentucky  M. J.,  1941,  39:
 121.—Fetscher,  R.  Eheberatung  in  Sachsen.  Arch, sozial.
 Hyg., 1928, n.  F., 3: 473-5.—Forster, G. F., & Shaughressy,
 H. J.  Premarital examination  laws in  the  United  States.
 J. Am.  M. Ass., 1942, 118: 790-7.—IFrance] Marriage law of
 January 1941. _ Bull.  Hyg., Lond., 1941, 16: 486.—Garrot, C.
 Fundamento  basico para la Ley del examen medico pre-nupcial,
 Medicina,  Mex., 1938,  18: Suppl.,  155; passim.—Gould, G.,
 & Dickerson, R.  E.   Premarital  and  prenatal  examination
 laws.  In their Digest Laws Prostit.,  N. Y.,  1942, 451-3.—
 Groves, E. R. A suggested form of a state premarital examina-
 tion law.   In his Marriage,  N. Y.,  1941, 174-7.— Gutt.  Das
 Ehetauglichkeitszeugnis; Gesetz zum Sehutz der Erbgesundheit
 des  deutschen  Volkes.  Oeff.  Gesundhdienst,  1935,  1:  A,
 561-3.—Hahn,  M.  R.  An  evaluation  of   the  premarital
 examination  law in  Connecticut.  Connecticut  M.  J., 1945,
 9: 528.—Hall, J.  How the New  Jersey  premarital  medical
 examination law was passed.  J.  Social Hyg., 1938, 24: 493-8.
 -----Nine months' experience  with  the  New Jersey pre-
 marital  medical  elimination law.   Ibid., 1939,  25: 231-9.—
 Harrell,  R. Y.   North  Carolina safeguards matriage  in war
 and in peace.  Health Bull., Raleigh, 1943, 58: No. 8, 3-8 —
 Hirsch,  M.   Der Erlass des Preussischen Ministers fur Volks-
 wohlfahrt iiber die Eignungspriifung bei der Eheschliessung
 und iiber das Heiratszeugnis.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 867;
 905.—Holm,  K.  Durchfiihrung des  Ehegesundheitsgesetzes,
 unter besonderer Beriieksichtigung des erbbiologischen Mate-
 rials des  hamburgisehen Gesundheitspassarchivs.   Oeff. Ge-
 sundhdienst,  1936-38, 2: B,  537-46.—Interpretation de la  loi
 sur le certificat prenuptial  interdisant  le mariage k toute
 personne atteinte  d'une maladie  contagieuse pouvant pre-
 senter un  danger grave pour le  conjoint  ou  la  descendance.
 Prophyl. antiy6ner., Par.,  1937,  9:  619.—Jervey, J. W.  An
 open letter concerning the Marriage Certificate Bill.  J.  S.
 Carolina M. Ass., 1942, 38: 118.—Johnson, A. M.   Premarital
 requirements.  Health  Bur.,   Rochester,  1941,  Nov.,  2.—
 Johnson, B.  New laws to protect  marriage and babies.  J.
 Social Hyg.,  1939, 25:  235-7.  ------  Nine  more states
 passed pre-marital examination laws, bring total to 19.  Health
 Notes,  Jacksonville,  1940, 32:  28— Kehl,  R.  Certificado
 medico pre-nupcial; regulamentacao  eugenica  do casamento.
 Brasil. med.,  1930, 44:  162-7.—Kentucky's  prenatal law be-
 comes effective.   Kentucky M. J., 1940, 38:319.—Lanier, L. H.
 Medical  legislation  to prohibit  the marriage of those not
 physically eligible.   Ther.  Rec,  Louisv., 1905-06,  1:  259.—
 Law requires pre-marital examination.  Illinois Health Mess.,
 1937, 9: 81.—Legislative requirements in states having pre-
marital  blood tests.   Connecticut Health Bull.,  1943, 57:
226, ch.—Loewenstein,  G.  Welche bevolkerungspolitischen
Konsequenzen ergeben sich aus  dem Runderlass des  Preus-
sischen Ministers fur Volkswohlfahrt vom  19. Februar 1926,
betr.   Einrichtung  arztlich   geleiteter  Eheberatungsstellen?
Mschr. Harnkr.  sex.  Hyg.,  1927, 1:  146-53.—Love,  R. V.
Preparing for the premarital law.  Bull. Dep. Health Kentuckv,
1938-39,  11:  46.—McCormack,  A. T.  Whv  our profession
sought a  premarital  law.  Kentucky M. J.,  1041, 39:  94.—
Mahoney, J.  F.  Requirements  of premarital  legislation as
they  apply to  the laboratories and commissioned  medical
officers of the armed services and of the United States  Public
Health Service.   Vener.  Dis. Inform.,  1943,  24: 105-7.—
Martinez La  Rosa, P.  Disposiciones eugenesicas prematri-
moniales  en el  Codigo  civil  del  Peru.  In: Dia antivener.
(Peru  Liga nac. hig.) Lima,  1938, 35-8.   Also  Cron.  med.,
Lima,  1938, 55: 275-8.—Medical  aspects  of marriage  laws.
Wisconsin M. J., 1941, 40: 1244-6; 1043, 42: 119-21.—Medical
legislation; bills  introduced  [Massachusetts]  J. Am.  M. Ass.,
1939, 112: 156.—Neureiter, F.  Ueber die Bedeutung  und den
Geltungsbereich der Begriffe Ehetauglichkeit und Eheeignung.
Reichsgesundhbl., 1937, 12: 862.—New law requires premarital
medical examination  starting October  29,  1937.  Michigan
Pub.  Health,  1937, 25:  151-4.—New marriage law  effective
October 29, 1937.   Ibid.,  181.—Nisbet, V., & Brown,  C. P.
Tabulation of premarital laws as  related particularly to  exam-
ination by the physician and the serological test for  syphilis.
Pennsylvania  Health, 1942,  3: No.  4, 17-28.------Pre-
marital laws as related particularly to examination by the
physician and the serological test for syphilis.   Ibid.,  1943, 4:
No. 7, 2-15.—Ottow, B., & Becker, W.  Zur Frage des Ehever-
bots  fiir  Erbkranke.  Med.   Welt,  1939,  13: 821.—Pearce,
C. M., &  Hudson, D. V.  State prenatal and premarital exam-
ination laws.   J.  Oklahoma   M.  Ass., 1939,  32: 29-31.—
Petersen,  K.  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  rassenhygienische
Bedeutung  des   Eheverbotes  nach § 1C  des   Ehegesund-
heitsgesetzes.  Oeff.  Gesundhdienst,  1943,  9:  65A-77A.—
Premarital  act  after  seven  months.  Pennsylvania  Health,
1940-41,  1: No.  12,  25-8.—Premarital  examination  law.
J. Michigan M. Soc,  1942, 41: 186.—Premarital examination
law;  applicable  to common  law  marriages   [Pennsvlvania]
Pub. Health Rep.,  Wrash., 1944, 59: 539.—Premarital  physical
examination law amended.  Michigan Pub. Health, 1939, 27:
106- 8—Present  Illinois law for marriage health examinations.
Illinois Health  Mess.,  1943,  15: 71.—Proposed  legislation
requiring  premarital  examinations.  Med.  Ann.  District of
Columbia, 1940, 9: 361-3.—Puerto  Rico, Act 133, 1937, to
prevent the insane, lunatics, idiots, or persons suffering from
contagious diseases from contracting marriage while the disease
subsists.  Puerto Rico Health Bull.,  1939, 3: 247.—Riggin,
I. C.   The new premarital law.   Bull. Richmond  Acad. M.,
1940,8:78.  ------  & Holrres, E. M., jr.   An evaluation of
the operation of the premarital legislation in Virginia.  Virginia
M.  Month.,  1942,  69:  96-100.—Schreiber,  G.  L'examen
medical prenuptial  devant la Societe  francaise  d'eugenique.
Vie med.,  1926, 7: 2411-4.—Serological laboratories  and the
Kentucky premarital  law.   Kentucky  M. J., 1941, 39: 3.—
Shaughnessy, H. J. The Illinois premarital health examination
law.   Illinois Health Mess., 1942, 14: 51-4. -Sheppe, W. M.
The evaluation  of premarital legislation.   J.  Am. M.  Ass.,
1941, 116: 2006-8.—Slow to appreciate marriage health  exam-
ination law.  Illinois  Health  Mess.,  1942,  14:  103.—Some
results of the marriage law.  Bull. Bd Health Wisconsin,  1939,
6: No. 15, 21.—Somogyi, S.   Ueber gesetzliche Regelung der
Eheberatung.  Deliber. Congr. derm,  internat. (1935) 1935-37,
9. Congr., 3: 335-7.—State  control of marriage.  Calcutta
M. J.,  1038, 34: 136-8.—State medical legislation  [Florida]
.1. Am. M. Ass.,  1941,  116:  2324.— Steinwallrier, B.   Aus-
landisches Ehegesundheitsrecht.  Oeff.  Gesundhdienst,  1936-
37, 2:  A,  786-93.------Eine bemerkenswerte  Ehegesund-
heitsverordnung in Ekuador.   Psychiat. neur.  Wschr.,  1938,
40: 600.—Sweeping the fog from Rhode Island's pre-marital
physical examination  law.  Rhode Island  M. J., 1940, 23:
221.-  Talbot, H. P.  Four vears  of premarital blood test law.
Connecticut  Health  Bull.,  1940, 54:  213-5.   _----—  Six
vears of the premarital blood  test law in Connecticut.   Ibid.,
1942, 56:  62-6.—Teague, R.  E.  The premarital law justifies
itself.   Bull. Dep.  Health  Kentucky,   1940-41,  13: 281 —
Tucker, C. B., & Williams, W. C.  The Tennessee law to pre-
vent  the  spread of venereal  diseases through  marriage.  J.
Tennessee  M.  Ass.,  1942,  35:  97-100.--Valle,  G.  Aspetti
medico-legali e primi risultati del certificato obbligatorio pre-
nuziale e di quello gravidico contro la sifilide negli Stati  Lniti
d'America.  Arte ostet., 1939, 53: 261-71.—Violations of mar-
riage  examination  law.  J. Am.  M.  Ass., 1942, 119: 276.—
Vital role  of the phvsician in the premarital examination law.
Kentucky M. J., 1941, 39: 369-71.—Vonderlehr, R. A.  The
present status of premarital blood test laws in syphilis control.
Pennsvlvania Health,  1940, 1: No. 2,  4-7, portr.—Why the
marriage protection bill?  N.  England J. M., 1941, 224: 663 —
Zum Ehegesundheitsgesetz.  Reichsgesundhbl., 1936, II: 58.


----   Premarital examination, psychiatric.

   Laubenthal,  J.   F.    *Ueber  einige  Fragen
psychiatrischer Eheberatung,  erlautert  an Hand
von Stammbaumen.   49p.   8?   Bonn,  1929.
   Becker, P. E.  Ein Beitrag zur psvehiatrischen Begutach-
tung der  Ehetauglichkeit.   Nervenarzt,  1939,  12: 250-2 —
Burgess, E. W.   Predicting adjustment in marriage.  Eugen.
News,  1939, 24: 71-8.—Fetscher. R.   Aus  der Praxis der
Eheberatung.  Arch, sozial. Hyg., 1926-27, n. F., 2: 256-8.— 
MARRIAGE
320
MARRIAGE
 Gross.  Psvchiatrische Eheberatung.  Med.  Korbl. Wurttem-
 berg, 1027,' 97: 89; 111;  138.—Haber, T.  Eheberatung und
 Nervenkrankheiten.  Fortsch. Med.,  1926,  44: 1429-31.—
 Heuyer.  Conditions de sante a envisager au point de vue du
 mariage dans les maladies mentales et nerveuses et les intoxi-
 cations.   Bull, med., Par., 1927, 41: 603-6. —Hiibner, A. H.
 Psychiatrische Eheberatung.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1027, 53:
 63-5.—Kloos,  G.  Psychiatrisch  wichtige Reichsgerichtsent-
 scheidungen  zum neuen Ehegesetz.  Fortsch. Neur. Psychiat.,
 1941, 13: 9-25.—Lubowe, I.  I.  Pre-marital counsel.   Urol.
 Cut.  Rev.,  1939,  43:  175-7—Luxenburser,  H.   Rassen-
 hvgienische  Eheberatung.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87:
 1450.  Mudd, E. H., Freeman, C.  H., & Ros.-, E. K.   Pre-
 marital  counseling  in  the  Philadelphia maniage  counsel,
 Ment. Ilyg., Alb.,  1941,  25: 98-119.—Nviro.  I..   [Mental
 lo gienc: a guid:- for  premarital  medical exapuliation'.]   Ncp-
 egeszsegug\ ,  1941,  22: 611-8—Redalie, L.   Examen medical
 prenuptial et troubles mentaux.  Hyg.  ment., Par., 1929, 24:
 15-7.- Squier, R.   Desirability  of premarital  consultation.
 Prev. Med., N. Y,  1937, 7: 67-70.—Stokes, W. R. Premarital
 medical sei vice.  Psychiatry, Bait., 1942, 5:  361-9.—Warner,
 M. P.   The premarital medical consultation; clinical premarital
 procedures as  aid  to biologic and emotional adjustments of
 marriage.  Med. Woman J., 1943, 50: 293-300- Wortis, S. B.
 The premarital interview.  Psychiat. Q., 1940,  14: 331-7.


 ----  Premarital  examination:   Venereological
   aspect.

   See also  Syphilis,  Control;  Venereal disease,
 Control.
   De   Nicola,  A.   . Matrimonio   e  malattie
 sessuali.   11. ed.  234p.   8?   Udine,  1936.
   Langlebert,  E.  J. J.   La  sifilis en sus  rela-
 ciones con el matrimonio.  336p.   18cm.   Madr.,
 1873.
   Besserer,  A.  Geschlechtskrankheiten und  Eheberatung.
 Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1936-37,  2: A,  581-91 — Biliz.   Aus-
 sprache iiber die Erteilung der Ehegenehmigung in Fallen von
 ungeniigend  oder iiberhaupt nicht  behandelter Lues.   Derm.
 Wschr., 1939,  109: 1220.—Blood tests  required for marriage
 licenses.   Q.  Bull. N.  York Dep. Health, 1938, 6: 49; 89-93 —
 Barman,  E.  K.  Premarital standard laboratory blood tests,
 1939.  Connecticut Health Bull., 1940,  54: 83.  ------  Pre-
 marital standard laboratory blood tests, 1940.  Ibid., 1941, 55:
 77.—Bruhns.  Marriage and  svphilis.  Med. Press &  Circ,
 Lond.,  1931,  131:  253-5.—Brunet, W.  M., &  Salberp, J. B.
 The findings in 913 premarital examinations.  Am. J. Syph.,
 1939, 23:  300-9.—Caballero, R. . La reacci6n de Wassermann
 y los certificados prenupciales; la inmoralidad en la ciencia y
 las doctrinas sociales extremistas.   Sem. med., B. Air., 1934,
 41: pt 2,  611-9.—Cady, L. D.  Present status  of antenuptial
 venereal disease examination laws. â–  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42:
 827-9.—Callomon,  F.  Nichtv^nerische Genitalerkrankungen
 und Eheberatung.   Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1931-32,  18:  209-23.—
 Carle, Fouquet, C.  [et al.]   Combien de temps  apres le  debut
 de l'infection un syphilitique peut-il se marier? Vie med., Par.,
 1928, 9: 101-21.— Carrera, J. L. El examen medico prenupcial;
 que gufas  ha  de tener  el medico, para permitir el matrimonio, o
 no, bajo el punto de vista de la infecci6n sifilitica?  Rev. argent.
 derm, sif., 1938, 22: 199-201.—Caudill, F. W.  Freedom from
 venereal disease a prerequisite to marriage. Bull. Dep. Health
 Kentucky, 1937-38, 10: 411-3.—Cayrel, M.  Sifilide e matri-
 monio.  Pensiero med.,  1927,  16: 188-201.—Complete results
 of premarital standard laboratory blood tests,  1938.   Con-
 necticut Health Bull., 1939, 53: 93.—De Nicola, A. II matri-
 monio dei sifilitici.  Igiene e vita,  1927, 10: 95-100.—Escomel,
 E.  El luetico que aspira a la paternidad estA en la includible
 obligaci6n de hacer  examinar su esperma,  sin  perjuicio  de
 Uenar el expediente de  no contagiosidad  que la ciencia y la
 moral social modernas le exigen. Siglo med., 1932, 90: 29-31.—
 Estrella, R.   La sifilis y la" eugenesia.  Rev. As. med. Cuenca,
 1943. 4: 1-13.—Felicissimo, O.  Svphilis e exame pre-nupcial.
 Brasil  med.,  1941,  55:  342.—Finger,  E.   Geschlechtskrank-
 heiten und Ehe.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: H. 9 [Sonder-
 beil.] 1-8.—Galliot,  A. Le mariage des svphilitiques. Clinique,
 Par., 1932, 27: 2.5.  Also Engl, transl., J. Chemother., 1932, 8:
 109-12.—Griffith, E.  F.    Premarital tests.  Lancet,  Lond.,
 1941,2:144.—Grunwald, H. Svphilis und  Ehezeugnis.  Derm
 Wschr., 1939,  109:  117.5-7.—Guszman,  J.   [Syphilis and
 marriage]  Budapesti  orv. ujs., 1928, 26: 1343-7.—Hall, E. R.
 The marriage of syphilitics.  South. M. J., 1932, 25: 1235-7.—
 Health examinations before marriage; premarital examinations
 and  blood tests.  Week. Bull. California  Dep.  Pub.  Health
 1939-40, 18: 89-91.—Heiner, L.  [Marriage license in skin and
 venereal diseases]   Budapesti  orv.  ujs., 1935,  33: 769-75.—
 Heller, J.  Die Bedeutung des neuen Gesetzes zur Bekampfung
 der Geschlechtskrankheiten fur das  Eherecht  der Geschlechts-
 kranken.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1927,  23: 1798;  1837;  1878.—
 Heymann, K. Ueber  den Ehekonsens an spiitlatente Luetiker.
 Fortsch. Med., 1926,  44: 1013.—Jewe^bury,  R. C.  Marriage
and syphilis.  Brit. J. Vener. Dis., 1926, 2: 323-33  [Discussion]
334-7— Jost, J. Wann darf ein Syphilitiker heiraten?  Zschr.
 arztl. Fortbild., 1937, 34: 503—Klingbeil, L. J.,  & Clark, E. G.
 Studies in the  epidemiology of syphilis; conjugal syphilis; a
statistical  study of a series of  226 married patients whose
spouses were  examined.  Vener. Dis. Inform.,  1941, 22: 1-6.—
 Korth.  B.   lb iratserlaubnis bei  Svphilis.   Deut.  Militararzt
 1943, 8: ii.'!S  11.— Lacapere, G.  Marriage and svphilis.  Hrit
 J. Venei. Lis., 1926, 2:  308 22  [Discussion] 334  7.  I.eporei
 M.  L'igiene familiare e sociale nel matrimonio.  Gior Soc'
 ital. igiene,  1930, 52: 260-78.  Mesquita,  A. P. de.   Kxarnc
 medico pre-nupcial  e sifilis; comlicoes  para autorizaciio do
 casamento.  Rev. syniatr.,  Rio,  1911, 34: 91 5.-- Mirhcli, C
 Sifilide  e matrimonio.   Umbria  med.,  1937, 17: 3168 71.-i
 Milian,  G.   Le  mariage des  svphilitiques.  llov. fr.  derm
 vcn6r.,  1926.  2:  612; 1927, 3: 3;  (ill  2\.----Syphilis et
 mariage.   Ibid.,  1935,  11:  395. — Morschhauser.   Die Ge-
 schlechtskrankheiten als Ehehindernis.  Oeff. Gesundhdienst
 1938 39,  4:  A,  543-51.—Muller.   $ 3(i() StCB.  und  Ehe'
 I'svchiat. neur. Wschr., 1935, 37: 113.   Midler. F.  [Marriage
 license  for venereal  patients]  Orv.  hetil.,  103 1, 78:  33fM2.
 ------Ehekonsens bei  S> philitikei n.  Ilelil.er. Congr.  derm
 internat.  (1935)   1935-37,  9.  Congr., 2:  927-30.—Oliveira
 Cunha, H. de. A sifilis e o casamento.  Vida med., Rio, 1941,
 9: No. 2, 21-3.-  Panton, P. N. Marriage and svphilis.  Brit'
 J. Vener., 1926,  3:  223 [Discussion] 225-30.—Performance
 of  marriage  license  law  tests  and  the  use  of forms in
 laboratories  approved  for  performing  standard  laboratory
 blood  tests.  Connecticut  Health  Bull.,  1939,  53:  116.—
 Petrarca de Mesquita, A. Exame medico pre-nupcial e sffijis;
 condicoes para  autorizacao  do casamento.  An.  Conf.  nac
 defesa  sif., Rio <1<>I0) 1941, 1. Conf., 2:  133-8.—Pinkus, F.
 Nach welcher Zeit, von  der  Infektion an gerechnet, darf ein
 Syphiliskranker  heiraten?  Med.  Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1768
 [Discussion]  1769; 1813.—Pires Ferrao.   Sffilis tardia trans-
 missivel e exame pre-nupcial.  An.  Conf.  nac. defesa sif., Rio
 (1940)  1941,  1. Conf., 2:  155-7.—Planner, H.  Ehekonsens bei
 Syphilis.  Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1933,  46:  402-5.—Poll,  C.N.
 van de.  Ziekten en huwelijk.   Med. wbl. Nederland, 1917-18,
 24: 245;  257; 273;  292.—Pre-marital  blood  examinations.
 Med.  Off.,  Lond., 1940, 63:  129.—Premarital blood  tests.
 Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 592.—Premarital  serologic tests.  J.
 Indiana  M.  Ass., 1942,  35: 572.—Ribeiro, L.  Exame pre-
 nupcial e doencas venere"as.   An. Conf.  nac. defesa sif., Rio
 (1940)   1941,  1.   Conf.,  2:  123-31.—Riddoch,  G.  Marriage
 and syphilis.  Brit. J. Vener., 1926,   3: 219-22  [Discussion]
 225-30.—Riebeling.  Zur Frage der Eheerlaubnis bei Luikern.
 Zschr.  arztl.  Fortbild.,  1938,  35:  523-5.—Rules  issued to
 govern  laboratories seeking  approval to perform tests under
 premarital examination  law.   Ohio  M. J., 1942,  38: 274.—
 Schinagel, G. The evaluation  of urinary shreds in prenuptial
 examinations. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1938, 37: 999.—Schindler.
 Zu Kurt Heymanns  Ehekonsens an spiitlatente Luetiker; eine
 Antwort auf seine Fragen.   Fortsch.  Med., 1926,  44:  1085.
------   Wann darf der Geschlechtskranke insbesondere der
 Syphilitiker heiraten''  Acta derm, vener.,  Stockh., 1927, 8:
 275-85.—Scholtz,  W.   Eheberatung und Geschlechtskrank-
 heiten.  Med. Welt, 1927, 1:  1054-8.—Schreus.  Ueber den
 Wert  serologischcr  LTntersuchungen   bei  der  Eheberatung.
 Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 3:
333.—Sharp, B.  B.  Marriage and syphilis.  S.  Barth. Hosp.
J., Lond., 1938-39, 46:  163-5.—Shea,  D. E. When should a
 person  with syphilis marry?   J. Connecticut M. Soc, 1938, 2:
604-6.—Simon, C.  Le mariage des syphilitiques. Bull, med.,
 Par.,  1930, 44:  547-50.—Smith, H.   Syphilis et mariage.
 Union  med. Canada, 1943,  72: 175.—Spiethoff, B.  Syphilis
und Eheerlaubnis; einige Lehren aus  dreijahriger Erfahrung
 mit dem  Ehegesundheitsgesetz.  Derm. Wschr.,  1938, 107:
 1506-10.—Spillmann, L.  Les maladies  veneriennes  et le
mariage. Rev. hyg. med. social., 1938, 17: 72-7.  Also Prophyl.
 antivener.. Par..  1938, 10: 207-15.—State laws to guard family
 health  against venereal  diseases.  Soc.  Hyg. Yearb.  (1942)
 1943,  239-41.—Stewart, W.   Legal  and  social  aspects of
syphilis in relation to marriage and the familv.  Med. Woman
 J., 1942, 49: 229; 268;  301.—Stiihmer, A.  Eheerlaubnis bei
 Syphilis.  Med.  Welt, 1939,  13:  213;  251—Syphilis and the
 issuing of marriage licenses  [Germanvl  J. Am. M. Ass., 1939,
 113: 345.—Talbot, H. P.  Results  of  premarital blood  tests,
 1936 and 1937.   Connecticut Health Bull., 1938,  52: 39-41.
------Four years  of  premarital blood  tests.   Med. Off.,
 Lond.,  1940,  64: 201. ------& Fox, G. F. Premarital blood
test procedures  in Connecticut.   Connecticut Health  Bull.,
 1941, 55: 279.—Terehinski, V. I.  O zarazhitelnosti tretichnlkh
 proyavleniy sifilisa i o znachenii etovo v voprosie sifilis i brak.
 Russ.  vrach,  1913, 12: 1017.—Walker, K. M.  Svphilis and
 marriage.  S. Barth. Hosp.  J.,  Lond.,  1920-21,  28:  123.—
 Werr,  F.  Die  Geschlechtskrankheiten  im Ehegesundheits-
gesetz.  Derm. Wschr.,  1937, 104:  105-16.-Wolbarst,  A. L.
Gonorrhoea and  syphilis in relation  to  marriage.  Brit. J.
Vener.   Dis.,  1936,  12:  229-36.—Zumbusch,  L.  von.   Ge-
schlechtskrankheiten und Ehekonsens.  Miinch.  med. Wschr.,
 1928, 75:  51-4.  ------  ^Cuar.do le esta permitido contraer
matrimonio a un blenorr&gico? Rev. med.  germ. iber. amer.,
1930, 3: 681-4.
----   Problems and conflicts.
   See  also  subheadings  (Adjustment;  Consulta-
tion; Psychiatry; Sex life) also Adultery; Divorce;
Jealousy.
   Anthony, J. J.   Marriage and family problems
and how to solve  them.   273p.  19^cm.   X. Y.,
1939. 
MARRIAGE
321
MARRIAGE
   Moreno, J. L.   Psychodramatic treatment of
 marriage problems.   23p.   21cm.   N. Y.,  1945.
   Dublineau, J., & Follin, S.  Examen clinique d'un bourreau
 domestique; role  des  interactions conjugates.  Ann. med.
 psvchol., Par., 1942, 100: pt 1, 326-9.—Elliott, S. D. Illustra-
 tions of case-work practice with marital problems in families;
 legal aspects.  Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Wrork, 1938, 65:  133-
 45—Foerster,  W.   The  unhappy marriage.   In: Love  &
 Marriage  (S. Forbat)  N. Y., 1938,  253-7S.—Groves, E. R.
 Marital frustration in women.  Hygeia, Chic, 1943,  21: 271.—
 Halla, F. von.  Leiden der  modernen Ehe.  Deut. Aerzte Ztg,
 1933, 8: No. 353.—Hattingberg, H. von.  Die Auseinander-
 setzu'ng in der Ehe.   In his Ueber d. Liebe,  Miinch., 1937,
 â– >97_47   ------  Ehekrisen arztlich  gesehen.  Deut. med.
 Wschr' 1940, 66: 909-12.  Also Klin.  Wschr., 1940, 19: 846.
 Also Med. Klin., Berl.,  1940,  36: 758.—Kemper,  W.   Ehe-
 schwierigkeiten und arztliche Eheberatung.  Ibid., 1944, 40:
 455-61.—Levine, M.   The sources of difficulties in marriage.
 In his Psychother. M.  Pract., 1942, 237-42.—Lewin, K.  The
 background of conflict in  marriage.   In: Modern  Marriage
 (Jung M.)  N.  Y.,  1940,  52-69.—Lippitt.  M.  C.  What do
 women want?  Phys. Cult., N. Y., 1941, 85: 14; 61.—Mowrer,
 E. R.  Factors in marriage disintegration. In his Disorg. Pers.
 & Social, Phila., 1942, 475-82.  ------  Variations in marriage
 situations.  Ibid., 486-501.—Mowrer, H. R. Cultural conflict.
 In:  Marriage & Family (Hill, R., &  Becker, H.) Bost., 1942,
 353-6.  —----  The nature of  marriage conflict.  Ibid.,  337-
 9.—Richard, G.  Conflicts conjugaux.   Praxis, Bern, 1936, 25:
 175- 187.—Rubinstein, H. S.  Mates or mismates;  a message
 to those married.  Hygeia,  Chic, 1937, 15: 1082.—Selling, L.
 S.  The adjustment of marital problems.   J.  Michigan M.
 Soc   1941, 40: 789-94.—Stekel, W.  The dangers of married
 life.   In: Love & Marriage (S. Forbat) N. Y., 1938, 291-306.—
 Stern, E.  Zum Problem  der  Ehe in unserer Zeit.  Zschr.
 Sexwiss., 1926-2V,  13: 97-105.—Terman, L.  M.  Does  time
 corrode the happiness of marriage?  In his Psychol.  Factors in
 Marit.  Happiness.  N. Y.,   1938,  175-80.—Travis, L. E., &
 Baruch, D. W.  Man and woman in marriage.   In their Per-
 sonal Probl., N. Y., 1941, 226-72.


 ---  Problems and  conflicts: Emotional  mal-
   adjustment.

   See  also Divorce, Psychopathology.
   Brown, L. G.  Marital discord and  divorce.   In his Social
 Path., N. Y.,  1942, 424-6.—Dorsey,  J. M.  Marriage and
 mental hygiene. In: Modern Marriage (Jung, M.) N. Y., 1940,
 37-51.—Gorman, G. E.  Domestic strife and the judge.  In:
 Dynamic Era of Court Psychiat. (Chicago Mun. Court Psychiat.
 Inst.) Chic, 1944, 48-51.—Guthrie, E. R.  Marital sources of
 conflict  and neurosis.  In his Psychol. Human Conflict, N. Y.,
 1938, 335-45— McLean, H. V.  The emotional background of
 marital  difficulties.  Am.  Sociol. Rev., 1941,  6:  384-8.—
 Martens, E.  Case work treatment  of emotional maladjust-
 ment in marriage.  Proc. Nat.  Conf.  Social WTork, 1944, 71:
 256-67.—Matthews, R. A.  Marital situations in which mental
 hygiene plays a part.  Philadelphia M., 1944-45, 40: 583-7.—
 Mowrer, H. R.  Conflict in the response relation.  In: Marriage
 & Family  (Hill,  R.,  & Becker,  H.)  Bost., 1942,  349-52.—
 Solby, B.  The psvchodramatic approach to marriage problems.
 Am. Sociol. Rev.,' 1941, 6: 523-30.—Stekel, W7.  The first dis-
 appointments in men and women.  In: Love  & Marriage (S.
 Forbat)  N. Y., 1938, 279-90.—Terman, L. M.  The interpre-
 tation of domestic  grievances.    In  his Psychol. Factors  in
 Marit. Happiness, N.  Y.,  1938,  84-109.  ------  The per-
 sonalities of happily married and of unhappily married persons.
 Ibid., 142-66.—Winch, R.  F.  Personaiity characteristics  of
 engaged and married couples.  Am. J. Sociol., 1940-41, 46:
 686-97.


 ---   Problems and   conflicts:  Sexual   malad-
   justment.

   See also Coitus, Disorder: Maladjustment.

 _ Stopes, M. C.   Married love; a  new contribu-
 tion to the solution of sex difficulties.   170p.   8?
 X. Y.,  1935.
   Elster, A. Liebe, Ehe, Mann and Weib.  Zschr. Sexwiss.,
 1926-27,13: 32-4.—Groves, E. R.  Sex adjustment in marriage.
 In his Marriage, N.  Y., 1941, 332-65.—Hart, H. N., & Hart,
 E. B.  Operational  solutions for love  perplexities.  In their
 Person. & Family, rev. ed., N. Y., 1941, 171-8.   ----— How
 important  is sexual adjustment in  marriage?  Ibid.,  305.
 -----Relative poignancy of sexual and non-sexual com-
 plaints.   Ibid.,  308.—Humphrey, N. D.   Some  marriage
 problems of Detroit Mexicans.   Appl.  Anthrop., 1943-44, 3:
 13-5.—Lawrence, G. P.  Sex questions answered.  Clin. M.
 & S.,  1935, 42: 219; 273; 330; 378.—Levine, M.  Sex and mar-
 riage. In his Psychother. M. Pract., 1942, 213-49.—Liber, B.
 Marital longings.   In his Your Ment. Health,  N.  Y., 1940,
 157.  ------  Bedroom conflicts.  Ibid., 160-3.— Mayreder,
 R.  Das  Eheproblem und die weibliche Gleichstellung.  Neue
feneration, 1927, 23: 191-8.—Wall, J.  H.  Significant factors
in the readjustment of  women patients with masculine tend-
encies.  Psychiat.  Q., 1940,  14: 504-12.—Weatherhead, L. D.
The unhappy marriage.  In  his Mastery of Sex, 9. ed.,  Lond.,

      549701—vol. 10, 4th series-----21
1940, 71-89.—Wortis, S. B., Kenyon, A. T. [et al.l Unsuccess-
ful sex adjustment in marriage.  J. Contracept., 1939, 4: 227-
35.   Also Am. J. Psychiat., 1939-40, 96: 1413-27.

----   Protection.

   See also Family.
   Allaria,  G. B.  I prestiti per matrimonio  in  Germania.
Pediat. med. prat., Tor., 1936, 11: 445-70.—Dritte Aenderung
des Gesetzes iiber Forderung der Eheschliessungen.  Reichs-
gesundhbl.,  1938, 13:  5.—Ergebnis der arztlichen Untersu-
chungen bei den  Ehestandsdarlehensbewerbern.   Ibid.,  1935,
10: 725.—Ergebnis  der arztlichen Untersuchungen der Ehe-
standsdarlehensbewerber im 2. Halbjahr 1940.  Zbl. ges. Hyg.,
1942-43,  50: 640.—Factores que avudan a la familia.  Salud
& san., Bogota, 1938, 7: No. 73, 3-9.—Folberth.  Ergebnisse
bei  Untersuchungen von iiber  7000  Ehestandsdarlehnsbe-
werbern.   Klin.  Wschr., 1938,  17: 1446-8.—Forderung der
Eheschliessungen. Reichsgesundhbl., 1935, 10: 178.—Gastpar.
Ergebnisse der Ehestandsdarlehenuntersuchungen 1933-34 in
Stuttgart.  Volk & Rasse, 1934, 9: 234-42.—Glaser, W.  Zur
amtsarztlichen Begutachtung von Ehestandsdarlehen.   Zschr.
Medbeamte, 1934, 47:  59-63.—Groves, E. R.  The sociologic
aspects of marriage  conservation.   Proc. Am. Congr.  Obst.
Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr.,  508-14.—Health of applicants for
marriage loans  [Germany] J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 2018.—
Klose  & Busing.  Ergebnisse der Untersuchung  von zweitau-
send Ehestandsdarlehensbewerbern.  Klin.  Wschr., 1934, 13:
597-600.    ------   Zur Durchfuhrung des  Gesetzes  iiber
Ehestandsdarlehn. Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1934, 5: 73-7.—
Marriage  loans to stimulate  German farming.  Month. Labor
Rev., 1938,  47: 1024.—Meier, E., & Mezynski, M. von.  Das
Ergebnis  der arztlichen Untersuchungen von Ehestandsdar-
lehensbewerbern  im  dritten und vierten  Vierteljahr  1934.
Reichsgesundhbl., 1935, 10: 770-3.  ------  Das Ergebnis der
arztlichen Untersuchungen von  Ehestandsdarlehensbewerbern
im   ersten  Vierteljahr  1935.   Ibid., 671.-—Personal-  und
Priifungsbogen der Ehestandsdarlehensbewerber.  Ibid.,  1937,
12: 235.—Ramsey, L.  Education for marriage and family life
in the high school as a means of strengthening national defense.
Marriage  & Family Liv., 1942,  4: 52-5.—Richtlinien  fur die
arztlichen  Untersucher  der Ehestandsdarlehensbewerber vom
16. Marz 1934. Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 821-3.—Risedorph,
A. E.,  & Risedorph, J. R.   Education for marriage and the
family as  a means of  strengthening national security in the
community.  Marriage &   Family  Liv.,  1942,  4:  56-8.-—■
Scheurlen, W.  Die arztliche Begutachtung der Ehestandsdar-
lehensbewerber.   Veroff. Volksgesundhdienst.,  1938-39, 52:
313-90.^-Werr, F.  Die Auswirkung des Ehestandsdarlehens
auf  die   Bekampfung   der  Geschlechtskrankheiten.    Oeff.
Gesundhdienst, 1936-37, 2: B, 11-3.


----   Psychiatry.

   Schroder,  E.   *Ehekonflikt   und   Psycho-
neurosen   [Munster]   48p.   8?    Quakenbriick,
1931.
   Geikie-Cobb,  W.  F. The psychical hygiene of marriage.
Marriage  Hyg.,   Bombay,  1934-35,  1: 216-23.—Liber, B.
Between mental health and  mental disease.   N. York  State
J. M., 1939, 39:461-4.—Nardi, J.   II matrimonio nella etiologia
di alcune  psicosi.  Arch. gen. neur.,  Teramo, 1929-30, 10:
367-75.—Neuer,  A.  Die  moderne   Ehe   als  neurotisches
Symptom.   Internat.   Zschr. Individ, psychol., Wien, 1929, 7:
36-41 —Reye, H. A.  Neurotic  reactions  in  marriage.  J.
Michigan  M. Soc,  1935, 34:  212-8.—Siewers, A. B.   The
neuroses and marital maladjustment.   Dis.  Nerv. Syst.,  1941,
2-  190-6.—Willoughby,  R.  R.  Neuroticism  in marriage.
J. Social Psychol., 1934, 5: 3; 467; 1935, 6: 397; 1936, 7: 19.


----   Psychology.

   Sargent, W.  E.  The psychology of marriage
and the  family life.  154p.   19cm.   Lond., 1940.
   Terman,  L.   M.    Psychological   factors  in
marital  happiness.    474p.   8?   N. Y.,  1938.
   Blacker, C. P.  Certain aspects of the psychology of mar-
riage.  Mat. &  Child Welf.,  Lond., 1931, 15: 1-6.—Gray, H.,
& Wheelwright, J. B.  Jung's psychological types and marriage.
Stanford M. Bull., 1944- 45, 2: 37-9— Katzoff, S. L.  Psycho-
logical  aspects of marriage.   Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q., 1942-43,
34* 9-13 —Stocker, H.   Die Ehe als psvchologisches Problem.
Neue Generation,  1929,  25: 271-82.—Terman, L. M.  Relative
mental abilitv of the  spouses.   In  his Psychol. Factors in
Marit.  Happiness, N. Y., 1938, 192-4.


----  Purpose.

  See also Birth  rate,  Decline; Child;  Family;
Fecundity; Parenthood; Reproduction.
   Goldstein, S. E.   Meaning of marriage  and
the  foundations  of the family.  214p.  22}£cm.
N.  Y., 1942.
  Ellis, H.   The objects of marriage. Med. Rev. of  Rev.,
1930 36: 434-40.—Groves, G. H.  The meaning of marriage.
In her  Marriage, N. Y., 1942, 149-67.—Hattingberg, H. von. 
MARRIAGE
322
MARRIAGE
Die Aufgabe der Ehe.   In his Ueber d. Liebe, Munch., 1937,
177-96.—Levy, J., &  Munroe,  R.  Children; the consum-
mation of  marriage.  In their Happy  Family, N.  Y"., 1939,
240-83.

----  Racial aspect.
   See  Hybridity,   human; Jew,  Miscegenation
and intermarriage; Miscegenation;  Negro,  Mar-
riage.


----  Religious aspects.
  Pitt-Rivers, G.  Marriage in Christendom.  Marriage Hyg.,
Bombay, 1935-36, 2: 127-32.—Popenoe,  P.  Success of civil
and  religious  marriages.  Eugen.  News,  1938,  23:  70.—
Ruland,  L. Christian marriage  and the divine  command.
In his Pastoral Med., S. Louis,  1936, 295— Traumann, F. E.
Das Rundschreiben des Papstes Pius XI  iiber die christliche
Ehe und die Sexualreform.  Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1931-32, 18: 37;
122.—Wood,  L.  F.  A  religious  approach to marriage.  In:
Modern Marriage (Jung, M.) N. Y., 1940, 322-34.

----  Remarriage.
   See also  Divorce; Widowhood.
   Chances of marriage and of remarriage; New England, 1940.
Statist. Bull.  Mecrop. Life Insur., 1944, 25: 7-9.—Chances of
remarriage for the widowed and divorced.  Ibid.,  1945, 26:
1-3.—Eliot, T. D.  Second  marriages of  the divorced.  In:
Marriage & Family (Hill, R.,  & Becker, H.)  Bost.,  1942,
513-5.—Kjaer, S.  An  American  remarriage table.  Bull.
II. S. Dep. I-ab. Div. Lab. Standards, 1935, No. 2: 41-7.

----  Sex life and reproduction.
   See also  Birth control;  Coitus, marital;  Cou-
vade;  Honeymoon;  Love; Maternity;  Parturi-
tion; Pregnancy; Puerperium, etc.
   Bossard,  J. H.  S.  Marriage  and the child.
178p.  23>£cm.  Phila., 1940.
   Bovet, T.   Not und Liebe in der Ehe.   30p.
23cm.   Ziir., 1939.
   Butteufield,  O.  M.   Sex  life  in  marriage.
102p.  8?   N. Y.,  1938.
   Cooper,  G.  Healthy   children;  how to  get
them;  or,  Useful information for all.   86p.   8?
N. Y.,  1875.
   Foerster,  F.  W.  Marriage  and  the  sex-
problem.  228p.   19cm.   N.  Y.,  1912.   Also
1936 ed.
   Folsom,  J.  K.   Plan  for  marriage;  an  intel-
ligent  approach  to  marriage  and parenthood,
proposed by  members of the  staff of Vassar
College.   305p.   8?   N. Y.,  1938.
   ForbAt, S.  Love and marriage.  432p.  22cm.
N. Y.,  1938.
   ----   Love,  marriage,  jealousy.  398p.   8?
Lond.,  1938.
   Galloway, T. W.  Love and marriage.  Rev.
ed. 102p.   15tfcm.   N. Y., 1937.
   Groves,  E. R.,  &  Groves,  G.  H.   Sex in
marriage.   250p.  21cm.   N. Y.,  1931.   Also 2.
ed. rev.  1940.   Also 3. ed. rev. 224p.  1943.
   ——   &  Groves,  C.   Sex fulfillment  in mar-
riage.  Rev. ed.   319p.   22cm.   N. Y.,  1943.
   Podolsky,  E.   Sex  today  in  wedded  life.
240p.  21#cm.   x. y., 1943.
   Ribbing, S.   Ehe und Geschlechtsleben.  123p.
19cm.   Stuttg., 1939.
   Snow,  W.   F.   Marriage  and   parenthood.
15p.   12?   N. Y.,  1933.
   Forms Pub. 841, Am. Soc. Hyg. Ass.

   Stone,  H.   M.,  &  Stone,  A.   A  marriage
manual; a practical guide-book to sex  and mar-
riage.  334p.   8?   N.  Y., 1935.
   Stopes,  M. C. C.  Enduring  passion; further
new  contributions  to  the solution of  sex  dif-
ficulties, being the continuation of Married  Love
181p.  8°   N. Y.,  1931.
   ----   Marriage    in   my  time.  247p.   8°
Lond., 1935.
   Van de Velde, T.  H.   Sex hostility in mar-
riage;  its  origin,  prevention  and  treatment
296p.  8?  Lond., 1931.
   Wright. H.   The sex  factor in  marriage; a
book for those who are or are about to be married
2. ed.   172p.   8?   N. Y, 1937.
   Blanton, S., & Peale, N. V.  Love and marriage.   In their
Faith is the Answer,  N. Y., 1940,  182-203- Dell. F.  The
outline of  marriage.  Birth Control Rev., 1926-27, 10:  8-
passim.-—Fisher  M. S.  Helping young  America to respon-
sible parenthood.  Eugen.  News, 1942,  27:  1-4.—Gaylord,
G.  Getting ready to be a family.  Ibid., 11.—Groves, G. h!
Sex adjustments.  In her Marriage, N.  V., 1942,  263-7h
------Roles of husband and wife.  Ibid., 318-37.—Himes!
N. E.  Sex life in  marriage. In his Your Marriage, N. Y '
1940,  314-23.—Holmes, J.  H.   Marriage todav  and in the
future.  Birth Control Rev.,  1926-29,  11:  135;  passim.—
Lazarsfeld,  S.  Marriage and sex love.  In her  Rhythm of
Life, N. Y., 1934,  126-45.—Mudd, E. H.   Sex education for
the married couple.  Hygeia,  Chic, 1941, 19: 602-4.—Pet-
'.ersson, W.  Ueber die Konstitution der Ehe und ihre frr-
schlechtsbestimmenden  Einfliisse.  Arch. Frauenk., 1931, 17:
119-33.—Pruette, L.  Sex and marriage  in  a modern n"<
Birth  Control Rev., 1930-31,  14:  69-71.—Terman, I,. M.
Relative passionateness.  In his Psvchol. Factors in \larit
Happiness, N. Y., 1938, 285-9.—Webster, H.  Prohibition of
sexual intercourse between husband and wife.  In his Taboo,
Stanford Univ.,  1942, 09.— Woods, A. H.  A biological per-
spective for marriage.  In: Modern Marriage  (Jung, M.)
N. V., 1940, 174-82.

----  Sex life: Hygiene.

   See also Sex life,  Hygiene.
   Cattani, G.   Igiene del  matrimonio.   3. ed
353p.  19}^cm.   Milano,  1939.
   Gramond,  J.  P.   *Sante" et  mariage.  26p.
8?   Bord., 1905.
   Niemoeller,  A.  F.  Feminine  hygiene  in
marriage.   155p.   19cm.    N. Y., 1938.
   Austregesilo, A.  Higiene do matrimonio no ponto de vista
psicoterapico.  In: Libro de oro M. R. Castex, B. Air., 1938,
2: 83-91.—Terman, L. M.  Sleeping arrangements.  In his
Psychol. Factors  in Marit. Happiness, N. Y., 1938, 349.

----  Social  aspects.

   See also Group, Biology.
   Fritzsche,   H.  G.   *Johann  Peter  Franks
bevolkerungspolitische  Gedanken  iiber die Ehe
[Leipzig]  40p.   8?  Weida-Thur., 1937.
   Hamilton, G.  V., &  Macgowan, K.   What
is wrong  with marriage.   319p.   19cm.   N. Y.,
1930.
   Ellis, H.  Marriage; an enduring institution.  Birth Con
trol Rev., 1930-31,  15: 166-9.—Friedlander, A. H.  Wandlung
der Ehe.  Umschau,  1928, 32: 929-31.—Groves,  G. H.  So-
ciety's  stake in  marriage.  In  her  Marriage, N. Y., 1942,
193-210.—R., J. H.  What's wrong with marriage? Trained
Nurse, 1942, 109: 266.—Rougemont, D. de.  The breakdown
of marriage.  In  his Love in West. World, N. Y, 1940, 259-64.
-----A critique of marriage.  Ibid., 282-5.—Sorensen  8.
Is a reform of  marriage necessarv? In: Love & Marriage
(S. Forbat) N. Y„ 1938, 403- 32.

----   Statistics.

   See also  other  subheadings (Frequency, etc.)
   Bossard, J. H. S.  Ecological areas and  marriage rates.
Am. J. Sociol., 1938-39, 44: 70-85.—Cohen, B.  M.  Centralized
collection of marriage and  divorce records  and their uses
Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1940-41, 12: 595-
601.—Geography,  too, influences marriages.  Statis-t.  Bull.
Metrop. Life  Insur.,  1943,  24:  No. 5, 3-5.—Gini.  C.  Un
nuovo fattore di selezione matrimoniale? l'ordine di generazione.
Metron, Roma,  1933-34, 11:  117-32, oh.—Grimm, H.  Be-
merkungen zur Statistik der Ehen nach biologischen Gesichts-
punkten. Zbl. Gyn.,  1943, 67: 263.—Riser, C. V.  Differential
marriage rates according to  social attributes of parents enum-
erated in three American cities.  Congr. internat. popul. (1937)
1938,  1. Congr., 5: 22-50.—Magelsson, A.  [On the genius
epidemicus; temperature curve  and marriage  rate]   Tskr.
Norsk,  laegeforen.,  1917,  37:  77-81.—Many  Californians
marry in Nevada.  Week. Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health,
1939-40, 18: 29.—Marriage  rate in relation to the annual rate
of first births.   Statist.  Bull. Metrop. Life Insur.,  1939, 20:
No.  5, 6-8.—Marriage statistics; marriages by racial type
and by age of resident groom, bv age of bride, collection area,
1940.   Vital Statist.  Spec. Rep.' U.  S. Bur. Census.  1942-43,
17: 413-9.—Marriage statistics; marriages occurring in collec-
tion area by place of residence  of brides and grooms, 1940.
Ibid., 133-7.—Marriage statistics; resident brides and groomi
by age; collection area, United States, 1940.  Ibid., 85-108 —
Marriage statistics; resident brides and grooms by previoui 
MARRIAGE
323
MARRIAGE
  marital status;  collection area, United States,  1940.  Ibid.,
  128-30.—Marriage statistics, resident brides by age and race,
  collection area, 1940.  Ibid., 422-30.—Marriages in California.
  Week. Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health, 1941-42, 20: 21.—
  Marriages in New York State—1934.  Health News, Albany,
  1935  12: No. 24,  94.—Ogburn,  W. F.  Recent changes in
  marriage.  Am. J. Sociol.,  1935-36, 41:  285-98.—Tentative
  plans for the collection of marriage and divorce statistics.
  Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1940, 9: 489-95.—
  Thompson, W. S.  Marital composition.  In his Popul.  Probl.,
  N. Y., 1942, 106-9.

  ---  Training.
    See also Mating.
    Baber,  R. E.   Marriage  and  the family.   3.
  impr.  656p.   23^cm.  N. Y.,  1939.
    Bate,  J. W.   Dr. Bate's true marriage guide.
  256p.  8?  Chic, 1889.
    British Social Hygiene  Council.   Prepara-
  tion for  marriage; a  handbook  prejmred  by  a
  special committee on behalf of the British Social
  Hygiene  Council.   191p.   8?  Lond.,  1932.
    Butler, E.  I.   A study  of the needs of high
  school students and the effectiveness of a program
  of learning in  selected phases of  child develop-
  ment   and  family   relationships.    p. 169-248.
  23/2cm.   Iowa City, 1935.
    Co wan, J.,  &  Latson,  W.  R.  C.   What all
  married people  should know; a  book for all who
  are married and those who contemplate marriage.
  320p.   16?   Chic, 1903.
   Exner,  M. J.  Education for marriage.   12p.
  18?   N. Y., 1933.
   Forms Pub. 692, Am. Soc. Hyg. Ass.
   [France]  Comite  national   d'^ttjdes so-
  ciales &  politiqtjes.   Fascicule  No. 368: Les
  grands problemes  de  la  vie: le mariage.   52p.
  25cm.  Par.,  1928.
   Groves, E.   R.   Preparation  for   marriage.
  124p.   8?  N.  Y., 1936.   Also  2.  ed.   130p.
  1944.
   —   Marriage.  Rev.  ed.   671p.  22^cm.
  N. Y, 1941.
   Groves, G. H.,  & Ross,  R. A.   The married
  woman;  a  practical guide  to  happy  marriage.
  278p.  8?   N.  Y.,  1936.
   Hirsch,  M.   Die Gattenwahl;  ein  arztlicher
  Ratgeber  bei  der Eheschliessung.     42p.    8?
  Lpz., 1922.
   Holland,  M.   Vor dem Tore  der  Ehe; was
  jede junge  Frau wissen muss.  279p.   8?   Kon-
  stanz i. B., 1936. |
   Ingersoll, A.  J.   In  health.   3.  ed.  220p.
  8?  Corning,  N. Y., 1884.
   Jordan,  H.  M.  You and marriage.  296p.
 23^cm.  N. Y., 1942.
   Kehl, R.  Como escolher um bom marido.
 2. ed.  99p.  17cm.  Rio, 1935.
   Liertz, R.   Vor den Toren der Ehe.  2. Aufl.
 112p.  19^cm.   Recklinghausen,  1938.
   McKeever, W.  H., Shannon, T.  W. [et al.]
 Science of living; a series of heart  to heart talks
 to married and  marriageable men  and women on
 subjects  vital  to  health  and  happiness,  etc.
 1240p.   8?  Marietta,  1927.
   Marcuse,  M.  Die  Ehe;  ihre  Physiologie,
 Psychologie,  Hygiene  und  Eugenik;  ein  bio-
 logisches Ehebuch.   621p.   8?   Berl.,  1927.
   Neumann,  H.   Modern youth  and  marriage.
 148p.   19cm.   N.  Y.,  1928.
  Overton, G.  S.  Marriage in war and peace;
 a book  for parents  and counselors  of  youth.
 190p.  20cm.   N.  Y.,  1945.
  Popenoe, P.  B.   Modern  marriage; a hand-
 book  for men.  2.  ed.   299p.  19Ucm.   N.  Y.,
 1940.
  â– ---   Marriage,  before and  after.    3.  print.
246p.   19}4cm.   N. Y., 1943.
   Bowman, H  Marriage preparation must  be modernized.
Ment. Hyg., 1946, 30: 74-82.  ------& Schroeder, F. College
courses in preparation for marriage.  Marriage & Family Liv ,
1942, 4: 31.—Bromley, D. D., & Britten, F. H.  Vassar mar-
riage course.  In their Youth & Sex, N. Y., 1938, 253.—Cary,
W. H.  Educational preparation for marriage and parenthood.
Proc. Am Congr^Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 427-31 —
Chesser, E. S.  Education for marriage.  In: Love & Marriage
(S. ForbiU) N.  Y., 1938, 183-96.  Also in her Five Phases of
Love,  Lond., 1939, 62-6.—Churchill, S.  Education for mar-
riage.   Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1945, 213: 356-8.—Con-
ference on education for marriage and family  social relations.
J. Social Hyg.,  1934, 20:  417-28; 1936, 22: 1-48.—Denune, P.
P. Educa tion for marriage at Ohio State University.  Marriage
& Family Liv.,  1945, 7: 6, &c- Dittrich, H. Getting ready for
married life.  Hygeia, Chic,  1939, 17: 515-20.—Exner, M. J.
Education for marriage.  J.  Social Hyg.,  1930, 16: 207-15.—
Fluck,  J.  L.   Pre-marital education.  Ment. Health  Bull.,
Danville, 1938,  16: No. 3, 13.—Frank, L. K. Opportunities in
a program of education for marriage and  family life.  Ment.
Hyg.,  Alb., 1940, 24: 578-94.—Hart, H. N.,  & Hart, E.  B.,
Teaching people how to achieve happy  marriage.  In their
Person. & Family, rev.  ed.,  N. Y., 1941,  43-8.—Levy, J., &
Munroe,  R.  Settling down  to  marriage.  In their Happy
Family, N. Y.,  1939, 47-80.—Overstreet, H. A.  Training for
successful  marriage.  J.  Social Hyg.,  1930, 16:  134-9.—
Popenoe, P.  A college  education for marriage.  Ibid., 1939,
25: 168-73.—Professional education for marriage and family
counseling.   Marriage & Family Liv.,   1944,  6:  70-81.—
Reichert, F.  Die Entmischung der Geschlechter im Heirats-
alter.  Arch.  Bevolk., 1942,  12: 179-87.—Richardson,  F. H.
Training for  marriage.   Hygeia,  Chic,  1939, 17:  104-6.—
Wilkening, H.  E.  The  Purdue University marriage course.
Marriage & Family Liv.,  1945, 7: 35-8.—Wood, L. F.  Youth
in training for marriage through the churches.  J. Social Hyg.,
1937, 23:430-2, 4 pl.

----  Unmarried status.

   See  also   Celibacy;   Prostitution;  Spinster;
Widowhood.
   Frazer, J. G.  Bachelors' huts. In his Native Races of Asia,
Lond., 1939, 38.—Groves, E. R.  Problems of  the unmarried.
In his Marriage, N. Y., 1941, 606-30.  ------  Compensation
for remaining single,  ibid., 620-9.—Kahn, F.  The new human
class.  In his Our Sex Life, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 391.—Spranger.
Die Ausschaltung  wertvollen Erbgutes  durch  hochwertige
Ledige.  Reichsgesundhbl.,  1935, 10:  794-6.—Vaerting,  H.
Fraueniiberschuss und Ehelosigkeit in Deutschland.   Neue
Generation, 1927, 23:  123-5.—Why I am a  spinster;  bv a
teacher.  Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1916, 23: 30-50.—William.
son, R. W. Unmarried girls.  In his Essays Polynes. Ethno'.,
Cambr., 1939, 156-65.
wartime.
   Bigelow, M.  A.  Are war marriages eugenic?  J.  Hered.,
 1943, 34:  123.—Brides of war.  Urol.  Cut. Rev.,  1943, 47:
 137.—British marriage-rate and the war.  Lancet, Lond., 1917,
 2: 799.—Contrasting trends in wartime marriage rates.  Statist.
 Bull. Metrop. Life Insur.,  1944, 25: No. 11, 3.—Cuber, J. F.
 Family readjustment of veterans.  Marriage & Family Liv.,
 1945, 7: 28-30.—Duvall, E. M.  Marriage in war time. Ibid.,
 1942, 4: 73-6.—Greenbie, M. L. B.  The important art of
 securing a mate.  In her Art of Living in War., N. Y., 1943,
 55-78.—Holland, V.  Marriage trends in a war era.  Wisconsin
 Bd Health Q. Bull., 1942, 7: No. 4,  23.—Kavinoky, N. R.
 Medical aspects  of war time marriages.  Marriage & Family
 Liv., 1944, 6: 25-8.—Marriage rate in wartime.  Statist. Bull.
 Metrop. Life  Insur., 1939, 20: No. 11, 4-6.—Panunzio, C.
 Marriage in war and postwar periods.  Social Sc,  1943, 18:
 125-9.— Patry,  F.  L.   Should  marriage wait; the  soldiers'
 viewpoints. Med. Times,  Lond., 1943,  71: 218-20.—Pohlen,
 K.  Die Eheschliessungsverhaltnisse im  Deutschen Reich vor
 und nach dem Kriege.  Reichsgesundhbl., 1936, 11: 944-50.—
 Program of Conference on  Marriage in Wrar Time, Cleveland,
 May 21-23, 1943.  Marriage & Family Liv., 1943, 5:  37-9.—
 Riemer, S.  War marriages are different, ibid., 84.—Rogers,
 C. R. Counseling with the returned serviceman and his wife.
 Ibid., 1945, 7: 82-4.—Street, A. J.  Hastv marriage and the
 draft.  J.  Social Hyg.,  1941, 27: 228-31.—War  marriages.
 J. Am. M. Ass.,  1942, 118: 653.—Wartime  changes in age at
 marriage.  Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur., 1944, 25: No. 5,
 5-7.—War-time  marriages and fertility.  Med. Off.,  Lond.,
 1942, 68:  23.—Wartime marriages  decline for second year.
 Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur.,  1944, 25: No.  12,  1-4 —
 Wartime marriages in 1942 mav exceed last year's all-time high.
 Michigan Pub. Health, 1942, 30: 66.
   MARRIAGE  and   family  living;  quarterly
published by the  U.  S. National Conference on
Family Relations.   Menasha, v.4,  1942-
   Continuation of Living.
   MARRIAGE hygiene.  Bombay, v.1-4,  1934-
37.
   No more published.
   MARRINER, Jessie L.   Evaluation  of  ma-
ternity and infancy  work in a  generalized pro- 
MARRINER
324
MARSAN
gram.   4p.   diagr.   form.   23}2cm.   Wash.,
Gov. Print. Off., 1927.
  Forms No. 181, Pub. U. S. Child. Bur.
  MARRIOTT, Henry Battle, 1863-
  For biographv see South. M. & S., 1941.  103: 329,  portr.
(Hall, J. K.)
  MARRIOTT,  Hugh  Leslie   [M.  B.,  1927,
London]  The  treatment   of  acute  poisoning.
xii,  45p.   illust.  pl.  diagr.  8?   Lond.,  Mid-
dlesex  Hosp. Pr., 1935.
  MARRIOTT, John,      -1653.
  Great (The) eater; known as Ben Marriott   [Illustration]
For original woodcut see Collection in the Library.
  MARRIOTT, R.
  See Wyatt, S., Marriott, R. let al.] A study of certified sick-
ness absence among women in industry. 34p.  24J^cm.  Lond.,
1945. ------  A study of women on war work in four factories.
44p.  24}^cm.   Lond., 1945.
  MARRIOTT, Williams McKim, 1885-1936.
Recent advances  in   chemistry in  relation  to
medical practice.   141p.  8?   S.  Louis, C.  V.
Mosby Co.,  1928.
  -——  Infant nutrition;  a textbook of infant
feeding for students and practitioners of medicine.
375p.   pl.   8?   S.  Louis,  C.  V.   Mosby  Co.,
1930.   Also 2. ed. 431p.  1935.   Also 3. ed.
[Rev. by P.  C. Jeans]   475p.   1941.
  For biography see J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1938, 13: 619-26,
portr. (Veeder, B.)
  For obituary see Am. J. Dis. Child, 1936, 52: 1180-2, portr.
Also Bol. Soc.  cubana  pediat., 1937, 9: 1 (Hurtado, F.)  Also
J. Missouri M. Ass., 1937, 34: 355  (W., P. J.)  Also J. Pediat.,
S. Louis, 1936, 9: 861.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also in Am. Coll.
Phvsicians  (Morgan,  W.  G.)  Phila., 1940, 152. Also J.
Pediat.. S. Louis, 1938, 13: No. 5, front.
  MARRISON, Leslie William.
  Translator of Sartori, M.  The war  gases, chemistry and
analysis. 360p. 23Hcm.  N. Y., 1939.

MARRON.
  See  Castanea.


MARROW.

  See  Bone marrow.


MARRUBIUM.
  See  also Lamiaceae.
  Hosl,   M.  Ueber   Marrubiin.   22p.    8?
Wurzb., 1936.
  Lawson, A.,  & Eustice, E. D.  Marrubiin, the bitter prin-
ciple  of  horehound  (Marrubium  vulgarej   J.  Chem. Soc,
Lond.,  1939,  587-9.—Londono,  J.  B.  El  marrubio.  An.
Acad. med. Medellin, 1943, 1: 130 2.—Mercier, F., & Rizzo, C.
Action  choleretique  experimentale de  l'acide  marrubique
C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1933,  114: 263.—Pages &  Comte. Un
nouveau medicament cardiaque: le marrube blanc; son action
sur  l'arythmie extrasystolique.  Bull.  Soc.  sc.  m£d. biol
Montpellier, 1926-27, 8: 389-94.
  MARRYAT, Thomas,  1730-92.
  MacNalty, A. S.  A memoir.  Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1935
52: 165-70, ponr.
  MARS, de, & Kerlan, Yves de.  La procrea-
tion volontaire.   69p.   pl. tab.  23cm.  Lyon,
Bose fr., 1937.


MARS.

  See  also Planet.
  Lobo, B.  A vida ein Marte e outros planetas. Rev. flora
med., Rio,  1939-40, 6: 230--13. —Temperature  estimates of
the planet Mars. J. Franklin Inst., 1942, 233: 387-9.
  MARSAC, Jacques,  1914-      *Contribution
a l'etude du traitement de  la nevrite optique par
le  vitamine Bi.   42p.  25cm.   Par.,  Jouve  &
cie, 1942.
  MARSAL, Pierre.   Troubles de la fonction
gastrique et syndromes  associes chez  les tuber-
culeux pulmonaires (la toux emetisante)   315r>
tab.  8?  Par., A. Maloine, 1925.
  MARSAN, Jean, 1910-       *Les  perfection-
nements  reeents   des  mdthodes  d'anesthesie
generale.  51p.  25^cm.  Par., Vigot fr.,  1939.
  MARSAN, Roger  Louis,  1907        ♦Con-
tribution   a  l'etude   comparee  des resultats
anatomiques  et des resultats  fonctionnels dans
les  fractures  diaphysaires  fermees  de  jambe
[Lyon]  135p.  25cm.  Bourg, Berthod,  1938.
  MARSANO, Oscar  L. Retracci6n del coagulo-
su determinaci6n, relaciones e importancia.  76p'
tab.  26>/2cm.   B. Air., El Ateneo, 1946.
  MARSAT,  Paul, 1907-       *L'eclairage  en
endoscopic  47p.   8?   Par.,  E.  Le  Francois
1934.
  MARSAUDON,  Robert,  1913-        ♦Con-
tribution  a  l'etude de  la  gynScomastie.  50p
25cm.   Par., Vigot fr.,  1939.
  MARSAULT, Jean  Marie, 1912-      ♦Traite-
ment des  epididymites aigues par l'injection loco
dolenti de  solution d'electrargol.   82p.   24cm
Par., L. Arnette, 1940.
  MARSCH,  Hans,   1910-       *Fiihrt  der
langere Gebrauch  von Alkalien  zu  einer Dam-
pfung  der Supersekretion und der  Hyperchlor-
hydrie  des   Magens?   20p.  tab.   8?   Bonn,
H. Schonershoven,  1935.
  MARSCHAK, Abal, 1901-      *Irrtiimer bei
der  Erkennung  der  Beckenniere.   p.  444-61.
8?  Berl., J. Springer, 1929.
  Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28:
  MARSCHALKO, Thomas, 1862-1915.
  For portrait see Deliber.  Congr. derm, internat. (1935)
1936, 9.  Congr., 4: 196.
  MARSCHALL, Fred Hans Jiirgen, 1912-42.
  For obituary see Deut. tropenmed. Zschr., 1942, 46: 504.
  MARSCHALL, Josef, 1904-       *Hamophilie
und Zahnextraktion.   31p.   8?  Halle a. d.  IS.,
O. Jung, 1930.
  MARSCHALL,  Karl,  1912-       *Klinischer
Beitrag zur  Frage der Sympathicusgeschwiilste
[Munchen]    23p.    22cm.    Dusseld.,   G.   H.
Nolte, 1938.
  MARSCHAVELITSCH, Alexander, 1902-
*Ueber das Hemangioma cavernosum des Kehl-
kopfes (Auszug)   14p.  8? Miinch., Rischmoller
& Meyn,  1926.
  MARSCHHAUSEN, Fritz, 1900-       *Ueber
die Behandlung von  Pneumokokken-Empyemen
im  Sauglings- und friihen Kindesalter mit Op-
tochin. 20p.  8?   Gott., Handelsdr.,  1930.
  MARSCHNER,  Gotthard Wolfgang, 1909-
*Zahne und Kiefer bei den verschiedenen  Konstl-
tutionstypen  insbesondere den Kretschmerschen
Athletikern  im Vergleich zu  Leptosomen und
Pyknikern.   28p.   8?  Bonn [n. p.]   1933.
  MARSCHNER, Max Ernst, 1899-      *Ueber
Hodenmischgeschwiilste   [Leipzig]    23p.   8?
Oschatz, C. Morgner, 1928.
  MARSDEN,  James  Pickford  [M.  B., 1925,
Cambridge]   A  critical review  of the  clinical
features of  13,686  cases of smallpox.  23p.  8?
Lond., London County Council,  1936.
  MARSDEN, Kate,  1859-       On sledge and
horseback  to  outcast  Siberian  lepers,  xvi,
243p.  pl.  portr.  map.  facs.   23cm.   Lond.,
Record Pr.,  1892.
  MARSDEN, Prosper Henry.  Dental  materia
medica.   155p.  8?  Edinb.,  E. &  S.  Living-
stone,  1926.

MARSDENIA.
  See  Asclepiadaceae.
  MARSEILLE, Albert, 1913-      *Les kystes
aeriens du  poumon chez I'adulte.  48p. illust. 
MARSEILLE                                 325                                      MARSH
 24}^cm.  Marseille, Impr. Soc. Petit Marseillais,

 1939.
   MARSEILLE, France.  Association corporative
 des  etudiants en medecine de Marseille.
   See Mattei, C, Giraud, P. M., & Audier, M.  Questions de
 garde de medecine.  EdiWes par l'Association corporative des
 etudiants en medecine  de Marseille.  5.  ed.  389p.   18cm.
 Marseille, 1945.                                     ,
   MARSEILLE, France.  Ecole de plein exercice
 de  medecine et de pharmacie  de Marseille.
 Annales.  Par.,  2.  (1892)  1893-
   MARSEILLE,  France.   Universite.  Faculte
 de  medecine.   Actualites  medico-chirurgicales;
 par  les  chefs  de  la Faculte de  medecine  de
 Marseille.  2. ser.   282p.   illustr.  23cm.  Par.,
 Masson & cie, 1933.   Also  4. ser.   193p.   1939.
   Alezais. L'enseignement de la chirurgie a Marseille avant
 et pendant la Revolution.  Marseille med., 1935, 72: 469-98 —
 Chauvin, E. Les anciennes Faeultfe de m6decine de la region
 provencale.  Ibid., 1925, 62: 725-46.—Faculte (La) de mede-
 cine et de pharmacie de Marseille  [illust.]  Schweiz. med.
 Wschr.,  1945,  75:  892.—Faculte  (La)  mixte de medecine
 "enerale et coloniale et de pharmacie  de Marseille. Marseille
 med., 1932, 69: 141-92.—Imbert, L.  La  Faculte de medecine
 de  Marseille;  son avenir.  Ibid.,  1935,  72:  466-8.------
 & Fleury, G.   L'Ecole  de plein exercise de Medecine et de
 Pharmacie de Marseille; son passe; son  present; son  avenir.
 Ibid., 1927, 64: 453-528, port., 3 pl.—Joyeux, C.  L'lnstitut
 de medecine et de pharmacie coloniales de Marseille.  Presse
 med., 1937, 45: 541.—Travaux scientifiques de la  clinique
 neurologique de la Faculte de medecine de Marseille, 1938-39.
 Marseille med., 1940, 77: pt 1, 198-200.
   MARSEILLE, France.    Universite.  Faculte
 mixte de medecine et de pharmacie.  Catalogue
 des theses  (1939)    [15]p.  24 ^cm.   Marseille,
 1940.

 MARSEILLE, France.

   Sepet, G. S.  *Projets  d'extension et de reno-
 vation sanitaire  de  la ville de  Marseille   [Mar-
 seille]  128p.  25^cm.  Lyon, 1936.
   Alezais. Un hopital temporaire  a Marseille en 1707. Mar-
 seille m6d., 1931, 68: 401-16.—Commissions permanentes de la
 Bocie44 rovale de medecine de Marseille, pendant l'annee 1824.
 Observ. sc. med., 1824,  7: 76-8.—Fleury, G.  Daviel et la
 Communautfi  des  Maitres-Chirurgiens-Jures  de  Marseille.
 Marseille  med.,  1926,  63: 1832-47.—Icard, S.   Curiosites
 para-m6dicales intiressant Marseille et la region.  Ibid., 1925,
 62: 747-54.—Imbert, L.   Les  malades etrangers dans les
 hopitaux de Marseille. Ibid., 1926, 63: 1499-501.—Lazaret de
 !a Mediterranfie k fonder dans la rade de  Marseille, par sou-
 scription.  Observ. sc. med., 1822, 4: 314 0- Liste des per-
 sonnes et des societes qui ont souscrit k ce journal, ou auxquelles
 il a e4e adress6 en 1822, ind6pendamment des cent soixante-
 cinq personnes et socieLes portees sur la liste des souscripteurs,
 pour l'annee 1821.  Ibid., 336-8.—Romieu, M.  Le  role de
 Marseille et du  Sud-Est de la France dans 1 histoire de la
 medecine.   Presse med.,  1929,  37: 1583.—Villeneuve.  Sta-
 tistique du departement  des Bouches-du-Rh6ne,  avec atlas;
 Marseille,  1821 (a review bv P. M. Roux)  Observ. sc. med.,
 1823, 5: 160-8— Winterhalter, A. G.  The Observatory at
 Marseilles.  In his  Internat. Astrophotogr. Congr.  (1887)
 1889, 134.

  MARSEILLE  medical.  Marseille, v.l, No. 1,
 1864-
  v.l-5, 1864-68 as Union medicale de la Provence.
  MARSEILLIER,   E.   Les   dents  humaines;
 morphologie.    xi,   140p.   illust.    8?    Par.,
 Gauthier-Villars,  1937.
  MARSELJE,  Kurt,  1913-        *Die Aetio-
 logie  der  Stomatitis aphthosa.    22p.   22cm.
 Munch., Bayer. Druck., 1936.
  MARSELJE,   Paula,  1907-        *Lymph-
 angiom der Unterlippe und  Lippenplastik.   20p.
 8?  Kiel, A. C. Ehler, 1932.
  MARSH,  Daniel Lash, 1880-
  For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed.,  N. Y.,
 1942, 268.

  MARSH,   David   Fielding,  1919-         &
 LEAKE,  Chauncey  Depew.   Mechanism of war
gases.  Leaflet.   28cm.  S.  Franc,  the  Authors,
1942.
  MARSH, Edith Lucile.  Nursing care in chron-
ic diseases,   xiii, 237p.   illust.   diagr.   21cm.
Phila., J. B.  Lippincott Co.,  1946.
   MARSH, Elias  Joseph,  1875-1943.  An out-
line history of the Medical Society of New Jersey
to 1903.   17p.   23cm.   [n. p.] 1942.
   Repr. from Proc. N. Jersey Hist. Soc, Jan. 1942.
   See also History repeats itself.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersev, 1942,
39: 219, portr.
   For obituary see  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1943, 123: 228.  Also
J.  M. Soc.  N. Jersey, 1943, 40: 379 (McBride, A. F.)

   MARSH, Frank Douglas, 1888-1944.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 454; 483.  Also Lancet,
Lond., 1944, 2: 489, portr.

   MARSH, Frank Lewis, 1899-       Evolution,
creation and science.  304p.  20cm.  Wash., Rev.
& Herald Pub. Ass., 1944.
   MARSH, Frederick Thomas.   Annals of the
Hospital of S. Wulstan; or,  The commandery in
the  city of Worcester; together with a chartulary
of the said hospital,   xiv, 140p.  pl.   plan.  34cm.
Worcester, E. G. Humphreys, 1890.
   MARSH,  George  Long,  1901-
   See Tressler, D. K., Joslyn, M. A., & Marsh, G. L.  Fruit
and vegetable juices. 549p.  21cm.  N. Y.,  1939.

   MARSH, Howard, 1839-       Diseases  of the
joints and spine.   New  &  rev. ed.   xvi,  532p.
illust.  19cm.   Lond., Cassell & co.,  1895.
   MARSH, Ina  Alexandria, 1903-       *Juve-
nile  delinquency;  a study  ... comparing  one
hundred  sixty-one first children with one hundred
other children  [Univ. Buffalo]  381.  4?  Buffalo
[n. p.] 1936.
   Typewritten.
   MARSH, James, 1789-1846.
   Cardoso Pereira, A.  A obra e a vida dc James  Marsh.
Arch. Inst. med. leg., Lisb., 1929-32, ser. B, 6:  1-88, 13 pl.
   MARSH,  James  Ernest,   1860-        The
origins and the growth of  chemical  science,  x,
161p.   pl.  8?   Lond., J. Murray, 1929.
   MARSH, John, 1788-1868.   The beloved phy-
sician;  a  sermon occasioned  by the death of Dr.
Andrew F. Warner,  of Haddam, June 23, 1825.
20p.  20Kcm.   Hartford,  Conn., Goodwin & Co.,
1825.
   MARSH, Leonard Charles,  1905-      FLEM-
ING,  Albert  Grant,  &  BLACKLER,  Chesley
Frederick.  Health  and   unemployment;  some
studies of  their relationships,  xxv,  243p.  tab.
diagr.   22}£cm.    Toronto,   Oxford   Univ. Pr.,
1938.
   Forms No. 7, McGill Social Res. Ser.
   MARSH, Millard  Caleb, 1872-
   See Gaylord, H.  R., & Marsh, M. C.  Carcinoma of  the
thyroid in the salmonoid.  p.363-524.  8? Wash., D. C, 1914.
   MARSH,  Ngaio,  1899-        &  JELLETT,
Henry.   The nursing home murder.  286p.  8?
Lond.,  G. Bles, 1935.
   MARSH, Othniel  Charles, 1831-99.
   For biography see Schuchert, C, & LeVene, C. M.  O. C.
Marsh,  pioneer in paleontology.  541p.  24cm.  N.  Haven,
1940.
   See also  in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 673.
   MARSH, Ralph Hemenway,  1863-1942.
   For obituary see J. Maine M. Ass., 1943,  34: 17, portr.

   MARSH, Reginald, 1898-       Anatomy for
artists.  187p.  pl.  24}£cm.  N. Y., Am. Artists
Group, 1945.
   MARSH, Rosemary Loughlin.
   See Booher, L. E., & Marsh, R. L. The vitamin A values of
128 foods.  31p. 23cm.  Wash., 1941.
   MARSH, William Henry, 1851-1941.
   For obituary see Bull. School  M. Univ. Maryland, 1941-42,
26: 212.
MARSH  [and swamp]

  See also Flood; Lake; Rice, Cultivation.
  Burlington, H. J.  The relation of mosquito control in New
Jersey to the presence of game on the salt marshes.  Proc. N.
Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass., 1935, 22: 141.—Ernst, O.  Zur
Geschichte der Moore, Marschen  und Walder Nordwest-
deutschlands;  Untersuchungen  in  Nordfriesland.  Schr. 
MARSH
326
MARSH
Naturwiss.  Verein.  Schl.  Holstein,  1933-34, 20:  209-34.—
Gabrielson, I.  N.   Information needed  for a  proper under-
standing of the effects of mosquito control work on the wildlife
of tidal  marshes.  Proc. N.  Jersev  Mosquito  Exterm.  Ass.,
1936, 23: 156-63.—Griffitts, T. H. D.  Salt  marsh vegetation
in relation to salt marsh mosquito breeding in the South Atlan-
tic and Gulf States.  Ibid., 1929, 16: 108-16- Headlee.  T. J.
Summary  of symposium on the relation of  mosquito control
in New Jersey to wild life on the salt, marshes.  Ibid.,  1935, 22:
144-6.—Pronin, D.   Einleitende Lntersuchungen  von Moor-
fliiehen als Grundlage fiir ihre Erschlieszung.  Kulturtechniker,
1942,  45:  94-100.— Rouget.   Asphyxie du  poisson  dans les
eaux marecageuses.  J.  chim.  mM.,  Par.,  i869,  5.  ser.,  5:
232.—Salinity problems in connection with mangrove swamps.
J. Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond., 1934,  37: Suppl.,  53-6— Saunders,
A. A.  Observations on  some relations  of  mosquito control
ditching to marsh birds.  Mosquito News, 1942, 2: No. 3, 6-
12.—Stearns, L. A.. MacCreary, D., & Daigh, F. C.  Water
and  plant requirements  of  the muskrat on  a  Delaware  tide-
water marsh.  Proc. N.  Jersey Mosquito Exterm.  Ass., 1939,
26:  212-21.—Urner, C.  A.   Relation  of mosquito control  in
New Jersey to bird life  of the salt marshes.  Ibid., 1935, 22:
130-6.


----  Drainage.
   Banton, H. J.  Vertical drainage.  Mil. Surgeon, 1936, 79:
291-3.—Bishopp, F. C, & Smith, C. N.  Will mosquito-control
ditches, if not maintained, make mosquito breeding worse?—a
correction.  Proc. N.  Jersey Mosquito Exterm.  Ass.,  1939,
26: 106-9.—Clarkson, L. M.   Control of malaria by  drainage
in these  counties.  Georgia  Malaria Bull.,  1938, 1: 54.—
Craig, W. J.  F. Anti-malaria  drainage work in the  new
Changi Cantonment.  J. R. Army M. Corps.,  1937,  68: 15;
73.—Daigh, F.  C, &  Stearns, L. A.   Effect of ditching for
mosquito control on the pH of marsh soils.   Proc. N. Jersey
Mosquito  Exterm.  Ass.,  1939,  26:  39-43.—Dowler, S. T.
Gravity  drainage  of enclosed  marshes.  Ibid.,  1925,  12:
97-101.—Drainage for mosquito control.  Pub. Works, N. Y.,
1941, 72: No. 11, 21.—Ghosh, G.  Anti-malaria drainage for
Bengal.  Bengal Pub. Health  J.,  1945, 3: 80-4.—Gilroy, A. B.,
& Chwatt, L. J.  Mosquito-control by swamp drainage in the
coastal belt  of Nigeria.  Ann.  Trop.  M.  Parasit.,   Liverp.,
1945, 39: 19-40, 4 pl.—Hull,  J. B., & Shields, S. E.   Diking
as a measure for sand fly control in salt marshes.  J. Econ.
Entom., 1943, 36: 40.5-9.— Lafferty, O.  W.   A successful  out-
let for drainage channels through sand beaches.  Proc. N.
Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass., 1944, 31: 68-72.—Legendre, F.
Inconvenients provoques dans la lutte antilarvaire par  I'emploi
de demi-mesures  concernant  les  terrains   immergfes.  Bull.
Soc.  path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 346.—Legwen, W. A.  Transit-
plane  table topographic  mapping  used  for  malaria  control
drainage.   J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1943, 2: No. 2, 65-70.   ------
& Lenert,  L. G.   Circular joint and concrete form design for
precast inverts for malaria-control ditch-lining.  Ibid., 1942,
1: 69-82.—Leslie,  J.  B.  Practical drainage  systems; their
variations, cost of installation and  cost of upkeep.  Proc. N.
Jersey  Mosquito  Exterm.  Ass.,  1921,  8:  110-8.   ----—
Dikes  and  tide-gates.   Ibid.,  1925,  12: 84-7.—MacCreary,
D., & Stearns, L. A.   Effect of drainage work accomplished by
the CCC upon the prevalence of mosquitoes at Lewes, Delaware,
during  1934.   Ibid.,  1935,  22:  115-21.—Miller,  S.   Should
salt marsh areas protected bv  dikes be flooded in non-breeding
seasons?   Ibid., 1926,  13: 122.—Newbold, C. E.  A sea head
for coastal swamp drainage.   Carib. M. J., Trinidad, 1943,
5: 30-4.—Parker, W. V., & Johnson, H. A.   A universal type
concrete slab  for  precast ditch  linings.  Pub.  Health Rep
Wash.,  1945, 60: 582-7, 2 pl.—Peterson, J. P.  A new  tide
gate  and time-saving devices  used in its construction. Proc.
N. Jersey  Mosquito Exterm.  Ass., 1942, 29: 106--8.—Platts,
N. G., Shields, S. E., &  Hull, J.  B.  Diking  and pumping for
control  of  sand flies and mosquitoes in Florida salt marshes
.1. Econ. Entom.,  1943,  36: 409-12.—Price, M.   The effects
of the September hurricane  on  mosquito ditches.  Proc. N.
Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass., 1939,  26: 125-7.—Quiroga, J.
La canalizeci6n marginal  del  agua en  el saneamiento anti-
paludico.   Sem. med., B. Air., 1944, 51: 641-6.—Handle, T. R.
New developments in  underground drainage for malaria  con-
trol.   Am. J.  Pub. Health,  1940,  30:  736-^2.—Randolph,
W. H.   Dikes  and tide-gates.  Proc.  N.  Jersev Mosquito
Exterm.  Ass.,  1925, 12:  106.—Rector,  N.  H.  Anti-malaria
ditching by dynamite.  J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1943, 2: No. 2,
11-7, 4 pl.  ------  The use of ditch lining, underground
drains, and sanitary fills for malaria and mosquito  control
Proc.  California Mosquito Contr. Ass.,  1944,  13:   96-119
----—  Handle, T. A., & Fellton, H. L.  Underground drain-
age for malaria  control.   Mosquito News, 1943, 3: 137^2.__
Report of the special  sub-committee on drainage policy and
Wash.,  1942,  57:  451-63,  8 pl.—Scharff,  J.  W.  El  drenaje
antimalarico  desde el  punto de  vista del  oficial de sanidad
Tijeret. malaria, Caracas,  1939, 2:  50; 58; 84.—Smith  L
Underground drainage of salt marsh areas.   Proc.  N  Jersev
Mosquito Exterm.  Ass., 1926, 13: 111-4.—Taylor, N.   Pre-
liminary report on the relation of mosquito-control ditching to
Long Island salt-marsh vegetation.   Ibid., 1937  24- 211-7__
T3,-?,n' W^ 01d ^ mai8h ditches.   Mosquito News 1943 '3-
142-4.—Thompson.  D. C.  Progress made  in  the  lining' ot
ditches.   Papers  Health Work.  Conf. Tennessee,  1937  9-
65-8.  •------  Experiences in stabilization of ditches  Ibid
1938,  10:  122-6.—Underwood,  W.   L.  On  the drainage'
reclamation and sanitary improvement of  certain marsh land*
in the immediate  vicinity of Boston.   Techn.  Q., Bost 11)01
14: 50-73,  map—White,  R. S.  Malaria control by'iubsoii
drainage  at Waltair.  Rec.  Malaria   Surv.  India,  1936  6-
13-18, 2 pl.—Williams, W. C.  My impressions of the drainniic
of the Pontine marshes,  Italy.  Proc. N.  Jersey Mosnnii„
Exterm. Ass., 1925,  12: 33.                           "»«juiio

----  Public health aspect.

   See also Malaria; Mosquito.
   Dalencour, L.  Analysis of a tidal  ditch and its crossing
Mosquito News. 1945, 5: 87. -Griffitts, T. H. D.  Some phases
of the salt-ma 1 sh mosquito problem in the South Atlantic and
Gulf  States.  Proc.  N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm.  Ass., 1928
15: 87-100.—Siikrii, I. H.   (Intestinal parasites  and ancient
marsh malarias]   Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1938, 62: Ul-4 —
Ziemann, H.  Ueber Malaria einst und jetzt in den Marwhpn
Deut. Med. Ztg, 1902, 23: 909; 921.


----  Reclamation.
   Donnelly, W. T.  The reclamation of the salt marshes of
 New Jersey for agricultural ourpose.s.   Proc N.  Jersev  Mn
 quito Exterm. Ass., 1927, 14: 23-34.—Harkness, LW. p]
 The use of dynamite in anti malarial drainage and reclamation
 of marshes.  J. R. San. Inst., 1937-38, 58: 337-45.—Ilvento, A
 The reclamation of the  Pontine marshes.  Q.  Bull  Health
 Org.  League  of  Nat., 1934,  3:  157-201.—Lutrario,  A. La
 redemption de  la  Terre  Romaine  par l'hygtfne; la  fin des
 anciens marais pontins.  Bull. Off.  internat. hyg. pub  Par
 1933, 25:  2137-9.—Micheletti, E.  L'opera del medico  nella
 redenzione dell Agro Pontino.  Arch. med. nav., Roma,  1934
 40: pt 1, 310-3.—Papy, L.   Methodes de la conqufte des marais
 entre Loire et Gironde.  Sciences, Par., 1936, 64: 125-37.

----  Sanitary engineering.

   Brooks, J. E.  A mechanical cleaner for salt marsh ditching.
 Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass.,  1921, 8: 131-4,  2 pl!
 -----  The nature of the mechanical appliances developed
 and used in New Jersey for mosquito fighting and the  outlook
 for wider use of this means of mosquito-control.  Ibid., 1929,
 16: 40-6.   ------   The caterpillar  crane as an instrument in
 mosquito control.   Ibid.,  1937, 24: 197-9, 1  pl.—Clarke,  J. L.
 The use of dynamite and T. N. T.  in blasting ditches.  Pub
 Health  Bull., Wash., 1922,  125: 49-61.  ------  Mechanized
 mosquito   control;  puddle  jumper, swamp angel,  dinosaur,
 skeeter-eater,  and  corner cutter.  Proc.  N. Jersey Mosquito
 Exterm. Ass., 1942, 29:  163-6 4 pl.—Dorer, R.E.  Equip-
 ment for   removing channel obstructions.  Ibid., 1937, 24:
 141. —Jones, R. W., III.  Report on use of a diaphragm pump
and tide gates on  malaria control  project at  Harvey Point,
 N.  C.   J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1945, 4: 99-104.—Kelley, A. W.
 Performance of ditch cleaning machinery.  Proc. N. Jersey
 Mosquito  Exterm.  Ass.,  1926,  13:  109-11.—Legwen, W. A.
 Malaria control experience with  circular joint ditch  paving
slabs and  automatic siphons.  J.  Nat. Malaria  Soc, 19-13, 2:
 No. 2, 61-4, 2 pl.------& Lenert, L. G.  Construction and
 operation   of a  4-inch  hydraulic  dredge for malaria  control
drainage.   Ibid., 1945, 4: 93-8.—Mulhern,  T. D. A  further
development in machinery for digging and cleaning salt marsh
ditches.  Proc N.  Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass.,  1942, 29:
48-50,  3 pl.—Peterson, J. P.  The development and use of
machinery  for crushing grasses, reeds,  and sedges on  the salt
marshes.   Ibid., 1932, 19: 70-2, 2 pl.

----  Sanitation.

   See  also Mosquito control.
   Boer, H. S. de.   Malaria  control by  planting of swamp*.
Q-  Bull. Health Org. League of Nat.,  1936, 5:  138.—Brooks,
  j'  Mosquito control on salt marsh areas under industrial
and real   estate development.  Proc.  N.  Jersey  Mosquito
Exterm. Ass.,  1931, 18:  150-7.  ——  Interference  with
mosquito control works resulting from hydraulic filling.  Ibid.,
 1939, 26:  166-8.—Clarke, J. L.   Mosquito control as related
to  marsh  conservation.  Ibid., 1938,  25: 139-47.—Griffiltg,
T.  H. D.   The  Mississippi law and program  for salt marsh
mosquito  control.  South.  M. J., 1929, 22: 374-7.  -----
 A further report on  the salt marsh problem of the South Atlantic
and Gulf States and malaria control on a county-wide basis.
 Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm.  Ass., 1930,  17: 148-55.—
 Hopkins, G. H. E. Afforestation as a method of drving up
 swamps.  East Afr. M. J.,  1940-41, 17: 189-94.—Leslie, J. B.
 Principles  of procedure in  mosquito control on both upland
 and salt marsh.   Proc.  N. .h-isev Mosquito  Exterm.  Ass.,
 1926, 13:  27-33.— Mapes, G. W.   Marsh flooding and oiling.
 Proc.  California Mosquito  Contr.   Ass., 1944,  13:  93-6.—
 Randolph,  W. H.  Mosquito dredging machinery.  Proc. N
 Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass., 1926, 13:  106-8.—Reiley, F. A.
 The up-to-date salt marsh ditcher.  Ibid., 1921, 8:  125-31,
 2  Pl-------A  history of salt-marsh  ditch-cutting and
 dutch-cleaning machinery.  Ibid., 1928, 15: 24-34, 8 pl.----
 Circulation of tide  water  saves salt  marsh and stops mosquito
 breeding.   Mosquito  News,  1945,  5:  77.—Sammis, B. H.
 Ten years experience with the mole plow on the Nassau County 
MARSH
327
MARSHALL
  marshes.  Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass., 1942, 29:
  =o  Dj —Sanarelli,  G.  L'agro pontino nelle sue nuove con-
  oizioni sanitarie. Ann. igiene, 1934, 33: 536-42.-Taylor, J. E.
  Dynamite ditching. J. Nat. Malaria Soc, 1943, 2: No. 2,
  17-20.—Tilli, P.   Esperimenti  pratici di  disanofelizzazione
  idrica nell'Agro Romano mediante  la calciocianamide.  Riv.
  malariol.,  1935, 14: 192-200.—Vannote. R. L.   The problem
  of providing mosquito control in areas subject to flights of
  Iresh-water swamp mosquitoes.  Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito
  Exterm. Ass., 1937, 24: 199-201.
    MARSHALL, Arthur  Milnes,  1852-93.  The
  frog; an introduction to anatomy,  histology, and
  embryology.  Ed. by H.  G. Newth.   12.  ed.  x,
  182p.  illust.  pl.   18J^cm.   Lond.,  Macmillan
  & Co., 1939.
   For biography see in Book of Manchester, Manch., 1929,
  54, portr.
    MARSHALL, Caroline Nina Lovering,  1861-
        The mushroom book; a  popular guide to
  the  identification  and study of our commoner
  fungi, with  special  emphasis  on  the   edible
  varieties,  xxx, 173p.   illust.   pl.  8?  Garden
  Citv, N. Y., Doubleday, Doran &  Co.,  1936.
   MARSHALL, Charles, 1744-1824..
   For biographv see in First Century (Philadelphia  Coll.
  Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 348, portr.
   MARSHALL, Charles Frederic,  1864-       A
  new theory of cancer and its treatment.  2 pt.
  53p.; 56p.  8?  Brist., J. Wright  & Sons, 1932.
   See also Hitch, M. E., & Marshall, C. F., eds.  Bailliere's
  Nurses' complete medical dictionarv.   8. ed.  488p.   13cm.
  Lond., 1940.
   Also translator  of Ostertag, R. von. Textbook of meat
  inspection.  5. Engl. ed.  744p.  8? Lond., 1934.  Also  of
  Roosen, R.  A theory of cancer and the practitioner and memo-
  therapy.  75p. 8°.  Lond., 1936.  Also  of Striimpell,  A. von.
  A practice of medicine.  3v.  8?  Lond., 1931.
   MARSHALL,  Charles  Jennings, 1890-
  The surgeon.  192p.  16?   Lond.,  G. Bles, 1932.
   ---   Chronic   diseases of  the  abdomen;  a
  diagnostic system,   xvi, 247p.   pl.   8?  Bost.,
  Little, Brown & Co., 1939.
   See also Lake, N. C, & Marshall, C. J.   Surgical anatomy
  and physiology. 888p.  8? Lond., 1934.
   — &  SHANKS,  Seymour  Cochrane.   Uri-
  nary  and  male genital tract  [x-ray  diagnosis]
  p.483-578.  illust.   8°  Lond.,  H.  K.  Lewis,
  1938.
   In: Textb. X-Ray Diagn. (Shanks, S. C, et  al.) Lond.,
  1938, 1:
   MARSHALL, Charles Mcintosh [M. B., 1923,
  New Zealand] Caesarean section; lower segment
  operation,   vii,  230p.   illust.    23cm.   Bait.,
  Williams & Wilkins Co., 1939.
   MARSHALL,  Christabel.   Christine Murrell,
  M. D.; her life  and work,  by  Christopher St.
 John  [pseud.]   xix,  133p.    portr.    facs.   8?
 Lond., Williams  & Norgate,  1935.
   MARSHALL,  Christopher, 1709-97.
   For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll.
 Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 27, portr.—From letter book of Christo-
 pher Marshall [facs.]  Ibid., 350.
   For portrait see J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Pract. Pharm. Ed.,
 1942, 3: 421.
   MARSHALL,  Clyde Slocomb, 1902-       An
 introduction to human anatomy.   385p.  illust.
 8?  Phila., W. B.  Saunders Co., 1936.  Also 2. ed.
 388p.  20}£cm.   1939.
  ---An  introduction  to  human  anatomy.
 Rev. by Edgar L. Lazier.  3. ed.  xi, 418p.  illust.
 21cm.   Phila., W.  B. Saunders Co., 1946.
  MARSHALL, David Samuel,  1856-1930.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 56.
  MARSHALL,  Douglas.  Local doctor.  253p.
 19#cm.  N. Y., Gramercy  Pub.  Co., 1942.
  MARSHALL, Edward W.
  See Maclean, J. B.  Distribution of surplus. Supplementary
contributor Edward W. Marshall. 154p. 23Mcm.  N. Y., 1937.
  MARSHALL, Eli Kennerly,  1889-
  For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1941-42, 19: 467,
portr.
  For portrait see Collection in Library,
   MARSHALL, Francis Hugh Adam, 1878-
 &  HALNAN,  Edward  Thomas.   Physiology  of
 farm  animals.  4. ed.  ix,  339p.  illust.   diagr.
 22V2cm.   Cambridge, Engl., Univ. Pr.,  1946.
   MARSHALL,  Francis   James   Charles,   &
 MAJOR, Ernest.  A  book  of physical education
 tables; a graded  course for pupils, 11-16 years.
 144p.  25cm.   Lond.,  Univ. London Pr., 1944.
   MARSHALL,  Francis   James   Charles,   &
 REES, William  Russell.   Physical education  in
 boys' schools;  a textbook  for  training  college
 students  and  teachers.   New  ed.   xv, 335p.
 illust.  tab.  diagr.   12 pl.  20cm.  Lond., Univ.
 London Pr.,  1941.
   MARSHALL, George Balfour, 1863-1928.
   For obituary see Brit. M.  J., 1928, 1: 287.  Also Glasgow
 M. J.,  1928, 109: 263-6, portr.  Also Lancet,  Lond., 1928, 1:
 316.
   MARSHALL,  Sir   Guy   Anstruther   Knox,
 1871-
   For biography see Bull.  Entom. Res., Lond., 1942-43, 33:
 145 (Lall, S.)
   MARSHALL, Harry Taylor, 1875-1929.
   For obituary see Arch.  Path.,  Chic, 1930, 9: 98, portr.
 (Jordan, H. E.)  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 1907.
   MARSHALL, James  [M.  B.,  1935,  London]
 The veneral  diseases; a manual for practitioners
 and  students,   xi,  348p.   illust.   tab.   diagr.
 22cm.  Lond., Macmillan & Co., 1944.
   MARSHALL,  James  Cole,  1876-        De-
 tachment of the  retina; operative technique  in
 treatment,  viii, 80p.   illust.  diagr.   8?  Lond.,
 Oxford Univ. Pr., 1936.
   MARSHALL,   John,  1818-91.   Outlines   of
 physiology,  human and comparative,   v.l.    x,
 607p.  illust.  19cm.   Lond.,  Longmans, Green
 & Co., 1867.
   For  biography see Cat.  Portr.  R. Coll. Surgeons, Lond.,
 1930, 45.
   MARSHALL, John, 1855-1925.  Notes on the
 chemical lectures in the Medical Department  of
 the University of Pennsylvania, for  second-year
 students.  1071.   8?  Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co.,
 1889.
   Also translator of  Medicus, L.  A brief introduction  to
 qualitative  analysis.  4. ed. 203p. 23l^cm.  Phila., 1900.
   MARSHALL, John  Albert,  1884-1941.
   For obituary  see J. Dent. Res., 1942, 21: 342.  Also Proc.
 Am. Ass. Dent, Schools, 1942,  19:  271.
   MARSHALL,  John Frederick,  1874-
 Principles  and  practice  of  mosquito  control;
 being a handbook to the British Mosquito Con-
 trol Institute, viii, 39p.  pl.  8?  Hayling Island,
 Hampshire [n. p.] 1927.
  ----   The  British  mosquitoes.   xi,  341p.
 illust.  tab.   pl.   26}£cm.   Lond.,  W. Clowes  &
 Sons,  1938.
  MARSHALL, John  Nairn, 1860-1945.
  For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1945, 143: 101; 136, portr,
  MARSHALL, John  Ross, 1887-1944.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 127: 943.  Also Mil.
 Surgeon, 1945, 96: 553.
  MARSHALL, John  Sayre, 1846-1922.
  Cigrand, B.  J.   John Sayre Marshall,  an intimate  bio-
 graphical sketch.  Am. Dent. Surgeon,  1929, 49:  273-5.—
 Phalen, J.  M.   John Sayre Marshall,  father of the Army
 Dental  Corps.  Mil. Surgeon,  1941, 89: 214-6.—Presentation
 of  the portraits of  Captain John S. Marshall and Colonel
 Robert  T. Oliver to the Armv Dental School. Dent. Bull.,
 Carlisle, 1935, 6: 124-34.—Vail, W.  D.  [Biography] Ibid.,
 1940, 11: 110-22.
  For portrait see  in Hist. Dent. Surg.  (Koch,  C. R. E.)
 Chic, 1909, 1: 139.
  MARSHALL,   Joseph   A.    *A  propos  de
cesariennes mutilatrices a la  maniere de  Porro.
28p.   23cm.  Lausanne,  C. Risold, 1940.
  MARSHALL,  Joseph  Head  d'Avray,  1768-
 1847. 
MARSHALL                                32
  See:
  Bailey,  J.  W.   The  curious story  of  Dr.
Marshall, with a few side lights on Napoleon  and
other  persons  of  consequence,   ix,  113p.   8°
Cambr., 1930.
  MARSHALL, K. L.
  See Yant, W. P., Marshall, K. L. [et al.] Carbon monoxide
and particulate matter in air of Holland Tunnel and metropoli-
tan New York. 69p.  27cm.  Wash., 1941.
  MARSHALL, Keith Dayton, 1920-
  See Mitchell, H. B., & Marshall, K. D.  Here's the question,
resolved: that the federal government should provide a system
of complete medical care available to all citizens  at public
expense.  113p. 23}^cm.  Seminole, Okla., 1946.
  MARSHALL,  Lillard  T.   Report  of  State
Supervisor  of Chiropractors of Kentucky in con-
nection with Kentucky Houses of Reform [1931]
62p.  8?  Greendale,  Kv., L. T. Marshall [1932?]
  MARSHALL, Mark, 1880-
  Vor portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30:  20.
  MARSHALL, Max Skidmore, 1897-      Bac-
teriology  of  specific  communicable  diseases;
handbook  of  public  health bacteriology,   xii,
141p.   8?  S.  Franc, S. Francisco Dep. Pub.
Health, 1937.
  ——  Laboratory guide in elementary  bacteri-
ology,  xii,  244p.  23}£cm.   Phila., Blakiston Co.,
1941.
  MARSHALL, Moses, 1758-1813.
  For biography see in  Some Am. Med. Botanists (H. A.
Kelly) N. Y.,  1929, 75-81.
  MARSHALL,  Stanley.   Elementary  bacteri-
ology  and  immunity for nurses,  viii, 67p.   pl.
18cm.  Lond.,  H. K.  Lewis & Co.,  1940.
  MARSHALL,  Thomas Chalmers,  1868-
Immateria  medica;  a collection of  prayers for
the use of the sick and those who minister to the
sick.  58p.   16?  Bost., Stratford Co., 1934.
  MARSHALL,  Thomas   Humphrey,  CARR-
SAUNDERS,  Alexander  Morris [et  al.]   The
population  problem; the experts and the public.
176p.  tab.  ch.  12?  Lond., G. Allen  & Unwin,
1938.
  MARSHALL, Thomas Maitland, 1876-1936.
  See Bolton, H. E., & Marshall, T. M.  The colonization of
North America, 11 :>2-1783. 609p.  8? N. Y., 1930.
  MARSHALL, Victor Fred, 1873-       Doctor!
Do  tell!   Interesting and  entertaining  human
interest  episodes which forty  odd years in  the
field  of medicine and  surgery  have  disclosed.
235p.  pl.  portr.  20cm.  Appleton, Wis., C. C.
Nelson Pub. Co., 1945.
  MARSHALL, William  Crosby, 1870-
Elementary machine  drawing and  design,  vii,
320p.   plan,  diagr.  8?  N.  Y.,  McGraw-Hill
Bk Co., 1912.

MARSHALLAGIA.
  See also  Ostertagia; Trichostrongylidae.
  Monnig, H. O.  Marshallagia  marshalli  (Ransom, 1907)
OrlofF,  1933 and a new species of this genus from sheep in
South Africa.  Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc,  1940, 14: 115-9.
Also Spanish transl., Rev. med. vet., B: Air., 1943.  25: 205-9.

MARSHALL  ISLANDS.
  United  States.  War Department.   Tech-
nical bulletin TB-MED  111:  Medical and sani-
tary data on the Marshall Islands.   16p.  26cm.
Wash., 1944.
  Baer, L. S., & Allen, R. R.  Health status of the Marshallese;
a preliminary report.  Am. J.  Trop. M., 1944, 24: 345-7.—
Schnee.  Die europaischen Infektionskrankheiten auf  den
Marpchallinseln.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1907, 11: 583-7.
  MARSHBLRN,  Eustis Randolph, 1886-1934.
  For obituary see J. Florida M. Ass., 1934, 20: 475.
  MARSIGLI, Luigi Ferdinando, 1658-1730.
  Neviani, A. Ln inguisto giudizio di Antonio  Vallisneri su
L. F. Marsili; l'animo umanitario e religioso  del Marsili;
MARSIGLI
appendice sul cranio del contc Marsili nella eertosa di Bolowin
Riv. stor. sc. med., 1936, 27: 349-70.
  MARSILI,  Joseph Marie,  1911-       *Con-
tribution a  l'etude des  colites  et recto-colites
tuberculeuses, ulcereuscs,  primitives   [Marseille]
82p.   2Ay2cm.  Amiens, C. Breton, 1938.
  MARSILI,  Sante.   Natura e funzione  degli
alimenti (cenni di fisiologia e di biochimica)  vi,
597p.   pl.  tab.  25cm.  Milano, Casa ed.  Am-
brosiana, 1944.
  MARSILIUS, of Inghen, ca 1330-96.  Abbre-
viationes librorum physicorum.   79ff.   fol.  [Ve-
nezia,  Otinus de Luna (?)  ca 1490]
  MARSILLE, Louis Andre, 1905-      *i:tuclc
sur  la pathologie  du  nucleus   pulposus  inter-
vertebral; les hernies nucle^aires intraspongieuseH;
la cyphose a retropulsion nucl6aire  et paraplegie.
46p.  pl.  8?   Par., Jouve & cie,  1932.
  MARSIN, Raymonde Marie Alice, 1909-
*Contribution a  l'etude de la puberte1 feminine
dans les pays chauds. 57p. 8?  Par., A. Legrand,
1937.
  MARSKI,  Gerda,  1910-       *Zur Therapie
der  Zungenkarzinome.   23p.  8? Wiirzb. [n. p.]
1933.
  MARSLAND,  Douglas Alfred,  1899-      &
BRANDWEIN, Paul Franz.   Manual of biology,
2v.  176p.; 21 lp.  illust.   diagr.  form.  28cm.
N. Y., H. Holt & Co.,  1939.
  MARSMAN, Michel Wolf [M. D., 1931, Am-
sterdam]   *Onderzoekingen over den phosphor-
spiegel in het  bloed en  het  plasma  bij lijders
aan  longtuberculose.   96p.   8?   Amst.,  H.  J.
Paris,  1931.
  MARSTERS, Charles  Galitzan,  1892-1942.
  For obituary see Nova Scotia M. Bull., 1942, 21: 218.
  MARSTON, Alice Tweed,  1902-  .
  See Belding, D. L., & Marston, A. T.   A  manual of medi-
cal bacteriology.  362p.  8?  Bost., 1934.  ■---— A textbook
of medical bacteriology.   592p.   24cm.  N. Y., 1938.
  MARSTON, Charles Lemuel,  1870-1942.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 1521,
  MARSTON, Leo Lavern,  1907-      *Fever
therapy  treatment  of  gonorrhea   [Marquette
Univ.]  20p.  28cm.  Milwaukee  [n. p.] 1936.
  Typewritten.
  MARSTON, William Moulton,  1893-
The lie detector  test.   179p.   pl.   diagr.   8?
N. Y., R. R.  Smith, 1938.
  MARSTRANDER, Peter Elisaeus, 1842-
  Portrait.  In:  Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915,2: 102.

MARSUPIALIA.
  See  also Didelphyidae; Kangaroo.
  Abbie, A. A.  Some observations on the major subdivisions
of the Marsupialia with especial reference to the position of the
Peramelidae and Caenolestidae.  J.  Anat., Lond., 1936-37,
71: 429-36.—Beach, F. A.  Maternal behavior of the pouchless
marsupial Marmosa cinerea.  J. Mammal., 1939, 20: 315-22.—
Bord, B. Au secours du koala, l'animal le plus attachant du
monde.  Aesculape, Par., 1939, 29: 18-20.—Chiarugi, G. Note
sulla embriologia dei marsupiali.  Monit.  zool. ital., 1931,
42:  177-9, pl.—Dankmeijer, J.  Zur biologischen Anatomie der
Hautleisten bei  den Beuteltieren.  Morph.  Jahrb., 1938, 82:
293-312.—Draseke,  J.  Zur vergleichenden  Anatomie der
Marsupialier; Phascolomys ursinus Shaw.  Anat. Anz., 1938-
39, 87:  390-7.—Kerr, T.  Notes on  the development of the
germ-layers in diprotodont marsupials. Q. J. Micr. Sc., Lond.,
1934, 77: 305-15.—Leoni Werneck, F. L., & Thompson, G. B.
Sur les  mallophages des marsupiaux d'Australie; Mallopliaga,
Boopidae.  Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz,  1940, 35: 411 55.—
Nelsen, O.  E., & Maxwell, N.  The structure and function of
the  urogenital region in the female opossum compared with
the  same region in other marsupials. J. Moi ph., 1942,  71:
463-91, 6 pl.—Tate, G. H. H., & Archbold, R.   Results of the
Archbold Expeditions; some marsupials  of  New Guinea and
Celebes. Bull. Am. Mus. Natur. Hist., 1937, 73: 331-476.
  MARTEGIANI,  Carlo.  II trattamento  delle
ferite  da  arma da  fuoco penetranti  nell'artico-
lazione del ginocchio.   62p.  pl.  8?   Bologna,
L. Cappelli, 1919. 
MARTEIL
329
MARTENS
  MARTEIL, Paul, 1909-       *De  l'hysterec-
tomie vaginale dans le cancer du corps de l'uterus.
40p.  8?  Par., F. Soulisse-Martin, 1936.
  MARTEL,  Eric,  1907-       *Etude  radio-
logique de la cavity cotyloide normale de I'adulte.
62p.  8?  Par., E. Le Francois, 1936.
  MARTEL,  Jean,   1905-       *Des   fievres
typhoides  a rechutes  chez  les  enfants.   126p.
8?  Par., G.  Land, 1935.
  MARTEL, Laurent,  1914-       *Traitement
du lupus erythemateux par  les sels d'or en intra-
dermiques.  42p.  24cm.  Par., R. Foulon, 1944.
  MARTEL, Rene, 1909-       *Les  pleurisies
purulentes de  la grande  cavite chez  I'enfant.
49p.  8?  Lyon, Bose fr., 1935.
  MARTEL, Thierry de, 1876-1940.
  See Antoine, E., & Martel, T. de.  Les appendicites chro-
niques.  308p. 8?  Par., 1933.
  For biography see in Fasc. script.  (Dartigues, L.)  Par., 1932,
«. 382—5
  ' For obituarv see Arch, argent, neur., 1940, 22: 109-23 (Car-
rillo, R.)  Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1941, 45:330-2,
portr.  Also Arch.  peru. hig. ment., 1940, 4: 162.  Also Bol.
Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1943, 19: 590.  Also Brit. M. J., 1940,
2: 135.  Also J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1940, 3: 476, portr.
(Thorek) Also Khirurgia, Moskva, 1942, No. 9, 86 (Udin, S.)
A.lso Labor, clin., Rio, 1940, 20: 189. Also Lancet, Lond., 1940,
2: 215.  Also Marseille med., 1941,  78: pt 1, 196 (Arnaud, M.)
Also Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1940,  66: 614.  Also Prensa med.
argent.,  1940, 27:  pt 2, 1602-12 (Carrillo, R.)  Also Presse
med., 1940, 48: 756 (Deniker, M.)  Also Rev. argent, neur.
psiquiat., Rosario, 1940, 5: 285-8, portr. (Babbini, R.)  Also
Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1940, 17: 207 (Gama, C.)  Also Rev.
med.  cir. Habana,  1939, 44: 207.  Also Rev. neur., Par.,
1939-40, 72: 705-10 (Tournay, A.)
  --- &  GUILLAUME, Joseph.   Les tumeurs
cerebrales; leurs manifestations, leur traitement
chirurgical.  134p.  pl.  8?   Par., G. Doin & cie,
1931.
  ---  Les tumeurs de la loge cerebelleuse; fosse
c6febrale   posterieure.   iii,  454p.   illust.   8?
Par., G. Doin & cie, 1934.
  MARTELLI,  Carlo.   La  sifilide ignorata   e
strana.  2.  ed.   xxiii,  642p.   illust.   pl.   8?
Nap., V. Idelson, 1923.
  --- Lezioni di medicina biologica.   xii, 548p.
pl.  8?  Nap., Rinasc. med., 1930.
  â– ---  II medico si diverte.  xi,  190p.   illust.
8?  Nap.,  Rinasc. med., 1932.
  ---  Spunti  di  terapia pratica.   xi,  202p.
8?  Nap.,  Rinasc. med., 1932.
  MARTELLIERE, Jean,  1898-       ♦Contri-
bution a l'etude de la maladie de Duhring-Brocq
(manifestations  intestinales  et alternance)  40p.
8°  Par.,  Jouve & cie, 1928.
  MARTEN, Benjamin, 1704-82.
  For biography see Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1943-44, 37: 519
(Cummins, S. L.)
  MARTEN, John     -1768.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MARTEN, Manuel Edward,  1889-
The  doctor looks at murder,  xvi, 325p.  illust.
pl.  portr.  8?   Garden City, N. Y., Doubleday,
Doran & Co., 1937.

MARTEN.
  See Mustelidae.
  MARTENS,   Adolf,   1912-         *Untersu-
chungen  iiber neuere Desinfektionsmittel (Lava-
steril, Sagrotan, Zephirol)  32p.  ch.  8?  Bresl.,
K. Klossok, 1937.
  MARTENS, Adriaan.  Medische voedingsleer.
xvi, 1085p.  illust.  26cm.   Antwerpen,  Stan-
daard-Boekhandel,  1944.
  MARTENS, Anna.  Augen die sehen; die neue
Augenheilkunde ohne Glas  und Brille.   3. Aufl.
142p.  pl.   8? Bern, Lebensweiser-Verl., 1936.
  ----   Die gesunde Frau; Heilung,  Regenera-
tion und Ertuchtigung der kranken Frau.  148p.
pl.   8?   Bern,  Lebenweiser-Verl., 1936.
  MARTENS, Anne, 1913-      *Zum Krank-
heitsbild der sogenannten renalen Rachitis.  16p.
22y2cm.  Heidelb., H.  Meister, 1937.
  MARTENS, Boye  Petersen, 1846-1911.
  Portrait. In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 103.
  MARTENS, Daniel Alfred Thoralf,  1844-
  Portrait. In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 103.
  MARTENS, Daniel Georg,  1817-98.
  Portrait. In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 104.
  MARTENS, Earl William, 1907-      *Acute
mastoiditis   [Marquette  Univ.]   27p.   28cm.
Milwaukee  [n.  p.] 1932.
  Typewritten.
  MARTENS, Einar Georg, 1858-
  Portrait. In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 105.
  MARTENS,  Elise  H.   Teachers'  problems
with exceptional  children;  mentally retarded
children. 42p.  8?  Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1934.
  Forms No. 49, Pamphl. U. S. Off. Educ.
  ——  Clinical organization for child guidance
within  the  schools,   vi, 78p.  diagr.  23}£cm.
Wash.,  Gov. Print. Off.,  1939.
  Forms No.  15, Bull. U. S. Off. Educ.
  MARTENS,  Erich,  1911-       *Uober  die
Behandlung von Ganglien,  Schleimbeuteln unter
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Verodung.  38p.
23cm.  Berl., R. Pfau, 1938.
  MARTENS,  Erich Richard Christian,  1899-
       *Ueber Lokalanasthesie in der Mundhohle
[Berlin]   19p.   23^cm.  Charlottenb., K. &  R.
Hoffman, 1936.
  MARTENS, Gunther Kurt Robert, 1907-
*Beitrag zur Kenntnis der  Enzephalitis; Beob-
achtungen  am  Krankenmaterial in den Jahren
1927-1930.   32p.  8?  Konigsb. LP., W. Behrendt,
1930.
  MARTENS, Hans Joachim, 1909-      *Ein-
wirkungen  des  oralen  Infektes  auf  das  rote
Blutbild [Jena]   20p.   8?   Bochum-Langendr.,
H.  Poppinghaus, 1936.
  MARTENS, Hans Joachim, 1912-       *Nar-
kolepsie  bein  Echinokokkus; ein   Beitrag zur
Aetiologie der  Narkolepsie  an Hand eines  Falles
von Narkolepsie bei Lungenechinokokkus.  22p.
22cm.  Berl, F. Linke, 1937.
  MARTENS, Jan Marie Henri Antoine [M. D.,
1927,  Amsterdam]   *Doorstrooming  van  over-
levende  organen met acetonglucose  en aceton  in
verband met hypothesen omtrent  ketosis  en de
werking van insuline.   83p.  8?  Amst.,  Schel-
tema &  Holkema, 1927.
  MARTENS, Johan Wilhelm Storjohann, 1824-
1908.
  Portrait. In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 105.
  MARTENS,  Karl Otto,  1910-      *Chon-
drodystrophie in ihrer Beziehung zu Zahnbildung
und Zahnwechsel [Erlangen]  16p.  8?  Hamb.,
F.  Huttmann, 1936.
  MARTENS,  Leo  Otto,  1903-       *Der ge-
genwartige Stand unserer  Kenntnisse  von der
Lymphogranulomatosis.   33p.   8?   Bonn,   P.
Kubens, 1929.
  MARTENS, Max  Albert  Heinrich,  1869-1932.
Kriegschirurgisches Merkblatt.  27p.  8?  Berl.,
A.  Hirschwald, 1918.
  MARTENS, Odd  Berle,  1899-
  Portrait. In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.,
235.
  MARTENS, Paul Resen  Broch,  1864-
  Portrait. In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 106.
  MARTENS,  Pierre, 1895-       Cycle de de-
veloppement et sexualite des ascomycetes; essai 
MARTENS                                330                                   MARTIN
critique,   p. 125-310.   illust.  29Hcm.  Louvain,
C. Uystpruyst, 1946.
  Forms Fasc. 2, v.50, of Cellule, Louvain.
  MARTENS, Wilhelm, 1906-       *Ueber das
Vorkommen   von   Histamin   oder   histamin-
ahnlichen Stoffen  im Blute bei  Pankreasnekrose
[Jena]   lOp.  8?  Bochum-Langendr., H. P<"»p-
pinghaus, 1934.
  MARTEVILLE, Jean Severe  Armand,  1909-
       *Contribution   a  l'etude   des  oedemes
reHinienes  d'origine  vasculaire.   78p.   24cm.
Par., M. Lavergne, 1938.
  MARTHEN, Liselotte, 1908-      *Ueber ju-
venile  amaurotische Idiotie und ihre Beziehung
zum Lipoidstoffwechsel [Wiirzburg]   39p.   pl.
S°  Sorau, Rauert & Pittius,  1935.
  MARTHOUD,  Robert,  1898-      *Contri-
bution a l'etude de I'emploi des dinitrobenzenes
comme reactifs  du groupement  carbonyle.   92p.
8°  Lyon, Bose  fr., 1935.
  MARTI,  Ernst  [M. D.,  1932,  Basel]   *Zur
Kenntnis der  gonorrhoischen  Arthritiden  auf
(Irund  der  Beobachtungen  der  Chirurgischen
Universitatsklinik  Basel in den Jahren 1925-1930
mit besonderer  Beriicksichtigung der  LTnfallzu-
sammenhange  [Basel]  15p. 8? Bern, H. Huber,
1932.
  Also Schweiz. Zschr. Unfallmed., 1933, No. 2.
  MARTI.  Roland  Tony.  *Recherches  sur le
ddveloppement des vaisseaux lymphatiques de la
region  obturatrice chez l'homme [Geneve]   37p.
illust.  24^cm.  Trevoux, G. Patissier, 1941.
  Also Bull, histol.  appl., 1941, 18: No. 2.
  MARTI, Theodor.   Contribution a l'etude du
probleme tuberculose  et  grossesse.   47p.   8?
Geneve,  Impr. Atar, 1933.
  MARTIAL, Rene, 1873-       La  charte fran-
caise  d'hygiene; documents  pour servir a  son
histoire et a  son  achevement.   96p.  8?   Par.,
A. Maloine, 102.").
  ----Race, heredite, folic; £tude  d'anthropo-
sociologie  appliquee   a l'immigration.   2.  ed.
209p.  tab.   19cm.   Par.,  Mercure de France,
1938.
  MARTIALIS, Marcus Valerius, 43-104 A. D.
Epigrams; with an  English  transl. by  Walter
C.  A.  Ker.  2v.   xxii, 491p.; v,  567p.   16?
Lond., W. Heinemann, 1920-25.
  MARTIARENA, Lorenzo Hector.   *Sfndrome
coledociano.  61p.  tab.  27cm.  B. Air.,  S. de
Amorrortu &  hijos, 1937.
  MARTIG,  Franz  [M. D.,  1931, Basel]  *Die
zerebralen Svmptome der Quincke'schen Krank-
heit.  21 p.  8?  Basel, B. Schwabe & Co.,  1931.
  MARTIGNOLES,  J.,  1908-      ♦Contribu-
tion a l'etude des habronemoses; essai d'un traite-
ment   de  l'habronemose  cutanee   [Vet.]   54p.
241ocm.   Toulouse, F. Boisseau, 1935.
  MARTIN,  A. R.   Water softening,  the base-
exchange or zeolite process; summary of existing
knowledge,   iv, 20p.   24]^cm.   Lond.,  H.  M.
Stat. Off., 1936.
  Forms No.  1, Techn. Paper Water Pollution Res. Board,
Gr. Britain. Dep. Sc. & Indust. Res.
  MARTIN, Abel Ernest, 1891-       *Diagnos-
tic radiesth&sique en medicine-vetcrinaire [Alfort;
Vet]   102p.   8?  Par., E. Le Francois, 1932.
  MARTIN, Albert Morton,  1869-1929.
  For obituary see  Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 177.  Also Newcastle
M. J., 1929-30, 10:  65, portr.
  MARTIN, Alexander Tertius, 1886-
  For portrait see Certif. Milk, 1942, 17: No. 190, 3.
  MARTIN.  Alfred,  1874-       Beitrage  zur
Lehre iiber den Einfluss thermischer Anwendun-
gen  auf  das  Blutgefassystem  [Habilitations-
schrift; Zurich]  36p.  8?  Berl., W. Biixenstein,
1903.
  MARTIN, Alfred,  1897-      *Richard Mor-
tons  Phthisiologie im  Lichte  der  Gegenwart
42p.  8?  Wiirzb., F. J.  Stumpf, 192S.
  MARTIN, Andre.   *Le traitement  specifique
des aortites  syphilitiques    [Geneve]  30p.  8?
Chamberv, Impr.  Reunies, 1929.
  MARTIN, Andre IM.  D., 1908, Paris]   Osteo-
myelitis.   p.477-99.   8?  Par.,  Masson  & ri<>,
1934.
  In: Traits med. enf. (Nobecourt & Babonneix) Par., 1934,
4:
  MARTIN, Andre,  1905-     *Contribution a
l'etude de la tension  dans l'artere  centrale de la
ratine  en particulier  dans  ses rapports avec la
tension arterielle  humorale.   112p.   8?   Par.,
E. Le Francois, 1937.
  MARTIN, Andre  E. 1906-   *Contribution a
l'etude  de  l'anatomie de l'amygdale palatine et
des  suppurations periamygdaliennes.   99p. 8?
Par.,  A. Legrand, 1935.
  MARTIN,  Andre  Henri,  1909-        *Des
manoeuvres intra-ut6rines imm6diatement apres
['accouchement.  39p. 8?   Lyon, Bose fr., 1936.
  MARTIN,  Anne.   The  beloved  physician.
21 lp.   pl.   portr.   23cm.   Bait.,  St.  Mary's
Indust. School, 1935.
  MARTIN, Arthur D.,  1891-1936.
  For obituary see Vet, Bull., Wash., 1937, 31: 1.
  MARTIN, Arthur John, 1864-       The work
of the sanitary engineer;  a handbook for engi-
neers, students and others concerned with public
health,  xvi, 472p.  illust.  pl.  diagr.  8?  Lond.,
Macdonald & Evans, 1935
  MARTIN, Arthur  P., 1894-       A study of
obstetrics through drawings.  88p.   illust.  8?
Chic, A. P. Martin,  1935.
  MARTIN, August  Eduard, 1847-1933.  [Lehr-
buch  der Geburtshilfe fiir  praktische Aerzte und
Studierende]  Manuale  di  ostetricia ad uso dei
medici pratici  e degli studenti.  Trad. Teodoro
Morisani.  xii, 498p.   illust.  23cm.   Milano, F.
Vallardi [1894?]
  ----  Werden  und  Wirken eines  deutschen
Frauenarztes.  370p.   8?  Berl., S. Karger, 1924.
  For obituary see Ann. ostet. gin., 1934, 56: 128 (Vozza, F.)
Also Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933-34, 96: 109, portr. (SeiU,
L.)  Also Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1934, 59: 353, portr.  Also Zbl.
Gyn., 1934, 58: 82-6, portr. (Doderlein, A.)
  MARTIN, Benjamin, 1704-82.
  For portrait see Collection in  Library.
  MARTIN,  Bernhard   Hermann  Ferdinand,
1883-      Fortschritte auf  dem  Gebiete der
Allgemeinnarkose.  36p.  8?  Berl., H. Kornfeld,
1929.
  Forms H. 397-398, v. 36, Berl. Klin.
  MARTIN,  Carl,   1905-      *Besteht  wirk-
lich  eine  Korrelation zwischen  dem  Stand des
Vaters  und  dem  Geschlecht des Kindes?  [Er-
langen]  24p.  8?   Forchheim, O.  Mauser, 1934.
  MARTIN,  Caroline  R., 1879-       Hospital
medical  statistics;  a brief  description  of the
system used in the  Department of  Hospitals of
the City of New York.  89p.  16?   Phila., J. B.
Lippincott Co., 1933.
  MARTIN, Casimir Antoine, 1785-1853.
  For obituary see Gaz. med. Montpellier, 1852-53, 13: 175.
  MARTIN, Cecil Percy,  1892-
  1 or biography see McGill M. J., 1945, 14: 276, portr.
  MARTIN, Charles, 1869-1939.
  For biography see in Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par.,
1932, 3: 525-7.
  For obituary see Arch. med. Angers, 1939, 43: 105-8. Abo
Gaz. hop., 1939, 112: 902. 
MARTIN
   MARTIN, Charles Ferdinand, 1868-
   For portrait see in Am. Coll. Physicians (Morgan, W. G.)
 Phila  1940 15. Also Arq. brasil. hig. ment., 1935, 8: insert, 5.
 Also Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1930, 14: No. 2.
   MARTIN, Charles Remy, 1901-      *Etude
 du tronc  intestinal  et des  origines  du  canal
 thoracique.  124p.  illust.   8?   Par., L. Arnette,
 1932.
   MARTIN, Charles Robert Arthur,  1897-
 Practical food  inspection.  2.   ed.  2v.   316p.;
 275p.  illust.  22cm.   Lond., H. K. Lewis &  Co.,
 1940.
   MARTIN, Charles  Trice.   The record inter-
 preter;  a  collection  of  abbreviations,   Latin
 words and names  used  in English   historical
 manuscripts  and  records.  2.  ed.    xv,  464p.
 22cm. Lond., Stevens  & Sons, 1910.
   MARTIN, Charles Wesley, 1895-1943.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 119.
   MARTIN, Charlotte Lipmann, 1917-      *Les
 cavernes tuberculeuses du nourrisson et du jeune
 enfant.   47p.  24cm.   Par., L.  Arnette, 1942.
   MARTIN,  Claire,  1910-       *Documents
 concernant la  valeur  clinique  et l'application
 pratique des reactions tuberculiniques, percuti-
 reaction   en  particulier   [Lyon]   107p.   pl.
 251/2cm.  Trevoux, G. Patissier, 1938.
   MARTIN, Collier Ford, 1873-1941.
   For obituarv see J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 2211.  Also Tr.
 A.m. Proct. Soc, 1941, 42: 337 (De Bere, C. J.)
   MARTIN, Cyrill,  1908-       *Die  intraveno-
 sen Narkosemittel in der Zahnheilkunde.   31p.
 8°  Heidelb., Knapp, 1936.
   MARTIN, Donald  Stover, 1904-
   See Conant, N. F., Martin, D.  S. [et al.]  Manual of clinical
 mycology.  348p.  20^cm.  Phila., 1944.
   MARTIN, Edgar  Winfield,  1910-       The
 standard of living in  1860; American consump-
 tion levels  on the eve of the Civil  War.  x, 451p.
 tab.  23^cm.  Chic, Univ. Chicago Pr.,  1942.
   MARTIN, Edouard [M. D.,  1875, Paris]
   Translator of Thompson, Sir H.  Traite" pratique des mala-
 dies des voies urinaiies. 775p.  24cm.  Par., 1874.
   MARTIN, Eduard, 1879-       Wochenbett-
 und Sauglingspflege;  Leitfaden  fiir Mutter  und
 Wbchenbettpflegerinnen.  2. Aufl. 114p.  illust.
 8?  Berl.,  S. Karger,  1922.
   MARTIN,  Edward,  1859-1938.    Questions
 and answers on the essentials of surgery; together
 with  a full description of the  handkerchief and
 roller bandages,  xi,  314p.  12?  Phila.,  W. B.
 Saunders, 1888.  Also 2. ed.  1890.
  ——   Essentials of minor surgery bandaging,
 and venereal diseases,  arranged in  the form of
 questions and answers.  2. ed.  viii,  166p.   12?
 Phila., W.  B. Saunders,  1893.
  ---   Impotence and  sexual weakness  in  the
 male and female.  104p. 16? Detr., G. S. Davis,
 1895.
  See White, J. W., & Martin, E.  Genito-urinary surgery and
 venereal diseases. 3. ed.  1061p.  24Hcm. Phila., 1897.
  For  obituary see Ann. Surg., 1938, 108: 476-80, portr.
 (Eliason, E. L.)  Also Bull. Am.  Coll. Surgeons, 1938, 23:
 174 (Crile,  G.)  Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1938, 30:
 919-21  (Mavo, W. J.) Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 66:
 1068-71, portr.  (Eliason,  E. L.)  Also Tr. Am. Surg. Ass.,
 1938, 56: 465-8, portr.  (Eliason, E. L.)  Also Tr. Coll. Physi-
 cians Philadelphia, 1938-39, 6: 352-4   (Mayo, W. J.)
  MARTIN, Edward A., 1902-      Psychology
 of funeral  service,   iv,  107p.   20cm.   Grand
 Junction, Colo.,  Sentinel Print., 1945.
  MARTIN,  Edward Gillette, 1880-       Early
 Detroit, St. Mary's Hospital,  1845-1945.  181p.
 illust.  portr.  24cm.   Detr., the Hospital, 1945.
  MARTIN,  Edward Kenneth.  Atlas of patho-
logical anatomy.  2 v.   v.l:  489p.   illust.   8?
Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1930.   v.2:  iv, 475p.
Bait.,  W. Wood  & Co., 1935.
MARTIN
  MARTIN, Emily Winifred Dickson, 1866-1944.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1944, 1: 326.  Also Q. Rev.
Med. Women Fed.,  Lond.,  1944,  July,  29-32  (Wilkinson,
D. M., & Griscom, M.)
  MARTIN, Eric.  De la pathogenie de certaines
tumeurs du coeur;  contribution a. l'etude des
myxomes  et des lipomes  du  coeur.   40p.  8?
Geneve, E. Meyer, 1929.
  MARTIN,  Ernest.   Histoire  des  monstres
depuis l'antiquite jusqu'a nos  jours,  vii,  415p.
23!/2cm.  Par., C. Reinwald & cie, 1880.
  MARTIN, Ernest, 1908-     *A  propos d'un
cas  de  co-existence  d'une  appendicite  et  du
volvulus   des  annexes  saines.    49p.    24cm.
Marseille,  Impr.  St.  Lazare, 1936.
  MARTIN, Ernest  Gale,  1876-
  See Martin, H. N.  The human body. 12. ed. [with Martin,
E. G.]  701p. 8?  N. Y., 1934.
  — &  WEYMOUTH,  Frank Walter.   Ele-
ments of physiology for students  of medicine and
advanced biology,  xvi, 784p.  8?  Phila., Lea &
Febiger, 1928.
  MARTIN,  Etienne,  1871-      Precis  de
medecine  legale,   ii,  824p.    illust.   8?   Par.,
G. Doin & cie, 1932.  Also 2. ed. 760p.  2iy2cm.
1938.
  ----  [The same]   Manual de medicina legal.
1.  Spanish ed.   Transl.  from  the  French by
Wifredo Coroleu.  xv,  738p.   illust.  21cm.  B.
Air., Salvat Editores, 1942.
  MARTIN,  Euterpe.  Dextrose  therapy  in
everyday  practice; a  survey  of the  literature,
1900-1936, on   the  experimental   and  clinical
studies applicable to medicine and surgery,  xiv,
451p.  pl.  diagr.  8?  N. Y., P. B.  Hoeber, 1937.
  MARTIN, Felix, 1912-       *Untersuchungen
iiber die chirurgische Behandlung der entziinde-
ten  Pulpa [Basel;  Dent.]   16p.  illust.  24^cm.
Berl.,  Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1940.
  Also Zschr. Stomat., 1940, No. 20.
  MARTIN, Florent.   La prothese du membre
inferieur.  viii,  107p.  illust.   8?  Par., Masson
& cie,  1918.
  ----  Les  mutilations  et  les  appareils de
prothese.  xvii, 331p. illust.  diagr. pl. 24J/£cm.
Geneve, Bur. internat. travail, 1924.
  Forms No. 5, Ser. E, Stud. & Rep. Internat. Labour Off.
  ----  [The  same]   Verstiimmelungen  und
Ersatzglieder.  xvi, 340p.   8?  Geneve,  1924.
  ----  [The same]   Artificial limbs; appliances
for  the disabled.   xvi,  298p.   illust.   25cm.
Geneve, 1924.
  MARTIN, Frank,  1883-1943.
  For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1943, 140: 23.
  MARTIN, Franklin Henry, 1857-1935.   Trea-
tise on gynecology; being a guide book  for prac-
titioners.  539p.  pl.  4?   Chic, Cleveland Pr.,
1903.
  ----  Major   General    William   Crawford
Gorgas, M.C.,   U.S.A.  2.  ed.  74p.   pl.   8°
Wash., Gorgas  Memorial  Inst.,  1929.   Also 3.
ed.  ix,  81p.'  1933.
  ----The joy  of living;  an autobiography.
2v.  xxvii, 491p.; xxxiii, 526p.  pl.  portr.  fasc.
8?   Garden City, Doubleday, Doran & Co., 1933.
  ----  The same.  Fifty years  of medicine and
surgery; an autobiographical sketch,  xxvii, 449p.
portr.   8?  Chic, Surgical Pub. Co., 1934.
  Contains full text of v.l, and digest of v.2, of the Joy of
Living.
  See also United States. Congress.  Senate. Digest of the
Proceedings  of the Council of National Defense during the
World War.  700p.  23J^cm.  Wash., 1934.
  For biography see Clin. M. & S., 1929, 36: 861.—Jirka, F. J.
With the joy of living.  In his Am. Doctors of Destiny, Chic,
1940, 247-61, portr.
  For obituary see  Am. J.  Obst., 1935, 29: 469-71, portr.
(Miller, C. J.) Also Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 33: 548-50, portr. 
MARTIN
332
MARTIN
(Case, J. T.I  Also Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 977 (Jennings, J. K.l
1936,  103: 801, portr. (Davis, L)  Uso Brasil med., 1935,
49: 502, portr.  (.Pontes, A.) Also Bull. Am. Coll. Surg., 1935.
19: 39-59; 133, portr. (Cubbiiis. W. R., Besley, F. A., et al.)
Also Hosp. Management,  1935. 39: No. 3, 43. Also J. Am. M.
Ass.,  1935, 104: 938.  Also Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 039.  Also
I'roc.  Mavo Clin., 1935,  10: 781-3.  Also South. Surgeon,
1935, 4: 138 (Haggard. W. D.)  Also Surg. (ivn. Obst,, 1935,
60: 891 908, portr.  (Brslcv, F. A., Crile, G. W. et al.)  Also
Tr. Am. Gyn.  Soc, 1936, 60: 33.V8 (Adair, F.  L.)  Also Tr.
South. Surg. Ass., 1935, 48: 455, portr. (Davis,  L.)
   For portrait  see Collection in Library.
   MARTIN, Frederick C, 1884-1944.
   For obituary see Am. J. Roentg., 1944, 52: 555, portr.  Also
Radiogr. Clin.  Photogr., 1944, 20: 45, portr. Also Radiology,
1944. 43: 393, portr.
   MARTIN, Fritz,  1909-      *Die Desinfek-
tion der verschiedenen Bakterien und Pilze  mit
Silberwundwasser.   7p.   8?  Lpz.  [n.p.]   1934.
   MARTIN, George  Willard,  1886-       Out-
line  of the fungi.  64p.  pl.  23}£cm.  Iowa City,
Univ. Iowa  Pr., 1941.
   Forms Suppl., v.18, Univ. Iowa Stud. Natur. Hist.
   ----  The Tremellales of the North Central
United  States  and  adjacent  Canada.    88p.
illust. 23,'2cm. Iowa City, Univ. Iowa. Pr., 1944.
   Forms No. 3, v.18, I'niv. Iowa, Stud. Natur. Hist.
   MARTIN, Georges, 1907-       *Exenteration
de l'oeil avec inclusion de  bille de  verre dans la
cavite sclerale  (operation  de Poulard)  55p.   8?
Lvon, Bose  fr., 1937.
   MARTIN, Gerald Noel,  1886-1945.
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1945, 2: 157.
   MARTIN, Gustave, 1872-1936.
   For obituarv see Arch.  Inst, prophvl., Par., 1936, 8: 129-31,
portr. Also Hull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 445-8. Also
Presse med., 1936, 44: 758 (Mesnil, F.)
   MARTIN, Hans,  1910-        Zur  Natur  des
Trichopbytins    (tierexperimentelle    Untersu-
chungen)  [Freiburg  i. B.]  41 p.  21cm.  Lengerich
i.  W., Lengerich.  Handelsdr., 1936.
   MARTIN, Hayes. 1892-      Cancer of the
larynx,  p.431  507.  26cm.   N. Y., T. Nelson &
Sons, 1942.
   In: Surg. Nose & Throat (Kernan, J. D.) N. Y., 1942.
   MARTIN, Heinrich,  1901-        ♦Untersu-
chungen iiber den Gehalt  der Scheidenwand  an
Wasser,  Stickstoff und Chlor.  15p.   8?  Halle
a.  S.,  Hallische Nachrichten, 1932.
   MARTIN, Heinz, 1908-      *Die Gerichts-
iirztliche  Bedeutung  todlicher Herzstichverlez-
zungen  [Minister]   31p.   21 ^cm.  Frankf.   a.
M.,  P. W.  Schroter, 1935.
   MARTIN, Helen Hickam.  Society's ounce of
prevention.  8p.  21}£cm.   Oklahoma City, 1936.
   Repr. from Junior League Mag., May, 1936.
   MARTIN, Henry Newell, 1848-96.  Human
body; an account  of its structure and activities
and  the conditions of its healthy working.  7. ed.
xvi,  685p.   8?   N.  Y.,  H. Henry  & Co., 1896.
Also  12.  ed.  [with  Martin, Ernest  Gale]   xv,
701p.  illust.  S?   N. Y., H. Holt & Co., 1934.
   For biography see in  Hist. Am. Phvsiol.  Soc. (Howell,
W. H.) Bait., 1938, 15-8, portr.
   For portrait  see  Collection in Library.
  — & MARTIN, Hetty Cary.   Human body;
a text-book  of anatomy, physiology and hygiene
with directions for illustrating important facts of
man's anatomy from that  of the lower animals,
and  with  special  references to  the  effects  of
alcoholic and other stimulants,  and of narcotics
iv,261p.  12?  Bait., W. J.C.Dulany & Co., 1886.
   MARTIN, Horace,  1901-        *Des sym-
ptdmes oculo-orbitaires dans les tumeurs des sinus
de la face  (frontal-ethmoide-sph6noide)   88p
8?   Par.,  Jouve &  cie, 1929.
   MARTIN, Hubert, 1907-      *A propos des
abces  du  foie apres  appendicite  chez I'enfant.
46p.  22^cm.  Ziir., Leemann & Co.,  1942.
   MARTIN, Hubert, 191-4-       +.\ propos <h
 deux cas  cliniques  d'injection intracarotidiennr
 de mercurochrome   [Lvon]  43p.   25cm.   St
 Ktieime,  J.  Yerdier,  1939.
   MARTIN, Isabelle Hollister, 1S03  1945
   For obituarv see Bull. Am. Coll.  Surgeons, 1915 an- m
 (Abell, I.)                                  '   "
   MARTIN, Jacques, 1X99        *L'avenir ge-
 nital dos  malades   operees de grossesse  extra-
 uterine  (etude critique  et  essai  de  pathogenie)
 104]).  pl.  8?  Par.,  L. Amotte, 1929.
   MARTIN,  Jacques  Yves,   1917        *Les
 hypoglycemics spontanees  d'origine hypophy-
 saire.   88p.   illust.   23cm.   Par.,  R.  Foulon
 1943.
   MARTIN, James, 1824-99.
   For biography see Ohio M. J., 1942, 38: 1040, portr,
   MARTIN, James Hogg,     -1929.
   For obituarv see Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 131.  Also Glasgow
 M. J., 1930, 113: 87, portr. Also Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 163,
 portr.
   MARTIN, James  Wellford, 1891-
   See Hessel, F. A., Hessel, M. S. H.,  & Martin, J. W. (Vm-
 istrv in warfare.  lOlp.  22cm.  N. Y., 1940   Also new ed
 179p.  1942.
   MARTIN, Jean,   1905  [Feb.   25]-       *L<>
 sphincter lisse de Purethre et les maladies cervico-
 prostatiques.  112p.   pl.  8? Par., L. Caro, 1936
   MARTIN, Jean, 1905  [Feb. 27]-      *Essai
 sur l'oscillometrie dans 1'hypertension artdrielle
 176p.  8?   Par., Jouve & cie,  1932.
   MARTIN, Jean,  1914-       *Etude  critique
 du role  fonctionnel de Partere hepatique; relation
 d'experiences dites du foie irrigue"  au cou chez lc
 lapin.   72p.  25cm.   Lyon,  A. Rey, 1939.
   MARTIN, Jean, 1918-      *L'eclampsie con-
 vulsive  a la Clinique Tarnier au cours de l'annee
 1943-1944.  61p.   24cm.   Par., R. Foulon, 1944.
   MARTIN, Jean  Ernest,  1905-       ♦Contri-
 bution a l'etude de la linite plastique localised au
 pylore.   51 p.  8?  Par., E. Le Francois,  1935.
   MARTIN, Jean Jules  Marie, 1907-
 *Traitement  local de la  douleur  rhumatismale
 par  les  injections  anesth^siantes  sulfo-iodccs.
 88p.  8?   Par., E. Le Frangois, 1936.
   MARTIN, Jean Leon, 1913-      *Concep-
 tion de  Punicite" de l'angor pectoris.  40p. 24cm.
 Par.,  E. Le Frangois, 1939.
   MARTIN, Joannes, 1851  1939.
   For obituary see Ann. m6d. psvchol.,  Par., 1939, 97: pt 1, 264.
 Also Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1939, 59: 493-505 (Ladame, C.)
 Also Schweiz.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1940,  45: 458-62.
   MARTIN, John, 1864-    ,  & MARTIN, Pres-
 tonia Mann. Feminism; its fallacies and follies.
 359p.  19^cm.  N. Y., Dodd,  Mead & Co., 1916.
   MARTIN, John Lewis, 1806-85.
   For biography see Minnesota M., 1943, 26: 1069 (Eckman,
 J., & Bigelow, C. E.)
   MARTIN, John Middleton, 1870-1939.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 74, portr. Also Lancet,
 Lond., 1940, 1: 149, portr.
   MARTIN, John  Walter,  1881-
   See Sluss,   J. W., Martin, W.  let al.]  Emergency
surgery. 5. ed.  879p.  8?  Phila., 1931.
   MARTIN, Jose,  1900-       *Contribution  a
l'etude  du  role de la contamination  de  I'enfant
dans la  tuberculose pulmonaire de I'adulte.  76p.
pl. 8?   Par., M.  Vign6,  1928.
   MARTIN, Joseph, 1906-       *La protrusion
 acetabulaire  intrapelvienne.   63p.   8?  Par.,
 M. Vigne, 1936.
   MARTIN, Katharina, 1902-       * Ueber sub-
 kutane  Choledochusrupturen   nebst  einem  ka-
 suistischen  Beitrag [Heidelberg]  31p.  8?  Geln-
 hausen, F.  W.  Kalbfleisch, 1926. 
MARTIN                                   333                                   MARTIN
   MARTIN, Lay, 1892-
   Visita (La) a Lima del Prof. Lay Martin, de la Johns Hop-
 kins University. Reforma med., Lima, 1942, 28: 543.
   For portrait see Dia med., B. Air., 1942, 14: 930.
   MARTIN, Lillien Jane,  1851-1943.  A  hand-
 book for  old  age  counsellors;  the  method  of
 salvaging, rehabilitating and reconditioning old
 people used in the Old Age Counselling Center  in
 San  Francisco,  California.   84p.  tab.   20cm.
 S. Franc, Geertz Print. Co.,  1944.
   For biography see in  Current Biogr,, N. Y., 1942, 575-7,
 _ortr—Williams, J. H.  Lillien Jane Martin; consultant un-
 retired.  J. Consult. Psycho)., 1942, 6: 262-4, portr.
   For obituarv see J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1296.  Also
 Psychol. Rev., 1943, 50: 440-2 (Fenton, N.)  Also Welf. Bull.,
 Springf.,  1943, 34: No. 7, 13 (Singer,  E.)
   MARTIN, Loren Marshall,  1872-
   For biographv see J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32: 242  (Bowen,
 W. W.)
   MARTIN, Louis, 1864-1946
   B., J.  Les nouveaux membres de l'Academie des Sciences:
 e Dr. Louis Martin.  Nature, Par., 1937, 65: pt. 2, 32.—Louis
 Martin e Gaston Ramon.   Biochim.  ter.  sper.,  1934, 21:
 208-12.
   For portrait see in Pasteur (L. Lumet) 2. id., Par., 1923, 205.
   ---    &  BROUARDEL,  Georges.    Traite
 d'hygiene.  3. Tome:  Anthropologie;  hygiene in-
 dividuelle.  2. ed. 464p. 8?  Par., J. B. Bailliere
 & fils, 1929.
   MARTIN, Louis  Andre  Marcel, 1908-
 *Recherches sur  les ceufs issus de poules  tuber-
 culeuses   [Alfort; Vet]  58p.  8?   Par.,  E. Le
 Frangois, 1931.
   MARTIN,  Louis Claude,  1891-     ,   WAR-
 BURTON, Frank Lucas, & MORGAN,  William
 James.    Determination of the sensitiveness  of
 the eye  to differences in the saturation of colours.
 42p.  diagr.  8?   Lond., H. M. Stat. Off., 1933.
   Forms No. 13 of Rep. Com. Physiol. Vision and  No. 188
 of Spec. Rep. Med. Res. Counc. of Gr. Britain Privy Counc
   MARTIN,  Marie  Louise,  1906-       *Les
 accidents puerpero-cardiaques au cours des psy-
 choses du post-partum.  87p.  24cm.  Par.,  M.
 Lavergne, 1940.
   MARTIN, Martin,  1665(?)-1719.  A descrip-
 tion of the western islands of Scotland circa 1695,
 including a Voyage to  St. Kilda,  by the same
 author;  and a Description of  the western isles  of
 Scotland,  by Sir  Donald  Munro.   540p.   pl.
 map. 8?  Stirling,  Scotl., E. Mackay, 1934.
   MARTIN, Max Henri,  1906-     Contribu-
 tion a l'etude  des  hepatomegalies syphilitiques
 tertiaires  a forme  anascitique.  48p.  8?  Par.,
 E. Le Frangois,  1932.
   MARTIN, Melvin Albert, 1871-1936.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MARTIN, Milton Lee, 1869-1941.
   For obituary see Texas J.  M., 1941-42, 37: 573, portr.
   MARTIN, Noel, 1906-       *De la curabilite
 des cirrhoses atrophiques de  Laennec.  93p.  8?
 Par.,  Vigot fr., 1935.
   MARTIN, Odilon.  Nouveau formulaire  ma-
 gistral de therapeutique clinique et  de pharma-
 cologie.    8. ed.   x,  1064p.   12?   Par.,  J.  B.
 Bailliere & fils, 1931.
   MARTIN, Otto.
   See Lehmann, E., & Martin, O., eds.  Deutsches Biologen-
 Handbuch,  2. Aufl.  261p.  20Hcm. Munch., 1938.
  MARTIN, Otto Alwin Rudolf, 1908-
*Fremdkorper in den oberen Luft- und Speisewe-
gen;  Erfahrungen der Hals-,  Nasen  und Ohren-
klinik zu  Halle-Saale  in den  Jahren 1928  bis
1935  [Halle-Wittenberg] 30p.  22cm.  Bielefeld,
Beyer & Hausknecht,  1935.
  MARTIN, Otto Wilhelm Werner, 1895-
*Beitrag  zur  Entstehung und Behandlung  des
angeborenen Schulterblatthochstandes.  16p.  8?
Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1925.
  MARTIN, Patrick F., 1877-1944.
  For obituary see Bull. School. M. Univ. Marvland, 1944-45,
29: 107.
  MARTIN,  Paul,  1861-1937.   Lehrbuch  der
Anatomie  der  Haustiere.   Bd 2,   2.  Halfte.
2. Aufl.  viii, 375p.  illust.  pl.  24^cm.  Stuttg.,
Schickhardt & Ebner, 1915.
  For obituary see Anat. Anz., 1938-39, 87: 147-57 (Schauder,

  MARTIN, Paul, 1876-
  See Voivenel, P., & Martin, P.  La guerre des gaz; journal
d'une ambulance Z.  276p. 19cm.  Par., 1919.
  MARTIN, Paul.   Contribution a l'etude des
articulations  des membres  chez Pembryon  hu-
main.   56p.  8?  Lausanne, G. Vaney-Burnier,
1929.
  MARTIN, Paul Alexandre Germain, 1905-
*Le  vin naturel; sa  valeur dans la prophylaxie
de Palcoolisme.  HOp.  25cm.  Bord., Delmas,
1933.
  MARTIN,  Paule,  1900-       Contribution
a l'etude de Paction  des phosphates sur Poxyda-
tion du glucose [Marseille; Pharm.]   114p.  tab.
diagr.   25>km.  Trevoux, G. Patissier,  1935.
  MARTIN, Paul Felix Hubert, 1912-       *A
propos d'un cas de volvulus aigu du caecum avec
gangrene.   55p.   25cm.   Par.,  E. Le  Frangois,
1940.
  MARTIN, Paul Sidney,  1899-       Modified
basket maker sites, Ackmen-Lowry area, south-
western  Colorado, 1938.  With a report by John
Rinaldo.   p.307-499.  illust.   pl.  map.  plan.
24^cm.  Chic, Field Mus. Natur. Hist., 1939.
  Forms No. 3, v. 23 of Anthrop. Ser. Field Mus. Natur. Hist.
  ---- LLOYD,  Carl, & SPOEHR,  Alexander.
Archaeological work  in the Ackmen-Lowry area,
southwestern  Colorado,  1937.   p.219-304.  pl.
map.   8?   Chic,  Field   Mus.   Natur.   Hist.,
1938.
  Forms No. 419, Pub. Field Mus. Natur. Hist.
  MARTIN, Peter, 1687-1722.
  For biography see in Portr. Svenska lak. apotek.  (Sjoberg,
N.) Stockh., 1910, 70, portr.
  MARTIN,   Peter,   1906-       *Spezifische
Druckschmerzschwelle  der   Mundschleimhaut
[Bonn]  30p.   8?  Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg,
1932.
  MARTIN, Pierre.  Les colites amibiennes,  les
colites  a lamblias,  les colites  a trichocephales.
142p.  8?  Par., Maloine, 1936.
  MARTIN,  Pierre,  1905-       *Etude de la
thyroxine  synthetique et de son  emploi  thera-
peutique.   119p.  pl.   8?  Par.,  Jouve &  cie,
1931.
  MARTIN, Pierre [M. D., 1939, Lyon]   Con-
tribution psychiatrique  a  l'etude de  Penfance
coupable; les mineures vagabondes et prostituees.
216p.   25^cm.   Lyon,  Noirclerc  &  F6netrier,
1939.
  MARTIN, Pierre Alexandre Marie, 1915-
Contribution a  l'etude  de  Papoplexie  ut£ro-
placentaire.  66p.  24cm.  Par., R. Foulon, 1941.
  MARTIN, Pierre Jean Baptiste, 1905-
Considerations sur les infections ombilicale  des
nouveau-nes.   95p.   8?  Par., A. Legrand, 1936.
  MARTIN, Prestonia Mann, 1861-
  See Martin, J., & Martin, P. M. Feminism; its fallacies and
follies.  359p.  19^cm.  N. Y., 1916.
  MARTIN,  Purvis  Leet,  1910-       Know
yourself; a handbook for obstetrical and gyne-
cological patients.  9p.; 15p.; 3p.  illust.   27cm.
[S. Diego?]  the Author, 1945.
  Mimeographed.
  MARTIN,  Raymond,  1914-       Contribu-
tion  a  l'etude  des  polyradiculonevrites; leur 
MARTIN
334
MARTIN
traitement par le poumon d'acier.  38p.  24cm.
Par., Lipschutz, 1940.
  MARTIN,  Reinhold,  1897-       *Die  Be-
handlung der Varizen unter besonderer Beriick-
sichtigung der multiplen  subkutanen  Diszision
nach Klapp.  39p.  8?  Berl., W. & S.  Lowen-
thal, 1926.
  MARTIN, Rene,  1898     , NITTI, Frederic
[et al.]  La penicilline et ses applications cliniques.
224p.  pl.  tab.   diagr.  ch.  25cm.   Par., Flam-
marion & cie, 1945.
  MARTIN, Rene Henri, 1905-       *De Invo-
lution des calculs abandonnes dans Puretere apres
nephreetomie.  lllp.  8?  Par., M.  Vigne\ 1935.
  MARTIN, Richard, 1901-      *Beitrag uber
den Erfolg der Jodbehandlung des Ulcus corneae
serpens  [Wiirzburg]   25p.  8?   Miihldorf,  D.
Geigcr, 1926.
  MARTIN, Richard Arthur,  1903-       Mum-
mies.  18p.   pl.   22cm.  Chic, Chicago Natur.
Hist. Mus.,  1945.
  Forms No. 36, Anthrop. Lean. Field Mus. Natur. Hist. Chic.
  MARTIN, Richard  Edward, 1905-     *The
treatment  of varicose  veins  by the  injection
method   [Marquette Univ.]  17p.  28cm.  Mil-
waukee [n.  p.] 1931.
  Typewritten.
  MARTIN, Robert Vincent, 1877-
  For portrait see J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1943, 32: 122.
  MARTIN,  Roger, 1909-       Contribution
a l'dtude des staphylococcies cutanees du chien.
63p.  8?  Lyon, Bose fr., 1935.
  MARTIN, Roland, 1726-88.
  For biographv see in Portr. Svenska lak. apotek. (Sjoberg,
N.) Stockh., 19i0, 70. portr— Hult, O. T.  Roland Martins
Studienreise nach Paris, 1754-56.  Janus,  Leiden, 1927,  31:
375-86.
  MARTIN,  Rolf Ludwig,  1912-       *Rasse
und  Verbrechen  [Giessen]  39p.   20J4cm.  Bo-
chum-Langendr., H. Poppinghaus, 1937.
  MARTIN, Rudolf, 1846-1925.  Anthropome-
tric;  Anleitung   zu  selbstandigen  anthropolo-
gischen  Erhebungen   und  deren   statistische
Verarbeitung.   47p.    illust.    8?    Berl.,  J.
Springer,  1925.  Also 2. Aufl.  51p.  1929.
  See also Verzeichnis der Originalarbeiten.  Anthrop. Anz.,
  MARTIN,  Rudolf,   1910-       Ceschicht-
liches und Medizinisches iiber die Anfange der
staatlichen  Hebammenschule,  Entbindungsan-
stalt  und  Frauenklinik  zu   Bamberg.   63p.
21j2cm.  Erlangen, K.  Dores, 1936.
  MARTIN, Solomon Claiborne, jr,  1871-   ed.
Prostatic hypertrophy from every surgical stand-
point; by George  M. Phillips,  and forty distin-
guished authorities.   176p.  illust.  pl.  19^cm.
S. Louis, Ajod Co., 1903.
  MARTIN, Sydnor Lee, 1863-1942.
  For obituary see South. M. & S., 1942, 104: 233 (Ray, J. B.)
  MARTIN, Thomas Aloysius, 1873-1945.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 127: 612.
  MARTIN, Thomas Anthony, 1910-42.
  For obituary see Rhode Island M. J., 1942, 25: 180, portr.
  MARTIN, Thomas Charles, 1864-1926.  Obsti-
pation; a practical monograph on the  disorders
and  diseases  of  the rectal  valve.   161p   8°
Phila., Phila. Med. Pub. Co.,  1899.
  MARTIN, Viktor [M. D., 1937, Basel]   *Ueber
das Erysipel im Kanton Basel-Stadt in den Jahren
1870-1934.   24p.   23cm.  Basel, B.  Schwabe
& Co., 1937.
  MARTIN, W. J.
  See Fleming. R. M. A study of growth and development;
with a statistical analysis by \V. J. Martin.  85p   8° Lond
1933.
  MARTIN, Wallace Perry, 1886-
  For biography see Southwest. M., 1942, 26: 249, portr.
   MARTIN,  Walter,  1902-       *Kann  eine
 Graviditat  nach beidseitiger operativer Entfer-
 nung  einzelner  Tubenteile oder nach totaler
 Exstirpation  beider Tuben  zustande  kommen
 und  wie ware  dies zu  erkliiren?   [Miinchen]
 30p.  8?  Rothenb. o. d. Tauber, J. P. Peter, 1928
   MARTIN, Walter Bramblette, 18SS-
   For portrait see Virginia M. Month., 1940, 67: 700.
   MARTIN,  Werner,  1910-        ""Untersu-
 chungen iiber den Einfluss des C-Vitamins auf das
 Blut  [Munchen]   23p.  23}£cm.   Kaiserslautern
 H. Kavser,  1935.
   MARTIN, Wilhelm, 1902-      *Ein Fall von
 primarem  Lymphosarkom  des Pankreas.   14p
 8?  Kiel, H. Modling, 1931.
   MARTIN, Willi,  1908-      *Ueber  die Ver-
 erbung der Schneidezahngrosse.  16p.  8?  Gott.,
 M. Sass, 1934.
   MARTIN, William, 1889-1942.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1942,  2: 113.   Also Glasgow
 M. J., 1942, 138: 66.
   MARTIN, William Howard, 1889-1944.
  For obituary see Univ. Toronto M. J., 1943-44, 21: 178
 (Kenrick, F. B.)
   MARTIN, William Joseph, 1868-1943.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 922.
   MARTIN, Wolfgang, 1906-       *Beitrag zur
 Prognose der  malignen  Ovarialtumoren.  24p.
 8?  Lpz., A. Edelmann,  1934.
   MARTIN,  Xaver,  1892-      *Die  Eklam-
 psien und  ihre Behandlung;  Zusammenstellung
 der  Eklampsien der Universitats-Frauenklinik
 Frankfurt am Main aus  den Jahren  1931-1936
 [Frankfurt a. M.]   25p.   20^cm.  Gelnhausen.
 F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1938.
  MARTIN, Yves  Marie,  1906-       Contri-
 bution a l'etude  du traitement  des arthrites
gonococciques  par  la  serotherapie.   61p.  8?
 Par., L. Arnette, 1936.
  MARTINAGGI,  Pierre,  1908-       Contri-
 bution a l'etude des ferments lactiques  tyndallisds
en therapeutique intestinale; suivie  de quelques
observations relatives  a  leur  emploi  dans le
traitement des plaies.  40p.  24cm.   Par., Soc.
 paris.  impr., 1939.
  MARTINAIS, Paul Frangois,  1902-
*L'ih!us  par brides post-operatoires.   67p.  8?
 Par.,  L.  Arnette, 1930.
  MARTINAK, Eduard,  1859-
  For biography see  Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1929, 36: 127
 (Heller, T.)
  MARTINAT,  Pierre  Marie  Louis,  1902-
Contribution a  l'etude  des hematomes extra-
 duraux.  64p.  25cm.  Par., L.  Arnette, 1939.
  MARTINAUD,  Georges,  MOLINERY, Ray-
 mond [et al.]  Le traitement medical,  chirurgical
et fonctionnel de la surdity, des bourdonnements
et vertiges.  94p.   21 y2cm.  Nice, Seer.  Gdneral,
 1937.
  MARTIN-BARBAZ,  Jean, 1910-      Con-
 tribution  a  l'etude  du traitement des  pseudar-
 throses du  col  du femur   [Lyon]   158p.  8?
 Bourg, Impr. Berthod, 1935.
  MARTIN-CHARPEJEL, Georges   Louis Vic
 tor,  1910-       *Le  pain  de froment;  etude
 medicale de  la valeur alimentaire des farines et
 du  pain  [Paris]   264p.    S?   Chaumontj  the
 Author,  1937.
  MARTINDALE,  Isaac  C, 1842-93.
  For portrait see Am. J. Pharm., 1944, 116: 421.
  MARTINDALE,  Joseph C.  Human anatomy,
 physiology,  and hygiene,   x, 242p.    8?  Phila.,
 Eldredge & Bros, 1872.
  MARTINDALE,  William, 1840-92.  The extra
 pharmacopoeia  of   Martindale  and  Westcott. 
MARTINDALE                          335                              MARTINET
Revised by  W.  Harrison  Martindale   19. ed.
2v.  xxxvi, 1207 p.; xxxvin,  759p.   16.   Lpnd.,
H  K   Lewis & Co., 1928.  Also  20. ed. [with
Westcott,  W. Wynn]  2v.  xlviii, 1216p.;  xxxvi,
889p   1932-35.  Also 21.  ed.   2v.  1182p.;
1148p   18cm.   Lond., Pharm.  Pr.,  1936-38.
Also 22. ed.  2v. xxxviii, 1289p.; xxxiii, 1217p.
1941.
  ---  Supplement  to The extra pharmaco-
poeia.  22. ed., v. 1.  48p.  18cm.  Lond., 1943.
  MARTINDALE, William Harrison, 1875-1933.
  See Martindale, W. The extra pharmacopoeia. 19. ed. [rev.
bv W H. Martindale] 2v.  16!  Lond., 1928.
 ' For obituary see J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1933, 1648 (Morgan,
G. T.)
  MARTIN de Fremont,  Henri, 1913-
*Contribution a l'etude de la thermometrie locale.
44p. 25^cm.  Par., Vigot fr., 1939.
  MARTIN de Lucenay, A.   Como se  imita  la
virginidad.  92p.  8?  Madr., Ed.  Fenix, 1933.
  MARTIN du Theil, Jeanne Catherine, 1910-
    *La doctrine hospitaliere de Saint Vincent
de Paul.  124p.  25^cm.  Par., L. Arnette, 1939.
  MARTINEAU, Edward Louis, 1899-
*Treatment of lung abscess with neoarsphenamin
[Marquette  Univ.]    19p.   28cm.   Milwaukee
[n. p.]  1929.
  Typewritten.
  MARTINEAU, John  Edward, 1910-
*Head  injuries  and their  sequelae; a review  of
recent literature [Marquette  Univ.]  45p.  28cm.
Milwaukee [n. p.] 1939.
  Typewritten.
  MARTINECK, Otto, 1874-
  For biography see Med. Welt, 1944, 18: 561 (Scholtze)
  --- &  KUEHNE, Hans.   Einfuhrung in die
deutsche  Sozialversicherung  und Kriegsbescha-
digtenversorgung. 1387p.  8?  Berl., R. Hobbing,
1932.
  Forms H.  20 of Arb. & Gesundh.   (O. Martineck)
  MARTINELLI, Domenico, 1650-1718.  Horo-
logi elementari  divisi in quattro parti; nella
prima parte fatti con  Pacqua, nella seconda con
la terra, nella terza con Paria, nella quarta col
fuoco;  alcuni  muti & alcuni col  suono;  tutti
facilie molto commodi. 155p.  [4]  p.  diagr. 21cm.
Venezia, B. Tramontino, 1669.
  MARTINENGO, Vittorio.
  See Piolti, M., & Martinengo, V. II liquido cefalo-rachidiano
nella diagnostica clinica.  734p. 25cm. Tor., 1942.
  MARTINET,  Alfred,  1868-1922.   Diagnostic
clinique;  examens  et  symptomes.   6.  ed.   xv,
1138p.  illust.  8?  Par., Masson & cie, 1934.
  ---  [The  same]   Clinical  diagnosis,  case
examination  and  the  analysis  of  symptoms.
3. ed. from  the  5.  French ed., transl. by Louis
T. Sajous.   2v.  xxxiii,  1388p.  pl.   8?  Phila.,
F. A. Davis Co., 1928.
  ---  Clinical therapeutics, with the  collab-
oration of Dr Desfosses, G. Laurens [et al.]  2. ed.
from the  3. French  ed.,  transl.  by  Louis  T.
Sajous.  2v.  xvi, 764p.; xii, 1139p.  8?  Phila.,
F. A. Davis Co., 1928.
  --- TpyAHbie Hca6Bi; KjiuHuuecKHft chhapom,
naToreHe3, nporH03, Tepanua.  116p. illust.  tab.
diagr.   19^cm.  Moskva,  Gosud.  med.  izdat.,
1930.
  Forms No. 9 (a) of Bibl. med. prakt.
  MARTINET,  Henri,  1906-    *L'hyposulfite
de soude dans le traitement des icteres infectieux.
57p.  8?  Par.,  A. Legrand,  1934.
  MARTINET, Jean  A., 1906-       Contribu-
tion a  l'etude du traitement preventif de l'in-
fection  syphilitique.   65p.  8?  Lyon,  Bose fr.,
1936.
  MARTINET, Jean  Daniel, 1913-       ♦In-
dications de  l'hyste'rectomie et choix de la  voie
d'abord au cours des avortements  compliques.
241p.  25cm.  Par., Soc. parisienne, 1942.
  MARTINET,  Joseph.   Precis   de   chimie,
d'apres les theories modernes.  viii, 934p.  8?
Par., G. Doin & cie, 1934.
  MARTINET, Louis.  *De  I'emploi de Piode
colloidal dans  le traitement local des affections
de  la  bouche  et  des dents  [Dent.]  31p.  8?
Geneve [n. p.]  1926.
  MARTINET, Paul.  Contribution a l'etude
du borate de phenyl-mercure (Merfen) en odonto-
stomatologie; son action sur le pH salivaire et sur
les  facteurs   etiologiques  locaux   de   la  carie
dentaire [Dent.]  35p.  23cm.   Geneve, H. Koch,
1941.
  MARTINET, Pierre,  1907-       *Les phleg-
mons gangr6neux d'origine bucco-dentaire.   63p.
8?  Par., E.  Le Frangois, 1934.
  MARTINET,  Pierre   Fernand,   1913-
*Fistules vesico-vaginales post-operatoires;  con-
tribution au traitement; colpocleisis.  32p. 24cm.
Par., M. Germain,  1939.
  MARTINET, Rene.   Contribution a l'etude
des caracteres sanguins M et N [Geneve]  p.  569-
628.   8?   Liege,  H.  Vaillant-Carmanne,  1936.
  Also Arch, internat. med. exp., Brux., 1936-37,  11:
  MARTINEZ,  Antonio  A.,      -1939.   La
malarioterapia en el tratamiento de la paralisis
general; sus  resultados alejados.  116p.  23cm.
B. Air., A. G. Buffarini, 1936.
  For obituary  see J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 611.  Also Sem.
med., B. Air., 1939, 1: 283.
  MARTINEZ, B.   fl. 1835.
  Translator of Boismont, A. B. de. Manual de medicina legal
y forense.  295p.  32?  Par., 1835.
  MARTINEZ, David Benjamin, 1898-
  For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2.  ed., N. Y.,
1942, 270.
  MARTINEZ, Enrique,  1887-1938.
  For obituary see Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1938, 45: pt 1, 561-3,
portr.
  MARTINEZ, Esteban  S., 1854-1939.
  For obituary see Rev. med. cir., Monterrey, 1939, 1: b-d,
portr.   (Martinez Guzman, M.)
  MARTINEZ, Fernand,  1907-       *Les tu-
meurs primitives multiples de types distincts et
les  modifications humorales  chez les canc^reux.
115p.  8?  Par., E. Le Francois, 1932.
  MARTINEZ, Francisco, 1901-       *La sano-
crisina en  el  tratamiento  de  la  tuberculosis.
114p.   tab.   diagr.  24cm.  B. Air., A. L6pez,
1931.
  â– ----Antecedentes, titulos y trabajos.  15p.
22^cm.  B.  Air. [n. p.]  1940.
  ----  Imagenes radiohSgicas  pulmonares mi-
cronodulares.  47p.  pl.  25}£cm. B. Air.,   S. de
Amorrortu, 1942.
   For biography  see Rev. med. Iat. amer., B. Air., 1940—11,
26:  101-3.
  ---- &  BERCONSKY, Isaac.  Semiologfa del
aparato respiratorio.   2.  ed.   314p.   illust.
diagr.  23cm.   B.  Air.,  El Ateneo,  1939.   Also
4. ed.  326p.  1944.
   MARTINEZ, Gregorio D.,  1870-
   For biography see Rev. med  cir., Monterrey, 1941, 3: b'-e,1
portr.
   MARTINEZ,  Gregorio   Nicolas  Francisco,
 1883-         SONZINI  Astudillo,  S.,  & DEZA
Genget, D.  Las  miocarditis.  vi,  194p.  illust.
23cm.  B. Air., El Ateneo, 1937.
   MARTINEZ, Ignacio,  1870 (?)-1943.
   For obituary see Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: 356.
   MARTINEZ,  Javier,  1908-      *La  mede-
cine precolombienne au Mexique. 47p.  8?  Par.,
Jouve & cie, 1934. 
MARTINEZ
336
MARTINEZ
   MARTINEZ, Jose Agustin, 1887-      Aborto
 ilicito y derecho  al  aborto;  bistoria y definicion
 del aborto; el aborto en las  legislaciones pcnales
 contemporaneas  y  el aborto  en  Cuba.  345p.
 23cm.  La Habana,  J. Montero, 1942.
   For portrait see Policia seer, nac, Habana, 1944, 13: 3.
   ----De  algunas  de las  cuestiones que  se
 presentan en la  producci6n mas adecuada  del
 Homo  sapiens.   15p.   23cm.   La  Habana, Ed.
 Montero,  11)42.
   MARTINEZ, Jose Leon,      -1944.'
   For olniuary see  Hev. med. Yucatan,  1942-44, 22: 227
 (Pardo, I). M.)
   MARTINEZ, Juan Jose, 1868-
   For  biographv see in Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par.,
 1932, 3:  739-43." Also Rev. med., Managua, 1933-34, 3: 186-9,
 portr.
   For portrait see J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1941, 4: 464.
 Also Proc. Internat. Coll. Surg. (1941) 1943, 3. Congr., 9.
   MARTINEZ, Martin, 1684-1734.
   For portrait see An. Soc. peru. hist, med., 1944, 6: opp. p. 18.
   MARTINEZ, Maximino, 1888-      Las  plan-
 tas medicinales de Mexico.   3. ed.  630p.  illust.
 pl.  facs.  24cm.   Mex., Ed. Botas, 1944.
   ----   Las  pinaceas  mexicanas.   v.l.  345p.
 illust.  23cm.  Mex., Inst, biol., 1945.
   Forms T. 16,  An. Inst, biol., Mex.
   MARTINEZ A.,  Numa Pompilio.  *Ensayos
 sobre fragilidad renal y su aplicacion al prontfstico
 post-operatorio [Colombia]   90p.  tab.  23J^cm.
 Bogota, Ed.  Paris, 1939.
   MARTINEZ,   Rafael   Humberto,  1905-
 Informe biodemografico  y epidemiol6gico de  las
 Americas.  84p.  tab.  25cm.   Wash., Pan Am.
 San. Bur., 1943.
   Forms No. 195, Pub. Pan. Am. San. Bur.
   MARTINEZ Alvarez,  Antonio, 1885-
   For portrait see Rev. Liga puertorriq. cAncer., 1942,  2: 68.
   MARTINEZ-ALVAREZ,  Ricardo.  Epidemio-
 logia de  la  tuberculosis.  444p.  illust. portr.
 tab.  diagr.  22cm.  Madr., Ed. Escelicer, 1941.
   MARTINEZ Baez, Manuel,  1894
   I in portrait see Rev.  med. trop. parasit.,  Habana, 1943,
 9: 25
   MARTINEZ Bruna,  J.   La microbiologia  al
 servicio del  medico  practico; valoraci6n e inter-
 pretaci6n  de  los resultados analiticos.   171p.
 illust.   diagr.   23^cm.  Madr., Ed.  Morata, 1943.
   MARTINEZ Bula, Luis A.
   See Moretti. J. A.,  & Martinez Bula, L. A.  Alergia.  207p.
 20cm.  Moiiirv., l'.Ul.
   MARTINEZ Cepeda, Andres, 1886-1942.
   For obituary see An. Soc. mex. oft.,  1942, 17: No. 4,  front.,
 portr.  (Fernandez Isassf, H.)
   MARTINEZ Dalke, Luis Maria [M. D., 1936,
 B.  Aires]  *E1 factor  tuberculosis  en patologia
 mental.  47p.  illust.  tab.  23}£cm.   B.  Air.,
 Porter hnos,  1936.
   MARTINEZ de la  Cruz, Francisco  [M.  D.,
 1917, La Habana] Brucelosis en Cuba; recopila-
 cion de trabajos cubanos. 288p.  24cm.   Cama-
 giiey, El Camagueyano, 1943.
   For portrait see Tribuna med., Habana, 1940, 13: 57.
   MARTINEZ del Rio, Pablo, 1809-1882.
  Valle,  R. H.   Martinez del Rio y la raspa uterina. In his
Cirug. mex. siglo XIX, Mex., 1942, p. xliii.
   MARTINEZ Duran,  Carlos,  1906-      Dos
conferencias.  16p.  23>^cm.  Guatemala, Tipogr.
Sanchez & De Guise, 1939.
  ----Las  ciencias  medicas  en  Guatemala;
origen  y  evoluci6n.   439p.   pl.  portr.   facs.
28>£cm.   Guatemala, Tipogr.    Sanchez &  De
Guise, 1941.
  MARTINEZ-FERRERA,  Roberto,  1912-
*L'6tat menorragique de Padolescence; son traite-
ment  par le cyanure de mercure.  128p.  24cm.
Par., Jouve & cie, 1941.
   MARTINEZ  Gaensly,  Miguel.    Contribu-
 ei6n a la histologia normal y patol6gica del glomo
 carotideo  |Chile]   36p.  tab.  pl.  tab.  26^cm.
 Santiago, Lopez, 1939.
   MARTINEZ (iutierrez, Manuel. *Uxploraci6n
 abdominal  en  las  laparotomhis  de   urgencia
 [Chile]   185p.  25}£cm.   Santiago,  Impr. Uni-
 versitaria,  1938.

 MARTINEZIELLA.
   Hegner, R., & Hewitt, R.  Genus name Martinezia changed
 to Martineziella.  J. Parasit., Lancaster, 1941,  27: 542.
   MARTINEZ   Marchetti,  Andres.    *Suero-
 terapia  por nebulizaci6n.  49p.  illust.  27cm
 B. Air.,  Libr.  Hachette,  1942.
   MARTINEZ  Morones, Salvador.   *Inniuno-
 transfusi6n antiestreptoc6ccica.   49p.   23cm.
 Mex., Univ. nac. autonoma, 1933.
   MARTINEZ Nevot, Francisco,     -1941.  El
 problema del cancer; sus aspectos cientfficos mas
 interesantes.   206p.  tab.  24cm.    Madr., Ed
 Morata,  1940.
   ----  Metodos microquimicos de investigation
 de la sangre y  humores.   139p.  illust. 23cm
 Madr., J. Morata,  1926.
   For obituary see Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1940-41, 32: 34,5.
   MARTINEZ Osuna, Manuel, 1870-1921.
   For portrnit see Villaclara m£d., S. Clara, 1943, 11: 321.
   MARTINEZ Pineiro, Modesto.  Grupos san-
 guineos  y transl'usi6n de  sangre.  232p. illust.
 pl.  8?   Madr.,  M.  G. Hernandez, 1932.
   MARTINEZ Prieto, Louis Vincent, 1907-
 *Du diagnostic biologique de la grossesse par les
 mdthodes specifiques.   99p.    8?   Par., E. Le
 Francois, 1934.
   MARTINEZ Pueta, Martin,     -1942.
   For obituary see An. Fac. med., Montev.. 1942 27: 235-9
 (Piaggio Garzon, W.)
   MARTINEZ Vargas,  Andres,  1861-
   For biographv see in F:isc. script. (Dartigues,  L.) Par., 1932,
 3: 643-52.  Also Med. niiios, 1921, 22: 56; passim; 1931, 32:
 356, portr.
   For portrait see Gac. med. espafi., 1944, 18:  Suppl., 283.
   MARTINEZ Vega, Ezequiel, 1910-      *La
 conception de Franck sur Paleueie hdmorragique
 apercu  sur les conceptions actuelles.  41p.  8?
 Par., Maloine, 1936.
   MARTINEZ Villareal,  Angel,    -1945.
   For obituary see  Arch, cuban. cancer., 1945, 4: 76. Also
 Rev. med. cubana, 1945, 56: 37.
   MARTINEZ y Martinez, Emilio, 1864-
  Robau y Cartaya, M.   El Dr. Emilio Martinez y Martinez a
 traves de sus cincuenta anos de ejercicio profesional. Bol. Liga
 cancer, Ed. cien., Habana, 1937, 12: 261-7, portr.
   MARTINEZ y Molina, Rafael, fl. 1854.
  Comenge, R.  La oftalmologia espafiola en 1854; Martinez y
 Molina, oftalmologo.  Siglo m6d., 1929, 83: 165-7.
  MARTINEZ Zuviria, Gustavo, 1883-
  For biography  see in Biogr. Encycl. World,  2. ed., N. Y.,
 1942, 270.
  MARTINI, Enrico,      -1942.
  For obituary see Med. contemp.. Tor., 1942, 8: 54.
  MARTINI,  Erich  Christian  Wilhelm, 1880-
     Beitrage zur medizinischen Entomologie und
 zur Malaria-Epidemiologie des unteren Wolgage-
 biets.  xi, 134p.   pl. map.  8?  Hamb., Friede-
 richsen,  de Gruyter & co., 1928.
  ----   Wege der Seuchen; Lebensgemeinschaft,
 Kultur,  Boden und Klima als Grundlagen von
 Epidemien.  vi, 109p.  8?   Stuttg., F.  Enke, 1936.
 Also 2. Aufl.  viii, 146p.  diagr.  23cm.   1943.
  ----   Lause.  6.-8. Aufl.  15p.  illust. 23cm.
 Lpz., J. A.  Barth,  1943.
  Forms No. 1, Merkbl.  Med. wichtige Insekten, Inst. Srhiffa-
& Tropenkrankh., Hamburg.
  ----  &  TEUBNER,  Ernst.    Ueber  das  Ver-
halten von Stechmticken besonders von Anopheles 
MARTINI
337
MARTINO
 maculipennis  bei verschiedenen  Temperaturen
 und  Luftfeuchtigkeiten.   80p.   8? Lpz., J. A.
 Barth, 1933.
   Forms Beih. 1, v. 37, Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.
   MARTINI,  Georges,  1907-      *Les indica-
 tions du lavage de Pestomac chez les nourrissons.
 54p.  8?  Par., E. Le Francois, 1933.
   MARTINI,  Juan Livio.   *La antivirusterapia
 en la infecci6n puerperal.  29p. 26>^cm.  B. Air.,
 Ed. Condor, 1939.
   MARTINI,   Lorenzo,  1785-1844.    Manuali
 d'igiene  e di polizia medica.  3. ed.  412p.  12?
 Firenze,  Tipogr.  Speranza, 1835.
   MARTINI,  Paul,  1889-       Die  unmittel-
 bare  Kranken-Untersuchung;  arztliches Sehen,
 Horen und  Fuhlen.   246p.  12?   Miinch., J. F.
 Bergmann,  1927.  Also 2.  Aufl.   279p.   illust.
 tab.  diagr.   19>^cm.   1944.
   ---  [The  same]   Martini's  Principles  and
 practice of physical diagnosis.  Transl. by George
 J. Farber.  xvii, 213p.  illust.  diagr. 8?  Phila.,
 J. B. Lippincott Co., 1935.  Also 2. ed.  Ed. by
 Robert F. Loeb; from the authorized  transl. of
 George J. Farber. 1938.
   ---  Methodenlehre der therapeutischen Un-
 tersuchung.    vii, 69p.   diagr.   8?   Berl., J.
 Springer, 1932.
   MARTINI,  Philippe, 1908-       *De I'emploi
 des farines d'aleurone de tournesol dans Phyper-
 secreLion digestive et surtout dans  les vomisse-
 ments du nourrisson.  119p.  8? Par., M. Vigne,
 1934.
   MARTINI,  Tulio, 1886-     , & COMAS, Jose.
 Dolico-estasis  del tubo digestivo; enfermedad de
 Glenard-Lane.   231p.   illust.  23cm.   B. Air.,
 EI Ateneo, 1939.
   MARTINI,  Tulio, & CURUTCHET, Romulo
 E.   La alimentaci6n en  las  enfermedades del
 est6mago; clfnica indispensable para su aplicaci6n
 practica.  475p.  tab.  diagr. 23cm.   B. Air.,
 El Ateneo, 1938.
  MARTINI,  Tulio, &  JOSELEVICH, Miguel.
 La estenosis  dextroventricular   (sindrome  de
 Bernheim)  127p. illust. 8?  B. Air., E. Spinelli,
 1931.
  MARTINIE, Jacques, 1904-       *Notes sur
 l'histoire de  l'obesite.   158 p.  8?  Par.,  Presses
 Univ. France,  1934.
  MARTINI Herrera, Juan.   Contribucion al
 estudio  de  la  hematologfa clfnica en  el caiicer
 [Chile]  91p.   8?  Santiago, El Diario Illustr.,
 1928.
  MARTINI Herrera, Pedro.  Contribuci6n al
 estudio del quimismo gdstrico; la prueba de la
 histamina [Chile]  79p.    ch.  8?  Valparaiso,
 Soc. Impr. Universo, 1928.

 MARTINIQUE.
  See also Health organization.
  Petit, J. E.  Geographie  medicale de la Marti-
 nique.  52p.  8?   Par.,  1932.
  Exercice de la pharmacie k la Martinique.  Bull. sc. pharm.,
 Par., 1942, 49: annexe, 18.—Flammarion, C.  A prop6sito de los
 temblores; la cat£strofe de la Martinica. Escuela  med., Mex.,
 1906,  21: 193-5.—Gautier.   Etat  sanitaire  des   Antilles
 francaises. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1937, 16: 39.—Revert, E.
 Note sur la population de  la Martinique.  Congr. internat.
 Popul. (1937) 1938, 1. Congr., 6: 27-41.
  MARTIN-JONES, John  Dennis [M.  B., Cam-
 bridge, 1936]  Uveal  sarcomata.   94p.   illust.
 tab.  25cm.  Lond., G. Pulman & Sons, 1946.
  Forms Monogr. Suppl. 11, Brit.  J. Ophth.
  MARTIN  Lagos,  Francisco.   Lecciones de
fisiopatologfa y clinica quirurgica.  v.l, fasc. 1;
V-2-3.  illust.  tab. diagr.   25^cm.  Barcel., Ed.
cent, med., 1942-44.                            I
   MARTINO, Gaetano.  Elementi di fisiologia
 umana.   2. ed.  789p.   illust.  25cm.  Milano,
 G. Principato, 1944.
   MARTINO,  Marietta,  1906-       Concep-
 tions actuelles sur Phygiene morale de I'enfant.
 44p.  8?  Par., Lipschutz, 1934.
   MARTINOFF, G.  *Die  spontanen subarach-
 noidalen Blutergiisse [Auszug]  8p.  23cm.  Tar-
 tus, J. Mallo, 1940.
   MARTINON,  Andre,  1911-       Contribu-
 tion a l'etude dos endocardites malignes.  68p
 24cm.  Par.,  E.  Kah,  1938.
   MARTINON,  Jean  Marie, 1909-       *Les
 reactions cutanees a la tuberculine; leur applica-
 tion au diagnostic et k la prevention de la tuber-
 culose medico-chirurgicale dans la pratique  jour-
 nalise  en particulier chez  I'enfant.   369p.   pl
 25i/2cm.  Lyon, E. Vitte, 1938.
   MARTINOS,  Jean,  1909-      *Semeiologie
 des oedemes chez les hepatiques.  52p.  25V£cm.
 Par., Vigot fr., 1939.
   MARTINOT, Roger, 1908-       *Aupres d'un
 mourant.  47p.  pl.  8?  Par., Vigot fr., 1935.
   MARTINOTTI, Giovanni, 1857-1928.
   For obituary see Riv. stor. sc. med., 1928, 19: 305, portr.
 (Giordano, D.)
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MARTINOTTI,   Leonardo,  1881-       La
 sierodiagnosi della sifilide.   lOlp.   8?   Bologna,
 L. Cappelli, 1918.
   ----    La  terapia  odierna  delle  scottature;
 redatta sui risultati delle cure di 2000 ustionati.
 57p.  25cm.  Bologna, L. Cappelli, 1943.
   Forms No. 3, Monogr.  dermosifilovener.
   Also  editor  of  Monografie  di dermosifilovenereologia.
 Bologna, No. 2, 1941-
   See also Onoranza tedesca al professore Leonardo Martinotti.
 Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: varia, pt 1, 106.
   MARTINS,  Alfredo  Romario, 1874-
 Curityba;  estudo  onomdstico.   20p.   22J4cm.
 Curityba, Franga & cia,  1926.
   MARTINS, Joao Augusto [M. D., 1883, Lisboa]
 *Do  hydrocele  idiopathico.   47p.   8?  Lisb.,
 Minerva Central, 1883.
   MARTINS, Ludwig, 1901-     *Ueber blaue
 Sklera und Knochenbriichigkeit.  55p.  8?  Ro-
 stock, C.  Hinstorff,  1929.
   MARTINS, Werner, 1908-      Ceber eine
 neue  Modifikation   der  Blutsenkungsreaktion
 [Kiel]  24p.  23cm.   Eisfeld, C. Beck, 1937.
   MARTIN-SANS,  Emile, 1882-1940.
   For obituary see Bull. sc.  pharm., Par.,  1941, 48: 35;  192
 (Brustier, V., & Mathou, T.)
   MARTINS   Costa,   Domingos  de  Almeida,
 1851-1891.
   For obituary see Rev. syniatr., Rio, 1933 26: 27-33 (Nasci-
 mento, A.)
   MARTINS  Costa, Jose [M. D., 1930, S. Paulo]
 *Anesthesia  geral  pelo  ethylene   158p.    8?
 S. Paulo,  Irmaos Ferraz,  1930.
  ----   Enervacao  renal.   189p.   4?   S. Paulo
 [n. p.] 1938.
   MARTINS  da Costa Passos,  Eduardo, 1904-
      Castro-enterostomia  ou duodenogastro-
 ectomia?   93p.  8?  S.  Paulo, Irmaos Ferraz,
 1927.
   MARTINS  d'AIte,  J.  A.  Liste  des  zygne-
 macees  connues  au  Portugal,  p.31-38.  24cm.
 Porto, Impr. indust. graf.,  1945.
   In No. 7, v. 2,  Bol. As. filos. natur., Porto.
   MARTINS  da  Rocha, Lucio, 1864-
  Guimaraes, F.  A jubilacao do Prof. Dr. Lucio da Rocha.
Coimbra med., 1935, 2: 1-5, portr.
  MARTINS  da  Silva, Joao Pedro.  *Fracturas
da r6tula.  85p.  8?   Lisb.,  Minerva Central,
1884.
549701—vol. 10, 4th series---22 
MARTINS
338
MARTIUS
  MARTINS de Toledo,  Octavio [M. D.,  1929,
S. Paulo]  Da accao hypoglycemiante da pedra
hume  caa  (estudo  experimental)   81p.   8?
S. Paulo [n. p.]  1929.
  MARTINS Fontes, Jose, 1884-1937.
  For obituary see Ceara med., 1937, 17: No. 4, 15-8 (Aguiar,
V. de)
  MARTINS Lavada, Jose Ignacio.   Conside-
racoes sobre  as vantagens e inconvenientes da
applicacao da talha e da lithotricia.  65p.  8?
Lisb.,  Tipogr.   Franco-Portugueza,  1868.
  MARTINS Passos, Artur,     -1943.
  For obituary  see  Gaz. clin., S. Paulo,  1943,  41: 276-8
(Ribeiro Netto)  Also Rev. med. cir. S. Paulo,  1943, 3: 203-7
(Ribeiro Netto, J.)
  MARTINS Pereira, Joao Jose, 1879-1937.
  For obituary see Clin. hig. & hidr.,  Lisb., 1937, 3: 294-6,
portr. (Niny, J.)
  MARTINS Prates, Berenice.  Do  prevent6rio
anti-leproso;  sua organizacao  e  seu funciona-
mento.   16p.  18J>£cm.  Rio, Fed. soc. assist, aos
lazaros, 1940.
  MARTINS Rodrigues,  Plinio  [M. D., 1931,
S. Paulo]  ""Toxicomanias; meios para combatel-as.
82p.  8?  S. Paulo,  Rossolillo, 1931.
  MARTINY, Marcel,   1897-       PRETET,
Henri, & BERNE,  A.  La specificity biologique
(anapbylaxie,  immunite, he>6dit6)  vi,  209p.
8?   Par.,  Masson  & cie, 1932.
  MARTINY, Marcel, RABE, Hanns,  & UPHAM,
Roy. Schlangen- und Insektengifte; vergleichende
Betrachtungen.  82p.  25cm.  Berl., K. F. Haug,
1939.
  MARTINY-GAGEY,  Therese, 1898-
*Etudes  sur les antecedents  de  malades tuber-
culeux pulmonaires  de PHOpital  Beauion.  54p.
S?   Par., M.  Vigne, 1930.
  MARTIUS, Carl.   Der  intermedial  Stoff-
wechsel der Citronensaure [Tubingen;  Habilita-
tionsschrift]  (Auszug)   4p.   23cm.   Berl., W.
de Gruyter & Co., 1937.
  Also Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1937, 247:
  MARTIUS, Ernst Wilhelm, 1756-1849.  Erin-
nerungen  aus meinem  neunzigjahrigen  Leben;
hrsg. von Fritz Ferchl.  x, 301p.  pl.   portr.  8?
Mittenwald, A. Nemayer, 1932.
  New issue of the 1847  edition.
  MARTIUS, Friedrich Wilhelm August, 1850-
1923.  I principii della investigazione scientifica
nella terapia.  25p.  21^cm.  Nap., L. Vallardi,
1881.
  Forms No. 149, Raccolta di conferenze cliniche.
  ----   Konstitution  und Vererbung in ihren
Beziehungen  zur Pathologie.   viii,  258p.   8?
Berl., J.  Springer, 1914.
  Forms Allgem. Teil, of Enzyk. klin. Med.  (Langstein  et
al.)
  MARTIUS, Gotz, 1852-1927.
  For obituary  see Arch. ges.  Psychol., 1928, 61: 500-14
portr. (W irth, W.)
  MARTIUS, Heinrich Emil  Fedor, 1885-
Einfiihrung in die  gynakologische  Strahlentie-
fentherapie.   2.  Aufl.   vii,  64p.  12°  Bonn
F. Cohen, 1923.
  ----   Die  Strahlenbehandlung  der  Uterus-
myome und Uterussarkome. p. 215-403  Munch
J. F. Bergmann,  1931.
  In 6. Bd  2. Halfte, of  Handb. d. Gyn. (Veit,  J., & Stoeckel,
VV .)   3. Aufl.                                     '

  ----   Die Universitats-Frauen-Klinik in Got-
tingen von ihrer  Grundung im  Jahre 1751 als
Accouchirhospital am  Geissmarthore bis 1931

193i lUUSt'  P°rtr'  diagr" 8?  Lpz''  G- Thieme»
. ——;   Die geburtshilflichen Operationen;  ihre
Ausfuhrung und Anwendung.   xiii, 256p.  illust.
8?  Lpz., G. Thieme, 1934.   Also  4. Aufl  xv
286p.   1943.                                  '
  ----  [The  same]   Operaciones  obstetricas1
indicaciones y tecnica.  Versi6n  de la 3. ed!
alemana,  por  M.   Varela  Radfo.   xv,  276p
illust.   27cm.  Barcel.,  Ed. Labor, 1943.
  ----  Die  gynakologischen Operationen und
ihre  topographisch-anatomischen   Grundlagen
xvi, 396p.  illust.  8?  Lpz., G.  Thieme, 1937!
Also 2. Aufl.  xix, 424p.   1941.  Also 3. Aufl
1943.
  ----  [The  same]   Gynecologic  operations
and their topographic-anatomic  fundamentals.
Authorized English translation under the editorial
supervision of W.  A.  Newman Dorland.  xiv
486p.  illust.  26^cm.  Chic, S. B. Debour, 1939!
  ----  Die  Kreuzschmerzen  der  Frau;  ihre
Deutung und  Behandlung;  gyniikologische Or-
thopadie.   179p.   illust.    24cm.   Lpz.,  G
Thieme, 1939.  Also 2. Aufl.  139p.  1944.
  See also in 5. series, Auler, H., & Martius, H. E. F. Diagno-
stik der bosartigen Gesch wiilste; Leitfaden fiir den praktischen
Arzt. 252p.  23cm.  Munch., 1941.  Also  2. Aufl.  250d.
23cm.  Munch., 1943. ------  [The same]  Diagn6stico de
los tumores malignos.  215p.  24cm.  Madr., 1942.
  See also Each, P., Martius, H. E. F. [et al.]  Die Klinik der
Uterus-Tumoren.  838p.   8?  Munch., 1931.
  MARTIUS,  Heinrich Emil Fedor, BICKEN-
BACH, Werner,  & NORDMEYER, Kurt.  Lehr-
buch der Geburtshilfe.  Bd 1: Physiologie. xii.
568p.   27cm.  Lpz., G. Thieme, 1943.
  MARTIUS, Karl  Friedrich Philipp von, 1794-
1868.  [Das Naturell, die Krankheiten, das Arzt-
tum und die  Heilmittel der Urbewohner Bra-
siliens]   Natureza, doencas, medicina e rem£dios
dos fndios brasileiros (1844)  Trad., prefacio e
notas de Piraja da Silva. xxxii, 286p.  pl. portr.
facs.  18cm.  S.  Paulo,  Cia ed.  nac, 1939.
  Forms v.154, Ser. 5, Brasiliana  Bibl. pedag6gica brasil.
  Nascimento,  A.   [Homenaje]  Rev.  syniatr., Rio,  1935,
28:  172.—Stellfeld, C. [Biography] Tribuna farm., Curitiba,
1942, 10: 61-4.—Zum 150.   Geburtstag des hervorragenden
Botanikers. Deut. Apoth. Ztg, 1944, 59: 9.
  MARTLAND,   Harrison   Stanford, 1883-
Dr Watson and Mr Sherlock Holmes, p. 83-171.
19^cm.  N. Y., D.  Appleton-Century Co., 1939.
  In: Landmarks in Med. (N. York Acad. Meet.)
  For biography see  Current Biogr., N. Y,  1940, 1: 565 —
Libman, E. Dr Harrison Stanford Martland, an appreciation.
J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1936,  33:  198-200.—Dr. Harrison 8.
Martland receives the Edward J. Ill Award.  Ibid., 1943, 40:
239, portr.
  MARTLEY, Francis  Charles,      -1941.
  For obituary see Brit.  M.  J., 1941, 2: 712.  Also Lancet,
Lond., 1941, 2: 621.   Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1941,
206: 395.
  MARTMER, Edgar Everitt, 1901-
  For portrait see Pediat. Americas, Mex., 1943, 1: 74.
  MARTORELLI, Jose. Contribuci6n al estudio
de  las   polinosis en la Republica  Argentina:
Fitograffa alergol6gica,  con un estudio de la flora
alerg6gena y anemopolinometrico de Rio Cuarto
y sud-oeste Cordobes.   195p. illust.  23cm.  B.
Air., El Ateneo, 1945.
  MARTORELL Otzet,  Fernando.   Tumores
gl6micos; estudio anatomo-clfnico.   HOp.  pl.
tab.  21cm.   Barcel., Ed.  Miguel  Servet, 1940.
  ----  Tromboflebitis de los miembros inferiores.
211p.  illust.  diagr.  22cm.  Barcel., Salvat ed.,
1943.
  ----   Accidentes vasculares de los miembros.
350p.   illust.   23cm.   Barcel., Salvat ed., 1945.
  ----   Varices; su tratamiento basado  en  la
flebograffa.   viii, 140p.  illust.  25cm.  Barcel.,
Ed. Labor, 1946.
  MARTOS Vallhonrat, Joaquin,      -1942.
  For obituary see Bol. Col. med. Habana, 1942, 5: No. 3,
16, portr. (Arag6n, E. R. de); 1945, 8: No. 2, 13, portr.
  MARTRES,   Maurice,   1914-       *Etude
statistique des modalites cliniques  de la tuber- 
MARTRES
339
MARUELLE
 culose en  milieu militaire.   91p.   25cm.  Lyon,
 Impr.  Facultes,  1939.
  MARTRILLE,   Denise,   1902-        *Sur
 quelques  cas  de  parapiegies  associees  k  des
 syndromes mentaux; etude clinique.  84p.   8?
 Par., Jouve & cie, 1931.
  MARTRINSEN, Jonas, 1867-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 107.
  MARTROU,   Pierre,  1906-       Contribu-
 tion k  l'etude  du  choc anaphylactique et  du
 catarrhe suffocant.   132p.   24cm.   Par.,   M.
 Lavergne, 1939.
  MARTSCHKE,  Karl  Paul  Heinrich,  1897-
       *Ueber  die   Tragfahigkeit  von   Unter-
 Bchenkelstiimpfen  bei  Kriegsamputierten  (Aus-
 zug) [Leipzig]  8p.  8?  Kamenz, G. S. Krausche,
 1923.
  MARTUSCELLI, Giulio, 1870-1938.
  For obituary see Otorinolar. ital., 1938,  8: 637.
  MARTY,  Jean,  1913-     *Appreciation  de
 la nocivite des poussieres minerales industrielles
 par la methode de la biomicroscopie  corneenne.
 59p.  25#cm.  Lyon, Bose fr., 1939.
  MARTY, Jean Jacques, 1913-       *De quel-
 ques anomalies du siege de la douleur dans  les
 appendicites.  56p.  24cm.   Par., Vigot fr., 1941.
  MARTY, Paul [M. D.,  1934, Toulouse]  *Indi-
 cations operatoires et resultats des amputations
 partielles  du  pied.   52p.  24cm.   Toulouse,  H.
 Cleder, 1934.
  MARTY de  Cardenas,   Ernesto,  1907-
 *Prophylaxie de la fievre jaune; ses tests de pro-
 tection. 56p.  8?  Par., Jouve &  cie, 1935.
  MARTYN, Thomas, 1736-1825.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.

 MARTYNIA.
  Shah, S. V., Airan, J. W., & Rege, A. V.  Fatty oil from the
 fruit of Martynia diandra N. (Pedaliaceae)  Current  Sc,
 Bangalore, 1942, 11: 291.
  MARTYNIUK, Theodore.  *Les epanchements
 pleuretiques dans Panevrisme de Paorte  thoracique.
 20p.  8?   Geneve,  Impr. du Commerce,  1932.
  MARTYNOV,  Aleksei Vasilievich,  1868-1934.
  For obituary see Sovet. khir., 1934, 6: 249 (Rufanov)
  MARTYNOV,  Andrei  Vasilievich,  1879-1938.
  For obituary see  Priroda, Leningrad,  1938, 27: No. 4,
 154-7, portr.  (Rodendorf, B. B.)  Also Science, 1938, 87:  292
 (CockereU, T. D. A.)
  MARTYNOV,  Nikolai  Andrev,  1868-1941.
  For obituary see Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No. 15, 48.

 MARTYRDOM.
  See also  Physician; Religion.
  Raynaud, T.   De martyrio  per  pestem  ad
 martyrium improprium  et  proprium  vulgare
 comparato. 633p.  18cm.  Lyon, 1630.
  Gualino, L. II martirio cristiano. In his Stor. med. Roman.
 pontefici, Tor., 1934, 5-38.—Martyrs of science  and medicine.
 Canad. Doctor, 1937,  3: No. 3,  16-20.
  MARTZELLER,   Gustav,  1898-       *Sta-
 tistische Beitrage zur Frage der progressiven Pa-
 ralyse.  30p.  8?  Bonn, Kendler, 1925.
  MARTZLOFF, Georges  Paul,  1883-
 *Contribution a  l'etude des  epitheliomas  du
 maxillaire inferieur; cancers buccaux et bucco-
 pharyngiens  propages  au  maxillaire  inferieur;
 traitement  physiotherapique et par les methodes
 associees.   73p.   25>£cm.   Bord.,  Delmas,  1934.
  MARTZLOFF, Karl Henry,  1890-
  For biography see Northwest M., 1940, 39: 396.
  MARUANI, Felix, 1901-      *Etude clinique
et radiologique  des diverticules congemtaux  du
duodenum.   92p.   8?  Par., Presses  modernes,
1928.
   MARUELLE, Roger Gustave, 1910-     *Les
formes  chirurgicales de la sigmoidite.  120p.
24cm.  Par.,  L.  Arnette, 1938.
   MARVEL,  Odd Fridtjof, 1896-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger  (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.,
235.
   MARVEL,  Perry  Otto, 1881-
   For portrait see in Hist.  Med. Nebraska  (Tyler, A. F.)
Omaha, 1928, 617.
   MARVEL,  Philip I.,  1856-1938.
   For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1938-39, 12: 575 (Andrews,
C. L.) Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1121. Also J. M. Soc.
N. Jersey, 1938,  35:  642, portr.  (McBride, A. F., Eagleton,
W. P., & Conaway,  W.  P.)   Also Tr. Am. Clin. Clim. Ass.
(1939) 1940, 55: p. xiii (Mount, W. B.)
   MARVIN,  Francis Sidney,  1863-1943.
   For obituary see Isis, 1945,  36: 7-9, portr.  (Desch, C. H.)
   MARVIN,  George, 1798-1874.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MARVIN,  Harold Myers,  1893-      Treat-
ment of heart disease and heart failure, p. 593-
724.  25cm.   N. Y., D. Appleton-Century Co.,
1941.
   In: Ther. Int.  Dis. (G. Blumer, et al.) N. Y., 1941,  3:
   MARVIN,   Hubert Burns,  1879-1944.
   For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1945, 22: 466 (Hamilton,
R. L.)
   MARVISCH, Abraham H., 1908-       *Die
klinische  Bedeutung  der  Blutdrucksteigerung.
44p.  22^cm.   Zur., Fluntern, 1936.
   MARVOS,  Nicolae, 1781-1868.
   For biography  see Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1934, 23: 416-53
(Samarian, P.)
   MARWITZ, Gerhard, 1908-       *Ueber die
Bedeutung des Erythems  des  9.  Tages.   29p.
22}£cm.  Greifswald, H. Adler,  1937.
   MARX,  Charles  Louis, 1903-       *Le fonc-
tionnement de  Pestomac  apres  gastrectomie.
257p.  8?  Par., L. Arnette, 1935.
   MARX,  Edgar, 1912-        *Consequences
medico-iegales des  fractures  de  cotes.   72p.
24>/2cm.  Strasb., Impr.  St Thomas, 1937.
   MARX,  Eduard,  1898-      *Ueber Schuss-
waffen und Schussverletzungen mit besonderer
Beriicksichtigung der modernen Repetierpistolen.
20p.  8? Berl., E. Ebering,  1927.
   MARX,  Erich, 1894-       *Ueber  die soziale
Indication zur  Unterbrechung der  Schwanger-
schaft [Berlin]   28p.   8?  Charlottenb.,  Gebr.
Hoffman, 1927.
   MARX,  Ernst.   Die   Entwicklung der Reflex-
lehre seit Albrecht von  Haller bis in die zweite
Hiilfte des  19. Jahrhunderts.  126p.  23>/2cm.
Heidelb., Weiss, 1939.
   Forms 10. Abh., Jahrg. 1938, Sitzber. Heidelb. Akad. Wiss.,
math.-naturwiss. Kl.
   MARX,  Eugen.    Die  Empfindlichkeit  der
menschlichen  Hornhaut. 102p.  illust. ch.  8?
Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1925.
   MARX,  Eva  Dorothea,  1906-      *Form-
veranderung des Oberkiefers nach Hasenscharten-
und  Gaumenspaltenoperationen. 31p.  8? Greifs-
wald, H. Adler, 1936.
   MARX, Frederick Joseph, 1898-      *Cysti-
cusverschluss  nach  der  Gallenblasenexstirpation
[Erlangen]  35p.  8? Bad Durkheim,  J. Rhein-
berger, 1930.
  MARX,  Gerhard, 1903-     *Ueber Gelenks-
entziindungen  im Sauglings- und Kindesalters
und  ihre Folgen.  23p.  8?  Bresl. [n. p.] 1929.
  MARX,  Hans [M. D.,  1925,  Basel]   *Die
anorganischen Bestandteile von  Pankreas  und
Nebennieren   [Basel] p. 414-25.   8?   Berl.,  J.
Springer, 1926.
  Also Biochem.  Zschr., 1926,  179: 
MARX
340
MARX
  MARX, Hellmut,  1901-45.  Der Wasserhaus-
halt des gesunden und kranken Menschen.  335p.
diagr.   S?  Berl., J. Springer,  1935.
  Forms 33. Bd, Monogr. Gesamtgeb. Physiol. Pflanz. Tiere.
  ----Arzt und Laboratorium; die chemischen
und  mikroskopischen  Untersuchungsmethoden
und ihre Verwertung  am Krankenbett.   163p.
illust.   21cm.  Lpz., G.  Thieme, 1939.  Also 3.
Aufl.  164p.  1943.   Also 4. Aufl.   163p.   1944.
  ----[The same]  El laboratorio en la practica
medica; mctodos de  analisis qufmico y microsc6-
picos,  con su interpretacion en la clinica.  Transl.
from 2.  German  ed. by J. Marin  de Bernardo.
151p.    tab.    diagr.    pl.    23^cm.   Madr.,
Morata, 1942.
  See also Loeser, A., & Marx, H. Hoimontherapie. 2. Aufl.
151p.  21cm.  Lpz., 1944.
  MARX, Hermann, 1877-       Kurzes  Hand-
buch  der Ohrenheilkunde.  viii,  846p.   illust.
2.)''.cm.   Jena, G. Fischer, 1938.
  MARX, Hubert,  1894       *Indikation des
Dentocoll-Abdruckmaterials.   27p.   8?   Bresl.,
Bresl.  Genoss.  Buchdr., 1931.
  MARX,  Jean,  1908-        *Contribution  a
l'etude medico-legale et sociale de la  contracep-
tion.  89p.   8?  Strasb., Istra, 1934.
  MARX, Johann,  1910-       * Ueber den ner-
vosen  Mechanismus der  Bewegungen des  abge-
worfenen Eidechsenschwanzes.   18p.  8?   Lpz.,
Radelli & Hille, 1935.
  MARX, Karl, 1818-S3.
  Bernal, J. D.  Science and Marxist philosophy.  Nature,
Lond., 1941, 148: 280.—Ford, J. The Marxian theory.  In his
Social Deviat., N. Y., 1939, 304-8.—[Marxism and anthropo-
genesis]  Antrop. J., Moskva, 1933,  3-8, portr.—Regnault, F.
Les  maladies de Karl Marx; leur influence sur sa vie et sur ses
ceuvres.  Hev. anthrop.,  Par., 1933,  43: 293-317.—Reich, W.
The living productive power, working power of Karl  Marx.
Internat. J. Sex Econom., 1944, 3: 151-64.
  MARX, Karl Ernst Gustav, 1901-       *Ueber
den Einfluss von  Rontgenstrahlen  auf Lympho-
cyten  in vitro.  16p.  8?  Bresl., L.  Freund, 1927.
  MARX, Karl Friedrich Heinrich, 1796-1877.
Uebersichtliche  Anordnung   der  die  Medicin
betreffenden Ausspriiche des Philosophen Lucius
Annaeus Seneca.  66p. 2S)^cm.  Gott.,  Dieterich,
1877.
  MARX,  Karl   Heinrich,  1912-       *Inter-
ferometrische Messungen iiber die  Wirkung der
Abbaufermente im  Cyklus  [Frankfurt  a.  M.]
29p.   20>/2cm.  Offenbach  a.  M., A.  Kleinsorge,
1938.
  MARX, Karl Heinz, 1910-       *Ueber den
Ablauf des  Betriebsstoffwechsels bei Ernahrung
mit  dem  Eiweiss  des  Weizenbrotes  und  des
Vollkornbrotes im  Vergleich   zur  Caseinernah-
rung.  12p.   8?  Berl., F. Linke,  1937.
  MARX, Marianne, 1911-      *Ueber Stoma-
titis aphtdsa der Mundhohle und ihre Aetiologie
[Munchen]  20p.  8?  Wiirzb.,  R. Mavr, 1935.
  MARX,  Martin  [M.  D.,   1934, Strasbourg]
*Fernand Widal;  sa vie  et  son oeuvre.    170p.
8?  Strasb., Libr.  Univ. Alsace, 1934.
  MARX, Melvin  Herman.  The effects of cumu-
lative  training upon retroactive inhibition and
transfer.   62p.   tab.   diagr.   25^cm.   Bait
Williams &  Wilkins,  1944.
  Forms No. 2, v. 18, Comp. Psychol.  Monogr.
  MARX, Paul Nathan, 1911-       *Le role des
phenomenes  allergiques  dans  la pathogenie de
Pophthalmie svmpathique.  95p.   pl    24cm
Strasb., C. & J. Goeller, 1939.
  MARX,  Ruth,   1916-       *Das   Granulom
und   die   inneren  Erkrankungen.   15p    8°
Miinch., L.  Mossl, 1935.
   MARX,  Walter, 1909-       *Die  Methoden
der   Kapillarfunktioiisprufung.    ISp.   23cm
Berl.,  R.  Pfau,  1937.
   MARX,  Werner,  1902-       * Ueber Kiefrr-
tumoren  nach  Fallen  der Chirurgischen  Klinik
Bonn aus den Jahren  1910-1931.  49p. 8?  Bonn
L. Neuendorf!,  1932.
   MARX,  Wilhelm,  1905-       *Rontgenolo-
gische Untersuchungen des Zwischenkiefers beim
Menschen  unter  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung
der  Mittel-, Quer- und Seitermahte  [Kiel]  28p.
8?   Hamb., Niemann  & Moschinski,  1934.
   MARXER, John Louis, 1905-
   See Steindler, A. The traumatic deformities and disabiliticN
of the upper  extremity.  In collaboration with John Louis
Marxer.  494p.  22J^cm.  Springf., 111., 1940.

MARXISM.
   See  Socialism;  also  Marx  (Karl)
   MARY,  Andre  Jean,  1904-       *La  lutte
contre  la tuberculose  des bovide.s;  emploi des
mesures  sanit aires  [Alfort;   Vet.]    46p.   8?
Mulhouse,  Edit. Alsatia, 1930.
   MARY Agnita,  Sister.
   See Reuter, Sister Mary Agnita.
   MARYANKA, Eva Rochlin, 1908-       *Hi-
storisches zur Entdeckung der Knitzmilbe; wie
sich in der Folge der Gedanke von der parasitaren
Ursache der Kratze entvvickelte.  64p.  8?  Lpz.,
A. Teicher, 1933.
   MARY Crescentia, Sister.
   See O'Connor, Sister Mary Crescentia.
   MARYLAND, U. S.  A.  Board of Managers of
the  Maryland Tuberculosis  Sanatoria. Annual
report.  [Annapolis] 1911—
   MARYLAND,  U. S.  A.   Board  of Mental
Hygiene.     Biennial   report.  Bait.    (1921-23)
1924-
   MARYLAND, U. S. A.  Department  of Wei-
fare. Laws relating to the penal institutions, the
Board of Mental  Hygiene, and care of mental
patients.   lOlp.  8?  [Bait.] 1934.
   MARYLAND, U. S. A.  Hospital for Coirsump-
tives of Maryland.  Annual report.  Bait. (1908)
1909-
   MARYLAND, U. S. A. Hospital for Women
(Baltimore)  Annual report.  Bait.,  v.33, 1915-
   MARYLAND, U. S.  A.   Medical and Chirur-
gical Faculty of the State of Maryland. Bulletin.
Bait.,  v.l, 1908-
  ----  Celebration  of the  centennial of  the
Library of  the  Medical and  Chirurgical Faculty
of the State  of Maryland,  1830-1930.  xi, 77p.
pl.   portr.  8?  Bait., the Faculty, 1931.
  ----  Maryland medical  and surgical journal.
v.1-3,  1839-43.
  ——  Proceedings.  1854.
  ---   Summary of proceedings.  1807.
  ----  Transactions.    Bait.,   1853-54;  1856;
1859-60;  1873-
  See also  Baltimore, Md.  City Health Department,  &
Maryland, U. S. A. Medical and Chirurgical Faculty.  Keep-
ing well, the  Radio Health Dramas broadcast on Saturday
evenings by the Baltimore City Health Department and the
Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland from station
WFBR,  v. 5.  v. p.  27^cm.  Bait., 1944.
  Barker, L.  F. The future of the Medical and Chirurgical
I-acuity  of  the State of Marvkind.  Tr.  Med. Chir. Fac.
Maryland, 1925, 127: 6-13.—Mitchell, S. W.  Address deliv-
eied before the Medical and  Chirurgical Societv of Maryland.
Bull.  Med. Chir. Fac. Maryland, 1909, 1: 220-7.
  MARYLAND, U. S. A.  State  Department ol
Health.   Annual report.  Bait.,  1874-
  ---- Monthly bulletin.  Bait., v. 1-16, 1929-
1945.
  Becomes  Maryland health bulletin with v.l7, No. 1, 1945. 
MARYLAND
341
MARYLAND
  ___Press bulletin.   Bait., No. 858,  1941-
  ___  Cancer can be cured.  1 1.  28cm.  Bait.,
1944.
  Forms No. 988,  Press Bull.
  See also Hiscock, I. V., & Pond. M. A.  Public health in
Worcester County, Marvland.  With the  cooperation of the
Maryland State Department of  Health.   53  1.  27^cm.
n. p., 1940.
  MARYLAND, U.  S.  A.   State  Department  of
Health.  Bureau of Bacteriology.  Annual report.
Bait.  1944-
  MARYLAND, U.  S.  A.   State  Department  of
Health.    Bureau  of  Communicable  Diseases.
Data  on  Bureau  of  Communicable  Diseases
presented  to Maryland Legislative Council for
hearing,  September  18,  1942,  at  Baltimore,
Maryland.  20 1.   map.   tab.   diagr.   27}£cm.
Bait., 1942.
  MARYLAND, U.  S. A. State  Department  of
Health.   Bureau of Vital Statistics.   Summary
of provisional vital  statistics.   Bait., 1935-
  MARYLAND, U. S. A.  State Industrial Acci-
dent Commission.   Annual report.  Annapolis,
No. 29,  1943-
  MARYLAND, U.  S. A.  State Planning Com-
mission.  Population  of  Marvland;  1790-1930.
25p.   8?  Bait., 1934.
  ---  Population of Maryland; 1930-45.  25p.
8?  Bait., 1934.
  ---  Population  of  incorporated  towns  of
Maryland; 1790-1930.  23p.  8?   Bait., 1934.
  ---  Population of Maryland by  minor civil
divisions;  1900-1930.  39p.  8?   Bait., 1935.
  ---  Public health  administration in Mary-
land,   xxi,  153p.   tab.   diagr.   29cm.   Bait.,
1938.
  MARYLAND, U.  S. A.  University of Mary-
land.   Terra  Mariae;   Class  of  1906.   336p.;
xxix p.  illust.  portr.  pl. 25>/2cm.  Bait., Williams
& Wilkins Co., 1906.  Also v.3.  316p.   1907.
  See also Byrd, H. C.  University of Maryland, Organization.
Bull. School. M. Univ. Maryland, 1937-38, 22:  No. 5, 3-80 —
Kader, B.  History of the  University of  Maryland.   Phi
Delta Epsilon  News,  1942,  33:  114-7.—Thompson, R.  K.
Historv of the Universitv of Maryland.  Phi Chi Q., Menasha,
1939, 36: 529-36.
  MARYLAND, U.  S. A.  University of  Mary-
land.    Graduate  School.    Abstracts of  theses
for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.  College
Park  (1938/39 & 1939/40) 1940-
  MARYLAND, U.  S. A.  University of  Mary-
land.  Libraries of  Dentistry,  Medicine,  Phar-
macy.  Library news.  Bait., v.l, 1944-
  MARYLAND, U.  S. A.  University of  Mary-
land.  Medical Library.   Periodicals and trans-
actions currently received,  October, 1939.   111.
28cm.  Bait., 1939.
  See also Medical Library notes.  Bull. School. M. Univ.
Maryland, 1941-42, 26: 262.
  MARYLAND, U.  S.  A.  University of  Mary-
land.  Nurses' Alumnae Association.  Bulletin.
Bait.,  v. 9, 1929-
  MARYLAND, U.  S. A.  University of  Mary-
land.  School of Dentistry.  Baltimore College
of Dental  Surgery.   Annual  catalogue.   Bait.,
1939/40-                                _, „   ,
  See also Gorgas, F. J.  S.  University of Maryland, Dental
Department.  In Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch,  C. R. E.) Chic,
1909, 1: 502-4.
  MARYLAND, U.  S. A.  University of  Mary-
land.   School  of   Medicine.   Announcement.
Bait.,  1916-
  See also Edmunds, P.  Work pertaining to the woman s
auxiliary board of the  University Hospital.  Bull.  Nurses
Alumnae Ass. Univ. Maryland, 1937, 31—Hundley, J. M., jr.
Gynecological department of the University  of  Maryland.
Bull. Nurses' Alumnae Ass.  Univ. Maryland, 1937, lo-9.—
Publications by the staff of the School of Medicine, University
of Maryland,  1942.  Bull. School. M. Univ. Maryland, 1943-44,
28: 30-7.—Winslow, R. A brief sketch of the Medical school of
the University of Maryland 1807-1920. Ibid.,  1936-37, 21:
76-84.

MARYLAND, U.  S. A.
  See also Health organization.
  Maryland, U. S. A.  State Planning Com-
mission.   Population  of incorporated towns of
Maryland  (1790-1930)   23p.  8?   Bait., 1934.
  ----â–    Population  of  Maryland  (1790-1930)
25p.  8?  Bait., 1934.
  ----Population   of   Maryland   (1930-45)
25p.  8?  Bait., 1934.
  ----   Public health administration in Mary-
land.  153p.   29cm.  Bait.,  1938.
  Maryland  Manual,  1934; a compendium of
legal, historical and statistical information relat-
ing to the state of Maryland.  522p.  8?  Bait.,
1934.
  Swain, R. L., jr.  Drugs and druggists of early
Maryland.  33p.  23cm.  Bait., 1941.
  Wetmore,   A.   A  miocene booby  and other
records from  the Calvert formation of Maryland.
p. 21-5.  S?   Wash., 1938.
  Forms No. 3030, v. 85, Proc.  U. S. Nat. Mus.
  Collinson, J.  Trend of major communicable diseases and of
diseases of degeneration in Maryland in the last  quarter of
a century. South. M. J., 1927,  20: 695-700.—Freeman, A. W.
Tuberculosis in rural Maryland. Bull. Maryland Dep. Health,
1933, 2: No. 4, 41-52.—Maryland; hospital and  other institu-
tional facilities and services, 1939.   Vital'Statist. Spec. Rep.
U. S. Bur. Census. 1941, 13: 191-8.—Maryland; summary of
vital statistics, 1940. Ibid., 14: 557-78.—Maryland; summary
of vital statistics, 1941. Ibid., 1943, 18: 274-86.—Weeks, J. R.
Maryland and Delaware;  climatic summary.  Yearb.  Agr.,
Wash., 1941, 904-13.
   MARYLAND-DELAWARE Water and Sewer-
age Association.  Proceedings.  Bait., 3., 1929-
   MARYLAND General  Hospital  (Baltimore)
   See Baltimore, Md., Maryland General Hospital.
   MARYLAND health bulletin; pub.  by  Mary-
land State Department  of Health.   Bait., v. 17,
No. 1, 1945-
   Formerly Maryland, U. S. A. State Department of Health.
Monthly bulletin, v.1-16, 1929-45.
   MARYLAND manual, 1934;  a compendium of
legal,  historical and statistical information re-
lating to the  state of Maryland.  522p.  portr.
tab.  8?  Bait., 20.  Cent. Print. Co.,  1934.
   MARYLAND State Dental Association.  Pro-
ceedings,  Dental  centenary celebration,  Balti-
more-Maryland,  March 18, 19  and  20, 1940.
vii,  1061p.  illust.   portr.   facs.  diagr.  26cm.
Bait., Waverley Pr., 1940.
   See also  Dunbracco,  W.  W.   Maryland State Dental
Association.  In: Hist. Dent.  Surg.  (Koch, C.  R. E.) Chic,
1909, 1:  1080-7.
   MARY  Victor, Sister.  Diet manual; Depart-
ment   of   Nutrition,  Saint  Mary's   Hospital,
Rochester, Minnesota,   lllp.  diagr.  8?  Roch-
ester, St Mary's Hospital,   1932.   Also 2.  ed.
!934.                              ,      ,  „
   MARZA, Vasile D.  Histophysiologie  de 1  ovo-
genese.   81p.  pl.   25Hcm.   Par.,  Hermann  &
cie, 1938.                                _   ,
   MARZAHN, Gunther,    1903-       *Todes-
falle post abortum.  37p.  8?  Berl., E.  Ebering,
1929-
   MARZAHN, Hans Werner, 1906-     *Ueber
Arteriolosklerose der  Milz.  20p.   8?  Wurzb.,
G. Grasser, 1930.
   MARZARI,  Giuseppe.  Ascesso inguinale  da
perforazione   intestinale con  uscita  di  vermi.
6p.   21 ^cm.   Venezia,  G. Longo, 1878.
   Estratto, dal  Gior. veneto sc. med., 1878, 28:
   MARZELL, Heinrich, 1885-       Neues illu-
striertes Krauterbuch; eine Einleitung zur Pflan-
zenkenntnis  unter besonderer Berucksichtigung 
MARZELL                                  342                                 MASARYK
der in der Heilkunde, im Haushalt  und  in  der
Industrie  verwendeten  Pflanzen,  sowie  ihrer
Volksnamen.  2. Aufl. 71 lp.  illust.  pl.  23cm.
Reutlingen, Ensslin & Laiblin, 1923.
  ----  Geschichte und  Volkskunde der  deut-
schen  Heilpflanzen.   2.  Aufl.   312p.   illust.
23^cm.   Stuttg., Marquardt &  cie,  1938.
  MARZET, Alexis Raymond, 1915-      *Con-
tribution a  l'etude  du  mega-cesophage.   80p.
illust.   24cm.   Par., L. Arnette, 1941.
  MARZETTI,  Angel  N.    La   homeopatia,
medicina del  porvenir.   244p.   illust.   20cm.
B. Air.,  Ferrari hnos, 1943.
  MARZI, Eduard, 1911-       *Zur Statik und
Indikation der individuell gebrannten Porzellan-
Mantelkrone  (Jacketkrone)  [Heidelberg]  31p.
8?  Erlangen-Bruck,  M. Krahl,  1935.
  MARZIANI,    Rosario.   Ortopedia.   254p.
illust.   25cm.   Milano, Biazzi ed. [194-?]
  MARZINOVSKY,  Evgenii  Ivanovich,  1874-
1934.
  For obituary see Bull. Soc. path, exot., 1935, 28: 1.
  See also [Tenth anniversary of his death]   Med. parazit.,
Moskva, 1944, 13: No. 3, 96, portr.
  MARZODKO, Leonhard  Willy Horst,  1911-
       *Elastische  Eigenschaften und  Lebens-
dauer von  Klammern  aus  den  Legierungen
Palliag  O,  Alba K  4,  Fritsch und  Orthallor
[Munchen]   24p.   8?   Speyer  a.  R.,  Pilger
Druck.,  1935.
  MARZORATI, Amilcar.
  See Escard6, F.,  & Marzorati, A.  La kinesiologia en el
tratamiento del asma infantil.  85p. 23J^cm.  B. Air., 1942.
  MARZUTTINI,  Giovanni  Battista.  Reseca-
zione della mandibola inferiore affetta da cancro
in vecchio di sessantatre anni; guarigione.  16p.
pl.  Bologna, Volpe, 1840.
  ----  Nuova maniera  di  cistotomia laterale
per l'estrazione  delle piu grosse pietre uso  del
pretto  controstimolo negli  operati;  cistotomia
bilaterale  anteriore.   lOOp.   21cm.   Bologna,
Volpe, 1844.
  ----  Nuova tanaglia uncinata pell' estrazione
delle forcelle di ferro ed altri corpi flessibili dalla
vescica  orinaria della  donna.   8p.   21^cm.
Bologna, Gamberini & Parmeggiani, 1867.
  ----  Sugli ospizi marini pei fanciulli scrofolosi
poveri.  26p.  23J^cm. Venezia, Tempo, 1869.
  MAS, Bernardo, fl.  1625.  Orde brev y regi-
ment molt util y profit6s pera  preservar y curar
de peste.  [8] 96 1.   12?  Barcelona, Esteve  fr.,
1625.
  MAS, Henri.  *ReHexe sudoral de la face a la
suite  de lesions  cervico-faciales.   67p.   24cm.
Toulouse, Berthoumieu, 1934.
  MAS,  Pierre,  1906-      *Psychasthenie et
neurasth^nie tuberculeuses;  essai sur les formes
mentales de  la  tuberculose.   230p.   25}^cm.
Montpel., Impr. Charity, 1935.
  MAS,  Pierre, 1913-      *A propos  d'un
cas d'amaurose transitoire suivie d'hemianopsie
au cours d'une nephrite avec retention chloruree;
role  du  spasme et  de l'hypertension arteriels
surajoutes a celui de l'oedeme  cerebral.   46p.
24cm.   Par., A.  Lapied,  1939.

MASAI.
  See also Kenya; Tanganyika.
  Kaiser,  A.   Rassenbiologische Betrachtungen iiber  das
Massaivolk.  Arch.  Rassenb.,  1906, 3: 201-26.—Lehmann,
F. R. Field notes on the diseases of the Masai (Tanganyika
Territory)  S. Afr. M. J., 1943,17: 234.—Meisenheimer, J.  Zur
Rassenbiologie dea Massai-Volkes.  Naturwiss. Wschr.. 1906
21: 709-13.
  MASARYK, Thomas Garrigue, 1850-1937.
  Semerad, A.  [Determination des coupes  en profil et en
relief du portrait du President de la  Republique, Dr T. G.
Masaryk]  Anthropologie, Praha, 1931, 9: 97-100, portr
   For portrait see Cas lek. desk., 1937, 76: 1596.
   MASAWAIH   [al  Mardini;  Mesue  juniorl
     -1015 A.  D.  Opera.  293ff.  fol.   Venezia,
Dionysius de Bertochis, Dec. 21, 1484.
   ----  Opera;  Mesue cum expositione Mondini
super  canones  universales  [etc.]  360ff.   fol.
Venezia,  Johannes &  Gregorius de   Gregoriis
Oct. 14,  1497.
   ----  Opera  omnia.  352 1.   24?    Venezia
Jacobus  Pentius  de Lenco, July 16, 1505.
   ----  Opera omnia [ed. Giambatt.  Nicolino]
345 1.  4?   Venezia, Lucant. Junta, 1527.
   ----  Canones   universales.   2a-37b.   24?
Venezia, Jacobus Pentius de Leuco, 1505.
   Bound in his Opera omnia. Venez., 1505.
   ----  Canones  generales.   p.  51-82b.   8?
Pavia, Bern, de  Garaldis, 1517.
  In: Memoriale  (Rusticus,  P.  A.)  Pavia, 1517.
   ----  De condimentis;  transl.  by Albano
Torino,   p.  100-5.  8?   Lyon,  Seb.  Gryphius,
1541.
   In: De re culinari  (Apicius, C.) Lyon, 1541.
   ----  Grabadin; or, Antidotarium.   p. 87a-
149b.  24?  Venezia, Jacobus Pentius de Leuco,
1505.
   Bound with his Opera omnia, Venez., 1505.
   ----  Grabadin  medicinarum  particularium,
or, De appropriatis. p. 150a-306a.  24? Venezia,
Jacobus  Pentius  de Leuco, 1505.
   Bound with his Opera omnia, Venez., 1505.
   See also Despars, J.  Summula super remediis ex Mesue
libris.  19 1. 12?  Lyon, 1500.
   MASBOU, Paul, 1909-      *La race bovine
du Quercy dans  le Sud du departement du Lot.
84p.  24^cm.  Toulouse, Berthoumieu, 1934.
   MASCAGNI, Giuseppe,  1843-1921.
   For obituary see Atti Soc. ital. ostet., 1921, 21: p. li, portr.
(Santi, E.)
   MASCAGNI, Paolo, 1755-1815.
   Capparoni, P. Paolo Mascagni. In his Profili biobibl. med.,
Roma, 1928, 2: 119-22, portr.—Tratnontano-Guerritore, G.
Ricerche e studi su Paolo Mascagni.  Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena
(1928) 1929, 10. ser.,  3: 887; 1063; 1079; 1930, 4: 845; portr.,
pl. Also Riv. stor. sc. med.,  1928, 19: 285-99.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also Actas Ciba,
Rio, 1942, 9: 350.  Also Ciba Symposia, 1944-45, 6: 1771.
   MASCARO y Porcar, Jose Maria.  Breviario
de la urgencia  obstetrica; criterio clfnico; indica-
ciones.   150p.    illust.   diagr.   23cm.   Barcel.,
Salvat Ed.,  1942.
  ----  Manual de obstetricia  no operatoria;
para uso de matronas y medicos no especialistas.
viii,  260p.   illust.  21 y2cm.  Barcel., Salvat Ed.,
1942.
   MASCART,  Eleuthere  Elie Nicolas,  1837-
1908.  Traite  d'optique.   3v.   illust.  diagr.
24cm.  Par., Gauthier-Villars &  fils, 1889-93.
   MASCART,   Jean.    Sur  la   bibliographie;
notations & abreviations.  159p.   8?   Tr6voux,
Impr.  Tr6voux, 1931.
   MASCHAS,   Heracles,   1910-      *Etude
critique des acquisitions recentes  concernant les
maladies typhoides.  83p.  24cm.  Par., Expan-
sion sc. fr.,  1939.
   MASCHER, Arnold Oskar,  1909-      *Die
Blutgruppenuntersuchungen an der Jenaer Frau-
enklinik  im Lichte der  Hirszfeld'schen und Bern-
stein'schen  Vererbungslehren  [Jena]   19p.   8?
Wiirzb.,  K. Triltsch, 1936.
   MASCHER,   Waldemar,  1907-       *Ueber
die  Sato'sche   Peroxydasereaktion  der  mye-
loischen  Leukocyten und ihre Bedeutung fiir die
Neurologie  (striares Blutsyndrom)  [Gottingen]
p. 293-309.  8?  Berl., Springer,  1933.
   Also Zschr.  klin. Med., 1933, 124: 
MASCHER
343
MASCULINITY
Tossico-
Tipogr.,
*Das
 28p.
8?
149
    MASCHER,  William Karl,  1896-       Das
  Erythema  nodosum  beim   Erwachsenen   als
  Symptom der tuberkulosen Primarinfektion und
  sein Folgezustande.   HOp.   8?  Kbh., E. Munks-
  gaard,  1943.
    Forms Suppl. 10, Acta  tuberc. scand.
    MASCHERPA,  Pietro,  1902-
  logia.   xxiii, 810p.   8?  Tor.,  Unione
  1936.
    ---Trattato  di  farmacologia  e  farmaco-
  gnosia; commento farmacologico e farmacognosti-
  co alia Farmacopea  ufficiale,  VI.  edizione;  per
  farmacisti  e studenti  di farmacia.    xii,  980p.
  illust.   25cm.   Milano, U.  Hoepli, 1944.
    MASCHEWSKI,  Gerhard,  1911-
  weisse  Blutbild bei   Pyelitis  gravidarum.
  23cm.   Berl.,  R. Pfau,  1938.
    MASCHKE,  Ernst  Gunther,  1907-
  *Ueber ein Spongioblastom der Zirbel.  16p.
  Wiirzb., R. Mayr,  1934.
   MASCHMANN, Ernst, 1894-1943.
   For obituary see  Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69: 234.
   MASCHMEYER, Ernst, 1886-1936.
   For obituary see Psychiat.  neur. Wschr.,  1936, 38:
 (Rinne)
   MASCHMEYER,   Herbert   [M.   D.,   1934,
 Greifswald]  *Laterale  und mediane kongenitale
 Halsfisteln  und  Zysten.  39p.   8?  Greifswald,
 H. Adler, 1934.
   MASCI,  Bernardino.
 umana; appunti di un
 21cm.   Milano,  Garzanti, 1945.
   MASCIAS,  Francisco  P.   [M.  D., 1916,  B.
 Aires]   Antecedentes,  tftulos y  trabajos.   16p.
 23cm.  B. Air., A. G.  Buffarini, 1940.
   MASCIOTRA, Angel A.,  1890-1941.
   For obituary see Sem. med., B. Air., 1941, 48: pt 1,  865.

 MASCULINE  protest.
   See  also  Individual  psychology;   Inferiority
 complex.
   Barnard, A.  Patterns of masculine protest among the Buka.
 Character & Personality, 1942-43, 11:  302-11.—Deutsch,  H.
 The active woman; the masculinity complex.  In her Psychol.
 Women,  N.  Y.(  1944,  1:  279-324.—Landis, C, &  Bolles,
 M. M.  Psychosexual development of the physically handi-
 capped woman; masculine protest.  In their Personal. & Sex.,
 JJ. Y., 1942, 26.  ------ Masculine protest, objective scale.
 Ibid., 137, tab.—Levy, D. M.  Maternity and the masculinity
 complex.   In his Matern. Overprot.,  N.  Y.,  1943, 146-8.—
 Weigert, E. V.  Women in wartime; disabilities and masculine
defense reactions. Psychiatry, Bait.,  1943, 6: 375-9.
Rev.,  1935, 22: 409-23—Zilboorg, G.
mine; some biological  and  cultural
Bait., 1944, 7: 257-96.
 Masculine and fem-
aspects.   Psychiatry,
 Al servizio della  vita
medico.   8. ed.   530p.
 MASCULINISM.

   See Virilism.


 MASCULINITY.

   See also Femininity; Male; Sex.
   Hudson,  A.  S.   The  masculine   cross  and
 ancient sex worship.   65p.   8?  N. Y., 1874.
 _  Bosselman, B., & Skorodin, B.  Masculinity and femininity
 in psychotic patients,  as  measured  by the Terman-Miles
 interest-attitude  analysis test.  Am.  J. Psychiat., 1940-41,
 97: 699-702.—Carpenter, A.  An anthropometric  study  of
 masculinity and femininity of body build.   Res. Q. Am.  Ass.
 Health, 1941, 12: 712-9.—Disher, D. R.  Regional differences
 m masculinity-femininity responses. J. Social Psychol., 1942,
 ac ^"^*—Hermann, I.  The use of the term active in the
 definition  of masculinity.  Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond.,
 1935, 16: 219-22.—Jelusich, M.  Das mannliche Prinzip in der
 Oeschichte.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1942, 55: 961-5.—Lejeune,
 n. j ^*as  m^nnliche Prinzip  in der Geschichte  der Medizin.
 Jbid., 1943, 56: 423-9.—Mowrer, E. R. The masculine coun-
 terpart of the female sexual  variant.  In his  Disorg. Pers.  &
 Social, Phila., 1942, 326-31.—Reik, T.  Das Kind im Manne.
 Imago, Wien, 1937, 23:  14-23.—Schilder, P.  Masculine and
 feminine.  In his  Goals &  Desires, N. Y., 1942, 207-12 —
 Seltzer, C. C. The relationship between the  masculine com-
 ponent and  personality.  Am. J. Phys. Anthrop.,  1945, 3:
33-47.—Wittels,  F.  Der psychologische Inhalt von Mannlich
und Weiblich. Imago, Wien, 1934,  20: 411-24. ------  Mas-
culine and feminine in the three psychic systems.   Psychoanal.
 MASCULINIZATION.

   See also Castration, female; Castrate;  Gonad,
 Iransplantation;  Hermaphroditism, experimen-
 tal;  Intersexuality,  experimental; Sex reversal;
 Sexualization.
   Beach, F. A.., & Rasquin, P.  Masculine copulatory behavior
 o11,  ,ict and castrated  female  rats.   Endocrinology,  1942
 a'aZ-93_4°9—Dantchakoff, V.  Sur les processus morpho-
 genetiques dans 1 inversion sexuelle de l'ovaire.  C.  rend. Soc
 biol.  1935,  120:  599-601.  ------  Sur le  mecanisme des
 deviations sexuelles dans une femelle genetique a la  suite:
 a) de testostennisation; b) du freemartinisme; c) des tumeurs de
 la surrenale, virilisme.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1938, 206: 1411-3.—
 Humphrey, R. R.  Sex type of gonads developed from gonadic
 preprimordia  of A. punctatum implanted in  axolotl females.
 Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1935-36, 33: 102-4.—Roster, R.
 Hormone factors in male  behavior of the female rat. Endo-
 crinology, 1943, 33: 337-48.—Krediet. G.  [Masculinizationl
 Tschr. diergeneesk., 1934, 61: 790; 861.  ------  Changement
 de sexe chez une vache.   Acta neerl. morph., 1939, 2:  195-
 204,—Lillie, F. R.  The present status of the  problem of sex-
 mversion in the hen; comments  on Doctor Domm's paper.
 J. Exp. Zool., 1927, 48: 175-96.—Morgan. T. H. Sex inversion
 in the peafowl.  J.  Hered., 1942,  33: 247.—Padoa, E. La
 grandezza somatica delle galline sperimentalmente invertite di
 sesso.   Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 898.—Sturtevant. A.
H.  A  gene  in Drosophila  melanogaster that transforms
females into  males.  Genetics,  1945, 30: 297-9.—Taibell, A.
Arrenoida parziale di una gallina domestica senza scomparsa
della attivita ovarica.  Riv. biol., 1931, 13: 72-98.
Methods.
    See  also  Gonadotropin,  Effect;  Ovariotomy;
 Parabiosis;  Testis, Transplantation.
    Appel, F. W. Testis grafts in ovariotomized fowls.  J. Exp.
 Zool., 1929, 53: 77-108, 3 pl.—Baldwin, F. M., & Goldin, H. S.
 Effect of testosterone propionate on anal fin transformation of
 female viviparous teleost, Xiphophorus helleri Heckel. Proc.
 Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 46: 283.—Banta, A. M., & Brown,
 L. A.  Control  of sex in Cladocera; crowding the mothers as a
 means of controlling male production.  Physiol.  Zool., 1929,
 2: 80-92.  ------  Factors  involved in male production by
 crowded Moina macrocopa mothers.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol.,
 N. Y., 1931, 28: 820-22.  ------  Sex control in Cladocera;
 male production in relation  to temperature.  Physiol. Zool.,
 1932, 5: 218-29.  ------  Control of sex in Cladocera; food
 and crowding as factors in male production.  Ibid., 1935, 8:
 138-55.—Benoit,  J., Clavert, J., & Guillemonat,  A.  Etude
 dynamique de la croissance et de l'hypermasculinisation de la
 crete d'un chapon  obtenues par  des doses successivement
 croissantes d'hormone testiculaire.  Algerie mid., 1945, 115.—
 Black, D. G.  S., & Booth, R.  G.  Production of capons by the
 use of synthetic oestrogens.  Nature, Lond., 1946,  157: 78.—
 Burns, R. K., jr.  The  process of sex transformation in para-
 biotic  Amblystoma; transformation  from female  to  male.
 J. Exp. Zool., 1930, 55:  123-69.—Busquet, H.  La masculinisa-
 tion des chapons par la serum de taureau, consideLee au point de
 vue de la loi de seuils differentiels et de la loi du tout ou rien.
 C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1928, 99:  1855-7.—Caridroit, F.  Masculi-
 nisation  du chapon  par la progesterone purifiee.  Ibid., 1944,
 138: 259.-—Courrier, R., &  Jost,  A.   Intersexualite  foetale
 provoques par  la pregnenolone  au  cours  de la  grossesse.
 Praxis, Bern,  1942, 31:  836.—Dantchakoff, V. Realisation du
 sexe a volontfi par inductions hormonales; inversions et devia-
 tions de l'histogenSse sexuelle chez l'embryon de mammifSre
 genetiquement femelle.  Bull. biol.  France, 1937, 71: 269-321,
 4 pl.—Domm, L. V.  New experiments on ovariotomy and the
 problem of sex inversion in the fowl.  J. Exp. Zool., 1927, 48:
 31-124, 24 tab.,  12 pl.------â–   Implantation of juvenile
 testicular tissue into the hypertrophied right gonad of ovari-
 otomized fowl.   Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28:
 314-16.—Foote, C. L., & Witschi, E.  Effect of sex hormones
 on the gonads of frog larvae (Rana clamitans)  sex  inversion
 in females; stability in  males.  Anat. Rec,  1939, 75: 75-83,
 3 pl.—Greenwood, A. W.,  & Blyth, J.  S. S.  The results of
 testicular transplantation in brown Leghorn  hens.   Proc. R.
 Soc, Lond., 1930, ser. B., 106: 189-202.—Guyenot, E., Ponse,
 K., & Wietrzykowska, J.  Luteinisation de l'ovaire et mascu-
 linisation chez  le cobaye.   C.  rend. Acad,  sc,  1932, 194:
 1051-3.—Hamon, M. Effects morphologiques du  propionate
 de testosterone  sur  la  femelle  de  Gambusia holbrooki Gir.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1945,  139:  110.—Hanaoka,  K. I.  Modifica-
 tion  of sex in  a  salamander, Hynobius retardatus, induced by
 the implantation of testis and  hvpophvsis.  Jap.  J. Zool.,
 1938-39,  8: 255-64,  5 pl.—Herbst, C.  Untersuchungen zur
 Bestimmung des Geschlechtes; die Vermannlichung der Larven
 von Bonellia viridis durch Kupferspuren.  Naturwissenschaften,
 1932, 20: 375-79.—Heydenreich,  F.   Untersuchungen zur
 Analyse der vermannlichenden Wirkung von mit  Salz-, Schwe-
fel- oder  Kohlensaure versetztem Seewasser auf indifferente
Bonellia-Larven.  Arch.  Entwmech., 1934-35, 132:  600-14.—
Humphrey, R. R. Transformation of the ovary of Amblystoma 
MASCULINIZATION
344
MASERAS
(igrinum into a functional testis through the influence  of a
testis resident in the same animal.  J. Exp. Zool., 1931, 58:
333-55  5 pl. ----- The developmental potencies exhibited
by the'modified (freemartin) ovary of Amblystoma tignnum
following removal of the testis which had induced its modifi-
cation.   Ibid., 367-91, 4 pl.------TU.?ev"ff0aI °f, OV,aro?
to testes in  parabiotic A. tignnum.   Ibid.,  193b, 73:  l--i,
3 pi   ------  Studies on  sex reversal in Amblystoma; tne
structure of ovaries  of A. tignnum  subjected for  long pe-
riods to the influence of a testis resident  in the same animal.
Anat. Rec,  1931, 51: 135-53.— Lipschiitz, A. Mascuhnisation
par resection pari idle de l'ovaire chez le cobaye.  C. rend. Soc.
biol  1933  112:  1272-4.—Masculinizing  properties of human
urine.  J. Am. M.  As.., 1939, 113: 695.—Morato-Manaro, J.,
& Albrieux, A.  Mascuhnisation de cobayes femelles infantiles
par le prolan.  Ann. endocr., Par., 1941, 2: 93-101— Regnier.
M T.  Action des hormones sexuelles sur 1 inversion du sexe
chez Xiphophorus helleri Heckel.  C. rend. Acad, sc., 1937, 205:
1451-3.-----Mascuhnisation des femelles de Lebistes reticu-
latus sous l'influence de la pregnenolone. C. rend. Soc.  biol.,
1942, 136: 202.—Regnier, V.  Etude de 1'inversion scxuelk; de
pium'age chez les hybrides du croisement: 6 Coucou de Mahnes
X 9 Leghorn dore.  Ibid. 1933, 113: 1329.—Sachs. W. I eber
die Maskulinisierung des Weibchens von Xiphophorus helleri
durch Injektion von mannlichem Urin. Med. Klin., Berl.,  1940,
36: 273; 542.—Shaburov, A. N.. & Malinin, A. I.  [Effect pl
testicle transplantations on female organism] lichen,  zapiski
Saratov. Univ., 1927,  6: 323-34— Taibell, A. Arrenoidina di
una1  femmina di  Gennaeus  lineatus Vigors in seguito ad
involuzione ovarica.  Riv. biol., 1930,  12: 52-64.—Turner,
C L   Sexual dimorphism in the  pectoral fin of Gambusia and
the induction  of the male character in the female by andro-
genic hormones.   Biol. Bull., 1942, 83: 389-400—Witschi.E.
Studies on sex differentiation and sex determination in amphib-
ians; sex reversal in female tadpoles of Rana sylvatica following
the application of  high temperature.   J.  Exp. Zool., 1928-29,
 52: 267-80, 5 pl.

----   pathological [human]
   See also under  names  of  primary diseases as
 Ovary, Tumor; Uterus, Tumor; also Virilism.
   Dufatj,  R.   Les  tumeurs  du testicule  et les
 syndromes de  mascuhnisation.   183p.   24cm.
 Par.  1941.
   Baeza, M.  Fibroma del iitero y sindrome virilizante.  Cir.
 cirujan., Mex., 1943,  11: 543-62.—Fasal, H. Haarausfall als
 S\ mptom der Vermannlichung der Frau.  Derm.  Zschr.,  1936,
 74: 249-54.—Foulkes, S. H.  The idea of a change of sex in
 women.  Internat. J.  Psychoanal., Lond, 1943, 24: 53-6.—
 Friedgood,  H. B.   A chemical  test for  the differentiation of
 adrenocortical tumor from hyperplasia in markedly masculin-
 ized women.  J.  Clin. Invest., 1942, 21: 624.—Geist, S. H.,
 & Gaines, J. A.  Diffuse luteinization of the ovaries associated
 with the masculinization syndrome.  Am. J. Obst., 1942, 43:
 975-83.—McGavack, T. H., &  Ippolito, T.  Masculinization
 due to tumor of the cortex of the adrenal gland.  Bull. N. York
 M.  Coll., 1939, 2: 133-48.—Rottino, A., & McGrath,  J. F.
 Hyperplasia and  luteinization of ovarian stroma  associated
 with  masculinization.  Am.  J. Obst., 1943,  45:  863-8.—
 Strassmann, E.  Schwangerschaft und  Geburt nach Vermann-
 lichung  und  Wiederverweiblichung.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,
 1931,  57: 540.

 ----   Reproductive effect.
   Humphrey, R. R.  Sex of the offspring fathered by two
  Amblystoma  females  experimentally converted into  males.
 Anat. Rec, 1942, 82: 469.  ------  Studies on sex reversal
 in Amblystoma; sterility after reversal of ovary to testis in the
 axolotl. ' Growth, Ithaca,  1942,  6: 185-201. ------ Sex deter-
  mination in amblystomid salamanders; a study of the progeny
  of females experimentally converted into  males.   Am.  J.
  Anat., 1945,  76:  33-66.—Padoa, E.  Femminizzazione senza
  ovociti e mascohnizzazione senza spermatogenesi nella  inver-
  sione  sperimentale  del sesso nei polli.  Monit. zool. ital.,
  1930-31, 42: suppl., 189-92.
    MAS  de Ayala, Isidro.   Porque se enloquece
  la  gente;  din&mica  de  la conducta  humana  y
  normas  para  la salud  psiquica.   178p.   20cm.
  Montev., A. Monteverde y  cia, 1943.
    MASE,  Darrel  Jay, 1905-       Etiology  of
  articulatory speech defects; a comparison of the
  incidence of six selected factors,  viii, 85p.   tab.
  23Kcm.   N.  Y., Columbia Univ., 1946.
    Forms No. 921. Contr. Educ. Teach.  Coll. Columbia  Univ.
    MASENGARB, George F.  H.   Student's out-
  line  in  toxicology.   22p.   16?   Geneseo, 111.,
  Masengarb Bros  Pub. Co.,  1917.
    MASER, James Francis,  1915-       ^Present
  status of serum in the treatment of  pneumonia
  [Marquette   Univ.]    9p.    28cm.    Milwaukee
  fn. p.] 1941.
  â–º Typewritten.
  MASERAS Ribera, Miguel.   Maternidad; ins-
trucciones  para  el  embarazo, parto y puerperio.
121p.   20cm.  Barcel., Libr.  Sintes, 1920.
  MASERMANN, Oskar, 1895-     *Die  Zahn-
karies bei  Tieren.   3lp.  8?   Konigsb. i.  P., J.
Raabe, 1927.
  MASETTI, Pio,  1858-1910.
  For portrait see Atti Soc. ital. ostet., 1911, 16: opp. p. xlvlli,
  MASHBURN, Neely  Cornelius,  1886-
Personality study; arranged and compiled under
the direction of the Commandant, School of Avia-
tion Medicine,  for official use in the  instruction
of students pursuing resident or extension courses.
v, 103p.   26cm.  Randolph  Field,  Tex., School
Aviat. Med., 1938.
  ----   Psychology; prepared  under the direc-
tion  of  the  Commandant,  School of  Aviation
Medicine,  for official  use  in the instruction of
students pursuing  resident or extension courses.
ii, 197p.   illust.   diagr.  26cm.  Randolph Field,
Tex.,  School Aviat. Med., 1938.
  MASHKILLEISON, Lev Nikolaevich, 1898-
  For  biography see Am. Rev. Sovi.M M., 1945-46, 3: 169-72,
portr.
  MASI, Cayetano  [M. D., 1905, B. Aires]
  For  biography see Rev. Centro estud. med., Asunci6n, 1924,
4: No.  24, 7-9, portr.
   MASIAS, Roger Paul, 1902-        *Sur le r61e
des   infections  rhino-tracheo-bronchiques dans
l'asthme.  51p.  8?  Paris,  L.  Arnette, 1935.
   MASINA, Numa,  1894-       *Das Blutbild
bei  Leberzirrhose  mit  besonderer  Berucksichti-
gung der Monozytengranulation  [Zurich]  p.335-
45.   8?   Lpz., Becker, 1932.
  Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1932, 46:
   MASING, Oskar,  editor.   Volksmedizin;  die
lateinischen  Texte verdeut.  v.  Harald  Becker.
104p.  23cm.   Dresd., L. Ehlermann, 1938.
   MASINI, Arturo,       -1909.
   For portrait see Atti Soc. ital. ostet., 1911,16: opp. p. xlviu.
   MASINI, Giulio, 1874-1937.
   For obituary see Otorinolar. ital., 1937, 7: 285.
   MASIUS, Friedrich,  1908-        *Ueber  die
 Widmark'sche  Blutprobe  auf Alkohol; eine ex-
 perimentelle Nachpriifung auf Genauigkeit  und
 praktische Verwendbarkeit des Verfahrens.  24p,
 8?   Marb. a. L., H. Kilber, 1934.
   MASIUS,  Norbert,   1909-        *Le   mcta-
 bolisme de l'acide lactique dans le monde animal,
 207p.  24cm.   Par., Hermann & cie, 1938.
   MASIUS, Voltaire, 1836-1912.
   Vanlair, C.   Notice sur Voltaire Masius  (1836-1912)  An-
 nuaire Acad. sc. Belgique, 1914, 80: 79-116, portr.
MASK.

  See  also  Anesthetization,   Apparatus;  Cos-
metics; Death-mask; Dust  mask;  Gas mask;
Moulage; Respirator, etc.
  Boothby, W.  M., Bulbulian, A.  H-,  & Lovelace,  W. K.
Oronasal mask.  U. S. Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,260,701.—Bran-
ner. N. L. Face mask. Ibid., 1942, No. 2,281,744.—Bulbulian,
A. H.  Head harness for masks.  Ibid., 1944, No. 2,353,M>.
Bullard, E. W. Mask. Ibid., 1940, No. 2,199,690—Fife, G.h.
The mask holder [rubberleasl   Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth ,
1942,10:161.—Goldsmith.S.J.  Mask. U.S. Patent Off., hhi:>,
No. 2,012,505.—Kaplan. D. A  transparent mask.  J. Am. M-
Ass., 1930,  94: 1063.—Livingstone,  H.,  Heidrick, I.  let;  ai.|
Cross-infections from anesthetic face masks.  Surgery, 19*'.
9: 433-5.—Rooks, R.  What makes a good hofrpiral face masK.
Mod.  Hosp., 1943,  61: No. 2,  122-6— I'lmar, I).  A ample
face mask.  U. S. Nav. M.  Bull., 1943, 41: 1161— Wright,
R.E.  A modified face shield.  Lancet, Lond.,  1927, 1: 10^-
Yant, W. P. Facepiece.  U. S. Patent Off., 1945, No. 2.382..1W.

        Ethnology and history.
  Balfour, H.  Haida portrait mask.  Man, Lond., 1907, 7-
1, pl.—Capitel de coluna em figura duma mascara 1 a0:u*°*
bronze; China; principios da epoca Chou [illustration]  Actâ„¢
Ciba, Rio, 1944, 11: 166.—Comamenta de boi, em cujo "™?™
se ve pintado um rosto humano (mascara); amuleto domtotico
contra o nsu olhado; Monte Gargano, Italia, Museu etnotopco 
MASK
345
MASK
 de Basileia  [Illustration]  Ibid., 166.—Fenton, W.  N.  The
 Seneca  Society  of  Faces.   Sc.  Month., 1937,  44:  215-38.
 _____Masked medicine societies of the Iroquois.  Annual
 Rep. Smithson.  Inst, (1940) 1941, 397-429,  25 pl.—Frazer,
 J.  G.  Religious festivals  with the  use of  masks.   In his
 Native  Races of America, Lond., 1939,  1.------A mask
 festival.  Ibid.,  42.------The wearing of masks.  In his
 Native  Races of Asia, Lond., 1939, 175.—Jensen, A.   Masken
 iind  Reifezeremonien der  Naturvolker. P'.rdball,  1932,  6:
 45-51, 2 pl.—Jones, G. I.  On the identity of two masks from
 S.  B. Nigeria in  the British Museum.  Man, Lond., 1939, 39:
 33, pl/—Molinery.  L'avant-derni£re incarnation du  Masque
 defer;  la version de M.  Pierre Vernadeau.  Paris m£d., 1935,
 95: annexe,  387-9.—Ojeda, R.   Las mascaras  rientes totona-
 ras.  Rev. mex. estud.  antrop.,  1941, 5: 53-63.—Peekel,  G.
 Leber das Wesen der Tubuanmaske von Neupommern.  Arch.
 Anthrop., Brnschw., 1937-38, n. F., 24: 64; parsim —Saunders,
 R. L. DeC.  H.  The gunner with the silver mask.  Ann. M.
 Hist., 1941, 3. ser.,  3:  283-7.—Steinmann,  A.  Da  essentia
 da mascara.  Actas Ciba,  Rio,  1945,  12:  38-43.------
 Mascaras africanas  para  o  tratamento de doencas.  Ibid.,
 44-9.------A mascara e  os xamas na  America.  Ibid.,
 50_9.------A mascara e a doenea na Asia.  Ibid., 60-9.
 -----A mascara  e a morte.   Ibid., 70-5.


 ----   face.

    See also Moulage;  Plastic surgery.
    Berson, M. I. Construction of the ideal  nose with aid of
 masks and measurements.  Med. Rec, N .Y.,  1939, 149: 80-2.—
 Hoover, E.   Moulage.   Arch.  med. leg. ident., Rio,  1936, 6:
 170-3.—Peluse,  S.   A simplified technic for the construction of
 life masks of latex  rubber.  Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1940, 31:
 955-65.-—S., W.  J.   Masken vom leben den Gesicht abgeformt.
 Umschau, 1937,  41: 208.—West, B. S.   A technic for produc-
 ing facial masks  and models.  Ann. Surg., 1939, 109: 474-8.

 ----   protective.

    Schrenk, H.  H.   Testing and design of respi-
 ratory  protective  devices.    lip.    4?   Wash.,
 1939.
    Betzold,  K. V.  How safe is  your mask?   Am. J. Nurs.,
 1943, 43: 59.—Biederman,  J. B.  A new respirator against dust
 and colds: a  preliminary  report.   Clin. Med.,  1942, 49: 52.-—
 Bottcher. Die Atemschutzgerate des Museums.  Kleine Mitt.
 Verein.  Wasserversorg., 1926, 2:213-6.—Brown, C. E.  Respir-
 atory  protective devices.   In: Environment  &c  (Harvard
 Univ.)  Bost., 1937, 218-30.—Control of air-borne infection  by
 masking.  Curity Res.  Notes,  Chic,  1942, 1: No. 3, 3-11.—
 Fest A.  Eine Schutzmaske zur Verhiitung von Infektionen in
 der Sauglingspflege.  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1936, 7: 257.—H.,
 A.  E.  Fascinator profiiaxis.  J. Lancet,  1942, 62: 104.—Mas-
 cara  segundo  o  Dr. Broquet; usada na epidemia  de i este
 pulmonar na Manchuria,  1910-1911.  [Illustration]  Actus
 Ciba, Rio, 1943, 10:  7.—Oxenius, K.   Ein neuer Mund- und
 Nasenschiitzer.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1934,  81: 769.—Pre-
 vention; personal protection by  means of masks, etc.  Proc.
 Internat.  Conf. Silicosis  (1938) 1940,  2.  Conf., 84-7.—Rooks.
 R., Cralley,  L. J.,  & Barnes,  M. E.  Hospital masks:  their
 bacterial filtering efficiencv and resistance to air flow; a com-
 parative study.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 1411-9.—
 Schrenk, H. H., & Pearce, S.  J.  Selection, use and mainte-
 nance of respiratory protective devices.  Tr.  Nat.  Safety
 Counc,  1942, 31.  Congr.,  1:  66-72.—Smith, C. W.  Some
 problems of  respiratorv  protection and their solution.  Ibid.,
 1936, 25.  Congr., 1: 375-80.—Vossenaar, A. H.  Determina-
 tion of  the  properties which  masks  should  possess.  Proc
 Internat. Conf. Silicosis (1938) 1940, 2. Conf., 218-20.—Wollin,
 K.  Schutzleistung  und  Anwendungsbereich  der  Rauch-
 snhutzmaskeD.  Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1931, 37: 35-9.

 ----   respiratory.

   See  also Respirator.
   Aitken, R. S., & Cruickshank, A. B.  Efficiency of the Rose
 and Sellers mask. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 587.—Bayeux,  R.
 Le  masque respiratoire de  Pech et la respiration maximum a
 la tres  haute  altitude.  Rev.  path,  comp.,  Par.,  1922, 22:
 594-603.—Beyne, J., &  Bergeret, P.  M.  Masques  respira-
 toires k  grande capacite k l'usage des aviateurs.  Bull. Soc.
 med. mil. fr., 19.35, 29:  122-6.—Biederman, .1. B.  Mask for
 the prevention and  relief  of allergic  respiratorv complaints.
 U.  S. Patent  Off.,  1937,  No.  2,067-882.—Booharin, L.  Y.
 Breathing mask.  Ibid..  1935,  No. 2,005,072.—Boothby, W.
 M., & Bulbulian, A. H.  Aviation mask.  Ibid., 1943, No.
 2,336,979.—Brand,   H.  A.  Air  mask.  Ibid.,   19.35,  No.
 2,007,440.—Bulbulian, A.  H.  Aviation mask.  Ibid.,  1943,
 No. 2,32,5,198.------Mask for aviation or clinical  pur-
 poses.  Ibid., No. 2,323,199.  •------Mask adapted for use
 at high  altitudes. Ibid., No. 2,327,995.------High alti-
 tude aviation mask.   Ibid., 1944, No. 2,348.108.—Chambers,
 A. H., Brewer. G. [et al.]   Respiratory  mask and valves for
 dogs.  Proc.  Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1946, 61: 41-3.—Clarke,
 C  S.  Respiratory  mask.   U.  S.  Patent  Off.,  1942,  No.
 2,281,181.—Dautrebande, L.  A  propos de  l'etancheit6 des
 masques respiratoires.  Ann. physiol.,  Par., 1930, 6:  718-20.
-----Masque  respiratoire a  usages  multiples; echanges
respiratoires,  oxygenoth^rapie,  aviation,  carbotherapie,  anes-
thesie.   Presse med., 1935, 43: 2025-9.
& Delcourt, E.
Sur un nouveau masque destine a l'etude des ^changes respi-
ratoires en circuit ouvert.  Abstr.  Internat. Phvsiol. Congr.,
1929, 13. Congr., 62.—Forster, F.  A.  Gewerbehygienische
Atemschutzgerate  und ihre Anwendung in Prophylaxe und
Therapie dei allergischen Krankheiten.  Gesundh.  Ingenieur,
1929, 52: 587-91.—Heidbrink, J. A.   Breathing mask for para-
chute escape devices.  U. S. Patent Off., 1945, No. 2,383,649.—
Kaimykov, P.   [Summer masks for aviators]  Voen. san. delo,
1935, 39-41.—Le Due, J. E.  Respiratorv mask.  U. S. Patent
Off., 1935, No. 2,007,867.—Leguillon, C. W.  Respirator mask.
Ibid., 1941, No. 2,238,492.—Mejean, J. G.   Respiratory mask.
Ibid., 1940, No. 2,224,057.—Morehouse, S. A.  Oxvgen mask.
Ibid., 1944,  No. 2,344,718.  ------   Breathing mask.  Ibid.,
1945, No. 2,379,493.-0.  E. M. meter  mask acceptable.  J.
Am. M. Ass.,  1941, 117: 2072.—Oxygen masks for the Army
Air Force.  Science, 1942, 96: 531.—Shindel, H.  F.  Face-
conforming  respirator mask.   U. S. Patent Off.,  1935, No.
2,011,733.—Watters, W. E.  Respiratorv protective apparatus.
Ibid., 1937,  No.  2,000,706.—Wilson, F.,  & Shindel, H.  F.
Mask for air line respirators.   Ibid.,  1935,  No.  2,012,441.

----   surgical.

   Btjsch,   W.   *Ueber    Moglichkeiten    gegen-
seitiger  Infektionen  von  Zahnarzt und  Patient
und   deren   Verhiitung   durch   zahnarztlichen
Gesichtsschutz.  51p.   8?   Berl.,  1937.
   Ante, M. C, & Takats, G.   We use flannel  masks.  Mod.
Hosp.. 1941, 56: Xo. 6,  61.—Blatt, M. L.,  & Dale,  M. L.  A
bacteriological  stndv of the efficiency of face  masks.  Surg.
Gyn.  Obst,, 1933, 57: 363-8.—Bragg, R. N.   Dental masks.
Brit. Dent. J., 1934, 56: 511.—Davis, J. S.   Is adequate mask-
ing essential for the patient's  protection?  Tr. South. Surg.
Ass., 1936, 49: 411-8.   Also Ann.  Surg., 1937, 105: 990-7.—
Debenham, R. K.  Surgical masks.  Brit, M. J.,  1935, 1: 388.—
Engelfried, J. J., <fe Farrar, F. W.  A stndv of surgical masks.
U.  S. Nav.  M.  Bull., 1943, 41: 524-9—Fehr, A.  Die  Ver-
wendbarkeit unserer Militarsrasmasko im chirurgischen  Betiieb.
Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1939, 69: 3 17.—Fridant, G. R.  [Pre-
ventive facial  mask]  Vest,  otorinolar., 1941, No. 5, 61.—
Gauthier, P. P. Etude comparative de  trois masques chirur-
gicaux.   J.  Hotel Dieu  Montreal,   1937,   6:  218-27.  Also
English transl.   Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1937, 37: 250-2.—Gauze
masks to prevent contagion. ,1.  Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 448.—
German, W. M., & Maylield, F. H.   A studv of surgical masks.
Cincinnati .1.  M.,  1942-43, 23: 281-4.—Gerrie,  J.  W.,  &
Ginwalla, M. S.  Face masks.   J. Canad. Dent. Ass.,  1940, 6:
67-9.—Hemberger, A. J.  Face masks.  Dent.  Bull.,  Carlisle,
1939, 10:  125-32.—Hirshfeld, J. W.,  & Laube, P. J.   Surgical
masks; an experimental  studv.   Surgery, 1941, 9:  720-30.—
Hitch, M. E.   Changing ideas?  Nurs.  Times, Lond., 1941,
37: 224.—Jenkins, J. A.  An  operating mask  for those who
wear glasses.  N. Zealand  M. J., 1941, 40:  144.—Kelley, I. V.
Mask and gown technique.  In her  Textb. Nurs. Techn.,  4.
ed.,  Phila.,  1940,  61-4.—Kemp, G. Surgical  mask.  IT.  S.
Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,265,529.—Kilgore, G. L., & Malrnberg,
W.  Eye  operation  mask.  Ibid.,   1942,  No. 2,290 437.—
Kolisch,  E.  Sterilisable rubber masks (for examination and
operation)  Acta  otolar..  Stockh.,  1939,  27:  442.—No-fog
operator's mask.   Med.  Econom., 1941-42,  19: No. 11, 46.—
Otero. C.   Surgical  mask.  U. S.   Patent  Off.,  1939,  No.
2,149,067.—Panettiere,  C.  Surgical  mask.  Ibid.,  1936, No.
2,038,310.------Surgical mask.   Ibid.,  1941, No. 2,227,-
667.—Poth,  E. J.   A more effective surgical mask.   South.
Sure-eon,  1941,  10: 810-2.—Riese, J.  Eine durchsichtige, am
Kinn sitzende Operationsmaske.  Zbl. Chir., 1938,  65: 1163-
S.—Tangari, C.  Ricerche sulla permeabilita  delle maschere
operatorio.  Riforma med., 1940, 56: 841-6.—Toprover, G. S.,
Khaimi, O.  V.,  & Rasskina,  L. M.  [Comparative value  of
masks for the protection of operative wounds from  oral infec-
tion]  Sovet. khir., 1934,  6:   141-7.—Walker,  I.  J.  How
can we determine the efficiency of surgical mask?  Surg. Gyn.
Obst.,  1930, 50: 266-70.—Waters,  E. G.  Adequate  surgical
masking,  problem and  solution. Am.  J.  Surg.,  1936,  32:
474-7.
   MASKOWSKY, Marton,  1627-1700.
   For biographv see Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges., 1930, 2: 24-31
(Pfeilsticker, W)
   MASLINKOVSKY,  T.    Kan  y6epeu&CH  ot
jKejiyAO^Ho-Kume^Hbix 3a6ojieBaHufi. 15p. illust.
17cm.    Moskva,  Gosud.  voen.  izdat.  narkom.
obor. soiuz.  SSR,  1939.
   MASLOV, Mihail Stepanovich,  1885-
   For biography see  Pediatria, Moskva,  1941, No.  9,  65  8
(Friedman, E.  I.)
   MASLOW,  Abraham   Harold,  &  MITTEL-
MANN,   Bela.  Principles    of  abnormal  psy-
chology;  the   dynamics  of  psychic  illness,  x,
638p.   22cm.  N. Y., Harper & Bros, 1941.
   MASLOW,   Harold.   The   intelligent   con-
sumer's guide to   hospital   and medical  plans.
32p.  23cm.   N.   Y.,  League   Indust.   Democ-
racy,  1942. 
MASLOW                                      346                                  MASOCHISM
   MASLOW,  Paul.  Rorschach  theory.   89p.
27cm.   [Brooklyn?]  Brooklyn  Coll. Pr.,  1914.
   ----   Rorschach psychology.   149  1.   28cm.
Brooklyn, N. Y., Brooklyn Coll. Pr., 1945.
   MASMONTEIL,  Fernand  Francois  [M.  D.,
1917,  Paris]   Le  traitement  des  fractures  et
luxations  en  clientele.  2.   dd.   265p.   illust.
19cm.   Par., A.  Maloine & fils, 1922.
   For biography see in  Entre cirujan. & hosp. (Castro "Villa-
grana, J.) Mex., 1940, 75-7.
   ----  MINVIELLE, Martin [et al.]   Urgences
de chirurgie  et de medecine:   Urgences medico-
chirurgicales  en  obstetrique;  par  E. Chome.
v.  p.  illust.  32cm.  Par.,   Encyclopedic  med.
chir., 1939.
MASOCHISM.

   See   also   Flagellation;   Libido,   Disorders;
Sadism.
   Garma,  A.   Sadismo  y  masoquismo  en  la
conducta.   208p.   23cm. B. Air.,  1943.
   Kugelmeier, L.  C. M.  *Ueber Sadismus und
Masochismus.   43p.   8?   Bonn,  1927.
   Maassex,   K.  W.  *Ueber  einen  Fall  von
Briefmasochismus  [Kiel]  22p.  21cm.  Wiirzb.,
1937.
   Reik, T.  Aus Leiden Freuden. 404p.  22}£cm.
Lond., 1940.
   ----  The same.   Masochism in modern man.
439p.   23y2cm.   N. Y., 1941.

   Schidlof,  B.   Grausamkeit und  Sexualitat.
299p.   24cm.  Berl., 1930.
   Stekel,   W.   Sadism  and  masochism.   2v.
22cm.   Lond., 1935.
   Aguiar, A. A. d'.   Masochismo psychico de Soror Marianna
Alcoforado.  Arch. med. leg., Lisb., 1922, 1: 93-140.—Allen, C.
Sado-masochism.  In  his Sex.  Pervers., Lond., 1940, 68-73.
------  A case of homosexual  masochism.  Ibid., 127.—Ber-
liner,  B.  Libido and reality in masochism.  Psychoanal. Q.,
1940,  9: 322-33.----■ —  The concept of masochism.  Psv-
choanal. Rev., 1942. 29: 386-400.—Bonaparte. M.  Passivit&t,
Masochismus und Weiblichkeit.  Internat. Zschr. Psvchoanal.,
1935,21:23-9.  "Also English transl.  Internat. J. Psychoanal.,
Lond., 1935, 16: 325-33.—Chavigny,  P.  M. V.  Sadisme et
masochisme.  In his Sex. & med. llg., Par.,  1939,- 65-73.—
Clark, L. P.—A tentative formulation of the origin of sadoma-
sochism.  Psychoanal. Rev., 1927, 14:  85-8.—Dalbiez, R. A
case of sado-masochism.   In his Psvchoanal. Meth. & Doctrine
of Freud, Lond., 1941,  2: 216.—Dalla Volta, A.  Sadismo e
masochismo.   In his Tratt. med. leg., Milano,  1933-35, 1:
301-5.—Deutsch, H.  The significance of masochism in the
mental life of women.  Internat. J.  Psychoanal., Lond.,  1930,
11: 48-60.  ------  Der feminine Masochismus und  seine
Beziehung zur Frigiditat.  Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal.,  1930,
16: 172-84.------Feminine masochism.  In her Psvchol.
Women, N. Y., 1944, 1: 239-78—Dooley, L.  The relation of
humor to masochism.  Psychoanal. Rev.,  1941,  28: 37-46.—
Dupouy, R.  Du masochisme.   Ann. mid. psychol., Par., 1929,
87: pt. 2, 393-405.—Eidelberg, L.  Beitrage zum Studium des
Masochismus. Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., 1934, 20: 336-53.—
Ellis,  H. Love and pain.   In  his Stud. Psychol. Sex, N. Y.,
1936,  1: pt. 2,  66-188.—Ewald, G.  Die  Begrenzung der
Begriffe  Sadismus und Masochismus.   Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1931,  78: 1800-2.—Feniehel, O. Zur Kritik des Todestriebes.
Imago,  Wien,  1935,  21: 458-66.—Florschutz.   Tod durch
perverse  Geschlechtsakte, scheinbarer  Selbstmord.  Aerztl.
Sachverst. Ztg, 1912, 18: 385-8.—Friedlander, K.   Charlotte
Bronte:  a study of a  masochistic character.  Internat. J.
Psychoanal., Lond., 1943, 24: 45-53.—Garma, A.  Sadism and
masochism in human conduct; the obsessive neuroses.  J. Clin.
Psychopath., 1944-45, 6: 1; passim; 1945-46, 7: 43.—Gersh-
kovich,  A. S.  [Physiological treatment  of masochism]  Tr,
Gosud. nauch. inst. fizioter. Semashko, 1934, 2: 230-3.—Gum-
mersbach, H.  Ein  masochistischer  Saurespritzer?  Mschr
Krim. Psychol., 1929, 20: 222-9.—Hattingberg, H. von.   Der
Masochist.  In his Ueber d. Liebe, Miinch., 1937, 61.  ------
Masochismus.  Ibid.,  84.—Hirschfeld, M.  Auto-monosexu-
alism.  In his  Sex. Anomalies, Lond., 1944, 133-6.  ------
Sadomasochism.  Ibid.,  299-305.  ------  Symbolic  maso-
chism.  Ibid., 401-24.  ------  Physical masochism.  Ibid.,
42.5-50.—Horney, K.  The problem of feminine masochism.
Psychoanal. Rev., 1935, 22: 241-57.—Kamiat,  A.  H.  Male
masochism and  culture.   Ibid., 1936, 23: 84-91.—Laignel-
Lavastine  & Desoille,  H.  Masochisme spirituel chez une
intimiste inquietc, cyclothymique et vagotonique.  Encephale,
1929,  24: 195-200.— Laignel-Lavastine, Neveu, P., & Brisson
P.  Masochiate obsede,  habitudes sadiques du  conjoint et
6rotomanie de compensation.  Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1942,
100: pl  1, 163-7.—Lampl de Groot, J.  Masochismus und
NarzisMsmus.  Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal.. 1937, 23: 479-89.—
Lattes. I.,  l'n caso di feticismo aluolaiTnistico.  Arch, antrop.
crim., Tor.,  1915, ser. 4, 7: 297-309.—Leroy.  Perversion
sexuelles (masochisme et homo-sexuality) chez un desequilihre
me'lancolique  et alcoolique.  Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par.,
102S,  16: 123-6.—Lewinsky, H.  On  some aspects of masr>
chism.   Internat.  .1.  Psychoanal., Lond., 1944,  25:  150-5.—
hiss, E.  Thrombocytopenic purpura in  a  case  of sado-maso-
rhism.   Proc.  Brief  Psychother.  Counc, 1944,  2. Counc, 3:
22-8.—Marcuse, M.  Aus dem Eigenbericht und der Selbst-
betrachtung eines Sexualpsychopathen (Landadliger, medizi-
nischer  Laie)  mit den  vorherrschenden  Perversionen: Maso-
chismus und kontrare Sexualempfindung, insbesondere Trans-
vest ismus;  Homosexualitat  nicht  fraglos.  Zschr. Sex. wiss.,
1926-27, 13: 81-3.------Ueber einen ungewohnlichen Fall
von Masochismus bei Inversion.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1930,  125: 465-74.—Maurienne.  J.  L'algophilie  chez lea
ecrivains.   Chron. med., 1932, 39:  3-10.—Menaker. E.   The
masochistic factor in the psychoanalytic situation.  Psycho-
anal. Q., 1942, 11: 171-86.—Menninger, K. A.   Fantasies of
cruelty, of being beaten  or giving beatings, ostensibly for
punishment, but really for perverse pleasure.  In his Human
Mind,  N. Y., 1937, 341-9.   ------   The other side of the
shield;  masochism.  Ibid., 346-9.—Naecke, P.  Warnung vor
ilberschneller  Annahme  von  Sadismus  und Masochismus.
Arch. Krim., 1911, 41: 157.—Ophuijsen, J. H. W. van  [Maso-
chism in twilight state of mind]   Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1929,
73: pt  1, 3109-11.—Peck, M. W.  Psychoanalytic theory of
the neuroses: illustrated bv a case of masochism. J. Abnorm.
Psychol.,  1927-28, 23:  182-203.—Pickford, R. W.  An inter-
pretation of the fantasy of Uncle Silas.   Brit. J. M. Psychol.,
1944-45, 20: 314-21.—Pizarro Crespo, E.  Las  enfermedades
por auto-castigo.  Sem. mid., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 1, 826-33.—
Popov, E.  [Case history of certain forms of masochism (passive
flagellantism)]   Vrach.  delo,  1928, 11:  527-31.—Reich, W.
Der masochistische Charakter; eine sexualokonomische Wider-
legung   des  Todestriebes und  des  Wiederholungszwanges.
Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., 1932, 18: 303-51.  -----  The
problem of masochism and its solution.  In his Funct. Orgasm,
1942, 223-8.  ------  The masochistic character.  Internat.
.1.  Sex.  Econom., 1944, 3: 38-61.—Reik,  T.  The characteris-
tics of  masochism.  Am. Imago, 1939-40,  1: 26-59.—Roche,
P. Q.   Masochistic  motivations in  criminal  behavior.  J.
Crim.  Psychopath.,  1942-43, 4:  431-44.—Sadger, I.  Ein
Beitrag  zum  Verstandnis des Sado-Masochismus.  Internat.
Zschr.  Psychoanal.,  Wien, 1926. 12:  413-21.  Also Engl.
transl. Internat. J. Psychoanal.,  Lond.,  1926,  7:  484-91.—
Sanchez Brezmes, M., & Portillo y Diez de Sollano, R.  Am-
putaci6n de mama consecutiva a lesiones masoquistaa.  Gac.
mid. espafi., 1942, 16: 35-7.—Schilder, P.  On sadomasochism.
In his Goals & Desires, N. Y., 1942,  162-72.—S0rensen, C.
Om algolagnien (Sadisme-masochisme)  og dens terapi.  Ugeskr.
laeger, 1932, 94: 21.—Sterba, R.  Sadism and masochism. In
his Introd. Psychoanal. Theory Libido,  N. Y.,  1942, 41-8 —
Stokes,  J. H.  Masochism and  other sex complexes in the
background of neurogenous dermatitis.  Arch.  Derm. Syph.,
Chic,  1930, 22: 803-10.—Sustmann.  Algolagnistische Verge-
hen an Tieren (Sadismus und Masochismus) Berl.  tierarztl.
Wschr.,  1919, 35:  22.—Symons,  N. J.  Does  masochism
necessarily implv the existence of a death-instinct?  Internat.
J.  Psychoanal., Lond., 1927, 8: 38-46.—Thenon, J.  El com-
plejo sado-masoquista en la neurosis obsesiva.  In hia Neurosis
obses.,  B. Air., 1935,  249-60.   ------  El  masoquismo de
Rousseau.  Ibid., 334-8.—Watson, W. H.   A case of sexual
perversion in an African male.  East Afr. M. J., 1943, 20: 354.—
Weiss,   E.  Todestrieb  und Masochismus.  Imago,  Wien,
1935, 21: 393-411.—Wittels, F.  The mystery of masochism;
the masochist punishes the undesirable person within himself.
Psychoanal. Rev., 1937, 24: 139-49.—Wolff, W.  Sadismus
und Masochismus bei Kindern und Jugendlichen.  Zschr. ges.
Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 132: 570-590.

   MASOIN, Henri.   Un  vieil  h6pital de   pro-
vince;  l'H6pital  Notre-Dame  a la Rose, de Les-
sines.    37p.   pl.  25cm.   Brux., G. v. Campen-
hout  [after 1937]
   MASON, Broadstreet Henry,  1881-1942.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 398.

   MASON, Charles Field, 1864-1922.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.

   MASON, Clyde Walter, 1898-
   See Chamot, E. M., & Mason, C. W.  Handbook of chemical
microscopy.   2v.  8?  N. Y., 1930-31.  Also 2. ed. 1940-44.

   MASON,  David,  1908-        *Folgezustande
nach   traumatischen   Hirnschadigungen  insbe-
sondere nach  der  Commotio cerebri.   33p.  8?
Rostock i.  M., R. Beckmann, 1936.
   MASON,  Edward  Charles, 1891-        Why
we do  it;  an  elementary discussion of  human
conduct  and   related  physiology.   177p.   8?
S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1937. 
MASON
347
MASON
  MASON, Edward Halton, 1888-     Diseases
of metabolism,  p.791-858.  26>^cm.   S.  Louis,
C. V. Mosby Co., 1944.
  In: Practice of Med. (Meakins, J. C.) 4. ed.
  ---Diseases of the ductless glands,  p. 859-
933.  26^cm.  S. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1944.
  In: Practice of Med. (Meakins, J. C.) 4. ed.
  MASON, Enoch Marvin, 1878-1944.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126: 449.
  MASON, Frances Baker,       editor.  Crea-
tion by evolution; a consensus of present-day
knowledge as  set forth by leading authorities in
non-technical  language,  xx, 392p.  illust.  pl.
22cm.  N. Y., Macmillan  Co., 1928.
  MASON, Frederick Lawrence,  1886-
Principles of  optometry.  Pt  1.   385p.  illust.
diagr.  8?   S. Franc,  A. Carlisle  & Co., 1936.
Also 2. ed. vi, 436p.  1940.
  MASON, J. H.  Gas gangrene in the dog.   6p.
tab.  25cm.   Johannesb.,  South  African  Vet.
Med. Ass., 1942.
  Repr. from J. S. Afr. Vet. M. Ass., 1942, 13: No. 2, 31-5.
  MASON, James Boyd, 1874-1943.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 317.
  MASON, James Tate, 1882-1936.
  For biography see Clin. M. & S., 1935, 42: 419, portr.  Also
Pennsylvania M. J., 1935-36, 39: 805.
  For obituary see Ann. Surg.,  1937, 105: 318-20,  portr.
(Naffziger, H. C.) Also Clin. Virginia Mason Hosp., Seattle,
1936, 15: 25-8, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass.,  1936, 106: 2252,
portr. Also Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1936, 54: 434-6, portr. (Naff-
ziger, H. C.)  Also Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1936, 49: 462-4,
portr. (Rankin, F. W.)  Also Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1936, 46:
455, portr. (Holden, W. B.)
  MASON,   John,  1706-63.   Self  knowledge.
211p.  8?  Boston, J. Thomas &  E. T. Andrews,
1793.
  MASON,   John  Alden,  1885-      Use  of
tobacco in  Mexico  and South  America.  15p.
pl.   8?  Chic, Field Mus. Natur. Hist., 1924.
  Forms Leaflet  No. 16, Field Mus.  Natur. Hist.,  Dep.
Anthrop.
  ---  Costa Rican stonework; the  Minor C.
Keith collection,  p. 193-317.  illust.  pl.  27cm.
N. Y., Am. Mus. Natur. Hist., 1945.
  Forms Pt 3, v. 39, Anthrop. Papers, Am. Mus. Natur. Hist.
  See also Kroeber, A. L., Mason, J. A. [et al.]  Franz Boas,
1858-1942.  119p. 24^cm.  Menasha, 1943.
  MASON,  John Wright, 1852-1930.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 363.  Also Lancet,
Lond., 1930, 1: 378.
  MASON, Lewis  Duncan, 1843-1927.
  For biography see in Hist. Long Island, N. Y., 1902, 2: 556,
portr. (Ross, P. V.)
  MASON,  M. Gwendolyn  Hunsicker.  *Tissue
culture studies showing the effect of diphtheria
toxin, toxoid, and T-A  mixture upon fibro-blasts
of chick embryo hearts   [Pennsylvania; Ph. D.]
31p.  pl.  diagr.  23cm.  Phila. [n. p.] 1930.
  MASON,   Mary.  How  to  make  tempting
nutritious desserts.  30p.   illust.  19^cm.   Lit-
tle Falls, N. Y., C. Hansen's Laborat., 1941.
  MASON,  Mary  Frank,  1888-      The pa-
tients'  library; a guide  book for volunteer  hos-
pital library service,  lllp.  illust. diagr. form.
23cm.  N. Y., H.  W. Wilson Co., 1942.
  MASON,  Otis Tufton,  1838-1908.  Woman's
share in primitive culture,  xiii, 295p.  illust.  pl.
19^cm.  N. Y., D. Appleton & Co., 1894.
  MASON,  Robert French, 1869-1942.
  For obituary see Med. Ann. District of Columbia,  1942, 11:
464.
  MASON,  Robert Leonard,  1896-        Pre-
operative and postoperative treatment.   495p.
illust.  8?  Phila., W. B. Saunders Co., 1937.
  ---& ZINTEL, Harold Albert.  Preoperative
and postoperative treatment.  2. ed.   xiv, 584p.
illust.   diagr.   24cm.   Phila., W. B. Saunders
Co., 1946.
  MASON, Rufus Osgood,  1830-1903.   Telep-
athy and the subliminal self; an account of recent
investigations regarding hypnotism, automatism,
dreams,  phantasms,  and  related  phenomena.
viii, 343p.  portr.  19cm.   N.  Y.,  H.  Holt  &
Co., 1899.
  MASON, Theodore Lewis, 1803-82.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MASON, William Henry Harrison, 1817-92.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MASON, William Pitt, 1853-1937.  Examina-
tion  of  water, chemical  and  bacteriological.
Rev.  by Arthur M.  Buswell.  4.  ed.  vi, 180p.
illust.  pl.   map.  tab.  19cm.  N. Y., J. Wiley
& Son, 1915.   Also 6. ed.   ix, 224p.  map.  8?
N.  Y., 1931.
  For obituary see Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1937) 1938, 375-7
(Noyes, W. A.)

MASON [and masonry]
  See  also Building; Mortar; also such headings
as Chalicosis; Silicosis, etc.
  Thesing,   E.  Die  Berufskrankheiten   der
Maurer und Bauarbeiter.  31p.  8?  Berl., 1913.
  Baader, E. & Lehmann, G.  Ueber die Oekonomie der Mau-
rerarbeit. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1928-29,  1: 40-53.-—Brandis,
S. A., & Borschtschewski, A. S.  Physiologie der  funktionell
zergliederten  Arbeit des Maurers.  Ibid., 1932-33, 6: 1-45.—
Midana, A.   Lesioni cutanee professional! da calce viva.  Gior.
ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: Suppl., 10-2.
  MASON General Hospital (Brentwood, N. Y.)
  See United States.  Army.  Mason General Hospital.
  MASON-HOHL, Elizabeth Pearl, 1890-
  Translator of Trotula. The diseases of women.  51p. 23J^cm.
Los Ang., 1940.
  For biography see Med. Woman J.,  1940, 47:  256;  1942,
49:  89; 1943, 50: 15, portr.
  MASON  post;  Mason   General  Hospital.
Brentwood, L. I., v.l, No. 0  [!] 1945.
  Duplicates, in part, material contained in v.l, No. 1 of the
Spotlite issued on the same day.
  MASOTTI, Adolfo.  II mesotorio,  nella  cura
di  alcune  dermatosi  e neoformazioni   maligne
della  pelle  e  delle   mucose.   x,    129p.  18:
Milano, U. Hoepli, 1915.
   MASPERO, Henri, 1883-        GROUSSET,
Rene, & LION, Lucien.  Les ivoires religieux et
m^dicaux  chinois;  d'apres  la collection Lucien
Lion.  99p.  pl. 22^cm.  Par.,  Edit, d'art, 1939.
   MASPETIOL, Roger,  1906-      *Les  sup-
purations exocraniennes d'origine  otitique. lOlp.
8?   Par., M. Vign<§, 1937.
   MASPOLI, Costante, 1908-        *Les injec-
tions  intraveineuses  [Alfort;  Vet.]  125p.  8"
Par. M. Vigne, 1932.
   MASPOLI,  Jean,  1913-       Contribution
a l'etude  des  coussinets des  phalanges.   51p-
24cm.  Par'., Libr. Le Francois, 1943.
   MASQUET, Victor Jean, 1900-       *L'em-
ploi  des  laits  acides  chez  le  nourrisson.   88p.
8?   Par., L. Arnette, 1928.
   MASQUIN,   Pierre,  1900-       *Les   syn-
dromes  confusionnels  dans les grands  trau-
matismes   craniens.   209p.   pl.   8?   Par.,  E.
Le Frangois, 1931.
   ----& TRELLES, Julio Oscar.  Precis d'ana-
tomo-physiologie  normale  et  pathologique  du
systeme nerveux central,  iv, 613p.  illust.   8?
Par.,  G. Doin  & cie,  1937.   Also  2. 6d.  598p.
 1942.
   MASS, Zacharie, 1907-       *De  la nephrec-
tomie primitive  dans  la  cure chirurgicale des
grosses  pyonephroses.   184p.  8?   Par.,  E.
Le Francois, 1934. 
MASS
348
MASSACHUSETTS
MASS.
  See  also  Crowd  psychology;  Group; Propa-
ganda.
  Adler, A.  Zur Massenpsvchologie.  Internat.  Zschr.  In-
dividpsychol., Wien, 1934, 12: 133-41.—Binet, L., & Bourliere,
F.  L'effet de groupe en physiologie.  Presse m6d., 1945, 53:
59.—Bohn, G., & Drzewina, A.  Nouvelle recherches sur les
effets de masse dans  les agglomerations animales, et  essais
d'interpretation.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1928,  99:  1567-70 —
Johnson, D. M.  The phantom anesthetist of Mattoon; a
field study of mass hysteria.  J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1945, 40:
175-86.—Park, R. E.  Human nature and collective behavior.
Am. J. Sociol., 1927, 32: 733-41.—Shiaifer, A.  Studies in mass
physiology; effect of numbers upon the oxygen consumption
and locomotor activity of Carassius auratus.  Physiol.  Zool.,
1938, 11:408-24.
  MASSA, Diogenes E.   [M. D., 1912,  B. Aires]
*Contribuci6n al  estudio de  la polioencefalo-
mielitis epid^mica, enfermedad de Heine-Medin.
274p.   27cm.  B. Air.,  A. Guidi  Buffarini, 1912.
  MASSA, Niccolo,     -1569.
  Goodall, E. W. Note on the  Liber de febre pestilentiali of
Nicolas Massa.  Proc. R. Soc. AL, Lond., 1933, 26: Hist. Med.,
24.
  MASSA,  Vincent.  *Etude  botanique et  chi-
mique d'une rubiacee du  littoral mediterraneen,
Crucianella maritima L. [Pharm.]   115p.  illust.
tab.  diagr.   25}£cm.   Montpel., Impr. C.  De-
han, 1938.
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Agricultural Ex-
periment Station.   Annual report.  Amherst, 33.,
1920-
  ----  Bulletin.   3  Nos.   23cm.   Amherst,
1941-43.
                   CONTENTS
  No. 383. The sanitarv evaluation of private water supplies.
France, R. L. 1941.
  No. 390. The composition  and nutritive value  of potatoes
with special emphasis  on vitamin C.  Esselen, W. B., Lyons,
M. E., & Fellers, C. R.  1942.
  No. 414. Bacteria and  rural water supplies.  Fuller, J. E.
1014. 20p.
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Board of Regis-
tration  of  Nurses.   Annual report.   Bost.,  1.
(1910)  1911-
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Board of Met-
ropolitan  Sewerage  Commissioners.    Report
upon a high-level gravity sewer for the relief of
the Charles and Neponset  River valleys (Resolves
of 1898, Chapter 4, January, 1899)   113p. map.
tab.  23cm.   Bost.,  Wright & Potter Print  Co.,
1899.
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A. Bureau of Pris-
ons.  Annual report.  Bost., 4. (1918/19) 1919.
  Continued by the  Annual report  of  the Department of
Correction.
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S.  A. Department of
Correction.   Annual report of the Commissioner.
Bost.,  1920-
  Continues the Annual report of the Bureau of Prisons.
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S.  A. Department of
Industrial  Accidents.  Annual  report. Bost.,
(1933/34) 1935-
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Department of
Labor and  Industries.  Division of Occupational
Hygiene.  Cutting-oil dermatitis.   1 1. 28cm.
Bost., 1943.
  MASSACHUSETTS,  U. S. A.  Department of
Mental Diseases.   Annual  report of the Com-
missioner.   Gardner, 1915/16-
  ----  Bulletin.   Gardner, v.16, 1932-
  MASSACHUSETTS,  U. S. A.  Department of
Mental Diseases.  Division of Mental Hygiene.
Habit  training for   children,  simplified,   lip.
8?  Bost,, Mass. Soc Ment. Hyg., 1929.
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Department of
Public Health.  Annual report.  Bost., 1870-
  ----   Special report relative  to health  and
medical service in  sparsely settled districts, Janu-
ary, 1925.  9Sp.  23cm.  Bost., Wright & Potter
Print. Co.,  1925.
   Forms No. 1075, House of Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
   ----   Manual of laws relating to public health.
Amendment, 1933.   [v. p.]   23cm.   Bost., 1933'
   ----   The nurse  in control of gonorrhea and
syphilis.  36p.   8?  Bost.,  1933.
   ----   Newsletter.  Bost., v.l, 1936-
   ----   Regulations governing  the reporting of
gonorrhea  and  syphilis.   3p.   23cm.   Bost
1938.
   ----   Massachusetts  mosquito survey; train-
ing course  for  field  personnel; ed. by Vlado A.
Getting,   vi,  90p.  illust.   facs.  tab.  form
pl.  28cm.   Bost., 1939.
   ——   Information  for  the  patient.    14p
18cm.  Bost., 1940.
   ----Good eating habits.   8p.  23cm. Bost.,
1941.
   -—-—  Special  report  of  the  Department of
Public  Health  relative to  varieties  and preva-
lence of mosquitoes in the Commonwealth, under
Chapter  14 of the Resolves of 1939,  December,
1940.   70p.    tab.    diagr.    22^cm.    Bost.,
Wright & Potter Print.  Co., 1941.
   Forms No. 2260, House of Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
   ----  Bulletin of the Department of Public
Health?   Bost., No.  106, 1942-
   ----  Department  activities, 1941.   103p,
tab.  23cm.  Bost.,  the Commonhealth, 1942.
   ----  Food for the little  child 2-6 years.  4p.
23cm.  Bost., 1942.
   ----  Special report of  Services for crippled
children,  Department of Public Health, for the
five year period  1936-1941.  v, 43p.  tab.   pl.
diagr.  23cm.  Bost., 1942.
   —---  Vitamin  B  and   C  foods  each  day:
Keeping the vitamins in your food.   4p.   23cm.
Bost., 1942.
   ----   Reported  cases   of  certain diseases.
Bost., v.15, 1943-V.16,  No.  16, 1944.
   Continued by its: Bulletin; communicable diseases numher,
   ----  Bulletin; communicable diseases num-
ber.  Bost., v.16, No. 17, 1944-V.18, No. 14, 1946.
   Preceded by its: Reported cases of certain diseases; con-
tinued as its: Communicable disease information.
   ----   Communicable disease   information.
Bost,, v.15, 1943-
   Title varies: v.16, No. 17, 1944- v.18, No. 14, 1946 as Bulle-
tin; communicable diseases number; before v.16, No. 16, 1944
it reads: Reported cases of certain diseases.
   ----  Laboratory notes.   Bost., v.4,  1944-
   See also:
   Denny, F. P.,  Feemster, R. F., & Prescott,
S. C.   Fifty  years  of public  health  in  Massa-
chusetts.  22p.   23>^cm.  Needham, 1940?
   See also  Bulletin of venereal diseases. Bost., v.8, No. 3,
1945-
   See also  Patterson, R. S., A Baker. M. C. Seventy-five
years of public health in Massachusetts.  Am. J. Pub. Health,
1944, 34: 1270-3.—Role of the .Massachusetts Department of
Public Health in civilian  defense.  N. England J. M.,  1942.
226: 507.—Rules and  regulations for the licensing of hospitals
by the Massachusetts Department of  Public Health.  Ibid.,
1006-12.
   MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.   Department of
Public  Health.  Division  of  Adult  Hygiene.
Cancer control; the what, whither, how.   ix, 86p.
illust.  23cm.   Bost., 1943.
   ----  Bulletin.  Cancer   bulletin   numbers.
Bost., v.12, 1944-
   MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Department of
Public  Health.  Division  of  Child  Hygiene.
Your premature baby.  8p.   23cm.  Bost,, 1938.
   ----  The mother's teeth.   3p.   23cm. Bost.,
1941. 
MASSACHUSETTS
349
MASSACHUSETTS
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Department of
Public Health.  Division of Sanitary Engineering.
Bulletin.  Sanitalk numbers.  Bost., No. 2, 1944-
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Department of
Public Health.  Division of Tuberculosis.   Laws,
regulations and standards regarding subsidy for
the hospitalization  of the tuberculous,  and laws
and regulations relating to the establishment and
maintenance of tuberculosis dispensaries by cities
and towns.  8p.  23cm.  Bost., 1938.
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Department of
Public Health & MASSACHUSETTS Committee
on Public Safety.  Dietary  equivalents for war-
time rationing.   1  1.  tab.  28cm.  Bost.  [after
1942]
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Department of
Public Health & UNITED STATES, Work Proj-
ects Administration, Federal Works Agency.  A
survey of the mosquitoes of Massachusetts, with
a discussion of the  relation of mosquitoes to  dis-
ease.  Compiled by Vlado  A.  Getting,   x, 138p.
map. tab.  diagr.   28 x 22cm.  Bost., 1940.
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  Department of
Public  Welfare.  Annual report.  Bost.  (1920)
1921-
  ---   Manual of laws.  175p. 8?  Bost.,  1936.
  MASSACHUSETTS,  U.  S.  A.  Division of
Vital Statistics.  Annual  report on  the vital
statistics of Massachusetts.  Bost.,  1842-
  MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.  House  of Rep-
resentatives.  Select  Committee  on Legalizing
the Study of Anatomy.   Report on so much of the
Governor's speech, at the June Session, 1830, as
relates to legalizing the study of anatomy.   118p.
25^cm.  Bost., Dutton & Wentworth,  1831.
  MASSACHUSETTS,  U.  S.  A.  Metropolitan
District   Commission.  Annual   report.  Bost.
(1887) 1890-
  MASSACHUSETTS,  U.  S. A.   Services for
Crippled Children.
  See under Massachusetts, U. S. A.  Department of Public
Health.
  MASSACHUSETTS,  U. S. A.  State  Depart-
ment of Education.  Manual for teaching the
effects of alcohol, stimulants, and narcotics upon
the human body.   31p.  8?   Bost., 1933.
  Forms No. 269, Bull.  Dep. Educ. Massachusetts.

  ---  &  MASSACHUSETTS  Department of
Public  Health.   Massachusetts course of study
in health education.  5 Nos.  tab.  form.   23cm.
Bost., 1940-41.
                   CONTENTS
  Bull. No. 1. Suggestions to school administrators for health
teaching in junior high schools.  1940.
  Bull. No. 2. Suggested teaching units in community health
for the junior high school. 1940.
  Bull.  No.  3. Suggested teaching  units in physiology as
applied to daily living for the junior high school.  1940.
  Bull. No. 4. Suggested teaching units in home nursing and
child care for girls for the junior high school.  1941.
  Bull. No. 5. Suggested teaching units on first aid for grade
9 boys.  1941.


MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A.

  See also Health organization.
  Brown,  F. H.  The medical register of the
state of  Massachusetts.  296p.   12?    Bost.,
1875.
  Callaghan, E.   A contribution to  the struc-
tural geology of central Massachusetts,  p. 27-75.
8?  N.  Y., 1931.
  In: Ann. N. York Acad. Sc, 33:
 Massachusetts; summary of vital statistics,  1941.  Vital
Statist. Spec. Rep. TJ. S. Bur. Census, 1943, 18: 288-300.—
Weston, A. D.  Topography  of the state of Massachusetts.
Commonhealth, Bost., 1935, 22: 237-40.
----   Medicine and history.

  Roth,  A.  Thirty-five  years of  the Massa-
chusetts  Nurses'   Association.   62p.   23cm.
Bost.,  1938.
  Bigelow, J.  The paradise of doctors; a fable [1858] Good
Health,  1942, 77: 38; passim.—Bowers, W. P.  The Massa-
chusetts board of registration in medicine.  N. England J. M.,
1935, 213: 1-5.—Brown, W. H.   The Massachusetts endemic
index.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1918, 1: 2122-4.—Chadwick,
H. D. Public health in Massachusetts in 1934. Commonhealth,
Bost., 1935, 22: 199-203. ------ The diseases of the inhabit-
ants of  the Commonwealth.  N. England J.  M., 1937,  216:
1003-15.—Cheever, D.  The turn of the century, and after.
Ibid., 1940, 222: 1-11, 10 portr.—Doctors launch medical serv-
ice; blue shield adopted as emblem. Ibid., 1942, 227: No. 5, pt
2, 1.—Feemster, R. F.  Reportable diseases rare in Massachu-
setts. Commonhealth, Bost., 1939, 26: 74-8.-^Horowitz, M. P.
A synoptic report on a comparative sanitary survey of  two
Massachusetts cities. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1917, 7: 698-710 —
Jakmauh, P. J. Massachusetts public-health problems in war-
time.  N. England .1. M., 1912, 227: 206-9. - Lombard, H. L.
The chronic disease problem in  Massachusetts.  Proc.  Nat.
Conf. Soc. Work, 1930, 57:  110-51.—McKay,  F. L. The  pre-
mature program of Massachusetts.   Commonhealth, Bost.,
1938, 25: No. 1, 45-7.—Massachusetts hospital and other insti-
tutional facilities and services, 1039.  Vital Statist. Spec.  Rep.
U. S. Bur.  Census,  1941, 13: 199-200.—Means,  J. H.   The
teaching of medicine at the Massachusetts general  hospital.
Bull. Harvard M. Alumni, 1934, 9: 1-5.—Tobey, J. A. Public
health administration in Massachusetts.  Boston M. & S. J.,
1927, 197: 266-71.—Vital statistics summary, Massachusetts:
1939.  Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. TJ. S. Bur. Census, 1940, 10:
499-530.—What will Massachusetts do about the education of
physicians? N. England J.  M., 1034, 211: 558.—Winslow, C.
E. A.  A half-century of the Massachusetts public health asso-
ciation.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1940, 30: 325-35.

  MASSACHUSETTS-BAY, N.  Engl. Legisla-
ture.   Acts  and laws of  his majesty's province
of the Massachusetts-Bay in New-England  [As-
sembly of 29 May, 1723, Chapters  1-6; 27 May,
1724, Chapter 7]   61.   20cm.   Bost., Printed by
B. Green for B. Eliot, 1726.
  Bound with:  Massachusetts-Bay,  N. Engl.  Legislature.
House of Representatives.   A bill entituled, An act of limita-
tion for quieting of possessions.
  Photostat.

  MASSACHUSETTS-BAY, N. Engl. Legisla-
ture.   House  of  Representatives.   A  bill   en-
tituled, An act of limitation for quieting of  pos-
sessions.   1 1.   17cm.  [Bost., 1723?]
   MASSACHUSETTS Central Health Council.
Report.  Bost.  (1943) 1944-
   MASSACHUSETTS  Child  Council.   Child
welfare handbook; a  guide  to  health and social
services.   Beatrice S. Stone, editor,  x,  58p.
23cm.   Bost., 1943.
   MASSACHUSETTS Civic League.
   Publisher of Lens (The) Bost,, v.4, No. 2, 1926-

   MASSACHUSETTS  College  of Pharmacy.
Bulletin.  Bost., v.l,  1867/68-
   ----  Catalog.  Bost., 1946-
   MASSACHUSETTS  Committee  on   Public
Safety.  Medical  handbook No. 1: Organization,
 Medical  division  and care of injured civilians.
31p.  diagr.  19^cm.  Bost., 1941.
----   Manual on industrial health for defense.
30p.   1914cm.   Bost., 1942.
   See  also Massachusetts, TJ. S. A.  Department  of Public
Health, & Massachusetts Committee on Public Safety.   Die-
tary equivalents for wartime rationing.  1  1. 28cm.  Bost.,
after 1942.

   MASSACHUSETTS  Committee  on   Public
Safety.  Division of Health and Social Services.
Registration and information offices,  volunteer
offices.   8p.   19/2cm.  Bost., 1941.
   ----  Plan  of  emergency health services for
cities and towns.   8p.   19>2cm.  Bost.,  1941.
   ----  Nutrition  guide;  a  short  course for
homemakers.  31p.   19^cm.  Bost., 1942.

   ----  Manual  on  industrial health for  war
workers.   Rev.   2.   ed.  39p.  19^cm.  Bost.,

 1943. 
MASSACHUSETTS
350
MASSACHUSETTS
   ----  War  emergency nutrition guide.   Pre-
 pared  in cooperation with the War Services Di-
 vision.   36p.  tab.   19}2cm.   Bost.,  1943.
   MASSACHUSETTS   Committee   on   Public
 Safety.  War  Services Division.
   See the above entry.
   MASSACHUSETTS Cremation Society.  Cre-
 mation.  32p.;4p.  plan.  tab.  18cm.  Bost., 1920.
   Revised plans,  4p. laid in.   [Pamph. v.5737]
   MASSACHUSETTS Emergency and Hygiene
 Association.   Six lectures upon school hygiene,
 delivered under the  auspices of  the  Massachu-
 setts  Emergency  and Hygiene  Association  to
 teachers  in   the  public  schools.   201p.   8?
 Boston, Ginn  & Co.,  1885.
   MASSACHUSETTS Eye and  Ear  Infirmary.
   See under Boston.
   MASSACHUSETTS General Hospital.
   See Boston.  Massachusetts General Hospital.
   MASSACHUSETTS  health  journal.   Bost.,
 v.15, 1934-
   MASSACHUSETTS  Hospital  for  Dipsoma-
 niacs and Inebriates.
   See Fozborough State Hospital.

   MASSACHUSETTS Hospital  Life  Insurance
 Company.  Proposals of  the Massachusetts Hos-
 pital Life Insurance Company, to make insurance
 on lives, to grant annuities on lives and in trust,
 and  endowments  for  children,   June  2,  1830.
 56p.  tab.   17J/2cm.   Bost., J.  Loring, 1830.
   MASSACHUSETTS Hospital Service.   A mes-
 sage to physicians.   8p.  illust.   17cm.   Bost.,
 1942?
   MASSACHUSETTS Institute  of Technology.
 Bulletin.  Catalogue issue.  Cambr.. v.l, 1865/66-
   See also  Compton, K. T. Progress at  the Massachusetts
 Institute of Technology.  Science, 1941, 94: 587.
   MASSACHUSETTS  Medical   Service.  By-
 laws.  7p.   21cm.   Bost., 1942.
   ----  [Contract for surgical and other services
 or indemnity]   4p.   22cm.  Bost., 1942.
   ----  Rules and  regulations  concerning the
 schedule  of   surgical,  obstetrical and   X-ray
 benefits.  8p.   21cm.   Bost.,  1942.
   ----  Schedule  of  surgical,  obstetrical  and
 X-ray  benefits.  19p.   21cm.   Bost., 1942.
   See also  First  contract  initial step  in  complete service.
 N. England J. M., 1942, 227: 155— Income limits determined
 for subscribers. Ibid.,  117.—McCann, J.  C.  The corporate
 structure.  Ibid., 84. ------ Medical service plans. J.Am.
 M. Ass., 1942,  120: 1318-24.  ------  Report of the Com-
 mittee Concerned with  Prepayment  Medical-Care  Costs
 Insurance.   N. England J. M.,  1943,  229:  79-81.—Porter, C.
 Doctors announce  prepaid service; statewide plan to aid wage
 earners.  Ibid., 1942, 226: No. 25, pt.  2, 1.

   MASSACHUSETTS Medical  Society!   Out-
 line of physical therapy,  lip.   8?  Bost., 193-
   See also:
   Burrage, W. L.   A  history  of the   Massa-
 chusetts  Medical Society, with brief biographies
 of the  founders and  chief officers,  1781-1922
 505p.  8?   Norwood,  1923.
   Massachusetts Medical Society; one hundred
 thirtieth  anniversary  1911,  held on  June  14,
 1911, at the Harvard  Medical School,  Boston.
 8p.   24?  Bost., 1911.
   See also Burrage, W. L.  The founding of the Berkshire
 District Medical Society, with notes on the first period of the
existence of the Massachusetts Medical Society.  Boston M. &
 S.  J., 1917, 177: 720-6.  ------  Proceedings of the council
 N. England J. M.,  1933, 209: 1-7.—Cabot,  A. J.  The Massa-
chusetts Medical Society and the public service.  Boston M A-
 S. J., 1911, 165: 859-62.—Clute, H. M., Kickham, E. L. [et ai]
Proceedings  of the Council, Massachusetts Medical Societv
October  7,  1942.  N. England  J. M., 1942, 227-  743-58 —
Fleet, J.   A fiery  ordeal.  Doid., 1941, 224: 1006-14 portr
illust.—Gardner, A. R.  The history of [Massachusetts Med-
ical Society]  Middlesex North  District,  1844-1944  Ibid
^M' l3r3: 29T.33-TG??,P- ^o   Speech at the a^ual dunier
of the Massachusetts Medical Society,  June 11  1908   Boatâ„¢
M. & S.  J., 1908, 158: 955-8.-Officers 1936-1937.   N  En£
 land J. M., 1937, 216: 924, portr.—159th anniversary: Tuesday
 and Wednesday, May 21 and 22, Copley-Plaza Hotel, Boston
 Ibid., 1940,  222: 813-21.—One hundred and sixtieth anni!
 versary,  Wednesday and Thursday, May 21 and 22 the
 Copley-Plaza, Boston.   Ibid., 1941, 224: 781-5.—Proceeding
 of the Council, annual  meeting, June  1, 1938.  Ibid., 1938
 218: 1095-104.—Proceedings of the Council; special meetine'
 April 26,  1939.  Ibid., 1939,  220: 871-9.—Proceedings of
 the 158th annual meeting.  Ibid.,  221: 14-30.—Proceeding!
 of the Council; stated meeting, October 4,  1939.  Ibid., 699-
 703.—Proceedings of  the  159th anniversary.   Ibid.,' 1940
 223: 7-21.—Proceedings  of  the Council,  special  meeting
 April 9, 1941.  Ibid., 1941, 224: 804-12.—Proceedings of the
 one hundred and sixtieth anniversary.  Ibid., 225:  10-27.—
 Proceedings  of the Council, stated meeting, October 1, 1941
 Ibid., 726-45.—Proceedings of  the Council, stated  meetine
 February 4,  1942.  Ibid.,  1942, 226:  421-48.—Proceedings
 of the Council; special meeting, April 15, 1942. Ibid., 805-24.—
 Proceedings of the Council; annual meeting, May 25 and 20,
 1942.  Ibid., 1028-43.—Proceedings of the  one hundred ami
 sixty first anniversary,  May 25, 26 & 27, 1942.   Ibid., 227:
 54-74.-—Proceedings of the Council; stated meeting, February
 3,  1943.   Ibid.,  1943,  228: 343-71.—Proceedings of the
 Council; annual meeting, May 24, 1943.  Ibid., 229: 57-83.—
 Proceedings  of the 162nd anniversary; May 24,  25 and 26
 1943.  Ibid., 158-79.—Stone,  J. S.  The  relations of the'
 Massachusetts Medical  Society to the public.  Boston M  &
 S. J., 1924, 190: 1005-12.—Truesdale, P. E.  The Massachu-
 setts Medical Society and the Bristol South District Medical
 Society.   N. England J. M., 1940, 222: 98-105.

  MASSACHUSETTS Medical Society.  Hamp-
 den District.
  For official bulletin see Hampden (The) Hippocrat.  Spring!
 v.5, 1946-

  MASSACHUSETTS Medical Society.   Nor-
 folk District Medical Society.  Annual  meetine.
 [Bost.?] 1867-
  MASSACHUSETTS  Medico-Legal   Society.
 Transactions.   Bost., v.5, 1926-
  MASSACHUSETTS Nurses' Association.
  See:
  Roth, A.  Thirty-five  years of the Massachu-
 setts Nurses' Association.  62p.   23cm.   Bost.,
 1938.
  MASSACHUSETTS Society for Mental Hy-
 giene.   Monthly bulletin.  Bost., v.5, 1926-v.ll,
 1932.
  For continuation see: Mental health sentinel, v.l, 1940-

  MASSACHUSETTS  State   Dental  Society.
 Bulletin of the Massachusetts State Dental Soci-
 ety.  Bost., v.2, 1926-
  See also Kinsman, E. O., & Boardman, W. E.  Massachu-
setts Dental Society.  In: Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.)
 Chic, 1909, 1: 942-52.

  MASSACHUSETTS   Tuberculosis  League.
 Proceedings.  Bost.,   22.  (1935) 1936-


 MASSACRE.

  Hallermann, W.  Die Todesopfer der Volksdeutechen aus
den  Geisselziigen im Warthegau.  Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med.,
 1940, 34: 54-90.—Panning, G.  Der Bromberger Blutsonntag;
em  genchtsarztlicher Bericht.   Ibid.,  7-54.—Waegner, H.
Menetekel; ausliindische und deutsche  Gerichtsmediziner an
der  Mordstatte  in  Winniza.  Deut.  Aerztebl.,  1943, 73:
207-9.—Wehner.  Kriminalistische  Ergebnisse bei  der Auf-
kiarung polnischer  Greuel an Volksdeutschen. Deut. Zschr.
gerichtl. Med., 1940, 34: 90-115.


 MASSAGE.

  See also  Abdomen,  Massage; Exercise; Gym-
nastics;  Kinesitherapy;  Manipulative  surgery;
 Masseur.
  Ward,   J.   M.   Notes  on  massage.  97p.
20y2cm.   Phila., 1898.
  Arnold, J. F. Some of the principles of manual  therapy; its
appUcation by the physician.  N. York M. J., 1905, 81: 941-
•>•—Bailey, L. D.  Massage and  the moment.  Brit. J. Phys.
 M.,  1941, 4: 134-7.—Biermann, H.  Notes on massage.  Am.
J. Nursing, 1906-07, 7: 534-8.—Bum,  A.  Aphorismen (iber
 Massage.  Wien. med. Presse, 1906, 47: 341-9.—Coulter, 3. S.
 Massage.  In: Treat. Gen. Med. (Reimann, H.  A.) 2. ed.,
Phila., 1941, 3:  2579-625; 1944, 4:  442-73—Elmslie, B.  C.
Massage.  Tr. R. Med.  Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1927, 21: 37-51.
Also  Glasgow M. J., 1927,  107: 65-73.—Glaser, L. F., &
Rickter, C. O.  Massage.  In: Methods of Treat. (Clendening,
L., &  Hashinger,  E. H.)  8. ed., S. Louis, 1943, 443-55.—
Krusen, F. H. Massage.  In: Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A.,
ed.)  N. Y., 1940,1: 810(42)-810(50)— Magazanik, G. L. [Mas- 
MASSAGE                                       351                                      MASSAGE
 sage]   Feldsher, Moskva, 1943, 30-4.—Massage and medical
 gymnastics.  Med. J. Australia,  1942,  1:  440.—Massage;
 round  table and demonstration.  Physiother. Rev., 1940, 20:
 29-41.—Mennell,  J.  R.  Massage.  In:  Brit. Encycl.  M.
 Pract.  (Rolleston,  H.)  Lond., 1938, 8: 381-93.—Mueller, A.
 A massagem adequada.   Educ. fis., Rio, 1942, No. 67, 35-9.—
 Nozioni per il massaggio.  Minerva  med.,  Tor.,  1941,  32:
 varia,  pt 1, 284-6.—Pemberton, R., Coulter, J. S., & Mock,
 H. E.  Massage.   J. Am.  M.  Ass.,  1930, 94:  1989-97.—
 Pemberton, R., & Scull, C. W.  Massage.  In: Med. Physics
 (Glasser, O.)  Chic, 1944, 700-6.—Pigeon.  Pour  bien com-
 prendre le massage; lexicologie.  Congr. internat. auxil. med.,
 1937, 1. Congr., 67-9.—Pudymaitis, O.  [On massage]  Medi-
 cina, Kaunas,  1939, 20: 124-30.—Ulrich, V.   Massage.   Old
 Dominion J. M. & S., 1905-06,  4: 55-62.  Also Virginia M.
 Month.,  1905-06,  10: 152-6.—Walter, M. J.  Massage and
 exercise contrasted.   N.  England  M.  Month.,   1905,   24:
 223-6.—Williams, T.  A.   General principles of  massage treat-
 ment.  Med. Herald,  1931, 50: 469-72.

 ----   Effect.

   Bratjer,   H.    *Ueber  die   physiologischen
 Grundlagen der  Massagewirkung  [Bonn]   24p.
 8?  Bresl., 1937.
   Kaiser,  E.   *Experimentelle Untersuchungen
 iiber  Wirkungen  von  Massage.  41p.  8?  Ziir.,
 1928.
   Keller, H.  *Neuere Anschauungen  iiber die
 physiologische  Wirkung  der   Massage  [Berlin]
 24p.   8?  Charlottenb., 1936.
   Kost, R. W.   *Der Einfluss der Massage auf
 den  Sauerstoffverbrauch des  ausgeruhten Orga-
 nismus.  lip.   8?    Berl., 1927.
   Also Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1927, 33:

   Strassburg, L.    *Unsere  neuere  Auffassung
 uber  die Wirksamkeit  der  Massagebehandlung.
 47p.   8?  Bonn,  1934.
   Beard, G.  The nhvsiological effects and technie of massage.
 Physiother. Rev., 1939, 19: 67-75.—Billings, E. G., & Collins,
 M. E.  Some psychiatric implications of massage.  Ibid., 1937,
 17: 51-3.—Biorkman, C. G. A. Scientific and practical aspects
 of massage.   Arch. Phys. Ther., 1934, 15: 425-42.—Cajori,
 F. A., Crouter, C. Y.,  & Pemberton, R.  The physiologic effect
 of massage.   Arch. Int.  M.,  1927, 39:  281-5.—Colloca,  E.
 Influenza del massaggio sul tono muscolare.  Nuova riv. clin.
 ter., 1907, 10: 113-23.—Cuthbertson,  D. P.  The effect of
 massage  on  the  metabolism of normal  individuals.   Q. J.
 Med.,  Oxf., 1932, n. ser.,  1: 387.  ------  The effect of mas-
 sage on metabolism:  a  survey.  Glasgow M.  J.,   1933,  120:
 200-13.—Eichenberger, R.  Ueber den Einfluss der Massage
 auf die Zirkulation.  Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1923, 27: 6-25.—
 Gagzow.  Massage and  Suggestion.   Deut.   med.  Wschr.,
 1928, 54: 2058-61.—Groddeck, G.  The relation of massage to
 psychotherapy.   Brit. J. M. Psychol., 1931,  11:  228-33 —
 Gunzburg.  Les effets physiologiques du massage.   Ann. med.
 phys.,  Anvers, 1939,  32:  13.—Hallbeck,  A C. The physio-
 logical effects of massage. Nat. Hosp. Rec, Detr., 1906-07,
 10: No. 3, 43-8.—Hencheimer, H., &  Kost, R. Der Einfluss
 der Massage auf die  Erholungszeit.  Zschr. ges. phys. Ther.,
 1927, 33: 85-9.  ------& Wissing, E.  Untersuchungen iiber
 den  Einfluss  der  Massage; der Einfluss der Massage und
 Muskelarbeit  auf  die  Harnausscheidung.  Ibid.,  167-82.—
 Hoff,  F.  Ueber die  Wirkung von Hautreizen und Massage
 (Beitrag zur Frage der unspezifischen Therapie)   Miinch. med.
 Wschr., 1931,  78:  314;  350.—Kirchberg, F.   Das Bindege-
 vrebsorgan als  Angriffspunkt der  Massage.  Fortsch. Med.,
 1934, 52: 73-8.—Kost, R.  Beitrage zur Stoffwechselwirkung
 der Massage; der Einfluss der Massage auf den Sauerstoffver-
 brauch des ausgeruhten Organismus.  Zschr. ges. phys. Ther.,
 1927, 33: 1-1L—Lampert, H.  Die Wirkung von  Muskelan-
 strengung und nachfolgender Massage beimGesunden; Zustan-
 dekommen und biologische Wertung der  Blutveranderungen.
 Ibid.,  1930-31, 40: 39-48.  ------  Die Wirkung der Voll-
 massage nach  Ruhe  und nach  Muskelanstrengung.  Klin.
 Wschr., 1931, 10: 832-4.—Leroy, R.  La vie du tissu conjonctif
 et sa defense  par le  massage.   Rev.  med., Par.,  1941,  58:
 212-35.—Lucia, S. P., & Rickard, J. F.  Effect of massage on
 blood platelet production.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933,
 31:  87-90.—Memmeshelmer,   A.  M.  Histologische  und
 elastometrische Untersuchungen  uber die Wirkungen  lokaler
 Hautmassagen.  Derm. Zschr., 1928-29, 55: 105-15.—Muller,
 A.  Die Wirkungsweise der Massage bei inneren Krankheiten.
 Commun. Congr. internat. physiother.,  1930, 5. Congr., Sect.
 1,  No.  3, 13-6.—Norstrom, G.   Physiological action of mas-
 sage.  Med. Rec.,  N. Y., 1907, 71: 139-41.—Pap.  L.  Die
 Wirkung  der  Massage  auf den Blutkreislauf.  Zschr.  ges.
 phys. Ther., 1931, 41: 117-24.—Picot, G.  Action physiolo-
gique du massage. Congr.  internat.  auxil.  med., 1937,  1.
Congr., 45-54.—Ruge, H.  Zur  physiologischen Begrttndung
der Massagewirkung  beim Kalt- und  Warmbliiter.   Veroff.
Hufeland. Ges. Berlin,  1904,  218-27.— Ruhmann, W.  Ge-
webereizstoff  und  Massagewirkung; Beitrag zur  Frage  des
humoralen Wirkungsweges  ortlicher   Massage  und  War-
meanwendung.  Schweiz.  med.  Wschr., 1933, 63: 163-5.
Sabatowski, A.  [Massage; recent views on its physiology and
pathology]   Polska gaz.  lek., 1926,  5: 339-42.—Saquet.  Ac-
tion dynamogenique ou inhibitoire du massage leger.  C. rend.
Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14:  sect, ther.,  64-7.—
Schaudig, E.  Untersuchungen iiber die  Wirkung von Haut-
reizen  und Massage auf den Gesamtorganismus.  Zschr. ges.
phys. Ther., 1930-31, 40: 129-41.—Schneider, E.  Zur Stoff-
wechselwirkung der Massage.   Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 390-4.—
Schuster, R.  Der Blutdruck bei Gefass- und Nervenkranken
wahrend  der Dusche-Massage.  Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1926-27,
1:522-40.—Scull, C. W. Massage; physiologic basis.   Arch.
Phys. M., 1945, 26: 159-67.—Seeligmiiller, A.  Massage und
Mesenchym.  Hippokrates,  Stuttg., 1934, 5: 490-8.—Sontag,
L. W.  &  Richards, T. W. Fetal heart rate following repeated
vibratory stimulation.  Monogr. Soc.  Res.  Child Develop.,
1938, 3:  No. 4, 56-8.—Tarjan, E.  [Effect of massage and
exercise on the female body]   Gy6gyaszat, 1932, 72: 623.—
Thomsen, W.  Ueber die passive und aktive Anspannung bei
der Massage.  Arzt & Sport, 1935, 1: 39; 43.—Tripels-Dentz-
kof.  Efectos fisiol6gicos del masaje con su tecnica operatoria.
Siglo med., 1904,  51: 878.—Tuszkai, O.   Ueber die Wirkung
der Massage.  Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 481.—Ullmann.  Natura-
leza, acci6n y forma de aplicacion  del masaje.  Dfa med., B.
Air., 1930-31, 3:152.—Volpe, A. Sulla leucocitosi temporanea
e permanente  provocata dal massaggio.   Riv. internaz. ter.
fis., 1906, 7: 34.


----  electric.

   See also Electrovibration.
   Morris,  H.   Medical electricity  for massage
students.   2. ed.  394p.   22cm.   Lond., 1941.
   Nemec,   H.    Die  Elektrogymnastik.    91p.
23cm.  Wien,  1941.
   Andres,  L. J.   Electric vibrator.  U. S. Patent Off., 1939,
No. 2,154,427.—Arndt, G.  Elektromassagehandschuh.  Miinch.
med. Wschr., 1907,  54: 938.—Brandenburg, C.  Electromag-
netic  vibrator.  U.  S.  Patent  Off., 1929, No.  2,157,279 —
Fontana,  M.  Vibroterapia  ed  elettroterapia.  Riv.  internaz.
ter. fis.,  1904, 5: 166-76.—Miller, L. H.  Electric massage
device.   U. S. Patent Off., 1940, No. 2,193,978.—Mitulescu, I.
Tratamentul constipatiei atonice prin masagiul electric vibra-
tor.  Spitalul, 1905, 25: 205-10.—Molnar, J.  [Use of electro-
massage in medical cases is the coming misfortune]  Budapesti
orv. ujs.,  1926, 24: 7-12.

----   Evaluation.
   Broad, W. H.   A note on the value of massage and exercise
treatment.   Liverpool M. Chir.  J., 1905, 25: 390-4.—Brocx, D.
[Value of  massage and medical   gymnastics]  Ned.  tschr.
geneesk.,  1931, 75: pt 2, 2052-9.—Cooksey, F. S.  The value
of massage in  medical diseases. Med. Press  & Circ,  Lond.,
1943, 210: 331.—Douthwaite & Angove.  Treatment by mas-
sage and gymnastics.   Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1929, 43:
493-7.—Lampert,  H.  Die Wirkung von Muskelanstrengung
und nachfolgender Massage  beim Gesunden; die Wirkung der
Massage  bei nicht vorausgegangener Muskelanstrengung und
Vergleich derselben mit derjenigen nach vorausgegangener
Muskelanstrengung.  Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., Berl., 1930-31,
40: 142-6.—Lichtenstein.  Ein neues Verfahren von Vibra-
tionsmassage mittels des Trlibschen Elektromagneten.   Deut.
med. Wschr., 1905, 31: 1932.—Malengreau, F.  De l'utilite du
massage et de sa propagation.   Rapp. Congr. internat. physio-
ther., 1905, 1.  Congr., No. 98,  1-9 [discussion] C. rend., 1906,
119-22.  Also  Ann. med. chir., Dour,  1905, 13:  149-55 —
Muller, A.  Die kunstgerechte  Massage und  ihre Stellung in
der Naturheilkunde.  Naturarztl. Rdsch., 1938, 10: 27-37.—
Munter.de.  Rehabilitons le massage.  Li6ge med., 1928, 21:
915-23.—Polmer,  N. H. Hydrotherapy and massage.  Tr.
Am. Hosp. Ass., 1931,  32:  500-6.—Rohrbach.  Massage als
Heilmittel.   Wien. med. Wschr., 1940, 90:  590-2.—Seaver,
J. W.  The therapeutic value  of massage in  acute diseases.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1905, 44:  270-5.—Sisefsky, M.  [Curative
effect of  massage]  Sven.  lak.  tidn.,  1935,  32:  1700-23.—
Strassburg, L.  Unsere Auffassung vom naturgemassen Heilver-
fahren der Massage. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1935, 6: 678-84.—
Tripels-Dentzkof,  E.  Conclusiones sobre la  masoterapia y
la kinesiterapia en sus aplicaciones  generales.  Siglo med.,
1906, 53: 338-41.—Von den  Velden, F.  Sinn und Nutzen der
Massage.  Aerztl.  Rdsch., 1907, 17: 543.—Wiles, P.  Active
rehabilitation by  C. S.  M.  M. G. masseuses.   Brit.  M. J.,
1942, 2: 173.

----  facial.

   See also Cosmetics;  Face, Wrinkles.
   Fomin,  I.   Rukovodstvo  massage  a  litsa;
opisaniye bolieznel  kozhi,  pri kotorikh massage
naibolieye primienim.   46p.   8?   Moskva, 1909.
   Kirchberg,  F.   Massage und Gymnastik  im
Dienste der Kosmetik;  Beiheft  zum Handbuch
der   Massage    und  Heilgymnastik.  99p.   8?

Lpz., 1926.                            Tr   ,
   Ewer,   L.  Schonheitsmassage.   Deut.  Krankenpfl.  Ztg,
1905, 8: 337-40.—Leroy, R.   Etude sur les actions reflexes du 
MASSAGE
352
MASSAGE
mass;,-,  fac ,1.  Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1929, 35:963-9.—
I.ohr. II.   \i  iliod of, and means for, facial treatments.  U. S.
I':it<>nl  mi"   l'.'37  No. 2,097,952.—Rouhet, G.   Gymnastique
des luus.-l.- .1,-  la  face.   J. med. Bordeaux, 1904, 34: 21-3.—
Zabludovski, I. V.   Kosmeticheskiy massage.   Sovrem. klin.,
1904, 3: 381-407.  Also French transl.   J. physiother., Par.,
1904, 2: 441-61.  Also  Italian transl.  Riv. internaz. ter. fis.,
1905, 6: 105-8; 137.----—  Massage im Dienste  der Kos-
metik.   Arch. Derm. Syph., Wien, 1905,  77: 233-64,  pl. Also
Charite Ann., Berl.,  1905. 29: 798-832.

----   History and progress.
   Merixg,  W.   *Die Anschauungen  des Hip-
pokrates iiber Gymnastik  und  Massage.   23p.
221/2cm.  Miinch., 1937.
   Nissev,    H.   The   Swedish   movement  and
massage  treatment.    30p.    16?   Bait.,    1888.
   Also Maryland M. J., 1888, 18:
   Anderson,  B.  Concerning the historv and value of massage
and  exercise.   Cleveland M. J., 1906. 5: 279-88.—Becker,  F.
What has happened to  massage?  Kentucky  M. J.,  1939, 37:
223-6.—Behrend, H. J.  Present status of  massage.  Arch.
Phys. Ther., 1938, 19: 212-8.—First record of massage in bas-
relief [illustration]  Pharm. Advance, 1935-36, 11: No. 129, 5 —
Foot manage in  antiquity  [illustration]   Ibid., 13-7.—Frau-
rhiger, E.  Fortschritte in  der Behandl une  durch  Massage.
Volksgesundheit, Bern,  1945, 38: 202-  1.   Friction and rubbing.
I'harni.  Advance, 1938, 12:  No. 142,  If.,    Grimstone,  Z.
Massage in the  East.  Brit.  J. Nurs.,  1935, 83:  238.— Kellogg,
J. H. Massage, an ancient mode of treatment.   Good Health,
1937, 72: 202.—I.indskog. F.  A physician's recollections and
experiences  of  30  vears practice in  massage.  Sven.  lak.
sail,  hand., 1926,  52: 81-8; 1929, 55:  49; 210.---Lint,  J. G. de.
[Massage  in  old  Egypt] Bijdr. gesch.  geneesk., 1935, 15:
168-71.   Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 3744-7.—Men-
nell, J.   Massage, manipulation and movement; a survey  of
recent advances in  treatment.   Brit. J. Phys.  M.,  1930, 11:
8-10.- Pratt, (J.  Asiatic massage.   J.  Chart.  Soc.  Massage,
Lond.,  1930 31, 16: 278-8(1.  Kima.  Massage modes.  Mid-
dlesex Hosp. J., 1935, 337.

----   Indication.
   See  also under such  terms  as  Fibrositis;  Frac-
ture;  Rheumatism, etc.
   Bauer,   H.  *Die   Bedeutung  der  Muskcl-
harten  (Myogelosen)  fiir den Sportarzt  und die
Sportmassage  [Munchen]   24p.    8?   Wiirzb.,
1933.
   Fkiede, E.   *Le massage dans certaines affec-
tions orthopediques.   28p.   22$cm.   Lausanne,
1939.
   Kirchberg,  F.   Massage  und Gymnastik  in
Schwangerschaft und Wochenbett.  2.   Aufl.  94p.
S?  Berl.,  1933.
   Leube,  H., & Dicke,  E.   Massage  reflekto-
rischer Zonenim Bindegewebe, bei rheumatischen
und  inneren   Erkrankungen.    2.    Aufl.   88p.
24cm.    Jena,  1944.
   Port,  K.    Das  Wesen der  schwedischen Mas-
sage und  ihre  Anwendung  besonders  auf  dem
Ciebiete der Orthopadie.   173p.  8?   Berl, 1933.
   Also Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1933, 59: Beilh.
   Brown,  M.  R.  Technique  of  mechanical massage in the
treatment of the throat, nose and ear.  Illinois M. J., 1904-05,
7: 599-602.   AUo (  hmago M.  Rec, 1905, 27:  520-6.—Cates,
B. B.  Massage therapy in eczema  and other conditions.  Med.
Rev. of Rev., 1926, 32: 512.—Cornelius.  Die Schaden einer
zu friihzc itigen Massage bei Verletzungen. Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1929, 76:  5-12.—Darcourt, G.  Le massage et ses applications
chirurgica les.   Marseille med., 1931,  68: 14-26.—Douthwaite,
A. H.  The u~e and abuse of massage.   Tr. M. Soc. London,
1933, 56:  56-67.—Ghillini,  C.   Deformita congenite e masso-
terapia.  Lucina, Bologna,  1007, 12:  97-9.—Guyot.  AppUca-
tion du massage dans la medecine preventive.  Congr. internat.
auxil. med., 1937, 1. Congr., 71-3.—Hanausek, J.  Nouvelle
methode de massage et d'Electrisation dans la contracture des
articulations  et  les paralysies  musculaires.  Rev.  orthop.,
Par., 1922, 3. ser., 9: 345-50.—Hansson, K.  G.  Therapeutic
massage.   N. York State J. M., 1932, 32:  1359-61.—Hart-
mann. F.   Massage bei funktionell nervosen Storungen innerer
Organe  infolge Erkrankung der  Korperdecke.  Verh.  Deut.
Ges. inn. Med.,  1930,  42.  Kongr.,  289-98.—Kagan, S.  H.
Massage and mobilization in the  treatment  of recent injury
Maine M.  J., 1934, 25: 101—1.—Kohlrausch, W. Indikations-
stellung  zur  Massage.  Vertrauensarzt,  1934, 2:  49; 77.—
Lange, M.  Arzt  und Massage: das  allgemeine Anwendungs-
gel-ii-t. die Technik und die Behandlungsaussichten  der Mas-
sage.  Jahrkurs.  arztl.  Fortbild.,  1934,  25:  No. 8,  1-22.—
Ledent   R.  Le  massage dans la  therapeutique  moderne.
Med. hyg., Brux., 1907, 5: 157-60—Loewe.    Nochmal Myo-
gelosen und Nervcnpunkte.   Prakt. Arzt, 1932, n. F., 17: 299.—
Mcl.oughlin, C.  J.   Massage  in  internal  medicine.   Arch
Phjs. Hi..., 1941, 22:074-83.-  Manipulation as a therapeutic
measure.  Brit. M. J., 1932, 1: 753.- Mennell.  J.  The role
of  manipulation  in  therapeutics.  Ibid.,  2:  .'ill.—MUllrr.
Ueber Massage und Gymnastik bei frischen Verlruungen und
Erkrankungen.   Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1929,  76:  H;(.'!.
Miiller, A.  Wesen,  Wirkung,  Indikationen und  Erfolge der
Massage bei inneren  Erkrankungen.   Verh. Deut. Ges. inn
Med., 1930, 12. Kongr., 275-89.- -Pemberton, K.  The use of
massage in  internal  medicine.   J. Am.  M. Ass., 1931, %.
1777-9.  Roilly, H. J.  The relation of  massage and exorcise
to the work of the physician.  N. York Physician, 1939  10
13: No. 6, 42.—Schmidt G.  B.  Leber die Massage (lurch
rhythmischen Druck (nach Cederschiold)  und ihre Verwciuluni!
zur  Nachbehandlung  intraabdomineller Organoperationen
Munch,  med.  Wschr..  1907.  54: 1222-4- Storms, II.  |).
Diagnostic and  therapeutic massage.  Arch.  Phys. Ther., 1944,
25: 550-2.—Thome.  M.   Practical  massage  in chiropody'
Chiropody Rec, 1941, 24: 159-61— Trethowan, W. H.  Mas-
sage and remedial exercises in bone and joint diseases.  Ouv's
Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1926, 76: 433-66.—Walter,  M. J.  Sys-
tematic  massage in  muscular diseases and structural develop-
ment.   Trained Nurse,  1905,  35:  283-6. -Walthard. K. M.
Die Bedeutung der Massage  und ihre  Anwendung bei Hen
Spoittreibenden.  Samml. Hefei. Sportarztl. Zentrkurs, Bern
(1937)  1938,  103-20.  Zabludovskaia. E. 1>. [Administration
of massage to infants]  Feldsher, Moskva, 1942, No. 6, 34-8.—
Zabludovski.   Bemeikungen  zip  Massagetherapie in  der
Chirurgie.  C. rend. Congr. infernat. med. (1897) 1899, 5:
633-50.

——   Instrument.
   Andi.s, M.   Massaging device.  U. S. Patent Off., 1942, No.
2,291,9 17.  Aoyagi,  S.  Massaging device.   Ibid.,  1940, No.
2,203,976.--Avery, P.  Massage roller.   Ibid., No. 2,213,482 —
Bacher, E.   Massage apparatus.  Ibid., 1942, No. 2,285,105.—
Barbour,  H.  C.   Massaging  apparatus.   Ibid.,  1938,  No.
2,128,790.—Benson,   S.  Mechanical  massaging  apparatus.
Ibid., 1939,  No. 2,157,395.—Betz, W. G.  Massager.  Ibid.,
1942, No. 2,306,424.—Booharin, L. Y.  Massaging and cleans-
ing device.  Ibid., 1939, No. 2,154,831.—Brichieri-Colombi, L.,
Zappulli, O., & Romanelli, L.  Massage device.  Ibid., 1940, No.
2,218,081.—Brown, J. E.  Massage device.  Ibid., 1941,  No.
2,238,967.—Buffalow,  O. T.  Bodv massaging machine.   Ibid.,
1943,  No. 2,320,261.—Clarke, I).  Massaging  device.   Ibid.,
1939, No. 2,168,975.—Cone, W. W.  Massaging device.  Ibid.,
1937,   No.  2,091,131.—Curtis,  E.  W.   Massaging machine.
Ibid., 1946, No. 2,395,040.—Douglas, L.   Mechanical adiuster
and manipulator.   Ibid., 1940, No. 2,221,785.—Dunlap, S. D.
Massage device.   Ibid., No. 2,213,356.—Erickson, P. E.   Mas-
saging and treatment stool.  Ibid., 1936, No. 2,047,316.—Evans,
W. W.   Massage machine.    Ibid., 1939, No.  2,146,177 —
Faigle,  A.  A.   Massage  table.  Ibid.,   No.  2,184,418 —
Fleissner, H. Massaging device. Ibid., 1941, No. 2,248,525.—
Hapraan,  H.   W.  Massage  apparatus.   Ibid.,  1940,  No.
2,226,609.—Hawley, W. S.   Physical culture machine.   Ibid.,
1938,  No. 2,130,922.—Hayton, T. R.   Combined dilating and
massaging device.   Ibid.,  1939, No. 2,153,753.—Heer, F. C,
& Liebl, L., sr.  Massaging and invigorating  device.   Ibid.,
1941,  No. 2,258,931.—Helferich.  Die Verwendung der Haut-
biirste zur Massage.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82:  954 —
Haymann, G. H.   Massage  device.   TJ.  S.  Patent Off., 1939,
No.  2,154,846.—Hill, B.  Massage apparatus.  Ibid.,  1941,
No. 2,230,057.—Hixson, C. I.  Combined closure and massage
device.  Ibid., 1943, No. 2,336,357.—Hunt, W. T.  Appliance
for a  new method of  massage.  Brit. M. J., 1945, 1:  225 —
Johansen,  J.  C.  To Massageapparater.  Hospitalstidende,
1907, 4. R., 15: 717-24.—Johnson, D. M.   Massage applicator.
U. S.  Patent Off., 1934,  No.  1,980,803.—Jones, W. W.   Mas-
saging machine.  Ibid., 1939, No. 2,143,320.—Kesteven, C. E.,
&Michaelson. J. W.  Massaging device.  Ibid., No. 2,168,842.-
Klaes,  J. F.   Massage device  (roller)   Ibid.,  1942,  No.
2,273,710.—Kosa, E.,  sr.  Massage device.  Ibid., 1941, No.
2,227,724.—Kutz, N.  Vacuum massaging  appaiatus.   Ibid.,
1938,  No. 2,127,872.—Leopold, P.  Ein neues Massageger&t.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 2083.—Lindberg, F.  Massaging
device.  U. S. Patent  Off., 1940, No. 2,186,114-MacLevy, M.
Massaging apparatus.  Ibid.,  No.  2,217,343.- May,  N. E.
Massage device.  Ibid.,  1942, No. 2,301,432.—Michaelson, J.
W. Massaging device.  Ibid., 1910. No.  2.223,263.—Miller, J.
G.  Massaging apparatus.  Ibid., 1943, No.2,310,106.--Morgan,
D.  L.   Massage  device.  Ibid., 1941,  No.  2,232,254.—Mor-
rison. M.  Massaging device.  Ibid., 1940, No. 2,219,138 —
Morrison,  M.  M.   Massaging  de\ice.   Ibid.,  1943, No.
2,310,804.—Niblack, H. D.  Massage table.  Ibid.,  1944, No.
2,359,933.   Niemiec,  H.  E.  Massage  device.  Ibid., 1940,
No. 2,189,116.—Petersen, H.  O.  Massaging table.   Ibid.,
No. 2,193,882.—Phillips, O.  L.  Massaging  device.  Ibid.,
1942,  No   2,298,157.—Pohlman,  R.  Massage.   Ibid., No.
2,283,285.   Rauh, E. M.  Massage  appaiatus.   Ibid., 1941,
No. 2,232,474— Redfield,  W.  C.  Massaging  couch.  Ibid.,
1939,  No.  2,175,014.—Reilly,  T.  J.  Massage implement.
Ibid., 1940, No. 2,187,560.—Renga, F. L.  Massaging device.
Ibid.,  1941,  No. 2,228,676.—Rinkes, E. B., <fc Meadow,  E.
Treating and massaging pans of the body.  Ibid.,  1942,  No.
2,272,481.—Ross, S.  R., & Dare, J.  F.   Massage instrument.
Ibid.,  1944,  No.  2,342,557.—Rupp,  K. A.   Massage table.
Ibid., 1940, No. 2,204,624.—Schede.  Apparat zur Kompres- 
MASSAGE
353
MASSAGE
sionsmassage.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 574-Schwan,
A  Dot Wert der Hautmassage mit dem Luffa.  Hippokrates,
et'„tt<r  1936  7- 185-7.—Seward, G. A.  Vacuo-thermal mas-
sage appliance  u'S. Patent Off  1938, N°  2,120,872-
Sheron, G. W. Mechanical massage device.  Ibid., 1940, No.
2 209,852.-Smith, G. A.   Massaging device.  Ibid  1941  No.
2255 684.—Smith, W. D.  Massage instrument.  Ibid., 1939,
No  '2,176,366.—Snyder,  L.  H.  Massage  device.  Ibid.,
1945. No. 2,378,335.-Sommer, V., & Roberts. BR. Mas-
 aging device or like implement.  Ibid. 1940  No. 2^31,095 -
Thomas, H. F.  Massage apparatus. Ibid., 1939, No^ 2,161-
qR6-Tjaden,  A.  S.  Massaging  device.  Ibid, 1941,  No.
2 256 534—Tjomsland, E. H.  Massaging appliance.  Ibid
No  2 228,934.  ------  Massaging appliance.  Ibid., 1943,
No' 2 324 337.—Tweddle, D.  Massage apparatus.  ' Ibid.,
jqio  No  2 218,443.—Walter, M. J.  Mechanical  massage.
Trained Nurse, 1905, 34: 17-21.—Wentz, J. L.  Massage roller.
US Patent Off.,  1942,  No. 2,286,324.-Werler. A  K.  Ap-
paratus for massaging and exercising the feet.  Ibid., 1930,
No  2 045,814.—Wheeler,  H.  D. Massaging  apparatus.
Tbid  1941 No. 2,266,931.—Wheelock, E. M.  Means for
massaging the feet.  Ibid., 1942, No. 2,285,958.—Younghus-
5j1 Massage device.  Ibid., 1939, No. 2,176,697.

___Lubricants.
   Duken. Ueber  Lebertranwickel. Klin. Wschr., 1940, 19:
 1293 _Friedlaender, R.   Die  Verwendung von Capsifor als
 Unterstutzung der Massagewirkung.  Prakt. Arzt, 1930, n. F.,
 15- 32-4—Kirchberg, F.  Massage mit und ohne Gleitmittel.
 Arzt & Sport, 1935, 1:  53.—Thomsen,  W. Ueber die  Ver-
 wendung  von Gleitmitteln bei verschiedenen Arten der Mas-
 sage. Ibid., 21: 26.—Zabludovski. Ueber Schmiermittel fiir
 Massagezwecke.  Deut. Krankenpfl. Ztg, 1905, 8: 113-6.

 ---  Manuals and periodicals.
   Berne,  G.   Le massage.  7. ed.  414p.   19cm.
 Par., 1939.
   Boigey, M. A. J.    Hydrotherapie et massage.
 391p.   25cm.   Par., 1941.
   Carpenter,  C. I.   A practical guide to mas-
 sage.  127p.   8?   Lond.,  1937.
   Cyriax, J.   Massage, manipulation and local
 anaesthesia.  302p.   22^cm.   Lond., 1941.
   ---   Deep  massage and manipulation illus-
 trated.   242p.  23cm.   Lond.,  1944.
   Despard, L. L., & Angove, H. S.    Textbook
 of  massage and remedial  gymnastics.   3.   ed.
 474p.   8?  Lond.,  1932.
   Fisher, A. G. T.    Treatment by manipulation
 in general  and  consulting  practice.  3.   ed.
 255p.   22cm.   Lond., 1939.
   Gomolitsky.   Precis de  massage  et  de gym-
 nastique.  5. ed.   164p.   25cm.  Par.,  1943.
   Goodall-Copestake, B.  M.   The theory and
 practice  of  massage  and  medical  gymnastics.
 5. ed.   332p.   8?   Lond.,  1933.
   ---  Outlines of  massage and  medical gym-
 nastics.   2. ed.   75p.  32?   Lond., 1936.
   Jensen, K.  L.  Fundamentals in  massage for
 students of nursing.  167p.  8?   N. Y., 1932.
   Kaether, H. H. &  Klostermann, H.  H. C.
 Massage und  Hydrotherapie;  mit   einer  Ein-
 fuhrung  in  die   Anatomie,   Physiologie  und
 Krankheitslehre.   220p.   21cm.  Berl.,  1942.
   Kirchberg,  F.    Sportmassage.   289p.   8?
 Berl., 1924.
   ---  Handbuch der Massage und Heilgym-
 nastik.   2 Bd.   279p.; 334p.   8?  Lpz., 1926.
   Kohlratjsch, W.  Massage und Krankengym-
 nastik.   68p.   26cm.   Lpz., 1942.
   Kruger, R.   Kruger's  illustriertes Massage-
                  40p.;  54p.   8?  Trostberg  a.
Massage  and medical gymnas-
            Lond., 1941.   Also
buch.   2.  Aufl
Alz, 1929.
  Lace, M. V.
tics.   2. ed.   239p.   21cm
3. ed.   244p.  1945.
  London,  Exgl.   Chartered   Society   of
Massage  and Medical Gymnastics.   Journal.
Lond., v.16, 1931-
  Ltjbintjs  J.  H.   Lehrbuch der Massage.  4.
Aufl.  81p.  8?    Miinch., 1930.
      549701—vol. 10, 4th series----23
  Mennell,  J.  B.   Physical   treatment  by
movement,  manipulation and massage.  4.  ed.
669p.   23^cm.   Phila., 1940.
  Muller,  A.   Lehrbuch der  Massage.  675p.
8?   Bonn, 1915.
  Nelson,  K. L. J.   Massage  in nursing  care.
2. ed.   152p.   19^cm.   N. Y., 1941.
  Ostrum,  K.  W.   Massage and  the original
Swedish movements, their application to various
diseases of the body.  5. ed.   181p.   8:  Phila.,
1902.
  Palmer,  M. D.  Lessons  on massage.  6.  ed.
320p.   8?   Lond., 1927.
  Prosser,   E.  M.   Manual of  massage  and
movements.   318p.  22V2cm.  Lond., 1938.
  Rawlins,  M.  A  textbook  of  massage  for
nurses  and  beginners.  144p.   8?   S.   Louis,
1930.   Also 2.  ed.   150p.   1933.
  Shires, I.C., & Wood, D.   Advanced methods
of   massage  and  medical   gymnastics.   173p.
12?  Lond., 1927.  Also 2.  ed.   180p.  1931.
   Tabary,  L.   Pr6cis  de massage  scientifique.
107p.   8?   Par., 1916.
  ----  Precis de massage scientifique, de deon-
tologie  et  de   s6meiologie.   140p.   12?   Par.,
1931.
   Taylor,   G.  H.   Massage.   173p.  16?  N.
Y., 1887.
   Thomsen,  W.  Lehrbuch der  Sportmassage
zum Unterricht und  Selbstunterricht fiir Aerzte,
Studierende  und  Masseure.   148p.   8?   Lpz.,
1937.
   Tidy, N. M.   Massage and remedial exercises
in  medical  and surgical conditions.   429p.   8?
Brist., 1932.  Also 2.  ed.   430p.   1934.   Also
3.  ed.  356p.  22^cm.  1937.  Also 4. ed.   458p.
1939.
   Unglehrt, H., & Hartmann,  O.   Arzneiliche
 Massage; ihr Wesen  und ihre  Technik.   199p.
8?  Stuttg.,  1935.
   United States.   War Department.   Tech-
 nical bulletin TB-MED 173:  Massage in physical
 therapy.   18p.   26cm.   Wash., 1945.

 ----   medical.
    See also  Masseur.
    Bailey. L. D.  Massage in general practice.  Practitioner,
 Lond.,  1934,  132:  180-7.—Bankart, A. S.  B.  Manipulative
 surgery in general practice.  Lancet, Lond., 1932, 2: 840.—■
 Bettmann,  E.  Die Grundlagen  der  arztlichen Massage.
 Praxis,  Bern, 1936, 25: 163-8—Bohler, L.  Wie  ein Arzt
 funktionell  behandelt wurde.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1928, 24:
 1345.—Clayton,  E.  B.  Massage in general practice.  Prac-
 titioner, Lond.,  1938, 141: 169-76.—Fey, C.  Der Wert iirzt-
 licher Massage in der Sprechstunde, dargestellt an drei Fallen.
 Natuiarztl. Rdsch., 1936,  8: 425-8.—Grias. Massage  et
 medecins. Arch. med. Angers, 1906, 10: 375-80.—Grober, J.
 The importance of massage as practised by  the physician.
 Med.  Rec,  1934,  140:  254-6.—Kirchberg,  F.  Massagebe-
 tatigung des praktischen Arztes. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1931,
 28: 723-7.—Mennell,  J.  The manipulative treatment of
 disease.  Practitioner, Lond., 1934, 132: 166-79.—Muller, A.
 Die Bedeutung  der Massage fiir die Wissenschaft und Praxis
 des Arztes.   Med.  Welt,  1929,  3: 1359-61.  —----  Die
 kunstgerechte Massage, ein physiologisches, fiir jeden Arzt
 unentbehrliches Untersuchungs- und  Behandlungsverfahren.
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 1532; 1569; 1607.—Pennington, D.
 Massage and manipulation; some essentials of success in
 practice.  Brit.  J. Phys. M., 1935-36,  10: 92.—Vanverts. J.
 Medecins et massage.  Nord med.,  1905, 11: 18— Wedekind,
 C. H.   Ueber arztliche Massage.  Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1937,
 8: 393-6.—Westman, C.  Massage and medical reconstruction.
 Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1919, 33: 137-41.
Method.
  See also Diathermy; Gingiva; Scalp, etc.
  Cyriax,  E.  F.   Heririk  Kellgren  och  hans
manuella  behandlingsmethod.   19p.   8?   Jon-
koping, 1905.
  Storck,  H.   Hoffa-Gocht  Technik der  Mas-
sage.  9. Aufl.   123p.   8?  Stuttg., 1937.  Also
10. Aufl.   131p.   25cm.  1943. 
MASSAGE
354
MASSAGE
   Anderson, W. L. G.  Static massage.  West London M. J ,
1'J42, 47 :  27 -31.—Baird, H. H.  A general massape treatment.
Trained Nmse, 1907, 38: 91--3.—Benderski, J.  Leber  strei-
chelnde Massageprozeduren.  Wien. med.  Wschr., 1907. 57:
1640.—Casalonga. Technique du massage et de la mobilisation.
Congr. internat. auxil.  mid., 1937, 1.  Congr., 39-44.—Clem-
mesen,  V. [Ambulant  physiurgeryl  Nord. med.,  1939,  1:
355-9.—Colombo.  Technik der Massage.   Zschr.  Orthop.,
1907,  18:  432-86.— Colombo,   C.  Proposta  di  una  classi-
ficazione razionale delle manovre massoterapiche.   Nuova riv.
clin. ter.,  1906, 9: 20-4.  Also Riv. internaz. ter. fis., 1906, 7:
21.  Also  French transl.   J. physiother.. Par.,  1906, 4:  89-
93.  Also  German transl.  Arch. phvs.  dint.  Ther., 1906, 8:
22,5-7.   Also Mschr. orthop. Chir., 1906, 6: 41.  Also Zschr.
phys. diat. Ther., 1906,  10: 305  7.  Conti. A.  Massaggio
meccanico del  ventre e processi di  ricambio organico; indica-
zioni e controindicazioni;  un nuovo esocanlio.   Bull. sc.  med.,
Bologna, 1907, 8. ser., 7: 65-105, 3 tab.—Cornelius. Le massage
des nerfs.   Rev. med.,  Par., 1905,  14: 44-52.—Cornelius, A.
Was ist Nervenmassage? Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1803.—
Coze. Le massage a Aix-les-Bains. Arch. gen. hydrol., Paris, 1906,
17: 173-6.—Cyriax, E. F.  Henrick Kellgren et sa methode de
massage manuel.  J. physiother., Par., 1905, 3: 531-40.   Also
Engl, transl.   Boston M. & S.  J., 1907.  157: 490-4.—Domec.
Premieres  applications  du  massage-ventouse.  Clin,  opht.,
Par., 1906,12: 303.—Farneti, P.  II massaggio sotto la lampada;
massage under 1000 candle power lamp.  Riv. idr. clim., 1931,
42:  341-57.   ------   Ulteriore contributo  alio  studio  del
massaggio sotto la lampada. Ibid., 1933, 44: 41-9.—Frey, A.
Massage unter der Heissluftdusche.   Zbl. phys. Ther., 1904-05,
1:  166-72.—Fuchs, M.  Neue  Methode zur Forderung  der
lokalen Blutzirkulatimi: synkaidiale Massage.   Schweiz. med.
Wschr., 1945,  75: 5 12.  Coldscheider,  A.   Zur Massagebe-
handlung.  Verh.  Deut.   Ces.  inn. Med. 1930,  42.  Kongr.,
299-301.—Graar, H.   Die Hiirst massage.   Physiatrie,  Berl.,
1933, 5: 298-302— Hawley. G.  T.  Vapor massage: its  origin
and uses. Laryngoscope,  1902,  12:  194-200.—Helferich.
Bemerkung zur Teclmik des Biirstens bei der Verwendung der
Hautbiirste zur Massage.  Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1935,  82:
1923.—Kaniorowicz,  K.   Leber Hand-  und  Instrumenten-
massage.   Deut. Krankenpfl.  Ztg,  1906, 9: 301 6.—Katz,  D.
A sense of touch; the technique of pel cussion, palpation and
massage.   Brit. J. Phys.  M., 1936, II: 1-40-N.-  Kinney. V. C.
Salt glow, massage and ,-prav.   Phvs. Ther., 1926, 44: 33-7.—
Klapp. K.  Leber Lnftmassnge.  .Munch, med. Wschr., 1907,
54: 17.  Kulbin, N. 1.   Novty  sposob sa.vedineniya ruchnovo
massazha s elcktrizat^iyel.  Vrach. gaz.,  1906,  13:  1317.—
Lnndeker, A.   Die Kontaktmassage  nach  Cornelius.   Ther.
Gegenwart, 1930,  71:  54 4-7.—Lewis, T. H.  Note on  un-
skilled massage and quack  rubbing.  N. Zealand M. J., 1906,
5:  26.—Logan, M. I..  Soft tissue  work.  J. Am.  Osteopath.
Ass., 1934, 33:  359.   Lutzenberger,  A. von.   Eigene  Erfah
rungen iiber  die  Nagelischen Hundgriffe.   Zbl. phys. Ther.,
1904-05,  1:   172-4.—Marta, F.   Metodi  e  cure  nuove;  il
massaggio diatermico.   Gazz. osp.,  1936,57:252-6.- Mirtl, K.
Ueber pneumatische Massage.   Mitt. Verein. Aerzte  Steier-
mark,  1906. 43: 93-5.- Missmahl, F.   Die Nervenpunktmas-
sage nach Cornelius.   Prakt. Arzt, 1929, n. F., 14: 97-103.—
Moeller, A. T.  Quelques remarques sur la meLhode manuelle
de Kellgren.   C. rend.  Congr. internat.  physiother.  (1905)
1906,  1.  Congr., 58.-  Muller,  A.  Was ist Nervenmassage?
Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,   1927,   74:  1585-9.—Northup,  T.  L.
Sustained  inhibitory pressure.   Yearb.  Acad.  Appl.  Osteop-
athy, 1945, 45-8.—Quiserne. P. Les  pratiques de  kinesither-
apie et leur appUcation  dans   les  cures thermales (massage,
mobilisation, mecanotherapie)   Hopital, 1923, 11:  228: 256.—
Reverdin,  A.   Du massage et  des appareils  de  prothese  en
autoplastic. P. verb. Ass. fr. chir., 1905, 1098-112.—Ruhmann,
W.  Tastmassage.  Munch, med.  Wschr., 1929,  76:  278-80.
-----  Wesen  und Wirkung  der Tastmassage.   Commun.
Congr.  internat.  physiother.  (1930)  1931,  5.  Congr.,  Sect.
1,  No. 2, 7-12.  Also  Zschr.  ges.   phys.  Ther.,  1930-31,
40: 31-8.   ------  Biologische Grundlagen der Tastmassage-
behandlung.   Fortsch.  Ther., 1934, 10: 151-63.  ------  Von
der Tastmassagebehandlung.   Ther.  Gegenwart,   1938,  79:
488-94.—Schnee,  A.   Ueber  eine  neue  Massage-Methode.
Zschr. phys.   diat.  Ther.,  1910,  14:  470-5.—Seeligmuller.
Die Cornelius-Massage im Lichte der  Reiztherapie.   Ther
Gegenwart, 1929,  70:  307-1 l.—Smitt.  Mitteilungen  aus
dem Gebiete der Massage und der schwedischen Heilgvmnastik
Deut.  mil. arztl. Zschr.,  1907,  36: 385-406.—Squirm,  CM.
El nuovo tratamiento del Doctor A.  G. Timbrell Fisher; la
manipulaci6n  forzada;  cirujfa manipulativa  o  bone-setting y
masaje clasico.  Rev.  san.  rrul., B. Air., 1930, 29:  404; 1931
30:  337;  497.—Thomsen,  W.   Ein neuer Massagehandgriff'
Zschr. orthop. Chir.,  1932,  56:  139-41.—Tiegel,  W.  Die
Nervenpunktmassage.  Naturarztl. Rdsch., 1938, 10:139-41.__
Wagner, K.  Die Net \ enpunktmassage in ihrer diagnostiscrien
und theiapeutiMhen Bedeutung.  Ther.  Gegenwart, 1937 78-
154-8.—Wishing.  Die  Bede-utung der  Nervenmassage'  fur
die mneie Medizin.   \ erh. Deut.  Ges.  inn. Med., 1930  42
Kongr., 312-20— Zabludovski.   Anwendung und Technik del-
Massage.   Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1905, 2: 438.

----  subaquatic.

    See also  Gymnastics.
    Benderski.  I. A.  Ob izsliedovanii bolnlkh i o massazhle Dod
vodoi.  \rach. gaz.,  1905, 12:  478-80.  Also German transl
Wien.  med. Presse, 1907,  48:  475-7.—Boigey, M   Massage
hydrique par  le bain bouillonnant;  ses indications chez les
malades et les sujets bien portants.  Progr. med., Par., 1934
473.—Bram-Masseur not acceptable.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1941,'
116:  1771.—Bravo, F.  Underwater electro-mechanical massage
or panimavida massage-bath.  Arch. M.  Hydr., Lond., 193«|
17: 91.-Cramer, H.  Sauginassage im Moorbad.  Med. Klin'.!
Berl., 1926, 22: :','M).  Dany. 11.  La douche de Vichy; massage
sous  l'eau.  Nutrition,  Par.,  1938, 8: 202-8.- Derecq.  Lea
douches-massages;  massages sous  la douche d'eau sulfnreuse
C. rend.  Soc.  hydrol.  med.  Paris,  1906-07, 52:  63-81.—
Fletcher, G. B.  Underwater or pool treatment of certain condi-
tions of muscles, nei ves and joints.  Tristate  M. J., 1939 10
12:2411-3.- Foldes. F.  Hydraulic under-water massage and
its therapeutic indications.  Brit. J. Phys. M., 1936,  11: 125.—
Gumpertz,  M.   Die   Lnterwasserstrahldruckmassage unter
Anwendung von  I litze.  Ther. Gegenwart, 1934, 75: 504-7.—
Haertl,  P.   Ueber  Unterwassermassage  und  Lnterwasser-
gymnastik.  Zbl.  Chir., 1936, 63:  65-78.       —  Ueber
Unterwassermassage  und  Unterwasserg\ innastik  in  korper-
warmen Badern.   Ibid.,  105-10.- -Hoflher,  K.    Subaquale
Massage in Verbindung  mit  Warme  und ihre klinische  An-
wendung.   Ther.  Gegenwart, 1928, 69: 47.-----Unter-
wassermassage in Verbindung mit Warme.  Med. Welt, 1931,
5: 412.—Hohmann. Die Unterwassermassage in der heutigen
Orthopadie.   Umschau,  1939,  43:  84.—Horsch,  K.   Die
Unterwassermassage und ihre klinische Anwendung.  Fortsch.
Ther., 1932, 8: 650-5.   ------  Das Unterwassermassagever-
fahren.  Zschr. ges. phys. Ther.,  1932, 43: 230-51.  —
Zur  neuen Unterwassermassageapparatur.  Ibid.,  1933,  44:
222-32.   ------   Die physikalisch-therapeutische  Abteilung
der Rehnschen Klinik, ihre Einrichtungen und die  bisherigen
Erfahrungen unter besonderer  Berucksichtigung der Unter-
wassermassage.  Erg.   Chir.  Orthop.,  1937,  30:  129-226-
Ilie portable underwater therapy tank acceptable.  J. Am. M.
Ass.,  1938, 111: 935.—Josenhans,  W.   Die  Unterwasserbe-
handlung  (das hydro-kinetische Bad)  Hippokrates, Stuttg.,
1938, 9: 355-7.—Karlstrom, A. R.  Combinaison du massage
simple et du bain d'apres la methode de Visby (Suede) (medica-
tion  tonique)   Clinique, Par., 1906, 1 : 858.—leutenegger, F.
Moderne Unterwasserbewegungsbehandlung. Balneologe, 1938,
5: 400.—Martucci, E. J., & Morris, J. C.  Underwater therapy
with  hydro-massage.  J.  Nat. Ass.  Chiropod., 1939, 29: No. 12,
5-7.—Maturi,  E.   Le bain-massage  dans les  maladies de la
poitrine et autres 6tats morbides.  Gaz. eaux, 1907, 50: 241.—
Sailer, K.  Zu Technik und  Anwendungsbereich von Unter-
wassermassagen.    Hippokrates,  Stuttg., 1940,  11:  16-8.—
Scholtz, H. G.  Unterwassergymnastikund Unterwasserduschen-
massage im Bassin.   Ther.  Gegenwart, 1939, 80: 436-9.—
Sellner,  V.   Unterwasser-Uebungstherapie.   Verh.  Verein.
Orthop.  W'iens  (1937)   1938,  24-8   [Discussion]  47-53 —
Stanzel, G. A.  Hydrotherapeutic massage bar.  U. S. Patent
Off.,  1940, No.  2,225,240.—Urban, H.  Die  Unterwasserbe-
handlung von Bewegungsstorungen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937,
50:868-72.

----   vagino-pelvic.

   Thure-Brandt,   A.    Massage  bei   Frauen-
leiden;   Thure-Brandt-Behandlung.     89p.   8?
Stuttg.,  1937.
   Gumpert, M.  Die Thure-Brandt-Massage.   Fortoch. Med.,
 1935, 53: 533.—Johnson, J. T.  The uses and abuses of pelvic
massage.   Washington  M. Ann.,  1905,  4: 209-23.  -----
Some of the uses  of pelvic massage.  Tr. South. Surg. Oyn.
Ass.  (1905) 1906, 18: 416-25.  Also N. York M. J., 1906, 83:
122-5.—Kakushkin,  N.  M.   [Gvnecologic  massage]  Klin.
Med.,  Moskva,  1929,  7: 1821-9.—Kamprad, W.  Thure-
Brandt.   Hippokrates,  Stuttg.,  1937,  8:  132-4.—Netter, I..
Effets et mecanisme  du massage  gynecologique.  Gyn. obst.,
Par., 1928, 18:154-73.— Rodecourt, M.  Ueber den praktischen
Wert der  Thure-Brandt-Behandlung  bei Frauleneiden.  Zbl.
Gyn., 1938, 62:  647-50.—Sosnowska, H.  Le traitement de
Brandt en France. Rapp. Congr. internat. physiother., 1905,
1. Congr.,  No. 29, 1-6.—Vogt, C. J.   Vagino-pelvic massage
and  tamponade; a conservative gynecologic procedure.  Ohio
M. J., 1940, 36: 1178-80.

----   vibratory.

   See  also  subheadings  (electric;  Instrument]
also Electrovibration.
   Barnum, H. W.   Lessons in vibratory thera-
peutics.  26p.  8?   Poughkeepsie,  1904.
   Breiger.    Die  Vibrationsmassage  und  ihre
vielseitige  Anwendung.  48p.   8?  Berl., 1919.
   Bresin,  G.    Krankheit und Krankheitsemp-
findung  und   ihre  Behandlung  mittels  Vibra-
tionsmassage.  91p.  8?  Berl., 1914.
   Ivanoff,   P.     *Le   massage   vibratoire   en
 rhinologie.  16p.   8?  Geneve, 1927.
   Verschoyle, W.  D.   Natural vibro-massage.
95p.   16?   Lond., 1937.
   Arnold, M. L. H.   Report of the Committee on Mechanical
 Vibration and Exercise.  Am. J. Electrother., 1918, 36: 282-5.—
 Burch, J. H.  Mechanical vibration and stimulation.  Arch.
 Physiol.  Ther.,  1905,  2:  1-6.—Colombo, C.   Intorno alia 
MASSAGE
355
MASSAGE
   tecnica del massaggio vibratorio.  Gazz. med. ital., 1907, 58:
   231-3.  Also French transl.  J. physiother., Par.,  1907, 5:
   225-31.  Also German transl.  Zschr. phys. diat. Ther.,  1907,
   11: 432-7.-—Cyriax, E.  Les vibrations manuelles des nerfs.
   Commun. Congr. internat. physiother. (1930) 1931, 5. Congr.,
   Sect.  1, No. 16, 89-94.   —■----  Manual nerve  vibrations.
   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1936, 144: 236-8.—Fernandez, O. C. Sismo-
   terapia.  Sem. mid., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 1, 746-55.—Gary,
   C. E.  Three cases treated with mechanical vibration.  Am. J.
   Electrother., 1918, 36: 79.—Johnson, C. K.  Vibration massage;
   its application to disease.   Vermont M.  Month., 1906, 12:
   220.—Laqucr, L.  Ueber Vibrations-Behandlung.  Phys. med.
   Mhefte, 1905, 1: 361-4.—Martin, W.  A survey of the subject
   of mechanical vibration.  Phys. Ther., 1926,  44: 143-50.—
   Mathews, W. A.   Mechanical stimulation.  Atlanta J.  M.,
   1907-08, 9: 209-15.—Morse,  F. H.  Mechanical vibration-
   therapv.  J. Advanc. Ther.,  1905, 23: 336-9.—Pietranera, E.
   Percusioterapia.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1933, 40: pt  2, 1270;
   1934, 41: pt 1, 512; 657; 1306.—Pratt, E. H.  Vibratorv treat-
   ment.  N. Am. J. Homoeop., 1905, 53: 043-50.—Sandzen, C.
   General vibratory massage.  Detroit M. J., 1904-05, 4: 360.—
   Schauffler, W.  G.   Vibratory massage in general practice.
   J. M.  Soc. N. Jersey, 1904-05,  134-6.—Schiitze, C.  Ueber
   Ersohutterungsmassage.   Deut. med.  Presse^ 1905, 9: 19.—
   Snow, M. L. H. A.  Some physiological effects of mechanical
   vibration. Phys. Ther., 1928, 46: 113-23.  ------ Mechani-
   cal vibration  in cardiovascular conditions.  Ibid., 533-45.—
   Way,  O. F.   Vibratory treatment of disease.  J.  Minnesota
   M. Ass., 1907, 27: 377-9.—Witthauer, K.  Weitere Mitteilun-
   gen iiber Vibrationsmassage.  Ther. Mhefte, 1907, 21: 72-7.

   ---   vibratory: Instrument.
    Andres, L. J.  Vibrator heater.  U. S. Patent Off., 1939,
   No. 2,154,428.------  Vibrator.  Ibid., 1941, No. 2,234,102.—
   Apparate fiir  Vibrations-massage.  Mschr. prakt. Wasserh.,
   1906,  13:  25-33.—B.  Un nuovo apparecchio pel massaggio
   vibratorio.   Massaggio, Tor.,  1906,  5:  57-61.—Beck, O.
   Ein neuer  Massageansatz zur Vibrationsmassage.   Mschr.
   Ohrenh.,  1927, 61:  360-2.—Benway, W.  G. G.  Vibrator.
   U. S. Patent Off., 1938, No. 2,128,555.—Blum. R.  Die Vibra-
   tionsmassage mit dem neuen Vibrator Venivici. Ther. Mhefte,
   1906,  20: 399-401.—Bourgeois.   Les  Dermo-Malaxeurs et
   -Vivrateurs a effets opposes.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56:
  399.—Buffalow, O. T. Vibratory massager.  U. S. Patent Off.,
   1938, No. 2,122,556.  ------  Applicator for vibratory mas-
  sages.  Ibid., 1939, No. 2,156,839. ------  Vibratory massag-
  ing foot machine.  Ibid.,  1942, No. 2,269,707.—Buschan, G.
  Ein neuer Hand-Vibrations-Massage-Apparat (Venivici) Deut.
  Aerzte  Ztg,  1906,  173.—Decker, B.  Vibrator  head  rest.
  U. S. Patent Off., 1940, No. 2,204,035.—Erickson, P. E.  Vi-
  brating toilet apparatus.  Ibid.,  No. 2,187,076.—Eulenburg, A.
  Ein neuer Handapparat fiir  Vibrationsmassage.  Zbl.  phys.
  Ther., 1904, 1: 140-2.—Gonsett, R. R.  Body vibrator.  U. S.
  Patent  Off., 1934,  No.  1,974,812.—Gothers. J. L.   Vibrator
  apparatus.   Ibid.,  1944, No.  2,347,554.—Grampp, A.  Toe
  and foot  vibrator.   Ibid., 1941, 2,266,859.—Harris,  S. P.
  Hand attachment means for vibrators  and the like.  Ibid.,
  1942, 2,286,089.—Heard,  E.  C. *  Vibrator attachment  for
  washing machines.  Ibid.,  1943,  No. 2,314,981.—Hegstrom,
  C. E.   Vibrating and massaging device.  Ibid.,  1940,  No.
  2,198,872.—Hetherington,   R.   Massage   vibrator.   Ibid.,
  No. 2,219,651.—Hudovernig,  K.   Egy  uj kezi  kfisztilSk
  vibratios massage eszkozl6se>e.  Elme & idegk6rt., 1906, 129.—
  Krenzke, J. G. Vibrator.  U.  S. Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,235,-
  158.—La Mere,  F.  J.   Massaging vibrator.  Ibid., 1944,
  No. 2,338,339.—Logan, H.  B.   Vibratory  device.   Ibid.,
  No. 2,350,563.—McCarty, M. P.  Electrovacuum vibrator.
  Ibid., 1943,  No. 2,314,590.—Massagem pelos  sons.   Impr.
  med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 329,  125.—Meyer, J. F.  Vibrator.
  U. S. Patent  Off., 1941,  No.  2,234,770.  ------  Vibratory
  apparatus.  Ibid., 1944,  No.  2,349,743.—Mininberg,  N.  D.
  Therapeutic apparatus.  Ibid., 1945, No. 2,374,492.—Nelson,
 N. A.  Vibrator.  Ibid., 1940,  No. 2,222,422.—Neuer Vibra-
 tionsmassageapparat  Viberon.  Med. techn. J., Lpz.,  1905,
 1: 194-6.—Newnham, E.  Vibrator.  U. S. Patent Off., 1939,
 No. 2,144,343.—Newton, F. H.  Vibratory  appliance for the
 feet. Ibid.,  1942, No.  2,276,510.  ------  Magnetic vibrating
 therapeutic  appliance.   Ibid.,   No.  2,279,906.—Oster,  J.
 Vibrator. Ibid., 1939, No. 2,181,282.------Cushion pad
 for hand vibrators.   Ibid.,  1940, No. 2,198,442.—Purves,
 W. F., & Harris, S. P.  Vibrator.  Ibid., 1944, No. 2,350,817.—
 Racine, J. O.  Vibrator.  Ibid., 1940, No. 2,200,635.—Renca,
 F. L.  Vibrator.  Ibid., 1941, No. 2,228,675.—Solinski, C. A.
 Vibrator. Ibid., 1939, No. 2,174,648.—Spencer, W. D.  Body
 vibrator.  Ibid., 1940, No. 2,199,965.  ------ Zancker, J.  C.
 [et al.]  Body vibrator.  Ibid.,  1942, No. 2,304,485.—Thomas,
 W. A.  Vibrator.   Ibid., No.  2,287,501.—Wettlaufer,  W.  L.
 Therapeutic vibrator.   Ibid.,  No.  2,235,183; No. 2,235,184;
 1944, No.  2,349,837.   ------   Therapeutic vibrator and
 massage  device.  Ibid., 1943,  No.  2,307,554.—Wilcox,  A. C.
 Vibrator.  Ibid., 1944,  No. 2,346,465.—Winther, C. P.  Vibra-
 tory massage device.  Ibid.,  1942, No. 2,295,817.—Worthing-
 lon, R.  W.  Platform foot  and body vibrator.  Ibid., No.
 2,271,382.


---  in animals.
   Cicconi, G.   Sulle varie applicazioni  del massaggio nelle
malattie degli animali  domestici.  Gior. Soc. vet. ital.,  1900,
  49:  461-74.—Daasch.   Ein  neuer Vibrationsmassageapparat.
  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 42: 525.—Fadeev, L. A.  [Electro-
  y'brator for certain diseases  of small animals]  Sovet, vet.,
  19o9, 16: 91.
    MASSAGLIA, Aldo Charles, 1876-
    For portrait see Collection in Library.
    MASSAIA, Guglielmo Lorenzo, 1809-89.
    Grande  (Un)  missionario africano e la sua  opera medica
  Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 1, varia, 428-30.
    MASSALONGO, Roberto, 1857-1920,
    For portrait see Collection in Library.
    MASSALOUX, F.  * Recherches sur l'immunite
  antituberculeuse  [Pharm.]   186p.   tab.   diagr
  254cm.  MontpeL, Impr. Charity 1938.
    MASSARDIER,   Antonin,  1910-         *Sur
  un  proced6 de  traitement  des  fractures  cunei-
  formes de l'extr^mite" supSrieure du tibia;  reduc-
  tion non sanglante par l'etau,  osteodese  trans-
  cutanee  avec   boulonnage  par  le procede"  de
  Merle d'Aubigne\    61p.   25^cm.   Lyon, Bose
  fr.,  1938.
    MASSARI, Cesare,  1784-1867(?)   Saggio sto-
  rico-medico sulle pestilenze di Perugia e sul go-
  verno  sanitario  di  esse  dal secolo  xiv.   238p
  pl.   24cm.   Perugia, V. Bartelli, 1838.
    MASSARI,  Pierre Jean  Roland,  1903-
  *Contribution   a l'etude des  localisations   sur
  1'endocarde de la septic6mie gonococcique.  lllp
  8?   Par., M. Lac, 1928.
    MASSARANI,  Maurice  Labib  [D.  Pharm.,
  1940, Strasbourg]   Contribution experimentale a
  l'etude du  rapport  lipidique  de Macheboeuf  et
  Sandor chez l'animal.  112p.  tab.  24cm.  Cler-
  mont-Ferrand, Impr. gen., 1940.
    MASSAROTTI,   Giuseppe.   Ospedalizzazione
  militare  in  guerra.    2.  ed.   43p.   16?  Milano,
  Rava & cia, 1915.
   Forms No. 9, of Problemi sanitari di guerra.
   MASSART, L.   Acquisitions recentes dans  le
 domaine de l'enzymologie.   62p.  25%cm.  Par.,
  Masson & cie, 1946.
   Forms No. 6, Actual, biochim.
   MASSART, Raphael Edouard Augustin,  1889-
        & VIDAL-NAQUET,  Georges.   Pratique
 orthopedique;   chirurgie  de  l'appareil  moteur.
 77lp.   illust.   28cm.  Par.,  A. Legrand, 1938.

 MASSASAUGA.
   See Crotalinae, Sistrurus.
   MASSAU, Peter,  1887-       *Die Behandlung
 und   Fiillung  karioser   Milchzahne.   33p.   8?
 Bonn, L. Neuendorff, 1935.
   MASSE,  Andre Leon, 1908-       *Etude  des
 dispositions anatomiques qui favorisent la forma-
 tion  des fistules poste>ieures extra-sphincteriennes
 du rectum.  74p.  8?  Par., L.  Arnette, 1933.
   MASSE, Jean, 1914-       *Essai sur la gastro-
 ent^rite  infectieuse   des  chats.    79p.    25cm.
 Lyon, Bose  fr.,  1938.
   MASSE, Juan Bialet, 1846-1907.
   Bermann. G.  Vida y  obra  de Juan Bialet Masse\  Sem.
 med.,  B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 2, 1375-86, portr.
   MASSE,  Louis, 1912-        *Fonctionnement
 d'un Institut moderne de pue>iculture.  80p.   8?
 Par., Vigot fr., 1938.
   MASSE, Raul Jorge.
   See Rey, A. J., Pangas, J. C, & Masse, R. J. Tratado de
tisiologfa.  723p.  23cm.  B. Air., 1941.
   MASSEBOEUF,   Andre,   1909-         *Une
forme  rare  de  cancer  de  la  v^sicule  biliaire:
Ph6matochol6cyste.   55p.   24cm.   Par.,  Impr.
Foulon, 1940.
   MASSEBOEUF,   Jean,  1908-        *La  vie
g^nitale de la femme dans l'orient mediterranean
antique.   xvi,   239p.   24^cm.   Alger,   Impr.
Ferraris, 1935. 
MASSEI
356
MASSETER
   MASSEI, Ferdinando,  1847-1917.   Sulla im-
portanza delle inalazioni nelle malattie delle vie
rospiratorie.  2.  ed.   55p.   21 MScm.   Nap.,  L.
Vittorio, 1874.
   ----   Prelezione  al  corso  di laringoscopia  e
terapia locale dei morbi  respiratorii.  8p.   22cm.
Nap., R. Rinaldi & G. Sellitto, 1S76.
   MASSEI, S.  Fibroma della laringe; asporta-
zione per le vie naturali; guarigione.   4p.  21 ^cm.
Firenze, Tipogr. Cenniniana, 1S76.
   Also Sperimentale, 1876, 30:
   MASSEK, Gunther,  1906-       *Zur  Frage
der   traumatischen   Appendicitis.    27p.    8?
Bresl., A. Schreiber,  1933.
   MASSELIN, Claude,  1901-       *Les nevral-
gies ano-reetales secondaires aux affections geni-
tales.   97p.  S°   Par., A. Legrand,  1930.
   MASSELINK, Benjamin H. [D.  D. S., 1908,
Univ. Michigan]
   For biography see J.  Michigan Dent. Soc,  1945, 27: 242-4,
portr.
   MASSELON, Michel  Julien, 1844 1917.
   Ivlitoi  of  Weckcr, L.  Terapeutica ocular.  634p.  24cm.
Mad... 1 MS 1.
   MASSENBACH, Wichard, Freiherr von, 1909-
       * Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Beweglichkeit
der  Sehamfugenverbindung  in  und  ausserhalb
der  Schwangerschaft.  13p.  S?  Clott., Gotting.
Handelsdr., 1933.
   MASSENGILL.  Samuel  Evans,   1871-
A diabetic guide;  written primarily for the  doc-
tor's patient and  with suggestions  to the  doctor
in assisting  him.    xv,   232p.   illust.   pl.    8?
Bristol, Tenn., King Print. Co., 1932.
   ----A sketch of medicine and pharmacy and
a view  of  its  progress by  the Massengill  family
from  the   fifteenth  to  the  twentieth  century.
144p.  illust.   pl.   25cm.   Bristol   Tenn., S.  E.
Massengill Co.,  1940.
   MASSERMAN, Jules Homan,  1905-
Behavior and neurosis;  an experimental psycho-
analytic approach  to psychobiologic principles.
xv,  269]).   pl.   24%cm.  Chic, Univ. Chicago Pr.,
1943.
   ----   Principles  of  dynamic  psychiatry, in-
cluding  an integrative   approach   to  abnormal
and  clinical psychology; with a glossary of  psy-
chiatric terms,   xix,  322p.  illust.  25cm.   Phila.,
YY.  B. Saunders, 1945.
   MASSERON, Pierre  Auguste,   1904-
*L'ceuf de marche;  ce qu'il  est, ce qu'il devrait
etre  [Alfort;  Vet.]   40p.  8?   Le  Havre, Impr.
Havre-Eclair, 1930.
   M ASSET, Jean,  1902-        *Etat actuel  du
traitement medicamenteux des tumeurs malignes.
72p.  S?    Par., E. LeFrancois, 1933.


MASSETER.

   See also  Face, Muscles; Mastication.
   Boi.dt,   H.    *Ein Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis der
einfachen    Masseterhypertrophie   mit   einigen
Fallen.   22p.   8?    Berl., 1930.
   Hopf,  G. G.  \Y.  *Grossenunterschiede der
Muskelfaserquersehnitte zwischen  den  einzelnen
Portioncn  des  M.  masseter beim Menschen und
bei  einigen Saugetieren.   p. 195-217.  8?   Lpz
1933.
   Also Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1934, 35:
   Askenazy.  Angiome  du  muscle  masseter.   Rev. mid.
Suisse rom.,  1939, 59: 181.—Barnes, J. M.  Abscess in the
masseter muscle.  Brit. Dent. J., 1945, 78: 81.--Beco.  Sur un
cas de tumeur du masseter.  Bull. Soc. beige otol.,  1903, 8:
149-52.-  Cameron, J. R., & Stetzer, J. J., jr.  Myositis ossi-
ficans of right mas.-ett'i  mu-cle- report of a case. J Oral Surg
1945, 3: 170-3- Coffey.  R. J.  Unilateral hypci nopl.v  of the
masseter muscle.  Surgery ,1942, 11: 815-8.—Khert, H.  Mor-
phologische und fnnktionelle Analyse des Musculu- masseter.
/.schr. Anat. Entw.,  193.8-39.  109:  790-802.  FreiHfold,  H.
Leber  die  Kauinuskeln des  menschlichen  N'Migeborenen
Vjschr. Zahnh..  1927. 43: 552-82.  Gans. A.  |M \ .>grl,,su«'oi
the masseter]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 6019  Krivine,
I'. L'anesthesie masseterine.  J. n\M. Paris,  19o(i, .">(): 617.-'
Labeau.  R.  Contracture  des  niasseters consecutive a  la
voltaisation bipolaire (methode  de  Doyen)  et  guerie par
l'application du courant  continu de haute intensity. C. rend
Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1910) 1911, 39: T. 3, N3.  Larroniquc *
Parant.  Ostebme du masseter.   Rev. stomat., Par.. 191.'!, 44:
77.—Lancet. B. M.  Relationship of the cephalic index to the
temporo-massetei nm-ele gioup development.   Dent. Outlook,
N. Y., 19.il,  18: 3 9.  I,crout, I..  I lypertrophio douloureusp
rdcente des mast^catem-.   Ke\ . otoneur., Par., 1935. 13: llil, —
Lubosch,  W.   * >ie  Kaumuskeln der  Teleostecr.   Morph
Jahrb., 1929, 61: 49-220, 5 pl.—Mazza, S.. &  Ivimissevirh. o!
Cysticerque du masseter.   C rend. Soc. biol., 19"J2, 86: I 105.-
Pelrignani, R.  He'matome -pontain' intra-ma.-seteiin  M^m
Acad, chir., Par., 1937, 63: 359  9.  Pft-nningcr. H.  Leber die
Kaumuskeln  von Microcebus murinus und die Korrelationen
zwischen ihrer Entwicklung und  jener des Schiidols und tier
Zalmanlagen.  Ausz. Inaugur.  Diss.  Med. Fak. Univ. Bern
1937-42, N... 108, 1-4.—Pratt, L. W.   Experimental  masse-
terectomy  in the  laboratory  rat.  J.  Mamma!..  1943, 24:
204-11.—Schreiber, H.  Kaumuskelentfernung und Schadel-
wachstum.  Verh. Anat. Ges.  (193S)  1939, 46:  438-41-
Stursberg.   K ranker  mit angeborenem Fehlen des rechten
Masseter.  Silzber.  Naturhist.  Verein preuss  Uheinlande,
1911-12, B, 37.   Voss, H.  Ein besonders reichliches Vorkom-
men von Muskelspindcln in der tiefen Portion des M. masseter
des Menschen und der Anthropoiden.  Anat. Anz., 1935-36,
81: 290-2.—Weber, W.  Physiologische Untersuchungen Uber
den Masseterreflex beim Menschen.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh
1937, 144: 160-5.—Wolhynski. F. A.  Qualitative und quantita-
tive Struktui \erandet un? des  M.  masseter  des Menschen.
Anat. Anz., 1036, 82: 260-81.
MASSEUR  [and masseusej

   See also Massage;  Prostitution.
   Brocx, D.  [Are we  in need of masseurs in  medical nvm-
nastics'.']  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1927, 71: pt 2,  2411-4. -
Brown, J. S.  The Society and private practice.  J. Chart. Soc.
Massage, Lond., 1935-36, 21: 230; passim.—Carpenter, ('. I.
Massage and nursing.   Nurs. Times, Lond.,  1940, 36: 1112.—-
Deblond, I.   Role du  masseur dans la  medecine  curative.
Congr. internat. auxil.  med., 1937, 1. Congr.,  82 —Hubbard,
S.  I).  Regulation of massage by New York City Department
of  Health. N. York State J. M., 1927. 27: 650-2.-  Licvre. L.
Massage  et  masseurs.   J. sc. med. Lille, 1905, 2:  277 85.
Masseurs' accounts.  J. Chart.  Soc. Massage, I.ond., 1932-33,
18: 43-5.—Morice.  L'orientation professionnelle du masseur.
Congr. internat. auxil. mid., 1937, 1. Congr., 80.  Thomsen, W.
Muskelharten in der Vorderarmstreekmuskulatur bei Masseu-
ren und Beschaftigungsneurosen; ihr Entstehungsmechanismus
und ihre Therapie, nebst einigen  muskelphysiologischen Be-
trachtungen.  Zschr.  orthop. Chir.. 1932-33, 58: 389-400.—
Warton, K. A. The massage profession in Australia.  J. Chart.
Soe. Massage, Lond., 1933-34, 19: 10;  35.

----   Education.

   Prosser, E. M.   Bandaging and simple nurs-
ing  notes  for massage students.   116p.   19cm.
Lond.,  1940.
   Rohrbach, W.  Leitfaden fiir den staatlichen
Massagekursus.  4. Aufl.  254p.  8?  â–  Lpz., 1937.
   Adam, H.  Was libit, tins Schweden fiir den Ausbau de-
I  nteriK hts  in dei Massage?  Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1934, 5:
â–  )00 -2.  Colombo, C.   Proposta di una classificazione razionale
delle manovre massoterapiche.  C. rend. Congr. internat. hvdr.
dim   geol. ther. (1905) 1906, 7. Congr., 989-93. Debrunner,
H. Iiepetituiiuni der Massage. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934,
64: 1092; passim; 1935, 65:  17; 122.  Efimov, A. A.  [Training
of blind masseurs!  Vrach.  delo, 1940, 22: 226.—Friedlander,
A. A.   Die Massage im klinischen Unterricht.  Schweiz. med.
Wschr., 1934, 64: 769-73.—Gisselbrecht, K.  Sur  l'enseigne-
mentprofessional et Taccession au Dipldme d'Etat des in-
firmieres et  innmners-masseurs. Congr. internat. auxil. mea.,
1937,  1. Congr., 83-7.—Hellsten, A. F., & Rancken, D.  Legi-
timation af  sjukgymnaster och  massrirer.  Fin. liik. sa.ll. hand.,
1907,  49: pt 2, 457-67.—Kopp.   La massotherapie; dans  le
passe, le present et l'avenir; son enseignement officiel; son appli-
cation dans la pratique medicale.  Commun. Congr. internat.
physiother..  1930, 5. Congr., Sect. 1, No.  1, 1-6.—Mathiol, C.
Les ecoles de  massage.  Bull, med., Par., 1906,  20: 523.—
Priifung von Massierern.  Reichsgesundhbl., 1937, 12: 409 —
Zabludowski.  Der  Massageunterricht an der Universitat
Berlin.  Rapp. Congr. internat. physiother.. 1995,  1. Congr.,
No. 87,  1-7.  Also Zschr. diat. phys. Ther., 1905, 9: 508-11.

----  Malpractice.
   Alleged negligence of blind  masseur.  Lancet, Lond., 1942,
I; 5J0.—Decourt. F.   Les  droits et les devoirs d'un masseur
diplorne, en matiere d'honoraires pour accidents  du travail.
Concours med., 1940,  62:  1089.—Masseur's (A)  negligence.
Lancet, Lond.,  1941,  2:  321.—Medical practice act; enforce- 
MASSEUR
ment by quo warranto; burden of proof.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937,
109- 902—Mesnard, R. Exercice illegal de la massotherapie
[Rap.]   Bull. meU,  Par., 1906, 20:  522.—Rezende. M. M.
Enfermeiro formado por estabelecimento estrangeiro.  Arq.
hig.. S. Paulo, 1942, 7: No. 14, 172-5.—Workmen's compensa-
tion acts;  massage as constituting medical services.  J. Am.
M. Ass., 1938, 110: 2110.

---   Military service.
  British  masseuses help Indian soldiers back  to  recovery.
Brit .1  Nurs.,  1943, 91: 105.— Dampney, M. J. Masseuses
in the W. A. A.  F. Brit. J. Phys. M.,  1943. 6: 31—Fremantle,
F &  Henderson, A.  Commissioned rank  for masseuses.
Brit M. J., 1943, 2:  91.—Kitchin, D. H. The massage corps.
Brit. J. Phys. M., 1940, n. ser., 3: 124.—McPhee, D., Bracke-
bush  A. H. H., & Abel, G. B.  Men's sub-committee for mas-
seurs and  war service.  N.  Zealand  M. J., 1942, 41: 145.—
Masseuses and  commissions. Lancet, Lond., 1943,  2: 86.

---   Social service.
  Britton, F. Impressions of a blind masseur in  charge of the
orthopaedic department in  a colonial hospital.  Australas.
Nurs. J., 1940, 38: 216.—Dolto, B. Nouvelles orientations du
massage.  Congr. internat. auxil.  mid., 1937, 1. Congr., 57.—
Gisselbrecht, E.  L'organisation du massage scientifique dans
les hopitaux de l'Assistance publique.  Ibid., 64.—Masseurs
dans les hopitaux de l'Assistance publique. Ibid., 65
  MASSEY, Arthur,   1894-       Epidemiology
in relation  to air travel,   vii,  59p.   map.    8:
Lond., H. K. Lewis &  Co., 1933.
  MASSEY,  Arthur  Ballard,  1889-      Medici-
nal plants;  native and  naturalized  plants   of
Virginia  which have been officially  used  in the
preparation   of  drugs.    52p.   illust.    23cm.
Blacksburg,  Virginia Polytechnic Inst., 1942.
  Forms No. 13, v.35, Bull. Virginia  Polytechnic Inst.
  --- & HATCH, Ray Davenport.   Poisonous
plants; native and naturalized plants of  Virginia
with  special  reference  to livestock  poisoning.
52p.   illust.   23cm.   Blacksburg,   Polytechnic
Inst., 1943.
  Forms No. 8, v.36, Bull. Virginia Polytechnic Inst.
  MASSEY, Arnold Stuart.
  See Hunt, D. G.,  & Phillips, J. F.  Heywood & Massey's
Lunacy practice.  6.  ed. 687p.  25J^cm.  Lond., 1939.
  MASSFELLER, Franz, 1902-
  See Gutt, A.,  Linden, H., & Massfeller, F.  Blutschutz- und
Eliegesundheitsgesetz.  2.  Aufl.  354p.  25Hcm.   Miinch.,
1937.
  MASSHOFF,  Willy, 1908-      *Beitrage zur
Myxombildung im Herzen   [Leipzig]   39p.   8?
Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1935.
  MASSIE,  Grant [M. B., 1922, London]  Surgi-
cal anatomy,  viii, 413p.   8?   Lond., J. &  A.
Churchill, 1928.   Also 2. ed.   x, 458p.   illust.
1933.  Also  3.  ed.  468p.   1937.   Also 4.  ed.
viii, 472p.  1940.
  MASSIE,  Thomas, E., fl. ca  1854.   [From San
Francisco to New  York, via Nicaragua,  in 1854]
lip.  28cm.    Charlottesville, Va.,  Green Book-
man, 1935.
  Mimeographed.
  MASSIER,  Andre,  1903-        indications,
technique et resultats du traitement broncho-
scopique  des  suppurations  pulmonaires.  76p.
pl.  8?    Par., A. Legrand, 1930.
  MASSIG,  Hermann Paul,  1911-        *Ueber
die Aetiologie der Osteomyelitis insbesondere de.s
Oberkiefers im Sauglings-  und Kleinkindesalter.
35p.   8?  Frankf. a. M., H. Schaefer, 1934.


MASSILLON, Ohio.

  See Health organization.
  MASSIN,  E., 1860-1904.
  For obituary see  Atti Soc. ital. ostet., 1907, 13: p.  Ixxi
(Pestalozza, E.)
  MASSINA, Louis, 1898-       *Le traitement
des rhumatismes  par les injections hypodermiques
de radon et  de  thoron.   74p.  pl.   8?   Par.,
M. Vigne, 1929.
MASSINI-SPEISER
  MASSINI-SPEISER,  Rodolf Friedrich, 1880-
       Influenza,  Grippe,  p.216-61.   8?   Berl.,
J. Springer, 1934.
  In: Handb. inn. Med. (Bergmann, G., et al.) Berl., 1934, 1:
  MASSINK, Albertus  [M.  D.,  1913,  Leiden]
*Onderzoek  naar dubbelzoutvorming  tusschen
nitraten en sulfaten in waterige oplossing.  136p.
tab.  diagr.  24cm.   Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1913.
  MASSINO y Bombalier, Cesar J., 1863-1942.
  For obituary  see Salub. asist. social, Habana, 1942, 45:
70-2, portr. (Perez, R.)
  MASSIOT, G., 1875-    , &  BIQUARD, R.
L'instrumentation en radiologic pratique.  4. 6d.
x, 314p.  illust.   8?   Par., N.  Maloine, 1932.
  MASSIOT, G., 1875-    , & MASSIOT,  J.
Les rayons X au service  des  blesses de  guerre.
219p.  illust.  20cm.  Par., A.  Legrand, 1940.
  MASSIOT, J.
  See Massiot, G., & Massiot, -1. Les rayons X au service des
blesses de guerre.  219p.  20cm.  Par., 1940.
  MASSLER, Maury, 1912
  See Schour, I., & Massler,  M. Endocrines and dentistry.
28p.  23y2cm.  Chic, 1943.
  ---- &  SCHOUR, Isaac.  Atlas of the mouth
and adjacent parts in health and disease.  108p.
pl.   28y2 x 22cm.  Chic, Am. Dent. Ass., 1944?
  MASSMANN,  Hans  Ferdinand,  1797-1874.
Literatur  der  Todtentanze  [Sonderabdr.  from
Serapeum]   135p.   8?   Leipzig,  T.  O. Weigel,
1840.

MASSOIA.
  See Cinnamomum.
  MASSON, Anne  Marie,  1911-       Osteo-
pathies  complexes  chez I'enfant.   71p.   24cm.
Par., R. Foulon, 1941.
  MASSON, Claude Laurent  Pierre, 1880-
Les glomus neuro-vasculaires.  72p.;44p.  pl.  8?
Par., Hermann & cie, 1937.
  See also Simard. L.  C.  Le professetir Pierre Masson a
I'Academie de medecine de Paris.  Union mid. Canada, 1935,
64:  1401-4.—Victorin, M.  Pierre  Masson k l'Academie de
medecine.  J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1935, 4: 265-75.
  MASSON, Damien, 1871-1945.
  For obituary see Union mid. Canada. 1946. 75: 123, portr.
(Desjardins. E.)
  MASSON, George Henry, 1868-1940.
  For obituary see Carib. M. J., Trinidad, 1941, 3: 42-4.
Also Lancet,  Lond., 1941, 1: 299.
  MASSON,  Georges,  1903-      *Syndrome
d'orchite subaigue  de Penfance par lesion con-
gestive  de l'hydatide de  Morgagni.   56p.  8?
Lyon, Bose fr., 1935.
  MASSON, Georges, 1911-       *Etude de la
gonacrine  (chlorhydrate  de diaminomethylacri-
dine) recherches sur son elimination et son action
bactericide  [Alfort; Vet.]  88p.  8?   Par., Soc.
Blesoise 1934.
  MASSON, Georges Marcel  Andre, 1905-
*Sympathectomie  et  revitalisation glandulaire
par  action chimique ou  isophenolisation.  74p.
8?   Par., Jouve & cie, 1932.
  MASSON, Henri  Joseph,  1893-       Con-
tribution  k  l'etude  des  amyotrophies chez le
cheval   et  de  leur  traitement   [Alfort;  Vet.]
45p.  8?  Par., Vigot fr., 1933.
  MASSON, James Carruthers, 1881-
  For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
1942, 271.
  MASSON, Jean,  1906-      Contribution a
l'etude  des  arachnoidites  opto-chiasmatiques.
113p.  24cm.  Strasb., Impr. Soc.  d'Ed. & Immo-
biliere,  1936.
  MASSON, M. F.  *Des matieres colorantes du
groupe indigo considered au point de  vue phy-
siologique   [Bern]   14p.  8?   Par., G.   Masson,
1874. 
MASSON                                    3,"
  MASSON, Marie Therese, 1902-      Clio-
mes  c£r6braux et  traumatismes craniens.  66p.
S?   Par., Jouve & cie, 1934.
  MASSON, Maurice, 1911-       *Les arthrites
aigues a gonocoques chez I'enfant.  36p.  24cm.
Par., E.  Le Francois,  1940.
  MASSON, Paul, 1910-       *Sur la duree de
l'immunite conferee par la vaccination antitypho-
paratyphoidique    [Lyon]   124p.   8?   Bourg,
Impr. Berthod, 1936.
  MASSON,  Pierre,  1914-       Conceptions
actuelles  sur 1'existence de la  colite  allergique.
37p.  24cm.   Par., E. Le Frangois, 1939.
  MASSON, Pierre [M. D., 1941, Bern]  *Ueber
die Verteilung des Jods in der  normalen und in
der sklerotischen Gefasswand  [Bern]  9p. 23cm.
Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1941.
  MASSON,  Pierre  Emile,  1905-       Cas-
trectomie par hemisection.  118p.  pl.  8?  Par.,
L. Arnette, 1934.
  MASSON, Pierre V., 1865-1928.
  For obituary see Ann. anat. path., Par.. 1929, 6: 1 (Cornil,
L.)  Also Ann. derm, svph., Par., 1928, 6. ser., 9: 921 (Darier,
J.)  Also Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 8S9.  Also Ann. med.,
Par., 1928, 24: No. 4,  annexe, p. i (Roussy, G.)   Also J. chir.,
Par., 1928, 32: 513.  Also J. radiol.  elect rob. 1928, 12: 569.
Also  Presse med., 1928, 36:  1361 (Faure, .1. I .)  Also  Rev.
neur.. Par., 1928, 35:  pt 2, 640-2, portr. Also Rev. phtisiol.,
Par., 192S, 9: 442-4 (Poix, G.) Also Rev. stomat., Par., 1928,
30: 645.
  MASSON, Raoul,     -1928.
  For obituary see Union mid. Canada, I9L>8, 57: 697, portr.
(Parizeaux, T.)
  MASSON,  Rene,   1907-        *La  pachy-
mdningite cerebrale syphilitique diffuse.  127p.
8?   Lyon, Bose fr., 1935.
  MASSON,  Rene  Daniel  Alfred,   1912-
*Les facteurs alimentaires  de  croissance  chez
I'enfant   [Paris]   171p.   24cm.   Doullens, "C.
Dessaint,  1939.
  MASSON,  Roger  Joseph,  1907-        *Le
borgne;  6tude  phvsiologique,  professionnelle et
meMieo-legale.  280p.  8? Par., L. Arnette, 1933.
  MASSON,  Victor.   Livres  de  fonds de la
librairie  Victor  Masson; medecine et sciences.
32p.   21cm.   Par., V. Masson, 1859.
  MASSON d'Autume, Henri Paul Alfred Victor
de,   1910-       *Des  accidents  sanguins  de
l'aurotherapie.  140p.  25^cm.  Bord., J. Biere,
1934.
  MASSONET,  Pierre, 1908-       Contribu-
tion  k l'etude de l'intoxication cyanhydrique et
de  l'aetion antidote de  l'hyposulfite de  sodium.
70p.   8?  Par., Jouve & cie, 1935.
  MASSONNAUD, Felicien,  1908-       *Epi-
thelioma  baso-cellulaire syphiloides.    40p.   8?
Paris, M.  Vigne\  1935.

MASSON stain.
  See also Stain;  Staining.
  Krainer, L.  Ueber eine Modifikation der Trichromfarbung
nach Masson, zugleich eine Methode zur Darstellung der faseri-
gen  (ilia und der Gliaze'.kn in Tumoren. Zschr. wiss. Mikr
1937, 54: 96-8.—Larson, C. P., & Levin. E. J.  A modification
of Masson's tetrachrome stain, for routine paraffin  sections of
tissue fixed in solution of formaldehyde and saline solution
Arch. Path., Chic, 1940, 29: 272.—Wallart, J., & Houette, C.
Un proc£d£ rapide de trichrome Masson en un temps.  Ann
anat. path., Par., 1929, 6: 1036-8.

MASSOSPORA.
  See Insecta, Diseases and parasites.
  MASSOT,  Albert,  1911-        *Le chlore
sanguin chez les  prostatiques;  action du solute"
isotonique  de  chlorure de  sodium.   70p    8°
Lvon, Bose fr., 1936.
  MASSOT, Andree, 1912-       *Analyse des
confitures au microscope et en  lumiere de Wood
8                                     MASSOT
[Lyon]  222p.  tab.   8?   Trevoux,  Impr.  Tr<>-
voux, 1937.
  MASSOT, Denise, 1910-       *Etude  com-
paree  de quelques poudres ve'getales  codex et
commerciales.   lOOp.  pl.  8?   Lyon,  Bose fr
1934.
  MASSOT, Henri Pierre Alexandre, 1903-
Contribution  a  l'etude  de  1'erythroplasie des
organes genitaux.  69p.   8?   Par., P.  Massot
1931.
  MASSOT, Jean, 1911-       Contribution a
l'etude  du  traitement  chirurgical  des  fibromes
ute>ins; resultats  61oignes  obtenus  chez  131
oper^es.  55p.   8?  Par.,  L. Arnette, 1938.
  MASSOTTE,  Jean [M.  D.,  1937,  Toulouse]
*Des accidents graves de la ponction lombaire au
cours  des  tumeurs  cer^brales.   87p.   25cm
Toulouse, Impr.  C16der, 1937.
  MASSOUD, Emile Y.,  1910-       Contribu-
tion a l'etude des tumeurs des nerfs pei-iphei-iques
55p.  25cm.  Lyon, C. Berlioz,  1938.
  MASSOULIER, Jean,  1906-       Contribu-
tion a l'etude de  Taction  de la vagotonine sur le
pneumogastrique.  70p.  pl.  8?  Par., M. Vigne,
1931.
  MASSOUM-KHANI,  Abdorreza,  1910
*Sur un cas de  fistulisation  du cancer  colique
dans l'intestin  grele.  59p.   24^cm.   Par., A.
Legrand, 1939.
  MAST,   Alfons.    *Ueber  den   Einfluss  der
absoluten  Erythrozytenzahl auf die Senkungs-
reaktion.  25p.   8?  Basel,  Buchdr.  National-
Ztg, 1932.
  MAST, Esther  Ellen Maurer,  1904-
  See Hawley, E. E., & Mast, E. E. M.  The fundamentals of
nutrition.  477p.  25Hcm.  Springf., 1940.
  MAST,  Ruth  Use, 1912-       *Wie  ist die
Brotfrage  bei  der  Kariesprophylaxe zu  bewer-
ten?  23p.   8°   Tiib., Bolzle, 1937.
  MAST,  Samuel  Ottmar,  1871-       Motor
response  in  unicellular   animals.   p. 271- 351.
231/4cm.  N. Y., Columbia Univ.  pr., 19*1.
  In: Protozoa in Biol. Res. (Calkins, G. N, et al.)
  MASTAGNI, Louis,  1898-        *Le dScolle-
ment de la  ratine par  traumatisme a  distance.
96p.  8°   Par., M. Lac, 1930.
  MASTALIR, Lester O., 1901-      tubercu-
lous salpingitis  [Marquette Univ.]  16p.  28cm.
Milwaukee [n. p.] 1931.
  Typewritten.

MAST-CELL.
  See also Connective tissue, Cytology;  Subcutis,
etc.
  Fischer,  H.   *Ueber  Gewebsmastzellen im
menschlichen  Herzen    [Berlin]   56p.   23cm.
G6tt., 1937.
  Perrenotjd,  A.  M.   Contribution  a  l'dtudc
de   quelques substances  basophiles  mStachro-
matiques  en  particulier  des granulations de.s
mastocytes   [Geneve]    62p.    8?   Neuchatel,
1935.
  Bartoli, G.  Ricerche sperimentali sui mastociti, Mastzellen;
azione del glueosio sui mastociti mesenterici di topo  albino.
Monit. zool. ital., 1938, 49: 116-23—Bates, E. O.  A quantita-
tive study and interpretation of the occurrence of  basophile
(mast) cells in the subcutaneous tissue of  t be albino rat. Anat.
Rec, 1934-35, 61:  231-9,  pl.—Bloom, F.  Spontaneous soli-
tary and multiple mast cell tumors,  mastocytoma, in dogs.
Arch. Path., Chic, 1942, 33: 661-76.—Bujard, E.  Une colora-
tion strictement Elective des granulations basophiles des masto-
cytes. Bull, histol. appl.,  Par., 1930, 7: 264-9.—Cahn. L. B.
The mast cell.  J. Dent. Res., 1942, 21: 331.—Chujo, S. Bei-
trage zur Kenntnis  der histiozytiiren Mastzellen.  Tr. Jap.
Path. Soc, 1925, 15: 13.------Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Gewebsmastzellen.  Ibid.,  1926, 16:  157.—De Giorgi-Ferrari,
L.  Modificazioni di grandezza delle mastzellen di ratti varia-
mente alimentati.  Monil. zool.  ital.,  1933, 44:  266-70 —
Federici, F.   Un nuovo metodo per la colorazione specifics 
MAST-CELL
359
MASTICATION
delle mastzellen.  Anat. Anz., 1906  29: 357-61.-HoImgren,
H    Funktion und  Chemie der Ehrlichschen  Mastzellen.
Verh. Anat. Ges., 1938, 45: 31-8.------  Eine neue Methode
ruT  Fixierung der Ehrlichschen  Mastzellen; mit besonderer
Berucksichtigung  der Chemie der Zellgranula   Zschr. wiss.
Mikr  1938 55-419-61. ------& Wdander, O.  Beitrag zur
Kenntnis der  Chemie und Funktion der  Ehrlichschen Mast-
rellen  Ischr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1937, 42: 242-78 -Michels,
N A  The mast cell in the lower vertebrates. Cellule, Louvain,
1923' 33- Pt 2, 337-462, 11 pl.—Nagayo, M. Studien uber die
GewebsmaPstzellen.   Zbl. allg.  Path.  1928  43: 289-93.-
Nakaiima. Y.  Studien  iiber die Gewebsmastzellen.  Sc. Rep.
Gov Inst! Infect. Dis.,  Tokyo, 1927, 6: 269-7212 pl. ——
Studien uber  Gewebsmastzellen.   Ir. Jap.  Path. Soc,  1928,
18-  150-6—Quensel, TJ.  Studien iiber die Gewebsmastzellen.
Acta path, microb.  scand.,  1933,  Suppl.  16,  358-75,  pl —
Sasaki  M. Histogenous mast-cell.  J. Orient. M.,  1932,  17:
43  Also Polyclin. Dairen,  1930-33, 5: No. 38,  43— Todaro,
F Morfologia, frequenza ed ubicazione degli elementi granulosi
hasofili del connettivo  nei  territori dentari,  paradentan e
buccali dell'uomo e  dei mammiferi.  Stomat. ital., 1939, 1:
438-49.—Torsegno,   M. E.   Les Mastzellen  dans  le  bulbe
olfactoire du chien nouveau-ne.  Arch, internat. neur., Par.,
1936, 55: 137-43—Varicak,  T. D. Zur Frage der Darstellung
und  Wasserresistenz der Mastzellengranula bei der  Katze.
Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938. 55: 274-80.—Vezzini, A.  Modifica-
zioni quantitative e morfologiche delle  mastzellen di  ratti
variamente alimentati.   Monit.  zool.ital.,  1933, 44: Suppl.,
270-2.

----  hematogenous.

   See Basophil.
   MASTE,  Liselotte,  1909-         *Die   Be-
deutung  der Bisswunden und Bissverletzungen
im Straf- und Zivilprozess  [Munster]  26p.  8?
Bochum-Langendr., H. Poppinghaus, 1934.
   MASTEN, Mabel Garden, 1898-     , jt ed.
   See Reese, H. H., Masten, M. G. [et al.] The 1945 year book
of neurology,  psychiatry and endocrinology.  720p.  18Hcm.
Chic, 1946.
   MASTER,  Arthur  Morris, 1895-        The
electrocardiogram   and  X-ray  configuration  of
the heart,  222p.  illust.  diagr.   26cm.  Phila.,
Lea & Febiger,  1939.  Also 2. ed.  404p.  1942.
   ----  Bibliography.  6  1.  28cm.  [n. p.] 1941.
   Mimeographed.
  See also Kagan, S. R. comp. Bibliographies of the publica-
tion of eminent American physicians,  v.l.  v. p.  28cm.  Rox-
bury, Mass., 1942.                   . _
   For biography see in Am. Jewish Physicians (Kagan,  S. K.)
Bost., 1942, 191,  portr. Also in Modern AI.  World (Kagan,
S. R.) Bost., 1945, 203,  portr.
   MASTERMAN, Ernest  William  Gurney, 1867-

1943.
   For obituarv see  Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 493.  Also Lancet,
Lond., 1943, 1: 511.
   MASTERS,  David,  1883-        New  cancer
facts,  xiii, 84p.  12?  Lond.. J.  Lane, 1925.
  ----  Miracle drug; the inner history  of peni-
cillin.  191p.  pl.  portr.  22cm.   Lond., Eyre &
Spottiswoode, 1946.
   MASTERS, Helen.
  See Tinkler, C.  K.,  & Masters, H.  Applied chemistry.
v.l.  2. ed.  296p.   8?   Lond., 1929.
   MASTERS,  Percival G.  Behind  the cancer
scourge; concerning our food  and  its right treat-
ment.  126p.  8?  Lond.,  L.  Williams, 1933.
  MASTERS, Robert John, 1894-
  For portrait see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125: No. 6, front.

  MASTERS, Wallace Jefferson,  1885-1943.
  For obituary see Texas J. M.,  1943-44, 39: 504, portr.


MASTIC.

  See Mastiche.


MASTICATION.

  See also Chewing gum;  Dentistry,  orthodontic;
Digestion;  Head;  Jaw,  Dynamics;  Masseter;

Saliva.
  Serini, M.   Antropomorfologja zwaczy.  25p.

24^cm.   Warsz., 1936.                 J   AT    .
  Adloff.  Ueber die ursprungliche Lebensweise  des Menschen
[Discussion]   Deut.  zahnarztl.  Wschr.,   1940  43:   818.—
Anderson, A. F.  Development of chewing habit  J- Second
Distr. Dent. Soc N.  York, 1938-39. 24: 442-5.—Bragg, R. N.
Mastication extraordinary.   Brit.  Dent. J.,  1942, 73: 94.—
Freeman, G. L.  Dr. Hollingworth on chewing as a technique
of relaxation. Psychol. Rev., 1940, 47: 491-3.—Gum chewing.
J. Canad. Dent. Ass., 1942, 8: 81-5.—Hauberrisser, E.  Ueber
den Einfluss der Ernahrung,  besonders des Vollkornbrotes auf
die  Entwicklung und  Erhaltung  des  Kauorgans.  Deut.
zahnarztl. Wschr., 1941, 44: 201-4.—Hay, W. H.  Fletcherism.
Hay System News, 1935-36 2: 2.—Hollingworth, H. L. Psycho-
dynamics of chewing.  Arch. Psychol., N. Y., 1939, No. 239,
5-90.  â– ------Chewing as a technique of relaxation. Science,
1939,  90: 385-7.Kel ley,  O.  R.  The young should chew.
Oral Hyg., Pittsb., 1923, 13: 865-70.—Lima, E. de.  Contri-
buicao ao estudo anat6mico e  clinico-cirurgico do apparelho
mastigador. Brasil med., 1938,  52: 531-40.—McCollum, B. B.
Masticatory function.  Dent.  Items, 1945,  67:  747-59.—
Maddern, C. B.  Our food and our teeth.  Austral. J. Dent.,
1942, 46: 221-5.—Oehrlein.  Kaugymnastik?  Umschau, 1934,
38: 687-9.—Rosovsky, U. M.  [Effect of dietetic therapy in
relation to the condition of the masticating apparatus]  Sovet.
stomat., 1933, 2: 23-9.
Dental aspect.
  See also Paradentosis; Tooth, Caries.
  Gotthardt, I.  *Untersuchungen iiber Korper-
bewegung und  Kaufunktion in ihrer Bedeutung
fiir die Gesundheit  des Kauorgans  [Bonn]  39p.
20]^cm.  Waldbrol, 1937.
  Seppa, K.  *Zur Kenntnis der Bedeutung des
Kauens fiir  die  Resorption  [Helsingfors]  p.159-
242.   8?  Berl., 1929.
  Also Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1929, 57:
  Alcorn, J. F. The value of mastication.  Dent. Rev., Chic,
1912, 26: 1006-12.—Box, H. K.  The significance of wear in
the physiology of the masticatory apparatus.  J. Dent. Soc.
N. York, 1940,  7: 17-23.—Hoffer, C. W.  Visualizing the mouth
as a masticatory unit.  J. Am.  Dent. Ass., 1933, 20: 653.—
Kagan, S. E.   [Indications of preservations of the mastication
apparatus]  Stomatologia,  Moskva, 1937, No.  3,  84-90.—
Klatsky, M. A comparative analysis of masticatory function
and its relation to dental disease in ancient and in modern man.
J. Am. Dent. Ass.,  1937, 24: 932-42. ------  Food mastica-
tion and dental caries.  J. Am. Coll. Dentists, 1939, 6: 58-60
(Abstr.)  ------  Masticatory stresses and their relation to
dental caries.  J. Dent. Res., 1942, 21: 387-90.—Kiihlhorn, F.
Anpassungserscheinungen  am  Kauapparat bei  ernahrungs-
biologisch verschiedenen Saugetieren.  Zool. Anz., 1938, 121:
1-17.—Loos, S.  Zur Frage der funktionellen mechanischen
Beanspruchung des Kauorgans.   Zschr.  Stomat.,  1937,  35:
1264-73.—McMulkin, J. E.  The physiology of  mastication;
the application of some anatomical facts  to oral surgery  and
diagnosis.  Dominion Dent. J., 1929, 41:  179-81.—Nicodemi,
M.  La masticaci6n  con los  dientes artificiales  (dentaduras
completes) Rev. odont.. B. Air., 1932, 20: 349-55.—Seward,
J. T.  A consideration of the function of mastication and its
effect on the form of the dental arch and the architecture of the
skull.   Austral. J. Dent., 1934, 38: 453-8.


----   Disorder.

  See also Jaw, Occlusion:  Malocclusion; Tooth,
Abnormity.
  Bauer,   K.   *Beitrag  zur  Frage  der  Ver-
dauungsstorung infolge von Zahnmangel.  25p.
8?   Miinch., 1931.
  Bertisch,   F.    *Untorsuchungen  iiber   die
Veranderung der  Kaufahigkeit  im  natiirlichen
Gebiss durch Einschleifen  [Frankfurt]  16p.   8?
Gross-Gerau, 1934.
  Dahlberg,  B,   The  masticatory   effect;  a
new  test and an  analysis of mastication in  more
or less  defective  set of  teeth.   156p.   Lund,  H.
Ohlsson, 1942.
  Forms Suppl. No. 139, of Acta med. scand.

  Jaeger,  K.   *Weitere  Erhebungen  uber  das
Verhaltnis  zwischen  Nahrungsausnutzung  und
Bezahnung mit besonderer Berucksichtigung  der
Fettnahrung   [Greifswald]   18p.   8°    Wiirzb.,

1936.                                ,   ,    .   ,
   Osswald,  W.    *Kauorgan  und  chronische
Magenerkrankung.  24p.   23%cm.  Berl., 1936.
   Schachschal,  H.  R.  W.   Cntersuchungen
des  Zahnsystems und der  Kaugewohnheiten  an
Magenkranken und Magengesunden in Pommern
[Greifswald]  19p.   22>^cm. Schweidnitz, 1935.
   TaddIa,  R.  E.  *Los ineptos  para  el servicio
de  las armas por insuficiencia masticatoria y su 
MASTICATION
360
MASTICATION
recuperaci6n   para  el  ejercito    [Dont.l    22p.
2li}2cm.   B. Air., 1941.
   Tinxefeld,   P.    *Ueber  Sehiidlichkcitsaus-
wirkungen  ungeniigend  zerklcinerter  Nahrung
im menschlichen  Organismus.   27p.   S?   Bonn,
1932.
   Achard. H. J.  Sublingual medication, effective mastication.
and ob.-ity.  Clin. Med.,  1942, 49: 36.   Andrcson, A.  F. R.
The constitutional effects of inefficient mastication.  .1. Second
Distr. Dent. Soc N. York. 1939-40, 25: 390-5.—Ascher, F.
Der Kauwert der geschlossenen  Zahnreihe und des Luckenge-
bisses. Deut.  Zahn &c Heilk.,  1938, 5: 307-17.—Babini, R.
L'apparato della  masticazione in rapporto alle lesioni personali.
Stomatologia, Mod.,  1936, 34: 81-96.—Campion, G. G.  The
importance of the lateral stresses in mastication.  Dent. Rec,
Lond., 1910, 30:  81-5.—Eisenberg, M. J.  Unilateral mastica-
tion;  an etiological  factor  in  dental disease.  Dent. Cosmos,
1027,  69:  741.-  Futterman. M. J.   Inefficient  mastication.
,1.  Second  Distr.  Dent. Soc. N.  York, 1939-40, 25: 381-90.—
Jaras, I.  [How to determine the percentage of the loss of the
masticating apparatus]  Stomatologia, Moskva, 1938,  No. 5,
85--v—Koritsky, O.  M.   [Deviations in  mastication due to
malformations of the  mouth  as a constitutional factor in
dieestive disorders]  Radianska  med., 1937,  2:  No. 5, 55-9.—
Liebaut.   Sudation jugale  unilaterale pendant hi mastication.
Ann.  otolar..  Par.. 1944-45, 120.--Miller, S.  C.  Periodontal
problems in inefficient mastication.   .1.  Second Distr.  Dent.
Soc. N. York,  1030-41). 25: 390-404.—Miinzer. F. T. Isolierte
einseitige  Kaumuskelliihmunsr (Monoplegia  tna-ticatoria) auf
offenbar neuritischer Crundlage.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931,
78: 1692-  I.  Neumark, I. O.   |Effect of mastication  on the
course of inflammatorv processes in the eastro-intestinal tract]
Ter. arkh., 1939, 17: 47-62— Strayer, E. R.  The role of masti-
cation in nutritional deficiency.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1942-43,
46:  964-7.—Unilateral mastication  considered as  possible
etiological facioi  in producing traumatic occlusion; a discussion
by cones|H,iidence.  Dent. Items, 1927, 49: 99; 250.   Wild, W.
Studie zum Thcma Liickengebiss.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1941,
71:  207.   Wustrow  & Tropp.   FJeber  den  Zusammenhang
zwischen   Bezalmung  und   Nahrungsausnutzung.    Deut.
zahniitztl.  Wschr.,  1940,  43: 197; 222.  Also  Munch,  med.
Wschr., 1940, 87: 291-5.


----  Effect.
   Betelman,  A. I.   [Significance of  perfect  mastication in
gastric digestion] Stomatologia. Moskva. 1941, No. 2, 44-50.-
Buffle, J.   Contribution a  l'etude de l'influence de la mastica-
tion sur la secretion gastrique.  Rev. med.  Suisse roll!.,  1938,
58: 2 lt> 52.-  Friedrich, I., von.   Kauakt und Magenfunktion.
 Arch. Verdauungskr..  1028, 43: 140-0.— Gelman, S. E.  [Im-
portance  of   mastication   in  assimilation]    Sovet.  stomat.,
 1932, 10:  IS,  - ---    Die Bedeutung des Kauaktes  fiir die
Verdauung.   Zschr. Stomat.,  1932, 30: 957-70;  1933, 31:
 1220- 32.—Ginsburg, R. I.   [Effect of mastication on the assim-
ilation of  fat]  Ter. arkh.,  1939, 17: 63-6.—Hara, M.   Ueber
das Kauen und  die Verdauungsresorption der Nahrung.  Jap.
J. M. Sc, Int. Med.,  1933-34,  3: No.  2, Proc, 106.—Hurst,
 A. F. The teeth and the  stomach.  Proc. R. Soc M., Lond.,
 1930-31,  24:  Sect.  Odont,.  447-51.—Jenkins, G.  N.  The
effect of mastication on ascorbic acid content of raw vegetables.
 Biochem.  J., Lond., 1944, 38:  Proc,  19.—Kuznecova, A. P.
 [Effect of mastication on  the assimilation of albumins]  Ter.
arkh., 1939,  17: 67-70.—Lowery, P. C.   Masticatory forces
and their effect  upon facial expression.  Tr. Dent. Soc.  State
 N. York,  1029. 61:  115-24.  Also Brit. J. Dent. Sc, 1933, 78:
 155 (Abstr.)—Pickerill, H. P.  Mastication and jaw develop-
 ment. Dent. Rec,  Lond., 1925, 45: 505-9.—Pron, L.  Masti-
cation et  s£cr£tion  gastrique. Rev.  gin. clin. theL., 1926, 40:
37-40.—Read, T. G.  Test for lactic acid in chewed starchy
 foods. Dent. Rec. Lond.. 1917, 37:209.—Stalder, H.  Besteht
ein Zusammenhang zwischen  dem Grad der Kaufahigkeit und
Magen-Duodenalaffektionen?  Praxis, Bern, 1940,  29: 207.—
Torchinsky, B. A.,  &  Matveeva,  T. I.   [Evacuatory function
of the stomach in relation to the state of the masticating ap-
 paratus and regimen of mastication]  Stomatologia, Moskva,
 1937, No. 1, S4 -90.


----  Examination.
   Brawley, R. K.. & Sedwick,  H. J.  Studies concerning the
oral cavity and saliva; biting pressure; measurements of biting
 pressure in children.  Am. J. Orthodont.,  1940, 26: 41-6.—
 Cornejo. L. D.  Resultado de la aplicaci6n  de una  formula de
 capacidad  inasticatoria.  Rev. san.  mil.,  Lima, 19.35, 8: 125-
 30.-  Codon. C.  Contribution a IVtude des pressions vestibulo-
 linguales et linguo-vestibulaires ~ubie> par les dents.  C. rend.
 Ass.  fr. avance. sc.  (1013.) 1914. 42:  646.—Layseca,  V. M.
 La capacidad  masticatoria y el reconocimento de contingentes
 militares.  Rev. san. mil., Lima, 1933, 6: 92-9.—Lombardi. E.
 Registros de las relaciones funcionales intermaxilares centrel y
 exc^ntricas segun la tecnica del Dr. C. J. Stan-bei v.  Rev  med
B. Air., 1941, 3: 223-30— Matumoto, M.  Line Methode zur
 Registrierung der Kaubewegungen des Menschr-n.  Jap  J M
 Sc.  Biophysics.  1936-38,  4: Proc,  37-40-  Mesa, E.  J.,  &
 Taddia, R. E.  Coeficiente dentario de capacidad masticatoria
 Rev.  san. mil.,  B.  Air.,  1936, 35: 528--32.- Tomey,  E. \.
 A simple  coefficient  of mastication.  Brit. Dent. .!., 1020, 50:
351-5.-  Virno, V.  Morfometria correlazionale deH'apparccchio
masticarore  nell'uomo: set tori  mandibolare,  ptcrigoideo  p
teuiporale.   Ann Clin, odont., Romn, 1936, 13: 389-406.-
Wornor, H. K.. iV Anderson, M. N.  Biting force mcasurcnicnta
on children.   Austral. .1. Detil., 1944, 48:  1-12.

----   Mechanism.

   Hildebrand,  (i. Y.   Studies  in the mastica-
tory movements of the  human  lower jaw.  190p
8? ' Berl.,  1931.
   Forms Suppl.  61, Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl.

   Liebexberg, H.  *Der Einfluss dea Kauflachen-
rcliefs  der Zahne  auf  die  mcohanische  Zerklei-
nerung von Speisen   [Bonn]  20p.   8?   Spcichpr
1930.
   Stock,  II.   *Kieferk6p!Vhen  und Kautatigkeit,
[Greifswald]   26p.  8?   Osnabriick,  193").
   Betelman. A.  I.  [Perfect act of mastication and the secre-
tory work of the salivaiy gland>|  Stomatologia, Moskva, l'.t.'IK,
No.  2.  26--30.—Hillebrandl,  C.   Findet beim  Kauakt eine
Beriihrung der Zahne stall.'   Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr.,  1940,
43:686-8.   --      Entran en contacto los dientes durante el
acto masticatorio?  Lev. odont.. B. Air., 1941, 29:438-42.—
Klatsky, M.  The physiology  of mastication; cinephotography
and cinefluorography of the masticatory apparatus in function.
Am. J.  Orthodont., 1939,  25:  205-10.  —----  A cinefluoro-
graphic  studv of  the human masticatory apparatus in function.
Ibid., 1940,  26: 664-70.—Kurth, L. E.   Mandibular move-
ments in mastication.  J. Am. Dent. Ass.,  1942, 29: 1769-90.—
McLean, D. W.  The physiology of mastication.  Ibid.,  1940,
27: 226-31.—Pron, L.  Remarques sur la mastication et. Taction
dynamog^nique  locale des aliments.  Bull.  Soc. med. Paris
1932, 267-70.—Schroder, H.  Ueber den Umfang der Malilhc-
wegung. Deut.  zahnarztl. Wschr.,  1940, 43: 709-12- Virno,
V.   II settore temporale in funzione correlativa. Ann. Clin.
odont.,  Roma, 1936, 13: 587-97.—Wild,  H., & Bay, R.  Die
gysischen Hebelgesetze am   Unterkiefer;  ihre  anatomische
Bestiitigung  und ihre Bedeutung fiir die  Morphologie des
Schadels. Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh.,  1945, 55: 879-920, 22 pl.


----   Muscles and nerves.

   See  also Face,  Muscles; Masseter.
   Freisfeld,  H.   *Ueber  die  Kaumuskeln des
menschlichen Neugeborenen  [Frankfurt]  p.552-
82.  8?   Berl., 1927.
   Also  Vjschr. Zahnh., 1927,  43:

   Schnabel, C.  G.   *TJeber das Verhaltnis den
mittleren  Querschnittes  und der mittleren Langen
der einzelnon Kaumuskeln zu  einander an  sioben
menschlichen  Schadeln.    15p.     8?    Wurzb.,
1933.
   Strauss,   G.   *Beitrag  zur  Feststellung der
mittleren   Grossen   des  Querschnitts   und  der
Lange der   verschiedenen   menschlichen   Kau-
muskeln.   lOp.   8?   Wiirzb.,  1933.
   Atarov, L. M.  [Mechanotherapy of the masticatory muscles]
Stomatologia, Moskva, 1943,  57.—Bertola, V. J.  Celda de loa
masticadores; su importancia  clinicoquirurgica.  Prensa mid.
argent,, 1941, 28: pt 1, 394-6.—Bluntschli.  Die Kaumu.-Ula-
tur der Menschenaffen. Verh. Anat. Cos., 1929,  38: 109 :'0X.
------& Schreiber, H. Anatomie. Fortsch. Zahnh.,  1929. 5:
1  32—Brekhus, P.  J., Armstrong, W. D., & Simon, W. J.
Stimulation of  the  muscles  of mastication.  J. Dent. 10s ;
1941, 20: 87-92.—Bremer. F.   Physiologie nerveuse  de la
mastication chez le chat  et le lapin;  reflexes de mastication;
reponses masticatrices corlicales  et centre  cortical du goat.
Arch, internat.  physiol.,  Liege,  1923, 21:  308-52.  -
Tonus des muscles masticateurs et noyau m£soc<Sphaliquc du
trijumeau.  C.  rend.  Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 135-7- Ehrich, W.
Die Kaumuskulatur von  14 Papua und  Melanesiern.  Zschr.
Morph.  Anthrop., 1925-26, 25: 475-508, 28 pl.- Lubosch. W.
Neue Ergebnisse in der  Erforschung  des Aufhnues der Tri-
geminusmuskulatur.  Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 1918,
n.  F., 45:  182-96.—Machavoine, R.  Muscles  masticati ui>.
Action  med., Par.,  1923, 10: 125-34- Magnus. W.  O. ('.
Ueber die Zentren fur das I.ecken  und Kauen.  Mschi. T->-
chiat., 1945. 110: 193-235.- Magoun, H. W., Ranson, S. W., A:
Fisher, C.   Cortieifugal pathways for mastication, lapping and
other motor functions in the cat.  Aich. Neur. Psvchiat., Chic,
 1933, 30: 292-308.  Maxia, C.  Possibility evolutive del mu-
scolobuccinatorio.  Boll.Soc.ital.biol.sper., 1938,13:939 41 —
Moruzzi, G.  Demonstration oscillographique de la synerjrie
des deux centres masticateurs corticaux, gauche  et droit, 'he/
le lapin.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1938.  129: 32-7.- Nakayama, Y
 Die Kaumuskeln der Chinesen.  J. Orient.  M.,  Diurcii 1932,
 17: 1.—Rioch, J.  M.  The neural mechanism of mastication.
 Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 108: 168-76.—Salmon, M.  Les arteres
 des muscles masticateurs.    .1. mid.  Bordeaux,  1937, 114:
 673-92.—Serini, M.   Die Antropomorpholofrie  der Kaumus-
keln.  Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc,  cl. med., 1934, 393-6.— 
MASTICATION
361
MASTIGOPHORA
Shapiro, H. H. The muscles of mastication; their relation to
problems in orthodontic treatment.  Internat.  J. Orthodont.,
1934, 20: 12-7.  ------ A comparative functional study of the
muscles of mastication in human and monkey.  Ibid., 1936, 22:
135-8.—Starck, D.   Die Kaumuskulatur der  Platyrrhinen
Morph. Jahrb., 1933, 72: 212-85.

----   in animals.

   Braikoff, B.  N.   *Kauwerkzeuge bei  Ratte
und Maus.   p. 193-203.   8°  Berl., 1927.
   Also Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1927, 45:
   Kiihlhorn, F. Beziehungen zwischen Ernahrungsweise und
Bau des Kauapparates bei einigen Giirteltier- und Ameisen-
barenarten.   Morph.  Jahrb.,  1939,  84:  55-85.—Leue,  P.
Kaubildkunde.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1938,  46: 737-40.—
Lubosch, W.  Untersuchungen iiber  die Visceralmuskulatur
der Sauropsiden.   Morph.  Jahrb.,   1933,  72:  584-666.—
Mihara, T. Ueber das Zahlenverhiiltnis zwischen den Nerven-
und Muskelfasern bei den Kaumuskeln der Katze.  Jap. J. M
Sc, Anat., 1936-37, 6: 289T99— Schaad, H.   Kraftanalyse
der Kaumuskulatur  bei  einem  langschnauzigen Pavian.
Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern, 1937-42, No. 113,
1-3.—Sicher, H.  The masticatory apparatus in sloths.  J
Dent. Res., 1943, 22: 208.
  MASTICATOR  space.

    Brown, D. E.   Infections of the masticator space.  Tr
  Indiana Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1944, 28:  17-23.—Dechaume.
  Phlegmons de la loge masseLdrine.   Rev. stomat., Par.,  1936
  38: 103-11.—Hall,  C, & Morris, F.  Infections of the masti-
  cator space.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 419-25.


  MASTICHE.

    See also Pistacia.
    Anglade-TheVenet, S. Einfluss  verschiedener Anionen auf
  die  optische  Dichte  von   Suspensionen  des  Gummigutts.
  Kolloid  Zschr.,  1943,  102:  202 (Abstr.)—Bukey,  F. S.,  &
  Klemme, C. J.  A study of mastic in the preparation of enteric
  medicaments. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1939, 28: 87-90.—Hammer,
  F.  Die  Anwendbarkeit der Mastixlosung in der  Dermato-
  therapie.   Derm. Wschr., 1913, 56: 581-3.—Helberg,  S. I.,  &
  Frumkina, G. E.   [Effect of Pistacia rubra in experiments]
  Borba s tuberk., 1934, No. 7, 32-4.—Querangel des Essarts,  J.
  Notes sur quelques cas d'intoxication due a emploi de prepara-
  tions dites bitume-mastic Arch. mid. nav.. Par.,  1932, 122:
  235.—Rodriguez, B.  Nota sobre la reaccion de la goma mfrstic;
  nota preventiva.  Tr.  Soc  biol., Barcel.,  1919, 7: 212-6.—
  Samson,  K.   Gegenseitige  Beeinflussung  von Serumeiweiss-
  korpern  und  Mastixsuspensionen  im  alkalischen  Bereich.
  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 60: 1-10.

  MASTICHE test.

    See Cerebrospinal fluid, Colloidal  reactions.

  MASTIGINA.

    Ivam"6, M.  Zur  Kenntnis der Entwicklungsgeschichte bei
  Mastigina  hylae Frenzel.  Arch. Protistenk.,  1936,  87: 225-
  41, pl.

  MASTIGOPHORA.

    See also  names of families and genera as  Cera-
  tium; Cercomonadidae; Chilomastigidae; Chilo-
  mitus; Enteromonas, etc.
   Bishop,  A.   Description   on Embadomonas n. spp.  from
 Blatta orientalis, Rana  temporaria,  Bufo  vulgaris,  Sala-
 mandra maculosa; with a note upon the cyst of Trichomonas
 batrachorum.  Parasitology,  Lond.,  1931, 23: 286-300,  pl.—
 Brown, V. E.  On the morphology of spirotrichonympha with a
 description of two  new species from Reticulitermes hageni
 banks.  Arch.  Protistenk., 1930, 70:  517-30, 3 pl.—Chatton,
 E., &  Grasse, P. P.   Le chondriome, le vacuome, les v^sicules
 osmiophiles, le parabasal, les trichocystes  et  les cnidocystes
 du dinoflagelle' Polykrikos schwartzi Biitschli.  C. rend. Soc.
 biol.,  1929, 100: 281-5.—Chatton, E.. & Lwoff, A.   La con-
 ception des ciliea apostomes (Fcettingeriidds; Opalinopsidesl
 preuves de sa validite.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 193: 1483-5.—
 Conrad, W.  Le genre Microglena  G. G.  Ehrenberg (1838)
 Arch.  Protistenk., 1927-28, 60: 415-39.—Craig, C. F., & Foust,
 E.  C.  Class  Mastigophora  Diesing, 1805.   In  their  Clin.
 Parasit., 3. ed., Phila., 1943, 86-107.- Hall, R. P., & Jahn,
 T. L.   On the  comparative cytology  of  certain  euglenoid
 flagellates and the systematic position of the families Euglenidae
 Stein and Astasiidae Biitschli. Tr. Am.  Micr.  Soc,  1929, 48:
 388-405.—Hofker, J.  Ueber Noctiluca scintillans (Macartney)
 Arch.  Protistenk., 1930, 71: 57-78.—Hovasse, R.  Ebriacees,
 dinoflagelles et radiolaires.   C. rend. Acad,  sc,  1934,  198:
 402-4.—Kamptner, E. Ueber das System und die Phylogenie
 der Kalkflagellaten.   Arch.  Protistenk.,  1928,  64:  19-43 —
 Kirby, H., jr.  On Staurojoenina assimilis sp. nov., an intestinal
flagellate from the termite, Kalotermes minor Hagen.  Univ.
California Pub. Zool., 1926, 29: No. 3, 25-102, 7 pl.—Knowles,
 R., & Das Gupta, B. M. Two intestinal mastigophora from an
 Indian  bull.  Ind. J.  M.  Res., 1931, 18: 1299-309, 3  pl.—
 Ludwig, W.  Permeabilitat und Wasserwechsel bei  Noctiluca
 rnilians  Sunray.  Zool. Anz.,  1928,  76: 273-85.—Mainx, F.
 Beitrage  zur Morphologie  und Physiologie der Eugleninen.
 Arch. Protistenk., 1927-28, 60: 305-414, pl—Montalenti, G.
 Sui processi di escrezione nei flagellati  dell'ordine ipermastigini.
 Monit  zool. ital., 1931, 42: 38-44.—Pascher,  A.  Neue oder
 iVcTl^b^annte Flagellaten.  Arch. Protistenk., 1925-26, 53:
 t^76,1™9,27' 58: 577-98.—Roskin, G.  Neue Flagellatenarten.
 Ibid., 1931, 73: 203-5.—Senekjie, H. A., & Lewis, R. A.  In
 \itro effects of specific immune blood on certain blood and tissue
 flage lates.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., 1945, 59: 185-8.—Skvortzow,
 B. W.   New flagellata from North Manchuria, China.  Philip-
 pine J. Sc  1926,  31: 229-32, pl.—Travis, B. V.  A synopsis of
 the flagellate genus Cochlosoma Kotlan, with the description
 of two new species. J. Parasit.,  Lancaster, 1938, 24: 343-51, pl.
   MASTIN, Edward Vernon,  1891- •
   For biography see South. M. J., 1945, 38: 559, portr.
   For portrait see Mississippi Doctor, 1945-46, 23: 458.
   MASTIN, William McDowell, 1853-1933.
   For obituary see Ann. Surg., 1933, 98:  1116-9 (Matas, R.)
 Also Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1933, 51: 522-7 (Matas, R.)

   MASTINI,   Antonio.    Osservazioni   medico-
 pratiche intorno alle facolta e virtu delle acque
 minerali di  Recoaro.   151p.   18%cm.   Vicenza,
 B. Paroni, 1802.

 MASTITIS.

   For human  cases see Breast, Inflammation; for
 bovine cases see Udder, Inflammation.

 MASTIX.

   See  Mastiche.

 MASTIX reaction.

   See  under Cerebrospinal fluid.

 MASTOCYTE.

   See  Mast-cell.

 MASTODYNIA

   See  Breast,  painful.

 MASTOID.

   See   also   Mastoidectomy;  Mastoid emissary;
 Mastoid foramen; Mastoiditis;  Mastoidotomy;
 Mastoid region; Mastoid  surgery; Middle  ear;
 Temporal bone.
   Balmes,   J.     *L'apophyse   mastoide   chez
 I'enfant.  151p.   25>km.   Montpel.,  1935.
   Banyay, J., & Stepan, J.  [Two different types of the mastoid
 process in the one subject]  Bratisl. lek. listy, 1933,  13: 355-
 60.—Cattarozzi, A.  Rapporti tra l'antro mastoideo  e il  seno
 trasverso. Atti Clin, otorin. Roma, 1905, 3: 25-42.—Groth, W.
 Der  Warzenfortsatz  des Menschen  als  Knochenleiste  am
 Schadel und sein  inneres Gefiige.  Anat. Anz.,  1937-38,  85:
 249-61.—Kerrison, P. A.  The limits of variation in the depth
 of the mastoid  antrum.  Arch.  Otol., N. Y., 1903, 32:  171-6,
 4 pl.—Loebell,  H. Die funktionelle Architektur des Warzen-
 fortsatzes.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1937, 25: 240-53.—Mauret,
 J.  Sobre una  via de  comunicacion  directa entre el  antro-
 mastoideo y la cora posterior  del pefiasco.  Bol. lar.  otol.,
 Madr., 1904, 4: 406.—Meyer, M.  Histologische Befunde bei
 kindlichen  Warzenfortsatzen.   Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,  1934,
 64: 409-11.  ------  Der Warzenfortsatz als Skelett- und als
 Mitte.lohrteil.   Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh.,  1935, 40: 259-63.—
 Mineff.  La topogiaphie anatomique de I'antre peLromastoidien.
 Rev. laryng., Par., 1928, 49: 473-94.—Mouret, J. Sur une voie
 de communication directe entre 1'antre mastoidien et la face
 posterieure du  rocher.  Rev. laryng.,  Par., 1905,  1: 12-8.—
 Mudd, F. B.  Demonstration of t e anatomy of the mastoid
 antrum, with dissections of the facial nerve within the temporal
 bone. Transvaal M. L, 1907-08, 3: 171-3— Sestin:, F.  Osser-
 vazioni circa il  significato dell'apofisi mastoide del temporale.
 Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1939,  11. ser., 7:  121.-—Soldatini. V.
 Studi sulla mastoide; osservazioni sulla forma.   Ibid.,  1936,
 11. ser., 4: 72.  ------ Studio biometrico e anatomico sul-
1'apofisi mastoide dell'uomo.  Arch. ital.  anat., 1940,  43: 165-
86, 2 pl.—Tanturri, V.  Sulla preparazione dei modelli metallic;
delle cavita dell'osso temporale.  Rinasc. med.,  1925, 2: 75-7,

----   Abnormity and variety.
   Bayer,  H.,   & Ergo,  I.  Experimentell-rontgenologische
Untersuchungen iiber den Nachweis von  Knochendefekten am
Proc. mastoideus.  Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1944, 70: 111-23.— 
MASTOID
362
MASTOID
Calamida.  U.   Varieta  ed  anomalie  m.istoidee riscontrate
nell'atto operativo.  Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1906)  1907,
129.  —----  Varieta e anomalie mastoidcc i report i operativi)
Boll. mal. orecchio, 1900. 24: 215-9.- Diehl.  Befund  eines
Processus paramastoiileus  im  liontgenhild.   Hals &c.  Arzt,
T. 2, 1936,  42: 79.  Ingber, E.  Sopra il comportamento dei
processi  ma.-toidci del  temporale nei crani  con atlante  unito
atl'occipitale.   Arch, anat,,  Strasb.,  1928-29,  9: 343-71.—
Rama, E., A. Carvalho. C. de.  Quelques cas d'apophvse  para-
mastoide.   I'ol.  anat. Univ.  Conimbr., 1937, 12:  No. 6,  1-4,
2 pl.—Watson-Williams,  E.  Three  cases of mastoid asym-
metry.   Proc R. Soc.  M.,  Lond.,  1936-37, 30: 423.  Also
J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1937, 52: 361.


----   Abscess.

   See Mastoiditis.


----   Angioendothelioma.
   Russo-Frattasi, G.  Linfangioendotelioma a  tipo  cilindro-
matoso della  regione mastoidea.  Otorinolar.  ital.,   1932, 2:
218.  Seal, J. C, & Ide, D.  Angioendothelioma of the  mastoid;
a case report.  Laryngoscope, 1942, 52: 122-7.


----   Cancer [and cancroid]
   Giraud, L.  L'n cas d'£pith£lioma de I'antre et de la mastoide.
Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1934, 18: 486-8.—Predescu-Rion.
Cancer mastoidien.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1930, 49: 413.—Ripper-
ger, A.  Vorshdlung eines mit Rontgenstrahlen geheilten Falles
von Kankroid des  Warzenhofes.  N.  Yorker med.  Mschr.,
1905,  17:   313  5.   Segre.   Carcinoma  della  mastoide  ed
estensione esocranica.  Riv. otoneur., 1933, 10: 488.


----   Caries.

   See Mastoiditis, necrotic.


----   Cholesteatoma.

   Sec also Middle ear, Cholesteatoma,
   Dei  Rossi, A.  Cholesteatoma  gigante  dissimulalo da  una
mastoidile puiulciita acuta, esteriorizzata.  Ann. laring., Tor.
1932, 32: 38.  Denrh. K. B.  Two cases of extensive cholesterin
infiltration of the mastoid c<>lls. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol.  Soc.
1907.  101 5.  Also  laryngoscope. 1907, 17: 208-11.—Fried-
man, M. I)., & Quittner.  S. S.  Cholesteatoma  verum of the
right mastoid.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic. 1938. 28: 209-12.—
Kramm. Zellbildung uber dem Kiefergelenk bis zum Boden der
mittleren Schadelgrube.   Sitzber. Otolar. Ges. Berlin (1936)
1937, 8.—Lake.  R.  Extensive cholesteatoma of the  mastoid.
Tr. Otol. Soc. U.  K.. 1906-07. 8:  2.   Ledbetter, S. I,.  Report
of a case of cholesteatoma of  the mastoid antrum.  Laryngo-
scope, 1898, 4: 302 4. Leroux-Robert.  Auto-evidement p6tro-
mastoidien  par cholesteatonie  latent; rapports  des  cholest<*-
atomes ;ivir 1'otite de  I'enfant.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45:
1050-5.  Mathers. R.  P.   Radical  mastoid operation  per-
formed by  cholesteatoma.  J. Lar. Otol.,  Lond.,  1935,  50:
283.—Novotny,  O.  Cholesteatom  in  gut  pneumatisiertem
Warzenfortsatz.   Mschr. Ohrenh., 1940, 74:  138.—Roy, J. N.
Evidement  pe4ro-mastoidien  pour  cholest^atome;  mort  par
gangrene pulmonaire. LTnion mid. Canada, 1904, 33: 714-20.—
Sattler, R.   A case of secondary cholesteatoma of the antrum
and  mastoid region.  Arch.  Otol.,  N. Y., 1897, 26:  26-9.—
Tretrop.  Volumineux cholesteatonie  de la mastoide  opdre' et
gueri.  Ann. Soc. med. Anvers, 1907, 69: 17-9.


----   Cyst.
   Comes, S.   Su una cisti  della regione mastoidea.  Arch.
ital. otol., 1934.  45:  559-72.—Pirodda, A.  Cisti dermoide del
solco retroauricolnre. Ann. laring., Tor.,  1939, 39: 187-95.—
Weaver, D.  F.   Unusual cyst of  the mastoid.  Arch.  Otolar..
Chic.  1943,  37: 854.


----   Development.

   See also subheading Pneumatization.
   Cheatle, A. H.  The infantile types of mastoid, with ninetv-
six  specimens.  Tr. Otol. Soc U. K., 1906-07, 8: 50-2,  3 pl
Also J. Lar. Otol.,  Lond.,  1907, 22:  256-8, 3  pl.—Cleland.
On  the development of the mastoid and tympanic plate.  Tr
Otol. Soc. U. K.,  1903-04, 5: 53-6.—Eckert-Mobius.  Wachs-
tum und Verkndcherung der knorplig vorgebildeten Umgebung
des Antrum  mastoideum in Beziehung zu den Knorpelgefussen
Acta otolar., Stockh._, 1928, 12: 193-S— Forster, A. Etude de
la morphog£n£se de l'apophyse mastoide.  Arch, anat   Strasb
1931.  13:  361-429.—Groth,  W.   Vergleichend-anatomische
Untersuchung zur Frage der Entstehung des  Warzenfortsatzes
beim Menschen  und dem  Menschenaffen.  Morph  Jahrb
1937. 79: 547-99.—Guthrie. T.  Development of the  mastoid'
Brit. M. J..  1907, 2:  986.—Matsui, T.  Ueber die Entwicklung
des Mastoidealfortsatzes.  Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar  1939-
40.  3: No. 2, Proc, 16.—Yang, H. C.  Ueber den Einfluss des
Muskelzugs  auf  Entstehung  und Wachstum des Warzenfort-
satzes  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928. 22:  272-83.
 ----   Disease.

   See  also  Ear,  Disease:  Manifestation;  Mas-
 toiditis;  Otitis media; Otomastoiditis; also under
 Syphilis; Tuberculosis.
   Amberg, E.  Nomenclature of the various affections  if il
 mastoid.   Detroit M. J., 1904, 4: 241.—Andrade Pniililio, j
 Cuando  debe hacorse paracentesis?  cuiindo trepanan, n ,|, i
 mastoides? deben o no hacerse lavados en los ofdos?  An. Sot
 mex. oft., 1940, 15: 343-50.—Aprile, V.  Sulle modificazioni dei
 conti'iiuto  calcico della  mastoide in  irravidanza.   Valsalva
 193-1. 10:191-205.  Bratescu.  V., Raroveanu, V. (et al.)  (Struc-
 ture of the mastoid apophysis in  diseases of the  middle ear]
 Rev. san.  mil.,  Bucur.,  1931,  30:  259-04, 6 pl.—Cone. A. J
 Mastoid disease.  J. Pediat.,  S.  Louis, 1037,  11: 706-11.
 Crawford, W.  Some mastoid cases  with complications. Canad
 Pract., 1906, 31: 304-11.—Curry,  L.  T.   What is a mastoid'
 Hygeia, Chic, 1936, 14:  48.—Dixon, O. J.  The advantages of
 conservative treatment in acute mastoid disease.   Surg. Gyn
 Obst., 1935, 60: 579.—Gaffney, R. J.  Symposium: oto-laryngo-
 logic case  reports; mastoid conditions.  Laryngoscope, 1936,
 46:  574-7.—Gaus, W.  Zur  Pneumatocele  des  Warzenfort-
 satzes.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1940-41, 47: 10-3.—George,
 E. J.  Two mastoid cases.  Clinique, Chic,  1906, 27:  411.--
 Granger, A.   A positive sign  of extensive destruction  of the
 mastoid of infants.  Radiology, 1930,  14: 495-503—Guada-
 gnini, A.  Dish uzione della mastoide per processo otitico cronico.
 Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1924, 7: 245-7.—Haines, C. F.,
 &  Young, W.  M.  One hundred consecutive cases of mastoid
 disease.  Hahneman. Month., 1943,  78: 544-55.—Harrison,
 W. J.  The diagnosis of mastoid disease.  Practitioner,  Lond.
 1927, 119:  82-91.—Harry, P. A. Mastoid disease.  Prescriber
 Edinb., 1930, 24: 201-6.—Hasty, F. E.  Neurological complica-
 tions of mastoid disease.  .1. Tennessee M. Ass.. 11)26-27, 19:
 216-20.—Konigsberger,  E., &  Trepel,  G.   Die  Klinik  der
 okkulten Warzenfortsatzerkrankungen des  Siiuglint's.   Klin,
 Wschr., 1932. 11: 1392; 1433.—Kramm, H.  Ueber K.krankmi-
 gen  der  Zellen an  der vorderen oberen  Gehrir'jang.swand
 Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1934, 138:  312-23.   MrCaskoy, C. H.
 Pseudoxanthomatous tumor of the mastoid; resume of lipoi-
 doses.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1040,  31:  938  17.- Martin
 Gromaz, L. Ventajas de una  pronta intorvencion en las afec-
 ciones otomastoideas.  Proc Internat. Coll. Surg.  (1941) 19-13,
3.  Congr.,  453-9.—Morgan, J. A.  Unusual  symptoms  and
complications of mastoid  disease. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1926, 35:
 1130-4.—Neumann,  H.   Heilungsvorgange bei  writ foriL'c
schrittener  Knochenerkrankung des  Warzenfortsatzes  ohm
Operation.   Wrien.  med. Wschr.,  1935,  85: 708.—Paget, 8.
 Simulation of  mastoid disease.  Brit. M. ,L, 1906, 2:  694.-
 Plum, F. A. Mastoid disease in children.  Tr. M. Soc. Hawaii,
 1931, 83-93.—Pommer, G.  Erlauternde  Bemerkungen zu den
 I'inwanden gegen die von Prof. Scheibe aufgestellte sogenannte
 ftsteoporoseform  der  schwammartigen  Veranderungen  des
 Wuzenfortsatzes.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926, 16: 68-76 —
 Pragier,  E.  Bemerkung zu  der  Abhandlung  des Hermann
 Kramm: Ueber Erkrankungen  der Zellen an der vorderen oberen
Gehorgangswand.  Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1935,  139:  308.—
 Richards. J. D.  A case illustrating the effect of  long continued
 pressure  upon the interior of  the  mastoid by  a  fluid of low
infectivity.  N.  York M.  .1.,  1906,  84:  595.—Robb,  J.  M.
Polyostotic fibrous dystrophy of mastoid complicated by acute
 mastoiditis.  Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,  1941, 50: 330-5.- Rosen-
 wasser, H.  Clinical evaluation of tenderness of the mastoid.
 Arch. Otolar.,  Chic. 1943, 38: 447-52.—Spencer,  S.  Mastoid
disease.  J. Missouri  M.  Ass., 1933, 30:  3-6.—Thompson,
J.  A. Four cases of mastoid disease.   Lancet Clinic, Cincin.,
 1906, n. ser.. 56: 253-6.- Tumarkin,  A.   Conservative treat-
 ment of chronic mastoid disease.  Pub. Health, Lond., 1935-36,
 49: 220-3.—Vasiliu.   L'influence des rayons u. v.  (Finsen) sur
 les affections  des  cav-tes  fermees (mastoides-sinus)  Zschr.
Hals &c Heilk., 1936-37, 40: 687-91.-  Walson-Williams, K.
The  prognosis in mastoid disease.   Practitioner. Lond., 1929
 122:  36-51.—Wood, V. V. Bilateral xanthomatosis (lipoidosis)
 of  the mastoid;  case report,   Tr.  Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc.
 1937, 43: 306-22.

----   Examination.

   See also subheadings (Puncture;  Radiography)
   Alfoldy, J.   [New method  in examination of the mastoid]
 Orv. hetil., 1940, 84: 67-9.—Andrews, A. H.  Transillumination
 of  the mastoid  with report of  illustrative  cases.   J. Ophth.
 Otolar.. 1907,  1: 26-9.—Breganzato, G. D.  Sopra un caso di
 segno della fistola ottenuto con la compressione  sulla  mastoide.
 Valsalva,  1926, 2:  75-8.—Lewin, L. T.   Ueber subjektivc
 Auskultation des  Warzenfortsatzes.   Arch. Ohr.  Ac.  Heilk.,
 1932, 132:  305.—Miodonski, J. 'Auscultation  of the mastoid
 process]  Polska gaz. lek., 1934, 13: 792.

 ----   Fistula.

   See also Mastoidectomy.
   Pettavel, A.   *De  la  perforation  de l'apo-
 physe  mastoide  dans   les  cas  d'otite  interne
 [Berne]    51p.   8?   Neuchatel, 1869.
   Ashley,  R.   Post-auricular fistula.   Tr.  Am.  Lar.  Rhin
 Otol. Soc,  1937, 43: 414-25. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1937, 46:
 477-87.—Burnier,  E.   Fistule  mastoldienne.   Rev.  mod 
MASTOID
 Suisse rom.,  1945,  65: 248-50.—Kish, H.   Mastoid  fistula
 treated by insertion of temporal muscle graft.  Proc. R.  Soc.
 M., Lond., 1935-36,  29: 833.—Lillie, H. I., & Pastore, P. N.
 Repair of postoperative mastoid fistula; report of a method.
 Arch. Otolar., Chic. 1941, 34: 687-95.  ------  Postoperative
 fistula of the mastoid process; a new method of repair.  Proc.
 Mayo Clin.,  1941, 16: 471-5.—McKenzie, D.  Abscess of the
 temporal fossa  secondary to antro-meatal fistula.  Proc. R.
 Soc M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: Sect. Otol., 66.—Matis, I.  [On
 ietroauricular fistulas]  Medicina, Kaunas, 1940, 21: 1027-31.—
 Voorthuysen, G. W. van.  A new method for plastic closure of a
 retroauricular fistula.   J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1940, 55:  325-9,
 3 pi.

 ___.  Foreign body [and parasite]
    Logan,  J. E.   Bullet-wound of the  mastoid; operation;
 recovery.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1906) 1907, 446-8.—
 Rebattu, Mounier-Kuhn, & Gignoux.  Eclat d'obus dans  la
 mastoide toleLe'  pendant 17 ans.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1936, 442.—
 Steinmann, K.  B.  Ein  AVurm im Warzenfortsatz.  Mschr.
 Ohrenh., 1931,  65: 222-5.

 ----  Fracture [and fissure]
    Beck, O.  Splitterbruch des Warzenfortsatzes; Labyrinth-
 befund. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1916, 50:310-2.  ------  Mehrfache
 Zerreissung des  Sinus sigmoideus  durch  Splitterbruch des
 Warzenfortsatzes.  Wien.  klin. Wschr.,  1919.  32:  1155-7.
 -----• Zerreissung des Sinus an 5 Stellen  durch Splitterbruch
 des Warzenfortsatzes; Entfernung einer Schrapnellkugel  vom
 ersten Halswirbel.  Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1919,  69:  1526.—
 Debeyre, A.  Fracture de la mastoide, otorragie tres abondante;
 blessure de la  veine  mastoidienne; intervention.  Echo m^d>
 nord,  1905, 9:  473-5.—Kernan, J. D.   Remarkable develop-
 ment of mastoid cells following fracture in childhood.  Ann.
 Otol.  Rhinol.,  1917,  26:  568-71—Leroux, L., &  Wirz, R.
 Un cas de  fracture de la mastoide.  Ann. otolar.. Par., 1942,
 95-8.—Malan,  A.  Un caso di  frattura dell'apofisi mastoide.
 Boll. mal.  orecchio,  1918,  36: 49-53.—Molinard.   Fracture
 complete et de cause directe de l'apophyse mastoide interessant
 la portion verticale; du canal de Fallope et le cadre osseux du
 tympan.  Ann.  mal.  oreille, 1907, 33:  pt 2,269-72.—Noever.
 Fracture  de l'apophyse  mastoide  avec  paralysie  faciale;
 fracture de la cavite gl£noide de l'omoplate.  Clinique, Brux.,
 1908,  22:  587.—Ruttin,  E.   Fissur  des Warzenfortsatzes.
 Mschr. Ohrenh., 1936, 70: 109.—Watson-Williams, E. Chronic
 labyrinthitis; fracture of mastoid process, involving facial canal.
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37,  30: 424-6.  Also .1.  Lar.
 Otol.,  Lond., 1937, 52: 362-6.—Worner,  E.   Zur Frage der
 Abrissfraktur des Processus mastoideus.  Fortsch. Rontgen-
 strahl., 1939, 60: 273-80.

 ----  Injury.

    See also  subheading Fracture; also Mastoiditis,
 traumatic.
   Montendon.   H^morragies mastoidiennes  tardives.   Ann.
 otolar.. Par., 1939,  691-4.—Piquet  &  Decoulx.   Hemorragie
 sous-arachnoldienne tardive consecutive a  un trauma  mastoi-
 dien.  Ibid.,  1938, 431-7.

 ---   Osteoma.
   Bazzana. E.  Osteoma della mastoide.   Boll. mal. orecchio,
 1937,55: 339-13.—Breyre, C. Osteome de l'apophyse mastoide.
 Ann. Soc.  mid.  chir.  Liege, 1935, 68: 71. Also  Liege med.,
 1935, 28:   557.—Bruzzi,  B.  Osteoma dell'apofisi  mastoide.
 Boll. mal. orecchio, 1933, 51: 263-7.—Carbone.  Osteoma della
 mastoide.   Ibid., 1935, 53:  143.—Cinelli, A.  A.  Osteoma
 eburneum  of the mastoid.  Arch. Otolar.,  Chic,  1941, 33:
 421-4.—Coates, G. M.  Osteoma growing from the mastoid
 cortex.  Ibid., 1938, 28: 27.—Frankel, I.  Osteom des Processus
 mastoideus.   Zschr.  Hals  &c  Heilk.,  1931-32,  30:  623.—
 Friedberg,  S. A.  Osteoma of the mastoid  process.  Arch.
 Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 20-6.—German, T.  Ueber die Ent-
 stehung multipler Knocheneinschliisse im  Warzenfortsatze.
 Zschr. Hals &c  Heilk.,  1927-28, 18: 339-49 [Discussion] 358-
 64.—Girard,  L.  Osteome et osteophytes  de l'aditus.   Oto-
 rhinolar. internat., Lyon,  1934, 18: 352.—Jervey, J. W., jr.
 Osteoma of the  mastoid.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1944, 53:  180 —
 Korosi, S.  Ein Fall von  Osteom am Warzenfortsatz.  Mschr.
 Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 1501, 2 pl.—Leoni,  P.  Osservazioni sopra
 un caso di osteoma della mastoide.  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1934,
 52: 490-5.—Oesterle, F. Zwei Falle von Enostom des Warzen-
 fortsatzes.   Hals &c Arzt, 1. T., 1939,  30: 97-101.—Preusse,
 K. H.  Ueber Osteombildung am Warzenfortsatz des Pelsen-
 beins.  Beitr. prakt.  theor. Hals  &c. Heilk.,  1934-35,  31:
 203-15.—Proby, H.  Les  troubles physiopathiques de la face;
 troubles vaso-moteurs  et sensitifs  multiples par epine osseuse
 irritative, incluse dans la  mastoide.  J. mecl.  Lyon, 1933, 14:
 221.—Simpson,  W. L.   Osteoma of the  mastoid; report  of two
 cases.  Tr. Sect. Lar. Otol.  Am. M. Ass., 1940,  163-85.  Also
 Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1940, 32: 642-61.—Smith, S. MacC.
 An unusual  growth  of  the mastoid  process, fibro-chondro-
 osteoma of the mastoid antrum.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol.  Soc.
 (1906) 1907, 349-56.—Stuart, E. A.  Osteoma of the mastoid;
report of n  case with an investigation of  the  constitutional
background.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 838-54.—Ventura-
Gregorini, F.  Sopra un raro caso di neoformazione ossea della
mastoide.  Arch. ital. otol..  1937, 49: 379-85.
MASTOID
----   Osteomyelitis.

   See Mastoiditis.


----   Pneumatization.

   See also Temporal bone, Pneumatization.
   Beatjmez,   M.    Contribution  a  l'etude  des
cellules   mastoidiennes  chez  les   animaux   do-
mestiques  [Alfort]   51p.   24cm.   Sedan,  1935.
   Markau, E.   *Die Pneumatisation des War-
zenfortsatzes und Rachitis.   20p.   8?  Tubingen.
1930.
   Roer, H.  *R6ntgenologische Untersuchungen
iiber  die Pneumatisation  des Warzenfortsatzes
[Rostock]   16p.   8?   Nordhausen, 1932.
   Adkins, G. E.   A double pneumatic mastoid.  N. Orleans
M. & S. J., 1926-27, 79: 571-3.—Albrecht, W., & Schwarz, M.
Anlage und Pneumatisation. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1933,  134:
50-60.—Almour, R.  The practical application  of Wittmaack's
theory of  pneumatization.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth.,  1932, 315-
32.  ------  The evolution of the  mastoid tip cell as a cell
system separate from the remainder of the mastoid cells, and
its significance (preliminary report)   Laryngoscope, 1933, 43:
797-9.—Aprile, V.  Sulle corrispondenze  e  divergente strut-
turali della mastoide e della rocca in rapporto alia pneumatizza-
zione.  Valsalva,  1933, 9: 819-22.—Bauer, E.  Ueber Schadel-
masse  und Pneumatisation  des Warzenfortsatzes.   Mschr.
Ohrenh., 193t7, 71: 1457-76.—Beck,  J.  Beziehungen zwischen
der Pneumatisation des Warzenfortsatzes und der Pneumatisa-
tion der Nasennebenhohlen, eine vergle.ichend-rontgenologische
Studie. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927-28.  18:  672-7.—Brock.
Trommelfellbild  und Pneumatisation  des Warzenteils;  eine
rontgenologische Studie.  Ibid., 1926, 15: 241-55  [Discussion]
270-3.—Hesse,  W.   Blutgruppenzugehbrigkeit und  Pneu-
matisation des Warzenfortsatzes.  Zschr.  Laryng., 1928,  17:
240-4.—Kohler, G.  Ueber die Pneumatisation der Schlafen-
beinschuppe.  Hals &c Arzt, 2. T, 1939, 49: 101-5.—Meltzer,
P. E.  The mastoid cells; their arrangement in relation to the
sigmoid portion of the transverse sinus.  Tr. Am.  Otol. Soc,
1933, 23:  191-209.  Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 326-
35.—Mobius,  F.   Vergleichend anatomische Untersuchungen
und Pneumatisationslehre.  Acta otolar.,  Stockh., 1938, 26:
115-27.—Miindnich.  Zur  Frage der  Entwicklung der Pneu-
matisation  des  Warzenfortsatzes  und   seines  Wachstums
(zugleieh ein Beitrag zur Anatomie des Os temporale) Hals &c
Arzt, T. 2, 1937, 44: 73.  Also Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1937, 42:
193-218.  ------  Rticklaufige Veranderungen im Pneumatisa-
tionsbild  des  WTarzenfortsatzes.   Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1939, 73:
513-41.—Okasaki, M.   Rontgenologische Studien iiber  die
Bedeutung der Erbfaktoren bei der  Pneumatisation der War-
zenfortsatze; Zwillingsforschung.   Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar.,
1939-40, 3: No.  2, Proc, 17.—Pierce,  N. H. The relation
between the sub-epithelial tissue (mesenchyme) with the mar-
row spaces in emlrvos  and infants.  Tr.  Pacific Coast Oto-
Ophth. Soc, 1928, 16: 152-8.—Rokhlin, D. G., & Rubasheva.
A. E.  [Different  variants of pneumatization of the processus
mastoideus]  Vest, rentg.,  1935, 14: 177-86.—Sasaoka, S.
Untersuchungen iiber die pneumatischen Zellen  des Warzen-
fortsatzes  der Japaner.  Acta med. nagasaki., 1939, 1: Suppl.,
147.—Schillinger, R.  Pneumatization of the mastoid.  Radi-
ology,  1939,  33:  54-67.—Schwarz.  M.   Die  Bedeutung der
hereditaren Anlage fiir die Pneumatisation der Warzenfortsatze
und der Nasennebenhohlen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk.. 1929,  123:
161-232.—Singleton,  J.  D.   Pneumatization of  the adult
temporal bone, the mastoid portion; an anatomic and clinical
study.   Laryngoscope, 1944, 54: 324-44.—Smith, A.  B.   The
development of the  mastoid air cells. J. Lar. Otol., Lond.,
1933, 48:  225-37, 5 pl.—Soldatini. V.  Rapporti fra la forma
della mastoide e  rarchitettura delle  sue cellule pneumatiche.
Boll. Soc.  ital. biol.  sper., 1937, 12: 799.—Steurer.   Anato-
mische Studien iiber den Aufbau der Mittelohrschleimhaut und
deren  Beziehungen  zur  Zellbildung des Warzenfortsatzes.
Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk., 1926, 15: 261-73.  ------•.  Zur Frage
der  Pneumatisation  des  Warzenfortsatzes.  Ibid., 1931, 29:
113-23.—Tato, J.  M.   Neumatizaci6n normal y patol6gica;
las  im&genes radiologicas y la  neumatizaci6n;  su valor en
otologia.  Rev. cir., B. Air., 1932, 11: 488-503.—Theissing. G.
Rontgenologische  Untersuchungen  fiber  die Struktur  des
Warzenfortsatzes  (ein Beitrag zur  Frage  der  Beziehungen
zwischen  Knochenbau  und Pneumatisation  des Scha'dels)
Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk.,  1929-30,  25:  137-56— Ullman, E. V.
Our present-day  conception of the  pneumatization  of  the
mastoid.   Tr.  Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc,  1932, 20: 122-
34.—Wittmaack,  K.   Schleimhautkonstitution und Pneuma-
tisation.   Arch. Ohr.  &c  Heilk.,  1932, 132: 261-74.—Zange-
meister, H. E.   Pseudopneumatisation;  ein  neuer Gesichts-
punktbei der Beurteilungder Skiagramme des Warzenfortsatzes.
Ibid., 1935, 140: 187-9.


----   Pneumatization: Disorder.

   Sommer,  W.    *Isoliert  erkrankte   sublaby-
rinthare  Zellen   der  Felsenbeinpyramide   bei
pneumatisationsgehemmten     Warzenfortsatzen 
MASTOID
364
MASTOID
und  ihre Bedeutung als Entstehungsursache oto-
gener   Komplikationen.     16p.    23cm.    Berl.,
1936.
   Witte,  W.   *Rontgcnologische  Studien iiber
die  Entwicklung der  Warzenfortsatzzellen nach
Otitis   media  im  ersten  Lebensjahre   (Auszug)
[Leipzig]   6p.   8?    Hameln,  1924.
   Meyer,  W.   Ergebnisse rontgenologisch-klinischer  Unter-
suchungen zur Frage der sekundaren Sklerosierung des Warzen-
fortsatzes.  Arch.  Ohr.  &c. Heilk., 1931-32, 130: 292 301.—
Miindnich.  Verknocherungen pneumatischer \\ arzenlortsatz-
zellen.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1939, 73: 562.  Also Z-chr.  Hals cfcc.
Heilk.. 1939, 46: 244—Rateau, J.. & Rouquette. J.  Mastoides
compactes  et  mastoides  eburne.ps.  Rev. laryng., Par., 1926,
47: 385-9. —-Ribeiro  dos Santos.  Segunda contribuigao ao
estudo das mastoide* compactas.  Rev. otolar.  S. Paulo, 1938,
6: 154.—Stix,  K. E.  Pneumatisationsverhaltnisse des Warzen-
fortsatzes bei  verschiedenen Mittelohrerkrankungen  grosserer
Kinder.  Beitr.  prakt. theor. Hals &c  Heilk.,  1934-35,  31:
474-82.

----   Puncture.

   See also Mastoiditis, Diagnosis; Mastoidotomy.
   Kolomiichenko, A. I.   [Ponction de l'antre; methode diag-
nostique dans 1'antrite  accompagnee par un  syndrome  toxi-
infectieux chez les enfants]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1941, No. 7,
33-8.—L'Hirondel,  J.   La  ponction  de l'antre mastoidien.
Ann.  otolar.,  Par., 1942, 1-11.—Tamari, M.  Mastoid punc-
ture.   Eye Ear &c. Month., 1944, 23: 270.


----   Radiography.

   See also  Mastoid region.
   Arce. M., A: Arce, F.   La iiiiagen roentgen  de la mastoides
patologica.  Prensa.  med. argent.. 1930.  23:  1858-80.—Babai-
antz, L.  Exploration radiologique du ma>sif  pc'ti o-mastoldien.
Rev.  med. Suisse rom.,  1940, 60: 126.   Batt. C. C.  Technical
procedure in the x-ray examination of the mastoids in children.
X-ray Technician,  1939-40, 11: 175.—Betoulieres, P.  L'ex-
ploration radiologique de la mastoide pathologique chez  I'en-
fant.   Bull. Soc radiol. med. France,  1937, 25: 542-8.  ------
& Balmes, J.   L'exploration radiologique de la mastoide chez
I'enfant.  Ibid.,  1936, 24:  88-100—Bodecker, F.   Rontgen-
untersuchungen am  gesunden  und  kranken Warzenfortsatz.
Rontgenpraxis,  1932,  4:  145-51.—Bouton,  E.   L'examen
radiologique de l'apophvse  mastoide chez I'enfant.   Bull. Soc.
radiol. med. France,  1935, 23: 531-6.—Brunetti, F.  Indagine
radiologica della mastoide.   Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1922, 4:
 162-5.-  Caussfi.   L'oreille et   la  mastoide  du  nourrisson
 I projections)   Ann.  otolar.,  Par., 1943,  145.—Ceresole, G.
 Indagine radiologica sulla mastoide.  Atti Congr. ital. radiol.,
 1922, 4: 159-62.  Collin, E.  A method for radiographing the
 mastoid process.  Acta radio!.. Stockh., 1926, 6: 315-21, 5  pl —
 Contamin, N., it  Mounier-Kuhn, P.   Modifications de  tech-
 nique pour la radiographic  de la mastoide.   Lyon med., 1933,
 151:  616.—Cottenot, P.  La stei-eoradiographie de la mastoide;
 technique  et  instrumentation  pour la prise et  l'examen des
 Miches.  Bull. Soc.  radiol.  med. France, 1934, 22: 208-74 —
 Crespellani,  C.  Procedimento  per  ottenere l'immagine  sim-
 metric.i  delle  due mastoidi; incidenza sagittate obliqua antero-
 posteriore.  Radiol,  med., Milano. 1930, 17: 558-68—Disegni,
 E.  Etude radiologique de la mastoide pathologique  chez
 I'adulte.   Bull. Soc. radiol. med. Fiance.  1933.  21: 364.—
 Dixon, G. S.  Evaluation of roentgenology in oto-larvngologv;
 mastoid.  Laryngoscope, 1932,  42: 91 1-4.—Donaldson, S. W.
 Examination  of the mastoids bv  u-ing a serial plate changer.
 Radiology, 1927, 8: 437.—Donato, L.  Contributo alio studio
 radiografico delle mastoidi.  Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1928, 8:
 pt 2, 327-30.—Ferretti. C.  Contributo alia tecnica radiologica
 della mastoide; metodo  personale. Arch. ital. otol.,  1926, 37:
 79-88.  6 pl.   Gagnier,  L.  A.,  jr.  Etude radiologique de la
 mastoide  chez  I'enfant.   Ann. med.  chir.  Hop.  S. Justine.
 Montreal. 1940. 3:  No. 3, 58-70. Also End. transl. Canad.
 M. Ass. J.. 1941. 45: 312-5.—Gelber. L. J.  Mastoid roentgen
 pathology.   Laryngoscope,  1932, 42:  864-70.—Germano, G.
 Contributo alio studio radiologico comparativo della mastoide
 coll'incidenza sagittale obliqua  antero-posteiiore.  Gior.  med.
 mil., 1933, 81: 103-8— Gilmore, J. H.  X-ra v studies in mastoid
 pathology.   Ann. Otol.  Rhinol.. 19-12. 51: 1165-S.------
 Roentgonograjiliic studies on mastoid  le-ions.  Arch. Otolar.,
 Chic, 1942. 36: 445-7.   Granger, A.   New position for making
 roentgenograms of the mastoids.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1927, 88:
 372-6.—Hawthorne, L. D.  An  improved  mastoid localizer.
 X-ray Technician. 1940-41, 12: 213.   Hippe. H., & Hahle, K.
 Tomographic des Warzenfortsatzes.  Hontgenpraxis, 1938. 10:
 393.—Hodgson. H.  G.   Radiology  of  the  mastoid process.
 I'roc. R. So.-. M   Lond., 1938-39. 32: Sect. Otol..  126-32
 Also J. lar  Ot,,l..  Lond., 1939, 54:  187-93.—Koch. C. E.
 Objective otologic  roentgen stereoseopv  and its  -ignificance
 for the  roentgen diagnosis of diseases  of the ma-toi 1  process.
 Radiology, 1934.  23: 75-9.—Law, F.  M.  Roentgen examina-
 tion  of the  ma-toid  processes.  Am. J. Roentg.,  1934, 31-
 482-6.—Lodge, W.  O.   Mastoid radiology.  Brit. M. J.,  1935.
 2: 579, pl.—Loew, M. J.  Problems in mastoid radiography of
 infants.   X-ray  Technician,   1939-40, 11:  10.—Loughery,
 T. P.,  & Stecher, W. R.   An  improved stereoscopic mastoid
examination.  Am. J. Roentg., 1933, 29: 112- 5.   Mangabpira.
Albernaz, P. Contribuicao ao estudo radiogratico da mastoid,.
valor da posiciio occipital posterior.  Worms-Brettoii-Altschul
Rev.  otolai. S.  Paulo.  1933.  1:  1N2-96, 10 pl.   [l)i.s,-uwjoni
59-61.- Marque. A. M . & Arau7, S. L.  Exploration rndin'
grfifica de la apofisis mastoidea.  Ilcv. espec. H. Air., 1028 y
338-49.  Also Sem.  med.,  B. Air., 1928. 35: pt 2, 1110-7.- '
Massonaud.  Incidences unilaterales  de la mastoide.  \rcli
electr. med., 1931,  39:  405-10.—Merelli, <;.  Snl valore del-
l'indagine radiografica della apofisi mastoidea normale ,  pato-
logica.  Valsalva, 1927, 3:  493-8,  4  pl.- Meyer,  K.  T.  Hie
roentgenology of  the mastoid.  J.  Indiana  Al.  Ass,  193^
31: 16.- Montes de Oca, C. J.  La  radioirrafia de la ap6fiiiii
mastoides.  Rev. med.  Yucatan,  1932-34,  17: 549-51, 4 pl.
Pelissier. G.   Presentation d'un  chassis  pour radiogr:iptiip«
svmetriques des mastoides en incidences obliques.  Pull  Sue
radiol. med. France, 1936,  24:  101.—Pereira  Comes. J. A
incidencia de Mayer no estudo radiol6gico da mastoids.  An.
Hosp. centr. exerc, Bio, 1941, 6: 129-33.-  Plum, A. I.'examen
radiographique de l'apophyse mastoide.  Ada ololar., Stockh
192& 27. 10: 390- 4.   Post.  J. W.  X-ray study of the normal
and  pathological  mastoid.    Ilahneman. Month.,  1941, 76:
572-9.- Potter,  H.  E.   The  grid  diaphragm applied to the
stereographic study of the mastoids. Am. J. Roentg., 1931,26:
107-10. - Rendich,  R. A.  Radiographic evidence of mastoid
pathology.  Med. limes, N. Y.,  1931, 59: 319.   -----  The
mastoid roentgenogram; an analytical report of the radiographic
and  operative findings in one hundred cases.  Ibid., 1935, 63:
7.—Rusconi, M. L'esame craniografico  pel confronto crociatn
delle immagini  mastoidee.   Arch, radiol.. Nap., 1933,  9: 1037-
45.—Ruttin, E.   Darstellung des Attik-Antrums im Rdiitcen-
bild  durch  Jodipinfiillung.   Acta  otolar., Stockh., 19_'H,  12:
198-211.—Stecher, W. R.  An improved stereoscopic examina-
tion   of  the mastoid process employing the  Potter-Ruckv
diaphragm.   Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 33: 557-60.—Stereoscopic
comparison  of both mastoid areas.  Radiography, Lond.. 1945,
11:  37-40.—Talpis  &  Liebermann.  Etude anatomique et
radiographique de la structure de l'apophyse mastoide.  Rev.
laryng.,  Par.. 1927,  48: 651-61.—Taylor,  H. K.  The roent-
genogram in mastoid disease.  Am. J. Roentg., 1928, n. sir., 19;
522-30.—Uslenghi, J. P., & Nacif, V.  Tecnica de Law en la
exploration  radiologica  de  la ap6fisis mastoidea.   Hev.  As.
med. argent., 1933,  47: 2978-83, 3 pl.—Westing, S. W.  The
submentovertex view as an aid  in mastoid  roentgenography.
Am. J. Roentg., 1938. 39: 59-63.—Young, S.  Radiography in
mastoid disease. Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1927-28, 4: 446-50.


----   Sarcoma.
   Burke, F. O.  Fibromyxosarcoma.   Clin. I'roc. Child. Hosp.,
Wash.,  1944-45, 1:  66-71.— Ferraris, G.  I sarcomi dell'orer-
chio  medio  e della  mastoide;  sarcoma della mastoide.   Ann.
laring., Tor., 1934,  34:  106-31.—Harris, H.  Sarcoma of the
mastoid.  J. Tennessee M.  Ass.,  1928-29, 21: 390-2.—Higeta,
K.   Sarcoma  des  Warzenfortsatzes.   Otorhinolaryngologia,
Tokyo, 1936, 9: 401, pl.—Hvidt, C.   [Case of sarcoma of the
mastoid process with  trauma as  possible cause]  Hospitals-
tidende,  1935,   78: [Dansk.  otolar.  selsk.  forh.]  79-81.—
Lorenz,  II., &  Pogany, E.   Primares Sarkom des Processus
mastoideus.  Acta  otolar., Stockh., 1943, 31: 61.—Oltramare,
J. H.  Le sarcome de la mastoide chez le nourrisson.  P. verb.
Congr.  fr.  chir., 1926,  35:  677-9.—Simonetta.  B.   Sarcoma
polimorfo della  mastoide con decorso anomalo.  Valsalva,  1929,
5: 775-82.—Zimmerman, J. L.  Ewing's sarcoma of  the mas-
toid; report of a case.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1934, 37: 654-6.


----   Septum [of Korner]
   Barola, A.   Contributo  alio  studio  della sutura squsmo-
mastoidea e del setto di Korner.  Valsalva, 1942, 18: 225-3*. -
Korner, O.   Das Septum petro-squamosum (mastoideum) und
seine klinische  Bedeutung.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926-27,
17:  137-40.—Miller, J.  Le septum de  Korner.  Acta otolar.,
Stockh., 1930,  14: 213-20.  ------   Das Kornersche Septum
im Warzenfortsatz.  Zschr.  Hals &c. Heilk..  1930, 26: 464-76 —
Wolff, H. I. Die klinische Bedeutung des Septum mastoideum
und  der  durch dasselbe getrennten Cellulae  squamosae und
petrosae des Warzenfortsatzes.  Acta otolar., Stockh.. 1920, 9;
254-61.

----   Tumor.
   See also other subheadings (Angioendothelioma;
 Cancer; Cyst)
   Borghesan,  E.  Struttura e patogenesi di un cheloide  ma-
stoidee. Valsalva.  1935, 11: 76-9.—Georgiewsky, A. Fibroin
des   Warzenfortsatzes.  Arch. Ohr.  &c Heilk.,  1930.  127:
 177-81.—Heck, K.  Ueber ein Choristom der Waiz<-nfort>at*-
 gegend.  Beitr. prakt,  theor. Hals  &c. Heilk.,  1931-3", 31:
426-30.  Herrero  Aracil,  E., & Garcia Ibanez, L.  1  n nas
 myeloplaxome  primitif de  la  mastoide.  Hev.  laryng., Bord.,
 1933, 54:  1290-6.—Lacroix  &  Daull,  P. B.   Sur un  cas de
 tumeur du rocher  et  de  la mastoide  gauche  avec paralysie
 faciale.  Rev. otoneur., Par.  1935, 13:  273-5.—Nussbaum,  H.
 Ein  Fall von Zylindrom des Warzenfortsatzes.  Arch. Ohr. &f-
 Heilk.,  1930,  125:  307-9.------Ungewohnlicher Verlauf
 eines Falles von Zvlindrom des Warzenfortsatzes.  Ibid., 1932,
 131: 13-5—Pastore, P. N., & Williams, H. L.  Neurofibroma
 of  the  seventh nerve  involving  the mastoid.  Proc.  Mayo
 Clin., 1939. 14: 524-7.—Pooley, T.  R.  Fibroma of mastoid, 
MASTOID                                         365                          MASTOIDECTOMY
auricle and auditory canal.  Tr. Am  Otol. Soc, 1904  8: pt 3,
7VQ ri —Snvder  H.  L.  Giant  cell tumor;  report  of  case
 nvtiving mastoid  J. Kansas  M. Soc,  1935,  36:  189-92.-
vwâ„¢n  B  & Blegvad, N.  R.    Case of  plasmocytoma
K^tfdende,1935, 78: [Dansk. otolar. selsk. forh.] 18-25.


 MASTOIDECTOMY.

   See also Mastoidotomy; Mastoid surgery.
   Barany,  R.  Die Radikaloperation des  Ohres.

 59d   8?  Lpz., 1923.
   illDort F  The radical mastoid operation.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,
 iqm7 48- 1085-92; 1164.—Amos, A. R. The radical operation.
 Tr Iowa M  Soc,  1903, 21: 193-209—Beyer.  Erwagungen
 zur  Radikaloperation,   Attikoantrotomie  und  sogenannten
 konservativen  Radikaloperation.   Zschr.  Hals  &c  Heilk
 io9fi  in- 454-8—Bowers, W.  C.  Present status of  mastoid-
  cton.y.'  Laryngoscope,  1935,  45: 535-40.-BrownJ.  M
 The radical mastoid  operation.   Am.  J.  Surg   1938,  42.
 ,io_5o —Godsall,  R.  S.   The  radical mastoid  operation.
 Proc  Congr. Panpacific Surg. Ass.,  1939, 403-5    Mouret, J.
 Reflexions  sur l'evidement petro-mastoidien.   Hev.  laryng.,
 Par  1906 2:  145; 177.—Painchaud, P.. & Letarte, F.  Mas-
 toidectomie.   Laval  med., 1941  6:  463-7.-Segura  E.  V.
 Ciru"ia radical y conservadora  del oido medio.   Dia  med.,
 B  Au  1931-32, 4: 117.—Singleton, J.  D.   The radical mas-
 toidectomy; indications, technique and postoperative manage-
 ment  Texas J.  M.,  1941-42, 37: 612-4.—Smith, J.  M.  The
 radical  mastoid  operation.  Tr.  Am.  Otol.  Soc.   1930  20:
 150-75  Also Arch.  Otolar., Chic, 1931, 13:  28-36.—White,
 LEA study of radical mastoids.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1928,
 ,o.  ipn-34—Yearsley,  M.   Radical  mastoid  operation.
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n.  ser., 79: 34; 1907, 83: 508.

 ---   Accidents.
    Babbitt 3  A. Parotid fistulae in the mastoid wound with
 report of case.  Tr.  Am. Otol. Soc, 1931,  21: 144-58.  Also
  \nn Otol. Rhinol.,  1931, 40: 673-81.—Bremond & Bonnet.
 Considerations sur les paralysies faciales survenant au cours
 d'oto-mastoidites et  consecutives  aux interventions sur le
 mastoide.  Rev.  otoneur., Par., 1926, 4: 692-5.—Dintenfass, H.
  Accidental injury  of  the  lateral  (transverse)  sinus during
  mastoidectomy (a review of the literature, with the results of a
  questionnaire)   Tr.  Am.  Laryng.  Ass.,  1934  40:  40-65.—
  Lillie, H. L, & Williams, H. L., jr.   Delayed pulmonary infarct
  following  injury to  sigmoid  sinus  during radical mastoid
  operation.  Surg.  Clin. N.  America, 1930  10: 86-Lyrnan,
  H W   Radical mastoid operation followed by paresis ol the
  seventh,  fifth, and a portion  of the third cranial nerves; re-
  covery; advantages of the Barany modification.  Tr. Am.  Lar.
  Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1924, 30: 432-7.—McCall, J. W.,  & Gardiner
  F. S. Facial  paralysis following mastoid surgery; report of 6
  cases treated  successfully.   Laryngoscope,  1943, 53: 232-9.—
  Mayer, F. J.  Tamponreste in VVarzenfortsatzoperationshohle;
  Verweildauer  1  Jahr; Entfernung;  Heilung.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,
  1939 73-632— Schlander, E.  Ueber operative Duraverletzung.
  Ibid.', 1930,  64: 757-66.—Sullivan,  J. A.   Facial  Paralysis
  complicating  mastoid  operations.  Canad. M.  Ass. J.,  I9cSS,
  39: 451-4.—Tamari, M. Twitching of facial muscles following
  radical operation of the mastoid.  Ann.  Otol. Rhinol., 1943,
  52: 675-80 [Discussion] 748.  Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943,
  38:  305.—Urbantschitsch, E.   Zentrale  Faziahsparese sowie
  Oedem des Gesichtes  und der Brust (zentralen Ursprunges.)
  nach Aufmeisselung des Warzenfortsatzes  wegen  akuter  Ma-
  stoiditis.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1937, 71: 1260-2.—Watkins, E. D.
  The seventh cranial  nerve in  mastoid surgery.  Memphis
  M. J.,  1928,  5: 226-8.—Williamson,  S. T.   A  case of pul-
  monary infarcts following  operation on the mastoid;  intra-
  venous injections  of  mercurochrome; recovery.  Guys Hosp.
  Gaz., Lond., 1927,41: 277.
Scott,  M.  E.  Technique for mastoidectomies  under local
anesthesia.  Ohio M. J., 1938, 34: 1235.—Stein,  V. S.  Mas-
toidaloperationer  i  Skopolamin-Morfin-Narkose.   Hospitals-
tidende,  1904, 4. R, 12: 1065-84.—Steinmann, K. B.  Lokal-
anasthesie bei Aufmeisselung des Warzenfortsatzes von Kindern.
Mschr. Ohrenh., 1929, 63: 1189-91.
---  Anesthesia.
  Alexander.  M.  Trepanaci6n mastoidea  bajo  la  anestesia
local.  Bol. lar. otol., Madr., 1901,1: 60.—Barajas y de Vilches,
J. M.  Sobre  la anestesia local en la trepanacion mastoidea.
Med. ibera, 1928,  22: pt 1, 345.—Buckingham, R. E.  Local
anaesthesia in operations on the mastoid and on the maxdlary
antrum.  Med.  J. Australia,  1934, 2:  542-5—Duerto,  J.
La anestesia local en la cirugia mastoidea infantil.  Arch, med.,
Madr., 1928, 29: 58-60.  ------  La anestesia local en cirugia
mastoidea.  Ars  medica, Barcel., 1929, 5: 246-9.  -
inastuiuea.  /\is m^uiua, uniw,., *^~^, -.. _------
anestesia local  en  la cirugfa de la apofisis mastoides.   bigio
med., 1931,  88: 405-13.—Hubby, L. M.  A plea for the more
frequent use of local anesthesia in mastoidectomy.   Laryn-
goscope, 1930, 40:  874-7.— Jaumenne. Un cas de trepanation
mastoidienne et de  cure radicale d'otite  suppuree  opere a
l'etat de veille, sans anesthesie et sans douleur.  Arch internat
laryng., Par., 1906, 22: 888.—Koster, H  &  Wolf N.   Spinal
anesthesia in  mastoid surgery.   Arch. Otolar.,  Chic,  lJ-JU,
12: 591-600.—Millet, A.  H.  Anesthesie locale de la mastoide
et  paralysie faciale  transitoire.   Arch.  m.ed.  pharm. mil.,
1928, 88: 285-7.—Monteiro,  A.   Contribuigao  k anesthesia
local  da mastoide; anesthesia estrellar.  Pub. med.  S.  raulo,
1933-34, 5:  No. 6,  25-7.  ------  Beitrag â„¢r Lokalanastbesie
des  Warzenfortsatzes.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,   1934,  b»:  //*•
Neumann, H.  Simple and  radical  mastoid  operations under
local  anesthesia.  Arch.  OtoL, N. Y., 1906, 35: 368-78.—
----   Cases.
   Bourgeois,  H., Lemaitre, F. [et al.l  Presentation d'une
malade operee d'un evidement partiel.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1924,
43: 577-9.—Were.   Evidement antro-attical chez un  enfant.
Ann. otolar., Par.,  1943, 112.—Connal, J. G.  Note on a case
where the radical mastoid operation was performed for purulent
otitis media (when seen for the first time, the patient had a
primary  diphtheria of the external auditory canal)  Glasgow
M. J.,  1907, 67: 140.—Donelan, J.  A case of chronic left otitis
media  of twenty years' duration; caries; cholesteatoma;  attacks
of vertigo; radical mastoid operation on February 20; uninter-
rupted recovery. J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1907, 22:221-3.  ------
Notes  of a fatal case of acute left mastoiditis and purulent
thrombosis of the lateral sinus;  radical mastoid  operation;
evacuation of  thrombus; ligation of internal jugular.  Ibid.,
271-3.^Fullerton,  R.  Case  of  a lad on whom the radical
mastoid operation had been  performed  fifteen  months  pre-
viously.   Tr.  Otol. Soc. U. K., 1903-04, 5:  100.—Gording, R.
Mastoidal resektion ved forliggende sinus sigmoideus.  Norsk.
mag. laegevid., 1907, 5. R., 5: 1285-97.—Hazeltine, B.  Three
 mastoid cases.  Clinique, Chic, 1904, 25: 447-50.—Holinger, J.
 Case of radical mastoid operation.   Illinois M. J.,  1905,  7:
 107-9.—Kaufmann.  Note sur quelques cas  de trepanation et
 de cure  radicale mastoidiennes.   Rev. laryng., Par., 1907,  1:
 209-27.—Knight,  C.  H.,  &  M'Kernon, J. F!  Partial tur-
 binectomy followed by acute otitis, mastoiditis, sepsis,  para-
 centesis,   mastoidectomy,  ligation  and excision of  internal
 jugular vein;  recovery.  Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1905, 282-90.—
 Love, J. K.   Cases of mastoid radical operation.   Tr.  Med.
 Chir.  Soc. Glasgow, 1905-07, 6:  24, 2 pl.—Love, K.  Stereo-
 grams illustrating five cases  of the radical mastoid operation
 and one  of a  polypus attached  to  a diseased  malleus.  lr.
 OtoL  Soc. U.  K., 1905-06, 7:  9-1L—Luxan, J.  Doble radical
 de mastoides.  An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr.,  1931-32, 3: 107.—
 McKernon, J. F.  Report of two cases of mastoidectomy, sinus
 thrombosis, ligation and  resection of jugular vein; recovery.
 Arch. OtoL.  N. Y., 1905, 34: 298-303.  •------  Two cases
 showing results of the so-called  radical or Stacke operation.
 Post  Graduate, N.  Y.,  1905, 20: 133-6.—Moure,  E.  J.,  &
 Brindel.  Cinq cents cas d'interventions sur l'apophyse mas-
 toide.  Rev.  laryng., Par.,   1905, 2: 65-75—Nicoll,  J.  H.
 Cases of mastoidectomy  with preliminary occlusion of internal
 jugular vein.  Tr. M. Chir.  Soc.  Glasgow (1904-05)  1906,  5:
 163-7.   Also Glasgow M.  J., 1905, 63: 191-6—Nourse,  C.
 A case  of radical mastoid operation in which the ossicles were:
 left undisturbed.  Tr. Otol.  Soc. U.  K., 1906-07, 8: 33-5.—
 Oppenheimer, S.   Report of a case  of mastoiditis and sinus
 thrombosis in an infant of twelve months; operation; recovery.
 Arch. OtoL,  N. Y., 1906, 35: 148-54.—Pierce, N. H.   Lour
 mastoid cases.  Laryngoscope, 1907,  17: 467-70—Stout, P. S.
  Five  mastoidectomies and a decompression operation on  the
 same patient; presentation of patient.  Ibid., 1928, 38: 226-J.
 Syme, W. S.  A case  of radical mastoid operation in which no
  antrum was  found,  the  antro-tympanic passage being very
  narrow and ending abruptly in sclerosed bone.  Tr. Otol. Soc.
  U  K.,  1903-04,  5: 99.  ------  Case in which the radical
  mastoid was performed for urgent symptoms.  Tr. Med. Chir.
  Soc  Glasgow, 1905-07, 6: 148-51. Also Glasgow M. J., 1906
  66- 288-91.— Turner, A. L.  Two patients after the mastoid
  operation with preservation  of the  tympanic membrane  and
  ossicles.  Proc. R.  Soc.  M., 1907-08, 1: Otol. Sect.,  144.—
  Winslow  J.  R.  A case of  radical mastoidectomy performed
  under  unusual indications.   Hosp.  Bull.  Univ.  Maryland,
  1905, 1:  75-7.  Also J. Eye Ear Throat Dis., 1905, 10: 129-33.


  ----    Complications.

     Tager,   S.   N.    *Spatkomplikationen   nach
  Radikaloperation des  Ohres.  20p.   8:    Frankf.

  a. M.,  1935.                      t  x      „  A     .. .
     AllDort  F.  Some of the dangers of the so-called radical
  mastoid operation.  Ohio M. J., 1905-06,  1: 501-7.-Arnaud,
  G   Complications  streptococciques successives  apres  mas-
  toidectomy.   Ann.  otolar., Par.,   1939,  398-400.—Aubourg,
  P  &  Baldenweck, L.  Suppurations chroniques apres mas-
  toidectomies ou evidements petro-mastoidiens; assechement et
  cicatrisation rapides par un traitement local en general d ozone.
  Ibid   1937   941-6.—Bertoin, R.  La ponction lombaire dans
  le traitement du  syndrome  Paleur-hyperthermie  apres les
  interventions  mastoidiennes.   Ibid., 1936,  245-51.—Bloch,
   A & Lemoine.  Infection des plaies operatoires mastoidiennes
   Jar  le  Wille diphterique.   Ibid.,  1931,  1098-100.-Bra.shn,
   W  C    A case of mastoiditis in a boy of 13 years; operation
   followed by attacks  of purpura; recovery.  Pediatrics  M. Y.,
   1907 19-397.—Brunner, H.  Ueber das phlegmonose Erysipel
   als  Sepsisherd nach Operationen am Warzenfortsatz   Klin.
   Wschr  1936 15: 1554-7.—Buzon, R. Etude de la mort rapide
   des  nourrissons operes  d'antrite  mastoidienne  exteriorisee.
   Strasbourg   med.,  1928, 86:  pt  1,  245-63—Calamida, L.
   Reinfezioni  mastoidee in operati di mastoidite.   Boll.   mal.
   orecchio, 1906, 24: 250-3.  Also French transl. Arch, internat. 
MASTOIDECTOMY                           36
laryng.. Par., 1907, 23: 147-9.—Carnevale Ricci, F.  Ematoma
sottodiirale tardivo susseguente ad atto operatorio sulla regione
mastoidea.  Arch. ital.  otol.,  1935,  46: 105-11— Claus, G.
Intrakranielle Spatkomplikationen nach Radikaloperation des
Ohres.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1935-36, 39: 09-70.  Colleyille.
Perforation spontanee du sinus lateral aprds mastoidcctomie au
cours d'une septicemic auriculaire.  Ann. otolar.,  I'ar.,  1934,
829 34.—Connal, J. G.   Note  on a case where the radical
mastoid  operation was performed for  purulent otitis  media
(when seen for the first time patient had a primary diphtheria
of the external auditory canal i   Tr. Med. Chir.  Soe. Glasgow,
1905-07, 6:  253.—Cott, C. F.  Peculiar symptoms following a
radical operation.  J. Am.  M.  Ass.,  1905,  45:  1488-92 —
Dickie, J. K. M.  Causes of persistent discharge following the
ladical mastoid operation.  Canad.  M. Ass.  J.,  1933,  28:
1*1-7.—Effler. L. B.  The case of Sir Michael; a radical mas-
toidectomy  with  unusual features.  Laryngoscope, 1940,  50:
507-72.—Elmenhoff-Nielsen, B.   [Case of  fulminant  septi-
cemia following  operative  treatment  of mastoiditis]   Hos-
pitalstidende. 1938.81: [Dansk otolar. selsk.forh.] 20.—Ferey, D.
Crises d'epilcpsies  subintrantes,  quelques  jours  apres  une
mastoidite operes;  intervention  d'urgence;  oedfime cerebral.
Mem. Aca !. chir., Par., 1937, 63: 781.  Also Bull, med., Par.,
1937, 51: 407.—Grossmann, F.  Leber psychische  Storungen
nach   Warzenfortsatzoperation.   Zschr. Ohrenh.,  1905,   49:
209-08.—Harlowe, H. D.   Bony sequestrum as a complication
following mastoidectomies.   Laryngoscope,  1938, 48: 242-5.
------Erysipelas as a complication following mastoidectomy;
case  report.   Ibid.,  1941, 51:  202-8.—Harter, J. H.   The
significance   of  bacteremia  following  mastoid  operations.
Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1924, 12: 115-22.—Hartung,
F.  Temperatura post-niastoidectomia; prova de  Queckenstedt.
Hev.  otolar.  S. I'aulo. 1034. 2: 399-400  (Discussion] 419.—
Held. R. J.. A: Kopetzky, S. J.   Report of a case of purulent
meningitis following radical mastoid operation;  recoverv after
operative interference.  Arch. OtoL. X. V.. 1906,  35: 531-43.—
Hempstead,  B.  E.   Lateral  pharyngeal abscess following
mastoidectomy accompanied by recurrent laryngeal paralysis;
report of a case.   Tr. Am. Laryng.  Ass.,  1933, 39: 551-3.
-----   Lateral abscess  of the pharynx following  mastoidec-
tomy, recurrent laryngeal paralysis.   1'ioc. Mayo Clin., 1933,
H: 05.  Itijo, Y.  Leber die Autovakzinbrhandlmig  bei Muco-
susotitis nach  der Maxtoidoperation.  Jap.J.M.  Sc, Otorhino-
lar., 1939-40, 3: No. 2. Proc, 13.—Johansen, H.   [Case of late
intracranial  complication  following radical operation]   Nord.
med., 1940,  6:  1063.—Johnson,  H.  P.  Temperature  after
mastoidectomy; a studv of 100 cases.   Tr. Am.  Larvng. Ass.,
1933, 39: 14-25.   Also Arch. Otolar., Clue, 1934,  19: 660-70.—
Jones, H. E.  The difficulties and dangers of t he radical mastoid
operation.   Liverpool  Med. Chir.  J.,  1905, 25:  264-81.—
Kopetzky, S. J.. A  Almour, R.   Erysipelas following  Bacillus
pyocyaneus  infections in mastoid  wounds. Am. J. Surg., 1927,
n. ser.,  2:  589-92.—Kretschmann,  F.  Speichelfisteln  nach
Mastoid-operationen.  Arch.  Ohrenh.,  1900. 68:  257-62.—
Kiimmel.  Eine  merkwiirdige  Komplikation einer Radikal-
operation vom Gehorgang aus.   Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk., 1929,
24:365-9 [Discussion] 446-62.— Leidler. R.  Bi-lateral chronic
suppurative otitis media; radical operation; venous thrombosis;
cerebellar abscess; recovery. J.  Lar. Otol..  Lond., 1933,  48:
54-7.—Lewy,  A.   Temporal lobe  syndrome following  mas-
toidectomy.   Ann. Otol.  Rhinol., 1945. 54:  603-6.—Liebault.
Syndrome  hyperthermie-paleur;   ponction   lombaire.   Oto-
rhinolar. internat.,  Lyon, 1939, 23:  115.—Lifschitz,  B.  M.
Fall von Radikaloperation, kompliziert durch serose  Meningitis
infolge von WTurmern.   Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1933, 67:  740.—
Milligan, W.  Remarks upon a case of attempted  suicide follow-
ing a  mastoid operation for chronic  middle-ear disease,  and
remarks  upon a case of suicide following acute  Bezold's mas-
toiditis.  Tr. Otol. Soc. U. K., 1906-07, 8: 36-40.—Otten, F.
Eine  zum Tode fiihrende  Verwicklung vom vollstandig  auf-
gemeisselten und geheilten Ohr  aus.  Zschr. Laryng., 1934, 25:
117-22.—Rejto, S.   [Late  complications of radical  ear opera-
tions]  Orvoskepzes, 1937, 27:  467-70.  Also German transl.
Hals  &c. Arzt. Teil  2, 1937, 44: 74.— Renshaw, K.  Case of
radical mastoid operation; with subsequent septic infection and
rupture of the lateral sinus.   Brit. M. J.,  1907, 2:  1208.—
Resch,  W.  Spatkomplikationen nach  friiherer  vollstandiger
und einfacher Aftfmeisselung. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1936-37,
41: 415-26- Rewalt, R.  K.  Mastoidectomy complicated by
acute  hemorrhagic nephritis.  Pennsylvania  M. J  , 1934-35,
38: 8H5.---Roenau.  E.   L'eber  das phlegmonose Erysipel als
Sepsis],, nl nach Operationen am  Warzenfortsatz.  Arch. Ohr.
&c Heilk.,  1936, 142: 214-30— Rouget & Jube.  Syndrome
padeur-hyperthermie; transfusion  du sang.  Ann. otolar., Par.,
1936,  911-5.—Schwartz,  A.  A.   Reinfection of the  wound
following  mastoidectomy.   Arch. Otolar..  Chic   1935,   21-
71-5: 22: 325-31.-  Seppalri,  A. J. Das Erysipel nach Mas-
toidektouuen.   Acta  otolar., Stockh.,   1938, 26:  527-37.—
Smith, C. Case of :,k-.ce>> of the C,isSerjan ganglion following a
simple mastoidectomy.   Tr.  Pacific Coast  Oto-ophth.  Soc,
1921,   9.  meet.,   83-7.—Sowers,  A.   Temporo-sphenoidai
abscess following mastoidectomv  with recoverv.  Eye  Ear  &c
Month..  1922, 1: 514-7.— Stcfanini, J., & Dugm-t.  Septico-
pyohemie k  streptocoque  h''mo'ytique  aprrs mastoidcctomie
Bull.  Soc  med.  mil.  fr.,  1937,  31: 317--22.—Stefaniou. A.
Paralysie du moteur oeulaire externe apres evidement peLro-
mastoidien pour  osteomyeiite extensive du  temporal.   Ann
otolar., Par.. 1939 S10-4 — Tobeck, A.   Ueber Spatkomplika-
tionen nach  Ra iik:i!o; erationen.  Arch. Ohr.  &c Heilk., 1936,
141: 236-44.  Traina,  S.   Sindrome pallore-ipertermia'in un
MASTOIDECTOMY
bambino  operato di mastoidite.   Boll.  mal.  orecchio,  l'.i.j,-,
53: 57-68.—Yearslcy, M.   The mental effect of the complex
mastoid operation in children.  Lancet, Lond., 1932, 2: 613.—
Ziegelman, E. F.  Descending  bony facial canal in relation to
complications of mastoidectomy.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic.  193s
21:542-6.

----   Dressing of cavity.

   See also subheading (Postoperative treatment)
   Dem ou lin,  P.   *Du traitement  par  rtunbrinc
Dakin des evidement,s  p^tro-mastoidicns.   ;>4p
8?   Par., 1930.
   Krawiecki,    M.     ""Considerations   sur   les
pansements  apres  evidement  petro-mastoidien
102p.   8°    Par..  1936.
   Nuhsmann,   T.    Die  systematische  Sterili-
sierung  der Antrotomiewunde mittels der Dakin-
losung  nach  dem  Carrelschen  Wundverfahren
[Habilitationsschrift;   Halle]    70p.   8?   Lpz
1921.
   Barr, J. S.  Four cases of acute empyema of the mastoid
cells, in three of which the cavities made by the operation  were
treated by the iodoform wax bone-plugging method of Mosotig-
Moorhof.  Tr. Med. Chir.  Soc, Glasgow, 1905-1)6, G: 429-34
Also Glasgow M. J., 1907, 68:   191-6.- Hcrdal, P.  Local
sulfathiazole  treatment of  the  wound cavity after mastoidec-
tomy in acute mastoiditis.  Acta  otolar., Stockh., 1945, 33:
190-210.—Blake, C. J.  The value of the blood clot as a pri-
mary dressing in  mastoid  operations.  Brit. M. J., 1906, 2:
1387-90.  Also  J.  Lar. OtoL, Lond.,  1906,  21: 545-55.—
Bozzi,  E.  La  medicazione con Ambrina-Dakin della cavitil
da operazione radicale  dell'orecchio.  Arch. ital.  otol., 1936,
48: 637-53.—Bryant. W. S. Modified blood clot in mastoid
surgery. Am. Otol.  Rhinol., 1906,  15: 489-93.- Burtoff, S. II.
Local use of sulfathiazole  in  mastoidectomy  wounds; satis-
factory results  observed  in thirty patients.   Arch. Otolar.,
Chic,   1945,  42:  6-13.—Currier,  W. I).   Sulfathiazole in
mastoidectomy wounds; report of 84 cases.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,
1942, 51: 955-60.—David-Galatz, J., & Gheorghiu, S.  L'am-
brine dans le pansement des evides.  Ann. mal, oreille, 1928,
47: 1122-5.—Delobel, P.  Pansement par l'acide borique dans
un evidement petro-mastoidien.   J.  sc.  med. Lille, 1906, 1:
289-96.—Eeman.  Nouveau mode de pansement apres l'opera-
tion radicale  pour la guerison des otites  moyennes purulentc*
avec carie, cholesteome, etc.  Bull. Soc.  beige otol., 1902, 7:
129-31.  ------   Nouveau mode de pansement apres evide-
ment petro-mastoidien.  Ibid.,  1903, 8: 46-9.—Falbe-Hansen,
I.  Local sulfanilamide treatment  of the wound cavity after
resection of the  mastoid  process,  with  special reference to
scarlatinal  mastoiditis.   Acta  otolar.,   Stockh.,   1944,  32:
467-82.—Fenton,  R. A.   Further  experience with the di-
chloramin treatment of mastoid  wounds.  Proc  Panpacific
Surg. Conf., 1929, 1. Conf., 327.—Fornari, G. B. Sulla utilita
del metodo  di medicazione  Citelli negli operati  di radicale
dell'orecchio  medio.   Arch. ital.  otol.,  1938,  50: 74-84.—
Frey,  H.  Das Paraffinol  bei der Wundversorgung von Mas-
toidoperationen.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1930, 64: 1215— Gerrie, J.
The  closed  plaster   treatment of  recent  mastoid  wounds.
Canad.  M. Ass. J.,  1942,  46: 18.—Guerry, D. P., & Putney,
F. J.    Local  use  of  sulfathiazole  in management of  simple
mastoidectomy  wounds.   Arch.  Otolar., Chic,   1942,  35:
399 407.  Hays, H.   The value of blood  transfusions in post-
operative  mastoid conditions,  with special reference  to  sus-
pected  sinus  thrombosis.   N.  York  State  J.  M.,  1926, 26:
10-4.—Herzig, A. J.   The use of sulfa drugs in the mastoidec-
tomy wound where complete enclosure is employed. Laryngo-
scope,  1944, 54:  199-208.—Hutcheon, J. R.   A time-saving
mastoidectomy dressing.  Med. J.  Australia,  1944, 1 :  485-7;
2: 322.—Iglauer, S.   A mastoid wound closed by blood  clot
dressing, and healing within two weeks. Lancet Clinic, Cincin.,
1907,  n. ser., 58:  379.—Jauerneck, A.   Vasenoltamponade
nach Totalaufmeisselung.   Zschr.  Hals &c  Heilk., 1931-32,
30: 678. ------ Erfahrungen mit Secafermetaniponadc nach
Totalaufmeisselung.   Hals &c. Arzt, T. 1, 1937, 28: 239-41.—
Jimenez Rodriguez,  A.  Sulfamidoterapia  local post-operatoria
en  cirugia petromastoidea; ensayos  terapeuticos.   Actual.
med., Granada,  1944, 30:  290-5.—Langworthy, 11. G.  The
mastoid blood-clot operation, theoretically good; what results
will  show.  Laryngoscope, 1907,  17: 278-83.—Lapointe, J.
Application locale de poudre de sulfathiazole et suture totale
apres  mastoidectomie.   Ann.  med. chir.  Hop.  S.  Justine
Montreal, 1945, 4: No. 4,  90-4.—Laurens, G., Hubert, C., *
Girard,  L.  Le lavage, seul mode de pansement apres l'evide-
ment petro-mastoidien.  Ann. mal. oreille,  1928. 47: 894-903.—
Lebensohn, J.  E.  A cosmetic mastoid  dressing for  women.
Illinois  M. J., 1927,  52: 143.—Mahu, G.  La methode  la plus
simple de  panser  les  evides.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1905, 31: pt 2,
9-14.—Marcotte, R. H.  Sulfanilamide implantation in mastoid
wounds.  Ann.  Otol. Rhinol., 1943, 52:  126-30.—Menca,
F. W.   Local use of  sulfonamide compounds in surgical treat-
ment  of the  ear.  Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic...  1945. 41: 133—6.
Millet.   Evidement  petro-mastoidien   et  Dakin-Ambrine
Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 644--6.—Parsons,  J. G.   The use ol
blood clot in  mastoidectomy.   Tr.  Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar.
1915,  20: 95-100.—Preobrazhensky. B.  S.   [ Fruit juices  in 
MASTOIDECTOMY                         367                         MASTOIDECTOMY
treatment in retro-auricular wounds]  J. ushn. nosov gorlov.
boles., 1940, 17: 284-90.  ------  [Employment of Vishnev-
sky's ointment in the treatment of wounds behind  the ears]
Vest otorinolar.,  1945, No. 1, 35-8.-Reik, H. O  The blood-
nlot dressing in  mastoidectomy, considered physiologically.
f A*  La,  Rhin.  Otol.  Soc. (1906)  1907, 506-77.  Also
I Am M  Ass., 1906, 46: 935-8.—Roy, J. N. Vaseline oil in
the dressing of  the  radical  mastoid  operation.   Montreal
M J  1907  36: 691-6.   Also French transl. Ann. mal. oreille,
1907" 33- Pt 2, 612-7.  Also  Rev.  laryng.,  Par.,  1907,  2:
545-51 —Ruskin,  S.  L.   Vitamin  C-sulfonamide compounds
in the healing of wounds;  the use of sulfanilamide ascorbate
in the treatment of chronic suppuration of  the wound after
radical mastoidectomy.  Arch.  Otolar  Chic.  1944,  40: 115-
•>2 —Schatz, E.  Die  Abkiirzung der Nachbehandlung akuter
Mastoidensoperationen durch  Paraffinfullung.  Munch, med.
Wschr   1905, 52: 1247-9.—Sohier-Bryant, W.  Le caillot
mndifie' dans la  chirurgie de la mastoide.   Arch,  internat.
laryiU, Par.,  1906, '22:  501-4.—Stibbe,  F.  H.   [The use of
â– imbrme in the after treatment of radical operation of the ear]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1925, 69:  pt  2, 1979-81.—Sugar,  M.
The use of amnioplastin in the surgery  of the ear.   J. Lar.
Otol., Lond., 1944, 59: 96-100.—Temkin, J.  Die Anwendung
von Wismut-Vaselinpasta bei prima'rem Wundverschluss nach
Antrotomie.   Mschr. Ohrenh., 1929,  63:  279-85—Teufer,
j. H.  Zur Nachbehandlung der Radikaloperation des Ohres;
die Secafermebinde, ein  spezifischer  Verbandstoff.   Hals  &c.
 \rzt, Teil 1, 1937, 28: 236-9.—Tucker, C. A., & Flake, C. G.
The use of sulfadiazine in the management of simple mastoidec-
tomy wounds.  N. England J. M., 1942, 227: 1021-4.

----   Effect  on hearing.

   Burmeister,  H.   *Ueber die  Beeinflussung
 des  Horvermogens  durch  Radikaloperationen
 [Munchen]   18p.  22cm.   Wurzb.,  1936.
   Henkes, W. W.    *Funktionsergebnisse  nach
 Attikoantrotomien.   21p.   8?  Freib.  i. B., 1929.
    Mohatjpt, M.   *Nachuntersuchungen an Radi-
 kaloperationen des  Mittelohres  mit  besonderer
 Berucksichtigung  der funktionellen  Ergebnisse
 (60 Falle)  [Halle]   36p.  8?   Wiirzb., 1934.
   Alfoldy,  E.   Die  Horfahigkeit nach  radikalen  Ohropera-
 tionen.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1934-35,  21: 368-76.—Bjork-
 man,  H.  [The  hearing after radical operation  for chronic
 otitis]  Hygiea,  Stockh., 1924,  86:  289-300.—Bryant, W. S.
 The radical mastoid operation modified to allow the preserva-
 tion of normal hearing.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1906, 9: pt 2,
 292-5.  Also  N.  York  M. J., 1906, 84:  780.  ---;---  The
 conservation of hearing in operations  on  the mastoid region.
 Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,  1907,  16: 32-5.  Also Boston M. & S. J.,
 1907, 156: 300.—Fowler, E. P.  The hearing before and after
 radical mastoidectomy.  Tr. Am.  Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1937,
 43: 78-90.  Also  Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1937,  26:  387-94 —
 Butteroth, R.  Die Horfahigkeit Radikaloperierter.   Hals &c.
 Arzt, T. 2, 1937, 44: 1-26.—Judge,  A. F.  Functional results
 after  radical  mastoidectomy.   Albany M. Ann.,  1939,  58:
 83-6.—Keen, J. A.  An investigation of the end-results of sixty
 cases of radical  mastoid operation,  with special reference to
 hearing.  J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1926,  41: 145-74, pl.—Maxwell,
 J. H., & Richter, H. J.  Radical mastoidectomy; its effect on
 hearing.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 426-30.—Pressman,
 J. J.  Residual hearing after radical mastoidectomy.   Laryngo-
 scope, 1931, 41: 808-20.— Ruf, C.  Horempfindungsschwellen
 und Horvermogen nach  Radikaloperation und nach Atti-
 koantrotomie.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1929, 24: 370-5  [Dis-
 cussion] 446-62.—Wallner, L. J.  Radical mastoidectomy,
 with reference to the status of hearing.  Arch.  Otolar., Chic,
 1938, 27: 788-90.  ------  Radikaloperation und Horfahig-
 keit.  Hals &c Arzt, 2.  T., 1939,  48: 127.—Zumbroich, H., &
 Koch, P.  Die funktionellen Resultate nach Radikaloperation.
 Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1933-34, 35:  457-62.

 ----   Fistula.

    See also subheading (Plastic operation)
   Asherson, N.  Post-operative mastoid fistula: closure by use
 of temporal muscle transplant.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933,
 26: 567—Coelst.  Un cas d'ouverture permanente consecutive
 a un evidement petro-mastoidien.  Rev. chir.  struct., Brux.,
 1938, 8: 113-6.—Copps,  L. A., & McCormick. G. L.  Closure of
 persistent postoperative mastoid  fistula  with a subcutaneous
 pedunculated  flap.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1938,  27: 472.—
 Dench, E. B.  Plastic operations  for the closure of post-aural
 openings following radical and mastoid operations.   J. Am. M.
 Ass., 1904, 43: 1607-11.—Greenfield, S. D.  Operation for the
cure of postauricular fistulae; report  of eight consecutive cases.
Laryngoscope,  1940,  50:  312-25—Petterino-Patriarca, A.
La tecnica della plastica per la chiusura delle fistole  mastoidee.
Osp. maggiore Novara, 1937, 14: 411-6—Spira,  J.   [Origin
and treatment of persistant retro-auricular fistulas after mastoid
trepanation] Polska gaz. lek., 19.34, 13: 370-2.  Also German
transl. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1934, 68: 474-81.—Straatsma, C. R.
Repair of postauricular fistula following radical mastoidectomy.
Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 616-9.—Szokolik, E.  Verschluss
persistierender retroaurikularer Oeffnungen  nut der  ungan-
schen Bogenlappenplastik.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1932, 66: 1058 —
Wadsworth, H. V., & Woodruff, G. H.  Retroauricular fistula
following mastoid operations; report of a case following radical
mastoidectomy with remarks  on  the  selection of procedure.
Illinois M. J., 1939, 76: 547-9.

----   Forensic aspect.

   See also subheading Accidents.
   Malpractice; facial  paralysis attributed to mastoidectomy.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1938,  110: 73.—Malpractice; injury of sever-
ance of facial nerve  during  radical  mastoidectomy.   Ibid.,
1940, 114: 2329.

----   Hemorrhage.

   See also subheading Complications.
   Asherson, N.  A note on hsemostasis in the mastoid opera-
tion.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1929, 2: 1359.—De Cigna.  Emorragia
diploica secondaria in  un caso di  mastoidectomia.  Boll. mal.
orecchio, 1939, 57: 121-8.—Garten, M. H.  A mastoid opera-
tion followed by  death  from  hemorrhage on the ninth day.
West.  M. Rev.,  1906,  11: 358-61.—Herrmann, A.  Ueber
Hirngefassblutungen  nach Operationen  am  Warzenfortsatz.
Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk.,  1928, 21: 252-8—Moulden, G.  A.
A case of extradural  haemorrhage from  the  inferior petrosal
sinus following mastoidectomy. J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1943, 58:
376-8.

----   History.
   Allport, F.  History of the mastoid operation; its surgical
anatomy, etc.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1906, 47: 92-101.—Ballance, C.
Mastoid operation; a  glimpse into its history. Arch. Otolar.,
Chic, 1932, 16: 55-75.—Bergh, E. [History of mastoid opera-
tion]  Sven. lak.  tidn.,  1932,  29: 785-94.—Connor, R.  His-
torical sketch  of the radical mastoid operation.  J.  Michigan
M. Soc, 1905, 4: 310-6.—Mollison, W. M.  The evolution of
the  mastoid operation.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,  1937, 51:
305-9.—Neumann, H.  Zur Geschichte der operativen  Eroff-
nung des Warzenfortsatzes.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1935, 48:
667.—Sonnenschein, R.  A brief consideration of the history
of the development of mastoidectomy.  Ann. M. Hist.,  1936,
8: 500-10.  Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 62:  523.  Also Arch.
Otolar., Chic, 1937, 25: 115.

----   Indications.
    See  also  Brain abscess; Dural sinus, Disease;
  Mastoiditis; Middle ear,  Disease; Otitis  media;
  Otomastoiditis; Petritis, etc.
    Archila   M.,   O.    *Vacamiento   petro-mas-
 toideano   en   las  otorreas    [Univ.   Nacional]
  76p.    24}£cm.  Bogota, 1939.
    Gtjnkelmann,  H.    *Wann  ist der gegebene
 Zeitpunkt  zur  Aufmeisselung der  akuten  Mas-
 toiditis?   [Frankfurt]    15p.    8?   Lauterbach-
 Hessen, 1935.
    Kamel Salib,   L.    *Les  indications et  la
  valeur   therapeutique   de   l'evidement  p6tro-
  mastoi'dien.  16p.  8?   Geneve,  1930.
    Meissner, E.   *Ueber  die Indikationsstellung
  zur Aufmeisselung des  Warzenfortsatzes bei der
  acuten Mittelohreiterung   [Giessen]   16p.   8?
  Diisseld., 1937.
    Teitscheid, P.   *Die  Indikationen  zur  Auf-
  meisselung   des   Warzenfortsatzes  bei  akuter
  Mastoiditis (unter  besonderer Berucksichtigung
  der Frage  der  Friih- oder Spatoperation)   28p.
  22cm.   Bonn, 1936.
    Allport  F.  Indications for the  so-called radical mastoid
  operation.  S. Paul  M. J.,  1906, 8: 224-34.   Also Woman
  M. J.,  1906, 16:  37-40.—Andrade Pradillo, J.  iCuando debe
  ha'cerse  paracentesis,  cuando  trepanaci6n  de  mastoides?
  jDeben o no deben hacerse lavados en los oidos?   Rev. med.
  Hosp. gen., Mex., 1940-41, 3: 235-43.—Aubertin, Despons &
  Bannel.  Mastoidectorrue inopportune au debut d'une  menin-
  gite cerebrospinal.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1943, 120:  419 —
  Auguieras.   Resultats eloigns  du  traitement de  1 osteite
  condensante a forme nevralgique de l'apophyse mastoide par
  l'evidement mastoidien.  Bull. lar. otol.  rhinol.,  Par., 1905, 8:
  128-31.—Beyer.   Zur Indikationsstellung und  Prognose der
  Attico-Antrotomie.   Zschr.  Hals &c  Heilk.,  1927-28,  18:
  383-6;  1929, 24: 343-6.—Black,  W. B.   Acute mastoiditis
  with surgical procedure.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1938, 35: 237-
  40__Bolotov, N. A.  Radical mastoidectomy; its use in treat-
  ment of dangerous types of suppuration of the temporal bone.
  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939,  29:  269-86.—Brady,  A J  The
  indications for the radical mastoid operation; the methods of its
  performance and the value or otherwise of epithelial grafting.
  Tr Australas. M. Congr. (1905) 1907,  7: 323-31— Bratescu,
  V  Racoveanu, V., & Moga, N. [Chrome suppurative otitis
  media with severe acute labyrinthitis; surgery  of petrous-
  mastoid bone; cure]  Rev. san. mil., Bucur., 1932, 31: 458-60.— 
MASTOIDECTOMY
368
MASTOIDECTOMY
Brown, L. G.   Conservative mastoidectomy for chronic sup-
purative  otitis media.  Brit. M. J.,  1932,  1:  470.   ------
Bilateral  chronic suppurative otitis media; acute serous laby-
rinthitis  of right  ear; radical mastoid operation in quiescent
-tace; modified radical operation left ear.  Proc. R. Soc M.,
19:-S7 -38, 31: 343.—Briihl, G.   Parazentese, Antrotomie  und
Radikalopi'iat.ion  im Kindesalter.   Jahrb.  Kinderh., 1925,
3 1  60:1-11.—Brunner.H.  Indications for simple and radical
mastoid operations.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1941, 40: 363-7 —
Bryant, W. S.  The radical  mastoid operation; indications for
and results from  its employment.  N. York M. J., 1907, 85:
1212.  Burnham,  H.  H.   Some indications  for the  radical
mastoid operation in otitis media purulenta chronica.  Canad.
M. Ass. J.. 1024. 14: 367-70.—Byers. W. G. M.  On the radical
mastoid  operation and the  indications  for  its  employment.
Montreal M.  J.,  1905, 34:  816-24, pl.—Caminiti, F.  P.   La
mastoidectomia nei  lattanti e  una  operazione  a prognosi
li-nvata'.'  Boll. mal. orecchio,  1930, 48: 33-42.—Cavazzutti,
A. M.  Diagnfistico e indicaci6n operatona en las mastoiditis
agudas.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1936, 43: pt 2, 928-34— Cobb, E.
Indications fm the mastoid  operation in acute otitis media.
I  Iowa  M.  Sue, 1925,  15: 133-6.—Coulet, M. G.  Quand
doit-on  opi'-rer une  mastoidite?   Ann. otolar.,  Par., 1932,
1380-4.  Crockett, E. A.  Some indications and  contraindica-
tions for the radical mastoid operation.   Tr.  Am.  Otol. Soc,
1907, 10: 464-9.  ------  Contraindications to  the tympano-
mastoid  exenteration  in  chronic  suppurative  otitis  media.
Tr. Am.  M. Ass.,  Sect. Laryng. OtoL, 1909, 160-71.—Curtin,
3. F. •  Indications  for a  radical mastoid  operation  and the
technique of the same.  J. Lancet, 1935, 55: 576-9.—Daily, L.
The radical mastoid operation,  its indications and technique.
Texas J.  M.,  1939-40, 35: 560-7.—Del Piano, J. I., & Bergara,
K.  A.   Sindrome  de Gradenigo;  mastoidectomia.   Rev. As.
mod. argent.,  1934, 48: 321-7,  pl.—Delstanche, J.  P.  Sur
un cas de cure radicale bilaterale d'otorrhee chronique.   Bruxel-
les   med.,  1936-37,  17:  11.—Deuch,  E. B.   La operaci6n
radical en las supuraciones cr6nicas del oido medio.  Bol. lar.
otol., Madr., 1904, 4: 394.—Dunn,  J.  Acute mastoiditis in an
otherwise healthy adult;  illustrating how early the  mastoid
should be opened, and reasons  therefor.  Virginia M. Month.,
1904-05,  9:  403.—Eisinger, K.  Unsere gegenwartigen  An-
zeigen zur Warzenfortsatzoperation.   Jahrkurs.  arztl. Fort-
bild.,  1929.   20: H. 11,   20-31.—Frank,  P.   Conservative
versus operative treatment of acute mastoiditis.   Med. Times,
N.  Y., 1930,  64: 36.-  Frey, H.  Die Bedeutung der Horfunk-
tion fiir die  rhirurgische  Indication  bei  der  akuten Otitis.
Mschr. Ohrenh..  1037, 71: 1212-0.—Gangl, O.   Wann ist die
operative LrolYining des \\ arzenfoi tsatzes angezeigt?   Miinch.
med. Wschr.,  1028, 75: 402-4.-- Gaston, A.  Deux cas d'otor-
rhee chronique de l'enfanre traites  par  evidement  partiel.
Ann. otolar.,  Par., 1939,  760-6.  Gluck.  C.  A plea  for  per-
fecting the nose  and throat in preference to radical  mastoid
operation.  Eye Ear &c. Month., 1925-26, 4: 77-85.—Guiller-
min.  Les indications operatoires et l'heure de l'intervention
dans les  complications des otites aigues.  Bull.  Soc. med. mil.
fr., 1937, 31: 655.—Guthrie, D.  Early or late operation in
acute mastoiditis.  Proc.  R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: otol.,
31-5.  Also J.  Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1933, 48: 400-7.—Hall, I. S.
Acute otitis media and mastoiditis: the indications for opera-
tion.  Edinburgh M.  J., 1937,  44:  298-308.—Haymann, L.
Leber die Indikationen  zur Eroffnung des  Warzenfortsatzes
bei  der  akuten  Mittelohreiterung mit  besonderer   Beriick-
sichtigung der Frage der Friihoperation.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1020, 76: 047-51.—Hirsch,  C.   Die Indikation  zur Eroffnung
des Warzenfortsatzes bei akuter Mastoiditis.  Zschr. Laryng.,
1927-28.  16:  268-86.—Jobson, T.  B.   Chronic  suppurative
otit's  media  with  cholesteatoma: acute  labyrinthitis  and
meningitis;  recovery  after radical mastoid operation. Proc.
R.  Soc  M.,  Lond.,  1932,  25: 1476.—Kelley,  I.  D.   Acute
mastoiditis including indications  for operation.  J. Missouri
M.  Ass., 1936, 33:  137-9.—Kindler,  W.   Wann ist  bei der
akuten Mittelohrentztindung die  Aufmeisselung des  Warzen-
fortsatzes angezeigt?  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,  1930. 27: 767.—
Lawwill, S.  Indications for  simple and radical  mastoid opera-
tions.  J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1925-26, 18: 298-302.—Liebault.
L'evidement petromastoidien chez I'enfant.  Ann. mal. oreille,
 1920, 45: 597-9.  Also Arch, internat. laryng.,  Par., 1926, 32:
840.   ------   L'indication operatoire  dans les  mastoidites
aigues.  Paris med.,  1930, 76:  206-8.—Lopez Lara, F.  Cura
radical de las supuraciones cr6nicas del ofdo  por medio del
vaciamiento  petro-mastoideo   total.   An.  Soc.  med. quir.
 Guayas, 1942, 22: 1063-85.—Luongo, R. A.  Vincent's infec-
tion of the middle ear and mastoid; radical operation. Laryngo-
scope, 1931,  41:  242-5.—Mayer, O.   Wann soil man  im Ver-
laufe einer akuten Mittelohrentztindung zur Aufmeisselung des
Warzenfoit.-atzes  schreiten0   Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1926,  39:
 262- Mlechin, B. M.  [Early and late  operation  in acute
 mastoiditis]   Vest,  sovet.   otorinolar.,  1932,  25:  417-29.—
 Moreau.  I)e la gravite des operations mastoidiennes chez le
nourrisson.   Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 955-8.  Also Loire
 med., 1927, 41: 49-55.— Mullin, W. V.  When to do the radical
 operation.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1935, 25: 260-3.—Mygind, H.
 Indikationerne for Opmejshng af  Processus  mastoideus  efter
 Schwartzes Metode  ved akut  MelIem0resuppuration.   Hos-
 pitalstidende, 1907, 4. R., 15:  817; 849.—Mygind, S. H.  The
 indications for radical operation in chronic middle-ear suppura-
 tion.  J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1932, 47: 297-310.—Randall, B. A.
 The indications  for tympanomastoid  exenteration in absence
 of symptoms of intracranial complications.  Tr. Am.  M.  Ass
 Sect. Laryng. OtoL, 1909, 152-9.—Renner, W. S.  The indica-
tions for the radical mastoid operation with a description of it„
technique  Buffalo M.  ' . 1902, n. sor., 41: 7S.5-804.- Ridoul,
C. A. S.  Earlv or late operation in acute mastoiditis.  ,)  I Mr'
Otol., Lond., 1933, 48: 408 16.—Schwartz, L. H. Is mastoid'!'^
tomy necessary in young childien?  Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1027
6: 353-60.—Shambaugh,  G. K.  The indications  for opening
the mastoid process in case-  of  acute empyema  of the  rpl|s
when there is  an  absence  of signs over the external >uif:ic, of
the mastoid.   Illinois M.  J., 1905,  n.  ser., 8:  4-7.- Sobre laa
indicaciones operatorias de las  mastoiditis agudas.  Din ,uSd
B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 092.-  Spira, J.  | Indications for removal of
mastoid in acute  otitis|   1'olska gaz.  lek., 1927, 6: 621; 64.1
Also German transl.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1928, 62: 20-33.—
Srebrny, Z.   [Indications for  mastoidectomy  in  acute,  sup-
purative otitis medial   Warsz.  czas. lek., 1935, 12: 709 7-1 —
Strandberg, O., & Plum, A.  Indikationen fiir die Aufmcisaclung
des Processus  mastoideus bei akuter Mittelohreiterung.  Zschr
Hals &c Heilk., 1920,  14: 424-40-Toubert.   Les inilic-ntioiui
operatoires et  l'heure de l'intervention dans les complications
des otites  aigues.   Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1937. 31: 553-6.--
Wells,  W. A.  Acute mastoiditis and the mastoid operation in
children.   Washington  M.  Ann., 1001-05, 3: 323 34.  Also
Larvngoscopo, 1905, 15:  307-77.—Wicht,  J   I).  Indications
for mastoidectomy.  S. Afr.  M. J., 1037, 11: 8-11.

----   Instruments.
   Allport, F.  Some mastoid instruments; and  some appliances
for ear work.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1906, 46: 1108-11.—Barkan, A.
The use of the burr in the mastoid  operation.  Ann. Otol.
Rhinol., 1906, 15: 89-93.—Bryant, W. S.  A  new instrument
for mastoid  surgery.   Laryngoscope,  1905,  15:  796-801.—
Bullard,  C. W.  Rubber bundle type  of mastoid drainage.
Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic, 1933, 18:  342.—Dixon. O. J.  New head-
rest for mastoid and brain surgery.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1931,
40: 535 S.  Hopstein, P.   Ein neuer selbsthaltender Gehor-
gangshaken zur Radikaloperation des Ohres.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,
1030, 64: 1217.—Kyle, J. J.   Two chisels designed for the pre-
vention of injury to the  facial nerve in the  radical mastoid
operation.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin.  Otol. Soc, 1907, 429—I.uongo,
R.  A.  A  new mastoid retractor  with  light attachment; a set
of  hand retractors and a double-end curet  for the external
pansinus operation.  Tr.  Am. M.  Ass., Sect. Laryng. Otol,
Rhinol., 1934, 288.—Mandelbaum,  M. J.  A mastoid suction-
wiper.   Am. J. Surg.,  1927, n. ser., 2: 60-2.—Shuster, B. B.
Mastoid retractor, self  retaining, for the endaural, antainicular
technic.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 993.—Smith, R. B.
Mastoid retractor.  Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 597.—Vitali-Mazza, P.
Divaricatore  mastoideo trivalve.  Arch. ital.  otol., 1928, 39:
239-44, 2  pl.—Wilson, T.  G.  A  mastoid  bridge forceps.
Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 223.—Wolf, G. D.  Mastoid rasp.  Arch.
Otolar., Chic, 1932, 15: 443.

----   Method.

    Guillon,  H.   A.    *L'evidement  petro-mas-
toidien elargi.   67p.   8?   Par., 1932.
   Herrmann, E.    *Ueber  die Radikaloperation
des Mittelohres.   18p.   S?  Heidelb.,  1930.
    Mallison,  G. L.  G.   *Beitrag zur konserva-
tiven  Radikaloperation  des  Ohres  nach Barany
[Konigsberg]   37p.  8?   Coburg, 1931.
   Vaillant,   P.     *De   la   thrombo-phl^bite
sigmoidienne latente et  de  la  denudation syst 6-
matique du  sinus lateral  au  cours  de la  mas-
toidectomie.   64p.   8?   Par.,  1932.
   Alexander, G.   Die  individualisierende Radikaloperation
bei chronischer Mittelohreiterung.  Wien.  klin. Wschr.,  1931,
44: 161-5.—Amersbach,  K.    Parazentese   und Totalaus-
raumung des Mittelohres in der Tradition der Zaufal-PifHschen
Klinik.   Med.  Klin .  Berl.,  1928,  24: 361-3.—Arione, L.
Sulla  n.:.stoi<lectomia.  Arch.  ital. otol.,  1930, 41: 155-9 —
Barany, R.   [Radical  operation of  the ear   without  phi-tic
surgery of  the auditory  canall   Sven. lak.  tidn.,  1923, 19:
881-3.  Also  German transl.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1921, 6:
422-5.—Becerril  Carmona,  J.  Modificaciones a hi tecnica de
Moure en el  vaciamiento  petromastoideo.   Rev. cir.  Ilosp.
Juiirez, Mex.. 1936, 7:  1053-9- Beck, K.   Zur Frage der
partiellen Radikaloperation des Ohres.  Z-clu. Laryng., 1924-
25, 13: 411-4.—Bertein, P. P. H. F.  Les limites de la resection
osseuse dans  les  interventions pour  mastoidite aigue.  Arch.
med.  pharm.  mil., 1926, 85:  235-52.—Bianculli,  H.  La via
interna en el  radical de oido.   Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42:
pt 1,  1155-7.—Blackwell, H. B.  A modified radical operation
for chronic suppurative otitis  media; presentation of patient*
showing  results.   Laryngoscope,  1924,  34:  210-3.      ~"~
A  further  report upon the  modified  radical operation for the
cure of chronic otorrhea.  Tr. Am. Lar.  Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928,
34: 132-48.   ------  The modified radical mastoid operation
for the cure  of  chronic otorrhea.   Ibid., 1929, 35: 251-7.
Blumenthal.  A.   Ueber  konservative Totalaufmeisslnng di-
Ohres.  Zschr. Laryng.,  1924-25,  13:  436-43.—Bondy, <>.
Zur Methode der Radikaloperation des Mittelohres.  M-'-lir.
Ohrenh.,  1926, 60: 415-26.—Botey. R. Vaciamiento conserva-
dor del ofdo  de las otorreas cr6nicas.  Libro de actas Congr.
espaii. otorinolar.,  1910, 3. Congr.,  484-8.—Briihl, G.  Be- 
MASTOIDECTOMY                           369                           MASTOIDECTOMY
merkungen  zur  Radikaloperation des Ohres.  Acta otolar
Stockh  1925-26,  8: 475-87.  Also Zschr. Laryng., 1925-26,
14-  259-65 —Bryant, W. T.  Operative techmque and  after
treatment for mastoiditis with epidural complications.  Med
Rec  N  Y.,  1906, 69: 502-5.------Technic of the radical
tympano-mastoid operation when complicated by the anterior
Position  of the sigmoid sinus.  Tr. Am  Lar  Rhin  Otol  Soc
(1906) 1907, 339-48  [Discussion] 351-6  Also N. \ ork M. J
1906 83- 751-4------The technic of the complete mastoid
nneration improved, shortened  and  simplified, through the
Ctric route.  Tr! Am. Otol.  Soc, 1907, 10: 461-3.  Also
\xm Otol. Rhinol., 1907, 16: 871.—Buvmger, t. W   Problems
in modified and radical  mastoid operations.  J.  M. boc.  jvj.
Jersey, 1933, 30: 310-4.—Calderin,  A. M   Critica de  las
tecnicas en la cirugia radical de mastoides.  An. Hosp. S.  .lose,
Madr 1931-32, 3: 109-17, 2 pl.—Caliceti, P.  II mio metodo
di radicale  nelle  otomastoiditi   croniche.   Otorinolar.  ital.,
1937  7: 1-12.—Casadesus, F.   Ma  technique pour aborder
le "olfe de la veine jugulaire.  Arch. ital. otol.,  1933, 45:  130-
3 -^Cauzard, P.  De l'esthetique dans  la trepanation et 1 evide-
ment petro-mastoidien;  procede  de Siebenmann.   Bull. lar.
otol  rhinol., Par.,  1907,  10: 188-90- Chubb, G.   Indications
for the cortical mastoid  operation.  Westminster Hosp. Rep.,
Lond., 1934, 22: 110-6.—CUelli, S.  Su un nuovo metodo  assai
utile e semplice di  medicazione della radicale dell'orecchio
medio.  Otorinolar. ital.,  1932, 2: 435-42.—Cott, G. F.  Is it
necessary to  open  the antrum in every case of mastoid opera-
tion" Laryngoscope, 1906, 16:  797-800.—Daily, L.  Refine-
ments in the technic of the radical mastoid operation and an
improved plastic  flap.   South.  M.  J., 1939, 32:  402-7.—
Dixon O.J.  A new mastoidectomy incision and wound closure.
\nn. Otol. Rhinol.,  1936, 45: 75-9.—Dutheillet de  Lamothe.
Mon procede pour obstruer la trompe d'Eustache au cours des
evidements petro-mastoidiens. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 693.—
Fariat F.  Otitis aguda, mastoiditis,  meningitis; operaci6n de
Neuman. Rev.  As. med. argent,, 1936, 50: 1253-7—Frey, H.
Blutungssparende  Methoden bei Mastoidoperationen.  Mschr.
Ohrenh., 1934, 68: 1229-33.—Gibson, J. L.  A recent develop-
ment of  the  radical mastoid operation: with remarks on pro-
phylaxis.  Australas. M. Gaz.,  1907, 26:  574-8.—Goodyear,
H. M. The radical mastoid operation; use of the tensor  tym-
pani muscle  in closing the  Eustachian tube.  Tr.  Am.  Otol.
Soc, 1939, 29: 225-36.  Also Laryngoscope,  1939; 49: 580-90.—
Gumeniuk,  I. I.   [Modification  of Bardny's  radical-conserva-
tive  operation]  Vest, otorinolar..  1938, 541-4.—Gutteridge,
E. W. Experimental radical mastoidectomy.  Med. J.  Aus-
tralia, 1926, 2: 47.  ------ The extended Schwartze operation.
Ibid 'l938, 1: 769-71.—Heath,  C. J.  The conservative mas-
toid operation.  Lancet,  Lond., 1928,  1: 279-81.—Hernandez,
A.  Operaci6n radical plastica-radical conservadora.  Prensa
med. argent., 1945, 32: 291-6.—Hinsberg, V.  Zur Technik der
Radikaloperation.    Zschr.   Laryng.,  1928-29,  17:  419 —
Bolmgren, G.   A method of closing the Eustachian tube in
radical operation of  the  middle ear.  Acta chir. scand.,  1932,
71: 381-5.  Also  Acta  otolar., Stockh., 1932, 17: 408-11.—
Jones, B. S.  Reflections  on the radical  mastoid operation,
with a description of the technique evolved from my experience.
J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1945. 60:  233-45.—Korner, O.  Leber
topographische Uebungen am Schlafenbein und iiber Lehren
und  Lernen der Meisseltechnik.   Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1926,  23:
521-7.—Launay, L.  Plastique du  pavilion  dans  l'evidement
petro-mastoidien;  avantage du nouveau  procede de Dieu  (du
Mans)  Ann. mal. oreille, 1930,  49:  1154-64.—Leech, J.  W.
Ballance's  mastoid operation.  Northumberland  &  Durham
M. J., 1904, 12: 13.—Lenoir, O.   Contribution to the study of
antrectomy,  considered  as  an operative  means and a  pre-
liminary step to operations necessitated  by the complications
of mastoid suppurations.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1902, 11: 64-
121.—Lillie, H. I.  Indications for the Bondy type of modified
radical mastoid operation.  Ibid., 1935, 44: 337-43—Mackie-
wicz, H.  Procede facile pour eiargir le meat  auditif, en  cas
d'evidement petro-mastoidien; avantages de  cet eiargissement
au point de vue de l'esthetique des oper6s.  Ann. mal. oreille,
1906, 32: 496-504.—Marchant, E. L.   Mastoidectomy simpli-
fied.  N.  Zealand M. J., 1945, 44:268.—Merelli.G.  Contributo
all'applicazione  dello  svuotamento   petro-mastoideo  senza
plastica  del condotto secondo il metodo  di Barany.   Boll.
mal. orecchio,  1927, 45: 49-55.—Miodofiski,  J.   Ueber  ein
neues Verfahren  bei  der Radikaloperation  des  Mittelohres.
Otolar. slav., Praha, 1931, 3: 483-99.—Mlechin, B. M.  [Ex-
cision of the base  of stapes in radical operation without  un-
desirable complications]   Vest,  sovet.  otorinolar.,  193^,  25:
83-9.—Mouret, J.  Les divers temps  de la mastoidcctomie ou
mastoidotomie maxima vus en photographies stereoscopiques.
Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 241-54, 6  pl.—Negrie.  Reflexions
sur les indications, la technique operatoire et les pansements
de l'evidement petro-mastoidien.   Arch. med.  pharm.  nav.,
1928,  118: 341-52.—Odeneal, T. H.  The  modified radical
mastoid operation in the treatment  of subacute  mastoiditis.
Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3: 43-5.—Page, J. R.  How to  obvi-
ate failures in the results of radical mastoidectomy.  Laryngo-
scope, 1934, 44: 861-3.—Panneton. P.  Technique de la tre-
panation  mastoidienne chez le nourrisson.   Ann. mal. oreille,
1928, 47: 986-92.—Perry, R-  A substitute operation for  the
radical mastoid.  Eye Ear &c. Month., 1935-36, 14: 227-9 —
Petterino Patriarca, A.  La radicale conservativa.   Osp.  mag-
giore Novara, 1938, 15: 226-32—Ramadier, J. A., & Eyries, C.
Technique de  l'evidement antro-attical.  Ann.  otolar   Par.,
1942, 157-66 —Ross, E. L., & Joyce, W. M.  New modification
of radical operation of the mastoid;  preliminary commumca-

      549701—vol. 10, 4th series-----24
tion.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1928, 7: 583-7.—Rossi, G.  Con-
siderazioni e risultati dell'intervento radicale secondo Caliceti
nella cura delle otomastoiditi croniche.  Otorinolar. ital.,  1937,
7:  255-63.—Ruttin,  E.   Zur  typischen und konservativen
Radikaloperation des Mittelohrs.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1936, 70:
1217-29.— Salkeld,  R.  The cortical  mastoid operation;  an
analysis of ninety-one cases. Brit. AL  J., 1935, 1: 1160-2.—
Sheridan, M. R.  Radical and modified radical mastoid opera-
tions  without  metal  flap.   J.  Lar.  OtoL,  Lond.,  1943, 58:
424.—Smith, C. H.  The  modified  radical  operation  on the
mastoid.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1929,  9:  135-53.------
Practical  points in the radical  mastoid operation.  Tr. Am.
M.  Ass., Sect.  Laryng. Otol. Rhinol., 1934, 93-103.—Smith,
J. M.  A new radical mastoid operation.  Virginia M. Month.,
1930,  57: 440-2.------Surgical technique for the conserva-
tion of the hearing in chronic mastoiditis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc,
1938,  28: 94-105.  Also  Laryngoscope,  1938,  48: 499-509.—
Soyka, L.  Bemerkungen  zur Radikaloperation nach Bdrany.
Zschr. Hals. &c Heilk., 1925, 13: 291-5.—Valtan, O.  Intorno
al giusto valore ed  impiego  dell'operazione radicale di  Stacke.
Gazz. osp., 1929, 50: 1560-4.

----  Method, endaural  and transmeatal.
   Kafarxik,  I.   *Ueber die  Radikaloperation
des  Mittelohres vom  Gehorgang  aus.   32p.   8?
Bresl.,  1933.
   Thies,  F.,  jr.   *Die Radikaloperation durch
den ausseren  Gehorgang.   p.459-75.   8?   Lpz.,
1933.
   Also Zschr. Hals  &c Heilk., 1933, 33:
   Alcaino, A.  Nueva tecnica endoaural  operatoria y post-
operatoria de las afecciones cronicas del  oido medio.  Rev.
brasil.  otorinolar.,  1940,  8: 499-518.—Alexander, G.  Ist es
empfehlenswert, die akute Mastoiditis vom ausseren Gehorgang
aus  zu  operieren?   Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1930,  64:  792-801 —
Barroilhet, J.  Mi experiencia en la operaci6n de la mastoiditis
aguda por la via ante-aural segun el metodo de Lempert. Rev.
brasil.  otorinolar., 1940,  8: 473-8.—Bompet, R.  Mastoiditis;
su operacion por via endoaural; tecnica personal.   Rev.  As.
med. argent., 1937,  51: 385.—Brand, G. B.  Discussion on the
transmeatal approach to the mastoid.  J. Lar. OtoL, Lond.,
1940, 55: 289-302.   ------ Howarth, W.  [et  al.]  Discussion
on the transmeatal approach to the mastoid.  Proc R. Soc
M.,  Lond.,  1939-40, 33: Sect. OtoL, 195-202.—Eicken, von.
Zur  Freilegung  der  Mittelohrraume   vom  Gehorgang  aus.
Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1925, 12: 502-4.—Ferreri, G.  L'opera-
zione radicale  dell'orecchio  medio per  la  via del  condotto
uditivo.  Boll.  Accad. med. Roma,  1935, 61: 253.  Also Ann.
laring.. Tor., 1936, 36: 4-17.—Graham, C. I. A mastoid opera-
tion  performed through a meatal incision.  Proc.  R. Soc.  M.,
Lond., 1932, 25:  1303.—Guns, P.   L'evidement petro-mas-
toidien par le conduit (a propos d'un cas d'evidement spontane
bilateral)  Ann.  otolar.,  Par.,  1931,  1087-90.—Gyergyay, A.
Radikale Operation des  Mittelohres vom Gehorgang aus  mit
Instrumenten,  die  von  innen nach  aussen arbeiten.  Zschr.
Hals &c Heilk.,  1923, 6: 387-94.—Hadi, M.  A.  The radical
mastoid  operation  through the external auditory  meatus.
J. Palestine  Arab  M. Ass., 1946,  1: 53-5— Heermann, H.
Zur  Radikaloperation durch den  operativ  erweiterten  Ge-
horgang.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1934, 36: 346-9  [Discussion]
357-9.—Henner,  R.   Experiences  with  endaural  complete
mastoidectomy   and  attico-mastoidectomy.   Ann.  Otol.
Rhinol.,  1940,  49:  836.   Also Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1940. 31:
1022.—Hinojar, C.  Intei venciones  sobre mastoides por via
endoaural.  An. Acad. med. quir. espan., 1936, 23: 295-321.—
Howarth, W., &  Bateman, G. H.  The endaural  approach to
the mastoid.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 1168.—Kettel, K.  The
Lempert  endaural,  antauricular  surgical  approach  to  the
temporal bone; suggested modification of the  technic in tym-
panomastoidectomy; report of 55 cases.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,
1941, 34: 461-72.  ------  Endaural radical  mastoidectomy.
Acta otolar.,  Stockh.,   1944,  32:  230-52.—Krampiiz.   Be-
merkungen zur Radikaloperation vom Gehorgang aus.  Zschr.
Laryng., 1928, 17: 96-8.—Lathrop, F. D.  Endaural attico-
mastoidectoniv; an  evaluation.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc,
1943,  236-48.    Also  Laryngoscope,  1943,   53:  589-601.—
Leichsenring, E.  Die Nachbehandlung der Antrotomie durch
den Gehorgang. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1926, 23: 536-9.—Lempert,
J.   Vollstandige endaurale Mastoidektomie  feinfache  sub-
kortikale Mastoidektomie)   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1930,  64:  143-
59.—Liveriero, E.   Contributo alia tecnica  dell'operazione
radicale per la  via del condotto.  Valsalva, 1936, 12: 321-5.—
Lund, R. [Conservative, radical operation of  the middle ear
and  mastoid through the auditory meatus without lifting the
external  ear]  Hospitalstidende,  1937, 80:  [Dansk  otolar.
selsk. forh.] 21-6.—McCurdy, G. J.  Endaural  mastoidectomy;
five  years'  experience.   Laryngoscope,  1945,  55:  349-70.—
Matis  E. I.   Die  conchale Radikaloperation des Ohres. Zschr.
Hals &c Heilk., 1933-34, 35: 181-93.  ------  Practical points
in transconchal radical mastoidectomy.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,
1941, 33: 177-92.—Muller,  F.  Operacao radical do ouvido
medio at raves do conducto auditivo externo.  Fol. med., Rio,
1936 17: 553.  ------   Operacao radical do ouvido medio; a
operacao de  Thies.  Rev. otolar. S. Paulo,  1936, 4: 641-L
------  A operacao radical conservativa do ouvido medio pelo
conduto auditivo  externo; operacao de Thies, com apresentacao
do doente.   Ibid.,  1937,   5:   [Discussion]   185—Rejto,  S. 
MASTOIDECTOMY
370
MASTOIDECTOMY
Anatomische Bedingungen  der  Radikaloperation durch  den
ausseren Gehorgang.   Zschr.  ges. Anat.,  1. Abt., 1926. 81:
686-91.  Also Budapesti orv. ujs., 1927, 25: 681-3.   Sham-
baugh. G. E., jr.  The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis
media  wdth  the use of the endaural approach  for the radical
mastoidectomy.  N. Orleans M. & S. L, 1941-42. 94: 105-11 —
Toti, E. Sull'operazione radicale per la via del condotto uditivo,
secondo Heermann.  Otorinolar.  ital., 1934, 4: 49-56.—Tramp-
nau.  Erfahrungen mit der Radikaloperation durch  den Ge-
horgang.  Zschr. Hals Ac.  Heilk., 1935-36, 39: 203-10.—Van
den Wildenberg & Guns. Cure radicale des otorrhees chronique
pai la voie du conduit.  Arch, internat. Karyng., Par., 1928, 34:
30-5 TO. -Woodruff,  G.  Observations on  the  endaural  mas-
ioidot\•inpaiuTtoinvof Lempert,  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1940, 49:
837-45.  A:so Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 1024-8.  ------&
Henner, R.   Endaural  mastoidectomy; experience in a series
of 76 cases.   Ibid.. 1942, 35: 777-93.

----    Method,  subcortical.
   Erdelyi,  J.   [Retroauricular subcortical  mastoidectomy]
Budapesti orv. ujs.,  1931,  29:  785-7.   Also German transl.
Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1931, 65:  717-22.—Lempert,  J.   Simple
subcortical  mastoidectomy.   Arch. Otolar.,  Chic,  1928,  7:
201-28.   Also  French transl.  Ann.  mal.  oreille, 1929, 48:
111-37.   Also German transl.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1929, 63:
1-29.—Neer, E. D. An estimation of the subcortical mastoidec-
tomy.   Surg. Clin. N. America,  1930, 10: 653-62.

----   Physiopathology.
   Almour,  R.   Xon-healing  of mastoid  wounds; causes and
remedies.  N. York State J. M.,  1936, 36: 1097-100.—Altmann,
F., & Lowy, K.  Klinisch-experimentelle Untersuchungen  iiber
die  Funktion  der  Mundspeicheldriisen,  insbesondere  nach
Radikaloperation  des Mittelohres.   Arch.  Ohr.  &c Heilk.,
1933,  134:  188-200.—Asai, R.,  & Matubara, H.  Heilungs-
vorgang in  der  operierten  Mastoidhohle.   Jap.  J.  M. Sc,
Otorhinolar., 1939-40,  3:  No. 2,  Proc, 45— Attorre, G.  La
reazione di Muck nei mastoidectomizzati; il simpatico cervicale
e le variazioni  della  reattivita capillare  vasale.   Boll.  mal.
orecchio, 1932,  50:  338-46.—Brunner,  H.  Leber das  Ver-
halten der  Mittelohrschleimhaut nach  Radikaloperationen.
Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931, 15:  308-406.  Also Arch. Ohr. &c
Heilk., 1931, 128: 28-68.—Mahn, W.  Ueber die  Heilung von
Radikaloperationshohlen.   Zschr. Hals  &c Heilk.,  1937-38,
43: 226-30.-—Mayoux, R.   Retard de cicatrisation des plaies
 mastoidiennes;  role  possible des glandes  endocrines.  Ann.
 otolar..  Par.,   1939,  417-9—Pfecechtel,   A.    Phenomenes
 biologiques de defense et de guerison de la plaie operatoire
 apres  la trepanation de l'apophyse mastoidien avec  ouverture
 de l'antre.  Acta otolar., Stockh.,  1923, 5: 359-89.—Sarmiento
 Infante, D.  Como  cura  una  radical del ofdo.   Clin.  lab..
 Zaragoza,  1920,  14: 306-14.—Virgili, U.   La guarigione con
 tessuto osteofibroso nella radicale di Stacke.  Gazz. osp., 1927,
 48: 49-51.—Zeroni.  Die  ausbleibende Granulationsbildung
 nach der Aufmeisslung des Warzenfortsatzes.  Arch. Ohrenh.,
 1907,  83: 37-54.

 ----  Plastic operation.

    Farchy,  S.    *La  mastoldectomie a lambeau
 perioste  (par  le procede  de Le Mee)  42p.   8?
 Par., 1933.
    Lallemant,  M.   *Les cicatrisations vicieuses
 des  plaies   operatoires  mastoidiennes  et   leur
 traitement.   119p.  8?  Par.,  1929.
    Launay,  L.    *Plastique   du  pavilion   dans
 l'evidement  petromastoidien;  avantages  du  nou-
 veau  procede  de Dieu   du   Mans.   42p.    8:
  Par., 1929.
    Alagna,  G.  Sopra un metodo semplicissimo di plastica dopo
 lu radicale dell'orecchio medio.   Cult. med. mod., Pal.,  1939,
  18: 120.—Aubriot, P.  Essais de cure  chirurgicale d'une cavite
  de  mastoidectomie rebelle a la cicatrisation.  Arch, internat.
 laryng., Par., 1930, 36: 677-9.—Barr, J. S.  Notes on partial
  grafting, with the aid of local anaesthesia, in the after-treatment
  of the radical mastoid operation.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond
  1907-08, 1: Otol. Sect., 145-9.—Bergara, R. A., & Bergara, C.
  Mastoidectomia a colgajo peri6stico.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1935
  42: pt 1, 1399-404.—Bernstein, E. J.  Report on use of auto-
  genous vaccines in treatment of chronic mastoiditis  and when
  these fail, use of Ballance flap for the radical mastoid operation.
  Tr.  Am.  Acad.  Ophth.  Otolar., 1915, 20:  101-9.—Bulson,
  A.  E., jr.  The avoidance of deformity following the radical
  mastoid  operation.   Fort  Wayne M. J., 1905, 26: 432.__
  Colver, B. N.  Experience with a new mastoid flap and drainage
  (Ellis)  Tr.  Am. Lar. Rhin.  Otol.  Soc,  1928, 34: 353-63
  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1928, 37: 533-7, 7 pl.—Cunning, D. s!
  A series of cases of radical mastoidectomy  with skin  graft!
  Laryngoscope,  1935, 45: 776-81.—Daggett, W. I., & Bateman,
  G. H.  Secondary Thiersch grafting of  the radical mastoid
  cavity through  the meatus.  J. Lar.  OtoL, Lond., 1934  49-
  169-74.—Dahmann, H.   Plastischer Verschluss des Kuppel-
  raumes bei konservativer Radikaloperation zwecks Abschlusses
  der Pauke und zur Vermeidung persistierender Schleimhautei-
  terung.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 20: 231-8 [Discussion]
291-301.  ------   Bemerkungen  zur Kuppclraumplastik bei
konservativer Radikaloperation.  Ibid., 1928-29, 22: 493-7.—
Dintenfass,  H.   A new and simple plastic-flap method in the
radical mi-ioid operation.   Atlantic M.  J., 1926-27, 30: 426
8.-  Dutht'illet de Lamothe.  Modification  de la taille du lane
beau  dans  la mastoidectomie  avec  utilisation  du perioste
Ann.  otolar., Par., 1933, 974.   Ersner.  M. S., &  Myers, I).
Variation of the pedicle flap for epithelization  of the radical
mastoidectomy cavity.   Arch.  Otolar.. Chic,  1936, 23:  400-
74.—Founder, G.   Evidement petro-mastotdien; orifice retro-
auriculrire;  guerison avec  autoplastic  Marseille med., 1905,
42:708-11.   ------  Deux cas d'evidement petro-mastoidien;
guerison  avec  orifice  retro-auriculaire;  autoplastic   Ibid
749-58. 3 pl.—Frenzel.  Zur Wahl und Technik der  Gehor-
gangsplastik bei Radikaloperationen.  Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk
1929, 24: 587-93.—Frey,  H.   Zur  Technik  des plastischen
Verschlusses retroaurikularer Defektc  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1934,
68: 804-7.—Griffith,  C. M., & Schattner, A.   Correction ol
postauricular defect by implantation  of fascia lata.   Laryngo-
scope, 1933, 43: 280.—Grivot,  M.   Refection  autoplastique
des cicatrices vicieuses  post-operatoires  de la  region mastoi-
dienne.   Ann.  mal.  oreille, 1929, 48:  666-70.—Guthrie, D.
Fat  grafting in  mastoid surgery.   Proc. R. Soc. M.. lond.,
1927-28,  21: Sect. Lar. OtoL,  94-7.  ------  Mastoid -mr-
gery in childhood;  a record of fifty consecutive operations, w-jth
a note on the value of fat-grafting.  J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1928,
43: 713-23.—Hagan, C. E.  Secondary endaural grafting of the
cavity resulting from  a  radical mastoidectomy.  Arch. Otolar..
Chic, 1941, 34: 1029-35.—Holmes, E. M.  A derma-periosteal
flap in radical mastoid.  Tr. Am.  Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1907,
355-8.  ------  A method of forming a.  skin and periosteal
flap  in tympano-mastoid  exenteration.   Ann. Otol.  Rhinol.,
1907,  16: 41-4.—Hutten. F. von der.   Zur EpithelisierunR
radikaloperierter  Mittelohrraume    Zschr. Hals &c  Heilk.,
1928, 21: 203-6.—Kahn, A.  A new  method for skin grafting
the mastoid cavity; a new method for closing off the Eusta-
chian tube at its tvmpanic end in the radical mastoid operation.
Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 889-93.—Kend, L.  Modified radical
mastoidectomy  with  a tympanomeatal flap.   Dis. Eye 4c.
Throat, 1942, 2: 214-8.—Kisch, H.  The use of temporal muscle
erafts in the radical mastoid operation (with illustrative cases)
Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond.. 1927-28, 21: Sect. Otol., 75.  -----
The  use  of temporal  musole grafts in  mastoid operations.
Ibid., Sect. Tar. Otol. ,91-4.  Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1928, 43:
856-9.   Kully, H. E.  The periosteal flap in the performance
of mastoidectomy.  Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 537-40.—Le Mee.
Autoplastic des cavites mastoidiennes.   Ann. otolar., Par.,
1942, 60-2.------&  Magdalaine.  Du procede du lambeau
periostique  dans  la  chirurgie  de la  mastoide.  Ibid., 1933,
468-72.—Lemoine, J.   Traitement  par  greffe  d'une cavite
d'evidement  k  bourgeonnement  exuberant.   Ibid.,  1938,
1085-8.—Leo, E.   Nuovo processo di plastica primaria  dope,
l'antro-atticotomia.  Valsalva, 1930,  6: 388-98.—Liu, J. H., A
Hsu, Y. H. Primary Thiersch grafting in radical  mastoidec-
tomies; with description of a new modified technique.  Chin.
M. J., 1939, 55: 343-56.—Luc, H.  Le lambeau de Siebenmann
dans l'evidement  petro-mastoidien.  Ann. mal.  oreille, 1904,
30: pt 2, 425-33.—Lyons, H. R.  The use of amniotic membrane
as a transplant in radical mastoidectomy.  Tr. Am. Laryng,
Ass., 1933,  39: 11-3.—McNichols, W. A.  Prevention of post-
auricular fistula by periosteal and  subcutaneous tissue flaps.
Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1936, 45: 475-80, pl.—Magauran, W. H. B.
A plastic procedure  in the mastoid operation.  Brit. M. J.,
1928, 2: 699.—Magnus, R. van [Transplantation after radical
operation]  Hospitalstidende, 1934,  77: [Dansk otolar. selsk.
forh.l 19-26.  ------  Transplantation a. m. Pontoppidan bei
Totalaufmeisslung des  Mittelohres.   Zschr. Laryng., 1934, 25:
48-52.—Marciani, C.  La plastica  a racchetta come prime
tempo nello svuotamento petro-mastoideo.  Arch. ital.  otol.,
 1932, 43:  603-11.—Mayer, O.  Die Aufrollung  des Gehor-
 gangsschlauches  als  Plastik  bei  der  Radikaloperation des
 Mittelohres.  Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk., 1928-29, 22: 337-42-
 Meier,  E.   Ueber primare  Transnlantationen in Totalauf-
 meisslungshohlen.  Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1929,  122: 213-6 —
 Molgaard,  P.   [Transplantation  in radical operation]  Hos-
 pitalstidende, 1933,  76: IDansk  otolar. selsk.forh.] 124-8 —
 Mosher, H. P.  A device for inserting skin-grafts in the radical
 mastoid cavity.  Boston M. & S.  J.,  1907. 157: 795.—O'Brien,
 G. R., & Slaughter, W. B.  A method for reconstruction of
 postauricular defects.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 65-73.—
 Pontoppidan, F.   Les greffes cutanees anr<*s l'evidement de
 l'oreille. Acta  otolar., Stockh., 1925, 8:  263-70- Popper. O.
 The use of periosteal flap grafts in mastoid  operations   .1.
 Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1932, 47: 126-30. ------  Periosteal flap
 rrrafts in mastoid operations.  S. Afr.  M. J., 1935, 9: 77 —
 Pouchkine, A. F.   Modification de l'amincissement  du lambean
 plastique dans l'operation radicale.  Ann.  mal. oreille  1928,
 47: 924-30—Rebelo Neto, J.  Cirugfa plastica de las cavidade*
 retroauriculares postoperatorias.   Sem. med., B. Air., 1942,
 49:  1286-91.—Reid. W.  O.  The  periosteal flap in mastoid
 surgery.   J. Lar. OtoL,  Lond.,  1942,  57:  40.5-10.—Robison,
 T. T.  The radical mastoid skin-graft.  Texas J. M., 1933, 29:
 525-8.—Schulz, A.  Ueber die primare Deckung der Knochen-
 wnnde bei  der Padikaloperation chronischer Mittelohreiterunir.
 Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1924, 112: 79-92.  ------   Das Zuviel
 an  Gehorgangsplastik  bei  der Radikaloperation chronische
 Mittelohreiterung.  Ibid.,  1933,  134:  63-74.—Shambaugh.
 G.  E.  Primary  skin grafts in radical  mastoidectomy.  Arcb.
 Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20:  119.  ------  Primary skin graft in
 modified (Bondy) radical mastoidectomy for preservation of 
MASTOIDECTOMY                           371                            MASTOIDECTOMY
hearing in cases of genuine cholesteatoma.  Ibid.,  1936, 23:
222-8------A new plastic flap for use in end-aural radical
mastoidectomy.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1942, 51: 117-21  [Dis-
cussion] 281-3.   Also Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1942, 35:  824 —
Smvth D. C.  A  skin-periosteal flap for the radical mastoid.
 \nn.  Otol. Rhinol.,  1926-27, 35: 442-52, 3 pl.—Sverak, M.
Beitrag zum sekundaren plastischen  Verschluss von Antro-
tomiewunderi mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des  Vivocolls.
Arch. Ohr. &c  Heilk., 1931, 128: 73-102.—Tato, J. M.  La
plastica en la operation radical por via endoaural; procedimiento
propio.  Rev. As.  med. argent,, 1933, 47: 2955-8.—Temkin, J.
Erfahrungen  mit  primaren  Hauttransplantationen  der radi-
kaloperierten Mittelohrraume.   Zschr. Hals &c Heilk.,  1928-
29. 22: 467-74.—Uffenorde, W.  Die  von mir geiibte Plastik
des  Gehorgangs  bei der  vollstandigen   Aufmeisselung der
Mittelohrraume.   Ibid.,  1929,  23:  317.—Williams,  H.  L.
Antauricular approach in radical mastoidectomy;  suggestion
of a new plastic closure of the wound.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1942,
17: 22-4


---  Postoperative treatment.

   See also subheading Dressing.
   Severitt,   E.     *Die   Nachbehandlung   der
 Mastoidektomiewunden    [Erlangen]   16p.    8?
 Coburg, 1937.
   Alexander, G.  J.  A study of certain special features en-
countered in post-operative mastoid  treatment.   J. Ophth.
Otol.,  1926, 30: 377-84.—Baque.  Cures sulfurees  et cavites
 d'evidement  petro-mastoidien.   Ann.  otolar., Par.,  1935,
 686-90.—Blashki, E. B.  Post-operative treatment  of mastoid
 operations.  Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 34; 189; 352.—Bondy,
 G   Zur  Operation  und Nachbehandlung  der Mastoiditis.
 Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1935, 69: 1322-8.—Bryant,  W.  S.  Rapid
 convalescence after mastoid operations.  Laryngoscope, 1907,
 17: 273-7.—Buckingham, R. E.   Post-operative treatment  in
radical  mastoidectomy.   Med.  J.  Australia,   1942,  1:  661,
-----Post-operative  treatment  of mastoid  operations.
 Ibid., 2: 311.—Carvalho,  M. de.  Tratamento  post-operatorio
 da operacao radical do ouvido medio.  Hospital, Rio,  1938, 14:
 1397-406.—Cobos  Carceller,  J.  Algunos detalles  sobre  la
 disposici6n anatomica de las cavidades mastoideas  y sus con-
sideraciones operatorias.  Libro de actas  Congr.  espan. oto-
rinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 388-97.—Ersner, M.  S.,  & Weiner,
L. H.  Roentgenotherapy in otorrhea following radical mas-
toidectomy.  Med. Rec,  X. Y, 1934, 140:  588-91.—Fenton,
 R. A.  Dichloramin treatment of mastoid  wounds.  Tr. Pacific
 Coast  Oto. Ophth. Soc, 1921, 9. meet.,  103-9.—Fernandez
Seco, I.  El ideal del tratamiento post-operatorio de los vaci-.
amientos  petro-mastoideos.   Libro  de  actas Congr.  nac.
otorinolar., Madr.,  1912, 4. Congr.,  615-33.—Forschner,  L.
 Die Nachbehandlung nach der  Totalaufmeisselung des Mittel-
ohres.   Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1937,  71: 221-6.—Forster, H.  V.,
Gill-Carey, C. [et al.]  Discussion on the after-treatment of the
radical mastoid  operation.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1934-35,
28: 879-90.—Gros,  J. C.   El curso post-operatorio  en  los
operados de vaciamiento petromastoideo  total  (observaciones
sobre 44 casos)  Arch. Soc clin.  Habana, 1928, 28: 29-36, 5 pl.
Also  Rev. med.  cubana,  1928,  39:  313-7.—Hammond,  P.
Technic in the  after care  of the radical  mastoid  operation.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1906, 47: 1645-8.—Heyninx. Suppression
des pansements intra-auriculaires  apres  l'evidement  petro-
mastoidien.  Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1905, 10: 158.   Also Arch.
internat. laryng., Par., 1906, 21: 185.—Hirsch.  A propos des
soins  postoperatoires de l'evidement petro-mastoidien.  Rev.
laryng., Bord., 1936, 57:  803-6— Hudgins, A.  P.  Ultraviolet
in the post-operative treatment of radical  mastoidectomies.
West  Virginia M. J., 1934, 30:  265-7.—Hybasok, J.  [Post-
operative otologic  treatment after  radical operations]  Cas.
lek. 6esk., 1933, 72: 1108-13.- Jay,  H.  M.  Post-operative
treatment  of mastoid operations.  Med. J. Australia, 1942,  2:
108.—Jenkins, G. J., Fraser, J. S. [et al.]   Discussion on the
after-treatment and results  of the simple  and radical mastoid
operations.   Brit. M. J., 1926, 2: 1153-63.—Jones,  M.  F.
Care of mastoid wounds; after-care in the complete mastoid
operation,  sinus thrombosis, and operations on the petrous
pyramid.  Tr. Am. Lar.  Rhin. Otol.  Soc,  1939, 45: 47-54.
Also Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,  1939,  48:  579-84.—Kerekes,  G.
[Shortening the course of  wound  healing after  mastoidotomy]
Orv. hetil.,  1936,  80:  493.—Kolisch,  E.   Ueber  ein neues
Verfahren  zur  Trockenlegung  und  Epidermisierung  alter,
eiternder Radikaloperationshohh n  (gleichzeitig eine  Studie
zur Biologie und Rontgenologie  dieser  Falle)  Zschr.  Laryng.,
Lpz.,  1929,  18:  315-27.—Leicher,  H.   Hat  die  chemische
Wunddesinfektion  bei der  offenen Nachbehandlung von Antro-
tomiewunden einen Zweck?   Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1923,  6:
361-80 [Discussion] 389-94.—Lewy. A. After-care of patients
following radical  mastoid operation.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,
1935, 22: 636.—Lion, H.  Care  of wounds made in radical and
in modified radical mastoidectomy.  Ibid.,  1940. 32:  520-2.—
Liveriero, E.  Trattamento post-operatorio  della mastoidec-
tomia.  Valsalva,  1936,  12: 326-8.—McAuliffe, G.  B.  The
ultimate treatment of a radical  mastoid operation.   Med. J.  &
Rec, 1926, 124: 455-7.—Matsui, T.  Shortening of the healing
process in  mastoid operations.   Fol. otolar.  orient.,  1932-33,
1: 324-6.—Meller, H., &  Fuchs, G.  Zur Kurzwellenbehand-
lung der nicht ausgeheilten Radikaloperationshohle.   Wien.
med. Wschr.,  1937, 87: 756-61.—Moll. A.  C.  H.  De nabe-
handeling bij de radicale  mastoidoperatie.  Ned.  tschr. ge-
neesk., 1906, 2: 303.—Neumann, H. Zur Klinik und Pathologie
alter  Radikaloperationshohlen.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 24:
379-90  [Discussion] 446-62—Noves Ubach, L. Tratamiento
postoperatorio de la trepanaci6n y radicales mastoideas.  Med.
ibera, 1935, 29: pt 2, 48-50.—Niihsmann, T. Die systematische
Sterilisierung der Antrotomiewunde mittels der Dakinlosung
nach den Carrelschen Wundverfahren. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk.,
1921, 107:  173-241.— Plummer,  E.  M.,  & German. H. H.
Modification of  the simple mastoid operation which  shortens
convalescence by facilitating wound repair. J. Am. M.  Ass.,
1906, 47:  1701-4.—Reinish, S. M.  [Evaluation.of postopera-
tive treatment in radical operation of the middle ear]  Vest.
sovet.  otorinolar.,   1933,  26: 190-5.—Richier  &  Bernard.
Action de la radiotherapie (a  minima) sur les cavites d'evide-
ment  petro-mastoidien.   Ann.  otolar.,   Par.,   1935,  91.—
Roy, J. N.  Vaseline oil in the dressing of the radical mastoid
operation.  J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1907, 22: 585-90.—Simont, D.
Traitement  de 1'oreille moyenne apres l'evidement  operatoire
de  ses cavites.  Ann.  mal. oreille, 1927, 46:  54-61.—Smith.
.1.  M.  The after-treatment of the radical and modified radical
mastoid operation.   Tr. Am. Lar.  Rhin.  Otol. Soc,  1939, 45:
55-9.  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1939, 48: 585-9.—Syme, W. S.
The early discontinuance of packing in the after-treatment of
the radical mastoid operation.  Tr. Med. Chir. Soc.  Glasgow,
1905-07, 6:  145.  Also Glasgow M. J., 1906, 66: 285.—Tobey,
H. G.  Care of mastoid wounds following operations on abscess
of the brain. Ann.  Otol. Rhinol., 1939, 48: 590-5.—Virgili, U.
La  guarigione eon  tessuto di  granulazione nella radicale di
Stacke eseguita senza plastica del condotto.  Boll. mal. orecchio,
1927, 45: 121-5.— Weinstein, M. A., & Merklin, L.  Diagnostic
difficulties in the convalescent stage of mastoidectomy.  Med.
Rec, N. Y., 1934, 140: 196-9.—Wright, A. J.  The after-treat-
ment of mastoid operations.   Brit.  M.  J.,  1927,  1: 375.—
Fur Miihlen, A. von.   Die  Nachbehandlung  der  Totalauf-
meisselung ohne Tamponade.  Arch. Ohrenh., 1907, 71: 117-9.


----  Sequelae.

   Fuchs,  K.    *Ueber   Epidermoide  nach  Radi-
kaloperation.   12p.  8?   Wiirzb., 1932.
   Baratoux. Syndrome sclferodermique apparu trois semaines
apr^s  une  trepanation  mastoidienne double.   Otorhinolar.
internat.,  Lyon, 1934, 18: 354-7.—Bremond & Vigne.  Che-
loides  retro-auriculaires sur une cicatrice d'evidement petro-
mastoidien.   Marseille med.,  1936, 73: pt 2, 620.—Cott, G. F.
Peculiar symptoms  following a radical operation.  Tr. Am. M.
Ass.,  Sect,  Laryng. OtoL, 1905,  56: 123-35.—Duverger, J.
Quelques remarques k propos de stenose du conduit consecutive
k un evidement petro-mastoidien.  Rev.  laryng., Par., 1907,
2:  406-9.—Hedge,  H. M.   Keloid  following operation for
mastoid.  Arch.  Derm. Syph., Chic,  1939, 40: 487—J0rgen-
sen, A.   [Case  of  fibrosarcoma in  a retroauricular wound
cavity,  apparently  healedl   Hospitalstidende,  1937,  80:
[Dansk otolar.  selsk.  forh.] 19-21.—Junca.  Tumeur angio-
mateuse developpee dans la  cavite  d'un evidement petro-
mastoidien.   J.  med. Bordeaux, 1913, 43: 595.—Kreiling, H.
Leber 3 Falle von Schiefhals nach  Mastoidektomie.  Klin.
Wschr., 1940, 19: 263.  Also  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1940, 87:
306.—Lasserre,  C, &  Martinaud.   Torticolis par subluxation
vertebrale chez un  enfant  de  5 ans opete de mastoidite bila-
terale.  J.  med. Bordeaux,  1933, 110:  53.—Layton, T.  B.
Giddiness persisting after radical mastoid operation.  Proc.
R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: Sect. OtoL, 69.—Porter, W. G.
An unusual sequel  to the radical mastoid operation.  Ibid.,
1907-08, 1:  Otol. Sect., 144.—Rateau, J.   Meningite cerebro-
spinal  et evidement petro-mastoidien aprSs  mastoidectomie
ancienne de cinq ans.   Rev. laryng., Par., 1927, 48: 176-9.—
Thornval, A.  [Presence of a  cavity following mastoidectomy
with reflex cough)   Hospitalstidende,  1938, 81:  [Dansk otolar.
selsk. forh.] 67.—Torrini. G. La sensibilita gustativa nei due
terzi anteriori della lingua o negli operati di radicale  mas-
toidea.  Arch. ital.  otol., 1940, 52: 516-24.


----   simple.

   See also Mastoidotomy.
   Chamberlin, W.  B.  Delayed healing following the simple
operation  on the mastoid.   Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1931, 13:
829-33.—Clevenger, W. F. Modified  technique used in simple
mastoid surgery.   Tr.  Indiana Acad. Ophth.  Otolar.,  1934,
76-83.—Coates,  G.  M., Ersner, M. S., & Persky, A. H.  Prog-
nosis  for  convalescence  following  simple   mastoidectomy.
Pennsylvania M. J., 1931, 34: 701-4.—Dechter, M.  A.  Indi-
cations for simple mastoid operation.  N. England J. M., 1930,
202: 376-9.—Graef, F. W.   Simple  mastoid  operation  and
some functional results.  Laryngoscope,  1936, 46:  427-36.—
Jones, M. F.  How to obviate failures in the results of simple
mastoidectomy.  Ibid., 1934. 44: 857-60.—MacKenzie, G. W.
The indications for the simple mastoid operation.  Eye Ear &c.
Month., 1931, 10:  229-34.  Also J. Iowa M. Soc,  1931, 21:
477-82.—Muskat,   I.   Indications for  the  simple  mastoid
operation.  Illinois M. J., 1931, 59: 53-8.—Roth, E.  The simple
mastoid operation;  a  modified technic.   Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,
1930, 39: 760-5, 3 pl.—Stewart, J. K.  A  resume of  100 con-
secutive simple mastoidectomies.   West  Virginia M.  J.,  1937,
33: 462-4.—Tomb, E.  H.   Simple mastoidectomy;  a critical
analysis of 100 consecutive cases.   Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1940,
31: 478-90. 
MASTOIDECTOMY
372
MASTOIDECTOMY
----   spontaneous.
   Amersharh A- Kraus, L. Ueber den konstitutionellen Faktor
beim  Zu-tandekoninien  der  sogenannten  Spontan-Radikal-
Opeiation.  Zschi. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1931, 29: 423-6.—Chavanne,
K.  En marge de deux cas d'evidement mastoidien aigu spon-
tane.  Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1937, 21: 193-7.-   Towson,
C.  E.   Spontaneous radical  mastoidectomy.  Eye  Ear  A-c.
Month., 1938-39.  17^223.


----   Statistics.

   Andreas,  E.    *Operative  Ergebnisse  nach
Ohrantrotomien und Totalaufineisselimgen  [Frei-
burg]   lOp.   8?   Riga, 1926.
   Cao-Tan [dit Cao-Si-Tan]  *Valeur  de l'evide-
ment petro-mastoidien  total; ses resultats opera-
toires,   plastiques   et   fonctionnels.    68p.    8?
Par.,  1926.
   Hacbrich,  K.   *Die  Erfahrungen  der Mar-
burger  Universitats-Ohrenklinik  iiber  die  voll-
standige Aufmeisselung der Mittelohrraume  bei
Kindern.   43p.   8?   Marb., 1932.
   Jager,  K.   *Ueber  Erfahrung  und  Prognose
bei  vollstandiger   Aufmeisselung   der   Mittel-
ohrraume  in  der  Marburger  Universitats-Hals-
Xasen-Ohren-Klinik    [Marburg]   21p.    21cm.
Bochum-Langendr., 1936.
   Asherson, N.  Some  post-operative results of the radical
mastoid  operation  in   children;   post-operative  otorrhoea.
J. Lar.  OtoL, Lond., 1932, 47: 317-32.—Attorre, G.  I primi
cento casi di mastoidite acuta operati  col metodo Torrini.
Arch. ital. otol., 1932, 43:  398-424.—Castellani.   Resultats
des antro-atticomies partielles.   Arch, internat, laryng., Par.,
1924, 30:  173-80.—Costiniu & Bernea.   Reflexions sur les
evidements mastoidiens.  Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon,  1928,
12: 337-9.-  Duthoillet  de   Lamothe.   Resultat eioigne de
quatre  cas  d'evidement partiel  (operation  de  Bourgeois-
Sourdille)  Ann.  mal.  oreille, 1927, 46:  1123-7—Erdelyi, E.
Erfahrungen bei  650  otologischen  Trepanationen.  Mschr.
Ohrenh.,  1930,  64: 767-91.—Forschner, L.  Klinische Er-
fahrungen bei Aufmeisselung des Warzenfortsatzes in hoherem
Lebeiisalter.  Ibid., 1937, 71: 1220-30.—Gordon, A. K. Some
furtIk-!  experiences of the radical mastoid operation in scarla-
 tinal otitis.  Tr. Otol. Soc U. K  1905-06, 7: 103-7.—Graham,
 H. B.  Taking stock of the ladieal mastoid operation.   Tr.
 Am. Lar. Rhin. OtoL Soc, 1031, 37; 4-11-7.  Also Ann. Otol.
 Rhinol..  1931, 40:  267-73.   Hankins,  G.  T.  The radical
 mastoid operation: illustrated bv  five living exhibits showing
 result  of  treatment.  Australas. M. Caz.,  1905, 24: 199-203
 [Discussion] 222.—Hastings,  H.  A report of two hundred and
 eiehty-one mastoid operations, with subsequent  results.   Am.
 J.'M. Sc, 1905,  n. ser., 129: 87-98.—Horbst, L.   Wie  wirkt
 sich  die  tvpischc  Ausraumung  des  Warzenfortsatzes   nach
 Neumann aus?  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937, 71: 522-30.—Jessen, J.
 [Results  of radical operations on the  middle ear]   Ugeskr.
 laeger,  1931, 93: 470-4.   Also French  transl.,  Acta otolar.,
 Stockh., 1931,  16: 459-74.—Kecht. B.  Erfahrungen uber die
 Radikaloperation  durch den Gehorgang.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,
 1930, 70: 1025-33.—Keeler,  J. C.   Observations made on five
 hundred  and sixtv operated mastoids.   Tr.  Am.  Otol.  Soc,
 1928, 18:  135-70. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1928,37: 1275-93 —
 Knutson, E.  Experiences gained from radical operation with-
 out plastic surgery of the  auditory  canal  in chronic otitis.
 Acta otolar., Stockh.. 1925. 8: 199-208—Leland, G. A.  Review
 of mastoid cases  operated  in aural  service of  Boston  City
 Hospital, October 1903, to May 1904  (inclusive)  Ann. Otol.
 Rhinol., 1905, 14: 658-82.—McKenzie, W.  The results of the
 conservative radical operation or atticoantrotomy in 70 cases.
 J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1940, 55: 75-108.—Mayer, O., & Beyer, H.
 Vierzig Jahre  Radikaloperation.   Zschr.  Hals  &c Heilk.,
 1929, 24: Kongressber.,  3-168.—Moure, E. J., & Brindel, A.
 Releve statistique  de  500 interventions  faites sur l'apophyse
 mastoide.   Rev.  laryng.,  Par.,  1904,  Suppl.,   1-25;  1-21.
 ------  Quinientos casos de intervenciones  sobre  la ap6fisis
 mastoides.  Bol.  lar. otol., Madr.,  1904,  4: 423.—Posthumus
 Meyjes, W.   Eenige  beschotiwingen naar aanleiding van een
 bondeidtal   mastoeid- en   radikaal-operaties.   Ned.  tschr
 sreneesk..  19(15, 2. r.,  41: d. 1, 421-42.—Ramadier, J. A., &
 Eyries, C.   Resultats  et  indications  de l'evidement antro-
 atticai.  Aim.  otolar., Par.,  1943,  1-9.—Randall, B. A.  Re-
 marks on fifty  mastoid operations  done in the past four years
 Proc.  Path.  Soc  Philadelphia,  1893. 14:  202-8—Sant'Anna
 Leite, J.   Trinta casos de intervencao ciriirgica sobre a apo-
 physe mastoidea.  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1906, 24: 219-21.—
 Seydell, E. M.  Radical mastoid surgerv, end results.   Tr
 Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. 1926. 32:  452-9.  Also Ann   Otol
 Rhinol.,  1926-27, 35: 838-41 .—Smith, H.  B.   A  resume of
 one  hundred  consecutive   mastoidectomies.    Long  Island
 M. J., 1929, 23: 728.—Smith, M. T. • Some observations on the
 modified radical mastoid operation; report of cases.   Laryngo-
scope,  1930, 40: 418-23.—Sprague.  F.  B.  Observations in
 two hundred mastoid operations.  Tr. Am. Otol.  Soc  1905 9-
 156-81.  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1905. 14: 533-46.—Stewart!
J. P., & Fraser. J.  S.  A operacao radical da mastoide.   Rev!
otoneur., B. Air., 1930, 5:  154-6.—While,  I.. E.  A study of
radical  mastoids.   Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,  l.us.  37:  419-34.
------Radical operation  of the mastoid: end icsults in one
hundred  unselected  cases.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1928,  8'
32-6. Also N. England M. J., I92S, 199: 145-8.

----   Suture of wound.

   Fleischmann,   ().   *Klinische  Versuche  mit
der vollkommenen  primaren  Naht  nach Antro-
tomien  unter  Benutzung  der Morgenrothschen
Chininderivate   [Habilitationsschrift; Frankfurt]
44p.   8?   Lpz.,  1920.
   Also Arch. Ohr. &c  Heilk., 1919-20, 105:
   Abel I o Rose!, J.  La sutura total inmedista en la mastoidec-
tomia simple.  M<sd. ibera, 1936, 30: pt 2, 114-6.  Aloin, H.
Etude critique de la suture immediate et totale dans les  nuis-
toidites  aigues.   Rev.  laryng.. Bord., 1941, 62: J97-208.--
Bernex, H.   A propos de  la fermeture d'embiee de  la  plaie
retro-auriculaire  dans  l'evidement  petro-mastoidien.   Mar-
seille med., 1906, 43:  103-12.—Borri, C.   Contributo alio
studio della chiusura immediata nella antromastoidotomja per
mastoidite  acuta.  Arch. ital. otol.,  1928, 39: 718-30. -Cha-
baud, J.  A propos d'un article d'Aloin sur la suture immediate
et totale dans  les mastoidites  aigues.  Rev. laryng., Bord.,
1941, 62:  522-6.—De  Cigna.   La  sutura immediata  della
ferita operatoria nelle mastoiditi  acute.  Boll.  mal. orecchio,
1931, 49: 77-9.—Delsaux, V.  Resection de la parol posterieure
du  conduit auditif externe et suture  immediate retro-auricu-
laire apres la cure radicale de l'otorhee chronique; resultats
operatoires.   Bull. Soc. beige otol.,  1904,  9: 98-105.-----
Suture  immediate aprds  evidement  petro-mastoidien.  Cli-
nique, Brux.,  1905, 19:  395-7.  Also Presse med. beige, 1905,
57: 537-9.—Doroschenko, I. T.  On the question of the tech-
nique of trepanation of mastoid protuberance of the pr.  mas-
toideus  with primary suture.  Acta  otolar., Stockh., 193G, 24:
312-4.—Herzig, A. J.  Preliminary  report of complete closure
of the mastoidectomy  wound bv primary suture.  Laryngo-
scope, 1943, 53: 431.—Johnson, L.  F.. &  Spence, P. S.  Pri-
mary suture  of simple mastoid wounds.   N. England J. M.,
1944, 231: 116-8.  ------ & Weinstein,  L.  Penicillin and
primary suture in acute surgical  mastoiditis.  Tr. Am. Acad.
Ophth.  Otolar.,  1944-45,  49:  319-25—Koleszar,  L.  Die
Ergebnisse  der  Primarnaht  nach  Mastoiditisoperationen.
Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1937,  71: 1315-20.—Lebedewsky,  B  N.
Zur Frage der  primaren Wundnaht nach  Antrotomie.  Ibid.,
1929, 63: 913-20.—Leichsenring, E.  Darf man bei  Antro-
tomien  die Weichteile  primfir nahen? Zschr. Ohrenh., 1920,
80:  213-49.—Loebell,  H.  Die Vorzuge der Primarnaht mit
Einftihrung eines  Glastiichters unterhalb  der Mitte bei der
Antrumoperation. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1925, 113: 270-89.
Macbeth, R. G.   A  series  of 50  cases of  acute and subacute
mastoiditis treated by closure  of wound  and perfusion  with
penicillin.  J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1945, 60: 16-23- Montandon,
A.   La  suture primitive associee k  la sulfamidotherapie  dans
les  mastoidectomies.   Pract.  otorhinolar., Basel,  1945,  7:
173-85.—Shaver, F. W.  The use of sulfathiazole with primary
mastoid wound closure.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1942, 47: 7-11.—
Silver, H.  D.  End results in mastoidectomies with modified
closure  of mastoid wound.  Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1934,  139:
273-5.—Temkin, J. S.   [Primary suture with applications of
bismuth-vaseline salve  after trephining in acute mastoiditis]
Mosk. med. J., 1928, 8: 50-7.—Torrini, U. L.  La sutura im-
mediata della ferita operatoria  nelle mastoiditi acute.  Val-
salva, 1931, 7: 176-81.  ------  Vantaggi e svantaggi  della
chiusura immediata della ferita retroauricolare nelle mastoiditi
acute.  Ann. laring., Tor., 1932,  32:  132.—Wrangel,  H.   Ein
statistischer  Vergleich  zwischen primarer Naht  der  retro-
auricularen Wunde und offener  Behandlung bei  Mastoiditis.
Arch. Ohr. &c  Heilk.,  1933, 137: 351-9.

MASTOID emissary.
   Kraus, L., & Wirkner, D. J.  Anatomische und rontgenolo-
gische  Untersuchungen  iiber das  Emissarium mastoideum.
Zschr.  Hals  &c Heilk.,  1929-30,  25: 270-9.—Porta, C. F.
Contributo alio  studio della  morfologia e  della  patologia
dell'osso temporale; gli emissari venosi mastoidei.  Otorinolar.
ital., 1935, 5: 483-533.------  Contributi alio studio della
morfologia e della patologia dell'osso temporale; gli einissan
squamosi e  petrosquamosi.   Ibid.,  608-18.—Rodger,  T. R.
A case  of  thrombosis  of the mastoid emissarv vein.  .1. bar.
OtoL, Lond., 1933, 48: 258.—Scalzitti, M.  Su! defhis.-o delle
vene del padiglione auricolare e della vena emissaria mastoidea.
Ricer. morf., 1944. 20:-21: 645-53.—Sellari-Franceschini, A.
Sopra un caso di ascesso  di Citelli con tromboflebite isolata
della vena emissaria mastoidea; caso clinico.  Boll. mal. orec-
chio, 1940, 58:  218-24.—Voloshin, I. P.   De la  direction du
courant sanguin  dans  la veine emissaire mastoidienne.  Ann.
mal. oreille,  1927, 46: 380-2.  ------  Zur Topographie und
Anatomie der V. emissaria mastoidea beim Menschen in ihrer
klinischen Bedeutung.  Zschr. Hals  &c. Heilk., 1930-31,  28:
68-77.


 MASTOID foramen.
    Inumaru,  H.  Ueber das Foramen mastoideum.  Fol. anat.
jap., 1925, 3: 229-38.—Voloshin, I.  P.  [Mastoid foramen in
. mammals]  Acta Univ. voroneg., 1927, 4: 224-36. 
MASTOIDITIS
373
MASTOIDITIS
  MASTOIDITIS.

    See  also   Mastoid,   Disease;   Otitis   media,
  Complication;  Otomastoiditis;  Petritis.
    Abalo, M. A. Mastoiditis.  Vida nueva, Habana,  1941, 47:
  380-2.—Anderson, M. A.  Mastoiditis.  Tr. Ulster  M.  Soc,
  1926-29, 153-60.—Dean, W.  Mastoiditis from the standpoint
  of the general physician.  Kentucky M. J., 1932, 30: 491.—
  Diamant, M. Otitis and air cell systems.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,
  1941. 34: 24-32.—Frankhauser, F. W.  Mastoiditis.  Penn-
  svlvania M.  J., 1904-05, 8: 437-41.—Kirmisson.   La  mas-
  toidite.  Rev. internat. med. chir., 1904, 15: 379.—Letarte, F.
  Notions generales sur la mastoidite.  LTnion med. Canada, 1940,
  69: 41-4.—McAuliffe,  G. B.  Mastoid phobia.  Med. J. &
  Rec, 1927,  125:  735.—Moodie,  R. L.  Mastoiditis in  pre-
  Columbian Peru.  Ann. M. Hist., 1927, 9: 357.—Parsons, J. G.
  Mastoiditis.   Virginia M. Month., 1905-06, 10:  294-6.  Also
  S. Paul M. J.. 1906. 13: 601-9—Robbio Campos, J., & Arpon
  O'Connor, F.  Mastoiditis.  Accion med.,  B. Air., 1940,  10:
  771-3.—Samengo,  L. A.  Mastoiditis.   Dfa med.,  B.  Ai".
  1940. 12: 552-5. -Segura. E. V.  Mastoiditis.  Ibid.,  1938, 10:
  817-22.—Smith. S. MarC.   Mastoiditis; its  importance  in
  general  practice.  Pennsylvania  M. J.,  1905-06,  9:  15-23.—
  Symposium  on mastoiditis.   Lancet Clinic,  Cincin.,  1905,
  n. ser.,  55: 487-500.—Turtur, G.   Note di pratica  oto-rino-
  laringoiatrica.  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1933, 51: 267-81.—Wood,
  H.  Mastoid suppuration.  South. Pract., 1906,  28: 379-91.

  ---   Abscess [empyema and fistula]
    Buckman,  E. TJ.  Mastoid abscess.   Tr. Luzerne Co.  M.
  Soc, 1905,  7: 189-95.—Church, B. F.  Acute sub-periosteal
  mastoid  abscess without bulging  or rupture  of the drum
  membrane.  Los Angeles M. J., 1903-04, 1: 383.—D'Onofrio, F.
  Le fistole della mastoide.  Arch.  ital. otol., 1930,  41: 473-83.
  -----  Considerazioni sopra un caso di rara estrinsecazione
  di una mastoidite della  punta nella regione sopraioidea  pro-
  fonda.   Boll. mal.  orecchio, 1932,  50: 347-53.—Douglass,
  J. H.   Notes  on a  case of mastoid abscess.  J. R. Armv  M
  Corps,  1907,  9: 525.—Herzog, H., & Krainz, W.   Mastoiditis
  und Empyem.  Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk., 1926,  16: 58-67.—
  Hollis, C. B.  The fallacy of nonsurgical management of mastoid
  empyema. J. Am. Inst. Homoeop., 1934, 27: 651-4.—Oppen-
  heimer,  S.   Report of a case of  mastoiditis  and  temporo-
 sphenoidal abscess; operation; recovery.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin.
 Otol. Soc (1906)  1907.  269-72.—Ottoni  de  Rezende,  M.
 Abcesso retro-mastoideo complicado; phenomeno  de aspiraeao
 de ar pelo seio sigmoideo, hemiplegia alterna, cura. Rev. oto-
 lar. S. Paulo,  1933, 1: 16-22  [Discussion]  62.—Owen, F. S.
 Some notes on mastoiditis with spontaneous perforation into
 the digastric fossa.  West. M. Rev., 1905, 10: 460-9.—Parrocel,
 J.  A propos  du traitement  des  mastoidites exteriorisees du
 nourrisson.  Marseille med., 1930, 67:  409-17.—Pugnat, A.
 LTn cas mixte de periostite de  la fosse temporale et d'abees
 sous-periostique  mastoidien.   Arch, internat. laryng., Par.,
 1904,  18: 807-9.—Richardson, C.  W.  Acute mastoid  abscess.
 Tr. M. Soc District of Columbia (1898)  1899, 3: 81-90.—Rid-
 ley, W.  Mastoid suppuration.  Northumberland & Durham M.
 J., 1900, 8: 93-101.—St.  Arifev, N.  Traitement special de la
 mastoidite exteriorisee.  Zschr. Hals &c  Heilk.,  1936-37,  40:
 522  [Discussion] 528-31.—Sarkar, P. N.  A few cases of mas-
 toid abscess.   Calcutta  M.  J., 1937, 32:  617.—Scheibe,  A.
 Etiology and  pathology  of  mastoid  empyema  complicating
 acute  purulent otitis media.'  Arch. OtoL, N.  Y., 1906,  35:
 475-83.—Szlavik, F.  [Role of mastoid empyema in childhood]
 Orvoskepzes,  1938,  28:  Feb.  kiilonf., 182-4.—Thornval,  A.
 fAbscessus proc mast,  vetus]   Hospitalstidende,  1938,  81:
 [Dansk otolar. selsk. forh.] 67.—Williams, H. L.  Encapsulated
 empyema of the petromastoid; report of a case.  Tr. Am. Lar.
 Rhin.  Otol. Soc, 1939, 45: 374-6.  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,
 1939, 48: 236-9.—Windt. A.   Two cases of abscess of  the soft
 parts in mastoiditis giving the  appearance of subperiosteal
 break-through.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1939, 27: 437.—Young.
 M.  Persistent deep cervical abscess and threatened  mastoid
suppuration treated  by anti-streptococcic serum.   Brit. M. J.,
 1907, 1: 745.
 294-8— Klemptner,  L.  H.   Bezold's  mastoiditis and  blood
 iQUnoVnQo,aStA°,,dltLsT-  Tr' Pacific Coast °tn "l'h,h- Soc, 1925,
 13:  26-30   Also Northwest  M.,  1920,  25: 253-5.  Also Fve
 Ear Ac.  Month  1926-27, 5: 259-62.-Landry. M.! & Billard; J.
 Mastoidite de Bezold ouverte dans le pharvnx.  Acta otolar.,
 Stockh.,  192c 11:  471-3.—Laval. F.   Mastoidite de Bezold
 ?â„¢l suPPuratlon I'tealable de la caisse.  Rev. larvng., Par
 1906 2::  449-52.—Love-J. K.  Case of Bezold's rnastoiditis;
 Ir.  Med. Chir.  Soc. Glasgow (1901-03)  1904,  4:  311-3 —
 Luc. H.  Contribution a l'etude  des formes  anormales  de la
 mastoidite  de Bezold et aux  faits  de mort rapidement con-
 secutive a la ligature de la jugulaire.  Rev. larvng., Par., 1905,
 o 417734.-Meltzer,  P.  E.,  Lurie, M. H., &  Smith,  H.  D.
 Bezold s  abscess.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1938,  27: 500 —
 Oppenheimer, S.  Some remarks on Bezold's  mastoiditis with
 a report of three cases.   Laryngoscope,  1905. 15:  48-57 —
 Ramadier &  Maspetiol.   Note  anatomique  a propos  de  la
 mastoidite de Bezold.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1943,  154.—Salamo,
 A. R.  La  mastoidite de Bezold  chez les nourrissons.  Gaz'
 mal. infant., Par., 1906, 8: 185-7.—Schlittler, E.  Ein klinischer
 Beitrag zur Indikationsstellung bei  der  Operation der akuten
 Mastoiditis und  zur Rolle des Empvems  als Teilerscheinun<'
 derselben. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk.,  1927, 19: 362-78.—Shaheen,
 H.  A  case of Bezold's  mastoiditis associated with mental
 symptoms;  operation; recovery.   J.  Lar. OtoL, Lond.,  1928,
 43: 580.—Syme,  W. S.  A case of Bezold's mastoid empyema
 which discharged into the pharynx.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond
 1907-08, 1: Otol. Sect., 125.—Taylor, W. J.  Report of a case
 of Bezold s  variety  of  mastoid  disease.   Proc  Path.  Soc
 Philadelphia,  1893,  14: 259-61.—Terrier,  P.  Autour  d'un
 cas de mastoidite de  Bezold.  Rev. laryng.,  Par., 1930, 51:
 555-9.— Tromeur, E.  Mastoidite de Bezold a pneumocoques
 et septicemic  a streptocoques  a forme trainante et prolongee
 Ann. otolar.,  Par.,  1939, 52-9.—Yoel, M.  Traitement  de  la
 mastoidite exteriorisee par la  methode des pressions-massages
 de la mastoide sans operation.   Ibid., 1937, 50-5.

----   Abscess:  Citelli type.
   Cared, P.  L'ascesso di Citelli; considerazioni  cliniche  ed
anatomopatologiche  (contributo  clinico)  Arch.  ital.  otol.
1926, 37: 187-96.------Sur  la frequence de l'abces  de
Citelli (avec publication de 5 nouveau cas)  Rev. laryng.,  Par.
1928, 49: 222-9.—Reinert. E.   Zur Kasuistik der Citellischen
Abszesse.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 211.
----   acute.
   Galli,   L.   A.    *Mastoiditis   agudas.
27cm.    B. Air.,  1939.
  59p.

[Mar-
 â– ---  Abscess: Bezold type.
   Bauby.  Mastoidite  de Bezold; phlegmon du sterno-mas-
 toidien.  Toulouse med., 1906, 2. ser., 8: 210-2.—Beck, J. C.
 Report of five cases of Bezold's mastoiditis.  J. Ophth. Otol.,
 1907, 1:  253-8— Bichaton.   Pseudo-mastoidite  de  Bezold.
 Union med. nord-est,  1906, 30: 157-60.—Botella, E.  Pseudo-
 mastoiditis de Bezold; resecci6n de la punta de la mastoides;
 protesis con parafina; euracion.  Bol. lar. otol., Madr.,  1906,
 6: 79-84.   Also French transl., Arch,  internat.  laryng.,  Par.,
 1906, 21: 823-6.  ------  Consideraciones sobre  13  casos de
 mastoiditis de Bezold.  Libro de actas Congr. espaii. otorinolar.,
 1910, 3. Congr., 397-409.—Bruno,  C.   Mastoidite de Bezold
 com  ossificacao do antro e paralisia facial.  Rev. brasil.  oto-
 rinolar.,  1943,  11: 131-3.—Clay. J. V. F. A case of  Bezold's
 mastoiditis. J. Ophth. OtoL, 1927,  31: 291-3.—Gibb, C. de W.
 A case of  deep cervical abscess simulating Bezold's  mastoid.
 Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1940, 54: 360.—Heath, C. J. A  case
 of  double  Bezold's  disease;  recovery with perfect  hearing.
 Brit.  M. J., 1907, 1: 932.—Jory, N. A.   Bezold's mastoiditis:
 cholesteatoma with intact tympanic membrane.  J. Lar. OtoL,
 Lond., 1935, 50: 543.—Joubert, L.  de  G.  Un cas de variete
de  mastoidite de Bezold.  J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal,  1935, 4:
    Martens, E. W.   *Acute  mastoiditis
 quette Univ.]  27p.  8?   Wauwatosa, 1932/
    Altmann, F.  Zur Pathologie und Klinik der akuten Mas-
 toiditis.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1936,  70:  1465-92.—Asherson,  N.
 Acute mastoiditis.  Clin. J., Lond., 1933, 62: 323-7.—Baldwin,
 E. H.  Acute mastoiditis from the general practitioner's stand-
 point.  N. Am. J. Homoeop., 1905, 53: 21-30.—Bernstein,
 E. J.  A case of mastoiditis acutissima.  Detroit M. J., 1906, 6:
 52.—Beyer. T. E. Observations on acute mastoiditis.   Colorado
 M., 1920. 23:  300.—Blaubaum, A. Acute mastoiditis.  Med. J.
 Australia,  1930. 2:  48.—Blumenthal, A.  Primare eitrige akute
 Mastoiditis.   Med. Welt, 1929,  3:  1255-7.—Browne. H.  S.
 Acute mastoiditis.   J. Oklahoma  M. Ass., 1935, 28:  210-2.—
 Buys.  Considerations sur le mode d'intervention dans certains
 cas de mastoidite aigue.  Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1905, 10: 157.—
 Cann, R. J.   The diagnosis and treatment of acute  and sub-
 acute mastoiditis. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1936, 50: 325-7.—
 Carmack,  J. W.  Acute suppurative mastoiditis.  In: Pract.
 libr. M. &  S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1937, 11: 483 500.  -Chatellier,
 H. P.  Sur une forme particuliere de mastoidite aigue.  \rch
 internat. laryng., Par..  1929,  35: 1029-34.—Clanton, R.  A.
 The  acute mastoid.   N. Orleans M. & S.  J., 1934-35, 87:
 534-7.—Cochrane,  W.  J.  Acute mastoiditis,  with  report  of
 cases.  Northwest. Lancet, 1905, 25: 271-3.—Comer, M.  C.
 Mastoiditis,  acute purulent,   without demonstrable pus  in
 middle  ear. Southwest. M., 1927, 11: 311-3— Cottrell, S. M.
 Acute mastoiditis.  Virginia M. Month., 1927-28, 54:  243-6.—
 Cox.  C. L.   The diagnosis and treatment of acute mastoiditis.
 N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1937, 90: 90-3.—Criswell, J. R.  Acute
 mastoiditis.   J.  Am. Inst.  Homoeop.,  1935,  28:   414-6.—
 Crosse. W.  Acute mastoiditis.  Med. J.  Australia,  1932,  2:
 253.—Fagge,  C.  H.  Acute mastoiditis.  Guy's Hosp.  Gaz.,
 Lond.,  1900,  20: 68-73.— Farrell, T.  H.  Acute  mastoiditis.
 Queen's M. Q., Kineston, 1905-06, 10: 9-13— Feldslein. E.
 Les mastoidites aigues  pseudo-primitives.  Rev. gen. clin.
 ther., 1926. 40: 741-4.—Hastings, S.  Acute mastoid disease.
 Lancet, Lond., 1932,  1:  919-22.— Hitz. H.B.  Acute  mastoid-
 itis.  Wisconsin M. J., 1930,  29:  316-22.—Hvidberg. H.
 [Acute mastoiditis without manifest suppuration in tympanic
 cavity]  Hospitalstidende,  1931, 74: 641-3.— Kennon, W. G.
 Acute mastoiditis.  J. Tennessee  M. Ass., 1938. 31: 98-103.
 Also  Digest Treat.,  Phila.,  1938-39, 2:  45.—Kirmisson.  La
 mastoidite  aigue.  Rev. gen.  clin. ther.,  1906,  20: 805 —
Lewin, J.  Acute mastoiditis.  Brit. AL J., 1932, 1: 699-701 —
Lewis, R.,  jr.   A brief report  of  a  case of acute mastoiditis
presenting several interesting features.  Arch. Otolar., N. Y.,
 1906,  35:  140-2.—Lingeman.  B. N.  The  acute mastoid.   J.
Indiana M. Ass., 1936, 29: 636-42.—McCaskey, C. H., Sims,
J. L.,  &  Estlick,  R. E.  The etiology  and surgical treatment of 
MASTOIDITIS
374
MASTOIDITIS
acute mastoiditis.   Bull. Am. Coll.  Surgeons,  1940, 25:  179-
84.—McLaggan, J. D.  Acute mastoiditis.   Postgrad.  M. J.,
Lond., 1939. 15:335-43. ------  Acute mastoiditis; diagnosis
and  treatment.   Practitioner, Lond.,  1942, 148: 327-33.—
Mandlik. G. S.  Acute  mastoiditis.  J. Ind. M. Ass.,  1945-46,
15:   112-0.—Moore,  T. K.   Acute  mastoiditis.   Homoeop.
Rec, 1939. 54: No. 6, 34.—Neumann, H. Zur Pathologie und
Klinik dei akuten Mastoiditis (8 cases)  Zschr. Hals &c.  Heilk.,
1928, 20: 155-69   [Discussion]  212-24.—Panier,  L.   Sur un
cas  de mastoidite aigue avec trepanation spontanee.  J . sc.
med. Lille, 1905, 2: 107.—Pannell,  W.  L.   Some oddities in
acute mastoid disease.   J. M. Soc N. Jersey,  1931, 28: 22-7.—
Parse]],  L.  A.  Acute  mastoiditis  in children.  Tr.  Pacific
Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1940. 28. meet., 247-51.   Also Arch.
Pediat., N. Y.,  1941, 58: 453-7.  Also Eye  Ear &c Month.,
1943, 22: 266-8.—Parsons, J. G.  Acute mastoiditis.  Minne-
sota M., 1939, 22: 12-4.—Pfafenrodt, V. I.   [Analysis of the
material  of the  Smolensk  ear  clinic on acute  mastoiditis]
Vest, otorinolar.,  1940, No. 10, 45-52— Pouliot,  G.  E.   La
mastoidite aigue.  Union  med.  Canada,  1937,  66:  571.—
Saunders.  E.  H.   Some observations   and  advice in acute
mastoiditis.   Bull.  Vancouver M. Ass.,  1930-31,  7: 86-94 —
Smith, C. H.  Short reports of five  interesting cases of acute
mastoiditis.   Laryngoscope,  1928, 38:  794-9.—Smith, C. S.
Acute hemorrhagic mastoiditis;  report   of case.  J. Missouri
M.  Ass., 1932, 29: 239-41.—Smith. S. MacC.  A few points
in the diagnosis and treatment  of  acute mastoiditis.  Ther.
Gaz., Detr., 1927. 51: 154-8.—Spearman, M. P., & Vandevere,
W.   E.   Acute  mastoiditis.   Southwest  M.,  1937, 21:  9.—
Thomson, J. J.  Acute mastoiditis; its  prevention, diagnosis.
and treatment.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, 70: 376-9.■—Tivnen,
R.  J.  Acute  mastoiditis in children: its etiology, pathology,
din gnosis and treatment.   Surg.  Clin. N. America. 1933.  13:
1039-81.—Lrbantschitsch.  E.  Ueber akute Mastoiditis  mit
besonderer Berucksichtigung des  Genius epidemicus.   Mschr.
Ohrenh.,  1929,  63: 882-912.—Wagner,  K.   [Cases  of acute
inflammation  of the mastoid  process]    Budapesti orv.  ujs.,
1929, 27: 790 9—Wright. A. J.   Tvpes of acute mastoid in-
fection.  Brit. M. J.. 1930, 1: 137.


----   acute: Treatment.
   Ballenger, W. L.  The treatment of acute mastoiditis,  due
to scarlet fever, diphtheria and influenza. Illinois M. L, 1907,
11: 499-507.—Barraud, A.  Apercu  clinique sur la mastoidite
aigue et ses indications operatoires.  Rev.  med.  Suisse rom.,
1927, 47: 146-52.—Bliss, A. A.  Acute mastoiditis; its dangers,
its  irregularity in symptoms, and the question of trephining.
Internat. Clin., 1906,  12. ser., 3: 233-9.—Borri, C.  L'irriga-
zione continua della breccia mastoidea nelle mastoiditi acute.
Arch. ital. otol.,  1930, 41:  247-61.—Canfield, R. B.   Some
remarks on the course  and management of acute mastoiditis.
Physician & Surgeon, 1905, 27: 245-56.—Crebbin, J. T.  Treat-
ment of acute mastoiditis.  Texas J.  M.,  1926-27, 22: 182-7.—
Errecart, P. L.   Nuestra conducta en las mastoiditis agudas.
Hospital, Rio,  1938,  14:  1355-71.— Gilmore,  G. B.  Acute
mastoiditis masked by treatment with sulfonamide compounds;
clinicopathologic considerations.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic, 1943,
37:  785-8.—Hall,  S.  S.   Acute surgical mastoiditis.   West
Virginia M. J., 1928, 24: 493-7.—Hammond,  F.  The palliative
treatment  of  acute mastoiditis and the limitations.   J.  Am.
M.  Ass.,  1904,  43:  1611-3.—Kasnetz, J.  Acute suppurative
mastoiditis; sulfanilamide therapv: agranulocytosis and death.
Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1940, 32: 790-2.—O'Shea,  H. V.  The
treatment of acute mastoiditis in children.  Med. Press & Circ,
Lond., 1943, 210: 8-11.—Rimaud, L.  Les mastoidites aigues
guerissent de  plus souvent sans operation.   Loire med., 1930,
44:  513-26.—Schillinger,  R.   Roentgen theraoy in  acute
mastoiditis.  Arch. Phys. Ther., 1938, 19: 295-30L— Swanson,
C.  A. Roentgen ray therapv of acute  mastoiditis and acute
otitis media.  U.  S.  Nav. M. Bull., 1939,  37: 610-7, tab.—
Trumbo, J. K.   Treatment  of  acute mastoiditis.  Wisconsin
M. L, 1938, 37: 385-94.—Wells, W. A.   Acute mastoiditis and
the  mastoid operation in  children.  Washington  M. Ann.,
1904-05, 3: 323-37.


----   Age variation.
   Donadei, G.  Le mastoiditi nell'infanzia.   Atti Soc lombard.
sc.  med., 1926,  15: 235-7.—Farrior, J.  B.  Acute sunpurative
mastoiditis  in geriatrics.   Laryngoscope, 1942, 52: 688-96.—
Gandini, M.  Le mastoiditi a membrana  timpanica imperforata
negli adulti.   Osp. maggiore,  Milano, 1934,  22: 5; 87.—Hau-
tant, A.   Dangers de la mastoidite aigue chez les vieillards
Ann. otolar.,  Par., 1944-45,  100-2.—Kully,  B. M.  Mastoid
infections in children.   Nebraska M. J.,  1931,  16: 357-9.


----   apical.

    Gras,  M.   *La  mastoidite   apicale externe;
pseudo-mastoidite  de   Bezold     [Lyon]    73p
25cm.   Vienne, 1939.
   Chatellier, H. P.  Mastoidites apexiennes aigues.  Medecine
Par.. 1937, 18: No. 12, l-31.--Orleanski, K. A.  Sur les mas-
toidites  apicale-.   Ann.  mal. oreille,   1927,  46:  590-605.__
Soler Casanoras, A.  Dos casos de mastoiditis apexia' en ninos
Med. ninos,  1921,  22:  7-1L—Weill, G. A.   Myosite et  mas-
toidite apicale.  Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1928, 12: 18-21.
----   Associated disease.

   Djamchid  Khan  Aalam.    * Mastoidites <1(>,S
diabeti<ji.ies.   71 p.   25)-icm.  Lyon, 1935.
   Adams, W.  S.  A case  of  recurrent  toxic  hebetude from
chronic mastoiditis.  J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1945, 60:  126-8.—
Cawadas, E.  Mastoidite chronique se traduisant sous forme de
confusion mentale avec phenomenes d'excitation hallucinatoire
Ann. otolar., Par.,  1931, 333-5.   Cooper, K. G.  Acute mas-
toiditis complicated  by Schuller-Cliristinn  disease.  Arch
Otolar., Chic,  1941, 33:  1028-32.   Covili-Faggioli, G.  Un
caso di mastoidite diabetica guarito con I'insulina.  Boll, mal
orecchio,  1936, 54: 367  78— Engelen,  J. C.  [Diabetic mas-
toiditis]   Geneesk. tschr.  Ned.  Indie,   1936,  76: 2081-9.—
Hansen, A. H.  Atypical mastoiditis complicated with hema-
turia.  J.  Indiana M. Ass., 1933, 26: 555- Hoidt, K., & Linn,
E. R. R.  [On a rare case of mastoiditis in a diabetic]   Geneesk'
tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 1609-11.—Hubbard, T.   Diabetes
and  Bright's disease in  relation to suppurative  osteomyelitis
of the  mastoid; polyuria a symptom of  meningeal initiation,
Laryngoscope,  1900, 16: 505-15.   Kakljugin, P. [Mastoiditis
in diabetics and  ils  insulin treatment]   Cas. lek. cesk.,  Pi26,
65:  520;  569. -  Kowlor.   Mastoiditi'   chez un  diabetiqne;
operation suivie de coma; guerison.   Ann. otolar., Par., 1934,
718-20.—Persky, A. H.  A case of mastoiditis  associated with
hematuria.  Laryngoscope,  1933, 43: 652-7.  Richards, J.  I).
Mastoiditis occurring in diabetic subjects, with  report of cases,
Arch. OtoL, N.  Y., 1907,  36: 15-33. -Terracol, Galavielle, J., &
Sagols.  Mastoidite et  diabete.   Arch. Soc.  sc  med. biol.
Montpellier, 1932, 13:265-77.  Van Gheluwe.  Les mastolditen
diabetiques.  Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1937, 21: 416-28.-—
Voznesenskv,  A.  N.  [Mastoiditis  in  tuberculous  patients]
J. ushn.  nosov.  gorlov.  bolez.,  1941,   18:  31-8.—Wolf, M.
Ein zu Mastoiditis hinzutretender Fall  von Purpura annularis
teleangiektatica im Kindesalter.   Arch. Kinderh.,  193S, 115:
114-9.   Also Orvoskepzes, 1938, 28: Feb. kiilonf., 196-200.

----   atypical.
   Asherson, N.  Atypical forms  of acute mastoiditis.  Clin.
J., Lond., 1933. 62: 412-6.—Campbell, A. A.  Atypical mas-
toiditis; with report of cases.  Canad. M.  Ass. J.,  1930,  22:
201.—Coomes,  M. F.  Peculiar mastoid cases.  Am. Pract. &
News, 1905, 39: 539-42.—Cotlle, M. H. Frequency of atypical
surgical mastoiditis  in children.   Illinois  M.  J., 1931,  59:
27-30.—Crait,  K. L.   Two unusual cases of mastoiditis.  Tr.
Indiana Acad.  Ophth. Otolar., 1942,  26:  41-51.--De Stella.
Contribution k  l'etude des cellulites mastoidiennes aborrantes.
Bull. Soc belse otol., 1902, 7:  169-74. -Dumont,  P. U.  Con-
tribution a l'etude des mastoidites atypiques k symptomatologie
a predominance fonctionnelle.   Gaz. med.  France,  1939,  46:
985.—Hallinger, E. S.  Report of two cases of atypical mas-
toiditis.  J.  Ophth.  OtoL, 1927, 31: 89-96.—Hetrick, J. A. W.
Atypical mastoiditis; report  of four cases, one chronic,  with
atypical  development; review of fortv-eight  cases.   Ibid.,
1928,  32: 40-58.—Kemlcr, J. I. Unusual tvpes of mastoiditis.
Arch. Otolar.,  Chic,  1926, 3:  148-50—K6s, J.   Mastoidites
de  evolucao atipica;  indicacao  terapeutica.   Rev.  otolar.
S. Paulo,  1936, 4:  551-8.------Mastoidites  de evolucao
atypica.   Fol.  med., Rio, 1937,  18:  96-8.—Kulvin, M. M.
Atypical mastoiditis; report of  case, with complication of deep
abscess  in temporal fossa, beginning as suspected acute paro-
titis.  Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: .290.—Lukowski,  L. A.   Zur
Aetiologie der atypischen Formen von Mastoiditiden.  Otnlar.
slav., Praha, 1930, 2: 484-505.—McLaughlin, R. C.  Unusual
mastoiditis.  California West.  M., 1933,  39: 333.— McLoone,
J. J.   Atypical  mastoiditis; report of three cases with operation.
Laryngoscope,  1926, 36: 418-20.   Also Southwest.  M., 1926,
10: 50-4.—Mathewson,  G. H.  Four  rather unusual cases of
acute  mastoiditis.   Montreal  M.  J.,  1907,  36:  319-25.—
Norton, A.  H.  An unusual  mastoid  case.  Northwest  M.,
1927, 26:  463.—Pastore, P. N., &  Hempstead, B. E.  Atypical
mastoiditis; report of case in which persistent pain  was the only
symptom.   Proc.  Mayo Clin.,  1938,  13: 593-5.—Shannon,
C. W.  Unusual complications  of  mastoiditis.  Northwest M.,
1930, 29:  156.—Singleton,  J.  D.  Atypical mastoiditis;  case
report.   Laryngoscope,  1932,  42: 678.   ------   Atypical
mastoiditis; adult type case report". Ibid., 1940, 50: 559-66.—
Smith, S. MacC. Unusual types of mastoiditis, with presenta-
tion  of patients.   Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,  1927,  36:  439-47.—
Souza Carvalho, O. de.  Mastoidite  atypica evolvendo ap6s
cura de otite media e de antrite que lhe deram origem.   Bol.
Seer, saiide, Rio. 1936. 2: No.  5,  135-9— Sporn, H.  Atypical
mastoiditis; case report.  Laryneoscope,  1934,  44: 223-7. -
Watkyn-Thomas,  F.  W.  An  unusual  complication of mas-
toiditis.  Lancet, Lond.,  1927, 1: 179.—Yearsley, M., & Piggot,
A. P.   An  unusual  concomitant  of acute mastoiditis.  Ibid.,
1933, 1:  801.—Zebrowski, A.  A case  of  acute mastoiditis
accompanied by an unusual  fistula  symptom.  Ann.  Otol.
Rhinol., 1926-27, 35: 937-9.


----   Bacteriology.

   See also  subheading  (mycotic)  also  Syphilis;
Tuberculosis.
   Attorre, G.  Sul reperto bacteriologico nelle ferite mastoidee
all'atto operativo e nelle prime medicazioni.  Arch. ital. otol..
1932, 43: 18-35.—Bogoiavlensky, N. N.   [Case of isolated
hematogenous   mastoiditis  developed  from  Weil's  disease] 
MASTOIDITIS                                   375                                  MASTOIDITIS
Vest  otorinolar., 1939,  No. 3, 77-9.—Cordeiro, H   Pedroso,
n  & Souza M. C. de.  Mastoidite aguda pelo bacilo de Perez.
Rev  brasil.'otorinolar.,  1942, 10: 717-21  [Discussion] 725-8.
Also  Rev. paul. med.,  1942,  20:  399-401.—Dei  Rossi  A.
Intorno ad altri tre casi di mastoidite da enterococco.  Oto-
rinolar  ital.,  1932, 2: 46-64.—Dixon, O. J.   Meningococcic
mastoiditis. Arch. Otolar  Chic, 1926, 3: lSL-Feldman, W.
Bacillus coli bacteremia  with mastoiditis and sinus thrombosis;
report of a case and review of the American literature:  Ibid.,
1041  34'  340-4 —Fibbj, G. Due casi di mastoidite da entero-
'occo  Valsalva,  1928, 4: 285-92— Fox.  N.   Diphtheritic
,„nstciiditis with bradycardia  simulating intracranial disease
 \H> Otolar., Chic, 1930,  11: 780-2.— Hadjopoulos, L. G., &
K'onctykv  R   J.   Bacteriologic  differentiation  and  specific
*°olo"y of mastoiditis.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1930. 39: 1017-27,
5  tab -Harrell, V.  Hemolytic  streptococcic mastoiditis;  a
rnmnarative studv of one hundred cases in contagion and non-
contarion. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1937, 43: 282-94.—
Howie  TO   C S  O. M.  Mastoiditis; bacteraemia; recovery.
 I  Lar.' Otol.',  Lond., 1934,  49: 845.—King, E. D.  Mastoiditis
with sinus thrombosis due to Bacillus morgani  I.  J. Med.,
Cincin  1937-38, 18: 303.—Langdon, H. K.   The bacteriology
of mastoiditis.   J.  Indiana M. Ass,  1917,  342—Leto   L.
La mastoidite  da  simbiosi fuso-spinllare.   Pediatria  (Riv.)
 1927 35: 242-7.  ------   Nuovo contributo alia  conoscenza
della' mastoidite da simbiosi fuso spirillare.   Arch. ital.  otol.,
 1929 40: 396-401 —Lotze, H., & Hoevener. P.  Klinische und
bakteriologische Beobachtungen  bei Mastoiditisfallen.  Arch.
Ohr. &c. "Heilk.,  1930, 127: 50-61.—Piazza  Missorici,  A.
ReDerto microbico in 80  casi di periostite mastoidea suppurata.
 Boll Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 412-4.—Profant, H. J.
 Mastoiditis caused by  Friedlander's bacillus.  Tr. Am.  Lar.
 Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1938,  44: 498-502.  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,
 1938, 47: 379-83.—Saareste, E.  Zur Klinik und Bakteriologie
 der akuten Mastoiditis.  Fol. neuropath, eston.,  1936, 15:-16:
 147-61.—St.  Clair, H.,  &  Bauer, J.  T.  Comparisons between
 acute pneumococcal  and  hemolvtic  streptococcal  mastoiditis
 in the Pennsvlvania Hospital, 1925-29.  Bull. Ayer Clin. Lab.,
 1930, 2: 63-72, 2 pl.—Trutnew, W.  K.. & Wolfson, S. S.  1st
 die vorri spindelformigen Stabchen in Symbiose mit der Spiro-
 chaete hervorgerufene  Erkrankung  des  Warzenfortsatzes in
 eine selbstandige Form der Yincentschen Mastoiditis abzuson-
 dem?  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1929, 63: 486-502.—Underwood. E. A.
 Mastoiditis as a complication of diphtheria.  Lancet. Lond.,
 1931, 1: 240.—Wirth, E. Subakute Mastoiditis durch Mischin-
 fektion von Bacillus pyocyaneus und Streptococcus anhaemo-
 lyticus (Synergismus von   Bacillus  pyocyaneus  und  Strepto-
 coccus anhaemolvticus im Tierversuch)  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk.,
 1926-27,  17:  188-91.—Wolf,  G. D.  Staphylococcus  albus
 septicemia  secondary to  mastoiditis and  sinus thrombosis;
 operation and recovery; report of case.  Laryngoscope, 1935,
 45: 227-9.


 ----    Bacteriology:  Diplococcus mucosus.

   Vuono de Brito,  R.  *Contribuicao ao  estudo
 das mastoidites  em  S.  Paulo; sua etiologia; con-
 sideracoes sobre as  oto-mastoidites  por  Strepto-
 coccus  mucosus.  93p.  8°  S. Paulo, 1932.
   Alden, A.  M.  Four  cases of  streptococcus mucosus capsu-
 lars mastoiditis.  Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: 109-14.—Archer  P.
 Mastoiditis  due to  the  Streptococcus  mucosus  capsulatus.
 Texas  J.  M.,  1937-38, 33:  515-9— Kokeny, D.  [Mucosus
 mastoiditis]   Orv.  hetil.,   1939. 83:  234.—Pillai,  S.   Silent
 mastoiditis or mastoiditis  due to Str.  mucosus capsulatus  ol
 Schottmuller.  Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 374—Sanson, R. D.  de.
 Comentarios  em torno da  oto-mastoidite pelo strepto-pneumo-
 cocus mucosus.  Rev.  brasil. otorinolar.,  1939, 7: 33-48.
 Sicard,  A., & Brunhes, J.  Abces  cervicaux  comphques  de
 meningite mortelle (otite meconnue a Pneumococcus mucosus)
 Presse med.,  1934, 42: 308.


 ----    Bacteriology:  Diplococcus pneumoniae.

   Bradbeer, W. H. A case of  meningitis complicating mas-
 toiditis  due  to the Pneumococcus  type III.  J.  Lar.  UtoL,
 Lond., 1936, 51: 241.   ------  Two  cases  of  pneumococcal
 mastoiditis.   Ibid., 394-95— Bratescu, V., Parvulescu, N., &
 Moga, N.  [Acute pneumococcic mastoiditis and  consecutive
 pneumococcic meningitis]   Rev. san.. mil.,  Bucur., 1934  S6:
 168.—Goldman, J.  L., & Herschberger,  C.  Prophylactic
 vaccination against intracranial complications; following pneu-
 mococcus type III mastoiditis. Tr. Am. M .Ass., Sect-Laryng.
 Otol. Rhinol., 1937,  35-44. Also J. Am. M Ass., 1937,  109.
 1254-7   ------& Shwartzman, G.  Prophylactic vaccination
 against  intracranial complications  following   pneumococcus
 type III  mastoiditis.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934,  di.
 1025. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 21: 154-6—Gudherme
 Lacorte,  J., & Santos.  M. O pneumoc6co; mastoidites pneu-
 moc6cicas.   Acta  med.,  Rio,  1941, 7:  75-7.—Hyman,  M.
 Bilateral pneumococcic mastoiditis; report of a case with opera-
 tion and serum treatment.  Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic, 1937,  #>.
 187— Ide, D. Pneumococcus type III mastoiditis; report ot a
 case. Eye Ear &c.  Month.,  1944, 23: 137-9—Vahen,  E.
 Ueber  die  durch   Pneumococcus  Typ  III  hervorgerufene
 Mastoiditis.   Acta otolar., Stockh., 1938, 26: 63L-7.
----   Bacteriology: Proteus.
   Adler, H. M., &  Klapper, C.  Bacillus proteus septicemia
accompanying acute mastoiditis with thrombosis of the lateral
sinus.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1943,  37:  74-7.—Sugar, M.
Meningitis following mastoid  infection  by Bacillus  proteus.
J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1944, 59: 146-50, pl.


----  Bacteriology: Streptococcus haemolyticus.
   Dunlap, A. M.  Clinical observations  regarding post-opera-
tive  treatment of  Streptococcus   hemolyticus  mastoiditis.
China M. J., 1927, 41: 107-11.—Harrell, V.  Hemolytic strepto-
coccic mastoiditis; a comparative study  of one hundred cases
in contagion and in noncontagion.   Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1937,
46:  194-202.—Layton, T. B.   Haemolytic streptococci  in the
mastoid.  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond.,  1931, 81: 63-91—McKin-
ney, R.  Some phases of streptococcic infection in acute mas-
toiditis.   Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3:  514-20— Texier  &
Levesque.   Considerations sur les mastoidites  k  streptocoque
hemolytique observees pendant l'epidemie de grippe de 1 'hiver
1928-29.  Ann. mal. oreille,  1929, 48: 1188-90.

----   bilateral.
    Barnett, H. N.  A case of double  acute mastoiditis  the post-
operative  symptoms of  which simulated sinus thrombosis.
Proc.  R. Soc. M.,  Lond., 1927-28, 21:  Sect.  Laryng. OtoL,
 107-9.—Bass, A. L. Septicemia complicating acute bilateral
 mastoiditis.   Kentucky M. J., 1927, 25: 289-91.—Botella,  E.
 Absceso latero-farfngeo;  mastoiditis doble en un diabetico;
 curacion.  Bol. lar. otol., Madr., 1906, 6: 136-45.—Goldsmith,
 P. G. A case of primary bilateral mastoiditis.  Canad.  Pract.,
 1907,  32:  675-7.   Also Montreal M. J.,  1907,  36:  696-9  —
 Gruening, E. Report of a case of double mastoiditis with sinus
 thrombosis on the left side, presenting several  interesting fea-
 tures.  Arch. OtoL, N. Y.,  1906, 35: 158-60.—Henley, M.  D.
 Bilateral  acute mastoiditis  with  complications;   recovery.
 Eye Ear &c Month.,  1938-39, 17:  232.—Hitz, H. B.  Double
 mastoiditis complicated by an intercommunicating suboccipital
 abscess.  Arch. OtoL, N. Y., 1905,  34: 489-94.—Horbeck,  H.
 Double  mastoiditis, followed  by diphtheritic  exudation with
 fatal result.  Ibid., 28-31.—Hutchinson, C. A.  Bilateral acute
 mastoiditis with many complications;  recovery.  J. Lar. OtoL,
 Lond  1937, 52: 28-35.—McClelland, C.  Bilateral hysterical
 mastoiditis. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1931, 30: 131-5— Mahoney,
 P. L.  Bilateral mastoiditis in eight  weeks old baby, June 1945.
 South. M. J.,  1945, 38: 752.—Mayersohn, L.  Un cas rare
 d'otite moyenne supputee double  aigue, coexistant avec  un
 double  abces periostique de  la  mastoide.   Arch,  internat.
 laryng., Par., 1924, 30: 1076.—Ninger, F.  [Gaseous phlegmon
 of the head  due to bilateral  mastoiditis]  Bratisl.  lek. listy,
 1937  17: 313-6.—O'Shea,  H. V.   A case of acute bilateral
 mastoiditis.  Brit.  M. J., 1934, 1:  983— Ravdin,  B. D.  Bi-
 lateral  mastoiditis,  sinus  thrombosis.    Tr.  Indiana  Acad.
 Ophth.  Otolar., 1931, 51.—Sampson, C. E.   Two  mastoids.
 J. Iowa M.  Soc,  1935,  25: 247-52.—Syme,  W. S.   Double
 mastoid empyema in a female, aged 26.  Tr. Med.  Chir. Soc.
 Glasgow,  1905-07,  6: 146-8.  Also Glasgow M. J.,  1906, 66:
 286-8.—Lssett, A. L.  A case of advanced bilateral mastoiditis
 with very slight middle ear evidence.  Laryngoscope, 1928, 38:
 20-2.—Vlasto, M., & Owen, S. A. A case of latent intracranial
 abscess,  associated with  double  acute  mastoiditis.   Lancet,
 Lond., 1922, 1: 992.

 ----  Cases.
    Antoli  Candela,  F.  Dos casos de mastoiditis sin perforation
 de timpano.  Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr.,
  1912 4.  Congr.,  592-5.—Bryant,  W.  G.   Exhibition of a
  Datie'nt operated on for mastoiditis  complicated by epidural
  abscess.   Tr. Am. Otol.  Soc, 1906, 9: pt 2, 354.—Kollock,
  C W.  Cases of mastoid inflammation.  Tr. Tri-State M. Ass.,
  1900 2-  172-8 —M'Caw, J. F.   Some  interesting cases  of
  mastoiditis with remarks.  Tr. Am.  Lar.  Rhin. Otol. Soc (1904)
  1905 10:  204-9.—Marks,  S. B.   Noncoalescent mastoiditis
  with report of four cases. Ann. OtoL Rhinol., 1929, 38: 251-9.—
  Permewan, W.  A  case of suppuration behind  the mastoid and
  in the posterior fossa associated with ear disease but  without
  perforation of the membrane.  Tr.  OtoL Soc  U. K.  1902-03,
  4- 112-4 —Rimaud, L.  Deux  observations de mastoidite grave.
  Loire med.,  1927,  41: 160-9.—Tawse,  H. B.   Three cases of
  suppuration in the mastoid  cells  with  an  intact  tympanic
  membrane.  J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1926 41: 231-3 -ViereggF.
  Mastoiditis; a case history.   J. Oklahoma M. Ass.  1942,  35.
  14__White  J. A.  Some  recent  cases  of mastoiditis, witb
  remarks.   Tr. Tri-State M. Ass., 1900,  2: 237-52.

  ----   chronic.
     Albright  G. C.  Chronic  mastoiditis. J. Iowa State  M.
  Soc  1931  21:  156-62.—Antoli   Candela, F.  ContnbuciOn
  al  tratamiento de las mastoiditis cronicas.  Libro de actas
  Congr. espan. otorinolar., 1910,  3. Congr  412-22.—Bane,
  W  C.   A report of a group of cases  of chronic mastoiditis.
  Colorado M. J., 1904, 10: 504-9.-HaIl, S. S   &  Thomas, H. V.
  The mastoid as a  reservoir in chrome otorrhea;  chronic exuda-
  tive sclerosing mastoiditis.  South.  Surgeon 1940, 9: 522-30.-
  Haseltine  B.   Chronic  mastoiditis  without  symptoms of
  epidural abscess; operation; septic pneumonia;  death.  Clinique, 
MASTOIDITIS                                   376                                    MASTOIDITIS
Chic,  1905,  26:  170 3.   Holmes,  B.  Canalization  of  the
sigmoid,  the lateral, and a portion of the superior longitudinal
sinuses  for mastoiditis of twenty-one years'  standing,  with
subsequent reestablishment  of  a temporo-mandibular joint.
.1. Am. M. Ass., 1906, 46:  99-101.  Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
1906, 33: 468.—Hurff, J.  W., & Beling.  C.  A.  Fracture of
temporal  bone  through  a  chronic  mastoiditis;  meningitis:
operation: recovery.  Am. J. Surg., 1935, 30: 156.—Hyenne, J.
Ln  cas de mastoidite cholesteatomateuse; operation; guerison.
Hey.  mid. Franche-Comte,  1905, 13: 53-8.—Heeler, J.  C.
Chronic  purulent otitis,  complicated  with chronic mastoid
disease.   Internat. Clin.,  1925,  35. ser.,   2:  271-9, 2 pl.-
Kopetzky,  S.  J.   Chronic  mastoiditis and its therapy.   J.
Iowa M. Soc, 1936,  26:  665-70.—Mercer, W.  F.  Chrcnic
suppurative otitis; repeated  external  infection; mastoiditis;
operation;  apparent superficial gangrene;  recovery.  Virginia
M.  Month.,  1904-05, 9:  506-8.—Ognibene,  S.   Mastoidite
cronica,  com  colesteatoma, fistulada  para  o conduto auditivo
externo;  sintoma fistular; cura. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1933, 1:
116-20   (Discussion]  144.—Rao,  B.  T.  Chronic mastoiditis.
J. Ind. M. As-..  1940-41,  10: 401-4, 2 pi.—Salzberger, I. M.
Chronische Mastoiditis mit Fistelbildung rechts.  Fol.  otclar.
orient., 1936,  3:  145.—Skyes, E.  M.  Report  of  two caseo of
chronic  purulent  mastoiditis.  Texas J.   M.,  1926-27,  22:
643.—Tureman,  H.  G.   Chronic mastoiditis.   Kansas  City
M.  Index Lancet,  1906, 27: 330-2.—Vaisberg, M.  Treatment
of chronic mastoiditis; allergy as a possible complicating factor.
Med. Rec, N. Y., 1940, 151: 3-7.

----   Clinical aspect.
   Albright, G. C.  Leaves from a doctor's notebook.  J. Iowa
M.  Soc, 1935, 25: 233-6.—Alexander, G. J.  Points of interest
encountered in a selected  series  of mastoid cases.  J.  Ophth.
OtoL,  1929,  33:  367-97.—Berger, M.  Les  differents types
cliniques des  mastoidites; les  formes cliniques svmptomato-
evolutives.  J. med.  Bordeaux,  1938,  115: pt 2, 494-503 —
Eggston, A. A.   The clinical pathology of mastoiditis,  wdth
special reference  to bacteremia and treatment  by blood trans-
fusions.  Laryngoscope,  1930, 40: 424-38- Fitzpatrick, T. V.
The clinical  history  of  mastoiditis.   Lancet  Clinic, Cincin.,
1905,  n.  ser..  55: 491-3   [Discussion] 496  50(1.  Hays, H.
Fulminating  mastoiditis.  Laryngoscope,   1927,  37:  4 5 7.—
Horbst,  L.   Zur  Klinik  der Mastoiditis.   Mschr.  Oliienh.,
1938, 72: 580-602.—Kavvadas,  E.  Klinische  Beobachtungen
iiber  Warzenfortsatzentziindung.   Ibid.,  1932,  66:  1393.—
Kessel,  O. G.  Das  klinische Bild  der  akuten  Masto'ditis.
Zschr. Laryng., 1927-28, 16: 259--08- Lyman,  H. W. Clinical
tvpes  of mastoiditis.  J.  Arkansas M.   Soc,  1937-38,  34:
203-6-  Riche, V.  Mastoidite  d'emhlec   Montpellier med.,
1905, 21: 404-0.—Valerio. A.  Ensaio clinico das mastoidites.
Arch, brasil.  med.. 1929,  19:  585, 3  pl.; 028, 5 pl.;  1930,  20:
72,  3 pl.; passim.

----   Complication.

   Brolat,  C.    *Ueber eine  seltene  Form von
otogenem  Senkungsabscess;   eitrige   Entziindung
des   Atlanto-epistropheo-occipitalgelenkes  nach
Mastoiditis.    24p.   S?   Berl., 1935.
   Aloin.  A propos  des lesions  de trijumeau  dans certaines
formes de mastoidite chez I'enfant.   Ann.  mal. oreille, 1926,
45:  1036-43.—Anderson,  C.  M.  Choked disks  in surgical
mastoiditis without apparent intradural involvement; report
of a case.  Surg. Clin.  N. America, 1933,13: 977-80.—Asherson,
N.  Oedema of the eyelid in acute mastoiditis; report of a case.
J.  Lar. OtoL. Lond., 1929,  44:  827-9.  ------  The intra-
cranial  complications  of acute mastoiditis.   Clin.  J.,  Lond.,
1934, 63: 76-81.—Bayha. C. H.   Neurologic complications of
acute and chronic mastoiditis. Ohio M. J.,  1936, 32: 417-20.—
Beyer, A. G.   Retropharyngeal  abscess complicating  a mas-
toiditis in an adult.  Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 105-7.- Bicdert,
C. C.  Complications occurring in mastoiditis, with a report of
cases.  M. &  S. Rep. Episc Hosp.,  Phila., 1930, 6: 422-6.—
Bouma,  J. S., &  Mes, L.  [Case of suppurative mastoiditis
and  pyuria]  Geneesk. gids, 1937, 15: 643-6.—Broca.   Mas-
toidite  aigue. adenophlegmon mastoidien.   Rev.  gen.  clin
ther.,  1905. 19:  689.—Buchser,  H.  Mastoiditis; ihre Kom-
plikation und Cibazoltherapie.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942,
72:  451.—Burgess, T. S.  The mastoids; foci of infection from
arthritis:  report  of a case.   Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,  1929,  38:
105-9.—Clay,  J. V. F. Three cases of mastoiditis complicated
by  Lictotemia.  J. Ophrb. OtoL, 1926, 30: 142-5—Delmas-
Marsalet,  Bergouignan  &  Lafon, J.  Stase  papillaire  uni-
lateral  apre-  mastoidite.   J.  med. Bordeaux,  1939  116-
pt  1. 647. Also Rev.  otoneur.. Par.,  1939, 17: 461-3.—Dinten-
fass. H.   The diseased mastoid as a  source of focal infection
Med  J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 600-2.—Fromm, B.  Some cases of
papillaiy stasis in complications  of mastoiditis.  Acta  otolar
Stock!,..  1937. 25: 95-9.—Goldberg, L. G.   Prevesical  abscess
following acute mastoiditis.  Am. J. Surg..  1935, 29: 133-5.—
Goldberg, S., & Greenfield, S. L. Suppurative arthritis com-
plicating  mastoiditis, with  unusual  manifestations    4>rch
Pediat.,  N. Y., 1936, 53: 251-8.— Goris, C.  Un cas de'mas-
toidite  compliquee d'abces  intervertebro-digastrique   Ann
Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1926, 27: 141.—Henry, g7 A.  Mastoiditis-
a report  of 3 cases with complications.  J. Canad. M. Serv.'
1943-44, 1: 31-6.—Herzig, A. J. Acute mastoiditis, compli-
cated with septic leucopenia and local lesions of the lips nasal
orifices  and  pharynx,  resembling  those  of agranulocytosis
report of a case.  Laryngoscope,  1934, 44: 109-15.-  Hornfcekj
V.  [Two rare cases of mastoiditis with nervous symptoms of
the anterolateral tract]  Cas. lek. fesk.. I92S. 67: 1458-61-
Husik. D. N.  Sclerotic mastoiditis and intracranial complica-
tions.  Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 519-30.- Jones, D. E.  Anitc
mastoiditis with intracranial complications.  Tr. Indiana Acid
Ophth. Otolar..  1942. 26: 100-4.—Kellcy,  I. I)., jr.  Anatomir
and sutgical consideration of certain cenical abscesses com-
plicating  mastoiditis; report of cases.   Ann.  OtoL Rhinol
1926-27, 35:  23 32, 9 pl.—Kichii  [Acute  mastoiditis with
retropharyngeal abscess]   Igaku  clmwo zassi,  1905-06, 297-
304.—Kiestadt.   Statistisches zur Operation  endokranieller
Komplikatione.n akuter Mastoiditis.  Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29
17:  456-02.-  Lowy,  K.   Akute  Mastoiditis  und  Nephritis'
Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1935,  69:  690-707.  McKeynolds.  J.  O.
Report of a case of acute mastoiditis complicated by ulceration
and rupture of  the esophagus.   Texas  State .1.  M., 1906-07,
2: 156-8.—Moore,  J. H.   Some practical  considerations rela-
tive to complications of mastoiditis.  South. M. J., 1938, 31:
175-9.—Moorhead, R. L.  Complications of acute mastoiditis
Pennsylvania M. J.,  1943-44. 47:  431 -9— Munby.  W. M., &
Jowett, R. E.  Mastoiditis and its complications.  Brit. M  J
1926, 2:  111-4.—Nielsen, J. M., &  Courville, C. B.  Neuro-
logical findings in mastoiditis; study of 106 consecutive ca^rs
without intracranial extension.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1934, 80:
541-56.—Oppenheimer, S.   Mastoiditis   and   teniporosphe-
noidal abscess.   N. York M. ,L, 1900, 84: 1264.  Parrish, R. E.
Mastoid  complications;  a  clinical  discussion.   Mississippi
Doctor, 1935-36, 13:  No. 8, 7-18.—Patriarca, P.  Sindrome
meningo-radicolitica anteriore consecutiva a mastoidite acuta
Riv. otoneur., 1935, 12: 738-43.—Permin, P. Ein Fall akuter
Mastoiditis, kompliziert durch Kraniumfraktur.  Acta otolar.,
Stockh.,  1942, 30: 166-71.—Polisar, J.  M.  Mastoiditis com-
plicated  by  unusual  neurologic  manifestations; a  case  for
diagnosis.  Laryngoscope,  1931, 41: 797-807- Quails,  H.  W.
Acute mastoiditis, with complications;  case report.  Memphis
M. J., 1927, 4: 78-80.—Quittner, S. S., & Reich, R. 8.  Mas-
toiditis and its bone and joint complications. Ohio M. J., 1933,
29: 764-0.—Roig &  Algan.  Complication rare de mastoidite.
Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1938, 22: 138.—Smith, H. B., *
Coon, E. H.  Report of a case of  mastoiditis presenting sonâ„¢
interesting complications.   Med.  Times,  N.  Y.,  1934,  62:
181-94.—Strauss,  J.  F.   Pterygomaxillary  abscess  compli-
cating acute mastoiditis.   Ann. OtoL Rhinol., 1927, 36: 477-
82.—Stroud, E.  F.   Mastoiditis with intracranial symptoms;
a case report.   Texas J.  M., 1932, 28: 622-4.—Swan, J. R.
Complications of mastoiditis.  J. Indiana  M. Ass., 1942, 35:
9-13.—Takahasi, K.  Ueber Mastoiditis  mit endokranicllen
Symptomen auf der anderen Seite.  Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar.,
1939-40,  3: No. 2,  Proc, 51.—Tobey, H. G.   Right  simple
mastoiditis  with abscess  of the  pharyngomaxillary  space.
Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1934, 20: 276.—Trifiletti.  Mastoidite et
neurasthenie.  Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1905, 19:749-53.—
Trowbridge, E.  H.,  jr.  Neurological aspects of simple mas-
toiditis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1912, 95: 575-9.--Wever, J. S.
Mastoiditis  with pyuria  and  intermittent  heart  beat.   .1.
Missouri  M. Ass., 1907-08, 4: 100—White, J. A.  Report of a
case of  mastoiditis complicated  by  nephritis and erysipelas,
with remarks.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1904) 1905, 10:
125-34.
----   Complication, cerebellar.

   See also Cerebellum, Abscess.
   Blassingame, C. D.  Acute exacerbation of chronic mastoid-
itis;  lateral sinus thrombosis;  cerebellar abscess.  Memphis
M. J.,  1943, 18: 78.  ------  Sub-acute mastoiditis; cerebellar
abscess.   Ibid.,  79.—Goris,  C.  Une  complication rare de
mastoidite.  Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1931, 32: 21-5.


----   Complication, cerebral.

   See also Brain abscess, Causes: Ear affections.
   Buys.  Phenomenes  d'origine etrangere a l'oreille simulant
une  complication cerebrale  otogene.   Bull. Soc. beige otol.,
1905,  10:  151-5.—Coleman, L.  L.   Mastoiditis, meningitis
and  abscess  of the temporosphenoidal lobe.   Arch. Otolar.,
Chic,  1943,  38: 590-3.—Culbertson,  L.  R.   Report  of two
mastoid  cases;  death  from cerebral  complications.   Lanccl
Clinic Cincin., 1905, n. ser., 54: 467-9.  D'Onofrio, F.  Mas-
toiditi  con edema del Cranio.   Boll. mal. orecchio, 1935, 53:
281-6.—Duarte Moreira.  Caso grave de mastoidite e abcesso
sub-dural tratado com penicilina.  Arq. pediat., Rio, 1944-45,
17: 237-44, pl.—Dufays, C.   Accidents eetebraiix  graves au
cours  d'une  mastoidite  chronique  rechauffee;  evidement;
guerison.   Rev. laryng.,  Par., 1906, 2: 580-93.—Huet.  Ob-
servation d'hydropisie ventriculaire.   Ann. otolar., Par.. 1934,
819-—Johnson, J. L.  Mastoiditis with brain abscess.  South-
west. M., 1938, 22: 10.—Mathieu, C.   Considerations sur im
cas de mastoidite compliquee d'abces  cerebral.   J. Hotel  Dieu
Montreal,  1937, 6: 277-83.- -Neumann. H.    Ueber ein An-
bahnungszeichen  einer  intrakraniellen   Komplikation  im
Verlaufe einer akuten Mastoiditis. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937, 71:
972  [Discussionl 972-4.—Olson, G.  W.  Intradural  abscess
complicating acute  mastoiditis with  subperiosteal  abscess in
an infant; report of a  case.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1937, 25:
°93-—Pond, C. W.  Brain complications following mastoiditis.
with special reference to the petrous apex; report of four cases. 
MASTOIDITIS
377
MASTOIDITIS
  Northwest  M.,  1935,  34: 351-4.—Roos,  E.   Funktionelle
  Hirndurchblutungsstorung durch  akute  Mastoiditis.  Arch.
  Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1937, 143: 75.—Rutherford.   Two cases of
  acute mastoiditis with cerebral complications.  Univ. Durham
  Coll.  M. Gaz., 1906-07,  7:  14.—Tobey. H.  G., &  Mertins,
  p. S.  Mastoiditis  with abscess of the brain.   Arch. Otolar.,
  i hie , 1937, 26: 779.—Walker, H. T. Chronic mastoid disease;
  subdural abscess.  Tr. Otol. Soc U. K.,  1905-06, 7: 91.   Also
  .]. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1906, 21: 347.


  ----   Complication, digestive.

    See  also  subheading (—in infant:  Focal infec-
  tion)
    Schudt,   G.    *Zusammenhang  zwischen   Er-
  nahninp:sstorungen,Int()xikationund  Otitis media
  und   Mastoiditis    [Heidelberg]    19p.    22cm.
  Wiirzb., 193S.
    Fernandez, J. R.  Mastoiditis as a causative factor in  ileo-
  colitis and bronchopneumonia.  N.  Orleans M. & S. J., 1930-31,
  83: 474-81.—Leathart, P.  W.  The mastoid and diarrhoea and
  vomiting.  Brit. M. J.,  1943, 2: 403.—Richards. L.   Mastoidi-
  tis in acute nutritional disturbance.  Arch.  Surg., 1929,  18:
  1774-82.


  ----   Complication:  Dural sinus.

    See  also  Dural sinus, Thrombophlebitis, oto-
  genous; also under names of dural sinuses.
    Anderson, C. M.  Mastoiditis with sinus thrombosis; report
  of case.  Proc.  Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 785-7.—Ankudowicz, S.
  [Sinusitis during cases of mastoiditis; data from the  Hospital
  of the Sanitary Instruction Center]  Lek. wojsk.,  1938,  31:
  257-85.—Bardier, E., & Meriel. E. Mastoidite et thrombo-
  phiebite sinuso-jugulaire.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1906, 32:  141-9.—
  Berard.   Mastoidite  avec  thrombo-phiebite  du  sinus lateral
  et de la jugulaire interne; trepanation du sinus apres ligature et
  resection de la jugulaire;  pyohemie.  Bull. Soc. chir.  Lyon,
  1905, 8: 81-5.  Also  Lyon med., 1905, 104: 804-8.—Blotta, F., &
  Gustavino,  D.   Mastoiditis  derecha,  absceso  perisinusal,
  periflebitis, seno procidente lateral.  Rev. med., Rosario, 1940,
  14: No. 138, 1-5. Also Rev. med. Iat. amer., B. Air.,  1939-40,
 25: 1370-5.—Braislin, W. C.  Acute  mastoiditis, septic  in-
 fection of the sigmoid sinus, phlebitis of the  internal jugular,
 in a child; recovery without operation.  Laryngoscope, 1905,
 15: 436.—Bryant, W. S.  A case of mastoiditis and  epidural
 abscess;  operation and  rapid recovery.  Tr.  Am. Otol. Soc,
 1907, 10: pt 3, 503-9.  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1907,   16:
 873-7.—Chauveau,  C.  Mastoidite et  sinusite  disparues a la
 suite de  poussees articulaires.   Arch, internat.  larvng., Par.,
 1904, 18: 823-0.—Gill, E. G.   Sinus thrombosis and thrombo-
 phlebitis complicating mastoiditis; case reports.  South. M. J.,
 1934, 27: 718-28.—Hays,  H.   Unusual  cases  of mastoiditis,
 with special reference to sinus thrombosis and the simplification
 of operative procedure.  N. York State  J. M., 1929, 29: 5-8.—
 Kopetzky, S. J.  Purulent otitis  media,  mastoiditis, sinus
 thrombosis and suppuration of the  petrous pyramid.  Arch.
 Otolar., Chic,  1940, 32: 962-93.—Langworthy,  H. G.  Caver-
 nous sinus thrombosis in children following mastoid inflamma-
 tion.  Pediatrics, N.  Y., 1907, 19: 87-94.—Lewis, R.  A case of
 mastoiditis complicated by thrombosis of  the left lateral
 petrosal and cavernous  sinuses;  operation; report of autopsy
 by G. S.  Dixon.  Arch. OtoL, N. Y., 1907, 36: 10-4.—Parker,
 R.  B.  Lateral sinus thrombosis  complicating mastoiditis.
 J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23: 136-40.—Rankin, N.  Large extra-
 dural abscess with collapse  of the lateral sinus and compression
 of the left lobe  of the cerebellum.   Proc R.  Soc. M., Lond.,
 1926-27, 20: Sect. OtoL, 67.—Raoult, A.  Mastoidite a cellules
 aberrantes occipitales; abces extra-dural;  trois interventions;
 guerison.   Mem.  Soc.  med. Nancy, 1907-08,  240-3-Salz-
 berger,  M.   Mastoiditis,   perisinuose  Hyperamie,  Ikterus
 Heilung.  Fol. otolar. orient., 1936, 3:  145.—Segar, L. H.,  &
 Stoeffler,  W.  Mastoiditis  and lateral sinus thrombosis in  an
 infant,  J. Am.  M.  Ass., 1931, 96: 678— Urbantschitsch, E.
 Ausgedehnte Sinusthrombose mit Zerfall der Sinuswand und
 reichlich  hochfotidem perisinuosem  Eiter, der aber ebenso
 wie die Thromben  bakteriologisch  steril  befunden wurde;
postoperativ aufgetretenes lebhaftes vertikales Fistelsymptom.
Mschr. Ohrenh., 1936, 70: 357-61.—Welin, S.   The Roentgen
diagnostics of perisinuous  abscesses.  Acta  radiol., Stockh.,
 1939,20:490-8.
 ----   Complication:  Facial paralysis.

   See  also Facial  nerve, Paralysis, otogenous.
   Ballon, D. H.  Facial paralysis associated with acute sup-
 purative  mastoiditis cured by mastoid operation.  Sc. Rep.
 R. Victoria Hosp., Montreal,  1916, ser. B., No.  1, 149-53.—
 Chavanne, F.   Mastoidite aigue  bilaterale avec coexistence
 unilaterale de zona de 1'oreille et de paralysie faciale. Otorhino-
 lar. internat.,  Lyon,  1938,  22: 193.  ------   La paralysie
 faciale.dans les mastoidites aigues; sa frequence.  Ibid., 257-9.—
 Dulaney, O.  Chronic mastoiditis with facial paralysis; re-
 covery following operation.  Kentucky M. J., 1928, 26: 342-7 —
Facial paralysis  associated  with  mastoiditis.   Bull.  Pract.
Ophth., S. Franc, 1940, 10:  61-4.—Greenstein, A.  Acute
 mastoiditis with  complicating facial paralysis; recovery after
 operation.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1927, 36: 684.—Husik, D. N.
 A case of complete facial paralysis and meningitis during acute
 mastoiditis.  Laryngoscope,  1928, 38: 790-3.—Oppenheimer,
 ».  Keport of two cases  of mastoiditis with paralysis of facial
 nerve, recovery from paralysis following operation.   Tr.  Am.
 Lar. Rhin. OtoL Soc. (1904)  1905, 10: 232-9.—Sanger, W. W.
 ,,aci|i Paralysis in  mastoiditis.   J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1938,
 31: 67-74.—Sargnon, M.  La paralysie faciale comme indica-
 tion operatoire des  mastoidites  aigues et chroniques.  Ann.
 otolar.,  Par.,  1938, 455-64.   Also Lyon  med.,  1938,  161:
 66-78— Saunders, G. C.  Mastoiditis  with facial  paralysis in
 an infant.  Northwest M., 1934,  33: 330.


 ----   Complication,  labyrinthine.

    See also Labyrinth, Disease:  Etiology; Petritis.
    Ertl, E.  Otitis media acuta; Mastoiditis; Pyramidenspitzen-
 eiterung; Heilung durch Operation  nach Ramadier.   Mschr.
 Ohrenh., 1939, 73:  621-4.—Schugt,  H. P.  Glossopharyngeal
 neuralgia associated with abscess of the  petrous tip following
 mastoiditis.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 26: 321-6.—Simpson,
 W.  L.  Mastoiditis with chronic petrositis.  Memphis M. J.,
 1942, 17: 83.


 ----   Complication,  meningeal.

    See also Meningitis.
    Antoli Candela,  F.  Dos  casos de mastoiditis  cronica  con
 absceso extradural.  Libro de actas Congr. nac  otorinolar.,
 Madr.,  1912, 4. Congr.,  599-607.—Batier, G.   Mastoidite
 latente;  meningite;  operation;  guerison.   Arch,  internat.
 laryng., Par., 1928, 34: 329-33.—Beall.P. T. B.  Acute mastoid
 disease and basal meningitis.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907,
 n.  ser., 83:  479.—Bellotti, O.   Mastoidite  acuta suppurata
 destra;  nistagmo; paralisi  deH'abducente  destro;  leptome-
 ningite.  Osp.  maggiore, Milano, 1907,  2: 66-75.—Bennett,
 A.  B.  Symptomless mastoiditis, followed  by meningitis  and
 death.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, 71: 600.—Bernardie, B. de la,
 &  De Tanouarn.  Mastoidite;  meningite k  streptocoques;
 serum de Vincent; guerison.   Arch.  med. pharm.  nav., 1937,
 127: 801-3.—Boies, L. R.  Extradural inflammation; a study
 of its occurrence in acute surgical mastoiditis.  Tr. Am. Acad.
 Ophth.  Otolar., 1936, 41:  150-62.—Borri, C.  La  dolenzia
 del  cuoio capelluto quale  segno  d'irritazione meningea nelle
 lesioni mastoidee acute e croniche.  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1932,
 50:  3-13.-—Bryant, W. G.  Exhibition of a patient operated on
 for  mastoiditis,  complicated by  epidural abscess.  Tr. Am.
 Otol.  Soc, 1906, 9:  pt 2, 354.—Craig, A.  Meningism compli-
 cating mastoiditis.  J.  R.  Nav.   M. Serv.,  1940,  26: 402.—
 Dabney, V.   Latent meningitis complicating surgical mastoid-
 itis; the significance of headache; limitation of the pediatrician's
 attendance.   Ann. Otol.  Rhinol.,  1930, 39: 527-32.  ------
 Simultaneous meningitis  and surgical  mastoiditis; a  surgical
 dilemma; recovery.  Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 14-6.—Dearmin,
 R.  M.  The surgical treatment of localized meningitis compli-
 cating acute  mastoiditis.   Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth.  Otolar.,
 1935, 53-66.—Dixon, O.  J.  Scalp tenderness as an indication
 of dural involvement in mastoiditis.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.. 1928,
 37:  1154-62, 4 pl.—Dobbins, J. M., & Brescia, M.  A.  Report
 of a case of pneumococcus type XVIII meningitis complicated
 by so-called silent mastoid.  N. York State J. AL, 1941,  41:
 2245-7.—Eiman,  J.  Meningitis  complicating infection with
 hemolytic streptococcus.   Arch.  Otolar..  Chic,   1942,  36:
 963.—Hutchison, K.  Meningitis following mastoiditis, with
 recovery.  Ibid., 1939, 30: 135-7.—Iglauer, S.  A case of mas-
 toiditis complicated with  extradural abscess, without a history
 of a discharge from the auditory meatus.  Ann. Otol.  Rhinol.,
 1906, 15: 117.—Levesque, J.,  & Motte.  Meningites k pneumo-
 coques au decours des otomastoldites du nourrisson.  Presse
 med., 1943, 51: 233 (Abstr.)—Mayer, O.  Zur pathologischen
 Anatomie der Mastoiditis und zur Kenntnis der Ueberleitungs-
 wege zu den Meningen bei akuter Mittelohrentztindung. Zschr.
 Hals &c Heilk., 1928,  20:  149-55  [Discussion]  212-24 —
 Meltzer, P. E.,  Gillespie, E. H., & Lynch, M. G.   Mastoiditis
 with pcrisinous  abscess, mural thrombus and meningeal irrita-
 tion.  Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic, 1937,  26: 771.— Ombredanne, M.
 Quelques aspects du probleme mastoidien au cours du traite-
 ment sulfamide  des meningites otogenes a streptocoque.  Ann.
 otolar., Par., 1939,  787.—Pichette,  H.  Mastoidite  latente;
 meningite et abces extradural de la fosse cetebrale posterieure.
 Bull. Soc med. hop. Quebec, 1933,  214-9.—Reliquet.  Mas-
 toidite; meningite a streptococques; reflexions sur le  traitement.
 Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 256—Ryland, A., & Girling, W. N. M.
 A case of localized purulent meningitis with purulent  cerebro-
 spinal fluid in the course of acute mastoiditis occurring in a
 highly cellular bone  and complicated by paralysis of the sixth
 and  seventh cranial nerves on the affected side.  Proc R. Soc.
 M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. OtoL, 65.—Seward, J. A.  Chronic
 mastoiditis, meningitis and labyrinthitis; operation; recoverv.
 Arch.  Otolar., Chic,  1941, 34:  588-90.—Stupka,  W.  Pr<>-
 trahierte  Mastoiditis  mit  Paralabyrinthitis  und  Meningitis
 der  hinteren Schadelgrube;  Operation;  Heilung.   Mschr.
 Ohrenh.,  1939,  73:  218.—Wagers, A.  J.   Acute  mastoiditis
 with unusual  symptoms of meningea! irritation; case report.
 Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 876-9.—Williams. H. L.   Meningitis
sympathica  associated with  acute mastoiditis.  Proc. Mayo
Clin.,  1937, 12:  363-7.—Wirz.  Meningite a pneumocoque et
mastoidite latente; guerison.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1942, 190. 
MASTOIDITIS
378
MASTOIDITIS
----    Complication, multiple.
   Antoli Candela. F.  Un caso de mastoiditis con colesteatoma
extenso,  fusion de la ap6fisis e inserciones musculares y  con-
tractura  del cuello del lado afecto.  Libro de actas Congr. nac.
otorinolar.,  Madr.,  1912,  4. Congr.,  596-0.   Bowers. W.  C.
Two cases of mastoiditis, sinus thrombosis, facial paralysis  on
opposite side,  double choked  disc; recovery.  Tr.. Am.  Lar.
Rhin.  Otol. Soc, 1922, 28: 46-9.—Cernezzi, A.   Mastoidite
sinistra a streptococchi tromboflibite del seno laterale sinistro;
empiema pleurico destro, trapanazione mastoidea, svuotamento
e drenaggio del seno laterale, costotomia, guarigione.  Riforma
med.,  1905,  21:  1051.—Druss,  J,  G.  Multiple  intracranial
complications  following an  apparently cured case of  acute
mastoiditis.   J.  Mount  Sinai  Hosp.  N.  York,  1935-36,  2:
224-7.—Lewy, R. B.  Scarlet fever, bilateral mastoiditis  with
intervening pneumonia, and cerebellar abscess with recovery.
Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1941, 34: 1199-201.   Also Dis. Eye &c.
Throat,  1941,  1: 341-3.—McReynolds,  J.  O.  Report  of  a
case of acute mastoiditis; complicated  by an extensive destruc-
tion of the esophagus leading to a profuse hemorrhage into the
left-pleural  cavity, the stomach and  mediastinum.  Tr.  Am.
Acad.  Ophth.  Otolar., 1906,  Sect. St Clair, 175-85.—Mag-
giorotti,  U.   Mastoidite e  meningite saccata della zona Rolan-
dico sinistra, in polamonitica; drenaggio meningeo.  Valsalva,
1936, 12: 85-93.—Ruttin, E.  Akute Mastoiditis mit Scharten-
gewebe  um  den  Fazialis,  peribulbarer Entziindung,  seroser
Labyrinthitis und Abduzensschwache.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1938,
72: 462-5.—Smith, C. H.  Recurrent mastoiditis with petrositis,
temporosphenoidal abscess, large epidural abscess and recovery;
report of a case.  Laryngoscope,  1934, 44: 221.—Smith,  R.
Multiple complications  including metastatic  lung  abscess
following mastoid infection.  J. Lar.  Otol.,  Lond., 1940, 55:
459-62.
----   deep [subantral]
   Bilancioni, G., & Traina, S.  Le mastoiditi a cellule mediali
profonde e il  loro decorso.  Policlinico,  1926,  33:  sez.  prat..
325-9.—Girard, L.   l'n  cas  de  mastoidite  profonde.   Oto-
rhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1934,  18:  343-9.—Horgan,  J.  B.
Mastoiditis limited to the deep subantral cells.  Brit. M.  ,L,
1027, 1: 279.  Also Eye Ear &c Month.,  1927-28, 6: 90.
----   Diagnosis.
   Alexander, G.  Die Diagnose der Mastoiditis.  Wien. klin.
Wschr., 1932.  45:  853-5.—Barnett,  H. N.   Mastoiditis;  its
diagnosis  and  treatment.  Practitioner,  Lond.,  1931,  127:
276-84.  ------The diagnosis and treatment of mastoiditis.
Med. Press A- Circ, Dubl., 1936, 193: 551-4— Brayshaw, J. E.
The diagno.-is  and  management  of acute  mastoiditis.   Dela-
ware M. ,L.  1930. 2: 6-10.—Champion, A. N.  The  diagnosis
of acute  mastoiditis.   Texas J. M.,  1938-39. 34:  550-3.—
Chatellier. H.  P.  A  propos du  diagnostic  des mastoiditis
aigues.   J.  med.  chir., Par.,  1928, 99:  389-99.—Daley, J.
Electric thermoscope as an  aid in the diagnosis of acute mas-
toiditis.   Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 17:  679-83.—Davidson,
E.  W.   Diagnosis  of  acute  mastoiditis.   Clin.  Osteopath.,
1940. 36: 406-12.—Eggston, A.  A.  Diagnostic aids in mas-
toiditis;   laboratory.    Laryngoscope,  1933,   43: 788-92.—
Fink, A. I.  [Significance  of blood calcium in  comparison with
other auxiliary examinations for  diagnosis  of surgical  mas-
toiditis]   Vest, otorinolar.,  1941, No.  3, 78.—Fowlkes,  J. W.
Diagnostic phases  of  mastoiditis.   Laryngoscope,  1943, 53:
409-18.—Friesner,  L,  &  Rosen,  S.  Ein neues Hilfsmittel in
 lii Diagnose  der  Mastoiditis.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1928, 62:
413-7.  Also Engl, transl. Arch.  Otolar., Chic, 1928, 7: 317-
20.—Carnier,  W. H.   Diagnosis  of  mastoiditis.  Kentucky
M. J., 1942,  40: 52-5.—Hasselt, E. H. van   [Diagnostic diffi-
culties in  mastoiditis in children]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie,
1933. 73: 1040--50.—Jansen, A.  Symptomatologie  der  Eite-
rungen  am Warzenfortsatz, mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung
ihrer  Fruhdiagnose.   Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,  1907, 4: 198-
206.—Laflf, H. I.  The diagnosis of acute mastoiditis.  Colorado
M.,  1935, 32: 202-7.—Liischer, E.   Otomikroskopische Be-
funde bei Mastoiditis.  Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1935-36, 140:
355-9.—Moulonguet, A.  Les signes otoscopiques au cours des
mastoidites aigues.   Otorhinolar.  internat.,  Lyon,  1937, 21:
593-9.—Moulton, H.   Some phases of mastoid disease with
special reference to diagnosis.  J. Arkansas M.  Soc,  1934, 30:
225-8.—Neer.  E. D.  The  diagnosis of operative acute mas-
toiditis.   Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 1157-65.—O'Shea,
H.  V.   The  diagnosis of mastoid disease  in  general practice.
Practitioner,  Lond., 1932,  128:  447-54.—Oyama, T.   Eiter-
charakter und  -kalk zur  Diagnostik auf der Mastoiditis; ein
neues diagnostisches Verfahren fiir die entziindlichen Knochen-
erkrankungen in der Oto-Rhino- und Laryngologie.   Tohoku
J. Exp. M.,  1930,  16:  438-86.—Rivero. F. H.  Contribuci6n
al diagn66tico de  la  mastoiditis;  el  signo  de la percusi6n.
Acci6n  med., B. Air.,  1941, 11: 152-4— Royce, G.   Suppura-
tive mastoiditis; its diagnosis and  treatment.   Canad.  Pract.,
1907. 32: 522-31.—Shepard, E. P. Diagnosis of mastoiditis.
Proc. Postcolleg. Clin. Assemb. Coll. M. Ohio Univ., 1938, 5:
97.—Shepard, W. B.  Diagnostic points in mastoiditis. Hahne-
man.  Month.,  1940,  75: 373-82.—Szumowski,  K.   Sur la
conductibilite thermique des apophyses mastoides tepreuve du
Professeur Zaiewski)  et sur son  utilite dans les  mastoidites
Rev. laryng., Bord., 1933,  54: 612-49 —Toubert, J.  Contri-
buci6n  al diagnostico de las celulitis mastoideas posteriores.
Bol. lar.  otol..  Madr., 1902, 2:  192- Watson. W. R.  The
diagnosis  of  acute mastoiditis.   M.  & S. Rep.  Episc Hosp
I'hila., 1930,6:416-21.—Wicart.   Diagnostic et traitement non
sanglant  des  mastoides aigues.   Med. prat., Par., 1907, 3:
517-9.—Wishart,  I). E. S.   The  diagnosis of mastoiditis iri
children.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931,  24: 51 1-6.—Zaiewski, T.
La conductibilite thcrniique  et son  utilite pour le diagnostic
et le traitement des  inflammations aigues de l'apophyse mas-
toide.   Acta otolar.,  Stockh., 1926, 9: 454-80.
----   Diagnosis, differential.
   Beyer, H.  Vortuuschung eines Sinusprolups durch isolierU
Caries der terminalen Mastoidzellen.  Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk
1905, 64: 289-0L—Braat, H.  Mededeeling omtrent een gevai
van   vermoedelijk  ontstekingsprorrs  nan  de  basis  cranii,
debuteerend  onder  het beeld van  acute mastoiditis.   Ned
tschr. geneesk., 1906, d. 1, 308-10.—Chambers, T. R.   Some
difficulties in diagnosis of mastoid cases.  Tr.  Am. Lar.  Rhin
Otol. Soc.  (1906)  1907, 367-70.- Chatellier, H. P.  Contribu-
tion  au  diagnostic clinique de la reaction mastoidienne et de la
mastoidite au  cours  des otites aigues.  Ann.  otolar.,  Par.,
1934,  117-21.—Dintenfass,  H.  Mastoiditis; a  differential
diagnosis.  J. M. Soc. N.  Jersey,  1933,  30:  629-33—Finot,
P. H.  Report  of  three rases of simulated mastoiditis relieved
by sphenoidectomy.   U. S.  Veterans Bur. M. Hull., 1927, S:
472-5.—Fischer.   Mastoidismus  und  Mastoiditis.   Zsohr
Hals  &c  Heilk., 1920, 15: 283 9— Franchini, Y., Gustavino,
D., & Couzo, J. R.   Verdaderas y  falsas mastoiditis.   Sem.
med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 1, 1114-21.—Grant. D. Two case>
of circum-auricular abscess presenting the  appearance of acute
suppuration in the mastoid  process.  Polyclinic, Lond.,  1!)()7,
11: 66.—Herrmann.   Zur Pseudomastoiditis.   Zschr. Hals &c.
Heilk.,  1928, 20:  186-90  [Discussion] 212-24.—Horn,  W. I,.
Gradenigo's  syndrome simulating  expanding  intracranial
lesion.  Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 437-45.—Jones, M. F. Differ-
ential diagnosis in  acute  mastoid  disease.   Ibid.,  1933, 43:
793-6.—Lauria, H. J.  Pseudo-mastoidite,  ou mastoidite de
Luc  Rev. brasil.  otorinolar.,  1941,  9:  285-8.—Royce,  G.
Suppurative mastoiditis: its diagnosis and  treatment. Canada
Lancet, 1907-08,  41:  221-9.—Steinmann. C. B.  Du tympan
mastoiditique.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 942-54.
----   epidemic.
   Barwich, M.  Der  Einfluss des Genius epidemicus auf die
Morbiditat und den Verlauf der akuten Mastoiditis.  Mschr.
Ohrenh.,  1927, 61:  735-50.—Hands,  S. G.   Institutional
epidemic mastoiditis.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1939, 29: 58-60.
----   Etiology.
   Aenggardh, G.   Studies of the clinical aspects and prognosis
of the scarlatina mastoiditis.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1940, 28:
316-21.—Allen,  S.  E.  Etiology and pathology of mastoiditis.
Lancet Clinic, Cincin.,  1905, n. ser., 55:  487-90  [Discussion]
496-500.—Asherson, N.   The  anatomy  of  the  pre-mastoid
space; its relation to mastoiditis.   J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1931,
46: 111-6.—Bane,  W. C.  Mastoiditis in  chronic suppurative
otitis media.  Colorado M., 1906,  3: 311-5.—Borrone, M. G.
Abscessed ears  and mastoiditis.   Hudson Co. Health Rec,
1936, 3:  4-7.—Boulai.   Mastoidite et  furoncle  du  conduit
auditif.   Rennes med.,  1906-07,  2:  142-7.—Buchband, M.
Zur Symptomatologie und Klinik der Mastoiditis nach Bade-
Otitis.    Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1939,   73:  332-45.—Cramer, M.
Ohrfurunkel;  Mastoiditis.   Wien. klin.  Rdsch.,  1905, 19:
600.—Delstanche,  E.   Mastoidite  et  furonculose.   Presse
otolar. beige, 1906,  5: 101-5.—Feldstein,  A.  [Problem in the
treatment of latent mastoiditis of scarlatinal origin]   Vrach.
gaz., 1929,  33:  2197-200.—Gimplinger,  E.  Die  Mastoiditis
im  Kriege.  In: Kriegschirurgie  (Zimmer, A.) Wien,  1944, 1:
524-35.—Hastings, H.   The etiology and abortive treatment
of mastoiditis.   California M. &  S. Rep., 1906, 2: 871-3.—
Hays, H.  Secondarv mastoid infections.  Eye Ear &c  Month..
1938-39, 17: 338.—Kennon, W.  G.  Two cases of mastoiditis
following  the use of very hot solutions in the ear.  Ann. Otol.
Rhinol.,  1934, 43:  863.—Kopetzky, S. J.  The relationship of
upper  respiratory  and  alimentary tract flora  to mastoid in-
fections,  with  particular  reference  to the  epidemiology of
mastoiditis.  Tr. Am.  Otol. Soc, 1932, 22: 53-71.-----&
Hadjopoulos, L. G. The relationship of upper respiratory and
alimentary  tract flora  to  mastoid infections, with particular
reference  to the epidemiology of mastoiditis.  Laryngoscope,
1932, 42: 661.—Lannois, M.  Mastoidite furonculeuse. Rev.
laryng.,  Par., 1907, 2:  551-4.—Lewy, R. B.  Scarlet fever,
bilateral  mastoiditis with  intervening pneumonia, cerebellar
abscess and lecoverv.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.. 1941. 50: 959-02 —
Lichtenberg, K.   lieveny doburlob folytan  keletkezet.t csecs-
nyujtvdnylob.  Budapesti orvosegy. evk.  (1891) 1892,  105-7.—
McCaskey,  C. H.   Etiology and treatment of surgical  mastoid-
itis. Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1940, 53-7.—McLallen,
J. I.  Acute otitis  media and mastoid involvement.  Atlantic
M. J.,  1923-24,  27: 643-5.--Ralston, G.  An unusual complica-
tion of rheumatic  fever;  acute  mastoiditis.  J.  M.  Ass. P.
Africa, 1929. 3:  310.—Smith, S. McC.  Etiology and treatment
of mastoiditis   Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1906, 30: 310-4—Strand-
berg, O., &  Plum, A. [Mastoiditis and middle ear suppuration]
Ugeskr. lager', 1926, 88: 369-74.—Vandevere, W. E., & Spear-
man, M. P.  Mastoid infections.  Southwest. M., 1940, 24: 9". 
MASTOIDITIS                                  379                                   MASTOIDITIS
  ----Etiology: Predisposing factors.
     Fabricant, N. D.   Climatic  factor in mastoiditis.  Arch.
  Otolar., Chic,  1939,  30: 549-56.—Kimura, K.   Ueber  die
  Beziehungen  zwischen akuter  Mastoiditis  und  Witterung.
  Otorhinolaryngologia,  Tokyo,  1939,   12:   461.—Kraus,   L.
  Histologische Lntersuchung eines unoperierten Felsenbeines
  mit Mastoiditis bei gehemmter  Pneumatisation.  Beitr. Anat.
  Ohr.,  1927, 27: 176-89.—Tapia,  A. G.  Otitis cronica supurada
  y mastoiditis evolucionando hacia la curacion en una nifia  con
  previa estenosis cicatricial del  orificio del conducto auditivo
  externo.   Libro de actas Congr.  espan. otorinolar., 1910, 3.
  Congr., 409-12.—Wanamaker, A. T.  Mastoiditis in congeni-
  tally deformed ears.  Tr.  Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1939,  45:
  426-33. Also Ann. OtoL  Rhinol., 1939, 48: 140-7.


  ----   Forensic aspect.
     Kuilman, J.   [Case of  mastoiditis of  forensic  interest]
  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1938, 78: 92-4.


  ----   Hematology.
     Arcioni, J. B., & Querol,  H. E.  Mastoiditis y eritrosedi-
  mentaci6n.  Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1941, 40: 47-52.—Brande-
  gee, W. P.  Clinical value of the differential blood count in a
  case of acute double mastoiditis.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc
  (1906) 1907, 320-9.—Busier, H. S.  Evaluation of the Schilling
  index in acute mastoiditis.  J. Am. Inst. Homoeop., 1935,  28:
  12-5.—Frank, I.,  &  Smiley, W.   Intermittent  absence of
  leucocvtosis with acute mastoiditis, report  of  a case.   Ann.
  Otol.  Rhinol., 1930,  39:  128-33.—Jachontow, S.  P.   Zur
  Frage  der  Beeinflussung der weissen Blutkorperchen bei  der
  Mastoiditis.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1929, 63: 503-10.—Koskinen, P.
  Blutuntersuchungen bei Mastoiditiden.  Acta otolar., Stockh
  1938, 26: 443-51.—Love, A. A., & Welter, D. L.  The filament
  non-filament count in mastoiditis.  Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser
  24: 46-52.

  ----   jugo-digastric.

    Pinson, L.  M.  Contribution a  l'etude de  la
  mastoidite  jugodigastrique   de  Mouret.    89p.
  25cm.  Bord., 1934.
    Bonnet-Roy, F.  Deux observations de mastoidite jugale.
  Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1935, 19:  785-91.—Casadesus &
  Castells, F.  Mastoiditis  yugo-digdstrica  con absceso lateral
  faringeo.  Med. ibera, 1935,  29:  pt 2, 109.—Joubert, L. de G.
  Rapport sur deux cas de  mastoidites de Mouret.  J. Hotel-
  Dieu Montreal, 1941, 10: 357-64.—K6s, J. A. de C., Amarante,
  R. C. L., & Torres de Rezende, N.  Um caso  de  mastoidite de
  Mouret complicado  de trombo-flebite e fleimao profundo  do
  pescoco;  operado e curado.   Rev.  otolar. S. Paulo, 1936,  4:
  587-90.  Also  Fol. med..  Rio,  1937,  18: 9v— Rojas, F. A., &
  Nijensohn, M.  Mastoiditis yugo-digdstrica.  Rev.  med.,  B.
  Air., 1942, 4: 189-96.

  ----   latent and  masked.

    Bertignon,  M.    *Les  mastoidites latentes;
  etude  clinique  et  diagnostic.   57p.   8?    Par.,
  1937.
    Agnew, F. F. Latent infections of the mastoid. J. Iowa M.
  Soc, 1939,  29: 55-8.—Alexander,  G.   Mastoidismo e mas-
  toidite latente.  Rass. ital. otorinolar.,  1930,  4:  64-80.  Ako
  German  transl.  Wien.  klin.  Wschr.,  1930,  43:  577-80.—
  Asherson,  N.  Symptomless  acute mastoiditis; a  record  of
  four cases.   Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 343-5.—Barbey, E.  A
  propos d'un cas de mastoidite k  evolution  lente  et insidieuse.
  Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1938,  58: 589-602.—Bertein, P.  Les
  mastoidites  latentes au cours des otites  moyennes aigues.
  Presse med.,  1924, 32:  841.—Bloch, H.,  &  Merolla, E.  F.
 Masked  mastoiditis.   J.  Pediat.,  S. Louis,  1935, 6: 630-3.—
 Buev, P. D.  [On timely operation of acute mastoiditis of the
 so-called masked  or  concealed  type]  Vest, otorinolar.,  1939,
 No. 5,  59-64.—Cauzard.   Diagnostic des  mastoidites;  les
 mastoidites  latentes.  Gaz. mal.  infant., Par., 1905,  7:  81-4.
 -----   Les mastoidites  latentes et anomales (diagnostic)
 Bull. lar. otol. rhinol., Par.,  1906, 9: 53-62.—Covili-Faggioli, G.
 Contributo alia diagnosi della  mastoidite latente.   Valsalva,
 1929, 5:  156-62.—Dutheillet de Lamothe. M.  Sur un aspect
 special du fond du conduit, dit ferme en  bourse, signe de
 mastoidite latente au cours de 1'otite aigue  supputee non ou-
 verte. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 483-7. ------ Importance
 des signes otoscopiques dans le  diagnostic des mastoidites
 latentes.   Ann.  otolar.,  Par.,  1934,  1005-7.—Guy-Arnaud.
 Mastoidite latente apres otite traitee par les sulfamides.  Ibid.,
 1944-45,  113.—Hallberg, O. E., & Thornell, W.  C.  Masked
 mastoiditis.  Minnesota M., 1944, 27: 284.—Hernandez, A.,  &
 Villegas,  J. L.  Mastoiditis latente;  estudio clfnico y  radio-
 I6gico.  Prensa med. argent.,  1945, 32: 370-5.—Hunter, R.  J.
 Masked mastoiditis. Arch.  Pediat., N. Y., 1927, 44: 205-14 —
 Khanbeghian, M.  Contributo alia sintomatologia e patogenesi
 delle mastoiditi  latenti.  Arch. ital. otol., 1933, 45:  347-55.—
 Largeteau.  Mastoidites a  symptomatologie discrete  et  leurs
 indications operatoires.  Rev. laryng., Bord., 1939, 60: 642-8.—
Macneil, F. A.  Masked mastoiditis in children up to the age
of two years.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1928, 18: 688-92.—Martin
Calderin, A.  La mastoiditis latente.  An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr.,
a  •   it\- oi9^'  P'-—[Mastoiditis latens]   Harefuah, Tel
Aviv, 194o, 28: 276 -Mikhailovsky. S. V.  [Latent mastoiditis]
Vest, otorinolar., 1937, No. 6, 680-4.—Moure, J. P.  Sur un
cas de mastoidite  a symptomatologie subjective fruste.  Rev.
laryng., Bord., 1942, 63: 133-7.—Portmann, G., & Berger, M.
Les  mastoidites latentes.   Presse med.,  1943,  51:  306.—
in5n  » ??: D- Y-  A  case of silent mastoiditis.  Brit. M. J.,
1940  2: 704 —Riyero,  F. H.  Contribuci6n al diagnostico de la
mastoiditis larvada del adulto; el signo de la percusion.  Arch.
venezol  Soc  otorinolar.,  1940,  1:  147-57—Seiferth,  L. B.
Ueber latente Mastoiditis  und Sinusthrombose.  Zschr.  Hals
&c  Heilk.  1928, 20: 202-24.—Silent  mastoiditis.   Practi-
tioner, Lond.,  1943, 150:  125.—Silver, H.  B.  Acute occult
mastoiditis  at ten  weeks.   Laryngoscope,  1928,  38: 45 —
laptas. Un nouveau cas de mastoidite latente.  Arch, internat.
aryng., Par.,  1905, 20: 440.  ------  De la mastoidite aigue
latente chez 1 adulte.  Ann.  mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 26-35 —
,   oo'r. o     Masked mastoiditis. Dis. Eye &c Throat, 1941,
1: 330-3.—Trifiletti, A.  Mastoidite  acuta  indolente.   Arch.
ital otol., 1905-06, 17:  209-14.—Turtur, G. Mastoidite latente
"â„¢ata da  attacchi di epilessia  classica.  Med. inf.,  Roma,
1933, 4: 381-3.—Warren, R.  Concealed  or unobserved  mas-
toiditis.   Practitioner,  Lond., 1931,  127: 268-75.—Williams.
H.  L., jr.  Masked mastoiditis.  Minnesota  M., 1932  15:
813-20.—Wolf, G. D.   Silent mastoiditis.  J. Am. M.  Ass.
1935, 104: 2315-9.  ------  & Capus, B.  Silent mastoiditis
with special  reference to chemotherapv.  N. York State J. M.,
1942, 42: 1755-9.
Manifestation.
    See also Gradenigo's syndrome.
    Wittekind, O.   *Ueber  den Temperaturver-
 lauf   der   Mastoiditis   des   Erwachsenen.   7p.
 21cm.   Wiirzb., 1938.
    Adams, C. J.  Hyperpyretic mastoiditis.  Tr. Indiana Acad.
 Ophth. Otolar., 1932, 22-33.—Asherson, N.  The significance
 of edema due to mastoiditis.  Arch. Otolar., 1931, 14: 551-63.
 ------  An early clinical sign of acute mastoiditis; the reservoir
 sign.  Lancet, Lond.,  1935,  1:  150.   ----—  Severe  initial
 deafness as a sign of acute mastoiditis.  Ibid., 1938, 2: 946.—
 Atkins,  R. T.  The  symptomatology and  diagnosis of acute
 mastoiditis.   Laryngoscope,  1933,  43: 777-83.—Baker,  F.
 Report  of cases simulating  grave mastoiditis.   California
 J. M., 1905, 3: 45.- -Barnes, L. S.  Some considerations relating
 to pain and tenderness in acute  mastoiditis.  Canad.  M. Ass.
 J., 1933,  28: 533-5.—Berger,  M.   A  positive svmptom  of
 mastoiditis.   Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1929, 38: 275.—Boenning-
 haus,  G.  Ueber starkes periaurikulares Oedem der Haut als
 Verlaufer eines subperiostalen  Abszesses bei Mastoiditis; zug-
 leich ein Beitrag zur Eroffnung des Kiefergelenkes.  Arch. Ohr.
 &c. Heilk., 1930, 125: 132^.—Bryant, B L.  How shall  we eval-
 uate the various manifestations of acutemastoiditis?  Laryngo-
 scope, 1030, 40: 809-21.—Busacca, G.  Sul significato e sull'im-
 portanza clinica del punto doloroso della punta  della mastoide
 nelle otiti  medie  acute.  Arch. ital.  otol., 1928, 39:  413-20.—
 Dintenfass,  H.   Gradenigo's  syndrome in  mastoid  disease;
 report of  a  case.  Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic, 1926, 3:  349-52.—
 Dixon, F. W.  Mastoiditis without classical symptoms.  Ohio
 Af. J., 1941, 37:  1065.—Downey, J. W., jr.  Symptomatology'
 of  mastoiditis;   individual  anatomical and  histopathologic
 variations.  South. M. J.,  1932, 25: 866-70.—Madge,  F. T.
 Severe initial deafness as a sign of acute mastoiditis.  Lancet,
 Lond.,  1938,  2:  1029.—Neville,  W.  S. T.   Mastoiditis  with
 middle-ear signs.  Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 678.—Piquet & Coulou-
 ma.  Les troubles  sympathiques dans  les mastoidites.  Bru-
 xelles med., 1933-34, 14: 1343.—Steinmanr, C. B. Vom mastoi-
 ditischen  Trommelfell.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1926, 60: 774-84 —
 Sviridova,  A. E.  [P'requency of separate clinical symptoms in
 acute  mastoiditis, based  on data from the Otolaryngological
 institute of Kharkov]  J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1939, 16:
 7-12.—Watson-Williams,  E.   The  reservoir  sign  of  acute
 mastoiditis.  Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1:  346.—Williams, H. L.
 Mastoiditis with unusual symptoms.  Surg. Clin. N. America,
 1935, 15: 1265-9.


----   Mortality.
   Dixon, O. J.  The  cause of death in mastoiditis.  J.  Am. M.
Ass.,  1928,  91: 1280-4.—Kafka, M. M.  Mortality  of mas-
toiditis and cerebral  complications with review of 3225 cases
of mastoiditis with complications.'  Larvngoscope,  1935, 45:
790-822.


----   mycotic.
   Drury, D. W.  Mastoiditis; actinomycosis.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
1929,  93: 974-8.—Haiman, J. A., & Adelman. M. H.   Acute
actinomyces mastoiditis.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1939, 48: 195—
202.
----   necrotic.
 Benn, W. J.  Necrosis of the mastoid  process.  Physician
&  Surgeon,  1906, 28: 311-3.—Cauzard, P.  Caries de los dos
pefiascos consecutiva a otitis cr6nica supurada.  Bol. lar. otol.,
Madr., 1904, 4: 414.—Delstanche.  Volumineux sequestre de
la  mastoide.  Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1908-09, 14: 82.—Gamgee.
L.  P. On primary caries of the mastoid process as a cause of 
MASTOIDITIS
380
MASTOIDITIS
 mastoid abscess in  young children.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1906,  1:
 1236.-  Guggenheim, L. K., & Ferris. D. P.   Dry necrosis  of
 the mastoid; a  report  of  four  eases.   Arch.  Otolar., Chic,
 1930,  II:  445-58.-  Lifschitz. B. M.  Ein  Fall von Sequester
 des Seblafenbcins bei  Mastoiditis.   Msehr. Ohrenh.,  1933. 67:
 005.-  Mackenzie,  G.  W.   Latent mastoiditis  with  necrotic
 bone.   Laryngoscope,  1929, 39: 501-5.-  Molik. S.  Quelques
 formes hemorragiques  necrosantes de mastoidites au  cours de
  btorrbee  aigue.  Prat.  med. fr., 1929, 8: 114-21.   Pelaez,
 l\ L.   Mastoiditis  polimorfa y seeuestro volutninoso.   Bol.
 lar. otol.,  Madr.,  1903, 3:  33-8.  -Truffert.  P.   Mastoidite
 necrotique; ulceration  secondaire spontanee du sinus lateral;
 guerison.  Otorhinolar. internat., Par., 1932, 16: 520-2.

 ----   Paramastoiditis [incl.  Perimastoiditisl
    Berger,  M.   Les temporalites; mastoidites et paramas-
 toidites; formes anatomo-cliniques. J. med. Bordeaux, 1939,16:
 pt 1,  248-03.—Escat. E.,  & Rigaud. P.  Cellule aberrante
 hvpo-i\ inpanique fover insidieux de paramastoidite et point de
 d.'pait de  meningite.   Ann. mal. oreille,  1926, 45: 1005-14.—
 Galli, P. S. l'n easo de mastoiditis, paramastoiditis, con parali-
 sis crural  cspastica del lado opuesto.  Prensa med.  argent.,
 1930, 26: pt 1,  477-9.—Koutsorodis. Deux cas d'abces peri-
 mastoidiens  avec guerison  sans trepanation.   Rev.  laryng.,
 Par., 1924, 45: 95.—Mouret, J.  Perimastoidites exocraniennes.
 Ann. mal.  oreille, 1923, 42:  1174-86.

 ----   Pathogenesis.

    Degexharo.   B.     *Der   Begriff   Mastoiditis
 und seine  Wandlungen zum  Begriff  Pneumato-
 cellulitis.   16p.   21cm.  Greifsw.,  1937.
    Beck,  J.   Die  entzundlichen  Vorgange im Verlauf  der
 Mastoiditis.   Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926, 15: 256-60 [Dis-
 cussion]  270-3.  ------  Die Mastoiditis im Lichte der allge-
 meinen  pathologischen  Anatomie.   Ibid.,  192S,  20:  135-44
 [Discussion] 212-24— Hadjopoulos, L. G., & Bell. J. W.  Direct
 versus intermediate pathwavs  in  infections of  the  mastoid
 Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937,  25: 601-17.  Holinger. J.  Some
 points in the  anatomy of the temporal bone to be considered
 in  eonnoetion  with mastoiditis  following  acute  suppurative
 otiiis media.   Laryngoscope, 1907,  17: 79-82.— McMahon,
 B. J. The relation of mastoid structure to extension of mastoid
 infection.  Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,  1931, 40: 53-66.—Mouret, J.
 Systematisationde la mastoide; systematisation des mastoidites;
 mastoidectomie.   Acta otolar.,  Stockh.,  1928, 12:  139-92,
 3 pl.—Roberts. M. H.   A studv of mastoid infection in children.
 Bull. Fulton Co. M. Soc,  1936, 10: No. 20, 4.  Also South.
 M. J.,  19.30,  29:  1207-13.—Tolczynski. B.  [Pathogenesis of
 acute  suppurative  mastoiditis  without  otorrhea]    Warsz.
 czas. lek., 1939,  16:  186-9.

 ---   Pathology.
   Franchini, Y., Blotta. F., A- Guastavino, D.  Mastoidismo  y
 linfangitis  ret roam ieuiar.    Hev.  med.  Iat. amer.,  B. Air.,
 1940-41, 26: 58-04.   Hybasek,  J.  [Observations on subacute
 mastoiditis!  (as. lek. eesk., 1930,  69:  430-4.—Krainz,  W.
 Zur Pathologie der Mastoiditis.   Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928
 20:  144-9  [Discussion]  212-24.—Lange, W.   Die  patholo-
 gische  Anatomie der Mastoiditis.  Ibid., 3-37.—Lloyd, R. I.
 A study of the diploe of the mastoid in relation to the spread of
 infection in mastoiditis. Homoeop. Eye Ear &c ,L, 1907,  13:
 170-4.—Meyer, M.   Ueber  einige  normal- und pathologisch-
 anatomische Beobachtungen am Sauglings- und Kindermittel-
 ohr  (schleimigeitrige Mastoiditis;  Hohlraumsprossen.  Mark-
 riiume  und   Pneumatisation)   Zschr.  Laryng.,  1931,  21:
 283-91.—Nishihata.  T.   Beitrage  zur Pathologie der Mas-
 toiditis.  Jap.  J.  M.  Sc, Otorhinolar.,  1939-40,  3:   No.  2,
 Proc,  15.   Also German transl.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1941,  75:
 31-5.—Ziegelman, E. F.  Anatomical study of extension of  a
 mastoid infection into the digastric muscle and  adjacent struc-
 tures.  Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38: 256-67.  Also Ann
 OtoL Rhinol., 1932, 41: 1063-78.

 ----   Pathology:  Bone.

   See also Osteomyelitis;  Ostitis.
   Aloin. H.   L'osteomyelite mastoidienne bilaterale  chez le
 nourrisson  et I'enfant  du  premier age.   Rev.  laryng  Par
 1929, 50: 191-212.—Antognoli. G. C.  Fistola latero-ce'rvicale
 da osteite della base cranica in individuo affetto da  mastoidite
 specifici.  Valsalva,  1933. 9: 834-42.—Beck, J.  I'athologisch-
 anatomische  Untersuchungen uber die Mastoiditis;  zugleich
 ein Beitrag zur  Frage der Entwicklunc  und Auskleidung  der
 lufthaltigen Warzenzellen sowie  zu  I.ehie  von der entzund-
 lichen  Knochenzers toning und   K"no,|,, ,mii ubildung    Beitr
 Anat. Ohr.. 1926, 24:  12-103--Bernfeld. K.   Osteomyelitis
 der Warzenfortsatzspitze bei imperforierter Otitis media acuta
 nut Caput obstipum.   Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1928,  62: 1271-5__
 Collet. F.  J..  &  Mounier-Kuhn,  P.  Osteite  fibreuse de la
 mastoide; analogies avec la maladie  osseuse de Recklinghausen
 Ann.  otolar.,  Par.,  1933,  773-9.—Coppo,  E.   Mastoiditi'  e
sistematua cellulare  della mastoide.  Otorinolar. ital  1035 5-
312-27.   Cordier, Enselme [et al.l   Des processus de condensa-
tion osseuse a la Peripherie  des fovei- d'osteite mastoidienne.
Ann. otolar.  Par., 1939, 603-6.—Driver. W. E. The dwarfed
and deformed mastoid  a sequel  to imperceptible mastoiditis
complicating  chronic  suppurative  otitis  media.  N.  York
M.  J.. 1906, 84: 781-7.—Engelhardt. G.  Akute Mastoiditi.
und Malum suboccipital.  Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk.,  1932  Ijâ„¢
 160-3.  Corny, J.  Zur Knochenresorption bei der Mn.tAiHi..
 acuta.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk.. 1928-29, 22: -182-92.  GonuIot
 H.  Leber Resorptions- und Neubildungsprozessc im  Kn.« hen'
 gewebe  (auf  Grund  mikroskopischer  Untersuchungen  ent-
 ziindeter Warzenfortsatze)   Acta otolar.,  Stockh.,  19,'),-, 22-
 243-69.  ------  Ueber eine andere, von der typischen Osteo-
 klase  verschiedene Art  der Knochenresorption (auf  Cirund
 mikroskopischer  Untersuchungen  entztindeter  Warzenfnrt
 siitze)  Ibid.,  1937, 25: 11  20.   Gutteridge,  E.   Suppuration
 in the petrous temporal in mastoidit is.  Med. J. Australia, 1937
 1: 916-18.—Hybasek, J.  [Pneumatization of mastoid process
 in relation  to mastoiditis]   Sborn.  h'k., 1929, 30: 287-301 —
 Krainz, W.  Untersuchungen iiber die Mastoiditis (Endoatiti.
 mastoidea)   Zschr. Hals  &c. Heilk.,  1925-26,  13:  361-405
  -----  Leber Schrumpfungsbilder bei Sharpeyschen Fasern
 nebst Bemerkungen zur Frage der Mastoiditis. Ibid., 1928-29
 22:   364-71   [Bermerkungen  von  O.   Mayer]   440-2 —
 Lombard, E. Contribuci6n al estudio de la anatomia patolfigica
 de las mastoiditis; la prolongacion celular antroapexiana   Bol
 lar. otol., Madr., 1904, 4: 420.  Also French transl., Ann mal'
 oreille, 1905, 31: 231-4.—Lorenzo, R., & Latienda. R.  I.   Rara
 complicacion de la mastoiditis supurada;  sfndrome  do  com-
 presion bulbar por destruction osteomielftiea del atlas  Prensa
 med. argent., 1933-34, 20: 249-55.  Also Gorman trans]  Deut
 Zschr. Nervenh., 1933, 131: 163 8.   McMahon,  B. J. Histo-
 pathology  of sinusitis and mastoiditis.  Tr.  Am  Lar  Rhin
 Otol. Soc,  1929,   35: 49-67.  -Martin, A.   Mastoiditis coni
 densantes.   Libro  de actas Congr.  espafi. otorinolar.,  1910
 3. Congr.,  546-57.-—Mayer. O.  Die Mastoiditis nach Unter-
 suchungen  von ganzen  Felsenbeinen  und Knoehensplittern
 Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927-28, 18: 628-51. -Mittermaier. R.
 Rontgenologischer  Beitrag zur Frage der  Knochenneubildune
 bei Mastoiditis.  Ibid.. 1039, 45:  214-27.--Ruttin. E. Akute
 Mastoiditis; ausgedehnte Vorwolbung der hinteren membrano-
 sen Gehorgangswand;  Bemerkungen iiber die Durchbruche der
 vorderen  und  hinteren  Gehorgangswand.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,
 1937, 71  : 8S2  4.  -Simon,  M.  Demonstration of osteitic foci
 in mastoiditis.  Acta radiol., Stockh., 1935, 16: 638-40 —
 Spence,  G.   Metastatic  osteomyelitis following mastoiditis.
 Clin.  Proc.  Child.  Hosp., Wash.,  1945-46, 2:  33-6, inch  pl —
 Stewart,  J.  P.  The histopathologv of mastoiditis.   Proc. R,
 Soc. M., Lond.,  1927-28, 21: Sect. OtoL, 55-70.  Also Eye
 Ear &<;.  Month., 1928, 7:  448-60.  Also J. Lar.  Otol., Lond.,
 1928, 43: 689-712, 6 pi.—Szenes,  Z. Subperiostitis abscedent.
 processus  mastoidei  ondlloan  fejlodott  esete.   Budapesti
 Orvosegy. ivk.  (1893) 1894,  163.—Ziegler. E.   Knochenneu-
 bildung bei  Mastoiditis.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk.,  1935-36, 39:
 159-88.

 ---  perilabyrinthine.

   See also Petritis; Pyramid, Apicitis.
   Berard,   F.   E.     Mastoidite   retro-lahyrin-
 thique.   72p.   8°   Par.,  1932.
   Le Jemble  de la  Hussaire, H.    *Lps mas-
 toidites  retro-labyrinthiquos.    44p.    8?   Par.,
 1932.
   Blassingame, C. D.  Mastoiditis involving the  petrous apex;
 report of  two cases; one recoverv and  one death.   Tr.  Am.
 Laryng. Ass., 1933, 39: 481-4.—Coates, A. E., & Gutteridge. E.
 A case of acute mastoiditis with empyema of an apical petrosal
 cell drained by a subtemporal operation.  Med.  J. Australia,
 1938,  2: !).">]   Leroux & Haguet.  Un cas  de  mastoidite sous-
 petreuse.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1943, 110.


 ----   Prevention.
  Dintenfass,  H.   The  prevention of mastoiditis.   Week.
Roster, Phila.,  1933,  29: 479-83.— England.  W.  The pre-
vention of  acute surgical mastoiditis.  West  Virginia M. J.,
 19.36,  32: 560-3.—Schwartz, A.  I.   The treatment  of acute
infections of the middle ear and the  prevention of mastoiditis.
Arch. Otolar.^ Chic, 1929,9: 185-7.—Taviani.   Trois cas dr
mastoidites  d'embiee avec complications rapides  et graves nu
cours d'otites  moyennes aigues; de l'utilite de la paracctiK'-se
precoce du tympan dans l'otite moyenne aigue.  Arch,  into nat
laryng.. Par.,  1930, 36: 449-57.—Thomas, H. G. Prevention
of  acute  mastoiditis.  Tr.  Pacific  Coast  Oto.  Ophth.  Sec,
 1921,  9.  meet., 110-5.  ------  Management of acute otitis
media  and  the prevention of the  acute  mastoid operation.
Tr.  Am.  Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1923, 28: 372-5—Wolfe. O.
The prevention of  surgical mastoiditis by routine treatment of
acute  otorrhea.   Ibid.,  376-91.  Also Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,
 1924-25.  33: 515-22.  Also Eye Ear &c Month., 1924-25. 3:
153-0.—Woodward, J. F., jr. Our  health, yesterday and today;
a study of acute otitis media and mastoiditis and  their relation
 to public health.  Virginia M. Month., 1942, 69:  307-14.


 ---primary.
  Antoli Candela, F.   Osteitis primitiva?  un caso  de  mas-
toiditis con  osteitis occipital.  Libro  de  actas  Congr. nac.
otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr.,  304-9.— Ardouin.  Sur un
cas de mastoidite d'apparence primitive.  Hev. larvng., Bord.,
 1934,   55:   914-7.—Blumenthal,  A.  Leber  primare eitrige
 Mastoiditis.  Zschr. Laryng., 1928,  17: 94.—Bratesco, V., 4 
MASTOIDITIS                                  381                                  MASTOIDITIS
Racoveano,   V.   Les  mastoidites  primitives.  Otorhinolar.
.  .    ;  T,mn 1Q37  21-454-60—Buys.  Mastoidites graves

sK&dm'SSJj-^™«-Bruxei,es' i9°5, iov704t
Coninet.  Un cas de mastoidite grave sans suppuration de
^oreille.  Bull. lar.  otol.  rhinol.,  Par.,  1905, 8:  211-4.—
rnrneli  C.   Un  caso di mastoidite primitiva.   Boll.  Accad.
med  Perugia, 1926, No. 1, 19-22 -Dowling  O.  Three cases
S mastoiditis without a history of discharge from the external
earTexas State J. M., 1907^)8 3: 238.-Franc.s  R   Four
cases of mastoiditis without middle-ear involvement.  Med. J.
Australia  1938,  2:  692—Frenyo, L.   Mastoiditis without
JvmSSâ„¢  of otitis  media]  Orv. hetil., 1938,  82: 1095-
Caudet  L.  S. Primary mastoiditis.   Eye  Ear &c. Month.,
1938-39  17: 25.—Gregorini, F. V.  Contributo  alia mastoiditi
»cnte con m'embrana timpanica imperforata nei lattanti e nella
nrimainfanzia. Arch. ital. otol., 1932, 43: 641-59.-Gu9tav.no,
n F  & Blotta  F.  Mastoiditis sin manifestaciones de otitis
media; accompaflada de otitis externa.  Rev. mod., Rosario,
 Q40  14- No  5,  1-6.—Hansel,  F. K.  Mastoiditis without
appa'rent'otitis media.   Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1926, 3: 433-7:-
Bempstead   B. E.  Six cases of definite mastoiditis  in which
the middle ear was definitely not affected.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,
1Q9R-27 35- 517-27.—Houdart & Ruyer.  Mastoidites  sans
suppuration  de la caisse.  Tunis, med., 1930,  24:  216r21.-
Jones C P.  Primary mastoiditis; report of a case.  \ lrginia
M Month., 1938, 65: 16.—Kampwirth, F.  Beitrag zur Frage
der  sogenannten  primaren  Mastoiditis.  Zschr.   Laryng.,
1927-28, 16: 313-23.—Kenefick, J. A.  Report  of  a  case of
mastoiditis  without  any manifestation in  the  middle ear or
external auditory canal.  Arch. OtoL, N. Y., 1906, 35: 154-6 —
Labarre E.   A propos de quelques cas de mastoidite aigue
non  ptecedee d'otite.   Presse otolar.  beige, 1905,  4:  112-9.
_____  Mastoidite primitive; carie du rocher  compliquee de
pachymeningite  fongueuse; operation;  guerison.  Bull.  Soc.
beke otol., 1912,  17: No. 4, 85-7.—Lotter, F. K.  [Problem of
isolated mastoiditis]   Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 2200r3.-PodeSta,
R.  Consideraciones anatomo-patol6gicas y clfnicas  sobre las
mastoiditis denominadas genuinas. Sem. mid., B. Air., 1932,
39: pt 1, 1023-45.—Ramirez Santalo, A. Mastoiditis primitiva
aguda y supurada; nota clfnica.   Libro de actas Congr. nac.
otorinolar.,  Madr.,  1912, 4. Congr., 210-5.—S., T.  Ein Fall
von  atypischer  Mastoiditis,  welche  unter  dem Bild einer
primaren Mastoiditis  auftrat.   Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1934,
33. gi —Sicaru, P., & Eliescu, P.  [Latent primary mastoiditis]
Rev. san. mil., Bucur.,  1933, 32: 143.—Smith,  S. MacC. Pri-
mary mastoiditis.  Tr. Am.  Lar., Rhin.  Otol. Soc.  (1906)
1907, 537-51.—Tapia, A. G.  Contribucion al estudio de  las
mastoiditis  no  precedidas  de  otitis  supurada.  Rev.  iber.
amer. cienc.  med., 1907, 18: 399-404.—Usen, L.  Intracranial
complications of otitic  origin in sclerotic mastoid  without
middle ear suppuration; case report.   Laryngoscope,  1933,43:
467-72.—Vialle, J.   Deux  cas de mastoidite primitive.  Ann.
otolar., Par., 1933, 349-51.—Wang,  P. W.  Primary  mastoi-
ditis; case report.  Chin.  M.  J., 1935, 49: 1144.—Watson-
Williams, E.  Mastoid disease without otorrhoea.  Brit. M. J.,
1929, 2: 1099-101.—Weinstein,  M.  A.  Acute mastoiditis
without apparent middle ear symptoms.   Laryngoscope, 1926,
36: 320-4.—Welt, B. Case report, bilateral suppurative mas-
toiditis.  N. York State J. AL, 1928, 28: 2011.

----   Prognosis.
   Neumann, H.  Ausgiinge  der  akuten  Entzundung  des
Warzenfortsatzes und ihre Beeinflussung.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,
1926, 39:   1085.—Wirth, E.  Bakteriologische und klinische
Untersuchungen  fur  die Prognose  der  Mastoiditis.   Zschr.
Laryng., 1927-28, 16: 296-302.

---   Radiography.

   See also Mastoid, Radiography.
   Felgner, K.   *Die Rontgenologie der akuten
Mastoiditis   [Frankfurt  a.  M.]    22p.    1  1.   8:
Lpz., 1928.
   Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1928, 118: 206-25.
   Law,   F.   M.   Mastoids   roentgenological^
considered.   2. ed.   42p.   4°   N. Y., 1929.
   Forms v. 1, Ann. Roentg.
   Thevenin,  J.   Contribution a  l'etude  radio-
graphique  des   mastoidites   aigues.    55   p.   8?
Par., 1926.                                   _,.  .  4   +
  Anglade,  L.  A propos  de deux. cas de  mastoidite latente
reveies par  la radiographic.   Bull. Soc. radiol. med  * ranee,
1936,  24:  102.—Baldenweck,  L. Contribution a  la valeur
diagnostique  et  therapeutique  de la  radiographie dans les
mastoidites  aigues.   Ann.  otolar., Par.,  1933,  976-8.
& Leroux-Robert, J.  La radiographic de la mastoide  dans les
indications operatoires des oto-mastoidites aigues et chroniques.
Ibid., 1938,  613-45.—Barkhorn, C. W.  Clinical versus X-ray
studv in acute mastoiditis.  J.  M. Soc  N. Jersey, 1936,  33:
153-8.—Beilin, D.  S.  Radiographic  diagnosis and manage-
ment of  mastoiditis.  Illinois M. J.,. 1932, 62: 513-6.-Berg
H. M., & Constans, G. M.  The clinical, roentgenological and
operative findings in 158 cases, of mastoiditis; description of a
new sism of  earlv cell necrosis.  Am. J.  Roentg.,  1933,  6».
«2-7TBrowne,l, D  H., & Hauser I. J.   The roentgenogram
as an aid in the diagnosis of surgical mastoiditis; comparison of
operative and roentgen findings  in  100 cases  of  mastoiditis.
Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1938,  47: 240-6.—Caliceti, P.   Sul valore
dell'indagine radiologica nelle  suppurazioni  timpaniche acute
con mastoidite latente.  Ann.  laring., Tor.,  1927, 28:  76-88,
7 pl.—Cottenot, P.   A radiographia da mastoide; seu papel no
diagn6stico  das mastoidites agudas.  Brasil med., 1934, 48:
712-6.  Also French transl., Paris med., 1934,  91: 95-9, 2 pl.
       Fidon,  M., &  Liebault, G.  De l'utilite de l'examen
radiologique par la methode des trois incidences pour le  di-
agnostic  des  mastoidites cliniquement douteuses.  Bull. Soc
radiol. med. France,  1928, 16: 195-7.—Crain, C. F.  Roent-
genologic considerations in infant mastoiditis.   Am. J. Roentg.,
1937, 38: 592-601.—Danelius, G.  Value and limitations of
roentgenologic  examination  in  mastoiditis.  Dis.  Eye  &c
Throat, 1941,  1:  132-6.—David de  Prades, C.  Diagnostic
radiologique des mastoidites aigues au cours des otites moyennes
aigues.  Bull. Soc. radiol. med.  France,  1927,  15: 88-90.—
Filipo, D.  Valore del reperto radiologico della mastoide nelle
forme di mastoiditi acute e subacute, suscettibili di guarigione.
Valsalva,  1935, 11: 585-605.—Fowler, E. P., jr, &  Swenson,
P. C.  A  roentgenologic and pathologic correlation.  Am. J.
Roentg.,   1939,  41:  317-42— Franchini,  Y.,  Blotta,  F., &
Gustavino, D.  F.   Mastoidismo  y linfangitis retroauricular;
su importancia radiologica.  Prensa med. argent.,  1940, 27:
pt 2, 1945-8.—Gilmore,  J. H., & Urban, L. D.  Roentgeno-
graph^ considerations of  some aspects of chronic mastoiditis
with special reference  to cholesteatoma.   Illinois M. J., 1941,
80: 153-8.—Hartung, F.  Radiograffa de  mastoidites; primera
parte.  Rev. otolar.  S. Paulo,  1933,  1:  306 (Abstr.)—Hitz,
H. B.  Acute mastoiditis;  comparison of operative and X-ray
findings.   Wisconsin M. J., 1932, 31:  15-20.—Johnson, V. C.
Roentgen  signs of  mastoiditis  and  its  complications.  Tr.
Sect. Lar. Otol. Am.  M. Ass.,  1940, 46-54.  Also J. Am.  M.
Ass., 1940, 115: 510-3.—Kaplan, J.  B., Rokhlin,  D.  G., &
Reinberg, S.  A.  [Roentgen  diagnosis of acute  mastoiditis]
Vest, rentg., 1931,  9: 19-27, 4 ch.—Klushina, T. I.  [Diagnostic
de  la  mastoidite  a l'aide de  radiographie chez les enfants]
Pediatria, Moskva, 1939,  No. 8, 24-9.  Also Vest, otorinolar.,
1940,  No.  6,  39-43.—Kraus,  L.   Zur  rontgenologischen
Diagnostik der Mastoiditis.   Rontgenpraxis,  1934, 6: 497-
508.—Law, F.  M.   Diagnostic  aids  in  acute  mastoiditis:
X-ray.   Laryngoscope, 1933,  43: 784-7.—Layton, T. B.  The
value  of  radiography in  symptomless mastoiditis.  Proc R.
Soc. M.,  Lond., 1929-30, 23: Sect. OtoL, 28-30.—Le Mee &
Sourice.   Les  fausses  mastoiditis   radiographiques.  Ann.
otolar., Par.,  1933,  487-90.   ------  & Bernard,  P.  Pour
servir au diagnostic radiologique des mastoidites aigues.  Ibid.,
979-81.—MacLean, A., & Young, S.  Lantern demonstration
of mastoid radiography technique; interpretation and applica-
tion.  Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow  (1927-28)  1929,  22:
40-51.—Macmillan, A. S.  Roentgen findings in acute infec-
tions of  the  mastoid  cells.  Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,  1942,  51:
718-26.—Mayer,  E.  G.  Initiale  Rontgensymptomatologie
bei  akuter Mastoiditis.  Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl.,  1937,  56:
Tagungsh., Beih. 2, 12.—Moatti, L.   Considerations cliniques
sur la radiographie dans les mastoidites aigues.   Ann. otolar.,
Par., 1931, 411-33.—Nouailhac, J. De l'utilite de la radioscopie
pour le   diagnostic  des mastoidites  latentes.  Rev. laryng.,
Par., 1929, 50: 73-9.—Rouget & Cottenot.  Trois cas de mas-
toidites aigues chez des enfants, ayant evolue sans donner lieu
a la moindre  sensibilite  mastoidienne; l'intervention  ne  fut
decidee que grace  k la nettete des radiographics.  Ann. otolar.,
Par   1933   486.—Scheuer,  K.   Rontgenerfahrungen   bei
Mastoiditis.  Zschr.  Laryng., 1930-31,  20: 437T43.—Schil-
linger, R.  Roentgenologic  aspects  of mastoiditis.  Am.  J.
Roentg.,  1938, 39: 193-201.—Seiferth, L. B.  Die Bedeutung
objektiv  richtiger stereoskopischer Rontgenaufnahmen  fur die
 Diagnostik entziindlicher und traumatischer Warzenfortsatz-
erkrankungen.  Beitr. Anat.  Ohr., 1932, 30: 13-22,  2 pl —
Smith  L. A.  Sources of  error in radiography  of acute mas-
toiditis.   J. Indiana M. Ass., 1935, 28: 280-3—Suiie y Medan,
L   Valor de la radiografia en el diagnostico de las mastoiditis.
Rev.  med. Barcelona, 1926,  2, ser., 6: 3-15.—Taylor, H. K.
Suppuration in the mastoid and petrous portions of the temporal
bone; Roentgen  findings.  Radiology,  1939,  33:  79-89.—
Thienpont, R. L'importance  du  radio-diagnostic dans  la
 mastoidite aigue.  Bruxelles  med.,  1933-34,  14:  641-56.—
Young,  S.  Radiography in mastoid disease.   Brit. M. J.,
 1927, 2: 824-6.

----   recurrent.
    Esch   Die Rezidivmastoiditis.  Zschr.  Hals. &c  Heilk.,
 1928  20: 179-186   [Discussion]  212-24.—Fine, A.   A  con-
sideration of the recurrent mastoid.   Laryngoscope, 1934. 44:
95-404 —Hennebert.  Mastoidites   recidivantes.   Bull. Soc.
 beige  otol., 1912,  17: No. 4,  134-7.—Lacy,  N.  E.  Recurring
 maftoidit s   Ann.  OtoL  Rhinol.,  1933, 42:  526-32.  Also
 Kansas  City M.  J.,  1938, 14:  No.  12,  18-22.-Lempert, J.
 Die Verhiitung von rezidivierender  Mastoiditis und die end-
 aurale Operationsmethode bei dieser.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1929,
 63- 185-94  2 pl—McKernon, J.  F.  Recurrent mastoiditis;
 its' cause and prevention.  Tr  Am  Lar.  Rhin.  Otol  Soc
 (1906) 1907, 552-8.  Also Post Graduate,  NY., 1906i  21:
 2Qi_4__Mayer O.  Zur  Behandlung der Rezidivmastoiditis.
 Mschr  Ohrenh'.,  1939. 73:  632—Muckleston, H.  S.   Notes
 on recurrent mastoiditis; report of a case of Bacillus mucosus
 capsulatus  infection. Laryngoscope,  1930,  40:  562-8.—
 Porter W G   Recurrent acute inflammation of the mastoid
 process.  EdinburghM. J., 1906,n.ser., 19: 516-24.—Portmann, 
MASTOIDITIS
382
MASTOIDITIS
  G..  &  Retrouvey,  H.   La  mastoidite recidivante.   Presse
  med.,  1926,  34: 561-3.—Rateau, J.  Les  mastoidites  n'eidi-
  vantes.  Rev. laryng., Par.,  1929,  50: 51 -5.-  Rivero,  F. H.
  A prop6sito de la mastoiditis recidivante.   Arch, venezol. Soc.
  otorinolar., 1941, 2:  37-44.—Sher, M. A.  Recurrent  mas-
  toiditis.   Dis. Eye &c Throat, 1942. 2: 309-12.—Wolff,  H. J.
  Ueber rezidivierende  Mastoiditis.   Zschr. Ohrenh.,  1007.  54:
  322-33.

  ----   Regression and spontaneous cure.
    Collet.  Regression d'une  lesion  mastoidienne  etendue.
  Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 1013.—Constantin, P. M.  Mastoidite
  tesolue par  une  otite recurrente.   Arch,  internat. laryng.,
  1900. 21:  827-30.— Tato, J. M.  Estudio radiografico de la
  curucion espontanea de la mastoiditis.  Rev. As. med. argent.,
  1933, 46: 1902-4, 4 pl.

  ----  residual.
    liarangcr,  A.  Au  sujet des  mastoidites  tesiduelles;  les
  mastoidite*  k developpement retarde.  Ann.  otolar.,   Par.,
  1932. S23.  -Worms.  (;.   Les  mastoidites residuelles.   Bull.
  med.. Par.. 1929. 43:  1252-4.   Also Ann.  mal. oreille, 1930,
  49:  1148  53.   Also  Arch,  internat. laryng., Par.,  1930, 36:
  426-32.

  ----  Sepsis.
    Criswell, J. R. A case of mastoiditis with septic complica-
  tions.  J.  Ophth. OtoL,   1926,  30: 3K5  7.  Fenton,  R.  A.
  Some obsei vations on  the management of  blood stieatn  infec-
  tions from mastoiditis. Tr. Am. Lar. Uhin. Otol.  Soc, 1937,
  43:  38-48.  Also Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1937,  25:  618-22.
  Hubert & Keliquet.  Mastoidite avec  thrombo-phiebite  du
  golfe, reaction meniiigee et septicemic k streptocoques; trepana-
  tion  mastoidienne;  injection  intra-veineuse de sapocridine;
  guerison.   Otorhinolar. internat.,  Lyon, 1933,  17:  112-4.—
  Iglauer, S.  A case of  acute mastoiditis, complicated  by facial
  paralysis and  osteo-phlebitic pvemia.  Lancet Clinic, Cincin.,
  1905, n. ser., 54: 559.—Judd, D. K.,  & Schall. L. A.  A case of
  acute mastoiditis, septicemia and abscess of  the brain.   Arch.
  Otolai . Chic, 1935, 21: 373.—Lillie, H. L  Acute hemorrhagic
  mastoiditis  with  thrombophlebitis  and sepsis.  Surg.  Clin.
  V Amen, a, 1934, 14: 615-9.—Reuben, M. S., & Peskin, A. R.
  Sop-is  following  mastoiditis;  simulating   sinus  thrombosis.
  \ich. IVdiat.,  N. Y., 1928, 45:  187-9.—Scheer,  H. M., &
 Jerome, W. Z.  Atypical  bilateral   mastoiditis; blood stream
 infection without sinus thrombosis.  Med. J.  &  Rec,  1933,
  137: 160.

 ----   serous.
    Cody,  C. C.   Acute catarrhal mastoiditis.   Texas J. M.,
  1941-42,  37:  233-0.- Courtade, A.   De  la  mastoidite sereuse.
 Med. inf., Par., 1906-07,  4:  121-4.   Also  Arch,  internat.
 laryng.,  Par.,  1907,  24:  415-8.   Also  J.  med.  Paris,  1907,
 2. ser., 19:  260-2.

 ----   Statistics.
    Boies,  L.   R.   Acute  mastoiditis,  1931-41.  Ann   Otol
 Rhinol., 1942, 51: 001-10.  Also Arch.  Otolar., Clue,  1943,
 38: 534.—Chang,  C. S.   Mastoiditis; a statistical  study  of
 four hundred cases.   Chin. M.J., 1937, 51 :  179-202.—Cheval.
 Remarques sur 46 cas de mastoidite, dont  14  avec compli-
 cations endocraniennes, operes dans le service d'otolaryngologic
 de  I'Hopital Saint-Pierre, de juin 1907 a juin 1909.  Bull. Soc
 beige  otol.,  1908-09,  14:  128-31.—Coates, G.  M., Ersner,
 M. S., & Persky, A.  H.  A  study of mastoiditis; a resume  of
 644 cases.   Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 245-57.—Kreutz, G.  C,
 & Witter, G. L.  Observations in three hundred cases of acute
 mastoiditis.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.. 1937,  46:  1060-4.—Lynch,
 M. G.  Geographic virulence of mastoiditis.  Tr. Sect. Lar'
 OtoL Am. M. Ass., 1940, 109-15.   Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1940'
 115:  826 x -Malone, F. B.  Mastoiditis; incidence  and care
 of  the  acutely inflamed   mastoid.   Texas  J. M.,  1934,  30:
 464-8.—Piazza Missorici,  A.   Considerazioni su 110 casi di
 periostite mastoidea.   Arch. ital. otol., 1927, 38:  682; 750.

 ----  Surgery.

   See also Mastoidectomy; Mastoidotomy; Mas-
 toid, Surgery.
   Waterlot,   P.   *Contribution   a  l'etude  du
 traitement  chirurgical des   mastoidites   aigues,
 chroniques  et  compliquees.    47p.   24cm  Lille'
 1938.
   Briggs, H.  H.  Mastoiditis;  with  special  reference to the
surgical treatment.  Tr. Tri-State M. Ass., 1904, 6- 225-33 —
Campbell,  D.  M.  & Carter, J. M.   The  status  of  modern
surgery in  mastoid infection.  J. Michigan M. Soc.  1930  29-
109-11.—Dench, E. B.   The necessity of a careful examination
in  the  post-operative  treatment  of mastoiditis   Tr   Am
Lar.  Rhin.  Otol  Soc  (1906),  1907.  330-3   [Discussion]
"".V:'*'. ~y,x?n- °- J-   Post-operative complications  in mas-
toiditis simulating sigmoid sinus thrombosis.   Month  Bull
Kansas City Clin. Soc, 1925-26, 2:  No. 8, 9.—Escalada  O '
& Galli. L.  A.  Tratamiento  quirurgico de las mastoiditis
agudas (nuestra conducta)    Rev As. med.  argent.,  1940, 54:
  1086-8.—Folken,  F.  G.   Acute  surgical mastoiditis   Min
  nesota M.,  1937, 20: 90-2 — Fran.csch.tCi, A.  Double part-ie
  du regard lateral apres  operation d'une nastoidite.   Schweiz
  med.  Wschr.,  1941,  71:  1189.- Franrhini.  V.  Mastoiditij
  operada,  recidivante, curada sin intervencion; radiograflas dp
  mastoides y  cavidades anexas con  aceite \odado~al   -lo''
  Rev.  espec,  B. Air.,  1929. 4: 5-16-55.—Giuffrida,  E.   In^
  portanza pratica  della  tubereolinoterapia  e delle  reazioni
  tubercoliniche negli operati  alia  mastoide.   Arch  ital  otol
  1938,  50: 30-8.—Harkness,  G. F.  Complications of surgical
  treatment of  acute mastoiditis.  Tr.  Sect. Lar. Otol  Am M
  Ass.,  1940,  180-99.  Also  Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1940,'32-
  915-20.-  Jay, H. M.   Some ideas of the surgery of uncom-
  plicated  mastoiditis.  Med.  J. Australia, 1929,  2:  634-7.—
  Kulkin, S.  Acute mastoiditis from the surj i< :il point of view
  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 306-13- Luke,  H.  C.  Mastoid
  complications;  case  reports; suppurative  ltd ,\  nnthitis and
  meningitis  following  the  simple  operation.   Laryngoscope
  1928, 38: 325-7.—Martin Gromaz, L.   Ventajas de una pronta
  intervenci6n en las  afecciones otomastoideas.  J. Internat Coll
  Surgeons, 1943,  6: 269-75.—Post, H. W. A.,  &  Mol'lison,'
  W. M.  A case of subdural abscess following an  operation oil
  the  mastoid  process; recover v.  Guy's  Hosp.  Rep  lond
  1926,  76:  479-81.—Tilley,  H.  Case of  keloid  following
  operation for  acute mastoid suppuration.   Proc.  R.  Soc  M
  Lond., 1907-08, 1 : Otol. Sect., 20-3.

  ----   Surgery: Indication.
    Anderson,   W.  H.   Acute  mastoiditis;  indications   for
 operative treatment.   J. M. Ass.  Alabama,  1932, 2:  77-9._
 Berger, M.   Les indications operatoires dans les  mastoidites,
 Rev. laryng., Bord., 1938, 59: 417;  passim.-----Les indi-
 tions operatoires dans les temporalites, mastoidites  et para-
 mastoidites;  le  syndrome mastoidotemporal.  J. mee!.  Bor-
 deaux,   1939,  116:  pt 1, 577-89.—Biehl,  C.   Wann soil bei
 akuten Entziindungen des Warzenfortsatzes operiert werden?
 Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1927, 40: 709.-  Coulet,  G.  Remaning
 sur les indications  operatoires des mastoidites aigues   Rev
 laryng., Par., 1931, 52: 616-23.—Crosse, W., & Jobbins, L. T\
 Operation for acute mastoiditis.  Med. J. Australia,  1944, 2:
 615.—Cummings, G.  O.  When is an operation necessary in
 acute  mastoiditis?   Med.  J. & Rec, 1930,  131:  306-9.—
 Dclobcl. P.   N'opere-t-on  pas trop de mastoidites?   H&pital,
 Tar.,  1935,  23:  539-43—Gilso, P. H. G.  van.   [Moderate
 conservatism in indications for operation on the mastoid process
 in acute otitis medial  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80:4280-7 —
 Griffin, E. A.  The surgical  mastoid. Med.  Times,  N.  Y.,
 1935, 63:  207.—Guillermin & Lieux.   Introduction  a l'etude
 des indications operatoires  et de l'heure de l'intervention dans
 les oto-mastoidites aigues.   Bull. Soc  med. mil. fr., 1937, 31:
 374  103.  Hardic,  T.  M.  The   indications  for operative
 interfi iinee  in mastoiditis  associated with acute  suppurative
 otitis  media    Ann. OtoL  Rhinol.. 1906,  15: 221-5.  Also
 Laryngoscope,  1906, 16:  470-3.—Haymann & Kumpf.   Zur
 Frage der Fruhoperation der Mastoiditis.  Zschr. Hals  &c
 Heilk.,   1928,  20:  170-9  fDiscussionl  212-24.—Heine,  B.
 Die Fruhoperation  der Mastoiditis.   Beitr.  Anat., 1926,  23:
 470-7.- Hopstein, P.  Beitrag zur Frage  der  Fruhoperation
 bei  akuter Mastoiditis.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1929, 63:  30-5 —
 Johnson,  A.  When  to  operate   in  acute  mastoiditis.   J.
 Lancet,  1927, 47: 89. -Kearny, R. A.   Some observations and
 considerations  of the  diagnosis and  treatment  of  surgical
 mastoiditis.  Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1933, 2: 160-4 —
 Kerrison, P. D.   The indications for operating in acute mas-
 toiditis.  Tr. Am.  Lar.  Rhin.  Otol.  Soc.  (1905) 1906,  11:
 210-22.   Also  Ann. Otol.  Rhinol.,  1906,  15:  126-39.  AU
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, 68: 690-3.—Landry. Symptomatologie
 et  indications  operatoires  de la  mastoidite.  Union  med.
 nordest, 1935,  58: 49-53.   Lange, W.   Friih- odd Spa fenera-
 tion bei Mastoiditis?  Klin.  Wschr.,  1928, 7:  1089.  -Leon.
 Diagnostic et indications  operatoires  de la mastoidite aigue.
 Arch. med.  Angers,  1907,  11: 459-66.-  Leroux,  L.  Indica-
 tions operatoires des mastoidites aigues.  Monde  med., 1938,
 48:  39-45.—Lewis,  J. D.   Acute mastoiditis; indications  for
 surgical  intervention.  Eye  Ear &c.  Month., 1926-27,  5:
 326-9.—Maduro,  R.  Considerations  pratiques sur le diag-
 nostic  et les indications operatoires  des  mastoidites  aiguc-
 communes.   Ann.  otolar.,  Par.,  1937, 629-47.—Mayer,  O.
 Histologische und klinische Untersuchungen zur Leberprufimsi
 der Frage der Indikationsstellung bei der akuten  Mastoiditis
 Zschr.  Hals  &c.  Heilk.,  1926-27,  17: 301-50— Metzianu,
 Mayersohn [et al.]   Indications operatoires  des  mastoidites
 aigues et chroniques.  Otorhinolar.  internat., Lyon, 1938,  22:
 350-60—Neumann.   Indikation  und Technik der  Fruhopera-
 tion der akuten  Mastoiditis.  Zschr.  Hals Ac Heilk..  1926,
 15:273-83  [Discussion]  286-9.—Rosamond, E.   When shall
 we operate upon the infant mastoid?   South. M. J., 1930,  23:
 34-7.—Ryan, L.  R.  Operative interference  in   acute mas-
 toiditis.  Illinois M  J.,  1907. 12: 301 -73.  Szenes,  Z.  Menin-
 gitises tiinetek kozott vegzett, csecsnvujtvanv-operaLis antrum
empyema es  extraduiulis  t.-ilyog  miatt.  Budapesti Orvosegy.
6vk., 1903,  50.—Viguerie,  M.  Indications  operatoires  des
 mastoidites.  J.  med. chir., Par.,  1938,  109:  404-8.—Wood,
V. V.   Acute mastoiditis: early  operation  or delayed?  Ann.
Otol. Rhinol., 1933. 42: 240-50.- Worms, G.   L'heure chimr-
ericale dans les complications mastoiaiennes des otit<:n jnovcnm-
aigues.  Bull.  Soc.  med. mil. fr..  1937, 31: 403-10.- Zaun,
G.  F.   The  indications for  operating in  acute  mastoiditi:.
Milwaukee M.  J.. 1906. 14: 77-9. 
MASTOIDITIS
383
MASTOIDITIS
 .---â–    Surgery:  Method.
   Atkinson,  E.  M.  Preoperative  management  of  acute
 streptococcic  mastoiditis.  Arch.  Otolar., Chic,  1938,  28:
 \n  (j—Blackwell, H. B.  A conservative pperation for chronic
 mastoiditis.   Tr.  Am.  Laryng.  Ass.,  1935,  41:  488-94 —
 Bonain.  Danger  des  interventions  incompletes  dans  les
 •uiDDurations  mastoidiennes.   Bull. lar.  otol.  rhinol.,  Par.,
 1906, 9: 217.  Also  Rev. laryng.,  Par.,  1906,  2: 283-8.—
 Bryant, W. S.  Operative  technic  and  after-treatment  for
 mastoiditis with epidural complications.   Tr.  Am.  Lar. Rhin.
 Otol. Soc (1906) 1907, 559-65.  Also Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1906,
 69:  502-5.—Cordero,  A.,  &  Amadoni,  G.  Contributo  alia
 cura chirurgica delle mastoiditi suppurate e sue complicanze.
 Progr.  med., Tor., 1903, 2:  189;  193;  205.—Errecart, P. L.
 Nuestra conducta en las mastoiditis agudas.  Rev. san. mil.,
 B.  Air., 1937, 36:  1055-71— Escalada, O. O., & Galli, L. A.
 Tratamiento  quirurgico de las mastoiditis: nuestra conducta.
 Ibid., 1941, 40: 27-31.—Freedman, L. M.   Puncture of the
 internal jugular vein in cases of mastoiditis.   Arch.  Otolar.,
 Chic,  1936,  23: 29-34.—Johnson,  L.  F., Weinstein,  L.,  &
 Spence, P. S., jr.  Penicillin  and primary suture in treatment
 of  acute  surgical mastoiditis.  Ibid.,  1945,   41:  408-12.—
 Magauran, W.  H. B.   Mastoiditis and mastoidectomy.  Brit-.
 M. J., 1944, 2:  23.—Marcotte, R. H.  Sulfanilamide implanta-
 tion in mastoid wounds.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol.  Soc,  1943,
 39_44.—Marsh, H. S.  The operation for acute mastoiditis
 and its  after-treatment.  Med. J.  Australia,  1927,  2: 13-5.—
 Portmann, G., & Vilenski, R.  A propos de l'evidement petro-
 mastoidien par  le conduit.  Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon,  1937,
 21- 463-6.—Smith, J. M.  A new operation for chronic puru-
 lent mastoiditis.  Med. J. & Rec,  1929, 129: 364-6.  Also
 Laryngoscope,  1930,  40:  553-8.  ------  Indications  and
 technique of  the different  operations for chronic mastoiditis.
 Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 442-5.  ------   Surgical technic
 for conservation of the hearing in cases of chronic mastoiditis.
 Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1938, 28: 836-8.—Stenger.   Die  Biersche
 Stauung bei akuten  Ohreiterungen; ein neues Operations-
 verfahren bei Fallen akuter Mastoiditis.   Deut. med. Wrschr.,
 1906, 32: 216-9.—Tenaglia, G.  Sull'azione dei raggi solari  e
 della lampada di quarzo nella cura postoperativa delle affezioni
 mastoidee.  Arch. ital. otol., 1931, 42: 152-7.


 ---   Surgery:  Result.
   Augieras.  Resultats  eioignes  du traitement de  l'osteite
 condensante a forme nevralgique de l'apophyse mastoide par
 l'evidement mastoidien.  Arch,  internat.  laryng., Par.,  1905,
 2:  130-2.—Bar.  Mastoidite  sans  otorrhee;  trepanation;
 audition recouvtee; guerison.   Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1905, 10:
 146-50.—Barwich,  M., &  Haardt, W. Erfahrungen  an 266
 Fallen von  akuter  Mastoiditis;  ein Beitrag  zur  Frage der
 Fruhoperation.   Zschr.  Hals  &c.  Heilk., 1926, 16: 325-8 —
 Blashki, E. P.,  & Clowes, A. L.   The operative treatment of
 mastoiditis; report on work done at the Royal  North Shore
 Hospital of Sydney during the period January, 1930,  to Septem-
 ber, 1940.   Med.  J.  Australia,  1941,  1: 443-8.—Crawford,
 J. M.  Thirty-five operations for mastoiditis.   Internat. J. S.,
 1907, 20: 79-81.—Priest, R.  E.   Acute  surgical mastoiditis;
 review of cases, with special reference to postoperative hearing
 and to the role  of sulfanilamide and its derivatives in  therapy.
 Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 250-66.— Towson, C. E.  Acute
 and chronic mastoiditis; clinical analysis of  526 consecutive
 operations.  Ibid., 1943, 38: 32-48.—Voorhees, D. G.   Indica-
 tions, procedures and results  in the  surgical  management  of
 mastoiditis; a review of 33 cases.  Ibid.,  1944,  40: 249-60.—
 Zange, J.   Bemerkungen zur  sogenannten Fruhoperation der
 akuten Mastoiditis sowie iiber unseren Standpunkt  und unsere
 Erfahrungen an der Grazer Klinik in  den letzten 3% Jahren.
 Zschr. Laryng.,  1927-28, 16: 290-5.


 ---   traumatic.

   Loxg, L.    *Les mastoidites post-traumatiques.
 55 p.   8?   Lyon,  1934.
   Boval.  Note sur  deux cas de  mastoidite traumatique.
 Bull. Soc. beige otol.,  1905, 10: 140-4— D'Onofrio, F.  Due
 casi di  mastoidite da trauma conjuntivo.  Arch.  ital.  otol.,
 1930, 41: 332-8.—Harrison,  W. J.  Fracture of the base  of
 the skull and other injuries, followed  by acute mastoid disease;
 operation; recovery.  J. Lar.  OtoL, Lond., 1928,  43: 342-4.—
 Horn, W. L.  Traumatic mastoiditis with postoperative sinus
 suggestive of an intracranial  complication.   Laryngoscope,
 1927, 37: 453-5.—Kahn, M. E.  Primary osteomyelitis of the
 mastoid  bone  (traumatic) with report of a case and review of
 the literature.  Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,  1926,   35:  1246-58.—
 Lancelot, J.   Mastoidite par contusion.  Rev.  laryng.,  Par.,
 1928, 49:  774-7.—McCaskey, C.  H.  Acute surgical  mas-
 toiditis  following fracture  of  the  skull.  Tr.  Indiana  Acad.
 Ophth.  Otolar.,  1928,  12:  8-18.  Also J. Indiana M.  Ass.,
 1929, 22: 183-7.—Massione,  G.   Trauma raro dell'orecchio;
 otomastoidite  acuta  da penetrazione  di  acciaio in  fusione.
 Valsalva, 1933,  9:  123-5.—Miller, R.  K., & Lauppe, F. A.
 Mastoiditis  following  skull fracture; with report  of a  case.
 J. Michigan M.  Soc, 1930,  29: 912-4.—Nikitin, V.  A.  [Trau-
 matic mastoiditis]   Vest,  otorinolar.,  1940,  No. 9,  40-4.—
Oertel.   Mastoiditis  nach  isolierter  Fraktur   des  Processus
mastoideus.  Charite Ann., Berl., 1908, 32: 463-8.—Oppen-
heimer, S.  Presentation of a case of traumatic mastoiditis.
Arch. OtoL,  N.  Y.,  1906, 35:  145-8.   Also Laryngoscope,
1906, 16:  134-6.—Yearsley,  M.  Acute  traumatic  mastoid
abscess.  Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 1232.


----   Treatment.
   Batut.   Des mastoidites et de leur traitement.  Bull. Soc.
med. chir. Drome, 1906, 7: 173-82.—Berini Ferran, J.  Trata-
miento medico de la infecci6n mastoidea.   Rev. med. Rosario,
1935, 9:  46-59.—Buckman,  L.  T.  Mastoiditis;  its  logical
treatment.  Pennsylvania  M. J., 1934, 37: 395-400.—Dixon,
O. J.  Newer methods in the management of mastoid disease.
Texas J. M., 1942-43, 38: 394-9.—Ersner, M. S.   Treatment
of acute and chronic mastoiditis.   Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M.
Ass. N.  America,  1936,  135-40— Franchini,  Y.   Considera-
ciones  sobre un caso de  mastoiditis declarada,  curada sin
intervenci6n  quiriirgica.  Prensa  med. argent., 1937,  24:  980-
3.—Hayes, R. E. S.  About prescribing for mastoiditis.  Ho-
moeop. Rec, 1943-44, 59: 341-6.—Heisler, A.  Betrachtungen
iiber Otitis media und uber die  Behandlung  der Mastoiditis.
Aerztl. Rdsch.,  1929, 39: 165.—Hinsberg, V.  Ueber die Be-
handlung der Mastoiditis.  Jahrb.  Kinderh.,  1933, 3. F., 88:
233-8.—Ibbotson, W.  The treatment of acute tympanico-mas-
toid suppuration.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1941, 206: 44-
8.—Leidler, R.  Ueber die Behandlung der Mastoiditis. Jahrb.
Kinderh., 1932,  3. F., 87: 350-3.—Richardson, C.  W.  Early
treatment  of mastoiditis.   Laryngoscope, 1901, 11: 57-9.-—
Thompson, J. A.  The  treatment of mastoid inflammation.
Lancet Clinic, Cincin.,  1905, n. ser.,  55:  493-500.—Tixier, L.
Sur  le traitement medical des mastoidites.  Bull. Soc. pediat.
Paris, 1936, 34: 493-500.—Tratamiento medico de las mastoidi-
tis.  Dia  med.,  B. Air., 1935, 7:  1591.—Wells, I. E.   Mas-
toiditis, its management and treatment.  Nashville  J. M. & S.,
1907, 101: 481-5.—Zha & Debain.   Carence therapeutique au
cours d'une  mastoidite chez un enfant.   Ann. otolar., Par.,
1938,  564-7.—Zischinsky,  H.   Ueber die  Behandlung der
Mastoiditis.  Jahrb. Kinderh., 1932, 3. F., 86: 310;  89:  253.

----   Treatment: Biological  products.
   D'Onofrio,  F.  Vaccinoterapia  e  proteinoterapia  nelle
mastoiditi  acute.   Morgagni, 1933,  75:  163-6.—Ersner, M.
S., & Pressman, J. J.  The use of insulin in postoperative
mastoiditis  with  prolonged drainage.  Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,
1930,  39:   1125-8.—Fornari,  G.  B.  L'autovaccinoterapia
nelle suppurazioni timpaniche acute con mastoidite incipiente.
Riforma med., 1936,  52: 676-82.—Grain, R.   Mastoidites et
antivirustherapie.  Presse med., 1930, 38: 1681-3.—Quermone.
Mastoidites  avec complications  dues au  streptocoque; sero-
therapie.   Ann.  otolar., Par., 1936, 411-4.

----   Treatment: Chemotherapy.
   Bouchet.  Semiologie des mastoidites et sulfamidotherapie.
Ann. otolar., Par.,  1942, 107-11.   ------ & Bourdial.   Deux
cas  de  mastoidites cliniquement k  operer,  guerison par les
sulfamides.  Ibid.,  1943,  150.—Campagnari,  C.  Mastoiditis
aguda; curaci6n con la sulfanilamida.  Rev. otoneur., B.  Air.,
1942, 17: 122.—Cashion, W. R.   Changes which have resulted
from the  use of sulfa drug therapy in x-ray findings in mas-
toiditis.   N.  York State'J. M.,  1945,  45: 493.—Chacko, A. G.
Sulphathiazole and acute mastoiditis.   Ind.  M.  Gaz.,  1945,
80:  207.—Chemotherapy  in otitis  media  and  mastoiditis.
Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 721.—Davis, D.   The masking effects
of  sulfanilamide  on  mastoiditis.   Med. Ann.  District of
Columbia, 1939, 8: 365-7.—Frank,  H.  W.   The use of sul-
fonamides in acute otitis media and acute mastoiditis.  J. M.
Ass. Alabama, 1942-43, 12: 51-3.—Goris. Cinq mastoidites
debutantes  arretees  dans  leur   evolution par 1'injection de
septicemine.   Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles,  1926, 27:  136-8.—
Harris, H. L.   Sulfanilamide in  the  treatment of acute  mas-
toiditis.   Virginia M. Month., 1941, 68: 103-5.—Hemeleers.
Chimiotherapie et mastoidites.  Arch, beiges Serv. san. armee,
1939, 92:  1-8.—Horan, V.  G., & French. S. G.   Sulphonamide
in the treatment of acute mastoiditis.  Brit. M.  J., 1938, 2:
942.—Hutchinson,  C. A.   Chemotherapy in  acute middle-ear
disease;  masked mastoiditis.  Brit.  M.  J.,   1941, 2:  159.—
Livingston, G. S.  Local sulfonamide therapy in acute  mas-
toiditis.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117:  1081-5.—Morrison, L. F.
Sulfanilamide therapy in  mastoiditis.  Southwest. M.,  1939,
23:  265.—Noble, W.  A.  Use of sulfanilamide in  acute  mas-
toiditis of streptococcic origin.  Ohio M. J., 1939, 35:  521.—
Rezende Barbosa, J. E. de.  Otite media aguda complicada de
mastoidite mascarada pela  sulfanilamidoterapia.   Rev. brasil.
otorinolar., 1944,  12: 129-39, 2  pl.—Rosen,  S.  Acute  mas-
toiditis  masked   by sulfanilamide.  Laryngoscope,  1940,  50:
198.—Sampson,   C.  E.   Mastoiditis complicated  by  sul-
fonamide intolerance; report of a  case. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1945,
35.  n —Sellers, L. M.   Acute  mastoiditis following sul-
fonamide  therapy.  Texas J.  M.,  1944-45,   40:  297-303.—
Vaisberg, M. The use of sulfanilamide in acute  mastoiditis;
report of'case.   Laryngoscope, 1938, 48:  54-8.


        Treatment: Method.
   Bondarienko, A. J.  A  propos de l'influence du  blocage k
la novocalne du systeme nerveux sur revolution des otites et
des mastoidites aigues.  Rev. laryng.,  Bord.,  1938, 59: 836-
59 —Bottenberg,  H.  Blutegelbehandlung  bei  Mastoiditis.
Hippokrates, Stuttg.,  1937, 8: 769-71.—Bryant, W. S.  The 
MASTOIDITIS
384
MASTOIDITIS
 preventive  and  abortive  treatment   of  mastoiditis.  Post
 Graduate, N. Y., 1906, 21: 1071-86—Chambers, T. R.  Sup-
 plementary  notes  on abortion of mastoiditis.  Tr. M. Soc.
 X.  Jersey,  1902,  201-7.—Eschweiler.  Die  Behandlung der
 mastoiditis mit, Stauungshvperainie nach Bier.   Arch. Ohrenh.,
 1907, 71:  85-110.—Frose,  A.  Leber  die  Behandlung der
 akuten Mastoiditis mit Stauungshvperainie nach Bier.   Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1907, 3: 799-802.   Irving, W. W.   The clay poul-
 tice, in acute  mastoiditis.   Homoeop. Eye Ear &c. J.,  i905,
 11: 216-8.—Masters, J.  L.  The conservative treatment of
 mastoiditis.   Tr. Indiana M. Soc, 1900,  57: 324-42.--Petelen,
 I).  [Vaseline in treatment of mastoiditis]  Bratisl. lek.  listy,
 1937. 17: 603.—Pouchkine, A.  F.   Traitement conservateur
 iles mastoidites ptecoces au debut des otites purulentes aigues
 et subaigues d'apres le  principe de  Bier.   Ann. mal.  oreille.
 1930, 49: 734-44— Pulford, D. T.   Mastoiditis cured by thuja.
 Homoeop. Rec. 1936, 51:  454-7.—Snow, S. F.  Conservatism
 in the treatment of acute  mastoiditis.  J.  Am. M.  Ass.. 1003.
 40: 293-7- Theobald,  S.  A striking  illustration  of  the
 eflicacy of constitutional measui e> in  controlling inflammation
 of the mastoid cells.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1900, 9: pt 2,334-8.

 ----   Treatment: Mycotherapy.
    Henry, G. A.  Penicillin therapy in acute  mastoiditis with
 facial  paralysis  and lateral sinus thrombosis;  case  report.  J.
 Canad. M. Serv., 1944-45, 2: 288-90.—Putney,  F. J.  Penicil-
 lin in  mastoiditis and its complications.  Arch.  Otolar., Chic,
 1945, 41: 27-51.

 ----   Treatment: Radiotherapy.

    Bourguet,  J.  ^Contribution   a   l'etude  du
 traitement    radiotherapique    des    mastoidites
 aigues.   30p.  24cm.   Par.,  1939.
    S< heuer,  K.  *R6ntgenerfahrungen bei Mas-
 toiditis   [Wiirzburg.]   p. 437-43.   8?   Lpz., 1931.
    Also Zschr. Laryng., 1930-31, 20:
   Cherniak, W. P.,  & Gorodetzky, A. A.  Roentgen therapy
 in acute mastoiditis.  J.  Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1904, 49: 675-8.—
 Rosenman, L. A.  [Application de dose d'erythfime de la lampe
 de quartz dans les mastoidites rougcoleuses]  Pediatria Moskva,
 1939, No. 8, 18-23.—Ross, W. L.  Treatment  of  mastoiditis
 with x-rays.  Radiology,  1932,  18: 1124-30.—Schillinger, R.
 The apparent therapeutic  effect of the roentgen ray upon the
 clinical course of acute mastoiditis (preliminarv  report)  Ibid.,
 763-76.

 ----  zygomatic.

   See also Zygomatic bone.
   Brandegee, W. P.  Report of a case  of double  mastoiditis
 with extensive  involvement of the  zygomatic  cells.  Arch.
 OtoL, X. Y.,  1905, 34: 367-9, pl.—Breitstein, M. L.  Zygomatic
 mastoiditis without clinical otitis media.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,
 1926, 4: 300-3.—Gadolin,  H.  [The so-called  zygomaticomas-
 toiditis and  its tieatmeiit]  Fin.  lak. sail, hand., 1937, 80:
 647-59. -Halphen \- Salomon, J.   Evolution  anormale d'une
 mastoidite zygomaticiuo.   Ann. otolar.,  Par.,  1937, 846-8.—
 Hansen,  L.  Zygomatico-mastoiditis  with  perforation in the
 mandibular  joint.  Acta  otolar.,  Stockh.,  1938,  26: 201.—
 Horgan, J. B.  Delayed zygomatic mastoiditis.  J.  Lar. OtoL,
 Lond., 1929.  44: 309-14.-  Muecke. F.  Zygomatic mastoiditis.
 I'roc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. OtoL, 79.—Piquet
 & Derosne.  Les mastoidites zygomatiques, mastoidites sus-
 antrales. Rev.  larynx.  Bord.,  1938,   59:  817-35— Rebattu,
 Mounier-Kuhn  & Moindrot.  Ln cas de mastoidite temporo-
 zygomatique.  Lyon  med., 1938, 162: 304.

 ----  in animals.
   Kinsley, A.  T.  Mastoiditis in a  horse.  Am. Vet.  Rev.,
 1907. 30:   1321-3.—Mastoiditis in a  rabbit.   M. S. C.  Vet
 Fast Lansing, 1940-41, 1: 89.

 ----   in infants.

   See also Otomastoiditis.
   Fulcoxis, A.  *La mastoidite dans la patho-
 logie infectieuse du nourrisson.    129p.   8?   Par
 1935.
   Seichter,   A.  *L'antrite   mastoidienne   ex-
 teriorisee du  nourrisson sans signes tympaniques
 56p.   8°   Par.,  1933.
   Willocq,   G.   *Contribution   a   l'etude   des
 mastoidites   des  nourrissons.   45p.   8°   Par
 1937.
   Alden,  A.  M. Further  observations of  mastoid infections
in infants.   Tr.  Am.  Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1926, 31 : 316-25.
 ----Mastoid infections in infants.   Arch. Otolar., Chic  '
 1927,  5:   39-42.—Aloin,   H.  L'osteomyelite  mastoidienne
bilaterale  chez  les  enfants du  premier age.   J.  med. Lyon,
1930, 11:  209-15.—Bloch,  A.  La mastoidite du nourrisson
Medecine. Par.,  1927. 8: 293-7—Boquel, A.  Un cas de mas-
toidite chez  le  nouveau-ne.  Arch. med.  Angers,  1906  10-
417-20.  Also Pediat. prat., Lille, 1906,  4:  213.—Braislin!
 W. C.  A  case of mastoiditis in an infant of one and a hall
 years, with a sequestrum consisting of a large segment of the
 petrous portion of the right  temporal  bone; removal of the
 sequestrum and stapes;  recovery.  Arch. OtoL, X. V., 1905
 34: 177-9.   ------  A case of mastoiditis involving the entire
 mastoid portion of the  temporal bom in an infant three months
 of age.  Brooklyn M.  ,L, 1905,  19: 319.-— Broca, A.  La mas-
 toidite aigue des nourrissons.   Clin. prat, mal  yeux, 1906
 2: ISO 93.—Burnier.   Mastoidite chez une filletle de 11 mois
 Rev.  med.  Suisse rom., 1941,  61: 582.—Canuyl, G.  La mort
 rapide des nounissons opetes  d'antrite  mastoidienne  exte-
 riorisee;  technique operatoire de l'intervention  mastoidienne
 chez  le nourrisson; resultats.  Arch, internat. laryng  Par
 1928,  34:  270-87.   Also Rev. fr. pediat.,  1928, 4:  101-13.-'
 Cary,  E.  H.  Mastoiditis in infants.  Texas State  J  M
 1926-27, 22: 373-6.—Coates, G.  M.  Mastoid infection ill
 the infant.  Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol., 1927,  36: 913-24.  Couper,
 E. C. R.   Observations  on otitis  media and  mastoiditis in
 infancy.  Arch.  Dis.   Childh.,  Lond.,  1944, 19:   126-30.—
 Crain, C. F., & Sloan,  J. M.   Infant mastoiditis; its manage-
 ment, with particular reference to x-ray diagnostic and thera-
 peutic possibilities.  Texas J. M.,   1936-37,  32:  388-97.—
 Finkelstein, H.   Mastoiditis in infants.   Arch.  Otolar  Cliic
 1937,  25:  354-60.  Also  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1937, 46:  25!)
 [Discussion] 259-69.—Fioretti,  F.   Terapia delle  mastoiditi
 acute  dei  lattanti in  rapporto  alia  patogenesi della  morte
 rapida.  Arch. ital. otol., 1929, 40: 709-20.—Galan, E., Valdes
 Diaz,  R.,  &  Jimenez,  J.  Sindrome  meningoencefadico  e
 infeccioso en un lactante.   Arch. med. inf., Habana, 1944  13-
 238-44.—Greenfield, W. J.  Surgical mastoiditis in infants'
 J. M.  Soc.  N.  Jersey,  1934, 31: 330-4.—Crenet, H., Levent,
 R.,  & Isaac-Georges,  P.  Sur la mastoidite du nourrisson
 Bull.  Soc.  pediat.  Paris, 1936,34: 111-22.—Guillemot, M.
 La  mastoidite  du  nourrisson.  Ibid.,  136-44.—Gyorgy, E.
 Die Rolle der  Mastoiditis in  der Sauglingsheilkunde.  Arch
 Kinderh., 1936, 108: 13-30.------[Latent  mastoiditis in
 infants]  Gy6gyaszat,  1936, 76: 710-2.------& Martyn, R.
 [Mastoid empyema in infancy]  Orv. hetil., 1937, 81: 177-9.-
 Helwig, F. C, & Dixon, O. J.   The frequency of mastoiditis in
 infants.  Arch.  Otolar., Chic,  1930,  11:  169-77—Johnston,
 W. H. Mastoiditis in  infants: a review of  the literature with
 summary of cases studied.  Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,  1931,  40:
 1115-38.—Lange, G.  Ueber okkulte Mastoiditis im Sauglings-
 und Kindesalter.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1935, 38: 153-8 —
 Latorre Aguero, A.  Las periostitis mastoideas supuradas de
 la infancia.   Rev. chilena pediat., 1944, 15: 372-9.—Leathart,
 P. W.  The diagnosis  and treatment of infantile mastoiditis.
 Brit. M. J., 1939,2: 723.  ------   The relation of infantile
 mastoiditis  to infantile  mortality.  J. Lar. OtoL, Lbnd., 1941,
 56:  320-6.—Lierle, D.  M.  Mastoiditis in infants.  J. Iowa
 State  M. Soc,  1929,   19:  406-14.------&  Potter, J. J.
 Factors influencing the course of mastoiditis in infancy.  Tr.
 Am. Lar. Rhin.  Otol. Soc, 1931,  37: 518-32.  Also Ann. Otol.
 Rhinol., 1931, 40: 788-800.—McMahon, B. J.  The pathology
 of mastoiditis in infants.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1928,  7: 13-
 29.—Martin, C. L.  Roentgenologic  studies of mastoid in
 infants.  Am. J. Roentg., 1929,  22: 431-9.—Masini, V.  La
 mastoidite acuta dei lattanti.  Boll. mal.  orecchio, 1931, 49:
 201-8.—Nove-Josserand,  G.  Mastoidite   des  nourrissons.
 Clinique,  Par.,  1907, 2:  326.------&  Jacod, M.  De la
 mastoidite chez le nourrisson.   Arch. gen. chir.,  Par., 1907, 1:
 177-95.—Oppenheimer,  S.  Mastoiditis   in infants.   Med
 Rec,  N. Y., 1906, 69: 372-5.—Patterson,  W.  H., &  Smilh,
 G. S.  Latent  mastoiditis in  infancy.  Brit. M. J., 1944, 2:
 659-61.—Retrouvey, H.  Mastoidite du  nourrisson et mort
 en  hyperthermic.   Rev.  laryng., Par.,   1929,  50:  164-9.--
 Ribadeau-Dumas, Ramadier \et al.]  La  mastoidite du nour-
 risson.  Bull. Soc.  pediat., Par., 1936,  34: 33-44.—Salamo,
 A. R.  Quelques particularites de la mastoidite des nourrissons,
 Arch,  internat. laryng., Par., 1907,  23: 816-24.  -----  La
 mastoidite aigue des nourrissons.   Arch. gin. mid.. Par., 1907,
 1: 209-13.  Also Med.  inf., Par., 1906-07,  4: 311-4.—Sassy,
 Un cas de mastoidite chez le nourrisson avec syndrome paleur-
 hyperthermie; guerison.  Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier,
 1934,  15:   486-9.—Schneider, H.   Les  grandes  directives
 operatoires  de  la  mastoidite  du nourrisson.  Rev. laryng.,
 Bord.,  1935, 56: 716-28.—Seigneurin.  Les  mastoidites aigues
 des nourrissons  semblent, presque  toutes,  justiciables  de la
 simple incision  de  Wilde.  Rev. laryng.,  Par.,  1926, 47:
 751-4.—Sidbury, J. B.  Mastoiditis  in infants; teport of forty
 operated eases.   South. M. J.,  1927, 20: 713-8.-Silver, H. B.
 Acute  mastoiditis in an infant  aged  eight weeks.  Am. J. Di*.
 Child., 1929, 38: 567-9.—Spahr, M. B.   The bacteiiolot'y of
 mastoiditis in infants.   Ibid., 1929,  37:  541-5.  Weill-Ballc,
 M., Papaioannou &  Muchotte, M.  A propos de la mastoidite
du nourrisson.  Bull. Soc pediat., Par., 1936, 34: 122-4.

----   in infants:  Focal infection.
   Bosanyi,  A.   [Empyema of mastoid and infantile dysentery
 (Reply)]   Gy6gyaszat,  1935, 75: 445.—Burgess, T. S.  Mas-
toid infection and nutritional disturbances in infants; report of
three cases.   Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1934, 43: 606-14.—Carmack,
J. W.  Mastoiditis with gastrointestinal disturbance in infants.
Tr. Indiana  Acad. Ophth. OtoL, 1929, 66-75.  Also Ann. Otol.
 Rhinol., 1930, 39:  75-82, 4 pl.—Cathala,  J., & Boulenger, P.
 Sur l'infection  persistante de  la caisse du tympan chez l«f
 operes  d'antrite, cas  de  denutrition et  d'athrepsie  vraic
Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1941,  38: 128-31.—Champion,  A. N.
Mastoid infection of infancy associated with severe nutritional 
MASTOIDITIS
385
MASTOIDOTOMY
  disorder.   Med. Rec. S. Antonio, 1926, 20: 139-42.—Cohen, B.
  Gastro-enteritis and mastoiditis  in  infants.   J.  Lar. OtoL,
  Lond., 1944, 59: 136-45.—Costen, J.  B.  Infantile mastoiditis
  with gastrointestinal symptoms; report of two cases.  Ann.
  Otol.  Rhinol.,  1929, 38: 242-50.—Fulconi, A.  La mastoidite
  dans la pathologie infectieuse du nourrisson.   J. med. Paris,
  1935,  55:  755.  Also Med.  infant., Par., 1935, 42: 204-12 —
  Oilman, A. A., & Maisler, S.  Infant  mastoiditis in relation to
  gastro-intestinal disturbance.  California West. M.,  1932,  37:
  314 —Gyorgy,  E.   Die Rolle  der Mastoiditiden in der Saug-
  lingstoxikose.  Arch. Kinderh.,   1933,  100:  238-44.  ------
  [Mastoiditis  and toxemia of infants]  Orv.  hetil., 1934,  78:
  147-9 —Hall,  C.  H.  Mastoiditis  in malnourished  infants.
  J.  Oklahoma M.Ass., 1936, 29: 247-9.—Keller, W.  Latent
  mastoiditis as a cause of gastro-enteritis in  an infant.  Ind. J.
  Pediat., 1934, 1: 115-20.—Leathart, P. W.  A common cause
  of  diarrhoea, vomiting, and  dehydration in  infants.  Brit.
  M. J., 1943, 2:  108.—Lyman,  H. W.  Infantile mastoiditis
  with gastrointestinal svmptoms.  Tr. Am. Lar.  Rhin. Otol.
  Soc. 1927, 33: 354-70.  Also Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1927, 6:
  526-41.—McGuckin, F.  The mastoid and D. and  V.  Brit.
  M. J..  1943, 2: 245.—Marantz,  B. C.  Mastoiditis in infants,
  with gastro-intestinal svmptoms predominating.  Am.  Med.,
  1934,  40:  24-6.  Also Med. Times, N. Y., 1934, 62: 382.—
  Marquez  Reveron,  V.  La  otomastoiditis  del lactante y su
  relacion con  los trastornos de la  nutrici6n.  Pediat. Americas,
  Mex., 1943, 1: 393-405.—Martyn, R.  [Importance of infantile
  mastoiditis as a focal infection]   Orvoskepzes, 1938, 28: Feb.
  kiilonf., 161-3.—Morris, M., & Smith, W. B.   Acute intestinal
  intoxication  associated  with mastoiditis in infants.  Am. J.
  Dis. Child.,  1932.  44: 964-72.—Mulligan, H.  R.  Mastoiditis
  in  infants  associated with gastro-intestinal symptoms.  Ann.
  Otol.  Rhinol..  1932, 41:  501-12.—Neuburg, G.  E.  [Sup-
  purative inflammation of the middle ear as one of the causes of
  acute  gastro-intestinal disorders in young children]  Sovet.
  pediat., 1934, No. 4. 133-8.—Rabbiner. M.   Otitic infection
  with  gastroenteritis  in  infants.  Laryngoscope,  1933,  43:
  274-9.—Rabinovici,  E.  Sur les  relations entre la toxicose et
  otite moyenne, et une  contribution  sur la pathologie de la
  mastoidite de la petite enfance.   Fol.  otolar. orient., 1932-33,
  1:  261-3.—Schneegans, E.   L'otite etl'antrite du nourrisson
  et leurs repercussions sur l'etat digestif.  Rev. fr. pediat., 1939-
  40, 15: 425-56.—Sokolov, A. S., & Strashnikova, S. G.  [Acute
  digestive disorders in infants and infection of the middle  ear
  and mastoid process]  J. rann.  detsk. vozr., 1932,  12: 281.
  Also German transl. Zschr. Kinderh.,  1932,  53: 321.—Thi-
  baudeau, R.  Cholera infantile et mastoidite latente.  Union
  med. Canada, 1940, 69: 588-93.—Wehner,  M. E.  Parenteral
  infections  in gastro-enteritis with special  reference  to mas-
  toiditis.  Proc R.  Soc  M.,  Lond.,  1944-45, 38:  561-3 —
  Wishart, D. E.  S.  PLelation of infection of the ear and infec-
  tion of the intestinal tract  in infants; results of five vears'
  study.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1930.  95: 1084-9.—Worrall, R.  L.,
  Williamson, B.,  & Simon, E.  L.  Mastoiditis and diarrhoea
  and vomiting in infants.   Brit. M. J.,  1943, 2:  280.

  ----   in pregnancy.
    Amberg,  E.  Tympano-mastoiditis  in  a  woman  seven
  months pregnant.   J.  Michigan M.  Soc,  1907, 6:  608.—
  Massier, H.  Mastoidite  double k  reactions cetebrales,  au
  cours d'une infection puerperale; guerison sans trepanation.
  Bull. lar. otol.  rhinol.. Par., 1904,  7: 335.   Also Ann. mal.
  oreille, 1905,  31: 253-7.  Also Spanish transl. Bol. lar. otol.,
  Madr., 1904, 4:425.


  MASTOIDOTOMY.

   See also Mastoiditis,  Surgery; Mastoid surgery.
   Gratier,  J.   *Incision de  Wilde.   51p.   8?
  Par.,  1935.
   Aquino,   L.  de.  Un  caso de mastoidite  suppurada con-
 secutiva a uma otite media; trepanacao da apophyse mastoide;
 cura.  Rev. Soc. med. cir.,  Rio, 1904,  8:  199-203.—Bar,  L.
 Mastoidite  sans otorrhee; trepanation;  audition  recouvtee;
 guerison absolue.  Ann.  mal.   oreille,  1906,  32:  491-5.—
 Bourguet.   Mastoidite gauche compliquee d'abces perisinusien
 de la loge cetebelleuse correspondante; trepanation; guerison.
 Languedoc med. chir.,  1907, 15: 123.—Bouthelier, P.  Tre-
 panaci6n mastoidea y abertura de absceso cerebral de origen
 otitico; muerte.   Siglo med., 1905,  52: 499.—Broschniowski,
 P., &  Baryschnikow, I.   Die explorative  Aufmeisselung des
 Warzenfortsatzes in  der  Diagnostik  der  Mastoiditis  und
 Prophylaxe  der  otogenen  intrakraniellen  Komplikationen.
 Mschr. Ohrenh., 1931, 65: 1245-52.—Founder. G.  Contribu-
 tion  k l'etude  de la trepanation de la  mastoide chez le nour-
 risson.  Ann.  med.  chir.  inf., Par., 1907, 11: 495-502.  Also
 Arch. med. enf., 1907, 10: 612-9.—Friesner, I.. & Rosen,  S.
 Mastoid  puncture  in  infants.  Arch. Otolar.,  Chic,  1928,  7:
 524-6.—Georges-Laurens.  Trepanation de la  mastoide chez
 tin nouveau-ne.   Bull. Soc  obst.  Paris, 1905,  8:  79-82.—
 Bernandez, A.   Antrotomia del lactante; sintesis de la cuarta
 y quinta clase.  Prensa med. argent., 1944, 31: pt 2, 2602-5.—
 Lapouge.  Trepanation   mastoidienne  chez  le  nourrisson.
 Rev. laryng., Par., 1926, 47:  667-70.—Laurens, G.  Trepana-
 tion  de la  mastoide  chez un  nouveau-ne.  Ibid.,  1905,   1:
 551-4.—Lavrand,  A.  Trepanation  mastoidienne  chez   le
nourrisson.   J. sc.  med.  Lille,  1928, 46: pt 1,  105-8.—Leao
de Aquino.   Observacao de um caso de mastoidite suppurada

       549701—vol. 10, 4th series----25
 consecutiva a uma otite media; trepanacao da apophyse mas-
 toide;  cura.   Rev.  med.  cir. Brasil,  1904,  12:  999-1003.—
 Lombard,  E.  La  trepanation  des  cellules mastoidiennes.
 Progr.  med.,  Par.,   1907,  3.  ser.,  23:  880-3.—Mongnet  &
 Perchepied.  Trepanation  de l'apophyse  mastoide; situation
 anormale  du sinus  lateral.   Rev.  med.  Normandie,  1906,
 1-8.— Pariseau,  L. E.  Autour du deuxieme centenaire de  la
 trepanation mastoidienne.  J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1936, 5:
 273-8S. —Planas.  Enfermo  operado  de  antrotomia.  Med.
 ibera, 1034, 28:  pt 1, 391.—Quevedo.   La ponction tegiee de
 l'antre mastoidien.  C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904,
 14: sect, otol., 90-100.—Roberts, W.   The mastoid incision.
 Am. Med., 1906, n. ser.,  1: 397.—Stephanescu-Sache,  D.
 MastoiditS,  supuratS,;  trepanatie;  vindecare.   Rev.  chir.,
 Bucur., 1900, 4:  170-2.—Suarez de Mendoza.  Considerations
 pratiques sur  la  trepanation  mastoidienne; ses modalites, ses
 indications et le traitement post-operatoire.   Congr. internat.
 med., Lisb.,  1906-07, 15: 251-64.—Tamari, M.  Punktion
 des Warzenfortsatzes.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937, 71:  304-6.—
 Velyaminov,  N. A. O trepanacii soscevidnavo otrostka.  Dnev-
 nik sezda Alosk.  Peterb. med. obshch. (1885) 1886, 1: 126.


 ----   Indication.

    Schwarze,   K.   *Das   klinische   Bild   der
 Mastoiditis   und  ihre   Indikationsstellung   zur
 Antrotomie  unter   Berucksichtigung  der   Er-
 fahrungen an 150 Fallen   [Wiirzburg]   p. 76-93.
 8?   Lpz., 1931.
    Also Zschr. Laryng., 1931-32, 22:

    Vignaux,  A.    *Des  indications  de   l'antro-
 tomie  au cours  de l'otite latente du nourrisson.
 90p.  8?   Par., 1927.
    Aubry.   Indications de la trepanation mastoidienne ptecoce.
 Presse  med.,  1934,  42:  1708.—Barthe  Pastrana,  E.  Con-
 sideraciones a la  punci6n del antro como medio de diagnostico
 de  la otomastoiditis  del  lactante.   Rev. otoneur.,  B. Air.,
 1945, 20:  65.—Beco, L.  Considerations  generales sur  la
 paracentese et sur la  trepanation mastoidienne  dans l'otite
 aigue; leurs indications.  Li6ge med.,  1936,  29: 809; 837.—
 Bloch,  A.,  & Bouchet, M.   Indications  de  la  trepanation
 mastoidienne  chez   le nourrisson.   Otorhinolar.   internat.,
 Lyon,  1937,  21:  546-57.—Bourgeois, R.   Les  indications
 operatoires de l'antrotomie chez le nourrisson; la ponction de
 l'antre.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1943,  54-7.  ------& Franck, G.
 Ponction d'antre et  antrotomie  pour toxicoses;  statistiques
 operatoires.   Ibid., 140-2.—Buckwalter, J. C.  A plea for the
 early exposure of the mastoid antrum and cells in  persistent
 acute otitis media purulenta  with pain.  Med. Fortnightly,
 S.  Louis, 1904, 26: 443-6.—Cott, G.  F.  Is it necessary  to
 open the antrum in every case  of mastoid  operation?  Tr.
 Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1906, 200-5.—Foster, B.   Mastoid
 drainage in early chronic suppurative otitis media.   Med. J.
 Australia,  1924,  1:  Suppl., 388-90.—Grenet,  H.,  Lallemant
 [et al.]   Le  diagnostic  des  mastoidites du  nourrisson  par la
 ponction de l'antre.   Bull.  Soc. pediat. Paris,  1939, 37: 438-
 47.—Hasselt, E.  H.  V.  [Wilde's incision in mastoiditis  in
 children]   Geneesk.  tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1933, 73:  389-95.—
 Jackson, C.   Indicaciones  de  la trepanaci6n mastoidea en las
 otitis purulentas agudas del oido medio.  Bol. lar. otol., Madr.,
 1904, 4: 391.— Layton, T. B.   The indications for performing
 Wilde's incision.  J.  Lar.  OtoL,  Lond.,  1930,  45:  615-9 —
 McKenzie,  D.  Posterior  (mastoid)  drainage in  acute sup-
 puration of the middle ear.  Ibid., 1928, 43: 255-60.  Also
 Med. Press.,  Lond.,  1928,  n.  s.,  125:  259-61.—Meyer,  M.
 Pathologisch-anatomische  Untersuchungen  zur  Frage  der
 akuten Mastoiditis und der Indikation zur Antrotomie.  Beitr.
 Anat. Ohr., 1927-28, 26: 237-70.—Nielsen, S. F.  [Indications
 for simple trephining  of the mastoid process]  Ugeskr. laeger,
 1936, 98: 1127-31.—Reenan,  T.   Indicaciones de  la trepana-
 cion de la ap6fisis mastoides  en las otitis medias purulentas
 agudas.  Bol.  lar. otol.,  Madr.,  1904, 4: 392.— Schiitz, W.
 Die Indikationsstellung zur Antrotomie bei nicht abheilenden
 akuten   Mittelohrentziindungen.  Zschr.  Hals  &c  Heilk.,
 1936-37, 41: 359-68.—Three cases illustrating indications for
 Wilde's incision.  Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1927-28, 21:  Sect.
 OtoL, 9.—Varshavsky, A.  B.  [Diagnosis of latent mastoiditis
 (antritis)  in children  by puncture of the mastoid process]
 Vest, otorinolar.,  1941,  No. 2, 46-50.—Voss, O.  Indications,
 technique, resultats et critique de l'antrotomie epitympanale.
 Rev. laryng.  Par.,  1932,  53:  145.—Werneck  Passos.  In-
 dicates  para a trepanacao da mastoide.   Rev. brasil. oto-
 rinolar., 1940,  8: 613-6.—Woelk,  H. A.  Die Indikation zur
 \ntrotomie  bei lange  bestehender  akuter Otitis media.   Hals
 &c Arzt, 1.  T, 1939, 30: 51-3.

 ---  Method.
   Babone, T.  II taglio di  Wilde  allargato.   Boll. mal.  orec-
chio,  1934,  52:  3-12.—Botey, R.  Ma  technique  pour la
trepanation  de l'oreille.  Ann. mal. oreille,  1927, 46: 45-8 —
Brunetti  F.  Contributo alio studio della antrotomia epitim-
panale.  '.Arch. ital.  otol.,  1932, 43: 449-74—Buzoianu,  G.
 [Actual  trepanation  in mastoiditis]  Cluj.  med.,  1935,  16:
 119-22.—Hill.W.  KUster's  operation of post-auricular meatal
antrotomy  and Mr.  Heath's  claim.   Brit. M. J.,  1907, 2:
175.—Jaumenne.   Un cas de trepanation mastoidienne et de 
MASTOIDOTOMY
3cS(i
MASTOID  REGION
 cure  radicale d'otito suppuree opete  a  l'etat de veille,  sans
 anesthesie et sans douleur.  Bull. Soc  beige otol.,  1905-00,
 11: pt  2, 49.-  Malis. K. I.  Die Indikationsstellung und die
 technische  Ausfiihrung  der Antrotomie  durch das  Cavum
 conchae und vom ausseren Gehorgang aus.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,
 1936, 70: 1230 41.  Rauch. M.  Die operative Eroffnung des
 Warzenfortsatzes.  Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1927, 77:  1089.—
 Schmidt. B..  & Nassuphis, P.   Zur Frage der Berechtigung
 des \\ ildeschen Scdmittcs.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1939, 73: 24-30.—
 Stcinman, C. B.   Anesthesie locale  au cours  des trepanations
 de l'apophyse mastoide  chez  les enfants.   Ann. mal. oreille,
 1929, 48: 1211-4.—Tecoz, H.   Technique  de la ponction de
 l'antre  mastoidien.  Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31:  527.—Tonndorf.
 Leber  die operative Behandlung einfacher chronischer Mit-
 telohrentziindunpen  nach  dem  Yerfahren  von  Winckler.
 Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 20: 352-9- Vazquez Gomez, F.
 Conservaci6n de  la  membrana  del timpano despues de la
 trepanaci6n  del  mastoide v extirpaciem del  maitillo   Gac.
 med. Mexico, 1907. 3. ser., 2: 30-6.   -Volkovich, N. M.  K vop-
 rosu  o tekhnikie  trepanatsii  sostsevidnavo otrostka.  Puss.
 vrach., 1905, 4: 1081-5.  Also German transl.  Arch.  Ohrenh.,
 1905,  66:  180-98— Yashchinski.  S. N.  K  voprosu ob ana-
 tomicheskikh  osnovaniyakh  trepanatsii   sostsevidnavo   ot-
 rostka.  Russ. vrach, 1906, 5: 725-30.

 ----   Postoperative management.

   Christckat,  A.   *Ueber  Nachoperationen bei
 Antrotomien   mit   besonderer  Berucksichtigung
 der  in der Universitatsklinik fiir Ohren-, Nasen-
 und Halskranke von 1919 bis 1929 behandelten
 Falle.   41p.    s.   Konigsb.,  1932.
   Ciittich,  A.  Ueber die tamponlose Nachbehandlung nach
 Antrotomie.  Beitr. Anat, Ohr., 1926, 23: 452-60.—Herrmann,
 A. Zur Wundbehandlung nach Antrotomien.  Zschr.  Laryng.,
 1927-28,  16: 303-6.—Popova,  G. N.  [Experiment with ad-
 ministration  of Bogomoletz's ACS in the treatment of slowdy
 closing wounds following simple trepanations of the mastoid
 process]  Vest, otorinolar., 1945, No. 1, 20-2.

 ----   Statistics and  results.

   Bettixger, E.   *Le pronostic  de la trepana-
 tion  mastoidienne  chez le nourrisson.   64p.    8?
 Par.,  1926.
   Aubriot,   P.  Petards  et   eehecs de  cicatrisation  apr£s
 trepanation  de  la  mastoidite   Ann.  otolar.,  Par.,  1936,
 784-8.—Blumenthal, A.   Zur   Wundversorgung   nach An-
 trotomie.  Zschr. Laryng., 1930-31, 20:339-42.—Buzoisnu  G.
 [166 trepanations for acute and chronic  mastoiditis]  Cluj.
 med., 1937, 18: 221  -8.—Calamida, U.   Reinfezioni mastoidee
 in operati di mastoidotomia.   Atti  Congr. Soc. ital. laring.,
 (1906)  1907, 130.  Also Arch, internat. lar\-ng., Par.,  1907,
 23: 147-9.—Charschak, E.  Wundsperre bei Trepanation des
 Processus mastoideus.  Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1935,  69:  1514.--
 Facial paresis following mastoidotomy.  N. York State J. M.,
 1935, 35: 1117.—Gignoux, A., A- Arcelin.  Deux observations
 de fistule parotidienne apres trepanation de la mastoide guerie
 par radiotheraprie.   Ann. otolar.. Par.,  1937, 652—4.—Guns, P.
 Les  suites dune  incision  de Wilde.  Ibid.,  1934, 824—9.—
 Janet, Turpin [et al.] Antrotomie et ponction d'antre; statis-
 tique  operatoire.  Arch.  fr. pediat.,  1942-43,  1: 102-4.—
 Labarriere.   Reflexions   sur  soixante  cas  de trepanation
 mastoidienne.  Arch, internat. larvng., Par., 1907, 24: 468-71.
 Also Echo med. nord, 1907, 11: 361-3.—Messinger  [Causes
 of failure in  mastoid trephining and  in postoperative  treat-
 ment  in otosurgery]  Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927-28, 7:  431-3.—
 Schrook.  M.  OfTene  Wundbehandlung  nach  Antrotomie.
 Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk.,  1929, 23: 422-5.—Steurer.  Cholestea-
 tomentstehung nach  Antrotomie.   Ibid.,  1933, 34: 316-26.—
 Viela,  A.  Paralysie faciale post-traumatique  et trepanation
 mastoidienne.  Lyon med., 1932, 150: 637-40.

 MASTOID region.

   Aris. J.  l'n  caso de  epitelioma de la  regi6n  mastoidea.
 Rev.  balear  cienc med.,  1907,  23:  221-5— Becco, R.  Lin-
 fangitis. adenitis   y  adeno-flegmon  de la  regidn  mastoidea.
 Sem. med., B. Air.. 1926, 33: pt 1, 342-53— Caeiro, J.   Tumor
 retro-mastoideo;  glioma  astrocitario.  Bol.  Acad,  argent
 cir.,  1943,  27: 524.—Chatellier,  H., &  Huber, J.  Lipomes
 symetriques  des regions mastoidiennes.   Ann.  otolar., Par.,
 1943, 66.—Ferraris, G.  Pneumotocele della regione mastoidea
 in soggetto mastoidectoniizzato.  Arch. ital.  otol., 1936,  48:
 251 -4. — Fornari, G. B.   Contributo alio studio del  cheloide
 con descrizione di un caso assai raro  di  cheloide cicatriziale
 della regione  mastoidea.   Otorinolar. ital.,  1934, 4: 552-65.—
 Frattini, P. G.  Ferita d'arma da fuoco della regione mastoidea
 nella pratica di guerra.   Valsalva, 1941, 17: 357-61.   Kasnetz,
J.  Clinical significance of postauricular edema.  Eye Ear &c'
 Month., 1943,  22:  95-7.—Koch. F. X.   Schweres Schadel-
 trnuma  der  Regio  mastoidea.  Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1939,  73:
 iiii-8.—Schumacher, F.  L.  The  roentgenologic study of  the
 mastoid  area.  Radiology,  1936,  27:   717-21.—Vignard.
 Sarcome congenital  de  la tegion mastoidienne.  Gaz  med
 Nantes,  1905, 2.  ser.,  23: 551-4.—Winckler.  Rontgenauf-
nahmen der  W arzenb.rtsatzgegend.  Verh.  Deut. otol. Ges.,
 1907,  228-33.—Witt, N.   A post-operative  sebaceous cyst in
 the  regio mastoidea.  Acta otolar., Stockh.,  1928, 12: 516.—
 Zanni,  G.  Decorso anomalo  di  un carcinoma  della regione
 mastoidea,  secondario  a radicale  per  otite media  purulentn
 cronica, in donna contagiata  di hie.   Policlinico,  1026  33'
 sez.  prat.,  1388  02.


 MASTOID surgery.

   See also  Mastoidectomy; Mastoiditis, Surgery
 Mastoidotomy.
   Dabney.  Mastoid  operation.  Louisville  Month. J  M
 & S., 1907-08, 14: 19.—Dench, E. B.  The mastoid operation'
 Pennsylvania   M.  J.,  1905,  9:  8-15   [Discussion]   20-3.—
 Hernandez, A.   Cirugia mastoidea en el nifio v en ol adulto
 Prensa  med. argent., 1944,  31: pt  2, 2486-95.—Howarth. V,.,
 & Bateman, G.  Mastoid operations.   Brit.  M.  .!.,  I'.i;t7, 2:
 954.— Jean A.sselin,  opete de mastoidite; peinturo de Maurice
 Assrlin, Paris, 1933.   Aesculape, Par., 1935, 25: 121.-  Kollogg.
 F. B.   Operations  upon the mastoid.   Pacific  Coast .1   lie-
 moeop.. 1905,  13: 150-3.—Koch, F.  Leber das Yerlialten der
 Liquorzellen  bei  Operationen  am  W'ai zenfortsatz.   Mschr
 Ohrenh., 1933, 67: 438-49.- Love,  .1.  K.  Involution of  the
 mastoid operation.   Tr. Glasgow Path., Clin. Soc, 1900-01, 8:
 114-8.—Pearlman,  L.  M.   The  mastoid  menace.  Hvgciu
 Chic,  1940.  18:  116-8.—Richardson,  C.  W.  The  mastoid
 operation.   Internal..  Clin., 1906,  16.   ser.,  4: 297-308.—
 Shastid, T. H.   The mastoid  operations.  Am. Med., 1906,
 n. ser.,  1: 205 9.  Sullivan, J. A.   Surgerv  of  the  mastoid.
 Arch. Otohu..  Chic, 1943, 37: 815 51.  Todd, H. C.   Mastoid
 mrgery.   Med.   Herald,  1907, 26:  73-9.—Tremble, G.  E.
 The  clinical importance of the mastoid antrum.  Arch. Otolar
 Chic,  1932,  15:  574-82.—Watson. J. A.  Mastoid  work for
 the general practitioner.  Am.  Med., 1907, n. ser., 2: 215-9.

 ----   Indication.
   Allport,  F.   Indications  for  the  so-called  radical  mastoid
 operation.   Illinois  M.  J.,  1906,  9:  276-89—Amberg,  K.
 Some points of view  in regard to the time when to perforin die
 myringotomy  and the mastoid operation.  Med. 'Rec. N. Y.,
 1005, 67: 573.—brady, A. J.  Operations on the mastoid process
 in connection with  suppurative disease of the, middle ear.
 Tr. Intercolon. M. ('ongr. Australasia (1896) 1897,4:249-51 —
 'Iryant.   W.  S.  lvulv  indications  for mastoid  operation.
 Internat. J. Surg.,  1905, 18: 350-3.—Cauzard,  P. Caries of
 both petrous pyramids, removal of the entire petrous portion
 of the cranial base after double petromastoid opening, permit-
 ting  tiansmastoid endocranial communication; operative cure;
 death from tuberculosis of the  lungs; remarks upon the tech-
 nique of  petrous ablation.  Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,  1905,  14:
 60-7.— Cheatle.  A. H.   Conditions anatomiques permettant
:.u pus de  passer de l'antre vers le cou.   Rev.  laryng., Par.,
 1907, 1: 337-47.—Cook,  S. E.  Indications for operation in
 mastoid disease.  West. M.  Rev., 1905, 10: 452-60-  Dabney,
 S. G.   Indications  for mastoid  operation.  Am. J. Surg..
 1926, 40: 81-3.-  Dench, E. B.   The indications for the mastoid
 operation, with special reference to the value of the differential
 blood count and of the bacteriological examination of the aural
 discharge.  N.  York  M. J., 1907,  86:  681-6.—Franchini, Y.
 Criterio quiriirgico conservador  en el tratamiento de los procesos
 otomastoideos agudos; sus indicaciones.   Sein. mid.,  B.  Air.,
 1940, 47: pt 2,  449-56.—Hammond, I.   Indications  for  I lie
 mastoid operation.   Am. Med.,  1902, 3: 598.  Hastings. H.
 The  indications for and  a description of the mastoid operation.
 California  .1. M., 1906, 4:  183-5.—Hastings, S.  Operative
 treatment of chronic mastoid disease. Lancet, Lond.,  1937, 2:
 1374. Also J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1938, 53: 246-55  [Discussion]
 261-8- -Hopkins, M. B.   Mastoid  operation  in early infancy.
 Tr. Philadelphia Pediat. Soc. (1905-06)  1907, 2: L—Ibbotson,
 W.  Case of chronic epitympanic suppuration treated by trans-
 mastoid atticotomy.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond., 1923-24,  17:
 Sect. Laryng. OtoL, 51.—Jackson, C. The mastoid operation;
 indications therefor in acute suppurative otitis media without
 mastoid symptoms.  Laryngoscope, 1905, 15:  378-82.—Leich,
 C. F.  The indications  for  and the mastoid operation.   J.
 Indiana M. Ass., 1938,  31:  17-20.—Li ebault,  G.  Traitement
 chirurgical des mastoidites.   In: Prat. chir. illust. (Pauchet, V.)
3. ed., Par., 1939, fasc 9, 1-15.—Linschitz, A.  N.  [Malaria in
oto-surgeryl  J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1940, 17: 307-16.—
Portmann, G., & Lob.  Le mur  de Schwartz et Eyselle; ses con-
sequences cliirurgicales.  Otorhinolar. internat.,  Lyon, 1937,
21: 467-71.—Quix, F. H.  Valeur de l'acoumetrie pour l'indica-
 tion  de l'opportunite de l'intervention dans les otomastoidite*
aigues et chroniques.  Ibid., 321-40.—Tanturri, D.  Di alcune
 operazioni sulla regione  mastoidea; contributo alle indicazioni,
e  considerazioni  cliniche   e   terapeutiche.   Gazz.  internaz.
 med., 1905, 8: 459-62.—Tumarkin, A.   Are mastoid opera-
tions necessar\'  Eye Ear &c  Month., 1935-36, 14:  123-6.—
Wagner, H. L.   Demonstration of sequester  of the temporal
bone obtained during  a  mastoid  operation.   Tr. Am.  Lar.
Rhin. Otol. Soc.  0906) 1907, 674.  Also Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,
 1906, 15: 258.   Yearsley, M.   Operation on a neglected mas-
toid.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. ser., 82: 90.

 ----   Method.
   Andrews,  A. H.   Facial nerve danger  points in  mastoid
surgery.   Illinois M. J., 1929,  55:  437.—Aubriot, P.  De la
 temporisation  en  matiere de  chirurgie  mastoidienne.  Ann. 
MASTOID SURGERY
387
MASTOID  SURGERY
otolar., Par., 1935, 562-6.—Bilancioni, G.  Impressione della
regione digastrica della mastoide e decorso del seno trasverso;
valore chirurgico di questi rapporti. Arch. ital. chir.,  1927,
18: 79-85.—Blake, C. J.  The conservative mastoid operation.
Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1905, 9: 152-5.—Bompet, R.  El acceso
quirurgico del temporal por la via transauricular. Rev. med.
Iat. amer.,  B. Air.,  1941-42, 27: 156-63— Braislin, W.  C.
Two anatomical anomalies  encountered in  living  subjects
during the performance of mastoid .operations.  Arch.  OtoL,
N. Y.,  1905, 34: 180-2.—Bronner, A.  The modern  mastoid
operation.   Brit.  M.  J.,  1906,  2:  299.—Carpenter,  E. W.
The modern mastoid operation.   J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1905-
06,  1: 290-5.—Carrero,  N.  Contribuci6n al estudio  de  la
complejidad patogenica y del tratamiento del sindrome palidez-
hipertermia  consecutivo  a   las  intervenciones  mastoideas.
Rev. med., Rosario, 1938, 12: No. 118, 8-18.—Galanakis,  E.
Face externe mastoidienne et points de repdres chirurgicaux
en particulier pour le sinus lateral.  Rev.  laryng., Bord.,
1939, 60: 89-143.—Haedo, P. A.  Del post-operatorio en  la
cirugia endopreauricular.  Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1942, 10:
665-70.—Hammond, L. J.  A modification of the incision for
exposing the mastoid bone.  Med.  Rec, N.  Y., 1906, 69:
880.—Hastings,  S., Young,  G.  [et al.]  Discussion  on the
operative treatment of chronic mastoid disease.  Proc. R. Soc.
M., Lond.,  1937-38, 31: 331-43.—Hita, R., & Riquebourg,  A.
Operacion de mastoide; su etapa final.  Rev. As. med. argent.,
1938, 52: 199.—Horgan, J.  B.   Mastoid surgical technique.
Irish J.  M. Sc,  1945, 46-54, pl.— Hutchinson, A. T.  The
mastoid; readjustments toward  better postoperative  results.
Dis. Eye &c  Throat, 1942,  2: 339-43.—Inferrera.  A. In-
dicazioni e risultati dell'asportazione dell'incudine nella opera-
zione per oto-mastoidite purulenta acuta.  Valsalva, 1939, 15:
337-52.—Israel, S.  The modern mastoid operation performed
with the  electrically driven surgical burs.  Texas  J. M.,  1940-
41, 36: 563-5.—Jerecky, H.  The mastoid operation in infants
and children.  Internat. J. S., 1904,  18: 13.—Kopetzky, G.  J.
The surgery of the  tympano-mastoid region of the infant and
young child.  Am.  J.  Surg., 1906, 20: 297-303.—Kuyk,  D.  A.
Choice of a time of election in mastoid operations; some consid-
erations arising from the difficulties of the choice: prospective
results.   J.  Am.  M. Ass., 1905, 176-80.—Lodge, W. O.  A
note on the present trend of mastoid surgery.  J.  R. Armv M.
Corps, 1940, 74: 98— Matveiev,  D. N., &Pautkin, N.M. " Die
mathematische Bestimmung  des Zuganges  zum  Antrum des
Warzenfortsatzes.   Mschr. Ohrenh., 1929, 63: 730-46
  Mathematische Schliifenknochenpraparate.  Ibid.,  1930, 64:
  1189-96.—Miller, J.  Le septum de Korner dans l'apophvse
  mastoide. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931, 16: 32 2-33.—Mounier-
  Kuhn, P.  Interet de la biopsie systematique au  cours des
  interventions mastoidiennes.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 1015.—
  Page, J.  R.   Points of difference  among  operators on the
  mastoid.  Tr. Am. Lar.  Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1924, 30: 394-7.—
  Rudgers,  D.  W.  Modern mastoid  operation.  J. Minnesota
  M. Ass.,  1907,  27: 375-7.—Rueda,  F.  Sobre la posici6n
  anatomica del seno  lateral y significaci6n que  tiene en la
  cirugia mastoidea.   Bol. lar. otol.,  Madr.,  1906,  6:  5-15.—
  Seal, J. C.  Suction mastoids.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9:
  251-5.—Shaff,  C.  W.  Surgical anatomy of  the mastoid
  antrum.   Med. Sentinel, 1907, 15: 62-4.

  ---  Statistics.
    Ballance, C. A.  The difficulties and dangers of the mastoid
  operation, the vicissitudes of convalescence, and the ultimate
  result tc  the patient.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1905,  2: 952-5.—
  Barkhorn, C.  W.  The  acutely involved mastoid, without
  complications, before and after operation;  a  clinical  and
  roentgenologic study.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941,.34: 69-87.—
  Blake, C. J.    Ueber Primarheilung  bei Warzenfortsatzopera-
 tion.  Arch.  Ohrenh., 1907, 74: 15-7.—Brown, L. G.   The
 triumphs and failures of the mastoid operation.  Eye Ear &c
 Month., 1929-30, 9: 147-51.  Also J. Lar. OtoL, Lond., 1930,
 45: 102-10.  Also Portuguese transl. Rev.  otoneur., B. Air.,
 1930, 5:  151-4.  •------  Conclusions based  on twenty-five
 years' practice in mastoid surgery.   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
 1944-45, 38:  413-20.—Bryant, W.  S.  Rapid convalescence
 after  mastoid  operations.  Tr.  Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar.,
 1906,  196-206.  Also Laryngoscope,  1907,  17:  273-7 —
 Denehy, W.  J.  A   review of  mastoid  surgery.  Med. J.
 Australia, 1934, 1: 116-22.—Gibb, J. A.  A series of consecutive
 operations on the mastoid.   Brit. M.  J., 1928, 1: 49.—Harland,
 W. G. B.   Secondary anaesthesia  hemiplegia as a complication
 of the mastoid operation.  Arch.  OtoL, N. Y.,  1905, 34: 370-
 7.—Howarth,  W., & Bateman,  G.   Mastoid operations; a
 further survey.  Brit. M.  J.,  1938, 2:  1304-6.—Kaufman.
 Cinquante  interventions  mastoidiennes.  Anjou  med., 1906,
 13: 285-94; passim.—Leland. G. A.   Review of mastoid cases
 operated in aural service of Boston  City Hospital, October
 1903,  to May, 1904  (inclusive)   M.  & S. Rep. Boston City
 Hosp., 1905, 173-99,  tab.—Leto,  L.  La prognosi degli inter-
 venti  sulla  mastoide nei  bambini.  Rass.  ital.  otorinolar.,
 1934,  8:   118-31.—Loebell.  H.  Ohroperation   im  fruhen
 Kindesalter und Pneumatisationsentwicklung.  Zschr. Laryng.,
 1931, 21: 326-34.—Malan, A.  Cicatrizzazione  ritardata dopo
interventi  sulla  mastoide.  Valsalva,  1937,   13:   67-9.—
Meierhof,  E.  L.   The prognosis  of operative  procedures  on
the mastoid process of diabetic subjects.  Arch. OtoL, N.  Y.,
1907, 36:  34-43.—Mollison, W.  M.. Brown,  L.  G. [et  al.]
Triumphs and failures of the mastoid operation; discussion.
Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond.,  1929-30,  23: Sect.  OtoL,  1-22.—
 Smith, A. J.  Spontaneous perforation of the  sigmoid sinus
 following the mastoid operation; report of three cases.  Arch.
 Otolar Chic, 1933, 17: 43-8.—Stoeckel.  Ueber den heutigen
 Stand der Operationen am Warzenfortsatz.  Berl. klin. ther
 Wscim, 1905, 245-52.   Also Wien. klin. ther.  Wschr., 1905,
 7  j      Mucky, J. A.  Some displeasing results of the mas-
 toid  operation.  N. York M.  J., 1906, 83: 286-8.— Torrino,
 V. L.  Considerazioni  cliniche, semeiologiche e terapeutiche,
 sopra oltre 500 interventi operatorii practicati sul  temporale
 in seguito  a complicanze otitiche.  Arch. ital. otol..  1928
 39: 547-65.

 MASTOPHORA.
    Escomel,  E.  Propagaci6n  de un  insecto benefico en  la
 campma de  Arequipa.   In his  Obras  cient.,  Lima, 1929,  1:
 619-23.—Mello-Leitao.  Contribuicao  ao  estudo  da  tribu
 mastophoreas.  An. Acad, brasil. cienc, 1931, 3: 65-74, pl.—
 Setchell,  W. A.  Mastophora  and the Mastophoreae; genus
 and subfamily of Corallinaceae.  Proc. Nat. Acad.  Sc  U. S
 1943, 29:  127-35.

 MASTOPTOSIS.
    See Breast, pendent.
    MASTROBUONO,  Amedeo,  1905-
 *Electric burns [Marquette Univ.]   34p.  28cm.
 Milwaukee [n.  p.] 1931.
    Typewritten.
    MASTROPAOLO,  Zelmira   H.    *Asistencia
 social  odontol6gica.    74p.   tab.   diagr.    pl.
 27cm.  B. Air., Tall. graf. Denuble,  1944.

 MASTURBATION.
    See Autoerotism.
    MASUCCI, Antonio Luis.  *Tratamiento orto-
 pedico preeoz de las  luxaciones congenitas de  la
 cadera.   55p.   illust.  27cm.  B. Air., 1939.

 MASUGI disease.
    See Nephritis.
    MASUHR, Fritz, 1908-        *Ueber  Schizo-
 phrenic   bei  Geschwistern   [Konigsberg  i.  P.]
 46p.   8?   Charlottenb.,  Gebr.  Hoffmann,  1932.
    MASUR, Gertrud,  1907-       *Zur  Klinik der
 malignen Oberkiefertumoren.  25p.  8?  Konigsb.
 i. P., J.  Raabe, 1934.
    MASUR, Julius,  1903-        *Kontaktgestal-
 tung bei  physiologischer  und  bei  pathologisch
 veranderter   Papille    [Wiirzburg]    16p.    8?
 Duren-Rhld., M. Danielewski, 1932.
    MASURE,  Georges,   1905-        *Un  cas
 d'e'pitheliome des glandes de Meibomius.   46p.
 pl.   8?   Par., A. Legrand, 1931.
   MASURY'S compound; extract of sarsaparilla
 [Advertisement]   1  1.   portr.   40cm.  x  14cm.
 [Bost., 1849]
   Cutting  from  an unidentified Boston  newspaper dated  14
 June 1849.
   MASUTTI, Guillermo.   *Histo-anatomo-pato-
 logia  de  la caries  en  los  morfin6manos   [Dent.]
 60p.   pl.   27cm.  B. Air., A. L6pez, 1938.
   MASUYER, Marie Gabriel,  1761-1849.
   Translator of Journal de  medecine  de Londres,  annees
 1781, 1785-87.  4v.  20cm.  Dijon, 1785-89.
   MAS  y  Guindal, Joaquin,   1876-        Far-
 macognosia y terapeutica Musulmana-Hebraica.
 131p.  8?  Madr., Uni6n Poligrafia, 1932.
   ----  Farmacografia:  claves  para  el reconoci-
 miento de partes y productos vegotales de aplica-
 ci6n farmaceutica; substituciones y falsificaciones;
 examen de p'olvos  vegetales.   251p.  8?   Madr.,
 Uni6n Poligrafia, 1932.
   For biography see Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1944, 12: 21-3
portr.  (Amor,  L.)
   MAS  y  Magro,   Francisco.    La  hematologfa
aplicada a la clinica.  206p.  tab.   diagr.   24cm.
 Madr., Ed. Morata, 1941.
   ----   Hematologia y  patologia  de la sangre.
71p.   tab.   diagr.   25cm.  Madr., A.  Aguado,
 1943. 
MAS  Y  MAGRO
38S
MATCH
17Sp.
1944.
  Anemia  perniciosa  y  megaloblastosis.
tab.  diagr.   25cm.  Madr.,  A. Aguado,
          Alcrgia  celular.   143p.    tab.    diagr.
25cm.   Madr., A. Aguado, 1945.
   MAS y  Magro,  Francisco,  hijo.   Tecnica de
hematnlogia  clinica.    142p.   illust.   pl.    tab.
diagr.  22cm.   Barcel.,  Ed. cient. med.,  1943.
   MATA, Alfredo Augusto da, 1870-
   Bio-bibliografia. Die. biobibl. brasil.,  Rio, 1937,  1: 206,
portr.
   MATA, Leopoldo,      -1941.
   For obituary see Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 194 1, 40: 477, portr.


MATAIRESINOL.
   Easterfield, T. H.,  & Bee, J.  The resin acids of the Coni-
ferae;  inataiiesinol.  J.  Chem. Soc, Lond., 1910, 1028-32.—
Haworth. R. I).. & Richardson, T. The constituents of natural
phenolic  ie-in>; malair.-unol.  Ibid.,  1935, 633-6.—Haworth,
R. D., A- Slinger,  F. H.  The  constituents of natural phenolic
resins; a svnthesi.- nf 1-matairesinol.  Ibid., 1940, 1098-1101.

   MATAJA, Viktor, 1857-1934.
   For obituary see Bull. Inst, internat. statist. Haye, 1938, 27:
l.livr., 190-2 (Drexel, K.)
   MATALON,  Samuel,   1919-         *Les   fi-
bromes du cordon spermafique.    93p.    24cm.
Par., Le Francois, 1943.
   MATANI, Antonio,  1730-1779.   De aneurys-
maticis praecordiorum  morbis at que  praecipuis
eorum catisis  animadversiones.   1  p. 1., xxx p.,
1 1., 150]).   2f>rm.   Firenze, P. C. Viviani, 1756.
   MATANZAS, Cuba.  Sociedad  de medicina y
cirugia.
   I'ublihhei of Medica; organo oficial de la Sociedad de medi-
iina y cirugia de Matanzas.  Matanzas, v. 1, 1942-
   IXIATAS,  Rudolph,   1860-        An  evening
with  Gavane;  address at the annual dinner of the
Medical'  Library   Association,  May   20,  1931.
21p.   25'km.   X. Orleans, 1931.
   See also:
   Matas  birthday  volume;  a  collection  ol
surgical  essays written  in  honor  of  Rudolph
Matas, New   Orleans,  xiii,  396p.   8?  N.  Y.,
1'. B.  Hoeber,  1931.
   For  biography see  Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland,  1940, 25:
No. 9, 9 (Beck, C. S.)   Also Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1941-42, 30:
522.  Also Mississippi Doctor. 1934-35, 12: No.  12, 6, portr.;
1940-41, 18: No. 12. cover, portr. Also N. Orleans M. & S. J.,
HI43-44, 96: 521,  portr.
   See also Appreciation of Professor Rudolph Matas.  Am. J.
Surg.,  I'.t31,  n. ser.,  14: 1—1 <i,  poitr.—Castro  Villagrana, J.
El Profesor Matas. In bis Entre cirujan. & hosp.. Mex., 1940,
24-32.—Cottam,   G.   Rudolph Matas, nestor  of American
surgery. Minnesota M., 1940, 23: 585.  -Cutler, E. C.  Rudolph
Matas, dean of American surgeiv.   N. Oilcans M. &  S. J.,
1940-41, 93: 61-5.—Doctor Matas awaided fraternitv medal
 Nu Sigma  Nu]   J. Am.  M. Ass.. 1943,  121:  775- Doctor
Matas  honored.   South. Surgeon. 1941,  10: 902-6.—Evans,
W. A.  Intioibiiâ– lion of Dr.  Matas   Mississippi Doctor, 1941-
42. 19: 89  bossier, A. E., Chassaignac,  C, & Bass,  C. C.
Rudolph Matas;  his  influence  on the medical  profession of
New Orleans.  N.  Oilcan- M. A- S. ,L, 1927-28, 80: 483-514,
portr.—Haggard,  W. I).  Rudolph Matas, the paragon.  Bull.
Am. Coll. Surgeons. 1 940, 25: 158-60.- Mason, J. M.  Rudolph
Matas; an appieciatioii. Ibid.,  161- Matas, R.  Dedicatory
address.  Mississippi Doctor, 1939-40, 17: 559-65.
President of  the  International  Society  of Surgery.  South.
Surgeon, 1936, 5: 71.—Presno,  J. A.  La proxiina visita de
profesor Matas a la Habana.  Medicas,  N. Y., 1941-42, 2:
No.  4,  5-7.—Rudolph Matas.   Ibid.,  portr.—Testimonial
dinner tendered to Doctor Rudolph Matas. Bull. Am. Coll.
Surgeons, 1940,  25: 157.—Visita  (La)  del doctor Rudolph
Matas, ilustre  mantenedor  del  finlaismo.  Tribuna mid.,
Habana, 1942, 15: 18, portr.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also Anesthesiology,
1942, 3: 283.  Also Bull. M.  Libr.  Ass.. 1-937-38, 26: 259.
Also  Medicas,  N. Y., 1941-42,  2: No. 4,  8. Also Mississippi
Doctor, 1939-40, 17: 572.  Also Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41,
30: opp. p. 5: 259; 1942, 31: 4.

   MATAVILJ,   Nadezda  Nikolic,   1911-
*Die alte Zweitgebarende  [Berlin]  45p.   23cm.
Charlottenb., K. & R.  Hoffmann, 1938.


MATCH  [and match industry!

   Bone, W. A.  The centenary of the friction match.  Nature,
Lond.. 1927, 119: 495.—Guyon, L.  Des dangers dans la fabri-
cation des allumettes.  Bull, san., Montreal, 1910,10:101-6 —
Hjerpe A- Poltzer, H.  Preparation des allumettes chimiques
-ans pbospbore.  J. chim. med.. Par.. 1865. 5. ser., 1: 533.—
Horowitz-Ylassova, L. M.. A- Filippov, <J.  S.  Leber die Rolle
der Haktcrien in der Ziindholzindn-t i ie.   Zbl.  Bakt., 2. Abt.,
1932. 86: 30-3.— Ivankovich. h. F. [Surgical di-ea-es in match
industry]   Nov. khir.,  Moskva,  192.1.   3: 77 ST.  Poltzer.
Allumettes sans phosphore. .1  chim. med., Par., 1865, 5. ser.,
1:  235.—| Phosphorus-free matches]  Pharm.  tid.  Kbh.,
1868, 7: 129-31.  Poison; no label on box of matches. In  Law
of Drugs (Aithur, W. IL) 2. ed., S. I'a'il,  1940, 237.  Itnspall,
F. V.  Sinistres et accidents morbides par I'emploi d>-  allu-
mettes chimiuues. Rev. compl. sc. appl. med., I'ar., 1855-51;,
2: 290.
  MATCOVICI,  Isac,  1909         *Les formes
frustes de  la maladie de  Basedow a la  puberte.
53p.   8?   Par.,  Jouve & cie,  I'.135.


MATE.
  See Ilex, paraguayensis.
  MATEEFF, Veliko.    *Kur  les variations  du
cholesterol   sanguin  en   physiopathologie  thy-
roi'dienne.    99p.   tab.    24cm.    Toulouse,  J.
Castellvi, 1934.
  MATEER, Florence,  1887-        Glands and
gfficient  behavior,   xxiv, 243p.   S°   X. V.,  I).
Appleton-Century Co., 1935.
  MATEER. John Gaston, 1X90
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MATEFF, Stojan, 1902-       * Ueber schwere
angeborene  Verkiimmerung der  unteren Glied-
massen;  Sirenenbildung.   15p.    8?   Miinch.,
F. Pinn, 1928.


MATEFY reaction.

  See  also  Flocculation;  Tuberculosis,  Sero-
diagnosis.
  Solomine,  S. P.  [Clinical value of Matefy's  reaction of
blood serum in  diagnosis  in various diseases]  Bielorusn. med.
misl,  1928, 4: 50-7.
  MATELUNA Correa, Berta. *Insulina [Chile]
31p.   8?   Santiago,  H.  A. Maffet, 1930.
  MATEOS Fournier, Manuel, 1904-
  For biography see Gac. mid. Mexico, 1943, 73: opp. p. 100,
portr.
  MATEOS Lopez,  Vicente.  Mama sangrante;
estudio de  las  afecciones  de la  mama  que dan
lugar  a  hemorragias por  el  pez6n.   154p.   pl.
20cm.   Burgos,  Ed.  Aldecoa, 1943.
  MATERA,  Raul   F.   Signos  yodoventriculo-
graiicos en  las aracnoiditis encefalicas;  etiologfa,
anatomia  patol6gica, patogenia,  sintomatologia
y  clasificaci6n  de  las   aracnoiditis.   p.231-83.
illust.   26^cm.   B.  Air., 1946.
  In: Rev. neur. B. Aires, 1946-47, 11:
  MATERI, Luigi.  L'arte della bellezza ai nostri
giorni.  437p.   12?   Milano, R. Quintieri, 1921.


MATERIALISM.
  See  also  Animism;  Life, Theory;  Monism;
Vitalism.
  Haldane, J.  S.    Materialism.   221p.   8.
Lond., 1932.
  Lance,  F. A.   Geschichte  des  Materialisms
und  Kritik  seiner Bedeutung in  der Gegenwart.
2v.   567p.;  710p.   15cm.   Lpz., 1905.
  Lifschitz, J.   Der dialektische  Matenahsmu?
und die klinische Medizin.  79p.  8?   Kharkov,
1932.
  Schultz. J.  Die  Maschinentlieoriedes Leben.".
2. Aufl.   194p.   8?  Lpz., 1929.
  Birkby, E. V. Medicine,  magic and  reason.  Pharm. J-,
Lond., 1942, 94:  118.—Gizycki,  G. von.   Materiabsnius unfi
Ethik.   Ethische Kultur, 1893,  1:  151.—Haldane, J. B- «•
Why I am a materialist,  In his Adventures Biol.,  N. ]  â–  'J4U'
225-35.—Haldane, J. S.  Life and mechanism.  Guys Hosp.
Rep., Lond., 1906, 3. ser.. 45: 89-123.—Holt, E. B.  MatenalBDi
and  the criterion of the psychic.  Pbychol. Rev., 1937, **•
33-53.  Maudsley,  H.   Materialism  and spiritualism.   •>■ 
MATERIALISM
389
MATERIA  MEDICA
 Ment. Sc, Lond.,  1917, 63: 494-506.—Moritz, E.  Materialis-
 mus gegen Logik und komplexe Psychologie.  Zbl. Psychother.,
 1939,  11: 303-17.—Wiederhold, A. G.  Formative influences
 on dialectic materialism.  Abstr. Diss. Stanford Univ. (1940-41)
 1941, 16: 180-3.

 MATERIALIZATION.
   See Psychic  research;  Teleplasm.

 MATERIA medica.
   For further  literature see Pharmacology.
   Albertus Magnus.  Liber aggregacionis seu
 liber Seeretorum de  virtutibus  herbarum,  lapi-
 dum, animalium quorundam.  33 1.   4?   Eich-
 stiitt, 1484.
   Beck, M. B.  *A  study of content and achieve-
 ment  in the materia medica  course   [Catholic
 Univ.]   125p.   8?   Wash., 1935.
   Blumgarten, A.  S.    Textbook of  materia
 medica.  4. ed.  519p.  221kpi.   N. Y., 1928.
   Cantani,  A.  Manuale di materia  medica e
 terapeutica.  2 v.   938p.;  1375p.   8?    Milano,
 1878.
   Clarke, J.  H.   A clinical repertory to  the
 Dictionarv of  materia  medica.    347p.   25cm.
 Lond.,  1904.
   Davison. F. R.   Synopsis of materia  medica,
 toxicology  and  pharmacology.    3. ed.  759p.
 20cm.   S. Louis. 1944.
  Gabell, D.   P.,  &  Austen,   H.    Notes  on
 materia medica, pharmacology and therapeutics,
 for dental  students  and  practitioners.   3.  ed.
 260p.   21cm.   Lond., 1909.
  Hale-White.  W.    Materia medica.   26.  ed.
 534p.   19cm.   Lond., 1944.
  Hixdes,  G.    Materia  medica  and  pharma-
cology for nurses.  5.  ed.   191p.   19cm. Lond.,
 1944.
  Hoare,  E.  W.   Hoare's Veterinary materia
medica   and  therapeutics.   510p.   8?  Lond.,
1933.
  Kearney,  H. T.   Materia   medica,  thera-
peutics  and pharmacy.   494p.    23cm.   Chic,
194.5.
                 D.   M.  Materia  medica,  com-
                 4.  ed.   244p.   19cm.   Edinb.,
    Macdonald,
  plete volume.
  1932.
    Morris,  H.   Essentials  of  materia  medica,
  therapeutics, and  prescription  writing arranged
  in the form of  questions  and  answers prepared
  especially  for  students  of medicine.  250p.  12?
  Phila., 1889.
    Paul, G.  P.  A text-book of materia medica
  for  nurses,  including  therapeutics  and   toxi-
  cology.   5. ed.   352p.  8?  Phila., 1926.
    Potter, S. O. L.  Compend of materia medica,
 therapeutics,  and  prescription  writing.   4. ed.
  160p.  12°   Phila., 1887.
   Reutter.  L.   Vade-mecum  de matiere medi-
 cale.  318p.   19^cm.   Lausanne, 1943.
   Toronto.  University.  Staff in Pharmacy-
 Pharmacology.  Materia medica and pharmacy
 for medical students.   182p.  2\y2cm.  Toronto,
 1943.
   United States  Army.   Letterman General
 Hospital,  San  Francisco,  Calif.   Enlisted
 Technician's  School.    Materia  medica  for
 pharmacv technicians.   128p.  27cm.  S.  Franc,
 1942.
  Bennett, R. R. The changing foundations of materia medica.
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1929, n. ser., 128: 11-4.  Also
 Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1929, 2:  174-85.—Christensen, B. V.
 Materia medica; how defined?  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1932, 21:
 592-5.—Coolidge, E.  D.  The teaching of materia medica and
 therapeutics.  Proc.  Am.  Inst.  Dent.  Teachers,  1917, 24:
 157-80.—Gallois, P.  Presentation de deux cahiers de cours de
matiere medicale datant de 1763-64. Bull. Soc.  fr. hist, med.,
  1936, 30:  306-9.—Hoffmann,  W.  Ausgewahlte  Kapitel aus
  ?n7A modernen Arzneimittelschatz.  Mitt. Deut. pharm.  Ges.
  1942, 19: 76-9.—Holstein, C.  B.  A  teaching aid in materia
  medica. Am. J. Nurs., 1943, 43: 473.—Houser, M. N.  Crea-
  tive materia  medica.  Ibid.,  1934,  34:  551.—[Illustration]
  Lecture on materia medica (from miniature painting in Monte
  M>^ln0 Codex' Na  132>   C,in- Excerpts. 1944,  18: 138 —
  AI Gee, J. B.   Place of  materia medica in the curriculum.
  Columbus  M. J., 1907, 31:  104-8.—McGuignon, H. H.  The
  teaching of materia  medica in schools of nursing.  Trained
  Nurse. 1938. 100: 57-9— Macht. D. I.  Osier's prescriptions and
  materia medica.   Tr.  Am. Ther.  Soc, l'.)35, 35: 69-85 —
  Markley, L. R.  A plea for a bet ter knowledge of materia medica.
  Northwest M., 1907, 5: 43-7.  Myers, M.  The challenge of
  materia medica. Canad. Nurse, 1944,  40: 175-7.—Peck, A. H.
  Teaching of materia  medica and therapeutics;  how and how
  much.   Proc.  Inst. Dent.  Pedag., 1900, 8: 47-79.— Piccinini,
  G. M.   La fondazione della cattedra  di materia medica.  In:
  Rass. stor. Univ. Modena, 1930, fasc.  2: 111-6.— Solomon, C.
  Suggestions to the teacher of materia medica. Trained Nurse,
  1936, 96: 563-9.  ------   What should nurses be taught in
  materia medica?   Ibid.,  1937, 98: 284-94.—Teodorescu,  I.
  Important^ materiei-medica in studiul  farmacologiei; locali-
  zarea principilor medicamentosi.  Bull. Soc. med. nat. Jassv,
  1905, 19: 4-17; passim.

    MATERNAL and  child health  monthly  news
  letter; published  by Utah State  Board of Health,
  Division of  Maternal and Child  Health.   Salt
  Lake  City,  Dec,  1938-


  MATERNAL impression.

    See under Fetus.


  MATERNAL instinct.
    See also  Breeding; Maternity; Reproduction;
  Sexual instinct.
    Campione, F.   L'istinto materno.  287p.  8?
  Milano, 1935.
    Abt, I. A.  Maternal instinct.  South.  M. J.,  1932, 52:
 290-4.—Alfieri, E.  Madri.eroiche.   Arte  ostet.,  1937,  51:
  133-5.—Anido,  A.  El sentido de la maternidad.  Rev. med.
 cir.,  Barranquilla.  1939,  6: 29-41—Balint, A.  Liebe  zur
 Mutter und Mutterliebe.  Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., 1939,
 24: 33-48.—Binet,  A.   Quelques  considerations sur l'instinct
 maternel et  ses troubles.  Rev.  mid. Nancy,  1936,  64:
 330-40.—Casson, E.  Maternal instinct in medicine.  Mat.
 & Child Welf., Lond..  1927, 11: 181-3.—Ceni, C.  Die Psyche
 im Lichte der Biologie des Mutterinstinktes.  Schweiz. Arch.
 Neur. Psychiat., 1938, 42: 209-24.  ------  La psiche veduta
 attraverso la biologia dell'istinto materno.  Neopsichiatria,
 Pisa, 1939, 5: 1-22.—Deutsch, H.  The mother-child relation.
 In her Psychol. Women, N. Y., 1945,  2: 294-331.—Ellis, H.
 The mother and her child.   In his Stud. Psychol. Sex, N. Y.,
 1936, 4: 1-32.—Fehling. J.  Die  Bedeutung  der Mutter fiir
 ihr  Kind.  Deut. Rev., 1906,  31:  274-85.—Groves,  E. R.
 Child care  not an  instinct.  In his Marriage, N.  Y., 1941,
 529-39.—Groves, G. H.  Being a mother.  In her Marriage,
 N.  Y.,  1942,  44-59.—Johnson,  L.   Mothers  and infants.
 Mother & Child, 1923, 4:  75.—Keith,  J. R.  The cry  of the
 children. Caledon. M.  J., 1937, 16: 7-10.—Klineberg, O.
 The maternal  drive.  In his Social Psychol., N.  Y., 1940,
 66-70.—Laiblin,  W.  Das  Urbild der  Mutter.  Zbl.  Psy-
 chother., 1936,  9: 66;  129.—Leblond,  C. P.  L'instinct  ma-
 ternel; nature et relations  avec la glande mammaire, l'hypo-
 physe et le systeme nerveux.  Rev. fr.  endocrin.,  1937,  15:
 457-75.  ------  Extra-hormonal  factors  in  maternal  be-
 havior.   Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38: 66-70. —.---
 & Nelson, W. O.  Presence d'instinct maternel sans stimulation
 hormonale.  C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1937, 124:  1064-G.—Levy,
 D.  M.  Psychosomatic studies  of some  aspects of maternal
 behavior.  Psychosomat. M., 1942,  4: 223-7.—Marshall, J.
 The mother tie.   Birth Control, N. Y., 1924-25, 9: 248-69.—
 Mother  love under  the microscope.  Health & Hyg.,  N.  Y.,
 1938, 7: 5-7.—Nardi,  J.  Sulla sopravvivenza dell'impulso
 materno in antiche dementi nubili vergini.  Arch. gen.  neur.,
 Nocera, 1930, 11: 140-8.—Piaggio Garzon, W.  El vinculo  que
 crea la maternidad; 1 a instruccion tecnica de las madres realizada
 por el medico.  Bol. Inst, protec. inf.,  Montev.,  1936-37,  10:
 550-62.—Reiter, H. Mutter und Kind.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1939, 65: 361-6.—Riddle, O.  Aspects and implications  of the
 hormonal control of the maternal instinct. Proc. Am. Philos.
 Soc, 1935, 75: 521-5.—Zuloaga R. de Cela, T.  El instinto
 maternal.  Rev. espan. obst., 1936, 21:  139-46.

----   Disorder.

   See also Maternity, Psychology.
   Biskind, M. S., & Biskind, G. R.  Nutritional deficiency
and maternal behavior.   J. Clin. Endocr., 1943, 3: 377.—Levy,
D. M.  Maternal overprotection.  Psychiatry, Bait., 1938, 1:
561; 1939, 2: 99, 563; 1941, 4: 393, 567; 1942, 5: 62.  ------
Psychosomatics  of  maternal  behavior.  J.  Clin.  Endocr.,
1943,  3: 185.  ------  Maternal  factors: affect hunger.  In
his Matern.  Overprot,, N. Y., 1943, 126-32.  ------   Prob- 
MATERNAL  INSTINCT                    390                MATERNAL  MORTALITY
lems  of  the  overprotected.  Ibid., 161-99.—Newell. H.  W.
A further study of maternal rejection.   Am. J. Orthopsychiat..
1936,  6: 576-89.—Richardson,  K.  H.  The  oveiWicitous
mother.  Hygeia, Chic,  1943,  21: 384-7.—Strecker,  E. A.
Motherhood and momism; effect on the nation.  Univ. West.
Ontario M. J.. 1945-46, 16: 59-77.

----   in animals.

   See also Manganese, Sexual and genetic aspects.
   Wiesner, B.  P., &  Sheard, N.  M.    Maternal
behaviour  in  the rat.   245p.  8?   Edinb., 1933.
   Bellerby, 0. W.  A type of maternal behaviour in the
normal cestrous  female rabbit.   Q. J. Exp.  Phvsiol., Lond.,
1934, 24: 77-83.—Causfy, D., & Wafers, R. H.  Parental care
in mammals with especial reference to the earning of young
by  the albino rat.  J. Comp.  Psychol., 1936,  22: 241-54.—
Ceni, C.  Leber Verwandlung des Geschlechtstriebes. Zschr.
Sexwiss., 1929, 16: 1-7. ------  Lo sviluppo dell'istinto ma-
terno nella femmina e nel maschio in seguito a trattamento opo-
terapico antisessuale.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1931-32, 55:  20-32.—
Coolidge, H. J., jr.  Notes on a familv of breeding  gibbons.
Human  Biol.,  1933,  5:  288-94.—Hooton, E.  Chimpanzee;
maternal care.   In  his Man's  Poor Relations, N. Y.,  1942,
21-6.—Huestis, R. R.  Maternal behavior in  the deer mouse.
J. Mammal., 1933,  14: 47-9, pl.—Lang, H. B.  Note on ma-
ternal behavior in two female virgin dogs.  Psychiatry, Bait.,
1931, 5: 649-51.—Leblond, C. P.  L'eveil du comportement
maternel chez la souris.  Ann. physiol., Par., 1938,  14: 584.
------ Nervous and hormonal factors in the maternal  behavior
of the mouse.  J. Genet. Ps3rchol., 1940, 57: 327-44— Leiner,
M.  Die physiologischen Grundlagen der Nachkommenfiirsorge
bei den Seenadeln (Syngnathidae)  Zschr. vergl. Physiol.,  1936,
23: 147-207.—Lhoste,  J.  Importance relative  des soins ma-
ternels chez Forficula auricularia L.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1941,
135:  499.—Millet,  J.  G.  Le  sentiment  maternel chez une
araign^e (Paradosa saccata, lycosides)   Nature,  Par.,  1927,
55: pt 2, 341.—Rabaud, E.  L'instinct maternel chez  quelques
araignees.  J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1926, 23: 1029-34.—
Riddle, O,, Hollander, W.  F. let al.]  Hormonal  basis of
maternal behavior in rats.  Yearb. Carnegie Inst. Washington,
1942, 203-5.—Riddle, O., Lahr. E.  L., & Bates, R. W.  Pro-
lactin  induced activities which express  maternal behavior in
virgin rats.   Am. J. Physiol.,  1935, 113:  110.  —:---  The
r61e of hormones in  the initiation oi maternal  behavior in rats.
Ibid.,  1942,  137:  299-317.—Sakamoto, S.  Contribution  a
l'etude de l'instinct maternel chez les animaux.  Fol. endocr.
jap., 1927-28, 3: 49 (Abstr.)—Seward, J. P.. & Seward, G. H.
Studies on the reproductive activities of the guinea pig; factors
in maternal behavior.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1940, 29: 1-24.—
Spence, K. W. Reactions des meres chimpanzee k l'^gard des
enfants chimpanzes  apres separation.  J. psychol. norm, path.,
Par.,  1937,  34:  475-93, pl.— Sturman-Hulbe, M., & Stone,
C. P.  Maternal behavior in the albino rat.  J. Comp.  Psy-
chol., 1929, 9: 203-37.


MATERNAL mortality.

   See  also Infant mortality;  Parturient,   Mor-
tality; Pregnant, Mortality;  Puerpera, Mortality.
   Roust,   C.    *Mortalidad   materna.    267p.
2612cm.   B. Air.,  1942.
   Bow, M. R.  Maternal mortality as a public health problem.
Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 23: 169-73.—Cosbie, W. G.  Maternal
mortality.  Bull.  Vancouver M. Ass.,  1939-40.  16: Suppl.,
62-8.—De Normandie, R. L.  How to make a study of maternal
mortality.  Proc. Conf. State  Dir. Maternity  Act,  1926, 3:
42-60.------Maternal-mortality studies." Ibid.,  1927, 4:
2-11.—Kumar,  B.  Maternal  mortality.  J. Ind. M.  Ass.,
1945-46, 15: 149.— Loder, R. H.  Presentation of Oliver Wen-
dell  Holmes  Trophy.  Nebraska  M.  J.,  1944,  29: 318.—
Maternal deaths.   Med. Rep. Glasgow  Matern. Hosp.,  1935,
120.—Maternal mortality.  Annual Rep. Chief M. Off.  Min.
Health, Lond. (1937)  1938, 70-2.—Novey, M. A.   Some ma-
ternal  deaths and the  lessons they teach us.  Bull. School M.
Univ.  Maryland,  194.5-46,  30:  39-15.—Oldfield. J.   Shall
young mothers  die?  Med.  Press & Circ,  Lond.,  1944,  212:
91; passim.—Podvin, E. C.  The report on maternal mortality;
as  viewed  by  the  general  medical  practitioner.  N.   York
Physician,  1934, 2: No.  3, 16; passim.—Reichert,  F.   Die
Muttersterblichkeit  ein-t und  jetzt.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1943, 67:
103 (Abstr.)—Ruch, W. A.  Maternal mortality.  Mississippi
Doctor, 1936-37. 14: No. 9, 5-7.—Sanche, H. La  rancon de
!a maternitc   Lnion  mid. Canada,  1939,  68:  251-61.—
Stevenson,  A.  Maternal mortality and length of  life.  Mil-
bank  Mem. Fund  Q..  1943, 21: 292-303.— Titmuss, R. M.
Infant and maternal mortality.  Eugen. Rev., Lond., 1942, 34:
85-90.—Wilson,  A. M.  The  R.  H.  Fetherston memoria!
lecture.  Med. J. Australia, 1946, 1: 1-5.

----   Cases.

   Verevkina-Evgrafova,   M.   [Mary's  narra-
tive   of how she  almost  died  in  labor]  15p
17'4em.  Moskva, 1929.
  Case report of maternal death.  Virginia M. Month  1942
69:  154; 1944,  71: 40.—Confidential  reports on  individual
 maternal deaths.   Annual Rep. Chief M.  Off. Min. Health
 Lond. (1938) 1939, 75-8. -Maternal  mortality cases studied
 Bull. Onondaga Co. M. Soc. 1938-39, 3: No. 3, 11.

 ----   Etiology.

    See   also  Abortion;   Eclampsia;   Embolism;
 Pregnancy toxemia, etc.
    Sonrier, R. E.  C.   *La mort subite au cours
 de  l'accouchement   [Nancy]   81p.    23#cm
 Strasb., 1935.
    White House Conference on Child Health
 and  Protection.   Sect.  I:   Medical  Service.
 Committee on Prenatal and Maternal Care.
 Fetal,   newborn,  and  maternal morbidity  and
 mortality; report of the Subcommittee on  factors
 and  causes  of  fetal,  newborn,   and  maternal
 morbidity  and  mortality.   486p.   8?   N.  Y
 1933.
    Abortions; their place in maternal mortality.  Med. World,
 1942, 60: 359.—Analysis of causes of maternal death in Massa-
 chusetts during 1941; embolism.  N. England J. M., 1942, 227:
 fill; passim.—Analysis  of causes of maternal death in Massa-
 chusetts during  1941; miscellaneous.   Ibid., 1943,  228: 109.--
 Balfour, M. I.  The effect of  occupation on  pregnancy and
 neo-natal  mortality.  Pub.  Health,  Lond.,   1937-38,  51:
 106-11.—Ball, W. H.   Albuminuria, eclampsia greatest  cause
 for maternal deaths in Florida  during  year  1938.  Health
 Notes, Jacksonville, 1940, 32: 69.—Bingham, A. W.  Statistics
 on other accidents  of childbirth as a cause of maternal mortality
 in New Jersey.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1942,  39: 33-5.-----
 Statistics on ectopic, other accidents  of pregnancy, other un-
 specified  conditions,  and  embolism  as  causes of maternal
 mortality in New  Jersey.  Ibid., 87-90- Blair, M.  The role
 of haemorrhage in  mortality rates in pregnancy  and childbirth.
 Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1945, 52: 166-9.—Causes of maternal death
 in Massachusetts during 1910.  N. England J.  M., 1942, 226:
 120; passim.- Crittenden, C.  B.  Blood,  sweat  and tears.
 Bull. I)ei>.  Health  Kentucky,  1941-42, 14: 378-80.—Cross,
 J., Eskridge, F.  fet al.]   Committee for the  study of maternal
 mortalities  in this community.  Bull. Fulton  Co. M.  Soc,
 1942, 16: No, 3, 5.—Dunn, H.  L.  Frequency of abortion; its
 effect on maternal  mortality rates.  In: Conf. Abortion Pi obi.,
 N. Y. (1942) 1944, 1-14.  [Discussion] 28-38.—Gordon.  C A.
 Hemorrhage as  the most important  cause of maternal death
 in Brooklyn, city  of New Y'ork; an analysis of the puerperal
 deaths of 1943.  Am. J. Obst., 1944, 48: 557-64.—Hood, It. V.
 Midwives  and  maternal mortality.   Florida  Health Notes,
 1942, 34: 122-4.—Hussy, P.   Zur Frage der plotzlichen und
 unerwarteten Todesfalle in der Schwangerschaft und unter der
 Geburt.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1283-6.— Lippincott,
 L. S.  Maternal mortality and morbidity in 100 consecutive
 obstetrical cases.   Mississippi  Doctor, 1935-36, 13:  No. 5,
 19.—Litzenberg. J. C.  Discussion of the report of the Min-
 nesota Maternal Mortality Committee.  Minnesota M.,  1944,
 27: 806-9.—MacCoy, E. L.  Factors contributing to maternal
 mortality and morbidity.  Med. Woman J., 1942, 49:97-101.—
 Maclellan, E. K.   The  present maternal mortality rate with
 special  reference to labor.   Nova Scotia M. Bull., 1936, 15:
 496-503.—Malpas, M.  P.  Familial  influences  and maternal
 mortality and morbidity.  J. Obst.  Gyn. Brit.  Empire,  10?8,
 45: 195-9.—Morris, E. S., & Morgan, E. S.  Operative shock,
 collapse  after  difficult  labour,  etc.,  86 deaths.  Rep. Dir.
 Pub. Health N. S. Wales (1934)  1936, 50-5.—Report by the
 maternity problems subcommittee of  the Scottish  Committee
 on Maternal Morbidity and Mortality.  Brit. M. J.,  1936, 1:
 Suppl., 352-5.—Stlitzky,  S. A.  [Maternal  mortality: consti-
 tutional, social and household factors; prevention]  J. akush.,
 1930, 41: 285-304.—Tandy, E.  C.  Infant and  maternal mor-
 tality  among Negroes.   Nat.  Negro  Health News,  1939, 7:
 No. 2, 19-21.

 ----   Geography.

    Indian Research Fund Association.  Mater-
 nal mortality  in   childbirth  in  India.   19p.
 25cm.   Calc,  1928.
    Vassy,  M.  C.   *La  mortalite et la morbidite
 chez les accouchees de la Maternity de  l'H6pital
 Bretonneau en 1942.   45p.    24cm.    Par., 1943.
    Allan  R. M.  Report on maternal mortality and morbidity
 in the State of Victoria.   Med. J. Australia, 1928, 1: 668-84 —
 Banerji. K.  A study of maternal mortality and morbidity in
 Bengal.   J. Ind. M. Ass., 1935-36, 5: 607-9—Cuthbert. G. J.
 Deaths due to puerperal condition, New South Wales;  death
 rates from certain causes per 1,000  live births for the years
 1895-1938.   Rep.  Dir. Pub. Health N. S. Wales (1938) 1940
 73.—Dmitriev, A.  D.   [A propos de  la mortalite maternelle]
 Akush. frin.,  1941,  51-7.—Holland, H.  La mortalita materna.
 Gazz. osp.,  1<)35, 56:   971-4.—Investigation  into  maternal
 mortality.  Med.  .1.  Australia,  1944, 2: 688-703- Maternal
 mortality  [Scotland] Annual  Rep.   Dep.  Health Scotland,
 1939, 10: 71.—Morgan,  E. S.  Deaths incidental to childbirth,
I New South Wales, 1930-1935,  table.  Rep. Dir. Pub. Health 
MATERNAL  MORTALITY                391                  MATERNAL  MORTALITY
  N. S. Wales (1935)  1936, 41.  ------  Childbirth and puer-
  peral septicaemia; annual death rate of women per 1,000 births
  in  New South  Wales,  1875-1936.   Ibid.  (1936)  1938, 39.
  -----& Morris, E. S.   Maternal deaths in New South Wales
  during the  years  1929-33.  Ibid.  (1934) 1936, 35-78.   ------
  -----Methods  of investigation  of puerperal deaths in New
  South Wales.  Ibid., 37.—Mortality.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1943, 6.
  ser.,  No.  212,  357-61,  ch.—Neal-Edwards, M.  I.  Urban
  statistical  enquiry into the causes  of maternal mortality in
  Calcutta.  Annual Rep. All  India Inst.  Hyg., Calc. (1937)
  1938,  31-3.—Schmidt,  G.  Siiuglingsfursorge,  Geburtenbe-
  wegung,  Miittersterblichkeit  im  Regierungsbezirk   Ober-
  Mittelfranken in den Jahren 1914-1919 und 1933-1941.   Oeff.
  Gesundhdienst, 1943, 9: B114-21.—Table: European deaths
  from puerperal causes by age groups.   Annual Rep. S. Africa
  Dep. Pub.  Health, 1941, 62.—Villarama, A.   Maternal  mor-
  tality in the Philippines.   Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939)
  1941, 1. Congr., 348-50.— Wickramasuriya, G. A. W.  Maternal
  mortality and morbidity in Cevlon.  J. Ceylon Brit. M.  Ass.,
  1939, 36: 79-106.

  ---   Geography: America.
    Abreau, C. F. de, Aguiar, A. [et al.]  Mortalidade materna
  no Distrito Federal no trienio 1940-1942.  An. brasil.  gin.,
  1944,  18: 514-9.—Avendafio, O.   Sobre mortalidad materna
  por causas  obsteLricas en Chile.   Bol. Soc. chilena  obst.  gin.,
  1943-44, 9: 179-202—Groulx, A.  La mortalite maternelle et
  la mortalite infantile k Montreal.  Union mid. Canada, 1943,
  72: 1413-7.—Leon,  J.  Mortalidad materna en la provincia
  de Buenos  Aires;  consideraciones sobre una estadistica de mas
  de un millon de partos.  Sem.  mid.,  B. Air., 1944, 51: pt 2,
  121-9.—Maternal  mortality  (Argentina)  J.  Am.  M. Ass.,
  1943, 123:  985.—Mortalidad  materna.  Notic. Inst, internac.
  amer. protec.  inf., Montev.,  1943-44, 17:  19.—Odriosola, R.
  Maternomortalidad en el Paraguay.  Bol. Inst, internac. amer.
  protec inf., Montev., 1942, 16: 253-79.—Oliveira de Barros, S.
  Mortalidade materna em  Sao  Paulo.  An.  paul.  med.  cir.,
  1945, 50: 610.  Also Rev. gin. obst,,  Rio,  1945,  39:  pt  1,
  75-82.—Roust, C.  Mortalidad  materna  en  la   Republica
  Argentina.   Bol.  Inst,  internac. amer. protec. inf., Montev.,
  1939-40, 13: 544-61.—Waterman, J. A.  Some notes on ma-
  ternal mortality in Trinidad with a  note on the  maternity
  department and  the training of midwives  at  the Colonial
  Hospital, Port-of-Spain.   Carib.  M.  J.,  Trinidad,  1938-39,
  1:74-81, pl.

  ---  Geography:  America—United States.

    New York, U. S. A.   Department of Health.
  Births, stillbirths, maternal mortality,  and infant
  mortality,   New  York   State,  1936-1940.   8p.
  25^cm.  Albany, 1940.
    Andrews, C. J.   The maternal mortality situation.  Virginia
  M. Month., 1944, 71: 366-70.—Bell, T. F.  Maternal mortality
  in San Francisco,  Oakland, and  Berkeley, California, 1932-
  1938,  inclusive.  Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939)  1941, 1.
  Congr., 547-62.—Bingham, A.  W.  Maternal mortality sta-
  tistics in New Jersey  for  1941-42.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1942,
  39: 529-47; 1943, 40: 228-35.—Chenoweth,  A. D.  Infant,
  neonatal  and maternal mortality  trends in Kentucky.  Bull.
  Dep.  Health Kentucky,  1943^4, 16:  No. 7, 175-9.—Cross,
  R. R.   Is sacrifice  of maternal and infant  life essential to the
  war effort?   Bull.  Chicago M.  Soc,  1942-43, 45: 68.—Cun-
  ningham, W. A.   Alabama maternal and newborn  mortality
  statistics  for 1942.  J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1942-43,  12: 375.—
  DePorte, J. X.  Maternal mortality  in  New  York  State,
  1933-1942;  a  decade of  notable progress.   Health  News,
  Albany, 1943, 20:  171.— Donnell, R., & Hood, F.  A study of
  infant and  maternal  mortality in Dallas,  Texas.  Dallas M.
  J., 1945,  31: 113-7.—Douglass, L. H.   Maternal  mortality
 studies in the counties of  Maryland, 1935-1944.  Bull. Mary-
 land Dep. Health, 1945, 17: 29-33.—Duffield, T. J.  A review
 of the  maternity statistics of New York City for the year 1939.
 Bull.   N.  York Acad.  M.,  1940, 16:  679-716.—Greenhill,
 3. P.   The United States has not a higher maternal death rate
 than the  other civilized  nations.  Illinois  M.  J.,   1930, 57:
 155.—Hood,  R. C.  Maternal mortality rates per 1,000 live
 births, 1931-1940 inclusive. Annual Rep.  Bd Health Florida
 CI941)  1942, 42:  105, tab.—Hotopp,  M., & Marshall, C. A.
 Maternal, fetal  and  neonatal mortality in Delaware, 1941.
 Delaware  M.  J.,  1942,  14: 182-5.—Howard, V.   Maternal
 mortality in  Mississippi in 1943.   Mississippi Doctor, 1944-45,
 22: 136.—Jones, M. H.   Study of maternal and infant deaths
 and stillbirths in Wyoming.  Rocky  Mountain M.  J., 1943,
 40: 106-11.—Keettel,  W. C.  Maternal mortality in Wisconsin.
 Wisconsin Bd Health Q. Bull., 1942-43,  7:  No. 6, 6-10 —
 Maternal deaths.   N. England J.  M., 1942, 227: 187.—Ma-
 ternal  mortality.   Ibid.,  226:  1050.—Maternal mortality in
 Indiana for  the year 1941. J.  Indiana M. Ass., 1942,  35:
 330/—Maternal mortality in New York State,  exclusive of
 New York City, in 1941.  Health News,  Albany, 1942,  19:
 105.—Maternal mortality in Westchester, 1942; a comparative
 analysis of the obstetrical  records of  16  general  hospitals.
 Westchester M. Bull., 1943, 11: No. 7, 7.—Michigan's maternal
 death rate in 1941  lowest in history.   Michigan Pub. Health,
 1942, 30:  76.—Minnesota Maternal   Mortality  Committee.
Minnesota M., 1945, 28: 635-40.—Minnesota maternal mor-
tality study;  general  summary  by the  Maternal  Mortality
 Committee  of Minnesota State Medical  Association.   Ibid.,
 1944, 27: 475; 557.—Mortality summary for U. S. registration
 states; diseases of pregnancy, childbirth, and the puerperium.
 Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1942, 16: 209-12.—
 fajker, J. D. Maternal mortality Greenville hospitals 1938-
 1942 incl.   J. S.  Carolina M. Ass., 1945, 41: 61-6.—Pendleton,
 G. F.  Maternal mortality in Kansas City,  Missouri.  Proc.
 Inst. M. Chicago, 1942-43, 14: 148.—Ramsey, H. P.  Maternal
 mortality in the  District of Columbia.   Med. Ann. District of
 Columbia, 1942,  11: 314-6.—Rucker, M. P.  Maternal mor-
 tality in Philadelphia 1931-1940.  Virginia M. Month., 1942,
 69: 169.—Sharpley, H.  F.  Study of  maternal mortality and
 infant deaths [in Georgia]  J.  M. Ass.  Georgia,  1941,  30:
 82-8.—Siegel, L.  A.  Maternal mortality study in Buffalo,
 New  York,   1935-1940.  N.  York  State J.  M.,  1942,  42:
 1472-9.—Taylor, J. S.   A review of the maternal mortality in
 Allegheny County in 1941.   Pittsburgh M.  Bull.,  1942,  31:
 108-15.—Ten year study of maternal  mortality; report of  the
 Committee on Maternal  Mortality of the Rhode Island Medical
 Society.  Rhode  Island M. J.,  1943,  26: 202-4.—Titus,  P.
 Maternal mortality  in  Pennsylvania.  Pennsylvania M.   J.,
 1942,  46:  97-102.—Upshaw, C.  B.   Maternal  mortality  in
 Atlanta in 1942.  Bull.  Fulton Co. M. Soc,  1943, 17:  5-7 —
 Williams, P. F..  &  Weaver, R.  H.  Maternal mortality  in
 Philadelphia  1931-1940.  Week. Roster, Phila., 1941-42,  37:
 411-20.

 ----   Prevention.

    See  also Maternal  welfare;  Obstetrics,  pre-
 ventive; Pregnant,  Welfare;  Puerpera, Welfare.
    Galdston,  I.   Maternal deaths,  the  ways  to
 prevention.   115p.    8?   N.  Y., 1937.
    Adequate obstetric care; what and  where?  Pittsburgh  M.
 Bull., 1942, 31: 83-5.—Almeida Rodrigues, B. de.  Luta contra
 a mortalidade materna e contra a mortinatalidade; o servico
 prenatal em  saude pliblica.  Fol. med.,  Rio,  1943, 24:  1-9 —
 And  mothers still die,  needlessly.  Health  &  Hyg.,  N.  Y.,
 1938,  7: 11.—Ante-natal care and the  maternal death rate.
 Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 1009-11.—Bello, J. A.  Mortinatalidad y
 organizaci6n sanitaria.  Sem. m<?d., B.  Air.,  1941,  48:  pt  1,
 911-4— Berry, C. D., &  Alter, R. A.   A practical plan for. the
 reduction of infant and  maternal mortality.   North Carolina
 M. J., 1941, 2: 607-10.—Bolt, R. A.  Progress in saving mater-
 nal and child life.  In:  Annals  (Am.  Acad.  Polit. Social Sc.)
 1940,  Nov.,  97-104.—Brackett, E. S., Buxton, B. H.  [et al.l
 Materna] mortality.   Rhode Island M. J.,  1943, 26:  247.—
 Chenery, W. L.  How can popular magazines aid in campaigns
 to reduce maternal and infant death rates?  Proc. Conf. State
 Dir. Maternity Act, 1926, 3: 110-3.—Couture,  E.  La lutte
 contre la mortalite' maternelle et infantile au Canada.   Union
 mid.  Canada, 1941,  70:  1277-89.—Crotty,   J.  G.  Mothers
 should not die.  Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1942, 39: 83-6.—Daily,
 E. F.   Childbirth can be made safer.  Child, Wash., 1938,  2:
 171-3.—DeNormandie, R. L.  Prenatal care  and its relation
 to maternal and infant mortality.  J. M. Soc. N.  Jersey, 1934,
 31: 570-6.—Emmel, A. C.  Progress in maternal mortality; a
 summary report of progress in which the Westchester Medical
 Society's  Commission on  National Welfare  has plaved  an
 important part.  Westchester M. Bull.,  1942, 10: No.*8, 7 —
 Fraser, J. R.  The control of maternal morbidity  and mor-
 tality.  Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1937, 22: 88-95.—Gauthier,
 P. Lutte  contre la  mortality maternelle.   Ann. mid. chir.
 Hop. S. Justine Montreal, 1943, 4: No. 2, 124-32.—Gooch, M.
 Ten years of progress in reducing maternal and infant mortality.
 Child, Wash., 1945, 10:  77-83.—Greater medical supervision
 during  pregnancy  will reduce maternal and infant deaths.
 Health Notes, Jacksonville,  1940, 32:  67.—Gutman,  G.  A.
 [The  role of  the  midwives of lying-in homes and obstetrical
 stations in the reduction of  postpartum maternal mortality]
 Feldsher, Moskva, 1942, No. 11, 37-9.—Hunter, A.  L.   Safe-
 guarding childbirth.  Wisconsin Bd. Health Q. Bull., 1942,  7:
 No. 2,  12-6.—Illinois acts to save mothers,  babies.  Illinois
 Health  Mess.,   1942,   14:  102.—Jaeger,  F.  Fruhgeburt,
 Fruhsterblichkeit,  Schwangerenfiirsorge.   Mschr.  Geburtsh.
 Gyn.,  1932, 91: 191-213.—Lock, F.  R.  How  North Carolina
 can  reduce  maternal  mortality.  North Carolina M.  J.,
 1946, 7: 141-3.—McCord, J. R.   The doctor and childbirth.
 Mississippi Doctor, 1935-36, 13: No. 12, 9-12.—McGibbon, J.
 The reduction of maternal  mortality  and morbidity  in  its
 clinical aspect. J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1927, 1: 270-7.—Mcllroy,
 A.L.   The prevention of sickness and death in motherhood.   J.
 State M., Lond.,  1930, 38: 583-6.—Mcllroy,  L.  The preven-
 tive aspect of antenatal care.   Med.  Rec,  N. Y., 1938,  148:
 213-5.—Maclellan, E. K.  Maternal care.   Nova  Scotia M.
 Bull.,  1935,   14:  170-3.—Mitchell, R.  The prevention   of
 maternal mortality in Manitoba. Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1928,
 19: 292-6.—Moore, J. H.  Responsibility of the physician  in
 the problem of maternal  mortality.  Minnesota M.,  1944, 27:
 801-4.—Perez, M. L., & Rodriguez de Ginocchio, M.   Servicio
 social y mortinatalidad.  Medicina, Madr., 1941, 9: pt 2, 91;
 passim.—Pinto, M.  Mortalidade materna e  mortinatalidade;
 o servico prenatal.   Fol. med., Rio,  1943, 24: 32-5.—Reeves,
W. B.  Are  we lowering the mortality rate of mother and
child by streamlining our obstetrics?  Texas  J. M., 1941-42,
37: 486-8.—Roust, C.   Consideraciones acerca  de  la  lucha
contra la morbimortalidad materna.   In: Libro de oro M.  R.
Castex, B.  Air.,  1940, 1: 843-9.—Vela  Gonzalez,  F.   Como
puede  disminuirse la mortalidad por el tetanos  infantil y  la 
MATERNAL  MORTALITY
392
MATERNAL  WELFARE
li.bre puerperal.  Salubridad, Mex., 1931, 2:116-9.—Walthard,
M.   The  prevention of maternal  mortality.   .1.  State  M.,
Lond..  1929, 37: 710-22.—Williams, P. F.  Intrapartum care
in  relat ion  to  maternal  mortality.  Pennsylvania  M.  J.,
1935-31). 39: 142.  ------  The preventive aspects of maternal
mortality.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1943, 42: 25-30.

----   Statistics.
   Decline in maternal mortality.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123:
485.—Dorn, H.  F.  Maternal mortality  in  rural and  urban
areas.   Pub.  Health Rep.,  Wash.,  1939, 54:  684-90.^Im-
pressions  concei ninn the maternal mortality study from 1937
to 1941.   X. England J. M., 194.3, 228: 226 — Lit/.enberg, J. C.
The significance of the decreasing maternal mortality.   Nicollet
Clin.  Bull..  1942—13,  3:  3-9.—Maternal  mortality  drops
sharply.   Statist. Bull. Metrop.  Life Insur., 1943, 24:  No.
8. 6-8.   Maternal mortality lowest where  hospital confinement
is most frequent.  Ibid., 1945.  26: No. 7, 6-8.—New goal in
maternal  mortality.  Ibid.,  1944. 25: No. 8, 8-10.  Norton,
J. F.   A mortality studv  of  187 deaths in 66.376 live births.
Am. J.  Obst., 1945, 49: 554-60.— Schultz, H. Statistical studies
and graphs.  Proc. Conf.  State Dir. Maternity  Art. 1926, 3:
38-41.—Stillbirth and maternal mortalitv rates.   Am. J. Pub.
Health, 1944, 34: 889-93.—Thomas,  R. ('.  3,144  consecutive
deliveries  without a maternal death  due to pregnancy.   Brit.
M. J., 1940,1: 562-5.—Yerushalmy, J.,Kramer, M., & Gardiner,
E. M.   Studies in childbirth  mortality; puerperal fatality and
loss of offspring.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1(110, 55: 1 10-27.—
Yerushalmy, J., Palmer,  C.  F., A-  Kramer. M.  Studies in
childbirth mortality; age  and parity as factors in puerperal
fatality.   Ibid.,  1195-220.

----   Statistics: Hospitals.

   Duncan, J. M.  On the mortality of childbed
and   maternity  hospitals.   172p.   8?   Edinb.,
1870.
   Bickenbach,  W.  Ueber  die  Miittersterblichkeit bei  kli-
niseher Gcburt-hilfe. Zbl. Gyn.. 1940, 64: 818-36.—Bingham,
A. W.  The i ole of the hospital in reducing maternal mortality.
Tr. Am.  Hosp.  Ass.,  1937,  39: 569 -77.-  Dcnker-Hauser.
Miittersterblichkeit  bei  klinischer  ( leburtshilfe  und  ihre
I'lsachen.  Praxis, Bern,  1942,  31:  191  (Abstr.)   Franz,  R.
Hevolkerungsbewegung, Mutter- und  Kauglingssterblichkeit im
Zusammenhang mit der Anstaltsgeburtslulfe.  Aerztl. Prax.,
1939, 13: 30-5.—Lichtyger, A.  Survey of maternal mortality
at Mercy  Hospital,  Hamilton, Ohio, 1924 to 1939.  Ohio M.
J., 1942, 38: 241-3.—Lyon, E. C.  Maternal mortality at the
Sloane  Hospital for  Women;  based on an analysis of the last
28,000  confinement-.  Obst.  C\n. lop  Sloane Hosp. Women,
N.  Y.,  1913, 1: 125-31. -Richards.  I). C.  The  problem of
maternal mortality studie- in the  smaller hospitals.  Am. J.
Obst.,  1942, 43: 144-6.- Short note- on  maternal deaths in
hospital.  Med.  Clin. Hep. Kdinhurgh Matern. Hosp.,  1934,
58-67.—Vitali, M.   Moibilita e moitalita nello stato  puerpe-
rale; considerazioni clinico-statistiche sul materiale della Clinica
L. Mangiagalli  dal 1928 al 1939.  Ann. ostet. gin., 1940, 62:
947-58.—Zimmer,  O.   Die  Sterblichkeit der  Mutter  und
Kinder bei 11,342 Geburten an der Universitats-Frauenklinik
in Munster in der Zeit vom 1. I. 1925 bis 31.  XII.  1940.   Zbl.
Gyn., 1943, 67: 358 (.Abstr.)


MATERNAL  welfare.

   See  also Child welfare;  Family;  Group  medi-
cine,  Social  service;  Infant  welfare;  Maternal
mortality, Prevention; Newborn;  Pregnant, Care;
Puerpera.
   Benzing,  R.  Gesundheitsfiirsorge fiir Mutter
und Kind.   117p.  25cm.   Stuttg., 1941.
   Chile.   Direccion  general  de    sanidad.
escltela de salubridad y  biblioteca  tecnica.
Estudios, trabajos v documentos sobre proteccion
medica y  social  de la madre y del nino.  p. xxxi-
Ixxxi.   2(>cm.  Santiago,  1945.
   In: Rev. chilena hig. med. prev., 1945, 7: No. 2.
   Adair,  F. L.  Maternal and neonatal care.   Med.  Rec,
X. Y.. 1938, 147: 22-5.—Ayres, J. C.  Conservation of mother-
hood.  J.  Tenne-see M. Ass., 1935, 28: 80— Bambaren, C. A.
Aluuno- a-pecto- de la proteccion integral  de la madre.  Cron.
m.'d., lima, 1936, 53: 233-8.—Bard, L. Comentarios sobre el
seguro de maternidad.  Rev. mid. cir. Brasil, 1933, 41: 75-85.—
Better care for mothers.  Mat. & Child Welf., Lond.. 1933, 17:
297.—Bierman, J. M.  Recent advances in maternal and child
health.  Hospital.-, 1939, 13: Xo. 2, 42-6.—Bingham, A. W.
Maternal  welfare.  J. M.  Soc. X. Jersey, 1937, 34: 19-25.—
Campbell, J. M.  The protection of  motherhood.  Rep. Pub
Health. Lond.,  1927, Xo. 48, 1-87. - Chalmers, A. K.  Matern-
ity and child welfare.  In his Health of < Ha-gow, 1930, 189-257,
ch.—Corbin, H.  What next in maternity care?  Med. Woman
J.,  1938, 45: 171-3.  ------  Safe  maternity  for all.   Pub
Health  Nurs.,   1945, 37:  289-93.—Fordyce, A.  D.  Mother
care.  Hosp. Social Serv., 1932, 26: 400.— Gibson,  A. J   Ma-
ternal welfare.   Med. J. Australia, 1938,  1: 761-5.—Gouveia
 A.  Conceito integral- da protccao a  matei mdade.  An. Sue
 med.  Bahia, 1941-42,  7:  61-3.  Hendry. W.  H.  Maternal
 welfare.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931. 31: 516 I'll.   HofMiiUcr, R.
 Soziale  Gyniikologie und   Geburtshilfe.  Mschr.  (ieburtsh
 Gyn., 1936,  103: 78; 157; 1937, 106: 77.   Holden. O. M.  The
 succe-ses and failures of maternitv and child welfare  Med
 Off., Lond.,  193 1,  52: 25-7.  Horn, J. M.  Due consideration
 of the unborn.  Texas  .1. M.,  1937 38, 33: 811-6.  -Jackson,
 F. W.  Some observations  on  maternal welfare.  Canad. M.
 Ass. J., 1941, 45:  137-40-  Lai Das. J.   Maternity and child
 welfare.  Ind. M.  Rec, 19211, 49: 33.  Laval le de Morales
 Macedo, R. de.  Elhogardela madre V su labor de a-isienna,
 Cron. mod., Lima, 1941, 58:  71  3.  Litzenberg. J.  \U:l| jB
 good  care for mothers and  babies''   I'roc  Conf. Metier Care
 for Mothers, 1938, 21-6.-  Mcllrov. L.  Maternal and infant
 welfare.  Med.  Times.  Lond.,  1933,  61:  21- Maclean, Iv
 Why are the results of ante-  and post-natal work disappointing''
 Pub. Health, Lond., 1937-38, 51: 9-12.  Maternal, infant, and
 child welfare.  Am. J. Nurs., 1937,37: 121  3.  Maternity and
 infant  hygiene.   Pub. Health  Mull.,  Wash., 1924,  No.  139,
 64-78.—Maternologia.   Bol. Of. san.  panamer.,  1940, 19:
 1116-9.—Monjardino, A. I'roteccao :\ maternidade e infancia.
 Impr. mod.. Lisb., 1939, 5: 85-7.  Murphy. F.  J.  Maternal
 and child welfare.   J. R. Army M. Corps. 1931.,  66: 171-80.-
 NefT, M. E.  Better health for mothers and babies.  Bull. Dep.
 Health  Kentucky, 1941-42, 14: 436.  Pandit,  S.  What is
 maternity and child  welfare work?   Bengal I'ub. Health J.,
 1939,  1: 115-8.—Paz Soldan, C.  E.   la malemidad y la co-
 operaci6n  social.   Reforma  mid.,  Lima,  1935,  21: 437.—
 Peixoto, I.  P.  A  maternidade,  ofheina da fut.ura geracao.
 Pub. mod., S. Paulo, 1931-32, 3: No. 9, 28-37.  Peyton, F. W.
 Maternal  welfare.   J.  Indiana M.  Ass.,  1940,  33: 215.
 Ouigley, J. K.   Maternal welfare.  N. York State .1. M..  1935,
 35: 907-15.—Ranajit Sinha.  Care of the expectant mother.
 Calcutta M. J., 1940, 37:   159-72.—Roche, J.  The goal we
 seek.  Proc. Conf. Better Care for Mothers, 1938,  113-6.—
 Roche. M. M.  That which endures.  Mother & Child,  1923,
 4: 513-7.—Rodriguez,  J. V.   Asistencia social.   Sem. med.,
 B. Air., 1911,  51:  pt 2, 181-5 —Sabatini, A.   I pregi  della
 maternlta.   Difesa sociale, 1942, 21 : 529-31. -Saving mothers
 and infants.  Statist. Bull.  Metrop.  Life  Insur.,  1939, 20:
 No. 1, 11.---Skeel. A. J.  Maternitv care is bound to be differ-
 ent.   Mod  Hosp.,  1938, 51: No. 3, 70-2.  Talbot, J. D.  Ma-
 ternal  care.   Tristate Al.   J.,  1942-43,  15: 2922.  Ungern-
 Sternberg, R. von.   Mutter und Kind.  Fortsch. Med..  1931,
 52: 309-12.- Wagner, G. A.  Grundlagen der Mutterschafts-
 fursorge. Oeff.  < uundhdienst,  1935, 1:  B, 145-57-  Why
 maternal welfare?   Pilot, Evanston, 1939-40, 4: No. 2, 7-10. -
 Young, .1.   Mother  and child.  Med.  Off.,  Lond., 1915, 74:
 127.

----   Committees, congresses  and societies.

   [Great  Britain]   National   Council  for
 Maternity   and   Child   Welfare.   Annual
 report.   Lond.  (1943)  1944—
   [Hungary]    Stephania  National  Associa-
 tion.  Report  on the  activities of the Stephania
 National  Association.   8v.  Budap.,  1928-35.
   Kentucky  Committee  for  Mothers   and
 Babies.    Quarterly bulletin  of  the  Kentucky
 Committee for  Mothers and Babies.  Lexington,
 v. 1-3.  1925-28.
   United States. Children's  Bureau.   An-
 nual  conference  of state  directors in  charge of
 the  local  administration  of the  Maternity  and
 Infancy  Act; proceedings.   Wash., Xo. 3,  1926-
   [United  States]  Conference  on   Better
 Care for Mothers and Babies.  [Washington,
 D. C, Jan.   17-18,  1938]  Proceedings.   171 p.
 23cm.   Wash., 1938.
   [United  States] National  Committee  on
 Maternal  Health.    Biennial report,  1927-28.
 32p.    4?    X. Y.( 1928.
   Acqua,  M.   Relazione  sanitaria sul  funzionamento del
 Comitato  per  l'anno  1939.  Med.  inf., Roma,  1940, 11:
 162-81.—Adair, F. L.  The  American Committee on Maternal
 Welfare; meeting held at Atlantic City, June 12,  1935.   Am.
 L Obst., 1935, 30:  868-71.  ------   La Comisi6n Americana
 de proteccion a  la maternidad; organizaci6n, fines y trabajos.
 Bol.  Of. san.  panamer..   1935,  14:  748-51.-----The
 Maternal Welfare Committee of Cook County.   Hosp. Counc
 Bull.,  Chic,  1938,1: 17-20.—American Committee on Maternal
 Welfare, inc.; its organization, purposes  and activities.   Am.
 J. Obst., 1935,  29:  754-6.-â– â–  Bingham. A. W.  The Advisory
 Committee on Maternal Welfare.  J. M. Soc. N.  Jersey, 1938,
 35: 288-90.  ------  Report of  the Advisory Committee on
 Maternal  Welfare.   Ibid.,  1939, 36:  303-5.  -----  The
 obstetrical conference; its educational value.  Tbid., 1940, 37:
 510.—Blechmann, J.  Le 11« Congres international de protec-
 tion maternelle  et infantile  (Paris, (J au 8 juillet 1922)   Nour-
 risson, 1922, 10: 324-30.—Boughton, A. C.   1 list report of the
 Committee  on Maternal Health; oiganization and operating 
MATERNAL WELFARE
393
MATERNAL WELFARE
 policies.  J.  Med.,  Cincin., 1930-31,  11: 576-9.—Children's
 Bureau conference on maternal and infant care.  J. Am.  M.
 Ass., 1938, 110: 219.—Conferencia III  de habla inglesa sobre
 maternidad y  bienestar  infantil, London, 1937.  Bol. Inst.
 internac.  amer. protec. inf., Montev., 1937-38, 11:  150.—
 Congreso II  internacional sobre la madre en el hogar,  obrera
 de progreso humano, Paris, 8-15 Mayo, 1937.   Ibid., 334-6.—
 Congreso nacional de mujeres; Comisidn de la mujer y de la
 asistencia social; conclusiones.  Med.  hoy, Habana, 1939,  4:
 4G7-9.—Creacion y funcionamiento del  Comite' nacional por la
 madre y el nifio; Mexico.  Bol.  Inst,  internac- amer. protec.
 inf.,  Montev.,   1939-40,  13:  669—Currie,  W.  H.   Moore
 County's   Maternal  Welfare   Committee.   Health  Bull.,
 Raleigh, 1940, 55: No. 5, 6-12.— Danforth, W. C.  The Com-
 mittee on Maternal Welfare.  Illinois M. J., 1936, 70:  379 —
 Eliot, M.  M.  Symposium: what is being done today''  What
 can be done tomorrow?  Proc. Conf. Better Care for Mothers,
 1938 92-112.—Falls,  F. H.  Report of the Maternal Welfare
 Committee.  Illinois M.  J., 1937, 72: 450.—Furlong,  H.  A.
 What the  public expects from the  Maternal Health League.
 J.  Michigan M. Soc,  1936,-35: 244—Gestri, R.   La giornata
 della madre  e   del fanciullo nell'etica sociale del fascismo.
 Med. nuova,  Roma, 1937, 28: 3-7.—Goltman, D. W.   Division
 of  Maternal and Child Hygiene (Symposium on Public Health)
 Memphis  M. J., 1941,  16: 4(1-8.  Highsmith,  J. H.  An
 analytical study of the recent maternity  and infancv conference.
 Health  Bull., Raleigh, 1939, 54: No. 4,  3-5.—Hylton Scott, L.
 B. de.  Contribution del Club de Madres al primer Congreso
 Nacional  de  Puericultura.  Actas  Congr. nac. puericult., B.
 Mr., 1940, 1. Congr., 2:  476— Lobenstine, R. W.  The Ma-
 ternity  Center  Association.  Mother & Child,  1923, 4: 157-
 63.—Maternity  and child welfare; national conference, Bristol,
 July 5-7,  1938.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1938, 2:  100-2.—Maternity
 and child  welfare; national conference, London, June  27-29.
 Brit. M. J., 1939, 2: 82.—Meetings of advisory committees on
 maternal and child  welfare services under the Social Security
 Act.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 1724.—National Conference
 on Maternity and Child  Welfare,  I ondon, November  23-24,
 1944.  Med.  Off.,  Lond.,  1944,  72:   181-3.—Norris,  J.  U.
 Report  of the Delegate of the American  Hospital Association
 to  the American Committee on Maternal Welfare, 1937.   Tr.
 Am. Hosp. Ass.,  1937, 39: 559-61.—North Carolina sets  the
 stage for  a great national movement; Conference  for better
 care of mothers and babies as viewed  from the lav reporter's
 table.  Health  Bull.,  Raleigh, 1939, 54:  No. 4,  5-8— Paul,
 M. S.  The Mothers'  Club as an educational  project.  Child,
 Wash., 1939,  4: 110-4.—Report of Maternal and Child Health
 Committee.  Arizona Pub. Health News,  1942, 35: No.  2, 2.—
 Rosenthal, M.  Der Bund fur Mutterschutz 1910-1924.   Neue
 Generation, 1930, 26:  55-61.—Segunda sesion  de la Comision
 tecnica  Asesora  del Departamento  de  madre  v nino.   Rev.
 chilena  pediat.,  1941,  12: 830-2.—Seibels, R. E.  Report of
 the Committee on Maternal Welfare.   J. S. Carolina M. Ass.,
 1939, 35: 202-4.—Soares,  A.  O  cyclo  de eugenia em Nicthe-
 roy.  Fol. med., Rio, 1936, 17: 2-4.—Taylor, J. G., Pink, J. J.
 [et al.]  Committee on  Maternal  and  Child  Welfare.  Wis-
 consin M. J.,  1942, 41: 832.—Wagenet, E. M.  North Carolina
 State-wide Conference on Bettei Care for  Mothers and Babies.
 Child, Wash., 1939,  3: 220-4.   Williams,  P. F.  The responsi-
 bility of the  hospital obstetric staff conference in maternal
 welfare.  Med.  Ann. District of Columbia,  1942, 11: 297-9.


 ---  Consultation centers.

    See also  Eugenics; Marriage, Consultation and
 guidance.
    Constant-Desportes,  F.    *Centre  moderne
 d'hygiene  sociale  annexe  a   la  maternite   de
 Lariboisiere.    48p.   8?   Par.,   1929.
    GiiRiCH,   H.   A.   L.   *Schwangerenberatung
 und  Klinik.   26p.   8?  Berl.,  1935.
   Haenel, A.  *Ueber  die  Tatigkeit der  Miit-
 terberatungsstellen  in Basel.   30p.   8?   Basel,
 1932.
   Kolff, W.  M.,  Ervaringen  mit ein  consulta-
 tiebareau  voor   mceders.   61p.   8?   Nijmegen,
 1910.
   Nastanek,  A.   Zavod  za socijalno-higijensko
 zasdito  dece  z  decjim  in Materinskim  Domom
 Kraljice   Marije   v   Ljubljani.   39p.    23}^cm.
 Beogr., 1924.
   Petit, R.    Assurances sociales et consultations
 prenatales.   61p.   8?   Par., 1932.
  A., E. W.  Maternitv  and child welfare centres.  Pharm.
 J., Lond., 1927,  118: 543.—Adair, F. L.  Maternity guidance
clinic. Hospitals, 1943, 17: 25.—Allen, C. S.  Itinerant con-
ferences as an advance agentin developing permanent centers.
Proc. Conf. State Dir.  Maternity  Act,  1927, 4: 119-27 —
Amabile,  G.  Attivita  assistenzia'e e  profilattica  del  Con-
sultorio ostetrico dell'  O.  N. M. I. del  Lido di Roma,  Acilia,
Fiumicino, Isola  Sacra, Porto Maccarese,  Castel Fusano, dal
dicembre 1929 al 30-VI-1939.  Rass. ostet., 1939, 48: 436-76.—
Angolotti. E.,  &  Garcia F. de los Rfos. A.  La  organizaci6n
del servicio de  higiene prenatal en los centros de higiene.
Actas  Congr.  nac.  san., Madr.  (1934)  1935,  1. Congr., 3:
127-31.—Armitage,  C. P.  Duties of the health visitor; centres
and clinics. Mat. & Child  Welf., Lond., 1927,  11: 150-6.—
Bartholomew,  B. C.  A follow-up study of 376 patients from
the Maternal Health Center of Syracuse, New York.  Human
Fertility,   1940,  5:  184-6.—Bello,  J.  A.  Sistematizaci6n
pr^ctica de la  asistencia medico-social en un centro de higiene
maternal  e infantil.  Sem.  mid., B.  Air., 1938,  45: pt 2,
1148-50.—Benedetti,  C.  II  Consultorio  materno e  la  col-
laborazione  delle ostetriche.  Mat.  inf.,  Roma,  1942,  17:
No. 4,  113-20.—Bingham,  A.  W.  Report of the  Advisory
Committee on Maternal Welfare.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1941,
38: 248-50.—Bloodgood, J.  C.  On  the pre-  and post-natal
clinic   Am. Med.,  1933,  39: 249.—Bradford, W. Z.  Safe-
guards for mothers  and infants; brief description of the great
work being done at the Charlotte Maternity Clinic.   Health
Bull., Raleigh, 1935, 50: No. 5, 7.—Brydon, M. E.  Develop-
ing permanent health centers.  Proc. Conf. State Dir. Mater-
nity Act,  1927, 4: 128-31.—Caviness, V. S.  Results obtained
in prenatal clinics at Rex Hospital and St. Agnes Hospital in
Raleigh.  Health Bull., Raleigh, 1937,  52: No. 3,  9-11.—
Centro  materno-infantil Dr. Luis  Morauio.   Notic.  Inst.
internac.  amer. protec. inf.,  Montev., 1942, 16: 47.—Centros
de higiene maternal  e infantil establecidos en el interior efectu-
arsn examenes medicos referentes  a diversas 'eyes de previsi6n
social.   Bol. san., B. Air., 1939, 3: 470.—Clifford, M. L.   The
Connecticut obstetric consulting  service.   Proc. Am.  Congr
Obst.  Gyn. (1939)  1941,  1.  Congr.,  737-40.—Cunha Lopes.
Medicina  social; consulta matrimonial.  Arq. Inst. med.  leg.,
Rio, 1931, No.  3, 70-2.—Dansey-Browning, G.   Maternity
and child welfare centres in the Aldershot Command.  J R
Army  M. Corps.  1931,  56:  119-23.—David-Chausse,  R,
Bilan d'une consultation pr^nata'e  de novembre 1922 a fin
mars 1935.  J. rne"d. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 460.—Devraigne, L.
R61e du  medecin dans les  consultations  prenatales.  In  his
Clin,  obst., Par., 1936, 1-9.—Dohrn,  K.  Organisation  und
Durchfiihrung der Schwangerenberatung in Stadt und Land
Oesundhfiirs.  Kindesalt.,  1929,  4:  11-22.—Fairfield,  L. D.
°ome problems in the management of ante-natal clinics.  J R
Inst.  Pub. Health,  1937-38,  1:  408-11.— FoWenelle, J. P.
O servico prenatal  nos Centros  de  saude. Fol. med.,  Rio,
1938,  19:  153-6.  •------   A higiene prenatal  nos centros de
saude.   Ibid.,  1939, 20: 379-82.—Gaylord, G.  The eugenic
value  of  a maternal  health  center.  J.  Hered.,  1939,  30:
283-5.—Gerard.  Une activite du centre maternel et infantile
de Tourcoing:  le preventorium de Bray-Dunes: son armement
prophylactique.  Rev.  mid. sociale,  Par.,  1938, 6: 230-3.—
Gornick.  Schwangerenfursorge und Klinik in  der Grosstadt.
Arch.  Cyn. Perl.,  1930-31,  144: 383-7   [Discussion]  399-
413.—Gros, F.  L.  Mate>nites rurales et petits centres de
protection maternelle et infantile.  J.  rre'd. Paris, 1927  46-
870-5.   Also Med. inf., Par., 1927, 33: 237-54.—Hamburger,
F.  Ansteckungsverhiitung  in  der   Mutterberatungsstelle.
Zschr.  Kinderschutz, 1926, 18: 158-60.  ------  Der Cesund-
beitswagen: motorisierte Miitterberatung.  Wien. klin. Wschr
1940, 53: 703.—Hirst, K. M.  Ante-natal clinics.  Med. Press
&. Circ, Lond.,  1937, 194:  564-7.—Hogan, M.  A maternity
clinic  that grew.  Am. J. Nurs., 1942,  42: 1023-5.—Howard,
J. H.   Connecticut  obstetrical consulting service.   J. Con-
necticut M. Soc, 19.38, 2: 443.—lnauguracion de un  centro
de protecci6n materno-infantil del Consejo del nino del Uruguay.
Pol. Inst, internac.  amer.  protec. inf.,  Montev., 1937-38, 11 :
539-44, 4  pi.—Jacobs,  F. A.  Aufgaben und Organisation der
Schwangerenfursorgestelle.  Gesundhfurs. Kindesalt.,  1926, 2:
8-32.—Jensen, M. H.   How may the health officer determine
an effective prenatal service?  South. M.  J., 1934, 27: 1047-
52.—Leversee,  F.  H.  Maternal  health  centers;  problems
presented  in urban c'inics.  Trained Nurse, 1935, 84: 556-60.—
lundberg, E. O. Counseling service in a  day-care program.
Child,  Wash.,  1942-43,  7: 31-4.—McLean. A. L., &  Colwell,
W. G.  Prenatal care; an  11-year study of  the Dalhousie
University Public Health Center prenatal cHnic  Canad. M
Ass.  J., 1939, 41:  382-5.—Maddux,  W.  H.  The  Slossfield
Health  Center  [Birmingham,  Ala]   an  example  of  local
medical service for  mothers  and children under public  health
auspices.  Nat. Negro Health News, 1941-42, 9: No. 3,  25-
31.-—Maternity and  child health centers.  Annual Rep.  Centr
Field   Health  Sta.   TCbina]  (1935)   1936,  34-6.—Menzies,
H. F.  The municipal ante-natal  clinic; does it serve its  pur-
pose?   Med.  Off.,  lond.,  1945,  74:  21-3.—Moller,  K. A.
The mother-hygiene office in Norway.  Birth Control Rev.
1924-25, 9: 101-26.— Moore, A. R.   A  state maternity dem-
onstration center.   Pub. Health  Nurs.,  1937,  29: 219-24.—
Moraes, A. de.   Dispensario de hygiene prenatal.  Fol. med.
Pio, 1P33, 14: 129-32.— Neal-Fdwards, M. I.  Annual report
of the Maternity and Child Welfare Centre for 1937.   Annual
Rep. All Tndia  Inst, Hyg., Calc. (1937) 1938, 45-64.—Nikolaev,
N. M.   [Practical conclusions Mlowing  10 years of work of the
scientific-experimental  division  of general and  experimental
pathology of the Central Institute for  Protection of  Mother-
hood  and  Infants]   Sovet.  pediat,,  1934,  No. 11,  7-15.—
Pasquini,  F.  Centro Materno ed Assistenziale Principessa di
Piemonte, Roma, nel auinouennio 1932-1936.  Rass.  ostet.,
1938, 47: 358-69.—Piagfio Garzor, W.   Los centros de protec-
ci6n materno-mfantil.  Bol.  Inst, internac. amer. protec.  inf.,
Montev.,  1938-39, 12: 84-107, 8 pl., ch.—Poltavtsev, A. N.
[Consultation stations for women and children]  Sovet. med.,
1940, No.  13, 41-4,  plans.—Rasi, F.   Quattro anni di attivita
consultoriale,  rilievi e  considerazioni.  Lattante,  1939,  10: 
MATERNAL WELFARE
39-4
MATERNAL WELFARE
308-10.—Reid,  L. J.  Neighborhood  institutes.  Mother &
Child,  1923,  4:  557-9.—Report  of the Maternity and Child
Welfare Section and Welfare Centre of the All-India Institute
of Hygiene and Public Health  for the year 1938.  Annual
Rep. All India Inst, Hyg., Calc. (1938) 1939, 45-9.—Santbarg,
R.  L.  (Mother  and  child  consultation;  most  important
feature  in public health service]  Radianska  med., 1940, 5:
No. 9, 82-8.-  -Shapiro, O.   [Consultation problems in mater-
nitv welfare and ways of solving them]  Profil.  med., Kharkov,
1927,  6: 62-5.------[Consultation of institutes for  the
protection of  motherhood and childhood]  Pediatria, Moskva,
1941,  No. 2, 76-80.—Valle  Riestra, G.  Labor de los consul-
torios prenatales en el cuidado de  la madre. Cr6n. mid., Lima,
1939,  56: 165-7.

----   Day nurseries.

   See  also  Kindergarten.
   Krichevskaia,  E.   K.,   Polezhaeva,  L.  V.,
& Erenbtjrg, I.  L.  [Mother and child; practical
manual  for  the  organization   of   shop-nooks]
64p.    20cm.   Moskva, 1929.
   Abelson, B. R.  Wartime day  nurseries.  Brit. M. J., 1943,
2: 728.—Aksarina, N.  M.,  &  Shelovanov, N. M.   [Seasonal
creches  in Kolkhoz and Sovkhoz]  Sovet. med., 1943, 7:  No.
5, 29.—Arnold. M.  Day care for children of working mothers.
Month.  Bull.  Bd Health Indiana, 1942, 45: 88.—Brand, H. W.
Some problems of  nursery provision.  J.  R. San Inst., 1943,
63: 131.—Caballero y Caballero,  N.   Municipal  day nurseries
in Havana.   Marriage  & Family Liv.,  1942,  4:  13.—Care of
children  of war workers.  Med. Off., Lond., 1941, 66: 196.—
Carreno, C, & Cosin, A.  Sales de lactancia.   An. Soc.  pueri-
cult. B.  Aires, 1940, 6: 113-9.—Children of  women workers
[question in Parliament]  Lancet, Lond.,  1941, 2: 712.—Day
nurseries, kindergartens and the birth rate.  Med. J. Australia,
1943,  2: 9.—Day-nurserv care in 34 urban  areas, 1940.  Child,
\Yash.,  1940-41, 5: No. 304, Suppl.,  10-3.—Eastwood,  C. G.
War-time nurseries.  Pub. Health, Lond , 1942-43. 56: 10.—
Cillie. A., Brodie, G. I. let al.]  State nurseries.   Brit. M. J.,
1943,  2: 84.—Guyler, C. S.   Social work responsibility for the
development of day care.  Proc Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1942,
69: -H0-50.—Harkness, I. McD.   War-time nurseries.  Med.
Off.. Lond., 1942, 67:  16.—Hewell, B.  The health of the young
child  in group care.   Child, Wash., 1942-43,  7:  129-34 —
Hughes, M. G.  Some problems in nurserv provision.  J. R.
San. Inst., 1943,  63: 126-30.—Irvine, E.  1).  War-time  dav
nurseries.  Pub.  Health, Lond., 1941-42, 55: 192.—Lundberg,
E. O.   A community  program of day care  for  children of
mothers  employed in defense areas.  Child, Wash., 1941-42,
6: 152-61.------Factors in planning community day-care
programs.  Ibid., 281-5.------Ascertaining dav-eare needs
Ibid., 1942-43, 7: 6-8.—MahaBTey, J. L., Elliott, C. H. [et al.]
Dav  care for children of   working  mothers.  Pub. Health
News,  Trenton,  1942,  26:  145-8.—Polezhaeva, L.  [Work
with children in day  nurseries]   In: Posobie rabot. letn. selsk.
yaslei (Okhrana mater.) Moskva,  1929, 141-79.—Protoklitov,
S.  [Management  of day  nurseries]  Ibid.,  20-52.—Public
health nursing services in child  day care centers.   Pub. Health
Nurs.. 1943, 35: 308-12.—Reeder, G. A.   Day  care of children.
Social Work  Yearb., N. Y.,  1943,  7:  174-9.—Russell, V.
War-time nurseries.  Lancet, Lond., 1942.  1:  275.—Swenson,
V. M.  An experiment in day care; providing  day care for
children  of professional personnel.  Am.  J. Nurs., 1942,  42:
1128.—War nurseries.  J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  1942,  118: 474 —
War-time  nurseries.  Med. Off.,  Lond.,  1942,  68:  12.—
Whiffin,  R. M.  Improvization in war-time nurseries.   Nurs.
Times.  Lond., 1942,  38: 90.—Wilson, J.  G.  War-time nur-
series.   Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1:  242.—Wrigley,  J. C,  Hors-
brugh. F. [et  al.]   War-time nurseries discussed.   Ibid., 1941,
2: 583.—Zucker, H.  L. Cleveland's program of  community
service for  the care  of children  of working mothers.  Child,
Wash., 1943-44, 8: 167-72.

----   Dental care.

   See  also Dentist, Social service;  Group  medi-
cine, Dental care.
   Chans, A.  O.   Consultorios odontologicos  de los Centros
de higiene maternal e infantil.  Bol. san.,  B.  Air.,  1941,  5:
53-7.—Hopkin, G. B.  A maternity and child welfare dental
service.   Brit. Dent. J., 1945, 79: 1-8.—Hopstein.  Einsatz
von   Yertrauenszahnarzten   vor  Entsendung  hilfsbedurftiger
Mutter   zum  Erholungsaufenthalt.   Oeff.   Gesundhdienst
1936-37, 2: B, 150-2.

----   Economic aspect.

   See  also  subheading  Insurance.
   Baker, S. J.  A possible cost-accounting system on separate
items of work carried on under the maternity and infancy  act.
Proc.  Conf.  State Dir. Maternity Act,  1927.  4:  ] 07—18.__^
Campbell, A. M.  Maternal care and  its economic  aspects
Proc.  Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 767-74.—
Court deci-ions on Mothers' Aid Laws.  In: Child  & State
(Abbott, C)  Chic, 1938, 2: 276-320.—Davis,  M. E.  Profes-
sional resources and ability to provide good care.  Proc  Conf
Better Care for Mothers. 19.38, 45-60.—Deutsch, N.  Economic
aspects  of maternal  care.   Pub. Health Nurs.,  1939  31 •
619-24.- Ezeriel, M.   What is  involved  in  extending good
care to  all mothers  and  babies'1  economic resources and
ability  to  secure wood care.  Proc. Conf.  Better Care for
Mothers, 1938, 40-2.   Family allowances.   Brit. M. J., 1941
1: 423.-—Gardiner, E. M.  < dst of separate items of work in n
maternitv  and  infancv  program.  Proc.  Conf.  State Dir
Maternity  Act, 1926,  3: 194-6.—Hall, B.  Some  social con-
siderations  in the provision of maternity care at public expense
Child,  Wash.,  1941, 6: 66-70.—Hinrichs. A. V.   Economic
resources and ability to secure good care.   Proc (  onf.  Better
Care for Mothers, 1938, 43.—Skeel, A. J.   Economic aspect,
of maternal care.   Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1041
1. Congr., 761-6.

----   Education and  instruction.
   Althatjsen, N. F.,  Ltjrie,  A.  J.,  &  Melen-
tieva,  E. P.   [Chats with  girls  on  motherhood
and  infants]   172p.   22^cm.   Moskva,  1929.
   Kagan,   S.  R.   Instructions   for  expectant
mothers and  the care of infants.   32p.   1314cm.
Roxbury,  Mass., 1924.
   Louisiana, U. S. A.  Department of Health.
The   expectant   mother.    1   fold.   1.    21^cm.
Baton Rouge, 1939.
   New  York, N. Y.   East Harlem  Nursix.;
and   Health  Demonstration.   Lesson  out-
lines for maternity classes.   95p.   23cm.   N. Y.,
1926.
   United States Children's Bureau.   Better
care  for mother  and child.   20p.   16?   Wash.,
1939.
   Allum, F., & McKendry, P.  Group teaching in the prenatal
clinic.  Canad. Nurse, 1945,  41:  358.—Bauer, J.  MQtter-
schulen.  Gesundhfurs.  Kindesalt., 1926-27,  2:   466-72 —
Baumgartner,  L.  The mores  of pregnancy; hints  on health
education  programs  for  maternal  care.  Proc.  Am.  Congr.
Obst.  Gyn. (1939) 1941,  1.  Congr., 609-14— Boll, R. A.,  A-
Geib,  E.  Antepartum group  instruction.  J. Am. M. Ass.
1935,  105: 824-7.—Brazier,  E. E.   The teaching of mother-
craft.   Nurs.  Times,  Lond.,  1940,  36:  1296.—C. N.  L'ecole
des meres.  Mouvement  hyg.,  Brux.,  1911,  27: 361-6.—
Cacace, E.  La scuola di nipiologia e la cattedra ambulante di
nipiologia  per  le  madri.  An.  Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1938,
4: 267-72.—Cashmore, H.  Methods  of teaching  citizenship
in schools for mothers.  Mat. & Child Welf.,  Lond., 1918,  2:
266; 313; 422;  1919, 3: 81; 157; 303.—Chatterji, A. C.  Train-
ing of indigenous dais.   Bengal  Pub. Health  Rep. (1939)
1941,  113-5.—Corbin, H.  Teaching the public about mater-
nity.  Pub. Health Nurs., 1939, 31:596-602.  -----  Teach-
ing the public about  maternity.  Proc.  Am. Congr. Obst.
Gyn.  (1939)   1941,  1. Congr.,  376-82.—Demonstration  in
maternal and  child health, St. Mary  Parish, Louisiana.  Q.
Bull. Louisiana Bd Health,  1941,  32: No. 3, 3; 22.- Dezeo.
P. O.   El servicio social y la oducacion sanitaria que realizan
los  centros dependientes de la direccion de maternidad e in-
fancia.  Actas Congr. nac. puericult., B. Air., 1940,  1. Congr.,
2: 273-9.—Donham,  F.  Methods  of instruction in  maternity
hygiene.  Papers Health  Work. Conf. Tennessee, 1937,  9:
125-9.—Duarte Salcedo, R.  Apostillas a la lactancia materna,
Arch, espan. pediat., 1927, 11: 456-66.—Emerson, H.  Educa-
tion in maternity essential to public health.  J.  Michigan
M.  Soc, 1938, 37: 420-L—Etchegaray, M.   Ensefianza de la
puericultura y de la higiene en todas las escuelas del pais.
Actas  Congr.  nac.  puericult., B.  Air.,  1940,  1.  Congr.,  2:
420-5.—Fernandez, J. J.   Ensefianza de la puericultura en las
escuelas.   Ibid.,   307-13.—Field courses  in  maternity and
child  hygiene  public health nursing services.  Month. Bull.
Maryland Dep.  Health,  1941-42,  13:   103.—G.  K'-irsery
school and parent education in Soviet Russia; a review.  Ind.
M.  Gaz., 1941, 76: 621-4.—Garzon, W. P.   El vinculo que crea
la maternidad; la instrucci6n tecnica de las madres realizada
por el medico.  Bol. Inst, protec inf., Montev., 1936-37, 10:
550-62.—Gleizer,  M.  I).  [Cultural  educational  work  in
maternity welfare  and  consultations  for pregnant]   Profit
med.,  Kharkov, 1927, 6: 3, 111-4.—Gonzalez, J. B.  Kscuelas
prdcticas deprocreaci6n selectiva; una  reforma posible e indis-
pensable para el progreso moral y material de la naci6n. Sem.
med.,  B. Air., 1934,  41:  pt 1,  1713-9.—Hasbrouck, G.  8.
Little  mothers'  classes.  Proc Conf. State Dir.  Maternity
Act, 1926, 3:  164-72.—Hayes, C. E.  The Children's Bureau
distributes  information  on maternal  and child care. Med
Woman J., 1942, 49: 41.— Hickcoz, V. F.  Maternity care; a
program for graduate nurses.  Am.  J. Nurs., 1940, 40: 59-68.—
Hiltrop, C.  Was wissen weibliche,  empfangnisfahige Personen
fiber die Vorgange bei der Schwangerschaft und der Oeburt?
Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1939, 32: 63-72.—Housden, L. G.
The national teaching of  mothercraft.  Pub. Health, Lond.,
1940-41, 54:   163-6.—Houston, C. P.  The  extension course
in maternity hygiene for graduate nurses in New York.  Johns
Hopkins Nurs.  Alumn. Mag., 1923,  22:  19.—Inauguraci6n.
del Centro de educaci6n  maternal.  Rev. peru. pediat., 1942,
1: No. 3,  147.—Janifer, C. S.  The education of mothers of
well babies through teaching at the Baby-Keep-Well Stations.
J. Nat. M. Ass., N. Y.,  1943, 35: 200-2.—Johnston, E.  M. 
MATERNAL  WELFARE                     395                     MATERNAL  WELFARE
Mother, beware!  Hygeia, Chic, 1940, 18: 630-2 -Kirdorf, J.
TTosai d'une education des meres et des jeunes nlles.   C. rend.
Congr internat.  enf.  (1931)  1933  485   ——  Versuche
pmer piidagogischen  Mutter  und Madchenschulung.  Ibid.,
.£■? —Kuhlman  M. S.  Methods of training staff  nurses in
prenatal  and infant care.  Proc Conf.  State Dir  Maternity
Act 1927 4' 161-4.—Lapham, M. E.  Prenatal and postnatal
instruction: 'report of work being conducted  by the Medical
Societv of Virginia. Virginia  M. Month., 1933, 59:  703-5.—
Levy  3-, Derryberry, M.,  &  Mensh,  I.   A  new technic of
health education for use in baby stations.  Am. J. Pub. Health,
1<H2 32- 727-31.—Little Blue  Classroom on Wheels.  Wis-
consin Bd Health Q. Bull., 1941, 6: No. 24, 13 -Lyon, WD.
\ nlan for amplifying the public health nurse s mother teaching
program   J. M. Ast Alabama, 1943-44, 13:  178-80.—Moro,
i    Scienza  e buon senso;  a  proposito dell'educazione  della
donna madre.  Prat,  pediat.,  Milano,  1937,  15:  233-8.-
Mothercraft school in Sweden.  Nurs. Times,  Lond., 1940,  36:
902 —Mutterschulung.  Reichsgesundhbl.,  1935,  10: 664.—
Newdorp, J.   A proposed educational  program.  J. M. Ass.
Alabama  1941-42, 11: 254.—Nicely, E. D.  Classes for  ex-
pectant mothers.   Proc. Am.  Congr. Obst, Gyn. (1939)  1941,
1 Congr., 598-603.—Oberwarth, L.  Die Erziehung der Mutter
ziir Mutter.   Gesundhfurs. Kindesalt., 1928,  3:  175-80.—
Piaggio  Garzon, W.   Organizacion  y  preparation de  las
enfermeras y visitadoras sociales en los servicios  materno-
infantiles.  Bol. Inst,  internac. amer.  protec.  inf., Montev.,
1939_40, 13:  427-44.—Raymond, C.  Group  conferences with
expectant mothers.  Commonhealth, Bost., 1936, 23: 54-6.—
Raymond, R.  Teaching  the  community's mothers.  Am. J.
Nurs  1938, 38: 421.—Read, G. D.  Ignorance  of the facts of
childbirth.   In his Revel. Childbirth,  Lond., 1942,  87-91 —
Robert Romeu, M. Advice to  prospective mothers.  Puerto
Rico Health  Bull.,  1938, 2:  255-9.—Schulungsarbeit  des
Deutschen  Frauenwerkes,  Reichsmutterdienst.    Reichsge-
sundhbl., 1938,  13:  627.—Schulz, E.  Mutterschulung und
Miitterberatung im Kanton Zurich.  Gesundheit, Ziir.,  1945,
25-  252-7.—Schweitzer,  A.  E.  Mothers'   classes.   Proc.
Conf. State Dir.  Maternity Act, 1926, 3: 157-63.—Seht, L.
von.  Mutterschulung  an  der  LTniversitats-Frauenklinik  zu
Munchen.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81:  1614— Sheddan,
L  & Culp, H. M.  Mothers' classes for service men's wives.
Pub. Health  Nurs.,  1944, 36: 97-9.—Sister M.  Carlotta.
Maternity classes in the out-patient department.  Proc. Am.
Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939)  1941, 1. Congr., 649.—Smith.  M.
Community education  in  maternal  hygiene.    Papers Health
Work.  Conf.  Tennessee,  1937,  9:  [Discussion]   133-9 —
Spruance, H. L.  Infantile ounces of  prevention; baby con-
ferences  are classes in proper  motherhood.  Delaware Health
News, 1937, 11: No. 1, 16-8.—Stephen, J. A.  The importance
of education in maternity and child  welfare.   Hosp. Social
Serv., 1931, 23: 355-63.—Szathmary, Z.  [Moving pictures of
maternity and care of lying-in women]  Orvoskepzes,  1939,
29: 581-90.—Tausche,  A.  Mutterschulung.  Bl.  Gesundh-
furs., 1927-28, 5: 195-204,  3 tab.—Teaching  the mothers  and
the wise  women in  Java.  Nurs.  Times, Lond.,  1938,  34:
1006-8.—Thomas, E.  Praktische  Miitterausbildung in  der
Pflege des  Neugeborenen.  Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1934,  81:
1615.—Training high-school  girls  to   be  mothers.  Health.
Mount. View, 1941, 8:  No. 12, 8.—Training in  mothercraft at
Kensington  High School.  Nurs. Times, Lond.,  1943,  39:
.")90-2.—Training of  maternity nurses  and  midwives.  N.
Zealand M. J., 1937, 36: 51.—Turenne, A.  El Refugio-escuela
tie madres abandonadas v desvalidas.   Bol. Inst, protec. inf.,
Montev., 1945-46, 19: 256-60.

---  History.

   Bravaia,  R. M.    [Protection  of motherhood
and childhood in the West and in SSSR; historical
sketch]   264p.  22cm.   Moskva,  1929.
   Adair, F. L.  The development of maternal welfare  activ-
ities.  Am. J. Obst., 1940, 40: 633-0-  Allan, R. M.  Avenues
of progress in maternal welfare.  Med. J.  Australia, 1936, 2:
251-8.—Barraud. G.  La medecine des  femines et des enfants
rliez les Egyptiens.  Progr. me"d., Par., 1933, Suppl., 4.1-4.—
Gerdes, M.  M.   Newer concepts and procedures of maternal
rare.  Am. .1. Pub. Health,  1939,  29: 1029-33.—Gonzalez,
J.  B.  Maternidades abiertas; datos hist6ricos.  Sem.  med.,
B. Air.,  1939, 46: pt 1, 466-72.—Kem, K.  [History of  ma-
ternal welfare  and puericulture in  Hungary]  Gy6gyaszat.
1935, 75: 527; 565; 578.—Krause, K.  Erasmus von Rotterdam
iiber  Mutterpflichten  und  Siiuglingspflege;  Eutrapelus  und
Kabul la.  Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1939, 35:  1493-6.—Magaldi, E.
Maternity e prima infanzia nel mondo  dell'antichita classica
Oior. ital. mal. esot,, 1939, 12: No. 8-9, L—Maternita in Roma
antica.  Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31:  pt 2,  varia,  30 —
Snedecor, S.  T.  The year in retrospect;  president's address
at the annual banquet.   J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1937, 34: 335-8.—
Stocker, H.   Funfundzwanzig Jahre Kampf fiir Mutterschutz
und Sexualreform.  Neue  Generation,  1930,  26:  47-.->o.—-
Women and children; a retrospect.  Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 21.


â– ---   Industrial aspect.

  See also  Industrial worker, female.
  Colcher,  M.   *La  protection  de  I'ouvriere
enceinte.   60p.   25^cm.   Nancy, 1935.
   Fischer, E.    *Le probleme  medico-social de
I'ouvriere enceinte.   36p.   8?   Par., 1936.
   Herbrand,   H.   *Einfluss   der   Arbeit  auf
Schwangerschaft,   Geburt   und   Neugeborenes
[Berlin]   41p.   23cm.   Werdau, 1936.
   Lecrivain, M.   *La protection de la maternite
dans l'industrie.   112p.   24cm.   Par., 1945.
   Petit, M.   *La protection sociale de I'ouvriere
en France pendant  la  grossesse et l'allaitement.
67p.  25^cm.    Par., 1939.
   Silverman,   C.   Maternity-leave   and   ma-
ternity-care practices  in industry.   34p.   27cm.
Wash., 1943.
   Also West. J. Surg., 1944, 52: 152-70.

   United   States.   Children's   Bureau.   A
maternity   policy   for   industry.   4p.    20^cm.
Wash., 1943.
   Adamo, M.  Per una piii vasta protezione della lavoratrice
gestante.  Difesa   sociale,  1940,   19:  5-22.—Arrangements
for the care of children of war workers  [Great Britain]  J. Am.
M. Ass., 1943, 121: 64.—Balfour, M. I.   A study of the effect
on the familv of the  gainful occupation of the mother.   Med.
Off., Lond.,  1938, 59: 67.   ----— &  Talpade, S.  K. The
maternity conditions of women mill-workers in India.  Ind.
M. Gaz ,  1930, 65:  241-9.—Baruch, D. W.  When mothers
work, what of the school-age  child?  J.  Consult.  Psychol.,
1944, 8: 187-98.—Beer,  E.  S.  Help mothers win the war.
Trained Nurse, 1942,  108:  192-5.—Bourret, C.  De la pro-
tection  des ouvrieres enceintes et  nourrices  aux  usines  du
Creusot.   Rev. fr.  gyn. obst., 1919, 14:  409-11.—Cappelli
Vegni, A.  Lavoro e maternita.  Arte ostet., Milano,  1934,
48: 49-51.—Carrefio, C, &  Cosin, A.  Salas  de lactancia en
las fdbricas.  Actas  Congr. nac. puericult., B. Air., 1940,  1.
Congr.,  2:  240-6.—Comas y Calero, A.  El Seguro  de mater-
nidad obrera y su evolucion en Cuba.  Labor, S. Jose\ 1940,
1: No. 2,  24-7.—Didonna, P.   La protezione  della  maternita
nel lavoro.  Assist, sociale,  Roma, 1939, 13: No. 8,  175-83.—
Diez Gasca, M.   La professione di madre.  Difesa sociale,
1937, 16:  1117-26.—Garland, T. O.  The  factory girl.  Pub.
Health, Lond., 1934-35, 48: 182-9.—Giudici, E.  Funzioni di
maternity  e  fisiopatologia  ginecologica nelle operaie  tessili.
Fol. demogr. gyn.,  Genova,  1937,  34:  203-44.—Gurevich,
S. M.   [On granting of regular leave for pregnancy]  Akush.
gin., 1938, No. 4, 56-8.—Harmsen, H.  Erweiterter Schutz
fiir erwerbstatige Mutter.  Arch. Bevolk., 1942, 12: 196-201 —
Jewett, R. E.  Mothers in industry.  Month. Bull. Bd Health
Indiana,  1943,   46:  16.—Kamp,  M. Maternity  nursing
services in a defense area. Ibid., 76.—Keiffer, H. Le probleme
de la protection de I'ouvriere enceinte  ou  nourrice.  Rev. fr.
gyn.  obst., 1919,  14:  408.—Kornitzer, M.   Motherhood  in
war-time  industry.  Nurs.  Times,  Lond.,  1942, 38:  476.—
Labeaume.   Maternity  et  travail.   Ann.  hyg.,  Par.,  1927,
n. ser., 5: 517-56.—Lebedev, A.  A.   [How to determine the
beginning of leave from  employment for pregnancy, 35 days
before labor]   Akush. gin., 1939, No. 7, 57-62—Levy-Solal, E.
Protection de I'ouvriere  enceinte  ou nourrice.  Rev. fr. gyn.
obst.,  1919,  14:  409.   Also Gynecologie,  1920, 19:  344 —
Lott, G. M.  Juvenile victims of war economy; a crisis on the
home front.  News  Lett.  Suffolk  Co. M.  Soc,  1942,  20:
161-3.—Manfrini, P.   II fattore lavoro industriale nell'allatta-
mento materno e  la sua portata sociale.  Difesa sociale, 1939,
18:  949-79.—Massnahmen zum  Schutze  der Schwangeren
und Wochnerinnen gegen die Gefahren der Frauenerwerbsarbeit.
Veroff. Medverwalt., 1928,  27: 563-640.—Maternity care and
employment of mothers in industry.  J.  M.  Ass.  Alabama,
1942-43,  12:  184.—Menzies,  H.   Effects  of the  whole-time
employment of mothers in industry.  Occup. Psycho!., Lond.,
1944 18:  76-85.—Mohr, J.  Maternitv-leave  clauses in union
contracts.  Child, Wash.,   1944-45,  9:  166-9.—Montavon,
W. F.   The care of children of mothers employed in war areas.
Hosp.  Progr., 1943, 24: 185-8.—Nyswander, D.  B.   When
women  go to war.  J. Am. Diet. Ass., 1943, 19: 190-2.—
Olsen, C. G.   Suggested pregnancy adjustment plan for women
in  industry.  Indust.  M.,  1944, 13:  652-6.—Orchard,  B.
Services to the children of working  mothers.  Month. Bull.
Bd Health Indiana,  1943, 46: 100.—Paterson, J. J.  Care of
the  mothers in industry; abroad.  J. R. San.  Inst., 1935-36,
56:  191-6.—Pestalozza, E.  Maternita e lavoro.   Gazz. osp.,
1931, 52: 648-53.  Also Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1931, 2:
57-61.—Protection of the pregnant workwoman.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1938,  110: 1848.—Rott, F.  Fursorgefragen zum Gesetz
uber die Beschaftigunc  vor und nach der Niederkunft.  Fortsch.
Gesundhfurs., 1927, 1: 99-104.  Also English transl.  Hosp.
Social  Serv.,   1933,   27:   468-75.—Schmidt-Lamberg,  H.
Mutterschaft und  Erwerbstatigkeit.  Allg.  deut.  Hebam.
Ztg, 1927, 42: 209.  Also Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1927-28,  14: 205 —
Schwarz,  E.   Importanza del lavoro della  donna per la pueri-
cultura pre-  e postnatale.  Rass. med. indust., 1941,  12:  48
(Abstr.)—Silverman,  C.  Maternity  policies  in   industry.
Child  Wash., 1943-14, 8: 20-4.—Simon, E. D. The working
mother in England.   Ibid.,  1942-43, 7: 62.—Smith.  M. W.
The working mother and her children.  Marriage &  family
Liv  1944  6: 5.—Standards for  maternity care and employ-
ment of mothers in industry.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 55.— 
MATERNAL  WELFARE
396
MATERNAL  WELFARE
Walker, E. A.  Caie of the mother in industry; Creat Britain.
J. R. San. Inst.,  1935-36, 56: 196-9.—Walker, V. W.  When
mother goes  to work.   Florida Health Notes, 1943,  35: 53.—
Working  mothers' children.   Week. Bull. Oregon Bd Health,
1942, 20: No. 23. 1-4.
 ----  Insurance.

   Koenig,  H.   *Die Entwicklung der Familien-
 hilfe und ihre sozialhygienische  Bedeutung;  ein
 Beitrag  zur  Gesundheitsfuhrung  von  Mutter
 und Kind   [Berlin]   40p.   8°   Giitersloh.,  1934.
   Schwarz-Gagg,   M.   Ausbau   der   Mutter-
 schaftsversicherung in der Schweiz.  173p.  24cm.

 Ziir., 1938.
   Wolff,  C.   *Die  Fiirsorge  fiir  die  Familie
 im    Rahmen   der   Schwangerenberatung   der
 Ambulatorien  des Verbandes der Berliner  Kran-
 kenkassen [Berlin] 47p. 8?  Charlottenb.,  1928.
   Aladar  Metall,  R.  L'assurance-maternite  en  Amerique
 Latine.  Bol.   Inst,  internac.  amer.  protec. inf.,  Montev.,
 1940-41,   14:  545-65.—Alessandri,  C.   L'assicurazione  di
 maternita in Italia ed aU'estero.   Assist, sociale, Roma, 1939,
 13:  675-9.  -Araya Chiappa, P.  Labor  me^dicosocial de  la
 seccion madre \- nino de la Cain de seguro obligatorio de Chile.
 An.  Soc. puericult. H. Aires, 1942, 8: 385-98.—Arrete fixant
 les tarifs limites de  reassurance  des  caisses primaires d'as-
 surances maladie-maternite, 30 nov.  1937.  Rev. philanthrop.,
 Par., 1938,  54: 248.—Assicurazione della maternita; relazione
 del  Prof.  Giuseppe  Santoro al  33°  congresso della   Societa
 italiana di  ostetricia e ginecologica.  Riv. ostet. gin., 1939,
 21-7- 35-  72.   Audebert.  Maternitfe et  assurances sociales.
 Bull. Soc.  obst. cvii. Pans, 1933,  22: 323-5.—Bottai,  G.  La
 madre e il  fanciullo nella previdenza sociale.  Difesa  sociale,
 1933, 12: 645-7.—Chalmers. A. K.  Adaptation to Scotland
 of the maternitv service scheme for England  and  Wales.
 Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: Suppl.. 9.   Don  Velden. F.  van.  Die
 voraussichtlichen   Folgen  der  Mutterscbaftsversicheiung.
 Polit. anthrop. Hev., Lpz., 1907. 5: 584-6.- Fevrier. A.  Tanf
 limite  de  reassurance de l'mdemnite  forfailaue en   cas  de
 maternite.  Hev.  philanthrop.,  Par., 1938, 54: 250. —Garcia
 Caballero, A., & Bedoya, C.   Aspccto legislatico del seguro  de
 maternidad en su funcion sanitaria.  Rev. espafi. obst., 1935,
 20:   261-6.—Grotjahn,  A.  Entwuif  eines  Elternschaftsver-
 sicherungsgesetzes  nebst  Begriindung.   Arch,  sozial Hyg.,
 1925-''6 n. F., 1: 24-31.—Is mothers' aid poor relief?  In:
 Child &State (Abbott. G.) Chic, 1938, 2: 286-94.— Kahan, S.
 [Problem  of  social  and  maternity  insurance in  Germany]
 Profil.  med.,  Kharkov, 1927,  6: 32-50.—Koch. E.   Gehort
 die Wochenhilfe in die reichsrrcsetzliche Krankenversicherung?
 Oeff.  Gesundhdienst., 1939-40,   5: B,  185-92.—Laffon, M.
 Significaci6n  del  seguro  de maternidad  en la  puericulture
 espanola.   Rev. san., Madr., 1933. 8: pt 2, 502-14.  McCarthy,
 R. F.  Social insurance can  affect maternity care.  Proc. Am,
 Congr. Obst, Gyn (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 801-4.—Massachu-
 setts Commission on mothers' pensions.   In: Child  & State
 (Abbott, G.)  Chic, 1938, 2: 249-51.—Maternity allowances.
 Med. J. Australia, 1941, 1:  149.—Medical services  in relation
 to maternitv benefits of the Social Security Act.   N.  Zealand
 M. J., 1939,"38: 409.—Menchaca,  F. J.  Seguro de maternidad.
 Arch, argent, pediat., 1944, 22: 308-35.—Monge, L. G.   Seguro
 social obligatorio de maternidad.  Cron. mid.,  Lima, 1935,
 52: 248-52.—Old-age and invalidity pensions and maternity
 allowances in  Australia.  Month. Labor  Rev., Wash., 1933,
 37: 291-3.—-Oreglia, C.  Per il perfezionamento  dell'assicura-
 zione maternita  in  Italia.  Assist,  sociale, Roma, 1939, 13:
 Xo.  8, 141-53.—Ortega A., R.  Los servicios de madre y nifio
 de la'Caia de seguro obligatorio; comentario en el vigesimo
' aniversario.  Bol.  mid. social,   Santiago, 1944, 11: 317.—
 Perez, M.  L.   La proteccion medico-social de la maternidad
 en la Republica Rusa de los Soviets.  Sem. mid., B. Air.,  1929,
 36:  pt 2,  1557-61.—Pigot,  E.   L'assistance maternelle  et la
 protection  infantile  par les  assurances  sociales.  Rev. philan-
 throp., Par.,  1931, 51: 881-92.------  Des rapports  entre
 les caisses  d'assurances sociales et  les institutions et ceuvres
 de protection de la  maternite' et de l'enfance.  Ibid., 1932,  52:
 733.—Pink, L. H.  Motherhood as  an insurance risk.   In:
 Conf. Abortion Probl., N. Y. (1942) 1944, 148-54.— Ramirez,
 A. F.  El  -eguro de maternidad.  Labor iue\l., Mi'x.,  1941, 9:
 56-8.- Roedcnbeck.   Wochenhilfe  nach  dem Mutterschutz-
 gesetz und der Reii hs\ r-i-ieherungsordnung.  Zbl. ges. Hyg.,
 1943,  51:  118 -Ruesta, S.  El -eguro de  maternidad  en
 Venezuela  Rev. san., f':iuira-, 1942,  7:  160-96.—Santoro, G.
 Per  una  assicurazione  totalitaria della  maternita.  Assist.
 sociale, Roma. 1939, 13: No. 8, 154-74.   Scheol,  P.   Pensions
 for  mothers in Oslo.   Hosp. Social Serv., 1927, 15: 319-23.—
 Schweers,  O.  Der  Abbau des  gesetzlichen Stillgeldes; kri-
 tiscbe  Retraclitung zum Gesetzentwurf iiber die  Wochenhilfe.
 Arch, sozial.  Hyg.. 1925-26, n.  F., 1: 59-62.—Scurfield,  H.
 The case  for mothers' pensions.   Child,  Lond.,  1919-20,  10:
 193-5.—SeL'uros  obligatorios  de maternidad y enfermedad.
 Bol. t<5cn.  Dir. gen. san., Madr.. 1930, 5: 121-3.—Solano, S.
 Seguro social  obligatorio de maternidad.   Cr6n. nr^d , Lima,
 1936, 53:  127-32.—Treatment in respect of a  confinement.
 Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1:  1078— Warschavski, G.  [Concerning
 insurance  of pregnancy]   Vrach  delo, 1927, 10: 1493.
----   Legal help.

   See also Illegitimacy; Legal aid.
   Kopclianskaia, S. E.  [Patronage in the work of tin- social-
jurisprudent consultation bureau]  Pediatria, Moskva,  1942,
No. 3, 59-64.—Rodman, B.  [Legal aid to mother and child!
Feldsher, Moskva, 1940. No. 4, 47-9.


----   Legislation.

   See  also  Eugenics,  Legislative  and  forensic
aspect;  Family;  Marriage, Laws.
   Gorodetsky,  P.   *La  protection  maternelle
et  infantile  en  Russie  Sovi6tique  d'apres  lea
textes   legislatifs   et  les  documents   offieiels.
68p.   8?   Par., 1928.
   Schmidt,  F.  H.,  & Bauer,  M.  J.   Mutter-
schutzgesetz;  Gesetz  zum  Schutze der erworbs-
tatigen  Mutter vom  17.  Mai  1942 mit amtlicher
Begriindung,  Ausfuhrungsverordnung und Durch-
fuhrungsbestimmungen.    117p.    24cm.   Lpz.,
1944.
   Schneider,  G.  H.   Soziale Geburtshilfe  und
Frauenheilkunde;   Anwendung   der   Kranken-
un'd Wochenhilfe  der RVO  und der Fiirsorge-
pflicht;   Verordnung   fiir  Aerzte,   Studierende,
Organeder  Versicherungstrager  und Wohlfahrt-
samter.   88p.   8?   Stuttg.,  1930.
   Stern,  H.  A.   Etude  sur Involution de  la
protection  legale  de  la  maternity  en   France.
66p.   8?   Par., 1932.
   United  States.  Children's Bureau.   Ma-
ternal   and   child-health  services  under  the
Social Security Act, Title  V,  Pt 1:  Development
of  program,   1936-39.    109p.   23cm.   Wash.,
1941.
   ----  Publication  No.  253: Grants to states
for  maternal and  child welfare under the Social
Security Act of  1935  and the  Social  Security
Act  amendments of  1939.  25p.  23cm.   Wash.,
1940.
   Aguilera, T.   Ponencia  a la  Asamblea  medica  nacional;
declaracion y atenci6n  obligatorias  del  estado de embarazo;
carnet cie salud e identification del nifio; reformas de la vivienda
campesina.  Bol. Col. med. Camagiiey, 1939-40, 2:  117-23 —
Amparo de la maternidad y de  la infancia; proyecto de ley
chilena.   Reforma  med.,  Lima,  1915,  31:   102-6—Araoz
Alfaro, G. La nueva ley argentina pro maternidad e infancia.
Bol. Inst,  internac. amer. protec. inf., Montev., 1937-38, 11:
239-49.—Baird,  D.  A consideration of the White Paper, a
National  Health Service, in so far as it affects maternity and
child welfare services.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1944, 51:
240-6.—Blackett,  J.  F.,  & Dunlop, T.  Recent legislation
affecting  maternity  and child  welfare schemes.  J. R. San.
Inst., 1927-28, 48: 1-10.- Bolt, R. A.   Federal subsidies to the
states with special reference to  health.  Hosp. Social  Serv.,
1927, 15: 259-67- Bow, M. R.   The Maternity Hospitaliza-
tion Act of Alberta  1944.  Canad. .1. Pub.  Health, 1944, 35:
461-7.—Brown,  J. C.  Maternal welfare, Article number ten.
J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,  1936, 33:  643.-  Caprile, A. M. A., &
Gascon, A.  Consideraciones sobre  la ley de  proteccion a la
 maternidad.   Prensa mid. argent.,  1941, 28:  pt  2, 17.i7.
Carrefio,  C, Cosin,  A., & Maas, B.   Observaciones- medicas,
sobre la Ley 11.933  (proteccion  legal a  las  madres obreras y
empleadas)  Arch, argent, pediat., 1942,  17: 195.—Chans, O.
 La legislation argentina en materia de protecci6n a la nia-
 ternidad  y a la infancia.   Actas Congr. nac. puericult,  B.
 Air., 1940, 1. Congr., 2:  159-69.—Constitutionality of  the
 Maternity and Infancy Act.  Mother & Child, 1923, 4: 360.—
 Cosgrove, S. A.  An  opportunitv  and obligation; maternal
 welfare Article number 49.  .1. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1940, 37:
 369-72.—Daily. E. F.  Maternal and child health programs
 under the Social  Securitv Act.   Am. J. Pub. Health, 194 ,
 31: 117-20.—Decreto legislativo que crea en los cantones donde
 no hay medico  con residencia fija, plazas de obstetricas.  In:
 Leves (Costa Rica)  S. Jose, 1935, 79.   I)ccrcto-lei No. 2,024
 de 17 de fevereiro de  1940; fixa as bases da organizacao  da
 protecao  a maternidade, a infancia e a adolesci'ncia em  todo o
 pais  [Brazil]  Arq. hig., S. Paulo,  1940, 5: No. 9, 241-6.-
 Decreto numero 378 de 1939, febrero 17, por el cual se determina
 el plan de accion del Departamento de  Protecci6n  Materna <â– 
 Infantil.   Rev.  hig., Bogota,  1939,  20:  No. 3, 4-8— Decreto
 que crea dos plazas de obstetricas; una para Nicoya y otra para
 Santa  Cruz.  In: Leyes  (Costa Rica)  S. Jose, 1935  174.-
 [Denmark]  Loi No. 119, du 15 mars 1939, sur les bureaux
 d'assistance  pour les  meres.  Bull.  Off. internat.  hyg. pub.,
 Par.,  1939, 31:  1370-4.—Didonna, P.  Su alcuni aspetti della
 legislazione protettiva della donna lavoratrice.  Difesa sociale,
 1940,  19:  263-70.—Difesa della maternita e  dell'mfancia; 
MATERNAL WELFARE                    397                    MATERNAL WELFARE
verso modificazionifaH'attuale legge?   Italia san.,  1932  24:
No 5 5—Direccion de maternidad e infancia,  Buenos Aires;
decreto reglamentario de la Ley No. 12,341.  Bol. Inst, internac.
amer. protec. inf., Montev., 1937-38, 11: 192-208.—Dowling.
O  The operation of the Sheppard-Towner Act in Louisiana.
N Orleans M. & S. J- 1926-27, 79: 719-28—Edwards, M. S.
New prenatal laws and their effective administration.   Child,
Wash., 1940, 4: 199-201.—[France]  Law of the 2nd September
1941 for the  protection of childbirth.  Bull.  Hyg.,  Lond.,
1942' 17: 370.—Francioni, C.  La legge per la protezione della
maternita e dell'infanzia.  Riv. clin.  pediat.,  1926, 24: 98-
jqO—Franco,  F.  La  ley de proteccion de la  natalidad; los
medicos son los primeros en aplaudir y secundar este prop6sito
de regeneration de  Espafia.  Gac.  peru. cir. med., 1940-41,
3: No. 35,  13-—Haines, B. M.  Mothers and children of
Michigan- how the State carries out  the provisions  of the
Maternity and Infancy Act.  Mother & Child, 1923. 4: 450-5.
_____& Marsh, E. T.  Four years of  the Federal Maternity
and Infancy Act.  Nation's Health, Chic, 1926, 8: 729; 794 —
Kleinschmidt,  H.  E.   Administration  of  Sheppard-Towner
Act in Ohio.   Ohio M. J.,  1926, 22: 697-700.—Kraker, F. E.
Two years  under the  Sheppard-Towner Act.  N.  Orleans
M. & S. J.,  1925-26,  78:  461-6.—Lewisohn, L.  Reform-
vorschlage zur Schwangerenfiirsorge in  der RVO. Deut, med.
Wschr., 1928,  54: 151; 530; 1134.—Ley creando la Direcci6n
de asistencia materno-infantil; Peru.   Bol. Inst, protec. inf.,
Montev., 1944-45, 18: 506-10.—Ley de proteeci6n a la mater-
nidad e infancia.  Dia med., B. Air., 1937, 9: 707—Ley No.
12341, creando la Direccion de maternidad e infancia bajo la
dependencia del  Departamento  nacional  de  higiene.  Bol.
Inst, protec. inf.,  Montev.,  1936-37,  10:  678-82.—Loi No.
941 du 16 D^cembre 1942 relative  a la protection  de la ma-
ternite' et de la premiere  enfance.  Presse mid., 1943, 51: 5.—
Madras  Maternity  Benefits Bill.  Med.  Surg.  Suggestions,
Madras, 1934, 3: 475.—Martineck.   Reformvorschliige  zur
Schwangerenfiirsorge in der RVO.  Deut. med.  Wschr., 1928,
54: 151.—Maternal and Child Welfare Act of  1945.   J. Am.
M. Ass., 1945, 128: 1112-4.—Maternal and Child Welfare Act
of 1945; an analysis prepared by the Bureau of Legal Medicine
and Legislation, American Medical  Association.  J. Arkansas
M. Soc, 1945-46, 42: 72-6.—Maternity Services  (Scotland)
Act, 1937.  Annual Rep.  Dep.  Health  Scotland,  1939,  10:
67-9.—Monzo, A. M.  Algunas consideraciones medico-legales
respecto de las Leyes  11,933 y  12,111.  Pub.  m<?d.,  B.  Air.,
1944, 10: 66-9.—Moragues Bernat,  J.  La protecci6n legal de
la maternidad. Acci6n  mid., B. Air., 1940, 10: 774.  Also
Prensa mid. argent., 1941, 28: pt 1, 459-66.—Olaran Chans, A.
Comentarios sobre la Ley 12,341, por la cual se crea la protec-
ci6n nacional a la maternidad y a la infancia en la Republica
Argentina.   Bol. Inst, internac. amer. protec. inf., Montev.,
1937-38,  11:  5-28.  ------  La  legislaci6n   argentina en
materia de protecci6n  a  la maternidad y a la  infancia. Rev.
pediol., B.  Air.,  1940-41, 2:  101-12.—Plaschke, U.   Schutz
der  erwerbstatigen Mutter  durch  das  Gesetz.  Fortsch.
Gesundhfurs., 1933,  7: 249-60.—Pugliano. A.  La tutela della
donna-madre nella legislazione delle nazioni  civili.  Umbria
med., 1935, 15: 2730; passim.—Reglamentacion de la Ley no.
12,341.  Bol. san., B.  Air.,  1938, 2: 521-38.—Reglamento de
la inscripci6n de las esposas o compafieras de obreros y em-
pleados.  Bol.  Inst, internac.  amer.   protec.  inf., Montev.,
1940-41, 14: 332-8.— Republique  Argentine.   Decret du  8
juin 1938, r^glementant le fonctionnement de la direction de la
maternite' de l'enfance.  Bull. Off.  internat. hyg. pub., Par.,
1939, 31:  15-22.—Riley,  R. H.  Maryland's  program for
maternal and child health service functioning under the Social
Security Act.  Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America, 1936,
51:  32-43.—Schereschewsky.  Sheppard-Towner   Bill  for
public protection of maternity and infancy. Pub. Health Bull.,
Wash.,  1921, No.  Ill,  57-73.—Schmidt, F.  H.  Das  neue
Mutterschutzgesetz. Zbl.   ges.   Hyg.,  1942-43,  50:   636
(Abstr.)—Schweers, O.  Die Neuregelung der Wochenhilfe.
Deut. Zschr. off. GesundhpfL,  1927, 3: 139-42.—Seguro de
maternidad de obreras y empleadas.   Bol. Inst, protec. inf.,
Montev., 1936-37, 10: 300-9.—Sheppard-Towner Bill.  Johns
Hopkins  Nurs. Alum.  Mag., 1921, 20:  3-5.—Vicarelli, G.
Perla tutela legale della madre e del figlio durante la gravidanza.
Riv. ostet. gin., 1940, 22: 52-8.


---  Manual.

  See also Maternity,  Manual.
  Adair,  F. L.   Maternal  care;  the principles
of  antepartum, intrapartum,   and   postpartum
fare for the practitioner of  obstetrics; approved
bv   the   American   Committee   on   Maternal
Welfare.   92p.   8?   Chic,  1937.
  --- Maternal  care complications.   2.  impr.
95p.  19#cm.   Chic,  1938.
  Benltez,  M.  E.    Maternologfa y puericultura.
2. ed.  204p.   18}£cm.  B. Air., 1937.

  Bosch   Marin,   J.,  &  Blanco  Otero,   M.
Derecho   infantil    y   familiar  espanol.   545p.
19cm.   Madr.,  1945.
   Campbell, J. M.   The  protection of  mother-
hood.   87p.   8?   Lond., 1927.
   Forms No. 48 of Rep. Pub. Health, Gr. Britain Min. Health. .

   Cuidados de la madre  y  el  nino;  cuidados
prenatales,   primera  infancia  y   edad  escolar;
traduccion  y  adaptaci6n  de  las   publicaciones
numeros  4,  S,  y  30  de  la  Oficina  del nifio, De-
partamento  de trabajo,  EE.  UU.   de A.   128p.
24cm.   Bogota, 1941.
   Dexetjs Font,  S.   Nociones de maternologia.
2. ed.   120p.   20cm.   Barcel., 1931.
   Ttjgendreich,   G.,   Landsberg,  J.   F.,   &
Weinberg,   W.   Die  Mutter- und Saulingsfiir-
sorge;   kurzgefasstes  Handbuch.   2.  Halfte,   1.
& 2. Teil.   p. 129-455.    8?   Stuttg., 1909-10.
   United States.   Children's Bureau.   Bet-
ter  care  for  mother and  child.   20p.   13!%cm.
Wash., 1941.
   ----â–  Folder No. 29: Emergency maternity and,
infant care.   Rev. ed.   7p.   21cm.   Wash., 1944.

----  Medical aspect.
   Adair, F. L.  The physician's part in a practical state pro-
gram of prenatal care.   Proc. Conf. State Dir. Maternity Act,
1926, 3: 2-9.—Antoine, T.  Die  arztliche  Tatigkeit in  der
Schwangeienfiirsorgestelle. Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1932,  82:
1486-8.—Beebe, L. J.   A challenge to the medical  profession.
Tr. Hawaii M. Ass., 1938, No. 48, 32-42.—Boice, C. A.  Pro-
viding continuity of maternal care in the rural areas; as the
private physician sees it.  Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939)
1941, 1.  Congr., 720-6.—Browne, F.  J.  Maternity services:
the part played by education of medical students.  Brit. M. J.,
1936, 2: 384.   ------ The  staffing  of ante-natal and child
welfare clinics from the point of view of the obstetrician. J. R.
Inst. Pub.  Health, 1937-38,  1: 412-6.—Daily, E.  F.  The
medical aspects of the maternal and  child-health programs.
Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 734-6.—
Edwards, G. H.  Some points on obstetrics and early pediatrics
in general practice.  Illinois M. J.,  1940, 78: 167-9.—General
practitioner and ante-natal schemes.  Brit. M.  J., 1934,  1:
Suppl.,  137-41.—Illinois physicians save  mothers and babies.
Illinois  Health Mess., 1941,  13: 73.—Kolner,  R.   [Preparing
physicians  for the protection of motherhood and  childhood]
J. akush.,  1932, 43:  27.—Laffont, A., &  Fulconis, H.   La
protection obsteLricale en Afrique francaise.  Gyn. obst., Par.,
1935, 31: 517-662.  Also Bull. san. Algerie, 1940, 35: 454-63 —
Mackintosh, J. The future of the maternity and child welfare
officer.  Pub. Health,  Lond., 1945-46, 59: 3-5.—Passa, D. P.
Maternites  et  protection  de l'enfance au  Senegal en 1934.
Ann. mid. pharm. col., Par., 1935, 33: 1056-62.—Preston, P. G.
Notes on  two years' maternity  work amongst  the  South
Kavirondo   (Kenya)  natives  (215  cases)   East Afr. M.  J.,
1936-37, 13: 215-23.—Tomaselli.   Les realisations du regime
fasciste  en matiere  de  protection de la maternite   Gyn. obst.,
Par., 1935, 31:  802-4.—Welch,  J.  Maternity  and child
welfare  work in Nyasaland.   East Afr. M. J., 1936-37, 13:
282-90.

----  Military aspect.
   See also Relief, medical.
   United States.   Children's Bureau.   Ma-
ternity  and infant care  for wives and infants of
men in  the  armed  forces.   1  fold.   1.   22cm.
Wash.,  1943.
   Act concerning maternity care for wives of members of the
armed  forces.  Connecticut Health  Bull.,  1943,  57: 156.—
Bad  (A) precedent in dangerous times.  California West. M.,
1943, 59: 227.—Ball, E. B.  Emergency maternity and infant
care  for the wives and infants of enlisted men in the armed
forces.  Med. Woman J., 1945, 52: No. 6, 23-8.—Belz, J. F.
Oregon's EMIC [Emergency maternity and infant care]  pro-
gram.  Oregon Health Bull.,  1944,  22: No. 10, 3; passim.
        The emergency  maternity and infant care  program;
administration in the State of Oregon.   West.  J. Surg., 1944,
52: 278-82.—Brackett, A. F., & Schmidt, W. M.  Nursing in
EMIC  [Emergency Maternal and Infant Care]  program; a
progress  report.  Pub.  Health  Nurs.,  1945,  37:  234-8.—
Chenoweth,  A. D.  Kentucky's  emergency  maternity and
infant care program for wives and infants of enlisted men.
Bull. Dep.  Health Kentucky, 1943-44,  16:  145-7.—Clifford,
M. L.   Emergency  maternity and infant care program  in
Connecticut.   Connecticut Health  Bull., 1943, 57:  134-7.
        Emergency maternity and infant care program  in
Connecticut;  regulations  for  hospital services.  Ibid.,  172.
        Emergency  maternity  and  infant  care  program.
Connecticut M. J.,  1943, 7: 561-3.—Conference on emergency
maternity and infant welfare.  J.  Am. M.  Ass., 1943,  123:
1125.—Dodds, P.  The Pennsylvania emergency  maternity 
MATERNAL WELFARE                     3<
and infant care program.   Pennsvlvania Health, 1943, 4: No
12, 10.  Also Philadelphia M., 1943-44, 39: 371.—Eliot, M. M.
Emergency maternity and infant care  program; for the wives
and infants of men in the armed forces.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1944,
124: 833-8.—Emergency maternity and infant care; a message
from  the  Surgeons General  of  the Army and  Navy to the
physicians of the  United  States.  Ibid.,  928—Emergency
maternity  and infant care program.   Rhode  Island  M.  J.,
1943, 2G:  290-2.—Federal aid for maternity  care for wives of
service  men.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1942, 120: 47.—Fisher, C.
Federal maternity program arouses further protests; benefits
modified for service men's wives,  but opposition continues.
Med. Econom.,  1943-44, 21 : No. 2,  51-3.—Graves, L. M.
Emergencv  maternity and infant  care program.  Memphis
M.  J.,  1943, 18: 156- Henkin,  D.  Obstetric  and pediatric
care for families of soldiers; service men's wives are now offered
government funds to pay bills.  Med.  Econom.,  1942-43, 20:
59.—Hoffman, E.  F.   Emergencv maternity- and infant care
program.   Florida Health Notes,  1943, 35:  139-43.^Hough,
J. S.  The  emergencv  maternitv  and infant  care program.
I. M. Ass. Alabama, 1943-44, 13: 16-8.—Hunter, A. L.   The
emergencv maternitv and infant care  program  in Wisconsin.
Wisconsin Bd Health Q. Bull., 1942-43, 7: No.  7, 7.---—
Emergencv  maternitv and  infant  care in Wisconsin.  Wis-
consin M." J., 1944, 43: 717-9.—Hutton.  J. H.  Emergency
maternal and infant care plan for wives and children of enlisted
men.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 57.—McKay. F. L., Saunders,
S., A: Bloom, E.  The first year of the Emergency Maternity
anil  Infant-Care Program  in Massachusetts.   N.  England
J. M., 1945, 233: 85-7.— Maternity care  for wives of  men in
military service.   Child,  Wash.,  1942-43,  7:  64.—Medical
and hospital, obstetric and pediatric care for wives and infants
of men in military service.  Ibid., 5.   Also .1.  Arkansas M.
Soc, 1942-43, 39: 89-92.—Medical care for wives and children
of enlisted men.   J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,  1942, 39: 599.—Moore,
A. R., & Chard, M.  Private Don Jones' baby; a co-operative
maternity care plan in a  military area.  Am. J.  Nurs., 1943,
43: 46-50.—Sappington, E. P.  The emergency maternity and
infant care program administered bv state health departments.
J. Lancet, 1943, 63: 320.—Schwitalla, A. M., & Kneifl, M. R.
Emergency maternity and infant care program.   Hosp.  Progr.,
1944, 25: 103-6.—Watson, E. R.   Emergency  maternity  and
infant care program.  J.  M. Ass.  Georgia,  1943,  32:  344.
------  Georgia's GI babies.  Ibid., 1945, 34: 62-4.

----  National and  social aspect.

   See also Birthrate, Decline.
   Adair,  F. L.  The larger  aspects  of  maternal  care.  .1.
Hered., 1940, 31: 412-6.—Alfieri, E.  La protezione del nasci-
turo di  fronte al problema demografico.  Arte ostet., 1935, 49:
5-8.—Almeida Gouveia.  Fisiopsicologia social da maternidade.
Rev.  med. Bahia, 1940, 8: 287-95.—Amberg,  R. M.  Social
aspects of maternal and child health from standpoint of hospital
administrator.  Tr. Am. Hosp. Ass., 1938, 40: 516-21.  Also
Hospitals, 1939, 13: 42-5— Berecz. J., & Polgar. I.  [One-child
system  and  the  protection  of  maternity]  Nepege\szs6gugv,
1937, 18: 556-62.—Blacker, C. P.  Maternity  and child wel-
fare  work and the population problem.  Eugen. Rev., Lond.,
1939-40, 31: 91-5.—Biiltmann.   Die Bedeutung der Wochen-
hilfe fiir die Forderung eines gesunden Nachwuchses.  Zschr.
Gesundhfurs., 1934, n. F., 1: 469-76 —Campbell, J.   Mater-
nitv and  child  welfare  services in their relation to public
health.   Brit. M.  J.,  1932, 2:   960-3.—Casta no.   La  re-
sponsabilidad orgftnica de la mujer r<-^pecto  a la maternidad,
v la natalidad de la Nation respecto a dicba responsabilidad.
Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1940, 19: 313.- Chodorowa, R. S.
[Der Mutterschutz und die Kinderfiirsorge und die Wchrkraft
des Landes]  Vopr. pediat.,  1932, 4: 57.—Corbin, H.  Com-
munity responsibility for adequate maternitv care.  Proc. TJ. S.
Nat. Leag.  Nurs. Educ,  1933, 139-45.—Deutsch, N.   Social
and  economic aspects of maternal care.   Proc. Am.  Congr.
Obst, Gyn.  (1939) 1941,  1. Congr.. 775-82.—Fowler, R.   The
health of the foetus, or  true  national  insurance: a review of
certain  aspects  of  foetal  environment.  Med.  J. Australia,
1939, 2: 155-64.—Gaifami, P.   La tutela della  madre in  fun-
zione della sanitA della stirpe.   Clin, ostet..  1935,  37: 753-5.
Also  Difesa  sociale,  1935, 14:  737-40.—Gaylord, G.   The
eugenic value of a  maternal health  center.  Eugen. News,
1939, 24: 37-9.—Gonzalez, J. B.   La responsabilidad orgabica
de la mujer respecto a  la maternidad, y la natalidad de la
Naci6n respecto  a  dicha responsabilidad.  Bol. Soc.  obst.
gin. B.  Aires, 1940, 19: 142-62; 414-22.  Also Sem. med., B.
Air.. 1940, 47: pt 2, 22.5-31.—Hall, B.   Maternity care as  a
community  problem.  Tr. Am.  Hosp. Ass.,  1938, 40: 521-9.
------  Maternity  care  as  a  community  problem; social
aspects of recent governmental health programs as related to
hospitals.  Hospitals,  1939,   13:  16-21.—Holland, E.   The
importance of a maternitv service in the life of a nation.  Nurs
Times,  Lond., 1945, 41:  604— Keettel. W.  C.   What is ihf
value of maternal care?  Wisconsin Bd Health Q. Bull.,  1942,
7: 7-11.—Parran, T.  Maternal  and child health in relation
to the health of all the people.   IV.<-.  Conf. Better Care for
Mothers,  1938,  12-20- Paterson, 1).  Maternity and  child
welfare services in their relation to public health.  Brit. M J
1933,  1:  742-4.—Pendleton,  G.  F.  Hidden  liabilities in
maternal  welfare.   J.  Missouri  M. Ass., 1940, 37: 161-3.—
Quizley, J. K.  Maternal welfare, what are its fruits9  Am J
ob-t.,  1H40,  39: 349-56.—Roney.  Women and children and
the public  health.  J. R.  Inst.  Pub. Health,  1937-38  1-
MATERNAL  WELFARE
 651-9.—Schlossmann,  A.   Mutterschutz,  der  Orund-  und
 Eckstein  gesundcr  Bevolkerungspolitik.  Bl.  Gesundhfurs.,
 1930, X: 1-17.  Siodcntopf, H.  Scbwangerschaftsbetreuungl
 eine  lebenswiclitige  Aufgabe der  Yolksgemeinschaft.  Meu'
 Welt, 1939, 13: 531; 565.   Stiihler, F.   Moderne Schwaniwren-
 fursorge  im  Kami4 gegen den  Geburtenriickgang.  Mschr
 Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934, 97: 189-96 —Wagner, J. C.  The value
 of pre-natal and post-natal care.  J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 11136
 29: 84-6.

 ----   Nutritional aspect.

   See also  Pregnant,  Nutrition.
   Alimentation  (L')  des   meres  de  familie.  Llnion  med
 Canada,  1943,  72:  1114-6.—Ciirtlenas  y Pastor,   J.  Los
 comedores para  madres lactantes.  Arch, med.,  Madr.,  1926
 23:  66-74.—Dockeray, G.  C,  & Fearon, W.  It.  Ante-natai
 nutrition in Dublin; a preliminary survey.   Irish J.  M. Sc
 1939, 6.  ser.,  158,  80-4.   Gaifami, P.   Le provvidenze dei
 Regime  per la tutela  della  maternity.   In his  Con vers. &
 lez.   ostet.  gin., Roma,  1933,  483-505.—Guy,  R. A.  The
 diets of nursing mothers and young children in Peiping.  Chin.
 M. J., 1936,  50: 434-42.—Heseltine,  M. M.  Nutritionist's
 (the) place in the maternal and child-health program.   Child
 Wash., 1938,  2: 167-9.—Huaman Oyague,  N.  El refectorio
 maternal en la protecci6n del  lactante.  Cr6n. med., Lima,
 1937, 54:  414-23.  ------  Refectorios  maternales.  Hev.
 Hosp. nifio, Lima,  1939-40,  1: No. 2, 118-26.—Lozano Garza,
 M. G. .de.  Proyecto de ministraci6n de  alimentos a  sefioras
 embarazadas o lactantes  que se hallan  en tratamiento en loa
 centros  de higiene  infantil  del departamento  de  salubridad
 publica.   Rev. mix. puericult.,  1932-33, 3: 18-21.—Malcovati,
 P.   I tipi  di  alimentazione meglio confacenti nella  regione
 lombarda  in  rapporto alia  gravidanza ed aH'allattamento.
 Atti Conv. lombardo aliment, pop.,  1938, 1. Conv., rep. No. 1,
 3-18.—Restaurants gratuits pour  meres-nourrices.  Mouve-
 ment hyg., Brux., 1911, 27: 194-6.—Smull.M. L.  An excellent
 opportunity for dietary education.   Hospitals, 1940, 14: No. 9,
 112-4.—Toverud, K. U.   [Problem of  diet  during pregnancy
 and nursing]   Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: (Foren.  gyn.  obst.
 forh.) 1-14.—Weitzel,  W.   Spezifische  Diatfaktoren;  Haupt-
 nahrstoffe und Vitamine des Samenkeimlings in  ihrer  Bedeu-
 tung fiir  die werdende und stillende  Mutter, fiir Kind und
 Genesende.  Fortsch.  Med.,  1938, 56:  19-23.—Young,  J.
 Nutrition during pregnancy and lactation.   Brit. M J.,  1939,
 1: 291.

 ----   Obstetrical aid.

   See also  Obstetrics, Social aspect.
   Goddard, J. C.   Medical and nursing services
 for  the  maternal  cases  of the  National Health
 Survey.  63p.   23cm.   Wash., 1941,
   Forms No. 264, Pub. Health Bull.

   Levi, M.  F.   [Obstetrical aid in the organiza-
 tion of protection of  motherhood and  childhood]
 71p.   20>£cm.   Moskva,  1929.
   Boisseau, J.  Le traitement gratuit a domicile des  femmes
 enceintes  economiquement  faibles.  Presse mid., 1945, 53:
 77.—Braga, E.  Problema  medico-social  da  crianca  e da
 maternidade desvalida; ponto de obstetricia social.  Rev. gin.
 obst., Rio,  1944, 38: pt 2,  307-11.—Brand,  W.  The  recogni-
 tion  in Ohio of obstetrics as a most important branch of pre-
 ventive  medicine.  Ohio  M. J.,  1937, 33: 142-5.—Burnett, E.
 How  the small  hospital can extend its service to the com-
 munity  through a home  maternity nursing service.  Tr. Am.
 Congr. Obst.  Gyn. (1942)  1943, 2. Congr., 391-4—Chcrtok,
 R. A.  [Obstetrical  aid  in  Uzbekistan]  J. profil.  subtrop.
 klin.  med.,  Tashkent,  1934,  4:  99-108.—Drumond,  I. P.
 Puericultura  obstetrica.   Rev.  med.  mun.,  Rio, 1941,  1:
 578.—Dyer, I.  Management  of a maternity  service with
 nurse attendance at delivery in a rural  area; a preliminary
 report.   J. Oklahoma  M.  Ass.,  1939,  32:  252-6.—Lurje, A.
 Die  geburtshilfliche Versorgung in der USSR.  Neue  Genera-
 tion,  1929, 25:  13  7.  Mclver,  P.   Brunswick-Greensville
 health administration studies  No.  5;  the maternity  nursing
 service of a bicounty health department.  Pub. Health Rep.,
 Wash.,  1935,  50:  No. 38,  1293-308.—Magana.  M. T.,  &
 Gallardo, M.  A.  La asistencia del parto en  El Salvador.
 Bol.   Inst, protec. inf.,  Montev.,  1945-46,  19:  572-83.—
 Malcovati, P.   Problemi di assistenza ostetrica; la stanza per
 il parto  alle  case  minime  a Milano.   Arte ostet., 1939, 53:
 179-81.—Medical  and nursing  services  for the maternal cases
 of the National Health  Survey.  Pub. Health  Rep., Wash.,
 1941, 56: 855-7.—Miller,  A. J.   The  delivery visit; results
 of a  time -tudv of 50 agencies.   Pub. Health Nurs.,  1937,
 29:   242-4.- Montuoro,  F.   Sulla  necessita di  una  migliore
 assistenza  ostetrica nellltalia  meridionale.  Umbria  med.,
 1936, 16: 2898-901— Murray, E.  F.   The obstetrical  flying
 squad.  Brit.  M.  J.,  1938, 2:  313.  Peralta Ramos,  A. As-
 pectos sociales de la asistencia obstetrica.  Prensa mid. argent.,
 1940, 27: pt 2, 2451-8.  Pride, W. T.   Care of an obstetrical
 ease. Mississippi  Doctor,  1937-38, 15:'No. 8, 1-4.—Rebollo
 & Carsi.  Estado actual  de la asistencia obstetrica en Espafi.'i
 Med. ibera, 1934,  28:  pt 1, 500-2  [Discussion]  536.—Santi,
 E.,  & Malacarne, I,.  Per  migliorare  la  assistenza ostetricu;
I il nostro referendum.   Clin, ostet.,  1932, 34: 117-22— Sewall, 
MATERNAL WELFARE
399
MATERNAL WELFARE
 W   Obstetrical  care  today.  Commonhealth,  Bost.,  1941,
 28'• 55-8__Wigfield, A.   A rural domiciliary maternity service;
 scheme from East Herts division of the B. M. A.  Brit. M. J.,
 1939, 1: Suppl., 106-8.

 ___Organization.

   Di Fonzo, N. 0.   *La  asistencia social  de la
 maternidad.   151p.   27>/2cm.   B.  Air., 1942.
   Fenner,  Iv.  Mutter und  Kind;  Grundlagen
 und Aufbau  der  Fiirsorge im  heutigen  Staate.
 186p.   8?   Lpz., 1936.
   Forms No. 12, Staatsmed. Abh. [A. Gutt, et al.]

   Lundberg, E. O.   Public aid to mothers with
 dependent children.   24p.   23cm.   Wash., 1928.
   Marriner,   J.  L.    Evaluation  of  maternity
 and infancy   work  in  a  generalized  program.
 4p.  23}/2cm.    Wash., 1927.
   Abbott  Promotion of the welfare and hygiene of maternity
 andinfancv.  Pub. Health Bull., Wash., 1922, No. 128, 102 —
 Boero, E. A.,  <t Berdeal Avila, D.   Importancia de  las co-
 operadoras  en  las  maternidades.   Sem. mid.,  B.  Air., 1935,
 42: pt 2, 1880-5.—Coerper, C.  Die Einstellung der Schwan-
 gerenfiirsorge  auf  die  Bekampfung  der   Friihsterblichkeit.
 Mschr. Kinderh., 1928, 41: 390-411.—Couture,  E.   Child and
 maternal hygiene in the postwar period; the need for planning
 now. Canad. J. Pub. Health, 1945, 36: 96-100.—Daily, E. F.
 Maternal and child health.  Social Work Yearb., N. Y., 1943,
 7-  298-303.—Douglass,  L.   H.   Adequate maternal  care.
 Bull. Maryland Dep. Health,  1933, 2: No. 4, 69-78.—Draper.
 How should an average county deal with its maternity  and
 infant hygiene  problem, and what results should it get?   Pub.
 Health Bull., Wash., 1924, No. 139, 78-92.—Eastman, N. J.
 Design  for tomorrow's  maternity care.   Month. Bull.  Bd
 Health Indiana, 1943,  46:  173.—Fritschel, H. L.  Control of
 care of  the mother and the  newborn.   Hosp. Management,
 1938, 46: No. 4, 16.—Gardiner, E. M.   A maternity and in-
 fancy program for rural and  semi-rural communities.   Hosp.
 Social Serv., 1926, 14: 414-9.—King,  W. W.  A comparison of
 maternal and  infant death rates  and maternity  and infant
 activities by counties.   Rep.  Conf. Tennessee Health  Work.,
 1932, 5:  133-52.—McPherson, R.   The care of the  normal
 obstetrical  patient during pregnancy,  labor  and  the puer-
 perium.   South.  M. J., 1926, 19:  45-52.—Marriner, J. L.
 Methods of determining the amount of time spent in maternity
 and  infancy work when matching other funds.  Proc. Conf.
 State Dir. Maternity Act,  1926, 3: 190-3.—Oxley, W. H. F.
 The linking up of  the maternity services.  Med. Off., 1933,
 50: 5.—Paz Soldan, C. E.   La maternidad y la cooperaci6n
 social. Tr.  Inst. med. social, Lima, 1935, 27-34.—Richards,
 H.  Y. Cooperation of lay  organizations  in maternity  and
 infancy work.  Proc. Conf. State Dir. Maternity Act, 1926,
 3:184-6.—Roueche.  Hygiene sociale de la mere et de I'enfant.
 J. med. Paris,  1929, 48: 287-90.—Salcedo F., M.  Principios
 para la organization de la asistencia  materno-infantil.   Bol.
 Inst,  protec. inf.,  Montev.,  1944-45,  18:  646-54.—Sosa  y
 Sanchez, A. I.   La recien madre; deberes de la sociedad y del
 estado.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1927,  34:  pt  1,  946-50.—Sug-
 gestions of  the midwives' institute.    Brit. M. J.,  1932, 2:
 Suppl., 1461.—Thiroux,  A.   La  protection  de  la maternite
 et de l'enfance  dans nos colonies d'Extreme-Orient, d'Oceanie
 et d'Amerique.   Presse med., 1936, 44: 1429-31.—Tropea, U.
 Criteri odierni e realizzazioni nel campo dell'assistenza sociale
 alia  donna-madre.  Riv. ostet.  gin.,  1933,  15:  407-20.—
 Willeford, M. B.   Providing  continuity of maternal care in
 the rural areas; as the nurse sees it.   Proc.  Am. Congr. Obst.
 Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 727-33.—Zwanck, A.   La unidad
 sanitaria en la  asistencia de  la maternidad y de la infancia.
 An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1943, 9:  1-4.

 ---  Organization:  Africa.
   [Arrete du Gouverneur General]  Carte d'attestation de
 maternity. Algerie mid., 1940, 4 ser., 44: prof., 31.—Carman,
 3. A., &  Roberts,  M. A. W.  Social and  health  conditions
 among the Jaluo, with special reference to maternal and infant
 welfare.  East  Aff.  M. J.,  1934,  11: 107-24.—Cocq,  V., &
 Mercken, F.  L'assistance obstetricale au Congo  Beige (y
 compris  le  Ruanda-Urundi)   Gyn.  obst.,  Par.,   1935,  31:
 401-516.  Also Gynecologie, 1935, 34:  518-20  [Discussion]—
 Marfan.   Le medecin educator des meres.  Gaz. hop., 1933,
 106:  1061.  Also  Nourrisson, 1933,  21:  301-9.—Maternity
 services in Scotland; remuneration of medical  practitioners.
 Brit. M.  J.,  1938, 1: Suppl., 119.—Mathews, E. N.   The co-
 operation of  physicians in maternity and infancy work.  Troc.
 Conf.  State  Dir.  Maternity Act, 1926, 3:  177-80.—Medical
 profession and  maternal and child  welfare work.  Calcutta
 M. J., 1944, 41:196-9.—Ormea, G. d'.  Les chaires ambulantes
 d'assistance  aux meres et de  puericulture,  en rapport  a,vec
 l'accroissement  demographique de la nation.   Acta pasdiat.,
 Upps., 1931,  11: 445-7.—Oxley, W. H.  F.   The  role of the
 general practitioner in ante-natal work.   Brit. M. J., 1931, 1:
 5-9.—Rodriguez Miranda, J.  V.  El medico en  la maternidad
integral.  Sem.  med., B. Air., 1945, 52: pt 2, 665—Sarcar,
 A. K.  The role of medical officer of health in maternity  and
child  welfare in Bengal Presidency.  Ind. M. Rec, 1940, 60:
33-8.—Underwood, F.  J.   Providing  continuity of  maternal
care in  the  rural areas;  as  the  health officer sees it.  Proc.
Am. Congr.  Obst.  Gyn.  (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 714-9.—
Vinhaes, D.  O aspecto  toco-gynecol6gico dos cuidados  pri-
nataes.   Ann.  Soc.  med.  cir.  Itabuna,  1938-39, 14-27.—
Wijsenbeek, I.  A.   [The  social task of the physician and the
midwife before and after the birth of the child]  Tschr. sociale
hyg., 1929, 31: 158-76.


----    Organization: America.

   Smith,   A.   K.   Maternal   and child-welfare
services in Latin America.   28p.   27cm.   Wash..
1940.
   Boland, P.  Plan de protecci6n  materno-infantil.  Prensa
med., La Paz, 1944, 4: 118-20.—De Freitas, Q. B., Jackson,
J. W.  [et al.]  Report of the Sub-Committee of  the Infant
Welfare  and Maternity  League of  British  Guiana.  Carib.
M. J.,  Trinidad, 1939-40, 2: 174-85.—Enciso, E.   Protecci6n
materna e infantil.   Rev.  colomb. pediat., 1944-45, 4: 65-90.-—
Hernandez  Arbelaez, A.  Protecci6n  materna  e  infantil;
informe de Comision.  Ibid., 1942-43, 2:  176-80.—Martinez,
J. G.  Proteccion  de la  maternidad v de la infancia.   Rev.
med.  cir., Monterrey, 1942,  4:  21-7— Montoya, J.  A.  El
problema materno-infantil en Trujillo.  Reforma mid., Lima,
1943, 29: 163-71.—Moraes, A. de.  Assistencia k maternidade
e hygiene prenatal.  Fol.  med., Rio, 1928,  9: 329-32—Pavon,
E.  Control sanitario  de  la  mujer  encinta,  en  Nicaragua.
Bol. san., Managua,  1942-43, 3: No.  27,  8-10.—Ros, C. V.
Centros de salud maternoinfantiles;  proyecto presentado a las
Sociedades de salud publica y de pediatrfa y puericultura del
Paraguay.  Rev.  Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1943,  9:  118-32
(Discussion) 185.—Scroggie, A.  Servicio social en la atenci6n
de la madre y del  nifio.   Labor  med., Mex.,  1940, 8: 51-7.—
Urdaneta, L. A.  Consideraciones sobre  las  instituciones de
protecci6n materna e infantil de Bogotd.  Rev. colomb. pediat.,
1942-43, 2:  168-75.—Vadillo G., C.   Cuidado prenatal, natal
y  post-natal.   Rev. med. Yucatan,  1938-40, 20: 6; 38 —
Waterman,  3.  A.   A  suggested maternity  scheme for the
West Indies.  Carib. M. J., Trinidad,  1942, 4: 140-7.

----    Organization: America-—Argentina.
   Adair, F. L.  La parte que debe tomar el medico en un
programa pr&tico del estado relativo al tratamiento pre-natal.
Arch. amer. med.,  B. Air., 1926, 2:  85-92.—Aguilar Giraldes
D., & Quiroz, C. A.  Anteproyecto  para nuestra maternidad.
Rev. med.,  B.  Air.,  1941, 3: 210-5.—Bard, L.  El problema
del seguro de maternidad en la Republica Argentina; con tribu-
ci6n al  estudio para su implantation.  Siglo med., 1926, 78:
184-8.  ------  La protecci6n  maternal  y la puericultura
en  la  Argentina.   Cron.  med.,   Lima,  1931, 48: 417-28.—
Bautista Gonzalez, J. Memoria del  Servicio social anexo  a
este Instituto, correspondiente al primer semestre de su funda-
ci6n, y contribution a la organizaci6n y fijaci6n del car&cter de
estos servicios  en  los institutos  maternales de la ciudad de
Buenos Aires.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1938, 45: pt 2, 321-8 —
Bazan,  J.  Asistencia  m6dico-social de la maternidad.   Bol.
san. B.  Air., 1938,  2: 509-14.—Chamorro, T. A.  Estadistica
del afio 1932.  Sem. med., B.  Air., 1933, 40: pt 1,  1644-50 —
Dezeo,  P. O.  Servicio  social;  funciones  de las  enfermeras
visitadoras de los  centros de  higiene  maternal e infantil de-
pendientes de la direcci6n de maternidad e infancia del D. N.
de H.  Bol.  san., B. Air.,  1939, 3: 717-23.—Gimenez Lascano,
R.  La asistencia y protecci6n a la maternidad y la infancia en
la Provincia  de Tucuman.  Actas Congr. nac. puericult., B.
Air., 1940, 1. Congr.,  2:  189-98.—Gonzalez,  J. B., & Bello,
J. A.   Refugio infantil para los hijos de las madres que van  a
sereo nuevamente.   Sem. med., B. Air., 1938, 45: pt 1, 308.—
Importante  funci6n social de la direction de maternidad  e
infancia.  Inform,   argent.,  1938, No. 4,  3.—Lascano, J. C.
Aspecto  social de  la asistencia obstetrica; resefia historica  y
legislaci6n argentina.  Prensa mid. argent., 1942, 29: 285-98.—
Leon,  3. Asistencia  y proteccion  maternal.   Dfa med., B.
Air., 1944, 16:  569-72.—Maurin Navarro, J.  S., & Pringles,
M. A.   Un ensayo de nuevas bases  y nuevas orientaciones
para la proteccion  e higiene maternoinfantil en el Interior; la
Caja municipal de asistencia social  a la maternidad e infancia
de  Godoy Cruz (Mendoza) Actas Congr.  nac. puericult., B.
Air., 1940, 1. Congr., 2: 319-39.—Menchaca,  F. J.   Seguro de
maternidad.  Rev.  As. med.  argent., 1944,  58:  1245-56 —
Moragues Bernat, J.  Fundamentos  y plan  de acci6n de la
Asistencia  social de  la  maternidad.  Prensa  med. argent.,
1938, 25: pt 2,  2031-6.—Obarrio, J. M.   Proyecto de protec-
ci6n de la empleada  municipal  embarazada.  Sem. m6d., B.
Air., 1933, 40: pt 2, 1687-9.—Olaran Chans, A.  La obra de la
birecci6n de maternidad  e  infancia en el interior de la Re-
pdblica.   An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1939, 5: 138^43.
Direcci6n de maternidad  e infancia.   Bol. san., "
5: 46-52.  -    — &  Siri, L.
                                             B. Air., 1941,
                             Algunas consideraciones sobre
asistencia y proteccion a la maternidad y a la infancia en la
Argentina; proyecto de plan general para su organizaci6n.  Bol.
Inst;, protec. inf., Montev., 1929-30, 3: 243-61.  Also Repert.
med.  cir., Bogota,  1930,  21:  83-97.—Palacios Costa, N., &
Battolla, M. L.   Obra realizada por el Servicio social en el afio
1937.   Sem. med., B. Air., 1938, 45:  pt  1, 628-33.—Palacios
Costa, N., & de Pastorini, A.  F. D.  Acci6n social durante el
afio 1941.  Ibid., 1942, 49: pt 2, 317-24.—Peralta Ramos. A.
La acci6n del Estado en beneficio de la maternidad.  Bol.  Inst.
matern., B. Air., 1941, 10: 43-61. ------ & Garrahan, J. V- 
MATERNAL WELFARE
400
MATERNAL WELFARE
Puericultura y  servicio  social en la maternidad.  Arch. Iat.
amer. jiodiat.,  B. Air., 1926,  3. ser., 20: 525-32.  Also Sem.
med., B. An.. 1926, 33: pt 2, 659-61.         El servicio social
en el Instituto de matemidnd  de la Sociedad de beneficencia de
la Capital.  Actas Congr. nac. med.,  H. Air.  11031) 1932,  4.
Congr., 1: 117--2L—-Picrris. C. A. de.  Asi.-tencia integral de In
madre v el nino en los (listritos rurales.  Sem. meVL, B. Air..
1915. 52: pt 2. 502-6.—Recalde Cuestas, J. C.   Federation de
las inst it ueioncs de asistencia social a la mujer y  al nino en
Ro<irio.  Actas Congr. nac. med..  Rosario, 1934, 5:  pt 4, 1270-
2.  Rodriguez.O.  Organization y fnncionamiento del servicio
social en la maternidad Samuel Cache.  In his La protecci6n
social  del recieL nacido. B.  Air., 1936,  Apendice, 1-40.—
Sussini, M.  Se llama al concurso  para proveer cargo* en  la
diicccion de maternidad  e infancia.  Bol.  san., B.  Air., 1937,
1: Nu. 11, 776.


----  Organization:  America—Brazil.
   Abreu e Lima, A.  Assistencia maternal; sua importancia;
organizacao.  Rev.  gyn. obst., Rio, 1940,  34: pt  2, 326-32.
   ---- Aspectos atuais da assistencia maternal.  Rev. med.
Pernambuco, 1941, 11: 204 9— Adeodato Filho. J., & Machado.
I).  Assistencia social-ob-teu  ica na  Bahia.  Rev. med.  Bahia,
1942,  10: 111-9.- Amorim,  J.   I'rotecao  a  maternidade e
infancia.  An.  brasil. gin., 1945,  20:  35-43—Beruti.  J.  A.,
Ledesma, D. A., it Hurano,  M. E.  IVz  anos de  assistencia
social  na Clinica  obstetrica   e  ginccologiea   Lliseo Canton.
Rev.  gin.  obst.,  Rio.  1941,  35: pt 2. 153-60-  Cabral, E.  Os
nossos problciiias de assistencia a maternidade.  Brasil med.,
1940, 54: 561.-  Correia da Costa,  C.   Estado atual do ainparo
a  maternidade  no  Distrito  Federal.  Arq. hig., Rio, 1939,  9:
169-91.  Cunha, F.  I., de.   Servico prenatal em Niteroi.
Fob  me-d.,  Rio,  19-11,  22: 236;  251. -Dias  Gomes.  C.   O
problema  medico-social  da  maternidade.  Therapia, S.  Paulo,
1940,  2: No. 6, 31-6.    ----A maternidade e a infancia
perante o Estado Novo.  Ibid., 1941,  3: No. 3- I. 3-19.  Also
Impr. med.,  Rio,  1941, 17:   No. 334.  119.-  Drummond,  I.
A parteira em face do problema de assistencia  social A  mater-
nidade.  Brasil  med.,  19-10,  54:  608.- Ferreira  Jorge,   C.
Obra de Assistencia medico e social Oatarina Laboure:  ligeiio
hist6rico e  movimento  ostatistico.  Med.  cir.  pharm., Rio,
1942,  543-50 — Figueiredo, G. de.  O servico  pre-natal  da
maternidade  de Guaratinguetfi; brilhante  resultado de uma
campanha bem orientada.  Bol.  Pep.  nac. crianca, Rio, 1943.
3: No. 13,  30.—Fontenelle,  J.  P.   O servico  prenatal nos
centros de  saude.   Fol. med.,  Rio,  1938,  19: 144;  227.—
Godinho dos Santos, A.  \ assistencia a mulher gravida pobre
e indigente em S. Paulo.  (longr.  med. Hosp. Sta Casa Miseri-
cord.  Santos,  1936,  59.- I.essa, G.   Aspectos  da,  protecao k
maternidade e a infancia no Brasil.  Bol. big. satide pub., Rio,
1944,  2: No.  4,  15-27.—Magalhaes,  F. de.   O servico pre-
natal.  Rev. gin. obst., Rio,  1924,  18: 97-109.—Merched, N.
Alguns aspectos da assistencia a  maternidade, a infancia e a
adolescencia no Estado  do Rio de Janeiro.   Bol.  Dep. nac.
crianca, Rio, 1944, 4: No. 16, 15-28.—Moniz de Aragao, J. M.
Assistfineia  medico-social  a   maternidade.  Rev.   med. cir.
Brasil, 1943, 51: 189-91.—Moraes, A. de.   Assistencia social
k maternidade; mortalidade materna,  mortinatalidade,  morta-
lidade  neonatal.  Fol.   med., Rio,  1941,  22:  3-5.—Moura
Ribeiro, A.  Assistencia publica  a maternidade em Santos.
Mem. Congr. med.  (Brazil) 1936, 1. Congr., 339-44.—Oliveira
cie Barros, S.   Assistencia  maternal: aspetos do problema em
Sao  I'aulo.   Rev. gin.  obst., Rio, 1943, 37: pt  2,  213-20.
Also  Arq. hig..  S. Paulo,  1945, 8: No. 18, 109-16.—Pascale, H.
Organizacao do servico de assistencia ao parto e de higiene pre-
natal  dos distritos rurais e pequenas cidades do interior.  An.
Congr. brasil. gin.  (1940)  1942,  1. Congr.,. 3: 115-46, 2  ch.
Also Arq. hig.,  S. Paulo,  1943,  8: No.  17,  139-47.  Paula
Souza, G. de.  Assistencia  a maternidade.   Arch, hyg.,  S.
Paulo, 1936, 1: 166.------Assistencia  a maternidade  e &
infancia na zona rural.  Sao Paulo med., 1936. 9: pt 2, 263;
passim.—Prado Leite,  R.   Sessenta  vidas.   Bol.   Dep.  nac.
crianca, Rio,  1944,  4:  No.  17,  19-23.—Rodrigues Lima,  O.
Assistencia  a  mae pobre.   Rev.  gin. obst.,  Rio,  1921,  18:
46-9.—Soutello, O.  Cuidados pr£-nataes e organisacao  dos
rcspectivos   servicos.  Ibid.,  1926,   20:    447-59.—Vieira
Marcondes. A.  A  Maternidade de S. Paulo e a assistencia k
mulhcr  pobre,  Congr.  med.  Hosp.  Sta Casa  Misericord.
Santos, 1930, 58.
----   Organization: America—Canada.
   Atlee, H.  B.  Pre-natal and post-natal care.   Canad. M.
Ass. J.,  1937, 37: 547-52.—Couture, E.  La protection mater-
nelle et  infantile au Canada; evolution de la protection de la
sante  publique  et  notamment  de  l'hvgiene  maternelle et
infantile.  Nat. Health Rev., Ottawa, 1939, 7: 45-52.______
The  general  program  for maternal  care  in  Canada   Proc
Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 590-7.------
L'hygiene maternelle  et  infantile  au Canada;  ['organisation
des initiatives en vue de supprimer les dangers de la  maternite'
et d'assurer  la survivance  des nouveau-nes  laisse  entrevoir
d'heureux resultats.   Nat.  Health Rev.,  Ottawa.  1940, 8:
10-9.------Developpement dun programme  d  assistance
maternelle au Canada.  Ibid., 1941,  9: 137-53.—Fleming G
The future of maternal welfare in Canada,  ibid  P)3-i' p
1-3-—Phair. J. T.  Division of Maternal and Child Hygiene'
Annual  Rep. Dep. Health Ontario (1940)  1941  16- 87-91 —
Scott,  W.  A.   Maternal care.   Nat. Health  Rev., Ottawa
1935-36, 3: 46 S.  Simpson.  It.  !\1.   Maternal welfare  and
the maternity grant.   Canad  Nurse, 1942,38:400-4.

----   Organization: America—Chile.
   Altmann Smythe, J.   Una instituci6n chilena que protcje
el binomio ruadichi.io; la Casa de la madre de Santiago.  Orfln
med., Lima,  19-1(1,  57:  309 -21.— Llodra  B., G.  Servicio de
colocaci6n  familiar  de la Oa.ia de seguro  obligatorio.  Re\-
chilena  pediat.,  1941,  12:  835-49.—Morales  Beltrami, G,
Labor  que  debe realizar el Departamento de bienestai • 1.■ ]8'
madre v del  nifio de la Direction  general  de  sanidad.   Bol
Inst, protec. inf.,  Montev.,  1938 39, 12: 219-36.  Ortega, K.!
&  Castro, A.  Actitud de las madres frente al  seguro son.il
Bol.  mid.  social, Santiago,  19 11,  II: 187-92.- Ramirez, ('.
Estado actual del problema de In asistencia maternal dp Cln|(.
Bol.  Soc. chilena  obst. gin., 1938-39, 4: 203-19.         [.,
asistencia maternal  en Santiago de Chile.   Ibid., 1941-42, 7;
201 9- Reglamento  interno del  Departamento  central de
madre y  nino.  Rev. chilena pediat., 1941, 12: 681-700.

----   Organization: America—Cuba.
   Chelala  Aguilera,  J.   Necesidad  de  esta-
blecer los centros de salud maternal e  infantil en
Cuba.  16p.   261{>cin.   Habana, 1938.
   Garcia Marruz,  S.  Discurso.  Rev. mid.  cubana, 1943,
54: 677-86.—Ramirez Olivella, J.   La maternidad municipal
de la Habana.  Rev.  med. cir. Habana,  1935, 40: 1009-21.—
Torra Cabarrocas, L., & Gimenez Amate, C. II.   Objetivosdel
seguro de  salud  y  maternidad.   Rev. med.  cubana, 1944,
55: 775-86.

----   Organization: America—Peru.
   Castaneda Cabada, ('. Servicio social y protecci6n materno-
infantil.  Cron. m6d., Lima, 1945, 62: 3; passim.— Cavassa, N.
Contribuci6n a  la  mateinologia  nacional.   Ibid.,  P.1,'17,  St:
367-72.—Paz Soldan, C. E.   La asistencia maternologica en .1
Peru; survey present a do a  la ('omision que estudia Ins  pro-
blemas  de  la  maternidad y  de la. infancia, designada por el
Ministerio  de salud  publica. trabajo y prevision social.  Re-
forma med., Lima, 1941, 27:  7-19-59.  ---  - Salcedo, M. F.
[et al.]   Informe  que presenta la Comisi6n  de estudios de los
problemas  materno-infantiles   al   Seno)  Ministro  de salud
publica,  trabajo y prevision social.  Ibid.,  1942, 28: 30-5.—
Rezende, J.  de.  Quatro annus  de  actividade.  Kev. gyn.
obst., Rio,  1937, 31: pt 2,  169-73.--Seguro de maternidad,
Peru.  Bol. Inst,  protec. inf.,  Montev., 1941  A2. 15: 159-62 —
Smith,  A.  K.  Protection of mothers and  children in Peru
Child, Wash., 1945-46, 10: 106.

----    Organization: America-—United Stales.
   Ferrell, J. A.   The  county health organiza-
tion in relation  to  maternity and  infancy  work
and its permanency.  12p.   23cm.   Wash.,  1927.
   Also Proc. Conf. State Dir. Maternity Act, 1927, 4: 55-68.
   Feankel,   L.  K.    The   present   status  of
maternal  and   infant  hygiene  in  the  United
States.   30p.   23^cm.   N. Y., 1927.
   Lapham,  M.  E.   Maternity  care  in  a  rural
community,   Pike   County,   Mississippi,  1931—
1936.   65p.   19cm.   N. Y., 1938.
   United States.  Children's  Bureau.  Ma-
ternal  and child welfare bulletin  No.  1: Grants
to States  for maternal  and  child  welfare under
the Social Security Act.   20p.  8?. Wash., 1935.
   ----Maternal  and  child  welfare  bulletin
No.  2:  Federal and Slate cooperation in maternal
and  child-welfare  services,   lllp.   8?   Wash.,
1938.
   ----  Maternity  care  at  public   expense in
six  counties  in  New  York  State,  July 1,  1935-
June 30, 1936.   84p.    23cm.   Wash.,  1941.
   Adair, F.  L.   Government and  maternal welfare.  Am.  •'■
Obst., 1945, 50: 713-21.—Arnell,  R.  E., & Whitney, J. M.
Maternal and child  welfare in  New Orleans.  X. Orleans M.
& S. J.. 1943-44, 96:  3S5-8.-Austin. B.  F.   Maternal and
child'health  work in Alabama.  Alabama  Social Welf.,  1938,
3: No. 5,  5.------Maternal  and child health  services  in
Alabama,  1938-39.   J. M. Ass. Alabama,  1939-10, 9: 157-?-
------Maternal and  child health services.  Alabama Social
Welf., 1940,  5: No.  3, 12.—Bell,  J. W.  The responsibility of
the  official agenev in maternal and  child  health.   Nebraska
M. J., 1937,  22: 325-8.------& Atwater, R. M.   Providing
prenatal care  for necessitous  women in  a rural  New  York
county.  Milbank  Mem. Fund Q., 1935,  13:  179-84.-  Bell,
T. F.  Maternal welfaie; an  indication  of the progress  ol
civilization.  Tr.  Pacific Coast Soc. Obst. (1942)  1943, 12:
35-45.   Also West.  J. Surg.,  1943, 51: 35-45.—Bierman,  L M-
 Recent  advances in maternal and  child  health.  Tr.  Am. 
MATERNAL WELFARE                     401                      MATERNAL WELFARE
Hnso  Ass  1938, 40: 508-16.   ----—  Maternal  and child
health problems  in California.   Week.  Bull. California Dep
Pub Health, 1942-43, 21: 153-5.-BingI.ain, A. W.   Organized
maternal  welfare  work in New Jersey.   J. M. Soc.  N. Jersey,
 qo4   31. 489   ----—  Two essential points in  maternal
welfare,  'ibid., 1940, 37: 65.  -—- Levy, J.  & Wilkes, L. A.
Maternal and child welfare  in  New Jersey;; three addresses
before a dinner of the Cape  May  Medical Society  in Somers
Petal! Ap"ril67l938.  ]
Bowdoin, J. P.
 icm  qfi- 13-5  â– ---  -   Maternal and child health work in
 Charlotte,  N. 'O,  Health Bull.. Raleigh,  1937, 52: No. 2,
 J1J4   .-----The joint responsibility for maternal welfare
 in the light of current social trends.  North Carolina  M.  J.,
 1940  1: 597-600.—Bruce, W.  R.  Medical  societies protest
 maternity-aid program; hope fight against  Children's Bureau
 plan mav be carried to Congress.  Med.  Econom.,  1943-44,
 21- 56-8—Brydon, M. E.  Virginia's maternity and infancy
 program.   Med. Woman  J., 1927, 34: 207.—Campbell, A. M.
 Maternal care in Michigan;  a progress note.  J.  Michigan M.
 Soc  1938, 37: 17—21.—Caroline Rest and School for Mothers.
 Johns Hopkins Nurs. Alumnae Mag., 1912,  11: 65-9.—Carroll,
 E  Caring for mothers in a rural area.  Am. J. Nurs., 1938,
 38- 883-6.—Chenoweth. A. D.   Maternal and child health in
 Kentuckv.   Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky, 1942-43, 15: 55-9 —
 Clifford M. L.  Special program for care of  expectant mothers.
 Connecticut Health Bull., 1937, 51: 43.  ------  The State
 Department of Health maternal care prcgram.  J. Connecticut
 M. Soc, 1939. 3: 567-9.   ■—----   Clinical consultations and
 hospital care services in a  maternal  and child health program.
 Connecticut M. J., 1941, 5: 510-2.  Also Am. J.  Pub. Health,
 1941  31 • 693-6.—Cooper, G. M.   Progress  in maternal and
 child  health  work.  Health  Bull.,  Raleigh, 1937, 52:  No. 2,
 5_9,  -----  Helping mothers and children.  Ibid.,  1942,
 57: No.  10, 9-12.—Corrigan,  F.  V.  State Department of
 Health, Division of Maternal  and Child Hygiene.   Rhode
 Island M. L, 1940, 23: 183.—Culverhouse,  L. A.  The  mater-
 nity services in relation to  public health from the point of view
 of a midwife. J. R.  Inst. Pub. Health,  1939,  2: 305-12.—
 Daily,  E. F.  Summary of the  State progress reports on ma-
 ternal and  child-health services  for the fiscal  year ended June
 30, 1937.  Child,  Wash.,  1938, 2:  250-1.  ------   Some
 statistical needs  for  proper administration of maternal and
 child health programs.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1940, 30: 766-70
 -----  Maternitv care in the Lnited States; planning  for the
 future.  Tr. Am. 'Gvn. Soc.  (1944)  1945,  68: 87-102.  Also
 Am. J. Obst., 1945, 49: 128-43.—Davis, M. D.  Mothercraft
 program.   N. Hampshire  Health  News,  1942, 20,  No. 2,
 9-13.—Design for  tomorrow's  maternity  care.  California
 West. M.,  1943, 59:  133.—Division of Maternal  and  Child
 Health.  N.  Mexico Health Off.,  1942,  10: 17— Dodds,  P.
 The maternal and child health program of  the department of
 health.  Pennsylvania  M.  J.,   1940-41,   44:  998.  ------
 The Pennsvlvania  Emergencv  Maternity  and  Infant Care
 Program.   Ibid., 1943-44, 47:  115.—Dowling,  O.  Infancy
 and maternitv work  in the  South.   South. M.  J.,  1927,  20:
 738^41.-—Eliot, M. M.  Advances made in the Federal program
 for maternal care.  Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941,
 1. Congr., 576-81.------Maternal and  child health under
 the national health  program.  Am. J.  Dis. Child.,  1939,  58:
 903-5.  -.-----  What the United States is doing for mothers
 and children.   Health Bull.,  Hartford, 1939, 4: No. 11,  1-4.—
 Emge,  L. A.  Present trends of socialization of medicine in
 relation to maternal welfare.   J. Am.  M. Ass., 1940, 115:
 819-22.—Erickson,  H.  M.  Maternal  and  neonatal  care in
 Wasco  County,  Oreg.  Child,   Wash., 1939,  4:  98-100.—
 Expansion of maternal and child health and crippled children s
 programs; recommendations adopted  by the Steering  Com-
 mittee on Health Services  advisory  to the Children's Bureau,
 U. S. Department, of Labor, Washington, D. C, January 28
 J. Am.  M. Ass., 1945, 127: 530-2.—Falls, F. H.  The effect of
 the war on  the maternal welfare program in  Illinois.  Illinois
 M. J., 1943, 83: 259-63.—Faville, K.  Maternity care in New
 York Citv from the public health point of view.  Proc. Am.
 Congr.  Obst.  Gvn. (1939)  1941,  1.  Congr.,  531-6.— Ferrell.
 3. A.  Permanencv of maternity and infancy work in county
 health organization.   Am.  J. Pub. Health,  1927,  17:  671-6 —
 Fletcher, P. F.  Why an  active maternal-welfare program is
 essential in the  present day practice of  obstetrics.  Hosp.
 Prr,gr.,  1937,  18: 88-91.   —----  The function of  the ma-
 ternal  welfare program in the state  of Missouri.   J.  Missouri
 M. Ass.,  1938, 35:  38-41.—Fraser, J.  R.   How  healthy is
 Canada?  obstetrical  aspects.   Camsi,  Montreal,  1942,   1:
 49-52.—Goddard, J. C, & Palmer, C. E.  Maternal services in
 Michigan  with special  reference  to economic status.  Pub.
 Health Rep., Wash., 1939,  54: 825-40.—Grace, L. G.  Dental
 hygiene in the maternal and  child health program.   Pennsyl-
 vania Health, 1940, 1: No. 5, 11-3.—Granger, G. B.  Maternal
 welfare in Nassau County,  N. Y., in  1941.   Nassau M. News,
 1942, 16:  No. 8,  2—Guerriero, W. F.  A maternal welfare
program for New Orleans.  Am. J.  Obst.,  1943, 46":  312.—
Hall, B.   Maternitv care  at public  expense in 6 counties in
New York State.   Proc. Am. Congr. Obst.  Gyn.  (1939) 1941,
1. Congr., 791-800.— Haney, T.  P.   The maternity  program
in Pike County.  Mississippi Doctor,  1939-40,  17: 149-56.
-----Maternity  hygiene  problems and recent efforts  to
improve  maternity  hygiene  service  in  Mississippi.  Ibid.,

      549701—vol. 10,  4th series-----26
1940-41, 18: 538-40.------Maternal care in Jones County.
Ibid., 1942-43, 20: 86-94.—Hawthorne, J.  Maternal welfare
in  Westchester County.  Westchester  M.  Bull.,  1936,  4:
No. 9, 6.—Hershey, E. P.  Maternal and child  health program
for Texas.  Bull.  Texas Dep. Health, 1936,   3: No.  3,  6.—
Hood,  R. C.  Maternal and  child health.  Annual Rep. Bd
Health  Florida  (1941)  1942,  42:  97-108.—Hough,  J.  S.
Mothers'  and  babies'  handicaps in  Alabama.  J.  M.  Ass.
Alabama, 1941-42,  11: 208.—Hullerman,  H. V.   Activities
of the division of maternal and child hygiene.  Illinois M. J.,
1945, 88: 38-42.- Hunter,  A.  L.   Wisconsin  marches  on.
Wisconsin M. J.,  1940, 39: 944-6.—Jewett, R. E.   Maternal
and child health.   Month. Bull. Bd Health  Indiana,  1943,
46: 75.—King, A.  G.,  & Touff,  R.  Maternitv  in  the  basin
district  of Cincinnati.  J. Med., Cincin., 1942-43, 23: 29-32.—
Kleinschmidt, H. E.  Ohio's plan for promoting maternal and
infant   hygiene.  Med.  Woman   .).,  1926, 33:  292.—Knox,
J. H. M.  Development of maternal and early infant care in
its relation to a public health program.  Tr. Am.  Child Health
Ass..  1929,  6: 112-4.------Safeguarding  the  health  of
Marvland mothers.  Month.   Bull.  Marvland Dep. Health,
1942-43,  14:  2-4.—Koenig,   M.  W.   Maternal  and  child
hygiene.  J.  Arkansas  M.  Soc,  1926-27,  23: 4-7.  ------
Maternal and child In giene in Arkansas.  Med. Woman J.,
1927, 34: 143-5.—Lailey,  W. W. The progress of maternal
welfare  in the United States  and Canada.   Pub. Health. J.,
1927, 18: 251-4.—Lam, F.  K.   Maternal and  child  health
program  in  Hawaii.  Tr.   Hawaii  M.  Ass.,   1937,  No.  47,
58-64.—Lapham, M. E.  Studv  of  maternity  care in Gibson
County.  J.Tennessee  M. Ass.,  1935,  28: 223-38.—Lenroot,
K.  F.   The  national interest  in  maternal  and  child health.
Papers  Health  Work.   Conf. Tennessee, 1938,  10:  27-35.
------Federal and state cooperation in maternal and child
health.   J.  Michigan  M.  Soc,  1939,  38:  1088-94.------
Twentv-five  years  of progress in maternal and  child health.
Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1944, 27: 67-74.—Levy, J.  Newer
activities of the Bureau of  Maternal and Child Health in con-
nection with the Social  Security  Act.  Ibid.,  1936, 20:  167-
70.—Loder, R. H.  Maternal and child health  services; de-
fensive  and offensive approach.   Nebraska M. J.,  1942,  27:
LS8-90.—Longworth, J. A.  The  new maternity services from
the point of  view of the general practitioner.   J. R.  Inst.
Pub. Health, 1939, 2: 245-9.—Lucchesi, P. F.  The maternal
and child health committee of the [Philadelphia] Department
of Public Health.   Week. Roster, Phila., 1941-42,  37: 456.—
McCaskill, M. E.   The maternal and child health program in
Arkansas.  South.  M.  J.,   1939,  32: 427-33.—McCown,  A.
Indiana's program in maternal  and child  health  under  the
Social  Security Act.  J. Indiana M. Ass.,  1936, 29:  163.
------   Maternal  and child  hygiene in the  United States.
Proc. Conf.  Health  Author.  N.  America,  1936, 51:  27-31.
------   The  general plan  and objectives of a maternal and
child  health  program.   South.  M.  J.,  1937,  30: 750-4.—
Making   motherhood  safe  in  Pennsylvania.   Pennsylvania
M. J.,  1935-36,  39: 715-7.—Maple,  F. F.   Maternity  care
in the metropolitan areas;  Chicago.   Proc. Am.  Congr.  Obst.
Gyn.  (1939)  1941, 1. Congr., 528-30.—Maternal and child
health.   Connecticut M.  J.,   1942,  6:  230.—Maternal  and
child  health  activities and statistics.  J.  M.  Ass.  Alabama,
1940-41, 10: 69.—Maternal and child health program.  Trained
Nurse,  1941, 106:  293.—Maternal and infant welfare; mater-
nitv care in a rural community.  J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1938-39,
8: 217.—Maternal care in Michigan.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1938,
111: 1667.—Maternal health  and the  Illinois  State Medical
Society.   Ibid., 1110.—Maternal welfare; committee's program
adopted by council.  N. York State J.  M.,  1941,  41: 393 —
Maternal welfare in Oregon.   Week. Bull. Oregon Bd Health,
1941  19: No. 36, 1-4.—Maternal  welfare in Pennsylvania.
In: Org. Payment M. Serv. (Am.  M. Ass.) Chic, 1939, 60-2 —
Maternity and child  welfare  of  the future.  Pub. Health,
Lond., 1943-44, 57: 30.—Maternity-pediatric plan  of Federal
Children's Bureau.   California West.  M.,  1943, 59:  178 —
Meader, F. M.  What Detroit does for the health of mothers
and children; getting all the various agencies to work together.
Mother & Child, 1923, 4: 387-91.—Mettel, H.  B.  Outline of
Indiana's program for Bureau of Maternal and Child Health.
.1. Indiana M. Ass., 1936, 29:  245-51.  Also Month.  Bull.
Indiana Div.  Pub.  Health,  1936, 39: 09-75, 3  ch.—Michigan
filter system.  In:  Org. Payment  M.  Serv. (Am.  M.  Ass.)
Chic,   1939,  58-60.—Montgomery,  T. L.   The  maternal
welfare  program  in  Philadelphia.   Proc.  Am. Congr.  Obst.
Gyn.  (1939)  1941,  1. Congr.,  537-46.—Morris,  W. E.   Ma-
ternal  and  child health program aims to augment  private
practice.  Delaware M.  L,  1936, 8: 168-70.—Mount,  W. B.
Ten vears with the  maternal welfare commission of Essex
County.  J.  M. Soc N. Jersey,  1933, 30: 377-80.—Noblin,
W E    A cooperative program of maternity and infant hygiene.
Mississippi Doctor, 1941 -42, 19:  8-11.—O'Brien, H. R.   The
relation of the full time public  health unit to  a maternity
program.  Proc.  Am.  Congr. Obst.  Gyn.  (1939)  1941,  1.
Congr   622-6.—O'Malley,  M.  Maternal program in  Wind-
ham County.  Connecticut Health  Bull.,  1938,  52: 317-9.—
Organization of child-health conferences, prenatal clinics, and
home delivery nursing  services  in  Indiana.   J.  Indiana M.
Ass., 1942, 35: 163.—Pangburn,  M. W.  Child and maternal
health piogram in  South Dakota.  J. Lancet, 1939, 59: 432.—
Parks   L  L.  Edgecombe  County's maternity  and  infant
hygiene program.   Health Bull.,  Raleigh, 1939,  54: No. 11,
ftlg__Parran, T.   Relationship of maternal and child  health
to the general health program.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1938, 28: 
MATERNAL WELFARE
402
MATERNAL  WELFARE
256-62.-  Peckham, C. H.   The essentials of adequate maternal
care in rural  areas.  Proc. Am.  Congr.  Obst. Gvn. (1939)
1941,  1. Congr., 521-7.  Plass, E. D.   A rural and small  town
maternitv  hygiene program.   Illinois  Health Mess., 1940, 12:
30-3.— Rothcrt, F. C.   The need for a more adequate program
of maternal care.  Pub. Health  Nurs.,  1934,  26: 407-1L—
Rubin. I. ('.  The maternity service of the future with special
reference  to  the  Mount  Sinai  Institute of Biogenetics.  J.
Mount Sinai Hosp. X. York, 1943-44.  10: 773-81—Schat-
tenburg, O. L.  Present status of  maternal  health in Hawaii
Tr. M. Soc. Hawaii,  1940,   50:  26-37.—Schwitalla, A. M.
The maternity  and infant  care under the Children's Bureau.
Hosp.  Progr.,  1943, 24: 322.   Seckinger, D. I,.   The mater-
nitv hvgiene program of  Savannah  and Chatham  Counts
J. M.'Ass. Georgia,  1929,  18:  549-53.—Sherburne. C.  C.
Children's  Bureau maternity and infant care proposal now in
effect  in Ohio; part politics and pressure tactics played revealed
in  Council's statement.  Ohio M.   .1..  1943,   39:  847-9.—
Sheriff, H., Guess, J. D. [et al.]  The  report  of the Committee
on Maternal and Infant Welfare.  .1. S. Carolina M. Ass.,  1943,
39: 103.—Stadtmuller. E.  S.   What California is doing for its
mothers  and  children.   Pacific Coast J.  Nurs.,  1932, 28:
269-71.—State department of public  health. Springfield,  Il-
linois; maternal and infant  hviriene piogrnm.  Bull.  Chicago
M. Soc,   1936,  39:  44.-  That Philadelphia obstetric  case.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1938,  111;   1819.  -Thomson,  A.  Toronto's
maternal  welfare  service.   Trained Nurse,  1940, 105: 456.—
Todd, R.  W.   Federal and state  progiam  for maternal and
child  health.  N.  Orleans  M.  & S. J.,  1937-38. 90: 668-70.—
Underwood,  F.  J.  Community  resources  and  ability  to
organize for good  care.  Proc. Conf. Better Care for Mothers,
1938,  61-5.—United State*.   Children's Bureau.   Services of
State  health departments for mothers  and  children,  1940.
Child, Wash., 1941. 6: Suppl. No.  1, 3-18.— Vaughan. H. F.
Routine provisions for maternitv cases in a municipal health
service.  Proc.  Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr.,
i'i82-5.— Vilar Isern, R. A.  Prenatal care in the public health
units.  Puerto Rico Health Hull., 1942, f>: 297-301.—Weaver,
R. H.  Maternal  welfare in Philadelphia.   Child, Wash., 1940,
5: 130-4- Wiehl, D. G.,  & Berry. K.  Maternal health and
supervision  in a  rural area.   Milbank Mem. Fund O..  1939,
17: 172 204.  Williams,  W. C. & Bishop. V. I..  An outline
of the me tenia! hvgiene program and the results of six vears'
work  in Williamson Countv.  Tennessee.  South.  M. J.,  1933,
26: 782 S.  Wilson, R. R.  Maternal Welfare, with  special
emphasis on  problems in  Missouri.    J. Missouri  M.  Ass.,
1937,  12: 78-82.

----  Organization: America—Uruguay.
   Berro,  R.  Proyecto y exposicion de motivos sobre  Caja de
maternidad v asignaciones familiares.  Bol.  Inst, protec. inf.,
Montev.,   1943-44,  17:  484 -93.—Rodriguez  Fabregat.  E.
Consejo de patronato de la mujer y el nifio.  Ibid., 1928-29,
2:  493-547.—Schweitzer,  A.  E.   Principios  fundamentales
de un programa publico en pro  de la maternidad v de la infancia.
Ibid.,  1927-28.  1: 447-56.—Turenne, A.  Organizaci6n del
trabajo de  las  madres protegidas.  Bol. sal.  pub., Montev.,
1933,  2:   692-708.  ------  Los  servicios obstetricos del
organismo de salud publica en Montevideo.  Ibid., 1173-222.


----  Organization: America—Venezuela.
   Anzola, D.  Protecci6n a  las madres desamparadas.  Bol.
Min.  san., Caracas, 1938,  2:  1601-6.—Despacho de sanidad y
asistencia social en la asistencia a la madre  v al nifio.  Ibid.,
1939, 4:  No. 5, 31-41.—Labor (La) del Seivicio  Materno In-
fantil  en  Venezuela.  Bol. educ. san., Caracas.  1941, 5: No.
80. 1-3.   Lo que preve el despacho  de sanidad y asistencia
social, en  la asistencia a la madre y al nino.  Bol. Min.  san.,
Caracas, 1939.  4: No. 5, 31-41.-—Oropeza. P.   Esquema de
trabajo de los servicios de higiene materno-infantil de Venezuela.
Ibid.,  13-30.  —----  La asistencia obstetrica a la mujer en
Venezuela.  Rev.  san., Caracas, 1942, 7:  51-77.—Primeros
resultados  de  una  encuesta en  la Maternidad Municipal  de
Caracas.   Bol.  Min. san., Caracas, 1939, 4: No.  5, 152-74.—
Zamora Perez, R.  La asistencia de partos  en Valle de la
Pascua.   Rev. obst. gin., Caracas, 1941, 1: 137-46.


----  Organization:  Asia.
   Battin,  L.   I.   Maternitv  and  child  welfare.  Nurs  J
China,  1936,  218-22.—Child  and  mother  welfare in India
Ind. J. Pediat., 1937, 4: 150-5.—Fabella, 3.  An open letter to
the Filipino mother.  Filip.  Nurse,  1939,  14:  No.  2,  5.—
Ghosh. I... & Chandra Sekar, C.  Results of a survey under-
taken in a rural area in Bengal in maternitv and child welfare
Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1944,  79:  123-30.   Huang,  H. H., & Wang!
T. H.  A  survey of the maternity and child health  work in
Nanking.   Chin.   M.  J.,  1936,  50:   554-61.—Jayawardene,
M. D. S.  Ante-natal and   post-natal  care in  Cevlon  j'
Ceylon Brit. M.  Ass..  1938.  35:  71-81.—Jolly,  G. G.  The
need  for co-operation in the medical  health services  of  India
with  special reference to  mat emit v  and child welfare  Ind
M. Gaz., 1940, 75: 236-9.— Maternity  and child health work at
Chengtu.   Chin.  M. J., 1944, 62: 209.—Maternity and  child
welfare in  Madras.  Ind.  J. Pediat.,  1944, 11:  91.—Maxwell
J. P.   The maternity problem of China.  China M. J.,  1927*
41:  237-44 —Medicina  sociale,  ostetricia  e  ginecologia in
Estremo Oriente.   Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1934, 15: 527-45.__
Mehta, M.  V.   The origin and growth of the maternity and
child welfare movement in Bombay.   J. Ind. M. Ass., 1937-38
7: 617-21.—Mitra, S.  MaterniH and child welfare.  Calcutta
M. J.. 1941, 38: 251-4.— Mookherii.  B.   Maternity and child
welfare [Bengal]  Bengal  Pub.  Health  Rep.  (1940)  1942,
115-9.-—Ochoa, E. F.   Activities of the Division of Maternal
and Child Hygiene.  Filip. Nurse, 1938, 13: No.  4, 12-4.-
Orkney, J. M.  Public health  organization; organization of a
maternal  and child health department.   Ind. M.  Gaz., 1942
77:  493-6.   —---   The  work of the Maternity  and Child
Welfare Bureau;, Indian Red  Cross Society.   Ind.  J. Pediat.,
1944,  11: 35-9."  ------  Planning  for  maternal and child
health.   Bengal Pub.  Health  J.,  1945,  3: 73-9.  Simmons,
I. M. M.   Pioneer maternitv and child welfare work in rural
Singapore, 1927-1934.   Pub. Health Nurs., 1935, 27: 37(1 I-
Tottenham, R. E.  Maternitv  work in the colonv of Hongkong
Am.  J.  Obst.  Gyn.,  1927,   13:  254-8.   ------  Notes on
maternity  work in  China.  Irish  J.  M. Sc,  1934,  ser. 6,
665-9.  Turumi, M.  La  protection  de  la  maternite et de
l'enfance au Japon.  Bull. Off. internat. hvg. pub., Par., lflL's
20: 432-43.

----   Organization: Australia and New Zealand.

   New  Zealand.   Committee of Inquihy Into
Maternity  Services.    Report  of  Committee
of   inquiry   into   maternity   services.   147p.
24)irm.    Wellington, 1938.
   Inquiry into maternity services; report of  the Committee.
N.  Zealand  M. J.,  1938, 37: Suppl., 37.—Maternal and Infant
Welfare  Division;  annual  report,  1932-33.  Health Hull.,
Melb., 1933, Nos.  35-36,  1072-82.—Maternal welfare.  Rep,
N.  South  Wales Dir.  Pub. Health, 1933, 25-30.—Maternity
benefits.  Med.  J.  Australia,  1943,  2:  14—Maternity  (A)
service for New Zealand.  Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 793.—National
memorial  to Sir Truby  King.  J.  Am. M.  Ass.,  1939, 113:
1503.—New  development  in  maternitv  service.  Ibid., 112:
1982.—Paget, T. L., & Ewart.  I. B. Ante-natal  care in New-
Zealand.  N. Zealand M. J., 1935,  34: 13-5.—Scantlebury. V.
Public health department; Maternal and Infant  Welfare Divi-
sion; annual report, 1931-32.   Health Bull., Victoria,  1932,
Nos. 31-32, 943-7.—Watt. M. H.   Maternitv benefits in New
Zealand.  Med. Off., Lond., 1940, 64: 125.

----   Organization:  Europe.

   Deyme,  G.    *La  mere  et  I'enfant  dans  les
colonies   francaises   et   pays    de   protectorat.
403p.   24'2em.   Alger,  1935.
   Actos (Los)  d(d domingo en  Elda; se inauguran los edificioa
de  la Gota  de  Leche,  Cruz Roja, etc.  Cruz  Roja, Madr.,
1930,  32:  222-8.—Armand-Delille,  P.  F.  L'organisation
syst6matique de la protection  maternelle et  infantile dans In
ville d'Edimbourg.  Rev.  philanthrop., Par., 1928, 49: 48.Y
94.—Bochenski, K.  [Care of mother and child]  Polska gaz.
lek., 1937, 16: 633-7.—Canellas Domenech, F.  Coordinaci6n
de  las  obras de asistencia maternal.  Acta  pediat., Madr.,
1943, 1:  No. 8, 9-17.—Costa-Sacadura.  Dados  estatisticos
do  Servico  de  obstetricia e  puericultura.   Arq.  obst. gin.,
1935, 1: 231-450.—Couvelaire, A., & Lesne, E.  Protection
de la maternite et  de l'enfance.  Bull. Acad, mid., Par., 1939,
3. ser., 122: 381-3.—Daels, F.  [Protection  of motherhood]
Groene & witte kruis,  1936,  32:  159-65.—Dexeus Font,  S.,
Torruella  Larraz. P.  [et al.l   Estudio estadistico de la Obra
Maternal  en el ano 1930.  Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 05-74.—
Fernandez-Ruiz, C.  Resumen de la labor  realizada  en  tin
centro de maternologfa, puericultura  prenatal, de la O. N. S,
de protecci6n a la madre y al hijo, durante los meses de septi-
embre  a  diciembre  de  1939-40;  consideraciones sociales.
Medicina, Madr.,  1941,  9: 229-42.   •—----   Resumen de la
labor realizada  en estos  servicios en  el trienio  1941-PJ44,
Ibid., 1945,  13: 98-106.—Gueissaz, E.  La protection medico-
sociale  de la femme enceinte  dans le Canton de Neuch&tel.
Helvet. med. acta, 1942, 9: 538.—Gullestrup. A.  Modrehjelpen.
Ugeskr. laeger,  1941,  103:  1465.—Gundel. M.   Mutter  und
Kind in der Gesundheitsfursorge.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1942,
55: 321-5.—Hauch.   L'assistance officielle et privee pour les
femmes enceintes et les jeunes meres au Danemark.  Bruxelles
meU, 1938-39,  19:  1520-3.—Hellinga, G.  [Criticism of the
regulations  of the State Medical Service  and its work in the
Medical and Maternitv  Wards in the  Amsterdam  Clinical
School]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 3579-83—Jacomet, 3.
L'assistance k la maternity envisaged dans son ensemble.  Rev.
philanthrop.,  Par.,  1926,  47:  489-95.— Karrer, B.  La  pio-
tection  des accouchees et des nourrissons en  Suisse.  Hull
Off. internat. hyg. pub.,  Par.,  1928, 20: 408-19-Keller, I..
Mutter-  und  Sauglingsschutz in  I'ngarn.  Mschr.  ungar.
Med.,  1930, 4: 168-73.—Roller, T.   Zehn .lahre Sclnvangeren-
fursorge.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 958-61.- Kopec, T.
[Development of social care of mother and  child in Poland]
Pedjat. polska, 1936, 16: 181-94.—Kriesch, L.   [Some aspect*
of problems  of maternity in the countv of Goinor,  reattached
to  Hungary]   Nepegeszsegiigy, 1940, 21: 138-41.—Lavedan,
M.  L.  Protection  of  maternitv  and childhood in France.
Med. Woman  J.,  1935, 42: 156-9— Muczewski, S.  [On the
organization of medical assistance to pregnant women]  Polska
gaz. lek.,  1939, 18:  591-3.—Markovic.  Z.  Aux meres rou-
maines.   Tr. Sem.  med.  balkan.,  1935, 3. Congr.,  108.— 
MATERNAL  WELFARE                     403                     MATERNAL  WELFARE
 Melico  Silvestre,  A.  Notas  duma  missao  de  estudo  em
 Franca e Italia.   Coimbra med., 1935, 2: 612-22.—Monjardino.
 A.  Relatorio da viagem, em Junho de 1933, para o estudo das
 maternidades e  proteccao k infancia, especialmente em Italia.
 Arq. obst. gin.,  1933, 1: 23-40.   ------  Dados estatisticos
 de  Servigo de  ginecologia.  Ibid.,  1935,  1:  451-80.—Mun-
 tendam, P.  [Prenatal care figures]   Groene & witte kruis,
 1939,  35:  227-31.—Muret.  La protection mSdico-sociale de
 la femme  enceinte dans le Canton de Yand.   Helvet. med.
 acta, 1942, 9: 534-8.—Nissim,  L.  [Methods in the protection
 of  mother  and  child]   Romania  med.,   1934,  12:   191.—
 Oxley, W.  H. F.  Maternity  in  the Netherlands.   Mat.  &
 Child  Welf.,  Lond.,  1933, 17: 133.—Puericultores  (Los)  y
 matern61ogos del Estado.   Sem. mid. espan., 1943, 6: 564-6.—
 Quin, J.  A suggested maternity service for Eire.  Irish J. M.
 Sc, 1945, 11-23.—Salomonson, J. G.  [On the medical-sociai
 question of  prenatal care]  Geneesk. bl.,  1940, 37: 381-409.—
 Smith, T. L.  Some European institutions for the protection of
 motherhood and  the  prevention of infant  mortality.   Pedag
 Semin., Worcester,  1912, 19: 101-11.—Spain,  A. W.   Mater-
 nity services in Eire.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1945,  1-11.—Spitzler, W.
 A study of ante-natal and post-natal care in England, and
 suggested measures for an  organised maternal welfare service
 in post-war Czechoslovakia.  Bull. Czech. M. Ass. Gr. Britain
 1943, 2: 16-26.—Torry, E.   Mothers and babies  in Portugal
 Brit. J. Nurs., 1937, 85:  159.—Utheim-Toverud, K.   Welfare
 work in mother and  child.  Acta paediat., Upps., 1939, 24:
 116-24  [Discussion]  125-7.—Villejean,  A.  La  protection
de la maternity et de l'enfance en France.   Bull.  Off.  internat
hyg. pub., Par., 1930,  22: 1165-87.—Wildebar, D.  Maternity
care in prewar Holland.  Pub. Health Nurs., 1941, 33: 121-4.—
Wolfring, M.  Der Sinn des osterreichischen Mutterschutz-
werkes.  Zschr.   Kinderschutz,  Wien.  1934,  26:  79-82.—
Zaharescu-Karaman, N.  [Does actual protection  of  mother-
hood and children exist  in  Rumania7]  Rom&nia med., 1932
10:  159.
  ---   Organization: Europe—Germany.

     Hirsch,   M.   Mutterschaftsfursorge.   218p
  8?   Lpz., 1931.
     Forms H. 15, Monogr. Frauenk. Konstitutionsforsch.
     Jonske,  E.    *Die  Schwangerenberatung  im
  Freistaat Danzig.   27p.   8?   Berl.,  1932.
    Ehrenkreuz  der  deutschen   Mutter.  Reichsgesundhbl.,
  1939, 14:  195.—Fink,  B.  Der  Dienst  der Heimatfront an
  Mutter  und Kind.   Aerztebl. Hessen, 1940, 8: 73.—Geller,
  F. C.  Soziale  Gvnakologie und  Geburtshilfe.   Mschr. Ge-
  burtsh.  Gyn., 1932, 92: 112.—Gerhardi, K. A.  Geburtshilfe
  und Volkshege.  Hippokrates, Stuttg.,  1939,  10: 877-82 —
  Grunbaum-Sachs,   H.  Die  neue  Mutterschaft.    Zschr.
  Sexwiss.,  1927-28,  14: 347.—Guha, B. C.  Mutter-  und
  Sauglingsfursorge   in  England.   Gesundhfurs.   Kindesalt.,
  1926-27, 2: 414.—Hirsch, M.  Mutterschaftsfursorge.  Arch.
  Gyn., Berl.,  1930,  144:  34-85— Hofmeier,  K.  Ueber das
  Hilfswerk Mutter  und Kind.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,  1936,
  33: 368-71.—Lebedewa, W. Ueber die  soziale Fursorge auf
  dem Gebiete des Mutterschafts- und Sauglingsschutzes.   Neue
  Generation, 1928, 24: 313-21.—Lusch, M.  Ein Jahr Wochen-
  fiirsorge auf Grund der Verordnung iiber die Fursorgepflicht.
  Zschr.  Schulgesundh.,  1926,  39:  120-2.—Martin,  A.   Zur
  Mutterschaftspflege.  Mschr.   Geburtsh.   Gvn.,   1926,  72:
  66-8.—Meier,  E.   Die biologische Gesundheitsstatistik  im
  Dienste der Gesundheitsfuhrung fiir Mutter und Kind.  Arch.
  sozial. Hyg., 1933-34, 8: 233-48.—Mothers of large families in
  Germany.   J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1939, 113:  1890.—Poster,  H.
  Aerztliches  und NichtarztliGhes zum  Hilfswerk  Mutter  und
  Kind. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1935, 37:  157; 169.—Phillipp,
  E.  Pranatale  Fursorge fur Mutter und  Kind.  Med.  Welt,
  1928, 2:  1421-3.—Seitz,«L.  Schwangerschafts- und  Mutter-
  schaftsfiirsorge, Ernahrung und Gesundheitspflege  der Schwan-
 geren. Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1935,  82:  203-6.—Sellheim.
 Mutterschaftsfursorge.  Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1932,   58:
 1022-5.—Semaschko,  N.  Die Grundtendenzen des  Mutter-
 und Sauglingschutzes.  Neue Generation, 1928, 24: 351-3 —
 Strohschneider.  Das  Hilfswerk  Mutter  und  Kind  unter
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der  Nachwuchsfrage  in   den
 sozialen  Berufen.  Ausland.  Deut.  Medizinertreffen  (1942)
 1944, 1. Congr., 156-71.—Walter, O.   Die NS.-Volkswohlfahrt
 im Dienste der Mutterschaftsfursorge.  Oeff. Gesundhdienst,
 1937-38,  3:277-83.


 ---Organization:  Europe—Great Britain.

   Campbell, J.   Maternity services.   56p.   8?
 Lond.,   1935.
   London, Engl.  Royal  College  of Obste-
 tricians  and   Gynaecologists.     Maternal
 and  Infant  Health   Services   Committee.
 Report  on a national  maternity  service.   43p.
 21cm.   Lond., 1944.
  Broadbent, B.  Oxford  mothers  and  babies.  Mother &
Child, 1923, 4:  547-52.—Buchan, G. F.  The development of
the maternity service from the  point of view of the adminis-
trator.  J. R. San. Inst., 1937-38, 58: 105-12.—Carter, G. B.
  ?q£  4  cc ™«enmo^her m  lsolated  rural  districts.   Ibid.,
  „^  & 5 : 200-9.—Cassie, E.  Social services in conjunction
  with  the midwifery  service.   Med.  Off.,  Lond., 1941,  66:
  181.—Eastman N.  J.  Report on an  English national mater-
  Sor „8,ervic,e,; a digest with comment.  Am. J. Obst., 1945,  49:
  9iT"of'  £ so SPan'sh transl. Rev. obst. gin., Caracas, 1945, 5:
  «~   ~7 7v.erer"' G-  ^' w«son,  E. A. [et al.]  Maternity
  service of the future.  Brit. M. J., 1942, 2:  143— Fsrirbairn,
  â– v     rr!J&lands  care  of mothers in childbirth.  Trained
  Nurse, 1938,  100: 17-20.—Fenton,  J.  Maternity and  infant
  rQQ,  «,sT?o7' ™, EnSland and Wales.  Am.  J. Pub. Health,
  1931,  21: 1.139-48.—Flemming, C. E. S.   The development of
  ttie maternity service from the point of view of the general
  practitioner.  J. R.  San. Inst.,  1937-38, 58: 112-9.—Fraser, K.
  Antenatal work in Cumberland.  J. State M.,  Lond., 1935, 43:
  t  .5""7&,!tl,â„¢ay'  J  F-  The maternity  services.   J. R. San.
  Inst.  1937-38, 58:  706-12.—Gebbie, N.  Some effects of the
  Local Government Act,  1929, on the future of maternitv and
  t i*  w£\far?V  Med'  0ff- Lond-  193°-  44:  193.—Gibson,
  J. M.  the Huddersfield scheme for maternity and child wel-
  fare work.  J. R. San.  Inst.,  1934-35, 55: 491-506.—Greer,
  ?1»o.7 V  ,o, .oncerning  a  maternity service.   Ulster  M.  J.,
  1937, 6: 131-41— Guha. B.C.   Mutter- und Sauglingsfursorge
  in England.  Gesundhfurs. Kindesalt., 1926-27, 2:  414; 525.—
  Homestead (A) scheme for mothers and children.   Brit.' M.  J.,
  1941, 2: 820.—Kerr, J. M. M.  A national maternity service!
  Ibid   1932,  1:  Suppl.,  265-7.  ------  The development
  of the maternity service from  the point  of  view of the con-
  sultant.   J. R. San.  Inst.,  1937-38,  58:  99-105.—Lichten-
  stein,  L.  Maternity  and infant  welfare in  Great Britain.
  Notes ( zechosl. M. Ass. Gr. Britain,  1944, 62-6.—Maclean, E
  Maternity services.  Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 382-4.—McllRoy, L.
  A maternity service scheme.  Ibid., 1942, 2:  184.—Maternal
  and child  health  in  England.  Child,  Wash., 1942-43,  7:
  52-4.—Maternity  and child  health  [Scotland]   Annual  Rep.
  Dep. Health Scotland, 1938, 9: 65-85.—Memorandum regard-
  ing a national  maternity service for England and Wales.   Brit
  M. J., 1(130, 1: Suppl., 226-9.—Murray. E. F.   The organiza-
  tion of a maternity service.  Ibid., 1929,  1: 691.—National
  maternity.  Lancet,  Lond., 1944, 1: 832.—Robinson, A.  L.
  The new  maternity  services from the point  of view of the
  obstetric  surgeon.   J. R.  Inst. Pub.  Health,  1937-38,  1:
  937-44.—Shinnie, A. J.  The new maternity services from the
  point of view of the  medical officer of health.  Ibid., 833-7.—
  Tapper, K. E.  Housing  conditions and midwifery services.
  Med. Off., Lond., 1945, 73: 30.—Thomas, R. C.   The organiza-
  tion of antenatal care.  Practitioner, Lond., 1941, 146: 5-11. —
  Walker,  A. State maternity  service.  West London M. J..
  1935,  40:  62-75.—Williams, E. Things  to come. Lancet.
  Lond., 1941, 1: 159.—Williamson, G. S.  National homesteads
  for young mothers and infants.  Brit.  M. J., 1940, 2: 165.—
  Young, J.  Maternal and child  health; the university and the
 public health services.  Edinburgh M. J., 1943, 50: 474-90.


 ----   Organization: Europe—Italy.

    Corsi,  P.   La tutela della  maternita e dell'in-
 fanzia in Italia.   85p.   22cm.  Roma, 1936.
    Aiello,  J.  Extension  et  utility des  mesures hygi6niques
 sanitaires  en faveur des mSres italiennes.   Gynecologie, 1939,
 38: 369.—Albertini,  A.   Gli  accoglimenti  d'urgenza  delle
 gestanti, partorienti e puerpere.   Arte ostet., 1937, 51: 20-3.—
 Borde,  L.   La protezione delle gravide in rapporto alia pue-
 ricoltura  ed all'allevamento  degli esposti.   Atti  Soc.  ital.
 ostet.,  1898, 5: 415-29.—Buffa,  A.   Demografia e assistenza
 materna in agricoltura.  Assist, sociale, Roma, 1939, 13:  No.
 8,  187-95.—Dotti, E.  Prima  relazione sanitaria.  Riv. ostet.
 gin.,  1935,  17:  244-9.—Federici, N.  Pro gestante.  Italia
 san.,  1909,  5:  44.—Frontoni,  A.  La  difesa  della  razza  e
 l'Opera nazionale maternita e infanzia.   Matern. & inf., Roma,
 1942, 17:  No.  1,  6-8.  ------  Vent'anni di lavoro per la
 maternity  e l'infanzia.   Ibid.,  No.  6,  174-8.—Gaifami, P.
 La protezione sanitaria della maternita.   Policlinico, 1937, 44:
 sez. prat.,  2481.—Gutierrez,  A.  Dalla funesta ruota degli
 esposti  al  Materno Asilo  di Corso Plebisciti.   Riv. Soc. ital.
 igiene, 1940, 62: 1-4.—Lucca, A. Relazione dell'O. P.  Aiuto
 materno,  1903-36.  Pediat. med. prat., Tor., 1937, 12:  265-
 311.—Miedico, R. M.  Per una piu sana e lieta  maternity.
 Igiene & vita, 1934, 17: 201-4.—Miranda, G.   Perla protezione
 della maternita.  Arch,  ostet. gin., 1933, 2. ser., 20: 446-67.—
 Montuoro,  F.  Un nobilissimo  gesto di Pasquale Sfameni.
 Riv. ostet. gin., 1941, 23: 25-7.—Ortolani, M.   L'Opera na-
 zionale per la protezione della maternity e infanzia nel passato,
 nel presente, e nel futuro.  Lattante, 1939,  10:  449-56.—
 Pende, N.   Nuovi orientamenti per la protezione e 1'assistenza
 della  madre e del fanciullo.  Med. inf., Roma, 1936, 7: 229-
 35.—Protezione sanitaria  della maternita nei voti del recente
 Congresso di Roma.   Arte ostet., 1937, 51: 335.—Santoro, G.
 L'assistenza nazionale alia maternita.  Clin,  ostet.,  1936, 38:
 369-81.—Trentennio di vita della Guardia ostetrica permanente
 E.  Pestalozza nella  relazione del prof. Cesare Micheli; 58,602
 madri assistite.  Arte ostet.,  1939, 53: 11-5.—Tropeano, B.
 Studi, riforme, instituzioni, opere per la Maternita e  I'lnfanzia
 (1914-1924)  Med.  sociale, Nap., 1935, 25: 1.—Valagussa, F.
 La  protezione della  maternita e  dell'infanzia in Italia.  Gazz.
osp., 1930,  51 : 920-6.   ----—   La protection de la maternity
et de l'enfance en Italie sous le regime fasciste.   Acta paediat.,
Upps., 1931, 11: 442-5.—Valtorta, F.  Protezione   sanitaria
della maternity.  Rass. ostet., 1937, 46: 533-41. 
MATERNAL  WELFARE
404
MATERNAL WELFARE
----   Organization:  Europe—Russia.
   Feder. E. A.  [Resolutions of the Central Committee of the
Communist party of L. S.  S. R. and the Government on dav
nurseries and  Institutions  for protection  of mot ber hood and
infants]   .1. rami,  detsk.  vozr., 1933, 13: 53 bo.  (Jens.  A.
 Protection  of  motherhood and  infants]  In:  I'usbie  labot
letn. selsk. \aslei (Okhrana mater.>   Moskva,  1929. 5-19.—
Glebov,  I). A.   [Protection of  motherhood in  Sovet  Russia]
Sovet. vrach.  1., 1937, 41:  1551 <t.-  Hofstein, A.  [Rational-
ization  of motherhood]  Vrach  delo. 1927,  10:  1401-6 —
lampolsky, S.  [First State Institute of Maternity and Child
Welfare]  Profil. med., Kharkov, 1927. 6: 135-9.—Karmanova,
K.  Mother and child welfare in the U. S. S. R.   Pub. Health,
Lond.. 1943-11. 57: 80.  Kazanceva, M. N.  [Public health in
i he L. S. S.  H. in relation to  protection  of motherhood and
childhood for  the  past 25 years]  Pediatria,  Moskva,  1942,
So. 6, 11-26.   McMichael. J. K.  Woman-power and mater-
nity.  Brit. M. J., 1942, 2: 498- Manannikova, N.  [Materna]
and child care  in socialistic medicine]  Med. sestra, Moskva,
1944, No. 9, 1-4.—Miterev, G. A.  Zabota  o materi i rbenke,
eazhneishaia gosudarstvennaia  zadacha.  Feldsher, Moskva,
1!»45.  No. 1. 1-9.—Planelles, J.  Protecci6n a  las  madres y
a  la infancia  en  la  Pinion  sovietica. Cruz roja  dominie,
1945, 11: 12.—Sluzky, M. I.  [Principles governing the second
five vear program for maternitv  and infant aid)  Vopr. pediat.,
1932, 4: 130-8.—Zborovskaia, F. I.  [20 years of Soviet pro-
tection  of  motherhood and  children]  Pediatria,  Moskva,
1937, Nos. 11-12, 14-25.  ------  [Protection of mother and
child]   In; Dvadc.  piat. let. sovet. zdravoohr. (Miterev, G. A.)
Moskva, 1944,  137-45.------[On the  measures  for in-
tensification  of maternitv  and  infancv  protection]  Sovet.
zdravoohr., 1944, No. 12, 16-26.

----   Periodicals.

   Great  Britain,   National   Council   for
 Maternity  and Child  Welfare.   Bureau of
 Information  and Library.    Survev.   Lond.,
1945-
   Maternal and child  health  monthly news
letter.   Salt Lake City, Dec,  193*
   Maternita e infanzia.  Roma,  v.15, 1940-
   Maternity and child welfare.  Lond., v.l-
 18, 1917-34.
   Mother   (The)   quarterly  bulletin  of  the
 American    Committee   on  Maternal   Welfare.
Chic.,  v.l, 1940-
   Mother and child.  Lond., v.16, No. 9.  1945-
   New  York  City.   Maternity  Center  As-
sociation.   Briefs.   N.  Y., v.3. No. 4. 1938.
   Pro iuventute baltica.  Tartu, v.2, 1938-
   United States.   Children's  Bureau.    Ma-
ternal  and child welfare bulletin.    Wash., No.  1,
 1935-
   Vopkosy   materinstva    i   mladenchestva.
 Moskva, No. 4.  1939-
   Zeitschrift fur Gesundheitsfuhrunc, Mut-
 tersehaft,  Kindheit.  Jugend.  Berl., v.l, 1934-

----   Personnel.

   See  also Health nurse; Health officer; Midwife.
   Dassencourt,  R.   *Du role  de  l'infirmiere
 sociale dans un service  de maternite.  45p.  8?
 Par., 1935.
   Anderson,  I). R.  Why New Mexico  nurses cooperate in
 maternitv and infancy work.  Proc Conf State Dir. Maternity
 Act, 1926, 3: 181-3.—Benjamin. F. H.  Leading the maternity
 group.  Pub. Health Nurs., Pi.3'.i. 31: 292-7.  Bigelow. H. A.
 Maternitv care in rural areas b\ public health nurses.  Am. J.
 Pub. Health,  1937. 27: 275-80.  Also Med. Woman .1.  1938
 45:  368-72.—Castillo, G.  E.   Necesidad  de  capucitar las
 comadronas de Maracaibo.  Rev. Soc. med. quir. Zulia, 1939,
 13:  867-70.—Cazenave,  E.  Role de l'infirmiere  visiteuse
 -ociale au dispensaire de prophylaxie  prenatale  de  Bagatelle.
 ,1 med. Bordeaux, 1936,113:875.—Cultura (La) e la utilizzazione
 infermieriMica  delle levatrici.   Arte ostet., 1936, 50: 140-3.—
 Deutsch. V, & Willeford. M. B.  Promoting maternal and
 child  health: public health nursing under the Social Security
 Act, title V, part I.  Am. J. Nurs., 1941, 41: 894-9.—Ford, N.
 The private pubhc health nursing agency and its relation to an
 obstetric  program.  Proc.  Am.  Congr.  Obst.  Gyn.  (1939)
 1941,  1.  Congr.,  563-6.—Gornick,  P.   Inwieweit  ist ein
 Eingliederung der Hebammen in die  Schwangerschaftsfiirsoree
 moglich'.'  Zbl. Gyn.,  1932, 56:  1636-9.—Hilbert  H. The
 public health nursing unit of a  state department of health and
 its relation to a program of maternal care.  Proc \m Con"i
 Obst. Gyn.  (1939)  1941,  1. Congr., 567-75.—Lauer. E.  H.
 The cooperation of farm groups  and home demonstration agents
 in  maternity  and  infancy  work.  Proc.  Conf   State Dir
 Maternity Act, 1926, 3: 187-9.—Mcllraith, K.  The nurse's
part  in  pienatal care.  Canad.  Nurse,  1945, 41: 355-7.--
Murphy, M.  The preparation of a  nurse foi indnidunl and
group instruction during the maternitv cvcle.  T   \m  Congr
Obst.  Gyn.  (1942) 1943, 2. Congr., 320-31.  Nwl,  F. I'.  The
public health nurse  in  the  maternity health program of a
countv health department.   Bull. Dep.  Health  Kentucky
1939-40, 12: 140--2.— Philipp. E.  Die Beteiligungdei Hebamme
an der Schwangerenfiirsorge.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1932, 50: 1  1(1-0.—
Sievertsen Buvig, S.   [The social  task  of the  midwife before
and after the birth of the child|  Tschr. sociale hyg., 1029, 31:
145-57.  Van Blarcom,  C. C.  The  nurse's part  in a state
program of  prenatal  care.   I'roc. Conf, State  Dir. .Maternitv
Act,   1926,  3:  20-37—Walker,  J.  F.  Horn-a daughter
Pub. Health Nurs., 1942. 34: 564-73.


----  Postnatal  care.

   See also Puerpera.
   Borrino.  A.   II  prolungamento della degenza di puerperio
;ii  fini dell'allattaniento materno. Pediat. med.  prat., Tor.,
1933,  8: 201-8.—Fleming, A.  The  prevention of maternal
disability  by post-natal  care. J. State M., Lond., 1935, 43:
537-43.—Limerick (Countess of) Post-natal care.  .1.  H
Inst,  Pub.  Health,  1939,  2: 358-67.—Moragues  Bernat, J.
Asistencia  social de  la  maternidad;  la proteccion postnatal
Prensa med ament.. 1941,  28:  pt  1, 109-14.--Quiroga, J.
La asistencia del puerperio en la priictica  rural.  Sem. mid.
B. Air.. 1942. 49: pt 1, 829-33.


----  Prenatal care.

   See also Maternity, Hygiene; Pregnant, Care,
   Adair,  F.  L.   The  physician's   part  in  a
imictical  state  program  of prenatal care.  9p.
23cm.   Wash., 1926.
   Pub. No. 157, Child. Bur. L. S.

   Browne,   F.  J.   Advice  to   the  expectant
mother on the  care of her  health and that of her
child.  7. ed.  51p.   19cm.  Edinb., 1944.
   De Normandie,  R.  L.   Standards of  prenatal
care.  p.  10-19.   23cm.   Wash.,  1926.
   Also Proc. Conf. State Dir. Maternity Act, 1926, 3: 10-9.

   Muckermann, H.    Um das Leben der Unge-
!)orenen.   2. Aufl.  78p.   8?   Berl.,  1922.
   New  South Wales, Austral.  Department
of Public  Health.  Division  of  Maternal
and   Baby  Welfare.   Healthy  motherhood.
39p.   24cm.  Sydney, 1943.
   Parnell, L.   The midwife's ante-natal clinic.
74p.   16?   Lond.,  1928.
   Tyler, M., Watkins, J.  H., & Walker, H. H.
Report   on   the  evaluation  of   prenatal  care.
l)8p.   8°   New Haven, 1934.
   United States.    Children's  Bureau.  Pre-
natal care.   58p.   23'.cm.  Wash.,  1942.
   ----    Publication  Xo.  153:  Standards of pre-
natal care;  an  outline  for the use of physicians.
4p.   8?    Wash.,  1934.   Also 2. ed. 5p.  1939.
   Virginia,  U.  S. A.  State Department of
Health.    Prenatal   care.  13p.   23cm.   Rich-
mond, 1944.
   Alberts, E.  The relation of pre-nlital care to fetal morbidity
and  mortality. J.  Med., Cincin.,  1936-37,  17: 545-50 —
Allan, R. M.  Some aspects of antenatal supervision. Aus-
tralas. Nurs.  J., 1935,  33:  157; 179;  201— Ante-natal care.
Med.  J. Australia, 1935, 1: 591.—Armstrong, M. V. Prenatal
care.  Med. Times,  N.  Y.,  1935,  63: 141.—Arnell, R. E.
Prenatal care; a general consideration.  Hospitals, 1940, 14:
No. 8, 97 101.  Baker, L.  A.  The real value of antenatal care
in general  practice.  Med. Press &  Circ,  Dubl.,  1936,  193:
459--63.--Baldwin,  L.  G.   Prenatal  care. Hospitals, 1940.
14: No.  5,  101-4.—Ballmer.  Z. H.  Prenatal  care. Nut
Ecloct. M. Ass.  Q., 1934, 25:  139 -43.-  Banerjee, N. K. Ante-
natal  care.  Calcutta M. J., 1936, 31: 185-92—Baughman. 0.
The ABC  of prenatal care.  Bull. Stuart  Circle Hosp . Rich-
mond, 1931, 1: 34-6.—Bear, J.   Adequate prenatal (are and
its advantages.  South. M.  &  S., 1933,  95:  137-9.  Beith.
E.  M.  Pienatal nursing supervision.  Canad. Pub.  Ih-altli
J., 1937, 28: 591-5.— Bergheim, M.  C.  Can  prenatal cure  he
successfully applied in country practice?  J. Lancet, 1932, 52:
629.—Bingham. A. W.  Prenatal care.   J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,
1934, 31: 619-22.—Bias Tello.   Como defender al nifio antes
del nacimiento; trabajo  y  inatei nidad.  In: Charlas radio-
puericult.  'Serv. provinc. hijr.  inf.)   Sevilla.  1940, 27-33.—
Bloss, J. R., Ratcliff, G. A., & Humphrey,  E. J.  Prenatal and
maternal care. West Viijiinia   M.  L. 1933, 29: 415-2(1-
Bourne. A. W., & Williams, L. H. W.  Ante-natal care.   In
their  Recent Advances Obst.,  4. ed., Phila., 1939,  1-21.—
Browne, F. J.  Antenatal care.  In: Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. 
MATERNAL WELFARE
405
MATERNAL WELFARE
 (Rolleston,  H.)   Lond.,  1936,  1:  601-20— Buchan,  G. F.
 \re we satisfied  with  the  results  of  ante-natal care?  Brit.
 M   J   1934,  2: 199-201.—Cantrell, E.  J.   Prenatal care.
 I  Oklahoma M.  Ass., 1937, 30: 87-9.—Care before childbirth.
 Jamaica Pub. Health, 1934, 9: 121.—Carson, A. L.  A state-
 wide program of antepartum care.  Proc. Am. Congr. Obst.
 Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 517-20.—Clark, H. C.  A idea for
 conscientious prenatal care.   Am. J. Surg., 1934,  n.  ser., 25:
 390-3.—Comyns  Berkeley  on ante-natal care.  Brit.  M. J.,
 1935 1: 19.—Concepto actual de la asistencia y de la protecci6n
 pre-iiatales  del  nifio.  Bol. salud  pub., Montev.,  1934, 3:
 459-543 —Craske, W.  D.  Prenatal maternal care.   J.  Am.
 Osteopath. Ass.,  1945-46,  45: 350.   Danforth, W. C.   Pre-
 natal care.  Illinois M. J.,  1938, 74: 127-31—Davison, M. A.
 \dequate prenatal care.  Texas  .1.  M.,  1934-35,  30: 706-10.
 _____Fundamentals of prenatal care.  Dallas M.  J., 1942,
 2»•  141-4.—Demonstration home visit to  a prenatal  patient.
 Rep. Conf. Tennessee  Health  Work., 1932,  5: 209-13 —
 Derrickson, J. B. The value of prenatal  care  during preg-
 nancy.  Delaware M.  J.,  1934, 6: 189-91.—Evans, H.  W.
 Osteopathic maternity  care.  Osteopath.  Mag.,  1943,  30:
 No  9  9.—Evans, J. P.  The importance of  prenatal care.
 N  Orleans M. &  S. L, 1932,  84: 545-7.—Evans, J. K.   Prenatal
 care.  Colorado  M.,  1935, 32: 276-8.—Fairbaim, J. S. Prin-
 ciples  in  ante-natal care in general  practice.   Practitioner,
 Lond  1932, 129: 313.—Falkiner, N. M.  The value of ante-
 natal care.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1928, 6 ser.,  749-53.—Farner,
 B.  R.   Modern  prenatal care.   Nebraska  M. J., 1937, 22:
 333-7—Findley,  D.  Some  aspects  of  prenatal  care.  ,1.
 Omaha Clin. Soc, 1946, 7: 14-8— Fluent, M.  A.   Securing
 early antepartum care.  Pub. Health Nurs  . 1940, 32:  28-33.—
 Gustafson, G. W. Prenatal care.   Month. Bull. Indiana Bd
 Health  1938, 41: 67.—Haas. F. M.  Prenatal and postnatal
 care.  Hahneman. Month.,  1934,  69:  432-8.—Hansen, E. H.
 [Prenatal  care]   Hospitalstidende,  1934,  77:  (Foren.  gyn.
 obst. forh.)  23-41.—Hawkins, C. P.  A  few notes on prenatal
 care.  Texas J.  M.,  1940-41,  36:  738-41.—Hayes-Ryan, H.
 Newer  principles of  prenatal care.  Med.  World, 1934, 52:
 632.—Heaton, C. E.  Prenatal care.   Med. Clin. N.  America,
 1937,21:1859-71.—Holt, L. E.   Health and service.   Mother
 & Child,  1923, 4: 195-8.—Humphrey,  E.  J.  Prenatal care.
 West Virginia M. J., 1934, 30:  416-20.—Hunter, A. L.  The
 importance  of prenatal  care.   Wisconsin  M.  J., 1935, 34:
 908—11.—Hunter, J.  M,   General practice; ante-natal care.
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1945, 213: 361-3—Ingraham, C. B.
 Prenatal and maternal care.  Colorado M.,  1931, 28:  542-5.—
 Irving, F. C.  Prenatal care in  private  practice.  Med. Clin.
 N.  America, 1935-36, 19: 1659-71.—Irwin, M.  M.  The right
 of  the child to be well born.   Triggs Magazine,  Feb. 1906,
 p. 9-16.—Kane,  H. F.  Prenatal care.   Med. Ann. District of
 Columbia,  1940, 9:  342-5.—Kaufman, R.  L.  An  analysis  of
 515 birth  records with  special  reference  to  prenatal care.
 Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1937,  145: 210-3.—King, E.  L.   Prenatal
 care. Tristate M. J., 1937-38. 10: 2058-60.—Knox, J. H. M.
 Why prenatal care?  Bull.  Maryland Dep. Health,  1929, 2:
 87-9.—Labeaume, G.  La  surveillance prenatale.  J. m<id.
 chir., Par.,  1938, 109: 287-93.—Leao, M.   Consultas  pre-
 natais.  Impr. med., Lisb., 1941,  7:  40-2.—Lennie. R. A.
 Some observations on antenatal  care.   Glasgow M.  J., 1938,
 129: Suppl., Tr.  R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1937-38,  125-
 38.—Levy,  W.  E.   Special aspects  of prenatal care.   N.
 Orleans M. & S. J., 1944-45, 97: 521-6.—Lissack, E.   Prenatal
 care.  Med. World,  1938.  56: 571-3.—McCord,  J.  R.  Pre-
 natal care.  South.   M.  J., 1932,  25:  166.—Macdonald, D.
 Prenatal care  in general  practice.  Ohio  M.  J., 1940, 36:
 511-3.—McDonald,  R. E.   The purposes  of  prenatal care.
 Wisconsin M. J.,  1934, 33: 584-7.—Maternal and child welfare
 prenatal care.  J. Maine  M. Ass.,  1942,  33:  234;  253 —
 Menzies, H.  Analysis  of ante-natal records for the  five-year
 period,  1930-1934 inclusive. Med.  Off.,   Lond.,  1937,  58:
 19-21.—Mercer,  N. A.  A prenatal program for rural popula-
 tions.  Bull. Dep. Health  Kentucky,  1934-35,  7:  66-8.—
 Meredith,  B.  Ante-natal care.  Health Bull., Melb., 1945,
 2204-10.—Miller. C. J.  The  importance  of  prenatal care.
 Proc. Panpacific Surg. Conf., 1929, 1. Conf., 459-62.—Moragues
 Bernat, J.  Asistencia social de la  maternidad; la proteccion
 preconcepcional.   Prensa  mid. argent.,  1940, 27: pt  2, 2583;
 2636.—Morton, D. G.  Modern  prenatal care.   Am.  J. Surg.,
 1937,  35:  225-33.—Navaratnam,  S.  L.  Antenatal  care in
 relation  to neo-natal  death. J.  Cevlon Brit.  M. Ass., 1939,
 36:  197.—Nicoll,  M.,  &  Marsh, E. H.  Report of two hundred
 and eighteen completed cases seen at the Westchester County
 prenatal clinic in 1931.  N. York State  J.  M., 1932,  32:
 1180.—Overby, B. C.  Practical  pre-natal  care.  Kentucky
 M. J., 1936, 34:  25-8.—Oxley, W.  H. F.  Ante-natal care in
 general practice.   Practitioner,  Lond., 1939, 142: 143-52.—
 Palma, G. A.  Asistencia prenatal.  Asistencia, Mex., 1941,
 65-9.—Parsons, L. G.  Antenatal paediatrics.  J. Obst. Gyn.
 Brit. Empire, 1946, 53:  1-16.—Patrick, I. Y. Antenatal care.
 N. England J. M., 1933, 209: 801-4.—Pearce, A. H. B.  Ante-
 natal care.   Native  M. Pract,,  Suva, 1933, 1: 96-8.—Pink,
 C.  V.  Some recent advances  in ante-natal  work.  Brit.
 Homoeop. J., 1934, 24: 295-323.—Plass, E.  D.   Organization,
 supervision, and  objectives  of prenatal medical  care.  Am.
 J. Pub. Health,  1941, 31: 964-6.—Ruch, W. A.  Preventive
 medicine correlated with antepartum care in the future.  Urol.
 Cut.  Rev.,   1945, 49:  356.—Russell,  V.   Pre-natal  clinic.
 Nurs. Times, Lond., 1940, 36: 754; passim.—Salomonson. J. G.
Antenatal care in the  Netherlands.   J. Obst.  Gyn., Lond.,
1934, 41: 533-61.—Schwarz, O. H.  Pre-natal  care.  Proc.
Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1937; 58-60.------
Antepartum care; clinical lecture at San  Francisco  session.
J. Am.  M. Ass., 1938, 111:  1460-2.—Smith, L. R.  Prenatal
work  in Michigan.   Child  Health  Bull.,  1928,  4:  93-6.—
Stacy, W.  An argument for better prenatal care.  J. Missouri
M.  Ass.,  1932,  29:  164-6.—Stadler, H.   Protection of the
unborn  child in Germany.   J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire,  1939,
46: 82-9.—Stern, D. M. The scope of ante-natal care.   Med.
Off.,  Lond., 1936, 56: 15-  Still, F.  Advances  in  antenatal
care.   In:  Biit,  Encycl.  M.  Pract. (Rolleston,  II.)  1939,
Surveys, 37.—Taussig. F. 3.   The  storv  of  prenatal  care.
Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc. (1937)  1938, 62: 1-10.   Also Am. J. Obst.,
1937,  34:  731-9.—Turenne,  A.   La asistencia pre-natal en  el
Uruguay ; lo que es y lo que deberia ser. Arch, pediat. Urutuay,
1934,  5: 49-60.  ------  La racionalizacion de la procreaci6n
en la asistencia medico-social prenatal del nifio.   Bol. Soc.
obst. gin., B. Air., 1934, 13:  335-71.—Villamil, J. C.  Higiene
pre-natal  en el medio ruial.  Rev.  mid.  Yucatan, 1933-36,
18: 229-39.—Watkins, A.  G.  Antenatal care in the interests
of the  child.   Practitioner,  Lond., 1933,  131:  695-702 —
Watton, W. F.  The importance of prenatal  care  from the
baby's viewpoint.  Med. Times, N. Y., 1935, 63: 335; 348 —
Williams, T.  J.   Pienatal care.  Virginia  M.  Month.,  1938,
65:  342-5.—Wilson,  T.  G.  Some remarks  on  ante-natal
supervision. Med. J. Australia, 1937, 1: 86-8.

 ---Problems.

  See also  Maternal  mortality; Maternity,  Dis-
eases; Pregnant,  Diseases, etc.
  United   States.   National   Institute   of
Health.  Public Health  Service.   National
Health Survey.  Maternal care, in  Michigan;
a study of obstetric practice.   44p.   8?   Wash.,
1938.
  Forms Bull. No. 8, Sickness M. Care Ser.
  Austin,  B.  F.  Maternal and child health.  J. M. Ass.
Alabama, 1940-41, 10: 390.—Berkeley, C.  Save the women
and children.  Brit.  M. J.,  1926, 1: 4-8.—Bingham, A. W.
Maternal  welfare objectives.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1937, 34:
736-40.—Braga,  E.   A higiene  pre-natal e  os  problemas
medicos sociais.   Impr. med., Rio, 1941,  17: 71-82.—Corbin,
H.  Writing on the wall.   Med. Woman J.,  1941, 48: 88-91 —
D'Arcy, C. E.  The  problem of  maternal  welfare.   Med.  J.
Australia, 1935,  1:  385-99.—Diel, L.  Die Unsicherheit der
jungen  Mutter.  Kinderarztl.  Prax.,  1932,  3:  278-80.—
Drumond, I.   Algumas sugestoes em torno do problema  da
maternidade.   Brasil  med.,  1941, 55: 649-51.—Dublin, L.  I.
The problem of maternity; a survey and forecast.   Proc. Am.
Congr.  Obst.  Gyn.  (1939)  1941,  1. Congr., 383-90.—Eliot,
M. M.  What is the need today?  Proc. Conf. Better Care for
Mothers,  1938, 31-8.------The need  for  better  care  of
mothers and  babies.   Pub.  Health  Nurs., 1938, 30: 311-5.
        Care  for every mother at childbirth;  a basic  plan.
Child, Wash., 1943-44, 8: 35-8.—Fambri, E.  Le varie nazioni
del mondo  di  fronte  al  problema  della maternita.   Difesa
sociale, 1942, 21: 531-3.—Fleming, G.  The future of maternal
welfare.   Canad.  M. Ass. J.,  1933, 29: 158-63.—Harmsen, H.
Miitternot und Mtitterhilfe.   Internat. Nurs. Rev., Geneve,
1936, 10: 147-54.—Hughes, T. D.  The problems of antenatal
care.   Med.  J.  Australia, 1935, 1:  334-6.—Jeffers,  L.   Newer
aspects of maternity  care.  Pub. Health Nurs.,   1943, 35:
273-5.- Luis Perez, M., & Baldi, E. M.  Dos distintos aspectos
del problema maternal de la soltera;  reflexiones que sugiere
nuestra estadistica.  Dia med., B.  Air.,  1942,  14: 377-9.—
Maclean, E. J.   Some  ante-natal  problems.  Brit.  M. J.,
1931, 1: 1057-9.--McLelland, H. S.   Maternity and some  of
its problems.   Med. J. Australia, 1938, 1: 687-92.—Maternal
and  infant  health problems discussed  when  Child  Health
Advisory Group  meets.  Michigan  Pub. Health,  1940, 28:
231-5.—Michnik,  Z.   [Birth control,  motherhood  and child
protection]   J.  akush., 1927, 38: 334-42.—Mountin,  J. W.
Care  for every mother at  childbirth; the job ahead.   Child,
Wash.,  1943-44, 8: 35; 39.—Nogina, O. P.  [The problems  of
protection of  motherhood  and  childhood]  Sovet.  pediat.,
1939, No. 1, 1-4.—Ott, V. C.  Social  aspects of maternity care;
a study of  203 cases under care at the Queen's Hospital.
Hawaii M. J.,  1942-43, 2: 149-53.—Paques.  La  protection
des meres.  Liege  mid., 1928, 21: 807-16.—Rocha Fernandes,
C. da.  O problema pre-natal.  Rev. gin. obst.,  Rio, 1924, 18:
236-52.—Rott,  F.  Die Aufgaben der Gesundheitsfuhrung fur
Mutter und  Kind unter Berucksichtigung der Ergebnisse der
letzten 25 Jahre und dei rj;egenwartigen Problematik.  Mschr.
Kinderh., 1934, 62: 225-48.—Saunders, J. M.   Effect of the
increased birth rate on maternal  and child health problems.
Am.  .1.  Pub.  Health,  1945, 35:  140-2.—Some  antenatal
problems  in a native  village.  S. Afr. M. J., 1945, 19: 77 —
Strachan, G. I.   Some  problems in  antenatal supervision.
Lancet, Lond.,  1936, 2: 665-8.—Watson, B.  P.  Problems  of
maternity.  In: Prevent. Med. Modern  Pract.  (J. A. Miller)
N. Y., 1942,  174-93.

---  Propaganda.

   See also subheading Education.
   Mexico.  Departamento  de  Salubridad  Pu-
blica.  Aforismo para la radio durante la semana 
MATERNAL WELFARE
406
MATERNAL WELFARE
de  higiene de la madre  y el  nino.   2p.   27'jem.
Mex.,  1940.
  Bizzarrini, G.   La giornata della  madre  e  del  fanciullo.
Piv. Soc. ital.  igiene,  1939, 61:  173.—Boulware,  T. M.,  &
Stewart, R.  C.   A Nemo demonstration center  for maternal
and newborn care in \labama.  South. M. J., 1943, 36: 784-91.
----■—  & LaForge,  E.   A  Negro demonstration  center  for
maternal and newborn  care in Alabama.   Nat.  Negro Health
News, 1944, 12: No. 2, 1.—Carre.   Premiere fete annuelle de
la Mere  francaise.  Rev. philanthrop., Par., 1926, 47: 457-60.—
Coleman, J. M.  The  maternal and child  health demonstra-
tion program in health education.  Texas J. M., 1939-40, 35:
368-72.—Dia ( El) de la madre  y el nino en la Republica.  Bol.
educ. san., Caracas, 1941, 4: No. 73,  2.—Dia de la madre y el
nifio venezolanos;  premios a la ninez.   Arch, venezol. pueri-
cult.,  1939-40, 2: 226-8.—Dia (El) de las madres, la Excelsa
matrona v  la maternidad.  Bol. Seer.  san.  benef., Trujillo,
1941,  1:  No.  4,  12-4— Dietrick,  S. S.  Demonstrations  in
maternal  and  infant care under  the  Social  Security Act.
Trained Nurse. 1938, 100: 551-5.—Escalante, D.  Sujrerencias
presentadas  por el delegado de la  Republica de el  Salvador;
campafia  por  la  madre  y el  nino.    Bol.  san.  Guatemala,
1938,  9: 269-73.—Gaifami, P.   Un carteggio  edificante per la
tutela   della  maternita.  Arte  ostet.,  1934,   48:  11-8.—
Inauguration (La)  de  la  Semana  materno-infantil  en  Lima;
26 de junio-3 de julio  1943.  Reforma med., Lima, 1943, 29:
529-38.—Jornada  das  rules de  familia.   Impr.  m6d., Lisb.,
1942,  8:  215.—Kovacs.  F.  [Public  health  propaganda with
special  reference to mother-  and  child-welfare]   Nepegesz-
segiigy,  1938, 19:  546-61.—Lobensline. R.  W.  The Tioga
Countv demonstration in  prenatal care.   Proc. Conf. State Dir.
Maternity Act, 1927, 4: 19-29.—McCann, A. P.   Safe mother-
hood  and infancy; success of the" Washington County, Iowa,
demonstration.   Trained Nurse, 1938, 100: 556-9.—  Maggiore
S.  Discorso celebrativo per la Seconda Giornata della Madre e
del Fanciullo.   Pediat. med.  prat., Tor.,  1935, 10:  224-7.
------Cinema, maternity e  infanzia.  Difesa sociale, 1936,
15: 313-25.—Mettel, H. B.  Maternity nursing demonstration
services in Indiana.  Month. Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1941,
44: 228.  Montuoro, F.  Una circolare che ci riguarda.  Kiv.
ostet. Kin.,  1934, 16: 143-6.—O'Malley, M. Maternal dem-
onstration  program  in   Connecticut.  Connecticut  Health
Bull.. 1939. 53: 39-41.—Phillips. C. H.   Maternal  and child
health poster exhibit, Luzerne Countv,  Pennsylvania.  Penn-
sylvania Health, 1940-41, 1:  No.  11,  24-33. Quinones,  M.
Discurso  lefdo  en  la inauguraci6n  de la Semana nacional de
higiene de la madre y  del nifio (Palacio de Bellas Artes, 4 de
mayo de 1943)   Bol. Dep. salub. pub., Mex., 1943,  6: 259-61.
------   Alocuci6n en el  festival dedicado a las madres mexi-
canas, en el Estadio Nacional, el 10 de mayo de 1943.  Ibid.,
263-5.—Szathmary, Z.  Rolle und  Bedeutung  des Schmal-
filmes,  der Schallplatte und des Lautsprechers im Dienste  der
Schwangeren- und Wochnerinnenfiirsorge.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1941,
65: 1081-8— Tandy, E.  C, & Daily, E.  F.  Supplementary
information for promotion of maternal  and infant health.
Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1939-40, 9: 903-7 —
Taylor, J. S.  How to educate rural communities in adequate
maternal care.  Pennsylvania M.  J.,  1937-38,  41: 610-3.—
Use of  leaflets  in maternitv and child welfare work.  Annual
Rep.  Chief  M.  Off. Min. Health,  Lond. (1937) 1938, 89 —
Vaux, N. W.  Demonstration of  maternal  care,  obstetrical
technique and  procedures.  Bull.  Am.  Coll. Surgeons, 1937,
22: 78-83.—Wallace, H.  M.  Demonstration  program  in
maternal care.   Connecticut Health Bull., 1942, 56: 84.

----   Statistics.
    Cameron, L, Ballantyne [et al.]  How can  the results of
ante-natal care be improved?   Brit. .1.  Child. Dis.,  1935,  32:
 142.—Cameron, I. D., Gibberd,  G. F. [et al.]  Discussion:
How  can the results of  ante-natal care be  improved?  Proc.
R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 453-68.—Cassie E.  Are we
satisfied  with  the results of  ante-natal  care?   Brit.  M.  J.,
 1934, 2: 197-9.—Dublin. L. I.  A statistical studv of maternitv
care.   Mil.  Surgeon, 1931, 68: 289— Fairbairn,  J.  S.   Are
we satisfied with the results of ante-natal care?  Brit. M.  J.,
 1934,  2: 194.—Health  (The)  services; a socialist criticism!
 Ibid., 1940, 2: 196.—Marriner, J. L.   Evaluation of maternity
and infancy work in a generalized program.   Proc.  Conf
State Dir. Maternity Act, 1927, 4: 69-79.—Miller, J. R.  Can
vital  statistics be used to measure  the quality of maternitv
care?   N. England J. M.. 1932, 206: 999-1004.—Wrigley, A.  J.
 A criticism  of ante-natal work.  Brit. M. J.,  1934, 1: 891-4.

----   in wartime.

    See  also subheading  Military aspect.
    Adams, C.  Home life, keystone of our democratic society,
 must be preserved.  Welf.  Bull.,  Springf.,  1943, 34:  No   4
23.—Bombing  (The) of Bristol.  Bristol Med.  Chir. J., 194ol
 57: 128.—Bonnar, A. The unborn child as an air-raid casualty'
 Cath. M. Guard.,  Lond.,  1939-40, 17: 262-5.—Brackett. A. F.
Health protection of women and children in the defense pro-
gram.  Pacific Coast J.  Nurs., 1941, 37: 472.—Breckinridge
M.  Childbirth and war.   Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs   Serv'
 Lexingt.  1942-43, 18:  No. 2. 4-1L—Consideration  for expect-
ant mothers in bombed areas [Great  Britain] J  \m M Ass
 1941,  116:  1018— Emslie.  M.  War  in  the  family  ' Pub'
 Health, Lond., 1933, 46:  386-93.—For our children in wartime'-
a program  of state action adopted August 28, 1042.  Child
Wash., 1942 43, 7: 46.—Gesunde Mutter und Kinder aurh in!
Kriege.  Aerztebl.  Hessen, 1940, H: 17.-  Getting the mothers
aua\  from  Walton  Hospital,  Liverpool  to  Rosefield Hall
Southport,   Nurs.  Times, Lond.,  1941, 37: 582. -Godber, (i!
E.  Experiences in the reception of evacuee expectant mothers
Pub. Health. Lond.,  1941-42, 55:  188-91.—Kosmak, G.  w!
Motherhood in  wartime.  Hygeia.  Chic, 1943,  21: 866.—
London  mothers in  the country.   Univ.  Manitoba  M.  ,1.,
1940-41, 12: 46-9.—Pregnant women in  target areas, by ,j
Midland Practitioner.  Brit.  M. J., 1941,  1: 174— Schafer! (i.
Mutterschutz im totalen Krieg.   Deut.  Aerztebl., 1944, 74:
190-3.—Wagenet,  E. M. The social score in preparedness;
what of mothers and babies?  J.  Am. Diet. Ass., 1941, 17>
329-35.

   MATERNITA  e  infanzia;  rivista  bimestrale
dell'Opera  nazionale   per  la  protezione  della
maternita  e  dell'infanzia.    Roma,  v.15,  1040-


MATERNITY.

   See  also  Anthropology;  Birth; Female;  Mar-
riage;    Maternal  instinct;   Maternal  welfare;
Parenthood;  Parturition; Pregnant, etc.
   Gonzalez,  J.  B.   Maternidadcs   abiertaa  y
auLonomas.   100p.   18cm.   B. Air.,  1922.
   Pedehsex, V. (\  The woman  a man marries;
an analysis  of  her  double standard.   276p.   S°
N. Y., 1927.
   Adair, F. L.  Maternal care; an introduction.  .1. Lancet
1939,  59:  419.—Anido,  A.   El  sentido  de  la  niaternidad.
Villaclara med., S.  Clara, 1939, 7: 155-66.- Bello. J. A. Ma-
ternidad comtin,  maternidad  secreta,  muteinidad  lefumo,
maternidad abierta.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1939, 46: pt 2, i:i"
40.—Calabrese,  R.  Maternita.   Nipiologia,  Nap.,  1917, 3:
1-25.—Casalini. G.   II vero coraggio: ossia del matrimonio,
Igiene & vita, 1935,  18:  69.—Chamorro, T. A., & Pastore, O.
G. de.  Madre! Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 2, -153.
Collins,  J.  Woman as mother.  In his Doctor  Looks at Mar-
riage, N. Y., 1929, 82-108.—Costa Sacadura. As matermdadea
e a familia.  Impr. mid., Lisb., 1939, 5:  192.—Davie, M. S.
The child-bearing woman. J. M.  Ass. Alabama, 1933, 2: 340-
3.—Gonzalez, J. B.   Maternidades abiertas.   Sem.  med., B.
Air., 1936, 43: pt 1, 662-6.—Harding, T. S. What's a mother,
more or less?  Am. Med., 1935, 41: 528-33.—Ko, K.   Statisti-
cal studies on  the marriage age and first childbirth of the
Formosan  Chinese.   Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1933, 32:  91.—
Martin, M.  A normal mother and baby.   Am. J. Nurs., 1939,
39:  1144-9.—Mothers  today  are  vounger.   Statist. Bull.
Metrop. Life Insur., 1942, 23: No. 11, 1-3.—Piccone, M.  A
prop6sito de una comunicaci6n.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1940, 47:
pt 2, 669.—Randell, M. The natural way to normal mother-
hood.   Nurs. Times, Lond.,  1943,  39: 106; 123; 139; 154.—
Read, M.  L.   Mothercraft.   J.  Hered.,  1916, 7:  339-42.-
Schroeder, R.  Von  Gesundheit  und Krankheit der Frau und
Mutter.  In: Pflege  gesund. & krank. Kind. (W. Catel) Lpz.,
1939, 207-42.—Shotwell. A. M.  Five- and ten-year-old chil-
dren's  concepts of mother.   Summaries  Doct. Diss.  North-
western Univ., f'hic, 1941,  9: 304-7.—Siemon, L. E.  Pater-
nalism in  maternity.  J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1939, 32: 467.—
Suttie.  I.  I)..  & Suttie.  J. I.  The mother: agent or object'.'
Brit. J.  M.  Psvchol., 1932, 12: 91.—Tropeano, G.  La ricerca
della maternita. Med.  sociale, Nap., 1932, 22: No. 5, 5-12 —
Varela,  E.  Algunas reflexiones  clfnicas  sobre el  embarazo,
parto y puerperio normales.  Gac. med. Mexico, 1935-36, 66:
391-4.

----   Biology.

   Kracek,  K.  A.  W.   *Experimenteller  Beitrag
zur  Kenntnis   der   biologischen   Beziehungen
zwischen Mutter und Kind.  31p.  8?  Konigsb.,
 1910.
   Castaldi, L.   Costituzione  e  maternita.   Rass.  internaz.
clin. ter.,  1935, 16:  1215-25.—Del Vivo, R.   Costituzione e
funzioni di maternita.  Monit. ostet. gin., 1929, 1:  179-228.-
Desogus, V.  Contributo alio studio della pineale e deU'ipofiw
degli uccelli in stato di maternita.  Monit. zool. ital., 1926, 37:
273-82,  pl.—Guggisberg, H.  Die hormonalen Beziehungen
zwischen Mutter und Kind.   Internat. med. W. Schweiz (1936)
 1937, 2. Congr., 236-54  [Discussion] 236.  Also Schweiz. med.
 Wschr., 1936, 66:  1001-6.—Jona. C.  La madre, il nascituro e
il neonato.  Illust. med. ital., 1931, 13:  114-22.—Lodholz, E.
 The maternal  side  of femininity.   Intemat.  Clin., 1929, 39.
ser., 2:  203-36.—Seitz, A.   Der heutige Stand der Kenntnisse
uber die Leistung der endokrinen Drusen beim Fetus und beim
 Neugeborenen   und  die   innersekretorischen  Beziehungen
zwischen Mutter und Kind.   Ber. ges. Gyn., 1927, 12: 473-509.

----   Disease.
   See also Puerperal infection.
   Al fieri, E.  Le  affezioni cardiache nelle diverse  fasi della
maternita.   Arte ostet.,  1930, 44:  177-81.  Also Med. ital.. 
MATERNITY
407
MATERNITY
1930, 11: 462-80.  Also Riv. ostet.  gin.,  1931, 13: 116-20.—
Banu, G.  [Pathology of mother and child in rural environ-
ment'in Roumania]   In: Probl. san. pop. rurale Romania,
Bucur  1940 619-42.—Baptista, V.  Neurose da maternidade.
*io Paulo med., 1931-32, 4: pt 2, 659-61.—Bell, W. B.  Ma-
ternal disablement.  Lancet, Lond., 1931,  1: 1171; 1279.—
Bingham, A. W.   The prevention  of obstetric complications
by diet  and  exercise.  Am. J. Obst.,   1932,  23: 38-44.—
Cattaneo, L.  Nuove indagini sul  comportamento dell'acido
lattico del sangue durante le fasi della maternita.  Ann. ostet.
gin.,  1930, 52:  647-60.—Couture, E.  The health of mothers
and children; looking at  the facts  in Canada.  Nat. Health
Rev  Ottawa, 1940, 8: 204-13.—Cummings, W. G. A study
of  maternal morbidity.   Am.  J. Obst.,  1945, 49: 409-16 —
Fishback, D.   Mental illness associated with child-bearing.
Elgin  Papers,  1939,  3:  156-65.—Garber,  J. R.  Maternal
exhaustion.  J.  M. Ass. Alabama, 1932,  1:  273-5.—Jerwood,
B.  E.  Tonsils, teeth and maternity. Brit. M.  J., 1929,  2:
1196.—Katherine Bishop Harman Prize for the encouragement
of  Research into the Disorders Incident to  Maternitv.  J.
Obst.  Gyn. Brit.  Empire,   1931,  38: 114— Lenroot,  K.  F.
What are the risks of motherhood?   Life &  Health, Wash.,
1935, 50: No. 9, 12-4.—Mcllroy, A. L.  Nervous  and mental
health of the mother during pregnancy, labour and the puer-
perium.  Mat. & Child Well., Lond.,  1927, 11: 349-52
  Food  and maternal  morbidity  and  mortality.  Mother  &
  Child,  Lond.,  1945-46,  16: 177-80.—Maternal  and  infant
  health; some of the conditions which seriously affect the health
  and lives of mothers and babies.  Health Bull., Raleigh. 1939,
  54: No. 5, 4—7.—Mori,  A.   Cause  morbigene della maternity
  legate ad ambiente e materiale di lavoro.  Difesa sociale, 1936,
  15: 767-84. Also Pensiero med., 1937, 26: 9-25.—Newsholrne,
  H P.   An aspect  of maternal and infant ill-health.   Pub.
  Health,  Lond., 1935-36, 49:  174-7.—Parran. T.  Impediments
  to maternal health.   Pub. Health  Nurs., 1937, 29: 347-9 —
  Pohlen,  K.  Der Gesundheitszustand  der  Schwangeren und
  Wochnerinnen.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 1436.—Schulze.
  A. G.  Prenatal care and its relation to the late toxemias.
  Minnesota M.,  1940, 23: 406-9—Stix, R.  K.   Gynecological
  case-finding in maternal health clinics.   Milbank Mem.  Fund
  Q., 1941, 19: 36-44.—Tintore, S. Influencia de las infecciones
  maternas sobre la salud del feto.  Med. ninos, 1920, 21: 177-
  85.—Where maternitv  hazards are  still too  high.  Statist.
  Bull. Metrop. Life  Insur., 1941, 22: No. 5, 6-8.—Zalla, M.
  Le malattie del sistema nervoso in rapporto con la maternity.
  Gazz. osp., 1937, 58: 564-7.


  ---   Duties.

    See also Child, Home education.
    Mayer, A.   Mutterschaft  und  Mutterpflicht.
  28p.   8?   Stuttg.,  1919.
    Aza, V.  Derechos y deberes biologicos de la mujer.   Rev.
  espan. obst., 1934,  19: 8<>;  133.  Also  Rev. med.  cubana,
  1934, 45:  1125-61.—Braun, A.  Versaumte  Mutterpflichten
  durch  eine  Dichtersgattin.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1937, 63:
  69.—Hetzer,   H.  Grundformen   mutterlicher   Erziebung.
  Zschr.  padag. Psychol.,  1935,  36:  177-91.—Lantelme. La
  maternite est oeuvre sainte.  J. obst.  gyn., Par.,  1935, 6:
  No. 6, 37-44.—Maxwell, W. W.  The mother after the baby
 arrives.  Texas J. M., 1933, 29: 436.—Rhenter, J.  La separa-
 tion de la mere et de I'enfant et les moyens de l'eviter.   Gyn.
  obst., Par., 1927, 16: 246-82.—Thooris.  La mere,  manager
 de son enfant.  Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par., 1936, 8: 199-206.


 ---   Ethnology.

    Robet,  C.   *Le  medecine  populaire   et  les
 saints  protecteurs de la maternite en  Bretagne.
 85p.   8?  Lyon, 1936.
   Buschan, G.   Mutter und Kleinkind  bei den Naturvolkern.
 Kinderarztl. Prax.,  1936,  7:  330;  363.—Campbell-Watt. D.
 A cavalcade of cases.  S. Afr.  M.  J.,  1937,  11: 329-34 —
 Darlington, H. S.  Motherhood rituals  of a primitive village.
 Psychoanal.  Rev.,   1940, 27:  277-90.—Ehrenfels.  O. R.
 Mother-right  in  India [Review  by  Hutton,  J.  H.]   Man,
 Lond., 1943, 43: 43-5.—Erkens, H.   Geburt und Volksglaube.
 Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild.,  1938, 35:  477-80.—Fortune,  R. F.
 Arapesh maternity.   Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 164.—Fuchs,
 S.  The cult of  the earth-mother among the Nimar-Balahis.
 Internat.  Arch. Ethnogr.,  Leiden, 1941-42,  40:  1-8.—Guth.
 Die Mutter im  Sprachgebrauch der  Asu.  Zschr.  Ethnol.,
 1937-38, 69: 1-7.—Jonge, J. A. de.   [Popular customs during
 pregnancy,  labour  and  puerperal period in  Eastern  Java]
 Geneesk.'tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2378-90, 4 pl.—Kuzmina,
 N. A.  [Sexual sphere and child-bearing function of the Udega
 woman]   Akush.  gin., 1938,  No. 4,  25-8.—Pfister,  C. R.
 Schwangerschaft,  Geburt und Wochenbett bei den Malayen
 des Sunda-Archipels.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1937, 67: 148.—
 Powdermaker. H.  Infancy [pregnancy, birth]  In her  Life
in Lesu, N. Y.,  1933, 60-80,  pl.—Thurnwald, H.  Ehe und
 Mutterschaft in Buin  (Bougainville, Salomo-Archipel)   Arch.
Anthrop.,  Brnschw., 1937-38, n. F., 24: 214-46, 4 pl.—True, M.
The Indian mother and  child.   Med.  Woman J., 1934, 41:
326-8.—Webster,  H.  The mother's mystic  dangerousness.
In his Taboo, Stanford Univ.,  1942, 54.
 ----   Forensic aspect.
    Fiith, H.   Der  Gerichtsbeschluss  in  einem  Zivilprozess,
 gestern summum  jus, summa injuria heute.  Zbl. Gvn., 1937,
 61:  369-73— Hirszfeld,  L.  Ueber  die  Ausschliessung  der
 Mutterschaft,   Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1936, 27: 70-4.—
 Lartigue,  J.  L'attestation  medicale  de  maternite.  Bull.
 san  Algerie, 1940, 35: 644-6.—Mothers' aid and presumption
 of death.   In: Child &  State  (Abbott, G.)  Chic, 1938, 2:
 295-7.—Mueller,   B.   Die  Sorgfaltspflicht   der  werdenden
 Mutter fiir das zu erwartende Kind in strafrechtlicher Bezie-
 hung.  Mschr. Kriminalb., 1939,  30:  473-9.—Recio. A.  In-
 vestigaci6n de la  maternidad; un  caso juridico.   Rev. med.
 cir. Habana, 1929, 34: 835-40.—Schiitt, E.  Ist die Beeidigung
 der Kindesmutter  ein taugliches Beweismittel in Unterhalts-
 und  Abstammungsklagen?  Deut.  Zschr.  gerichtl.  Med.,
 1943,  37:  190-202—Zeledon  Alvarado.  Embarazo  y  re-
 sponsabilidad; si proteccion quiere ddrsele a la mujer que va a
 ser madre, otorguesele  ampliamente  absolviendola de toda
 culpa.   Rev. med., S. Jose, 1933-35, 1: 174-6.

 ----   Hygiene.

    See  also  Pregnant, Sex life.
    Schlagbter, G.   Korperpflege  der werdenden
 Mutter.  43p.   21cm.   Basel,  1938.
    Stacpoole,  F.   Advice to women on the  care
 of the health  before,  during, and  after  confine-
 ment.   128p.   8?   N. Y., 1893.
    To   wives and  mothers;  how  to keep your-
 selves  and  your children well and  strong.   3. ed.
 48p.   8?   Lond., 1917.
   Bautista Gonzalez, J., & Rose, A. H. Maternidad  moderna ;
 social, abierta  y prolongacion del hogar.  Sem. m6d., B. Air.,
 1940, 47: pt 1, 742-51.—Brooks,  M.  I trained for mother-
 hood and kept my figure.   Phys. Cult., N. Y., 1941, 85:  36.—
 Browne, F. J.   The health of the  woman citizen as potential
 and actual mother.  J.  State M., Lond., 1931, 39: 688-702.—
 Coon, G.  W.   The patient's concept of  maternity care as
 obtained from popular  sources.  California West. M.,  1939,
 51:  92-4.—Cosgrove,   S.  A.  Factors  in  maternal  health;
 hospitals and staff groups.   .1. Michigan M.  Soc,  1941,  40:
 357-63.—Couture,  E.  A.  Maternal  hygiene in   wartime.
 Canad. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 35: 175-80.  ------  A study of
 recent reactions in the  fields of maternal and child hygiene.
 Nova Scotia  M.  Bull.,  1944, 23:  267-72.—Dawson, J.  B.
 Prophylactic physiotherapy in obstetrics.   N.  Zealand M. J.,
 1941, 40: N. Zealand Obst. Gyn. Soc. Sect.,  7-10.—Dershimer,
 F. W.   A mental hygiene problem in a prospective mother.
 .1. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1937, 86: 579.—Donaldson, S. K.  Dental
 care  of mothers and children.  Pub. Health, Lond.,  1938-39,
 52: 202-6.—Ferreira Jorge,  C.   Profilaxia maternal.   Rev.
 mid. mun., Rio, 1941,  1: 560-6.—Ferreira Machado, J.  Em
 torno do problema da  higiene pre-natal.   Med. cir. pharm.,
 Rio,  1941, pt 2, 201-10.—Fornochon, H.  Pre- and post-natal
 exercises.  Australas. Nurs. J.,  1940, 38:  237;  passim.—
 Gardiner,  E.  M.  Maternitv,  infancy  and  child  hvgiene.
 Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health, 1933, 54: 149-79.—
 Gonzalez Criado,  J. Higiene prenatal.  Med.  ibera,  1933,
 27: pt 1, 642.—Gregory, J. R.  Ante-natal care and careless-
 ness.   East Afr. M. J., 1939-40,  16: 104-25.—Guttmacher,
 A. F.  Maternal health and the nation's strength.   Trained
 Nurse, 1941, 106: 268-70—Harding, V. J., & Van Wyck, H. B.
 Weight-taking  in  pre-natal care.  Canad.  M. Ass.  J.,  1934,
 30:14-7.—Jones, A.  Nursing and maternal hygiene.  Illinois
 Health  Mess., 1937, 9: 30-3.—Kavinoky, N. R.   Mothers;
 1942  model.  Health, Mount. View,  1942, 9: No. 5,  18; 34.—
 Landry.  A.  La maternity et l'enfance  du premier age.   Rev.
 philanthrop.,  Par.,  1930,  50: 337-48.—Meier, A.   Gesund-
 heitsvorsorge  fur  Mutter  und  Kind.   A\ien. med. Wschr.,
 1940, 90:  651-5.—Moore,  H. C.  Normal prenatal health.
 Med. World, 1940, 58: 304-6.—Moraes, A. de.  Realizacao de
 hygiene  prenatal.   Fol.  med., Rio, 1934,  15: 61-5.—Mutter
 hat Ferien.   Neues Volk, 1939,  18-21.—Read, G. D.  Ante-
 natal care  of  the emotions. Med.  Off.,  Lond.,  1938, 60:
 17-9.—Robert  de  Romeu, M.  Child and  maternal  hygiene.
 Bull.  Dep.  Health Puerto Rico, 1937, 1: 92-5.—Robinson,
 D. M. O.   Healthy mothers and infants.  Med.  Woman  J.,
 1934, 41: 84.—Schuster,  I.  Quinto: non ammazzare.  Arte
 ostet., 1938, 52: 133-6.—Schwalm,  H.  Mutterfiirsorge und
 Erbgesundheit.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1936, 102: 93-8.—
 Sellheim, H.   Die konstitutionelle  Ertuchtigung  der  weib-
 lichen Jugend.  Zschr.  Gesundhfiihrs., 1934,  1:  201-26.—
 Spoiled  mother.  Phys.  Cult., N. Y., 1941, 85: 8; No. 2,  28;
 No 3 34.—Valtorta, F.   Protezione sanitaria della maternity.
 Riv. ostet. gin., 1938, 20: 36-8.—Welz, W. E.  Bringing health-
ier babies into the  world.  Mother & Child, 1923, 4: 391-7 —
Whitacre, F. E.   Maternal hvgiene.   Papers  Health Work.
Conf. Tennessee, 1937, 9: [Discussion]  33-6.

----  illegitimate.

   See also Illegitimacy.
   Smith,  E. S.   *A  study  of  twenty-five  ado-
lescent unmarried  mothers  in  New York  City
[Columbia Univ.]   97p.  8?    N. Y.,  1935. 
MATERNITY
408
MATERNITY
  Blackburn. P.  Maternity care for unmarried women of the
lirofessional classes.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1: 1189  Carreno,
C, & Castelli. A. J.  Asistencia municipal de la nindie :ib:in-
donada.  Actus  Congi  nac.  puericult., B.  Air.,  1940, 1.
Congr.,  2:   199 204.  Danforth,  W.  C.  The  unmarried
mother as a medical and social problem.  Am. J. Obst.,  1940,
40:  637-40.  Lowe, C.  The  intelligence and social back-
mound of the unmarried mother.  Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1927, 11:
7S3  94.- Nottingham, R.  D.  A psychological study of fort\
unmarried  mothers,  (ienet.   l'sychol.  Monogr..  1937.  19:
155-228.-- Rodriguez, O.   Madres desamparadas.  Bol. Inst.
protec. inf.. Montev.. 1936 37. 10: 365 77.-  Russell, M. E.
Responsibility of the hospital  to the unmarried mother and
her child. Hospitals, 1938, 12: No. 8, 101-5.—Sarraz-Bournet.
Les  innternites secretes.  Rev. philanthrop., Par., 193,3, 53:
121-43.—Unmarried mothers.   Med.  Off., Lond., 1937, 58:
25.— Vorster,  R.  Leber  die Wertigkeit unehelicher Mutter.
Arch, sozial. Hyg.. 1925-26, n.  F., 1: 423-5.

----  Manual.
  See also  Child, Care and nursing.
  Aaberg, J. L.  Babies are fun. 128p.  19H<-'m.
N.  Y., 1942.
  —— ABC for mothers-to-be. 126p.  ^{.cm.
Phila., 1944.
  Adair,  F.  L.  Maternal care and some com-
plications.    194p.   20cm.   Chic,  1939.  Also
2. ed.   92p.   1941.
  Allen,  G.  M., & Johns, L.  G.   Mother and
child,   lllp.  19cm.  Lond., 1939.
  Armitage, C. P.  A  handbook for mothers;
practical advice on  pregnancy  and motherhood.
134p.   12°  Lond.,  1929.
  Baird,  M.   Womanhood.  215p.   12?   Lond.,
1919.
  Beaumont,  I.   Sex,  marriage  and  mother-
hood.   126p.   18Ucm.   Lond.,  1940.
  Bejarano, J.  El libro de la maternidad.   2.
ed.  89p.  18cm.  Bogota, 1932.
  ---- La madre v su primer bebe.  2. ed. 71p.
18cm.  Bogota, 1932.
  Birdwood, G.  T.  Advice to the expectant
mother; fiftv  ante-natal  talks.  93p.   8?   Lond.,
1932.
  Brodhead, G. L.  Approaching motherhood;
questions  and  answers  of  maternity.   4.  ed.
196p.   8?  N. Y., 1936.
  Browne, F. J.  Antenatal and postnatal care.
480p.   8?   Lond.,  1935.   Also 4.  ed.  592p.
 1942.   Also 5. ed.  622p.   1944.
  â– ---Advice to the  expectant mother  on  the
care of her health.   4. ed.   48p.  18cm.  Edinb.,
1938.   Also 5. ed.  reprint.  1941.
  Carrera,  O. G.   La  madre y  el  nino; guia
para la madre Mexicana.  96p.  4?   Mex., 1936.
  Carrington,  W.  J.    Safe  convoy.   256p.
21cm.  Phila., 1944.
  Castallo,  M. A., &  Walz,  A.   Expectantly
yours.  HOp.   19^cm.   N. Y., 1943.
  Churchill, S.  On being a mother.  285p.  8?
Lond., 1936.
  Cleveland  Child   Health   Association.
Lessons for the expectant mother.   3. ed.  v. p
28cm.  Clevel., 1944.
  Cooper, G. M.  Successful motherhood.  118p
22cm.  Lond., 1940.
  Cucco, A.   La maternita e salute.  44p.  20cm
Pal., 1942.
  Dafoe,  A. R.   Dr.   Dafoe's guide book  for
mothers.   246p.   8?  X. Y., 1936.
  Danan,  A.  Maternite.  254p. 12?  Par., 1936.
  De Normandie, R. L. The expectant mother
and her baby. 89p.  16?  N. Y., 1937.
  Eastman,   N.  J.   Expectant   motherhood.
176p.   19]2cm.   Bost.,  1940.  Also another ed
174p.  Lond., 1942.
  Fortier, J.  Je vais  etre mere; conseils aux
futures meres.  2. ed.  339p.  19cm.  Montreal,
1941.
   Gall,  P.   Igiene della  maternita.   3.  orl
 19op.   22cm.   Lidine, l.»42.
   Gee,  A.  C.   So you've got a baby! the prob-
 lems of baby's first vear.  32p.   lKLcin.  Bristol
 1942.
   Gelli,  G.   La guida  medica,  ad tiso <\?\\v
 donne spose e  madri.  1006p.   12?  Fir., 1931.
   Graupner,   H.    Der  Frauenspiegel;  eine
 Biologie der Mutter.  255p.  20cm.   Berl., 1940.
   Gregoire,  Y.   Maternity.   260p.   20Ucm
 Par., 1938.
   Haarer,  J.   Die  deutsche   Mutter und  ihr
 erstes Kind.  266p.  8?  Miinch.,  1938.
   Haldane, C.  Motherhood  and its enemies
 255p.   S?  Lond., 1927.
   Heaton, C. E.  Modern motherhood; a book
 of  information  on  complete   maternity  care;
 prenatal, delivery, aftercare.  271p.  8?  N. Y
 1935.
   Holland, E., Jewesbury, R. C, & Sheldon,
 W.  A doctor  to a  mother; the management of
 maternal and  infant health.   96p.   8?   Lond.,
 1933.
   Housden,  L.  G.    The art of mothercraft.
 Pt  1-2.   2v.   19cm.   Lond.,  1939.
   Jewesbury,  R.  C.   Mothercraft, antenatal
 and postnatal.   178p.  8?  Lond., 1932.   Also
 2. ed.   188p.   1937.
   Kino,  M. T.   Mothercraft.   8.  ed., 3. print.
 244p.   19cm.   Lond., 1942.
   Kirschbaum, H.   Having your baby.  48p.
 23cm.  Detr.,  1942.
   Libro  (El) de la future madre. 263p.  18Vkm.
 B. Air.,  1938.
   Liddiard, M.  The  mothercraft manual;  or,
 The expectant and nursing mother,  and  baby's
 first two years.  2. ed.  175p.  8?  Lond., 1924.
 Also 3. ed.  184p.   1925.  Also  10. ed.   199p.
 19cm.  1940.
   Macfadden,  B.   A.   Preparing for mother-
 hood.   269p.  20cm.  N. Y., 1932.
   Maseras Ribera, M.   Maternidad; instruc-
 ciones para el embarazo, parto y puerperio.  121p.
 20cm.  Barcel.,  1920.
   Moraes,  A.  de.   Sa  maternidade.   2.  cd.
 152p.   231/2cm.  Rio, 1938.
   New York,  N. Y.   Maternity Center Asso-
 ciation.    Maternity  handbook  for pregnant
 mothers and expectant fathers.  178p.  8?  N.  Y.,
 1932.
   Pink, C. V.   The foundations of motherhood.
 2. ed.   184p.   19Mcm.   Lond., 1941.
   Potter,  M. F.  The Bristol motherhood book.
 31p.   18%cm.    Brist,, 1939.
   Powell-Jones, E.  It pays to be wise when
 baby comes.   112p.   19cm.  Lond., 1943.
   Randell, M.  Training for childbirth, from
 the  mother's  point  of  view.   151p.   21 Hem.
 Lond.,  1939.  Also  2.  ed.   182p.  1941.  Also
 3. ed.   123p.   1943.
   Read,  G. D.  Childbirth without fear.  259p.
 2iy2cm.   N. Y., 1944.
   Ribera,  M.  M.   Maternidad; instrucciones
 para el  embarazo,  parto y puerperio.   118p.
 8?   Barcel, 1920.
   Roca  Puig, P.   A la futura  madre.   244p.
 20>/2cm.   Barcel., 1930.
   Rongy,  A.  J.  Safely through childbirth; a
 guide book for the expectant mother. 192p.  8?
 N. Y., 1937.
   Rosenberg, B. D.   Special  delivery;  the ex-
 pectant mother's handbook.  96p.   24cm.  Chic,
 1944.
   Ross,  I.  Y.  The happy mother and child.
L 184p.  19cm.   Lond., 1940. 
MATERNITY
409
MATERNITY
    Rueda,  P.    Maternidad.    323p.    25#cm.
  Rosario, 1938.
    Sadler, W. S., &  Sadler, L.  K.  The mother
  and her  child.  456p.  8?   Chic,  1916.
    Saur,  P. B.  Maternity; a book for every wife
  and mother.  719p.  8?   Chic, 1889.
    Scharlieb, M.   Maternity and infancy.  236p.
  8?   Lond.,  1926.
    Schneider,  P. , F.   Manual;  menstrual  and
  reproductive  functions  in  women.   23p.    16?
  Evanston, 1935.
    Slemons,  J. M.,  &  Rothman, P.  E.    The
  prospective mother.  274p.  20cm.  N. Y.,  1942.
    Smith. H. W.   Science of motherhood.   47p.
  8?   N. Y., 1894.
    Stekel, W.  A primer for mothers; transl. by
  F. Ilmer.  390p.   8°   N.  Y.,  1931.
    Van Blarcom,  C. C.   Getting  ready  to be  a
  mother;  information and  advice for the young
  woman  who is looking forward to motherhood.
  3. ed.  305p. 8?   N. Y., 1937.   Also 4. ed.  190p.
  19cm.   1940.
    Vandewalle.   Wat eene moeder weten moet.
  44p.   12°   Kortrijk, 1910.
    Washburn,  H.  M.   So vou're going  to have a
  baby.   214p.   8?   N.  Y./1937.
    Weisman, A.  I.  You too  can  have a  baby.
  256p.   19#cm.    X. Y., 1941.
    Worcester, E.  Problem  pamplets. Pamplet 2:
  Approaching   motherhood;   the   structure   of
  female and male  reproductive  organs; fertiliza-
  tion and pregnancy.  34p.   12?   n. p., 1931.
    Wrinch,  M., H. H.  Schulz  [et al.]   Mothers
  and babies.  351p.  8?  Lond.,  1924.
    Zabriskie,  L.   Mother  and  baby care in pic-
  tures.   Reprint,   196p.  8?  Phila., 1936.  Also
  2. ed.   208p.   23)4cm.   1941.
   Hiscock, I. V.  Maternity and child hygiene.  In:  Pract.
  Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N.  Y., 1937, 12: 486-99.


  ---   Medical aspect.
   Barrett.  The role of the medical practitioner in the care of
  tlie mother.  .1. State M., Lond., 1934, 42: 409-14.—Boero, E.
  A. Consideraciones de orden social que sugiere la asistencia
  ni6dica en las maternidades.   Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41:
  pt 1, 861-3.—Creadick, A. N.  The  responsibility of every
  doctor to provide adequate maternal care.  J. Maine M. Ass.,
  1941, 32:1-6.—Douglas, R. G. The management of pregnancy,
 labor and the puerperium. In: Treat. Gen. Med. (Reimann,
  H. A.)  Phila., 1943, Progr. Vol., 79-114.—Kovacs, F.  [Role
 of prophylaxis in maternity welfare] Orvoskepzes, 1934, 24:
 195-208.—Montgomery, T. L.   The  antenatal  and  intra-
 partum care of the fetus.  Pennsylvania  M. J., 1937-38, 41:
 1108-14.—Moragues Bernat,  J.  El papel del pediatra en las
 maternidades y su  relaci6n con la obstetricia.  Dia m6d., B.
 Air., 1933-34, 6: 75.—Pulford, A.  Homoeopathy arid the
 prospective  mother and child.  Homoeop. Rec,  1934, 49: 82-
 91.—Royston, G. D. Prenatal care in private and clinic prac-
 tice.  Am. J. Obst., 1934, 27:  440-8.

 ---  Nursing.

   See also Midwife.
   New York, U. S. A.  Department of Health
 Manual of maternity, infancy and  child hygiene
 for public health nurses.  115p.   23cm.  Albany,
 1941.
   New York, N. Y.  Maternity Center Asso-
 ciation.   Routines  for maternity  nursing  and
 briefs for  mothers' club talks.   4. ed.  rev.   84p.
 8?  N.  Y., 1935.
  Behr, E. P.  Volunteer help in a maternity program.  Pub.
 Health Nurs., 1942, 34: 623-5— Bertin-Ie Quien.  Attitude de
 lasage-femme catholique vis-a-vis de sa cliente apres I'accouche-
 ment. J. obst. gyn., Par., 1934, 5: No. 4, 39-51— Childs, K.
 Maternity nursing.  Trained Nurse, 1936, 96: 31-5—Gaifami,
 P- L'opera della levatrice nella profilassi ginecologica e nella
 tutela della  maternita.  In his Convers. & lez. ostet. gin.,
Roma,  1933, 426-36.—Hilbert,  H.   Nursing  services for
mothers and children as part of a balanced public health nursing
Program.  Am. J. Pub. Health,  1937, 27: 875-9.—JeflTers, L.
Supervision  of  maternity practice in the home.  Proc.  Am.
Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941,  1. Congr.,  408-14.  ------
 Maternitv care in the home.  Pub. Health Nurs., 1939,  31:
 S?1"7-Tr7.Merry- E- •»•  The care of the mother in the home.
 Nurs.  Times, Lond., 1941, 37: 584.—Moorehead, E. J.  Sec-
 tionahsed or generalised  work for health visitors.   J. R. San.
 Inst.,  1937-38, 58: 468-75.—Newell,  H., & Reid, M.  The
 maintenance of standards of maternity nursing service in  the
 public health field during the present emergencv.  Tr. Am.
 Congr.  Obst  Gyn. (1942) 1943, 2.  Congr., 360-6.—Phillips,
 w  ,  J??dslde nursing in maternal  hygiene.  Papers Health
 Work.  Conf.  Tennessee,  1937,  9:  129-33.—Pieraccini,  B.
 Meeting maternity nursing needs in  wartime.  Am. J. Pub.
 Health, 1945, 35:  1196-9.—Sheahan, M. W.  Maternity nurs-
 ing in  rural homes.  Milbank Mem. Fund Q., 1939, 17: 113-
 27—Sister M. Miriam.  Social and health aspects in maternity
 nursing.   Hosp. Progr.,  1945, 26: 87-9.—Stover, H.   Case
 load in maternal  hygiene.   Papers Health  Work. Conf. Ten-
 nessee, 1937, 9: 122-5.— Thomas,  M. W. Social priority No. L
 mothers  and babies.  Pub. Health Nurs., 1942, 34: 442-5.—
 Ward, M. E.  Visiting housekeeper work in Detroit. Mother
 & Child, 1923, 4:  523-7.—What mothers ask the public health
 nurse.  Month. Bull. Indiana Div. Pub. Health, 1936, 39:  40.


 ----    precocious.

   See  also   Pregnancy,   precocious;   Puberty,
 precocious.
   Caso, R., & Vincet, D. P.  Comentario estadistico sobre
 parto,  puerperio y sus complicaciones en las primiparus pre-
 coces.  Bol. Inst,  matern., B. Air., 1941, 10: 249-58.—Keane,
 H. L.  A case of maternity at seven years of age.  Brit. M. J.,
 1933, 1:  567.—Olsen, A.   Precocious motherhood.  Acta obst.
 gyn. scand., 1936, 16: 121-32.—Penney, W. C.  Rosita of
 Rosario,  the miracle of birth in a  new setting.  Trained Nurse,
 1936, 97: 531-3.—Peruvian (The)  child-mother. Clin. M. & S.,
 1940, 47: 90.—Schott, K.   Der Einfluss jugendlichen Mutter-
 alters auf die  Nachkommenschaft (Erhebungen iiber Kinder
 minderjahriger Mutter)  Zschr. Kinderh., 1937-38, 59: 520-31.


 ----    Psychology.

   See also Maternal  instinct, Disorder.
   Amster, F.   Collective psychotherapy  of mothers of emo-
 tionally disturbed children.  Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1944, 14:
 44-52.—Block,  V. L.   Conflicts of  adolescents  with  their
 mothers.   J.  Abnorm. Psychol., 1937-38,  32:  193-206.—
 Cohen, L. H.  Psychiatric aspects of child-bearing. Yale J.
 Biol., 1943-44, 16: 77-92.—Deutsch, H.  Mutterlichkeit und
 Sexualitiit.  Imago, Wien, 1933,  19: 5-16.  Also Engl, transl.,
 Psychoanal. Q.,  1933, 2:  476-88.------Motherhood,
 motherliness, and  sexualitv. In her Psychol.  Women, N. Y.,
 1945, 2: 17-55.—Durkin, H. E., Glatzer, H. T., & Hirsch, J. S.
 Therapy  of mothers in groups. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1944,
 14:  68-75.—Fries, M.  E.  Mental  hygiene  in  pregnancy,
 delivery, and  the  puerperium. Ment. Hyg.,  Alb., 1941, 25:
 221-36.—Gilbert,  R.  Maternity and  mental  hygiene; some
 considerations for the public health nurse.  Pub. Health Nurs.,
 1936, 28: 793; 1937, 29: 16; 88.—Harding, M.  E.  The mother
 archetype and its  functioning in life.  Zbl. Psychother., 1935,
 8: 95-108.—Kolodney, E.  Treatment of mothers in groups as
 a supplement, to child psychotherapy.   Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1944,
 28: 437-44.—Lowrey, L. G.  Group therapv for mothers at the
 Brooklyn Child Guidance Center.  News Letter, N. Y.,  1943-
 44, 13: 72-4.------Group treatment for mothers. Am. J.
 Orthopsychiat..  1944, 14: 589-92.—Millikin,  M.  Reluctant
 mothers.  Cincinnati J. M., 1942-43, 23: 215-21— Odier, I. C.
 Mutterbindung  des  Weibes.  Internat. Zschr. Psvchoanal.,
 1932, 18: 429-49— Pavenstedt, E., & Andersen,  I. The un-
 compromising demand of a three-year-old for her own mother.
 Psychoanal. Stud.  Child, 1945, 1: 211-31.—Pense. A. W.  An
 opportunity for  mental hygiene.   Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1931-32,
 2: No.  3, 3.—Seminario de  maes.  Atas  Congr. paul. psicol.
 (1938)  1939, 1.  Congr., 249-70— Weigert-Vowinkel, E.  The
 cult and mythology of the Magna Mater from the standpoint
 of psychoanalysis.   Psychiatry, Bait.,  1938,  1: 347-78.


----   Racial aspect.
   Tandy, E.  C.  The  health situation of Negro
mothers  and  babies  in the  United  States.   9p.
23cm.   Wash.,  1940.
   Moniz de Aragao, J. M.  A mulher e a raca.   Brasil med.,
1941, 55: 341.—Rubitschung, O. Beitrag zum Rasseproblem
aus der Praxis  im Orient.   Deut. med.  Wrschr.,  1936, 62:
1691-3.

---   Social aspect.
   Landmann, F.   Reine  Mutterschaft;  Beitrage
zur  Ehereform.   3.  Aufl.   275p.   16?   Eden,
1920.
   Brackenbury,  H.   Maternitv in its sociological aspects.
Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 828-32.—Hubert, R.  Zur Soziologie der
Frau.   Jahrkurs.  arztl. Fortbild., 1934,  25:  No. 7,  18-25 —
Spencer. A. G.  The social use of the post-graduate mother.
Forum, N. Y., 1912, 48: 61-84.—Weinberg, M.  Probleme der
Mutterrechtsgesellschaft.  Neue Generation, 1927, 23: 12-5. 
MATERNITY                                     410                   MATERNITY   HOSPITAL
----   Statistics.

   See also Maternal mortality; Vital statistics.
   Burden  of maternity.  Statist.  Bull. Metrop.  Life  Insur.,
1938, 19: Xo. 11, 5-7.—Couture. E.  The maternal situation in
(  anada.  Nat. Health Rev., Ottawa. 1939, 7: 12-21.—Hobhs,
K. S.  Maternity statistics.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1943, 48: 48-
51.— Motherhood  in  bondage in  Birmingham.  Birmingham
Health, 193(1 37. 6: No. 11, 1-5—Nuzialita (La) e la maternita
ragione di benessere per l'organismo femminile.  Minerva med.,
Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, varia, 86.

----   in  art.
   Bonheur.  Lefevre  [Illust.]  In:  Morph.  mid.  ait.  femme
(Binet, A.)  Par., 1935, 59   Bord, B.  Materniu's dr Maurice
Asselin.  Aesculape, Par., 1926,  n. ser.,  16: SI 8.  Chinese
woman suckling her child; Kang Hi epoch  (1662  1722)  Musee
Guimet [Illustration]   Med. Sketches,  N. V.,  1938, 2: No. 11,
16.— Elfinbom,  S.   Canci6n a la  maternidad.  Snn.  m6d., B.
Air., 1941, 48: 297.  Marcuse, M.  The mother-novel.  Hare-
fuah, Tel Aviv,  1944,  26: 67-9— Schlieben, E.  Die Darstel-
lung einer  Geburt  in  der St.  Peterskirche  in Rom.  Zschr.
arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 181-4— Weindler, F.   Tragodien
der Mutterschaft.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1806-9.
 MATERNITY hospital.

   See  also   Gynecology,  Hospital;   Obstetrics,
 Hospital.
   Bouget, H.  Les maisons maternelles.   Atti Congr. internaz.
 teen, san.,  1931, 2. Congr.,  2: 41-54.—Guimaraes Filho,  A.
 Aspectos olwtetricos da assistencia hospitalar.  An. paul. med.
 cir., 1945.  49:  260  73.—Hutfon, L.  Institutional  maternity
 service.  Brit. M..L, 1945,  1:639.—Maternity hospital.   Ibid.,
 1940, 2: 57.  Maternity hospital for  soldiers' wives.  Lancet,
 Lond.,  1942,  1: 754- Moore. S. P.   Maternitv  hospitals.
 Trained Nurse,  1927, 78: 163 6. -O'Malley, M.  The mater-
 nity hospital problem.   Connecticut  Health  Bull.,  1942, 56:
 31-4.  •---   & Olson, R.  M.  Hospitals to make way for
 war babies.  Connecticut  M. J.,  1942, 6:  740-6.—Serious
 shortage of maternity beds.   Illinois  Health Mess., 1942,  14:
 99.- Williams, P. F.  Place of the hospital in maternal welfare.
 Ohio M. I., 1938, 34: 887-92.

 ----   Construction.
   Aguilar  Giraldes, D., & Quiroz, C. A.  Premisas  para  la
 construcci6n de  un instituto de maternidad  y su soluci6n;
 anteproyecto para  el  Instituto de maternidad  del Hospital
 Durand.  Actas  Congr. nac. puericult.,  B.  Air., 1940,  1.
 Congr.,  2:  314-8.  ------  Anteproyecto   para  nuestra
 maternidad.  Rev.  med., B. Air., 1940,  2: 258-61.—Delassus.
 La nouvelle maternite du Boulevard  Vauban,  83, a Lille.   J.
 sc. med. Lille, 1926, 44: pt 2, 385-97, illust., plans.—Erikson,
 C.  A.   Planning of maternity sections of  general  hospitals.
 Tr. Am. Congr.  Obst.  Gyn. (1942)  1943, 2.  Congr.,  339-47.—
 Frid, V. A.  Planning the obstetrical  unit to provide adequate
 care for an obstetrical patient.  Hospitals,  1937, 11: No.  7,
 75-81.— Gonzalez,  J.  B.   In servicio  de maternidad no  es
 una sala  eomi'in de enfermos; condiciones  biol6gicosociales,
 obstetricas  y  tecmcosanitaiias que  lo distinguen y  deben
 aDlicarse al construir  el edificio respectivo.   Sem. mfid.,  B.
 Air., 1945,  52: 292-7.—Granat, N. E.   [Projects for  maternity
 hospitals]  Sovet.  med.,  1938, No.  24,  39-46.—Maternity
 hospital, Lima  [architect's drawing  of  view from the air]
 Mod. Hosp., 1939,  53:  No.   3, 64.—Messaros,  W. Needed
 O.  B. facilities provided by  ingenious plan.  Hosp. Manage-
 ment, 1933, 36: 28-38.—Neergaard, C. F.  Floor plan require-
 ments.  Proc. Am.  Congr.  Obst. Gyn. (1939)  1941,  1.  Congr.,
 651-5.—New maternity department completed at Wilmington
 General Hospital.  Hosp. Management, 1941, 51: No. 2,  32-4,
 illust.,  plans.—Orr,  T.  The  planning of maternity hospitals.
 L R.  San. Inst., 1938-39,  59: 38-56.—Per  progettaie una
 clinica di  maternita.  Osp. maggiore, Milano,  1938, 26: 116-
 20.—Riley,  W.   A.  Maternity departments.  Mod.  Hosp.,
 1942, 58:  No. 3,  52-4, plan and specification.—Watson,  B.  p!
 Hospital requirements from the point of view  of the obstetri-
 cian.   Nosokomeion, Stuttg., 1931,   2: 1193-6.—Williams,
 J. W.   Is  an architecturally  isolated building essential for a
 lying-in hospital?  Mod. Hosp., 1927, 28: No. 4,  58-61.

 ----   Delivery  room.

   Davis, M. E.   Delivery room safeguards.   Hospitals,  1938,
 12:  No. 6. 68.—Hawkins,  R. J.   Essential  delivery  room
equipment.   Proc.  Am.  Congi  Obst.  Gyn.  (1939) 1941,  1.
 Congr., 656-9.—Keller, F. E.  The  delivery room.  In  his
 Hosp. Ballads, Phila.,  1941, 13.—Proposed plan  for labor and
 delivery room set-up in hospitals.   Bull. Univ. Hosd Georgia
 1943-44, 5: No. 6, 11-5.                                 *  '

----   Economics.
point of the  hospital administrator.   Tr.  Am.  ('oner OI*.i
Gyn. (1942) 1943, 2.  Congr., 419-21.- Clifford, M. L.'  iC
pital care for mothers and children of the lower  iiii>I<|]<- income
group.  Connecticut Health Bull.,  1940,54: I S3  5.  Hoffman
J. M.  The role of the delivery home in  treating the low itiromr
group.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1941 42, 28: 162-4.- Howe, F. S
Socio-economic aspects of institutional  maternity care  prnr
Am. Congr. Obst.  Gyn.  (1939)  1941,  1.  Congr., 783-90.-'
Jordan, H. P. B.   New economic problems for the lvinu-in
hospital.   Rhode  Island M. .1., 1935,  18: 54-7.-  O'Hanlon't;
Cooperation agreements between  private  hospitals  and  thi
local public health  service of  the  municipality  or countv
Proc. Am.  Congr.  Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 679-81.-
Perrin,  J.  B.   Maternity pay and  hospitalization demonstra-
tion in  Otero County.  Colorado  Bd  Health  Bull.,  1941, y
No.  2,  7.—Somerville, A.  The  point system adopted' for
maternity  payments  in  Alberta.  Canad.   Hosp., 1944  21 •
No.  12, 3"0.


----   Emergency.

   Banks,  A.  L.,  & Norman, L.  G.   Kniergciicx  maternitv
homes.  Pub.  Health,  Lond., 1940-41,54: 179-82.  Burn, J. L.
A  scheme  for an emergency maternity service.  Med. OfT.,
Lond.,  1935, 54: 215.—Buxbaum. H.   Provisions for obstetric'
emergencies in the activities of  home maternity care.  Proc
Am. Congr. Obst.  Gyn.  (1939) 1941, 1.   Congr., 675-8.—
Equipment  for  emergency  maternity  service.  Med.  Off.,
Lond.,   1937,  57:  261.— Meeting  emergencies  in  maternit\'
wards.   Surg.  Lquip., 1941, 8:  No. 5,  14.   Wooders, M. \.,
&  Curtis,  D.  A.   Emergencies  in a  maternitv department.
In their Emergency  Care, I'hila.,  1942, 198-204.
----  Hospitalization.
   Adair, F. L.   The care of the mother and the newborn in the
hospital.  Hosp.  Management,  1938,  45: No.  6, 14-6.-
Black, B.  W.   Do normal maternity cases require 10 davs in
the hospital?   Mod.  Hosp.,  1943,  60:  No. 2, 52- Cornell.
E. L.   Care of the obstetric patient in the hospital.  Hospital*
1938, 12:  No.  6, 56-8.—Dunn, H. L.  Census Bureau foresee*
drop  in number of hospital births.   Ibid.,  1943, 17: No. 8,
46.- -Ewer,  E.  N.  Four-day  hospitalization  in maternity
service.  Mod.  Hosp.,  1935, 44:  No. 6, 51.—Gaedicke, H*.
Die Entwicklung der Anstaltsgeburten in Deutschland und im
Ausland.  Arch, sozial. Hyg.,  1933-34, 8: 281-93.—Hospitals
adopt rationing program for maternity service.  J.  Am. M.
Ass.,  1942, 120: 1147.—Kirsch, E.   There are ways of balanc-
ing obstetrical  facilities  with the  rising  birth rate.  Mod.
Hosp., 1943, 60: No. 4, 69.—Krahulik, E., & Thompson, W. B.
The   influences  of war on  obstetrical  hospitalization.  Tr.
Pacific Coast Soc. Obst. (1942) 1943,  12: 49-52.  Also West.
.1.  Surg., 1943,  51: 52-5.—MacEachern, M. T.  Relationships
between the hospital  and community  agencies; as they affect
intake and  discharge  of patients.  Proc. Am. Congr. Obst.
Gvn.  (1939) 1941, 1.  Congr., 666-74—Pastore, J. B.  On
controlling obstetrical reservations; they can be kept in adjust-
ment to hospital capacity.   Hospitals,  1943, 17: No. 8, 43-6.—
Taylor, J. F.  The care  of obstetrical patients in general
hospitals.   Bull. Am.  Coll. Surgeons, 1929,  13:  38-41.


----  Nursery.

   See also Prematurity.
   Althausen,  N. F.  [La comptabilite et le travail dang des
salles des  enfants de  la section de la maternite pour les cas
suspectes  comme  infectes]   Akush. gin., 1940,  60.—Crippa,
A., & Scarzella. M.   Progetto di reparti tipo per neonati ed
immaturi.   Pediatria   (Riv.)  1940, 48:  716-21,  4  pl—Mc-
Lendon,  P. A.  Nurseries designed  for  modern maternity.
Mod. Hosp.,  1945, 65: 46-9.—Mamede, A.  Departamento
da crianca; exposigao  de motivos.   Ceara mid., 1940,  20:
No. 6, 20-4.—Merrill, A. P.   Suspect-nurseries; a case history
of experience at St. Luke's  Hospital,  Chicago.   Mod. Hosp.,
1945, 64:  49-62.—Sister Mary George.   Placing and equip-
ment of the nursery.   Proc. Am.  Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939)
1941, 1. Congr., 660-2.—Stretcher  for 5; an idea from Jeru-
salem.  Nurs. Times, Lond., 1944, 40: 679.


----  Nursing.
   Fritschel, H. L. The care of the mother and the newborn
in the hospital; from  the  standpoint of the administrative
control.  Hosp. Progr., 1939, 20:  363.—Huber. B.  Woch-
nerinnenfursorge der Gemeinde Wien in den Wiener Cebiiran-
stalten.  Zschr. Kinderschutz, 1929, 21:  119-21— Kalb, 3. A.
Problems  of obstetric  anesthesia  in  the average  hospital,
N. York State J.  M.,  1942,  42: 1760-4.—Kaplan, R. H.  Ad-
equate obstetrical care in the small  hospital.  Tr. Am. C'ongi
Obst. Gyn.  (1942) 1943, 2.  Congr., 395-9.—Kosmak, G. W
Need for  better standards in obstetric  practice.  Bull. Am.
Coll. Surgeons, 1935, 19: 8.—Olson, R. M.. & Clifford,  M. L.
Nursing  techniques in maternitv hospitals.   Am.  J-  Pub-
Health, 1945, 35: 1199-1202.- Reiley, R. J.,  & Sister Mary
Joseph.  Emphasis on maternitv service.   Mod. Hosp , 1942,
59: 61-3.—Turnbull, J. J.  Assuring the maternity patient and
the newborn nursing service in a general hospital.   Bull. Am.
Coll. Surgeons, 1939, 24: 199.
   See  also Group medicine, Hospital service.
   Addleman, P.  Hospital care insurance in maternity care-
Proc.  Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941,  1. Congr., 816-9.—
Blake, E.   The economics of obstetrical care; from the stand- I 
MATERNITY HOSPITAL                   411                 MATERNITY  HOSPITAL
 ---Organization and regulation.

    California, U. S. A.  Department of Public
 Health.   Standards for maternity hospitals and
 maternity homes in California,  adopted August
 22, 1944.   53p.   23cm.   S. Franc, 1945.
    New Hampshire, U.  S. A.   State Board  of
 Health.   Division of Maternal  and  Child
 Health.   Regulation  of maternity hospitals and
 homes.  21p.  22cm.   Concord,  N.  H.,  1942.
    Adair, F. L.  Modern obstetrical standards demand special
 organization  and facilities.   Hosp.  Management, 1940,  50:
 No. 5, 29-32.—Adequate care of the obstetrical patient in the
 general hospital.  Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1937, 22:  69-77 —
 Authority of  the Pennsylvania Department of Public Welfare
 to refuse a license to a maternity hospital.  In: Child & State
 (Abbott, G.)  Chic, 1938, 2: 580-90.—Barrett, C. V. Manage-
 ment of the obstetrical  department.   Tr.  Am.  Hosp. Ass.,
 1931, 33: 415-21.  Also Bull. Am. Hosp. Ass., 1932, 6: 74-7.
 -----   The organization and management of an obstetrical
 department  in  a general hospital.  Canad.  Nurse, 1943,  39:
 329; passim.—Beebe, N. L.  Obstetrics in the small general
 hospital.  Colorado  M., 1934, 31: 125-9.—Benson, M. T., sr.
 Adequate care of the obstetrical patient in  a general  hospital.
 Hospitals, 1937, 11:  No. 4, 36.—Bingham, A. W., & Potter, R.
 T.  The community hospital as a factor in improving obstetrics.
 J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1939,  36: 439-41.— Burnett, E.  A rural
 home maternity service administered by a hospital.   Am. J.
 Nurs., 1941,  41: 1365-72.—Cosgrove, S. A.  Regulation and
 control  of obstetrical  practice  in institutions of non-staff
 physicians.   Bull.  Am.  Coll.  Surgeons,  1935, 19:  12-6.—
 Daily, E. F.  Maintaining standards for maternity and new-
 born infant  care.   Ibid., 1944,  29: 221-3.—Defoug, G.  La
 surveillance  des etablissements d'accouchement.   Gaz.  med.
 France, 1941, 48: 143.—De Lee,  J. B.  What are the special
 needs of the  modern  maternity?  Mod. Hosp., 1927, 28: No. 3,
 59-69.  -----  & Siedentopf, H.   The maternitv ward of  the
 general hospital. J.  Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 6-14.—Doane, J.
 C.  Why standing orders are essential in the maternitv depart-
 ment.   Mod. Hosp.,  1930, 35: 97-101.—Fletcher,  P.  F.   The
 practice of obstetrics in closed staff and open staff hospitals.
 Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr., 629-33 —
 Gonzalez, J.  B.  Los institutos maternales  de la comuna, im-
 prescindible necesidad de su buena reglamentacion.  Sem. med.,
 B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 1,  1090-2.—Granat, N. E.  [Organization
 of a rural lying-in hospital]   Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No.  10,
 1-7.—Guess, J. D.  Obstetrics in the small general hospital.
 South. M. & S.,  1933, 95: 203-8.—Hanrahan, W. M.  Value of
 affiliation of  a  general  hospital  with  a maternity hospital.
 Hosp. Progr., 1933, 14: 21-3.—Healy, T. M.  The community
 and the mastership system.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1943,  6. ser., No.
 215, 598-602.—Housekeeping in  the obstetrical department.
 Mod. Hosp.,  1942, 59: 84.—Howe, F. S.  The contribution of
 the general hospital to the obstetrical patient and her phvsician.
 Tr. Am.  Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1942) 1943, 2. Congr., 163-8.—
 Instituto maternal; regulamento provisorio para a admissao do
 pessoal tecnico.   J. med., Porto,  1943-44,  4:  484-7.—Irving,
 F. R. Obstetric  service in the general hospital versus maternity
 hospital service.  Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939)  1941,
 1.  Congr., 643-8.—Jackson, E. B.  Should mother and  baby
 room together?  Am.  J. Nurs.,  1946, 46: 17-9.—Jordan,  H.
 P. B.  Protection of mother and baby  against infection in
 maternity wards.  Bull. Am. Hosp. Ass., 1930, 4:  No. 1, 47-
 52.—Eosmak, G. W.  The care of the mother and newborn in
 the general hospital;  panel  discussion.   Bull. Am. Coll. Sur-
 geons, 1939, 24:  193.—Eouwer,B. J.  [Requirements of obstet-
 rical divisions of hospitals]  Ziekenhuis, 1928,  19: 119-26.—
 MacEachern,  M. T.   How to provide more adequate care  for
 obstetrical cases. Hosp. Management, 1935, 39: No. 1, 25-31.
 -----  Presentation  of  the  minimum requirements of the
 American College of Surgeons for the obstetrical department in
 a general hospital.  Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1939, 24: 194.—
 McNeile, L.  G.   The role of the outpatient obstetrical dis-
 pensary with the organization and methods of the Los Angeles
 Maternity Service.   West.   J.  Surg.,   1933,  41: 554-62 —
 Maternity Hospital Ordinance.  Baltimore Health News,  1942,
 19: 34.—Matthews,  H.  B.   Organization  of  the  obstetrical
 staff in the general hospital with particular reference to qualifi-
 cations and the grading of privileges. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons,
 1939, 24: 196.—Mockler,  S.  Rise in hospital  maternity care
 reflected in infant  death decline.   Hosp. Management, 1942,
 53: No. 4, 34,—Penning,  H. L.   The standardization of ma-
 ternity facilities  in Illinois hospitals.  Illinois M. J., 1943, 83:
 392-8.—Pickard, L. J.   Obstetric  practice in hospitals by the
 general practitioner. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941,
 1.  Congr., 634-7.—Progress in licensing maternity hospitals
 and homes.  Week. Bull. Oregon Bd Health, 1941, 19: No. 37,
 1-4.—Resolucion sobre los  requisites  que debeh llenar  las
 casas de  madera y los lugares donde se  ubiquen.   Rev.  san ,
 Caracas,  1940, 5: No. 2,  286.—Sister Enid.  The administra-
 tive and educational service in relation to the newborn.  Proc.
 Am.  Congr. Obst.  Gyn. (1939)  1941,  1.  Congr.,  708-13 —
 Sister M. Irenaeus.  Adequate facilities for obstetric service in
the  small rural  hospital.  Ibid.,  663-5.—Skeel, A. J.  The
obstetric problem of the small hospital.  Tr. Am. Hosp.  Ass.,
1933, 35: 588-92.  ------  What is needed  to  safeguard the
 hospital's obstetric patients.  Mod. Hosp., 1934, 42: 63-5.—
 Sloan, RP  Hc>w a small hospital made good in metropolitan
 hie.  Ibid.,  1935, 44: 80-4.—Statutory regulation of maternity
 hospitals in Minnesota, 1919; an act defining  and regulating
 maternity hospitals.  In:  Child & State  (Abbott,  G.)  Chic,
 1938, 2: 558-62.—Stoeckel, W.  Mindestforderungen fur die
 fn?,7  tung von Entbindungsstationen.   Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1930, 56: 255;  297.—Stout, M. L. Visitors on the maternitv
 ward.  Hospitals, 1941, 15: No. 6, 112.—Thomson, H. J. The
 management and equipment of a maternity hospital. Clin. J.,
 Lond.,  1937, 66:  118-22.—Turnbull, J.  J.  Special features
 employed by hospitals to  improve maternity care.  Tr. Am.
 Hosp. Ass., 1931, 32: 398-406.—Vonder Heidt, L. C.  Adminis-
 trators' field in maternal and new-born care.  Hospitals, 1939,
 13: No.  6, 43.—Weiss, S.  Ante-natal and post-natal hostels.
 Nurs. Times, Lond., 1941, 37: 586.—What the  superintendent
 should know about the maternity unit. Mod. Hosp., 1935, 45:
 No. 5, 77-9.—Young, J.  The maternity hospital and unitary
 control.  Edinburgh M. J., 1934,  n. ser., 41: Suppl.  Tr. Obst.
 Soc, 3-16.

 ----    Report [and description]
   Eparvier, H.  Impressions sur quelques maternites  etran-
 geres.  Lyon med., 1938, 162: 154;  182.—Miller, J. R.  Analysis
 of the clinical  work  of the  obstetrical  service with special
 emphasis on morbidities  and mortalities.   Bull. Am. Coll.
 Surgeons, 1939.  24:198.—Report of a Sub-Committee appointed
 by the Council  of the Section of Obstetrics and Gynaecology to
 prepare a scheme for the unification of the clinical reports of
 maternity hospitals.  Proc R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28  21:
 Sect. Obst. Gyn., 83-92, ch.

 ----    Report:  Africa.
   Nursing and maternity homes.  Annual Rep. S. Africa Dep.
 Pub. Health, 1941, 63.—Preston,  P. G.  Six  years' maternity
 work amongst  the Wakikuyu at the Native Hospital, Fort
 Hall.  East Afr. M. J., 1942,  19: 223; 247.

 ----    Report:  America.

   Buenos Aires, Argent.  Hospital Torcuato
 de  Alvear.    Instituto   de   Maternidad   y
 asistencia  social  profesor u.  fernandez.
 Anales.   B.  Air., v.5, 1943-
   Buenos   Aires,   Argent.    Instituto   de
 maternidad.     Boletin del Instituto  de  mater-
 nidad.   B.  Air., v.6, 1937-
   Peralta Ramos,  A.  Sociedad de beneficencia
 de  la  Capital;  el  Instituto  de  Maternidad;
 su  historia,  fines,  construccion,  costo  y  sos-
 tenimiento,   organizacion,  funcionamiento,  etc.
 331p.   30cm.   B. Air., 1935.
   ----The   same   [Another  edition]   331 p.
 29cm.   B.   Air.,   1936-37.
   Forms Suppl. Prensa mid. argent., 23:-24:
   Schwarcz,  R.   Maternidad y servicio social
 del  Hospital Tornii.  55p.  26cm.  B. Air., 1942.
   Aguilar Giraldes, D., &  Borreo,  E. N. de.  Jornales, numero
 de hijos y vivienda de las asistidas en la maternidad del Hospital
 Durand.  Actas Congr. nac. puericult., B. Air., 1940, 1. Congr.,
 2: 471-5.—Alfonso, R. M.  Un cuarto de siglo transcurrido en
 la vida de la Casa de beneficencia y maternidad de la Habana.
 Rev. med. cir.  Habana, 1926, 31: 594-7.—Amaral, C. do.
 Uma viagem de estudos a Buenos Aires.  An. brasil. gin.,  1942,
 13:  219-27.—Ayllon,  J. A.,  & Garcia,  N.  Exposici6n del
 regimen  tecnico y  administrative del Instituto  maternal  y
 asistencia social de Flores  (Hospital T. Alvares)  Sem.  med.,
 B. Air.,  1943, 50: pt 2, 195-8.—Aznarez, E.  Enfermeras y
 sirvientas del Hospital de  mujeres en la epoca de la tirania.
 Prensa med. argent., 1941,  28: pt 1, 133-6.—Cals, C.  A
 Maternidade Dr. Joao Moreira.   Ceara med., 1928, 7:  9-12.
 ------  Maternidade Dr. Joao Moreira; 18. ano de funciona-
 mento.   Ibid., 1933, 12: No. 2, 6-1L—Castro  Leitao, L. de.
 Sugestoes e especificagoes para construcao de uma maternidade
 de 19 leitos com posto de puericultura.  Bol. Dep. nac. crianca,
 Rio, 1943, 3: No. 13, 15-24.—Elfinbom, S.  La mujer moderna
 y  la maternidad;  maternidad de  Hospital Salaberry.   Sem.
 med., B.  Air., 1939, 46: pt 2, 49-51—Ferreira Jorge, C.  Tres
 anos de chefia no  Hospital maternidade  de Cascadura.   An.
 brasil. gin., 1945, 20: 28-34.—Figueroa, L.  Informe anual del
 Hospital  de maternidad de San  Juan, 1931/32-1937/38.  Bol.
 As. med.  Puerto Rico, 1938, 30: 255-84.—Garrett, A. Instituto
 maternal. J. med., Porto, 1943-44, 4: 234.—Gonzalez, J. B.
 Del  fichado  en  los institutos maternales  municipales  de la
ciudad de Buenos  Aires; de identificaci6n, informativo  y de
 conexion; con motivo del fichado del archivo general del  Insti-
tuto de referenda; tecnica de su confecci6n y de su manejo;
aplicaciones.  Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1938,  45:  pt  2, 842-50.
------& Mortara, E. A. Maternidad del Hospital T. Alvarez:
memoria  tficnica correspondiente al afio  1923.   Prensa  mid.
argent.,  1925-26,  12: 1103-11.—Hospitales  de maternidad. 
MATERNITY  HOSPITAL
4
12                 MATERNITY  HOSPITAL
Rev. hig., B:uiaiP|'iilhi,  1941. 1: No. 9, 6-1(1.  Lapointe, 1).
I^es Hopitaux de la Mim'-i iconic et de la Cieche Saint-Yineeiit-
de-Paul.  I^al med. l'.ilt.  9:  495-S. pl   Loon  Ponlc. (>..
Sanchez Carvajal, M. A., & Scarcioffo, P.   la  labor de un afio
en la maternidad del Instituto Sim6n Rodriguez.  Bol. hosp.,
Caracas,  1939.  38:  Xo.  10,  1-62.-  Lepage, C.   Maternidad
Conc(!pci6n Palacios. Ibid., No.  9, 224  -36.- Llames  Massini,
J. C, Dasso. A. A. [et al.]  Maternidad del Hospital Juan A.
Fernandez: su servicio  social; creacion. organizaci6n v obra
realizada.  Sem. mid.. B.  Air., 1939, 46: pt  1, 1473-5 —
Martinez do la Cruz, F.  Inauguraci6n de la sala de maternidad
del Hospital Ceneral Alfonso Alvarez Fuentes.  Bol. Col. med.
<'amaguey, 1939 40, 2: 234-7.—Maternidade  (A) Arnaldo de
Monies, no genero, a rnaisalta realizacao assistencia brasileira:
slaliiainente eoneret izado  o idcalismo <U' sen  ilnstre diretor.
Resenha med., Rio. 1941, 8: 86-94.--Monjardino, A.  Relatorio
apresentado no dia do I. aniversririo da abertura da Materni-
dade.   Arq. obst. gin.. 1934, 1: 196 202.------Movimento
clinico  da  Maternidade  Dr.  Albedo da  Costa,  1932-1937.
Ibid., 1938,  3:  5-16.- Murta, A.  Relatorio dos servico* da
segunda clinica  obstetrica da  Santa Casa de Misericoidia de
Belo Horizonte durante o ano de 1942. Rev.  gin. obst..  Hio,
1943,  37: pt  2, 30-9; 1944,  38: pt 2,  312-20- Pabellon de
maternidad Leopoldina de Santos en el Hospital de  Caridad.
Hev big., Barranquilla, 1941, 1:  No. 11, 19--28.-- Paz Soldan,
C. E.   La formacion de las matronas en la Kseuela de Heredia
y la Obra de Camilo Segura.  An. Soe. pern. hist, med., 1940,
2: 75-106.—Prado Leite, W. do.  Clinica obstetrica do Hospital
da  Cruz  Vermelha  Brasileira; estatistica  do  movimento do
servico, de 1930 a 1940.  Rev. gin. obst.. Hio,  1941, 35: pt 2,
239-42.—Ramirez  Olivella, J.  LI  Hospital Municipal  de
Maternidad Elvira Machado de Machado considerado desde el
punto de vista de su organizaci6n cientifica.  Rev. med. cir.
Habana,  1931. 36: 94-103. ------& Machado  de Cardenas,
().  Hospital  municipal de maternidad.  San.  A:  benef. mun.,
Habana,  1941, 1: 11-20.—Ribeiro de Castro, B.  Maternidade
da policlinic:! de Botafogo. Arch. Centr. med. Policlin. Bota-
fogo. 19311 -35. No. 2, 230-5.-  Rio de  Janeiro, Brazil.   Hospital
Maternidade  de Oascadiira;  sossfio.  He\ .  med. mun., Rio,
1942.  3:  99.—Rodriguez,  J. V.  Estadistica del  Instituto de
maternidad del  Hospital Juan A. Fernandez,  1. de mayo de
1943 a 30 de abril de 1944; paralelo 1913-1943.  Sem. med., B.
Air., 1945, 52: 207-10.—Schwarcz, R.  Informe comentado del
movimiento  de  la maternidad durante el  afio  1939 [Hospital
Tornu]  Ibid., 1940, 47: pt 1,  907-10.


----   Report:  America—United  States.

   Philadelphia,  Pa.   Maternity   Hospital.
Annual report.   Phila., v.l,  1873/74  -
   Austin. B. F.  Maternitv clinics.   I. M. Ass. Alabama, 1939-
40. 9:  236.  ------ & Dodge, E. F.  The development  and
progicss of  the maternitv  clinic program in Alabama.  South.
M. J.. 1940, 33:  537-46- Bailey,  K.  V.  The American Mater-
nity Hospital.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1935. 2:  1213-6.—Brisbane,
R. i>.   Sutter Maternity Hospital, opened November 24, 1937.
Hospitals, 193S.  12: No. 2. 32-7-  Buchner, E.  F.  A review of
the obstetric  service of Station  Hospital,  Fort Bragg.  North
Carolina.  Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91  :! 91  5.  Caffee, H.H.  My
first  vear at the Oneida Maternitv  Hospital.   Bull.  Dep.
Health Kentucky,  1942-43. 15: 60-2.  -        A  rural lving-in
hospital.  Kentucky M. J., 1943,  41 :  15  21.  Campbell, A. M.,
Furlong, H. A. [et al.]  Maternity hospitals and  homes'; facili-
ties ni I practices in licensed maternity hospitals and maternity
homes in Michigan.  J. Michigan M. Soe.,  1943,  42: 253-5.-'-
Clifford, M. L.  Maternitv hospital  facilities in  Connecticut.
Connecticut  Health Bull., 1942, 56: 243 -6.- DeLee, J. B.
Safeguarding  motherhood at  the Chicago  Lving-in Hospital.
Mod Hosp., 1931, 36: 63-72.—Florence Nightingale Hospital,
the new maternity unit of Bavlor Lniver.»itv Hospitals.  Hospi-
tals. 1937, 11: No.  8, 86-9.—Jewett. R. E.  Report of mater-
nity homes and hospitals in Indiana, July  1, 1940, to  June 30
1941.   J. Indiana M. Ass., 1942.  35: 382-5— Johnston, R. a!
Obstetrical conference. Tristate M. J., 1942-43, 15: 2874-6 —
Joseph, M. L., & Kramer, N.  Baby business (Chicago Lving-
in  Hospital]  Hygeia,  Chic, 1943,  21:  568-71.—Lying-in
Hospital. City of New York, 1939; 141. annual report.  J. Obst
Gyn.  Brit.  Empire,  1941, 48:  107-9.—Maternity hospitals
licensed by  the State Department  of  Health.  Connecticut
Health Bull., 1943, 57: 202.—Merriam, J. C,  &  Goodwin, R.
H.  The small  obstetric  hospitals in Massachusetts; a  pre-
liminary  report.   N. England J. M.,  1938,  219: 879-81.—
Nelson, R.  B.  Supervised obstetrics in a general hospital; a
review  of obstetrics, Oarfield Memorial Hospital, 1938.  Med
Ann. District of Columbia, 1939, 8: 223-6.—Newberger, c!
A statistical study of obstetric activities  in Illinois hospitals
during  1943.  Illinois M. J., 1945, 87: 137-44.—Oneida Hospi-
tal for  Mothers and Babies of the Mountains dedicated  J
Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 609—Ortiz Perez, J. Consideraciones
al margen de una  visita  a una  maternidad norteamericana
Hev. mex. cir.. 1942, 10: 82-90.-  Pastore. J. B.  The  Lving-in
Hospital of New York. Am. J. Obst,, 1945, 49: 294-8.—Reed,
C. B.,  & Cooley. B.  The obstetrical department of Weslev
Memorial  Hospital.  Hospitals.   1936, 10: No. 6,  80-3 —
Rourke. A. J. J.  Stanford's lying-in  suite.  Mod  Hosp  1943
61: No. 5, 56.—St. Cecilia Maternity Hospital,  Hiooklvri  New
York.   Hosp  Progr , 1927, 8: 184-6— Schwarz, O.  H '  The
Pt. Louis Maternity Hospital.  Washington  Lniv. M   Vlumni
Q., 1938. 2: 21-4.-Stout. M. L.   The Flora Ross  Duncan
memorial.  Hospitals, 1940, 14: No. 9, 95-8; plans.- Warstler
M. E.  Indiana's maternity hospitals.  Month. Bull. HI Health
Indiana, 1943,  46: 99.—West.  R. M.   Jewish  .Maternitv
Hospital, Philadelphia.  In her Hist. Nu is. Pennsvlvania  I <ri<i
429-32.------Maternitv  Hospital,  Philadelphia, 'ibid"
463-6.------Philadelphia  Lying-in  Charity Hospital
Ibid., 609-15.------St. Joseph's Children's and Maternitv
Hospital, Scranton; started on August 30, 189(1 as St. Joseph's
Foundling Asylum. Ibid., 713- Worcester, A.   The Boston
Lying-in Hospital  fifty years ago.  N,  Hngland .). M.,  1933
209: 1109-12.   Zimmerman, E.  Maternitv  hospitals. Annual
Rep. Illinois Dep. Pub.  Welf..  191(1, 23: 260-2.

----   Report: Asia.
   Bombay,  India.   Mow kos.iee \\ adia Mateh-
xity Hospital.  Annual report.  Bombay Xo  7
11939)  1940-
   Camomot, C.   Admissions to the Cebu maternity house in
six years, from 1930 to 1935, inclusive   J  Philippine Island)
M. Ass., 1937,  17: 95-100.   Government Hospital  for Women
and Children,  Madias;  centenary   Antiseptic, Madras,  l!t|.',
42: 107.—Laurentie.  Fonctionnement de la Maternite  fran-
ca ise de Ho\ romh. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn.  Pans. 1926, 15:527
9.  Lum, M. Y.   Chinese maternitv hospital.  Kuala Lumpur
Caduceus,  Hong  Kong, 1930,  9:  35  7.  Nixon. VV ('  W
Yang. L. |et al.]  Clinical report  of the Schoo! of Midwifcn i,,i.'i
(lynaecology of Hong Kong University.  Ibid., 1937, 10: 67-
102.—Sydenham. A.  Fifteen years of maternitv  vwiik in the
Alice Memorial Hospital. Ibid., 1941, 20: 139-53, ch.  TalccA
Nadessin, N.  Le fonctionnement de la maternity de l'hdpital
colonial  de Foudichery pendant 1'anee. 1932.  Ann. meVl. phnnn
col., Far., 1933. 31: 372-87— Tottenham, R. E., Pillni, D. K.
lot al]  Clinical  report  of the Tsan Yuk Hospital and of the
Maternitv Bungalow, Government Civil Hospital,  being the
work of The School of  Midwifery  of Hong  Kong University
1930-34. Caduceus. Hong Kong, 1931,  10: 3 51,  pl.; 1932 11 â– 
135-87,  6 pl.; 1935, 14:  1-52; 1936, 15:  1-52.

----   Report:  Australia.
   Walker, T.  W.  Modern  maternitv wing at Royal Jubilee
Victoria. Canad. Hosp., 1945, 22: No. 3, 45-7.

----   Report:  Europe.
   Abrahamian,  A.    *Fonctionncment de   la
maternite de  Baudelocque.   119p.    8?   Par.,
1930.
   Ajzensztadt, A.   *Le fonctionnement de la
maternite Lariboi^iero en 1934.   39p.  8° '  Par.,
1935.
   Baudhillart,   J.    *Fonctionnement de   la
maternite Baudelocque.    143p.   8?  Par., 1926.
   Benichou  [nee  David]  S.   *Fonctionnement
de la  maternite  de  1'Hopital  Saint-Antoine en
1936.   50p.   8?   Par., 1938.
   Bouchard,  M.    *Fonctionnement du service
obstetrical de la maternite'  Baudelocque.  104p.
8°   Par.,  1936.
   Brecher,  A.    ^Fonctionnement  de  la  ma-
ternite a  1'Hopital  Saint-Antoine en  1937.  32p.
24cm.   Par.,  1939.
   Brosson,  J. M. E.    *Fonctionncment de la
maternite de 1'Hopital Lariboisicre  en 1931.  71p.
8?   Par.,  1933.
   Bruoere,  F.    *Fonctionnement  de  la  ma-
ternite de 1'Hopital St-Antoinc  (1935)    47p.   8?
Par., 1936.
   Calvo,  E.,  J.   A.    *Fonctionnement de la
maternite Baudelocque.  85p.   8?  Par., 1936.
   David,  E.    *Le mouvement  de la  maternite
Lariboisiere en 1935.   58p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
   David,  I.   *Fonctionnement  de la  maternite
de 1'Hopital Saint-Antoine.   59p.  8°  Par.. 1934.
   Di'Cournau, M.  *I,'appui maternel  dans low
maternites  parisiennes.   58p.   8?  Par.,  1933.
   Edinburgh, Scot.   Royal Infirmary. Simp-
son-  Memorial Maternity Pavilion.  Medical
and clinical report,  Edinb. (1922)  1923-
   Fallik, D.  *Fonctionnement de  la  maternite
de Port-Royal pendant l'annee  1933.    92p.   8°
Par., 1934.
   Gellert,  E.    *Le   fonctionnement  de  la
maternit6 Lariboisiere en 1933.   66p.   8?  Par.,
1934. 
MATERNITY HOSPITAL                 413                MATERNITY  HOSPITAL
    Glasgow,   Scot.  Royal   Maternity   and
  Women's  Hospital.   Medical  report  for  the
  year 1935.   Glasg., 1936.
    Gourcon,  L.    *Fonctionnement de  la   ma-
  ternite de 1'Hopital Boucicaut pendant l'annee
  1929.   90p.   8?   Par., 1931.
    Henry, J.   *Fonctionnement de la  maternit.6
  de 1'Hopital Boucicaut.   52p.  8°   Par., 1926.
    Jadlovker-Male.    *Fonctionnement de  la
  maternite de 1'Hopital  Boucicaut pendant l'annee
  1928.   63p.   8°   Savenay,  1929.
    Jakowzoff,   W.    *Fonctionnement   de   la
  maternite de 1'Hopital  Boucicaut pendant l'annee
  1931.   100p.   8?   Par., 1932.
    Kernevez,   E.   *l"ne  oeuvre  medico-sociale;
  la nativite de Chelles.   67p.   8°   Par., 1929.
    Konstanz,   Switzerland.   Wochnerinnen-
  heim.   Rechenshaftsbericht.  Konstanz,  1905-
    Levecq, L.   *Fonctionnement de la  maternite
  Baudelocque.   239p.  8°   Par., 1933.
    Liverpool,   Engl.   Liverpool  Maternity
  Hospital.  Registrar's report.  Liverp., 1933-34.
    London,  Engl.   Guy's  Hospital.    Clinical
  report  of the  maternitv  department.   Lond.,
  1928-31.
    London,  Engl.   Jewish  Maternity  Hos-
  pital.  Medical report.   Lond.,  1925-
    Reports for 1925 and 1926 read:  Jewish Maternity, District
  Nursing and Sick Room Helps Society.
    London,  Engl.   Queen  Charlotte's  Ma-
  ternity  Hospital.   Clinical   report.   Lond.,
  1879-
    London, Encl.  University  College Hos-
  pital.  Report of the obstetric registrar.  Lond..
  1930.
    Manchester, Engl.   St. Mary's Hospitals.
  Report  of  the  maternity  department.   Man-
  chester (1791)  1792-
    Michel, R.   *La maison  maternelle  national e
  de St.-Maurice  (Seine) sa creation, son fonctionne-
  ment, ses resultats.   68p.  8°   Par., 1930.
    Pecheltx,  J.  *Le fonctionnement de la  ma-
  ternite  Lariboisiere  en   1938.   41p.    24J^cm.
  Par., 1939.
    Peyret, R.   *Essai statistique et clinique base
  sur les  observations de  l'annee  1930 du service
 de la  maternite de  Boucicaut.    48p.    8?  Par.,
  1935.
    Philadelphia  Lying-in  Charity  Hospital.
 Annual report,  1940 41.   Phila., v.113,  1941-
    Pradaude,  A.    *Fonctionnement  du service
 obstetrical de la maternite Baudelocque.  136p.
 8°  Par.,  1931.
   Roth, Z.   *Fonctionnement  de  la  maternity
 de 1'Hopital St-Antoine (1934)   60p.    8?  Par.,
 1935.
   Sauvage, P.  *Fonctionnement de la maternite
 de  1'Hopital   Saint-Antoine   (1936)   61p.   8?
 Par., 1937.
   Sheffield,   Engl.    Jessop  Hospital  for
 Women.  Report  of the  maternity department.
 Sheffield, 1884-
   Ttjrbe, M.    *Fonctionnement de la maternite
 de l'Hopital Beaujon en  1932, 1933, 1934.   52p.
 8?  Par., 1936.
   Victor,  H.  A.   *La  maternite  de  l'Hopital
 de Rothschild;  son  fonctionnement   jusqu'en
 1930.   89p.   8?  Par., 1931.
   Zoltan, G.    *Fonctionnement de la maternity
 de  l'Hopital  Lariboisiere  en   1932.   48p.   8?
 Par., 1933.
  A., H.  Progress at  Plymouth;  a new  maternity block.
 ^ure. Times, Lond., 1941, 37: 149.—Anderodias,  J.  La ma-
ternite de  Bordeaux.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 821-7.—
Athens hospital  [Marika Eliadi Maternity Hospital] Lan-
cet, Lond., 1937  1:  150.—Basden, M.  Maternity hospital at
the home  front!   Brit.  M. J.,  1940, 2: 453.—Biancardi, G.
Rendiconto  clinico-statistico  deTl'Asilo  Regina  Elena  per le
madri povere legittime,  anno 1935.  Arte ostet.,  1936  50-
379-86.—Botella Llusia, J., Villarrea],  J. de [et al.] Estadistica
de un afio de labor en la Casa de la Madre mini. I de Auxilio
social, de  Madrid.   Sem.  med.  espan.,  1944, 7:  49] 4.__
British hospital for mothers and babies.   Nurs. Times  lond
1936, 32: 716.—Browne, O.  The Dublin Lving-in (Rotunda)
Hospital bicentenary (1745-1945)  Am. J. Obst   1945  50-
578-85.—Buchan,  G.  F.  Willesden  Maternitv  Hospital
Med. Off., Lond., 1935,  53: 227-9.—Charles,  N.'   Maternite
de Liege; statistique de l'annee 1893.  ,1. accouch., Lie"e 1894
15: 49;  57; 65-7—Cieszynski, F. K.  (Social, hygienic  ami
educational  care of mother and  child at  the  Municipal Ma-
ternity Hospital of the Princess  Anna Mazowiecka]  IVdjat
polska, 1936, 16: 169-75—Clinical (The) report of the Cooriibe
Lying-in Hospital, 1938.  .1.  Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1941,
48: 103.—Clinical (The)  report of the  National Maternity
Hospital, Dublin, for 1939.  Ibid., 102.—Clinique (La) de la
Premiere-Enfance a l'Hospice des Enfants-Assistes.  Praxis,
Bern, 1942,  31: 304.—Coombe Hospital Report, 1925.  Irish
J. M. Sc, 1926, 6.  ser., 403, pl.—Coombe Lying-in-Hospital,
1826-1920.  Ibid., 393-402, 2 pl.—Corbet, R. M., O'Higgins,
M. J. [et al.]  Clinical report of the Coombe Lying-in Hospital,
1941-1942.  Ibid., 1942,  6. ser.,  No.  200, 398-450;  No. 212,
377-422.- Costa Sacadura, S. C. da.  Algumas inovacoes na
aparelhagem das maternidades de Lisboa.  Impr. mid., Lisb.,
1943, 9:  287-95.—Cunningham,  J. F.  Clinical report  of the
Xational Maternity Hospital.  Irish  J. M. Sc, 1932, ser. 6
Xo. 80, 491-519.  ------De Valera, E., & Coyle, C.  Clinical
report of the National Maternity Hospital.  Ibid., 1942, 6. ser.,
No. 200, 451-505.—David,  A.  Inauguration des  nouveaux
locaux de la Maternite de la  place Sevastopol.  J.  sc. mid.
Lille, 1930,  48: pt 2,  452.—Davidson, A. H., Sutton, R. C.
[etal.]  Report of the Rotunda hospital, 1936-1937; 1937-1938;
1938-1939.  Irish J. M.  Sc,  1938, 6. ser., No. 152, 341-437;
No. 164, 377-444; No.  176,  337-442.—Day  (A) at Brocket
Hall with the  City of London  Maternity Hospital.  Nurs.
Times, Lond., 1942,  38: 518.—Desfosses," P.  La  maternity
Adolphe  Pinard.  Presse  med.,  1935, 43: 373.—Disselhoff.
Zur  Hundertjahr-Feier  der  Anstalten  des  Kaiserswerther
Diakonissen-Mutterhauses.  Zschr.  ges.  Krankenhauswes.,
1933, 399-402.—Dublin maternitv reports.  Irish J. M.  Sc,
1943, 6.  ser., No. 212,  499-504.—Dubourg,  E.  La maison
maternelle de Cholet.  J. med.  Bordeaux, 1936,  113: 398-
101.--Durst, F.  [On the best lving-in hospitals]  Lijec\ vjes.,
1940, 62: 316— Efenbach, E.  A.  [The author's organization
of  the lying-in hospital in the agricultural collectives]  Vopr.
materin., 1940, No. 5, 38-40.—Fairfield, L.  Maternity work
in  London County Council hospitals, 1931-1936.  Proc.  R.
Soc.  M., Lond.,  1937-38,  31:  237-50. •------   Compre-
hensive survey of the maternity work done  in the London
County  Council hospitals, 1931-1936.  J. Obst. Gvn. Brit.
Empire,  1938, 45: 181-6.—Falkiner, N.  M.   The Rotunda
Hospital, 1745-1945.   Irish  J.  M. Sc.  1945, No. 231,  65.
      Apthorp, J.  O. E. [et al.]  Report of the Rotunda
 Hospital, 1st November, 1940-31st October, 1941 to 1943-1944.
 Ibid., 1942, 6. ser., No. 200, 273-397.—FitzGibbon, G., Corbet,
 R. M., & Falkiner, N. M.  Rotunda Lving-in Hospital, clinical
 report for the year 1924-1925.  Ibid., 1926, 6.  ser., 482-520,
 4 portr.—Fruhinsholz & Jattiot.  La maternite departementale
 A. Pinard a Nancy.  Rev. philanthrop., Par., 1937, 53: 177-
 81.—Gaujoux,  E.   La  maison maternelle departernentale du
 Gard.  Rev. fr. gyn.  obst.,  1938, 33: 570-3.—Inauguration
 of a maternitv hospital bv the Luxemburg Red Cross.  Month.
 Bull.  League Red Cross  Soc, 1936, 17, 4:  63.—Jellett, H.
 Some recent statistics of the Rotunda Hospital. Irish J.  M.
 Sc,  1931, 6. ser.,  77-84.—Jerlov,  E.   Developpement de la
 polyclinique de la maternite de Gothembourg: ses principes de
 travail actuels ainsi qu'un essai  de .jugenient sur les resultats
 obtenus.   Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1938, 18: 264-74.—Johnstone
 R. W.  The Simpson Memorial Maternitv Pavilion,  Roval
 Infirmary, Edinburgh.  J. Obst.  (iyn. Brit. Empire, 1939,  46:
 1020-6,  pl.—Jolly, D.  E. P.  Maternitv homes  and hospitals.
 Med.  Press.  & Circ, Dubl., 1934. 138:  562-4.—Keelan, E. A.,
 O'Higgins, M. J., & Kearney, J.  B.  Clinical  report  of  the
 Coombe Lying-in Hospital, 1943; 1944.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1944,
 No. 224, 372-410; 1945, No. 236,  423-68.—Kerr,  M., Young, J.,
 fet al.]  Discussion on the  survey [Dr. Letitia Fairfield]  of
 maternity work in  London  County Council Hospitals 1931-
 1936.  Proc. R.  Soc.  M.,  Lond., 1937-38, 31:  775-81 —
 Kirkpatrick, T. P. C.  The Coombe Lving-in Hospital.  Med.
 Press  &  Circ, Lond., 1944,  212: 390-5, illust.  ------  The
 Rotunda Hospital.  Irish J. M.  Sc, 1945, No.  231, 67-73 —
 Levi, M. F.  [Review of the activity of rural lying-in institu-
 tions] Sovet. med., 1940, 4: No. 18, 39-41.  ------  [Plan-
 ning  the work of a kolkhoz lying-in home]   Feldsher, Moskva,
 1942, No. 7, 37-42.—McArdle, P. T., Byrne, P. J., & Kennedy,
 K.  Clinical report of the National  Maternitv Hospital.  Irish
 J.  M. Sc, No. 68, 1931, 6. ser., 443-473.—McArdle.  P.  T.,
 Home, A., & Spain, A.  First clinical  report of the National
 Maternity Hospital.   Ibid.,  1926,  6. ser., No.  9,  521-42, 5
portr.—Maczewski, S.  [On  the necessity of increasing  the
number of beds in the obstetrical ward of the hospital of Lwow]
Polska gaz. lek., 1938,  17: 315.—Magalhaes, A. de.  Mater- .
nidade de Julio Denis; noticia da sua  fundacao.  Med. contemp.,
 Lisb., 1939, 57: 123-9.—Martin,  A.   Berichtigung und Ergan-
 zung des Artikels von Wille: "200  Jahre  Entbindungsanstalt
der Charite".  Zschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1930,  97:  135-8.—
Medical  report of the  Leeds  Maternity  Hospital, 1937.   J.
Obst.  Gyn. Brit. Empire,  1941, 48: 106.—Monjardino.  A.   A 
MATERNITY  HOSPITAL
414
MATHE
maternidade Dr. Alfredo da ^osta.  Arq. obst. gin.. 1933, 1:
14-22, plans.—North Devon  Infirmary, Barnstaple   Nurs.
Times, Lond., 1940, 36: 1270. —Orgler.  A.   Pas Stadtisehe
Sauglings- und  Miitterheim Neiikblln.   Techn.  Gemeindebl.,
1927 -2H.  30: 256-61.  I'aviglione  (Un)  maternita all'Ospedale
Moilml'iii.  Minerva med.,  Tor.,  1941, 32: varia,  pt  1, 212.—
Pellissier. P.  Organi-aiion et fonctionnement du dispensaire
ile  \'albenolte de la Mmnalite maternelle  de Saint-Etienne.
Loire  mid., 1927, 41: 516-22.----—  La maison maternelle
departernentale de  la Loire.  Med. inf., Par., 1928,  34: 240-
52.—Plaistow mothers.   Nurs. Times, Lond., 1934, 30: 524.—
Poltavcev, A. N.   |Lne maternite kolkhosienne]  Sovet. med.,
1939,  No. 15, 38-41.------[Lving-in hospital of the col-
lective farms]  Feldsher,  Moskva,  1943,  No.   10,  42-6.—
Registrar's report,  Liverpool Maternity  Hospital.   J.  Obst.
Gvn.  Brit. Empire, 1941,  48: 104.—Report of the  Rotunda
Hospital,  November 1st, 1938 to  October 31st,  1939.   Ibid.,
101.-  Rigazzi, F.  Un nuovo Reparto di  ostetricia e ginecologia
per la nuova provincia di Derna.  Ginecologia, Tor., 1940.  6:
654-60.—Rocaz.   La maison  maternelle de  Cholet.  J. med
Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 846-50. —Rose, J.  K.  The Dr. Elsie
Inglis Memorial Maternity Hospital    Ziekenhuis, 1928,  19:
143-5.—Smyly, W.   Recollections of the Rotunda  Hospital
Irish  J.  M.  Sc,  1930,  6. ser.. No. 12, 661 -6.—Snell,  A.  S.
Maternity and children's hospitals.   J-  R-  San.  Inst.,  1934,
54:575-98.  Solomons, B. W. Some of the changes at the Ro-
tunda Hospital since 1926.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1942,
49: 439-43.  Spain, A.,  Boland. T. [et al.]  Clinical report  of
the National  Maternity Hospital.  Irish J.  M.  Sc,  1943,
6. ser., No. 212, 423 98;  1944, No.  224, 411-77; 1945,  No. 236,
469-566.—Trillat.  P.  Les  maisons  maternelles.  Rev.  fr.
gyn. obst., 1931, 26: 257-89.—Tropeano, G.  L'asilo Giuseppe
Tropeano a Marechiaro.  Med. sociale, Nap., 1935, 25: No.
7-8, 1-7.—Tweedy, E.  H.   Reminiscences  of the Rotunda.
Irish J. M. Sc. 1945, No. 231, 74-82.

----  Social service.

   See also Maternal welfare, prenatal.
   Baker, E. M.   Hospnal participation in  the Children's
Bureau  program  for mothers and children.  Hosp. Progr.,
1943,  24: 258--01.—Bragn.  E.   Da assistencia ao parto nas
maternidades.  Rev. gyn. obst., Rio, 1937, 31: pt  1, 28S 92. —
Cameron, S. J.  The role of the maternity hospital relative to
the development of preventive medicine.  J.  II.  San. Inst.,
1931,  52: 58-63.—Carter, G. B. The domiciliary  service of a
maternity hospital  with special reference  to pyrexia  and the
value of  skilled  nursing.   Lancet, Lond., 1931,  2: 42 (1.
Cieszyriski. F. K.   [Hygienic, educational, cultural and social
care of mot he rand child in the Lving-in home Anna Mazou iceka,
Warsaw!   Med. prakt., Poznan,  1935,  9: 67-76.   Correa
da  Costa, C.  Servico  social nas  maternidades.   An.  brasil
gin.,  1943, 15: 285-300.—Fairfield, L.   Ante-natal  care and
hospitals.  Nosokomeion, Stuttg.,  1934,  5: 202-5.—Gonzalez,
J. B.  Ficha racional de Asistencia social  del Instituto maternal
del hospital Teodoro Alvarez.  Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1938, 45:
pt  1,  414-20.—Palacios Costa &  Colmegna, J.   El servicio
social en  la maternidad  del Hospital Rawson.  Actas Congr.
nac. puericult.,  B.  Air., 1940, 1.  Congr., 2: 170-5.—Peralta
Ramos,  A.  Le  service d'assistance  sociale a l'lnstitut  de
maternite.  Presse med., 1939,  47: 825-7.—Schaupp,  K. L.
A study of the result of prenatal care from two five-year periods
at the San Francisco Hospital.   West. J.  Surg., 1935, 43:
76  83.—Stephen, J. A.   The role of the  maternity hospital in
preventive medicine: from the public health point   of view.
J. R. San. Inst., 1931, 53: 70-5.— Tiillmann, A. Ein aussichts-
reicher Versuch des Filrsorgedienstes  in der Poliklinik der
Lniversitats-Frauenklinik Berlin.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1931,  10:
1463.—Walker, A.   The place of the maternity hospital or home
in the maternitv and child welfare scheme.  J. R. San. Inst
1933,  54: 134-41.

   MATERNITY and child  welfare.   Lond., v.l-
18, 1917-34.
   Merged into Mother and  child.

Maternology.

   See Maternity, and  related headings.
   Matha,  Louise.
   See Cauvy, G.,  & Matha, L.   La  reeducation   motricâ– <â– 
101 p.   21}2em.  Par.,  1938.  Parrel,  G. de. & Matha,  L
Enfants dans la brume.  24Sp.  19cm.   Par., 1940.

  ----&  PARREL,  Gerard de.   Education  et
reeducation  de  la  voix  chantee.    ix,    234p
illust.   8°   Par.,  G. Doin & cie,  1932.
   MATHAN. Pierre,  1903-        *L'echinococ-
cose  herniaire.    113p.   S?   Par., Jouve   &  cie
1930.
   MATHE,  Charles  Pierre  Louis,  1K90-
Sobre  la  ruptura   espontanea  del   rin6n.   28p.
illust.   8?   Madr., Impr. Min. marina,  1933.
   ---   La conducta  del medico practico en  la
litiasis  urinaria.   15p.   28cm.    B. Air.,  Rev.
argent.-norteamer.  cienc. med.,  1943.
    Also  Rev. argent.-norteamer. cienc.  mM.,  1943-  No 1
 40-56.                                               '  '
    For hiogrnphy sec Phi Chi Q., Menasha,  1934, 31: 59-61 •
 1939, 36: 200; 256, portr.

    MATHE,   Henri,  1912-         *Les  pseudo-
 cancers gastriques dans  la maladie de  Hiermer
 100p.   25cm.   Par., Vigot fr., 1939.
    MATHE,  Karl  Ulrich  Ferdinand,  1907-
 *Zur   Frage   der   Zvyillingsdiagnostik   | Leipzig]
 I tip.   8?   Zeulenroda i.  T., A. Oberreuter,  l'J3'>
    .MATHEIS, Franz Seraph, 1902-        Teher
 Aktinoniykose  und  aktinomy koseahnliche  Er-
 krankungen des Kiefers.   38p.  21cm.   Munch.,
 Hohenhaus, 1936.
    MATHEIS,  Karl,  IN!IS          *Ein  BeitraK
 zur  Frage  der  Operationsmethoden bei  Gallen-
 steinleiden   [Gottingen]    27p.    8?   Brnschw
 H.  Oeding, 1925.
   MATHEMATICAL    biophysics   monograph
 series.   Bloomington, Ind., No.  1,  1945-

                       CONTENTS
   No. 1.  Mathematical biophysics of the central nervous
 system.  Householder,  A. S., & Landahl, H. D.  1945.

 MATHEMATICS  [incl. counting]

   See also Algebra;  Arithmetic; Biomathematics;
 Geometry.
   Christian, E. J.   The royal road to mathematics.  Hosp.
 Corps Q., 1943,  16: No. 2, 1-9.—Fosdick, R. B.  Hitler and
 mathematics.  Annual Rep. Rockefeller Found., 1942, 26-30.—
 Lasley,  J. W., jr.  Mathematics and the sciences.  Annual
 Hep. Smithson. Inst. (1941) 1942, 183-97.—Mansfield, E. D.
 Discourse on the utility of the mathematics.  Tr. West. Liter.
 Inst., Cincin., 1835, 4: 139-64.—Radon, J.  Mathematik und
 Wuklirlikeit.  Sitzber.  Phys.  med.  Soz. Erlangen (1926-27)
 1928, 58:-59: 181-90.—Watkeys, C. W.   Mathematics.  In
 his Orientation in Sc., N. Y., 1938, 477-524."

-----   Ability  for.
   Adler, A.  Was kann die Individualpsychlogie zur mathe-
 matischen Begabung sagen?  Internat. Zschr. Individpsychol.,
 Wien, 1933,  11:42.—Ameline, M.  Psychologie et origine de
 certains  procedes arithmeLiques adopte's par les  calculateurs
 prodiges.  .1.  psychol. norm, path., Par., 1913, 10: 465-90 —
 Beke, E.  Leber  mathematische Begabung.  Internat.  Zschr.
 Individpsychol..  Wien,  1933,  II: 33-41 .—Blackwell,  A.M.
 A  comparative investigation  into  the  factors  involved in
 mathematical abilitv of bovs and girls.  Brit. J. Educ. Psvchol.,
 1940, 10: 143; 212.—Brill, A. A. Some peculiar manifestations
of memory  with  special reference  to  lightning  calculators.
 J.  Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1940, 92: 709-26.—Bryan, W.  J.  The
 case of Arthur Griffith  arithmetical prodigy.  C. rend. Congr.
internat. psychol.  (1900) 1901, 4. Congr., 178.—Coombs, C. H.
 A  factorial study  of number ability.  Psychometrika, Cincin.,
 1941, 6:  161-89.—Disman, M.  Mesure des capacites math£-
 matiques des Sieves a Tissue de leur  5emc annee  scolaire.  C.
 rend. Conf. internat. psychotechn.  (1934) 1935, 8. Conf., 742.—
 Douglas,  L.  M.   An  individual  diagnostic study  of pupil
 difficulties in the division of  decimals.  Abstr. Theses IJniv.
 Pittsburgh, 1933,  9: 364.—Fischer. E.  Gibt es Mathematiker-
 wiilste des Schadels?   Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1943, 69: 521.—
 Goddeyne, L. M., & Nemzek, C. L.  The comparative value of
 two geometry prognosis  rests  in  predicting success  in plane
 geometry.  J.  Social Psychol..  1944, 20: 283-7—Gottsdanker,
 R.  M.   Prediction  of proficiency  in  machine  calculation.
 Psychol.  Bull., 1941,  38: 567.—Hahn,  R.  Mathematische
 (Rechnen)  Begabung und Personlichkeit.   Mschr. Psychiat.,
 1927, 64: 229-51.—Himpsel, J.   Zur Frage der mathematischen
 Sondei begabung in der  hoheren Schule (besonders im Vergleich
 mit  den  Fremdsprachen)  Arch. ges.  Psychol.,  1937, 99:
 400-96.—Ioteyko, I.  Les calculateurs prodiges, avec presenta-
 tion de Mile Uranie Diamandi.  Rev. psychol., Brux., 1910, 3:
320-8.—Jakobsson,  S.  Report  on  two   prodigy  mental
arithmeticians.   Acta  med.  scand.,  1944,  119: 180-91.—
 Kommerell,   V.   Ueber  mathematische  Begabung.   Zschr.
 padag. Psychol.,  1928, 29:  143-71.—Lafora, G. R.  Etude
 psychologique d'une d6bile mentale calculatrice du calendrier.
 Encephale, 1935,  30: pt 1, 309-37.—McGrath, W. M. A case
of megalencephalv showing an unusual talent for calculating
dates.   Brit. M.  L, 1935, 1:  699-701   Menzerath,  P.  A
propos  des   calculateurs  prodiges.   Bull.   Soc.   anthrop.
 Bruxelles, 1912, 31: 229-34.—Oehl,  W. \>>y<hologischel'nter-
-uchungen  iiber  Zahlendenken und Rechnen bei  Schulan-
fangern.  Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1935, 49: 305-51—Popenoe,
 P.  Hi ehenkiinstler und Vererbung.  Eugenik, Berl..  1930-31,
 1: 152-7.—Rauschenberger, W.  Die Begabung der in Mittel-
europa ansassigen Rassen fur Mathematik und mathematiscne
Xaturwissenschaften.   Arch.  Rassenb.,  1939,   33:  1-9"
Ravina,   A.   Les  calculateurs  prodiges;  leurs methodes de
travail.   Presse  med.,  1946,  54:  156.—Revesz, G.   The
indivisibility of mathematical talent. Acta  psychol., Hague, 
MATHEMATICS
415
MATHEMATICS
 1940, 5:  1-21.—Santha, K.   Ueber das  hirnanatomische
 Substrat des Rechentalentes.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1932-33,
 98-  313-38.-—Seagoe, M. V.  Prediction  of achievement in
 elementary algebra.  J. Appl. Psychol., 1938, 22: 493-503.—
 Thorndike, E. L. Measurements of ability to solve arithmetical
 problems.   Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1914, 21: 495-503.—
 Tvrdek, V. Exploration  de la  capacity en calculs de I'enfant
 tchecoslovaque  entrant  dans  la  premiere classe  scolaire.
 C. rend. Conf. internat.  psychotechn. (1934)  1935, 8.  Conf.,
 795.—Vogt, W. Zur Frage  der  mathematischen  Begabung.
 Internat.  Zschr. Individpsychol., Wien, 1933,  11:   28-33.—
 Washburn, M. F.   Mathematical ability, reasoning,  and
 academic  standing.   Am. J.  Psychol., 1937,  50:  484-8.—
 Weinland, J. D., & Schlauch, W. S.  An examination  of the
 computing abilitv of Mr.  Salo Finkelstein.  J. Exp. Psychol.,
 1937,21:382-402.

 ---  History  and bibliography.

   See also in 3. ser.  Iatromathematics.
   Cajori, F.   A history of mathematics.   2.  ed.
 514p.  22cm.   Lond., 1919.
   [Libri-Carrtjcci della Sommaia, G. B. I.  T.]
 Histoire  des sciences mathematiques en  Italie,
 depuis la renaissance des lettres  jusqu'a la  fin
 du  dix-septieme  siecle.    2.  ed.   4v.   19^cm.
 Halle,  1865.
   Ore,  O.   Mathematics,   p.  1-51.   23^cm.
 N.  Haven,  1941.
   In: Develop. Sc, 2. ser. (Woodruff, L. L.)

   Shohat,  J. A., Hille,  C. E., & Walsh,  J.  L.
 A   bibliography  on   orthogonal   polynomials.
 204p.  25}4cm.   Wash., 1940.
   Almeida e Vasconcelos, F. de. Daniel Augusto da Silva et
 la  constitution de  l'Asiatique;  une  priority  des  sciences
 mathematiques  Portugaises.   Archeion,   Roma,  1934,  16:
 73-96.—Bell,  E. T.   Note on superstition in mathematics.
 In: Story of Human Error (Jastrow, J.) N. Y., 1936,  162-4.—
 Bortolotti,  E.   L'algebra  nella  storia e nella preistoria della
 scienza.   Osiris, Bruges,   1936,  1:  184-230.—Caballero,  R.
 La  fisica   matematica;  Pitagoras,  Aristoteles,  Wronsky,
 Fechner,  Charles  Henry; comprobacion  matematica  de la
 supervivencia  individual.  Sem. med., B.  Air.,  1933,  40:
 pt 2, 19-37.—Caratheodory, C.  The beginning of research in
 the calculus of  variations. Osiris, Bruges,  1938, 3: 224-40.—
 Courant, R.  Bernhard  Riemann und die Mathematik  der
 letzten  hundert  Jahre.   Naturwissenschaften,  1926,  14:
 813-8.—Dehn,  M.   Raum,  Zeit, Zahl bei  Aristoteles vom
 mathematischen Standpunkt aus.  Scientia, Bologna, 1936,
 60:  12; Suppl., 1;  69;  passim.—Fettweis, E.  Ueber  den
 Einfluss, den Bau und Funktionen des menschlichen  Korpers
 auf die Entwicklung der Mathematik ausgeiibt haben.  Munch.
 med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 1823-5.—Gandz, S. The invention of
 the decimal fractions and the application  of the exponential
 calculus bv Immanuel Bonfils  of Tarascon (c. 1350)   Isis,
 Bruges,  1936,  25: pt 1, 16-45.   ------  The sources of
 al-Khowarizmi's algebra.   Osiris,  Bruges,  1936, 1:  263-77.
 ----- The origin and development of the quadratic equations
 in Babylonian,  Greek, and early Arabic algebra.  Ibid., 1938,
 3: 405-557.-—Jasinowsky, B.   El sentido de la matematica
 griega y su transito  hacia la moderna.  Archeion, Santa Fe,
 1942, 24: 455.—Karpinsky, L. C.  The first printed arithmetic
 of Spain: Francesch Sanct  Climent, Suma de la art de aritmetica
 Barcelona,  1482.  Osiris,  Bruges, 1936, 1: 411-20.—Loria, G.
 Gli Acta Eruditorum durante gli anni 1682-1740 e  la storia
 delle matematiche.   Archeion,  Santa Fe,  1941, 23: 1-35.—
 Mieli, A.   Consultando  las  obias de algunos matematicos
 arabes. Ibid., 1942, 24: 224-45-  Mitchell, U. G., & Strain, M.
 The  number «.  Osiris, Bruges,  1936, 1:  476-96.—Sanchez
 Perez, J. A. La matematica.  In:  Estud. cienc. espaii. siglo
 XVII  ("As. nac. histor.)  Madr.,  1935, 597-633.—Scott, J. F.
 John Wailis as  a historian of mathematics.  Ann. Sc,  Lond.,
 1936,  1:  335-57.—Sergescu,  P.   Les mathematiques dans le
 Journal des Savants.  Osiris,  Bruges,  1936,  1:  568-83.—
 Singh, A. N. A review of Hindu mathematics up to  the 12th
 century.   Archeion,  Roma,  1936,  18:  43-62.—Stamm,  E.
 Die Arithmetik des primitiven Menschen.  Ibid.,  1935,  17:
 149-70.—Vetter, Q.   Quatre notes sur  les mathematiques
 babyloniennes.  Osiris, Bruges,  1936, 1: 692-702.—Vogel, K.
 Bemerkungen zu den quadratischen Gleichungen der babyloni-
 schen Mathematik.   Ibid., 703-17.—Wieleitner, H.  Kannten
 die Aegypter den Begriff  eines allgemeinen Bruches?  Mitt.
 Gesch. Med. Naturwiss.,  1926, 25: 1-4.—Williamson,  R. S.
 The Saqqara graoh;  its  geometrical and architectural  signif-
 icance.  Nature, Lond., 1942,  150: 460.

---Manuals and  tables.

  Dickson,  L.  E.,  Mitchell, H.  H.  [et al.]
 Algebraic numbers.   86p.  25cm.   Wash., 1923.
  James,  G.,  &   James,   R.  C,    Mathematics
dictionary;  giving  the  meaning   of  the   basic
mathematical words  and phrases.   Rev. ed.  46p.
23tfcm.   Van Nuys,  1943.
  Jones, B.  W.  A table of Eisenstein-reduced
positive  ternary quadratic forms of determinant
^200.  51p.   25cm.   Wash., 1935.
  Forms No. 97, Bull. Nat. Res. Counc. TJ. S.

  Kostitzin,  V.  A.    Biologie  mathematique.
223p.   16?   Par., 1937.
  Lohr, E.   Vektor- und  Dyadenrechnung fiir
Physiker und  Techniker   [Berl.,  1939]   41 lp.
22cm.  Ann Arb., 1945.
  Mahler,  K.   On ideals  in  the Cayley-Dixon
algebra,   p.  123-33.    28cm.   Dubl.,   1942.
  Forms No. 5,  Sect. A,  v.48. Proc R. Irish Acad.
  Sirk, H.  Mathematik fur Naturwissenschaftler
und  Chemiker   [Dresd.,  1942]  3.  Aufl.  282p.
24em.    Ann Arb., 1945.
  Spease,   E.     Pharmaceutical   mathematics.
2. ed.   150p.  8?  N. Y.,  1938.
  United States.  National Research Coun-
cil.    Committee  on   Algebraic   Numbers.
Algebraic numbers—II.  lllp.   24Ucm.   Wash.,
1928.
  United States.  National Research Coun-
cil.   Division of  Physical Sciences.   Com-
mittee on Numerical Integration.  Numerical
integration of differential equations.  108p. 25cm.
Wash., 1933.
  Worthing, A. G., & Geffner, J.   Treatment
of  experimental data.   342p.   24cm.    N.  Y.,
1943.
----   medical.

   See also Biometrics; Psychometry.
   Josepher, A.  L.  [Mathematics in  medical  education]
Omsky  med.  J.,  1926,  1:  No.  4-5,  3-16.—Marzecki, J.
[Mathematics and medicine] Pedjat. polska, 1935, 15:425-32.—
Matveev, D. N.    Die  Mathematik  in  der  Medizin im
allgemeinen  und  in  der  Ohrenheilkunde  im  besonderen.
Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1931. 65: 1045-86.—Montafio, E. F.  Lugar
geometrico de la ecuacion  de Fechner.  Pasteur, M6x.,  1939,
2: 2.—Rupcic,  A.  Hilfsmittel fiir Reihenveisuche.   Klin.
Wschr.,  1942, 21: 693.


----   Methods.

   See also Interpolation; Logarithm; Statistics.
   Poethke,  W.    Grundlagen  des  chemischen
Rechnens.  58p.  22>4cm.   Dresd., 1944.
   Ayyangar, A. A. K.  Tactical configurations and the method
of symmetric differences.  Current Sc,  Bangalore, 1942, 11:
459.—Bennett,  H. F.   Computation of  polynomial functions
by summation  of  finite differences.  J.  Optic. Soc. America,
1943,  33:  519-26.—Bragg,  L.   Lightning calculations with
light.   Nature,  Lond.,  1944,  154: 69-72.—Disman, M., &
Trajer, J.  Probleme  du diagnostic mathematique et perfec-
tionnement economique sur une base scientifique.  C.  rend.
Conf.  internat.  psychotechn. (1934) 1935, 8. Conf., 744.—
Fisher, R.  A.   Some combinatorial theorems and enumera-
tions  connected with the numbers of  diagonal types of  a
Latin square.  Ann. Eugen.,  Cambr., 1941-42, 11: 395-401.
------  Completely orthogonal 9x9  squares; a correction.
Ibid.,  402.—Furlan, V.   Sur  les applications d'une nouvelle
methode  d'interpolation.  Rapp.  Congr.  internat. psycho!.
(1909)   1910,  6.   Congr.,  559-63.—Gottsdanker,  R.  M.
Measures of potentiality  of machine calculation.  J. Appl.
Psychol., 1943, 27: 233-48.—Holzinger. K. J. A simple method
of factor analysis.  Psychometrika,  Colorado Springs,  1944,
9: 257-62.-—Kingston, J. M.   A generalization of the plane
lattice groups.  Tr. R.  Soc. Canada, 1941. 35: Sect. 3, 27-40.—
Kormes. M. A note on the integration of linear second-order
differential equations by means of punched cards. Rev. Sc.
Instrum., 1943, 14: 118.------Numerical solution  of the
boundary value problem for the potential equation by means
of punched cards.  Ibid., 248-50.—Lefschetz, S.   Existence
of periodic solutions for certain differential equations.   Proc.
Nat.  Acad.  Sc. U. S., 1943, 29: 29-32.—Massey, H. S. W.,
Wylie, J. [et al.]  A small scale differential analyser; its con-
struction  and operation.  Proc.  R. Irish Acad., 1938-39, 45:
Sec. A,  1-21, 5  pl.—Minorsky, N.  Control  problems.  J.
Franklin Inst., 1941, 232: 451; passim.—Pareto, V. Nouvelle
methode  d'interpolation  pour les  phenomenes  donnes  par
['experience.  Rapp. Congr. internat. psychol.  (1909)  1910,
6.  Congr., 552-9.—Reichel, H.  Die wichtigsten  mathemati-
schen Methoden.  In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhaldcn
E.) Berl., 1938, Abt, 5,  T. 10, 4: 987-1074.—Schrodinger, E.
The factorization of the hypergeometric equation. Proc. R.
Irish  Acad., 1941-42,  47: Sect. A, 53.—Vandiver, H. S.  On
formal exponential differentiation in rings.  Proc  Nat. Acad. 
MATHEMATICS
416
MATHEMATICS
Sc.  L. S.,  1942, 28: 24-7.- Varney.  R. N.  An all electric
integrator for solving differential equations.  Rev. Sc. Instrum.,
1942,  13: 10-6.
---   Psychiatric aspect.
   Biirger-Prinz,  H.  Lelier eine Stoning  des  Rechnens.
Nervenarzt.  1935, 8: 5,sii- 9.-  Esser, L.  Untersuchung einer
auffallcndcn   Kerheiisehu ache  zum   Nachweis  der   sie
verursachenden  psvi hischen Faktoien.  Zschr. Kinderforsch.,
1929,  35: 590-636.—Guttmann,  E.  Congenital arithmetic
disability and acalculia  (Henschen)  Brit.  J.  M. Psychol.,
1936-37!  16:  16-35- Krapf. E.   Leber Akalkulie.  Schweiz.
Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1937,  39: 330 4.- Lindqvist,  T.   De
I'acalculie.  Acta med. scand.. 1935 30, 87:  225-71.
Nouvelles etudes sur le probleme ile I'acalculie.  Ibid., 1936,
88: 217-77.—Lurie,  Z. L..  A- Eselevich. E. I.  (On acalculia]
Sovet.  nevropat.  1935, 4:  No.  5,  173 80.  Peritz, G.  Zur
Pathopsychologie des Rechnens.  Deut. Zschr  Nervenh., 1918,
61: 234-340.- Sittig. O.   Zur Psvehopathologie des zahlen-
\eistandnisses.  Zschr.  Pathop.-yehol.,  1913-14,  3: 39-85.—
Strauss, A., A Werner, H.  Deficiency in the finger schema in
relation to arithmetic disability, finger agnosia and acalculia.
Am. .1.  Orthopsychiat.. 1938. 8: 719 25.
 ----   Psychology.

   See also Problem solving.
   Jaexsch,  E. R., & Althoff, F.    Mathemati-
 sches   Denken und   Seelrnform;   Yorfragen  der
 Piidagogik  und   volkischen  Neugestaltung  des
 mathematischen  Unterrichts.   160p.   8?    Lpz.,
 1939.
   Forms Beih. 81, Zschr. angew. Psychol.
   Adam, F.  Einige methodisehe  nindernisse im  Rechen-
 unterricht.  Zschr. Behandl. Sehwachsinn.,  1908, 28: 55-63 —
 Baldrian, R.  Kcinnen ist  Macht; kleine Beitrage  zur  gegen-
 wartigen  Methode  im  Bechenunterricht.   Internal.  Zschr.
 Individpsychol.,  Wien, 1933,  11:  396-8.—Beas, F. C.   The
 efTeet of rewording problems in arithmetic versus the use  of a
 formula, including a  list of  errors made  by pupils.   Abstr.
 Theses  Lniv.  Pittsburgh,   1932,  8:  307.—Berg,  H.   Ein
 Beitrag  zur Frage  der  Gleichformigkeit  des psycliischen
 Geschehens  bei  Dezimalschatzungen.   Arch.  ges.  Psychol.,
 1934,  90:  296-300.—Bolton,  E.  B.  The measurement of
 attitudes towards mathematics.  Psvchol. Monogr.. Princeton,
 193S, 50: No. 5. 155-82.- Caner. P.   Zur Psychologie  und
 rnethodik des  mathematischen LntenicliK.   Zschr. piidag.
 Psychol., 1914, 15: 540-9.   Carmichael, K. I).  Number  and
 clear thinking  an asiiect  of  liuman  culture.   Sc.  Month.,
 1935,  41:  490-500   Cook,  T. W.   The  relation  between
 amount of material and  difficulty  of problem solving; mental
 addition and subtraction. J Exp. Psychol., 1937,20: 178-83.—
 Deuchlcr, G.  Psychologische  Vorfiagen des ersten  Rechen-
 unterrichts.   Zschr.  piidag.   Psychol., 1912,   13: 36-52.—
 Doring, M.  Zur Psychologie  des  kleinen  Einnudeins.  Ibid.,
 163-71.—Eymer, A.   Psyohologisches und  Didaktischcs iiber
 d:is Sehatzen im Rechenunterricht.  Ibid.,  1926, 27: 562-9.—
 Korn,  G.   L'ebet  Rechenleistung  und  Pechenfehler; eine
 padagogisoh-psvchologisehe  Lnteisuchung.   Zschr.   angew.
 Psvchol..  1925.  25:  145-243— Korzybski.  A.   On  function.
 In his Science <x Sanity. 2. ed.,  N. Y .  1941, 133-50.  ——
 Mathematics as  a language  of a structure similar  to  the
 structure of  the  world. Ibid.. 247-67.------Mathematics
 as a language of a structure  similar to the structure of  the
 human  nervous  system.   Ibid., 268-311------On  the
 structural differential.  Ibid.,  386-411.  Lahey,  M.  F.  L.
 Permanence of  retention  of  first-vear  algebra   J.  Educ.
 Psychol.,  1941, 32: 401-13— Leonhard, K. Die  Bedeutung
 optisch-raumlicher Vorstellungen fiir das eleineniare Rechnen.
 Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1938-39,  164: 321-51.   ------
 Vorstellungstvpen des elementaren Rechnens.   Zschr.  angew.
 Psychol., 1939-40, 58: 193-212— Maloney, W. J. M. A.  The
 mechanism  of mental processes as revealed   in   reckoning
 Psychol. Rev., 1914, 21: 212-43.—Miller, G. A.   Early mastery
 of the  group  concept.  Science,  1943, 97: 90.-  Miihl, K.
 Rechnen auf der Lnterstufe der Taubstummenschule.  Zschr
 Heilpiidag., 1937, 28: 38-51— Pauli. R.  Beitrage zur Psycho-
 logie des Rechnens.  Arch. ges. Psychol..  1927, 59: 179-202.
 ------   Ueber die Zahl-  und  Mengenauffassuiig  bei  kwrz-
 dauernder Darbietung (nach einem auf dem 13 Psychologen-
 kongress zu Leipzig  gehaltenen Von rag)   Ibid..  1934,  92:
 26-44.—Polya, G.  Wie sucht man  die Losung mat hematischer
 Vifgaben?  Acta psychol.,  Hague,  1938, 4: 113 70.-  Purdon,
 J. E.  Algebra and the ego;  the mathematical  correlation of
 forms of intuition. C. rend.  Congi.  internat. psychol. M900)
 1901, 4. Congr.,  363.—Ryan.  T. A.   Mathematical obiects
 und  s\mbolizing.  Am.  J. Psychol.,  193H, 51:  283 303
 Schaffer, K.  Leber den Gpisteszii-tand dei beiden ungarischen
 Mathematiker  Bolyai  Vatei   und  Sohn.   Psychiat  neur
 WVht.. 1936. 38: 489-98.- Schjider. P.  Zur  Psychoanalyse
 dei  'icmenu.  Arithmetik '. n< i Ph.\ sik. Imago, Wien, 1936
 22: 3-Vi 95  Spielrein, I.  Line neue Methode  zur psvcholo-
 eischen  Erforschung des Betâ–  1 im-it-.  Zschr. Psychother., 1924
 H-. 274-80.-Strunz.K. Ueber die Stellung des hdheren Schulers
 zum  Mathematikunterricht und ihre piidagogische Bedeutung
auf der Oberstufe.  Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1939, 40: 134-50.__
Thorndike, E. L.  Practice in  i he  .a-.,  of addition,   \tn J
Psychol.,  1910,  21: 483-6.  Tinker. M.  A.  A  prelimmun
study of the ps\ ehology of mathematical adjustment.   Ibid"
1923. 34: 112-7.  Trajer. J.  lichen lies  faites dans TArnite
tchecoslovaque   sur  le.s  associations  fondamentales  de la
multiplication  ot de la division.  C. rend  Conf. internal
psychotechn.  (1934) 1935, 8. Conf., 791    Voronofl, S.  The
creative  process in mathematicians.  In  his Tt..... Cretin to
Genius,  N. Y.,  1941.  105-S,  Wey I. H.   The mathematical
way  of  thinking. Science,  1940, 92: 437-46.  Also in Stud.
Hist.  Sc.  (Pennsylvania  Lniv.  Bicent. Conf.)  Phila., 1<H|
103 23.   Wirth, R.   Sehwierigkeitsbestinimungen un  'ein-
I'm listen Subt taktionen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Didaktik de-,
Anfangsic chetiuntei richts.   Arch.  ges. Psychol.,  193H  101-
24 1-87.
 ----  Theory.
   Yandiver,  H.  S.   Irregular cvclotoinic fields
 and  Format's last  theorem,   p. 2S-111.  24 ^em
 Wash.,  192S.
   Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc., No. 62.
   Wahlin,  G.  E.   The  class  number  in  the
 algebraic number.    p.5-27.    24>4cm.    Wash
 1928.
   Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, No. 62.
   Azevedo do Amaral, I. M.  Sobre a integracao das equagoea
 diferenciais ordinarias lineares e as eciuacocs inpgiai-.  An
 Acad, brasil. cienc, 1941, 13: 305-17.-  Boas. R. P., jr.  Inver-
 sion  of a generalized Laplace integral.  Pioe.  Nat. Acad. Sc.
 U.  S.,  1942,  28: 21-4.—Buchanan,  D.   'Trojan satellites'
 limiting ease.  Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 19 11,  35:  Sec,. 3, 9- 25.-â– â– '
 JeflTery, R. L., & MacPhail, M. S.  Non-absolutely conveigcnl
 integrals.   Ibid.,  41-58.---Markov,  M.,  &  Rumer, G.   \
 contribution  to  Dirac's   theorv  of  permutations.   Acta
 physieochim.  URSS,  1934, 1: 56-63.—Nachbin, L.  Sobre a
 permutabilidade entre as operacoes de passagem ao limite e de
 intergiactio de e(|tiaedes diferenciais.  An. Acad, brasil. cienc,
 1941, 13:  327  3;>- Quine, W. V.  Completion of a demise
 entitled Mathematical Logic.  Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. 11ti40)
 1941, 230.-  Silva Dias, C. L. da. Sobre o conceito de fimcional
 analitico.  An. Aead. brasil. cienc, 1943, 15: 19.- Whittakcr.
 E. T.  The new algebras and their significance for ph\sics anil
 philosophy.  Yearb. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1944, 5  14.   Wisdom,
 J. ().   How does mathematics work in science? Brit. .1. M
 Psychol., 1941-43, 19: 430-8.

   MATHEMATISCHE  und  naturwissenschaft-
 liche  Berichte  aus Ungarn;  mit  Unterstiitzung
 der  Ungarischen  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften
 und der Koniglich-ungarischen naturwissenschaft-
 lichen  Gesellschaft.   Berl., v.l, 1882-
   Ceased  publication with v.38, 1931.
   MATHER, Cotton, 1663-1728.
   See Mather, I.  Several reasons proving that inoculating or
 transplanting the small  pox is a lawful practice.  79p.  8?
 Clevel.,  1921.

   MATHER,   Increase,   1639-1723.    Several
 reasons proving that  inoculation or transplanting
the small pox is a lawful practice,  and that it has
 been blessed  by God for the saving of many a life.
 Sentiments   on  the  small  pox  inoculated,  by
 Cotton Mather [Boston,  1721]  With an  intro-
duction  by  George  Lyman  Kittredge.   3  p. 1.,
79p.;  7p.   8?   Clevel.,  Printed for  private dis-
tribution [W. K. Rudge, Mt. Vernon, N. Y.] 1921.
   For biography see Urol. Cut. Rev.,  1945, 49: 654.

   MATHER,  Kenneth.   The measurement of
linkage  in  heredity.   ix, 132p.    16?   N.  V.,
Chem. Pub.  Co.,  1938.
  ----Statistical  analysis  in  biology.   247p.
tab.  diagr.    22cm.   Lond..   Methuen  &  Co.,
 1943.  Also 2. ed.    267p.  tab.    diagr.   24cm.
 X. Y., Interse. Pub., 1947.
   Lithoprinted.

   MATHERON, Jean Marie  Desire, 1913-
*Apergu  sur  l'hoi monotherapie  folliculaire des
vulvo-vaginites blennorragiques des  petites filles.
40p.   24cm.   Par.,  A. Legrand, 1939.
   MATHERS, Alvin Trotter,  1888-
   I or portiait see Messenger, 1943. 40: 5.  Also Lniv. Mani-
toba M. J.  1942, 13: 8!

   MATHERS,  William  Ryder,  1855  1933.
   For obituary see Texas J. M., 1933, 29: 478. 
MATHES
417
MATHEWS
  MATHES, Helmut,  1910-       *Ueber  infi-
zierte Schussfrakturen [Kiel]  24p.   8?  Quaken-
briick, R. Kleinert,  1933.                 .
  MATHES,  Hubert,  1906-       *Khnischer
Beitrag zum hypophysaren Basophilismus Cush-
ine's   34p.   22cm.  Koln, J. Borowsky,  1930.
  MATHES,  Rudolf,  1904-            H'eber
Schadigungen  durch   Radiumstrahlen   in   der
TJniversitats-Frauenklinik  zu Bonn von 1919-
1930   58p.   8?  Bonn, P.  Kubens,  1931.
  MATHESON, Bernhard Ditlev,  1869-
  Ponrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobto, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 108.
  MATHESON, Darley.   The  horse in health,
accident  & disease; a thoroughly practical guide
for every horse-owner.  235p.  illust.  pl.   19>km.
Lond., C. A. Pearson, 192*1.
  MATHESON, Harald Fredrik, 1848-82.
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) knsi., 191 j, 2: 109.
  MATHESON, James Pleasant,   1878-1937.
  For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar.,  1938, 427.
Also Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc., 1938, 44: 543.
  See also Rankin, W. S.  The Matheson Lecture foundation.
South. M.&S., 1945, 107: 1-3.
  MATHESON, Johan Andreas, 1870-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 109.
  MATHESON, John, 1863-1945.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1945, 2: 480.
  MATHESON,  Martin.    48,  an  informal  &
mostly pictorial history of U. S.  Base Hospital 48,
1918-1919.  xi, 130p.  illust,  pl.  31cm.  N. Y.,
Veterans of U. S. Base  Hospit. No.  48, 1939.
  MATHESON, Norman Murdoch  [M. B., 1924,
New Zealand]
  See Bailey, H., & Matheson, N. M.  Recent advances in
genito-urinary surgery. 213p. 8?  Lond., 1936.
  MATHESON,  Robert,  1881-        A hand-
book  of  the  mosquitoes  of  North   America.
xvii, 268p.  pl.  8?  Springf., 111., C. C  Thomas,
1929.  Also 2. ed. viii, 314p. illust. map. diagr.
24#cm.   Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  Comstock Pub. Co.,
1944.
  ---  Medical entomology,  xii,  489p.  illust.
portr. diagr.  8?   Springf.,  111., C. C  Thomas,
1932.
  See also Stunkard, H. W., Coggeshall, L. T. [et al.] Parasitic
diseases and American participation in the  war.   p.189-261.
24cm.  N.  Y., 1943.
  MATHESON  Commission.    Epidemic  en-
cephalitis;  etiology,  epidemiology,  treatment;
report of  a survey by the [William  John] Mathe-
son Commission,  xiii, 849p.  8?  N. Y., Columbia
Univ. Pr., 1929.  Also Second  report,  ix,  155p.
1932.  Also Third report,   xi,  493p.  1939.
  MATHET, Fernand, 1905-       *De Taction
de certains extraits pancr^atiques dans le traite-
ment  de  l'angine  de  poitrine.  60p.   pl.   8?
Par., M.  Lac, 1930.
  MATHEVET, Jules  Jean, 1903-       *Etude
radiologique du coeur de I'enfant par la  methode
de Vaquez-Bordet.   46p.   8?  Par., L.  Arnette,
1931.
  MATHEVON, Julien,  1911-      * Place  de
I'abdomino-perineale dans  le traitement chirur-
gical du  cancer du rectum.  200p.   25cm.  Lyon.
Paquet, 1939.
  MATHEWS, Albert  Prescott, 1871-       The
physiology  of  secretion.   p.  293-368.   24cm.
N. Y., N. York Acad. Sc, 1898.
  Forms Pt 3, v. 11, Ann. N. York Acad. Sc.
  --- Physiological chemistry; a  text-book and
manual for students.  5.  ed.  xviii, 1233p.   8?
N.  Y., W.  Wood &  Co.,  1930.    Also 6.  ed.
xvi,   1488p.   illust.  diagr.    23^cm.    Bait.,
Williams & Wilkins Co., 1939.
  ___Principles of  biochemistry,   x,  512p.
pl. portr.  8? Bait.,  W. Wood  & Co., 1936.
      549701—vol. 10, 4th series----27
  ----Vitamins, minerals and hormones, v, 97p.
tab.   8?   Bait., W.  Wood,  1937.
  MATHEWS,  Anne.   Precious  pearl  in the
midst of a dunghill.   49 p.  24?  London, Joseph
Leigh, 1663.
  Bound in Mathews, R.  The unlearned alchymist.  Lond.,
1663.
  MATHEWS,  Arthur  Guy.   Take  it  easy;
the art of conquering your  nerves.  239p.  illust.
21cm.  N. Y., Sheridan House, 1945.
  MATHEWS,  Claude  Armstrong,  1887-1945.
  For obituary see Texas J. M.. 1945-46, 41: 85.
  MATHEWS,  Edward   Bennett,  1869-
compiler.  Catalogue of published  bibliographies
in geology,  1896-1920.  228p.  25cm.  Wash.,
Nat. Res. Counc.,  1923.
  Forms No. 36, pt 5,  v. 6, Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc.
  For portrait see Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag., 1935, 23: front.
  MATHEWS, Francis Stuart, 1869-1936.
  Lor obituary  see Tr.  Am. Surg.  Ass., 1936,  54: 437-40,
portr. (Smith, M. K.) Also Ann. Surg., 1937, 105: 307-10,
portr. (Smith, M. K.)
  MATHEWS,  Grady Frederick, 1889-
  For portrait see Annual Rep. Commonwealth Fund (1940)
1941, 22: opp. p. 24.
  .MATHEWS,  Irvin A.
  Editor of Illinois College of Chiropody and Foot Surgery.
Clinic;:! Staff.  X-Ray Department.  Roentgenological inter-
pretations in chiropody.  80p.  23J4cm.  Chic, 1943.
  MATHEWS, James Harold, 1895-1945.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 127: 670.
  MATHEWS,  Joseph McDowell, 1847-1928.
  For biography see Bull. Off. Pract., 1935-36, 9: 193, portr.
  For obituary see Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc. (1929) 1930, 30: 1-4,
portr. (Hanes, G. S.)
  MATHEWS, Richard, fl. 1663.  The unlearned
alchymist.   [10]  157p.   16?  London, Joseph
Leigh,  1663.
  MATHEWS,   Robert   Henry.    Mathews'
Chinese-English dictionary.  Rev. Am. ed.  xxiv,
 1226p.   26cm.  Cambr., Harvard Univ. Pr., 1943.
  MATHEWSON,  Arthur, 1837-1920.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MATHEWSON,  George Douglas, 1881-1936.
  For obituarv  see  Brit. M. J., 1936, 1: 91.  Also Edinburgh
M. J., 1936, 43: 207, portr.
   MATHEY, Jean,  1911-       *Les dystrophies
 mammaires.  lOlp.  24cm.  Par., E.  Le Francois,
 1939.
   MATHEY, Jean,  1912-       ^Contribution
 a l'etude des balancements  psycho-somatiques;
 travail de la  Maison Nationale de Saint-Maurice.
 108p.  25cm. Par., Vigot  fr., 1938.
   MATHEY, Pierre Georges,   1908-
 *Traitement  phoniatrique  de la paralysie  recur-
 rentielle.  60p.  8?   Par., Jouve & cie, 1936.
   MATHEY, Yvonne  Maria Emilie  Dutilleul,
 1910-        *La  medication   preanesthesique.
 71p.  24cm.   Par., R. Foulon,  1941.
   MATHEY-CORNAT, R.  Radioth6rapie gyne-
 cologique;  curie-  et  roentgentherapie.   369p.
 illust.  8?  Par., Masson & cie, 1936.
   See also Sar1ra7.es, J. E., Jeanneney, G., & Mathey-Cornat,
 R.  Les tumeuis des os.   437p.  26cm.  Par., 1932.
   MATHEZ, Charles O. [M.  D., 1931, Lausanne]
 ""Contribution a l'etude des  effets pathologiques
 des  courants  electriques  sur  l'homme.   77p.
 8?   Lausanne, Impr. La Concorde,  1931.
   MATHEZ, James Albert [M. D., 1923, Geneve]
 La  fracture  parcellaire du genou  et l'osteochon-
 drite dissequante; I'origine de la niche dans cette
 derniere affection,  par fracture de  vibration ou
 de travail; la raison  de sa forme en infarctus, de
 la constante  convexite de son fond.  160p.  illust.
 25cm.   Basel, S. Karger,  1944.
   MATHIAS, Cesario. *Intubacao duodenal e
 prova de Meltzer-Lyon. 202p.  pl.  8?  S. Paulo
 [n.  p.]  1929. 
MATHIAS
  M ATHIAS, Henri.  Autour du drame venerien;
la  syphilis acquise; que  doit-on  penser  du  bis-
muth? la syphilis hereditaire; quelques problemes
de la syphilis et de la svphilis h6reditaire.  391p.
8?  Par., N. Maloine,  1930.
  MATHIAS,  Jean,  1912-         *Le  bubon
tuberculeux de  l'aine.   65p.   24cm.  Par.,  M.
Vigne, 1939.
  MATHIAS, Jean B.,  1913-      '"Contribu-
tion a l'etude  du  traitement  de la maladie de
Nicolas-Favre par l'a(para-aminobenzene-sulfa-
mido) pyridine.   32p.  23}£cm.   Par., A.  Lapied,
1939
  MATHIERE,  Maurice,  1907-        *Evolu-
tion spontanee des cavernes pulmonaires tuber-
culeuses  (6tude  radiologique)  77p.  8?  Par.,
Impr.  Mouysset, 1931.
  MATHIESEN, Axel Wilhelm Fifje, 1887-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.
235
  MATHIESEN, Carl, 1861-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 110.
  MATHIESEN, Hans Severin, 1864-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 111.
  MATHIESEN, Johan Berger, 1872-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 112.
  MATHIEU,  Albert,  1855-1917.   Therapeuti-
que des  maladies  de  l'estomac  et  de  l'intestin.
iv,  399p.  18#cm.  Par.,  O. Doin, 1893.
  — &  ROUX, Jean Charles.   Pathologie
gastro-intestinal.  4. ed. par Jean Charles Roux,
F.  Moutier, &  P. Caille.   2v.   809p.;  687p.
illust.  25,4cm.   Par., G. Doin,  1923-25.
                   CONTENTS
  T. 1. Etudes sur les maladies de l'oesophage et  l'estomac;
ulcus gastrique et duodenal, cancer de l'estomac.  Roux, J. C,
Moutier, F., & Caille, P., eds. 1923.
  T. 2. Etudes sur les maladies de l'intestin; medications
g6n6rales et regimes alimentaires dans les affections digestives.
Roux, J. C, & Moutier, F., eds. 1925.
  MATHIEU, Albert L.,  1881-1939.
  Editor of Pacific Coast Society of Obstetrics & Gynecology.
Transactions,  v. 1-8, 1931-38.
  For obituarv see Am. J. Surg., 1939, 45: 220 (Holman, A. "W.)
Also Tr. Pacific Coast Soc. Obst. (1939) 1940, 9: 139, portr.
  MATHIEU,  Andre  Lucien Albert, 1912-
*La chimiotherapie des tuberculoses chirurgicales
par le trimethoxy-dioxy-oxotritane.   71p.   pl.
24cm.  Par., F. Carbonnel, 1938.
  MATHIEU, Charles,  1889-1926.
  For obituary see Rev. med. est, 1926, 54: 532-4.
  MATHIEU,  Claude,  1912-       *La preser-
vation des jeunes  enfants  contre  les  gaz  de
combat.   55p.   23^cm.  Par.,  A. Lapied, 1939.
  MATHIEU, Germain.  Importance des  resul-
tats obtenus par l'heliotherapie k  l'altitude dans
le traitement de la tuberculose  et specialement
de  la tuberculose  dite  chirurgicale.  325p.   8?
Par., A. Maloine & fils, 1923.
  MATHIEU, Henri.   Manuel d'analyse chimi-
que.  v. 1.  2. ed.  545p. illust.  diagr.  20^cm.
Par., Masson & cie, 1942.
  MATHIEU,  Herbert,  1903-       '"Untersu-
chungen an Schleifsteinen fiir zahnarztlicbe  Ar-
beiten. 50p.  8?  Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1932.
  MATHIEU, Jacques, 1911-       *Les tumeurs
malignes  de l'ovaire  epitheliales  et primitives;
leur pronostic  anatomo-clinique.  268p.  25cm.
Lyon,  A*.  Rey,   1938.  Also another  ed.  268p.
illust.  24cm.   Par., L. Arnette, 1938.
  MATHIEU, Jean, 1913-       *Les duodenites
pseudo-ulcereuses.  53p.  24cm.  Par., Vigot fr.,
1940.
  MATHIEU,  Joseph,  1913-       *Le traite-
ment des infections  cutanees par  les  antistre-
ptococciques chimiques.  63p.   25^cm.  Lyon,
Bose fr., 1937.
MATHIEU
  MATHIEU, Paul [M. D., 1909, Paris] Arthrit..
d6formante  de  la   hanche.   p.3488-518.   8°
Par.,  Masson & cie, 1937.
  Traitf chir. orthop. (OmbrManne) Par., 1937, 4:
  See  Perrin, M. N. J., & Mathieu, P.  La obesidad.  282p
19cm.  Madr. 19257
  ---& DUCROQUET, Robert.  Le traitement
chirurgical  et   orthopedique  des  rbumatismes
chroniques.  79p.   illust.   24cm.   Par., J. B.
Bailliere & fils, 1939.
  MATHIEU,  Paule, 1914-       *Abces froid
de la region du dome  pleural; image arrondie
pseudo-tumorale.  54p.  25cm.   Par., R. Foulon,
1944.
  MATHIEU, Pierre, 1915-     *Considerations
sur la physiologie et la psychologie du somnam-
bulisme  spontane.    85*p.   25cm.   Lyon,  Impr.
des Facultes, 1938.
  MATHIEU,  Rene  Marie Simon, 1910-
*De l'appendicite traumatique.  108p. 25^cm.
Nancv, Impr. Grandville, 1935.
  MATHIEU, Victor Jean,  1907-       '"Contri-
bution a l'etude du traitement des luxations de
l'epaule  compliquees de fractures  de l'extremitg
supeLieure de l'humerus.   lllp.  25}£cm.  Nancy,
Grandville, 1934.
  MATHIJSEN, Antonius,  1805-78.
  Putti, V.  Antonius Mathijsen il dimenticato inventore della
fasciatura  gessata.  Chir. org. movim., 1938-39, 24: 1-4,
2 portr.
  MATHIS,  Carl,  1906-        *Ueber  die
Klinik   des  hypoglykamischen   Symptomen-
komplexes   (Erfahrungen   an   1530  klinisch
beobachteten Diabetikern)   [Berlin]   24p.   8?
Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann,  1932.
  MATHIS, Christian.   *Ueber   die  Kaliber-
verhaltnisse  der  quergestreiften   Muskelfasern
eines  Atmungs-, Kau- und Extremitatenmuskels
beim  Pferd  (Auszug) [Bern]   lip.  diagr.  8?
Langenthal, Hausler & cie, 1931.
  MATHIS, Hermann,  & WINKLER, Wilhelm.
Zahnheilkunde und  innere  Medizin.  ix, 322p.
illust.  25cm.  Lpz.,  J. A. Barth, 1940.
  MATHIS, Jean Jacques.  *Etude de l'aetion
inhibitrice de certains ions sur la fluorescence de
l'ion uranyle et de  ses  applications k l'analyse
chimique minerale  [Strasbourg]  62p.  8?  Sele-
stat, Impr. du Journal de Selestat,  1932.
  MATHIS, Maurice, 1907-      ="Contribution
a l'etude de virus amaril et k la vaccination de la
fievre jaune.  71p.  8? Par., E. & P. Davy, 1934.
  MATHIS, Pol, 1905-       * Etude critique de
l'ozone  dans ses applications therapeutiques en
chirurgie generale.   63p.  8? Par., Jouve & cie,
1931.
  MATHIS, Rodolfo I.  [M. D., 1941, B. Aires]
*Los  divertfculos de la vejiga  urinaria.   97p.
illust.  26#cm.  B. Air., A. Guidi Buffarini, 1941.
  For  biography see Rev. argent, urol., 1943, 12: 196-200.
  MATHISEN, Carl Fredrik Borge, 1896-1925.
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo,  1927, Suppl.,
236.
  MATHISEN, Karoline, 1898-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo,  1927, Suppl.,
236.
  MATHISEN, Ludvig Mathias, 1865-
  Portrait. In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 112.
  MATHIS  JOURD'HEUIL,  Sylviane,  1908-
      *Connaissances actuelles sur le moustique
de la  fievre jaune,  Stegomyia fasciata. 59p.  8.
Par.,  P.  & A. Davy, 1934.
  MATHIVAT,  Paul  Andre,   1907-      *La
fonction  biliaire   chez   les icteriques.    147p.
251/2cm.   Par., L. Arnette,  1939.
  MATHON, Gabriel,  1908-       * Action des
eaux  minerales et de la depression  atmospherique 
MATHON
419
MATING
 sur la teneur du sang et des organes en glutathion
 reduit [Lyon]   108p.  8?   Bourg, Berthod, 1935.
   MATHON,  Rene,  1909-        Contribution
 a  l'etude  des  formes  mentales  des   tumeurs
 cerebrates   [Lyon]    215p.    pl.    8?    Bourg,
 Berthod, 1935.
   MATHURIN,  Louis,  1913-        *Les  luxa-
 tions secondaires de la hanche dans les fractures
 parcellaires du sourcil  cotyloidien.   46p.  25cm.
 Bord., Brusau fr.,  1937.
   MATHY,   Paul,   1913-         ="Prophylaxie
 actuelle de l'ankylostomose dans le bassin houiller
 de  Saint-Etienne.    55p.   25cm.   Lyon,   Bose
 fr., 1939.
   MATIC, P.   Das Problem der Pulpagangran.
 50p.  8?  Zagreb, Selbstverlag,  1926.


 MATICO.

   See Piper, angustifolium.
   MATIEGKA, Jindrich,  1862-1932.
   For obituary see Anthropologie, Praha, 1932,  10: 9-16,

   See also Maly, J.  [Bibliography of works  of Prof. J.
 Matiegka] Anthropologie, Praha, 1932, 10: 19-30.
   MATILLA,  Valentin.    Concepto  patogenico
 de la protozoosis paludica.  64p.   24cm.  Madr.,
 Graf. Universal,  1943,
   Forms  No. 1, Pub. med. col., Madr.
   ---   Manual de microbiologia medica.   2v.
 509p.; 551p.   illust.  25cm.  Barcel.,  Ed. Cient.
 med., 1942-1944.
   ---   Infeccion, inmunidad,  alergia.   129p.
 portr.   21%cm.   Madr., Estades, 1946.
   MATILLON,   Benjamin,   1904-          *La
 periarterite noueuse (ou  maladie de  Kussmaul)
 49p.  8? Par., Jouve  & cie, 1928.


 MATING.
   See also Breeding;  Coitus; Love;  Marriage;
 Reproduction; Sex life.
   Agduhr, E., & Barron, D. H.  Further observations on the
 increased resistance in mated animals to toxic agents; medinal
 (diethylmalonylcarbamidnatrium)   Arch,  internat.  pharm.
 dyn., Par., 1938, 58: 351-62.—Blanchard, F. N., & Blanchard,
 F. C.  Mating of the garter snake Thamnophis sirtalis sirtalis,
 Linnaeus.   Papers Michigan Acad. Sc.  (1941) 1942, 27: 215-
 34.—Ewers, D.   Mating a  blond  ring-dove with  2 females
 simultaneously.   J.  Comp.  Psychol.,   1942,  33: 75-86 —
 Hooton, E.  The gibbon; mating and  reproduction.  In his
 Man's Poor Relations, N. Y., 1942, 160.—Smith, W. P. Mating
 of muskrats. J. Mammal., 1944, 25: 90.

 ---   Endocrine aspect.
   Beach, F. A.  Relative effects of androgen upon the mating
 behavior of male rats subjected to forebrain injury or castra-
 tion. J. Exp. Zool., 1944, 97:249-95, 8 pl. ------ Hormonal
 induction of mating responses in a rat with congenital absence
 of gonadal tissue.  Anat. Rec,  1945,  92:  289-92.—Grieve,
 C. G.  Stilboestrol and  misalliance.   Vet. Rec, Lond., 1943,
 55: 7.—Hormones  and mating  behavior.  Yearb. Carnegie
 Inst. Washington  (1939/40)  1940,  39:  186—King.  J.  R.
 The estrogen-progesterone induction of sexual receptivity in the
 spayed female mouse.  Endocrinology,  1944, 34:  269-75.—
 Spronk, F.  Die  Abhangigkeit der  Nestbauzeiten  der Rad-
 netzspinnen Epeira diademata und Zilla X-notata von ver-
 schiedenen Aussenbedingungen.   Zschr.  vergl. Physiol., 1935,
 22: 604-13.

 ---  Seasons and frequency.

   See also Coitus, Pairing  seasons.
   Collias,  N.  Effect  of thyroxin  on  mating frequency of
 domestic hens.  Anat.  Rec,  1936,  94:  362.—Evans,  L.  T.
 Behavior of Scelopoms grammicus microlepidotus  as modified
 by certain  endocrines.  Ibid., 405.  ------  Endocrine effects
 upon the  claws of  immature turtles,  Pseudemys elegans.
 Ibid., 406.—Guhl, A. M. The frequency of matmgs in relation
 to  social position in small flocks of white Leghorns.   Ibid
 1941, 81: Suppl., 113 (Abstr.)—Primates have mating period
 as do the lower animals; chimpanzee  courtship studied at Yale
laboratories for the bearing on human problems of marriage.
 Science  News Lett., 1939, 35: 132.—Sonneborn, T. M.  The
effect of temperature on mating reactivity in Paramecium
aurelia,  variety 1.  Anat. Rec, 1941, 81: Suppl., 131 (Abstr.)—
Van Wagenen, G.  Mating in relation to pregnancy in the
monkey.  Yale J. Biol., 1944-45, 17: 745-60. ------  Mating
and pregnancy in the monkey.  Anat. Rec, 1945, 91: 304.

----   selective.
   Chideckel,  M.  The single,  the engaged and
the married.   268p.   8?  N. Y., 1936.
   Townsend,  K.   Ain't love gland?   a  physi-
ological  guide  to  mating.   140p.   12?   N.  Y.,
1936.
   Bernard, L. L.  Selection through selective  mating of like
strains.   In  his  Introduct.  Sociol.,  N.  Y.,  1942,  473-5 —
Cook, R.  The size of mating groups.  Eugen.  News, 1942,
27: 20.  Also J. Hered., 1942, 33: 332.—Groves, E. R.  Choice
of mate and its motive.  In his Marriage, N. Y., 1941, 112-24.—
Groves,  G. H. Choosing the mate.  In her Marriage, N. Y.,
1942,  211-26.—Hart. H. N., & Hart, E. B.  Finding a mate.
In their Person. & Family, rev. ed., N. Y., 1941, 95-119 —
Himes,  N. E.  Overcoming  difficulties  in finding a mate.
In his Your Marriage, N. Y.,  1940, 45-58.  ------  Choosing
a mate wisely. Ibid., 59-78.—Kuhn, M. H.  Assortative mating
and marital  stability.  In: Marriage & Family  (Hill, R.,  &
Becker,  H.)  Bost., i942,  190-210.—Rendel, J. M.  Genetics
and cytology  of  Drosophila subobscura; normal and selective
matingsin Drosophila subobscura.  J. Genet., Cambr., 1944-45,
46: 287-302.
MATING behavior.

   See also Mating; Sex life.
   Allan, P. F. Mating behavior of Dipodomys ordii Richard-
soni.  J. Mammal., 1944, 25: 403.-—Beach, F. A. Functions of
the cerebral cortex in the mating behavior of female rats.
Psychol. Bull., 1942,  39: 492 (Abstr.)  ------  Effects of
injury to the cerebral cortex upon the display of masculine and
feminine mating behavior by female rats.  J. Comp. Psychol.,
1943, 36: 169-99, pl. ------  Effects of injury to the cerebral
cortex  upon sexually-receptive  behavior in the female rat.
Psychosomat. M., 1944, 6: 40-55.  ------  Bisexual mating
behavior in the male rat; effects of castration and  hormone
administration.   Physiol. Zool., 1945,  18:  390-402.  ------
& Holz, A. M.  Mating behavior in male rats castrated at
various ages  and injected with androgen.  J.  Exp.  Zool.,
1946,  101:  91-142.—Dudley, F. C,  &  Allan, W.   Mating
customs in  North Carolina, 1750-1900.  Eugen. News,  1942,
27: 19.—Gibson, N. H. E.  Mating swarm in a chironomid,
Spaniotoma  minima.   Nature,  Lond.,  1942,  150: 268.—
Giese, A. C. Mating types in Paramecium multimicronuclea-
tum.  Anat. Rec,  1941, 81: Suppl.,  131  (Abstr.)—Gilman,
L. C.  Mating types in Paramecium caudatum. Am. Natur.,
1939, 73: 445-50.—Groves, E. R.  The meaning of courtship.
In his  Marriage, N. Y.,  1941, 50-71.   •------ Problems of
courtship.   Ibid., 72-91.—Guttmacher, A. F.  Behaviour in
lower  animals. In his  Human Sex Life, N. Y., 1940, 79-92.
------Behaviour in primates.  Ibid.,  93-104.—Jennings,
H.  S.  Mating types  and their  interactions in  the  ciliate
infusoria. Am. Natur., 1939, 73: 385-9.  ------ Paramecium
bursaria;  mating types and groups,  mating behavior,  self-
sterility; their development  and inheritance.  Ibid., 414-31.
       Genetics of Paramecium bursaria; mating types and
groups, their interrelations and distribution; mating behavior
and self sterility.  Genetics, 1939, 24: 202-33. ----- Genetics
of Paramecium bursaria; self-differentiation and self-fertiliza-
tion of clones.  Proc. Am. Philos.  Soc, 1941-i2, 85: 25-48.—
Kimball, R. F.  Mating types in Euplotes.  Am. Natur., 1939,
73: 451-6.—Kirkpatrick,  C,  & Caplow,  T.  Courtship in  a
group of  Minnesota students.  Am.  J. Sociol.,  1945-46,  51:
114-25.—Noble,  G. K.   The sense  organs involved in  the
courtship of Storeria,  Thamnophis ajid  other snakes.  Bull.
Am. Mus. Natur. Hist., 1937, 73: 673-725.  ------& Bradley,
H. T.  The mating behavior of  lizards; its bearing  on  the
theory of sexual selection.  Ann. N. York Acad. Sc, 1933, 35:
Art. 2, 25-100.—Powers, E. L.  The determination of mating
type of double animals  in the ciliate  protozoan Euplotes
patella.  Genetics,  1942,  27: 161.—Scott,  J.  W.  Additional
observations on mating behavior  of the sage grouse.  Anat.
Rec, 1944, 89: 552.—Sonneborn, T. M.  Paramecium aurelia;
mating types and groups; lethal interactions; determination and
inheritance.  Am.  Natur.,  1939,  73: 390-413.   ------ &
Dipped, R. V.  Mating  reactions and  conjugation  between
varieties of Paramecium  aurelia in relation to conceptions of
mating type and variety.  Physiol. Zool.,  1946,  19: 1-18.—
Young, W. C.   Observations  and experiments on  mating
behavior in female mammals.  Q. Rev. Biol., 1941, 16: 135; 311.


MATING  reflex.

   Berk, L., Cheetham,  R. W. S., & Shapiro, H. A.  The
biological basis  of sexual behavior in Amphibia; the role of
distance receptors in the  establishment  of the mating reflex
(coupling) in Xenopus laevis  (the South  African clawed toad)
the eyes.  J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1936, 13: 60-2.—Shapiro, H. A.
The  biological basis of  sexual behaviour in amphibia;  the
independence of ovulation and of coupling  (the mating reflex)
in Xenopus laevis (the South African clawed toad) Ibid., 57-9. 
MATIS
420
MATRICARIA
   MATIS,  Elias,  1902-       *Ueber die  toxi-
schen Granulationen der  neutropbilen Leukozy-
ten und ihre praktische  Verwendbarkeit.   p.398-
423.  8?   Berl., E.  Ebering,  1928.
   Also Fol. haemat., Lpz, 36:

   MATISSE,  Georges.   La  question  de  la
finalite en physique  et  en  biologie.   45p.;   69p.
pl.  251/2cm.   Par.,  Hermann & cie,  1937.
   Form  No. 467 & 4i>s. Actual, sc. industr.

   MATLIN, Paul,  1910-         *Beitnig zur kli-
nischen Diagnose der  Tubargraviditat   [Zurich]
28p.    8?    Basel,   Philograph.   Verl., 1935.
   MATLOCK, Eugene  Winston,  1S99-1943.
   For obituary see Texas J. M.,  1943-44,  39: 322, portr.

MATO  Grosso,  Brazil.
   Santos, N.  Novas adicoes e retificacoes sobre o aspecto da
flora de Salobra, estado de Mato Grosso, e o perfil fitogeografico
ao longo da Estrada de Ferro Noieste do Brasil, de Aracutuba a
Porto Esperanca.  Mini. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1941, 36: 325-33.
------ & Travassos Filho, L.  Aspecto medico e comentarios
sobre a localidade de Salobra,  estado de Mato Grosso.  Ibid.,
311-20.

   MATOLCSY,  Miklos, 1869-1938.
   For obituary see Orv. hetil., 193S, 82: 1223 (Mozsonyi, S.)

   MATON,  William George, 1774-1835.
   Lditor of Pultenev,  R. A  general view of the writings of
Linnaeus. 2. ed.  .V.t.'.p.  29J/2cm.  Lond., 1805.
   For biography see Ann. M. Hist., 1942, 3. ser.,  4:  18-24,
portr. (Rolleston, H.)  Also  Tribuna farm., Curitiba,  1942,
10:64 (Stellfeld, C.)

   MATONI, Ferdinando,  1854-1942.
   For obituary see Riv. ital. ig., 1942, 2: 680.

   MATOS,  Julio de, 1S56 -1922.
   For obituary see Anuario Fac med. Porto. 1928, 14: 21-4,
portr.

   MATOSCHEK. Franz  Xaver  von,  1760-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.

   MATOSSI,  Rudolf   [M.  D.,   1928,   Zurich]
*Ueber Ziegenmilchanaemie.   36p.   8?    Ziir.,
Gebr. Leemann &  Co.,  1928.
   MATRAS, Francis,  190S-       *Les formes
frustes des  abces du foie  d'origine  amibienne.
72p. 8?   Par., Jouve &  cie, 1932.
   MATRAT, Julie,  1900-       Contribution a
l'etude  des  hemorrhagic*   des  fibromateuses.
45p.  8?   Par., Presses  Modernes, 1928..


MATRIARCHY.

   Hartley, C.  G.   The  position  of  woman  in
primitive  society;  a study  of the matriarchy.
275p.  19cm.  Lond., 1914.
   Basu, S.  Matriarchv, the glorious future of humanitv. Ind.
M. Rec, 1940, 60: 168-74.  Also  Ind. J. Vener. Dis"., 1941,
7: 44-51.-—Bose, J. K.  The Nokrom svstem of the Caros of
Assam.  Man,  Lond., 1936,  36:  44-6.—Haeckel,  J.  Das
Mutterrecht  bei  den   Indianerstammen im siidwest lichen
N'ordamerika und seine' kulturhistorische Stellung.   Zschr
Ethnol., 1936^37, 68: 227-49.—Jones, E.  Das M utterrecht und
die sexuelle Lnwissenheit der Wilden. Imago, Wien, 1927 13-
199-222.—Krische, P.   Das  Ratsel der  Mutteriechtsgesell-
schaft.   Verh. Internat. Kongr. Sexforsch., 1928, 5: 78-84.—
Lowenthal.  J.    Forschungen  in  einer  mutterrechtlichen
Cesellx-haft.  Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1926-27,  13: 78— Lublinski, I.
Minang-Kabau; ein Beitrag zur  Entstehung und  Weiterent-
wir klung des  Mutterrechts.   Zschr. Ethnol.,  1927-28, 59:
98-110.— Nieuwenhuis,  A.  W.   Das Patriarchat  und das
Matriarchat in  Australien. Internat. Arch. Ethnogr., Leiden
1928, 29: 127-52.—Pancritius,  M. Aus mutu rrechtlic'her Zeit'
Anthropos, Modling,  1932, 27:  743-78.—Rose, H.  J.  Pre-
historic  Greece and  mother-right.  Folklore,  Lond.,   1926
37: 213-44.  Speck.  F.  G.   The question of mat'rilineai
descent  in  the  southeastern  Siouan area.  Am   Anthrop
193Y 40: 1-12.—Wolff, K. F.   Zum Streit um das Mutterrecht'
Neue Generation,  1928, 24: 51-3.


MATRICARIA.

   See also ( ompositae.

   Auchter,  A.    * Versuche zur  entziindungs-
widrigen   Wirkung  der  Kamille.  19n    21cm
Tub., 1939.                             '
   Habelt, T. K.   *Zur Geschichte der medizini-
schen  Verwendung  der  Kamille   (Matricaria
chamomilla L.)   32p.  8?   Lpz., 1935.
   Albath,  VV.   Lntzundungswidr ige  Stoffe im  Kamillerml
Arch. exp.  Path., Lpz., 1939,  193: 619-21—Derki.   Die
Entwicklung  d< â– >â–   ungarischen  hamillenausfuhr.   IViit
Heilpflanze. 1936-37, 3: 141.—Fivoli, C.  IpersensihilnA  ,11a
caniomilla.   Dermosifilografo,  1936,  11:  614-9.- - llcuhner.
\\., & Alhalh, W.  Leber die  entzundungswidrige Wnknnit
des Rein-A/.ulens ans Matricaiia chamomilla  L.  Arch  , xp
Path.,  Lpz., 1939, 192: 3S3-.S- Honey and  camomile "tea
S. Barth. Hosp. .1., I.ond., 1937,  44: 233.- -Kaiser, H., & Ffejl
H.  Beurteilung von  Kaniillen-Fluidextiakten  oder iihnlicheri
llandolspraparaten auf Grund unserer absolutkolorimetrischcn
A/ulenbestimmungsniethode.  Deut.  Apoth. Ztg, 1939,  54;
SS2 -5.—Koch, K.  Lntersuchungen iiber den Azulengehalt der
['lores  Chainonullae  und der daraus hergestellten phanmi-
zeutischen  Zubcicitungen.  Arch. Pharm.,  Berl., 1942,  280:
424-42.—Mas-Guindal.  J.  Fitoterapia hispana; las man-
zanillas, sus especies  y distinci6n. Rev. brasil.  farm., 1942,
23: 340-4.—Perrot, E.  Au pays de la  Kamilla  hongroise, la
fleur  de l'herbe du  terrain sale\  szekfiivirrig, Matricaria
chamomilla  L.   Bull.  sc. pharm., Par., 1938, 45: 337-46.—
Polland, R.  Ueber die Behandlung von Harn- und Hautlciiicn
mit den kamillenpriiparaten Kamillosept  und Karnillosansallie
Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 156.--Power, F. B..  & Hrownini;.
H.  The constitutents of the flowers of Matricaria chanioiriilla
J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1911, 2280-91—Richard, A.  Ka.nillcn-
Spuman, eine neue Applikation der Kamille in der (ivniiknlogir
Med. Klin., Berl.,  1940, 36: 409.—Weiss, R. F.  Matricaria
discoidea, eine  neue  deutsche  Heilpflanze.   Hippokrates
Stuttg.,  1938, 9:  41-3— Wernicke.   Die Anwendung  der'
Kamille  in  der  Veterinarmedizin.  In:  Was gibt es Neues
(Puttkammer,  V.) Hannover, 1938, 30.


MATRICIDE.

   See also Murder.
   Bunker,  H. A.  Mother-murder in  myth and legend; a
psychoanalytic note.  Psychoanal. Q., 1944, 13: 198^-207.


MATRIDINE.

   See Sophora.
   MATRIMONIAL (The) preceptor; or, Instruc-
tive hints to  those  who are,  and  those who  are
like to be  married; gathered from the  works of
the  most  classic  authors,  ancient and modern,
who have discussed with a gay or  grave pen,  the
merits  of  celibacy,  courtship   and matrimony.
vii,  p.13-340.  portr.   18!4cm.   X.  Haven,  N.
Whiting [1829?]


MATRIMONY.

   See Marriage.


MATRINE.

   See Sophora.


MATRIX unguis.

   See under Nail.
   MATRON, Pierre, 1913-       Contribution
a l'etude de la  leucotomie dans  la schizophrenic.
26p.  24cm.   Par., E. Le Francois, 1939.


MATRONISM.

   See also Puberty, precocious.
   Ferrannini, A. Contributo alio studio clinico del matronismo
precoce.  Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1931, 19: 487-92.—Gualco, 8.
Ln nuovo  caso  di matronismo precoce di Pende.  Monit.
endocrin., Roma, 1934, 2: 931-9,  2 pl.

   MATROS,  Nathaniel   Hamilton,  1902-
*Sodium  amytal  (sodium  iso-amyl-ethyl  bar-
biturate)  [Marquette Univ.]  8p.   28cm.  Mil-
waukee [n. p.] 1931.
   Typewritten.

   MATRUCHOT,  Daniel,   1896-       "Con-
tribution  k  l'etude toxicologique  experimental
des solvants  volatils  et,  en particulier, du  r&le
des impuretSs  du  trichlorethylene.    195p.   8?
Par., E. Le Frangois, 1937.
   MATRUCHOT, Louis,  1863-1921.
   For obituary  see Rev. path, comp.,  Par.,  1922, 22: 15-8
(Bezancon, F.) 
MATRY
421
MATTEI
  MATRY,   Clement  [M.  D.,  1908,   Paris]
Metrites et salpingites,  xii,  lllp.   16?   Par.,
N. Maloine, 1931.
  MATSCHKE,  Gerhard,  1911-       *Beein-
flussung der Toxinbildung  von Bakterien  durch
Peptone.  24p.  8?  Bresl., K. Vater, 1934.
  MATSCHOSS,   Conrad,   1871-        Das
Deutsche  Museum;  Geshichte, Aufgaben,  Ziele.
386p.   4?   Berl., R.  Oldenbourg, 1929.
  MATSNER,  Eric  Milton,  1897-       The
technique  of  contraception;  an  outline.   38p.
illust.   8?  N. Y., Amer. Birth Control  League,
1933.   Also 2. ed.  1934.   Also  3. ed.  40p.  8?
Bait.,  Williams & Wilkins Co., 1936.
  MATSON, John Agar, 1864-1945.
  For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1945, 1: 203.
  MATSON, Opal VaLeta.
  See Upson, L. D., & Matson, O. V.  Crippled children in
Michigan. 188p.  8?  Detr., 1931.
    MATSON,  Ralph  Charles,  1880-1945.   Arti-
  ficial pneumothorax. p.D3-70.  25%cm.  Phila.,
  F. A. Davis Co., 1939.
    In: Clin. Tuberc. (B.Goldberg) 2. ed., v.l; also in 4. ed., 1944.
    ---   Intrapleural pneumolysis; severing ad-
  hesions  in artificial pneumothorax.  p.D71-159.
  25K2cm.   Phila., F. A. Davis Co., 1939.
    In: Clin. Tuberc. (B.Goldberg) 2.ed., v.l; also in 4. ed., 1944.
    For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.
  1942, 271.
    For obituary see Dis. Chest,  1945, 11: 687, portr. (Speros,
  J. T.)  Also J.Am. M. Ass., 1945, 129:976. Also Mil. Surgeon,
  1946, 98: 185.  Also West. J. Surg., 1945, 53: 447, portr.
    For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also Proc. Internat.
  Coll. Surg. (1941) 1943, 3. Congr., 15.  Also J. Internat. Coll.
  Surgeons, 1941, 4: 459.
    MATSON, Ray  William, 1880-1934.
    For obituary see Am. Rev.  Tuberc, 1935, 31:  250-3. Also
  Tr.Am. Clin. Clim. Ass., 1935, 51: p. xliv (Kinghorn,  H. M.)
    For portrait see Collection in Library.
    MATSUMOTO.
    See Matumoto.
    MATSUNAGA.
    See Matunaga.
    MATSUZAWA, Daikichi, 1905-42.
    For obituary see Q. Bull. Sea View Hosp., 1941-42, 7: 147,
  portr.
    MATT, Franz, 1905-      *ITeber "Altersstar-
  operationen bei  Megalocornea  [Wiirzburg]   19p.
  8?  Aschaffenburg, J. Kirsch, 1931.
    MATT, Georg Alexander, 1906-      *Beitrag
  zur Histologie des  Schmelzoberhautchens.   24p.
  8?  Wiirzb., Popp, 1931.
    MATT, Wilhelm, 1909-      *Hydronephrose
  bei Genitalprolaps.  36p.   8?   Wiirzb.,  Gebr.
  Memminger, 1933.
   MATTA, Dawood.  A critical investigation  of
  the blood groups and their medico-legal applica-
  tion,  xiv, 23lp.   pl.   tab.  24>^cm.  Cairo,
  Egyptian Univ., 1937.
   Forms No. 11, Pub. Fac. Med. Egyptian Univ.
   MATTAUSCH, Ferdinand.  Das Problem der
 Tuberkulosebehandlung  mit  Fettstoffen.   66p.
 illust.   25cm.   Berl.,  Urban  &  Schwarzenberg,
 1926.
   MATTAUSCHEK, Emil, 1870-1935.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105:214.  Also Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 570 (Wagner-Jauregg, J.)
  MATTE, Eberhard,  1910-       *Cystennieren
 [Kiel]  24p.  23}£cm.  Gtitersloh  i.  W., Thiele,
 1936.
  MATTE, Hans, 1899-       *Die pathologisch-
 anatomischen Veranderungen bei der  Kohlen-
 oxydgas-Vergiftung   [Giessen]  31p.  8?  Koln-
 Lindenthal, A. Uelpenich, 1931.
  MATTEI, Ange,  1906-       Contribution  k
l'etude de l'antivirustherapie;  experimentation
clinique d'un  stock-antivirus  polyvalent.   77p.
8?  Par., Jouve  & cie, 1931.
    MATTEI,  Charles Felix, 1889-      Feuillet.
  cliniques; notes  sur le  diagnostic, la radiologie
  pratique, le traitement  au lit du malade  xvii
  878p.   illust.   pl.   25cm.  Par., Masson & cie!
  1942.
    For biography see  Paris med., 1928, 68: annexe, 367.
  ^----  GIRAUD,   Paul,  &  AUDIER,  Marius.
  Questions de garde de mddecine.  3. 6d.  349p.
  12?   Marseille, Ass. corp.  etudes m6d. Marseille,
  1936.   Also 5.  ed.  389p.   18cm.   Marseille,
  Libr. Maupetit, 1945. Also 6. ed.  427p  1946
  ^  MATTEI,  Gabriel, 1910-       Contribution
  a 1 etude de la maladie de Nicolas et Favre; com-
  plications nerveuses.   61p.   24cm.   Par  M
  Vigne, 1939.
    MATTEI, Giovanni Ettore, 1865-
    For biography see  Umbria med., 1939, 19: 3456-61.
    MATTEI, Jean Marie,  1904-      *Essai sur
  les perforations pleuro-pulmonaires au  cours  du
  pneumothorax  therapeutique.   106p.   8?  Par.,

    MATTEI,  Marc,  1909-        *Rechutes  et
  reinfections  palustres.   107p.    24cm     Alger
  Impr. Imbert, 1937.
    MATTEI,  Marc,  1912-       *Les  recidives
  corporelles  du  cancer du  col  de l'uterus traite
  par le radium;  observations,  etude clinique, in-
  dications therapeutiques.   56p.   illust.   24cm
  Par.,  R.  Foulon,  1941.
    MATTEI, Marie Madeleine Tournadre, 1914-
        *Contribution  k  l'etude  des  variations
  saisonnieres  du taux de la vitamine  C  dans le
  sang.  44p.   diagr.   24cm.   Par.,  R.  Foulon,
  1942.
   MATTEI-SEMIDEI,  Tito,  1908-       *Les
 nouvelles indications du  tubage  duodenal.  52p
 8?  Par., Ed. V<3ga, 1934.
   MATTEO,  Alberto L.   Las  tecnicas  micro-
 sc6picas   modernas;  resefia  sobre  las  tecnicas
 aplicables en biologia y medicina, con especial
 referenda a  los metodos mds  recientes y a  sus
 resultados.  p.635-98. illust.  28cm.   Montev.,
 1946.
   In: An. Fac. med., Montev.,  1946, 31:
   MATTER, Max,  1908-      *Ein Beitrag zur
 Granulom-Behandlung  mit  Diathermie.   70p.
 pl.  8?   Ziir., Buchdr. Berichthaus, 1936.

 MATTER.
   See also Atom; Cosmology; Electron; Element;
 Energy,  etc.;  also  Gas;  Liquid;  Solid;  Trans-
 mutation; Vitreous.
   Baranek, J.  Die Materie und die  Prinzipien
 ihrer Veranderung;  Untersuchungen zum Welt-
 bilde Newtons.  50p.   8?   Bresl, 1937.
   Comstock,  D. F., & Troland,  L. T.   Nature
 of  matter and electricity; an outline of modern
 views.  203p.   8?   N. Y.,  1917.
   Heinroth,  J. C.  A.  De materiae hypothesi
 quantum  ad  naturae scrutatores  et  medicos.
 31p.   8?   Lpz.,  1827.
  Jones, H. C.  Electrical nature of matter and
 radioactivity.  2. ed.  210p.  8?  N. Y., 1910.
  Alexander, J.  The sub-microscopic structure of matter.
 In his Colloid Chem., 1ST. Y., 1926, 1: 11-26.—Bragg, W. X-ray
analysis and the structure of matter. Nature, Lond., 1939, 144:
961-3.—Bruere, L. M. A. P. Les etats mol6culaires, ioniques et
micellaires de la matiere appliques aux sciences biologiques.
Arch. med. pharm.  mil., 1925, 82: 411-36.—Clark, G.  L.
Roentgen rays; analysis of ultimate structures of living mate-
rials. In: Med. Physics  (Glasser, O.)  Chic, 1944, 1335-45.
------Parker, E. A. [et al.] New measurements of previously
unknown large interplanar spacings in natural materials.  J.
Am. Chem. Soc, 1935, 57: 1509.—Copisarow, M.  Ueber einen
moglichen  Uebergang  von  anorganischer zu  organisierter
Materie.  Kolloid Zschr., 1931, 56: 67-71.—Correia, A. Sobre
a constituicao da materia. Rev. syniatr., Rio, 1942, 35: 161;
1943, 36: 49,—Darwin, C. The  extreme properties of matter. 
MATTER
422
MATTHAI
Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 237-42,-Dejust.  Quelques progres
recente dus a la  physique dans la connaissance de la matiere
vivante.  Bull. Ass. fr. avance. sc. 1935, 64: 103-7 -Dercum,
F X. Non-living and living matter.  Proc. Am. Philos. Soc,
1931  70- 1-13.—Dervichian,  I>.   Correspondance entre les
rirmgenrents d'fitat a deux et a trois dimensions.   J. phys.
ra<lium  Par.. l'.'ilO, 7. ser..  10: 333-49.—Drexler, J.  Aufbau
der Materie nach alten und den neuesten Anschauungen der
PhvKik.   Tungclu. med. Mschr.,  1928-29, 4:  403; 418.—
FaiVbrother, F.. A- Wormwell,  F. The electrokinetic potential
between the -olid and liquid states of a single substance.  J.
Chem. Soc, Lond., 1928, 1991-7.—Friedel. G. The meso-
morphic states of matter.  In: Colloid Chem. (Alexander, J.)
N  Y  1926 1 ■  102-25.—Froes, A.  Coneepcao moderna da
materia; atomo de Rutherford-Bohr nucleo e electrons; numero
atomico; ligacoes atomicas  polares enao polares; afhnidade.
Bol. Ass. brasil. pharm., 1929, 10: No. 7, 4-10—Gallo, G.
Idee diverse che si sono attribute alle parole materia sostanza,
essenza.  Gior. farm, chim., Tor., 1867, 16: 97-106.  ———
Studii sulla materia, sul moto  e sugli esseri in generale. Ibid.,
1869 18- 5-13  ------  Brevi riflessioni sulla composizione
della' materia.  Ibid., 1871, 20: 5-12.-Glasser. O.   Matter;
structure.  In his Med. Physics, Chic. 1944  715-8.—Kolisko,
L. Is matter really material? research into the influence of the
infinitesimal. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop., 1940, 51: 114-9.—
Korzybski,  A. On the structure of matter.  In his Science &
Sanity  2. ed., N. Y., 1941, 683-728.—Lambolez.  La structure
discontinue de la matiere: ses preuvos; ses consequences.  Biol.
med., Par., 1928, 18: 293-339.-Milne. E. A.  Cold dense
matter.  Nature, Lond  1944, 153: (,.,8.—Muller.  H.  The
structure of liquids and solids. Symposia Quant. Biol..  1934
2. 1-5__Neville H. A.  Particle  size and the  properties ot
matter!  Chemist Analyst. 1930 19: 7 —Ostwald W  Meta-
strukturen  der Materie. Kolloid Beihefte, 1935, 42: 109-24 —
Perrin  J.  Ueber die diskontinuierliche Struktur der Materie.
Ibid  1928,  26: 199-229.—Peterson, F. W.  Natur philo-
sophi'sche Betrachtungen iiber das Wesen der Materie! Deut.
 \erzte  Ztg, 1933, 8: No. 378.—Raman, C. V.  Spectroscopic
investigation of  the solid  and liquid  states.   Current be.
Bangalore,  1942, 11: 225-7.—Strove, O. The constitution of
diffuse  matter in interstellar space.  J. Washington Acad, be,
1941 31: 217-58, pl.—Weimarn, P. P. von.  On the rubber-
like and liquid-crvstalline states of matter, in connection with
the classification of crystals and molecules according to their
vectorial fields!  In: Colloid Chem. (Alexander, J.) N. Y., 1931,
3: 89-102.
   MATTERN,  Robert, 1906-       *Nodosites
 juxta-articulaires et  syphilis.   52p.   8?   Par.,

 Jouve & cie, 1934.
   MATTESON,  Antonette,  1847-        The
 occult family physician, and botanic guide  to
 health, comprising a description of many Ameri-
 can and  foreign plants,  and their medical virtues;
 with the cause,  cure, and prevention  of disease;
 to which is added, an explanation  of the hidden
 forces in nature; with a large number of valuable
 receipts, the experience of twenty years' practice.
 323p.  portr. 22cm.  Buffalo, X. Y., the Author,

 1894.
   MATTEUCCI, Eugenic   Clinica ed anatomia
 patologica dei papillomi della laringe.  84p.  pl.
 8?  Firenze, E.  Ariani, 1916.
   MATTEUCCI,  Giacomo.    Elioterapia  arti-
 ficiale;  manuale pratico per  le  applicazioni di
 sole artificiale.   xxiii,  644p.   illust.   ch.   16:
 Milano,  U. Hoepli,  1931.
   MATTHAEI,   Johannes,  fl.   1603-20.   An
 armorum  unguentum  ad curanda vulnera alio
 quid  conferat.  p.573-84.    8?   Nurnb., J.  A.
 Endter,  1602.
   In:  Theatrum (Rattray) Nurnb., 1662.

   MATTHAEI,  Rupprecht, 1895-      Aufgaben
 fiir die physiologischen Uebungen der Mediziner.
 xv, 108p. illust.  8?   Jena, G. Fischer, 1937.
   ----  Vom Studium der Medizin; zwolf Feld-
 postbriefe an Medizinstudenten und  solche, die
 es werden wollen.   vii, 64p.  21cm.  Jena,  G.
 Fischer, 1943.
    MATTHAES,  Gerhard,   1900-        *Ueber
 die osmotische  Widerstandsfiihigkeit der  Ery-
 throcyten beim normalen und ikterischen Neuge-
 borenen  (Auszug)  7p.  8?   Lpz., A.  Edelmann,
 1925.
    MATTHAES, Karl  Heinz,  1907-     *Hirn-
 arteriosklerose,  Schlaganfall  und  Unfall.  63p.
 s?   Wiirzb., Werkbunddr., 1933.
  MATTHAI,  George,  1887-       Colony-for-
mation  in  astraeid  corals.   p.313-67.   29cm.
Lond., Harrison & Sons 1926.
  In: Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London, 1926, ser. B, 214:

  MATTHAY, Ferdinand  L.  The cure of disease
bv  osteopathy,  hydropathy  and  hygiene.   S2p.
iliust.   portr.   8°  (S. Paul, n.  p., 1900]
  MATTHES, Ernst,  1889-
  Fditor of Kiikenthal. W. G.   Leitfaden  fiir das zoologische
Praktikum. 9. Aufl.  360p.  25cm.  Jena,  1928.

  MATTHES, Gerhard   Karl  Otto,  1908-
Teber  das   familiare  Vorkommen  von  Ge-
schwiilsten  [Leipzig]  25p.  8?  Zeulenroda i. T.,
A. Oberreuter, 1934.
  MATTHES, Gottfried, 1904-       *Ueber den
Mechanismus  der Hemmung der Magensekretion
durch duodenal (jejunal) zugefuhrte Substanzen,
insbesondere  Zuckerlosungen  [Berlin]   14p. 8!
Wurzb., H. Sturtz, 1934.
  Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1934, 126:

  MATTHES, Horst Giinther, 1910-       Die
Schussverletzungen  der  Wirbelsaule  und   des
Ruckenmarkes und ihre  operative  Behandlung.
p.558-642.  25^cm.   Berl., Springer Verb, 1943.
  In: Erg. Chir.  Orthop. (Payr, E., & Kleinschmidt,  0., eds.)
1943, 34:
  MATTHES, Johann, 1899-       *Preisiinde-
rungen,  Ertragsriickgang  und Produktionsande-
rung in  der Landwirtschaft im  Kreise  Worms in
den  Jahren  1914-1920   [Giessen]   31p.   tab.
22^cm.   Gau Algesheim a. Rh., K.  Reidel, 1925.
  MATTHES,  Karlheinz,  1907-      *Unsere
Operationsteehnik  und unsere Ergebnisse bei der
intrakapsularen  Staroperation.   26p.   21cm.
Bonn, A. Brand, 1937.
  MATTHES, Max  Erich Richard, 1865-1930.
Lehrbuch der  Differentialdiagnose innerer Krank-
beiten.  3.  Aufl.  x, 700p.  illust.   25cm.   Berl.,
J.  Springer,   1922.    Also  6.  Aufl.   vii,  858p.
1929.   Also  8. Aufl.  [with  Curschmann, H.]
806p.   illust.    1937.  Also  9.  Aufl.   767p.
1940.  Also   11. Aufl.  801p.  1943.
  MATTHES, Siegfried  Horst, 1908-     *Der
Tennisellenbogen.  18p.   21cm. Berl.,  Neuland,
1936.
  MATTHES, Werner, 1909-       *Gebissano-
malien  bei  Nagern   (Hasen   und  Kaninchen)
[Greifswald]    31p.    8?    Stettin, Fischer   &
Schmidt, 1936.
   MATTHEUS, Joachim,  1913-      *Beitrag
zur  Frage  der Haufigkeit  isolierter Zungen-
affektionen (nach  dem  Material  der Berliner
Universitats-Hautpoliklinik  1920-1935)  [Berlin]
23p.  23cm.   Charlottenb.,  K. & R.  Hoffmann,
1936.
   MATTHEW, Arthur Wellington,     -1945.
   For obituary see S. Mary IIosp. Gaz.,  Lond., 1945,  51: 79,
portr.

   MATTHEW, William  Diller, 1871-1930.  Cli-
mate and evolution.  318p.   8?  N. Y., N.  York
 Acad. Sc,  1915.
   Forms v.24, Ann. N. York Acad. Sc.

   ----   The same.   2. ed., rev.  & enl.  Arr. by
 Edwin  Harris Colbert; with critical additions by
 the author and others and a bibliography  of his
 scientific  works by  Charles  Lewis  Camp and
 Vertress Lawrence VanderHoof.  xi, 223p.  illust.
 tab.  diagr.   portr.  24cm.   N.  Y., N.  York
 Acad. Sc, 1939.
   Forms v.l, Spec. Pub. N. York Acad. Sc.

   ---- &  STIRTON, Ruben Arthur.   Osteology
 and affinities of Borophagus. 46p.  8? Berkeley,
 Cal., Univ. California Pr., 1930.
   Forms No. 7, v.19, Bull. Dep. Geol. Lniv. California. 
MATTHEWS
423
MATTHIAS
   MATTHEWS, Alexander W. G., 1877-1936.
   For obituary see S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1935, 35:
 273, portr.
   MATTHEWS, Anne R., & WOOD, Therese E.
 What foods to eat and why; foods and nutrition
 handbook for 4-H Club members  [Rev.]  89p.
 illust. tab.  23cm. Ithaca, N. Y., Cornell Univ.,
 1941.
   Forms No. 58,  Cornell Extension Bull.
   MATTHEWS, Charles  Arthur, 1900-
   See Swett, W. W., Graves, R. R. [et al.] A study of the
 effectiveness of sulfonamide preparations in the elimination of
 bovine mastitis. 20p.  23cm.  Wash., 1945.
   MATTHEWS, David  Napier  [M.  B., 1936,
 Cambridge]   The surgery of repair; injuries and
 burns,  xii,  386p.  illust.  23cm.   Oxford, Engl.,
 Blackwell, 1943.
   MATTHEWS, Frederic Lawrence,  1915-
 *The oxidation of iso and normal chlorophyllins
 [Columbia Univ.; Ph. D.]  20p.  diagr.  2Sy2cm.
 N. Y., the Author, 1940.
   MATTHEWS, Harvey B., 1883-
   For portrait see J. Michigan M. Soc, 1942, 41: 771.
   MATTHEWS, James Dwight, 1868-1943.
   For obituary see Detroit M. News,  1942-43, 34: No. 7, 7,
 portr. (Wilson,  W. J., jr)
   MATTHEWS, Janet Warden.
   Translator of Feigl, F. Qualitative analysis by spot tests.
 2. English ed.  462p. 24Hem.  N. Y., 1939.
   MATTHEWS, John [M. D., 1853, St. Andrews]
   See Davies, T.  The preparation and mounting of micro-
 scopic objects.  New ed. 214p.  17cm. Lond.,  1905.
   MATTHEWS,  Joseph  Merritt,  1874-
 Application  of dyestuffs to textiles, paper, leather,
 and other materials.  xvi,768p.  illust.  8?  N.Y.,
 J. Wiley & Sons, 1920.
   MATTHEWS, L.  Harrison.   Reproduction in
 the spotted hyaena, Crocuta  crocuta Erxleben.
 p 1-78.  pl.  29cm.  Lond.,  Cambridge Univ. Pr.,
 1941.
   In: Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London, 1941, ser. B, 230:
   MATTHEWS, M. Taylor,  1902-       *Ex-
 perience-worlds of mountain people; institutional
 efficiency in Appalachian  village and  hinterland
 communities   [Columbia  Univ.;  Ph.  D.]  xv,
 210p.  tab.   8?  N. Y.,  Columbia Univ., 1937.
   MATTHEWS, Samuel  Alexander,  1866-1928.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 788. Also Proc
 Inst. M. Chicago,  1928, 7: 86.
   MATTHEWS, Sidney Philip,      -1944.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 871.
   MATTHEWS, Velma Dare, 1904-     Studies
 on the genus Pythium.  v, 136p.  pl.  8?  Chapel
 Hill, Univ. N. Carolina Pr., 1931.
   MATTHEWS, Washington, 1843-1905.
   For biography see in Am. Biogr.  (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940,
 680.
   MATTHEY,  Genevieve.   *Eine   Standard-
 kurve der Dunkeladaptation fiir klinische Unter-
 suchungen   [Basel]   p.275-98.   8?    Berl., J.
 Springer, 1932.
  Also Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1932. 129:
  MATTHIAE,  Elisabeth Anna  Emilie,  1900-
      *Beitrage zur Anthropologie der Gesichts-
 weichteile von Australiern.  22p.  pl.   8?  Berl.,
 L. Schumacher, 1926.
  MATTHIAS, Ernst, 1907-       *Ueber asep-
 tische Epiphysennekrose nach lateraler Schenkel-
 halsfraktur bei Jugendlichen. 27p.  8?  Konigsb.
 i. P., J. Raabe, 1935.
  MATTHIAS,  Eugen, 1882-       Die  Frau,
ihr  Korper und dessen  Pflege durch  die  Gym-
nastik; mit geleitworten von Hugo Sellheim und
S.  Lutzenkirchen.  xv, 243p.  8?   Berl.,  Eigen-
brodler Verl., 1929.
  ----    Biologie  der   Leibesubungen.   99p.
illust.   pl.  tab.   diagr.   19cm.  Lpz., Quelle
& Meyer, 1931.
  ---—'  Lehrbuch der Heilgymnastik.  xii, 274p.
illust.  8?  Munch., J. F. Lehmann, 1937.
  MATTHIAS, Karl, 1899-      *Neue klinische
Beobachtung  iiber  subakute  und  chronische
gelbe Leberatrophie.   19p.  8?   Berl., H. S.
Hermann, 1929.
  MATTHIAS,  Wilhelm.  *Vergleichende  his-
tologische  Untersuchungen iiber den  Bau  der
Darmzotten und Versuch einer Berechnung ihrer
Oberflachen bei verschiedenen Haustieren [Bern;
Vet.] 35p.  pl.   8?  Bonn, H.  Ludwig, 1910.
  MATTHIES,  Immanuel.  Deutsche Blinden-
anstalten in Wort und Bild. viii, 359p.  plan. 4?
Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1913.
  Forms 5. Abt. of Die Anstaltsfursorge.
  MATTHIES,  Johann  Friedrich,  1905-
*Die Meldepflicht der  Tuberkulosen   [Berlin]
20p.  8?  Zullichau, Gebr.  Rau, 1932.
  MATTHIESEN, Alf, 1876-
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2:113.
  MATTHIESSEN, Gerhard, 1910-      *Bei-
trag zum Nachweis  der Brenztraubensaure im
Blut [Munster]   15p.  22cm.  Dusseld., G. H.
Nolte, 1936.
  MATTHIESSEN, Otto Tobias, 1815-1900.
  Portrait.  In: Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 114.

MATTHIOLA.
  Saunders, E. R.  Matthiola.  Bibliogr. genet., Gravenh.,
1928, 4: 141-70.
  MATTHIOLIUS, Heinz  Friedrich, 1900-
*Untersuchungen  an   Magenkranken.   34p.   8?
Bonn, H. Trapp, 1926.
  MATTHIS, Yvonne.  *Etude Slectrometrique
des proteines de la farine.  97p.  8?  Strasb., C.
& G. Goeller, 1936.
  MATTHISSON, Helene  Unsinger, 1902-
*Ueber   das  Symptom  der  Eosinophilie  bei
rheiimatischen   Erkrankungen  mit  besonderer
Berucksichtigung  des akuten und chronischen
Muskelrheumatismus.   18p.    8?   Bresl.,   A.
Schreiber, 1930.
  MATTHISSON, Leo, 1900-      *Zur Klinik
des amyostatischen Symptomenkomplexes unter
besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der Encephalitis
epidemica.  23p.  8?   Kiel, K.  J. Rossler, 1925.
  MATTI, Hermann, 1879-1941.  *Beitrage zur
Chirurgie des  Magenkrebses; iiber 97 Magen-
resektionen wegen Carcinom mit  Beriicksichti-
gung der  Fernresultate  hinsichtlich  Radikal-
heilung  und Wiederherstellung  der Magenfunk-
tionen  [Bern]  94p.   8?  Lpz.,  J. B. Hirschfeld,
1905.
  ----   Die Knochenbruche und  ihre Behand-
lung; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studierende und  Aerzte.
2v.   x,  395p.;  xi,  985p.   illust.  25cm.  Berl.,
J. Springer, 1918-22.  Also 2.  Aufl.  xv, 938p.
8?   1931.
  For obituary see Miinch. med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 436.  Also
Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1434 (Klaesi, J.)
  MATTIASSEVICH, Pierre, 1892-      *No-
tions actuelles sur l'eczema des nourrissons et son
traitement.  77p.   8?  Par., Jouve & cie, 1932.
  MATTICE,  Harold Allison, 1879-      Eng-
lish, Chinese, Japanese lexicon of bibliographical,
cataloguing and  library  terms.   38p.   25^cm.
N. Y., N. York Pub.  Libr.,  1944.
  Repr. from Bull. N.  Y. Pub. Libr., 1944.
  MATTICE,   Marjorie   Rubena,  1901-
Chemical procedures  for  clinical laboratories.
520p.  illust.   pl.   diagr.   8?   Phila.,  Lea &
Febiger, 1936. 
MATTICE
424
MATTISON
   See also Bridges, M. A., & Mattico  M. R.  Pood and bever-
 age analyses. 2 <L  3 14p.  -Mem.  1'lnla . 1942.
   MATTICK, Elfreida Constance Victoria, 1SS7-
 1943.
   For obituary see Biochem. J., Lond., 1944, 38: 1 (Kay II. D.)
   MATTIES,  Ludwig, 1889-       *Ueber Laby-
 rinthscqucster.  67p.   8?  Bresl. [n.  p.] 1927.
   MATTIG,  Lothar,  1902-        *Ueber einen
 Kail  von venoser Embolie von Xierenveneniisten
 mit  Infarktbildung  und  sekundarer Thrombose
 der Xierenvene  [Erlangen]  23p.  8?  Eisenach,
 P. Kuhner, 1927.
   MATTINGLY, John Robert,  1902-       Cos-
 mogony  and stereometrv in Posidonian physics.
 p.558-82.  8?  Bruges, S. Catherine Pr., 193X.
   In: Osiris, 1938, 3:
   MATTINSON,  Arthur Bowman [grad.  Vet.,
 1902, Edinburgh]
   i'nr biography see Vet. Rec, Lond., 1945, 57: 445, porir.
   MATTIOLI, Giovanni Battista.  La  fava del
 Calabar;  memoria.  31p.  21  Hem.   Padova, G.
 B. Randi,  1867.
   MATTIOLI, Mario.  L'infarto del miocardio.
 357p.  diagr.   25cm.   Xap., Ed.  sc.  ital., 1946.
   \!-n translator  of Scherf. I).. iV: Hoyd. I,. J.  Le malattie del
 cuore e dei vasi.  40fip.  22cm.  Xap.. 19l(i.
   MATTIOLI, Pietro  Andrea, 1500-77.
   Cnpparoni. P.  Pierandrea Mattioli  (1500-1577)  In his
 Prr)fili biobibl. med., Roma, 1932, 1: 45-7, portr.—Cossar. R.
 M.  I. opera di Pier' Andrea Mattioli in  Gorizia (1542 1554)
 Atti Accad. stor.  arte san., Roma, 1941, 7: 35-44.— l.eclerc.
 H.  Ln naturaliste irascible:  P. A.  Matthiole de  Sienne.
 Janus, Leiden, 1927,  31: 336-45, pl.—Mattirolo,  O.  Pietro
 Andrea Mattioli nel  ritratto del botanico di Alessandro  Bon-
 vicino detto  il Moretto da  Brescia,  Calleria Bromide, Sale
 Palazzo  Rosso di Genova.   Rass. clin.  ter.,  19.>9, 38: Atti
 Accad. stor. arte san., 63 91. 20 portr.  Mattioli. P. A.  Com-
 mentarii in 6. libro- I )joM-oridis: ed. by ('.  Baulnn, 1598.
 Original  engraved liislmiatod  titlepage.   See  Collection in
 Library.   Schn-.id, <;.  Kin lasher unbekanntes Bildnis von
 P. A.  Mattioli. SudhotTs  \nh., l'.)37,  30: 133-51. -Senfelder,
 L.  [Biography] Wien. med. Wschr.,  1931. 81: 1479-82.
   For portrait see in: Scienz. ital. (Mieli, A.) Roma, 1923, 1:
 pt 2, 382.
   MATTIOLO [Matteo] of Perugia,     -1480.
 Tractatus  de   memoria aguenda.  4ff.  sm.   4?
 Milano [ca 1475]  Also another ed.  4ff.   sm.
 4?  [Roma, Steplian Plannck,  ca 1490]
   MATTIROLO,  Gustavo,  1874-1943.    Diag-
 nostica  delle  malattie  nervose.   xvi, 749p.   8?
 Tor., Unione tipogr.  Torinese,  1920.
   ----  Malattie del midollo spinale.   p.593-710.
 S°  Tor., Minerva med.,  1932.
   In: Med. int. (Ceconi) Tor., 1932, 4:
   ---Malattie dei nervi periferici.   p.711-908.
 8°  Tor., Minerva med.,  1932.
   In: Med. int. (Ceconi; Tor., 1932, 4:
   ----   Terapia  delle  malattie nervose.   182p.
 8?  Tor., C. Accame, 1935.
   ----Semeiologia,  diagnosi  e  terapia delle
 malattie nervtose.  5. ed.  xv, 918p.  illust.  portr.
 25cm.  Tor., Unione tipogr. Torinese, 1944.
   ----   [The  same]   Semiologia, diagn6stico y
 tratamiento  de   las  enfermedades  nerviosas.
 Traduccion del M. Montaner de  la Poza.  4. ed.
 xv,  847p.   illust.   tab.   diagr.   ch.  24Ucm
 Barcel., Ed. Pubul, 1943.
   MATTISON,  Aron.   *Experimentelle   und
 klinische  Erfahrungen  iiber   Horn-Alloplastik
 [Basel]   20p.  8?  Riga [n. p.] 1934.
   MATTISON. Fitch  Chaplin Edmonds,  1S61-
 1932.
   For biographv see California West. M., 1937, 47- 40   Also
Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1934, 33: 11-13.
   For portrait see Bull. Los Angeles  Co. M. Ass  1946 76-
Xo. 3, 61:73.
   MATTISON, James Acker,  1870
   For biography see Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 849, portr.
   MATTISON. Richard  Vanselous,  !Sol-l93n.
   For biography  see in  First  Century  (Philadelphia Coll
Pharm.) Phila., 1922,  239, portr.
   MATTISON. Samuel Jones, 1X75 -1942.
   For obituary see California West. M., 1942, 57: 324.
   MATTISSON, Karl Henning, 1.X77        I).IS
 Magengeschwur; eine aetiologische und klinische
 Untersuchung  mit besonderer  Bezugnahme auf
 den  weiteren  Verlauf der  Krankheit  [Uppsala]
 xv,  344p.  tab.  8?   Berl., Urban  & Schwarzen-
 berg, 1931.
   MATTOLI. Aristide,      1931.
   For obituary see P.  verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir.,  19,(2
 9. Congr., 1: 159 (Alessandri, R.)
   MATTOLI, Attilio, 1848-1932.
   For obituary see Legge dei simili, 1932, 3: 67-70, portr.
   MATTOS,  Francisco Jose  de  [M.  D., ],H(ir>,
 Bahia]   *Feridas  penetrantes  das  articulacoes'
 seu  diagnostico e tratamento.   18p. 8?  Bahia'
 A. O. Franga Guerra, 1865.
   MATTOS,  Jose Francisco de, jr [M.  I)., ]X67,
 Lisboa]   *Algumas palavras sobre a encephalo-
 pathia uremica consecutiva k  doenga de Bright
 56p.  8?   Lisb., Tipogr. portug., 1867.
   MATTOS,   Lea de,  1908-       *Oxygeno-
 therapie;  nouveau dispositif de tente a  oxygene
 63p.  8?   Par., Vigot fr.,  1936.
   MATTOS,  Olyntho.  *A drenagem em  gyne-
 cologia.  55p.  8?  S. Paulo [n. p.] 1929.
   MATTOS,   Sylla   Orlandini,  1903-       *A
 insuficiencia   do   hormonio   folicular;   aspecto
 clinico  [Sao  Paulo]   p. 101-330.   illust.   diagr.
 ch.   portr.  tab.  23j4cm.  Rio, 1942.
   Forms No. 72/73, Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1942.
   See also Medina, J., & Mattos, S.  O. Propedeutica gvne-
 cologica.  85p.  23cm.  S. Paulo [1939?]
   ---- &  LIMA, Octaviano  Alves  de, filho.  0
 ovario;  contribuigao  ao  seu  estudo  clfnico  e
 cirurgico.   336p. illust.  diagr.  24cm.  S. Paulo,
 Ed.  Melhoramentos,  1943.
   MATTOS   Chaves, Joaquim  [M. D.,  1874,
 Lisboa]   *Fracturas   do  craneo.    104p.    12°
 Lisb. [n. p.] 1874.
   MATTOS  e  Silva,  Joao  de.  *Febre biliosa.
 59p.   8?   Lisboa, Minerva central,  1882.
   MATTRAITS, Rene Henri,  1912-      *Die-
 t^tique et caractere  essai.   lOlp.   8?   Par., L.
 Arnette, 1938.

 MATTRESS.
   See also Bed.
   Black, S.  Improvised section mattress for aid in manage-
 ment of high intestinal fistulae.  Med.  Bull.  U. S. Chief Surg.
 rLurop. Theatre,  1945,  No. 28, 6-8.—Dry,  J. D.  Mattress.
 0  S. Patent Off., 1941,  No. 2,247,705.—Hattasch.  Ueber
 Matratzen; ihre Form, Fiillung und Instandhaltung.  Zschr.
 ges. Krankenhauswes.,  1926, 22: 491-3.—Iker, H.  Mattress
and pillow coverings.  Ohio M. J., 1942, 38: 37.—LaBelle, A.
 1 ho right type of mattress important for patient's comfort.
 Ho p. Management  1940,  50: No. 1, 47-50.—Liebmann, E.
 Leber die Heistellung von Strohmatratzen fiir Militriraiispilten
und  Kantonnemente.   Deut.  Militararzt,  1940,  5:  391.—
 Murray, J.  L. W.  Sectional  mattress.  IJ.  S. Patent  Off.,
 1941, No. 2,247,516.- Konzani, E.  II materasso dal punto di
 visita  dell'igiene; vantaggi della  lana  mordenzata al  cloruro
'I:  bano. Gior. Soe. ital. igiene, 1930, 52: 36-49.—Simons, J.
 Health mattress.   L. S. Patent  Off., 1941,  No. 2,244,435.—
Siiltemeier,  F.   Ersparnismoglichkeit  fur  Krankenanstalten
durch Verwendung von Sparbetteinlagen.   Zschr.  ges. Kran-
kenhauswes., 1941, 37: 147-9.—Tompkins, E. H.  Inner spring
support. U. S.  Patent Off.,  1944, No. 2,3-15,-138.   Waldo,
M. T.   Operating means for inclinable mattre-s sections.
 Ibid., 1946. No. 2.395,699.
   MATTSON, Carl Henning,  1901-45.
   lor obituary see Minnesota M., 1915, 28:  238-40  (Solil-
berg,  O. I.)
   MATTSON,   Hamlin   August  Nathaniel,
 1899-
   See Rice.  C. O., & Mattson, H. A. N.  Injection treatment
 af  hernia. 266p.   8? Phila., 1937.
   MATTSON,  Marion  Louise.   The  relation
between   the   complexity  of  the  habit  to  be
acquired  and  the form of the  learning  curve in 
MATTSON                                    425                                    MATURITY
 young children,  p.  299-398.   tab.   diagr.   pl.
 23^cm.   Worcester, Mass., Clark Univ., 1933.
   Forms No. 4, v. 13, Genet, Psychol. Monogr.
   See also Foster, J. C, & Mattson, M. L.  Nursery school
 procedure. 220p. 8?  N. Y., 1929.

 MATUCOCCUS.
   McKenzie,  H.  L.   Matsucoccus  bisetosus  Morrison,  a
 potential enemy  of California pines.  J.  Econ. Entom.,  1941,
 34: 783-5.
   MATULA,   Johann,  1890-        Allgemeine
 Chemie.  p. 1-258.  illust.   tab.  diagr.   25cm.
 Lpz.,  G. Thieme, 1923.
   In- Kurzes  Lehrb. Chem. Natur ^ irtschaft (Oppenheimer,
 C.)
   Matumoto, Si-iti, 1884-
   For  portrait  see Deliber.  Congr.  derm, internat. (1935)
 193S, 9. Congr., 4: 169.
   MATUNAGA,  T.  Klinische  und  atiologische
 Forschungen   iiber  Safu.    77p.    pl.    26cm.
 Kyoto, Univ. Kyoto, 1928.
   Forms No. 3, Ser. A., of Monogr. actor, derm. Univ. Kyoto.

   MATUO,  Iwao,  compiler.  Biologische Unter-
 suchungen iiber Farbstoffe.   2v. 1046p.  [paged
 continuously]  tab.  8?  Kyoto, 1934-35.
   MATURANA  Pozo,  Sabina.   *Radioterapia
 en  las  inflamaciones  agudas  de la  piel [Chile]
 23p.   8?   Santiago  de Chile, Impr.  San Jose,
 1934.


 MATURATION.

   See   also   Child,   Development;   Growth;
 Maturity; Puberty.
   Bayles. B. B.  The influence of environment during matura-
 tion on  the disease reaction and yield of wheat and barley.
 Summaries Doct. Diss.  Univ. Wisconsin, 1937, 1: 33-5.—
 Bracken, H. von.   Investigation on twins concerning the
 development of self-sufficiency in  children.   Training School
 Bull., 1942-43, 39: 177; passim.—Castelnuovo  G.  Effetti  di
 alcuni ormoni sulla maturazione delle carpe.  Riv. biol., 1937,
 23: 365-72, 4 pl- Dore, L.  R., &  Hilgard,  E. R. Spaced
 practice and the maturation hypothesis.  J. Psychol., Provincet,
 1937, 4:  245-59.—Gesell. A.  The doctrine of development
 in child care.   Health  Educ. J.,  Lond., 1945, 3: 15-20.—
 Reinhardt, J.  Reifestadium und Schulleistung; Beitrag zum
 Accelerationsproblem.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1943-44, 64: 418-33.


 ---   sexual.

   Shuttleworth,   F.   K.    Sexual  maturation
 and the physical growl h of girls age six to nineteen.
 253p.   23cm.   Wash., 1937.
   Dantchakoff. V.  Sur  les  determinants   chimiques de la
 maturation sexuelle.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1940, 210: 270-2 —
 Negro,   R., Savalli,  P., &  Valiani,  S.  Sulla maturazione
 sessuale in Rhodeus amarus L.   Minerva med., Tor.,  1939,
 30: pt 2, 140-2.—Pope,  C. H. Attainment of sexual maturity
 in raccoons.  J. Mammal., 1944, 25: 91.—Rodolico, A. Tenta-
 tivi per  provocare sperimentalmente la  maturazione sessuale
 nei  maschi argentini di  anguilla.  Boll.  Soc. ital. biol. sper.,
 1932, 7: 1423-6.—Shuttleworth, F. K.  Sexual maturation and
 head dimensions.  Monogr. Soc. Res. Child Develop.,  1939,
 4: No. 3, 175-95.

   MATURI, Raffaele.   Dizionario  di  medicina.
 870p.   18?  Nap., P. Androsio,  1873.


 MATURIN.

  See under Senecio.


 MATURITY.

  See also Age; Maturation; Puberty.
  Cole,  L.   W.    Attaining  maturity.   212p.
 20cm.   N. Y., 1944.
  Bayley, N.  Size and body build of adolescents in relation to
 rate of skeletal maturing.  Child Develop., 1943,  14: 5L89.—
 Espenschade, A.  Physiological  maturity as  a factor in the
 qualification of  boys for  physical activity.  Res. Q.  Am. Ass.
 Health, 1944, 15:  113-7—Gambaro, P. K. Analysis of Vine-
 land social maturity scale.  Am.  J.  Ment. Dene,  1943-44,
 48: 359-63.—Gesell, A.  The role of developmental diagnosis
in clinical medicine.  N. York State J. M., 1944, 44: 2599-603 —
Marshall, J.  Psychological maturity as a basis for democracy.
Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1942, 26: 218-26.—Martin. D. D.  Growth,
development and  maturity.  J.  Florida  M.  Ass., 1934, 21:
158-60.—Remmers, H. H., & Martin, R. D.  Halo effect in
reverse;  are  teachers'  ratings  of high-school pupils valid?
J. Educ.  Psychol., 1944, 35: 193-200.—Smith, S. A.  Maturitv.
In his Forens. Med., 8. ed., Lond., 1943, 353.—Todd, T. W.
The progress of physical  maturity and mental expansion in
childhood.   Proc.  Ass. Res. Nerv.  Ment.  Dis.,  1934,  14:
55-65.

----   mental.

   See  also  Intellect;  Learning;   Mental  test;
Mind,  etc.
   Courbon, P.  L'adultisme mental et les  dtats de maturite
precoce de la personnalite.  Ann. m6d. psychol.,  Par., 1929,
87: pt 1, 355-62.—Doll,  E. A.   Annotated bibliography of
the Vineland  Social Maturity  Scale.  J. Consult. Psychol.,
1940,  4: 123-32.  ------  Measurement  of social maturity
applied  to older  people.  Pub.  Health Rep.,  Wash.,  1942,
Suppl. No. 168, 138-46.—Hutt, M. L.  Classroom and clinical
measurement of social maturation. Psychol. Bull.,  1942, 39:
465.—Levy, D. M.  Prevention of social  maturity.  In his
Matern.  Overprot., N. Y.,  1943, 71-100.—Patterson, C. H.
The Vineland Social Maturity Scale and some of its correlates.
J.  Genet.  Psychol.,  1943, 62:  275-87.—Pear, T.  H.   The
concept of mental maturity. Bull. John Rylands Libr., Manch.,
1944, 28: 404-21.—Weitzman, E.  A study of social maturity
in  persons  16 through 24 years of age. J. Genet.  Psychol.,
1944, 64: 37-66.

----   sexual.

   See also Menarche;  Puberty.
   Asmundson,  V. S. On  the measurement and inheritance of
sexual maturitv in turkeys, Meleagris gallopavo.  Am. Natur.,
1939, 73: 365-74— Bissonnette, T. H.   Studies on the sexual
cycle in  birds; sexual maturity; its modification and possible
control in the European starling (Sturnus vulgaris)  Am. J.
Anat., 1930, 45: 289-302, 2 pl.—Blandau, R. J., & Money, W.
L.  The  attainment ot sexual maturity in the female albino rat
as  determined by the copulatory response.   Anat. Rec, 1943,
86: 197-215, pl.—Greulich, W. W., Day.  H. G. [et al.]  A
method  for determining sexual maturity in bovs.  Monogr.
Soc. Res. Child Develop., 1938, 3: No. 2,  65.—Kirkendall, L. A.
Sex maturity and adolescence.  In his Sex Adjustm.,  N. Y.,
1940, 17-28.—Kliachko, V. R.  [Significance of the suprarenal
cortex in the clinical syndrome of early sexual maturity]  Probl.
endocrin., Moskva, 1940, 5: No. 3, 46; No. 4, 3.—Lerner, I. M.,
&  Taylor, L. W.  The spurious nature of the linkage between
length of laying vear and sexual maturity in the fowl.  Am.
Natur.,  1937,  71:  617-22.—Ranzi, S.,  & Zezza,  P.  Fegato,
maturita sessuale e gestazione in Trygon  violacea.  Pubb. Staz.
zool. Napoli, 1935-36, 15: 355-67.—Rigdon, R. H. The age of
sexual maturity in 250 albino  female  rats (Mus norvegicus
albicus,  Wistar  strain)  J. Lab.  Clin. M., 1936, 21: 1182-4.

   MATUSCHKA,  Joseph, & ROSNER, Rudolf.
Die  Malariatherapie  der  Syphilis.   84p.    8?
Wien,  J. Springer,  1927.
   MATUSSEK, Paul,  1908-       *Ueber eitrige
Zungen- und  Mundbodenentzundungen mit be-
sonderer Berucksichtigung der  Therapie  [Mar-
burg]  36p.   tab.  8?  [Fulda, Uth]  1932.
   MATUSZCZYK,  Herbert,  1909-       *Mor-
phologische  Betrachtungen iiber einen  Fall von
Herzmissbildung;  Aortenventrikel   [Munchen]
25p.   21cm.   Wiirzb., K. Triltsch,  1938.
   MATUTT, Hildegard,  1909-       *Ueber die
Therapie der essentiellen  Thrombopenie   [Leip-
zig]  23p.   8?   Zeulenroda i.  T.,  A. Oberreuter,
1934.
   MATUURA, Usitaro, 1865-1937.
   For portrait see Jap. J. Derm. Urol.,  1937, 42: opp. p. 254.

   MATZ, Cuno, 1911-      *Ueber kleine Steine
in  den  abfuhrenden  Harnwegen;  Folgen  und
Therapie.   22p.   8?   Berl.-Steglitz, Knuppe  &
Baumgart, 1938.
   MATZ,  Karl,  1909-        *Die  Totgeburten
bei unter der Geburt in die Klinik eingelieferten
Frauen   [Greifswald]   28p.    8?    Wurzb.,   K.
Triltsch, 1936.
   MATZ, Philip Benjamin, 1885-1938.   A study
of diabetes  mellitus among ex-service  men;  by
Talu [pseud.]   19p.  tab.   26>km.   [n. p., after

1900]
   Typewritten.
   ----   Standardization  of  the  treatment  of
diabetes  mellitus in hospital and regional offices.
20p.   8?   Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1932.
   Forms No. 27, Clin. Bull. Med. Hosp. Serv. U. S. Veterans'
Admin. 
MATZ
426
MATZOON
  ----Standardization  of  clinical  laboratory
work in hospitals and regional offices; the blood.
Hev. Sept. 1, 1934.  30 1.  tab.  27cm.  [Wash..'

"' rVms No.'15, Clin. Bull. Med. Hosp. Serv. U. S. Veterans'
Admin.
  ----Standardization of  clinical  work  in
Veterans' Administration facilities; habit-form-
ing drugs.  14p.  231>cm.  Hines, 111., Veterans
Admin. Facility [1934?]
  Forms No. 28. Clin. Bull. Med. Hosp. Serv. L. S. Veterans
Admin.
  ----    Standardization  of  clinical  laboratory
work  in  Veterans'  Administration   facilities;
examination  of  sputum.    Rev.  1934.   12p.
23^cm.   Wash., Gov. Print.  Off., 1935.
  Forms No. 20, Clin. Bull. Med. Hosp. Serv. U. S. ^ eterans
Admin.
  ----   Standardization  of  serological work in
facilities  of  the Veterans' Administration; the
Wasserman test.  Rev. 1934.  lOp.  tab.  23^cm.
Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1935.                  ,
   Forms No. 10, Clin. Bull. Med. Hosp. Serv. U. S. \ eterans
Admin.                            „,    . ,  , _  ,
   See also Gilchrist. H. L., & Matz, P. B.  The residual effects
of warfare gases.  93p. 8° Wash  1933.
   For obituary see Bull. Am.  Acad. Tuberc. Physicians, 1938,
2: No. 3, 45, portr.  Also Mil. Surgeon, 1938, 83: 189-91, portr.
   MATZDORFF, Friedrich  Wilhelm, 1901-
*Das  Sympathogoniom  der Nebenniere.   22p.
8?   Berl., E. Ebering, 1927.
   MATZEN, Friedrich  Peter, 1909-       "'Un-
tersuchungen uber die Brauchbarkeit der Read-
schen  Grundumsatzformel [Munchen]  25p.  8.
Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1934.
   MATZENAUER, Rudolf, 1869-1932.
   For obituary see Derm. Wschr., 1932, 95: 1727-9  Oppon-
heim. M.)  Also Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1932, 7: No. 334 (Oppen-

   For portrait see Deliber.  Congr. derm, internat.  (1935)
 1936, 9. Congr., 4: 402.
   MATZEN Seiler,  Ricardo.  *Arquitectura del
 maxilar inferior en relaci6n con la posici6n de las
 raices y  con la capacidad de resistencia del arco
 dentario en el adulto  [Chile]  64p.  8?  Santiago,
 Impr. Univ., 1939.
   MATZERATH,  Hermann  Philipp   Martial.
 *Ueber  das Fehlen  der Fusspulse bei Neuritis
 senilis und postinfektiosa.  31p.  8? Rostock, C.
 Boldt, 1919.
   MATZERATH, Theo,  1904-      *Die Wir-
 kungen  der buttersauren Salze  auf das isolierte
 Froschherz.  12p. 8?  Kiel [n. p.] 1931.
   MATZINGER,  Walter [M. D.,  1929,  Zurich]
 *Ueber  die Askaridenallergie bei Sauglingen und
 die Spezifitat  der Askaridenreaktion   [Zurich]
 p 399_410.  8?   Jena, G. Fischer,  1929.
   Also Zschr. Immunforsch.. 1929,  60:
   MATZINOVSKY, Evgeny Ivanovich, 1874-
   [Autobiography] Med. parazit., 1935, 4: 7-15, portr.
   MATZKE,  Fritz Werner, 1908-      *Ueber
 die Behandlung von Gingivitiden  und Stomati-
 tiden mit L.  P.  C. Pyocid  [Kiel]  23p.   8?
 Karlsruhe, Stidwestdeut.  Druck., 1934.
   MATZLIK, H.   Erbliche  Taubheit.  p.51-5.
 23cm.   Teplitz-Schonau, Wachter, 1938.
   In:  [Germany] Bund der  Deutschen. Abt. Bevolkerungs-
 politik. 1938.
   MATZNER,  Margarete,  1912-        *Wie
 gross ist der Verlust eines Zahnes an Belastungs-
 Einheiten  durch  Wurzelbehandlung?  [Wiirz-
 burg]   63p.   8?   Wertheim-M.,  E.  Bechstein,
  1936.
   MATZNER,  Martin,  1909-        Untersu-
 chungen iiber das  Bohnenkraut,  Satureja hor-
 tensisL. 16p.  8?   Bresl.,  Buch- & Offsetdr.,
  1935.
MATZOON.
  See Kefir.
  MAU, Ferdinand,  1896-       *Consilium fiir
einen am Rheuma leidenden Geistlichen, verfasst
von   einem  deutschen  Magister  Bernhardus,
Doktor der Medizin von Bologna (Auszug)   8p.
8°  Lpz., E. Lehmann,  1925.
  MAU,  Margarete,  1895-       *Die  Volks-
gesundheit in Thiiringen; ihre Entwicklung und
ihre  Forderung seit 1914 (Teildruck)   93p.  8°
Jena, G. Fischer, 1931.
  MAUBACH,   Monika,  1902-       *Ueber
ungiinstige  Folgeerscheinungen des Sportes und
der Leibesubungen fiir das weibliche  Geschlecht
[Freiburg]   16p.  8?  Dietenheim, F. Ranz, 1927.
  MAUBARET,  Jean Pierre,  1881-       *La
iaunisse  des  muletons;  6tiologie;  traitement
[Alfort; Vet.]  41p.  8?  Par., F. Carbonnel, 1932.
  MAUBOUSSIN,  Eugene,  1883-       '"Con-
tribution k l'etude clinique de la  gourme d'apres
les observations recueillies k l'Annexe de Remonte
du Garros, k Auch  [Alfort; Vet.] 49p.  ch. 8?
Chalons-sur-Marne, A.  Robat, 1928.
  MAUBOUSSIN, Jean, 1907-      *Etude sur
les formes chirurgicales de la tuberculose gastrique
[Paris]  56p.  8?  Angers, Impr. Anjou, 1933.
  MAUCH, Otto, 1912-      *Der  lateinische
Begriff disciplina; eine Wortuntersuchung [Basel;
Ph.  D.]   vii, 124p.   23cm.  Freib.,  Schweiz,
Paulusdruck., 1941.
  MAUCHER, Hermann, 1910-       *Matenal
und Gestaltung der  Prothesenbasen.   41p.  8!
Miinch., Hohenhaus,  1935.
  MAUCLAIRE, Jean,  1905-      *Les depres-
sions cerebriformes endocraniennes de la  voute
du  cr^ne.   47p.  pl.  8?  Par., G. Girard, 1936.
  MAUCLAIRE, Placide, 1863-1940.  Les greffes
chirurgicales.  vi, 312p.  8?  Par., J. B. Bailliere

  For'obituary see Bull.  Acad, med., Par., 1940, 123: 535
(Hartmann, H.) Also Mem. Acad, chir.,  Par., 1940, 66: 643.
  MAUCOTEL, Paul, 1909-      *Contribution
a l'etude de la sympathectomie presacree.  96p.
8?   Par., A. Legrand, 1935.
  MAUCOURANT,   James,  1910-        *La
maladie de Chagas.  40p.  8? Par., L.  Rodstein,
1938.                                   ,   .  ,
   MAUDE, Aylmer, 1858-1938.  The authorized
life of Marie C.  Stopes.  Rev. ed.  226p.  portr.
19cm.  Lond., Williams & Norgate, 1924.
  ----  Marie Stopes; her work and play,  vn,
299p.  pl.   portr.  8?   Lond., P. Davies,  1933.
   MAUDE, Frederic Natusch, 1854-       Mili-
tary letters and  essays.  303p.  8?  Kansas City,
 Mo., Hudson-Kimberly Pub. Co., 1895.
   M AUDSLEY, Henry, 1835-1918.  Life in mind
 and conduct; studies of organic in human nature.
 xv,  444p.   23cm.  Lond.,  Macmillan &  Co.,
 1902.
   ----  Responsibility in mental  disease,  xi,
 338p.  20cm.   N. Y., D. Appleton & Co.,  1904
   See also Robertson, C.  I... & Maudsley, H.  Insanity ana
 crime.  47p.  8°. Lond., 1864.                     ,
   For biography see  Short Hist, of Cheadle Royal (Brock-
 bank) Manchester,  1934,  61, portr.  Also Ment. Hyg., AID,
 1930, 14: No. 2, portr. (Campbell, C. M.)
   MAUDSLEY, Sir Henry Carr, 1859-1944.
   For obituarv see  Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 437; 575 (Dunhill.  1.)
 1944, 2: 581 (Mackay, C. V.)  Also Lancet, Lond., 1944 1.
 391.  Also Med. J. Australia, 1944,  1: 402-4, portr. Also
 Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1944, 15: 1-3, portr.
   MAUE, Manfred, 1912-      ♦Untersuchun-
 gen  iiber  das sogenannte  Kompressionssphyg-
 mogramm.   24p.   8?   Tub.,  A. Becht, 1937.
   MAUER,  Gerhard,  1911-       *Ueber die
  Vorstadien  des  Mammakarzinoms  [Freiburg! 
MAUER
427
MAUL
    568-96.   24y2cm.  Naumburg-Saale, Lippert
 & Co.,  1936.
   Also Beitr. path. Anat., 1936, 97:
   MAUER, Karl Theodor, 1904-      *Weiterer
 Beitrag zur Entscheidung der Frage: Todlicher
 Unfall durch Absturz oder Totung durch dritte
 Hand?  20p.  pl.  8?   Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn,
 1934.
   MAUERER, Hanns, 1899-       *Ueber  die
 Behandlung des angeborenen muskularen Schief-
 halses nach  Fr. Lange [Munchen]  30p.  tab.
 8° Bayreuth, E. Miihl, 1929.
   MAUERHOFER,  Herbert  [M.  D.,   1927,
 Zurich]  *Das  Verhalten des  Blutzuckers  bei
 Diabetikern  nach  Zufuhr verschiedener Kohle-
 hydrattrager  per  os,   ohne und  mit  Insulin
 [Zurich] p. 641-60.  8? Berl., J.  Springer,  1927.
   Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1927, 105:
   MAUERMANN, Alfred,  1911-      *Unter-
 suchungen iiber Zahl  und  Weite  der Dentin-
 kanalchen   [Wiirzburg]   16p.    8!   Essen,  J.
 Kauermann, 1934.
   MAUERMANN,  Franz,   1909-        *Ein
 Beitrag  zur  medikamentosen  Behandlung  der
 Granulome  unter  besonderer Berucksichtigung
 des Chlorphenols [Wiirzburg]  18p.  8?  Essen,
 J. Kauermann, 1932.
   MAUERMANN, William John,  1903-
 ♦Preoperative  and  postoperative  studies  on
 blood coagulation  time  [Marquette Univ.]  12p.
 28cm.  [Milwaukee, n.  p.] 1939.
  Typewritten.
   MAUGEAIS,  Jean,   1916-       *Contribu-
 tion  a  l'etude  de  l'hypoglycemie spontanee.
 92p.  24cm.  Par., R. Foulon, 1942.
   MAUGENEST,  Raymond,  1909-      *De
 l'hyperleucocytose  au  cours  des  syndromes
 agranulocytaires   [Paris]    72p.    8?    Tours,
 Arrault & cie, 1935.
   MAUGENEST-CUVIER,  Lucile,  1908-
 *Contribution k l'etude  hematologique  de  la
 coqueluche  [Paris] 40p.  23cm.  Tours, Arrault
 & cie 1940.
   MAUGHAM,  William Somerset, 1874-
   Harman, W. M. Famous TB-ers; William Somerset Maug-
 ham.  Health Rays,  Kentville, 1945, 19: 15.—Morgan, H. V.
 A writer with a medical background.  Hist.  Bull., Calgary,
 1939^0, 4: No. 4, 1-6.
   MAUK, Margarete,  1906-         Untersu-
 chungen iiber die  Bedeutung  der  Variabilitat
 fiir den bakteriellen  Verwendungsstoffwechsel
 [Freiburg] 18p.  8?  Marbach a. N., A. Remp-
 pis, 1935.
   MAUKELS, Gustave, 1856-1933.
   For obituary see Techn. san. mun., Par., 1934, 29: 3.
  MAUKISCH,  Karl Robert, & SPERK, Hein-
 rich.  Das Sandstrahlgeblase  unter besonderer
 Berucksichtigung der Massnahmen zur Vermei-
 dung von Schadigungen bei  seiner Verwendung.
 46p.   8?  Berl.,  J. Springer, 1928.
  MAUL,  Erwin, 1907-      *Ueber  die  Wir-
 kung von Mischungendes Novocains mit Kaliumk-
 chlorid und Kaliumsulfat am sensiblen  Nerven.
 12p.  8?  Halle a. S., C. F. Rode & Sohn, 1932.
  MAUL,  Gerhard Helmut,  1913-      *Ueber
 die Thrombangiitis obliterans  (Buerger)  unter
 dem Bilde einer Embolie der Arteria centralis
 retinae;  klinische  und  anatomische Beobach-
 tungen.  24p.  21cm.  Munster, C.  J. Fahle,  1938.
  MAUL, Karl Heinz,  1905-       *Die Veran-
der ungender  normalen Wirbelsaule  im  Jugend-
alter   mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der
Adolescentenkyphose [Jena] 28p.  8?  Marbach a.
N., A. Remppis,  1934.
  MAUL, Martin, 1911-      *Innenklimatische
Untersuchungen im Frankfurter Hallenschwimm-
bad Mitte  [Frankfurt a. M.]   28p.   8?   Geln-
hausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1936.
  MAULMONT,  Jacques Paul  de,  1909-
*Formes de d6but non fistuleuses de l'actinomy-
cose colique.  167p.  pl.  8?  Par., L. Arnette,
1938.
  MAUMENEE, Alfred Edward,      -1938.
  For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1938, 428.
  MAUNEY, Samuel McAlister, 1891-
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MAUNOIR, Theodore, 1806-69.
  For portrait see Ciba Symposia, 1942-43, 4: 1377.
  MAUNOURY, Gabriel Victor, 1850-1925.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MAUNSELL,  Henry, 1806-79.  The Dublin
practice of midwifery.  With notes and additions
by  Chandler R.  Gilman.  292p.  19cm.  N. Y.,
W.  A. Le Blanc, 1842.  Also New ed.  [by T. M.
Madden]   xiv, 315p.   18cm. Lond., Longmans,
Green & Co., 1871.
  MAUNSELL,  Robert Charles Butler,   1872-
1930.
  For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 877.
  MAUNTZ,  Heinrich von, 1898-      *Zehn
Jahre  Lumbalpunktion  in  der  Reichsmarine
unter besonderer  Berucksichtigung der Mastix-
und Goldsolreaktionen  (1923-1933)   15p.   8?
Kiel, Kieler Ztg, 1934.
  MAUNZ, Daniel Henry, 1904-
  Awarded Soldier's Medal. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944,
No.  83, 38.  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125: 712.
  MAUPASSANT, Henri Rene Albert Guy de,
1850-93.
  Delpierrb, G.  *Etude  psycho-pathologique
sur  Guy  de Maupassant  [Paris]   95p.   24cm.
Montrouge, 1939.
  Gabel, J.  *Genie et  folie chez Guy de  Mau-
passant.   36p.   24cm.  Par., 1940.
  Hoffmann, G.  *Le cas de Maupassant;  etude
medico-litteraire.  46p.  24cm.   Par.,  1940.
  Morin-Gattthier,  F.  *La  psychiatrie dans
l'oeuvre litteraire  de Guy de Maupassant.   82p.
24cm.   Par., 1944.
  Terrier, J.  *Le g6nie et  la maladie  chez
Guy d'e Maupassant.  54p.  8?  Par.,  1927.
  For biography see  Minerva med., Tor.,  1940, 31: pt 1,
varia, 162-6.
  Voivenel, P., & Lagriffe, L.  A propos de la paralysie generale
de Guy de Maupassant.  Chron. med., 1929, 36:141-4.
  MAUPETIT,  Francois Joseph, 1905-
*Recherches sur les corps azotes non proteiques
de  la salive k  l'etat  normal et  pathologique;
1'uree salivaire, son interet clinique.  113p.  25cm.
Bord., Delmas, 1933.
  MAUPILLIER,  Robert, 1910-       Contri-
bution k  l'etude  et au traitement des ulceres
performs  et bouches de l'estomac.   62p.   8!
Par., A. Legrand,  1936.
  MAUQUEST  de la  Motte, Guillaume,  1655-
1737.
  Findley, P.  Guillaume Mauquest  de la Motte; Hiram
Nahum Vineberg. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1943-44,
10: 1-5.
  MAURACH, Heino, 1912-      *Beitrage zur
Farbstoff-Therapie von Kampfstoffschadigungen
[Berlin]   17p.  8?  Bresl., B. Berger, 1938.
  MAURAGE, Francois, 1909-      Contribu-
tion a l'etude des formes resales de I'endocardite
maligne lente. 75p.  8?  Par., L. Arnette,  1936.
  MAURANGE,  Pierre  Gabriel  Joseph Marie,
1865-      Livre de raison d'un medecin parisien,
1865-1938.  221p.  19cm. Par., Libr. Plon,  1938.
  MAURANO, Flavio.  Historia da lepra em S.
Paulo.   2v.   270p.;  281p.  illust.  pl.   map.
23^cm.   S. Paulo, Rev. d. tribunals, 1939. 
MAURATH
42S
MAl'RER
   MAURATH. Wilhelm, 1910-       *Der  Ein-
fluss  von  Dijodtyrosin  Roche auf  die  Milch-
sekretion.  56p.  ch.  21cm.  Lpz., A. Edelmann,
1936.
   MAUREIL-DESCHAMPS, Madeleine, 1911-
       *Contribution a  l'etude  de la  lympho-
granulomatose maligne; localisations sternales et
localisations cutanees.  55p.  illust. 24cm.  Par.,
A. Legrand,  1940.
   MAUREL, Gerard [M.  D.,  1919,  Paris]  Chi-
rurgie  maxillo-faciale.   xxii,  S(>7p.   illust.  8?
Par.,  Sem. dent., 1931.
   —   &  DARCISSAC,  Marcel.   Les pertes  de
substances pathologiques du maxillaire superieur;
leur traitement chirurgical et prothetique.   95p.
illust. 8?  Brux., Rev. chir. plastique, 1933.
   MAUREL, Jean,  1913-       *Le traitement
des delires aigus de I'alcoolisme chronique par les
injections  intra-veineuses d'alcool. 56p.  25cm.
Par.,  E.  Le Francois, 1940.
   MAUREL,  Rene  Raymond  Frangois  Louis,
1901-       *La transfusion  sanguine  d'urgence.
164p.  tab.   24cm.   Strasb., Impr.  Soc.  d'ed.
Sz immobiliere, 1936.
   MAURER, Andre  [M. D., 1918, Paris]  Les
plaies vasculaires  recentes et  leur traitement.
114p.  illust.  24cm.  Par., Masson & cie, 1940.
   MAURER, Bernard Martial, 1905-       *Le
scoutisme  et l'hvgiene de l'adolescent.   34p.   8?
Par.,  A.  Legrand, 1931.
   MAURER,  Ernst  [M.  D.,  1921,   Miinchen]
Taschenbuch der Sauglings- und  Kinderpflege;
mit kurzer Besprechung der wesentliclisten Ge-
sundheitsstorungen  im  Sauglings- und  Kindes-
alter.  175p.  pl.  16? Esslingen, J. F. Schreiber,
192S.
   MAURER, Friedrich, 1859-1936.
   In,  l'otschrift see Morph. Jahrb., 1929, 62: Teil 1;  1929,
63: TVil 2.
   For biography see  Munch,  med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1677
(Berblinger, W.)
   For obituarv see Goppert.  E.  Friedrich Maurer und der
Kreis um Carf Gegenbaur. Anat. Anz., 1937-38, 85: 313-31,
portr.
   MAURER,  Georg,  1909-       Wetter  und
Jahreszeit  in der Chirurgie.  40p.   tab.  25}£cm.
Stuttg.,  F. Enke,  1938.
   Forms H. 20. Vortr. prakt. Chir. (Lexer, E.)
   See also Schoneberg, G., & Maurer, G. Kollaps; Richtlinien
fiir die Praxis: mit einem Beitrag Der Kollaps in der Chirurgie,
von G. Maurer.  88p.  20cm.  Dresd., 1942.
   MAURER, Gordon Bostwick, 1899-1938.
  For obituarv see J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 2126.  Also
Yale J. Biol.,  1938-39, 11: 165-8.
   MAURER,  Gustav [M.  D.,  1924,  Zurich]
*Pleuraadhaesionen,  kiinstlich  erzeugt an Hun-
den, in Analogie mit den tuberkulosen  mensch-
lichen Brustfellverwachsungen.   23p.   pl.    8?
Ziir.,  Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1924.
  ----Eine kombinierte Lungenkollapsmethode
zur Kavernenbehandlung.  126p.  illust.  24cm.
Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1942.
  Forms Suppl. 9, v.9, Helvet. med. acta.
  MAURER, Hansjorg.  Eine kritische Betrach-
tung  des  Problems  der  Homosexualitat.    62p
8?  Miinch., W. Drexler, 1921.
  MAURER, Helene Katharina,  1909-
* Ueber das Vorkommen von Mund- und  Rachen-
verletzungen bei der  Kindestotung durch Erwiir-
gen.   31 p.   S?  Kiel  [n. p., 1935]
  MAURER, Hermann,  1889-       *Inwieweit
beeinflusst  die Stellung in der Geburtenreihe den
Wert  der Friichte (Auszug)  Op.  8?  Lpz. [n. p ]
1923.
  MAURER, Johan Friedrich  Wilhelm,  189s
         Ein  neues  deutsches Evangelienbruch-
stiick des vierzehnten Jahrhunderts.  36p.  facs.
25cm.  Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1925.
   Forms II. 4, Jahrg.  1925.  Schr.  iicssischen Hoclischulrn,
(Univ. Giessen)
   MAURER, Julius.  * Beitrag zur normalen und
patliologischen  Anatomie  dvs  Equidenherzcps
29p.   S?   Ziir., H. Roth, 1926.
   MAURER, Katherine M.
   See Goodenough, F. L.,  &  Maurer. K. M.  The mental
growth of children from two to fourteen years; a study of the
predictive  value of the Minnesota  preschool scales   13fin
23Hcm. Minneap., 1942.                         "'
   MAURER,  Kurt,   1900-        Chemie  der
Inkrete   und   ihre   wichtigstcn  Dnrstcllungs-
methoden.  vi, 67p.  s?  Lpz.,  J. A.  Barth, 1937.
   Forms Bd 1, Zwanglose Abh. inn. Sckret. (Berblinger. \\.)
   MAURER, Lina.   *KeststickstoffbestimmutiK
im l.eichenblut und deren forensische Bedeutung
36p.  8?   Zur., Stafa A.-G., 1929.
   MAURER, Murray  Lawrence,  1911-
*Ueber Fremdkiirper im  Magendarmkanal unter
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der offenen  Kielier-
heitsnadeln   [Basel]   19p.  8?   Mulhouse,  A
Knecht,  1936.
   MAURER, Rose.  Soviet health care in peace
and  war.  48p.   illust.   21}£cm.   N. V.,  Am
Russian Inst., 194.3.
   MAURER, Walter,  1906-       *I'ebcr  suh-
cutane Xieren verletzungen und ihre  Spatfolgen;
Studie auf Grund  des  Materials der SUVA vom
Jahre 1918-1931, mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung
der  Nephrektomiefalle.   72p.   22J^cm.   Ziir.,
Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1940.
   MAURER, Wilhelm, 1904-       *Die  Darm-
bakterionflora  gesunder,  erwachsener  Menschen
und  ihre  Beeinflussung durch den  Genuss  von
Milch   und   Milcherzeugnissen;  Beitrag   zur
Kenntnis der Darm-Milchsaure-Bakterien.  77p.
pl.  8°  Kiel, n. p., 1929.
   MAURER,  Wilhelm,  1909-       *Die  Ge-
schichte   der Wundbehandlung  in   der  Zahn-
heilkunde.  28p.   8?   Heidelb., P. Braus, 1932.
   MAURIAC,  Charles Marie  Tamarelle, 1832-
1905.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MAURIAC,  Leonard Pierre,  1882-      Aux
confins de la medecine;  nouvelles  rencontres.
260p.  12?  Par.,  B. Grasset, 1930.
  ----  La  pathogenie des oedemes.  S7p.   8?
Par., Masson & cie, 1937.
  ----  Le  traitement du diabete  en pratique
medicale.   106p.    tab.   diagr.   form.  20cm.
Par., Masson & cie, 1941.
  ---- La goutte; signes, diagnostic, traitement.
39p.  pl.   27cm.   Par., G. Doin,  1942.
  For biography see in Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932,
3:311-24.
   MAURIC, Charles  Louis,  1909-       ♦Con-
tribution  a l'etude  des pvelonephrites staphylo-
cocciques.  76p.  25cm.  Bord., J. Biere, 1934.
   MAURIC, Georges  Julien Jacques, 1902-
*Le  disque intervertebral;  pathologie, diagnostic
et indications therapeutiques.   195p.  pl.   8°
Par., Masson & cie, 1933.
   See also Pasteur Vallery-Radot, Mauric. G. [et al.] L'ana-
phylaxie.  130p. 25cm. Par., 1937.
   MAURICE,  Andre, 1907-        *La  Lucilia
sericata en therapeutique; larves  vivantes; sues
extra its de larves.   107p.   8?   Par.,  A. Legrand,
1934.
   MAURICE,  Andre,  1910-       *Contribution
k  l'etude  de l'appendicite sous-hepatique  avec
Caecum  recurvatum.   48p.  S°   Par., Ed.  Jel,
1937.
   MAURICE,  Sir  Frederick  Barton,  1871-
Sir Frederick Maurice; a record of his work and 
MAURICE
429
MAURIZIO
opinions, with  eight  essays on  discipline  and
national efficiency,   viii,  285p.   8.  Lond., E.
Arnold,  1913.
  MAURICE, George Thelwall Kindersley, 1867-
      Birth control and  population.   56p.   8?
Lond., Scientific Pr., 1922.
  MAURICE, Henri.  Variations avec 1 age dans
la teneur de quelques organes en phosphore total
et en divers corps phosphores.  p. 121-90.   tab.
8°  Fribourg, Fragniere fr., 1910.
  'MAURICE, Henri, 1909-      *Les psychoses
d'epuisement a base  de denutrition.   79p.   8?
Par , E. Le Frangois, 1938.
  MAURICE,  Sir John Frederick, 1841-1912.
  For biography see:            _
  Maurice, F. B.   Sir  Frederick Maurice; a
record of his work and opinions, with eight essays
on discipline and national efficiency,  viii, 285p.
8°  Lond., 1913.
  MAURICEAU,  Francois,  1637-1709.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also in Collect, art.
Fac. med., Paris (Legrand, N.) Par., 1911, pl. 34.
  MAURIN,  Armand,  1905-        *Adenites
suppurees de l'aine sans chancre porte d'entree.
70p   8?  Par., Jouve & cie, 1930.
  MAURIN, Madeleine,  1908-       Contri-
bution  a  l'etude  de  la  methyl-2-hydroxy-4-
quinoleine  et  de  ses derives [Lyon]   70p.  8?
Par., Masson & cie, 1935.
  MAURISSET,  Marc Edouard, 1909-
*Observations  sur la therapeutique  de  l'incon-
tinence  essentielle d'urine dans ses rapports  avec
le desequilibre acido-basique [Paris]   31p.  8?
Saint-Cloud, Girault, 1937.


MAURITANIA.
  Colin.  Considerations generales sur les causes qui ont pu
influencer l'etat sanitaire en Mauritanie.  Ann. med. pharm.
col., Par., 1932, 30:736-40.
  MAURITIUS [Hibernicus]
  See O'Fihely, Maurice.
  MAURITIUS.  Medical  and  Health  Depart-
ment.   Annual report.   Port Louis,  1898-
  MAURITIUS.   Registrar  General.   Annual
report  on births,  deaths and marriages.   Port
Louis,  1896-

MAURITIUS.
  See also under Health organization.
  Azunkhan,  Y. K.   *Geographie medicale de
l'lle Maurice.   80p.  8?  Par., 1932.
  Herchenroder,  M.  The atmospheric  pres-
sure atMauritius; being a survey and discussion
of fifty-six  years'  observations  made  at  the
Royal   Alfred  Observatory.   21p.    8?   Port
Louis, 1937.
  Annual report on the Medical and Health Department for
the year 1931.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934, 37: Suppl., 10-
2.-Health of Mauritius in 1937.  Ibid., 1939, 42:  178-8L—
Mauritius [medical and  sanitary reports, 1929]  Trop. Dis.
Bull., Lond.,  1931, 28: Suppl., 42-4;  passim.—Mauritius;
medical research.  In:  Med. Res. in Colonies (Gr. Brit. Colon.
M. Res.  Com.) 1929,  48.—Verhoeff, K.  W. Was  sagen die
Diplopoden zur Vergangenheit  der Insel Mauritius?  Zool.
Anz., 1939 126: 1-6.—Wylie, J. Medical and other  aspects of
Mauritius. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1936, 22: 47-51.
  MAURITY Silva Santos, Jose, 1889-1937.
  For obituary see Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1937, 45: 528-32
(Cordovil, A.)  Also Rev. syniatr., Rio, 1937, 30: 219.
  MAURITZON,   Johan.   *Studien   iiber  die
Embryologie  der   Familien  Crassulaceae  und
Saxifragraceae [Ph.  D.]   152p.   illust.   26#cm.
Lund, H. Ohlsson, 1933.
  MAURIZI, Maurizio.  Le terme di Acquasanta.
38p.  8?  Ascoli, Soc. Tip. Litogr., 1921.
  MAURIZIO,  Eugenio, 1898-
  For biography see Settimana med., 1940, 28: 1149.
  MAURIZIO,  Reto,  1909-       *Ueber  das
Schicksal der  Dehydrocholsaure  im  tierischen
Organismus  [Zurich]   30p.   tab.  23cm.  Neu-
chatel, Delachaux & Niestle, 1937.
  MAURO,  Eugenio  Luiz, 1913-       Obser-
vacoes sobre as arterias e as vias biliferas do lobo
quadrado do figado  no homem.  158p.   illust.
24cm.   S. Paulo, Tipogr. Rossolillo,  1945.
  MAURO,  Silvestro,  1619-87.
  Portrait. In: Scienz. ital. (Mieli, A.) Roma, 1923, 1: pt 2,
427.
  MAUROIS, Andre [pseud, of Andre HERZOG]
1885-        Les silences  du  Colonel  Bramble.
250p.  19cm. Par., B. Grasset,  1922.
  MAUROIS,  Jean Alfred  Georges,  1907-
*La version par  manoeuvres internes dans  les
presentations  de  l'extremite  cephalique  avec
retrecissement leger du detroit superieur.  88p.
24cm.   Lille, G. Sautai, 1934.
  MAUROLICO,  Francesco,  1494-1575.  The
Photismi de lumine of Maurolycus;  a chapter
in late medieval  optics; transl. from the Latin
into English by  Henry Crew,   xix,  134p.   pl.
portr. facs.   diagr.  22cm.  N.Y., Macmillan Co.,
1940.
  MAURUS, Peter, 1912-      *Die Zerstorung
des kiinstlichen Gebisses und ihre unfallrechtliche
Bedeutung   [Munchen]   15p.    8?    Dusseld.,
G.  H.  Nolte, 1935.
  MAURY,  Andre, 1909-      *Reactions leu-
cocytaires et  reactions focales  precoces apres
radiotherapie  sympathique.   99p.    8?   Par.,
Jouve & tie, 1938.
  MAURY,  Bernard,  1916-       *La reaction
de  Takata-Ara en tant que  test d'insuffisance
hepatique.   23p.   24cm.  Par., E. Le Francois,
1940.
  MAURY,  Emmerick A., 1902-      *A propos
de  deux cas  de  scrofulo-tuberculose  multiple.
57p.   pl. 8?  Par., M. Vigne, 1928.
  ----& MAURY, Marguerite.  Radiesthesie et
medecine.  163p.   18}4cm.  Par., Ariane, 1946.
  MAURY,  Henri, 1912-       *Reglementation
concernant la salubrite des coquillages k Marseille
[Marseille]    153p.   25cm.    Montpel.,  Impr.
Mari-Lavit, 1939.
  MAURY,  J. C. F.  Traite complet de Part du
dentiste, d'apres l'etat  actuel des connaissances.
Nouv.   ed.   viii,  578p.    tab.   21cm.   Par.,
J. Rouvier,  1833.
  MAURY,  J.  E.,  1912-       Contribution  a
l'etude des intoxications spontanees par Aconitum
napellus [Vet.]   63p.   illust.   24cm.   Toulouse,
Impr. Toulousaine, 1937.
   MAURY,  Jacques,  1908-       *Les  appendi-
cites pelviennes.   102p.  8?   Par., V. Degrange,
1938.
   MAURY,   Jean.   Contribution  a  l'etude
spectrographique  de  l'absorption  des   rayons
ultra-violets par  les alcaloides et les  glucosides
[Pharm.]  67p.   24cm.  Toulouse, Impr. Centre,
1937.
   MAURY,   Louis  Antoine,  1890-       *Les
tumeurs chez le cobaye [Alfort; Vet.]   70p.   8?
Versailles, J. Aubert, 1931.
   MAURY,  Marguerite.
  See Maury, E. A., & Maury, M. Radiesthesie et medecine.
I63p.   18Hcm-  Par., 1946.
   MAURY,  Matthew Fontaine, 1806-73.
  Ray, M. B.  Matthew Fontaine Maury. In her Doctors of
the Mind, Bost., 1942, 140.
   MAURY, Pierre,  1910-        Le chondriome
et son comportement dans les  cellules des tumeurs
malignes.    84p.    pl.   25cm.   Montpel,   A.
Caries,  1934. 
MAURY
430
MAIZ
   MAURY,  Pierre,  1912-        *Les  formes
 malignes de la choree de Svdenham.  142p.  8?
 Par., V. Degrange, 1938.
   MAURY-KARCHER,  Annette,  1907-
 *Contribution k l'etude  du traitement  ambula-
 toire de l'endocervicite chronique par le caustique
 de Filnos.  73p.  8?  Par., A. Legrand, 1933.
   MAUS, Maximilian Michael.  *Die Ergebnisse
 des pflichtmassigen Verfahrens zur Bekampfung
 der  Unfruchtbarkeit  der  Rinder  im  Lande
 Thiiringen    [Jena;   Vet.]   57p.   map.   tab.
 diagr.  21cm.  Springe, J. C. Erhardt, 1940.
   Forms No. 19, Veroff. Vet. Inst. Lniv. Jena.
   MAUSBACH, Peter, 1901-     *Ueber Inzest.
 31p. 8°   Bonn, P. Kubens, 1927.
   MAUSERT, Otto.  Herbs for health; a concise
 treatise on medicinal  herbs, their usefulness and
 correct combination in the treatment of diseases.
 200p.   illust.   pl.  portr.  8?   S.  Franc,  the
 Author,  1932.   Also 3.  ed.   205p.   19#cm.
 1940.
   MAUSOLF, Ernst,  1912-      *Ein eineiiges
 Zwillingspaar mit psychischer Diskordanz.  45p.
 pl.  21cm.   Heidelb., F.  Schulze, 1938.
   MAUSS, Hans  Georg, 1911-       *Torantil
 und  Magenaziditat   [Breslau]   45p.   21cm.
 Wiirzb., R. Mayr,  1938.
   MAUSS, Johannes Karl Wilhelm,  1902-
 *Vergleich  der Erfolge  der  Cholecystektomien
 mit und  ohne  Drainage.  23p.  8?   Berl., E.
 Ebering, 1929.
   MAUSS, Theodor, 1877-      Die  Encephali-
 tis epidemica  in  ihren Beziehungen  zum Mili-
 tardienst.   140p.  8?  Berl., E. S.  Mittler &
 Sohn, 1931.
   Forms H. 86, Veroff. Heer. San.
   MAUSSION,  Lucien,   1914-       *Les  in-
 jections retro-bulbaires d'alcool dans la pratique
 ophtalmologique; indications; technique.  28p.
 23}£cm.   Par., A. Lapied, 1939.
   MAUTENDORFER, Friedrich, 1844-1928.
   For obituary see Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 1175 (Steiner,
 J.)
   MAUTHE, Hans, 1911-      *Bewertung der
 Einlagefullungen als Bruckenanker auf lebenden
 und toten  Zahnen   [Munchen]  43p.   22cm.
 Wurzb., R. Mavr,  1936.
   MAUTHE, Howard, 1915-      *The effect of
 sodium iodide on the cretin rabbit [Univ. Chica-
 go;  Ph. D.]  19p.   tab.   diagr.  23cm.   Chic,
 Univ. Chicago, 1945.
   MAUTHE, Walter, 1908-       *Rupture of
 corpus  luteum with intraperitoneal hemorrhage
 [Marquette  Univ.]   14p.   28cm.   Milwaukee
 [n. p.] 1932.
  Typewritten.
  MAUVAIS,  Rene,  1906-      *Les  hemor-
 ragies gastro-intestinales  au cours de  la  lithiase
 biliaire.  58p.  8?  Par.,  N. Maloine, 1929
   MAUVIEL,  Ernest  Louis,  1914-        *A
 propos  de  l'apoplexie  ovarienne  spontanee chez
 la vierge.   39p.  24cm.  Par., L. Arnette, 1944.

 MAUWINE.
  See under Erythrophleum.
  MAUZ,   Charles,   1907-       *La   necrose
 phosphoree  du maxillaire  inferieur  au point de
 vue  medico legal.  45p.   pl.  8?  Strasb., C. &
J. Goeller, 1935.
  MAUZ, Friedrich, 1900-      Die Prognostik
der endogenen Psvehosen.  121p.  8?   Lnz   G
Thieme, 1930.                           P "'
  ----  [The same]  El pron6stico de las psicosis
end6genas.   158p.   21cm.   Madr., J. Morata,
I9o 1.
   ----   Die  Veranlagung zu  Krampfanfiillen
 68p.  8?  Lpz., G. Thieme, 1937.
   MAUZE,  Jean  Fernand Germain,  1908-
 *Contribution k l'etude experimentale des etats
 subleucdmiques  et  leucemiques  et  des  etats
 proches parents; mise au  point  de  la  question-
 quelques  essais nouveaux.   75p.   pl.  25cm'
 Bord., Delmas, 1933.
   MAVERICK, Maury, 1895-       Army Medi-
 cal  Corps, a short history  (extension of remarks
 of Hon. Maury Maverick of Texas in the House
 of  Representatives,  Wednesday, February 5
 1936) p.4153-8.   4?  Wash.,  Gov.  Print. Off '
 1936.
   Also Congress. Rec., 74. Congr., 2. sess., 1936, 80:
   MAVIER,  Jean  [M.  D.,  1938,  Toulouse]
 ^Contribution k l'etude des embryomes kystiques
 de l'ovaire.  55p.   pl.  24cm.   [Toulouse] Lion
 et fils, 1938.
   MAVOR,  James  Watt, 1883-      General
 biology,  xxiii,  729p.  illust.  8?  N.  Y., Mac-
 millan co., 1936.   Also  Rev. ed.  xxx, 897n
 1941.
   MAVROGORDATO,  Anthony, 1873-1944.
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1944, 2: 93.
   MAW (S.) Son & Sons [London, Engl.]  Cata-
 logue of  surgical  instruments  &  appliances,
 aseptic hospital furniture and surgical  dressings,
 etc.,  etc.  xxxvi,  508p.   illust.  portr.  25cm.
 Lond., Waterlow & Sons, 1905.
   MAWAS,   Jacques,  1885-        Biomicro-
 scopie de la chambre anterieure de  l'iris et du
 corps ciliaire.   119p.; 54p.  pl.  8?  Par., Mas-
 son & cie, 1928.
   ----   Myopie.    p. 191-244.   25cm.  Par.,
 Masson & cie, 1939.
   In: Traite opht., T. 3.
   ----Tumeurs de la retine.  p.623-72. 25cm.
 Par., Masson & cie, 1939.
   In: Traite opht., T. 5.
   MAWSON,  Christopher  Orlando  Sylvester,
 1870-1938.   International book of  names; a
 dictionary of the more difficult proper  names in
 literature,  history,  philosophy.   xliv, 337p.
 21cm.  N. Y., T. Y.  Crowell Co., 1942.
   Also editor of Roget, P. M. Roget's international thesaurus
 of English words and phrases.  857p.  23}£cm.  N. Y., 1939.
   ---- & ROBSON, John William.   The com-
 plete desk book,  ix, 374p.  23}£em. N. Y., T. Y.
 Crowell Co., 1939.
   MAXCY, Kenneth Fuller, 1889-
   Editor of Frost, W. H.  Papers of Wade Hampton Frost.
 628p.  24cm. N. Y., 1941.
   MAXEY, Edward Ernest, 1867-1934.
   For obituary see Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1935, 23:
 160 (Johnston, W., Kiehle, F. A., & Irvine, A. R.)
   MAXFIELD, Kathryn Erroll, 1895-     *The
 spoken language of  the  blind  preschool child;
 a  study  of method  [Columbia  Univ.;  Ph.  D.j
 lOlp.  8?  N. Y., Columbia Univ. Pr.,  1936.
   MAXFIELD,  Mary Evans, 1908-       ♦Sea-
 sonal  and postural  changes  in  blood volume
 determined by  a carbon monoxide method, em-
 ploying a differential electric photometer for the
 estimation of  low  percentage  saturations of
 hemoglobin  with  carbon  monoxide    [Pennsyl-
vania; Ph. D.]  p. 128-54.  illust. tab.  25cm.
 Phila., 1941.
  Also Am. J. Physiol.,  1941, 22:

 MAXILLA.
  See also Antrum; Cranium;  Dentistry, ortho-
dontic; Face,  Bones;  Jaw; Nasal  fossa; Nose;
Orbit; Palate; Tooth; also in 3. ser. Jaw, upper.
  Balakirev, P.  [The position of the upper jaw on the base of
the skull] Stomatologia, Moskva, 1939, No. 3,  4-17.—Bnrket, 
MAXILLA
431
MAXILLA
L W  Nasopalatine duct structures and peculiar bony pattern
observed in anterior maxillary region. Arch. Path  Chic, 1937,
03. 793-8OO—Gilse, P. H. G. van  [Microscopical anatomy of
the upper jaw in the new-born]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71:
r,t 1  1693—Matteson,  H.  M.  Incisive canal cyst  of  the
maxilla  J.  Oral Surg.,  1944, 2: 188-90.-Mellinger. W. J.
The canine fossa.  Arch. Otolar.,  Chic  1940, 31: 930-7.-
Politzer, G.  Die Grenzfurche des Oberkieferfortsatzes und die
Tranennasenrinne beim Menschen.  Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1935-
36 105:329-32.—Ruppe, C.  Anatomie de l'infrastructure des
maxillaires superieurs;  deductions  pathologiques  et  thera-
rfeutiques.  Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1927, 33: 1153-84.
_____ Note sur la structure des maxillaires superieurs. Rev.
stomat Par., 1930, 32: 614-9.—Sercer, A.   [Model of  the
superior maxilla] Cas. lek. cesk., 1935, 74: 1251-3.-Soenen,
R  Beitrag  zur  Morphologie des Oberkiefergeriistes.  Anat.
Anz., 1930-31, 71:94-109.

---  Abnormity and deformity.

   See also Jaw, Occlusion: Malocclusion.
   Adkins G. E. The chief and most common cause  of nasal
and upper'dental deformities.  South. M. J., 1936, 29: 603-5 —
Breckwoldt,  H. Leber die Zahnverhaltnisse bei Zyklopie und
Gesichtsspalte.   Beitr.   path. Anat.,  1936,  98:  115-35.—
Callister, A. C.  Congenital defects of the  nose, lip, and palate;
practical problems in their surgical  correction.  Rocky Moun-
tain M. J.,  1938, 35: 698-701.—Chenet. Deux cas  de  mal-
formation du  maxillaire superieur.  Arch, internat.  laryng.,
Par., 1926, 32: 845-8. Also Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 603-6.
.    — Malformations congtoitales du  maxillaire superieur
et leur traitement prothetique.  Rev. stomat.,  Par., 1926, 28:
321-6.—Curson, H. H.  Anatomical studies, No. 48: on a case
of brachygnathia superior in an ox.  Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc,
1934,  3: 253.—Gasparini, C.  Patogenesi, diagnosi e tratta-
mento  delle  anomalie  odonto-mascellari superiori.  Stoma-
tologia, Mod., 1929, 27: 950-63.—Herpin, A.   De l'atresie du
maxillaire.  Rev. gen. clin. ther.,  1936,  50: 262-4.—Hoffer, O.
Su di un nuovo rapporto arcata-faccia.  Stomatologia, Mod.,
1936, 34: 724-9.—McCauley, H.  B.  Anatomic characteristics
important in radiodontic interpretation. Dent. Radiogr., 1945,
18: 1-4.—Matthews, G. F. C.  Excessive width of maxilla, an
unusual case of distoclusion with impaction of second premolars
(case reports)   Internat. Orthodont. Congr. (1926) 1927, 1:
475-9.—Paschke, H.   Der Einfluss der orthopadischen  Be-
handlung des deformierten Oberkiefers auf den Gesichtsschadel.
Deut.  Zahn &c. Heilk.,  1937, 4:  275;  433.—Polensky,  R.
Ein Versuch,  auf  histologischem Wege  die Verbildung  des
rachitischen  Rattenschadels zu erklaren und Beziehungen zur
Difformitat des menschlichen  Oberkiefers zu finden.  Deut.
Mschr. Zahnh., 1933,  51:  1020-34.—Sestini,  F.   Le suture
abnormi della volta palatina dell'uomo in rapporto all'ossifi-
cazione dell'osso mascellare.  Ricer. morf., 1932,  12: 49-72,
pl.—Turner, J. G.  Models showing expansion in  both trans-
verse and  antero-posterior diameters of the maxilla. Proc. R.
Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 1099.—Villaret, M.,  & Desoille,
H.  L'hypoplasie primitive familiale du  maxillaire superieur.
Ann. med.,  Par.,  1932,  32:  378-81.—Ziebe,  H.  Die  Ver-
breiterung des Oberkiefers durch mechanische Beeinflussung
des medianen Gaumennahtgewebes.  Zschr. Stomat., 1930, 28:
837; 906; 1070.

---  Actinomycosis.

   Gorlich, K.  E.   *Beitrag  zur  Kasuistik  der
aktinomykotischen Infektion des Oberkiefers auf
odontogenem Wege.  19p.   8!   Tiib.,  1927.
   D'Alise, C.  Actinomicosi del mascellare superiore (con-
tributo clinico ed istologico)   Rinasc.  med., 1925, 2: 494-6,
pl.—Carre, E. S.   Actinomicosis temporo-maxilar; considera-
ciones diagn6sticas  y terapduticas.  Bol. Acad, argent, cir.,
1941, 25: 845.—Gioia, T., Brascesco, J. B., & Perrone, F.  A
prop6sito de un caso de  actinomicosis t6mporo-maxilar curado
con la actinomicina. Prensa mid. argent., 1933-34, 20: 2408-
10.—Glasser, R., & Laugier, P.   Cas d'actinomycose de la
machoire.  Bull.  Soc.  fr. derm, syph.,  1936, 43: 1713—Les-
bouyries.  A propos de  l'actinomycose de la machoire.  Rev.
odont.,  Par.,  1930, 51: 61-6.—Maxillary actinomycosis.  J.
Am. M. Ass., 1936,  107: 804.


---   Adamantinoma.

  Ackermann,  W.   * Ueber das  Vorkommen des
Adamantinoma  in der  Kieferhohle und  im Ober-
kiefer.  36p.  22#cm.  Zur., 1937.
  Gentsch,  H.  *Beitrag  zur  Pathologie und
Klinik der Oberkieferadamantinome.   p.312-33.

8?  Halle,  1932.
  Also Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1932, 133 u
  Leszczynski,  H.  *Ueber  ein  polyzystisch.es
Adamantinom des  Oberkiefers.  18p.  8?   Kiel,

193L                                          n     T,
  Adcock, A. H. Adamantinoma of right maxilla.  Proc.  K.
Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 1135.—Androp, S.  Adamanti-
noma of the superior  maxilla with intracranial  extension.
Laryngoscope,  1939, 39:  119-22.—Bossart, A.  Zur Kenntnis
einer ungewohnlichen  epithelialen  Kiefergeschwulst; hyper-
nephroides Adamantinom.  Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1945, 55:
91-104, 4 pl.—Cipparone, E.  Su di un caso di adamantinoma
del mascellare superiore. Ann. Clin, odont., Roma, 1935, 12:
292-301.—Cordeiro, H., & Cansancao, J. J.  Sobre um caso de
adamantinoma cistico gigante do maxilar superior.   Rev. Ass.
paul. med.,  1932, 1: 407-14,  6 pl.—Ghosh, L. S.  Adamanti-
noma of the upper jaw; report of a case.  Am. J. Path., 1934,
10: 773-89,  3 pl/—Jezek, K. [Solid adamantinoma of the upper
jaw]  Cas. lek. cesk., 1933, 72: 1413-5, 2  pl.—Kau, L. S., &
Wong, A. S. Adamantinoma  of the upper jaw; report of a case.
Chin. M. J., 1936, 50: 37-9, pl.—Schall, L. A., Cordray, D. P.,
& MacMillan, A. S.  Adamantinoma of the upper jaw.  Arch.
Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 140.—Senna, A.  Um caso de adaman-
tinoma do maxillar direito.   Rev.  med.  Bahia, 1939, 7: 152-
8.—Thoma, K. H., Cascario,  N., jr, & Bacevicz, F. J. Basal-
cell adamantinoma  or low-grade  adenocarcinoma.  Am.  J.
Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 655-7.

----   Alveolar  process.

   See also Jaw, Alveolar process.
   Ahrens,  A. C.  The architecture of the maxillary alveolar
process.   Northwest.  Univ. Bull.,  1940-41, 41:  20-2.—Cook,
M. J. Removal of the anterior maxillary alveolar process from
first  bicuspid.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1943, 30: 43.—Darcissac,
M.  Correction chirurgicale  par  autoplastic  d'une  perte  de
substance du bord alvfiolaire de la region incisive du maxillaire
superieur; excellent rdsultat estheLique.  Bull. Soc.  chir. Paris,
1931, 23: 507-11.—Dubecq, X. J.   Morphologie architectural
de la r6gion alveolopalatine du maxillaire superieur.  J. med.
Bordeaux, 1936, 113: 760-3.—Hay, P. D.  An unusual fracture
of the alveolar process of the superior maxilla with displace-
ment of the right central incisor; case report. Am. J. Roentg.,
1928, n. ser., 20:  13.—Kulick, L. R. Orthodontic treatment of
alveolar fracture.  Med. Bull. Medit.  Theater of Oper.  U. S.,
1945, 3: 55.

----   Angioma.
   Broderick, R. A.,  & Round, H.  Cavernous angioma of the
maxilla; fatal haemorrhage  after  teeth extraction.  Lancet,
Lond., 1933, 1:  13-5.—J0rgensen, A.  Haemangio-cavernoma
ossis maxillae.  Hals &c. Arzt, T. 1, 1936, 27: 132-6.

----   Aplasia.
   Hetjillon, M.  *A propos de l'aplasie familiale
du  maxillaire superieur.   43p.  24cm.   Strasb.,
1935.
   Olive, J.   *L'aplasie familiale du maxillaire
superieur.  87p.   24cm.  Toulouse, 1934.


----   Atrophy.
   Brucher,  M.  *Kieferatrophie nach Zahnver-
lust  nachgewiesen  am  Oberkiefer.   23p.   8°.
Greifsw.,  1935.

----   Cancer.

   Caye,  P.  E.  F. M.    * Contribution &  l'etude
des  tumeurs  fibreuses  hyperplasiques du massif
maxillaire superieur; leur  place dans  la classifi-
cation du cancer.  120p.   8?  Par., 1935.
   Dahm,  H.   *Das Carcinom des  Oberkiefers
und Kieferklemme.  28p.  8?  Bonn,  1934.
   Edinger, A.   *Oberkiefercarcinom im Kindes-
alter.   16p.   8?   Heidelb.,  1931.
   Keck,   E.    *Die   Oberkieferkarzinome  der
Wurzburger  Chirurgischep  Universitatskhnik  in
den letzten  10  Jahren   [Wiirzburg]   13p.   8°.
Wertheim,  1933.
   Masur,  G.   *Zur Klinik der malignen Ober-
kiefertumoren.   25p.  8?  Konigsb., 1934.
   Satjnion, A.   *Un cas de tumeur metastatique
du maxillaire superieur d'origine  surrenale;  con-
tribution a  l'etude des tumeurs du maxillaire
superieur.'  40p.   25}£cm.    Lyon, 1939.
   Schafer, K.    *Ueber  das Oberkiefercarcmom.
20p.  23cm.   Marb., 1937.
   Schettler, C. J.  A.  *Ueber  die  Karzinome
und Sarkome des Oberkiefers   [Jena]   32p.   8?
Berl.,  1933.
   Werther,  E.  *Ueber die malignen Tumoren
des  Oberkiefers.   16p.  8?   Munch., 1934.
   Worthoff, M.   *Das Oberkiefercarcinom und
seine Ausgange.   32p.   8?   Freib.  i. B.,  1934. 
MAXILLA                                        4e
   Bengochea, L.  Cancer de les maxilares.   Rev.  odont., B.
Air., 1936, 24: 444.—Bremond, M.  A propos du cancer dit du
maxillaire superieur.  Marseille mid., 1939, 76: pt  2, 11-6.—
Davis, E. D. D.  Carcinoma of the maxilla  and ethmoid; a
survey of the notes of fifty cases.  Brit. M. J.,  1931.  2: 53-5 —
Dufourmentel, b.  Notes sur le cancer du maxillaiic superieur.
Bull. Soc. chir.  Luis,  1930, 22:  745-51.-  Dupuy. H.  Malig-
nancy of the upper maxilla.  South.  M. J..  1935, 28: 209-12.—
Erasmus, J. F. P.  A case of malignant tumour  of the upper
jaw. S. Afr. M. J., 1941, 15: 28-30.—Holmgren, G.  Diagnose,
Behandlung und  Prognose  der malignen  Oberkiefertumoren.
Zschr.  Laryng.,   1927, 16:  8-20.—Kallenberger,   K.   Zur
Friihdiagnose und Fruherfassung maligner  Oberkiefertumoren.
Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1945, 75:  990-5. — Krecke, A.   Die
Friihdiagnose der bdsaitigen Oheikiefergeschwiilste.  Miinch.
med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 729.—Ledoux.  L.  Cancers  du maxil-
laire superieur.  Cancer, Brux., 1923, 1: 84.—Malan, A. Con-
siderazioni  cliniche  sui tumori  maligni  etmoido-mascellari.
Arch. ital.  otol.,  1933,  45:  403-22.—Oehngren, L.  G.   Dis-
cussion on malignant disease of the  upper jaw.  Proc R. Soc
M.,  Lond., 1935-36,  29: 1497-514.  ------   Malignant  dis-
ease of the upper jaw.  J. Lar.  Otol., Lond., 1937, 52: 18-27,
5  pl.  [Discussion]  36-47.—Petit  &  Drouin.   Epithe4iome
tferebrant de la machoire superieure  chez le cheval.  Bull. Soc.
centr. med. vit.,  1903, 57: 221.—Reckow, J. von.  Ein Beitrag
zum Carcinom des Oberkiefers.   Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1929,
47: 949-59.—Thoma, K. H., Smith,  H. W. [et al.]  Carcinoma
of the maxilla.   Am.  J.  Orthodont.,  1946,  32: Oral Surg.,
320-2.--Weil, P.  Oberkieferkarzinom als mittelbare Dienst-
besrhadigung; ein Obergutachten.   Aerztl. Rdsch.,   1927,  37:
389-91.—Zona, A. Contributo alio  studio dei tumori maligni
del mascellare superiore. Stomatologia, Mod.,  1934,  32: 23-36.


----   Cancer: Histology.

   Autekmann, H.  *Ueber das primare Schleim-
hautkarzinom des  Oberkiefers.  22p.   8?  Mun-
ster, 1931.
   Heinz, ().   *Uebcr  ein odontogenes l'sammo-
karzinom des Oberkiefers im Bereich  des  retinier-
ten  dritten  Molaren.   p.625-36.    8?    Marb.,
1932.
   Also Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1932,  50:
   Crane, A. B.   Transitional  cell  carcinoma, maxilla.   In:
Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier, J. L., et al.)  2. ed., Chic, 1942, 143,
pl.—Dudits, A., & Szabo, B.  Kongenitales Melanokarzinom
des  Oberkiefers.  Mschr.   Kinderh.,   1935,   63: 294-302.—
Goldman, H. M.  Squamous-cell carcinoma  of  the maxilla.
Am. J. Orthodont.,  1944,  30:  Oral  Surg.,  301-3.  ------
Transitional cell carcinoma  of maxilla.  Ibid., 304.—Grand-
claude, (.'., Nuytten &  Ducloux.  Epithelioma du  maxillaire
supeLieur gauche chez un enfant de 13 ans. Rev.  odont., Par.,
1933, 54: 119-24.—Le Lorier, V., &  Isidor, P.   Dysembryome
neuro-6pith61iomateux  de  la  region  pharyngo-hypophysaire
ayant envahi le maxillaire superieur chez un foetus de sept mois
et demi.  Ann. anat. path., Par.,  1935, 12: 167-74.—Louise, S.
Epith61iome meLatypique, mixte, scl£rogene.   Schweiz. med.
Wschr., 1936, 66: 367.—Pavlovsky,  A.  Epitelioma atipico del
maxilar superior.  Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1928, 12: 516-25.
Also Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1928. 7:  566-72.  ------ Epitelioma
espino-celular abscedado del maxilar superior  izquierdo.  Bol.
Acad, argent, cir., 1941, 25: 1161. -Pond, C.  W. Hemangio-
endothelioma of  the superior maxilla with case  report.   Tr.
Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc,  1935, 23: 78-82.—Thoma, K.
H.  Adenocarcinoma of the maxilla.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1942,
28: Oral  Surg., 65-85, pl.—Yosida,  T., & Nakamura, S.   Ein
I "all von Endothelioma psammosum des linken Oberkiefers.
Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1939,  12: 485, pl.

----   Cancer, metastatic.
   Gottlieb, M.  Metastatic carcinoma of upper jaw from a
primary bronchogenic tumor; report of a  case. J. Am. Dent.
Ass., 1937, 24: 1075-9.  ------& Stern, L.  Metastatic tumor
of the maxilla derived from carcinoma of lung.   J. Mount
Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 452-6.

----   Cancer: Surgery.

   Grothmaxx, H.  *Erfolge operativer Behand-
lung bei  Oberkieferkarzinomen  [Munster]  25p
8?   Bottrop,  1933.
   Aboulker,  P.,  &  Sapet,  M.   Epithelioma du  maxillaire
superieur a deLut paradentaire  rendu operable grace a la
radiotWrapie et  appareille  a Id  maniere  du docteur Chenet
Rev. odont., Par., 1938, 60: 283-96.—Berard, L.,  & Colson.
A  propos du traitement du cancer du maxillaiie superieur par
I'association chirurgie-radium.  Lyon chir., 1937,  34: 213-5.__
Bivar, C.  Cancer do maxilar; tratamento pela eletro-cirurgia
e  autoplastia complementer.  Arq. brasil. med. nav.,,1941-42,
2:  757-67.—Bonnet-Roy.   F.   Epithelioma   du  maxillaire
superieur.  UdonMoL-ie. Par., 1928, 66:  39.—Ferrari. R. C.
Reseccion del maxilar superior por  cancer de  origen alveolar;
curaci6n: pr6tesis e inclusion de  paladon.  Bol Ac ul argent
cir., 1943, 27: 420-2.-Frenckner, P., & Sundberg,  S.  Einige
Falle  von Plastik- mid Piothesenbehandlung nach Oberkie-
ferresektion wegen Ca.  maxillae.   Acta otolar., Stockh., 1939,
MAXILLA
27: 147-58, pl.  —-- -  [Prosthesis following plastic operation
of the upper jaw for cancer]  Nord. med., 1939,  1: 453. ■—__.
Cases treated with plastics and protheses aftci  resection of tli,.
upper jaw for cancer maxillae.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1940, 2N:
324.—Hautant, A.. Monod,  O.. & Verger, G.   Traitement <len
epitheliomas du maxillaire superieur par I'association cliirungip.
curietherapie.   J. chir.,  Par., 1926, 28: 257-74.—Jaumenne.
Un cas d'ablation du  maxillaire  supetiour pour curcinorm-!
Bull.  Soc. beige otol.,  1905-06, 11: 22.—Jentzcr, A.  Asso-
ciation de la chirurgie de la  roentgenlherapie, et de la radium-
therapie dans  un cas de metastase cancereuse de ki colonne
vertfibrale (paraplegie) et association de la chirurgie et de In
radiumtherapie (radiumpunetuie inmiedkiiei dans un cas do
cancer du maxillaire superieur.  In:  Iâ– V.-.i.mLi i!t F. de Quervain
Basel. 1928, 221-31.-  MacFee, W. F.  Ke.-ection of the upper
jaw for carcinoma.  Am. .1. Surg., 1935, 30:  21-6.  ----
Resection  of the upper jaw  for malignant tumors.  In: Trent
Cancer (Pack & Livingston.) N. V„ 1940, 1: 471-8.- Olaisoni
F.  [Statistical postoperative prognosis  of malignant tumors of
the upper jaw]   Hygiea, Stockh., 1927, 89: 705 -1(1.  Pavlovsky,
A. J.,  &  Merzaroli,  H. Tumor  maligno maxilar superior;
resecci6n del maxilar  superior izquierdo; roentgenterapia post-
operatoria; pr6tesis.  Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1943, 27: 271-3.—
Podesta, R., & von Soubiron, N.  Resecci6n diatermoquirtirgica
del maxilar superior por   tumor  maligno.  Rev. As. med
argent., 1935,  49: 336-7.   Porta, C. F.  Contributo  alia
chirurgia ed all'anatomia patologica dei tumori maligni delle
fosse nasali e del mascellare superiore.   Otorinolar. ital., 1938,
8: 1-16.  Sauvage, R., & Wallin, E. Resultats du traitement
radium-chirurgical des  cancers du  maxillaire  superieur.  lir
Techn. chir. (Cosset,  A.) Par., 1936, 131-46.—Suarez Solar, p]
Dos casos  de  resecci6n del maxilar superior por neoplasia
maligna. Rev. mid. quir. Oriente, Santiago, 1942, 3: 153-8.—
Vereshchinsky, A. O.  [Modern methods of surgical treatment
of malignant tumors of the upper jaw]   Vest, khir., 1929
16:-17: 67-79.


----   Cancer: Treatment.

   Abel,  H.   *Ueber  Bestrahlung von  Oberkie-
ferkarzinomen  [Erlangen]  39p.  8?   Kallmunz,
1937.
   Bouquet,  R.    *A   propos  des  resultats  du
traitement  du cancer  du   maxillaire  superieur
(statistique  du  centre anticancexeux de Lyon)
1925-1935.   102p.   8?  Lyon,  1936.
   Hubner,   F.   *Welche  Bebandlung  hat sich
fiir maligne  Tumoren  des Oberkiefers (Nasenne-
benhohle) als die erfolgreichste erwiesen?  [Frank-
furt]  31p.   8?   Mainz,  1935.
   Kappe, J.   *Ergebnisse  der  operativen und
konservativen  Behandlung  de.s  Oberkiefer-Kar-
zinoms  [Tubingen]  23p.  8?   Zeulenroda, 1934.
   Krieger,  H. H.   *MaIigne Oberkiefertumoren
und   ihre   Behandlungsarten.     27p.    22^cm.
Greifsw., 1937.
   Oehngren,  L. G.   Malignant  tumours of  the
maxillo-ethmoidal  region;  a clinical  study with
special  reference to the  treatment with electro-
surgery  and irradiation.   476p.   8?    Helsin.,
1933.
   Oetjen, H.  *Ueber die Behandlung maligner
Oberkiefertumoren   mittels    Radiumprothesen
[Greifswald]   25p.  8?   Lengerich, 1935.
   Roelcke,  H.    *Ueber  die   Behandlung  den
Oberkieferkrebses.   32p.  8?   Bost.,  1932.
   Seitzer,  J.   *Die Oberkieferkarzinombehand-
lungen an der  Chirurgischen Klinik der Universi-
tat Tubingen seit Einfiihrung der Diathermie im
Jahre  1929   [Tubingen]   15p.   8?  Schramberg,
1935.
   Afanasieva, A. V.  [Le tniiteinent de tumeurs malignes du
maxillaire superieur]  In: Desint let deiat. Leningrad, onkol.
inst.  (1926-36)  1938,  117-31.- Ferreri,  G.   Sulla radium-
chirurgia nei tumori maligni  dell'etmoide e  del mascellare
superiore.   Radiol, med., Milano,  1926, 13: 804-25.—Garcia
Faure, S.  Las  inyecciones modificadoras en la terapeutica de
los quistes maxilares.  Rev. Circ  odont. C6rdoba, 1943, 8:
1256-62.—Harmer, W. D.   Treatment  of malignant disease in
the upper jaw.  Lancet,  Lond., 1935, 1: 129-33.—Hautant, A.
Le traitement des Epitheliomas du massif facial et les travaux
recents.  Ann.  mal.  oreille, 1928,  47: 743-56.—Jentzer, A.
Association de  la chirurgie, de la  roentgentheLapie et de la
radiumtherapie dans un cas de metastase  cancereuse de la
colonne vert&brale (paraplegie) et association de la chirurgie et
de la radiumtherapie  (radiumpuncture immediate) dans un cas
de cancer du maxillaire superieur. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928,
58: 659-62.—Maurel, G., & Weill, R.  Les indications respec-
tives du traitement chirurgical et du traitement radiumthera- 
MAXILLA                                        433                                        MAXILLA
  pique dans  les tumeurs  malignes  du  maxillaire  superieur.
  Presse med., 1934, 42: 476-8.—Mittermaier, R.  Zur Frage
  der Dosierung der Rontgenbestrahlung bei malignen Oberkie-
  fertumoren.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1932, 31: 247-55  [Dis-
  cussion] 255-79.—Oreggia, J. C. El tratamiento del cancer del
  maxilar superior. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1939, 9: 137-45.—
  Pichler, H. Zur Behandlung bosartiger Oberkiefergeschwiilste.
  Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 167: 769-75.—Roegholt, M. N.  [Prog-
  nosis and treatment  of  cancer of upper jaw]   Ned. tschr.
  geneesk.,  1929, 73: 2909-15.—Schreus, H. T., & Leydhecker,
  F. K.  Ergebnisse von Rontgenbestrahlung bosartiger Gesch-
  wiilste der Oberkieferregion  mit besonderer Berucksichtigung
  der augenarztlichen Belange.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87:
  62-4.—Wallon,  E.  Les differentes techniques a utiliser  pour
  le traitement des cancers du maxillaire supeLieur. Rev. odont.,
  Par., 1935,  56:  257-64.—Wassink,  W. F.  [Treatment  of
  malignant tumors of the upper jaw and ethmoid cells]   Ned.
  tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80:  1201-10.—Windeyer, B. W.  Malig-
  nant tumours of the  upper jaw.  Brit.  J. Radiol., 1943, 16:
  362; 1944, 17: 18.


  ---   Coloboma.
    Rushton,  M. A.,  & Walker, F.  A.  Unilateral  secondary
  facial cleft with excess tooth and bone  formation.   Proc. R.
  Soc. M.,  Lond., 1936-37,  30: 79-82.—Weninger,  M.  Zur
  Vererbung des medianen Oberkiefer-Tremas.  Zschr. Morph.
  Anthrop., 1933, 32: 367-93.


  ---   Cylindroma.

    Thomas,   R.    Considerations   sur  les   epi-
  theliomes  cylindriques  du  maxillaire superieur.
  68p.  8?  Par., 1932.
    Costa,  A. J.  Resecci6n del maxilar superior por un tumor
  cilindromatoso, posiblemente de origen salival.   Bol. Soc. cir.
  B. Aires,  1935,  19: 250-2.  â– ------  Cilindroma del maxilar
  superior.   Rev. argent, cienc.  m6d.,  1943-44,  1:  872-84.—
  Ferreri, G.  Contribution a  l'etude clinique  et  anatomo-
  pathologique du  cylindrome  du maxillaire suptiieur.  Acta
  otolar., Stockh., 1928, 12: 411-30.—Gioia, T., & Antonelli, A.
  Cilindroma del maxilar superior; extirpation; protesis.  Prensa
  med. argent., 1944, 31: pt 2, 1752-7.—Heidt, K.  [Cylindroma
  of the upper jaw]  Geneesk. tschr.  Ned.  Indie,  1936, 76:
  2707-9.

  ---  Cyst.

    Engelhart,  A.    *Oberkiefer-Zysten,   insbe-
  sondere Oberkieferfront-Zysten und ihre Behand-
  lung  [Munchen]   19p.   8?   Wurzb.,  1935.
    Hofmann, R.    *Cysten  im Oberkiefer.  82p.
  8?   Bonn, 1932.
    Lebensart, I.   *Kystes du maxillaire superieur
  par inclusion epitheliale.  51p.   8?  Par.,  1934.
   Schubert, H.  *Caldwell-Luc anstatt Partsch I
  bei grossen Zysten im Oberkiefer.   29p.   20^cm.
  Bresl., 1938.
   Sinzker, J.  *Kasuistischer Beitrag iiber  das
  Wachstum   der   Oberkieferzysten    [Miinchen]
  29p.  8?   Schwandorf,  1934.
   Veit,  A.   *Ueber die Follikularzyste   [Heidel-
  berg]  23p.   8?   Amberg, 1933.
   Wassmund, M.   *Die rontgenologische  Kon-
 trastdarstellung mit Jodipin und die Behandlung
 grosser  Oberkieferzysten.  p.524-51.   8?   Berl.,
 1927.
   Also Vjschr. Zahnh., 1927, 43:
   Albanese, P   Contributo alia terapia delle cisti del mascel-
 lare.  Riv. ital.  stomat.,  1933, 2:  544-6.—Aronson,  V. A.
 [Review of methods of operation of cysts of the upper jaw and
 their clinical evaluation] Sovet. khir., 1933, 4: 91-6.—Bergara,
 C, & Bergara, R.  Quiste mucoide del maxilar superior (fosa
 canina) sin participation del parato dentario. Rev.  As. med.
 argent., 1934, 48: 37-44, pl.—Brandt, W., & Roper-Hall, H. T.
 The  aetiology of cysts of  developmental origin in  the pre-
 maxillary region.  Brit. Dent. J., 1941, 70: 213-21.—Cippar-
 rone, E. Su di un caso di cisti gigante del mascellare superiore.
 Ann.  Clin, odont., Roma, 1938, 15: 584-91.—Coggan, F. W.
 Maxillary cyst; report of a case. J. Oral Surg., 1944, 2: 268-
 70.—Crane, A.  B.  Cyst,  median  anterior maxillary.   In:
 Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier, J. L., etal.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 46.—
 Crocquefer.  Kyste  paradentaire  developp6 vers  la  table
 externe du maxillaire superieur;  difficulte  d'interpretation
 radiographique.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1928, 30: 150-2.—Cupar,
 I. Zur  operativen Therapie  der  Oberkieferzysten.  Zschr.
 Stomat., 1937,  35:  1339-46.—Delie.   Kyste  paradentaire
 uniloculaire du maxillaire superieur.  Bull. Soc. beige otol.,
 1904, 9: 48-51.—Di Cio, J. C. F. Granulomas y quistes para-
dentarios en su evolution en el maxilar superior.  Prensa med.
argent., 1941,  28: pt 2, 1811; passim.—Di Lauro, E.  Con-
tributo alio studio delle cisti congenite del mascellare superiore.
 Valsalva, 1940, 16:  457-64.-Dillon, C.  A case  of multiple
 maxillary cysts with ocular complications.  Brit. Dent.  J.,
 tail, 71: 209-13.—Doherty, J. A.  Median  anterior maxillary
 cysts, report of a case.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1940,  26: 60-3 —
 fernandes, R.  Cisto folicular para-dentario do  maxilar su-
 ?er,10i'  « , boc- med- cir- Rio Grande do Norte, 1941, 3: No.
 5, 1-7, 2 pl.—Ferro,  R. C, & Farrell, M. D.  Superposici6n de
 'i?7geii?.s ^dstica y sinusal.  Rev. odont.,  B. Air., 1943,  31:
 527.—Field, H. J., & Ackerman, A. A.  Globulo-maxillary cvst.
 Am. J. Orthodont., 1943, 29: Oral Siirg., 178.—Finney, .1. M.
 1.,  & Hanrahan,  E.  M., jr.  Cholesteatomatous  cysts; with
 'eP°rtof case involving the maxilla.  Ann. Surg., 1926,  84:
 jSb-6Q\.  Fischer, J.  Oberkieferzyste  von besonderer Aus-
 !r™ng"  Mschr- Ohrenh.,  1938, 72: 449.—Grandclaude, C,
 & Maurel, G. Rapports des kystes paradentaires  et du sinus
 maxillaire.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1930, 32: 528-44.—Guilly, H.
 Kystes des maxillaires.  In:  Annee med. prat., Par., 1939,  18:
 7n  77?arrls* L-  MaxilW  sinus or cyst?  Dent. Surv., 1943,
 19: 1157.—Hitchin, A. D.  Developmental cysts of the maxilla.
 Brit. Dent. J., 1946,  80: 53.—Isii, T.  Ueber submukose mit
 Himmernden  Zyhnderepithelien   bekleidete  Zysten  an  der
 lateralen Wand des Nasenvorhofes.  Nagoya J. M. Sc, 1927,
 2:  71-4, 2 pl.—Kat6, J., &  Kusumoto, M.  Ein Fall von in-
 Bzierter Schleimdrusenzyste  des  Oberkiefers.  Otorhinolaryn-
 gologia, Tokyo, 1936, 9: 511.—Lartschneider, J. Pathogenesis,
 pathological anatomy,  prognosis and  therapy  of maxillary
 follicular cysts. Dent.  Cosmos,  1929, 71: 788-804.—Linden-
 baum, L. M.  Zur Frage uber die Anwendung der  1. Methode
 von Partsch bei Operationen an  Zysten, die sich im vorderen
 Abschnitt des Oberkiefers lokalisieren.  Zschr. Stomat., 1928,
 26: 614-20.—Mari, R. A.  Sobre un  caso de quiste de maxilar
 superior. Rev. san.  mil., B. Air., 1942, 41: 818-20.------
 Quiste  paraden tario infectado y fistulizado por  fosa  nasal.
 Rev. odont.,  B. Air., 1943, 31: 116-9.—Merelli, G.  Con-
 tributo  alio  studio  delle cisti  paradentarie  del  mascellare
 superiore.  Ann. laring., Tor., 1927, 28: 29-45, 4 pl.—Monteiro,
 A.   Cisto gigante do maxilar superior de origem paradentaria.
 Acta med., Rio, 1941,  8: 204-8.—Morgan, G. A.  Median
 anterior maxillary  cysts.  J.  Canad.  Dent. Ass., 1941, 7: 131-
 3.—Pereira Varela, A. Sobre a histopatologia e patogenia de
 um quisto folicular do maxilar superior.  Lisboa mid., 1924, 1:
 148-67.—Pescetti, V.  Le cisti del mascellare superiore.  Ajan.
 laring., Tor.,  1936, 36: 192-213.—Pinus, R. B. [State of the
 mucous membrane of Highmore's antrum in cysts of the upper
 jaw]  J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1941, 18: 55-7.—Pirodda,
 A.   Su  di un  segno radiografico per l'esame differenziale delle
 cisti paradentarie del mascellare superiore. Valsalva, 1940,16:
 366-73.—Quistes de los maxilares. Rev. odont., B. Air., 1936,
 24:  239-41.—R., H.   A maxillary cyst  of non-dental  origin.
 Dent. Gaz., Lond., 1943-44, 10: 74.—Ries Centeno, G.  Quiste
 paradentario de maxilar superior. Rev.  odont., B. Air., 1936,
 24: 54-6.—Robinson, H. B.  G., Koch, W, E., & Jasper, L. H.
 Infected globulomaxillary cyst.   Am. J. Orthodont., 1943, 29:
 Oral Surg., 608-11.—Rosedale, R. S., & Koepf, S. W.   Non-
 tumorous cysts of the maxilla; interesting cases and discussion.
 Ann. Otol.  Rhinol.,   1937,  46: 652-72.—Schalit,  A.   Ueber
 einen diagnostisch  bemerkenswerten  Fall von Oberkieferzyste.
 Zschr. Stomat., 1927, 25: 882-7.—Schroff, J.  Unusual cysts
 of the maxilla; cyst of nasopalatine duct; cyst of facial cleft area
 (fissural cyst)  Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: 173-84.—Schupfer, C.
 Zur Operation grosser Oberkieferzysten.  Zschr. Stomat., 1936,
 34:912-23.  ------  Zur Indikation rhinologischer Operations-
 methoden  bei grossen  Zysten  des zahnlosen  Oberkiefers.
 Ibid.,  1937,  35:  1165-72.—Seigneurin.   Le traitement des
 kystes  paradentaires  du maxillaires  superieur.   Strasbourg
 med., 1927, 85: 257-65.—Stafne,  E. C, Austin, L. T., & Gard-
 ner, B. S.   Median anterior maxillary cysts.   J.  Am. Dent.
 Ass.,  1936,  23: 801-9.—Stout,  R.  A.   Solitary  bone cyst,
 maxilla.  In: Atlas Dent. Path.  (Bernier, J. L., et al.)  2. ed.,
 Chic, 1942, 43, pl.—Thoma, K. H., Cascario, N., & Bacevicz,
 F. J.  Pathologic  fracture of maxilla  complicated by cyst.
 Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 608-10.—Thoma, K.
 H., Johnson,  F. G.,  & Cascario, N.  Globulomaxillary cyst.
 Ibid., 242-4.—Thoma, K. H., Smith, H. W. [et al.]  Dentig-
 erous cyst of maxilla; excision with preservation of the teeth.
 Ibid., 1946, 32: Oral Surg., 294-7.  ------  Dentigerous cyst
 of maxilla formed from a mesiodens.  Ibid., 297-303.—Vastine,
 F.  Large cyst; case  report.   Dent.  Items,  1941, 63:  1091.—
 Vera, R.  Caso clinico de quistes paradentarios. Rev. san. mil.,
 Asuncion, 1940-41, 14: 153-6, 2  pl.—Zaiewski, T.   Die Den-
 kersche Operation bei der Behandlung der oberen Kieferzysten.
 Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1930, 64: 386.—Zerbino,  G.  Quiste para-
 dentario.  Defensa odont., Montev.,  1940, 4: No.  17, 19.


----   Cyst, dentigerous.

  Broussolle,  J.   Contribution  a l'etude des
 kystes radiculo-dentaires du maxillaire superieur
 chez I'adulte.   72p.  24cm.  Par., 1939.
  Gockel,  B.   *Zur  Genese und  Therapie der
radikularen  Cysten  im Oberkiefer    [Munster]
23p.  21cm.   Werne,  1934.
  Homeyer,  H.   *Pathologische Veranderungen
an  Zahn  und Paradentium hervorgerufen  durch
infizierte radikulare Oberkieferzyste.  28p.  22cm.
 Munster, 1936.
549701—vol. 10, 4th series-
-28 
MAXILLA
434
MAXILLA
   Palm, P.  F.  *Ueber Operationsmethoden von
Zahnwurzelcysten   im   Oberkiefer  und  deren
Heilungsdauer.  29p.   8?  Bonn, 1921.
   Pieper,   H.  F.  L.    *Die  Behandlung   der
grosseren  Wurzel-Cysten  im  Oberkiefer  nach
Analogie  der  Luc-Caldwell'schen  Operations-
Methode.    27p.   8?   Lpz.,  1930.
   Rey,  F.   *Contribution  k  l'etude  des  kystes
d'origine dentaire  et  paradentaire du  maxillaire
superieur  chez I'enfant.   77p.   24cm.   Marseille,

1935.
   Sauer,  H.  W.   *Zur Frage der Diagnostik und
Therapie der  grossen Oberkieferzahnzysten.  68p.
8?   Marb.,  1931.
   Stratmann,  H.   F.   W.     *Ueber   grosse
Wurzelcysten im Oberkiefer.  28p.  8? Berl., 1928.
   Bayer, L.  A propos des kystes dentaires  du maxillaire
superieur. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1904, 9: 69-72—Becco, R., &
Mazzini, O.  F.  Quistes dentfferos del maxilar superior.  Rev.
odont., B. Air., 1925, 210-20.—Bercher, J., & Arnon, P. Kyste
dentifere du maxillaire superieur.   Rev. stomat., Par., 1933,
35: 5-8.—Bergamini, M. Considerazioni su di un caso di cisti
radicolare bilaterale della mascella.  Arch. chir.  oris, Bologna,
1932, 1: 180-6. —Blockley, C. H. A large maxillary dentigerous
cyst.  Brit.  Dent. L, 1945, 78: 108.—Bloom,  C. V.  A case of
dentigerous cyst of the maxilla. Chin. M. J., 1937, 51: 92, pl.—
Cavina, C.  Mv  methods of treatment of radicular cysts.  Am.
J. Stomat., 1930, 3: 111-20.—Dechaume.  Kyste paradentaire
sur  une  canine  de lait et kyste  peLicoronaire  de la canine
permanente sus-jacente; propos sur la pathogenie des dents
incluses  et la  classification des kystes.  Rev.  stomat.,  Par.,
 1941,  42: 168-74.—Faier, A.  D.  Report of  a  case of  denti-
 gerous cyst.   Mil. Surgeon,  1943, 92: 433-5.—Fennel, E. A.
 Maxillary tumors of  dental origin.  Proc. Clinic,  Honolulu,
 1937,  3: 1-10, 3 pl.—Gietz, E.  Historia, foto y radiografia de
 un quiste dentigero odontogenico.   Rev. odont., B. Air., 1931,
 407-13.—Grossmann,  J.  Ueber  einen Fall von  radikularer
 Oberkieferzyste  nach  Zahnfraktur.   Zschr. Stomat.,   1929,
 27: 402-4.—Hallon, D.  Compound dentigerous cyst involving
 three misplaced unerupted teeth of the normal series.  J. R.
 Nav.  M. Serv.,  1941,  27: 298-300.—Herbert, W. E., & Wass,
 S. H.  Multilocular cyst  in the upper jaw.  Brit. Dent. J.,
 1945, 79: 67-9.—James, W.  Large dental cyst arising in the
 left maxilla and obstructing the nose. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
 1936-37, 30: 1252.—Kirstein, W. Extracts from X-ray records.
 Brit.  Dent. J.,  1945, 78:  366.—MacGregor, A. B.  Multiple
 dentigerous cysts.  Ibid.,  79: 63-7.—Marinho, J.   Cisto den-
 tario  do maxilar.  Rev. Soc.  med. Hosp. S. Francisco, Rio,
 1929, 1: No. 5, 7, pl.—Marvel, W. W.  Case  report of trifacial
 pain caused by a dentigerous cyst.  Dent. Digest, 1946,  52:
 32.—Munns,  D.  Large dental cyst of right maxilla.  Dent.
 Gaz., Lond., 1944-45, 11: 26.—Olmos, O. R.  Quiste dentigero.
 Rev.  odont., B. Air.,  1944, 32: 72-4.—Reverchon, L., & Belle.
 Kyste dentifere du maxillaire superieur gauche  chez un enfant
 de trois ans.  J. sc. med. Lille, 1930, 48: 203; 229.—Roccia, B.
 Sul trattamento delle cisti dentarie con particolare riguardo a
 quelle del mascellare superiore.  Stomatologia, Mod., 1935, 33:
 405;  511.—Rochette.   Au sujet d'un kyste pericoronaire du
 maxillaire superieur  contenant une canine  et deux incisives
 chez un sujet de 70 ans. Rev. stomat., Pa r., 1943, 44: 128-31.—
 Sai, Tei-san.  Drei Falle von Zahnwurzelzyste des  Oberkiefers.
 Taiwan  igakkai zassi,  1934, 33: 87.—Saucedo, A., & Silva,
 E.  M.  Quiste  del maxilar superior de origen dentario.  Sem.
 med., B. Air.,  1927,  34:  561-3.—Schneider, O.  Beitrag zur
 Klinik der Kieferzahncysten unter besonderer Berucksichtigung
 der Kieferhohlencysten; ihre Behandlung und deren Heilerfolge.
 Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1933, 51: 673-90.—Soubiron, N. von,
 Farjat,  F., & Emiliani, C. M.  Quiste radicular del maxilar
 superior a localizaci6n palatina,  operado segun Wassmund.
 Rev. As. med. argent., 1938, 52: 194.—Tabet, G., & Dayde, G.
  Kyste  dentifere  du  maxillaire  superieur  a  developpement
  sinusien.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 398-400.—Thoma, K. H.,
  Johnson. F. G., & Cascario, N.  Odontogenic  cyst of maxilla.
  Am.  J. Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg.,  240-2.—Weissblatt.
  A. N.  Ein  Fall einer Radixcyste des Oberkiefers als Folge
  eines retiniertea Zahnes.  Deut.  Mschr. Zahnh.,  1931, 49:
  519-22.—Zaiewski, T.  [Surgical  methods of  operating on
  dental cysts of the upper jawl  Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 908-10.
tudio anat6mico del maxilar superior en diversas etapns de nu
evoluci6n.  Rev. (..lent., B. Air., 1939, 27: 549-64.—Pittard,
E., & Baicoyano, M.  Recherches sur le developpement <)e la
machoire et des dents triturantes en fonction de la capacity
cranienne.  Arch, suiss. anthrop., 1928-32, 5:1-23.  Schneider,
A. L. [On size and dynamics of the growth of the upper jaw
during infancy]  Stomatologia, Moskva, 1939, No. 3, 18—24.

----   Disease.

   Hewson, W.  Percussion note over the maxilla as a differen-
tial diagnostic sign.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 1079.—
Jacquet & Manoury.  Condylome  de  la machoire superieure
chez le cheval. Rec. med. vet., 1942, 118:  251-3—Kowensky,
I. M. Das Sklerom des Oberkiefers.  Zschr. Stomat., 1933, 31:
1478-84.—La Tour, H. de.  Quelques affections pathologiquea
ou congenitales de la region des incisives sup6rieures.  Rev.
odont., Par., 1930, 51: 388-95.—Wu, S. D., & Kurotchkin, T.
A case of fungus infection of the maxilla due to spondylocladi-
um-like fungus; a  hitherto undescribed lesion.   Chin.  M. J.,
1940, 3: Suppl., 195-7, pl.
----   Dermoid.
   Piquet, J.  Kyste dermoide du maxillaire superieur.
otolar., Par., 1936, 381-5.
----   Development and growth.

   Nally, J.  N.   *La  resorption et  l'apposition
osseuse normale dans la  maehoire humaine de la
naissance k l'age  adulte  [Geneve; Dent.]   29p.
22#cm.   Zur.,  1939.
   Also Rev. suiss. odont., 1939, 49:
   Diamond, M.  Posterior  growth of  the  human maxillae.
J. Dent. Res.,  1945, 24: 269.—Gonzalez Durand, J. M.  Es-
   ----   Disjunction.
     Huet, E.   Traitement de l'insuffisance de developpement
   frontal du maxillaire superieurpar la disjonction dela symphyse.
   Odontologie, Par., 1926, 64: 207-18.—Maltete.  Disjonction
   cranio-faciale  unilaterale droite;  appareillage  de  l'auteur.
   J. med. Bordeaux, 1938, 115: 106-10.—Northcroft, G.  Widen-
   ing the median maxillary suture. Dent. Rec, Lond., 1914, 34:
   512-4, pl.

   ----   Echinococcosis.

     Timbaldi,  F.  A.   *Sobre un  caso de  quiste
   hidatfdico  del  maxilar  superior  [Dent.]   36p.
   26#cm.   B. Air.,  1924.
     Goldberg,  M. S.  [Echinococcus of the upper jaw]  Sto-
   matologia, Moskva, 1937, No. 6, 88-90.

   ----   Excision.

     See also  subheading Resection.
     Dogliotti, A. M.  Resezione totale del mascellare superiore
   con anestesia  del ganglio di Gasser.  Gior. Accad. med. Torino,
   1927, 4. ser., 33: 75-9.—Goris. Resection totale du maxillaire
   pour carcinome du maxillaire superieur,  de l'ethmolde et du
   sinus sphenoide.  Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1905-06,  11: pt 2, 47 —
   Khari, A. P.  [Apparatus for the fixation of the skin flap on the
   stent in epithelization of the wound cavity, following excision
   of the upper jaw]   Nov.  khir. arkh.,  1939, 43: 328-30 —
   Passe, E. R.  G.  Excision of superior maxilla and  ethmoid
   labyrinth.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1946,  43: 379-92.—Power, D.
   Removal of the upper jaw; an historical operation.   Surgery,
   1937, 2: 780-5.—Rocca, M.  Sopra un caso di asportazione di
   tutto  l'osso  mascellare  superiore.   Mem.  med.  contemp.,
   Venez., 1841, 6: 360-5.—Sokolov, N. N.  [Direct epithelization
   of the  wound cavity  following excision of the  upper  jaw]
   Nov. khir. arkh., 1939, 43: 323-7.—White Morquecho, J.  Al-
   cance  de la  analgesia regional en operaciones  de la cara, a
   prop6sito de  un caso  de resecci6n  total  del maxilar superior.
   An.  clfn. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1931, 1: 53-6.


   ----  Fibroma and fibromyoma.

      Sundermann,  M.    *Ein  Fall  von  pterygo-
    maxillarem  Basalfibroid bei freiem Nasenrachen
    [Munster]  19p.  21cm.  Quakenbriick,  1936.
      Brownell, D. H.  Chondroma and fibroma of  the superior
    maxilla; report  of two  cases.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1940, 49:
    765-70.—Gulik,  van   [Large  fibroma  of the  upper  jaw]
    Geneesk. tschr.  Ned.  Indie, 1935,  75:  1744.—Monod, B.
    Volumineuse  tumeur du   maxillaire  superieur;  traitement
    chirurgical; guerison.  Bull. Soc  nat. chir., Par.,  1928, 54:
    329-35.—Portmann, G., & Caye, P. E.  Les tumeurs fibreuses
    hyperplasiques du massif maxillaire superieur.   Rev. laryng.,
    Bord., 1935,  56:  773-831.—Thoma,  K.  H., Cascario, N., 4
    Bacevicz, F. J.  Fibroma of the maxilla.  Am. J. Orthodont.,
    1944, 30: Oral Surg., 654.— Tschipper, W.  Ein Fall von zentra-
    lem  Oberkieferfibrom.   Mschr. Ohrenh., 1931,  65: 1166.—
    Zhakov, M.  P.  [Symmetrical fibromas of the  upper jaw]
    Stomatologia, Moskva, 1938, No. 3, 100-2.


       —  Fistula.

nn.    See also Antrum, Fistula.
       Bonnery  &  Cadenat.   Les fistules post£rieures du reborn
    alveolaire supeneur et la dent de sagesse. Rev. stomat., Par.,
     1927, 29:  1051-4.—Esau.  El tratamiento de la fistula maxilar
    en afecciones dentales.  Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1928, 9:89-91.-—
     Guthrie, D.  The operative closure of  oro-maxillary fistula.
     J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1932,  47: 459-63, 2 pl.
----   Fracture.
   Held, A.  J.   *De  quelques considerations sur
les  fractures des maxillaires  et leurs complica-
tions.   29p.   8?   Geneve, 1929. 
MAXILLA
435
MAXILLA
    Radeck,   M.    *Ueber   Komplikationen  bei
  Oberkieferbruchen.  39p.   8?   Bonn,  1935.
    Susstrunk, O.   *Die  Oberkieferfrakturen der
  Ziircher chirurgischen Klinik  1896 bis 1930.  44p.
  8?   Ziir.,  1932.
    Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1932, 42: 451-95.
    Alonso, J. M.  Sur les fractures des maxillaires superieurs.
  Ann. otolar., Par.,  1935,  1062-70.—Axhausen.   Ueber  das
  Absinken des Bulbus nach  Oberkieferresektionen und  Ober-
  kieferbruchen  (Verhiitung  und  Behandlung)   In:  Zeitfr.
  Augenh. (W. Lohlein) Stuttg.,  1938,  397-404.—Boyce, W. A.
  An unusual break of the face. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 266-9.—
  Cervera y Ruiz, E. Fracturas de los  dos maxilares superiores.
  Congr. hisp.  port, cirug., 1898, 1.  Congr.,  155.-—Chapoux &
  Khouri.  Un cas de fracture du maxillaire  superieur.  Rev.
  prat. mal. pays chauds, 1939, 19: 614-8.—Clark, H. B. Study
  of one hundred  fifty cases of fracture of the upper jaw in  an
  overseas maxillofacial center.   J. Oral Surg.,  1945,  3: 286-
  303.—Dechaume, M. A propos des  fractures incompletes  du
  maxillaire superieur et  de  leurs  complications  sinusiennes.
  Presse med.,  1940, 48: 627.—Dufourmentel, Darcissac, M., &
  Hennion.  Fracture horizontale du maxillaire sup6rieure con-
  solidee en position vicieuse avec  perte totale de  l'articule'
  dentaire. Rev.  stomat.,  Par., 1933, 35: 339-42.—Fiddick,  T.
  L.   Fracture of the maxilla.   Dent. Rec, Lond.,  1913,  33:
  217.—Gioia,  T.  A prop6sito de las fracturas de la mandibula
  superior; un  caso tipico de fractura de A.  Guerin.  Bol. Soc.
  cir. B. Aires, 1930, 14: 976-82.—Gomez, O. L.  Rara  fractura
  del  maxilar  superior; evaluaci6n de la incapacidad.  Rev.
  espec, B. Air., 1928, 3: 511-9.—Gonzalez Ulloa, M.  Fracturas
  del maxilar.  Rev. mex. cir., 1944,  12: 89-98.—Guermonprez,
  F.  Fracture du maxilkire superieur.   J. sc. med. Lille, 1923,
  41: pt 2, 269-73.—Harris, L.  Traumatic fracture of upper jaw.
  Dent. Outlook, N. Y., 1938, 25: 569.—Ivy,  R. H., & Curtis, L.
  Fractures of the upper jaw and malar  bone.  Ann. Surg., 1931,
  94: 337-46.—Jezek, K.  [Fractures  of the upper jaw]  Bratisl.
  lek.  listy,  1934,  14: 243-6.—Mangold, M.  W.   Compound
  fracture of maxilla. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1929, 27: 132, pl.—
  Melchior, M.   Ein  besonderer Fall von  Oberkieferfraktur.
  Zschr.  Stomat.,  1934, 32: 1331-5.—Moreau, J.  Fracture du
  sinus maxillaire avec emphyseme  de la paupiere inferieure.
  Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1922, 25: 421-4, pl.—Murray, R. B.  Case
  report; treatment  of complete  transverse  maxillary  fracture
  with the edgewise arch mechanism.   Angle Orthodont., 1943,
  13:30-3.—Pieri, G. Un singolare tipo di frattura dei mascellari
  superiori.  Valsalva, 1931, 7:   670-3.—Ruspa, F.   Frattura
  trasversale del  Guerin.  Ann. Clin, odont., Roma, 1937, 14:
  574-82.—Saraval, U. Sopra un caso di frattura del mascellare
  superiore.  Stomatologia, Mod., 1926, 24: 395-8.—Sloane,  R.
  B. Fracture  of the maxilla during simple single tooth extrac-
  tion.  J. Am.  Dent. Ass., 1945, 32: 915—Speciale-Picciche,  P.
  Frattura del  mascellare superiore complicata da dacriocistite.
  Ann. ottalm., 1927, 55: 255-7, pl.—Stevenson, H. N., & Tuoti,
  F. A.  Reduction of complete transverse fracture of edentulous
  maxilla. U.  S.  Nav. M. Bull.,  1945,  45: 910-3.—Stevenson,
  W. B.  Maxillary fractures.  Am.  J. Orthodont.,  1943, 29:
  331—Sverdlov, D. G., & Goldin, L. B.  [Case of fracture of the
  upper jaw with extensive injury of the  left half of the forehead,
  injury of the  right optic canal and total blindness in the right
  eye]  Vest, oft., 1938, 12: 515.—Theodoresco, D., & Cristodulo.
  Un cas de fracture du maxillaire  superieur.  Rev. chir., Bucur.,
  1938, 41: 496-9.—Thoma, K. H.   Fractures of the maxilla.
  Am.  J. Orthodont.,  1942, 28: Oral  Surg., 275-91.  ------  &
  Kalil, F. H.   Horizontal  fracture of the maxilla.  Ibid.,  1943,
  29: Oral Surg., 523-5.—Wustrow.  Nebenhohlenerkrankungen
  als Folge von  Oberkieferbruchen  und ihre Behandlung.  Deut.
  zahnarztl. Wschr., 1940,  43: 245; 261.—Zipper.  Bruch des
  Oberkiefers nach  Hufschlag. Mitt. Verein. Aerzte  Steiermark,
  1926, 63:3.

 ----  Fracture: Treatment.

   See  also  subheading Injury.
   Collatz, M.  *TJeber die in der Chirurgischen
 Universitatsklinik Munchen von  1921  bis  1930
 behandelten Oberkieferbruche  und  die Ergebnisse
 der Nachuntersuchungen   [Munchen]   16p.   8?
 Wiirzb., 1932.
   Dietrich,  H.  *Die formgebende Osteotomie
 im Oberkiefer unter  besonderer Berucksichtigung
 disloziert verheilter  Oberkieferfrakturen.    23p.
 8?   Berl., 1936.
   Fissmann,   F.  *Die Oberkieferfrakturen und
 ihre  Behandlung.  28p.   21cm.   Munster,  1936.
   Reinarz, A.  *Die Oberkieferfraktur  und ihre
 chirurgische Behandlung.  24p.  8?  Bonn,  1933.
   Schuchardt,  K.    *Beitrag  zur  Behandlung
 der Oberkieferfrakturen.   16p.   8?   Kiel,  1930.
  Adams, W.  M.  Management of extensive fractures of the
maxilla.  Tr. Soc. Plast. Surg., Chic, 1940, 9. meet., 28-34 —
Axhausen, G.  Zur Behandlung veralteter disloziert geheilter
Oberkieferbruche.   Deut.  Zahn &c. Heilk.,  1934, 1:  334-9 —
Bekker, V. K.  [Plaster transportation sling for gunshot  frac-
 tures of the maxilla]  Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 4  59 —
 Bianchi, H. D., & Jaritos, D. J.  Fractura mandibular superior.
 Rev. odont.,  B. Air., 1941, 29: 551-7.—Blair, V. P., Brown, J.
 B., & Byars, L. T.  Treatment of  fracture of the upper jaw.
 Surgery, 1937,  1: 748-60—Carrea, J. U.  Aparatos para frac-
 turas de los maxilares.  Rev. odont., B. Air., 1916-17, 5: 609-
 i7-  Crawford, M. J.  Appliances and attachments for  treat-
 ment of upper  jaw fractures.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1943, 41:
  } }~7~Davidson> J- B-. & Brown, A. M.  The management
 ot fractures of  the maxilla.  Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 26-42.—
 Erich, J. B.  Treatment of fractures of the upper jaw. J. Am.
 Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 783-93.—Fairbank,  L. C. A short history
 °*the treatment of maxillary fractures.  Mil. Surgeon, 1936, 78:
 j-J;   —Gizzi, C.  Utili modificazioni all'apparecchio originario
 di Graefe per la riduzione e  la contenzione delle fratture della
 mascella.  Stomatologia,  Mod., 1930, 18:  865-70.—Griffith-
 Williams, W. G.   Acrylic resin splints.  Brit. Dent. J., 1942,
 73:  l'?l-3_Hamon>  •*•   Fracture  du  maxillaire superieur;
 appareil de reduction a coussin pneumatique.   Rev. stomat.,
 Par., 1936, 38: 518-21.—Henry, T. C,  & Fairfax, D. A.  A
 type  of splint and head harness for fracture of the superior
 maxilla. Brit.  Dent.  J., 1941, 70:  438-40.—Henschen,  C, &
 Hockenjos,  E.   Korrigierende Osteotomien  und Plastiken
 deform  geheilter  Oberkieferbruche.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,
 1944  74: 390-6.—Holland, N. W. A. The use of cheek wires
 in the treatment  of fractures of the maxilla.  Brit. Dent. J.,
 1945, 79: 333-40.—Ioffe, S. G.  [Application of standard wire
 appliances in treatment  of maxillary fractures]  Stomatologia,
 Moskva, 1942, 58.—Jacot,  P.  Knochentransplantation bei
 Einbruch des Orbitalbodens in einem  Fall von  Oberkiefer-
 fraktur.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72:  880.—Katz,  A. J.
 [The  setting  of fragments of the  upper jaw  after gunshot
 lesions]   Stomatologia, Moskva, 1945, No. 2, 48-51.—Langdon,
 H. M.  Fracture of the maxilla through the left optic foramen;
 reduction with  a Kingsley splint, with restoration of vision.
 Arch. Ophth., Chic,  1933, 9: 980.—Link. K. H.  Nachunter-
 suchungen bei Oberkieferbruchen.   Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 467-
 9.—Macgregor, A. B.  A  simplified method of treatment for
 maxillary fractures.  Brit.  Dent. J., 1944, 76: 239-41.  ------
 Emergency treatment for fractures  of  the maxilla.   Nurs.
 Mirror,  Lond.,  1945,  81: 117.—Major, G.  Kirschner traction
 in the treatment of maxillary fractures.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1938,
 110: 1252-4.—Palazzi, S.  La terapia delle fratture mascellari
 con  mezzi stomatologici  semplici,  alia  portata  del  medico
 pratico.  Gior. med. mil., 1937, 85:  833-7.  ------  Un inter-
 vento efficace di urgenza in casi di frattura mascellare.  Forze
 san., Roma, 1941, 10: No. 3, 11.—Paoli & Roy.  Les resultats
 Sloignes  du  traitement  d'une  fracture du  maxillaire.   Rev.
 stomat..  Par., 1938, 40: 848-50—Pliischke, W.  Beitrag zur
 Behandlung falsch verheilter Oberkieferbruche.  Deut. zahn-
 arztl. Wschr,  1940,  43:  657-9.—Ralph, H.  G.  Fractured
 maxillae; description of an  appliance for reduction and fixation
 with a case report.  U. S.  Nav. M. Bull., 1938, 36: 507-11, 4
 pl.—Theodoresco,  D.   Fracture   du  maxillaire  superieur
 vicieusement  consolidee; reduction par osteotomie et appareil
 a traction elastique.  Rev. chir., Bucur., 1938,  41: 918-30.—
 Waldron, C. W., & Balkin,  S. G.   Fractures of the maxilla;
 describing a simplified appliance for craniomaxillary support
 and fixation.   Surgery,  1942, 11: 183-94.—Woodard, D. E.
 Diagnosis and treatment of maxillary fractures.  J. Missouri
 Dent. Ass., 1942,  22:  187.—Woodward, C. M.   New devices
 for reduction  of maxillary  fractures.  Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87:
 525-31.


----   Hypertrophy.
   Gilhespy,  F.  B.  Chronic hyperplasia of the upper  jaw.
 Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond., 1926-27, 20: Sect. Lar. Otol., 75-7.
 Also  J.  Lar.  Otol., Lond.,  1927,  42:  721-4.—Gordon, H.
 Fibrous hypertrophy of maxilla.   Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,
 1936-37,  30:  1252.—Howarth, W.  Two  cases  of  chronic
 hyperplasia  of  superior maxilla.   Ibid.,  1926-27,  20:  Sect.
 Laryng., 25.—Jones, J. A.  Chronic hyperplasia of the upper
 jaw.  J. Lar. Otol., Lond.,  1926,  41:  184.—Tawse,  H. B.
 Two cases of chronic hyperplasia of right upper jaw.   Proc.
 R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 109.

 ----   Incisive bone.

   See also Nasal fossa, Incisive  canal.
   Marx,  W.   *R6ntgenologische  Untersuchun-
 gen  des  Zwischenkiefers beim  Menschen  unter
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung der  Mittel-,  Quer-
 und Seitennahte  [Kiel]   28p.  8?   Hamb., 1934.
   Schweizert,  G.     *Storungen  der   zweiten
 Dentition im Bereiche  des Zwischenkiefers durch
 iiberzahlige Zahne (Odontoide)   25p.   8?  Berl.,
 1932.
   Ashley-Montagu, M. F.   The premaxilla in the primates.
 Q. Rev. Biol., 1935, 10: 32; 181.  ------ A unique develop-
 ment of the premaxilla in the gorilla.  Am. J. Phys.  Anthrop.,
 1942,  29: 417-23,  2 pl.—Barcia  Goyanes, J.  J.   El  hueso
 incisivo  superior en el  hombre.  Arq. anat.  (1925) 1926 9:
219-26.—Boyle, H. H.  A premaxillary cyst in an edentulous
case.  Dent. Gaz.,  Lond.,  1943-44, 10: 18.—Broekman, R. W.
 [Relations of  phylogenesis  and  ontogenesis  to  hereditary
aspect of the intermaxillary bone]  Tschr.  tandheelk., 1931, 38: 
MAXILLA
436
MAXILLA
9-25, ch.   ---     | Goethe as a  scientific  worker, and his
special interest in  the intermaxillary bone]  Ibid., 1934, 41:
918-36.—Chase, S. W.   The early development of the human
premaxilla.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29:  1991-2001.—Coster,
de.  Les malformations de l'os intermaxillaire.  Rev. stomat.,
Par., 1927, 29: 1023-36— Derry, D. E.  Two skulls with ab-
sence of the premaxilla.   J. Anat., Lond., 1937-38, 72: 295-8,
pl.—Devonshire, (;.  E.  G.  A case of alveolectomy  in the
premaxilla.   Brit.  Dent.  J.,  1940,   69:  319-21.—Dufays.
Syphilis de l'os intermaxillaire.  Rev. mid. est,  1932, 60:
278-8.">.—Franz, V.  Goethes Zwischenkieferpublikation  nach
Anlass, Inhalt und  Wirkung.   Zschr. ges. Anat.,  3.   Abt.,
1933,  30:  469-543.—Friedman, R.  Acute  infection  of the
premaxillary bone.  Dent. Outlook,  N.  Y., 1932,  19: 376-9.—
Green, H. L.  A description of the egg tooth of Ornithorhyn-
chus, together with  some notes on the  development of the
palatine processes of the premaxillae. J. Anat., Lond., 1929-30,
64:  512-22, pl.—Kozlik,  F.  Ein Fall von einseitig fehlendem
Zwischenkiefer ohne  Spaltbildung.  Anat.  Anz.,  1939, 88:
91-100.—Kulenkampff,  D.  Ueber  die Bauplane der Kiefer
und die Frage der Behandlung des  vorspringenden Zwischen-
kiefers.  Zbl. Chir.,  1935,  62: 1394-6.—Leschke, E.   Die
Exstirpation eines Zwischenkiefers durch Langenbeck.   Med.
Klin., Berl., 1932,  28: 499.—Lopez Oliveros, F.  Contribuci6n
al estudio del hueso intermaxilo-nasal  o  incisivo superior del
profesor Barcia.   Actual, med., Granada,  1945, 31: 43-7.—
Oreggia,  J. C, Rezzano, L.  E., & Bazzano, H.  Distroffa
congenita del  hueso intermaxilar y luego; secuestro del hueso
incisivo derecho.  An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1936, 6: 15-21.—
Richler, H. Ueber die angeboicnc der  Nasenscheidewand und
dem Zwischenkiefer eigcntumlichc Neigung zum iibermassigen
 Langenwachstum.   Zschr. Stomat., 1929, 27: 21-6.—Roper-
 Hall, H. T.  Premaxillary cysts.  Dent. Gaz., Lond., 1942-43,
 9: 371-7.  Also Brit. Dent. L, 1943, 74: 197-206.—Schierbeek,
 A.  [Camper  and  Goethe on  the intermaxillary bone]   Ned.
 tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 2128-33.— Vallois. H. V., & Cadenat,
 E.  Le developpement du pn'maxillaire chez l'homme.   Arch.
 biol , Par., 1926, 36: 361-425— Wood-Jones. F.   The fate of
 the human premaxilla.  J. Anat., Lond., 1937-38, 72: 462.

 ----  Inflammation.

    Duncker, AY.    *Ueber  retromaxillare  Phleg-
 mone    [Kiel]    28p.     8?    Wesermunde-Lehe,
 1933.
    Bonnet-Roy, F.  Ost^o-phlegmone du  maxillaire superieur
 d'origine dentaire.  Bull, med., Par., 1938, 52: Suppl. No. L—
 Broach, F. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der  Ausbreitung perimaxil-
 liirer Eiterungen.   Zahnarztl.  Rdsch.,  1944,  53: 649-6 —
 Di  Blasi, A.   Esteso  ascesso sottoperiosteo dei mascellari
 superiori consecutivo a  follicolite del vestibulo nasale.  Boll.
 mal. orecchio, 1938, 56: 21-6.—Field, H. J., & Ackerman, A. A.
 Intraosseous  drainage in the  management  of acute anterior
 teeth.  J.  District  of  Columbia Dent.  Soc,  1941-42,  16:
 No. 2, 7-11.—Rabinovich,  A. S.   [Diathermy of chronic in-
 flammations  of the maxilla and  perimaxillary  region]   Sto-
 matologia, Moskva, 1937, No. 4, 10-5.

 ----  Injury.

     See also subheading Fracture.
     Hoffmann,  "YV.  R.  P.    *Die  Knochen-  und
  Hauttransplantationen bei einer schweren Schuss-
  verletzung  des   Oberkiefers   (ein   Beitrag  zur
  Therapie  der  Schussverletzungen)    29p.    8?
  Kiel, 1931.
     Bissauge, R.  Section accidentelle  du maxillaire superieur
  chez le chien.  Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., 1904, 58:  269.—
  Delsaux,  V.  Traumatisme  professionnel  du frontal  et du
  maxillaire superieur.  Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1912, 17:  No. 2,
  49-52.—Lanier, W.  D., jr.   Dental  restoration in  gunshot
  wounds  of the  superior maxillary.   Med.  Bull. Veterans'
  Admin.,  1932, 8: 218.—Linck, A.   Beitrag  zur Klinik  und
  Pathologie der Oberkieferschussverletzungen.  Arch. Ohr. &c.
  Heilk., 1930, 126: 107-16.—Michelsohn,  N. M.   [Fixative
  dressing for gunshot wounds of the upper jaw]  Stomatologia,
  Moskva, 1942, No. 3, 40.

  ----   Mixed tumor.
     Aubriot. P.  Tumeur mixte maxillo-faciale  cvlindromisee.
  Presse med., 1943, 51: 410.—Goldman, H. M.  Mixed  tumor.
  Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 299.

  ----   Myeloma and  myeloplaxoma.
     Balmes, J.  Tumeur a myeioplaxes du maxillaire superieur.
  Rev. laryng.,  Bord.,  1935,  56: 363-7.—Colantonio, A.  La
  radiumterapia di un caso di sarcoma a mieloplassi del mascel-
  lare; resezione del mascellare o radiumterapia? Radiochirurgia,
  Nap., 1927, 19: 5-17.—Dechaume.  Tumeur a myeioplaxes du
  maxillaire superieur et traumatisme.  Ann. m6d. leg., 1938,
  18: 140-6.—Crandclaude,  C, &  Maurel, G.  Les tumeurs a
  myeioplaxes de-  maxillaires.  J. mid.  Paris,  1935,  55: 229;
  253.—Roh, R. F. Myeloma,  maxilla.  In: Atlas Dent. Path.
  (Bernier, J. L.; et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 137, pl.—Terracol, J.,
  Oavalie. L., & Balmes, J. Ln cas de tumeur a myeioplaxes du
  maxillaire supeLieur.   Arch. Soc.  sc. med. biol. Montpellier
  1934-35, 16: 206-10.
----   Myxoma.

   Mertens,   T.    *Ueber  einen  mit  Radium
behandeltcn  Fall  von   Myxofibrom  des  Ober-
kiefers im Bereich des 2. oberen Pramolurcn und
des  1.  oberen  Molaren  [Miinchen]   20p.   21cm.
Gtinzburg, 1937.
   Fonville,  R. E.,  &  Godwin, J. G.  Myxoma of maxilla
Am.  J.  Orthodont., 1943, 29: Oral Surg., 457-9.—Goldman'
H. M.  Myxoma of the maxilla.   Ibid., 1944, 30: Oral Surg.]
296.—Linhares, F. Mixoma do maxilar superior.  Rev. briwil
otorinolar., 1943, 11: 470-4.

----   Necrosis and gangrene.

   LtlDTKE,  H.   *Ueber einen  Fall  eigenartiger
Nekrose im  Obcrkiefergebiet nach  Ozana und
Kieferhohlenempyem  [Marburg]  p.209-22.  s°
Lpz., 1931.
   Also Zschr.  Laryng., 1931, 20:
   Bonnet-Roy, F. Necrose du maxillaire superieur consecutive
a  des avulsions dentaires  sous anesthesie  locale.  Marseille
med., 1927, 65: 87-9.—Joisten, E.  Zwei iitiologisch  unklare
Falle von gangranescierender Entziindung der Nase und dea
Oberkiefers.   Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1936, 41:  105-28.—
Kaufman,  I.  Necrosis and  caries of the maxillary  bones.
Oral Health, Ottawa,  1946, 36: 177-80.—Kelly, O. A.   Osteo-
necrosis of the maxilla: report of case.   J. Am. Dent. Ass.,
1937, 24: 1035-9.—Toprower, G.  S.  Umfangreichc Nckroee
des  Oberkiefers.   Wien.  klin. Wschr.,  1932, 45: 687-9 —
Van  Poole, G. M. Sequestrum of the superior maxilla following
typhoid fever.  Laryngoscope, 1928, 38: 357.

----  Odontoma.
   Bianchi, M. Dentome chez une fillette de 12 ans. Schweiz.
Mschr.  Zahnh., 1940, 50: 1033-41, 3 pl.—Bittrolff, R.  Ueber
Odontome des Oberkiefers.  Deut.  Zschr.  Chir.,  1932, 237:
760-7.—Digby, K. H.  A case of epithelial odontome of the
maxilla.   Caduceus,  Hong  Kong, 1927, 6:  69-76.—Eisner,
F. W.  Ueber einen Fall von Odontom mit retiniertem Eckznhn
im Oberkiefer.   Deut. Mschr.  Zahnh.,  1919, 37: 321-6 —
Glickman, I., & Wuehrmann, A. H.  Compound  composite
odontoma; case report and histologic study.  Am. J. Ortho-
dont., 1946, 32: Oral Surg., 173-81.—Seabra Junior.  Odonto-
ma  do  maxilar superior.  Rev.  brasil.  otorinolar., 1941, 9:
296.—Wakeley, C.  P. G.  Compound follicular odontome of
the upper jaw in a woman, aged 42.  Proc R. Soc. M., Lond.,
1927-28, 21: Sect. Clin., 77.

----   Osteitis.

   Jacobowitz, K.  *Ueber einen Fall von Ostitis
 fibrosa des Oberkiefers.  22p.  8?  Bresl., 1933.
   Sernau,  G.    *Ueber einen  Fall von Ostitis
 fibrosa   localisata  des  Oberkiefers.   22p.   8?
 Gott., 1932.
   Sporlein,  H.   *Ostitis  fibrosa des Oberkiefers
 [Munchen]   25p.   8?   Wiirzb.,  1933.
   Cadenat, E.  L'ostrMte  externe  prolongee du  maxillaire
 superieur.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1927, 29:  893-7.—Davis, E. I).
 D.  Chronic hyperplasia or focal osteitis fibrosa of the maxilla.
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1940-41, 34: 327-36.  Also J. Lar.
 Otol., Lond.,  1941, 56: 179-86, 4 pl.—Gasparini, P.  Un caso
 di osteite rarefacente  del mascellare sinistro di natura luetics.
 Gior. venet. sc. med., 1939, 13: 135-7.—Hankey, G. T.  Osteitis
 fibrosa of maxilla and cranium. Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1934-
 35,  28: 1676-9.—Hed, H. Ein Fall von  hiimatogener Osteitis
 im  Oberkiefer.  Acta odont.  scand.,  1943-44, 5: 19-30, 2 pl.—
 Moulonguet,  A.  Evolution anormale d'une osteite fibreuse  de
 la  machoire  superieure.  Ann.   otolar., Par., 1942, 189.
 Ostitisfalle im Oberkiefer. Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr., 1940, 43:
 819.—Provvisionato, A.  Aspetto di morbo di Paget a carico del
 mascellare in un caso  di osteoporosi circoscritta del cranio
 (Schuller)  Stomatologia, Mod., 1934, 32: 371-410.—Richard
 &  Henault.   Fistule de  la  paupiere inferieure  vers l'angle
 interne de l'oeil consecutive k  un foyer d'osteite  d'origine
 dentaire.  Rev. stomat.,  Par.,  1941, 42:  136-8.—Spring,  K.
 Ostitis fibrosa der Kiefer und ihr Einfluss auf die Dentition.
 Arch.  klin. Chir.,  1927-28,  149: 385-401 .—Thoma, K. H.,
 Johnson, F. G., & Cascario, N.  Paget's disease involving the
 maxilla.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30:  Oral Sing., 227-30.—
 Verstandig, C. C, Sanders, C.  B.,  & Gillard, H. F.   Osteitw
 deformans, Paget's disease, with maxillary invohen cnt. Clin.
 Med.,  1941,  48: 143-6.—Wencelblat. L.  Osteoperi'.Mms  del
 maxilar de origen dentario.  Dia m^d., B. Air., 1934-35, 7: 656.

 ----   Osteodystrophy.
     Hirsch, C.   Osteodystrophia  fibrosa des Oberkiefers und
 Otosklerose.   Zschr.  Laryng., 1931-32,  22:  438-45.—Kneg8-
 mann, G.  Beitrag zur Osteodystrophia fibrosa localisata  ate*
 Oberkiefers.   Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk.,  1933-34, 137: 31-o.-
 Polyostotic fibrous dysplasia.  Arch. Clin.  Oral Path., 1938, z:
 I 374-95. 
MAXILLA
437
MAXILLA
 .---   Osteofibroma.
   Furedi, A.  A study of the so-called osteofibromas  of the
 maxilla.  Dent. Cosmos, 1935, 77: 999-1010.—Goldman, H. M.
 Ossifying fibroma of the maxilla.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30:
 Oral Surg., 283-5.—Hara,  H. J.  Ossifying  fi roma of the
 superior maxilla.   Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1944,  40: 180-8 —
 Harris, R., & Hagaman, V. D.  Ossifying fibroma of the upper
 jaw. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1942, 51: 508-15.—Jorge, J.  M., &
 Franco, P. L. Voluminoso fibroma del esqueleto de la cara.
 Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1944, 28: 709-22.—Lewis, F. L.  Osteo-
 fibroma of the maxilla; case report. Am. J. Stomat., 1930, 3:
 79-81.—Lindenov,  H.  [Case of osteofibroma  ossis maxillae
 sup. sin.]  Hospitalstidende,  1937, 80: Dansk otolar. selsk.
 forh.,  1-3.—Roberts, E.  P.   Tinnitus and impaired hearing
 caused by an intra-osseous osteogenic fibroma of the maxilla.
 Ann. Dent., 1942-43, n. ser., 1: 193-5.—Thoma, K. H., John-
 son F. G., & Cascario, N. Fibro-osteoma of maxilla.  Am. J.
 Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg., 231-4t


 .---â–    Osteoma,  osteochondroma and exostosis.

   Hubert, W.   *Ein Beitrag  zu den  Oberkie-
 ferosteomen  [Berlin]    16p.   21cm.   Lengerich,
 1937.
   Armbrecht, E. C, & Apple, C. W.  Tumor of maxilla. Am.
 J. Orthodont., 1943, 29: Oral Surg., 60-4.—Bajkay, T. Beitrage
 zur Kenntnis der Maxillarosteome.  Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1934,
 138: 153-7.—Bergara, C, & Bergara, R. Osteoma eburneo del
 maxilar superior (reborde alveolar)  Rev. As. med. argent., 1935,
 49: 462-9, 5 pl.—Blassingame, C, Turley, J. C, & Simpson,
 W. Li Osteoma of the superior maxilla.  Memphis M. J., 1942,
 17: 84.—Blatten, P. E. von.  Ein Fall von Oberkieferexostose.
 Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr., 1941, 44: 148-50.—Freikina, Z. G.
 [Chondroma of the upper jaw]  Sovet. stomat., 1931, 9: 88-
 93.—Ghazi, S. Un cas d'osteome volumineux de la machoire
 superieure opere et gueri. Marseille med., 1927, 64: 553-6.—
 Gornouec.  Osteome  du  maxillaire superieur.  Rev. stomat.,
 Par., 1926, 28: 691T7.—Jentzer, A. Osteofibrome douloureux
 du maxillaire superieur gauche; echec du traitement medical;
 operation modelante;  resultat clinique et esthetique. Schweiz.
 med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 101-3.—Kemper, J. W., & Bloom, H. J.
 Metastatic osteochondroma  of maxilla from primary tumor of
 tibia; report of case.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1944, 30: Oral Surg.,
 704-8.—Ketel [Osteoma of the maxilla] Geneesk. tschr. Ned.
 Indie, 1934, 74: 621.—Kronfeld, R.  Exostosis, maxilla.  In:
 Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier.J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 123,
 pl.—Lemoine.  Un  cas  d'osteome du  maxillaire superieur.
 Ann. otolar.,  Par., 1934, 536.—Liischer, E.  Osteome und
 Hyperostosen  des Oberkiefers.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1945,
 75: 924-7.—Plaza, F. L.  Un caso de osteoma.  Bol. Esc.
 odont., Lima,  1940, 4: 131-3.—Porto, G. Osteoma esponjoso
 do maxilar superior.  Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2:  [Discus-
 sion] 231.—Saes,  P.   Osteoma do maxilar superior.   Rev.
 brasil. otorinolar., 1940, 8: 617-22, pl.—Staz, J. Case report;
 fibro-osteoma of maxilla. Dent. Items, 1945,  67: 437-43.—
 Thoma, K. H. Multiple exostoses of the  maxilla.  Am. J.
 Orthodont., 1941, 27: Oral Surg., 339.—Van de Wildenberg.
 Osteome fronto-ethmoido-maxillaire.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1938,
 519-23.—Warner,  G.  R.   Osteoma  or  torus.  Oral  Hyg.,
 Pittsb., 1943, 33: 968.


 ----  Osteomyelitis.

   Beckers, H.    *Ueber die  Genese der  Ober-
 kieferosteomyelitis im Sauglingsalter  [Munster]
 22p.   8?.  Bottrop,  1933.
   Berndt,  A. W. H.  *Beitrag zur  Kenntnis der
 Osteomvelitis des Oberkiefers  [Greifswald]  23p.
 8° Lengerich, 1936.

   Dumig,  F.    *Die akute Oberkieferosteomye-
 litis beim  Saugling  [Wiirzburg]   p.371-7.   8?
 Lpz., 1934.
   Also  Deut. Zahn &c Heilk., 1934, 2:

   Grimatjd, N.   *L'osteomyelite aigue du  ma-
 xillaire superieur du  nourrisson.   123p.  25}^cm.
 Lyon, 1939.

   Grunstein,  I.   *Beitrag zur Pathogenese der
 Osteomyelitis  des Oberkiefers  im  Sauglingsalter.
 27p.  8?  Konigsb., 1926.
   Heinle, H.   *Ueber  odontogen und artificiell
 entstandene   Osteomyelitis   des    Oberkiefers
 [Munched]  16p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1934.

  Hinrichs, H.   *Ueber  die  Osteomyelitis des
 Oberkiefers.  24p.   8?    Kiel,  1935-36.

  Hoffmann,  J.   *Les  fausses sinusites maxil-
laires  du nourrisson; sur un cas  d'osteomyeiite
du maxillaire superieur chez un nourrisson.   40p.

8?   Par., 1926.
   Horveno, P.  P. C.   *Contribution a l'etude
de l'osteomyelite du maxillaire superieur chez le
nourrisson.   124p.   24cm.   Par., 1942.
   Iancovici,   M.   *L'osteomyelite   aigue  du
maxillaire superieur  chez  I'enfant  (etat  actuel
de la question)   52p.  8?  Par., 1934.
   Kowalewski,  K.   *Zur Klinik der Oberkie-
ferosteomyelitis bei Kindern.   21p.  8?  Konigsb.,
1934.
   Kruger,  R.  R.    *Ueber  die  Bedeutung  der
Zahnkeime  fiir die  Entstehung  von  Osteomye-
litiden des Oberkiefers im Sauglingsalter [Konigs-
berg]   31p.   8?   Gumbinnen, 1922.
   Massig,  H.    *Ueber   die   Aetiologie   der
Osteomyelitis  insbesondere  des  Oberkiefers  im
Sauglings-  und   Kleinkindesalter.    35p.    8?
Frankf. a. Main,  1934.
   Moller,   K.    *Beitrag  zur  Aetiologie  und
Klinik  der  Oberkieferosteomyelitis beim  Saug-
ling.   31p.   8?   Greifsw.,  1936.
   Potjyol,  L.   Contribution   a  l'etude  de
l'osteomyelite  du maxillaire  superieur  chez le
nourrisson.  55p.  8?   Par.,  1933.
   Prenntzell,  G.   *Ueber  Osteomyelitis  des
Oberkiefers bei Sauglingen.  16p.  21cm. Miinch.,
1938.
   Sternberg,  I.   *Osteomyelitis des Oberkiefers
im Sauglings- und Kleinkindalter   [Berlin]  19p.
23cm.   Charlottenb., 1937.
   Tobien,  E.    *Spatosteomyelitis   des  Ober-
kiefers  nach  einer  Schussverletzung  und  ihre
Bedeutung fiir den  Gutachter   [Breslau]  19p.
8?   Liebau, 1934.
   Worz,  W.  *Ein Fall von  Osteomyelitis acuta
traumatica  des  Oberkiefers.    36p.   8?   Tiib.,
1934.
   Yotjsif, K. T.  *Osteomyelitis dos Oberkiefers
bei Sauglingen.  32p.   8?  Berl., 1928.
   Zimmer, F.  O. H.    *Zur  Kritik  der  Infek-
tionsmoglichkeiten der eitrigen Oberkieferosteo-
myelitis  im  Sauglingsalter    [Wiirzburg]   26p.
8?   Dresd.,  1927.
   Abbate,  L.  Su due casi di osteomielite acutissima nel
mascellare  superiore  guariti  con la  sieroterapia.   Minerva
med., Tor.,  1941, 32: pt  1, 452.—Armand.  Un cas  d'osteo-
myeiite du maxillaire superieur. Ann. otolar., Par.,  1940,  205.
Also Lyon  med.,  1940, 164: 120-2.—Asherson, N.  Acute
osteomyelitis of the superior-maxilla  in young infants. J.  Lar.
OtoL, Lond., 1939, 54: 691-713,  10 pl.—Baranger.  Un cas
d'osteomyeiite  du maxillaire superieur k  point de depart
folliculaire chez un enfant de cinq ans.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1928,
47:760-4. Also Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1928, 34: 587-9 —
Barker, G. N.  A case of acute osteo-myelitis of the superior
maxilla.  J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1942,  57: 15779.—Bass, M. H.
Acute osteomyelitis of the superior maxilla in young infants.
Am. J.  Dis. Child., 1928,  35: 65-70.—Bauer, W.  Die ausge-
breitete dentale Oberkiefer-Osteomyelitis und retinierte Zahne.
Zschr.  Stomat., 1937, 35:  281-8.—Bengochea, L.  Osteo-
mielitis maxilar. Rev. odont., B. Air., 1936, 24: 177.—Bergara,
R. A., & Bergara, C.  Contribuci6n al estudio de la osteomie-
litis del maxilar superior en la primera infancia.  Rev. As.
med. argent., 1936, 50: 1819-34.—Bertemes. L'osteomyelite
du maxillaire superieur chez le nourrisson.  Ann. mal. oreille,
1927, 46: 587-9.—Bloch, A., Larroque & Grupper, C. Osteo-
myeiite du maxillaire superieur chez le nourrisson.  Ann. otolar.,
Par., 1936,  288-91.—Bosse,  D.  Ueber die Oberkieferosteo-
myelitis des Sauglings und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Augenarzt.
Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1931, 126: 465-86.—Bruzzone, C. Osteo-
mielite acuta del mascellare superiore nell'adulto.  Ann. laring.,
Tor., 1938, 38: 146-56.—Cabannes & Peyneaud.  Osteomyeiite
du maxillaire superieur et sinusite maxillaire secondaire fistuli-
sees a la paupi^re inferieure gauche chez un enfant de huit mois.
Bull. Soc med. chir. Bordeaux (1906)  1907,  161-5.—Cadenat,
E., ci Cola, A.  L'osteomyelite de la  machoire superieure chez
I'enfant de 2 a 10  ans. Paris med.,  1926, 61: 42-4.  ------
L'osteomyelite de la machoire superieure chez I'enfant de 2 a 3
ans.  Odontologie,  Par., 1927, 65: 29-34.—Cavazzutti, A. M.
Un  caso de  osteomielitis del maxilar superior en un lactante.
Rev. As. med. argent., 1929, 42: 269-72—Chkholariia, S. K.
[Case of fetal dentition of a milk tooth, complicated by osteo-
myelitis of the upper jaw]  Stomatologia, Moskva, 1937, No. 3,
102.—Collet, F. J., & Mounier-Kuhn, P.  Le pronostic de
l'osteomyelite du maxillaire superieur chez le nourrisson. J.
med. Lyon,  1932,  13: 441.—Custodis, E.  Sobre as  doencas
inflammatorias do orbita na osteomyeiite do maxillar superior
das creancas de peito.  Rev. otoneur.. B. Air.. 1932. 7: 192-8.— 
MAXILLA
4:*s
MAXILLA
De  Sanctis,  H.  Osteomielnis  del  maxilar superior.  Rev.
odont., B. Air., 1930, 24:  164.—D'Onofrio, F.  Grave caso di
osteomielite del mascellare supeiiore complicate da flemmone
dell'orbita in un lattante.  Arch. ital. otol., 1929, 40: 686-90 —
Downie,  E. T.  Sequestration  following osteomyelitis of  the
maxilla.  Austral. J.  Dent., 1934, 38: 458-60—Eicken, von.
Eigenartige Komplikation nach Osteomyelitis des Oberkiefers.
Sitzber.  Otolar.  Ges.  Berlin,  1931,  81-4.- Fleming, T.  N.
Osteomyelitis of the superior maxilJa in infants; report of  two
cases.  "Minnesota  M.,  1928,   11:  252.—Garcia Faure,  S.
Osteomelitis  maxilar  post-radiaci6n.   Rev.  Circ.  odont.
C6rdoba, 1945, 10: 82-9.—Gilse, P. H. G. van.  [Osteomyelitis
of the upper jaw]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 997.—
Goldbloom, A., & Bacal, H. L.  Osteomyelitis  of the superior
maxilla in the new-born infant.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,  1937, 54:
954. Also Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 37: 443-5.—Hallberg, O. E.
Spreading osteomyelitis of the  maxilla.  Minnesota M., 1945,
28: 126.—Halloran, G. Two cases of  acute diffuse osteomye-
litis of the superior maxilla. Med. J. Australia,  1926, 2: 284.—
Hankey, G. T.  Bilateral perforation of the antrum and nose
into the mouth, following chronic destructive osteomyelitis of
the  maxilla.   Dent. Rec, Lond., 1936, 56:  10.—Harlowe,
H. D.  Acute osteomyelitis of the superior maxilla in children;
case report.  Laryngoscope, 1941, 51: 464-9.-—Herzau, W.
Ueber  Osteomyelitis  des  Oberkiefers bei  drei  Sauglingen.
Klin. Mbl.  Augenh., 1933, 90:  55-8.—Jacques.  Osteomyeiite
envahissante du  maxillaire superieur arr£tee et guerie par la
medication   sulfamidee.    Ann.  otolar., Par.,  1940,  312.—
Karplus, F. D. Fall von Osteomyelitis des Oberkiefers.  Wien.
med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 1739.— Kubik, J. Orbitalphlegmonen
durch Osteomyelitis  des  Oberkiefers  beim Saugling.  Med.
Klin.,  Berl.,  1932, 28: 1097.—Lacy, N. E., & Engel,  L. P.
Acute osteomyelitis of the superior maxilla in children;  report
of case.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 417-27.—Lantuejoul,
P., & Gauthey, M.  Osteomyeiite du maxillaire superieur chez
un nouveau-ne.  Gyn. obst., Par.,  1942, 42:  211.—Leto, L.
L'osteomielite acuta  del  mascellare  supeiiorc  dei lattanti
 (false  sinusiti)   Rass. ital. otorinolar.,  1929,  3:  324-50.—
Lewy, A. Osteomyelitis of the superior maxilla; report of a case
with recovery following chemotherapy.  Arch. Otolar.,  Chic,
1942, 35: 832-4.—Lukomsky, I. G., & Bashkina, S. U.   [The
morphology of bone fragments in  traumatic osteomyelitis of
the maxilla]   Stomatologia, Moskva,  1944,  No. 2, 23-7.—
McGovern, F. H., & Newman, S.  Acute osteomyelitis  of the
superior maxilla in infants.  Virginia M.  Month.,  1946, 73:
219.—Marsigli,  C.   Osteomielite del  mascellare  superiore
consecutiva a trauma  in fanciullo di tre anni.   Valsalva, 1931,
7:  496-505.—Martillotti,  F.    L'osteomielite  del mascellare
superiore nel lattante.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1937, 45: 616-26 —
Mathe,  K.  Ueber die Aetiologie der Osteomyelitis des Ober-
kiefers bei  Sauglingen.   Zschr. Hals &c.  Heilk., 1929,  23:
360-71.—Merelli,  G.  Un  caso di  osteomielite  acuta del
 mascellare superiore con notevole ascesso  sottorbitario in un
 lattante.  Riv. otoneur.,  1927,  4: 435-9.—Nieddu, G.  Su di
 un'osteomielite del mascellare superiore. Atti Congr. internaz.
stomat. (1935) 1936,  2. Congr., 1: 540-2.—Osteomyelitis of
 maxilla with antrum involven ent.  Arch. Clin.  Oral  Path.,
 1937,  1:  220-3.—Ottolenghi,  R.   Un caso di  osteomielite
 acuta del mascellare superiore.   Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7:
 694-7.—Pastore, P. N., & Lillie, H. I. Osteomyelitis  of the
 maxilla following sinusitis; report of a case.  Proc Mayo Clin.,
 1941,  16:  761-6.—Plaza, F.  L.  Osteomielitis  del maxilar
 superior.  Bol. Esc. odont., Lima, 1943, 7: 113-7.—Poggiali, R.
 L'osteomielite acuta dei mascellari superiori e della mandibola
 nell'infanzia.  Ann. ital. chir., 1936,  15: 193-206.—Poncher,
 H. G., & Blayney,  J. R.   Osteomyelitis of the maxilla in nurs-
 lings and in infants.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934,  48: 730-8.—
 Prdvost, A.   Osteomyeiite  du  maxillaire  superieur chez  le
 nourrisson.  Ann. med. chir. Hop. S.  Justine Montreal, 1939,
 3: No. 2, 222.—Remky, E. Zur Osteomyelitis des Oberkiefers
 beim Saugling.  Zschr. Augenh., 1931, 75: 240-3—Riegele, L.
 Ueber  die  Osteomyelitis  des Oberkiefers beim Neonatus und
 jungen  Saugling unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Kno-
 chenmarkanlagen.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk.,  1933, 33: 32-76.—
 Roehm, H. R.  Acute osteomyelitis of the superior maxilla in
 a  young infant.  Am.  J. Dis. Child., 1931, 42:  1171-5.—
 Rousseau,  Mallet  & Martel.   Osteomyeiite d'origine dentaire
 du maxillaire superieur avec sinusite.   Loire med., 1928, 42:
 317.—Roy,  M.  Osteomyeiite  grave  du maxillaire superieur
 consecutive a une  sinusite pyorrheique.   Odontologie, Par.,
 1935, 73: 821-6.  ———  Les osteomyeiites de la machoire et
 leurs  consequences judiciaires  possibles.  Rev.  odont., Par.,
 1937,  58:  14-9— Takamura, S.  Ein Fall von Osteomyelitis
 des Oberkiefers  im  Anschluss an intranasale Operation bei
 Kieferhohlenempyem.   Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo,  1939,
 12: 14.—Tempestini,  E.   Osteomielite ematogena del mascel-
 lare superiore, complicata da  follicolite e da  fistola sottorbi-
 taria, in un bimbo di due anni.  Stomatologia, Mod., 1936, 34:
 161-81.—Terracol, J.  L'osteomyelite du maxillaire superieur
 chez le nourrisson; la fausse  sinusite du nourrisson.  Arch
 internat.  laryng.,  Par.,  1928,  34: 532-55.—Thoma, K.  H.,
 Cascario,  N., & Bacevicz, F.  J.   Infantile  osteomyelitis of
 maxilla.  Am. J.  Orthodont., 1944,  30:  Oral Surg.,  596.__
 Ulses,  H.   Osteomyelitis des Oberkiefers  und  Le'ukaniie
 Beitr.  Anat.  Ohr.,  1933,  31:  80-7.—Van  den Wildenberg!
 Osteomyeiite  du maxillaire superieur et de  l'ethmoide  avec
 empyeme   des sinus  et de  l'orbite.  Bull. Soc  belee otol
 1905-06, 11: pt 2, 40-4.—Vasiliev,  G. A., & Suslova, E  a'
 [Maxillary osteomyelitis  in children]   Stomatologia. Moskva
 1937, 33-44,-Weiss, F., & Wagner, H.  Osteomyelitis des
Oberkiefers  mit  sequestrierender  Zahnkeimentzundung bei
einem 1 Monat alten Saugling mit Ausgang in Heilung.  Zschr
Stomat, 1934, 32:  1359-66.—While,  H. I).  Osteomyelitis oi
the maxilla in the newlv-bom.  Arch.  Dis. Childh   LnnH
1935, 10: 85-92.                                       a"

----   Osteomyelitis:  Treatment.

   Wulff, J.  *Beitrag zur Therapie der Oberkie-
ferosteomvelitis  beim  Saugling.    23p.    23cm
Miinster, 1937.
   Blorh, A., Larroque, & Crupper, C.  Osteomyeiite du maxil-
laire supi'rieur chez le nourrisson; traitement par l'anatoxine
staphylococcique.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52'
455-8.—Conner, W. H.  Osteomyelitis of the maxillary hone;
report  of cases successfully treated by early radical <>| eration
Med. Bull. Veterans' Admin.,  1932, 9: 184.- Hirst, o. G\
Osteomyelitis  of the snperior maxil) a: treatment «i 111 i enicillln'
Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1945,  41: 351.—Kotliar, K. D.  [The
treatment of acute  odontogenous osteomyelitis  of the maxilla]
Stomatologia,  Moskva, 1940, No.  5,  62.—Lewy. A.   Osteo-
myelitis of the superior maxilla with recovery under treatment
with chemotherapy.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1942, 51: 537-41 —
Mane, Halphen & Dechaume, M.  Osteomyeiite du maxillaire
superieur chez un nourrisson de deux  mois et demi; traitement
par  des injections locales  de  bacte-staphyphage; guerison
Rev. stomat.,  Par., 1933, 35: 274-6.—Mead, S. V. Diagnosis
and treatment of chronic osteomyelitis of the maxilla involving
the maxillary sinus.  Internat.  J. Orthpdont.,  1931,  17: 974;
1089; 1177.—Ramorino, C.   La  guerison spontanee de Poster
myeiite du maxillaire superieur est-elle possible? Rev. stomat
Par., 1930,  32: 505-13.—Sudaka, R.   Considerations sur les
osteomyeiites  du maxillaire superieur et leur traitement.  Rev.
odont.,  Par., 1937, 58: 279-90.

----   Periosteum.
   Edwards, L. F.,  & Kitchin, P. C.   Does the maxilla lack a
periosteal  membrane?  J.  Dent. Res.,  1941, 20: 341-5.—
Szokolik, E. Drei Falle von Orbitalphlegmone nach Periostitis
alveolaris des Oberkiefers.   Klin.  Mbl.  Augenh., 1926, 77:
115-21.

----   Premaxilla.
 See subheading Incisive bone.

—   Prognathism.
   Karsenti,  P.   Contribution  a l'etude  de la
prognathie alveolaire superieure.  68p.  8?  Par.,
1937.
   Brashears, W. N., Edmonds, W. G., & Drewett, T. E.  Im-
proving the masticatory efficiencyand facial esthetics in a case
of gross prognathism of the upper jaw, by means of oral surgery
and prosthesis.   Mil.  Surgeon,  1940, 86: 545-7.—Finochietto,
R., & Marino, H.  Progenia; su tratamiento quirurgico.  Prensa
med. argent., 1938, 25: 1087-92.—Woodward, C. M. Surgical
and prosthetic interference for the correction of excessive pro-
trusion  of the maxilla.  Dent. Digest, 1931, 37:  213-8.

----   Prosthesis.
   See also subheading Resection.
   Henatjlt,  M. L.   *La prothese des pertes  de
substance des maxillaires superieurs consecutives
aux resections.   48p.   8?   Par., 1927.
   Schroeder,  G.  R.   *Ersatz  des Oberkiefers
nach  der  Oberkieferresektion.   32p.  8?   Bonn,
1927.
   Stadler,  J.   *Beitrage zur Technik der pro-
thetischen   Versorgung  nach  Oberkieferresek-
tionen.   21p.   8?   Miinch., 1933.
   Zarges, H. J.  *Die Prothese nach operativem
EingrifT am Oberkieferkbrper.  12p.  8?   Halle,
1933.
   Dimeg, O.  Vereinfachte Herstellung von Oberkieferresek-
tionsprothesen.  Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr.,  1940,  43: 343-6.—
Hofer.  Die prothetische Versorgung bei und nach Oberkie-
ferresektion.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 1445.  -----  Die
prothetische Versorgung bei und nach der Oberkieferresektion,
Deut. med.  Wschr., 1941,  67:  184.  Also Klin. Wschr., 1941,
20: 351.—Pichler, H. Falle von Oberkieferresektionsprothesen.
Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1944, 57: 335.—Plaghos, A. D.  La inter-
venci6n protetica en la resecci6n del maxilar superior. Rev.
odont., B. Air., 1939. 27: 213-22.—Pont, A. Prothese immediate
du maxillaire superieur.   Rev. chir. plast., Brux., 1931—32,
264-71.—Small, D. H.  The prosthetic treatment of a maxillo-
facial case.  Brit. Dent. J., 1945, 78:  42.—Walker, D. G.  An
aid to prosthetic  restorations of the maxilla after  excision.
Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 1209.

----  Pseudarthrosis.
   Dufourmentel & Darcissac.   Une  double pseudarthrose
lache du maxillaire  superieur.  Rev.  stomat., Par., 1941, 42:
I 
MAXILLA
439
MAXILLA
   UO-4.—Gomez, O.  Pseudoartrosis del  maxilar superior  en
   una fractura tipo Guerin.   Bol. Soc.  cir. B. Aires, 1928, 12:
   393-400.

   .---  Resection.

     See also subheadings (Excision; Prosthesis)
     Michaleff, D.  *Die Methoden der Resektion
   des  Oberkiefers  und  ihre  Immediat-Prothese.
   16p.   8?   Lpz.,  1929.
     Wiemers,  H.   *Operationsprognose  und  Be-
   taubungsart,  gepriift  an  der Oberkieferresektion
   [Wiirzburg]   16p.  8?  Ochsenfurt,  1933.
     Doron, G.  Zur Kasuistik der Komplikationen bei Resektion
   des Oberkiefers unter Lokalanasthesie. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54:
   2966-9.—Goris.  Resection simultanee des deux  maxillaires
   superieurs.  Bull. Son. beige otol., 1906-07, 12: 24 [Discussion]
   56. -----  Contribution a la  technique de l'auto-plastie
   aprte la resection du maxillaire  superieur.   Ibid.,  110—4.—
   Gr arise, K. A.  [Case of maxillary prosthesis following uni-
   lateral, subtotal resection of the upper jaw]  Odont. tskr., 1941,
   49: 53-61.—Heyninx, A.  Resection, sous anesthesie locale, de
   l'etage inferieur du maxillaire superieur, avec  integrite de  la
   fibro-muqueuse nasale.  Ann. mal.  oreille,  1928, 47:  996.—
   Michaux.  Sur l'osteo-plastique appliquee a la resection du
   maxillaire superieur pour des affections independantes de cet os.
   Presse med. beige, 1861-62, 14: 5-8.—Patel, L.  Technique de
   la resection du maxillaire superieur.  Lyon med., 1927, 139: 359.


  ---   Sarcoma.

     Boerschmann, C.   *Sarkome  des  Oberkiefers
   und   deren  operative  Beseitigung.    23p.    8?
   Konigsb.,  1938.
     Steitz,  W.  *Ueber ein mit Strahlen behan-
  deltes  und  geheiltes  Oberkiefersarkom   [Miin-
   chen]  21p.   8?   Wiirzb... 1937.
    Barrenechea, M.  J.  Osteosarcoma del maxilar superior.
  Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1926, 4: 197.—Bascones.   ^Fibrosarcoma
  benigno del maxilar  superior?  Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 539.—
  Bertoja, P. Storia di un osteosarcoma della faccia guarito colla
  demolizione.  Gior. progr. pat., Venez., 1843, ser. 2,4:475-83.—
  Boies, L. R., Peterson, R. G. [et al.]  Osteogenic sarcoma of the
  maxilla.  J. Oral  Surg., 1946, 4: 56-60.—Carvallo, C, Plaza,
  F.,  & Florian, A. Osteo-sarcoma del maxilar superior, resecci6n
  bilateral y su pr6tesis restaurativa.  Bol.  Esc  odont.,  Lima,
  1943,  7: 142-56.—Crocquefer & Luck.  Plasmo-sarcome du
  maxillaire superieur.   Odontologie, Par.,  1930,  68: 76-80.-—
  Dufourmentel.  Sarcomes   du  maxillaire  superieur.   Rev.
  odont., Par., 1932, 53: 104-7.—Hofer, O. Ein Fall von Spindel-
  zellensarkom des linken Oberkiefers.  Zschr. Stomat., 1939, 37:
  832-5.—Hofmann, L.  Contribution  a  l'etude  histologique et
  clinique des osteo- et chondrosarcomes du maxillaire superieur.
  Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 433-57,  9  pl—Koch, H.  Fibro-
  sarcoma of the upper jaw;  report  of an unusual case.   Acta
  otolar., Stockh., 1941, 29: 14-9.—Langworthy, H. G.  Interest-
  ing  case of tumor (lympho-sarcoma) of upper jaw in young girl.
  Dent.  Rev.,  1913, 27: 226-9.—Mallory,  T.  B.  Osteogenic
  sarcoma of maxilla.   N. England J.  M., 1942,  226: 573-5.—
  Martin, A.  De l'osteo-sarcome du  maxillaire superieur.   Gaz.
  odont.,  Par.,  1880, 2: 62-8.—Martins, E.  Sarcoma osteo-
  genico do maxillar superior.  Brasil med., 1932, 46:  789.—
  Muller, S.  [Radium  treatment of  sarcoma of the upper jaw]
  Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75:  [Med.  Selsk. Lyens Stifts  forh.]
  10.—Nemours,  Perrot &   Crocquefer.   Plasmosarcome du
  maxillaire superieur.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1931,  33: 457-63.—
  Pierangeli, C. E. II sarcoma di Ewing  del  mascellare.  Otori-
 nolar. ital, 1938, 8: 133-65.—Rapin, M.  Resection partielle
 du maxillaire superieur pour sarcome.  Rev. med. Suisse rom.,
 1942, 62: 206-9.  Also German  transl. Zbl.  Chir., 1943, 70:
 1519.—Vereshchinsky, A. O.  [Melanosarcoma of upper jaw]
 Vest, khir., 1931, 24:  246-50, pl.—Woelk, H. A.  Ueber das
 Carcinosarkom,  seine  Diagnose und  Benennung  und  ein
 anscheinend geheiltes Carcinom des Oberkiefers.  Zschr. Hals
 &c. Heilk., 1926, 14: 392-405.


 â– ---  Septomaxillary  bone.
   Lapage, E. O.  The septomaxillary; in the  Amphibia Urodela.
 J. Morph., 1928, 45: 441-558, 7 pl.-----The septomaxillary
 of the Amphibia, Anura and of the Reptilia.  Ibid.,  1928-29,
 46: 399-417, 7 pl.


 ---  Surgery.
   Aubry, M.   Le choix de l'anesthesie dans les operations sur
la maxillaire superieuT.  Presse med., 1935, 43: 592.—Barnhill,
'• F.  External surgery of the superior maxilla in treatment of
nasal disease.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1917, 26: 1141-6.—Gale,
C. K. Lateral osteotomy; anatomical considerations.  Am. J.
Surg., 1944, 63: 368-70.— Peckham, R.  N.  Block anesthesia
for the maxilla.  Mod. Dent., Brooklyn, 1938-39, 5: No. 4,
22-5.—Rankow, R.  M.  The pterygopalatine  injection  for
block  anesthesia of the maxilla.  Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 164-7.
 ----   Surgery, orthopedic.

    See also Dentistry, orthodontic.
 nKi?afU8enVG-1 U^b?r die korrigierende Osteotomie  am
 Oberkiefer.   Deut.  Zschr.  Chir.,  1936-37, 248:  515-22.—
 rieiland,  H.  A  surgical procedure for  the correction of an
 alveolar deformity.  Rhode Island M. J., 1944, 27: 459-61 —
 Kraus  [Junctional maxillar orthopedics and its social signifi-
 cance]  Stomatologia, Moskva, 1945, No. 2, 51-5.

 ----  Surgery, plastic.

    Maurel,  G., & Darcissac, M.  Les pertes de
 substance pathologiques du maxillaire superieur;
 leur traitement chirurgical et prothetique.  95p.
 8?   Brux., 1933.
    Also Rev. chir. plast., Brux., 1932, 2: 170; 205-66.
    Aguilar, F.  Some cases of maxillary restorations.  Dent.
 Rev.,  1913, 27:  1139-50.—Christiansen,  G. W., & Bradley,
 oo  t    Palatal flap.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1945, 44: 1018-
 22.—Ledoux.   Palato-  et  jugo-plastie  a  lambeau  fronto-
 temporal  apres resection  totale du maxillaire superieur, avec
 5™«  ,£ de la fibr°-muqueuse palatine.  Bull. Soc. beige otol.,
 1909-10, 15: pt2, 115.—Maurel,  G. Le  maxillaire  superieur.
 Rev.  chir. plast., Brux.,  1931, 1: 31-62.—Woodman, E. M.
 Plastic  repair after operations on the upper jaw.  Proc. R.
 Soc. M., Lond., 1930-31,  24: Sect. Laryng., 435-8.—Zeno, L.
 Injerto osteoplastic en el maxilar;  con  pr6tesis guia.  Rev.
 cir. B. Aires, 1940, 19: 580.


 ----  Topography.

    Franzmeyer,  A.   *Die Orbital-Dental-Rela-
 tion.   24p.  8?   Berl.,  1932.
    Sprandl,  E.   *TJntersuchungen  iiber  Langen-
 Breiten-Beziehungen des   Zahnbogens  im Ober-
 kiefer  [Tubingen]  31p.   8?   Hamb.,  1930.
   Balakirev, P. B. [Relation of the upper jaw to the pterygoid
 process  of the sphenoid bone]  Arch. russ. anat.,  1941,  27:
 54-79.—Bustin, E.  Die anatomischen Beziehungen zwischen
 Kieferknochen und Nasenhohle und ihre klinische Verwertung.
 Zschr. Stomat., 1934, 32: 646; passim.


 ----   Tuberosity.

   Quintela,  N.  Tecnica para o arremate cirurgico da tuberosi-
 dade  maxilar.  Rev.  brasil.  odont.,  1944,  2: No. 3,  86.—
 Romang, F.  Symmetrische benigne Tumorbildung der Tubero-
 sitas  maxillae.   Schweiz.  Mschr. Zahnh.,  1932,  42:  60.—
 Thoma, K. H., &  Kalil, F. H. Fibromatosis of the maxillary
 tuberosities.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1943, 29: Oral Surg., 562-4.—
 Zametkin, J. M.   The tuberosity.  Dent.  Outlook, N.  Y..
 1942, 29: 263-70.


----   Tumor.
    See also other subheadings.
    Bandelow,   C.   *Ein  Fall  von  Schmincke-
 schem   Oberkiefertumor   [Freiburg]    21p.    8°
 Jena, 1931.
   Also Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1930-31, 42: 448-66.

    Ttjscher,  F.   Contribution  a  l'etude  des
 tumeurs du maxillaire superieur   [Geneve]   30p.
 8?   Lausanne, 1934.
   Coates, H. W.  Giant-celled tumour of the  upper jaw.
 Canad. M- Ass.  J., 1930, 22: 681.—Cresson. Polymorphisme
 neoplasique.   Bull. Soc. chir.  Paris, 1933, 25: 430.—Davis,
 A. D.  Giant-cell tumor (epulis) of the maxilla; report of a case.
 J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 774.—Di Vestea, D.  Tumore
 papillomatoso maxillo-etmoidale con empiema sfenoidale senza
 sintomatologia oculare.   Valsalva,  1934, 10: 460.—Dorfman,
 L. L.  [Case of gigantic tumor of the upper jaw]   Khirurgia,
 Moskva, 1938, No. 10, 171.—Field, H. J., & Ackerman,  A. A.
 Tumor of maxilla.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1943, 29: Oral Surg.,
 341-3.------Maxillary tumor extending to orbital  floor.
 Ibid.,  403-5.—Gagliardi,  A.  Le  inclusioni epiteliali  della
 mucosa antrale  nella patogenesi dei tumori del  mascellare
 superiore.  Stomatologia, Mod., 1938,  36: 1-28.—Gellman,
 L. E. A case of simple tumour of the upper jaw.  S. Afr. M. J.,
 1941, 15: 28.—Jorge, J. M., & Latienda, R. I. Ganglioneuroma
 de maxilar superior. Rev. As. med. argent., 1942, 56:188-90.—
 Kaikini, V. M.   Tumours of the upper jaw and its immediate
 neighbourhood.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 406-9.—Leffler, H. H.
 Giant cell tumor,  maxilla.  In:  Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier.
 J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 125,  pl—Lemaitre, Y.  Mani-
 festations bucco-dentaires des tumeurs du maxillaire superieur.
 Rev. odont., Par.,  1938, 60: 361-70.—Leroux, L.,  & Ballard.
 Tumeur du  maxillaire superieur chez un  adolescent.   Ann.
 otolar., Par.,  1933, 1212.—Raab, H.  Ueber symmetrische
 Gingiva-Keloide  im Oberkiefer.  Deut. Zahn &c. Heilk., 1936,
 3: 555-63.—Rosoff, M. L.  A pregnancy tumor.  Arch. Clin.
Oral Path., 1940, 4: 44-50.—Squinu, C. M.  Tumores benignos
del  maxilar superior.  Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B.  Air.,
1929, 5: 246-52.—Waldron, C. W. Tumors of the upper jaw; 
MAXILLA
4^0
MAXILLARY NERVE
particularlv tumors related to the sinuses.  Surg. G\n. Obst.,
1941,  72:  503 11.  Weill, G.. Reys, L., & Dreyfus, P. A.
Signe  d'Argyll-Robertson unilateral  avec paralysie  du droit
superieur par  prolongement orbit aire  d'une tumeur maxillaire;
abolition bilat6rale du ROC.   Rev.  otoneur.,  Par.,  1926, 4:
522-9.


----   Tumor:  Treatment.

   Feuchtinger, R.  Zwei Falle von inoperablen  Oberkiefer-
tumoren mit Diathermie behandelt.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1928,
78: 621.—Letnik, S. F. von [A rare case of tumor of the upper
jaw, with  excision]  Odess. med. J.,  1928, 3: 295.—Lund, R.
[Two cases of tumors of the upper jaw operated according to
Holmgren-Ohngren]    Hospitalstidende,  1938,  81:   [Dansk
otolar. selsk.  forh.] 9.—Monod, R.   Volumineuse  tumeur du
maxillaire superieur; traitement chirurgical; guerison.  Bull.
Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 372.—Pavlovsky, A. P., & Di
Pietro, A. Tumor del maxilar superior; reseccion.  Bol. Soc.
cir. B. Aires, 1935, 19: 384-91—RotTo, A. H., & Del  Giudice, V.
Tumores del  maxilar;  exploracion radiologica y radioterapia;
algunas resefias clinicas y terapeuticas.  Bol. Inst. med. exp.
cancer, B. Air., 1941, 18: 577-93, 11 pl.—Truffert, P.  Deux
points de technique dans la chirurgie des tumeurs du maxillaire
superieur. Bull, med., Par., 1934, 48: 814-8.


----   Zygomatic process.

   See also  Zygoma.
   Gerrie, J.  W.  Fracture of the maxillary zygomatic com-
pound.  Canad.  M. Ass. J., 1938, 38: 535-8.
MAXILLARY artery.
   Baptista Netto.  Contribuicao ao estudo das variacSes da
arteria maxilar interna em individuos brasi'eiros. Arch. Inst.
Benjamin Baptista,  Rio,  1939, 5:  387-94—Biermann,  H.
Die chirurgische Bedeutung der Lagcvaiiationen der Arteria
maxillaris.  Anat.  Anz.,  1943, 94: 289-809- Gedenov,  W.
Sur la question des anomalies de l'artere maxi'hiire externe dans
la  race bovine.   Arch,  anat., Strasb.,  1937,  24:  81-92.—
Gukov, P. V.  [Innervation  of the external maxillary arterv]
Arch. russ. anat., 1939, 20: ser.  A, 142-4.—Polonskaja, R.
Zur  Frage  der  ^Morphologie der Art.  maxillaris externa bei
Vertretern der weissen  und der gelben Rasse.  Anat. Anz.,
1935, 80: 331-9.—Rabinovich, L. M.   [Projection of the  ex-
ternal  maxillary artery  on the mucous  membrane of the  oral
cavity]  Stomatologia, Moskva, 1941, No. 2, 66-8.
Aneurysm.
   Holbaek-Hanspen,  H.   *Ueber Aneurysmen
der  Kopf- und  Halsarterien  (ein Fall von Aneu-
rvsma  Arteriae maxillaris externae)    90p.    8?
Bresl.. 1916.
   Busch, H.  Ein Fall von Aneurysma der Arteria maxillaris
interna nach Schussverletzung.  Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1916-17, 9:
101-4.—Lannois &  Jacod.  Anevrysme de l'artere maxillaire
interne droite consecutif a une blessure de guerre.  Lyon med.,
1917, 126: 143-6.—Palma, G.  Su di un aneurisma dell'arteria
mascellare esterna,  surto in conseguenza d'una ferita.   Ann.
clin. Osp. incurab., Nap., 1840, 6: 140-54.


----   Ligation.

   Escat, M.  De la ligature trans-sinuso-maxillaire de l'artere
maxillaire interne.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 508-13.-—Gergely,
Z.  Transmaxillary ligature of the arteria maxillaris interna
(Seiffert's method)  Acta otolar., Stockh.,  1935, 22: 142-6.—
Seiffert,  A.   Unterbindung  der Arteria maxillaris  interna.
Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 22: 323-5.


MAXILLARY nerve.

   See also Infraorbital nerve; Mandibular nerve;
Pterygopalatine ganglion.
   Brugi, G.   A proposito di una  particolarita anatomica
riguardante la situazione del nervo mascellare nella volta della
fossa pterigo-palatina.   Monit. zool. ital., 1938,  49: 90-5.—
Cordier, Couloma [et al.]  Le nerf maxillaire superieur; sa
constitution fascicuiee et sa terminaison, ses branches dentaires.
Kcv. stomat., Par.,  1935, 37: 656-66.—Simon, B.  L'anatomia
del nervo mascellare alia luce di nuove ricerche.  Stomatologia,
Mod , 1927, 25:541-53, 4 pl. ------• Eingehende anatomische
Studien iiber Verlauf und Verzweigungen des Nervus maxillaris
Vjschr. Zahnh., 1928, 44: 568-85.


----   Anesthesia.

   See also Anesthetization, dental.
   Abratis,  W.  *Die anatomischen Grundlagen
fiir   die  Anasthesierungsmethode  des  Xervus
maxillaris durch des  Foramen  palatinum maius
[Breslau]  26p.   8?   [Berl.] 1925.
   AIbo Deut. zahnarzt. Wschr., 1925.
   Gexerotzky,  A.    *Ein  Beitrag  zur  Topo-
graphic  des  Foramen  palatinum  inajus als dem
Ausgangspunkt  fiir  die  Maxillaris-Stainmanaes-
thesie    durch   den    Canalis   pterygopalatinus
(Untersuchungen  am  Schadel)   23p.   S?  Kip]
1934.
   Kellehmann, B.   *Von  der  Grosse  nnd Aus-
dehnung  der  anasthetisehen   Zone  nach  der
Injektion  am Tuber maxillare  (insbesondere am
harten Gaumen)  27p.  8?   Marburg, 1934.
   Rustenbach, G.   *Uebor  die  Bedeutung  der
Maxillaris-  Stammanasthesie  in   der  taghchen
Praxis des Zahnarztcs  [Kiel]   2p.  8?   Quaken-
briick, 1934.
   Vilenski,  A. J.   *Technique  de l'anesthesie
du nerf  maxillaire  superieur par le canal palatin
posterieur.   47p.   8?   Par., 192(>.
   Adrion & Hoenig.  Die Stammanasthesie des Nervus maxil-
laris.  Deut.  Mschr. Zahnh., 1925,  43: 269-83.—Aubin, A.
Anesthesie tronculaire du  nerf maxillaire superieur par la voie
sus-malairo.   Ann.  otolar., Par.,  1933,  695-8.  Also Rev
stomat., Par.,  1934, 36:  669-73.—Boenninghaus, G.  Zur
Technik der  Leitungsunterbrechung  der  Nervus maxillaris
in der Flugelgaumengrube.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk.,  1924, 9:
84.—Dickson, G. C, & Coates, R. H.  Regional anaesthesia
of the maxillary nerve by the palatal method. Brit. Dent. J.,
1945,  79:  242^.—Dubecq,  X. J.  La  voie sus-zygomato-
malaire, voie d'acces  pour l'anesthesie tronculaire  du  nerf
maxillaire  superieur.  Rev.  stomat., Par., 1933, 35: 149-
54.—Ginestet, F.  Valeur comparee de l'anesthesie tronculaire
du nerf maxillaire superieur au trou grand rond via canal pala-
tin posterieur et des anesthesies des diverses branches de ce
nerf.  Ibid.,  1928, 30: 465-72— Hartstein, S. D.  Simplified
maxillary anesthesia obtained by a single improved tuberosity
injection, intra-orally, with a l^i-inch straight needle. Dent.
Digest, N. Y., 1927, 33:  807.  •------  Simplified maxillary
anesthesia.  Pacific Dent. Gaz., 1928, 36: 444-6.—Kimura, N.
Eine neue Methode zur Unterbrechung  des N. maxillar's am
Foramen  rotundum fiir  Operation des  Oberkiefers.   Zbl.
Chir., 1938,  65:  593.—Krieger, E.  Discussion of Dr. Silver-
man's new technique for the injection of the superior maxillary
nerve. Dent. Items, 1923, 45:  915.—Longinotti, L. E. Anes-
tesia del nervio maxilar superior por via del conducto palatino
posterior.  Prensa med. argent., 1941, 28: pt 2, 1538.—Neu-
mann, A.  Erfahrungen iiber die durch das Foramen palatinum
erfolgte  Leitungsanaesthesie des  Nervus  maxillaris.  Acta
otolar., Stockh.,  1943, 31: 379-85.—Nevin, M. Blocking the
superior maxillary  nerve  and  its  branches.  Dent. Items,
1922,  44: 21;  122; passim.—Novick, J. N.,  & Saghirian, L. M.
Extraoral method of regional anesthesia in the superior maxilla.
Internat. J. Orthodont., 1937, 23:  286-95.—Nuovo metodo di
interruzione del nervo mascellare al forame rotondo.  Riforma
med.,  1938, 54: 707.—Peckham, R. N.  Block anesthesia for
the maxilla.  Am. J. Orthodont., 1938, 24: 683-6.—Plaza, F. L.
Tecnica de anestesia troncular del nervio maxilar superior.
Bol. Esc.  odont., Lima,  1939,  3: 444-52, ch.—Reddingius.
Ueber Leitungsanasthesie der N. maxillaris.  Zschr. Hals &c.
Heilk., 1925-26, 13: 470-2.—Silverman, S. L.  A new and
more  accurate  technic  for  injecting  the  superior maxillary
division.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81: 112.—Starobinsky, J. M.
[Anatomy  and  technique of infraorbital second  branch of
nervus maxillaris]   Mosk. med. J., 1926, 6: No.  6, 24-9.—
Tobias, A. F.  Via temporal o via temporo-cigomatico-malar
para la anestesia o alcoholizaci6n del nervio maxilar superior.
Dia med., B. Air., 1937, 9: 864.  Also Rev. med., Rosario, 1939,
13: 1-22.—TJbaldo Carrea, J. Tecnica para la anestesia troncu-
lar del nervio maxilar superior por el conducto palatino pos-
terior; punto de referencia.  Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1923, 30:
744-7.—Valenzuela, M.  Extraoral anaesthesia through fora-
men rotundum by the supramalar route.  Mil. Surgeon, 1942,
90: 185.—Vilenski.  Note sur l'anesthesie du nerf maxillaire
superieur par le canal palatin posterieur.  Rev. stomat., Par.,
1926,  28: 84.
----   Surgery.
   Braeucker, W.  Die Totalexstirpation des Nervus maxiHaria
und des Ganglion sphenopalatinum.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1931,
167: 776-86.—Guedea, L.  Neurectomia del maxilar superior.
Congr. hisp. portug. cirug., 1898, 1. Congr., 149-51.


MAXILLARY sinus.

   In the 4. series  see  Antrum; in the ">. series see
Maxillary sinus.
   MAXIMIN,  Maurice, 1899-        *Les  injec-
tions intra-veineuses  de sels  biliaires en patho-
logie  h6patique; etude  clinique  et experimentale.
116p.   8?   Par.,  M.  Lac, 1929.
   MAXIMIN,  Rene,  1898-        *Contribution
aTetude de l'occlusion intestinale par diverticule 
MAXIMIN
441
MAXWELL
 de Meckel.   64p.  pl.  8?   Par., Jouve  & cie,
 1929.
   MAXIMOW,  Alexander Alexandrovich, 1874-
 1928.  A text-book of histology.   Completed and
 edited by William Bloom,  xiii, 833p.  8?  Phila.,
 W. B. Saunders Co., 1930.  Also 2. ed. xiv, 622p.
 illust.   1934.   Also  3.  ed.   xv, 668p.  1938.
 Also 4. ed.  xv, 695p,  1942.
   For obituary see Anat. Anz., 1929, 67: 360-8 (Weidenreich,
 F.) Also Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1928-29, 7: p. 1 (Erdmann, R.)
 1929, 8: 183-8 (Chlopin, N. G.) 1929-30, 9: 1-5 (Weidenreich,
 F.) Also Arch. Path., Chic,  1929, 7: 312-4, portr.  (Bloom,
 W.)  Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1929, 38: H. 1 (Hirschfeld, H.)
 Also Morph. Jahrb., 1929,  61:  H. 1 (AschofT, L.)  Also  Proc.
 Inst. M. Chicago, 1928-29, 7: 158-61. Also Sang, Par.,  1929,
 3:451-5 (Erdmann, R.) Also Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1928-29,
 13: 137 (JafTe, R. H.)  Also Zbl. allg. Path., 1929, 45: 97-9
 (Lang, F. J.)  Also Zschr. Zellforsch., 1928-29, 8: 801-5, portr.
 (Bloom, W.)
   MAXIMOWICZ, Karl Johann,  1827-91.
   For biography see Tribuna farm., Curitiba,  1942, 10: 64
 (Stellfeld, C.)
   MAXON, Jesse Garfield, 1880-1941.
   For obituary see Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 339 (Phalen, J. M.)
   MAXSON, Louis Herbert, 1883-1939.   Spinal
 anesthesia,   xxii,  409p.  illust.   portr.   diagr.
 23^cm.  Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co.,  1938.
   Maxsoii, M. E., & Dittrick, H.  Louis Herbert Maxson,
 anesthetist; his life and work.  Current Res. Anesth.,  1940,
 19: 61-5, portr.
   MAXTED, Edward Bradford,  1887-      Am-
 monia and  the nitrides, with special reference to
 their  synthesis,   vi,  116p.   8?   Lond.,  J. &  A.
 Churchill, 1921.
   MAXTED, W. R.
   See Colebrook, L., & Masted, W. R.  The prevention of
 puerperal sepsis,  and, Antisepsis  in midwifery.  108p.  8!
 Manchester, 1938.
   MAXWELL, Alice  Freeland, 1890-
   See Lynch, F.  W., & Maxwell,  A. F.  Pelvic neoplasms.
 432p.  8?  N. Y., 1931.
   MAXWELL, Cyrus Haymond, 1863-1943.
   For biography see in Past Presid. West Virginia M. Ass.,
 Charleston, 1942, 102, portr.
   For obituary see West Virginia M. J., 1943, 39: 326, portr.
   MAXWELL,  George  H.  [D.  D.  S.,  1905,
 Northwestern  Univ.]   Contact occluding sphere.
 Pt 2.  33 1.  illust.   4?   Chic,  G. H. Maxwell,
 1934.
   Mimeographed.
   MAXWELL, George Ralph, 1898-
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MAXWELL,  James [M.  D.,  1925,  London]
 Introduction to diseases  of the chest,  xii, 328p.
 pl. tab.  8?  Lond., Hodder &  Stoughton, 1938.
 Also 2.  ed.  xi,  292p.  1945.
   ---  The  care of  tuberculosis in  the  home.
 xii, 105p. pl.  22cm.   Lond., Hodder &  Stough-
 ton, 1943.
   MAXWELL, James Clerk, 1831-79.
   Crowther, J. G. James Clerk Maxwell. In his Brit. Scien-
 tists of 19. Cent., Lond., 1935, 261-326, portr.
   MAXWELL, James Hoyt,  1901-
   For portrait see Univ Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1945, 11: 62.
   MAXWELL, James Taliaferro,  1887-
 Outline of ocular  refraction,  xii, 395p.   illust.
 8?  Omaha, Nebr.,  Med. Pub. Co., 1937.  Also
 2.  ed.   379p.   1946.
   MAXWELL, John  Preston, 1871-       Fila-
 riasis  in  South  Fuh-Kien,  China.   86,  vi p.
 tab.  pl.  22cm.   Lond.,  Grapho Pr.,  1903.
   MAXWELL, Leslie Algernon  Ivan,  1890-
 Clinical bio-chemistry.  3. ed.  297p.   8?  Mel-
 bourne, W.  Ramsay,  1935.   Also 5. ed.   394p.
 pl.  tab.  diagr.   form.   22cm.   1944.
  MAXWELL,  Rosina K.   Food preservation
guide; easy to follow instructions and 485 recipes
for the  canning, drying  and storing of meats,
fruits  and vegetables; a valuable reference book
for all interested in conserving  and preserving
food.  264p.  illust.  tab.  diagr.  20^cm.  North
Chic, Bunting Pub., 1942.
   MAXWELL, Samuel Steen, 1860-1939.
   For obituary see Science, 1939, 89: 259.
   MAY, Adolf, 1879-      Medizinisches Fremd-
worterbuch  zum Gebrauch fiir Laien.   4.  Aufl.
94p.   23cm.  Berl.,  Union Deut. Verlges.,  1928.
   MAY,  Andrew Jackson, 1857-       A basket
of  fragments from  a  doctor's  records.   160p.
23^cm.  N.  Y., Pyramid Pr., 1939.
   MAY, Charles Henry, 1861-1943.  Diseases of
women, being a concise and systematic exposition
of the theory and practice of  gynecology.  2. ed.
rev. by Leonard S.  Rau.  xii, p.25-373.  illust.
20^cm.  Phila., Lea Bros & Co.,  1890.
   Title of 1. ed.: Manual of the diseases of women.
   ----  Anatomy, physiology and hygiene, with
special reference to the effects of stimulants and
narcotics for use in primary and  intermediate
schools.  244p.   8?  N. Y., W. Wood & Co.,  1890.
Also  3. ed.   xiii, 294p.  1896.  Also 5.  ed. [rev.
by S.  E. Jelliffe]  xii, 280p.   1905.
   ----   Manual  of  the  diseases  of  the  eye.
12. ed. v, 445p. pl.   8?  N. Y., W. Wood & Co.,
1927.  Also 13. ed.   v, 461p.  1930.  Also 14. ed.
v, 496p.  Bait., 1934.  Also  15.  ed. [with C. A.
Perera]   v,  498p.   1937.  Also 16.  ed.   viii,
515p.   1939.  Also  17. ed.   viii,  519p.   1941.
Also  18. ed.   viii,  520p.   1943.  Also 19. ed.  *
by C.  A.  Perera.  viii, 521p.   1947.
   For  biography see in  Coll. Physicians & Surg. N. York
(Shrady, J.) N. Y., 1: 478, portr.
   For obituary see America clin., 1944, 7: No. 3,  122, portr.
Also Arch. Ophth., Chic,  1944, 31: 103-5, portr. (Perera,
C. A.)  Also Brit. J. Ophth., 1944, 28: 313.  Also Bull. N.
York Acad. M., 1944, 20: 198.  Also Current Biogr.,  N. Y.,
1944, 5: 33. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 253.  Also J.
Mount  Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1943-44,  10: 811, portr.  Also
Ophth. iber. amer., B. Air., 1944-45,6:143.  Also Rev. otoneur.,
B. Air., 1944, 19: 151, portr.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   — & MASON,  Charles Field.   Index of
materia medica  with prescription writing, in-
cluding  practical  exercises.    vi,  267p.   32?
N. Y., W. Wood & Co., 1887.        •
   MAY, Charles Henry,  & SCHOUTE, Gerard
Johan  [Manual of diseases of the eye]   Beknopt
leerboek der  oogziekten.  viii, 450p.  illust. pl.
8?  Amst., H. Meulenhoff, 1908.
   MAY, Charles Henry, & WORTH, Claud Alley.
Manual of diseases of the eye.   9. ed., rev. by
Montague L. Hine.   viii, 538p.   21cm.   Lond.,
Bailliere,  Tindall & Cox, 1944.
   MAY, Sir Chichester Gould,     -1944.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 308.
   MAY, Edward, 1863-1905.
   For biography see Hosp. Corps Q., 1943, 16: No. 3, 178.
   MAY,  Emmanuel,  1913-       *Forme  dys-
phagique  du  rhumatisme  cervical  chronique.
74p.  24^cm.   Par., J. Peyronnet, 1939.
   MAY, Erich, 1905-       *Untersuchung iiber
die Moglichkeit  der  Heilung  des chronischen
Magen- und  Zwolmngerdarmgeschwiirs  durch
Verwendung  der  Jejunaldauersonde    [Halle-
Wittenberg]   27p.   8?  Coburg,  Tagebl.  Haus,
1934.
  MAY, Ernest Max,  1913-      *The addition
of reagents to unsaturated  compounds;  bisulfite
[Ph. D.]   p. 175-92.   25Kcm.  Chic,  Univ. of
Chicago Libr., 1938.
  Also J. Org. Chem., 1938, 3:
  MAY, Frederick 1773-1847.
  For biography see Med. Ann. District  of Columbia, 1946,
15: 84, portr. 
MAY
442
MAY
    MAY, Friedrich  Julius,  1898-       *Beitrag
  zur Kenntnis des tierischen Sinistrins  [Erlangen]
  p.215-20.   8?  Miinch.,  J. F. Lehmann, 1931.
    Also Zschr. Biol., 1930-31, 91:
    MAY, Friedrich  Wilhelm,  1911-       *Das
  klinische   Bild   der   Pulmonalsklerose,   unter
  Beriicksichtigung der  Differentialdiagnose [Halle-
  Wittenberg]   32p.   22%cm.   Berl., Triltsch  &
  Huther, 1937.
    MAY, Geoffrey  Jacobs,  1900-       Social
  control  of sex expression,  xi, 245p.  8?  Lond.,
  G. Allen & Unwin,  1930.
    MAY, Georg,  1907-      *Sind die  Epithel-
  Einschlusskorperchen  spezifische  Produkte der
  weiblichen  Gonorrhoe?   24p.   22%cm.   Bresl.,
  Breslau. Genoss. Buchdr., 1936.
    MAY, George William, 1860-1940.
    For obituary  see Connecticut M. J., 1941, 5: 235 (Moore,
  D. C. Y.)
    MAY, Gerhard  Ludwig,  1908-       *Ueber
  faviforme  Trichophyten.   36p.   8?  Bonn, A.
  Brand, 1934.
    MAY, Gertrud [M.  D., 1936, Basel]  *Selbst-
  mord  und  Selbstmordversuch  bei  Kindern und
  Jugendlichen  [Basel]  44p.   8?   Stat ten-Basel,
  K. Schahl,  1936.
    MAY, Gilbert Jean Pierre, 1913-       *Les
  courants exponentiels  de  basse  frequence  de
  P. Le G6;  resultats obtenus sur les quatre  cents
  premiers malades traites par ces courants dans
  le service d'electro-radiologie du  nouvel  Hopital
• Beaujon.  64p.  24>2cm.   Par., A. Legrand,  1938.
    MAY, Hans,  1902-       *M6glichkeiten zur
  Dauerausheilung der  Osteochondritis  juvenilis
  deformans  coxae   [Freiburg i.  B.]  15p.  8?
  Kenzingen, H. Btihler, 1926.
    MAY, Hansludwig,  1899-       *Beitrage zur
  Kasuistik  des Spontanpneumothorax.   14p.  8?
  Bresl., K. Vater, 1933.
    MAY, Harry Blight [M. B., 1934, Cambr.]
    See Panton, P. N., Marrack, J. R., & May, H. B. Clinical
  pathology. 5. ed.  IfiOp.  23cm.  Lond., 1945.
    MAY, Heinrich,  1909-      *Ueber die  Fett-
  einlagerungen im Muse  tensor tympani   [Wiirz-
  burg]  8p*  8?   Berl, E. Ebering, 1934.
    MAY, Heinrich Klemens, 1910-      *Ueber
  den  Einfluss der  als  Gifte  anzusprechenden
  Zersetzungsprodukte  von Pulpa  und Zahnbein
  auf den  Gesamtorganismus.   28p.   22cm. Bonn,
  A. Brand, 1936.
    MAY, Heinz, 1904-       *Ein eigenartiger
  Fall von Uterusmyom mit Karzinom der Korper-
  schleimhaut  [Munchen]  18p.  8?  Lpz., A. T.
  Engelhardt, 1928.
    MAY, Hellmut,  1907-       *Ergebnisse der
  Prophylaxe und Therapie  mit Bakteriophagen
  bei  exotischen Infektionskrankheiten   [Leipzig]
  34p.  8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932.
    MAY, Herbert  Louis,  1877-       Narcotic
  drugs and  atomic  energy;  analogy of controls.
  14p.  20cm.   N. Y.,   Com.  Study Org. Peace,
  1946.
    MAY, Herman Frank, 1882-       A history
  of U. S.  Army Base  Hospital 23, 1917-1919  31p
  28cm.  Buffalo,  Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1919.
    MAY, Jacques Meyer, 1896-
    See Meyer-May, Jacques, 1896-
    MAY, James Vance, 1873-
    For biography see Am. J. Psychiat., 1933, 13:  16-9 (Camn-
  bell. C. M.)                                ^    p
    MAY, Johannes,  1893-      *Zur topographi-
  schen Anatomie der Mamma-Amputation  23p
  8?  Lpz., E.  Lehmann, 1926.
    ----  *Zwei  Falle  von todlicher Meningitis
  im  Anschluss an Zahnextraktionen.  22p   8°
  Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1928.
   MAY, John Frederick, 1812-91.
   For biography see Rec. Columbia Hist. Soc, Wash  192s
29:-30: 341, portr. (Clark, A. C.)
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MAY, Jose.  Poradenolinfitis; enfermedad dc
Nicholas-Favre;   linf ©granulomatosis  venerea.
422p.    24cm.    Montev.,  Siglo  ilust.,  1940
Another ed.  134p.  pl.   25Hcm.  1943.
   MAY, Joseph  Herman, 1901-      ♦Blasto-
mycosis  [Marquette Univ.]   9p.  28cm.  [Mil-
waukee, n.  p.] 1928.
   Typewritten.
   MAY, Luise,  1890-      *Ergebnisse uber die
allgemeine,  soziale und gesundheitliche Lage der
Prostituierten in  Kiel unter besonderer  Beriick-
sichtigung des gynakologischen  Befundes.   28n
8?   Kiel [n. p.]  1933.
   MAY,  Mark  Arthur,  1891-       A social
psychology  of war and peace,  ix, 284p.   23%cm
N. Haven, Yale Univ. Pr., 1943.
   See also Shuttlesworth, F. K., & May, M. A.  The social
conduct and attitudes of movie fans.  142p.  8? N. Y, 1933.
   For portrait see J. Consult. Psychol., 1943, 7: opp. p. 249.
   MAY, Matthias, 1903-       *Die Diagnose
des  angeborenen Vitium cordis vor der  Geburt.
40p.   8?  Bonn, P. Kubens, 1929.
   MAY, Michel Jean, 1908-       *Contribution
k  l'etude du  traitement de l'osteomyelite aigue
des  adolescents.   60p.   8?   Par.,  L.  Arnette,
1936.
   MAY, Orville Edward, 1901-
   See Thom, C, Church, M. B., & May, O. E. The Penicillia,
644p.  8?  Bait., 1930.
   MAY, Percival  Marshall, 1869-
   See Dudley, S. F., May, P.  M., &  O'Flynn, Joseph A.
Active immunization against diphtheria.  140p. 8! Lond.,
1934.
   MAY, Percy, 1886-    , & DYSON,  George
Malcolm.   May's chemistry of synthetic drugs.
4.  ed., rev. and  rewritten,   xii, 370p.   diagr.
22cm.  Lond., Longmans,  Green &  Co., 1939.
   MAY, Raoul  Michel, 1900-       La trans-
plantation  animale.   352p.   illust.  8?   Par.,
Gauthier Villars & cie, 1932.
  ----  Les  cellules  embryonnaires.   7.  6d.
263p.  illust.  pl.   20cm.  Par., Gallimard, 1938.
  ----  *Nouvelles  recherches  sur  la greffe
brephoplastique.    53p.   24cm.   Par.,   Masson
&  cie  1939.
   MAY, Richard,  1863-1936.
  For portrait see Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1937, 84: 430, portr.
(Kurten, H.)
  MAY, Samuel Chester, 1887-       Financial
aspects  of  health  insurance,  with particular
reference  to AB800  and AB449.   35 1.   27cm.
Berkeley, Univ.  California  Bur. Pub.  Admin.,
1945.
  Forms No.  3,  1945, Legislative Probl., Bur. Pub. Admin.,
Univ. California.
  MAY, Vera [M.  D., 1942, Paris]  La pneumo-
cardie subaigue  avec  cyanose;   contribution  a
l'etude  de  l'insuffisance   ventriculaire droite
cliniquement  primitive.   103p.   illust.   24cm.
Par., L. Arnette, 1942.
  MAY, Walter John, 1885-1942.
  For obituary see S.  Afr. M. J., 1942, 16: 321-3 [Black, J.,
Crass, C. H., et al.]
  MAY, Wilhelm,  1905-       *Gibt   es  eine
intrauterine Nierensekretion?  [Frankfurt a. M.]
p.450-60.   8°  Berl., J. Springer, 1930.
  Also Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 141:

MAYA.
   See also Indian.
   Dittrich, A.  Die Finsternistafel des  Dresde-
ner  Maya-Kodex.  47p.  29cm.   Berl.,  1939.
   Forms H. 2, Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., phys. math. Kl. 
MAYA                                         443                                          MAYA
  Ludendorff, H.   Astronomische Inschriften
in Piedras Negras und Naranjo; Untersuchungen
zur Astronomie der Maya, Nr. 13.   60p.  29Kcm.

Berl  1940.
  Forms Nr. 6, Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., math, naturwiss. Kl.

  Maya   (The)   and  their  neighbors.    606p.

24cm.   N. Y.,  1940.
  Roys,  R. L.    The  Indian  background  of
colonial'Yucatan.  244p.  25cm.  Wash.,  1943.
  Steggerda,  M.    Anthropometry   of   adult
Maya Indians.   113p.   25cm.   Wash., 1932.
  Thompson,  J.  E.   Civilization of the  Mayas.

HOp.   8?   Chic, 1927.
  Forms Leaflet No. 25 of Field  Mus. Nat, Hist., Dep. An-
throp.
  Willard, T. A.  The city of the sacred well,
being  a narrative of the discoveries and  excava-
tions  of   Edward Herbert  Thompson,   in  the
ancient city of Chi-chen Itza.  293p.   8?   N. Y.,

1926.
   Abreu Gomez,  E.  Las enfermedades y sus  agentes  entre
los  Mavas.  Sugestiones,  Mex., 1944-45,  9: No. 112, 3-9.—
Armillas, P.   Los dioses de Teotihuacan.  An. Inst, etnol.
amer. Univ. Cuvo, 1945,  6:  35-61, 2 pl—Beyer,  H.  The
analysis of  the Maya hieroglyphs.  Internat. Arch. Ethnogr.,
Leiden, 1930,  31:  1-20, 6 pl.  ------  Emendations of the
Serpent Numbers  of the  Dresden Maya Codex. Anthropos,
Modling, 1933, 28:  1-7.—Blom,  F.  Commerce, trade, and
monetary units of the Maya.   Annual Rep.  Bd Regents
Smithson. Inst., 1934, 423-40— Bustamante, M. E., & Herrera.
J R  Saneamiento entre los Mayas  hacia los anos de 436-534,
Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mex., 1942, 3: 251-3, 4 pl.—
Butler  M.  Gods and heroes on Maya monuments.  Pub.
Philadelphia Anthrop. Soc, 1937, 1:  13-26.  ----—  Study
of  Maya archaeological material, chiefly pottery,  from the
Chama district of the highlands  of Guatemala.  Yearb. Am.
Philos. Soc, 1941, 221.—Carcamo, C. E. La serpiente emplu-
 mada; psicoanalisis de la religi6n  Maya-Azteca y del sacrificio
humano.  Rev. psicoanal., B. Air., 1943,  1:  5-38, 2 pl.—
Cooke, C. W.  Why the  Mayan  cities of the Peten District,
 Guatemala, were abandoned.  J. Washington Acad. Sc, 1931,
 21: 283-7.—De la Cabada, J.  Algunos ritos  de los mayas
 actuales; el pan, el agua, la curaci6n. Sugestiones, Mex., 1945,
 10- No. 118, 28-36.— Dieseldorff, E. P. Kunst und Religion
 der Mayavolker im alten und  heutigen Mittelamenka. Zschr.
 Ethnol., 1925,  57: 1-45, 53 pl. ------ Kunst und Religion
 der Mayavolker; die Copaner Denkmaler.  Ibid. (1930) 1931,
 62- 1-44 —Effler, L.  R.  The ruins of Chichen Itza.  Centaur,
 Menasha, 1936, 41:  No. 4, 359-65—Harpster, J. W.  A bibli-
 ography for a study of  the Mayas.  Abstr.  Theses  Univ.
 Pittsburgh, 1932, 8: 417.—Krieger, A. D.   An inquiry into
 supposed Mexican influence on a prehistoric cult in the southern
 United States. Am. Anthrop., 1945, 47: 483-515.—L. Ratsel
 der Maya-Kultur.  Umschau, 1926, 30: 703.—Lothrop, S. K.
 The southeastern frontier of the  Maya. Am. Anthrop., 1939,
 41- 42-54   ------   A cronological link between Maya and
 Olmeca art.  Ibid.,  1941,  43: 419-21.—Morley, S. G.  The
 Maya new empire.  In: Cooper.  Res. (Carnegie. Inst.) Wash.,
 1938, 533-65, pl.  ■----—  Archaeological investigations of the
 Carnegie Institution of  Washington in  the  Maya area  of
 Middle America, during the past 28 years.  Proc. Am. Philos.
 Soc, 1942-43, 86: 205-19.—Mota, O. Interrogacoes na cul-
 tura maia.  Rev. Arq. mun., S. Paulo,  1942-43, 8: No. 88,
 159^-66.—O'Neale, L. M. Wide-loom fabrics of  the early
 Nazca period.  In: Essays Anthrop. A. L. Kroeber, Berkeley,
 1936, 215-28.—Palacios, E. J. Mas gemas del arte maya en
 Palenque.  Mem. Acad. nac.  cienc. Antonio Alzate, 1940, 55:
 49-59—Pompeyo, G. Cirugfa y obstetrica de los  antiguos
 Mayas. Rev. med.  Yucatan, 1930, 16: 45-53—Redfield, R.
 Maya  archaeology as the Mayas see it.  Sociologus, Lpz.,
 1932, 8: 299.—Ries, M.  The  ethno-botany  of the  Maya.
 Med. J. & Rec, N. Y., 1931,  134: 405— Satterthwaite, L.
 Identification  of Maya temple buildings at Piedras Negras.
 Pub.  Philadelphia Anthrop.  Soc,  1937, 1: 161-77'.  ——"
 Maya dating by hieroglyph styles. Am. Anthrop.,  1938, 40:
 416-28. ------  A Maya temple  grows up; archeologists in
 Guatemala reveal the evidences of  a 5-times-reconstructed
 temple. Sc. American,  1942, 167: 18.—Saville,  M. H.  A
 comparative study of the graven glyphs of Copan and Quingua.
 J. Am. Folklore,  1894, 7: 237-47, 2 pl.—Schellhas P.  Die
 Madrider Mayahandschrift.  Zschr. Ethnol., 1930  61: 1-^2.
 -----  Funfzig Jahre Mayaforschung.  Ibid., 1937-38, b»:
 365-89.—Scholes, F. V.   History of the Maya area.  Yearb.
 Carnegie Inst. Washington,  1941, No.  40, 309.   ,.,..«
 Roys, R. L. Fray Diego de Landa and the problem  of idolatry
 in  Yucatan.  In:  Cooper. Res. (Carnegie Inst.) Wash., 19d8,
 585-620.—Schulz, R. P.  C.  Zur Chronologie der Maya  II.
 Zschr.  Ethnol., 1935-36,  67: 321-31— Spinden, H. J. The
 Mayas, America's  first   high civilization.  Bull.  Panamer.
 Union, 1937,  71:  672-6.—Steggarda, M.  Results  of physio-
 logical tests given  to  Maya Indians in  Yucatan Mexico,
 Eugen. News,  1931, 16: 120;  205.  -    -. Results,of family
The Maya Indians of Yucatan.  In: Cooper. Res. (Carnegie
Inst.) Wash., 1938, 567-84, 2 pl.  ----—  One Maya Indian's
knowledge of nature.  Proc. Am. Sc. Congr.  (1940) 1942,  8.
Congr., 91.  ------ & Korsch, B.  Remedies for diseases  as
prescribed by Maya Indian herb-doctors. Bull. Hist. M., 1943,
13: 54-82.—Stirling, M. W. An anthropological reconnaissance
in Guatemala,  Honduras, and Yucatan.   In:  Explorations
Smithson. Inst., 1935, 63-8.—Thompson,  J. E.  Maya chro-
nology; glyph of  the lunar series.   Am. Anthrop., 1929, 31:
223-31.   ------  Sixteenth and  seventeenth century  reports
on the Choi Mayas.  Ibid.,  1938,  40: 584-604.—Vase with
incised figure of a seated warrior; Maya Culture, Great Empire
period, Guatemala.  [Illust.]  In: Enjoym. Art in Am.  (Shool-
man,  R.) Phila.,  1942, 766.—Villacorta B., C.  A. El vaso
esculpido de Guastatoya.  Bol. museos, Guatemala, 1941-42,
1: 175-8, pl.—Whorf, B.  L.   Decipherment of  the linguistic
portion of the Maya hieroglyphs.  Annual Rep. Smithson.
Inst. (1941) 1942, 479-502.

   MAYA (The) and  their neighbors. Limited ed.
xxiii, 606p.   illust.   tab.   pl.   map.    24cm.
N. Y.,  D. Appleton-Century Co.,  1940.


 MAYAPPLE.

   See Podophyllum.
   MAYA Society.   Publication No.  23.
   See La Cruz, M. de.  The De La  Cruz-Badiano Aztec herbal
of 1552.  143p. 25cm. Bait., 1939.
   MAYAUD,  Ernest,  1909-       *Le probleme
 de la sterilisation humaine; la societe a-t-elle  le
 droit  de  steriliser  les individus?    102p.    8?
 Par., Jouve &  cie, 1934.
   MAYAUD,   Jean,  1915-         *L'ost6odese
 transcutan6e dans les fractures spiroides de  jambe
 et les fractures marginales  posterieures du tibia.
 39p.  24cm.   Par., E. Le  Frangois, 1940.
   MAYBARDUK, Peter K., 1886-
   For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World,  2. ed., N.  Y.,
 1942, 273.
   See also in 3. ser. under Maybardjuck, Peter.

   MAYBURY (Wm. H.) Sanatorium (Northville,
 Michigan)
   See under Northville, Michigan.

   MAYDL, Karl, 1853-1903.
   Niederle.  [Twentyfifth anniversary of the death  of Prof.
 Maydl]  Cas. lek. cesk., 1928, 67: 1157-9.
   MAYE, Roger,   1911-        *Accidents  car-
 diaques  pr^coces  immediats  dans  les  fistules
 arterioso-veineuses  [Lyon]  49p.  8?   Trevoux,
  G.  Patissier, 1935.
    MAYEDA, Seibun.   Beitrage zur Erforschung
  des Wirkungsmechanismus der  Chinaalkaloide
  bei  freilebenden  Organismen.   30p.   8?   Lpz.,
  J. A. Barth, 1928.
    Forms Beih. 3, v.32, Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.
    MAYEN, Walther, 1881-       *Ueber  Foetus
  amorphus  acardiacus    [Munchen]    30p.    8?
  Wiirzb., R. Mayr,  1933.
    MAYER, Adolf  Edward Maydolf,  1843-
  Vergiftung   durch   Schwefel   und    Schwefel-
  Verbindungen, besonders durch  Schwefelwasser-
  stoff,  als Grundursache der meisten Krankheiten
  der Menschen, Tiere  und Pflanzen;  Desulfura-
  tions-Kuren  (Entschweflungs-Kuren)  Sanativ—
  das neue  Heilmittel.   218p.  23%cm.   Munch.,
  Tapfheim,  1914.
    ____   Concerning  the mosaic  disease  ot  to-
  bacco.  p.9-24.  8?  Ithaca,  Cayuga Pr., 1942.
augen. mews, iaoi, ■«• *£«• —  TU•. ,„«« „. <m
history studies among the Maya.  Ibid., 19db, 21. lUd.
  In: Phytopath. Classics  (Am.  Phytopath. Soc) Ithaca,
No. 7, 1942.
  MAYER,  Albert   Willy.   Chemical-technical
dictionary,   German - English - French - Russian.
Transl. under the direction of B. N. Menshutkm
and  M.  A.  Bloch.   872p.   22^cm.   Brooklyn,
N.  Y.,  Chem. Pub. Co., 1942.
  MAYER,  Albrecht,  1909-         *Konstitu-
tionstypen und ihr Gebiss.   75p.  ch.  8?  Tiib.,
A.  Becht, 1933.
  MAYER, Alexandre,  1814-      Des rapports
conjugaux consider es sous le triple point de vue 
MAYER                                     44
de  la  population, de  la  sante et  de la morale
publique.   3. ed.   384p.   18cm.   Par., J.  B.
Bailliere, 1857.
  MAYER,   Alois  August,   1898-        *Die
Verwendung  von  Pyramidon bei Typhus  [Hei-
delberg]  12p. 8°  Kaiserslautern, Pfalzer Volks-
bote, 192S.
  MAYER, Andre, 1875-
  1 or biography see Paris mid., 1935, 96: annexe, 476 (Rath-
ery, F.)
  MAYER,   Anton,  1838-1924.   Wiens  Buch-
drucker-Geschichte  14,82  1882;  hrsg.  von  den
Buchdruckern  Wiens.   Bd  1: 1482-1682;  Bd
2:1682-1882.  2v. xvi, 404p.;  viii, 427p.  illust.
pl.   portr.  map.  facs.  32cm.   Wien,  W. Frick,
1883- S7.
  MAYER,  Anton,  1891-       Erdmutter  und
Hexe;  eine   Untersuchung zur Geschichte des
Hexensglaubens   und   zur   Vorgeschichte  der
Hexenprozesse.    f>4p.    8?    Miinch.,  F.  D.
Datterer & Cie, 1936.
  Forms 12. H.  Hist. Forsch. & Quellen (Schlecht, J., et al.)
  MAYER, Anton, 1905  [13. Jan.]-      *Ueber
die  Behandlung   des  Pemphigus vulgaris,  mit
besonderer Berucksichtigung der mit  Spirocid,
Plasmochin  und  Germanin  gemachten Erfah-
rungen  [Erlangen]  26p.   8?  Forchheim, F. A.
Streit,  1933.
  MAYER,  Anton,  1905  [29. Mar.]-      *Un-
tersuchungen  iiber den funktionellen  Wert der
Teleoform-Backenzahne   [Miinchen]   40p.   8?
Dachau,  Bayerland,  1931.
  MAYER,  Anton,  1911-       *Polvposis  nasi
und Korperbau.  20p.   8?  Tiib., Bblzle, 1937.
  MAYER,  August, 1876-       Die  beckener-
weiternden Operationen.   viii,  218p.   illust.  8?
Berl., S. Karger,  1908.
  ----   Mutterschaft  und Mutterpflicht.  28p.
8?   Stuttg., F. Enke, 1919.
  ----   Ueber Fortpflanzung  vom Standpunkt
des  Frauenaiztos.  46p.   8?   Tiib.,  H.  Laupp,
1921.
  ----   Die  Bedeutung  der  Konstitution fiir
die Frauenheilkunde.  p.279-857.  Miinch., J. F.
Bergmann, 1927.
  In 3. Bd, Handb. Gyn., 3.  Aufl.
  ----Erfahrungen  mit  der  Freigabe  der
Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung in der  Sowjet-
Republik.  232p.  8?   Stuttg.,  F. Enke,  1933.
  Forms Beilh. 104, Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.
  ----   Wochnerinnen-  und   Sauglingspflege.
xii, 204p.  illust.   8?  Stuttg., F. Enke,  1937.
  Forms 1. T.,  Lehrb. Wochnerinnen-, Sauglings- u. Klein-
kinderpflege. (Birk, W., & Mayer, A.) 4. Aufl.
  ----   Grundziige  der  operativen  Geburts-
leitung.  2. Aufl.   xvi,  250p.  illust.  tab.  26cm
Stuttg., F. Enke, 1943.
  See also Birk, W., & Mayer, A. Lehrbuch der Wochnerin-
nen-, Sauglings- und Kleinkinderpflege fur  Pflegerinnen
2. Aufl.  297p.  8?   Stuttg., 1930.  Also Engelmann, F., &
Mayer. A.  Sterilitat und Sterilisation.  879p.  8? Miinch.,

  MAYER, Bertel, 1903-       *Messende  Un-
tersuchungen  iiber  die Umstimmung   des  Ge-
schmackswerk-zeugs  [Freiburg  i. B ]   20n   8°
Lpz., A. Barth, 1927.
  Also Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 2. Abt.,  1927, 58:
  MAYER,   Cacilie,  1904-        *Ueber  die
Sonderungsvorgange im  Urdarmdach,  die  Be-
deutung  und  das Schicksal  der hypochordalen
Platte bei anuren Amphibien  [Miinchen] p 469-
521.  8?   Berl., J. Springer, 1931.
  Also Arch. Entwmech., 1931, 124:
  MAYER, Carl,  1862-1936.   Zur Kenntnis der
Gelenkreflexe der oberen Gliedmassen [Rectorats-
MAYER
schrift]  86p.  illust.   23cm.  Innsbruck,  Waenpr
Univ.-Buchdruck., 1918.
   For biography see  Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur., 1933, 49; 1_4
(Hartmann, F.)
   For obituary see Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1936, 10.r>: 241-9
portr. (Stiefler, G.)  Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1936* U|-
p. i-viii (Gamper, E.)  Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1938, 100: 1-8
(Schmuttermayer, F.)
   MAYER,  Charles.  *Contribution  a  l'etude
des  maladies cryptogamiques et  bacteriennes de
ble\   108p.   tab.   pl.  24%cm.   Strasb., Impr.
Alsatia St-Louis, 1935.
   MAYER, Claudius Francis, 1899-      Orvos-
tortenelmi jegyzetek  (I-VII)  32p.  8?  Budap.
Kir. Magy. Egyetemi Nyomda, 1925.
   At head of title: Az Orvosi Hetilap tudomanyos kcizle-
menyei.
                   CONTENTS
   1.  R£gi bebalzsamozasi eljarasok.
   2.  Szakorvosok az 6korban.
   3.  A gy6gyszertan multjab6l.
   4.  A vizeletvizsgalat diagnostikai jelentosdge a kozdpkor-
ban.
   5.  Mysticismus is theosopbia az orvostudomanyban.
   6.  Orvosok is patikusok bunei a XV. szazadban.
   7.  Az orvosok miiveltsege is tekinWlye a XII-XVI. szazad-
ban.
   ----Orvostortenelmi  jegyzetek  (VIII-XI)
39p.   23cm.   Budap.,  Kir.  Magy.  Egyetemi
Nyomda, 1926.
   At head of title: Az  Orvosi  Hetilap  tudomanyos  kozle-
m^nyei.
                   CONTENTS
   8.  A Magyar Nemzeti Miizeum Oribasius-codexe.
   9.  A magyar chirurgus-ceLekrol.
   10. Antiluikus gy6gyeljarasok a syphilis  felismeresenek
korab61.
   11. A budapesti Egyetemi Konyvtar nehany orvosi kddexe-
rol^
   ----  Orvostortenelmi  jegyzetek  (XII-XVI)
27p.  8?  Budap., Kir. Magy. Egyetemi Nyomda,
1926-27.
   At head of title: Az  Orvosi  Hetilap  tudomanyos  kozle-
menyei.
                   CONTENTS
   a)  A magyar orvosi oktatas kezdete.
   b)  Beszdmol6 a Magyar Numismatikai Tarsulat Uleserol.
   c)  B61di Pal pestis elleni orvossaga.
   d)  Egy XVI. szazadi k^ziratos orvosi tankrinyv Articella.
   e)  Az orvosi astrologiar61.
   ----Az orvostudomany tort6nete. xii, 286p.
illust.   8?  Budap., Eggenberger, 1927.
   ----Die klinische Bedeutung  der Senkung
der  roten Blutkbrperchen  [with Htith]  p.77-92.
8?   Lpz., 1928.
   Also in Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 25:
   ----  Ramazzini de morbis artificum diatriba,
cum supplemento [with  biobibliographical intro-
duction; edited  by  Claudius F.  Mayer for the
Executive  Committee of  the  5.  International
Congress on Industrial Accidents  and  Profes-
sional  Diseases]  xxxiii,  228p.   12?  Budap.,
Athenaeum, 1928.
   See also Ramazzini, B.  Diseases of tradesmen; together
with biographical notes translated from the French of Francois
Claude Mayer (1928) etc.  N.  Y., 1933.
   ----  Orvostortenelmi jegyzetek (XVII-XX)
23p.  8?  Budap., Kir. Magy. Egvetemi Nyomda,
1928-29.
                   CONTENTS
   a)  Pesti  orvosok es rokonfoglalkozasuak a XVII.-XVIII.
szazadban.
   b)  Kozepkori egeszsegugyi  propaganda mesik a  lazr61 h
a podagrar61.
   e)  Adatok a kuruzslas psychologiajahoz.
   d)  Kery (Bittner) Imre mint choleraorvos.
   ----  Kleopatra a n6k betegsegeirfil.  14p.  8?
Budap.,  Kir.  Magy. Egyetemi Nyomda, 1929.
   At head of title: Az  Orvosi  Hetilap  tudomanyos kozle-
menyei.
   ----Die  Personallehre in der Naturphiloso-
phie  von   Albertus  Magnus.   p. 191-257.   8?
Lpz., Thieme, 1929.
   Also Kyklos, Jahrb. Inst. Gesch. Med., 1929, 2: 
MAYER                                     445                                      MAYER
  ---   Stigma  es  orvostudom&ny;  reflexi6k.
 p.31-8.  4?  Budap., Pdzmany Peter Irod. Tars.,
 1930.
  Also Magyar kultura, 1930, 17:
  ---  Das Zeitalter der Monchs- und Priester-
 medizin   in   Ungarn.   p.354-94.   8?   Lpz.,
 Thieme,  1930.
  Also Kyklos, Jahrb. Inst. Gesch. Med., 1930, 3:
  ---Collection  of  incunabula and  early
 medical  prints  in the  Library of  the Surgeon
 General's Office, U. S. Army [with F. H. Garrison]
 p.1415-36.  29cm.  Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1932.
  In v.10, ser. 3, of Index-Catalogue.
  ----   Oto.  Lar.  Rhin. Ophth. international
 abstract journal.   Part I: Otorhinolaryngology;
 part  II: Ophthalmology.   Compiled and edited
 by Dr. Claudius F. Mayer, v.1-7 (14 v.) Wash.,
 1935-42.
  Mimeographed.
  ---  Morbus Jobi; Job Patriarch, the patron
 saint of syphilis,  p.296-9.  4?  S. Louis, 1936.
  Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 11:
  ---•  Synopsis  of style with list of abbrevia-
 tions for serial publications indexed in the fourth
 series of  the  Index-Catalogue.   98p.  29cm.
 Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1936.
  Forms Suppl. No. 1, ser. 4, Index-Catalogue.
  ---  From drawing to photography in color;
 an exhibition on the history of the art of medical
 book  illustration  from  the  12th  to  the  20th
 century  arranged at the Centennial Celebration
 of the Army Medical Library,  Nov.  16, 1936.
 p.31-44.  illust.   25cm.   Menasha, Wis., 1937.
  Also Mil. Surgeon, 1937, 80:
  ---   The  literary activity  of Fielding  H.
 Garrison; with an annotated bibliography of his
 publications related  to  medicine.   p.378-403.
 25Kcm.   Bait., Johns Hopkins Pr., 1937.
  Also Bull. Inst. Hist. M., Bait., 1937, 5:
  ---  A short outline of the history of medical
 libraries,   p.29-37. 4?  Wash., 1937.
  Also D. C. Libraries, 1937, 8:
  ---  Congresses; tentative chronological and
 bibliographical  reference list of  national  and
 international  meetings  of physicians,  scientists,
 and  experts.  288p.   29cm.  Wash., Gov. Print.
 Off.,  1938.
  Forms Suppl. No. 2, ser. 4, Index-Catalogue.
  ---  First  addition to the Reference list  of
 Congresses.   p.29-51.    29cm. k  Wash.,   Gov.
 Print. Off., 1939.
  ----  A medieval  English leechbook and its
 14th  century poem on bloodletting,  p. 381-91.
 25^cm.   Bait., Johns Hopkins Pr.,  1939.
  Also Bull. Hist. M., 1939, 7:
  ---  Specimen pages from a Bibliography of
 XVI. century medical authors,  p. 1-20.  29cm.
 Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1939.
  ----  List of  books and periodicals printed
 before 1840,  selected  from the possession of the
 Army Medical Library, and referring to Central-
 and South-American medicine,  p.78-82.  23cm.
 Wash., Gov.  Print. Off., 1941.
  In: Proc. Interamer. Bibliogr. & Libr. Ass., 3.  Conv.
  ---  Bio-bibliography of XVI. century medi-
cal authors.  Fasciculus 1: Abarbanel-Alberti, S.
xi, 52p.  29cm.  Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1941.
  Forms Suppl. 3, ser. 4, Index-Catalogue.
  ----The collection of Arabic medical litera-
ture in the Army Medical Library, with a check-
list of Arabic manuscripts,   p.201-16.   25^cm.
Bait., Johns Hopkins Pr., 1942.
  Also Bull. Hist. M., 1942, 11:
  ----  Mignotydea;  an undescribed epidemio-
logical  monograph  of  the cinquecento.   p. 184-
204.  25%cm.  Bait., Johns Hopkins Pr., 1944.
  Also in Essays in the History of Medicine presented to Pro-
fessor Arturo Castiglioni.
  ----  Arabism,  Egypt, and  Max Meyerhof.
p.375-432.  port.  8?  Bait., Johns Hopkins Pr.,
1946.
  Also Bull. Hist. M., 1946, 19:
  ----  The literary activitv of Victor Robinson.
60p. ms.   Wash., 1947.
  ----  New  terminology and  the  Index-Cata-
logue;  paper presented at the Symposium  on
Medical Subject-Headings, held in  Washington
on  Dec. 12-13,  1947,  under the auspices of the
Army Medical Library.  20  1.  28cm.   Wash.,
the Author, 1948.
  Mimeographed.
  Also joint editor of Napkelet Lexikon. 2v.  8?  Budap.,
1928.
  Also editor of Index-Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon-
General's Office, United States Army.  Wash., ser. 3, v.10,
1932; ser. 4, v.l, 1936-
  Also associate editor of  Bulletin of the Medical  Library
Association.  Menasha, v.30-31, No. 1, 1941-43.
  For biography see in Napkelet Lexikon, Budap., 1928, v.2.
Also in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 273.  Also
Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1941-42, 30: 163.
  See also Ballard, J. F. Bio-bibliography of XVI. Century
Medical Authors by Claudius F. Mayer; Washington,  D. C,
1941 [a review]   Papers Bibliogr.  Soc America, 1942,  36:
69-72.—Bio-bibliography of XVI.  Century Medical Authors.
Bull. Hist. M., 1942, 11: 114.—Index-Catalogue of the Library
of the Surgeon General's Office, United States Army, Army
Medical Library; authors and subjects; fourth series; volume
six.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942,  118: 1024.—Medical bibliography
of sixteenth-century authors. N. England J.  M., 1942, 226:
1002.—Sarton, G.   Index-Catalogue of the  Library  of the
Surgeon General's Office, by Claudius F. Mayer; Washington,
D.  C, 1941. Isis,  Menasha, 1941-42, 33:  726.—Weil,  E.
Bio-Bibliography  of  XVI.  Century  Medical Authors, by
Claudius F. Mayer [a review] Tr. Bibliogr. Soc, Lond., 1945,
26:  217.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MAYER, Eberhard, 1911-      *Ueber einen
aeroben Gasbranderreger  [Erlangen]   25p.  21cm.
Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937.
  MAYER,  Eberhardt,  1909-       *Zur  Frage
der Aetiologie  der  sogenannten strichformigen
Dermatosen  [Munchen]  25p.  8?   Kallmunz,
M. Lassleben, 1935.
  MAYER,  Edeltraud,  1907-       *Atonische
Nachgeburtsblutungen von  1924 bis 1931 und
ihre  Beeinflussbarkeit  durch  Pituigan   forte
[Berlin]  36p.   8?  Eichstatt  (Bayern) Boegl  &
Heller, 1933.
  MAYER,  Edgar,  1889-       The  curative
value of light;  sunlight  and sun-lamp in health
and disease,  vii, 175p.   illust.  pl.   8?  N. Y.,
D.  Appleton Co., 1932.
  ----   Radiation  and  climatic  therapy   of
chronic  pulmonary diseases,  with special refer-
ence to natural and artificial  heliotherapy,  x-ray
therapy,  and  climatic therapy of   chronic pul-
monary diseases and  all forms of  tuberculosis.
xiii, 393p.  illust.  tab.   diagr.  23%cm.  Bait.,
Williams & Wilkins Co., 1944.
  MAYER, Eduard, 1906-       *Experimentelle
Untersuchungen iiber  die Zerstorungstemperatur
der vom Blute losgetrennten Katalase [Erlangen]
14p.   8?  Lauf, H. Fahner,  1932.
  MAYER, Erika,  1908-        *Indikation und
Verwendung  des  Porzellans  in der  modernen
Prothetik.  27p.  8?   Munch., Bayer.  Druck.,
1931.
  MAYER, Erna, 1911-       intrauterine Ver-
blutung  durch   Nabelschnurzerreissung.   20p.
21cm.  Munch.,  L. Mossl, 1938.
  MAYER, Ernst, 1907-       *Der  Einfluss von
Digitalis  und  Strophantin  im Elektrokardio-
gramm  des  Rindes   mit Untersuchungen zur 
MAYER
446
MAYER
 Klarung  der  Natur  der  darin  auftretenden
 Strecke  h.   47p.   pl.   21cm.   Miinch.,  W.
 Hohenhaus, 1938.
   MAYER, Ernst Georg, 1893-       Otologische
 Rontgendiagnostik. xii,  p. 1-281.  ch.  8?  Wien,
 J. Springer, 1930.
   Forms pt of v.2, Handb. theor. klin. Rontgenk. (Holzknecht,
 G.)
   ----   Anordnung  der normalisierten  Ront-
 genaufnahmen.  10. Aufl. Mit einem Abschnitt:
 Expositionsnormung  von  Jaroslav  Zakovsky.
 156p.   illust.   tab.  diagr.  18cm.  Wien, Urban
 & Schwarzenberg, 1943.
   MAYER,   Erwin,  1913-        *Ueber  den
 Leukocytengehalt experimenteller Exsudate des
 Mauseperitoneums.   43p.   8?    Tiib.,  Bolzle,
 1937.
   MAYER,  Franz, 1904-       *Das  Perlacar
 als  Dermatotherapeuticum  in  der  Veterinar-
 medizin.  74p.  8?  Lpz., A.  Edelmann, 1932.
   MAYER, Frederick Joseph, 1859-
   For biography see N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1940-41, 93: 532.
   MAYER, Friedrich Karl, 1912-      *Ueber
 die  Aktinomykose  der  weiblichen  Brustdriise
 [Heidelberg]   32p.   20^cm.   Waldfischbach-
 Saarpfalz, G.  Hornberger, 1938.
   MAYER, Fritz, 1876-1940.  Naturliche Farb-
 stoffe.  p.569-636.  8?  Berl., J. Springer, 1933.
   In: Handb. Lebensmitt. chem. (Bomer, AJ) 1933, 1:
   ----   [Chemie  der  organischen  Farbstoffe,
 Bd  2:  Naturliche organische Farbstoffe]   The
 chemistry of  natural coloring matters; the con-
 stitutions, properties,  and biological relations of
 the  important natural pigments.  Rev. ed.  of 3.
 Germ. ed. Transl. & ed. by Arthur Herbert Cook.
 354p.   2Sy2cm.   N. Y., Reinhold Pub. Corp.,
 1943.
   See also Nottbohm, F. E., & Mayer, F.  Verfahren  zur
 Bestimmung des Bitterstoffes in blauen  Lupinen.  p.335—48.
 8?  Berl., 1937.
   MAYER, Gottfried, 1898-
   Portrait.  In:  Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927. Suppl..
 237.
   MAYER,  Hans,  1912-       *Ueber  Spat-
 schaden  der   an  Eklampsia gravidarum  Er-
 krankten. 27p.  23cm.   Berl., R. Pfau, 1938.
   MAYER, Heinrich, 1899-       *Die aktuelle
 Aciditat   von  Zahnpflegemitteln  und   deren
 Einfluss auf die Wasserstoffionen-Konzentration
 des  Speichels  [Frankfurt]   24p.    8?    Berl.,
 Buchholz & Weisswange, 1935.
   MAYER,  Helene,  1890-        *Ueber  den
 Nahrungsbedarf der Friihgeburten.   16p.   tab.
 Berl., F. Weber, 1927.
   MAYER,  Helene  Dora,   1905-       *Zur
 Frage   der postoperativen  Aderhautabhebung,
 insbesondere deren wiederholtes  Auftreten  [Ba-
 sel]  12p. 23cm. Stetten-Basel, K. Schahl, 1939
   MAYER, Ida,  1903-       *Untersuchungen
 uber bisher wenig beachtete Nachteile der Alkali-
 therapie  bei  Magenkrankheiten   [Frankfurt a
 M.]  p.318-31.  8?  Berl., S. Karger,  1930.
   Also Arch. Verdauungskr., 1930, 48:
   MAYER, Isidore, 1905-       *Contribution a
l'etude du traitement des arthrites gonococciques
par  vaccination regionale par  la porte d'entree
66p.  8?  Par., M. Vigne, 1931.
   MAYER, Johann Christoph  Andreas, 1747-
 1801.  Thedens Jubelfeyer nebst  einer Sammlung
aller  dadurch  veranlassten   Schriften,   Denk-
miinzen   und  allegorischen  Kupferstiche  und
einer kurzen  Lebensbeschreibung  des  Jubel-
greises^  184p   2 1.  pl.   portr.  20cm.  Berl.,
G. J. Decker & Sohn, 1787.
  F°r biography see Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1932, 28:  1693-5
(Winter, R.)
   MAYER,  Josef,   1886-       Erlaubte  Ge-
 burten-Beschrankung?  ernste Bedenken  gegen
 die   naturliche  Methode  der  Empfangnisver-
 hiitung.   2.  Aufl.  60p.   8?   Paderborn, Boni-
 facius-Druck., 1932.
   MAYER, Joseph, 1887-       The seven seals
 of science;  an  account  of the  unfoldment of
 orderly  knowledge and  its influence on human
 affairs,  xiv, 450p.   illust.  pl.   8?  N. Y., D.
 Appleton-Century Co.,  1937.
 '  For portrait see Sc. Month., 1942, 54: 90.
   MAYER,  Joseph  Sheridan, 1908-       Res-
 torative art.   430p.   illust.   23}£cm.   Phila
 Westbrook Pub. Co.,r1943.
   MAYER,  Josephine,  1910-      *Plotzlicher
 Tod  im  Kindesalter;  Mitteilung einschlagiger
 Falle  [Heidelberg]  45p.  21cm.  Tub., Bolzle
 1937.
   MAYER, [Julius] Robert, 1814-78.
   Back, E. Die Entdeckung des Energieprinzips durch Robert
 Mayer.  Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 630.—Diepgen, P.  Der
 Arzt Robert Mayer und die Medizin seiner Zeit. Deut. med
 Wschr., 1943, 69: 195-9.  Also Klin. Wschr., 1943,  22: 422.—
 Gaupp, R.  Robert  Mayers seelische  Erkrankung. Munch
 med.  Wschr., 1933,  80: 1869; 1899.—Gumpert, M. Robert
 Mayer, discoverer of the law of the  conservation  of energy
 In his Trail-Blazers of Science,  N. Y., 1936, 197-225.—Hunderi
 Jahre Energieprinzip. Praxis,  Bern, 1943, 32: 63.—Lippmann,
 E. O. von. Zum hundertjahrigen Geburtstage Robert Mayers!
 In his Beitr. Gesch.  Naturwiss., Berl., 1923, 296-302.—
 Plank,  R.   [Biographie]  Naturwissenschaften,   1942,  30:
 285-306, portr.—Rein. F. H. Die Bedeutung des J. R. Mayer-
 schen Energieprinzips fur Physiologie  und Pathologie. Deut.
 med.  Wschr., 1943,  69: 287  (Abstr.)— Stabler. E. Robert
 Mayer, Leben und  Werk. Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 630.—
 Wagner, J.  Robert  Mayer, der Entdecker des Gesetzes von
 der Erhaltung der Energie; zur 50. Wiederkehr seines Todes-
 tages.  Aerztl. Rdsch., 1928, 38: 92.
   MAYER, Karl,  1900-       *Behandlung der
 Sterilitat des Rindes mit  Yatren-Vakzine nach
 Professor Oppermann.  20p.   8?   Giessen, Sei-
 bert,  1929.
   MAYER, Karl,  1902-      *Ueber. Aetiologie
 und   Diagnose des Hydrocephalus internus  an
 Hand von zwei Fallen.   22p.   8?   Heidelb.,
 Druck. Gesell., 1927.
   MAYER, Karl [M. D.,  1936,  Basel]  *Mole-
 kulargewichtsbestimmung  von  Eiweisskorpern
 [Basel]  53p.   8?  Emsdetten, H.  & J.  Lechte,
 1936.
   MAYER, Karl,  1909-      *Die Behandlung
der   malignen   Strumen   [Heidelberg]   22p.
21cm.  Ludwigshafen a. Rh., W.  Klamm, 1937.
   MAYER,  Karl  Albert,  1904-        *Zysten
und  Retention* der Zahne.  lip.   8?  Heidelb.
[n. p.] 1930.
   MAYER, Karl Wilhelm, 1893-      *Entsteht
das  Cervidengeweih,  wie  Rhumbler lehrt, aus
der Vereinigung  einer Epiphyse  und eines apo-
phytalen Mantels?  [Giessen]   9p.  8? Munch.,
T. Neumann, 1920.
   MAYER, Katharina,  1905-       *Ueber tod-
liche, von  Zahnerkrankungen ausgehende Sepsis-
falle  nach  Anwendung  arsenhaltiger Einlagen
(mit zwei kasuistischen Mitteilungen)  [Munchen]
35p.    8?   Saarbriicken,   Saarbriicker   Druck.,
1930.
   MAYER,  Klemens,  1908-       *Blutungen
bei Frauen iiber  50 Jahre  [Kiel]  p. 185-99.  8!
Basel, S. Karger, 1932.
   Also Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 32, 88:
   MAYER,  Konrad,  1881-      *Beitrag zur
Kenntnis des Bromoderma tuberosum im  Kindes-
alter   [Munchen]  24p.   8?  Gutersloh i.  W.,
Thiele, 1935.
   MAYER, Kurt,  1895-       *Ueber die frak-
tionierte Aussalzung der Mimosagerbstofflosung;
ein Beitrag zur  kolloidchemischen Natur pflanz- 
MAYER
447
MAYER
licher Gerbstoffe  [Philos.]  4p.  23cm.  Giessen,
Buchdr. Nitschkowski, 1924.
  MAYER, Kurt, 1902-      *Die Hunter'sche
Glossitis bei der perniciosen Anaemie.  16p.  8?
Giessen [Glagow] 1926.
  MAYER, Leo, 1884-
  For portrait see Cir. ortop. traumat.,  Habana, 1940, 8:
opp- P- 37.
  MAYER,  Ludwig,  1893-       Lourdes  Kon-
nersreuth  oder Gallspach?  247p.  8?  Schopf-
heim, G. Uehlin, 1932.
  ---  Die Technik der Hypnose;  praktische
Anleitung fiir Aerzte und  Studierende.   193p.
8°  Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1934.  Also 3. Aufl.
205p.  23cm.   1943.
  ---  Das Verbrechen in  Hypnose und seine
Aufklarungsmethoden.  22lp.   8?  Berl.,  J.  F.
Lehmann, 1937.
  ---   Die  Psychotherapie  des praktischen
Arztes.  400p.  23cm.  Miinch., J. F. Lehmann,
1939.
  MAYER,  Ludwig, 1905-        *Ein Beitrag
zur  Klinik   des   Bronzediabetes    [Frankfurt
a  M.]   45p.   8?    Gelnhausen,  F.  W.   Kalb-
fleisch, 1931.
  MAYER,  Luise  Susanne, 1901-        *Ver-
gleichende Versuche iiber Zeitpunkt und Art der
Schadigungen durch  Vigantol bei normalen und
experimentell  rachitischen Albino-Ratten.   15p.
8?   Miinch., P. Denk, 1930.
  MAYER,   Marcel,  1905-        *Les  traite-
ments des pneumothorax incomplets; k propos
de  la  therapeutique des  adherences  pleurales.
I15p.  25^cm.  Lyon, Bose fr., 1934.
  MAYER,  Martin, 1875-     Exotische Krank-
heiten,  ein  Lehrbuch fiir die  Praxis.  2. Aufl.
vii, 368p. pl.  8?  Berl., J. Springer,  1929.
  See also Nocht, A. E. A., & Mayer,  M. Die Malaria.  2.
Aufl.  172p.  8?  Berl., 1936.  Also  English  translation.
196p.  8!  Lond., 1937.
  For biography see Dinger.  Sixtieth  anniversary of Dr.
Martin Mayer.  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 258.
  --- BORCHARDT,  Werner, &   KIKUTH,
 Walter.   Die durch  Milzexstirpation auslosbare
 infektiose Rattenanamie (Aetiologie,  Pathologie
 und Chemotherapie)  27p.  pl.   8?   Lpz., J. A.
 Barth, 1927.
   Forms Beih. 4, v.31. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.
   MAYER, Maurice, 1901-       *Le traitement
 chirurgical des hemorragies par insertion vicieuse
 du placenta k la Clinique Baudelocque de  1920 k
 1931.   152p.   8?  Par., Impr.  Desmoineaux &
 Brisset, 1933.
   MAYER, Max David, 1893-1943.
   For obituary see Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond., 1943, 24:
 192 (Oberndorf, C. P.)  Also J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York,
 1943-44, 10: 386  (Zeman, F. D.)
   MAYER, Nathan,  1838-1912.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MAYER, Nelicia, 1904-       Contribution
 a l'etude de  la glycolyse.   52p.  tab.   24cm.
 Par., R. Foulon, 1941.
  MAYER, Otto, 1846-1924.  Die akute  Mittel-
 ohrenentzundung.  47p.  8?  Wien, J. Springer,
 1928.
  MAYER,  Ottomar [M.  D.,  1922, Marburg]
*Die Trapeziuslahmungen;  Entstehungsursache
und klinische  Erscheinungsweise.  lip.   22cm.
 Marb., C. Kohler,  1922.
  MAYER, Paul, 1848-1923.
  For biography see Stain Techn., 1933, 8: 51, portr.
  For portrait see Actas Ciba, Rio, 1944, 11: 203. Also Ciba
Symposia, 1945-46, 7: 282.
  MAYER, Richard, 1903-       *Zur  Kasuistik
der Placenta acreta.  23p.  8?  Berl.,  E. Ebering,
 1929.
  MAYER, Robert, 1814-78.
  See Mayer, Julius Robert, 1814-78.
  MAYER, Rudolf [M. D., 1934, Basel]  *Zur
Frage  der sozialen Bewahrung friiherer  Hilfs-
schiiler  [Basel]  26p.   8?   Zur., O. Fussli, 1934.
  MAYER, Rudolf,  1906-       *Der unspezi-
fische  Ausfluss mit besonderer Berucksichtigung
der Bolus-Biozyme-Therapie.  22p.  8?  Miinch.,
E. Stahl, 1930.
  MAYER,  Rudolf,   1913-        *Ueber  die
Wirkung  einiger  pflanzlicher  Heilkrauter und
von Mineralwassern  auf  den  Zuckerhaushalt
[Heidelberg]   15p.  8?  Mannheim-Seckenheim,
Neckarbote-Druckerei, 1936.
  MAYER,  Rudolf L.,  1895-       Das  Ge-
werbeekzem;  Pathogenese, Diagnose, versiche-
rungsrechtliche Stellung.   89p.   8?   Berl.,  J.
Springer, 1930.
         Toxicodermien  I.  252p.   illust.   8?
Berl.,  J. Springer, 1933.
  In: Handb. Haut. & Geschlechtskrankh. (Alexander, A., &
Jadassohn, J.) 1933, 4. Bd, 2. T.
  MAYER, Sigmund, 1907-       *Schickreak-
tion  und  Blutgruppen  bei  Munchner  Medi-
zinstudenten.   23p.   21cm.    Miinch.,  Hohen-
haus,  1936.
  MAYER,  Valentin  Daniel,  1899-       *Zur
Histogenese   eines  Adamantinoms  und  seines
Ueberganges in ein Plattenepithelcarzinom  [Er-
langen]  30p.  8?  Delmenhorst, J. Fink, 1930.
  MAYER, Wilhelm,  1841-
  Berufskamerad Dr. Wilhelm Mayer, Stettin, 100 Jahre alt.
Deut. Apoth. Ztg, 1941, 56: 89, portr.
  MAYER, Wilhelm, 1909-       *Ueber  Odon-
tome.    16p.   8?   Wurzb., C. J. Becker,  1935.
  MAYER, Wilhelm,  1911-       *Trauma  und
Geschwulstentstehung.   26p.   8?   Munch.,  Ho-
henhaus, 1936.
   MAYER,  Willy, 1907-       *Ueber  die  Re-
sultate  der  zur  Operation  gekommenen  Gau-
menspalten  an  der Heidelberger Chirurgischen
 Universitatskhnik wahrend der letzten  10 Jahre
[Heidelberg]   23p.  8?   Ludwigshafen-Rh., H.
Forster, 1934.
   MAYER,  Yanco,  1912-       *La  leucemie
lymphatique  chez  les vieillards.  30p.  23cm.
 Par.,  Pascal,  1939.
   MAYERA,  Victor,  jr.   *Da  transfusao de
sangue  em obstetricia e suas indicates;  estudo
 experimental.   93p.   8?    S.   Paulo,   Irmaos
 Ferraz, 1928.
   MAYERCIK, John Joseph, 1903-33.
   For  obituary see Proc. Connecticut M. Soc,  1934,  142:
 310 (Stahl, W. M.)
   MAYERHOEFER,  Fritz,   1912-       *Die
 Kieferklemme und ihre Ursachen   [Munchen]
 31p.   21cm.   Parsberg, H. Stiimpfler, 1936.
   MAYERHOFER, Ernst, 1877-
   Dragisic, B.   Professor  Dr. Ernst  Mayerhofer  zum 60.
 Geburtstage. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937, 50: 1588.
   ---- & PIRQUET, Clemens  von.  Lexikon
 der Ernahrungskunde.  viii,  1206p.   4?  Wien,
 J.  Springer, 1926.
   MAYERNE, Sir Theodore Turquet de, 1573-
 1655.
   Editor of Moufet, T.  Insectorum sive minimorum ani-
 malium theatrum. 326p.  30cm.  Lond., 1634.
   See  also Gibson, T.  An account of Dr. Theodore Turquet
 de  Mayerne's Praxis medica, Augsburg, 1691.  Ann. M. Hist.,
 1933, n. ser., 5: 438-43.---— Doctor Theodore Turquet
 de  Mayerne's account of the illne'ss, death and post-mortem
 examination of the body of His Royal Highness, Prince Henry
 of  Wales; translated from the French version in  Browne s
 Opera  medica.  Ibid., 1938, n. ser., 10: 550-60—Legrand,  N.
 Un portrait inedit de Turquet de Mayerne, medecin de Jacques
 Iier roi d'Angleterre, de la reine Anne de Danemark, et des rois
 Charles V" et Charles II (1573-1655)  Bull. Soc. fr. hist. m<§d.
 1909, 8:  176-82,  3 portr.—Sir Theodore Turquet  de Mayern
I and Shakespeare. Ann. M. Hist., 1938, n. ser., 10:  561.— 
MAYERNE
448
MAY-GRUENWALD
Thomson, S.  Two enamel miniatures of medical  men, Sir
Theodore Turquet de Mayenie (bv l'etitot) and Dr. Richard
Mead  (by Zincke)   Proc'. R. Soc M., Lond., 1937-38, 31:
649-54, portr.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MAYER-PI:LLMANN, Hans Carl, 1911-
*Lokalanasthesie  mit  Isocain-Xephrol.    39p.
S?  Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936.
  MAYER-ROSA, Sigmund, 1911-       *Ueber
den  Vitamin A-Umsatz beim schilddriisenlosen
Meerschweinchen  [Freiburg i. Br.]  16p.   21cm.
Oberndorf a. N., Schwarzwalder Bote, 1936.
  MAYERS, Carl, 1862-
  For biography see Munch, med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 2085-7
(Gamper)
  MAYERS, Laurence Hampson, 1887-     ,  &
WELTON, Arthur  Dorman.  What we are and
why; a study, with illustrations,  of the relation
of the  endocrine glands to human conduct and
dispositional traits, with special reference to the
influence of gland  derangements on behavior.
xiii,  340p.  pl.   8?   N. Y.,  Dodd, Mead  & Co.,
1933
  MAYERS, May  Riokin,  1890-        Carbon
monoxide  poisoning  in  industry and its pre-
vention.  66p.   22}£cm.  Albany, 1938.
  Form* No.  194, Spec. Bull. N. York State Dep. Labor Div.
Indust. Hyg.
  See also Greenburg, L., Smith, A.  R., & Mayers, M. R.
Essentials of health maintenance  in industrial plants.  64p.
23cm.  N. Y., 1942.
  MAYERSOHN, Dan,  1909-       *Etude sur
la cbronaxie vostibulaire  appliquee  k l'otologie.
91p.  8?   Par.,  L. Rodstein, 1935.
  MAYES, Joseph Francis, 1877-1940.
  For obituary see  Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1940-41, 35:
429 (Kieffer, R. S.)
  MAYES, Mary.  Handbook for midwives and
maternitv  nurses.   x, 467p.   illust.  pl.   8?
Lond.,  Bailliere, Tindall  & Cox,  1937.   Also
3. ed.   Rev. bv  M. A. Gannon,   xii, 495p. 1941.
  MAYES, William Fred, 1908-
  Lor portrait see News Letter Kansas Bd Health,  1942, 10:
No. 2,  3.
  MAYET, Henri, 1867-
  For biography see in Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932,
3:444-6.
  MAYET,  Lucien, 1874-       Le  developpe-
ment physique  de I'enfant;  etude sommaire des
principaux  elements d'appreciation  de la crois-
sance  normale   du  corps   de  I'enfant.   2. ed.
30p.  8?   Par.,  A. Poinat,  1913.

MAYETIOLA.
  See also Cecidomyidae.
  Bames, H. F. A new gall midge (Mayetiola phalaris sp. n.)
reared  from Phalaris arundinacea. Zschr. angew.  Entom.,
1927, 13: 375-7.
  MAYFIELD,  William Henderson, 1852-
The army of invasion; the living foes of the  human
body; Thomas R. Vickroy,  editor.  349p.   illust.
portr.  22cm.   S. Louis, Surg.  Retrospect  Pub.
Co., 1903.

MAYFLY.
  See Ephemeridae.
  MAYGRIER,  Charles, 1849-    & SCHWAAB,
Albert.   Precis d'obstetrique.  3.  6d.   iv  1238p
pl.   8?   Par.,   G.  Doin,   1927.   Also  5.  ed
par L.  Devraigne.  1050p.  illust.   diagr.  ch
21 Hem.   1942.   Also 6.  ed. par L.  Devraigne
1050p.   illust.   22cm.  1946.                   '
  Half title:  Collection  Testut;  nouvelle  bibliotheque de
1 etudiant en medicine.
MAY-GRUENWALD stain.
  See  also  Blood  picture,  Technic-
Stain.
Staining;
  Plum, C. M.  En modificeret May-GrUnwald-Farvning til
vaevsinieroseopi  med henblik paa erytropoesen.  Nord. med
1941, 12: 2S67.  Wallo, N. van der  [A few remarks on the
May-Griinwald (lyes) Xed. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 1843-9
pl.

MAYHEM.
  See Maim.
  MAYHEW, Horace, 1816-72.  The tooth-ache
[imagined  by Horace Mayhew  and realized by
George Cruikshank]   43  color, illust. on a folding
plate.   32?  Phila., J.  L. Smith [1849]
  MAYHEW, L. Mary.  Miracle  healing   xv
128p.  8?  Lond., Rider  & Co., 1936.
  MAYMI, Jose Rafael, 1903-      *Demencc
precoce  et  tuberculose  (la tuberculose  comme
facteur  etiologique  dans  la  pathogenie de  la
demence precoce)  93p.   8?  Par., L. Arnette
1936.
  MAYNADIER,  Marie  Joseph  Paul  Andre,
1907-         *L'obesite  chez  I'enfant;   est-elle
d'origine  endocrinienne  ou d'origine  nerveuse?
96p.  8?   Par.,  Guillemot & de Lamothe, 1934
  MAYNADIER, Pierre, 1909-      *L'etendue
de l'exe>ese dans la chirurgie du goitre technique
de la thyroidectomie.  79p.  8?  Par., Jouve &
cie., 1938.
  MAYNARD, David  Swinson, 1808-76.
  Mason, J. T.  Seattle's first physician.  Clin. Virginia Mason
Hosp., Seattle, 1933, 12: Spec. No., 1-29, portr.  Also West
J. Surg., 1933, 41: 34; 106.—Seattle's first physician. North-
west M., 1936, 35: 273.
  MAYNARD, Edward,  1813-91.
  For biography  see in Am.  Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940,
682.
  Hodgkin, W.  N.  Edward  Maynard, a progenitor of the
United States Army  and Navy Dental Corps. J. Am. Dent.
Ass.,  1941, 28: 1968-78.—Thorpe, B. L.  Edward Maynard, a
born  mechanic, an exquisite operator, and the inventor of the
Maynard rifle.   In his Biogr.  Pioneer Am.  Dentists Chic,
1909, 217-23, portr.
  MAYNARD, Edwin Post, jr,  1892-
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MAYNARD,  Frederic   Pinsent,  1864-1921.
Manual of  ophthalmic operations.   2. ed.  xix,
248p.  8?  Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone, 1920.
  MAYNARD, John Cotton, 1891-1940.
  For obituary  see  Bull.  Acad. M. Toronto, 1940-41, 14:
68.  Also Canad.  M.  Ass. J., 1940, 43: 613.
  MAYNARD, Julius  Lewis, 1896-
  See Sneed, M. C, & Maynard, J. L. General inorganic
chemistry.  1166p.  22^cm.  N. Y., 1943.
  MAYNARD, Leonard  Amby, 1887-      Ani-
mal  nutrition.   xiv,  483p.   illust.   tab.   8!
N. Y., McGraw-Hill Bk  Co., 1937.
  ----  [et al.]   A study of  the dietary relation-
ships and  the pathology  of stiffness  in  swine.
34p.  8?   Ithaca, N. Y., 1925.
  Forms No. 86, Mem. Cornell Univ. Agric Exp. Sta.
  MAYNARD, Lorraine, & MISCALL, Laurence.
Bellevue.  280p.  22>4cm.   N.  Y.,  J.  Messner,
1940.
  MAYNARD, Merlin Trevor Roper, 1898-
  For portrait see California West. M., 1943, 58: 160.
  MAYNARDUS.
  See Mainardus.
  MAYNE, Bruce, 1882-1941.   Graphic repro-
duction of the life cycle of the malaria parasite
in the  mosquito  host,  iii, 15p.  pl.  8?   Wash.,
1938.
  Forms No. 170, Bull. Nat. Inst. Health.
  For obituary see J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-42, 10: 92.
  MAYNEORD, William Valentine.  The phys-
ics  of X-ray  therapy,   viii, 177p.   8?   Lond.,
J. & A. Churchill, 1929.
  See also Induction as president of the British Institute of
Radiology and the Rontgen society.  Brit. J. Radiol., 1943,
16: 1.
  MAYNERT Kehl, Joaquim,     -1931.
  For obituary see Labor, clin., Rio, 1931, 11: 225. 
MAYNO         *                                 449                                            MAYO
     MAYNO de' Mayneri, fl.  14. century.   Regi-
   men sanitatis.    128ff.    4?   [Lyon,  ca  1485?]
   Another  edition.   108ff.   sm.  4?    Strasbourg,
   Johannes Priis,  1503.   Another edition.   104ff.
   4?   Lvon, J. Myr,  1517.
     MAYNWARINGE, Everard, 1628-99.  A treat-
   tise  of  the  scurvy   [Also  his:  Pharmacopoeia
   domestical    4.  ed.   4  p. 1.,  256p.   portr.   8?
   London, J.  M.,  1672.
     See also Stephens, G. A.  An old work on syphilis (1672)
   Prescriber, Edinb., 1938, 32: 261.
     MAYO, Caswell Armstrong, 1862-
     For biography  see in  First Century (Philadelphia Coll.
   Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 197, portr.
     MAYO, Charles, 1788-1876.
     Stallard,  H. B.,  & Franklin, A. W.  Two letters to Mr.
   Charles Mayo, surgeon, of Winchester (1811) S. Barth. Hosp.
   J., Lond.,  1928-29, 36: 142-4.

     MAYO, Charles Horace,  1865-1939.
     For biography see:
     ClapesAttle.  H.  B.   The  Doctors  Mayo.
   822p.   23cm.   Minneap., 1941.
    See also [Biography]   In: Am. Biogr.  (Preston, W.) N. Y.,
   1940, 682.  Also in  Modern M. World (Kagan, S.  R.) Bost.,
   1945, 88.—Charles Horace Mayo; physician, surgeon, friend
   of dentistry.  Dent. Surv., 1939, 15:  1136, portr.—Haggard,
   W. D. An appreciation.  Proc Interst.  Postgrad. M. Ass. N.
   America, 1939, p. xv, portr.—Hart, P. V. The doctors Mayo.
  Bull. Creighton  Univ. School  AL,  1945, 3:  No.  3,  41-4 —
  Mayo, C. H.  Glandular tuberculosis [1890]  J.  Lancet, 1942,
  62: 55.
    See also under Mayo family.
    For obituary see Alcmeone, N. Y., 1940, 2: No. 1,  20-2,
  portr. (Frugoni, P.)  Also Am.  J. Surg., 1939, 45: 3 (W., T. S.)
  Also Ann.  Surg., 1940, 111: 503-7,  portr.  (Haggard,  W. D.)
  Also Arch, hosp., Habana, 1939, 9: 625.  Also Arch. Int. M.,
  1939, 64: 895, portr.  Also Bol. Acad. nac. med. B. Aires, 1939,
  453-6 (Finochietto, E.)  Also Bol. Soc. cir.  Montevideo, 1939,
  10: 125 (Lamas Pouey, E.)  Also Brit. M. J., 1939, 1:  1159,
  portr.; 1207 (Mclndoe, A. H.)  Also Bull. Am. Coll.  Surgeons,
  1939, 24: 155, portr. (Crile, G. W.)  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1939,
  112: 2342,  portr.  Also  J. Kansas  M.  Soc, 1939, 40: 247.
  Also J. Lancet, 1939, 59: 318, portr.  Also Lyon chir., 1939, 36:
  565-7 (Leriche, R.)  Also Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 85:  86.  Also
  Minnesota M., 1939, 22: 492, portr.  Also Mississippi Doctor,
  1939-40, 17: No.  1, 51-3 (Henthorne, J. C.)  Also Nature,
  Lond., 1939, 144: 103 (R., J. D.) Also Policlinico,  1939, 46:
  sez. prat., 1279-81, portr. (Frugoni,  P.)  Also Rev. med. cir.
  Habana, 1939,  44:  351  (Presno, J.  A.)  Also Schweiz.  med.
  Wschr., 1939, 69: 935 (Quervain, F. de) 935-7 (Constam, G. R.)
  Also Science, 1939, 89:  501.   Also Surgery,  1940,  8: 170-5,
  portr. (Balfour, D.  C.)  Also  Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,  1939, 69:
  118 (Guthrie, D.)  Also Tr. South. Surg. Ass.  (1939)  1940, 52:
  479-82 (Pemberton, J. deJ.)
   For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also Bol.  Inst. clin.
  quir., B. Air., 1942, 18: 423. Also Med. cir. farm., Rio, 1945,
  opp. p. 534. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1939, 68: No. 6, front.
   MAYO, Charles William, 1898-
   For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y.,  1941,  2: 566-8,
  portr.
   For portrait see J. Kansas M. Soc, 1942, 43: 137.
   MAYO,  Herbert,   1796-1852.   Observations
  on  injuries and  diseases  of  the rectum.   61p.
  8?   Wash., D. Green, 1834.
   ---  Outlines of  human  pathology.   436p.
 23cm.  Phila., A. Waldie,  1839.
   MAYO, Joseph Graham, 1902-36.
   For obituary see Minnesota M., 1936, 19: 790.

   MAYO, Katherine,       -1940.  Sanitation at
 the  sword's point,  p.221-8.   8?  N.  Y.,  1928.
   Cutting from Forum, N. Y., 1928, 79:

   MAYO,  Selz  C   Distribution of  dentists in
 North Carolina.    19 1.   map.  tab.   28cm.   Ra-
 leigh, N. Carolina Agr. Exp. Sta., 1946.
   Forms No.  RS-7, Progr. Rep. N. Carolina Agr. Exp. Sta.

   MAYO,  William James,  1861-1939.
   For biography see:
   Clapesattle,   H.   B.   The  Doctors   Mayo.
 822p.   23cm.   Minneap.,  1941.
   See also [Biography]  Clin. M. & S., 1927,  34: 1.  Also in
 Modern M.  World (Kagan, S.  R.) Bost., 1945,  88,  portr.—
 FitzGerald, J. V.  Dr. William J. Mayo began career as surgeon
 at early age of 13, replacing anesthetist.  Evening Star, Wash.,
 August  21, 1930, clipping.—Mayo, W. J. Mastoid  abscess;
opening mastoid cells [1886]  J. Lancet, 1942, 62: 43.  ------
Compound fracture of the lower end of the humerus with simple
fracture of the condyles, and head of radius; excision resulting
  in good  motion [1886]  Ibid., 43.—Seventieth birthday anni-
  versary of William J. Mayo. Ann. Surg., 1931, 94: 799.
    See also under Mayo family.
    For obituary see Accion med., B. Air., 1939, 9: 476, portr.
  Also Am. J. Digest. Dis.,  1940, 7:  p. xiii, portr. (Eusterman,
  X; 5:1  A!so Ann"  SurS--  194°. 111:  503-7, portr. (Haggard,
  W. D.)  Also Arch. Int.  M., 1939, 64: 892-4, portr.  Also Bol.
  Acad, nac med. B. Aires, 1939, 547-62. Also Brit. M. J., 1939
  2: 313, portr.   Also Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 122:
  259  (Hartmann, H.)  Also Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1939, 24:
  251, portr. (Abell, I.)  Also Bull. Minnesota M. Found., 1939-
  40, 1: 31-4 (Wangensteen, O. H.) Also Clin. M. & S., 1939, 46:
  397, portr.  Also Gac peru. cir. med., 1939-40,  2: 11, portr.
  Also Geneesk. gids,  1939, 17: 849-51, portr.  Also Impr. med.,
  Rio, 1941, 17: No. 329, 149. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113:
  524, portr. Also J. Lancet, 1939, 59: 408, portr.  Also Lancet,
  Lond., 1939, 2: 347-9, portr. Also Lyon chir., 1939, 36: 567
  (Leriche, R.)   Also Mil.  Surgeon, 1939, 85: 354.  Also Minne-
  sota M.,  1939, 22: 557, portr. Also Mississippi Doctor, 1939-
  40, 17: 157-60 (Evans, W. A.) Also Nature, Lond., 1939, 144:
  274  (Learmonth, J. R.)   Also  Presse med.,  1939,  47:  1345
  (Bazy, L.)  Also Proc.  Am. Acad. Art.  Sc, 1940,  74: 148
  (Christian, H. A.)  Also Proc.  Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N.
  America, 1939, p. xv, portr. (Haggard, W. D.)  Also Radiology,
  1939, 33: 415-7, portr.  Also Rev. mid. cir. Brasil, 1939, 47:
  393.  Also Rinasc med., 1939,  16: Suppl., 247,  portr.   Also
  Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 19.39, 69: 935 (Quervain, F. de) 935-7
  (Constam, G. R.)  Also  Surgery, 1940, 8: 170-5, portr. (Bal-
  four, D.  C.)  Also Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1939, 69: 534-8, portr.
  (Wangensteen, O. H.)  Also Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1939) 1940,
  52: 483-8, portr. (Balfour,  D. C.)
    For portrait  see Collection in  Library.  Also Bol. Inst. clfn.
  quir., B.  Air.,  1942, 18:  423.  Also West. J. Surg., 1945, 53:
  252.   Also in Founders and Presidents of the Am.  M.  Ass.
  (Arlington Chem. Co.) Yonkers,  N. Y., 1910, pl. 6.

    MAYO, William Worrall, 1819-1911.
    For biography see:
    Clapesattle,  H.   B.    The  Doctors  Mayo.
  822p.   23cm.   Minneap., 1941.
    See also [Biography]  In: Modern M. World (Kagan, S. R.)
  Bost.,  1945, 88, portr.—Cabot,  C. M.   [Biography]  Hist.
  Bull., Calgary, 1938, 3: 1-3.—Hart, P. V.  The doctors Mayo.
  Bull.  Creighton  Univ. School M.,  1945, 3:  No. 3,  41-4.—
  Keys, T.  E.  The medical books of William  Worrall Mayo,
  pioneer surgeon of the American Northwest.   Collect. Papers
  Mayo Clin., 1938, 30:  946-50.  Also Proc Mayo Clin.,  1941,
  16: 497-505.  Also Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1943, 31: 119-27.—
 Mayo, W. J.  Discussion of Mr. T. E. Keys' paper,  The medical
 books of William Worrall Mayo, pioneer surgeon of the Ameri-
 can Northwest.  Ibid.,  128-32.
   See also under Mayo family.
   For portrait  see in Am. Doctors  of Destiny (Jirka, F. J.)
 Chic, 1940, opp. p. 301.

   MAYO Clinic.
   See under Rochester, Minn.  Mayo Clinic.

   MAYO family.
   For biography see:
   Clapesattle,  H.  B.     The  Doctors Mayo.
 822p. 23cm.   Minneap.,   1941.
   Bibliogr. notes, p.717-99.

   Regli, A. C.  The Mayos, pioneers in  medicine.
 248p.  24cm.  N. Y.,  1942.
   Bibliogr., p.233-40.
   See also Bailey, H., & Bishop,  W. J.  Mayo's operation for
 umbilical   hernia; Mayo's  kidney incision; Mayo's  scissors.
 In their Notable Names in M.  & S., Lond.,  1944,  168-70,
 portr.-—Bello, E. Influence of the Mayo brothers on modern
 surgical progress.  J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1940, 3: 295.—
 Cabot, H.  The  Doctors Mayo, by Helen Clapesattle; Minne-
 apolis,  1941.  Med. Care,  1942, 2: 181-4.—Doctors  (The)
 Mayo.  J.  Canad. Dent.  Ass.,  1942, 8: 237-41.—Finney,
 J. M. T.  A personal appreciation  of the Mayos and their work.
 Surgery, 1940,  8: 176-8.—Legion  (The)  award  citation to
 William and Charles Mayo.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 416.—
 Magan, P. T.   The making of the Mayos.  Health,  Mount.
 View, 1943, 10: No. 9, 16.—Mayo memorial volume.  Surgery,
 1940, 8: No. 2.—Mayo, W. W.,  & Mayo,  W. J.   Successful
 operation for large ventral hernia; dressing for ulcer of the leg
 [1888] J.  Lancet, 1942, 62:  39.—Mayo (The) brothers.  Med.
 J. Australia, 1942, 2: 565.—Mayo (The)  Memorial.  J.  Am.
 M. Ass., 1945,  127: 111.—Midwest's  Mayos. Time, 1941, 38:
 No. 24, 80 (clipping)—Paterson,  H.  J.  The Mayo brothers.
 Postgrad.  M. J.,  Lond., 1940, 16: 275-7.—Udin,  S. S.  [Les
 freres Mayo, impressions et souvenirs personnels]  Khirurgia,
 Moskva, 1940,  No. 2, 34-43.
   For obituary see  Gac mid.  Mexico,  1940, 70:  334-47,
 2 portr. (Malda, G. M.)  Also J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1939,
 2: 366, 2 portr.   Also Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1939, 65: 1166.
 (Gregoire,  R.)    Also Minnesota  M., 1939,  22: 851  (More,
 C W., & Schwyzer, A.)  Also Rev. brasil. cir., 1939, 8:  431.
Also Rev.  cir. B. Aires,  1939, 18:  631, 2 portr. (Gutierrez,  A.)
Also Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1940, 58: 708-12,  2 portr. (Haggard,
W. D.)  Also Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1939) 1940, 49: 526-32,
2 portr. (Adson, A. W.)
   For portraits see Collection in Library.
549701—vol. 10, 4th series—29 
MAYOFIS
450
MAYOW
   MAYOFIS,  Anna  [M.   D.,  1929,  Geneve]
 *A propos d'un cas de meningite aseptique conse-
 cutive a une injection intra-rachidienne de novo-
 caine  [Geneve]   15p.  8?   Lausanne,  Impr.
 Vaudoise, 1929.
   MAYO Foundation [Rochester,  Minn.]
   See  under  Rochester,  Minn.  Mayo Foundation.
   MAYO Lectureship in Surgery.
   See  under  Northwestern  University.   Medical  School.
   MAYONADE, Guy,  1912-       *Des  pelvi-
 pei-itonites d'origine genitale chez la femme.  86p.
 24cm.  Par., E. Le  Frangois, 1938.
   MAYONADE, Justin Joseph.  La  Maison des
 Blesses  de  Longre-les-Amiens (1597)  premier
 hopital d'armee en  France.  92p.  illust.   facs.
 8?  Par., C. Lavauzelle & cie,  1935.
   MAYONEWS;  published by  United  States
 Army, Mayo General Hospital, Galesburg, 111.
 Galesburg, v. 1, 1944-

 MAYONNAISE.
   Kosin, N. I.. & Edelstein, N. N.  [Zur Methodik der Her-
 stellung stabiler Nahrungsmittel-Emulsionen]   Vopr. pitan.,
 1937, 6: 3-18.------& Lurie, M. B. [Emulgierungsmittel
 fiir Mayonnaisen]  Ibid.,  1936, 5: No. 6, 3-16. ------  [Ueber
 die Herstellung von stabiler  Nahrungsmittel-Emulsion vom
 Typus der Mayonnaise]   Ibid., No. 3, 15-24.—Kozin, N. I., &
 Pustylnikova, E. B.  [The question of obtaining staunch sauces
 of the mayonnaise-type]  Ibid.,  1934, 3:  No. 6, 37-44.—
 Mayonnaise standards established.  Week. Bull. California
 Dep. Pub. Health,  1935, 14: 51.
   MAYOR,  Francois, 1779-1854.
   Olivier, J. Le Dr Francois Mayor, de Geneve, et la decou-
 verte des bruits du coeur foetal. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1945,
 65: 481-501, portr.
   MAYOR,   Georges  [M.  D.,  1940,  Geneve]
 ♦Lymphogranulome solitaire hepato-biliaire  [Ge-
 neve]  22p.   illust.  24cm.   Par.,  Masson  & cie,
 1940.
   MAYORAL y Carpintero, Pedro.
   See Landete  Arago, B., & Mayoral, P.  Introducci6n al
 estudio de la odontologia.  2. ed. 502p.  8?  Madr., 1931.
   MAYORAL Pardo, Demetrio, 1895-      Bo-
 das de plata de la Escuela  medico-militar.   24p
 19Kcm.  Mex., 1942.
   Cover-title.
   ----   Nociones   de  terapeutica  y  farmaco-
 dinamia.   2. ed. x, 917p.   tab.  24cm.   Mex.,
 Tall. graf. de la Naci6n, 1943.
   -—■—   Escuela medico militar; una plaLica del
 Profesor  de  terapeutica y  farmacologfa  en  la
 CaLedra   de  patologia  general.  17p.   22cm.
 Mex., Sugestiones, 1945.
   Forms Suppl. No. 123, afio 11,  Sugestiones,  Mex.
   For biography see Sugestiones, Mex., 1943-45, 9: No. 107
 12-8, portr.
   MAYORGA, Alejandro Arturo.   *Sintesis de
 algunos cuerpos organicos [Pharm.]  22p.   26cm.
 Guatemala,  Sanchez & de Guise, 1928.
   MAYO-ROBSON, Sir Arthur William,  1853-
 1933.
   For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 761. Also Presse m<?d
 1933, 41: 2000 (Coelho, J.)                           '
   MAYOU,   Marmaduke  Stephen,   1876-
 Mayou's  Diseases of the eye.  4.  ed.  Rev. by
 Frederick Ridley and Arnold Sorsby.   xvi  249p
 illust.  diagr.  16?   Lond.,  H. Milford, 1933.
   See also  Collins, E. T., & Mayou, M. S.  Pathology and
 bacteriology of the eye. 2. ed.  731p. 8! Phila., 1925
   MAYOW, John, 1643-79.
   Fulton, J. F.  A bibliography of two Oxford
 physiologists: Richard  Lower,  1631-1691: John
 Mayow, 1643-1679.  62p. 8? Oxford, Engl., 1935
 ^,.See,^ls? John Mavow- Pioneer in the study of respiration
 Clin.  Med   1942,  49: 91. portr.-McKie, D.  [Biographvi
 Nature, Lond., 1941, 148: 72S -Patterson, T. S. John  Mayow
in  contemporary setting; a contribution to the history  of
respiration and combustion.  Isis, Bruges, 1931, 15: 47- 2 pl__
 Ruhrah, J.   John  Mayow. Am.  J. Dis.  Child'  1929  38-
 590-2.—Schwerz. F. Zur 300. Jahresfoir-r von John Mayow
 dem Entdecker des Wesens dor Verbrcnnungs- und Atmunmi'
 chemie.  Praxis, Horn, 1943, 32: 330.                **
   For portrait see Collection in Library.  Also Actas Ciba
 Rio, 1943, 10: 273; 1944, 11: 130.  Also in Hist. Chem. (Moors'
 F. J.) 3. ed., N. Y., 1939, 45.                        "'
   MAYR,  Ernst,  1904-        Systematica and
 the origin  of species;  from  the viewpoint  of a
 zoologist, xiv, 334p. map.  tab.  diagr.  2314cm
 N. Y., Columbia Univ. Pr., 1942.
   Forms No. 13, Columbia Biol. Ser.
   See also Bogert, C. M., Blair, W. F. [et al.]  Criteria for
 vertebrate subspecies, species and genera, p.105-188. 2314cm
 N. Y., 1943.                                   ^
   MAYR,  Ernst  Friedrich  Karl,   1907-
 *Die Erfolge  der  Strahlenbehandlung  bei der
 weiblichen  Genito-Peritoneal-Tuberkulose an der
 Frauenklinik der Universitat Giessen  [Giessen]
 20p. 8?   Wiirzb.,  K. Triltsch,  1936.
   MAYR,  Franz   Walter,   1912-        *Die
 Kretschmerschen  Konstitutionstypen  und  ihre
 Beziehungen  zu Prognathie.   27p.  8?   Miinch.,
 Hohenhaus, 1935.
   MAYR, Franz Xaver, 1887-      Ueber die
 Mangelhaftigkeit der Fundamente unserer Dia-
 gnostik  der  Verdauungskrankheiten  und  ihre
 Folgen  fiir die gesamte Medizin.   57p.  pl.  8°
 Wien, W. Braumuller, 1925.
   MAYR,  Friedrich Karl,  1905-       * Ueber
 Schwangerschaften im  rudimentaren  Nebenhorn
 eines  Uterus   bicornis;  Zusammenstellung  der
 Falle der Literatur  seit  dem Jahre 1918  und
 Mitteilung eines neuen Falles. 45p.  8?   Wiirzb ,
 P. Kilian & Co., 1929.
   MAYR, Gebhard, 1908-      *Ueber  hiingende
 Steine  in  der  Blase    [Munchen]    19p.  8?
 Dusseld., G. H. Nolte,  1935.
   MAYR, Georg,  1905-        *Ueber  die  To-
 desursachenfeststellung  bei  Eisenbahnkatastro-
 phen; zugleich  ein  Beitrag zur Lehre des extra-
 duralen  Pseudohamatoms  bei  Verbrennungen.
 27p.  tab.  8?  Miinch., Meindl  & Sblch, 1932.
   MAYR, Josef, 1868-1930.
   For obituary see Munch, tierarztl. Wschr.,  1930, 81: 309
 (Fischer)
   MAYR,  Julius  Karl,   1888-        Kurzge-
 fasstes  Lehrbuch  der  Haut- und Geschlechts-
 krankheiten.   190p.  8?   Munch., R.  Muller &
 Steinicke, 1929.
  ----   Verhiitung  und  Bekampfung der  Ge-
 schlechtskrankheiten.    p.525-86.    8?   Berl.,
 Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1935.
  In: Haut-u. Geschlechtskrank. (Arzt & Zieler) Berl., 1935, 5:
  ----    Handbuch  der  Artefakte;  morpholo-
 gische und funktionelle Simulationen  und Dis-
 simulationen.   xii, 470p.  illust.   pl.   8!  Jena,
 G. Fischer, 1937.
  See also Galewsky, E., Mayr, J. K.. & Stein, R. O. Haare
und Haarboden;  Schweissdrusen;  Talgdriisen.  vii, 468p. 8°.
Berl., 1932.
  MAYR, Kornel,   1911-       *Klinische und
 experimentelle  Untersuchungen  von  V2A-Stahl-
 draht  und  seiner Verwendungsmoglichkeit  zur
 Verankerung   von   Teilprothesen   [Munchen]
 23p.  8?   Wurzb.,  R. Mayr, 1934.
  MAYR, Roderich, 1853-1937.
  For obituary  see Psychiat. neur.  Wschr., 1937, 39: 461
 (Sighart, A.)
  MAYR,  Ulrich,   1909-       *Milchsaurebe-
stimmungen im Liquor nach der Methode  von
 Hinsberg und Ammon  [Munchen] 21p. 21cm.
 Gunzburg a. D., K. Mayer, 1937.
  MAYRAND,  Robert, 1877-1941.
  For obituary see Laval mid., 1942, 7: 6-10, portr. (Gau-
mond, E.)
  MAYRARGUE, Marcel, 1904-      *La Unite
plastique gastro-intestinale.   153p.   8?   Par.,
L. Arnette, 1929. 
MAY-RETTICH
451
MAZE
   MAY-RETTICH, Rita von.  *Der Polypeptid-
 spiegel   des  menschlichen   Serums   und  seine
 Schwankungen.    30p.    tab.    23cm.    Bern,
 Buchdr. Steiger,  1942.
   MAYRHOFER,   Adolf,   1881-         Mikro-
 chemie  der  Arzneimittel  und Gifte.   2v.   xxi,
 284p.; x, 269p.   pl.  8?   Berl.,  Urban & Schwar-
 zenberg, 1923-28.
   See also Kofler, L., & Mayrhofer, A.  Hausapotheke und
 Rezeptur.  188p.   8?  Berl., 1929.
   MAYRHOFER,   August,  1900-         *Intra-
 venose   Bromtherapie   bei   Dermatosen    [Er-
 langen]  34p.   8?   Neumarkt i.  d.  OPf., J. M.
 Boegl, 1930.
   MAYRHOFER,  Bernhard,   1868-1938.    Chi-
 rurgie der dentalen Mund-  und Kieferkrankhei-
 ten.  xv, 352p.   8?   Stuttg., F. Enke,  1930.
   ---   Kurzes  Worterbuch zur Geschichte der
 Medizin.  iv, 224p.  8?  Jena, G. Fischer,  1937.
   For obituary see  Arch. Ohr. &c.  Heilk.,  1938,  145: 246
 (Krainz,  W.)  Also Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1938,  85:  1753
 (Diepgen, P.)
   MAYRHOFER,  Kurt, 1910-        *Klinische
 Untersuchungen  uber  den   Durchmesser   der
 roten Blutkorperchen   [Heidelberg]  20p.  21cm.
 Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1937.
   MAYSER, Wilhelm Hugo Wolfgang, 1897-
 *Ein maligner  Tumor  der  Pars  ciliaris retinae.
 17p.  8?  Heidelb., Winter, 1931.
   MAYSTON, Robert William,      -1934.
   For obituary see Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1934, 48: 180.

 MAYTENUS.
   Machado, O.  Contribuicao ao  estudo das plantas  medi-
 cinais  do Brasil;  Maytenus  obtusifolia  Mart.   Rodriguesia,
 Rio, 1945, No. 18,  9-15, 6 pl.—Tortorelli, L. A.  Tratamiento
 forestal y caracteres xilol6gicos del  mait£n (Maytenus boaria)
 arbol forrajero de la Patagonia.  Rev. Fac. agron. vet., B. Air.,
 1941, 9: 126-39, 3 pl.

 MAYWEED.
   SeeAnthemis; Matricaria.
   MAZARAKIS, Spiridion, 1897-       *L'amyg-
 dalectomie par  decollement chez I'enfant;  tech-
 nique de l'Hopital  des enfants  malades.   67p.
 8?   Par., E. Le Francois,  1930.
   MAZATAUD,  Rene, 1904-       *Contribu-
 tion  k l'etude  de l'exploration fonctionnelle du
 foie.  49p.  8?  Par., M. Vigne, 1931.

 MAZDAZNAN.
   See also Gymnastics;  Naturopathy.
   Oberdorffer, J. H.   Das Mazdaznan-Heil-
 svstem in  seinen Grundzugen.   8?  Lpz.,  1913.
 * Powell,  E. F.  W.  Exanthematic  therapy  (Mazdaznan)
 Health & Nat. Cure Handb. (Nat. Cure Ass.)  Lond., 1932,
 2:77.

 MAZE.
   See also Behavior—in  animals; Intelligence—
 in animals; Learning.
   Bierens de  Haan,  J.   A.   Labyrinth  und
 Umweg.   231p.   23Hcm.  Leiden,  1937.
   Spence,  K.  W.   The  reliability of  the  maze
 and methods of its  determination.  45p.   26cm.
 Bait., 1932.
   Dashiell, J. F.  The need for analytical study of the maze
 problem.   Psychobiology,   1919-20,   2:   181-6.—Paterson,
 D. G.   The Johns  Hopkins  circular maze studies.  Psychol.
 Bull., 1917, 14: 294-7.

 â– ---   Factors of performance.
   Biel,  W.  C.   The  effect of  early  inanition
 upon maze learning in the albino rat.   33p.  8?
 Bait., 1938.
  Heron,  W.   T.    Individual  differences in
ability versus chance in the learning of the stylus
maze.  60p.   25cm.   Bait.,  1924.
 .  -7-7- & Hunter,  W.  S.   Studies of  the re-
liability of the  problem box and the maze  with
human and animal subjects.  56p.  25cm.  Bait.,
1922.
   Honzik, C.  H.   The sensory basis of  maze
learning in rats.   113p.  26cm.   Bait., 1936.
   Peterson,  J.  The  effect  of length of  blind
alleys on maze learning.  53p.  24%cm.  Cambr..
Mass.,  1917.
   Allison, L. W. The effect of variation in length of a high-
relief  finger maze upon rate of learning.  J. Genet.  Psychol.,
1931,  39: 403-7.—Biel, W. C.  Early age differences in maze
performance in  the albino rat.   Ibid.,  1940, 56: 439-53.—
Brody, E. B. The  influence of  thyroidectomy and thyroxin
injection on the maze behavior of adult rats. J. Comp. Psychol.,
1942,  34: 213-21.—Carr, H.  The distribution and elimination
of errors in the  maze.  J. Anim. Behav., 1917, 7: 145-59.—
Dashiell, J. F., & Bayroff, A. G.  Forward-going tendency in
maze running. J. Comp. Psychol., 1931, 12: 77-94.—De Mont-
pellier, G.  An experiment on the order of elimination of blind
alleys in maze learning.  J. Genet. Psychol., 1933, 43: 123-39.—
Dennis, W., & Henneman, R. H. The non-random character
of initial maze behavior.  Ibid., 1932, 40: 396-405.  ------&
Varner, W. B. A further study of the initial maze behavior of
rats.  Ibid., 41: 358-68.—Gilhousen, H. C. Temporal relations
in anticipatory reactions of the  white rat in a maze.   Ibid.,
1938,  26: 163-75.—Gould, M. C, & Perrin, F. A. C. A com-
parison of the factors involved in the maze learning of human
adults and children.  J.  Exp.  Psychol., 1916, 1: 122-54.—
Haslerud, G. M. Form and interaction  of goal and entrance
gradients in a unilinear maze.  J. Psychol.,  Provincet., 1945,
20: 249-57.----—  Transfer of single alternation pattern in
relation to goal and  entrance maze gradients.  Ibid., 259-69.—
Heathers, G. L.  The avoidance of repetition of a maze reaction
in the rat as a  function of the time interval  between trials.
Ibid.,  1940,  10:  359-80.—Heron, W. T.  The test-retest re-
liability of rat  learning  scores  from  the  multiple-T  maze.
J. Genet. Psychol., 1930, 38: 101-13.—Holodnak, H. B.  The
effect  of positive and negative guidance upon maze learning in
children.  J. Educ. Psychol.,  1943,  34: 341-54.—Hubbert,
H. B.  Elimination of errors in the maze.  J. Anim. Behav.,
1915,  5:  66-72.—Jenkins, W. O.  Studies in the spread of
effect; the bi-directional gradient in the performance of  white
rats on a linear maze.  J.  Comp. Psychol., 1943, 35: 41-56.—
Jones, F. N., &  Kerr,  J.  A comparison  of the elimination of
shock-right and shock-wrong blinds in a finger maze. J. Gen.
Psychol., 1945,  33:  111-9.—Jones, H. E., & Yoshioka,  J. G.
Differential errors in  children's learning on a stylus  maze.
J. Comp. Psychol.,  1938,  25: 463-80.—Kendler, H.  H.  The
influence of  a sub-goal on maze behavior.  Ibid., 1943, 36:
67-73.—Kennedy, J. L., & Stone, C. P.  Cross-sectional area
of maze pathways in relation to learning by rats. Ibid., 1936,
21: 325-40.—Ladieu, G.  The effect of length of delay interval
upon  delayed alternation  in the albino  rat.   Ibid., 1944, 37:
273-86.—Lashiey, K.  S.  A simple maze; with data on the
relation of the distribution of practice to the rate of learning.
Psychobiology, 1917-18, 1: 353-67.  ------   Studies of cere-
bral function in learning; loss of the maze habit after occipital
lesions in blind  rats.  J.  Comp.  Neur.,  1943, 79: 431-62.—
Liddell, H.  S. The relation between maze learning and spon-
taneous activity in  the sheep.  J. Comp. Psychol.,  1925, 5:
474-83.—Liggett, J.  R.  A note of the reliability of the chick's
performance in two  simple mazes.  Pedag. Semin., Worcester,
1925,  32: 470-80. —;---  A study of maze measures and of
the factors involved in maze learning.  J.  Genet. Psychol.,
1930,  38: 78-90.—McGeoch, J. A.  AU-or-none versus gradual
elimination of homogeneous culs-de-sac. Am. J. Psychol.,
1937,  50: 111-29.—Muenzinger, K. F.  A note on the relative
efficacy of a bell signal for right and wrong responses in maze
learning.  J. Exp. Psychol., 1936, 19: 116.—Patrick, J. R., &
Laughlin, R. M.  Is the wall-seeking tendency in the white rat
an instinct?  J. Genet. Psychol., 1934, 44: 378-89.— Randolph,
V., & Hunter, W. S. A note on the reliability of the maze as a
method  of  learning in the  Angora  goat.   Pedag. Semin.,
Worcester,  1926, 33:  3-8, pl.—Ruch, F. L.   Experimental
studies of the factors influencing the difficulty of blind alleys
in linear mazes; is  there an anticipatory tendency in  maze
learning?  J. Comp. Psychol., 1935, 20: 113-24.—Scott, T. C.
Minor variations in maze patterns, the effect upon the diffi-
culty  of the maze.  J.  Psychol., Provincet., 1936, 1: 261-9.—
Sisk, H. L.  Maze learning ability and its relation to experi-
mental audio-genic seizures in the rat. J. Gen. Psychol., 1944,
30: 89-91.—Smith,  F. O.  Differential  reactions of human
beings in the maze.  Pedag. Semin., Worcester,  1927, 34:
394-405.—Spence, K.  W.,  & Grice, G. R.  The role of final
and sub-goals in distance discrimination by the white rat.
J. Comp. Psychol., 1942, 34: 179-84— Spragg, S. D. S.  Antici-
patory responses in the  maze.   Ibid.,  1934,  18:  51-73.—
Thompson, M. E. An experimental investigation of goal orien-
tation as a  factor in maze learning by the white  rat.  Ibid.,
1944,  37: 289-96.  ------  An experimental investigation of
the gradient of  reinforcement  in maze learning.  J.  Exp.
Psychol., 1944,  34:  390-403.—Tryon, R. C.   Studies  in in-
dividual differences in maze ability; the measurement  of the
reliability of individual differences. J. Comp. Psychol., 1930,
11: 145-70. ------ Studies in individual differences in maze
ability; the community of function between two maze abilities. 
MAZE
4o2
MAZE
Ibid., 1931,  12: 95-115.  ------  Studies in individual differ-
ences in maze learning; disproof of sensory components; experi-
mental effects of stimulus variation.  Ibid., 1939, 28: 361—415.
â– -----   Oenetic differences in maze-learning abilitv in  rats.
In: Field- of Psychol. Seashore, R. H.) N. Y., 1942, 204-6.
------ Tryon, C.  M., A: Kuznets,  G.   Studies in individual
differences in maze ability; ratings of hiding, avoidance, escape
and  vocalization responses.   J. Comp.  Psychol.,  1941,  32:
407-35.— Vincent, S. B.  The white rat and the maze problem;
the number and distribution of errors, a comparative study.
J. Anim. Behav., 1915, 5: 367-74.—Warden, f. J., & Fox, F. R.
The  factor of crucial orientation in maze  learning in the white
rat.  J.  Genet, Psychol.,  H>31, 39: 469-78.—Warden, C. J., &
Hamilton, K. L.  The effect  of variations in length  of maze
pattern upon iate of fixation in the white  rat.   Ibid.,  1929, 36:
229-39.—Warden,  C. J., & Riess, B. F.  The relative difficulty
of  mazes of  different lengths for the chick.  J.  Psvchol.,  Pro-
vincet., 1941, 11 : 411-9.—Warden, C. J., Ross, S., & Zamenhof,
S.  The effect of artificial changes in the brain on maze-learning
in  the white rat.   Science, 1942,  95: 414.—Waters, R. H.
The  wall-seeking tendency7 and maze learning in the white rat.
J.  Psychol., Provincet.,  1937, 4:  23-6--Witkin, H. A., &
Schneirla, T. C.  Initial maze  behavior as a function of maze
design.   J.  Comp.  Psychol.,  1937, 23:  275-304.—Yoshioka,
J. G. Direction as a factor in maze solution in rats.  J. Genet.
Psychol., 1930, 38: 307-20.—Zimmerman, F. T., &  Ross, S.
Effect of glutamic acid and other amino acids on maze learning
in  the white rat.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1944,  51:
446-51.
----   Intelligence.
   Heron, W. T.  The inheritance of brightness and dullness in
maze learning ability in the rat.  J. Genet. Psychol., 1941, 59:
41-9.—Searle, L. V.  A  study of the generality  of inherited
maze-brightness and maze-dullness.  Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38:
742.—Spence, K. W., & Townsend, S.  A comparative study
of groups of high and low intelligence in learning a maze.  J.
Gen. Psychol., 1930, 3: 113-30.—Wherry, R. J.  Determination
of the specific components  of maze ability for Tryon's bright
and dull rats by means of factorial analysis. J. Comp. Psychol.,
1941, 32: 237-52.
----  Learning.
   Batalla, M. B. The maze behavior of children as an example
of summative learning.  J. Genet. Psychol.,  1943,  63:  199-
211.  Brown,  W.   Reorientation  in  a  multiple-path maze.
Univ. California Pub. Psychol., 1937, 5: 135-60.—Carmichael,
L., & Marks, L.  D.  A study of the learning process in the cat
in a maze constructed to require delaved response.  J.  Genet.
l'sychol., 1932, 40:  206-9— Carter, L. F.  Maze learning with
a  differential proprioceptive cue.  J. Exp. Psvchol., 1936, 19:
758-62.—Churchill, E. P., jr. The learning of a maze bv gold-
fish.  J. Anim.  Behav.,  1916, 6:  247-55-  Commins,  W.  D.
A note  on  the learning of elevated mazes bv rats.  .1.  (!enet.
Psychol.,  1932,  41: 481.—Cook,  T. W.   Whole versus  part
learning the spider  maze.  J. Exp. Psychol., 1937, 20: 477-94.
------  Whole  and four-part learning thirtv-two  unit spider
mazes.  Ibid., 1938,  22: 439-50.—Dennis,  W.  The sensory
control  of the white rat in the maze habit. J. Genet. Psychol.,
1929, 36: 59-90. ------ A study of learning in the white rat.
Ibid., 1930, 37:  294-308.—Gurner, H.  Maze learning in the
collective situation.  J. Psychol., Provincet., 1937, 3: 437-43.—
Hicks,  V.  C,  & Carr, H.  A.   Human reactions in a maze.
J. Anim. Behav., 1912, 2: 98-125.—Higginson, G. D.  Human
learning with a rotated maze. J. Psychol., Provincet., 1936, 1:
277-94.—Hull, C.  L.   The  concept of the habit-family  hier-
archy and maze  learning.  Psychol. Rev., 1934, 41: 134-52.—
Husband, R. W.  A  comparison  of human  adults and white
rats in maze learning.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1929, 9: 361-77.—
Kellogg, W. N., &  Pomeroy, W.  B.  Maze  learning in water
snakes.  Ibid., 1936, 21: 275-95.—Lashiey, K. S.  The criterion
of learning in  experiments with the maze.  J. Anim. Behav.,
1917, 7: 66-70.  ------  Studies of cerebral function in learn-
ing; apparent absence  of  transcortical  association  in maze
learning.  J. Comp. Neur.,  1944,  80:  257-81,  3 pl.  ------
Sensory control  and rate of learning in the  maze.  J.  Genet.
Psychol., 1945, 66: 143-5.—Lathan, ('.,  &  Fields, P.  E.  A
report on the  test-retest performance  of  38 college students
and 27  white  rats  on the identical 25-elioice  elevated maze.
Ibid., 1936, 49: 283-96—Liddell,  H. S.   The relation between
spontaneous activity and the ability to learn  a simple maze.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1923-24, 21: 125.—Perrin, F. A. C.
An experimental and introspective study of the human learning
process  in the  maze.  Psychol. Monogr.,  Princeton, 1914, 16:
1-97.—Ruger,  G. J.,  & Ruger,  H. A.  Experiments with the
white rat and the Hampton  Court  maze.  J. Philos., 1917, 14:
329.—Sartain,  A. Q.   The  conception of the true path and
efficiency in maze learning. J.Exp. Psychol., 1940, 26: 74-93.—
Schneirla, T. C.  The nature of ant learning; the intermediate
stage of segmental maze adjustment.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1943,
35:  149-76.—Shepard,  J.   F.  Selection in  maze  learning.
Psychol. Bull., 1938, 35: 637.—Showalter, D. F.  A qualitative
analysis of  the learning of human subjects on variable pattern
maze-.  Psychol. Monogr.,  Princeton, 1933,  44: 167-94, pl —
Snygg. I).  Mazes in  which  rats take the longer path to food.
J.  Psychol.. Provincet., 1935-36,  1: 153-66.------   Maze
learning as nerception. J. Genet.  Psychol., 1936, 49: 231-9.-—
Stone, C. P.   The  reliability of rat learning scores obtained
from a modified < 'mit maze.  Ibid., 1928, 35: 507-21.-----4
Nyswander, D. It.  The reliability of rat learning scores from
the multij>le-T maze as determined by four different methods
Pedag.  Semin., Worcester,  1927,  34:  497-524.- Nz.ymanski!
J. 8.  Vi-rsuche iiber den Lernvorgang bei den weis-en I bitten
wahrend dei Kuhc-bzw. Aktivitatsperioden.  Arch. ges. Physiol.,
19KS, 171: 311-6.- Tinker, E. A.  The laboratory  course in
psvchologv; human and animal learning  in the maze. J. Exp
Psvchol., 1937, 21: 470-2.- Tinklepaugh, O. L. Maze learning
of a turtle.  J. Comp.  Psychol., 1932,  13: 201-45.—Tolman.
E. C. The inheritance of maze-learning ability in rats.  Ibid '
1924, 4: 1-18.— Trueblood, C. K. The behavior  of white raU
in a rotated tunnel maze.  J. (Jenet.  Psychol., l<)32, 40: 330-
50.  ------ Boutelle,  W. E., &  Vaughn,  A.  K.  Behavior of
white rats in a maze requiring delaved response.  Ibid., 1936
49: 227-31.—Vincent,  S. B.  The white rat and the maze
problem; the introduction of a visual control.  J. Anim. Behav.,
1915, 5:  1-24.—Warden, C.  J.   The  relative   economy ol
various  modes of  attack in  the  masterv of a  stylus maze
J. Exp.  Psychol., 1924, 7: 243-75.  Welsh.  B. I... & Waters,
R. H.  Finger versus stylus learning of the same maze. J. Gun.
Psychol.,  1944, 31: 283-6.- Wilson, M. O.  Symbolism in the
white rat.  Proc. Oklahoma  Acad. Sc. (1931; 1932,  12: 93.—
Witkin,  H. A.  The rat's systematized habits of response in a
non-problem  situation.   Psychol. Bull., 1937, 34:  708-10.—
Yoshioka, J. G.  What  is maze learning for the rat? J. Genet.
Psychol.,  1929, 36: 51-8.  ---:— & Jones, H. E.  An analysis
of children's maze  learning,  in  terms of  stages of  learning.
Ibid., 1945, 67: 203-14.

----   mental.                  *
   Crannell, C. W.   Alternative  interpretations of results ob-
tained on a variation of the Peterson mental maze.  Am. J.
Psychol.,  1940, 53: 428-31.-  Peterson, T.  Methods of error
elimination in a mental maze.  Science, 1920, n. ser., 51: 443.

----   Method and construction.
   Berg, I. A., & Weisman, R. L.   The goal gradient in a maze
of variable  path length.  J.  Psychol.,  Provincet.,  1942,  14:
307-15.—Berman,  A.    An  inexpensive,  variable   multiple-
choice  maze.   Am.  J.  Psychol., 1939,  52:  113.—Bousfield,
W. A., & Nowlis, V.  The construction of a punch maze. J.
Exp. Psychol., 1945, 35: 330-3.—Buel, J.  A simple inexpensive
finger maze  for experimental and classroom use.  J. Gen.
Psychol.,  1937, 17: 192.  ------   A stylus punch board maze
with automatic differential and cumulative response indicators.
J. Genet.  Psychol., 1939, 55:  221-8.—Davis, F., & Batalla, M.
A life-size alley maze for children. Ibid., 1932, 41:  235-9-
Diehl, H. T., & Stoddard, S. E.  A punch-board maze and
pattern  board.  J. Gen. Psychol., 1941,  25: 429.- Higginson,
G.  D.,  & Allgaier, E.   An electto-ineclianical maze for  the
study of  human learning.  J. Psvchol., Provincet.,  1936, 1:
271-5.—Knotts, J. R., & Miles, W. R.   Notes on the histoiy
and  construction of the stvlus  maze.  .1.  (lenet.  Psychol.,
1928, 35: 415-27.—LeShan.L. L.. &  Laird, L. A.  Projected
light pattern  maze.  J. Comp.  Psychol.,  1944, 37:  287.--
Liggett,  J. R.  A convenient sectional maze.  J. Genet.  Psychol.,
1939, 36: 469-73.—Marker,  C,  & Dolgin,  M.   Simple and
complex bases  for the  solution  of various tests  in  the  Car-
michael  elevated-maze  situation.  Ibid.,  1942, 60: 259-09.—
Miles, W. R.  The narrow-path elevated maze  for  studying
rats.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1926-27, 454-6.—Scott,
T. C. The Hampton Court maze. J. Genet. Psychol., 1931,
39: 287-9.  ------  Minor variations in maze patterns;  the
effect upon  the accuracy of  the reproductions of the maze.
J. Psychol,,  Provincet.,  1936, 2: 245-58.—Stetson, R. H., &
Dashiell, J. F.  A  multiple unit system of maze construction.
Psychol. Bull., 1919, 16: 223-30.—Trueblood, C. K.  A tunnel
maze.  J. Genet. Psychol., 1929, 36: 581-3.—Valentine, W. L.
A technique  in maze  and  discrimination  box  construction.
J. Comp. Psychol.,  1929, 9:  197-201.—Warden, C.  J. A
standard  unit animal  maze  for  general  laboratory use. J.
Genet. Psychol., 1929, 36: 174-6.—Witkin, H. A., & Granich, L.
An application of  some principles of maze mechanics in the
planning of a serviceable maze.   J. Comp. Psychol., 1937, 24:
523-45.

----   Orientation.

   Dashiell,  J.  F.    Direction  orientation  in
maze  running  by  the  white  rat.    72p.   26cm.
Bait.,  1930.
   Perkins,  N.  L.   Human reactions  in a  maze
of fixed orientation.  92p.   2Gj'2em.  Bait.,  1927.
   Schneirla,  T.  C.    Learning  and orientation
in ants.  143p.   26y2cm.  Bait.,  1929.
   Peters, H. N., & McLean,  L.  An experiment on orientation
in stylus maze learning.  J. Exp.  Psychol., 1935,  18: 633-7.


----   Porteus.

   See  Intelligence  test,  Maze  test.
   MAZEL,  Andre   [M.    D.,   1938,   Toulouse]
*Les  fibromes  qu'il faut  operer.   124p.   24cm.
Toulouse,  Lion & fils, 1938. 
MAZEL
453
MAZINGARBE
    MAZEL, Guy, 1911-      ♦Les mouvements
  conjugues  des globes oculaires et leurs troubles;
  essai de jalonnement des voies et des centres du
  mouvement  conjugue  des  globes  oculaires  a
  l'etage  cortico sous-cortical; lobe temporal, lobe
  parietal, lobe occipital  [Marseille]  59p.   25%cm.
  Lyon, Bose fr., 1938.
    MAZEL, Jacques,  1911-       ♦Sur  un  cas
  d'ulcere de la 2me  portion du duodenum.   57p.
  illust.  24cm.  Par., Jouve & cie, 1940.
    MAZEL, Robert,  1914-      localisation des
  projectiles  de guerre par la tomographie, la to-
  moscopie  et la seriescopie.  36p.  24cm.  Par.,
  A. Lapied, 1939.
    MAZENQ, Pierre, 1916-       Contribution
  a l'etude de la soi-disant necrobiose lipoidique des
  diabetiques.  68p.   tab.  24cm.  Toulouse, Impr.
  Lion, 1942.
    MAZER, Andre   Ernest,  1904-       ♦Etude
  radiologique de  l'anevrysme  parietal du coeur.
  49p.  pl.   8?  Par., E. Le Frangois, 1933.
    MAZER, Charles, 1881-
   For biography see in Am. Jewish Physicians (Kagan, S. R.)
  Bost., 1942, 84, portr.  Also in Modern M. World (Kagan, S.
  R.) Bost., 1945, 125, portr. Also Mississippi Doctor, 1933-34,
  11: No. 8, 19.
    ---& GOLDSTEIN,  Leopold.   Clinical  en-
  docrinology of the female.  519p.  illust.  pl.
  diagr.  8?   Phila.,   W. B.  Saunders Co.,  1932.
    MAZER, Charles, &  ISRAEL, Spencer Leon.
  Diagnosis  and treatment of menstrual disorders
  and  sterility.  485p.  illust.  pl.  diagr.   24cm.
  N. Y.,  P.  B. Hoeber,  1941.  Also 2.  ed. xii,
  570p.  1946.
   MAZERES,  Marie,  1906-       ♦Saint-Vin-
  cent-de-Paul et l'assistance aux enfants.  32p.
  24cm.   Par., Vigot  fr., 1941.
   MAZET, Andre, 1793-1821.
   Gille, M.   La mort  de Mazet.  Rev. prat.  biol. appl.,
  Par., 1939, 32: 205-11.—Guiaud (fils)  Hommage rendu a la
  memoire du docteur Mazet, au nom de la SocieL6 royale de
  meaecine de Marseille.   Observ. provenc. sc. m6d., 1821,  2:
  220-2.
   MAZET, Maurice, 1909-       ♦Apergu  d'ur-
  banisme sanitaire   de  villes  surpeuplees.  45p.
  8?  Par., E. Le Francois, 1935.
   MAZET,  Walter,  1909-       *Ueber Tumoren
  des Samenstranges   mit  zwei  eigenen  Fallen
  [Heidelberg]  20p.   8?  Coburg,  Tagebl. Haus,
  1934.
   MAZEYRIE, Bernard  Louis Marie, 1904-
  *Contribution k l'etude pathogenique et thera-
 peutique du  glaucome  aigu.  lOOp.  8?  Par.,
 L. Mazeyrie, 1931.
   MAZIDJOGHLOU, Stratis, 1912-     *L'ane-
 mie infantile constitutionnelle et  hereditaire des
 peuples de la Mediterranee orientale, anemie type
 Cooley [Paris] 94p.   24cm.  Laval,  Impr. mo-
 derne, 1938.
   MAZILEFF, Jorge A.  Hipertiroidismo; estudio
 crftico.   65p.;  16p.    24cm.   Montev.,  Guten-
 berg, 1937.
   ---   Bases de  una clasificacion de la tuber-
 culosis para los  paises  de  America;  divisi6n
 epidemiol6gica de las formas tuberculosas; estudio
 critico.  123p.  tab.    24>^cm.  Montev.,   Tall.
 graf. Inst, penales, 1942.
   MAZILIER, Paul  Henri,  1906-       ♦Etude
 sur le traitement du nouveau-ne  issu de souche
 syphilitique.  50p.   8?   Par.,  E.  Le  Frangois,
 1933.
 . MAZILLIER, Marcel,  1914-       ♦Contribu-
 tion a  l'etude de  l'hygiene  des  piscines.  44p.
 23tfcm.   Par., A. Lapied, 1939.
  MAZIN, Jean,  1909-        *A propos de  la
laxite" ligamentaire.   93p.  24cm.  Par., R. Fou-
lon, 1942.
    MAZINGARBE,  Andre Henri,  1910-
  ♦Des interventions chirurgicales d'exerese  dans
  les suppurations annexielles tebriles ou fistulisees.
  103p.   24cm.   Par., L. Arnette, 1941.
    MAZIOL, Georges, 1901-      *De I'emploi du
  lait condense sucre pur comme complement  de la
  ration alimentaire du  nourrisson eleve au  sein.
  70p.  8?   Par., M. Loe, 1929.
    MAZLUM Boysan,     -1944.
  a^ ^r«°,bituary see Askeri sihhiye  mecmuasi,  1944, 73: No.
  4d, 89-91, portr.
    MAZORRA, Cuba.  Hospital  de dementes de
  Cuba.
    Cuba.   Secretaria  de sanidad  y benefi-
  ciencia.  La fundaci6n del hospital de Mazorra;
  datos histdricos.  31p.  23^cm.  Habana, 1930.
    MAZOYER, Ernest  [M. D.,  1905, Toulouse]
  ♦Les tysonites blennorragiques.   144p.  8? Tou-
  louse, E. Privat, 1905.
    MAZUR, Abraham, 1911-
    See Harrow, B., Stone, G. C. H. [et al.] Laboratory manual
 of biochemistry.  2.  ed.,  132p. 23^cm.  Phila., 1944.
    MAZUR, Basia.   ♦Contribution a l'etude de la
  methode interfei-ometrique de Hirsch appliquee
 a  la recherche  des  antiferments d'Abderhalden
•dans  les  dysendocrinies  [Pharm.]   134p.   ch.
 8?  Strasb.,  Impr. Heitz & cie, 1933.
    MAZURE, Firmin, 1908       *Contribution k
 l'etude  de l'eosinophilie dans  les  intoxications
 professionnelles.  68p.   24cm.  Par.,  R. Foulon,
 1942.
    MAZURIER,  Henri  Andre, 1909-       ♦Ap-
 plication  de la  diathermie  au  traitement  des
 cirrhoses   du  foie.   79p.  diagr.   fold.   tab.
 25^cm.   Nancy, G. Thomas, 1935.
   MAZUTKEWITSCH, Wladislaus, 1904-
 ♦Untersuchungen iiber die Perspiratio  insensibilis
 bei Hautkrankheiten.   23p.   8?   Miinch.,  Bay-
 er. Dr. Verlagsanst., 1931.
   MAZZA, Antonio,  fl.  1681.  Historiarum epi-
 tome de rebus Salernitanis .  . . 6p. 1.,  160 [15] p.
 20Kcm.   Nap., G. F. Paci, 1681..
   Contains sonnets  by Federigo Meninni and Domenico An-
 tonio Di Leone.
   See also Meninni, F.  Al Signor Antonio Mazza per la storia,
 da lui descritta, di Salerno, sua patria.  Sonetto. In:  Hist.
 epitome de rebus Salernitanis (Mazza, A.) Nap.,  1681, p. [9]
   MAZZA, Armando C.
   See Pessano,  J. E., Cires, E. de, & Mazza, A. C. Cancer;
 induction a su diagnostico. 463p.  24cm.  B. Air., 1947.
   MAZZA, Francesco Paolo, 1905-       Terapia
 biologica   delle   anemie.  63p.   tab.  24%cm.
 Roma, Gior.  med. prat,   [after 1935]
   MAZZA, Horacio  L.   [M.  D.,  1940, B. Aires]
 ♦AnesLesia raquidea con percaina en cirugia gine-
 col6gica.   70p.   tab.  26^cm.  B.  Air.,  Univ.
nac. B. Aires, 1940.
   MAZZA,  Salvador,  1886-1946.   Investigacio-
nes sobre la enfermedad de  Chagas;  comproba-
ciones de casos agudos de enfermedad  de Chagas
en nuevas partes de la zona biologica chaquena
 (Formosa,  Chaco Salteno)  48p.   illust.   tabl.
8?   B. Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1936.
   Forms No. 27, Pub. Mision estud.  pat. reg.  argent.
   ----  Esquizotripanides; manifestaciones erup-
tivas agudas en la enfermedad de Chagas (exan-
temas   o   roseolas)   74p.  illust.   tab.  diagr.
27cm.   B. Air.  [Univ. B. Aires]  1941.
   Forms No. 51, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----  Esquizotripanides. 2. nota:  Esquizotri-
panides  urticariformes.  31p.  illust. tab.  diagr.
27cm.   B. Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1941.
  Forms No. 52, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg.  argent.
  See also Argentina.  Mision  de  estudios  de patologia
regional  argentina.  Publicaciones.
  ----  BASSO, Germinal, & BASSO, Redento.
Comprobaci6n en adulto, de  citoesteatonecrosis 
MAZZA
454
MAZZA
subcutanea ehag&sica por  siembra  hemat6gena
(chagomas  hemat6genos)  de   S.   cruzi.   30p.
illust.   27cm.  B.  Air.,  Univ. B. Aires, 1940.
  Forms No. 48, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----  Comprobaci6n  por  biopsia de  la na-
turaleza chagasica de la esquizotripanide  erite-
matosa polimorfa.  29p.  illust.  27cm.  B. Air.,
Univ. B. Aires, 1941.
  Forms No. 56, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg.  argent.
  ----  Investigaciones  sobre  enfermedad  de
Chagas; caracteres de la curva termica en primer
periodo  de  la   enfermedad  de  Chagas.   72p.
illust.   tab.  diagr.  27cm.  B. Air., Univ.  B.
Aires, 1941.
  Forms  No. 58, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----  Investigaciones  sobre  enfermedad  de
Chagas; enfermedad de Chagas en primer periodo
diagnosticada  exclusivamente  por  biopsia  de
ganglio linfaLico  con hallazgo de parasitos  leish-
maniformes.  48p.  illust.  27cm.  B.   Air.,  Univ.
B. Aires, 1942.
  Forms No. 63, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----  Investigaciones  sobre  enfermedad  de
Chagas; ensayos terapeuticos del producto 9736
(As) Bayer y de su acci6n comparada con el 7602
(Ac) Bayer en la enfermedad de Chagas.   76p.
illust.   tab. ch.   27cm.   B. Air., Univ. B.  Aires,
1942.
  Forms No. 61, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----  Investigaciones  sobre  enfermedad  de
Chagas; contribuci6n para la terapeutica  de la
enfermedad de Chagas; ultimos ensayos quimio-
terapicos: M. 3024, I. C. I. aplicaci6n de penici-
lina.  81p.  illust.   tab.  ch.  27cm.   B.   Air.,
Univ. B. Aires, 1945.
  Forms No. 70, Pub. Mision estud. pat. reg. argent.
  MAZZA, Salvador, BASSO, Germinal [et al.]
Primer caso mortal  de  forma  cr6nica cardiaca
de  enfermedad  de  Chagas,  comprobado  en
Mendoza.  73p.  27cm.  B. Air., Univ. B.  Aires,
1939.
  Forms No. 42, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----  Investigaciones  sobre  enfermedad  de
Chagas; naturaleza histopatol6gica de reacciones
alergicas  cutaneas  provocadas  en   chagasicos
con lisados de cultivos de S. cruzi.   143p.  illust.
tab. ch.  27cm.  B. Air, Univ. B. Aires, 1943.
  Forms No. 64, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  MAZZA,  Salvador, & BENITEZ, Clemente.
Investigaciones sobre la enfermedad de Chagas;
comprobaci6n de la naturaleza esquizotripan6-
sica y frecuencia de la dacrioadenitis en la  enfer-
medad de Chagas; presencia de granulaciones tar-
sales en la forma ocular de esta enfermedad.   50p.
illust.   27cm.  B.  Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1937.
  Forms No. 31, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  MAZZA,  Salvador, &  BRAMANTI Jauregui,
Rodolfo.  Investigaciones  sobre enfermedad  de
Chagas.  II.  Otras  observaciones   de primer
periodo de enfermedad de Chagas en Las Lomi-
tas.  p. 48-52.   illust.  27cm.  B.  Air..  Univ
B. Aires, 1943.
  Bound  with Investigaciones sobre enfermedad de Chagas
I  La enfermedad de Chagas en el Territorio Nacional Formosa!
(Mazza S., & Reyes Oribe, H.)
  MAZZA, Salvador, & CASTRO, Rendon Eduar-
do.  Investigaciones  sobre  enfermedad de  Cha-
gas; casos de primer periodo en enfermedad  de
Chagas, los m&s  australes  reconocidos  en  Ame-
rica.  19p.  illust,   27cm.   B.  Air.,  Univ.  B
Aires, 194l.
  Forms No. 57, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  MAZZA, Salvador, & CHACON,  Romelio  V
Presencia  de  Panstrongylus   geniculatus  con
infestaciOn por S. cruzi en el  oriente boliviano y
otras informaciones relacionadas con la enferme-
dad  de  Chagas en  esa  regi6n.   15p.   illust.
23cm.  B. Air., Prensa  med. argent., 1943.
   Also Prensa med. argent., 1943, 30: No. 25.
   MAZZA,  Salvador, FREIRE, Ramon  S., &
SALICA, Pedro N.   Investigaciones sobre enfer-
medad  de  Chagas;  formas  meningoencefalicas
primitivas y secundarias de enfermedad de Cha-
gas; considerable gravedad del  proceso y trata-
miento  adecuado con. 7602  (AC)  Baver.  3.">p.
illust.  27cm.   B. Air.,  Univ. B. Aires, 1942.
   Forms No. 60, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
   MAZZA, Salvador, GAJARDO Tobar,  R., &
JORG,  Miguel Eduardo.  Mepraia novum genua
de  Triatomidae.  30p.  illust.   27cm.  B. Air
Univ. B. Aires, 1940.
   Forms No. 44, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
   MAZZA, Salvador, &  JORG, Miguel Eduardo.
Reproducci6n experimental de n6dulos de histio-
citosis  del  granuloma  chagasico  mediante  el
fen6meno Shwartzman.   18p.  illust.  27cm. B.
Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1940.
   Forms No. 47, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----   Variabilidad del disefio somatico de Tria-
toma infestans Klug.  22p.   illust.  27cm.  B.
Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1940.
   Forms No. 49, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----   Investigaciones sobre  enfermedad  de
Chagas; parasitismo experimental de roedores del
genero  Ctenomys  por  Schizotrypanum  cruzi
(extraordinaria  intensidad  de  la   colonizaci6n
esquizotripan6sica)  58p.  pl. 26%cm.  B. Air.,
Univ. B. Aires, 1943.
  Forms  No. 65, Pub. Misi6n estud pat. reg. argent.
  ----   Estudios sobre Triatominae.  63p. illust.
27cm.   B. Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1944.
  Forms  No. 67, Pub. Misi6n  estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----  & CANAL Feijoo, E. J.   Investigaciones
sobre la  enfermedad de  Chagas;  primer caso
cr6nico  mortal de forma cardiaca de enfermedad
de  Chagas demostrado  en Santiago del  Estero.
75p.  illust.   27cm.   B. Air.,  Univ.  B.  Aires,
1938.
  Forms  No. 38, Pub. Misi6n  estud.  pat. reg. argent.
  MAZZA, Salvador, JORG,  Miguel Eduardo, &
GAJARDO Tobar, R.   Debatida posici6n siste-
matica  de un triatomideo chileno.   34p.  illust.
27cm.   B. Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1941.
  Forms  No. 50, Pub. Misidn estud. pat. reg. argent.
  MAZZA, Salvador,  JORG, Miguel E.  [et  al]
Investigaciones sobre hemopatfas; mielosis y linfo-
sis leuc^micas, agudas mortales, con descarga cir-
culatoria monocitica.  42p.  illust. 27cm. B. Air.,
Univ. B. Aires, 1942.
  Forms  No. 59, Pub. Misi6n  estud. pat. reg. argent.
  MAZZA,   Salvador,  &  MIYARA,  Salomon.
Esquizotripanides.  3.  nota:  Esquizotripanides
eritematosas   polimorfas.   22p.    illust.    tab.
27cm.   B. Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1941.
  Forms No. 53, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----   [et al.]   Primer quinquenio de la inves-
tigaci6n por la M. E.  P. R. A.  de la enfermedad
de  Chagas en la Provincia  de  Mendoza. 36p.
illust.   portr.   tab.   diagr.   26cm.  B. Air.,
Univ. B. Aires, 1941.
 .----   & JORG, Miguel Eduardo.  Investiga-
ciones sobre  enfermedad  de Chagas; examenes
histo!6gicos de biopsias  de conjuntivas en  primer
periodo de enfermedad de Chagas.   80p.   illust.
27cm.  B. Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1944.
   Forms No. 68, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
  ----   Investigaciones sobre  enfermedad  de
Chagas; naturaleza  de la reacci6n conjuntival
en  primer periodo de la enfermedad de Chagas;
enfermos comprobados  exclusivamente por  de- 
MAZZA
455
MAZZINI
  mostraci6n de leishmanias de S. cruzi en biopsias
  conjuntivales.  152p.  illust.  tab.   ch.   27cm.
  B. Air., Univ. B.  Aires, 1945.
    Forms No. 69, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
    MAZZA, Salvador, & REYES  Oribe, Hector.
  Investigaciones sobre enfermedad de  Chagas.  I.
  La enfermedad de  Chagas en el  Territorio Na-
  cional Formosa.  47p.  illust. tab. diagr.  27cm.
  B. Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1943.
    Forms No. 66, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
    MAZZA,  Salvador,  &   SALICA,  Pedro  R.
  Acerca de  chagomas hemat6genos,  en  un caso
  simulando abscesos multiples y en otro chagoma
  de  inoculaci6n.  21p.   illust.  pl.   27cm.  B.
  Air., Univ. B. Aires, 1941.
    Forms No. 54, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
    MAZZA, Salvador,  TALICE, Rodolfo  V.,  &
  JORG, Miguel E.   Investigaciones  sobre  Tria-
  tominae;  sobre Triatoma (Xeotriatoma) circum-
  maculata y Triatoma (Eutriatoma)   rubrovaria.
  52p.   illust.  pl.   26Kcm.  B. Air.,   Univ.  B.
  Aires, 1942.
    Forms No. 62, Pub. Misi6n estud. pat. reg. argent.
    MAZZEI, Egidio  S., 1907-      Lecciones de
  clinica medica.  343p.   illust.  23cm.   B. Air.,
  EI Ateneo, 1945.
    See also Castex, M. R., & Mazzei, E. S. Nuevos estudios
  sobre los neumotorax espontaneos.  164p. 23cm.  B. Air.,
  1937.-----  Neumot6rax espontaneos. 122p.  23cm.  Barcel.,
  1941.  -----  Bronquiectasias.  77p.  23cm.  Barcel., 1944.
  Also Palacio, J.,  & Mazzei, E. S. La atelectasia pulmonar.
  159p. 23cm. B. Air., 1937.  ----- Tumores primitivos malig-
  nos broncc-pulmonares.  401p.  22J^cm.  B. Air.,  1940.
    For biography see Rev. mid. Iat. amer., B. Air., 1938-39,
  24: 739.
    See also  Palacio. J.  Nuevo profesor adjunto de  clfnica
  medica en la Facultad de medicina de La Plata.  Arch, argent.
  enferm. ap. resp.,  1939, 7:  138.
    --- &  REMOLAR,  Jorge M.  El  enfisema
  pulmonar; estudio  clfnico, radiol6gico  y   tera-
  peutico.   Ed.   ampliada.  258p.  illust.   23cm.
  B. Air., Libr. Hachette, 1943.
    MAZZEI,  Egidio  S.,  TAYLOR Gorostiaga,
  Diego, &  MAGALHAES,  Elyeser Montenegro.
  El embolismo  pulmonar en clinica, obstetricia y
  cirugfa.  208p.  illust.  diagr.  23cm.  B. Air.,
  El Ateneo, 1947.
   MAZZEI, Francis A., 1863-1924.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MAZZEO, Mario, 1889-
   For biography see Riforma  med., 1939, 55: 1731,  portr.
  (Bellelli, F.)   Also Rinasc. med., 1939, 16:  Suppl., 253, portr.
   MAZZETTI, Giuseppe,  1898-       Compen-
 dio di immunologia  e sierologia; con  speciale
 riferimento alle infezioni  da  batteri.   x,  276p.
 illust.  25cm.   Fir., Vallecchi ed., 1943.
   7---  Batteriologia generale e tecnica batterio-
 logica, con speciale  riferimento alia batteriologia
 medica.  xvii,  524p.   illust.   24cm.   Fir.,  Val-
 lecchi ed.,  1944.
   Forms No. 1, Pub. Centr. stud. sper. profil. & ter. mal. infet.
 Univ. Firenze.
   MAZZINI, Giacomo, 1767-1848.
   Bilancioni, G.  Giacomo Mazzini, padre del grande patriota,
 studioso deH'anatomia patologica dell'orecchio.  Riv. stor. sc.
 med., 1933, 24: Suppl., 21-40.
   MAZZINI, Giuseppe.  Vita e opera di maestro
 Pietro da  Tossignano.  xxi,  160p.  8?   Roma,
 Casa Edit.  Leonardo da Vinci, 1926.
  â– ---  II bambino nell'arte visto da un medico.
 xvi, 363p.   illust.  pl.  4?   Milano, U. Hoepli,

  MAZZINI, Miguel Angel.  ♦Leucoplasia.   71p.
illust.  tab.  23y2cm.   B.  Air., Porter hnos, 1934.
        Antecedentes, titulos  y  trabajos  para
optar  al cargo  de profesor adjunto  de  clinica
dermatosifilografica.    18p.   23cm.   B. Air.. Fe-
rrari hnos, 1943.
    MAZZINI, Osvaldo F.   La insuficiencia hepd-
  tica en la cirugia del higado (estudio clinico qui-
  mrgico  basado en  la fisiologfa y anatomfa pato-
  lOgica) 364, vii p.  illust.  tab. diagr.   23cm.  B.
  Air., El Ateneo, 1938.

  MAZZINI reaction.
    See Syphilis, Serodiagnosis.
    MAZZITELLI,   Michele.   L'anchilostomiasi;
  studio epidemiologico e carta nosografica d'ltalia.
  238p.  pl. portr. map. tab. diagr.  25>^cm.   Bor-
  go Val di Taro, C.  Cavanna, 1935.
    ----   La cura  dell'anchilostomiasi; con  l'ap-
  provazione  dell'  On.   Consiglio nazionale  delle
  ricerche. 114p. illust.  26cm.  Carrara,  E.  Bas-
  sani, 1939.
    MAZZOLA, Nunzio Joseph, 1910-
    See Johnson, R., & Mazzola, N. J.  A toxicological study
  dealing with the  effects of  causalin on rabbits.  3p.  8°
  Brooklyn [1938?]
    MAZZOLA,  Vincent  Pontorno, 1898-
    For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
  1942, 479.
    MAZZOLINI,  Ezio.   I  metodi   di  diagnosi
  precoce   della   tubercolosi  polmonare.   719p.
  pl.  8?   Roma, F. Cesi, 1917.
    MAZZOLINI,  Pio.  Sull' uso ed utilita  del
 liquore depurativo  di pariglina composto; docu-
 menti.   24p.  21%cm.   Fabrino, Gentile,  1881.
    MAZZONESCHI, Giuseppe,      -1940.
    For obituary see Rass. clin.  ter., 1940, 39: 98.
    MAZZOTTI, Luigi, 1850-1912.  Sopra un caso
 di esofagite ulcerativa.   7p.   pl.  21}2cm.  Bo-
 logna, Fava & Garagnani, 1879.
   ----  Francisco   Rizzoli.   4p.   21%cm.  Bo-
 logna, Fava & Garagnani, 1880.
   ----  Utility delle docciature a  pioggia nella
 cura della corea minore.  14p.   2134cm. Bologna,
 Riforma med., 1887.
    MAZZUCCHELLI, Luigi, 1860-1942.
   For obituary see Stomat. ital., 1942, 4: 250, portr.
   MAZZUCCO, Alfredo. Presi6n arterial, gasto
 circulatorio, trabajo del coraz6n.  286p.  illust.
 tab.  20^cm.   Montev., H. Rosillo, 1936.

 M bacillus.
   Heitzmann, P.   Sur la fermentation 0-hydroxybutyrique
 produite par le bacille M de Lemoigne.  Ann. Inst. Pasteur,
 Par., 1943, 69:27-38.-----Sur la fermentation 0-hydroxy-
 butyrique produite par le bacille M de Lemoigne; etude quan-
 titative du m^tabolisme du glucose par le bacille M en presence
 d'oxygfine. Ibid., 87-94.  ----- &Brechot, P.  Sur l'autolyse
 du bacille M de Lemoigne. Ibid., 1944, 70: 173-80.
   M. B.  L.
   Pseudonym of Mullard, J.
   MBORJA, Salahiddin, 1902-       ♦Contribu-
 tion k l'etude de la prophylaxie de la syphilis en
 France  depuis  la  guerre.   59p.  8?  Par., M.
 Lac, 1932.
   MD;  an  international journal for interns and
 students of  medicine.  Chic, v. 1, 1946-
   M. D.  S. (The) bulletin; published  by the Mid-
 town Dental Society of New York City.   N. Y.,
 v. 11, 1937-
   Continued as New York County Dental Society Bulletin.
 N. Y.. v. 17, 1944-
   MEACHEN, George Norman, 1876-
 A first course in human physiology.   2. ed.   viii,
 280p.   illust.  pl.   8?  Lond.,   Univ.  Tutorial
 Pr., 1936.
   ----   A  short  history of tuberculosis,   viii,
 105p.   pl.  portr.   12?   Lond.,  J. Bale, Sons  &
 Danielsson,  1936.
   MEAD, Edward, 1819-83.
   Bancroft, H. H.  The pioneer neuropsychiatrist of Illinois.
Welf. Bull., Springf., 1943, 34:  No.  10,  9, portr.—[Biography]
In: Begin. M. Educ. Chicago (Weaver, G. H.)  Chic, 1925, 75,
portr. 69. 
MEAD                                       456                                        MEAD
  MEAD, Frederick  Summer,  1866-1935,  ed.
Harvard's military  record in the World  War.
xvi,   1.142p.   24cm.   Bost.,   Harvard  Alumni
Ass., 1921.
  MEAD, Harold Tupper, 1881-       A survey
and evaluation of personal hygiene as taught in
the accredited colleges  and  universities of  the
New  England  States.   184p.  8?  N.  Y.,  Co-
lumbia Univ., 1935.
  MEAD, Herman Ralph, 1873-
  Compiler of Huntington (Henry E.) Library [San Marino,
Calif.]   Incunabula medica in the Huntington Library,  p. 107-
151. 24J^cm. Cambr., Mass.,  1931.-----Incunabula in the
Huntington Library.  386p.  8!  S. Marino, Calif., 1937.
  MEAD,  Kate  Campbell  Hurd,  1867-1941.
Medical women of America; a  short  history of
the pioneer medical  women of America  and  of a
few of their  colleagues  in England.   112p.   pl.
portr.   8?  N. Y., Froben Pr., 1933.
  ----  A history of women in medicine from the
earliest times to the beginning of the nineteenth
century,  xvi, 569p. illust. pl. portr.   8?  Had-
dam,  Conn., Haddam Pr., 1938.
  For obituary  see Bull. Hist. M., 1941, 10: 314-7, portr.
(Lovejoy, E. P.)  Also Current Biogr., N. Y., 1941, 2:  568.
Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 885. Also Women in Med.,
1941, No. 72, 20, portr.  (McKibbin-Harper, M.)
  MEAD, Leonard Charles, 1856-1920.
  For biography see Proc. Am. M. Psychol. Ass., 1920, 76: 406
(Adams, G. S.)
  MEAD, Margaret,  1901-       *An inquiry
into the  question of cultural stability  in Poly-
nesia [Columbia Univ.; Ph. D.]  89p.  8?  N.Y.,
Columbia Univ. Pr., 1928.
  ----  The changing culture of an Indian tribe.
xiv, 313p. 23#cm.  N.  Y., Columbia  Univ.  Pr.,
1932.
  Forms v. 15, Columbia Univ. Contrib.  Anthrop.
  ----  Coming of  age  in Samoa; a psychologi-
cal study of primitive youth for Western civiliza-
tion,   xv,  297p.  pl.   21 Hem.   N.   Y.,   Blue
Ribbon Bks,  1932.
  ----  Kinship  in  the  Admiralty  Islands.
p.181-358.   24^cm.  N. Y.,  1934.
  In: Anthrop. Papers Am. Mus. Natur.  Hist. 1934, 34:
  ----  Sex and temperament in three primitive
societies,   xxii,  335p.   map. 8?   N.   Y.,   W.
Morrow & Co., 1935.
  ----  The  mountain  Arapesh;  an  importing
culture.  349p.   8?   N.  Y.,  1938.
  Forms pt 3, v. 36, Anthrop. Papers Am. Mus. Natur. Hist.
  ----  And keep your powder dry; an anthro-
pologist  looks  at  America,  x,  274p. 21cm.
N. Y., W. Morrow & Co., 1943.
  See also  Bateson, G„ & Mead, M. Balinese character; a
photographic analysis. 277p.  31 X 24cm. N. Y., 1942.—
Burgess, E. W., Warner, W. L. [et al.] Environment and educa-
tion.  66p.  24cm.  Chic, 1942.
  For biography see Current Biogr.,  N. Y., 1940, 1: 569.
  Mead, M. And keep your powder  dry [book rev.  by
Kluckhohn, F.,  & Kluckhohn,  C]  Am.  Anthrop., 1943, 45:
622-4.
  MEAD, Pauline A.
  See Ferrell, J. A., & Mead, P. A.   History of county health
organizations in  the  United States  1908-33.  469p.  8?
Wash., 1936.
  MEAD, Richard, 1673-1754.
  Langdon-Brown, W. Dr. Richard Mead's Harveian oration.
Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1939-40, 33: Sect. Hist. Med., 775 —
Riddell, W. R.  The magnum opus of  Dr. Richard Mead.
Med. Rec.N. Y., 1940, 152: 32— Thomson, S.  Two enamel
miniatures of medical men, Sir  Theodore Turquet de Mayerne
(by Petitot) and Dr. Richard Mead (by Zincke) Proc. R.  Soc.
M., Lond.,  1937-38, 31:  649-54, portr.—Winslow, C. E. A.
A physician of two centuries ago; Richard Mead and his con-
tributions to epidemiology.  Bull. Inst.  Hist. M., 1935, 3:
509-54.
  For portrait  see Collection  in Library.  Also Actas Ciba,
Rio, 1943, 10: 14.  Also Aesculape, Par.,  1940, 30: No. 4, 2.
  MEAD, Sterling Vernon, 1888-        Diseases
of the mouth.  578p.  pl.  4?  S. Louis,  C.  V.
Mosby Co.,  1927.  Also  2.  ed.   578p.  1928.
Also   3. ed.   727p.  8?   1928.  Also  4. od
932p.   1932.  Also  5. ed.     1059p.  25^cm
1940.
  ----Oral surgery.  1087p.  illust.  pl. diagr
8?   S. Louis, C. V.  Mosby  Co.,  1933.   Also 2
ed.  1315p.   26cm.   1940.   Also 3. ed.  1450p
1946.
  ----  Anesthesia   in  dental  surgery.  482p.
illust.   pl.  diagr.  8°  S. Louis,  C. V.  Mosby
Co., 1935.
  For biography see Georgetown Dent. J., 1945, 13: 47, portr,
  Lor portrait see J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1943, 30: opp. p. 499'
1944, 31: opp. p. 1579.

MEAD.
  Jones, T. W.  Mead; the drink of the Vikings.  Discovery
Lond., 1924, 5: 302-4.
  MEADE,  Agnes Barrie   [B. S., 1929, Colum-
bia Univ.]   Manual  of clinical charting; designed
for the use of graduates and students of nursing.
xii, 99p.  8?  Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co., 1935.
Also 2.  ed.   xiv,  134p.   21cm.   1938.   Also 3.
ed.  xvii, 148p.   1944.
  MEADE,  John  P.  The  influence of factory
inspection on plant safety.  13 1.  23%cm. Wash.,
Gov. Print. Off., 1930.
  MEADE,  Lillie Thomas.
  Pseudonym of Smith, Elizabeth Thomas Meade.
  MEADEB, Albert Aime,   1912-       *Etude
comparative des mesures de la vitesse circulatoire
par la methode k la fluoresceine et par des m6tho-
des  sapides.  127p.   24cm.   Par.,  L.  Rodstein,
1939.
  MEADER, Emma Grant,  1888-       *Teach-
ing speech in the elementary school; a comparative
study  of speech  education  in  the elementary
schools  of  England  and  of  the  United States
[Ph. D.]  129p.   8?  N.  Y.,  Columbia Univ.
Pr., 1928.
  MEADER, Fred Marlin, 1876-1946.
  For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1946, 131:  246.
  MEADER,  Ralph Gibson, 1904-       The
Meckel  dynasty  in medical  education.   29p.
portr.   8?   N. Haven, 1937.
  Also Yale J. Biol., 1937,10: No. 1.
  MEAD Johnson & Company [Evansville, Ind.]
Mead's  thiamin chloride  tablets.   8p.   16%cm.
Evansville,  1940.
  ----  Graeme Mitchell, the artist. 8p. portr.
21^cm.   Evansville, 1941.
  ----  The Mead  Johnson collection of pedia-
tric antiques.  48p.   illust.   21cm.  Evansville,
[1942?]
  ——  Parergon; from the  Greek work meaning
work by the side of  work.   2. ed.   96p.  illust.
32%cm.   Evansville, 1942.   Also   Supplement.
32p.  2lKcm.  1946.
  ----  Courage and devotion beyond the call of
duty; being a partial record of  official citations
to medical  officers in the United States Armed
Forces  during World War II.  Preliminary ed.
256p.   16cm.   Evansville,  1944.   Also  2.  ed.
1024p.   1946.


MEADOW.
  See Pasture.
  MEADOWS, Alfred, 1823-87.
  For biography see in Contemp. Med. Men, Leicester, 1888,
1: 143-50, portr.
  For portrait see Collection in Library.
  MEADOWS, Robert.   A private anthropologi-
cal cabinet of 500 authentic racial-esoteric photo-
graphs  and  illustrations.   2 p. 1., iv  [104]  p.
illust.    8?   N. Y.,  Falstaff  Pr., 1934. 
MEADOWSAFFRON
457
MEANS
MEADOWSAFFRON.
  See Colchicum.             .
  MEAD'S medical sports review; pub. by Mead
Johnson & Co.   Evansville, Ind., v. 1, 1936-

MEADVILLE, Pa.
  See also under Hospital report.
  West R M.  Meadville City Hospital, Meadville.  In her
Hist Nurs Pennsylvania, 1939, 470-3.  ------  Spencer Hos-
piSS". Meadville. "ibid., 759-61.
  MEAGHER, John Francis Wallace,  1880-1931.
A  studv  of  masturbation and  the psychosexual
life   2 ed.  130p.   8?.   N.  Y.,  W. Wood  &
Co 1929.  Also 3. ed.   Rev. by Smith  Ely Jel-
Hfife  xii, 149p.  1936.
  MEAGHER, William Francis, 1867-1932.
  For obituary see Proc. Connecticut M. Soc., 1932, 140:
178-80 (Elmer, E. O.)
  MEAKER,  Samuel  Raynor,  1890-       Hu-
man  sterility;  causation,  diagnosis,  and treat-
ment; a  practical manual  of clinical procedure.
xv, 276p.  illust.  diagr.pl.  8?  Bait., Williams
& Wilkins Co., 1934.
   MEAKINS,  Jonathan  Campbell, 1882-
The practice of medicine,   xv, 1343p.   illust. pl.
diagr  8?   S.  Louis,  C.  V. Mosby Co.,  1936.
Also 2. ed.  xviii, 1413p.  26#cm.   1938. Also
3  ed. xvi,  1430p.  1940.  Also  4. ed.   xviii,
1444p.  1944.
  ---  Symptoms  in  diagnosis,   xxi,   323p.
illust.  pl. diagr.   22cm.  Bost.,  Little, Brown
& Co., 1941.
   For biography  see  Clin.  M. &  S.,  1934 41: 251,  portr.
Also Messenger, 1941, 38: No. 4, 9, portr.  (Clark,  S. D.)
   For portrait see Collection in  Library.   Also in Am. Coll.
Phvsicians (Morgan, W. G.) Phila., 1940, 24. Also  Mississippi
Doctor, 1933-34 11: No. 8, 20; 1936-37, 14: No. 9, 25.

MEAL.
   See Cooking;   Cottonseed;  Eating;  Flour;
Linseed meal,  etc.; see also Diet.
   MEALLA, Eloy S.  *Contribucion al estudio
de la diafisectomia subperiostica temprana como
tratamiento de la osteomielitis aguda de los huesos
largos.  139p.   29cm.   B.  Air.,  Impr.   argent.,
1936.
   MEALS, Roy Clark, 1879-1945.
   For obituary see Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 553.
   MEAN, Henri  [M.  D.,  1935, Lausanne]^ in-
fluence de divers agents,  notamment de l'acide
carbonique, sur la tonicite des veines periphenques
de l'homme   [Lausanne]   p.429-53.  8?   Par.,
G. Doin & cie, 1935.
   Also Arch, internat. physiol., Par., 1935, 40:
   MEANA, Teofiio, 1861-1944.
   For obituary see Sem. med., B. Air.,  1944, 51: pt 2, 126b.

MEANING.
   See also  Ideation;  Name;  Semantics;  Sym-

   Boring, E. G.  Titchener on meaning. Psychol. Rev., 1938,
45: 92-5.—Cassel, E. E., & Dallenbach, K. M.  An objective
measure of attributive clearness.  Am. J. Psychol., 1918, **.
204-7—Higginson, G. D.  The place of meaning in psychology.
Psychol. Rev., 1937, 44: 491-504.—Kantor^ J. R-   An objec-
tive interpretation of  meanings.  Am.  J.  Psychol., JAWi, at.
31-18.—Roudet, L.  Sur  la classification  psychologique des
changements  semantiques.  J. psychol. norm, path.,  lar.
1921, 18: 676-92.—Strachey, A.  A note on the use of the word
internal.  Internat. J. Psychoanal.,  Lond., 1941, 22: -J/-^.
Titchener,  E.  B.  The  psychological  concept of clearness.
Psychol. Rev., 1917, 24: 43-61.—Tolman, E.  C.  More con-
cerning the temporal relations of meaning and imagery,  idiq.,
114-38.—Zipf, G. K.  The meaning-frequency relationship oi
words.  J. Gen. Psychol., 1945, 33: 251-6.
   MEANOR, William Craig, 1872-1937
   For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1938, 428.
  MEANS, Hugh Jackson, 1883-
  For portrait see in  Thirty Years After (Musser, J. H.) JN.
Orleans, 1938, 49.
  MEANS,   James  Howard,   1885-       The
thyroid  and  its diseases,   xvi,  602p.  illust.  pl.
diagr.  8?   Phila., J. B. Lippincott  Co.,  1937.
  ----  Diseases  of   the  endocrine  glands.
p.873-938.   8?   Phila., Lea  &  Febiger, 1938.
  In: Int. Med. (Musser, J. H.) 3. ed., Phila., 1938.
  ----  The same.  Another ed.  With  a sec-
tion  on  the gonads, bv Fuller Albright,  p. 901-
80.   251/2cm.   Phila., Lea &  Febiger, 1945.
  In: Int. Med. (Musser, J. H., ed.) 4. ed.
  For biography see in Biogr. Encycl.  World, 2. ed., N. Y.,
1942, 282.  Also Clin. M. & S., 1937, 44: 487, portr.
  For portrait see Collection in Library. Also  in Am. Coll.
Physicians (Morgan, W. G.) Phila., 1940, 29.  Also Med. Rec,
Houston, 1942, 36: opp. p. 423.
  ----& RICHARDSON,  Edward Peirson. The
diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the thyroid.
vii,  366p.   pl.   8?  N. Y., Oxford Univ.  Pr.,
1929.  Also another  ed. vii, 367p.   1938.
   Forms v. 4, Oxford Monogr. Diagn. & Treat.
   MEANS, Lenna Leota, 1871-1942.
   For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass.,  1943, 121: 144.
   MEANS,  Marie Hackl, 1892-       A  tenta-
tive  standardization  of a hard  opposites test.
65p.  tab.   23%cm.   Princeton, N. J., Psychol.
Rev. Co., 1921.
   Forms No. 1, v. 30, Psychol. Monogr.
   MEANS, Philip Ainsworth, 1892-1944. Ancient
civilizations  of the Andes,    xviii, 586p.   pl.  8?
N. Y., C. Scribner's sons, 1931.
   MEAR,  Jean  Yves  Guillaume,   1908-
*Contribution a  l'etude  des  angiomes  de  la
choroide.   63p.  251/2cm.  Bord., J. Biere, 1934.
   MEARKLE,  Annie L.  Matter  and life  [by
Angela  Marco,  pseud.]  241p.   19cm.   N.  Y.,
H. Vinal, 1926.
   MEARNS, Edgar Alexander, 1856-1916.
   For portrait see Collection in Library.
   MEARS, Isabella, 1853-1936.
   For obituary see Lancet, Lond.,  1936, 2: 1241.
   MEARS, James Ewing, 1838-1919.   Practical
surgery; including surgical dressings, bandaging^
ligations   and   amputations,   viii,   279p.   8°.
Phila., Lindsay & Blakiston, 1878.
   ----   The triumph  of  American medicine in
the  construction of  the Panama Canal.   3. ed.
46p.  pl. portr.  2234cm.  Phila., W.  J. Dornan,
1913.

 MEASLES.
   Other terms:  Brusnica; Ilara; Kanyar6; Kor;
 Maeslinger;  Massling; Masern; Morbilh; Mor-
 billo;  Odra;  Rougeole;  Sarampao;   Sarampo;
 Sarampion.
   See  also  Communicable  disease, contagious;
 Eruption;  Erythema, Causes;  Exanthematic dis-
 ease.                            T          .   ,  .
   Debre, R., & Joannon, P.    La rougeole; epi-
 demiologic,   immunologie,  prophylaxie.  288p.
 8?   Par., 1926.                  ,.  ,   n
   Dobrokhotova,  A. I.  Kor i borba s  nei.
 133p   2lKcm.   Moskva, 1942.
   Aalbers. J. G.  [Measles]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie,
 1941 81: 1372-6.—Berman, D.  Measles.  West Virginia M.
 J  1926,  21: 539-41.—Doody, P. J. Measles.  Med. Press &
 Cre. Lond., 1941, 205: 482-7 .-Felch. T.C.  Measles  Post
 Grad Bull., Milwaukee,  1905, 1: 73-6.—Fonso Gandolfo C.
 &  Steinberg,  I.  R. Sarampi6n.  In:  Clin, enferm. infecc.
 fFonso Gandolfo, C.)  2.  ed., B  Air.,  1938  1:  106-50^0^
 M.J. Measles.  Marquette M  Rev  1939-40, 3: 139-51—
 Gonzalez Tejeda, E.  Sarampi6n.  Pediat.  Americas, Mex.,
 1943 1-179-92.—Greenwood, M.  Measles.  In his Epidem-
 ics  Lond., 1935, 180-96.-Guest, G. M. Measles.  J. Med
 CncTn  1928-29, 9: 475-8.-Gunn W  Measles.   In: Brit.
 Encvcl  M  Pract.   (Rolleston, H.   Lond., 1938, 8. 412-
 37 -Higgins, H. L. Measles.  In: Oxford  Med  (Christian,
 H A ed  N  Y., 1940, 5:  499-517.-Hodes. H. L.  Measles.
 ?n:  Advance/Pediat.,  N. Y.. 1942, 1: 82.-InfanU:Je.ra E.
 Consideracoes  a respeito do sarampo.  Arch,  brasil.  med
 1929, 19: 405-10.—Keller,  W.   Die  Masern.  In: Ansteck. 
MEASLES
458
MEASLES
Krankh. (Gundel, M.) 3.  Aufl., Lpz., 1944, 496-502.—Measles.
Prescriber, Edinb.,  1936,  30:  18.—Meirelles, Z.  Sarampo.
Rev.  med.  cir.  Brasil,  1906,  14:  1-17.—Mernaugh, H.  T.
Measles.   Rep.  Wavne  Co. M.  Soc,  1931-32,  2:  41-4 —
Muller. L.   II morbillo.  Gazz. osp., 1936, 57:  684-8.------
Die Masern des Kindes.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 757-61 —
Pagola, J.  G.  Enfermedades infecciosas; exantemas; saram-
pi6n.   Sugestiones Mex., 1944-45, 9:  No. 106, Suppl., 1-36 —
Raven, H. M.  Measles.  Brit. M. J., 1905,  2:  384.—Repa,
J. J.   Measles.   J.  M.  Ass. Alabama, 1938-39,  8: 175-7 —
Rietschel, H., & Brockmann, H.  Masern und Roteln.   Mschr.
Kinderh.,  1939, 79: 273-81.—Rodriguez, R. M.  En torno del
sarampiun.  Rev.  Fac.  med.,  Bogota, 1*39-40,  8: 175-8 —
Rudder, de.  Die Masern.   Erg. ges.  Med., 1930,  14: 135-81,
pl.— Schier.  J.   Masern.  Hippokrates,  Stuttg.,   1941,  12:
552.—Silverman, A. C.  Measles  (Morbilli,  Rubeola)  In:
Pract. I.ibr. M. & S., 1935, 7: 929-54.—Smith,  R. E.   Measles.
(iuy's Hosp.  Re]..,  Lond.,  1944,  93: 8-58.—Strong, R.  A.
Measles.   In: Pract. Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown,
1937,   2: chap.  11,  18p.—Tunnicliff,  Ruth.   Measles.  Med.
Woman J., 1930,  37: 243-46.—Ward, E.   On measles.  Brit.
M. J., 1908, 1: 1289-91.

----  Age incidence.

   Veslot,  J. H.   La  rougeole pendant la  pre-
miere annee  de la vie.   278p.    8?   Par., 1933.
   Audouin,  M.  La rougeole  k 60 ans passes.   Arch.  mid.
Angers,  1933,  37:  100.—Camerer, W.  Ueber  Masem  im
Sauglings- und Kleinkindesalter.  Med. Korbl. Wiirttemberg,
1927,97:487-9.—Cardoso, J.  Sarampo em creangas.   Novid.
med.   pharm.,  Porto,  1902-03, 8: 97-104.—Frewin.  O. W.
Measles in a man of 71.  Brit. M. J.,  1931, 1:  58.—Hall, A. J.
Measles in a man of  fifty-seven.  Ibid.,  1930,  1: 586.—Harri-
man,  W. E.  Measles  in adults.  Iowa M. J., 1906, 13:  125-
34.—Hutzler.  Ueber  Sauglingsmasern.  Verh.   Ges.   deut.
Naturforsch.  (1906) 1907, 23: 46-57- lasilli, L.  Un caso di
morbillo in un neonato  di 15  giorni.   Pediatria  (Riv.)  1932,
40: 489.'—Pockels.   W.   Masern   bei  Erwachsenen.  Deut.
med.  Wschr., 1927,  53:  1053.—Prebil, M.  l'n caso  di  mor-
billo in un neonato di 29  giorni; contributo clinico.  Med. ital.,
1939,  20: 581-4.—Rozanov,  P.  A.  [Clinical cases of measles
in  infants]  Kuban,  nauch.  med.  J.,  1928,  7: 106-16 —
Schiavone, G. A.  Sarampi6n en lactantes del primer semestre.
Sem.  med., B. Air.,  1932, 39: pt 2, ll'SO-6.—Staermose. V., &
Kofoed, S. E.  [Measles in adults]   Lnoskr. laeger, 1937, 99:
59-62.  Also Acta  med. scand., 1938,  97: 608-16.—Thorner,
J. E.  Measles  in  a 28-day-old nursling; report of a  case.
Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1940, 57:  437-40.

----  Allergy and pathergy.
   Debrfi, R.  Sur la disparition de la cuti-r6action positive a la
tuberculine pendant la  rougeole.  Arch. mid.  pharm.  mil.,
1927,  87: 521-6.—Dergachev,  I.  S.  [Pathomorphology  of
measles and its complications in  young children from the
view-point of the theory  of allergia]  Sovet. pediat., 1934, No.
3, 21-33.—Lavergne, V. de, & Accoyer, H. Le  facteur  humoral
dans  l'anergie morbilleuse.   Bull, Soc. mid. hop. Paris,  1936,
3. ser., 52:  1420-3.—Lavergne, V.  de  & Debenedetti,  R.
Anergie morbilleuse et reflexe  oculo-cardiaque. C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1931, 106: 826-8.—Lereboullet, P., & Baize, P. Rougeole
et cuti-r^action  tuberculinique.  Arch.  mid.  enf., 1931, 34:
701-12.—Marconi, P.   Ricerche sul  significato dell' anergia
morbillosa.  Gior. batt.  immun.,  1929, 4: 931-40.—Muggia,
A.  Ricerche ed osservazioni sullo  stato anergico dei  bambini
affetti da  morbillp.  Ibid., 1927, 2: 358-64.— Papp, K.  Aller-
gische Hautprobe bei Masern.  Zschr. Immunforsch.,  1943,
103:  449-54.—Paraf,  J., & Morhange,  P.   Contribution  a
l'etude du ph^nomSne de l'anergie tuberculinique au cours de la
rougeole.   Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris.,  1936, 3. ser., 52: 578 —
Pintos, C. M.  Sobre la  anergfa tuberculinica en el sarampi6n.
Sem.  med., B. Air.,  1933, 40: pt 1, 487-9.—Pirquet,  C.  Das
Verhalten der kutanen Tuberkulinreaktion wahrend der Masern.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1908,  34: 1297-300.—Progulski,  S., &
Redlich, F.  [Syndrome  of anaphylactic symptoms in measles
after   the  desquamation]  Polska  gaz. lek.,  1926, 5: 208.—
Ratner, B.  Measles.  In his Allergy &c,  Bait., 1943,  201-8 —
Sulima, S.   [Anergy in  measles]  Bratisl. lek. listy, 1930, 10:
446-53.—Tunnicliff, R., & Taylor, R. E.  Skin tests in measles.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 846.

----Antibody.

   See  also  subheadings  (Immunity;  Serology)
also  Measles virus.
   Miiller.   Eine Methode der Masernantikorperbestimmung.
Deut. med. Wschr.,  1943, 69: 466.  Also Zbl.  ges. Hyg.,  1943
51: 148.

----  Associated disease.

   See also names  of infectious diseases.
   Audbert,  A.   La  rougeole  chez  l'appendiciteux.  Gaz.
med.   centre, 1908, 13: 147.—Layral.  Sur  un  cas  d'hemo-
globinurie paroxystique consideVablement att^nuee  par une
rougeole intercurrente. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1897) 1898
26: pt 2, 745-8—Montagna, C. P., & Rimoldi,  A. A. Evolucion
favorable de una nefrosis lipoidica  por un sarampi6n  intercur-
rente.  Sem. med.. B. Air., 1938,  45: pt 1, 593-5.-  Ruiz, M.
M., Miloserdova. A. L, & Jacoby, E. L.  [Course of measles m
children  with hereditary syphilis, and  means  of  prevention]
Sovet. pediat., 1934, No. 3,  67-74.- Sannicandro.  G.  (hjari-
gione di una eritrodermiaittiosiforme partim sanata (Siemens)
dopo morbillo.   Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 1043.


----   Associated disease:  Infection, acute.
   Assis, A. de.  Um caso  de sarampo e varicella evoluindo
concomitantemente.  Rev. med. cir. Brasil,  1926, 34: 291.—
Bourneville.  Rougeole et ruWole; temperature de la periode
prodromique de la rougeole.   Progr. mid.,  Par., 1905, 3.  ser.,
21: 880.—Cavengt.  Sarampi6n y escarlatina.  Med. ibera,
1936, 30: pt 1, 706.—Cowern, E. W.  Infectious erythema;
a report of ten cases observed during an epidemic of measles in
North Saint Paul,, Minnesota.  Minnesota  M.,  1933, 16: 628-
31.—D'Arbela, F.  Studi sulle associazioni  uiorbose; le asso-
ciazioni del morbUlo colla varicella.  Riv. clin. med.,  1931, 32:
926-31.—Dow,  W.   Diphtheria  following  measles.  Tr. R.
Med. Chir.  Soc.  Glasgow,  1935, 29:  14-8.—Dumoutet. A
propos des affections microbiennes rougeole et fievre typhoide.
Arch. med. enf., 1933,  36: 232-4.—Floriani, C.  Sarampi6n
escarlatina.  Dfa med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1275-7—Goldthwait,
J. E.  Osteomyelitis  following measles.  Ann. Gyn. Pediat.,
Bost.,  1901, 14: 1044.—Gunn, W.  Measles and whooping
cough.  Pub.  Health,  Lond.,  1934, 47: 353-7—H el lstrorn,
T.  Morbilli und Diphtheric Verh. Nord.  kongr. inn. Med.
(1904) 1905, 5: 156-79.  Also Med. Bl., 1906, 29: 279;  294;
passim.  Also Hygiea, Stockh., 1905, 2. f., 5: 1-30.- Hilmi. I.
Ueber  gleichzeitiges  Auftreten von Masern und Schariarli.
Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1933-34,  59:  177-80.—Joannon, P.   De
['association de la rougeole  et de  la diphterie;  contribution a
l'etude de  l'anergie morbilleuse. Progr. mid., Par., 1927, 42:
1610-23.—Kondo, J.   Ueber die  gangriinosen Geschwttre der
Varizellen  als  Komplikation bei  Masern.  Arch. Kinderh.,
1928, 83:  190-3.—Lereboullet, P., belong,  M. let  al.]  Ictere
infectieux avec pneumococcfimie survenu  a la suite d'une  rou-
geole.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 36: 460-3.—Lillie, C. F.
Measles complicating enteric fever.  Brit.  M. J.,  1906, 1:
678.—Mironesco, T.,  & Lazaresco.   Complication de  la  rou-
geole avec  la dysentlrie bacillaire.   Bull. Soc. med. hdp. Paris,
1937, 3 ser., 53: 113-6.—Morosow, A., & Chatunzew, M.  Km
Fall von gleichzeitigem Verlaufe von Masern und Abdomin:il-
typhus.  Arch.  Kinderh.,   1905,  42: 266-73.—Morquio, I..
Sarampi6n y rubeola asociados.   Rev. mid. Uruguay, 1906,
9: 85-91.—Oddo, C,  & Weill, E.  Coincidence de rougeole et
de varicelle.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1908, 3. ser., 25:
773-80.—Opitz, H.   Masern; Exanthema  subitum.   Kinder-
arztl. Prax., 1939, 10:  6-8.—Raeschke.   Osteomyelitis dea
Schambeines nach Masern.  Klin. Wschr.,  1928,  7: 72 —
Riedinger,  J.  Ueber Masernosteomyelitis im  Rontgenbild.
Verh. Deut. Rontg. Ges., 1905, 1:  93-5— Riera, J. V. Absceso
osteomielitico por sarampidn de la  sexta costilla; apariencias de
quiste; operaci6n.   Med. ninos, 1908, 9: 272.—Rosanov, S. N.
[Combined  infection  of measles   and  scarlatina  in  children]
Mosk. med. .1., 1927,  7: No. 2, 19-27.—Rosenblum,  M. B., &
Kreamer, D. I.  [Schick's reaction in measles]  Ibid., 1926, 6:
17-9.—Sohier,  R.  Streptococcdmie post-morbilleuse compli-
quie de congestion  pulmonaire bilaterale, de phlebite et d'oto-
mastoldite aigue; guerison rapide par le s6rum de H. Vincent.
Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1936, 3. ser., 115: 167-70.—Velicogna,
A.  La reazione di Schick nel morbillo.  Gior. batt. immun.,
1934, 13:  420-5.—Volovik,  A.  [Course of  measles in superin-
fection with scarlatina]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1927,  11:  247-
54.—Zollocco,  A.  Contributo  alio  studio  delle  infezioni
associate; infezione associata morbillo-scarlattinosa.  Med. inf.,
Roma, 1934, 5:  345-55.

----   Associated disease:  Tuberculosis.

   Basior, A.   *Die Beziehungen  der Masern zur
Tuberkulose beim Kinde [Basel]   20p.   8?  Piotr-
kow,  1937.
   Magrin,  A.    Contribution k  1'eLude  de  l'in-
fluence   de  la  rougeole  sur  la  tuberculose  pul-
monaire.  75p.   8?   Par.,   1932.
   Artom,  M.   Tubercolosi cutanee post-morbillose.  Arch.
ital. derm., 1933-34,  9:  223-32.—Beisken, W.   Aktivieren
Masern  die Tuberkulose?  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1925-26,  40:
353-9.—Brandao de Oliveira.   Sarampo e tuberculose.  Lisboa
med., 1940, 17: 683-712.—Carrara, N.  Rapporti fra morbillo
e tubercolosi.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1936,  44:  1041-85.—Galland,
R.   Tuberculose et rougeole [a propos de trois cas de rougeole
chez  des  tuberculeux pulmonaires]  Rev.  mid. Suisse  rom.,
1933, 53: 401-24, 4 pl.—Gaucher  & Druelle.  Quelques cas de
tuberculose  cutanee  consecutive  a la rougeole.  Gaz.  hdp.,
1905, 78: 699-701.—Hutinel.  Rougeole et tuberculose.  Rev.
gen. clin. ther., 785-8.—Koch, H.  Masern und Tuberkulose.
Arch. Kinderh., 1932-33, 98: 129-39.—Kohn, J. L.. & Koiran-
sky, H.  Relation of measles and tuberculosis in young children;
a clinical  and roentgenographs   study.   Am.  J.  Dis. Child.,
1932,  44:  1187-210.—Leunda, J. J., Panizza Blanco,  A., &
Raggio, O. V.   La infecci6n tuberculosa y la infecci6n saram-
pionosa.   Arch,  pediat.  Uruguay, 1943,  14: 447; 502.—
Lukacs,  J.,  &  Dirner,  Z.  Masprn und  Tuberkulose.  Arch.
Kinderh.,  1930, 90: 116-9.-  MacLeod, J. M. H.  Tuberculosis
cutis following measles.   Brit.  J.  Derm.,  1900, 18: 110.— 
MEASLES
459
MEASLES
  Morbillo  e tubercolosi.  Studium,  Nap.,  1937,  27:  56.—
  Nasso, I.  Morbillo e tubercolosi.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1933,  41:
  290-6—Nobecourt.  Rougeole et tuberculose.  Progr.  mid.,
  Par.,  1929,  44:  429-38.   ------  Liege,  R., &  Herr,  A.
  Rougeole et tuberculose.  Arch. med. enf., 1930, 33: 65-89.—
  Pfaffenberg, R., & Strack, H.  Beitrag zu den Beziehungen
  zwischen Tuberkulose und Masern.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1942,
  68* 964-6.—Pris, I.  J.  [Measles and  tuberculosis in young
  children]  Probl.  tuberk.,   Moskva,  1939,  No.  1, 75-81.—
  Rugiero,  H.  R.  Sarampi6n  tuberculosis.  Sem. mecl.,  B.
  Air., 1939, 46:  pt 2, 1297-310.—Shumakov, S. N.  jMeasles
  infection; its significance and means of combatting it in tuber-
  culous children]  J.  rann.  detsk. vozr., 1933, 13: 330-5.—
  Srastits, P.  Masern und Tuberkulose.  Mschr. Kinderh.,
  1936,66:  149-54.

  ----â–    Attenuation.

    See  also subheadings  (Prevention;  Treatment)
    Boz,  M.     *Les  rougeoles  attenu6es   (sur  un
  nouveau  traitement    de  la   rougeole)    40p.
  8?  Par., 1933.
    Abels, H.  Ueber mitigierte  Morbillen  und  verlangerte
  Inkubationszeit.   Mitt.  Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1908, 7:  Beil.
  1, 2-7.—Alschwang,  H.  Zur  Frage  iiber die  abgeschwachte
  Form von Masern  in  Verbindung mit der Anwendung von
  Seren.   Mschr. Kinderh., 1928, 40: 101-9.—Bejarano, J.  F. R.
  Sarampiones comunes y sarampiones seroatenuados.  Prensa
  med.  argent.,  1939,  26: pt 2, 2180; 2246.   Also Rev. san.
  mil.,  B. Air.,  1939,  38:   741-66—Bloxsom,  A.  A clinical
  evaluation of the use of immune human placental  globulin
  in the attenuation of measles.  Texas  J. M., 1941—42,  37:
  302-4.—Burnet,  W.  S. Attenuation  of  measles by  adult
  serum.  Lancet,   Lond.,  1935,  1:  631-3.—Forbes,  R.  P.,
  Green, B., & Mugrage, E. R.  Modified  measles in  private
  practice.  Colorado M., 1927, 24: 222^.—Kohn, J.L., Fischer,
  A. E., &  Resch,  H. U.  Treatment of  early measles  with
  parental whole blood; effect on clinical course and pulmonary
  complications in young children.  J.  Pediat., S. Louis,  1939,
  14: 502-5.—Krebs, M.  Masernabschwachung durch  Rekon-
  valeszentenharn.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1940,  19:  1294.—Landau,
  G.  M.  [Reaction of the   child's constitution in mitigated
  measles]  Pediatria, Moskva,  1938,  No. 7-8, 82-6.—Morley,
  A. H.  Attenuation of measles.  Brit. M.  J., 1945, 1: 923.—
  Okell, C. C.  Attenuation and prevention  of measles.   Ibid.,
  1932, 2: 397.—Papp, K.  Sur l'infection inapparente dans la
  rougeole.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1936, 123: 1070.

  ----   atypical.
   Broca, R.  Rougeole  abortive. Bull.  Soc.  pediat.  Paris,
  1932,  30:   259-62.—Gillet,  H.   Rougeole  anormale.  Gaz.
  mal. inf.,  Par.,  1906, 8: 105.—Hrach.  Ein Massernfall mit
  abnormalem Verlaufe.  Wien. med. Wschr.,  1905,  55: 274-6.

  ----   Bacteriology.

    See also Measles virus.
   Amitrano, L.   L'importanza  dello  streptococco  emolitico
  nelle complicazioni  da  morbillo. Rinasc.  med.,  1942,  19:
  279.—Borini,  A.  Ricerche  batteriologiche   sul   morbillo.
  Riforma med.,  1905,  21: 674-6.   Also  German  tranl.  Zbl.
  Bakt, 1. Abt.,  1905-06, 40:  194-7,  2  pl.—Bradford, W. L.
  Skin reactions to  filtrates  and killed cultures of  green-pro-
  ducing cocci in relation to measles.  J. Infect.  Dis.,  1929,
  44: 378-82.—Biirgers & Hirsch.  Variation oder Symbiose.
  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1930, 116:  436-41.—Cassasa,  M. T.   Ri-
 cerche batteriologiche  sul  morbillo.   Gior.  batt. immun.,
 1932, 8: 274-94.—Degkwitz, R.   Ueber den Masernerreger.
 Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2364-7.—Duval, C. W., &  Luzenberg,
 K. Studies upon the filterable and non-filterable state in the
 Tunnicliff coccus of measles.   Proc.  Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1932, 30:  272-4.—Eck,  H.  Bakteriologische  Befunde bei
 Masernkomplikationen.   Miinch.   med.  Wschr.,   1941,  88:
 397—Ferry, N. S.,  &  Noble,  A.   Cultural  and serologic
 reactions with  green-producing   micrococci  from measles.
 Arch. Int. M.,  1929, 43: 274-94.—Gavrina, Z. M., & Shapiro,
 S. L.   [Characteristics of the hemolytic streptococci excreted
 by the measles patient showing  purulent  complications]  J.
 mikrob., Moskva,  1945, No. 1, 33-6.—Giarre,  C,  & Carlini.
 Ueber die Anwesenheit eines  hamophilen  Bacillus  im  Blut
 Masernkranker.  Arch. Kinderh., 1907, 46: 262-7.—Hassmann,
 K.  Ueber  Paracolibefunde bei fieberhaften Zustanden  nach
 Masern.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1935,  14:   1177-9.—Ivanov,  A. S.
 K voprosu   o  bakteriologii  kori.  Med.  obozr.,  Moskva,
 1905, 64: 320-5.—Kassirskaia, E.  G., Mogilevskaia, F. A., &
 Kiriakova, E. A.   [Microflora of the nasopharynx in measles]
 J. mikrob.,  Moskva,  1939,  No.  1,  79-84.—Kato,  K.  The
 bacteriology and serotherapy of measles; historical and critical
 review of literature on experimental aspects of measles.  Am.
 J. Dis. Child.,  1928, 36: 526-73.—Kodama, T.   Bacteriologi-
 cal studies of measles; further  studies on Kusama's  bacillus
 and cultivation of  diplococcus from measles patients.  Kita-
 sato Arch.,  1930,  7:  226-34.—Kusama, S.   Bacteriological
study of measles.   Ibid., 217-25.—Lemierre, A., Reilly, J., &
 Laplane, R.  Presence d'un bacille paratyphique  A  dans le
sang au  cours  d'une rougeole.  Bull. Soc> med. hop. Paris,
1937, 3. ser., 53: 554-6.—P., J. F.  Measles and straw-fungi;
the prevention  of measles;  by  C.  Candler (Melbourne,  Vic-
toria, London; Kegan  Paul,  Trench and Co., 1889.)  [Rev 1
Nature,  Lond.,  1890,  42: 243.—Pacchioni, D., & Francioni,
C.  Bakteriologische  Untersuchungen  an  Masern; Beitrag
zur Aetiologie und Pathogenese der Masern.  Jahrb. Kinderh
1908, 68: 391-409.—Park, W. H.,  Williams, A. W., & Wilson!
M.  The relation of  the Tunnicliff and Ferry diplococci to
measles.   Am. J. Pub.  Health,  1927, 17: 460-5.—Pottiez, C.
Bactenomicroscopie de la rougeole.  Ann.  pharm., Louvain,
1899, 5: 181-91.—Rabati, F.  [Bacteria in cases of measles
Nepegeszsegiigy, 1939,  20: 706-9.—Smith, J.  Green-produc-
ing  cocci in  measles.   J.  Hyg.,  Cambridge,  1928-29, 28:
363-75.—Stutzer,  M. I.  [Significance of hemophilic bacteria
in the pathogenesis of measles]   Ann. Mechnikov. Inst., 1936,
4: 47-70.—Thomson, D.  Further note on  the pleomorphic
gram-negative bacillus associated with measles.  Ann. Pickett
Thomson Lab., 1926-27, 2: 29.—Tunnicliff, R.   A diplococcus
in measles.   Tr. Chicago Path.  Soc,  1923-26,  12:   181-4.
Also Illinois Health News,  1926, 12: 43-6.   ------  Further
observations on  the  specificity of the green-producing  diplo-
coccus in measles. J. Indust. Dis., 1927, 41: 267-71.
Dissociation of diplococcus from measles. J. Infect. Dis., 1929,
45: 235-43.  ------  Colony formation of Diplococcus rubeolae
(measles)  Ibid., 1933, 52: 39-53, pl.   ------â–   Colony forma-
tion of greening cocci from measles.  Tr. Chicago Path. Soc,
1933,  14: 92.
bullous.
   James, E., & Miller, A. A.  Morbilli bullosi; report of a fatal
 case.  Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1938, 35: 191-9.—Keyzer, J. L. [On
 the so-called morbilli bullosi]  Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1938-39,
 8: 437-49, 3 pl.—Ronaldson, G. W.  Morbilli bullosi.  Brit. J.
 Child. Dis., 1937, 34:  99-107.  Also Clin. J.,  Lond., 1937,  66:
 504-8.

 ----   Cardiovascular system.
   Audier, Mockers & Ho-Ta-Khanh.  Arterite  aigue  oblit6-
 rante chez un enfant au declin d'une rougeole. Marseille mid.,
 1939, 76: pt 1, 336-40.—Caprario, E.  Dos casos de trombo-
 flebitis de los senos cavernosos  en el  curso del sarampi6n. An.
 Fac. med., Montev., 1926,  11: 254-8.—Carrau,  A., &  Etche-
 verry, J. C.   Tromboflebitis  del  seno longitudinal  superior,
 sarampionosa.  Arch. Iat. amer. pediat., B. Air.,  1927, 3. ser.,
 21: 247-9.—Duperie, Barrau & Baylac. Sur un cas de thromb-
 art^rite  de l'aorte abdominale au  cours d'une  rougeole.   J.
 med. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 801.—Fleischmann, R.  Embolie  der
 Arteria pulmonalis bei Masern. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1929,
 21:  377-85.—Giacinto, E.    Comportamento   dei  capillari
 cutanei nell'infezione morbillosa.   Riv. clin. pediat., 1937,  36:
 344-52,  pl.—Macciotta, G.   Alterazioni cardiocircolatorie e
 surrenali nel morbillo.  Clin, pediat., Mod., 1931, 13: 349-84,
 3 pl.—Podio, G.   Lesioni vascolari di interesse chirurgico  nel
 morbillo.  Osp.  maggiore,  Milano,   1937,  25:   20-4.—Polo-
 zhintseva, S. P.  [Dynamics  of modifications of  capillary  re-
 sistance  in measles and their relation to changes of ascorbic
 acid content in the blood]  Pediatria,  Moskva,  1941,  No. 6,
 21-8.—Werneck,  C.   Um  caso  de  trombo-phlebite  post-
 sarampo.  Tribuna med., Rio,  1925, 31: 244-9.—Yoshida, K.
 Ueber die cutane Capillarresistenz bei Masern.  Acta paediat.
 jap., 1939, 45: 44.— Zahorsky, J.  A case of  cardiac asthenia
 following measles.  S. Louis Courier Med., 1905, 33: 86-8.—
 Zamboni, G.  Un caso di flebite bilaterale secondaria a morbillo.
 Bull. sc. med. Bologna, 1908, 8. ser., 8: 548-53.

 ----   Clinical aspect.
   Arteaga, J. F.   Caso instructivo de sarampion. Rev. med.
 cir. Habana,  1904, 9: 73-5.—Bdhning, F.   Beobachtungen  bei
 Masern.  Arch. Kinderh., 1936, 113:  65-78.—Bubnova, M. M.,
 Vlasova, A. N. [et al.]  [Course  of  non-hospitalized measles]
 Sovet. pediat., 1934, No. 3, 58-66.—Carrillo, F. Un caso clinico.
 Actas Congr. dent, espan. (1909)  1910, 5.  Congr., 209-12.—
 Chakravarty, J. K.   A  short  note  on measles.  Antiseptic,
 Madras,  1936, 33:  298-305,  ch.—Escribano,  G.   Algunos
 aspectos poco  conocidos del sarampi6n.   Sem.  mid. espan.,
 1945, 11: 88.—Girl  with measles [Illustration]   Pharm. Ad-
 vance, 1935-36, 11: No. 127, 9.—Gonzalez O., G.   Notfculas
 clfnicas sobre  el  sarampi6n.   Bol.  clin.,  Medellfn,  1940, 6:
 458-88.-—Gunn, W.   Practical aspects of  measles.  Practi-
 tioner, Lond., 1932, 128: 19-30.—Hunter, Q.  W.  A practical
 consideration  of  measles.   Med.  Counc,  Phila.,  1907, 12:
430; 1908,  13:  24; 68;  94— Liege, R.  Quelques particularites
de la rougeole  dans la pratique medicale.   Progr. m6d., Par.,
 1938,  186-92.—Oxenius,   K.    Praktische   Masemfragen.
 Munch, med. Wschr.,  1941, 88: 1211.—Redlich,  F.   Masem-
fragen.   Mschr.  Kinderh., 1926,  34: 278-83— Robert,  P.
Klinische Beobachtungen bei Masern.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
 1938, 68: 914-7.—Ryhiner,  P.  Beobachtungen iiber Masern
in der hausarztlichen Praxis.  Ibid., 1934, 64: 212.

----   Complication.

   See also other subheadings.
   Antonucci,  G.   Di una  rara  complicazione  del  morbillo.
Gazz. osp., 1907, 28: 733.—Cassoute & Montus. Resistance
aux infections secondaires, en milieu hospitalier,  de rougeoles
seroattenuees.  Bull.  Soc.  pediat.  Paris,  1933, 31:  245 —
Cetice, J., Kartun, P.,  & Camus, J. L.  Sulfamido-prophylaxie
 (2090 RP et 2255 RP) des complications de  la rougeole.  Bull.
Soc. med. hop.  Paris, 1942-43, 58: 446.—Dalto, A.  Complica- 
MEASLES                                         461
ciones del sarampion.  Dfa me'd.. B.  Air.,  1935, 7: 1474-6.—
Darnall,  \V. K., & Townsend, M.  A case  of measles with an
unusual  sequel.   Arch. Pediat., X.  Y., 1905,  22: 359-61 —
Gol Creus, J.  Absceso de la  regi6n suprahioidea  consecutivo
al sarampi6n.  Med.  ninos,   1904, 5:  331.—Hogarth. J. C.
Para-benzylaminobenzenesulphonamide  in  the  iirevention of
measles complications.  Brit. M. J., 1939, 1: 7 IS-20. darae, L.
Rougeole et  ictere biotropiques.   Bull. Sec.  med.  mil. fr.,
1933,  27: 128-30.- Keuchenius, E.  A.   Twee merkwaardige
gevallen  van genezen  septichaemie na  morbilli.   Ned. tschr.
geneesk.,  1905, 2. r., 41: d.   1, 460-2.—Liebeck.   Lebensbe-
drohliche Blutung bei  einem  Fall von  Masern.  Med. Welt,
1931, 5: 1461.—Lowenburg, H. A case of measles complicated
by  convulsions,  broncho-pneumonia  and  aphasia.   .1. Med.
Chir. Coll., Phila., 1900, 1: 107-10.—Macqueen, A. M.  I'ni-
lateral  winged scapula following measles.  Brit. M. J., 1935,
1: 1025.—Majima, T.  [On necrosis of the maxillary bones  as a
sequel  of measles, with description of two cases]   Sei-i-kwai
M. J.,  1907, 36: 135^43— Novalbos y Cofrade, A.   Complica-
ci6n rara del sarampion.  Rev. med. cir. pract., Madr., 1906,
72: 291.—Novikova, E. O.  [Complications in measles and their
etiology]  Sovet.  pediat., 1935, No.  1,  80-90.—Oxenius, K.
Seltenere Masernkomplikationen.  Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1942,
89: 495.—Piaggio Garzon, W.  Complicaciones  do! sarampion.
Arch. urug. med., 1933, 3: 692: 867.   Pinna, G.   Sulla pro-
filassi contro le complicazioni  del morbillo.  Policlinico, 1905,
12: sez. med., 402-13.—Pitt, G. N.  On the complications of
measles and the treatment of diarrhoea.   Ouy's  Hosp. Gaz.,
Lond., 1905, 19: 400-5.—Popovici, V. S.   [DLa-tmus sequels of
measles]   Cluj. med.,  1936,  17: 638-42.—Ritossa, P.  Pro-
filassi delle complicanze del morbillo.   IVdiatria  i Riv.) 1938,
46: 853-67.  Also Studium, Nap., 1939, 29: 89-92.—Shapiro,
S. L.  [Treatment of measles  and its complications]  Feldsher,
Moskva,  1938, No. 3,  11-4.—Taylor, I.  The  Dick test  and
measles complications.   Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1934, 31: 290-6 —
Thorp, E.  The complications of inea-ios.  Med. Press & Circ,
Lond., 1937, 195: 577-9.—Trepel, G.  Chirurgische Komplika-
tionen  bei  Masern.   Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1932, 54:   1-19.—
Trosseau.   Leber  die  Masern. deren   Koinplikationen  und
Behandlung.  J. ILnderkr., I860, 35: 398-416.


----    congenital,  or fetal.
   Baliassnikova, N. I.  [Problem of measles in the new-born
and congenital measles]   Pediatria,  Moskva,  1930, 14:  114-
20.— Castellani,  P.   II  morbillo  congenito.   Clin,  pediat.,
Mod..  1930,  12:  56-80.-  Cerf, L.   Rougeole  par contagion
intra-uterine.  Ann. med. chir. centre,  Tours,  1904,  4: 599-
Ii()8.--Cristalli, C.   Motbillo  o  sifilide fetale?   Med. ital.,
1905,  3: 210-2.—Dyer, I.  Measles complicating  pregnancy;
report  of 24 cases with three  instances  of  congenital  measles.
South. M. J., 1940, 33: 601-4.—Kohn, J. L.  Measles in new-
born infants (maternal  infection)  J. Pediat., S.  Louis, 1933, 3:
176-80.—Martinho da Rocha, J.  Sarampo no recemnascido
e no lactante.   Brasil med., 1931, 45: 750-4.—Mason, N. R.
Report of a case of measles in utero.  Boston M. & S.  J., 1908,
159:  13li.  Plimpton,  C.  C.   Measles   contracted in utero.
Homoeop. .1. Obst., X. Y., 1891, 13: 131.—Rocaz.  Rougeole
congenitale.  Oaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1906, 27: 213; 260.


----    Contagiousness and  cross infection.

   Vollmer,   F.    *Epidemiologische   Beobach-
tungen iiber Masern im Krankenhause   [Berlin]
38p.   8°   Charlottenb., 1936.
   AH Bev, Fouad.  Measles in the  Saveda Zeinab foundling
home. Cano.  J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1939, 22: 255-7.—Angarano,
D.  Sul  morbillo  contratto  in ospedale e sue complicanze.
Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 525-7.—Friedman, I. V.,  & Ivanova,
A.  I.   [Intra-hospital measles]  Sovet.  pediat., 1935, No. 2,
19-23.—Gyllensward,  C.   [Measles  in  homes  for children]
Hygiea,  Stockholm, 1934,  96: 226; 273.—Jeudon,  R.  La
rougeole  en milieu hospitalier.  Rev. path, comp., Par., 1924,
24: 361.—Jobin,  A.  Historique  d'une  epiddmie  de  rougeole
a la Crdche.   Bull. med.  Quebec,  1931, 32:  105-15.—Pospi-
schill, D.  Ueber die Ansteckung bei den Masern.  Mutter &
Kind,  Wien, 1905-06,  2:  17.— Redlich, F.   Zur  Frage  der
Infektiositatsdauer bei  Masern.  Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 186.—
Roch, M.  Un cas de contagion mediate de la rougeole.  Arch.
med. enf., 1907, 10: 292-4— Rosanov, S. N.  [Role of measles
as a secondary hospital infection after scarlet fever, and means
of prevention]  Tr. Vsesoiuz. sezda  detsk. vrach.  (1927) 1929,
4: 221-5.—Stefansky, V. K., & Melamud, E. N.  [Peculiarities
of the  drop-infection in measles]  J.  mikrob., Moskva, 1942,
No. ."», 49.—Suehiro, Y. Ueber die Spitalinfektion der Masern.
Acta paediat. jap., 1939. 45: L—Troetsky, A. J.  [On the course
of measles in small children in nurseries] Sovet. pediat., 1935,
No. 9,  54-61.—Wallington, S. A.  An epidemic of  measles at
Mbeya European School.   East Afr. M. J., 1943,  20: 52-5.—
Wilson, E. B., & Worcester, J.  Contact with measles. Proc
Nat. Aead. Sc.  L. S., 1941, 27: 7-13.—Wright,  J.  Cross-
infection risks in the hospitalization of measles patients. Brit
M. J.,  1945, 1:285-9.

----   Diagnosis.

   See also subheading Manifestation.
   A pert, E. Le diagnostic precoce de la rougeole.  Bull. mid
Par.,  1908, 22:  821-4.—Brelet.  Diagnostic  precoce de la
MEASLES
rougeole.  Arch. gen. med .  1906, 1:669  72.   Fricdjung, J. K.
Schwierigkeiten bei der Diagnose der Maseru.  Zschr. Kinderh.,
1929, 47: 765.—Kudriavlzcva-Oborina.  (). D.   |Early diag-
nosis of measles]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1933, 37: 885.  Lautz, A.
[Early diagnosis  of  measles]   Pediatria, Moskva, 1927,  11:
239-45.—Lemaire,  A.   Diagnostic  precoce de  la  rougeole.
Rev. mid.  Louvain,  1906, 207.  Millet & I.cmairc.  Note au
sujet  du diagnostic  de  la nilieole.   Bull. Sue med. mil.  fr.,
1936,  30: 94-6.—Millon, R.  I.e diagnostic <1. 'a i ul..'-.)l«. Rev.
internat. mid. chir.,  1905, 16:  168-70.—Morano, G.  Ulteriore
contributo  alia diagnosi precoce  del  morbillo; importanza di
essa nei riguardi della profilassi.  Med. ital., 1908, 6: 453-5.--
Servedio,  G.   Per la diagnosi precoce del moibillo.  Pract
Med., Nap.,  1908-09, 9: 11-7.—Stimson, P. M.   The earlier
diagnosis  of  measles.   J. Am. M.  Ass., 192S,  90: (160-3.—
Svastits, P.   [Diagnosis of  measles]   Budapesti  orv. ujs.,
1938,  36: 597-600.—Telegdi,  I.   [Diagnosis of measles] Orv.
hetil., 1938,  82: mell.,  27.  Also  German transl. Deut. med
Wschr., 1939, 65: 1086.

   ----   Diagnosis, differential.

   Schaeffer,  B.   *Contribution au   diagnostic
de la rubeole.  93p.  8?   Par., 1932.
   Barancy.  Rougeole et d'erysipele.  Poitou mid., 1905,  19:
107-9.—Comte, H.   La  rougeole et la rubeole distinguces  par
leurs  caracteres Epidemiologiques.   Arch. mi'd.  pharm. mil.,
1907,  50: 249-78.—Kirloskar, S.  R.  Measles or  small-pox.
Antiseptic,  Madras, 1926, 23:  71-3.—Pessoa, L.   Epidemia de
sarampao falso. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1906, 4: 247-9.-  Peier-
man,  M. G.   Measles and  common cold.  Wisconsin  M. .1.,
1928,  27: 539.—Picchio, A.  Roseola e morbillo;  note ciitichc
di ditignostica dii't'erenz.iale.   Policlinico,   1906, 13:  sez. prat.,
627-9.—Wilson, J.   Measles  simulating  scarlet  fever.  Brit.
M. J.. 1927, 2: 217.

----   Diagnosis: Extinction phenomenon.

   Fltjch,  F.    *Einige Erfahrungen   mit  dem
Aussparphanomen   bei   Masern.    16p.   22cm.
Wiirzb.,  1935.
   Baar, H. Aussparphanomen mit reaktiviertem Erwachsenen-
serum.  Klin. Wschr.,  1931,  10:  1301.— Bormann, F. von.
Das Ausloschphiinomen  bei Masern.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1930,
56: 963.—Latzinik,  E.  Y.   [On the phenomenon of the rash
disappearance  in  measles]   Klin,  med.,  Moskva,  1928, 6:
1495-500.—Papp, K.  Sur le phrmom^ne d'inhibition de Robert
Debre, H. Bonnet et R. Broca.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 123:
1069.—Phillips, W.  R.   Protection phenomenon in measles;
Debrd phenomenon or Aussparphanomen.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,
1938,  55:  1257-60.—Rueff,  M.  Ueber die cutane Adrenalin-
Empfindlichkeit bei Masern und Scharlach im Kindesalter  mit
Berucksichtigung des  Hautkapillarbildes.   Arch. Kinderh.,
1928-29, 86:  37-53.


----   Digestive system.
   Ambiihl, J.  Ueber   Appendicitis bei Masern  (beim  Er-
wachsenen)   Zbl. Chir., 1929,  56: 721.—Angel, E., & Kizinski,
A.  Acute appendicitis in measles.  South. M. & S., 1938, 100:
222.—Basch, F.  Apendicitis y  diverticulitis evolucionando
simultaneamente con sarampi6n en  una  nifia  de  26 meses de
edad.   Bol. Soc. argent, cir.,  1945,  6: 131-8.—Bazan, F., &
Ceroni, R.   Appendicitis sarampionosa.   Sem. mid., B. Air.,
1944, 51: pt 2, 866-70.—Beraud, A., & Petrignani, R.  Rougeole,
invagination  intestinale aigue, lavement  barytd; intervention,
guerison.  Arch. med. enf., 1932,  35: 664-7.—Bickel, A. Ma-
sern und Appendicitis.   Berl. klin.  Wschr., 1907, 44:  938 —
Burckhardt, H.  Ueber  Appendicitis bei  Masern.  Zbl. Chir.,
1928, 55: 2693.—Corbett, E.  U. The visceral lesions in measles;
with a report of Koplik spots in the colon. Am. J. Path., 1945,
21: 905^-19, 3  pl.—Cordero, L.  A  prop6sito de  un caso de
rectocolitis gangrenosa que evoluciona despuds del sarampion.
Rev. As. med. Cuenca, 1942, 3: No. 7, 51.—David, H., & Serre.
Un syndrome d'entdrite dysentdriforme   au cours  d'une  epi-
dimie de rougeole dans  les  Abda.  Med. inf., Par.,  1933,  40:
333-45.—Davidsohn, I.,  & Mora, J.  M.  Appendicitis in mea-
sles.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1932, 14:  757-65.—Dijkstra, O. H.
[Appendicitis in the  prodromal state of mca-lcs]   Ned. tschr.
geneesk., 1937, 81: 3214.—Drobinsky, I.  R.  [Pathogenesis of
acute intestinal disorders   in  measles]   Pediatria, Moskva,
1940,  No.  12,  38-45.   ------  [EtiopathogenesL  of measles
colitis; dysenteric factors in  the  intestinal tract of measles
cadavers]   J. mikrob., Moskva, 1941, No. 5, 166-71.-----
[Etiopathogenesis of  measles colitis; etiology of acute intestinal
disorders in measies] Ibid., 171-7.   ------  [CUnical course
of acute intestinal disturbances in measles]  Pediatria, Moskva,
1941,  32-40.—Fischer,   A.  Appendicitis und Masern.   Zbl.
Chir.,  1928,  55:  1546-8.—Gillard.  Epidemie de  rougeole  a
forme  gastro-intestinale.   Lyon  med.,   1905,  104: 907-17.
Also Pediat.  prat., Lille, 1905, 3: 109-14.—Gonzalez, H. D., &
Dalto, A.   Apendicitis  y  peritonitis sarampiono-a.  Prensa
med. argent., 1939, 26: pt 1, 412-6—Hallez,  G.  L.  Les diar-
rhees  de la  rougeole k la  periode  d'enantheme.  Medecine,
Par., 1927-28, 9:878.------Diarrhees dv-enU-n formes de la
rougeole.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, i<)28, 26: 417-21.—Hudson,
H. W., & Krakower,  C.   Acute  appendicitis   and measles
N. England J.  M., 1936, 215: 59-64.  Koch, H.  Appendicitis
acuta bei Masern.   Aerztl.  Prax., 1937,  11: 228.   Also Wien. 
MEASLES
461
MEASLES
 klin. Wschr., 1937, 50: 737.—Lujan, M.  Influencia del para-
 Bitismo intestinal en las complicaciones gastro-intestinales del
 sarampi6n.  Cr6n. med. mex., 1933, 32: 135-9.  Also Rev.
 med.,  S. Jose\  1933-35,  1:  93-9.—Mengus.   Appendicite
 consecutive  a la rougeole.  Arch. med. Angers, 1905,  9: 756-
 50.—Monreal,  M.   Algunas  consideraciones acerca  de  las
 complicaciones intestinales  del sarampion.  Clin, mod., Zara-
 goza,  1908,  7:  726-34.—Mukherjee, D. R.  Acute  gastro-
 enteritis in a case of  measles.  Calcutta M. J., 1937, 32: 308-
 10.  Also Ind.  M. Rec, 1937, 57: 166.—Newman, P. F.. &
 Milstead, L. C.  Appendical changes in the prodromal  stage of
 measles, with report of case. J. Internat.  Coll. Surgeons, 1940,
 3: 551-6.—Peluffo. E.. & Aleppo, P. L. Nota sobre la diarrea
 en el curso del sarampion.  Arch. urug. med., 1941,  19: 473.—
 Popper, H.  L.  Appendicitis und Masern.  Med. Klin., Berl.,
 1928,  24: 493.—Ravina,  A., &  Levy-Lang, P.  Le  diagnostic
 histologique de la rougeole; l'appendicite ruWolique.  Presse
 mid.,  1937, 45: 821.—Rost, F.  Ueber Appendicitis bei  Masern.
 Zbl. Chir.,  1928, 55: 905-8.—Schultze,  W. H.   Der  Wurm-
 fortsatz im Prodromalstadium der  Masern.   Miinch. med.
 Wschr., 1933, 80: 576.—Shapiro,  S. L.,  &  Rosenman, L. A.
 [On the pathogenesis of colitis caused bv measles]  Pediatria,
 Moskva, 1938, No. 7-8, 56-61.—Taltavull. P.  El dolor apendi-
 cular  y el sarampi6n.  Dia med.,  B.  Air., 1944, 16: 713.—
 Thenebe, C. L., Hirshberg, M., & Cenci, V.  Acute appendi-
 citis as a complication of measles; report of  six cases.  Arch.
 Pediat., N. Y., 1933, 50: 28-37.—Vereshchagin, K. K.   [Treat-
 ment of colitis in measles]  Vrach.  delo, 1926, 9: 327.


 ---   Ear.

   Kltjgkist,  H.    *Masernotitis   und  Schleim-
 hautanlage    [Tubingen]    40p.     8?    Bottrop,
 1938.
   Bergh, E. [Otiatric reminiscences and experiences with the
 last epidemic of measles]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1936,  33: 928-36.—
 BespalofT, M.  Un ph£nomene otitique  signe pr6curseur de
 rubeole. J.  med. Paris,  1937, 57: 535.—Compaired, C.  Otitis
 media  purulenta y  absceso  intra-mastoideo  y perisinusial
 agudos  por infeccion sarampionosa; trepanacion; curacion.
 Siglo med.,  1906, 53: 631.—Galcisik, B. [Ear  complications
 of measles]  Budapesti  orv. ujs.,  1936,  34:  1118-20.—Hale,
 H. E.  Measles complicated by double otitis media with double
 paracentesis; double mastoiditis  with double operation  and
 post-operative femoral phlebitis.  Arch.  Pediat.,  N. Y., 1906,
 23:  861-3.—Hofmann,  I.  L.  Masernotitis  durch  Strepto-
 coccus mucosus verursacht, Labyrinthitis, Meningitis; Opera-
 tion; Heilung.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1936, 70: 93.  Also English
 abstr.  J. Lar.  Otol., Lond.,  1936, 51:  313.—Kasahara, J.
 Ueber die Masernotitis.  Otorhinolaryngologia,  Tokyo, 1936,
 9: 914.—Lawrence, L. A.   Notes of a case of mastoid abscess
 five  weeks after measles; operation; recovery.  J. Lar. Otol.,
 Lond., 1905, 20: 163.—Meller, H.  Zur Klinik der im Verlaufe
 einer eitrigen  Mittelohrentztindung auftretenden  Masernin-
 fektion.   Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1938,  72:  481-9.—Ratner, S.  I.
 [The etiology of measles otitis]  Pediatria,  Moskva, 1943, No. 2,
 60-4.—Semikoz, F. F.  [Microflora of the middle ear in post-
 measles otitis]  Tr. Nauch.  issledov. inst.  fiziol. Saratov., 1934,
 1: 400.—Urbantschitsch,  E.   Ueber  Masern-Otitis.  Wien.
 med.  Wschr.,  1927,   77:  1110-5.—Williams, H.  J.  Acute
 suppurative  otitis media in measles; a  report of 427 patients.
 Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1935, 44: 956-60.—Zlotnikov, S. A.  [The
 state  of the ear during  measles]  Vest, otorinolar., 1939,
 No. 5,  43-52.

 ---   Enanthema.

   See also subheading Mouth.
   B., R. W. Koplik's spots.  N.  England J. M.,  1941, 225:
 633.—Ballico, E. Sul valore del sintomo  di Koplik nella  diagnosi
 precoce del morbillo.   Pediatria (Arch.) Nap., 1905, 2. ser., 3:
 843-52.—Barberi, S.   Sul sintomo di Pet6nyi o preenantema
 emorragico nel morbillo.  Clin,  igiene inf., 1933, 8:  274-82.—
 Beasley, G.  F.   Koplik  spots.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1927,  89:
 226.—Briining,  H.  Ueber die Bedeutung  der  Koplikschen
 Flecke  fur die Diagnose  und Differentialdiagnose der  Masern.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1905, 31: 384-6.—Cozzolino, O.  Osserva-
 zioni sulla durata dell'incubazione, sull'andamento della tem-
 peratura e sul valore diagnostico delle macchie di Koplik nel
 morbillo.  Pediatria (Arch.) Nap., 1904, 2.  ser., 2:  836-44.
 -----Durata dell'incubazione, andamento della temperatura
 e macchie di Koplik nel morbillo. Lav. Congr. med. int. (1904)
 1905, 14: 315-8.—Duken, J.  Aberration des Enanthems bei
 unvolkommenem Masernschutz.  Arch.  Kinderh.,  1927,  81:
 219.—Felici,  F.   Importanza della diagnosi  precoce del mor-
 billo; valore  del sintoma di  Koplik.  Policlinico,  1906,  13:
 sez. prat., 641 .5.  Flamini, M.  II segno di Koplik; osserva-
 zioni cliniche, istologiche e batteriologiche.  Riv. clin.  pediat.,
 1908,  6: 401-15,  pl.—Hlava,  J.   Histologicka  struktura
 Koplikovych  skvrn.   Cas.  lek.  cesk.,  1906,  45: 773-5,  pl.
 â– -----    Ueber   Masernexanthem  der  Mundschleimhaut
 (Koplick'sche Flecken)  C.  rend. Congr. internat. med., 1906,
 15. Congr., sect. 3, 245-8.—Hobson, F. G.   Koplik spots in the
 colon.   Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 134.—Iavarone,  N.  Ancora
 sulle macchie di Koplik.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35:  669-72.—
Langworthy,  H.  G.  Koplik spots;  their  relation  and  interest
tolaryngologists.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906,  70: 611.—McKellar,
C C. A note on Koplik's spots.  Med. J. Australia, 1930, 2:
266.—Magi,  A.   Importanza del  segno  del  Koplik  per  la |
diagnosi precoce  del morbillo.  Clin, mod.,  1906,  12: 155 —
Nicola, B.  Osservazioni sul sintomo di Koplik nel morbillo.
Gazz.  osp.,  1907, 28:  1606.—Petenyi. G.  Zur Kenntnis der
Koplikschen Flecken.  Mschr. Kinderh.,  1925-26,  31: 533-5.
—       Ein neues Symptom der Masern: das hamorrhagische
Praenanthem.  Ibid., 1929,  45:  61.—Rabajoli, R.   Sul valore
diagnostico  profilattico del  sintoma di Koplik nel morbillo.
Riv.  med.,   1908, 16: 37-40.—Seckel, H.   Zur  Klinik des
alveolaren Enanthems  bei Masern.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1934-35,
61: 351-64.—Smith Bunge,  S. M.  El signo de Koplik  en  el
lactante.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 1, 387-96—Stein-
hardt, I.  Ueber Kopliksche  Flecken; zur Friihdiagnose der
Masern.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1905,  1: 328-30.—Valagussa, F.
Sul valore del segno di Koplik nella diagnosi precoce del mor-
billo.   Bull. Soc.  Lancisiana Osp. Roma, 1902-03,  22: fasc.  2,
66-75, pl.

----  Epidemiology.

   Halliday,  J.  L.   An  inquiry into the  rela-
tionship  between  housing  conditions  and  the
incidence   and   fatality  of  measles.   34p.  8:
Lond.,  1928.
  Alomia, A.  An outbreak of measles in the city of Manila.
Rev.  filip. med., 1935, 26:  270-5.—Another  major outbreak
of measles in Iowa.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1934, 24: 631.—Barnet,
E.  B.  La  epidemia  actual  de sarampion;  nota sanitaria.
Actas Congr. med. nac. Habana,  1905, 1. Congr., 447-50.—
Barros Barreto, J. de, & Paz de Almeida, A.  O sarampo no
Rio de Janeiro.  Arch, hyg., Rio,  1936,  6:  No. 1, 9-48a —
Bokay, J.   Zur Kenntnis der Masernepidemien.  Deut.  med.
Wschr., 1930, 56: 578-80.—Boye, R.   Note sur une epidemie
familiale  infantile  de  rougeole, avec un d£ces.   Bull. Soc
path,  exot.,  Par., 1937,  30: 424-6.—Boz, M.  Les rougeoles
rentrees.  Med.  inf., Par.,  1934, 41:  118-28.  Also  J.  med.
Paris, 1934, 54: 495-7  (Abstr.)—Butler, W.   Notified measles,
1940-45.  Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Lab. Serv., Lond.,
1946, 5: 82; 104.—Carrick,  F. R.   Report on the epidemic of
measles in the Kingdom of Tonga in 1936.  Native M. Pract.,
Suva,  1939, 3:  426-8.—Castillo,  G.  El sarampion  en los
plan teles  de ensefianza de Managua; algunas consideraciones.
Bol.  san., Managua,  1942-43,  3:  No. 19, 4-6— Cerulli, F.
A  proposito di una epidemia di morbillo  (considerazioni sulle
malattie esantematiche in genere e  rilievi  personali su quattro
forme rare di morbillo)   Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1930, 38:
374-7.—Cervera Andrade, A.  iQue nos ha ensefiado la ultima
epidemia  de sarampion?  Rev. mid. Yucatan, 1942-44, 22:
201.—Debre, R.  Epidemiologic de la rougeole.   Vie m6d.,
1929,  10: 953-60.—De  Lavergne,  V.,  &  Simonin, J.  Epi-
demiologic de la rougeole; sur quelques points discutfe.   Rev.
hyg. med. prev.,  1933, 55:  369-81.—Di Dino, M.  Epidemia
morbillosa.   Gazz.  sicil.  med. chir., 1906, 5: 603-5.—Dillon,
C. J.   Report of three epidemics of measles, with particular
reference  to Koplik's  symptom and its relation to the rash
and the initial fever.  Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1907, 71: 264.  Also
Arch. Pediat., N. V., 1907, 24: 471  (abstr.)— Dodonova, O. N.
[Epidemiology of measles in  wartime]  J. mikrob., Moskva,
1944,  No.  7, 74-6.—Dormidontow,  A.  Zum  Studium der
Masernepidemiologie.  Arch. Kinderh.,  1932,  97: 148.—Early
rise of measles cases reported this year may be forerunner of
1940  epidemic.   Michigan  Pub.  Health, 1940,  28:  205 —
Fadda, S. & Cotta,  F.  R.  Sulla fisionomia epidemiologica del
morbillo  nel Benadir.  Gior.  med. mil.,  1930,  78:  93-7.—
Fernos Isern, A. Consideraciones del  sarampi6n  en  Puerto
Rico.   Bol.  As. m<§d. Puerto Rico,  1928,  21: No.  165, 3-8.—
Figueira,  F.  Epidemia de sarampo.  Tribuna med., Rio, 34:
1928,  13-7.—Fischl, R.  Haben sich Krankheitsbild und In-
fektiositat der Masern geandert?  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1929,
55: 1540.—Foisy, R.,  & Lariviere, P. M.  Rapport  sur une
6pid6mie  de rougeole.  Union mid. Canada, 1945, 74: 1535-
41.—Galdston, I. Ten years of measles  in  New  York  City.
Med.  Rev. of Rev., 1927, 33: 318-22.—Gerbe, H.,  &  Eck, H.
Ueber unsere diesjahrige Masernepidemie.  Nord. med.,  1941,
10: 1414.—Hedrich,  A.  W.  The  corrected  average attack
rate from measles among city children.   Am. J. Hyg.,  1930,
11:   576-600—Heissler.    Eine Masernepidemie.    Miinch.
med.  Wschr., 1905, 52:  1334.—Hobson, F. G.  Measles, the
conduct of a school epidemic.  Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 171-5.—
Hoffa, T.  Erfahrungen  aus einer  Masernepidemie; zur Epi-
demiologie und Prophylaxe  der Masern.  Kinderarztl. Prax.,
1933,  4: 162-8.—[Inaugural speech of Prof. Ion T. Niculescu]
Romania  med.,   1937,  15: 57-62.—Isern,  A. F.  Measles in
Porto  Rico.  Porto  Rico Rev. Pub. Health,  1928,  4:  149-
54.—Karelitz, S„ &  Schick,  B.  Epidemiologic   studies in
measles.  Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1934, 48: 687.—Kaushanskaia,
B. E.   [The epidemiology of measles; analysis of the morbidity
and  seroprophylaxis]  J. mikrob., Moskva, 1943, No. 12,
56-61.—Koppa, T.  M.  Population shifts speed measles up-
swing.  Michigan Pub. Health, 1943, 31: 103.—Lanzarini, F.
Note  epidemiologiche  sul morbillo. Pediatria (Arch.) Nap.,
1907,  2. ser., 5:  366-75.—Leonardi, E.   Di un' epidemia di
morbillo  (600  casi)  Gazz.  osp.,  1906,  27: 154-6.—Lewis,
J. H.   Measles.   In his  Biol. Negro, Chic,  1942, 215.—Ley-
den, E., & Renvers.   Morbillen.   Charite Ann., Berl.,  1890,
15: 149.—Lynch, G. W.  A.   Measles epidemic in Fiji during
1903.   J.  Trop.  M. Hyg.,  Lond.,  1905,  8: 82-7.—Martin,
W.  J.   The epidemic curve of measles, 1940-41.   Med. Off.,
Lond.,  1942, 68:  61.—Martinez  Fortun,   O.   Sarampion.
Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 33^8.—Marziano, A.  In- 
MEASLES
torno  ad una  epidemia  di  morbillo.  Gazz.  san., Catania,
1907, 7: 29-33.—Measles.   Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,  1941,
56: 1286-8.—Measles in Iowa in 1934 and 1935.  J. Iowa M.
Soc,  1935, 25:  150.—Measles in  London.  Lancet, Lond.,
1936, 1: 727; 1938,  2: 1431.—Measles in Michigan.  Michi-
gan  Pub. Health, 1933, 21: 60-3.—Measles in Washington,
1937-1938;  probability  of  increased  incidence.  Med.  Ann.
District  of Columbia, 1937,  6:  113.—Measles year.   Am. J.
Pub.  Health,  1934,  24:  891.—Measles  year.   Health Off.,
Wash., 1938, 2: 555.—Messeri, M.   Osservazioni sull'innesto
del morbillo.   Filiatre sebezio,  Nap., 1838, 16: 375—Miro-
nescu, T., & Farkas, E.  Erfahrungen bei  einer Masernepi-
demie.   Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1926, 39:  1307.—Molinari,  L.
Considerazioni  cliniche,  statistiche ed epidemiologiche su di
una epidemia di morbillo.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41: 1272-9.—
Pacha, S.   La rougeole en Egypte.   Bull. OS. internat. hyg.
pub., Par., 1930, 22: 1893-9.—Panum, P.  L.   Observations
made during the epidemic of measles on the Faroe Islands in
the year 1846.  Med. Classics,  1938-39,  3: 829-86,  map-
Patterson, S. W.  Note on the measles epidemic,  lntercolon.
M. J. Australasia, 1908,  13: 258-60.—Periodicities of measles.
Med.  Off.,  Lond.,  1933, 50: 129.  Peszynska, E.  [On epi-
demiology of measles]  Polska  gaz. lek., 1928,  7: 341.—Pi-
gnero, G.  Notes cliniques  sur une  £pid£mie  de  rougeole.
Arch. med. enf.,  1906, 9: 535-43.— Rodenbeck.  Die  Masern
von  1921 bis 1930.  Reichsgesundhbh, 1932, 7: 517.—Ruiter,
H. I.  de  [Evacuation and measles]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,
1940, 84: 1297-301.—Ruys, A. C.  A serious measles epidemic
in a  camp]  Ibid., 4175.—Sarabia.  Observaciones clfnicas de
una  epidemia  de sarampi6n.  Rev. med.  cir.  pract.,  Madr.,
1905, 69: 59.—Saunders, J.  C.   Measles.   Med. Off., Lond.,
1942, 67: 18.—Schubert, O.  Epidemiologische Masernstudien
in einem sudetendeutschen Kreis.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1941,
67: 1913.  Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 898—Selig-
mann, E., Dingmann, A., &  Alterthum, H.   Epidemiologische
Studien  in Massenquartieren; Masern und  Masernschutzim-
pfung.   Deut.  med.  Wrschr., 1926,  52: 1220-2—Sero Navas,
P.  Notas sobre In  marcha de  invasi6n  de  una  epidemia
sarampionosa.  Med. ninos,  1907, 8: 351.—Smith, J. G.  The
1941  measles outbreak in Cleveland.  Bull.  Acad. M. Cleve-
land,  1941,  26:  No.  8, 5.—Stern, W.   Epidemiologische
Beziehungen zwischen Masern  und  Mumps.   Med.  Klin.,
Berl.,  1928, 24: 299.—SUllerman.  M.,  & Thalhimer,  W.
Attack rate and  incubation  period of measles; significance of
age and  of conditions of exposure.   Am. J. Dis. Child.,  1944,
67:  15-21.—Stocks,  P.   The  mechanism of a  measles  epi-
demic. Lancet, Lond., 1930,   1:  796-802.  ------  & Karn,
M. N.   A study of the epidemiology of measles.  Ann. Eugen.,
Cambr.,   1927-28, 3: 361-98.—Swyer,  R.  Some effects  of
war  conditions on the  1940—41 measles epidemic.  Brit.  J.
Child. Dis., 1942,  39:  33^5.—Tirifahy.   A  propos d'une
£pid£mie de rougeole qui a rigni dans le paroisse de  Bon-
Secours,  a Bruxelles.  Presse med. beige,  1861-62, 14: 21.—
Townsend, C.  W. An epidemic of measles;  with remarks on
rotheln.   Arch. Pediat.,  Phila.,  1890, 7:  269-81.—Trend  of
measles.   Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 633.—Unusual outbreak of
measles  in Hawaii, 1936-37.   Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,  1937,
52: 1851.—W., N. C.  Measles and influenza.   A-V, Phila.,
1941, 49: 51.—Williams, C. F.  Measles; the  Wake  County
epidemic of  1941.   North Carolina M.  J.,  1942, 3: 70-4.—
Wyatt, B. L.   Report of an epidemic of measles  in  Mexico.
N. York M.  J.,  1906, 83: 185.—Zischinsky, H.  Einige Be-
merkungen  iiber die  Masern der letzten Jahre.   Kinderarztl.
Prax., 1937, 8: 337-45.

----   Etiology.

   See also Measles virus.
   Belikov, P. F., Dvizhkov, P. P., & Trushin, E. F. [Etiology
of measles]   Mosk.  med. J., 1928,  8:  63-75.—Caronia,  G.
Aetiologie  und Prophylaxe  der  Masern.   Erg. inn. Med.
Kinderh., 1927,  32:  119-214.—Cary,  W.  E.,  & Day, L.   A.
The etiology of measles.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1927,  89: 1206-9.—
Coles, A. C.   A  microscopical inquiry into  the aetiology  of
measles.   Edinburgh M.  J.,  1937, 44: 483-7.—Degkwitz,  R.
The  etiology of  measles.  J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 41: 304-16.
Also German transl. Zschr.  Kinderh.,  1927-28, 45: 365-80.—
Dickson, E.  C.  Concerning the  etiology and treatment  of
measles.   California  West. M.,  1927,  25: 345.—Ferry, N.  S.
Etiology of measles.  Am. J. Pub. Health,  1927, 17: 565-72.
------  Studies on the etiology of measles.   J.  Med., Cincin.,
1927-28, 8: 191-7.  ------  Etiology and specific treatment
of measles.  Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1929, 37: 573-9.—Flesch,  M.
Zum  Problem  der  Feststellung des  Erregers  der Masern.
Munch,  med.  Wschr.,  1926,  73:  1480.—Guardabassi,   M.
Sulla  etiologia  del morbillo e sul valore delle inclusioni leuco-
citarie.   Fol. med..  Nap., 1926, 12: 136-44.—Lipschutz,  B.
Ueber Centrodermosen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der
Aetiologie der  Masern.  Virchows Arch., 1928, 267:  233-42.
------   Zur Kenntnis der Aetiologie der Masern.  Wien. klin
W7schr.,  1928, 41: 365-8.—Long, P. H., & Cornwell, A.  M.
Observations on the etiology  of measles.  J. Infect. Dis., 1927
40: 408-11.—Marotta, G.  Sull'etiologia del morbillo; con-
tributo sperimentale.   Riforma med., 1939, 55: 1347; 1507.__
Pal Bruguera, V.  Comentarios  a trabajos recientes' sobre  la
etiologia  del sarampion.   Med. ninos,  1924,   25:  310-8.__
Pirquet.  Nuevas investigaciones acerca  del  sarampi6n.  An
cienc. med., Madr., 1911,  2. ser., 10: 7-26.—Zlatogorov, S  J
Burova,  A. E., & Nasledysheva, S. J.  Zur Aetiologie und
Prophylaxis der Masern.   Zschr. Hyg., 1927-28,  108: 492-507
MEASLES
----   Exanthema.

   Allolio,  B.    *Ueber  Vor-  und  Nacliexan-
theme bei  Masern   [Munster]  31p.   8?   Qua-
kenbriick, 1934.
   Agafonov, F. D., & Ado, E. I.  [Clinical aspect of scarlatinal
measles]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1938, No. 11, 39-43.—Aitken. R.
The influence of pigmentation due to light treatment on the
eruption of measles.  Brit. J.  Phys. M., 1933, 7: 241— Asa,
A.  A.  [Scarlatina-like eruption in  measles]  Okhr. zdorov.
diet., 1931,  1: 120-7.—Cannata, S.  Morbillo senza esantema
Pediatria (Riv.) 1926, 34: 720-2 — Dulberg, J.  A case of mea-
sles without eruption.  Med. Chron.,  Manchester,  1905, 42:
222.—Hand, A.  Unusual course of measles rash.  Tr.  Phila-
delphia  Pediat. Soc,  1904-05, 1: 5.—Koeppe,  H.  Masern
ohne Exanthem.  Arch. Kinderh., 1928, 84: 226-8- I.andn-
berger,  M.  Partielle Aberration  des  Masernexanthcira,
Jahrb. Kinderh., 1927, 3. F., 116: 77-80.—Lo Presti-Seminerio,
F.  Rougeole  sans exantheme et rougeole sans fievre.  Arch.
med. enf., 1929, 32: 336-9.—Merk, L.  Masern ohne Exanthem.
Zschr.  Heilk., 1905, 26:  Abt. int.  Med.,  579-88.—Salzer.
Masern  ohne  Exanthem.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1905,  52:
360;  557.—Soucek,  A.  Masernbeobachtungen  insbesondere
iiber  das Auftreten  eines  prodromalen Exanthems.   Med.
Klin.,  Berl.,  1927, 23: 1689.—Wagner, H.   Ueber Masern
sine Exanthema und der Wirkung eines oralen Reizmittels bei
Masernerkrankten.   Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1928,  78:  334 —
Wieland. Ueber skarlatiniformen Rash bei Masern.  Schweiz.
med. Wschr.,  1927,  57: 329.  -----â–   Ueber fieberhaften
scarlatiniformen Rash  bei Masern.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1929,
42: 482-95.—Woringer, P., & Tassovatz, B.   L'influence du
soleil sur l'apparition et Involution de  l'£ruption rougeoleuse.
Rev. fr. pediat.,  1927, 3: 91-5.


----   experimental.

   See also Measles virus.
   Baar, H.. & Benedict, H.   Masernschutz  (nebst  Untersu-
chungen iiber tierexperimentelle Masern)  Wien.  klin. Wschr.,
1931, 44: 218-24.—Bailey, G. H., & Cheng, S. C. Experimental
measles with rabbits; observations on the thermic and leucocytic
reactions of carriers  of Bacterium lepisepticum  or Bacillus
bronchisepticus.  Am.  J. Hyg., 1930,  12:  709-41.— Belikov,
P., Dwijkov, P.,  & Trushina, E.  Zur  Pathologie der experi-
mentellen Masern bei Kaninchen.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1929,
112: 78-85.—Berger, E. A.  [Experimental measles of  mice]
J. mikrob., Moskva,  1940, No. 10, 64-9.—Blake, F. G., Trask,
J. D. [et al.]  Experiences  in several epidemics  with experi-
mental  measles in monkeys.   J. Bact.,  Bait., 1936, 31:  48.—
Finkelstein, U., Dobrohotova, A.  I. [et al.]  [Experimental
measles] Tr. Moskov. gorod. bakt. inst., 1936, No. 1, 19-25 —
Goebel,  F.   Beobachtungen  bei  experimentellen  Masern.
Zschr. Kinderh., 1927, 44: 190-4.—Hektoen, L. Experimental
measles.  Proc  Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1904-05, 2: 47-51.
Also J. Infect.  Dis., 1905, 2: 238-55.—Konova, H. P., Shishlan-
nikova, M.  A. [et al.]   [Experimental  measles  in monkeys]
J. mikrob.,  Moskva, 1945, No. 1, 27-32.—Kraft,  W.  Zur
Kritik der experimentellen  Maserniibertragung.   Zschr. ges.
exp. Med., 1932, 81: 27-42.—L., L.  La rougeole experimentale.
Biol,  med.,  Par., 1912, 10: 409-18.—Okamoto,  R.  Histolo-
gische Studien betreffs  der Masern  von Macacus speciosus.
Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925, 15: 243.—Otero, P. M., & McKinley,
E. B.   Experimental measles in monkeys  (Macacus rhesus)
Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1929-30, 5: 36-9.—Pare, L.  Essais
de transmission de la rougeole au lapin.  Union mid. Canada,
1936, 65: 10-15.— Parsons, R. P.  Measles and monkey business.
In his Trail to  Light,  N.  Y., 1943, 244-59.—Plotz, H.  La
rougeole inapparente chez le singe,  Macacus rhesus.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 141.—Rake, G.  Experimental investiga-
tion of measles.   J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1943, 23: 376-80 —
Redlich, F.   Beobachtungen  bei experimentellen Masern.
Zschr. Kinderh., 1927-28, 45: 363 [Erwiderung von F. Goebel]
364.—Shaffer, M. F., Rake, G. [et al.]  Studies on measles;
experimental disease in  man and monkey.  J. Immun.,  Bait.,
1941, 41: 241-57—Smirnov, P. V., Shishliannikova, M. A., &
Stupina, Z. N.  [Experimental measles in monkeys] J. mikrob.,
Moskva, 1942, No. 5, 51-9.—Stokes,  H., & Rake, G.  Studies
on measles; experimental disease in man and monkey. Bicent,
Conf. Univ. Pennsylvania, Probl.  Virus Res.,  1941, 67-75.—
Studies in measles.   Annual Rep. Squibb Inst. M. Res., 1939,
9-11.

----    Eye.
   Bertozzi,  A. Un caso di ottalmia metastatica  purulenta da
bacillo fusiforme di Vincent durante il decorso di un infezione
morbillosa.  Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena,  1906, 4. ser., 18: 495;
513.  Also Ann. ottalm., 1907, 36:  138-45.—Brav, A.  Ocular
complications  and sequelae in measles  and  their prophylaxis.
Med. Chir. J., Phila., 1905, 6:  No. 9, 26-32.  Also Pediatric*,
N.  Y.,   1905,  17: 286-93.—Cattaneo,  D.   Recherches bac-
teriologiques sur  les conjonctivites au  cours de la rougeole.
Boll.  Sez.  ital.  Soc internaz.  microb.,  1934, 6: 164-82.—
Cosmettatas, G. F.  Des complications corneennes de la rou-
geole.  Arch, opht., Par., 1908, 28: 299-306.—Dabney, S. G.
Blindness following measles; continued report of case.   Ken-
tucky M. J., 1932, 30: 275.—Davis, A.  E.  Loss of sight from
exudative  choroiditis   following  measles.   Post  Graduate,
N.  Y.,  1905,  20: 800-2.—De  Toni, G., Caramazza,  F.. «
41 
MEASLES
463
MEASLES
Pnglisi-Duranti,  G.   Le  manifestazioni  congiuntivali  de
morbillo con particolare riguardo al periodo dell'incubazione;
osservazioni ed indagini  cliniche.  Pediatria (Riv.)  1935, 43:
249-74  Pl-  Also Bull, sc med., Bologna, 1935, 107: 49-52
(Abstr)__Heinert,  J.  F.  Amaurosis del sarampi6n.   Med.
lifins 1922 23: 261-4.—Hiro, Y., & Yamada, M. Die Masern
und die Ceratomalacie. Mschr. Kinderh., 1936, 65: 438-45.-
Kazas,  I. L  Zabolievaniya glaz  pri kori.   Russk.  vrach,
1908 7- 1064-8.—Kriidener  [Erblindung eines Madchens von
11 Jahren nach Masern]  S. Petersb. med. Wschr., 1906, 31:
2Q5__Olle, R. G.  Las complicaciones corneanas graves en el
curso del s'arampi6n.   Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4:
400-4.__Ravin, L.  C.  Bilateral metastatic uveitis  ending in
nhthisis bulbi as a complication of measles; report of a case.
Arch  Ophth., Chic,  1944,  32:  301.—Rinaldi, S.  Nevrite
ottica da morbillo.  Ann. ottalm.,  1934,  62:  63-72.—Robles,
A.  L'istologia della mucosa congiuntivale nel morbillo, con
particolare reguardo  al  periodo di incubazione.  Riv. clin.
nediat  1936, 34: 991-1010.—Russo, A.  Sulla neurite ottica
da morbillo.  Boll,  ocul.,  1937, 16: 276-98.—Schick, B.  [Ueber
ein den Koplikschen Flecken  analoges  Fruhsymptom  der
Masern an der Caruncula lacrymalis] Mitt. Ges. inn. Med.
Wien, 1908,  7:  64.—Schumacher, G.  Schwere, unter  dem
Bilde'der  Diphtherie verlaufende Streptokokkenkonjunktivitis
nach Masern.   Miinch. med.  Wschr.,  1907,  54:  1581-3.—
Shlossberg, F. R-, & Prizer, M.  Retinal changes with marked
impairment of vision in measles. Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 3. ser.,
23: 998-1000.—Valter, O. K.   Iridochoroiditis  suppurativa
post morbillos.  Vest, oft.,  1907,  24: 641.—Vaucresson,*de.
Nevrite  optique  infectieuse monolaterale  post-rubeolique;
atrophic papillaire  consecutive.  Ann. ocul.,  1906,  135: 202-
10.—Vincent. La  conjonctivite morbilleuse.  Gaz. h6p., 1940
113: 434.—Weill & Nouriquand, G.  Sur un nouveau  cas de
conjonctivite  diphterique apres la  rougeole.   Pediat.  prat.,
Lille, 1908, 6: 243-6.

---  Gangrene.

   See also subheading  Mouth.
   Bartsocas,  S., & Grigoriou.   Sur un cas de gangrene post-
morbilleuse.  Arch. med.  enf.,  1937,  40:  585-7.—Garrido
Lestache, J.   Gangrena por sarampion.   Arch, espan. pediat.,
1934,17:179-83.—Gorescu, C, Popescu, C, & Panaitescu,  G.
[Case of gangrene of  the toes after measles]  Rev.  st. med.,
Bucur., 1926, 15:  1131-4.—Hishon, D. J.,  &  Rolleston, J.
D.  Measles complicated by gangrene of the legs.   Proc R.
Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19: Sect. Dis.  Child., 35-8.  Also
Brit. J. Child. Dis.,  1926, 23: 47-53.  Also Clin.  J.,  Lond.,
1926,  55:  295-8.—Holwede, B.  von.   Brand bei Masern.
Jahrb.  Kinderh., 1906,  64:  730-4.—Winstead, J.  A.  Gan-
grene of the  foot following measles. J.  Pediat.,  S.  Louis,
1935, 6: 382-4.

---  Genitourinary organs.

   See also  Kidney, Perinephritis: Etiology, etc.
   Bastiani, F.  La glomerulo-nefrite emorragica ed il morbillo.
Prat, pediat., Milano,  1935, 13: 13-9.—Freifeld, A. O.  Ueber
Nephritis morbillosa.   Berl. klin. ther. Wschr., 1905, 327-32 —
Galli, P.   Cistite  acuta emorragica nel  corso del  morbillo.
Pediatria  (Riv.)  1931, 39: 1133-40.—Griffith,  J. P. C.  Ne-
phritis as a complication and sequel of measles.   Pennsylvania
M. J., 1907-08, 11: 971.—Jenkins, F. G.   Haematuria in the
pre-eruptive stage  of  measles.   Bristol  Med. Chir.  J., 1931,
48: 275.

---  Geography.

   London.  County Council.    Medical  Offi-
cer of Health.   Measles; report of the School
Medical  Officer on  the measles  epidemic, 1927-
28;  and, Measles; report of the Medical Officer
of  Health  and School Medical  Officer   on  the
measles  epidemic, 1929-30;  1931-32.  3 v.   8:
Lond.,  1929;  1931;  1933.
  Butler, W. Notified  measles,  1940-1945.  Month. Bull.
Emerg. Pub. Health Lab. Serv., Lond., 1946, 5: 81;  passim.—
Chalmers, A. K.   Measles.   In his Health of Glasgow, 1930,
338-50.—Cusset, J.  Note sur  quelques cas de rougeole dans
la population  indigene au Senegal.  Bull.  Soc.  path,  exot.,
Par., 1934, 26: 587.—Ego Aguirre, E.  Modalidades cllnicas
observadas en la ultima epidemia limefia de sarampi6n.   Cr6n.
med., Lima, 1932,  49: 77-84.—Epstein, S.  Ausbreitung und
Erscheinungsformen der  Masern in Palastina.   Gesundhfurs.
Kindesalt.,  1929, 4:  411-25.—Facen, J.   Della costituzione
morbillosa che regno nel contado di Arsie, e limitrofi villaggi
nello inverno dell'anno  1835-36.   Gior.  progr. pat., Venez.,
1839, 11:  33-52.—Fernandez Cordova,  R.  Nuestra  ultima
epidemia de  sarampion  y algunas  modalidades clinicas  ob-
servadas.  Arch.  amer. med., B. Air., 1931, 7:  86-99.—Fisac,
G.  Memoria sobre una epidemia de sarampi6n.  An. Acad.
nac. med., Madr., 1905, 25:107-52.—Friedjung, J. K. Atypisches
aus  der  diesjahrigen  Wiener Masernepidemie.  Deut. med.
Wschr..  1908, 34:  1591-3.—Gebhardt,  H.  Beobachtungen
bei einer Masernepidemie  im  Fliichtlingslager  zu  Prenzlau.
Med. Klin., Berl.,  1930,  26:  548-50.—Gerbe, H., & Eck, H.
Ueber  unsere diesjahrige  Masernepidemie.  Miinch.  med.
Wschr.,  1940,  87:  851-5.—Herrera, J. D.  Sarampi6n, epi-
demia  de 1905-06.  Rev.  med.  Bogota,  1905-06,  355-63:
1906-07,  37; 76.—Heschl,  E.   Beobachtungen wahrend der
Grazer Masernepidemie  im Winter 1931-32.  Wien.  med.
Wschr., 1932, 82: 1243.—Kien, G.   Die Masern in Strassburg,
speziell an der  Kinderklinik daselbst, und die im Laufe der
Epidemie  von  1903-04  beobachteten  Kombinationen von
Masern mit Diphtherie und  Scharlach.  Jahrb. Kinderh.,
1906, 63: 139-73.—Manson, D.  Epidemic measles in Assam.
Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 248-52.—Mennonna, G.  Del morbillo
nel  Benadir. Arch.  ital. sc.  med.  col., 1930, 11: 662-5.—
Millon.   Consideration  sur  la  rougeole  epidfimique  qui  a
regne a Revel,  Haute-Garonne,  en 1863.   J. med. Toulouse,
1863, 4. ser., 2: 325; 357.— Morlta,  Y.  Statistic observation
on Measles in Dairen.  J. Orient. M., 1936, 24: 22.—Moscato,
P.  Sulla  epidemia di morbillo  dominante in Porto  Empe-
docle dal dicembre  1902  al marzo 1903.   Rass. internaz. med.
mod., 1905,  6: 161; 169.—Nieto, A.  Una epidemia de saram-
pi6n en  el  Astillero.  Siglo med., 1905, 52: 515.—Oddo  &
Monges.   Une  Epidemie de  rougeole  a  Sainte-Marguerite.
Marseille med., 1906, 43: 498.—Orjuben, L.  A propos d'une
6pid6mie de  rougeole  a bord du  paquebot La Navarre en juin
1906.  Hyg.  gen.  appl., Par.,  1907,  2:  158-63—Panayo-
tatou, A.  Herpes  et rougeole en Egypte.   Rev.  mid. hyg.
trop., Par.,  1926, 18: 41-4.—Poulain.  Un essai de prophy-
laxie urbaine de la rougeole dans  une grande ville; epidemie
de 1934.   Rev. hyg., Par.,  1935, 57: 561-90.—Schubert, O.
Masernstudien  in  einem  sudentendeutschen  Kreis.  Klin.
Wschr., 1942, 21:  95.—Schwarzaugl, A.   Unsere Masernen-
demie 1936-37.  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1938,  9: 507-16.—Sears,
F. W.  Measles in four  central  New York counties for 1932.
N. York State  J. M., 1933, 33:  1381-3.—Spier, I.  Beobach-
tungen iiber Masern  vom Jahre 1890-1905 inkl. Ann. Stadt.
allg. Krankenh. Munchen,  1908,  13:  66-82.—Top,  F. H..
Measles in  Detroit,  1935;  factors influencing the secondary
attack rate among susceptibles at  risk.   Am. J. Pub.  Health,
1938, 28: 935-43.—Vrancea, A.  [Measles]  In: Probl. san.
pop. rurale  Romania, Bucur.,  1940, 542-5.—Wilson, G. N.
Measles; its prevalence  and mortality in Aberdeen.  Pub.
Health, Lond.,  1905-06, 18: 65-82, 11 ch.,  3  tab.—Zuniga,
M. F.   Algunas consideraciones  sobre la  epidemia de sa-
rampi6n de 1903.  Cr6n.  med., Lima, 1904, 21: 318; 340: 1905,
22: 8.

----   German.
   See Rubella; also Rubeola.

----   Hematology and hematopoietic system.
   See also Leukocyte, Degeneration: Barranikov-
Doehle bodies.
   Bjorn-Hansen,  H.      Leukozyten-Untersu-
chungen bei den  Masern.  180p.  8? Upps., 1932.
  Forms Suppl. 1, v. 14, Acta paediat.
   Marechallat,  P.    Contribution k l'etude
comparee de l'hemogramme et du myelogramme
dans la rougeole [Lyon]   59p.   25%cm.   Bourg,
1938.
   Mevel-Dubois, G.   *Quelques recherches sur
la formule leucocytaire dans la  rougeole.   44p.
24cm   Par., 1942.
   Senff,  H.   *Ueber das  Verhalten  des  Blutes
und  Harns  bei   Masern  und  Scharlach.   16p.
8?   Rostock,  1932.
   Benjamin, B.,  &  Ward, S.  M.  Leukocytic response to
measles.  Am. J.  Dis. Child., 1932, 44: 921-63.—Bleyer, A.
Enlargement  of the  spleen in  measles. Ibid., 1926,  31:  26-
30.—Flesch, A., & Schossberger, S.  Ueber die Veranderung
des neutrophilen   Blutbildes im  Inkubationsstadium  von
Masern.  Jahrb.  Kinderh.,  1906,  64:  724-9.  Also Hun-
garian transl. Orv. hetil., 1906,  50: 693.—Friedman,  E. The
spleen  in measles.   Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1927, 34:  854-6.
         The spleen in measles; further  contribution.  Ibid.
1931,  43: 1114-6.—Gentil, A.  Sul comportamento  dell'az-
zurrofilia nel morbillo.  Pediatria  (Riv.) 1933,  41: 446-54 —
Goldberg, L. L., & Shapiro, S. L.  [Blood picture in  measles
as index of allergy]  Sovet. pediat., 1935, No. 2, 1-10—Jona,
G.  Di un caso di  leucemia  linfatica acuta insorta  in con-
valescenza  di  morbillo.  Pediat. med.  prat.,  Tor.,  1933, 8:
177-83.—Lagriffoul.  La  formule leucocytaire de la  rougeole
et de la  rubeole.  Arch.  med. exp., Par., 1906, 18:  818-27.
Also C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1906, 61: 330-2.  Also Montpellier
med  1906, 23: 457-61.—Lane, H. A.   The  blood  picture
in measles.  Brit. M. J.,  1930, 1:  950.—Maciel.H.  A hema-
tologia do sarampo.  Arq. brasil. med. nav., 1941-42, 2:
705-42.   Also  Bol. Acad, nac med., Rio, 1941-42, 113:  No.
9> 60-7,  4 tab.—Nagahama,  M.  Ueber das  Auftreten  der
Reticulocyten bei Masern. Acta paediat. jap., 1938, 44: 59.—
Olechnowiez, S.  Recherches  sur les globules  blancs  dans la
rougeole.  Rev. fr. pediat, 1929, 5: 209-14.—Pinelli,  A  Sul
comportamento della colesterinemia nel morbillo.  Med.  inf.,
Roma, 1933, 4: 137-46.—Popov,  A.  V.  Diagnosticheskoye
znacheniye Kolebaniy  v chislle  leikotsitor pri kori. Med.
obozr., Moskva, 1905, 44: 611-9.—Redlich, F., & Maternowska.
Beitrag zur Hamatologie der Masern.   Mschr. Kinderh., 1928, 
MEASLES
464   â– 
MEASLES
38: 178-84.—Stancanelli, G.   Modificazioni ematologiche nel
morbillo.   Pediatria (Riv.)  1934, 42:  457-84.— Tileston, W.
The blood in measles.  J. Infect. Dis., Chic,  1904,  1: 531-89.

---   hemorrhagic.
   Binder,  I. Measles with hemorrhagic manifestations; report
of case.  Arch.  Pediat., N. Y.,  1931, 48: 795-7.—Cabannes,
Montoux   &  The.    Conjonctivite  pseudo-membraneuse  a
streptocoques dans un cas  de rougeole h^morragique;  mort.
Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux  (1925) 1926, 56-60.- ( alandria,
F. H.  Sarampi6n purpuriforme.  Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1936,
35: 1093-105.—Corbia, A.  Di una non frequente complicanza
nel morbillo.  Clin, pediat., Mod., 1927, 9: 779-86.—Linehan,
J. J.   A case of haemorrhagic measles.  Brit. M. J., 1942, 2:
725.—Lowenburg, H.,  & Schaller, A. L.  Hemorrhagic measles
with encephalitis; recovery;  intraspinous injection of convales-
cent serum as a therapeutic procedure.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,
1926,  43:  73-83.—McLendon,  P.  A.  Hemorrhagic  measle-
complicating encephalitis;  convalescent blood  injection; re-
covery.  Ibid., 544-7.—MacQueen, I. A. G.  Haemorrhagic
measles. Brit.  M. J.,  1943. 1: 22.—Miller, A. A.   Purpura in
the course  of measles; a case  treated with vitamin P.  Brit.
J. Child. Dis.,  1941,  38: 1-14.—Steinberg, I. R.   Sarampi6n
equim6tico  (sintomatologla  y  formas  clinicas del sarampidn)
Dia med., B. Air., 1935, 7:  1349-51.

----   Histology.
   Broadhurst, J., Maclean, M. E.. & Saurino, V. Inclusion bodies
in measles.   J.  Infect. Dis., 1937. 61:  201-7.—Masugi. M., &
Minami, G.  Leber einen Fall von Masern  mit Riesenzellcn-
bildungen  an  Luftwegen,   Mund-  und  Rachenschleinihaut.;
iiber  die  Einschliisse  an  Masernriesenzellen.   Beitr.  path.
Anat., 1938,  101: 483-502. pl.   Parsons.  H. H.  Eosinophilic
bodies  in  measles.   California West.  M.,   1938,  48:  266.—
Sangiorgi,  G.   Ancora sui  corpi  acidofili  (clamidozoi)  del
morbillo.   Pathologica,  Genova, 1929, 21:  31.—Wegelin, C.
Zur histologischen Diagnose der Masern. Schweiz.'med. Wschr.,
1937, 67: 1.

----   History.
   Brincker,  J. A. H.   A historical, epidemiological and aeti-
ological study  of measles  (rnoibilli;  rubeola)  Proc.  R.  Soc.
M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 807-2S.  Caulfield, E.  Early measles
epidemics  in America.  Yale  .1. Biol., 1942-43,  15:  531-56.
Also  Centaur,   Menasha,  1943-44, 49:  10-24— Debre,  R.,
Joannon, P., &  Papp, K.   L'immunisation active contre la
rougeole; £tude  historique et orientation des recherches actu-
elles.   Ann. mid., I'ar., 1926, 20: 343-61.-  Forrhhammcr, H.
[Treatment of  measles at the  court of Louis XIV)   Lgeskr.
laeger, 1932,  94: 865.-  Gafafer, W. M.  Peter Ludwig Panum's
Observations on the contagiuin of measles.  Isis, Bruges, 1935,
24: 90-101.—Petges <V Gadaud.  L'inoculation de la rougeole
au  XVin« siecle.  J.  rued. Bordeaux,  1926, 56: 573.—Tenconi,
A.  Qualche osservazione su un'epidemia di morbillo a Varese.
Pediat. med. prat., Tor.,  1935, 10:  118-21.—Teomas.   Le
serpent dans la rougeole.  Chron. mid., 1926, 33: 26.

----   Immune serum.

   See also subheading Prevention.
   Auld. A. G.   Supply of  measles antiserum.   Brit.  M. J.,
1936, 1: 447.—Baron, C. Erfahrungen mit dem Degkwitzschen
Masernschutzserum.   Med.   Klin., Berl.,   1927,  23:  48.—
Bychkova,  V.  S.  [On preventing  measles by  Degkwitz's
method  (blood  and  serum  inoculations)]   Mosk. med. J.,
1927, 7: 29-36.—Chumachenko, O. Z. [Application of Zbar-
sky's   bactericide as  a  preservative  in anti-measles serum]
J. mikrob., Moskva,  1941, 84.—Degkwitz,  R.   Weitere  Er-
fahrungen  mit Masern-Serum vom Tier.  Klin.  Wschr., 1926,
5:1361-6.  ------  Spezifisches Masernschutzserum vom Tier.
Munch,  med.  Wschr.,  1926,  73:  181;  248— Erichson, K.
Erfahrungen mit dem  Masernschutzserum vom  Tier nach
Degkwitz.   Med. Klin., Berl.,  1926, 22: 1332-4.— Ferencz, P.
[Comparative value of preventive serums in measles]  Buda-
pesti orv. ujs., 1930,28: 259-61.—Finkelstein, U. A., Weinberg,
R.  J.,  & Shavrov,  M. M.   [Investigations  on  measles anti-
serum: manufacturing, control,  application]  Sovet.  pediat.,
1934,  Xo. 3.  34-47.—Fortunatov, M. P.  [Results in introduc-
tion of anti-measles serum by enema]  Sovet.  med., 1940, 4:
No. 21, 17.—Glaser,  F. Ueber Impfung  mit Maseru-Tier-
schutzserum  nach  Degkwitz.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1926,  22:
766.—Gundobin, N.  P.  Bakteriya kori i protivokorevava
syvorotka.    Vrach.  gaz.,   1905, 12:  1029-31.—Gunn,  W.
A critical investigation of the value  of immune  sera in  the
prophylaxis  of  measles.  Lancet,  Lond.,  192S,  2:  690-4.—
Hagen, W.   Praktische Erfahrungen mit dem Hammelschutz-
serum  gegen Masern.   Deut. med. Wschr.,  1926,  52: 871.—
Halpern, L. J.  The prevention and modification of measles by
measles anti-diplococcus eoat serum   J.  Am. M.  Ass., 1928,
90: 1109-11.—Hoyne,  A. L.   The prevention of measles; some
results with the use of TuinieTiff's immune goat serum.  Illinois
M. J.,  1928, 53: 114-9.------&  Gasul, B. M.  Measles
prophylaxis; report  on the use of immune goat serum  J  Am
M. Ass.,  1926,  87: 1185-8.—Hoyne, A.  L., & Peacock,  s!
Prevention  and  modification  of mea-les with  anti-measles
diplocoecu- goat serum.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1928, 35: 1021-3.__
Kaupe, W.   Das Masernschutzserum nach  Degkwitz   Med
Klin.,  Berl.,  1926,  22: 213.—Kochmann. R. Praktische  Er-
 fahrungen  mit  dem  Degkw itzsehen  Masern-Sehutzscrum
 Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1926,  52:  565.— Kolosnikova, I,.  I., 4
 Holchcv, N. V.  [Drv antimeasles sera]  ,1.  miktoli., Mo»kva
 1943, No. 6, 60-2.  —  -- & Pivovarova,  E.  A.   (A filtered
 antimeasles serum]   Ibid.,  1944,  No. 6,  36-S.—Mcndelewa,
 J. A.  Zur praktischen Anwendung der Methode nach Degk-
 witz  und  nach  Rietsehel.   Arch.  Kinderh.,  1929-30,  89:
 119-21.—Mosse, K.   Erfahrungen mit der Masernprophylaxt'
 durch Tierserum. nach Degkwitz.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1112(1, 5;
 708.—Nash,  E. II. T.   The supply of  measles serum.  Lancet'
 Lond., 1937, 2:  651.—Nocht,  B.  Spezifisches  Masernschutz-
 serum vom  Tier.   Miinch. med. Wschr..  1926,  73: 366.—
 Noeggerath. C, Osier, H., & Viethcn,  A.  Zur Beurteihiiig von
 Masernscluitzseren namentlich des von Degkwitz angeirehonen
 Tierischen.   Klin. Wschr.,  1926,  5:  1168-74.—Orlov, G. A.
 [Source  material  for the preparation of anti-measles serum]
 J. mikrob., Moskva,  1940,  34-41. ------  [Specific titration
 of antimeasles  serum]  Ibid., 1943, No. 3, 48-54.  Also Am
 Rev.  Soviet M.,  1944-45, 2: 531-6.------Glagoleva, T. A.,
 & Kolesnikova, L. N.   [Results of the application  of quinosoi
 as a  preservative in the preparation of anti-measles scrum]
 J. mikrob., Moskva,  1940, 29-34 —Peterman,  M.  G.  Anti-
 measles  diplococcus  serum (Tunnicliff)   Am.  ,1.  Di.s. Child.,
 1930, 39: 294-7.—Pomyalovski,  V. I.  Baktcrii kcui i proti-
 vokorevava  syvorotka. Prakt.   viach,   1906,  5:  487;  507;
 520; 536.------K  voprosu o  syvoi otoclmom llechenii kori;
 dalrlelshiye  opiti  s  dlefstviyem protivokorevoi svvoiotki
 Vrach. gaz.,  1908, 15: 1031-5.—Progulski, S.,  & Redlich, F.
 Erfahrungen  mit dem neuen Masernschutzserum  nach Degk-
 witz.  Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1461. Also I'olska gaz. lek., 1926,
 5: 403-5.—Rabinovich, E.  M., & Puzevskaia,  E. M.  [Com-
 parative  evaluation  of quinosoi  and  chloroform as preserva-
 tives for  anti-measles serum] J. mikrob., Moskva,  1942, No. 5,
 65.—Rischke.  Erfahrungen mit Masernschutzserum.  Med.
 Welt, 1936, 10: 1039.—Rudder, B. de. Erfahrungen mit dem
 neuen Maserntierserum.   Klin.  Wschr.. 1926, 5:  1406-8.—
 Schmidt, W.  Erfahrungen mit Maserntierserum.  Deut. med.
 Wschr.,  1926, 52: 1303.  Silverman, A.  (!.  Animal serum in
 measles;  results with Fcrrv  and  with  Degkwitz .serum.  Am.
 J. Dis. Child.,  1929,  37:  963-7L—Sprcitzer, O.  H.  Erfah-
 rungen  mit  dem tierischen  Degkwitzschen   Masernserum.
 Munch,   med.   Wschr.,   1927,   74:   1089.— Strutsovskaia,
 B. L., &  Bialik, R. M.  [Dosage of anti-measles serum]  Pedi-
 atria, Moskva,  1940,  No. 11, 32-5.—Torday. F.  [Prevention
 of measles with Degkwitz animal serum]  Budapesti orv. ujs.,
 1927, 25: 185-8.—Tunnicliff, R., & Hoyne, A. L.   Prevention
 of measles by immune goat serum. J. Am. AI. Ass., 1926, 87:
 2139.-----I'm ther studies on a diplococcus from measles;
 prevention of measles bv immune goat serum.  J. Infect. Dis.,
 1926, 38: 48-53.-  Tunnicliff, R., & White, B.  An anti-measles-
diplococcus  serum.   Boston M.   & S. J., 1927, 197: 272 —
Vasilevskaia, N.  N., & Chumachenko, O. Z.  [On the use of
quinosoi   as  preservative  of  placental  anti-measles  serum]
J. mikrob., Moskva, 1939,  No. 1, 75-8.—Zikowsky.  Schutz-
impfung  gegen  Masern nach Degkwitz.   Wien. med. Wschr.,
 1928, 78: 362.

----   Immunity.
   BeclSre, A.  Sero-attenuation  et immunity vis-a-vis de la
 rougeole, de la  vaccine et de la variole; comparaison et analo-
 gies.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1930, 3. ser., 46:  1206-10.—
 Bentzen,  G.  E.  Uimodtagelighed for mreslinger i  spfi dbarn-
 salderen.   Norsk mag. laegevid.,  1905, 5.  R., 3: 713-21.—
 Canelli, A. F.   Sur le comportement normal et pathologique de
 l'immunite antimorbilleuse chez  le nourrisson  jcune.  Rev.
 fr. pediat., 1929,  5:  668-80.  ------  L'importance immuno-
 logique du phenomtae de  Debr6, Bonnet et Broca dans la
 rougeole.   Boll.  Sez.  ital.  Soc.   internaz. microb., 1929,  1:
 173-5.—Debre,  R.    Sero-Abschwachung  und   Immunitat
 gegen Masern.  Arch.  Kinderh.,  1931-32, 95: 169-75.  -----
 Bonnet,  H. [et  al.]  Sero-att€nuation et immunity vis-a-vis de
 la rougeole.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1930,  3. ser.,  46:
 1054—62.—Gutwirth,  A.  [Immunobiology of  measles]  Cas.
 \ik. Cesk., 1929, 68:  1402-6.—Jackson. J.  W.  Have vou had
 measles?  Month. Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1943, 46: 113 —
 Lyon, G. M.   The duration of  passive  immunitv in measles
 prophylaxis.  West Virginia M. J., 1926,  21: 291.—Petenyi. G.
 [Immunity in measles (experimental tests)]  Orv.  hetil., 1928,
 72: 148-51.—Sala, U.  Considerazioni sulla immunita per il
 morbillo  del lattante al di sotto dei sei mesi.  Pediatria (Riv.)
 1939, 47: 351-4.—Smith, R. E.  Familial congenital immunity
 against measles.  Arch. Dis. Childh.,  Lond.. 1942, 17: 169 —
 Townsend, J.  H. Does modified measles confer  lasting im-
 munity?   N. England J. M., 1936, 214: 732.


 ----   Immunization.

   See Measles, Prevention.

 ----   Incubation period.

   See also subheading Prodrome.
   Abels, H.  Ueber  mitigierte Morbillen  und  verliingerte
 Inkubationszeit.   Wien.   med.  Wschr.,  1908, 58:  83-7 —
 Blechmann, G. Rougeoles anormales  avec invasion prolongee;
 difficulty du diagnostic.  Bull. Soc. med.  Paris, 1931, 522-30.—
 Blume,  C.   Erneute  Masern  nach abgeschwiichten Masern;
 Verliingerung der Inkubationszeit.  Arch. Kinderh., 1933, 99:
 49.—Genersich, G.  A kanyar6 lappangasa.  Orv. hetil.,  1900, 
MEASLES
465
MEASLES
 50- 266- 286  [Discussion] 322.  Also German transl. Ungar.
 mwl Presse. 1906,11: 105; 123.—Kiryakov, S. I.  Zachatochniy
 period kori.   Vrach,  1893,  14: 945-9.—Lereboullet,  P.,  &
 Baize, P.  La periode d'incubation de la rougeole.  Arch. med.
 Pnf  1931 34: 474-83.—Lillie, C. E.  The incubation period of
 morbilli. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond.,  1905-06,13: 68.—Schluter,
 A  Ueber  die Verlangerung der Inkubationszeit bei Masern.
 Kinderarztl. Prax., 1936, 7: 360.

 ---  Larynx and pharynx.
   Acute cedema of the larynx in measles.   Clin. J., Lond., 1934,
 63: 260.—Bertrand.  Oedeme  de la  glotte  et spasme rebelle
 post-rub6olique.  J. sc mid.  Lille, 1908, 2: 323-6.—Bizziocchi,
 P. Laringostenosi da morbillo.  Gazz. osp., 1907, 28: 441-5.—
 Chauveau,  C.   Regression rapide de  vegetations ad6noides a
 la suite de la rougeole.  Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1905, 20:
 g73 —Cibils Aguirre, R., & Bunge,  E. S.  Crup  pre-sarampio-
 noso.  Arch, argent, pediat., 1931, 2:  419-21.—Condulmer, P.
 Laringite stridula  nell'inizio del morbillo (morbo di Kopp)
 Riv. med.,  1906,  14:  36.—Deguy  & Le Play.  Gangrene  et
 ulcerations pharyngo-laryngees post-rub6oliques.   Bull. Soc.
 pediat. Paris,  1905, 7:  203-7.—Deherripon &  Galiegue.   A
 propos de quatre cas de laryngites  morbilleuses graves.   J. sc.
 med. Lille, 1930,  48: pt 2, 97; 130.—Demay de Certant, M.
 Laryngite  morbilleuse;  tirage intense ayant dure quatorze
 jours;  traitement medical; guerison.  Gaz. sc. m6d. Bordeaux,
 1904, 25: 219-21.—Detering, C.  Zur Klinik und Differential-
 diagnose des  echten diphtherischen  und Pseudokrupps bei
 Masern.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1926,  33: 402-11.—Dragisic, B.
 Ueber die prodromale Masernangina.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1936,
 32:  1498-500.—Duperie, R.   Les  laryngites graves tardives
 de la rougeole.  Progr.  med.,  Par., 1936, 1947.—Gallina, D.
 Sulla presenza del bacillo di Loeffler  in casi di laringite post-
 morbillosa a decorso prolungato.  Valsalva, 1933,  9: 680-4.—
 Goodall, E. W. Extensive ulceration  of the pharynx following
 measles.  Tr.  Hunterian Soc,  Lond.,  1903-04, 69.—Martin
 Calderin, A.  Algunas consideraciones con motivo de 157 casos
 de estenosis laringea post-sarampionosa.   Arch, espan. pediat.,
 1926, 10: 577-98.—Mercandino, C.  P., & Vivoli,  D. Laringitis
 ulcerosas sarampionosas; falso crup sarampionoso.  Rev. brasil.
 otorinolar.,  1940,  8:  575-84,  11  pl.—Montefusco, A.   La
 pilocarpina nella  cura delle  laringostenosi morbillose.   Gior.
 internaz. sc. med., 1908, n. ser., 30: 310-20.—Mulvany, J. H.
 Oedema  of  the glottis complicating  measles; a review of 8
 personal cases.  Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 638-40.—Oliver, K. S., &
 Turner, E. L.  Acute edema of the larynx complicating measles.
 J. Am. M. Ass.,  1933, 101: 1801.— Parannifo,  A.  Laringite
 morbillosa  curata  col  siero antidifterico.  Lav. Congr. med.
 int., 1907, 17: 305-7.—Perelman, E. N.  [Measles laryngitis]
 Pediatria, Moskva, 1941, No. 11, 63-6.—Pernetta, C.  Laryn-
 gite estridulosa grave no inicio do sarampo.  Sao Paulo med.,
 1937, 10: 193-200.—Shuman, H. H.  Acute laryngeal obstruc-
 tion in measles. Clin. J., Lond., 1941, 70: 189. ------  Acute
 laryngeal obstruction as a complication of measles.  N. England
 J. M., 1941,  224: 727.—Suarez  Sinova,  L.  Las laringo-
 estenosis post-sarampionosas.  Inform, med., 1932, 9: 60-4.—
 Vargas, M.  Masernkrupp.   Mschr. Kinderh., 1903-04,  2:
 599-605.—Villa,  A.   Sulla  patogenesi   della  laringostenosi
 acuta nel morbillo. Pediatria  (Arch.) Nap., 1907, 2 ser.,  5:
 895-907.

 ---   Lung and pleura.

   Blin-Lecotjr,  A.    *Therapeutiques   preven-
 tives   des  complications   pulmonaires   de   la
 rougeole.    78p.   8?   Par.,  1935.
   Gres,  R.   *A propos  de Faction des  derives
 sulfamides  sur  certaines  pneumopathies  aigues
 au  cours  de  la  rougeole.   36p.   24cm.    Par.,
 1939.
   Grtjber,  M.  *Masernsterblichkeit  mit  be-
 sonderer Beriiksichtigung  der  Masernpneumonie
 [Munchen]   19p.   21cm.  Schramberg,  1937.
   Kreider, P. G.   The bacteriology,  pathology
 and   etiology   of   measles    pneumonia.     48p.
 25/2cm.   Springf., 1943.
   Faille, M.    *Rougeole et  pneumonie.   68p.
 8?   Par.,  1926.
   Amic.  Un cas  de rougeole  chez I'adulte age;  pneumonie
 pre-morbilleuse. Lyon  med., 1938, 162: 315-9.—Banks, G.
 S. Relationship of measles  and whooping-cough  to chronic
 inflammatory conditions  of the  chest.  Lancet,  Lond., 1934,
 1: 1009.—Barbicky, N. A.   [Pathogenesis and  treatment of
 pneumonia during  measles]   Sovet. med., 1940, 4: No. 17,
 29-32.—Bazan,  F.,  &  Sujoy,  E.  Bronconeumonfa saram-
 pionosa.  Sem.  med., B. Air., 1939,  46: pt 1, 637-50.------
 & Maggi,  R.  Mortalidad por bronconeumonia sarampionosa.
 An. Soc. puericult,  B. Aires, 1941, 7: 327.  Also  Arch, argent.
 pediat., 1941, 16: 290.—Boswell, W.  C.  &  Saye,  E. B.  An
 unusual series of complications following  measles; case report.
J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934,  23:  426.—Bottornley, F. C.  Note
on lobar pneumonia following  measles.  Brit.  M. J.,  1905,
1: 237.—Brinnitzer,  H. N.   Klinische und rontgenologische
Lungenuntersuchungen  masernkranker Kinder.   Klin. Wschr.,
1932,  11: 2109.—Busby, J. G.   Broncho-pneumonia com-
 plicating measles; prognosis and treatment.   Charlotte M. J.,
 1906, 29: 193-6.—Cannata, S.   La flora batterica nelle bron-
 co-polmoniti morbillose; contributo all'etiologia delle bronco-
 polrnoniti secondarie.  Riv. med., 1906, 14: 149-51.—Cathala,
 J.  Traitement  des broncho-pneumonies  de  la rougeole  par
 les lysats-vaccins et le  serum antidiphterique  (methode  de
 Duchon)   Bull. Soc med. hop.  Paris,  1927,3. ser., 51: 893-
 913.—Cheyalley, Duchon & Fourestier.  Essai  de prevention
 des  infections  broncho-pulmonaires de  la  rougeole.  Presse
 med.,  1936,  44: 766.—Craig, C.  F.   The etiology and  the
 pathology  of bronchopneumonia  complicating  measles.  J.
 Am. M. Ass., 1905, 44: 1187-93.—Debre, R., Marie, J. [et al.]
 Kyste congenital du poumon  chez un nourrisson; infection
 du kyste au cours d'une rougeole; extension progressive  du
 kyste simulant un pneumothorax chronique.  Bull. Soc. mid.
 hop. Paris, 1937, 3.  ser.,  53:  531-41.—Dobrokhotova, A. I.
 [Certain data on the pathogenesis and clinical aspect of measles
 pneumonia]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1940, No.  12,  12-7.—Eck,
 H.  Bemerkenswerte  Befunde  bei der  Masernpneumonie.
 Beitr.  path.  Anat., 1940-41, 105: 91-106.—Eley, T. L.  A
 case of measles  complicated with pneumonia.   Phys.  Med.
 Rec, 1906, 9: 101-3.—Ellison, J. B.   Pneumonia in measles.
 Arch.  Dis. Child.,  Lond.,  1931,  6:  37-52.---Ferru,  M.  G.,
 Perdoux,  J., &  Michiels, J.  Appendicite suppurde au coura
 d'une  rougeole  compliquee  de  broncho-pneumonie chez  un
 enfant.  Arch.  med.  enf.,  1932,  35: 466.—Franzi, F.  Cura
 della broncopolmonite morbillosa.  Rinasc.  med., 1935,  12:
 17.—Goehrs,  R.  Apparition   brusque   d'adenites  hilaires
 tuberculeuses a la suite de rougeole. Bull. Soc pediat. Paris,
 1936, 34:  648-52.—Gonzalez, H. D.,  &  Dalto, A. Pleuresia
 y bronconeumonia sarampionosa.  Prensa mid. argent., 1939,
 26:  pt 1, 248-53.—Grant,  Buxbaum & Freund.  Measles;
 influenza meningitis; pneumonia.  Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1943,
 60:  694.—Grosser, R.  Klinik der sekundaren Masernpneu-
 monien.  Jahrb. Kinderh., 1933, 3. F.,  88: 200-18.  Henning,
 N.  Bakteriologische Befunde bei Masernpneumonien.  Ibid.,
 1926, 3. F., 63: 217-24.—Kersten, G.  Zur Bronchopneumonie-
 Behandlung  bei Masern.   Kinderarztl. Prax., 1938, 9: 466.—
 Kohn, J. L., & Koiransky, H.  Roentgenographs reexamina-
 tion of the chests  of children  from six to ten months after
 measles.  Am.  J. Dis. Child.,  1931, 41: 500-6.—Kuraya, S.
 La  pneumonie-rougeole  chez  les  nourrissons;  recherches
 cliniques, pathologiques, et anatomiques.   Orient. J. Dis. Inf.,
 Kyoto, 1929, 5:  3.—Levit. M.  M., Sokolova, L. D., & Karel-
 skaia, A. F.  [Etiology of  measles  pneumonia in children]
 Pediatria,  Moskva,  1939, No. 2-3, 34-9.—Lidzka, P.  [Case
 report of atelactasis of the lung following grave hemorrhage
 during measles]   Warsz. czas. lek., 1937, 14: 645-7.—Martinez
 Vargas.  Garrotillo sarampionoso; su estrecha relaci6n con la
 broncopneumonfa.  Med. ninos, 1919,  20: 136-8.—Mikulow-
 ski,  W.  De la phtisie  pneumonique morbilleuse chez les
 enfants.  Arch.   med. enf.,  1930,  33: 711-26—Milles,  G)
 Measles, pneumonia (with a note on the giant cells of measles.
 Am.  J.  Clin.  Path.,  1945,  15: 334-8.—Morales Arrillaga.
 J. L.  Cuatro casos de pneumonia post-sarampi6n.  Arch.  Iat.
 amer.  pediat., B. Air., 1929, 3. ser., 23: 247-52.—Nazari, A.
 La forma  bronchiettasica della  broncopolmonite morbillosa
 dei bambini e la bronchiettasia cronica  degli adulti.  Poli-
 clinico, 1907, 14: sez. med., 189-97.—Nobecourt, P., & Lere-
 boullet, J.  Oedeme aigu du poumon au cours de la rougeole.
 Arch. med. enf.,  1931, 34: 461-74.—Ochkur, G. E.  [Material
 on the pathogenesis and  pathological anatomy  of  measles
 pneumonia particularly allergic vasculitis occurring during its
 course]  Vrach.   delo, 1939,  21:  633-8.—Pesikova,  M. I.
 [Sulphidine treatment of early measles pneumonia]  Pediatria,
 Moskva,  1943,   52^.—Rabadan  Fernandez,  P.  El trata-
 miento de las  bronconeumonfas post-sarampionosas  por las
 lisovacunas.  Med. ibera, 1932, 26: pt 1, 132-5.—Rakower,
 J.  [Diagnosis of pleural adhesions in severe hemorrhage in
 measles]  Warsz.  czas. lek.,  1937,  14: 644.—Revuelta,  A.
 Sulfamidotiazol  en el sarampi6n; su empleo profilactico de las
 complicaciones  pulmonares.  Dfa mecl., B.  Air.,  1942,  14:
 198-200.—Roentgenograph^ appearances  of  the lungs  in
 measles.  J.  Am. M.  Ass., 1939, 112: 345.—Shapiro,  S. L.
 [Treatment of measles pneumonia with sulfidine]   Sovet. med.,
 1942, 6: No. 3, 11-4.  ------Polozhentseva, S. P., & Mazina,
 F. V.  [Content  of ascorbic acid in the blood and urine in
 measles and  therapeutic  evaluation of extract  of the dog-
 rose   in treatment  of   morbillous  pneumonia]  Pediatria,
 Moskva, 1940,  No. 10,  29-35—Shelton-Arnoldson, R.   Sur
 deux cas de pleurfeie bilaterale post-morbilleuse. Bull.  Soc.
 pediat.  Paris, 1938, 36: 665-70.—Singer, E.   Nach  Masern
 erworbene  Atrophie der  einen  Lunge, vikarriierende Hyper-
 trophie der anderen.  Med.  Welt,  1927,  1:  1390-2.—Smith,
 L. W.  The  pathology of measles with special  reference to
 pneumonia.  Arch. Path.,  Chic,  1934,  18:  761.—Soboleva,
 V. D. [Early  changes in the lungs during measles]  Pediatria,
 Moskva, 1940,  No. 12,  18-21.—Strukov, A. I.   [Pathomor-
 phology  of measles  pneumonia  in relation to  age]   Ibid.,
 3-11.—Talaiko,  A.  Z. [Clinical and roentgenological peculi-
 arities  of  the  course of  measles  pneumonia]   Ibid.,  1943,
45-52.—Tello, F., & Martinez, R.  Contribuci6n  al estudio
 de las  bronconeumonfas   postsarampionosas.   Med.  ibera,
 1934, 28: pt  1, 393.—Veran, P.  Pneumothorax  spontan6 au
 cours de la rougeole  non compliquee.   Bull. Soc mid. hop.
Paris, 1943, 59:  125-7.—Viethen, A. Klinische und rontgeno-
logische   Lungenuntersuchungen   masernkranker   Kinder.
Klin. Wschr., 1931,  10:  2072-6.—Warren.  Measles; passive
 pleural  effusion;  multiple  lung  abscesses.  Arch.  Pediat..
 N. Y.,  1941, 58: 329-31.
549701—vol. 10, 4th sebies-
-30 
MEASLES
466
MEASLES
----   Lymphatic system.
   Despois, Y.   *Lcs adenopathies superficielles
au cours de la  rougeole et de la rubeole; critique
de  leur  valeur   diagnostique.    49p.   25^cm.
Lyon,  1938.
   De  Toni, G.  Adenopatia acuta generalizzata dolorosa nel
decorso del morbillo.  Gazz. osp., 1927, 48: 409-11.


----    malignant.
   Baker, A. Z.  Malignant measles.  Brit. M. J., 1941, 1:
380.—Gerbe,  H.,  &  Eck, H.  Diesjiihrige Masernepidemie
besonders bosartig.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 985 (Abstr.)—
Goodwin, G. P.  Malignant measles?  Brit. M. J., 1941, 1:
462.—Homrighouse, S. L., & McKee, T. M.  Fatal prodromal
measles.  N. York State J. M., 1939,  39: 1934-6.—Loe we,
G., &  Viethen,  A.   Klinische, pathologisch-anatomische  und
bakterioskopische   Untersuchungen   bei   einer   bosartigen
Masernendemie.  Zschr.   Kinderh..  1927,  43:  356-72 —
Patterson,  W. H.  Malignant  measles?   Brit. M. J., 1941,
1: 419.—Thomen,  A. A.  How  serious  a  disease is measles?
In his Doctors  don't believe it, N. Y., 1941,  140-2.—Ward,
M. E.   Malignant measles?  Brit.  M. J., 1941,  1: 537.


----   Manifestation.

   Triatj, R.   *Sur  un  signe  precoce de la rou-
 geole.   50p.    8?   Par., 1930.
   Abercrombie, G. F.  The  illness of infection in  measles.
 Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1929, 26:  15-21—Aly-Belfaidel,  S.   Un
 nuovo sintoma precoce del morbillo.  Prat, med., Nap., 1907-
 08,  8: 42-6.—Jakobs,  H.  [An early symptom of  measles]
 Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1928,  72: pt  2, 3914.—Jasinski,  W.
 [Early symptoms and rare complications  in measles]   Polska
 gaz. lek.,  1933,  12:  620-4.—Leak, W. N. Ligat's reflex in
 measles.  Brit.  M. J., 1935, 2: 84.—Martinez. P.  D., & Salas,
 M.  Un caso de afonia, disnea y cianosis.  Bol. mid. Hosp.
 inf., Mex.,  1944,  1: No.  4, 7-18.—Meyer, R.  Le diagnostic
 precoce de  la rougeole; le signe du repli semilunaire et  l'angine
 rougeoleuse prodromique.  Rev. fr. pediat.,  1934, 10: 85.—
 Nobecourt, P., Leven, G., &  Merklen,  P.  Le  poids et les
 urines dans la rougeole.  Rev. mal. enf.,  1905, 23: 529-43.—
 Schacter, M.   Le diagnostic  precoce de  la rougeole  le signe
 de l'oeil de verre et le signe du repli semilunaire de E. Meyer.
 Rev.  fr. pediat., 1934, 10: 616-8.


 ----  Metabolism.

    Burnier, J.   *La  glycemie dans la rougeole.
 28p.    23cm.    Geneve, 1940.
    Brodovich,   L.  A.  [Characteristics of sugar curves  in
 measles] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935,  38: 411-8.—Cimmino, A.
 La calcemia nell'infezione morbillosa.  Rass.  ter. pat. clin.,
 1930, 2: 537-58.—Gautier, P.   Note sur  la glycemie au cours
 de la rougeole.   Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1940,  60: 1137-41.—
 Gazzetti, C.  L'eliminazione  dei cloruri  nel  morbillo.  Boll.
 Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1907-08, 10: 1-14.—Messeri, E.  La
 glutationemia nel morbillo.  Biochim. ter.  sper., 1938,  25:
 227-30.  ------   Studio  sul comportamento  della  glutatio-
 nemia  nel  decorso del  morbillo.  Riv.  clin.  pediat., 1939,
 37: 613-30.—Nathanson, A. O.   [Content of vitamin  A in the
 liver  in measles]   Pediatria, Moskva, 1940, No.  10, 38-40.—
 Nobecourt, P., & Merklen, P.  Variations de l'uree dans  la
 rougeole suivant  le regime alimentaire.   Bull.  Soc. pediat.
 Paris, 1906, 8: 21-5. -----  Influence de la  chloruration du
 regime sur l'elimination urinaire des chlorures et sur le poids
 au cours  de  la rougeole; considerations di^tetiques.  Rev.
 mal.  enf., 1906, 24: 360-70.


 ----   Military aspect.
    Bejarano, J. R. F.   Profiiaxis biol6gica del sarampi6n en
 la guarnicion  de Campo de Mayo.  Rev. san. mil.,  B. Air.,
  1938, 37:  1065-96.  Also Sem.  med.,  B.  Air.,  1939, 46: pt 1,
  1368-84.—Bluket.  Mediko-statisticheskaya  dannlya o  kori
  za  posliedneye  tryokhh'etiye,  po nablyudeniyam  yeya  v
  Varshavskom miestnom lazaretie.  Voen. med. J., S. Petersb.,
  1891, 171: unoffic. pt 3., sect.  1-20.—Curci, S. B. A., & Be-
 jarano, J.  F. R.  Profiiaxis biol6gica del sarampi6n en nuestro
  ejercito.  Rev. san. mil., B.  Air.,  1938,  37: 401-21—Gleits-
  mann,  H.   Die Masern im Kriege  1914—1918.   In: Kriegssan.
  Ber.  Deut. Marine,  Berl.,  1935,  3: 226-54.—Lecercle.  La
  rougeole au regiment.   Bull,  med.,  Par., 1906, 20:  998.—
  Linke, S.   [Epidemic  of  measles in the  regiments  stationed
  in  Poznan in  1932]  Lek. wojsk., 1935, 25:  16-26.—Lloyd-
  Williams,  I.  H.  Notes  on a recent epidemic of  measles.
  J. R. Army M. Corps,  1934, 62: 132.—Maynard, E. B.  The
  control of measles  in  the  army.  Mil.  Surgeon, 1930,  66:
  677-80.—Michie, H. C.  & Lull, G. E.   Measles.  In: Med.
  Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash., 1928, 9: 409-50.—
  Rodino, N.  Contributo alia epidemiologia  ed alia  profilassi
  del  morbillo  nell'Esercito italiano.  Igiene mod., 1934,  27:
  349;  398.—Swyer, R.  Algunos efectos en las condiciones  de
  guerra sobre la epidemia de  sarampi6n de  1940-41.  Rev.
  med., Puebla,  1943, 16: No. 152, 26-30.—Tadic, R. M.  [Epi-
  demiological investigations of measles in the Zagreb garrison
  in 1922-26] Glasnik, Beogr.,  1927, 3: 132-44.
----   Mortality.

   Luquel, C.   *Do la mortalite par rougeole due
k  Finsuflisante  diffusion ou  a  l'application  de-
fectueuse de la s6roprophylaxie.   104p.   8?  Par.,
1926.
   Fatality of  measles.  Med. Off.,  Lond., 1945, 73: 122.—
Forbes,  D.  Measles  mortality.   Lancet, Lond.,  1933, 1:
253-5.—Kleinschmidt, H.  Die heutige  Masemsterblichkeit
in  Deutschland.  Kinderarztl. Prax.,  1939,  10:  128-34.—
Measles.   Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1942,
16: 49-52.-—Mortality from measles in Iowa; data relative to
thirty-five deaths in 1934.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1935, 25: 209.—
Wearne, F. S.   Measles; annual death rate per 100,000 of the
population in New South Wales,  1875-1935.   Rep. Dir. Pub.
Health N. S. Wales (1935) 1937, 66.

----  Mouth.

   Ageon, T.   *Contribution  a l'etude des com-
plications bucco-pharyngees  de la rougeole chez
les  enfants.   56p.   8?   Par.,  1904.
   Dexeus, J. M.   Noma consecutiva a un sarampi6n.  Med.
ninos, 1905, 6:  142.—Fromm, W.  Ueber einen sicheren Fall
von Masern ohne Exanthem mit todlichem  Ausgang durch
Noma.  Zschr.  arztl.  Fortbild.,  1926, 23: 596.—Gonzalez,
H.  D.,  & Dalto, A.  Noma sarampionoso.  Prensa med.
argent., 1939, 26: pt 1, 347-52.—Kisel, A. A.   Sluchal vodya-
novo raka poslle kori u  malchika chetiryokh  Het, okonchiv-
shiysya  vlzdorovleniyem.  Med.  obozr.,  Moskva, 1905, 63:
 162-5.—Lyashenko, M.  Y.   Pervichniy  korevoi  stomatit;
stomatitis morbillosa desquamativa primaria.  Russ. vrach.,
1907,  6: 893-6.—MacFarlane, L. H.  Cancrum oris following
measles.  Brit.  J.  Child. Dis., 1936, 33:  275-9.  Also Clin.
J.,  Lond.,  1937,  66: 164-6.—Oxenius,  K.   Zur  Frage der
Masernlippe.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1942, 68: 1079.—Tylecote,
F. E.  The condition of the gums in  measles.   Brit. Dent.
J.,  1908,  29:  827-9.  Also  Practitioner, Lond.,  1908, 81:
326-8.—Winograd, M. G.  A case  of noma of the mouth
following measles.  Dent.  Cosmos,  1926, 68:  779.

----   Nervous system.

    Grtjninger,  M.  L.  C.   *Les  complications
 nerveuses de la rougeole.   109p.   25cm.   Nancy,
 1935.
    Appleyard, H. E.  Central nervous system complications
 of measles.  Univ. West. Ontario M. J.,  1932-33, 3: 60-3 —
 Bang, J.  [Involvement of the central nervous system as a
 complication of measles]  Bibl. laeger, 1941,  133:  221-52.—
 Branson, G. J.   Cerebral symptoms in measles.   Brit. M. J.,
 1905, 1:  941.—Cole, A. C. E.  The nervous complications of
 measles.   Ibid.,  1938,  1:  1361.—Complicazioni  nervose del
 morbillo.   Pediatria  (Riv.)  1930,  38: 905-12.—Dufourt,  A.
 Complications nerveuses de la rougeole.   J. mid. Lyon,  1930,
 11:  131—40.—Feiman,  M.  Nervose  Komplikationen  nach
 Masern.   Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern, 1933-
 35, No.  117, 1-3.—Ford,  F. R.  The  nervous complications
 of measles; with a summary of the literature  and publication
 of 12 additional  case  reports.   Bull. Johns  Hopkins Hosp.,
 1928, 43: 140-84—Groer, F. von, & Chwalibogowski, A. von.
 Nervose  Erscheinungen  bei  Masern.  Kinderarztl.  Prax.,
 1936, 7:  552-67.—Gromov, L. I., & Berzina, A. A.   [Modifica-
 tions of  mesoglia in  complicated forms of measles in relation
 with clinical data]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1940,  No. 1, 47-50.—
 Hamilton,  J.  R.   A case report of central  nervous system
 symptoms associated with measles  in an adult.  Virginia M.
 Month., 1942,  69: 324-6.—Jenkins, P. K.  Measles and the
 central nervous system. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1930, 27: 65-7.—
 Keney, C. W.   Cortical atrophy with compensatory internal
 hydrocephalus  following measles.  Jackson Clin. Bull.,  Mad-
 ison, 1943, 5: 128-30.—Kollar, I.   Ueber Veranderungen der
 vasomotorischen Innervation bei Masern und ihre Bedeutung
 bei  der  Pirquet-Reaktion.  Mschr. Kinderh.,  1925-26, 31:
 542-4.—Kostyal,  L.  [Measles  and  the   parasympathetic
 nervous system]   Magy.  orv. arch., 1930, 31:  65-80.  Also
 German transl. Zschr.  Kinderh., 1930, 49: 605-16.—Lavergne,
 V. de, & Accoyer, H.  Deux complications nerveuses survenues
 au cours de la rougeole  chez  des adultes.   Bull. Soc. med.
 h6p.  Paris, 1934, 3.  ser., 50: 1295-9.—Nervous complications
 of measles; report of five cases  in  nine months.  N. Zealand
 M.  J.,  1936,  35: 101-9.—Roos, B.  Komplikationen Beitens
 des Zentralnervensystems bei Morbilli.   Acta paediat-, UppS'i
 1942,  30: 123-47.—Rospide, P. C, &  Fongi, E. G.  Com-
 plicaciones nerviosas  del sarampi6n.  Sem. med.,  B. Air.,
  1938,  45: pt 2,  782-91.—Slonimskaya,  V.  M.,  &  Mospan,
 I. I.  [Complications of the nervous system due to measles]
 Sovrem. psikhonevr., 1930, 11: 159-68.  Also German transl.,
 Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1931,  94:  719-29.—Todesco,  J.  A
 case of measles showing unusual nervous symptoms. Lancet,
 Lond.,  1926,  2:  21.—Urechia,  C.  I.,  &  Muller, M.  Leber
 einige  nach  Masern  auftretende  nervose  Komplikationen.
  Wien. med. Wschr., 1939, 89: 664.—Valerio,  A.  Sympathosee
 et para-sympathoses sexuelles post-rougeole.  J. urol. meu..
  Par.,  1939, 47:  476.—Warnock, C. M.  Measles  associated
 with unusual  nervous  signs.  Brit. M. J., 1943, 1:  203.—Zal-
 Iocco, A.  Sul  comportamento del liquido  cefalo-rachidiano
  nel morbillo.   Rinasc. med., 1929, 6: 312-i. 
MEASLES
467
MEASLES
 .___.   Nervous system: Encephalomyelitis.

    See  also Encephalomyelitis,  para- and post-
 infection:  Measles.
    Fronville,  P.   *Sept  cas de nevraxite mor-
 billeuse  observes  dans  le premier  semestre  de
 l'annee 1938 a  FH6pital  Claude-Bernard.   32p.
 24y2cm.   Par., 1939.
    Kreider,  P.  G.    Measles encephalomyelitis
 with venous thrombosis.  28p.  25%cm.  Springf.,

 1943.
    Arancibia, F., &  Etchaleco, R.  Sarampidn y encefalitis.
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, pt 2, 1329.—Arena, J. M.  Pre-
 measles encephalitis. South. M. J.,  1946, 39: 513-5.—Avtsyn,
 A  P   [Measles encephalopathy and  measles encephalitis]
 Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1942,  11: No.  5, 41-52.—Bailey.  Post-
 measles encephalitis. Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1941, 58: 531-4.—
 Breuil,  Buffet & Geyer.  M£ningo-my61ite suraigue au cours
 d'une rougeole.  Bull. Soc.  mid. hop. Paris,  1939, 3.  ser., 55:
 1118 —-Carithers, H. A., jr.  Encephalitis complicating measles.
 J.  Florida M. Ass.,  1942-43, 29: 324-8.—Cary, W.  Encepha-
 litis complicating measles.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1944, 34: 201-3.—
 Chinner, M. E.  Encephalitis following measles.   Med. J.
 Australia, 1943,  1:  520.—Clemens,  H. H.   Premeasles ence-
 phalitis; report of a case.  J. Pediat., S.  Louis, 1943, 22: 731-
 1 —Duperie, R., Dubarry, J., & Lachaud, R. de. Encephalites
 mortelles de la rougeole.  Gaz. med. France, 1939, 46: 629-32 —
 Farjot,  A.  Nevraxite morbilleuse.  Bull. Soc. med.  mil. fr.,
 1936, 30: 403-5.—Fracassi, T.   Encefalitis  post-sarampi6n.
 Rev. argent, neur. psiquiat., Rosario, 1941, 6: 260-2.—Geiger,
 J.  C., & Sappington, E.  E. Encephalitis  complicating measles.
 Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1940, 57: 313-23—Giuffre, M.  Sindrome
 encefalo-mielitica consecutiva a varicella. Atti Congr. pediat.
 ital., 1931, 14. Congr., pt 2, 771-3.—Hamilton, P. M., & Hanna,
 R. J. Encephalitis complicating measles; a report on 241 cases
 collected from the literature and on  44 additional cases.  Am.
 J.  Dis.  Child., 1941, 61:  483-93.—Inda, F.  F., & Natin, I.
 Encefalitis sarampionosa.  Sem. m£d., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 1,
 1253-6.—Litvak, A. M., Sands, I. J., &  Gibel, H.  Encepha-
 litis complicating measles; report of 56  cases  with follow-up
 studies in 32. Am. J.  Dis. Child., 1943, 65: 265-95— Lopez
 Albo, W. Un caso de encefalitis, corea  aguda, sarampionosa,
 tratado por suero de convaleciente.  Monterrey m£d., 1940,
 No. 57,  1383-5.—Meirovich,  S.  La meningoencefalitis del
 sarampi6n; su tratamiento.   Sem. m£d., B.  Air.,  1946,  53:
 pt 1, 452.—Meyer, B.  Encephalitis  after measles with severe
 Parkinsonian rigidity; recovery.  Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 508.—
 Mosse,  K.   Zwei Falle von akuter  Gehirndegeneration nach
 Masern.  Jahrb. Kinderh., 1926, 3.  F, 62:  272-82.—Peale,
 A.  R., & Lucchesi, P. F.  Report of a case of measles encephalitis
 complicated by  so-called  fetal endocarditis  and  gonorrheal
 pyosalpinx.  Am. J. Clin. Path., 1942, 12: 357-61.—Pearlman,
 L.  N., & Shirreff, W. T.  Acute myelitis following  measles.
 Canad. M.  Ass. J., 1944, 50: 50.—Peterman. M. G., &  Fox,
 M. J.  Measles  encephalitis.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1939,  112:
 1106.—Reisman, H.  A., &  Rosen, A. S.  Encephalitis com-
 plicating measles.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,  1943, 66: 597-604.—
 Roos, B. Svara masslingsencephaliter. Nord. med., 1941, 11:
 2719.—Rydeen, J. O., & Glaser, J.  Ascending myelitis com-
 plicating measles.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1942, 21:  374-7.—
 Senseman, L. A.  Mvelitis complicating measles. Arch. Neur.
 Psychiat., Chic, 1945, 53: 309.—Shapiro, S. L. [Pathogenesis
 of measles encephalitis]  Sovet. pediat., 1935, No. 2, 97-103.—
 Velasco  Blanco, L.   Consideraciones generales sobre las ence-
 falitis agudas no supuradas en la infancia y particulates sobre
 la encefalitis sarampionosa.  Arch. amer. med., B. Air., 1941,
 17: 25-42.—Verhaart    [Encephalomyelitis  with  measles]
 Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie,  1941, 81: 948.—Walthard, K. M.
 Spatstadium  von  Masernenzephalitis.   Verh.  Ges.  deut.
 Nervenarzte, 1929, 19: 235.—Ward,  C. P.  Paraplegia due to
 measles  encephalomyelitis;  report of case.   Arch.  Pediat.,
 N.  Y., 1941, 58: 83-6.—Zuckerman, N.  A.   [Post-morbillous
 encephalitis!  Sovet. pediat., 1935, No. 11, 114-6.

 â– ---   Nervous system:  Meningitis.
   Bloch, G. A.   *Etude clinique de la meningite
 morbilleuse.  52p.   8?   Par.,  1935.
   Guinard,  E.    Contribution a  l'etude  des
 meningites  morbilleuses.   54p.  8?  Par.,  1934.
  Lioret,  M.   *Meningites  morbilleuses.   60p.
 8?   Par.,  1930.
  Greppi, L.  Considerazioni su di un caso di meningite pneu-
 mococcica post-morbillosa.   Pediat.  prat.,  Mod.,  1929,  6:
 78-81.—Puig,  R.  A propos des complications nerveuses de la
 rougeole;  un  cas de meningite  morbilleuse  ayant  precede"
 l'apparition  de l'exantheme.   Lyon  meet., 1932, 150:  283.—
 Reiehe, F.  Ueber Meningitis  serosa bei Masern nebst Be-
 merkungen zur Chemie  des Liquor spinalis.   Arch. Kinderh.,
 1927, 81: 241-56.—Robecchi, E.  Le  reazioni meningee nel
 morbillo.  Med. ital., 1935, 16: 675-91, 2 ch.

---â–    Nervous system: Neuritis  and paralysis.
  Allaria, G. B.  Di un caso di paralisi  morbillosa del nervo
peroneo d'origine  periferica.  Gazz.  osp., 1905, 26: 164—6.—
Corda, D. Sulla frequenza della paralisi del velopendolo nel
morbillo.  Riv. clin. pediat., 1931, 29: 506-21—Galceran y
Caspar, A.   Polineuritis infantil,  consecutiva al sarampi6n;
beneficiosos  efectos del suero artificial.  Arch.  ter. enterm.
nerv., Barcel., 1904, 2: 77.—Miller, H. C.  Prognosis of measles
paraplegia.  West  Virginia M. J.,  1929, 25: 16.—Rosenheck,
C., & Barowsky, H. Paraplegia following measles. J. Am. M.
Ass., 1937, 108: 717.—Urquhart, D. A.  Multiple peripheral
neuritis as a complication of measles.  Brit.  M. J., 1934, 2:
----   Notification.

   Chope, H. D.   Study of factors that influence reporting of
measles.  In:  Virus  & Ricketts. Dis. (Harvard Univ. School
Pub. Health)  Cambr., 1940, 283-308.—Noeggerath, C.  Zur
Aenderung der Infektiositat der Masern und zu ihrer Anzeige-
pflicht.  Deut. med.  Wschr., 1929, 55: 1621-3.—Notification
in case  of measles [Edit.]  Lancet, Lond.,  1906,  2:  183.—
Snader,  E. A.  Should measles  be a notifiable disease?   Tr.
Am. Inst. Homoeop.,  1904. 422-31.


----   Pathogenesis and pathology.
   Daly.  Measles; acute  gangrenous  appendicitis; localized
peritonitis; demonstration of  Warthin's giant cells.   Arch.
Pediat.,  N. Y., 1941, 58: 742.—Degen, J. A., jr.  Visceral
pathology in measles; a  clinico-pathologic study of 100 fatal
cases.  Am. J. M. Sc,  1937, 194:  104-11,  2 pl—Graff, S.
Primarinfekt und Primarkomplex der Masern; ein Beitrag  zur
Allergie  der pathologischen Anatomen.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
1937, 63: 1357-60.—Meyer, P. R., & Greenthal, R. M.  The
illness of infection in measles.  Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1930,  47:
399-401.—Mikulowski, W.  Ueber die klinische, epidemische
und prophylaktische Verwandtschaft  zwischen Masern und
Keuchhusten.   Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1930, 60: 982-7.  Also
Italian transl. Pediatria (Riv.) 1930, 38: 984-1004.—Miseroe-
chi,  L.  Contributo  alia patologia del morbillo  (anomalie,
complicanze,  recidive) Pediatria (Arch.) Nap., 1906, 2. ser.,
4:  196-208.—Papp,  K.   Masern-Studien.   Acta paediat.,
Upps., 1933, 16: 408-13.  Also French transl. Ann. med., Par.,
1934, 36: 449-65.—Rabinovitch  & Schwartz.   Measles, ence-
phalitis,  massive atelectasis, lobular pneumonia. Arch. Pediat.,
N. Y., 1943, 60: 228-31.—Rosenberger, R. C.  Recent studies
in measles.  Proc Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1906,  n. ser.,  10:
109-12.  Also Am. Med., 1906,  n. ser., 1: 139-41.—Sterner,
L. G.  [Results of recent investigations  on measles]  Sven. lak.
tidn., 1936, 33: 627-33.—Stokes,  J., jr, Shaffer. M.  [et  al.]
Studies in measles.  Delaware M. J., 1942, 14: 193-6.

----   Prevention [inch control]

   See also subheadings (Attenuation; Complica-
tion; Immunity)
   Atria,  A.   Profiiaxis  del  sarampi6n.   351p.
8?    Santiago de  Chile, 1925.
   Giese,  E. B.   *Measles prophylaxis  [Swedish
Hospital]   9 1.   28cm.   Seattle, 1927.
   Allison, V. D.   The prevention and attenuation of measles.
Ulster M. J., 1933, 2: 281-4.—B., L.  Profiiaxis del sarampi6n.
Dia  med., B. Air., 1933-34, 6:  611—Bazan,  F.,  & Sujoy, E.
Ensayos  sobre profilaxie  del sarampi6n.  Sem. m£d., B. Air.,
1937, 44: pt 2, 668; 716; 764.   Also Bol. san., B. Air., 1938,
2: 311-5.  Also Dia  med., B. Air.,  1938, 10: 1065-7.  Also
Prensa med. argent., 1938,  25: 350; 405.  Also French  transl.,
Arch. med. enf., 1938, 41: 515-8.—Bettinardi, G.  Sieropre-
venzione e sieroattenuazione del morbillo.   Lattante, 1935,
6:  357-68.—Bischoff,  H.  Zur  Masernprophylaxe.  Med.
Klin.,  Berl.,  1926, 22: 1285-9.—Boyd, J.  J. Measles; epi-
demiology  and preventive  measures.  J. M. Ass. S.  Africa,
1928, 2:  627-31.—Bridgeman, M. L.  Measles prevention and
attenuation.  Northwest   M.,  1937,  36: 266-9.—Brincker,
J. A. H.  The control of measles.   Lancet,  Lond., 1936, 1:
103-7.  ------ &  Gunn,  W.   Measles; epidemiology and
prophylaxis.  Brit. M. J., 1938, 1: 533.—Broca, R., & Marie,
J.  M6thodes  modernes  de prophylaxie de la rougeole.   In:
Ann.  pediat., Par., 1934, 1. ser., 153-8.—Buchan, J. J.  Pre-
ventive measures in measles.  J. R.  Inst. Pub. Health, 1908,
16: 214-9.—Burgers.  Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der Masern.
Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1928, 75:  481.—Byreev, P. A.  [Pre-
vention of measles]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1936, 14: 1809-14.—
Chantriot, P.   A  propos de la  prophylaxie  de  la rougeole.
Ann.  hyg., Par., 1937, n. ser.,  15:  40-3.—Christison, J. T.
Measles  prophylaxis.   Minnesota M.,  1927, 10:  599.—Cope-
man,  W. S. C.  The prophylaxis of measles.  J. State  M.,
Lond., 1929, 37: 264-71.—Cullinan,  E. R.  Measles; preven-
tion  and modification.  S.  Barth.  Hosp. J., Lond., 1937-38,
45: 137.  Debre,  R.   Sarampion; conceptos  modernos sobre
profiiaxis y tratamiento especffico.  Dia med., B. Air., 1930-
31,  3:  95-7.—Dobrokhotova,  A.  I.  [Control  of measles]
Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 41: 1159-66.—Eley, R. C.   The con-
trol  of  measles.   N.  England  J. M., 1935,  213: 195-8 —
Elterich,  T. O.  The prevention or attenuation  of measles;
present day health problem, including a survey  of  rubeola
complications frequently encountered.   Arch.  Pediat., N.  Y.,
1932  49: 563.—Godfrey, E. S., jr.  The control of measles.
Hosp. Social Serv., 1929, 19: 347-9.—Gomez, F.   Prevenci6n
contra el sarampi6n.   Bol. med. Hosp. inf., Mex., 1944, 1:
37-42.—Gonzalez-Alvarez,  M.  La prevenci6n y la atenua-
ci6n  del  sarampion  en la practica.   Pediat. espan., 1926, 
MEASLES
468
MEASLES
15: 189-97.— Gray, T. N.  Can outbreaks of measles be con-
trolled?  J.  M. Soc. N.  Jersey,  1904-05, 1: 318-20.—Grod,
H.  Moderne  Masernprophylaxe.   Med.  Welt,   1939,   13:
1192—4.-—Gunn. \V.   Specific prophylaxis; measles.   In: Brit.
Encycl. M.  Praci. (Rolleston, H.) 1939, Surveys, 77
Measles.   In:  Control  Common  Fevers  (Lancet)  Lond.,
1942,  154-67.^ Hale, G.  Control of measles.   Lancet,  Lond.,
1934,  2: 1222.—Hektoen,  L., & Lovett, B. R.  The preven-
tion of measles.  Illinois Health News, 1926,  12: 35-8.  Also
Med.  Off.,  Lond., 1926,  35:  153.—Hernandez,  Mejfa,  A.
Apuntes sobre  la profiiaxis del  sarampi6n.  Rev. mid. vera-
cruz.,  1935,  15:  1500-5.—Hoder,   F.   Masernprophylaxe
Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1933, 80:  1286-9—Hopfengartner,  F.
Leber Masern-Prophylaxe.  Ibid., 1939,  86:  1757.—Hoyne,
A.  Prevention  and  treatment  of  measles.   Illinois  M.  J.,
1929,  56:  2.54-8.—Huber, H.  G.  Prophylaxis  of  measles.
J. Am.  M. Ass., 1942,  119: 379.—Karelitz, S.  Measles pro-
phylaxis.   N. York State J.  M., 1935, 35: 876-80.
&  Schick, B.   Epidemiologic factors in measles prophylaxis.
J.  Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 991-4.—Kazlauskas, B.  [Etiology
and specific prevention  of measles]  Medicina, Kaunas, 1936,
17: 443-8.—Koehler, J. P.   An experiment in measles control.
Wisconsin M. J.,  1929,  28:  509.—Kramer,  P.  H.   [Preven-
tion of measles]  Geneesk. gids, 1926, 4: 653-61.—Lamy, M.
La prophylaxie  de la rougeole et de la scarlatine.   Bull, gin
ther., 1934, 185: 220-4.—Leiner,  C.   Leber Prophvlaxe bei
Masern.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1929,  42: 29." -7.— I.eoni,  A.
Profilassi  e immunita  contro il  morbillo.   Gior.  Soe.  ital.
igiene, 1927, 49: 90-2.—Leunda, J. J.   1'rofilaxis  del  saram-
pi6n.   An.  Fac  med.,  Montev., 1926, 11: 629-38— Lichten-
stein, A.  [Prophylaxis of measles]  Hygiea, Stockh., 1927, 89:
353-69.------Masernprophylaxe bei Scharlach- und Diph-
therie-patienten. Acta  paediat., Upps., 1929,  9: 77-80.- Lien,
A. E.  .More about red measles control.  Bull. Spokane Co. M.
Soe.,  1913,  15: No. 9,  5-7.—Logan.  G. B.  Measles.   Pub.
Health  Nurs.,  1941,  33: 561-6.   McClcan,  D.  An attempt
to control  an epidemic  of meases.  Lancet,  Lond., 1928, 1:
548.—McGarrity,  J.   Control of  measles.   Ibid., 1936,  1:
332.—McGuinness, A.  C, & Armstrong, J.  G.  The preven-
tion of measles.  Am. J. Nurs., 1941, 4i: 527-9.—Mackenzie,
M. D. Measles control as a  family responsibility.  Pharm. J.,
Lond., 1945,  101:  160.—McKhann, C.  F.   The  prevention
and  modification  of  measles.  J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,  1937,  109:
2034-8.  ------  Prevention  and  modification  of measles.
In: Virus & Rickets. Dis. (Harvard Univ. School Pub. Health)
Cambr.,   1940,  268-82.  ------  Prevention  of  measles
(Round  table  discussion  on  the  prevention  of  contagious
diseases)  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1940, 17: 411.—MacQuillan,
C. J.  A memorandum  on  morbilli.  East Afr. M. J., 1943,
20: 163-5.—Measles.   Bull. Lederle Lab., 1934, 2: 59-65.-
Mieserova,  E. K., Oganesslan,  T. G. [et al.]  [Combatting
measles in early childhood]   J. rann. detsk. vozr., 1932, 12:
317.—Mitchell, R. L.   Prevention  or modification  of measles.
J.  Maine M. Ass., 1945, 36:  143.—Moore, R. L.  The preven-
tion  and treatment of measles.   Texas J. M.,  1936-37, 32;
212-5.—Nicolau, I.  [Specific prevention of measles; is it
necessary'.']  Lev. st. med.,  Bucur., 1934, 23: 873-82.—Opie,
\V. H.   A  note on prophylaxis  of measles.   S.  Afr.  M.  J.,
Hi42, 16:  168.—Peterman,  M.  G.  Prevention  of measles.
Am. J. Dis. Child., 1928, 36: 123-32.—Pick,  B. P.  Some ex-
periences in the prevention of measles.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv.,
1926, 12: 201-6.—Posse, R.  Profiiaxis del sarampion.   Sem.
med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt  1, 1451-60.—Prophylaxis and ex-
posure in measles.  Lancet,  Lond., 1935, 1:  1164.-—Rietschel.
Wie soil sich  der praktische Arzt bei  der Masernprophylaxe
verhalten?  Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1309.—Rolleston, J.
D.  The control of measles.  Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1:  168.—
Ruiter,  H.  I.  de.  [Prophylaxis  of  measles]  Ned.   tschr.
geneesk., 1939,  83: 1356-61.—Salvioli, G.  Profilassi specifica
ed aspecifica  del morbillo.   Riforma  med., 1928, 44:   756-
60.—Schonfeld, H.   Wie lange  sollen  Masernkinder  isoliert
werden?  Arch.  Kinderh.,  1928,  83:  217-9.—Shahani, H. F.
Prophylaxis of measles. Sind. M. J., 1937-38, 10: 178-81.—
Sidbury, J. B.  Preventive  treatment  of  measles.   Health
Bull., Raleigh,  1934, 49:  8.—Strutsovskaia, B. L.  [Prophy-
laxis  of  measles]   Pediatria, Moskva,  1938, No. 9, 30-2.—
Teveli,  Z.  [Prevention of  measles]  Orv.  hetil.,  1939, 83:
mell.,  95.—Thomas,  D. J.   The  control of measles.  Pub.
Health, Lond.,  1906-07, 19: 711-5.—Thresh, J. C. Measles
and  its prevention.  Med. Press  & Circ., Lond., 1906,  n. ser.,
82: 326-9.—Toomey, J. A.   Prophylaxis of  measles.   Am. J.
Dis. Child., 1926, 32: 401-6.—Vedder, A.  [Control of measles]
Mschr. kindergeneesk.,  1938, 7: 363-74.—Warning; measles.
Nassau M.  News, 1941, 15:  No.  3, 1.—Weinzirl, A.  Modern
concepts in measles control.  Northwest M., 1939,  38:  170-
3.—Williams, H.   The prevention  of  deaths  from measles
South. M.  J.,  1937, 30:  304-6.

----  Prevention,  administrative.

   See also subheading Public health aspect.
   Administrative control of measles: school closure.  Lancet,
Lond., 1934, 1: 102.—Albornoz,  P. E.  Campafia  contra una
epidemia  de sarampion en  Quito. Bol. Of. san.  panamer
1933, 12: 915-9.—Brown, R.  K.  Disinfection after measles
as a  preventive measure  against  its  spread.  Pub  Health
Lond.,  1906-07,  19:   239^43.-Ceredi,  A.  Sulla 'profilassi
scolastica del  morbillo.  Igiene mod.,  1933,  26: 113-20, ch__
Danilevic,   M.  G.  [Prophylaxis  and  control  of  measles,
especially  in  children's hospitals] Vopr.  pediat.,  1932, 4:
93-7.—Decreto que amplla on  $25,000.00 el  presupucsto de la
Secretaiia  de salubridad publica para  medicina y  reconsti-
tuyentes para los  enfermos pobies de tos ferina y sarampion
In:  Leyes  (Costa Rica)  S.  Jose,   193.5,  177.- Eberstaller!
Masern  und  Schule.   Internat.  Arch.  Schulhyg.,   1906,  j.'
1-19.—Foucaud,  P.  La  prophylaxie de la  rougeole; 1'arme-
ment medico-social.  Bull.  mid.. Par., 1930,  44:  244-9.—
Godfrey, E. S.  The  administrative control  of measles.  Am.
J.  Pub.  Health,  1926, 16:  571-7.—Grimes.  Essai de pro-
phylaxie de la rougeole  dans  un camp de travailleurs indigents
Ann. med. pharm.  col., Par., 1932,  30:  727-30.—Herman. t\
Is  disinfection  after  measles  necessary  in tenements and
private dwellings?  Pediatrics,  N.   V.,  1908,   20:  284-7.—
Keep  measles  away  from ohildien  under throe. Baltimore
Health  News,  1937,  14: 85-7.-  Korr.   School  hvgiene; the
control of measles.  Brit. M.  J., 1906, 1: 216- S.  McKay.
A. L.  The control of measles and whooping cough.   Can id
Pub. Health J.,  1931,  22:  351-4.-  Mahony,  F. ().  Health
officer's  problems; measles.  Tristate  M.  J.,   193.x 311, n:
2259.—Martinez   Vargas.  El  sarainpi6n,  los   maestros  de
escuela y los padres de  familia.  Mod. nines. 1906, 7: 65-7.—
May, F. H.  School  closure for measles: summary of replies
from medical officers of health of the 104 large towns of England
and  Wales, including the 29 Metropolitan  boroughs, with a
few  observations thereon. Pub. Health, Lond ,  1 !»or>—06, 18:
loi-6.—Mazzolani.   La prophylaxie de la rougeole a Tripoli
Lev. tunis. sc med., 1926,  20: 257-60.- Mitroshnikova,  K.
I.   [Control  of measles  in  children's  consultation  stations]
Vopi.  materin., 1940,  No.  12,  9-13.—Mostyn,  S.  G.  The
effect of the closure  of schools  on  measles  in South Shields
during the last quarter of 1906.   Pub. Health, Lond.,  1906-07,
19:  706-10/—Present  situation regarding the control  of
measles.  Health  Bull., Melb.,  1938, Nos.  53-54, 1496-9.—
Ravikovich, E., Pivovarova, E., & Iablokova, M.  [Data  on
seroprophylaxis of measles  in  the  Moscow  day nurseries
1936-1937]   J.  mikrob.,  Moskva,   1940,  6-14.—Ruhland,
G.   C.   Measles  control.   Bull.  Maryland  Dep.  Health,
1935, 2:  No. 5,  73-7.------& Silverman, A. C.  What
can  we do about measles?  Am. J.  Pub.  Health,  1928, 18:
131-9.—Shapiro,  S. L.   [Control of  measles in day-nurseries,
and  anti-measles  innoculations]  Feldsher,  Moskva,   1939,
No.  5, 16-20.—Strutsovskaia, B. L.,  &  Bialik, R. M.  [Con-
trol  of  measles in  day-nurseries] Vopr. materin., 1940, No.
6,  21-7.—Zak, S. I.  [Analysis of efficiency of  the measures
for the control of measles in  the creches of Sverdlovsk]  Pedi-
atria, Moskva, 1944,  No. 6,  57-9.
Prevention:  Evaluation.
  Birkovsky, V. A., & Sazhin, I. L.  [Efficacy of seroprophy-
laxis of measles]   J.  mikrob.,  Moskva,  1942, No.  5, 62-5.—
Cenci,  F.   Alcune esperienze di  sieroimmunizzazione e siero-
terapia nel morbillo.   Riv. clin.  pediat., 1907,  5:  1017-25.—
Dobrokhotova,  A.  I.  [Achievements  and  further  aims  in
control of measles] Sovet. med., 1939, No. 6, 51 -1.- -  Dodonova,
O. N.  [Measles and its prevention]  Feldsher, Moskva, 1938,
No. 3, 8-10.-—Feierstein, S. G. [Efficacy of seroprophylaxis of
measles according to consultation data of the Moskva Railroad
Association]  J. mikrob., Moskva, 1940, 14-21.—Filatova, K. V.
[Efficacy of serum prophylaxis of measles in Stalingrad for 1938-
1939] Pediatria, Moskva, 1940, No. 12,46-8.—Frey.L. Erfah-
rungen  mit  dem Masernschutzextrakt   SS Dresden.  Med
Klin., Berl., 1938, 34: 218-20.—Gins, H. A.  Leber den Wert
prophylaktischer  Massnahmen bei Maseru; ein Heispiel  aus
der  Praxis.  Klin.  Wschr., . 1926,  5: 755.—Gorokhovnikova,
P. I., Markova, A. A. [et  al.]  [Results of  serum prophylaxis
of measles among infants]  Sovet. pediat.,  1934,  No. 7,  73-
9.—Greenberg, M.,  Frant,  S., &  Rutstein,  D. D.  Gamma
globulin and placental globulin; a comparison  of  their effec-
tiveness in the prevention  and  modification of measles.  J.
Am. M.  Ass.,  1944,  126:  944-7.—Groer, F. von,  & Redlich,
F.   Der gegenwartige Stand der biologischen Masernprophy-
laxe.  Erg. inn.  Med.  Kinderh., 1926,  30:  506-35.—Guntze,
O.   Erfahrungen in  der  Masernprophylaxe  mit  Masern-
schutzstoff  SS Dresden  und  mit  Momoseran Asid.  Med.
Klin.,  Berl., 1940, 36: 985.—Holroyd, F. J.  The prevention
and modification of  measles.  West  Virginia M. J., 1939, 35:
121-6.—Jahr, J.   Ueber den heutigen Stand der Masernpro-
phylaxe.  Zschr.  arztl. Fortbild., 1930, 27: 483-6.—Karelitz,
S.   Significance  of  conditions of  exposure in the  study of
prophylaxis against  measles.  Am. J.  Dis. Child., 1938, 56:
942.  â– ------ & Karelitz,  R. F.  The significance  of the con-
ditions of  exposure  in the study of measles prophylaxis; an
added criterion  in  the evaluation  of  measles prophylactic
agents.  J. Pediat.,  S. Louis, 1938, 13:  195-207.—Kingsbury,
A.  N.   Serum  prophylaxis in measles; an  evaluation  of the
resulting immunity.   Lancet,  Lond., 1927,  1: 7-9.—Kusama,
S.   Bacteriological studies of  measles;  prevention and modi-
fication of measles by immune  horse or goat  .serum and by
measles  cocco-bacillus  vaccine.   Kitasato Arch.,  1930, 7:
235^42.—Lereboullet, P.   Prophylaxie de la rougeole dans un
service hospitalier de nourrissons;  importance et resultats de
la  sero-therapie.  Progr.  med.,  Par., 1933, 17-22.—Measles
prophylaxis  with  immune  globulin,  human, convalescent
serum and adult serum.   Bull. Lederle  Lab., 1939, 7: 21-6.—
Meo, C.  Tentativi di immuno-profilassi del morbillo.  Lattante,
1936, 7: 107-14.—Morales, E. G., & Mandry. O. C.  Relative
prophylactic value of convalescent and  immune adult measles
serums.  Am.  J. Dis. Child.,  1930,  39: 1214-20.—Pfaundler,
M.  Schutzimpfung  und  Heilserumbehandlung bei Masern. 
MEASLES                                         469                                        MEASLES
Verh Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1929, 41: Kongr., 26-48.-Pontanp,
T  &  Corradi  A.  Siero di convalescente e siero di cavallo
nella profilassi del morbillo.  Ann  igiene,  1927, 37: 515-31 —
Ravikovich, E., & Brodskaia, S.  Ihe efficacy of seroprophy-
faxl o" me'asles]  Tr. Moskv.  gorod. bakt. msT., 1936  No. 1
4TL54 — Rosenman, L. A.  [Comparative efficacy of placental
!vtrncts and placental serum  in the  prophylaxis of measles]
Pedfatria? Moskva,  1941,  No  11,  52-9   Schestedt  H.  Er-
fahruneen  mit dem neuen  Masernschutzstoff.   Kinderarztl.
Prax  1938 9: 183-8.—Towsley, H. A.  Measles prophylaxis
in the University Hospital in  1938.   Univ.  Hosp  Bull., Ann
Arb  1938 4: 115.—Zoepffel, H.  Vergleichende Erfahrungen
mit "tierisc'hem Masernschutzserum und mit Blut durchma-
â„¢rter  Erwachsener.  Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 150.

___.  Prevention: Immunization.
  Accordini, G.  Morbillo ed immunizzazione.   Clin, pediat.,
Mod   1933.  15:  572-7.—Almeida,  L.  de.  Soroprofilaxia
fsoro-Drevencao   e  soro-atenuacao  do  sarampo)   Coimbra
Sj   1935,  2:  230-7.—Bazan, F., & Sujoy, E.  Profiiaxis
Sologica del sarampi6n.  Sem. med., B  Air., 1943, 50: 825-
8— Beiarano  J.  F.  R.  Profiiaxis  biologica del  sarampion.
Rev  med., B. Air.,  1940,  2: 682-7.—Bjorksten, M.  [Im-
munization against measles]   Fin.  lak. sail,  hand.,  1928, 70:
19-25.__Debr6, R., &  Joannon, P.  Recherches anciennes et
riWntes sur l'immunisation  active contre la rougeole.  Progr.
med Par., 1927, 42: 1601-10.—Debre, R., Papp, K., & Cros-
Decani 3.  L'immunisation active contre la rougeole.   Ann.
med.,  Par.,  1928,  22: 119-35.—Dow,  W.   The  practical
asrjec'ts of measles  immunization.  Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc.
Glasgow, 1935-36, 30:  106-21.—Finkelstein, V., Dobrohotova,
A  I [et al.]  [Immunoprophylaxis  of experimental  measles]
Tr  Moskov. gorod. bakt. inst., 1936, No.  1,  27-33.—Fran-
kenstein,  C.   Ueber den heutigen  Stand der Masern-Immuni-
sierung unter  besonderer  Beruksichtigung  der im Handel
befindlichen  Sera und  der Privatpraxis.  Zschr. arztl.  Fort-
bild., 1930, 27: 764-7.—Freeman,  R.  G.. & Freeman,  R. G.,
ir   Measles in private practice as  modified by the use of
immune serum.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1926,  43: 563-70 —
Gil y  Barbosa,  M.   La immumdad  contra  el sarampion.
Pediat. Americas, Mix., 1945,  3: 549-55—Herczfeld, L. E.
[Experiments with immunization against measles]  Gyogyaszat,
1937,  77:  19.—Hottinger,  A.  Praktische Ergebnisse der
Schutzimpfung gegen Masern.   Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1933,
4- 274-8—Jordan, H.  P. B.   Measles immunization.  Rhode
Island M.  J., 1926, 9: 71-6.  Also West, M. Rev.,  1926, 31:
37g_g7—King, E.  S.   Bacteriologic  and immunologic con-
siderations of measles.  South. M. & S.,  1938,  100:  11-3.—
Knauer, H.  Ueber Masernschutzimpfung.  Jahrb. Kinderh.,
1929, 3. F., 73: 296-9.—Larregla, S.  La curacion preclinica
y la immunizaci6n activa del sarampion.   Pract. mid., Madr.,
1943,  1: 23.—Nevelson, I. S., &  Londar, M.  S.  [Course of
measles in immunized  children]  Sovet. pediat. 1934, No. 3,
54-7.—Papp, K. (Csecsi Nagy  Imrene)  [Active immunization
of infants  against measles]  Orvostud. kozl., 1940,  1:  260-5.
-----  Durch aktive  Schutzimpfungen gesteigerte Immuni-
ta an Sauglingen gegen Masern.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1943,
69: 468.—Ravikovich, E. M., Afanasieva, A. P., & Pivovaroya,
E. A.  [Application of decreased doses of measles serum with
hemolysate in  measles prophylaxis]  Tr.  Moskov.   gorod.
bakt.  inst., 1937, No.  2, 57-62.—Reese.  A.  J.   Inoculation
in measles; probably the best means to prevent serious results
and sequelae.  Tr.  M.  Ass. Alabama, 1880, 33: 396.—Rich-
ardson, D. L.  Measles immunization. Rhode Island  M. J.,
1935,  18:  156-8.  ------ & Jordan,  H. P. B.   Measles im-
munization.  Am. J. Pub. Health,  1927, 17: 607-13.—Schlack,
H.  Wie und wann soil Masernschutz vorgenommen werdeni
Med. Korbl. Wiirttemberg, 1928, 98: 434.—Stocks, P.  Latent
immunisation in  measles; evidence of its existence.  Lancet,
Lond.,  1933,  1:  1086-9— Stokes, J., Maris,  E. P..  [et; al..]
Active immunization  in measles.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,  194^,
64: 190.—Wiese, O.   Erfahrungen  mit dem neuen  Masern-
Tierserum  nach  Degkwitz  (weiterer  Beitrag  zum  Masern-
schutz  des  tuberkulosen  Kindes  und dem  Einfluss auf  die
Allergie)  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1926,  73: 184.—Zikowsky,
3.   Schutzimpfung gegen Masern.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928,
41:19-21.

----  Prevention:  Immunization—Adult  blood

   and serum.
   Winiezki,  A.    *De  I'utilisation du sang ma-
ternel dans  la  lutte  contre   la  mortalite  mor-
billeuse.   50p.  8?   Par..  1933.
   Aleksandrov, K.  G.  [Hemoprophylaxis of measles]   Pedi-
atria,  Moskva,  1943,  No.  6,  15-7.—Alschwang,  G.  A.,  <S
Katzman, E.  E.   [Prevention of measles with citrated blood ol
the parentsl  Sovet. vrach.  gaz.,  1934, 38: 1294.—Anderson,
C, & Gerard, F.  Sur  une technique nouvelle,  applicable a la
seroprophvlaxie de  la  rougeole.   Arch. Inst. Pasteur  turns,
1930, 19: 435-7.  Also  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 674-6.—
Anderson.  W. W.   Measles   immunization  with  Parents
serum in private  practice.  J. S. Carolina M. Ass.,  19,32 ,^0:
31-3— Baar,  H.   Masernprophylaxe  mit   reaktiyiertem
Erwachsenenserum.   Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1929, 42: 114(1.--
Bader, G. B.  The intramuscular injection of adult whole blood
as prophylactic against measles; with a report on the literature.
J. Am. M.  Ass., 1929,  93: 668-70.—Barenberg, L. H.,  Lewis,
J. M., & Messer, W.  H.  Measles prophylaxis; comparative
results with the use of adult blood, convalescent serum and
immune  goat serum  (Tunnicliff)   Ibid., 1930,  95:  4-8.—
Benchetrit, M.   La sero-profilaxis del sarampion.   Clinica,
Barcel., 1936,  13: 33-41.—Benson, W. T., & Lawrie, J. D.  H.
The sero-prophylaxis  of  measles.  Edinburgh  M. J., 1927,
n. ser., 34: 216-22.-—Bernard, L.  Sur la sero-prophylaxie de la
rougeole.  Rev. tunis. sc. med., 1926, 20: 239-43.—Bettinardi,
G.  II morbillo nei sieroprofilassati.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43:
1125-33.—Bivings,  F.  L.  Measles prophylaxis by the use of
parent's blood serum; preliminary report.  South. M. J., 1927,
20: 735-7.------Parental blood serum in the prophylaxis
and treatment of measles.   Mil. Surgeon, 1930,  67: 880-5.
—---- & Dickson, R. W.  Parental blood serum in measles
control.  Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1927,  44: 629-35.—Blackler,
C. F.  Adult immune serum in measles control.  Canad. Pub.
Health J., 1936, 27: 587-91.—Blauner, S. A., &  Goldstein,  H.
Epidemic of measles; attempted prophylaxis with whole blood.
Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931, 42:  803-10.—Borisenko, F. F. [On
certain physical-chemical peculiarities of blood serums,  used in
prevention of measles]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1938, No. 7-8,
11-6.-—Boulet, P.  HSmoprophvlaxie  de  la rougeole.   Arch.
Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 170-3.—Bull, H.  W.
Pooled adult serum in the prophylaxis of measles.  Med. J.
Australia, 1940, 1: 228-32.—Burn, M.  Prevention and  attenu-
ation of measles with serum of adults.  Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1:
1135.—Cantilena, A.   Sulla  siero-profilassi del morbillo  col
comune  siero  antidifterico.  Pediat.  prat., Mod., 1935,  12:
286-9.—Caplan,  M.   La sero-prophylaxie  de la  rougeole.
Hopital, 1934, 22: 585-91.—Cassoute, Montus & Riss.   La
s6ro-prophylaxie de la rougeole, a l'Hospice des enfants assistSs;
indications et resultats.  Marseille m6d.,  1935, 72: 438-40.—
Cathala, J., & Tisserand.  Echec  partiel de la sero-prophylaxie
de  la rougeole.   Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris,  1926, 24: 111-3 —
Champtaloup, M. A.  Adult human serum in the prevention of
measles; a report of its use in  New Zealand.  N. Zealand M. J.,
1939, 38: 206-9.—Chernoi, L.   [Complications in prevention of
measles with serum of adults]  Sovet. vrach.  gaz., 1934, 38:
96-8.—CoIIa,  U.  Della siero-profilassi del morbillo e della sua
specificita.  Med. ital., 1929,  10: 217-34.—Collier, J.  I. The
true place of  serum in prophylaxis  of  measles.  Brit. M.  J.,
1932, 1: 703.—Cruchet, R., & Clarac, J.  A propos de  l'hemo-
premunition  contre la rougeole; les  doses de sang totale a
employer.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1936, 113: 336.—Cunningham,
J.  S.  Immune sera  and placental extract in the control of
measles.   Connecticut Health  Bull.,  1935,  49:  137-41.—
Debre, R., Bonnet, H., & Decam, C.   Le fonctionnement du
laboratoire de seroprophvlaxie antimorbilleuse de l'Hopital  des
enfants-malades.   Rev. hyg.,  Par., 1926, 48: 24-32.—Debre,
R., Bonnet, H., & Joannon, P.  Les echecs de la sero-prophy-
laxie antimorbilleuse.  Rev. tunis. sc. med., 1926, 20:  244-50.
Also Spanish  transl.  Arch. med. Madr.,  1927,  26: 156-60.—
Dulitzky, S. O.  [Prevention of measles with serum of adults
and with placental serum]  J. rann.  detsk. vozr., 1932,  12:
322.—Farlow, M. A.   Passive immunity to measles conferred
by whole blood intramuscular injections.  Mil. Surgeon, 1931,
69. 155 —Ferencz, P.  Masernprophylaxe mit mobihsiertem
Humanserum. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 1407—Ferraro, F.
Su alcuni casi di mancato contagio da morbillo in  bambini
precedentemente iniettati con siero  umano normale.   Pediat.
prat., Mod., 1930, 7:  335-42.—Finkelstein, G. S.  [Prevention
of  measles  with puerperal serum]   Vrach. delo, 1931,  14:
794 —Finkelstein,  J.  A.   [Measles  and its  lmmuno-seropro-
phylaxis]  Centr. ref. med.   J.,  Moskva, 1934, 14:  1-35.—
Foa, A.  Casistica di  emoprofilassi del morbillo.  Pediat. med.
prat.,  Tor., 1938, 13: 257-67.—Goebel, F.  Ueber ein eigen-
artiges und bisher unbeschriebenes Phanomen bei der Masern-
prophylaxe  mit  Normalblut.  Kinderarztl.  Prax., 1936, 7:
293_5 —Greenhaus & Arshavskaia.  [Efficacy of seroprophy-
laxis of measles according to data from the Ivanov industrial
district for 1933]  Sovet. pediat., 1935, No. 2, 24-30.-Gunn,
W.  The serum  prophylaxis  of  measles.  Proc. K. boc.M.,
Lond.,  1937-38,  31:  828-40.—Gurvich, B. D.   [Use  of blood
obtained for Wassermann reaction from pregnant women  for
prevention of measles in nurseries]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1933,
37- 715-7-----"   [Results in prevention of measles with
injections  of  serum  of  pregnant women]  Ibid., 1934,  38:
1851-6 —Harries, E. H. R. A note upon the serum-prophylaxis
of  measles with special reference  to two horse anti-sera.  J. R.
San. Inst., 1928-29, 49: 127-33.—Heymann, K. G., & Bussel,
R   Ueber die Verwendung von Erwachsenenblut zur  Masern-
verhutung.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 747.-Joannon, P.
Remarques sur  l'hemoprophylaxie  de la rougeole et de la
coqueluche.   J.  med. fr., 1931, 20:  159-63.   ----—  Sang
maternel et contamination  morbilleuse.   Progr.  med., Far.,
1931 2301-5.—Karelitz, S., & Levin, S.  Measles prophylaxis;
bv u'se of convalescent serum; adult blood or serum.   Am. J.
Dis  Child.,  1927, 33:  408-19.—Karelitz, S., &  Schick, B
Masernschutzimpfung  mit   Erwachsenenserum   ^"Jâ„¢*
durch Exposition  zu  Masern; vorlaufige Mitteilung.  Wien.
med. Wschr., 1932,  82:  1395.-Kaushanska.a, B E. [Sero-
prophylaxis  of  measles  in  Leningrad  for  1934-38]   Sovet.
vracn.yj., 1939,  43:  605-ia-Kingsbury A. N.   The "rum
prophylaxis of measles.  J. Hyg., Cambr., 1927-28, 27. 1-13.
LathroD F. W.  Prophylaxis of measles with whole adult blood.
J  M.  Soc. N. Jersey,  1930  27:  320-4.-Layan,  F  S|ro-
prophylaxie de la rougeole.  Gaz. med. France, 1931, 272-7.—
Le Fleming, K.   The use of adult serum mmeases; an account
of  an epidemic in a public school. Brit. M. J., 1937, 2. 612.—
lem erre  A   Sur la sero-prevention de la rougeole.  Bull.
Acad  med.  Par"  1937, 3. ser., 118: 728-32.   Also J. med. 
MEASLES
470
MEASLES
Paris, 1938, 58: 262.—Lempriere, L.  R.   Adult serum in a
school epidemic of measles.   Brit.  M. J., 1939, 1: 1136.—
Lereboullet, P., & Vanier, J.  Seroprophylaxie et s6ro-attenua-
tion  de la rougeole dans un service de nourrissons.  Bull. Soc.
pediat., Par., 1932, 30: 585-8.—Lesne, Laporte & Dreyfus See.
Les   applications   de  l'h6mo-prophylaxie  anti-morbilleuse.
Rev.  tunis. sc. med.,  1926, 20: 255.—Levine, A. S.  Sur la
question de la prophylaxie de la rougeole par le s6rum d'adulte.
Rev. fr. pediat., 1934,  10: 825-32.—Liutrovnik, L.  [Attempts
in prophylactic application of whole blood of adults for pre-
vention of measles infection in children  who  have not had
measles]  Sovet. pediat., 1935, No.  2, 33.—Lord, R. M.  The
use of whole citrated blood intramuscularly in a measles epi-
demic.   J. Pediat.,  S. Louis,  1933,  3:  509-13.—Lorenz.E.
Ueber die von Goebel beschriebene,  spezifische Lokalreaktion
bei der Masernprophylaxe mit Normalblut.  Arch. Kinderh.,
1937, 111: 30-4.—Lowe,  E. C.   Placental serum in measles.
Brit.  M. J., 1935,  1: 1000.—Maiberg,  P.  M.  [Prophylaxis of
measles in scarlatinous children  by  injecting serum of adults]
Mosk. med. J., 1927, 7:  No. 2, 13-8.—Mazziotti, P.  La pro-
filassi del morbillo col  siero  normale di  cavallo.  Riv. clin.
pediat., 1930, 28:  1049-61.—Meader,  F.  M.  Serum prophy-
laxis for measles.  Am. J. Nurs.,  1935, 35: 199-203.—Nieder-
wieser, V.  Beitrag zur  Mitteilung von  Goebel: Ueber ein
eigenartiges und bisweilen unbeschriebenes Phanomen bei der
Masernprophylaxe mit Normalblut.  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1936,
7: 449.—Ockel, G.  Eine Na.-citr.-Iso-Ampulle fiir  Blutinjek-
tionen, besonders bei der Masernschutzimpfung.  Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1926, 22: 886.—Orechkin, S. B.  [Prevention  of measles
by injections of blood of adults]   Sovet. vrach.  gaz.,  1932, 36:
501.—Ortega  Cardona,   M.   Tratamiento preventivo  del
sarampi6n por el suero humano.  Gac.  mid. Mexico, 1944, 74:
271-5.—Peixoto  do  Amarante,  J.   Serum-prophylaxia  do
sarampo.  Fol. med.,  Rio, 1927, 8: 60.—Pfaundler, M. von.
Schutzimpfung und Heilserumbehandlung  bei Masern.  Mschr.
Kinderh., 1929,  44: 268-93.—Phelizot, G., & Schneegans, M.
Les doses de s6rum nficessaires a la s6ropr6vention de la rougeole.
Strasbourg med., 1933, 93: 286—Ponteno, T., & Corradi, A.
Teoria e pratica nella sieroprofilassi del morbillo col siero di
convalescente e col siero normale di cavallo.  Bull. Accad. med.
Roma, 1927, 53: 307-11.—Pshenichnov, A. V., & Reicher, B. I.
[Prophylaxis of  measles with cadaver  serum]   Sovet. pediat.,
1936, No.  1, 42-6.—Ravikovich, E.,  &  Brodskaia, S.  [On the
efficacy of seroprophylaxis of measles!   Ibid., No. 2, 75-80.—
Reuter,  A.  Kurze Mitteilung zur Frage des  Degkwitzschen
Masernschutzes.   Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1926, 22: 1181.—Sac-
chetti, A.  L'emo-mater-terapia nel  morbillo.  Osp. maggiore
Novara, 1938,  15: 280-4.—Sainz de los Terreros, C.  Suero-
prevenci6n  sarampionosa  en  dos   hermanos.   Arch, espan.
pediat., 1930, 14: 474-80.—Schaferstein, S. J.  Die Serumpro-
phylaxe bei Masern in USSR.   Kinderarztl.  Prax., 1933, 4:
461-8.—Schlossmann,  A.  Schutz  vor   dem  Schutzserum.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1241-3.—Siegel, A.  E.,  & Er-
mann, H.  Pooled adult blood serum as a prophylactic measure
in a measles epidemic  in an institution.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1930,
179:  192-9.-—Silverman, A. C.  Serum prophylaxis in a measles
epidemic.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1786-92.—Stallybrass,
C. O.  The prevention of measles by human adult serum. J. R.
San.  Inst., 1934, 54: 388-96.—Sutherland, D. S., & Anderson,
J. S.  Serum prophylaxis in measles.  Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2:
169.—Sweet, C.  Measles; its prophylactic treatment with the
blood of immune persons.   California West.  M.,  1933, 38:
254—60.—Technique and dosage of  serum and  blood.  Illinois
Health Mess.,  1935, 7: 5.—Teissier, P.   A propos de la sero-
prophylaxie  antimorbilleuse.   Bull. mid.,  Par.,  1926,  40:
379-81.—Van Cleve, J. D. Measles prophylaxis with serum of
adults who had measles in childhood.   Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,
1930, 47: 124-30.

----   Prevention:  Immunization—Convalescent
   blood and serum.

   Chendler,  M.   *Centre  de  prophylaxie par
se>um de convalescents.   43p.   8?   Par.,  1934.
   Cros-Decam, J.  *La prevention de la rougeole
par le  sang ou le   seimm  d'ancien  rougeoleux.
 lllp.    8?   Par.,  1926.
   Fric,   G.    *La  prophylaxie  de   la rougeole
chez le nourrisson par le se>um  de convalescent
d'apres  une   statistique  des   enfants  assisted.
57p.   8?  Par., 1932.
   Andersen, M. S., & Wulff, F.  [Immunization in measles
by means of reconvalescent serum]   Ugeskr. laeger, 1926, 88:
216-8.—Andrfen, G.   [Prophylactic  treatment  with convales-
cent's serum]  Sven.  lak. tidn., 1928, 25: 401-8.—Antibody
in convalescent measles  serum.   Brit.  M. J., 1943,  1: 807.—
Balteanu, I., & Buttescu, E.   [Serum of convalescents in pre-
vention  of measles]  Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1935,  24: 1201-
8.—Bang, O.   Prophylaxis  of  measles  with  convalescent
serum.   Acta  paediat.,   Upps.,  1930, 10:  98-104.—Bauer,
W.  W.  Measles  convalescent serum.  Am. J. Pub. Health,
1931, 21: 285.-—Bloxsom, A.   Intradermal use of convalescent
serum against measles.   J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1945, 26: 32-
5.—Bocchini, A.  Immunoprofilassi antimorbillosa  con siero
di convalescente.   Athena, Roma,  1936, 5: 263-5.—Boucek,
J.   La protection contre la rougeole au moyen du  serum de
convalescente.   Tr.  Inst. hyg. pub. tehee, 1933, 4: 105-18, I
 1  pl.—Broca, R.   Prophylaxie de la rougeole par l'injection
 de serum  de  convalescents.  Bull,  mid.,  Par.,  1939,  53;
 Suppl., No. 15, 1-3.—Brusa,  P.   Profilassi del  morbillo  con
 siero di convalescente e cause di insuccesso.   Riv. clin. pediat
 1929, 27: 723-30.—ButtorlT, G. S.   Measles; the prophylactic
 use of convalescent whole blood in twenty cases.  Kentucky
 M. J.,  1927, 25:  406-9.— Cambessedes H.  A propos d'une
 £pid6mie severe de rougeole enray6e par les injections de troia
 centimetres de sang de convalescents.  Rev. med. hyg. trop.,
 Par., 1934, 26: 234-8.—Castro  Teixelra, J. de.  Sarampo c
 soro  de  convalescente.   Acta  med., Rio,  1941,  8:  112.—
 Cherry, J. H., & Coleman, L.  H.  Prevention and mitigation
 of measles with convalescent whole blood.   South. M. & S.,
 1933, 95: 538.—Conseil, E.  Sur la serotherapie preventive et
 curative de la rougeole par le s6rum de convalescents.  Rev.
 tunis. sc.  med., 1926, 20: 261-5.—Debre, R  Prophylaxie de
 la rougeole.  Vie med., 1929, 10: 97-105.—Dungal, N.  Con-
 valescent serum against  measles.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125:
 20-2.—Echeverria,  M.  J.  La  lucha contra el sarampi6n
 utilizando el suero de  convaleciente.  Rev. mdd.  hondur.,
 1932-33, 3: No. 28, 13-7.—Forbes, R. P., & Green, B.  Modi-
 fied  measles,  the  use of  convalescent blood from a  family
 donor.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1927,  89: 1601.—Gallagher, J. R.
 Use  of convalescent measles serum to  control measles in a
 preparatory school.   Am.  J. Pub. Health, 1935,  25: 595-8.—
 Garrison, H. F.   Convalescent serum in the prevention and
 attenuation of measles.   N.  Orleans  M. & S.  J., 1933,  86:
 165-72.—Gismondi, A.  Lo stato attuale della  profilassi  an-
 timorbillosa mediante il  siero  di convalescenti.   Prat, pediat.,
 Genova, 1927,  5:  347-53.—Goarnisson, R.  P.   Interruption
 d'un  epidemie  severe de rougeole  chez  des  noirs par  les  in-
 jections  de sang  de convalescents.   Rev.  med.  hyg.  trop.,
 Par., 1934,  26: 222.—Hardgrove,  M.,  Schwartz, A. B., &
 King,  L.  F. Measles; the use of  convalescent serum in  the
 prevention, modification,  and treatment.   Wisconsin  M.  J.,
 1937, 36: 817-20.—Harp0th, H. [Use of the blood of convales-
 cents in immunization against measles]  Ugeskr.  laeger, 1935,
 97: 103&-8.—Hertert, L. D.   Satisfactory equipment for  the
 preparation  of  sterile  convalescent  serum.  Mil.  Surgeon,
 1936, 79: 33-9.—Hobson,  F. G.  Convalescent measles serum
 in school  epidemics.  Lancet, Lond.,  1934, 2: 1408—11.—
 Hunter, T. M.  Prevention of measles by convalescent serum.
 Brit. M.  J., 1933, 1: 217-9.—Hyland,  C.  M., & Anderson,
 L. R.  Human  convalescent  serum in the prevention and
 modification of  measles.   Am. J. Dis. Child., 1937, 54: 277-
 87.  ------  The  value of convalescent blood and immune
 adult blood in the control of measles; review of English liter-
 ature.  Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y.,  1937,  54:   633-42.—Jensen,
 M. H.  Prevention of measles mortality by use of convales-
 cent  serum and  analogous  products.  Bull.  Dep.  Health
 Kentucky,  1934-35,  7:  No. 15-7.—Johannsen,  N. [Ex-
 periences with  prophylactic   treatment with   convalescent
 serum in  measles]  Hygiea,   Stockh.,  1928, 15:  513-23.—
 Kanevskaia, S. S.,  & Sosnova, P.  M.  [Course  of measles in
 cases of innoculations with the serum of convalescents]  Vrach.
 gaz.,  1929,  33:  10-6.—Kazmierczak,  M. J.  Report on  the
 use of convalescent measles serum as a prophylactic.  Med.
 Woman  J.,  1928, 35:  281.—Kellogg, W.  H.   The present
 status of  convalescent serum therapy.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1929,
 93:  1927-31.—Lethem,  W. A.  Convalescent measles  serum.
 Lancet, Lond.,  1928, 2: 783.  ------   Convalescent measles
 serum with a suggested  scheme for its  general use.   J.  R.
 San.  Inst.,  1928-29,  49: 102-7.—Leunda, J. J.   La epidemia
 de sarampi6n en Pan de Azucar; un hermoso exito de la pro-
 fiiaxis por el suero de convalecientes.  Bol. Cons. nac. big.,
 Montev., 1927-28, 22: 124-9.—Levinson, S. O.  The use of
 convalescent serum  for the  prevention and attenuation of
 measles.  School Physicians Bull.,  1933,  3: No. 3, 13.   -----
 & Connor, J. A.   Human  convalescent measles serum; its  use
 in prophylaxis and therapy.   Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1936,
 11:  128.—Levinson, S. O., McDougall,  C, & Thalhimer, W.
 The use of convalescent serum for the prevention and atten-
 uation of measles.  Illinois M. J., 1933, 63: 258-65.—Loewen-
 berg, E.  Etude epidemiologique de la rougeole; modifications
 subies par l'application de s6rum de convalescent.  Med. inf..
 Par., 1940, 47: 45-8.—Lombardi,  A.  Esperimenti pratici di
 profilassi e terapia del  morbillo con  siero  ricavato con vesi-
 cante del convalescente  (note  di pratica) Morgagni, 1928, 70:
 1464-7.—Macchi, A.  II siero di convalescente nella profilassi
 del morbillo.  Clin,  pediat.,  Mod., 1928, 10:  213-20—Mac-
 namara, J.  Whole blood  from a convalescent patient used in
 prophylaxis of  measles.   Med.  J.  Australia,  1926, 2: 50.—
 Nabarro, D. N.,  & Signy,  A.  G.   Convalescent serum in
 prophylaxis of measles.   Brit. M.  J., 1931, 1:  12-4.—Nash,
 E. H. T.   Adult  serum in the  control of  measles.  Lancet,
 Lond.,  1934, 2:  507.—Papp,  K.  Sur la seroprotection  des
 enfants exposes  k la contamination  de la rougeole avec du
 serum de rougeoleux, ne  donnant pas le  phenomene  d'inhi-
 bition de  Robert Debre.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1936,  123:
 1067.—Pavikovich,  E. M., Afanasieva,  A.  P., & Pivovarova,
 E. A.  [Experiments with small doses of convalescent serum
 and hemolysate in prevention of measles.]  Pediatria, Moskva,
 1938, No. 2, 71-5.—Pinelli, A.  II siero di convalescente nella
 profilassi del morbillo.   Lattante,  1933, 4:  130-40.—Ravenna,
 A.  La  profilassi  del  morbillo con  siero  di  convalescenti.
 Pediatria  (Riv.)  1934,  42: 1027.—Sandler R.  M.,   Sidelnl-
 kova, D. A., & Suvorova, A. D.   [Application  of adult  con-
 valescent serum for control of measles in  the city of  Kirov]
 Pediatria,  Moskva,  1938, No.  6, 58-61.—Schafovstoin, S.
I [Prophylaxis of measles by serum  from convalescents]  Profil; 
MEASLES
471
MEASLES
 med., Kharkov, 1928, 7: 29-33— Schaffer, A. J.   A study of
 the value of convalescent's serum in the prevention of measles.
 Bull. Buffalo Gen.  Hosp.,  1928,   6:  14-16.—Schneider, C.
 [Prevention with convalescent serum and study of sedimenta-
 tion reactions in measles]  Tskr. mil. lalsov., 1937, 62: 18-
 22.—Sicart, M. Essai de prophylaxie de la rougeole  par in-
 stillation oeulaire  de sfirum  de convalescents.  Arch.  Inst.
 Pasteur  Tunis,  1937,  26:  266-8.—Stillerman,  M.,  Marks,
 H. H.,  & Thalhimer, W.  Prophylaxis of measles with  con-
 valescent serum; principal  factors influencing  the   results,
 Am. J.  Dis.  Child.,  1944, 67: 1-14.—Sundal, A.  [Convales-
 cent serum in prevention of measles]  Norsk, mag. laegevid.,
 1935, 96: [Forh. Norsk, med. selsk.]  149-52.—Timmerman,
 W A.  [Convalescent serum in  control of measles mortahtv]
 Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1939,  83:  1346-55.—Top,  F.  H.,  &
 Badger, G.  F.   Measles in Detroit, 1935; the protective use
 of measles convalescent serum.  Am. J. Hyg., 1941, 33: Sect.
 A, 9-12.—Townsend, J. H.   Measles prophylaxis;  the use of
 blood from  convalescents in a school  epidemic.   Boston M.
 & S. J.,  1926,  194: 869-74.—Warwick, W.   Convalescent
 serum in the prevention of  measles.  Canad.  M. Ass.  J.,
 1929, 21: 694-6.  Also Canad. Pub.  Health J.,  1929,  20:
 597-9.—Wesselhoeft, C,  &  Gordon,  F. F.   Report of con-
 valescent measles serum administration in cases exposed to
 measles during  the  course of scarlet fever  and diphtheria.
 N. England J. M.,  1928,  198: 752-4.—Yeiser, W.  Immuni-
 zation against measles with convalecent serum.  J.  Tennessee
 M. Ass., 1926-27,  19: 85-8.—Zingher, A.  Sangre, plasma y
 suero de convalecientes en la  profiiaxis  del sarampion. Med.
 nifios, 1925, 26: 81-4.

 .---  Prevention:  Immunization—Immune  glo-
   bulin and placental extract.
   Afanasieva, A., & Weinberg,  R.  [Globulin extracts in the
 prophylaxis of measles]  Tr. Moskov. gorod. bakt. inst., 1936,
 55-62.—Announcement of American Red Cross immune serum
 globulin plan. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1945, 26: 411-3.—Arkavin,
 S. J. [Prevention of measles with  placental extract]  Sovet.
 pediat., 1936, 68-74.—Basman, J.  Evaluation of human im-
 mune globulin in measles.  West Virginia  M. J.,  1941, 37:
 491-5.—Begam, L. L.  [Large doses of placental serum as a
 method of control of measles in hospitals]  Sovet. pediat., 1934,
 No.  3, 48-53.—Bocchini, A.  La profilassi antimorbillosa con
 sangue ed estratti di placenta.  Athena, Roma, 1939, 8: 168.—
 Bundesen, H. N., Fishbein, W. I. [et al.]  Clinical  use of im-
 mune human placental globulin in Chicago.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1940,115:104-7—Chu, F. T., & Chou, C. Y.  Use of a dry form
 of placental extract in modification of measles.  Chin. M. J.,
 1936, 50: 297-302.—Chu, F. T., & Liu, S.  C.   The use of pla-
 cental globulin  extract  in measles contact;  an  attempt to
 standardize  the dosage.   Ibid.,  1944,  62:  111-8.—Cibils
 Aguirre, R., Saubidet, E. J., &  Smith Bunge, E.  Profiiaxis
 del sarampi6n por extracto placentario.  Sem. mid., B. Air.,
 1937, 44: pt 2, 1034.—Cislaghi, F.  La profilassi antimorbillosa
 mediante sangue placentare ed  estratti globuline placentari.
 Pediatria (Riv.) 1938, 46: 253-9.—Denhoff, E.  The prevention
 of measles in a boys' camp through the use of immune globulin,
 measles  antibody.   J. Pediat., S.  Louis, 1940,  17:  86-9.—
 Eley, R. C.  Placental extract (immune globulin-human) with
 special reference to its use in the prevention and  modification
 of measles.   J. Michigan M. Soc, 1936, 35: 769-72.—Finkel-
 stein, U. A., Weinberg, R. J.  [et al.] [Results of  measles pro-
 phylaxis  with placental  extract]  Tr.  Moskov. gorod. bakt.
 inst, 1937, No.  2, 43-50.—Gallagher, J.  R.  Inefficiency of
 immune globulin in the prophylaxis of measles during  adoles-
 cence.   Am.  J.  M.  Sc,  1942,  203:  880-2.—Goldstein, H.
 Attempted  prophylaxis of measles  with the use of immune
 globulin,  human.  Arch.  Pediat.,  N.  Y., 1942, 59:  303-8.
 -----Eisenoff, H. M., & Blauner, S. A.  Use of  immune glo-
 bulin in  the prophylaxis of measles.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1937,
 53: 110-6.—Immune globulin, human.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1938,
 111:  1767.—Immune globulin (human) and measles.   Ibid.,
 1935, 105:  514-6.—Immune globulin  in  the  prevention of
 measles.   Lancet, Lond.,  1936, 2: 31.—Immune globulins for
 the prevention of measles.   Scope,  Kalamazoo,  1945,  No. 9,
 14-6.—Janeway, C. A.  Use  of concentrated human  scrum,
 Y-globulin in the prevention and attenuation of measles.  Bull.
 N. York Acad.  M.,  1945, 21: 202-22.—Joe,  A.  Placental
 extract in measles.   Lancet,  Lond., 1936,  1: 972.—Joseph,
 J.  M., & Gleich, M.   Use of placental globulin to  prevent and
 modify measles.  Arch. Pediat..  N. Y., 1937, 54:  307-10.—
 Karelitz, S.   Globulin extract of  immune adult serum in pro-
 phylaxis  of measles.   Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y., 1934, 31:
 793-6. ------  Prophylaxis against measles with  the globulin
 fraction of immune human adult serum.  Am. J.  Dis.  Child.,
 1938, 35: 768-75.  Also French transl. Rev. mid., Par., 1938,
 55: 211-8.  ------ Greenwald,  C.  K., & Klein, A. J.  Pla-
 cental immunity; a method of determining dosage of placental
 globulin in measles prophylaxis.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1934-35,  32:  1359-62.  Also  J.  Pediat., S.  Louis,  1937,  10:
 175-9. ------  Placental fluid in measles prophylaxis.   Ibid.,
 1936, 9:  170-4.—Kleinschmidt,  H. E.   The prevention of
 measles with gamma globulin.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1945, 62:
 167-70.—Laning, G. M., & Horan,  T.  N.  Immune globulin
 used as a preventive and  modifier of measles.  J. Michigan M.
 Soc, 1935, 34: 772-4.—Levitas, I. M.  Treatment, modification
 and prevention of measles by use  of immune globulin (human)
 J- Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 493-6.—Llewelyn, L. G.  Immune
globulin extract for measles.   U.  S.  Nav. M.  Bull., 1940, 38:
?27*-—McGavran, E. G.  County-wide use of immune globulin
in the modification and prevention  of measles.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1936, 106: 1781-3.—McKhann, C.  F., & Fu  Tan Chu.
Use of placental extract  in  prevention  and modification of
measles.   Am.  J.  Dis. Child.,  1933, 45: 475-9.—McKhann,
C.  F., Green, A. A.,  & Coady, H.   Factors influencing  the
effectiveness of placental extract in the prevention and modi-
fication of measles. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 6:  603-14.—
Management of measles;  children rarely die of measles,  but
considerable mortality results from its complications;  use of
immune globulin  minimizes  complications, yet  enables  the
patient to earn active immunity.  Ther. Notes, Detr.,  1941,
48: 45-50.—Moeller, U. Masernschutz durch Placentaextrakt.
Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1937,  69:  101-3.—Montgomery, A.  K.
Immune globulin (human)  Lederle in the prevention of measles.
Glasgow M. J., 1937,  128: 89-92.—Ordman, C. W., Jennings,
C. G., jr, & Janeway,  C. A.   Chemical, clinical, and immuno-
logical studies on the products of human plasma fractionation;
the use of concentrated normal  human serum gamma globulin
(human immune serum globulin) in the prevention and attenu-
ation of measles.  J. Clin. Invest., 1944, 23: 541-9.—Palma, J.
The use  of placental  extract in 124 individuals exposed to
measles.  Proc. Clinic, Honolulu, 1937,  3: No. 4, pt 2,  1.—
Parish, T. N.  The use of  placental extract in  an epidemic of
measles.  Brit.  M.  J., 1938,  2: 65.—Paschlau,  G.   Masern-
schutz durch Plazentaextrakt.   Miinch.  med. Wschr.,  1936,
83: 564-43.—Peragallo, I.   Gli estratti placentari nell'immuno-
profilassi-immunoterapia del  morbillo.   Boll.  Ist.  sieroter.
milan., 1940,  19: 77-80.—Peters, H. G.  Placentarextrakt  zur
Verhiitung des  Masernausbruchs.  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1937-38,
59: 538-42.—Petragnani, G.  Primi  risultati sull'uso dell'es-
tratto fenolico di placenta,  FenPla, nella profilassi del morbillo.
Clin, pediat., Mod., 1940, 22: 1-3.—Prevention of measles.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1940,  115: 1819.-—Protection against measles;
immune  globulin (human)   Squibb  Mem.,  1935, 14: No. 3,
18.—Pumarino F., H.  Algunas consideraciones  sobre saram-
pidn y su profiiaxis con globulina placentaria.   Rev. chilena
pediat., 1939,  10: 725-9.—Ratner, B. Human  immune glo-
bulin (placental extract of McKhann) in the  prophylaxis of
measles.   In his Allergy &c,  Bait., 1943,  205-8.—Ravikovich,
E. M., Pivovarova & Jablokova, M.   [Reaction of the child's
organism  to placental measles  serum in repeated  injection]
Pediatria,  Moskva, 1940,  No.  5,  13-5.—Rohr,  F.   Masern-
schutz durch Placentarextrakt.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64:
413.—Sakazar de Souza, J.  L'immunisation contre la rougeole
par le sang du placenta. Arch.  mfid. enf., 1932,  35: 633; 1936,
39: 282.—Stokes, J., jr, Maris, E. P., & Gellis, S. S.  Chemical,
clinical, and immunological studies on the products of human
plasma fractionation;  the use of concentrated  normal human
serum gamma globulin (human immune serum globulin) in the
prophylaxis and treatment of measles.  J. Clin. Invest.,  1944,
23: 531-40.—Strean, L. P.. Strean, G. J. [et al.]  Human cord
serum globulin in the  modification and prevention of measles.
Canad.  M. Ass. J.,  1941, 45: 385-7.—Strutsovskaia, B. L., &
Bialik, R. M.   [Attempts of measles prevention  with  pla-
centolysates]  Sovet. pediat.,  1936, No. 12, 46-9.—Surdakow-
ski,  A.  Z.  The use of immune globulin in measles.   Bull.
Lederle Lab.,  1940, 8:  7-14.—Sweet,  L. K., & Hickman, T. L.
The use of normal serum gamma globulin antibodies (human)
concentrated  (immune serum globulin) in the prevention and
attenuation of measles.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1946, 28: 566-70.—
Thalhimer, W., & Stillerman,  M.  Prevention and modification
of measles with concentrated  pooled ascites fluid and with its
globulin  fraction.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1939,  42:
683-7.—Towsley, H. A.   Cord blood serum for  prophylaxis
and modification of measles. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1939, 58: 1357,

----  Prevention:  Measures.             _
   Andersen,  M.  S.   [Immunization  with  sheep  immune
serum]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1926,  88:  1190.—Baird,  J.  S., &
Pumphrey, L. W.  Modern methods of   preventing measles.
Pennsylvania  M.  J., 1935-36, 39: 765-8.—Bejarano, J. F. R.
Profiiaxis biol6gica del sarampi6n.  Dia  med., B. Air.,  1940,
12: 846-9.—Bizzozero, R. C.   Sobre algunos metodos recientes
en  la  profiiaxis  del  sarampi6n.  Ibid.,  1930-31,  3: 268.—
Braude,  G. B., & Abramovich, E. I. [Attempts at prophy-
laxis of measles among children  in consultation rooms] Sovet.
pediat., 1935,  No. 12, 109-14.—Broca, R.  Methodes modernes
de prophylaxie  de la  rougeole.  Rev. gen. clin. ther.,  1930,
44:  774-6.  ------ &  Marie,  J.   Methodes  modernes de
prophylaxie de la rougeole.  In: Annee pediat., 1934, 1: 153-
g__Brough D. D.  The transmission and method for control
of measles.  Am. J. Pub.  Hyg., 1908, n. ser., 4: 176-204.—
Copeman, W. S. C. The prophylaxis of  measles with a sug-
gested scheme  for dealing  with  epidemics.   Med.  Press,
Lond., 1927,  n.  ser.,  124: 107-10.—Dobrokhotova,  A.  I., &
Nevelson,  I.  S.  [Principal  means  in   control of  measles]
Sovet. pediat., 1934, No. 3, 77-81.—Falchetti, G.  Sulfamidici
nella profilassi del morbillo.   Minerva med., Tor.,  1941,  32:
pt 1, 259.—Fedorovich, A. N.   [Prevention of measles with
treatments  of  muriatic   quinine]  Vrach.  gaz.,  1927,   31:
953-7 —Golomb,  M.  B.   [Active method of prevention of
measles]   Sovet.  pediat.,   1934,  No.   879,  91-4.  -----
Methodes  activantes  dans  la  prophylaxie de la  rougeole
(lysato-immuno-prophylaxie)  Rev. hyg.  mid.  prev.,  Par.,
1935, 57: 173-81.—Gonzalez Alvarez, M.   La prevenciOn y
la atenuaci6n  del sarampi6n en la practica.  Cr6n. med. mex.,
1927  26:  395-9—Groer de, F., & Redlich, F.  Essai  d im-
munisation  prophylactique contre la rougeole a  l'aide de 
MEASLES
472
MEASLES
1'antig^ne de Forssman.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1926, 44: 354.—
Halperin, E. A.  [Prevention of measles by combined serum
and  hemolysate]   Pediatria,  Moskva,  1937,  No.  9,  62-6.—
Huber,  H.  G.  Masernprophylaxe mit Masernschutzextrakt
SS Dresden. Mschr. Kinderh.,  1936.  65: 446-61.-----&
Kurz,  M.   Erfahrungen mit  dem Masernschutzextrakt  SS
Dresden.  Ibid.,  1938, 75:  106-22.—Irrgang,  J.  Masern-
problem fur den Praktiker.  Fortsch. Med.,  1930,  48: 611 —
Knoepfelmacher,  W.,  &  Stross,  J.   Masernschutz.  Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 213-8.—Koch, H.  Welche Bedeutung
haben  die neueren  Forschungen auf dem Gebiete der spezi-
fischen  Hautdiagnostik  und  spezifischen  Prophylaxe   der
Masern fur die Praxis?  Ibid.,  1926,  39:  1312.—Langer, J.
Vorschlage zu einer medikamentosen Prophylaxe der Masern.
Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1908,  55:  1179-81.—Levit,  M.  M.
[Control  of  measles in rural districts]  Sovet.  med., 1940, 4:
No.  19,  40.—Meissner,  M.  Zur  Masernprophylaxe. Med.
Klin.,  Berl., 1926, 22: 652.—Modinos, P.   Le  serum  du
vesicatoire  dans  la s^roprophylaxie   antimorbilleuse.  Bull.
Soc.  med. h6p.  Paris, 1926,  3. ser., 1:  404-6.—Nicoll. Prac-
tical measures for the control of measles and whooping cough.
Pub. Health Bull., Wash., 1925, No.  149,  144-7.—Nikolaev,
N. M.   [Application of hemolysates in prevention  of measles]
Sovet.  pediat.,  1934,  No. 8-9, 19.   ------  [Practice  and
theory of prophylaxis  of measles]   Pediatria,  Moskva, 1938,
No. 1,  127-35.  ------Mieserova, E.  K. [et al.]   [New ideas
and  methods in prevention of measles]  Vrach.  delo,  1936,
19:  189-96.—Nobel,  E., &  Schonberger, M.   Ueber  die
Masernprophylaxe nach Caronia.  Zschr.  Kinderh.,  1925-26,
40: 197-210— Picken & Nash, E.  H. T.  Prophylactic meas-
ures  against measles.   Brit.  M. J., 1936, 2: 85.—Pierret,  R.,
Brincker, J. A.  H. [et  al.]  Biological  prophylaxis and treat-
ment in  measles and whooping-cough.   Lancet, Lond., 1932,
1: 674-6.—Pivovarova, E. D. _ [Experiments in application of
new  remedies  in  prophylaxis  of  measles]  Sovet.  pediat.,
1935, No. 9, 22; No.  10, 27.—|Prevention of measles in general
practice]  Geneesk. gids, 1937,  15: 701-4.—Safonova, E. N.
[Prophylaxis of measles in  child  consultation in the State
Scientific  Institute  of  Public Health]   Sovet. pediat.,  1935,
No.  10, 34-9.—Satta, E.  Su di un esperimento nell'esercito
con Fen-Pla Petragnani  per la profilassi del morbillo. Gior.
med.  mil.,  1942,  90:  416-20.—Specific  control  of  measles.
Lancet, Lond.,  1940, 2: 337.—Terentieva, E. T.  [Principal
means  in combatting  measles  infection in young children]
J.  rann. detsk.  vozr., 1933,  13:  326-9.


----   Prodrome.
   See also subheading Incubation period.
   Barabas, Z.  [Is  the increase  of  temperature a  regular
symptom in the prodromal stage of the measles?]  Budapesti
orv. ujs., 1931, 29: 1299-302.—Eck, H.  Ueber die morpho-
logische  Diagnose  der  Masern und die Deutung  der Riesen-
zellenbefunde.  Frankf.  Zschr.  Path.,  1943-44,  58:  147-
55.—Fischer, W.  Ueber die Diagnose der  Masern im Pro-
dromalstadium;   eigenartige   Befunde  am  lymphatischen
Apparat der  Appendix.  Beitr. path.  Anat., 1933, 91: 474-
82.-—-Giant cells in  measles.  J.  Am. M.  Ass.,  1937, 109:
1047.—Hathaway,  B. M.  Generalized dissemination of giant
cells in lymphoid tissue in prodromal stage of measles.  Arch.
Path., Chic, 1935, 19: 819-24.—Herzberg, M.  Giant cells
in the lymphoid tissue of the appendix in the prodromal stage
of measles; report of an isolated case.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1932,
98:  139.—Mayerhofer, E.   Die  prodromale  Masernangina.
Wien. med. Wschr.,  1932, 82: 603. ------   Die prodromale
Masernangina;  weitere Mitteilungen  iiber  ihre  Klinik  und
Pathogenese.   Zschr.  Kinderh.,  1934,  56:   42-54.—Minami,
G.  Zur  pathologischen Anatomie der Masern, unter  beson-
derer  Befiicksichtigung  der  Riesenzellenbefunde.  Tr. Soc
path, jap., 1938, 28: 145-8.—Mulligan, R. M.  Genesis  of the
multinucleated  giant  cells in the  lymphatic  tissue  of the
appendix in measles.   Arch.  Path., Chic,  1944,  37: 61-7.—
Rolleston,  J.  D.  The prodromal  rashes of measles.   Brit
M. J.,  1905,  1:  233-6.—Schultze, W. H.   Mikroskopische
Gewebsveranderungen  im  Prodromalstadium  der  Masern
Virchows Arch.,  1943,  310: 678-85.—Semsroth, K. H.   Multi-
nucleate epithelial giant cells with inclusion bodies in prodromal
measles;  report of an autopsy.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1939, 28:
386-9.—Stryker, W.  A.  Disseminated giant cell reaction; a
possible prodrome  of measles.  Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1940, 59:
468-78.—Veilchenblau, L.  Beobachtungen  zum  Prodromal-
stadium der Masern.   Zschr. Kinderh.,  1932-33, 54: 769-74.-__
Warthin, A. S.  Occurrence of numerous large giant cells in
the tonsils  and pharyngeal  mucosa in the prodromal stage of
measles;  report of four cases.  Arch.  Path., Chic, 1931, 11:
864—74.
Prognosis.
  Harries, E. H. R.
1936, 1:677.
Prognosis in measles.  Lancet,  Lond.,
----   Psychopathology.
   Gareiso, A.,  & Sagreras, P. O.  Estupor melanc61ico post-
sarampionoso.  Arch,  argent,  pediat.,  1943,   19-  273-80
Also Arch, pediat. Uruguay,  1943,  14:  445.—Gol!  H   Psv-
chische  Veranderungen  nach Masern.  Med   Klin   R»rl
1940, 36: 93L-Nelkin,  D. J.  Sluchai psikhoza vo Vremya
prodromalnavo  perioda  kori.  Med.  obozr.,  Moskva,  1892
 37: 716-9.—Simson,  T. P.   [Mental  changes in  measles in
 fection)  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1940, 9:  No. 12, 38-43._____.
 [I'sychic disturbances during the acute period of grave ca«os
 nf measles]   Pediatria, Moskva, 1943, No. 4, 62-8.—Smith
 K.  C,  & Trapp,  C.  E.  The  psychiatric sequelae of  post-
 measles encephalitis;  a study  of  21 cases.  J. Nerv. Ment
 Dis.,  1944, 100: 555-76.


----  Public health aspect.

   See also  subheadings  (Epidemiology;  Geog-
raphy)
   Wright, R. D.    Measles.   6p.   8?   Wash
 1933.
   Forms Suppl. No. 148,  Pub. Health  Rep.
   Bleiberg   &   Dolgopol.   Overwhelming  measles.  Arch
Pediat., N.  Y.,  1943, 60: 638-40.—Hoder, F.  Die Masern'
Zbl. ges.  Hyg.,  1934, 31: 209-21.—Logan, G. B. Measles'
Brit.  J. Nurs.,  1941, 89: 182-4 —Los Rios  Perez,  M. de!
Allgemeine Betrachtungen fiber die Masern.   Zbl. ges Hve'
1943, 51:  148.—McKhann, C. F.  Measles.  Commonhealth!
Bost., 1939,  26: 23-6.—Measles,  a  dangerous  disease for
infants.  Baltimore Health  News, 1942, 19: 15.—Measles a
peril to babies.  Ohio Health News, 1934,  10:  1.—Nicholson
W. W.  Measles.  Kentucky M. J., 1942, 40: 252.—Tucker'
W.  H.  Measles.  Illinois   Health  Mess.,  1936, 8: 71.—
Van Buren, H. K.  Measles (morbilli,  rubeola)  Nat.  Eclect
M. Ass. Q.,  1937-38, 29: 188-92.—Welch, F. B.  Measles;
an interesting disease.  Wisconsin M.  J., 1945, 44: 305-9.

----  Quarantine.

   Le Lievre de la  Moriniere, J.  *La rougeole
a  l'Hopital  de   l'lnstitut  Pasteur   (1900-1924)
contribution'  k  l'etude  de l'isolement individuel
dans le  traitement de  la  rougeole et la prophy-
laxie de ses complications.  43p.   8?   Par.,  1926.
   Bracken,  H.  M.   Should  measles be quarantined?  Rep.
Bd Health Minnesota (1895-96)  1898, 267-72.—Forbes,  D.
Exclusion  from  school of measles contacts.   Lancet,  Lond.,
1936, 2: 457.—Jablokova, M.  L., &  Grechishinkova, L.  V.
[Results of the organization  of quarantine groups for measles
in  day  nurseries]  Vopr. materin., 1940, No. 11, 10-8.—
Meisels, S.   Der Wert des Boxensystems fiir die Anstaltsbe-
handlung  der Masern.  Hyg.  Rdsch., 1906,  16: 629-32 —
Steinholz, R.  Modified  quarantine  in  measles  epidemics.
Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1933, 50: 455.
Recurrence.
   See also subheading Immunity.
   Bach,  F.     *Ueber  zweites   Kranksein  bei
Masern.  15p.   8?   Frankf.,  1935.
   Abadie.  A propos  de trois cas de recidive  de  rougeole.
Bull. Soc med. mil. fr., 1932, 26: 191-5.—Apert & Kermorgant,
Y.  Rechutes  et recidives de la  rougeole.  Bull. Soc. med.
hop. Pans, 1933. 3. ser., 49: 782-5.—Bail, C.  A.  Zwei Falle
von Masernrezidiv.  Kinderarztl. Prax.,  1935, 6: 447-50.—
Bertacchi, S., & Mendes de Castro. Os arsenicaes determinando
recidivas do sarampo.   Rev. Ass. paul.  med., 1936, 8: 335.
         Da recidiva do  sarampo pela accao  biotr6pica dos
arsenicaes.  Ibid.,  9:  179-82.—Bouyer,  A.  Sur un  cas de
rechute  de rougeole.  C.  rend. Congr. fr.  med.  (1904) 1905,
329-32.—Caramano. Un  cas de rougeole avec rechute. Rev.
gen. clin. thir.,  1904, 18:  855.—Clement, R.  La rougeole
rentr^e.   Presse  med.,  1933, 41:  1291.—Erdheim, S.   Second
attacks of measles; an  account of two cases.  Brit. J. Child.
Dis   1926, 23:  195-8.—Eschbach,  H.   Rougeole  rentree.
Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 423-5.—Geldrich, J.  Zwei-
mahges Erkranken an Masern. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1941, 12:
142-4.—Ghezzo,  N. Sopra un caso di morbillo  recidivante.
Pediat. prat., Mod., 1932, 9: 74-8.—Gonzalez Alvarez [Dos
casos  de  repetici6n del  sarampi6n]  An.  Acad. nac. med.,
Madr., 1907, 27: 322-4.  ------  Tres casos de sarampi6n
repetido.   Siglo  med., 1907,  54: 722.   Also  French transl.
Ann. med. chir. inf., Par., 1907,  11:  577-9.—Hantzschel, K.
Masernrezidive.   Munch,  med. Wschr., 1940,  87: 1178-80 —
Hecht, A. F.   Das zweite Kranksein bei Masern.  Zschr.
Kinderh , 1927, 43: 149-62.—Klotz, M.  Zu den sogenannten
zweitmahgen Erkrankungen an Masern.   Kinderarztl. Prax.,
1933, 4:  322-4.—Leach,  R. G.   Cases of relapse in  measles.
Lancet,  Lond.,  1905, 2: 1837.—Le Clerc, R.  De la rougeole
(recidives et rechutes) Clinique, Par., 1907, 2: 488— Liebig, H.
r«?«Beltrag zur Frage des Masernrezidive.  Med. Klin., Berl.,
1930, 26:  968.—Lopatin, G. M., & Ilinskaia, P. I.  [Relapsing
and repeated measles in children]  Pediatria,  Moskva, 1937,
No. 2, 36-40.—Martinho da Rocha.  Podera o sarampo acom-
metter a mesma crianca mais de uma vez?  Brasil med., 1931,
■ff: L—Oddo,  C.  A  propos de la rechute de la rougeole.
Marseille med.,  1908, 45: 730-2.   ------  & Poesy.   Un caa
de rechute de rougeole.   Ibid., 302;  339.—Opitz, H., Klein-
schmidt, H., & Selter, P.   Zur Frage der wiederholten Erkran-
kung an Masern und Scharlach.   Kinderarztl. Prax.,  1934,  5:
11—4.— Pelner, L. Repeated attacks of measles.  Am. J. Dis,
Child., 1941, 62: 358-61.—Rudder, B. de.   Zweimalige Masern.
Zschr. Kinderh., 1925-26, 40: 289-94.  ------   Ueber das 
MEASLES                                        473                                         MEASLES
  Masernrezidiv.  Ibid., 1934-35, 57: 274-7.—Salazar de Sousa,
  C '  A  proposito de quatro  casos  de recaidas  de  sarampo
  Lisboa med., 1932, 9: 535-43.—Stenn, F., & Stenn, H.  Recidi-
  vating  measles.  Am. J. Dis.  Child.,  1939, 57:  368-70.—
  Stolte.  Lichtenstein, A. [et al.]  Zur Frage  der wiederholten
  Erkrankung  an Masern  und Scharlach.   Kinderarztl. Prax.,
  1934 5: 206-14.—Vincent. La legende de la rougeole rentr^e.
  Progr. med., Par., 1932, 1851-5.—Weill, E., & Dauvergne, L.
  Les rechutes dans la rougeole.  Lyon med., 1907, 108: 98-101.—
  Wolff,  S.   Ueber  wiederholte Erkrankungen  an Masern.
  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1933, 4: 456-8.

  ----   Respiratory system.

   See also subheadings (Larynx; Lung)
   Berndt, H.  Ueber Ceschwiirsprozesse am Rachen und an
  den mittleren Luftwegen bei Masern. Arch.  Ohr. &c Heilk.,
  1939,  146: 466-71.—Heinz,  M.  Die  Stenosen der oberen
  Luftwege im Verlauf der Masern.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1939, 61:
  1-27.—Hutinel, J.  Complications respiratoires de la rougeole.
  J. med. chir., Par., 1931, 102: 761-71.—Kohn, J. L., & Koirans-
  ky,  H.   Successive  roentgenograms of the  chest of children
  during measles.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 38: 258-70.  ------
  Further  roentgenographs studies  of the chests of children
  during  measles.  Ibid.,  1933,  46:  40-58.—Maiberg, P.  M.
  [Stenosis in measles]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1940, No. 12, 31-7.—
  Raue, C. S.  The complications involving the  respiratory tract
  in measles.   Hahneman. Month., 1935, 70: 109-14.

  ----   Sepsis.
   Liceaga, F. J. Un caso de septicemia curado, en una en-
  ferma de sarampion.  Sem. mid., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 1, 465-7.


  ----   Serology.

   See  also  subheadings   (Diagnosis:  Extinction
  phenomenon;  Immune serum;  Prevention:  Im-
  munization)
   Bartone, L.  La sierocoagulazione di Weltmann nel morbillo.
  Fol. med., Nap., 1934, 20: 969-82.—Benciu, C.  Action modi-
  ficatrice exercee sur diverses bacteries par l'exsudat pharyngien
  des  rougeoleux apres filtration.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927,  97:
  398-400.—Finkelstein, U., Pak, T.,  & Afanasieva, A.  [The
  serology of measles]  Tr. Moskov. gorod.  bakt. inst.,  1936,
  No. 1, 7-12.  ------ [The serology of experimental  measles of
  rabbits]  Ibid., 13-8.—Lane, J. F.  False positive Kahn reac-
  tions in  measles;  a  preliminary report.  Hosp.  News, Wash.,
  1939, 6: No. 22, 19-23.

  ---   Skin.

   See  also subheading Exanthema.
   Adamson, H. G.  A case of multiple lupus following measles.
  Brit. J. Derm., 1905,  17:  223.—Edge, W.  Purpura haemor-
  rhagica  following measles.  Lancet,  Lond., 1936, 1:  1036.—
  Escherich. Lupus disseminatus post morbillos.  Mitt. Ges. inn.
  Med. Wien, 1905, 4: 48.—Ferrand, J., & Turlotte, M.  Emphy-
  seme sous-cutanr5 generalise  au cours  de  Involution d'une
  rougeole  normale.  Gaz.  hop.,  1936,  109: 1384.—Goebel, L.
  Ein  Beitrag zur Frage des Emphysems der Haut bei Masern.
  Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1931,  51: 106-9.—Heijer.  Mazelen  ge-
  compliceerd  door  huidemphyseem.   Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,
  1905, 2. r., 41: d. 1, 1010-2.—Kessler, P.  Erythema nodosum
 nach Masern auf den Genuss  von Rohmilch.  Miinch.  med.
 Wschr.,  1937, 84: 1209.—Kobacker, J. L., & Parkhurst, H. J.
 Cold urticaria following  measles in three sisters.  J. Am.  M.
 Ass., 1935, 105: 662.—Laurent, L. J.  M.  Extensive purpura
 simplex  following measles.  Brit. J.  Child.  Dis.,  1933,  30:
 104-11.  ------  Purpura simplex following measles.  Clin. J.,
 Lond., 1934, 63: 119-21.—Macleod, J. M. H.   Case of multiple
 lupus vulgaris following measles.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond.,
 1907-08, 1: Derm. Sect., 6; 15.—Manara, G.   Enfisema sotto-
 cutaneo  della parete antero-laterale del  torace destro in una
 barnbina ammalata di morbillo.   Gazz. osp., 1908, 29: 1312.—
 Margarinos Torres, C., & de Castro Teixeida, J.  Alterations
 de l'epiderme  dans la rougeole; inclusions extranucleaires dans
 les cellules du stratum granulosum et  des couches superficielles
 du corps muqueux de Malphigi.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1932, 109:
 138-40.—Marquezy, R. A., Ladet [et al.]  Deux cas  d'emphy-
 seme mediastinal et sous-cutane au cours  de la rougeole.  Bull.
 Soc.  pediat.  Paris,  1939,  37:  294-300.—Michalowicz,  M.
 0 epidemii  rumienia  wielopostaciowego  zakaznego   (ery-
 thema infectiosum  multiforme) po   odrze;   przyczynek  do
 rozpoznawania rozniczkowego  wysypek  zakafnych.   Przegl.
 pedyat.,  1908-09,  1: 342-59.—Paso,  J. R.   Sarampion con
 gangrenas  cutaneas  multiples  y diseminadas.   Sem.  mid.,
 B. Air.,  1932, 39: pt 1,   134-42.—Piet.   Emphyseme sous-
 cutane de la base  du cou  pendant une rougeole. J. sc. med.
 Lille, 1905, 2: 272-4.—Reuland, A.   Ueber  Hautschuppung
 nach  Masern.  Jahrb.  Kinderh., 1927, 3. F., 115,  202-24 —
 Schoeneich,  W.   Rozedma  podskorna  w  przebiegu  odry
 powiklanej plonica u dziecka.  Czas. lek., L6dz,  1907, 9: 7-12.—
 Swoboda, N.  [Fall von Emphysema subcutaneum totale nach
Masern]  Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien,  1905, 4:  172-4.—White-
house.  Case  of disseminated lupus  following measles.  J
Cut.  Dis., 1908, 26: 461.—Zoeller,  C.  Emphyseme sous-
cutane generalise au cours d'une rougeole non  compliquee.
Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1929, 23: 36-9.
----   Statistics.

   Moreatj,  G.  R.   *La  rougeole;  etude statis-
 tique  de  l'H6pital Herold en 1932-33-34.    39n.
 8?   Par., 1935.
   Emerson, H.  Measles and  whooping cough;  incidence,
fatality,_ and death  rates in  thirty-two cities of the  United
states, in relation to administrative procedures intended for
their control, 1924-1933.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1937, 27: No.
6,  Suppl.,  1-83—Genevrier, J.,  Duchet-Suchast &  Haas.
Statistique de la rougeole a l'Hopital des Enfants-Malades en
 1904.  Rev.  mal. enf.,   1905,  23:  394-6.—Godfrey,  E.  S.
Measles  in  institutions for children; 1915-22; 1925-27.  J.
Prev.  M.,  1928, 2:  1-10;  251-72.—Gunn,  W. Measles.
Lancet,  Lond.,  1938,  1:  795-9.—Hoyne, A. L.   Measles  in
 1938;  analysis  of 400 cases; 28  instances  of encephalitis.
 Illinois M.  J.,  1939,  76: 136-41.—Measles.  Rep. M. Off.
Health Glasgow, 1934,  118-21.—Measles threatens.  Am. J.
Nurs., 1935,  35: 145.—Mussa, B.  Considerazioni  clinico-
statistiche  sui  casi  di morbillo ricoverati nel 1927.   Clin.
igiene inf.,   1928,  3:  257-70.—Prinzing. Zur Statistik  der
Masern.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1928,  54:  1133.— Ruggiero,  C.
Sopra 558 casi  di morbillo.   Gior.  internaz. sc.  med.,  1908,
n. ser.,  30:  987-95.—Sharp,  G.  One hundred consecutive
cases of  measles without chronic middle-ear disease. Lancet,
Lond., 1906, 1: 1280.—Welling, W.  C.  Measles  since  1875.
Connecticut Health  Bull., 1934, 48:  274-6.


----   Susceptibility.

   See also subheading Allergy.
   Hedrich, A.  W.  Monthly estimates of the child popula-
tion susceptible to measles, 1900-1931, Baltimore, Md.   Am.
J. Hyg.,  1933, 17: 613-36.—Smith,  J., &  Fraser, A. M.  Skin
tests for susceptibility  to measles.  J.  Hyg.,  Cambridge,
1928-29, 28: 83-8.

----   Temperature.
   Alarcon,  A.  G.   Comentario al  trabajo del Dr. Manuel
Escontria.   Gac. med.  Mexico.  1942, 72: 60-3.—Brown,  E.
V.   Hyperpyrexia .in measles.   Brit. M.  J.,  1930, 1: 739.—
Escontria,  M.  Las  fiebras  postsarampionosas.   Gac  med.
Mexico,  1942,  72: 44-60.—Ihsan Hilmi  Alantar.  Quelques
notions sur la courbe thermique de  la rougeole.  Arch. med.
enf., 1940, 43: 225-9— Oddo & Sauvan, A.   Un cas d'hyper-
thermie au cours d'une rougeole ne  presentant  aucune  com-
plication apparente.   Marseille med., 1907, 44: 204-7   [Dis-
cussion]  218.  Also Pediat. prat., Lille, 1907, 5:  106.   Also
Arch.  med.  enf., 1908,  11:  259-61. Also  Spanish transl.
Arch, gin., Barcel., 1907, 20:  53.—Orel, H.  Das  Verhalten
der Korpertemperatur bei Masern zur Zeit der  Infektion und
wahrend  der  Inkubation.  Zschr.   Kinderh.,  1925-26, 40:
623-8.—Taillens.  Un cas d'hyperthermie due  a la rougeole.
Arch. med. enf., 373-5.

----   Toxin.
   Ferry, N. S., & Fisher, L. W. Measles toxin; its prepara-
tion  and application as a skin test,  as an immunizing agent,
and  for  the  production of an  antitoxin.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,
1926, 86: 932-4.—Ferry, N. S., Gordon, E. J.  [et al.] Clinical
results with  measles streptococcus toxin and antitoxin.   Ibid.,
1928,91:1277-80.

----  Transmission.

   See also subheading Contagiousness.
   Bleyer, A. S.  An unusual transmission of  measles.   Inter-
state M. J.,  1907,  14: 621.—Davies, H. R.   Infection  of
measles transmitted by letter.  Brit. M.  J., 1907, 1: 1480.—
Kudriavceva, O. D.  [Case report  of direct transmission  of
measles]   Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 41: 1323.—Rosebrock,  J.
Das   Wandern  der  Masern   im Binnenland.   Arch.   Hyg.,
Munch.,  1930, 104: 72-80—Siegert, F. Ein Fall von Masern-
iibertragung durch eine gesunde  Mittelsperson auf weite Ent-
fernung.   Munch, med. Wschr, 1906, 53: 1870.—Spread  of
measles. . Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 560.—Wells, M. W. Ventila-
tion  in the spread of chickenpox and measles  within school
rooms.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1945, 129: 197-200.

----   Treatment.

   See   also   subheadings  (Attenuation;  Com-
plication ;  Prevention)
   Agrelo, R.  Nosogenia y tratamiento del sarampi6n.  Rev.
med. Iat. amer., B. Air., 1939-40, 25: 318-24.—Barbicky, N.
A.  [Les  principes du traitement de la rougeole]  Sovet.  med.,
1939, No. 11, 34-6.â€